Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 538

Deprecated: iconv_set_encoding(): Use of iconv.internal_encoding is deprecated in /home/omeka/oelawhk/application/libraries/Zend/Validate/Hostname.php on line 634
<![CDATA[Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/browse?output=rss2 Thu, 21 Nov 2024 21:25:18 +0800 webadmin@lib.hku.hk (Historical Laws of Hong Kong Online) Zend_Feed http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss <![CDATA[APPENDIX III (PP. DJ ONWARD) - HER MAJESTY'S ORDERS IN COUNCIL, RULES, ETC., APPLICABLE TO HONG KONG]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3871

Title

APPENDIX III (PP. DJ ONWARD) - HER MAJESTY'S ORDERS IN COUNCIL, RULES, ETC., APPLICABLE TO HONG KONG

Description





1970 No. 1539

MARRIAGE

THE FOREIGN MARRIAGE ORDER 1970

Made 19th October 1970

Laid before Parliament 23rd October 1970

Coming into Operation 1st January 1971

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 19th day of October 1970

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, by virtue and in exercise of the powers conferred on
Her by sections 18 and 21 of the Foreign Marriage Act 1892(a), as
amended by sections 4(2) and 6 of the Foreign Marriage Act 1947(b), or
otherwise in Her Majesty vested, is pleased, by and with the advice of
Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Foreign Marriage Order 1970. It
shall come into operation on 1st January 1971.

2. (1) Unless otherwise provided in this Order, expressions used in
this Order shall have the same meaning as in the Foreign Marriage Act
1892.

(2) The Interpretation Act 1889(c) shall apply for the interpretation
of this Order as it applies for the interpretation of an Act of Parliament.

3. (1) Before a marriage is solemnized in a foreign country under
the Foreign Marriage Acts 1892 to 1947(d), the marriage officer must be
satisfied:

(a) that at least one of the parties is a British subject; and

(b)that the authorities of that country will not object to the
solemnization of the marriage; and

(c)that insufficient facilities exist for the marriage of the parties
under the law of that country; and

(d)that the parties will be regarded as validly married by the law of
the country to which each party belongs.

(a) 1892 c. 23.
(b) 1947 c. 33.
(c) 1889 c. 63.
(d) 1892 c. 23; 1934 c. 13; 1947 c. 33.





(2) If a marriage officer, by reason of anything in this Article,
refuses to solemnize or allow to be solemnized in his presence the
marriage of any person requiring such marriage to be solemnized, that
person shall have the same right to appeal to the Secretary of State as is
given by section 5 of the Foreign Marriage Act 1892.

4. (1) In special cases, where the Secretary of State is satisfied that
for some good cause the requirements of the Foreign Marriage Act 1892
as to residence and notice for a marriage intended to be solemnized
under the Act cannot be complied with, and he is satisfied that the
intended marriage is not clandestine and that adequate public notice of
the intended marriage has been given in the place or places where each
of the parties resided not less than fifteen days next preceding the
giving of such notice, he may authorize the marriage officer to dispense
with those requirements.

(2) In cases falling under paragraph (1) of this Article, the oath
under section 7 of the Foreign Marriage Act 1892 shall omit the matter
specified in subsection (b) of that section.

5. For the purpose of marriages to be solemnized by or before a
consular officer who is a marriage officer, every place within the
curtilage or precincts of the building which is for the time being used for
the purpose of his office shall be part of the official house of such
marriage officer, and every place to which the public have ordinary
access in such official house shall be deemed to be part of the office of
such marriage officer.

6. When a certified copy of an entry in a marriage register kept
under section 9 of the Foreign Marriage Act 1892, relating to a party
shown to be from Scotland or Northern Ireland is received by the
Registrar General, he shall send a copy of that entry to the Registrar
General for Scotland or Northern Ireland, as the case may require.

7. (1) Where a marriage between parties, of whom one at least is a
British subject, has been duly solemnized or has taken place in a foreign
country in accordance with the local law of the country, either party to
the marriage, being a British subject, may produce to the consul of Her
Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom for the district in which
the marriage has been solemnized or has taken place (or in the absence
of such officer to the appropriate consul of any other Government who,
by arrangement with Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom,
have undertaken consular representation in that district on behalf of Her
Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom) a certified copy of the
entry in the marriage register duly authenticated by the appropriate
authority in that country or a marriage certificate issued by the
appropriate authority of the country, accompanied by a translation into
E nglish, and may request him to accept the certificate as a certificate of
marriage issued in accordance with the local law and to certify the
translation; and the consul, on payment of the appro





priate fee, shall, if he is satisfied that the certificate has been duly
issued by the appropriate authority and that the translation is a true
one, transmit the said certificate and translation, together with his own
certificate regarding the accuracy of the translation, to the Registrar
General or, in the case of any certificate relating to a party shown to be
from Scotland or Northern Ireland, to the Registrar General for Scotland
or Northern Ireland as the case may require.

(2) Any person shall be entitled to have from the appropriate
Registrar General a certified copy of any document received by that
Registrar General as aforesaid, on payment of fees in respect of the
provision of the copy and any necessary search for the document. The
fees shall be the fees which are for the time being charged by the
appropriate Registrar General for the provision of a certified copy of,
and any necessary search for, an entry in the records in his custody of
marriages performed in England and Wales, Scotland or Northern
Ireland, as the case may be.

(3) Any copy of any foreign marriage certificate issued by the
appropriate Registrar General under the provisions of paragraph (2) of
this Article shall, without further proof, be received in evidence to the
like extent as if it were a certificate duly issued by the authorities of the
foreign country in which the marriage was celebrated.

8. The forms in the Schedule to this Order shall be used in all cases
to which they are applicable.

9. (1) The Foreign Marriage Order 1964(a) and the Foreign
Marriage (Amendment) Order 1967(b) are hereby revoked.

(2) Section 38 of the Interpretation Act 1889(c) shall apply in
relation to the said Orders as if the present Order were an Act of
Parliament and as if the said Orders were enactments repealed by an Act
of Parliament.

W. G. AGNEW.

SCHEDULE Art. 8

FORMS

No. 1

NOTICE OF MARRIAGE

(Section 2 of the Foreign Marriage Act 1892)

To [Her Majesty's Consul-General or Consul or Vice-Consul] at

I hereby give you notice that a marriage is intended to be had within three
calendar months from the date hereof between me and the other party herein
named and described (that is to say):

(a) S.I. 1964/926 (1964 11, p. 2070).

(b) S.I. 1967/1143 (1967 11, p. 3373).

(e) 1889 c. 63.
Name and Surname Condition Profession Age Residence Length of
Residence

A.B .....................

C.D .....................

Witness my hand, this day of
(Signed) A.B., or
C.D.

No. 2

FORM OF OATH

(Section 7 of the Foreign Marriage Act 1892)

I, A.B., of .........make oath and say as follows:

1. A marriage is proposed to be solemnized between me and C.D.

2. I believe that there is not any impediment in kindred or alliance, or other
lawful hindrance to the above marriage.

3. Both I and C.D. have for three weeks immediately preceding this date had
our usual residence within the district of [here insert the official title of the. marriage
officer, and the place where he is appointed to reside], that is to say,

I at ............and C.D. at

4.[1 am not under the age of 18 years] [or as the case may be, I am under
the age of 18 years and the widowler of E.F. who died on the day of
[or, 1 am under the age of 18 years and the consent of G.H. and
I.J. whose consent is required by law to my marriage, is given as shown by the
writing under their/his/her hand now shown to me and marked [ 31
for, I am under the age of 18 years and there is no person whose consent to my
marriage is required] [or, I am under the age of 18 years and the necessity of
obtaining the consent of the persons whose consent to my marriage is required
by law has been dispensed with].

5. [C.D. is not under the age of 18 years] [or, as the case may be, C.D. is under
the age of 18 years and the window/er of K.L. who died on the
day of] for, C.D. is under the age of 18 years and the consent of
M.N. and O.P., whose consent is required by law to his/her marriage, is given
as shown by the writing under their/his/her hand now shown to me and marked
[ ]] [or, C.D. is under the age of 18 years and there is no person
whose consent to his/her marriage is required] [or, C.D. is under the age of 18
years and the necessity of obtaining the consent of the persons whose consent
to his/her marriage is required by law has been dispensed with].

6. I make the foregoing statements solemnly and deliberately, conscientiously
believing the same to be true, well knowing that if any person knowingly and
wilfully makes a false oath or signs a false notice under the Foreign Marriage Act
1892. for the purpose of procuring a marriage, he may be guilty of an offence under
section 3 of the Perjury Act 1911; and well knowing also that any person who,
being married or single, shall marry any other person during the life of the husband
or wife of either party as the case may be, may be guilty of an offence under
section 57 of the Ofrences against the Person Act 1861.

Sworn at ........................................................

this .....day of .....19 A.B.

Before me, XY H.M. Consul (or as the case may be)

at ...............................................................

X.Y. (Official seal)





No. 3

CERTIFICATE OF COPY OF MARRIAGE
REGISTER

(s. 10(1) of the Foreign Marriage Act 1892)

I . ..................................Her Majesty's Consul [or as the case
may be], residing at .................hereby certify that this

is a true copy of the entries of marriages registered in this office, from the entry
of the marriage of A.B. and C.D. number one, to the entry of the marriage of
E.F. and G.H., number two.

Witness my hand and seal this day of 19

(Signature and official seal of marriage officer).





1975 No. 1831

DUMPING AT SEA

THE DUMPING AT SEA ACT 1974
(OVERSEAS TERRITORIES) ORDER 1975

Made - - - - 12th November 1975

Laid before Parliament 19th November 1975

Coming into Operation 10th December 1975

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 12th day of November 1975

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred on Her by section
15(3) of the Dumping at Sea Act 1974(a), by the Foreign Jurisdiction Act
1890(b), and all other powers enabling Her in that behalf, is pleased, by
and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby
ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Dumping at Sea Act 1974
(Overseas Territories) Order 1975 and shall come into effect on the 10th
day of December 1975.

2. The Interpretation Act 1889(c) shall apply for the purpose of
interpreting this Order and otherwise in relation thereto as it applies for
the purpose of interpreting, and in relation to, Acts of Parliament.

3. (1) The provisions of the Dumping at Sea Act 1974, modified and
adapted as in Schedule 1 hereto, shall extend to the Territories specified
in column 1 of Schedule 2 hereto.

(2) For the purpose of construing the said Act as so extended as
part of the law of a Territory to which it extends 'the Territory' means
that Territory and 'any Territory' means any of the Territories to which
it extends and the Solomon Islands.

(3) The references in Schedule 1 hereto to ¢G200 and ¢G400 shall be
construed by substituting for such amounts the amounts set out in
columns 2 and 3 of Schedule 2 hereto in relation to each Territory for
which amounts are set out in the said columns 2 and 3.

4. (1) Schedule 1 hereto shall take effect as part of the law of the
Solomon Islands.

(a) 1974 c. 20.
(b) 1890 c. 37.
(e) 1889 c. 63.





(2) For the purpose of construing the said Schedule as part of the
law of the Solomon Islands 'the Territory' means the Solomon Islands;
'any Territory' means any of the Territories to which the said Act is
extended by Article 3 of this Order; for 'indictment' there shall be
substituted 'information'; and for the amounts of ¢G200 and ¢G400 shall
be substituted 400 Australian dollars and 800 Australian dollars
respectively.

N. E. LEIGH.

SCHEDULE1 Articles 3 and 4

PROVISIONS oF THE DUMPING AT SEA ACT 1974 As EXTENDED To THE
TERRITORIES SPECIFIED IN SCHEDULE 2 HERETO AND TO THE
SOLOMON ISLANDS

1. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, no person, except in pursuance
of a licence granted under section 2 below and in accordance with the terms of that
licence

(a)shall dump substances or articles in the territorial waters of the Territory;
or

(b)shall dump substances or articles in the sea outside the territorial waters of
the Territory from a British ship, aircraft, hovercraft or marine structure;
or

(c)shall load substances or articles on to a ship, aircraft, hovercraft or marine
structure in the Territory or its territorial waters for dumping in the sea,
whether in such waters or not; or

(d)shall cause or permit substances or articles to be dumped or loaded as
mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (c) above.

(2) Subject to subsections (3) to (5) below, substances and articles are dumped
in the sea for the purposes of this Act if they are permanently deposited in the sea
from a vehicle, ship, aircraft, hovercraft or marine structure, or from a structure on
land constructed or adapted wholly or mainly for the purpose of depositing solids in
the sea.

(3) A discharge incidental to or derived from the normal operation of a ship,
aircraft, vehicle, hovercraft or marine structure or of its equipment does not
constitute dumping for the purposes of this Act unless the ship, aircraft, vehicle,
hovercraft or marine structure in question is constructed or adapted wholly or
mainly for the purpose of the disposal of waste or spoil and the discharge takes
place as part of its operation for that purpose.

(4) A deposit made by, or with the written consent of, a harbour authority
or lighthouse authority, for the purpose of providing moorings or securing aids to
navigation, does not constitute dumping for the purposes of this Act.

(5) A deposit made by or on behalf of a harbour authority in the execution of
works of maintenance in their harbour does not constitute dumping for the
purposes of this Act if it is made on the site of the works.

(6) Subject to subsections (7) to (9) below, any person who contravenes
subsection (1) above shall be guilty of an offence and liable

(a)on summary conviction to a fine of not more than ¢G400 or to
imprisonment for a term of not more than six months or to both; or

(b)on conviction on indictment, to imprisonment for not more than five
years, or a fine, or to both.

(7) It shall be a defence for a person charged with an offence under subsection
(6) above to prove

(a)that the substances or articles in question were dumped for the purpose of
securing the safety of a ship, aircraft, hovercraft or marine structure or of
saving life; and





(b)that he took steps within a reasonable time to inform the Governor
that the dumping had taken place and of the locality and circumstances
in which it took place and the nature and quantity of the substances
or articles dumped,
unless the court is satisfied that the dumping was not necessary for any of the
purposes mentioned above and was not a reasonable step to take in the cir-
cumstances.

(8) It shall be a defence for a person charged with an offence under sub-
section (6) above to prove-
(a) that he acted under instructions given to him by his employer, or
(b)that he acted in reliance on information given to him by others without
any reason to suppose that the information was false or misleading,
and in either case that he took all such steps as were reasonably open to him
to ensure that no offence would be committed.

(9) It shall be a defence for a person charged with an offence under sub-
section (6) above in relation to substances or articles dumped outside the ter-
ritorial waters of the Territory from a British ship, aircraft or hovercraft to
prove that they were loaded on to it in a Convention State and that the dumping
was authorized by a licence issued by the responsible authority in that State.

2. (1) In determining whether to grant a licence the Governor shall have
.regard to the need to protect the marine environment and the living resources
which it supports from any adverse consequences of dumping the substances or
articles to which the licence, if granted, will relate; and the Governor shall
include in a licence such conditions as appear to him to be necessary or expedient
for the protection of that environment and those resources from any such
consequences.

(2) The Governor may revoke a licence if it appears to him that the holder
is in breach of a condition included in it.

(3) The Governor may vary or revoke a licence if it appears to him that
the licence ought to be varied or revoked because of a change of circumstances
relating to the marine environment or the living resources which it supports,
including a change in scientific knowledge.

(4) The Governor may require an applicant for a licence to pay such fee
on applying for it as he may determine.

(5) The Governor may require an applicant to supply such information
and permit such examination and sampling of the substances or articles which
he desires to dump, or of similar substances or articles, and to supply such
information about the method of dumping which he desires to use, as in the
opinion of the Governor is necessary to enable him to decide whether a licence
should be granted and the conditions which any licence that is granted ought
to contain.

(6) The Governor may require an applicant for a licence to pay such
amount, in addition to any fee under subsection (4) above, as he may determine,
towards the expense of any tests which in the opinion of the Governor are
necessary to enable him to decide whether a licence should be granted and the
conditions which any licence that is granted ought to contain, and in particular
expense incurred in connection with any monitoring to determine the effect that
dumping may have or has had on the marine environment and the living resources
which it supports.

(7) A licence-
(a) shall specify the person to whom it is granted;
(b)shall state whether it is to remain in force until revoked or is to expire
at a time specified in the licence;
(C)shall specify the quantity and description of substances or articles to
which it relates; and
(d)may make different provision as to different descriptions of substances






or articles.





(8) The Governor may transfer a licence from the holder to any other person
on the application of that person or of the holder, but shall have power to include
additional conditions in a licence on transferring it.

(9) Any person who for the purpose of procuring the grant or transfer of a
licence, or in purporting to carry out any duty imposed on him as a condition of a
licence, knowingly or recklessly makes a false statement or knowingly or recklessly
produces, furnishes, signs or otherwise makes use of a document containing a false
statement shall be guilty of an offence and liable on summary conviction to a fine
not exceeding ¢G400

(10) A person who on the coming into force of this Act in the Territory is
authorized in writing by the Governor to dump substances or articles in the sea may
continue to do so, so long as he complies with any conditions subject to which the
authorization is given until the authorization expires or is revoked, as if the
authorization were a licence under this Act.

3. (1) Where the Governor proposes-

(a) to refuse a licence; or

(b)to include a condition in a licence, whether on granting or transferring it;
or

(c) to require a payment under section 2(6) above; or

(d) to vary or revoke a licence,

it shall be his duty, when notifying the applicant for or holder of the licence of the
proposal, also to notify him

(i) of the reason for it; and

(ii) of his right under this section to make written representations relating to
it.

(2) A notification of a proposal to vary or revoke a licence shall also include a
notice that any written representations must be received by the Governor within 28
days of the receipt of the notification.

(3) A person who receives a notification of a proposal such as is mentioned in
subsection (1) above may make written representations about it to the Governor.

(4) If the Governor receives such representations, and in the case of a
proposal to vary or revoke a licence receives them within 28 days of the receipt of
the notification of the proposal, he shall constitute a committee to consider the
representations and shall appoint one of the members of the committee to be its
chairman.

(5) The Governor shall draw up and from time to time revise a panel of
persons who are specially qualified in his opinion to be members of such
committees, and any such committee constituted by him shall be drawn from
members of such panel.

(6) It shall be the duty of the chairman of a committee-

(a)to serve upon the person who made the representations under subsection
(3) above a notice in writing requiring him to state within 14 days of the
receipt of the notice whether he wishes to make oral representations to
the committee; and

(b)to give him, not earlier than the date of the notice under paragraph (a)
above, notice in writing of the place, date and time of the meeting of the
committee.







(7) A notice under subsection (6)(b) above shall not specify a date for the
meeting of the committee earlier than 21 days from the date of the notice, unless
the person who made the representations has agreed to an earlier meeting.

(8) If the person who made the representations expresses a wish to make oral
representations to the committee, they shall afford him an opportunity of so doing,
either in person or by any person authorized by him in that behalf.

(9) The committee shall consider any representations made under subsection
(3) or (8) above and shall make a report to the Governor after the close of their
consideration, giving their findings of fact and their recommendations.





(10) Where representations relating to a proposal have been made under this
section, the Governor may make a final decision relating to the proposal only
after receiving and considering the committee's report on it.

(11) The Governor shall notify the person who made the representations of his
decision and the reasons for it and shall send him a copy of the committee's
report.

(12) Subject to subsection (13) below, the Governor may pay to a person who
makes representations under this section such sum as the Governor considers
appropriate in respect of costs or expenses incurred by him in connection with the
making of the representations and their consideration under this section.

(13) No payment shall be made under subsection'(12) above where the final
decision confirms the Governor's original proposal without modifications.

4. (1) The Governor shall compile and keep available for public inspection
free of charge at reasonable hours the notifiable particulars of any dumping licensed
by him under this Act, and shall furnish a copy of any such notifiable particulars to
any person on payment of such reasonable sum as he may determine.

(2) In subsection (1) above 'notifiable particulars' means such particulars as
the Secretary of State shall direct being particulars which Her Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom are required to notify to the international
organizations.

5. (1) The Governor may appoint enforcement officers for the purposes of
this Act.

(2) An enforcement officer appointed under subsection (1) above is referred
to in this Act as a 'local enforcement officer'.

(3) A local enforcement officer may be either an inspector appointed for the
purposes of this Act or an officer in the public service of the Territory appointed
to exercise and perform the powers and duties of such an inspector subject to such
limitations as may be specified in the instrument appointing him; and the following
provisions of this Act shall be construed, in reference to such an officer, as subject
to any such limitations.

(4) A local enforcement officer may, for the purpose of enforcing this Act,
exercise, in relation to places and things liable to inspection under this Act, the
powers conferred by subsections (7) to (10) below.

(5) Subject to subsection (6) below, the places and things liable to inspection
under this Act are

(a)land (including land submerged at mean high water springs and buildings on
land), vehicles, aircraft and hovercraft in the Territory;

(b) ships in ports in the Territory; and

(c)British ships, aircraft, hovercraft and marine structures, wherever they
may be,

in which a local enforcement officer has reasonable cause to believe that any
substances or articles intended to be dumped in the sea are or have been present.

(6) The places liable to inspection under this Act do not include any private
dwelling not used by or by permission of the occupier for the purpose of a trade or
business.

(7) A local enforcement officer may at any reasonable time enter any place
liable to inspection under this Act, and board any vehicle, ship, aircraft, hovercraft
or marine structure which is so liable, with or without persons and equipment to
assist him in his duties.







(8) A local enforcement officer-

(a)may open any container and examine and take samples of any substances
or articles;

(b)may examine equipment and require any person in charge of it to do
anything which appears to the officer to be necessary for facilitating
examination;





(c)may require any person to produce any licences, records or other
documents which relate to the dumping of substances or articles in the sea
and which are in his custody or possession;

(d)may require any person on board a ship, aircraft, hovercraft or marine
structure to produce any records or other documents which relate to it and
which are in his custody or possession; and

(e)may take copies of any document produced under paragraph (c) or (d)
above.

(9) For the purpose of boarding a vehicle, ship, aircraft, hovercraft or marine
structure, a local enforcement officer may require the person in charge to do
anything which will facilitate boarding, and the power conferred by this subsection
includes power, in the case of a vehicle, ship or hovercraft, to require the person in
charge to stop it.

(10) A local enforcement officer may require the attendance of the master of a
ship, the commander of an aircraft, the captain of a hovercraft or the person in
charge of a marine structure on board that ship, aircraft, hovercraft or structure,
and may make any examination and inquiry which appears to him to be necessary.

(11) A local enforcement officer shall be furnished with a certificate of his
appointment and on entering or boarding for the purposes of this Act any place or
thing liable to inspection under this Act shall, if so requested, produce the said
certificate.

6. (1) If an order is in force in the United Kingdom made under section 6(1) of
this Act as in force there (in this section referred to as 'the original Act') declaring

(a)that any procedure (which has been developed for the effective
application of the London Convention, the Oslo Convention or any
designated Convention) specified in the order is an accepted procedure as
between Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom and the
Government of any Convention State so specified, and

(b)that the powers conferred by subsections (5) to (10) of section 5 of the
original Act may be exercised for the purpose of the enforcement of that
procedure outside United Kingdom waters

(i) in relation to a British ship or hovercraft (as defined in the original
Act), by a person of a specified class appointed to enforce it by the
Government of that State, and

(ii) in relation to a ship or hovercraft of that State, by a British
enforcement officer,

then the powers conferred by subsections (5) to (10) of section 5 of this Act may
be exercised for the purpose of the enforcement of that procedure outside the
territorial waters of the Territory

(A) in relation to a British ship or hovercraft, by a person of the class
specified in the said order, and

(B)in relation to a ship or hovercraft of the State specified in that order. by a
local enforcement officer.

(2) A person belonging to a class specified in an order referred to in the
preceding subsection is referred to in this Act as a 'foreign enforcement officer',
but any reference to a foreign enforcement officer in the following provisions of
this Act shall be construed, in relation to any person of a class so specified, as
applying to him only for the purposes of the procedure specified in the order as the
procedure for whose enforcement his Government appointed him.

7. (1) A local or foreign enforcement officer shall not be liable in any civil or
criminal proceedings for anything done in purported exercise of the powers
conferred on him by this Act if the court is satisfied that the act was done in good
faith and that there were reasonable grounds for doing it.

(2) Any person who-

(a)without reasonable excuse fails to comply with any requirement imposed,
or to answer any question asked, by a local or foreign enforcement officer
under this Act;





(b)without reasonable excuse prevents, or attempts to prevent, any other
person from complying with any such requirement or answering any
such question; or
(c)assaults any such officer while exercising any of the powers conferred
on him by or by virtue of this Act or obstructs any such officer in the
exercise of any of those powers,
shall be guilty of an offence.

(3) A person guilty of an offence under this section shall be liable on
summary conviction in the case of a first offence thereunder to a fine not
exceeding ¢G200 and in the case of a second or subsequent offence thereunder
to a fine not exceeding ¢G400

8. (1) In any civil or criminal proceedings a written statement purporting
to be a report made by a local or foreign enforcement officer on matters
ascertained in the course of exercising his powers under this Act shall be
admissible as evidence to the like extent as oral evidence to the like effect by
that officer.

(2) Subsection (1) above shall be taken to be in addition to and not to
derogate from the provisions of any other law relating to the reception or
admissibility of documentary evidence.

9. (1) Where an offence under this Act which has been committed by
a body corporate is proved to have been committed with the consent or con-
nivance of, or to be attributable to any neglect on the part of, a director,
manager, secretary or other similar officer of the body corporate, or any person
who was purporting to act in any such capacity, he, as well as the body
corporate, shall be guilty of that offence and be liable to be proceeded against
and punished accordingly.

(2) Where the affairs of a body corporate are managed by its members,
subsection (1) above shall apply in relation to the acts and defaults ofa member
in connection with his functions of management as if he were a director of the
body corporate.

(3) Proceedings for any offence under this Act may be taken, and the
offence may for all incidental purposes be treated as having been committed,
in any place in the Territory.

10. (1) The powers conferred by subsections (7) to (10) of section 5 above
shall be exercisable, with the consent of the Governor, in relation to land in
which there is a Crown interest but in which there is also an interest held other-
wise than by or on behalf of the Crown.

(2) In subsection (1) above 'Crown interest' means any interest belonging
to Her Majesty in right of the government of the Territory.

11. (1) There shall be paid out d the general revenues of the Territory-
(a)such fees and allowances for members of committees under section 3
above;
(b) such salaries and allowances for the staff of such committees;
(c) such other expenses of such committees; and
(d) such salaries or other remuneration for local enforcement officers; and
(e)any expenses incurred under this Act by the Governor and not men-
tioned in the preceding subsections,
as the Governor may determined.

(2) Any receipts of the Governor under this Act shall be paid into the
general revenues of the Territory.

12. In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-
-British aircraft' means an aircraft registered in the United Kingdom or in any
Territory;





'British hovercraft' means a hovercraft registered in the United Kingdom or
which is owned by an individual resident dent in or a body corporate
incorporated under the law of any Territory;

'British marine structure' means a marine structure owned by or leased to an
individual resident in or a body corporate incorporated under the law of any
part of the United Kingdom or of any Territory;

'British ship' means a vessel registered under the Merchant Shipping Act 1894(a)
in the United Kingdom or in any Territory, or a vessel exempted from such
registration;

'captain', in relation to a hovercraft, means the person who is designated by the
operator to be in charge of it during any journey, or. failing such designation,
the person who is for the time being lawfully in charge of it;

commander in relation to an aircraft, means the member of the flight crew
designated as commander of that aircraft by the operator thereof, or, failing
such a person, the person who is for the time being the pilot in command of
the aircraft;

'Convention' includes an agreement or other arrangement;

'Convention State', in relation to the London Convention, the Oslo Convention
or a designated Convention, means a State declared to be a party to that
Convention by an order for the time being in force in the United Kingdom
made under section 12(3)(b) of this Act as in force in the United Kingdom;

'designated Convention- means a Convention declared to be a designated
Convention by an order for the time being in force in the United Kingdom
made under section 12(3)(a) of this Act as in force in the United Kingdom;

'dumping' has the meaning assigned to it by section 1 above;

'foreign enforcement officer' has the meaning assigned to it by section 6(2)
above;

'Governor', in relation to any Territory, means the officer for the time being
administering the Government of that Territory or any person whom the
Governor may by order designate to perform such of the Governor's functions
under this Act as may be specified in such order;

'harbour authority- has the meaning assigned to it by section 742 of the Merchant
Shipping Act 1894;

'hovercraft' means a vehicle which is designed to be supported when in motion
wholly or partly by air expelled from the vehicle to form a cushion of which
the boundaries include the ground, water or other surface beneath the vehicle;

(a) 1894 c. 60.

The Governor of Hong Kong has ordered that the public officers designated in the first
column of the Schedule shall perform such of the Governor's functions under the Act as are
specified in the second column of the Schedule.

SCHEDULE

Designated Public Officers Functions

Director of Public Works The Governor's functions under paragraphs 1(7), 2, 3
(other than sub-paragraph (12) ), 4, 5, 10 and 11(2)
of the First Schedule to Dumping at Sea Act 1974
(Overseas Territories) Order 1975 in relation to the
dumping of substances or articles for the purposes
of the Foreshores and Seabed Ordinance Cap. 127
and Public Reclamations Works Ordinance Cap. 113.

Director of Marine The Governor's functions under paragraphs 1(7), 2, 3
(other than sub-paragraph (12) ), 4, 5, 10 and 11(2)
of the First Schedule to Dumping at Sea Act 1974
(Overseas Territories) Order 1975 in relation to the
dumping and loading of substances or articles in the
territorial waters of the Colony from any British ship,
aircraft, hovercraft or marine structure.




'international organizations- means any organization established in pursuance of
Article XIV of the London Convention or Article 16 of the Oslo
Convention and any similar organization established in pursuance of a
designated Convention;

'lighthouse authority' means a local lighthouse authority or a general lighthouse
authority within the meaning of section 634 of the Merchant Shipping Act
1894 or a harbour authority;

Ioad' means load for dumping;

'local enforcement officer' has the meaning assigned to it by section 5(2) above;

'the London Convention' means the Convention on the Prevention of Marine
Pollution by Dumping of Wastes and Other Matter concluded at London in
December 1972;

'marine structure' means a platform or other man-made structure at sea;

..master', in relation to any ship, includes the person for the time being in
charge of the ship;

'the Oslo Convention' means the Convention for the Prevention of Marine
Pollution by Dumping from Ships and Aircraft concluded at Oslo in February
1972;

'sea' includes any area submerged at mean high water springs, and also includes, so
far as the tide flows at mean high water springs, an estuary or an arm of the
sea and the waters of any channel, creek, bay, lagoon or river; and

'territorial waters' means any part of the sea within the seaward limits of the
territorial waters of the Territory.

13. (1) The restrictions imposed by this Act are in addition to any restric-

tion imposed by or under any other law, and neither affect nor are affected by any
such restriction.

(2) Subject to the provisions of section 33 of the Interpretation Act 1889

of the United Kingdom (which relates to offences under two or more laws),
nothing in this Act-

(a)confers a right of action in any civil proceedings (other than proceedings
for the recovery of a fine) in respect of any contravention of this Act; or

(b)derogates from any right of action or other remedy (whether civil or
criminal) in proceedings instituted otherwise than under this Act.

SCHEDULE 2 Article 3

2 3

Territory For

Belize.. .. 800 'Belizian dollars. 1,600 Belizian dollars.
Bermuda.. .. 500 Bermuda dollars. 1,000 Bermuda dollars.

British Indian Ocean
Territory.. 2,500 rupees. 5,000 rupees.

British Virgin Islands ...450 United States 900 United States dollars.
..dollars.

Cayman Islands ...400 Cayman Islands 800 Cayman Islands







dollars. dollars.

Falkland Islands (Colony
and Dependencies) ...

Gilbert Islands..... 350 Australian dollars. 700 Australian dollars.

Hong Kong ..... 2,500 Hong Kong 5,000 Hong Kong dollars.

dollars.





1 2 3

Territory For

Montrsrrat ..... 960 East Caribbean 1,920 East Caribbean

dollars. dollars.

Pitcairn, Henderson,

Ducie and Oeno Islands

St. Helena (Colony and

Dependencies).....

Seychelles.......2,500 rupees. 5,000 rupees.

Sovereign Base Areas of

Akrotiri and Dhekelia..400 Cyprus pounds. 800 Cyprus pounds.

Turks and Caicos Islands 500 United States 1,000 United States
dollars. dollars.

Tuvalu .......350 Australian dollars. 700 Australian dollars.





1975 No. 2169

MERCHANT SHIPPING

THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (OIL POLLUTION)

(HONG KONG) ORDER 1975

Made - - - - 19ht December 1975

Laid before Parliament 14th January 1976
Coming into Operation 3rd February 1976

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 19th day of December 1975

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by
section 18(1) of the Merchant Shipping (Oil Pollution) Act 1971(a), by
section 20(1) of the Merchant Shipping Act 1974(b) and all other
powers enabling Her in that behalf, is pleased, by and with the advice of
Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Oil Pollution)
(Hong Kong) Order 1975 and shall come into operation on 3rd February
1976.

2. The Interpretation Act 1889(c) shall apply, with the necessary
adaptations, for the purpose of interpreting this Order and otherwise in
relation thereto as it applies for the purpose of interpretipg, and in
relation to, Acts of Parliament.

3. The provisions of the Merchant Shipping (Oil Pollution) Act
1971 (except sections 17 and 18 thereof), subject to the exemptions,
modifications and adaptations as set out in Schedule 1 hereto, shall
extend to Hong Kong.

4. The provisions of Part I and sections 22, 23 and 24 of, and
Schedule 1 to the Merchant Shipping Act 1974, subject to the
exceptions, modifications and adaptations as set out in Schedule 2
hereto, shall extend to Hong Kong.

5. Save as is expressly provided otherwise therein, any reference in
the Schedules to this Order to any enactment of the United Kingdom
shall be construed as a reference to that enactment as applying or
extended to Hong Kong.

N. E. LEIGH

(a) 1971 c. 59.
(b) 1974 c. 43.
(c) 1889 c. 63.





SCHEDULE 1 TO THE ORDER Article 3

THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (OIL POLLUTION) ACT 1971

1. (1) Where, as a result of any occurrence taking place while a ship is carrying
a cargo of persistent oil in bulk, any persistent oil carried by the ship (whether as
part of the cargo or otherwise) is discharged or escapes from the ship, the owner of
the ship shall be liable, except as otherwise provided by this Act,

(a)for any damage caused in the area of Hong Kong by contamination
resulting from the discharge or escape; and

(b)for the cost of any measures reasonably taken after the discharge or escape
for the purpose of preventing or reducing any such damage in the area of
Hong Kong; and

(c)for any damage caused in the area of Hong Kong by any measures so taken.

(2) Where a person incurs a liability under subsection (1) of this section he
shall also be liable for any damage or cost for which he would be liable under that
subsection if the references therein to the area of Hong Kong included the area of
any other Convention country.

(3) Where persistent oil is discharged or escapes from two or more ships and

(a)a liability is incurred under this section by the owner of each of them; but

(b)the damage or cost for which each of the owners would be liable cannot
reasonably be separated from that for which the other or others would be
liable;

each of the owners shall be liable, jointly with the other or others, for the whole of
the damage or cost for which the owners together would be liable under this section.

(4) For the purposes of this Act, where more than one discharge or escape
results from the same occurrence or from a series of occurrences having the same
origin, they shall be treated as one; but any measures taken after the first of them
shall be deemed to have been taken after the discharge or escape.

(5) Section 21 of the Law Amendment and Reform (Consolidation)
Ordinance(a) shall apply in relation to any damage or cost for which a person is
liable under this section, but which is not due to his fault, as if it were due to his
fault.

2. The owner of a ship from which persistent oil has been discharged or has
escaped shall not incur any liability under section 1 of this Act if he proves that the
discharge or escape

(a)resulted from an act of war, hostilities, civil war, insurrection or an
exceptional, inevitable and irresistible natural phenomenon; or

(b)was due wholly to anything done or left undone by another person, not
being a servant or agent of the owner, with intent to do damage; or

(c)was due wholly to the negligence or wrongful act of a government or other
authority in exercising its function of maintaining lights or other
navigational aids for the maintenance of which it was responsible.

3. Where, as a result of any occurrence taking place while a ship is carrying a
cargo of persistent oil in bulk, any persistent oil carried by the ship is discharged or
escapes then, whether or not the owner incurs a liability under section 1 of this Act,

(a)he shall not be liable otherwise than under that section for any such damage
or cost as is mentioned therein; and







(b)no servant or agent of the owner nor any person performing salvage
operations with the agreement of the owner shall be liable for any such
damage or cost.

(a) Laws of Hong Kong Revised Ed. 1971, Cap. 23.





4. (1) Where the owner of a ship incurs a liability under section 1 of this Act
by reason of a discharge or escape which occurred without his actual fault or privity

(a)section 503 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894(a) (limitation of liability)
shall not apply in relation to that liability; but

(b) he may limit the liability in accordance with the provisions of this
Act, and if he does so his liability (that is to say, the aggregate of
his liabilities under section 1 resulting from the discharge or escape)
shall not exceed 2,000 gold francs for each ton of the ship's tonnage
nor (where that tonnage would result in a greater amount) 210 million
gold francs.

(2) For the purposes of this section the tonnage of a ship shall be ascertained
as follows:

(a)if the ship is a British ship (whether registered in Hong Kong or elsewhere)
or a ship to which an Order under section 84 of the Merchant Shipping
Act 1894 applies, its tonnage shall be taken to be its registered tonnage
increased, where a deduction has been made for engine room space
in arriving at that tonnage. by the amount of that deduction;

(b)if the ship is not such a ship as is mentioned in the preceding paragraph
and it is possible to ascertain what would be its registered tonnage if it were
registered in Hong Kong, that paragraph shall apply (with the necessary
modifications) as if the ship were so registered;

(c)if the ship is not such a ship as is mentioned in paragraph (a) of this
subsection and is of a description with respect to which no provision is for
the time being made by regulations under section 1 of the Merchant
Shipping Act 1965(5) (tonnage regulations) its tonnage shall be taken to
be 40 per cent of the weight (expressed in tons of 2,240 Ibs.) of oil which
the ship is capable of carrying;

(d)if the tonnage of the ship cannot be ascertained in accordance with the
preceding paragraphs the Director of Marine shall, if so directed by the
court, certify what, on the evidence specified in the direction, would in his
opinion be the tonnage of the ship if ascertained in accordance with those
paragraphs, and the tonnage stated in his certificate shall be taken to be
the tonnage of the ship.

(3) For the purposes of this section a gold france shall be taken to be a unit of
sixty-five and a half milligrams of gold of millesimal fineness nine hundred.

(4) The Governor may from time to time by order specify the amounts which
for the purposes of this section are to be taken as equivalent to 2,000 gold francs
and 210 million gold francs respectively.

(5) Where the amounts specified by an order under the preceding subsection
are varied by a subsequent order the variation shall not affect the limit of any
liability under section 1 of this Act if, before the variation comes into force, an
amount not less than that limit (ascertained in accordance with the order then in
force) has been paid into court in proceedings for the limitation of that liability in
accordance with this Act.

5. (1) Where the owner of a ship has or is alleged to have incurred a liability
under section 1 of this Act he may apply to the court for the limitation of that
liability to an amount determined in accordance with section 4 of this Act.

(2) If on such an application the court finds that the applicant has incurred
such a liability and is entitled to limit it, the court shall, after determining the limit
of the liability and directing payment into court of the amount of that limit,

(a)determine the amounts that would, apart from the limit, be due in respect
of the liability to the several persons making claims in the proceedings;
and

(a) 1894 c. 60.
(b) 1965 c. 47; S.I. 1967/1764 (1967 III, p. 4730).

*The Governor has specified HK$742.59 and HK477,971,534.00 as the amounts which
shall be taken as equivalent to 2,000 gold francs and 210 million gold francs respectively.
(see L.N. 140/76).




(b)direct the distribution of the amount paid into court (or, as the case may
be, so much of it as does not exceed the liability) among those persons in
proportion to their claims, subject to the following provisions of this
section.

(3) No claim shall be admitted in proceedings under this section unless it is
made within such time as the court may direct or such further time as the court
may allow.

(4) Where any sum has been paid in or towards satisfaction of any claim in
respect of the damage or cost to which the liability extends,

(a)by the owner or the person referred to in section 12 of this Act as ---
theinsurer'; or

(b)by a person who has or is alleged to have incurred a liability, otherwise
than under section 1 of this Act, for the damage or cost and who is entitled
to limit his liability in connection with the ship by virtue of the Merchant
Shipping (Liability of Shipowners and Others) Act 1958(a);

the person who paid the sum shall, to the extent of that sum, be in the same
position with respect to any distribution made in proceedings under this section as
the person to whom it was paid would have been.

(5) Where the person who incurred the liability has voluntarily made any
reasonable sacrifice or taken any other reasonable measures to prevent or reduce
damage to which the liability extends or might have extended he shall be in the
same position with respect to any distribution made in proceedings under this
section as if he had a claim in respect of the liability equal to the cost of the
sacrifice or other measures.

(6) The court may, if it thinks fit, postpone the distribution of such part of
the amount to be distributed as it deems appropriate having regard to any claims
that may later be established before a court of any country outside Hong Kong.

6. (1) Where the court has found that a person who has incurred a liability
under section 1 of this Act is entitled to limit that liability to any amount and he
has paid into court a sum not less than that amount

(a)the court shall order the release of any ship or other property arrested in
connection with a claim in respect of that liability or any security given
to prevent or obtain release from such an arrest; and

(b)no judgment or decree for any such claim shall be enforced, except so far
as it is for costs,

if the sum paid into court, or such part thereof as corresponds to the claim, will be
actually available to the claimant or would have been available to him if the proper
steps in the proceedings under section 5 of this Act had been taken.

7. Where, as a result of any discharge or escape of persistent oil from a ship,
the owner of the ship incurs a liability under section 1 of this Act and any other
person incurs a liability, otherwise than under that section, for any such damage or
cost as is mentioned in subsection (1) of that section, then, if

(a)the owner has been found, in proceedings under section 5 of this Act, to
be entitled to limit his liability to any amount and has paid into court a
sum not less than that amount; and

(b)the other person is entitled to limit his liability in connection with the
ship by virtue of the Merchant Shipping (Liability of Shipowners and
Others) Act 1958;

no proceedings shall be taken against the other person in respect of his liability,
and if any such proceedings were commenced before the owner paid the sum into






court, no further steps shall be taken in the proceedings except in relation to costs.

(a) 1958 c. 62; S.I. 196311632 (1963 Ill, p. 3082).





8. Where the events resulting in the liability of any person under section 1
of this Act also resulted in a corresponding liability under the law of another
Convention country sections 6 and 7 of this Act shall apply as if the references
to sections 1 and 5 of this Act included references to the corresponding provi-
sions of that law and the references to sums paid into court included references
to any sums secured under those provisions in respect of the liability.
9. No action to enforce a claim in respect of a liability incurred under
section 1 of this Act shall be entertained by any court in Hong Kong unless
the action is commenced not later than three years after the claim arose nor
later than six years after the occurrence or first of the occurrences resulting
in the discharge or escape by reason of which the liability was incurred.
10. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Act relating to Government
ships, subsection (2) of this section shall apply to any ship carrying in bulk
a cargo of more than 2,000 tons of persistent oil of a description specified in
regulations made by the Governor.
(2) The ship shall not enter or leave a port in Hong Kong or arrive at
or leave a terminal in the territorial sea of Hong Kong nor, if the ship is
registered in Hong Kong, a port in any other country or a terminal in the
territorial sea of any other country, unless there is in force a certificate com-
plying with the provisions of subsection (3) of this section and showing that
there is in force in respect of the ship a contract of insurance or other security
satisfying the requirements of Article VII of the Convention (cover for owner's
liability).
(3) The certificate must be-
(a)if the ship is registered in Hong Kong, a certificate issued by the
Governor;
(b)if the ship is registered in a Convention country other than Hong
Kong, a certificate issued by or under the authority of the government
of the other Convention country; and
(c)if the ship is registered in a country which is not a Convention country,
a certificate recognized for the purposes of this paragraph by regula-
tions made under this section.
(4) The Governor may by regulations provide that certificates in respect
of ships registered in any, or any specified, country which is not a Convention
country shall, in such circumstances as may be specified in the regulations,
be recognised for the purposes of subsection (3)(c) of this section if issued by
or under the authority of the government of the country designated in the
regulations in that behalf; and the country that may be so designated may
be either or both of the following, that is to say-
(a) the country in which the ship is registered; and
(b)any country specified in the regulations for the purposes of this
paragraph.
(5) Any certificate required by this section to be in force in respect of
a ship shall be carried in the ship and shall, on demand, be produced by the
master to the Director of Marine or any officer of the Marine Department
authorised by him.
(6) If a ship enters or leaves, or attempts to enter or leave, a port or
arrives at or leaves, or attempts to arrive at or leave, a terminal in contraven-
tion of subsection (2) of this section, the master or owner shall be liable on
conviction on indictment to a fine, or on summary conviction to a fine not
exceeding 400,000 dollars.
(7) If a ship fails to carry, or the master of a ship fails to produce, a
certificate as required by subsection (5) of this section the master shall be
liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding 5,000 dollars.
(8) If a ship attempts to leave a port in Hong Kong in contravention
of this section the ship may be detained.
11. (1) Subject to subsection (2) of this section, if the Governor is
satisfied, on an application for such a certificate as is mentioned in section
10 of this Act in respect of a ship registered in Hong Kong that there will be in
force in respect of the ship, throughout the period for which the certificate
is to be issued, a contract of insurance or other security satisfying the require-
ments of Article VII of the Convention, the Governor shall issue such a
certificate to the owner.





(2) If the Governor is of opinion that there is a doubt whether the person
providing the insurance or other security will be able to meet his obligations
thereunder, or whether the insurance or other security will cover the owner's
liability under section 1 of this Act in all circumstances, he may refuse the
certificate.

(3) The Governor may make regulations-

(a)prescribing the fee to be paid on an application for a certificate to be issued
by him under this section; and

(b)providing for the cancellation and delivery up of such a certificate in such
circumstances as may be prescribed by the regulations.

(4) If a person required by regulations under subsection (3)(b) of this section to
deliver up a certificate fails to do so he shall be liable on summary conviction to a
fine not exceeding 2,500 dollars.

(5) The Governor shall send a copy of any certificate issued by him under this
section in respect of a ship registered in Hong Kong to the Registrar of Ships, Hong
Kong, who shall make the copy available for public inspection.

12. (1) Where it is alleged that the owner of a ship has incurred a liability under
section 1 of this Act as a result of any discharge or escape of oil occurring while
there was in force a contract of insurance or other security to which such a
certificate as is mentioned in section 10 of this Act related, proceedings to enforce
a claim in respect of the liability may be brought against the person who provided
the insurance or other security (in the following provisions of this section referred
to as 'the insurer').

(2) In any proceedings brought against the insurer by virtue of this section it
shall be a defence (in addition to any defence affecting the owner's liability) to
prove that the discharge or escape was due to the wilful misconduct of the owner
himself.

(3) The insurer may limit his liability in respect of claims made against him by
virtue of this section in like manner and to the same extent as the owner may limit
his liability but the insurer may do so whether or not the discharge or escape
occurred without the owner's actual fault or privity.

(4) Where the owner and the insurer each apply to the court for the limitation
of his liability any sum paid into court in pursuance of either application shall be
treated as paid also in pursuance of the other.

(5) The Third Parties (Rights against Insurers) Ordinance(a) shall not apply in
relation to any contract of insurance to which such a certificate as is mentioned in
section 10 of this Act relates.

13. (1) Paragraph (d) of section 1(1) of the Administration of Justice
Act 1956 as applied in Hong Kong by the Admiralty Jurisdiction (Hong Kong)
Order-in-Council 1962(b) (Admiralty jurisdiction in claims for damage done
by ships) shall be costrued as extending to any claim in respect of a liability
incurred under this Act.

(2) Where any persistent oil is discharged or escapes from a ship but does not
result in any damage caused by contamination in the area of Hong Kong and no
measures are reasonably taken to prevent or reduce such damage in that area, no
court in Hong Kong shall entertain an action (whether in rem or in personam) to
enforce a claim arising from

(a)any damage caused in the area of another Convention country by
contamination resulting from the discharge or escape;

(b)any cost incurred in taking measures to prevent or reduce such damage in
the area of another Convention country; or

(c) any damage caused by any measures so taken.

(3) Sections 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 of the Foreign Judgments (Reciprocal
Enforcement) Ordinance(c) shall apply, whether or not they would so apply apart
from this section, to any judgment given by a court in a Convention country to
enforce a claim in respect of a liability incurred under any provision corresponding
to section 1 of this Act; and in the application of sections 3, 4,

(a) Laws of Hong Kong Revised Ed. 1964. Cap. 273.
(b) S.1. 1962/1547 (1962 II, p. 1669).
(c) Laws of Hong Kong Revised Ed. 1965. Cap. 319.





5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 of the Foreign Judgments (Reciprocal Enforcement)
Ordinance to such a judgment, the said sections shall have effect with the
omission of subsections (2) and (3) of section 6 of that Ordinance.

14. (1) Nothing in the preceding provisions of this Act applies in relation to
any warship or any ship for the time being used by the government of any State for
other than commercial purposes.

(2) In relation to a ship owned by a State and for the time being used for
commercial purposes it shall be a sufficient compliance with subsection (2) of
section 10 of this Act if there is in force a certificate issued by the government of
that State and showing that the ship is owned by that State and that any liability for
pollution damage as defined in Article I of the Convention will be met up to the
limit prescribed by Article V thereof.

(3) Every Convention State shall, for the purposes of any proceedings brought
in a court in Hong Kong to enforce a claim in respect of a liability incurred under
section 1 of this Act, be deemed to have submitted to the jurisdiction of that court,
and accordingly rules of court may provide for the manner in which such
proceedings are to be commenced and carried on; but nothing in this subsection
shall authorise the issue of execution against the property of any State.

is. (1) Where,-

(a)after an escape or discharge of persistent oil from a ship, measures are
reasonably taken for the purpose of preventing or reducing damage in the
area of Hong Kong which may be caused by contamination resulting from
the discharge or escape; and

(b)any person incurs, or might but for the measures have incurred, a liability,
otherwise than under section 1 of this Act, for any such damage;

then, notwithstanding that subsection (1)(b) of that section does not apply, he
shall be liable for the cost of the measures, whether or not the person taking them
does so for the protection of his interests or in the performance of a duty.

(2) For the purposes of section 503 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894(a)
(limitation of liability) any liability incurred under this section shall be deemed to
be a liability to damages in respect of such loss, damage or infringement as is
mentioned in subsection (1)(d) of that section.

16. Nothing in this Act shall prejudice any claim, or the enforcement of any
claim, a person incurring any liability under this Act may have against another
person in respect of that liability.

19. (1) In this Act-

'the Convention- means the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil
Pollution Damage signed in Brussels in 1969;

-Convention country' means a country in respect of which the Convention is in
force; and

-Convention State' means a State which is a party to the Convention.

(2) If Her Majesty by Order in Council made under this subsection as it applies
in the United Kingdom declares that any State specified in the Order is a party to
the Convention in respect of any country so specified the Order shall, while in
force, be conclusive evidence that that State is a party to the Convention in
respect of that country.

20. (1) In this Act-

'damage' includes loss;

'owner', in relation to a registered ship, means the person registered as its owner,
except that in relation to a ship owned by a State which is operated by a
person registered as the ship's operator, it means the person registered as its
operator;

'the court' means the Supreme Court of Hong Kong or ajudge thereof;

(a) 1894 c. 60.





'Governor' means the Governor of Hong Kong or any officer authorized by him;

'Director of Marine' means the Director of Marine in Hong Kong;

'Marine Department' means the Marine Department in Hong Kong;

'Gazette' means the Hong Kong Government Gazette and any supplement
thereto;

'dollars' means Hong Kong dollars.

(2) In relation to any damage or cost resulting from the discharge or escape of
any oil carried in a ship references in this Act to the owner of the ship are
references to the owner at the time of the occurrence or first of the occurrences
resulting in the discharge or escape.

(3) References in this Act to the area of any country include the territorial sea
of that country.

21. (2) This Act shall be construed as one with the Merchant Shipping Acts
1894 to 1967.

(3) This Act shall come into force on such day as the Governor may by notice
in the Gazette appoint and difrerent days may be so appointed for different
provisions of this Act.

SCHEDULE 2 TO THE ORDER Article 4
THE MERCHANT SHIPPING ACT 1974

PART I

THE INTERNATIONAL OIL POLLUTION COMPIENSA17ON
FuND

1. (1) In this Part of this Act-

(a)the 'Liability Convention' means the International Convention on Civil
Liability for Oil Pollution Damage opened for signature in Brussels on
29th November 1969;

(b)the 'Fund Convention' means the International Convention on the
Establishment of an International Fund for Compensation for Oil
Pollution Damage opened for signature in Brussels on 18th December
1971;

(c)'the Fund' means the International Fund established by the Fund
Convention; and

(d)'Fund Convention country' means a country in respect of which the Fund
Convention is in force.

(2) If Her Majesty by Order in Council made under this subsection as it applies
in the United Kingdom declares that any State specified in the Order is a party to
the Fund Convention in respect of any country so specified the Order shall, while
in force, be conclusive evidence that that State is a party to the Convention in
respect of that country.

(3) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires-

the 'Act of 1971' means the Merchant Shipping (Oil Pollution) Act 1971(a),

'damage' includes loss,

'discharge or escape', in relation to pollution damage, means the discharge or
escape of oil carried by the ship,

'dollars' means Hong Kong dollars,

'guarantor' means any person providing insurance or other financial security to
cover. the owner's liability of the kind described in section 10 of the Act of
1971,

The Governor has appointed the Director of Marine as an officer authorized by hint for the
purposes of sections 10(3)(a) and 11(1), (2) and (5) of the Act as extended to Hong Kong.
(see L.N. 142/76)

The Governor has appointed the 18th June 1976 as the day on which the Merchant
Shipping (Oil Pollution) Act 1971 shall come into force. (see L.N. 141/76)

(a) 1971 c. 59.
1976 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Oil Pollution) [App. M

.,oil', except in sections 2 and 3, means persistent hydrocarbon mineral oil,

..owner' means the person or persons registered as the owner of the ship or, in the absence of registration, the person or persons owning the ship, except that in relation to a ship owned by a State which is operated by a person registered as the ship's operator, it means the person registered as its operator,

'pollution damage' means damage caused outside the ship carrying oil by contamination resulting from the escape or discharge of oil from the ship, wherever the escape or discharge may occur, and includes the cost of preventive measures and further damage caused by preventive measures,

-preventive measures- means any reasonable measures taken by any person after the occurrence to prevent or minimise pollution damage,

'ship' means any sea-going vessel and any seaborne craft of any type whatsoever carrying oil in bulk as cargo,

'Governor' means the Governor of Hong Kong or any officer authorized by him,

'Gazette' means the Hong Kong Government Gazette and any supplement thereto.

(4) For the purposes of this Part of this Act a ship's tonnage shall be the net tonnage of the ship with the addition of the amount deducted from the gross tonnage on account of engine room space for the purpose of ascertaining the net tonnage.

If the ship cannot be measured in accordance with the normal rules, its tonnage shall be deemed to be 40 per cent. of the weight in tons (of 2,240 lbs.) of oil which the ship is capable of carrying.

(5) For the purposes of this Part of this Act, where more than one discharge or escape results from the same occurrence or from a series of occurrences having the same origin, they shall be treated as one.

(6) In this Part of this Act a franc shall be taken to be a unit of 651 milligrammes of gold of millesimal fineness 900.

(7) The Governor may from time to time by order specify the amounts which for the purposes of this Part of this Act arc to be taken as equivalent to any specified number of francs.

Contributions to Fund

2. (1) Contributions shall be payable to the Fund in respect of oil carried by sea to ports or terminal installations in Hong Kong.

(2) Subsection (1) above applies whether or not the oil is being imported, and applies even if contributions are payable in respect of carriage of the same oil on a previous voyage.

(3) Contributions shall also be payable to the Fund in respect of oil when first received in any installation in Hong Kong after having been carried by sea and discharged in a port or terminal installation in a country which is not a Fund Convention country.

(4) The person liable to pay contributions is

(a) in the case of oil which is being imported into Hong Kong, the importer, and

(b) otherwise, the person by whom the oil is received.

(5) A person shall not be liable to make contributions in respect of the oil imported or received by him in any year if the oil so imported or received in the year does not exceed 150,000 tonnes.

(6) For the purpose of subsection (5) above

(a) all the members of a group of companies shall be treated as a single person, and

(b) any two or more companies which have been amalgamated into a single company shall be treated as the same person as that single company.
App. III] Merchant Shipping (Oil Pollution) [1976 Ed.

(7) The contributions payable by a person for any year shall

(a) be of such amount as may be determined by the Assembly of the Fund under Articles 11 and 12 of the Fund Convention and notified to him by the Fund;

(b) be payable in such instalments, becoming due at such times, as may be so notified to him;

and if any amount due from him remains unpaid after the date on which it became due, it shall from then on bear interest, at a rate determined from time to time by the said Assembly, until it is paid.

(8) The Governor may by regulations impose on persons who are or may be liable to pay contributions under this section obligations to give security for payment to the Governor, or to the Fund.

Regulations under this subsection

(a) may contain such supplemental or incidental provisions as appear to the Governor expedient, and

(b) may impose penalties for contravention of the regulations punishable on summary conviction by a fine not exceeding 5,000 dollars, or such lower limit as may be specified in the regulations.

(9) In this and the next following section, unless the context otherwise requires

,.company' means a body incorporated under the law of Hong Kong, or of any other country;

.,group' in relation to companies, means a holding company and its subsidiaries as defined by section 126 of the Companies Ordinance(a), subject, in the case of a company incorporated outside Hong Kong, to any necessary modifications of those definitions;

'importer' means the person by whom or on whose behalf the oil in question is entered for customs purposes on importation, and 'import' shall be construed accordingly;

,,oil' means crude oil and fuel oil, and

(a) 'crude oil' means any liquid hydrocarbon mixture occurring naturally in the earth whether or not treated to render it suitable for transportation, and includes

(i) crude oils from which distillate fractions have been removed, and

(ii) crude oils to which distillate fractions have been added,

(b) 'fuel oil' means heavy distillates or residues from crude oil or blends of such materials intended for use as a fuel for the production of heat or power of a quality equivalent to the 'American Society for Testing and Materials' Specification for Number Four Fuel Oil (Designation D 396-69)', or heavier;

'terminal installation' means any site for the storage of oil in bulk which is capable of receiving oil from waterborne transportation, including any facility situated offshore and linked to any such site.

(10) In this section 'sea' does not include any waters within the boundaries of Hong Kong as defined in the Second Schedule of the Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance(b).

3. (1) For the purpose of transmitting to the Fund the names and addresses of the persons who under the last preceding section are liable to make contributions to the Fund for any year, and the quantity of oil in respect of which they are so liable, the Governor may by notice require any person engaged in producing, treating, distributing or transporting oil to furnish such information as may be specified in the notice.

(a) Laws of Hong Kong Revised Ed. 1975, Cap. 32. (b) Laws of Hong Kong Revised Ed. 1975, Cap. 1.
1976 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Oil Pollution) [App. M

(2) A notice under this section may require a company to give such information as may be required to ascertain whether its liability is affected by subsection (6) of the last preceding section.

(3) A notice under this section may specify the way in which, and the time within which, it is to be complied with.

(4) In the proceedings by the Fund against any person to recover any amount due under the last preceding section, particulars contained in any list transmitted by the Governor to the Fund shall, so far as those particulars are based on information obtained under this section, be admissible as evidence of the facts stated in the list; and so far as particulars which are so admissible are based on information given by the person against whom the proceedings are brought, those particulars shall be presumed to be accurate until the contrary is proved.

(5) If a person discloses any information which has been furnished to or obtained by him under this section, or in connection with the execution of this section, he shall, unless the disclosure is made

(a) with the consent of the person from whom the information was obtained, or

(b) in connection with the execution of this section, or

(c) for the purposes of any legal proceedings arising out of this section, or of any report of such proceedings,

be liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding 5,000 dollars.

(6) A person who

(a) refuses or wilfully neglects to comply with a notice under this section or

(b) in furnishing any information in compliance with a notice under this section makes any statement which he knows to be false in a material particular, or recklessly makes any statement which is false in a material particular,

shall be liable

(i) on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding 5,000 dollars, and

(ii) on conviction on indictment to a fine, or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding twelve months. or to both.

Compensation for persons suffering pollution damage

4. (1) The Fund shall be liable for pollution damage in Hong Kong if the person suffering the damage has been unable to obtain full compensation under section 1 of the Act of 1971 (which gives effect to the Liability Convention)

(a) because the discharge or escape causing the damage-
(i) resulted from an exceptional, inevitable and irresistible phenomenon, or

(ii) was due wholly to anything done or left undone by another person (not being a servant or agent of the owner) with intent to do damage, or

(iii) was due wholly to the negligence or wrongful act of a government or other authority in exercising its function of maintaining lights or other navigational aids for the maintenance of which it was responsible,

(and because liability is accordingly wholly displaced by section 2 of the Act of 1971), or

(b) because the owner or guarantor liable for the damage cannot meet his obligations in full, or

(c) because the damage exceeds the liability under section 1 of the Act of 1971 as limited

(i) by section 4 of the Act of 1971, or

(ii) (where the said section 4 is displaced by section 9 of this Act) by section 503 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894(a).

(a) 1894 c. 60.
App. III] Merchant Shipping (Oil Pollution) [1976 Ed.

(2) Subsection (1) above shall apply with the substitution for the words 'Hong Kong' of the words 'a Fund Convention country' where the incident has caused pollution damage both in Hong Kong and in another Fund Convention country, and proceedings under the Liability Convention for compensation for the pollution damage have been brought in a country which is not a Fund Convention country or in Hong Kong.

(3) Where the incident has caused pollution damage both in Hong Kong and in another country in respect of which the Liability Convention is in force, references in this section to the provisions of the Act of 1971 shall include references to the corresponding provisions of the law of any country giving effect to the Liability Convention.

(5) For the purposes of this section an owner or guarantor is to be treated as incapable of meeting his obligations if the obligations have not been met after all reasonable steps to pursue the legal remedies available have been taken.

(6) Expenses reasonably incurred, and sacrifices reasonably made, by the owner voluntarily to prevent or minimise pollution damage shall be treated as pollution damage for the purposes of this section, and accordingly he shall be in the same position with respect to claims against the Fund under this section as if he had a claim in respect of liability under section 1 of the Act of 1971.

(7) The Fund shall incur no obligation under this section if

(a) it proves that the pollution damage

(i) resulted from an act of war, hostilities, civil war or insurrection, or

(ii) was caused by oil which has escaped or been discharged from a warship or other ship owned or operated by a State and used, at the- time of the occurrence, only on Government non-commercial service, or

(b) the claimant cannot prove that the damage resulted from an occurrence involving a ship identified by him, or involving two or more ships one of which is identified by him.

(8) If the Fund proves that the pollution damage resulted wholly or partly

(a) from an act or omission done with intent to cause damage by the person who suffered the damage, or

(b) from the negligence of that person, the Fund may be exonerated wholly or partly from its obligation to pay compensation to that person:

Provided that this subsection shall not apply to a claim in respect of expenses or sacrifices made voluntarily to prevent or minimise pollution damage.

(9) Where the liability under section 1 of the Act of 1971 is limited to any extent by subsection (5) of that section (contributory negligence), the Fund shall be exonerated to the same extent.

(10) The Fund's liability under this section shall be subject to the limits imposed by paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 of Article 4 of the Fund Convention which impose an overall liability on the liabilities of the owner and of the Fund, and the text of which is set out in Schedule 1 to this Act.

(11) Evidence of any instrument issued by any organ of the Fund or of any document in the custody of the Fund, or any entry in or extract from such a document, may be given in any legal proceedings by production of a copy certified as a true copy by an official of the Fund; and any document purporting to be such a copy shall be received in evidence without proof of the official position or handwriting of the person signing the certificate.

(12) For the purpose of giving effect to the said provisions of Article 4 of the Fund Convention a court giving judgment against the Fund in proceedings under this section shall notify the Fund, and





(a)no steps shall be taken to enforce the judgment unless and until the
court gives leave to enforce it,

(b)that leave shall not be given unless and until the Fund notifies the court
either than the amount of the claim is not to be reduced under the said
provisions of Article 4 of the Fund Convention, or that it is to be reduced
to a specified amount, and

(c)in the latter case the judgment shall be enforceable only for the reduced
amount.

Indemnification of shipowners

5. (1) Where a liability is incurred under section 1 of the Act of 1971 in
respect of a ship registered in a Fund Convention country the Fund shall indemnify
the owner and his guarantor for that portion of the aggregate amount of the
liability which

(a)is in excess of an amount equivalent to 1,500 francs for each ton of the
ship's tonnage or of an amount of 125 million francs, whichever is the
less, and

(b)is not in excess of an amount equivalent to 2,000 francs for each ton of
the said tonnage or an amount of 210 million francs, whichever is the
less.

(2) Where proceedings under the Liability Convention for compensation for
pollution damage have been brought in a country which is not a Fund Convention
country (but is a country in respect of which the Liability Convention is in force),
and the incident has caused pollution damage in Hong Kong (as well as in that
other country) subsection (1) above shall apply with the omission of the words
'under section 1 of the Act of 1971

(3) The Fund shall not incur an obligation under this section where the
pollution damage resulted from the wilful misconduct of the owner.

(4) In proceedings to enforce the Fund's obligation under this section the court
may exonerate the Fund wholly or partly if it is proved that, as a result of the
actual fault or privity of the owner

(a)the ship did not comply with such requirements as the Governor may by
order prescribe for the purposes of this section, and

(b)the occurrence or damage was caused wholly or partly by that
noncompliance.

(5) The requirements referred to in subsection (4) above are such requirements
as appear to the Governor appropriate to implement the provisions of

(a) article 5(3) of the Fund Convention (marine safety conventions), and

(b)article 5(4) of the Fund Convention (which enables the Assembly of the
Fund to substitute new conventions).

(6) An order made under subsection (4) above-

(a) may be varied or revoked by a subsequent order so made, or

(b)may contain such transitional or other supplemental provisions as appear
to the Governor to be expedient.

(7) Expenses reasonably incurred, and sacrifices reasonably made, by the
owner voluntarily to prevent or minimise the pollution damage shall be treated as
included in the owner's liability for the purposes of this section.

Supplemental

6. (1) Paragraph (d) of section 1(1) of the Administration of Justice
Act 1956 as applied in Hong Kong by the Admiralty Jurisdiction (Hong Kong)
Order in Council 1962(a) (Admiralty jurisdiction in claims for damage done by
ships) shall be construed as extending to any claim in respect of a liability
falling on the fund under this Part of this Act.

(a) S.I. 1962/1547 (1962 11, p. 1669).





(2) Where in accordance with rules of court made for the purposes of this
subsection the Fund has been given notice of proceedings brought against an owner
or guarantor in respect of liability under section 1 of the Act of 1971, any
judgment given in the proceedings shall, after it has become final and enforceable,
become binding upon the Fund in the sense that the facts and evidence in the
judgment may not be disputed by the Fund even if the Fund has not intervened in
the proceedings.

(3) Where a person incurs a liability under the law of a Fund Convention
country corresponding to the Act of 1971 for damage which is partly in the area of
Hong Kong, subsection (2) above shall, for the purpose of proceedings under this
Part of this Act, apply with any necessary modifications to ajudgment in
proceedings under that law of the said country.

(4) Subject to subsection (5) below, sections 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 of the
Foreign Judgments (Reciprocal Enforcement) Ordinance(a) shall apply, whether or
not they would so apply from this subsection, to any judgment given by a court in a
Fund Convention country to enforce a claim in respect of liability incurred under
any provision corresponding to section 4 or 5 of this Act; and in the application of
sections 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 of the Foreign Judgments (Reciprocal Enforcement)
Ordinance to such a judgment the said sections shall have effect with the omission
of subsections (2) and (3) of section 6 of that Ordinance.

(5) No steps shall be taken to enforce such a judgment unless and until the
court in which it is registered under the Foreign Judgments (Reciprocal
Enforcement) Ordinance gives leave to enforce it: and

(a)that leave shall not be given unless and until the Fund notifies the court
either that the amount of the claim is not to be reduced under paragraph 4
of Article 4 of the Fund Convention (as set out in Schedule 1 to this Act)
or that it is to be reduced to a specified amount; and

(b)in the latter case, the judgment shall be enforceable only for the reduced
amount.

7. (1) No action to enforce a claim against the Fund under this Part of this
Act shall be entertained by a court in Hong Kong unless

(a) the action is commenced, or

(b~a third-party notice of an action to enforce a claim against the owner or
his guarantor in respect of the same damage is given to the Fund,

not later than three years after the claim against the Fund arose.

In this subsection -third-party notice' means a notice of the kind described in
subsections (2) and (3) of the last preceding section.

(2) No action to enforce a claim against the Fund under this Part of this Act
shall be entertained by a court in Hong Kong unless the action is commenced not
later than six years after the occurrence, or first of the occurrences, resulting in the
discharge or escape by reason of which the claim against the Fund arose.

(3) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this section, a person's right
to bring an action under section 5 of this Act shall not be extinguished before six
months from the date when that person first acquired knowledge of the bringing of
an action against him under the Act of 1971 (that is to say an action to enforce a
liability against which he seeks indemnity), or under the corresponding provisions
of the law of any country outside Hong Kong giving effect to the Liability
Convention.

8. (1) In respect of any sum paid under section 4(1)(b) of this Act (default by
owner or guarantor on liability for pollution damage) the Fund shall acquire by
subrogation the rights of the recipient against the owner or guarantor.







(2) The right of the Fund under subsection (1) above is subject to any
obligation of the Fund under section 5 of this Act to indemnify the owner or
guarantor for any part of the liability on which he has defaulted.

(3) In respect of any sum paid-

(a) Laws of Hong Kong Revised Ed. 1965, Cap. 319.





(a) under paragraph (a) or paragraph (c) of section 4(1); or

(b) under section 5,

the Fund shall acquire by subrogation any rights of recourse or subrogation which
the owner or guarantor or any other person has in respect of his liability for the
damage in question.

(4) In respect of any sum paid by the Government of Hong Kong as
compensation for pollution damage, the Government of Hong Kong shall acquire
by subrogation any rights which the recipient has against the Fund under this Part
of this Act.

9. In the Act of 1971 after section 8 there shall be inserted the following
section

Cases excluded 'TA. (1) Sections 4 to 8 of this Act shall not apply to a
from sections ship which at the time of the discharge or escape was registered

4 to 8. in a country-

(a) which was not a Convention country, and

(b)which was a country in respect of which the 1957
Convention was in force.

(2) In this section 'the 1957 Convention' means the
International Convention relating to the Limitation of the Liability
of Owners of Seagoing Ships signed in Brussels on 10th October
1957.

(3) If Her Majesty by Order in Council made under this
subsection as it applies in the United Kingdom declares that any
country

(a)is not a Convention country within the meaning of this
Act, and

(b)is a country in respect of which the 1957 Convention is in
force,

or that it was such a country at a time specified in the Order, the
Order shall, while in force, be conclusive evidence of the facts stated
in the Order.'.

PART V

Supplemental

22. Where an offence under this Act, or under regulations made under any of
its provisions, which has been committed by a body corporate is proved to have
been committed with the consent or connivance of, or to be attributable to any
neglect on the part of, a director, manager, secretary or other similar officer of the
body corporate, or any person who was purporting to act in any such capacity, he,
as well as the body corporate, shall be guilty of that ofrence and shall be liable to be
proceeded against and punished accordingly.

In this section 'director', in relation to a body corporate established by or
under any enactment for the purpose of carrying on under public ownership any
industry or part of an industry or undertaking, being a body corporate whose affairs
are managed by its members, means a member of that body corporate.

23. (1) This Act shall be construed as one with the Merchant Shipping Acts
1894 to 1971, and without prejudice to the generality of this provision, references
in those Acts to the Merchant Shipping Acts shall be construed as including






references to this Act.

(2) References in this Act to the area of any country include the territorial sea
of that country, and references to pollution damage in Hong Kong shall be
construed accordingly.

(4) Except so far as the context otherwise requires, any reference in this Act
to an enactment shall be construed as a reference to that enactment as amended or
extended by or under any other enactment.





24. (2) This Act shall come into force on such day as the Governor may
appoint by notice in the Gazette and different days may be appointed for different
provisions, or for different purposes.

(3) An order under subsection (2) above may make such transitional provision
as appears to the Governor to be necessary or expedient in connection with the
provisions thereby brought into force, including such adaptations of those
provisions, or any provisions of this Act then in force, as appear to him to be
necessary or expedient in consequence of the partial operation of this Act
(whether before or after the day appointed by the notice).

SCHEDULE 1 TO THE ACT

OVERALL, LIMIT ON LIABILITY OF FUND

Article 4-paragraphs 4, 5, and 6

4.(a) Except as otherwise provided in sub-paragraph (b) of this paragraph,
the aggregate amount of compensation payable by the Fund under this
Article shall in respect of any one incident be limited, so that the total
sum of that amount and the amount of compensation actually paid under
the Liability Convention for pollution damage caused in the territory of
the Contracting States, including any sums in respect of which the Fund is
under an obligation to indemnify the owner pursuant to Article 5,
paragraph 1, of this Convention, shall not exceed 450 million francs.

(b)The aggregate amount of compensation payable by the Fund under this
Article for pollution damage resulting from a natural phenomenon of an
exceptional, inevitable and irresistible character shall not exceed 450
million francs.

5. Where the amount of established claims against the Fund exceeds the
aggregate amount of compensation payable under paragraph 4, the amount
available shall be distributed in such a manner that the proportion between any
established claim and the amount of compensation actually recovered by the
claimant under the Liability Convention and this Convention shall be the same for
all claimants.

6. The Assembly of the Fund may, having regard to the experience of
incidents which have occurred and in particular the amount of damage resulting
therefrom and to changes in the monetary values, decide that the amount of 450
million francs referred to in paragraph 4, sub-paragraph (a) and (b), shall be
changed; provided, however, that this amount shall in no case exceed 900 million
francs or be lower than 450 million francs. The changed amount shall apply to
incidents which occur after the date of the decision effecting the change.

The Governor has appointed the 18th June 1976 as the day on which section 9 of the

Merchant Shipping Act 1974 shall come into force. (see L.N. 141176)





1976 No. 1912

CIVIL AVIATION

THE CIVIL AVIATION ACT 1971 (OVERSEAS
TERRITORIES) ORDER 1976

Made 15th November 1976

Coming intp Operation 7th December 1976

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 15th day of November 1976

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred on Her by section
66(1) of the Civil Aviation Act 1971(a), is pleased, by and with the
advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered as
follows:

Citation, commencement and interpretation

1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Civil Aviation Act 1971
(Overseas Territories) Order 1976 and shall come into operation on 7th
December 1976.

(2) The Interpretation Act 1889(b) shall apply, with the necessary
adaptations, for the purpose of interpreting this Order, and otherwise in
relation thereto, as it applies for the purpose of interpreting, and in
relation to, Acts of Parliament.

Extension of s. 62 of Act of
1971

2. Section 62 of the Civil Aviation Act 1971, modified as in
Schedule 1 hereto, shall extend to the territories specified in Schedule 2
hereto.

N. E. LEIGH.

SCHEDULE1 Article 2

SECTION 62 OF THE CIVIL AVIATION ACT 1971 AS EXTENDED TO THE
TERRITORIES SPECIFIED IN SCHEDULE 2

62. (1) In section 8(4) of the Civil Aviation Act 1949(c) as
extended to the territories specified in Schedule 2 hereto by the Civil
Aviation Act 1949 (Overseas Territories) Order 1969(d) (which enables
and Air Navigation (Overseas Territories) Order to provide for penalties
which may include a fine of ¢G200 or imprisonment for six months) for
the words from 'of penalties' to 'six months' there shall be substituted
the words 'on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding ¢G400 and on
convictio on indictment to a fine or imprisonment for a term not
exceeding two years or both'.

(a) 1971 c. 75. (c) 1949 c. 67.

(b) 1889 c. 63. (d) S.I. 1969/592 (1969 I, p. 1650).





SCHEDULE 2

Territories to which this Order applies

Belize.
Bermuda.
British Antarctic Territory.
British Indian Ocean Territory.
British Virgin Islands.
Cayman Islands.
Falkland Islands (Colony and Dependencies).
Gibraltar.
Gilbert Islands.
Hong Kong.
Montserrat
Pitcairn, Henderson Ducie and Oeno Islands.
St. Helena (Colony and Dependencies).
Solomon Islands.
Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekeklia
Turks and Caicos Islands.
Tulalu





1976 No. 1037

FUGITIVE CRIMINAL

THE FINLAND (EXTRADMON) ORDER 1976

Made - - - - 2nd July 1976

Laid before Parliament 9th July 1976

Coming into Operation 12th August 1976

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 2nd day of July 1976

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Whereas a Treaty was concluded on 29th October 1975 between
the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
Ireland and the Government of the Republic of Finland for the reciprocal
extradition of offenders, the terms of which are set out in Schedule 1 to
this Order:

And whereas the said Treaty was ratified on 12th May 1976:

And whereas in accordance with Article 2(1)(a) of the said Treaty it
has been agreed by Notes exchanged on 12th May 1976(a) that the
Treaty shall apply to those territories for the international relations of
which the United Kingdom is responsible and which are specified in
Schedule 2 to this Order:

And whereas on the entry into force of the said Treaty the
provisions of the earlier Treaty for the mutual extradition of fugitive
criminals which was concluded on 30th May 1924(b) shall cease to have
effect between the United Kingdom and Finland:

Now, therefore, Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred
on Her by sections 2, 17 and 21 of the Extradition Act, 1870(c) or
otherwise in Her Majesty vested, is pleased, by and with the advice of
Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Finland (Extradition) Order 1976
and shall come into operation on 12th August 1976.

2. The Interpretation Act 1889(d) shall apply to the interpretation
of this Order as it applies to the interpretation of an Act of Parliament.

(a) Cmnd
(b) Cmnd 2417.
(c) 1870 c. 52.
(d) 1889 c. 63.





3. The Extradition Acts 1870 to 1935(a), as amended or extended by
any subsequent enactment, shall apply in the case of the Republic of
Finland in accordance with the said Treaty of the 29th October 1975.

4. The operation of this order is limited to the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Northern Ireland, the Channel Islands, the Isle of Man,
and the other territories (including their dependencies) specified in
Schedule 2 to this Order.

5. The Finland (Extradition) Order in Council 1925(b) is hereby
revoked.

N. E. LEIGH.

SCHEDULE1

EXTRADITION TREATY
BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED KINGDOM

OF GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRELAND AND THE
GOVERNMENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF FINLAND

The Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
Ireland and the Government of the Republic of Finland;

Desiring to make a new treaty for the reciprocal extradition of offenders;

Have agreed as follows:

ARTICLE 1

The Contracting Parties agree to extradite to each other, in the circumstances
and subject to the conditions specified in this Treaty, any person who, being
accused or convicted of an offence to which Article 3 of this Treaty applies
committed within the jurisdiction ofthe one Party, is found within the territory of
the other Party.

ARTICLE 2

(1) This Treaty shall apply to:

(a)Great Britain, Northern Ireland, the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man
and any territory for the international relations of which the United
Kingdom is responsible and to which the Treaty may have been extended
by common agreement between the Contracting Parties embodied in an
Exchange of Notes; and

(b) Finland;

and references to the territory of a Contracting Party shall be construed
accordingly.

(2) The application of this Treaty to any territory in respect of which
extension has been made in accordance with paragraph (1) of this Article may be
terminated by either Contracting Party giving six months' notice to the other
through the diplomatic channel.

ARTICLE 3

(1) This Article applies to a person who is accused or has been convicted,
either as a principal or as a participant, of an offence coming within any of the
descriptions of offences listed in the Schedule annexed to this Treaty or any other
offence, provided that the offence is, according to the laws of both the requesting
and the requested Party:







(a) 1870 c. 52; 1932 c. 39; 1935 c. 25.

(b) S.R. 0. 19251448 (Rev. IX p. 125; 1925 p. 482).





(a) one for which extradition can be granted, and

(b)punishable by imprisonment or other form of detention for more than
one year or by the death penalty.

(2) The extradition of a person accused or convicted, either as a principal or
as a participant, of an offence to which this Article applies, other than an offence
coming within any of the descriptions of offences listed in the Schedule annexed to
this Treaty, may be refused if the requested Party so determines.

(3) A person who has been convicted of an offence to which this Article
applies shall not be extradited therefor unless he was sentenced:

(a)to serve a period of imprisonment or other form of detention of which
four months or more remain to be served, or

(b) to the death penalty.

(4) If under the law of the requesting Party the person sought is liable to the
death penalty for the offence for which his extradition is requested, but the law of
the requested Party does not provide for the death penalty, extradition may be
refused, unless the requesting Party gives such assurance as the requested Party
considers sufficient that the death penalty will not be carried out.

ARTICLE 4

(1) The Government of the United Kingdom shall not be obliged to extradite
a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies and the Government of Finland shall
not be obliged to extradite a national of Finland, Denmark, Iceland, Norway or
Sweden.

(2) If extradition is not granted in pursuance of paragraph (1) of this Article,
the requested Party shall submit the case to its competent authorities for the
purpose of prosecution.

ARTICLE 5

(1) Extradition shall not be granted if the person sought would. if proceeded
against in the territory of the requested Party for the offence for which his
extradition is requested, be entitled to be discharged under any rule of law of the
requested Party relating to previous acquittal or conviction.

(2) If criminal proceedings are instituted in Finland against the person sought
for the offence for which his extradition is requested and the charge against him is
waived, the Government of Finland shall not be obliged to extradite him for that
offence.

ARTICLE 6

Extradition shall not be granted if the person sought would, according to the
law of the requested Party, be immune by lapse of time from prosecution or
punishment for the offence for which his extradition is requested.

ARTICLE 7

(1) A person sought shall not be extradited:

(a)if the offence for which his extradition is requested is regarded by the
requested Party as one of a political character;

(b)if it appears to the requested Party that the request for his extradition has
in fact been made for the purpose of prosecuting or punishing him for an
offence of a political character or otherwise on account of his race,
religion, nationality or political opinions; or







(e)if it appears to the requested Party that he might, if extradited, be
prejudiced at his trial for the offence for which extradition is requested,
or be punished, detained, restricted in his personal liberty or otherwise
exposed to persecution of a serious nature, by reason of his descent, his
association with a specific group of the population, his religion,
nationality, political opinions or otherwise on account of political
conditions.





(2) Extradition may be refused on any other ground which is specified by the
law of the requested Party.

ARTICLE 8

(1) Subject to the provisions of Article 19 of this Treaty the request for
extradition shall be made through the diplomatic channel.

(2) The request shall be accompanied by:

(a)as accurate a description as possible of the person sought, together with
any other information which would help to establish his identity,
nationality and residence;

(b) a statement of the facts of the ofrence for which extradition is requested;

(c) the text, if any, of the law:

(i) defining that offence; and

(ii) prescribing the maximum punishment for that offence; and

(d)a statement of the legal provisions which establish the extraditable
character of the offence according to the law of the requesting Party.

(3) If the request relates to an accused person, it must also be accompanied by
a warrant of arrest issued by a judge or other competent authority in the territory
of the requesting Party and by such evidence as, according to the law of the
requested Party, would justify his committal for trial if the offence had been
committed in the territory of the requested Party, including evidence that the
person sought is the person to whom the warrant of arrest refers.

(4) If the request relates to a convicted person, it must also be accompanied
by:

(a)a document establishing the sentence, namely, the original or a copy of
the sentence and evidence that the sentence is immediately enforceable;

(b)a statement showing to what extent the sentence has not been carried
out; and

(c)evidence that the person sought is the person to whom the sentence
refers.

ARTICLE 9

(1) In urgent cases the person sought may, in accordance with the law of the
requested Party, be provisionally arrested on the application of the competent
authorities of the requesting Party. The application shall contain an indication of
intention to request the extradition of the person sought and a statement of the
existence of a warrant of arrest or a judgment of conviction against that person,
and such further information, if any, as would be necessary to justify the issue of a
warrant of arrest had the offence been committed, or the person sought been
convicted, in the territory of the requested Party.

(2) The provisional arrest of the person sought shall be terminated upon the
expiration of 30 days from the date of his arrest if the request for his extradition
shall not have been received. However, this provision shall not prevent the re-
arrest and extradition of the person sought if the request for his extradition is
received subsequently.

ARTICLE 10

(1) If a request for extradition relates to an accused person, extradition shall
not be granted unless there is:







(a)evidence that the ofrence for which his extradition is requested is one to
which Article 3 of this Treaty applies; and

(b)evidence which would be, according to the law of the requested Party,
sufficient to justify his committal for trial if the offence had been
committed in its territory.





(2) If a request for extradition relates to a convicted person, extradition shall
not be granted unless there is evidence that he was convicted of an offence to
which Article 3 of this Treaty applies, and that he is unlawfully at large.

(3) If the requested Party considers that the evidence produced or information
supplied is not sufficient to enable a decision to be taken as to the request,
additional evidence or information shall be submitted within such time as that Party
shall require.

ARTICLE 11

The authorities of the requested Party shall admit as evidence, in any
proceedings for extradition, a sworn deposition or an affirmation taken in the
territory of the requesting Party, any warrant, any copy of any such deposition,
affirmation or warrant, and any document establishing a conviction or sentence, if
it is authenticated:

(a) (i) in the case of a warrant by being signed, or in the case of any other
original document by being certified, by a judge or other competent
authority of the requesting Party, or in the case of a copy by being
so certified to be a true copy of the original, and

(ii) either by the oath of some witness or by being sealed with the official
seal of the appropriate Ministry or Minister of the requesting Party,
or

(b)in such other manner as may be permitted by the law of the requested
Party.

ARTICLE 12

If in any particular case the requested Party so requires, the requesting Party
shall supply a translation of any document submitted in accordance with the
provisions of this Treaty.

ARTICLE 13

If the extradition of a person is requested concurrently by one of the
Contracting Parties and by another State or States, either for the same offence or
for different offences, the requested Party shall make its decision, in so far as its
law allows, having regard to all the circumstances, including the provisions in this
regard in any Agreements subsisting between the requested Party and the requesting
States, the relative seriousness and place of commission of the offences, the
respective dates of the requests, the nationality and residence of the person sought
and the possibility of subsequent extradition to another State.

ARTICLE 14

(1) A person sought shall not be extradited until:

(a)it has been decided in accordance with the law of the requested Party that
he is liable to be extradited; and

(b)the expiration of any further period which may be required by the law of
that Party.

(2) If criminal proceedings against the person sought are instituted in the
territory of the requested Party, or he is lawfully detained in consequence of
criminal proceedings, the decision whether or not to extradite him may be
postponed until the criminal proceedings have been completed or he is no longer so
detained.

ARTICLE 15

(1) If extradition is granted, the person sought shall be sent by the authorities






of the requested Party to such convenient point of departure from the territory of
that Party as the requesting Party shall indicate.

(2) The requesting Party shall remove the person sought from the territory of
the requested Party within such reasonable period as the latter may specify. If he is
not removed within that period, the requested Party may refuse to extradite. him
for the same offence.





ARTICLE 16

(1) When a request for extradition is granted, the requested Party shall, so far
as its law allows, hand over to the requesting Party all articles (including sums of
money):

(a) which may serve as proof of the offence; or

(b)which have been acquired by the person sought as a result of the offence
and are in his possession.

(2) If the articles in question are liable to seizure or confiscation in the
territory of the requested Party, the latter may, in connexion with pending
proceedings, temporarily retain them or hand them over on condition that they
are returned.

(3) These provisions shall not prejudice the rights of the requested Party or of
any person other than the person sought. When these rights exist the articles shall
on request be returned to the requested Party without charge as soon as possible
after the end of the proceedings.

ARTICLE 17

(1) A person shall in no case be kept in custody or proceeded against in the
territory of the requesting Party for any offence other than an extraditable offence
established by the facts in respect of which his extradition has been granted, or on
account of any other matters, nor shall he be extradited by that Party to a third
State, until he has returned or until the expiration of 45 days after he has had an
opportunity of returning, to the territory of the requested Party.

(2) The provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article shall not apply to offences
committed, or matters arising, after the extradition.

ARTICLE 18

(1) Expenses incurred in the territory of the requested Party by reason of the
request for extradition shall be borne by that Party.

(2) The requested Party shall make all arrangements which may be requisite
with respect to the representation of the requesting Party in any proceedings
arising out of the request.

ARTICLE 19

A request on the part of the Government of Finland for the extradition of an
offender who is found in any of the territories to which this Treaty has been
extended in accordance with paragraph (1) of Article 2 may be made to the
Governor or other competent authority of that territory, who may take the
decision himself or refer the matter to the Government of the United Kingdom for
their decision.

ARTICLE 20

(1) This treaty shall be ratified, and the instruments of ratification shall be
exchanged at Helsinki as soon as possible. It shall enter into force three months
after the date of the exchange of instruments of ratification.

(2) This Treaty shall apply to any ofrence committed before its entering into
force, provided that the ofrence:

(a)is one to which Article 2 of the Treaty for the mutual surrender of
fugitive criminals signed at London on 30 May 1924(a) (hereinafter
referred to as the Treaty of 1924) would have applied; and

(b) is one to which Article 3 of this Treaty applies.







(3) On the entry into force of this Treaty the provisions of the Treaty of
1924 shall cease to have effect between the United Kingdom and Finland.

(a) Cmnd. 2417.





(4) Either of the Contracting Parties may terminate this Treaty at any time
by giving notice to the other through the diplomatic channel; and if such notice is
given the Treaty shall cease to have effect six months after the receipt of the
notice.

In witness whereof the undersigned, being duly authorized thereto, have signed this
Treaty.

Done in duplicate at London this 29th day of October 1975, in the English and
Finnish languages, both texts being equally authoritative.

For the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
Ireland:

ROY HATTERSLEY

For the Government of the Republic of Finland:

RICHARD TOTTERMAN

SCHEDULE Schedule to
the Treaty
List of offences referred to in Article 3

1. Murder or attempt to murder
2. Manslaughter
3. Maliciously wounding or inflicting grievous bodily harm
4. Assault occasioning actual bodily harm
5. Rape

6.Unlawful sexual intercourse with a female under 16 years of age or attempt to
commit any such offence

7. Indecent assault
8. Procuring or attempting to procure a female
9. Unlawful abortion
10. Kidnapping, abduction or false imprisonment
11. Stealing, abandoning, exposing or unlawfully detaining a child
12. An offence or attempted offence against the law relating to dangerous drugs
13. Theft, robbery, burglary or aggravated burglary
14. Handling stolen goods
15. Obtaining property or pecuniary advantage by deception
16. Blackmail
17. False accounting

18.False statements with intent to deceive by company directors and other officers

19. Offences against bankruptcy law
20. Offences relating to counterfeiting or forgery
21. Bribery
22. Perjury or subornation of perjury
23. Malicious damage to property

24.Any malicious act done with intent to endanger the safety of persons travelling
upon a railway

25. Piracy, involving ships or aircraft, according to international law
26. Hijacking or attempted hijacking of an aircraft
27. Dealing in slaves

28.Genocide or attempt or conspiracy or direct and public incitement to commit
genocide





ISO-BRITANNIAN JA P0HIOISARLANNIN
YHDISTYNEEN KUNINGASKUNNAN HALLITUKSEN
SEKA SUOMEN TASAVALLAN HALLITUKSEN
VALINEN, RIKOKSEN JOHDOSTA TAPAHTUVAA
WOWTrAMISTA KOSKEVA SOPIMUS

Iso-Britannian ja Pohjois-Iflannin Yhdistyneen Kuningaskunnan hallitus seka
Suornen Tasavallan hallitus;

haluten tchdA rikoksentekijiiin vastavuoroista luovuttarnista koskevan uuden
sopimuksen;

ovat sopineet seuraavasta:

1 ARTHCLA

Sopimuspuolet suostuvat tgssd sopimuksessa mainituism tapauksissa ja siin~i
mdaritellyin ehdoin luovuttamaan toisilleen alucillaan tavatut henkilbt, joita
epiiilldtin tai jotka on tuotnittu jostakin 3 artiklassa tarkoitetusta, luovuttamista
pyyUncen valtion tuorniovallan pifflin kuffluvalla alueella tapahtuneesta
rikoksesta.

2 ARTmLA

1. Tilt! sopimusta sovelleman:

(a)Iso-Britanniam, Pohjois-Irlantiin, Kanaalin saarfin ja Man-saareen
samoin kuin kaikkiin muihinkin alueisfin, joiden kansainvaIisista suhteista
Yhdistynyt Kuningaskunta vastaa ja joiden saattamisesta sopimuksen
soveltamisalan pfidin sopimuspuolet ovat yhteisesti noottienvaihdolla
sopineet; sekii

(b) Suomeen;

ja on jommankumman sopimuspuolen aluetta tarkoittavaa viittausta tulkittava
edellS lausutun mukaisesti.

2. Sopimuksen soveltaminen alueeseen, joka on saatettu sopimuksen
soveltamisaIan piiriin 1 kohdassa mainitulIa tavalIa, voidaan lakkauttaa kuuden
kuukauden irtisanomisajoin jornmankurnman sopimuspuolen diplornaattitieta
toiselle sopirnuspuolefle toimitettavalla ilmoituksella.

3 ARTucLA

1. Tdtd artiklaa sovelIetaan henkilbdn, jota eptiilliiiin tai joka on tuornittu
joko tekijdnd tai osallisena aman sopimuksen Iiitteessa mainitusta rikoksesta tai
jostakin muusta rikoksesta odellyaiien, ettd rikoksesta molempien sopimuspuolten
lakien mukaan:

(a) voidaan luovuttaa, ja

(b)siitfi saattaa rangaistuksena scurata vankeutta tai muuta
vapaudenmenetystA onemmiln kuin yks! vuosi tai kuolemanrangaistus.

2. Sopimuspuoli, jolta luovuttamista pyydetAdn, voi harkintansa mukaan
kieltAytya luovuttamasta henkil65, jota epdilldiin tai joka on tuornittu joko
tekijand tai osallisena sellaisesta tAmdn artikIan tarkoittarnasta rikoksesta, jota ei
mainita tAnian sopimuksen flitteessd.

3. Thman artiklan tarkoittamasta rikoksesta tuornittu henkild voidam
luovuttaa vain, miktLli seuraamus on:

(a)mhdrdaikainen vankeusmngaistus tai muu vapaudenmenets% josta on
sovittamatta vdhintiidn neljd kuukautta, tai







(b) kuolernanrangaistus.

4. los rikoksesta luovuttamista pyyUvan sopimuspuolen lains~NiidiinnZin
mukaan saattaa seurata kuolemanrangaistus, mutta sen sijaan pyynnan
vastaanottaneen sopimuspuoIen laissa ei sfitS s~diidettL kuolernanrangaistusta,
voidaan luovuttamisesta kielaytyii, jollei pyyUva sopimuspuoli anna toisen
sopimuspuolen riittAvdksi katsomia takeita siitti, ettei kuolemanrangaistusta panna
tAytiintijdn.





4 AitmLA

1. Yhdistyneen Kuningaskunnan hallitus ci ole velvollinen Itiovuttamaan
Yhdistyncen Kuningaskunnan tai son kolonioiden kansalaisia eikti Suornen hallitus
ole velvollinen luovuttamaan Suornen, Islannin, Norjan, Ruotsin tai Tanskan
kansalaisia.

2. Mikali luovuttamispyyntd on tamtin artilclan 1 kohdan nojalla evatty, on
sen sopimuspuolen, joita luovuttamista on pyydetty, alistettava asia, asianomaisille
viranomaisilleen syytteen mahdollista nostamista varten.

5 ARTMA

1. Luovunaa ei saa aiintL tapauk~ etta luovutettayaksi pyYdetylIX
henkildlld, mikiili syyte pyynniJn tarkoittamasta teosta pantaisfin hintA vastaan
vireille sen sopimuspuolen alueella, jolta luovuttamista on pyydetty, olisi oikeus
tamtin sopimuspuolen lains~Llidiinndn nojalla vapautua syytteestd aikaisemmin
annetun vapauttavan pdiitdkwn tai rangaistustuornion perusteella.

2. los Suornessa tapahtun~ oikeudenkaynnissa on luovuttu syytteesta
henkildii vastaan teosta, josta htinen luovuttamistaan on pyydetty, Suornen
hallitus ei oIe velvollinen luovuttamaan hdnth tlistii teosta.

6 AitTmLA

Luovuttaa ei saa, mikali luovuttamispyynndn vastaanottancen sopimuspuolen
lain mukaan oikeus panna rikos, josta luovuttamista pyydetaan, syytteeseen tai
rangaistus Ui~bn on rauennut.

7 ARTigiLA

1. LuoyWaa ei saa:

(a) jos sopimuspuoli, jolta luovuttamista on pyydetty, pitlx rikosta

luontecitaan polfittisena;

(b) jos sopimuspuoli, jolta luovuttamista on pyydetty, pitAX ilmeisend,

ettd luovuttamispyyntd on tosiasiallisesti tchty tarkoituksin 'tu
tai rangaista. luovutettavaksi pyydettyX benkilds rikoksesta, joka
luonteeltaan on pollittinen, tai muutoin hUnen rotunsa, uskontonsa,
kansallisuutensa tai polfittisten mielipiteittensa vuoksi; tai

(c) jos sopimuspuoli, jolta luovuttanlbta on pyydetty, pitlia ilmeisend,

ettii luovutettavaksi. pyydetty henkild, mikdli Winet luovutetaan,
saattaa syntyperfinsd, yhteytensli johonkin erityiseen VRestaryhmtitin,
uskontonsa, kansaWsuutensa tai polfittisten miclipitcittensa vuoksi tai
muutoin polfittisista olosuhtcista johtuen joutua epdoikeudenmukaisuuden
kohteeksi luovuttamispyynnbn tarkoittarnaa rikosta koskevassa
oikeudenkiiynnissa taikka mainituista syistU rangaistuksi,
vapaudenfliston kohtecksi, alistetuksi henkildkohtaisen vapauden
rajoituksjin tai mulla. tavoin vakavanlaatuisen vainon kohteeksi.

2. Luovuttarnisesta voidaan kieltAytyA muWakin luovuttamispyynndn
vastaanottaneen sopimuspuolen laissa siiadetyilla perusteilla.

8 Alt~

1. Mika-li tArna-n sopimuksen 19 aftWan mUriiyksisti ei muuta johdu,
luovuttamispyyntd on tehtiivii diplornaattitied

2. Pyynt66n on hitettiva:







(a) mahdollisimman tarkka kuvaus luovutettavaksi pyydetystX

henkildstA sekii muut tiedot, jotka ovat tarpeen htinen henki-
ldflisyytensti, kansalaisuutensa ja asuinpaikkansa selvittumiseksi;

(b) selostus aiita rikoWsesta teosta, josta luovuttamista pyydetnn;





(c)tapaukseen mahdollisesti sovellettavien lainkohtien tekstit, joista
ilmenevdt:

(i) rikoksen tunnusmerkistd; ja

(ii) siita saddetty enimmdisrangaistus; seka

(d)selvitys niistd lainkohdista, joista ilmence, ett! kysymyksessii olevasta
rikoksesta voitaisfin pyynnbn esittancen sopimuspuoIen lain mukaan
luovuttaa.

3. Jos pyyntb koskee rikoksesta el)diltya henkilati, on siffien Hitetavii

myds vangitsemismtiiiriiys, jonka on pyyUvdn sopimuspuolen aIueelIa antanut
tuornari tai muu asianomainen viranomainen, sekg sellainen ndyttd, joka sen
sopimuspuolen lain mukaan, jolta luovuttamista pyydettign, oikeUttaisi mainitun
henkiIiJn asettamisen syytteeseen, mikSH rikos olisi

tehty viimeksi mainitun sopimuspuolen alucella, ja II&Nksi pyyntijbn on
IiitettiivbL selvitys siffli, ettiL Win on vangitsemi~tLrayksessd tarkoitettu
henkild.

4. MikSli pyyntb koskee rangaistukseen tuornittua henkilas, on siffien

IiitettbLvd myds:

(a)tuornion vahvistava asiakirja eli tuornio alkuperaisend tai jaljennbksend
sekd selvitys siitii, ett! tuornio, on viilittbmtLsti ttiytiintz35npantavissa;

(b) ilmoitus siitti, miti rangaistuksesta on tiiytiintbdnpanematta; ja

(c)selvitys siitd, ettIL luovutettayaksi pyydetty henkilb on se, jota tuornio
tarkoittaa.

9 ARmcLA

1. Kiireelljsi&cd tapauksissa voidaan henkiId sen sopimuspuolen lain

mukaisesti, jolta Mnen luovuttamistaan aiotaan pyytad, toisen sopimuspuolen
asianomaisten viranomaisten pyynndstd tilaptiisesti ottaa sdilban. Sdildiin
ottamista koskevaan pyyntijdn tulee sisSItyd ilmoitus siit~i, ettd sopimuspuolella
on aikornus pyytdd mainitun henkildn luovuttamista, ja lis~gksi vakuutus Mintd
koskevan vangitsemismdiirdyksen tai rangaistustuornion olernassaolosta sekd
mahdollinen muu sellainen lisdaincisto, joka

oikeuttaisi piddttamis- tai vangitsemismUdriiyksen antamiseen siind

tapauksessa, ettd rikos olisi tehty tai rangaistustuornio annettu sen sopimuspuoIen
alueella, jolta luovuttamista aiotaan pyytAd.

2. Mikali luovuttamispyyntdS ei esiteta 30 IYAMin kuluessa tilapSi-

seen sdilddn ottamisesta, on siiildbn otettu vapautettava. Kuitenkin Mnet voidaan
mybhernmin saapuneen luovuttamispyynndn johdosta ottaa uudelleen s~iilbbn ja
luovuttaa.

10 ARTUMA

1. Miktili IuovuttamispyyntiJ koskee rikoksesta el)diltya henkiliiti,

siffien ei voida suostua, cIlei esitetd:

(a)selvitystA siitA, ettU kysymys on Uirnan sopimuksen 3 artiklassa
tarkoitetusta rikoksesta; ja







(b)selvitystli, joka sen sopimuspuolen lain mukaan, jolta Iuovuttamista
pyydetiian, olisi riittiiviL syytteen nostamiseen, mikdli rikos ofisi tehty
ttLm~in sopimuspuolen aIueella.

2. MikSH luovuttamispyyntd koskee rangaistukseen tuornittua

henkilag, slihen ei voida suostua, cIlei esitetA selvitystli siitii, ettd Mnet on
tuornittu tdni!Ln sopimuksen 3 artikIassa tarkoitetusta rikoksesta ja ettd Win on
lainvastaisesti vapaana.

3. Jos luovuttamispyynndn vastaanottanut sopimuspuoli katsoo, ettd

esitetty ntLyttd tai selvitys ci riita asian ratkaisemiseen, toisen sopimuspuolen on
toirnitettava lisdniiyttijR ja -selvityksiii ensinmainitun sopimuspuolen mtiartL~ssa
ajassa.





11 ARTIKLA

Luovuttamispyynnbn vastaanottaneen sopimuspuolen viranomaisten on
luovuttamismenettelyssii hyvtiksyttiivd niiyttdnd pyynndn esitUincen
sopimuspuolen alueella valan tai vakuutuksen velvoituksin annettu lausurna samoin
kuin jdljennds tAllaisen lausuman sisaltavasti asiakirjasta, vangitsemismatirays ja
sen jtiljennZis sekd asiakirja, jossa tuomio vahvistetaan, edellyttden, etta asiakirjan
tai jtLljennbksen oikeapei-aisyys on osoitettu:

(a) (i) vangitsemismiidrtLyksen osalta luovuttamista pyytAneen sopi

muspuoIen tuomarin tai mun asianomaisen viranomaisen
aIlekirjoitukselIa, mun alkuperaisen asiakirjan osalta sel-
laisen tuornarin tai viranomaisen vahvistukseHa ja jiiljen-
ndksen osalta vastaavalla tavalla allekirjoitetulla vakuutuksella
siitd, etta jdljennds on aikuperdisen asiakirjan mulcainen, seka

(ii) joko todistajan antamalla valaehtoisella lausumalla tai
luovuttamista ~neen sopimuspuolen asianomaisen mini-
steribn tai ministerin sinetills; tai

(b)mulla pyynnbn vastaanottancen sopimuspuolen lain sallimalla
tavalla.

12 ARTmLA

Miktili luovuttamispyynndn vastaamottanut sopimuspuoli haluaa, on toisen
sopimuspuolen toirnitettava sille kUiinniis mista tahansa tdmdn sopimuksen
mddrdysten mukaisesti toimitetusta asiakiriasta.

13 ARTmLA

Mikdli jornpikurnpi sopimuspuolista samanaikaisesti yhden tai useamman mun
vaItion kanssa on pyyUinyt saman henkil8n luovuttarnista joko samasta
rikoksesta tai eri rikoksista, on pyynndn vastaanottancen sopimuspuolen
ratkaistessaan asian otettava huornioon lain sdddtintiin sa sallimissa puitteissa
kaikki askan vailcuttavat seikat, niihin luettuina mahdollisissa sen ja luovuttamista
pyytdneiden valtioiden vdlisissd sopimuksissa olevat asiaa koskevat nidardykset,
rikosten suhteellinen tbrkeysaste ja nfiden tekopaikat, ajankohdat, joIloin pyynnat
on tehty, Wovutettavaksi pyydetyn kansalaisuus ja asuinpaikka sekti mahdollisuus
luovuttaa hanet mydhenunin edelleen toiselIc valtiolle.

14 ARTI1CLA

1. Henkil65 ei voida luovuttaa ennen kuin:

(a)sen sopimuspuolen lainsiitid&nnZ5n mtikaisesti, jolta luovuttamista on
pyydetty, on tehty ffidtbs, ettd hdnet on luovutettava; ja

(b)mahdollinen pitempi miigrfi~iika, jota tiimtLn sopimuspuolen lainsadantd
edellyttdii, on kulunut umpeen.

2. Miktill luovutettavaksi pyydettyR vastaan on vireilla rikosasiain
oikeudenkaynti sen sopimuspuolen aluccIla, jolta Mnen luovuttamistaan on
pyydetty, tai Mn on piddtettynti rikosasiain oikeudenkdynnin johdosta,
pdtitZjksenteko Mnen Iuovuttamisestaan voidaan lykiitii, kunnes oikeudenkSynti
on pddttynyt tai Win ei enad ole mainituin tavoin piddtettynti.

15 ARIMA

1. Miledli luovuttamispyyntbZjn on suostuttu, asianomainen henkild on
luovuttavan sopimuspuolen viranomaisten toirnesta kuljetettava pyynndn
esitttineen valtion osoittarnaan, ensinmainitun sopimuspuolen aIueelia olevaan
sopivaan Idhtkipaikkaan.







2. Luovuttarnista pyytancen sopimuspuolen tulee noutaa luovutettava henkild
pyynndn vastaamottaneen sopimuspuolen alueelta tilman sopirnuspuolen
mddrdtttivissd olevan kohtuuIlisen ajan kuluessa. Mikdli luovutettavaa ei noudeta.
tuon ajan kuluessa, pyynndn vastaanottanut valtio voi kieltiiytyii luovuttamasta
hanta samasta rikoksesta.





16 ARTHCLA

1. Kun luovuttamispyynt68n on suostuttu, on luovuttavan sopimuspuolen
lainsaddiintdnsii sallimissa rajoissa luovutettava pyynnbn esittdneelle
sopimuspuolella kaikki esinect (mukaanlukien rahat):

(a) joita voidaan kdyttdd rikoksen todistuskappaleina; tai

(b)jotka luovutettava henkild on rikoksella saanut haItuunsa ja jotka
edelleen ovat hdnen hallussaan.

2. Mikdli kysymyksess.~i olevat esineet on takavarikoitu tai tuornittu
menetetyiksi luovuttavan sopimuspuoIen alueella, jtilkimmainen sopimuspuoli voi
vircilld olevan oikeudenkdynnin yhteydessd tilapaisesti pidatt~iii esinect itsellaiin
tai luovuttaa ne paIauttarnischdoin.

3. Tassa artiklassa olevat mddriiykset eivAt saa loukata luovuttavalle
sopimuspuolelle tai mulle kuin Iuovutettavalle henkildlle kuuluvia oikeuksia. Mikdli
sellainen oikeus on olemassa, on kysymyksessa olevat esineet pyynnbstd
palautettava maksutta luovuttavalle sopimuspuolelle mahdollisimman pian
oikeudenkiiynnin pdatyttya.

17 ARTUCLA

1. Ennen kuin luovutettu on palannut hanet luovuttaneen sopimuspuolen
alueelle tai 45 pliivSd on kulunut siitd kun h5ncIIii on ollut tilaisuus palata sinne,
hdntd ei saa luovuttamista pyytLineen sopimuspuolen alueella piddtt~id tai saattaa
oikeudellisten toirnenpitciden kohteeksi musta rikoksesta kuin sellaisesta, josta
voidaan luovuttaa ja joka perustuu tekoon, josta hanet on luovutettu, eikd minkddn
muunkaan seikan perusteella, eikS luovuttamista pyytdnyt valtio mydskddn saa
luovuttaa hdntii edelleen toiselle valtiolle.

2. Tiirndn artiklan 1 kohtaa ci sovelleta luovuttamisen jdlkeen tehtyyn
rikokscen tai ilmaantuneeseen seikkaan.

18 ARTIKLA

1. Sopimuspuoli, jolta luovuttamista on pyydetty, vastaa alueellaan
pyynniSstd aiheutuvista kustannuksista.

2. Sopimuspuoli, jolta luovuttamista on pyydetty, vastaa kaikista
j5riestelyist~i, jotka saattavat olla tarpeen luovuttamista pyyt5neen
sopimuspuolen edustuksen jdrjestdmiseksi pyynndn esifflimisesta afficutuncessa
menettelyss5.

19 AR=A

Suornen hallituksen pyyntd sellaisen henkildn Iuovuttamisesta, joka tavataan
alueella, jota tdma sopimus 2 artikIan 1 kohdan mukaan on ulotettu koskernaan,
saadaan teha sanotun alueen kuverndijrille tai sen mulle asianomaiselle
viranomaiselle; tdmd voi joko ratkaista asian tai siirtdd sen Yhdistyneen
Kuningaskunnan hallituksen ratkaistavaksi.

20 ARTIKLA

1. Mirnii sopimus on ratifloitava ja ratifloimi-asiakirjat on vaihdettava
Helsingissii mahdollisimman pian. Sopimus tulee voirnaan kolmen kuukauden
kuluttua ratifloimisasiakirjojen vaihtamisp~iiviistd.

2. Tdtii sopimusta sovelletaan myds ennen sen voirnaantuloa tehtyihin
rikoksiin edellyttden, ettd teko on:

(a)sopimuspuoIten valisen, rikoksentekijain molemminpu'olista
luovuttamista koskevan, Lontoossa 30 1)divdnd toukokuuta 1924 tehdyn
sopimuksen Gdljemptind: 'vuoden 1924 sopimus') 2 artiklassa






tarkoitettu rikos; ja

(b) rikos, jota tarkoitetaan t&m~in sopimuksen 3 artiklassa.





3. TarnAn sopimuksen tulIessa voirnaan vuoden 1924 sopimus lakkaa

olemasta voirnassa Yhdistyncen Kuningaskunnan ja Suornen valilki.

4. Kumpikin sopimuspuoli voi saattaa tdmdn sopimuksen pddttymdiin

milloin tahansa irtisanomalla sen diplornaattitietA toiselle sopimuspuolelle
tehtayalld ilmoituksella; sopimus lakkaa olemasta voirnassa kuuden

kuukauden kuluttua sanotunlaisen ilmoituksen vastaanottarnisesta.

Tdmiin vakuudeksi allekirjoittaneet siffien asianmukaisesti valtuutettuina

ovat allekirioittanect t.~mtin sopimuksen.

Tehty kahtena kappaleena Lontoossa 29 1)aivtina lokakuuta 1975 englannin

ja suornen kielisird, molempien tekstien ollessa yht,~i todistumimaisia.

Iso-Britannian ja Pohjois-lrlannin Yhdistyncen Kuningaskunnan hallitu-

ksen puolesta:

ROY RATMRSLEY

Suornen Tasavallan hallituksen puolesta:

RICHARD TOTMRMAN

LuTE

Luettelo 3 artikiassa tarkoitetuista rikoksista:

1. Murha tai sen yritys
2. Tappo
3. Tahallinen ti3rked pahoinpitely
4.Ruumiinvamman aiheuttanut pahoinpitely
5. Vakisinmakaaminen
6.Kuuttatoista vuotta nuorempaan naiseen kohdistuva haureus tai sen
yritys
7. Siveellisyysrikos
8.Naiseen kohdistuva paritus tai sen yritys
9. Sikidnldhdettiiminen
10. lhniisryastd tai laiton vapaudenriisto
11. Lapsen laiton haltuunotto, hylk~idminen tai heitteillepano
12. Huumausainerikos tai sen yritys
13. Varkaus, KavaIlus ja rydstki
14. Varastetun tavaran katkeminen
15. Petos
16. KiristSminen
17. VStird kirjanpito
18. VdAran lausuman antaminen petollisessa tarkoituksessa, johon on
syyllistynyt yhtian johtaja tai sen muu toimihenkild
19. Konkurssirikos
20. VS5rennys tai raharikos
21. Lahjorninen
22. Perdttbmfin lausuman antaminen tuornioistuirnesm tai yllytys siffien
23. Tahallinen omaisuuden vahingoittaminen
24. Kaikki tahalliset teot, joiden tarkoituksena on vaarantaa rautateilla
matkustavien henkilbiden turvallisuutta
25. Kansainvalisessa oikeudessa tarkoitettu meri- ja ilmarosvous
26. Ilma-aluksen kaappaus tai sen yritys
27. Orjakauppa
28. Joukkotuhonta, sen yritys tai sitA tarkoittava salabanke taikka julkinen
kehotus joukkotuhontaan ryhtymiseen











SCHEDULE 2 Article

Antigua
Bermuda
British Antarctic Territory
Belize
British Indian Ocean Territory
Cayman Islands
Dominica
Falkland Islands
Gibraltar
Gilbert Islands
Hong Kong
Montserrat
Pitcairn
St. Christopher, Nevis and Anguilla
St. Helena
St. Lucia
St. Vincent
The Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia in the Island of Cyprus
Tuvalu
Turks and Caicos Islands
Virgin Islands





BRETTON WOODS AGREENIENTS

THE BRETTON WOODS AGREEMENTS ORDER IN COUNCIL

1946 No. 36

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 10th day of January, 1946.

PRESENT,

The King's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

His Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred on Him by Section
3 of the Bretton Woods Agreements Act, 1945, and of all other powers
enabling Him in that behalf, is pleased, by and with the advice of His
Privy Council to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows

1. This Order may be cited as 'The Bretton Woods Agreements
Order in Council, 1946

2. (1) In this Order, the expressions 'the Fund Agreement' and 'the
Bank Agreement' mean, respectively, the Agreement for the
estabishment and operation of an international body to be called the
International Monetary Fund and the Agreement for the establishment
and operation of an international body to be called the International
Bank for Reconstruction and Development, which were signed on behalf
of His Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom on the twenty-
seventh day of December, nineteen hundred and forty-five, and the
expressions 'the Fund' and 'the Bank' mean the bodies established
under these Agreements respectively.

(2). The Interpretation Act, 1889, shall apply to the interpretation of
this Order as it applies to the interpretation of an Act of Parliament.

3. To enable the Fund and the Bank to fulfil the functions with
which they are respectively entrusted, the provisions of the Fund
Agreement and the Bank Agreement set out in the Schedule to this
Order shall have the force of law:

Provided that nothing in Section 9 of Article IX of the Fund
Agreement or in Section 9 of Article VII of the Bank Agreement shall be
construed as

(a)entitling the Fund or the Bank to import goods free of customs
duty without any restriction on their subsequent sale in the
country to which they were imported; or

(b)conferring on the Fund or the Bank any exemption from duties
or taxes which form part of the price of goods sold;
or

(c)conferring on the Fund or the Bank any exemption from taxes
or duties which are in fact no more than charges for services
rendered.





4. This Order shall extend to all parts of His Majesty's dominions
(other than Dominions within the meaning of the Statute of
Westminster, 1931, territories administered by the Government of any
such Dominion and British India) and, to the extent that His Majesty
has jurisdiction therein, to all other territories in which His Majesty has
from time to time jurisdiction (other than territories in respect of which a
mandate from the League of Nations is being exercised by, or which are
being administered by, the Government of such a Dominion as aforesaid
and territories in India):

Provided that, if, whether before or after the passing of the Bretton
Woods Agreements Act, 1945, or the making of this Order, effect is
given by or under the law of any part of His Majesty's dominions or
other territory to any provisions of the said Agreements set out in the
Schedule to this Order, this Order, so far as it gives effect to that
provision, shall not extend to that part of His Majesty's dominions or
other territory as respects any period as respects which effect is given
as aforesaid to that provision.

E. C. E. LEADBITTER.

SCHEDULE
PROVISIONS OF AGREEMENTS WHICH ARE TO HAVE

FORCE OF LAW

PART I
FUNG AGREEMENT
Article VIII, Section 2(b)

Exchange contracts which involve the currency of any Member and which are
contrary to the exchange control regulations of that member maintained or
imposed consistently with this Agreement shall be unenforceable in the territories
of any member ...

Article IX
STATUS. IMMUNITIES AND
PRIVILEGES

..

Section 2. Status of the Fund.

The Fund shall possess full juridical personality, and, in particular, the
capacity:

(i) to contract;

(ii) to acquire and dispose of immovable and movable property;

(iii) to institute legal proceedings.

Section 3. Immunity from judicial process.

The Fund, its property and its assets, wherever located and by whomsoever
held, shall enjoy immunity from every form of judicial process except to the
extent that it expressly waives its immunity for the purpose of any proceedings or
by the terms of any contract.

Section 4 Immunity from other action.

Property and assets of the Fund, wherever located and by whomsoever held,
shall be immune from search, requisition, confiscation, expropriation or any other
form of seizure by executive or legislative action.





Section 5. Immunity of archives.

The archives of the Fund shall be inviolable.

Section 6, Freedom of assets from restrictions.

To the extent necessary to carry out the operations provided for in this
Agreement, all property and assets of the Fund shall be free from restrictions,
regulations, controls and moratoria of any nature.

..

Section 8. Immunities and privileges of officers and employees.

All governors, executive directors, alternates, officers and employees of the
Fund-

(i) shall be immune from legal process with respect to acts perfomed by
them in their official capacity except when the Fund waives this immunity...

Section 9. Immunities from taxation.

(a) The Fund, its assets, property, income and its operations and transactions
authorised by this Agreement, shall be immune from all taxation and from all
customs duties. The Fund shall also be immune from liability for the collection or
payment of any tax or duty.

(b) No tax shall be levied on or in respect of salaries and emoluments paid by
the Fund to executive directors, alternates, officers or employees of the Fund who
are not local citizens, local subjects, or other local nationals.

(c) No taxation of any kind shall be levied on any obligation or security issued
by the Fund, including any dividend or interest thereon, by whom. soever held

(i) which discriminates against such obligation or security solely because of
its origin; or

(ii) if the sole jurisdictional basis for such taxation is the place of currency in
which it is issued, made payable or paid, or the location of any office or
place of business maintained by the Fund.

PART II
BANK AGREEMENT

Article VII
STATUS, IMMUNITIES AND
PRIVUMES

Section 2. Status of the Bank.

The Bank shall possess full juridical personality, and, in particular, the
capacity:

(i) to contract;

(ii) to acquire and dispose of immovable and movable property;

(iii) to institute legal proceedings.

Section 3. Position of the Bank with regard to judicial process.

Actions may be brought against the Bank only in a court of competent
jurisdiction in the territories of a member in which the Bank has an office, has
appointed an agent for the purpose of accepting service or notice of process, or
has issued or guaranteed securities. No actions shall, however, be brought by
members or persons acting for or deriving claims from members. The property and
assets of the Bank shall, wheresoever located and by whomsoever held, be immune
from all forms of seizure, attachment or execution before the delivery of final
judgment against the Bank.





Section 4. Immunity of assets from seizure.

Property and assets of the Bank, wherever located and by whomsoever held,
shall be immune from search, requisition, confiscation, expropriation or any other
form of seizure by executive or legislative action.

S ection 5. Immunity of archives.

The archives of the Bank shall be inviolable.

Section6. Freedom of assets from restrictions.

To the extent necessary to carry out the operations provided for in this
Agreement and subject to the provisions of this Agreement, all property and assets
of the Bank shall be free from restrictions, regulations, controls and moratoria of
any nature.

..

Seciton 8 Immunities and privileges of officers and employees

All governors, executive directors, alternates, officers and employees of the
Bank

(i) shall be immune from legal process with respect to acts performed by
them in their official capacity except when the Bank waives this
immunity . . .

Section 9. Immunities from taxation.

(a) The Bank, its assets, property, income and its operations and transactions
authorised by this Agreement, shall be immune from all taxation and from all
customs duties. The Bank shall also be immune from liability for the collection or
payment of any tax or duty.

(b) No tax shall be levied on or in respect of salaries and emoluments paid by
the Bank to executive directors, alternates, officials or employees of the Bank who
are not local citizens, local subjects, or other local nationals.

(c) No taxation of any kind shall be levied on any obligation or security issued
by the Bank (including any dividend or interest thereon) by whomsoever held

(i) which discriminates against such obligation or security solely because it is
issued by the Bank; or

(ii) _if the sole jurisdictional basis for such taxation is the place or currency in
which it is issued, made payable or paid, or the location of any office or
place of business maintained by the Bank.

(d) No taxation of any kind shall be levied on any obligation or security
guaranteed by the Bank (including any dividend or interest thereon) by whomsoever
held

(i) which discriminates against such obligation or security solely because it is
guaranteed by the Bank; or

(ii) if the sole jurisdictional basis for such taxation is the location of any
office or place of business maintained by the Bank.





1977 No. 422

CIVIL AVIATION

THE AIR NAVIGATION (OVERSEAS TERRITORIES)
ORDER 1977

[This Order in Council is printed as amended by S.I. 1977 No. 820,
L.N. 18 of 1980, and S.I. 1978 No. 1520.]

Made - - - - - - - - 9th March 1977
Laid before Parliament - - - - .18th March 1977
Coming into Operation-
(a) for the purposes of Articles 60(6),
88 and 91 - - - - - 9th April 1977

(b) for all other purposes 9th June 1977

ARRANGEMENT OF ORDER
CITATION, COMMENCEMENT AND REVOCATION
Article Page

1. Citation and commencement......................... DP 5

2. Revocation................................... DP 5

PART I
REGISTRATION AND MARKING OF AIRCRAFTS

3.................Aircraft to be registered ..... ................ DP 6

4........................Registration of aircraft in the Territory .............. DP 7

5......................Nationality and registration marks ................ DP 10

PART II

AIR OPERATORS' CERTIFICATES

6. Issue of air operators' certificates .................. DP 11

PART III

AIRWORTHINESS AND EQUIPMENT OF AIRCRAFT

7........................Certificate of airworthiness to be in force .............. DP 11

8.............................Issue, renewal, etc., of certificates of airworthiness .......... DP 12

9...................Certification of maintenance .................. DP 13

10..............................Maintenance of General Purpose Category aircraft ........ DP 15
11..............................Inspection, overhaul, repair, replacement and modification ...... DP 16

12-....................Licensing of maintenance engineers ................ DP 19

13..............Equipment of aircraft...................... DP 20





Article................................... Page

14...................Radio equipment of aircraft .................. DP 21

15........................Aircraft, engine and propeller log books .............. DP 22

16.................Aircraft weight schedule .. .................. DP 22

17............................Access and inspection for airworthiness purposes .......... DP 23

PART IV
AiRcRAFT CREw LicENsiNo

18...................Composition of crew of aircraft .................. DP 23

19............................Members of flight crew-requirement of licences .......... . DP 25

20...............................Grant, Renewal and Effect of Flight Crew Licences ........ DP 28

21...............Validation of licences....................... DP 32
22...............Personal flying log book .................... DP 32
23...............Instruction in flying....................... DP 32
24...............Glider pilot-minimurn age .................... DP 33

PART V
OPERATION OF
AnteRAFr

25...............Operations Manual..................... DP 33

26............Training Manual.. .. .............. . DP 34

27..........................Public transport-operator's responsibilities ............ DP 35

28.................................Loading-public transport aircraft and suspended loads .. 1 .. DP 36

29........................Public transport-operating conditions .............. DP 37

30.....................................Aircraft registered in the Territory-aerodrome operating minima .. DP 39

31.......................................Aircraft not registered in the Territory-aerodrome operating minima DP 41

32..........................Pre-flight action by commander of aircraft ............ DP 42

33.................Pilots to remain at controls .................... DP 42

34..............................Public transport of passengers-duties of commander ........ DP 43

35...................Operation of radio in aircraft .................. DP 44
35A..................Minimum Navigation Performance ................ DP 46

36..............................Use of flight recorders and preservation of records ........ DP 46

37............Towing of gliders.. .. .................. DP 46

38..............................Towingi picking up and raising of persons and articles ........ DP 47

39.....................Dropping of persons and articles .. .......... DP48
39A....................Issue of Aerial Application Certificates .......... DP 48

40..........................Carriage of weapons and of munitions of war ............ DP 49

41...................Carriage of dangerous goods .................. DP 50
42...................Method of carriage of persons .................. DP 50
43...................Exits and break-in markings .................. DP 51






44...................Imperilling safety of aircraft .................. DP 52
45. Imperilling safety of any person or property DP 52
46...................Drunkenness in aircraft..... .............. DP 52
47. Smoking in aircraft DP 53
48...................Authority of commander of aircraft ................ DP 53
49. Stowaways DP 53





Article.................................... page
PART VI
FATiGuE OF CREW

50..........................Application and interpretation of Part VI ............ DP 53
51..........................Fatigue of crew-operatoes responsibilities ............ DP 54

52........................Fatigue of crew-responsibilities of crew .............. DP 54
53........................Flight times-responsibilities of flight crew ............ DP 55

PART VII
DOCU~ AND RiEcoRDs

54.................Documents to be carried .. .................. DP 55

55............Records to be kept.. .. .................. DP 55

56.......................Production of documents and records .............. DP 55

57...................Preservation of documents, etc . .................. DP 57

58. Revocation, suspension and variation of certificates, licences and other

documents.. .. ............ DP 57

59............................Offences in relation to documents and records .......... DP 58

PART VIII
CONTROL OF AIR
TRAFFic

60.......................Rules of the air and air traffic control .............. DP 58

61. Licensing of air traffic controllers, student air traffic controllers and

aerodrome flight information service officers............... DP 59

62............................Prohibition of unlicensed air traffic controllers .......... DP 61
62A. Flight Information Service Manual DP 62

63.....................Incapacity of air traffic controllers ................ DP 63
64.....................Power to prohibit or restrict flying ................ DP 63

65.................Balloons, kites and airships .................... DP 64

PARTIX
AERODRomEs, AERONAUTICAL LIGHTS AND DANGERous
UGHTs

66.....................................Aerodromes: public transport of passengers and instruction in flying .. DP 64

67...................Use of Government aerodromes .................. DP 65

68.................Licensing of aerodromes .. .................. DP 65
69.................Radio equipment at aerodromes ................ DP 66
70.................Records at aerodromes..... ................ DP 67

71............................Charges at aerodromes licensed for public use .......... DP 68

72. Use of aerodromes by aircraft of Contracting States and of the Common-

wealth.. ..... .......... DP 69

73..............................Noise and vibration caused by aircraft on aerodromes ........ DP 69







74..............Aeronautical lights..... .............. DP 69

75............Dangerous lights.... ................ DP 69
76............Customs airports.... ................ DP 70

76A. Aviation Fuel at Aerodromes......................... DP 70





Article..................................... pagle

PART X
GENERAL

77.............Prohibited Areas.... ................ DP 71

78. Restriction with respect to aerial photography and survey from aircraft

registered outside the Territory......................DP 72

79................Mandatory reporting.. .. .................. DP 72

80....................Power to prevent aircraft flying .................. DP 73

81.............................Right of access to aerodromes and other places .......... DP 74

82................Obstruction of persons.. .................. DP 74
83................Enforcement of directions .................... DP 74

84.........Penalties.. .. ................ DP 74

85......................Extra-territorial effect of the Order ..... ............ DP 75

86. Application of Order to British-controlled aircraft not registered in the

Territory.. .. ............ DP 76

87..................................Application of Order to the Crown and visiting forces, etc . ...... DP 76

88...............Exemption from Order.. .. .................. DP 77
89...............Appeal to Supreme Court.. .. .................. DP 77
90...............Application of Order.. .. .................. DP 77

91......................Regulations by the Governor: Fees ................ DP 77

92...........Interpretation.. ................ DP 78

93.........Saving.. .. ................ DP 87
94.........Small aircraft.. .. .................. DP 88

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1-Part A. Table of General Classification of Aircraft.......... DP 88

Part B. Nationality and Registration Marks of Aircraft Registered in

the Territory............ .........
..... DP 88
Part C. Aircraft Dealer's Certificate-Conditions............ DP
90
Schedule 2-A and B Conditions............... ............DP 90
Schedule 3-Categories of Aircraft............ .........
..... DP 92
Schedule 4-Maintenance Engineers: Privileges of Licences ............DP 92
Schedule 5-Aircraft Equipment............... ............DP 93
Schedule 6-Radio Equipment to be carried in aircraft.. ............... DP 104
Schedule 7-Aircraft, Engine and Propeller Log Books ..............DP 106
Schedule 8-Areas Specified in connection with the Carriage of Flight Navigators as

Members of the Flight Crews or Approved Navigational Equipment on

Public Transport Aircraft......................... DP 107 Schedule 9-Flight Crew of
Aircraft: Licences and Ratings............... DP 109 Schedule 10-Air Traffic Controllers: Ratings ...
.................... DP 118 Schedule 1 1-Public Transport: Operational Requirements.......... ...






..DP 119 Schedule 12-Documents to be Carried by Aircraft Registered in the Territory..DP 124
Schedule 13-Perialties................................... DP 125 Schedule 14-Rules of the Air and
Air Traffic Control.................DP 126 Schedule 1 5-Air Navigation (General) Regulations ...
............... DP 165 Schedule 16-Terfitories to which this Order applies.................DP 189





At the Court of Saint James, the 9th day of March 1977

Present,

The Counsellors of State in Council

Whereas Her Majesty, in pursuance of the Regency Acts 1937 to 1953,
was pleased, by Letters Patent dated the 3rd day of February 1977, to
delegate to the six Counsellors of State therein named or any two or
more of them full power and authority during the period of Her
Majesty's absence from the United Kingdom to summon and hold on
Her Majesty's behalf Her Privy Council and to signify thereat Her
Majesty's approval for anything for which Her Majesty's approval in
Council is required:

Now, therefore, Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth The Queen Mother
and Her Royal Highness The Princess Anne, being authorized thereto
by the said Letters Patent, and in pursuance of the powers conferred by
the Civil Aviation Act 1949(a), the Civil Aviation Act 1949 (Overseas
Territories) Order 1969(b) as amended by the Civil Aviation Act 1971
(Overseas Territories) Order 1976(c) and all other powers enabling Her
Majesty, and by and with the advice of Her Majesty's Privy Council, do
on Her Majesty's behalf order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

CITATION, COMMENCEMENT AND
REVOCATION

1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Air Navigation (Overseas
Territories) Order 1977.

(2) This Order shall come into operation-

(a)on 9th April 1977, for the purposes of Articles 60(6), 88 and
91; and

(b) on 9th June 1977, for all other purposes.

2. (1) Subject to the following provisions of this Article, the
following Orders are hereby revoked, that is to say

The Air Navigation (Overseas Territories) Order 1976(d);

The Air Navigation (Overseas Territories) (Amendment) Order
1976(e);

Provided that nothing in the above revocations shall atfect the
proviso to Article 2(1) of the Air Navigation (Overseas Territories)

(a) 1949 c. 67. (b) S.I. 1969/592 (1969 1, p. 1650). (c) S.I. 197611912
(1976 Ill, p. 5123). (d) S.I. 1976/421 (1976 1, p. 1107). (e) S.I. 197611776
(1976 111, p. 4718).





Order 1976 (which saved the Thirteenth Schedule to the Colonial Air
Navigation Order 1961(a), and that proviso shall remain in force, but as if
the reference therein to Article 91 of the Air Navigation (Overseas
Territories) Order 1976 were a reference to Article 91 of this Order.

(2) Section 38(2) of the Interpretation Act 1889(b) (which relates to
the effect of repeals) shall apply to this Order as if this Order were an
Act of Parliament and as if the Orders revoked by paragraph (1) of this
Article were Acts of Parliament thereby repealed.

(3) Notwithstanding the revocation of the Orders mentioned in
paragraph (1) of this Article, any instrument (that is to say any
regulation, direction, instrument, rule or other requirement, any notice
and any certificate, licence, approval, permission, exemption, log book,
record or other document) issued, made, served or granted under those
Orders, or under any enactment revoked by any of those Orders, if in
force ai the commencement of this Order, shall (except to the extent that
such instrument is inconsistent with the provisions of this Order, and
without prejudice to Article 58 of this Order or to any power to amend
any such instrument) continue in force until superseded, revoked or
otherwise terminated and, so far as it could have been issued, made,
served or granted under this Order, shall have effect as if issued, made,
served or granted under this Order and this Order shall apply to or in
relation to such instrument accordingly:

Provided that any such instrument which is expressed to remain in
force for a definite period shall not remain in force after the expiration of
that period unless it shall be renewed in accordance with the provisions
of this Order or in accordance with any prescribed provisions.

PART I

REGISTRATION AND MARKING OF
AIRCRAFT

3. (1) An aircraft shall not fly in or over the Territory unless it is
registered in:

(a) some part of the Commonwealth; or

(b) a Contracting State; or

(c)some other country in relation to which there is in force an
agreement between Her Majesty's Government in the United
Kingdom and the Government of that country which makes
provision for the flight over the Territory of aircraft registered
in that country:

(a) S.I. 1961/2316 (1961 111, p. 4146). (b) 1889 c. 63.





Provided that:
(i) a glider may fly unregistered, and shall be deemed to be
registered in the Territory for the purposes of Articles 13,
14, 19 and 32 of this Order, on any flight which:
(a)begins and ends in the Territory without passing over
any other country, and
(b)is not for the purpose of public transport or aerial
work;
(ii) any aircraft may fly unregistered on any flight which:
(a)begins and ends in the Territory without passing over
any other country, and
(b)is in accordance with the 'B Conditions' set forth in
Schedule 2 to this Order;
(iii) this paragraph shall not apply to any kite or captive
balloon.

(2) If an aircraft flies over the Territory in contravention of
paragraph (1) of this Article in such manner or circumstances that
if the aircraft had been registered in the Territory an offence against
this Order or any regulations made thereunder would have been
committed, the like offence shall be deemed to have been committed
in respect of that aircraft.

4. (1) The Governor shall be the authority for the registration
of aircraft in the Territory and shall cause a register to be kept.

(2) Subject to the provisions of this Article, an aircraft shall
not be registered or continue to be registered in the Territory if it
appears to the Governor that:
(a)the aircraft is registered outside the Territory and that such
registration does not cease by operation of law upon the
aircraft being registered in the Territory; or
(b)an unqualified person holds any legal or beneficial interest
by way of ownership in the aircraft or any share therein; or
(c)the aircraft could more suitably be registered in some other
part of the Commonwealth; or
(d)it would be inexpedient in the public interest for the aircraft
to be or to continue to be registered in the Territory.

(3) The following persons and no others shall be qualified to
hold a legal or beneficial interest by way of ownership in an aircraft
registered in the Territory or a share therein:
(a)the Crown in right of Her Majesty's Government in the
United Kingdom or in right of the Government of the
Territory;
(b) British subjects;
(c) citizens of the Republic of Ireland;





(d) British protected persons;

(e)bodies incorporated in some part of the Commonwealth and
having their principal place of business in any part of the
Commonwealth;

firms carrying on business in Scotland.

In this sub-paragraph 'firm' has the same meaning as in the
Partnership Act 1890(a)

(4) If an unqualified person residing or having a place of business
in the Territory holds a legal or beneficial interest by way of ownership
in an aircraft, or a share therein, the Governor, upon being satisfied that
the aircraft may otherwise be properly so registered, may register the
aircraft in the Territory. The person aforesaid shall not cause or permit
the aircraft, while it is registered in pursuance of this paragraph, to be
used for the purpose of public transport or aerial work.

(5) If an aircraft is chartered by demise to a person qualified as
aforesaid the Governor may, whether or not an unqualified person is
entitled as owner to a legal or beneficial interest therein, register the
aircraft in the Territory in the name of the charterer upon being satisfied
that the aircraft may otherwise be properly so registered, and subject to
the provisions of this Article the aircraft may remain so registered
during the continuation of the charter.

(6) Application for the registration of an aircraft in the Territory
shall be made in writing to the Governor, and shall include or be
accompanied by such particulars and evidence relating to the aircraft
and the ownership and chartering thereof as he may require to enable
him to determine whether the aircraft may properly be registered in the
Territory and to issue the certificate referred to in paragraph (8) of this
Article. In particular, the application shall include the proper description
of the aircraft according to column 4 of the 'General Classification of
Aircraft' set forth in Part A of Schedule 1 to this Order.

(7) Upon receiving an application for the registration of an aircraft
in the Territory and being satisfied that the aircraft may properly be so
registered, the Governor shall register the aircraft, wherever it may be,
and shall include in the register the following particulars.

(a) the number of the certificate;

(b)the nationality mark of the aircraft, and the registration mark
assigned to it by the Governor;

(c)the name of the constructor of the aircraft and its designation;

(d) the serial number of the aircraft;

(a) 1890 c. 39.





(e) (i) the name and address of every person who is entitled
as owner to a legal interest in the aircraft or a share therein,
or, in the case of an aircraft which is the subject of a
charter by demise, the name and address of the charterer
by demise; and
,(ii) in the case of an aircraft registered in pursuance of
paragraph (4) or (5) of this Article, an indication that it is
so registered.

(8) The Governor shall furnish to the person in whose name
the aircraft is registered (hereinafter in this Article referred to as
'the registered owner') a certificate of registration, which shall
include the foregoing particulars and the date on which the certificate
was issued:

Provided that the Governor shall not be required to furnish a
certificate of registration if the registered owner is the holder of an
aircraft dealer's certificate granted under this Order who has made
to the Governor and has not withdrawn a statement of his intention
that the aircraft is to fly only in accordance with the conditions set
forth in Part C of Schedule 1 to this Order, and in that case the
aircraft shall fly only in accordance with those conditions.

(9) The Governor may grant to any person qualified as afore-
said an aircraft dealer's certificate if he is satisfied that he has a
place of business in the Territory for buying and selling aircraft.

(10) Subject to paragraphs (4) and (5) of this Article, if at any
time after an aircraft has been registered in the Territory an un-
qualified person becomes entitled to a legal or beneficial interest
by way of ownership in the aircraft or a share therein, the registra-
tion of the aircraft shall thereupon become void and the certificate
of registration shall forthwith be returned by the registered owner
to the Governor.

(11) Any person who is the registered owner of an aircraft
registered in the Territory shall forthwith inform the Governor in
writing of:
(a)any change in the particulars which were furnished to the
Governor upon application being made for the registration
of the aircraft;
(b)the destruction of the aircraft, or its permanent withdrawal
from use;
(c)in the case of an aircraft registered in pursuance of para-
graph (5) of this Article, the termination of the demise
charter.

(12) Any person who becomes the owner of an aircraft registered
in the Territory shall forthwith inform the Governor in writing to
that effect.

(13) The Governor may, whenever it appears to him necessary
or appropriate to do so for giving effect to this Part of this Order





or for bringing up to date or otherwise correcting the particulars entered
on the register, amend the register or, if he thinks fit, may cancel the
registration of the aircraft, and shall cancel that registration if he is
satisfied that there has been a change in the ownership of the aircraft.

(14) The Governor may, by regulations, adapt or modify the
foregoing provisions of this Article as he deems necessary or expedient
for the purpose of providing for the temporary transfer of aircraft to or
from the Territory register, either generally or in relation to a particular
case or class of cases.

(15) In this Article references to an interest in an aircraft do not
include references to an interest in an aircraft to which a person is
entitled only by virtue of his membership of a flying club and-the
reference in paragraph (11) of this Article to the registered owner of an
aircraft includes in the case of a deceased person, his legal personal
representative, and in the case of a body corporate which has been
dissolved, its successor.

(16) Nothing in this Article shall require the Governor to cancel the
registration of an aircraft if in his opinion it would he inexpedient in the
public interest to do so.

(17) The registration of an aircraft which is the subject of an
undischarged mortgage entered in the Register of Aircraft Mortgages
kept in the Territory pursuant to an Order in Council made under section
16 of the Civil Aviation Act 1968(a) which extends to the Territory shall
not become void by virtue of paragraph (10) of this Article, nor shall the
Governor cancel the registration of such an aircraft pursuant to this
Article unless all persons shown in the Register of Aircraft Mortgages
as mortgagees of that aircraft have consented to the cancellation.

(18) The Governor shall transmit to the Civil Aviation Authority
particulars of all registrations and of changes in or cancellations of
registrations, entered in the register.

5. (1) An aircraft (other than an aircraft permitted _by or under this
Order to fly without being registered) shall not fly unless it bears
painted thereon or affixed thereto, in the manner required by the law of
the country in which it is registered, the nationality and registration
marks required -by that law.

(2) The marks to be borne by aircraft registered in the Territory
shall comply with Part B of Schedule 1 to this Order.

(3) An aircraft shall not bear any marks which purport to indicate:

(a)that the aircraft is registered in a country in which it is not in
fact registered; or

(a) 1968 c. 61.





(b)that the aircraft is a State aircraft of a particular country if it is
not in fact such an aircraft unless the appropriate authority of
that country has sanctioned the bearing of such marks.

PART II

AIR OPERATORS' CERTIFICATES

6. (1) An aircraft registered in the Territory shall not fly on any
flight for the purpose of public transport, otherwise than under and in
accordance with the terms of an air operators' certificate granted to the
operator of the aircraft under paragraph (2) of this Article, certifying
that the holder of the certificate is competent to secure that aircraft
operated by him on such flights as that in question are operated safely.

(2) The Governor may grant to any person applying therefor an air
operator's certificate if he is satisfied that that person is competent,
having regard in particular to his previous conduct and experience, his
equipment, organization, staffing, maintenance and other arrangements,
to secure the safe operation of aircraft of the types specified in the
certificate on flights of the description and for the purposes so
specified. The certificate may be granted subject to such conditions as
the Governor thinks fit and shall, subject to the provisions of Article 58
of this Order, remain in force for the period specified in the certificate.

PART III

AIRWORTHINESS AND EQUIPMENT OF AIRCRAFT

7. (1) An aircraft shall not fly unless there is in force in respect
thereof a certificate of airworthiness duly issued or rendered valid under
the law of the country in which. the aircraft is registered, and any
conditions subject to which the certificate was issued or rendered valid
are complied with:

Provided that the foregoing prohibition shall not apply to flights,
beginning and ending in the Territory without passing over any other
country, of:

(a)a glider, if it is not being used for the public transport of
passengers or aerial work;

(b)a balloon, if it is not being used for the public transport of
passengers;

(c) a kite;

(d)an aircraft flying in accordance with the 'A Conditions' or the
'B Conditions' set forth in Schedule 2 to this Order;

(e)an aircraft flying in accordance with the conditions of a permit
to fly issued by the Governor in respect of that aircraft.





(2) In the case of an aircraft registered in the- Territory the
certificate of airworthiness referred to in paragraph (1) of this Article
shall be a certificate issued or rendered valid in accordance with the
provisions of Article 8 of this Order.

8. (1) The Governor may issue in respect of any aircraft a certificate
of airworthiness if he is satisfied that the aircraft is fit to fly having
regard to:

(a)the design, construction, workmanship and materials of the
aircraft (including in particular any engines fitted therein), and
of any equipment carried in the aircraft which he considers
necessary for the airworthiness of the aircraft; and

(b)the results of flying trials, and such other tests of the aircraft
as he may require:

Provided that, if the Governor has issued a certificate of
airworthiness in respect of an aircraft which, in his- opinion, is a
prototype aircraft or a modification of a prototype aircraft, he may
dispense with flying trials in the case of any other aircraft if he is
satisfied that it conforms to such prototype or modification.

(2) Every certificate of airworthiness shall specify such categories
as are, in the opinion of the Governor, appropriate to the aircraft in
accordance with Schedule 3 to this Order and the -certificate shall be
issued subject to the condition that the aircraft shall be flown only for
the purposes indicated in the said Schedule in relation to those
categories:

Provided that the Governor -shall not specify the General Purpose
Category in any certificate of airworthiness issued or renewed on or
after 1 December 1978. (a)

(3) The Governor may issue the certificate of airworthiness subject
to such other conditions relating to the airworthiness of the aircraft as
he thinks fit.

.(4) The certificate of airworthiness may designate the performance
group to which the aircraft belongs for the purposes of the requirements
referred to in Article 29(1) of this Order.

(5) The Governor may, subject to such conditions as he thinks fit,
issue a certificate of validation rendering valid for the purposes of this
Order a certificate of airworthiness issued in respect of any aircraft
under the law of any country other than the Territory.

(6) Subject to the provisions of this Article and of Article 58 of this
Order, a certificate of airworthiness or validation issued under this
Article shall remain in force for such period as may be specified therein,
and may be renewed from time to time by the Governor for such further
period as he thinks fit.

(a) Replaced, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)





(7) A certificate of airworthiness or a certificate of validation
issued in respect of an aircraft shall cease to be in force:

(a)if the aircraft, or such of its equipment as is necessary for the
airworthiness of the aircraft is overhauled, repaired or
modified, or if any part of the aircraft or of such equipment is
removed or is replaced, otherwise than in a manner and with
material of a type approved by the Governor either generally
or in relation to a class of aircraft or to the particular aircraft; or

(b)until the completion of any inspection of the aircraft or of any
such equipment as aforesaid, being an inspection required by
the Governor to be made for the purpose of ascertaining
whether the aircraft remains airworthy; or

(e)until the completion to the satisfaction of the Governor of any
modification of the aircraft or of any such equipment as
aforesaid, being a modification required by the Governor for
the purpose of ensuring that the aircraft remains airworthy.

(8) Without prejudice to any other provision of this Order the
Governor may, for the purposes of this Article, accept reports furnished
to him by a person whom he may approve, either absolutely or subject
to such conditions as he thinks fit, as qualified to furnish such reports.

9. (1) An aircraft registered in the Territory (not being an aircraft in
respect of which a certificate of airworthiness of the General Purpose
Category or the Special Category is in force) shall not fly for the
purpose of public transport or dropping or projecting any material for
agricultural, public health or similar purposes unless:

(a)the aircraft (including in particular its engines), together with
its equipment and radio station, is maintained in accordance
with maintenance schedules approved by the Governor in
relation to that aircraft;

(b)there are in force in respect of that aircraft certificates (in this
Order referred to as 'certificates of maintenance') issued in
accordance with the provisions of this Article and certifying
that maintenance has been carried out in accordance with
such maintenance schedules:

Provided that an aircraft may, notwithstanding that subparagraphs
(a) and (b) have not been complied with in relation to the radio station
therein, fly for the sole purpose of enabling persons to be trained to
perform duties in aircraft.

(2) An aeroplane registered in the Territory (not being an aeroplane
in respect of which a certificate of airworthiness of the General Purpose
Category or the Special Category is in force) shall not fly unless the
flight data recording system, if any, required by or under this Order to
be carried, is maintained in accordance with





a maintenance schedule approved by the Governor in relation to that
equipment and there is in force in respect of that equipment a certificate
of maintenance issued in accordance with the provisions of this Article
and certifying that maintenance has been carried out in accordance with
such maintenance schedule.

(3) Every certificate of maintenance shall come into force upon
being issued and shall cease to be in force upon the expiration of the
period of its validity in elapsed time or flying time, whichever may be the
earlier, as specified in the relevant maintenance schedule, and the period
of validity of the certificate shall be recorded in the certificate at the time
when it-is issued.

(4) A certificate of maintenance may be issued for the purposes of
this Article only by

(a)the holder of an aircraft maintenance engineer's licence
granted under this Order,, being a licence which entitles him to
issue that certificate; or

(b)the holder of a licence as such an engineer granted under the
law of a country other than the Territory and rendered valid
under this Order, in accordance with the privileges endorsed
on the licence; or

(c)the holder of a licence as such an engineer granted under the
law of any country specified in Regulation 10 in Schedule 15
to this Order, in accordance with the privileges endorsed on
the licence and subject to any conditions specified in that
Schedule; or

(d)a person whom the Governor has authorized to issue a
certificate of maintenance in a particular case, and in
accordance with that authority; or

(e)a person approved by the Governor as being competent to
issue such certificates, and in accordance with that approval:

Provided that, upon approving a maintenance schedule, the
Governor may direct that certificates of maintenance relating to that
schedule, or to any part thereof specified in its direction, may be issued-
only by the holder of such a licence as is so specified.

(5) Certificates of maintenance shall be issued in duplicate. One of
the duplicates shall, during the period of validity of the certificate, be
carried in the aircraft when Article 54 of this Order so requires, and the
other shall be kept by the operator elsewhere than in the aircraft.

(6) At the end of every flight by an aircraft registered in the
Territory for any of the purposes specified in paragraph (1) of this
Article, the commander of the aircraft shall enter-in a technical log:

(a) the times when the aircraft took off and landed; and

(b)particulars of any defect in any part of the aircraft or its
equipment which is known to him, being a part to which





a maintenance schedule relates, or, if no such defect is known
to him, an entry to that effect,

and he shall sign and date such entries:

Provided that in the case of a number of consecutive flights
beginning and ending on the same day and with the same person as
commander of the aircraft, the commander of an aircraft

(i) flying for the purpose of public transport where each of the
aforesaid consecutive flights begins at the same aerodrome
and ends at that aerodrome, or

00 flying for the purpose of dropping or projecting any material for
agricultural, public health or similar purposes, may, except where he
becomes aware of a defect during an earlier flight, make the entries
as aforesaid in a technical log at the end of the last of such
consecutive flights.

(7) Upon the rectification of any defect which has been entered in a
technical log in accordance with paragraph (6) of this Article, a copy of
the certificate of compliance required by Article 11 of this Order in
respect of the work done for the rectification of the defect shall be
entered in the technical log in such a position or manner as to be readily
identifiable with the entry of the defect to which it relates.

(8) The technical log referred to in paragraphs (6) and (7) of this
Article shall be carried in the aircraft when Article 54 of this Order so
requires and copies of the entries referred to in those paragraphs shall
be kept on the ground.

(9) Subject to the provisions of Article 57 of this Order every
certificate of maintenance shall be preserved by the operator of the
aircraft for a period of two years following the expiration of the period of
validity of the certificate and for such further period as the Governor
may require in any particular case.

10. (1) An aircraft registered in the Territory being an aircraft in
respect of which a certificate of airworthiness of the General Purpose
Category is in force shall not fly unless the aircraft (including in
particular its engines), together with its equipment and radio station, is
maintained in accordance with a maintenance schedule approved by the
Governor in relation to that aircraft and if the aircraft is flying for the
purpose of the public transport of passengers, unless there is in force a
certificate (in this Order referred to as a -certificate of release') issued in
accordance with the provisions of this Article and certifying that
maintenance has been carried out in accordance with such a
maintenance schedule:

Provided that an aircraft may, notwithstanding that the radio
station has not been so maintained, fly for the sole purpose of enabling
persons to be trained to perform duties in aircraft.

(2) Every certificate of release shall come into force upon being
issued and shall cease to be in force upon the expiration of the





period of its validity as specified in the relevant maintenance schedule,
and the period of validity of the certificate shall be recorded in the
certificate at the time when it is issued.

(3) A certificate of release may be issued for the purposes of this
Article only by

(a)the holder of an aircraft maintenance engineer's licence
granted under this Order, being a licence which entitles him to
issue that certificate; or

(b)the holder of a licence as such an engineer granted under the
law of a country other than the Territory and rendered valid
under this Order, in accordance with the privileges endorsed
on the licence; or

(c)the holder of a licence as such an engineer granted under the
law of any country specified in Regulation 10 in Schedule 15 to
this Order, in accordance with the privileges endorsed on the
licence and subject to any conditions specified in that
Schedule; or

(d)a person whom the Governor has authorized to issued a
certificate of release in a particular case, and in accordance
with that authority.

(4) Certificates of release shall be issued in duplicate. One of the
duplicates shall, during the period of validity of the certificate, be carried
in the aircraft when Article 54 of this Order so requires, and the other
shall be kept by the operator elsewhere than in the aircraft.

(5) At the end of every flight by any such aircraft as aforesaid the
commander of the aircraft shall enter in a log book

(a) the times when the aircraft took off and landed; and

(b)particulars of any defect in any part of the aircraft or its
equipment which is known to him, being a part to which a
maintenance schedule relates, or, if no such defect is known to
him, an entry to that effect,

and he shall sign and date every such entry:

Provided that in the case of a number of consecutive flights
beginning and ending on the same day and with the same person as
commander of the aircraft, that person may, except where he becomes
aware of a defect during an earlier flight, make the entry as aforesaid in a
log book at the end of the last of such consecutive flights.

11. (1) An aircraft registered in the Territory, being an aircraft in
respect of which a certificate of airworthiness issued or rendered valid
under this Order is in force, shall not fly (except as provided for in
paragraph (2) of this Article) if any part of the aircraft or of such of its
equipment as is necessary for the airworthiness of the aircraft, has been
overhauled, repaired, replaced or modified, or has been inspected as
provided in Article 8(7)(b) of





this Order, unless there is in force a certificate of compliance issued
in accordance with this Article and relating to the overhaul, repair,
replacement, modification or inspection, as the case may be:

Provided that:
(a)unless the Governor gives a direction to the contrary in
the particular case nothing in this paragraph shall require
a certificate of compliance to be in force in respect of an
aircraft of which the maximum total weight authorized
does not exceed 2,730 kg. and in respect of which a cer-
tificate of airworthiness of the Special Category is in force;
(b)if a repair or replacement of a part of an aircraft or its
equipment is carried out when the aircraft is at such place
that it is not reasonably practicable-
(i) for the repair or replacement to be carried out in
such a manner that a certificate of compliance can be
issued under this Article in respect thereof, or
(ii) for such a certificate to be issued while the aircraft
is at that place,
the aircraft may fly to a place at which such a certificate can be
issued, being the nearest place:
(aa)to which the aircraft can, in the reasonable opinion of the
commander thereof, safely fly by a route for which it is
properly equipped, and
(bb)to which it is reasonable to fly having regard to any hazards
to the liberty or health of any person on board;
and in such case the commander of the aircraft shall cause written
particulars of the flight, and the reasons for making it, to be given
to the Governor within 10 days thereafter.

(2) Nothing in paragraph (1) of this Article shall prevent an
aircraft of which the maximum total weight authorized does not
exceed 2,730 kg. from flying otherwise than for the purpose of public
transport if the only repairs or replacements in respect of which a
certificate of compliance is not in force are of such a description as
are specified in Regulation 13 in Schedule 15 to this Order and have
been carried out, personally by the owner or operator of the aircraft
being the holder of a pilot's licence granted or rendered valid under
this Order. In that event the owner or operator, as the case may
be, of the aircraft, shall keep in the aircraft log book kept in respect
of the aircraft pursuant to Article 15 of this Order a record which
identifies the repair or replacement and shall sign and date the entries,
and, subject to the provisions of Article 57 of this Order, shall
preserve the log book for a period of 2 years from the date of the
last entry therein. (a) Any equipment or parts used in carrying out
such repairs or replacements shall be of a type approved by the

(a) Amended, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





Governor whether generally or in relation to a class of aircraft or
the particular aircraft.

(3) Neither:
(a)equipment provided in compliance with Schedule 5 to this
Order (except paragraph (3) thereof), nor
(b)radio apparatus provided for use in an aircraft or in any
survival craft carried in an aircraft, whether or not such
apparatus is provided in compliance with this Order or any
regulation made thereunder, (a)
shall be installed, or place on board for use, in an aircraft registered
in the Territory after being overhauled, repaired or modified, unless
there is in force in respect thereof at the time when it is installed or
placed on board a certificate of compliance issued in accordance
with this Article and relating to the overhaul, repair or modification,
as the case may be.

(4) For the purposes of this Order, 'certificate of compliance,$
means a certificate that the part of the aircraft or its equipment has
been overhauled, repaired, replaced or modified, as the case may be,
in a manner and with material of a type approved by the Governor
either generally or in relation to a class of aircraft or the particular
aircraft and which identifies the overhaul, repair, replacement or
modification to which it relates and includes particulars of the work
done; and in relation to an inspection required by the Governor, that
the inspection has been made in accordance with the requirement of
the Governor and that any consequential repair or replacement has
been carried out as aforesaid.

(5) A certificate of compliance may be issued for the purposes
of this Article only by-
(a)the holder of an aircraft maintenance engineer's licence
granted under this Order, being a licence which entitles
him to issue that certificate; or
(b)the holder of a licence as such an engineer granted under
the law of a country other than the Territory and rendered
valid under this Order, in accordance with the privileges
endorsed on the licence; or
(c)the holder of a licence as such an engineer granted under
the law of any country specified in Regulation 10 in
Schedule 15 to this Order, in accordance with the privileges
endorsed on the licence and subject to any conditions
specified in that Schedule; or
(d)the holder of a licence or authorization as such an engineer
granted or issued by or under the law of any Contracting
State in which the overhaul, repair, replacement, modifica-
tion or inspection has been carried out, but only in respect

(a) Replaced, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





of aircraft of which the maximum total weight authorized does
not exceed 2,730 kg.; or

(e)a person approved by the Governor as being competent to
issue such certificates, and in accordance with that
approval;or

(f) a person whom the Governor has authorized to issue the
certificate in a particular case, and in accordance with that
authority; or

(g)in relation only to the adjustment and compensation of direct
reading magnetic compasses, the holder of an Airline
Transport Pilot's Licence (Aeroplanes), a Senior Commercial
Pilot's Licence (Aeroplanes) or a Flight Navigator's Licence
granted or rendered valid under this Order.

(6) Subject to the provisions of Article 57 of this Order, a certificate
of compliance shall be preserved by the operator of the aircraft to which
it relates for the period of time for which he is required to preserve the
log book relating to the same part of the aircraft or to the same
equipment or apparatus as the case may be. (a)

(7) In this Article, the expression 'repair' includes in relation to a
compass the adjustment and compensation thereof and the expression
'repaired' shall be construed accordingly.

12. (1) The Governor may grant aircraft maintenance engineer's
licences, subject to such conditions as he thinks fit, of a category
specified in Schedule 4 to this Order, upon his being satisfied that the
applicant is a fit person to hold the licence and has furnished such
evidence and passed such examinations and tests as the Governor may
required of him for the purpose of establishing that he has sufficient
knowledge, experience, competence and skill in aeronautical
engineering.

(2) The Governor may include in a licence of any category a rating,
subject to such conditions as he thinks fit, specifying a type of aircraft
or equipment, upon being satisfied as aforesaid that the applicant is
qualified to issue the certificates specified in Schedule 4 in relation to
that category in respect of aircraft or equipment of that type, and a
rating shall be deemed to form part of the licence.

(3) A licence of any category shall, subject to any conditions
included in the licence, entitle the holder to issue the certificates
specified in Schedule 4 in relation to that category in respect of aircraft
or equipment of a type specified in a rating included in the licence.

(4) A licence shall, subject to the provisions of Article 58 of this
Order, remain in force for the period specified therein, not exceeding 2
years, but may be renewed by the Governor from time

(a) Replaced, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





to time upon his being satisfied that the applicant is a fit person and is
qualified as aforesaid.

(5) The Governor may issue a certificate rendering valid for the
purposes of this Order any licence as an aircraft maintenance engineer
or aircraft radio maintenance engineer granted under the law of any
country other than the Territory. Such certificate may be issued subject
to such conditions, and for such period, as the Governor thinks fit.

(6) Upon receiving a licence granted under this Article, the holder
shall forthwith sign his name thereon in ink with his ordinary signature.

13.' (1) An aircraft shall not fly unless is so equipped as to comply
with the law of the country in which it is registered, and to enable lights
and markings to be displayed, and signals to be made, in accordance
with this Order and any regulations made thereunder.

(2) In the case of aircraft registered in the Territory the equipment
required to be provided (in addition to any other equipment required by
or under this Order) shall be that specified in such parts of Schedule 5 to
this Order as are applicable in the circumstances and shall comply with
the provisions of that Schedule. The equipment, except that specified in
paragraph (3) of the said Schedule, shall be of a type approved by the
Governor either generally or in relation to a class of aircraft or in relation
to that aircraft and shall be installed in a manner so approved.

(3) In any particular case the Governor may direct that an aircraft
registered in the Territory shall carry' such additional or special
equipment or supplies as he may specify for the purpose of facilitating
the navigation of the aircraft, the carrying out of search and rescue
operations, or the survival of the persons carried in the aircraft.

(4) The equipment carried in compliance with this Article shall be
so installed or stowed and kept stowed, and so maintained and
adjusted, as to be readily accessible and capable of being used by the
person for whose use it is intended.

(5) The position of equipment provided for emergency use shall be
indicated by clear markings in or on the aircraft. In particular in every
public transport aircraft registered in the Territory there shall be

(a)exhibited in a prominent position in every passenger
compartment; or

(b) provided individually for each passenger,

a notice stating where the lifejackets (if any) are to be found, and
containing instructions as to how they are to be used.

(6) All equipment installed or carried in an aircraft, whether or not in
compliance with this Article, shall be so installed or





stowed and kept stowed and so maintained and adjusted as not to
be a source of danger in itself or to impair the airworthiness of the
aircraft or the proper functioning of any equipment or services
necessary for the safety of the aircraft.

(7) Without prejudice to paragraph (2) of this Article, all
navigational equipment (other than radio apparatus) of any of the
following types,, namely:
(a)equipment capable of establishing the aircraft's position
in relation to its position at some earlier time by computing
and applying the resultant of the acceleration and gravita-
tional forces acting upon it, and
(b)equipment capable of establishing automatically the altitude
and relative bearing of selected celestial bodies,
when carried in an aircraft registered in the Territory (whether or
not in compliance with this Order or any regulations made there-
under) shall be of a type approved by the Governor either generally
or in relation to a class of aircraft or in relation to that aircraft and
shall be installed in a manner so approved.

(8) This Article shall not apply in relation to radio apparatus
except that specified in Schedule 5 to this Order.

14. (1) An aircraft shall not fly unless it is so equipped with
radio equipment as to comply with the law of the country in which
the aircraft is registered and to enable communications to be made
and the aircraft to be navigated, in accordance with the provisions
of this Order and any regulations made thereunder.

(2) Without prejudice to paragraph (1) of this Article, the
aircraft shall be equipped with radio equipment in accordance with
Schedule 6 to this Order.

(3) In any particular case the Governor may direct that an
aircraft registered in the Territory shall carry such additional or
special radio equipment as he may specify for the purpose of
facilitating the navigation of the aircraft, the carrying out of search
and rescue operations or the survival of the persons carried in the
aircraft.

(4) Subject to such exceptions as may be prescribed the radio
equipment provided in compliance with this Article in an aircraft
registered in the Territory shall always be maintained in serviceable
condition.

(5) All radio equipment installed in an aircraft registered in
the Territory (whether or not in compliance with this Order or any
regulations made thereunder) shall be of a type approved by the
Governor in relation to the purpose for which it is to be used, and
shall, except in the case of a glider which is permitted by Article 3(1)
of this Order to fly unregistered, be installed in a manner approved
by the Governor. Neither the equipment nor the manner in which





it is installed shall be modified except with the approval of the Governor.

15. (1) In addition to any other log books required by or under this
Order, the following log books shall be kept in respect of every aircraft
registered in the Territory: (a)

(a) an aircraft log book; and

(b)a separate log book in respect of each engine fitted in the
aircraft; and

(c)a separate log book in respect of each variable pitch propeller
fitted to the aircraft.

The log books shall include the particulars respectively specified in
Schedule 7 to this Order and in the case of an aircraft having a maximum
total weight authorized not exceeding 2,730 kg., shall be of a type
approved by the Governor. (a)

(2)(a) Each entry in the log book, other than such an entry as is
referred to in sub-paragraphs 2(d)(ii) or 3(d)(ii) of Schedule 7 to
this Order, shall be made as soon as practicable after the
occurrence to which it relates, but in no event more than 7
days after the expiration of the certificate of maintenance (if
any) in force in respect of the aircraft at the time of the
occurrence;

(b)Each entry in the log book, being such an entry as is referred
to in sub-paragraphs 2(d)(ii) or 3(d)(ii) of Schedule 7 to this
Order shall be made upon each occasion that any maintenance,
overhaul, repair, replacement, modification or inspection is
undertaken on the engine or propeller as the case may be. (b)

(3) Entries in a log book may refer to other documents, which shall
be clearly identified, and any other document so referred to shall be
deemed, for the purposes of this Order, to be part of the log book.

(4) It shall be the duty of the operator of every aircraft in respect of
which log books are required to be kept as aforesaid to keep them or
cause them to be kept in accordance with the foregoing provisions of
this Article.

(5) Subject to the provisions of Article 57 of this Order every log
book shall be preserved by the operator of the aircraft until a date two
years after the aircraft, the engine or the variable pitch propeller, as the
case may be, has been destroyed or has been permanently withdrawn
from use.

16. (1) Every flying machine and glider in respect of which a
certificate of airworthiness issued or rendered valid under this Order

(a) Amended, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)

(b) Replaced, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





is in force shall be weighed, and the position of its centre of gravity
determined, at such times and in such manner as the Governor may
require or approve in the case of that aircraft.

(2) Upon the aircraft being weighed as aforesaid the operator of the
aircraft shall prepare a weight schedule showing

(a)either the basic weight of the aircraft, that is to say, the weight
of the aircraft empty together with the weight of unusable fuel
and unusable oil in the aircraft and of such items of equipment
as are indicated in the weight schedule, or such other weight
as may be approved by the Governor in the case of that
aircraft; and

(b)either the position of the centre of gravity of the aircraft when
the aircraft contains only the items included in the basic
weight or such other position of the centre of gravity as may
be approved by the Governor in the case of that aircraft.

(3) Subject to the provisions of Article 57 of this Order the weight
schedule shall be preserved by the operator of the aircraft until the
expiration of a period of 6 months following the next occasion on which
the aircraft is weighed for the purposes of this Article.

17. The Governor may cause such inspections, investigations,
tests, experiments and flight trials to be made as he deems necessary for
the purposes of this Part of this Order and any person authorized to do
so in writing by the Governor may at any reasonable time inspect any
part of, or material intended to be incorporated in or used in the
manufacture of any part of, an aircraft or its equipment or any
documents relating thereto and may for that purpose go upon any
aerodrome or enter any aircraft factory.

PARTIV

AIRCRAFT CREW AND LICENSING

18. (1) An aircraft shall not fly unless it carries a flight crew of the
number and description required by the law of the country in which it is
registered.

(2) An aircraft registered in the Territory shall carry a flight crew
adequate in number and description to ensure the safety of the aircraft
and of at least the number and description specified in the certificate of
airworthiness issued or rendered valid under this Order or, if no
certificate of airworthiness is required under this Order to be in force,
the certificate of airworthiness, if any, last in force under this Order, in
respect of that aircraft.

(3) Unless the Governor otherwise prescribes, a flying machine
registered in the Territory and flying for the purpose of public





transport, having a maximum total weight authorized exceeding 5,700 kg.
shall carry not less than two pilots as members of the flight crew
thereof.

(4) An aircraft registered in the Territory engaged on a flight for the
purpose of public transport shall carry:

(a) a flight navigator as a member of the flight crew; or

(b)navigational equipment approved by the Governor and used
in accordance with any conditions subject to which that
approval may have been given,

if on the route or any diversion therefrom being a route or diversion
planned before take-off, the aircraft is intended to be more than 500
nautical miles from the point of take-off measured along the route to be
flown, and to pass over part of an area specified in Schedule 8 to this
Order. The flight navigator carried in compliance with this Article shall
be carried in addition to any person who is carried in accordance with
this Article to perform other duties.

(5) An aircraft registered in the Territory which is required by the
provisions of Article 14 of this Order to be equipped with radio
communication apparatus shall carry a flight radio operator as a member
of the flight crew, who, if he is required to operate radiotelegraph
apparatus, shall be carried in addition to any other person who is carried
in accordance with this Article to perform other duties.

(6) If it appears to him to be expedient to do so in the interests of
safety, the Governor may direct any particular operator of any aircraft
registered in the Territory that the aircraft operated by, him or any such
aircraft shall not fly in such circumstances as the Governor may specify
unless those aircraft carry in addition to the flight crew required to be
carried therein by the foregoing provisions of this Article such
additional persons as members of the flight crew as he may specify in
the direction. (a)

(7)(a) When an aircraft registered in the Territory carries 20 or
more passengers on a flight for the purposes of public
transport, the crew of the aircraft shall include cabin
attendants carried for the purposes of performing in the
interest of the safety of passengers duties to be assigned by
the operator or the person in command of the aircraft, but who
shall not act as members of the flight crew.

(b)The Governor may give a direction to the operator of any
aircraft registered in the Territory requiring him to include
among the crew thereof whenever the aircraft is flying for the
purpose of public transport at least one cabin attendant,
notwithstanding that the aircraft may be carrying fewer than 20
passengers.

(a) Amended, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)





(c)In the case of an aircraft with a total seating capacity of not
more than 200, the number of cabin attendants carried on such
a flight as is mentioned in sub-paragraph (a) of this Article,
shall be not less than one cabin attendant for every 50, or
fraction of 50, passengers carried.

(d)In the case of an aircraft with a total seating capacity of more
than 200, the number of cabin attendants carried on such a
flight as aforesaid, shall be not less than half the number of
main exits in the aircraft, and in addition, when more than 200
passengers are carried, one additional cabin attendant for
every 25, or fraction of 25, of such passengers:

Provided that, if the number of cabin attendants,
calculated in accordance with this sub-paragraph, exceeds the
number of main exits in the aircraft, it shall be sufficient
compliance with this Article if the number of cabin attendants
carried is equal to the number of main exits in the aircraft.

(e)For the purposes of this paragraph a main exit means an .exit in
the side of the aircraft at floor level intended for the
disembarkation of passengers whether normally or in an
emergency.

19. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Article, a person shall not
act as a member of the flight crew of an aircraft registered in the
Territory unless he is the holder of an appropriate licence granted or
rendered valid under this Order:

Provided that a person may within the Territory without being the
holder of such a licence

(a) act as a flight radiotelephony operator if-

(i) he does so as the pilot of a glider not flying for the
purpose of public transport or aerial work, or as a person
being trained in an aircraft registered in the Territory to
perform duties as a member of the flight crew of an aircraft;
and

(ii) he is authorized to operate the radiotelephony station by
the holder of the licence granted in respect of that station
under any enactment; and

(iii) messages are transmitted only for the purposes of
instruction, or of the safety or navigation of the aircraft; and

(iv) messages are transmitted only on a frequency
exceeding 60 MHz assigned by the Governor for use on flights
on which a flight radiotelephony operator acts in one of the
capacities specified in paragraph (i) of this proviso; and

(v) the transmitter is pre-set to one or more of the
frequencies so assigned and cannot be adjusted in flight to
any other frequency; and





(vi) the operation of the transmitter requires the use only of
external switches; and

(vii) the stability of the frequency radiated is maintained
automatically by the transmitter;

(b)subject to the provisions of Article 20(8), act as pilot in
command of an aircraft for the purpose of becoming qualified
for the grant or renewal of a pilot's licence or the inclusion or
variation of any rating in a pilot's licence if

(i) he is at least 17 years of age; and

(ii) he is the holder of a valid medical certificate to the effect
that he is fit so to act issued by a person approved by the
Governor (a); and

(iii) he complies with any conditions subject to which that
medical certificate was issued; and

(iv) no other person is carried in the aircraft; and

(v) the aircraft is not flying for the purpose of public
transport or aerial work other than aerial work which consists
of the giving of instruction in flying or the conducting of
flying tests (a); and

(vi) he so acts in accordance with instructions given by a
person holding a pilot's licence granted under this Order being
a licence which includes a flying instructor's rating or an
assistant flying instructor's rating' entitling him to give
instruction in flying the type of aircraft being flown.

(2) Subject as aforesaid, a person shall not act as a member of the
flight crew required by or under this Order to be carried in an aircraft
registered in a country other than the Territory unless

(a)in the case of an aircraft flying for the purpose of public
transport or aerial work he is the holder of an appropriate
licence granted or rendered valid under the law of the country
in which the aircraft is registered; or

(b)in the case of any other aircraft, he is the holder of an
appropriate licence granted or rendered valid under the law of
the country in which the aircraft is registered or under this
Order, and the Governor does not in the particular case give a
direction to the contrary.

(3) For the purposes of this Article, a licence granted under the law
of a Contracting State purporting to authorize the holder thereof to act
as a member of the flight crew of an aircraft, not being a licence
purporting to authorize him to act as a student pilot only, shall unless
the Governor in the particular case gives a direction to the contrary be
deemed to be a licence rendered valid under this Order but shall not
entitle the holder to act as a member of the flight crew of any aircraft
flying for the purpose of public transport or aerial work or on any flight
in respect of which he receives remuneration for his services as a
member of the flight crew.

(a) Amended, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)





(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article,
a person may, unless the certificate of airworthiness in force in respect
of the aircraft otherwise requires, act as pilot of an aircraft registered in
the Territory for the purpose of undergoing training or tests for the
grant or renewal of a pilot's licence or for the inclusion, renewal or
extension of a rating therein without being the holder of an appropriate
licence, if the following conditions are complied with:

(i) no other person shall be carried in the aircraft or in an aircraft
being towed thereby except a person carried as a member of
the flight crew in compliance with this Order, a person
authorized by the Governor to witness the aforesaid training
or tests or to conduct the aforesaid tests, or, if the pilot in
command of the aircraft is the holder of an appropriate
licence, a person carried for the purpose of being trained or
tested as a member of the flight crew of an aircraft; and

(ii) the person acting as the pilot of the aircraft without being the
holder of an appropriate licence either

(a)within the period of 6 months immediately preceding .was
serving as a qualified pilot of aircraft in any of Her
Majesty's naval, military or air forces, and his physical
condition has not, so far as he is aware, so deteriorated
during that period as to render him unfit for the licence for
which he intends to qualify; or

(b)holds a pilot's, a flight navigator's or a flight engineer's
licence granted under Article 20 of this Order and the
purpose of the training or test is to enable him to qualify
under this Order for the grant of a pilot's licence or for the
inclusion of an additional type in the aircraft rating in his
licence and he acts under the supervision of a person
who is the holder of an appropriate licence.

(5) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article,
a person may act as a member of the flight crew (otherwise than as a
pilot) of an aircraft registered in the Territory for the purposes of
undergoing training or tests for the grant or renewal of a flight
navigator's or a flight engineer's licence or for the inclusion, renewal or
extension of a rating thereon/ without being the holder of an appropriate
licence if he acts under supervision and in the presence of another
person who is the holder of the type of licence or rating for which the
person undergoing the training or tests is being trained or tested.

(6) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article,
a person may act as a member of the flight crew of an aircraft registered
in the Territory without being the holder of an appropriate licence if, in
so doing, he is acting in the course of his duty as a member of any of
Her Majesty's naval, military or air forces.





(7) An appropriate licence for the purposes of this Article means a
licence which entitles the holder to perform the functions which he
undertakes in relation to the aircraft concemed and the flight on which it
is engaged.

(8) This Article shall not require a licence to be held by a person by
reason of his acting as a member of the flight crew of a glider unless

(a) he acts as a flight radio operator; or

(b)the flight is for the purpose of public transport or aerial work,
other than aerial work which consists of the giving of
instruction in flying in a glider owned or operated by a flying
club of which the person giving and the person receiving
instruction are both members.(a)

(9) Notwithstanding anything in this Article-

(i) the holder of a licence granted or rendered valid under this
Order, being a licence endorsed to the effect that the holder
does not satisfy in full the relevant international standard,
shall not act as a member of the flight crew of an aircraft
registered in the Territory in or over the territory of a
Contracting State, except in accordance with permission
granted by the competent authorities of that State;

(ii) the holder of a licence granted or rendered valid under the law
of a Contracting State, being a licence endorsed as aforesaid,
shall not act as a member of the flight crew of any aircraft in or
over the Territory except in accordance with permission
granted by the Governor, whether or not the licence is or is
deemed to be rendered valid under this Order.

20.(1) (a) The Governor may grant licences, subject to such
conditions as he thinks fit, of any of the classes specified in
Part A of Schedule 9 to this Order authorizing the holder to act
as a member of the flight crew of an aircraft registered in the
Territory, upon his being satisfied that the applicant is a fit
person to hold the licence, and is qualified by reason of his
knowledge, experience, competence, skill, physical and mental
fitness to act in the capacity to which the licence relates, and
for that purpose the applicant shall furnish such evidence and
undergo such examinations and tests (including in particular
medical examinations) as the Governor may require of him.

(b)A licence of any class shall not be granted to any person who
is under the minimum age specified for that class of licence in
Part A of the said Schedule.

(c)A licence granted under this Article shall not be valid unless it
bears thereon the ordinary signature of the holder in ink.

(a) Amended, S.I. 1978 No.. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)





(d)A licence shall, subject to the provisions of Article 58 of this
Order, remain in force for the period indicated in the licence,
not exceeding those respectively specified in the said
Schedule, and may be renewed by the Governor from time to
time upon his being satisfied that the applicant is a fit person
and qualified as aforesaid. If no period is indicated in the
licence it shall remain in force subject as aforesaid, for the
lifetime of the holder.

(2) The Governor may include in a licence a rating subject to such
conditions as he thinks fit, of any of the classes specified in Part B of
the said Schedule, upon his being satisfied that the applicant is
qualified as aforesaid to act in the capacity to which the rating relates,
and such rating shall be deemed to form part of the licence.

(3) Subject to any conditions of the licence and to the provisions of
this Order, a licence of any class shall entitle the holder to perform the
functions specified in respect of that licence in Part A of the said
Schedule under the heading 'privileges' and a rating of any class shall
entitle the holder of the licence in which such rating is included to
perform the functions specified in respect of that rating in Part B of the
said Schedule.

(4)(a) Subject to the provisions of sub-paragraph (c) of this
paragraph, the holder of a pilot's licence or a flight engineer's
licence shall not be entitled to exercise the privileges of an
aircraft rating contained in the licence on a flight unless the
licence bears a valid certificate of test or a valid certificate of
experience, which certificate shall in either case be appropriate
to the functions he is to perform on that flight in accordance
with Part C of the said Schedule and shall otherwise comply
with that Part:

Provided that the holder of a Private Pilot's Licence
(Balloons and Airships), a Commercial Pilot's Licence
(Balloons) or a Commercial Pilot's Licence (Airships) shall be
entitled to exercise the privileges of an aircraft rating
contained in the licence on a flight when the licence does not
bear such a certificate.

(b)The holder of a flight navigator's licence shall not be entitled
to perform functions on a flight to which Article 18(4) of this
Order applies unless the licence bears a valid certificate of
experience which certificate shall be appropriate to the
functions he is to perform on that flight in accordance with
Part C of Schedule 9 and shall otherwise comply with that Part.

(c)In the case of a certificate of test or a certificate of experience
issued in accordance with Part C of the said Schedule on or
after 10 November 1975 the holder of a Private Pilot's Licence
shall not be entitled to exercise the privileges of an aircraft
rating contained in the licence on





a flight unless the certificate of test or certificate of ex-
perience required by sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph
is included in the personal flying log book required to be
kept by him under Article 22 of this Order.

(5) A person shall not be entitled to perform the functions to
which an instrument rating (aeroplanes), a flying instructor's rating,
an assistant flying instructor's rating or an instrument meteorological
conditions rating (aeroplanes) relates unless his licence bears a valid
certificate of test which certificate shall be appropriate to the func-
tions to which the rating relates in accordance with Part C of the
said Schedule and shall otherwise comply with that Part.

(6) A person who, on the last occasion when he took a test for
the purposes of paragraph (4) or (5) of this Article, failed that test
shall not be entitled to fly in the capacity for which that test would
have qualified him had he passed it.
(7)(a) The holder of a licence, other than a flight radiotele-
phony operator's licence, granted under this Article shall
not be entitled to perform any of the functions to which his
licence relates unless it includes a valid medical certificate.
(b)Every applicant for or holder of such a licence shall upon
such occasions as the Governor may require submit himself
to medical examination by a person approved by the
Governor either generally or in a particular case who shall
make a report to the Governor in such form as the Gover-
nor may require.
(c)Where the medical examination referred to in sub-
paragraph (b) of this paragraph has been conducted in the
Territory, the Governor or any person approved by him
as competent to do so may, on the basis thereof, issue a
medical certificate subject to such conditions as he thinks
fit to the effect that he has assessed the holder of the licence
as fit to perform the functions to which the licence relates.
The certificate shall, without prejudice to paragraph (8) of
this Article, be valid for such period as is therein specified
and shall be deemed to form part of the licence.
(d)Where the medical examination is conducted outside the
Territory the person conducting the examination shall, in
addition to making a report to the Governor, issue a cer-
tificate certifying, if such is, in his opinion, the case, that
the holder of the licence is fit to perform the functions to
which the licence relates and the said certificate may be
deemed by the Governor to be a medical certificate for the
purposes of this Article, and if so shall be valid for such
period as may be specified therein in writing by the person
conducting the examination.

(8)(a) A person shall not be entitled to act as a member of
the fight crew of an aircraft registered in the Territory if
he knows or has reason to believe that his physical or





mental condition renders him temporarily or permanently
unfit to perform such functions or to act in such capacity.

(b)Every holder of a medical certificate issued under Article 19 or
20 who

(i) suffers any personal injury involving incapacity to
undertake his functions as a member of the flight crew; or

(ii) suffers any illness involving incapacity to undertake
those functions throughout a period of 20 days or more; or

(iii) in the case of a woman, has reason to believe that she is
pregnant,

shall inform the Governor in writing of such injury, illness or pregnancy,
as soon as possible in the case of injury or pregnancy, and as soon as
the period of 20 days has elapsed in the case of illness. The medical
certificate shall be deemed to be suspended upon the occurrence of
such injury or the elapse of such period of illness or the confirmation of
the pregnancy, and

(aa) in the case of injury or illness the suspension shall cease upon
the holder being medically examined under arrangements
made by the Governor and pronounced fit to resume his
functions as a member of the flight crew or upon the Governor
exempting, subject to such conditions as he thinks fit, the
holder from the requirement of a medical examination; and

(bb) in the case of pregnancy, the suspension may be lifted by the
Governor for such period and subject to such conditions as
he thinks fit and shall cease upon the holder being medically
examined under arrangements made by the Governor after the
pregnancy has ended and pronounced fit to resume her
functions as a member of the flight crew.(a)

(9) Nothing in this Order shall prohibit the holder of a pilot's licence
from acting as pilot of an aircraft having a maximum total weight
authorized not exceeding 5,700 kg. when, with the permission of the
Governor, he is testing any person for the purposes of paragraph (1),
(2), (4) or (5) of this Article, notwithstanding that the type of aircraft in
which the test is conducted is not specified in the aircraft rating
included in his licence or that the licence or personal flying log book as
the case may be, does not include a valid certificate of test or a valid
certificate of experience in respect of the type of aircraft.

(10) Where any provision of Part C of Schedule 9 or Part B of
Schedule 11 to this Order permits a test to be conducted in a flight
simulator approved by the Governor, that approval may be granted
subject to such conditions as the Governor thinks fit.

(a) Amended, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





21. The Governor may issue a certificate of validation rendering
valid for the purposes of this Order any licence as a member of the
flight crew of aircraft granted under the law of any country other
than the Territory. A certificate of validation may be issued subject
to such conditions and for such periods as the Governor thinks fit.

22. Every member of the flight crew of an aircraft registered in
the Territory and every person who engages in flying for the purpose
of qualifying for the grant or renewal of a licence under this Order
shall keep a personal flying log book in which the following partic-
ulars shall be recorded:

The name and address of the holder of the log book.

Particulars of the holder's licence (if any) to act as a member
of the flight crew of an aircraft.

The name and address of his employer (if any).

Particulars of all flights made as a member of the flight
crew of an aircraft, or while flying for the purpose of qualifying
for the grant or renewal of a licence under this Order, as the
case may be, including-

(a)the date, duration and places of arrival and depar-
ture of each flight;
(b) the type and registration marks of the aircraft;
(c) the capacity in which the holder acted in flight;
(d)particulars of any special conditions under which the
flight was conducted, including night flying and in-
strument flying;
(e)particulars of any test or examination undertaken
whilst in flight.

Particulars of any test or examination undertaken whilst in
a flight simulator, including-
(a) the date of the test or examination;
(b) the type of simulator;
(c) the capacity in which the holder acted;
(d) the nature of the test or examination.

23. (1) A person shall not give any instruction in flying to
which this Article applies unless-
(a)he holds a licence, granted or rendered valid under this
Order, entitling him to act as pilot in command of the
aircraft for the purpose and in the circumstances under
which the instruction is to be given; and
(b)his licence includes a flying instructor's rating or an assist-
ant flying instructor's rating entitling the holder to give
the instruction.





(2) This Article applies to instruction in flying given to any person
flying or about to fly a flying machine or glider for the purpose of
becoming qualified for (a)

(a) the grant of a pilot's licence;

(b) the inclusion or variation of any rating in his licence:

Provided that this Article shall not apply to any instruction in
flying given to a person for the purpose of becoming qualified for the
inclusion in his licence of an aircraft rating entitling him to act as pilot of
a multi-engined aircraft or of an aircraft of any class appearing in column
4 of the Table in Part A of Schedule 1 to this Order if that person has
previously been entitled under this Order, or qualified in any of Her
Majesty's naval, military or air forces, to act as pilot of multi-engined
aircraft, or of an aircraft of that class as the case may be.

24. A person under the age of 16 years shall not act as pilot in
command of a glider.

PART V

OPERATION OF AIRCRAFT

25. (1) This Article shall apply to public transport aircraft registered
in the Territory except aircraft used for the time being solely for flights
not intended to exceed 60 minutes in duration, which are either

(a)flights solely for training persons to perform duties in an
aircraft; or

(b) flights intended to begin and end at the same aerodrome.

(2)(a) The operator of every aircraft to which this Article applies
shall

(i) make available to each member of his operating staff an
operations manual, and

(ii) ensure that each copy of the operations manual is kept up
to date, and

(iii) ensure that on each flight every member of the crew has
access to a copy of every part of the operations manual
which is relevant to his duties on the flight.

(b)Each operations manual shall contain all such information and
instructions as may be necessary to enable the operating staff
to perform their duties as such including in particular
information and instructions relating to the matters' specified in
Part A of Schedule 11 to this Order:

(a) Amended, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





Provided that the operations manual shall not be required
to contain any information or instructions available in a flight
manual accessible to the persons by whom the information or
instructions may be required.

(3)(a) An aircraft to which this Article applies shall not fly
unless, not less than 30 days prior to such flight, the operator
of the aircraft has furnished to the Governor a copy of the
whole of the operations manual for the time being in effect in
respect of the aircraft.

(b)Any amendments or additions to the operations manual shall
be furnished to the Governor by the operator before or
immediately after they come into effect:

Provided that where an amendment or addition relates to
the operation of an aircraft to which the operations manual did
not previously relate, that aircraft shall not fly for the purpose
of public transport until the amendment or addition has been
furnished to the Governor.

(c)Without prejudice to the foregoing sub-paragraphs the
operator shall make such amendments or additions to the
operations manual as the Governor may require for the
purpose of ensuring the safety of the aircraft or of persons or
property carried therein or the safety, efficiency or regularity
of air navigation.

(4) For the purposes of this Article Article 39A of and Schedule 11
to this Order 'operating staff' means the servants and agents employed
by the operator, whether or not as members of the crew of the aircraft, to
ensure that the flights of the aircraft are conducted in a safe manner, and
includes an operator who himself performs those functions.(a)

(5) If in the course of a flight on which the equipment specified in
Scale 0 in paragraph 5 of Schedule 5 hereto is required to be provided
the said equipment becomes unserviceable, the aircraft shall be operated
en the remainder of that flight in accordance with any relevant
instructions in the operations manual.

26. (1) The operator of every aircraft registered in the Territory and
flying for the purpose of public transport shall:

(a)make a training manual available to every person appointed by
the operator to give or to supervise the training, experience,
practice or periodical tests required under Article 27(2) of this
Order; and

(b)ensure that each copy of that training manual is kept up to
date.

(2) Each training manual shall contain all such information and
instructions as may be necessary to enable a person appointed

(a) Amended, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





by the operator to give or to supervise the training, experience, practice
and periodical tests required under Article 27(2) of this Order to perform
his duties as such including in particular information and instructions
relating to the matters specified in Part C of Schedule 11 to this Order.

(3)(a) An aircraft to which this Article applies shall not fly
unless, not less than 30 days prior to such flight the operator
of the aircraft has furnished to the Governor a copy of the
whole of his training manual relating to the crew of that
aircraft.

(b)Any amendments or additions to the training manual shall be
furnished to the Governor by the operator before or
immediately after they come into effect:

Provided that where an amendment or addition relates to
training, experience, practice or periodical tests on an aircraft
to which the training manual did not previously relate, that
aircraft shall not fly for the purpose of public transport until
the amendment or addition has been furnished to the
Governor.

(c)Without prejudice to the foregoing sub-paragraphs the
operator shall make such amendments or additions to the
training manual as the Governor may require for the purpose
of ensuring the safety of the aircraft or of persons or property
carried therein or the safety, efficiency or regularity of air
navigation.

.27. (1) The operator of an aircraft registered in the Territory shall
not permit the aircraft to fly for the purpose of public transport without
first

(a)designating from among the flight crew a pilot to be the
commander of the aircraft for the flight; and

(b)satisfying himself by every reasonable means that the
aeronautical radio stations and navigational aids serving the
intended route or any planned diversion therefrom are
adequate for the safe navigation of the aircraft; and

(c)satisfying himself by every reasonable means that the
aerodromes at which it is intended to take-off or land and any
alternate aerodrome at which a landing may be made are
suitable for the purpose and in particular are adequately
manned and equipped (including such manning and
equipment as is specified in Regulation 12 in Schedule 15 to
this Order) to ensure the safety of the aircraft and its
passengers:

Provided that the operator of the aircraft shall not be required to
satisfy himself as to the adequacy of fire-fighting, search, rescue or
other services which are required only after the occurrence of an
accident.





(2) The operator of an aircraft registered in the Territory shall not
permit any person to be a member of the crew thereof during any flight
for the purpose of public transport (except a flight for the sole purpose
of training persons to perform duties in aircraft) unless such person has
had the training, experience, practice and periodical tests specified in
Part B of Schedule 11 to this Order in respect of the duties which he is to
perform and unless the operator has satisfied himself that such person is
competent to perform his duties, and in particular to use the equipment
provided in the aircraft for that purpose. The operator shall maintain,
reserve, produce and furnish information respecting records relating to
the foregoing matters in accordance with Part B of the said Schedule 11.

(3) The operator of an aircraft registered in the Territory shall not
permit any member of the flight crew thereof, during any flight for the
purpose of the public transport of passengers, to simulate emergency
manoeuvres and procedures which the operator has reason to believe
will adversely affect the flight characteristics of the aircraft.

28. (1) The operator of an aircraft registered in the Territory shall
not cause or permit it to be loaded for a flight for the purpose of public
transport, or any load to be suspended therefrom except under the
supervision of a person whom he has caused to be furnished with
written instructions as to the distribution and securing of the load so as
to ensure that

(a) the load may safely be carried on the flight, and

(b)any conditions subject to which the certificate of airworthiness
in force in respect of the aircraft was issued or rendered valid,
being conditions relating to the loading of the aircraft, are
complied with.

(2) The instructions shall indicate the weight of the aircraft prepared
for service that is to say the aggregate of the weight of the aircraft
(shown in the weight schedule referred to in Article 16 of this Order) and
the weight of such additional items in or on the aircraft as the operator
thinks fit to include; and the instructions shall indicate the additional
items included in the weight of the aircraft prepared for service, and shall
show the position of the centre of gravity of the aircraft at that weight:

Provided that this paragraph shall not apply in relation to a flight if-

(a)the aircraft's maximum total weight authorized does not exceed
1,150 kg.; or

(b)the aircraft's maximum total weight authorized does not exceed
2,730 kg. and the flight is intended not to exceed 60 minutes in
duration and is either

(i) a flight solely for training persons to perform duties in an
aircraft; or





(ii) a flight intended to begin and end at the same
aerodrome;

(c)the aircraft is a helicopter the maximum total weight authorised
of which does not exceed 3,000 kg., and the total seating
capacity of which does not exceed five persons(a)

(3) The operator of an aircraft shall not cause or permit it to be
loaded in contravention of the instructions referred to in paragraph (1)
of this Article.

(4) The person supervising the loading of the aircraft shall, before
the commencement of any such flight, prepare and sign a load sheet in
duplicate conforming to the requirements specified in Regulation 1 in
Schedule 15 to this Order, and shall (unless he is himself the commander
of the aircraft) submit the load sheet for examination by the commander
of the aircraft who shall sign his name thereon:

Provided that the foregoing requirements of this paragraph shall
not apply if

(a)the load and the distributing and securing thereof upon the
next intended flight are to be unchanged from the previous
flight and the commander of the aircraft makes and signs an
endorsement to that effect upon the load sheet for the
previous flight, indicating the date of the endorsement, the
place of departure upon the next intended flight and the next
intended place of destination; or

(b)paragraph (2) of this Article does not apply in relation to the
flight.

(5) One copy of the load sheet shall be carried in the aircraft when
Article 54 of this Order so requires until the flights to which it relates
have been completed and one copy of that load sheet and of the
instructions referred to in this Article shall be preserved by the operator
until the expiration of a period of 6 months thereafter and shall not be
carried in the aircraft:

Provided that in the case of a helicopter, if in all the circumstances
it is not reasonably practicable for the copies of the load sheet and
instructions to be kept elsewhere than in the helicopter, they may be
carried in the helicopter in a box approved by the Governor for that
purpose.(a)

29. (1) An aircraft registered in the Territory shall not fly for the
purpose of public transport, except for the sole purpose of training
persons to perform duties in aircraft, unless the relevant requirements
specified in Regulations 3 to 8 inclusive in Schedule 15 to this Order in
respect of its weight and related performance are complied with.

(a) Added, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





(2) The assessment of the ability of an aircraft to comply with
paragraph (1) of this Article shall be based on the information as to its
performance contained in the certificate of airworthiness relating to the
aircraft. In the event of the information given therein being insufficient
for that purpose such assessment shall be based on the best
information available to the commander of the aircraft.

(3) A flying machine registered in the Territory when flying over
water for the purpose of public transport shall fly, except as may be
necessary for the purpose of take-off or landing, at such an altitude as
would enable the aircraft

(a)if it has one engine only, in the event of the failure of that
engine;

(b)if it has more than one engine, in the event of the failure of one
of those engines and with the remaining engine or engines
operating within the maximum continuous power conditions
specified in the certificate of airworthiness relating to the
aircraft,

to reach a place at which it can safely land at a height sufficient to
enable it to do so.

(4) Without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph (3) of this
Article, an aeroplane in respect of which there is in force under this
Order a certificate of airworthiness designating the aeroplane as being of
performance group X shall not fly over water for the purpose of public
transport so as to be more than 60 minutes flying time from the nearest
shore, unless the aeroplane has more than two power units. For the
purposes of this paragraph, flying time shall be calculated at normal
cruising speed with one power unit inoperative.

(5) Without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph (3) of this
Article a helicopter, in respect of which there is in force under this Order
a certificate of airworthiness designating the helicopter as being of
performance Group B shall not fly over water for the purpose of public
transport so as to be more than 20 seconds flying time from a point from
which it can make an autorotative descent to land suitable for an
emergency landing unless it is equipped with apparatus approved by the
Governor enabling it to land safely on water but shall not so fly on any
flight for more than three minutes except with the permission in writing
of the Governor and in accordance with any conditions subject to which
that permission may have been given. For the purpose of this
subparagraph flying time shall be calculated on the assumption that the
helicopter is flying in still air at the speed specified in the certificate of
airworthiness in force in respect of the helicopter as the speed for
compliance with regulations governing flights over water.(a)

(a) Added, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





(6) Without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph (3) of this
Article, a helicopter in respect of which there is in force under this Order
a certificate of airworthiness designating the helicopter as being of
performance Group A2 shall not fly over water for the purpose of public
transport for more than 15 minutes during any flight unless it is
equipped with apparatus approved by the Governor enabling it to land
safely on water.(a)

30.(1) (a) The operator of every aircraft to which Article 25 of this
Order applies shall establish and include in the operations
manual relating to the aircraft particulars of aerodrome
operating minima appropriate to every aerodrome of intended
departure or landing and every alternate aerodrome:

Provided that in relation to any flight wherein it is not
practicable to include such information in the operations
manual the operator of the said aircraft shall, prior to the
commencement of the flight, cause to be furnished, in writing,
to the commander of the aircraft particulars of the aerodrome
operating minima appropriate to every aerodrome of intended
departure or landing and every alternate aerodrome and
calculated in accordance with the specified method; and the
operator shall cause a copy of the said particulars to be
retained outside the aircraft for a minimum period of 3 months.

(b)The operator of every such aircraft shall include in the
operations manual relating to that aircraft such data and
instructions as will enable the commander of the aircraft to
calculate aerodrome operating minima appropriate to
aerodromes the use of which could not reasonably have been
foreseen by the operator prior to the commencement of the
flight.

(2) The aerodrome operating minima specified shall not, in respect
of -any aerodrome, be less favourable than any declared in respect of
that aerodrome by the competent authority, unless that authority
otherwise permits in writing.

(3) In establishing aerodrome operating minima for the purposes of
this Article the operator of the aircraft shall take into account the
following matters

(a)the type and performance and handling characteristics of the
aircraft and any relevant conditions in its certificate of
airworthiness; and

(b) the composition of its crew; and

(c)the physical characteristics of the relevant aerodrome and its
surroundings; and

(a) Added, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





(d)the dimensions of the runways which may be selected for
use; and
(e)whether or not there are in use at the relevant aerodrome
any aids, visual or otherwise, to assist aircraft in approach,
landing or take-off, being aids which the crew of the aircraft
are trained and equipped to use; the nature of any such
aids that are in use; and the procedures for approach,
landing and take-off which may be adopted according to
the existence or absence of such aids;
and shall establish in relation to each runway which may be selected
for use aerodrome operating minima appropriate to each set of
circumstances which can reasonably be expected.

(4) An aircraft of which Article 25 of this Order applies shall
not commence a flight at a time when-
(a)the cloud ceiling or the runway visual range at the aero-
drome of departure is less than the relevant minimum
specified for take-off; or
(b)according to the information available to the commander
of the aircraft it would not be able, without contravening
paragraph (5) of this Article, to commence or continue an
approach to landing at the aerodrome of intended destina-
tion at the estimated time of arrival there and at any
alternate aerodrome at any time at which according to a
reasonable estimate the aircraft would arrive there.

(5) An aircraft to which Article 25 of this Order applies shall
not-
(a)commence or continue an approach to landing at any aero-
drome if the runway visual range at that aerodrome is at
the time less than the specified minimum for landing: except
that an approach to landing may be continued if, when the
commander of the aircraft receives information that the
runway visual range is less than the specified minimum for
landing-
(i) the aircraft is below the specified decision height, and
(ii) the specified visual reference has been established at
the decision height and is maintained, and
(iii) the approach to landing has, at least until the
specified visual reference has been established, been made
by use of an instrument landing system notified for the
purpose of this Order; or
(b)continue an approach to landing at any aerodrome by
flying below the specified decision height unless from that
height the specified visual reference for landing is es-
tablished and is maintained.

(6) If, according to the information available, an aircraft would
as regards any flight be required by the Rules of the Air and Air
Traffic Control to be flown in accordance with the Instrument Flight





Rules at the aerodrome of intended landing, the commander of the
aircraft shall select prior to take-off an alternate aerodrome unless
no aerodrome suitable for that purpose is available.

(7) In this Article 'specified' in relation to an aircraft means
specified by the operator in, or ascertainable by reference to, the
operations manual relating to that aircraft.

31. (1) A public transport aircraft registered in a country
other than the Territory shall not fly in or over the Territory unless
the operator thereof shall have furnished to the Governor such
particulars as he may from time to time have required relating to
the aerodrome operating minima specified by the operator in relation
to aerodromes in the Territory for the purpose of limiting their use
by the aircraft for take-off or landing, including any instructions
given by the operator in relation to such aerodrome operating
minima. The aircraft shall not fly in or over the Territory unless
the operator shall have made such amendments or additions to the
aerodrome operating minima so specified and any instructions so
given as the Governor may require for the purpose of ensuring the
safety of the aircraft or the safety, efficiency or regularity of air
navigation.

(2) The aircraft shall not begin or end a flight at an aerodrome
in the Territory in contravention of the aerodrome operating minima
so specified in relation to that aerodrome or of the instructions
referred to in paragraph (1) of this Article.

(3) Without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph (2) of
this Article, a public transport aircraft registered in a country other
than the Territory shall not-

(a)commence or continue an approach to landing at any aero-
drome in the Territory if the runway visual range at that
aerodrome is at the time less than the specified minimum
for landing: except that an approach to landing may be
continued if, when the commander of the aircraft receives
information that the runway visual range is less than the
specified minimum for landing-

(i) the aircraft is below the specified decision height, and
(ii) the specified visual reference has been established at
the decision height and is maintained, and
(iii) the approach to landing has, at least until the
specified visual reference has been established, been made
by use of an instrument landing system notified for the
purpose of this Order; or

(b)continue an approach to landing at any aerodrome in the
Territory by flying below the specified decision height
unless from that height the specified visual reference is
established and is maintained.





(4) In this Article 'specified' in relation to an aircraft means
specified by the operator in, or ascertainable by reference to, the
operations manual relating to that aircraft.

32. The commander of an aircraft registered in the Territory shall
satisfy himself before the aircraft takes off

(a)that the flight can safely be made, taking into account the
latest information available as to the route and aerodromes to
be used, the weather reports and forecasts available, and any
alternative course of action which can be adopted in case the
flight cannot be completed as planned;

(b)that the equipment (including radio apparatus) required by or
under this Order to be carried in the circumstances of the
intended flight is carried and is in a fit condition for use;

(c)that the aircraft is in every way fit for the intended flight, and
that where certificates of maintenance or certificates of release
are required by Article 9(1) or Article 10(1) respectively of this
Order to be in force, they are in force and will not cease to be
in force during the intended flight;

(d)that the load carried by the aircraft is of such weight, and is so
distributed and secured, that it may safely be carried on the
intended flight;

(e)in the case of a flying machine or airship, that sufficient fuel,
oil and engine coolant (if required) are carried for the intended
flight, and that a safe margin has been allowed for
contingencies, and, in the case of a flight for the purpose of
public transport, that the instructions in the operations manual
relating to fuel, oil and engine coolant have been complied
with;

in the case of an airship or balloon, that sufficient ballast is
carried for the intended flight;

(g)in the case of a flying machine, that, having regard to the
performance of the flying machine in the conditions to be
expected on the intended flight, and to any obstructions at the
places of departure and intended destination and on the
intended route, it is capable of safely taking off, reaching and
maintaining a safe height thereafter, and making a safe landing
at the place of intended destination;

(h)that any pre-flight check system established by the operator
and set forth in the operations manual or elsewhere has been
complied with by each member of the crew of the aircraft.

33. (1) The commander of an aircraft registered in the Territory,
being a flying machine or glider, shall cause one pilot to remain at the
controls at all times while the aircraft is in flight. If the aircraft is required
by or under this Order to carry two pilots, the commander shall cause
both pilots to remain at the controls





during take-off and landing. If the aircraft carries two or more pilots
(whether or not it is required to do so) and is engaged on a flight for the
purpose of the public transport of passengers the commander shall
remain at the controls during take-off and landing.

(2) Each pilot at the controls shall be secured in his seat by either a
safety belt with or without one diagonal shoulder strap, or a safety
harness except that during take-off and landing a safety harness shall
be worn if it is required by Article 13 of this Order to be provided. (a)

34. (1) This Article applies to flights for the purpose of the public
transport of passengers by aircraft registered in the Territory.

(2) In relation to every flight to which this Article applies the
commander of the aircraft shall

(a)-before the aircraft takes off, take all reasonable steps to
ensure that all passengers are made familiar with the position
and method of use of emergency exits, safety belts, safety
harnesses, oxygen equipment and lifejackets, and all other
devices required by or under this Order and intended for use
by passengers individually in case of an emergency occurring
to the aircraft:

Provided that in relation to lifeJackets this requirement
may, except in the case of a seaplane, be complied with at any
time before the aircraft, reaches a point beyond gliding
distance from land;

(b)if the aircraft is not a seaplane but is intended in the course of
the flight to reach a point more than 30 minutes flying time
(while flying in still air at the speed specified in the relevant
certificate of airworthiness as the speed for compliance with
regulations governing flights over water) from the nearest
land, take all reasonable steps to ensure that before that point
is reached, all passengers are given a practical demonstration
of the method of use of the lifejackets required by or under
this Order for the use of passengers;

(c)if the aircraft is a seaplane, take all reasonable steps to ensure
that before the aircraft takes off all passengers are given a
practical demonstration of the method of use of the equipment
referred to in the preceding sub-paragraph;

(d)before the aircraft takes off, and before it lands, take all
reasonable steps to ensure that the crew of the aircraft are
properly secured in their seats and that any persons carried in
compliance with Article 18(7) of this Order are properly
secured in seats which shall be in a passenger compartment
and which shall be so situated that those persons can readily
assist passengers;

(a) Replaced, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





(e)before the aircraft takes off, and before it lands, and when-
ever by reason of turbulent air or any emergency occurring
during flight he considers the precaution necessary, take all
reasonable steps to ensure that all passengers are properly
secured in their seats by safety belts or safety harnesses;
(f)in an emergency, take all reasonable steps to ensure that
all passengers are instructed in the emergency action which
they should take;
(g)except in a case where a pressure greater than 700 millibars
is maintained in all passenger and crew compartments
throughout the flight, take all reasonable steps to ensure
that-
(i) before the aircraft reaches flight level 130 the method
of use of the oxygen provided in the aircraft in compliance
with the requirements of Article 13 of this Order is demon-
strated to all passengers;
(ii) on reaching such altitude all passengers are recom-
mended to use oxygen;
(iii) during any continuous period exceeding 30 minutes
when the aircraft is flying above flight level 100 but not
above flight level 130, and whenever the aircraft is flying
above flight level 130, oxygen is used by all the crew of
the aircraft.

35. (1) The radio station in an aircraft shall not be operated,
whether or not the aircraft is in flight, except in accordance with
the conditions of the licence issued in respect of that station under
the law of the country in which the aircraft is registered, and by a
person duly licensed or otherwise permitted to operate the radio
station under that law.

(2) Whenever an aircraft is in flight in such circumstances that
it is required by or under this Order to be equipped with radio
communications apparatus, a continuous radio watch shall be
maintained by a member of the flight crew listening to the signals
transmitted upon the frequency notified, or designated by a message
received from an appropriate aeronautical radio station, for use by
that aircraft:

Provided that-
(a)the radio watch may be discontinued or continued on
another frequency to the extent that a message as afore-
said so permits; and
(b)the watch may be kept by a device installed in the aircraft
if-
(i) the appropriate aeronautical radio station has been
informed to that effect and has raised no objection; and
(ii) that station is notified, or in the case of a station
situated in a country other than the Territory, otherwise
designated as transmitting a signal suitable for that purpose.





(3) The radio station in an aircraft shall not be operated so as to
cause interference which impairs the efficiency of aeronautical
telecommunications or navigational services, and in particular emissions
shall not be made except as follows:

(a)emissions of the class and frequency for the time being in use,
in accordance with general international aeronautical practice,
in the airspace in which the aircraft is flying;

(b)distress, urgency and safety messages and signals, in
accordance with general international aeronautical practice;

(c)messages and signals relating to the flight of the aircraft, in
accordance with general international aeronautical practice;

(d)such public correspondence messages as may be permitted by
or under the aircraft radio station licence referred to in
paragraph (1) of this Article.

(4) In every aircraft registered in the Territory which is equipped
with radio communication apparatus a telecommunication log book shall
be kept in which the following entries shall be made:

(a) the identification of the aircraft radio station;

(b)the date and time of the beginning and end of every radio
watch maintained in the aircraft and of the frequency on which
it was maintained;

(c)the date and time, and particulars of all messages and signals
sent or received, including in particular details of any distress
signals or distress messages sent or received;

(d)particulars of any action taken upon the receipt of a distress
signal or distress message;

(e)particulars of any failure or interruption of radio
communications and the cause thereof:

Provided that a telecommunication log book shall not be required
to be kept in respect of communication by radiotelephony with a radio
station on land or on a ship which provides a radio service for aircraft.

(5) The flight radio operator maintaining radio watch shall sign the
entries in the telecommunication log book indicating the times at which
he began and ended the maintenance of such watch.

(6) The telecommunication log book shall be preserved by the
operator of the aircraft until a date 6 months after the date of the last
entry therein.

(7) In any flying machine registered in the Territory which is
engaged on a flight for the purpose of public transport the pilot and the
flight engineer (if any) shall not make use of a hand-held microphone
(whether for the purpose of radio communication or of
intercommunication within the aircraft) whilst the aircraft is flying in
controlled airspace below flight level 150 or is taking off or landing.





35A. An aircraft registered in the Territory shall not fly in airspace
prescribed for the purposes of this Article by Regulation 15 of Schedule
15 to this Order unless

(a)it is equipped with navigation systems which enable the
aircraft to maintain the prescribed navigation performance
capability; and

(b)the navigation systems required by paragraph (a) hereof are
approved by the Governor and installed and maintained in a
manner approved by the Governor; and

(c)the operating procedures for the navigation systems required
by paragraph (a) hereof are approved by the Governor; and

(d)the equipment is operated in accordance with the approved
procedures while the aircraft is flying in the said airspace.(a)

36. (1) On any flight on which a flight data recorder or a cockpit
voice recorder is required by sub-paragraph 4(4) or (5) of Schedule 5 to
this Order to be carried in an aeroplane, it shall always be in use from the
beginning of the take-off run to the end of the landing run.(b)

(2) The operator of the aeroplane shall at all times, subject to the
provisions of Article 57 of this Order, preserve

(a)the last 25 hours of recording made by any flight data recorder
required by or under this Order to be carried in an aeroplane;
and

(b)a record of not less than one representative flight, that is to
say, a recording of a flight made within the last twelve months
which includes a take-off, climb, cruise, descent approach to
landing and landing, together with a means of identifying the
record with the flight to which it relates;

and shall preserve such records for such period as the Governor may in
a particular case direct.

37. (1) An aircraft in flight shall not tow a glider unless the
certificate of airworthiness issued or rendered valid in respect of the
towing aircraft under the law of the country in which that aircraft is
registered includes an express provision that it may be used for that
purpose.

(2) The length of the combination of towing aircraft, tow rope and
glider in flight shall not exceed 150 metres.

(3) The commander of an aircraft which is about to tow a glider
shall satisfy himself, before the towing aircraft takes off--

(a)that the tow rope is in good condition and is of adequate
strength for the purpose, and that the combination of

(a) Added, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80) (b)
Amended, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)





towing aircraft and glider is capable of flying in the manner
referred to in Article 32(g) of this Order;

(b)that signals have been agreed and communication established
with persons suitably stationed so as to enable the glider to
take off safely;

(c)that emergency signals have been agreed between the
commander of the towing aircraft and the commander of the
glider, to be used, respectively, by the commander of the
towing aircraft to indicate that the tow should immediately be
released by the glider, and by the commander of the glider to
indicate that the tow cannot be released.

(4) The glider shall be attached to the towing aircraft by means of
the tow rope before the aircraft takes off.

38. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Article, an aircraft in flight
shall not, by means external to the aircraft, tow any article, other than a
glider, or pick up or raise any person, animal or article, unless the
certificate of airworthiness issued or rendered valid in respect of that
aircraft under the law of the country in which the aircraft is registered
includes an express provision that it may be used for that purpose.

(2) An aircraft in flight shall not tow any article, other than a glider,
at night or when flight visibility is less than one nautical mile.

(3) The length of the combination of towing aircraft, tow rope, and
article in tow, shall not exceed 150 metres.

(4) A helicopter shall not fly at any height over a congested area of
a city, town or settlement at any time when any article, person or animal
is suspended from the helicopter.

(4A) A passenger shall not be carried in a helicopter at any time
when an article, person or animal is suspended therefrom other than a
passenger who has duties to perform in connection with the article,
person or animal. (a)

(5) Nothing in this Article shall-

(a)prohibit the towing in a reasonable manner by an aircraft in
flight of any radio aerial, any instrument which is being used
for experimental purposes, or any signal, apparatus or article
required or permitted by or under this Order to be towed or
displayed by an aircraft in flight;

(b)prohibit the picking up or raising of any person, animal or
article in an emergency or for the purpose of saving life;

(c)apply to any aircraft while it is flying in accordance with the
'B Conditions' set forth in Schedule 2 to this Order;

(d)be taken to permit the towing or picking up of a glider
otherwise than in accordance with Article 37 of this Order.

(a) Added, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





39. (1) Except under and in accordance with the terms of an aerial
application certificate granted under Article 39A of this Order articles
and animals (whether or not attached to a parachute) shall not be
dropped, or permitted to drop, from an aircraft in flight so as to
endanger persons or property.(a)

(2) Articles, animals and person (whether or not attached to a
parachute) shall not be dropped, or permitted to drop, to the surface
from an aircraft flying over the Territory:

Provided that this paragraph shall not apply to the descent of
persons by parachute from an aircraft in an emergency, or to the
dropping of articles by, or with the authority of, the commander of the
aircraft in any of the following circumstances:

(a) the dropping of articles for the purpose of saving life;

(b)the jettisoning, in case of emergency, of fuel or other articles in
the aircraft;

(c) the dropping of ballast in the form of fine sand or water;

(d)the dropping of articles solely for the purpose of navigating
the aircraft in accordance with ordinary practice or with the
provisions of this Order;

(e)the dropping at an aerodrome in accordance with prescribed
regulations of ropes, banners, or similar articles towed by
aircraft;

(f)the dropping of articles for the purposes of public health or as
a measure against weather conditions, surface icing or oil
pollution, or for training for the dropping of articles for any
such purposes, if the articles are dropped with the permission
of the Governor and in accordance with any conditions subject
to which that permission may have been given.(a)

(3) For the purposes of this Article dropping includes projecting
and lowering.

(4) Nothing in this Article shall prohibit the lowering of any person,
animal or article from a helicopter to the surface, if the certificate of
airworthiness issued or rendered valid in respect of the helicopter under
the law of the country in which it is registered includes an express
provision that it may be used for that purpose.

39A. (1) On or after 1 December 1978 an aircraft shall not be used
for the dropping of articles for the purposes of agriculture, horticulture
or forestry or for training for the dropping of articles for any of such
purposes, otherwise than under and in accordance with the terms of an
aerial application certificate granted to the operator of the aircraft under
paragraph (2) of this Article.

(a) Ammded, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





(2) The Governor may grant to any person applying therefor an
aerial application certificate if he is satisfied that that person is a fit
person to hold the certificate and is competent, having regard in
particular to his previous conduct and experience, his equipment,
organization, staffing and other arrangements, to secure the safe
operation of the aircraft specified in the certificate on flights for the
purposes specified in paragraph (1) of this Article. The certificate may
be granted subject to such conditions as the Governor thinks fit
including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing,
conditions for ensuring that the aircraft and any article dropped from it
does not endanger persons or property in the aircraft or elsewhere, and
shall, subject to the provisions of Article 58 of this Order, remain in
force for the period specified in the certificate.

(3) Every applicant for and holder of an aerial application certificate
shall make available to the Governor upon application and to every
member of his operating staff upon the certificate being granted an aerial
application manual which shall contain all such information and
instructions as may be necessary to enable the operating staff to
perform their duties as such. The holder of a certificate shall make such
amendments of or additions to the manual as the Governor may require.

(4) For the purposes of this Article 'operating staff has the
meaning ascribed to it in Article 25(4) of this Order.(a)

40. (1) An aircraft shall not carry any munitions of war.

(2) It shall be unlawful for any person to take or cause to be taken
on board an aircraft, or to deliver or cause to be delivered for carriage
thereon, any goods which he knows or has reason to believe or suspect
to be M. munitions of war.

(3) For the purposes of this Article -munitions of war- means such
weapons and ammunition as are designed for use in warfare or against
the person, including parts designed for such weapons and
ammunition.(b)

(4) Without prejudice to paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Article, it
shall be unlawful for a person to carry or have in his charge any
weapon on board an aircraft registered in the Territory:

Provided that a weapon, not being a munition of war, may be
carried as passenger's baggage if it is stowed in a part of the aircraft
inaccessible to passengers and if, in the case of a firearm, it is not
loaded.

(5) Nothing in this Article shall apply to weapons or ammunition
taken or carried on board an aircraft registered in a country other than in
the Territory, if the weapons or ammunition, as the

(a) Added, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80) (b)
Replaced, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)





case may be, may under the law of the country in which the aircraft is
registered be lawfully taken or carried on board for the purpose of
ensuring the safety of the aircraft or of persons on board.

41. (1) Dangerous goods shall not be carried in an aircraft except as
follows:

(a)goods carried in accordance with any regulations which the
Governor may make to permit dangerous goods to be carried
either in aircraft generally or in aircraft of any class specified in
the regulations;

(b)goods carried with the written permission of the Governor, and
in accordance with any conditions to which such permission
may be subject;

(c)goods carried in aircraft with the consent of the operator
thereof for the purpose of ensuring the proper navigation or
safety of the aircraft or the well-being of any person on board;

(d)goods permitted to be carried under the laws of the country in
which the aircraft is registered, if there is in force in relation to
such country an agreement between Her Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom and the Government of
that country permitting the carriage of dangerous goods within
the Territory in aircraft registered in that country.

(2) Dangerous goods permitted by or under this Order to be carried
in an aircraft shall not be loaded as cargo therein unless

(a)the consignor of the goods has furnished the operator of the
aircraft with particulars in writing of the nature of the goods
and the danger to which they give rise; and

(b)the goods or any container in which they are packed are
clearly marked so as to indicate that danger to the person
loading the goods in the aircraft.

The operator of the aircraft shall, before the flight begins inform
the commander of the aircraft of the identity of the goods the danger to
which they give rise and the weight or quantity of the goods.

(3) It shall be unlawful for any person to take or cause to be taken
on board an aircraft, or to deliver or cause to be delivered for loading
thereon, any goods which he knows or has reason to believe or suspect
to be dangerous goods the carriage of which is prohibited by this
Article.

(4) The provisions of this Article shall be additional to and not in
derogation from the provisions of Article 40 of this Order.

42. A person shall not be in or on any part of an aircraft in flight
which is not a part designed for the accommodation of persons and in
particular a person shall not be on the wings or undercarriage





of an aircraft. A person shall not be in or on any object, other than a
glider or flying machine, towed by or attached to an aircraft in flight:

Provided that a person may have temporary access to

(a)any part of an aircraft for the purpose of taking action
necessary for the safety of the aircraft or of any person,
animal or goods therein;

(b)any part of an aircraft in which cargo or stores are carried,
being a part which is designed to enable a person to have
access thereto while the aircraft is in flight.

43. (1) This Article shall apply to every public transport aircraft
registered in the Territory.

(2) Whenever an aircraft to which this Article applies is carrying
passengers, every exit therefrom and every internal door in the aircraft
shall be in working order, and during take-off and landing and during
any emergency, every such exit and door shall be kept free of
obstruction and shall not be fastened by locking or otherwise so as to
prevent, hinder or delay its use by passengers:

Provided that

(a)an exit may be obstructed by cargo if it is an exit which, in
accordance with arrangements approved by the Governor
either generally or in relation to a class of aircraft or a
particular aircraft, is not required for use by passengers;

(b)a door between the flight crew compartment and any adjacent
compartment to which passengers have access may be locked
or bolted if the commander of the aircraft so determines, for
the purpose of preventing access by passengers to the flight
crew compartment;

(c)nothing in this paragraph shall apply to any internal door
which is so placed that it cannot prevent, hinder or delay the
exit of passengers from the aircraft in an emergency if it is not
in working order.

(3) Every exit from the aircraft being an exit intended to be used by
passengers in normal circumstances, shall be marked with the word
'Exit' in capital letters and every exit, being an exit intended to be used
by passengers in an emergency only, shall be marked with the words
'Emergency Exit' in capital letters.

(4)(a) Every exit from the aircraft shall be marked with
instructions in English and with diagrams, to indicate the
correct method of opening the exit.

(b)The markings shall be placed on or near the inside surface of
the door or other closure of the exit and, if it is openable from
the outside of the aircraft, on or near the exterior surface.





(5)(a) Every aircraft to which this Article applies, being an aircraft
of which the maximum total weight authorized exceeds 3,600
kg., shall be marked upon the exterior surface of its fuselage
with markings to show the areas (in this paragraph referred to
as 'break-in areas') which can, for purposes of rescue in an
emergency, be most readily and effectively broken into by
persons outside the aircraft.

(b)The break-in areas shall be rectangular in shape and shall be
marked by right-angled corner markings, each arm of which
shall be 10 centimetres in length along its outer edge and 2.5
centimetres in width.

(c)The words 'Cut Here in Emergency' shall be marked across
the centre of each break-in area in capital letters.

(6) The markings required by this Article shall-

(a) be painted, or affixed by other equally permanent means;

(b)be red in colour and, in any case in which the colour of the
adjacent background is such as to render red markings not
readily visible, be outlined in white or some other contrasting
colour in such a manner as to render them readily visible;

(c) be kept at all times clean and unobscured.

(7) If one, but not more than one, exit from an aircraft becomes
inoperative at a place where it is not reasonably practicable for it to be
repaired or replaced, nothing in this Article shall prevent that aircraft
from carrying passengers until it next lands at a place where the exit can
be repaired or replaced:

Provided that

(a)the number of passengers carried and the position of the seats
which they occupy is in accordance with arrangements
approved by the Governor either in relation to the particular
aircraft or to a class of aircraft; and

(b)in accordance with arrangements so approved, the exit is
fastened by locking or otherwise, the words 'Exit' or
'Emergency Exit' are covered, and the exit is marked by a red
disc at least 23 centimetres in diameter with a horizontal white
bar across it bearing the words 'No exitin red letters.

44. A person shall not wilfully or negligently act in a manner likely
to endanger an aircraft, or any person therein.

45. A person shall not wilfully or negligently cause or permit an
aircraft to endanger any person or property.

46. (1) A person shall not enter any aircraft when drunk, or be
drunk in any aircraft.





(2) A person shall not, when acting as a member of the crew of any
aircraft or being carried in any aircraft for the purpose of so acting, be
under the influence of drink or a drug to such an extent as to impair his
capacity so to act.

47. (1) Notices indicating when smoking is prohibited shall be
exhibited in every aircraft registered in the Territory so as to be visible
from each passenger seat therein.

(2) A person shall not smoke in any compartment of an aircraft
registered in the Territory at a time when smoking is prohibited in that
compartment by a notice to that effect exhibited by or on behalf of the
commander of the aircraft.

48. Every person in an aircraft registered in the Territory shall obey
all lawful commands which the commander of that aircraft may give for
the purpose of securing the safety of the aircraft and of persons or
property carried therein, or the safety, efficiency or regularity of air
navigation.

49. A person shall not secrete himself for the purpose of being
carried in an aircraft without the consent of either the operator or the
commander thereof or of any other person entitled to give consent to
his being carried in the aircraft.

PART VI

FATIGUE OF CREW

50. (1) Articles 51 and 52 of this Order apply in relation to any
aircraft registered in the Territory which is either:

(a) engaged on a flight for the purpose of public transport, or

(b) operated by an air transport undertaking:

Provided that the said Articles shall not apply in relation to a flight
made only for the purpose of instruction in flying given by or on behalf
of a flying club or flying school, or a person who is not an air transport
undertaking.

(2) In this Part of this Order, the following expressions shall, except
where the context otherwise requires, have the meanings hereby
respectively assigned to them, that is to say

(a)'flight time', in relation to any person, means all time spent by
that person in an aircraft whether or not registered in the
Territory (other than an aircraft of which the maximum total
weight authorized does not exceed 1,600 kg. and which is not
flying for the purpose of public transport or aerial work) while
it is in flight and he is carried therein as a member of the crew
thereof;

(b)'day' means a continuous period of 24 hours beginning at mid-
night Greenwich Mean Time.





51. (1) The operator of an aircraft to which this Article applies
shall not cause or permit that aircraft to make a flight unless:

(a)he has established a scheme for the regulation of flight
times for every person flying in that aircraft as a member
of its crew; and
(b)the scheme is approved by the Governor subject to such
conditions as he thinks fit; and
(c) either---
(i) the scheme is incorporated in the operations manual
required by Article 25 of this Order; or
(ii) in a case where an operations manual is not required
by that Article, the scheme is incorporated in a document,
a copy of which has been made available to every person
flying in that aircraft as a member of its crew; and

(d)he has taken all such steps as are reasonably practicable
to ensure that the provisions of the scheme will be complied
with in relation to every person flying in that aircraft as a
member of its crew.

(2) The operator of an aircraft to which this Article applies
shall not cause or permit any person to fly therein as a member of
its crew if he knows or has reason to believe that that person is
suffering from, or, having regard to the circumstances of the flight
to be undertaken, is likely to suffer from, such fatigue while he is so
flying as may endanger the safety of the aircraft or of its occupants.

(3) The operator of an aircraft to which this Article applies
shall not cause or permit any person to fly therein as a member of
its flight crew unless the operator has in his possession an accurate
and up-to-date record in respect of that person and in respect of
the 28 days immediately preceding the flight showing-

(a) all his flight times; and
(b)brief particulars of the nature of the functions performed
by him in the course of his flight times.

(4) The record referred to in paragraph (3) of this Article shall,
subject to the provisions of Article 57, be preserved by the operator
of the aircraft until a date 12 months after the flight referred to in
that paragraph.

52. (1) A person shall not act as a member of the crew of an
aircraft to which this Article applies if he knows or has reason to
believe that he is suffering from, or, having regard to the circum-
stances of the flight to be undertaken, is likely to suffer from, such
fatigue as may endanger the safety of the aircraft or of its occupants.

(2) A person shall not act as a member of the flight crew of an
aircraft to which this Article applies unless he has ensured that the
operator of the aircraft is aware of his flight times during the period
of 28 days preceding the flight.





53. A person shall not act as a member of the flight crew of an
aircraft registered in the Territory if at the beginning of the flight the
aggregate of all his previous flight times:

(a)during the period of 28 consecutive days expiring at the end
of the day on which the flight begins exceeds 100 hours; or

(b)during the period of 12 months expiring at the end of the
previous mouth exceeds 900 hours:

Provided that this Article shall not apply to a flight made

(i) in an aircraft of which the maximum total weight authorized
does not exceed 1,600 kg. and which is not flying for the
purposes of public transport or aerial work; or

(ii) in an aircraft not flying for the purpose of public transport nor
operated by an air transport undertaking, if at the time when
the flight begins the aggregate of all the flight times of the
aforesaid person since he was last medically examined and
found fit by a person approved by the Governor for the
purpose of Article 20(7) does not exceed 25 hours.

PART VII

DOCUMENTS AND RECORDS

54. (1) An aircraft shall not fly unless it carries the documents
which it is required to carry under the law of the country in which it is
registered.

(2) An aircraft registered in the Territory shall, when in flight, carry
documents in accordance with Schedule 12 to this Order:

Provided that, if the flight is intended to begin and end at the same
aerodrome and does not include passage over the territory of any
country other than the Territory, the documents may be kept at that
aerodrome instead of being carried in the aircraft.

55. The operator of a public transport aircraft registered in the
Territory shall in respect of any flight by that aircraft during which it
may fly at an altitude of more than 49,000 feet, keep a record in a manner
prescribed of the total dose of cosmic radiation to which the aircraft is
exposed during the flight together with the names of the members of the
crew of the aircraft during the flight.

56. (1) The commander of an aircraft, shall within a reasonable time
after being requested to do so by an authorized person, cause to be
produced to that person

(a)the certificates of registration and airworthiness in force in
respect of the aircraft;

(b) the licences of its flight crew;

(c)such other documents as the aircraft is required by Article 54
of this Order to carry when in flight.

(2) The operator of an aircraft registered in the Territory shall,
within a reasonable time after being requested to do so by an





authorized person, cause to be produced to that person such of the

following documents or records as may have been requested by that
person being documents or records which are required, by or under this
Order, to be in force or to be carried, preserved or made available:

(a)the documents referred to in Schedule 12 to this Order as
Documents A, B and G;

(b)the aircraft log book, engine log books and variable pitch
propeller log books required under this Order to be kept;

(c)the weight schedule, if any, required to be preserved under
Article 16 of this Order;

(d)in the case of a public transport aircraft or aerial work aircraft,
the documents referred to in Schedule 12 to this Order as
Documents D, E, F, H and J;

(e)any records of flight times, duty periods and rest periods which
he is required by Article 51(4) of this Order to preserve, and
such other documents and information in the possession or
control of the operator, as the authorized person may require
for the purpose of determining whether those records are
complete and accurate;

any such operations manuals as are required to be made
available under Article 25(2)(a)(i) of this Order;

(g)the record made by any flight recorder required to be carried by
or under this Order;

(h)the record made from any cosmic radiation detection equipment
together with the record of the names of the members of the
crew of the aircraft which are required to be kept under Article
55 of this Order.

(3)(a) The holder of a licence granted or rendered valid under this
Order shall, within a reasonable time after being requested to do
so by an authorized person, cause to be produced to that
person his licence, including any certificate of validation. The
requirements of this paragraph shall be deemed to have been
complied with, except in relation to licences required by Article
54 of this Order to be carried in the aircraft or kept at an
aerodrome, if the licence requested is produced within five days
after the request has been made at a police station in the
Territory specified, at the time of the request, by the person to
whom the request is made.

(b)The foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall apply to a
medical certificate issued pursuant to Article 19(1)(b)(ii) as
they apply to a licence granted or rendered valid under this
Order.

(4) Every person required by Article 22 of this Order to keep a
personal flying log book shall cause it to be produced within a
reasonable time to an authorized person after being requested to do so
by him within two years after the date of the last entry therein.





57. A person required by this Order to preserve any document or
record by reason of his being the operator of an aircraft shall, if he
ceases to be the operator of the aircraft, continue to preserve the
document or record as if he had not ceased to be the operator, and in
the event of his death the duty to preserve the document or record shall
fall upon his personal representative:

Provided that if

(a)another person becomes the operator of the aircraft and it
remains registered in the Territory he or his personal
representative shall deliver to that other person upon demand
the certificates of maintenance, release and compliance, the log
books and the weight schedule and any record made by a
flight data recorder and preserved in accordance with Article
36(2) of this Order which are in force or required to be
preserved in respect of that aircraft;

(b)an engine or variable pitch propeller is removed from the
aircraft and installed in another aircraft operated by another
person and registered in the Territory he or his personal
representative shall deliver to that other person upon demand
the log book relating to that engine or propeller;

(e)any person in respect of whom a record has been kept by him
in accordance with Article 51(4) of this Order becomes a
member of the flight crew of a public transport aircraft
registered in the Territory and operated by another person he
or his personal representative shall deliver those records to
that other person upon demand,

and it shall be the duty of that other person to deal with the document
or record delivered to him as if he were the first-mentioned operator.

58. (1) The Governor may, if he thinks fit, provisionally suspend or
vary any certificate, licence, approval, permission, exemption,
authorization or other document issued, granted or having effect under
this Order, pending inquiry into or consideration of the case. The
Governor may, on sufficient ground being shown to his satisfaction
after due inquiry, revoke, suspend or vary any such certificate, licence,
approval, permission, exemption, authorization or other document.

(2) The holder or any person having the possession or custody of
any certificate, licence, approval, permission, exemption, authorization or
other document which has been revoked, suspended or varied under
this Order shall surrender it to the Governor within a reasonable time
after being required to do so by him.

(3) The breach ofany condition subject to which any certificate,
licence, approval, permission, exemption, authorization or other
document, other than a licence issued in respect of an aerodrome, has
been granted or issued, or which has effect under this Order shall,





in the absence of provision to the contrary in the document, render the
document invalid during the continuance of the breach.

(4) Notwithstanding paragraph (1) of this Article, a flight manual,
performance schedule or other document incorporated by reference in
the certificate of airworthiness may be varied on sufficient ground being
shown to the satisfaction of the Governor, whether or not after due
inquiry.

59. (1) A person shall not with intent to deceive-

(a)use any certificate, licence, approval, permission exemption,
authorization or other document issued or required by or
under this Order which has been forged, altered, revoked or
suspended, or to which he is not entitled; or

(b)lend any certificate, licence, approval, permission, exemption,
authorization or other document issued or having effect or
required by or under this Order to, or allow it to be used by,
any other person; or

(c)make any false representation for the purpose of procuring for
himself or any other person the grant, issue, renewal or
variation of any such certificate, licence, approval, permission,
exemption, authorization or other document.

(2) A person shall not wilfully mutilate, alter or render illegible any
log book or other record required by or under this Order to be
maintained or any entry made therein, or knowingly make, or procure or
assist in the making of, any false entry in or material omission from any
such log book or record or destroy any such log book or record during
the period for which it is required under this Order to be preserved.

(3) All entries made in writing in any log book or record referred to
in paragraph (2) of this Article shall be made in ink or indelible pencil.

(4) A person shall not wilfully or negligently make in a load sheet
any entry which is incorrect in any material particular, or any material
omission from such a load sheet.

(5) A person shall not purport to issue any certificate for the
purposes of this Order or the regulations made thereunder unless he is
authorized to do so under this Order.

(6) A person shall not issue any such certificate as aforesaid unless
he has satisfied himself that all statements in the certificate are correct.

PART VIII

CONTROL OF AIR TRAFFIC

60. (1) Every person and every aircraft shall comply with such of
the Rules of the Air and Air Traffic Control contained in





Schedule 14 to this Order as may be applicable to that person or aircraft
in the circumstances of the case.

(2) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (3) of this Article, it shall
be an offence to contravene, to permit the contravention of, or to fail to
comply with, the Rules of the Air and Air Traffic Control.

(3) It shall be lawful for the Rules of the Air and Air Traffic Control
to be departed from to the extent necessary

(a) for avoiding immediate danger; or

(b)for complying with the law of any country other than the
Territory within which the aircraft then is.

(4) If any departure from the Rules of the Air and Air Traffic
Control is made for the purpose of avoiding immediate danger, the
commander of the aircraft shall cause written particulars of the
departure, and of the circumstances giving rise to it, to be given within
ten days thereafter to the competent authority of the country in, whose
territory the departure was made or if the departure was made over the
high seas, to the Governor.

(5) Nothing in the Rules of the Air and Air Traffic Control shall
exonerate any person from the consequences of any neglect in the use
of lights or signals or of the neglect of any precautions required by
ordinary aviation practice or by the special circumstances of the case.

(6) The Governor may make rules of the air and air traffic control
supplementary to but not inconsistent with, the Rules of the Air and Air
Traffic Control contained in Schedule 14 to this Order.

61. (1) The Governor may grant a licence subject to such conditions
as he thinks fit to any person to act as an air traffic controller, as a
student air traffic controller or as an aerodrome flight information service
officer, upon his being satisfied that the applicant is a fit person to hold
the licence and is qualified by reason of his knowledge, experience,
competence, skill, physical and mental fitness so to act, and for that
purpose the applicant shall furnish such evidence and undergo such
examinations and tests (including in particular medical examinations) as
the Governor may require of him: (a)

Provided that the Governor shall not grant

(a)a student air traffic controller's licence or an aerodrome flight
information service officer's licence to a person under the age
of 18 years; or (a)

(a) Amended, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





(b)an air traffic controller's licence which includes an Aerodrome
Control Rating, an Approach Control Rating or an Area
Control Rating, to a person under the age of 20 years; or

(c)an air traffic controller's licence which includes any other
rating, to a person under the age of 21 years.

(2) Every licence to act as an air traffic controller shall include (a)
ratings of one or more of the classes set forth in Schedule 10 to this
Order specifying the type of air traffic control service which the holder of
the licence is competent to provide, (b) a list of the places at which, and
(c) the type of radar equipment, if any, with the aid of which he may
provide the service. If throughout any period of 90 days the holder of
the licence has not at any time provided at a particular place the type of
air traffic control service specified in the rating, the rating shall, without
prejudice to the Governor's powers under Article 58 of this Order, cease
to be valid for that place at the end of that period, and upon a rating
ceasing to be valid for a place the holder of the licence shall forthwith
inform the Governor to that effect and shall forward the licence to the
Governor to enable it to be endorsed accordingly.

(3) Every licence to act as a student air traffic controller shall be
valid only for the purpose of authorizing the holder to provide air traffic
control service under the supervision of another person who is present
at the time and is the holder of valid air traffic controller's licence which
includes a rating specifying the type of air traffic control service which
is being provided by the student air traffic controller and valid at the
place in question.

(M) Every licence to act as an aerodrome flight information service
officer shall be valid only for the purpose of authorizing the holder to
provide an aerodrome flight information service at an aerodrome
specified in the licence. If, throughout any period of 180 days the holder
of the licence has not at any time provided such a service at a particular
aerodrome, the licence shall cease to be valid for that aerodrome at the
end of that period,(a)

(4) A licence to act as an air traffic controller as a student air traffic
controller or as an aerodrome flight information service officer shall not
be valid unless the holder of the licence has signed his name thereon in
ink with his ordinary signature.(b)

(5) Subject to the provisions of Article 58 of this Order, a licence to
act as an air traffic controller as a student air traffic controller or as an
aerodrome flight information service officer shall remain in force for the
period indicated in the licence and may be renewed by the Governor
from time to time, upon his being satisfied

(a) Added, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180) (b)
Amended, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





that the applicant is a fit person and is qualified as aforesaid.(a) If no
period is indicated in the licence, it shall remain in force, subject as
aforesaid for the lifetime of the holder.

(6) Every applicant for and holder of an air traffic controller's
licence or a student air traffic controller's licence shall upon such
occasions as the Governor may require

(a)submit himself to medical examination by a person approved
by the Governor either generally or in a particular case who
shall make a report to the Governor in such form as the
Governor may require; and

(b)submit himself to such examinations and tests and furnish
such evidence as to his knowledge, experience, competence
and skill, as the Governor may require.(b)

(7) On the basis of the medical examination referred to in paragraph
(6) of this Article, the Governor or any person approved by him as
competent to do so may issue a medical certificate subject to such
conditions as he thinks fit to the effect that the holder of the licence has
been assessed as fit to perform the functions to which the licence
relates. The certificate shall, without prejudice to Article 63 of this
Order, be valid for such period as is therein specified, and shall be
deemed to form part of the licence.

(8) The holder of an air traffic controller's licence or student air
traffic controller's licence shall not provide any type of air traffic control
service at any such aerodrome or place as is referred to in Article 62(1)
of this Order unless his licence includes a medical certificate issued and
in force under paragraph (7) of this Article.

62. (1) A person shall not provide at any place any type of air traffic
control service or an aerodrome flight information service or hold
himself out, whether by use of a radio call sign or in any other way, as a
person who may provide any type of air traffic control service or an
aerodrome flight information service unless:

(a)in the case of an air traffic control service, he is the holder,
and complies with the terms of:

(i) a valid student air traffic controller's licence granted under
this Order and he is supervised in accordance with
Article 61(3) of this Order; or

(ii) a valid air traffic controller's licence so granted authorizing
him to provide that type of service at that place; or

(iii) a valid air traffic controller's licence so granted which does
not authorize him to provide that type of service at that
place, but he is supervised by a person who is present at
the time and who is the holder of a valid air

(a) Amended, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)
(b) Replaced, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)





traffic controller's licence so granted which authorizes him
to provide at that place the type of air traffic control
service which is being provided; or

(b)in the case of an aerodrome flight information service, he is the
holder and complies with the terms of an aerodrome flight
information service officer's licence granted under this Order
authorizing him to provide such a service at that place:

Provided that a licence shall not be required by any person who
acts in the course of his duty as a member of any of Her Majesty's
naval, military or air forces or a visiting force.(a)

(2) The holder of an air traffic controller's licence shall not be
entitled to perform any of the functions specified in Schedule 10 to this
Order in respect of a rating at any place unless:

(a)his licence includes that rating and the rating is valid for the
place at which, and the type of radar equipment, if any, with
the aid of which, the functions are performed; or

(b)he is supervised by a person who is present at the time and
who is the holder of a valid air traffic controller's licence
granted under this Order which authorizes him to provide at
that place the type of air traffic control service which is being
provided.(a)

(2A) A person shall not provide any type of air traffic control
service or an aerodrome flight information service unless he identifies
himself in such a manner as may be notified.(b)

(3) Nothing in a licence granted under Article 61 of this Order shall
permit any person to operate manually any direction-finding equipment
for the purpose of providing air traffic control service to an aircraft at a
time when he is providing air traffic control service or making signals to
that aircraft or to another aircraft.

(4) Nothing in this Article shall prohibit the holder of a valid air
traffic controller's licence from providing at any place for which the
licence includes a valid rating, information to aircraft in flight in the
interests of safety.

62A. (1) A person shall not provide an aerodrome flight information
service at any aerodrome unless:

(a)the service is provided in accordance with the standards and
procedures specified in an aerodrome information service
manual in respect of that aerodrome;

(b)the manual is produced to the Governor within a reasonable
time after a request for its production is made by the Governor;

(a) Replaced, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)
(b) Added, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)





(c)such amendments or additions as the Governor may from time
to time require have been made to the manual.(a)

63. (1) Every holder of an air traffic controller's licence granted
under Article 61 of this Order who

(a)suffers any personal injury or illness involving incapacity to
undertake the functions to which his licence relates
throughout a period of 20 consecutive days; or

(b)in the case of a woman, has reason to believe that she is
pregnant, shall inform the Governor in writing of such injury,
illness or pregnancy as soon as possible.

(2) An air traffic controller's licence shall be deemed to be
suspended upon the elapse of such period of injury or illness as is
referred to in paragraph (1)(a) of this Article. The suspension of the
licence shall cease:

(a)upon the holder being medically examined under arrangements
made by the Governor and pronounced fit to resume his
functions under the licence; or

(b)upon the Governor exempting the holder from the requirement
of a medical examination subject to such conditions as the
Governor may think fit.

(3) Upon the pregnancy of the holder of an air traffic controller's
licence being confirmed, the licence shall be deemed to be suspended
and such suspension may be lifted by the Governor subject to such
conditions as he thinks fit, and shall cease upon the holder being
medically examined under arrangements made by the Governor after the
pregnancy has ended and pronounced fit to resume her functions under
the licence.(b)

64. (1) Where the Governor deems it necessary in the public
interest to restrict or prohibit flying over any area of the Territory or
along any route therein by reason of

(a)the intended gathering or movement of a large number of
persons, or

(b)the intended holding of an aircraft race or contest or of an
exhibition of flying, or

(c)national defence or any other reason affecting the public
interest,

the Governor may make regulations prohibiting, restricting or imposing
conditions on flight, either generally or in relation to any class of
aircraft, over any such area or along any such route, and an aircraft shall
not fly in contravention of such regulations.

(a) Added, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180) (b)
Replaced, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





(2) If the commander of an aircraft becomes aware that the aircraft is
flying in contravention of any such regulations which have been made
for any of the reasons referred to in paragraph (1)(c) of this Article he
shall forthwith cause a signal of distress to be made by radio or by one
of the prescribed visual signals, and shall (unless otherwise instructed
by the appropriate air traffic control unit or by a commissioned officer of
Her Majesty's naval, military or air forces), cause the aircraft to land at
the aerodrome, being an aerodrome suitable for that purpose, which it
can reach by flying to the least possible extent over the area to which
the regulations relate. The aircraft shall not begin to descend while over
such area.

65. (1) Within the Territory-

(a)a captive balloon or kite shall not be flown at a height of more
than 60 metres above the ground level or within 60 metres of
any vessel, vehicle or structure;

(b)a captive balloon shall not be flown within 5 kilometres of an
aerodrome;

(e)a balloon exceeding 2 metres in any linear dimension at any
stage of its flight, including any basket or other equipment
attached to the balloon, shall not be flown in controlled
airspace;

(d)a kite shall not be flown within 5 kilometres of an aerodrome;

(e) an airship shall not be moored,

without the permission in writing of the Governor and in accordance
with any conditions subject to which that permission may be granted.

(2) A captive balloon when in flight shall be securely moored, and
shall not be left unattended unless it is fitted with a device which
ensures its automatic deflation if it breaks free of its moorings.

PART IX

AERODROMES, AERONAUTICAL LIGHTS AND DANGEROUS LIGHTS

66. (1) An aircraft to which this paragraph applies shall not take-off
or land at a place in the Territory other than

(a)an aerodrome licensed under this Order for the take-off and
landing of such aircraft; or

(b)a Government aerodrome notified as available for the takeoff
and landing of such aircraft, or in respect of which the person
in charge of the aerodrome has given his permission for the
particular aircraft to take-off or land as the case may be,

and in accordance with any condition subject to which the aerodrome
may have been so licensed or notified, or subject to which such
permission may have been given.

Abstract

[to be omitted in cases falling under Article 4 of the Order] Restrictions on dumping in the sea. Licences. Right to make representations. Publicity. Enforcement of Act. Enforcement of Conventions. Miscellaneous provisions as to enforcement officers. Evidence. Offence - general provisions. Crown land. Financial provisions. Interpretation. L.N. 131/76. Savings. Liability for oil pollution. Exceptions from liability under s. 1. Restriction of liability for oil pollution. Limitation of liability under s. 1. Limitation actions. Restriction on enforcement of claims after establishment of limitation fund. Concurrent liabilities of owners and others. Establishment of limitation fund outside Hong Kong. Extinguishment of claims. Compulsory insurance against liability for pollution. Issue of certificate by Governor. Rights of third parties against insurers. Jurisdiction of Hong Kong courts and registration of foreign judgments. Government ships. Liability for cost of preventive measures where s. 1 does not apply. Saving for recourse actions. Meaning of 'the Convention', 'Convention country' and 'Convention State'. Interpretation of other expressions. Construction and Commencement. Interpretation of Part I. Part I. Contributions by importers of oil and others. Part I. Power to obtain information. Part I. Liability of the Fund. Part I. Part I. Indemnification where damage is caused by ship registered in Fund Convention country, Jurisdiction and effect of judgments. Part I. Extinguishment of claims. Subrogation and rights of recourse. Part I. Modification of limitation of liability under Act of 1971. Part V. Offences by bodies corporate. Construction. Citation, commencement, repeals and extent. Sections 4(10), 6(5). Article 2 Article 4 9 & 10 Geo. 6. C. 19. 52 & 53 Vict. C. 63. 22 & 23 Geo. 5. C. 4. Citation and commencement. Revocation. Aircraft to be registered. Registration of aircraft in the Territory. Nationality and registration marks. Issue of air operators' certificates. Certificate of airworthiness to be in force. Issue , renewal, etc., of certificates of airworthiness. Certification of maintenance. Maintenance of General Purpose Category aircraft. Inspection, overhaul, repair, replacement and modification. Licensing of maintenance engineers. Equipment of aircraft. Radio equipment of aircraft. Aircraft, engine and propeller log books. Aircraft weight schedule. Access and inspection for airworthiness purposes. Composition of crew of aircraft. Members of flight crew - requirement of licences. Grant, Renewal and Effect of Flight Crew Licences. Validation of license. Personal flying log book. Instruction in flying. Glider pilot - minimum age. Operations Manual. Training manual. Public transport - operator's responsibilities. Loading - public transport aircraft and suspended loads. Public transport - operating conditions. Aircraft registered in the Territory - aerodrome operating minims. Aircraft not registered in the Territory - aerodrome operating minima. Pre-flight action by commander of aircraft. Pilots to remain at controls. Public transport of passengers - duties of commander. Operation of radio in aircraft. Minimum Navigation Performance. Use of flight recorders and preservation of records. Towing of gliders. Towing, picking up and raising of persons and articles. Dropping of persons and articles. Issue of Aerial Application Certificates. Carriage of weapons and of munitions of war. Carriage of dangerous goods. Method of carriage of persons. Exits and break-up markings. Imperilling safety of aircraft. Imperilling safety of any person or property. Drunkenness in aircraft. Smoking in aircraft. Authority of commander of aircraft. Stowaways. Application and interpretation of Part VI. Fatigue of crew - operator's responsibilities. Fatigue of crew - responsibilities of crew. Flight times - responsibilities of flight crew. Documents to be carried. Records to be kept. Production of documents and records. Preservation of documents, etc. revocation, suspension and variation of certificates, licences and other documents. Offences in relation to documents and records. Rules of the air and air traffic control. Licensing of air traffic controllers, student air traffic controllers and aerodrome flight information service officers. (a) Prohibition of unlicensed air traffic controllers. Flight Information Service Manual. Incapacity of air traffic controllers. Power to prohibit or restrict flying. Balloons, kites and airships. Aerodromes: public transport of passengers and instruction in flying. Use of Government aerodromes. Licensing of aerodromes. Radio equipment of aerodromes. Records at aerodromes. Charges at aerodromes licensed for public use. Use of aerodromes by aircraft of Contracting States and of the Commonwealth. Noise and vibration caused by aircraft on aerodromes. Aeronautical lights. Dangerous lights. Customs airports. Aviation Fuel at Aerodrumes. Prohibited Areas. Restriction with respect to aerial photography and survey from aircraft registered outside the Territory. Mandatory reporting. Power to prevent aircraft flying. Right of access to aerodromes and other places. Obstruction of persons. Enforcement of directions. Penalties. Extra-territorial effect of the Order. Application of Order to British-controlled aircraft not registered in the Territory. Application of Order to the Crown and visiting forces, etc. Exemption from Order. Appeal to Supreme Court. Application of Order. Regulations by the Governor: Fees. Interpretation. Saving. Small aircraft. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Applications. Authority to whom application is to be made. Persons not of full age or capacity. Oaths of allegiance. Certificates of naturalization. Declarations of renunciation. Authority to whom declaration of renunciation is to be made. Notice of proposed deprivation of citizenship. Time limit for applying for inquiry. Cancellation of registration of person deprived of citizenship. Cancellation of certificate of naturalization in case of deprivation of citizenship. Evidence. Manager of signifying parental consent to registration. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Applications. Authority to whom application is to be made. Persons not of full age or capacity. Oaths of allegiance. Certificates of naturalization. Declarations of renunciation. Authority to whom declaration of renunciation is to be made. Notice of proposed deprivation of citizenship. Time limit for applying for inquiry. Cancellation of registration of person deprived of citizenship. Cancellation of certificate of naturalization in case of deprivation of citizenship. Evidence. Manner of signifying parental consent to registration. Citation and commencement. Notice of inquiry. Attendance and representation. Conduct of proceedings and evidence. Powers of enforcement. Postponement and adjournment. Quorum and delegation. Notification of committee's conclusions. Citation and commencement. Notice of inquiry. Attendance and representation. Conduct of proceedings and evidence. Powers of enforcement. Postponement and adjournment. Quorum and delegation. Notification of committee's conclusions. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Legitimated children. Posthumous children. Brunei. British protected persons by virtue persons by virtue of connection with a former protectorate, a former trust territory or a form Arabian protectorate. Provisions for Reducing Statelessness. Births upon ships or aircraft. Foundlings. Effect of registration as a British protected person. Loss of status of British protected person in certain cases. Renunciation of status of British protected person. Form and manner of mange of applications and declarations. Transition. Citation, commencement, extent and interpretation. Connections with Hong Kong. Loss of British Dependent Territories citizenship. Right to acquire new status of British National (Overseas). Removal of Hong Kong from list of dependent territories. Provisions for reducing statelessness. British Nationality Acts. Consequential amendments. (App. II, p. A1.) Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Applications. (App. III, p. EG 1.) Authority to whom application is to be made. Persons not of full age or capacity. Declarations of renunciation. Authority to whom declaration of renunciation is to be made. Notice of proposed deprivation of status. Time limit for applying for inquiry. Cancellation of registration of person deprived of status. Evidence. All applications. Applications by persons not of full age or capacity. (App. II, p. A1.) (App. III, p. EG1.) Citation and commencement. Notice of inquiry. Attendance and representation. Conduct of proceedings and evidence. Powers of enforcement. Postponement and adjournment. Quorum and delegation. Notification of committee's conclusions. L.N. 76/79. L.N. 76/79. Shipping casualties. Right to recover in respect of unreasonable loss or damage. Offences in relation to s. 12. Service of directions under s. 12. Application of ss. 12 to 15 to certain foreign and other ships. Enforcement and application of fines. Interpretation. Saving for other restrictions, rights of action etc. Short title.

Extent

Paragraph (1) of this Article applies to-

(a)aeroplanes of which the maximum total weight authorized
exceeds 2,730 kg. and which are flying for the purpose of the
public transport of passengers or for the purpose of
instruction in flying;

(b)aeroplanes of which the maximum total weight authorized does
not exceed 2,730 kg. engaged on either--

(i) schedule journeys for the purpose of the public
transport of passengers; or

(ii) flights for the purpose of the public transport of
passengers beginning and ending at the same aerodrome; or

(iii) flights for the purpose of instruction in flying; or

(iv) flights for the purpose of the public transport of
passengers at night;

(c)helicopters and gyroplanes engaged on such flights as are
specified in sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) above;

(d)gliders (other than gliders being flown under arrangements
made by a flying club and carrying no person other than a
member of the club) which are flying for the purpose of the
public transport of passengers or for the purpose of
instruction in flying.

(3)(a) The person in charge of any area in the Territory intended
to be used for the taking-off or landing of helicopters at night
other than such a place as is specified in paragraph (1) of this
Article shall cause to be in operation, whenever a helicopter
flying for the purpose of public transport of passengers is
taking-off or landing at that area by night, such lighting as will
enable the pilot of the helicopter

(i) in the case of landing, to identify the landing area in
flight, to determine the landing direction and to make a safe
approach and landing;

(ii) in the case of taking-off, to make a safe take-off.

(b)A helicopter flying for the purpose of the public transport of
passengers at night shall not take-off or land at a place to
which. sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph applies unless
there is in operation such lighting.

67. The Governor may cause to be notified subject to such
conditions as he thinks fit any Government aerodrome as an aerodrome
available for the take-off and landing of aircraft engaged on flights for
the purpose of the public transport of passengers or for the purpose of
instruction in flying or of any classes of such aircraft.

68. (1) The Governor may grant to any person applying therefor a
licence in respect of any aerodrome in the Territory if he is satisfied that





(a)that person is competent, having regard to his previous
conduct and experience, his equipment, organization, staffing,
maintenance and other arrangements, to secure that the
aerodrome and its aerodrome traffic zone are safe for use by
aircraft; and

(b)the aerodrome is safe for use by aircraft, having regard in
particular to the physical characteristics of the aerodrome and
of its surroundings.

(2) An aerodrome licence may be granted subject to such
conditions as the Governor thinks fit and shall, subject to the provisions
of Article 58 of this Order, remain in force for the period specified in the
licence.

(3) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (2) of this
Article, the Governor may grant a licence (in this Order referred to as 'a
licence for public use') which shall be subject to the condition that the
aerodrome shall at all times when it is available for the take off or landing
of aircraft be so available to all persons on equal terms and conditions.

(4) The holder of an aerodrome licence granted under this Order
shall--

(a)furnish to any person on request information concerning the
terms of the licence; and

(b)in the case of a licence for public use, cause to be notified the
times during which the aerodrome will be available for the take-
off or landing of aircraft engaged on flights for the purpose of
public transport of passengers or instruction in flying.

(5) The holder of an aerodrome licence granted under this Order
shall not contravene or cause or permit to be contravened any condition
of the aerodrome licence

(a)during the times notified pursuant to paragraph (4)(b) of this
Article in relation to any aircraft;

(b)at any time in relation to such aircraft engaged on such flights
as are specified in Article 66(2) of this Order,

but the licence shall not cease to be valid by reason only of such a
contravention.(a)

69. (1) This Article shall apply to all aerodromes licensed under this
Order (other than aerodromes at which an air traffic control service is
provided by the Governor) used for the taking-off or landing of aircraft
of which the maximum total weight authorized exceeds 2,730 kg. and
which are engaged on flights for the purpose of the public transport of
passengers.

(a) Replaced, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





(2) A person shall not cause or permit any radar or radio navigation
equipment to be used to facilitate an aircraft's approach to land and
landing at an aerodrome to which this Article applies, unless it is

(a)approved by the Governor as suitable for the service to be
provided;

(b)installed and maintained in a manner approved by the
Governor;

(c)flight checked, overhauled, repaired or modified only by, or
under the supervision of a person approved by the Governor.

70. (1) The licensee of an aerodrome to which Article 69 applies,
shall

(a)keep a written record in respect of each installation of radar or
radio navigation equipment provided by him and used to
facilitate an aircraft's approach to land and landing at the
aerodrome, which record shall include particulars of functional
tests and flight checks of the equipment as well as the
particulars of any overhaul, repair, replacement or modification
thereof;

(b)preserve the written record for a period of one year or such
longer period as the Governor may in a particular case direct,
and shall within a reasonable time after being requested to do
so by an authorized person, produce such record to that
person.

(2) The licensee of every aerodrome licensed under this Order
which is provided with means of two-way radio communication with
aircraft and either with radar equipment or with very high frequency
direction finding apparatus for the purpose of providing holding aid, let-
down aid or approach aid, shall provide at the aerodrome apparatus
which is capable of recording the terms or content of any radio message
or signal transmitted to any aircraft (either alone or in common with
other aircraft) or received from any aircraft, by the air traffic control unit
at the aerodrome.

(3) The apparatus provided in compliance with paragraph (2) of this
Article shall

(a)be of a type approved by the Governor in relation to the
aerodrome; and

(b) be installed in a manner so approved; and

(c) always be maintained in serviceable condition; and

(d)be in use at all times when any navigation services are being
provided by the air traffic control unit at the aerodrome to any
aircraft flying for the purpose of the public transport of
passengers.

(4) The licensee of the aerodrome shall ensure that each record
made by the apparatus provided in compliance with paragraph (2) of
this Article includes





(a) the date or dates on which the record was made;
(b)a means of identifying the person at the aerodrome by
whom the message or signal was transmitted, the aircraft
to or from which and the frequency on which the message
or signal was transmitted or received, and the time at
which each message or signal transmitted from the aero-
drome was transmitted;
(c)the time (if any) at which the radio station at the aerodrome
opened or closed as the case may be within the period
covered by each such record.

(5) If at any time the apparatus provided in compliance with
paragraph (2) of this Article ceases to be capable of recording the
matters required by this Article to be included in the record, the
licensee of the aerodrome shall ensure that those matters are
recorded in writing.

(6) The licensee of the aerodrome shall preserve any record
made in compliance with paragraph (2) of this Article for a period
of 30 days or such other period as may be prescribed from the date
on which the message or signal was recorded or for such longer
period as the Governor may in a particular case direct, and shall,
within a reasonable time after being requested to do so by an au-
thorized person, produce such record to that person.

(7) A person required by this Article to preserve any record by
reason of his being the licensee of an aerodrome shall, if he ceases
to be the licensee of the aerodrome, continue to preserve the record
as if he had not ceased to be licensee, and in the event of his death
the duty to preserve the record shall fall upon his personal
representative:

Provided that if another person becomes the licensee of the
aerodrome he or his personal representative shall deliver the record
to that other person on demand, and it shall be the duty of that
other person to deal with the record delivered to him as if he were
the first mentioned licensee.

71. (1) The Governor may, in relation to any aerodrome in
respect of which a licence for public use has been granted, or to
such aerodromes generally or to any class 'thereof, prescribe the
charges, or the maximum charges, which may be made for the use
of the aerodrome and for any services performed at the aerodrome
to or in connection with aircraft, and may further prescribe the
conditions to be observed in relation to those charges and the
performance of those services.

(2) The licensee of an aerodrome in relation to which the
Governor has made any regulations under paragraph (1) of this
Article shall not cause or permit any charges to be made in con-
travention of those regulations and shall cause particulars of the
prescribed charges to be kept exhibited at the aerodrome in such a





place and manner as to be readily available for the information of any
person affected thereby.

(3) The licensee of any aerodrome in respect of which a licence for
public use has been granted shall, when required by the Governor,
furnish to the Governor such particulars as he may require of the
charges established by the licensee for the use of the aerodrome or of
any facilities provided at the aerodrome for the safety, efficienyc or
regularity of air navigation.

72. The person in charge of any aerodrome in the Territory which is
open to public use by aircraft registered in the Territory (whether or not
the aerodrome is a licensed aerodrome) shall cause the aerodrome, and
all air navigation facilities provided thereat, to be available for use by
aircraft registered in other Contracting States or in any part of the
Commonwealth on the same terms and conditions as for use by aircraft
registered in the Territory.

73. The conditions under which noise and vibration may be caused
by aircraft (including military aircraft) on Government aerodromes,
licensed aerodromes or on aerodromes at which the manufacture, repair
or maintenance of aircraft is carried out by persons carrying on
business as manufacturers or repairers of aircraft shall be as specified in
Regulation 9 in Schedule 15 to this Order, and section 41(2) of the Act
as set out in Schedule 2 of the Civil Aviation Act 1949 (Overseas
Territories) Order 1969(a) shall apply to any such aerodrome.

74. (1) A person shall not establish or maintain an aeronautical
light within the Territory except with the permission of the Governor
and in accordance with any conditions which may be prescribed, or
subject to which the permission may be granted.

(2) A person shall not alter the character of an aeronautical light
within the Territory except with the permission of the Governor and in
accordance with any conditions subject to which the permission may be
granted.

(3) In the case of an aeronautical light, being a beacon, which is or
may be visible from any waters within an area of a lighthouse authority,
the Governor shall not give his permission for the purpose of this
Article except with the consent of that authority.

(4) A person shall not wilfully or negligently injure or interfere with
any aeronautical light established and maintained by, or with the
permission of, the Governor.

75. (1) A person shall not exhibit in the Territory any light which

(a)by reason of its glare is liable to endanger aircraft taking off
from or landing at an aerodrome; or

(a) S.I. 1969/592 (1969 1, p. 1650)





(b) by reason of its liability to be mistaken for an aeronautical

light is liable to endanger aircraft.

(2) If any light which appears to the Governor to be such a light as
aforesaid is exhibited the Governor may cause a notice to be served
upon the person who is the occupier of the place where the light is
exhibited or having charge of the light, directing that person, within a
reasonable time to be specified in the notice, to take such steps as may
be specified in the notice for extinguishing or screening the light and for
preventing for the future the exhibition of any other light which may
similarly endanger aircraft.

(3) The notice may be served either personally or by post, or by
affixing it in some conspicuous place near to the light to which it relates.

(4) In the case of a light which is or may be visible from any waters
within the area of a lighthouse authority, the powers of the Governor
under this Article shall not be exercised except with the consent of that
authority.

76. (1) The Governor may, subject to such conditions as he may
think fit, by order designate any aerodrome to be a place for the landing
or departure of aircraft for the purpose of the enactments for the time
being in force relating to customs.

(2) The Governor may by order revoke any designation so made.

76A. (1) A person who has the management of any aviation fuel
installation on an aerodrome in the Territory shall not cause or permit
any fuel to be delivered to that installation or from it to an aircraft
unless:

(a) when the aviation fuel is delivered into the installation he

is satisfied that:

(i) the installation is capable of storing and dispensing the
fuel so as not to render it unfit for use in aircraft; and

(ii) the installation is marked in a manner appropriate to the
grade of fuel stored or if different grades are stored in
difrerent parts each part is so marked; and

(iii). in the case of delivery into the installation or part thereof
from a vehicle or vessel, the fuel has been sampled and is
of a grade appropriate to that installation or that part of
the installation as the case may be and is fit for use in
aircraft;

(b) when any aviation fuel is dispensed from the installation

he is satisfied as the result of sampling that the fuel is fit for
use in aircraft:

Provided that this paragraph shall not apply in respect of fuel
which has been removed from an aircraft and is intended for use





in another aircraft operated by the same operator as the aircraft from
which it has been removed.

(2) A person to whom paragraph (1) of this Article applies shall
keep a written record in respect of each installation of which he has the
management, which record shall include--

(a)particulars of the grade and quantity of aviation fuel delivered
and the date of delivery;

(b)particulars of all samples taken of the aviation fuel and of the
results of tests of those samples;

(c)particulars of the maintenance and cleaning of the installation;

and he shall preserve the written record for a period of 12 months or
such longer period as the Governor may in a particular case direct and
shall, within a reasonable time after being requested to do so by an
authorized person, produce such record to that person.

(3)(a) A person shall not cause or permit any aviation fuel to be
dispensed for use in an aircraft if he knows or has reason to
believe that the aviation fuel is not fit for use in aircraft.

(b) If it appears to the Governor or an authorized person
that any aviation fuel is intended or likely to be delivered
in contravention of any provision of this Article, hte
Governor or that authorized person may direct the person
having the management of the installation not to permit
aviation fuel to be dispensed from that installation until
the direction has been revoked by the Governor or by an
authorized person.

(4) For the purpose of this Article-

'aviation fuel' means fuel intended for use in aircraft;

'aviation fuel installation' means any apparatus or container, including
a vehicle, designed, manufactured or adapted for the storage of
aviation fuel or for the delivery of such fuel to an. aircraft.(a)

PART X

GENERAL

77. (1) The Governor may by proclamation declare any specifically
defined area in the Territory to be a prohibited area.

(2) Except as may be provided in the proclamation whereby the
prohibited area is established, or in any subsequent proclamation
issued by the Governor, no aircraft shall fly over, or land in, any
prohibited area.

(a) Added, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





78. An aircraft registered in a Contracting State other than the

United Kingdom, or in a foreign country, shall not fly over the Territory
for the purpose of aerial photography or aerial survey except with the
permission of the Governor granted under this Article to the operator or
the charterer of the aircraft and in accordance with any conditions to
which such permission may be subject.

79. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Article, every person

who-

(a)is the operator or the commander of a public transport aircraft
which is registered in the Territory and has a maximum total
weight authorized of more than 2,300 kg.; or

(b)carries on the business of manufacturing, repairing or
overhauling such an aircraft, or any equipment or part thereof;
or

(e)signs a certificate of maintenance, release or compliance in
respect of such an aircraft, part or equipment; or

(d)performs a function for which he requires an air traffic
controller's licence; or

(e) is the licensee or manager of a licensed aerodrome,

shall-

(i) make a report to the Governor of any reportable occurrence of
which he knows and which is of such a description as is
specified in Regulation 14 in Schedule 15 to this Order. The
report shall be made within such time, by such means, and
shall contain such information as is so specified and it shall
be presented in such form as the Governor may in any
particular case approve, and

(ii) make a report to the Governor, within such time, by such
means, and containing such information as the Governor may
specify in a notice in writing served upon him, being
information which is in his possession or control and which
relates to a reportable occurrence which has been reported by
him or by another person to the Governor in accordance with
this Article.

(2) In this Article 'reportable occurrence' means-

(a)any incident relating to such an aircraft or any defect in or
malfunctioning of such an aircraft or any part or equipment of
such an aircraft, being an incident, malfunctioning or defect
endangering, or which if not corrected would endanger, the
aircraft, its occupants, or any other person;

(b) any defect in or malfunctioning of any facility on the

0

ground used or intended to be used for purposes of or in
connection with the operation of such an aircraft, being a
defect or malfunctioning endangering, or which if not
corrected would endanger, such an aircraft or its occupants:





Provided that any accident notified to the Governor in pursuance
of regulations made under section 10 of the Act as set out in Schedule 2
of the Civil Aviation Act 1949 (Overseas Territories) Order 1969(a) shall
not constitute a reportable occurrence for purposes of this Article.

(3) Subject to paragraph (1)(ii) of this Article, nothing in this
Article shall require a person to report any occurrence which he has
reason to believe has been or will be reported by another person to the
Governor in accordance with this Article.

(4) A person shall not make any report under this Article if he
knows or has reason to believe that the report is false in any particular.

(5) Without prejudice to Article 36(2) and subject to the provisions
of Article 57 of this Order, the operator of an aircraft shall, if he has
reason to believe that a report has been or will be made in pursuance of
this Article, preserve any data from a flight data recorder relevant to the
reportable occurrence for fourteen days from the date on which a report
of that occurrence is made to the Governor or for such longer period as
the Governor may in a particular case direct:

Provided that the record may be erased if the aircraft is outside the
Territory and it is not reasonably practicable to preserve the record until
the aircraft reaches the Territory.

80. (1) If it appears to the Governor or an authorized person that
any aircraft is intended or likely to be flown

(a)in such circumstances that any provision of Articles 3, 5, 6, 7,
18, 19, 28, 36, 39A or 40 of this Order would be contravened in
relation to the flight; or(b)

(b)in such circumstances that the flight would be in
contravention of any other provision of this Order or any
regulations made thereunder and be a cause of danger to any
person or property whether or not in the aircraft; or

(c)while in a condition unfit for the flight, whether or not the
flight would otherwise be in contravention of any provision of
this Order or of any regulation made thereunder,

the Governor or that authorized person may direct the operator or the
commander of the aircraft that he is not to permit the aircraft to make the
particular flight or any other flight of such description as may be
specified in the direction, until the direction has been revoked by the
Governor or by an authorized person, and the Governor or that
authorized person may take such steps as are necessary to detain the
aircraft.

(a) S.I. 19691592 (1969 1, p. 1650). (b)
Amended, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)





(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1) of this Article the
Governor or any authorized person may enter upon and inspect
any aircraft.

(3) If it appears to the Governor or an authorized person that
any aircraft is intended or likely to be flown in such circumstances
that any provision of Article 77 or 78 of this Order or any provision
relating to the licensing of air transport in the Territory would be
contravened in relation to the flight, the Governor or that authorized
person may direct the operator or the commander of the aircraft
that he is not to permit the aircraft to make the particular flight or
any other flight of such description as may be specified in the
direction until the direction has been revoked by the Governor or
by an authorized person, and the Governor or any authorized
person may take such steps as are necessary to detain the aircraft.

(4) For the purposes of paragraph (3) of this Article the Gover-
nor or any authorized person may enter upon any aerodrome and
may enter upon and inspect any aircraft.

81. The Governor and any authorized person shall have the
right of access at all reasonable times-
(a)to any aerodrome, for the purpose of inspecting the aero-
drome, or
(b)to any aerodrome for the purpose of inspecting any air-
craft on the aerodrome or any document which he has
power to demand under this Order, or for the purpose of
detaining any aircraft under the provisions of this Order;
and
(c)to any place where an aircraft has landed, for the purpose
of inspecting the aircraft or any document which he has
power to demand under this Order and for the purpose of
detaining the aircraft under the provisions of this Order:

Provided that access to a Government aerodrome shall only be
obtained with the permission of the person in charge of the aero-
drome.

82. A person shall not wilfully obstruct or impede any person
acting in the exercise of his powers or the performance of his duties
under this Order.

83. Any person who fails to comply with any direction given to
him under any provision of this Order or any regulations made
thereunder shall be deemed for the purposes of this Order to have
contravened that provision.

84. (1) If any provision of this Order or of any regulations
made thereunder is contravened in relation to an aircraft, the
operator of that aircraft and the commander thereof, shall (without
prejudice to the liability of any other person under this Order for





that contravention) be deemed for the purposes of the following
provisions of this Article to have contravened that provision unless he
proves that the contravention occurred without his consent or
connivance and that he exercised all due diligence to prevent the
contravention.

(2) If it is proved that an act or omission of any person which
would otherwise have been a contravention by that person of a
provision of this Order or of any regulations made thereunder was due
to any cause not avoidable by the exercise of reasonable care by that
person the act or omission shall be deemed not to be a contravention by
that person of that provision.

(3) Where a person is charged with contravening a provision of
this Order or of any regulations made thereunder by reason of his
having been a member of the flight crew of an aircraft on a flight for the
purpose of public transport or aerial work the flight shall be treated
(without prejudice to the liability of any other person under this Order)
as not having been for that purpose if he proves that he neither knew
nor had reason to know that the flight was for that purpose.

(4) If any person contravenes any provision of this Order, or of any
regulations made thereunder, not being a provision referred to in
paragraphs (5) or (6) of this Article, he shall be liable on summary
conviction, to a fine not exceeding
subsequent conviction for the like offence to a fine not-exceeding

(5) If any person contravenes any provision specified in Part A of
Schedule 13 to this Order he shall be liable on summary conviction to a
fine not exceeding
conviction for the like offence to a fine not exceeding
conviction on indictment to a fine not exceeding
for a term not exceeding 6 months.(a)

(6) If any person contravenes any provision specified in Part B of
the said Schedule he shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine not
exceeding
imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years or both.(a)

85. (1) Except where the context otherwise requires, the provisions
of this Order,

(a)in so far as they apply (whether by express reference or
otherwise) to aircraft registered in the Territory, shall apply to
such aircraft wherever they may be;

(b)in so far as they apply as aforesaid to other aircraft shall
apply to such other aircraft when they are within the
Territory;

(a) Amended, S.I. 1977 No. 820. (L.N. 224177)





(C)in so far as they prohibit, require or regulate (whether by
express reference or otherwise) the doing of anything by
persons in, or by any of the crew of, any aircraft registered in
the Territory, shall apply to such persons and crew, wherever
they may be; and

(d)in so far as they prohibit, require or regulate as aforesaid the
doing of anything in relation to any aircraft registered in the
Territory by other persons shall, where such persons are
British subjects, British protected persons, or citizens of the
Republic of Ireland, apply to them wherever they may be.

(2) Nothing in this Article shall be construed as extending to make
any person guilty of an offence in any case in which it is provided by
section 3(1) of the British Nationality Act 1948(a) (which limits the
criminal liability of certain persons who are not citizens of the United
Kingdom and colonies) that that person shall not be guilty of an offence.

86. The Governor may direct that such of the provisions of this
Order and of any regulations made or having effect thereunder as may
be specified in the direction shall have effect as if reference in those
provisions to British aircraft registered in the Territory included
references to the aircraft specified in the direction, being an aircraft not
so registered but for the time being under the management of a person
who, or of persons each of whom, is qualified to hold a legal or
beneficial interest by way of ownership in an aircraft registered in the
Territory.

87. (1) Subject to the following provisions of this Article, the
provisions of this Order shall apply to or in relation to aircraft belonging
to or exclusively employed in the service of Her Majesty, as they apply
to or in relation to other aircraft and for the purposes of such application
the Department or other authority for the time being responsible on
behalf of Her Majesty for the management of the aircraft shall be deemed
to be the operator of the aircraft and in the case of an aircraft belonging
to Her Majesty, to be the owner of the interest of Her Majesty in the
aircraft:

Provided that nothing in this Article shall render liable to any
penalty any Department or other authority responsible on behalf of Her
Majesty for the management of any aircraft.

(2) Save as otherwise expressly provided the naval, military and air
force authorities and members of any visiting force and any international
headquarters and the members thereof and property held or used for the
purpose of such a force or headquarters shall be exempt from the
provisions of this Order and of any regulations made thereunder to the
same extent as if that force or headquarters

(a) 1948 c. 56.





formed part of the forces of Her Majesty raised in the United King-
dom and for the time being serving in the Territory.

(3) Save as otherwise provided by paragraph (4) of this Article,
Article 73 of this Order and the Rules of the Air and Air Traffic
Control, nothing in this Order shall apply to or in relation to any
military aircraft.

(4) Where a military aircraft is flown by a civilian pilot and is
not commanded by a person who is acting in the course of his duty
as a member of any of Her Majesty's naval, military or air forces or
as a member of a visiting force or international headquarters, the
following provisions of this Order shall apply on the occasion of
that flight, that is to say, Articles 44, 45, 46 and 64 and in addition
Article 60 (so far as applicable) shall apply.

88. The Governor may exempt from any of the provisions of
this Order (other than Articles 78 and 89 thereof) or any regula-
tions made thereunder, any aircraft or persons or classes of aircraft
or persons, either absolutely or subject to such conditions as he
thinks fit.

89. (1) Subject to paragraph (2) of this Article, an appeal shall
lie to the Supreme Court or to such other court as may be prescribed
from any decision of the Governor that a person is not a fit person
to hold a licence to act as an aircraft maintenance engineer, member
of the flight crew of an aircraft, air traffic controller or student air
traffic controller, and if the court is satisfied that on the evidence
submitted to the Governor he was wrong in so deciding, the court
may reverse the Governor's decision:

Provided that an appeal shall not lie from a decision of the
Governor that a person is not qualified to hold the licence by reason
of a deficiency in his knowledge, experience, competence, skill,
physical or mental fitness.

(2) The respondent to any appeal under this Article shall be
the Attorney General or other principal legal officer of the Govern-
ment of the Territory.

90. The provisions of this Order apply to the territories men-
tioned in Schedule 16 to this Order, any one of which is in this
Order referred to in the expression 'the Territory'.

91. (1) The Governor may make regulations for prescribing
anything which, under the provisions of this Order, is to be
prescribed.

(2) The Governor with the approval of a Secretary of State
may make regulations amending the Air Navigation (General)
Regulations contained in Schedule 15 to this Order.





(3) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (1) of this
Article, such Regulations may prescribe the fees to be charged in
connection with the issue, validation, renewal, extension or variation of
any certificate, licence or other document (including the issue of a copy
thereof), or the undergoing of any examination, test, inspection or
investigation or the grant of any permission or approval, required by, or
for the purpose of, this Order or any regulations made thereunder.

(4) Upon an application being made in connection with which any
fee is chargeable in accordance with the said provisions the applicant
may be required before the application is entertained to pay the whole or
to deposit a portion of the fee or fees so chargeable. _If, after such
payment or deposit has been made, the application is withdrawn by the
applicant or otherwise ceases to have effect or is refused by the
Governor, the Governor may, subject as hereinafter provided, refund the
amount of such payment or deposit. Where the amount paid or
deposited is wholly or to any extent attributable to a fee chargeable in
respect of an investigation which would have been carried out in
connection with the application if it had not been so withdrawn or
ceased to have effect or been refused but which has not been carried out
by reason only of such withdrawal, cesser or refusal, the Governor may
refund the amount so attributable or, in a case where an investigation
has been partially completed, so much of that amount as in the opinion
of the Governor is reasonable having regard to the stage to which the
investigation has progressed at the time of such withdrawal, cesser or
refusal:

Provided that, if in any case the amount deposited by the applicant
is not sufficient to cover the fee, as ultimately assessed, chargeable in
respect of any investigation in so far as the same has been carried out at
the time when the application is withdrawn by him or otherwise ceases
to have effect or is refused by the Governor the amount representing the
balance of such fee shall be payable by the applicant.

In this paragraph the expression 'investigation' includes an
inspection, examination, calculation or test.

92. (1) In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires--

'The Act' means the Civil Aviation Act 1949(a);

'Aerial work' means any purpose (other than public transport) for
which an aircraft is flown if hire or reward is given or promised in
respect of the flight or the purpose of the flight;

'Aerial work aircraft' means an aircraft (other than a public transport
aircraft) flying, or intended by the operator to fly, for the purpose of
aerial work;

'Aerial work undertaking' means an undertaking whose business
includes the performance of aerial work;

(a) 1949 c. 67.





'Acrobatic manoeuvres' includes loops, spins, rolls, bunts, stall turns,
inverted flying and any other similar manoeuvre;

'Aerodome' means any area of land or water designed, equipped, set
apart or commonly used for affording facilities for the landing and
departure of aircraft and includes any area or space, whether on the
ground, on the roof of a building or elsewhere, which is designed,
equipped or set apart for affording facilities for the landing and
departure of aircraft capable of descending or climbing vertically,
but shall not include any area the use of which for affording
facilities for the landing and departure of aircraft has been
abandoned and has not been resumed;

'Aerodrome flight information unit' means a person appointed by the
Governor or by any other person maintaining an aerodrome to give
information by means of radio signals to aircraft flying or
intending to fly within the aerodrome traffic zone of that aerodrome
and 'aerodrome flight information service' shall be construed
accordingly;(a)

'Aerodrome operating minima' in relation to the operation of an
aircraft at an aerodrome means the cloud ceiling and runway visual
range for take-off, and the decision height, runway visual range
and visual reference for landing, specified by the operator in, or
ascertainable by reference to, the operations manual as being the
minima for the operation of that aircraft at that aerodrome;

'Aerodrome traffic zone' in relation to any aerodrome means the
airspace extending, from the surface to a height of 2,000 feet above
the level of the aerodrome and within a distance of 11 nautical miles
of its boundaries except any part of that airspace which is within
the aerodrome traffic zone of another aerodrome which is notified
for the purposes of this Order as being the controlling aerodrome;

'Aeronautical light' means any light established for the purpose of
aiding air navigation;

'Aeronautical radio station' means a radio station on the surface,
which transmits or receives signals for the purpose of assisting
aircraft;

'Air traffic control unit means a person appointed by the Governor or
by any other person maintaining an aerodrome or place to give
instructions or advice or both instructions and advice by means of
radio signals to aircraft in the interests of safety but does not
include a person so appointed solely to give information to aircraft,
and 'Air traffic control service' shall be construed accordingly;(b)

'Air transport undertaking' means an undertaking whose business
includes the carriage by air of passengers or cargo for hire or
reward;

(a) Added, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)
(b) Replaced, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)





'Approach to landing' means that portion of the flight of the aircraft in
which it is descending below a height of 1,000 feet above the
decision height of the relevant minimum for landing;

'Appropriate aeronautical radio station' means in relation to an aircraft
an aeronautical radio station serving the area in which the aircraft
is for the time being;

'Appropriate air traffic control unit' means in relation to an aircraft the
air traffic control unit serving the area in which the aircraft is for the
time being;

'Authorized person' means any person authorized by the Governor
either generally or in relation to a particular case or class of cases,
and references to a person authorized by the Governor include
references to the holder for the time being of any office designated
by the Governor;

'Beneficial interest' has the same meaning as in section 57 of the
Merchant Shipping Act 1894(a);

'Cargo' includes mail and animals;

'Certificate of airworthiness' includes any validation thereof and any
flight manual, performance schedule or other document, whatever
its title, incorporated by reference in that certificate relating to the
certificate of airworthiness;

'Certificate of maintenance', 'certificate of release' and -certificate of
compliance' have the meanings respectively assigned to them

0

by Articles 9(1), 10(1) and 11(4) of this Order;

'The Civil Aviation Authority' refers to the body corporate constituted
in accordance with the provisions of section 1 of the Civil Aviation
Act 1971(b);

'Cloud ceiling' in relation to an aerodrome means the vertical distance
from the elevation of the aerodrome to the lowest part of any cloud
visible from the aerodrome which is sufficient to obscure more than
one-half of the sky so visible;

'Commander' in relation to an aircraft means the member of the flight
crew designated as commander of that aircraft by the operator
thereof, or, failing such a person the person who is for the time
being the pilot in command of the aircraft;

'The Commonwealth' means the United Kingdom, the Channel Islands,
the Isle of Man, the countries mentioned in section 1(3) of the
British Nationality Act 1948 and all other territories forming part of
Her Majesty's dominions or in which Her Majesty has jurisdiction;

'Competent authority' means in relation to the Territory, the Governor,
and in relation to any other country the authority responsible under
the law of that country for promoting the safety of civil aviation;

(a) 1894 c. 60. (b)
1971 c. 75.





'Congested area' in relation to a city, town or settlement, means any
area which is substantially used for residential, industrial,
commercial or recreational purposes;

'Contracting State' means any State (including the United Kingdom
which is a party to the Convention on International Civil Aviation
signed on behalf of the Government of the United Kingdom at
Chicago on the 7th December 1944;

'Controlled airspace' means control areas and control zones;

'Control area' means airspace which has been notified as such and
which extends upwards from a notified altitude;

'Control zone' means airspace which has been notified as such and
which extends upwards from the surface;

'Co-pilot' in relation to an aircraft means a pilot who in performing his
duties as such is subject to the direction of another pilot carried in
the aircraft;

'Country' includes a territory except in sub-paragraph (b) of paragraph
(3) of this Article;

'Crew' has the meaning assigned to it by paragraph (5) of this Article;

'Decision height' in relation to the operation of an aircraft at an
aerodrome means the minimum height specified by the operator in,
or ascertainable by reference to, the operations manual as being
the minimum height to which an approach to landing can safely be
made by that aircraft at that aerodrome without visual reference to
the ground;

'Flight' and 'to fly' have the meanings respectively assigned to them
by paragraph (4) of this Article;

'Flight crew' in relation to an aircraft means those members of the crew
of the aircraft who respectively undertake to act as pilot, flight
navigator, flight engineer and flight radio operator of the aircraft;

'Flight level' means one of a series of levels of equal atmospheric
pressure, separated by notified intervals and each expressed as the
number of hundreds of feet which would be indicated at that level
on a pressure altimeter calibrated in accordance with the
International Standard Atmosphere and set to 1013.2 millibars;

-Flight simulator' means apparatus by means of which flight conditions
in an aircraft are simulated on the ground;

'Flight visibility' means the visibility forward from the flight deck of an
aircraft in flight;

'Government aerodrome' means any aerodrome in the Territory which
is under the control of the Governor or is in the occupation of any
Government Department or visiting force;





'Governor' means the officer for the time being administering the
Government of the Territory, and includes in relation to any
purpose of this Order, other than the purposes of Article 91
thereof, any person authorized by the Governor for that purpose,
and to the extent (if any) that in accordance with the Constitution
of the Territory responsibility for civil aviation has been assigned
to a Minister, a reference to the Governor includes a reference to
such Minister;

'hirer' means a person who takes or has taken goods from -an owner
under a hire-purchase agreement and includes a person to whom
the hirer's rights or liabilities under the agreement have passed by
assignment or by operation of law;

'hire-purchase agreement' means an agreement for the bailment of
goods under which the bailee may buy the goods, or under which
the property in the goods will or may pass to the bailee;

'Instrument Flight Rules' means Instrument Flight Rules contained in
the Rules of the Air and Air Traffic Control;

'Instrument Meteorological Conditions' means weather precluding
flight in compliance with the Visual Flight Rules;

'International Headquarters' means an international headquarters
designated by Order in Council under section 1 of the International
Headquarters and Defence Organizations Act 1964(a) as extended
to the Territory;

'To land' in relation to aircraft includes alighting on the water;

'Legal personal representative' has the same meaning as in section 742
of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894(b);

'Licence' includes any certificate of competency or certificate of validity
issued with the licence or required to be held in connection with the
licence by the law of the country in which the Licence is granted;

'Licence for public use' has the meaning assigned to it by Article 68(2)
of this Order;

'Licensed aerodrome' means an aerodrome licensed under this Order;

'Lifejacket' includes any device designed to support a person
individually in or on the water;

'Log book' in the case of an aircraft log book, engine log book or
variable pitch propeller log book or personal flying log book,
includes a record kept either in a book, or by any other means
approved by the Governor in the particular case;(c)

(a) 1964 c. 5.
(b) 1894 c. 60.
(c) Amended, S.I. 1978 No. 1520., (L.N. 83180)





-Maximum total weight authorized- in relation to an aircraft means the
maximum total weight of the aircraft and its contents at which the
aircraft may take off anywhere in the world, in the most favourable
circumstances in accordance with the certificate of airworthiness in
force in respect of the aircraft;

'Military aircraft' includes the naval, military or air force aircraft of
any country and

(a)any aircraft being constructed for the naval, military or air
forces of any country under a contract entered into by the
Secretary of State; and

(b)any aircraft in respect of which there is in force a certificate
issued by the Secretary of State that the aircraft is to be treated
for the purposes of this Order as a military aircraft;

'Nautical mile' means the International Nautical Mile, that is to say, a
distance of 1,852 metres;

'Navigation services' includes information, directions and other
facilities furnished, issued or provided for the purposes of or in
connection with the navigation or movement of aircraft;

'Night' means the time between half an hour after sunset and half an
hour before sunrise, sunset and sunrise being determined at
surface level;

'Notified' means shown in any of the following publications issued in
the Territory whether before or after the coming into operation of
this Order, that is to say, 'Notams (Notices to Airmen)',
'Information Circulars-, or such other official publication so issued
for the purpose of enabling any of the provisions of this Order to
be complied with;

'Operator' has the meaning assigned to it by paragraph (6) of this
Article;

'Pilot in command' in relation to an aircraft means a person who for the
time being is in charge of the piloting of the aircraft without being
under the direction of any other pilot in the aircraft;

'Prescribed' means prescribed by regulations made by the Governor
under this Order, and the expression 'prescribe' shall be construed
accordingly;

'Pressurised aircraft' means an aircraft provided with means of
maintaining in any compartment a pressure greater than that of the
surrounding atmosphere;

'Public transport' has the meaning assigned to it by paragraph (7) of
this Article;

'Public transport aircraft' means an aircraft flying, or intended by the
operator of the aircraft to fly, for the purpose of public transport;





'Record' includes, in addition to a record in writing--

(a)any disc, tape, sound-track or other device in which sounds or
signals are embodied so as to be capable (with or without the
aid of some other instrument) of being reproduced therefrom;

(b)any film, tape or other device in which visual images are
embodied so as to be capable (as aforesaid) of being
reproduced therefrom; and

(c) any photograph;

and any reference to a copy of a record includes, in the case of a
record falling within paragraph (a) only of this definition, a
transcript of the sounds or signals embodied therein, in the case of
a record falling within paragraph (b) only of this definition, a still
reproduction of the images embodied therein, and in the case of a
record falling within both those paragraphs, such a transcript
together with such a still reproduction;

'Replacement' in relation to any part of an aircraft or its equipment
includes the removal and replacement of that part whether or not by
the same part, and whether or not any work is done on it, but does
not include the removal and replacement of a part which is
designed to be removable solely for the purpose of enabling
another part to be inspected, repaired, removed or replaced or cargo
to be loaded;

'Rules of the Air and Air Traffic Control' means the Rules contained in
Schedule 14 to this Order and any supplementary rules made by the
Governor under Article 60(6) of this Order;

'Runway visual range' in relation to a runway or landing strip means
the maximum distance in the direction of take-off or landing, as the
case may be, at which the runway or landing strip or the markers or
lights delineating it can be seen from a point 5 metres above its
centre line; and in the case of an aerodrome in the Territory the
distance, if any, communicated to the commander of the aircraft by
or on behalf of the person in charge of the aerodrome as being the
runway visual range shall be taken to be the runway visual range
for the time being;

'Scheduled journey- means one of a series of journeys which are
undertaken between the same two places and which together
amount to a systematic service;

'Seaplane' has the same meaning as for the purpose of section 52 of the
Act;

'Special VFR flight' means a flight which is a special VFR flight for the
purposes of the Rules of the Air. and Air Traffic Control

'Supreme Court' means the highest court exercising original
jurisdiction in respect of the Territory;

'The Territory' has the meaning assigned to it by Article 90 of this
Order and includes the dependencies of the Territory and the
adjacent territorial waters;





'Visual Flight Rules' means Visual Flight Rules contained in the

Rules of the Air and Air Traffic Control;

'Visual Meteorological Conditions' means weather permitting

flight in accordance with the Visual Flight Rules.

(2) In this Order references to sums expressed in terms of sterling
shall be construed as references to the equivalent sums in the currency
of the Territory calculated at such rate of exchange as may be prescribed
or as the Governor may by order direct.

(3)(a) In its application to any territory which is mentioned in
Schedule 16 to this Order but is not mentioned in the First
Schedule to the Visiting Forces Act (Application to Colonies)
Order, 1954(a), as amended from time to time, this Order shall
have effect as if

(i) the whole of paragraph (2) was omitted from Article 87;

(ii) the words 'or as a member of a visiting force' were
omitted from paragraph (4) of Article 87; and

(iii) in paragraph (1) of this Article the words 'or visiting
force' were omitted from the definition of 'Government
aerodrome'.

(b)In relation to any territory which is mentioned in Schedule 16
to this Order and is also mentioned in the First Schedule to
the Visiting Forces Act (Application to Colonies) Order, 1954,
as amended from time to time, the expression 'visiting force'
in this Order means any such body, contingent or detachment
of the forces of any country as is a visiting force for the
purposes of any of the provisions of the Visiting Forces Act,
1952(b), which extend to that territory, in respect of that
country, by virtue of any Order in Council made under
subsection (2) of section 1 or under section 15 of that Act.

(4) An aircraft shall be deemed to be in flight-

(a)in the case of a piloted flying machine, from the moment when,
after the embarkation of its crew for the purpose of taking off,
it first moves under its own power, until the moment when it
next comes to rest after landing;

(b)in the case of a pilotless flying machine, or a glider, from the
moment when it first moves for the purpose of taking off until
the moment when it next comes to rest after landing;

(c)in the case of an airship or free balloon, from the moment
when it first becomes detached from the surface until the
moment when it next becomes attached thereto or comes to
rest thereon;

(a) S.I. 19541636 (1954 11, p. 2460).

(b) 1952 c. 67.





and the expressions 'a flight' and 'to fly' shall be construed
accordingly.

(5) Every person employed or engaged in an aircraft in flight on the
business of the aircraft shall be deemed to be a member of the crew
thereof.

(6) References in this Order to the operator of an aircraft are, for the
purpose of the application of any provision of this Order in relation to
any particular aircraft, references to the person who at the relevant time
has the management of that aircraft, and cognate expressions shall be
construed accordingly:

Provided that for the purposes of the application of any provision
in Part III of this Order, when by virtue of any charter or other agreement
for the hire or loan of an aircraft a person other than an air transport
undertaking or an aerial work undertaking has the management of that
aircraft for a period not exceeding 14 days, the foregoing provisions of
this paragraph shall have effect as if that agreement had not been
entered into.

(7)(a) Subject to the provisions of this paragraph, an aircraft in
flight shall for the purposes of this Order be deemed to fly for
the purpose of public transport

(i) if hire or reward is given or promised for the carriage of
passengers or cargo in the aircraft on that flight; or

(ii) if any passengers or cargo are carried gratuitously in the
aircraft on that flight by an air transport undertaking, not being
persons in the employment of the undertaking (including, in
the case of a body corporate, its directors and, in the case of
the British Airways Board, the members of the Board), persons
with the authority of the Governor either making any
inspection or witnessing any training, practice or test for the
purposes of this Order, or cargo intended to be used by any
such passengers as aforesaid, or by the undertaking; or

(iii) for the purposes of Part III of this Order, if hire or
reward is given or promised for the right to fly the aircraft on
that flight (not being a single-seater aircraft of which the
maximum total weight authorized does not exceed 9 10 kg. and
in respect of which a certificate of airworthiness of the Special
Category is in force) otherwise than under a hire-purchase
agreement;

and the expression 'public transport of passengers' shall be
construed accordingly:

Provided that, notwithstanding that an aircraft may be
flying for the purpose of public transport by reason of sub-
paragraph (a)(iii) of this paragraph it shall not be deemed to be
flying for the purpose of the public transport of passengers
unless hire or reward is given for the carriage of those
passengers.





(b)Where under a transaction effected by or on behalf of a
member of an association of persons on the one hand and the
association of persons or any member thereof on the other
hand, a person is carried in, or is given the right to fly, an
aircraft in such circumstances that hire or reward would be
given or promised if the transaction were effected otherwise
than aforesaid, hire or reward shall, for the purposes of this
Order, be deemed to have been given or promised,
notwithstanding any rule of law as to such transactions.

(8) The expressions appearing in the 'General Classification of
Aircraft' set forth in Part A of Schedule 1 to this Order shall have the
meanings thereby assigned to them.

(9) The Interpretation Act 1889 applies for the purpose of the
interpretation of this Order and otherwise in relation thereto as it applies
for the purpose of the interpretation of and in relation to, an Act of
Parliament of the United Kingdom, and as if this Order were such an Act
of Parliament.

(10) A power to make regulations under this Order shall include the
power to make different provisions with respect to different classes of
aircraft, aerodromes, persons or property and with respect to different
circumstances and with respect to different parts of the Territory and to
make such incidental and supplementary provisions as are necessary or
expedient for carrying out the purposes of the Order.

(11) Unless the context otherwise requires any reference in the Order
to any Act of Parliament shall be construed as a reference to that Act as
amended, extended or applied by or under any other Act.

(12)(a) Any power conferred by this Order to issue, make, serve or
grant any instrument shall be construed as including a power
exercisable in the like manner and subject to the like
conditions, if any, to vary, revoke, cancel or otherwise
terminate the instrument.

(b)In this paragraph 'instrument' includes any regulation,
direction, instruction, rule or other requirement, any notice and
any certificate, licence, approval, permission, exemption,
authorization, log book, record or other document.

93. (1) Subject to the provisions of Articles 68 and 72 of this Order,
nothing in this Order or the regulations made thereunder shall confer
any right to land in any place as against the owner of the land or other
persons interested therein.

(2) Nothing in this Order shall oblige the Governor to accept an
application from the holder of any current certificate, licence, .approval,
permission, exemption, authorization or other document, being an
application for the renewal of that document, or for the





granting of another document in continuation of or in substitution for
the current document, if the application is made more than 60 days
before the current document is due to expire.

94. The provisions of this Order, other than Articles 45 and 65
thereof, shall not apply to or in relation to

(a)any balloon which at any stage of its flight is not more than 2
metres in any linear dimension including any basket or other
equipment attached to. the balloon;

(b) any kite weighing not more than 2 kg.;

(c)any other aircraft weighing not more than 5 kg. without its
fuel.

N. E. LEIGH,

Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE1 Articles 4(6), 23(2) and 92(8)

PART A

TABLE OF GENERAL CLASSIFICATION OF
AIRCRAFT

col. 1 Col. 2 col. 3 Col. 4

Non-mechanicallyFree Balloon
Lighter than drivenCaptive Balloon
air aircraft Mechanically driven Airship
Non-mechanically Glider
driven Kite
Aeroplane (Land-
Aircraft plane)
Aeroplane (Seaplane)
Heavier than Aeroplane
air aircraft Mechanically driven (Amphibian)
(flying machines)Aeroplane (Self-
launching Motor
Glider)
Gyroplane
Helicopter

PART B Article 5(2)

NATIONALITY AND REGISTRATION MARKS OF
AIRCRAFT
REGISTERED IN THE TERRITORY

1. The nationality mark of the aircraft shall be a group of two capital letters
in Roman character and the registration mark shall be a group of three capital
letters in Roman character assigned by the Governor on the registration of the
aircraft. The letters shall be without ornamentation and a hyphen shall be placed
between the nationality mark and the registration mark.

2. The nationality and registration marks shall be painted on the aircraft or
shall be affixed thereto by any other means ensuring a similar degree of
permanence in the following manner:





1. Position. of marks

(a) Flying machines and Gliders

(i)Wings: Except on aircraft having no fixed wing surface, the marks
shall appear on the lower surface of the wing structure, and shall be on
the left half of the lower surface of the wing structure unless they
extend across the whole surface of both wings. So far as possible the
marks shall be located equidistant from the leading and trailing edges
of the wings. The tops of the letters shall be towards the leading edge
of the wing.

(ii) Fuselage (or equivalent structure) or Vertical Tail Surface: The
marks shall also be either on each side of the fuselage (or equivalent
structure) between the wings and the tail surfaces, or on the upper
halves of the vertical tail surfaces. When on a single vertical tail
surface they shall be on both sides of the tail. When there is more
than one vertical tail surface, the marks shall appear on the outboard
sides of the outer tails.

(b) Airships and Balloons

(i) Airships: The marks shall be on each side of the airship and also on
the upper surface on the line of symmetry. They shall be placed
lengthwise near the maximum cross-section of the airship.

(ii) Spherical Balloons: The marks shall be in two places diametrically
opposite. They shall be placed near. the maximum horizontal
circumference of the balloon.

(iii) Non-Spherical Balloons: The marks shall be on each side. They shall
be placed near the maximum cross-section of the balloon
immediately above either the rigging band or the points of
attachment of the basket suspension cables.

(iv) In the case of all airships and balloons the side marks shall be so
placed as to be visible both from the sides and from the ground.

11. Size of Marks

(a) Flying Machines and Gliders

(i)Wings: The letters constituting each group of marks shall be of equal
height. The height of the letters shall be at least 50 centimetres.

(ii) Fuselage (or equivalent structure) or Vertical Tail Surfaces: The
marks on the fuselage (or equivalent structure) shall not interfere
with the visible outlines of the fuselage (or equivalent structure). The
marks on the vertical tail surfaces shall be such as to leave a margin
of at least 5 centimetres along each side of the vertical tail surface.
The letters constituting each group of marks shall be of equal height.
The height of the marks shall be at least 30 centimetres:

Provided that where owing to the structure of the aircraft a
height of 30 centimetres is not reasonably practicable, the height
shall be the greatest height reasonably practicable in the
circumstances, but not less than 15 centimetres.

(b) Airships and Balloons

The letters constituting each group of marks shall be of equal

height. The height of the letters shall be at least 75 centimetres.

111. Width and Spacing of Marks







(a) The width of each letter (except the letter I) and the length of the

hyphen between the nationality mark and registration mark shall be

two-thirds of the height of a letter.

(b) The letters and hyphen shall be formed by solid lines and shall be of a

colour clearly contrasting with the background on which they appear.

The thickness of the lines shall be one-sixth of the height of a letter.

(c) Each letter shall be separated from the letter which it immediately

precedes or follows by a space equal to half the width of a letter.

A hyphen shall be regarded as a letter for this purpose.

3. The nationality and registration marks shall be displayed to the best
advantage, taking into consideration the constructional features of the aircraft and
shall always be kept clean and visible.





4. In addition to the foregoing requirements of this Schedule the nationality
and registration marks shall also be inscribed, together with the name and address of
the registered owner of the aircraft, on a fireproof metal plate affixed in a
prominent position to the fuselage or car or basket, as the case may be, and near
the main entrance to the aircraft.

PART C Article 4(8)

AIRCRAFT DEALER'S CERTIFICATE-CONDITIONS

(1) The operator of the aircraft shall be the registered owner of the aircraft,
who shall be the holder of an aircraft dealer's certificate granted under this Order.

(2) The aircraft shall fly only for the purpose of:

(a) testing the aircraft; or

(b)demonstrating the aircraft with a view to the sale of that aircraft or of
other similar aircraft; or

(c)proceeding to or from a place at which the aircraft is to be tested or
demonstrated as aforesaid, or overhauled, repaired or modified; or

(d)delivering the aircraft to a person who has agreed to buy, lease or sell
it; or

(e) proceeding to or from a place for the purpose of storage.

(3) Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 32 of this Order the
operator of the aircraft shall satisfy himself before the aircraft takes off that the
aircraft is in every way fit for the intended flight.

(4) The aircraft shall fly only within the Territory.

SCHEDULE 2 Articles 3(1), 7(1) and 38(5)

A AND B CONDITIONS

The A Conditions and B Conditions referred to in Articles 3(1), 7(1) and 38(5)
of this Order are as follows:

A Conditions

(1) The aircraft shall be either an aircraft in respect of which a certificate

of airworthiness or validation has previously been in force under this
Order, or an aircraft identical in design with an aircraft in respect of which
such a certificate is or has been in force.

(2) The aircraft shall fly only for the purpose of enabling it to:

(a)qualify for the issue or renewal of a certificate of airworthiness or of
the validation thereof or the approval of a modification of the
aircraft, after an application has been made for such issue, renewal,
validation or approval as the case may be; or

(b)proceed to or from a place at which any inspection: approval, test or
weighing of, or the installation of equipment in the aircraft is to take
place for a purpose referred to in sub-paragraph (a), after such an
application has been made, or at which the installation of furnishings
in, or the painting of, the aircraft is to be undertaken; or

(c)proceed to or from a place at which the aircraft is to be or has been
stored.







(3) The aircraft and its engines shall be certified as fit for flight by the

holder of an aircraft maintenance engineer's licence granted under this
Order, being a licence which entitles him to issue that certificate or by a
person approved by the Governor for the purpose of issuing certificates
under this condition, and in accordance with that approval.





(4)The aircraft shall carry the minimum flight crew specified in any
certificate of airworthiness or validation which has previously been in
force under this Order in respect of the aircraft, or is or has previously
been in force in respect of any other aircraft of identical design.

(5)The aircraft shall not carry any persons or cargo except persons
performing duties in the aircraft in connection with the flight or persons
who are carried in the aircraft to perform duties in connection with a
purpose referred to in paragraph (2) of these Conditions.

(6)The aircraft shall not fly over any congested area of a city, town or
settlement except to the extent that it is necessary to do so in order to
take off from or land at a Government aerodrome or a licensed
aerodrome, in accordance with normal aviation practice.

(7)Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 18(2) of this Order, the
aircraft shall carry such flight crew as may be necessary to ensure the
safety of the aircraft.

B Conditions

(1)The flight shall be made under the supervision of a person approved by
the Governor for the purposes of these Conditions, and subject to any
additional conditions which may be specified in such approval.

(2)If it is not registered in the Territory or under the law of any country
referred to in Article 3 of this Order, the aircraft shall be marked in a
manner approved by the Governor for the purposes of these Conditions,
and the provisions of Articles 14, 15, 19, 32, 35, 54 and 56 of this Order
shall be complied with in relation to the aircraft as if it was registered in
the Territory so far as such provisions are applicable to the aircraft in the
circumstances.

(3) The aircraft shall fly only for the purpose of-

(a)experimenting with or testing the aircraft (including in particular its
engines) and its equipment; or

(b)enabling it to qualify for the issue of a certificate of airworthiness or
the validation thereof, or the approval of a modification of the
aircraft; or

(c)proceeding to or from a place at which any experiment, inspection.
approval, test or weighing of, or the installation of equipment in. the
aircraft is to take place for a purpose referred to in sub

paragraph (a) or (b), or at which the installation of furnishings in, or
the painting of, the aircraft is to be undertaken; or

(d)demonstrating the aircraft with a view to the sale of that aircraft or
of other similar aircraft.

(4)Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 18(2) of this Order. the
aircraft shall carry such flight crew as may be necessary to ensure the
safety of the aircraft.

(5)The aircraft shall not carry any cargo. or any persons other than the
flight crew except the following:

(a)persons employed by the operator who carry out during the flight
duties in connection with the purposes specified in paragraph (3) of
these Conditions;

(b)persons employed by manufacturers of component part of the
aircraft (including its engines) who carry out during the flight duties






in connection with the purposes so specified;

(c)persons approved by the Governor under Article 8(8) of this Order
as qualified to furnish reports for the purposes of that Article;

(d)persons, other than those carried under the preceding provisions of
this paragraph, who are carried in the aircraft in order to carry out a
technical evaluation of the aircraft or its operation.

(6)The aircraft shall not fly, except in accordance with procedures which
have been approved by the Governor in relation to that flight, over any
congested area of a city, town or settlement.





SCHEDULE 3 Article 8

1. Categories of Aircraft

Transport Category (Passenger).

General Purpose Category.

Transport Category (Cargo).

Aerial Work Category.

Private Category.

Special Category.

2. The purposes for which the aircraft may fly are as follows:

Transport Category (Passenger): Any purpose.

General Purpose Category: Any purpose.

Transport Category (Cargo): Any purpose, other than the public transport of
passengers.

Aerial Work Category: Aerial work only.

Private Category: Any purpose other than public transport or aerial work.

Special Category: Any purpose, other than public transport, specified in the
certificate of airworthiness but not including the carriage of passengers
unless expressly permitted.

SCHEDULE 4 Article 12

MAINTENANCE ENGINEERS: PRIVILEGES OF
LICENCES

An aircraft maintenance engineer may, subject to the conditions of his
licence, issue certificates as follows:

Aircraft Maintenance Engineers-Category A (Aircraft)

In relation to aircraft (not including engines) of a description specified in his
licence, being aircraft in respect of which a type rating has been included in his
licence

(a)certificates of maintenance or certificates of release in accordance with the
maintenance schedules approved under this Order;

(b)certificates of compliance in respect of inspections, repairs, replacements
and modifications so approved;

(c) certificates of fitness of aircraft for flight under the 'A Conditions'.

Aircraft Maintenance Engineers-Category B (Aircraft)

In relation to aircraft (not including engines) of a description specified in his
licence, being aircraft in respect of which a type rating has been included in his
licence

Certificates of compliance in respect of inspections, overhauls, repairs,
replacements and modifications approved under this Order.

Aircraft Maintenance Engineers-Category C (Engines)







In relation to engines of a description specified in his licence, being engines in
respect of which a type rating has been included in his licence

(a)certificates of maintenance or certificates of release in accordance with the
maintenance schedules approved under this Order;

(b)certificates of compliance in respect of inspections, repairs, replacements
and modifications so approved;

(c)certificates of fitness of aircraft engines for flight under the 'A
Conditions'.

Aircraft Maintenance Engineers-Category D (Engines)

In relation to engines of a description specified in his licence, being engines in
respect of which a type rating has been included in his licence

Certificates of compliance in respect of inspections, overhauls, repairs,
replacements and modifications approved under this Order.





Aircraft Maintenance Engineers-Category X

Compasses.

Instruments.

Electrical Equipment.

Automatic Pilots.

In relation respectively to compasses, instruments, electrical equipment or
automatic pilots of a description specified in his licence, being compasses,
instruments, electrical equipment or automatic pilots in respect of which a type
rating has been included in his licence

(a)certificates of maintenance or certificates of release in accordance with
the maintenance schedules approved under this Order;

(b)certificates of compliance in respect of inspections, repairs, replacements
and modifications so approved.

Aircraft Maintenance Engineers--Category R (Radio)

In relation to aircraft radio stations of a description specified in his licence,
being radio stations in respect of which a type rating has been included in his
licence

(a)certificates of maintenance or certificates of release in accordance with
the maintenance schedules approved under this Order;

(b)certificates of compliance in respect of inspections, repairs, replacements
and modifications so approved.(a)

SCHEDULE 5 Articles 11(3) and 13(2)

AIRCRAFT
EQUIPMENT

1 Every aircraft ofa description specified in the first column ofthe Table set
forth in paragraph 4 of this Schedule and which is registered in the Territory shall
be provided, when flying in the circumstances specified in the second column of the
said Table, with adequate equipment, and for the purpose of this paragraph the
expression 'adequate equipment' shall mean the scales of equipment respectively
indicated in that Table:

Provided that, if the aircraft is flying in a combination of such circumstances
the scales of equipment shall not on that account be required to be duplicated.

2. The equipment carried in an aircraft as being necessary for the
airworthiness of the aircraft shall be taken into account in determining whether
this Schedule is complied with in respect of that aircraft.

3. The following items of equipment shall not be required to be of a type
approved by the Governor:

(i) The equipment referred to in Scale A (ii).

(ii) First Aid Equipment and Handbook, referred to in Scale B.

(iii) Time-pieces, referred to in Scale F.

(iv) Torches, referred to in Scales G, H and J.

(v) Whistles, referred to in Scale H.







(vi) Sea anchors, referred to in Scales I and J.

(vii) Rocket signals, referred to in Scale 1.

(viii) Equipment for mooring, anchoring or manoeuvring aircraft on the water,
referred to in Scale 1.

(ix) Paddles, referred to in Scale J.

(x) Food and water, referred to in Scales J, U and V.

(xi) First aid equipment, referred to in Scales J, U and V.

(xii) Stoves, cooking utensils, snow shovels, ice saws, sleeping bags and Arctic
suits, referred to in Scale V.

(xiii) Megaphones, referred to in Scale Y.

(a) Amended, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





4. TABLE

scale of

Description of aircraft Circumstances of Flight Equipment
Required

(1) Gliders (a) flying for purposes other than public
transport or aerial work when flying
by night. A
(b) flying for the purpose ofpublic trans-
port or aerial work; and A, B, D and
F(i)
(i) when flying by night C and G

(ii) when carrying out acrobatic
manoeuvres m

(2) Flying machines(a) flying for purposes other than public
transport; and A
(i) when flying by night C and D
(ii) when flying under Instrument
Flight Rules
(aa) outside controlled airspace D
(bb) within controlled airspace E with E(iv)
duplicated
and F
(iii) when carrying out acrobatic
manoeuvres ea m
(b) flying for the purpose ofpublic trans-
port; and A, B, D and
(i) when flying under Instrument F(i)
Flight Rules except flights
outside controlled airspace by
flying machines having a maxi-
mum total weight authorized E with E(iv)
not exceeding 1, 150 kg. duplicated
and F
(ii) when flying by night; and in C and G
the case of flying machines of
which the maximum total E with E(iv)
weight authorized exceeds 1, 150 duplicated
kg. and F
(iii) when flying over water beyond H
gliding distance from land
(,v) when flying over water-
(aa) in the case of an acro-
plane---
(aaa) classified in its cer-
tificate of airworthi-
ness as being of per-
formance group A. C
or X; or
(bbb) having no performance
froup classification in
ts certificate of air-
worthiness and of such
a weight and perfor-
mance that with any
one of its power units
inoperative and the re-
maining power unit or
units operating within
the maximum contin-
uousg er conditions






spec m the certifi-
rate of airworthiness,
performance schedule
or flight manual relat-
ing to the aeroplane
issued or rendered
valid by the Governor
it is capable of a
gradient of climb of
at least 1 in 200 at an
altitude of 5,000 feet
in the International
Standard Atmosphere
specified in or ascer-
tainable by reference
to the certificate of
airworthiness in force
in respect of that
aircraft.
when either more than 400
nautical miles or more than
90 minutes flying time*
from the nearest aerodrome
at which an emergency
landi g can be made H and 1

For the purposes of this Table, flying time shall be calculated on the assumption that the
aircraft is flying in still air at the speed specified in the relevant Certificate of Airworthiness as the
speed for compliance with regulations governing flights over water.





Scale of
Description of ai~ Circumstances of Flight Equipment
Required
(bb) in the case of all other
flying machines, when
more than 30 minutes
flying time* from such an

aerodrome H and

(v) on all flights which involve
manoeuvres o waterH, I and J
when flying at a height of 10,000
feet or more above mean sea
level K

(vii) on flights when the weather
reports of forecasts available
at the aerodrome at the time
of departure indicate that con-
ditions favouring ice formation
are likely to be met L

(viil

when carrying out acrobatic
manoeuvres m

(ix) on all flights on which the
aircraft carries a flight crew of
more than one ?Crson N
or

(x) on all flights or the purpose
of the public transport of
passengers Q and Y
on all flights by a pressurised
aircraft R

(xii) when flying over substantially
uninhabited land areas where,
in the event of an emergency
landing tropical conditions are
likely to be met U

(xiii) when flying over substantially
uninhabited land areas where,
in the event of an emergency
landing. polar conditions are
likely to be met v

(xiv) when flying at an altitude of
more than 49,000 feet W

(3) Turbine-jet flying machines having When flying for the purpose of public

a maximum total weight authorised transport 0
exceeding 5,700 kg. or pressurised
aircraft having a maximum total
weight authorised exceeding 11,400
kg.
(4) Turbine-engined aeroplanes having
a maximum total weight authorised
exceeding 5,700 kg. and piston.
engined aeroplanes having a






maximum total weight authorised
exceeding 27,000 kg.
(a) which are operated by an air
transport undertaking under a
certificate of airworthiness
of the Transport Category
(passenger) or the Transport

Category (Cargo); or when flying on any flight p
(b) in respect of which application
has been made and not with-
drawn or refused for such a
certificate, and which fly under
the 'W' Conditions or under a
certificate of airworthiness of
the Special Category when flying on any flight p
Provided that this paragraph shall not
apply to:
(i) aeroplanes having a maximum
total weight authorised exceed-
ing 230,000 kg. which conform
to a type which was first issued
with a type certificate in the
Territory after 1st January
1970; or
(ii) aeroplanes having a maximum
total weight authorised exceed-
ing 5,700 kg. but not exceeding
230,000 kg. which conform to
a type which was first issued
with a type certificate (whether
in the Territory or elsewhere)
after 1st April 1971.

For the purposes of this Table, flying time shall be calculated on the assumption that the
aircraft is flying in still air at the speed specified in the relevant Certificate of Airworthiness as the
speed for compliance with regulations governing flights over water.





Scale of
Description of aircraft Circumstances of Flight Equipment
Required

(5) Aeroplanes-
(a) which conform to a type first
issued with a type certificate
(whether in the Territory or
elsewhere) on or after 1st April
1971 and which have a maximum
total weight authorised exceed-
ing 5,700 kg. and in respect of
which there is in force a certi-
ficate of airworthiness in the
Transport Category (Passenger)
or Transport Category (Cargo); when flying on any flight S
or
(b) which conform to a type first
issued with a type certificate
in the Territory on or after 1st
January 1970 and having a
maximum total weight author-
ised exceeding 230,000 kg. and
in respect of which there is in
force such a certificate of air-
worthiness; when flying on any flight S
or
(C) having a maximum total weluht
authorised exceeding 5.700 rg.
which conform to a type first
issued with a type certificate
on or after 1st April 1971 (or
1st January 1970 in the case of
an aeroplane exceeding 230,000
kg. maximum total weight auth-
orised) in respect of which ap-
plication has been made. and
not withdrawn or refused. for
such a certificate of airworth-
iness and which fly under the
'W' Conditions or in respect
of which there is in force a
certificate of airworthiness in when flying on any flight Is
the Special Category.
(6) Aeroplanes-
(a) which conform to a type first
issued with a type certificate
(whether in the Territory or
elsewhere) on or after 1st April
1971 and which have a maxi-
MUM total weight authorised
exceeding 27,000 kg. and in
respect of which there is in
force a certificate of airworth-
iness in the Transport Category
(Passenger) or the Transport
Category (Cargo); when flying on any flight T
or
(b) which conform to a type first
issued with a type certificate
in the Territory on or after 1st
January 1970 and which have a
maximum total weight author-
ised exceeding 230,000 kg. and
in respect of which there is in






force such a certificate of air-
worthiness; when flying on any flight T
or
(C) having a maximum total weight
authorised exceeding 27,000 kg.
which conform to a type first
issued with a type certificate on
or after 1st April 1971 (or 1st
January 1970 in the case of an
act Ian having a maximum
to =wei:bt authorised exceed-
ing 230,000 kg.) in respect of
which an application has been
made, and not withdrawn or
refused for such a certificate
of airworthiness and which fly
under the 'W' Conditions o
in respect of which there is in
force a certificate of airwor-
thiness in the Special Category. when flying on any flight T

(7) Aeroplaines---

(a)which are turbo-jet and which
have a maximum total weight
authorised exceeding 15,000 kg.





Scale of
Description of aircraft Circumstances of Flight Equipment
Required
or which are authorised to carry
30 passengers or more by the on all flights for the purpose of public

certificate of airworthiness in transport beginning on or after 1st
force in respect thereof; January 1978 X
(b) which are not turbo-jet and
which have a maximum total
weight authorised exceeding
15,000 kg. or which are auth-

onsod to carry 30 passen r on all flights for the purpose of public

lge 5

or more by the certificate of transport beginning on or gfler 1st July
airworthiness in force in respect1978 X
thereof,

5. The scales of equipment indicated in the foregoing Table shall be as
follows:

Scale A

(i) Spare fuses for all electrical circuits the fuses of which can be replaced

in flight, consisting of 10 per cent of the number of each rating or three
of each rating, whichever is the greater;

(ii.) Maps, charts, codes and other documents and navigational equipment
necessary, in addition to any other equipment required under this Order,
for the intended flight of the aircraft, including any diversion which may
reasonably be expected.

(iii) (a)On all flights beginning before 1st January 1978, subject to Scale
B(iii)(a), a safety belt or safety harness for every scat in use.

(b) On all flights beginning on or after 1st January 1978-

(aa) subject to Scale B(iii)(b), in all aeroplanes, helicopters and
gyroplanes for every pilot's seat and for any seat situated
alongside a pilot's scat, a safety belt with one diagonal shoulder
strap or a safety harness:

Provided that the Governor may permit a safety belt
without a diagonal shoulder strap to be fitted if he is satisfied

that it is not reasonably practicable to fit a safety belt with one
diagonal shoulder strap, or a safety harness.

(bb) For every seat in use (not being a scat referred to in sub-

paragraph (aa) above) a safety belt with or without one diagonal
shoulder strap or a safety harness.

Scale B

(i) First-aid equipment of good quality, sufficient in quantity, having

regard to the number of persons on board the aircraft, and including the
following:

Roller bandages, triangular bandages, adhesive plaster, absorbent






gauze, cotton wool (or wound dressings in place of the absorbent
gauze and cotton wool), burn dressings, safety pins;

Haemostatic bandages or tourniquets, scissors;
Antiseptic, analgesic and stimulant drugs;

Splints, in the case of aeroplanes the maximum total weight
authorized of which exceeds 5,700 kg.;

A handbook on First Aid.

(ii) In the case of a flying machine used for the public transport of passengers
in which, while the flying machine is at rest on the ground, the sill of any
external door intended for the disembarkation of passengers, whether
normally or in an emergency,

(a)is more than 1.82 metres from the ground when the undercarriage of
the machine is in the normal position for taxying, or

(b) would be more than 1.82 metres from the ground if the under-

carriage or any part thereof should collapse, break or fail to
function,

apparatus readily available for use at each such door consisting of a device
or devices which will enable passengers to reach the ground





safely in an emergency while the flying machine is on the ground, and can
be readily fixed in position for use.

(iii) (a)On all flights beginning before 1st January 1978, if the maximum
total weight authorized of the aircraft is more than 2,730 kg. a safety
harness for every pilot's scat in use, in place of the safety belt
referred to under Scale A:

Provided that the Governor may permit a safety belt to be
fitted if he is satisfied that it is not reasonably practicable to fit a
safety harness.

(b)On all flights beginning on or after 1st January 1978, if the
maximum total weight authorized of the aircraft exceeds 2,730 kg. a
safety harness for every pilot's seat in use, in place of the safety belt
with one diagonal shoulder strap referred to under Scale A:

Provided that the Governor may permit a safety belt with one
diagonal shoulder strap to be fitted if he is satisfied that it is not
reasonably practicable to fit a safety harness.

(iv) If the commander cannot, from his own seat, see all the passengers' seats
in the aircraft, a means of indicating to the passengers that scat belts
should be fastened.

Scale C

(i) Equipment for displaying the lights required by the Rules of the Air and
Air Traffic Control;

(H) Electrical equipment, supplied from the main source of supply in the
aircraft, to provide sufficient illumination to enable the flight crew
properly to carry out their duties during flight;

(iii) Unless the aircraft is equipped with radio, devices for making the visual
signal specified in the Rules of the Air and Air.Traffic Control as
indicating a request for permission to land.

Scale D

(i) Either (a) a turn indicator and a slip indicator; or

(b)a gyroscopic bank and pitch indicator and a gyroscopic
direction indicator;

(ii) A sensitive pressure altimeter adjustable for changes in barometric
pressure.

Scale E

(i) A turn indicator and a slip indicator;

(ii) A gyroscopic bank and pitch indicator;

(iii) A gyroscopic direction indicator;

(iv) A sensitive pressure altimeter adjustable for changes in barometric
pressure;

Provided that any aircraft may, at the option of the operator, be
equipped with an additional gyroscopic bank and pitch indicator in lieu of
the turn indicator referred to in (i) of this Scale.

Scale F







(i) A timepiece with a sweep second hand;

(H) A means of indicating whether the power supply to the gyroscopic
instruments is adequate;

(iii) A rate of climb and descent indicator;

(iv) If the maximum total weight authorized of the aircraft exceeds 5,700 kg.
a means of indicating the outside air temperature;

(v) If the maximum total weight authorized of the aircraft exceeds 5,700 kg.
two air speed indicators.

Scale G

(i) Landing lights consisting of two single filament lamps, or one dual
filament lamp with separately energised filaments;





(ii) An electric lighting system to provide illumination in every passenger
compartment;

(iii) (a)If the aircraft, in accordance with its certificate of airworthiness, may
carry more than nineteen persons over three years of age: two
electric torches and an emergency lighting system to provide
illumination in the passenger compartments sufficient to facilitate
the evacuation of the aircraft notwithstanding the failure of the
lighting systems specified in sub-paragraph (ii);

(b)In the case of any other aircraft, one electric torch for each member
of the crew of the aircraft;

(iv) In the case of an aircraft of which the maximum total weight authorized
~xceeds 5,700 kg., means of observing the existence and build up of ice
on the aircraft.

Scale H

For each person on board, a lifejacket equipped with a whistle and waterproof
torch:

Provided that lifeJackets constructed and carried solely for use by children
under three years of age need not be equipped with a whistle.

Scale I

(i) Additional flotation equipment, capable of supporting one-fifth of the
number of persons on board, and provided in a place of stowage
accessible from outside the flying machine;

(ii) Parachute distress rocket signals capable of making, from the surface of
the water, the pyrotechnical signal of distress specified in the Rules of
the Air and Air Traffic Control and complying with Part Ill of Schedule
14 to the Merchant Shipping (Life-Saying Appliances) Rules 1965(a);

(iii) A sea anchor and other equipment necessary to facilitate mooring,
anchoring or manoeuvring the flying machine on water, appropriate to
Its size, weight and handling characteristics.

Scale J

(i) Liferafts sufficient to accommodate all persons on board the flying
machine with the following equipment:

(a) means for maintaining buoyancy;

(b) a sea anchor;

(c) life lines, and means of attaching one liferaft to another;

(d) paddles or other means of propulsion;

(e) means of protecting the occupants from the elements;

(f) a waterproof torch;

(g) marine type pyrotechnical distress signals;

(h)means of making sea water drinkable, unless the full quantity of fresh
water is carried as specified in sub-paragraph (i);

(i)for each 4 or proportion of 4 persons the liferaft is designed to
carry:







100 grammes of glucose toffee tablets;

i litre of fresh water in durable containers:

Provided that in any case in which it is not reasonably
practicable to carry the quantity of water above specified, as large a
quantity of fresh water as is reasonably practicable in the
circumstances may be substituted. In no case however shall the
quantity of water carried be less than is sufficient, when added to the
amount of fresh water capable of being produced by means of the
equipment specified in sub-paragraph (h), to provide 1 litre of water
for each 4 or proportion of 4 persons the liferaft is designed to
carry.

(j) first aid equipment.

Items (f) to (j) inclusive, shall be contained in a pack.

(a) S.I. 196511105 (1965 11, p. 2940).





(ii) The number of survival beacon radio apparatus carried when the aircraft
is carrying the number of liferafts specified in column 1 of the following
Table shall be not less than the number specified in, or calculated in
accordance with, column 2:

TABLE

Column 1 Column 2

Not more than 8 liferafts. 2 survival beacon radio ap-
paratus.
For every additional 4 or pro- 1 additional survival beacon
portion of 4 liferafts. radio apparatus.

Scale K

PART I

(i) In every flying machine which is provided with means for maintaining a
pressure greater than 700 millibars throughout the flight in the flight crew
compartment and in the compartments in which passengers are carried

(a).a supply of oxygen sufficient, in the event of failure to maintain such
pressure, occurring in the circumstances specified in columns 1 and 2
of the Table set out in Part II of this Scale, for continuous use, during
the periods specified in column 3 of the said Table, by the persons for
whom oxygen is to be provided in accordance with column 4 of that
Table, and

(b)in addition, in every case where the flying machine flies above flight
level 350, a supply of oxygen in a portable container sufficient for the
simultaneous first aid treatment of two passengers,

together with suitable and sufficient apparatus to enable such persons to
use the oxygen.

(ii) In any other flying machine

(a)a supply of oxygen sufficient for continuous use by all the crew, and, if
passengers are carried, by 10 per cent of the number of passengers, for
any period exceeding 30 minutes during which the flying machine flies
above flight level 100 but not above flight level 130; and

(b)a supply of oxygen sufficient for continuous use by all persons on
board for the whole time during which the flying machine flies above
flight level 130,

together with suitable and sufficient apparatus to enable such persons to
use the oxygen.

(iii) The quantity of oxygen required for the purpose of complying with
paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this Part of this Scale shall be computed in
accordance with the information and instructions relating thereto
specified in the operations manual relating to the aircraft pursuant
to Item (vi) of Part A of Schedule 11 to this Order.

PART II

Column 1Column 2 Column 3 Column 4
Vertical displacementCapability of flying Period of supply Persons for whom
of the flying machinemachine to descend of oxygen oxygen is to be
in relation to (where relevant) provided
flight levels
Above flight level 30 minutes or the period In addition to any
100 specified at A here- passengers for
under whichever is whom oxygen is
the greater provided as spec-
ified below, all
the crew
Above flight level Flying machine is 30 minutes or the period 10 per cent of num-
100 but not above either flying at or specified at A here- ber of passengers
flight level 300below flight level under whichever is
150 or is capablethe greater
of descending and
continuing to de-
stination as speci-
fied at X here-
under





Column 1 Col~ 2Column 3 Column 4
Vertical displacementCapability of flying Period of supply Persons for whom
in relation to oxygen is to be

of the flying machinemachine to descend of oxygen
flight levels (where relevant) provided
10 minutes or the period All passengers

specified at B here-
under whichever is
Flying m g machine is the greater
g above flight 1 and in
level 15 and is 1 addition
not so capable M minutes or the period 10 per cent of num-

specified at C here- ber of passengers
under whichever is
he greater
Above flight level Flying machine is 30 minutes or the period 15 per cent of num-
300 but not above capable of des- specified at A here- ber of passengers
flight level 350 cending and con- under Whichever is
tinuing to destin- the greater
ation as specified
at Y hereunder
10 minutes or the period All passengers
specified at B here-
under whichever is
Flying machine is the greater and in
not so capable addition
30 minutes or the period 15 per cent of num-
specified at C here- ber of passengers
under whichever is
the greater
10 minutes or the period All passengers
specified at B here-

under whichever is

Above flight level the greater and in
350 addition

30 minutes or the period 15 per cent of num-
specified at C here- ber of passengers
under whichever is
the greater

A. The whole period during which, after a failure to maintain 'a pressure greater than 700
millibars in the control compartment and in the compartments in which passengers are carried has
occurred, the flying machine flies above flight level 100.

B. The whole period during which, after failure to maintain such pressure has occurred, the
flying machine flies above flight level 150.

C. The whole period during which, after a failure to maintain such pressure has occurred, the
flying machine flies above flight level 100, but not above flight level 150.

X. The flying machine is capable, at the time when a failure to maintain such pressure occurs, of
descending in accordance with the emergency descent procedure specified in the relevant flight
manual and without flying below the minimum altitudes for safe flight specified in the operations
manual relating to the aircraft, to flight level 150 within 6 minutes, and of continuing at or below
that flight level to its place of intended destination or any other place at which a safe landing can be
made.

Y. The flying machine is capable, at the time when a failure to maintain such pressure occurs of
descending in accordance with the emergency descent procedure specified in the relevant flight






manual and without flying below the minimum altitudes for safe flight specified in the

operations manual relating to the aircraft. to flight level 150 within 4 minutes and of continuing at or
below that flight level to its place of intended destination or any other place at which a safe landing
can be made.

Scale L

Equipment. to prevent the impairment through ice formation of the
functioning of the controls, means of propulsion, lifting surfaces, windows or
equipment of the aircraft so as to endanger the safety of the aircraft.

Scale M

Safety harness for every seat in use:

Provided that in the case of an aircraft carrying out acrobatic manoeuvres
consisting only of erect spinning, the Governor may permit a safety belt with one
diagonal shoulder strap to be fitted if he is satisfied that such restraint is sufficient
for the carrying out of erect spinning in that aircraft and that it is not reasonably
practicable to fit a safety harness in that aireraft.(a)

(a) Added, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





Scale N

An intercommunication system for use by all members of the flight crew and
including microphones, not of a hand-held type, for use by the pilot and flight
engineer (if any).

Scale 0

A radar set capable of giving warning to the pilot in command of the aircraft
and to the co-pilot of the presence of cumulo-nimbus clouds and other potentially
hazardous weather conditions:

Provided that a flight may continue if the set becomes unserviceable

(a)so as to give the warning only to one pilot, so long as the aircraft is
flying only to the place at which it first becomes reasonably practicable
for the set to be repaired; or

(b)on take-off, but the weather report or forecasts available to the
commander of the aircraft indicate that cumulo-nimbus clouds or other
potentially hazardous weather conditions which can be detected by the set
when in working order are unlikely to be encountered on the intended
route or any planned diversion therefrom or the commander has satisfied
himself that any such weather conditions will be in daylight and can be
seen and avoided, and the aircraft is in either case operated throughout
the flight in accordance with any relevant instructions given in the
operations manual.

Scale P

A flight data recorder which is capable of recording, by reference to a time-
scale, the following data

(a) indicated air speed;

(b) indicated altitude;

(c) vertical acceleration;

(d) magnetic heading;

(e)pitch attitude, if the equipment provided in the aeroplane is of such a
nature as to enable this item to be recorded;

engine power, if the equipment provided in the aeroplane is of such a
nature as to enable this item to be recorded;

(g) flap position;

(h)roll attitude, if the equipment provided in the aeroplane is of such a
nature as to enable this item to be recorded:

Provided that any aeroplane having a maximum total weight authorized not
exceeding 11,400 kg. may be provided with:

(a)a flight data recorder capable of recording the data described in
subparagraphs (a) to (h) of this Scale; or

(b) a 4 channel cockpit voice recorder.

In addition, on all flights by turbine-powered aeroplanes having a maximum total
weight authorized exceeding 27,000 kg., a four channel cockpit voice
recorder.

The flight data recorder and cockpit voice recorder referred to above shall be






so constructed that the record would be likely to be preserved in the event of an
accident to the aeroplane:

Provided that an aeroplane shall not be required to carry the said equipment, if
before take-off the equipment is found to be unserviceable, and the aircraft flies in
accordance with arrangements approved by the Governor.(a)

Scale Q

If the maximum total weight authorized of the flying machine exceeds 5,700
kg. and it was first registered, whether in the Territory or elsewhere, on or after 1st
June 1965, a door between the flight crew compartment and any adjacent
compartment to which passengers have access, which door shall be fitted with a
lock or bolt capable of being worked from the flight crew compartment.

(a) Added, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





Scale R

(i) Equipment sufficient to protect the eyes, nose and mouth of the pilot in
command of the aircraft from the effects of smoke and noxious gases
for a period of not less than 15 minutes; and

(ii) Portable equipment sufficient to protect the eyes, nose and mouth of
one other member of the crew of the aircraft from the effects of smoke
and noxious gases for a period of not less than 8 minutes; and

(iii) Equipment sufficient to protect from the effects of smoke and noxious
gases the eyes of all members of the flight crew of the aircraft whose eyes
are not adequately protected by other equipment.

Scale S

A flight recording system comprising:

(i) in respect of aeroplanes having a maximum total weight authorized not
exceeding 11,400 kg. either a 4 channel cockpit voice recorder or a
flight data recorder capable of recording by reference to a time scale data
from which the following information can be ascertained: the flight path
of the aeroplane; the attitude of the aeroplane; and the basic lift, thrust
and drag forces acting upon the aeroplane;

00 in respect of aeroplanes having a maximum total weight authorized
exceeding 11,400 kg. but not exceeding 27,000 kg. a 4 channel cockpit
voice recorder and a flight data recorder capable of recording by
reference to a time scale data from which the information specified in
paragraph (i) can be ascertained;

(iii) in respect of aeroplanes having a maximum total weight authorized
exceeding 27,000 kg. a 4 channel cockpit voice recorder and a flight data
recorder capable of recording by reference to a time scale data from which
the following information can be established: the flight path of the
aeroplane; the attitude of the aeroplane; the basic lift, thrust and drag
forces acting upon the aeroplane; the selection of high lift devices (if
any) and airbrakes (if any); the position of primary flying control and
pitch trim surfaces; cockpit warnings relating to engine fire and engine
shut-down, cabin pressurisation, presence of smoke and
hydraulic/pneumatic power supply; outside air temperature; instrument
landing system deviations; use made of automatic flight control system;
radio altitude (if any); and the level of essential AC electricity supply.

The cockpit voice recorder or flight data recorder, as the case may
be, shall be so constructed that the record would be likely to be preserved
in the event of an accident:

Provided that an aeroplane shall not be required to carry the said
equipment, if before take-off the equipment is found to be unserviceable,
and the aircraft flies in accordance with arrangements approved by the
Governor.(a)

Scale T

An underwater sonar location device.

Scale U

(a) 1 survival beacon radio apparatus;

(b) marine type pyrotechnical distress signals;

(c)for each 4 or proportion of 4 persons on board, 100 grammes of glucose
toffee tablets;







(d)for each 4 or proportion of 4 persons on board, 1 litre of fresh water in
durable containers;

(e) first aid equipment.

(a) Added, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)





Scale V

(a) 1 survival beacon radio apparatus;

(b) marine type pyrotechnical distress signals;

(c)for each 4 or proportion of 4 persons on board, 100 grammes of glucose
toffee tablets;

(d)for each 4 or proportion of 4 persons on board, 1 litre of fresh water in
durable containers;

(e) first aid equipment;

for every 75 or proportion of 75 persons on board, 1 stove suitable for
use with aircraft fuel;

(g) 1 cooking utensil, in which snow or ice can be melted;

(h) 2 snow shovels;

(i) 2 ice saws;

(j)single or multiple sleeping-bags, sufficient for the use of one-third of all
persons on board;

(k) 1 Arctic suit for each member of the crew of the aircraft.

Scale W

Cosmic radiation detection equipment calibrated in millirems per hour and
capable of indicating the action and alert levels of radiation dose rate:

Provided that an aircraft shall not be required to carry the said equipment if
before take-off the equipment is found to be unserviceable and it is not reasonably
practicable to repair or replace it at the aerodrome of departure and the radiation
forecast available to the commander of the aircraft indicates that hazardous
radiation conditions are unlikely to be encountered by the aircraft on its intended
route or any planned diversion therefrom.

Scale X

Equipment capable of giving warning to the pilot of the potentially hazardous
proximity of ground or water: provided that if the equipment becomes
unserviceable, the aircraft may fly or continue to fly until it first lands at a place at
which it is reasonably practicable for the equipment to be repaired or replaced.

Scale Y

On flights beginning on or after 1 January 1978

(i) If the aircraft has a total seating capacity of not less than 60 and not
exceeding 149 passengers, one portable battery-powered megaphone
capable of conveying instructions to all persons in the passenger
compartment and readily available for use by a member of the crew.

(ii) If the aircraft has a total seating capacity exceeding 149 passengers two
portable battery-powered megaphones together capable of conveying
instructions to all persons in the passenger compartment and readily
available for use by a member of the crew.

SCHEDULE 6 Article 14

RADIO EQUIPMENT TO BE CARRIED IN AIRCRAFT







1. Every aircraft shall be provided, when flying in the circumstances specified
in the first column of the Table set forth in paragraph 2 of this Schedule, with the
scales of equipment respectively indicated in that Table:

Provided that, if the aircraft is flying in a combination of such circumstances
the scales of equipment shall not on that account be required to be duplicated.





2. TABLE

Aircraft and Circumstances of Flight Scale of Equipment
Required
A B c D E F 0
(1) All aircraft within the Territory.
(a) when flying under Instrument Flight

Rules within controlled airspace A B F

(b) where required by the Rules of the Air
and Air Traffic Control to comply in
whole or in part with Instrument Flight
Rules in Visual Meteorological Con-
ditions............A* B* F*

(c) when flying within any airspace in
respect of which special rules are pre.
scribed by the said Rules in relation to
a particular aerodrome, so as to require
two-way radio communication with that
aerodrome.......... A*

(d) when making an approach to landing at
an aerodrome notified for the purpose

of this sub-paragraph.. .. G*

(2)All aircraft (other than gliders) within the Territory
when flying at or above flight level 245 or within such
controlled airspace as may be notified for the purpose
of this sub

paragraph.. .... A* B. E* F*

(3) All aircraft registered in the Territory,
wherever they may be:

(a)when flying for the purpose of public transport
under Instrument Flight Rules:

(i) while making an approach to
landing A B c D

00 on all other occasions....A B c

(b) exceeding 2,300 kg. maximum total
weight authorized when flying for the
purpose of public transport under Visual
Flight Rules.......... A B

(c)not exceeding 2,300 kg. maximum total weight
authorized when flying for the purpose of public
transport under Visual Flight Rules:

(i) over a route on which navigation
is not effected solely by visual
reference to landmarks..... A B

(ii) over water, beyond gliding distance
from any land.. ..A

Unless the appropriate air traffic control unit otherwise permits in relation to the particular flight and
provided that the aircraft complies with any instructions which the air traffic control unit may give in the
particular case.







3. The scales of radio equipment indicated in the foregoing Table shall be as
follows:

Scale A

Radio equipment capable of maintaining two-way communication with the
appropriate aeronautical radio stations.

Scale B

Radio equipment capable of enabling the aircraft to be navigated on the

intended route including the equipment specified in Regulation 11 in Schedule 15 to
this Order.

Scale C

Radio equipment capable of receiving from the appropriate aeronautical radio
stations meteorological broadcasts relevant to the intended flight.

Scale D

Radio equipment capable of receiving signals from one or more aeronautical
radio stations on the surface to enable the aircraft to be guided to a point from

which a visual landing can be made at the aerodrome at which the aircraft is to
land.





Scale E

Such type of radio equipment as may be notified as being capable of (a)
replying to an interrogation from secondary surveillance radar units on the surface
and (b) being set in accordance with such instructions as may be given to the
aircraft by the appropriate air traffic control unit.

Scale F

Radio equipment capable of providing a continuous indication of the aircraft's
distance from the appropriate aeronautical radio stations.

Scale G

Radio equipment capable of enabling the aircraft to make an approach to
landing using the Instrument Landing System.

4. All aircraft registered in the Territory when flying to, from or over Berlin,
Germany, shall be equipped with radio navigation equipment appropriate to the
route. including automatic direction finding equipment and any one of the
following:

(i) equipment which will enable the aircraft to be navigated by means of
signals received from radio navigation land stations forming part of the
Decca radio navigation system, or

(ii) equipment capable of giving visual indications of bearings of the aircraft
by means of signals received from very high frequency omni-directional
radio ranges.

In this sub-paragraph 'automatic direction finding equipment' means radio
navigation equipment which automatically indicates the bearing of any radio station
transmitting the signals received by such equipment.

SCHEDULE 7 Article 15

AIRCRAFT, ENGINE AND PROPELLER LOG BOOKS

1. Aircraft Log Book

The following entries shall be included in the aircraft log book:

(a)the name of the constructor, the type of the aircraft, the number assigned
to it by the constructor and the date of the construction of the aircraft;

(b) the nationality and registration marks of the aircraft;

(c) the name and address of the operator of the aircraft;

(d)the date of each flight and the duration of the period between take-off and
landing, or, if more than one flight was made on that day, the number of
flights and the total duration of the periods between take of the and
landings on that day;

(e)particulars of all maintenance work carried out on the aircraft or its
equipment;

particulars of any defects occurring in the aircraft or in any equipment
required to be carried therein by or under this Order, and of the action
taken to rectify such defects including a reference to the relevant entries
in the technical log required by Article 9(6) and (7) of this Order;

(g)particulars of any overhauls, repairs, replacements and modifications
relating to the aircraft or any such equipment as aforesaid:







Provided that entries shall not be required to be made under sub-paragraphs (e),
(f) and (g) in respect of any engine or variable pitch propeller.

2. Engine Log Book

The following entries shall be included in the engine log book:

(a)the name of the constructor, the type of the engine, the number assigned
to it by the constructor and the date of the construction of the engine;





(b)the nationality and registration marks of each aircraft in which the engine
is fitted;

(c) the name and address of the operator of each such aircraft;

(d)either (i) the date of each flight and the duration of the period between
take-off and landing or, if more than one flight was made on that day, the
number of flights and the total duration of the periods between take-offs
and landings on that day; or,

(ii) the aggregate duration of periods between take-off and landing for
all flights made by that aircraft since the immediately preceding occasion
that any maintenance, overhaul, repair, replacement, modification or
inspection was undertaken on the engine;(a)

(e) particulars of all maintenance work done on the engine;

particulars of any defects occurring in the engine, and of the rectification
of such defects, including a reference to the relevant entries in the
technical log required by Article 9(6) and (7) of this Order;

(g)particulars of all overhauls, repairs, replacements and modifications
relating to the engine or any of its accessories.

3. Variable Pitch Propeller Log Book

The following entries shall be included in the variable pitch propeller log
book:

(a)the name of the constructor, the type of the propeller, the number
assigned to it by the constructor and the date of the construction of the
propeller;

(b)the nationality and registration marks of each aircraft, and the type and
number of each engine, to which the propeller is fitted;

(c) the name and address of the operator of each such aircraft;

(d)either (i) the date of each flight and the duration of the period between
take off and landing or, if more than one flight was made on that day, the
number of flights and the total duration of the periods between take offs
and landings on that day; or,

(ii) the aggregate duration of periods between take-off and landing for
all flights made by that aircraft since the immediately preceding occasion
that any maintenance, overhaul, repair, replacement, modification or
inspection was undertaken on the propeller;(a)

(e) particulars of all maintenance work done on the propeller;

particulars of any defects occurring in the propeller, and of the
rectification of such defects, including a reference to the relevant entries
in the technical log required by Article 9(6) and (7) of this Order;

(g)particulars of any overhauls, repairs, replacements and modifications
relating to the propeller.

SCHEDULE 8 Article 18(4)

AREAS SPECIFIED IN CONNECTION WITH THE CARRIAGE
OF FLIGHT
NAVIGATORS AS MEMBERS OF THE FLIGHT CREWS OR
APPROVED
NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT ON PUBLIC TRANSPORT
AIRCRAFT







The following areas are hereby specified for the purposes of Article 18(4) of
this Order:

Area A-Arctic

All that area north of latitude 67 north, but excluding any part thereof lying
within 300 nautical miles of Norway.

(a) Replaced, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)





Area B-Antarctic

All that area south of latitude 55 south.

Area C-Sahara

All that area enclosed by rhumb lines joining successively the following
points:

32 north latitude 03 west longitude
24- 14'
14- 14-
18 280 east
24 28'
28' 23-
32 03 west

Area D-Arabian Desert

AU that area enclosed by rhumb lines joining successively the following
points:

22' north latitude 425 east longitude
16 46
20' 55
24' 48'
22' 42*

Area E-South America (Central)

All that area enclosed by rhumb.lines joining successively the following
points:
04' north latitude 72' west longitude

W 11 11 +

08* south 42'
18- 54'
]r 60`
14' 720
05. 76o
04' north 72'

Area F-Pacific Ocean

All that area enclosed by rhumb lines joining successively the following
points: 55' south latitude 75' west longitude

20' 73'
05. 85.
05' north 80.

is- 105.
30- 125'
55. 140'
67' 180'
60' 180'
20' 128' east
040 128'
001 165' west

55o south180'
55. 75-

Area G-Australia







All that area enclosed by rhumb lines joining successively the following
points:

18' south latitude 123' cast longitude
30- 118'
30' 135'
18- 123'

Area H-Indian Ocean

All that area enclosed by rhumb lines joining successively the following
points:

35' south latitude 110' east longitude
20' 110.
13' 120o

10- 100.





13* north latitude 91' east longitude

13' 86
W 80
20' 67:
20' 62
05* south 43.
20- 60'
25' 19 60'
40o 11 loo
55o *1 loo
55o 11 180.
35- lloo

Area I-North Atlantic Ocean

All that area enclosed by rhumb lines joining successively the following
points: 55' north latitude IS' west longlitude

67' 40'
67' 60'
451 45'
401 63-
40o ig.
55. is-

Area J-South Atlantic Ocean

All that area enclosed by rhumb lines joining successively the following
points:
40o north latitude 63' west longitude

Ig- 1. 63'

05' south 30'
550 55.
55- loo cast
050 101
02' north 05.
02' 10' west
15' 25
40' ig.
40' 63'

Area K-Northern Canada

All that area enclosed by rhumb lines joining successively the following
points: 67' north latitude 130' west longitude,

55. 115.
55' 70
67- 60'
67- 130-

SCHEDULE 9 Article 20

FLIGHT CREW OF AIRCRAFT: LICENCES AND RATiNGs

-PART A. LicENcEs
Minimum Age, Period of Validity, Privileges

1. Aeroplane Pilots
Private Pilot's Licence (Aeroplanes)

Minimum Age-17 years.







No maximum period of validity.

Privileges: The holder of the licence shall be entitled to fly as pilot in
command or co-pilot of an aeroplane of any of the types specified in the aircraft
rating included in the licence..





Provided that:

(a)he shall not fly such -an aeroplane for the purpose of public transport or
aerial work other than aerial work which consists of:

(i) the giving of instruction in flying, if his licence includes a flying
instructor's rating or an assistant flying instructor's rating; or (ii) the
conducting of flying tests for the purposes of this Order in either case
in an aeroplane owned, or operated under arrangements entered into
by, a flying club of which the person giving the instruction or
conducting the test and the person receiving the instruction or
undergoing the test are both members;(a)

(b)he shall not receive any remuneration for his services as a pilot on a flight
other. than remuneration for the giving of such instruction or the
conducting of such flying tests as are specified in paragraph (a) of this
proviso;(a)

(c)he shall not, unless his licence includes an instrument rating (aeroplanes)
or an instrument meteorological conditions rating (aeroplanes), fly as
pilot in command of such an aeroplane:

(i) on a flight outside controlled airspace:
(aa) when the flight visibility is less than one nautical mile; or

(bb) when any passenger is carried and the aeroplane is flying either
above 3,000 feet above mean sea level in Instrument
Meteorological Conditions or at or below 3,000 feet above mean
sea level in a flight visibility of less than 3 nautical miles; or

(H) on a special VFR flight in a control zone in a flight visibility of less
than 5 nautical miles, except on a route or in an aerodrome traffic
zone notified for the purposes of this sub-paragraph;

(d)he shall not fly as pilot in command of such an aeroplane at night on a
flight on which any passenger is carried unless:

(i) his licence includes a night rating (aeroplanes); and

(ii) his licence includes an instrument rating (aeroplanes) or he has
~vithin the immediately preceding 6 months carried out as pilot in
command not less than 5 take-offs and 5 landings at a time when the
depression of the centre of the sun was not less than 12' below the
horizon.

Commercial Pilot's Licence (Aeroplanes)

Minimum Age-18 years.

Maximum Period of Validity- 10 years.

Privileges:

(1)The holder of the licence shall be entitled to exercise the privileges of a
Private Pilot's Licence (Aeroplanes) which includes an instrument
meteorological conditions rating (aeroplanes) and a night rating
(aeroplanes) and shall be entitled to fly as pilot in command of an
aeroplane on a special VFR flight notwithstanding that the flight visibility
is less than 11 nautical miles; and

(2) he shall be entitled to fly as pilot in command of an aeroplane of a type
specified in Part 1 of the aircraft rating included in the licence when the
aeroplane is engaged on a flighf for any purpose whatsoever: Provided
that:







(a) he shall not, unless his licence includes an instrument rating
(aeroplanes), fly such an aeroplane on any scheduled journey;
(b) he shall not fly such an aeroplane at night on which any
passenger is carried unless his licence includes an instrument
rating (aeroplanes) or he has within the immediately preceding
90 days carried out as pilot in command not less than 5
take-offs and 5 landings at a time when the depression of the
centre of the sun was not less than 12' below the horizon;

(a) Replaced, S.I. 1980 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)





(c)he shall not, unless his licence includes an instrument rating
(aeroplanes) fly any such aeroplane of which the maximum
total weight authorized exceeds 2,300 kg. on any flight for the
purpose of public transport, except a flight beginning and ending
at the same aerodrome and not extending beyond 25 nautical
miles from that aerodrome;

(d)he shall not fly such an aeroplane on a flight for the purpose
of public transport if its maximum total weight authorized
exceeds 5,700 kg.; and

(3)he shall be entitled to fly as co-pilot of any aeroplane of a type specified
in the aircraft rating included in the licence when the aeroplane is engaged
on a flight for any purpose whatsoever.

Senior Commercial Pilot's Licence (Aeroplanes)

Minimum Age-21 years.

Maximum Period of Validit~-1 0 years.

Privileges: The holder of the licence shall be entitled to exercise the privileges
of a Commercial Pilot's Licence (Aeroplanes) except that in proviso (d) to
paragraph (2) of those privileges, 20,000 kg. shall be substituted for 5,700 kg.

Airline Transport Pilot's Licence (Aeroplanes)

Minimum Age-21 years.

Maximum Period of Valldity-10 years.

Privileges: The holder of the licence shall be entitled to exercise the privileges
of a Commercial Pilot's Licence (Aeroplanes) except that for proviso (d) to
paragraph (2) of those privileges there shall be substituted:

(d)he shall not at any time after he attains the age of 60 years fly such an
aeroplane for the purpose of public transport if its maximum total weight
authorized exceeds 20,000 kg.

2. Helicopter and Gyroplane Pilots

Private Pilot's Licence (Helicopters and Gyroplanes)

Minimum Age-17 years.

No maximum period of validity.

Privileges: The holder of the licence shall be entitled to fly as pilot in
command or co-pilot of a helicopter or gyroplane of any of the types specified in
the aircraft rating included in the licence:

Provided that:

(a)he shall not fly such a helicopter or gyroplane for the purpose of public
transport or aerial work other than aerial work which consists of:

(i) the giving of instruction in flying if his licence includes a flying

instructor's rating or an assistant flying instructor's rating; or (ii)
the conducting of flying tests for the purposes of this Order

in either case in a helicopter or gyroplane owned, or operated under
arrapgements entered into by a flying club of which the person giving the
Instruction or conducting the test and the person receiving the
instruction or undergoing the test are both members;(a)







(b)he shall not receive any remuneration for his services as a pilot on a
flight other than remuneration for the giving of such instruction or the
conducting of such flying tests as are specified in paragraph (a) of this
proviso;(a)

(a) Replaced, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





(c)he shall not fly as pilot in command of such a helicopter or gyroplane at
night on a flight on which any passenger is carried unless his licence
includes a night rating (helicopters and gyroplanes) and he has within the
immediately preceding 90 days carried out as pilot in command not less
than 5 flights, each consisting of a take-off, a transition from hover to
forward flight, a climb to at least 500 feet, and a landing, at a time when
the depression of the centre of the sun was not less than 12' below the
horizon.

Commercial Pilot's Licence (Helicopters and Gyroplanes)

Minimum Age-18 years.

Maximum Period of Validity- 10 years.

Privileges:

(1) The holder of the licence shall be entitled to exercise the privileges of

ù Private'Pilot's Licence (Helicopters and Gyroplanes) which includes

ù night rating (helicopters and gyroplanes); and

(2)he shall be entitled to fly as pilot in command of any helicopter or
gyroplane specified in Part 1 of the aircraft rating included in the licence
when the helicopter or gyroplane is engaged on a flight for any purpose
whatsoever:

Provided that:

(a)he shall not fly such a helicopter or gyroplane at night on a
flight on which any passenger is carried unless he has within the
immediately preceding 90 days carried out as pilot in command
not less than 5 flights, each consisting of a takeoff, a transition
from hover to forward flight, a climb to at least 500 feet, and a
landing, at a time when the depression of the centre of the sun
was not less than 12' below the horizon;

(b)he shall not fly such a helicopter or gyroplane on a flight for
the purpose of public transport if its maximum total weight
authorized exceeds 5,700 kg.; and

(3)he shall be entitled to fly as co-pilot of any helicopter or gyroplane
specified in the aircraft rating included in the licence when the helicopter
or gyroplane is engaged on a flight for any purpose whatsoever.

Airline Transport Pilots Licence (Helicopters and Gyroplanes)

Minimum Age-21 years.

Maximum Period of Validi~y--1 0 years.

Privileges: The holder of the licence shall be entitled to exercise the privileges
of a Commercial Pilot's Licence (Helicopters and Gyroplanes), except that proviso
(b) to paragraph (2) shall not apply.

3. Balloon and Airship Pilots
Private Pilot's Licence (Balloons and Airships)

Minimum Age-17 years.

No maximum period of validity.

Privileges: The holder of the licence shall be entitled to fly as pilot in
command of any type of balloon or airship specified in Part 1 of the aircraft rating






included in the licence and co-pilot of any type of balloon or airship specified in
such aircraft rating:

Provided that:

(a)he shall not fly such balloon or airship for the purpose of public
transport or aerial work, other than aerial work which consists of the
giving of instruction in flying or the conducting of flying tests in either
case in a balloon or airship owned, or operated under arrangements





entered into, by a flying club of which the person giving the instruction
or conducting the test and the person receiving the instruction or
undergoing the test are both members;(a)

(b)he shall not receive any remuneration for his services as a pilot on a
flight other than remuneration for the giving of such instruction or the
conducting of such flying tests as are specified in paragraph (a) of this
proviso;(b)

Commercial Pilot's Licence (Balloons)

Minimum Age-1 8 years.

Maximum Period of Validity-6 months*.

Privileges:

(1)The holder of the licence shall be entitled to exercise the privileges of a
Private Pilot's Licence (Balloons and Airships); and

(2)he shall be entitled to fly, when the balloon is flying for any pufpose
whatsoever, as pilot in command or co-pilot of any type of balloon
specified in the aircraft rating included in the licence.

Commercial Pilot's Licence (Airships)

Minimum Age-18 years.

Maximum Period of Vaildity-6 months*.

Privileges:

(1)The holder of the licence shall be entitled to exercise the privileges of a
Private Pilot's Licence (Balloons and Airships); and

(2)' he shall be entitled to fly, when the airship is flying for any purpose
whatsoever, as pilot in command of any type of airship specified in Part
1 of the aircraft rating included in the licence and as co-pilot of any type
of airship specified in such aircraft rating.

4. Glider Pilots

Commercial Pilot's Licence (Gliders)

Minimum Age-18 years.

Maximum Period of Validity-6 months.

Privileges: The holder of the licence shall be entitled to fly for any purpose as
pilot in command or co-pilot of

(a)any glider of which the maximum total weight authorized does not exceed
680 kg.;

(b)any glider of which the maximum total weight authorized exceeds 680
kg. and which is of a type specified in the rating included in the licence.

5. Other Flight Crew

Flight Navigator's Licence

Minimum Age-21 years.

Maximum Period of Validity-10 years.







Privileges: The holder of the licence shall be entitled to act as flight navigator
in any aircraft.

(a) Amended, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)

(b) Replaced, S.I. 1878 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)

In respect of the privileges of a Private Pilot's Licence the maximum
period of validity shall be as given for that licence.





Flight Engineer's Licence

Minimum Age-21 years.

Maximum Period of Validity-1 0 years.

Privileges: The holder of the licence shall be entitled to act as flight -engineer
in any type of aircraft specified in the aircraft rating included in the licence.

Plight Radiotelephony Operator's General Licence

Minimum Age-18 years.

Maximum Period of Validity--- 10 years.

Privileges: The holder of the licence shall be entitled to operate
radiotelephony apparatus in any aircraft.

Flight Radiotelephony Operator's Restricted Licence

Minimum Age-17 years.

Maximum Period of Validi~>,- 10 years.

Privileges: The holder of the licence shall be entitled to operate
radiotelephony apparatus in any aircraft if the stability of-the frequency radiated by
the transmitter is maintained automatically but shall not be entitled to operate the
transmitter, or to adjust its frequency, except by the use of external switching
devices.

Flight Radiotelegraphy Operator's Licence

Minimum Age-20 years.

Maximum Period of Vaildio--1 2 months.

Privikyes: The holder of the licence shall be entitled to operate
radiotelegraphy and radiotelephony apparatus in any aircraft.

Plight Radiotelegraphy Operator's Temporary Licence

Minimum Age-18 years.

Maximum Period of Validio-- 12 months.

Privileges: The holder of the licence shall be entitled to operate
radiotelegraphy and radiotelephony apparatus in any aircraft under the.supervision
of a person who is the holder of a flight radiotelegraphy operator's licence.

PART B. RATiNGs

1. The following ratings may be included in a pilot's licence granted under Part
IV of this Order, and, subject to the provisions of this Order and of the licence, the
inclusion of a rating in a licence shall have the consequences respectively specified
as follows:

Aircraft Rating. The licence shall entitled the holder to act as pilot only
of aircraft of the types specified in the aircraft rating and different types of
aircraft may be specified in respect of different privileges of a licence.

Instrument Meteorological Conditions Rating, (Aeroplanes) shall entitle the
holder of a private pilot's licence (aeroplanes) to fly as pilot in command of an
aeroplane:

(a) on a flight outside controlled airspace without being subject to the






restrictions contained in Proviso (cXi) to the privileges of such a
licence set out in Part A of this Schedule; and
(b) on a special VFR flight in a control zone in a flight visibility of less

than 5. but not less than 11, nautical miles.





Instrument Rating (Aeroplanes) shall entitle the holder of the licence
to act as pilot in command or co-pilot of an aeroplane flying in controlled
airspace in circumstances which require compliance with the Instrument Flight
Rules.

Night Rating (Aeroplanes) shall entitle the holder of a private pilot's licence
(aeroplanes) to act as pilot in command at night of an aeroplane- in which a
passenger is carried.

Night Rating (Helicopters and Gyroplanes) shall entitle the holder of a
private pilot's licence (helicopters and gyroplanes) to act as pilot in command at
night of a helicopter or gyroplane in which a passenger is carried.

Towing Rating (Flying Machines) shall entitle the holder of the licence to act
as pilot of a flying machine while towing a glider in flight for the purpose of public
transport or aerial work.

F1~ Instructor's Ratkg shall entitle the holder of the licence to give
instruction in flying aircraft of such types as may be specified in the rating for that
purpose.

Assistant Flying Instructor's Rating shall entitle the holder of the licence to
give instruction in flying aircraft of such types as may be specified in the rating for
that purpose:

Provided that

(a)such instruction shall only be given under the supervision of a person
present during the take-off and landing at the aerodrome at which the
instruction is to begin and end and holding a pilot's licence endorsed with a
flying instructor's rating; and

(b)an assistant flying instructor's rating shall not entitle the holder of the
licence to give directions to the person undergoing instruction in respect
of the performance by that person of

(i) his first solo flight; or

(ii) his first solo flight by night; or

(iii) his first solo cross-country flight otherwise than by night; or

(iv) his first solo cross,-country flight by night.

2. An aircraft rating included in a flight engineer's licence shall entitle the
holder of the licence to act as flight engineer only of aircraft of a type specified in
the aircraft rating.

3. For the purposes of this Schedule:

'Solo flight' means a flight on which the pilot of the aircraft is not
accompanied by a person holding a pilot's licence granted or rendered valid
under this Order.

'Cross-country flight' means any flight during the course of which the
aircraft is more than 3 nautical miles from the aerodrome of departure.

PART C. CERTMCATE OF TIOr OR EXPERIENCE

1.(a) A certificate of test or a certificate of experience required by Article
20(4) of this Order shall not be appropriate to the functions to be
performed on a flight unless it is a certificate appropriate to the
description of the flight according to the following Table:

TABLE







Case Description of Certificate
Class of Licence Flight Required

A Private Pilot's Licence Any flight within Certificate of test
(Aeroplanes) the privileges or certificate

Private Pilot's Licence (Heli-of the licence. of experience

copters and Gyroplanes)





Case Class of Licence Description of Certificate
FlightRequired

B Commercial Pilot's Licence Carriage of pas- Certi icate of test
(Aeroplanes) sengers on a
Commercial Pilot's Licence flight in respect
(Helicopters and Gyro- of which the
planes) holder of the
Commercial Pilot's Licence licence receives
(Gliders) remuneration.
Senior Commercial Pilot's
Licence (Aeroplanes)
Airline Transport Pilot's
Licence (Aeroplanes)
Airline Transport Pilot's
Licence (Helicopters and
Gyroplanes)
C Commercial Pilot's Licence For public trans- Certificate of test
(Aeroplanes) port.
Commercial Pilot's Licence
(Helicopters and Gyro-
planes)
Commercial Pilot's Licence
(Gliders)
Senior Commercial Pilot's
Licence (Aeroplanes)
Airline Transport Pilot's
Licence (Aeroplanes)
Airline Transport Pilot's
Licence (Helicopters and
Gyroplanes)
D Commercial Pilot's Licence For aerial work. Certificate of test
(Aeroplanes) or certificate
Commercial Pilot's Licence of experience
(Helicopters and Gyro-
planes)
Commercial Pilot's Licence
(Gliders)
Senior Commercial Pilot's
Licence (Aeroplanes)
Airline Transport Pilot's
Licence (Aeroplanes)
Airline Transport Pilot's
Licence (Helicopters and
Gyroplanes)
E Commercial Pilot's Licence Flight for any Certificate of test
(Aeroplanes) purpose otheror certificate
Commercial Pilot's Licence than Cases B, of experience
(Helicopters and Gyro- C or D.
planes)
Cominercial Pilot's Licence
(Gliders)
Senior Con-anercial Pilot's
Licence (Aeroplanes)
Airline Transport Pilot's
Licence (Aeroplanes)
Airline Transport Pilot's
Licence (Helicopters and
Gyroplanes)

F Flight Navigator's Licence Flights to which Certificate of
ArticIc 18(4) of experience

this Order
applies.






Flight Engincer's LicenceFor public trans- Certificate of test
1 port-





Description ofCertificate
Case Class of Licence ~t Required
H Flight Engineer's Licence Any ~t other C=.tificate of test
than for publicor certificate
transport. Of experience

(b)For the purposes of this Part of this Schedule references to Cases are
references to the Cases indicated in the first Column of the Table in
paragraph 1(a) of this Part of this Schedule.

Certificate of rest

2. A certificate of test required by Article 20(4) or 20(5) of this Order shall be
signed by a person authorized by the Governor to sign certificates of this kind and
shall certify the following particulars:

(a) the functions to which the certificate relates;

(b)that the person signing the certificate is satisfied that on a date specified
in the certificate the holder of the licence or personal flying log book of
which the certificate forms part, as the case may be, passed an appropriate
test of his ability to perform the functions to which the certificate relates;

(c)the type of aircraft or flight simulator in or by means of which the test
was conducted;

(d) the date on which it was signed.

Nature of test

3. The appropriate test referred to in paragraph 2 of this Part of this Schedule
shall be:

(a)in the case of a test which entitles the holder of the licence of which the
certificate forms part to act as pilot in conunand andlor co-pilot of
aircraft of the type specified in the certificate, a test of the pilot's
competence to fly the aircraft as pilot in command andjor co-pilot and
shall where the Governor so specifies in respect of the whole or part of a
test be conducted in an aircraft in flight or by means of a flight simulator
approved by the Governor;

(b)in the case of a test which entitles the holder of the licence of which the
certificate forms part to act as flight engineer of aircraft of the type
specified in the certificate, a test of the flight engineer's competence to
perform the duties of a flight engineer in the type of aircraft to be used on
the flight and shall, where the Governor so specifies in respect of the
whole or part of a test, be conducted in an aircraft in flight or by means of
a flight simulator approved by the Governor;

(c)in the case of a test which entitles the holder of the licence of which the
certificate forms part to perform the functions to which an Instrument
Rating relates a test of his ability to perform the functions to which the
rating relates and shall, where the Governor so specifies in respect of the
whole or part of the test, be conducted in an aircraft in flight or by means
of a flight simulator approved by the Governor;

(d)in the case of a test which entitles the holder of the licence of which the
certificate forms part to perform the functions to which a flying
instructor's rating, an assistant flying instructoi's rating or an instrument
meteorological conditions rating relates, a test of his ability to perform
the functions to which the rating relates and shall be conducted in an
aircraft in flight.

Period of Validity of Certificate of Test







4.(a) A certificate of test required by Article 20(4) of thir Order shall not be
valid in relation to a flight made more than 13 months in Cases A, B, E
and H, or more than 6 months in Cases C, D and G, after the date of the
test which it certifies:





Provided that in the case of Cases C, D and G two certificates of test
shall together be deemed to constitute a valid certificate of test if they
certify flying tests conducted on two occasions within the period of 13
months preceding the flight on which the functions are to be performed,
such occasions being separated by an interval of not less than 4 months,
and if both certificates are appropriate to those functions.

(b)A certificate of test required by Article 20(5) of this Order shall not be
valid in relation to a flight made more than 13 months in the case of an
instrument rating (aeroplanes) and an assistant flying instructor's rating or
more than 25 months in the case of an instrument meteorological
conditions rating (aeroplanes) and a flying instructor's rating, after the
date of the test which it certifies.

Certificate of experience

5. A certificate of experience required by Article 20(4) of this Order shall be
signed by a person authorized by the Governor to sign such a certificate and shall
certify the following particulars:

(a) the functions to which the certificate relates;

(b)in the case of a pilot or flight engineer, that on the date on which the
certificate was signed the holder of the licence or personal flying log book
of which it forms part, as the case may be, produced his personal flying
log book to the person signing the certificate and satisfied him that he had
appropriate experience in the capacity to which his licence relates within
the appropriate period specified in paragraph 6 of this Part of this
Schedule;

(c)in the case of a flight navigator that on the date on which the certificate
was signed the holder of the licence of which it forms part produced his
navigation logs, charts and workings of astronomical observations to the
person signing the certificate and satisfied him that he had appropriate
experience in the capacity to which the licence relates within the
appropriate period specified in paragraph 6 of this Part of this Schedule;

(d)in the case of a pilot or flight engineer the type or types of aircraft in
which the experience was gained;

(e) the date on which it was signed.

Period of experience

6. A certificate of experience shall not be valid unless the experience certified
was gained within the period of 13 months preceding the signing of the certificate
in the case of Cases A, E, F and H, or 6 months preceding the signing of the
certificate in the case of Case D.

Period of Validity of Certificate of Experience

7. A certificate of experience shall not be valid more than 6 months after it
was signed for Case D nor more than 13 months after it was signed for any
other Case.

SCREDULE10 Article 62(2)

AiR TitAmc CommoLLEm: RATiNGs

1. The holder of a licence which includes ratings of two or more of the classes
specified in paragraph 2 of this Schedule shall not at any one time perform the
functions specified in respect of more than one of those ratings:

Provided that the functions of any one of the following groups of ratings may
be exercised at the same time:







(a) The Aerodrome Control Rating and the Approach Control Rating;





(b)The Approach Control Rating and the Approach Radar Control
Rating; except that the functions of the Approach Control Rating shall
not be exercised at the same time as the functions of the Approach Radar
Control Rating if the service being provided under the latter is a
surveillance radar approach terminating at a point less than 2 nautical
miles from the point of intersection of the glide path with the runway;

(e) The Area Control Rating and the Area Radar Control Rating.

2. Ratings of the following classes may be included in an air traffic controller's
licence (other than a student air traffic controller's licence) granted under Article
61 of the Order and, subject to the provisions of this Order and of the licence, the
inclusion of a rating in a licence shall have the consequences respectively specified
as follows:

(1)Aerodrome Control Rating shall entitle the holder of the licence, at any
aerodrome for which the rating is valid, to provide air traffic control
service (but not with any type of radar equipment for which a radar
control rating is required under this paragraph) for any aircraft on the
manoeuvring area or apron of that aerodrome or which is flying in the
vicinity of the aerodrome traffic zone by visual reference to the surface.

(2)Approach Control Rating shall entitle the holder of the licence, at any
aerodrome for which the rating is valid, to provide air traffic control
service (but not with any type of radar equipment for which a radar
control rating is required under this paragraph) for any aircraft which is
flying in the vicinity of the aerodrome traffic zone whether or not it is
flying by visual reference to the surface.

(3)Approach Radar Control Rating shall entitle the holder of the licence, at
any aerodrome at which the rating is valid to provide air traffic control
service with the aid of any type of surveillance radar equipment for which
the rating is valid for any aircraft which is flying within 40 nautical miles
of the aerodrome traffic zone whether or not it is flying by visual
reference to the surface.

(4)Precision Approach Radar Control Rating shall entitle the holder of the
licence, at any aerodrome for which the rating is valid, to provide air
traffic control service with the aid of any type of precision approach
radar equipment for which the rating is valid.

(5)Area Control Rating shall entitle the holder of the licence at any place
for which the rating is valid to provide an air traffic control service
without the aid of any surveillance radar equipment.

(6)Area Radar Control Rating shall entitle the holder of the licence, at any
place for which the rating is valid, to provide air traffic control service
with the aid of any type of surveillance radar equipment for which the
rating is valid.

SCHEDULE11 Article 25

PuBLic TRANspoRT-OPERATioNAL REQUI1M~

PART A. OPERATIONS MANUAL

Information and instructions relating to the following matters shall be
included in the operations manual referred to in Article 25(2) of this Order:

(i) the number of the crew to be carried in the aircraft, on each stage of any
route to be flown, and the respective capacities in which they are to act,
and instructions as to the order and circumstances in which command is
to be assumed by members of the crew;

(ii) the respective duties of each member of the crew and the other members






of the operating staff;

(iii) the scheme referred to in Article 51(1Xc)Q) of this Order;





(iv) such technical particulars concerning the aircraft, its engines and
equipment and concerning the performance of the aircraft as may be
necessary to enable the flight crew of the aircraft to perform their
respective duties;

(v) the manner in which the quantities of fuel and oil to be carried by the
aircraft are to be computed and records of fuel and oil carried and
consumed on each stage of the route to be flown are to be maintained;
the instructions shall take account of all circumstances likely to be
encountered on the flight including the possibility of failure of one or
more of the aircraft engines;

(vi) the manner in which the quantity, if any, of oxygen and oxygen
equipment to be carried in the aircraft for the purpose of complying with
Scale K in Schedule 5 to this Order is to be computed;

(vii) the check system to be followed by the crew of the aircraft prior to and
on take-off, on landing and in an emergency, so as to ensure that the
operating procedures contained in the operations manual and in the flight
manual or performance schedule forming part of the relevant certificate
of airworthiness are complied with;

(viii) the circumstances in which a radio watch is to be maintained;

(ix) the circumstances in which oxygen is to be used by the crew of the
aircraft, and by passengers;

(x) communication, navigational aids, aerodromes, local regulations, inflight
procedures, approach and landing procedures and such other information
as the operator may deem necessary for the proper conduct of flight
operations; the information referred to in this paragraph shall be
contained in a route guide, which may be in the form of a separate
volume;

(t) the reporting in flight to the notified authorities of meteorological
observations;

(xii) the minimum altitudes for safe flight on each stage of the route to be
flown and any planned diversion therefrom, such minimum altitudes being
not lower than any which may be applicable under the law of the
Territory or of the countries whose territory is to be flown over;

(xiii) the particulars referred to in Article 30 of this Order;

(xiv) emergency flight procedures, including procedures for the instruction of
passengers in the position and use of emergency equipment and
procedures to be adopted when the commander of the aircraft becomes
aware that another aircraft or a vessel is in distress and needs assistance;

(xv) in the case of aircraft intended to fly at an altitude of more than 49,000
feet the procedures for the use of cosmic radiation detection equipment:

Provided that in relation to any flight which is not one of a series of flights
between the same two places it shall be sufficient if, to the extent that it is not
practicable to comply with paragraphs (x) and (xii), the manual contains such
information and instructions as will enable the equivalent data to be ascertained
before take-off.

noottienvaihdolla sonineet: sekk
PART B. CREw TRAINING AND TEsTs Article 27

1. The training, experience, practice and periodical tests required under Article
27(2) of this Order in the case of members of the crew of an aircraft engaged on a
flight for the purpose of public transport shall be as follows:







(1) The Crew
Every member of the crew shall-

(a)have been tested within the relevant period by or on behalf of the
operator as to his knowledge of the use of the emergency and life
saving equipment required to be carried in the aircraft on the ffight;
and

(b)have practised within the relevant period under the supervision of the
operator or of a person appointed by him for the purpose, the
carrying out of the duties required of him in case of an emergency
occurring to the aircraft, either in an aircraft of the type to be used on
the flight or in apparatus approved by the Governor for the purpose
and controlled by persons so approved.





(2) nots

(a)Every pilot included, in the flight crew who is intended by the
operator to fly as pilot in circumstances requiring compliance with
the Instrument Flight Rules shall within the relevant period have
been tested by or on behalf of the operator

(i) as to his competence to perform his duties while executing
normal manoeuvres and procedures in flight, in an aircraft of
the type to be used on the flight, including the use of the
instruments and equipment provided in the aircraft;

(ii) as to his competence to perform his duties in instrument flight
conditions while executing emergency manoeuvres and
procedures in flight, in an aircraft of the type to be used on the
flight, including the use of the instruments and equipment
provided in the aircraft.

A pilot's ability to carry out normal manoeuvres and
procedures shall be tested in the aircraft in flight.

The other tests required by this sub-paragraph may be conducted
either in the aircraft in flight, or under the supervision of a person
approved by the Governor for the purpose by means of a flight
simulator approved by the Governor. The tests specified in sub-
paragraph WW(ii) of this paragraph when conducted in the aircraft
in flight shall be carried out either in actual instrument flight
conditions or in instrument flight conditions simulated by means
approved by the Governor.

(b)Every pilot included in the flight crew whose licence does not include
an instrument rating or who, notwithstanding the inclusion of such a
rating in his licence, is not intended by the operator to fly in
circumstances requiring compliance with the Instrument Flight Rules,
shall within the relevant period have been tested, by or on behalf of
the operator in flight in an aircraft of the type to be used on the
flight:

(i) as to his competence to act as pilot thereof, while executing
normal manoeuvres and procedures, and

(ii) as to his competence to act as pilot thereof while executing
emergency manoeuvres and procedures.

(c)Every pilot included in the flight crew who is seated at flying
controls during take-off or landing shall within the relevant period:

(i) have been tested as to his proficiency in using instrument
approach-to-land systems of the type in use at the aerodromes
of intended landing and any alternate aerodromes, such test
being carried out either in flight in instrument flight conditions
or in instrument flight conditions simulated by means approved
by the Governor or under the supervision of a person approved
by the Governor for the purpose by means of a flight simulator
approved by the Governor; and

(ii) have carried out when seated at the flying controls not less than
three take-offs and three landings in aircraft of the type to be
used on the flight(a).

(3) Right Engineers

Every flight engineer included in the flight crew shall within the relevant
period have been tested by or on behalf of the operator:







(a)as to his competence to perform his duties while executing normal
procedures in flight, in an aircraft of the type to be used on the
flight;

(b)as to his competence to perform his duties while executing
emergency procedures in flight, in an aircraft of the type to be used
on the flight.

A flight engineer's ability to carry out normal procedures shall be tested
in an aircraft in flight.

(a) Added, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





The other tests required by this sub-paragraph may be conducted either in
an aircraft in flight, or under supervision of a person approved by the
Governor for the purpose by means of a flight simulator approved by the
Governor.

(4) Flight Navigators and Flight Radio Operators

Every flight navigator and flight radio operator whose inclusion in the
flight crew is required under Article 18(4) and (5) respectively of this
Order shall within the relevant period have been tested by or on behalf of
the operators as to his competence to perform his duties in conditions
corresponding to those likely to be encountered on the flight

(a)in the case of a flight navigator, using equipment of the type to be
used in the aircraft on the flight for purposes of navigation;

(b)in the case of a flight radio operator using radio equipment of the type
installed in the aircraft to be used on.the flight, and including a test of
his ability to carry out emergency procedures.

(5) Aircraft Commanders

(a)The pilot designated as commander of the aircraft for the flight shall
within the relevant period

(i) have demonstrated to the satisfaction of the operator that he
has adequate knowledge of the route to be taken, the aerodromes
of take-ofr and landing, and any alternate aerodromes, including
in particular his knowledge of

the terrain,
the seasonal meteorological conditions,

the meteorological communications, and air traffic facilities,
services and procedures,

the search and rescue procedures, and
the navigational facilities,

relevant to the route;

(ii) [Deleted, S.L 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)]
(iii) [Deleted, S.L 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)]

(b)In determining whether a pilot's knowledge of the matters referred to
in sub-paragraph (affl) is sufficient to render him competent to
perform the duties of aircraft commander on the flight, the operator
shall take into account the pilot's flying experience in conjunction
with the following

(i) the experience of other members of the intended flight crew;

(ii) the influence of terrain and obstructions on departure and
approach procedures at the aerodromes of takc-ofF and
intended landing and at alternate aerodromes;

(iii) the similarity of the instrument approach procedures and

let-down aids to those with which the pilot is
familiar;

(iv) the dimensions of runways which may be used in the course
of the flight in relation to the performance limits of aircraft of
the type to be used on the flight;







(y) the reliability of meteorological forecasts and the probability of
difficult meteorological conditions in the areas to be traversed;

(vi) the adequacy of the information available regarding the
aerodroine of intended landing and any alternate aerodromes;

(vii) the nature of air traffic control procedures and familiarity of the
pilot with such procedures;

(viii) the influence of terrain on route conditions and the extent of
the assistance obtainable en route from navigational aids and air-
to-ground communication facilities;

(ix) the extent to which it is possible for the pilot to become familiar
with unusual aerodrome procedures and features of the route by
means of ground instruction and training devices.

(6) [Deleted, S.L 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)l





(7) For the purposes of this paragraph-

'instrument flight conditione' means weather conditions such that the

pilot is unable to fly by visual reference to objects outside the aircraft; -
relevant period' means a period which immediately precedes the

commencement of the ffight, being a period-
(a) in the case of sub-paragraph QXc)(ii) of this paragraph, of
3 months;(a)
(b) in the case of sub-paragraphs (2)(aXii), QXb)(ii), (2)(c)(i) and
(3)(b) of this paragraph, of 6 months;(b)
(c) in the case of sub-paragraphs (1), (2)(a)(i), QXb)(i). (3)(a), (4)

and (5)(a)(i) of this paragraph, of 13 months:

Provided that-

(i) any pilot of the aircraft to whom the provisions of
subparagraph (2)(aXii). (2)(b)(ii) or (2)(c)(i) and any flight
engineer of the aircraft to whom the provisions of
subparagraph (3)(b) of this paragraph apply shall for the
purposes of the flight be deemed to have.complied with
such requirements respectively within the relevant period
if he has qualified to perforin his duties in accordance
therewith on two occasions within the period of 13
months immediately preceding the flight, such occasions
being separated by an interval of not less than 4
months;(a)

(ii) the requirements of sub-paragraph (5)(a)(i) shall be deemed
to have been complied with within the relevant period by a
pilot designated as commander of the aircraft for the flight
if, having become qualified so to act on flights between the
same places over the same route more than 13 months
before commencement of the flight, he has within the
period of 13 months immediately preceding the flight
flown as pilot of an aircraft between those places over that
route.

2. (1) The records required to be maintained by an operator under Article
27(2) of this Order shall be accurate and up-to-date records so kept as to show, on
any date, in relation to each person who has during the period of two years
immediately preceding that date flown as a member of the crew of any public
transport aircraft operated by that operator

(a)the date and particulars of each test required by this Schedule undergone by
that person during the said periodIncluding the name and qualifications of
the examiner;

(b)the date upon which that person last practised the carrying out of duties
referred to in paragraph 1(1)(b) of this Schedule;

(c)the operator's conclusions based on each such test and practice as to that
person's competence to perform his duties;

(d)the date and particulars of any decision taken by the operator during the
said period in pursuance of paragraph 1(5)(a)(i) of this Schedule including
particulars of the evidence upon which that decision was based.

(2) The operator shall whenever called upon to do so by any authorized person
produce for the inspection of any person so authorized all records referred to in the
preceding sub-paragraph and furnish to any such person all such information as he
may require in connection with any such records and produce for his inspection all
log books, certificates, papers and other documents, whatsoever which he may






reasonably require to see for the purpose of determining whether such records are
complete or of verifying the accuracy of their contents.

(3) The operator shall at the request of any person in respect of whom he is
required to keep records as aforesaid furnish to that person. or to any operator of
aircraft for the purpose of public transport by whom that person may subsequently
be employed, particulars of any qualifications in accordance with this Schedule
obtained by such person whilst in his service.

(a) Amended, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)

(b) Replaced, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83180)





PART C. TRAINING MANUAL

The following information and instructions in relation to the training,
experience, practice and periodical tests required under Article 27(2) of this Order
shall be included in the training manual referred to in Article 26(2) of this Order;

(i) the manner in which the training, practice and periodical tests required
under Article 27(2) and specified in Part B of Schedule 11 to this Order
are to be carried out;

(ii) (a)the minirawn qualifications and experience which the operator
requires of persons appointed by him to give or to supervise the said
training, practice and periodical tests; and

(b)the type of training, practice and periodical tests which each such
person is appointed to give or to supervise; and

(c)the type of aircraft in respect of which each such person is appointed
to give or to supervise the said training, practice and periodical tests;

(iii) the minimum qualifications and experience required of each member of
the crew undergoing the said training, practice and periodical tests;

(iv) the syllabus for, and specimen forms for recording, the said trai ing,
practice and periodical tests;

(v) the manner in which instrument ffight conditions and engine failure are to
be simulated in the aircraft in flight;

(vi) the extent to which the said training and testing is permitted in the course
of flights for the purpose of public transport;

(vii) the use to be made in the said training and testing of apparatus approved
for the purpose by the Governor.

SCHEDULE 12 Articles 54 and 56

DocumENTs To BE CARRIED BY AmcRAFr REGISTERED IN THE
TERRITORY

On a flight for the purpose of public transport:

Documents A, B, C, D, E, F, H and, if the flight is internatiftal air
navigation: Document G.

On a flight for the purpose of the public transport of paasengers:
Document J.

On a flight for the purpose of aerial work:

Documents A, B, C, E, F and, if the flight is international air navigation,
Document G.

On a flight, being international air navigation, for a purpose other than public
transport or aerial work:

Documents A, B, C and G.

For the purposes of this Schedule:

'W' means the licence in force in respect of the aircraft radio station installed
in the aircraft, and the current telecommunication log book required by
this Order;

'B' means the certificate of airworthiness in force in i~espect of the aircraft;







---Wmeans the licences of the members of the flight crew of the aircraft;





'D' means one copy of the load sheet, if any, required by Article 28 of this
Order in respect of the flight;

'E' means one copy of each certificate of maintenance, if any, in force in
respect of the aircraft;

'F' means the technical log, if any, in which entries are required to be made
under Article 9(6) and the log book, if any, in which entries are required
to be made under Article 10(5) of this Order;

'G' means the certificate of registration in force in respect of the aircraft;

'H' means the operations manual, if any, required by Article 25(2Xa)(iii) of
this Order to be carried on the flight;

'J' means one copy of the certificate of release, if any, in force in respect of
the aircraft.

For the purposes of this Schedule:

'International air navigation' means any flight in which a landing is made
outside the Territory or State in which the aircraft commences the flight.

SCHEDULE13 Article 84

PENALTIES

PART A. PROVISIONS REFERRED TO IN ARTICLE 84(5)

Article 3 Article 36(2)
Article 5 Article 47
Article 11(2) and (5) Article 64(2)
Article 15 Article 68(4)
Article 16(3) Article 70
Article 28(5) Article 74
Article 35 Article 75(1) and (2)
Article 82

PART 13. PROVISIONS REFERRED TO IN ARTICLE 84(6)

Article 6 Articles 29 to 34, inclusive
Article 7 Article 36(1)
Article 9(1) Articles 37 to 46, inclusive
Article 10(1) Article 48
Article 11 (except paragraphs (2)Article 49
and (5)) Articles 51 to 53, inclusive
Article 13 Article 59 (except paragraph (3))
Article 14 Article 60 (except paragraph (4))
Article 16 (except paragraph (3))Article 62 (except paragraph (4))
Article 18 Article 64 (except paragraph (2))
Article 19 Article 65
Article 23 Article 66
Article 25 Article 69
Article 26 Article 76A(a)
Article 27 Article 77
Article 28 (except paragraph (5))Article 78
Article 79
Article 80

(a) Added, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)





SCHEDULE14 Axticle 60

RULES OF THE AIR AND AIR TRAFFIC
CONTROL

SECTION I

INTERPRETATION

1. In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires-

'Air traffic control clearance' means authorization by an air traffic control unit for
an aircraft to proceed under conditions specified by that unit.

'Anti-collision light' means a flashing red light showing in all directions for the
purpose of enabling the aircraft to be more readily detected by the pilots of
distant aircraft.

'Apron' means the part of an aerodrome provided for the stationing of aircraft for
the embarkation and disembarkation of passengers, the loading and unloading
of cargo and for parking.

'Ground visibility' means the horizontal visibility at ground level.

'IFR flight' means a flight conducted in accordance with the Instrument Flight
Rules in Section VI of these Rules.

'Manoeuvring area' means the part of an aerodrome provided for the take-off and
landing of aircraft and for the movement of aircraft on the surface, excluding
the apron and any part of the aerodrome provided for the maintenance of
aircraft.

'Runway' means an area, whether or not paved, which is provided for the take-off
or landing run of aircraft.

'WR Fliglit' means a flight conducted in accordance with the Visual Flight Rules in
Section V of these Rules.

SECTION II

GENERAL

Application ofRules to aircraft

2. These Rules, in so far as they are applicable in relation to aircraft, shall,
subject to the provisions of Rule 29 of these Rules, apply in relation to

(a) all aircraft within the Territory; and

(b) all aircraft registered in the Territory, wherever they may be.

Misuse of Signals and Markings

3. (1) A signal or marking to which a meaning is given by these Rules, or which
is required by these Rules to be used in circumstances or for a purpose therein
specified, shall not be used except with that meaning, or for that purpose.

(2) A person in an aircraft or on an aerodrome or at any place at which an
aircraft is taking off or landing shall not make any signal which may be confused
with a signal specified in these Rules, and, except with lawful authority, shall not
make any signal which he knows or ought reasonably to know to be a signal in use
for signalling to or from any of Her Majesty's naval, military or air force aircraft.

-Reporting hazardous conditions

4. The commander of an aircraft shall, on meeting with hazardous conditions
in the course of a flight, or as soon as possible thereafter, send to the appropriate
air traffic control unit by the quickest means available information containing such
particulars of the hazardous conditions as may be pertinent to the safety of other
aircraft.

Low Flying

5. (1) Subject to the piovisions of paragraphs (2) and (3) of this Rule:

(a)An aircraft other than a helicopter shall not fly over any congested area of
a city, town or settlement below





(i) such height as would enable the aircraft to alight clear of the area
and without danger to persons or property on the surface, in the event of
failure of a power unit; or

(ii) a height of 1,500 feet above the highest fixed object within 2,000
feet of the aircraft,

whichever is the higher.

(b)A helicopter shall not fly below such height as would enable it to alight
without danger to persons or property on the surface, in the event of
failure of a power unit.

(c)Except with the permission in writing of the Governor and in accordance
with any conditions therein specified a helicopter shall not fly over a
congested area of a city, town or settlement below a height of 1,500 feet
above the highest fixed object within 2,000 feet of the helicopter.

(d) An aircraft shall not fly-

(i) over, or within 3,000 feet of, any assembly in the open air of more
than 1,000 persons assembled for the purpose of witnessing or
participating in any organized event, except with the permission in
writing of the Governor and in accordance with any conditions therein
specified and with the consent in writing of the organizers of the event;
or

(ii) below such height as would enable it to alight clear of the assembly
in the event of the failure of a power unit:

Provided that where a person is charged with an offence under this
Order by reason of a contravention of this sub-paragraph, it shall be a
good defence to prove that the flight of the aircraft over, or within
3,000 feet of, the assembly was made at a reasonable height and for a
reason not connected with the assembly or with the event which was the
occasion for the assembly.

(e)An aircraft shall not fly closer than 500 feet to any person, vessel,
vehicle or structure.

(2)(a) The provisions of paragraph (1XaXii) and (1)(c) of this Rule shall not
apply to an aircraft flying--

(i) on a route notified for the purposes of this Rule, or

(ii) on a special VFR flight as defined in Rule 23 of these Rules in
accordance with instructions given for the purposes of that Rule by the
appropriate air traffic control unit;

(iii) any aircraft while it is flying under and in accordance with the
terms of an aerial application certificate granted to the operator thereof
under Article 39A of the Order.(a)

(b)Paragraph MW and (e) of this Rule shall not apply to an aircraft which is
being used for police purposes.

(c)Paragraph (1)(d) and (e) of this Rule shall not apply to the flight of an
aircraft over or within 3,000 feet of an assembly of persons gathered for
the purpose of witnessing an event which consists wholly or principally of
an aircraft race or contest or an exhibition of flying, if the aircraft is
taking part in such race, contest or exhibition or is engaged on a flight
arranged by, or made with the consent in writing of, the organizers of the
event.

(d) Paragraph (1)(e) of this Rule shall not apply to-







(i) any aircraft while it is landing or taking off in accordance with
normal aviation practice;

(ii) any glider while it is hill-soaring;

(iii) any aircraft while it is flying in accordance with proviso (f of
Article 39(2) of this Order.

(3) Nothing in this Rule shall prohibit an aircraft from flying in such a manner
as is necessary for the purpose of saving life.

(a) Added, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)





(4) Nothing in this Rule shall prohibit.any aircraft from flying in accordance
with normal aviation practice, for the purpose of taking off from, landing at or
practising approaches to landing at, or checking navigational aids or procedures at,
a Government aerodrome or a licensed aerodrome in the Territory or at any
aerodrome in any other country:

Provided that the practising of approaches to landing shall be confined to the
airspace customarily used by aircraft when landing or taking ofr in accordance with
normal aviation practice at the aerodrome concerned.

(5) Nothing in this Rule shall apply to any captive balloon or kite.

Simulated instrument flight

6. An aircraft shall not be flown in simulated instrument flight conditions
unless

(a) the aircraft is fitted with dual controls which are functioning properly;

(b)an additional pilot (in this Rule called 'a safety pilot') is carried in a
second control scat of the aircraft for the purpose of rendering such
assistance as may be necessary to the pilot flying the aircraft; and

(c)if the safety pilot's field of vision is not adequate both forward and to
each side of the aircraft, a third person, being a competent observer,
occupies a position in the aircraft which from his field of vision makes
good the deficiencies in that of the safety pilot, and from which he can
readily communicate with the safety pilot.

For the purposes of this Rule the expression 'simulated instrument flight'
means a flight during which mechanical or optical devices are used in order to
reduce the field of vision or the range of visibility from the cockpit of the aircraft.

Practice Instrument Approaches

7. Within the Territory an aircraft shall not carry out instrument approach
practice when flying in Visual Meteorological Conditions unless

(a)the appropriate air traffic control unit has previously been informed that
the flight is to be made for the purpose of instrument approach practice;
and

(b)if the flight is not being carried out in simulated instrument flight
conditions, a competent observer is carried in such a position in the
aircraft that he has an adequate field of vision and can readily
communicate with the pilot flying the aircraft.

SECTION III

LIGH75 AND OTHER SIGNAU TO BE SHOWN OR MADE BY AIRCRAFT

General

8. (1) For the purposes of this Section of these Rules the horizontal plane of a
light shown in an aircraft means the plane which would be the horizontal plane
passing through the source of that light, if the aircraft were in level flight.

(2) Where by reason of the physical construction of an aircraft it is necessary
to fit more than one lamp in order to show a light required by this Section of these
Rules, the lamps shall be so fitted and constructed that, so far as is reasonably
practicable, not more than one such lamp is visible from any one point outside the
aircraft.

(3) Where in these Rules a light is required to show through specified angles in
the horizontal plane, the lamps giving such light shall be so constructed and fitted






that the light is visible from any point in any vertical plane within those angles
throughout angles of 90' above and below the horizontal plane, but, so far as is
reasonably practicable, through no greater angle, either in the horizontal plane or
the vertical plane.

(4) Where in these Rules a light is required to show in all directions, the lamps
giving such light shall be so constructed and fitted that, so far as is reasonably
practicable, the light is visible from any point in the horizontal plane and on any
vertical plane passing through the source of that light.





Display of Lights by Aircraft

9. (1) By night an aircraf t shall display such of the lights specified in

these Rules as may be appropriate to the circumstances of the case, and shall
not display any other lights which might obscure or otherwise impair the
visibility of, or be mistaken for, such lights:

Provided that nothing in this paragraph shall prevent the display of an anti-
collision light.

(2) A flying machine on a land aerodrome in the Territory at which aircraft
normally land or take off at night shall, unless it is stationary on the apron or a
part of the aerodrome provided for the maintenance of aircraft, display by night
either the lights which it would be required to display if it were flying, or the lights
specified in Rule 11(2)(a) or 11(2)(c) of these Rules.

Failure of Navigation Lights

10. In the Territory, in the event ofthe failure ofany light which is
required by these Rules to be displayed in flight, if the light cannot be immediately
repaired or replaced the aircraft shall land as soon as in the opinion of the
commander of the aircraft it can safely do so, unless authorized by the appropriate
air traffic control unit to continue its flight.

Flying Machines

11. (1) A flying machine when flying at night shall display lights as follows:

(a)in the case of a flying machine registered in the Territory having a
maximum total weight authorized of more than 5,700 kg. the system of
lights specified in paragraph (2)(b) of this Rule;

(b)in the case of a flying machine registered in the Territory having a
maximum total weight authorized of 5,700 kg. or less, any one of the
following systems of lights

that specified in paragraph (2)(a) of this Rule, or that specified in
paragraph (2)(b); or

that specified in paragraph (2)(d), excluding sub-paragraph (ii);

(c)in the case of any other flying machine one of the systems of lights
specified in paragraph (2) of this Rule.

(2) The systems of lights referred to in paragraph (1) of this Rule are as
follows:

(a) (i) a green light of at least five candela showing to the starboard side
through an angle of 110' from dead ahead in the horizontal plane;

(ii) a red light of at least five candela showing to the port side through
an angle of 110' from dead ahead in the horizontal plane; and

(iii) a white light of at least three candela showing through angles of 70'
from dead astern to each side in the horizontal plane,

all being steady lights;

(b) (i) the lights specified in sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph; and

(ii) an anti-collision light;

(c)the lights specified in sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph, but all being
flashing lights flashing together;







(d)the lights specified in sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph, but all being
flashing lights flashing together in alternation with one or both of the
following:

(i) a flashing white light of at least twenty candela showing in all
directions;

(ii) a flashing red light of at least twenty candela showing through
angles of 70' from dead astern to each side in the horizontal plane.

(3) If the lamp showing either the red or the green light specified in paragraph
(2)(a) of this Rule is fitted more than 2 metres from the wing tip, a lamp may
notwithstanding the provisions of Rule 9(1) of these Rules, be fitted at the wing tip
to indicate its position showing a steady light of the same colour through the same
angle.





Gliders

12. A glider while flying at night shall display either a steady red light of at
least five candela, showing in all directions, or lights in accordance with Rule 11(2)
and (3) of these Rules.

Free Balloons

13. A free balloon while flying at night shall display a steady red light of at
least five candela showing in all directions, suspended not less than 5 metres and not
more than 10 metres below the basket, or if there is no basket, below the lowest
part of the balloon.

Captive Balloons and Kites

14. (1) A captive balloon or kite while flying at night at a height exceeding 60
metres above the surface shall display lights as follows:

(a)a group of two steady lights consisting of a white light placed 4 metres
above a red light, both being of at least five candela and showing in all
directions, the white light being placed not less than 5 metres or more
than 10 metres below the basket, or if there is no basket, below the lowest
part of the balloon or kite;

(b)on the mooring cable, at intervals of not more than 300 metres measured
from the group of lights referred to in sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph,
groups of two lights of the colour and power and in the relative positions
specified in that sub-paragraph, and, if the lowest group of lights is
obscured by cloud, an additional group below the cloud base; and

(c)on the surface, a group of three flashing lights arranged in a horizontal
plane at the apexes of a triangle, approximately equilateral, each side of
which measures at least 25 metres; one side of the triangle shall be
approximately at right angles to the horizontal projection of the cable
and shall be delimited by two red lights; the third light shall be a green light
so placed that the triangle encloses the object on the surface to which the
balloon or kite is moored.

(2) A captive balloon while flying by day at a height exceeding 60 metres
above the surface shall have attached to its mooring cable at intervals of not more
than 200 metres measured from the basket, or, if there is no basket, from the
lowest part of the balloon, tubular streamers not less than 40 centimetres in
diameter and 2 metres in length, and marked with alternate bands of red and white
50 centimetres wide.

(3) A kite flown in the circumstances referred to in paragraph (2) of this Rule
shall have attached to its mooring cable either:

(a) tubular streamers as specified in paragraph (2) of this Rule, or

(b)at intervals of not more than 100 metres measured from the lowest part
of the kite, streamers of not less than 80 centimetres long and 30
centimetres wide at their widest point and marked with altemate bands of
red and white 10 centimetres wide.

Airships

15. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this Rule, an airship while
flying at night shall display the following steady lights:

(a)a white light of at least five candela showing through angles of 110' from
dead ahead to each side in the horizontal plane;

(b)a green light of at least five candela showing to the starboard side through
an angle of 110' from dead ahead in the horizontal plane;







(c)a red light of at least five candela showing to the port side through an
angle of 110' from dead ahead in the horizontal plane; and

(d)a white light of at least five candela showing through angles of 70' from
dead astem to each side in the horizontal plane.

(2) An airship while flying at night shall display, if it is not under command, or
has voluntarily stopped its engines, or is being towed, the following steady lights:





(a) the white lights referred to in paragraph (IXa) and (d) of this Rule;

(b)two red lights, each of at least five candela and showing in all directions
suspended below the control car so that one is at least 4 metres above the
other and at least 8 metres below the control car; and

(c)if the airship is making way but not otherwise. the green and red lights
referred to in paragraph (1)(b) and (c) of this Rule:

Provided that an airship while picking up its moorings, notwithstanding

that it is not under command, shall display only the lights specified in paragraph
(1) of this Rule.

(3) An airship, while moored within the Territory by night, shall display the
following lights:

(a)when moored to a mooring mast, at or near the rear a white light of at
least five candela showing in all directions;

(b) when moored otherwise than to a mooring mast:

(i) a white light of at least five candela showing through angles of 110'
from dead ahead to each side in the horizontal plane;

(ii) a white light of at least five candela showing through angles of 70'
from dead astern to each side in the horizontal plane.

(4) An airship while flying by day, if it is not under command, or has

voluntarily stopped its engines, or is being towed, shall display two black balls
suspended below the control car so that one is at least 4 metres above the other
and at least 8 metres below the control car.

(5) For the purposes of this Rule:

(a)an airship shall be deemed not to be under command when it is unable to
execute a manoeuvre which it may be required to execute by or under
these Rules;

(b)an airship shall be deemed to be making way when it is not moored and is
in motion relative to the air.

SECTION IV

GENERAL FLIGHT RULES

Weather reports andforecasts

16. (1) Immediately before an aircraft flies the commander of the aircraft
shall examine the current reports and forecasts of the weather conditions on

the proposed flight path, being reports and forecasts which it is reasonably
practicable for him to obtain, in order to determine whether Instrument

Meteorological Conditions prevail or are likely to prevail during any part of the
flight.

(2) An aircraft which is unable to communicate by radio with an air traffic
control unit at the aerodrome of destination shall not begin a flight to an
aerodrome within a control zone if the information which it is reasonably

miles or the cloud ceiling is less than 1,500 feet, unless the commander of the
aircraft has obtained from an air traffic control unit at that aerodrome permission
to enter the aerodrome traffic zone.







Rules for avoiding aerial collisions

17. (1) General

(a)Notwithstanding that the flight is being made with air traffic control
clearance it shall remain the duty of the commander of an aircraft to take
all possible measures to ensure that his aircraft does not collide with any
other aircraft.

(b)An aircraft shall not be flown in such proxin-dty to other aircraft as to
create a danger of collision.

(c)Aircraft shall not fly in formation unless the commanders of the aircraft
have agreed to do so.

(d)An aircraft which is obliged by these Rules to give way to another aircraft
shall avoid passing over or under the other aircraft, or crossing ahead of
it, unless passing well clear of it.





(e)An aircraft which has the right-of-way under this Rule shall maintain its
course and speed.

(f)For the purposes of this Rule a glider and a flying machine which is towing
it shall be considered to be a single aircraft under the command of the
commander of the towing flying machine.

(2) Converging

(a)Subject to the provisions of paragraphs (3) and (4) of this Rule, an aircraft
in the air shall give way to other converging aircraft as follows:

(i) flying machines shall give way to airships, gliders and balloons;

(ii) airships shall give way to gliders and balloons;

(iii) gliders shall give way to balloons.

(b)Subject to the provisions of sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph, when two
aircraft are converging in the air at approximately the same altitude, the
aircraft which has the other on its right shall give way:

Provided that mechanically driven aircraft shall give way to aircraft
which are towing other aircraft or objects.

(3) Approaching Head-on

When two aircraft are approaching head-on or approximately so in the air and
there is danger of coWsion, each shall alter its course to the right.

(4) Overtaking

An aircraft which is being overtaken in the air shall have the right-of-way and
the overtaking aircraft, whether climbing, descending or in horizontal flight, shafl
keep out of the way of the other aircraft by altering course to the right, and shall
not cease to keep out of the way of the other aircraft until that other aircraft has
been passed and is clear, notwithstanding any change in the relative positions of the
two aircraft:

Provided that a glider overtaking another glider in the Territory may alter its
course to the right or to the left.

(5) Landing

An aircraft while landing or on final approach to land shall have the rightof-
way over other aircraft in flight or on the ground or water.

(6) Two or more aircraft landing

In the case of two or more flying machines or gliders approaching any place
for the purpose of landing, the aircraft at the lower altitude shall have the right-of-
way, but it shall not cut in front of another aircraft which is on final approach to
land or overtake that aircraft:

Provided that:

(a)when an air traffic control unit has communicated to any aircraft an order
of priority for landing, the aircraft shall approach to land in that order, and

(b)when the commander of an aircraft is aware that another aircraft is making
an emergency landing, he shall give way to that aircraft, and at night,
notwithstanding that he may have received permission to land, shall not
attempt to land until he has received further permission to do so.

Aerobatic Manoeuvres







18. An aircraft shall not carry out any aerobatic manoeuvre-

(a) over the congested area of any city, town or settlement; or

(b)within controlled airspace except with the consent of the appropriate air
traffic control unit.

Right-hand Traffic Rule

19. An aircraft which is flying within the Territory in sight of the ground and
following a road, railway, canal or coastline, or any other line of landmarks, shall
keep such line of landmarks on its left.





Notification of Arrival

20. (1) The commander of an aircraft entering or leaving the Territory on
any flight for which a flight plan has been submitted shall take all reasonable steps
to ensure upon landing that notice of the arrival of the aircraft is given to the
aerodrome of departure.

(2) The commander of an aircraft who has caused notice of its intended arrival
at any aerodrome to be given to the air traffic control unit or other authority at
that aerodrome shall ensure that the air traffic control unit or other authority at
that aerodrome is informed as quickly as possible of any change of intended
destination and any estimated delay in arrival of 45 minutes or more.

Flight in Notified Airspace

21. In relation to flights in Visual Meteorological Conditions in controlled
airspace notified for the purposes of this Rule, the commander of an aircraft shall
comply with Rules 27 and 28 of these Rules as if the flights were IFR flights:

Provided that the commander of the aircraft shall not elect to continue the
flight in compliance with the Visual Flight Rules for the purposes of Rule 27(3).

Choice of VFR or IFR

22. Subject to the provisions of Rule 21 of these Rules an aircraft shall always
be flown in accordance with the Visual Flight Rules or the Instrument Flight Rules..

Provided that in the Territory an aircraft flying at night

(a)outside a control zone shall be flown in accordance with the Instrument
Flight Rules; or

(b)in a control zone shall be flown in accordance with the Instrument Flight
Rules or the provisions of the proviso to Rule 23(b) of these Rules.

SECTION V

VISUAL FLIGHT RULES

23. The Visual Flight Rules shall be as follows:

(a) Outside controlled airspace

(i) an aircraft flying outside controlled airspace above 3,000 feet above
mean sea level shall remain at least one nautical mile horizontally
and 1,000 feet vertically away from cloud and in a flight visibility
of at least five nautical miles;

(ii) an aircraft other than a helicopter flying outside controlled airspace
at or below 3,000 feet above mean sea level shall remain at least one
nautical mile horizontally and 1,000 feet vertically away from cloud
and in a flight visibility of at least three nautical miles:

Provided that this sub-paragraph shall be deemed to be complied
with if the aircraft is flown at a speed which according to its air
speed indicator is 140 knots or less and remains clear of cloud, in
sight of the surface and in a flight visibility of at least one nautical
mile;

(iii) a helicopter flying outside controlled airspace at or below 3,000 feet
above mean sea level shall remain clear of cloud and in sight of the
surface, or at least one nautical mile horizontally and 1,000 feet
vertically away from cloud and in a flight visibility of at least 3
nautical miles.







(b) Within controlled airspace

A,n aircraft flying within controlled airspace shall remain at least
one nautical mile horizontally and 1,000 feet vertically away from cloud
and in a flight visibility of at least five nautical miles:

Provided that in a control zone, in the case of a special VFR flight,
the aircraft shall be flown in accordance with any instructions given by
the appropriate air traffic control unit.

For the purposes of this Rule, 'special VFR flight' means a flight
made in Instrument Meteorological Conditions or at night in a control
zone or in a control zone notified for the purposes of Rule 21 of these





Rules, or in any airspace to which special rules apply made by the
Governor under Article 60(6) of this Order, in respect of which the
appropriate air traffic control unit has given permission for the flight to
be made in accordance with special instructions given by that unit instead
of in accordance with the Instrument Flight Rules.

SECTION VI

INSTRUmiNT FLIGHT RULES

24. The Instrume nt Flight Rules shall be as follows:

(a) Outside controlled airspace

In relation to flights outside controlled airspace Rules 25 and 26 of
these Rules shall apply.

(b) Within controlled airspace

In relation to flights within controlled airspace Rules 25, 27 and 28
of these Rules shall apply.

Minimum Height

25. Without prejudice to the provisions of Rule 5 of these Rules, in order to
comply with the Instrument Flight Rules an aircraft shall not fly at a height of less
than 1,000 feet above the highest obstacle within a distance of five nautical miles
of the aircraft unless:

(a) it is necessary for the aircraft to do so in order to take off or land; or

(b) the aircraft is flying on a route notified for the purposes of this Rule; or

(c)the aircraft has been otherwise authorized by the competent authority; or

(d)the aircraft is flying at an altitude not exceeding 3,000 feet above mean sea
level and remains clear of cloud and in sight of the surface.

Quadrantal Rule and Semi-Circular Rule

26. In order to comply with the Instrument Flight Rules an aircraft when in
level flight above 3,000 feet above mean sea level outside controlled airspace shall
be flown at a level appropriate to its magnetic track, in accordance with the
appropriate table set forth in this Rule. The level of flight shall be measured by an
altimeter set according to the system published by the competent authority in
relation to the area over which the aircraft is flying:(a)

Provided that an aircraft may be flown at a level other than the level required
by this Rule if it is flying in conformity with instructions given by an air traffic
control unit or in accordance with notified en-route holding patterns or in
accordance with holding procedures notified in relation to an aerodrome.

TABLE I-FLIGHTS AT LEVELS BELOW 24,500 FEET

Magnetic Track Cruising Level

Less than 90 ................ Odd thousands of feet. 90' but less than 180P.....
..... Odd thousands of feet 500 feet.

180' but less than 270 ........... Even thousands of feet.

270' but less than 360 ........... Even thousands of feet 500 feet.

TABLE II-FLIGHTS AT LEVELS ABOVE 24,500 FEET







Magnetic Track Cruising Level

Less than 180 ... .. ...... 25,000 feet.
.....................27,000 feet.
.....................29,000 feet or higher levels at
.....................intervals of 4,000 feet.

180' but less than 360 . ........ 26,000 feet.
.........28,000 feet.
.........31,000 feet or higher levels at
.........intervals of 4,000 feet.

(a) Replaced, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)
Flight Plan and Air Traffic Control Clearance

27. (1) In order to comply with the Instrument Flight Rules, before an
aircraft either takes off from a point within any controlled airspace or otherwise
flies within any controlled airspace the commander of the aircraft shall cause a
flight plan to be communicated to the appropriate air traffic control unit and
shall obtain an air control clearance based on such flight plan.

(2) The flight plan shall contain such particulars of the intended flight as
may be necessary to enable the air traffic control unit to issue an air traffic
control clearance, or for search and rescue purposes.

(3) The commander of the aircraft shall fly in conformity with-

(a) the air traffic control clearance issued for the flight, as amended by
any further instructions given by an air traffic control unit; and

(b) the holding and instrument approach procedures notified in relation
to the aerodrome of destination, unless he is otherwise authorized by
the air traffic control unit there:

Provided that he shall not be required to comply with the foregoing
provisions of this paragraph if:

(i) he is able to fly in uniterrupted Visual Meteorological Conditions
for so long as he remains in controlled airspace, and

(ii) he has informed the appropriate air traffic control unit of his intention
to continue the flight in compliance with Visual Flight Rules and has
requested that unit to cancel his flight plan.

(4) If for the purpose of avoiding immediate danger any departure is made
from the provisions of paragraph (3) of this Rule (as is permitted by Article
60(3) of this Order) the commander of the aircraft shall, in addition to causing
particulars to be given in accordance with Article 60(4) of this Order, as soon
as possible inform the appropriate air traffic control unit of the deviation.

(5) The commander of the aircraft after it has flown in controlled airspace
shall, unless he has requested the appropriate air traffic control unit to cancel
his flight plan, forthwith inform that unit whne the aircraft lands within or
leaves the controlled airspace.

Position Reports
28. In order to comply with the Instrument Flight Rules the commander
of an aircraft in IFR flight who flies in or is intending to enter controlled air-
space shall report to the appropriate air traffic control unit the time, and the
position and level of the aircraft at such reporting points or at such intervals
of time as may be notified for this purpose or as may be directed by the air
traffic control unit.(a)

SECTION VII

AERODROME TRAFFIC RULES

Application of Aerodrome Traffic Rules

29. The Rules in this Section of these Rules which are expressed to apply
to flying machines shall also be observed, so far as is practicable, in relation to
all other aircraft.

Visual Signals

30. The Commander of a flying machine on, or in the traffic zone of, and
aerodrome shall observe such visual signals as may be displayed at, or directed
to him from the aerodrome by the authority of the person in charge of the
aerodrome and shall obey any instructions which may be given to hime by
means of such signals:

Provided that he shall not be required to obey the signals referred to in
Rule 42 of these Rules (Marshalling Signals) if in his opinion it is inadvisable
to do so in the interests of safety.

(a) Amended, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)




Access to andmovement on the Manoeuvring Area and other parts ofthe
aerodrome used by aircraft

31. (1) A person or vehicle shall not go on to any part of an aerodrome
provided for the use of aircraft and under the control of the person in charge of the
aerodrome without the permission of the person in charge of the aerodrome, and
except in accordance with any conditions subject to which that permission may
have been granted.

(2) A vehicle or person shall not go or move on'the manoeuvring area of an
aerodrome having an air traffic control unit without the permission of that unit,
and except in accordance with any conditions subject to which that permission may
have been granted.

(3) Any permission granted for the purposes of this Rule may be granted either
in respect of persons or vehicles generally, or in respect of any particular person or
vehicle or any class of person or vehicle.

Right of Way on the ground

32. (1) This Rule shall apply to-

(a) flying machines; and

(b) vehicles,

on any part of a land aerodrome provided for the use of aircraft and under the
control of the person in charge of the aerodrome.

(2) Notwithstanding any air traffic control clearance it shall remain the duty of
the commander of an aircraft to take all possible measures to ensure that his
aircraft does not collide with any other aircraft or with any vehicle.

(3)(a) Flying machines and vehicles shall give way to aircraft which are
taking off or landing.

(b)Vehicles, and flying machines which are not taking off or landing, shall
give way to vehicles towing aircraft.

(c) Vehicles which are not towing aircraft shall give way to aircraft.

(4) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (3) of this Rule and of Rule 34(3)(b)
of these Rules, in case of danger of collision between two flying machines

(a)when the two flying machines are approaching head-on or approximately
so, each shall alter its course to the right;

(b)when the two flying machines are on converging courses, the one which
has the other on its right shall give way to the other and shall avoid
crossing ahead of the other unless passing well clear of it;

(c)a flying mac hine which is being overtaken shall have the right-of-way,
and ti~e overtaking flying machine shall keep out of the way of the other
flying machine by altering its course to the left until that other flying
machine has been passed and is clear, notwithstanding any change
in the relative positions of the two flying machines.

(5) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (3)(b) of this Rule a vehicle shall

(a)overtake another vehicle so that the other vehicle is on the left of the
overtaking vehicle;

(b)keep to the left when passing another vehicle which is approaching head-
on or approximately so.







Dropping of Tow Ropes, etc.

33. Tow ropes, banners or similar articles towed by aircraft shall not be
dropped from aircraft except at an aerodrome and:

(a)in accordance with arrangements made with an air traffic control unit at
the aerodrome or, if there is no such unit, with the person in charge of
the aerodrome; or

(b)in the area designated by the marking described in Rule 39(7) of these
Rules, and the ropes, banners or similar articles shall be dropped when the
aircraft is flying in the direction appropriate for landing.





Aerodromes not having Air Traffic Control Units

34.(1) (a) An aircraft shall not fly within a zone which the commander of the
aircraft knows or ought reasonably to know to be the aerodrome traffic
zone of an aerodrome where no air traffic control unit is for the time
being notified as being on watch, except for the purpose of taking off or
landing at that aerodrome or observing the signals in the signals area with
a view to landing there, unless he has the permission of the person in
charge of the aerodrome.

(b)An aircraft flying within such a zone for the purpose of observing the
signals shall remain clear of cloud and at least 500 feet above the level of
the aerodrome.

(2) The commander of an aircraft flying in such a zone or moving on such an
aerodrome shall:

(a)conform to the pattern of traffic formed by other aircraft, or keep clear
of the airspace in which the pattern is formed;

(b) make all turns to the left unless ground signals otherwise indicate; and

(e)take off and land in the direction indicated by the ground signals or, if no
such signals are displayed, into the wind, unless good aviation practice
demands otherwise.

(3)(a) A flying machine or glider shall not land on a runway at such an
aerodrome unless the runway is clear of other aircraft.

(b) Where take-offs and landings are not confined to a runway-

(i) a flying machine or glider when landing shall leave clear on its left
any aircraft which has already landed or is already landing or is about to
take off; if such a flying machine or glider is obliged to turn, it shall turn
to the left after the commander of the aircraft has satisfied himself that
such action will not interfere with other traffic movements; and

(ii) a flying machine about to take off shall take up position and
manoeuvre in such a way as to leave clear on its left any aircraft which is
already taking off or is about to take off.

(4) A flying machine after landing shall move clear of the landing area in use
as soon as it is possible to do so.

Aerodromes having Air Traffic Control Units

35. (1) An aircraft shall not fly within a zone which the commander of the
aircraft knows or ought reasonably to know to be the aerodrome traffic zone of an
aerodrome where an air traffic control unit is for the time being notified as being
on watch, except for the purpose of observing any signals at that aerodrome with a
view to landing there, unless he has the permission of the appropriate air traffic
control unit.

(2) The commander of an aircraft flying in the aerodrome traffic* zone of an
aerodrome where an air traffic control unit is for the time being notified as being
on watch or moving on such an aerodrome shall

(a)cause a continuous watch to be maintained on the appropriate radio
frequency notified for air traffic control communications at the
aerodrome, or, if this is not possible, cause a watch to be kept for such
instructions as ma~ be issued by visual means;

(b)not taxi on the apron or manoeuvring area or take off or land anywhere
in the zone except with the permission of the air traffic control unit;







(c)comply with the provisions of Rule 34(1)(b), (2), (3) and (4) of these
Rules as if the aerodrome did not have an air traffic control unit. unless
he has the permission of the air traffic control unit at the aerodrome, or
has been instructed by that unit, to do otherwise.

(3) Without prejudice to the provisions of Rules 20 and 27 of these Rules, the
commander of an aircraft shall, immediately upon arrival at, or prior to departure
from. an aerodrome within the Territory having an air traffic control unit, ensure
that such unit is informed of the flight which he has just made or which he is about
to undertake.





SECTION VIII

AERODROME SIGNALS AND MARKINGS; VISUAL AND AURAL
SIGNALS

General

36. (1) Whenever any signal specified in this Section of these Rules is given or
displayed, or whenever any marking so specified is displayed, by any person in an
aircraft, or at an aerodrome, or at any other place which is being used by aircraft
for landing or take-ofr, it shall, when given or displayed in the Territory, have the
meaning assigned to it in this Section.

(2) All dimensions specified in this Section of these Rules shall be subject to a
tolerance of 10 per cent, plus or minus.

Signals in the Signals area

37. (1) When any signal specified in the following paragraphs of this Rule is
displayed it shall be placed in a signals area, which shall be a square visible in all
directions bordered by a white strip 30 centimetres wide the internal sides measuring
12 metres.

(2) A white landing T, as illustrated in this paragraph,

4 rn 1

40tm

F

m

4

kTA
40cm

Fig. 1

signifies that aeroplanes and gliders taking ofT or landing shall do so in a direction
parallel with the shaft of the T and towards the cross arm, unless otherwise
authorized by the appropriate air traffic control unit.





(3) A white disc 60 centimetres in diameter displayed alongside the cross arm
of the T and in line with the shaft of the T, as illustrated in this paragraph,

A

CZ60CM

Dimensions of 'T'
same as Figure 1

Fig. 2

signifies that the direction of landing and take-off do not necessarily coincide.

(4) A white dumb-bell, as illustrated in this paragraph,

40cm

Fig. 3

signifies that movements of aeroplanes and gliders on the ground shall be confined
to paved, metalled or similar hard surfaces.





(5) A white dumb-bell as described in (4) above but with a black strip 60
centimetres wide across each disc at right angles to the shaft to the dumb-bell, as
illustrated in this paragraph,

60cm

Fig. 4

signifies that aeroplanes and gliders taking off or landing shall do so on a runway
but that movement on the ground is not confined to paved, metalled or similar
hard surfaces.

(6) A red and yellow striped arrow, as illustrated in this paragraph,

-6m

77

40ctn
20cm
5M
RED
Y E LLOW

j m

Fig. 5

the shaft of which is at least one metre wide placed along the whole or not less than
a total of 11 metres of two adjacent sides of the signals area and pointing in a
clockwise direction signifies that a right-hand circuit is in force.





(7) A red panel 3 metres square with a yellow strip along one diagonal at least
50 centimetres wide, as illustrated in this paragraph,

3m

R 0
3m

:.RED

Fig. 6

signifies that the stat~ of the manoeuvring area is poor and pilots must exercise
special care when landing.

(8) A red panel 3 metres square with a yellow strip, at least 50 centimetres
wide, along each diagonal, as illustrated in this paragraph,

3m

3m

YELLOW STRIPES ON RED
BACKGROUND

Fig. 7

signifies that the aerodrome is unsafe for the movement of aircraft and that
landing on the aerodrome is prohibited.





(9) A white letter H, as illustrated in this paragraph,

20cm

2m

L-i

Fig. 8

signifies that helicopters shall take off and land only within the area designated by
the marking specified in Rule 39(5) of these Rules.

(10) A red letter L displayed on the dumb-belI specified in paragraphs (4) and
(5) of this Rule, as illustrated in this paragraph,

20cm

RED
I-5m

1M

Fig. 9

signifies that light aircraft are permitted to take off and land either on a runway or
on the area designated by the marking specified in Rule 39(6) of these Rules.





(11) A white double cross, as illustrated in this paragraph,

40cml 2.5m

SM

n& 10

signifies that glider flying is in progress.

Markings for Paved Runways and Taxiways
38. (1) Two or more white crosses, as illustrated in this paragraph,

Ion

ng. 11

displayed on a runway or taxiway, with the arms of the crosses at an angle of 45' to
the centre line of the runway, at intervals of not more than 300 metres signify
that the section of the runway or taxiway marked by them is unfit for the
movement of aircraft.





(2) A broken white line and a continuous line, as illustrated in this paragraph,

m

A TAXIWAY U
9

90CM%qu

45CM

RUNWAY

TAXIWAYh

'CM4

4_

INWAY

RUNWAY
CENTRE LINE

Fig. 12

signify a holding position beyond which no part of an aircraft or vehicle shall
project in the direction of the runway without permission from an air traffic,
control unit.

(3) Orange and white markers, as illustrated in this paragraph,

33CM 33CM
ORANGE MITE

rw

50CM

Fi& 13

spaced not more than 15 metres apart, signify the boundary of that part of a paved
runway, taxiway or apron which is unfit for the movement of aircraft.





Markings on Unpaved Manoeuvring Areas

39. (1) Markers with orange and white stripes of an equal width of not less
than 50 centimetres, with an orange strip at each end, as illustrated in this
paragraph,

VII

C.

Fi& 14

alternating with flags not less than 60 centimetres square showing equal orange and
white triangular areas, indicate the boundary of an area unfit for the movement of
aircraft and one or more white crosses as specified in Rule 38(1) of these Rules
indicate the said area. The distance between any two successive orange and white
flags shall not exceed 90 metres.

(2) Striped markers, as specified in paragraph (1) of this Rule, spaced not
more than 45 metres apart, indicate the boundary of an aerodrome.

(3) On structures, markers with orange and white vertical stripes, of an equal
width of not less than 50 centimetres, with an orange stripe at each end, as
illustrated in this paragraph,

50CM --t- 50CM 50CM

...........

ORANGE WHITE ORANGE Im

Fig. 15

spaced not more than 45 metres apart, indicate the boundary of an aerodrome. The
pattern of the marker shall be visible from inside and outside the aerodrome and
the marker shall be affixed not more than 15 centimetres from the top of the
structure.





(4) White flat rectangular markers 3 metres long and 1 metre wide at intervals
not exceeding 90 metres, flush with the surface of the unpaved runway or st6pway,
as the case may be, indicate the boundary of an unpaved runway or of a stopway.

(5) A white letter H, as illustrated in this paragraph,

Im

6m

3m -4

Fig. 16

indicates an area which shall be used only for the taking off and landing of
helicopters.

(6) A white letter L as illustrated in this paragraph,

6M

g
Dim
3 m ---4

n& 17

indicates a part of the manoeuvring area which shall be used only for the taking off
and landing of light aircraft.





(7) A yellow cross with two arms 6 metres long by 1 metre wide at right
angles, indicates that tow ropes and similar articles towed by aircraft shall only be
dropped in the area in which the cross is placed.

(8) A white double cross as illustrated in this paragraph,

1M

6m

12m

Fig. 18

indicates an area which shall be used only for the taking oIT and landing of gliders.

(9) A white landing T as specified in Rule 37(2) of these Rules placed at the
left hand side of the runway when viewed from the direction of landing indicates
the runway to be used, and at an aerodrome with no runway it indicates the
direction for take-ofF and landing.

Signals Visiblefrom the Ground

40.

M13K.WP A.P

(2) A checkered flag or board, 1.2 metres by 90 centimetres containing twelve
equal squares, 4 horizontally and 3 vertically, coloured red and yellow alternately,
signifies that aircraft may move on the manoeuvring area and apron only in
accordance with the permission of the air traffic control unit at the aerodrome.

(3) Two red balls 60 centimetres in diameter, disposed vertically one above
the other, 60 centimetres apart and suspended from a mast, signify that glider
flying is in progress at the aerodrome.

(4) Black arabic numerals in two-figure groups and, where parallel runways are
provided the letter or letters L (left), LC (left centre), C (centre), RC (right

centre) and R (right), placed against a yellow background,Indicate the direction

for take-ofT or the runway in use.-





(5) A black letter C against a yellow background, as illustrated in this
paragraph,

2m

.........................
. ..........

2m

..T

...........
.. .
.. ...
...........

......

VeLLOW 6ACKCAW~

Fig. 19

indicates the position at which a pilot can report to the air traffic control unit or
to the person in charge of the aerodrome.

(6) A rectangular green.flag of not less than 60 centimetres square flown from
a mast indicates that a right hand circuit is in force.

Lights and Pyrotechnic Signaisfor Control of Aerodrome Traffic

41. Each signal described in the first column of Table A, when directed from
an aerodrome to an aircraft or to a vehicle, or from an aircraft, shall have the
meanings respectively appearing in the second, third and fourth columns of that
Table opposite the description of the signal.

TABLE A-MEANING OF LIGHTS AND PYROTECHNIC SIGNALS

From an aerodrome

Characteristic From an aircraft
and colour of in flight to an
light beam or to an aircraft or aerodrome
pyrotechnic to an aircraft vehicle on the
in flightaerodrome

(a) Continuous Give way to other Stop.
red light aircraft and con~

tinue circling.

(b) Red
PYrotech- Do not land; waitImmediate assist-
nic light for permission. ance is re-
or quested.

Red flare f





From an aerodrome
Characteristic
and colour of From an aircraft
light beam pr to an aircraft or in flight to an

pyrotechnicto an aircraftvehicle on the aerodrome
in flight aerodrome

(c) Red flashes Do not land; Move clear of
aerodrome not landing area.

available for
landing.
(d) Green flashesReturn to aero- To an aircraft:

drome; wait for You may move

permission to on the manoeu-
land. vring area and
apron;
To a vehicle:
You may move
on the manoeu-
vring area.
(e) Continuous You may land.You may take off
green light (not applicable
to a vehicle).
Continuous By night: May 1
green land?
light, or By day: May I
Green land in direc-
flashes, tion diflerent
or from that in-

Green dicated by

pr,
y otech- landing T?

nic light

(g) White flashes Land at this Return to starting I am compelled

aerodrome after point on the to land.

receiving con- aerodrome.
tinuousgreen
light, and then,
afterreceiving
greenflashes,
proceed to the
apron.

(h) White py-
rotechnic
lights
Switching
on and
off the 1 am compelled
naviga- to land.
tion lights
Switching
on and
off the
landing






lights

Marshalling Signals (from a marshaller to an aircraft)

42. Each of the signals for the guidance of aircraft manoeuvring on or off the
ground, described in the first column of Table B, paragraphs (a) to (x) shall, in the
Territory, have the meaning set forth in the second column of that Table opposite
the description of the signal. By day any such signals shall be given by hand or by
circular bats and by night by torches or by illuminated wands.





F MARSHALLING SIGNALS (RULE 42)
In Daylight 1 1 By Night

nce





(c) Right arm down, left arm relx ~edly Open up starboard
moved upward and backward. Th( d engine or turn to port.
of arm movement indicates the i e of
turn.

(d) Left arm down, the right arm rep~ edly Open up port engine or
moved upward and backward. ThO, xed turn to starboard.
of arm movement indicates the r D of
turn.





Description of Signal Meaning In Daylight By Night
of Signal

(e)Arms repeatedly crossed above the head. Stop.
The speed of arm movement indicates the
urgency of the stop.

A circular motion of the right hand at Start engines.
head level, with the left arm pointing to
the appropriate engine.





(g) Arms extended, the palms facing inwards, Chocks inserted.
then swung from the extended position
inwards.

(h)Arms down, the palms facing outwards, Chocks away.
then swung outwards.





Description of Signal Meaning In Daylight By Night
1 of Signal

(j) Either arm and hand placed level with Cut engines.
the chest, then moved laterally with the
palm downwards.

(k) Arms placed down, with the palms Slow down.
towards the ground, then moved up and
down several times.





(1) Arms placed down, with the palms Slow down engines on
towards the ground, then either the right indicated side.
or left arm moved, up and down indicating
that the motors on the left or right side,
as the case may be, should be slowed
down.

(m) Arms placed above the head in a vertical This bay.
position.





Meaning In Daylight By Night
Description of Signal of Signal

(n) The right arm raised at the elbow, with All clear: Marshalling
the arm facing forward. finished.

(o) Arms placed horizontally sideways. Hover.

---------- j





(p)Arms placed down and crossed in front land.
of the body.

(q) Arms placed horizontally sideways with Move upwards.
the palms up beckoning upwards. The
speed of arm movement indicates the rate
of ascent.





Description of Signal Meaning In Daylight By Night
1 of Signal

(r) Arms placed horizontally sideways with Move downwards.
the palms towards the ground beckoning
downwards. lle speed of arm move-
ment indicates the rate of descent.





(s) Either arm placed horizontally sideways, Move horizontally.
then the other arm moved in front of the
body to that side, in the direction of the
movement, indicating that the helicopter
should move horizontally to the left or
right side, as the case may be; repeated
several times.





Description of Signal Meaning In Daylight By Night
of Signal

(t) Arms placed down, the palms facing Move back.
forward, then repeatedly swept up and
down to shoulder level.

(u) Left arm extended horizontally forward, Release load.
then right arm making a horizontal
slicing movement below left arm.





(v)Raise arm, with fist clenched, horizontally Release brakes.
in front of body, then extend fingers.

Raise arm and hand, with fingers Engage brakes.
extended, horizontally in front of body,
then clench fist.





Description of Signal Meaning In Daylight By Night
of Signal

(w) Left hand overhead with the number of Start Engine(s).
fingers extended, to indicate the number
of the engine to be started, and circular
motion of right hand at head level.





(x) Point left arm down, move right arm Back aircraft's tail to
down from overhead, vertical position to starboard.
horizontal forward position, repeating
right arm movement.

Point right arm down, move left arm Back aircraft's tail to
down from overhead, vertical position port.
to horizontal forward position, repeating
left arm movement.





Marshalling Signals (from a pilot of an aircraft to a marshaller)

43. The following signals made by a pilot in an aircraft to a marshaller on the
ground shall respectively have the following meanings:

Description of Signal Meaning of Signal

(a) Raise arm and hand with fingers extended Brakes engaged.
horizontally in front of face, then clench
fist.

(b)Raise arm with fist clenched horizontally Brakes released. in
front of face, then extend fingers.

(c) Arms extended palms facing outwards, Insert chocks.
move hands inwards to cross in front of
face.

(d)Hands crossed in front of face, palms Remove chocks. facing
outwards, move arms outwards.

(e) Raise the number of fingers on one hand Ready to start engines.
indicating the number of the engine to be
started. For this purpose the aircraft
engines shall be numbered in relation to
the marshaller facing the aircraft, from
his right to his left, for example, No. 1
engine shall be the port outer engine, No. 2
engine shall be the port inner engine, No. 3
engine shall be the starboard inner engine,
and No. 4 engine shall be the starboard
outer engine.

Distress. Urgency and Safety Signals

44. (1) The following signals, given either together or separately before the
sending of a message, signify that an aircraft is threatened by grave and imminent
danger and requests immediate assistance:

(a) by radiotelephony:
the spoken word 'MAYDAY';

(b) visual signalling:

(i) the signal SOS

(ii) a succession of pyrotechnic lights fired at short intervals each
showing a single red light;

(iii) a parachute flare showing a red light;

(c) by sound signalling other than radiotelephony:

(i) thes~SOS(...---...);

(ii) a continuous sounding with any sound apparatus.

(2) The following signals, given either together or separately, before the ~ding
of a message, signify that the commander of the aircraft wishes to give notice of
difficulties which compel it to land but that he does not require immediate
assistance:

(a) a succession of white pyrotechnic lights;

(b) the repeated switching on and o1T of the aircraft landing lights;







(c)the repeated switching on and ofr of its navigation lights, in such a
manner as to be clearly distinguishable from the flashing navigation lights
described in Rule 11 of thew Rules.

(3) The following signals, given either together or separately, indicate that the
commander of the aircraft has an urgent message to transmit concerning the safety
of a ship, aircraft, vehicle or other property or of a person on board or within sight
of the aircraft from which the signal is given:

(a) by radiotelephony:

the spoken word 'TAN`%





(b) by visual signalling:
the signal XXX

(c)by sound signalling other than radiotelephony: the signal XXX

Warning Signals to Aircraft in Flight

45. In the Territory, the following signals shall respectively have the
following meanings:

(a) (i) by day-a series of projectiles discharged at intervals of ten seconds,
each showing on bursting black or white smoke, or

(ii) by night-a series of projectiles discharged at intervals of ten
seconds, each showing on bursting white lights or stars, or an intermittent
white luminous beam directed at the aircraft,

indicates that the aircraft to which the signal is directed is in the vicinity
of such an area as is referred to in Article 64(1)(c) of this Order and is
required to change its course;

(b)by day or by night, a series of projectiles discharged at intervals of ten
seconds, each showing on bursting green lights or stars indicates that the
aircraft is required to land at the nearest aerodrome in accordance with
the provisions of Article 64 of this Order.

SECTION IX

Am TRAFFic CONTROL

Provision of Air Traffic Control Services

46. (1) At every aerodrome (othet than a Government aerodrome) which is
provided with means of two-way radio communication with aircraft and is either
situated in a control zone or is an aerodrome in respect of which the Governor has
given a direction to the proprietor or person in charge of the aerodrome requiring
air traffic control service to be provided there, the person in charge of the
aerodrome shall cause air traffic control service to be provided at all times when
the aerodrome is open for the take-off and landing of aircraft.

(2) At every aerodrome (other than a Government aerodrome) which is
provided with means of two-way radio communication with aircraft and with
equipment for providing holding aid, let-down aid or approach aid by radio or radar
the person in charge of the aerodrome shall inform the Governor in advance of
any period during which any of the said equipment will be in operation for the
purpose of providing holding aid, let-down aid or approach aid and, without
prejudice to paragraph (1) of this Rule, cause air traffic control service to be
provided at all times when the said equipment is notified as being in operation for
any of those purposes.

SCHEDULEIS Articles 9(4), 10(3), 11(2)

and (5), 14, 27(1)(c), 28(1)
and (4), 29(1), 73 and 79

AIR NAVIGATION (GENERAL)
REoULATIONS

Load Sheets

1. (1) Every load sheet required by Article 28(4) of this Order shall contain
the following particulars:

(a)the nationality mark of the aircraft to which the load sheet relates, and
the registration mark assigned to that aircraft by the Governor;







(b) particulars of the flight to which the load sheet relates;





(c) the total weight of the aircraft as loaded for that flight;

(d)the weights of the several items from which the total weight of the
aircraft, as so loaded, has been calculated including in particular the weight
of the aircraft prepared for service and the respective total weights of the
crew (unless included in the weight of the aircraft prepared for service),
passengers, baggage and cargo intended to be carried on the flight;

(e)the manner in which the load is distributed and the resulting position of
the centre of gravity of the aircraft which may be given approximately if
and to the extent that the relevant certificate of airworthiness so permits,

and shall include at the foot or end of the load sheet a certificate, signed by the
person referred to in Article 28(1) of this Order as responsible for the loading of
the aircraft, that the aircraft has been loaded in accordance with the written
instructions furnished to him by the operator of the aircraft pursuant to the said
Article 28.

(2) For the purpose of calculating the total weight of the aircraft the
respective total weights of the passengers and crew entered in the load sheet shall
be computed from the actual weight of each person and for that purpose each
person shall be separately weighed:

Provided that, in the case of an aircraft of which the maximum total weight
authorized exceeds 5,700 kg. or which has a total seating capacity of 12 or more
persons, the total weights of the passengers and crew may, subject to the provisions
of paragraph (4) of this Regulation, be calculated at not less than the weights shown
in Table 1 and the load sheet shall bear a notation to that efrect:

TABLE 1

Males over 12 years of age............... 75 kg.

Females over 12 years of age............65 kg.

Children aged 2 years or more, but not over 12 years

of age.. .. ........ 39 kg.

Infants under 2 years of age.. ...... 8 kg.

(3)(a) For the purpose of calculating the total weight of the aircraft the
respective total weights of the baggage and cargo entered in the load sheet
shall be computed from the actual weight of each piece of baggage, cargo
or cargo container and for that purpose each piece or container shall be
separately weighed:

Provided that, in the case of an aeroplane of which the maximum
total weight authorized exceeds 5,700 kg. or which has a total seating
capacity of 12 or more persons, the total weights of the baggage may,
subject to the provisions of paragraph (4) of this Regulation, be calculated
at not less than the weights shown in Table 2 and the load sheet shall
bear a notation to that efrect:

TABLE 2

1 2 3

Hold baggage per piece

Journey made Cabin baggage
by the aeroplaneper passenger*Scheduled Holiday
Journey Journey

Domestic.. 3 kg.10 kg. 13 kg.






European.. 3 kg.12 kg. 13 kg.

Intercontinental 3 kg. 14 kg. 16 kg.

Not infants under 2 years of age.





(b)If Table 2 has been used, subject to the provisions of paragraph (4) for
determining the weight of hold baggage, it shall also be used, subject as
aforesaid, for determining the weight of the cabin baggage.

(c) For the purposes of this Regulation:

(i) A journey made by an aeroplane shall be treated as domestic if it is
confined within such an area as may be prescribed.

(ii) A journey made by an aeroplane, not being a domestic journey,
shall be treated as European if it is confined within an area joining
successively the following points:

6603ON 30'00'W 6603ON W0TE
30'00N 39'0TE 30'00N 11 0001X
24'00'N 11 o0M 24o0ON 30o0OV
66'30N 30'001W

(iii) A journey made by an aeroplane shall be treated as
intercontinental if it is neither domestic nor European.

(iv) A journey made by an aeroplane shall be treated as a holiday
journey and not as a scheduled journey if it is made for the carriage of
passengers each of whom is carried pursuant to an agreement which
provides for carriage by air to a place outside the Territory, and back
from that place or from another place to the Territory- (whether or not
on the same aeroplane) and for accommodation at a place outside the
Territory.

(4)(a) If it appears to the person supervising the loading of the aircraft that
any passenger or baggage to be carried exceeds the weights set out in
Table 1 or Table 2 of this Regulation he shall, if he considers it necessary
in the interests of the safety of the aircraft, or if the Governor has so
directed in the particular case, require any such person or baggage to be
weighed for the purpose of the entry to be made in the load sheet.

(b)If any person or baggage has been weighed pursuant to sub-paragraph (a)
of this paragraph, the weights entered in the load sheet shall take account
of the actual weight of that person or baggage, or of the weight
determined in accordance with the respective provisos to paragraph (2)
or (3), whichever weight shall be the greater.

Weight and Performance: General provisions

2. (1) The assessment ofthe ability of an aeroplane to comply with the
requirements of Regulations 3 to 8 inclusive (relating to weight and performance)
shall be based on the specified information as to its performance:

Provided that, in the case of an aeroplane in respect of which there is in
force under this Order a certificate of airworthiness which does not include a
performance group classification, the assessment may be based on the best
information available to the commander of the aircraft, in so far as the relevant
information is not specified.

(2) In assessing the ability of an aeroplane to comply with condition (7) in
the Annex hereto, conditions (4) and (5) of Regulation 4, and conditions (2)(i)(b)
and (2)(ii) of Regulation 8, account may be taken of any reduction of the weight of
the aeroplane which may be achieved after the failure of a power unit by such
jettisoning of fuel as is feasible and prudent in the circumstances of the flight and
in accordance with the flight manual included in the certificate of airworthiness
relating to the aircraft.

(3) In Regulations 2 to 8 inclusive, and in the Annex hereto, unless the
context otherwise requires:







'specified' in relation to an aircraft means specified in, or ascertainable by
reference to

(a)the certificate of airworthiness in force under this Order in respect of
that aircraft; or

(b)the flight manual or performance schedule included in that certificate, or
other document, whatever its title, incorporated by reference in that
certificate;





'the emergency distance available' means the distance from the point on the
surface of the aerodrome at which the aeroplane can commence its take-off
run to the nearest point in the direction of take-off at which the aeroplane
cannot roll over the surface of the aerodrome and be brought to rest in an
emergency without risk of accident;

'the landing distance available' means the distance from the point on the surface
of the aerodrome above which the aeroplane can commence its landing,
having regard to the obstructions in its approach path, to the nearest point in
the direction of landing at which the surface of the aerodrome is incapable of
bearing the weight of the aeroplane under normal operating conditions or at
which there is an obstacle capable of affecting the safety of the aeroplane;

'the take-ofF distance available' means either the distance from the point on the
surface of the aerodrome at which the aeroplane can commence its take-off
run to the nearest obstacle in the direction of take-off projecting above the
surface of the aerodrome and capable of affecting the safety of the aeroplane
or one and one half times the take-ofr run available, whichever is the less;

'the take-off run available' means the distance from the point on the surface of
the aerodrome at which the aeroplane can commence its take-off run to the
nearest point in the direction of take-off at which the surface of the
aerodrome is incapable of bearing the weight of the aeroplane under normal
operating conditions.

(4) For the purposes of Regulations 2 to 8 inclusive, and of the Annex hereto:

(a)the weight of the aeroplane at the commencement of the take-off run
shall be taken to be its gross weight including everything and everyone
carried in or on it at the commencement of the take-off run;

(b)the landing weight of the aeroplane shall be taken to be the weight of the
aeroplane at the estimated time of landing allowing for the weight of the
fuel and oil expected to be used on the flight to the aerodrome at which it
is intended to land or alternate aerodrome, as the case may be;

(c)where any distance referred to in paragraph (3) of this Regulation has
been declared in respect of any aerodrome by the authority responsible
for regulating air navigation over the territory of the Contracting State in
which the aerodrome is situated, and in the case of an aerodrome in the
Territory, notified, that distance shall be deemed to be the relevant
distance.

(5) Nothing in Regulations 2 to 8 inclusive shall apply to any aircraft flying
solely for the purpose of training persons to perform duties in aircraft.

Weight and Performance of Public Transport Aeroplanes having no Performance
Group Classification in their Certificates of Airworthiness

3. With reference to Article 29(1) of this Order an aeroplane registered in the
Territory in respect of which there is in force under this Order a certificate of
airworthiness which does not include a performance group classification shall not
fly for the purpose of public transport unless the weight of the aeroplane at the
commencement of the take-off run is such that such of the conditions in the
Annex hereto as apply to that aircraft are satisfied.

Weight and Performance of Public Transport Aeroplanes classified as Aeroplanes
of Performance Group A in their Certificates of Airworthiness

4. With reference to Article 29(1) of this Order an aeroplane registered in the
Territory in respect of which there is in force under this Order a certificate of
airworthiness in which the aeroplane is designated as being of performance group A
shall not fly for the purpose of public transport unless the weight of the aeroplane
at the commencement of the take-off run is such that the following conditions are
satisfied:







(1)That weight does not exceed the maximum take-off weight for altitude
and temperature specified for the altitude and the air temperature at the
aerodrome at which the take-off is to be made.





(2)The take - off run, take-off distance and the emergency distance
respectively required for take - off specified as being appropriate to

(a)the weight of the aeroplane at the commencement of the take-off
run;

(b) the altitude at the aerodrome;

(c) the air temperature at the aerodrome;

(d)the condition of the surface of the runway from which the take-
off will be made;

(e)the slope of the surface of the aerodrome in the direction of takeoff
over the take-off run available, the take-off distance available and
the emergency distance available, respectively; and

(f)not more than 50 per cent of the reported wind component opposite
to the direction of take-off or not less than 150 per cent of the
reported wind component in the direction of take-off,

do not exceed the take-off run, the take - off distance and the emergency
distance available, respectively, at the aerodrome at which the take-off is
to be made; in ascertaining the emergency distance required, the point at
which the pilot is assumed to decide to discontinue the takeoff shall not
be nearer to the start of the take-off run than the point at which, in
ascertaining the take-off run required and the take-off distance required,
he is assumed to decide to continue the take-off, in the event of power
unit failure.
(3) (a)The net take-off flight path with one power unit inoperative,
specified as being appropriate to:

(i) the weight of the aeroplane at the commencement of the take-
off run;

(ii) the altitude at the aerodrome; (iii) the air temperature at the
aerodrome; and

(iv) not more than 50 per cent of the reported wind component
opposite to the direction of take-off or not less than 150 per
cent of the reported wind component in the direction of
takeoff,

and plotted from a point 35 feet or 50 feet, as appropriate, above
the end of the take-off distance required at the aerodrome at which
the take - off is to be made to a height of 1,500 feet above the
aerodrome, shows that the aeroplane will clear any obstacle in its
path by a vertical interval of at least 35 feet; and if it is intended
that the aeroplane shall change its direction of flight by more than
IS' the vertical interval shall not be less than 50 feet during the
change of direction.

(b)For the purpose of sub-paragraph (a) hereof an obstacle shall be
deemed to be in the path of the aeroplane if the distance from the
obstacle to the nearest point on the ground below the intended line
of flight of the aeroplane does not exceed:

(i) a distance of 60 metres plus half the wing span of the aeroplane
plus one eighth of the distance from such point to the end of
the take-off distance available measured along the intended line
of flight of the aeroplane; or

(ii) 1,500 metres, whichever is the less.







(c)In assessing the ability of the aeroplane to satisfy this condition, it
shall not be assumed to make a change of direction of a radius less
than the specified radius of steady turn.

(4)The aeroplane will, in the meteorological conditions expected for the
flight, in the event of any one power unit becoming inoperative at any
point on its route or on any planned diversion therefrom and with the
other power unit or units operating within the maximum continuous
power conditions specified, be capable of continuing the flight, clearing
by a vertical interval of at least 2,000 feet obstacles within 10 nautical
miles either side of the intended track, to an aerodrome at which it can
comply with condition (7) in this Regulation relating to an alternate
aerodrome, and on arrival over such aerodrome the gradient of the





specified net flight path with one power unit inoperative shall not be less
than zero at 1,500 feet above the aerodrome; and in assessing the ability
of the aeroplane to satisfy this condition it shall not be assumed to be
capable of flying at an altitude exceeding the specified maximum
permissible altitude for power unit restarting:

Provided that where the operator of the aeroplane is satisfied, taking
into account the navigation aids which can be made use of by the
aeroplane on the route, that the commander of the aeroplane will be able
to maintain his intended track on that route within a margin of 5 nautical
miles, the foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall have effect as if 5
nautical miles were substituted for 10 nautical miles.

(5)The aeroplane will, in the meteorological conditions expected for the.
flight, in the event of any two power units becoming inoperative at any
point along the route or on any planned diversion therefrom more than
90 minutes flying time in still air at the all power units operating
economical cruising speed from the nearest aerodrome at which it can
comply with condition (7) in this Regulation, relating to an alternate
aerodrome, be capable of continuing the flight with all other power units
operating within the specified maximum continuous power conditions,
clearing by a vertical interval of at least 2,000 feet obstacles within 10
nautical miles either side of the intended track to such an aerodrome, and
on arrival over such aerodrome the gradient of the specified net flight
path with two power units inoperative shall not be less than zero at 1,500
feet above the aerodrome; and in assessing the ability of the aeroplane to
satisfy this condition it shall not be assumed to be capable of flying at an
altitude exceeding the specified maximum permissible altitude for power
unit restarting:

Provided that where the operator of the aeroplane is satisfied, taking
into account the navigation aids which can be made use of by the
aeroplane on the route, that the commander of the aeroplane will be able
to maintain his intended track on that route within a margin of 5 nautical
miles, the foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall have effect as if 5
nautical miles were substituted for 10 nautical miles.

(6)The landing weight of the aeroplane will not exceed the maximum landing
weight specified for the altitude and the expected air temperature for the
estimated time of landing at the aerodrome at which it is intended to land
and at any alternate aerodrome.
(7) (a)The landing distances required, respectively specified as being
appropriate to aerodromes of destination and alternate aerodromes,
do not exceed at the aerodrome at which it is intended to land or at
any alternate aerodrome, as the case may be, the landing distance
available on:

(i) the most suitable runway for a landing in still air conditions;

and

(ii) the runway that may be required for landing because of the

forecast wind conditions:

Provided that if an alternate aerodrome is designated in the
flight plan, the specified landing distance required may be that
appropriate to an alternate aerodrome when assessing the ability of
the aeroplane to satisfy this condition at the aerodrome of
destination.

(b)For the purposes of sub-paragraph (a) hereof the landing distance
required shall be that specified as being appropriate to:







(i) the landing weight;

(ii) the altitude at the aerodrome;

(iii) the temperature in the specified international standard at

mosphere appropriate to the altitude at the aerodrome;

(iv) (aa) a level surface in the case of runways usable in both
directions;

(bb) the average slope of the runway in the case of runways
usable in only one direction; and




(v) (aa) still air conditions in the case of the most suitable runway
for a landing in still air conditions;

(bb) not more than 50 per cent ofthe forecast wind component
opposite to the direction of landing or not less than 150
per cent of the forecast wind component in the direction
of landing in the case of the runway that may be required
for landing because of the forecast wind conditions.

Weight and Performance of Public Transport Aeroplanes classified as Aeroplanes
of Performance Group C in their Certificates, of Airworthiness

5. With reference to Article 29(1) of this Order an aeroplane registered in the
Territory in respect of which there is in force under this Order a certificate of
airworthiness in which the aeroplane is designated as being of performance group C
shall not fly for the purpose of public transport unless the weight of the aeroplane
at the commencement of the take-off run is such that the following conditions are
satisfied:

(1)That weight does not exceed the maximum take - off weight specified for
the altitude and the air temperature at the aerodrome at which the take-
off is to be made.

(2)The take-off run required and the take-off distance required, specified as
being appropriate to:

(a)the weight of the aeroplane at the commencement of the take - off
run;

(b) the altitude at the aerodrome;

(c) the air temperature at the aerodrome;

(d)the average slope of the surface of the aerodrome in the direction of
take-off over the emergency distance available; and

(e)not more than 50 per cent of the reported wind component
opposite to the direction of take-off or not less than 150 per cent
of the reported wind component in the direction of take-off,

do not exceed the take-off run available and the emergency distance
available, respectively, at the aerodrome at which the take-off is to be
made.

(3) (a)Subject to condition (4) of this Regulation, the net take-off flight
path with all power units operating specified as being appropriate to:

(i) the weight of the aeroplane at the commencement of the take-
off run;

(ii) the altitude at the aerodrome;

(iii) the air temperature at the aerodrome;

(iv) not more than 50 per cent of the reported wind component

opposite to the direction of take-off or not less than 150 per
cent of the reported wind component in the direction of take-
off

and plotted from a point 50 feet above the end of the take-off
distance required at the aerodrome at which the take-off is to be
made to a height of 1,500 feet above the aerodrome shows that the
aeroplane will clear any obstacle in its path by a vertical interval of
not less than 35 feet; and if it is intended that the aeroplane shall






change its direction of flight by more than IS' before reaching 1,500
feet the vertical interval shall be not less than 50 feet while the
aeroplane is changing direction.

(b)For the purpose of sub-paragraph (a) hereof an obstacle shall be
deemed to be in the path of the aeroplane if the distance from the
obstacle to the nearest point on the ground below the intended line
of flight of the aeroplane does not exceed 75 metres.

(c)In assessing the ability of the aeroplane to satisfy this condition, it
shall not be assumed to make a change of direction of a radius less
than the specified radius of steady turn.




(4) (a)In the case of an aeroplane which is intended to be flown for any
period before reaching a height of 1,500 feet above the aerodrome
from which the take-off is to be made in conditions which will not
ensure that any obstacles can be located by means of visual
observation, the net take-off flight path with one power unit
inoperative specified as being appropriate to the factors contained in
sub-paragraphs (i) to (iv) of condition (3)(a) in this Regulation, and
plotted from the point on the net take - off flight path with all
power units operating specified as being appropriate to those factors
at which in the meteorological conditions expected for the flight the
loss of visual reference would occur, shows that the aeroplane will
clear by a vertical interval of not less than 35 feet any obstacle in its
path; and if it is intended that the aeroplane shall change its direction
of flight by more than 15' the vertical interval shall not be less than
50 feet during the change of direction.

(b)For the purpose of sub-paragraph (a) hereof an obstacle shall be
deemed to be in the path of the aerodrome if the distance from the
obstacle to the nearest point on the ground below the intended line
of flight of the aeroplane does not exceed:

(i) 75 metres plus one eighth of the distance from such point to the
end of the emergency distance available measured along the
intended line of flight of the aeroplane; or

00 1,500 metres,

whichever is the less.

(c)In assessing the ability of the aeroplane to satisfy this condition it
shall not be assumed to make a change of direction of a radius less
than the specified radius of steady turn.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3871

Bibliographic Citation


(5)The aeroplane at any time after it reaches a height of 1,500 feet above
the aerodrome from which the take-off is made will, in the meteorological
conditions expected for the flight, in the event of any one power unit
becoming inoperative at any point on its route or on any planned
diversion therefrom, and with the other power unit or power units
operating within the specified maximum continuous power conditions, be
capable of continuing the flight at altitudes not less than the relevant
minimum altitude for safe flight stated in, or calculated from the
information contained in, the operations manual relating to the aeroplane
to a point 1,500 feet above an aerodrome at which a safe landing can be
made and after arrival at that point be capable of maintaining that height:

Provided that in assessing the ability of the aeroplane to satisfy this
condition it shall not be assumed to be capable of flying at any point on
its route at an altitude exceeding the performance ceiling, with all power
units operating, specified as being appropriate to its estimated weight at
that point.

(6)The landing weight of the aeroplane will not exceed the maximum landing
weight specified for the altitude and the expected air temperature for the
estimated time of landing at the aerodrome at which it is intended to land
and at any alternate aerodrome.

(7)Subject to condition (8) of this Regulation, the distance required by the
aeroplane to land from a height of 50 feet otherwise than in accordance
with specified data for short field landing does not, at the aerodrome at
which it is intended to land and at any alternate aerodrome, exceed 70 per
cent of the landing distance available on the most suitable runway for a
landing in still air conditions, and on the runway that may be required for
landing because of the forecast wind conditions; and for the purposes of
this condition the distance required to land from a height of 50 feet shall
be taken to be that specified as being appropriate to:







(a) the landing weight;

(b) the altitude at the aerodrome;

(c)the temperature in the specified international standard atmosphere
appropriate to the altitude at the aerodrome;





(d) (i) a level surface in the case of runways usable in both directions;

(ii) the average slope of the runway in the case of runways usable in
only one direction; and

(e) (i) still air conditions in the case of the most suitable runway for
landing in still air conditions;

(ii) not more than 50 per cent of the forecast wind component
opposite to the direction of landing or not less than 150 per
cent of the forecast wind component in the direction of landing
in the case of the runway that may be required for landing
because of the forecast wind conditions.

(8)As an alternative to condition (7) of this Regulation, the distance required
by the aeroplane, with all power units operating and with one power unit
inoperative, to land in accordance with specified data for short field
landing, does not at the aerodrome of intended destination and at any
alternate aerodrome exceed the landing distance available on the most
suitable runway for a landing in still air conditions and on the runway that
may be required for landing because of the forecast wind conditions; and
for the purpose of this condition the distance required to land from the
appropriate heights shall be taken to be that specified as being
appropriate to the factors set forth in sub-paragraphs (a) to (e) of
condition (7) of this Regulation and the appropriate height shall be:

(a)for a landing with all power units operating: any height between 30
and 50 feet in the Territory, and 50 feet elsewhere; and

(b)for a landing with one power unit inoperative: 50 feet in the
Territory and elsewhere:

Provided that

(i) if the specified distance required to land with one power unit
inoperative from a height of 50 feet at the aerodrome of
intended destination exceeds the landing distance available, it
shall be sufficient compliance with sub-paragraph (b) of this
condition if an alternate aerodrome which has available the
specified landing distance required to land with one power unit
inoperative from such a height, is designated in the flight plan;

(ii) the distance required by the aeroplane to land shall be
determined in accordance with condition (7) and not in
accordance with this condition if it is intended to land at night,
or when the cloud ceiling or ground visibility forecast for the
estimated time of landing at the aerodrome of intended
designation and at any alternate aerodrome at which it is
intended to land in accordance with specified data for short field
landing with all power units operating, are less than 500 feet
and one nautical mile respectively.

Weight and Performance of Public Transport Aeroplanes classified as Aeroplanes
of Performance Group D in their Certificates of Airworthiness

6. With reference to Article 29(1) of this Order an aeroplane registered in the
Territory in respect of which there is in force under this Order a certificate of
airworthiness in which the aeroplane is designated as being of performance group D
shall not fly for the purpose of public transport at night or when the cloud ceiling
or visibility prevailing at the aerodrome of departure and forecast for the estimated
time of landing at the aerodrome at which it is intended to land and at any
alternate aerodrome are less than 1,000 feet and one nautical mile respectively and
shall not fly for the purpose of public transport at any other time unless the weight
of the aeroplane at the commencement of the take-off run is such that the
following conditions are satisfied:







(1)That weight does not exceed the maximum take-off weight specified for
the altitude and air temperature at the aerodrome at which the take-off is
to be made.

(2)The take-off run required and the take-off distance required specified as,
being appropriate to

(a)the weight of the aeroplane at the commencement of the take -
off run;





(b) the altitude at the aerodrome;

(c) the air temperature at the aerodrome;

(d)the average slope of the surface of the aerodrome in the direction of
take-off over the emergency distance available; and

(e)not more than 50 per cent of the reported wind component opposite
to the direction of take-off or not less than 150 per cent of the
reported wind component in the direction of take-off,

do not exceed the take-off run available and the emergency distance
available, respectively, at the aerodrome at which the take-off is to be
made.
(3) (a)The net take - off flight path with all power units operating,
specified as being appropriate to

(i) the weight of the aeroplane at the commencement of the take-
off run;

(ii) the altitude at the aerodrome;

(iii) the air temperature at the aerodrome; and

(iv) not more than 50 per cent of the reported wind component
opposite to the direction of take-off or not less than 150 per
cent of the reported wind component in the direction of take-
off;

and plotted from a point 50 feet above the end of the take-off
distance required at the aerodrome at which the take-off is to be made
to the point at which the aeroplane reaches a height of 1,000 feet
above the aerodrome shows that the aeroplane will clear any obstacle
in its path by a vertical interval of not less than 35 feet, except that
if it is intended that the aeroplane shall change its direction of flight
by more than IS' before reaching 1,000 feet the vertical interval shall
be not less than 50 feet while the aeroplane is changing direction.

(b)For the purpose of sub-paragraph (a) hereof an obstacle shall be
deemed to be in the path of the aeroplane if the distance from the
obstacle to the nearest point on the ground below the intended line
of flight of the aeroplane does not exceed 75 metres.

(c)In assessing the ability of the aeroplane to satisfy this condition it
shall not be assumed to make a change of direction of a radius less
than the specified radius of steady turn.

(4)The aeroplane, at any time after it reaches a height of 1,000 feet above
the aerodrome from which take-off is to be made, will, in the
meteorological conditions expected for the flight, in the event of any one
power unit becoming inoperative at any point on its route or on any
planned diversion therefrom, and with the other power unit or power
units, if any, operating within the maximum specified continuous power
conditions, be capable of continuing the flight at altitudes not less than
the relevant minimum altitudes for safe flight stated in, or calculated from
the information contained in, the operations manual relating to the
aeroplane to a point 1,000 feet above a place at which a safe landing can
be made:

Provided that in assessing the ability of the aeroplane to satisfy this
condition it shall not be assumed to be capable of flying at any point on
its route at 'an altitude exceeding the performance ceiling with all power
units operating specified as being appropriate to its estimated weight at
that point.







(5)The landing weight of the aeroplane will not exceed the maximum landing
weight specified for the altitude and the expected air temperautre for the
estimated time of landing at the aerodrome at which it is intended to land
and at any alternate aerodrome.

(6)The distance required by the aeroplane to land from a height of 50 feet
does not, at the aerodrome at which it is intended to land and at any
alternate aerodrome, exceed 70 per cent of the landing distance available
on the most suitable runway for a landing in still air conditions, and on the
runway that may be required for landing because





of the forecast wind conditions; and for the purposes of runway that may
be required for this condition the distance required to land from a height
of 50 feet shall be taken to be that specified as being appropriate to:

(a) the landing weight;

(b) the altitude at the aerodrome;

(c) the temperature in the specified international standard atmosphere

appropriate to the altitude at the
aerodrome;

(d) (i) a level surface in the case of runways usable in both directions;

(ii) the average slope of the runway in the case of runways usable in
only one direction; and
(e) (i) still air conditions in the case of the most suitable runway for a
landing in still air conditions;

(ii) not more than 50 per cent of the forecast wind component
opposite to the direction of landing or not less than 150 per
cent of the forecast wind component in the ~ion of landing in
the case of the runway that may be required for landing because
of the forecast wind conditions.

Weight and Performance of Public Transport Aeroplanes classified as Aeroplanes
of Performance Group E in their Certificates of Airworthiness

7. (1) With reference to Article 29(1) of this Order an aeroplane registered in
the Territory in respect of which there is in force under this Order a certificate of
airworthiness in which the aeroplane is designated as being of performance group E
shall not fly for the purpose of public transport unless the weight of the aeroplane
at the commencement of the take off run is such that the following conditions are
satisfied:

(a)That weight for the altitude and the air temperature at the aerodrome at
which the take-off is to be made does not exceed the maximum take-off
weight specified as being appropriate to:

(i) the weight at which the aeroplane is capable in the en route
configuration and with all power units operating within the specified
maximum continuous power conditions, of a rate of climb of 700 feet
per minute if it has retractable landing gear and of 500 feet per minute if
it has fixed landing gear, and

(H) the weight at which the aeroplane is capable, in the en route
configuration and if it is necessary for it to be flown solely by reference
to instruments for any period before reaching the minimum altitude for
safe flight on the first stage of the route to be flown, stated in, or
calculated from the information contained in, the operations manual
relating to the aeroplane and, with one power unit inoperative, of a rate
of climb of 150 feet per minute.

(b)The distance required by the aeroplane to attain a height of 50 feet, with
all power units operating within the maximum take-off power conditions
specified, when multiplied by a factor of 1.33 does not exceed the
emergency distance available at the aerodrome at which the take-off is to
be made. The distance required by the aeroplane to attain a height of 50
feet shall be that appropriate to:

(i) the weight of the aeroplane at the commencement of the takeoff
run;







(ii) the altitude at the aerodrome;

(iii) the air temperature at the aerodrome; and

(iv) not more than 50 per cent of the reported wind component
opposite to the direction of take off or not less than 150 per cent of the
reported wind component in the direction of take - off

(c)The aeroplane will, in the meteorological conditions expected for the
flight, in the event of any one power unit becoming inoperative at any
point on its route or on any planned diversion therefrom, and with the
other power unit or power units, if any, operating within the specified
maximum continuous power conditions, be capable of continuing the
flight at altitudes not less than the relevant minimum altitude for safe





flight stated in, or calculated from the information contained in, the
operations manual to d point 1,000 feet above a place at which a safe
landing can be made:

Provided that in assessing the ability of the aeroplane to satisfy this
condition it shall not be assumed to be capable of flying at any point on
its route or on any planned diversion therefrom, at an altitude exceeding
that at which it is capable of a rate of climb with all power units operating
within the maximum continuous power conditions specified of 150 feet
per minute and if it is necessary for it to be flown solely by reference to
instruments, be capable, with one power unit inoperative, of a rate of
climb of 100 feet per minute.

(d)The landing weight of the aeroplane for the altitude and the expected air
temperature for the estimated time of landing at the aerodrome at which
it is intended to land and at any alternate aerodrome will not exceed the
maximum landing weight specified:

(i) at which the aeroplane is capable, in the en route configuration and
will all power units operating within the specified maximum continuous
power conditions, of a rate of climb of 700 feet per minute if it has
retractable landing gear and of 500 feet per minute if it has fixed landing
gear, and

(ii) at which the aeroplane is capable in the en route configuration and
if it is necessary for it to be flown solely by reference to instruments for
any period after leaving the minimum altitude for safe flight on the last
stage of the route to be flown, stated in, or calculated from the
information contained in, the operations manual relating to the aeroplane
and with one power unit inoperative, of a rate of climb of 150 feet per
minute.

(e)The landing distance required does not, at the aerodrome at which it is
intended to land and at any alternate aerodrome, exceed 70 per cent of
the landing distance available on the most suitable runway for a landing in
still air conditions, and for the purposes of this sub-paragraph the distance
required to land from a height of 50 feet shall be taken to be that
specified as being appropriate to:

(i) the landing weight;

(ii) the altitude at the aerodrome; and

(iii) the temperature in the specified international standard atmosphere
appropriate to the altitude at the aerodrome.

(2) An aeroplane designated as aforesaid as an aeroplane of performance group
E shall not fly for the purpose of public transport at night or when the cloud ceiling
or visibility prevailing at the aerodrome of departure and forecast for the estimated
time of landing at the aerodrome at which it is intended to land and at any alternate
aerodrome are less than 1,000 feet and one nautical mile respectively:

Provided that the foregoing prohibition shall not apply if the aeroplane is
capable, in the en route configuration and with one power unit inoperative, of a
rate of climb of 150 feet per minute.

Weight and Performance of Public Transport Aeroplanes classified as Aeroplanes
of Performance Group X in their Certificates of Airworthiness

8. With reference to Article 29(1) of this Order an aeroplane in respect of
which there is in force under this Order a certificate of airworthiness designating
the aeroplane as being of performance group X shall not fly for the purpose of
public transport unless the weight of the aeroplane at the commencement of the
take-off run is such that the following conditions are satisfied:







(1) (i) That weight does not exceed the maximum take-off weight specified for
the altitude at the aerodrome at which the take-off is to be made, or
for the altitude and the air temperature at such aerodrome, as the
case may be.

(ii) The minimum effective take-off runway length required, specified as
being appropriate to:

(a)the weight of the aeroplane at the commencement of the take-
off run;





(b) the altitude at the aerodrome;

(c) the air temperature at the time of take - off

(d)the condition of the surface of the runway from which the take -
off will be made;

(e) the overall slope of the take - off run available; and

(f) not more than 50 per cent of the reported wind component
opposite to the direction of take-off or not less than 150 per
cent of the reported wind component in the direction of take-
off,

does not exceed the take - off run available at the aerodrome at
which the take-off is to be made.

(iii) (a)The take-off flight path with one power unit inoperative,
specified as being appropriate to:

(i) the weight of the aeroplane at the commencement of
the take - off run;

(ii) the altitude at the aerodrome; and

(iii) not more than 50 per cent of the reported wind
component opposite to the direction of take-off or not
less than 150 per cent of the reported wind component in
the direction of take - off

and plotted from a point 50 feet above the end of the minimum
effective take-off runway length required at the aerodrome at
which the take-off is to be made, shows that the aeroplane will
thereafter clear any obstacle in its path by a vertical interval of
not less than the greater of 50 feet or 35 feet plus one
hundredth of the distance from the point on the ground below
the intended line of flight of the aeroplane nearest to the
obstacle to the end of the take-off distance available, measured
along the intended line of flight of the aeroplane.

(b)For the purpose of sub-paragraph (a) an obstacle shall be deemed
to be in the path of the aeroplane if the distance from the
obstacle to the nearest point on the ground below the intended
line of flight does not exceed:

(i) a distance of 60 metres plus half the wing span of the
aeroplane plus one eighth of the distance from such point
to the end of the take-off distance available measured
along the intended line of flight; or

(ii) 1,500 metres,

whichever is the less.

(c)In assessing the ability of the aeroplane to satisfy this
condition, insofar as it relates to flight path, it shall not be
assumed to make a change of direction of a radius less than the
radius of steady turn corresponding to an angle of bank of 15*.
(2) (i) (a)Subject to sub-paragraph (b), the weight of the aeroplane at any
point on the route or any planned diversion therefrom, having
regard to the fuel and oil expected to be consumed up to that
point, shall be such that the aeroplane, with one power unit
inoperative and the other power unit or units operating within
the maximum continuous power conditions specified, will be






capable of a rate of climb of at least K(Vso/100)2 feet per
minute at an altitude not less than the minimum altitude for safe
flight stated in or calculated from the information contained in
the operations manual, where Vso is in knots and K has the
value of 797-1060/N, N being the number of power units
installed.

(b)As an alternative to (a), the aeroplane may be flown at an
altitude from which, in the event of failure of one power unit, it
is capable of reaching an aerodrome where a landing can be made
in accordance with condition (3)(ii) in this Regulation relating
to an alternate aerodrome. In that case the weight of the
aeroplane shall be such that, with the





remaining power unit or units operating within the maximum
continuous power conditions specified, it is capable of
maintaining a minimum altitude on the route to such aerodrome
of 2,000 feet above all obstacles within 10 nautical miles on
either side of the intended track:

Provided that where the operator of the aeroplane is
satisfied, taking into account the navigation aids which can be
made use of by the aeroplane on the route, that the commander
of the aeroplane will be able to maintain his intended track on
that route within a margin of 5 nautical miles, the foregoing
provisions of this sub-paragraph shall have effect as if 5 nautical
miles were substituted therein for 10 nautical miles and

(aa) the rate of climb, specified for the appropriate weight and
altitude, used in calculating the flight path shall be reduced
by an amount equal to K(Wo/100)2 feet per minute;

(bb) the aeroplane shall comply with the climb requirements of
condition 2(i)(a) at 1,000 feet above the chosen
aerodrome;

(cc) account shall be taken of the effect of wind and
temperature on the flight path; and

(dd) the weight of the aeroplane may be assumed to be
progressively reduced by normal consumption of fuel and
oil.

(ii) An aeroplane having four power units shall, if any two power units
become inoperative at any point along the route or any planned
diversion therefrom, being a point more than 90 minutes flying time
(assuming all power units to be operating) from the nearest
aerodrome at which a landing can be made in compliance with
condition (3)(ii) of this Regulation relating to an alternate
aerodrome, be capable of continuing the flight at an altitude of not
less. than 1,000 feet above ground level to a point above that
aerodrome. In assessing the ability of the aeroplane to satisfy this
condition, it shall be assumed that the remaining power units will
operate within the specified maximum continuous power conditions,
and account shall be taken of the temperature and wind conditions
expected for the flight.
(3) (i) The landing weight of the aeroplane will not exceed the maximum
landing weight specified for the altitude at the aerodrome at which it
is intended to land and at any alternate aerodrome.

(ii) The required landing runway lengths respectively specified as being
appropriate to the aerodromes of intended destination and the
alternate aerodromes do not exceed at the aerodrome at which it is
intended to land or at any alternate aerodrome, as the case may be,
the landing distance available on:

(a)the most suitable runway for landing in still air conditions; and

(b)the runway that may be required for landing because of the
forecast wind conditions,

the required landing runway lengths being taken to be those specified
as being appropriate to:

(aa) the landing weight;

(bb) the altitude at the aerodrome;







(cc) still air conditions in the case of the most suitable runway for a
landing in still air conditions; and

(dd) not more than 50 per cent of the forecast wind component
opposite to the direction of landing or not less than 150 per
cent of the forecast wind component in the direction of landing
in the case of the runway that may be required for landing
because of the forecast wind conditions.

Noise and vibration caused by aircraft on aerodromes

9. With reference to Article 73, of this Order, the conditions under which
noise and vibration may be caused by aircraft (including military aircraft) on





Government aerodromes, licensed aerodromes or on aerodromes at which the
manufacture, repair or maintenance of aircraft is carried out by persons carrying
on business as manufacturers or repairers of aircraft, shall be as follows, that is to
say, that, whether in the course of the manufacture of the aircraft or otherwise(a)
the aircraft is taking off or landing, or (b) the aircraft is moving on the ground or
water, or (c) the engines are being operated in the aircraft

(i) for the purpose of ensuring their satisfactory performance,

(ii) for the purpose of bringing them to a proper temperature in
preparation for, or at the end of, a flight, or

(iii) for the purpose of ensuring that the instruments, accessories or
other components of the aircraft are in a satisfactory condition.

Certificates of Maintenance. Release and Compliance-issue by maintenance
engineers licensed by specified countries

10. With reference to Article 9(4), Article 10(3) and Article 11(5) of this

Order the following countries are specified-
Antigua Malawi
Australia Malaysia
Bahamas Montserrar
Barbados New Zealand
Belize Pakistan
British Virgin Islands Republic of Ireland
State of Brunei Republic of South Africa
Burma Sri Lanka
Canada St. Christopher, Nevis and Anguilla
Cayman Islands St. Lucia
Dominica St. Vincent
Ghana Singapore
Grenada The Sudan
Guyana Trinidad and Tobago
Hong Kong Turks and Caicos Islands
India Uganda
Jamaica United Kingdom
Kenya United Republic of Tanzania
Kuwait

Radio Navigational Equipment to be carried in aircraft

11. (1) This Regulation shall apply to all aircraft of over 2,300 kg. maximum
total weight authorized when flying for the purpose of public transport.

(2)(a) For the purpose of Scale B in paragraph 3 of Schedule 6 to this Order
radio navigational equipment shall be provided, subject to the provisions
of sub-paragraph (b) of this paragraph, in all aircraft to which this
Regulation applies in accordance with the following Table. The numbered
areas in column 1 of that Table are more particularly described in
paragraph (3) of this Regulation, and the letters in column 2 have the
meanings assigned to them by paragraph (4) of this Regulation:,





TABLE

Column 1 Column 2

Area in which the aircraft is flyingCombination of Equipment to
be carried
Area 1 Either A, B, Q D or E
Area 2 Either A, C, D or E
Area 3 Either A, C or E
Area 4 D or E
All other areas E

(b)Where not more than one item of equipment in a combination of
equipment carried in an aircraft pursuant to this Regulation is unserviceable
when the aircraft is about to begin a flight, the aircraft may nevertheless
take off on that flight if

(i) it is not reasonably practicable for the repair or replacement of that
item to be carried out before the beginning of the flight; and

(ii) the aircraft has not made more than one complete flight since the
item was last serviceable; and

(iii) the commander of the aircraft has satisfied himself that taking into
account the latest information available as to the route and aerodrome to
be used (including any planned diversion), and the weather conditions
likely to be encountered, the flight can be made safely and in accordance
with any relevant requirements of air traffic control,

and in such case the commander of the aircraft shall cause written
particulars of the flight, and the reasons for making it, to be given to the
Governor within 10 days thereafter.

(3) The Areas 1 to 4 referred to in Column 1 of the Table in the preceding
paragraph are as follows:

(a) Area]

The area enclosed by the notified boundaries of the United Kingdom
Flight Information Regions.

(b) Area 2

The area enclosed by rhumb lines joining successively the following
points, but excluding area 1:

62'00N 10'0M 6YOON 08'0M 6YOON 0YOM
62'00N 00'4M 58'50N 06'OTE 58'50'N 1YOTE
6P45N 1YOTE 6P45N 2YOTE601 YN 24'OTE
58'20N 24'00'E 54'15N 1Y4YE 50o45'N 1YOTE
48'00N 10'OTE 48'00N 06'2TE 44'00N 06'2TE
44'00N OP3M 46'00N 02'00'W46'00N 09'0M
54'34N 09'0M 54'34N MOM62'00N 10'0M

(c) Area 3

The area enclosed by rhumb lines joining successively the following

points:

6P45N 1YOO'E 61'45N 12'3TE 6Y3ON 12'3TE
6Y3ON 18'OTE 6YOON 14'4YE 66'30N 16'4YE
66'30N 27'OTE 65'30'N 28'3TE 6P45N 25'OTE
6P45N 15'OTE
(d) Area 4







The area enclosed by rhumb lines joining successively the following
points, but excluding areas 1 and 2:

62o0ON 10'0M 6YOON 08'00`W 6YOON 0YOM
62'00N 00'4M 62'00N 04'OTE 6YOON 10'OTE
68'30N 1YOTE 68'30'N 2YOTE 66'30N 2YOTE
66'30N 16'4YE 6YOON 14'4YE 63030'N 18'OTE
6Y3ON 12'3TE 6P45N 12'3TE 61'45N 26'OTE
58'20N 24'OTE 50'30N 17'3TE 41'30N 2Y1YE
41'30N 30'OTE 40'00N 37'OTE 30'00N 37'OTE
30'00N 10'0M 62'00N 10'0TW.





(4) Each of the letters in Column 2 of the Table in paragraph (2)(a) of this
Regulation shall signify the combination of equipment which is specified opposite
that letter in columns 2 and 3 of the following Table. The Roman numerals in
column 3 of the last-mentioned Table have the meanings assigned to them by
paragraph (5) of this Regulation:

TABLE

Column 1 Column 2 Column 3
Reference letter Single or duplicate Items of Equipment
of combination Equipment in the combination
of Equipment
A Single (i), (ii), (iii),
(iv) and (v)
Duplicate (i)
B Single 00
Single (iii)
Single (V)
Duplicate (i)
c Single 00
Single (iv)
Single (V)
Single (iii)
D Duplicate (iv)
Single (V)
Duplicate (iii)
E Single (iv)
Single (V)

(5) The Roman numerals indicating the items of equipment in column 3 of
the Table in the preceding paragraph signify the following

(i) equipment which will enable the aircraft to be navigated by means of
signals received from radio navigation land stations forming part of the
Decca radio navigation system;

(ii) a flight log intended to operate with the equipment described in the
preceding paragraph and to display on a chart to the pilot at the controls
of the aircraft a continuous and instantaneous pictorial plot of the path
of the aircraft;

(iii) automatic direction finding equipment which indicates to the pilot at the
controls of the aircraft the bearing of any radio station transmitting
signals in the low and medium frequency bands received by such
equipment;

(iv) equipment capable of giving to the pilot at the controls of the aircraft
visual indications of bearings of the aircraft by means of signals received
from very high frequency ornni-directional radio ranges;

(v) a VHF receiver capable of receiving signals from a 75MHZ marker
beacon.

Aeroplanes flying for the purpose of public transport of passengers-Aerodrome
facilities for approach to landing and landing

12. (1) This Regulation shall apply to every aeroplane registered in the
Territory engaging on a flight for the purpose of public transport of passengers on
a scheduled journey and to every aeroplane so registered whose maximum total
weight authorized exceeds 5,700 kg. engaging on such a flight otherwise than on a
scheduled journey.

(2) For the purposes of Article 27(1)(c) of this Order, the following manning
and equipment are specified in relation to aerodromes intended to be used for
landing or as an alternate aerodrome by aircraft to which this Regulation applies:







(a)air traffic control service, including the reporting to aircraft of the
current meteorological conditions at the aerodrome;





(b) very high frequency radiotelephony;

(c)at least one of the following radio navigation aids, either at the
aerodrome or elsewhere, and in either case for the purpose of assisting
the pilot in locating the aerodrome and in making an approach to landing
there:

(i) radio direction finding equipment utilising emissions in the very high
frequency bands;

(ii) a non-directional radio beacon transmitting signals in the low or
medium frequency bands;

(iii) very high frequency omni-directional radio range;

(iv) radio navigation land stations forming part of the Decca radio
navigation system;

(v) radar equipment.

It shall be sufficient if the equipment specified in sub-paragraph (c) is
provided, even if for the time being it is not in operation.

(3) An aircraft to which this Regulation applies shall not land or make an
approach to landing at any aerodrome unless services and equipment according with
paragraph (2) of this Regulation are provided and are in operation at that
aerodrome, and can be made use of by that aircraft, and, in the case of the
navigation aids specified in sub-paragraph (c), items (i) to (iv), instructions and
procedures for the use of the aid are included in the operations manual. A person
shall be deemed not to have contravened the provisions of this paragraph if he
proves that

(a)for the time being use could not be made of the radio navigation aids
provided under paragraph (2)(c) whether by reason of those aids not being
in operation or of the unserviceability of equipment in the aircraft itself,
and

(b)the approach to landing was made in accordance with instructions and
procedures appropriate to that circumstance and included in the
operations manual.

(4) An aircraft to which this Regulation applies shall, without prejudice to tht
requirements of Regulation 11, be equipped with the equipment necessary to enable
use to be made of at least one of the navigation aids specified in paragraph (2)(c) of
this Regulation and in use for landing at the aerodrome, and in particular the
equipment for use with the radio navigation land stations referred to in paragraph
(2)(c)(iv) of this Regulation shall include a flight log designed to operate with that
equipment and to display on a chart to the pilot at the controls of the aircraft a
continuous and instantaneous pictorial plot of the path of the aircraft. Nothing in
this paragraph shall require the duplication of any equipment carried in pursuance of
any other provision of this Order or of any regulation made thereunder.

Pilot Maintenance-specified repairs or replacements

13. With reference to Article 11(2) of this Order the following repairs or
replacements are specified:

(1)--(4) [Deleted in so far as they apply to Mong Kong, L.N. 18180.1

(5)Repairs to upholstery and decorative furnishing of the cabin or cockpit
interior when repair does not require dismantling of any structure or
operating system or interfere with an operating system or affect the
structure of the aircraft.

(6)-(8) [Deleted in so far as they apply to Hong Kong, L.N. 18180.1







(9)Replacement of seats or seat parts not involving dismantling of any
structure or of any operating system.

(10)-(16) [Deleted in so far as they apply to Hong Kong, L.N. 18180.1

Mandatory Reporting-specified reportable occurrences, time and manner of
reporting and information to be reported

14. (1) With reference to Article 79(1) of this Order, the following reportable
occurrences are specified, that is to say those:

(a) involving damage to an aircraft;





(b) involving injury to a person;
(c)involving the impairment during a flight of the capacity of a member
of the flight crew of an aircraft to undertake the functions to which
his licence relates;
(d)involving the use in flight of any procedures taken for the purpose of
over-coming an emergency;
(e)involving the failure of an aircraft system or of any equipment of an
aircraft;
arising from the control of an aircraft in flight by its flight crew;
(g)arising from failure or inadequacy of facilities or services on the
ground used or intended to be used for purposes of or in connection
with the operation of aircraft;
(h)arising from the loading or the carriage of passengers, cargo (including
mail) or fuel,
and those which are not referred to in sub-paragraphs (a) to (h) of this paragraph
of this Regulation but which, in the opinion of a person referred to in sub-
paragraphs (a) to (c) of Article 79(1) of this Order, constitute an occurrence
endangering, or which if not corrected would endanger, the safety of an aircraft,
its occupants or any other person.

(2) For the purposes of this Regulation, an aircraft system includes the
flight control, power plant, fuel, hydraulic, pneumatic, pressurisation, electrical,
navigation and any other system of the aircraft.

(3) With reference to Article 79(1) of this Order, a report containing the
information referred to in paragraph (4) of this Regulation shall be despatched
in writing and by the quickest available means to the Governor within 96 hours
of the reportable occurrence coming to the knowledge of the person making
the report:

Provided that if at that time any of the said information is not in the
possession of that person, he shall despatch that information to the Governor
in writing and by the quickest available means within 96 hours of its coming
into his possession.

(4) With reference to Article 79(1) of this Order, a report shall, as far as
possible, contain the following information:-
(a) The type, series and registration marks of the aircraft concerned;
(b) The name of the operator of the aircraft;
(c) The date of the reportable occurrence;
(d)If the person making the report has instituted an investigation into the
reportable occurrence, whether or not this has been completed;
(e)A description of the reportable occurrence, including its effects and
any other relevant information;
In the case of a reportable occurrence which occurs during flight-
(i) The Greenwich Mean Time of the occurrence;
(ii) The last point of departure and the next point of intended
landing of the aircraft at that time;
(iii) The geographical position of the aircraft at that time;
(g)In the case of a defect in or malfunctioning of an aircraft or any part
or equipment of an aircraft, the name of the manufacturer of the air-
craft, part or equipment, as the case may be, and, where appropriate,
the part number and modification standard of the part or equipment
and its location on the aircraft;
(h)The signature and name in block capitals of the person making the
report, the name of his employer and the capacity in which he acts
for that employer;
(i)In the case of a report made by the commander of an aircraft or a
person referred to in sub-paragraph (c) or (d) of Article 79(1) of this
Order the address or telephone number at which communications
should be made to him, if different from that of his place of employment.





Minimum Navigation Performance Specifications-Prescribed Airspace and
Navigation Performance Capability

1~. (1) With reference to Article 35A of the Order, as amended, the following
navigation performance capability is hereby prescribed, that is to say, a capability
to ensure that

(a)the standard deviation of lateral errors in the track of the aircraft is not
more than 6.3 nautical miles; and

(b)the proportion of the flight time of the aircraft during which the actual
track of the aircraft is 30 nautical miles or more ofr the track along
which it has been given an air traffic control clearance to fly is less than
5.3 x 10-4; and

(c)the proportion of the flight time of the aircraft during which the actual
track of the aircraft is between 50 and 70 nautical miles off the track
along which it has been given an air traffic control clearance to fly is less
than 13 x 10-5.

(2) For the purposes of Article 35A of the Order, as amended, the following
airspace, is hereby prescribed, that is to say, the airspace from flight level 275 to
flight level 400 within the area defined by rhumb lines joining successively
following points:

34' ITN 170 48'W 36' 30' N 1 S' 00' W 420 00'N 15* 00' W 43' 00' N 13' 00' W
45* 00' N 130 00' W 45' 00' N 08' 00' W 51' 00' N 08' 00' W 51* 00' N 1 S' 00' W
54' 00' N 15' 00' W 54' 34' N 10' 00' W WOTN ITOTW 61' 00' N 00' 00' 67' 00'
N 00' 00' 670 00' N 60' 00' W 650 30' N 58o 39' W 64' 00' N 63' 00' W 61 0 00' N
63' 00' W 57o OTN 59* 00' W 530 OTN 54'00' W 49'00'N W0TW 45' 00' N 51
o 00' W 45' 00' N 53' 00' W 43' 36' N 60' 00' W 27' 00' N 600 00' W 27' 00' N 25'
00' W 30' 00' N 25o 00' W 30' 00' N 20o 00' W 31' 39'N 17'25'W thence by that
part of the arc of a circle radius 100 nautical miles centred on 33o 04' N 16' 21' W
to 34' 10' N 17' 48' W. (a)

ANNEX TO SCHEDULE 15 Regulations 2 and 3

WEIGHT AND PERFORMANCE OF PUBLIC TRANSPORT
AEROPLANES
HAVING NO PERFORMANCE GROUP CLASSIFICATION IN
THEIR
CERTIFICATES OF AmwoRTH~

Conditions (1) and (2) apply to all aeroplanes to which Regulation 3 applies;

Conditions (3) to (10) apply to all aeroplanes to which Regulation 3 applies

(i)of which the specified maximum total weight authorized exceeds 5,700 kg.,
or

(ii)of which the specified maximum total weight authorized does not exceed
5,700 kg. and which comply with neither condition (1)(a) nor condition
(1)(b);

(a) Added, S.I. 1978 No. 1520. (L.N. 83/80)





Conditions (11) to (18) inclusive apply to all aeroplanes to which Regulation
3 applies of which the specified maximum total weight authorized does not exceed
5,700 kg., and which comply with condition (1)(a) or condition (1)(b) or with
both those conditions.

All aeroplanes

(1) Either-

(a)the wing loading of the aeroplane does not exceed 20 lb. per square foot;
or

(b)the stalling speed of the aeroplane in the landing configuration does not
exceed 60 knots; or

(c)the aeroplane, with any one of its power units inoperative and the
remaining power unit or units operating within the maximum continuous
power conditions specified, is capable of a gradient of climb of at least 1
in 200 at an altitude of 5,000 feet in the specified international standard
atmosphere.

(2) The weight of the aeroplane at the commencement of the take-off run
does not exceed the maximum take-off weight, if any, specified for the altitude
and the air temperature at the aerodrome at which the take-off is to be made.

Aeroplanes of a specified maximum total weight authorized exceeding 5,700 kg.
and aeroplanes of a specified maximum total weight authorized not exceeding
5,700 kg. which comply with neither condition (1) (a) nor condition (1) (b)

(3)(a) The distance required by the aeroplane to attain a height of 50 feet,
with all power units operating within the maximum take-off power
conditions specified does not exceed the take-off run available at the
aerodrome at which the take - off is to be made.

(b)The distance required by the aeroplane to attain a height of 50 feet with
all power units operating within the maximum take-off power conditions
specified, when multiplied by a factor of either 1.33 for aeroplanes having
two power units or by a factor of 1. 18 for aeroplanes having four power
units, does not exceed the emergency distance available at the aerodrome
at which the take-6fF is to be made.

(c)For the purposes of sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) the distance required
by'the aeroplane to attain a height of 50 feet shall be that appropriate to:

(i) the weight of the aeroplane at the commencement of the takeoff
run;

(ii) the altitude at the aerodrome;

(iii) the air temperature at the aerodrome;

(iv) the condition of the surface of the runway from which the take-
off will be made;

(v) the slope of the surface of the aerodrome in the direction of take-
off over the take-off run available and the emergency distance available,
respectively; and

(vi) not more than 50 per cent of the reported wind component
opposite to the direction of take-off or not less than 150 per cent of the
reported wind component in the direction of take-off.

(4)(a) The take-off flight path with one power unit inoperative and the
remaining power unit or units operating within the maximum take-off
power conditions specified, appropriate to:







(i) the weight of the aeroplane at the commencement of the takeoff
run;

(ii) the altitude at the aerodrome;

(iii) the air temperature at the aerodrome;

(iv) not more than 50 per cent of the reported wind component
opposite to the direction of take - off or not less than 150 per cent of
the reported wind component in the direction of take-off,

and plotted from a point 50 feet above the end of the appropriate
factored distance required for take-off under condition (3)(b) of this
Annex at the aerodrome at which the take-off is to be made, shows





that the aeroplane vrill clear any obstacle in its path by a vertical interval
of at least 35 feet except that if it is intended that an aeroplane shall
change its direction by more than 15' the vertical interval shall be not
less than 50 feet during the change of direction.

(b)For the purpose of sub-paragraph (4)(a) an obstacle shall be deemed to be
in the path of the aeroplane if the distance from the obstacle to the
nearest point on the ground below the intended line of flight does not
exceed:

(i) a distance of 60 metres plus half the wing span of the aeroplane plus
one-eighth of the distance from such point to the end of the takeoff
distance available, measured along the intended line of flight; or

(ii) 1,500 metres,

whichever is the less.

(c)In assessing the ability of the aerodrome to satisfy this condition, it shall
not be assumed to make a change of direction of a radius less than a radius
of steady turn corresponding to an angle of bank of 15*.

(5) The aeroplane will, in the meteorological conditions expected for the
flight, in the event of any one power unit becoming inoperative at any point on its
route or on any planned diversion therefrom and with the other power unit or units
operating within the maximum continuous power conditions specified, be capable
of continuing the flight clearing obstacles within 10 nautical miles either side of the
intended track by a vertical interval of at least:

(a) 1,000 feet when the gradient of the flight path is not less than zero; or

(b) 2,000 feet when the gradient of the flight path is less than zero,

to an aerodrome at which it can comply with condition (9), and on arrival over
such aerodrome the flight path shall have a gradient of not less than zero at 1,500
feet above the aerodrome.

For the purpose of this condition the gradient of climb of the aeroplane shall
be taken to be one per cent less than that specified.

(6) The aeroplane will, in the meteorological conditions expected for the
flight, at any point on its route or on any planned diversion therefrom be capable
of climbing at a gradient of at least 1 in 50, with all power units operating within
the maximum continuous power conditions, specified at the following altitudes:

(a)the minimum altitudes for safe flight on each stage of the route to be
flown or of any planned diversion therefrom specified in, or calculated
from the information contained in, the operations manual relating to the
aeroplane; and

(b)the minimum altitudes necessary for compliance with conditions (5) and
(7), as appropriate.

(7) If on the route to be flown or any planned diversion therefrom, the
aeroplane will be engaged in a flight over water during which at any point it may be
more than 90 minutes flying time in still air from the nearest shore, it will in the
event of two power units becoming inoperative during such time and with the other
power unit or units operating within the maximum continuous power conditions
specified be capable of continuing the flight having regard to the meteorological
conditions expected for the flight, clearing all obstacles within 10 nautical miles
either side of the intended track by a vertical interval of at least 1,000 feet, to an
aerodrome at which a safe landing can be made.

(8) The landing weight of the aeroplane will not exceed the maximum landing
weight, if any, specified for the altitude and the expected air temperature for the






estimated time of landing at the aerodrome at which it is intended to land and at
any alternate aerodrome.

(9) The distance required by the aeroplane to land from a height of 50 feet
does not, at the aerodrome at which it is intended to land, exceed 60 per cent of
the landing distance available on

(i) the most suitable runway for a landing in still air conditions; and

(ii)the runway that may be required for landing because of the forecast wind
conditions; provided that if an alternate aerodrome is designated in the
flight plan the landing distance required at the aerodrome at which it is
intended to land shall not exceed 70 per cent of that available on the
runway.





The distance required to land from a height of 50 feet shall be taken to be
that appropriate to

(a) the landing weight;

(b) the altitude at the aerodrome;

(c)the temperature in the specified international standard atmosphere
appropriate to the attitude at the aerodrome;

(d) (i) a level surface in the case of runways usable in both directions;

(ii) the average slope of the runway in the case of runways usable in
only one direction; and

(e) (i) still air conditions in the case of the most suitable runway for a

landing in still air conditions; and

(ii) not more than 50 per cent of the forecast wind component
opposite to the direction of landing or not less than 150 per cent of the
forecast wind component in the direction of landing in the case of the
runway that may be required for landing because of the forecast
wind conditions.

(10) The distance required by the aeroplane to land from a height of 50 feet
does not, at any alternate aerodrome, exceed 70 per cent of the landing distance
available on

(i) the most suitable runway for a landing in still air conditions; and

(ii)the runway that may be required for landing because of the forecast wind
conditions.

For the purpose of this condition the distance required to land from a height
of 50 feet shall be determined in the manner provided in condition (9).

Aeroplanes of a specified maximum total weight authorized not exceeding 5,700
kg. and which comply with either condition (1) (a) or condition (1) (b), or with
both these conditions

(11) If the aeroplane is engaged in a flight at night or when the cloud ceiling or
visibility prevailing at the aerodrome of departure and forecast for the estimated
time of the landing at the aerodrome of destination or at any alternate aerodrome
are less than 1,000 feet and one nautical mile respectively, it will, with any one of
its power units inoperative and the remaining power unit or units operating within
the maximum continuous power conditions specified, be capable of climbing at a
gradient of at least 1 in 200 at an altitude of 2,500 feet in the specified
international standard atmosphere.

(12)(a) The distance required by the aeroplane to attain a height of 50 feet
with all power units operating within the maximum take-olT power
conditions specified, does not exceed the take-off run available at the
aerodrome at which the take-off is to be made;

(b)The distance required by the aeroplane to attain a height of 50 feet, with
all power units operating within the maximum take-off power conditions
specified, when multiplied by a factor of 1. 33 does not exceed the
emergency distance available at the aerodrome at which the take-off is to
be made;

(c)For the purposes of sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) the distance required by the
aeroplane to attain a height of 50 feet shall be that appropriate to:

(i) the weight of the aeroplane at the commencement of the takeoff






run;

(ii) the altitude at the aerodrome;

(iii) the temperature in the specified international standard atmosphere
appropriate to the altitude at the aerodrome or, if greater, the air
temperature at the aerodrome less 15' centigrade;

(iv) the slope of the surface of the aerodrome in the direction of take-
off over the take-off run available and the emergency distance available
respectively; and

(v) not more than 50 per cent of the reported wind component
opposite to the direction of take-off or not less than 150 per cent of the
reported wind component in the direction of take-off.





(13) The take - off flight path, with all power units operating within the
maximum take-off power conditions specified, appropriate to:

(i) the weight of the aeroplane at the commencement of the take-off run;

(ii) the altitude at the aerodrome;

(iii) the temperature in the specified international standard atmosphere
appropriate to the altitude at the aerodrome, or, if greater, the air
temperature at the aer6drome less 15' centigrade; and

(iv) not more than 50 per cent of the reported wind component opposite to
the direction of take-off or not less than 150 per cent of the reported
wind component in the direction of take-off,

and plotted from a point 50 feet above the end of the factored distance required for
take-off under condition (12)(b), at the aerodrome at which the take-off is to be
made, shows that the aeroplane will clear any obstacle lying within 60 metres plus
half the wing span of the aeroplane on either side of its path by a vertical interval
of at least 35 feet. In assessing the ability of the aeroplane to satisfy this condition
it shall not be assumed to make a change of direction of a radius less than a radius
of steady turn corresponding to an angle of bank of 15*.

(14) The aeroplane will, in the meteorological conditions expected for the
flight, in the event of any one power unit becoming inoperative at any point on its
route or on any planned diversion therefrom and with the other power unit or
units, if any, operating within the maximum continuous power conditions specified,
be capable of continuing the flight so as to reach a point above a place at which a
safe landing can be made at a suitable height for such landing.

(15) The aeroplane will, in the meteorological conditions expected for the
flight, at any point on its route or any planned diversion therefrom, be capable of
climbing at a gradient of at least 1 in 50, with all power units operating within the
maximum continuous power conditions specified at the following altitudes:

(a)the minimum altitudes for safe flight on each stage of the route to be
flown or on any planned diversion therefrom specified in, or calculated
from, the information contained in the operations manual relating to the
aeroplane; and

(b) the minimum altitudes necessary for compliance with condition (14).

(16) If on the route to be flown or any planned diversion therefrom the
aeroplane will be engaged in a flight over water during which at any point it may be
more than 30 minutes flying time in still air from the nearest shore, it will, in the
event of one power unit becoming inoperative during such time and with the other
power unit or units operating within the maximum continuous power conditions
specified, be capable of climbing at a gradient of at least 1 in 200 at an altitude of
5,000 feet in the specified international standard atmosphere.

(17) The landing weight of the aeroplane will not exceed the maximum landing
weight, if any, specified for the altitude and the expected air temperature for the
estimated time of landing at the aerodrome at which it is intended to land and at
any alternate aerodrome.

(18) The distance required by the aeroplane to land from a height of 50 feet
does not at the aerodrome at which it is intended to land and at any alternate
aerodrome, exceed 70 per cent, or, if a visual approach and landing will be possible
in the meteorological conditions forecast for the estimated time, of landing, 80 per
cent, of the landing distance available on:

(i) the most suitable runway for a landing in still air conditions; and

(ii) the runway that may be required for landing because of the forecast wind
conditions,







the distance required to land from a height of 50 feet being taken to be that
appropriate to:

(a) the landing weight;

(b) the altitude at the aerodrome;

(c)the temperature in the specified international standard atmosphere
appropriate to the altitude at the aerodrome;

(d) (i) a level surface in the case of runways usable in both directions;

(ii) the average slope of the runway in the case of runways usable in
only one direction; and





(e) (i) still air conditions in the case of the most suitable runway for a landing
in still air conditions;

(ii) not more than 50 per cent of the forecast wind component
opposite to the direction of landing or not less than 150 per cent of the
forecast wind component in the direction of landing in the case of the
runway that may be required for landing because of the forecast wind
conditions.

SCHEDULE 16 Article 90

TERRITORIES TO WHICH THIS ORDER
APPLIES

Belize.

Bermuda.

British Antarctic Territory.

British Indian Ocean Territory.

British Virgin Islands.

Cayman Islands.

Falkland Islands (Colony and Dependencies).

Gibraltar.

Gilbert Islands.

Hong Kong.

Montserrat.

Pitcaim, Henderson, Ducie and Oeno Islands.

St. Helena (Colony and Dependencies).

Solomon Islands.

Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia.

Turks and Caicos Islands.

Tuvalu.

The following Table shows, in relation to each Article of the Air Navigation
(Overseas Territories) Order 1976 as amended, the Article of the 1977 Order in
which it is reproduced.

TABLE OF COMPARISON

1976 Order 1976 Order
as amended 1977 Orderas amended1977 Order
1 1 20 20
2 2 21 21
3 3 22 22
4 4 23 23
5 5 24 24
6 6 25 25
7 7 26 26
8 8 27 27
9 9 28 28






10 10 29 29
11 11 30 30
12 12 31 31
13 13 32 32
14 14 33 33
is is 34 34
16 16 35 35
17 17 36 36
18 18 37 37
19 19 38 38





1976 Order 1976 Order
as amended 1977 Order as amended 1977 Order
39 39 67 67
40 40 68 68
41 41 69 69
42 42 70 70
43 43 71 71
44 44 72 72
45 45 73 73
46 46 74 74
47 47 75 75
48 48 76 76
49 49 77 77
so so 78 78
51 51 79 79
52 52 80 80
53 53 81 81
54 54 82 82
55 55 83 83
56 56 84 84
57 57 85 85
58 58 86 86
59 59 87 87
60 60 88 88
61 61 89 89
62 62 90 90
63 63 91 91
64 64 92 92
65 65 93 93
66 66 94 94





1977 No. 589

EVIDENCE

THE HONG KONG (EVIDENCE) ORDER 1977

Made - - - - 30th March 1977

Coming into Operation 22nd April 1977

At the Court of Saint James, the 30th day of March 1977

Present,

The Counsellors of State in Council

WHEREAs Her Majesty, in pursuance of the Regency Acts 1937
to 1953, was pleased, by Letters Patent dated the 3rd day of February
1977, to delegate to the six Counsellors of State therein named or any
two or more of them full power and authority during the period of Her
Majesty's absence from the United Kingdom to summon and hold on
Her Majesty's behalf Her Privy Council and to signify thereat Her
Majesty's approval for anything for which Her Majesty's approval in
Council is required:

Now, THEREFORE, Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth The Queen
Mother and Her Royal Highness The Princess Margaret, Countess of
Snowdon, being authorized thereto by the said Letters Patent, and in
pursuance of the powers conferred by section 10(3) of the Evidence
(Proceedings in Other Jurisdictions) Act 1975(a) and all other powers
enabling Her Majesty, and by and with the advice of Her Majesty's
Privy Council, do on Her Majesty's behalf order, and it is hereby
ordered, as follows:

1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Hong Kong (Evidence) Order
1977.

(2) This Order shall come into operation on 22nd April 1977.

2. Subsections (2), (3) and (4) of section 8 of the Evidence
(Proceedings in Other Jurisdictions) Act 1975 and the provisions of
Schedule 2 to that Act that relate to the Foreign Tribunals Evidence Act
1856(b), the Evidence by Commission Act 1859(c), the Extradition Act
1870(d) and the Evidence by Commission Act 1885(e) shall extend to
Hong Kong.

N. E. LEIGH,
Clerk of the Privy
Council.

(a) 1975 c. 34. (d) 1870 c. 52.
(b) 1856 c. 113. (e) 1885 c. 74.
(c)1859 c. 20.





1976 No. 2144

FUGITIVE CRIMINAL

THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA (EXTRADITION)
ORDER 1976

Made - - - - 15th December 1976

Laid before Parliament 23rd December 1976

Coming into Operation 21st January 1977

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 15th day of December 1976
Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Whereas a Treaty with Protocol of Signature was concluded on 8th
June 1972 between the Government of the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Northern Ireland and the Government of the United States of
America for the reciprocal extradition of offenders, the terms of which
are set out in Schedule 1 to this Order:

And whereas the said Treaty and Protocol were ratified on 21st
October 1976:

And whereas in accordance with Article II(I)(a) of the said Treaty it
has been agreed by Notes exchanged on 21st October 1976(a) that the
Treaty shall apply to those territories for the international relations of
which the United Kingdom is responsible and which are specified in
Schedule 2 to this Order:

And whereas on the entry into force of the said Treaty the
provisions of the earlier Extradition Treaty which was concluded on
22nd December 1931(b) shall cease to have effect between the United
Kingdom and the United States of America:

Now, therefore, Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred
on Her by sections 2, 17 and 21 of the Extradition Act, 1870(c) or
otherwise in Her Majesty vested, is pleased, by and with the advice of
Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows.--

1. This Order may be cited as the United States of America
(Extradition) Order 1976 and shall come into operation on 21st January
1977.

2. The Interpretation Act 1889(d) shall apply to the interpretation
of this Order as it applies to the interpretation of an Act of Parliament.

(a) Cmnd. (c) 1870 c. 52.

(b) Cmnd. 4928. (d)1889 c. 63.





3. The Extradition Acts 1870 to 1935, as amended or extended by
any subsequent enactment, shall apply in the case of the United States
of America in accordance with the said Treaty of the 8th June 1972.

4. The operation of this Order is limited to the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Northern Ireland, the Channel Islands, the Isle of Man,
and the other territories (including their dependencies) specified in
Schedule 2 to this Order.

5. The United States of America (Extradition) Order in Council
1935(e) is hereby revoked.

N. E. LEIGH,

Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE1

ExTRADMON TREATY BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED
KINGDOM
OF GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRELAND AND THE
GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AmmucA

The Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
Ireland and the Government of the United States of America;

Desiring to make provision for the reciprocal extradition of offenders;

Have agreed as follows:

ARTICLE I

Each Contracting Party undertakes to extradite to the other, in the
circumstances and subject to the conditions specified in this Treaty, any person
found In its territory who has been accused or convicted of any offence within
Article III, committed within the jurisdiction of the other Party.

ARTICLE II

(1) This Treaty shall apply:

(a)in relation to the United Kingdom: to Great Britain and Northern Ireland,
the Channel Islands, the Isle of Man, and any territory for the
international relations of which the United Kingdom is responsible and to
which the Treaty shall have been extended by agreement between the
Contracting Parties embodied in an Exchange of Notes; and

(b) to the United States of America;

and references to the territory of a Contracting Party shall be construed
accordingly.

(2) The application of this Treaty to any territory in respect of which
extension has been made in accordance with paragraph (1) of this Article may be
terminated by either Contracting Party giving six months' written notice to the
other through the diplomatic channel.

ARTicLE III

(1) Extradition shall be granted for an act or omission the facts of which
disclose an ofrence within any of the descriptions listed in the Schedule annexed to
this Treaty, which is an integral part of the Treaty, or any other offence, if:

(e) S.R. 0. 1935/574 (Rev. IX
p. 421).











(a)the offence is punishable under the laws of both Parties by imprisonment
or other form of detention for more than one year or by the death
penalty;

(b)the offence is extraditable under the relevant law, being the law of the
United Kingdom or other territory to which this Treaty applies by virtue
of sub-paragraph (1)(a) of Article II; and

(c)the offence constitutes a felony under the law of the United States of
America.

(2) Extradition shall also be granted for any attempt or conspiracy to commit
an offence within paragraph (1) of this Article if such attempt or conspiracy is one
for which extradition may be granted under the laws of both Parties and is
punishable under the laws of both Parties by imprisonment or other form of
detention for more than one year or by the death penalty.

(3) Extradition shall also be granted for the offence of impeding the arrest or
prosecution of a person who has committed an offence for which extradition may
be granted under this Article and which is punishable under the laws of both Parties
by imprisonment or other form of detention for a period of five years or more.

(4) A person convicted of and sentenced for an offence shall not be extradited
therefor unless he was sentenced to imprisonment or other form of detention for a
period of four months or more or, subject to the provisions of Article IV, to the
death penalty.

ARTICLE IV

If the offence for which extradition is requested is punishable by death under
the relevant law of the requesting Party, but the relevant law of the requested
Party does not provide for the death penalty in a similar case, extradition may be
refused unless the requesting Party gives assurances satisfactory to the requested
Party that the death penalty will not be carried out.

ARTIcLE V

(1) Extradition shall not be granted if:

(a)the person sought would, if proceeded against in the territory of the
requested Party for the offence for which his extradition is requested, be
entitled to be discharged on the grounds of a previous acquittal or
conviction in the territory of the requesting or requested Party or of a
third State; or

(b)the prosecution for the offence for which extradition is requested has
become barred by lapse of time according to the law of the requesting or
requested Party; or

(c) (i) the offence for which extradition is requested is regarded by the
requested Party as one of a political character; or

(ii) the person sought proves that the request for his extradition has in
fact been made with a view to try or punish him for an offence of a
political character.

(2) Extradition may be refused on any other ground which is specified by the
law of the requested Party.

ARTICLE VI

If the person sought should be under examination or under punishment in the
territory of the requested.Party for any other offence, his extradition shall be
deferred until the conclusion of the trial and the full execution of any punishment
awarded to him.

ARTICLE VII

(1) The request for extradition shall be made through the diplomatic channel,
except as otherwise provided in Article XV.





(2) The request shall be accompanied by:

(a)a description of the person sought, his nationality, if known, and any
other information which would help to establish his identity;

(b) a statement of the facts of the offence for which extradition is requested;

(c) the text, if any, of the law

(i) defining that ofrence;

(ii) prescribing the maximum punishment for that ofrence; and

(iii) imposing any time limit on the institution of proceedings for that
offence;

and

(d) (i) where the requesting Party is the United Kingdom, a statement of the
legal provisions which establish the extraditable character of the
offence for which extradition is requested under the relevant law,
being the law of the United Kingdom or other territory to which this
Treaty applies by virtue of sub-paragraph (1)(a) of Article II;

(ii) where the requesting Party is the United States of America, a
statement that the offence for which extradition is requested,
constitutes a felony under the law of the United States of America.

(3) If the request relates to an accused person, it must also be accompanied by
a warrant of arrest issued by ajudge, magistrate or other competent authority in the
territory of the requesting Party and by such evidence as, according to the law of
the requested Party, would justify his committal for trial if the offence had been
committed in the territory of the requested Party, including evidence that the
person requested is the person to whom the warrant of arrest refers.

(4) If the request relates to a convicted person, it must be accompanied by a
certificate or the judgment of conviction imposed in the territory of the requesting
Party, and by evidence that the person requested is the person to whom the
conviction refers and, if the person was sentenced, by evidence of the sentence
imposed and a statement showing to what extent the sentence has not been carried
out.

(5) The warrant of arrest, or the judicial document establishing the existence
of the conviction, and any deposition or statement or other evidence given on
oath or affirmed, or any certified copy thereof shall be received in evidence in any
proceedings for extradition:

(a)if it is authenticated in the case of a warrant by being signed, or in the case
of any other original document by being certified, by a judge, magistrate
or other competent authority of the requesting Party, or in the case of a
copy by being so certified to be a true copy of the original; and

(b)where the requesting Party is the United Kingdom, by being sealed with
the official seal of the appropriate Minister and certified by the principal
diplomatic or consular officer of the United States of America in the
United Kingdom; and where the requesting Party is the United States of
America, by being sealed with the official seal of the Department of State
for the Secretary of State; or

(c) if it is authent icated in such other manner as may be permitted by
the law of the requested Party.

ARTICLE VIII

(1) In urgent cases the person sought may, in accordance with the law of the
requested Party, be provisionally arrested on application through the diplomatic
channel by the competent authorities of the requesting Party. The application shall
contain an indication of intention to request the extradition of the person sought
and a statement of the existence of a warrant of arrest or a conviction against that
person, and, if available, a description of the person sought, and such further
information, if any, as would be necessary to justify the issue of a warrant of arrest
had the offence been committed, or the person sought been convicted, in the
territory of the requested Party.





(2) A person arrested upon such an application shall be set at liberty upon the
expiration of forty-five days from the date of his arrest if a request for his
extradition shall not have been received. This provision shall not prevent the
institution of further proceedings for the extradition of the person sought if a
request is subsequently received.

ARTICLE IX

(1) Extradition shall be granted only if the evidence be found sufficient
according to the law of the requested Party either to justify the committal for trial
of the person sought if the offence of which he is accused had been committed in
the territory of the requested Party or to prove that he is the identical person
convicted by the courts of the requesting Party.

(2) If the requested Party requires additional evidence or information to enable a
decision to be taken on the request for extradition, such evidence or information
shall be submitted within such time as that Party shall require.

ARTICLE X

If the extradition of a person is requested concurrently by one of the
Contracting Parties and by another State or States, either for the same offence or
for different offences, the requested Party shall make its decision, in so far as its
law allows, having regard to all the circumstances, including the provisions in this
regard in any Agreements in force between the requested Party and the requesting
States, the relative seriousness and place of commission of the offences, the
respective dates of the requests, the nationality of the person sought and the
possibility of subsequent extradition to another State.

ARTICLE XI

(1) The requested Party shall promptly communicate to the requesting Party
through the diplomatic channel the decision on the request for extradition.

(2) If a warrant or order for the extradition of a person sought has been issued
by the competent authority and he is not removed from the territory of the
requested Party within such time as may be required under the law of that Party, he
may be set at liberty and the requested Party may subsequently refuse to extradite
him for the same offence.

ARTicLE XII

(1) A person extradited shall not be detained or proceeded against in the
territory of the requesting Party for any offence other than an extraditable
offence established by the facts in respect of which his extradition has been
granted, or on account of any other matters, nor be extradited by that Party to a
third State

(a) until after he has returned to the territory of the requested Party; or

(b)until the expiration of thirty days after he has been free to return to the
territory of the requested Party.

(2) The provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article shall not apply to offences
committed, or matters arising, after the extradition.

ARTICLE XIII

When a request for extradition is granted, the requested Party shall, so far as
its law allows and subject to such conditions as it may impose having regard to the
rights of other claimants, furnish the requesting Party with all sums of money and
other articles

(a) which may serve as proof of the offence to which the request relates; or







(b)which may have been acquired by the person sought as a result of the
offence and are in his possession.

ARTICLE XIV

(1) The requested Party shall make all necessary arrangements for and meet
the cost of the representation of the requesting Party in any proceedings arising
out of a request for extradition.





(2) Expenses relating to the transportation of a person sought shall be paid by
the requesting Party. No pecuniary claim arising out of the arrest, detention,
examination and surrender of a person sought under the provisions of this Treaty
shall be made by the requested Party against the requesting Party.

ARTICLE XV

A request on the part of the Government of the United States of America for
the extradition of an offender who is found in any of the territories to which this
Treaty has been extended in accordance with paragraph (1) of Article II may be
made to the Governor or other competent authority of that territory, who may
take the decision himself or refer the matter to the Government of the United
Kingdom for their decision.

ARTICLE XVI

(1) This Treaty shall be ratified, and the instruments of ratification shall be
exchanged at Washington as soon as possible. It shall come into force three
months after the date of the exchange of instruments of ratification.

(2) This Treaty shall apply to any offence listed in the annexed Schedule
committed before or after this Treaty enters into force, provided that extradition
shall not be granted for an offence committed before this Treaty enters into force
which was not an offence under the laws of both Contracting Parties at the time of
its commission.

(3) On the entry into force of this Treaty the provisions of the Extradition
Treaty of December 22, 1931(1) shall cease to have effect as between the United
Kingdom and the United States of America.

(4) Either of the Contracting Parties may terminate this Treaty at any time
by giving notice to the other through the diplomatic channel. In that event the
Treaty shall cease to have effect six months after the receipt of the notice.

In witness whereof the undersigned, being duly authorised. thereto by their
respective Governments, have signed this Treaty.

Done in duplicate at London in the English language this 8th day of June,
1972.

For the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and
Northern Ireland:

ANTHONY KERSHAW

For the Government of the United States of America:

WALTER ANNENBERG

SCHEDULE

LIST OF OFFENCES REFERRED To IN ARTICLE III

1 Murder; attempt to murder, including assault with intent to murder.

2. Manslaughter.

3.. Maliciously wounding or inflicting grievous bodily harm.

4.Unlawful throwing or application of any corrosive or injurious substance upon
the person of another.

5. Rape; unlawful.sexual intercourse with a female; indecent assault.

6.Gross indecency or unlawful sexual acts with a child under the age of fourteen
years.

7.Procuring a woman or young person for immoral purposes; living on the
earnings of prostitution.

(1) Treaty Series No. 18 (1935), Cmd. 4928.





8. Unlawfully administering drugs or using instruments with intent to
procure

the miscarriage of a woman.

9. Bigamy.

10. Kidnapping, abduction, false imprisonment.

11. Neglecting, ill-treating abandoning, exposing or stealing a child.

12. An offence against the law relating to narcotic drugs, cannabis sativa L,
hallucinogenic drugs, cocaine and its derivatives, and other dangerous drugs.

13. Theft; larceny; embezzlement.

14. Robbery; assault with intent to rob.

15. Burglary or housebreaking or shopbreaking

16.Receiving or otherwise handling any goods, money, valuable securities or other
property, knowing the same to have been stolen or unlawfully obtained.

17. Obtaining property, money or valuable securities by false pretences or

other form of deception.

18. Blackmail or extortion.

19. False accounting.

20. Fraud or false statements by company directors and other officers.

21. An offence against the bankruptcy laws.

22. An offence relating to counterfeiting or forgery.

23. Bribery, including soliciting, offering or accepting bribes.

24. Perjury; subornation of perjury.

25. Arson.

26. Malicious damage to property.

27. Any malicious act done with intent to endanger the safety of persons

travelling or being upon a railway.

28. Piracy, involving ships or aircraft, according to international law.

29. Unlawful seizure of an aircraft.

PROTOCOL OF SIGNATURE

At the time of signing this day the Extradition Treaty between the
Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and the
Government of the United States of America (hereinafter referred to as 'the
Treaty'), the undersigned have agreed as follows:

(1) Article III of the Treaty shall permit the Government of the United
States of America to obtain the extradition of a person for an offence to which
the Treaty relates when United States Federal jurisdiction is based upon interstate
transport or transportation or the use of the mails or of interstate facilities, these
aspects being jurisdictional only.

(2) This Protocol of Signature shall form an integral part of the Treaty.
In witness whereof the undersigned, being duly authorised thereto by their

respective Governments, have signed this Protocol.

Done in duplicate at London in the English language this 8th day of June,

1972.

For the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern

Ireland:

ANTHONY KERSHAW

For the Government of the United States of America:

WALTER ANNENBERG





SCHEDULE 2
Antigua
Belize
Bermuda
British Indian Ocean Territory
British Virgin Islands
Cayman Islands
Dominica
Falkland Islands and Dependencies
Gibraltar
Gilbert Islands
Hong Kong
Montserrat
Pitcairn, Henderson Ducie and Oeno Islands
St. Christopher, Nevis and Anguilla
St. Helena and Dependencies
St. Lucia
St. Vincent
Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia in the Island of Cyprus
Turks and Caicos Islands
Tuvalu





1957 No. 1524

THE COPYRIGHT (INTERNATIONAL ORGANISATIONS)
ORDER, 1957

[This Order in Council is reprinted as amended by Order in Council
dated June 25th, 1958 (SI 1958 No. 1052).]

Made - - - 23rd August, 1957

Laid before Parliament 29th August, 1957

Coming into Operation 27th September, 1957

At the Court at Balmoral, the 23rd day of August, 1957

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Whereas it is provided by section 33 of the Copyright Act, 1956(a), that
where it appears to Her Majesty that one or more sovereign Powers, or
the government or governments thereof, are members of an
organisation, and that it is expedient that the provisions of that section
should apply to that organisation, Her Majesty may by Order in Council
declare that the organisation is one to which that section applies:

And whereas it appears to Her Majesty that it is expedient that the
provisions of the said section (under which, in the circum tances
therein prescribed copyright is to subsist in any original literary,
dramatic, musical or artistic work made or published by or under the
direction or control of any organisation to which the said section
applies) should apply to the organisations mentioned in the Schedule
hereto, being organisations of which sovereign Powers or the
governments thereof are members:

Now, therefore, Her Majesty, by and with the advice of Her Privy
Council, and by virtue of the authority conferred upon Her by section
33 of the Copyright Act, 1956, and of all other powers enabling Her in
that behalf, is pleased to declare, and it is hereby declared, as follows:

1. Each of the organisations mentioned in the Schedule hereto is an
organisation to which section 33 of the Copyright Act, 1956 applies.

2. This Order may be cited as the Copyright (International
Organisations) Order, 1957, and shall come into operation on the 27th
day of September, 1957.

W. G. AGNEW.

(a) 4 & 5 Eliz. 2. c. 74.





SCHEDULE

United Nations Organisation.
Specialised Agencies of the United Nations Organisation.
Organisation of American States.
Council of Europe.
Organisation for European Economic Cooperation.
Baghdad Pact Organisation (a).
Western European Union (a).

(a) 5.1. 195811052 (1958 1. P. 363).





1961 No. 2460

COPYRIGHT

THE COPYRIGHT (BROADCASTING ORGANISATIONS)
ORDER, 1961

Made - - - - - 21st December, 1961

Laid before Parliament 29th December, 1961

Coming into Operation 1st January, 1962

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 21st day of December, 1961

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, and by virtue
of the authority conferred upon Her by sections 31, 34 and 47 of the
Copyright Act, 1956(a) (hereinafter referred to as 'the Act'), and of all
other powers enabling Her in that behalf, is pleased to provide, and it is
hereby provided as follows:

1. The provisions of the Act relating to television or sound
broadcasts specified in the first column of the Schedule hereto shall
apply, subject to the modifications correspondingly specified in the
second column, in relation to the operation of wireless telegraphy
apparatus by way of the emission (as opposed to the reception) of
electromagnetic energy by all persons or classes of persons lawfully
authorised to broadcast to the public in any country to which section
14 of the Act extends by virtue of an Order in Council made in
pursuance of the powers conferred by section 31 of the Act (in this
Order referred to as 'lawfully authorised broadcasting authorities for all
purposes as they apply to television broadcasts, or, as the case may be,
to sound broadcasts made by the Corporation or the Authority.

2. This Order shall extend to the Isle of Man, Sarawak, Gibraltar
and Fiji.

3. The Copyright (Broadcasting Organisations) Order, 1959 (b), is
hereby revoked.

4. The Interpretation Act, 1889(c), shall apply to the interpretation
of this Order as it applies to the interpretation of an Act of Parliament
and as if this Order and the Order hereby revoked were Acts of
Parliament.

(a) 4 5 Eliz. 2. c. 74.
(b) S.I. 1959/2214 (1959 I, p. 743).
(c) 52 & 53 Vict. c. 63.





5. The Order may be cited as the Copyright (Broadcasting
Organisations) Order, 1961, and shall come into operation on the 1st day
of January, 1962.

W. G. AGNEW.

SCHEDULE

Provisions applied Modifications

Section 14, section 40 and For references to the Corporation and the
subsection (4) of section 48. Authority there shall be substituted refer-
ences to lawfully authorised broadcasting
authorities;
subsection (3) of section 40 shall be
omitted;
in subsection (4) of section 40, for 'either
of the two last preceding subsections' there
shall be substituted 'the last preceding sub-
section', and there shall be omitted 'or
the programme to be transmitted, as the
case may be';
in subsection (5) of section 40, references
to a work shall be omitted.
Seventh Schedule, paragraph After 'subsist' there shall he inserted 'in
17. any country', and for 'commencement of
that section' there shall be substituted 'date
on which that section was extended to that
country or the date on which that section
was extended to the country in which the
broadcast was made, whichever is the
later'.
Seventh Schedule, paragraph At the beginning there shall be inserted 'In
18. any country,', and for 'commencement of
that section' there shall be substituted
'date on which that section was extended to
that country or the date on which that sec-
tion was extended to the country in which
the previous broadcast was made which-
ever is the later'.





1979 No. 1715

COPYRIGHT

The Copyright (International Conventions) Order 1979

[This Order in Council is printed as amended by Order in Council,
dated 11 November 1980 (S. L 1980 No. 1723).]

Made 19th December 1979

Laid before Parliament 3rd January 1980

Coming into Operation 24th January 1980

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 19th day of December 1979

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, and by virtue
of the authority conferred upon Her by sections 31, 32 and 47 of the
Copyright Act 1956(a) and of all other powers enabling Her in that
behalf, is pleased to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

PART I

Citation, commencement and interpretation

1. This Order may be cited as the Copyright (International
Conventions) Order 1979, and shall come into operation on 24th
January 1980.

2. In this Order

'the Act' means the Copyright Act 1956; and

'material time' means

(i) in relation to an unpublished work or subject-matter, the
time at which such work or subject-matter was made, or,
if the making thereof extended over a period, a
substantial part of that period;

(ii) in relation to a published work or subject-matter, the. time
of first publication.

PART II

Protection for literary, dramatic, musical and artistic works, sound
recordings, cinematograph films and published editions

3. Subject to the following provisions of this Order, the provisions
of Parts I and II of the Act (except section 14) and all the

(a) 1956 c. 74.





other provisions of the Act relevant to those Parts shall in the case of
any country mentioned in Schedules 1 or 2 hereto apply

(a)in relation to literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works,
sound recordings, cinematograph films or published editions
first published in that country, as they apply to such works,
recordings, films or editions first published in the United
Kingdom;

(b)in relation to persons who at any material time are citizens or
subjects of, or domiciled or resident in, that country, as they
apply to persons who at such time are British subjects or
domiciled or resident in the United Kingdom; and

(c)in relation to bodies incorporated under the laws of that
country, as they apply to bodies incorporated under the laws
of any part of the United Kingdom.

4. (1) Subject to the following provisions of this Article, the
relevant provisions of Schedule 7 to the Act shall have effect in relation
to any work or other subject-matter in which copyright subsists by
virtue of this Part of this Order as if for any references therein to the
commencement of the Act or any of its provisions or to the date of the
repeal of any provision of the Copyright Act 191 1(a) or of any other
enactment there were substituted references to 27th September 1957
(being the date on which the Copyright (International Conventions)
Order 1957(b) came into operation).

(2) Subject to the following provisions of this Article, in the case of
any country mentioned in Schedule 2 hereto in relation to which a date
is specified in that Schedule

(a)paragraph (1) of this Article shall have effect as if for the
reference to 27th September 1957 there were substituted that
date (if different); and

(b)copyright shall not subsist by virtue of this Part of this Order
in any work or other subject-matter by reason only of its
publication in such a country before the date so specified.'

(3) This Article shall not apply-

(a)in the case of Ghana, kenya, Malawi, Mauritius, Nigeria or
Zambia; or

(b)to any work or subject-matter first published in the United
States of America if immediately before 27th September 1957
copyright under the Copyright Act 1911 subsisted in such
work or subject-matter by virtue of either an Order in Council
dated 9th February 1920 regulating copyright relations with
the United States of America (c) or the Copyright (United
States of America) Order 1942(d).

(a) 1911 c. 46. (c) S. R. O. 1920/257.

(b) S.I. 1957/1523. (d)S.R, O. 1942/1579,
amended by S.I. 1950/1641.





5. The acts restricted by section 12 of the Act as applied by
this Part of this Order shall not include-
(a) causing the recording to be heard in public; or
(b) broadcasting the recording;
except in the case of the countries mentioned in Schedule 3 to this
Order.

6. Where any person has before the commencement of this
Order incurred any expenditure or liability in connection with the
reproduction or performance of any work or other subject-matter in
a manner which at the time was lawful, or for the purpose of or with
a view to the reproduction or performance of a work at a time when
such reproduction or performance would, but for the making of this
Order, have been lawful, nothing in this Part of this Order shall
diminish or prejudice any right or interest arising from or in
connection with such action which is subsisting and valuable im-
mediately before the commencement of this Order unless the person
who by virtue of this Part of this Order becomes entitled to restrain
such reproduction or performance agrees to pay such compensation
as, failing agreement, may be determined by arbitration.

7. Nothing in the provisions of the Act as applied by this Part
of this Order shall be construed as reviving any right to make, or
restrain the making of, or any right in respect of, translations, if such
right has ceased before the commencement of this Order.

PART III

Protection in respect of broadcasts
8. The provisions of section 14 of the Act. so far as they relate
to sound broadcasts and all the other provisions of the Act relevant
thereto other than section 40(3), shall apply, in the case of each of
the countries mentioned in Schedule 4 to this Order, in relation to
sound broadcasts made from places in any such country by an
organisation constituted in, or under the laws of, the country in
which the broadcast is made as they apply in relation to sound
broadcasts made from places in the United Kingdom by the British
Broadcasting Corporation; so, however, that paragraphs 17 and 18 of
Schedule 7 to the Act shall have effect as if for the references therein
to the commencement of section 14 there were substituted references
to the relevant date set out in the said Schedule 4 (being the date on
which the provisions of section 14 of the Act so far as they relate to
sound broadcasts were first applied in the case of that country).

9. The provisions of section 14 of the Act, so far as they relate
to television broadcasts, and all the other provisions of the Act
relevant thereto, other than section 37(4), section 40(3) and Schedule
5, shall apply, in the case of each of the countries mentioned in
Schedule 5 to this Order, in relation to television broadcasts made
from places in any such country by an organisation constituted in,





or under the laws of, the country in which the broadcast was made as
they apply in relation to television broadcasts made from places in the
United Kingdom by the British Broadcasting Corporation or the
Independent Broadcasting Authority; so, however, that

(a)section 24(3)(c) of the Act shall have effect as if for the
reference to the Corporation or the Authority or any
organisation appointed by them there were substituted a
reference to any owner or prospective owner of copyright in
television broadcasts; and

(b)paragraphs 17 and 18 of Schedule 7 to the Act shall have
effect as if for the references therein to the commencement of
section 14 there were substituted references to the relevant
date set out in Schedule 5 to this Order (being the date on
which the provisions of section 14 of the Act so far as they
relate to television broadcasts were first applied in the case of
that country).

PART IV

Extensions and revocations

10. Parts I and II of this Order shall extend to the countries
mentioned in Schedule 6 to this Order subject to the modifications
mentioned in that Schedule and Part III shall extend to Gibraltar and
Bermuda subject to the modifications mentioned in Schedule 7 to this
Order.

11. The Orders mentioned in Schedule 8 to this Order are hereby
revoked insofar as they form part of the law of the United Kingdom or
any country mentioned in Schedule 6 to this Order.

N. E. Leigh
Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE 1

COUNTRIES OF THE BERNE COPYRIGHT UNION

(The countries indicated with an asterisk are also party to the Universal Copyright
Convention.)

Arab Republic of Egypt
Argentina*
Australia* (and Norfolk Island)
Austria*
Bahamas*
Belgium*
Benin
Brazil*
Bulgaria*
Cameroon*
Canada*
Central African Empire
Chad





Chile*
Congo (People's Republic)
Costa Rica*
Cyprus
Czechoslovakia*
Denmark*
Fiji.
Finland*
France (and French territories overseas)*
Gabon
German Democratic Republic (and Berlin (East))*
Federal Republic of Germany (and Berlin (West))*
Greece*
Hungary*
Iceland*
India*
Republic of Ireland*
Israel*
Italy*
Ivory Coast
Japan*
Lebanon*
Libya
Liechtenstein*
Luxembourg*
Madagascar
Mali
Malta*
Mauritania
Mexico*
Monaco*
Morocco*
Netherlands* (and Netherlands Antilles)
New Zealand*
Niger
Norway*
Pakistan*
Philippines*
Poland*
Portugal* (including Portuguese provinces overseas)
Republic of Guinea
Romania
Senegal*
South Africa (and South West Africa)
Spain* (and its Colonies)
SriLanka
Surinam
Sweden*
Switzerland*
Thailand
Togo
Tunisia*
Turkey
Upper Volta
Uruguay
Vatican City*
Yugoslavia*
Zaire





SCHEDULE 2

COUNTRIES PARTY TO THE UNIVERSAL COPYRIGHT CONVENTION BUT
NOT
MEMBERS OFTHE BERNE UNION

Algeria.. .. .... 31st October 1973

Andorra...................... ...... 27th September 1957
Bangladesh................... ...... 5th August 1975
Colombia..................... ...... 18th June 1976

Cuba.. .. .. 27th September 1957

Ecuador...................... .. .... 27th September 1957
El Salvador.................. .. .... 2 1st June 1979

Ghana.. .. ..

Guatemala.................... ..... 28 th October 1964

Haiti.. .. .... 27th September 1957

Kampuchea.................... .. .... 27th September 1957

Kenya.. .. .. ...
Laos.. .. .. 27th September 1957
Liberia.. .. .... 29th Septemer 1957

Malawi....................... .. ...
Mauritius.................... .. ...
Nicaragua.................... .. .... 16 th August 1961

Nigeria.. .... ...

Panama....................... .. .... 17th October 1962
Paraguay..................... .. .... 11 th March 1962

Peru.. .. .. 16 th October 1963

Union of Soviet Socialist Republics ...... 27th May 1973

United State of America (and Guzm, Panama Canal Zone,
Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands of the United States of
America) 27th September 1957
Venezuela.. .. 18th November 1966
Zambia.. .. .. ...

SCHEDULE 3

COUNTRIES IN WHOSE CASE COPYRIGHT IN SOUND RECORDINGS
INCLUDES
EXCLUSIVE RIGHT TO PERFORM IN PUBLIC AND To BROADCAST

Australia
Austria
Brazil
Chile
Colombia
Costa Rica
Cyprus
Czechoslovakia
Denmark
Ecuador
EI Salvador
Federal Republic of Germany (and Berlin (West))
Fiji
Guatemala
India
Republic of Ireland
Italy
Israel
Mexico
New Zealand
Nigeria
Norway
Pakistan
Paraguay
Spain
SriLanka
Sweden
Switzerland
Uruguay





SCHEDULE 4

COUNTRIES WHOSE ORGANISATIONS ARE PROTECTED IN RELATION TO
SOUND BROADCASTS

Austria.. .. .... 17th July 1973
Brazil.. .. .... 5th November 1965
Chile.. .. .... 5th September 1974
Colombia..................... ...... 17th September 1976
Congo (People's Republic).. ...... 21st May 1964
Costa Rica.. .. .. 19th November 1971
Czechoslovakia............... ..... .. 14th August 1964
Denmark..... .. 1 .. 1st July 1965
Ecuador..... .. .. 21st May 1964
EI Salvador..... .. .. .. 24th January 1980
Federal Republic of Germany (and Berlin (West)) .. 18th November 1966
Fiji.. .. .. 31st May 1972
Guatemala.. .. .... 14th January 1977
Republic of Ireland.. .. .... 24th January 1980
Italy.. ..... .. 8th April 1975
Luxembourg.. ..... ]8th March 1976
Mexico.. ..... .. 21st May 1964
Niger.. ..... .. 21st May 1964
Norway........................ .. .... 23rd August 1978
Paraguay...................... .. .... 26th February 1970
Sweden........................ .. .... 21st May 1964
Uruguay....................... .. .... 24th August 1977

SCHEDULE 5

COUNTRIES WHOSE ORGANISATIONS ARE PROTECTED IN RELATION TO
TELEVISION BROADCASTS

Austria.. ..... .. 17th July 1973
Belgium..................... .. .... 8th March 1968
Brazil.. .. .... 5th November 1965
Chile.. .. .... 5th September 1974
Colombia.................... .. .... 17th September 1976
Congo (People's Republic).. ...... 21st May 1964
Costa Rica.. .. .... 19th November 1971
Cyprus.. ..... .. 5th May 1970
Czechoslovakia.............. ..... .. 14th August 1964
Denmark.. ..... 1st February 1962
Ecuador.. ..... 21st May 1964
EI Salvador.. ..... .. 24th January 1980
Federal Republic of Germany (and Berlin (West)) .. 18th November 1966
Fiji.. .. .... 31st May 1972
France.. .. .... 1st July 1961
Guatemala.. .. .... 14th January 1977
Republic of Ireland.. .. .... 24th January 1980
Italy.. 8th April 1975
Luxembourg.. .. 18th March 1976
Mexico.. .. .... 21st May 1964
Niger.. .. .... 21st May 1964
Norway........................ .. 10th August 1968
Paraguay.................... .. .... 26th February 1970
Spain.. .. .... 19th November 1971
Sweden...................... .. .... 1st July 1961
Uruguay..................... .. .... 24th August 1977





SCHEDULE 6

COUNTRIES TO WHICH PARTS I AND II OF THIS ORDER
EXTEND

Belize.. .. .... 16 th October 1966
Bermuda.. .. .. 6th December 1962

British Virgin Islands.. .. .... 11 th February 1963
Cayman Islands.. .. 4th June 1966

Falkland Islands and its Dependencies.. .... 10th October 1963

Gibraltar.. ..... .. 1st October 1960

Hong Kong.. .... 12th December 1972
Isle of Man.. .... 31st May 1959
Montserrat.. .... 5th March 1966

St. Helena and its Dependencies .. ...... 10th October 1963

Modifications to this Order as extended

1. Article 3 shall have effect as part of the law of any country to which it
extends as if for references to the United Kingdom there were substituted
references to the country in question.

2. Article 4 shall have effect as part of the law of any country to which it
extends as if in paragraphs (1) and (3) there were substituted for '27th September
1957 the date indicated in relation to that country in the preceding provisions of
this Schedule (being the date when the Act was first extended to that country).

3. Schedule 2 to this Order shall have effect as part of the law of any such
country as if for any date in that Schedule which is earlier than the date mentioned
in this Schedule in relation to the relevant country there were substituted that later
date.

SCHEDULE 7

MODIFICATIONS OF PART III OF, AND SCHEDULES 4 AND 5 TO, THIS
ORDER
IN ITS EXTENSION To BERMUDA AND GIBRALTAR

1. (a) In Article 8 the words other than section 40(3)' shall be omitted:

(b)in Article 9 the words---otherthan section 37(4), section 40(3) and
Schedule 5' shall be omitted.

2. Insofar as Part III is part of the law of Bermuda

(a)in Schedule 4 to this Order the date mentioned in the second column
shall be altered to 23rd August 1969 in relation to Brazil, Congo
(People's Republic), Czechoslovakia, Denmark, Ecuador, Federal
Republic of Germany (and Berlin (West)), Mexico, Niger and Sweden;

(b)in Schedule 5 the names of Belgium, Cyprus, France, Norway and
Spain shall be omitted; and

(c)the date mentioned in the second column shall be altered to 23rd
August 1969 in relation to Brazil, Congo (People's Republic),
Czechoslovakia, Denmark, Ecuador, Federal Republic of Germany
(and Berlin (West)), Mexico, Niger and Sweden.

3. Insofar as Part III is part of the law of Gibraltar







(a)in Schedule 4 to this Order the date mentioned in the second column
shall be altered to 28th October 1966 in relation to Brazil, Congo
(People's Republic), Czechoslovakia, Denmark, Ecuador, Mexico,
Niger and Sweden;

(b)in Schedule 5 the date mentioned in the second column shall be
altered to 28th October 1966 in relation to Brazil. Congo (People's
Republic), Czechoslovakia, Denmark, Ecuador. France, Mexico,
Niger and Sweden.





SCHEDULE 8

ORDERS REVOKED

Order S.I. Number

The Copyright (International Conventions) Order 1972 1972/673
The Copyright (International Conventions) (Amendment) Order 1973 1973/72
The Copyright (International Conventions) (Amendment No. 2) Order

1973 ....................1973/772

The Copyright (International Conventions) (Amendment No. 3) Order

1973............... ........19731963 The Copyright (International
Conventions) (Amendment No. 4) Order

1973..***.................1973/1089 The Copyright (International
Conventions) (Amendment No. 5) Order

1973......................1973/1751 The Copyright (International
Conventions) (Amendment) Order 1974 1974/1276 The Copyright
(International Conventions) (Amendment) Order 1975 1975/431

The Copyright (International Conventions) (Amendment No. 2) Order

1975 .................1975/1837

The Copyright (International Conventions) (Amendment No. 3) Order

1975..... ..................197512193 The Copyright (International
Conventions) (Amendment) Order 1976 1976/227

The Copyright (International Conventions) (Amendment No. 2) Order

1976......................1976/1784 The Copyright (International
Conventions) (Amendment No. 3) Order

1976......................1976/2153 The Copyright (International
Conventions) (Amendment) Order 1977 1977/56

The Copyright (International Conventions) (Amendment No. 2) Order

1977......................19771830 The Copyright (International
Conventions) (Amendment No. 3) Order

1977 .................1977/1256

The Copyright (International Conventions) (Amendment No. 4) Order

1977......................1977/1632 The Copyright (International
Conventions) (Amendment) Order 1978 197811060 The Copyright
(International Conventions) (Amendment) Order 197911979/577





1980 No. 1723

COPYRIGHT

THE COPYRIGHT (INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS)
(AMENDMENT) ORDER 1980

Made 11th November 1980

Laid before Parliament 19th November 1980

Coming into Operation 10th December 1980

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 11th day of November 1980

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, and by virtue
of the authority conferred upon Her by sections 31, 32 and 47 of the
Copyright Act 1956(a) and of all other powers enabling Her in
that behalf, is pleased to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Copyright (International
Conventions) (Amendment) Order 1980, and shall come into operation
on 10th December 1980.

2. The Copyright (International Conventions) Order 1979(b)
shall be amended by the inclusion in Schedule 1 (which names the
countries of the Berne Copyright Union) of a reference to the Republic
of Guinea.

3. This Order shall extend to all the countries mentioned in the
Schedule hereto.

N. E. LEIGH,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE

COUNTRIES TO WHICH THIS ORDER EXTENDS

Belize
Bermuda
British Virgin Islands
Cayman Islands
Falkland Islands and its Dependencies
Gibraltar
Hong Kong
Isle of Man
Montserrat
St Helena and its Dependencies

(a)1956 c. 74. (b)S.I. 1979/1715.





1979 No. 453

FUGITIVE CRIMINAL

THE EXTRADITION (INTERNATIONALLY PROTECTED
PERSONS) ORDER 1979

[This Order is printed as amended by S.I. 1982 No. 147 (L.N.
112/82)]

Made 11 April 1979
*To be laid before Parliament

Coming into Operation 24 May 1979

At the Court at Windsor Castle, the 11 th day of April 1979

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Whereas the Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of Crimes
against Internationally Protected Persons, including Diplomatic Agents
(hereinafter referred to as the 'the Convention') signed at New York on
14 December 1973, the terms of which are set out in Schedule 1 to this
Order, will enter into force for the United Kingdom on 24 May 1979.

And whereas the States mentioned in Schedule 2 to this Order are
foreign States in respect of which the Convention is for the time being
in force and with which extradition arrangements are in force:

And whereas the States mentioned in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this
Order are foreign States in respect of which the Convention is for the
time being in force but with which no extradition arrangements are in
force:

And whereas section 3(2) of the Internationally Protected Persons
Act 1978 provides that where no such arrangement as is mentioned in
section 2 of the Extradition Act 1870(b) has been made with a State
which is a party to the Convention, an Order in Council applying that
Act may be made under that section as if the Convention were such an
arrangement with that State:

Now, therefore, Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred
upon Her by sections 2 and 17 of the Extradition Act 1870 and sections
3(2) and 4(1) of the Internationally Protected Persons Act 1978, or
otherwise in Her Majesty vested, is pleased, by and with the advice of
Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered,, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Extradition (Internationally
Protected Persons) Order 1979 and shall come into operation on 24
May 1979.

(a) 1978 c. 17. (b) 1870 c. 52.

*This instrument was laid before Parliament on 24 May 1979.





2. In this Order any references to the Extradition Acts and to the
Act of 1870 are, respectively, references to the Extradition Acts 1870
to 1895(a) and to the Extradition Act 1870.

3. The Extradition Acts shall apply in the case of a State mentioned in
Schedule 2 to this Order under and in accordance with the extradition
treaties described in the second column of that Schedule as
supplemented by paragraph 1 and 4 of Article 8 of the Convention (set
out in Schedule 1 to this Order) which entered into force for those States
on the dates specified in the third column of the said Schedule 2.

4. The Extradition Acts shall apply in the case of the States
mentioned in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this Order (being States in respect
of which the Convention entered into force on the dates specified in the
second column of that Schedule) subject to the conditions contained in,
and in accordance with, Part 11 of that Schedule.

5. The operation of this Order is limited to the United Kingdom, the
Channel Islands, the Isle of Man and the territories specified in Schedule
4 to this Order.

N. E. LEIGH,

Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE 1

The Convention

CONVENTION
ON THE PREVENTION AND PUNISHMENT OF
CRIMES AGAINST INTERNATIONALLY PROTECTED
PERSONS, INCLUDING DIPLOMATIC AGENTS

The States Parties to this Convention,

Having in mind the purposes and principles of the Charter of the United
Nations concerning the maintenance of international peace and the promotion of
friendly relations and co-operation among States.,

Considering that crimes against diplomatic agents and other internationally
protected persons jeopardizing the safety of these persons create a serious threat to
the maintenance of normal international relations which are necessary for
cooperation among States,

Believing that the commission of such crimes is a matter of grave concern to
the international community,

Convinced that there is an urgent need to adopt appropriate and effective
measures for the prevention and punishment of such crimes.

Have agreed as follows:

(a) 1870 c. 52; 1873 c. 60; 1895 c. 33.





ARTICLE 1

For the purposes of this Convention:

1 'internationally protected person- means:

(a)a Head of State, including any member of a collegial body performing the
functions of a Head of State under the constitution of the State concemed,
a Head of Government or a Minister for Foreign Affairs, whenever any
such person is in a foreign State, as well as members of his family who
accompany him;

(b)any representative or official of a State or any official or other agent of
an international organization of an intergovernmental character who, at
the time when and in the place where a crime against him, his official
premises, his private accommodation or his means of transport is
committed, is entitled pursuant to international law to special protection
from any attack on his person, freedom or dignity, as well as members of
his family forming part of his household;

2. 'alleged offender' means a person as to whom there is sufficient evidence
to determine prima facie that he has committed or participated in one or more of
the crimes set forth in article 2.

ARTICLE 2

1 The intentional commission of..

(a)a murder, kidnapping or other attack upon the person or liberty of an
internationally protected person;

(b)a violent attack upon the official premises, the private accommodation
or the means of transport of an internationally protected person likely to
endanger his person or liberty;

(e) a threat n to commit any such attack;

(d) an attempt to commit any such attack; and

(e)an act constituting participation as an accomplice in any such attack
shall be made by each State Party a crime under its internal law.

2. Each State Party shall make these crimes punishable by appropriate
penalties which take into account their grave nature.

3. Paragraphs 1 and 2 of this article in no way derogate from the obligations
of States Parties under international law to take all appropriate measures to
prevent other attacks on the person, freedom or dignity of an internationally
protected person.

ARTICLE 3

1 Each State Party shall take such measures as may be necessary to establish
its jurisdiction over the crimes set forth in article 2 in the following cases:

(a)when the crime is committed in the territory of that State or on board a
ship or aircraft registered in that State;

(b) when the alleged offender is a national of that State;

(c)when the crime is committed against an internationally protected person
as defined in article 1 who enjoys his status as such by virtue of functions
which he exercises on behalf of that State.

2. Each State Party shall likewise take such measures as may be necessary to






establish its jurisdiction over these crimes in cases where the alleged offender is
present in its territory and it does not extradite him pursuant to article 8 to any
ofthe States mentioned in paragraph 1 of this article.

3. This Convention does not exclude any criminal jurisdiction exercised in
accordance with internal law.





ARTICLE 4

States Parties shall co-operate in the prevention of the crimes set forth in
article 2, particularly by:

(a)taking all practicable measures to prevent preparations in their respective
territories for the commission of those crimes within or outside their
territories;

(b)exchanging information and co-ordinating the taking of administrative
and other measures as appropriate to prevent the commission of those
crimes.

ARTICLE 5

1 The State Party in which any of the crimes set forth in article 2 has been
committed shall, if it has reason to believe that an alleged offender has fled from
its territory, communicate to all other States concerned, directly or through the
Secretary-General of the United Nations, all the pertinent facts regarding the crime
committed and all available information regarding the identity of the alleged
offender.

2. Whenever any ofthe crimes set forth in article 2 has been committed
against an internationally protected person, any State Party which has information
concerning the victim and the circumstances ofthe crime shall endeavour to
transmit it, under the conditions provided for in its internal law. fully and promptly
to the State Party on whose behalf he was exercising his functions.

ARTICLE 6

1 Upon being satisfied that the circumstances so warrant, the State Party in
whose territory the alleged offender is present shall take the appropriate measures
under its internal law so as to ensure his presence for the purpose of prosecution or
extradition. Such measures shall be notified without delay directly or through the
Secretary-General ofthe United Nations to:

(a) the State where the crime was committed:

(b)the State or States of which the alleged offender is a national or, if he is a
stateless person, in whose territory he permanently resides;

(c)the State or States of which the internationally protected person
concerned is a national or on whose behalf he was exercising his
functions;

(d) all other States concerned; and

(e)the international organization of which the internationally protected
person concerned is an official or an agent.

2. Any person regarding whom the measures referred to in paragraph 1 of this
article are being taken shall be entitled:

(a)to communicate without delay with the nearest appropriate
representative ofthe State of which he is a national or which is otherwise
entitled to protect his rights or, if he is a stateless person, which he
requests and which is willing to protect his rights; and

(b) to be visited by a representative of that State.

ARTICLE 7

The State Party in whose territory the alleged offender is present shall. if it
does not extradite him. submit, without exception whatsoever and without undue
delay, the case to its competent authorities for the purpose of prosecution,






through proceedings in accordance with the laws of that State.





ARTICLE 8

1 To the extent that the crimes set forth in article 2 are not listed as
extraditable offences in any extradition treaty existing between States Parties,
they shall be deemed to be included as such therein. States Parties undertake to
include those crimes as extraditable offences in every future extradition treaty to
be concluded between them.

2. If a State Party which makes extradition conditional on the existence of a
treaty receives a request for extradition from another State Party with which it
has no extradition treaty, it may, if it decides to extradite, consider this
Convention as the legal basis for extradition in respect of those crimes.
Extradition shall be subject to the procedural provisions and the other conditions
ofthe law ofthe requested State.

3. States Parties which do not make extradition conditional on the
existence of a treaty shall recognize those crimes as extraditable offences
between themselves subject to the procedural provisions and the other conditions
of the law of the requested State.

4. Each ofthe crimes shall be treated, for the purpose of extradition between
States Parties, as if it had been committed not only in the place in which it
occurred but also in the territories of the States required to establish their
jurisdiction in accordance with paragraph 1 of article 3.

ARTICLE 9

Any person regarding whom proceedings are being carried out in connexion
with any of the crimes set forth in article 2 shall he guaranteed fair treatment at
all stages of the proceedings.

ARTICLE 10

1. States Parties shall afford one another the greatest measure of assistance in
connexion with criminal proceedings brought in respect of the crimes set forth in
article 2. including the supply of all evidence at their disposal necessary for the
proceedings.

2. The provisions of paragraph 1 of this article shall not affect obligations
concerning mutual judicial assistance embodied in any other treaty.

ARTICLE 11

The State Party where an alleged offender is prosecuted shall communicate
thefinal outcome of the proceedings to the Secretary-General of the United
Nations, who shall transmit the information to the other States Parties.

ARTICLE 12

The provisions of this Convention shall not affect the application of the
Treaties on Asylum, in force at the date of the adoption of this Convention, as
between the States which are parties to those Treaties; but a State Party to this
Convention may not invoke those Treaties with respect to another State Party to
this Convention which is not a party to those Treaties.

ARTICLE 13

1 Any dispute between two or more States Parties concerning the
interpretation or application of this Convention which is not settled by
negotiation shall, at the request of one of them, he submitted to arbitration. If
within six months from the date of the request for arbitration the parties are
unable to agree on the organization of the arbitration, any one of those parties
may refer the dispute to the International Court of Justice by request in
conformity with the Statute ofthe Court.





2. Each State Party may at the time of signature or ratification of this
Convention or accession thereto declare that it does not consider itself bound by
paragraph 1 of this article. The other States Parties shall not be bound by
paragraph 1 of this article with respect to any State Party which has made such a
reservation.

3. Any State Party which has made a reservation in accordance with paragraph
2 of this article may at any time withdraw that reservation by notification to the
Secretary-General of the United Nations.

ARTICLE 14

This Convention shall be open for signature by all States, until 31 December
1974 at United Nations Headquarters in New York.

ARTICLE 15

This Convention is subject to ratification. The instruments of ratification
shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the United Nations.

ARTICLE 16

This Convention shall remain open for accession by any State. The
instruments of accession shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the
United Nations.

ARTICLE 17

1 This Convention shall enter into force on the thirtieth day following the
date of deposit of. the twenty-second instrument of ratification or accession with
the Secretary-General ofthe United Nations.

2. For each State ratifying or acceding to the Convention after the deposit of
the twenty-second instrument of ratification or accession, the Convention shall
enter into force on the thirtieth day after deposit by such State of its instrument of
ratification or accession.

ARTICLE 18

1 Any State Party may denounce this Convention by written notification to
the Secretary-General of the United Nations.

2. Denunciation shall take effect six months following the date on which
notification is received by the Secretary-General of the United Nations.

ARTICLE 19

The Secretary-General of the United Nations shall inform all States, inter alia:

(a)of signatures to this Convention, of the deposit of instruments of
ratification or accession in accordance with articles 14, 15 and 16 and of
notifications made under article 18;

1

(b)ofthe date on which this Convention will enter into force in accordance
with article 17.

ARTICLE 20

The original of this Convention. of which the Chinese, English. French,
Russian and Spanish texts are equally authentic, shall be deposited with the
Secretary-General of the United Nations, who shall send certified copies thereof to
all States.







In witness whereof the undersigned, being duly authorized thereto by their
respective Governments. have signed this Convention. opened for signature at
New York on 14 December 1973.





SCHEDULE 2(a) [Article 3.]

FOREIGN STATES WHICH ARE PARTIES TO THE CONVENTION
AND WITH

WHICH EXTRADITION TREATIES ARE IN
FORCE

StateDate of Extradition Date of Entry into
Treaty Force of Convention

Austria 9 January 1963 2 September 1977
Chile 26 January 189720 September 1977
Czechoslovakia 11 November 1924 20 February 1977
Denmark 31 March 1873 20 February 1977
Ecuador 20 September 188020 February 1977
EI Salvador 23 June 1881 7 September 1980
Finland 29 October 197530 November 1978
Germany, Federal 14 May 1872 (reapplied 24 February 1977
Republic of and amended by the
Agreement of 23
February 1960)
Haiti 7 December 187424 September 1980
Hungary 3 December 187320 February 1977
Iceland 31 March 1873 1 September 1977
Iraq 2 May 1932 30 March 1978
Israel 4 April 1960 30 August 1980
Liberia 16 December 189220 February 1977
Mexico 7 September 188622 May 1980
Nicaragua 19 April 1905 20 February 1977
Norway 26 June 1873 28 May 1980
Panama 25 August 1906 17 July 1980
Paraguay 12 September 190820 February 1977
Peru 26 January 1904 25 May 1978
Romania 21 March 1893 14 September 1978
Sweden 26 April 1963 20 February 1977

United States of 8 June 1972 20 February 1977
America

Uruguay 26 March 1884 13 July 1978
Yugoslavia 6 December 190020 February 1977

(a) Amended by S.I. 1982/147 (L.N. 112/82).





SCHEDULE 3 [Article 4.]

PART I(a)

FOREIGN STATES WHICH ARE PARTIES TO THE CONVENTION AND WITH
WHICH No EXTRADITION TREATIES ARE IN FORCE

State Date of Entry into Force
of Convention

Bulgaria 20 February 1977
Costa Rica 2 December 1977
Dominican Republic 7 August 1977
Gabon 13 November 1981
German Democratic Republic 20 February 1977
Iran 11 August 1978
Mongolia 20 February 1977
Pakistan 20 February 1977
Philippines 20 February 1977
Rwanda 29 December 1977
Togo 29 January 1981
Tunisia 20 February 1977
Turkey 11 July 1981
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (including the 20 February 1977
Byelorussian Soviet Socialist Republic and the
Ukrainian Soviet Socialist Republic)
Zaire 24 August 1977

PART II

APPLICATION OF THE EXTRADITION ACTS IN THE CASE OF THE STATES
MENTIONED IN PART I

1. The Extradition Acts shall hereby have effect as if the only extradition
crimes within the meaning of the Act of 1870 were:

(a)an offence mentioned in paragraph (a) of subsection (1) of the
Internationally Protected Persons Act 1978 which is committed against a
protected person within the meaning of that section;

(b)an offence mentioned in paragraph (b) of that subsection which is
committed in connection with such an attack as is so mentioned;

(c)an attempt to commit an offence mentioned in the preceding paragraphs;
and

(d) an offence under section 1(3) of the Act of 1978

2. The Extradition Acts shall hereby only apply where the case is such that
paragraphs 2 and 4 of Article 8 of the Convention apply.

3. No proceedings shall be taken on an application by information or
complaint, for a provisional warrant of arrest (that is to say, a warrant issued under
section 8 of the Act of 1870 otherwise than in pursuance of sub-paragraph 1 of the
first paragraph thereof), and no such warrant shall be issued. unless the application is
made with the consent of the Secretary of State signified by an order in the form set
out in Part III of this Schedule or in a form to the like effect; but, subject as
aforesaid, the signification of consent shall not affect the provisions of the said
section 8.

(a) Amended by S.I. 1982/147 (L.N. 112/82).





4. Without prejudice to sections 3, 9 and 11 of the Act of 1870, the fugitive
criminal shall not be surrendered if

(a)it appears to the Secretary of State, to the magistrate hearing the case in
pursuance of section 9 of that Act or to the High Court on an application
for a writ of habeas corpus

(i) that the request for his surrender (though purporting to be made on
account of such an offence as is mentioned in paragraph 1 above) is
in fact made for the purpose of prosecuting or punishing him on
account of his race, religion, nationality or political opinions, or

(ii) that he might, if surrendered, be prejudiced at his trial or punished,
detained or restricted in his personal liberty by reason of his race,
religion, nationality or political opinions, or

(iii) that if charged in England or Wales with the offence of which he is
accused he would be entitled to be discharged under any rule of law
relating to previous acquittal or conviction; or

(b)it appears to the Secretary of State or to the High Court on an application
for a writ of habeas corpus that

(i) by reason of the passage of time since the fugitive criminal is alleged
to have committed the offence of which he is accused or to have
become unlawfully at large, or

(ii) because the accusation against him is not made in good faith in the
interests of justice, it would, having regard to all the circumstances, be
unjust or oppressive to surrender him.

5. (1) Without prejudice to his so deciding on other grounds, the Secretary of
State may, in the circumstances mentioned in the following sub-paragraph, decide
not to make an order or issue a warrant

(a)for the purposes of paragraph 3 above signifying his consent to an
application for a provisional warrant of arrest, or

(b)under section 7 of the Act of 1870 requiring the issue of a warrant of
arrest. or

(e)under section 11 of the Act of 1870 ordering the fugitive criminal to be
surrendered.

(2) The circumstances referred to in the preceding sub-paragraph are-

(a)that the Secretary of State is not satisfied that provision is made by the
law of the State requesting surrender under which a person accused or
convicted in the United Kingdom of the like offence as that with which
the fugitive criminal is accused or convicted might be surrendered to the
United Kingdom if found in that State, or

(b)that under the law of the State requesting surrender the fugitive criminal is
liable to the death penalty for the offence of which he is accused, or

(c) that the fugitive criminal is a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies.

PART III

FORM OF CONSENT OF SECRETARY OF STATE To APPLICATION FOR A
PROVISIONAL WARRANT oF ARREST

Whereas AB, a person recognized by the Secretary of State as a diplomatic
representative of has requested consent to application being made for the issue of
a provisional warrant for the arrest of CD, late of
who is [accused] [convicted] of the commission of an
ofrence, or attempt to commit an offence, within the jurisdiction of the said State,
being an offence which, if committed in England, would be an offence under the
Internationally Protected Persons Act 1978.

Now I hereby, by this my Order under my hand and seal, signify to you my
consent to the said application being made.

Given under the hand and seal of the undersigned, one of Her Majesty's
Principal Secretaries of State this day of
19





SCHEDULE 4(a)

TERRITORIES TO WHICH THIS ORDER
EXTENDS

Bermuda
British Antarctic Territory
British Indian Ocean Territory
British Virgin Islands
Cayman Islands
Falkland Islands and Dependencies
Gibraltar
Ho Hong Kong
Montserrat
pitcairn, Henderson Ducie and Oeno Islands
St. Helena and Dependencies
Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia
Turks and Caicos Islands

(a) Amended by S.I. 1982/147 (L.N. 112/82).





1982 No. 933 (C. 26)

BRITISH NATIONALITY

THE BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1981
(COMMENCEMENT) ORDER 1982

(Omitted as spent)

REVISED EDITION 1989

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





1982 No. 986

BRITISH NATIONALITY

THE BRITISH NATIONALITY (GENERAL)
REGULATIONS 1982

Made 18 July 1982
Laid before Parliament 27 July 1982

Coming into Operation 1 January 1983

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS
PART I
GENERAL
Regulation........................ Page

1. Citation and commencement.. ...... DY 2

2. Interpretation.. .. ........ DY 2

PART II

REGISTRATION AND
NATURALIZATION

3. Applications............ DY 3

4. Authority to whom application is to be made .... DY 3

5. Persons not of full age or capacity ........ DY 3

6. Oaths of allegiance.... ........ DY 3

7. Certificates of naturalization.. .. 1 .... DY 4

PART III

RENUNCIATION AND
DEPRIVATION

8..................Declarations of renunciation .......... DY4

9. Authority to whom declaration of renunciation is to be

made..... ........ DY 4

10........................Notice of proposed deprivation of citizenship .... DY 5

11....................Time limit for applying for inquiry .. . .. DY 5

12. Cancellation of registration of person deprived of

citizenship......................... DY 5

13. Cancellation of certificate of naturalization in case of de-

privation of citizenship.................DY 5

PART IV

SUPPLEMENTAL

14.........Evidence............ DY 5

15. Manner of signifying parental consent to registration .. DY 6





SCHEDULES

Regulation Page
Schedule 1. General requirements as respects applications..... DY 6
Schedule 2. Particular requirements as respects applications..... DU 6
Schedule 3. Administration of oath of allegiance.......... DY 13
Schedule 4. Form of certificate of naturalization............DY 13
Schedule 5. Requirements as respects declarations of renunciation..DY 14

In exercise of the powers conferred upon me by section 41 (1) and (3)
of the British Nationality Act 1981 (a), I hereby make the following
Regulations:-

PART I

GENERAL

1. These Regulations may be cited as the British Nationality
(General) Regulations 1982 and shall come into operation on
1 January 1983.

2. (1) In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise
requires, the following expressions have the meanings hereby
assigned to them, that is to say-

'the Act' means the British Nationality Act 1981;

'applicant' in relation to an application made on behalf of a
person not of full age or capacity means that person;

'High Commissioner' means, in relation to a country men-
tioned in Schedule 3 to the Act, the High Commissioner
for Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom
appointed to that country, and includes the acting High
Commissioner.

(2) In the application of the provisions of Regulation 6(2) or
Schedule 4 where a function of the Secretary of State under the Act
is exercised by the Lieutenant-Governor of any of the Islands by
virtue of arrangements made under section 43(1) of the Act, any
reference in those provisions to the Secretary of State shall be
construed as a reference to the Lieutenant-Governor.

(3) In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires,
any reference to a Regulation or Schedule shall be construed as a
reference to a Regulation contained in these Regulations or, as the
case may be, to a Schedule thereto; and any reference in a Regula-
tion or Schedule to a paragraph shall be construed as a reference to
paragraph of that Regulation or of that Schedule.

(a)1981 c. 61.





PART II

REGISTRATION AND
NATURALIZATION

3. Any application for registration as a British citizen, British
Overseas citizen or British subject or for a certificate of naturalization as
a British citizen shall

(a)be made to the appropriate authority specified in Regulation 4;
and

(b)satisfy the requirements of Part I and, if made on behalf of a
person not of full age or capacity, Part II of Schedule 1 and
such further requirements, if any, as are specified in relation
thereto in Schedule 2.

4. (1) Except as provided by paragraph (2) and (3), the authority to
whom an application is to be made is as follows:

(a)if the applicant is in Great Britain or Northern Ireland, to the
Secretary of State at the Home Office;

(b)if the applicant is in any of the Islands, to the
LieutenantGovernor;

(c) if the applicant is in a dependent territory, to the Governor;

(d)if the applicant is in a country mentioned in Schedule 3 to the
Act, to the High Commissioner or, if there is no High
Commissioner, to the Secretary of State at the Home Office;

(e)if the applicant is elsewhere, to any consular officer, any
established officer in the Diplomatic Service of Her Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom or any person authorized
by the Secretary of State in that behalf.

(2) The authority to whom an application under section 4(5) of the
Act (acquisition by registration: British Dependent Territories citizens,
etc.), on grounds of Crown Service under the government of a
dependent territory or service as a member of a body established by law
in a dependent territory, is to be made is in all cases the Governor of that
territory.

(3) The authority to whom an application under section 5 of the
Act (acquisition by registration: nationals for purposes of the
Community Treaties) is to be made is in all cases the Governor of
Gibraltar.

5. An application may be made on behalf of someone not of full age
or capacity by his father or mother or any person who has assumed
responsibility for his welfare.

6. (1) Where an oath of allegiance is required by section 42 of the
Act to be taken by an applicant for registration or for a





certificate of naturalization, it shall be administered in accordance with
the requirements of Schedule 3.

(2) If, on an application for registration or for a certificate of
naturalization by an applicant who is required as aforesaid to take an
oath of allegiance, the Secretary of State decides that the registration
should be effected or the certificate should be granted he shall cause
notice in writing of the decision to be given to the applicant; and the
oath of allegiance shall be taken within three months of the giving of the
notice or such longer time as the Secretary of State may allow.

(3) Any notice required by paragraph (2) to be given to an applicant
may be given

(a)in any case where the applicant's whereabouts are known, by
causing the notice to be delivered to him personally or by
sending it to him by post;

(b)in a case where the applicant's whereabouts are not known,
by sending it by post in a letter addressed to him at his last
known address.

7. A certificate of naturalization shall be in the form set out in
Schedule 4.

PART III

RENUNCIATION AND
DEPRIVATION

8. Any declaration- of renunciation of British citizenship, British
Overseas citizenship or the status of a British subject shall

(a)be made to the appropriate authority specified in Regulation 9;
and

(b) satisfy the requirements of Schedule 5.

9. The authority to whom a declaration of renunciation is to be
made is as follows:

(a)if the declarant is in Great Britain or Northern Ireland, to the
Secretary of State at the Home Office;

(b)if the declarant is in any of the Islands, to the
LieutenantGovernor;

(c) if the declarant is in a dependent territory, to the Governor;

(d)if the declarant is in a country mentioned in Schedule 3 to the
Act, to the High Commissioner or, if there is no High
Commissioner, to the Secretary of State at the Home Office;





(e)if the declarant is elsewhere, to any consular officer, any
established officer in the Diplomatic Service of Her
Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom or any
person authorized by the Secretary of State in that behalf.

10. (1) Where it is proposed to make an order under section 40
of the Act depriving a person of British citizenship, the notice
required by section 40(6) of the Act to be given to that person may
be given-
(a)in a case where that person's whereabouts are known, by
causing the notice to be delivered to him personally or by
sending it to him by post;
(b)in a case where that person's whereabouts are not known,
by sending it by post in a letter addressed to him at his last
known address.
(2) Any notice given as aforesaid shall include a statement of
the time within which an application for an inquiry under section
40(7) of the Act must be made.

11. Where notice has been given to a person in accordance
with Regulation 10, application for an inquiry under section 40(7) of
the Act shall be made-
(a)if that person is in the United Kingdom (including the
Islands) at the time when the notice is given to him, within
21 days from the giving of the notice;
(b)in any other case, within 42 days from the giving of the
notice.

12. Where an order has been made depriving a person who is a
British citizen by virtue of registration (whether under the Act or
under the former nationality Acts) of that citizenship, the name of
that person shall be removed from the relevant register.

13. Where an order has been made depriving a person who is a
British citizen by virtue of the grant of a certificate of naturalization
(whether under the Act or under the former nationality Acts) of that
citizenship, the person so deprived or any other person in possession
of the relevant certificate of naturalization shall, if required by notice
in writing given by the authority by whom the order was made,
deliver up the said certificate to such person, and within such time,
as may be specified in the notice; and the said certificate shall
thereupon be cancelled or amended.

PART IV

SUPPLEMENTAL

14. A document may be certified to be a true copy of a
document for the purpose of section 45(2) of the Act by means of a





statement in writing to that effect signed by a person authorized by the
Secretary of State, the Lieutenant-Governor, the High Commissioner or
the Governor in that behalf.

15. Where a parent, in pursuance of paragraph (c) of subsection (5)
of section 3 of the Act, consents to the registration of a person as a
British citizen under that subsection, the consent shall be expressed in
writing and signed by the parent.

W. S. I. WHITELAW,
One of Her Majesty's Principal
Secretaries of State.

HOME OFFICE,

18 July 1982.

SCHEDULE1 [Regulation 3.]

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS As RESPECTS
APPLICATIONS

PART I

All applications

1. An application shall be made in writing and shall state the name, address
and date and place of birth of the applicant.

2. An application shall contain a declaration that the particulars stated
therein are true.

PARTII

Applications by persons not of full age or capacity

3. An application in respect of someone not of full age or capacity made by
another person on his behalf shall state that that is the case and the name and
address of that person.

4. An application made by a person on behalf of someone not of full age or
capacity shall indicate the nature of that person's connection with him and, if that
person has any responsibility for him otherwise than as a parent, the nature of that
responsibility and the manner in which it was assumed.

SCHEDULE2 [Regulation 3.]

PARTICULAR REQUIREMENTS As RESPECTS
APPLICATIONS

In this Schedule any reference to a section or Schedule is a reference to a
section contained in the Act or, as the case may be, to a Schedule thereto.

Application under section 1(3)

1 The application shall contain information showing that the applicant's
father or mother became a British citizen, or became settled in the United
Kingdom, after the applicant's birth.

Application under section 1(4)

2. The application shall contain information showing that the applicant
possesses the requisite qualifications in respect of residence.

3. If the applicant was absent from the United Kingdom on more than 90 days
in all in any one of the first 10 years of his life and it is desired that the
application should nevertheless be considered under section 1(7), it shall specify
the special circumstances to be taken into consideration.





Application under section 3 (2)

4. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant's father or mother ('the parent in question') was a
British citizen by descent at the time of the applicant's birth;

(b) that the father or mother of the parent in question-

(i) was a British citizen otherwise than by descent at the time of the
birth of the parent in question; or

(ii) became a British citizen otherwise than by descent at
commencement; or

(iii) would have become a British citizen otherwise than by descent at
commencement but for his or her death;

(c) either-

(i) that the parent in question possesses the requisite qualifications in
respect of residence; or

(ii) that the applicant was born stateless.

5. If the application is not made within 12 months after the applicant's birth
and it is desired that the application should nevertheless be considered under
section 3(4), it shall specify the special circumstances to be taken into
consideration.

Application under section 3(5)

6. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant's father or mother was a British citizen by descent at
the time of the applicant's birth;

(b)that the applicant and his father and mother possess the requisite
qualifications in respect of residence;

(c)that the consent of the applicant's father and/or mother (as required by
section 3(5)(c) and (6) has been signified in accordance with Regulation
15 and, if the consent of one parent only has been signified, the reason
for that fact.

Application under section 4 (2)

7. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant is a British Dependent Territories citizen, a British
Overseas citizen, a British subject under the Act or a British protected
person;

(b)that the applicant possesses the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence, freedom from immigration restrictions and compliance with
the immigration laws.

8. If the applicant does not possess the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence, freedom from immigration restrictions and compliance with the
immigration laws and it is desired that the application should nevertheless be
considered under section 4(4), it shall specify the special circumstances to be taken
into consideration.

Application under section 4 (5)







9. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant is a British Dependent Territories citizen, a British
Overseas citizen, a British subject under the Act or a British protected
person;

(b) that the applicant possesses the requisite qualification in respect of
service.

10. The application shall specify the special circumstances to be taken into
consideration.

Application under section 5

11. The application shall contain information showing that the applicant is a
British Dependent Territories citizen who falls to be treated as a national of the
United Kingdom for the purposes of the Community Treaties.





Application under section 6(1)

12. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant possesses the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence or Crown service, freedom from immigration restrictions,
compliance with the immigration laws, good character, knowledge of
language and intention with respect to residence or occupation in the
event of a certificate of naturalization being granted to him;

(b) that the applicant is of full capacity.

13. If the applicant does not possess the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence, freedom from immigration restrictions. compliance with the
immigration laws and knowledge of language and it is desired that the application
should nevertheless be considered under paragraph 2 of Schedule 1, it shall specify
the special circumstances to be taken into consideration.

Application under section 6 (2)

14. The application shall contain information showing-

(a) that the applicant is married to a British citizen:

(b)that 'the applicant possesses the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence, freedom from immigration restrictions. compliance with the
immigration laws and good character;

(c) that the applicant is of full capacity.

15. If the applicant does not possess the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence and compliance with the immigration laws and it is desired that the
application should nevertheless be considered under paragraph 4 of Schedule 1. it
shall specify the special circumstances to be taken into consideration.

16. If the applicant does not possess the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence and it is desired that the application should nevertheless be considered
under paragraph 4(d) of Schedule 1 on the grounds of marriage to a person who is
serving in Crown Service under the government of the United Kingdom or other
designated service, it shall specify the nature of the service and contain
information showing that recruitment for that service took place in the United
Kingdom.

Application under section 7(1) (U)

17. The application shall contain information showing-

(a) that the applicant is-

(i)a citizen of a country mentioned in section 1(3) of the British
Nationality Act 1948(a) as in force immediately before
commencement, or

(ii) a citizen of the Republic or Ireland or

(iii)a British subject by virtue of section 30. having been immediately
before commencement a British subject without citizenship by virtue
of section 13 or 16 of the said Act of 1948 or a British subject by
virtue of section 1 of the British Nationality Act 1965(b) by virtue
of marriage to a person mentioned in section 1 (1)(a) or (b) of the
said Act of 1965;

(b)that the applicant possesses the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence and freedom from immigration restrictions:







(c)that the applicant has not renounced or been deprived of citizenship of
the United Kingdom and Colonies;

(d)that a recommendation for deportation is not in force-in respect of the
applicant;

(e) that the applicant is of full capacity.

18. If the application is not made within 5 years after commencement or, in
the case of a person who was a minor at commencement. within 5 years from the
date on which he attains full age and it is desired that the application should
nevertheless be considered under section 7(6), it shall specify the special
circumstances to be taken into consideration.

(a) 1948 c. 56. (b)1965 c. 34.





Application under section 7(1) (b)

19. The application shall contain information showing

(a) that the applicant

(i) is, and was at commencement, a citizen of a country mentioned in
section 1(3) of the British Nationality Act 1948 as in force
immediately before commencement; or

(ii) is a British subject by virtue of section 30, having been immediately
before commencement a British subject without citizenship by virtue
of section 13 or 16 of the British Nationality Act 1948 or a British
subject by virtue of section 1 of the British Nationality Act 1965 by
virtue of marriage to a man who was, or but for his death would have
been, a British subject without citizenship as aforesaid;

(b)that the applicant had, immediately before commencement, the right of
abode in the United Kingdom under section 2(1)(d) of the Immigration
Act 1971(c) as then in force or ofthe reference thereto in section 2(2) of
that Act as then in force;

(c)that the applicant possesses the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence or employment;

(d)that the applicant has not renounced citizenship of the United Kingdom
and Colonies.,

(e) that the applicant is, and was at commencement, of full capacity.

20. If the application is not made within 5 years after commencement and it
is desired that the application should nevertheless be considered under section 7(6),
it shall specify the special circumstances to be taken into consideration.

Application under section 7(2)

21. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that, throughout the period from commencement to the date of the
application, the applicant has had the right of abode in the United
Kingdom under the Immigration Act 1971 as amended by section 39 of
the Act;

(b)that the applicant possesses the requisite qualification in respect of
residence or service.

22. If the application is not made within 6 years after commencement and it
is desired that the application should nevertheless be considered under section 7(8),
it shall specify the special circumstances to be taken into consideration.

Application under section 8(1)

23. That application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant, immediately before commencement, was the wife of a
man who was then a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies;

(b)that that man became a British citizen at commencement and has not
renounced that citizenship;

(c)that the applicant remained married to him from commencement to the
date of the application;

(d)that the applicant has not renounced or been deprived of citizenship of
the United Kingdom and Colonies.







Application under section 8(2)

24. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant has been married to a man who was then a citizen of
the United Kingdom and Colonies.,

(b)that that man became a British citizen at commencement or would have
done so but for his death;

(c) that the applicant is no longer married to him;

(c)1971 e. 77.





(d)that the applicant has not renounced or been deprived of citizenship of
the United Kingdom and Colonies.

Application under section 8(3)

25. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant has been married to a man who was then a citizen of
the United Kingdom and Colonies and is still married to him;

(b) that that man-

(i) acquired British citizenship at commencement but renounced that
citizenship; or

(ii) would have acquired British citizenship at commencement but for his
having renounced citizenship of the United Kingdom and Colonies;

(c)that the applicant has not renounced or been deprived of citizenship of
the United Kingdom and Colonies.

Application under section 9

26. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant, if he had been born before commencement, would, on
the registration of his birth at a United Kingdom consulate

(i) have become a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies; and

(ii) have had, immediately before commencement, the right of abode in
the United Kingdom by virtue of section 2(1)(b) of the Immigration
Act 1971 as then in force;

(b)that the applicant's father, immediately before commencement or at his
death (whichever was earlier)

(i) was a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies by virtue of
section 5 of the British Nationality Act 1948 or was under any
provision of the British Nationality Acts 1948 to 1965 deemed to be
a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies by descent only'.

(ii) was married to the applicant's mother;

(iii) was ordinarily resident in a foreign country within the meaning of the
British Nationality Act 1948;

(c) the applicant's father-

(i) bacame a British citizen at commencement and remained so until the
date of the application or until his death, if earlier; or

(ii) would have become a British citizen at 'commencement but for his
death.

Application under section 10(1)

27. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant renounced citizenship of the United Kingdom and
Colonies;

(b)that at the time when he renounced it the applicant was, or was about to
become, a citizen of a country mentioned in section 1(3) of the British
Nationality Act 1948;







(c)that the applicant could not have remained or become such a citizen but
for renouncing it or had reasonable cause to believe that he would be
deprived of his citizenship of that country unless he renounced it;

(d)that the applicant possessed the requisite qualifying connection with the
United Kingdom immediately before commencement or, if a woman, was
married before commencement to a man who possessed the requisite
qualifying connection with the United Kingdom immediately before
commencement or would if living have possessed such a connection;

(e) that the applicant has not previously been registered under section 10(1).

Application under section 10(2)

28. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant has renounced citizenship of the United Kingdom and
Colonies and his reason for so doing;





(b)that the applicant possesses the requisite qualifying connection with the
United Kingdom or, if a woman, has been married to a man who has, or
would if living have, such a connection;
(e) that the applicant is of full capacity.

Application under section 13(1)
29. The application shall contain information showing-
(a) that the applicant has renounced British citizenship;
(b)that, at the time when he renounced it, the applicant had or was about to
acquire some other citizenship or nationality;
(e)that the renunciation of British citizenship was necessary to enable him to
retain or acquire that other citizenship or nationality;
(d) that the applicant has not previously been registered under section 13(1);
(e) that the applicant is of full capacity.

Application under section 13(3)
30. The application shall contain information showing-
(a)that the applicant has renounced British citizenship and his reason for so
doing;
(b) that the applicant is of full capacity.

Application under section 27(2)
31. The application shall contain information showing-
(a)that the applicant, if he had been born before commencement, would, on the
registration of his birth at a United Kingdom consulate, have become a
citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies and then at commencement
have become a British Overseas citizen;
(b)that the applicant's father, immediately before commencement or at his
death (whichever was earlier)-
(i)was a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies by virtue of section
5 of the British Nationality Act 1948 or was under any provision of the
British Nationality Acts 1948 to 1965 deemed to be a citizen of the
United Kingdom and Colonies by descent only;
(5) was married to the applicant's mother;
(iii) was ordinarily resident in a foreign country within the meaning of the
British Nationality Act 1948;
(c) the applicant's father-
(i)acquired British citizenship, British Dependent Territories citizenship
or British Overseas citizenship at commencement and held one of those
citizenships until the date of the application or until his death, if earlier;
or
(ii) would have acquired one of those citizenships at commencement but
for his death.

Application under section 28(1)
32. The application shall contain information showing-
(a)that the applicant, immediately before commencement, was the wife of a
man who was then a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies;
(b)that that man became a British Overseas citizen at commencement and has
not renounced that citizenship;
(c)that the applicant remained married to him from commencement to the date
of the application;
(d)that the applicant has not renounced or been deprived of citizenship of the
United Kingdom and Colonies.

Application under section 28(2)
33. The application shall contain information showing-
(a)that the applicant has been married to a man who was then a citizen of the
United Kingdom and Colonies;





(b)that that man became a British Overseas citizen at commencement or
would have done so but for his death;

(c) that the applicant is no longer married to him;

(d)that the applicant has not renounced or been deprived of citizenship of
the United Kingdom and Colonies.

Application under section 28(3)

34. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant has been married to a man who was then a citizen of
the United Kingdom and Colonies and is still married to him;

(b) that that man-

(i) acquired British Overseas citizenship at commencement but
renounced that citizenship; or

(ii) would have acquired British Overseas citizenship at commencement
but for his having renounced citizenship of the United Kingdom and
Colonies;

(c)that the applicant has not renounced or been deprived of citizenship of
the United Kingdom and Colonies.

Application under section 33

35. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that immediately before commencement the applicant was the wife of a
British subject;

(b)that immediately before commencement the applicant was an alien within
the meaning of the British Nationality Act 1948;

(c)that immediately before commencement the applicant's husband was a
British subject without citizenship by virtue of section 13 or 16 of the said
Act of 1948 or a British subject by virtue only of section 2(1) of that
Act,

(d) that she remained married to him until the date of the application;

(e) that he is a British subject under the Act;

(f)that the applicant has not renounced or been deprived of citizenship of
the United Kingdom and Colonies or been deprived of the status of British
subject under the British Nationality Act 1965(a), if that is the case.

Application under paragraph 3 of Schedule 2

36. The application shall contain information showing-

(a) that the applicant is and always has been stateless;

(b)that the applicant seeks British citizenship and possesses the requisite
qualifications in respect of residence.

37. If the applicant does not possess the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence and it is desired that the application should nevertheless be considered
under paragraph 6 of Schedule 2, it shall specify the special circumstances to be
taken into consideration.

Application under paragraph 4 of Schedule 2







38. The application shall contain information showing-

(a) that the applicant is and always has been stateless;

(b)in respect of both the father and mother of the applicant, which of the
following statuses, namely, British citizenship, British Dependent
Territories citizenship, British Overseas citizenship or the status of a
British subject under the Act, was held at the time of the applicant's birth;

(c) that the applicant possesses the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence;

(d)if more than one of the statuses mentioned in sub-paragraph (b) above are
available to the applicant, which status or statuses is or are wanted.

39. If the applicant does not possess the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence and it is desired that the application should nevertheless be considered

(a) 1965 c. 34.





under paragraph 6 of Schedule 2, it shall specify the special circumstances to be
taken into consideration.

Application under paragraph 5 of Schedule 2

40. The application shall contain information showing-

(a) that the applicant is and always has been stateless;

(b)if he was not born at a place which is at the date of the application
within the United Kingdom and dependent territories

(i)that the applicant's mother was a citizen of the United Kingdom and
Colonies at the time of his birth; or

(ii) that he possesses the requisite qualifications in respect of parentage
or residence and parentage;

(c)that the applicant seeks British citizenship or British Overseas
citizenship and that that citizenship is available to the applicant in
accordance with paragraph 5(2) of Schedule 2.

SCHEDULE 3 [Regulation 6.]

ADMINISTRATION OF OATH oF
ALLEGIANCE

An oath of allegiance shall be administered by one of the following persons:

(a) in England and Wales or Northern Ireland-
any justice of the peace, commissioner for oaths or notary public;

(b) in Scotland-
any sheriff principal, sheriff, justice of the peace or notary public;

(c) in the Channel Islands, the Isle of Man or any dependent territory-

any judge of any court of civil or criminal jurisdiction. any justice of the
peace or magistrate, or any person for the time being authorized by the
law of the place where the applicant, declarant or deponent is. to
administer an oath for any judicial or other legal purpose;

(d)in any country mentioned in Schedule 3 to the Act of which Her Majesty
is Queen, or in any territory administered by the government of any such
country

any person for the time being authorized by the law ofthe place where the
deponent is to administer an oath for any judicial or other legal purpose,
any consular officer or any established officer of the Diplomatic Service
of Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom;

(e) elsewhere-

any consular officer, any established officer ofthe Diplomatic Service of
Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom or any person
authorized by the Secretary of State in that behalf..

Provided that, if the deponent is serving in Her Majesty's naval, military or
air forces, the oath may be administered by any officer holding a commission in
any of those forces, whether the oath is made or taken in the United Kingdom or
elsewhere.

SCHEDULE4 [Regulation 7.1

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF NATURALIZATION AS A BRITISH






CITIZEN

BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1981
CERTIFICATE OF NATURALIZATION AS A BRITISH CITIZEN

The Secretary of State, in exercise of the powers conferred by the British
Nationality Act 1981, hereby grants this certificate of naturalization to the
person named below, who shall be a British citizen from the date of this
certificate. Full name Name at birth if difrerent Date of birth Place and country of
birth





SCHEDULE 5 [Regulation 8.]

REQUIREMENTS As RESPECTS DECLARATIONS oF RENUNCIATION

1 A declaration shall he made in writing and shall state the name, address,
date and place of birth of the declarant.

2. A declaration shall contain information showing that the declarant-

(a)is a British citizen, British Overseas citizen or British subject, as the case
may be;

(b) is of full age or, if not, has been married;

(c) is of full capacity;

(d)will, after the registration of the declaration, have or acquire some
citizenship or nationality other than British citizenship, British Overseas
citizenship or British subject status, as the case may be.

3. A declaration shall contain a declaration that the particulars stated therein
are true.





1982 No. 987

BRITISH NATIONALITY

THE BRITISH NATIONALITY (DEPENDENT TERRITORIES)
REGULATIONS 1982

made 18 July 1982

Laid before Parliament 27 July 1982
Coming into Operation 1 January 1983

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page

PART I

GENERAL

1..................Citation and commencement .......... DZ2

2. Interpretation.. . ........ DZ2

PART II

REGISTRATION AND NATURALIZATION

3..........Applications.............. DZ 3

4.........................Authority to whom application is to be made .... DZ

5.....................Persons not of full age or capacity ........ DZ 3

6..............Oaths of allegiance .............. DZ 3

7...................Certificates of naturalization .......... ZD

PART III

RENUNCIATION AND DEPRIVATION

8...................Declarations of renunciation .......... DZ 4

9. Authority to whom declaration of renunciation is to be

made..... ........ DZ

10.........................Notice of proposed deprivation of citizenship .... DZ 5

11....................Time limit for applying for inquiry ........ DZ 5

12. Cancellation of registration of person deprived of

citizenship......................... DZ 5

13. Cancellation of certificate of naturalization in case of de-

privation of citizenship.................DZ 5

PART IV

SUPPLEMENTAL

14.........Evidence..... ........ DZ 6

15. Manner of signifying parental consent to registration .. DZ 6





Regulation Page

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1. General requirements as respects applications DZ 6
Schedule 2. Particular requirements as respects applications DZ6

Schedule 3. Administration of oath of allegiance.......... DZ 11 Schedule 4.
Form of certificate of naturalization............DZ 11 Schedule 5.
Requirements as respects declarations of renunciation..DZ 11

In exercise of the powers conferred upon me by section 4 1 (1) and (3) of
the British Nationality Act 1981 (a), 1 hereby make the following
Regulations:

PART I

GENERAL

1. These Regulations may be cited as the British Nationality
(Dependent Territories) Regulations 1982 and shall come into operation
on 1 January 1983.

2. (1) In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires,
the following expressions have the meanings hereby assigned to them,
that is to say

'the Act' means the British Nationality Act 1981;

'applicant' in relation to an application made on behalf of a
person not of full age or capacity means that person;

'High Commissioner' means, in relation to a country mentioned in
Schedule 3 to the Act, the High Commissioner for Her
Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom appointed to
that country, and includes the acting High Commissioner.

(2) In the application of the provisions of Regulation 6(2) or
Schedule 4 where a function of the Secretary of State under the Act is
exercised by the Governor of a dependent territory by virtue of
arrangements made under section 43(1) of the Act, any reference in
those provisions to the Secretary of State shall be construed as a
reference to. the Governor.

(3) In the application of the provisions -of Regulation 6(2) or 1 1(b)
or Schedule 4 where a function of the Secretary of State under the Act is
exercised in relation to an associated state by a person other than the
Secretary of State by virtue of a direction given under paragraph 4 of
Schedule 3 to the West Indies Act 1967(b), any reference in those
provisions to the Secretary of State or the Governor shall be construed
as a reference to that person.

(a) 1981 c. 6 1.

(b)1967 c. 4: paragraph 4 of Schedule 3 is amended by the British Nationality
Act 1981, section 52(6) and Schedule 7.





(4) In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires,
any reference to a Regulation or Schedule shall be construed as a
reference to a Regulation contained in these Regulations or, as the case
may be, to a Schedule thereto; and any reference in a Regulation or
Schedule to a paragraph shall be construed as a reference to a
paragraph of that Regulation or of that, Schedule.

PART II

REGISTRATION AND
NATURALIZATION

3. Any application for registration as a British Dependent
Territories citizen or for a certificate of naturalization as a British
Dependent Territories citizen shall

(a)be made to the appropriate authority specified in Regulation 4;
and

(b)satisfy the requirements of Part I and, if made on behalf of a
person not of full age or capacity, Part 11 of Schedule 1 and
such further requirements, if any. as are specified in relation
thereto in Schedule 2.

4. (1) The authority to whom application is to be made is as follows

(a)if the applicant is in Great Britain or Northern Ireland, to the
Secretary of State at the Home Office,

(b)if the applicant is in any of the Islands, to the
LieutenantGovernor;

(c) if the applicant is in a dependent territory. to the Governor;

(d)if the applicant is in a country mentioned in Schedule 3 to the
Act, to the High Commissioner or, if there is no High
Commissioner, to the Secretary of State at the Home Office;

(e)if the applicant is elsewhere, to any consular officer, any
established officer in the Diplomatic Service of Her Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom or any person authorized
by the Secretary of State in that behalf.

5. An application may be made on behalf of someone not of full
age or capacity by his father or mother or any person who has assumed
responsibility for his welfare.

6. (1) Where an oath of allegiance is required by section 42 of the
Act to be taken by an applicant for registration or for a certificate of
naturalization, it shall be administered in accordance with the
requirements of Schedule 3.

(2) If, on an application for registration or for a certificate of
naturalization by an applicant who is required as aforesaid to take





an oath of allegiance, the Secretary of State decides that the registration
should be effected or the certificate should be granted he shall cause
notice in writing of the decision to be given to the applicant; and the
oath of allegiance shall be taken within three months of the giving of the
notice or such longer time as the Secretary of State may allow.

(3) Any notice required by paragraph (2) to be given to an
applicant may be given

(a)in any case where the applicant's whereabouts are known, by
causing the notice to be delivered to him personally or by
sending it to him by post;

(b)in a case where the applicant's whereabouts are not known,
by sending it by post in a letter addressed to him at his last
known address.

7. A certificate of naturalization shall be in the form set out in
Schedule 4.

PART III

RENUNCIATION AND DEPRIVATION

8. Any. declaration of renunciation of British Dependent Territories
citizenship shall

(a)be made to the appropriate authority specified in Regulation
9; and

(b) satisfy the requirements of Schedule 5.

9.- The authority to whom a declaration of renunciation is to be
made is as follows

(a)if the declarant is in Great Britain or Northern Ireland, to the
Secretary of State at the Home Office;

(b)if the declarant is in any of the Islands, to the
LieutenantGovernor;

(c) if the declarant is in a dependent territory, to the Governor;

(d)if the declarant is in a country mentioned in Schedule 3 to the
Act, to the High Commissioner or, if there is no High
Commissioner, to the Secretary of State at the Home Office;

(e)if the declarant is elsewhere, to any consular officer, any
established officer in the Diplomatic Service of Her Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom or any person authorized
by the Secretary of State in that behalf.





10. (1) Where it is proposed to make an order under section 40(a)
of the Act depriving a person of British Dependent Territories
citizenship, the notice required by section 40(6) of the Act to be given
to that person may be given

(a)in a case where that person's whereabouts are known, by
causing the notice to be delivered to him personally or by
sending it to him by post;

(b)in a case where that person's whereabouts are not known, by
sending it by post in a letter addressed to him at his last
known address.

(2) Any notice given as aforesaid shall include a statement of the
time within which an application for an inquiry under section 40(7) of
the Act must be made.

11. Where notice has been given to a person in accordance with
Regulation 10, application for an inquiry under section 40(7) of the Act
shall be made

(a)if the notice was given by the Secretary of State and that
person is in the United Kingdom (including the Islands) at the
time when the notice is given to him, within 21 days from the
giving of the notice;

(b)if the notice was given by the Governor of a dependent
territory and that person is in that territory at the time when
the notice is given to him, within 21 days from the giving of
the notice;

(e)in any other case, within 42 days from the giving of the
notice.

12. Where an order has been made depriving a person who is a
British Dependent Territories citizen by virtue of registration (whether
under the Act or under the former nationality Acts) of that citizenship,
the name of that person shall be removed from the relevant register.

13. Where an order has been made depriving a person who is a
British Dependent Territories citizen by virtue of the grant of a
certificate of naturalization (whether under the Act or under the
former nationality Acts) of that citizenship, the person so deprived
or any other person in possession of the relevant certificate of
naturalization shall, if required by notice in writing given by the
authority by whom the order was made, deliver up the said
certificate to such person, and within such time, as may be specified
in the notice; and the said certificate shall thereupon be cancelled or
amended.

(a)Subsections (1) to (9) of section 40 are applied in relation to British
Dependent Territories citizenship by subsection (10) of that section.





PART IV

SUPPLEMENTAL

14. A document may be certified to be a true copy of a document
for the purpose of section 45(2) of the Act by means of a statement in
writing to that effect signed by a person authorized by the Secretary of
State, the Lieutenant-Governor, the High Commissioner or the Governor
in that behalf.

15. Where a parent, in pursuance of paragraph (c) of subsection (5)
of section 17 of the Act, consents to the registration of a person as a
British Dependent Territories citizen under that subsection, the consent
shall be expressed in writing and signed by the parent.

W. S. I. WHITELAW
One of Her Majesty's Principal
Secretaries of State.

HOME OFFICE,

18 July 1982.

SCHEDULE1 [Regulation 3.]

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS As RESPECTS
APPLICATIONS

PART I

All applications

1. An application shall be made in writing and shall state the name. address and
date and place of birth of the applicant.

2. An application shall contain a declaration that the particulars stated therein
are true.

PART II

Applications by persons not of full age or
capacity

3. An application in respect of someone not of full age or capacity made by
another person on his behalf shall state that that is the case and the name and
address of that person.

4. An application made by a person on behalf of someone not of full age or
capacity shall indicate the nature of that person's connection with him and. if that
person has any responsibility for him otherwise than as a parent. the nature of that
responsibility and the manner in which it was assumed.

SCHEDULE2 [Regulation 3.]

PARTICULAR REQUIREMENTS As RESPECTS
APPLICATIONS

In this Schedule any reference to a section or Schedule is a reference to a
section contained in the Act or, as the case may be, to a Schedule thereto.

Application under section 15(3)

1. The application shall contain information showing that the applicant's
father or mother became a British Dependent Territories citizen, or became settled
in a dependent territory, after the applicant's birth.





Application under section 15(4)

2. The application shall contain information showing that the applicant
possesses the requisite qualifications in respect of residence.

3. If the applicant was absent from the dependent territory in which he was
born on more than 90 days in all in any one of the first 10 years of his life and it
is desired that the application should nevertheless be considered under section
15(7), it shall specify the special circumstances to be taken into consideration.

Application under section 17(2)

4. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant's father or mother (---the parent in question') was a
British Dependent Territories citizen by descent at the time of the
applicant's birth.

(b) that the father or mother of the parent in question-

(i) was a British Dependent Territories citizen otherwise than by
descent at the time of the birth of the parent in question; or

(ii) became a British Dependent Territories citizen otherwise than by
descent at commencement; or

(iii) would have become a British Dependent Territories citizen otherwise
than by descent at commencement but for his or her death;

(e) either-

(i) that the parent in question possesses the requisite qualifications in
respect of residence; or

(ii) that the applicant was born stateless.

5. If the application is not made within 12 months after the applicant's birth
and it is desired that the application should nevertheless be considered under
section 17(4), it shall specify the special circumstances to be taken into
consideration.

Application under section 17(51

6. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant's father or mother was a British Dependent Territories
citizen by descent at the time of the applicant's birth;

(b)that the applicant and his father and mother possess the requisite
qualification is respect of residence;

(c)that the consent of the applicant's father and/or mother (as required by
section 17(5)(c) and (6)) has been signified in accordance with Regulation
15 and, if the consent of one parent only has been signified. the reason
for that fact.

Application under section 18(1)

7. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant possesses the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence or Crown service, freedom from immigration restrictions.
compliance with the immigration laws, good character, knowledge of
language and intention with respect to residence or occupation in the
event of a certificate of naturalization being granted to him;







(b) that the applicant is of full capacity.

8. If the applicant does not posses the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence, freedom from immigration restrictions, compliance with the
immigration laws and knowledge of language and it is desired that the application
should nevertheless be considered under paragraph 6 of Schedule 1, it shall specify
the special circumstances to be taken into consideration.

Application under section 18(2)

9. The application shall contain information showing-

(a) that the applicant is married to a British Dependent Territories citizen;

(b)that the applicant possesses the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence, freedom from immigration restrictions, compliance with the
immigration laws and good character;

(c) that the applicant is of full capacity.





10. If the applicant does not possess the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence and compliance with the immigration laws and it is desired that the
application should nevertheless be considered under paragraph 8 of Schedule 1, it
shall specify the special circumstances to be taken into consideration.

11. If the applicant does not possess the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence and it is desired that the application should nevertheless be considered
under paragraph 8(d) of Schedule 1 on the grounds of marriage to a person who is
serving in Crown Service under the government of a dependent territory or other
designated service, it shall specify the nature of the service and contain
information showing that recruitment for that service took place in a dependent
territory.

Application under section 19(1)

12. The application shall contain information showing-

(a) that the applicant is-

(i) a citizen of a country mentioned in section 1(3) of the British
Nationality Act 1948(a) as in force immediately before
commencement., or

(5) a citizen of the Republic of Ireland; or

(iii) a British subject by virtue of section 30, having been immediately
before commencement a British subject without citizenship by virtue
of section 13 or 1 6 of the said Act of 1948 or a British subject by
virtue of section 1 of the British Nationality Act 1965(b) by virtue
of marriage to a person mentioned in section 1(1)(a) or (b) of the
said Act of 1965;

(b)that the applicant possesses the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence and freedom from immigration restrictions:

(c)that the applicant has not renounced or been deprived of citizenship of
the United Kingdom and Colonies;

(d)that a recommendation for deportation is not in force in respect of the
applicant;

(e) that the applicant is of full capacity.

13. If the application is not made within 5 years after commencement or. in
the case of a person who was a minor at commencement, within 5 years from the
date on which he attains full age and it is desired that the application should
nevertheless be considered under section 19(3), it shall specify the special
circumstances to be taken into consideration.

Application under section 20(1)

14. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant, immediately before commencement. was the wife of a
man who was then a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies:

(b)that that man became a British Dependent Territories citizen at
commencement and has not renounced that citizenship;

(c)that the applicant remained married to him from commencement to
the date of the application;

(d)that the applicant has not renounced or been deprived of citizenship of
the United Kingdom and Colonies.







Application under section 20(2)

15. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant has been married to a man who was then a citizen of
the United Kingdom and Colonies;

(b)that that man became a British Dependent Territories citizen at
commencement or would have done so but for his death;

(c) that the applicant is no longer married to him;

(d)that the-applicant has not renounced or been deprived of citizenship of
the United Kingdom and Colonies.

(a) 1948 c. 56.

(b) 1965 c. 34.





Application under section 20(3)

16. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant has been married to a man who was then a citizen of
the United Kingdom and Colonies and is still married to him;

(b) that that man-

(i) acquired British Dependent Territories citizenship at commencement
but renounced that citizenship; or

(ii) would have acquired British Dependent Territories citizenship at
commencement but for his having renounced citizenship of the
United Kingdom and Colonies;

(c)that the applicant has not renounced or been deprived of citizenship of
the United Kingdom and Colonies.

Application under section 21

17. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant, if he had been born before commencement, would, on
the registration of his birth at a United Kingdom consulate

(i) have become a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies. and

(ii) have become, at commencement, a British Dependent Territories
citizen;

(b)that the applicant's father, immediately before commencement or at his
death (whichever was earlier)

(i)was a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies by virtue of
section 5 of the British Nationality Act 1948 or was under any
provision of the British Nationality Acts 1948 to 1965 deemed to be
a citizen of the

United Kingdom and Colonies by descent only;

(ii) was married to the applicant's mother:

(iii)was ordinarily resident in a foreign country within the meaning of
the British Nationality Act 1948;

(c) the applicant's father

(i)became a British Dependent Territories citizen at commencement
and remained so until the date of the application or until his death. if
earlier;

or

(ii) would have become a British Dependent Territories citizen at
commencement but for his death.

Application under section 22(1)

18. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant renounced citizenship of the United Kingdom and
Colonies;

(b)that at the time when he renounced it the applicant was. or was about to






become, a citizen of a country mentioned in section 10) of the British
Nationality Act 1948;

(c)that the applicant could not have remained or become such a citizen but
for renouncing it or had reasonable cause to believe that he would be
deprived of his citizenship of that country unless he renounced it

(d)that the applicant possessed the requisite qualifying connection with a
dependent territory immediately before commencement or, if a woman,
was married before commencement to a man who possessed the requisite
qualifying connection with a dependent territory immediately before
commencement or would if living have possessed such a connection:

(e) that the applicant has not previously been registered under section 22(1).

Application under section 22(2)

19. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant has renounced citizenship of the United Kingdom and
Colonies and his reason for so doing;





(b)that the applicant possesses the requisite qualifying connection with a
dependent territory or, if a woman, has been married to a man who has, or
would if living have, such a connection;

(e) that the applicant is of full capacity.

Application under section 13(1) as applied by section 24

20. The application shall contain information showing-

(a) that the applicant has renounced British Dependent Territories
citizenship;

(b)that, at the time when he renounced it, the applicant had or was about to
acquire some other citizenship or nationality;

(c)that the renunciation of British Dependent Territories citizenship was
necessary to enable him to retain or acquire that other citizenship or
nationality;

(d)that the applicant has not previously been registered under section 13(1)
as applied by section 24;

(e) that the applicant is of full capacity.

Application under section 13 (3) as applied b v section
24

21. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant has renounced British Dependent Territories
citizenship and his reason for so doing;

(b) that the applicant is of full capacity.

Application under paragraph 3 of Schedule 2

22. The application shall contain information showing-

(a) that the applicant is and always has been stateless:

(b)that the applicant seeks British Dependent Territories citizenship and
possesses the requisite qualifications in respect of residence.

23. If the applicant does not possess the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence and it is desired that the application should nevertheless be considered
under paragraph 6 of Schedule 2, it shall specify the special circumstances to be
taken into consideration.

Application under paragraph 4 of Schedule 2

24. The application shall contain information showing-

(a) that the applicant is and always has been stateless;

(b)that the father or mother of the applicant was a British Dependent
Territories citizen at the time of the applicant's birth;

(c)that the applicant seeks British Dependent Territories citizenship and
possesses the requisite qualifications in respect of residence.

25. If the applicant does not posses the requisite qualifications in respect of
residence and it is desired that the application should nevertheless be considered
under paragraph 6 of Schedule 2, it shall specify the special circumstances to be
taken into consideration.







Application under paragraph 5. of Schedule 2

26. The application shall contain information showing-

(a) that the applicant is and always has been stateless;

(b)if he was not born at a place which is at the date of the application within
the United Kingdom and dependent territories

(i)that the applicant's mother was a citizen of the United Kingdom and
Colonies at the time of his birth; or

(ii) that he possesses the requisite qualifications in respect of parentage
or residence and parentage;

(c)that the application seeks British Dependent Territories citizenship and
that that citizenship is available to the applicant in accordance with
paragraph 5(2) of Schedule 2.





SCHEDULE 3 [Regulation 6.]

ADMINISTRATION OF OATH OF
ALLEGIANCE

An oath of allegiance shall be administered by one of the following persons:

(a) in English and Wales or Northern Ireland-
any justice of the peace, commissioner for oaths or notary public;

(b) in Scotland-
any sheriff principal, sheriff, justice of the peace or notary public;

(c)in the Channel Islands, the Isle of Man or any dependent territoryany
judge of any court of civil or criminal jurisdiction, any justice of the peace
or magistrate, or any person for the time being authorized by the law of
the place where the applicant, declarant or deponent is, to administer an
oath for any judicial or other legal purpose;

(d) in any country mentioned in Schedule 3 to the Act of which Her Majesty is
Queen, or in any territory administered by the government of any such
country-
any person for the time being authorized by the law of the place where the
deponent is to administer an oath for any judicial or other legal purpose,
any consular officer or any established officer of the Diplomatic Service of
Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom:

(c) elsewhere-
any consular officer, any established officer of the Diplomatic Service of
Her
Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom or any person authorized by
the Secretary of State in that behalf..

Provided that, if the deponent is serving in Her Majesty's naval, military or
air forces, the oath may be administered by any officer holding a commission in
any of those forces, whether the oath is made or taken in the United Kingdom or
elsewhere.

SCHEDULE 4 [Regulation 7.]

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF
NATURALIZATION AS A
BRITISH DEPENDENT TERRITORIES
CITIZEN

BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1981
CERTIFICATE OF NATURALIZATION AS A BRITISH DEPENDENT
TERRITORIES CITIZEN

The Secretary of State, in exercise of the powers conferred by the British
Nationality Act 1981, hereby grants this certificate of naturalization to the person
named below, who shall be a British Dependent Territories citizen from the date of
this certificate. Full name Name at birth if different Date of birth Place and
country of birth

SCHEDULE 5 [Regulation 8.]

REQUIREMENTS As RESPECTS DECLARATION oF
RENUNCIATION

1. A declaration shall be made in writing and shall state the name, address,
date and place of birth ofthe declarant.

2. A declaration shall contain information showing that the declarant-

(a) is a British Dependent Territories citizen;

(b) is of full age or, if not, has been married;

(c) is of full capacity;

(d)will, after the registration ofthe declaration, have or acquire some
citizenship or nationality other than British Dependent Territories
citizenship.

3. A declaration shall contain a declaration that the particulars stated therein
are true.

Coverage

1982 No. 988

BRITISH NATIONALITY

THE BRITISH CITIZENSHIP (DEPRIVATION) RULES 1982

Made - - - - - 18 July 1982
Laid before Parliament 27 July 1982
Coming into Operation 1 January 1983

ARRANGEMENT OF RULES

Rule................................ Page

1. Citation and commencement........... EA 1

2. Notice of inquiry.... .......... EA 1

3. Attendance and representation............. EA 2
4. Conduct of proceedings and evidence .......... EA 2

5. Powers of enforcement.. ..... ........ EA 2

6. Postponement and adjournment............. EA 3

7. Quorum and delegation.. ..... ........ EA 3

8. Notification of committee's conclusions ...... EA 3

In exercise of the powers conferred on me by section 40(8) of the British
Nationality Act 1981(a), I hereby make the following Rules:

1. These Rules may be cited as the British Citizenship (Deprivation)
Rules 1982 and shall come into operation on 1 January 1983.

2. (1) Where it is proposed to make an order under section 40 of the
British Nationality Act 1981 depriving a person of British citizenship and
the person's case is referred to a committee of inquiry under subsection
(7) of that section, the committee of inquiry (in these Rules referred to as
'the committee') shall, before holding the inquiry, cause notice in writing
to be given to the person to whom the inquiry relates, stating the time
when and the place where it will be held and the nature thereof and
informing him of his rights of attendance and representation under Rule
3 below.

(2) A notice under this Rule may require the person concerned to
answer it in writing and to furnish in writing to the committee

(a) a summary of his case; and

(b)any other information which they consider material, verified in
such manner as they may require.

(3) A notice under this Rule shall be given as soon as practicable
and, in any event, not later than 14 days before the holding of the
inquiry.

(a) 1981 c; 61.





(4) A notice under this Rule may be given-

(a)in a case where the whereabouts of the person concerned are
known, by causing the notice to be delivered to him
personally or by sending it to him by post;

(b)in a case where the whereabouts of the person concerned are
not known, by sending it by post in a letter addressed to him
at his last known address.

3. At the inquiry, the person to whom the inquiry relates may be
present and may either act in person or be represented by counsel or a
solicitor or any other person appearing to the committee to be acting on
his behalf; and the Secretary of State or LieutenantGovernor may be
represented by counsel or a solicitor or any government officer.

4. (1) The committee shall give to each party at the inquiry an
opportunity to address the committee, to give evidence, to call
witnesses and to make representations on the evidence (if any) and on
the subject matter of the inquiry generally.

(2) The committee may receive oral, documentary or other evidence
of any fact which appears to the committee to be relevant to the inquiry,
notwithstanding that such evidence would be inadmissible in a court of
law.

(3) The committee may at the inquiry request the Secretary of State
or Lieutenant-Governor to furnish an explanation of the ground or
grounds on which the order under the said section 40 is proposed to be
made.

(4) No person shall be compelled at an inquiry to give any evidence
or produce any document which he could not be compelled to give or
produce on the trial of an action at the place where the inquiry is held.

(5) The committee may allow or refuse to allow the public or any
portion thereof to be present during the whole or any part of the
inquiry.

(6) Subject to these Rules, the procedure at the inquiry shall be
such as the committee may determine.

5. (1) The committee shall have all such powers, rights and
privileges as are vested in the High Court or in any judge thereof on the
occasion of any action, in respect of the following matters:

(a)the enforcing of the attendance of witnesses and examining
them on oath, affirmation or otherwise, and the issue of a
commission or request to examine witnesses abroad;

(b) the compelling of the production of documents; and

(c) the punishing of persons guilty of contempt.





1 (2) A summons signed by one or more members of the committee may
be substituted for and shall be equivalent to any formal process capable
of being issued in any action for enforcing the attendance of witnesses
and compelling the production of documents.

(3) Where the inquiry is held in the Channel Islands or the Isle of
Man, paragraph (1) above shall have effect as if for the reference to the
High Court and to any judge thereof there were substituted a reference

(a)in the case of the Bailiwick of Guernsey or the Bailiwick' of
Jersey, to the Royal Court of Guernsey or the Royal Court of
Jersey and, in each case, the Bailiff,

(b)in the case of the Isle of Man, to the High Court of the Isle of
Man and any Deemster

6. (1) The committee may postpone or adjourn the inquiry from
time to time.

(2) Where the inquiry is postponed or adjourned, the committee
shall as soon as practicable notify the parties of the time when and the
place where it is to be resumed.

7. (1) The committee may act notwithstanding a vacancy in their
number, and the quorum of the committee shall be three.

(2) The committee may delegate one or more of their members to
inquire into any particular matter relating to the inquiry, and the member
or members so delegated shall, for this purpose, have all the powers of
the committee other than their powers of punishment.

8. (1) The committee shall cause their conclusions to be recorded in
a document signed by the chairman and shall cause a copy thereof to
be sent to each party.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3) below, the committee shall furnish a
statement, either written or oral, of the reasons for their conclusions if
requested, whether before or after the parties have been notified of their
conclusions in accordance with paragraph (1) above, to state the
reasons.

(3) The said statement of reasons may be refused, or the
specification of the reasons restricted, on grounds of national security,
and the committee may refuse to furnish the statement to a person not
primarily concerned with the conclusions if of opinion that to furnish it
would be contrary to the interests of any person primarily concerned.

W. S. 1. WHITELAW


18 July 1982.





1982 No. 989

BRITISH NATIONALITY

THE BRITISH DEPENDENT TERRITORIES CITIZENSHIP
(DEPRIVATION) RULES 1982

Made 18 July 1982

Laid before Parliament 27 July 1982
Coming into Operation 1 January 1983

ARRANGEMENT OF RULES

Rule Page

1. Citation and commencement..... ...... EB 1

2. Notice of inquiry.............. EB 1

3. Attendance and representation..... ........ EB 2
4. Conduct of proceedings and evidence .......... EB 2

5. Powers of enforcement.. .. .......... EB 2

6. Postponement and adjournment..... ........ EB 3

7. Quorum and delegation.. .. .......... EB 3

8. Notification of committee's conclusions ........ EB 3

In exercise of the powers conferred on me by section 40(8) of the
British Nationality Act 1981(a), 1 hereby make the following
Rules:

1. These Rules may be cited as the British Dependent Territories
Citizenship (Deprivation) Rules 1982 and shall come into operation
on 1 January 1983.

2. (1) Where it is proposed to make an order under section 40 of
the British Nationality Act 1981 depriving a person of British
Dependent Territories citizenship and the person's case is referred to a
committee of inquiry under subsection (7) of that section, the committee
of inquiry (in these Rules referred to as 'the committee') shall, before
holding the inquiry, cause notice in writing to be given to the person to
whom the inquiry relates, stating the time when and the place where it
will be held and the nature thereof and informing him of his rights of
attendance and representation under Rule 3 below.

(2) A notice under this Rule may require the person concerned
to answer it in writing and to furnish in writing to the committeea) a
summary of his case; and

(b)any other information which they consider material, verified in
such manner as they may require.

(3) A notice under this Rule shall be given as soon as practicable
and, in any event, not later than 14 days before the holding of the
inquiry.

(a) 1981 c. 61.





(4) A notice under this Rule may be given-

(a)in a case where the whereabouts of the person concerned
are known, by causing the notice to be delivered to him
personally or by sending it to him by post;

(b)in a case where the whereabouts of the person concerned
are not known, by sending it by post in a letter addressed
to him at his last known address.

3. At the inquiry, the person to whom the inquiry relates may
be present and may either act in person or be represented by counsel
or a solicitor or any other person appearing to the committee to
be acting on his behalf, and the Secretary of State or Governor
may be represented by counsel or a solicitor or any government
officer.

4. (1) The committee shall give to each party at the inquiry
an opportunity to address the committee, to give evidence, to call
witnesses and to make representations on the evidence (if any) and
on the subject matter of the inquiry generally.

(2) The committee may receive oral, documentary or other
evidence of any fact which appears to the committee to be relevant
to the inquiry, notwithstanding that such evidence would be in-
admissible in a court of law.

(3) The committee may at the inquiry request the Secretary
of State or Governor to furnish an explanation of the ground or
.grounds on which the order under the said section 40 is proposed
to be made.

(4) No person shall be compelled at an inquiry to give any
evidence or produce any document which he could not be compelled
to give or produce on the trial of an action at the place where the
inquiry is held.

(5) The committee may allow or refuse to allow the public or
any portion thereof to be present during the whole or any part of the
inquiry.

(6) Subject to these Rules, the procedure at the inquiry shall be
such as the committee may determine.

5. (1) The committee shall have all such powers, rights and
privileges as are vested in the High Court or in any judge thereof on
the occasion of any action, in respect of the following matters:-

(a)the enforcing of the attendance of witnesses and examin-
ing them on oath, affirmation or otherwise, and the issue
of a commission or request to examine witnesses abroad;

(b) the compelling of the production of documents; and

(c) the punishing of persons guilty of contempt.





(2) A summons signed by one or more members of the committee
may be substituted for and shall be equivalent to any formal process
capable of being issued in any action for enforcing the attendance of
witnesses and compelling the production of documents.

(3) Where the inquiry is held in a dependent territory, paragraph
(1) above shall have effect as if for the reference to the High Court and
to any judge thereof there were substituted a reference to the High
Court of that territory and any judge thereof.

6. (1) The committee may postpone or adjourn the inquiry from
time to time.

(2) Where the inquiry is postponed or adjourned, the committee
shall as soon as practicable notify the parties of the time when and the
place where it is to be resumed.

7. (1) The committee may act notwithstanding a vacancy in their
number, and the quorum of the committee shall be three.

(2) The committee may delegate one or more of their members to
inquire into any particular matter relating to the inquiry, and the member
or members so delegated shall, for this purpose, have all the powers of
the committee other than their powers of punishment.

8. (1) The committee shall cause their conclusions to be recorded in a
document signed by the chairman and shall cause a copy thereof to be
sent to each party.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3) below, the committee shall furnish a
statement, either written or oral, of the reasons for their conclusions if
requested, whether before or after the parties have been notified of their
conclusions in accordance with paragraph (1) above, to state the
reasons.

(3) The said statement of reasons may be refused, or the
specification of the reasons restricted, on grounds of national security,
and the committee may refuse to furnish the statement to a person not
primarily concerned with the conclusions if of opinion that to furnish it
would be contrary to the interests of any person primarily concerned.

W. S. 1. WHITELAW,
One of Her Majesty's Principal
Secretaries of State.
HOME OFFICE,

18 July 1982.





1982 No. 1004

BRITISH NATIONALITY

THE BRITISH CITIZENSHIP (DESIGNATED SERVICE)
ORDER 1982

made 21 July 1982
Laid before Parliament 28 July 1982
Coming into Operation 1 January 1983

Whereas I consider the descriptions of service specified in this Order to
be closely associated with the activities outside the United Kingdom of
Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom:

Now, therefore, in exercise of the powers conferred upon me by
section 2(3) of the British Nationality Act 1981 (a), 1 hereby make the
following Order:

1. This Order may be cited as the British Citizenship (Designated
Service) Order 1982 and shall come into operation on 1 January 1983.

2. The descriptions of service specified in the Schedule to this
Order are hereby designated for the purposes of section 2 of the British
Nationality Act 1981 (which relates to acquisition of British citizenship
by persons born outside the United Kingdom).

W. S. I. WHITELAW,

One of Her Majesty's Principal
Secretaries of State.

HOME OFFICE,

21 July 1982.

SCHEDULE Article 2.

SERVICE DESIGNATED FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 2 oF
BRITISH

NATIONALITY ACT
1981

1 Service as

(a)an officer administering the government of a territory for whose external
relations the United Kingdom is responsible; or

(b) an official in the government of such a territory; or

(c) a judge or magistrate of such a territory.

2. Service in pursuance of an appointment outside the United Kingdom in
respect of which the person concemed is on secondment from Crown service under'
the government ofthe United Kingdom. For this purpose, a person is on
secondment from Crown service under the government of the United Kingdom if,
having been serving in such Crown service, he is for the time being in temporary
service under arrangements whereby he is to return to such Crown service when
that temporary service ends.

(a) 1981 c. 61.





3. Service in respect of which the person concerned-

(a)is, under section 209(2) of the Army Act 1955 (a), subject to Part 11 of
that Act by virtue of paragraph 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule 5 to that Act
(civilians outside the United Kingdom subject to Part II when not on active
service) (b): or

(b)is, under section 209(2) of the Air Force Act 1955 (e), subject to Part 11
of that Act by virtue of paragraph 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule 5 to that Act
(civilians outside the United Kingdom subject to Part 11 when not on
active service) (d); or

(e) is, under section 118(2) of the Naval Discipline Act 1957 (e), subject to
that

Act by virtue of paragraph 2, 3 or 4 of Schedule 3 to that Act (civilians
subject to the Act outside Her Majesty's dominions)(f).

4. Service under the North Atlantic Treaty Organization.

5. Service under the Commonwealth War Graves Commission.

6. Service under the British Council, being service in respect of which the
remuneration is paid wholly by that Council.

(a) 1955 c. 18; section 209(2) was amended by the Armed Forces Act 1971

(c. 33), section 43 and Schedule 1, paragraph 1(9)

(b) Paragraph 4 of Schedule 5 was amended by S.I. 1964/488.

(c) 1955 c. 19; section 209(2) was amended by the Armed Forces Act 1971,

section 43 and Schedule 1, paragraph 1(9).

(d) Paragraph 4 of Schedule 5 was amended by S.I. 1964/488.

(e) 1957 c. 53; section 118(2) was amended by the Armed Forces Act 1971,

sections 42 and 43 and Schedule 1, paragraph 2(3).

(f) Paragraph 4 of Schedule 3 was amended by S.I. 1964/488.





1982 No. 1011
BRITISH NATIONALITY
THE BRITISH NATIONALITY (FEES) REGULATIONS 1982

(Revoked by S.I. 1984 No. 230 U.K.)



REVISED EDITION 1989

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER

HONG KONG





1982 No. 1070

BRITISH NATIONALITY

THE BRITISH PROTECTORATES, PROTECTED STATES
AND PROTECTED PERSONS ORDER 1982

Made - - - - -30 July 1982
Laid 9 August 1982

Coming into Operation 1 January 1983

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 30th day of July 1982

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred on Her by section
38(1) of the British Nationality Act 198 1(a) and by all other powers
enabling Her in that behalf, is pleased, by and with the advice of Her
Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the British Protectorates, Protected
States and Protected Persons Order 1982 and shall come into operation
on 1 January 1983.

2. (1) In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires

'the Act' means the British Nationality Act 198 1;

'British protected person' means a British protected person by
virtue of any provision of this Order or by virtue of the
Solomon Islands Act 1978(b) or, in relation to any time before
the commencement of this Order, by virtue of any provision
of the British Protectorates, Protected States and Protected
Persons Order in Council 1949(c), the British Protectorates,
Protected States and Protected Persons Order 1965(d), the
British Protectorates, Protected States and Protected Persons
Order 1969(e), or the British Protectorates, Protected States
and Protected Persons Order 1974(f) (as those Orders were
from time to time amended) or the British Protectorates,
Protected States and Protected Persons Order 1978(g), or of
any enactment mentioned in the second column of the
Schedule to this Order;

'former Arabian protectorate' means Kamaran or the Protectorate
of South Arabia;

(a) 1981 c. 61. (e) S.I. 1969/1832.
(b) 1978 c. 15. (f) S.I. 1974/1895.
(c) S.I. 1949/140. (g)S.I. 1978/1026.

(d) S.I. 1965/1864.





'former protectorate means a territory named in the first column of
Part 1 of the Schedule to this Order and accordingly does not
include a former Arabian protectorate;

'former trust territory' means a territory named in the first column
of Part 11 of the Schedule to this Order;

'dependent territory' is a dependent territory listed in Schedule 6
to the Act.

(2) A person is, for the purposes of this Order, of full age if he has
attained the age of eighteen years and of full capacity if he is not of
unsound mind.

(3) References in this Order to a person having or acquiring
another nationality are to his being or (as the case may be) becoming a
citizen of any country specified in Schedule 3 to the Act, or of a foreign
country or of the Republic of Ireland.

3. (1) A person born out of wedlock and legitimated by the
subsequent marriage of his parents shall, as from the date of the
marriage, be treated, for the purpose of determining whether he is a
British protected person under this Order, as if he had been born
legitimate.

(2) A person shall be deemed for the purposes of this Article to
have been legitimated by the subsequent marriage of his parents if by
the law of the place in which his father was domiciled at the time of the
marriage the marriage operated immediately or subsequently to legitimize
him, and not otherwise.

4. Any reference in this Order to the status or description of the
father or mother of a person at the time of that person's birth shall, in
relation to a person born after the death of his father or mother be
construed as a reference to the status or description of the parent in
question at the time of that parent's death; and if that death occurred
before 1 January 1983 and the birth occurred on or after that date, the
status or description which would have been applicable to the father or
mother had he or she died after 1 January 1983 shall be deemed to be the
status or description applicable to him or her at the time of his or her
death.

5. (1) A person who, under any law providing for citizenship or
nationality in force in Brunei, is a citizen or national of Brunei shall be a
British protected person by virtue of his connection with Brunei.

(2) If any question arises whether any such law as is mentioned in
paragraph (1) above is in force, a certificate of the Secretary of State on
the question shall be conclusive.





(1) A person who immediately before the commencement of this
Order was a British protected person by virtue of the British
Protectorates, Protected States and Protected Persons Order 1978, shall
continue to be a British protected person on and after the
commencement of this Order subject to Article 10 below.

(2) A person shall not become a British protected person by virtue
of connection with a former protectorate, a former trust territory, a
former Arabian protectorate or the former Solomon Islands protectorate
unless he is registered in accordance with the provisions of Article 7
below.

7. (1) Where a person born after commencement of this Order,
would, but for this Article, be born stateless. then, he shall be a British
protected person if he is born in the United Kingdom or a dependent
territory and either his father or his mother was a British protected
person at the time he was born.

(2) A person born outside the United Kingdom and the dependent
territories whether before or after the commencement of this Order shall
be entitled, on making application in the prescribed manner to the
Secretary of State, to be registered as a British protected person if the
following requirements are satisfied, namely:

(a) that he is and always has been stateless;

(b)that either his father or mother was a British protected person
at the time when he was born; and

(c)that he was in the United Kingdom or a dependent territory or
territories (no matter which) at the beginning of the period of
three years ending with the date of his application and that
the number of days on which he was absent from both the
United Kingdom and the dependent territory or territories in
that period does not exceed 270.

(3) An application for the registration under this Article of a person
who is not of full age or capacity may be made on his behalf by his
parent or guardian or any person who has assumed responsibility for
his welfare.

(4) The provisions of paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) above shall apply,
if and only if the relevant parent is the mother, to persons born
illegitimate as well as to persons born legitimate.

(5) If, in the special circumstances of any particular case, the
Secretary of State thinks fit, he may for the purpose of subparagraph
(2)(c) above treat the person who is the subject of the application as
fulfilling the requirement specified in sub-paragraph (2)(c) although the
number of days on which he was absent from both the United Kingdom
and the dependent territories in that period there mentioned exceeds the
number there mentioned.





8. (1) For the purpose of this Order, a person born aboard a
registered ship or aircraft, or aboard an unregistered ship or aircraft of
the Government of any country, shall be deemed to have been born in
the place where the ship or aircraft was registered or, as the case may
be, in that country:

Provided that he shall only be deemed to have been born in the
United Kingdom or a dependent territory if he was born stateless.

(2) Where, after the commencement of this Order, a new-born
infant is found abandoned, that infant shall, unless the contrary is
shown, be deemed for the purposes of this Order to have been born in
the territory where he was so found.

.(3) In paragraph (1) above any reference to a ship shall include
reference to a hovercraft within the meaning of the Hovercraft Act
1968(a).

9. A person registered under Article 7 of this Order shall be a
British protected person by registration as from the date on which he is
registered.

10. A person who is a British protected person by virtue of
connection with a former protectorate, a former trust territory or a
former Arabian protectorate or by virtue of Article 7 or 10 of the
British Protect orates, Protected States and Protected Persons Order
1978 or who is a British protected person by registration under
Article 7 of this Order, shall cease to be such if at any time he
becomes a British citizen, a British Dependent Territories citizen or
a British Overseas citizen or acquires another nationality.

11. (1) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Order, any
person of full age and capacity who is a British protected person by or
under any provision, other than Article 5, of this Order and

(a)is also a British citizen, a British Dependent Territories citizen
or a British Overseas citizen or has another nationality; or

(b)satisfies the Secretary of State, being the authority to whom
the declaration of renunciation is submitted, that after
registration of the declaration he will become such a citizen or
will acquire another nationality, may by declaration renounce
his status as a British protected person.

(2) The Secretary of State shall cause it to be registered, and upon
registration the declaration shall cease to be a British protected person;
but if he is a person who made the declaration in pursuance of the
provisions of paragraph (1)(b) above and he does not become such a
citizen or acquire another nationality within six months from the date of
registration he shall be, and be deemed to have remained, a British
protected person notwithstanding the registration.

(a) 1968 c. 59.





(3) The Secretary of State may withhold registration thereof if it is
made during any war in which Her Majesty may be engaged in right of
Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom.

12. The Secretary of State may prescribe the form and the manner
of the making of an application for registration as a British protected
person under Article 7 of this Order and of a declaration of renunciation
of the status of British protected person under Article 11 of this Order.

13. Any application, declaration, order or registration made, given,
effected or continuing to have effect before the commencement of this
Order in accordance with any of the provisions of the British
Protectorates, Protected States and Protected Persons Order 1978 or of
any Order revoked by that Order shall continue to have effect as if
made, given or effected in accordance with the corresponding provision
of this Order, subject to any such modification or exception as may be
necessary to bring it into conformity with that provision.

N. E. LEIGH,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE Article 2.

PART I

FORMER PROTECTORATES

Bechuanaland Protectorate Botswana Independence Act
1966 (c. 23) section 3(2)
Gambia Protectorate Gambia Independence Act
1964 (d. 93) section 2(2)
Kenya Protectorate Kenya Independence Act
1963 (c. 54) section 2(1)
Nigeria Protectorate Nigeria Independence Act
1960 (c. 55) section 2(1)
Northern Rhodesia Zambia Independence Act
1964 (c. 65) section 3(2)
Northern Territories of Ghana Independence Act
the Gold Coast 1957 (c. 6) section 2
Nyasaland Protectorate Malawi Independence Act
1964 (c. 46) section 2(2)
Sierra Leone Protectorate Sierra Leone Independence Act
1961 (c. 16) section 2(1)
Uganda Protectorate Uganda Independence Act
1962 (c. 57) section 2(1)





PARTII

FORMER TRUST TERRITORIES

Tanganyika Tanganyika Independence Act
1961 (c. 1) (10 Eliz.2 2) section
2(1)
Cameroons under United Nigeria Independence Act
Kingdom Trusteeship 1960 (c. 55) section 2(1)
Togoland under United Ghana Independence Act
Kingdom Trusteeship 1957 (c. 6) section 2





1982 No. 1710



BRITISH NATIONALITY

THE BRITISH DEPENDENT TERRITORIES CITIZENSHIP
(DESIGNATED SERVICE) ORDER 1982

Made 1 December 1982

Laid be

fore Parliament 9 December 1982

Coming into Operation 1 January 1983

Whereas I consider the descriptions of service specified in this Order
to be closely associated with the activities outside the dependent
territories of the government of a dependent territory:

Now, therefore, in exercise of the powers conferred upon me by,
section 16(3) of the British Nationality Act 1981(a), I hereby make

the following Order:-

1. This Order may be cited as the British Dependent Territories
Citizenship (Designated Service) Order 1982 and shall come into
operation on 1 January 1983.

2. The descriptions of service specified in the Schedule to this
Order are hereby designated for the purposes of section 16 of the
British Nationality Act 1981 (which relates to acquisition of British
Dependent Territories citizenship by person born outside the
dependent territories).

W. S. I. WHITELAW,
One of Her Majesty's Principal
Secretaries of State.

HOME OFFICE,

1 December 1982.

SCHEDULE Article 2.

SERVICE DESIGNATED FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 16 OF
BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1981

1 Service in pursuance of an appointment outside the dependent territories
in respect of which the person concerned is on secondment from Crown service
under the government of a dependent territory. For this purpose. a person is on
secondment from Crown service under the government of a dependent territory if,
having been serving in such Crown service, he is for the time being in temporary
service under arrangements whereby he is to return to such Crown service when
that temporary service ends.

2. Service under the Hong Kong Tourist Association.

3. Service under the Hong Kong Trade Development Council.

(a) 1981 c. 61.





1986 No. 948

BRITISH NATIONALITY

THE HONG KONG (BRITISH NATIONALITY) ORDER 1986

Laid before Parliament in draft

Made 5th June 1986

Coming into Operation 1st July 1987

ARRANGEMENT OF ARTICLES
Article Page
1 Citation, commencement, extent and interpreta-
tion.. .... EG 1

2. Connections with Hong Kong.......... EG 2

3. Loss of British Dependent Territories citizenship..EG 3

4. Right to acquire new status of British National

(Overseas).................... EG 3

5. Removal of Hong Kong from list of dependent

territories .................... EG 3

6. Provisions for reducing statelessness.......EG 3

7. British Nationality Acts............... EG 4

8. Consequential amendments .............EG 6 Schedule.
Consequential amendments.......... EG 7

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 5th day of June 1986

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Whereas a draft of this Order has been laid before Parliament and has
been approved by a resolution of each House of Parliament:

Now, therefore, Her Majesty, in pursuance of paragraph 2 of the
Schedule to the Hong Kong Act 1985(a), is pleased, by and with the
advice of Her Privy Council. to order, and it is hereby ordered, as
follows

1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Hong Kong (British
Nationality) Order 1986 and shall come into operation on 1st July 1987.

(2) This Order extends to Northern Ireland.

(a) 1985 c. 15.





(3) This Order extends to the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man
and to all dependent territories.

(4) Section 50 of the British Nationality Act 1981(a) (interpretation)
shall apply to the interpretation of this Order as it applies to the
interpretation of that Act.

2. (1) For the purposes of this Order a person shall be taken to
have a connection with Hong Kong if

(a) subject to paragraph (3) below, he, his father or his mother

was born, naturalized or registered in Hong Kong or found
abandoned there as a new-born infant; or

(b) he, his father or his mother was adopted (whether or not in

Hong Kong) and the Adopter or, in the case of a joint
adoption, one of the adopters was at the time of the
adoption a British Dependent Territories citizen by virtue
of his having a connection with Hong Kong as specified in
this Article; or

(c) he, his father or his mother was registered outside Hong

Kong on an application based (wholly or partly) on any of the
following:

(i) residence in Hong Kong;

(ii) descent from a person born in Hong Kong;

(iii) descent from a person naturalized, registered or settled in
Hong Kong (whether before or after the birth of the
person registered);

(iv)descent from a person adopted (whether or not in Hong
Kong) in the circumstances specified in subparagraph (b)
above;

(v) marriage to a person who is a British Dependent
Territories citizen by virtue of his having a connection
with Hong Kong as specified in this Article or would
have been so but for his death or renunciation of
citizenship;

(vi) Crown service under the government of Hong Kong;
(vii) where citizenship has been renounced and sub-
sequently resumed, birth, naturalization or registra-
tion in Hong Kong; or

(d) at the time of his birth his father or mother was settled in

Hong Kong; or

(e) his father or mother was born to a parent who at the time

of the birth was a citizen of the United Kingdom and
Colonies by virtue of his having a connection with Hong
Kong as specified in this Article; or

(a) 1981 e. 61.





being a woman, she was married before 1st January 1983 to a
man who is a British Dependent Territories citizen by virtue of
his, having a connection with Hong Kong as specified in this
Article or would have been so but for his death.

(2) In paragraph (1) above 'registered' means registered as a
British Dependent Territories citizen or, before I st January 1983, as a
citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies; and 'registration' shall be
construed accordingly.

(3) A person born in Hong Kong on or after 1st January 1983 shall
not be taken to have a connection with Hong Kong under paragraph
(1)(a) above by virtue of his birth there unless, at the time of his birth,
one of his parents was

(a) settled in Hong Kong; or

(b)a British Dependent Territories citizen by virtue of his having
a connection with Hong Kong as specified in this Article.

3. Any person who, immediately before 1st July 1997
(a)is a British Dependent Territories citizen by virtue (wholly or
partly) of his having a connection with Hong Kong; and

(b)but for his having a connection with Hong Kong would not be
a British Dependent Territories citizen,

shall on that date cease to be such a citizen.

4. (1) On and after 1 st July 1987 there shall be a new form of British
nationality the holders of which shall be known as British Nationals
(Overseas).

(2) Any person who is a British Dependent Territories citizen by
virtue (wholly or partly) of his having a connection with Hong Kong
and who, but for his having a connection with Hong Kong, would not
be such a citizen shall be entitled, before I st July 1997 (or before the
end of 1997 if born in that year before that date), to be registered as a
British National (Overseas) and to hold or be included in a passport
appropriate to that status.

(3) Any person who, having become a British National (Overseas)
by virtue of paragraph (2) above, ceases at any time before 1st July 1997
to be a British Dependent Territories citizen shall at the same time cease
to be a British National (Overseas).

5. On and after 1st July 1997 the British Nationality Act 1981 shall
have effect as if in Schedule 6 to that Act (British Dependent
Territories) the words 'Hong Kong' were omitted.

6. (1) Where a person ceases on I st July 1997 by virtue of Article 3
to be a British Dependent Territories citizen and would, but for this
paragraph, thereby be rendered stateless, he shall become on that date a
British Overseas citizen.





(2) Where a person born on or after I st July 1997 would, but for
this paragraph, be born stateless, then, if at the time of the birth his
father or mother is a British National (Overseas) or a British Overseas
citizen by virtue of paragraph (1) above, he shall be a British Overseas
citizen.

(3) A person born stateless on or after 1st July 1997 outside the
dependent territories shall be entitled, on an application for his
registration as a British Overseas citizen made within the period of
twelve months from the date of the birth, to be registered as such a
citizen if the requirements specified in paragraph (4) below are fulfilled in
the case of either that person's father or his mother ('the parent in
question').

(4) The requirements referred to in paragraph (3) above are-

(a)that the parent in question was a British Overseas citizen by
virtue of paragraph (2) above at the time of the birth; and

(b)that the father or mother of the parent in question was,
immediately before 1st July 1997, a British Dependent
Territories citizen otherwise than by descent by virtue of
having a connection with Hong Kong or would have been so
but for his or her death.

(5) If in the special circumstances of any particular case the
Secretary of State thinks fit, he may treat paragraph (3) above as if the
reference to twelve months were a reference to six years.

7. (1) The British Nationality Act 1981 ('the 1981 Act' and the
British Nationality (Falkland Islands) Act 1983(a) ('the 1983 Act') shall
have effect subject to the following provisions of this Article.

(2) Section 4(1) of the 1981 Act (acquisition by registration: British
Dependent Territories citizens, etc.) shall have effect as if after the
words -British Dependent Territories citizen,' there were inserted the
words 'a British National (Overseas),'.

(3) Section 37 of the 1981 Act (Commonwealth citizenship) shall
have effect as if in subsection (1)(a)

(a)the reference to the 1981 Act included a reference to this
Order;

(b)after the words 'British Dependent Territories citizen,' there
were inserted the words 'a British National (Overseas),'.

(4) Section 41 of the 1981 Act (regulations and Orders in Council)
shall have effect as if

(a) 1983 c. 6.





1

(a) any reference in it to the 1981 Act included a reference to

this Order;

(b) in subsection (1)(f) after the word 'citizenship' there were

inserted the words 'or of the status of a British National
(Overseas)';

(c) in subsection (1)(i) after the words 'British Dependent

Territories citizens,' there were inserted the words 'British
Nationals (Overseas),';

(d) in subsection (2)

(i) at the end of paragraph .(a) there were inserted the words
'other than an application for the purpose of acquiring
the status of a British National (Overseas)';

(ii)at the end of paragraph (b) there were inserted the words
'other than registration as a British National (Overseas)'.

(5) Section 42 of the 1981 Act (registration and naturalization:

general provisions) shall have effect as if-

(a) in subsection (2)(b) after the words 'British Dependent

Territories citizen,' there were inserted the words 'a British
National (Overseas),';

(b) in subsection (4)

(i)the reference to the 1981 Act included a reference to this
Order;

(ii)after the words 'British Dependent Territories citizen'
there were inserted the words or as a British National
(Overseas),';

(iii) after the words 'as the case may be,' there were inserted
the words 'a British National (Overseas) or'.

(6) Section 43 of the 1981 Act (exercise of functions of Secretary of
State by Governors and others) shall have effect as if

(a) any reference in it to the 1981 Act included a reference to

this Order;

(b) in subsection (1)(b) at the end there were inserted the words

'and in cases concerning British Nationals (Overseas) or the
status of a British National (Overseas)';

(c) in subsection (2) at the end there were inserted the follow

ing paragraph:

'(c)renunciation and deprivation of the status of a
British National (Overseas).'.







(7) The following provisions of the 1981 Act shall have effect as if
any reference in them to the 1981 Act included a reference to this Order,
namely

(a) section 45 (evidence);

(b) section 46(1) (offences);

(c) sections 47 and 48 (legitimated and posthumous children).





(8) Section 50 of the 1981 Act (interpretation) shall have effect as if
in paragraph (1) after the definition of 'association' there were inserted
the following definitions:

'British National (Overseas)' means a person who is a
British National (Overseas) under the Hong Kong (British
Nationality) Order 1986, and 'status of a British National
(Overseas)' shall be construed accordingly;

'British Overseas citizen' includes a person who is a
British Overseas citizen under the Hong Kong (British
Nationality) Order 1986.

(9) Section 51 of the 1981 Act (meaning of certain expressions

relating to nationality in other Acts and instruments) shall have
effect as if in subsection (3)-

(a)at the end of paragraph (a)(ii) there were inserted the words 'or
who under the Hong Kong (British Nationality) Order 1986 is a
British National (Overseas)';

(b)in paragraph (b) after the words 'British Dependent Territories
citizen' there were inserted the words 'nor a British National
(Overseas)'.

(10) The provisions of section 12 of the 1981 Act (renunciation)
shall apply in relation to British Nationals (Overseas) and the status of
a British National (Overseas) as they apply in relation to British citizens
and British citizenship.

(11) The provisions of section 40 of the 1981 Act (deprivation of
citizenship) shall apply in relation to persons registered as British
Nationals (Overseas) under this Order and the status of a British
National (Overseas) as they apply in relation to persons registered as
British citizens under the 1981 Act and British citizenship.

(12) Section 2 of the 1983 Act (acquisition of British citizenship by
registration) shall have effect as if

(a)in subsection (1)(a) at the end there were inserted the words
'or who, having become such a citizen by virtue of that
section, is a British National (Overseas)';

(b)in subsection (2)(a) at the end there were inserted the words
'or who, having become such a citizen by virtue of registration
or naturalization under the 1981 Act, is a British National
(Overseas)'.

8. The enactments specified in the Schedule to this Order shall
have effect subject to the amendments there specified, being
amendments consequential on the provisions of this Order.

G. 1. de DENEY,
Clerk of the Privy Council.





SCHEDULE [Article 8.]

CONSEQUENTIAL AMENDMENTS

West Indies Act 1967(a)

In section 13(3) (power to make changes in nationality or citizenship law in
certain events), after 'British Dependent Territories citizens' insert British
Nationals (Overseas)' and after 'such citizens' in both places where those words
occur insert 'or Nationals' and after 'such citizens' in both places where those
words occur insert 'or Nationals'.

Marine etc. Broadcasting (Offences) Act 1967(b)

In section 3(3) (persons prohibited from broadcasting whilst on or over high
seas), after 'British Dependent Territories citizen' insert a British National
(Overseas)'.

Antarctic Treaty Act 1967(c)

In section 1(3) (persons prohibited from harming Antarctic flora and fauna),
after 'British Dependent Territories citizen' insert a British National
(Overseas)'.

Consular Relations Act 1968(d)

In section 1(2) (meaning of certain terms in Schedule 1), after 'British
Dependent Territories citizen' insert a British National (Overseas)'.

Children Act 1975(e)

1. In Part 11 of Schedule 1 (adoption orders), in paragraph 7(2)(d) after
'British Dependent Territories citizenship' insert the status of a British National
(Overseas)'.

2. In Schedule 2 (status conferred in Scotland by adoption), in paragraph 1(4)(d)
after 'British Dependent Territories citizenship' insert the status of a British
National (Overseas)'.

Adoption Act 1967(f)

In section 47(2) (nationality enactments), after 'British Dependent Territories
citizenship' insert the status of a British National (Overseas)'.

Adoption (Scotland) Act 1978(g)

In section 41(2) (nationality enactments), after 'British Dependent Territories
citizenship' insert the status of a British National (Overseas)'.

(a) 1967 c. 4; section 13(3) was amended by the British Nationality Act 1981,

Schedule 7.

(b) 1967 c. 41; section 3(3) was amended by the British Nationality Act 1981,

Schedule 7.

(c) 1967 c. 65; section 1(3) was amended by the British Nationality Act 1981,

Schedule 7.

(d) 1968 c. 18; section 1(2) was amended by the British Nationality Act 1981,

Schedule 7.







(e) 1975 e. 72; Schedules 1 and 2 were amended by the British Nationality Act

1981, Schedule 7.

(f) 1976 e. 36; section 47(2) was amended by the British Nationality Act 1981,

Schedule 7.

(g) 1978 e. 28.1 section 41(2) was amended by the British Nationality Act 1981,

Schedule 7.





State Immunity Act 1978(a)

In section 4(5) (definition of -national of the United Kingdom'), after
'British Dependent Territories citizen' insert a British National (Overseas)'.

Deep Sea Mining (Temporary Provisions) Act 1981 (b)

1. In section 1(6) (meaning of certain terms in section 1), after 'British
Dependent Territories citizen' insert a British National (Overseas)'.

2. In section 14(3) (persons who may be guilty of offences under regulations),
after 'British Dependent Territories citizen' insert a British National
(Overseas)'.

Civil Aviation Act 1982 (c)

In section 105(1) (general interpretation), in the definition of 'United
Kingdom national' after 'a British Dependent Territories citizen' insert a
British National (Overseas)'.

Aviation Security Act 1982(d)

In section 38(1) (interpretation, etc.), in the definition of 'United Kingdom
national' after 'British Dependent Territories citizen' insert a British National
(Overseas)'.

Capital Transfer Tax Act 1984(e)

In section 155(1) (visiting forces, etc.), after 'British Dependent Territories
citizen' insert a British National (Overseas)'.

Company Securities (Insider Dealing) Act 1985(f)

In section 15(3) (expressions used in section 6), after 'British Dependent
Territories citizens' insert British National (Overseas)'.

(a) 1978 c. 33; section 4(5) was amended by the British Nationality Act 1981,

Schedule 7.

(b) 1981 c. 53; sections 1(6) and 14(3) were amended by the British
Nationality

Act 1981, Schedule 7.

(c) 1982 e. 16.

(d) 1982 c. 36.

(e) 1984 c. 51.

(f) 1985 c. 8.





1986 No. 2175
BRITISH NATIONALITY

THE BRITISH NATIONALITY (HONG KONG)
REGULATIONS 1986

Made 9th December 1986
Laid before Parliament .18th December 1986
Coming into Operation 1st July 1987

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

PART I

GENERAL

Regulation........................... Page

1. Citation and commencement........... EH 2

2. Interpretation.... ........ EH 2

PARTII

REGISTRATION

3. Applications............. EH 2

4. Authority to whom application is to be made ...... EH 2

5. Persons not of full age or capacity .......... EH 3

PART III

RENUNCIATION AND DEPRIVATION

6. Declarations of renunciation..... . ...... EH 3

7. Authority to whom declaration of renunciation is to be made EH 3

8. Notice of proposed deprivation of status ........ EH 3

9. Time limit for applying for inquiry .......... EH 4

10.................................Cancellation of registration of person deprived of status EH 4

PART IV

SUPPLEMENTAL

11..........Evidence.. ..... .......... EH 4

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1: Requirements as respects applications............EH 5

Schedule 2: Requirements as respects declarations of renunciation..... EH 5





In exercise of the powers conferred upon me by section 41(1) and
(3) of the British Nationality Act 1981(a). 1 hereby make the
following Regulations:

PART I

GENER1. These Regulations ma be cited as the British Nationality ly

(Hong Kong) Regulations 1986 and shall come into operation on 1st
July 1987.

2. (1) In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires,
the following expressions have the meanings hereby assigned to them,
that is to say

'the Act' means the British Nationality Act 198 1;

44applicant' in relation to an application made on behalf of a person not
of full age or capacity means that person;

'High Commissioner' means, in relation to a country mentioned in
Schedule 3 to the Act, the High Commissioner for Her Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom appointed to that country, and
includes the acting High Commissioner.

(2) In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires, any
reference to a Regulation or Schedule shall be construed as a reference
to a Regulation contained in these Regulations or, as the case may be, to
a Schedule thereto; and any reference in a Regulation to a paragraph
shall be construed as a reference to a paragraph of that Regulation.

PART II

REGISTRATION

3. Any application for registration as a British National (Overseas)
under the Hong Kong (British Nationality) Order 1986(b) shall

(a) be made to the appropriate authority specified in Regula-
tion 4; and

(b)satisfy the requirements of Part I and, if made on behalf of a
person not of full age or capacity, Part II of Schedule 1.

4. (1) The authority to whom an application is to be made is as
follows

(a)if the applicant is in Great Britain or Northern Ireland, to the
Secretary of State at the Home Office;

(a)1981 c. 61: section 41 was amended by the Hong Kong (British Nationality)
Order 1986, Article 7(4) (S.I. 1986/948).

(b) S.I. 1986/948.





(b)if the applicant is in any of the Islands, to the
LieutenantGovernor;

(c) if the applicant is in a dependent territory, to the Governor;

(d)if the applicant is in a country mentioned in Schedule 3 to the
Act, to the High Commissioner or, if there is no High
Commissioner, to the Secretary of State at the Home Office.

(e)if the applicant is elsewhere, to any consular officer, any
established officer in the Diplomatic Service of Her Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom or any person authorized
by the Secretary of State in that behalf.

5. An application may be made on behalf of someone not of full age
or capacity by his father or mother or any person who has assumed
responsibility for his welfare.

PART III

RENUNCIATION AND
DEPRIVATION

6. Any declaration of renunciation of the status of a British
National (Overseas) made under section 12 of the Act(a) shall

(a)be made to the appropriate authority specified in Regulation
7; and

(b) satisfy the requirements of Schedule 2.

7. The authority to whom a declaration of renunciation is to be
made is as follows

(a)if the declarant is in Great Britain or Northern Ireland, to the
Secretary of State at the Home Office;

(b)if the declarant is in any of the Islands, to the
LieutenantGovernor;

(c) if the declarant is in a dependent territory, to the Governor;

(d)if the declarant is in a country mentioned in Schedule 3 to the
Act, to the High Commissioner or, if there is no High
Commissioner to the Secretary of State at the Home Office;

(e)if the declarant is elsewhere, to any consular officer, any
established officer in the Diplomatic Service of Her Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom or any person authorized
by the Secretary of State in that behalf.

8. (1) Where it is proposed to make an order under section 40(b) of
the Act depriving a person of the status of a British National
(Overseas), the notice required by section 40(6) of the Act to be given
to that person may be given

(a)Section 12 is applied in relation to the status of a British National
(Overseas) by the Hong Kong (British Nationality) Order 1986, Article
7(10).

(b)Section 40 is applied in relation to the status of a British National
(Overseas) by the Hong Kong (British Nationality) Order 1986, Article
7(11).





(a)in a case where that person's whereabouts are known, by
causing the notice to be delivered to him personally or by
sending it to him by post;

(b)in a case where that person's whereabouts are not known, by
sending it by post in a letter addressed to him at his last
known address.

(2) Any notice given as aforesaid shall include a statement of the
time within which an application for an inquiry under section 40(7) of
the Act, must be made.

9. Where notice has been given to a person in accordance with
Regulation 8, application for an inquiry under section 40(7) of the Act
shall be made

(a)if the notice was given by the Secretary of State and that
person is in the United Kingdom (including the Islands) at the
time when the notice is given to him, within 21 days from the
giving of the notice;

(b)if the notice was given by the Governor of a dependent
territory and that person is in that territory at the time when
the notice is given to him, within 21 days from the giving of
the notice;

(c)in any other case, within 42 days from the giving of the notice.

10. Where an order has been made depriving a person who is a
British National (Overseas) of that status, the name of that person shall
be removed from the relevant register.

PART IV

SUPPLEMENTAL

11. A document may be certified to be a true copy of a document
for the purpose of section 45(2) of the Act(a) by means of a statement in
writing to that effect signed by a person authorized by the Secretary of
State, the Lieutenant-Governor, the High Commissioner or the Governor
in that behalf.

Douglas HURD
One of Her Majesty's Principal
Secretaries of State.

HOME OFFICE,

9th December 1986.

(a)Section 45 was amended by the Hong Kong (British Nationality) Order
1986, Article 7(7).





SCHEDULE1 Regulation 3

REQUIREMENTS AS RESPECTS
APPLICATIONS

PART I

1. An application shall be made in writing and shall state the name, address
and date and place of birth of the applicant.

2. An application shall contain a declaration that the particulars stated
therein are true.

3. An application shall contain information showing that the applicant is a
British Dependent Territories citizen by virtue of a connection with Hong Kong.

PART II

4. An application in respect of someone not of full age or capacity made by
another person on his behalf shall state that that is the case and the name and
address of that person.

5. An application made by a person on behalf of someone not of full age or
capacity shall indicate the nature of that person's connection with him and, if that
person has any responsibility for him otherwise than as a parent, the nature of that
responsibility and the manner in which it was assumed.

SCHEDULE 2 Regulation 6

REQUIREMENTS AS RESPECTS DECLARATIONS OF
RENUNCIATION

1 A declaration shall be made in writing and shall state the name, address and
date and place of birth of the declarant.

2. A declaration shall contain information showing that the declarant-

(a) is a British National (Overseas);

(b) is of full age or, if not, has been married;

(c) is of full capacity;

(d)will, after the registration of the declaration, have or acquire some
citizenship or nationality other than the status of a British National
(Overseas).

3. A declaration shall contain a declaration that the particulars stated therein
are true.





1986 No. 2176

BRITISH NATIONALITY

STATUS OF BRITISH NATIONAL (OVERSEAS)
(DEPRIVATION) RULES 1986

Made 9th December 1986
Laid before Parliament 18th December 1986

Coming into Operation 1st July 1987

ARRANGEMENT OF RULES

Rule............................. Page
1. Citation and commencement ...EI 1
2. Notice of inquiry ...........EI 1
3. Attendance and representation EI 2
4. Conduct of proceedings and evidence EI 2
5. Powers of enforcement .......EI 2
6. Postponement and adjournment EI 3
7. Quorum and delegation .......EI 3
8. Notification of committee's conclusions EI 3

In exercise of the powers conferred on me by section 40(8) of the
British Nationality Act 1981(a), as applied by Article 7(11) of the Hong
Kong (British Nationality) Order 1986(b), 1 hereby make the following
Rules:

1. These Rules may be cited as the Status of British National
(Overseas) (Deprivation) Rules 1986 and shall come into operation on
1st July 1987.

2. (1) Where it is proposed to make an order under section 40 of the
British Nationality Act 1981 depriving a person of the status of a British
National (Overseas) and the person's case is referred to a committee of
inquiry under subsection (7) of that section, the committee of inquiry (in
these Rules referred to as 'the committee') shall, before holding the
inquiry, cause notice in writing to be given to the person to whom the
inquiry relates, stating the time when and the place where it will be held
and the nature thereof and informing him of his rights of attendance and
representation under Rule 3 below.

(2) A notice under this Rule may require the person concerned to
answer it in writing and to furnish in writing to the committee

(a) a summary of his case; and

(a) 1981 c. 61. (b)S.I. 1986/948.





(b)any other information which they consider material, veri-
fied in such manner as they may require.

(3) A notice under this Rule shall be given as soon as practic-
able and, in any event, not later than 14 days before the holding of
the inquiry.

(4) A notice under this Rule may be given-

(a)in a case where the whereabouts of the person concerned
are known, by causing the notice to be delivered to him
personally or by sending it to him by post;
(b)in a case where the whereabouts of the person concerned
are not known, by sending it by post in a letter addressed
to him at his last known address.

3. At the inquiry, the person to whom the inquiry relates may
be present and may either act in person or be represented by counsel
or a solicitor or any other person appearing to the committee to be
acting on his behalf; and the Secretary of State or Governor may be
represented by counsel or a solicitor or any government officer.

4. (1) The Committee shall give to each party at the inquiry
an opportunity to address the committee, to give evidence, to call
witnesses and to make representations on the evidence (if any) and
on the subject matter of the inquiry generally.

(2) The Committee may receive oral, documentary or other
evidence of any fact which appears to the committee to be relevant
to the inquiry, notwithstanding that such evidence would be in-
admissible in a court of law.

(3) The committee may at the inquiry request the Secretary
of State or Governor to furnish an explanation of the ground or
grounds on which the order under the said section 40 is proposed to
be made.

(4) No person shall be compelled at an inquiry to give any
evidence or produce any document which he could not be compelled
to give or produce on the trial of an action at the place where the
inquiry is held.

(5) The committee may allow or refuse to allow the public or
any portion thereof to be present during the whole or any part of the
inquiry.

(6) Subject to these Rules, the procedure at the inquiry shall be
such as the committee may determine.

5. (1) The committee shall have all such powers, rights and
privileges as are vested in the High Court or in any judge thereof on
the occasion of any action, in respect of the following matters:-
(a)the enforcing of the attendance of witnesses and examining
them on oath, affirmation or otherwise, and the issue of a
commission or request to examine witnesses abroad;





(b) the compelling of the production of documents; and

(c) the punishing of persons guilty of contempt.

(2) A summons signed by one or more members of the committee
may be substituted for and shall be equivalent to any formal process
capable of being issued in any action for enforcing the attendance of
witnesses and compelling the production of documents.

(3) Where the inquiry is held in a dependent territory, paragraph (1)
above shall have effect as if for the reference to the High Court and to
any judge thereof there were substituted a reference to the High Court
of that territory and any judge thereof.

6. (1) The committee may postpone or adjourn the inquiry from time
to time.

(2) Where the inquiry is postponed or adjourned, the committee
shall as soon as practicable notify the parties of the time when and the
place where it is to be resumed.

7. (1) The committee may act notwithstanding a vacancy in their
number, and the quorum of the committee shall be three.

(2) The committee may delegate one or more of their members to
inquire into any particular matter relating to the inquiry, and the member
or members so delegated shall, for this purpose, have all the powers of
the committee other than their powers of punishment.

8. (1) The committee shall cause their conclusions to be recorded in
a document signed by the chairman and shall cause a copy thereof to be
sent to each party.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3) below, the committee shall furnish a
statement, either written or oral, of the reasons for their conclusions if
requested, whether before or after the parties have been notified of their
conclusions in accordance with paragraph (1) above, to state the
reasons.

(3) The said statement of reasons may be refused, or the
specification of the reasons restricted, on grounds of national security,
and the committee may refuse to furnish the statement to a person not
primarily concerned with the conclusions if of opinion that to furnish it
would be contrary to the interests of any person primarily concerned.

Douglas HURD,
One of Her Majesty's Principal
Secretaries of State.

HOME OFFICE,

9th December 1986.





1978 No. 1060

COPYRIGHT

THE COPYRIGHT (INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS)
(AMENDMENT) ORDER 1978

(Revoked by S.I. 1979 No. 1715)

REVISED EDITION 1981

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





1978 No. 1624

UNITED NATIONS

THE AFRICA (PROHIBITED EXPORTS AND
TRANSACTIONS) (OVERSEAS TERRITORIES
ORDER 1978

[This Order in Council is printed as amended by S.I. 1978
No. 1894 (L.N. 76/79)]

Made - - - - 15 November 1978
Laid before Parliament 23 November 1978
Coming into Operation 14 December 1978

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 1 5th day of November 1978

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Whereas under Article 41 of the Charter of the United Nations the
Security Council of the United Nations have, by a resolution adopted on
4 November 1977, called upon Her Majesty's Government in the United
Kingdom and all other Members of the United Nations to apply certain
measures to give effect to a decision of that Council in relation to the
Republic of South Africa:

Now, therefore, Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred on
Her by section 1 of the United Nations Act 1946(a), is pleased, by and
with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered,
as follows:

Citation and commencement

1. This Order may be cited as the South Africa (Prohibited Exports
and Transactions) (Overseas Territories) Order 1978 and shall come into
operation on 14 December 1978.

Interpretation

2. (1) In this Order the expression 'Governor' means the Governor
or other officer administering the government of the Territory.

(2) In this Order any reference to the holder of an office by a term
designating or describing his office shall be construed as including, to
the extent of his authority, a reference to any person for the time being
authorised to perform the functions of that office.

(3) The Interpretation Act 1889(b) shall apply, with the necessary
adaptations, for the purpose of interpreting this Order and

(a) 1946 c. 45. (b)1889 c. 63.





otherwise in relation thereto as it applies for the purpose of interpreting
and in relation to Acts of Parliament of the United Kingdom, and as if
this Order were such an Act of Parliament.

Extent of Order

3. (1) This Order extends to the territories (including the
dependencies thereof) mentioned in Schedule 1 to this Order.

(2) In the application of this Order to any of the said territories as
part of its law the expression 'the Territory' in this Order means that
territory.

Exportation of certain goods from the Territory

4. (1) All goods to which this Article applies are prohibited to be
exported from the Territory to South Africa.

(2) Any person who exports any goods from the Territory in
contravention of paragraph (1) of this Article shall be guilty of an
ofrence against this Order.

(3) The goods to which this Article applies are the goods specified
in Schedule 2 to this Order insofar as they are specially designed for
military purposes or para-military police purposes, and specialised parts
and components of any of the apparatus, appliances or equipment
falling within a description in that Schedule, whether or not such parts
and components are specified in the description.

(4) Nothing in this Article shall be construed so as to prejudice any
other provision of law prohibiting or restricting the exportation of goods
from the Territory.

Prohibition of certain transactions relating to patents, registered
designs and industrial information or techniques

5. (1) No person shall enter into any licensing arrangements for the
use of patents, registered designs or industrial information or
techniques specially devised or formulated for the manufacture or
maintenance of the goods to which this Article applies if that person
intends, or has reasonable cause to believe that another person intends,
by such arrangements to promote the manufacture or maintenance of
any such goods in South Africa.

(2) Any person who contravenes the foregoing provisions of this
Article shall be guilty of an offence against this Order.

(3) The goods to which this Article applies are the goods specified
in Schedule 2 to this Order, insofar as they are specially designed for
military purposes or para-military police purposes, and specialised parts
and components of any of the apparatus, appliances or equipment
falling within a description in that Schedule, whether or not such parts
and components are specified in the description.





Obtaining of evidence and information

6. The provisions of Schedule 3 to this Order shall have effect in
order to facilitate the obtaining, by or on behalf of the Governor, of
evidence and information for the purpose of securing compliance with
or detecting evasion of this Order and in order to facilitate the
obtaining, by or on behalf of the Governor, of evidence of the
commission of an offence against this Order.

Penalties and Proceedings

7. (1) Any person guilty of an offence against this Order shall be
liable

(a)on conviction before a superior court to imprisonment for a
term not exceeding two years or to a fine or to both; or

(b) on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding

(2) When an offence under this Order which has been committed
by a body corporate is proved to have been committed with the consent
or connivance of, or to be attributable to any neglect on the part of, any
director, manager, secretary or other similar officer of the body corporate
or any person who was purporting to act in any such capacity, he as
well as the body corporate shall be guilty of that offence and be liable to
be proceeded against and punished accordingly.

Where the affairs of a body corporate are managed by its members
the preceding provisions of this paragraph shall apply in relation to the
acts and defaults of a member in connection with his functions of
management as if he were a director of the body corporate.

(3) Proceedings for an offence against this Order shall not be
instituted except by, or with the consent of, the Attornry-General:

Provided that this paragraph shall not prevent the arrest, or
the issue or execution of a warrant for the arrest, of any person in
respect of such an offence, or the remanding in custody or on bail,
of any person charged with such an offence, notwithstanding that
the necessary consent to the institution of proceedings for the
ofrence has not been obtained.

(4) In paragraph (3) of this Article 'the Attorney-General' means
the Attorney-General or other principal law officer of the Territory:

Provided that

(a)if there is no such office established for the Territory the
reference to the Attorney-General in that paragraph shall be
construed as if it were a reference to the Governor; and

(b)if by the law of the Territory power is vested to the exclusion
of any other person in some officer other than the principal
law officer to take over and continue criminal





proceedings instituted before any civil court of the Territory
by any other person or authority the said reference shall be
construed as if it were a reference to that other officer.

Exercise of powers of the Governor

9. The Governor may, to such extent and subject to such
restrictions and conditions as he may think proper, delegate or authorise
the delegation of any of his powers under this Order (other than the
power to give authority under Schedule 3 to this Order to apply for a
search warrant) to any person, or class or description of persons,
approved by him, and references in this Order to the Governor shall be
construed accordingly.

N. E. LEIGH,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE 1

TERRITORIES To WHICH THIS ORDER
APPLIES

Anguilla/ Belize. Bermuda. British Antarctic
Territory/ British Indian Ocean Territory.
British Virgin Islands. Cayman Islands. Falkland
Islands (Colony and Dependencies). Gibraltar.
Gilbert Islands. Hong Kong. Montserrat. Pitcairn,
Henderson, Ducie and Oeno Islands. St. Helena
(Colony and Dependencies). Sovereign Base Areas
of Akrotiri and Dhekelia Turks and Caicos
Islands.

SCHEDULE 2 Articles 4 5

GOODS To WHICH ARTICLES 4 5 APPLY

Acoustic devices represented by the manufacturers or suppliers thereof as suitable
for riot control purposes and specialised parts and components therefor

Aircraft, assembled or dismantled, aircraft engines and parts and components of
aircraft and aircraft engines, the following

(1)Aircraft and helicopters, ofthe piloted or pilotless type. specially designed
or adapted for military purposes

(2) Other helicopters over 4.530 kg empty weight





(3)Aircraft and helicopters, not specified in (1) and (2) above, and having a
maximum all-up weight of 680 kg or more, incorporating or equipped with
equipment specified in this Schedule relating to communication,
navigation, direction-finding and radar equipment, or to compasses and
gyroscopic apparatus

(4)Aircraft engines and helicopter engines, specially designed for military
purposes

(5) Aircraft engines and helicopter engines, not specified in (4) above

(6)Specialised parts and components of aircraft, helicopters, or aircraft
engines and helicopter engines, specified in (1) (2) (3) (4) and (5) above

Anti-riot shields and parts and components therefor

Apparatus and appliances specially designed for use in aircraft, the following:

Anti-g suits
Anti-g valves
Crash helmets
Ejection seats and catapults and cartridges therefor
Liquid oxygen converters
Partial pressure suits
Pressurised breathing apparatus

Appliances for use with arms and apparatus specially designed and intended for
land, sea or aerial warfare

Appliances, mechanical, designed to produce smoke for military purposes

Armour, the following:

Armour plate made wholly or mainly of metal
Panels, whether or not of metal, specially designed to be bullet resistant

Arms and ammunition and parts and components therefor, the following:

(1) Small arms, machine guns and smooth bore guns, the following:-

(a)Carbines, pistols (including machine pistols), revolvers, rifles, smooth
bore guns

(b) Machine guns, interrupter gears and mountings for machine guns
(2) Artillery and projectors, the following:-

(a)Cannon, guns, howitzers, military flame throwers, mortars, recoilless
rifles, projectile launchers, rocket launchers, rocket projectors, tank
destroyers

(b)Carriages and mountings and accessories for mountings for items
mentioned in sub-head (a)

(c) Military smoke, gas and pyrotechnic projectors

(3)Ammunition, including projectiles, for any of the weapons mentioned in
heads (1) or (2) of this entry

(4) Parts and components of any of the foregoing

Bayonets and parts and components therefor

Bombs, mines, missiles, guided or ungusided rockets, torpedoes, demolition charges,
pyrotechnic flare signals, apparatus designed for use therewith, and parts and
components therefor, the following:







(1)Bombs, torpedoes, grenades (including smoke grenades), smoke canisters,
rockets, mines, missiles (guided or unguided), depth charges, fire bombs,
incendiary bombs; military demolition charges and kits; and pyrotechnic
flare signals for military use, cartridges therefor and simulators thereof

(2)Apparatus and devices specially designed for the handling, control,
activation, launching, laying, sweeping, clearing, discharging, detonation or
detection of items mentioned in head (1) of this entry

(3) Parts and components of any of the foregoing





Bullet-proof clothing

Centrifugal equipment specially designed for the testing of any item included in this
Schedule

Charcoal impregnated bonded fibre clothing specially designed to protect personnel
against radioactive biological or chemical agents in the atmosphere

Construction equipment built to military specifications, specially designed for
airborne transport

Decontamination kits for use following contamination of personnel or objects by
any of the noxious chemicals specified in this Schedule

Devices designed for the detection of the noxious chemicals specified in this
Schedule

Devices for firing booby traps

Diving and under-water swimming apparatus, self-contained, of the closed circuit or
semi-closed (re-breathing) types, and articles specially designed for use therewith

Electrically triggered shutters of the carbon injection or photochromic function
type having a shutter speed of less than 100 microseconds, other than shutters
specially designed for high speed cameras

Electronic, chemical and other timer delay devices designed for the detonation of
explosive charges and munitions

Electronic equipment specially designed for military use and parts and components
therefor

Equipment specially designed for ground functional testing of the hydraulic systems
of military aircraft

Explosives, propellants and related substances, the following:

(1) (a) Ammonium perchlorate

(b) Cellulose nitrate (in dry or wetted form)

(e) Dinitrophenol (in dry or wetted form)

(d) Guanidinium nitrate

(e) Hydrazine and its derivatives, the following:

asy



methylhy
Hydrazine in concentrations of 70 or more
Hydrazinium nitrate
Hydrazinium perchlorates
Methylhydrazine

(f) Hydrogen peroxide in concentrations of 85 or more

(g) Nitric acid, red fuming, containing dissolved nitrogen dioxide

(h) Perfluoroguanidines

(i) Picrates (in dry or wetted form)







(j) Stabilisers for explosives, the following:

symDiethyldiphenylurea (centralite 1)
symDiinethyldiphenylurea (centralite 2)
asymDiphenylurea
Ethyldiphenylcarbarnate
Ethylasymdiphenylurea
Ethyl di-o-tolylcarbamate
Ethyl N-ethylphenylcarbarnate
Methylasymdiphenylurea
2-Nitrodiphenylamine
N-Meffiyl-p-nitroanifine





(2) Chemical base high energy solid or liquid fuels, including aircraft fuels,

specially formulated for military purposes

(3) Explosives, not elsewhere specified. The term 'explosives'--

(a)means gunpowder, nitro-glycerine, dynamite, gun-cotton, blasting
powders, fulminate of mercury or of other metals, coloured fires, and
every other substance, whether similar to those above-men

tioned or not, used or manufactured with a view to produce a
practical effect by explosion or a pyro-technic effect; and

(b) includes fog-signals, fireworks, fuses, rockets, percussion caps,

detonators, cartridM ammunition of all descriptions, and every
adaptation or preparation of an explosive as above defined

Fire-control, range-finding and sighting apparatus, the following:

Fire-control, gun-laying, night-sighting, missile-tracking and guidance
apparatus

Range, position and height finders, and spotting instruments specially designed
for military purposes

Aiming devices, electronic, gyroscopic, acoustic and optical, specially
designed for military purposes

Bomb sights, bombing computers, gun sights and periscopes specially designed
for military purposes

Television sighting units specially designed for military purposes
Parts and components of any of the foregoing

Telemetering and telecontrol apparatus suitable fbr use with aircraft (piloted
or pilotless), missiles (guided or unguided) or space vehicles (guided or
unguided) and specialised test equipment therefor

Fuses and parts and components therefor

Gas masks, respirators and similar protective devices, and face-pieces and fitter
canisters therefor

Gilding metal clad steel

Gun forgings, rough

Gun turrets, including barbettes, and parts and components therefor

Hovercraft, the following:

(1) Hovercraft, assembled or dismantled
(2) Specialised parts and components for use in or on hovercraft
(3) Engines for hovercraft
(4) Specialised parts and components of engines for hovercraft

Kine-theodolites

Metal-cutting and working tools for machine operations, the following:

Gun barrel rifling broaches
Small arms, deep hole drills or bars

Military steel helmets







Military infra-red equipment and image-intensifier equipment, and specialised
parts and components therefor

Naval equipment, the following:

Accumulators (electric storage batteries) of a kind used in the propulsion of

submarines, and parts thereof, the following:

Accumulators, lead acid
Containers
Covers
Plates and grids
Separators





Cables, buoyant or near buoyant

Catapults and other similar aircraft launching gear

Compasses and ship's course indicators specially designed for submarines

Diesel engines of 1,500 brake horse power and over with rotary speed of 700
rev/min or over, specially designed for submarines

Electric motors over 1,000 brake horse power, quick reversing type, liquid
cooled and totally enclosed, specially designed for submarines

Gunmountings and parts and components therefor

Marine boilers having either of the following characteristics:-

(a)a heat release rate (at maximum rating) equal to or in excess of 2,000 kW
per hour per cubic metre of furnace volume

or

(b)a ratio of steam generated in kg/h (at maximum rating) to the dry weight
of the boiler in kg equal to or in excess of 0.83

Nets, anti-submarine and anti-torpedo

Non-magnetic diesel engines capable of developing 50 brake horse power and
over, specially designed for military purposes and having

(a)non-magnetic parts other than crank-case, block, head, pistons, covers,
end plates, valve facings, gaskets, and fuel, lubrication and other supply
lines

or
(b) a non-magnetic content exceeding 75 of their total weight

Periscopes, submarine

Torpedo aiming, control or loading apparatus, torpedo tubes and other apparatus
for discharging torpedoes

Underwater detecting devices specially designed for military purposes, magnetic,
pressure or acoustic, and controls and parts and components therefor

Noxious chemicals, the following:-
Bromobenzyl cyanide
oChlorobenzylidenemalononitrile (oChlorobenzalmalononitrile)
monoChloromethyl chloroformate
2-Chlorotriethylamine
Dibenzoxazepine
Dibromodimethyl ether
Dichlorodimethyl ether
2:2'-Dichlorotriethylamine
Diphenylaminechloroarsine
Diphenylchloroarsine
Diphenylcyanoarsine
Ethyl NN-dirnethylphosphoramidoeyanidate
Ethyldibromoarsine
EthyIdichloroarsine
Lewisite (chlorovinyldichloroarsine and dichlorodivinylchloroarsine)
MethyIdichloroarsine
Mustard gas (dichlorodiethyl sulphide)
Phenylcarbylamine chloride (phenylaminocarbonyl chloride)
Phenylacyl chloride (w-Chloroacetophenone)
PhenyIdibromoarsine






PhenyIdichloroarsine
Pinacolyl methylphosphonofluoridate
isoPropyl methylphosphonofluoridate
22':' Trichlorotriethylamine





Parachutes

Photographic instruments and appliances, the following:-

Cameras of the kinds specially designed for aerial survey or reconnaissance
Gun cameras, aircraft

Machines of the kinds specially designed for the continuous processing of
photographic film or paper of a width of 50 mm or more

Portable anti-riot devices for administering an electric shock or an incapacitating
substance, and specialised parts and components therefor

Refuelling apparatus and appliances, for military aircraft, the following:

(1) Aircraft pressure-refuellers and aircraft refuellers, open circuit

(2). Pressure-refuelling hose-end couplings or units and pressure-control or
flow-control valves of the kind specially designed for aircraft pressure-
refuelling

(3)Ring-mains dispensers, aircraft servicers or other appliances
incorporating any of the articles mentioned in head (2) of this entry

Refuelling apparatus and appliances for missiles, guided or unguided

Rocket-assisted take-off apparatus and parts and components therefor

Rockets motors and parts and components therefor

Searchlight control units

Searchlights, power-controlled, of which the reflectors have a diameter of 50 cm,
or more

Ships of war, designed for offensive of defensive action (surface or underwater)
whether or not converted to non-military use

Silencers add telescopic sights for firearms

Specialised machinery, equipment and gear specially designed for the examination,
manufacture, testing and checking of the arms, ammunition, appliances and
machines referred to in this Schedule, including but not limited to the following:

Armour plate drilling machines, other than radial drilling machines
^Armour plate planing machines Armour plate quenching presses
Artillery casting machines Bomb copy boring lathes Bomb nose and
tall boring machines Bomb nose and tail forging machines Bomb
spinning lathes

Bullet assembling (multipunch) machines
Bullet canneluring machines

Bullet core filling machines

Bullet cutting and cupping machines Bullet
drawing machines Bullet gauging machines
Bullet lead forming machines Bullet pointing,
forming and sizing machines Bullet trimming
machines Bullet weighing machines Cartridge
automatic loading machines Cartridge cap
cutting and cupping machines





Cartridge cap varnishing machines
Cartridge case presses
Cartridge case flash-hole drilling machines
Cartridge case hash-hole piercing machines
Cartridge case head turning lathes
Cartridge case mouth boring lathes
Cartridge cordite reeling machines
Cartridge cup priming and pressing machines
Cartridge finishing and assembly machines
Cartridge gauging and weighing machines
Cartridge neck varnishing machines
Cartridge sizing or rectifying machines
Cartridge wadding machines
Centrifugal casting machines capable of casting tubes 1.8m or more in
length, with a wall thickness of 5cm and over
Gun barrel rifling and broaching machines
Gun barrel rifling machines
Gun barrel trepanning machines
Gun boring and turning machines
Gun honing machines of 1.8m stroke or more
Gun jump screw lathes
Gun rifling machines
Gun straightening presses
Induction hardening machines for tank turret rings and sprockets
Jigs and fixtures and other metal working implements or accessories of the
kinds specially designed for use in the manufacture of ammunition,
firearms, ordinance and other stores and appliances for land, sea or aerial
warfare
Shell and shell case extrusion and draw presses
Shell banding presses
Shell cavity boring lathes
Shell copper band turning lathes
Shell forging presses
Shell groove, wave and undercutting lathes
Shell heading or nosing presses
Shell lathes
Shell loading or filling machines
Shell making rough turning lathes of the %nverted bed' type
Shell making special purpose capstan lathes
Shell shot automatic blasting machines
Shell tappers
Small arms chambering machines
Small arms deep hole drilling machines
Small arms machines for rifling groove or bore
Small arms rifling machines
Small arms spill boring machines
Tank turret bearing grinding machines

Supply dropping apparatus, aircraft

Tanks, self-propelled guns and other vehicles, the following:Tanks, and self-
propelled guns Military type armed or armoured vehicles and vehicles fitted
with mountings for arms





Armoured railway trains

Military half tracks

Military type recovery vehicles

Gun carriers and tractors specially designed for towing artillery

Trailers specially designed to carry ammunition

Amphibious and deep water fording military vehicles

Military mobile repair shops specially designed to service military equipment

Engines specially designed, or essentially modified for military use, for the
propulsion of the above-mentioned vehicles; and parts thereof

Specially designed parts and components of any of the above-mentioned
vehicles

Trailers and semi-trailers of a carrying capacity of 25 tonnes or over

Training devices specially designed for military purposes, the following:

Flight and navigational synthetic training equipment and parts and
components therefor

Other training devices

Tyres and tubes, the following:

Bullet-proof and run-flat tyres and double-chambered and self-sealing inner
tubes

Water cannon and parts and components therefor

SCHEDULE 3 Article 6

EVIDENCE AND INFORMAMN

(1) Without prejudice to any other provision of this Order, or any
provision of any other law, the Governor (or any person authorised by him for
that purpose either generally or in a particular case) may request any person in or
resident in the Territory to furnish to him (or to that authorised person) any
information in his possession or control, or to produce to him (or to that
authorised person) any document in his possession or control, which he (or that
authorised person) may require for the purpose of securing compliance with or
detecting evasion of this Order; and any person to whom such a request is made
shall comply with it within such time and in such manner as may be specified in the
request.

(2) Nothing in the foregoing sub-paragraph shall be taken to require any
person who has acted as counsel or solicitor for any person to disclose any
privileged communication made to him in that capacity.

(3) Where a person is convicted before a superior court for failing to furnish
information or produce a document when requested so to do under this paragraph,
the court may make an order requiring him, within such period as may be specified
in the order, to furnish the information or produce the document.

(4) The power conferred by this paragraph to request any person to produce
documents shall include power to take copies of or extracts from any document so
produced and to request that person, or, where that person is a body corporate, any
other person who is a present or past officer of, or is employed by, the body
corporate, to provide an explanation of any of them.







2. (1) Any person who, on any occasion, is about to leave the Territory shall,
if on that occasion he is required to do so by an authorised person

(a)declare whether or not he has with him any goods the export of which
from the Territory is subject to any prohibition or restriction under this
Order; and

(b) produce any such goods as aforesaid which he has with him;





and such authorised person, and any person acting under his directions, may search
that person for the purpose of ascertaining whether he has with him any such
goods as aforesaid.

(2) Where at any place in the Territory any person is on any occasion found
in circumstances in which it is reasonable to suppose that on that occasion he has
communicated, or intends to communicate, with a person about to leave the
Territory, the provisions of sub-paragraph (1) of this Schedule shall apply in
relation to the person so found as they apply in relation to a person about to leave
the Territory; and where any person is on any occasion found travelling in the
Territory to or from any place in such circumstances as aforesaid, the said
provisions shall apply in relation to him as they would apply if, when so found, he
had been about to leave the Territory.

(3) In this paragraph and in paragraph 3 of this Schedule 'authorised person'
means any person authorised by the Governor either generally or in relation to a
particular case or class of cases, and references to a person authorised by the
Governor include references to the holder for the time being of any office
designated by the Governor.

3. Any exporter or any shipper of goods which have been exported from the
Territory shall, if so required by an authorised person, furnish within such time as he
may allow proof to his satisfaction that the goods have reached a destination to
which their exportation was not prohibited by this Order; and, if he fails to do so,
he shall be guilty of an offence against this Order unless he proves that he did not
consent to or connive at the goods reaching any destination other than such a
destination as aforesaid.

4. (1) If any judge, magistrate or justice of the peace is satisfied by
information on oath given by a person authorised by the Governor to act for the
purposes of this paragraph either generally or in a particular case

(a)that there is reasonable ground for suspecting that an offence against this
Order has been or is being committed and that evidence of the commission
of the offence is to be found on any premises specified in the information,
or in any vehicle, vessel or aircraft so specified; or

(b)that any documents which ought to have been produced under paragraph 1
of this Schedule and have not been produced are to be found on any such
premises or in any such vehicle, vessel or aircraft,

he may grant a search warrant authorising any constable, together with any other
persons named in the warrant and any other constables, to enter the premises
specified in the information or, as the case may be, any premises upon which the
vehicle, vessel or aircraft so specified may be, at any time within one month from
the date of the warrant and to search the premises, or, as the case may be, the
vehicle, vessel or aircraft.

(2) A person authorised by any such warrant as aforesaid to search any
premises or any vehicle, vessel or aircraft may search every person who is found in,
or whom he has reasonable ground to believe to have recently left or to be about to
enter, those premises or that vehicle, vessel or aircraft and may seize any document
or article found on the premises or in the vehicle, vessel or aircraft or on such
person which he has reasonable ground to believe to be evidence of the commission
of any such offence as aforesaid or any documents which he has reasonable ground
to believe ought to have been produced under paragraph 1 of this Schedule or to
take in relation to any such article or document any other steps which may appear
necessary for preserving it and preventing interference with it.

(3) Where, by virtue of this paragraph, a person is empowered to enter any
premises, vehicle, vessel or aircraft he may use such force as is reasonably
necessary for that purpose.

(4) Any documents or articles of which possession is taken under this
paragraph may be retained for a period of six months or, if within that period there






are commenced any proceedings for such an offence as aforesaid to which they are
relevant, until the conclusion of those proceedings.

5. A person authorised by the Governor to exercise any power for the
purposes of this Schedule, shall, if requested to do so, produce evidence of his
authority before exercising that power.





6. No information furnished or document produced (including any copy
or extract made of any document produced) by any person in pursuance of a
request made under this Schedule and no document seized under paragraph 4(2)
of this Schedule shall be disclosed except-
(a)with the consent of the person by whom the information was furnished
or the document was produced or the person from whom the document
was seized.
Provided that a person who has obtained information or is in
possession of a document only in his capacity as servant or agent of
another person may not give consent for the purposes of this sub-
paragraph but such consent may instead be given by any person who is
entitled to that information or to the possession of that document in
his own right; or
(b)to any person who would have been empowered under this Schedule
to request that it be furnished or produced or to any person holding
or acting in any office under or in the service of the Crown in respect
of the Government of the United Kingdom or under or in the service
of the Government of the Channel Islands, the Isle of Man, an associated
state, Brunei, or any territory to which this Order extends; or
(c)on the authority of a Secretary of State, to any organ of the United
Nations or to any person in the service of the United Nations or to
the Government of any other country for the purpose of assisting the
United Nations or that Government in securing compliance with or
detecting evasion of measures in relation to South Africa decided upon
by the Security Council of the United Nations; or
(d)with a view to the institution of, or otherwise for the purposes of, any
proceedings for an offence against this Order (whether in the Territory
or in any other territory to which this Order extends) or for an offence
against any provision of law with respect to similar matters that is for
the time being in force in the United Kingdom, the Channel Islands,
the Isle of Man, any associated state or Brunei.

7. Any person who-

(a)without reasonable excuse, refuses or fails within the time and in the
manner specified (or, if no time has been specified, within a reasonable
time) to comply with any request made under this Schedule by any person
who is empowered to make it; or
(b)knowingly or recklessly furnishes false information or a false explana-
tion or otherwise wilfully obstructs any person in the exercise of his
powers under this Schedule; or

(C)with intent to evade the provisions of this Schedule, destroys, mutilates,
defaces, secretes or removes any document,
shall be guilty of an offence against this Order.





1979 No. 111

OVERSEAS TERRITORIES


THE STATUTE LAW (REPEALS) ACT 1976 (COLONIES)
ORDER 1979

Made - - - - - 6 February 1979

Coming into Operation 27 February 1979



At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 6th day of February 1979

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred on Her by section
3(2) of the Statute Law (Repeals) Act 1976(a), is pleased, by and with
the advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as
follows:

Citation and commencement

1. This Order may be cited as the Statute Law (Repeals) Act 1976
(Colonies) Order 1979 and shall come into operation on 27 February
1979.

Extension of certain repeals to colonies

2. The repeal by the Statute Law (Repeals) Act 1976 of the
enactments specified in Schedule 1 to this Order (the said repeal
thereof being to the extent specified in column 3 of that Schedule)
shall on the coming into operation of this Order extend to the
colonies mentioned in Schedule 2 to this Order or, where the enact-
ment concerned forms part of the law of some but not all of those
colonies, to the colonies so mentioned of whose law it forms part.

N. E. LEIGH,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE1

ENACTMENTS
REPEALED

Chapter Short Title Extent of Repeal

1886 c. 48. Medical Act 1886. Section 25.
1843 c. 22. The (Colonies) Evidence Act 1843. The whole Act.
1853 c. 48. Coinage (Colonial Offences) Act 1853. The whole Act.
1877 c. 23. Colonial Fortifications Act 1877. The whole Act.
1884 c. 31. Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884. Section 17.
1909 c. 18. Naval Establishments in British The whole Act.
Possessions Act
1909.

(a) 1976 c. 16.





SCHEDULE 2

COLONIES TO WHICH REPEALS
EXTEND
Belize
Bermuda
British Antarctic. Territory
British Indian Ocean Territory
British Virgin Islands
Cayman Islands
Falkland Islands
Gibraltar
Gilbert Islands Islands
Hong Kong
Montserrat
Pitcairn
Saint Helena and its dependencies
Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia in Cyprus
Turks and Caicos Islands





1979 No. 115

MAINTENANCE OF DEPENDANTS

THE RECIPROCAL ENFORCEMENT OF MAINTENANCE
ORDERS (DESIGNATION OF RECIPROCATING
COUNTRIES) ORDER 1979

Made - - - - 6 February 1979

Laid before Parliament 14 February 1979

Coming into Operation 1 April 1979

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 6th day of February 1979

Present.'

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Whereas Her Majesty is satisfied that, in the event of the benefits
conferred by Part I of the Maintenance Orders (Reciprocal Enforcement)
Act 1972(a) being applied to, or to particular classes of, maintenance
orders made by the courts of each of the countries and territories
specified in column (1) of the Schedule to this Order, similar benefits will
in that country or territory be applied to, or to those classes of,
maintenance orders made by the courts of the United Kingdom:

And whereas Her Majesty considers the provisions contained in
Article 6 of this Order expedient for the purpose of securing the matters
set out in section 24 of the said Act of 1972:

Now, therefore, Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred
by sections 1, 24 and 45(1) of the Maintenance Orders (Reciprocal
Enforcement) Act 1972, is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy
Council, to order,.and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Reciprocal Enforcement of
Maintenance Orders (Designation of Reciprocating Countries) Order
1979 and shall come into operation -on 1 April 1979.

2. In this Order

'the Act of 1972 means the Maintenance Orders (Reciprocal
Enforcement) Act 1972;

'the Act of 1920 means the Maintenance Orders (Facilities for
Enforcement) Act 1920(b);

'the Order of 1974 means the Reciprocal Enforcement of
Maintenance Orders (Designation of Reciprocating Countries)
Order 1974(c)

(a) 1972 c. 18. (c) S.I. 1974/556.
(b) 1920 c. 33.





'column (1)' and 'column (2)' in Articles 3 and 6 below mean
respectively columns (1) and (2) of the Schedule to this Order.

3. Each of the countries and territories specified in column (1) is
hereby designated as a reciprocating country for the purposes of Part I
of the Act of 1972 as regards maintenance' orders of the description
specified in respect of that country or territory in column (2).

The Order of 1974 shall be varied by omitting in column (2) of
the Schedule to that Order the words '(a) provisional affiliation orders,
and' in respect of the following countries or territories (which are
specified in column (1) of that Schedule):

Australian Capital Territory; New South Wales; Northern
Territory of Australia; Queensland; South Australia;
Tasmania; Victoria.

5. The Order of 1974 shall be varied by omitting in column (2) of the
Schedule to that Order in respect of Ontario the words '(a) provisional
affiliation orders,' and the words '(c) provisional maintenance orders
made by virtue of the Matrimonial Proceedings (Polygamous Marriages)
Act 1972 or any corresponding legislation in Ontario---.

6. (1) Sections 5, 12 to 15, 17, 18 and 21 of the Act of 1972 shall
apply in relation to a maintenance order transmitted under section 2 or 3
of the Act of 1920 to one of the countries and territories specified in
column (1), being an order of the description specified in respect of that
country or territory in column (2) to which immediately before the coming
into operation of this Order the Act of 1920 applied, as they apply in
relation to a maintenance order sent to that country or territory in
pursuance of section 2 of the Act of 1972 or made by virtue of section 3
or 4 of the Act of 1972 and confirmed by a competent court in that
country or territory.

(2) Sections 8 to 21 of the Act of 1972 shall apply in relation to a
maintenance order made in one of the countries and territories specified
in column (1), being an order of the description specified in respect of
that country or territory in column (2) to which immediately before the
coming into operation of this Order the Act of 1920 applied and not
being an order which immediately before that date is registered in the
High Court or the High Court of Justice in Northern Ireland under
section 1 of the Act of 1920, as they apply in relation to a registered
order.

(3) A maintenance order made by a court in one of the countries
and territories specified in column (1) being an order of





the description specified in respect of that country or territory in column
(2) which has been confirmed by a court in England, Wales or
Northern Ireland under section 4 of the Act of 1920 and is in force
immediately before the coming into operation of this Order, shall be
registered under section 7(5) of the Act of 1972 in like manner as if
it had been confirmed by that court in England, Wales or Northern
Ireland under subsection (2) of that section.

(4) Any proceedings brought under or by virtue of any provision of
the Act of 1920 in a court in England, Wales or Northern Ireland
which are pending immediately before the coming into operation of this
Order, being proceedings affecting a person resident in one of the
countries and territories specified in column (1), shall be continued as if
they had been brought under or by virtue of the corresponding
provision of the Act of 1972.

N. E. LEIGH,

Clerk of the Privy
Council.

SCHEDULE Article 2.

COUNTRIES AND TERRITORIES DESIGNATED AS RECIPROCATING COUNTRIES

(1) (2)
Country or territory Description of maintenance orders
to which designation extends

Alberta ............Maintenance orders other than-

(a) provisional affiliation orders;

(b)maintenance orders of the description
contained in paragraph (b) of the
definition of 'maintenance order' in
section 21(1) of the Act of 1972;

(c)orders obtained by or in favour of a
public authority.

Fiji............... Maintenance orders generally. Hong Kong *** *** ***
Maintenance orders generally. Norfolk Island.......... Maintenance orders
other than orders obtained by or in favour of a public authority.

Saskatchewan.......... Maintenance orders other than-

(a) provisional affiliation orders; and

(b)maintenance orders ofthe description
contained in the said paragraph (b).

Singapore............Maintenance orders generally.

Turks and Caicos Islands .. Maintenance orders other than-
..(a) affiliation orders;
..(b) maintenance orders ofthe description
..contained in the said paragraph (b);
..and
..(c) orders obtained by or in favour of a
..public authority.

United Republic of Tanzania
(except Zanzibar).......Maintenance orders other than-







(a) affiliation orders;

(b)maintenance orders of the description
contained in the said paragraph (b); and

(c)orders obtained by or in favour of a
public autWestern Australia.......Maintenance orders other than orders obtained by or in
favour of a public authority.





1979 No. 458
INTERNATIONAL IMMUNITIES AND PRIVILEGES
THE STATE IMMUNITY (OVERSEAS TERRITORIES)
ORDER 1979

Made - - - - - 11 April 1979

Coming into Operation 2 May 1979

At the Court at Windsor Castle, the 11th day of April 1979
Present,
The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by
section 23(7) of the State Immunity Act 1978(a) or otherwise in Her
Majesty vested, is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy
Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the State Immunity (Overseas
Territories) Order 1979 and shall come into operation on 2nd May 1979.

2. The provisions of the State Immunity Act 1978 shall extend to
each of the territories specified in Schedule 1 to this Order with the
adaptations and modifications specified in Schedule 2 to this Order.

3. For the purpose of construing the said Act as so extended as
part of the law of a territory to which it extends 'the Territory' means
that territory and 'any Territory' means any of the Territories to which
it extends.

N. E. LEIGH

Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE1

Belize
British Antarctic Territory
British Virgin Islands
Cayman Islands
Falkland Islands and Dependencies
Gilbert Islands
Hong Kong
Montserrat
Pitcairn Henderson Ducie and Oeno Islands
Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotrii and Dhekelia
Turks and Caicos Islands

(a) 1978 c. 33.





SCHEDULE 2

1.(a) For the references to the United Kingdom in sections 1(1), 2(1), 9(1),
14(2), 16(2), 18(1) and (3) and 19(1) and (3) there shall be substituted a
reference to the Territory.

(b)To the reference to the United Kingdom in section 2(2) there shall be
added a reference to any Territory.

2. Save as is provided otherwise, any reference to any enactment of the
United Kingdom shall be construed as a reference to that enactment as applying or
extended to the Territory.

3. In section 12(1) any writ or document required to be served and in section
12(5) a copy of any judgment given against a State in default of appearance shall be
transmitted to the Governor of the territory (or in the case of Hong Kong to the
Chief Secretary and in the case of the Sovereign Base areas of Akrotiri and Dheklia
to the Administrator) and by him to the Foreign and Commonwealth Office for
onward transmission to the State concemed.

4.(a) In the application of section 16(1) to Belize, British Antarctic
Territory, Cayman Islands, Falkland Islands and Dependencies and Hong
Kong

(i) for the words and numerals Diplomatic Privileges Act 1964 or the
Consular Relations Act 1968 there shall be substituted the words and
numerals:

'Diplomatic Privileges and Consular Conventions Ordinance
(Chapter 176) or the Consular Relations Ordinance 1972 in the
case of Belize;

'Diplomatic Privileges (Extension) Ordinance (Chapter 20)' in the
case of British Antarctic Territory and Falkland Islands;

'Consular Relations and Diplomatic Immunities and Privileges Law
(Revised)' in the case of the Cayman Islands;

'International Organizations and Diplomatic Privileges Ordinance
(Chapter 190) or the Consular Relations Ordinance (Chapter
259)- in the case- of Hong Kong; and

(ii) for the words and numerals 'said Act of 1964 and 'said Act of 1968
there shall be substituted respectively the words and numerals
'Diplomatic Privileges Act 1964 and 'Consular Relations Act 1968

(b)In the application of section 20 to Belize, British Antarctic Territory,
Cayman Islands, Falkland Islands and Dependencies and Hong Kong:

(i) in subsection (1) for the words and numerals 'Diplomatic Privileges
Act 1964 there shall be substituted the words and numerals:

'Diplomatic Privileges and Consular Conventions Ordinance
(Chapter 176 in the case of Belize;

'Diplomatic Privileges (Extension) Ordinance (Chapter 20)' in the
case of British Antarctic Territory and Falkland Islands;

'Consular Relations and Diplomatic Immunities and Privileges Law
(Revised)' in the case of the Cayman Islands;

'International Organizations and Diplomatic Privileges Ordinance
(Chapter 190) in the case of Hong Kong; and

(ii) in subsection (2) for the words and numerals 'said Act of 1964 there






shall be substituted the words and numerals -Diplomatic Privileges
Act 1964 and to any corresponding restrictions in the law of the
Territory'.

5. For the reference in section 20(3) to 'the exemption conferred by section
8(3) of the Immigration Act 1971 there shall be substituted a reference to
..exemption from immigration restrictions and regulations'.

6. For section 23(5) there shall be substituted the following subsection:-

'1(5) This Act shall come into force on the coming into operation of the
Order in Council extending it to the Territory.'





1987 No. 940

COPYRIGHT

THE COPYRIGHT (SINGAPORE) ORDER 1987

Made 18th May 1987

Laid before Parliament 17th June 1987

Coming into force 18th June 1987

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 18th day of May 1987

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Whereas Her Majesty is satisfied that, in respect of the matters
provided for in this Order, provision has been made under the laws of
Singapore whereby adequate protection will be given to owners of
copyright under the Copyright Act 1956(a):

Now, therefore, Her Majesty, by and with the advice of Her Privy
Council, and by virtue of the authority conferred on Her by sections 31,
32 and 47 of the said Act, is pleased to order, and it is hereby ordered,
as follows:

1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Copyright (Singapore) Order
1987 and shall come into force on 18th June 1987.

(2) In this Order-

'the Act' means the Copyright Act 1956; and

'material time' means-

(i) in relation to an unpublished work or subject-matter, the time at
which such work or subject-matter was made or, if the making
thereof extended over a period, a substantial part of that
period; and

(ii) in relation to a published work or subject-matter, the time of
first publication.

2. Subject to the following provisions of this Order, the provisions
of Parts I and II of the Act and all the other provisions of the Act
relevant to those Parts shall apply

(a)in relation to literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works,
sound recordings, cinematograph films or published editions
first published in Singapore as they apply to such works,
recordings, films or editions first published in the United
Kingdom;

(b)in relation to persons who at any material time are resident in
Singapore as they apply to persons who at such time are
resident in the United Kingdom; and

(a) 1956 c. 74.





(c)in relation to bodies incorporated under the laws of Singapore
as they apply to bodies incorporated under the laws of any
part of the United Kingdom.

3. The acts restricted by section 12 of the Act as applied by this
Order shall not include causing the recording to be heard in public,
broadcasting the recording or including it in a cable programme.

4. Where any person has before the commencement of this Order
incurred any expenditure or liability in connection with the reproduction
or performance of any work or other subject-matter in a manner which at
the time was lawful, or for the purpose of or with a view to the
reproduction or performance of a work at a time when such reproduction
or performance would, but for the making of this Order, have been
lawful, nothing in this Order shall diminish or prejudice any right or
interest arising from or in connection with such action which is
subsisting and valuable immediately before the commencement of this
Order unless the person who by virtue of this Order becomes entitled to
restrain such reproduction or performance agrees to pay such
compensation as, failing agreement, may be determined by arbitration.

5. This Order shall extend to the countries mentioned in the
Schedule hereto, subject to the modification that article 2 above shall
have effect as part of the law of any of those countries as if for
references to the United Kingdom there were substituted references to
the country in question.

G. 1. de DENEY
Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE Article 5

COUNTRIES TO WHICH THIS ORDER EXTENDS

British Indian Ocean Territory
British Virgin Islands
Cayman Islands
Falkland Islands
Falkland Islands Dependencies
Hong Kong
Isle of Man
Montserrat
St Helena
St Helena Dependencies (Ascension. Tristan da Cunha





1979 No. 913

FUGITIVE CRIMINAL

THE NORWAY (EXTRADITION) (AMENDMENT)
ORDER 1979

Made 26th July, 1979.

Laid before Parliament 3rd August, 1979.

Coming into Operation 24th August, 1979.

At the Court of Saint James, the 26th day of July 1979

Present.

The Counsellors of State in Council

WHEREAs Her Majesty, in pursuance of the Regency Acts 1937 to
1953. was pleased, by Letters Patent dated the 16th day of July 1979, to
delegate to the six Counsellors of State therein named or any two or
more of them full power and authority during the period of Her
Majesty's absence -from the United Kingdom to summon and hold on
Her Majesty's behalf Her Privy Council and to signify thereat Her
Majesty's approval for anything for which Her Majesty's approval in
Council is required:

AND WHEREAs a Treaty(a) was concluded on 26th June 1873
between Her late Majesty Queen Victoria in respect of the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland and His late Majesty the King of
Sweden and Norway for the mutual surrender of fugitive criminals:

AND WHEREAs an Agreement(b) was concluded on 18th February
1907 between the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Ireland and the Government of the Kingdom of Norway that the
said Treaty, as amended by the said Agreement, shall remain in force
between the United Kingdom and Norway, in so far as its provisions
apply to the Kingdom of Norway alone:

AND WHEREAS it has been agreed by Notes exchanged on 9th
August 1973, the terms of which are set out in the Schedule to this
Order, that the said Treaty shall be further amended by amending
Article Ill:

NOW, THEREFORE, Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth The Queen Mother
and His Royal Highness The Prince Charles, Prince of Wales, being
authorized thereto by the said Letters Patent. and in pursuance of the
powers conferred by sections 2, 17 and 21 of the Extradition Act 1870(c)
and all other powers enabling Her

(a) Cd. 900.
(b) Cd. 3606.
(c)1870 c. 52.





Majesty, and by and with the advice of Her Majesty's Privy Council, do
on Her Majesty's behalf order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Norway (Extradition)
(Amendment) Order 1979 and shall come into operation on 24th
August 1979.

2. The Extradition Acts 1870 to 1895(a) shall apply in the
case of the Kingdom of Norway in accordance with the said Treaty, as
amended by the said Agreement and by the said Exchange of Notes.

N. E. LEIGH,

Clerk of the Privy
Council.

SCHEDULE

EXCHANGE OF NOTES BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED
KINGDOM OF GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRELAND AND THE
GOVERNMENT OF THE KINGDOM OF NORWAY AMENDING ARTICLE
III OF THE TREATY OF 26TH JUNE 1873 FOR THE MUTUAL
SURRENDER OF FUGITIVE CRIMINALS, AS CONTINUED IN FORCE BY
THE AGREEMENT OF 18TH FEBRUARY 1907.

No. 1

The British Charge d'Affaires at Oslo to the
Norwegian Minister for Foreign Affairs

British Embassy,
Oslo,
9 August 1973.

Your Excellency,

1 have the honour to refer to the Treaty between the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Ireland and the Kingdoms of Sweden and Norway for the mutual
surrender of fugitive criminals, signed at Stockholm on 26 June 1873, as continued
in force between the United Kingdom and the Kingdom of Norway by the
Agreement signed at Kristiania on 18 February 1907.

On instructions from Her Majesty's Principal Secretary of State for Foreign
and Commonwealth affairs, 1 have the honour to propose that Article Ill shall be
amended to read as follows:

'Each High Contracting Party reserves the right to refuse to grant the
surrender of its own subjects to the other Party.'

If the foregoing proposal is acceptable to the Government of the Kingdom of
Norway, 1 have the honour to propose that this Note, together with Your
Excellency's reply in that sense, shall constitute an agreement between the
Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and the
Government of the Kingdom of Norway which shall enter in force three months
after the date of your reply.

I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances
of my highest consideration.

R. G. BRITTEN,

Charge d' Affaires.

(a) 1870 c. 52; 1873 c. 60;







1895 c. 33.





No. 2
The Norwegian Minister for Foreign Affairs to the
British Charge d'Affaires at Oslo

Ministere Royal des Affaires Etrangeres Oslo,

9 August 1973.
Mr. Charge d Affaires.

1 have the honour to acknowledge receipt of your Note of today's date, which
in Norwegian translation reads as follows:

'Deres Eksellense

Jeg har den wre 1 vise til Traktat mellom Kongerikene Norge og Sverige og
Det Forente Kongerike Storbritannia og Irland om gjensidig utlevering av rpfmtc
forbrytere, undertegnet i Stockholm den 26. juni 1873, og som fortsatt er i kraft
mellom Norge og Det Forente Kongerike i henhold til tilleggsaytale undertegnet i
Kristiania den 18. februar 1907.

Etter anmodning fra Hennes Majestets Utenriksminister har jeg den acre 1
foresIS at artikkel III blir endret slik at den ffir fplgende ordlyd:

'Wer av de hprye kontraherende Parter forbeholder seg retten til nekte
A utlevere sine egne borgere til den annen Part.'

Hvis det forannevnte forslag kan godtas av Regjeringen i Kongeriket Norge,
har jeg den Tre 1 fores11 at denne note, sammen med Deres Eksellenses
bekreftende svar, skal utg:jore en aytale mellom Regjeringen i Kongeriket Norge og
Regjeringen i Det Forente Kongerike Storbritannia og Nord-lrland som skal tre i
kraft tre mbeder etter datoen for Deres svar.'

In reply, I have the honour to inform you that the foregoing proposal is
acceptable to the Government of Norway, who therefore agrees that the Charg6
d'Affaires' Note and the present reply shall constitute an agreement between the
Government of the Kingdom of Norway and the Government of the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland which shall enter into force on the
9th November 1973.

Accept, Sir~ the assurance of my high consideration.

DAGFINN
V~RVIK.





1979 No. 1452
MERCHANT SHIPPING
THE PREVENTION OF OIL POLLUTION ACT 1971
(HONG KONG) ORDER 1979
Made - - - 14 th November, 1979.
Coming into

Operation 17th December, 1979.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 14th day of
November 1979

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by
section 25(1) of the Prevention of Oil Pollution Act 1971(a) and all other
powers enabling Her in that behalf is pleased, by and with the advice of
Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Prevention of Oil Pollution Act
1971 (Hong Kong) Order 1979 and shall come into operation on 17th
December 1979.

2. The provisions of sections 12 to 16, 20. 29, 32 and 34 of the
Prevention of Oil Pollution Act 1971, subject to the exceptions and
modifications as set out in the Schedule hereto, shall extend to Hong
Kong.

N. E. LEIGH
Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE Article 2

PROVISIONS OF THE PREVENTION OF OIL POLLUTION Act
1971
As EXTENDED TO HONG KoNo

Shipping casualties

12. (1) The powers conferred by this section shall be exercisable where

(a) an accident has occurred to or in a ship; and

(b)in the opinion of the Governor oil from the ship will or may cause
pollution on a large scale in Hong Kong or in the waters in or adjacent
to Hong Kong up to the seaward limits of territorial waters; and

(c)in the opinion of the Governor the use of the powers conferred by this
section is urgently needed.

(a) 1971 c. 60.





(2) For the purpose of preventing or reducing oil pollution, or the risk of oil
pollution, the Governor may give directions as respects the ship or its cargo

(a)to the owner of the ship, or to any person in possession of the ship; or

(b) to the master of the ship; or

(c)to any salvor in possession of the ship, or to any person who is the
servant or agent of any salvor in possession of the ship, and who is in
charge of the salvage operation.

(3) Directions under subsection (2) of this section may require the person to
whom they are given to take, or refrain from taking, any action of any kind
whatsoever, and without prejudice to the generality of the preceding provisions of
this subsection the directions may require

(a)that the ship is to be, or is not to be, moved, or is to be moved to a
specified place, or is to be removed from a specified area or locality; or

(b)that the ship is not to be moved to a specified place or area, or over a
specified route; or

(c) that any oil or other cargo is to be, or is not to be, unloaded or

discharged; or

(d) that specified salvage measures are to be, or are not to be, taken.

(4) If in the opinion of the Governor the powers conferred by subsection (2)
of this section are, or have proved to be, inadequate for the purpose, the Governor
may, for the purpose of preventing or reducing oil pollution, or the risk of
pollution, take, as respects the ship or its cargo, any action of any kind
whatsoever, and without prejudice to the generality of the preceding provisions of
this subsection the Governor may

(a)take any such action as he has power to require to be taken by a direction
under this section;

(b)undertake operations for the sinking or destruction of the ship, or any
part of it, of a kind which is not within the means of any person to
whom he can give directions;

(c)undertake operations which involve the taking over of control of the
ship.

(5) The powers of the Governor under subsection (4) of this section shall also
be exercisable by such persons as may be authorized in that behalf by the Governor.

(6) Every person concemed with compliance with directions given, or with
action taken, under this section shall use his best endeavours to avoid any risk to
human life.

(7) The provisions of this section and of section 16 of this Act are without
prejudice to any rights or powers of Her Majesty's Government in Hong Kong
exercisable apart from those sections whether under international law or otherwise.

(8) It is hereby declared that any action taken as respects a ship which is under
arrest or as respects the cargo of such a ship, being action duly taken in pursuance
of a direction given under this section, or being any action taken under subsection
(4) or (5) of this section

(a) does not constitute contempt of court; and

(b)does not in any circumstances make the Government of Hong Kong
liable in any civil proceedings.







(9) In this section, unless the context otherwise requires-

'accident' includes the loss, stranding, abandonment of or damage to a ship;
and





'specified', in relation to a direction under this section, means
specified by the direction.

13. (1) If any action duly taken by a person in pursuance of a direction given
to him under section 12 of this Act, or any action taken under subsection (4) or
(5) of that section

(a)was not reasonably necessary to prevent or reduce oil pollution, or risk
of oil pollution; or

(b)was such that the good it did or was likely to do was disproportionately
less than the expense incurred, or damage suffered, as a result of the
action,

a person incurring expense or suffering damage as a result of, or by himself taking,
the action shall be entitled to recover compensation from the Governor.

(2) In considering whether subsection (1) of this section applies, account shall
be taken of

(a)the extent and risk of oil pollution if the action had not been taken;

(b) the likelihood of the action being effective; and

(c) the extent of the damage which has been caused by the action.

(3) Any reference in this section to the taking of any action includes a
reference to a compliance with a direction not to take some specified action.

(4) The Admiralty jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of Hong Kong shall
include jurisdiction to hear and determine any claim arising under this section.

14. (1) If the person to whom a direction is duly given under section 12 of
this Act contravenes, or fails to comply with, any requirement of the direction, he
shall be guilty of an offence.

(2) If a person wilfully obstructs any person who is-

(a)acting on behalf of the Governor in connection with the giving or
service of a direction under section 12 of this Act;

(b) acting in compliance with a direction under that section; or

(c) acting under subsection (4) or (5) of that section;

he shall be guilty of an ofrence.

(3) In proceedings for an offence under subsection (1) of this section, it shall
be a defence for the accused to prove that he has used all due diligence to ensure
compliance with the direction, or that he had reasonable cause for believing that
compliance with the direction would have involved a serious risk to human life.

(4) A person guilty of an offence under this section shall be liable on
summary conviction to a fine not exceeding 500,000 Hong Kong dollars, or on
conviction on indictment to a fine.

15. (1) If the Governor is satisfied that a company or other body is not one to
whom section 338 (service on company to which Part XI applies) or section 356
(service of documents on company) of the Companies Ordinance(a) applies so as
to authorize the service of a direction on that body under either of those sections,
he may give a direction under section 12 of this Act

(a)to that body, as the owner of, or the person in possession of, a ship, by
serving the direction on the master of the ship; or

(b)to that body, as a salver, by serving the direction on the person in charge
of the salvage operations.

(a) Laws of Hong Kong,
Revised Ed. 1975, Cap. 32.





(2) For the purpose of giving or serving a direction under section 12 of this
Act to or on any person on a ship, a person acting on behalf of the Governor shall
have the right to go on board the ship.

16. (1) Her Majesty may by Order in Council provide that sections 12 to 15
of this Act, together with any other provisions of this Act, shall apply to a ship

(a) which is not a ship registered in Hong Kong; and

(b)which is for the time being outside the territorial waters of Hong Kong;

in such cases and circumstances as may be specified in the Order, and subject to
such exceptions, adaptations and modifications, if any, as may be so specified.

(2) An Order in Council under subsection (1) of this section may contain such
transitional and other consequential provisions as appear to Her Majesty to be
expedient.

(3) Except as provided by an Order in Council under subsection (1) of this
section, no direction under section 12 of this Act shall apply to a ship which is not
registered in Hong Kong and which is for the time being outside the territorial
waters of Hong Kong, and no action shall be taken under subsection (4) or (5) of
section 12 of this Act as respects any such ship.

(4) No direction under section 12 of this Act shall apply to any vessel of Her
Majesty's navy or to any Government ship (within the meaning of section 80 of
the Merchant Shipping Act 1906(b) and no action shall be taken under subsection
(4) or (5) of that section as respects any such vessel or ship.

20. (1) Where a fine imposed by a court in proceedings against the owner or
master of a ship for an offence under this Act is not paid at the time ordered by the
court, the court shall, in addition to any other powers for enforcing payment, have
power to direct the amount remaining unpaid to be levied by distress and sale of the
ship, her tackle, furniture and apparel.

29. (1) In this Act-

,,oil' means oil of any description and includes spirit produced from oil of any
description, and also includes coal tar;

'outside the territorial waters of Hong Kong' means outside the seaward limits
of those waters.

(3) Any reference in the provisions of this Act to the discharge of oil, or to
its being discharged, from a vessel, place or thing, except where the reference is to
its being discharged for a specified purpose, includes a reference to the escape of the
oil, or (as the case may be) to its escaping, from that vessel, place or thing.

(6) Subject to the preceding subsections, expressions used in this Act and in
the Merchant shipping Act 1894(a), have the same meanings in this Act as in that
Act.

(7) Except in so far as the context otherwise requires, any reference in this
Act to an enactment shall be construed as a reference. to that enactment as
amended by or under any other enactment.

32. Subject to section 33 of the Interpretation Act 1889(c) (offence under
two or more laws) nothing in this Act shall affect any restriction imposed by or
under any other enactment, or shall derogate from any right of action or other
remedy (whether civil or criminal) in proceedings instituted otherwise than under
this Act.

34. (1) This Act may be cited as the Prevention of Oil Pollution Act
1971.







(a) 1894 c. 60. (c) 1889 c. 63.

(b) 1906 c. 48.





1979 No. 1453

MERCHANT SHIPPING

THE PREVENTION OF OIL POLLUTION ACT 1971
(HONG KONG) (NO. 2) ORDER 1979

Made - - - 14th November, 1979.

Laid before Parliament 22nd November, 1979.

Coming into Operation ]7th December, 1979.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 14th day of
November 1979

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by
section 16(1) of the Prevention of Oil Pollution Act 1971(a) as extended
to Hong Kong by the Prevention of Oil Pollution Act 1971 (Hong Kong)
Order 1979(b) and all other powers enabling Her in that behalf is
pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is
hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Prevention of Oil Pollution Act
1971 (Hong Kong) (No. 2) Order 1979 and shall come into operation on
17 December 1979.

2. Subject to the exceptions, adaptations and modifications in
Article 3 of this Order, sections 12 to 15 of the Prevention of Oil
Pollution Act 1971 as extended to Hong Kong by the Prevention of Oil
Pollution Act 1971 (Hong Kong) Order 1979 shall apply to a ship

(a) which is not a.ship registered in Hong Kong; and

(b)which is for the time being outside the territorial waters of
Hong Kong

in any case where the Governor is satisfied that section 12(1) of the Act
as extended to Hong Kong by the aforementioned Order applies.

3. In respect of a ship to which the said sections 12 to 15 are
applied by Article 2 of this Order the power conferred on the Governor
by subsection (2) of section 12 to give directions shall only be
exercisable in relation to.--

(a) 1971 c. 60.
(b) S.I. 1979/1452.





(a)an individual who is a citizen of the United Kingdom
and Colonies; or

(b) a body corporate which is established under the laws of
Hong Kong

and subsection (2) of section 14 shall only apply to such an
individual or body corporate.

N. E. LEIGH.





1979 No. 1655

UNITED NATIONS

THE SOUTHERN RHODESIA (UNITED NATIONS
SANCTIONS: ISLANDS AND OVERSEAS TERRITORIES)
(REVOCATIONS) ORDER 1979

(Omitted as spent)

07


0

A

REVISED EDITION 1989

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER

HONG KONG
1979 No. 1706

MERCHANT SHIPPING

THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (METRICATION)
(HONG KONG) ORDER 1979

Made 19th December, 1979.
Laid before Parliament 3rd January, 1980.
Coming into Operation 24th January, 1980.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 19th day of
December 1979

Present

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by
section 94 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1970(a); and of all other
pwers enabling Her in that behalf, is pleased, by and with the
advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as
follows-

1. This Order may be cited as the Merchant Shipping
(Metrication) (Hong Kong) Order 1979 and shall come into
operation on 24 January 1980.

2. Section 90 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1970 and the
Merchant Shipping (Metrication) Regulations 1973(b) made there-
under shall extend to Hong Kong.

N. E. LEIGH
Clerk of the Privy Council.

(a) 1970 c. 36.
(b) S.I. 9173.1979.







1980 No. 185

FUGITIVE CRIMINAL

THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC (EXTRADITION)
(AMENDMENT) ORDER 1980

Made 13th February, 1980.
Laid before
Parliament 21st February, 1980.
Coming into
Operation 13th March, 1980.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 13th day of
February 1980

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

WHEREAs a Treaty was concluded on 22nd May 1889 between
Her late Majesty Queen Victoria in respect of the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Ireland and the President of the Argentine Republic for
the mutual extradition of fugitive criminals which Treaty was later
amended by a Protocol(a) concluded on 12th December 1980:

AND WHEREAS it has been agreed by Notes exchanged on
19th November 1979. the terms of which are set out in the Schedule to
this Order, that the said Treaty shall be further amended by amending
Articles VIII and XVI:

NOW, THEREFORE, Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers
conferred on Her by sections 2, 17 and 21 of the Extradition Act 1870(b).
or otherwise in Her Majesty vested, is pleased. by and with the advice
of Her Privy Council. to order. and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Argentine Republic (Extradition)
(Amendment) Order 1980 and shall come into operation on 13th March
1980.

2. The Extradition Acts 1870 to 1935(c) shall apply in the case of
the Argentine Republic in accordance with the said Treaty. as amended
by the said Protocol and the said Exchange of Notes.

N. E. LEIGH

Clerk of the Privy Council.

(a) C. 7260. (c)1870 c. 52; 1873 c. 60; 1895
(b) 1870 c. 52. c. 33; 1935 c. 25.





SCHEDULE

EXCHANGE oF NOTES BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED
KINGDOM OF GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRELAND AND THE
GOVERNMENT OF THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC AMENDING
ARTICLES VII AND XVI OF THE TREATY FOR THE MUTUAL
ExTRADITION OF FUGITIVE CRIMINALS SIGNED ON 22ND MAY 1889
AS AMENDED BY THE PROTOCOL SIGNED ON 12TH DEumBER 1890.

No. 1

The Minister for Foreign Affairs and Worship of the Argentine Republic to the
British Chargd dAffaires at Buenos Aires.

Ministro de Relaciones Exteriores y Culto.
Buenos Aires, 19 de noviembre de 1979.

Seflor Encargado de Negocios:

Tengo cl agrado de dirigirme a Vuestra Excelencia para referirme al 'Tratado
para la Mutua Extradici6n de Criminales' firmado entre la la Reptiblica Argentina
y cl Reino Unido de Gran Bretafla c Irlanda, en Buenos Aires cl 22 de mayo de
1889, enmendado por cl Protocolo suscripto en Buenos Aires cl 12 de diciembre
de 1890.

AI respecto, me es grato proponer a Vuestra Excelencia, en nombre del
Gobiemo de la RepUblica Argentina, que sc introduzean las siguientes enmiendas al
Tratado:

EI ArticuIo VIII del Tratado seri complementado por cl agregado del
siguiente p41Tafo:

'Si en cualquier caso cl Estado requerido asf lo solicita, cl Estado
requirente surninistrard la traducci6n de todo documento remitido de acuerdo
con las disposiciones del Tratado'.

EI texto del Articulo XVI serA reemplazado por los dos p;irrafos aiguientes:

'EI pafs requerido tomard todas las medidas necessarias para. efectuar la
representaci6n del pafs requirente y asum' los gastos que 6sta implique en
todos los casos que surjan de un pedido de extradici6n'.

'Los gastos relativos al transporte de una persona reclamada serAn
pagados por cl Estado requirente. EI Estado requerido no presentarl al Estado
requirente ninguna reclamaci6n pecuniaria derivada del arresto, custodia,
interrogacOn y entrega de Im personas reclamadas de acuerdo con las
disposiciones de este Tratado'.

Si lo que antecede es aceptable para cl Gobierno del Reino Unido, tengo cl
agrado de proponer que la presente nota, junto con la respuesta de Vuestra
Excelencia en ese sentido, constituyan un Acuerdo entre los Gobiernos de la
RepIlblica Argentina y cl Reino Unido de Gran Bretafla c lrelanda del Norte que
entrar-1 en vigor tres meses despuds de la fecha de su nota de respuesta.

Saludo a Vuestra Excelencia con mi nAs distinguida consideraci6n.

CARLOS W. PASTOR.

TRANSLATION OF No. 1
Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Worship.
Buenos Aires, 19 November 1979





Mr Charge Affaires

I have the honour to refer to the Treaty between the Argentine Republic and
the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland for the Mutual Extradition of
Fugitive Criminals signed at Buenos Aires on 22 May 1889 as amended by the
protocol signed at Buenos Aires on 12 December 1890.

In this respect, 1 have the honour to propose on behalf of the Government of
the Argentine Republic that the Treaty be amended as follows.

Article VIII of the Treaty shall be supplemented by the addition of the
following paragraph:

'If in any particular case the requested State so requires, the requesting
State shall supply a translation of any document submitted in accordance with
the provisions of the Treaty'.

The text of Article XVI shall be replaced by the following two paragraphs:

'The requested State shall make all necessary arrangements for and meet
the cost of the representation of the requesting State in any proceedings
arising out of a request for extradition.

'Expenses relating to the transportation of a person sought shall be paid
by the requesting State. No pecuniary claim arising out of the arrest,
detention, examination and surrender of a person sought under the provisions
of this Treaty shall be made by the requested State against the requesting
State'.

If the foregoing proposal is acceptable to the Government of the United
Kingdom, 1 have the honour to suggest that the present Note, together with your
reply to that effect, shall constitute an Agreement between the Governments of
the Argentine Republic and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
Ireland which shall enter into force three months after the date of your reply.

I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurances
of my highest consideration.

CARLOS W. PASTOR.

No. 2

The British Charge d Affaires at Buenos Aires to the Minister for Foreign Affairs
and Worship of the Argentine Republic.

British Embassy.
Buenos Aires.

19 November 1979.

Your Excellency

1 have the honour to acknowledge receipt of Your Excellency's Note of
today's date which in translation reads as follows:

[TRANSLATION AS IN No. 1]

In reply I have the honour to inform Your Excellency that the foregoing
proposal is acceptable to the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Northern Ireland, who therefore agree that your Note and this reply shall
constitute an Agreement between our two Governments in this matter which shall
enter into force three months after the date of this Note.

I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to Your Excellency the assurance
of my highest consideration.

HUGH CARLESS.







1980 No. 565



ZIMBABWE

THE SOUTHERN RHODESIA (SANCTIONS) (AMNESTY)
ORDER 1980

Made - - - - 21st April, 1980.

Laid before Parliament 23rd April, 1980.

Coming into Operation 24th April, 1980.

At the Court at Windsor Castle. the 21st day of April 1980

Present.

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred on Her by section
3 of the Southern Rhodesia Act 1979(a), is pleased, by and with the
advice of Her Privy Council. to order, and it is hereby ordered, as
follows:

Citation, commencement and extent

1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Southern Rhodesia
(Sanctions) (Amnesty) Order 1980 and shall come into operation on 24
April 1980.

(2) This Order shall, to the extent that it makes provision in relation
to any Order of Her Majesty in Council which extended to any of the
Channel Islands, the Isle of Man or any other territory specified in
Schedule 1 to this Order, have effect as part of the law of that one of the
Channel Islands, of the Isle of Man or, as the case may be, of that other
territory.

Amnesty and discontinuance of criminal proceedings in respect Of
sanctions measures

2. (1) No criminal proceedings shall be instituted in any court in
respect of any act to which this Article applies, whether within or
without the United Kingdom or any other territory to which this Order
extends.

(2) The acts to which this Article applies are

(a) any breach, disregard or contravention of

(i) any of the Orders specified in Part 1 of Schedule 2 to
this Order; or

(a) 1979 c. 52.





(ii) any restriction or requirement imposed by or under,
or any provision made for the purposes of, any of
the enactments specified in Part 2 of Schedule 2 to
this Order, being a restriction, requirement or
provision giving effect to a resolution of the
Security Council of the United Nations for the
imposition of economic or other sanctions or other
measures directed against Southern Rhodesia;

(b)any act (including any act by way of conspiracy or
incitement) preparatory or incidental to any act falling
within sub-paragraph (a).

(3) Any criminal proceedings in respect of any act to which this
Article applies which are pending in any court immediately before the
commencement of this Order, other than any proceedings by way of
appeal against conviction or sentence, shall be treated as discontinued
upon such commencement.

(4) The provisions of this Article shall be without prejudice to any
conviction sustained or sentence imposed before the commencement of
this Order.

(5) In this Article, 'act' includes an omission.

N. E. LEIGH,

Clerk of the Privy Council.

Article 1(2)
SCHEDULE1

OTHER TERRITORIES IN WHICH THIS ORDER HAS
EFFECT

Belize Bermuda British Virgin Islands Cayman Islands Cyprus:
Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia Falkland
Islands Gibraltar Hong Kong Montserrat New Hebrides St.
Helena Turks and Caicos Islands.





Article 2(2)

SCHEDULE 2

SANCTIONS PROVISIONS

PART 1

SANCTION ORDERS

The Southern Rhodesia (United Nations Sanctions) Order 1968(a) or any
Order revoked by that Order;

The Southern Rhodesia (United Nations Sanctions) (No. 2) Order 1968(b);

The Southern Rhodesia (United Nations Sanctions) Order 1977(c);

The Southern Rhodesia (United Nations Sanctions) Overseas Territories)
Order 1968(d);

The Southern Rhodesia (United Nations Sanctions) (Channel Islands) Order
1969(e);

The Southern Rhodesia (United Nations Sanctions) (Isle of Man) Order
1969(f);

The Southern Rhodesia (United Nations Sanctions) (Channel Islands)
(Amendment) Order 1972(g);

The Southern Rhodesia (United Nations Sanctions) (Isle of Man)
(Amendment) Order 1972(h).

PART 2

ENACTMENTS

The Import, Export and Customs Powers (Defence) Act 1939(i);

The Exchange Control Act 19470);

The Emergency Laws (Re-enactment and Repeals) Act 1964(k).

(a) S.I. 1968/885. (9) S.I. 1972/1584.
(b) S.I. 1968/1020. (h) S.I. 1972/1585.
(c) S.I. 1977/591. (i) 1939 c. 69.
(d) S.I. 1968/1094. (D 1947 c. 14.
(e) 8.1. 1969/860. (k) 1964 c. 60.
(f) S.I. 1969/861.





1980 No. 566

FUGITIVE CRIMINAL


THE SWEDEN (EXTRADITION) (AMENDMENT)
ORDER 1980

Made - - - - 21st April, 1980.

Laid before Parliament 29th April, 1980.

Coming into Operation ]9th May, 1980.

At the Court at Windsor Castle, the 21st day of April 1980

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

WHEREAS a Treaty (a) was concluded on 26th April 1963
between Her Majesty in respect of the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Northern Ireland and His late Majesty the King of Sweden for the
reciprocal extradition of criminals:

AND WHEREAS a Protocol (a) amending the said Treaty was
signed on 6th December 1965:

AND WHEREAS it has been agreed by Notes exchanged on
19th February 1980, the terms of which are sot out in the Schedule to
this Order, that the said Treaty shall be further amended by amending
Article 18.

Now, THEREFORE, Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers
conferred on Her by sections 2. 17 and 21 of the Extradition Act 1870(b),
or otherwise in Her Majesty vested. is pleased. by and with the advice
of Her Privy Council. to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Sweden (Extradition)
(Amendment) Order 1980 and shall come into operation on 19th May
1980.

2. The Extradition Acts 1870 to 1895(c), shall apply in the case of
Sweden in accordance with the said Treaty, as amended by the said
Protocol and the said Exchange of Notes.

N. E. LEIGH
Clerk of the Privy Council.

(a) Cmnd 3113. (c)1870 c. 52; 1873 c. 60;
(b) 1870 c. 52. 1895 c. 33.





SCHEDULE

EXCHANGE OF NOTES BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED
KINGDOM OF GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRELAND AND THE
GOVERNMENT OF THE KINGDOM OF SWEDEN AMENDING THE
EXTRADITION TREATY SIGNED ON 26TH APRIL 1963 AS AMENDED
BY THE PROTOCOL SIGNED ON 6TH DECEMBER 1965.

No. 1

Her Majesty's Ambassador at Stockholm to the Minister for
Foreign Affairs of Sweden

British Embassy
Stockholm

19th February 1980
Sir,

I have the honour to refer to the Extradition Treaty between the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and the Kingdom of Sweden signed
at London on 26 April 1963, as amended by the Protocol of 6 December 1965, and
to propose on behalf of the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Northern Ireland that Article 18 of the Treaty shall be amended to read as
follows:

Article 18

'(1)Expenses incurred in the territory of the requested Party by reason of the
request for extradition shall be borne by that Party.

(2)The requested Party shall make all arrangements which may be requisite
with respect to the representation of the requesting Party in any
proceedings arising-out of the request.'.

If the foregoing proposal is acceptable to the Government of the Kingdom of
Sweden, I have the honour to suggest that this Note, together with your reply to
that effect, shall constitute an Agreement between the two Governments which
shall supersede the Exchange of Notes of 19 April 1979(a) and shall enter into
force three months from the date of your reply. The Agreement shall also apply to
those territories listed in the Annex to this Note for -the international relations of
which the Government of the United Kingdom is responsible.

I avail myself of this opportunity to renew to you, Sir, the assurance of my
highest consideration.

JEFFREY
PETERSEN.

A~

Antigua
St. Kitts-Nevis
Anguilla
Belize
Bermuda
British Antarctic Territory
British Indian Ocean Territory
British Virgin Islands
Cayman Islands
Falkland Islands and Dependencies
Gibraltar
Hong Kong
Montserrat
Pitcairn






Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia
St. Helena and Dependencies
Turks and Caicos Islands

(a) Cmnd 7793.





No. 2

The Min ister for Foreign Affairs of Sweden to Her Majesty's
Ambassador at Stockholm

Utrikesdepartmentetet
St6-Ckholm den 19 februari 1980

Herr Ambassador

Harmed har jag Iran erkanna mottagandet av Eder skrivelse av denna dag,
som i bverstLttning har f81jande lydelse:

'Jag har liran att

F6renade Konungariket Storbritannien och Nordirland samt Konun~et Sverige
undertecknade utilimningsfbrdmget, lindrat genorn protokollet den 6
december 1965, och att p
Nordirlands regerings vIgnar fdrcslti, att Artikel 18 i f6rdraget skall erhalla
f61jande andrade lydelse.

Artikel 18

'(1)Kostnader, som uppkommit p! den anmodade partens omrlde till
fdljd av tramsttLilning om utlamning, skall bestridas av denna part.

(2)Den anmodade parten skall vidtaga alla erforderlige itgarder fbr att
den ansakande parten skall bli fdretrtidd vid varje fbrfarande med
anledning av framstaliningen.'

DIrest Konungariket Sveriges regering godtager fbrentimnda farslag, bar jag
itran fdresia, att denna skrivelse j!imte Eders Excellens' bekraftande svar darpi
skall anses utgbra en dverenskommelse mellan de balda regeringarna, vilken skall
ersitta notevaxlingen av den 19 april 1 979 och trada kraft tre manader efter
dagen for Edert svar. overenskommelsen skall aven tillampas ifriga om de
territorier som uppraknats i bilagan till denna skrivelse och for vilkas utrikes
forbindelser Forenade Konungarikets regering ar ansvarig.'

Som svar har jag Iran meddela Eder att forenamnda forslag godtages av
Konungariket Sveriges regering, som darfor anser att Eder skrivelse och detta svar
utgor en overenskommelse mellan de bada regeringama vilken ersatter
notevaxlingen av den 19 april 1979 och trader i kraft tre manader fran dagens
datum.

Mottag, Herr Ambassador forsakran om min utomordentliga hogaktning

OLA ULLSTEN.

BILAGA

Antigua
S: t Kitts-Nevis
Anguilla
Belize
Bermuda
Brittiska Antarktis
Brittiska Indiska Oceanoarna
Brittiska Jungruoarna
Caymanoarna
Failklandsoarna och underlydande omraden
Gibraltar
Hongkong
Montserrat
Pitcairn
Suverana Basomradena Akrotiri och Dhekelia






S: t Helena och underlydande omraden
Turks- och Caicosoarna





TRANSLATION OF No. 2

The Minister for Foreign Affairs of Sweden to Her Majesty's Ambassador
at Stockholm

Ministry of Foreign Affairs
Stockholm 19 February 1980

Dear Ambassador,

1 have hereby the honour to acknowledge receipt of your letter of today,
which in translation reads as follows:

TRANSLATION AS IN NO. 1

In reply to the above I have the honour to inform you that the foregoing
proposal is acceptable to the Government of the Kingdom of Sweden, who
therefore consider that your letter and this reply constitute an agreement between
the two Governments which supersedes the Exchange of Notes of 19 April 1979
and shall enter into force three months from today's date.

Please receive, Mr. Ambassador, my assurances of deepest respect.

OLA ULLSTEN.





Order in Council laid before Parliament under the Iran (Temporary
Powers) Act 1980. section 1, for approval by resolution of each House
within twenty-eight days beginning on the day on which the Order was
made, subject to extension for periods of dissolution. prorogation or
adjournment for more than four days.

1980 No. 737

IRAN

THE IRAN (TRADING SANCTIONS) ORDER 1980
Made - - - - 29th May, 1980.
Laid before Parliament 29th May, 1980.
Coming into Operation 30th May, 1980.
At the Court of Saint James, the 29th day of May 1980

Present,

The Counsellors of State in Council

WHEREAs Her Majesty, in pursuance of the Regency Acts 1937
to 1953, was pleased, by Letters Patent dated the 21st day of May 1980,
to delegate to the six Counsellors of State therein named or any two or
more of them full power and authority during the period of Her
Majesty's absence from the United Kingdom to summon and hold on
Her Majesty's behalf Her Privy Council and to signify thereat Her
Majesty's approval for anything for which Her Majesty's approval in
Council is required:

Now, THEREFORE, Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth The Queen
Mother and Her Royal Highness The Princess Anne, being authorized
thereto by the said Letters Patent, and in pursuance of the powers
conferred by section 1 of the Iran (Temporary Powers) Act 1980(a) and
of all other powers enabling Her Majesty, and by and with the advice of
Her Majesty's Privy Council, do on Her Majesty's behalf order, and it is
hereby ordered, as follows:

Citation, commencement and extent

1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Iran (Trading Sanctions)
Order 1980 and shall come into operation on 30 May

1-1,1,1,1

ot

1980.

(2) This Order shall extend to the United Kingdom, the Channel
Islands, the Isle of Man and the scheduled territories so as to be part of
the laws thereof.

(a) 1980 c. 28.





Interpretation

2. (1) In this Order-

'.commander', in relation to an aircraft, means the person designated as
commander of the aircraft by the operator thereof, and includes any
person who is for the time being in charge or command of the
aircraft;

'embargoed goods' means all goods other than

(a)those of a description set out in column 2 in Part I of Schedule
1 to this Order falling within the heading of the Common
Customs Tariff of the European Economic Community(a) set
out in column 1 of that Part of the Schedule; and

(b)those of a description set out in column 2 in Part 11 of
Schedule 1 to this Order falling within the heading of the
Common Customs Tariff of the European Economic
Community set out in column 1 of that Part of the Schedule
and sold or supplied for use solely or mainly for medical or
surgical purposes;

'madter' in relation to a ship, includes any person (other than a pilot)
for the time being in charge of the ship;

,.operator'. in relation to an aircraft or to a land transport vehicle, means
the person for the time being having the management of the aircraft
or the vehicle;

'owner' in relation to a ship, means the person for the time being
registered as the owner of that ship;

'person in Iran' includes the Government of Iran, and any department,
organ or agency of that Government in Iran, and any body of
persons. whether corporate or unincorporate in Iran;

..scheduled territory' means a territory specified in Schedule 2 to this
Order.

(2) In this Order, references to a con~ made before the date on
which this Order comes into operation include a reference to such
contracts the terms of which have been modified, amplified or extended
after the date on which this Order comes into operation, and also include
a reference to a contract made in continuation of an established course
of business dealing, between the same parties relating to goods of the
same or a ~ar class, which existed immediately before the date on which
this Order comes into operation.

(3) In Schedule 2 to this Order, references to chapters and headings
are references to chapters and headings in the Common

(a) See Council Regulation (EEC) No. 3000179 (0.1. No. L342,

31.12.1979) amending Regulation (EEC) No. 950168.





Customs Tariff of the European Economic Community and accordingly

(i) where any such reference is preceded by the word 'ex' the
relevant entry shall be taken to comprise all goods which
would be classified under an entry in the same terms
constituting a subheading; and

(ii) all other entries shall be taken to comprise all goods which are
classified in the chapter or heading mentioned m column 1 of
the said Schedule.

Contracts for the supply of goods to Iran

3. (1) Subject to paragraph (2) of this Article and except under the
authority of a licence granted by the Secretary of State, or, as the case
may be, the Governor of a scheduled territory, no person shall make or
perform a contract for the sale or supply, to the order of or for the
purposes of any person in Iran of any embargoed goods which are in
the United Kingdom or in any territory to which this Order extends.

(2) Nothing in paragraph (1) of this Article shall apply to the sale or
supply of goods made pursuant to or in furtherance of a con~ made
before the date on which this Order comes into operation.

(3) Any person who knowingly contravenes paragraph (1) of this
Article shall be guilty of an offence against this Order.

(4) Nothing in this Article shall be construed so as to prejudice
any other enactment or provision of law prohibiting or restricting the
sale or supply of any goods to Iran.

(5) The exportation from the United Kingdom or from any territory
to which this Order extends of any goods in performance of a contract
of sale or supply prohibited by this Article is prohibited.

Contracts for the transport of goods to Iran

4. (1) No person shall make or perform a contract for the transport
of any embargoed goods (other than the personal effects and
professional equipment of passengers) by means of a ship or aircraft to
which this Article applies, or by means of any land transport vehicle,
from any place in the United Kingdom, or any territory to which this
Order extends, to any destination in Iran for delivery to a person in Iran.

(2) Nothing in paragraph (1) of this Article shall apply to any
contract made, or any transport undertaken pursuant to or in
furtherance of a contract made, before the date on which this Order
comes into operation.

(3) This Article applies to ships and aircraft registered in the United
Kingdom or in any territory to which this Order extends.





(4) Any person who knowingly contravenes paragraph (1) of this
Article shall be guilty of an offence against this Order.

(5) Nothing in this Article shall apply to contracts for the transport
of goods in respect of which a licence granted by the Secretary of State
or the Governor of a scheduled territory is in force under any provision
of this Order or under the Export of Goods (Control) (Iran Sanctions)
Order 1980(a).

Proceedings, penalties and jurisdiction

5. (1) Any person guilty of an offence against this Order shall be
liable

(a) in the United Kingdom or a scheduled territory:

(i) on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding the
statutory maximum; and

(ii) on conviction on indictment, to a fine;

(b) in Jersey, to a fine.,

(c) in the Bailiwick of Guernsey:

(i) on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding

(ii) on conviction on indictment, to a fine; and

(d) in the Isle of Man:

(i) on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding
and

(ii) on conviction on information, to a fine.

(2) Where a contract prohibited by Article 4 is made or performed
by a person who is at that time the owner or master of a ship, or as the
case may be the operator or commander of an aircraft, registered in the
United Kingdom or any territory to which this Order extends. he shall be
guilty of an offence wherever the contract is made or performed.

(3) No proceedings for an offence against this Order shall be
instituted in England, Wales, Northern Ireland, Jersey or in the Isle of
Man except by the Secretary of State or with the consent of the Attorney
General or, as the case may be, the Attorney General for Northern
Ireland, Jersey or the Isle of Man and no such proceedings shall be
instituted in a scheduled territory except by or with the consent of the
principal public officer of the territory having responsibility for criminal
prosecutions.

(4) Proceedings against any person for an offence against this
Order may be taken before the appropriate court in the United Kingdom,
or in any territory to which this Order extends, having jurisdiction in the
place where that person is for the being.

(a) S.I. 19801735.





(5) In paragraph (1) above 'the statutory maximum' means

(a)in England and Wales and Northern Ireland, the prescribed
sum within the meaning of section 28 of the Criminal Law Act
1977(a) (at the coming into operation of this Order ¢G1,000);

(b)in Scotland, the prescribed sum within the meaning of section
289B of the Criminal Procedure (Scotland) Act 1975(b) (at the
coming into operation of this Order

and for the purposes of the application of this Article in Northern
Ireland the provision of the mid Act of 1977 relating to the sum
mentioned in paragraph (a) shall extend to Northern Ireland.,

(c)in a scheduled territory, such sum as may be prescribed by or
under the law thereof as the maximum fine that may be
imposed after summary conviction for offences generally, or,
if no such sum is so prescribed, such sum as in the currency
of the territory is equivalent to

Enforcement

6. Articles 4, 5 and 6 of the Export of Goods (Control) Order 1978(c)
(customs powers for demanding evidence of destination, offences in
connection with applications for licences and powers of search) shall
apply for the enforcement of the provisions of Article 3(5) of this Order
as they apply for the enforcement of the said Order of 1978.

Modification and revocation of licences

7. Any licence granted under this Order may be modified or
revoked at any time.

N. E. LEIGH.
Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE1 Article 2

PART I

Common
Customs Tariff Description of Goods
Chapter or
Heading No.
(1) (2)

A. FOODSTUFFS
Chapters 1 to 23 Live animals; animal products
Vegetable products

(a) 1977 c. 45. (c) S.I. 1978/796.
(b) 1975 c. 21.





Common
Customs Tariff Description of Goods

Chapter or
I-leading No.
(2)
Animal and vegetable fats and their cleavage pro-
ducts; prepared edible fats; animal and vegetable
waxes
Prepared foodstuffs; beverages, spirits and vinegar
ex 33.04 Raw materials for food and drink
ex 35.01 Casein, caseinates and other casein derivatives, for
use in foodstuffs
B. MEDICAL PRODUCTS
ex 29.16 Acetylsalicylic acid and its salts
29.36 Sulphonamides
29.38 Provitamins and vitamins, natural or reproduced by
synthesis (including natural concentrates), derivatives
thereof used primarily as vitamins, and intermixtures
of the foregoing whether or not in any solvent
29.39 Hormones, natural or reproduced by synthesis;
derivatives thereof, used primarily as hormones;
other steroids used primarily as hormones
29.44 Antibiotics
Chapter 30 Pharmaceutical products
ex 33.06 Products for cleaning and fixing dentures
ex 34.01 Medical soaps
ex 34.07 Preparations known as 'dental wax' or as 'dental
impression compounds'
ex 38.11 Disinfectants intended to destroy pathogenic germs
ex 38.19 Preparations for pharmaceutical and surgical uses
ex 39.06 Heparin
ex 40.12 Pharmaceutical articles of unhardened vulcanized
rubber
ex 40.13 Surgical gloves of unhardened vulcanized rubber
ex 60.06 Knitted or crocheted elastic or rubberized stockings
and other pharmaceutical articles (e.g. elastic knee-
caps and belts)
ex 70.10 Test-tubes and similar containers for the conveyance
or packing of tablets
ex 70.17 Pharmaceutical glassware
ex 70.18 Blanks for corrective spectacle lenses
ex 84.17 Medical and surgical sterilizing apparatus
87.11 Invalid carriages, whether or not motorized or
otherwise mechanically propelled
ex 87.12 Parts of invalid carriages, falling within heading
No. 87.11
ex 90.01 Contact lenses, spectacle lenses
90.03 Frames and mountings and parts thereof, for
spectacles
ex 90.04 Corrective spectacles
90.17 Medical, dental, surgical and veterinary instruments
and appliances
90.18 Mechano-therapyappliances (excluding gas masks
and similar respirators)
90.19 Orthopaedic appliances
90.20 Apparatus based on the use of X-rays





Common
Customs Tariff Description of Goods
Chapter or
Heading No.
(1) (2)

ex 90.23 Clinical thermometers
94.02 Medical, dental, surgical or veterinary furniture;
dentists` and similar chairs with mechanical elevat-
ing, rotating or reclining movements; parts of the
foregoing articles

PART 11

Common
Customs Tariff Products which can be used for Medical Purposes
Chapter or
Heading No.
(1) (2)
27.12 Petroleum jelly
27.13 Paraffin wax
Chapter 28 Inorganic chemicals
Chapter 29 Organic chemicals (other than products in Part 1
of this Schedule)
ex 32.04 Sunflower seed extracts
ex 32.09 Dyes for microscope slides
ex 37.01 Plates and film in the flat for radiography
ex 37.02 Sensitized film for radiography
37.05 Plates, unperforated film
37.07 Cinematograph film
ex 38.11 Preservative articles
ex 38.16 Prepared culture media
ex 38.19 Preparations of vitamins
ex 48.01 Cellulose wadding
ex 48.21 Sanitary towels and tampons
ex 59.01 Wadding for bandages
ex 70.10 Medical containers for conveyance or packing of
goods
ex 70.17 Laboratory and hygienic glassware; glass ampoules
ex 84.17 Machinery and equipment for distilling
ex 85.11 Incubation furnaces and ovens
ex 90.12 Microscopes and parts thereof
ex 90.13 Magnifying glasses
ex 90.15 Analytical balances and parts and accessories
thereof
ex 90.25 Instruments and apparatus (other than mechanical
and electrical) for physical and chemical analysis
ex 90.28 Electrical or electronic instruments and apparatus





SCHEDULE 2

TERRITORIES TO WHICH THE ORDER
EXTENDS

British Antarctic Territory
Belize
Bermuda
British Virgin Islands
Cayman Islands
Falkland Islands Colony and Dependencies
Gibraltar
Hong Kong
Montserrat
Pitcairn Islands
Saint Helena and its Dependencies
Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia
Turks and Caicos Islands
[to be omitted in cases falling under Article 4 of the Order] Restrictions on dumping in the sea. Licences. Right to make representations. Publicity. Enforcement of Act. Enforcement of Conventions. Miscellaneous provisions as to enforcement officers. Evidence. Offence - general provisions. Crown land. Financial provisions. Interpretation. L.N. 131/76. Savings. Liability for oil pollution. Exceptions from liability under s. 1. Restriction of liability for oil pollution. Limitation of liability under s. 1. Limitation actions. Restriction on enforcement of claims after establishment of limitation fund. Concurrent liabilities of owners and others. Establishment of limitation fund outside Hong Kong. Extinguishment of claims. Compulsory insurance against liability for pollution. Issue of certificate by Governor. Rights of third parties against insurers. Jurisdiction of Hong Kong courts and registration of foreign judgments. Government ships. Liability for cost of preventive measures where s. 1 does not apply. Saving for recourse actions. Meaning of 'the Convention', 'Convention country' and 'Convention State'. Interpretation of other expressions. Construction and Commencement. Interpretation of Part I. Part I. Contributions by importers of oil and others. Part I. Power to obtain information. Part I. Liability of the Fund. Part I. Part I. Indemnification where damage is caused by ship registered in Fund Convention country, Jurisdiction and effect of judgments. Part I. Extinguishment of claims. Subrogation and rights of recourse. Part I. Modification of limitation of liability under Act of 1971. Part V. Offences by bodies corporate. Construction. Citation, commencement, repeals and extent. Sections 4(10), 6(5). Article 2 Article 4 9 & 10 Geo. 6. C. 19. 52 & 53 Vict. C. 63. 22 & 23 Geo. 5. C. 4. Citation and commencement. Revocation. Aircraft to be registered. Registration of aircraft in the Territory. Nationality and registration marks. Issue of air operators' certificates. Certificate of airworthiness to be in force. Issue , renewal, etc., of certificates of airworthiness. Certification of maintenance. Maintenance of General Purpose Category aircraft. Inspection, overhaul, repair, replacement and modification. Licensing of maintenance engineers. Equipment of aircraft. Radio equipment of aircraft. Aircraft, engine and propeller log books. Aircraft weight schedule. Access and inspection for airworthiness purposes. Composition of crew of aircraft. Members of flight crew - requirement of licences. Grant, Renewal and Effect of Flight Crew Licences. Validation of license. Personal flying log book. Instruction in flying. Glider pilot - minimum age. Operations Manual. Training manual. Public transport - operator's responsibilities. Loading - public transport aircraft and suspended loads. Public transport - operating conditions. Aircraft registered in the Territory - aerodrome operating minims. Aircraft not registered in the Territory - aerodrome operating minima. Pre-flight action by commander of aircraft. Pilots to remain at controls. Public transport of passengers - duties of commander. Operation of radio in aircraft. Minimum Navigation Performance. Use of flight recorders and preservation of records. Towing of gliders. Towing, picking up and raising of persons and articles. Dropping of persons and articles. Issue of Aerial Application Certificates. Carriage of weapons and of munitions of war. Carriage of dangerous goods. Method of carriage of persons. Exits and break-up markings. Imperilling safety of aircraft. Imperilling safety of any person or property. Drunkenness in aircraft. Smoking in aircraft. Authority of commander of aircraft. Stowaways. Application and interpretation of Part VI. Fatigue of crew - operator's responsibilities. Fatigue of crew - responsibilities of crew. Flight times - responsibilities of flight crew. Documents to be carried. Records to be kept. Production of documents and records. Preservation of documents, etc. revocation, suspension and variation of certificates, licences and other documents. Offences in relation to documents and records. Rules of the air and air traffic control. Licensing of air traffic controllers, student air traffic controllers and aerodrome flight information service officers. (a) Prohibition of unlicensed air traffic controllers. Flight Information Service Manual. Incapacity of air traffic controllers. Power to prohibit or restrict flying. Balloons, kites and airships. Aerodromes: public transport of passengers and instruction in flying. Use of Government aerodromes. Licensing of aerodromes. Radio equipment of aerodromes. Records at aerodromes. Charges at aerodromes licensed for public use. Use of aerodromes by aircraft of Contracting States and of the Commonwealth. Noise and vibration caused by aircraft on aerodromes. Aeronautical lights. Dangerous lights. Customs airports. Aviation Fuel at Aerodrumes. Prohibited Areas. Restriction with respect to aerial photography and survey from aircraft registered outside the Territory. Mandatory reporting. Power to prevent aircraft flying. Right of access to aerodromes and other places. Obstruction of persons. Enforcement of directions. Penalties. Extra-territorial effect of the Order. Application of Order to British-controlled aircraft not registered in the Territory. Application of Order to the Crown and visiting forces, etc. Exemption from Order. Appeal to Supreme Court. Application of Order. Regulations by the Governor: Fees. Interpretation. Saving. Small aircraft. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Applications. Authority to whom application is to be made. Persons not of full age or capacity. Oaths of allegiance. Certificates of naturalization. Declarations of renunciation. Authority to whom declaration of renunciation is to be made. Notice of proposed deprivation of citizenship. Time limit for applying for inquiry. Cancellation of registration of person deprived of citizenship. Cancellation of certificate of naturalization in case of deprivation of citizenship. Evidence. Manager of signifying parental consent to registration. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Applications. Authority to whom application is to be made. Persons not of full age or capacity. Oaths of allegiance. Certificates of naturalization. Declarations of renunciation. Authority to whom declaration of renunciation is to be made. Notice of proposed deprivation of citizenship. Time limit for applying for inquiry. Cancellation of registration of person deprived of citizenship. Cancellation of certificate of naturalization in case of deprivation of citizenship. Evidence. Manner of signifying parental consent to registration. Citation and commencement. Notice of inquiry. Attendance and representation. Conduct of proceedings and evidence. Powers of enforcement. Postponement and adjournment. Quorum and delegation. Notification of committee's conclusions. Citation and commencement. Notice of inquiry. Attendance and representation. Conduct of proceedings and evidence. Powers of enforcement. Postponement and adjournment. Quorum and delegation. Notification of committee's conclusions. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Legitimated children. Posthumous children. Brunei. British protected persons by virtue persons by virtue of connection with a former protectorate, a former trust territory or a form Arabian protectorate. Provisions for Reducing Statelessness. Births upon ships or aircraft. Foundlings. Effect of registration as a British protected person. Loss of status of British protected person in certain cases. Renunciation of status of British protected person. Form and manner of mange of applications and declarations. Transition. Citation, commencement, extent and interpretation. Connections with Hong Kong. Loss of British Dependent Territories citizenship. Right to acquire new status of British National (Overseas). Removal of Hong Kong from list of dependent territories. Provisions for reducing statelessness. British Nationality Acts. Consequential amendments. (App. II, p. A1.) Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Applications. (App. III, p. EG 1.) Authority to whom application is to be made. Persons not of full age or capacity. Declarations of renunciation. Authority to whom declaration of renunciation is to be made. Notice of proposed deprivation of status. Time limit for applying for inquiry. Cancellation of registration of person deprived of status. Evidence. All applications. Applications by persons not of full age or capacity. (App. II, p. A1.) (App. III, p. EG1.) Citation and commencement. Notice of inquiry. Attendance and representation. Conduct of proceedings and evidence. Powers of enforcement. Postponement and adjournment. Quorum and delegation. Notification of committee's conclusions. L.N. 76/79. L.N. 76/79. Shipping casualties. Right to recover in respect of unreasonable loss or damage. Offences in relation to s. 12. Service of directions under s. 12. Application of ss. 12 to 15 to certain foreign and other ships. Enforcement and application of fines. Interpretation. Saving for other restrictions, rights of action etc. Short title.

Edition

1964

Volume

v30

Number of Pages

384
]]>
Wed, 24 Aug 2011 10:48:46 +0800
<![CDATA[APPENDIX III (PP. A-DI) - HER MAJESTY'S ORDERS IN COUNCIL, RULES, ETC., APPLICABLE TO HONG KONG]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3870

Title

APPENDIX III (PP. A-DI) - HER MAJESTY'S ORDERS IN COUNCIL, RULES, ETC., APPLICABLE TO HONG KONG

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

HER MAJESTY'S ORDERS IN COUNCIL, RULES,

ETC., APPLICABLE TO HONG KONG

APPENDIX 111





APPENDIX III

HER MAJESTY'S ORDERS IN COUNCIL, RULES, ETC.,
APPLICABLE TO HONG KONG
N.B.IT MUST BE EMPHASIZED THAT THE LIST HEREUNDER AND THE CONTENTS OF, THIS APPENDIX
ARE PURELY FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES AND HAVE NO LEGISLATIVE EFFECT.

Date of Order in Current
Council or S.R. & 0. Title or Subject-matter Enabling Law edition Page
or S.I. Number

20 March 1877 Order in Council of 20 March Extradition Act 1870 1964 A 1
1877, directing that 'The
Extradition Ordinance (Hong
Kong), 1875' shall have
effect in Hong Kong as if it
were part of the Extradition
Act 1870
9 May 1891 Order in Council declaring Merchant Shipping 1964 B 1
certain certificates of (Colonial) Act
competency granted by the 1869

Colonial executives of Merchant Shipping
Hong Kong .....Act 1876
equivalent to those granted
by the Board of Trade, and
making regulations as to
such Certificates

1895 No. 436 The Revenues of Hong Kong Superannuation Act 1964 D 1
November, 1895 1892
1907 No. 742 Colonial Prisoners Removal Colonial Prisoners 1964 EI
Order in Council 1907 Removal Act 1884
10 August 1909 Hong Kong (Appeal to Privy Prerogative Order in 1964 F1
Council) Order in Council Council
1909
1913 No. 324 (Spent) 1989 G 1
1913 No. 484 Colonial Prisoners Removal Colonial Prisoners 1964 H 1
Order in Council 1913 Removal Act 1884
1913 No. 488 Seal Fisheries (Crown Colonies Seal Fisheries (North 1964 11
and Protectorates) Orders in Pacific) Act 1912
Council 1913 to 1956 Foreign Jurisdiction
Act 1890
1916 No. 555 Order in Council applying sec. Marriage of British 1964 J1
1 of the Marriage of British Subjects (Facilities)
Subjects (Facilities) Act 1915 Act 1915
to Hong Kong
1922 No. 353 (Revoked) 1989 L 1





Date of Order in
Current
Council or S.R. & 0. Title or Subject-matter Enabling Law edition Page

or S.I. Number

1923 No. 971 Order in Council dated 30 July Extradition Acts 1870 1964 N1 1
1923, directing that the to 1906, and
Extradition Acts shall apply in Prerogative Powers
the cases of Austria, Belgium,
France, Hungary, Monaco,
Netherlands, Norway,
Portugal, Siam, Spain,
Sweden, Tunis and Uruguay,
in accordance with existing
Treaties, as supplemented by
Convention of May 4,1910,
for the suppression of the
White Slave Traffic
1928 No. 250 Merchant Shipping Passenger Merchant Shipping 1964 01
Steamers (Hong Kong) Order Act 1894
1928
1931 No. 718 Order in Council dated 11 Extradition Acts 1870 1964 p 1
August 193 1, directing that the to 1906, and
Extradition Acts shall apply in Prerogative Powers
the cases of Cuba, Italy,
Luxemburg, Switzerland and
Yugo-Slavia in accordance
with existing Treaties, as
supplemented by Convention
of May 4, 1910, for the
suppression of the White Slave
Traffic
1933 No. 1073 Reciprocal Enforcement of Foreign Judgments 1964 R 1
Judgments (General (Reciprocal
Application to His Majesty's Enforcement) Act
Dominions, etc.) Order 1933 1933
1934 No. 500 Extradition (Denmark) (White Extradition Acts 1870 1964 SI
Slave Traffic) Order in Council to 1906, and
1934 Prerogative Powers
1935 No. 836 Hong Kong Divorce Jurisdic- Indian and Colonial 1964 v 1
tion Order in Council 1935 Divorce Jurisdiction
Act 1926
1936 No. 194 Merchant Shipping (Hong Merchant Shipping 1964 y1 1
Kong) Order 1936 (International
Labour
Conventions) Act
1925
1936 No. 716 Whaling Industry (Regulation) Whaling Industry 1964 Z1 1
Act (Newfoundland, Colonies, (Regulation) Act
Protectorates and Mandated 1934
Territories) Order 1936
27 October 1936 Hong Kong (Coinage) Orders Prerogative Order in 1979 AA 1
1936 to 1978 Council





Date of Order in Current
Council or S.R. & O. Title or Subject-matter Enabling Law edition Page

or S.I. Number

1937 No. 724 (Spent) 1968 AB 1
1938 No, 781 (Spent) 1974 AC 1
1938 No. 782 (Spent) 1974 AD 1
1939 No. 157 Hong Kong Naval Defence Colonial Naval 1964 AE 1
Order 1939 Defence Act 1931
9 March 1939 Emergency Powers Orders in British Settlements 1976 AF 1
Council 1939 to 1973 Act 1887
Foreign Jurisdiction
Act 1890
1940 No. 663 Hong Kong Prize Court (Fees) Colonial Courts of 1964 AG 1
Order in Council 1940 Admiralty Act 1890
Prize Courts Act 1894
1940 No. 1373 Visiting Forces (British Visiting Forces 1964 AH 1
Commonwealth) (Application (British
to the Colonies, etc.) Order in Commonwealth)
Council 1940 Act 1933
1941 No. 790 Whaling Industry (Regulation) Whaling Industry 1964 AI 1
Act (Newfoundland, Colonies, (Regulation) Acts
Protectorates and Mandated 1934 and 1938
Territories) Order 1941
1942 No. 268 (spent) 1989 AJ 1
1943 No. 386 (Spent) 1989 AK 1
1946 No. 36 Bretton Woods Agreements Bretton Woods 1976 DO 1
Order in Council 1946 Agreements Act
1945
1948 No. 1649 Burma Independence (Retention Burma Independence 1964 AL 1
of British Nationality) Act 1947
Regulations 1948
1951 No. 1170 Luxemburg (Extradition) Order Extradition Acts 1870 1964 AM 1
in Council 1951 to 1935
1952 No. 155 Hong Kong Royal Naval Colonial Naval 1964 AO 1
Volunteer Reserve Order 1952 Defence Act 1931
Colonial Naval
Defence Act 1949
1952 No. 862 Japanese Treaty of Peace Order Foreign Jurisdiction 1964 AP 1
1952 Act 1890
Japanese Treaty of
Peace Act 1951
1953 No. 1474 (Revoked) 1967 AU 1
1953 No. 1557 (Revoked) 1968 AV 1
1954 No, 104 (Revoked) 1968 AW 1





S.I. Number Title or Subject-matter Enabling Law Current Page
edition
1954 No. 488 Wireless Telegraphy (Colonial Wireless Telegraphy 1964 AX 1
Ships and Aircraft) Order 1954 Act 1949
1954 No. 539 Wireless Telegraphy (Colonial Wireless Telegraphy 1964 AY 1
Ships and Aircraft) Order 1954 Act 1949
1954 No. 636 Visiting Forces Act (Application Visiting Forces Act 1964 AZ 1
to Colonies) Order 1954 to 1952
1962
1954 No. 637 Visiting Forces (Designation) Visiting Forces Act 1968 BA 1
(Colonies) Order 1954 to 1967 1952
1956 No. 1002 (Revoked) 1968 BB 1
1957 No. 1524 Copyright (International Copyright Act 1956 1977 DS 1
Organizations) Order 1957
1959 No. 377 (Omitted) 1980 BD 1
1959 No. 867 Naval Discipline (Colonial Naval Discipline Act 1964 BE 1
Naval Forces) Order 1959 1957
1959 No. 1301 Geneva Conventions Act Geneva Conventions 1964 BF 1
(Colonial Territories) Order in Act 1957
Council 1959
1961 No. 2318 (Revoked) 1967 BH 1
1961 No. 2460 Copyright (Broadcasting Copyright Act 1956 1977 DT 1
Organizations) Order 1961
1962 No. 642 Evidence (Hong Kong) Order Evidence (Foreign, 1964 BI1
1962 Dominion and
Colonial
Documents) Act
1933
1962 No. 2186 (Superseded) 1968 BK 1
1963 No. 88 Emergency PowersForeign Jurisdiction 1964 BL 1
(Amendment) Order in Act 1890
Council 1963
1963 No. 788 Oil in Navigable Waters (Hong Prevention of Oil 1964 BN 1
Kong) Order 1963 (See, as to Pollution Act 1971
extent of application, S.I. 1984
No. 1153)
1963 No. 848 (Revoked) 1984 BO 1
1963 No. 1043 Hong Kong Royal Naval Colonial Naval 1964 BP 1
Reserve Order 1863 Defence Act 1931
Colonial Naval
Defence Act 1949
1963 No. 1631 Merchant Shipping (Registration Merchant Shipping 1980 BQ 1
of Colonial Government Act 1906
Ships) Order 1963





S.I. Number Title or Subject-matter Enabling Law Current Page
edition
1963 No. 1632 Shipowners' Liability (Colonial Merchant Shipping 1980 BR 1
Territories) Orders 1963 and (Liability of
1977 Shipowners and
Others) Act 1958
1964 No. 267 Emergency Power (Amendment) British Settlements 1964 BT 1
Order in Council 1964 Acts 1887 and 1945
1964 No. 926 (Superseded) 1974 BU 1
1964 No. 1847 Shipping Contracts and Shipping Contracts 1964 BV 1
Commercial Documents and Commercial
(Hong Kong) Order 1964 Documents Act
1964
1964 No. 1848 Overseas Solicitors (Admission) Colonial Solicitors 1969 BW 1
Order 1964 Act 1900
Solicitors Act 1957
1965 No. 1203 United Kingdom Forces Government of India 1965 BY 1
(Jurisdiction of Colonial Act 1833
Courts) Order 1965 British Settlements
Acts 1887 and 1945
Foreign Jurisdiction
Act 1890
British Guiana Act
1928
West Indies Act 1962
1965 No. 1530 Colonial Probates Act Colonial Probates Act 1965 BZ 1
Application Order 1965 1892
Colonial Probates
(Protected States
and Mandated
Territories) Act
1927
Foreign Jurisdiction
Acts 1890 and 1913
1966 No. 159 (Revoked) 1974 CQ 1
1966 No. 390 (Revoked) 1989 CR 1
1966 No. 811 Sweden (Extradition) Extradition Act 1870 1966 CD 1
(Extension) Order 1966
1967 No. 18 (Revoked) 1968 CE 1
1967 No. 159 Arbitration (International Arbitration 1967 CF 1
Investment Disputes) Act 1966 (International
(Application to Colonies etc.) Investment
Order 1967 Disputes) Act 1966
1967 No. 809 Carriage by Air (Overseas Carriage by Air Act 1967 CG 1
Territories) Order 1967 1961
Carriage by Air
(Supplementary
Provisions) Act
1962





S.I. Number Title or Subject-matter Enabling Law Current
edition Page

1967 No. 810 Carriage by Air Acts Carriage by Air Act 1967 CH 1
(Application of Provisions) 1961
(Overseas Territories) OrderCarriage by Air
1967 (Supplementary
Provisions) Act
1962
1967 No. 1764 Merchant Shipping (Tonnage) Merchant Shipping 1968 CJ 1
(Hong Kong) Order 1967 Act 1965
1967 No. 1911 Fugitive Offenders (Hong Kong) Fugitive Offenders Act 1968 CK 1
Order 1967 1967
1968 No. 1864 Tokyo Convention Act 1967 Tokyo Convention 1969 CS 1
(Overseas Territories) Order Act 1967
1968
1969 No. 592 Civil Aviation Act 1949 Civil Aviation Act 1972 CY 1
(Overseas Territories) Order 1949
1969
1969 No. 1837 Hong Kong (Non-Domiciled Indian and Colonial 1970 CU 1
Parties) Divorce Rules 1969 Divorce Jurisdiction
Act 1926
1970 No. 147 Extradition (Genocide) Order Extradition Act 1870 1982 CV 1
1970
1970 No. 148 Fugitive Offenders (Genocide) Fugitive Offenders Act 1970 CW 1
Order 1970 1967
1970 No. 1539 Foreign Marriage Order 1970 Foreign Marriage Act 1976 W 1
1892
1971 No. 1739 Hijacking Act 1971 (Overseas Hijacking Act 1971 1974 CZ 1
Territories) Order 1971 Fugitive Offenders
Act 1967 and
Foreign Jurisdiction
Act 1890
1971 No. 2102 Extradition (Hijacking) Order Extradition Act 1870 1982 DA 1
1971 and Hijacking Act
1971
1971 No. 2103 Extradition (Tokyo Convention) Extradition Act 1870 1982 DB 1
Order 1971 and Tokyo
Convention Act
1967
1972 No. 126 Nuclear Installations (Hong Nuclear Installations 1972 DC 1
Kong) Order 1972 Act 1965
1972 No. 1724 Copyright (Hong Kong) Orders Copyright Act 1956 1979 DD 1
1972 and 1979
1973 No. 1756 Extradition (Protection of Extradition Act 1870 1982 DE 1
Aircraft) Order 1973 and Protection of
Aircraft Act 1973





S.I. Number Title or Subject-matter Enabling Law Current Page
edition

1973 No. 1757 Protection of Aircraft Act 1973 Protection of Aircraft 1974 DF 1
(Overseas Territories) Order Act 1973, Fugitive
1973 Offenders Act 1967
and Foreign
Jurisdiction Act
1890
1973 No. 1891 Civil Aviation Act 1971 Civil Aviation Act 1974 DG 1
(Overseas Territories) Order 1971
1973
1973 No. 2175 Air Corporations (Dissolution) Civil Aviation Act 1980 DH 1
Order 1973 1971
1975 No. 225 British Nationality Regulations British Nationality 1980 CT 1
1975 Act 1948
1975 No. 1831 Dumping at Sea Act 1974 Dumping at Sea Act 1976 DK 1
(Overseas Territories) Order 1974 and Foreign
1975 Jurisdiction Act
1890
1975 No. 2169 Merchant Shipping (Oil Merchant Shipping 1976 DL 1
Pollution) (Hong Kong) Order (Oil Pollution) Act
1975 1971 and Merchant
Shipping Act 1974
1976 No. 1037 Finland (Extradition) Order 1976 Extradition Act 1870 1976 DN 1
1976 No. 1912 Civil Aviation Act 1971 Civil Aviation Act 1986 DM 1
(Overseas Territories) Order 1971
1976
1976 No. 2144 United States of America Extradition Act 1870 1977 DR 1
(Extradition) Order 1976
1977 No. 422 Air Navigation (Overseas Civil Aviation Act 1980 DP 1
Territories) Order 1977 1949
1977 No. 589 Hong Kong (Evidence) Order Evidence (Proceedings 1977 DQ 1
1977 in Other
Jurisdictions) Act
1975
1977 No. 1876 Merchant Shipping (Safety Merchant Shipping 1980 DI1
Convention) (Various (Safety Convention)
Countries) Order 1977 Act 1949
1978 No. 186 (Revoked) 1989 BX 1
1978 No. 1060 (Revoked) 1981 EJ 1
1978 No. 1624 South Africa (Prohibited Exports United Nations Act 1979 EK 1
and Transactions) (Overseas 1946
Territories) Order 1978
1979 No. 111 Statute Law (Repeals) Act 1976 Statute Law (Repeals) 1979 EL 1
(Colonies) Order 1979 Act 1976
1979 No. 115 Reciprocal Enforcement of Maintenance Orders 1979 EM 1
Maintenance Orders (Reciprocal
(Designation of Reciprocating Enforcement) Act
Countries) Order 1979 1972





S.I. Number Title or Subject-matter Enabling Law Current Page
edition

1979 No. 453 Extradition (Internationally Extradition Act 1870 1982 DW 1
Protected Persons) Order 1979
1979 No. 456 Internationally Protected Internationally 1986 BG 1
Persons Act 1978 (Overseas Protected Persons
Territories) Order 1979 Act 1978, Fugitive
Offenders Act 1967
1979 No. 458 State Immunity (Overseas State Immunity Act 1979 EN 1
Territories) Order 1979 1978
1979 No. 913 Norway (Extradition) Extradition Act 1870 1980 EP 1
(Amendment) Order 1979
1979 No. 1452 Prevention of Oil Pollution Act Prevention of Oil 1980 EQ 1
1971 (Hong Kong) Order 1979 Pollution Act 1971
1979 No. 1453 Prevention of Oil Pollution Act Prevention of Oil 1980 ER 1
1971 (Hong Kong) (No. 2) Pollution Act 1971
Order 1979
1979 No. 1655 (Spent) 1989 ES 1
1979 No. 1706 Merchant Shipping (Metrication) Merchant Shipping 1980 ET 1
(Hong Kong) Order 1979 Act 1970
1979 No. 1715 Copyright (International Copyright Act 1956 1981 DU 1
Conventions) Order 1979
1980 No. 185 Argentine Republic (Extradition) Extradition Act 1870 1980 EU 1
(Amendment) Order 1980
1980 No. 534 Merchant Shipping Merchant Shipping 1983 CO 1
(Navigational Warnings) Act 1979
Regulations 1980
1980 No. 565 Southern Rhodesia (Sanctions) Southern Rhodesia 1980 EV 1
(Amnesty) Order 1980 Act 1979
1980 No. 566 Sweden (Extradition) Extradition Act 1870 1980 EW 1
(Amendment) Order 1980
1980 No. 737 Iran (Trading Sanctions) Order Iran (Temporary 1980 EX 1
1980 Powers) Act 1980
1980 No. 1508 Carriage of Goods by Sea (Hong Carriage of Goods by 1980 BSI
Kong) Order 1980 Sea Act 1971
1980 No. 15 14 Merchant Shipping Act 1979 Merchant Shipping 1980 AN 1
(Hong Kong) Order 1980 Act 1979
1980 No. 1720 Foreign Compensation (People's Foreign 1981 CB 1
Republic of China) Compensation Act
(Registration) Order 1980 1950
1980 No. 1723 Copyright (International Copyright Act 1956 1981 DV 1
Conventions) (Amendment)
Order 1980





S.I. Number Title or Subject-matter Enabling Law Current Page
edition
19R1 No. 220 Merchant Shipping (Oil Merchant Shipping 1981 CP 1
Pollution) (Hong Kong) (Oil Pollution) Act
(Amendment) Order 1981 1971
Merchant Shipping
Act 1974
Merchant Shipping
Act 1979
Merchant Shipping
Act 1894
1981 No. 1540 Merchant Shipping (Safety and Merchant Shipping 1983 CA 1
Load Line Conventions) (Safety and Load
(Hong Kong) (Revocation) Line Conventions)
Order 1981 Act 1932 and others
1982 No. 710 Merchant Shipping (Tonnage) Merchant Shipping 1986 X 1
(Hong Kong) Order 1982 Act 1970
1982 No. 933 (Spent) 1989 DX 1
1982 No. 986 British Nationality (General) British Nationality 1982 DY 1
Regulations 1982 Act 1981
1982 No. 987 British Nationality (Dependent British Nationality 1982 DZ 1
Territories) Regulations 1982 Act 1981
1982 No. 988 British Citizenship (Deprivation) British Nationality 1982 EA 1
Rules 1982 Act 1981
1982 No. 989 British Dependent Territories British Nationality 1982 EB 1
Citizenship (Deprivation) Act 1981
Rules 1982
1982 No. 1004 British Citizenship (Designated British Nationality 1982 EC 1
Service) Order 1982 Act 1981
1982 No. 1011 (Revoked) 1989 ED 1
1982 No. 1070 British Protectorates, Protected British Nationality 1982 EE 1
States and Protected Persons Act 1981
Order 1982
1982 No. 1663 Carriage of Goods by Sea (Hong Carriage of Goods by 1983 AR 1
Kong) Order 1982 Sea Act 1971
Merchant Shipping
Act 1981
1982 No. 1665 (Revoked) 1989 AS 1
1982 No. 1666 Merchant Shipping (Prevention Merchant Shipping 1983 CX 1
of Pollution) (Intervention) Actl979
(Overseas Territories) Order
1982
1982 No. 1676 Judicial Committee (General Judicial Committee 1984 BC 1
Appellate Jurisdiction) Rules Act 1833
1982





S.I. Number Title or Subject-matter Enabling Law Current
edition Page

1982 No. 1710 British Dependent Territories British Nationality 1983 EF 1
Citizenship (Designated Act 1981
Service) Order 1982
1983 No. 1890 Nuclear Installations (Hong Nuclear Installations 1987 CC 1
Kong) Order 1983 Act 1965, Energy
Act 1983 and
Congenital
Disabilities (Civil
Liability) Act 1976
1984 No. 356 Merchant Shipping Act 1979 Merchant Shipping 1984 AT 1
(Hong Kong) (Amendment) Act 1979
Order 1984
1984 No. 701 Carriage by Air Acts Carriage by Air Act 1984 Cl 1
(Application of Provisions) 1961 and Carriage
(Overseas Territories) by Air
(Amendment) Order 1984 (Supplementary
Provisions) Act
1962
1984 No. 1153 Merchant Shipping (Prevention Merchant Shipping 1984 BM 1
of Oil Pollution) (Hong Kong) Act 1979
Order 1984
1984 No. 1168 Arbitration (Foreign Awards) Arbitration Act 1950 1989 AQ 1
Order 1984 Arbitration Act 1975
1985 No. 448 Merchant Shipping (Liner Merchant Shipping 1985 CL 1
Conferences) (Hong Kong) (Liner Conferences)
Order 1985 Act 1982
1985 No. 751 The Extradition (Taking of Extradition Act 1870 1985 CM 1
Hostages) Order 1985 and Taking of
Hostages Act 1982
1985 No. 1197 (Repealed) BJ 1
1986 No. 948 Hong Kong (British Nationality) Hong Kong Act 1985 1986 EG 1
Order 1986
1986 No. 1298 Hong Kong (Legislative Powers) Hong Kong Act 1985 1986 W 1
Order 1986
1986 No. 2123 Co-operation of Insolvency Insolvency Act 1986 1987 M 1
Courts (Designation of
Relevant Countries and
Territories) Order 1986
1986 No. 2175 British Nationality (Hong Kong) British Nationality 1987 EH 1
Regulations 1986 Act 1981
1986 No. 2176 Status of British National British Nationality 1987 EI 1
(Overseas) (Deprivation) Rules Act 1981
1986
1986 No. 2226 Repatriation of Prisoners Repatriation of 1988 c 1
(Overseas Territories) Order Prisoners Act 1984
1986





S.I. Number Title or Subject-matter Enabling Law Current
edition Page

1987 No. 664 Merchant Shipping (Prevention Merchant Shipping 1987 CN 1
and Control of Pollution) Act 1979
(Hong Kong) Order 1987
1987 No. 940 Copyright (Singapore) Order Copyright Act 1956 1987 EO 1
1987
1987 No. 2200 Copyright (Computer Software) Copyright Act 1956 1988 K 1
(Extension to Territories)
Order 1987
1988 No. 791 Multilateral Investment Multilateral 1988 Q 1
Guarantee Agency (Overseas Investment
Territories) Order 1988 Guarantee Agency
Act 1988
1989 No. 153 Hong Kong (Legislative Powers) Hong Kong Act 1985 1989 T 1
Order 1989
1989 No. 157 Copyright (International Copyright Act 1956 1989 U 1
Conventions) (Amendment)
Order 1989





ORDER IN COUNCIL DIRECTING THAT
THE EXTRADITION ORDINANCE (HONG KONG) 1875'
SHALL HAVE EFFECT IN HONG KONG AS IF
IT WERE PART OF THE IMPERIAL ACT.

At the Court at Windsor, the 20th day of March, 1877.

Present.

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

WHEREAS by section 18 of 'The Extradition Act 1870' it is
among other things enacted that if, by any law made after the passing of
the said Act by the legislature of any British possession, provision is
made for carrying into effect within such possession the surrender of
fugitive criminals who are in, or suspected of being in, such British
possession His Majesty may, by the Order in Council applying the said
Act in the case of any foreign State. or by any subsequent Order, either

suspend the operation within any such British possession of
the said Act, or of any part thereof so far as it relates to such
foreign State, and so long as such law continues in force there and
no longer;

or direct that such law or ordinance or any part thereof shall
have effect in such British possession, with or without
modifications and alterations, as if it were part of the Act:

AND WHEREAS by a certain Ordinance enacted in the year
1875 by the Governor of Hong Kong, with the advice of the Legislative
Council thereof. and numbered 11 of the said year, the short title of
which is The Extradition Ordinance (Hong Kong) 1875, provision is
made that all powers vested in, or acts authorized or required to be
done. under the Acts of the Imperial Parliament known as The
Extradition Acts 1870 and 1873, by the Secretary of State or by the
Police Magistrate, in relation to the surrender of a fugitive criminal,
which by the said Imperial Acts are in respect of British possessions
vested in or required to be done by the Governor alone, may, in respect
of the Colony of Hong Kong, be exercised and done by the Governor or
the Police Magistrate of the Colony respectively:

AND WHEREAS the said Ordinance has been confirmed and
allowed by Her Majesty:

Now, THEREFORE, Her Majesty, in pursuance of The
Extradition Act 1870, and in exercise of. the power in that behalf in





the said Act contained, both by this present Order, by and with the
advice of Her Majesty's Privy Council, direct that the said Extradition
Ordinance (Hong Kong) 1875(a) shall have effect in the Colony of Hong
Kong. without modification or alteration, as if it were part of The
Extradition Act 1870.

AND the Right Honourable the Earl of Carnarvon, one of Her
Majesty's Principal Secretaries of State. is to give the necessary
directions herein accordingly.

C. L. PEEL.

(a) No. 11 of 1875. (See Chapter 236. 1964 Ed.)






CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY TO OFFICERS.(a)

ORDER IN COUNCIL DECLARING CERTAIN CERTIFICATES
OF COMPETENCY GRANTED BY THE COLONIAL
EXECUTIVES OF CANADA, MALTA, VICTORIA,
NEW ZEALAND, NEW SOUTH WALES, SOUTH
AUSTRALIA, TASMANIA ' BENGAL, NEWFOUNDLAND,
BOMBAY, QUEENSLAND, HONG KONG, THE STRAITS
SETTLEMENTS, AND MAURITIUS, EQUIVALENT TO
THOSE GRANTED BY THE BOARD OF TRADE,
AND MAKING REGULATIONS AS TO
SUCH CERTIFICATES.(b)
At the Court at Windsor, the 9th day of May, 1891.
Present,
The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty.
Lord President. Earl of Coventry.
Lord Steward.
WHEREAS by the Merchant Shipping (Colonial) Act 1869(c) it
is (amongst other things) enacted that, where the legislature of
any British possession provides for the examination of, and grant
of certificates of competency to, persons intending to act as masters,
mates, or engineers on board British ships, and the Board of Trade
report to Her Majesty that they are satisfied that the examinations
are so conducted as to be equally efficient as the examinations for
the same purpose in the United Kingdom under the Acts relating
to merchant shipping, and that the certificates are granted on such
principles as to show the like qualification and competency as those
granted under the said Acts, and are liable to be forfeited for the
like reasons, and in the like manner, it shall be lawful for Her
Majesty, by Order in Council-

1.To declare that the said certificates shall be of the same force
as if they had been granted under the said Acts;

2.To declare that for all or any of the provisions of the said Acts
which relate to certificates of competency granted under those
Acts shall apply to the certificates referred to in the said Order;

(a)For the Order in Council relating to India see S.R. & 0. 1931 (No. 1100).

(b)This Order in Council has been amended by S.R. & Os. 1906 No. 810;
1910 No. 823 (Newfoundland); 1916 No. 633 (Malta and Mauritius);
1923 No. 1288 (Australian Certificates); 1931 No. 692 (Australian
Certificates); 1931 No. 693 (South African Certificates), and 1931 No.
1100 (Indian Certificates).

(e)32 & 33 Vict. e. 11; repealed and consolidated with other Acts by the
Merchant Shipping Act 1894 (57 & 58 Vict. c. 60).





3.To impose such conditions and to make such regulations with
respect to the said certificates. and to the use. issue, delivery,
cancellation, and suspension thereof, as to Her Majesty may
seem fit, and to impose penalties not exceeding fifty pounds
for the breach of such conditions and regulations:

AND that upon the publication in the London Gazette of any such
Order in Council as that last aforesaid, the provisions therein contained
shall, from a date to be mentioned for the purpose in such Order, take
effect as if they had been contained in the Act, and that it shall be lawful
for Her Majesty in Council to revoke any Order made as aforesaid:

AND WHEREAS by the Merchant Shipping Act 1876 it is provided
that Her Majesty may, by Order in Council, revoke, alter. or add to any
Order in Council made by Her under the Merchant Shipping Acts:

AND WHEREAS by the Order in Council of the nineteenth day of
August. One thousand eight hundred and eighty-nine,(a) Her Majesty
was pleased to declare that. subject to certain exceptions. conditions,
and regulations therein contained or set out in the schedule thereto, the
colonial certificates granted as follows, viz.

(1)On or after the nineteenth day of August, One thousand eight
hundred and seventy-one, by the Minister of Marine and
Fisheries in Canada, to persons intending to act as masters or
mates on board British ships:

(2)On and after the twelfth day of May. One thousand eight
hundred and seventy-four, by the head of the government of
the Possession of Malta and its dependencies, to persons
intending to act as masters, mates, or engineers on board
British ships. that is to say. to masters of the first class or
masters of a foreign-going ship, to mates of the first class or
first mate of a foreign-going ship, to mates of the second class
or second mate of a foreigngoing ship. to engineers of the first
class or first-class engineers, and to engineers of the second
class or secondclass engineers;

(3)On and after the fourth day of January. One thousand eight
hundred and seventy, by the Steam Navigation Board of
Victoria. to persons intending to act as masters, mates, or
engineers of British sea-going steamships;

(4)On and after the first day of May. One thousand eight
hundred and seventy-two, by the governor for the time being
of the Possession of New Zealand. to persons intending to act
as masters, mates, or engineers on board British ships;

(a) Published in 'London Gazette,' August 23, 1889, pp. 4589-4592.





(5)On and after the eighteenth day of June, One thousand eight
hundred and seventy-two. by the Marine Board of the
Possession of New South Wales, to persons intending to act
as masters, first mates, or second mates, or as first-class
engineers, or as second-class engineers on board British
ships;

(6)On and after the twelfth day of May. One thousand eight
hundred and seventy-four, by the Marine Board of the
Possession of South Australia, to persons intending to act as
masters, first mates, only mates, or second mates, or first-class
engineers, or second-class engineers on board British ships;

(7)On and after the first day of April, One thousand eight
hundred and seventy-six. by the governor of the Possession
of Tasmania, to persons intending to act as masters, mates, or
engineers on board British ships;

(8)On and after the twenty-seventh day of June, One thousand
eight hundred and seventy-six by the lieutenantgovernor of
the Possession of Bengal, to persons intending to act as
masters, mates, or engineers on board British ships;

(9)On and after the fourteenth day of May, One thousand eight
hundred and seventy-seven, by the governor of the
Possession of Newfoundland, to persons intending to act as
masters or mates on board British ships;

hundred and seventy-seven, by the governor of the
Possession of Bombay, to persons intending to act as
masters. mates. or engineers on board British ships;

hundred and seventy-seven, by the Marine Board of the
Possession of Queensland, to persons intending to act as
masters, mates, or engineers on board British ships.,

hundred and eighty-four. by the governor of the Possession
of Hong Kong, to persons intending to act as masters, mates,
or engineers on board British ships;

hundred and eighty-seven. by the minister of marine and
fisheries in the Possession of Canada, to persons intending to
act as first-class engineers or second-class engineers of sea-
going British ships;

hundred and eighty-eight, by the governor of the Possession
of the Straits Settlements. to persons intending to act as first-
class engineers and second-class engineers of sea-going
British ships;





AND WHEREAS by the Order in Council of the first day of
May, One thousand eight hundred and ninety,(a) Her Majesty was
pleased to declare that. subject to certain exceptions, conditions, and
regulations therein contained or set out in the schedule thereto, the
colonial certificates granted

(15)On and after the first day of June. One thousand eight
hundred and ninety, by the governor of the Possession of the
Straits Settlements, to persons intending to act as masters,
first mates, and second mates of sea-going British ships;

AND WHEREAS by the Order in Council of the twenty-second
day of November, One thousand eight hundred and ninety, Her Majesty
was pleased to declare that, subject to certain exceptions, conditions, or
regulations therein contained or set out in the schedule thereto, the
colonial certificates granted.

(16)On and after the first day of January. One thousand eight
hundred and ninety-one, by the governor of the Possession of
Mauritius, to persons intending to act as masters, first mates,
and second mates, of sea-going British ships;

should be of the same force as if they had been granted under the said
Acts, and subject to the conditions and regulations imposed and made
by the Board of Trade, and set out in the schedules to the said recited
Orders in Council respectively:

AND WHEREAS it has been made to appear to Her Majesty
that it is expedient that the conditions and regulations set out in the said
recited Orders in Council and the schedules thereto should be rescinded
and the said recited Orders in Council revoked, and a new Order in
Council containing such modified and amended conditions and
regulations substituted in lieu thereof:

Now, THEREFORE, Her Majesty, by and with the advice and
consent of Her Privy Council. is hereby pleased

1. To declare that the colonial certificates of competency granted

(a)by the Minister of Marine and Fisheries in Canada, from and
after the nineteeth day of August. One thousand eight
hundred and seventy-one, to persons intending to act as
masters or mates on board British ships. and from and after the
first day of January, One thousand eight hundred and eighty-
seven, to persons intending to act as first-class engineers or
second-class engineers of seagoing British ships;

(a)See S.R. & 0. 1890, pp. 825-833, and 'London Gazette,' May 6, 1890,
p. 2598.





(b) [Revoked as to Malta see S.R. & 0. 1916 No. 633.]

(c) [Revoked as to Victoria see S.R. & 0. 1923 No. 1288.1

(d)by the governor for the time being of the Possession of New
Zealand. from and after the first day of May, One thousand
eight hundred and seventy-two. to persons intending to act as
masters. mates, or engineers on board British ships;

(e)[Revoked as to New South Wales see S.R. & 0. 1923 No.
1288.1

[Revoked as to South Australia see S.R. & 0. 1923 No.
1288.]

(g) [Revoked as to Tasmania see S.R. & 0. 1923 No. 1288.]

(h) [Revoked as to Bengal see S.R. & 0. 1931 No. 1100.]

(i)by the governor of the Possession of Newfoundland, from and
after the fourteenth day of May, One thousand eight hundred
and seventy-seven, to persons intending to act as masters or
mates on board British ships.

(k) [Revoked as to Bombay see S.R. & 0. 1931 No. 1100.1

(1) [Revoked as to Queensland see S.R. & 0. 1923 No. 1288.1

(m)by the governor of the Possession of Hong Kong, from and
after the first. day of January. One thousand eight hundred
and eighty-four, to persons intending to act as masters, mates,
or engineers on board British ships.,

(n)by the governor of the Possession of the Straits Settlements,
from and after the first day of August, One thousand eight
hundred and eighty-eight, to persons intending to act as first-
class engineers and second-class engineers of sea-going
British ships;

(o)by the governor of the Possession of the Straits Settlements,
from and after the first day of June, One thousand eight
hundred and ninety, to persons intending to act as masters,
first mates. and second mates of sea-going British ships;

(p) [Revoked as to Mauritius see S.R. & 0. 1916 No. 633.1

shall be of the same force as if they had been granted under the said
Acts:

2. To declare that all the provisions of the said Acts which relate to
certificates of competency for the foreign trade granted under those
Acts, except

So much of the third subsection of the twenty-third

Section of the Merchant Shipping Act Amendment Act





1862(a) as requires, at the conclusion of a case relating to the
cancelling or suspending of a certificate, such certificate, if
cancelled or suspended, to be forwarded to the Board of Trade;
and the whole of the provisions of the fourth subsection of the
same section:

shall apply to such colonial certificates of competency as are in
paragraph 1 of this Order referred to; provided. however, that in the case
of New Zealand the foregoing exceptions shall not interfere with or
suspend the operation of an Act of the Legislature of New Zealand,
intituled the Merchant Shipping Act Adoption Act 1869; and provided
that Section 139 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1854 and Section 10 of
the Merchant Shipping Act Amendment Act 1862 shall, for the purpose
of their application to such certificates of competency as aforesaid, be
construed as not referring to the Board of Trade. but as referring to the
authority mentioned in the interpretation clause of Schedule A to this
Order, which granted the certificate which has been lost or is to be
replaced:

3. To impose and make the regulations set out in the Schedule A
hereto, numbered 1 to 12 respectively, with respect to the said colonial
certificates of competency, and to the use, issue, delivery, cancellation,
and suspension thereof, and to impose for the breach of such
regulations the penalties therein mentioned:

4. To revoke the conditions and regulations set out in the
schedules to the said recited Orders in Council, and to substitute
therefor the regulations set out in the Schedule A hereto numbered 1 to
12 respectively, and to declare that. from and after the time when this
Order takes effect, the regulations set out in the Schedule A hereto shall
apply to all colonial certificates that may heretofore have been or shall
be hereafter granted as aforesaid:

5. To declare that this Order shall take effect in the said
possessions respectively which are enumerated in the Schedule B
hereto immediately from and after the publication of this Order in such
possessions respectively, and that all certificates granted in the said
possessions subsequently to the dates named in the Schedule B and
before this Order comes into force, shall have the same effect, and be of
the same value. and confer the same privileges on the holders thereof, as
if granted after this present Order:

6. To direct that the said hereinbefore recited Orders in Council
shall be revoked in each of the said possessions on the day on which
this Order takes effect therein as provided in the

(a)25 & 26 Vict. c. 63; repealed and consolidated with other Acts by the
Merchant Shipping Act 1894 (57 & 58 Vict. c. 60).





preceding paragraph (5) hereof, provided. however, that the revocation
of the said Orders in Council shall not affect or invalidate any colonial
certificate of competency previously granted to which the said Orders in
Council apply, or affect the validity or invalidity of anything done under
the said Orders in Council before this Order takes effect or any
obligation heretofore incurred.

7. A copy of this Order shall forthwith. after the publication thereof
in the 'London Gazette.'(a) be forwarded to the governor, lieutenant-
governor. administrator, or head of the government of each of the said
enumerated possessions. who shall. immediately upon the receipt of
such copy, publish this Order, and the Secretary of State for the
Colonies and the Secretary of State for India in council are hereby
required to take in that behalf.

C. L. PEEL.

SCHEDULE A.

REGULATIONS with respect to the use, issue, delivery, cancellation,
and suspension of colonial certificates of competency.

INTERPRETATION
CLAUSE.

In the construction and for the purposes of these regulations, the following
terms shall have the respective meanings hereinafter assigned to them, that is to
say

'Colonial certificate of competency' or 'colonial certificate' shall mean a
certificate of competency granted under the authority of the legislature or
legislative authority of one of the British possessions in Schedule B hereto
mentioned, to persons intending to act or acting as masters, mates, or
engineers of British ships.

'Authority' shall mean the governor, lieutenant-governor, administrator, head of
the government, minister, board, body, or corporation of or in any British
possession for the time being authorized by the legislature or legislative
authority of such possession to grant colonial certificates of competency.

'Certificate' shall mean a certificate of competency.

REGULATIONS.

FORM OF CERTIFICATE.

1. A colonial certificate of competency shall be on parchment, and as nearly
as possible similar in shape and form to the corresponding certificate of
competency for the foreign trade granted by the Board of Trade under the Acts
relating to merchant shipping.

(a) This Order was gazetted on May 15th, 1893.





NAME OF POSSESSION TO BE INSERTED.

2. A colonial certificate of competency shall have the name of the British
possession in which the same is granted inserted prominently on its face and back.

CERTIFICATES TO BE NUMBERED
CONSECUTIVELY.

3. The colonial certificates of competency granted in each British possession
shall be numbered in consecutive order.

LIST OF CERTIFICATES GRANTED, CANCELLED, &C., TO BE SENT
TO
REGISTRAR-GENRAL OF SEAMEN.

4. The authority in each British possession shall furnish the Registrar-General
of Seamen in London, from time to time, with accurate lists of all such colonial
certificates of competency as may be granted therein, or as may, for any case
whatsoever, be cancelled, suspended, renewed, or re-issued; and shall also furnish
him with duplicates of the applications for examination made by the persons to
whom such certificates are granted.

CERTIFICATES TO BE GRANTED ONLY UPON PROOF OF SERVICE AT
SEA.

5. A colonial certificate of competency shall be granted only upon proof that
the previous service at sea of the person applying for the same has been such as is
required by the regulations for the time being in force in the United Kingdom with
respect to certificates of the like grade.

Certificates of competency granted contrary to this regulation, or upon

any false, incorrect, or insufficient proof, certificate, or report of service,
qualification, conduct, or character shall be regarded as improperly granted.

CERTIFICATES NOT TO BE GRANTED WHEN FORMER ARE
CANCELLED. '

6. A colonial certificate of competency shall not be granted to any person
who may have had a certificate, whether granted by the Board of Trade or by the
authority of a British possession, cancelled or suspended under the provisions of
the said Acts or of any Act or Ordinance for the time being in force in any part
of Her Majesty's dominions, unless

(i) in accordance with Regulation No. time

(ii)or the same is a certificate of a lower grade than the one so cancelled or
suspended, and is issued upon the recommendation of the court or
authority which cancelled or suspended the original certificate;

(iii) or the period of suspension has expired;

(iv)or intimation has been received from the Board of Trade or the authority
by whom the cancelled or suspended certificate was originally granted to
the effect that no objection to the grant of such colonial certificate is
known to exist.

Before a certificate is returned in accordance with subsection (iii) any
certificate which may have been granted temporarily or pending the suspension
must be delivered up, and it shall be returned to the authority by whom it was
granted.

Colonial certificates of competency granted contrary to this regulation shall
be regarded as improperly granted.





CERTIFICATES WHICH MAY BE GRANTED AFTER A CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN
CANCELLED D OR SUSPENDED.

7. (1) It shall be lawful for the governor or person administering the
government of the British possession in which a certificate has been cancelled or
suspended if, after full investigation of an the circumstances, he thinks the justice
of the case requires it;

(a)If the certificate was granted in the colony, to return the certificate which
has been cancelled or suspended, or to shorten the time for which it is
suspended, or to grant or request the authority of the possession to grant
a certificate of the same or any lower grade in place of the certificate
which has been cancelled or suspended.

(b)If the cancelled or suspended certificate was granted by the
authority of another colony, to request such authority to return the
certificate which has been cancelled or suspended, or to shorten the time
for which it is suspended, or to grant a certificate of the same or any
lower grade in place of the certificate which has been cancelled or
suspended.

(c)If in the opinion of such governor or person administering the
government of the British possession the justice of the case requires the
issue of a colonial certificate without delay to the person whose
certificate has been cancelled or suspended, the governor or person
administering the government aforesaid (in addition to acting upon
subsection (b) of this regulation) to issue or request the authority in such
British possession to issue a certificate of the same or any lower grade in
place of the certificate which has been cancelled or suspended, which
substituted certificate is to be in force for such limited period as such
governor or person administering as aforesaid shall in that behalf direct
and no longer.

(d)If the cancelled or suspended certificate was granted by the Board of
Trade, to issue or request the authority of the possession to issue a
colonial certificate of the same or any lower grade in place of the
cancelled or suspended certificate, and such substituted certificate is to be
in force for such limited period as such governor or person administering
as aforesaid shall in that behalf direct and no longer; and the governor or
person aforesaid shall also cause the Board of Trade to be informed of his
act.

(2) If a colonial certificate is cancelled or suspended in the United Kingdom
the Board of Trade may, if in their opinion the justice of the case requires it,
return or request the authority by whom such certificate was granted to return any
certificate which has been cancelled or suspended, or shorten or request such
authority to shorten the time for which it was suspended, or request such authority
to issue a certificate of the same or any lower grade in place of the certificate
which has been cancelled or suspended.

(3) Whenever the authority by whom a cancelled or suspended certificate was
originally issued is requested by the governor or person administering the
government of a British possession in accordance with section (1) of this
regulation, or by the Board of Trade in accordance with section (2) of this
regulation, to return any certificate which has been cancelled or suspended, or to
shorten the time for which it is suspended, or to issue a certificate of the same or
any lower grade in place of any certificate which has been so cancelled or
suspended, the authority so requested as aforesaid shall forthwith return any
certificate which has been cancelled or suspended or shorten the time for which it
was suspended, or issue a certificate accordingly (as the case may be).





(4) In all cases in which the powers given by this regulation are exercised, a
report of the case shall be sent by the governor or person administering the
possession in which the powers are exercised to the authority by whom the
cancelled or suspended certificate was granted.

CERTIFICATES IMPROPERLY GRANTED MAY BE CANCELLED
WITHOUT
FORMAL INVESTIGATION.

8. A colonial certificate of competency which appears from information
subsequently acquired, or otherwise, to have been improperly granted, may (without
any formal investigation, under the Merchant Shipping Act 1854 or the Acts
amending the same) be cancelled by the authority by which the same was granted,
or by the Board of Trade in the United Kingdom, and the holder of such certificate
shall thereupon deliver it to the Board of Trade or such authority, or as they or
either of them may direct, and in default thereof shall incur a penalty not
exceeding fifty pounds, which shall be recoverable in the manner in which penalties
imposed by the Acts relating to Merchant Shipping are thereby made recoverable,
or in such summary proceedings as the law of any British possession where the
holder may be may allow or permit to be brought for the recovery thereof.

CANCELLATION, &C., OF A CERTIFICATE SHALL INVOLVE
CANCELLATION OF
ALL THE OTHER CERTIFICATES POSSESSED BY ITS OWNER.

9. Every decision with respect to the cancellation or suspension of a
certificate pronounced by any board, court, or tribunal under the provisions of the
said Acts, shall, unless otherwise directed, extend equally to all the colonial
certificates at the time possessed by the person in respect of whom the decision is
made.

CERTIFICATES BELIEVED TO BE FRAUDULENT MAY BF
DEMANDED.

10. Any officer of the Board of Trade, or the Registrar-General of Seamen, or
any of his officers, or a superintendent of a mercantile marine office, or a Consular
officer, or duly appointed shipping officer in a British possession, may demand the
delivery to him of any colonial certificate of competency which he has reason to
believe has been improperly issued, or is forged, altered, cancelled, or suspended, or
to which the person using it is not justly entitled, and may detain such
certificate for a reasonable period for the purpose of making inquiries respecting
such issue, forgery, alteration, cancellation, suspension, or possession, and any
person who, without reasonable cause, neglects or refuses to comply with such
demand shall incur a penalty not exceeding twenty pounds or its equivalent in local
currency, which shall be recoverable in the manner in which penalties imposed by
the Acts relating to merchant shipping are thereby made recoverable, or in such
other summary proceedings as the law of any British possession where such person
may be may allow or permit to be brought for the recovery thereof.

SUSPENDED CERTIFICATES TO BE RE-ISSUED ONLY BY COLONY BY
WHICH
ORIGINALLY GRANTED.

11. Subject to these Regulations a colonial certificate of competency which
has, from any cause, been cancelled or suspended, shall be renewed or re-issued only
by the authority by which the same was originally granted.





COLONIAL CERTIFICATES, WHEN CANCELLED OR SUSPENDED, TO BE
SENT TO
THE AUTHORITY WHICH GRANTED THEM

12. Whenever a colonial certificate is cancelled or suspended the board, court,
or tribunal cancelling or suspending the same shall send to the authority by whom
the certificate was granted a full report upon the case, together with a copy of the
evidence taken therein, and also the certificate which has been cancelled or
suspended.

SCHEDULE B.

Possession. Nature of Certificate. Date.

Canada.......Masters and mates.......19th August, 1871
Canada.......First-class engineers and

second-class engineers .. 1st January, 1887

Malta and its
dependencies .. Masters, mates, and engineers 12th May, 1874

Victoria .......Masters, mates, and engineers 4th January, 1870

New Zealand..... Masters, mates, *and engineers 1st May, 1New South Wales..Masters, first mates or second mates, and first-class
engineers or second-class engineers..........
..18th June, 1872

South Australia .. Masters, first mates, only
..mates or second mates, and
..first-class engineers or second-

class engineers.......12th May, 1874

Tasmania .......Masters, mates, and engineers 1st April, 1876

Bengal Masters, mates, and engineers 27th June, 1876
Newfoundland................Masters and mates .... 14th May, 1877
Bombay Masters, mates, and engineers 11th July, 1877

Queensland ..... Masters, mates, and engineers 1st October, 1877
Hong Kong ..... Masters, mates, and engineers 1st January, 1884
Straits Settlements..First-class engineers and
second-class engineers ..1st August, 1888
Straits Settlements..Masters, first mates, and second
mates . .......... ..1st June, 1890
Mauritius.. ..... Masters, first mates, and second

mates............. .... 1st January, 1891





ORDER IN COUNCIL AMENDING THE ORDERS IN
COUNCIL OF MAY 9, 1891,(a) AND NOVEMBER
23,1893,(b) AS TO COLONIAL CERTIFICATES
OF COMPETENCY.

1906 No. 810.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 22nd day of October, 1906.

Present,

The King's Most Excellent Majesty.

Prime Minister. Lord Chamberlain.

Lord President. Lord Suffield.

Lord Privy Seal.

WHEREAS by the Merchant Shipping Act 1894 it is (amongst other
things) enacted that where the Legislature of any British Possession
provides for the examination of and grant of Certificates of Competency
to persons intending to act as Masters. Mates or Engineers on board
British ships, and the Board of Trade report to His Majesty that they are
satisfied that the examinations are so conducted as to be equally
efficient with the examinations for the same purpose in the United
Kingdom under the Merchant Shipping Act 1894 and that the
Certificates are granted on such principles as to show the like
qualifications and competency as those granted under the said Act and
are liable to be forfeited for the like reasons and in the like manner. His
Majesty may, by Order in Council

1.Declare that the said Certificates shall be of the same force as if
they had been granted under the said Act;

2.Declare that all or any of the provisions of the said Act which
relate to Certificates of Competency granted under that Act
shall apply to the Certificates referred to in the said Order;

3.Impose such conditions and make such regulations with
respect to the said Certificates and to the use, issue, delivery,
cancellation and suspension thereof as His Majesty may think
fit, and impose penalties not exceeding fifty pounds for the
breach of those conditions and regulations:

AND that upon the publication in the London Gazette of any such
Order in Council as last aforesaid the Order shall. as from the date of the
publication or any later date mentioned in the Order, take effect as if it
were enacted by Parliament:

(a) See preceding Order in Council.

(b)S.R. & 0. Rev. 1904, VIII, -Merchant Shipping,' p. 57, revoked by S.R. &
0. 1923, No. 1288.





AND WHEREAS at the coming into operation of the said
Merchant Shipping Act 1894 there were in force the Orders in Council of
the 9th day of May 1891 and the 23rd day of November 1893 hereinafter
mentioned, being Orders in Council made under enactments repealed by
the said Merchant Shipping Act 1894 and it was provided by the said
Merchant Shipping Act 1894 that Orders in Council so made should
remain in force as if made or granted under the said Merchant Shipping
Act 1894:

AND WHEREAS by the Merchant Shipping Act 1894 it is further
provided that His Majesty may, by Order in Council, revoke, alter or add
to any Order in Council made under the Merchant Shipping Acts:

AND WHEREAS by the said Order in Council of the 9th day of
May 1891, it was declared inter alia that Colonial Certificates of
Competency granted by certain Authorities therein named and
described in the case of the several British Possessions therein
mentioned to persons intending to act as therein mentioned on board
British ships should be of the same force as if they had been granted
under the Acts relating to merchant shipping:

AND WHEREAS by the said Order last mentioned the regulations
set out in the Schedule A thereto with respect to the said Colonial
Certificates of Competency were imposed and made and it was declared
that the regulations set out in the said Schedule A thereto should apply
to all Colonial Certificates of Competency that might theretofore have
been or should thereafter be granted:

AND WHEREAS by the said Order in Council of the 23rd day of
November 1893 it was declared that Colonial Certificates of Competency
granted by the Marine Board of Victoria from and after the 21st day of
December 1888 as therein mentioned should be of the same force as if
they had been granted under the Acts relating to merchant shipping
and should be subject to the same conditions and regulations as are set
out in Schedule A to the said Order in Council of the 9th day of May
1891:

AND WHEREAS by the provisions of the Navigation
(Amendment) Act 1899 passed by the Legislature of New South Wales
and by the provisions of the Shipping and Seamen Act 1903 passed by
the Legislature of New Zealand certain changes were made in the
Authorities authorized by the said Legislatures respectively to grant
Colonial Certificates of Competency in those Possessions respectively
and other similar changes may be made by the Legislature of the British
Possessions referred to in the said Orders in Council with regard to the
Authorities authorized to grant such Certificates in such several
Possessions:

AND WHEREAS it has been made to appear to His Majesty that it
is expedient that the said Orders in Council should be so altered as to
apply to Certificates of Competency granted by the proper Authority for
the time being in the British Possessions mentioned in the said Orders
in Council:





Now, THEREFORE, His Majesty, by and with the advice and
consent of His Privy Council, is hereby pleased

To declare that the Colonial Certificate of Competency granted
or to be hereafter granted by the Governor, Lieutenant-Govemor,
Administrator, Head of the Government, Minister, Board, Body or
Corporation of or in any British Possession mentioned in the said
Orders in Council for the time being authorized by the Legislature or
Legislative Authority of such Possession to grant Colonial
Certificates of Competency (hereinafter called 'the proper
authority') from and after the respective dates in the case of the
several Possessions with reference to the several kinds of
Certificate in the said Orders in Council mentioned shall be of the
same force as if they had been granted under the Merchant
Shipping Act 1894 and shall be subject to the same conditions and
regulations as are set out in Schedule A to the said Order in Council
of the 9th day of May 1891(a) and the said Orders in Council shall
be read and construed as if the proper authority had been originally
mentioned therein in the case of each such Possession in lieu of the
Authority in each case actually named and described therein.

A. W. FITZROY

(a) See preceding Order in Council.





1986 No. 2226
PRISONERS

E REPATRIATION OF PRISONERS (OVERSEAS
TERRITORIES) ORDER 1986

[This Order in Council is printed as amended by S.I. 1987
No. 1828 (L.N. 12/88).]

Made - - - - 16th December 1986

Coming into Operation - 1st February 1987

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 16th day of December 1986

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred on Her by section 9(4) of the
Repatriation of Prisoners Act 1984(a), or otherwise in Her Majesty vested, is
pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby
ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Repatriation of Prisoners (Overseas
Territories) Order 1986 and shall come into operation on 1st February 1987.

2. (1) The provisions of sections 1 to 9 of the Repatriation of Prisoners
Act 1984, modified and adapted as in Schedule 1 hereto, shall extend to the
Territories specified in Schedule 2 hereto.

(2) For the purpose of construing the said Act as so extended as part of
the law of any Territory to which it extends 'the Territory' means that
Territory, including its territorial waters.

G. I. de DENEY,

Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE1 Article 2.

SECTIONS 1 TO 9 OF THE REPATRIATION OF PRISONERS ACT 1984
AS MODIFIED AND ADAPTED

1. (1) Subject to the following provisions of this section, where-

(a)international arrangements apply to the Territory which provide for the
transfer between the Territory and a country or territory outside the
Territory of persons to whom subsection (7) below applies, and

(a) 1984 c. 47.





(b)the Governor and the appropriate authority of that country or territory
have each agreed to the transfer under those arrangements of a particular
person (in this Act referred to as 'the prisoner'), and

(c)the prisoner has consented to being transferred in accordance with those
arrangements,

the Governor shall issue a warrant providing for the transfer of the prisoner into
or out of the Territory.

(2) The Governor shall not issue a warrant under this Act, and, if he has issued
one, shall revoke it, in any case where after the duty under subsection (1) above
has arisen and before the transfer in question takes place circumstances arise, or
are brought to the Governor's attention, which in his opinion make it
inappropriate that the transfer should take place.

(3) The Governor shall not issue a warrant under this Act providing for the
transfer of any person into the Territory unless

(a)that person is a British citizen or a British Dependent Territories citizen
or a British National (Overseas);(a)

(b)the transfer appears to the Governor to be appropriate having regard to
any close ties which that person has with the Territory; or

(c)it appears to the Governor that the transfer is such a transfer for the
purpose of the temporary return of the prisoner to the Territory as may
be provided for by virtue of section 4(1)(b) below.

(4) The Governor shall not issue a warrant under this Act, other than one
superseding an earlier warrant, unless he is satisfied that all reasonable steps have
been taken to inform the prisoner in writing in his own language

(a)of the substance, so far as relevant to the prisoner's case, of the
international arrangements in accordance with which it is proposed to
transfer him,

(b)of the effect in relation to the prisoner of the warrant which it is
proposed to issue in respect of him under this Act,

(c)in the case of a transfer into the Territory, of the effect in relation to
the prisoner of the law relating to his detention under that warrant
(including the effect of any enactment or instrument under which he may
be released earlier than provided for by the terms of the warrant),

(d)in the case of a transfer out of the Territory, of the effect in relation to
the prisoner of so much of the law of the country or territory to which
he is to be transferred as has effect with respect to transfers under those
arrangements, and

(e) of the powers of the Governor under section 6 of this Act;

and, the Governor shall not issue a warrant superseding an earlier warrant under
this Act unless the requirements of this subsection were fulfilled in relation to the
earlier warrant.

(5) The Governor shall not issue a warrant under this Act unless he is satisfied
that the consent given for the purposes of subsection (1)(c) above was given in a
manner authorised by the international arrangements in accordance with which the
prisoner is to be transferred and was so given either

(a) by the prisoner himself., or

(b)in circumstances where it appears to the Governor inappropriate by
reason of the physical or mental condition or the youth of the prisoner






for the prisoner to act for himself, by a person appearing to the
Governor to be an appropriate person to have acted on the prisoner's
behalf.

(6) A consent given for the purpose of subsection (1)(c) above shall not be
capable of being withdrawn after a warrant has been issued in respect of the
prisonerand, accordingly, a purported withdrawal of that consent after that time
shall not affect the validity of the warrant, or of any provision which by virtue of
section 6 below subsequently supersedes provisions of that warrant, or of any
direction given in relation to the prisoner under section 2(3) below.

(7) This subsection applies to a person if he is for the time being required to
be detained in a prison, a hospital or any other institution either

(a) Amended by S.I. 1987/1828 (L.N. 12/88).





(a)by virtue of an order made in the course of the exercise by a court or
tribunal in the Territory, or in any country or territory outside the
Territory, of its criminal jurisdiction; or

(b)under the provisions of this Act or any similar provisions of the law of
the Territory, or ofthe law of any country or territory outside the
Territory.

(8) In subsection (7)(b) above the reference to provisions similar to the
provisions of this Act shall be construed as a reference to any provisions which
have effect with respect to the transfer between different countries and territories
(or different parts of a country or territory) of persons who are required to be
detained in prisons, hospitals or other institutions by virtue of orders made in the
course of the exercise by courts and tribunals of their criminal jurisdiction.

2. (1) The effect of a warrant providing for the transfer of the prisoner out of
the Territory shall be to authorise

(a)the taking of the prisoner to any place in the Territory and his delivery,
at a place of departure from the Territory, into the custody of a person
representing the appropriate authority of the country or territory to
which the prisoner is to be transferred; and

(b)the removal of the prisoner by the person to whom he is so delivered to a
place outside the Territory.

(2) Subject to subsections (3) to (5) below, the order by virtue of which the
prisoner is required to be detained at the time such a warrant is issued in respect of
him shall continue to have effect after his removal from the Territory so as to
apply to him if he is again in the Territory at any time when under that order he is
to be, or may be, detained.

(3) If, at any time after the removal of the prisoner from the Territory, it
appears to the Governor appropriate to do so in order that effect may be given to
the international arrangements in accordance with which the prisoner was
transferred, the Governor may give a direction varying the order referred to in
subsection (2) above or providing for that order to cease to have effect.

(4) The power by direction under subsection (3) above to vary the order
referred to in subsection (2) above shall include power by direction

(a)to provide for how any period during which the prisoner is, by virtue of a
warrant under this Act, out of the Territory is to be treated for the
purposes of that order; and

(b) to provide for the prisoner to be treated as having been released on
licence.

(5) Except in relation to any period during which a restriction order is in
force in respect of the prisoner, subsection (2) above shall not apply in relation to
a hospital order; and, accordingly, a hospital order shall cease to have effect in
relation to the prisoner

(a)at the time of his removal from the Territory if no restriction order is in
force in respect of him at that time; and

(b)if at that time a restriction order is in force in respect of him, as soon
after his removal as the restriction order ceases to have effect.

(6) In subsection (5) above-

'hospital order means

any order or direction made under an enactment applying in the
Territory and having the same effect as an order made under Section






37 of the Mental Health Act 1983(a); and

'restriction order' means

any order or direction made under an enactment applying in the
Territory and having the same effect as an order made under section
41 of the said Act of 1983.

(7) References in this section to the order by virtue of which the prisoner is
required to be detained at the time a warrant under this Act is issued in respect of
him include references to any order by virtue of which he is required to be detained
after the order by virtue of which he is required to be detained at that time ceases
to have effect.

(a) 1983 c. 20.





3. (1) The effect of a warrant providing for the transfer of the prisoner into
the Territory shall be to authorise

(a)the bringing of the prisoner into the Territory from a place outside the
Territory;

(b)the taking of the prisoner to such place in the Territory, being a place at
which effect may be given to the provisions contained in the warrant by
virtue of paragraph (e) below, as may be specified in the warrant; and

(c)the detention of the prisoner in the Territory in accordance with such
provisions as may be contained in the warrant, being provisions appearing
to the Governor to be appropriate for giving effect to the international
arrangements in accordance with which the prisoner is transferred.

(2) Subject to section 4(2) to (4) below, a provision shall not be contained by
virtue of subsection (1)(c) above in a warrant under this Act unless it satisfies the
following two conditions, that is to say

(a)it is a provision with respect to the detention of a person in a prison, a
hospital or any other institution; and

(b)it is a provision which at the time the warrant is issued may be contained
in an order made either

(i)in the course of the exercise of its criminal jurisdiction by a court in
the Territory; or

(ii) otherwise than by a court but for the purpose of giving effect to an
order made as mentioned in sub-paragraph (i) above.

(3) In determining for the purposes of paragraph (c) of subsection (1) above
what provisions are appropriate for giving effect to the international
arrangements mentioned in that paragraph, the Governor shall, to the extent that
it appears to him consistent with those arrangements to do so, have regard to the
inappropriateness of the warrant's containing provisions which

(a)are equivalent to more than the maximum penalties (if any) that may be
imposed on a person who in the Territory commits an offence
corresponding to that in respect of which the prisoner is required to be
detained in the country or territory from which he is to be transferred; or

(b) are framed without reference to the length-

(i)of the period during which the prisoner is, but for the transfer,
required to be detained in that country or territory; and

(5)of so much of that period as will have been, or be treated as having
been, served by the prisoner when the said provisions take effect.

(4) Subject to subsection (6) below, a provision contained by virtue of
subsection (1)(c) above in a warrant under this Act shall for all purposes have the
same effect as the same provision contained in an order made as mentioned in sub-
paragraph (i) or, as the case may be, sub-paragraph (ii) of subsection (2)(b) above.

(5) A provision contained by virtue of subsection (1)(c) above in a warrant
under this Act shall take effect with the delivery of the prisoner to the place
specified in the warrant for the purposes of subsection (1)(b) above.

(6) Subsection (4) above shall not confer any right of appeal on the prisoner
against provisions contained by virtue of subsection (1)(c) above in a warrant
under this Act.

(8). For the purposes of determining whether at any particular time any such
order as is mentioned in subsection (2)(b) above could have been made as so






mentioned, there shall be disregarded both

(a)any requirement that certain conditions must be satisfied before the order
is made., and

(b)any restriction on the minimum period in respect of which the order may
be made.

4. (1) A single warrant under this Act may provide for the transfer of the
prisoner both out of and into (or into and out of) the Territory if it appears to the
Governor that the transfers are to be for the purpose of the temporary return of
the prisoner either

(a)from the Territory to a country or territory outside the Territory from
which he has previously been transferred into the Territory under this
Act or any other enactment; or





(b)to the Territory from a country or territory outside the Territory to
which he has previously been transferred from the Territory under this
Act.

(2) The provisions contained by virtue of section 3(1)(c) above in a warrant
under this Act issued for the purpose of the temporary return of the prisoner to a
country or territory outside the Territory may, where the prisoner is required
when that warrant is issued to be detained in accordance with provisions so
contained in an earlier warrant under this Act, require the prisoner to continue,
after his return to the Territory, to be detained in accordance with those earlier
provisions.

(3) A warrant issued under this Act containing, with respect to provisions
contained in an earlier warrant, any such requirement as is referred to in subsection
(2) above, shall provide that any period during which the prisoner is out of the
Territory and is in custody is to be treated (except to such extent as may be
specified in the warrant in order that effect may be given to the international
arrangements in question) as a period during which the prisoner is detained under
the provisions contained in the earlier warrant.

(4) The provisions contained by virtue of section 3(1)(c) above in a warrant
under this Act issued for the purpose of the temporary return of the prisoner to
the Territory may require the prisoner to be detained in accordance with any order
which on his return will apply in respect of him in pursuance of section 2(2)
above.

5. (1) Where a warrant has been issued under this Act the following provisions
of this section shall have effect for the purposes of the warrant, except (without
prejudice to section 3(4) above or any enactment contained otherwise than in this
Act) in relation to any time when the prisoner is required to be detained in
accordance with provisions contained in the warrant by virtue of section 3(1)(c)
above.

(2) The prisoner shall be deemed to be in the legal custody of the Governor at
any time when, being in the Territory or on board a British ship, a British aircraft
or a British hovercraft, he is being taken under the warrant to or from any place,
or being kept in custody under the warrant.

(3) The Governor may, from time to time, designate any person as a person
who is for the time being authorised for the purposes of the warrant to take the
prisoner to or from any place under the warrant, or to keep the prisoner in
custody under the warrant.

(4) A person authorised by or for the purposes of the warrant to take the
prisoner to or from any place or to keep the prisoner in custody shall, whether he
is inside or outside the Territory, have all the powers, authority, protection and
privileges of a constable in the Territory.

(5) If the prisoner escapes or is unlawfully at large, he may be arrested without
warrant by a constable and taken to any place to which he may be taken under the
warrant under this Act.

(6) In subsection (2) above-

'British aircraft' means a British-controlled aircraft within the meaning
of section 7 of the Tokyo Convention Act 1967(a) as extended to
the Territories by the Tokyo Convention Act (Overseas Territories)
Order 1968(b), or one of Her Majesty's aircraft;

'British hovercraft' means a British-controlled hovercraft within the
mean-

ing of the said section 7 as if it were applied in relation to hovercraft,
or
I






one of Her Majesty's hovercraft; and

'British ship' means a British ship within the meaning of the Merchant
Shipping Act 1894(c), or one of Her Majesty's ships;

and in this subsection references to Her Majesty's aircraft, hovercraft or ships are
references to the aircraft, hovercraft or, as the case may be, ships which belong to,
or are exclusively employed in the service of, Her Majesty in right of the
government of the Territory.

(7) In subsection (5) above 'constable', in relation to the Territory, means
any person who is a constable or other police officer in the Territory or any
person who, at the place in question has, under any enactment (including
subsection (4) above), the powers of a constable or other police officer in the
Territory.

(a) 1967 c. 52. (e) 1894 c. 60.
(b) S.I. 196811864.





6. (1) Subject to section 1(4) above, if at any time it appears to the Governor
appropriate, in order that effect may be given to any such arrangements as are
mentioned in section 1 (1)(a) above or in a case falling within section 1(2) above,
for a warrant under this Act to be revoked or varied, he may, as the case may
require

(a) revoke that warrant; or

(b)revoke that warrant and issue a new warrant under this Act containing
provision superseding some or all of the provisions of the previous
warrant.

(2) Subject to subsection (3)(c) below, the provision that may be contained in
a new warrant issued by virtue of subsection (1)(b) above shall be any provision that
could have been contained in the previous warrant.

(3) A new warrant issued by virtue of subsection (1)(b) above may provide-

(a)that a provision contained in it is to be treated as having taken effect
when the provisions which that provision supersedes took effect;

(b)that things done under or for the purposes of the superseded provisions
are, accordingly, to be treated as having been done under or for the
purposes of the provision contained in the new warrant; and

(c)that an enactment in force at the time the new warrant is issued is, for
the purposes of subsection (2) above or this subsection, to be treated as
having been in force when the superseded provisions took effect.

(4) The powers conferred by this section shall be exercisable notwithstanding
any defect in the warrant which is revoked.

7. (2) Subject to subsections (3) and (4) below, it shall be the duty of the
Governor, in the case of the transfer of a person into the Territory under this Act,
to secure the payment to him by that person, or from some other source, of the
amount of any expenses incurred by him in connection with the conveyance of
that person to the Territory; and for this purpose the Governor shall have the
same power as in any other case where he assists the return of a person to the
Territory to require a person to give an undertaking to pay the Governor the
whole or any part of that amount, to enforce such an undertaking and to make
such other arrangements for recovering that amount as he thinks fit.

(3) Subsection (2) above shall not apply to the extent that in any case it
appears to the Governor that it would be unreasonable for him to exercise any of
the powers conferred by that subsection either because of the exceptional
circumstances of the case or because the means of the prisoner are insufficient to
meet the expenses and their recovery, whether immediately or at some future
time, from the prisoner or from any other source is impracticable.

(4) The expenses mentioned in subsections (2) and (3) above shall not
include-

(a)any expenses of providing an escort for a person transferred into the
Territory under this Act; or

(b)any expenses of the conveyance of such a person beyond the place at
which he first arrives in the Territory.,

8. (1) In this Act, except in so far as the context otherwise requires-

'Governor', in relation to any Territory, means the officer for the time
being administering the Government of that Territory or any person
whom the Governor may by order designate to perform such of the
Governor's functions under this Act as may be specified in such order;







'international arrangements' includes any arrangements between the
Territory and the United Kingdom or between the Territory and another
colony;

'order' includes any sentence, direction, warrant or other means of giving
effect to the decision of a court or tribunal; and

'the prisoner' has the meaning given by section 1(1)(b) above.

(2) In this Act a reference to criminal jurisdiction, in relation to a court or
tribunal in a country or territory outside the Territory, includes a reference to any
jurisdiction which would be a criminal jurisdiction but for the age or incapacity of
the persons in respect of whom it is exercised.

(3) In any proceedings, the certificate of the Governor-

(a)that a particular country or territory is a party to any such international
arrangements as are mentioned in section 1(1)(a) above or that such
international arrangements apply to a particular country or territory,





(b)that the appropriate authority of any country or territory has agreed to
the transfer of a particular person in accordance with any such
arrangements, or

(c)that, for the purposes of any provision of this Act, a particular person is
or
represents the appropriate authority of any country or territory,
shall be conclusive of the matter certified.

9. (2) This Act shall come into force on such day as the Governor may by
order appoint.(a)

SCHEDULE2

Anguilla
British Indian Ocean Territory
Cayman Islands
Falkland Islands
Gibraltar
Hong Kong(b)
Montserrat
Pitcairn, Henderson, Ducie and Oeno Islands
St Helena
St Helena Dependencies
Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia in the Island of Cyprus

(a) Came into force on 1.2.1988-see L.N. 21/88.
(b) Added by S.I. 1987/1828 (L.N. 12/88).





THE REVENUES OF HONG KONG. NOVEMBER, 1895.

1895 No. 436.

In virtue of the powers given to us by Section 4 of the Act 55 & 56
Vict. c. 40,(a) we, being two of the Lords Commissioners of Her
Majesty's Treasury. determine the Revenues of the Colony of Hong
Kong to be a Public Fund within the meaning of that section.

W. H. FISHER,
Stanley.

TREASURY CHAMBERS,
WHITEHALL.

November, 1895.

(a) The Superannuation Act 1892.





THE COLONIAL PRISONERS REMOVAL ORDER IN
COUNCIL 1907.

1907 No. 742.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 9th day of
September, 1907.

Present,

The King's Most Excellent Majesty.

Lord President. Sir Charles Hardinge.

Lord Denman. Mr. Harcourt.

His Majesty, by virtue and in exercise of the powers in this
behalf vested in Him by the Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884,
is pleased, by and with the advice of His Privy Council to make
the following Order as to the removal and return of prisoners and
criminal lunatics under the said Act-

1. Every prisoner removed under the said Act from a British
Possession to the United Kingdom for the purpose of undergoing the
residue of a sentence involving confinement in a prison combined with
hard labour, shall, in the United Kingdom. be dealt with as follows that
is to say,

If the original period of his sentence did not exceed two years,
in the same manner as if he had been sentenced in the United
Kingdom to imprisonment with hard labour for the same period.

And if the original period of his sentence exceeded two years,
in the same manner, as nearly as may be, as if he had been
sentenced in the United Kingdom to penal servitude for the same
period.

2. Every prisoner removed under the said Act from one British
Possession to another British Possession for the purpose of
undergoing the residue of a sentence shall in such lastmentioned British
Possession be dealt with in the same manner as if he had there been
sentenced to such punishment authorized by the law thereof as in the
opinion of the Secretary of State signing the Order of Removal shall
most nearly correspond to the punishment to which he was sentenced
in the first mentioned British Possession, and for the same period.

3. If the prisoner or criminal lunatic is to be removed to the United
Kingdom

(1)A Secretary of State shall make out and sign the Order of
Removal in duplicate and shall send one copy to the Governor
of the Colony from which the prisoner is to be





removed, and the Governor shall thereupon make out and
sign in duplicate a Notification of Concurrence in the Order of
Removal.

(2)One copy of the Order of Removal shall be retained: in the
Colony and the other copy shall be transmitted by a Secretary
of State to the Home Office.for record.

(3)One copy of the Notification of Concurrence shall be retained
in the Colony and attached to the Order, of Removal and the
other shall be sent to a Secretary: of State and shall by him be
transmitted to the Home Office for record.

4. If the prisoner or criminal lunatc is to be removed to a British
Possession

(1)A Secretary of State shall make out and sign the Order of
Removal in triplicate and shall send one copy to the Governor
of each Colony concern ed, who shall thereupon make out and
sign in triplicate a Notification of Concurrence in the Order of
Removal.

(2) The Governor of the Colony fro ; m which the prisoner is
to be removed shall retain the, copy of - the Order of
Removal and one copy of the Notification of Concurrence
which he shall attach to the Order of Removal, and shall
send the second copy of the Notification to the Governor
of the Colony to which the prisoner is to be removed,
.and the third copy of the Notification to a Secretary of
State.

(3)The Governor of the Colony to which the prisoner is to be
removed shall retain the copy of the Order of Removal and one
copy of the Notification of Concurrence which he shall attach
to the Order of Removal. and shall send the second copy of
the Notification to the Governor of the Colony from which the
prisoner is to be removed, and the third copy of the
notification to a Secretary of State.

Provided that the above procedure- shall not apply to the removal
of a prisoner or criminal Iunatic from one British Possession to another
in pursuance of an agreement made between such Possessions and
sanctioned by Order in Council under the provisions of the Colonial
Prisoners Removal! Act 1869.

5. A Removal Warrant duly made. out and signed shall be
transmitted with every prisoner or criminal lunatic who is removed. The
Warrant shall be handed over with the prisoner or criminal lunatic to
every person from time to time authorized to receive him in custody for
the purpose of giving effect to the Order of Removal.





6. The forms in the Schedule to this Order or forms to the like effect
varied as circumstances may require may be used under the said Act.

7. This Order shall commence and come into operation on the first
day of November 1907.

8. The Order in Council of the thirteenth day of December one
thousand eight hundred and eighty-nine(a) made under the Colonial
Prisoners' Removal Act 1884 shall continue in force until the
commencement of this Order. and shall thereupon be revoked without
prejudice to anything lawfully done thereunder.

9. This Order may be cited as The Colonial Prisoners Removal
Order in Council 1907.

A. W. FITZROY.

SCHEDULE
referredto in the foregoing Order in Council.
1.ORDER OF REMOVAL OF A PRISONER.
Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884.
Whereas A.B. was on the day of ~ convicted before
the Court of of the crime (or offence) of

and sentenced to penal servitude (or imprisonment, or, as the case may be)
for the term of years (or for life), and is now undergoing the
said sentence in the Colony (or Protectorate, or ) of

And whereas it is likely that the life (or health) of the said A.B. win be

endangered (or permanently injured) by further imprisonment in the said
Colony (or Protectorate, or ):

[Or whereas the said A.B. belonged at the time of committing the said
offence to the Royal Navy (or to His Majesty's regular military forces)]:

[Or whereas the said offence was committed wholly (or partly) beyond
the limits of the said Colony (or Protectorate, or )]:

[Or whereas by reason of there being no prison in the said Colony (or
Protectorate, or) in which the said A.B. can properly undergo his
sentence (or, for other reasons to be stated) the removal of the said A.B. is
expedient for his safe custody (or for more efficiently carrying his sentence
into effect)]:

[Or whereas the said A.B. belongs to a class of persons who under the
law of the said Colony (or Protectorate, or ) are subject to removal
under the Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884]:

Now 1 do hereby in pursuance of the Colonial Prisoners Removal Act
1884, with the concurrence of the Government of the said Colony (or
Protectorate, or [and the Government of the Colony (or
Protectorate, or of1, order that the said A.B. be
removed to the United Kingdom [or to the Colony (or Protectorate, or

(a) S.R. & 0. Rev. 1904, 11, 'Colonial Prisoner,' p. 16.





of 1 there to undergo the residue of his said sentence (with such
variations of the conditions thereof as are or shall be provided by any
regulations in force for the time being under the said Act) in accordance
with the said Act.

Given under the hand of the undersigned, one of His Majesty's Prin-
cipal Secretaries of State, this day of ' 19

11. NOTIFICATION OF CONCURRENCE IN ORDER OF
REMOVAL OF A
PRISONER.

Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884.

Whereas an Order has been made under the Colonial Prisoners Re-
moval Act 1884 by one of I-lis Majesty's Principal Secretaries of State for
the removal of A.B. a prisoner now in custody in the Colony (or Protec-
torate or ) of to the United Kingdom [or the Colony
(or Protectorate or of 1 :

Now I, the Governor (or Lieutenant Governor or the Officer Administering
the Government) of the Colony (or Protectorate or ) of ' ' with the advice of the
Executive Council of the said Colony (or Protectorate

or hereby concur in the said Order of Removal.

As witness my hand this day of 19

111. WARRANT FOR REMOVAL OF A
PRISONER(a).

Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884.

To C.D., the Keeper of the Prison and to E.F., and G.H.

Whereas an order has been made under the Colonial Prisoners Removal

Act 1884 by one of His Majesty's Principal Secretaries of State, with the
concurrence of the Government of the Colony (or Protectorate, or
of [and the Government of the Colony (or Protectorate, or
of 1 for the removal of A.B. a prisoner now in the custody of you,
the said C.D., under a sentence of penal servitude (or imprisonment or, as
the case may be) for the term of years from the

day of(or for life), to the United Kingdom [or to the Colony
(or Protectorate or ofthere to undergo the
residue of the said sentence:

Now I do hereby, in pursuance of the said Act, order you, the said
C.D., to deliver the body of the said A.B., into the custody of the said E.F.,
and G.H., or one. of them; and 1 do hereby, in further pursuance of the
said Act, authorize you, the said E.F., and G.H., or either of you, to receive
the said A.B., into your custody, and to convey him to the United Kingdom
[or to the Colony (or Protectorate or ), of ], and to deliver
him to such person or persons as shall be empowered by one of His
Majesty's Principal Secretaries of State [or by the Governor of the said
Colony (or Protectorate, or )] to receive him for the purpose of
giving effect to the said Order of Removal.

And for so doing this shall be your warrant.

Given under the hand of the undersigned, one of His Majesty's
Principal Secretaries of State (or Governor of this day
of 19







(a)Removal to Ireland: new form substituted see S.R. & 0. 1913 No. 484. Schedule, in this Appendix.





IV. WARRANT OF RECEPTION OF A
PRISONER(a)

Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884.

Whereas was on the day of

19 convicted in the Court of of the crime of

and sentenced to

And whereas in pursuance of the provisions of the Colonial Prisoners
Removal Act 1884 an Order has been made by One of His Majesty's
Principal Secretaries of State, with the concurrence of the Government of
the Colony (or Protectorate or ) of [and of the Govern-
ment of this Colony (or Protectorate or)] for the removal of the
said to the United Kingdom [or, to this Colony (or Protectorate
or there to undergo the residue of his sentence; and whereas
the Governor of the Colony (or Protectorate or ) of

by a warrant under his hand ordered the said to be conveyed to
the United Kingdom [or, this Colony (or Protectorate or )] and
delivered to such person or persons as shall be empowered by One of
His Majesty's Principal Secretaries of State [or the Governor of this Colony
(or Protectorate or)] to receive him for the purpose of giving
effect-to the said Order of Removal:

Now I, the Right Honourable one of His Majesty's Principal

Secretaries of State [or, the Governor of the Colony (or Protectorate or

) of ] hereby authorize and empower the Governor

of H.M. Prisonand all persons acting under his orders, to receive
and detain the saidfor the purpose of giving effect to the said
Order for Removal; and I further authorize and empower the Governor of
any other of H.M. Prisons to which the said may be removed
fromPrison and all persons acting under his orders to receive
and detain the saidfor the purpose of undergoing the residue of
his sentence in such Prison.

Given under the hand of the undersigned, one of His Majesty's
Principal Secretaries of State (or Governor of this day
of ' 19

V. ORDER FOR THE RETURN OF A PRISONER TO A BRITISH
POSSESSION.

Colonial Prisoners Removal-Act 1884.

Whereas A.B. was on the day of 19 con-
victed before the Court of of the crime (or

offence) ofand sentenced to penal servitude (or imprisonment,
or as' the case may be), for the term of years (or for life):

And whereas the said A.B. has been removed, under the Colonial Prisoners
Removal Act 1884 from the Colony (or Protectorate, or

of to and is now undergoing his said sentence in
the United Kingdom [or the Colony (or Protectorate, or

of

Now 1, [with the advice of the Executive Council of the said







Colony (or Protectorate, or ) of] hereby, in pursuance
of the said Act, order that the said A.B. shall be returned to the said
Colony (or Protectorate or ) of, there to undergo the
residue (or for the purpose of being there discharged at the expiration) of
his said sentence.

Given under the hand of the undersigned, one of His Majesty's Principal
Secretaries of State [or Governor (or Lieutenant Governor. or Officer
Administering the Government) of the Colony (or Protectorate, or

of 1 this day of ' 19

(a) Removal to Ireland: new form substituted see S.R. & 0. 1913 No. 484, Schedule. . in this Appendix.





VI. WARRANT FOR RETURN OF A PRISONER TO A BRITISH
POSSESSION.

Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884.

To C.D., the Governor (or of the Prison, and
to E.F. and G.H.

Whereas A.B., having been sentenced by-the Court of
to penal servitude (or imprisonment, or, as the case may be) for the term
of years from the day of ' 19 , (or for
life) has under an order duly made under the Colonial Prisoners Removal
Act, 1884, been removed to the United Kingdom [or to the Colony (or
Protectorate, or ) of 1 ] and is now in the custody of
you the said C.D. undergoing his said sentence:

And whereas an order has been made under the said Act by one of
His Majesty's Principal Secretaries of State [or by the Government of the
said Colony (or Protectorate or ) of] for the return
of the said A.B., to the said Colony (or Protectorate, or ) of
there to undergo the residue (or for the purpose of being there
discharged at the expiration) of his said sentence:

Now 1 do hereby, in pursuance of the said Act, order you, the said
C.D., to deliver the body of the said A.B. into the custody of the said E.F.
and G.H., or one of them; and 1 do thereby, in further pursuance of' the
said Act, authorize you the said E.F. and G.H., or either of you, to receive
the said A.B. into your custody, and to convey him to the Colony (or
Protectorate, or ) of , and to deliver him to such person
or persons as shall be empowered by the Governor of the said Colony (or
Protectorate, or ) to receive him for the purpose of giving effect
to the said order of return..

And for so doing this shall be your warrant.

Given under the hand of the undersigned, one of His Majesty's

Principal Secretaries of State (or Governor of this day

of 1 19

VII. ORDER OF REMOVAL OF A CRIMINAL
LUNATIC.
Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884.

Whereas A.B. is in custody in the Colony (or Protectorate, or
of as a criminal lunatic having been charged with the offence of
and found to have been insane at the time of such offence (or to

be unfit on the ground of insanity to be tried (or such offence) [or having
been convicted of the offence of and sentenced to penal servitude
(or imprisonment, or for the term of years from the
day of 18 (or for life), and afterwards certified
(or lawfully proved) to be insane]:

And whereas it is likely that the life (or health) of the said A.B. will be
endangered (or permanently injured) by further her detention in custody in the
said Colony (or Protectorate, or

[Or whereas the said A.B. belonged at the 'time of the said offence to the
Royal Navy (or to His Majesty's regular military forces)]:

[Or whereas the said offence was committed wholly (or partly) beyond
the limits of the said Colony (or Protectorate, or A:







[Or whereas by reason of their being no asylum in the said Colony
(or Protectorate, or), in which the said A.B. can be properly
or conveniently detained and dealt with as a criminal lunatic, his removal
to the United Kingdom (or to the Colony (or Protectorate, or

of ) is expedient]:





[Or whereas the said A.B. belongs to a class of persons who, under
the law of the said Colony (or Protectorate, or ) are subject to
removal under the Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 18841:

Now I do hereby, in pursuance of the Colonial Prisoners Removal Act
1884, with the concurrence of the Government of the said Colony (or
Protectorate, or [and the Government of the Colony (or
Protectorate, or of order that the said A.B.
be removed to the United Kingdom [or to the Colony (or Protectorate,
or ) of 1 there to be -detained in custody as a
criminal lunatic, and dealt with in the same manner as if he had there
become a criminal lunatic.

Given under the hand of the undersigned, one of His Majesty's Principal
Secretaries of State this . day of ' 19

VIII. NOTIFICATION OF CONCURRENCE IN ORDER OF REMOVAL
OF A
CRIMINAL LUNATIC.

Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884.

Whereas an order has been made under the Colonial Prisoners Removal
Act 1884 by one of His Majesty's Principal Secretaries of State for the
removal of A.B. a criminal lunatic now in custody in the Colony (or Pro-
tectorate, or . ) of to the United Kingdom [or the
Colony (or Protectorate, or of

Now 1, the Governor (or Lieutenant Governor, or Officer
Administering the Government) of the Colony (or Protectorate, or

ofwith the advice of the Executive Council of the said Colony
(or Protectorate, or hereby concur in the said Order of Removal.

As witness my hand this day of 19

IX. WA~ FOR REMOVAL OF CRIMINAL LUNATIC(a).

Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884.

To C.D. the keeper of Lunatic Asylum, and to E.F., and G.H.

Whereas an order has been made, under the Colonial Prisoners
Removal Act 1884 by one of I-lis Majesty's Principal Secretaries of State,
with the concurrence of the Government of the Colony (or Protectorate,
or ) of [and the Government of the Colony (or
Protectorate, or of ], for the removal of A.B. a
criminal lunatic now in the custody of you, the said C.D., to the United
Kingdom [or the Colony (or Protectorate, or ) of 1
to be there dealt with in the same manner as if he had become a criminal
lunatic in the United Kingdom [or the said Colony (or Protectorate,
or ) of

Now 1 do hereby. in pursuance of the said Act, order you, the said
C.D., to deliver the body of the said A.B., into the custody of the said
E.F., and G.H., or one of them; and 1 do hereby, in further pursuance of
the said Act, authorize you, the said E.F., and G.H., or either of you, to
receive the said A.B., into your custody, and to convey him to the United
Kingdom [or to the Colony (or Protectorate, or ) of 11

(a)Removal to Ireland: new form substituted see S.R. & 0. 1913 No. 484. Schedule,
In this Appendix.





and to deliver him to such person or persons as shall be empowered by
one of His Majesty's Principal Secretaries of State [or the Governor of the
said Colony (or Protectorate or ~) 1 to receive him for the
purpose of giving effect to the said Order of Removal.

Given under - the hand of the undersigned, one of His Majesty's Principal
Secretaries of State (or the Governor of

this day of 19

X. WA~ OF RECEPTION OF A CRIMINAL) LUNATIC(a).

Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884.

Whereas is in custody inas a criminal lunatic,

having been charged with the offence ofand found to be insane
at the time of such offence (or to be unfit on the ground of insanity to' be
tried for such offence) [or having been convicted of the offence of

and sentenced to and afterwards certified (or lawfully proved)
to be insane]:

And whereas in pursuance of the provisions of the Colonial Prisoners
Removal Act 1884 an order has been made by one of His Majesty's
Principal Secretaries of State, with the concurrence of the Government of
the Colony (or Protectorate, or ) of [and of the
Government of this Colony (or Protectorate, or' for the removal
of the said . to the United Kingdom, [or this Colony (or
Protectorate, or )l there to be detained as a criminal lunatic
until he shall have ceased to be a criminal lunatic, or shall otherwise law-
fully be discharged:

And whereas the Governor of the Colony (or Protectorate, or
of by a Warrant under his hand, ordered the said to be

conveyed to the United Kingdom [or to this Colony (or Protectorate,
or) ] and delivered to such person or persons as shall be empowered
by one of His Majesty's Principal Secretaries of' State [or the Governor of
this Colony (or Protectorate, or) ] to receive him for the purpose
of giving effect to the said Order of Removal:

Now I, the Right Honourable one of His Majesty's
Principal Secretaries of State, [or the Governor of the Colony .(or Pro-
tectorate, or ) of hereby authorize and empower the
Medical Superintendent of the Lunatic Asylum, and all persons
acting under his orders, to receive and detain the said in the same
manner as if he had become a criminal lunatic in the United Kingdom, [or
this Colony (or Protectorate, or until His Majesty's Pleasure
be further known concerning him.

Given under the hand of the undersigned, one of Its Majesty's Principal
Secretaries of State (or the Governor of

this day of 19.

Xl. ORDER FOR THE RETURN OF A CRIMINAL LUNATIC TO A
BRITISH 1 H
POSSESSION.

Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884.

Whereas A.B., having been in custody in the Colony (or Protectorate,
or ), of as a criminal lunatic, has been removed, under
the Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884 to, and is now in custody as a






criminal lunatic in, the United Kingdom [or the Colony (or Protectorate,
or of

(a)Removal to Ireland: new form substituted see S.R. & 0. 1913 No. 484,
Schedule, in this Appendix.





And whereas 1 [or the Government of the said Colony (or Protectorate,
or ) of] consider that the said A.B. has become
sufficiently sane to be tried for the offence with which he was charged in
the said Colony (or Protectorate, or of

Now 1 [with the advice of the Executive Council of the said Colony (or
Protectorate, or)] hereby, in pursuance of the said Act, order
that the said A.B. be returned to the said Colony (or Protectorate, or

) there to be dealt with in the same manner as if he had not been
removed therefrom.

Given under the hand of the undersigned, one of His Majesty's Principal
Secretaries of State [or the Governor (or Lieutenant Governor, or Officer
Administering the Government) of the Colony (or Protectorate,

or ) of 1 this day of ' 19

XII. WARRANT FOR RETURN OF A CRIMINAL LUNATIC TO A BRISTISH
POSSESSION.

Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884.

To C.D. the of the Lunatic Asylum, and to
E.F. and G.H.

Whereas A.B., having been in custody as a criminal lunatic in the
Colony (or Protectorate, or ) ofhas under an order duly
made under the Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884 been removed to the
United Kingdom [or to the Colony (or Protectorate, or ) of

1 and is now in the custody of you the said C.D., as a criminal
lunatic:

And whereas an order has been made under the said Act by one of
His Majesty's Principal Secretaries of State [or by the Government of the
said Colony (or Protectorate, or ) offor the
return of the said A.B. to the said Colony (or Protectorate, or

of

Now 1 do hereby, in pursuance of the said Act, order you the said
C.D., to deliver the body of the said A.B., into the custody of the said
E.F. and G.H. or one of them; and I do hereby, in further pursuance of
the said Act, authorize you the said E.F. and G.H. or either of you, to
receive the said A.B. into your custody, and to convey him to the Colony
(or Protectorate, or ) of and to deliver him to such
person or persons as shall be empowered by the Governor of the said
Colony (or Protectorate, or ) to receive him for the purpose
of giving effect to the said order of return.

And for so doing this shall be your warrant.

Given under the hand of the undersigned, one of His Majesty's Principal
Secretaries of State (or Governor of

this day of 19





ORDER IN COUNCIL REGULATION APPEALS FROM
THE SUPREME COURT OR COURT OF APPEAL
FOR HONG KONG TO HIS MAJESTY IN COUNCIL.

[This Order in Council is printed as amended by Order in
Council, dated November, 27, 1957 (S.I. 1957 No. 2059).]

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 10th day of August, 1909.

Present.

The King's Most Excellent Majesty.

Lord President. Lord Suffield.

Lord Chamberlain. Mr. Runciman.

Mr. Pease.

WHEREAS Her late Majesty Queen Victoria was pleased by Her
Instructions under the Royal Sign Manual and Signet dated the 21st day
of January, 1846,(a) and confirmed by Article XXVII of Her Majesty's
Instructions dated the 19th day of January, 1888, to make provision for
permitting and regulating Appeals to Her Majesty in Council from the
Supreme Court of the Colony of Hong Kong and its Dependencies:

AND WHEREAS it is expedient, with a view to equalizing as far as
may be the conditions under which His Majesty's subjects in the British
Dominions beyond the Seas shall have a fight of Appeal to His Majesty
in Council and to promoting uniformity in the practice and procedure in
all such Appeals that new provision should be made for Appeals from
the said Supreme Court to His Majesty in Council:

AND WHEREAS His Majesty has been pleased by His Instructions
under the Royal Sign Manual and Signet bearing even date with this
Order to revoke the said Instructions dated the 21st day of January
1846(a) so confirmed as aforesaid :

It is hereby ordered by the King's Most Excellent Majesty, by and
with the advice of His Privy Council, that the Rules hereunder set out
shall regulate all Appeals to His Majesty in Council from the said
Colony of Hong Kong and its Dependencies.

1. In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires

'Appeal' means Appeal to His Majesty in Council;

'His Majesty' includes His Majesty's heirs and successors;

'Judgment' includes decree, order, sentence or decision;

'Court' means either the Full Court of the Supreme Court of
Hong Kong or other the highest Court of Appeal for the

(a) S.R. & 0. Rev. 1904, VI, 'Judicial Committee', p. 34.





time being established in the Colony of Hong Kong, or a single
Judge of such Supreme Court or Court of Appeal. according as the
matter in question is one which, under the Rules and Practice for
the time being in force in such Supreme Court or Court of Appeal,
properly appertains to the said Full Court or to a single Judge of
such Supreme Court or Court of Appeal;

'Record' means the aggregate of papers relating to an Appeal
(including the pleadings, proceedings, evidence and judgments)
proper to be laid before His Majesty in Council on the hearing of
the Appeal;

'Registrar' means the Registrar or other proper officer having the
custody of the Records in the Court appealed from;

'Month' means calendar month;

Words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural
include the singular.

2. Subject to the provisions of these Rules, an Appeal shall lie

(a) as to right, from any final judgement of the Court, where
the matter in dispute on the Appeal amounts to or is of
the value of $5,000 or upwards, or where the Appeal involves,
directly or indirectly, some claim or question to or respecting property
or some civil right amounting to or of the value of $5,000 or upwards; and

(b)at the discretion of the Court, from any other judgment of the
Court, whether final or interlocutory, if, in the opinion of the
Court, the question involved in the Appeal is one which, by
reason of its great general or public importance, or otherwise.
ought to be submitted to His Majesty in Council for decision.

3. Applications to the Court for leave to appeal shall be made by
motion or petition within 14 days from the date of the judgment to be
appealed from, and the Applicant shall give the opposite party 7 days'
notice of his intended application and such notice maybe given at any
time during the said period of 14 days.

4. Leave to appeal under Rule 2 shall only be granted by the Court
in the first instance

(a) upon condition of the Appellant, within a period to be fixed by
the Court, but not exceeding three months from the date of the
hearing of the application for leave to appeal, entering into
good and sufficient security, to the satisfaction of the Court in
a sum not exceeding $15,000, for the due prosecution of the
Appeal, and

(a) Amended by S.I. 1957 No. 2059.





the payment of all such costs as may become payable to the
Respondent in the event of the Appellant's not obtaining an
order granting him final leave to appeal, or of the Appeal
being dismissed for non-prosecution, or of His Majesty in
Council ordering the Appellant to pay the Respondent's costs
of the Appeal (as the case may be);

(b)upon such other conditions (if any) as to the time or times
within which the Appellant shall take the necessary steps for
the purpose of procuring the preparation of the Record and
the dispatch thereof to England as the Court, having regard to
all the circumstances of the case, may think it reasonable to
impose.

5. Where the judgment appealed from requires the Appellant to pay
money or perform a duty. the Court shall have power, when granting
leave to appeal, either to direct that the said judgment shall be carried
into execution or that the execution thereof shall be suspended pending
the Appeal, as to the Court shall seem just.

In case the Court shall direct the said judgment to be carried into
execution, the person in whose favour it was given shall, before the
execution thereof, enter into good and sufficient security, to the
satisfaction of the Court, for the due performance of such Order as His
Majesty in Council shall think fit to make thereon, and in case the Court
shall direct that the execution of the said judgment shall be suspended
pending the Appeal the Appellant shall enter into security to the
satisfaction of the Court to the same and like effect as aforesaid.

6. The preparation of the Record shall be subject to the
supervision of the Court. and the parties may submit any disputed
question arising in connexion therewith to the decision of the Court,
and the Court shall give such directions thereon as the justice of the
case may require.

7. The Registrar, as well as the parties and their legal Agents, shall
endeavour to exclude from the Record all documents (more particularly
such as are merely formal) that are not relevant to the subject-matter of
the Appeal, and generally to reduce the bulk of the Record as far as
practicable, taking special care to avoid the duplication of documents
and the unnecessary repetition of headings and other merely formal
parts of documents; but the documents omitted to be copied or printed
shall be enumerated in a list to be placed after the index or at the end of
the Record.

8. Where in the course of the preparation of a Record one party
objects to the inclusion of a document on the ground that it is
unnecessary or irrelevant, and the other party nevertheless





insists upon its being included, the Record, as finally printed (whether in
Hong Kong or in England), shall, with a view to the subsequent
adjustment of the costs of and incidental to such document, indicate in
the index of papers, or otherwise, the fact that, and the party by whom,
the inclusion of the document was objected to.

9. The Record shall be printed in accordance with the Rules set
forth in the Schedule hereto. It may be so printed either in Hong Kong or
in England.

10. Where the Record is printed in Hong Kong the Registrar shall,
at the expense of the Appellant, transmit to the Registrar of the Privy
Council 40 copies of such Record. one of which copies he shall certify to
be correct by signing his name on, or initialling, every eighth page
thereof and by affixing thereto the seal, if any, of the Court.

11. Where the Record is to be printed in England, the Registrar
shall, at the expense of the Appellant, transmit to the Registrar of the
Privy Council one certified copy of such Record, together with an index
of all the papers and exhibits in the case. No other certified copies of the
Record shall be transmitted to the Agents in England by or on behalf of
the parties to the Appeal.

12. Where part of the Record is printed in Hong Kong and part is to
be printed in England, Rules 10 and 11 shall, as far as practicable, apply
to such parts as are printed in Hong Kong and such parts as are to be
printed in England respectively.

13. The reasons given by the Judge, or any of the Judges, for or
against any judgment pronounced in the course of the proceedings out
of which the Appeal arises shall by such Judge or Judges be
communicated in writing to the Registrar, and shall by him be
transmitted to the Registrar of the Privy Council at the same time when
the Record is transmitted.

14. Where there are two or more applications for leave to appeal
arising out of the same matter, and the Court is of opinion that it would
be for the convenience of the Lords of the Judicial Committee and all
parties concerned that the Appeals should be consolidated, the Court
may direct the Appeals to be consolidated and grant leave to appeal by
a single order.

15. An Appellant who has obtained an order granting him
conditional leave to appeal may at any time prior to the making of an
order granting him final leave to appeal withdraw his Appeal on such
terms as to costs and otherwise as the Court may direct.





16. Where an Appellant, having obtained an order granting him
conditional leave to appeal, and having complied with the conditions
imposed on him by such order, fails thereafter to apply with due
diligence to the Court for an order granting him final leave to appeal, the
Court may, on an application in that behalf made by the Respondent,
rescind the order granting conditional leave to appeal, notwithstanding
the Appellant's compliance with the conditions imposed by such order,
and may give such directions as to the costs of the Appeal and the
security entered into by the Appellant as the Court shall think fit, or
make such further or other order in the premises as, in the opinion of the
Court, the justice of the case requires.

17. On an application for final leave to appeal, the Court may
inquire whether notice, or sufficient notice, of the application has been
given by the Appellant to all parties concemed, and, if not satisfied as
to the notices given. may defer the granting of the final leave to appeal,
or may give such other directions in the matter as in the opinion of the
Court the justice of the case requires.

18. An Appellant who has obtained final leave to appeal shall
prosecute his Appeal in accordance with the Rules for the time being
regulating the general practice and procedure in Appeals to His
Majesty in Council.

19. Where an Appellant. having obtained final leave to appeal,
desires. prior to the dispatch of the Record to England, to withdraw his
Appeal. the Court may, upon an application in that behalf made by the
Appellant, grant him a certificate to the effect that the Appeal has been
withdrawn, and the Appeal shall thereupon be deemed, as from the date
of such certificate, to stand dismissed without express Order of His
Majesty in Council. and the costs of the Appeal and the security
entered into by the Appellant shall be dealt with in such manner as the
Court may think fit to direct.

20. Where an Appellant, having obtained final leave to appeal, fails
to show due diligence in taking all necessary steps for the purpose of
procuring the -dispatch of the Record to England, the Respondent may,
after giving the Appellant due notice of his intended application, apply
to the Court for a certificate that the Appeal has not been effectually
prosecuted by the Appellant, and if the Court sees fit to grant such a
certificate, the Appeal shall be deemed, as from the date of such
certificate, to stand dismissed for non-prosecution without express
Order of His Majesty in Council, and the costs of the Appeal and the
security entered into by the Appellant shall be dealt with in such
manner as the Court may think fit to direct.





21. Where at any time between the order granting final leave to
appeal and the dispatch of the Record to England the Record becomes
defective by reason of the death, or change of status, of a party to the
Appeal, the Court may, notwithstanding the order granting final leave to
appeal, on an application in that behalf made by any person interested,
grant a certificate showing who, in the opinion of the Court, is the
proper person to be substituted or entered on the Record in place of, or
in addition to, the party who has died or undergone a change of status,
and the name of such person shall thereupon be deemed to be so
substituted or entered on the Record as aforesaid without express Order
of His Majesty in Council.

22. Where the Record subsequently to its dispatch to England
becomes defective by reason of the death, or change of status. of a
party to the Appeal, the Court shall. upon an application in that behalf
made by any person interested, cause a certificate to be transmitted to
the Registrar of the Privy Council showing who, in the opinion of the
Court. is the proper person to be substituted, or entered. on the Record,
in place of, or in addition to, the party who has died or undergone a
change of status.

23. The Case of each party to the Appeal may be printed either in
Hong Kong or in England, and shall, in either event, be printed in
accordance with the Rules set forth in the Schedule hereto, every tenth
line thereof being numbered in the margin, and shall be signed by at
least one of the Counsel who attends at the hearing of the Appeal, or by
the party himself if he conducts his Appeal in person.

24. The Case shall consist of paragraphs numbered consecutively,
and shall state. as concisely as possible, the circumstances out of which
the Appeal arises, the contentions to be urged by the party lodging the
same, and the reasons of the Appeal. References by page and line to the
relevant portions of the Record as printed shall, as far as practicable, be
printed in the margin, and care shall be taken to avoid, as far as possible,
the reprinting in the Case of long extracts from the Record. The taxing
officer, in taxing the costs of the Appeal, shall, either of his own motion
or at the instance of the opposite party, inquire into any necessary
prolixity in the Case, and shall disallow the costs occasioned thereby.

25. Where the Judicial Committee directs a party to bear the costs
of an Appeal incurred in Hong Kong. such costs shall be taxed by the
proper officer of the Court in accordance with the Rules for the time
being regulating taxation in the Court.





26. The Court shall conform with, and execute, any Order which His
Majesty in Council may think fit to make on an Appeal from a judgment
of the Court in like manner as any original judgment of the Court should
or. might have been executed.

27. Nothing in these Rules contained shall be deemed to interfere
with the right of His Majesty, upon the humble Petition of any person
aggrieved by any judgment of the Court, to admit his Appeal therefrom
upon such conditions as His Majesty in Council shall think fit to
impose.

ALMERIC FITZROY

SCHEDULE.

1. Records and Cases in Appeals to His Majesty in Council shall be printed in
the form known as Demy Quarto (i.e. 54 ems in length. and 42 in width).

II. The size of the paper used shall be such that the sheet, when folded and
trimmed, will be 11 inches in height and 81 inches in width.

111. The type to be used in the text shall be Pica type, but Long Primer shall
be used in printing- accounts, tabular matter and notes.

IV. The number of lines in each page of Pica type shall be 47 or thereabouts,
and every tenth line shall be numbered in the margin.





ORDER IN COUNCIL APPLYING PART 11 OF THE
MEDICAL ACT 1886 TO HONG KONG

1913 No. 324

(Omitted as spent)

REVISED EDITION 1989

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





THE COLONIAL PRISONERS REMOVAL ORDER IN
COUNCIL 1913.

1913 No. 484.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 11th day of April, 1913.

Present,

The King's Most Excellent Majesty.

Lord President. Lord Chamberlain.

Viscount Allendale Mr. J. A. Pease.

His Majesty, by virtue and in exercise of the powers in this behalf
vested in Him by the Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884 is pleased,
by and with the advice of His Privy Council, to make the following
Order as to the removal of prisoners and criminal lunatics to Ireland
under the said Act:

The Colonial Prisoners Removal Order in Council 1907(a) shall, if
the prisoner or criminal lunatic to be removed under the said Act is to
be detained in Ireland, be amended as follows, that is to say

1. A Secretary of State shall transmit one copy of the Order of
Removal and one copy of the Notification of Concurrence to the Lord
Lieutenant of Ireland for record in Dublin Castle, instead of-transmitting
them to the Home-Office.

2. For the forms numbered III., IV., IX., and X., in the Schedule to
the Order of the 9th day of September, 1907, there shall be substituted
the forms similarly numbered in the Schedule to this Order, or forms to
the like effect varied as circumstances may require.

3. This Order shall commence and come into operation on the first
day of May, 1913.

4. Nothing lawfully done as regards Ireland under the Colonial
Prisoners Removal Order in Council 1907 shall be prejudiced by this
Order.

5. This Order may be cited as The Colonial Prisoners Removal
Order in Council 1913.

ALMERIC FITZROY

(a) S.R. & 0. 1907 No. 742, in this Appendix.





SCHEDULE

referred to in the foregoing Order in Council.

III. WARRANT FOR REMOVAL OF A PRISONER TO
IRELAND.

Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884.

To C.D., the Keeper of the Prison, and to E.F. and G.H.

Whereas an order has been made under the Colonial Prisoners
Removal Act 1884 by one of His Majesty's Principal Secretaries of State,
with the concurrence of the Government of the Colony (or Protectorate,
or ) of for the removal of A.B., a prisoner now in
custody of you, the said C.D., under a sentence of penal servitude (or
imprisonment or, as the case may be) for the term of years
from the day of (or for life), to the United
Kingdom there to undergo the residue of the said sentence:

- Now I do hereby, in pursuance of the said Act, order you, the said C.D., to
deliver the body of the said A.B. into the custody of the said ES. and G.H., or
one of them; and I do hereby, in further pursuance of the said Act, authorize
you, the said E.F. and G.H., or either of you, to receive the said A.B. into your
custody, and to convey him to the United Kingdom, and to deliver him to such
person or persons as shall be empowered by the Lord Lieutenant of Ireland to
receive him for the purpose of giving effect to the said Order of Removal.

And for so doing this shall be your warrant.

Given under the hand of the undersigned, one of His Majesty's
Principal Secretaries of State (or Governor of this day

of ' 19

IV. WARRANT OF RECEPTION OF A PRISONER IN
IRELAND.

Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884.

By the Lord Lieutenant General and General Governor of Ireland.

Whereas was on the * he day of 19
convicted in the Court of of the crime of

and sentenced to

And whereas in pursuance of the provisions of the Colonial Prisoners
Removal Act 1884 an Order has been made by one of His Majesty's
Principal Secretaries of State, with the concurrence of the Government of
the Colony (or Protectorate, or ) of for
the
removal of the said to the United Kingdom, there to undergo
the residue of his sentence; and whereas the Governor of the Colony (or
Protectorate, or of by a warrant under his
hand ordered the said to be conveyed to the United Kingdom
and delivered to such person or persons as shall be empowered by the Lord
Lieutenant of Ireland to receive him for the purpose of giving effect to the
said Order of Removal:

Now we, , Lord Lieutenant General and General Governor

of Ireland, do hereby authorize and empower the Governor of His Majesty's
Prison, and all persons acting under his orders, to receive and
detain the saidfor the purpose of giving effect to the said






Order of Removal; and we do further authorize and empower the Governor
of any other of His Majesty's Prisons to which the said may
be removed fromPrison and all persons acting under his orders
to receive and detain the saidfor the purpose of undergoing
the residue of his sentence in such Prison.

Given at His Majesty's Castle of Dublin this day
of 19

By His Excellency's Command.





IX. WARRANT FOR REMOVAL OF CRIMINAL LUNATIC To
IRELAND.

Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884.

To C.D., the keeper of Lunatic Asylum, and to E.F.
and G.H.

Whereas an order has been made under the Colonial Prisoners
Removal Act 1884 by one of His Majesty's Principal Secretaries of State,
with the concurrence of the Government of the Colony (or Protectorate,
or ) of for the removal of A.B., a criminal lunatic now
in the custody of you, the said C.D., to the United Kingdom, to be there
dealt with in the same manner as if he had become a criminal lunatic in
the United Kingdom:

Now 1 do hereby, in pursuance of the said Act order you, the said C.D., to
deliver the body of the said A.B. into the custody of the said E.F. and G.H., or
one of them; and 1 do hereby, in further pursuance of the said Act, authorize
you, the said E.F. and G.H., or either of you, to receive the said A.B. into your
custody, and to convey him to the United Kingdom and to deliver him to such
person or persons as shall be empowered by the Lord Lieutenant of Ireland to
receive him for the purpose of giving effect to the said Order of Removal.

Given under the hand of the undersigned, one of His Majesty's
Principal Secretaries of State (or the Governor of this day

of ' 19

X. WARRANT OF RECEPTION OF A CRIMINAL LUNATIC IN
IRELAND.

Colonial Prisoners Removal Act 1884.

By the Lord Lieutenant General and General Governor of Ireland.

Whereas is in custody in as a criminal

lunatic, having been charged with the offence of and found
to be insane at the time of such offence (or to be unfit on the ground of
insanity to be tried for such offence) (or having been convicted of the
offence of and sentenced toand afterwards
certified (or lawfully proved) to be insane):

And whereas in pursuance of the provisions of the Colonial Prisoners
Removal Act 1884 an order has been made by one of His Majesty's
Principal Secretaries of State, with the concurrence of the Government of
the Colony (or Protectorate, or ) of for the
removal of the said to the United Kingdom, there to be
detained as a criminal lunatic until he shall have ceased to be a criminal
lunatic, or shall otherwise lawfully be discharged:

And whereas the Governor of the Colony (or Protectorate, or
of by a Warrant under his hand, ordered the said to

be conveyed to the United Kingdom and delivered to such person or
persons as shall be empowered by the Lord Lieutenant of Ireland to
receive him for the purpose of giving effect to the said Order of Removal:

Now we, Lord Lieutenant General and General Governor

of Ireland, do hereby authorize and empower the Governor of the Central
Asylum at Dundrum, and all persons acting under his orders, to receive
and detain the saidin the same manner as if he had become
a criminal lunatic in the United Kingdom, unitl His Majesty's Pleasure be






further known concerning him.

Given at His Majesty's Castle of Dublin this day
of 19

By His Excellency's Command.





THE SEAL FISHERIES (CROWN COLONIES AND
PROTECTORATES) ORDERS IN COUNCIL
1913 TO 1956.

1913 No. 488.

[This Order in Council (S.R. & 0. 1913, p. 174) is printed as
amended by Orders in Council, dated May 14, 1914 (S.R. & 0. 1914
(No. 774) 1, p. 579) and June 1st, 1956 (S.I. 1956 (No. 838) 11, p.
2220)].

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 11 th day of April. 1913.

Present,

The King's Most Excellent Majesty.

Lord President. Lord Chamberlain.
Viscount Allendale. Mr. J. A. Pease.

WHEREAS by Section 3 of the Seal Fisheries (North Pacific) Act
1912 all persons were prohibited from using any port within the United
Kingdom for purposes of pelagic sealing contrary to any Order in
Council made under the Seal Fisheries (North Pacific) Acts 1895 and
1912:

AND WHEREAS by Section 4 of the Seal Fisheries (North Pacific)
Act 1912 the importation of the skins of seals captured in contravention
of any such Order as last aforesaid was prohibited:

AND WHEREAS by Section 5(1) of the said Act it was enacted
that His Majesty might by Order in Council extend the provisions of the
two hereinbefore recited sections to any part of His Majesty's
Dominions outisde the United Kingdom, to any British Protectorate, and
to Cyprus, subject to such modifications and adaptations as might
appear to Him to be necessary:

AND WHEREAS by treaty, grant, usage, sufferance, or other
lawful means His Majesty the King has jurisdiction in and over Cyprus
and within the Dominions of His Highness the Sultan of Zanzibar:

AND WHEREAS it is desirable that the provisions of the sections
3 and 4 of the Seal Fisheries (North Pacific) Act 1912 should be
extended to the Colonies and Protectorates enumerated in the Schedule
to this Order and to Cyprus and to the dominions of the Sultan of
Zanzibar subject to the modifications and adaptations hereinafter
contained:

Now, THEREFORE, His Majesty, by virtue and in exercise of the
powers in this behalf by the Seal Fisheries (North Pacific) Act 1912, the
Foreign Jurisdiction Act 1890, or otherwise in His Majesty vested, is
pleased, by and with the advice of His Privy Council, to order, and it is
hereby ordered.. as follows





1. This Order may be cited as the Seal Fisheries (Crown Colonies
and Protectorates) Orders in Council 1913 to 1956.(a)

2. The word 'Zanzibar' in this Order shall have the same meaning
as in the Zanzibar Order in Council 1906.

3. From and after the commencement of this Order Sections 3 and 4
of the Seal Fisheries (North Pacific) Act 1912 shall apply to the Colonies
and Protectorates enumerated in the Schedule to this Order and to
Cyprus and to Zanzibar (all of which Colonies and Protectorates and
Cyprus and Zanzibar are hereinafter referred to as Territories affected')
subject to the following modifications and adaptations, that is to say:

(i)For the words 'The United Kingdom' in Section 3(1) of the
said Act there shall be deemed to be substituted in the case of
each Territory affected the name of such Territory.

(ii)In Section 3(2) of the said Act for the words 'Secretary of
State' wherever such words occur in the case of all Territories
affected other than Zanzibar there shall be deemed to be
substituted the words 'Officer administering the
Government', and in the case of Zanzibar the words 'His
Majesty's Agent and Consul-General for Zanzibar,' and for
the words 'the Board of Trade or any officer of the Board' the
words 'any customs officer'.

(iii)In Section 4 of the said Act there shall be deemed to be
substituted for the words 'section 42 of the Customs
Consolidation Act 1876', a reference to the enactment in force
in the Territory affected whereby the importation of goods is
prohibited or restricted and such enactment shall apply
accordingly.

4. This Order shall be published in the Government Gazette of each
of the Territories affected other than Zanzibar and shall thereupon come
into operation in such Territory(b). In the case

(a) See S.I. 1956 (No. .838) 11, p. 2220.

(b)This Order as amended by the Order of 1914 was brought into
operation in the following territories as from the following dates -
Bahamas, April 27, 1914; Barbados, April 27, 1914; Bermuda,
July 5, 1913; British Guiana, August 2, 1913; British Honduras,
July 5, 1913; Ceylon, August 15, 1913; East Africa Protectorate,
July 15, 1913; Falkland Islands, September 1, 1913; Fiji, August 8,
1913; Gambia, July 5, 1913; Gibraltar, April 11, 1914; Gilbert and
Ellice Islands Protectorate, May 14, 1914; Gold Coast, August 9,
1913; Grenada, August 1, 1913; Hong Kong, July 11, 1913;
Jamaica, July 10, 1913; Leeward Islands, February 19, 1914;
Malta, June 27, 1913; Mauritius, July 26, 1913; St. Lucia, August
2, 1913; St. Vincent, July 24, 1913; Seychelles, May 9, 1914;
Sierra Leone, July 12, 1913; Solomon Islands Protectorate, May
14, 1914; Somaliland Protectorate, May 14, 1914; Southern
Nigeria (now Nigeria Colony), July 16, 1913; Straits Settlements,
September 11, 1914; Trinidad and Tobago, April 22, 1914;
Weihaiwei, June 28, 1913; Cyprus, April 24, 1914; and Zanzibar
May 26, 1913.





of Zanzibar, this Order shall be published at Zanzibar in such manner as
the Secretary of State shall direct by His Majesty's Agent and Consul-
General and shall thereupon come into operation.

ALMERIC FITZROY.

SCHEDULE.(a)

List of British Colonies, &c., to which Sections 3 and 4 of the Seal Fisheries
(North Pacific) Act 1912, applyBahamas. Barbados. Bermuda. British Guiana.
British Honduras. Ceylon. Dominica.(b) East Africa Protectorate. Falkland Islands.
Fiji. Gambia. Gibraltar. Gilbert and Ellice Islands Protectorate. Gold Coast. Grenada.
Hong Kong. Jamaica (including Turks and Cal-cos Islands and the Cayman Islands).
Leeward IslandsAntigua. Montserrat. Saint Christopher and Nevis. Virgin Islands.
Malta. Mauritius. Saint Helena. Saint Lucia. Saint Vincent. Seychelles. Sierra
Leone. Solomon Islands Protectorate. Somaliland Protectorate. Southern Nigeria.
Straits Settlements, including Labuan. Trinidad and Tobago. Weihaiwei.(c)

(a) Scheduie as substituted by S.R. & 0. 1914 No. 774. (b) Amended by 8.1. 1956
No. 838. (c) Revoked as to Weihaiwei see S.R. & 0. 1930 (No. 1144) P. 536.





ORDER IN COUNCIL APPLYING SECTION 1 OF THE OF
MARRIAGE OF BRITISH SUBJECTS (FACILITIES)
ACT 1915 TO HONG KONG.

1916 No. 555.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace. the 28th day of July, 1916.

Present,

The King's Most Excellent Majesty.

Lord President. Mr. Secretary Samuel.

Lord Steward. Sir Frederick Ponsonby.

WHEREAS by the First Section of the Marriage of British Subjects
(Facilities) Act 1915 it is (amongst other things) enacted as follows

'Where I-lis Majesty is satisfied that the law in force in any
part of His Majesty's Dominions outside the United Kingdom
makes due provision for the publication of banns or for the giving
of notice in respect of marriages between British subjects intended
to be solemnized or contracted in the United Kingdom, and for the
recognition of certificates for marriage issued by superintendent
registrars in England. and of certificates for marriage issued by
registrars, and certificates of proclamation of banns, in Scotland.
and of certificates for marriage issued by registrars in Ireland, as
sufficient notice in respect of marriages between British subjects
intended to be solemnized or contracted in that part of His
Majesty's Dominions, Ifis Majesty may by Order in Council declare
that this Section shall apply to that part of His Dominions, and in
such case

'(a)Where a marriage is intended to be solemnized or
contracted in the United Kingdom between a British
subject resident in England, Scotland, or Ireland, and a
British subject resident in that part of His Majesty's
Dominions, a certificate of notice of marriage issued in
accordance with such law shall in England have the same
effect as a certificate for marriage issued by a
superintendent registrar, and in Scotland and Ireland have
the same effect as a certificate for marriage issued by a
registrar in Scotland and Ireland respectively; and

'(b)Where a marriage is intended to be solemnized or
contracted in that part of His Majesty's Dominions
between a British subject resident in that part and a
British subject resident in England, Scotland, or





Ireland, a certificate for marriage may be issued in
England by a superintendent registrar, or in Scotland or
Ireland by a registrar, in the like manner as if the marriage
was to be solemnized or contracted under circumstances
requiring the issue of such a certificate, and as if both
such British subjects were resident in England, Scotland,
or Ireland, as the case may be

AND WHEREAS His Majesty is satisfied that due provision is
made in respect of all the matters referred to in the hereinbefore in force
in the parts of

recited Section of the said Act by the law

His Majesty's Dominions outside the United Kingdom hereinafter
mentioned:

Now, THEREFORE, His Majesty, by virtue and in exercise of the
powers by the above-recited Act in His Majesty vested, is pleased, by
and with the advice of His Privy Council, to order. and it is hereby
ordered, as follows

The First Section of the Marriage of British Subjects (Facilities) Act
1915 shall apply to the parts of His Majesty's Dominions
outside the United Kingdom hereunder mentioned

The Colony of Dominica,(a)

The Colony of the Gambia,

The Gold Coast Colony,

The Colony of Hong Kong,

The Colony of the Leeward Islands.

The Colony of Mauritius, '

The Island of Saint Vincent,

The Colony of the Straits Settlements,

The Colony of Trinidad and Tobago.

AND the Right Honourable Andrew Bonar Law, one of His
Majesty's Principal Secretaries of State, is to give the necessary
directions herein accordingly.

ALMERIC FITZROY

(a)The Dominica Order in Council, 1939 (S.R. & 0. 1939 No. 1896) added
the Colony of Dominica to this Order in Council.





1987 No. 2200

COPYRIGHT

THE COPYRIGHT (COMPUTER SOFTWARE) (EXTENSION
TO TERRITORIES) ORDER 1987

Made 18th December 1987
Laid before Parliament - 8th January 1988

Coming into force - - 1st February 1988

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 18th day of December 1987

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, and by virtue of the
authority conferred upon Her by section 31 of the Copyright Act 1956(a) and
of all other powers enabling Her in that behalf, is pleased to direct, and it is
hereby directed, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Copyright (Computer Software)
(Extension to Territories) Order 1987 and shall come into force on 1st February
1988.

2. The Copyright (Computer Software) Amendment Act 1985(b), except
section 4(3) and (5) thereof, shall extend to the countries mentioned in Schedule
1 to this Order, subject to the modifications specified in Schedule 2 to this
Order.

G. 1. de DENEY,

Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE1

COUNTRIES TO WHICH THE COPYRIGHT (COMPUTER
SOFTWARE)
AMENDMENT ACT 1985 EXTENDS

Bermuda
British Indian Ocean Territory
Falkland Islands
Gibraltar
Hong Kong
Montserrat
South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands

(a) 1956 c. 74; Part V of the Copyright Act 1956 was applied by section 4(2) of the
Copyright (Computer Software) Amendment Act 1985 (c. 41).
(b) 1985 c. 41.





SCHEDULE 2

MODIFICATIONS TO THE COPYRIGHT (COMPUTER
SOFTWARE)
AMENDMENT ACT 1985, As EXTENDED TO THE COUNTRIES
MENTIONED IN SCHEDULE 1

1. The references in the Copyright (Computer Software) Amendment Act
1985 (in this Schedule referred to as 'the 1985 Act') to the Copyright Act 1956
shall be construed as references to the said Act of 1956, as modified in its
extension to the country concerned(a).

2. In section 3 of the 1985 Act, for the words 'sections 21 to 21 W' there
shall be substituted

(a)in British Indian Ocean Territory, in Falkland Islands and in South
Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands, the words 'section 21 ';

(b)in the other countries mentioned in Schedule 1 to this Order, the words
'sections 21 and 21A'.

(a)The Copyright Act 1956 was extended to Bermuda by S.I. 1962/1642, as
amended by S.I. 198511985; to British Indian Ocean Territory by S.I.
19841541; to Falkland Islands and to South Georgia and the South Sandwich
Islands by S.I. 1963/1037; to Gibraltar by S.I. 1960/847, as amended by S.I.
1985/1986; and to Montserrat by S.I. 1965/1858, as amended by S.I.
1985/1987.





ORDER IN COUNCIL EXTENDING PART II OF THE
ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE ACT 1920
TO HONG KONG

1922 No. 353

(Revoked by S.I. 1984 No. 129 U.K.)

REVISED EDITION 1989

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





1986 No. 2123

INSOLVENCY

COMPANIES

INDIVIDUALS, ENGLAND AND WALES



INDIVIDUALS, NORTHERN IRELAND

THE CO-OPERATION OF INSOLVENCY COURTS
(DESIGNATION OF RELEVANT COUNTRIES AND
TERRITORIES) ORDER 1986

Made 2nd December 1986

Coming into force 29th December 1986

The Secretary of State, in exercise of the powers conferred on him by
section 426(11) of the Insolvency Act 1986(a), hereby makes the
following Order:

1. This Order may be cited as the Co-operation of Insolvency
Courts (Designation of Relevant Countries and Territories) Order 1986
and shall come into force on 29th December 1986.

2. The countries and territories specified in the Schedule to this
Order are hereby designated relevant countries and territories for the
purposes of section 426 of the Insolvency Act 1986.

Michael HOWARD,

Parliamentary Under Secretary of State,
Department of Trade and Industry.

2nd December 1986.

SCHEDULE Article 2

RELEVANT COUNTRIES AND TERRITORIES

ANGUILLA
AUSTRALIA
THE BAHAMAS
BERMUDA
BOTSWANA

(a) 1986 c. 45.





CANADA
CAYMAN ISLANDS
FALKLANDISLANDS
GIBRALTAR
HONG KONG
REPUBLIC OF IRELAND
MONTSERRAT
NEW ZEALAND
ST. HELENA
TURKS AND CAICOS ISLANDS
TUVALU
VIRGIN ISLANDS





ORDER IN COUNCIL DIRECTING THAT THE
EXTRADITION ACTS SHALL APPLY IN THE CASES
OF AUSTRIA, BELGIUM, FRANCE, HUNGARY,
MONACO, NETHERLANDS, NORWAY, PORTUGAL,
SIAM, SPAIN, SWEDEN, TUNIS AND URUGUARY,
IN ACCORDANCE WITH EXISTING TREATIES,
AS SUPPLEMENTED BY CONVENTION OF
MAY 4, 1910, FOR THE SUPPRESSION OF
THE WHITE SLAVE TRAFFIC.

1923 No. 971.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace. the 30th day of July, 1923.

Present.

The King's Most Excellent Majesty.

Lord President. Secretary Sir Samuel
Lord Chamberlain. Major George

WHEREAS by the Extradition Acts 1870 to 1906 it was amongst other
things enacted that, where an arrangement has been made with any
foreign State with respect to the surrender to such State of any fugitive
criminals, I-lis Majesty may, by Order in Council, direct that the said
Acts shall apply in the case of such foreign State; and that I-lis Majesty
may, by the same or any subsequent Order, limit the operation of the
Order, and restrict the same to fugitive criminals who are in or suspected
of being in the part of His Majesty's dominions specified in the Order,
and render the operation thereof subject to such conditions, exceptions,
and qualifications as may be deemed expedient:

AND WHEREAS Treaty arrangements exist between His Majesty and
the Powers and States set forth in the accompanying schedule for the
mutual extradition of fugitive criminals which have been duly put in
force by Order in Council:

AND WHEREAS a Convention was concluded between His Majesty
and the other Powers and States enumerated therein among which are
those set forth in the accompanying schedule, on the 4th day of May,
1910, for the suppression of the White Slave Traffic which contains
Articles in the terms following

ARTICLE 1.

Doit etre puni quiconque, pour satisfaire les passions d'autrui, a
embauche, entraine, on detourne, meme avec son consentement, une
femme ou fille mineure, en vue de la debauche alors meme que les divers
actes qui sont les elements constitutifs de 1'infraction auraient ete
accomplis dans des pays differents





ARTICLE 2.

Doit etre aussi puni quiconque, pour satisfaire les passions d'autrui,
a par fraude on A I'aide de violences, menaces, abus d'autorite. on tout
autre moyen de contrainte, embauche, entraine, on detourne une femme
ou fille majeure, en vue de la ddbauche. alors meme que les divers actes
qui sont les elements constitutifs de 1'infraction auraient ete accomplis
dans des pays differents

ARTICLE 5.

Les infractions prevues par les articles 1 et 2 seront, a partir du jour
de I'entree en vigueur de la presente Convention reputees etre inscrites
de plein droit au, nombre des infractions donnant lieu A extradition
d'apres les Conventions deja existantes entre les Parties contractantes.

Dans les cas ou la stipulation qui precede ne pourrait recevoir effet
sans modifier la legislation existante, les Parties contractantes
s'engagent h prendre ou A proposer A leurs legislatures respectives les
mesures necessaries

ARTICLE 11.

Si un Etat contractant desire la mise en vigueur de la presente
Convention dans une ou plusieurs de ses colonies, possessions ou
circonscriptions consulaires judiciaires, il notifiera son intention h cet
effet par un acte qui sera depose dans les archives du Gouvemement de
la Republique francaise Celui-ci en enverra, par la voie diplomatique,
copie certifiee conforme h chacun des Etats contractants et les avisera
en meme temps de la date du depot.

Six mois apres la date du depot de lacte de notification, la
Convention entrera en vigueur dans les colonies, possessions on
circonscriptions consulaires judiciaires visees dans l'acte de notification.

AND WHEREAS His Majesty's Ratification of this Convention on.
behalf of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland was deposited
at Paris on the 8th day of August, 1912:





AND WHEREAS I-lis Majesty has acceded to the Convention
in respect of the following self-governing Dominions on the dates
respectively mentioned

Canada............... 25th August, 1913.

Union of South Africa..... 19th September, 1913.

New Zealand.......... 1st October, 1913.

Newfoundland .......... 1st October, 1913.

Australia (including Papua and

Norfolk Island) .......18th February, 1914.

in respect of India on the 27th March. 1922; in respect of the following
Colonies on the 4th November, 1921

Bahamas Hong Kong
Ceylon Jamaica
Cyprus Malta
Fiji Straits Settlements
Kenya Trinidad

Gibraltar

and in respect of the following Colonies on the 15th March, 1923-

Barbados St. Lucia

British Guiana St. Vincent

British Honduras Seychelles.

Grenada

Now. THEREFORE, His Majesty, by and with the advice of His
Privy Council, and in virtue of the authority committed to Him, by the
Extradition Acts 1870 to 1906, doth order, and it is hereby ordered, that
the said Acts shall apply in the case of the Powers and States in the
accompanying schedule in accordance with the Treaties therein
described as supplemented by the said Convention. This Order shall
come into operation in Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and in the
Irish Free State from and after the 13th day of August. 1923, in the
above-mentioned self-governing Dominions and Colonies in respect of
which I-lis Majesty has acceded to the Convention in accordance with
Article 11 thereof, and in India, or in British Possessions in respect of
which His Majesty may in future accede thereto, it shall in each case
come into operation on a date six months after the respective date of
such accession, or from and after the said 13th day of August,
whichever shall be the later date.

PROVIDED always that the operation of the said Acts shall be
and remain suspended within the Dominion of Canada so long as an Ad
of the Parliament of Canada, being Part I of Chapter 155 of the Revised
Statutes of Canada, 1906, and entitled---AnAct respecting the
Extradition of Fugitive Criminals', shall continue in force there, and no
longer.





AND PROVIDED that where one of the Powers and States set forth
in the accompanying schedule has not notified its intention that the said
Convention shall come into force in any of its Colonies, Possessions or
Consular Judicial Districts by a declaration to that effect deposited in the
archives of the Government of the French Republic, the operation of the
said Acts shall be and remain suspended in respect of any such
Colonies, Possessions or Judicial Districts until such declaration shall
have been so deposited, and no longer.

M. P. A. HANKEY.

SCHEDULE.

List of Powers and States above referred to parties to the International
Convention for the suppression of the White Slave Traffic, signed at Paris May
4th, 1910, between which and His Majesty's Government extradition treaties are in
force, as follows

Country. Nature of Instrument. Date.

Austria .......Treaty.. .. .... ' . !Derembr 3rd, 1873.
.........Declaration.. .. .. June 26th, 1901.

Belgium.............Treaty .. .... October 29th, 1901.
....Convention.. .. March 5th, 1907.
....Convention.. .. March 3rd, 1911.
France ........Convention (Article 9) March 7th, 1815.
....Treaty.. August 14th, 1876.
....Convention.. .. ' February 13th,
1896.
....Convention.. .. October 17th,
1908.
Hungary.............Treaty .. .. December 3rd, 1873.
....Declaration.. .. June 26th, 1901.

Monaco..............Treaty .. ........ December 17th, 1891.
Netherlands...........Treaty .. ........ September 26th, 1898.
Norway .............Treaty .. ........ June 26th, 1873.
....Agreement.. .. .. February 18th, 1907.
Portugal .............Treaty .. ........ October 17th, 1892.
....Protocol.. .. .. November 30th, 1892.
Siam ...............Treaty .. ........ March 4th, 1911.
Spain ..............Treaty .. ........ June 4th, 1878.
....Declaration.. .. .... February 19th, 1889.
Sweden..............Treaty .. ........ June 26th, 1873(a).

Supplementary AgreementJuly 2nd, 1907.
Tunis Agreement December 31st, 1889.

Agreement............July 29th, 1909. Uruguay.....
Treaty...............March 26th, 1884.

Protocol ............March 20th, 1891.

(a)Application to Sweden in respect of United Kingdom. Channel ~d. Isle of Man and Colonies. revoked by
5.1. 1951 No. 1384 (1951 1. P. 781).





THE MERCHANT SHIPPING PASSENGER STEAMERS (HONG
KONG) ORDER 1928.

1928 No. 250.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace. the 22nd day of March, 1928.

Present,

The King's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

WHEREAS by Section 284 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894 it
is provided that, where the legislature of any British Possession
provides for the survey of, and grant of certificates for, passenger
steamers, and the Board of Trade report to His Majesty the King that
they are satisfied that the certificates are to the like effect, and are
granted after a like survey, and in such manner as to be equally efficient
with the certificates granted for the same purpose in the United
Kingdom under that Act, His Majesty, by Order in Council, may

(1)declare that the certificates granted in the said British
Possession shall be of the same force as if granted under that
Act; and

(2).declare that all or any of the provisions of Part III of that Act
which relate to passenger steamers' certificates shall, either
without modification or with such modifications as to His
Majesty may seem necessary, apply to the certificates granted
in the said British Possession; and

(3)impose such conditions and make such regulations with
respect to the certificates, and to the use, delivery, and
cancellation thereof, as to His Majesty may seem fit, and
impose fines not exceeding fifty pounds for the breach of
those conditions and regulations.

AND WHEREAS it has been made to appear to His Majesty
that the Legislature of Hong Keng has provided for the survey of and
grant of certificates for passenger steamers:

AND WHEREAS the Board of Trade have reported to His
Majesty that they are satisfied that such certificates are, as regards
foreign-going passenger steamers, to the like effect, and are granted
after a like survey, and in such manner as to be equally efficient with the
certificates granted for the same purpose in the United Kingdom under
the said Act:

Now, THEREFORE, His Majesty, by virtue of the powers
vested in I-Em by the said Act, by and with the advice of His Privy
Council, is pleased to declare as follows

1. The certificates granted in Hong Kong under the said provision
made by the Legislature of Hong Kong for foreign







going passenger steamers shall be of the same force as if they had been
granted for the like purpose in the United Kingdom under the Merchant
Shipping Act 1894.

2. All the provisions of the third part of the said Act which relate to
passenger steamers' certificates shall, without modification, apply to the
certificates for foreign-going passenger steamers granted in Hong
Kong.

3. This Order may be cited as the Merchant Shipping Passenger
Steamers (Hong Kong) Order 1928.

M. P. A. HANKEY.






ORDER IN COUNCIL DIRECTING THAT THE
EXTRADITION ACTS SHALL APPLY IN THE CASES
OF CUBA, ITALY, LUXEMBURG, SWITZERLAND AND
YUGO-SLAVIA IN ACCORDANCE WITH EXISTING
TREATIES, AS SUPPLEMENTED BY CONVENTION
OF MAY 4, 1910, FOR THE SUPPRESSION
OF THE WHITE SLAVE TRAFFIC.

1931 No. 718.

[This Order in Council S. R. & 0. 1931, p. 469 is printed as
amended by the Dominica Order in Council, 1939 (S.R. & 0. 1939 No.
1896)].

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 11 th day of August, 193 1.

Present,

The King's Most Excellent Majesty.

Lord President. . Lord Russell of Killowen.

Viscount Lee of Farcham. Mr. Secretary Shaw.

WHEREAS by the Extradition Acts 1870 to 1906 it was amongst
other things enacted that, where an arrangement has been made with
any foreign State with respect to the surrender to such State of any
fugitive criminals, His Majesty may, by Order in Council, direct that the
said Acts shall apply in the case of such foreign State; and that His
Majesty may, by the same or any subsequent Order, limit the operation
of the Order. and restrict the same to fugitive criminals who are in or
suspected of being in the part of His Majesty's dominions specified in
the Order, and render the operation thereof subject to such conditions,
exceptions, and qualifications as may be deemed expedient:

AND WHEREAS Treaty arrangements exist between His Majesty
and foreign States set forth in the accompanying schedule for the
mutual extradition of fugitive criminals which have been duly put in
force by Order in Council:

AND WHEREAS there was concluded on the 4th day of May,
1910, between His Majesty and the foreign States enumerated therein
among which are those set forth in the accompanying schedule, a
Convention for the suppression of the White Slave Traffic which
contains Articles in the terms following

ARTICLE 1.

Doit etre puni quiconque, pour satisfaire les passions d'autrui, a
embauche, entraine, ou detourine meme avec: son consentement, une
femme ou fille mineure, en vue de la ddbauche, alors meme que les
divers actes qui sont les elements constitutifs de l'infraction auraient
ete accomplis dans des pays differents





ARTICLE 2.

Doit etre aussi puni quiconque, pour satisfaire les passions
d'autrui, a par fraude, ou A I'aide de violences, menaces, abus d'autorite,
ou tout autre moyen de contrainte, embauche, entraine, ou detourne une
femme ou fille majeure, en vue de la debauche alors meme que les divers
actes qui sont les elements constitutifs de 1'infraction auraient ete
accomplis dans des pays differents

ARTICLE 5.

Les infractions prevues par les articles 1 et 2 seront, h partir du jour
de I'entree en vigueur de la presente Convention, reputees &re inscrites
de plein droit au. nombre des infractions donnant lieu A extradition
d'apres les Conventions deja existantes entre les Parties contractantes.

Dans les cas oh la stipulation qui precede ne pourrait recevoir effet
sans modifier la legislation existante, les Parties constractantes
s'engagent ~ prendre ou a proposer h leurs legislatures respectives les
mesures necessaries

ARTICLE 11.

Si un Etat contractant desire la mise en vigueur de la presente
Convention dans une ou plusieurs de ses colonies, possessions ou
circonscriptions consulaires judiciaires, il notifiera son intention a cet
effet par un acte qui sera depose dans les archive's du Gouvernement de
la Republique francaise Celui-ci en enverra, par la voie diplomatique,
copie certifiee conforme h chacun des Etats contractants et les avisera
en meme temps de la date du depot.

Six mois apres la date du depot de l'acte de notification,
laConvention entrera en vigueur dans les colonies, possessions ou
=conscriptions consulaires judiciaires visees dans l'acte de notification.

AND WHEREAS His Majesty's ratification of or accession to the
Convention has been effected in respect of the following parts of His
Majesty's dominions on the following dates

Great Britain and Northern

Ireland ............8th August, 1912.

Commonwealth of Australia (in-
cluding Papua and Norfolk

Island) ............18th February, 1914.

New Zealand.......... 1st October, 1913.

Union of South Africa..... 19th September, 1913.

Newfoundland ...........1st October, 1913.





India ............... 27th March, 1922.
Southern Rhodesia........ 4th November, 1921.
Bahamas............4th November, 1921.
Barbados ............15th March, 1923.
British Guiana..........15th March, 1923.
British Honduras .......15th March, 1923.
Ceylon............... 4th November, 1921.
Cyprus............. 4th November, 1921.
Dominica ............8th March, 1924(a).
Falkland Islands.......... 30th April, 1924.
Fiji............... 4th November, 1921.
Gibraltar ............4th November, 1921.
Gold Coast............21st June, 1924.
Grenada ............15th March, 1923.
Guernsey ............21st September, 1923.
Hong Kong............4th November, 1921.
Jamaica ............4th November, 1921.
Jersey ............... 21st September, 1923.
Kenya............... 4th November, 1921.
Leeward Islands.......... 8th March, 1924.
Malta ............... 4th November. 1921.
Man, Isle of............21st September, 1923.
Mauritius ............8th March, 1924.
St. Lucia ............15th March, 1923.
St. Vincent............15th March, 1923.
Seychelles............15th March, 1923.
Sierra Leone .......... 27th September, 1927.
Straits Settlements........ 4th November, 1921.
Trinidad ............4th November, 1921.

Now, THEREFORE, His Majesty. by and with the advice of
His Privy Council, and in virtue of the authority committed to
Him by the Extradition Acts 1870 to 1906 doth order, and it is
hereby ordered, that the said Acts shall apply in respect of the
abovementioned parts of His Majesty's Dominions in the case of
the foreign States in the accompanying Schedule in accordance
with the Treaties therein described as supplemented by the said
Convention.

THIS Order shall come into operation on the 24th August,
1931.

(a)Dominica added by S.R. & 0. 1939 No. 1896. See S.R. & 0. and S.I.
Rev. 1948, Vol. XXIV, p. 231.





PROVIDED that where one of the foreign States set forth in the
accompanying Schedule has not notified its intention that the said
Convention shall come into force in any of its Colonies, Possessions or
Consular Judicial Districts by a declaration to that effect deposited in
the archives of the Government of the French Republic, the operation of
the said Acts shall be and remain suspended in respect of any such
Colonies. Possessions or Consular Judicial Districts until such
declaration shall have been so deposited, and no longer.

M. P. A. HANKEY.

SCHEDULE.

List of the foreign States above referred to parties to the International
Convention of the suppression of the White Slave Traffic, signed at Paris, 4th
May, 1910, between which and His Majesty's Government extradition treaties are
in force, as follows

Country. Nature of Instrument. Date.

Cuba.......Treaty............3rd October, 1904.

Italy Treaty ..5th February, 1873.
Declaration......... .. .. -7th May, 1873.
Luxemburg Treaty.. .. 24th November, 1880.

Switzerland .. Treaty 26th November, 1880.

Convention......... ....29th June, 1904.

Yugoslavia .....Treaty .. ...... 6th December, 1900.





1988 No. 791


OVERSEAS DEVELOPMENT AND CO-OPERATION

THE MULTILATERAL INVESTMENT GUARANTEE
AGENCY (OVERSEAS TERRITORIES) ORDER 1988

Made - - - - 27th April 1988

Coming into force - - 18th May 1988

At the Court of Saint James, the 27th day of April 1988

Present,

The Counsellors of State in Council

Whereas Her Majesty in pursuance of the Regency Acts 1937 to 1953,
was pleased, by Letters Patent dated the 28th day of March 1988, to
delegate to the six Counsellors of State therein named or any two or
more of them full power and authority during the period of Her
Majesty's absence from the United Kingdom to summon and hold on
Her Majesty's behalf Her Privy Council and to signify thereat Her
Majesty's approval for anything for which Her Majesty's approval in
Council is required:

Now, therefore, Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth The Queen Mother
and His Royal Highness The Prince Charles, Prince of Wales, being
authorised thereto by the said Letters Patent, and in pursuance of the
powers conferred by section 9(4) of the Multilateral Investment
Guarantee Agency Act 1988(a) and all other powers enabling Her
Majesty, and by and with the advice of Her Majesty's Privy Council, do
on Her Majesty's behalf order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Multilateral Investment
Guarantee Agency (Overseas Territories) Order 1988 and shall come
into force on 18th May 1988.

2. The provisions of sections 3, 4, 5 and 6 of the Multilateral
Investment Guarantee Agency Act 1988, modified as in Schedule 1
hereto, shall extend to the Territories specified in Schedule 2 hereto.

3. For the purpose of construing the said Act as so extended as
part of the law of any Territory to which it extends

'the Agency' means the Multilateral Investment Guarantee
Agency;

'the Convention' means the Convention establishing the
Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency, which was signed
on behalf of the United Kingdom on 9th April 1986;

(a) 1988 c. 8.





'the Governor' means the officer for the time being administering
the government of that Territory or any person whom the
Governor may by order designate to perform such of the
Governor's functions under the Act as may be specified in
such order;

'the Supreme Court means the court (by whatever name styled)
having unlimited original jurisdiction in that Territory in civil
matters;

'the Territory' means that Territory, including its territorial
waters.

G. 1. de DENEY,

Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE1 Article 2

SECTIONS 3, 4, 5 AND 6 OF THE MULTILATERAL INVESTMENT
GUARANTEE AGENCY ACT 1988 AS MODIFIED

STATUS, PRIVILEGES AND IMMUNITIES OF THE AGENCY

3. (1) The Articles of the Convention specified in subsection (2) below shall
have the force of the law in the Territory.

(2) The Articles referred to in subsection (1) above are Articles 1(b), 44, 45,
46(a), 47, 48(i) and 50.

(3) Nothing in Article 47(a) shall be construed-

(a)as entitling the Agency to import goods free of duty or tax without
restriction on their subsequent sale in the country to which they were
imported;

(b)except as provided in subsection (4) below, as conferring on the Agency
any exemption from duties or taxes which form part of the price of goods
sold; or

(c)as conferring on the Agency any exemption from duties or taxes which
are no more than charges for services rendered.

(4) The Governor shall make arrangements for refunding to the Agency,
subject to compliance with such conditions as may be imposed in accordance with
the arrangements, car tax paid on new vehicles, and value added tax paid on the
supply of goods or services,. which are necessary for the exercise of the official
activities of the Agency.

(5) If in any proceedings any question arises whether a person is or is not
entitled to any privilege or immunity by virtue of this section, a certificate issued
by or under the authority ofthe Governor stating any fact relevant to that
question shall be conclusive evidence of that fact.

ARBITRATION PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE CONVENTION

4. (1) A party to a dispute which is the subject of an award rendered pursuant
to Article 4 of Annex 11 to the Convention shall be entitled to have the award
registered in the Supreme Court subject to proof of such matters as are prescribed
by rules of court and to the other provisions of this section.

(2) In addition to any sum payable under the award, the award shall be
registered for the reasonable costs of and incidental to registration.





(3) If at the date of the application for registration any sum payable under the
award has been partly paid, the award shall be registered only in respect of the
balance and accordingly if that sum has then been wholly paid the award shall not be
registered.
(4) An award registered under this section shall be of the same force and effect
for the purpose of execution as if it had been ajudgment of the Supreme Court given
when the award was rendered as mentioned in subsection (1) above and entered on
the date of registration under this section and-
(a) proceedings may be taken on the award;
(b) any sum for which the award is registered shall carry interest; and
(c)the Supreme Court shall have the same control over the execution of the
award,
as if the award had been such a judgment of the Supreme Court.
(5) This section shall bind the Crown but not so as to make an award
enforceable against the Crown in a manner in which a judgment would not be
enforceable against the Crown; and an award shall not be enforceable against any
State in a manner in which a judgment would not be enforceable against that State.
(6) In this section 'award' includes any decision interpreting an award; and for
the purposes of this section an award shall be deemed to have been rendered
pursuant to Article 4 of Annex 11 when a copy of it is transmitted to each party as
provided in paragraph (h) of that Article.

5. Any power to make rules under any enactment forming part of the law of
the Territory enabling rules of court to be made with respect to the practice and
procedure of the Supreme Court of the Territory in civil proceedings shall include the
power-
(a)to prescribe the procedure for applying for registration under section 4
above and to require an applicant to give prior notice of his intention to
other parties;
(b)to prescribe the matters to be proved on the application and the manner of
proof,
(c)to provide for the service of notice of registration of the award by the
applicant on other parties; and
(d)to make provision requiring the court on proof of such matters as may be
prescribed by the rules to stay execution of an award registered under
section 4 above in cases where enforcement of the award has been stayed
pursuant to Article 4 of Annex 11 to the Convention.

6. (1) The Governor may by order make provision, in relation to such
arbitration proceedings pursuant to Annex II to the Convention as are specified in
the order, for the attendance of witnesses, the hearing of evidence and the production
of documents.
(2) Except as provided by any order made under subsection (1) of this section,
no enactment relating to arbitration which forms part of the law of the Territory shall
apply to proceedings pursuant to the Convention, but this subsection shall not be
taken as affecting any provision of such an enactment relating to staying court
proceedings where there is submission to arbitration.

SCHEDULE2

Anguilla
Cayman Islands
Falkland Islands
Gibraltar
Hong Kong
Montserrat
Pitcairn, Henderson, Ducie and Oeno Islands





THE RECIPROCAL ENFORCEMENT OF JUDGMENTS
(CENTRAL APPLICATION TO HIS MAJESTY'S
DOMINIONS, ETC.) ORDER 1933.(a)

1933 No. 1073.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the
10th day of November, 1933.

Present,

The King's Most Excellent Majesty.

Lord President. Secretary Sir Phillip

Earl of Athlone. Cunliffe-Lister.

Secretary Sir John Simon. Sir Boyd Merriman.

WHEREAS by subsection 1 of section 7 of the Foreign
Judgments (Reciprocal Enforcement) Act 1933 it is provided that His
Majesty may by Order in Council direct that Part I of the said Act shall
apply to His Majesty's dominions outside the United Kingdom and to
judgments obtained in the courts of the said dominions as it applies to
foreign countries and to judgments obtained in the courts of foreign
countries and that, in the event of His Majesty so directing, the said
Act shall have effect accordingly and Part II of the Administration of
Justice Act 1920 shall cease to have effect except in relation to those
parts of the said dominions to which it extends at the date of the Order:

AND WHEREAS it is provided by subsection (3) of section 7
of the said Act that references in the said section to His Majesty's
dominions outside the United Kingdom shall be construed as including
references to any territories which are under His Majesty's protection
and to any territories in respect of which a mandate under the League of
Nations has been accepted by His Majesty:

Now, THEREFORE, His Majesty. by virtue and in exercise of
His powers under the said Act, is pleased by and with the advice of His
Privy Council to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows

(1)Part I of the Foreign Judgments (Reciprocal Enforcement) Act
1933 shall apply to His Majesty's dominions outside the
United Kingdom and to judgments obtained in the courts of
the said dominions and to territories which are under His
Majesty's protection or in respect

(a) For the Reciprocal Enforcement of Judgments (British India and

British Burma) Order 1938 see S.R. & 0. 1938 (No. 1363) 1, p. 1601.





of which a mandate has been accepted by His Majesty and to
judgments obtained in the courts of the said territories.

(2)This Order may be cited as 'The Reciprocal Enforcement of
Judgments (General Application to His Majesty's Dominions,
etc.) Order 1933.'

M. P. A. HANKEY.





THE EXTRADITION (DENMARK) (WHITE SLAVE
TRAFFIC) ORDER IN COUNCIL 1934.

1934 No. 500.

[This Order in Council (S.R. & 0. 1934, 1, p. - 753) is printed as
amended by the Dominica Order in Council, 1939 (S.R. & 0. 1939 No.
1896)].

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 14th day of May, 1934.

Present,

The King's Most Excellent Majesty.

Lord President. Mr. Ormsby-Gore.

Secretary Sir Philip Sir Philip Sassoon.

Cunliffe-Lister. Sir Robert Clive.

WHEREAS by the Extradition Acts 1870 and 1906 it was amongst
other things enacted that, where an arrangement has been made with
any foreign State with respect to the surrender to such State of any
fugitive criminals, His Majesty may, by Order in Council, direct that the
said Acts shall apply in the case of such foreign State., and that His
Majesty may by the same or any subsequent Order, limit the operation
of the Order, and restrict the same to fugitive criminals who are in or
suspected of being in the part of His Majesty's dominions specified in
the Order, and render the operation thereof subject to such conditions,
exceptions, and qualifications as may be deemed expedient:

AND WHEREAS a Treaty was signed on the 31st March, 1873,
between Her late Majesty Queen Victoria and His late Majesty the King
of Denmark for the mutual extradition of fugitive criminals, in the case of
which Treaty the Extradition Act 1870 was applied by Order in Council
of the 26th day of June, 1873: (a)

AND WHEREAS there was signed on the 4th day of May, 1910.
between His Majesty and other Powers and States enumerated therein
one of whom was His Majesty the King of Denmark. a, Convention for
the suppression of the White Slave Traffic, which contains Articles in
the terms following

ARTICLE 1.

Doit etre puni quiconque, pour satisfaire les passions d'autrui, a
embauche entraine ou detourne meme avec son consentement, une
femme ou fille mineure, en vue de la debauche alors meme que les divers
actes qui sont les elements constitutifs de 1'infraction auraient ete
accomplis dans des pays diferents

(a) See p. 93 of S.R. & 0. and S.I. Rev. 1948, Vol. IX.





ARTICLE 2.

Doit etre aussi puni quiconque, pour satisfaire les passions
d'autrui, a par fraude ou h I'aide de violences, menaces, abus d'autorite
ou tout autre moyen de contrainte, embauche entraine ou detourne une
femme ou fille majeure, en vue de la ddbauche, alors meme que les divers
actes qui sont les elements constitutifs de 1'infraction auraient ete
accomplis dans des pays differents

ARTICLE 5.

Les infractions prevues par les articles 1 et 2 seront, ~ partir du
jour de l'entree en vigueur de la presente Convention, reputees etre
inscrites de plein droit au nombre des infractions donnant lieu h
extradition d'apres les Conventions deja existantes entre les Parties
contractantes.

Dans les cas oil la stipulation qui precede ne pourrait recevoir effet
sans modifier la legislation existante, les Parties contractantes
s'engagent 5 prendre ou h proposer 5 leurs legislatures respectives les
mesures necessaires

ARTICLE 11.

Si un Etat contractant desire la mise en vigueur de la presente
Convention dans une ou plusieurs de ses colonies, possessions ou
circonscriptions consulaires judiciaires, il notifiera son intention A cet
effet par un acte qui sera depose dans les archive's du Gouvernement de
la Republique francaise Celui-ci en enverra, par la voie diplomatique
copie certifiee conforme h chacun des Etats contractants et les avisera
en meme temps de la date du depot

Six mois apres la date du depot de I'acte de notification, la
Convention entrera en vigueur dans les colonies, possessions ou
circonscriptions consulaires judiciaires visees dans I'acte de
notification.

AND WHEREAS His Majesty has ratified the said Convention or
acceded thereto in respect of, and the said Convention thereby extends
to the following parts of I-lis Majesty's dominions





Great Britain and Northern Gibraltar
. Ireland Gilbert and Ellice Islands

Commonwealth of Australia Gold Coast
(including Papua and Grenada
Norfolk Island) Guernsey
New Zealand Hong Kong
Union of South Africa Jamaica
Newfoundland Jersey
India Kenya
Southern Rhodesia Leeward Islands
Bahamas Malta
Barbados Man, Isle of
British Guiana Mauritius
British Honduras St. Lucia
Ceylon St. Vincent
Cyprus Seychelles
Dominica(a) Sierra Leone
Falkland Islands Straits Settlements
Fiji Trinidad
Gambia

AND WHEREAS His Majesty has been advised by His
Ministers in the Commonwealth of Australia, New Zealand and the
Union of South Africa to take the necessary steps to cause the said
recited Acts to be applied in the case of Denmark in respect of the afore-
mentioned Dominions in accordance with the said Treaty as
supplemented by the said Convention:

Now, THEREFORE, His Majesty, by and with the advice of
His Privy Council, and in virtue of the authority committed to Him, by
the Extradition Acts 1870 to 1906, doth order, and it is hereby ordered,
that the said Acts shall apply in respect of the above-mentioned parts
of His Majesty's dominions in the case of Denmark in accordance with
the said Treaty as supplemented by the said Convention.

THis Order shall come into operation on the 28th day of May, 1934,
and may be cited as the 'Extradition (Denmark) (White Slave Traffic)
Order in Council 1934.

PROVIDED that where His Majesty the King of Denmark has
not notified his intention that the said Convention shall come into force
in any of his Colonies, Possessions or Consular Judicial Districts by a
declaration to that effect deposited in the archives of the Government of
the French Republic, the operation of the said Acts shall be and remain
suspended in respect of any such Colonies, Possessions or Consular
Judicial Districts until such declaration shall have been so deposited
and no longer.

M. P. A. HANKEY.

(a)Dominica added by S.R. & 0. 1939 No. 1896, S.R. & 0. and S.I. Rev.
1948, Vol. XXIV, p. 231.

1





1989 No. 153

HONG KONG

THE HONG KONG (LEGISLATIVE POWERS)
ORDER 1989

Made 7th February 1989

Laid before Parliament 15th February 1989

Coming into force 27th March 1989

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 7th day of February 1989

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by paragraph 3 of the
Schedule to the Hong Kong Act 1985(a) and all other powers enabling Her in that
behalf, is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is
hereby ordered, as follows

1. Citation and commencement

(1) This Order may be cited as the Hong Kong (Legislative Powers) Order 1989.

(2) This Order shall come into force on 27th March 1989.

2. Additional powers of the legislative of Hong Kong

In addition to any other power conferred on the legislature of Hong Kong, the
Governor of Hong Kong, by and with the advice and consent of the Legislative
Council of Hong Kong, may, to the extent required in order to give effect to an
international agreement which applies to Hong Kong, and for connected purposes

(a)repeal or amend any enactment so far as it is part of the law of Hong
Kong; and

(b) make laws having extra-territorial operation.

G. 1. de DENEY,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

(a)1985 c. 15.





1989 No. 157

COPYRIGHT
THE COPYRIGHT (INTERNATIONAL CONVENTIONS)
(AMENDMENT) ORDER 1989

Made 7th February 1989
Laid before Parliament 15th February 1989
Coming into force8th March 1989

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 7th day of February 1989
Present,
The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, by virtue of the authority conferred upon Her by sections 31, 32 and
47 of the Copyright Act 1956(a), is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy
Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows

1. This Order may be cited as the Copyright (International Conventions)
(Amendment) Order 1989 and shall come into force on 8th March 1989.

2. The Copyright (International Conventions) Order 1979(b) shall be amended
as follows

(a)in Schedule 1 (which names the countries of the Berne Copyright
Union) there shall be included a reference to each of Liberia and the
United States of America (including Guam, Panama Canal Zone,
Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands of the United States of America),
indicated in each case with an asterisk to denote that each is also
party to the Universal Copyright Conventions; and

(b)in Schedule 2 (which names the countries party to the Universal
Copyright Convention but not members of the Berne Union) the
references to Liberia and the United States of America (and Guam
Panama Canal Zone, Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands of the United
States of America), and the date indicated in relation to each country,
shall be omitted.

(a) 1956 c. 74. (b) S.I. 1979/1715, to which there are

amendments not relevant to this Order.





3. Where any person has before the commencement of this Order incurred any
expenditure or liability in connection with the reproduction or performance of any
work or other subject matter in a manner which at the time was lawful, or for the
purpose of or with a view to the reproduction or performance of a work at a time
when such reproduction or performance would, but for the making of this Order,
have been lawful, nothing in this Order shall diminish or prejudice any right or
interest arising from or in connection with such action which is subsisting and
valuable immediately before the commencement of this Order unless the person who
by virtue of this Order becomes entitled to restrain such reproduction or
performance agrees to pay such compensation as, failing agreement, may be
determined by arbitration.

4. This Order shall extend to the countries mentioned in the Schedule hereto.

G. 1. de DENEY,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE

COUNTRIES TO WHICH THIS ORDER EXTENDS

Bermuda
British Indian Ocean Territory
British Virgin Islands
Cayman Islands
Falkland Islands
Gibraltar
Hong Kong
Isle of Man
Montserrat
St Helena
St Helena Dependencies (Ascension, Tristan da Cunha)
South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands





THE HONG KONG DIVORCE JURISDICTION
ORDER IN COUNCIL 1935.

1935 No. 836.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 13th day of August, 1935.

Present,

The King's Most Excellent Majesty.

Lord Chancellor. Lord Marshall of Chipstead.

Lord Southborough. Sir Philip Sassoon.

WHEREAS by section 2 of the Indian and Colonial Divorce
Jurisdiction Act 1926 it is enacted that His Majesty may, by Order in
Council, provide for applying the provisions. of section 1 of the said
Act. subject to the necessary modifications, to any part of His
Majesty's dominions other than a self-governing dominion (as therein
defined) in like manner as they apply to India. and, in particular, such
Order in Council may determine. the Court by which the jurisdiction
conferred by those provisions is to be exercised:

AND WHEREAS the Colony of Hong Kong is a part of His
Majesty's dominions other than a self-governing dominion as aforesaid:

AND WHEREAS it is expedient to provide for applying the
aforesaid provisions of the said Act to the Colony of Hong Kong:

Now, THEREFORE, His Majesty, by virtue and in the exercise of
the powers in this behalf by the Indian and Colonial Divorce
Jurisdiction Act 1926, or otherwise in His Majesty vested, is pleased, by
and with the advice of His Privy Council, to order and it is hereby
ordered, as follows:

1. This Order in Council may be cited as the Hong Kong Divorce
Jurisdiction Order in Council 1935.

2. On and after the first day of January, 1936. the provisions of the
first section of the Indian and Colonial Divorce Jurisdiction Act 1926
shall apply to the Colony of Hong Kong in like manner as they apply to
India.

3. In the application of the said provisions to the said Colony

(a)the Court which is to exercise the jurisdiction thereby
conferred shall be the Supreme Court of Hong Kong, and
references in the said first section to a High Court in India
shall be read as references to such Supreme Court;





(b) references in the said first section to India shall be read
as references to the Colony of Hong Kong; and

(c) the reference to the Secretary of State in Council of
India in the said section shall be read as referring to the State for
the Colonies.





E. C. E. LEADBITTER.





1986 No. 1298

HONG KONG

THE HONG KONG (LEGISLATIVE POWERS) ORDER 1986

Made 25th July 1986
Laid before Parliament - 4th August 1986
Coming into Operation - 26th August 1986
At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 25th day of July 1986

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by paragraph 3 of
the Schedule to the Hong Kong Act 1985(a) and all other powers enabling Her
in that behalf, is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order,
and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Hong Kong (Legislative Powers)
Order 1986.

(2) This Order shall come into operation on 26th August 1986.

2. The Governor of Hong Kong, by and with the advice and consent of
the Legislative Council of Hong Kong, may, in addition to any other power
conferred on the legislature of Hong Kong

(a)repeal or amend any enactment so far as it is part of the law of Hong
Kong;

(b) make laws having extra-territorial operation, being an enactment or
laws relating to(i) civil aviation,

(ii) merchant shipping,

(iii) admiralty jurisdiction.

G. 1. de DENEY,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

(a) 1985 c. 15.





1982 No. 710

MERCHANT SHIPPING
THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (TONNAGE) (HONG KONG) ORDER 1982

Made - - - - - - .18th May 1982

Laid before Parliament - - - 27th May 1982

Coming into Operation - - - 18th July 1982

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 18th day of May 1982

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by section 94(ii) of
the Merchant Shipping Act 1970(a) is pleased, by and with the advice of Her
Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Tonnage) (Hong
Kong) Order 1982 and shall come into operation on 18th July 1982.

2. The provisions of section 91 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1970 shall
extend to Hong Kong, with the exceptions, adaptations and modifications
specified in the Schedule hereto as part of the law thereof and the reference in
that section to the Merchant Shipping Act 1965(b) shall be to that Act as
extended to Hong Kong by the Merchant Shipping (Tonnage) (Hong Kong)
Order 1967(c).

N. E. LEIGH,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE Article 2

EXCEPTIONS, ADAPTATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS IN THE
EXTENSION OF
SECTION 91 OF THE MERCHANT SHIPPING ACT 1970 To HONG
KONG

1 . In section 1(6) of the Merchant Shipping Act 1965, as substituted by
section 91:-

(a)for any reference to the Board of Trade there shall be substituted a
reference to the Governor;

(b)for the reference to the United Kingdom there shall be substituted a
reference to Hong Kong.

2. In section 1(6A) of the Merchant Shipping Act 1965, as substituted by
section 91, for the reference to a fine not exceeding
substituted a reference to a fine not exceeding 5,000 Hong Kong dollars.

(a) 1970 c. 36. (c) S.I. 1967/1764.
(b) 1965 c. 47.





THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (HONG KONG)
ORDER 1936.

1936 No. 194.

[This Order in Council (S.R. & 0. 1936, 1, p. 1809) is printed as
amended by Order in Council, dated December 18, 1936 (S.R. & 0.
1936 (No. 1381) 1, p. 1811)]

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 3rd day of March, 1936.

Present,

The King's Most Excellent Majesty.

Lord President.Mr. Chancellor of the
Marquess of Zetland.Duchy of Lancaster.
Master of the Horse.

WHEREAS by Section 6 of the Merchant Shipping (International
Labour Conventions) Act 1925 (hereinafter referred to as 'the Act') it is
enacted among other things that His Majesty may by Order in Council
direct that the provisions of the Act shall, subject to such modifications
and adaptations, to be specified in the Order, as appear to His Majesty
necessary or expedient in the circumstances of the case, apply to ships
registered in any British possession outside the United Kingdom, other
than the Dominions mentioned in the Second Schedule to the Act, as
they apply to ships registered in the United Kingdom:

AND WHEREAS it is expedient that the provisions of the Act
should, subject to the modifications and adaptations specified in this
Order, apply to ships registered in Hong Kong (hereinafter referred to
as the Colony) in like manner as they apply to ships registered in the
United Kingdom:

Now, THEREFORE, His Majesty, by and with the advice of His Privy
Council, is pleased to direct, and it is hereby directed, as follows

1. The provisions of the Act shall apply to ~h ships registered in
the Colony in like manner as they apply to ships registered in the
United Kingdom subject to the following modifications and
adaptations, that is to say

(1)for the expressions 'the Board of Trade' and 'officers of the
Board of Trade' there shall be respectively substituted the
expressions ---theGovernor' and 'officers authorized for such
purpose by the Governor'.,





(2)in subsection (3) of Section 1 of the Act the words from 'but
in the case of a ship' to the end of the subsection shall be
omitted;

(3)the first paragraph of Section 5 of the Act shall be amended
by the, insertion of the words % in the, opinion of the court
having cognizance of any case in relation to such person,'
after the words 'who is';

(4)the second paragraph of Section 5 of the Act shall be omitted
and the following paragraph shall be substituted therefor--

'The expression 'ship' means any sea-going ship or
boat of any description which is registered in Hong Kong
2c - British ship but does not include

(a)any tug. dredger, sludge vessel. barge or other craft
whose ordinary course of navigation does not
extend beyond the waters of the Colony if and so
long as such vessel is engaged in her ordinary
occupation;

(b) [Deleted by S.R. & 0. 1936 No. 1381.]

(c) any fishing boat.';

(5)the provisions of Section 1 of the Act shall apply to any River
Steamer as defined by Section 2(1) of the Merchant Shipping
Ordinance 1899 of the Legislature of the Colony, but the
provisions of Sections 2. 3 and 4 of the Act shall not apply to
any such steamer.(a)

2. This Order may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Hong Kong)
Order 1936.

M. P. A. HANKEY.

(a) Para. (5) added by S.R. & 0. 1936 No. 1381.







THE WHALING INDUSTRY (REGULATION) ACT
(NEWFOUNDLAND, COLONIES, PROTECTORATES MANDATED
TERRITORIES) ORDER 1936.

1936 No. 716.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 3rd day of July. 1936.

Present,

The King's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

WHEREAS by Section 13 of the Whaling Industry (Regulation)
Act 1934(a) (hereinafter referred to as 'the Act it is enacted that His
Majesty may by Order in Council direct that the provisions of the Act
shall extend, with such exceptions, adaptations or modifications, if any,
as may be specified in the Order, to the Isle of Man, any of the Channel
Islands, Newfoundland or to any Colony:

AND WHEREAS by Section 13 of the Act it is further enacted that
the Foreign Jurisdiction Act 1890 shall have effect as if the provisions
of the Act were included among the enactments which. by virtue of
Section 5 of the said Foreign Jurisdiction Act, may be extended by
Order in Council to foreign countries in which for the time being His
Majesty has jurisdiction:

AND WHEREAS by Section 11 of the Act it is enacted that His
Majesty may by Order in Council direct that any provision of the Act
which is expressed to apply only to British ships shall, subject to such
exceptions, adaptations or modifications (if any) as may be specified in
the Order, apply also to other ships. being ships registered in or
licensed under the law of any Colony or British Protectorate, or any
territory in respect of which a mandate on behalf of the League of
Nations has been accepted by His Majesty and is being exercised by
His Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom:

AND WHEREAS by Section 12 of the Act it is enacted that His
Majesty may by Order in Council direct that subject to such conditions,
if any, as may be specified in the Order, any of the provisions contained
in Sections 1 to 11 of the Act which restricts the taking or killing of
whales or the use of ships shall not apply in relation to anything done
within the coastal waters of

(a)a country or part of His Majesty's dominions to which the
Act may be extended by virtue of Section 13 thereof, or

(b) a British protected state,

(a) See now S.R. & 0. 1941 No. 790. in this Appendix.





if there is. in force, as respects those coastal waters, a provision of the
local law which appears to His Majesty substantially to correspond with
the aforesaid provision of the Act:

AND WHEREAS it is expedient that the provisions of the Act
should extend to Newfoundland and the territories mentioned in the
First Schedule to this Order, subject to the exceptions. adaptations and
modifications specified in this Order:

-AND WHEREAS it is expedient that the provisions of the Act
which are expressed to apply only to British ships should apply to other
ships registered in or licensed under the law of any territory mentioned
in the First Schedule to this Order:

AND WHEREAS it appears to His Majesty that in respect of the
coastal waters of the territories mentioned in the Second Schedule to
this Order there are provisions of the local law substantially
corresponding with the provisions of Sections 3 and 4 of the Act:

AND WHEREAS it is expedient that the said^ Sections of the Act
should not apply in relation to anything done within the coastal waters
of the territories mentioned in the. said Second Schedule:

Now, THEREFORE, His Majesty, by and with the advice of His
Privy Council, is pleased to direct, and it is hereby directed, as follows

1. The provisions of the Act(a) (except Sections 9(2) and 15, and
except in so far as the Act requires, authorizes, prohibits, or restricts the
doing of anything in the United Kingdom or in the coastal waters
thereof) shall extend to Newfoundland and the territories mentioned in
the First Schedule to this Order. subject to the following adaptations
and modifications, that is to say

(a)For the words 'Summary Jurisdiction Acts' in Section 10(2)
of the Act there shall be substituted the words 'law relating
to summary jurisdiction';

(b)In the proviso to Section 10(2) for the words 'those Acts'
there shall be substituted the words 'that law'; and for the
words 'United Kingdom' there shall be substituted
'Newfoundland' or the name of the territory as the case may
be:

(C)The provisions ions of the Act shall not apply to aborigines
dwelling on the coasts of any of the territories mentioned in
the First Schedule to this Order provided that

(1)they only use canoes, pirogues or other exclusively
native craft propelled by oars or sails;

(a) See now S.R. & 0. 1941 No. 790, in this Appendix.





(2) they do not carry firearms;

(3)they are not in the employment of persons other than
aborigines;

(4)they are not under contract to deliver the products of
their whaling to any third person.

2. The provisions of the Act(a) which are expressed to apply only
to British ships shall apply to other ships registered in or licensed under
the law of any territory mentioned in the First Schedule to this Order.

3. Sections 3 and 4 of the Act shall not apply in relation to
anything done within the coastal waters of any territory mentioned in
the Second Schedule to this Order.

4. This Order may be cited as the Whaling Industry (Regulation)
Act (Newfoundland. Colonies. Protectorates and Mandated Territories)
Order 1936.

M. P. A. HANKEY.

FIRST SCHEDULE.

Aden-(b) Bahamas. Barbados. Bermuda. British Guiana. British Honduras.
Ceylon. Cyprus. Falkland Islands and Dependencies. Fiji. Gambia (Colony and
Protectorate). Gibraltar. Gold Coast Colony. Hong Kong. Jamaica (including
Turks and Caicos Islands and the Cayman Islands). Kenya (Colony and
Protectorate).

(a) See now S.R. & 0. 1941 No. 790, in this Appendix. (b) Aden
added to Schedule by S.R. & 0. 1938 No. 1603.





Leeward Islands --- (e)
Antigua.
Montserrat.
St. Christopher and Nevis.
Virgin Islands.
Malta.
Mauritius.
Nigeria-
(a) Colony.
(b) Protectorate.
(c) Cameroons under British Mandate.
Palestine (excluding Trans-Jordan).
St. Helena and Ascension.
Seychelles.
Sierra Leone (Colony and Protectorate).
Somaliland Protectorate.
Straits Settlements.
Tanganyika Territory.
Trinidad and Tobago.
Western Pacific, Islands of-
British Solomon Islands Protectorate.
Gilbert and Ellice Islands Colony.
Windward Islands-
Grenada.
St. Lucia.
St. Vincent.
Dominica--(c)
Zanzibar Protectorate.

SECOND S

Newfoundland. Ceylon. Falkland Islands
and Dependencies.

(c)Dominica removed from -Leeward Islands- and placed under -Windward Islandssee S.R. & 0. 1939 No.
1896.





THE HONG KONG (COINAGE) ORDERS 1936 TO 1978

[This Order in Council is printed as amended by Orders in
Council dated 12 February 1975 (L.N. 65175) and 20 December
1978 (L.N. 26/79)]

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 27th day of October, 1936.

Present,

The King's Most Excellent Majesty.

Lord President. Earl Stanhope.

Lord Steward. Major Alexander Hardinge.

Master of the Horse. Mr. Mackenzie King.

Lord Chamberlain.

WHEREAS by virtue of the Hong Kong (Coinage) Order 1895(a)
certain silver dollars and other silver coins and coins of copper or mixed
metal are legal tender in Our Colony of Hong Kong (in this Order
referred to as 'the Colony'):

AND WHEREAS it appears to Us by the advice of Our Privy
Council that it is expedient to repeal the said Order in Council and to
make fresh provision respecting the coins which are to constitute legal
tender in the Colony:

NOW, THEREFORE, We, by and with the advice of Our Privy
Council, and by virtue of all powers vested in Us in that behalf do
hereby ordain and enact as follows

1. Each of the several coins specified in the Schedule to this Order
shall be legal tender in the Colony to the extent stated in that Schedule
in respect of each coin until a Proclamation shall have been issued
under Article 2 of this Order providing that such coin shall no longer be
legal tender.

2. The Governor may with the approval of the Commissioners of
Our Treasury and a Secretary of State at any time declare by
Proclamation that any coins which are legal tender in the Colony shall
cease to be legal tender as from a date to be specified in the
Proclamation and such coins shall accordingly cease to be legal tender
as from such date; provided that in the case of British dollars the date
upon which such coins are to cease to be legal tender shall not be
earlier than three months after the date of the Proclamation; and as from
the date upon which such British dollars cease to be legal tender in the
Colony the British Dollar Order 1895 shall be repealed.

(a) S.R. & 0. Rev. 1904, 11, 'Coin, Colonies' p. 46.





3. (1) If the Governor at any time requests that any new coins of
any denomination whether of gold, silver, copper, nickel, cupro-nickel or
other mixed metal, be coined and the Commissioners of Our Treasury
and a Secretary of State approve such request those new coins may be
so coined under the direction of the Master of Our Mint or at one of Our
Mints in British India.

(2) Such new coins shall be of such design and weight and, if of
silver or gold, of such fineness, as may be approved by the Master of
Our Mint and by a Secretary of State.

4. (1) If any new coins are coined they shall, from a date fixed by the
Governor in a Proclamation made with the approval of the
Commissioners of Our Treasury and- a Secretary of State setting forth in
a Schedule particulars of the metal, standard weight, remedy allowance
and, in the case of silver or gold coins, fineness, and provided that they
have not been dealt with in any manner prohibited by law, be legal
tender as follows, that is to say

(a) gold coins, for the payment of any amount;

(b)coins of silver, copper, nickel, cupro-nickel or other mixed
metal of denominations of not less than one dollar for the
payment of an amount not exceeding one hundred dollars;

.(c)coins of silver, copper, nickel, cupro-nickel or other mixed
metal of denominations less than one dollar for the payment of
an amount not exceeding two dollars.

(2) Each coin shall be a legal tender only for the amount of its
denomination.

(3) A coin shall be deemed to have been dealt with in a manner
prohibited by law where the coin has been impaired, diminished or
lightened otherwise than by fair wear and tear, or has been defaced by
having any name, word or mark stamped or engraved thereon (whether
the coin has or has not been thereby diminished or lightened) or by
cutting, punching or chopping in any way whatever.

(4) Any coin which has been dealt with in a manner prohibited by
law may be called in, cut, broken or defaced under the authority of the'
Governor, in accordance 'With such regulations as the Governor may
make.

5. The Hong Kong (Coinage) Order 1895 and the Hong Kong
(Coinage) Order 1916(a) are hereby repealed.

6. The Interpretation Ordinance 1911, as amended by any
subsequent Ordinance, applies to the interpretation of this Order as it
applies to the interpretation of any Ordinance or enactment in force in
the Colony.

(a) S.R. & 0. 1916, Ill, p. 232.





7. This Order may be cited as---TheHong Kong (Coinage) Orders
1936 to 1978(a)'.

8. This Order shall come into operation on the day on which it is
proclaimed in the Colony by the governor.(b)

AND the Lords Commissioners of Our Treasury and the Right
Honourable W. G. A. Ormsby-Gore, one of Our Principal Secretaries of
State, are to give the requisite directions herein accordingly.

M. P. A. HANKEY.

(a) See L.N. 26179.
(b) The date thus fixed was January 8,
1937.





SCHEDULE

Standard Weight Least Current Weight Limit
Coin Metal Fineness of

Grains Grammes Grains Grammes Tender

British Dollar.. .. .. .. .. Silver 900416.00 26.957 411.00 26.633 Unlimited

Hong Kong Fifty Cent Piece.... .. 800 209.52 13.576 199.00 12.895 2 dollars

Hong Kong Twenty Cent Piece.......... .. .. 800 83.81 5.430 79.6 5.158

Hong Kong Ten Cent Piece.. .. .. 800 41.90 2.715 39.8 2.579
Hong Kong Five Cent Piece.. .. .. 800 20.95 1.357 19.9 1.290

Hong Kong Ten Cent Piece .. .. .. Cupro-nickel - 40 2.591 - -
Hong Kong Five Cent Piece .. .. .. - 20 1.295
Hong Kong One Cent Piece .. .. .. Copper or - 115.75 7.501 1 dollar
....................mixed metal

Hong Kong One Cent Piece............. .. .. - 62.50 4.050





ORDER IN COUNCIL APPLYING PART H OF THE

FUGITIVE OFFENDERS ACT 1881 TO BURMA.

1937 No. 724.

(Spent since Burma has become a republic
outside the Commonwealth)



REVISED EDITION 1968

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER

HONG KONG





THE MERCHANT SHIPPING LOAD LINE CONVENTION
(HONG KONG) NO. 1 ORDER 1938

1938 No. 781

(Omitted as spent)

REVISED EDITION 1974

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





THE MERCHANT SHIPPING LOAD LINE CONVENTION
(HONG KONG) NO. 2 ORDER 1938

1938 No. 782

(Omitted as spent)

REVISED EDITION 1974

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





THE HONG KONG NAVAL DEFENCE ORDER 1939.

1939 No. 157.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace. the
2nd day of February, 1939.

Present,

The King's Most Excellent Majesty.

Lord President. Mr. Chancellor of the
Viscount Chilston. Duchy of Lancaster.
Secretary Sir Thomas Mr. R. A. Butler.
Inskip.
Mr. Secretary Colville. Captain Crookshank.

Sir Reginald Dorman-Smith.

WHEREAS by the Colonial Naval Defence Act 1931 (hereinafter
referred to as 'the Act') 'it is enacted that the legislature of any colony
may, with the approval of His Majesty in Council, make provision for
maintaining and using vessels of war; and that where the legislature of
any colony has made provision for raising a force for the naval defence
of the colony within its territorial waters, that legislature may, with the
approval of His Majesty in Council, further make such provision
regarding the discipline and service of officers and men of that force as
is set out in the Act:

AND WHEREAS by the Act it is further provided that His Majesty
in Council may,' on such conditions as He thinks fit, authorize the
Admiralty to accept any offer made by the Government of a colony to
place at His Majesty's disposal for general service in the Royal Navy,
vessels of war maintained, or officers or men of such force as aforesaid
raised by the Colony:

AND WHEREAS by the Naval Volunteer Ordinance 1933 of the
Legislature of the Colony of Hong Kong (hereinafter referred to as 'the
Legislature') provision has been made for raising a force for the Naval
Defence of Hong Kong called the Hong Kong Naval Volunteer Force
(hereinafter referred to as 'the Force'):

Now, THEREFORE, His Majesty, in exercise of the powers vested in
Him by the above recited provisions, is pleased, by and with the advice
of His Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows

1. This Order may be cited as 'The Hong Kong Naval Defence
Order 1939'.





2. Approval is hereby given to the exercise by the legislature of the
power contained in Section 1 of the Act, to make provision at the
expense of the Colony for maintaining and using vessels of war.

3. The Admiralty is hereby authorized to accept any offer made by
the Government of Hong Kong to place at His Majesty's disposal for
general service in the Royal Navy any vessel of war so maintained,
provided that, as regards any such vessel maintained by the Colony of
Hong Kong in conjunction with any other Colony, a like offer is made by
such last mentioned Colony.

4. Approval is hereby given to the exercise by the Legislature of
the powers contained in Subsection (i) of Section 2 of the Act, namely
to provide that officers and men of the Force

(a)shall, whether serving ashore or afloat or within or without
the, limits of Hong Kong, be subject to all the enactments and
regulations for the time being in force for the enforcement of
discipline in the. Royal Navy. with such modifications and
adaptations. as may be made by the Legislature to adapt those
enactments and regulations to the circumstances of Hong
Kong;

(b)shall be liable to service and training in any ship,
establishment or other place without the limits of Hong Kong,
whether belonging to Hong Kong or not;

(c)shall, in the case of officers or men entered on the express
terms of accepting general service in the Royal Navy in
emergency, form part of the Royal Naval Reserve or of the
Royal Naval Volunteer Reserve, or that some shall form part of
the Royal Naval Reserve and others of the Royal Naval
Volunteer Reserve.

5. The Admiralty is hereby authorized to accept any offer made by
the Government of Hong Kong to place at His Majesty's disposal for
general service in the Royal Navy, any officers and men of the Force.

RUPERT B. HOWORTH.





THE EMERGENCY POWERS ORDERS IN COUNCIL
1939 TO 1973

[This Order in Council is printed as amended by Orders in Council, dated
May 16, 1956 (S.I. 1956 No. 731), January 17, 1963 (S.I. 1963 No. 88),
September 27, 1963 (S.I. 1963 No. 1633), February 26, 1964 (S.I 1964 No.
267), July 27, 1964 (S.I 1964 No. 1199), 29 January, 1965 (S.I 1965 No. 131),
May 8, 1968 (S.I 1968 No. 724), April 18, 1973 (S.I 1973 No. 759), and July 25,
1974 (S.I 1974 No. 1262).]

At the Court at Buckingham Palace,
the 9th day of March, 1939

Present,

The King's Most Excellent Majesty

Marquess of Zetland. Mr. Chancellor of the Duchy

Lord Chamberlain.of Lancaster.
Sir Hugh O'Neill.

WHEREAS it is expedient to make other provision than that now
existing for the security in time of emergency of the colonies and
protectorates mentioned in Part 1 of the First Schedule to this Order,
and of the territories in respect of which a mandate on behalf of the
League of Nations has been accepted by His Majesty mentioned in Part
II of the said Schedule:

NOW, THEREFORE, His Majesty, by virtue and in exercise of the
powers vested in Him by the British Settlements Act 1887, the Foreign
Jurisdiction Act 1890 and of all other powers enabling Him in this
behalf, is pleased, by and with the advice of His Privy Council, to order,
and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

PART I

GENERAL

1. This Order may be cited as the Emergency Powers Orders in
Council 1939 to 1973.*(a)

(a)See S.I. 1952 No. 2031, Appendix, in S.I. 1952 1, p. 621.
Revoked as part of law of

(i) (10.7.74) (Bahamas), 1973/1080; (xi) Mauritius, O. 1968 (1 p. 1871);
(ii) Basutoland, 1966/1172; (xii) Nigeria, 1960/1652;
(iii) Bechuanaland, 1966/1171; (xiii) Northern Rhodesia, 1964/1652;
(iv) British Guiana, 1966/575; (xiv) Nyasaland, 1964/916;
(v) Dominica, 1967/226; (xv) Saint Lucia, 1967/229;
(vi) Fiji, O. 30.9.70 (111 p. 6630); (xvi) Sierra Leone, 1961/741;
(vii) Gambia, 1965/135; (xvii) Swaziland, 1968/1377;
(viii) Grenada, 1967/227; (xviii) Tanganyika, 1961/2274;
(ix) Kenya 1963/1968; (xix) Uganda, 1962/2175.

(X) Malta, 0. in C, 1961 (Ill p. 4581);

S.I. 1973 No. 759 (1973 1, p. 2417).





2. (1) In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires, the
expression

'Governor' means

(a)in relation to the British Antarctic Territory, the High
Commissioner for that territory;

[(b)in relation to the British Solomon Islands Protectorate, and the
Gilbert and Ellice Islands Colony, the High Commissioner for
the Western Pacific;(a)](b)

(c)in relation to Dominica, Grenada, Saint Lucia, Saint Vincent, the
Administrator of that territory;(a)

(d)in relation to Basutoland, the British Government
Representative, and in relation to the Bechuanaland
Protectorate or Swaziland, Her Majesty's Commissioner for that
territory;(c)

(e)in relation to Aden, the Protectorate of South Arabia, Kamaran,
Perim or the Kuria Muria Islands, the High Commissioner for
Aden and the Protectorate of South Arabia;

in relation to the Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and
Dhekelia, the Administrator of those territories;

(g)in relation to the British Indian Ocean Territory, the
Commissioner;(d)

(h)in relation to any other territory. the Governor of that territory;

'law' means, in relation to a territory, any law made by any legislature
established for the territory and includes any instrument having
the force of law made under any such law;

'territory' means any territory specified in the First Schedule to this
Order and its dependencies and includes any territorial waters
adjacent thereto.

(2) In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires, a reference
to the holder of an office by the term designating his office includes, to
the extent of his authority, any person who is for the time being
authorized to perform the functions of that office.

(3) The Interpretation Act 1889(e) shall apply, with the necessary
adaptations, for the purpose of interpreting and otherwise in relation to
this Order as it applies for the purpose of interpreting and in relation to
Acts of Parliament of the United Kingdom.(f)

(a) Amended, S.I. 1973 No. 759.
(b) Deleted by S.I. 1974 No. 1262.
(c) Substituted by S.I. 1964 No. 1199. Amended, S.I. 1965 No. 131.
(d) Added by S.I. 1968 No. 724.
(e) 52 & 53 Vict. c. 63.
(f) Section 2 substituted by S.I. 1963 No. 88 in this Appendix. Amended,
S.I. 1963 No. 1633.





3. (1) If the Governor is satisfied that a public emergency exists, he
may by Proclamation declare that the provisions of Part II of this Order
shall come into operation in a territory, and thereupon those provisions
shall come into operation accordingly; and they shall continue in
operation until the Governor by a further Proclamation directs that they
shall cease to have effect, whereupon they shall cease to have effect
except as respects things previously done or omitted to be done.

(2) A Proclamation under subsection (1) of this section may, if the
Governor thinks fit, be made so as to apply only to such part of the
territory as may be specified in the Proclamation (in this subsection
called 'the emergency area') in which case Regulations made under the
said Part II shall, except as otherwise expressly provided in such
Regulations, have effect only in the emergency area:

Provided that, for the avoidance of doubts, it is hereby declared
that the expression---theterritory' in the said Part II shall not be
construed as referring only to the emergency area.(a)

4. The orders specified in the Second Schedule hereto shall be
revoked as from the first day of June, 1939:

Provided that nothing in this revocation shall affect any
Regulations made under any of the Orders hereby revoked and in force
in any territory on the date aforesaid, but all such Regulations shall
continue in force until revoked, or until amended or varied by
Regulations made under Part 11 of this Order.

5. His Majesty may from time to time revoke, add to, amend or
otherwise vary this Order.

PART II

REGULATIONS

6. (1) The Governor may make such Regulations as appear to him
to be necessary or expedient for securing the public safety, the defence
of the territory, the maintenance of public order and the suppression of
mutiny, rebellion and riot, and for maintaining supplies and services
essential to the life of the community.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the powers conferred by
the preceding subsection, the Regulations may, so far as appears to the
Governor to be necessary or expedient for any of the purposes
mentioned in that subsection

(a)make provision for the detention of persons and the
deportation and exclusion of persons from the territory;

(a) Section 3 substituted by S.I. 1956 No. 731.





(b) authorize-

(i) the taking of possession or control, on behalf of His
Majesty, of any property or undertakings;

(ii) the acquisition on behalf of His Majesty of any property
other than land;

(c) authorize the entering and search of any premises;

(d)provide for amending any law, for suspending the operation of
any law and for applying any law with or without modification;

(e)provide for charging, in respect of the grant or issue of any
licence, permit, certificate or other document for the purposes
of the Regulations, such fee as may be prescribed by or under
the Regulations;

(f)provide for payment of compensation and remuneration to
persons affected by the Regulations;

(g)provide for the apprehension, trial and punishment of persons
offending against the Regulations:

Provided that nothing in this section shall authorize the
making of provision for the trial of persons by Military Courts.

7. The Regulations may provide for empowering such authorities or
persons as may be specified in the Regulations to make orders and rules
for any of the purposes for which such Regulations are authorized by
this Order to be made, and may contain such incidental and
supplementary provisions as appear to the Governor to be necessary or
expedient for the purposes of the Regulations.

8. A Regulation or any order or rule made in pursuance of such a
Regulation shall have effect notwithstanding anything inconsistent
therewith contained in any law; and any provision of a law which may
be inconsistent with any Regulation or any such order or rule shall,
whether that provision shall or shall not have been amended, modified
or suspended in its operation under section 6 of this Order, to the extent
of such inconsistency have no effect so long as such Regulation, order
or rule shall remain in force.

9. Every document purporting to be an instrument made or issued
by the Governor or other authority or person in pursuance of this Order,
or of any Regulation, and to be signed by or on behalf of the Governor
or such other authority or person, shall be received in evidence, and
shall, until the contrary is proved, be deemed to be an instrument made
or issued by the Governor or that authority or person.

REPERT B. HOWORTH





FIRST SCHEDULE (a)

Aden.
Basutoland.
Bechuanaland Protectorate.
British Antarctic Territory.
British Guiana.
British Indian Ocean Territory(b).
British Solomon Islands Protectorate.
Cayman Islands.
[Central and Southern Line Islands deleted by S.I. 1973 No. 759.]
Dominica.
Falkland Islands (Colony and Dependencies).
Fiji.
Gambia (Colony and Protectorate).
Gibraltar.
Gilbert and Ellice Islands Colony.
Grenada.
Hong Kong. -
Kamaran.
[Kenya (Colony and Protectorate) deleted by S.I. 1964 No. 267 in this
Appendix.]
Kuria Muria Islands.
Mauritius.
[North Borneo deleted by S.I. 1963 No. 1633.]
Northern Rhodesia.
[Nyasaland Protectorate deleted by S.I. 1964 No. 1199.]
Perim.
Pitcairn, Henderson, Ducie and Oeno.
St. Helena.
St. Lucia.
St. Vincent.
[Sarawak deleted by S.I. 1963 No. 1633.]
Seychelles.
Protectorate of South Arabia.
Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia.
[State of Singapore deleted by S.I. 196.9 No. 1633.]
Swaziland.
Turks and Caicos Islands.
[Zanzibar Protectorate deleted by S.I. 1964 No. 267 in this Appendix.]

SECOND SCHEDULE

An Order in Council made on the 26th day of October, 1896, subjecting
persons in Gibraltar to military law, empowering the Governor to make
Regulations, and containing other provision.

The British Protectorates (Defence) Order in Council 1916.

The Defence (Certain British Possessions) Order in Council 1928.

The Malta (Governor's Emergency Powers) Order in Council 1928.

(a)First Schedule substituted by S.I. 1963 No. 88. Amended temporarily to include the
Bahama Islands by S.I. 1963 No. 2084.

(b) Added by S.I. 1968 No. 724.





THE HONG KONG PRIZE COURT (FEES)
ORDER IN COUNCIL 1940.

1940 No. 663.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 30th day of April, 1940.

Present,

The King's Most Excellent Majesty.

Lord President. Captain Crookshank.

Sir Paul Lawrence. Mr. Ramsbotham.

WHEREAS by section three of the Prize Courts Act 1894 it is
provided that if any Colonial Court of Admiralty within the meaning of
the Colonial Courts of Admiralty Act 1890 is authorized under the Prize
Courts Act 1894, or otherwise to act as a prize court, all fees arising in
respect of prize business transacted in the court shall be fixed.
collected, and applied in like manner as the fees arising in respect of the
Admiralty business of the court under the Colonial Courts of Admiralty
Act 1890:

AND WHEREAS the Supreme Court of Hong Kong (hereinafter
called the Court) is a Colonial Court of Admiralty authorized to act as a
prize court:

AND WHEREAS by virtue of section seven of the Colonial Courts
of Admiralty Act 1890, the fees arising in respect of the Admiralty
business of the Court under that Act are regulated by rules of court
made by the same authority and in the same manner as rules touching
the fees in the said Court in the exercise of its ordinary civil jurisdiction
are made. provided that such rules may not, save as provided by that
section, come into operation until they have been approved by His
Majesty in Council, but on coming into operation are to have full effect
as if enacted in the Act:

AND WHEREAS the Rules of Court mentioned in the Schedule
hereto, providing for the fees to be taken in prize matters in the Court,
have been made by the proper authority and in the proper manner in
accordance with the above mentioned provisions:

Now, THEREFORE, His Majesty. by virtue of the powers by the
Prize Courts Act 1894 and the Colonial Courts of Admiralty Act 1890, or
otherwise in Him vested. is pleased, by and with the advice of His Privy
Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows

1. This Order may be cited as the Hong Kong Prize Court (Fees)
Order in Council 1940.





2. The Rules of Court mentioned in the Schedule hereto are
approved.

RUPERT B. HOWORTH.

SCHEDULE.

The Supreme Court Fees (In Prize) Order ~ made on the 20th day of January,
1940, by the Chief Justice of Hong Kong under Section 32 of the Supreme Court
Ordinance, No. 3 of 1873, and approved by the Legislative Council of Hong Kong
on the 7th day of March, 1940.





THE VISTING FORCES (BRITISH COMMONWEALTH)
(APPLICATION TO THE COLONIES, &c.) ORDER IN
COUNCIL 1940.

1940 No. 1373.

[This Order in Council (S.R. & 0. 1940, 1, p. 1092) is printed as
amended by Order in Council, dated September 17, 1942 (S.R. & 0.
1942 (No. 1905) 1, p. 843).]

At the Court at Buckingham Palace. the 24th day of July, 1940.

Present.

The King's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

WHEREAS by subsections (1) and (2) of Section 5 of the Visiting
Forces (British Commonwealth) Act 1933 (hereinafter called 'the Act'),
it is provided that His Majesty may as regards any colony by Order in
Council direct that the provisions of sections one to three of the Act, or
such of those provisions as may be specified in the Order, shall, subject
to such adaptations and modifications as may be so specified, apply in
that colony in relation to forces visiting that, colony and in relation to
deserters and absentees without leave. as they apply in the United
Kingdom; and that His Majesty may as regards any colony by Order in
Council direct that the provisions of section four of the Act shall. with
such exceptions and subject to such adaptations and modifications as
may be specified in the Order. apply in relation to all or any of the forces
raised in that colony, and in relation to officers and members thereof. as
they apply in relation to home forces and officers and members thereof:

AND WHEREAS by virtue of subsection (3) of section five and
section six of the Act the powers aforesaid may likewise be exercised in
respect of any territory which is under His Majesty's protection,
including any territory in respect of which a mandate on behalf of the
League of Nations is being exercised by His Majesty's Government in
the United Kingdom:

Now, THEREFORE, His Majesty, in pursuance of sections five and six
of the Act and of all other powers enabling Him in that behalf, is
pleased, by and with the advice of His Privy Council, to order, and it is
hereby ordered, as follows

1. This Order may be cited as the Visiting Forces (British
Commonwealth) (Application to the Colonies, etc.) Order in Council
1940.





2. (1) In this Order-

'Territory' means a territory mentioned in the First Schedule to this
Order; and in the application of the Act under this Order to any
territory 'the territory' means that territory;

'Governor' in relation to any territory, means the person administering
the government of the territory or, in the case of Zanzibar, the
British Resident or the person lawfully discharging his functions;

'Colonial forces' means, in relation to any territory any naval, military,
or air forces raised in the territory, including any police force or
other body raised therein which, by. virtue of any law in force in
the territory, has become a naval, military or air force; and 'colonial
force' includes any body. contingent or detachment of any
colonial forces, wherever serving:

Provided that where any colonial forces or force raised in one
territory shall be present in some other territory. such forces or
force shall. for the purposes of this definition in so far as it relates
to sections one to three of the Act as applied by this Order. be
deemed to have been raised in that other territory.

(2) Subject to the provisions of this Order, sections one to four of
the Act as applied by this Order shall be construed in accordance with
the provisions of section eight of the Act. except that

(a)the definition of 'visiting force' shall have effect as if for the
words 'with the consent of His Majesty's Government in the
United Kingdom lawfully present in the United Kingdom'
there were substituted the words 'lawfully present in the
territory'; and

(b)the definition of 'member' shall have effect as if the word
'territory' were substituted for the words 'United Kingdom'.

(3) An Order under the Act as applied by this Order may be
revoked or varied by a subsequent Order.

(4) The Interpretation Act 1889 shall apply for the interpretation of
this Order as it applies for the interpretation of an Act of Parliament.

[3. Sections one. two and three of the Act shall, subject to the
adaptations and modifications specified in Article 2 and the Second
Schedule to this Order, apply in each territory in relation to forces
visiting the territory and in relation to deserters and absentees without
leave. as they apply in the United Kindgom.](a)

(a)Spent on repeal of enactments therein mentioned by Visiting Forces Act
1952, s. 18.





4. Section 4 of the Act shall, subject to the adaptations and
modifications specified in Article 2 and the Third Schedule to this
Order, apply in relation to colonial forces raised in any territory and in
relation to officers and members thereof. as they apply in relation to
home forces as defined in the Act and officers and members thereof.

E. C. E. LEADBITTER

FIRST SCHEDULE(b)

Aden (Colony and Protectorate).

Bahamas. Barbados.
Basutoland. Bechuanaland
Protectorate. Bermuda.
British Guiana. British
Honduras.

Ceylon.
Cyprus.

Falkland Islands.
Fiji.

Gambia (Colony and Protectorate).
Gibraltar.
Gold Coast-

(a) Colony.

(b) Ashanti.

(c) Northern Territories.

(d) Togoland under British Mandate.

Hong Kong.

Jamaica (including Turks and Caicos Islands and the Cayman Islands).

Kenya (Colony and Protectorate).

Leeward Islands-

Antigua.

Montserrat.

St Christopher and Nevis.

Virgin Islands.

Malta.
Mauritius.

Nigeria-

(a) Colony.

(b) Protectorate.

(c) Cameroons under British Mandate.

(b) Schedule as a~ by S.R. & 0. 1942 No. 1905.





Northern Rhodesia. Nyasaland
Protectorate. Palestine (excluding
Trans-Jordan).

St. Helena.
Seychelles.
Sierra Leone (Colony and Protectorate).
Somaliland Protectorate.
Straits Settlements.
Swaziland.
Tanganyika Territory.
Trinidad and Tobago.
Uganda Protectorate.
Western Pacific-

(a) British Solomon Islands Protectorate.

(b) Gilbert and Ellice Islands Colony.

(c) Pitcairn Island.

(d)Any other colony, or territory under His Majesty's protection, in or in
relation to which jurisdiction may lawfully be exercised under the Pacific
Order in Council, 1893(a).

Windward Islands-

Dominica.

Grenada.

St. Lucia.

St. Vincent.
Zanzibar Protectorate.

Reference in this Schedule to any territory of which there are dependencies
shall be construed as including a reference to such dependencies.

[SECOND SCHEDULE.

ADAPTATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS OF SECTIONS ONE, TWO AND THREE
OF THE ACT.

1. All references to the United Kingdom shall be construed as references to
the territory.

2. All references to home forces or a home force shal 1 be construed as
including references to colonial forces or a colonial force, as the case may be.

3. In subsection (5) of Section one the words 'the Governor- shall be
substituted for the words 'the Admiralty, Army Council or Air Council, as the case
may be'.

4. In subsection (1) of Section two-

(a)the words 'the Governor may by Order' shall be substituted for the words
'His Majesty may by Order in Council';

(b)the word 'Officer' shall be substituted for the word 'Minister' wherever
it occurs; and

(c) the last paragraph shall be omitted.](b)

(a) See S.R. & 0. and S.I. Rev. 1948, Vol. VIII, p. 597. (b) See note (a)






on page AH 2.





0

[5. In subsection (2) of Section two-

(a)the words ---theGovernor by Order' shall be substituted for the words
'His Majesty by Order in Council';

(b)the words 'such person as may be specified in the Order' shall be
substituted for the words 'a Secretary of State or the Admiralty';

(c)the words 'the Governor may' shall be substituted for the words 'His
Majesty may'; and

(d)the words 'be agreed between the Governor of the territory' shallbe
substituted for the words 'with the consent of the Treasury, be agreed
between the Secretary of State or the Admiralty'.

6. The proviso to subsection (3) of Section two shall in so far as it relates to
enactments being statutes or parts of statutes made in the territory, have effect as
if the words 'the Governor may by Order' were substituted for the words 'His
Majesty may by Order in Council'.

7. In subsection (4) of Section two the words 'or Order' shall be inserted
between the words 'Order in Council' and 'under'.

8. In subsection (1) of Section three, the words 'Order in Council' shall be
construed as including any Order in Council made under that subsection before the
date of this Order.

9. In subsection (4) of Section three the words 'the Governor' shall be
substituted for the words 'the Secretary of the Admiralty, the Secretary of the
Army Council, or the Secretary of the Air Council'](a)

THIRD SCHEDULE.

ADAPTATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS OF SECTION FOUR OF THE ACT.

1. The expressions 'colonial forces' and 'colonial force' shall be substituted
for the expressions 'home forces' and 'home force' wherever they occur.

2. In subsection (2)--

(a)the words 'The Governor' shall be substituted for the words The
Admiralty, Army Council or Air Council, as the case may be'; and

(b)the words 'the disposal of the Government of the territory' shall be
substituted for the words 'their disposal'.

3.For subsection (3) the following subsection shall be substituted'(3) Whilst
a member of another force is by virtue of this section

attached temporarily to a colonial force, he shall be treated, and shall have
the like powers of command and punishment over members of the colonial
force to which he is attached, and shall be subject in all respects to the law
relating to the discipline and administration of that force, as if he were a
member of that force of relative rank: Provided that the Governor may by
Order direct that in relation

to members of a force of any part of the Commonwealth specified in the
Order, such law shall apply with such exceptions and subject to such
adaptations and modifications as may be so specified.'

4. In subsection (5) the words 'by order of the Governor' shall be substituted
for the words 'by order of the Admiralty, the Army Council or the Air Council,
according as the home force is a naval, a military or an air force'.







(a) See note (b) on ~ AH 4.

Abstract

33 & 34 Vict. C. 52. 33 & 34 Vict. C. 52. 36 & 37 Vict. C. 60. 39 & 40 Vict. c. 80. 32 & 33 Vict. No. 5. 17 & 18 Vict. c. 104. 25 & 26 Vict. c. 63. 17 & 18 Vict. c. 104. 57 & 58 Vict. c. 60. Issue of Warrant for Transfer. Transfer out of the Territory. Transfer into the Territory. Temporary return. Operation of warrant and retaking prisoners. Revocation of warrants. Expenses. Interpretation and Certificates. Commencement and Extent. 47 & 48 Vict. c. 31. 32 & 33 Vict. c. 10. 47 & 48 Vict. c. 31. 2 & 3 Geo. 5, c. 10. 58 & 59 Vict. c. 21. 53 & 54 Vict. c. 37. 39 & 40 Vict. c. 36. 5 & 6 Geo. 5. c. 40. 57 & 58 Vict. c. 60. 57 & 58 Vict. c. 60. 23 & 24 Geo. 5. c. 13. 10 & 11 Geo. 5. c. 81. 16 & 17 Geo. 5. c. 40. Citation and commencement. Additional powers of the legislature of Hong Kong. 15 & 16 Geo. 5. c. 42. 24 & 25 Geo. 5. c. 49. 53 & 54 Vict. c. 37. L.N. 26/79. L.N. 65/75. L.N. 65/75. L.N. 65/75. 21 & 22 Geo. 5. c. 9. 57 & 58 Vict. c. 39. 53 & 54 Vict. c. 27. 23 Geo. 5. c. 6. Short title. Interpretation, etc. 52 & 53 Vict. c. 63. Application of Section 1 to 3 of the Act. Application of Section 4 of the Act. 24 & 25 Geo. c. 49. 1 & 2 Geo. 6. c. 30. Regulation 1. Delete these italicized words if the declarant was born in Burma or anywhere in His Majesty's dominions. Delete these italicized words if it is desired that all children should remain British subjects. Regulation 2. Delete these italicized words if the declarant was born in Burma or anywhere in His Majesty's dominions. Delete these italicized words if it is desired that all children should remain British subjects. Scheduled convention to have force of law. Limitation of liability. Exclusion of liability. Provisions supplementary to ss. 17 and 18. Interpretation and repeals. Fees. Citation and commencement. Sections 14. 51(2). Sections 17, 18, 19(1). Sections 19(1). Section 50(4). L.N. 225/84. Dues for space occupied by deck cargo. L.N. 210/84. (App. III, pp. BC, 1974 Ed.) Interpretation. Leave to appeal generally. Form of petition for special leave to appeal. Six copies of petition to be lodged together with affidavits in support. Time for lodging petition. Security for costs and transmission of Record. General provisions. Petition for special leave to appeal as a poor person. Exemption of poor person appellant from lodging security and paying Office fees. Exemption of unsuccessful petitioner for leave to appeal as a poor person from payment of Office fees. Record to be transmitted without delay. Reproduction of Record. Number of copies to be transmitted where Record reproduced abroad. One certified copy to be transmitted where Record to be reproduced in England. Record to include order granting leave. Reasons for judgments to be included. Exclusion of unnecessary documents from Record. Documents objected to be indicated. Registration and numbering of Records. Inspection of Record by parties. Appearance by appellant. Time within which appellant shall enter an appearance. Preparation of copy of Record for reproduction. Lodging copy of Record for reproduction. Special case. Examination of proof of Record and striking off copies. Number of copies of Record for parties. How costs of reproduction of Record are to be borne. Time within which petition shall be lodged. Form of petition of appeal. Service of petition. Withdrawal of appeal before petition of appeal has been lodged. Withdrawal of appeal after petition of appeal has been lodged. Dismissal of appeal where appellant takes no step in prosecution thereof. Dismissal of appeal for non-prosecution after appellant's appearance and before lodgment of petition of appeal. Dismissal of appeal for non-prosecution after lodgment of petition of appeal. Restoring an appeal dismissed for non-prosecution: Costs. Time within which respondent may appear. Notice of appearance by respondent. Form of appearance where all the respondents do not appear. Separate appearances. Non-appearing respondent not entitled to receive notices or lodge cases. Procedure on non-appearance of respondent. Respondent defending appeal as a poor person. Mode of addressing petitions. Orders on petitions which need not be drawn up. Form of petition and number of copies to be lodged. Caveat. Service of petition. Verifying petition by affidavit. Petition for order of revivor or substitution. Petition disclosing no reasonable cause of appeal or containing scandalous matter to be refused. Setting down petition. Time within which set down petitions shall be heard. Notice to parties of day fixed for hearing petition. Procedure where petition is consented to or is formal. Withdrawal of petition. Procedure where hearing of petition unduly delayed. Only one Counsel heard on a side in petitions. Lodging of case. Reproduction. Number of copies to be lodged. Form of case. Separate cases by two or more respondents. Notice of lodgment of case. Case notice. Setting down appeal and exchanging cases. Mode of binding Record. &c. , for use of Judicial Committee. List of authorities to be lodged. Notice of day on or before which appeals must be set down for ensuing sittings. Notice of parties of day fixed for hearing appeal. Only two counsel heard on a side in appeals. Nautical assessors. Notice to parties of day fixed for delivery of judgment. Taxation of costs. What costs taxed in England. Order to tax. Power to taxing officer where taxation delayed through the fault of the partly whose costs are to be taxed. Appeal from decision of taxing officer. Amount of taxed costs to be inserted in Her Majesty's Order in Council. Taxation on the poor person scale. Security to be dealt with as Her Majesty's Order in Council determining appeal directs. Power to excuse from compliance with Rules. Amendment of documents. Affidavits may be sworn before the Registrar. Change of agent. Citation, commencement, construction and revocation. Replacement of s. 2 of Order of 1939. Replacement of First Schedule to Order of 1939. Provisions relating to Aden. Application to Malta. S. 1 (5). L.N. 329/84. (App. III. p. BN.) (App. III. p. BO.) Citation and interpretation. Approval of the Hong Kong Royal Naval Reserve (General Service) (Amendment) Ordinance 1962. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Form of application for registry. Procedure by Registrar. Transfer of registered ships. Certificate of Sale. Registration of ship's manager. Application of Merchant Shipping Acts. Revocations. Citation commencement. Provisions of 1958 Act extended to certain territories. Provisions of limitation enactments extended to certain territories. Application of Hague Rules as amended. Contracting States, etc. Absolute warranty of seaworthiness not to be implied in contracts to which Rules apply. Supplemental. Citation, construction and commencement. Amendment of section 4 of first Order of 1963. Citation, commencement and interpretation. 1964 Act extended to Hong Kong. Citation and commencement. Application and interpretation. Restriction of trial of service offenders by courts of Territory. Courts of Territory not to try offences tried by service courts. Saving of powers of arrest, etc. Coroner's inquests. Evidence. Revocation. Section 2. Citation, commencement and interpretation. Application of Act. Revocation. (App. III. p. DC 1.) Disabled birth due to radiation. Citation and commencement. Application of Act to certain territories. Interpretation. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Revocation. Extension of certain provisions of Act of 1961 to Overseas Territories. Extension of certain provisions of Act of 1962 to Overseas Territories. Amended convention to have force of law. Designation of High Contracting Parties. Fatal accidents. Limitation of liability. Time for bringing proceedings. Power to exclude aircraft in use for military purposes. Actions against High Contracting Parties. Application to Crown. Interpretation. Convention to have force of law. Interpretation of Guadalajara Convention. Application of provisions of Act of 1961. Application to Crown. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Application of Order to certain carriage by air. Non-international carriage, and carriage of mail and postal packages. International carriage under the Warsaw Convention. Power to restrict application of Order. Application of certain provisions of the Acts of 1961 and 1962. Gratuitous carriage by the Crown. Application of Order to Overseas Territories. Revocation. Fatal accidents. Limitation of liability. Time for bringing proceedings. Application of provisions of Acts of 1961. Designation of High Contracting Parties. Actions against High Contracting Parties. L.N. 179/84. Tonnage regulations. Load lines indicating greater than minimum freeboard. Amendments and repeals. Interpretation of construction. Section 7(1). Section 7(2). Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Extension of Fugitive Offenders Act 1967 to Hong Kong. Revocation. Article 3. Persons liable to be returned. Designated Commonwealth countries and United Kingdom dependencies. Relevant offences. General restriction on return. Authority to proceed. Arrest for purposes of committal. Proceedings for committal. Application for habeas corpus, etc. Order for return to requesting country. Discharge in case of delay in returning. Evidence. Custody. Form of warrants and orders. Restriction upon proceedings for other offences. Restoration of persons not tried or acquitted. Interpretation. Power to revoke or vary orders. Repeals and transitional provisions. Commencement. Section 3. Section 21. L.N. 193/85. Introductory provisions: the Code and the Contracting Parties to it. Implementing Regulations: Application. Implementing Regulations: Implied Terms. Power to exclude or restrict operation of the Code for lack of reciprocity. Liability of members of conference to be in proportion to their responsibility. Proceedings by or against unincorporated conferences. Restrictions on legal proceedings. Time for bringing legal proceedings. Recognition and enforcement of recommendations, etc. of conciliators. Governor to be appropriate authority in Hong Kong. Exclusion of restrictive practices law. Interpretation. Short title and commencement. [*Into force on 28.12.85 - see L.N. 367/85.] L.N. 187/85. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Extension of Act of 1967. Application of criminal law to aircraft. Powers of commander of aircraft. Piracy. Provisions as to evidence in connection with aircraft. Provisions as to documentary evidence. Interpretation, etc. Citation and operation. Interpretation. Revocations and transitional provisions. Application for registration under section 5A of the Act of 1948. Application for registration under section 6(1) of the Act of 1948 as modified by Schedule 1 to the Act of 1971. Application for registration under section 6 (2) of the Act of 1948. Application for registration under section 7(1) of the Act of 1948. Application for registration under section 12(6) of the Act of 1948. Application for registration under section 1 of the Act of 1964. Application for registration under section 1 of the No. 2 Act of 1964. Application for registration under section 1 of the Act of 1965. Authority to whom application is to be made. Oath of allegiance for purpose of registration. Place of registration. Application for naturalization. Certificate of naturalization. Oath of allegiance for purpose of naturalization. Declaration of intention to resume nationality made under section 16(2) of the Act of 1948. Declaration of intention to resume citizenship made under section 4(2) of the Cyprus Act 1960. Place of registration of declaration of intention to resume nationality or citizenship. Declaration of renunciation of citizenship. Notice of proposed deprivation of citizenship or nationality. Cancellation of registration of person deprived of citizenship or nationality. Cancellation and amendment of certificate of naturalization in case of deprivation of citizenship. Authorized forms. Certificate of citizenship in case of doubt. Evidence. Fees. Application in relation to associated states. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Appointment of judges. Hearing of petitions. Appeals to two judges. Appeals to Privy Council. Form of petition. Limitation where proceedings pending in United Kingdom. Appointment of Proctor. Court not to order secured provision where parties domiciled in Scotland. Court not to modify, etc. orders in certain circumstances. Certificates to be signed by Registrar of court. Procedure generally. Revocation. Control of aviation in time of war or emergency. Investigation of accidents. Dangerous flying. Licensing of air transport and commercial flying. Information as to air transport undertakings and use of customs aerodromes. Indication of presence of obstructions near aerodromes. Trespassing on aerodromes. Liability of aircraft in respect of trespass, nuisance and surface damage. Nuisance caused by aircraft on aerodromes. Application of law of wreck and salvage to aircraft. Exemption of aircraft and parts thereof from seizure on patent claims. Orders in Council. Detention of aircraft. Extra-territorial effect. Offences. Savings. Jurisdiction. Interpretation. L.N. 8/74. L.N. 8/74. L.N. 8/74. Duty of certain foreign operators. Duty of other persons causing nuclear matter to be carried. Right to compensation by virtue of s. 10. Exclusion, extension or reduction of compensation in certain cases. Protection for ships and aircraft. Time for bringing claims under ss. 10 and 11. Satisfaction of claims by virtue of s. 10. Jurisdiction shared liability and foreign judgments. Supplementary provisions with respect to cover for compensation in respect of carriage. Interpretation. Short title and commencement. Destroying damaging or endangering safety of aircraft. Other acts endangering or likely to endanger safety of aircraft. Inducing or assisting commission of acts excepted from ss. 1 and 2. Penalties and proceedings. Extradition. Amendments and repeal. Powers exercisable on suspicion of intended offence.

Extent

THE WHALING INDUSTRY (REGULATION) ACT
(NEWFOUNDLAND, COLONIES, PROTECTORATES AND
MANDATED TERRITORIES) ORDER 1941.

1941 No. 790.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace,
the 30th day of May, 1941.

Present,

The King's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

WHEREAS under powers conferred by the Whaling Industry
(Regulation) Act 1934 His Majesty was pleased to make the Whaling
Industry (Regulation) Act (Newfoundland, Colonies, Protectorates and
Mandated Territories) Order 1936(a) (hereinafter referred to as the
principal Order). extending the provisions of the Act, with the
exceptions. adaptations and modifications specified in the principal
Order, to Newfoundland and the territories mentioned in the First
Schedule to the principal Order:

AND WHEREAS the Act was extended to the Aden Protectorate
by the Aden Protectorate (Application of Acts) Order 1938(b) :

A' WHEREAS the Act has been amended by Part III of the Sea
Fish Industry Act 1938 and it is accordingly expedient to amend the
principal Order as hereinafter appears:

Now, THEREFORE, His Majesty. by virtue of the powers by the
Whaling Industry (Regulation) Acts 1934 and 1938, or otherwise in Him
vested, is pleased. by and with the advice of His Privy Council, to
direct. and it is hereby directed, as follows

1. The provisions--- of Sections 1 and 2 of the principal Order shall
have effect as if the references therein contained to the Whaling
Industry (Regulation) Act 1934. were references to that Act as amended
by Part Ill of the Sea Fish Industry Act 1938.

2. This Order may be cited as the Whaling Industry (Regulation)
Act (Newfoundland, Colonies, Protectorates and Mandated Territories)
Order 1941.

RUPERT B. HOWORTH.

(a) S.R. & 0. 1936 No. 716, in this Appendix. (b)
S.R. & 0. 1938 No. 1603.





ORDER IN COUNCIL REVOKING ORDER IN COUNCIL
APPLYING PART H OF THE MEDICAL ACT
1886 TO JAPAN

1942 No. 268

(Omitted as spent)



REVISED EDITION 1989

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





THE CHINA ORDER IN COUNCIL 1943
1943 No. 386

(Omitted as spent)

REVISED EDITION 1989

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER

HONG KONG





THE BURMA INDEPENDENCE (RETENTION OF
BRITISH NATIONALITY REGULATIONS 1948.

Made . . . . 14th July,. 1948.

In pursuance of the power conferred upon me by subsection (2) of
section two of the Burma Independence Act 1947(a). 1 hereby make the
following Regulations

1. A declaration of election to remain a British subject made under
subsection (2) of section two of the Burma Independence Act 1947 shall
be in the form set out in the First Schedule hereto or in a form to the like
effect.

2. A declaration of election to remain a British subject made under
subsection (3) of section two of the Burma Independence Act 1947
shall be in the form set out in the Second Schedule hereto or in a form
to the like effect.

3. A declaration under these Regulations shall be of no effect
unless it is made before one of the following persons

(i) In England, Wales or Northern Ireland

Any justice of the peace or any commissioner authorized
to administer oaths in the Supreme Court;

(ii) In Scotland-

Any sheriff, sheriff-substitute or justice of the peace;

(iii)In the Channel Islands. the Isle of Man, Newfoundland or any
colony. in any British protectorate or British protected state,
or in any territory administered by His Majesty's government
in the United Kingdom under the trusteeship system of the
United Nations

Any judge of any court of civil or criminal jurisdiction,
any justice of the peace or magistrate, or any person for the
time being authorized by law, in the place where the declarant
is, to administer an oath for any judicial or other legal
purpose;

(iv)In any other country forming part of His Majesty's dominions
or in any territory administered by the government of any
such country in accordance with a mandate from the League
of Nations or under the .trusteeship system of the United
Nations

(a) 11 Geo. 6. c. 3.





Any person for the time being authorized by law, in the
place where the declarant is, to administer an oath for any
judicial or other legal purpose;

(v) Elsewhere

Any consular officer of His Majesty's government in the
United Kingdom or, if there is no such consular officer, any
person authorized in that behalf by the Secretary of State.

4. (1) A declaration under these Regulations shall be of no effect
unless it is registered

(i)if it is made in a colony, a British protectorate or a territory
administered by His Majesty's government in the United
Kingdom under the trusteeship system of the United
Nations, in such place as the Governor thereof may appoint;

(ii) if it is made elsewhere, in London at the Home Office.

(2)- When such a declaration is registered in a colony, a British
protectorate or a territory administered by His Majesty's government in
the United Kingdom under the trusteeship system of the United
Nations, -the Governor thereof shall cause a copy of the declaration to
be sent to the Home Office in London.

(3) In this Regulation the expression 'Governor', in relation to a
colony, a British protectorate or a territory administered by His
Majesty's government in the United Kingdom under the trusteeship
system of the United Nations, includes the officer for the time being
administering the government of that colony, protectorate or territory,
and the person for the time being exercising the functions of British
Resident at Zanzibar.

5. These Regulations may be cited as the Burma Independence
(Retention of British Nationality) Regulations 1948.

J. CHUTER EDE,
One of His Majesty's Principal
Secretaries of State.

HOME OFFICE,
WHITEHALL.. 14th
July, 1948.





FIRST SCHEDULE

BURMA INDEPENDENCE ACT 1947, SECTION 2(2).

Declaration of election to remain a British subject made by a person who was
immediately before the 4th January, 1948, domiciled or ordinarily resident
in a country or place mentioned in section 2(2) of the Act.*

1, A.B., [here insert address of declarant], was born at on

I was immediately before the fourth day of January, 1948, a British subject by
reason of the fact that

[II the declarant was not born in Burma or anywhere in His Majesty's
dominions, here state the grounds on which he claims to have been a British
subject.]

On the said fourth day of January, 1948, 1 ceased to be a British subject under
the provisions of subsection (1) of section 2 of the Burma Independence Act
1947.

Immediately before that day I was domiciled [or ordinarily resident] in

I hereby elect to remain a British subject.

1 have the following children under eighteen years of age at the date of this
declaration who also ceased to be British subjects on the said fourth day of January,
1948, in accordance with the said provisions:

[Here insert name of each child, with place and date of birth.]

I desire that the above-named children shall remain British subjects,

except the following::

[Here insert names of any children who are not to remain British subjects.]

I, A.B., do solemnly and sincerely declare that the foregoing particulars stated
in this declaration are true, and I make this solemn declaration conscientiously
believing the same to be true.

(Signed) A.B.

Made and subscribed thisday of
before me,
(Signed) XY.,
[Justice of the Peace,
Commissioner or
other official title.]

The countries and places so mentioned are---

(a) any part of the United Kingdom;

(b) any of the Channel Islands;

(c) the Isle of Man:

(d) Newfoundland;

(e) any colony:

(f)any territory In respect of which a mandate from the League of Nations was accepted by His Majesty.
being a territory under the sole administration of His majesty's government in the United Kingdom:







(9)any territory administered under the trusteeship system of the United Nations, being a territory under the
sole administration of His Majesty's government in the United Kingdom;

(h) any British protectorate;

(1) any British protected state outside Burma;

(j)any other Chee outside Burma in which, by treaty, capitulation, grant, usage. sufferance or other lawful
means. His Majesty has jurisdiction over British subjects.





SECOND SCHEDULE.

BURMA INDEPENDENCE ACT 1947, SECTION 2(3).

Declaration of election to remain a British subject made by a person who

was not immediately before the 4th January, 1948, domiciled or

ordinarily resident in a country or place mentioned in section 2(2) of

the Act.*

1, AR, of [here insert address of declarant], was born at on

I was immediately before the fourth day of January, 1948, a British subject by
reason of the fact that

[If the declarant was not born in Burma or anywhere in His Majesty's
dominions, here state the grounds on which he claims to have been a British
subject.]

On the said fourth day of January, 1948, 1 ceased to be a British subject under
the provisions of subsection (1) of section two of the Burma Independence Act
1947.

I was not immediately before that day domiciled or ordinarily resident in any
of the countries or places mentioned in subsection (2) of that section*.

I did not on that day become, or become qualified to become, a citizen of
Burma.

I hereby elect to remain a British subject.

1 have the he following children under eighteen years of age at the date of
this declaration who also ceased to be British subjects on the said fourth day of
January, 1948, in accordance with the said 'provisions

[Here insert name of each child, with place and date of birth

1 desire that the above-named children shall remain British subjects, except
the following,+':

. [Here insert names of any children who are not to remain British subjects.]

1, AR, do solemnly and sincerely declare that the foregoing particulars stated
in this declaration are true, and I make this solemn declaration conscientiously
believing the same to be true. .

(Signed) A.B.

Made and subscribed thisday of
before me,
(Signed) XY.,
[Justice of the Peace, Commissioner
or
other official title.]-

Pursuant to Section 4(1)(i) of the above regulations, His Excellency
the Governor has appointed the Colonial Secretariat as a place for the
registration of declarations under these Regulations.

The countries and places so mentioned are--(a) any part of the United Kingdom; (b) any of the Channel
islands; (c) the Isle of Man; (d) Newfoundland; (e) any colony; (f) any territory in respect of which a
mandate from the League of Nations was accepted by His Majesty, being a territory under the sole
administration of His Majesty's government in the United Kingdom; (g)







any territory administered under the trusteeship system of the United Nations, being a territory
under the sole- administration of His Majesty's government in the United Kingdom:

(h) any British protectorate:

(i) any British protected state outside Burma;

(i)any other place outside Burma in which. by treaty, capitulation, grant, usage, sufferance or other
lawful means. His Majesty has jurisdiction over British subjects.





1951 No. 1170.

THE LUXEMBOURG (EXTRADITION)
ORDER IN COUNCIL 1951.

Made - - - - 29th June, 1951.

Laid before Parliament - 29th June, 1951.

Coming into Operation - 9th July, 1951.

At the Court at Windsor, the 29th day of June, 1951.
Present,
The King's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

WHEREAS by the Extradition Acts 1870-1935(a), (hereinafter referred
to as the Acts) it is enacted that where an arrangement has been made
with any foreign State with respect to the surrender to such State of any
fugitive criminals. His Majesty may. by Order in Council, direct that the
Acts shall apply in the case of such foreign State; and that His Majesty
may. by the same or any subsequent Order, limit the operation of the
Order and restrict the same to fugitive criminals who are in or suspected
of being in the part of His Majesty's dominions specified in the Order,
and render the operation thereof subject to such conditions, exceptions
and qualifications as may be deemed expedient;

AND WHEREAS a Treaty(b) was signed on the 24th day of
November, 1880, between Her late Majesty Queen Victoria and His late
Majesty King William of the Netherlands, Grand Duke of Luxembourg,
for the mutual extradition of fugitive criminals; and was duly ratified.,

AND WHEREAS a supplementary Convention(c) was signed on the
29th day of May,. 1939. between His Majesty and Her Royal Highness
the Grand Duchess of Luxembourg. which Convention is in the terms
following

His Majesty the King of Great Britain. Ireland and the British
Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India, and Her Royal Highness
the Grand Duchess of Luxembourg, desiring to make further provision
for the reciprocal extradition of fugitive criminals have resolved to
conclude a supplementary Convention to this end and for this purpose
have appointed as their plenipotentiaries:

His Majesty the King of Great Britain, Ireland and the British
Dominions beyond the Seas, Emperor of India,

(a) 33 & 34 Vict. c. 52; 36 & 37 Vict. c. 60; 58 & 59 Vict. c. 33;

6 Edw. 7. c. 15; 22 & 23 Geo. 5. c. 39; 25 & 26 Geo. 5. c. 25.

(b) Cmd. 2803.

(c) Cmd. 6087.





For Great Britain and Northern Ireland:

The Right Honourable Sir Robert Henry Clive, Knight Grand
Cross of The Most Distinguished Order of Saint Michael
and Saint George, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister
Plenipotentiary to Her Royal Highness The Grand
Duchess of Luxembourg;

Her Royal Highness the Grand Duchess of Luxembourg,

Mr. Joseph Bech, Grand Cross of the Order of Adolph of
Nassau, Grand Officer of the Order of the Oaken Crown,
&c., her Minister for Foreign Affairs;

Who, having communicated to each other their full powers found
in good and due form. have agreed as follows

ARTICLE 1.

From the date of the coming into force of the present Convention,
Article 2 of the Extradition Treaty signed at Luxembourg on the 24th
November.. 1880, shall be amended by the addition of the following
clause

'Extradition may also be granted at the discretion of the High
Contracting Party applied to in respect of any othercrime or offence
for which, according to the laws for the time being in force in the
territories from which and to which extradition is desired, the grant
may be made.'

ARTICLE 2.

The foregoing amendment shall apply to extradition proceedings
between Luxembourg on the one hand and. on the other hand, the
following territories, that is to say, the United Kingdom of Great Britain
and Northern Ireland (including the Channel Islands and the Isle of
Man), Newfoundland, British Colonies, British Protectorates and British-
protected States to which the Extradition Treaty of the 24th November.
1880. applies, and all mandated territories to which the said Treaty
extends and in respect of which the mandate is exercised by His
Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom of Great Britain and
Northern Ireland.

ARTICLE 3.

The High Contracting Parties agree that His Majesty The King may
accede to the present Convention in respect of any other member of the
British Commonwealth of Nations, whose Government may desire that
such accession be effected. by a notice given to that effect by the
appropriate diplomatic representative of His Majesty. From the date that
such notice comes





into effect the amendment set forth in Article 1 shall apply to extradition
proceedings between Luxembourg on the one hand, and on the other
the territory of the member of the Commonwealth concerned.

Any notice given under the first paragraph of this Article in respect
of any member of the British Commonwealth of Nations may include any
territory in respect of which a mandate on behalf of the League of
Nations has been accepted by His Majesty and is exercised by the
Government of the member concerned.

ARTICLE 4.

The present Convention shall be ratified. The ratifications shall be
exchanged in Brussels as soon as possible.

ARTICLE 5.

The present Convention shall enter into force three months after
the exchange of ratifications and shall have the same duration as the
Extradition Treaty of the 24th November, 1880.

In faith whereof the above-named plenipotentiaries have signed
the present Convention and have affixed thereto their seals.

Done in duplicate in English and French at Luxembourg the twenty-
ninth day of May in the year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred
and thirty-nine.

For Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

(L.S.) R. H. Clive.

For the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg,

(L.S.) Beck

AND WHEREAS the ratifications of the said supplementary
Convention were exchanged at Brussels on the 3rd day of August,
1949;

Now, THEREFORE, His Majesty, in exercise of the powers
conferred on Him by the Acts, is pleased. by and with the advice of His
Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows

1. The Acts shall apply in the case of Luxembourg under and in
accordance with the said Treaty as supplemented by the said
Convention as above set forth.

2. The operation of this Order is restricted to the United Kingdom
of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, the Channel Islands, the Isle of
Man, and the Colonies.

3. This Order may be cited as the Luxembourg (Extradition) Order in
Council 1951. It shall come into operation on the 9th day of July, 195 1.

E. C. E. LEADBITTER





1980 No. 1514

MERCHANT SHIPPING

THE MERCHANT SHIPPING ACT 1979
(HONG KONG) ORDER 1980

Made 13th October 1980

Laid before Parliament 21st October 1980

Coming into Operation 1st December 1980

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 13th day of October 1980

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by sections
15(1), 19(2) and 47(1) of the Merchant Shipping Act 1979(a) and all other
powers enabling Her in that behalf, is pleased, by and with the advice of
Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows

.1. This Order may be cited as the Merchant Shipping Act 1979
(Hong Kong) Order 1980 and shall come into operation on 1st
December 1980.

2. The provisions of sections 14, 17, 18. 19(1), 50, 51 and 52 of, and
Schedules 3, 4 and 5 and Part 1 of Schedule 7 to, the Merchant Shipping
Act 1979, modified as in the Schedule hereto, shall extend to Hong
Kong.

3. Save as is expressly provided otherwise therein, any reference in
the Schedule to this Order to any enactment of the United Kingdom
shall be construed as a reference to that enactment as applying or
extended to Hong Kong.

N. E. LEIGH,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE TO THE ORDER Article 2.

THE MERCHANT SHIPPING ACT 1979

Carriage of passengers and luggage by sea

14. (1) The provisions of the Convention relating to the Carriage of
Passengers and their Luggage by Sea as set out in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this Act
(hereafter in this section and in Parts 11 and Ill of that Schedule referred to as
'the Convention') shall have the force of law in Hong Kong.

(a) 1979 c. 39.





(2) The provisions of Part 11 of that Schedule shall have effect in
connection with the Convention and the preceding subsection shall have effect
subject to the provisions of that Part.

(3) On and after the date when this subsection and Part 111 of Schedule 3 to
this Act come into force Parts I and 11 of that Schedule shall have effect with the
modifications specified in the said Part III.

(6) Nothing in subsection (1), (2) or (3) of this section shall affect any rights
or liabilities arising out of an occurrence which took place before the day on which
the said subsection (1), (2) or (3) comes into force.

(7) This section shall bind the Crown.

Liability of shipowners and salvors

17. (1) The provisions of the Convention on Limitation of Liability for
Maritime Claims 1976 as set out in Part 1 of Schedule 4 to this Act (hereafter in
this section and in Part II of that Schedule referred to as 'the Convention') shall
have the force of law in Hong Kong.

(2) The provisions of Part II of that Schedule shall have effect in connection
with the Convention, and the preceding subsection shall have effect subject to the
provisions of that Part.

18. (1) Subject to subsection (3) of this section, the owner of a British ship
shall not be liable for any loss or damage in the following cases, namely

(a)where any property on board the ship is lost or damaged by reason of
fire on board the ship; or

(b)where any gold, silver, watches, jewels or precious stones on board the
ship are lost or damaged by reason of theft, robbery or other dishonest
conduct and their nature and value were not at the time of shipment
declared by their owner or shipper to the owner or master of the ship in
the bill of lading or otherwise in writing.

(2) Subject to subsection (3) of this section, where the loss or damage arises
from anything done or omitted by any person in his capacity as master or member
of the crew or (otherwise than in that capacity) in the course of his employment
as a servant of the owner of the ship, the preceding subsection shall also exclude
the liability of

(a) the master, member of the crew or servant; and

(b)in a case where the master or member of the crew is the servant of a
person whose liability would not be excluded by that subsection apart
from this paragraph, the person whose servant he is.

(3) This section does not exclude the liability of any person for any loss or
damage resulting from any such personal act or omission of his as is mentioned in
article 4 of the Convention in Part I of Schedule 4 to this Act.

(4) In this section 'owner', in relation to a ship, includes any part owner and
any charterer, manager or operator of the ship.

19. (1) The enactments mentioned in Schedule 5 to this Act shall have effect
with the amendments there specified (which are consequential on sections 17 and
18 of this Act).

Supplemental

50. (1) This Act shall be construed one with the Merchant Shipping Acts
1894 to 1977.







(IA) Nothing in sections 17 and 18 of, or Schedule 4 to, this Act shall apply
in relation to any liability arising out of an occurrence which took place before the
coming into force of those sections, and section 19(1) of, and Schedule 5 to, this
Act shall not affect the operation of any enactment in relation to such an
occurrence.





(4) The enactments mentioned in the first and second columns of Part I of
Schedule 7 to this Act are hereby repealed to the extent specified in the third
column of that Part of that Schedule; but nothing in that Part of that Schedule
shall affect the operation of any enactment in relation to such an occurrence as
mentioned in subsection (1A) of this section.

51. (2) The Secretary for Monetary Affairs shall be entitled to charge a
reasonable fee for any certificate given by or on behalf of the Secretary for
Monetary Affairs in pursuance of any provision contained in paragraph 4. of Part
III of Schedule 3 or paragraph 7 of Part II of Schedule 4 to this Act

52. (1) This Act may be cited as the Merchant Shipping Act 1979 and this
Act and the Merchant Shipping Acts 1894 to 1977 may be cited together as the
Merchant Shipping Acts 1894 to 1979.

(2) This Act shall come into force on such day as the Governor may appoint
by order, and different days may be appointed in pursuance of this subsection for
different provisions of this Act or for difrerent purposes of the same provision.

SCHEDULE 3 TO THE ACT

CONVENTION RELATING TO THE CARRIAGE OF PASSENGERS
AND THEIR LUGGAGE BY SEA

PART I

TEXT OF CONVENTION

ARTICLE 1

Definitions

In this Convention the following expressions have the meaning hereby
assigned to them:

1. (a)'carrier' means a person by or on behalf of whom a contract of
carriage has been concluded, whether the carriage is actually
performed by him or by a performing carrier;

(b)'performing carrier means a person other than the carrier, being the
owner, charterer or operator of a ship, who actually performs the
whole or a part of the carriage;

2. 'contract of carriage' means a contract made by or on behalf of a carrier
for the carriage by sea of a passenger or of a passenger and his luggage, as the case
may be;

3. 'ship' means only a seagoing vessel, excluding an air-cushion vehicle;

4. 'passenger' means any person carried in a ship,'

(a) under a contract of carriage, or

(b)who, with the consent of the carrier, is accompanying a vehicle or
live animals which are covered by a contract for the carriage of
goods not governed by this Convention;

5. 'luggage' means any article or vehicle carried by the carrier under a
contract of carriage, excluding:

(a)articles and vehicles carried under a charter party, bill of lading or other
contract primarily concerned with the carriage of goods, and

(b) live animals;

6. 'cabin luggage' means luggage which the passenger has in his cabin or is
otherwise in his possession, custody or control. Except for the application of
paragraph 8 of this Article and Article 8, cabin luggage includes luggage which the
passenger has in or on his vehicle;





7. 'loss of or damage to luggage' includes pecuniary loss resulting from the
luggage not having been re-delivered to the passenger within a reasonable time
after the arrival of the ship on which the luggage has been or should have been
carried, but does not include delays resulting from labour disputes;

8. 'carriage' covers the following periods.:

(a)with regard to the passenger and his cabin luggage, the period during
which the passenger andior his cabin luggage are on board the ship or in
the course of embarkation or disembarkation, and the period during
which the passenger and his cabin luggage are transported by water from
land to the ship or vice-versa, if the cost of such transport is included in
the fare or if the vessel used for the purpose of auxiliary transport has
been put at the disposal of the passenger by the carrier. However, with
regard to the passenger, carriage does not include the period during which
he is in a marine terminal or station or on a quay or in or on any other
port installation;

(b)with regard to cabin luggage, also the period during which the passenger is
in a marine terminal or station or on a quay or in or on any other port
installation if that luggage has been taken over by the carrier or his
servant or agent and has not been re-delivered to the passenger;

(c)with regard to other luggage which is not cabin luggage, the period from
the time of its taking over by the carrier or his servant or agent onshore
or on board until the time of its redelivery by the carrier or his servant
or agent;

9. 'international carriage' means any carriage in which, according to the
contract of carriage, the place of departure and the place of destination are
situated in two different States, or in a single State if, according to the contract of
carriage or the scheduled itinerary, there is an intermediate port of call in another
State;

ARTICLE 2

Application

1. This Convention shall apply to any international carriage if:

(a)the ship is flying the flag of or is registered in a State Party to this
Convention, or

(b)the contract of carriage has been made in a State Party to this
Convention, or

(c)the place of departure or destination, according to the contract of
carriage, is in a State Party to this Convention.

2. Notwithstanding paragraph 1 of this Article, this Convention shall not
apply when the carriage is subject, under any other international convention
concerning the carriage of passengers or luggage by another mode of transport, to
a civil liability regime under the provisions of such convention, in so far as those
provisions have mandatory application to carriage by sea.

ARTICLE 3

Liability of the carrier

1. The carrier shall be liable for the damage suffered as a result of the death of
or personal injury to a passenger and the loss of or damage to luggage if the
incident which caused the damage so suffered occurred in the course of the carriage
and was due to the fault or neglect of the carrier or of his servants or agents acting
within the scope of their employment.







2. The burden of proving that the incident which caused the loss or
damage occurred in the course of the carriage, and the extent of the loss or
damage, shall lie with the claimant.





3. Fault or neglect of the carrier or of his servants or agents acting within the
scope of their employment shall be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, if the
death of or personal injury to the passenger or the loss of or damage to cabin
luggage arose from or in connection with the shipwreck, collision, stranding,
explosion or fire, or defect in the ship. In respect of loss of or damage to other
luggage, such fault or neglect shall be presumed, unless the contrary is proved,
irrespective of the nature of the incident which caused the loss or damage. In all
other cases the burden of proving fault or neglect shall he with the claimant.

ARTICLE 4

Performing carrier

1. If the performance of the carriage or part thereof has been entrusted to a
performing carrier, the carrier shall nevertheless remain liable for the entire
carriage according to the provisions of this Convention. In addition, the
performing carrier shall be subject and entitled to the provisions of this
Convention for the part of the carriage performed by him.

2. The carrier shall, in relation to the carriage performed by the performing
carrier, be liable for the acts and omissions of the performing carrier and of his
servants and agents acting within the scope of their employment.

3. Any special agreement under which the carrier assumes obligations not
imposed by this Convention or any waiver of rights conferred by this Convention
shall affect the performing carrier only if agreed by him expressly and in writing.

4. Where and to the extent that both the carrier and the performing carrier
are liable, their liability shall be joint and several.

5. Nothing in this Article shall prejudice any right of recourse as between the
carrier and the performing carrier.

ARTICLE 5

Valuables

The carrier shall not be liable for the loss of or damage to monies, negotiable
securities, gold, silverware, jewellery, ornaments, works of art, or other valuables,
except where such valuables have been deposited with the carrier for the agreed
purpose of safe-keeping in which case the carrier shall be liable up to the limit
provided for in paragraph 3 of Article 8 unless a higher limit is agreed upon in
accordance with paragraph 1 of Article 10.

ARTICLE 6

Contributory fault

If the carrier proves that the death of or personal injury to a passenger or the
loss of or damage to his luggage was caused or contributed to by the fault or neglect
of the passenger, the court seized of the case may exonerate the carrier wholly or
partly from his liability in accordance with the provisions of the law of that court.



ARTICLE 7

Limit of liability for personal injury

1. The liability of the carrier for the death of or personal injury to a
passenger shall in no case exceed 700,000 francs per carriage. Where in
accordance with the law of the court seized of the case damages are awarded in the
form of periodical income payments, the equivalent capital value of those
payments shall not exceed the said limit.







2. Notwithstanding paragraph 1 of this Article, the national law of any State
Party to this Convention may fix, as far as carriers who are nationals of such State
are concemed, a higher per capita limit of liability.





ARTICLE 8

Limit of liability for loss of or damage to luggage

1. The liability of the carrier for the loss of or damage to cabin luggage shall
in no case exceed 12,500 francs per passenger, per carriage.

2. The liability of the carrier for the loss of or damage to vehicles including
all luggage carried in or on the vehicle shall in no case exceed 50,000 francs per
vehicle, per carriage.

3. The liability of the carrier for the loss of or damage to luggage other than
that mentioned in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Article shall in no case exceed 18,000
francs per passenger, per carriage.

4. The carrier and the passenger may agree that the liability of the carrier
shall be subject to a deductible not exceeding 1,750 francs in the case of damage to
a vehicle and not exceeding 200 francs per passenger in the case of loss of or
damage to other luggage, such sum to be deducted from the loss or damage.

ARTICLE 9

Monetary unit and conversion

1. The franc mentioned in this Convention shall be deemed to refer to a unit
consisting of 65.5 milligrams of gold of millesimal fineness 900.

2. The amounts referred to in Articles 7 and 8 shall be converted into the
national currency of the State of the court seized of the case on the basis of the
official value of that currency, by reference to the unit defined in paragraph 1 of
this Article, on the date of the judgment or the date agreed upon by the parties.

ARTICLE 10

Supplementary provisions on limits of liability

1. The carrier and the passenger may agree, expressly and in writing, to higher
limits of liability than those prescribed in Articles 7 and 8.

2. Interest on damages and legal costs shall not be included in the limits of
liability prescribed in Articles 7 and 8.

ARTICLE 11

Defences and limits for carriers' servants

If an action is brought against a servant or agent of the carrier or of the
performing carrier arising out of damage covered by this Convention. such servant
or agent, if he proves that he acted within the scope of his employment, shall be
entitled to avail himself of the defences and limits of liability which the carrier or
the performing carrier is entitled to invoke under this Convention.

ARTICLE 12

Aggregation of claims

1. Where the limits of liability prescribed in Articles 7 and 8 take ffect they
shall apply to the aggregate of the amounts recoverable in all claims arising out of
the death of or personal injury to any one passenger or the loss of or damage to his
luggage.

2. In relation to the carriage performed by a performing carrier, the aggregate
of the amounts recoverable from the carrier and the performing carrier and from
their servants and agents acting within the scope of their employment shall not
exceed the highest amount which could be awarded against either the carrier or the






performing carrier under this Convention, but none of the persons mentioned shall
be liable for a sum in excess of the limit applicable to him.





3. In any case where a servant or agent of the carrier or of the performing
carrier is entitled under Article 11 of this Convention to avail himself of the limits
of liability prescribed in Articles 7 and 8, the aggregate of the amounts recoverable
from the carrier, or the performing carrier as the case may be, and from that
servant or agent, shall not exceed those limits.

ARTICLE 13

Loss of right to limit liability

1. The carrier shall not be entitled to the benefit of the limits of liability
prescribed in Articles 7 and 8 and paragraph 1 of Article 10, if it is proved that the
damage resulted from an act or omission of the carrier done with the intent to
cause such damage, or recklessly and with knowledge that such damage would
probably result.

2. The servant or agent of the carrier or of the performing carrier shall not
be entitled to the benefit of those limits if it is proved that the damage resulted
from an act or omission of that servant or agent done with the intent to cause
such damage, or recklessly and with. knowledge that such damage would probably
result.

ARTICLE 14

Basis for claims

No action for damages for the death of or personal injury to a passenger, or
for the loss of or damage to luggage, shall be brought' against a carrier or
performing carrier otherwise than in accordance with

this Convention.

ARTICLE 15

Notice of loss or damage to luggage

1. The passenger shall give written notice to the carrier or his agent:

(a) in the case of apparent damage to luggage:

(i) for cabin luggage, before or at the time of disembarkation of the
passenger;

(ii) for all other luggage, before or at the time of its re-delivery;

(b) in the case of damage to luggage which is not apparent, or loss

of luggage, within fifteen days from the date of disembarkation or re-
delivery or from the time when such re-delivery should have taken place.

2. If the passenger fails to comply with this Article, he shall be presumed,
unless the contrary is proved, to have received the luggage undamaged.

3. The notice in writing need not be given if the condition of the luggage has
at the time of its receipt been the subject of joint survey or inspection.

ARTICLE 16

Time-bar for actions

1. Any action for damages arising out of the death of or personal injury to a
passenger or for the loss of or damage to luggage shall be time-barred after a
period of two years.

2. The limitation period shall be calculated as follows:







(a) in the case of personal injury, from the date of disembarkation

of the passenger;





(b)in the case of death occurring during carriage, from the date when the
passenger should have disembarked, and in the case of personal injury
occurring during carriage and resulting in the death of the passenger after
disembarkation, from the date of death, provided that this period shall
not exceed three years from the date of disembarkation;

(c)in the case of loss of or. damage to luggage, from the date of
disembarkation or from the date when disembarkation should have taken
place, whichever is later.

3. The law of the court seized of the case shall govern the grounds of
suspension and interruption of limitation periods, but in no case shall an action
under this Convention be brought after the expiration of a period of three years
from the date of disembarkation of the passenger or from the date when
disembarkation should have taken place, whichever is later.

4. Notwithstanding paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of this Article, the period of
limitation may be extended by a declaration of the carrier or by agreement of the
parties after the cause of action has arisen. The declaration or agreement shall be in
writing.

ARTICLE 17

Competent jurisdiction

1. An action arising under this Convention shall, at the option of the
claimant, be brought before one of the courts listed below, provided that the court
is located in a State Party to this Convention:

(a)the court of the place of permanent residence or principal place of
business of the defendant, or

(b)the court of the place of departure or that of the destination according to
the contract of carriage, or

(c)a court of the State of the domicile or permanent residence of the
claimant, if the defendant has a place of business and is subject to
jurisdiction in that State, or

(d)a court of the State where the contract of carriage was made. if the
defendant has a place of business and is subject to jurisdiction in that
State.

2. After the occurrence of the incident which has caused the damage, the
parties may agree that the claim for damages shall be submitted to any jurisdiction
or to arbitration.

ARTICLE 18

Invalidity of contractual provisions

Any contractual provision concluded before the occurrence of the incident
which has caused the death of or personal injury to a passenger or the loss of or
damage to his luggage, purporting to relieve the carrier of his liability towards the
passenger or to prescribe a lower limit of liability than that fixed in this
Convention except as provided in paragraph 4 of Article 8, and any such provision
purporting to shift the burden of proof which rests on the carrier, or having the
effect of restricting the option specified in paragraph 1 of Article 17, shall be null
and void, but the nullity of that provision shall not render void the contract of
carriage which shall remain subject to the provisions of this Convention.

ARTICLE 19

Other conventions on limitation of liability







This Convention shall not modify the rights or duties of the carrier, the
performing carrier, and their servants or agents provided for in international
conventions relating to the limitation of liability of owners of seagoing ships.





ARTICLE 20

Nuclear damage

No liability shall arise under this Convention for damage caused by a nuclear
incident:

(a)if the operator of a nuclear installation is liable for such damage under
either the Paris Convention of 29 July 1960 on Third Party Liability in
the Field of Nuclear Energy as amended by its Additional Protocol of 28
January 1964, or the Vienna Convention of 21 May 1963 on Civil
Liability for Nuclear Damage, or

(b)if the operator of a nuclear installation is liable for such damage by
virtue of a national law governing the liability for such damage, provided
that such law is in all respects as favourable to persons who may suffer
damage as either the Paris or the Vienna Conventions.

ARTICLE 21

Commercial carriage by public authorities

This Convention shall apply to commercial carriage undertaken by States or
Public Authorities under contracts of carriage within the meaning of Article 1.

PART II

PROVISIONS HAVING EFFECT IN CONNECTION WITH
CONVENTION

Interpretation

1. In this Part of this Schedule any reference to a numbered article is a
reference to the article of the Convention which is so numbered and any
expression to which a meaning is assigned by article 1 of the Convention has that
meaning.

Provisions adapting or supplementing specified articles of the Convention

2. For the purposes of paragraph 2 of article 2, provisions of such an
international convention as is mentioned in that paragraph which apart from this
paragraph do not have mandatory application to carriage by sea shall be treated as
having mandatory application to carriage by sea if it is stated in the contract of
carriage for the carriage in question that those provisions are to apply in
connection with the carriage.

3. The reference to the law of the court in article 6 shall be construed as a
reference to section 21 of the Law Amendment and Reform (Consolidation)
Ordinance(a).

4. The Governor may by order provide that, in relation to a carrier whose
principal place of business is in Hong Kong, paragraph 1 of article 7 shall have
effect with the substitution for the limit for the time being specified in that
paragraph of a different limit specified in the order (which shall not be lower than
the limit specified in that paragraph at the passing of this Act or, if paragraph 1 of
Part III of this Schedule has come into force, specified in paragraph 1 of article 7.
as amended by paragraph 1 of that Part).

5. The values which in pursuance of article 9 shall be considered as the official
values in Hong Kong of the amounts in francs for the time being specified in
articles 7 and 8 shall be such amounts in dollars as the Governor may from time to
time by order specify.

6. It is hereby declared that by virtue of article 12 the limitations on liability
there mentioned in respect of a passenger or his luggage apply
to the aggregate liabilities of the persons in question in all proceedings for
enforcing the liabilities or any of them which may be brought whether in Hong
Kong or elsewhere.

(a) Laws of Hong Kong Revised Ed.

1971. Cap. 23.





7. Article 16 shall apply to an arbitration as it applies to an action under
section 34(3) and (4) of the Limitation Ordinance(a).

8. The court before which proceedings are brought in pursuance of article 17
to enforce a liability which is limited by virtue of article 12 may at any stage of the
proceedings make such orders as appear to the court to be just and equitable in view
of the provisions of article 12 and of any other proceedings which have been or are
likely to be begun in Hong Kong or elsewhere to enforce the liability in whole or in
part; and without prejudice to the generality of the preceding provisions of this
paragraph such a court shall, where the liability is or may be partly enforceable in
other proceedings in Hong Kong or elsewhere, have jurisdiction to award an amount
less than the court would have awarded if the limitation applied solely to the
proceedings before the court or to make any part of its award conditional on the
results of any other proceedings.

Other provisions adapting or supplementing the Convention

9. Any reference in the Convention to a contract of carriage excludes a
contract of carriage which is not for reward.

10. If Her Majesty by Order in Council made by virtue of this paragraph as it
applies in the United Kingdom declares that any State specified in the Order is a
party to the Convention in respect of a particular country the Order shall, subject
to the provisions of any subsequent Order made by virtue of this paragraph as it
applies in the United Kingdom be conclusive evidence that the State is a party to
the Convention in respect of that country.

11. The Governor may by order make provision-

(a)for requiring a person who is the carrier in relation to a passenger to give
to the passenger, in a manner specified in the order, notice of such of the
provisions of Part I of this Schedule as are so specified;

(b)for a person who fails to comply with a requirement imposed on him by
the order to be guilty of an offence and liable on summary conviction to
a fine of an amount not exceeding 5,500 Hong Kong dollars.
Application of ss. 502 and 503 of Merchant Shipping Act 1894 (b) and
sections 17 and 18 of this Act

12. Nothing in section 502 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894 or section 18
of this Act (which among other things limit a shipowner's liability for the loss or
damage of goods in certain cases) shall relieve a person of any liability imposed on
him by the Convention.

13. It is hereby declared that nothing in the Convention affects the operation
of section 503 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894 or section 17 of this Act
(which limit a shipowner's liability in certain cases of loss of life, injury or damage).

PART III

MODIFICATIONS OF PARIS I AND II IN CONSEQUENCE OF
PROTOCOL
OF 19TH NOVEMBER 1976

1. In Part I of this Schedule, in article 7 of the Convention, for the words
'700,000 francs' or any other words which, by virtue of paragraph 4 of Part II of
this Schedule, are specified in that article in the place of those words there shall be
substituted the words '46,666 ' 666 units of account'.

2. In the said Part 1, in article 8 of the Convention, for the word 'francs'
wherever it occurs there shall be substituted the words 'units of (a) Laws of Hong Kong
Revised

Ed. 1976. Cap. 347.
(b) 1894 c. 60.





account- and for the figures 12,500% 50,000 '18,000', '1,750' and '200' there
shall be substituted respectively the figures '833', '3,333', '1,200', '117' and
'13'.

3. In the said Part I for article 9 there shall be substituted the following

ARTICLE 9

Unit of account and conversion

The Unit of Account mentioned in this Convention is the Special Drawing
Right as defined by the International Monetary Fund. The amounts mentioned in
Articles 7 and 8 shall be converted into the national currency of the State of the
Court seized of the case on the basis of the value of that currency on the date of
the judgment or the date agreed upon by the Parties.

4. In Part II of this Schedule for paragraph 5 there shall be substituted the
following--

5. (1) For the purposes of articles 7 to 9 the Secretary for Monetary
Affairs may specify in Hong Kong dollars the respective amounts which are
to be taken as equivalent for a particular day to the sums expressed in special
drawing rights in those articles.

(2) A certificate given by or on behalf of the Secretary for Monetary
Affairs in pursuance of paragraph (1) above shall be conclusive evidence of
those matters for the purposes of articles 7 to 9 of the Convention; and a
document purporting to be such a certificate shall, in any proceedings, be
received in evidence and, unless the contrary is proved, be deemed to be such a
certificate.

SCHEDULE 4 TO THE ACT

CONVENTION ON LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR MARITIME CLAIMS
1976

PART I

TEXT OF CONVENTION

CHAPTER I. THE RIGHT OF LIMITATION

ARTICLE 1

Persons entitled to limit liability

1. Shipowners and salvors, as hereinafter defined, may limit their liability in
accordance with the rules of this Convention for claims set out in Article 2.

2. The term 'shipowner' shall mean the owner, charterer, manager or
operator of a seagoing ship.

3. Salvor shall mean any person rendering services in direct connexion with
salvage operations. Salvage operations shall also include operations referred to in
Article 2, paragraph 1(d), (e) and (f).

4. If any claims set out in Article 2 are made against any person for whose
act, neglect or default the shipowner or salvor is responsible, such person shall be
entitled to avail himself of the limitation of liability provided for in this
Convention.

5. In this Convention the liability of a shipowner shall include liability in an
action brought against the vessel herself.

6. An insurer of liability for claims subject to limitation in accordance with






the rules of this Convention shall be entitled to the benefits of this Convention to
the same extent as the assured himself.

7. The act of invoking limitation of liability shall not constitute an admission
of liability.





ARTICLE 2

Claims subject to limitation

1. Subject to Articles 3 and 4 the following claims, whatever the basis of
liability may be, shall be subject to limitation of liability:

(a)claims in respect of loss of life or personal injury or loss of or damage to
property (including damage to harbour works, basins and waterways and
aids to navigation), occurring on board or in direct connection with the
operation of the ship or with salvage operations, and consequential loss
resulting therefrom;

(b)claims in respect of loss resulting from delay in the carriage by sea of
cargo, passengers or their luggage;

(c)claims in respect of other loss resulting from infringement of rights other
than contractual rights, occurring in direct connexion with the operation
of the ship or salvage operations;

(d)claims in respect of the raising, removal, destruction or the rendering
harmless of a ship which is sunk, wrecked, stranded or abandoned,
including anything that is or has been on board such ship;

(e)claims in respect of the removal, destruction or the rendering harmless of
the cargo of the ship;

(f)claims of a person other than the person liable in respect of measures
taken in order to avert or minimize loss for which the person liable may
limit his liability in accordance with this Convention, and further loss
caused by such measures.

2. Claims set out in paragraph 1 shall be subject to limitation of liability even
if brought by way of recourse or for indemnity under a contract or otherwise.
However, claims set out under paragraph 1(d), (e) and (1) shall not be subject to
limitation of liability to the extent that they relate to remuneration under a
contract with the person liable.

ARTICLE 3

Claims excepted from limitation

The rules of this Convention shall not apply to:

(a) claims for salvage or contribution in general average;

(b)claims for oil pollution damage within the meaning of the International
Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage dated 29th
November 1969 or of any amendment or Protocol thereto which is in
force;

(c)claims subject to any international convention or national legislation
governing or prohibiting limitation of liability. for nuclear damage;

(d)claims against the shipowner of a nuclear ship for nuclear damage;

(e)claims. by servants of the shipowner or salvor whose duties are connected
with the ship or the salvage operations, including claims of their heirs,
dependants or other persons entitled to make such claims, if under the law
governing the contract of service between the shipowner or salvor and
such servants the shipowner or salvor is not entitled to limit his liability in
respect of such claims, or if he is by such law only permitted to limit his
liability to an amount greater than that provided for in Article 6.

ARTICLE 4







Conduct barring limitation

A person liable shall not be entitled to limit his liability if it is proved that the
loss resulted from his personal act or omission, committed with the intent to cause
such loss, or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss would probably result.





ARTICLE 5

Counterclaims

Where a person entitled to limitation of liability under the rules of this
Convention has a claim against the claimant arising out of the same occurrence,
their respective claims shall be set off against each other and the provisions of this
Convention shall only apply to the balance, if any.

CHAPTER II. LIMITS OF LIABILITY

ARTICLE 6

The general limits

1. The limits of liability for claims other than those mentioned in Article 7,
arising on any distinct occasion, shall be calculated as follows:

(a) in respect of claims for loss of life or personal injury,

(i) 333,000 Units of Account for a ship with a tonnage not exceeding
500 tons,

(ii) for a ship with a tonnage in excess thereof, the following amount in
addition to that mentioned in (i):

for each ton from 501 to 3,000 tons, 500 Units of

Account;

for each ton from 3,001 to 30,000 tons, 333 Units of

Account;

for each ton from 30,001 to 70,000 tons, 250 Units of

Account; and

for each ton in excess of 70,000 tons, 167 Units of

Account,

(b) in respect of any other claims,

(i)167,000 Units of Account for a ship with a tonnage not exceeding
500 tons,

(ii) for a ship with a tonnage in excess thereof the following amount in
addition to that mentioned in (i): for each ton from 501 to 30,000
tons, 167 Units of

Account;

for each ton from 30,001 to 70,000 tons, 125 Units of

Account; and
for each ton in excess of 70,000 tons, 83 Units of

Account.

2. Where the amount calculated in accordance with paragraph 1(a) is
insufficient to pay the claims mentioned therein in full, the amount calculated in
accordance with paragraph 1(b) shall be available for payment of the unpaid
balance of claims under paragraph 1(a) and such unpaid balance shall rank rateably
with claims mentioned under paragraph 1(b).







4. The Emits of liability for any salvor not operating from any ship or for
any salvor operating solely on the ship to, or in respect of which he is rendering
salvage services, shall be calculated according to a tonnage of 1,500 tons.

ARTICLE 7

The limit for passenger claims

1. In respect of claims arising on any distinct occasion for loss of life or
personal injury to passengers of a ship, the limit of liability of the shipowner
thereof shall be an amount of 46,666 Units of Account multiplied by the number
of passengers which the ship is authorized to carry according to the ship's
certificate, but not exceeding 25 million Units of Account.

2. For the purpose of this Article 'claims for loss of life or personal

injury to passengers ot a ship: shall mean any such claims brought by or on behalf
of any person carried in that ship:





(a) under a contract of passenger carriage; or

(b)who, with the consent of the carrier, is accompanying a vehicle or live
animals which are covered by a contract for the carriage of goods.

ARTICLE 8

Unit of Account

1. The Unit of Account referred to in Articles 6 and 7 is the Special Drawing
Right as defined by the International Monetary Fund. The amounts mentioned in
Articles 6 and 7 shall be converted into the national currency of the State in which
limitation is sought, according to the value of that currency at the date the
limitation fund shall have been constituted, payment is made, or security is given
which under the law of that State is equivalent to such payment.

ARTICLE 9

Aggregation of claims

1. The limits of liability determined in accordance with Article 6 shall apply
to the aggregate of all claims which arise on any distinct occasion:

(a)against the person or persons mentioned in paragraph 2 of Article
and any person for whose act, neglect or default he or they are
responsible; or

(b)against the shipowner of a ship rendering salvage services from that ship
and the saIvor or salvors operating from such ship and any person for
whose act, neglect or default he or they are responsible; or

(c)against the salvor or salvors who are not operating from a ship or who
are operating solely on the ship to, or in respect of which, the salvage
services are rendered and any person for whose act,. neglect or default he
or they are responsible.

2. The limits of liability determined in accordance with Article 7 shall apply
to the aggregate of all claims subject thereto which may arise on any distinct
occasion against the person or persons mentioned in paragraph 2 of Article 1 in
respect of the ship referred to in Article 7 and any person for whose act, neglect or
default he or they are responsible.

ARTICLE 10

Limitation of liability without constitution of a limitation fund

1. Limitation of liability may be invoked notwithstanding that a limitation
fund as mentioned in Article 11 has not been constituted.

2. If limitation of liability is invoked without the constitution of a limitation
fund, the provisions of Article 12 shall apply correspondingly.

3. Questions of procedure arising under the rules of this Article shall be
decided in accordance with the national law of the State Party in which action is
brought.

CHAPTER III. Tine LIMITATION FUND

ARTICLE 11

Constitution of the fund

1. Any person alleged to be liable may constitute a fund with the Court or
other competent authority in any State Party in which legal proceedings are
instituted in respect of claims subject to limitation. The fund shall be constituted in
the sum of such of the amounts set out in





Articles 6 and 7 as are applicable to claims for which that person may be liable,
together with interest thereon from the date of the occurrence giving rise to the
liability until the date of the constitution of the fund. Any fund thus constituted
shall be available only for the payment of claims in respect of which limitation of
liability can be invoked.

2. A fund may be constituted, either by depositing the sum, or by producing a
guarantee acceptable under the legislation of the State Party where the fund is
constituted and considered to be adequate by the Court or other competent
authority.

3. A fund constituted by one of the persons mentioned in paragraph 1(a), (b)
or (c) or paragraph 2 of Article 9 or his insurer shall be deemed constituted by all
persons mentioned in paragraph 1(a), (b) or (c) or paragraph 2, respectively.

ARTICLE 12

Distribution of the fund

1. Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2 of Article 6 and of Article
7, the fund shall be distributed among the claimants in proportion to their
established -claims against the fund.

2. If, before the fund is distributed, the person liable, or his insurer, has settled
a claim against the fund such person shall, up to the amount he has paid, acquire by
subrogation the rights which the person so compensated would have enjoyed under
this Convention.

3. The right of subrogation provided for in paragraph 2 may also be exercised
by persons other than those therein mentioned in respect of any amount of
compensation which they may have paid, but only to the extent that such
subrogation is permitted under the applicable national law.

4. Where the person liable or any other person establishes that he may be
compelled to pay, at a later date, in whole or in part any such amount of
compensation with regard to which such person would have enjoyed a right of
subrogation pursuant to paragraphs 2 and 3 had the compensation been paid before
the fund was distributed, the Court or other competent authority of the State
where the fund has been constituted may order that a sufficient sum shall be
provisionally set aside to enable such person at such later date to enforce his claim
against the fund.

ARTICLE 13

Bar to other actions

1. Where a limitation fund has been constituted in accordance with Article
11, any person having made a claim against the fund shall be barred from
exercising any right in respect of such a claim against any other assets of a person
by or on behalf of whom the fund has been constituted.

2. After a limitation fund has been constituted in accordance with Article 11,
any ship or other property, belonging to a person on behalf of whom the fund has
been constituted, which has been arrested or attached within the jurisdiction of a
State Party for a claim which may be raised against the fund, or any security given,
may be released by order of the Court or other competent authority of such State.
However, such release shall always be ordered if the limitation fund has been
constituted:

(a)at the port where the occurrence took place, or, if it took place out of
port, at the first port of call thereafter; or

(b)at the port of disembarkation in respect of claims for lose of life or
personal injury; or







(c) at the port of discharge in respect of damage to cargo; or

(d) in the State where the arrest is made.

3. The rules of paragraphs 1 and 2 shall apply only if the claimant may bring
a claim against the limitation fund before the Court administering that fund and
the fund is actually available and freely transferable in respect of that claim.





ARTICLE 14

Governing law

Subject to the provisions of this Chapter the rules relating to the constitution
and distribution of a limitation fund, and all rules of procedure in connection
therewith, shall be governed by the law of the State Party in which the fund is
constituted.

CHAPTER IV. SCOPE OF APPLICATION

ARTICLE 15

This Convention shall apply wherever any person referred to in Article 1
seeks to limit his liability before the Court of a State Party or seeks to procure the
release of a ship or other property or the discharge of any security given within the
jurisdiction of any such State.

PART II

PROVISIONS HAVING EFFECT IN CONNECTION WITH
CONVENTION

Interpretation

1. In this Part of this Schedule any reference to a numbered article is a
reference to the article of the Convention which is so numbered.

Right to limit liability

2. The right to limit liability under the Convention shall apply in relation to
any ship whether seagoing or not, and the definition of 'shipowner' in paragraph 2
of article 1 shall be construed accordingly.

Claims subject to limitation

3. (1) Paragraph 1(d) of article 2 shall not apply unless provision has been
made by an order of the Governor for the setting up and management of a fund to
be used for the making to harbour or conservancy authorities of payments needed
to compensate them for the reduction, in consequence of the said paragraph 1(d),
of. amounts recoverable by them in claims of the kind there mentioned, and to be
maintained by contributions from such authorities raised and collected by them in
respect of vessels in like manner as other sums so raised by them.

(2) Any order under sub-paragraph (1) above m ay contain such incidental and
supplemental provisions as appear to the Governor. to be necessary or expedient.

(3) If immediately before the coming into force of section 17 of this Act an
order is in force under section 2(6) of the Merchant Shipping (Liability of
Shipowners and Others) Act 1958(a) (which contains provisions corresponding to
those of this paragraph) that order shall have effect as if made under this
paragraph.

Claims excluded from limitation

4. (1) The claims excluded from the Convention by paragraph (b) of article 3
are claims in respect of any liability incurred under section 1 of the Merchant
Shipping (Oil Pollution) Act 1971(b).

(2) The claims excluded from the Convention by paragraph (c) of article 3
are claims made by virtue of any of sections 7 to 11 of the Nuclear Installations
Act 1965(c).

(a) 1958 c. 62; S.I.
196311632. (b) 1971 c.






59; S.I. 197512169. (c)
1965 c. 57; S.I. 19721126.





The general limits

5. (1) In the application of article 6 to a ship with a tonnage less than 300
tons that article shall have effect as if

(a) paragraph (a)(i) referred to 166,667 Units of Account; and

(b) paragraph (b)(i) referred to 83,333 Units of Account.

(2) For the purposes of article 6 and this paragraph a ship's tonnage shall be
its gross tonnage calculated in such manner as may be prescribed by an order made
by the Governor.

(3) Any order under this paragraph shall, so far as appears to the Governor to
be practicable, give effect to the regulations in Annex I of the International
Convention on Tonnage Measurement of Ships 1969.

Limit for passenger claims

6. (1) In the case of a passenger steamer within the meaning of Part III of
the Merchant Shipping Act 1894(a) the ship's certificate mentioned in
paragraph 1 of article 7 shall be the passenger steamer's certificate issued under
section 274 of that Act.

(2) In paragraph 2 of Article 7 the reference to claims brought on behalf of a
person includes a reference to any claim in respect of the death of a person under
the Fatal Accidents Ordinance(b).

Units of Account

7. (1) For the purposes of articles 6 and 7 the Secretary for Monetary Affairs
may specify in Hong Kong dollars the respective amounts which are to be taken as
equivalent for a particular day to the sums expressed in special-drawing rights in
those articles.

(2) A certificate given by or on behalf of the Secretary for Monetary Affairs
in pursuance of paragraph (1) above shall be conclusive evidence of those matters
for the purposes of those articles; and a document purporting to be such a
certificate shall, in any proceedings, be received in evidence and, unless the
contrary is proved, be deemed to be such a certificate.

Constitution of fund

8. (1) The Governor may from time to time by order prescribe the rate of
interest to be applied for the purposes of paragraph 1 of article 11.

(2) Where a fund is constituted with the court in accordance with article 11
for the payment of claims arising out of any occurrence, the court may stay any
proceedings relating to any claim arising out of that occurrence which are pending
against the person by whom the fund has been constituted.

Distribution of fund

9. No lien or other right in respect of any ship or property shall affect the
proportions in which under article 12 the fund is distributed among several
claimants.

Bar to other actions

10. Where the release of a ship or other property is ordered under paragraph
2 of article 13 the person on whose application it is ordered to be released shall be
deemed to have submitted to the jurisdiction of the court to adjudicate on the claim
for which the ship or property was arrested or attached.

Meaning of 'court'







11. References in the Convention and the preceding provisions of this Part of
this Schedule to the court are references to the High Court of Justice of Hong
Kong.

(a) 1894 c. 60.

(b) Laws of Hong Kong Revised
Ed. 1970, Cap. 22.





Meaning of 'ship'

12. References in the Convention and in the preceding provisions of this Part
of this Schedule to a ship include references to any structure (whether completed or
in course of completion) launched and intended for use in navigation as a ship or
part of a ship.

Meaning of 'State Party'

13. An Order in Council made for the purposes of this paragraph as it applies
in the United Kingdom and declaring that any State specified in the Order is a party
to the Convention shall, subject to the provisions of any subsequent Order made
for those purposes, be conclusive evidence that the State is a party to the
Convention.

SCHEDULE 5 TO THE ACT

LIABILITY OF SHIPOWNERS AND SALVORS: CONSEQUENTIAL
AMENDMENTS

The Merchant Shipping (Liability of Shipowners and Others) Act 1900(a)

1. (1) In section 2(1) of the Merchant Shipping (Liability of Shipowners and
Others) Act 1900 for the reference to the actual fault or privity of the owners or
authority there shall be substituted a reference to any such personal act or omission
of the owners or authority as is mentioned in article 4 of the Convention in Part I
of Schedule 4 to this Act.

(2) The limit of liability under that section shall be ascertained by applying to
the ship mentioned in subsection (1) the method of calculation specified in
paragraph 1(b) of article 6 of the Convention read with paragraph 5(1) and (2) of
Part II of that Schedule.

(3) Articles 11 and 12 of the Convention in Part 1 of that Schedule and
paragraphs 8 and 9 of Part II of that Schedule shall apply for the purposes of that
section.

The Carriage of Goods by Sea Act 1971(b)

5. In section 6(4) of the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act 1971 for the words
from 'section 50T' to '1958' there shall be substituted the words ,.section 18 of
the Merchant Shipping Act 1979 (which'.

The Merchant Shipping (Oil Pollution) Act 1971

6. (1) In sections 5(4)(b) and 7(b) of the Merchant Shipping (Oil Pollution)
Act 1971 for the words 'the Merchant Shipping (Liability of Shipowners and
Others) Act 1958' there shall be substituted the words 'the Merchant Shipping Act
1979'.

(2) For section 15(2) of that Act there shall be substituted

'(2) For the purposes of section 17 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1979
(limitation of liability) any liability incurred under this section shall be deemed
to be a liability in respect of such damage to property as is mentioned in
paragraph 1(a) of article 2 of the Convention in Part I of Schedule 4 to that
Act.'.

SCHEDULE 7 TO THE ACT

ENACTMENTS REPEALED

PART 1

ENACTMENTS RELATING TO LIABILITY OF SHIPOWNERS AND
SALVORS

Chapter Short title Extent of repeal
1894 c. 60.The Merchant Shipping Part VIII.
Act 1894.

1900 c. 32.The Merchant Shipping Section 2(2) and (3).
(Liability of Ship-
owners and Others)

Act 1900.

(a) 1900 c. 32. (b)
1971 c. 19.





Chapter Short titleExtent of repeal
1906 c. 48. The Merchant Shipping Section 69.

Act 1906.
1911 c. 42. The Merchant Shipping Section 1(2).
Act 1911.

1921 c. 28. The Merchant Shipping In section 1 the words 'and
Act 1921. VIII,,.

1958 c. 62. The Merchant Shipping The whole Act except section

(Liability of Ship- 11 so far as applying to the
owners and Others) Merchant Shipping (Liability
Act 1958. of Shipowners and Others)
Act 1900.
1965 c. 57. The Nuclear Installa- In section 14(1) the words from
tions Act 1965. 'and section 503' to 'ship-
owners)'.
1971 c. 59. The Merchant Shipping Section 4(1)(a)

(Oil Pollution) Act Section 1A.
1971.

1974 c. 43. The Merchant Shipping Section 4(1)(c)(ii) together with
Act 1974.the word 'or' preceding it.

Section 9.





1952 No. 155.

THE HONG KONG ROYAL NAVAL VOLUNTEER
RESERVE ORDER 1952.

Made............ 30th January, 1952.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 30th day of
January, 1952.

Present,

The King's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

WHEREAS the Governor of Hong Kong (hereinafter called 'the
Governor') with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council
thereof (hereinafter called 'the Legislature') has enacted the Royal
Hong Kong Defence Force Ordinance 1951 whereby provision is made,
among other things, for raising and maintaining a force for the Naval
Defence of Hong Kong called the Hong Kong Royal Naval Volunteer
Reserve (hereinafter called 'the Reserve

AND WHEREAS the Governor, with the advice and consent of the
Legislature has, in exercise of powers conferred by the Colonial Naval
Defence Acts 1931 and 1949(a) (hereinafter called 'the Acts') and
otherwise vested in the Legislature enacted the Hong Kong Royal Naval
Volunteer Reserve (General Service) Ordinance 1951 for the discipline.
service and training of the Reserve. for maintaining and using vessels of
war, and for placing the officers and men of the Reserve and the vessels
of war at the disposal of His Majesty for general service in the Royal
Navy;

AND WHEREAS it is provided by the Acts that no provision made
in exercise of any power conferred by the Acts shall have effect unless
or until it is approved by His Majesty in Council;

AND WHEREAS under the powers conferred on Him by the Acts
His Majesty in Council may, on such conditions as He may think fit,
authorize the Admiralty to accept any offer made by the Government of
Hong Kong to place the officers and men of the Reserve and the vessels
of war as aforesaid at I-lis Majesty's disposal for general service in the
Royal Navy;

NOW, THEREFORE, His Majesty, in exercise of the powers
conferred on Him by the Acts, is pleased, by and with the advice of His
Privy Council to order, and it is hereby ordered as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Hong Kong Royal Naval
Volunteer Reserve Order 1952.

(a) 21 & 22 Geo. 5. c. 9 and 12, 13 & 14 Geo. 6. c. 18.





2. Approval is hereby given to the provisions of the Ordinance of
the. Legislature entitled the Hong Kong Royal Naval Volunteer Reserve.
(General Service) Ordinance 1951 made in exercise of the powers
conferred by the Acts.

3. The Admiralty is hereby authorized to accept any offer made by
the Government of Hong Kong to place at His Majesty's disposal for
general service in the Royal Navy the whole or any number of the
officers or men of the Reserve raised under the Royal Hong Kong
Defence Force Ordinance 1951, and any vessel of war maintained under
the Hong Kong Royal Naval Volunteer Reserve (General Service)
Ordinance 1951.

F. J. FERNAU.





1952 No. 862.

JAPAN.

THE JAPANESE TREATY OF PEACE ORDER 1952.

Made 29th April, 1952.

Laid before Parliament - 30th April, 1952.

Coming into Operation - 7th May, 1952.

At the Court at Windsor Castle. the 29th day of April, 1952.

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

WHEREAS at San Francisco on the eighth day of September,
nineteen hundred and fifty-one, a Treaty of Peace with Japan
(hereinafter referred to as---theTreaty') and a Protocol thereto
(hereinafter referred to as 'the Protocol') were signed on behalf of His
late Majesty:

AND WHEREAS by Section 1 of the Japanese Treaty of Peace Act
1951(a) (hereinafter referred to as 'the Act') it was provided that His
late Majesty might make such appointments, establish such offices,
make such Orders in Council and do such things as should appear to
Him to be necessary for carrying out the Treaty and Protocol, and for
giving effect to any of the provisions thereof, and that any Order in
Council made under the Act might provide that persons contravening or
failing to comply with the provisions of the Order should be guilty of
offences against that Section, and that (except in so far as any such
Order might provide for lesser penalties) any person guilty of an offence
against that Section should be liable to such penalties as were therein
mentioned:

AND WHEREAS the Treaty and Protocol contain the provisions
set out in the First Schedule to this Order, and it is expedient for giving
effect to the aforesaid provisions of the Treaty and Protocol that the
provisions herein contained should have effect:

AND WHEREAS by treaty, grant, usage, sufferance or other lawful
means Her Majesty has jurisdiction in the territories specified in the
Second Schedule hereto, which territories are in this Order together
referred to as 'the Protected Territories-, and

is pleased by virtue and in exercise of the power vested in Her by the
Foreign Jurisdiction Act 1890(b), or otherwise to extend the provisions
of this Order to the Protected Territories.

(a) 15 & 16 Geo. 6. c. 6. (b)
53 & 54 Vict. c. 37.





Now, THEREFORE, Her Majesty, in pursuance of the said Section
and of all other powers enabling Her in that behalf, is pleased. by and
with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered,
as follows

1. (1) In this Order-

(i)'The Dominions' means Canada, Australia, New Zealand, the
Union of South Africa, Pakistan and Ceylon and also includes
any territory administered by the Government of any of those
Dominions.

(ii) 'Japanese persons' means

(a) the Japanese State and the Sovereign of Japan;

(b)a Japanese national, that is to say, a subject or citizen of
Japan or any body of persons (whether corporate or
unincorporate) constituted or incorporated according to
the laws of Japan or any of its dependent territories;

(c)any person acting for or on behalf of the Japanese State,
the Sovereign of Japan or a Japanese national; or

(d)any body of persons (whether corporate or
unincorporate) owned or controlled by the Japanese
State, the Sovereign of Japan or a Japanese national.

(iii)'Japanese property' means any property, rights or interests
within Her Majesty's dominions (except the Dominions) and
the Protected Territories, belonging to a Japanese person and
shall include any property, rights or interests which belonged
to or were held or managed on behalf of a Japanese person at
the time such property, rights or interests became vested in or
payable to a Custodian of Enemy Property or otherwise
became subject to control by the Board of Trade under the
Trading with the Enemy Act 1939(c) together, with the net
proceeds of the sale, liquidation or other dealings by a
Custodian of Enemy Property with any such property. rights
or interests and any income derived by any such Custodian
directly therefrom but shall not include

(a)any property, rights or interests specified in
subparagraph 2 (11) of paragraph (a) of Article 14 of the
Treaty; or

(b)any property. rights or interests which are the subject of
proceedings in any British Prize Court; or

(c)any moneys received by a Custodian of Enemy Property
by virtue of any investment made by him

(c) 2 & 3 Geo. 6. c. 89.





in pursuance of the powers conferred upon him by the
Trading with the Enemy Investment Order 1940(d).

(iv)'Property, rights and interests' means real and personal
property. and any estate or interest in real or personal
property, any negotiable instrument, any debt or other chose
in action, and any other right or interest, whether in
possession or not.

(2) Any reference to the Trading with the Enemy Act 1939 shall be
construed as a reference to that Act as amended by or under any other
Act.

(3) The Interpretation Act 1889(e) applies for the interpretation of
this Order as it applies for the interpretation of an Act of Parliament.

2. So far as they are by their nature capable of so doing the
provisions of the Treaty and Protocol set out in the First Schedule
hereto shall be and have effect as law.

3. (1) The Board of Trade may. subject to the consent of the
Treasury, appoint on such terms as they may specify an Administrator
who shall be a corporation sole under the name of the Administrator of
Japanese Property and is in this Order referred to as 'the
Administrator'.

(2) The Administrator shall be assisted by such officers and
servants as the Board of Trade, subject to the consent of the Treasury,
determine and there shall be paid by the Board of Trade to the
Administrator and to such officers and servants such salaries or other
remuneration as the Treasury may determine.

4. (1) The Administrator shall act under the general direction of the
Board and shall have the powers conferred upon him and the duties
imposed upon him by this Order and by any other Order in Council
made under the Act and may do all such things as he may consider
necessary or desirable for carrying out the powers and duties so
conferred and imposed.

(2) The Administrator may sue or be sued in the name of the
Administrator of Japanese Property.

(3) The Administrator shall have an official seal and power to hold
land without licence in mortmain.

(4) The seal of the Administrator shall be authenticated by the
signature of the Administrator or some other person authorized by the
Administrator to act in that behalf.

(d) S.R. & 0. 1940 (No. 1113) 1, p. 1052. (e)
52 & 53 Vict. c. 63.





(5) Any contract or instrument which, being entered into or
executed by a person not being a body corporate, would not require to
be under seal, may be entered into or executed on behalf of the
Administrator by any person generally or specially authorized by him for
that purpose.

(6) Any document purporting to be a document duly executed or
issued under the seal of the Administrator authenticated as aforesaid or
purporting to be signed by the Administrator or any person authorized
to act on his behalf, unless the contrary be proved, shall be deemed to
be a document so executed or issued or so signed, as the case may be.

5. (1) Where any right or interest in the estate of a deceased person
is Japanese property, the Administrator may act in the administration of
the estate, and the Court having jurisdiction to grant letters of
administration of the estate may grant such letters to the Administrator
by the name of the Administrator of Japanese Property, and, for that
purpose, the Court shall consider the Administrator as in law entitled
equally with any other person or class of persons to obtain the grant of
letters of administration.

(2) The Administrator shall be treated as, and shall have the
powers of, a trust corporation for the purposes of the Law of Property
Act 1925(f), the Settled Land Act 1925(g). the Trustee Act 1925(h), the
Administration of Estates Act 1925(i), and the Supreme Court of
Judicature (Consolidation) Act 1925(j).

6. (1) If any person, other than a Custodian of Enemy Property,
without the consent of the Administrator transfers, disposes of. or
otherwise deals with any Japanese property, he shall be guilty of an
offence under Section 1 of the Act. and any such transfer, disposal or
dealing shall be void; provided that it shall be a defence for any person
charged with an offence under this paragraph to prove that he did not
know and had reasonable cause for not knowing that such property was
Japanese property or that he had reasonable cause for believing that any
necessary consents had been obtained.

(2) No Japanese property shall be liable to be attached or taken in
execution.

7. Every person holding or having the control or management of
any Japanese property or owing any debt which is Japanese property
(including. when the Japanese property consists of shares, stock or
other securities issued by a company. municipal

(f) 15 & 16 Geo. 5. c. 20.

(g) 15 & 16 Geo. 5. c. 18.
(h) 15 & 16 Geo. 5. c. 19.

(i) 15 & 16 Geo. 5. c. 23.
(j) 15 & 16 Geo. 5. c. 49.





authority or other body, or any right or interest therein, such
company. authority or body) shall, unless -particulars thereof have
already been furnished to a Custodian of Enemy Property in
accordance with the Trading with the Enemy Act 1939. or Orders
made thereunder, within three months from the date upon which
this Order comes into operation by notice in writing communicate
the fact to the Administrator and shall furnish the Administrator
with such particulars in relation thereto as the Administrator may
require.

8. (1) If it appears to the Administrator expedient so to do
for the purpose of collecting Japanese property or discharging any
of his other functions, the Administrator may, by notice in
writing-
(a)require any person to produce, at a time and place
specified in the notice, to the Administrator, or to any
person nominated by him for the purpose, any books or
documents specified or described in the notice being
books or documents which are in his custody or under
his control. or
(b)require any person to furnish to the Administrator such
returns, accounts or other information as may be specified
or described in the notice, and specify the time, the
manner and the form in which any such returns, accounts
or information are to be furnished.

(2) The Administrator may take copies of any books or
documents produced under sub-paragraph (a) of the foregoing
paragraph.

9. (1) Any person having the possession, control or manage-
ment of any Japanese property transferable by delivery shall, on
being so required by the Administrator. deliver the property to
him and the Administrator shall have power to sell or otherwise
deal with the property so delivered to him.

(2) When Japanese property consists of any sum of money
due to a Japanese person it shall be paid to the Administrator who
shall have power to enforce payment thereof, and for that purpose
shall have all such rights and powers as if he were the creditor.

(3) When Japanese property consists of any property, rights
or interests in the possession of a Custodian of Enemy Property,
that Custodian shall, on being so required by the Administrator,
either sell the property and pay the proceeds thereof to the
Administrator or deliver, transfer or pay the property to the
Administrator and the Administrator shall have power to sell or
otherwise deal with the property so delivered, transferred or paid
to him.

(4) A certificate by the Administrator that any property.
rights or interests are Japanese property shall be prima facie





evidence of the facts stated in the certificate, and where any requirement
or demand for payment by the Administrator as aforesaid is
accompanied by such a certificate, a Custodian, or any other person in
possession of property transferable by delivery, or the person by whom
a sum of money is due, shall comply with the requirement or demand and
shall not be liable to any action or legal proceeding in respect of such
compliance, but if it is subsequently proved that the property, rights or
interests are not Japanese property. the owner thereof shall be entitled to
recover the same from the Administrator. or if it has been sold the
proceeds of sale. but not to any other remedy.

10. (1) The Board of Trade may by Order vest in the Administrator
any Japanese property. or the right to transfer the same. Any Order so
made by the Board is hereinafter referred to as a 'Westing Order'.

(2) Administrator shall have such rights, powers, duties and
liabilities with regard to the Japanese property, or the right to transfer
the same, vested in him by a Vesting Order as are prescribed by the
Vesting Order.

(3) A Vesting Order as respects property of any description shall be
of the like purport and effect as a vesting order as respects property of
the same description made by the High Court under the Trustee Act
1925 and shall be sufficient to vest in the Administrator any property or
the right to transfer any property as provided by the Vesting Order
without the necessity for any further conveyance, assurance or
document.

(4) Any power conferred by this Order to make a Vesting Order
shall be construed as including a power, exercisable in the like manner.
to vary or revoke the Order.

11. (1) The Administrator shall not be bounded by any provision in
any article of association. bye-law or other rule governing a company or
other body which restricts the right to transfer shares, stock or other
securities or imposes any conditions as to the price at which. or the
person to whom, shares, stock or other securities are to be offered or
sold.

(2) Where in exercise of the powers conferred on him the
Administrator executes a transfer of any shares. stock or securities the
company or other body in whose book the shares, stock or securities are
registered shall, upon the receipt of the transfer so executed by the
Administrator and upon being required by him so to do, register the
shares. stock or securities in the name of the Administrator or other
transferee notwithstanding any regulation or stipulation of the company
or other body, and notwithstanding that the Administrator is not in
possession of the certificate, scrip or other document of title relating to
the shares. stock or securities transferred, but such registration shall be
without prejudice to





any lien or charge in favour of the company or other body, or to any
other lien or charge of which the Administrator or a Custodian of Enemy
Property has notice.

12. If any person called upon to pay any money or to transfer or
otherwise deal with any property, rights or interests has reason to
suspect that the same are Japanese property he shall before paying,
transferring or dealing with the same report the matter to the
Administrator and shall comply with any directions that the
Administrator may give in respect thereto.

13. In any proceedings by the Administrator to recover a debt, a
statement of facts verified by an affidavit made by the Administrator or
any other person authorized by him shall be prima facie evidence of the
facts therein stated.

14. The Administrator shall. subject as hereinafter provided, retain
out of the Japanese property or the proceeds thereof vested in or
collected or received by him under this Order such sum as, subject to
the consent of the Treasury, he may consider necessary to cover
expenses and the amount for which he may be liable in respect of any
proceedings or claims and to enable him to repay to the Board of Trade
the salaries and other remuneration paid by the Board under Article 3
(2) hereof, and subject thereto shall hold and deal with the said
Japanese property and the proceeds thereof in such manner as the
Treasury shall direct.

15. Any Japanese property or the proceeds thereof may-

(a)on the direction of the Treasury be transferred by the
Administrator in accordance with any arrangements that have
been made by or on behalf of Her Majesty's Government in
the United Kingdom with the Government of any other
country or any person acting on their behalf for the resolution
of conflicting claims to Japanese property; and

(b)on the direction of the Board of Trade be released from the
provisions of this Order.

16. The time at which the periods of prescription or limitation of
right of action or of the right to take conservatory measures in respect
of relations affecting persons or property referred to in Paragraph 1 of
Part B of the Protocol shall begin again to run, shall be the date of the
coming into force of the Treaty, subject, in the case of any period of
limitation of right of action, to any provision of the Limitation (Enemies
and War Prisoners) Act 1945(k) fixing a later date; except that in the
case of the periods fixed for the presentation of interest or dividend
coupons or for the presentation for payment of securities drawn for
repay

(k) 8 & 9 Geo. 6. c. 16.





ment or repayable on any other ground, the period shall begin to run
again on the date when money becomes available for payment to the
holder of the coupon or security.

17. The period to be allowed within which presentation of
negotiable instruments for acceptance or payment and notice of non-
acceptance or non-payment or protest may be made under Paragraph 2
of Part C of the Protocol shall be the period ending the 31st day of
December, 1952.

18. Any person who-

(a)without reasonable excuse fails to comply with any
requirement made by or under this Order to furnish
information or to produce books or documents; or

(b)knowingly or recklessly makes a statement which is false in a
material particular in giving information for the purpose of this
Order or any Vesting Order or for the purposes of obtaining
any authority or sanction under this Order;

shall be guilty of an offence under Section 1 of the Act.

19. (1) Accounts shall be prepared by the Administrator, in such
form and manner and at such time as the Treasury may direct, of the
sums received and the sums paid by him in pursuance of this Order or
any direction given thereunder and the Comptroller and Auditor-General
shall examine and certify every such account.

(2) The Comptroller and Auditor-General shall lay copies of every
such certified account, together with his report thereon, before both
Houses of Parliament.

20. (1) This Order shall apply to the whole of Her Majesty's
dominions (except the Dominions) and to the Protected Territories.

(2) In its application to any part of Her Majesty's dominions which
is outside the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. the
Channel Islands and the Isle of Man, and in its application to the
Protected Territories, this Order shall be subject to such modifications
as may be made by the legislatures of those parts or the Protected
Territories for adapting to the circumstances thereof the provisions of
this Order.

(3) In the application of this Order to any part of Her Majesty's
dominions which is outside the United Kingdom of Great Britain and
Northern Ireland, the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man, or to any of
the Protected Territories

(i)any reference to 'the Administrator' shall be construed as a
reference to the Administrator appointed for the territory in
question;





(ii)any reference to 'the Board of Trade' or to 'the Treasury'
shall be construed as a reference to the Governor or Officer
administering the Government of the territory in question;

reference to such Japanese property as is situate within the
territory in question;

(iv)any reference to the Trading with the Enemy Act 1939, to the
Trading with the Enemy Investment Order 1940 or to the
Limitation (Enemies and War Prisoners) Act 1945, shall be
construed as a reference to the corresponding legislation (if
any) in force in the territory in question.

21. In the application of this Order to Scotland-

(a)for any reference to the granting of letters of administration of
an estate there shall be substituted a reference to the granting
of confirmation as executor on the estate;

(b)for any reference in Paragraph (3) of Article 10 to a Vesting
Order made by the High Court under the Trustee Act 1925
there shall be substituted a reference to a warrant to complete
title granted under section twenty-two of the Trusts
(Scotland) Act 1921(1); and

(c)the expression 'real and personal property- means heritable
and movable property and the expression 'attached or taken
in execution' means arrested in execution or in security or
otherwise affected by diligence.

22. In the application of this Order to Northern Ireland-

(a)for any reference to the Trustee Act 1925 shall be substituted
a reference to the Trustee Act 1893(m);

(b)any reference to a company shall be construed as including a
company incorporated under the law of Northern Ireland.,

(c)for Paragraph (2) of Article 5 there shall be substituted the
following Paragraph

'(2) The Administrator shall be treated as, and shall have
the powers of, a trust corporation within the meaning of the
Probate and Letters of Administration Act (Northern Ireland)
1933(n).';

(d)the reference in Paragraph (3) of Article 10 to the High Court
shall be construed as a reference to the High Court of Justice
in Northern Ireland.

(1) 11 & 12 Geo. 5. c. 58. (m) 56 &
57 Vict. c. 53. (n) 23 & 24 Geo. 5.
c. 16 (N.I.)





23. In the application of this Order to the Channel Islands-

(a)in Article 26 for the reference to the 7th day of May, 1952,
there shall be substituted a reference to the day on which the
Order is registered in the appropriate Court;

(b)any reference to the Trading with the Enemy Act 1939 shall be
construed as a reference to that Act as extended to the
Channel Islands by the Trading with the Enemy (Channel
Islands) Order in Council 1940(o);

(c)no transfer under this Order of any real property situate in the
Channel Islands shall have effect until registered in the Public
Registry of Deeds of the Island in which the property is
situate, by order of the Court thereof;

(d)for Paragraph (3) of Article 10 there shall be substituted the
following Paragraph

'(3) A Vesting Order as respects property of any
description shall upon registration by the Royal Court be
sufficient to vest in the Administrator any property or the
right to transfer any property as provided by the Vesting
Order without the necessity for any further conveyance.
assurance or document.';

and all Orders made by the Board of Trade under this Order
shall be communicated to the Bailiff of Jersey or Guernsey, as
the case may be, and shall be presented by him to the Royal
Court of Jersey or the Royal Court of the Bailiwick of
Guernsey, as the case may be, for registration and no such
Order shall come into force until so registered;

(e)any proceedings under Paragraph (4) of Article 9 for the
recovery of any property situate in the Channel Islands shall
be brought in the appropriate Court and process against the
Administrator in any such proceedings shall be sufficiently
served if addressed to the Administrator and served at the
Offices of the Law Officers of the Crown for Jersey or
Guernsey, as the case may be;

for Article 5 there shall be substituted the following Article

'5. Where any right or interest in the personal estate of a
deceased person is Japanese property,-the Court having
jurisdiction to grant letters of administration of the estate
shall, at the request in writing of the Administrator and upon
the production of the certificate of the Administrator
specifying the right or interest which is Japanese property and
whether or not a previous grant of such letters has been made
in respect of that estate, grant such letters as respects such
Japanese

(o) S.R. & 0. 1940 (No. 87) 1, p. 1045.





property to the Administrator by the name of the
Administrator of Japanese Property without requiring the
Administrator or any sureties to enter into an administration
bond and thereupon the Administrator shall be exclusively
entitled to act in the administration of that estate in so far as
such Japanese property is concemed.'.

In this Article 'Guernsey' means the Bailiwick of Guernsey
and 'the appropriate Court' means, in relation to Jersey, the
Royal Court of Jersey and. in relation to Guernsey. the Royal
Court of Guernsey. *

24. In the application of this Order to the Isle of Man-

(a)any reference to the Trading with the Enemy Act 1939 shall be
construed as a reference to that Act as it extends to the Isle of
Man;

(b)in Paragraph (3) of Article 10 for the words 'the High Court
under the Trustee Act 1925' there shall be substituted the
words 'the High Court, Chancery Division, under the Trustee
Act 1937 (being an Act of Tynwald)';

(c)for Paragraph (2) of Article 5 there shall be substituted the
following Paragraph

'(2) The Administrator shall be treated as, and shall have
the powers of, an approved Corporation for the purposes of
the Judicature Amendment Act 1935 (being an Act of
Tynwald)'.

25. Anything required or authorized under this Order to be
done by, to or before the Board of Trade may be done by, to or
before the President of the Board, any secretary, under-secretary
or assistant secretary of the Board, or any person authorized in
that behalf by the President of the Board.

26. This Order shall come into operation on the 7th day of May,
1952.

27. This Order may be cited as the Japanese Treaty of Peace Order
1952.

F. J. FERNAU.

FIRST SCHEDULE.

TREATY OF PEACE WITH JAPAN.
CHAPTER II-TERRITORY.
ARTICLE 4.

(a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Article, the disposition
of property of Japan and of its nationals in the areas referred to in Article 2, and
their claims, including debts, against the authorities presently administering such
areas and the residents (including juridical





persons) thereof, and the disposition in Japan of property of such authorities and
residents, and of claims, including debts, of such authorities and residents against
Japan and its nationals, shall be the subject of special arrangements between Japan
and such authorities. The property of any of the Allied Powers or its nationals in
the areas referred to in Article 2 shall, insofar as this has not already been done, be
returned by the administering authority in the condition in which it now exists.
(The term nationals whenever used in the present Treaty includes juridical
persons.)

(b) Japan recognizes the validity of dispositions of property of Japan and
Japanese nationals made by or pursuant to directives of the United States Military
Government in any of the areas referred to in Articles 2 and 3.

(c) Japanese owned submarine cables connecting Japan with territory removed
from Japanese control pursuant to the present Treaty shall be equally divided,
Japan retaining the Japanese terminal and adjoining half of the cable, and the
detached territory the remainder of the cable and connecting terminal facilities.

CHAPTER V.-CLAIMS AND PROPERTY.

ARTICLE 14.

(a) It is recognized that Japan should pay reparations to the Allied Powers for
the damage and suffering caused by it during the war. Nevertheless it is also
recognized that resources of Japan are not presently sufficient, if it is to maintain a
viable economy, to make complete reparation for all such damage and suffering and
at the same time meet its other obligations.

Therefore,

1. Japan will promptly enter into negotiations with Allied Powers so
desiring, whose present territories were occupied by Japanese forces and
damaged by Japan, with a view to assisting to compensate those countries for
the cost of repairing the damage done, by making available the services of the
Japanese people in production, salvaging and other work for the Allied Powers
in question. Such arrangements shall avoid the imposition of additional
liabilities on other Allied Powers, and, where the manufacturing of raw
materials is called for, they shall be supplied by the Allied Powers in question,
so as not to throw any foreign exchange burden upon Japan.

2. (1) Subject to the provisions of sub-paragraph (II) below, each of the
Allied Powers shall have the right to seize, retain, liquidate or otherwise
dispose of all property, rights and interests of

(a) Japan and Japanese nationals,

(b)persons acting for or on behalf of Japan or Japanese nationals, and

(c) entities owned or controlled by Japan or Japanese nationals,

which on the first coming into force of the present Treaty were subject to its
jurisdiction. The property, rights and interests specified in this sub-paragraph
shall include those now blocked, vested or in the possession or under the
control of enemy property authorities of Allied Powers, which belonged to, or
were held or managed on behalf of, any of the persons or entities mentioned
in (a), (b) or (c) above at the time such assets came under the controls of such
authorities.

(II) The following shall be excepted from the right specified in sub-
paragraph (I) above:





(i)property of Japanese natural persons who during the war resided
with the permission of the Government concerned in the
territory of one of the Allied Powers, other than territory occupied
by Japan, except property subjected to restrictions during the war
and not released from such restrictions as of the date of the first
coming into force of the present Treaty;

(ii)an real property, furniture and fixtures owned by the
Government of Japan and used for diplomatic or consular purposes,
and all personal furniture and furnishings and other private property
not of an investment nature which was normally necessary for the
carrying out of diplomatic and consular functions, owned by
Japanese diplomatic and consular personnel;

(iii)property belonging to religious bodies or private charitable
institutions and used exclusively for religious or charitable purposes;

(iv)property, rights. and interests which have come within its
jurisdiction in consequence of the resumption of trade and financial
relations subsequent to September 2, 1945, between the country
concerned and Japan, except such as have resulted from transactions
contrary to the laws of the Allied Power concemed;

(v)obligations of Japan or Japanese nationals, any right, titIe or
interest in tangible property located in Japan, interests in
enterprises organized under the laws of Japan, or any paper evidence
thereof; provided that this exception shall only apply to obligations
of Japan and its nationals expressed in Japanese currency.

(111) Property referred to in exceptions (i) through (v) above shall be
returned subject to reasonable expenses for its preservation and
administration. If any such property has been liquidated the proceeds shall be
returned instead.

(IV) The right to seize, retain, liquidate or otherwise dispose of property
as provided in sub-paragraph (I) above shall be exercised in accordance with
the laws of the Allied Power concerned, and the owner shall have only such
rights as may be given him by those laws.

(V) The Allied Powers agree to deal with Japanese trademarks and
literary and artistic property rights on a basis as favorable to Japan as
circumstances ruling in each country will permit.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in the present Treaty, the Allied Powers
waive all reparations claims of the Allied Powers, other claims of the Allied
Powers and their nationals arising out of any actions taken by Japan and its
nationals in the course of the prosecution of the war, and claims of the Allied
Powers for direct military costs of occupation.

ARTICLE 15.

(a) Upon application made within nine months of the coming into force of
the present Treaty between Japan and the Allied Power concerned, Japan will,
within six months of the date of such application, return the property, tangible and
intangible, and all rights or interests of any kind in Japan of each Allied Power and
its nationals which was within Japan at any time between December 7, 1941, and
September 2, 1945, unless the owner has freely disposed thereof without duress or
fraud. Such porperty shall be returned free of all encumbrances and charges to
which it may have become subject because of the war, and without any charges for
its return. Property whose return is not applied for by or on behalf of the owner or
by his Government within the prescribed period may be disposed





of by the Japanese Government as it may determine. In cases where such property
was within Japan on December 7, 1941, and cannot be returned or has suffered
injury or damage as a result of the war, compensation will be made on terms not less
favorable than the terms provided in the draft Allied Powers Property
Compensation Law approved by the Japanese Cabinet on July 13, 1951.

(b) With respect to industrial property rights impaired during the war, Japan
will continue to accord to the Allied Powers and their nationals benefits no less
than those heretofore accorded by Cabinet Orders No. 309 effective September 1,
1949, No. 12 effective January 28, 1950, and No. 9 effective February 1, 1950, all
as now amended, provided such nationals have applied for such benefits within the
time limits prescribed therein.

(c) (i) Japan acknowledges that the literary and artistic property rights which
existed in Japan on December 6, 1941, in respect to the published and unpublished
works of the Allied Powers and their nationals have continued in force since that
date, and recognizes those rights which have arisen, or but for the war would have
arisen, in Japan since that date, by the operation of any conventions and
agreements to which Japan was a party on that date, irrespective of whether or not
such conventions or agreements were abrogated or suspended upon or since the
outbreak of war by the domestic law of Japan or of the Allied Power concerned.

(ii) Without the need for application by the proprietor of the right and
without the payment of any fee or compliance with any other formality, the
period from December 7, 1941, until the coming into force of the present Treaty
between Japan and the Allied Power concerned shall be excluded from the running
of the normal term of such rights; and such period, with an additional period of six
months, shall be excluded from the time within which a literary work must be
translated into Japanese in order to obtain translating rights in Japan.

ARTICLE 18.

(a) It is recognized that the intervention of the state of war has not affected
the obligation to pay pecuniary debts arising out of obligations and contracts
(including those in respect of bonds) which existed and rights which were acquired
before the existence of a state of war, and which are due by the Government or
nationals of Japan to the Government or nationals of one of the Allied Powers, or
are due by the Government or nationals of one of the Allied Powers to the
Government or nationals of Japan. The intervention of a state of war shall equally
not be regarded as affecting the obligation to consider on their merits claims for
loss or damage to property or for personal injury or death which arose before
the existence of a state of war, and which may be presented or re-presented by the
Government of one of the Allied Powers to the Government of Japan, or by the
Government of Japan to any of the Governments of the Allied Powers. The
provisions of this paragraph are without prejudice to the rights conferred by Article
14.

(b) Japan affirms its liability for the prewar external debt of the Japanese
State and for debts of corporate bodies subsequently declared to be liabilities of the
Japanese State. and expresses its intention to enter into negotiations at an early
date with its creditors with respect to the resumption of payments on those debts;
to encourage negotiations in respect of other prewar claims and obligations; and to
facilitate the transfer of sums accordingly.

ARTICLE 19.

(a) Japan waives all claims of Japan and its nationals against the Allied Powers
and their nationals arising out of the war or out of actions taken because of the
existence of a state of war, and waives all claims





arising from the presence, operations or actions of forces or authorities of any of
the Allied Powers in Japanese territory prior to the coming into force of the
present Treaty.

(b) The foregoing waiver includes any claims arising out of actions taken by
any of the Allied Powers with respect to Japanese ships between Se September 1,
1939, and the coming into force of the present Treaty, as well as any claims and
debts arising in respect to Japanese prisoners of war and civilian internees in the
hands of the Allied Powers, but does not include Japanese claims specifically
recognized in the laws of any Allied Power enacted since September 2, 1945.

(c) Subject to reciprocal renunciation, the Japanese Government also
renounces all claims (including debts) against Germany and German nationals on
behalf of the Japanese Government and Japanese nationals, including
intergovernmental claims and claims for loss or damage sustained during the war,
but excepting (a) claims in respect of contracts entered into and rights acquired
before September 1, 1939, and (b) claims arising out of trade and financial
relations between Japan and Germany after September 2, 1945. Such renunciation
shall not prejudice actions taken in accordance with Articles 16 and 20 of the
present Treaty.

(d) Japan recognizes the validity of all acts and omissions done during the
period of occupation under or in consequence of directives of the occupation
authorities or authorized by Japanese law at that time, and will take no action
subjecting Allied nationals to civil or criminal liability arising out of such acts or
omissions.

PROTOCOL.

CONTRACTS, PRESCRIPTION ~ NEGOTIABLE
INSTRUMENTS.

A.-Contracts.

1. Any contract which required for its execution intercourse between any
ofthe parties thereto having become enemies as defined in part F shall, subject to
the exceptions set out in paragraphs 2 and 3 below, be deemed to have been
dissolved as from the time when any of the parties thereto became enemies. Such
dissolution, however, is without prejudice to the provisions of Articles 15 and 18
of the Treaty of Peace signed this day, nor shall it relieve any party to the
contract from the obligation to repay amounts received as advances or as
payments on account and in respect of which such party has not rendered
performance in return.

2. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1 above, there shall be
excepted from dissolution and, without prejudice to the rights contained in Article
14 of the Treaty of Peace signed this day, there shall remain in force such parts of
any contract as are severable and did not require for their execution intercourse
between any of the parties thereto, having become enemies as defined in Part F.
Where the provisions of any contract are not so severable, the contract shall be
deemed to have been dissolved in its entirety. The foregoing shall be subject to the
application of domestic laws, orders or regulations made by a signatory hereto
which is an Allied Power under the said Treaty of Peace and having jurisdiction
over the contract or over any of the parties thereto and shall be subject to the
terms of the contract.

3. Nothing in part A shall be deemed to invalidate transactions lawfully
carried out in accordance with a contract between enemies if they have been
carried out with the authorization of the Government concerned being the
Government of a signatory hereto which is an Allied Power under the said Treaty
of Peace.





4. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, contracts of insurance and
reinsurance shall be dealt with in accordance with the provisions of parts D and E
of the present Protocol.

B-Periods of Prescription.

1. All periods of prescription or limitation of right of action or of the right to
take conservatory measures in respect of relations affecting persons or property,
involving nationals of the signatories hereto who, by reason of the state of war,
were unable to take judicial action or to comply with the formalities necessary to
safeguard their rights, irrespective of whether these periods commenced before or
after the outbreak of war, shall be regarded as having been suspended for the
duration of the war in Japanese territory on the one hand, and on the other hand in
the territory of those signatories which grant to Japan, on a reciprocal basis, the
benefit of the provisions of this paragraph. These periods shall begin to run again
on the coming into force of the Treaty of Peace signed this day. The provisions of
this paragraph shall be applicable in regard to the periods fixed for the presentation
of interest or dividend coupons or for the presentation for payment of securities
drawn for repayment or repayable on any other ground, provided that in respect of
such coupons or securities the period shall begin to run again on the date when
money becomes available for payments to the holder of the coupon or security.

2. Where, on account of failure to perform any act or to comply with any
formality during the war, measures of execution have been taken in Japanese
territory to the prejudice of a national of one of the signatories being an Allied
Power under the said Treaty of Peace, the Japanese Government shall restore the
rights which have been detrimentally affected. If such restoration is impossible or
would be inequitable the Japanese Government shall provide that the national of
the signatory concerned shall be afforded such relief as may be just and equitable in
the circumstances.

C.-Negotiable instruments.

1. As between enemies, no negotiable instrument made before the war shall be
deemed to have become invalid by reason only of failure within the required time to
present the instrument for acceptance or payment, or to give notice of non-
acceptance or non-payment to drawers or endorsers, or to protest the instrument,
nor by reason of failure to complete any formality during the war.

2. Where the period within which a negotiable instrument should have been
presented for acceptance or for payment, or within which notice of non-
acceptance or non-payment should have been given to the drawer or endorser, or
within which the instrument should have been protested, has elapsed during the war,
and the party who should have presented of protested the instrument or have given
notice of non-acceptance or nonpayment has failed to do so during the war, a
period of not less than three months from the coming into force of the Treaty of
Peace signed this day shall be allowed within which presentation, notice of non-
acceptance or non-payment, or protest may be made.

3. If a person has, either before or during the war, incurred obligations under a
negotiable instrument in consequence of an undertaking given to him by a person
who has subsequently become an enemy, the latter shall remain liable to indemnify
the former in respect of these obligations, notwithstanding the outbreak of war.





D.-Insurance and Reinsurance Contracts (other than Life) which had not
terminated before the date at which the parties became enemies.

1. Contracts of Insurance shall be deemed not to have been dissolved by the
fact of the parties becoming enemies, provided that the risk had attached before
the date at which the parties became enemies, and the Insured had paid, before that
date, all moneys owed by way of premium or consideration for effecting or
keeping effective the Insurance in accordance with the Contract.

2. Contracts of Insurance other than those remaining in force under the
preceding clause shall be deemed not to have come into existence, and any
moneys paid thereunder shall be returnable.

3. Treaties and other Contracts of Reinsurance, save as hereinafter expressly
provided, shall be deemed to have been determined as at the date the parties
became enemies, and all cessions thereunder shall be cancelled with effect from
that date. Provided that cessions in respect of voyage policies which had attached
under a Treaty of Marine Reinsurance shall be deemed to have remained in full
effect until their natural expiry in accordance with the terms and conditions on
which the risk had been ceded.

4. Contracts of Facultative Reinsurance, where the risk had attached and all
moneys owed by way of premium or consideration for effecting or keeping
effective the Reinsurance had been paid or set off in the customary manner, shall
unless the Reinsurance contract otherwise provides, be deemed to have remained in
full effect until the date at which the parties became enemies and to have been
determined on that date.

Provided that such Facultative Reinsurances in respect of voyage policies
shall be deemed to have remained in full effect until their natural expiry in
accordance with the terms and conditions on which the risk had been ceded.

Provided further that Facultative Reinsurances in respect of a Contract of
Insurance remaining in force under clause 1 above shall be deemed to have
remained in full effect until the expiry of the original Insurance.

5. Contracts of Facultative Reinsurance other than those dealt with in the
preceding clause, and all Contracts of Excess of Loss Reinsurance on an 'Excess of
Loss Ratio' basis and of Hail Reinsurance (whether facultative or not), shall be
deemed not to have come into existence, and any moneys paid thereunder shall be
returnable.

~ 6. Unless the Treaty or other Contract of Reinsurance otherwise provides,
premiums shall be adjusted on a pro rata temporis basis.

7. Contracts of Insurance or Reinsurance (including cessions under Treaties of
Reinsurance) shall be deemed not to cover losses or claims caused by belligerent
action by either Power of which any of the parties was a national or by the Allies
or Associates of such Power.

8. Where an insurance has been transferred during the war from the original to
another Insurer, or has been wholly reinsured, the transfer or reinsurance shall,
whether effected voluntarily or by administrative or legislative action, be
recognized and the liability of the original Insurer shall be deemed to have ceased
as from the date of the transfer or reinsurance.

9. Where there was more than one Treaty or other Contract of Reinsurance
between the same two parties, there shall be an adjustment of accounts between
them, and in order to establish a resulting balance there shall be brought into the
accounts all balances (which shall include





an agreed reserve for losses still outstanding) and all moneys which may be due
from one party to the other under all such contracts or which may be returnable by
virtue of any of the foregoing provisions.

10. No interest shall be payable by any of the parties for any delay which,
owing to the parties having become enemies, has occurred or may'. occur in the
settlement of premiums or claims or balances of account.

11. Nothing in this part of the present Protocol shall in any way prejudice or
affect the rights given by Article 14 of the Treaty of Peace signed this day.

E.-Life Insurance Contracts.

Where an insurance has been transferred during the war from the original to
another Insurer or has been wholly reinsured, the transfer or reinsurance shall, if
effected at the instance of the Japanese administrative or legislative authorities, be
recognized, and the liability of the original Insurer shall be deemed to have ceased
as from the date of the transfer or reinsurance.

R-Special provision.

For the purposes of the present Protocol, natural or juridical persons shall be
regarded as enemies from the date when trading between them shall have become
unlawful under laws, orders, or regulations to which such persons or the contracts
were subject.

SECOND SCHEDULE.

(i) British protectorates.

(ii) Territories administered under the trusteeship system of the United
Nations being territories under the sole administration of Her Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom.

(iii) British protected states except Brunei and Tonga.

(iv) Other places in which by treaty, grant, usage, sufferance or other lawful
means, Her Majesty has jurisdiction over British subjects except the Condominium
of the New Hebrides.





1984 No. 1168

ARBITRATION

THE ARBITRATION (FOREIGN AWARDS) ORDER 1984

Made - 31st July 1984

Coming into Operation - 1st August 1984

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 3 1st day of July 1984

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Whereas a Convention on the Execution of Foreign Arbitral Awards (hereinafter
called 'the Geneva Convention') (a) was, on 26th September 1927, signed at Geneva
on behalf of His Late Majesty King George the Fifth:

And whereas it is provided by section 35(1) of the Arbitration Act 1950(b) that Part
11 of that Act (which provides for the enforcement of certain foreign awards under
the Geneva Convention) applies to any award made after 28th July 1924

(a)in pursuant of an agreement for arbitration to which the Protocol set
out in the First Schedule to that Act applies; and

(b)between persons of whom one is subject to the jurisdiction of some
one of such Powers as Her Majesty, being satisfied that reciprocal
provisions have been made, may by Order in Council declare to be
parties to the Geneva Convention, and of whom the other is subject
to the jurisdiction of some other of the Powers aforesaid; and

(e)in one of such territories as Her Majesty, being satisfied that
reciprocal provisions have been made, may by Order in Council
declare to be territories to which the Geneva Convention applies:

And whereas Her Majesty is satisfied that reciprocal provisions have been made:

And whereas a Convention on the Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral
Awards (hereinafter called 'the New York Convention') (e) adopted on 10th June
1958 entered into force for the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland
on 23rd December 1975:

And whereas it is provided by section 7(2) of the Arbitration Act 1975(d) (which
Act provides for the enforcement of foreign awards under the New York
Convention) that if Her Majesty by Order in Council declares that any

(a) Schedule 2 to the Arbitration Act 1950 (c. 27). (b) 1950 c. 27. (c) Cmd. 6419.
(d) 1975 c. 3.





State specified in the Order is a party to the New York Convention the Order shall,
while in force, be conclusive evidence that that State is a party to that Convention:

Now, therefore, Her Majesty, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, in
pursuance of the powers conferred upon Her by section 35(1) and (2) of the
Arbitration Act 1950 and section 7(2) and (3) of the Arbitration Act 1975, and of all
other powers enabling Her in that behalf, is pleased to declare, and it is hereby
declared, as follows:

Citation and commencement

1. This Order may be cited as the Arbitration (Foreign Awards) Order 1984 and
shall come into operation on I st August 1984.

Geneva Convention States

2. (1) The Powers listed in Column 1 of Schedule 1 to this Order are parties to the
Geneva Convention.

(2) The territories specified in Column 2 of the said Schedule are territories to
which the Geneva Convention applies.

New York Convention States

3. The States listed in Schedule 2 to this Order are parties to the New York
Convention.

Revocation

4. The Arbitration (Foreign Awards) Order 1978(a) and the Arbitration (Foreign
Awards) Order 1979(b) are hereby revoked.

N. E. Leigh,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

(a) S.I. 1978/186. (b) S.I. 1979/304.





SCHEDULE 1

GENEVA CONVENTION STATES

Column 1 Column 2
Powers party to the Geneva Convention Territories to which the Geneva Convention
applies
The United Kingdom of Great Britain and The United Kingdom of Great Britain and
Northern Ireland Northern Ireland
Anguilla
British Virgin Islands
Cayman Islands
Falkland Islands
Falkland Islands Dependencies
Gibraltar
Hong Kong
Montserrat
Turks and Caicos Islands
Antigua and Barbuda Antigua and Barbuda
Austria Austria
Bahamas Bahamas
Bangladesh Bangladesh
Belgium Belgium
Belize Belize
Czechoslovakia Czechoslovakia
Denmark Denmark
Dominica Dominica
Finland Finland
France France
Federal Republic of Germany Federal Republic of Germany
German Democratic Republic German Democratic Republic
Greece Greece
Grenada Grenada
Guyana Guyana
India India
Republic of Ireland Republic of Ireland
Israel Israel
Italy Italy
Japan Japan
Kenya Kenya
Luxembourg Luxembourg
Malta Malta
Mauritius Mauritius
Netherlands Netherlands (including Curacao)
New Zealand New Zealand
Pakistan Pakistan
Portugal Portugal
Romania Romania
Saint Christopher and Nevis Saint Christopher and Nevis
St. Lucia St. Lucia
Spain Spain
Sweden Sweden
Switzerland Switzerland
Tanzania Tanzania
Thailand Thailand
Western Samoa Western Samoa
Yugoslavia Yugoslavia
Zambia Zambia





SCHEDULE 2

NEW YORK CONVENTION STATES

Australia (including all the external territories Poland
for the international relations of which Romania
Australia is responsible) San Marino
Austria South Africa
Belgium Spain
Belize Sri Lanka
Benin Sweden
Botswana Switzerland
Bulgaria Syria
Byelorussian Soviet Socialist Republic Tanzania
Cambodia Thailand
Central African Republic Trinidad and Tobago
Chile Tunisia
Colombia Ukrainian Soviet Socialist Republic
Cuba Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
Cyprus United States of America (including all
Czechoslovakia the territories for the international
Denmark (including Greenland and the Faroe relations of which the United States of
Islands) America is responsible)
Djibouti Uruguay
Ecuador Yugoslavia
Egypt
Finland
France (including all the territories of the
French Republic)
Federal Republic of Germany
German Democratic Republic
,Ghana
Greece
Guatemala
Haiti
Holy See
Hungary
India
Indonesia
Republic of Ireland
Israel
Italy
Japan
Jordan
Korea
Kuwait
Luxembourg
Madagascar
Mexico
Monaco
Morocco
Netherlands (including the Netherlands
Antilles)
New Zealand
Niger
Nigeria
Norway
Philippines





1982 No. 1663

MERCHANT SHIPPING
THE CARRIAGE OF GOODS BY SEA (HONG KONG)
ORDER 1982

Made- 24 November 1982
Coming into Operation 1 December 1982

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 24th day of November 1982
Present,
The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by section 4
of the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act 1971 (a) and section 4(2) of the
Merchant Shipping Act 1981 (b), is pleased, by and with the advice of
Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows

1. This Order may be cited as the Carriage of Goods by Sea (Hong
Kong) Order 1982 and shall come into operation on 1 December 1982.

2.(a) The provisions of the Merchant Shipping Act 1981
specified in paragraph (b) below shall extend to Hong Kong
subject to the exceptions, adaptations and modifications
specified in the Schedule to this Order.

(b)The provisions referred to in paragraph (a) above are section
2; section 3 in so far as it relates to section 2; section 5(3) and
the Schedule in so far as they relate to the Carriage of Goods
by Sea Act 1971; and section 5(4) and (5) in so far as those
subsections relate to the provisions specified in this
paragraph.

N. E. LEIGH,

Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE Article 2.

EXCEPTIONS, ADAPTATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS IN THE EXTENSION OF
THE
PROVISIONS OF THE MERCHANT SHIPPING ACT 1981 To HONG KONG

1 . Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to the Carriage of
Goods by Sea Act 1971 or to any other enactment shall be to that enactment as it
has effect in Hong Kong.

(a) 1971 c. 19; the Act was extended (b) 1981 c. 10.
to Hong Kong by S.I. 1980/1508,
as amended by S.I. 1980/1954.





2. In section 3:

(a)for subsections (1) and (2) there shall be substituted the following
subsections:

'(1) For the purposes of Article IV of the Rules set out in the
Schedule to the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act 1971 as amended by section
2 of this Act, the Secretary for Monetary Affairs may specify in Hong
Kong dollars the respective amounts which are to be taken as equivalent
for a particular day to the sums expressed in special drawing rights.

(2) A certificate given by or on behalf of the Secretary for Monetary
Affairs in pursuance of subsection (1) above shall be conclusive evidence
of the matters stated therein for the purposes of subsection (1) above; and
a document purporting to be such a certificate shall in any proceedings be
received in evidence and, unless the contrary is proved, be deemed to be
such a certificate.':

(b)in subsection (3) the words following 'subsection (2) above' shall be
omitted and for the reference to the Treasury there shall be substituted a
reference to the Secretary for Monetary Affairs.

3. In section 5(4) for the words---HerMajesty may by Order in Council there
shall be substituted the words---theGovernor may by notice'.





1982 No. 1665

MERCHANT SHIPPING

THE CARRIAGE OF GOODS BY SEA (PARTIES TO
CONVENTION) ORDER 1982

(Revoked by S.I. 1985 No. 443 U.K.)

REVISED EDITION 1989

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





1984 No. 356

MERCHANT SHIPPING


THE MERCHANT SHIPPING ACT 1979 (HONG KONG)
(AMENDMENT) ORDER 1984

Made - - - - 14th March 1984

Laid before Parliament - 22nd March 1984

Coming into Operation - 12th April 1984

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 14th day of March 1984

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by section
47(1) of the Merchant Shipping Act 1979(a) and all other powers
enabling Her in that behalf, is pleased. by and with the advice of Her
Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered. as follows

1. This Order may be cited as the Merchant Shipping Act 1979
(Hong Kong) (Amendment) Order 1984 and shall come into operation
on 12th April 1984.

2. The Merchant Shipping Act 1979 (Hong Kong) Order 1980(b) is
hereby amended by adding in Article 2 thereof between the figures
'19(1)' and 50 the figure 31 and by adding in the Schedule thereto
between section 19(1) and section 50 of the Merchant Shipping Act
1979 the provisions of section 31 of the said Act of 1979, modified as in
the Schedule hereto; and the reference in that section to the Merchant
Shipping Act 1965(c) shall be to that Act as extended to Hong Kong by
the Merchant Shipping (Tonnage) (Hong Kong) Order 1967(d).

N. E. LEIGH,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

(a) 1979 c. 39. (c) 1965 c. 47.
(b) S.I. 1980,11514. (d)S.I. 1967/1764.





SCHEDULE Article 2

SECTION 31 OF THE MERCHANT SHIPPING ACT 1979, AS MODIFIED IN ITS
EXTENSION To HONG KONG

Miscellaneous

31. (1) In section 85 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894(a) (which relates to
clues for space occupied by deck cargo) for subsection (3) (which among other
things makes provision about the way in m which the space is to be ascertained and
recorded) there shall be substituted the following subsection

'(.-3) The Governor in Council may. by regulations, make provision-

(a)as to the manner in which (including the persons by whom) the
tonnage of the space is to be ascertained. recorded and verified;

(b)as to the occasions on which and the persons by whom and to whom
records ofthe said tonnage a re to he produced;

(c)for a contravention of the regulations to be an ofrence punishable on
summary conviction by a fine not exceeding 5.000 Hong Kong dollars
or such less sum as is prescribed by the regulations;

(d)for such incidental and supplemental matters as the Governor
considers appropriate in connection with the regulations,

and may make different provision by, the regulations for different
circumstances.'.

(2) Accordingly in section 1(2)((.) ofthe Merchant Shipping Act 1965(b)
(under which tonnage regulations may provide for the ascertainment ofthe space
to be taken into account for the purposes ofthe said section 85 and may exempt
any space from being taken into account for those purposes) for the words front -
provide--- to---bethere shall be substituted the words 'exempt any 1 space from
being'*, and the words from---andmay' to those purposes poses--- shall cease to
have effect

(a) 1894 c. 60. (b)1965 c. 47 S.I. 1967, 1764.





1953 No. 1474.

THE CARRIAGE BY AIR (COLONIES, PROTECTORATES
AND TRUST TERRITORIES) ORDER 1953.

(Revoked by S.I. 1967 No. 809)

0)



REVISED EDITION 1967

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





1953 No. 1557.

THE COLLISION REGULATIONS (SHIPS AND
SEAPLANES ON THE WATER) AND SIGNALS
OF DISTRESS (SHIPS) ORDER 1953.

(Revoked by S.I. 1965 No. 1525)





REVISED EDITION 1968

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER

HONG KONG





1954 No. 104.

THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (NAVIGATIONAL
WARNINGS) RULES 1954.

(Revoked by S.I. 1965 No. 1051)

REVISED EDITION 1968

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





1954 No. 488.

THE WIRELESS TELEGRAPHY (COLONIAL SHIPS AND
AIRCRAFT) ORDER 1954.

Made - - - - 13th April, 1954.

Coming into Operation - 21st April, 1954.

At the Court of Saint James, the 13th day of April, 1954.

Present,

Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth The Queen Mother.
Her Royal Highness The Princess Margaret.

Lord President. Mr. Secretary Lyttelton.
Marquess of Reading.Major Lloyd George.
Earl De La Warr. Mr. Peake.

WHEREAS Her Majesty, in pursuance of the Regency Acts 1937 to
1953, was pleased, by Letters Patent dated the twentieth day of
November, 1953, to delegate to Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth The Queen
Mother, Her Royal Highness The Princess Margaret, His Royal
Highness The Duke of Gloucester, Her Royal Highness The Princess
Royal and the Earl of Harewood, or any two or more of them, as
Counsellors of State. full power and authority during the period of Her
Majesty's absence from the United Kingdom to summon and hold on
Her Majesty's behalf Her Privy Council and to signify thereat Her
Majesty's approval of anything for which Her Majesty's approval in
Council is required:

AND WHEREAS by the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949(a) it is among
other things provided that Her Majesty may by Order in Council direct
that any reference in section 6 of the said Act to any British ship or
aircraft registered in the United Kingdom shall be construed as
including a reference to any British ship or aircraft registered in certain
other places:

Now, THEREFORE, Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth The Queen Mother
and Her Royal Highness The Princess Margaret, being authorized
thereto by the said Letters Patent, and in pursuance of the powers by
the said Act in Her Majesty vested do hereby, by and with the advice of
Her Majesty's Privy Council, on Her Majesty's behalf order, and it is
hereby ordered, as follows

1. Any reference in section 6 of the said Act to British ships and
aircraft registered in the United Kingdom shall be construed as
including a reference to British ships and aircraft registered

(a) 12, 13 & 14 Geo. 6. c. 54.





in any colony, British protectorate or British protected state, or
registered under the law of any other country or territory outside the
United Kingdom which is for the time being administered by Her
Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom.

2. The Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949 (Hong Kong Application)
Order in Council 1951(b) is hereby revoked.

3. The Interpretation Act 1889(c) shall apply to the interpretation of
this Order as it applies to the interpretation of an Act of Parliament.

4. This Order may be cited as the Wireless Telegraphy (Colonial
Ships and Aircraft) Order 1954 and shall come into operation on the 21st
day of April, 1954.

W. G. AGNEW.

(b) S.I. 1951/1180; Rev. 1948, Vol. XXII, p. 365; 1951 11, p. 764. (c) 52
& 53 Vict. c. 63.





1954 No. 539.


THE WIRELESS TELEGRAPHY (COLONIAL SHIPS AND AIRCRAFT) REGULATIONS 1954.

Made 27th April, 1954.
Laid before Parliament - 3rd May,
1954.
Coming into Operation - 1st June, 1954.
1, The Right Honourable Herbrand Edward Dundonald

Brassey Earl De La Warr, Her Majesty's Postmaster-General,
by virtue of the power vested in me by subsection (1) of sec-
tion 6 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949(a) as extended by
the Wireless Telegraphy (Colonial Ships and Aircraft) Order
1954(b), by the said subsection as extended to the Channel
Islands by the Wireless Telegraphy (Channel Islands) Order
1952(c), and by the said subsection as extended to the Isle of
Man by the Wireless Telegraphy (Isle of Man) Order 1952(d),
and of every other power enabling me in this behalf, do hereby
make the following Regulations-

1. (1) In these regulations the expression 'the Act' means the
Wireless Telegraphy Act 1949, the expression 'the British Islands'
means the United Kingdom, the Channel Islands, and the Isle of Man,
and other expressions have the same meaning as they have in the Act.

(2) The Interpretation Act 1889(e) shall apply to the interpretation
of these regulations as it applies to the interpretation of an Act of
Parliament.

2. The application of sections one, two, three, four and five of the
Act to stations and apparatus for wireless telegraphy on board any
British seagoing ship or British aircraft which is registered in any
colony, British protectorate or British protected state, or registered
under the law of any other country or territory outside the British
Islands which is for the time being administered by Her Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom, but which is not for the lime being
in or over the British Islands or the territorial waters adjacent thereto,
shall be subject to the limitations contained in these Regulations.

3. The said sections shall not apply to any station or apparatus for
wireless telegraphy on board any such ship or aircraft which is for the
time being in or over the colony, protectorate,

(a) 12, 13 & 14 Geo. 6. c. 54. (b) S.I.
19541488 in this Appendix. (c) S.I.
195211900 (1952 Ill, p. 3414). (d) S.I.
1952/1899 (1952 Ill, p. 3418). (e) 52 &
53 Vict. c. 63.





state, country or territory in which or under the law of which it is
registered, or the territorial waters adjacent thereto.

4. No person who uses any station or apparatus for wireless
telegraphy on board any such ship or aircraft while it is outside the limits
of the British Islands, such colony, protectorate, state, country or
territory as aforesaid, and the territorial waters respectively adjacent
thereto, shall be deemed thereby to commit an offence under section one
or section three of the Act if such use is in accordance with the
provisions of a valid licence for the use of the station or apparatus on
board the ship or aircraft, granted by the proper authority in the colony,
protectorate, state, country or territory in which or under the law of
which the ship or aircraft is registered.

5. These regulations shall come into operation on the first day of
June. 1954. and may be cited as 'The Wireless Telegraphy (Colonial
Ships and Aircraft) Regulations 1954'.

Dated this 27th day of April, 1954.

DE LA WARR,
Her Majesty's Postmaster-General.





1954 No. 636.

TEH VISITING FORCES ACT (APPLICATION TO COLONIES) ORDERS 1954 TO 1962.

[This Order in Council is printed as amended by Orders in

Council dated January 24, 1957 (S.I. 19571103, 1957 11, p. 2585),
May 13, 1959 (S.I. 1959/874*, 1959 11, p.. 2705), November 20,
1959 (S.I. 1959/1979*, 1959 11, p. 2706), June 23, 1960 (S.I.
196011061, 1960 Ill, p. 3312), July 30, 1962 (S.I. 1962/1638,
1962 II, p. 1902).]


Made - - - - 13th May, 1954.

Coming into Operation - 12th June, 1954.

At the Court of Saint James, the 13th day of May, 1954.

Present,

Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth The Queen Mother.

Her Royal Highness The Princess Margaret.

His Royal Highness The Duke of Gloucester.

Lord President. Sir Walter Monckton.

Earl Alexander of Tunis. Mr. Macleod.

WHEREAS Her Majesty, in pursuance of the Regency Acts

1937 to 1953, was pleased, by Letters Patent dated the twentieth day of
November, 1953, to delegate to Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth The Queen
Mother, Her Royal Highness The Princess Margaret, His Royal
Highness The Duke of Gloucester, Her Royal Highness The Princess
Royal and the Earl of Harewood, or any two or more of them, as
Counsellors of State, full power and authority during the period of Her
Majesty's absence from the United Kingdom to summon and hold on
Her Majesty's behalf Her Privy Council and to signify thereat Her
Majesty's approval of anything for which Her Majesty's approval in
Council is required:

AND WHEREAS it is expedient to extend the Visiting Forces

Act 1952(a) (in this Order referred to as 'the Act') to the territories
mentioned in the First Schedule to this Order:

Now, THEREFORE, Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth The Queen

Mother, Her Royal Highness The Princess Margaret and His

(a) 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz 2, c. 67.

Note:For provision regarding commencement dates for North Borneo and
Sarawak, see section 1(3) of S.I. 19591874 (1959 11, p. 2705), for
St. Helena, see section 1(4) of S.I. 1959/1979 (1959 11, p. 2706).





Royal Highness the Duke of Gloucester, being authorized thereto by the
said Letters Patent and in exercise of the powers conferred on Her
Majesty by subsection (1) of section 15 of the Act do hereby, by and
with the advice of Her Majesty's Privy Council, on Her Majesty's behalf
order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows

1. This Order may be cited as the visiting Forces Act (Ap
Application to Colonies) Orders. 1954 to 1962* and shall come into
operation on the twelfth day of June, 1954.

2. Subject to the adaptations, modifications and exceptions
specified in the Second Schedule to this Order, the provisions of the Act
as from time to time amended other than section 15 thereof shall extend
to the territories mentioned in the First Schedule to this Order.(a)

3. (1) In this Order the expression 'territory' means a territory
mentioned in the First Schedule to this Order and in the application of
the Act under this Order to any territory 'the Territory' means that
territory.

(2) The Interpretation Act 1889(b) shall apply for the purpose of
interpreting this Order as it applies for the purpose of interpreting an Act
of Parliament.

W. G. AGNEW.

FIRST SCHEDULE.

Aden (Colony and Protectorate).
Ascension Island.(c)
Fiji.
Gibraltar.
Hong Kong.
Malta.
North Borneo.(d)
Sarawak.(d)
Singapore.
The Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia.(e)
(Reference in this Schedule to any territory of which there are depend-
encies shall be construed as including a reference to such dependencies.)

(a) Amended by S.I. 1960/1061 (1960 111, p. 3312). (b)
52 & 53 Vict. c. 63.

(c) Added by S.I. 1959/1979 (1959 11, p. 2706).
(d) Added by S.I. 1959/874, p. 2705).

(e) Added by S.I. 1962/1638 (1962 II, p. 1902). The Sovereign Base
Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia' means the areas mentioned in
section 2(1) of the Cyprus Act 1960 (8 & 9 Eliz. 2 c. 52). See
section 2 of S.I. 1962/1638.

Note: See S.I. 1962/1638 (1962 II, p. 1902).






SECOND SCHEDULE.

ADAPTATIONS, MODIFICATIONS AND EXCEPTIONS TO BE
MADE
IN THE APPLICATION OF THE ACT TO THE TERRITORY

1. (1) For the words 'United Kingdom' wherever they occur there shall be
substituted the word Territory except

(i) in paragraph (a) of subsection (1) of section 10;

(ii) in the expression 'citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies';

(iii)in the expression 'Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom';
and

(iv)in any other context in which the following provisions of this Schedule
otherwise require.

(2) For the words 'United Kingdom court wherever they occur there shall be
substituted the words 'court of the Territory'.

(3) For the words 'United Kingdom law' wherever they occur except in
subsection (4) of section 10 there shall be substituted the words 'the law of the
Territory'.

(4) For the words 'the Secretary of State', 'the Minister of Defence' or 'the
said Minister', wherever they occur there shall be substituted the words 'the
Governor'.

1A. In paragraph (a) of subsection (1) of section 1 the word 'Ghana' shall be
omitted.(a)

2. (1) For paragraph (b) of subsection (1) of section 1 there shall be
substituted the following paragraph

'(b) Any country which, by Order in Council under the next following
subsection, is designated in respect of the Territory for the purposes of that
provision.'.

(2) In subsection (2) of section 1 immediately after the words 'should have
effect' there shall be inserted the words 'in the Territory'; and for the words 'Her
Majesty may by Order in Council designate that country for the purposes of the
provisions in question' there shall be substituted the words 'Her Majesty may by
Order in Council designate that country in respect of the Territory for the
purposes of the provisions in question'.

(3) In subsection (3) of section 1 immediately after the words 'in so far as
this Act has effect'' there shall be inserted the words 'in the Territory'.

(4) Subsection (4) of section 1 shall be omitted.

3. (1) In subsection (1) of section 2 for the words 'any of Her Majesty's ships
or aircraft' there shall be substituted the words 'any ships or aircraft belonging to
Her Majesty in right of the Territory'.

(2) For subsection (6) of section 2 there shall be substituted the following
subsection

'(6) For the purpose of enabling the service courts and service authorities
of a country to which this section applies to exercise more effectively the
powers referred to in subsection (1) of this section, the Governor may, if so
requested by the appropriate authority of that country, from time to time by
general or special orders direct members of United Kingdom forces or local
forces to arrest any person, being a member of a visiting force of that






country, who is alleged to be guilty of an offence punishable under the law of
that country and to

(a) Added by S.I. 196011061 (1960 111. P.
3312).





hand him over to such service authority of that country as may be designated
by or under the orders.'.

4. (1) Save as otherwise provided by sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph, in
paragraph (a) of subsection (3) of section 3 for the words 'the Director of Public
Prosecutions (in the case of a court in England or Wales), the Lord Advocate (in
the case of a court in Scotland) or the Attorney General for Northern Ireland (in
the case of a court in Northern Ireland)' there shall be substituted the words 'the
Governor'.

(2) In the application of the Act to Fiji, Gibraltar, Hong Kong, North Borneo
and Singapore for the words in paragraph (a) of subsection (3) of section 3 that are
referred to in sub-paragraph (1) of this paragraph there shall be substituted the
words 'the Attorney General'.(a)

(2A) In the application of the Act to Sarawak for the words in paragraph (a)
of subsection (3) of section 3 that are referred to in subparagraph (1) of this
paragraph there shall be substituted the words 'the Public Prosecutor'.(b)

(3) For subsection (6) of section 3 the following subsection shall be substituted

'(6) In this section the expressions 'offence against the person' and
'offence against property' shall be construed as meaning offences against the
law of the Territory which are analogous to offences within the meaning of
those expressions construed in accordance with paragraphs 1 and 3 of the
Schedule to this Act: ~ 1

Provided that, if the legislature of the Territory, for the removal or
avoidance of doubts, provide by law that a specified offence against the law of
the Territory is analogous as aforesaid, the provision so made shall in relation
to the Territory, have effect as if it formed part of this subsection.'.

5. (1) In subsection (2) of section 5-

(a)for the words 'a constable' there shall be substituted the words 'a member
of the police force of the Territory';

(b)for the words and figures 'section thirty-eight of the Summary
Jurisdiction Act 1879 there shall be substituted the words 'any law of the
Territory';

(c)for the words 'a court of summary jurisdiction', wherever they occur,
there shall be substituted the words 'a court of the Territory';

(d)for the words 'the said section thirty-eight' there shall be substituted the
words 'the law of the Territory'.

(2) Subsections (3) and (4) of section 5 shall be omitted.

6. For subsections (4), (5), (6) and (7) of section 7 there shall be substituted
the following subsections

'(4) Any law of the Territory restricting the removal out of the
Territory of the body of a deceased person shall not apply to the body of a
person who at the time of his death had a relevant association with a visiting
force:

Provided that this subsection shall not apply as respects the body of a
person concerning whose death, by virtue of a direction of the Governor under
subsection (1) or (3) of this section, an inquest is required to be held or, if
begun, is required to be resumed.

(a) Amended by S.I. 19571103 (1957 IT, p. 2585) and 5.1. 19591874 (1959 11, p. 2705). (b) Added by 5.1.
19591874 (1959 11. P. 2705).





(5) Notwithstanding anything in any law of the Territory relating to
certificates to be given to persons giving information concerning deaths, a
certificate shall not be given under such law to the person giving information
concerning a death if that person states that the body is one as respects which
the last foregoing subsection has effect and that it is proposed to remove the
body out of the Territory.

(6) In this section-

'coroner' includes any person having jurisdiction in the
Territory to hold an inquest;

references to an inquest shall be construed as including
reference to an inquiry; and

'homicide' includes the offences of murder, manslaughter and
infanticide, any offence under the law of the Territory which is
analogous to the offence of murder, manslaughter or infanticide, and
any offence under the law of the country in question which is
analogous to any of the offences aforesaid.'.

7. In section 8-

(a) for the words 'Her Majesty may by Order in Council wherever

those words occur there shall be substituted the words 'the Governor may
by order';

(b)for the words 'home forces' wherever those words occur there shall be
substituted the words 'United Kingdom forces or local forces';

(c)in subsection (4) for the words 'An Order in Council' there shall be
substituted the words 'An Order' and for the words 'Her Majesty in
Council' there shall be substituted the words 'the Governor';

(d) subsections (5) and (6) shall be omitted; and

(e)for subsection (7) there shall be substituted the following subsection

'(7) In this section-

.,enactment' means any law enacted by the legislature of the
Territory whether passed before or after the passing of this Act, and
includes any instrument having effect under an enactment;

1. property' includes both immovable and movable property.'.

8. (1) Subject to sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph in subsection (1) of
section 9 for the words 'defrayed out of moneys provided by Parliament' there
shall be substituted the words 'charged on the revenues of the Territory.'

(2) In the application of the Act to Malta and to the Sovereign Base Areas of
Akrotiri and Dhekelia subsection (1) of section 9 shall have effect as if all words in
that subsection which follow the words 'as may be provided by the arrangements'
were omitted.(a)

9. (1) In subsection (4) of section 10 for the words 'United Kingdom law'
there shall be substituted the words 'law of the Territory'.

(a) Amended by S.I. 196211638 (1962 11. D. 1902).





(2) In the application of the Act to the Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and
Dhekelia section 10 shall have effect as if

(a)in subsection (1) for sub-paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) the following sub-
paragraphs were substituted

'(a)that he holds a passport issued in respect of him by a Government,
not being a passport issued by the passport authorities of the United
Kingdom or any colony; and that the passport contains an
uncancelled entry made by or on behalf of the appropriate authority
of the sending country stating that he is a member of a civilian
component of a visiting force of that country; or

(b)that he is in possession of an identity card issued by the appropriate
authority of the sending country stating that he is a member of a
civilian component of a visiting force of that country.'

(b) subsection (2) were omitted;

(c) in subsection (3)-

(i)in paragraph (b) for the reference to paragraph (b) of subsection (1)
there were substituted a reference to paragraph (a) of that subsection
(as substituted by sub-paragraph (2)(a) of this paragraph);

(ii) for paragraph (c) the following paragraph were substituted-

(c)a document purporting to be an identity card issued by or on
behalf of the appropriate authority of a sending country and
bearing the name by which a person is referred to in the
proceedings (whether as a party or not) shall, unless the
contrary is proved, be deemed to have been so issued, and to
relate to the person so referred to;' (a)

10. (1) In subsection (1) of section 12-

(a)the definition of 'Her Majesty's ships or aircraft' shall be omitted;

(b)the definition of 'home forces' shall be omitted and the following
definition shall be inserted immediately after the definition of 'service
law'-

---UnitedKingdom forces' means any of the forces of Her Majesty
raised in the United Kingdom and for the time being serving in the
Territory;';

(c)immediately before the definition of 'member' there shall be inserted the
following definition

---Localforces' means any of the forces raised in a colony, a
protectorate or protected state within the meaning of the British
Nationality Act 1948, or a United Kingdom trust territory as defined in
that Act and includes any police force or other body raised in the
Territory which, by virtue of any law of the Territory, has become a
naval, military or air force;'.

(2) In the application of the Act to the Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and
Dhekelia section 12(4) shall have effect as if

(a) in paragraph (a) the word 'and' were omitted;

(b) in paragraph (b) for the full-stop a semi-colon and the word 'and' 1 were
substituted;

(a) Amended by 5.1. 196211638 (1962 II. p. 1902).











(c) the following paragraph were added

'(c) any other person (not being a national of nor ordinarily

resident in the Republic of Cyprus) who is in domestic
employment in the household of that person.' (a)

11. In Section 13 (as amended by the Revision of the Army and Air Force
Acts (Transitional Provisions) Act 1955(b)) for the words 'United Kingdom'
wherever they occur there shall be substituted the word 'Territory'.(c)

12. In paragraph (a) of section 14 for the words 'the Secretary of the
Admiralty, the Secretary of the Army Council or the Secretary of the Air Council
there shall be substituted the words 'the Governor'.

13. (1) For subsection (1) of section 17 there shall be substituted the
following subsection

'(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires, the following
expressions have the meanings hereby assigned to them respectively, that is
to say

'Attorney General means the Attorney General of the Territory
and any reference to the Attorney General shall be construed as including
a reference to any person who is for the time being performing the
functions of the Office of Attorney General;

'court of the Territory' means a court exercising jurisdiction in the
Territory under the law of the Territory otherwise than by virtue of
section 2 of this Act;

'forces', in relation to a country, means any of the naval, military
or air forces of that country;

'Governor' means the person for the time being administering the
government of the Territory;

'law of the Territory' means law in force in the Territory or in any
part thereof;

'legislature of the Territory' includes any authority having power
to make laws for the Territory;'.

(2) In subsection (5) of section 17 the words 'and in this subsection the
expression 'enactment' includes an enactment of the Parliament of Northern
Ireland' shall be omitted.

14. Subsection (2) of section 19 shall be omitted.

(a) Amended by 5.1. 196211638 (1962 11, 1902).
(b) 3 & 4 Eliz. 2. c. 20.
(c) Substituted by S.I. 19571103 (1957 11, 2585).







1954 No. 637.

THE VISITING FORCES (DESIGNATION) (COLONIES)
ORDERS 1954 TO 1967.

[This Order in Council is printed as amended by Orders in
Council dated July 30, 1954 (S.I. 1954/1041, 1954 II, p. 2486),
August 30, 1956 (S.I 1956/1368, 1956 11, p. 2456), July 30, 1958 (S.I
1958/1262, 1958 II p. 2341), May 13, 1959 (S.I 1959/875, 1959 11,
p. 2707), July 30, 1962 (S.I 1962/1639, 1962 11, p. 1904), May 24,
1967 (S.I 1967/812, 1967 11, 1, p. 2426), October 10, 1967 (S.I
1967/1482, 1967 III, I, p. 4187).]

Made - - - - - 13th May, 1954.

Coming into Operation - - 12th June, 1954.

At the Court of Saint James, the 13th day of May, 1954.

Present,

Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth The Queen Mother.

Her Royal Highness The Princess Margaret.

His Royal Highness The Duke of Gloucester.

Lord President. Sir Walter Monckton.

Earl Alexander of Tunis. Mr. Macleod.

WHEREAS Her Majesty, in pursuance of the Regency Acts 1937 to
1953, was pleased, by Letters Patent dated the twentieth day of
November, 1953, to delegate to Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth The Queen
Mother, Her Royal Highness The Princess Margaret, His Royal
Highness The Duke of Gloucester, Her Royal Highness The Princess
Royal and the Earl of Harewood, or any two or more of them, as
Counsellors of State, full power and authority during the period of Her
Majesty's absence from the United Kingdom to summon and hold on
Her Majesty's behalf Her Privy Council and to signify thereat Her
Majesty's approval of anything for which Her Majesty's approval in
Council is required:

AND WHEREAS it is expedient to extend the Visiting Forces
(Designation) Order 1954(a), to the territories mentioned in the Schedule
to this Order:

Now, THEREFORE, Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth The Queen
Mother, Her Royal Highness The Princess Margaret and His Royal
Highness The Duke of Gloucester, being authorized thereto by the said
Letters Patent and in exercise of the powers conferred on Her Majesty
by subsection (1) of section 15 of the Visiting

(a) S.I. 1954/634 (1954 II, p. 2483).





Forces Act 1952(a) do hereby, by and with the advice of Her Majesty's Privy
Council, on Her Majesty's behalf order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows

1. The Visiting Forces (Designation) Order 1954, shall extend to each of
the territories mentioned in the Schedule to this Order:

Provided that for the purposes of its extension to any of those territories
the Visiting Forces (Designation) Order 1954 shall have effect as if

(a)in section 1 thereof for the words 'Each of the countries specified in
the Schedule to this Order' there were substituted the words 'The
United States of America

(b) the Schedule thereto was omitted; and

(c)the reference in section 1 thereof to the Visiting Forces Act 1952 was
a reference to that Act as it extends to that territory by virtue of the
Visiting Forces Act (Application to Colonies) Orders 1954 to
1967(b):

Provided further that for the purposes of its extension to Gibraltar and
Malta, the Visiting Forces (Designation) Order 1954 shall also have effect as if in
section 1 thereof the words 'and France' were inserted after the words 'The
United States of America and the word 'are' were substituted for the word 'is'
(c).

2. (1) This Order may be. cited as the Visiting Forces (Designation)
(Colonies) Orders 1954 to 1967(d) and shall come into operation on the twelfth
day of June, 1954.

(2) The Interpretation Act 1889(e) shall apply for the purpose of
interpreting this Order as it applies for the purpose of interpreting an Act of
Parliament.

W. G. AGNEW.

SCHEDULE(f)

Bahama Islands.(g)
Colony of Seychelles.(g)
Gibraltar.(h)
Hong Kong.
Malta.
North Borneo.(i)
Singapore.(i)
The British Indian Ocean Territory.(g)
Turks and Caicos Islands (j)

(Reference in this Schedule to any territory of which there are dependencies
shall be construed as including a reference to such dependencies).

(a) 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2, c. 67.

(b)S.I. 1954/636 (1954 11, p. 2484) as amended by S.I. 1959/875 (1959
11, P. 2707) and S.I. 1967/812 (1967 11, 1, p. 2426).

(c)Added by S.I. 1956/1368 (1956 11, p. 2456). Amended by S.I.
1958/1262 (1958 11, p. 2341) and S.I. 1962/1639 (1962 11, p. 1904).

(d) See S.I. 19671812 (1967 11, 1, p. 2426).
(e) 52 & 53 Vict. c. 63.

(f) Amended by S.I. 196211639 (1962 11, p.
1904). (g) Added by S.I. 1967/1482 (1967 111, 1,
p. 4187). (h) Added by S.I. 1954/1041 (1954 11, p.






2486).

(i) Added by S.I. 1959/875 (1959 11, p. 2707).
(j) Added by S.I. 1967/812 (1967 11, 1, p. 2426).





1956 No. 1002.

THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (COLONIES ETC.) TONNAGE
MEASUREMENT ORDER 1956.

(Revoked by S.I. 1967 No. 1764)

REVISED EDITION 1968

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER

HONG KONG





1982 No. 1676
0

JUDICIAL COMMITTEE

PROCEDURE

THE JUDICIAL COMMITTEE (GENERAL APPELLATE
JURISDICTION) RULES ORDER 1982

Made 24th November 1982

Coming into Operation 7th February 1983

At the Court at Buckingham Palace the 24th day of November 1982

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Whereas there was this day read at the Board a representation from the
Judicial Committee of the Privy Council recommending that the Judicial
Committee Rules 1957(a) relating to the practice and procedure in
accordance with which the general appellate jurisdiction of Her Majesty
in Council is exercised ought to be revoked and that new Rules
thereunto annexed ought to be substituted therefor:

Now, therefore, Her Majesty, having taken the said representation
into consideration, and in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by
section 24 of the Judicial Committee Act 1833(b) or otherwise in Her
vested, is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to
approve thereof and to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows

1. The Judicial Committee Rules 1957 as amended are hereby
revoked and the Rules set out in Schedule II to this Order are
substituted therefor.

2. This Order may be cited as the Judicial Committee (General
Appellate Jurisdiction) Rules Order 1982 and shall come into operation
on 7th February 1983.

3. The Rules set out in Schedule II to this Order may be cited as
the Judicial Committee (General Appellate Jurisdiction) Rules and
subject to any Statute or Statutory Instrument to the contrary shall
apply to all matters falling within the appellate jurisdiction of Her
Majesty in Council.

(a) S.I. 1957/2224, as amended by S.I. 1969/365, 1980/714, 1981/1124. (b) 1833 c.
41.





4. The words 'Judicial Committee (General Appellate Jurisdiction)
Rules' shall be substituted for the words 'Judicial Committee Rules
1957 or the words 'Rules set out in the Schedule to the Order in Council
dated 20th December 1957 wherever those words appear in the
Statutory Instruments listed in Schedule 1 to this Order.

N. E. LEIGH,

Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE1

The Malaysia (Appeals to Privy Council) Order 1978(a).
The Republic of Singapore (Appeals to Judicial Committee) Orders 1966 and
1969(b).
The Judicial Committee (Medical Rules) Order 1980(c).
The Judicial Committee (Dentists Rules) Order 1958(d).
The Judicial Committee (Veterinary Surgeons Rules) Order 1967(c).
The Judicial Committee (Opticians Rules) Order 1960(f).
The Judicial Committee (Professions Supplementary to Medicine Rules) Order
1964(g).

SCHEDULE II

Arrangement of rules
Rule

1. Interpretation.

Leave to appeal

2. Leave to appeal generally.

Special leave to appeal

3. Form of petition for special leave to appeal.

4. Six copies of petition to be lodged together with affidavits in support.

5. Time for lodging petition.

6. Security for costs and transmission of Record.

7. General provisions applicable to petitions for special leave.

8. Petitions for special leave to appeal as a poor person.

9.Exemption of poor person appellant from lodging security and paying Council
Office fees.

10.Exemption of unsuccessful petitioner for leave to appeal as a poor person
from payment of Office fees.

Record and appearance by,
appellant

11. Record to be transmitted without delay.
12. Reproduction of Record.

(a) S.I. 1978/182. (e) S.I. 1967/1150.
(b) S.I. 1966/1182 and 1969/370. (f) S.I. 1960/1661.
(c) S.I. 1980/873. (g)S.I. 1964/1001.

(d) S.I. 1958/599.





13. Number of copies to be transmitted where Record reproduced abroad.

14. One certified copy to be transmitted where Record to be reproduced in England.

15. Record to include order granting leave.

16. Reasons for judgments to be included.

17. Exclusion of unnecessary documents from Record.

18. Documents objected to to be indicated.

19. Registration and numbering of Records.

20. Inspection of Record by parties.

21. Appearance by appellant.

22. Time within which appellant shall enter an appearance.

23*. Preparation of copy of Record for
reproduction.

24. Lodging copy of Record for reproduction.

25. Special case.

26. Examination of proof of Record and striking ofr copies.

27. Number of copies of Record for parties.

28. How costs of reproduction of Record are to be borne.

Petition of appeal

29. Time within which petition shall be lodged.

30. Form of petition of appeal.

31. Service of petition.

Withdrawal of appeal

32. Withdrawal of appeal before petition of appeal has been lodged.

33. Withdrawal of appeal after petition of appeal has been lodged.

Non-prosecution of appeal

34. Dismissal of appeal where appellant takes no step in prosecution thereof.

35.Dismissal of appeal for non-prosecution after appellant's appearance and
before lodgment of petition of appeal.

36. Dismissal of appeal for non-prosecution after lodgment of petition of appeal.

37. Restoring an appeal dismissed for non- prosecution: Costs.

Appearance by respondent

38. Time within which respondent may appear.

39. Notice of appearance by respondent.

40. Form of appearance where all the respondents do not appear.







41. Separate appearances.

42. Non-appearing respondent not entitled to receive notices or lodge case.

43. Procedure on non-appearance of respondent.

44. Respondent defending appeal as a poor person.

Petitions generally

45. Mode of addressing petitions.

46. Orders on petitions which need not be drawn up.

47. Form of petition and number of copies to be lodged.

48. Caveat.

49. Service of petition.

50. Verifying petition by affidavit.

51. Petition for order of revivor or substitution.





52.Petition disclosing no reasonable cause of appeal or containing scandalous
matter to be refused.

53. Setting down petition.

54. Time within which set down petitions shall be heard.

55. Notice to parties of day fixed for hearing petition.

56. Procedure where petition is consented to or is formal.

57. Withdrawal of petition.

58. Procedure where hearing of petition unduly delayed.

59. Only one Counsel heard on a side in petitions.

Case

60. Lodging of case.

61. Reproduction.

62. Number of copies to be lodged.

63. Form of case.

64. Separate cases by two or more respondents.

65. Notice of lodgment of case.

66. Case notice.

67. Setting down appeal and exchanging cases.

Binding Record, &c.

68. Mode of binding Record, &c., for use of Judicial Committee.

Hearing

69. List of authorities to be lodged.

70. Notice of day on or before which appeals must be set down for ensuing sittings.

71. Notice to parties of day fixed for hearing appeal.

72. Only two Counsel heard on a side in appeals.

73. Nautical assessors.

Judgment

74. Notice to parties of day fixed for delivery of judgment.

Costs

75. Taxation of costs.

76. What costs taxed in England.

77. Order to tax.

78.Power of taxing officer where taxation delayed through the fault of the party
whose costs are to be taxed.







79. Appeal from decision of taxing officer.

80. Amount of taxed costs to be inserted in Her Majesty's Order in Council.

81. Taxation on the poor person scale.

82.Security to be dealt with as Her Majesty's Order in Council determining appeal
directs.

Miscellaneous

83. Power to excuse from compliance with Rules.

84. Amendment of documents.

85. Affidavits may be sworn before the Registrar.

86. Change of agent Schedule A. Rules as to reproduction
of documents. Schedule B. 1. Scale of costs allowed.
II. Council Office fees.





RULES

1. (1) In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires:-

'Abroad' means the country or place where the Court appealed from is situate;

Agent means a solicitor qualified by virtue of Her late Majesty's Order in Council
of the 6th March 1896 to conduct proceedings before Her Majesty in
Council on behalf of another;

-Appeal- means an appeal to Her Majesty in Council;

'Judgment' includes decree, order, sentence, or decision of any Court, judge or
judicial officer;

'Party' and all words descriptive of parties to proceedings before Her Majesty in
Council (such as 'petitioner', 'appellant', 'respondent') mean, in respect of
all acts proper to be done by an agent, the agent of the party in question
where such party is represented by an agent;

'Pending appeal' means an appeal in respect of which the Record has been
registered in the Registry;

-Proper officer' means the registrar or other proper officer of the Court appealed
from;

'Record' means the aggregate of papers relating to an appeal (including the
pleadings, proceedings, evidence, judgments and order granting leave to
appeal) proper to be laid before Her Majesty in Council on the hearing of the
appeal;

-Registrar- means the Registrar of the Privy Council;

-Registry- means the Registry of the Privy Council, Downing Street, London;

-Respondent- includes intervener.

(2) Where by these Rules any step is required to be taken in England in
connection with proceedings before Her Majesty in Council, whether in the way of
lodging a document, entering an appearance, lodging security. or otherwise, such
step shall be taken in the Registry.

Leave to appeal

2. No appeal shall be admitted unless either-

(a) leave to appeal has been granted by the Court appealed from; or

(b)in the absence of such leave, special leave to appeal has been granted by
Her Majesty in Council.

Special leave to appeal

3. (1) A petition for special leave to appeal shall-

(a)state succinctly all such facts as it may be necessary to state in order to
enable the Judicial Committee to advise Her Majesty whether such leave
ought to be granted;

(b)deal with the merits of the case only so far as is necessary to explain the
grounds upon which special leave to appeal is sought; and

(c)be signed by the Counsel who attends at the hearing or by the party
himself if he appears in person.







(2) A petition for special leave to appeal may include a prayer for special
leave to appeal as a poor person.

4. A petitioner for special leave to appeal shall lodge-

(a)six copies of the petition and of the judgment from which special leave
to appeal is sought;

(b) an affidavit in support of the petition as prescribed by rule 50;

(c)unless a caveat as prescribed by rule 48 has been lodged by the other
parties who appeared in the Court below, an affidavit of service upon
such parties of notice of the intended application.





5. A petition for special leave to appeal shall be lodged A with the least possible
delay after the date of the judgment from which special leave to appeal is sought.

6. (1) Where the Judicial Committee agree to advise Her Majesty to grant
special leave to appeal, they shall, in their Report

(a)specify the amount of the security for costs (if any) to be lodged by the
petitioner; and

(b)subject to paragraph (3), provide for the transmission of the Record by
the proper officer lo the Registrar and for such further matters as may be
necessary.

(2) Unless otherwise ordered. the security for costs shall be lodged before the
appellant enters an appearance.

(3) Where an appeal has been admitted by Order of Her Majesty in Council
granting special leave to appeal and an authenticated copy of the Record was
produced upon the hearing of the petition for such special leave. then if the Order
in Council so provides. such copy may be accepted as the Record proper to be laid
before Her Majesty, on the hearing of the appeal and the provisions of rule 14
shall not apply.

7. Save as otherwise provided by rules 3 to 6. the provisions of rules 47 to 50
and 52 to 59 shall apply to petitions for special leave.

8. A petitioner who seeks special leave to appeal as a poor person shall lodge
together with his petition

(a)an affidavit that he is not worth
his interest in the subject-matter of the appeal and that he is unable to
pros provide sureties; and

(b) a certificate of Counsel that the petitioner has reasonable ground of
appeal.

9. Where a petitioner has obtained special lea\ c to appeal as a poor person he
shall not he required to lodge security for the costs of the respondent or to pay
any Council Office fees.

10. A petitioner whose petition for special leave to appeal as a poor person is
dismissed may. if Her Majesty in Council so orders. be excused from paying any
Council Office fees in respect of that petition.

Record and appearance by appellant

11. (1) As soon as the appeal has been admitted. whether by an order of the
Court appealed from or by an Order of Her Majesty in Council granting special
leave c to appeal (unless in such case the said Order in Council otherwise provides).
the appellant shall without delay take all necessary steps to have the Record
transmitted to the Registrar.

(2) The proper officer shall, as soon as the Record is so transmitted. certify to
the Registrar that the respondent has received notice, or is otherwise aware of

(a)the order of the Court appealed from granting leave to appeal or of Her
Majesty in Council granting special leave to appeal; and

(b) the dispatch ofthe Record to the Registrar.

(3) If an appellant who has obtained special leave to appeal fails to have the
Record transmitted promptly to the Registrar the Registrar may

(a) call upon the appellant to explain his default; and







(b)in the absence of any. or any sufficient. explanation of the default.
summon the appellant to show cause before the Judicial Committee why
the special leave to appeal should not be rescinded.

(4) On the hearing of a summons issued under paragraph (3). the respondent
shall be entitled to be heard and to apply for costs or other relief.

(5) The Judicial Committee may, after considering any such summons.
recommend to Her Majesty to rescind the grant of special leave to appeal or may
give such directions as the justice of the case may require.





12. (1) The Record may be reproduced either abroad or in England.

(2) The reproduction shall comply with the provisions contained in Schedule
A hereto.

13. (1) Where the Record is reproduced abroad, the proper officer shall, at
the expense of the appellant, transmit to the Registrar 30 copies, one of which he
shall certify to be correct by signing his name on, or initialling. every eighth page
thereof and by affixing thereto the seal, if any, of the Court appealed from.

(2) If on the arrival in the Registry of a Record which has been reproduced
abroad it is found that it has not been reproduced in accordance with these Rules,
the Registrar may direct that it be rearranged or that further copies be reproduced
as may be necessary.

14. (1) Where the Record is to be reproduced in England the proper officer
shall, at the expense of the appellant, transmit to the Registrar one certified copy,
together with an index of all the papers and exhibits in the case.

(2) No other certified copies of the Record shall be transmitted to the agents
in England by or on behalf of the parties to the appeal.

15. The order ofthe Court appealed from granting leave to appeal. or the
Order of Her Majesty in Council granting special leave to appeal, as the case may
be. shall be included in the Record.

16. There shall be included in the Record the reasons given by the judge. or
any of the judges, for or against any judgment pronounced in the course of the
proceedings out of which the appeal arises.

17. (1) The proper officer. as well as the parties. shall endeavour to exclude
from the Record all documents which are merely formal and are not relevant to
the subject-matter of the appeal and. generally, to reduce the bulk of the Record as
far as practicable. taking special care to avoid the repetition of documents and
headings and other merely formal parts of documents.

(2) Documents excluded from the Record shall be enumerated in a list to be
transmitted with the Record.

18. Where in the course of the preparation of a Record one party objects to
the inclusion of a document on the ground that it is unnecessary or irrelevant. and
the other party nevertheless insists upon its being included. the Record as finally
reproduced shall, with a view to the subsequent adjustment of the costs of and
incidental to such document, indicate, in the index or elsewhere. the fact that. and
the party by whom, the inclusion of the document was objected to.

19. (1) As soon as the Record is received in the Registry it shall be registered
with the date of arrival, the names of the parties and the description whether ---
reproduced-or 'not reproduced'.

(2) Appeals shall be numbered consecutively in each year in the order in
which the Records are received in the Registry.

20. The parties shall be entitled to inspect the Record and to extract all
necessary particulars therefrom for the purpose of entering an appearance.

21. The appellant shall enter an appearance before taking any further step in
the prosecution of the appeal, and after entering such appearance. shall forthwith
give notice thereof to the respondent, if the latter has entered an appearance.

22. Where the Record arrives in the Registry not having been reproduced, the
appellant shall enter an appearance and bespeak at his expense a copy of the
Record, or of such parts thereof as he may require

(a) within two months of its arrival, or







(b)in a case to which rule 6(3) applies. within one month from the date of
the Order in Council granting special leave to appeal.

23. (1) As soon as the appellant has entered an appearance and obtained any
copy of the Record bespoken by him, he shall arrange the documents in suitable
order, check the index, insert marginal notes and generally do what is required to
prepare the copy for reproduction in accordance with Schedule A hereto.





(2) If the respondent has entered an appearance. the appellant shall send him
the copy of the Record, as prepared for reproduction, for his approval.

(3) In the event of the parties being unable to agree. the matter shall be
referred to the Registrar who may himself give directions or may. if he thinks fit,
require the parties to attend before the Judical Committee.

24. As soon as the parties have agreed the Record, the appellant shall lodge it
for reproduction by a person or firm selected by the Registrar and on being notified
of the estimated cost of reproduction shall lodge the same.

25. (1) Whenever it shall be found that the decision of a matter on appeal is
likely to turn exclusively on a question of law, the parties. with the sanction of the
Registrar, may submit such question to the Judicial Committee in the form of a
special case. and reproduce such parts only of the Record as may be necessary to
enable the question to be argued.

(2) Nothing contained in sub-paragraph (1) shall in any way prevent the
Judicial Committee from ordering full argument on the whole case, if they shall so
think fit.

26. (1) The Registrar shall, as soon as proofs of the Record are ready, give
notice to every party who has entered an appearance requesting them to attend at
the Registry to examine the proofs and compare them with the certified Record,
and shall, for that purpose, furnish every such party with one proof.

(2) After such examination has been completed, the appellant shall, without
delay, lodge his proof duly corrected and (so far as necessary) approved by the
respondent and the Registrar shall thereupon cause at least 30 copies of the Record
to be struck off from such proof.

27. Each party who has entered an appearance shall be entitled to receive. for
his own use, five copies of the Record.

28. (1) Subject to any special direction from the Judicial Committee to the
contrary, the costs of and incidental to the reproduction of the Record shall form
part ofthe costs of the appeal.

(2) The costs of and incidental to the reproduction of any document objected
to by one party. in accordance with rule 18. shall, if such document is found on the
taxation of costs to be unnecessary or irrelevant, be disallowed to, or borne by. the
party insisting on including the same in the Record.

Petition of appeal

29. The appellant shall lodge his petition of appeal-

(a)where the Record arrives in the Registry having been reproduced, within
two months of such arrivals

(b)where the Record arrives in the Registry not having been reproduced.
within one month from completion of the reproduction thereof.. or, in a
case to which the provisions of rule 6(3) apply, within a period of
fourteen days from completion of the reproduction of the Record:

Provided that nothing in this rule shall preclude the appellant from lodging his
petition of appeal prior to the arrival of the Record, or the completion of the
reproduction, if there are special reasons why. in the opinion of the Registrar, it is
desirable for him to do so.

30. The petition of appeal shall-

(a) be in the form prescribed by rule 47(1);

(b)recite succinctly and, as far as possible, in chronological order, the






principal steps in the proceedings leading up to the appeal from the
commencement thereof down to the admission of the appeal:

(c.) not contain argumentative matter or travel into the merits of the case.

31. The appellant shall, after lodging his petition of appeal, serve a copy on
the respondent, as soon as the latter has entered an appearance, and shall endorse
such copy with the date of the lodgment.





Withdrawal of appeal

32. (1) Where an appellant, who has not lodged his petition of appeal, wishes
to withdraw his appeal he shall give notice to the Registrar.

(2) The Registrar shall forthwith by letter notify the proper officer that the
appeal has been withdrawn and the appeal shall thereupon stand dismissed without
further order.

33. (1) Where an appellant, who has lodged his petition of appeal, wishes to
withdraw his appeal, he shall present a petition to that effect to Her Majesty in
Council.

(2) On the hearing of any such petition a respondent who has entered an
appearance in the appeal shall, subject to any agreement between him and the
appellant to the contrary, be entitled to apply to the Judicial Committee for his
costs.

Non-prosecution of appeal

34. (1) Where an appellant takes no step in the prosecution of his appeal
within two months from the arrival of the Record in England. or, in a case to
which rule 6(3) applies, within one month from the date of the Order in Council
granting special leave, the Registrar shall with all convenient speed by letter
notify the proper officer that the appeal has not been prosecuted and the appeal
shall thereupon stand dismissed for non-prosecution without further order.

(2) A copy of the said letter shall be sent by the Registrar to any respondent
who has entered an appearance in the appeal.

35. ( 1) Where an appellant who has entered an appearance-

(a)fails to proceed with due diligence to take all such further steps as may be
necessary for the purpose of completing the reproduction of the Record;
or

(h)fails to lodge his petition of appeal within the periods respectively
prescribed by rule 29;

the Registrar shall call upon him to explain his default.

(2) If no explanation is offered, or if the explanation offered is. in the
opinion of the Registrar, insufficient, the Registrar shall. with all convenient
speed. by letter notify the proper officer that the appeal has not been effectively
prosecuted. and the appeal shall thereupon stand dismissed for non-prosecution.

(3) A copy of the said letter shall be sent by the Registrar to every party who
has entered an appearance in the appeal.

36. (1) Where an appellant, who has lodged his petition of appeal. fails
thereafter to prosecute his appeal with due diligence, the Registrar shall call upon
him to explain his default.

(2) If no explanation is offered, or if the explanation offered is. in the
opinion of the Registrar, insufficient, the Registrar shall issue a summons to the
appellant calling upon him to show cause before the Judicial Committee why the
appeal should not be dismissed for non-prosecution:

Provided that no such summons shall be issued before the expiration of one
year from the arrival of the Record in the Registry.

(3) A copy of the summons shall be sent to the respondent if he has entered
an appearance in the appeal and he shall be entitled to be heard at the hearing of
the summons and to ask for his costs and other relief.







(4) The Judicial Committee may, after considering the matter. recommend to
Her Majesty that the appeal be dismissed for non-prosecution. or give such other
directions therein as the justice of the case may require.

37. (1) An appellant whose appeal has been dismissed for non-prosecution
may present a petition to Her Majesty in Council praying that his appeal may be
restored.

(2) Where an appeal has been dismissed under rule 32. 34 or 35, a respondent
who has entered an appearance before such dismissal may apply to the Judicial
Committee for an order for costs.

Appearance by respondent

38. (1) The respondent may enter an appearance at any time between the
arrival of the Record and the hearing of the appeal.





(2) If the respondent unduly delays entering an appearance he shall, unless the
Judicial Committee otherwise direct. bear. or be disallowed. the costs occasioned by
such delay

39. The respondent shall after entering an appearance forthwith give notice
thereof to the appellant. if the latter has entered an appearance.

40. Where there are two or more respondents. of whom not all enter an
appearance. the appearance form shall set out the names of those who do enter an
appearance.

41. Two or more respondents may. at their own risk as to costs, enter
separate appearances in the same appeal.

42. A respondent who has not entered an appearance shall not be entitled to
receive from the Registrar any notices relating to the appeal, nor be allowed to
lodge a case in the appeal.

43. (1) Subject to any order of the Judicial Committee to the contrary, the
following provisions of this rule shall apply where a respondent fails to enter an
appearance in an appeal.

(2) If the Registrar is satisfied by a certificate under rule 11(2) or otherwise
that the non-appearing respondent has received notice. or is otherwise aware, that
the appeal has been admitted and that the Record has been dispatched to England,
the appeal may, if all other conditions of its being set down are satisfied, be set
down ex parte as against the non-appearing respondent at any time after the
expiration of two months from the lodging of the petition of appeal.

(3) Where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Registrar, by affidavit or
otherwise. either that an appellant has made ever\ reasonable endeavour to serve a
respondent with the notices mentioned in paragraph (2) and has failed to effect
such set-\ ice, or that it is not tile intention ofthe respondent to enter an
appearance to the appeal, the appeal may without further order in that behalf and
at the risk of the appellant. be proceeded ex parie as against the non-appearing
respondent.

44. A respondent who desires to defend an appeal as a poor person may
present a petition to that effect to Her Majesty in Council, which Petition shall be
accompanied by an affidfit it front him stating that he is not worth
from his wearing apparel and his interest in the subject-matter of the appeal.

Petitions generally
45. (1 ) All petitions for orders or directions as to matters of practice or
procedure not ink involving any change in the parties to an appeal shall be
addressed to the Judicial Committee.

(2) All other petitions shall be addressed to Her Majesty in Council, but a
petition which is properly addressed to Her Majesty, in Council may include, as
incidental to the relief thereby sought. a prayer for orders or directions as to
matters of practice or procedure.

46. Where an order made by the Judicial Committee does not embody any
special terms or include any, special directions, it shall not, unless the Committee
otherwise direct. be necessary to draw up such order. but a note thereof shall be
made by the Registrar.

47. (1) All petitions shall consist of paragraphs numbered consecutively and
be endorsed with the name of the Court appealed from. the full title and Privy
Council number of the appeal to which the petition relates or the full title of the
petition (as the case may be), and the name and address of the agent of the
petitioner.

(2) Except as provided by rule 3. a petition need not be signed.







(3) Unless the petition is a consent petition within the meaning of rule 56, at
least six copies shall be lodged.

48. (1) Where a petition which does not relate to any pending appeal is
expected to be, or has been. lodged, any person claiming a right to appear before
the Judicial Committee on the hearing ot such petition may lodge a caveat relating
thereto.





(2) A caveator shall be entitled to receive-

(a)from the Registrar, notice of the lodging of the petition, if the petition
has not then been lodged; and

(b)from the petitioner, if and when the petition is lodged, a copy of the
petition and (at his own expense) of any paper lodged by the petitioner in
support of his petition.

(3) If the petition has been lodged, a caveator shall after lodging his caveat
forthwith give notice to the petitioner.

49. (.1) Where a petition is lodged in the matter of any pending appeal, the
petitioner shall serve a copy thereof on every party who has entered an
appearance.

(2) A party so served shall be entitled to require the petitioner to furnish him,
at his own expense, with copies of any papers lodged by the petitioner in support
of his petition.

50. (1) A petition not relating to any pending appeal. and any other petition
containing allegations of fact which cannot be verified by reference to the
registered Record or any certificate or duly authenticated statement of the Court
appealed from, shall be supported by affidavit.

(2) Where the petitioner prosecutes his petition in person, the affidavit shall
be sworn by the petitioner himself and shall state that, to the best of the
deponent's knowledge, information and belief, the allegations contained in the
petition are true.

(3) Where the petitioner is represented by an agent. the affidavit shall be
sworn by the agent and shall, besides stating that, to the best of the deponent's
knowledge, information and belief, the allegations contained in the petition are
true, show how the deponent obtained his instructions and the information
enabling him to present the petition.

51. A petition for an order of revivor or substitution shall be accompanied by
a certificate or duly authenticated statement from the Court appealed from
showing who, in the opinion of that Court. is the proper person to be substituted,
or entered. on the Record in place of, or in addition to, a party. who has died or
undergone a change of status.

52. The Registrar may refuse to receive a petition on the ground that it
discloses no reasonable cause of appeal, or is frivolous, or contains scandalous
matter or fails to comply with the provisions of rule 3. but the petitioner may
appeal. by way of motion, from such refusal to the Judicial Committee.

53. As soon as a petition and all necessary documents are lodged the petition
shall thereupon be deemed to be set down.

54. On each day appointed for the hearing of petitions the Registrar shall,
unless the Judicial Committee otherwise direct, put in the list for hearing all such
petitions as have been set down:

Provided that, in the absence of special urgency, no petition, if opposed, shall
be put in the paper for hearing before the expiration of ten clear days from the
lodging thereof, unless the opponent consents to the petition being heard earlier.

55. Subject to the provisions of the next following rule, the Registrar shall, as
soon as a day has been appointed for the hearing of a petition, notify all parties
concerned of the day so appointed.

56. (1) Where the prayer of a petition is consented to in writing by the
opposite party, or where a petition is of a formal and non-contentious character,
the Judicial Committee may, if they think fit, make their report to Her Majesty






on such petition or make their order thereon, as the case may be, without requiring
the attendance of the parties in the Council Chamber.

(2) The Registrar shall in that event as soon as the Committee have made
their report or order notify the parties that the report or order has been made and
of its date and nature.

57. (1) A petitioner who desires to withdraw his petition shall give notice in
writing to that effect to the Registrar.

(2) Where the petition is opposed, the opponent shall, subject to. any
agreement between the parties to the contrary, be entitled to apply to the Judicial
Committee for his costs.





58. (1) Where a petitioner unduly delays bringing a petition to a hearing, the
Registrar shall call upon him to explain the delay.

(2) If no explanation is offered, or if the explanation offered is, in the
opinion of the Registrar, insufficient, the Registrar may, after notifying all parties
interested of his intention to do so, list the petition for hearing on the next
following day appointed for the hearing of petitions for such directions as the
Judicial Committee may think fit.

59. At the hearing of a petition not more than one Counsel shall be admitted
to be heard on a side.

Case

60. No party to an appeal shall be entitled to be heard by the Judicial
Committee unless he has previously lodged his case in the appeal:

Provided that a respondent who has entered an appearance but does not desire
to lodge a case in the appeal may give the Registrar notice in writing of his
intention not to lodge any case while reserving his right to address the Judicial
Committee on the question of costs.

61. The case shall be reproduced in accordance with rule 1 of Schedule A
hereto and shall be signed by at least one of the Counsel who attends at the hearing
of the appeal or by the party himself if he conducts his appeal in person.

62. Each party shall lodge 20 copies of his case.

63. (1) The form of the case shall comply with the following requirements of
this rule

(a) it shall consist of paragraphs numbered consecutively:

(b)it shall state. as concisely as possible. the circumstances out of which the
appeal arises. the contentions to be urged by the party lodging it, and the
reasons of appeal

(c)references by page and line to the relevant portions of the Record as
reproduced shall, as far as practicable, be reproduced in the margin;

(d)care shall be taken to avoid, as far as possible, the recital of long extracts
from the Record.

(2) The taxing officer, in taxing the costs of the appeal, may, either of his
own motion or at the instance of the opposite party, inquire into any unnecessary
prolixity in the case and disallow the costs occasioned thereby.

64. Two or more respondents may, at their own risk as to costs, lodge
separate cases in the same appeal.

65. Each party shall, after lodging his case, forthwith give notice thereof to
the other party.

66. (1) The party who lodges his case first may, at any time after the
expiration of three clear days from the day on which he has given the other party
the notice prescribed by rule 65, serve such other party with a notice (in this rule
called a---case notice') requiring him to lodge his own case within one month of
the service of the case notice:

Provided that no case notice shall be served until after the completion of the
reproduction of the Record.

(2) If the party on whom a case notice has been served fails to comply
therewith, the party who served the case notice may, at any time after the
expiration of the time limited by the case notice, lodge an affidavit of service






setting out the terms of the case notice and the appeal shall thereupon, if all other
conditions of its being set down are satisfied, be set down ex parte as against the
party in default.

(3) Nothing shall preclude a party in default under paragraph (2) hereof from
lodging his case, at his own risk as regards costs and otherwise, at any time up to
the date of hearing.

67. (1) Subject to the provisions of rule 43 and of the last-preceding rule, an
appeal shall be set down as soon as the cases on both sides are lodged.





(2) The parties shall thereupon exchange cases by handing one another five
copies of their respective cases.

Binding Record, &c.

68. (1) As soon as an appeal is set down, the appellant shall obtain from the
Registry seven copies of the Record and cases to be bound for the use of the
Judicial Committee at the hearing and shall lodge the seven bound copies at
the earliest possible date.

(2) The copies shall be bound with plastic comb binding in limp cornflower
blue covers of fibre board substance.

(3) The front cover shall state the title and Privy Council number of the
appeal, the contents of the volume, and the names and addresses of the agents.

(4) The several documents, indicated by incuts shall be arranged in the
following order

(1)Appellant's case; (2) Respondent's case; (3) Record: (4) Supplemental
Record (if any).

Hearing

69. Not less than 3 clear days before the hearing of an appeal. each party
shall lodge a written list of authorities to be cited at the hearing.

70. The Registrar shall name a day on or before which appeals must beset
down if they are to be entered in the list of business for the ensuing sittings.

71. The Registrar shall, at the earliest possible date. notify every party to an
appeal, who has entered an appearance. of the day appointed for the hearing of
the appeal and the parties shall be in readiness to be heard on the day so
appointed.

72. At the hearing of an appeal not more than two counsel shall be admitted
to he heard on a side.

73. In Admiralty appeals the Judicial Committee may. if they think fit,
require the attendance of two nautical assessors.

Judgment

74. Where the Judicial Committee, after hearing an appeal, decide to reserve
judgment, the Registrar shall in due course notify the parties of the day appointed
for the delivery of the judgment.

Costs

75. All bills of costs under the orders of the Judicial Committee shall be taxed
by the Registrar, or such other person as the Judicial Committee may appoint, and
all such taxations shall be regulated by the scale set forth in Part I of Schedule B
hereto.

76. The taxation of costs in England shall be limited to costs incurred in
England.

77. (1) The Registrar shall, as soon as possible after the Judicial Committee
have given their decision as to the costs of an appeal, petition or other matter,
issue to the party to whom costs have been awarded an order to tax and a notice
specifying the day and hour appointed by him for taxation. 1

(2) The party receiving such order and notice shall, not less than 4 clear days
before the time appointed for taxation, lodge his bill of costs (together with all
necessary vouchers for disbursements) and serve the opposite party with a copy






thereof and of the order and notice.

78. Any party who fails to lodge his bill of costs (together with all necessary
vouchers for disbursements) within the time prescribed by the last-preceding rule.
or who in any way delays or impedes a taxation. may be disallowed the charges to
which such party would otherwise be entitled for drawing his bill of costs and
attending the taxation.

79. (1) Any party aggrieved by a taxation may appeal to the Judicial
Committee.





(1) The appeal shall be heard by way of motion. and the party appealing shall
give three clear days' notice of motion to the opposite party, and shall also leave a
copy of such notice in the Registry.

80. The amount allowed on the taxation shall. subject to any appeal to the
Judicial Committee, be inserted in Her Majesty's Order in Council determining the
appeal or petition:

Provided that, where such taxation has not been completed before the date of
Her Majesty's said Order in Council, the Registrar may, issue a certificate of the
amount allowed.

81. (1) Where the Judicial Committee directs costs to be taxed on the poor
person scale, the taxing officer shall

(a) not allow any fees of Counsel. and

(b)only award to the agents out-of-pocket expenses and a reasonable
allowance to cover office expenses, such allowance to be taken at about
three-eighths of the usual professional charges in ordinary appeals.

(2) The poor person scale shall apply to and include the application upon
which leave to appeal as a poor person was granted.

82. Where the appellant has lodged security for the respondent's costs of an
appeal in the Registry, the Registrar shall deal with such security in accordance
with the directions contained in Her Majesty's Order in Council determining the
appeal.

Miscellaneous

83. (1) The Registrar may give such directions in matters of practice and
procedure as may, be just and expedient and may for sufficient cause shown excuse
the parties from compliance with any of the requirements of these Rules.

(2) If in the opinion of the Registrar it is desirable that any application for
such direction or such excusal should be dealt with by the Judicial Committee in
open Court he may direct the applicant to lodge in the Registry, and to serve the
opposite party with, a notice of motion returnable before the Committee.

(3) Any party aggrieved by a direction given by the Registrar may appeal, by
way of motion. to the Judicial Committee.

84. (1) Any document lodged in connection with an appeal, petition or other
matter pending before Her Majesty in Council or the Judicial Committee may be
amended by leave of the Registrar.

(2) If the Registrar is of opinion that an application for leave to amend
should be dealt with by the Committee in open Court. he may direct the applicant
to lodge in the Registry, and to serve the opposite parts, with, a notice of motion
returnable before the Committee.

85. Affidavits relating to any appeal. petition or other matter pending before
Her Majesty in Council or the Judicial Committee may be sworn before the
Registrar.

86. (1) Where a party to an appeal. petition or other matter pending be fore
Her Majesty in Council changes his agent, such party, or the new agent, shall
forthwith give the Registrar and the outgoing agent notice of the change, and shall
amend the appearance accordingly.

(2) Unless such notices are given the former agent shall be considered the
agent of the party until the final conclusion of the appeal. petition or other
matter.







SCHEDULE A

RULES AS To REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

1. (1) All Records, cases and other proceedings in appeals or other matters
pending before Her Majesty in Council or the Judicial Committee which are
required by the above Rules to be reproduced shall be reproduced on A4 ISO
paper.

(2) Each page shall be numbered.

(3) The number of lines on each page of type shall be 47 or thereabouts. and
every tenth line shall be numbered in the margin.





2. The Record shall. where practicable. be arranged in two parts in the same
volume. viz:

Part 1.The pleadings and proceedings. the transcript of the evidence of the
witnesses, the judgments. orders etc.. of the courts below down to
the order admitting the appeal.

Part 11. The exhibits and documents.

3. (1) The index to both parts of the Record shall be placed at the beginning
of Part 1.

(2) Where a Record is in more than one volume. each volume shall contain
an index of its contents.

(3) The index to Part 1 shall be in chronological order: the index to Part 11
shall follow the order of the exhibit mark.

(4) A list of any documents transmitted to the Privy Council but not
reproduced shall be inserted in the Record after the index to Part II.

4. (1) The documents in Part 1 of the Record shall be arranged in
chronological order.

(2)(a) Part 11 shall be arranged in the most convenient way. for the use of
the Judicial Committee. as the circumstances of the case require.

(b)The documents shall be as far as suitable in chronological order. mixing
plaintiff's and defendant's documents together when necessary.

G.)Each document shall show its exhibit mark and whether it is a plaintiff's
or defendants document (unless this is clear from the exhibit mark).

(i/) Documents relating to the same matter. such as-

(i) a series of correspondence. or

(ii) proceedings in a suit other than the one under appeal.

,,hall be kept together.

(v) The page number of each document shall be inserted ted in the index.

5. ( 1 ) The documents in Part 1 shall he numbered consecutively.

(2) The documents in Part 11 shall not he numbered. apart from the exhibit
mark.

6. Each document shall have a heading which shall consist of the number or
exhibit mark and the description of the document in the index. without the date.

7. Each document shall have a marginal note which shall be repeated on each
page over which the document extends. \

PART 1

(a)Where the case has been before more than one Court. the short name of
the Court shall first appear. Where the case has been before only one
Court, the name of the Court need not appear.

(b)The marginal note of the document shall then appear consisting of the
number and the description of the document in the index. with the date.
except in the case of oral evidence.

(e)In the case of oral evidence. 'plaintiff's evidence- or -defendant's






evidenceshall appear beneath the name of the Court. and then the
marginal note consisting of the number in the index and the witness's
name. with---examination-, -cross-examination- or -re-examination-. as
the case may be.

PART II

The word -Exhibits- shall first appear.

The marginal note of the exhibit shall then appear consisting of the
exhibit mark and the description of the document in the index, with the
date.

8. (1) The parties shall agree to the omission of formal and irrelevant
documents, but the description of the document may appear (both in the index
and in the Record), if desired, with the words---notreproduced'* against it.





(2) A long series of documents, such as accounts, rent rolls, inventories, etc.,
shall not be reproduced in full unless Counsel so advise, but the parties shall agree
to short extracts being reproduced as specimens.

SCHEDULE B

PART 1

SCALE OF COSTS ALLOWED IN APPEALS OR OTHER MATTERS
BEFORE THE
JUDICIAL COMMITTEE OF THE PRIVY COUNCIL

Agents are required to adhere as far as possible to the items shown below, but
it is within the discretion of the taxing officer to allow further charges:

(a) in relation to items not mentioned:

or

(b) of an amount higher than that prescribed.

A

APPELLANT'S COSTS OF PETITION FOR SPECIAL LEAVE To
APPEAL(a)

Retainer.... .......... 4.00

Perusing papers sent from abroad in support of petition(b) .. -

Copies of necessary papers for Counsel, per page(c) ...... 0.25

Paid fee to Counsel to settle petition............ -

Six copies of petition and judgment for lodging. per page .... 0.25

Affidavit in support of petition (including drawing. swearing and

lodging).... .......... 7.00

Copy petition and affidavit for respondent. per page ...... 0.25

Instructions to Counsel to support petition .......... 4.00
Copy petition and affidavit for Counsel. per page ...... 0.25

Paid fee to Counsel(d).. ..... ........ -

Attending Council Chamber when petition heard ...... 10.00-20.00

Paid Council Office fees (as paid) ..... .......... -

Order (including approving draft and writing agent abroad with Order

and copy for use).... .......... 6.00

Instructions. (This item should include itemized breakdown of any

work necessarily done which is not otherwise provided for) .. -

B

RESPONDENT'S COSTS OF OPPOSING PETITION FOR SPECIAL LEAVE To
APPEAL(e)

Retainer.......... .................... 4.00







Caveat (including lodging and service on petitioner if petition already

lodged).................... . 1 ........... 4.00

(a)These fees are applicable mutatis mutandis to an application for stay. of
execution and other matters of a similar character. The costs of obtaining
special leave to appeal form part of the bill of costs of the appeal, and are
usually taxed at the APPEAL of the matter.

(b)If leave to appeal is granted, this amount is taken into consideration in
connection with the fee allowed for APPEAL the Record, as most of the
documents sent over for the application for special leave to appeal
ultimately form part of the Record. At this preliminary stage an entire
perusal of the Record is unnecessary.

(e)Only those strictly necessary for the purpose of settling the petition-not
the whole Record.

(d) One Counsel only is allowed. Retainer fee not allowed.

(e)When special leave to appeal is granted, these costs form part of a
successful respondent's costs of appeal, and are taxed on the conclusion of
the matter. This contemplates the petition being dismissed with costs.





Perusing documents sent from abroad, according to length.....

Perusing petition, per 5 pages.. .............. 2.00

Copies of necessary papers for Counsel, per page ...... 0.25

Instructions to Counsel to oppose petition .......... 4.00

Paid Counsel's fee(a).. ............ -

Attending Council Chamber when petition heard ...... 10.00-20.00
Bill of costs (including drawing and copying) per page .... 2.00

Attending taxation.. ............ 10.00

Paid Council Office fees (as paid).. ............ -

Order (including approving draft and writing agent therewith) .. 6.00

Instructions. (This item should include an itemized breakdown of any
work necessarily done which is not otherwise provided for).....

c

APPELLANT'S COSTS OF APPEAL

Retainer.. .... 3.00

Filing enquiry card at Registry ** ... .. 2.00

Appearance (including drawing. entering and notifying respondent) 5.00

Record reproduced abroad

Perusing Record. per each 10 pages.. .......... 4.00

Record reproduced in England

Paid Registry for copy of certified Record or part thereof (as paid)(b)

Perusing the same, for each 10 pages(c) .. ; ........ 2.00

Preparing Record for reproduction (including making copy, for
stationer, drawing index and marginal notes. and obtaining

respondent's approval) for the first 100 pages ........ 35.00

for each additional 10 pages(d).. .......... 2.00

Examining proof at Registry with certified copy(e)-

each day, 15.00
each half day 7.50

Correcting revised reproduced copy for striking off per 10 pages 1.00

Paid stationer's bill (as paid).. .............. -

Revivor or consolidation

Petition for revivor or consolidation (including receiving
instructions, drawing and copying petition, serving, lodging and
approving draft

Order).. .......... 25.00







Retainer to Counsel

Instructions for retainer to Counsel.. .... - .. 2.00

Paid his fee.. ............ 5.00

(a) One Counsel only is allowed. Retainer fee not allowed.

(b)If the appellant has a duplicate Record in his possession. this should be used
instead of obtaining a copy, after checking same against certified copy.

(c)If the Record is in a confused state and requires re-arrangement. a further
fee may be allowed.

(d)Attention is directed to rules 17 and 18 as to the disallowance of the costs
of including unnecessary documents.

(c) Appointments for this are made by the Registry.





Petition of appeal

Petition of appeal (including drawing. copying and lodging) .. 12.00

Instructions to Counsel to settle(a).. .......... 2.00

Paid his fee.. ............ 10.00

Case

Paid Junior Counsel to settle.............. -

Two copies of case as settled by Junior Counsel. to settle in consulta-

tion. per page............ 0.25

Paid Senior Counsel to settle.. .......... -

Paid consultation fee to Senior Counsel..... ...... ...
Paid consultation fee to Junior Counsel..... ........ -

Attending consultation.... . ...... 10.00

Copy case for stationer. per page.. ............ 0.25

Paid stationer.. ............ -

Lodging and exchanging cases.. ...... 1 .. 5.00

Perusing respondent's case. per 10 pages ............ 3.00

Case notice

Case notice (drawing. copying and serving) ........ 5.00

Affidavit of service (drawing. copying, swearing and lodging) .. 10.00

Binding Record and cases(b)

Obtaining copies for binding and giving instructions to bind and

lodging seven bound copies for the use ofthe Board ...... 9.00

Paid binder.. .......... -

Briefs(c)

Instructions to Senior Counsel to argue .......... 6.0.0

Paid his fee.. ............ -

Instructions to Junior Counsel to argue .......... 6.00

Paid his fee.. ............ -

Hearing

Preparing and lodging list of authorities .......... 2.00
Preparing and lodging estimate of hearing .......... 2.00

Attending Council Chamber when appeal heard. each day(d) .... 15.00-30.00

Paid refresher fee to Senior Counsel............... ...

Paid refresher fee to Junior Counsel............ -







Judgment

Attending to hearing judgment.. .......... 5.00
Paid Counsel to hear judgment.. ........... 15.00

Taxation and concluding charges

Drawing and copying bill of costs. per page .......... 2.00

Lodging and serving bill of costs.. ............ 4.00

Attending taxing.............. 15.00
Paid Office fees (as paid).............. ...
-

Order (approving draft and writing agent abroad with final Order) 6.00

(a) The petition of appeal is not now usually settled by Counsel.

(b) No charge for binding must appear in the respondent's bill as this is entirely a
1 matter for the appellant.

(e) Two Counsel only allowed.

(d) Cost of shorthand notes are not allowed.





General
Instructions-To include itemized breakdown of any necessary work
done and not otherwise provided for. Details showing
time occupied and by whom. personal attendances,
telephone attendances and letters in and out should be
set out. The amount sought for general care and
conduct should be shown.

D

RESPONDENT'S COSTS OF APPEAL

With the exception of the following items the scale is similar to
the appellant's bill.

Record reproduced in England

Perusing record as received, for each 10 pages ........ 2.00
Examining proof at Registry with certified copy-

each day 15.00
each half da~7.50
Correcting revised reproduced copy. per 10 pages.. 1.00

Petition of appeal

Perusing petition of appeal............ .............. .3.00

PARI 11

COUNCIL OFFICE FEES

Entering appearance ..1.. .......... 4.00
Amending appearance.. .......... 2.00

Examining proof of Record with the certified Record at the Registry

(chargeable to appellant only) ......... per day 8.00

per half day 4.00

Lodging petition of appeal ... ........ 15.00
Lodging petition for special leave to appeal ........ ...
8.00
Lodging any other petition or motion.. .......... 4.00
Lodging case or notice under rule 60.. .......... 8.00

Setting down appeal (chargeable to appellant only) ...... 22.00

Setting down petition for special leave to appeal (chargeable to

Petitioner only).. ............ 8.00

Setting down any other petition (chargeable to petitioner only) 4.00

Summons.. .......... 4.00

Committee report on petition.. ............ 15.00
Committee report on appeal.. ............ 24.00

Original Order of Her Majesty in Council determining an appeal 12.00

Any other original Order of Her Majesty in Council ...... 8.00
Plain copy of an Order of Her Majesty in Council .. 2.00






Original Order of Judicial Committee on Appeal ...... 24.00

Any other original Order of Judicial Committee ........ 15.00

Plain copy of Committee Order.. ............ 2.00

Lodging affidavit.. ............ 4.00

Certificate delivered to parties.. ............ 4.00

Lodging caveat.. ............ 4.00

Taxing fee-5% ofthe sum allowed.





1959 No. 377

THE MAINTENANCE ORDERS (FACILITIES FOR
ENFORCEMENT) ORDER 1959

(Omitted as not applicable to Hong Kong since Hong Kong
was omitted from the First Schedule to the
Order by S.I. 1979 No. 116)

REVISED EDITION 1980

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





1959 No. 867.
THE NAVAL DISCIPLINE (COLONIAL NAVAL FORCES) ORDER
1959.

Made - - - - 13th May, 1959.

Coming into Operation - 20th May, 1959.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 13th day of May, 1959.

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

Her Majesty, in pursuance of the powers conferred upon Her by
subsection (1) of section 116 of the Naval Discipline Act 1957(a), is
pleased by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is
hereby ordered, as follows

1. Each of the naval forces specified in the first column of the
Schedule to this Order and raised by the Colonies specified opposite
thereto in the second column of the said Schedule shall be subject to
the Naval Discipline Act 1957, so far as it relates to the offences of
desertion or absence without leave, and to the arrest, trial and
punishment of persons who have committed or are suspected of having
committed either of the said offences.

2. This Order may be cited as the Naval Discipline (Colonial Naval
Forces) Order 1959 and shall come into operation on the twentieth day
of May. 1959.

W. G. AGNEW.

SCHEDULE.

Naval Force. Colony.

Nigerian Navy............... Federation of Nigeria.
Royal East African Navy.......... East Africa High Commission.
Sierra Leone Naval Volunteer Force..Sierra Leone.
Hong Kong Royal Naval Volunteer

Reserve.................Hong Kong. Fiji Royal Naval
Volunteer Reserve..Fiji. Mauritius Naval Volunteer Force
..... Mauritius.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3870

Bibliographic Citation

(a) 5 & 6 Eliz. 2. c. 53.





1959 No. 1301.



THE GENEVA CONVENTIONS ACT (COLONIAL
TERRITORIES) ORDER IN COUNCIL 1959.

[This Order in Council is printed as amended by Order
in Council dated May 23, 1962 (S.I. 1962/1084, S.I. 1962 11, p.
1220).]

Made - - - - 28th July, 1959.

Coming into Operation 1st September, 1959.

At the Court of Saint James, the 28th day of July, 1959.

Present,

Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth The Queen Mother.

Her Royal Highness The Princess Alexandra of Kent.

Lord President. Mr. Brooke.

Earl of Selkirk. Mr. Aubrey Jones.

WHEREAS Her Majesty, in pursuance of the Regency Acts

1937 to 1953, was pleased, by Letters Patent dated the fifteenth
day of June. 1959, to delegate to the following Counsellors of State
(subject to the exceptions hereinafter mentioned) or any two or more of
them, that is to say, His Royal Highness Prince Philip, Duke of
Edinburgh, Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth The Queen Mother, Her Royal
Highness The Princess Margaret, His Royal Highness The Duke of
Gloucester, His Royal Highness The Duke of Kent and Her Royal
Highness The Princess Alexandra of Kent, full power and authority
during the period of Her Majesty's absence from the United Kingdom to
summon and hold on Her Majesty's behalf Her Privy Council and to
signify thereat Her Majesty's approval for anything for which Her
Majesty's approval in Council is required:

AND WHEREAS Her Majesty was further pleased to except

from the number of the said Counsellors of State His Royal Highness
Prince Philip, Duke of Edinburgh, and His Royal Highness The Duke of
Kent and Her Royal Highness The Princess Alexandra of Kent while
absent from the United Kingdom:

Now, THEREFORE, Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth The Queen

Mother and Her Royal Highness The Princess Alexandra of Kent,
being authorized thereto by the said Letters Patent, and in exer-
cise of the powers conferred on Her Majesty by subsection (2) of
section 8 of the Geneva Conventions Act 1957(a) and of all other

(a) 5 & 6 Eliz. 2. c. 52.





powers enabling Her Majesty in that behalf, do hereby, by and with the
advice of Her Majesty's Privy Council, on Her Majesty's behalf order,
and it is hereby ordered, as follows

Citation and commencement.

1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Geneva Conventions Act
(Colonial Territories) Order in Council 1959.

(2) This Order shall come into operation on the first day of
September, 1959.

Extension of Geneva Conventions Act 1957 to Colonial territories.

2. Subject to the exceptions and modifications specified in the
Second Schedule to this Order, the provisions of the Geneva
Conventions Act 1957 (other than section 4 and subsection (2) of
section 8) shall extend to the territories specified in the First Schedule to
this Order.

Interpretation.

3. The Interpretation Act 1889(a) shall apply for the purpose of
interpreting this Order as it applies for the purpose of interpreting an
Act of Parliament.

W. G. AGNEW.

THE FIRST SCHEDULE.

TERRITORIES TO WHICH THE ACT EXTENDS

Aden Colony. Bahamas. Basutoland.
Bechuanaland Protectorate. Bermuda.
British Guiana. British Honduras. British
Virgin Islands. British Solomon Islands
Protectorate. Central and Southern Line
Islands.. Cyprus. Falkland Islands and
Dependencies. Fiji. Gambia (Colony and
Protectorate). Gibraltar. Gilbert and
Ellice Islands Colony.

(a) 52 & 53 Vict. c. 63.





Hong Kong.

Kamaran.

Kenya (Colony and Protectorate).

Malta.

Mauritius.

The Federation of Nigeria.

North Borneo.

Pitcairn.

St. Helena.

Sarawak.

Seychelles.

Sierra Leone (Colony and Protectorate).

Somaliland Protectorate.

Swaziland.

Tanganyika.

Uganda Protectorate.

The West Indies.

THE SECOND SCHEDULE.

EXCEPTIONS AND MODIFICATIONS TO BE MADE IN THE EXTENSION OF THE
ACT To THE TERRITORIES SPECIFIED IN THE FIRST SCHEDULE.

1. (1) For the words 'United Kingdom' wherever they occur there shall be
substituted the word Territory

(2) For the words 'the Secretary of State% 'the Army Council' or 'the Board
of Trade' wherever they occur there shall he substituted the words 'the
Governor'.

2. (1) In subsection (1) of section 1 for the word 'felony' there shall be
substituted the words 'an offence'.

(2) In subsection (2) of section 1 the word indicted shall be omitted.

(3) For subsection (3) of section 1 the following subsection shall be
substituted

'(3) Proceedings for an offence under this section shall not be instituted
in the Territory without the consent of the appropriate legal officer of the
Territory.'

(4) Subsection (5) of section 1 shall be omitted.

3. (1) In section 3 for the word 'counsel' wherever it occurs there shall be
substituted the words 'an advocate' except where the following provisions of this
paragraph otherwise require.

(2) In paragraph (ii) of subsection (1) of section 3 for the words 'the solicitor






by whom that counsel was instructed' there shall be substituted the words 'that
advocate or, where that advocate is instructed by a solicitor, to the solicitor by
whom he is instructed'.

(3) In subsection (3) of section 3 for the words 'a solicitor and counsel' there
shall be substituted the words 'an advocate and, where the law or practice of the
Territory requires that in proceedings before the court an advocate shall be
instructed by a solicitor, a solicitor'.





(4) Subsection (4) of section 3 shall be omitted.

(5) In subsection (5) of section 3-

(a) for the words 'A solicitor or counsel shall be assigned in pursu

ance of subsection (3) of this section in such manner as Her Majesty may
by Order in Council prescribe, and any solicitor or counsel' there shall be
substituted the words 'An advocate or solicitor shall be assigned in
pursuance of subsection (3) of this section in such manner as the
Governor may by regulations prescribe, and any advocate or solicitor';

(b) for the word 'Parliament' there shall be substituted the words

'the legislature of the Territory%

(c) the words 'made by statutory instrument' shall be omitted.

(6) After subsection (5) of section 3 there shall be inserted the following
subsection

'(6) In this section-

'advocate' means, in relation to proceedings. before any c curt, a
legal practitioner who has a right of audience in that court.
and

.,solicitor' means, in relation to proceedings before any court, a legal
practitioner who has a right to instruct an advocate in such
proceedings.'

4. (1) In subsection (1) of section 5 the words 'or, in Northern Ireland, the
Minister of Home Affairs for Northern Ireland,' shall be omitted.

(2) In subsection (2) of section 5 the words 'or, in Northern Ireland, the
Minister aforesaid,' shall be omitted.

5. (1) In subsection (4) of section 6 for the words 'passing of this Act'
wherever they occur there shall be substituted the words 'coming into operation of
this Act in the Territory'.

(2) In subsection (5) of section 6 for the word 'national' there shall be
substituted the word 'public'.

(3) In subsection (6) of section 6 for all the words following the word
'thereof' there shall be substituted the words 'on any ship or aircraft registered in
the Territory'.

(4) For subsections (7), (8) and (9) of section 6 there shall be substituted the
following subsections

'(7) Proceedings under this section shall not be instituted in the
Territory without the consent of the appropriate legal officer of the
Territory.

(8) The authority of the Governor under this section may be given by
the Governor or any person or authority authorized in that behalf by the
Governor.

(9) (a) The Geneva Convention Act 1911(a), and the Geneva
Convention Act 1937(b), shall cease to have effect in so far as they
form part of the law of the colonies to which this section extends, and
the Geneva Convention Act 1911 (Colonies) Order in Council 1917(c),
and the Geneva Convention Act 1937 (Colonies) Order in Council







(a) 1 & 2 Geo. 5. c. 20.
(b) 1 Edw. 8 & 1 Geo. 6. c. 15.
(c) S.R. & 0. 191711142 (Rev. 1948. vol. Ix. D. 596: 1917. p. 379).





1937(d) (as amended by the Geneva Convention Act 1937 (Colonies)
(Amendment) Order in Council 1953(e)) are hereby revoked in relation to
those colonies.

(b) The British Protectorates (Geneva Convention) Order in Council
1917(f), and the British Protectorates (Geneva Convention) Order in Council
1937(g), are hereby revoked in relation to the Protectorates to which this
section extends.

(c) The Geneva Conventions 1906 and 1929 (Mandated Territories)
Order in Council 1937(b) is hereby revoked in relation to Tanganyika and the
Cameroons under United Kingdom administration.'

6. (1) In subsection (1) of section 7-

(a) the definition of 'enactment' shall be omitted;

(b)immediately before the definition of a 'protected internee' there shall be
inserted the following definition

' 'Governor', in relation to any Territory, means the
Governor of the Territory and includes any person administering
the government of the Territory:

Provided that

(a)in relation to the British Solomon Islands Protectorate
the Central and Southern Line Islands and the Gilbert and
Ellice Islands Colony 'Governor' means the High
Commissioner for the Western Pacific and includes any
person for the time being discharging the functions of the
office of High Commissioner;

(b)in relation to the Federation of Nigeria 'Governor' means
the Governor-General of the Federation of Nigeria and
includes any person for the time being discharging the
functions of the office of Governor General;(i)

(c)in relation to Basutoland, the Bechuanaland Protectorate
and Swaziland 'Governor' means Her Majesty's High
Commissioner for Basutoland, the Bechuanaland
Protectorate and Swaziland and includes any person for
the time being discharging the functions of the office of
High Commissioner;'

(c)there shall be inserted at the end of the subsection the following
definition

. 'rerritory' means any of the territories to which the
foregoing provisions of this Act extend and includes the
dependencies thereof.'

(2) At the end of section 7 there shall be inserted the following subsection

'(3) The references in this Act to the consent of the appropriate legal
officer of a Territory in connexion with the institution of proceedings for an
offence shall be construed as references to the consent of the Attorney-
General or other principal Law Officer of the Territory (including any person
for the time being discharging the functions of that office) or to such other
officer as the Governor may, either generally or in relation to specified
classes of proceedings, prescribe by order.'

(d) S.R. & 0. 193711218 (Rev. 1948. Vol. IX, p. 597: 1937. p. 835).
(0) S.I. 19531748 (1953 1. P. 835).
(f) S.R. & 0. 191711143 (Rev. 1948. Vol. IX. p. 598: 1917, p. 380).






(g) S.R. & 0. 193711219 (Rev. 1948. Vol. IX, p. 600: 1937, p, 837).
(b) S.R. & 0. 193711220 (Rev. 1948. Vol. IX, p. 603: 1937. IP. 840).
0) Amended by S.I. 196211084 (1962 11, p. 1220).






1979 No. 456

PREVENTION AND SUPPRESSION OF TERRORISM

THE INTERNATIONALLY PROTECTED PERSONS ACT 1978 (OVERSEAS
TERRITORIES) ORDER 1979

Made - - - - - - 11th April 1979

*To be laid before Parliament

Coming into Operation - - - 24th May 1979

At the Court at Windsor Castle, the 11 th day of April 1979

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred on Her by subsection
(2) of section 4 of the Internationally Protected Persons Act 1978(a), by
section 17 of the Fugitive Offenders Act 1967(b) as extended by
subsection (1) of the said section 4 and of all other powers enabling Her
in that behalf, is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council,
to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Internationally Protected Persons
Act 1978 (Overseas Territories) Order 1979 and shall come into
operation on 24th May 1979.

2. (1) Sections 1, 2 and 3 of the Internationally Protected Persons
Act 1978, modified and adapted as in Schedule 1 hereto, shall extend to
the Territories specified in Schedule 2 hereto.

(2) For the purpose of construing the said Act as so extended as
part of the law of any Territory to which it extends 'the Territory'
means that Territory, including its territorial waters.

N. E. LEIGH,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE1 Article 3

SECTIONS 1, 2 AND 3 OF THE INTERNATIONALLY PROTECTED
PERSONS ACT 1978 As EXTENDED TO THE TERRITORIES
SPECIFIED IN SCHEDULE 2

1. (1) If a person, whether a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies or not, does outside
the Territory

(a) 1978 c. 17. (b) 1967 c. 68.

This instrument was laid before Parliament on 9th May 1979.





(a)any act to or in relation to a protected person which, if he had done it in
any part of the Territory, would have made him guilty ofthe ofrence of
murder, manslaughter, rape, assault occasioning actual bodily harm,
kidnapping, false imprisonment or an offence under section 18, 20, 21,
22, 23, 24, 28, 29, 30 or 56 ofthe Offences against the Person Act 186
1(a) or section 2 ofthe Explosive Substances Act 1883(b); or

(b)in connection with an attack on any relevant premises or on any vehicle
ordinarily used by a protected person which is made when a protected
person is on or in the premises or vehicle, any act which, if he had done it
in any part of the Territory, would have made him guilty of an offence
under section 2 of the Explosive Substances Act 1883 or section 1 of the
Criminal Damage Act 197 1 (e),

he shall in the Territory be guilty ofthe offences aforesaid of which the act would
have made him guilty if he had done it there.

(2) If a person in the Territory or elsewhere, whether a citizen of the United
Kingdom and Colonies or not

(a)attempts to commit an offence which, by virtue of the preceding
subsection or otherwise, is an offence mentioned in paragraph (a) of that
subsection against a protected person or an offence mentioned in
paragraph (b) of that subsection in connection with an attack so
mentioned; or

(b)aids, abets, counsels or procures the commission of such an offence or of
an
attempt to commit such offence,
he shall in the Territory be guilty of attempting to commit the offence in question
or,

as the case may be, of aiding, abetting, counselling or procuring the commission of
the offence or attempt in question.

(3) If a person in the Territory or elsewhere, whether a citizen of the United
Kingdom and Colonies or not

(a)makes to another person a threat that any person will do an act which is
an offence mentioned in paragraph (a) ofthe preceding subsection; or

(b)attempts to make or aids, abets. counsels or procures the making of such a
threat to another person,

with the intention that the other person shall fear that the threat will be carried
out, the person who makes the threat or, as the case may be, who attempts to
make it or aids, abets, counsels or procures the making of it, shall in the Territory
be guilty of an offence and liable on conviction on indictment to imprisonment
for a term not exceeding ten years and not exceeding the term of imprisonment to
which a person would be liable for the offence constituted by doing the act
threatened at the place where the conviction occurs and at the time of the offence
to which the conviction relates.

(4) For the purposes of the preceding subsections it is immaterial whether a
person knows that another person is a protected person.

(5) For the purposes only of this section the said sections ofthe Offences
against the Person Act 1861, of the Explosive Substances Act 1883 and of the
Criminal Damage Act 1971 if not already in force in the Territory, shall be
deemed to be in force in the Territory as they are in force in England.

(6) In this section-

'act' includes omission;







1, a protected person' means, in relation to an alleged offence, any of the

following, namely

(a)a person who at the time ofthe alleged offence is a Head of State, a
member of a body which performs the functions of Head of State, a Head
of Government or a Minister for Foreign Affairs and is outside the
territory of the State in which he holds office;

(b)a person who at the time of the alleged offence is a representative or an
official of a State or an official or agent of an international organisation
of an inter-governmental character, is entitled under international law to
special protection from attack on his person, freedom or dignity and does
not fall within the preceding paragraph;

(a) 1861 c. 100. (c) 1971 c. 48.

(b) 1883 c. 3.





(c)a person who at the time of the alleged ofFence is a member of the family
of another person mentioned in either of the preceding paragraphs and

(i)if the other person is mentioned in paragraph (a) above, is
accompanying him,

(ii) if the other person is mentioned in paragraph (b) above, is a member
of his household;

'relevant premises' means premises at which a protected person resides
or is staying or which a protected person uses for the purpose of carrying out
his functions as such a person; and

,'vehicle' includes any means of conveyance;

and if in any proceedings a question arises as to whether a person is or was a
protected person, a certificate issued by or under the authority of the Governor
and stating any fact relating to the question shall be conclusive evidence of that
fact.

2. (1) Proceedings for an ofrence which would not be an offence apart from
the preceding section shall not be instituted in the Territory except by or with the
consent of the Attorney General of the Territory.

(2) In this section the expression 'Attorney General includes the Solicitor
General, and if neither of such offices exist, the expression means that officer
whose functions include the general control of public prosecutions.

(3) In the Schedule to the Visiting Forces Act 1952(a) (which specifies the
offences which are offences against the person and against the properly for the
purposes of section 3 of that Act) as extended to the Territory

(a)at the end of paragraph 1 there shall be inserted the following
subparagraph

'(c) an offence of making such a threat as is mentioned in subsection
(3)(a) of section 1 of the Internationally Protected Persons Act
1978 and any of the following offences against a protected person
within the meaning of that section, namely, an offence of
kidnapping, an offence of false imprisonment and an offence under
section 2 of the Explosive Substances Act 1883 of causing an
explosion likely to endanger life.';

(b)at the end of paragraph 3 there shall be inserted the following
subparagraph

'(i) an ofrence under section 2 of the Explosive Substances Act 1883
of causing an explosion. likely to cause serious injury to property in
connection with such an attack as is mentioned in 1(1)(b) of the
Internationally Protected Persons Act 1978.'.

3. An offence under section 1(3)(a) of this Act shall be deemed to be included
among the description of offences set out in Schedule 1 to the Fugitive Offenders
Act 1967(b) as extended to the Territory.

SCHEDULE 2

Belize
Bermuda
British Antarctic Territory
British Indian Ocean Territory
British Virgin Islands
Cayman Islands
Falkland Islands (Colony and Dependencies)
Gibraltar






Gilbert Islands
Hong Kong
Montserrat
Pitcairn, Henderson, Ducie and Oeno Islands
St. Helena (Colony and Dependencies)
Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia
Turks and Caicos Islands

(a) 1952 c. 67. (b)1967 c. 68.





1961 No. 2318.

THE CARRIAGE BY AIR (NON-INTERNATIONAL
CARRIAGE) (COLONIES, PROTECTORATES AND TRUST
TERRITORIES) AMENDMENT ORDER 1961.

(Revoked by S.I. 1967 No. 810)



REVISED EDITION 1967

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





1962 No. 642.

THE EVIDENCE (HONG KONG) ORDER 1962.

Made... 28th March, 1962.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace. the 28th day of March. 1962.

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

WHEREAS Her Majesty in Council is satisfied upon consideration
of a report from the Lord Chancellor and the Secretary of State for the
Colonies that. having regard to the law of the Colony of Hong Kong as
to the recognition therein of public registers of the United Kingdom as
authentic records and as to the proof of the contents of such registers
and other matters by means of duly authenticated certificates issued by
the public officers in the United Kingdom, it is desirable in the interests
of reciprocity to make with respect to public registers of the Colony of
Hong Kong and certificates issued by public officers in or in respect of
the said Colony such provision as is hereinafter mentioned:

NOW, THEREFORE, Her Majesty, by virtue and in the exercise of
the powers conferred on Her by the Evidence (Foreign, Dominion and
Colonial Documents) Act 1933(a), and all other powers in that behalf in
Her vested, is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to
order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows

1. The registers of the Colony of Hong Kong specified in the first
column of the Schedule to this Order shall be deemed to be public
registers kept under the authority of the law of the Colony and
recognized by the courts thereof as authentic records, and to be
documents of such a public nature as to be admissible as evidence of
the matters regularly recorded therein.

2. For the purposes of the preceding Article all matters recorded in
the register shall be deemed, until the contrary is proved, to be regularly
recorded.

3. Subject to any requirements of rules of court, a document which
purports to be issued in the Colony of Hong Kong as an official copy of
an entry in a register specified in the first column of the Schedule to this
Order and which purports to be authenticated by an officer of the said
Colony in the manner specified in that Schedule shall, without evidence
as to the custody of the register or of inability to produce it and without
any further or

(a) 23 & 24 Geo. 5. c. 4.





other proof, be received as evidence that the register contains such an
entry.

4. Nothing in this Order shall be taken to prohibit or restrict the
admission in evidence of any copy, extract, summary, certificate or other
document whatsoever which, apart from the provisions of this Order,
would be admissible as evidence of any particular matter, or to affect
any power which, otherwise than by virtue of this Order, is, exercisable
by any court with respect to the admission of documents in evidence.

5. (1) This Order may be cited as the Evidence (Hong Kong) Order
1962.

(2) This Order extends to all parts of the United Kingdom.

W. G. AGNEW

SCHEDULE.

Register. Certifying Officer.Mode of
Authentication.

Register of Births..... The Registrar of Births The seal of the Gen-
and Deaths, a deputy eral Register Office
registrar of births and and the signature of
deaths or a district the certifying officer.
registrar of births and
deaths, or a Deputy
Registrar General,
Legal Assistant or
Assistant Registrar in
the Registrar General's
Department.

Register of Marriages..The Registrar of Mar- The seal of the Regis-
riages or a deputytrar of Marriages
registrar of marriages,and the signature of
or a Deputy Registrarthe certifying officer.
General, a Legal Assist-
ant or Assistant Regis-
trar in the Registrar
General's Department.

Register of Deaths ..The Registrar of Births The seal of the Gen-
..and Deaths, a deputy eral Register Office
..registrar of births and and the signature of
..deaths or a district the certifying officer.
..registrar of births and
..deaths, or a Deputy
..Registrar General,
..Legal Assistant or
..Assistant Registrar in
..the Registrar General's
..Department.





1985 No. 1197

OVERSEAS TERRITORIES

THE ADMIRALTY JURISDICTION (HONG KONG)
ORDER 1985

(Repealed by 3 of 1989 s. 4 (3) )

REVISED EDITION 1989

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





1962 No. 2186.

THE CARRIAGE BY AIR (PARTIES TO CONVENTION)
ORDER 1962.

(Superseded by S.I. 1965 No. 127)

OF

A

REVISED EDITION 1968

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





1963 No. 88.

THE EMERGENCY POWERS (AMENDMENT)
ORDER IN COUNCIL 1963.

Made - - 17th January, 1963.

Laid before Parliament 17th January, 1.963.

Coming into Operation 18th January, 1963.

At the Court at Sandringham, the 17th day of January 1963.

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

Her Majesty, by virtue and in exercise of the powers conferred on
Her by the Foreign Jurisdiction Act 1890(a) and of all other powers
enabling Her in that behalf, is pleased, by and with the advice of Her
Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows

1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Emergency Powers
(Amendment) Order in Council 1963 and shall be construed as one with
the Emergency Powers Order in Council 1939(b) (in this Order referred
to as 'the principal Order').

(2) The principal Order. the Emergency Powers (Amendment) Order
in Council 1956(c) and -this Order may be cited together as the
Emergency Powers Orders in Council 1939 to 1963.

(3) References in this Order to the principal Order are references to
that Order as from time to time amended.

(4) This Order shall come into operation on 18th January 1963:

Provided that it shall come into operation in Basutoland, the
Bechuanaland Protectorate and Swaziland on such later date or
respective dates as may be appointed in relation to each of those
territories by the High Commissioner for those territories by notice in
the official gazette of that territory.

(5) Sections 3 and 5 of the Emergency Powers (Amendment) Order
in Council 1956 and the Orders in Council specified in the Schedule to
this Order are revoked.

(a) 53 & 54 Vict. c. 37.
(b) See S.I.1952 1 at p. 621.
(c) S.I. 1956/31 (1956 1, p. 512).





2. Section 2 of the principal Order is revoked and the follow ing
section is substituted

[Incorporated in Emergency Powers Orders in Council 1939 to
1964 in this Appendix.]

3. The First Schedule to the principal Order is revoked and the
following Schedule is substituted

[Incorporated in Emergency Powers Orders in Council 1939
to 1964 in this Appendix.]

4. (1) Section 15 of the Constitution of Aden set out in Schedule 2
to the Aden (Constitution) Order in Council 1962(a) (which makes
provision in relation to periods of public emergency) shall apply in
relation to Regulations made under this Order.

(2) For the purposes of section 16(2)(b) of the Constitution of
Aden 'a period of public emergency' means, in relation to Regulations
made under this Order, any period during which Part II of this Order is in
operation in Aden or any part thereof.(b)

5. Nothing in this Order shall affect the principal Order in its
application to the State of Malta.

W. G. AGNEW.

SCHEDULE.

The Emergency Powers (Amendment) Order in Council 1959(c).

The Emergency Powers (Amendment No. 2) Order in Council 1959(d). The
Emergency Powers (Amendment) Order in Council 1961(e).

(a) S.I. 196212177 (1962 111, p. 2904).

(b) For amendment see S.I. 1964 No. 267, section 4, in this Appendix. (e) S.I.
195911310 (1959 11, p. 1996). (d) S.I. 195912205 (1959 11, p. 1998). (e)
S.I. 1961161 (1961 1, p. 122).





1984 No. 1153

MERCHANT SHIPPING

POLLUTION

THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (PREVENTION OF OIL
POLLUTION) (HONG KONG) ORDER 1984

Made - - - - 31st July 1984

Laid before Parliament - 8th August 1984

Coming into Operation - 30th August 198.4

At the Court at Buckingham Palace. the 3 1st day of July 1984

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Whereas by virtue of section 20(1)(a) and (c) of the Merchant Shipping Act
1979(a) (---the Act of 1979')Her Majesty may by Order in Council make such
provision as She considers appropriate for the purpose of giving effect to

(a)the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from
Ships (including its protocols. annexes and appendices) which
constitutes attachment 1 to the final act of the International
Conference on Marine Pollution signed in London on 2nd November
1973 (---the Convertion')(b), and

(b)the Protocol relating to the said Convention which constitutes
attachment 2 to the final act of the International Conference on
Tanker Safety and Pollution Prevention signed in London on 17th
February 1978 (---the Protocol')(c):

And whereas by virtue of section 20(3)(e) of the Act of 1979 such an
Order may extend to certain territories:

And whereas by virtue of section 20(3)(c) of the Act of 1979 such an
Order may repeal the provisions of any enactment so far as it appears to Her
Majesty that those provisions are not required having regard to provisions
made by this Order:

And whereas this Order is made only for the purpose of giving effect to
the Convention and the Protocol:

Now, therefore, Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred on Her
by section 20(1)(a) and (c) and (3) of the Act of 1979, is pleased, by and with
the advice of Her Privy Council. to order. and it is hereby ordered as follows:

(a) 1979 c. 39. (b) Cmnd. 5748. (c)C~. 7347.





1. This Order may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Prevention
of 011 Pollution) (Hong Kong) Order 1984 and shall come into operation
on 30th August 1984.

2. The provisions of the instruments set out in Schedule 1 hereto
are hereby revoked, subject to the limitations (if any) specified in that
Schedule.

3. The provisions of Articles 3(1) and 6 of the Merchant Shipping
(Prevention of Oil Pollution) Order 1983(a), modified as in Schedule 2
hereto, shall extend to Hong Kong. .

N. E. LEIGH,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE1 Article 2

STATUTORY INSTRUMENTS
REVOKED

The Oil in Navigable Waters (Hong Kong) Order 1963 (S.I.
19631788)

except to the extent to which. by. virtue of the said Order. the Oil in
Navigable Waters (Records) Regulations 1972 (S.I. 1972 1929) apply to
oil tankers of less than 150 gross registered tonnage and other ships of
less than 400 gross registered tonnage (and the gross registered tonnage of
a ship having alternative such tonnages shall be taken to be the larger of
those tonnages)

The Oil in Navigable Waters (Hong Kong) Regulations 1963 (S.I. 1963/848)

SCHEDULE2 Article 3

ARTICLES 3(1) AND 6 or, THE MERCHANT SHIPPING
(PREVENTION OF OIL
POLLUTION) ORDER 1983. As EXTENDED To HONG KONG

3. (1) The Governor may make regulations for the prevention of oil pollution
(hereinafter referred to as---theRegulations-) for the purpose of giving effect to
the said Convention and Protocol. and the Regulations may in particular include
provisions

(a)with respect to the carrying out of surveys and inspections for that
purpose, and for the issue. duration and recognition of certificates for that
purpose and the payment of fees in connection with such a survey,
inspection or certificate:

(b)with respect to the application of the Regulations to the Crown and the
extra-territorial operation of the Regulations;

(c)that specified contraventions ofthe Regulations shall be offences
punishable on summary conviction by a fine not exceeding 500,000 Hong
Kong dollars and on conviction on indictment by imprisonment for a term
not exceeding two years and a fine:

(a) S.I. 1983/ 1106. 1





(d)for detaining any ship in respect of which such a contravention is
suspected to have occurred and. in relation to such a ship. for applying
section 692 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1 1894(b) (which relates to
the detention of a ship) with such modifications. if any. as are prescribed
by, the Regulations;

and the Regulations may-

(i)provide that the Regulations for the time being in force under Article
3(1) of the Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Oil Pollution) Order 1983
as it applies in the United Kingdom shall. subject to such modifications
(if any as may be specified by the Governor. be deemed to be Regulations
made by the Governor under this Article:

(ii) make difrerent provisions for different circumstances:

(iii) provide for exemptions front any provisions of the Regulations

(iv)provide for the delegation of functions exercisable by, virtue of the
Regulations: and

(v)include such incidental, supplemental and transitional provisions as
appear to the Governor lo be expedient for the purposes of the
Regulations.

6. Any discharge of oil or oily mixture front a ship to which an\ Regulations
made under this Order apply, which is not prohibited by an\ such Regulations is
authorised by this Order.





1963 No. 788.

THE OIL IN NAVIGABLE WATERS HONG KONG)
ORDER 1963.

Made 11th April, 1963.

Coming into Operation 20th April, 1963.

At the Court at Windsor Castle, the l day of April 1963.

Present.

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers vested in Her by section
17(3) of the Oil in Navigable Waters Act 1955(a) and of all other powers
enabling Her in that behalf. is pleased. by and with the advice of Her
Privy Council, to order. and it is hereby ordered, as follows

1. The provisions of the Oil in Navigable Waters Act 1955
specified in the Schedule to this Order (being those provisions which
apply only to British ships registered in the United Kingdom) shall
apply also to British ships registered in Hong Kong.

2. (1) This Order shall come into operation on 20th April 1963 and
may be cited as the Oil in Navigable Waters (Hong Kong) Order 1963.

(2) The Interpretation Act 1889(b) shall apply for the interpretation
of this Order as it applies for the interpretation of an Act of Parliament.

W. G. AGNEW.

SCHEDULE.

Section 1.
Section 5.

4

Section 7, subsection (1).



(a) 3 & 4 Eliz. 2. c. 25. (b)
52 & 53 Vict. c. 63.





1963 No. 848

THE OIL IN NAVIGABLE WATERS (HONG KONG)
REGULATIONS 1963

(Revoked by S.I. 1984 No. 1153)





1963 No. 1043.

THE HONG KONG ROYAL NAVAL RESERVE
ORDER 1963.

Made - - - - 30th May, 1963.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 30th day of May, 1963.

Present.

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council. -

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred on Her by section
2 of the Colonial Naval Defence Act 1931(a). by section 1(6) of the
Colonial Naval Defence Act 1949(b) and of all other powers enabling
Her in that behalf. is pleased. by and with the advice of Her Privy
Council, to order. and it is hereby ordered. as follows

1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Hong Kong Royal Naval
Reserve Order 1963.

(2) The Interpretation Act 1889(c) shall apply, with the necessary
adaptations, for the purpose of interpreting this Order and otherwise in
relation thereto as it applies for the purpose of interpreting and
otherwise in relation to an Act of Parliament.

2. Approval is hereby given to the provisions of the Ordinance of
the Legislature of Hong Kong entitled the Hong Kong Royal Naval
Reserve (General Service) (Amendment) Ordinance 1962(d) made in
exercise of the powers conferred by the Colonial Naval Defence Acts
1931 and 1949.

W. G. AGNEW.

(a) 21 & 22 Geo. 5, c. 9. (b) 12, 13 & 14 Geo.
6, c. 18. (c) 52 & 53 Vict. c. 63. (d) Hong Kong
Ordinance No. 18 of 1962.





1963. No. 1631

THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (REGISTRATION OF
COLONIAL GOVERNMENT SHIPS ORDER 1963

[This Order is printed as amended by S.I. 1965/1867,
S.I. 196711903 and.S.I. 1978/1628]

Made 27th September, 1963

Laid before Parliament 3rd October, 1963

Coming into Operation 5th October, 1963

At the Court at Balmoral, the 27th day of September 1963

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers vested in Her by section 80
of the Merchant Shipping Act 1906(a) and of all other powers enabling
Her in that behalf, is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy
Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows--

1. This Order may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Registration
of Colonial Government Ships) Order 1963 and shall come into operation
on 5th October 1963.

2. (1) In this Order. unless the context otherwise requires, the
expression

'Government' means one of the Governments specified in the first
column of Schedule 1 to this Order;

'authorized officer' in relation to a Government means (subject to
subsection (2) of this section) the officer specified in the second
column of Schedule 1 to this Order opposite to the name of the
Government.,

'principal Act means the Merchant Shipping Act 1894(b).

(2) Unless the context otherwise requires, anything required or
authorized by this Order

(a)to be done by a Government may be done by the authorized
officer.,

(b)to be done by an authorized officer may be done either by an
officer nominated by the authorized officer or by one of the
Crown Agents for Oversea Governments and
Administrations.

(a) 6 Edw. 7. c. 48.

(b) 57 & 58 Vict. c. 60.





(3) The Interpretation Act 1889(a) shall have effect for the
interpretation of and otherwise in relation to this Order as it has
effect for the interpretation of and otherwise in relation to an Act
of Parliament of the United Kingdom.

3. An application for the registry of a Government ship in
the service of a Government shall-

(a) contain a statement cif the following particulars-
(i) the name and description of the ship;
(ii) the time when and the place where the ship was
built or if the ship was foreign built a statement to that
effect, and of the foreign name of the ship.,
(iii) the nature of the title to the ship, whether by
original construction by or for the authority or by pur-
chase, capture, condemnation or otherwise, and where
the ship was not originally constructed by or for the
Government, a list of the documents of title;
(iv) the name of the master;

(b) be made by an authorized officer.

4. The Registrar on receiving an application for registry of
a Government ship in the service of a Government shall-

(a) register the ship by entering in the Register Book-
(i) the name of the ship as belonging to Her Majesty
represented by the Government or, as the case may be,
as held by the Government on behalf of or for the
benefit of the Crown;
(ii) the port to which the ship belongs;
(iii) the particulars stated in the application for regis-
try; and
(iv) the particulars set forth in the Surveyor's certi-
ficate; and

(b)retain in his possession the application for registry, any
documents of title therein referred to and the Surveyor's
certificate.

5. Upon the transfer by bill of sale of a registered Govern-
ment ship in the service of a Government-

(a) the Government shall be the transferor;

(b) the bill of sale shall-

(a) 52 & 53 Vict. c. 63.





(i) be in the Form A in Schedule 1 to the principal Act. with
the omission of the covenant prescribed in that Form;

(ii) be signed by the authorized officer on behalf of the
transferor.

6. An application in respect of a registered Government ship in the
service of a Government for such a certificate of sale as is referred to in
sections 39 to 42 and 44 to 46 of the principal Act may be made by the
authorized officer of the Government.

% The person to whom the management of a registered
Government ship in the service of a Government is entrusted by the
Government shall be registered in accordance with section 59(2) of the
principal Act.

& Section 1 and sections 8 to 12 inclusive of the principal Act and
sections 3 and 5 of the Merchant Shipping (Mercantile Marine Fund)
Act 1898(a) shall not apply in relation to Government ships:

Provided that no provision of the Merchant Shipping Acts 1894 to
1960 which according to a reasonable construction would not apply in
relation to Government ships in the service of a Government shall be
deemed to apply in relation to such ships by reason only that its
application is not hereby expressly excluded.

9. The Orders in Council set forth in Schedule 2 to this Order are
revoked.

W. G. AGNEW.

SCHEDULE1 (Section 2.1

(2)

Authorized Officer.

The Government of Aden ..... The High Commissioner
The Government of Antigua ..... The Administrator

The Government of the Bahama IslandsThe Permanent Secretary,
Ministry Of Maritime

Affairs(b)

Tje Government of Barbados .. .. The Permanent Secretary,
......Ministry of Communica-
......tion, Works and Housing

The Government of Bermuda .. .. The Colonial Secretary(b)

The Government of British Guiana .. The Permanent Secretary,
....Ministry of
Communications(b) ..
(a) 61 & 62 Vict. c. 44.
(b) Amended by S.I. 196511867.





(2)

Authorized Officer.
ne Government of the British Indian

Ocean Territory.. .. .... The Administrator(a)

The Government of the Colony of the

Falkland Islands.. ...... The Colonial Secretary
The Government of Fiji ...... The Colonial Secretary
The Government of Hong Kong . .. The Colonial Secretary
The Government of Mauritius .. The Chief Secretary

The Government of Saint Christopher

Nevis and Anguilla.. .... The Administrator

The Government of Saint Vincent The Permanent Secretary,
.......................Ministry of Communications
tions, Works and Labour(b)

The Government of Seychelles .. The Colonial Secretary

The Government of the Virgin Islands The Administrator

SCHEDULE2 [Section 9.1

ORDERS IN COUNCIL REVOKED

The Order in Council made 25th June 1925 making regulations as to the
Registration Vessels in the Service of the Government of the Falkland Islands(c).

The Order in Council made 4th November 1938 making regulations as to
Registration as British Ships of Vessels in the Service of the Government of Fiji(d).

(a) Amended by S.I. 196711903.
(b) Amended by S.I. 197811628.
(e) S.R. & 0. 19251604 (Rev. 1948, Vol. XIV, P. 74: 1925, p. 1082).
(d) S.R. & 0. 193811331 (Rev. 1948, Vol. XIV, V. 76: 1938 11. p. 2054).





1963 No. 1632

THE SHIPOWNERS' LIABILITY (COLONIAL
TERRITORIES ORDERS 1963 AND 1977

(This Order in Council is printed as amended by S.I.
1964/1658 and S.I. 1977/1629.]

Made 27th September 1963

Laid before Parliament 3rd October 1963

Coming into Operation 5th October 1963

At the Court at Balmoral, the 27th day of September 1963

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty. in exercise of the powers conferred on Her by section
11 of the Merchant Shipping (Liability of Shipowners and Others) Act
1958(a). is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to
order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows

1. This Order may be cited as the Shipowners' Liability (Colonial
Territories) Orders 1963 and 1977* and shall come into operation on 5th
October 1963.

2. The provisions of the Merchant Shipping (Liability of
Shipowners and Others) Act 1958 shall extend to each of the territories
specified in Schedule 1 to this Order with the exceptions, adaptations
and modifications specified in Schedule 2 to this Ordered)

3. The provisions of Part VIII of the Merchant Shipping Act
1894(c) and section 2 of the Merchant Shipping (Liability of Shipowners
and Others) Act 1900(d) shall extend to the territories specified in
Schedule 3 to this Order with the modifications specified in Schedule 4
to this Order.

W. 0. AGNEW

(a) 6 A 7 Eliz. 2. c. 62.(d) 63 & 64 Vict c. 32.
(b) Amended by S.I. 1964/1658. See S.I. 1977/1629.

(c) 57 & 58 Vict. c. 60.





SCHEDULE1
Bahamas Barbados(a) Bermuda British Antarctic
Territory British Honduras British Solomon
Islands Protectorate Cayman Islands(a)
Dominica(a) Falkland Islands and Dependencies
Fiji The Gambia (Colony and Protectorate)(a)
Gilbert Islands(b) Grenada(a) Hong Kong Kenya
(Colony and Protectorate) Mauritius
Montserrat(a) Seychelles Saint Lucia(a) Saint
Vincent(a) Turks and Caicos Islands(a) Tuvalu(b)
Virgin Islands.

SCHEDULE 2 [Section 2.1

1. Any reference to the Merchant Shipping (Liability of Shipowners and
Others) Act 1958 shall be construed as a reference to that Act as extended to the
Territory, and the reference in section nine to the commencement of that Act
shall be construed as a reference to the coming into force of this Order.

2. For any reference to the United Kingdom there shall be substituted a
reference to the Territory.

3. For any reference to the Minister of Transport and Civil Aviation there
shall be substituted a reference to the Governor of the Territory or, in the case of
Tuvalu, the Commissioner(b); or, in the case of the British Antarctic Territory, the
High Commissioner of that Territory; or, in the case of the Cayman Islands,
Dominica, Grenada, Montserrat, Saint Lucia, Saint Vincent, the Turks 'and Caicos
Islands or the Virgin Islands, the Administrator.(a)

4. The following provisions shall be omitted-

(a)subsections (2), (5), (6) and (7) of section 2, section 5(7), section 8(5) and
section 10;

(b) in section 1(3) the words 'made by Statutory Instrument

(c)in section 5(1) the wards '(or, in Scotland, to have prorogated that
jurisdiction)'.

(a) Amended by S.I. 196411658.

(b) Amended by S.I. 197711629.





SCHEDULE 3 [Section 3.]

British Solomon Islands Protectorate
The Gambia Protectorate(a) Kenya
Protectorate.

SCHEDULE 4 [Section 3.]

References in Part VIII of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894 to a British
possession shall be construed as references to the Territory.

(a) Amended by S.I. 196411658.





1980 No. 1508

MERCHANT SHIPPING

THE CARRIAGE OF GOODS BY SEA (HONG KONG)
ORDER 1980

Made - - - - 13th October 1980

Coming into Operation - 1st February 1981

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 13th day of October 1980

Present.

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by
section 4 of the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act 1971(a) and of all other
powers enabling Her in that behalf, is pleased, by and with the advice of
Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follow&-

1. This Order may be cited as the Carriage of Goods by Sea (Hong
Kong) Order 1980 and shall come into operation on 1st February 1981.

2. The Carriage of Goods by Sea Act 1971. subject to the
exceptions, adaptations and modifications as set out in the Schedule
hereto, shall extend to Hong Kong.

3. Save as is expressly provided otherwise therein, any reference in
the Schedule to this Order to any enactment of the United Kingdom
shall be construed as a reference to that enactment as applying or
extended to Hong Kong.

4. The Carriage of Goods by Sea Ordinance(b) shall be repealed on
the coming into operation of this Order.

5. Notwithstanding Article 4 of this Order the Carriage of Goods by
Sea Ordinance shall continue to apply in relation to

(a)bills of lading and similar documents of title issued before 1st
February 1981; and

(b)bills of lading and similar documents of title issued on or after
1st February 1981 but before 1st July 1981 pursuant to
contracts entered into before 1st February 1981.

N. E. LEIGH,

Clerk of the Privy Council.

(a) 1971 c. 19.

(b) Laws of Hong Kong Revised
Ed. 1964, Cap. 46.





SCHEDULE TO THE ORDER Article 2

THE CARRIAGE OF Goods BY SEA ACT 1971

1. (1) In this Act, 'the Rules' means the International Convention for the
unification of certain rules of law relating to bills of lading signed at Brussels on
25th August 1924, as amended by the Protocol signed at Brussels on 23rd February
1968.

(2) The provisions of the Rules, as set out in the Schedule to this Act, shall
have the force of law



(3) Without prejudice to subsection (2) above, the said provisions shall have
effect (and have the force of law) in relation to and in connection with the
carriage of goods by sea in ships where the port of shipment is a port in Hong
Kong, whether or not the carriage is between ports in two different States within
the meaning of Article X of the Rules.

(4) Subject to subsection (6) below, nothing in this section shall be taken as
applying anything in the Rules to any contract for the carriage of goods by sea,
unless the contract expressly or by implication provides for the issue of a bill of
lading or any similar document of title.

(5) The Governor may from time to time by order specify the respective
amounts which for the purposes of paragraph 5 of Article IV of the Rules and of
Article IV bis of the Rules are to be taken as equivalent to the sums expressed in
francs which are mentioned in subparagraph (a) oil that paragraph.

(6) Without prejudice to Article X(c) of the Rules, the Rules shall have the
force of law in relation to

(a)any bill of lading if the contract contained in or evidenced by it expressly
provides that the Rules shall govern the contract, and

(b)any receipt which is a non-negotiable document marked as such if the
contract contained in or evidenced by it is a contract for the carriage of
goods by sea which expressly provides that the Rules are to govern the
contract as if the receipt were a bill of lading,

but subject, where paragraph (b) applies, to any necessary modifications and in
particular with the omission in Article Ill of the Rules of the second sentence of
paragraph 4 and of paragraph 7.

(7) If and so far as the contract contained in or evidenced by a bill of lading or
receipt within paragraph (a) or (b) of subsection (6) above applies to deck cargo or
live animals, the Rules as given the force of law by that subsection shall have
effect as if Article l(c) did not exclude deck cargo and live animals.

In this subsection 'deck cargo' means cargo which by the contract of carriage
is stated as being carried on deck-and is so carried.

2. (1) If Her Majesty by Order in Council made under this section as it applies
in the United Kingdom certifies to the following effect, that is to say, that for the
purposes of the Rules

(a)a State specified in the Order is a contracting State, or is a contracting
State in respect of any place or territory so specified; or

(b)any place or territory specified in the Order forms part of a State so
specified (whether a contracting State or not),

the Order shall, except so far as it has been superseded by a subsequent Order, be
conclusive evidence of the matters so certified.







carria
ge

3. There shall not be implied in any contract for the Of goods by sea to
which the Rules apply by virtue of this Act any a] absolute undertaking by the
carrier of the goods to provide a seaworthy ship.





6. (1) This Act may be cited as the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act 1971.

(3)(b) Section 12(4)(a) of the Nuclear Installations Act 1965(a) shall be
repealed.

(4) It is hereby declared that for the purposes of Article VIII of the Rules
section 502 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894(b) (which, as amended by the
Merchant Shipping (Liability of Shipowners and Others) Act 1958(c), entirely
exempts shipowners and others in certain circumstances from liability for loss of,
or damage to, goods) is a provision relating to limitation of liability.

SCHEDULE TO THE ACT

THE HAGUE RULES AS AMENDED BY THE BRUSSELS PROTOCOL
1968

ARTICLE I

In these Rules the following words are employed, with the meanings set out
below

(a)'Carrier' includes the owner or the charterer who enters into a contract
of carriage with a shipper.

(b)'contract of carriage' applies only to contracts of carriage covered by a
bill of lading or any similar document of title, in so far as such document
relates to the carriage of goods by sea, including any bill of lading or any
similar document as aforesaid issued under or pursuant to a charter party
from the moment at which such bill of lading or similar document of title
regulates the relations between a carrier and a holder of the same.

(c)'Goods~' includes goods, wares, merchandise, and articles of every kind
whatsoever except live animals and cargo which by the contract of
carriage is stated as being carried on deck and is so carried.

(d) 'Ship' means any vessel used for the carriage of goods by sea.

(e)'Carriage of goods' covers the period from the time when the goods are
loaded on to the time they are discharged from the ship.

ARTICLE II

Subject to the provisions of Article VI, under every contract of carriage of
goods by sea, the carrier, in relation to the loading, handling, stowage, carriage,
custody, care and discharge of such goods, shall be subject to the responsibilities
and liabilities, and entitled to the rights and immunities hereinafter set forth.

ARTICLE III

1. The carrier shall be bound before and at the beginning of the voyage to
exercise due diligence to

(a) Make the ship seaworthy.

(b) Properly man, equip and supply the ship.

(c)Make the holds, refrigerating and cool chambers, and all other parts of
the ship in which goods are carried, fit and safe for their reception,
carriage and preservation.

2. Subject to the provisions of Article IV, the carrier shall properly and
carefully load, handle, stow, carry, keep, care for, and discharge the goods carried.

(a) 1965 C* 57: S.I. 19721126.
(b) 1894 C. 60.






(C) 1958 c, 62; S.I. 196311632.





3. After receiving the goods into his charge the carrier or the master or agent
of the carrier shall, on demand of the shipper, issue to the shipper a bill of lading
showing among other things

(a)The leading marks necessary for identification of the goods as the same
are furnished in writing by the shipper before the loading of such goods
starts, provided such marks are stamped or otherwise shown clearly upon
the goods if uncovered, or on the cases or coverings in which such goods
are contained. in such a manner as should ordinarily remain legible until
the end of the voyage.

(b)Either the number of packages or pieces, or the quantity, or weight, as
the case may be, as furnished in writing by the shipper.

(c) The apparent order and condition of the goods,

Provided that no carrier, master or agent of the carrier shall be bound to state
or show in the bill of lading any marks, number, quantity, or weight which he has
reasonable ground for suspecting not accurately to represent the goods actually
received, or which he has had no reasonable means of checking.

4. Such a bill of lading shall be prima facie evidence of the receipt by the
carrier of the goods as therein described in accordance with paragraph 3(a), (b) and
(c). However, proof to the contrary shall not be admissible when the bill of lading
has been transferred to a third party acting in good faith.

5. The shipper shall be deemed to have guaranteed to the carrier the accuracy
at the time of shipment of the marks, number, quantity and weight, as furnished by
him, and the shipper shall indemnify the carrier against all loss, damages and
expenses arising or resulting from inaccuracies in such particulars. The right of the
carrier to such indemnity shall in no way limit his responsibility and liability under
the contract of carriage to any person other than the shipper.

6. Unless notice of loss or damage and the general nature of such loss or
damage be given in writing to the carrier or his agent at the port of discharge
before or at the time of the removal of the goods into the custody of the person
entitled to delivery thereof under the contract of carriage, or, if the loss or damage
be not apparent, within three days, such removal shall be prima facie evidence of
the delivery by the carrier of the goods as described in the bill of lading.

The. notice in writing need not be given if the state of the goods has, at the
time of their receipt, been the subject of joint survey or inspection.

Subject to paragraph 6bis the carrier and the ship shall in any event be
discharged from all liability whatsoever in respect of the goods, unless suit is
brought within one year of their delivery or of the date when they should have
been delivered. This period may, however, be extended if the parties so agree after
the cause of action has arisen.

In the case of any actual or apprehended loss or damage the carrier and the
receiver shall give all reasonable facilities to each other for inspecting and tallying
the goods.

6bis. An action for indemnity against a third person way be brought even
after the expiration of the year provided for in the preceding paragraph if brought
within the time allowed by the law of the Court seized of the case. However, the
time allowed shall be not less than three months, commencing from the day when
the person bringing such action for indemnity has settled the claim or has been
served with process in the action against himself.

7. After the goods are loaded the bill of lading to be issued ed by the carrier,
master, or agent of the carrier, to the shipper shall, if the shipper so demands, be a
'shipped' bill of lading, provided that if the shipper shall have previously taken up
any document of title to such goods, he shall surrender the same as against the issue
of the shipped bill of











lading, but at the option of the carrier such document of title may be noted at the
port of shipment by the carrier, master, or agent with the name or names of the
ship or ships upon which the goods have been shipped and the date or dates of
shipment, and when so noted, if it shows the particulars mentioned in paragraph 3
of Article III, shall for the purpose of this article be deemed to constitute a
'shipped' bill of lading.

8. Any clause, covenant or agreement in a contract of carriage relieving
the carrier or the ship from liability for loss or damage to, or in connection with,
goods arising from negligence, fault, or failure in the duties and obligations
provided in this article or lessening such liability otherwise than as provided in
these Rules, shall be null and void and of no effect. A benefit of insurance in favour
of the carrier, or similar clause shall be deemed to be a clause relieving the carrier
from liability.

ARTICLE IV

1. Neither the carrier nor the ship shall be liable for loss or damage arising or
resulting from unseaworthiness unless caused by want of due diligence on the part
of the carrier to make the ship seaworthy, and to secure that the ship is properly
manned, equipped and supplied, and to make the holds, refrigerating and cool
chambers and all other parts of the ship in which goods are carried fit and safe for
their reception, carriage and preservation in accordance with the provisions of
paragraph 1 of Article Ill. Whenever loss or damage has resulted from
unseaworthiness the burden of proving the exercise of due diligence shall be on the
carrier or other person claiming exemption under this article.

2. Neither the carrier nor the ship shall be responsible for loss or damage
arising or resulting from

(a)Act, neglect, or default of the master, mariner, pilot, or the servants of
the carrier in the navigation or in the management of the ship.

(b) Fire, unless caused by the actual fault or privity of the carrier.

(c) Perils, dangers and accidents of the sea or other navigable waters.

(d) Act of God.

(e) Act of war.

(f) Act of public enemies.

(g)Arrest or restraint of princes, rulers or people, or seizure under legal
process.

(h) Quarantine restrictions.

(s)Act or omission of the shipper or owner of the goods, his agent or
representative.

(j)Strikes or lockouts or stoppage or restraint of labour from whatever
cause, whether partial or general.

(k) Riots and civil commotions.

(1) Saving or attempting to save life 9r property at sea.

(m) Wastage in bulk or weight or any other loss or damage arising from
inherent defect, quality or vice of the goods.

(n) Insufficiency of packing.

(o) Insufficiency or inadequacy of marks.







(p) Latent defects not discoverable by due diligence.

(q)Any other cause arising without the actual fault or privity of the carrier.
or without the fault or neglect of the agents or servants of the carrier,
but the burden of proof shall be on the person claiming the benefit of
this exception to show that neither the actual fault or privity of the
carrier nor the fault or neglect of the agents or servants of the carrier
contributed to the loss or damage.

3. The shipper shall not be responsible for loss or damage sustained by the
carrier or the ship arising or resulting from any cause without the act, fault or
neglect of the shipper, his agents or his servants.





4. Any deviation in saving or attempting to save life or property at sea or
any reasonable deviation shall not be deemed to be an infringement or breach of
these Rules or of the contract of carriage, and the carrier shall not be liable for any
loss or damage resulting therefrom.

5. (a) Unless the nature and value of such goods have been declared by the
shipper before shipment and inserted in the bill of lading, neither the carrier nor
the ship shall in any event be or become liable for any foss or damage to or in
connection with the goods in an amount exceeding the equivalent of 10,000 francs
per package or unit or 30 francs per kilo of gross weight of the goods lost or
damaged, whichever is the higher.

(b) The total amount recoverable shall be calculated by reference to the value
of such goods at the place and time at which the goods are discharged from the ship
in accordance with the contract or should have been so discharged.

The value of the goods shall be fixed according to the commodity exchange
price, or, if there be no such price, according to the current market price, or, if
there be no commodity exchange price or current market price, by reference to
the normal value of goods of the same kind and quality.

(c) Where a container, pallet or similar article of transport is used to
consolidate goods, the number of packages or units enumerated in the bill of lading
as packed in such article of transport shall be deemed the number of packages or
units for the purpose of this paragraph as far as these packages or units are
concerned. Except as aforesaid such article of transport shall be considered the
package or unit.

(d) A franc means a unit consisting of 65.5 milligrammes of gold of millesimal
fineness 900. The date of conversion of the sum awarded into national currencies
shall be governed by the law of the Court seized of the case.

(e) Neither the carrier nor the ship shall be entitled to the benefit of the
limitation of liability provided for in this paragraph if it is proved that the damage
resulted from an act or omission of the carrier done with intent to cause damage,
or recklessly and with knowledge that damage would probably result.

(f) The declaration mentioned in sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph, if
embodied in the bill of lading, shall be prima facie evidence. but shall not be
binding or conclusive on the carrier.

(g) By agreement between the carrier, master or agent of the carrier and the
shipper other maximum amounts than those mentioned in subparagraph (a) of this
paragraph may be fixed, provided that no maximum amount so fixed shall be less
than the appropriate maximum mentioned in that sub-paragraph.

(h) Neither the carrier nor the ship shall be responsible in any event for loss
or damage to, or in connection with, goods if the nature or value thereof has been
knowingly mis-stated by the shipper in the bill of lading.

6. Goods of an inflammable, explosive or dangerous nature to the shipment
whereof the carrier, master or agent of the carrier has not consented with
knowledge of their nature and character, may at any time before discharge be
landed at any place, or destroyed or rendered innocuous by the carrier without
compensation and the shipper of such goods shall be liable for all damages and
expenses directly or indirectly arising out of or resulting from such shipment. If
any such goods shipped with such knowledge and consent shall become a danger to
the ship or cargo, they may in like manner be landed at any place, or destroyed or
rendered innocuous by the carrier without liability on the part of the carrier except
to general average, if any.

ARTICLE IV Bis

1. The defences and limits of liability provided for in these Rules shall apply
in any action against the carrier in respect of loss or damage to goods covered by a






contract of carriage whether the action be founded in contract or in tort.





2. If such an action is brought against a servant or agent of the carrier (such
servant or agent not being an independent contractor), such servant or agent shall
be entitled to avail himself of the defences and limits of liability which the carrier
is entitled to invoke under these Rules.

3. The aggregate of the amounts recoverable from the carrier, and such
servants and agents, shall in no case exceed the limit provided for in these Rules.

4. Nevertheless, a servant or agent of the carrier shall not be entitled to avail
himself of the provisions of this article, if it is proved that the damage resulted
from an act or omission of the servant or agent done with intent to cause damage
or recklessly and with knowledge that damage would probably result.

ARTICLE V

A carrier shall be at liberty to surrender in whole or in part all or any of his
rights and immunities or to increase any of his responsibilities and obligations
under these Rules, provided such surrender or increase shall be embodied in the bill
of lading issued to the shipper. The provisions of these Rules shall not be
applicable to charter parties, but if bills of lading are issued in the case of a ship
under a charter party they shall comply with the terms of these Rules. Nothing in
these Rules shall be held to prevent the insertion in a bill of lading of any lawful
provision regarding general average.

ARTICLE VI

Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding articles, a carrier, master or
agent of the carrier and a shipper shall in regard to any particular goods be at
liberty to enter into any agreement in any terms as to the responsibility and
liability of the carrier for such goods, and as to the rights and immunities of the
carrier in respect of such goods, or his obligation as to seaworthiness, so far as this
stipulation is not contrary to public policy, or the care or diligence of his servants
or agents in regard to the loading, handling, stowage, carriage, custody, care and
discharge of the goods carried by sea, provided that in this case no bill of lading has
been or shall be issued and that the terms agreed shall be embodied in a receipt
which shall be a non-negotiable document and shall be marked as such.

Any agreement so entered into shall have full legal effect.

Provided that this article shall not apply to ordinary commercial shipments
made in the ordinary course of trade, but only to other shipments whether the
character or condition of the property to be carried or the circumstances, terms
and conditions under which the carriage is to be performed are such as reasonably
to justify a special agreement.

ARTICLE VII

Nothing herein contained shall prevent a carrier or a shipper from entering
into any agreement, stipulation, condition, reservation or exemption as to the
responsibility and liability of the carrier or the ship for the loss or damage to, or in
connection with, the custody and care and handling of goods prior to the loading
on, and subsequent to the discharge from, the ship on which the goods are carried
by sea.

ARTICLE VIII

The provisions of these Rules shall not affect the rights and obligations of the
carrier under any statute for the time being in force relating to the limitation of
the liability of owners of sea-going vessels.





ARTICLE IX

These Rules shall not affect the provisions of any international Con-
vention or national law governing liability for nuclear damage.

ARTICLE X

The provisions of these Rules shall apply to every bill of lading
relating to the carriage of goods between ports in two different States if:
(a) the bill of lading is issued in a contracting State, or
(b) the carriage is from a port in a contracting State, or
(c)the contract contained in or evidenced by the bill of lading pro-
vides that these Rules or legislation of any State giving effect to
them are to govern the contract,
whatever may be the nationality of the ship, the carrier, the shipper, the
consignee, or any other interested person.





1964 No. 267.

THE EMERGENCY POWERS (AMENDMENT)

ORDER IN COUNCIL 1964.

Made . . . 26th February, 1964.

Laid before Parliament 3rd March, 1964.

Coming into Operation 4th March, 1964.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 26th day of February 1964.

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

Her Majesty, by virtue and in exercise of the powers conferred on
Her by the British Settlements Acts 1887 and 1945(a) and of all other
powers enabling Her in that behalf, is pleased, by and with the advice
of Her Privy Council. to order. and it is hereby ordered, as follows

1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Emergency Powers
(Amendment) Order in Council 1964.

(2) This Order shall be construed as one with the Emergency
Powers Order in Council 1939(b) (which Order, as amended(c). is
hereinafter referred to as 'the principal Order').

(3) This Order and the Emergency Powers Orders in Council
1939(b) to 1963(d) may be cited together as the Emergency Powers
Orders in Council 1939 to 1964.

(4) This Order shall come into operation on 4th March 1964.

[2. Incorporated in Emergency Powers Orders in Council 1939 to
1964 in this Appendix.]

[3. Incorporated in Emergency Powers Orders in Council 1939 to
1964 in this Appendix.]

4. Section 4 of the Emergency Powers (Amendment) Order in
Council 1963(e) shall have effect and shall be deemed always to have
had effect as if the references therein to that Order were references to
the principal Order.

W. G. AGNEW

(a) 50 & 51 Vict. c. 54 and 9 & 10 Geo. 6. c. 7.

(b) See S.I. 1952 1, at p. 621.

(c)The relevant amending instruments are S.I. 1963188, 1633 (1963 1, p.
105; Ill, p. 3084).

(d)S.I. 19561731, 1963188, 1633 (1956 1, p. 512; 1963 1, p. 105; 111, p.
3084).

(c) S.I. 1963188 (1963 1, p. 105).





1964 No. 926
THE FOREIGN MARRIAGE ORDER 1964
(Superseded by S.I. 1970 No. 1539)
1964 No. 1847.

THE SHIPPING CONTRACTS AND COMMERICAL
DOCUMENTS (HONG KONG) ORDER 1964.

Made .................20th November, 1964.
Coming into Operation 21st November, 1964.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 20th day of
November, 1964.

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred on Her by
section 4 of the Shipping Contracts and Commercial Documents
Act 1964, is pleased, by and with the advaice of Her Privy Council,
to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows-

1. (1) This order may be cited as the Shipping Contracts
and Commercial Documents (Hong Kong) Order 1964 and shall
come into operation on 21st November 1964.

(2) The Interpretation Act 1889 shall apply, with the necessary
adaptations, for the purpose of interpreting this Order and
otherwise in relation thereto as it applies for the purpose of interpreting
and otherwise in relation to Acts of Parliament of the
United Kingdom.

2. The Shipping Contracts and Commercial Document Act
1964 shall extend to Hong Kong with the exception, adaptations
and modifications specified in the Schedule to this Order.

W. G. AGNEW.

THE SCHEDULE. [section 2.]

1. In section 1-

(a) for the words 'Minister of Transport' or 'Minister' wherever
they occur there shall be substituted the words 'Governor of
Hong Kong';

(b) for the words 'the United Kingdom' wherever they occur, except
in the expression 'jurisdiction which, under international law,
belongs to the United Kingdom' or the expression 'jurisdiction
of teh United Kingdom', there shall be substituted the words
'Hong Kong';

(c) there shall be omitted from subsection (3) all the words after the
words 'a subsequent Order'. 2. In section 2-

(a) for the words 'any Minister of the Crown authorized to act under
this section' or 'the Minister' there shall be substituted the words
'the Governor of Hong Kong';

(b) for the words 'the United Kingdom' wherever they occur, except
in the expression 'jurisdiction which, under international law,
belongs to the United Kingdom', there shall be substituted the
words 'Hong Kong';

(c) subsection (2) shall be omitted.

3. In section 3-

(a) for the figure '¢G1,000' there shall be substituted the words 'sixteen
thousand dollars';

(b) for subsection (2) there shall be substituted the following subsection-

'(2) No proceedings for an offence punishable under this section shall be instituted except
with the consent of the Attorney-General of Hong Kong.';

(c) subsection (3) shall be omitted.




1964 No. 1848.

THE OVERSEAS SOLICITORS (ADMISSION) ORDER 1964.

[This Order in Council is printed as amended by Orders in Council
dated 18th September 1965 (S.I. 1965 No. 1713) and
22nd October 1969 (S.I. 1969 No. 1503).]

Made - - - 20th November, 1964.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 20th day of
November, 1964.

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

WHEREAS Her Majesty, on the report of a Secretary of State is
satisfied as respects the Superior Courts in the territories specified in
Schedule 1 to this Order

(a)that the regulations respecting the admission of solicitors of
those courts are such as to secure that those solicitors
possess proper qualifications and competency;

(b)that by the law of the territories specified in the said Schedule
1, solicitors of the Supreme Court in England will be admitted
as solicitors of the Superior Courts in those territories on terms
as favourable as those on which it is proposed to admit
solicitors of the Superior Courts of those territories as
solicitors of the Supreme Court in England in pursuance of
subsection (1) of section 4 of the Solicitors Act 1957(a); and

(c)that by the law of the territories specified in the said Schedule
1, other than of West Australia and West Bengal, solicitors in
Scotland will be admitted as solicitors of the Superior Courts of
those territories on terms as favourable as those on which it is
proposed to admit solicitors of the Superior Courts in those
territories to be solicitors in Scotland in pursuance of the
Colonial Solicitors Act 1900(b).

NOW THEREFORE, Her Majesty, in pursuance of the powers
conferred on Her by section 4 of the Solicitors Act 1957 as regards
England and by sections 2 and 6 of the Colonial Solicitors Act 1900 as
regards Scotland and of all other powers thereunto Her enabling, is
pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is
hereby ordered, as follows

(a) 5 & 6 Eliz. 2. c. 27.
(b) 63 & 64 Vict. c. 14.





1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Overseas Solicitors
(Admission) Order 1964.

(2) The Interpretation Act 1889(a) shall apply with the necessary
adaptations, for the purpose of interpreting this Order and otherwise in
relation thereto as it applies for the purpose of interpreting and in
relation to Acts of Parliament.

2. Subsection (1) of section 4 of the Solicitors Act 1957 as respects
England shall apply to the Superior Courts and territories specified in
Schedule 1 to this Order and the Colonial Solicitors Act 1900 as respects
Scotland shall apply to the Superior Courts and territories specified in the
said Schedule 1 other than to the Supreme Court of Western Australia and
to Western Australia and to the High Court of West Bengal and to West
Bengal and to the High Court of Zambia and to Zambia(b).

3. Subject to the provisions of this Order solicitors of any of the
Courts specified in Schedule 1 to this Order may be admitted by virtue
of the Solicitors Act 1957 to be solicitors in England and solicitors of
any of the Courts specified in the said Schedule 1 except of the Supreme
Court of Western Australia land of the High Court of West Bengal and
of the High Court of Zambia(b) may be admitted by virtue of the
Colonial Solicitors Act 1900 to be solicitors in Scotland subject to the
following conditions

(i) an applicant for admission shall be a British subject or
Commonwealth citizen;

(ii) an applicant shall have passed such qualifying
examination as is required by the laws or regulations in force
in the territory specified in Schedule 1 to this Order in which
he is a solicitor of a person applying for admission as a
solicitor in that territory who has not qualified for admission in
any other territory(c);

(iii) an applicant shall, four calendar months at least before
the first day of the month in which he proposes to be
admitted, leave, if he proposes to be admitted in England with
the Office of the Law Society in London or, if he proposes to
be admitted in Scotland, with the Registrar of Solicitors in
Scotland, his original certificate of admission in the Superior
Court of the territory in which he has been admitted as a
solicitor together with

(a)a certificate from the authority of the territory in whose
custody the Roll of the Solicitors of that Court is kept,
dated not earlier than one calendar month before the date
on which it is left with the Law Society, or, as the case
may be, the said Regis

(a) 52 & 53 Vict. c. 63. (b) Amended
by 8.1. 1965 No. 1713. (c) Inserted by
S.I. 1969 No. 1503.





trar, stating that his name is still upon the Roll and has
never been removed therefrom and that no order has ever
been made directing him to be suspended from practising
his profession and that no charge is pending against him
for professional or other misconduct;

(b)one or more certificates of fitness and character signed
by two practising solicitors resident in the said territory
of at least five years' standing in the said Court and either
by at least one of the Judges or Officers next in rank of
such Court or by the President or Secretary or other
such officer of the Law Society or similar professional
association in the said territory;

(c)a certificate from the appropriate authority that he has
passed the qualifying examination referred to in
paragraph (ii) of this Article(a);

(d)a statutory declaration in the terms of or to the effect of
the form set out in Schedule 2 to this Order;

(iv) an applicant for admission in England shall make formal
application by petition to the Law Society;

(v) an applicant for admission in Scotland shall make formal
application by petition to the Court of Session;

(vi) an 'applicant shall on admission in England and before
his name is entered on the Roll of Solicitors pay to the Law
Society a fee of ¢G20;

(vii) an applicant for admission in Scotland shall pay to the
said Registrar the following fees

¢G s. d.
Fee for certificate of Fitness.......4 4 0

Fee for Petition.. .... 10 10 0
Fee Fund Dues.. .. 1 0 0
Extract Dues etc ... .... 18 0

Certificate of Enrolment in the Roll of

Solicitors............... 2 2 0 Admission Fee ...
.......... 5 0 0



(viii) an applicant for admission in England who is a
solicitor of any of the Courts specified in Part 11 of Schedule
1. to this Order shall in addition pass the accounts paper in
Part II of the Law Society's qualifying examination, and an
applicant for admission in England who is a

(a) Inserted by S.I. 1969 No. 1503.





solicitor of any of the Courts specified in Part 111 of Schedule
1 to this Order shall in addition pass Part 11 of the Law
Society's qualifying examination;

(ix) an applicant for admission in England shall comply in
other respects with the provisions of section 4 of the Solicitors
Act 1957;

(x) an applicant for admission in Scotland shall comply in
other respects with the provisions of the Colonial Solicitors
Act 1900.

4. On the Master. of the Rolls being satisfied by a certificate
issued by the Law Society that an applicant - for admission in England
has complied with the provisions of section 4 of the Solicitors Act
1957 and of this Order, the Master of the Rolls shall cause him to
be admitted a solicitor in England and his name to be enrolled on
the Roll of Solicitors.

5. On the Court of Session being satisfied that the applicant for
admission in Scotland has complied with the provisions of the Colonial
Solicitors Act 1900 and of this Order, the Court shall ordain him to
undergo the examinations in law prescribed for the time being for
applicants for admission as solicitors in Scotland, and on the Court
being satisfied that the applicant has duly passed such examinations
then and not otherwise the Court shall cause him to be admitted a
solicitor and his name to be enrolled as such. The rules in force in
Scotland for the time being as to the presentation of Petitions for
admission as solicitor and the proceedings under the rules, shall be
applicable to all applications under this Order for admission as a solicitor
in Scotland.

6. Notice of intention to apply for admission within the meaning of
the Acts regulating the admission of solicitors in England or, as the case
may be, in Scotland, shall be deemed to have been given upon the
documents mentioned in article 3 of this Order being left with the Law
Society or the said Registrar.

7. The Orders in Council specified in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this
Order are hereby revoked provided that the revocation of .the Orders in
Council relating to South Africa shall not affect their continuance in force
for the purpose of paragraph 5 of Schedule 3 to the South Africa Act
1962(a). The Orders in Council specified in Part 11 of the said Schedule 3
are hereby revoked except so far as the same-relate to Northern Ireland.

W. G. AGNEW.

SCHEDULE 1.
PART 1.
Court. Territory.

Superior Court.................Barbados. Supreme Court
.................British Guiana.

(a) 10 & 11 Eliz. 2. c. 23.





Court. Territory.

Supreme Court.................Grenada.
Supreme Court.................Hong Kong.
Supreme Court.................Jamaica.
Supreme Court.................Trinidad and Tobago.
High Court.................Zambia(a)

PART 11.

Supreme Court.................New South Wales.
Supreme Court.................Queensland.
Supreme Court.................South Australia.
Supreme Court.................Tasmania.
Supreme Court.................Victoria.
Supreme Court.................Western Australia.
Supreme Court.................New Zealand.
Supreme Court.................Ceylon.
Supreme Court.................Ontario.
Supreme Court.................Alberta.
High Court.................Bombay.
nigh Court.................West Bengal.

PART 111.

Supreme Court.................British Columbia.
Court of Queen's Bench and Court of Appeal Manitoba.
Superior Court.................Saskatchewan.
High Court .................Malawi.
High Court .................Southern Rhodesia.

SCHEDULE 2.

In the matter of * Section 4 of the Solicitors Act 1957.

the Colonial Solicitors Act 1900.

In the matter of
I, do solemnly and sincerely declare as follows-

(1) 1 am a citizen of

(2) 1 have passed the qualifying examination as required by the laws or
regulations in force in of a person
applying for admission as a solicitor there who has not qualified for admission
in any other territory(b).

(3) 1 was on the day of admitted to practise as*
a of the Court of and 1 have

,been in practice before that Court for not less than three years. 1 was

served bona fide as a clerk to a solicitor in England. articled for not less than .
My name remains on the Roll of the said Court, and 1 have not at any time
been suspended from practice by the Court or by any Judge thereof, nor are
any proceedings pending to strike my name off the said Roll or to suspend me
from practice and no

(a) Inserted by S.I. 1965 No. 1713.

(b) Inserted by S.I. 1969 No. 1503.

* Strike out the inappropriate words.





charge is pending against me for professional or other misconduct. I beg
to refer to the certificate of marked 'A' now produced by
me in proof of the statements in this paragraph.

(4) 1 have not been bankrupt or insolvent nor have 1 made a composition or
arrangement with my creditors. (If this is not the case, state the facts with dates,
and show that a complete discharge has been obtained.)

(5) The document now produced and shown to me and marked 'B' is the
certificate from the appropriate authority in

that 1 have passed the qualifying examination referred to in paragraph (2) of this
declaration and the document now produced and shown to me and marked 'C' is
my original certificate of admission in the said Court, and the documents now
produced and shown to me and marked respectively 'D' and 'E' are respectively
certificates of character and as to my fitness to be admitted
a solicitor * of the Supreme Court of England signed respectively by in Scotland

one of the Judges/Officers of the said Court

President/Seeretary/Officer of the Law Societylprofessional association in the
said territory and by and two practising

solicitors of the said Court of at least five years' standing(a).

And 1 make this solemn declaration conscientiously believing the same to be
true and by virtue of the provisions of the Statutory Declarations Act 1835(b).

(To be signed and attested)

SCHEDULE 3.
ORDERS IN COUNCIL
REVOKED.
PART I.

Date or title of Territory. Number.
Order in Council.
9th November 1934 ..New South Wales S.R. & 0. 1934/1184

(Rev. XXI, p. 264:
1934, P. 562)

7th March 1904 .. New Zealand .... S.R. & 0. 1904/320
.. .....(Rev. XXI, p. 267:
.. .....1904, p. 635)

7th August 1905 ...Bengal Presidency S.R. & 0. 19051934
.. (1905, p. 459)

21st December 1928.......Ontario ...... S.R. & 0. 1928/1067
...............(Rev. XXI, p. 274:
...............1928, p. 1184)

14th January 1919 .....South Africa... .. S.R. & 0. 1919167 (Rev.
.. .....XXI, p. 285: 1919, p.
.. .....462)

16th April 1923 .. South Africa .... S.R. & 0. 19231480
.. .....(Rev. XXI, p. 290:
.. .....1923, p. 983)

(a) Amended by S.I. 1969 No. 1503. (b) 5 & 6 Will. 4. c. 62.





Date or title of Territory. Number.

Order in Council.

6th May 1938 ....South Africa... .. S.R. & 0. 19381495
.. ....(Rev. XXI, P. 321:
.. ....1938, p. 3183)

10th August 1903 .....South Australia .... S.R. & 0. 19031677
.. .....(Rev. XXI, p. 294:
.. .....1903, p. 1320)

3rd October 1935 .....Manitoba ...... S.R. & 0. 19351994
.. .......(Rev. XXI, p. 315:
.. .......1935, p. 1612)

27th October 1939 .. Northern Rhodesia .. S.R. & 0. 1939/1531
.. ..(Rev. XXI, p. 318:
.. ..1939, p. 3094)

The Solicitors (Western
Australia) Order 1950 S.I. 19501836 (1950 11,
p. 863)
The Nyasaland Protec-
torate (Legal Practi-
tioners) Order in

Council 196.0.. S.I. 196012211 (1960 UI,

p. 3095)

PART II.

24th April 1902 .......................Barbados .... S.R. & 0. 19021356
.......................................(Rev. XXI, p. 234:
.......................................1902, p. 445)

12th February 1931 ...British Columbia .. S.R. & 0. 1931/111
.. (Rev. XXI, p. 239:
.. ..1931, p. 1219)

10th August 1921 ..................British Guiana .... S.R. & 0. 192111403
.. ..................(Rev. XXI, p. 243:
.. ..................1921, p. 1237)

4th November 1901......Ceylon.. .... S.R. & 0. 19011892
.............(Rev. XXI p. 247
................1901, p. 401)
23rd October 1918......Grenada......... .... S.R. & 0. 191811418
.............(Rev. XXI, p. 250:
................1918, p. 845)

4th November 1901.....................Hong Kong .... S.R. & 0. 1901/893
.............................(Rev. XXI p. 254:
.............................1901, p. 406)

16th May 1904 ....................Jamaica ...... S.R. & 0. 1904/970
.. ....................(Rev. XXI, P. 257:

1904, p. 630)-

24th October 1904 ...Madras Presidency.. S.R. & 0. 190411661
.. ..(1904, p. 625)

27th March 1905 .. Bombay Presidency .. S.R. & 0. 19051352






.. ...(1905, p. 463)





Date or title of Territory. Number.
Order in Council.

26th September 1901 New South Wales... S.R. & 0. 1901/800
.. ..(Rev. XXI, P. 261:
.. ..1901, p. 416)

21st April 1904 .. New Zealand .... S.R. & 0. 19041662
.. ....(Rev. XXI, p. 270:
.. ....1904, P. 638)

4th November 1901........Queensland .. .. S.R. & 0. 19011895
...............(Rev. XXI, p. 277:
...............1901, p. 420)

14th July 1921 .. Saskatchewan .... S.R. & 0. 192111215
.. ....(Rev. XXI, p. 281:
.. ....1921, p. 1231)

4th November 1901......... South Australia .. S.R. & 0. 19011896
...............(Rev. XXI, p. 291:
...............1901, p. 425)

23rd May 1916 .. .. Southern Rhodesia .. S.R. & 0. 19161386
.. ..(Rev. XXI, p. 297:
.. ..1916, P. 95)

4th November 1901 .. Straits Settlements.. S.R. & 0. 1901/897
.. ..(Rev. XXI, p. 301:
.. ..1901, p. 429)

12th March 1903 .....Tasmania ...... S.R. & 0. 1903/218
.. .......(Rev. XXI, p. 305:
.. .......1903, p. 1316)

10th August 1914............Trinidad and Tobago S.R. & 0. 1914/1272
...............(Rev. XXI, p. 307:
...............1914, p. 239)

7th August 1905 .....Victoria ...... S.R. & 0. 1905/935
.. .......(Rev. XXI, p. 311:
.. .......1905, p. 468)





1978 No. 186
ARBITRATION
THE ARBITRATION (FOREIGN AWARDS) ORDER 1978

(Revoked by S.I. 1984 No. 1168 U.K.)

~
REVISED EDITION 1989

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





1965 No. 1203.

OVERSEAS TERRITORIES.
THE UNITED KINGDOM FORCES (JURISDICTION OF
COLONIAL COURTS) ORDER 1965.

Made - - - - - 1st June 1965.
Laid before Parliament - - 9th June 1965.

Coming into Operation - - 10th June 1965.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 1st day of June 1965.

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

Her Majesty, by virtue and in exercise of the powers by section 112
of the Government of India Act 1833(a), the British Settlements Acts
1887 and 1945(b), the Foreign Jurisdiction Act 1890(c) or otherwise in
Her Majesty vested or reserved to Her in pursuance of the British
Guiana Act 1928(d) or the West Indies Act 1962(e), is pleased, by and
with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered,
as follows

1. This Order may be cited as the United Kingdom Forces
(Jurisdiction of Colonial Courts) Order 1965 and shall come into
operation on 10th June 1965.


2. (1) This Order shall apply to each of the territories specified in
the Schedule to this Order and in its application to any territory
references in this Order to 'the Territory' mean that territory.

(2) In this Order

'coroner' means any person or authority having jurisdiction under the
law of the Territory to hold inquests;

'court of the Territory' means a court exercising jurisdiction in the
Territory other than a service court;

'dependant' in relation to any person means any of the following

(a) the wife or husband of that person; and

(b)any other person wholly or mainly maintained by him or
in his custody, charge or care*

Governor in relation to basutoland means the British Government ment
Representative and in. relation to any other territory the
officer for the time being administering the government of
the territory;

(a) 3 & 4 Will. 4. c. 85.
(b) 50 & 51 Vict. c. 54 and 9 & 10 Geo. 6. c. 7.
(c) 53 & 54 Vict. c. 37.
(d) 18 & 19 Geo. 5. c. 5.
(e) 10 & 11 Eliz. 2. c. 19.









'Her Majesty's forces- means the naval, military or air forces of Her
Majesty in right of Her Government in the United Kingdom but
does not include a force raised under a law enacted by the
legislature of the Territory;

'law of the Territory' means law for the time being in force in the
Territory or any part thereof;

%%service court' means an officer or court exercising jurisdiction
under the Naval Discipline Act 1957(a), the Army Act 1955(b) or
the Air Force Act 1955(c) and includes a confirming officer or
reviewing authority under any of those Acts.

(3) In this Order a reference to the holder of an office by the term
designating his office shall be construed as including, to the extent of
his authority, a reference to any person for the time being authorized to
exercise the functions of that office.

(4) The Interpretation Act 1889(d) shall apply, with the necessary
adaptations, for the purpose of interpreting this Order and otherwise in
relation thereto as it applies for the purpose of interpreting or in relation
to Acts of the Parliament of the United Kingdom.

(5) References in this Order to a member of a civilian component of
any of Her Majesty's forces are references to persons (being persons
subject to the jurisdiction of a service court) of any such description as
may be prescribed by order made by the Governor of the Territory.

(6) References in this Order to a person's having at any time a
relevant association with Her Majesty's forces are references to his
being at that time a person of one or other of the following descriptions,
that is to say

(a)a member of Her Majesty's forces or a member of a civilian
component of any of those forces;

(b) a person who is a dependant of any such member.

(7) References in this Order to any law are references to that law as
from time to time amended or extended by or under any other law.

(8) In the exercise of the powers conferred upon him by this Order
the Governor shall not be obliged to obtain the advice of or otherwise to
consult with any other person or authority in the Territory.

(a) 5 & 6 Eliz. 2. c. 53.
(b) 3 & 4 Eliz. 2. c. 18.
(c) 3 & 4 Eliz. 2. c. 19.
(d) 52 & 53 Vict. c. 63.





3. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, a person charged
with an offence against the law of the Territory shall not be liable to be
tried for that offence by a court of the Territory if at the time that the
offence is alleged to have been committed he was a member of Her
Majesty's forces or a member of a civilian component of any of those
forces and

(a)the alleged offence, if committed by him, arose out of and in
the course of his duty as a member of Her Majesty's forces or a
member of that civilian component, as the case may be; or

(b)the alleged offence is an offence against the person, and the
person or, if more than one, each of the persons in relation to
whom it is alleged to have been committed had at the time
thereof a relevant association with Her Majesty's forces; or

(c)the alleged offence is an offence against property, and the
whole of the property in relation to which it was alleged to
have been committed (or, in cases where different parts of that
property were differently owned, each part of the property)
was at the time thereof the property either of a department of
the Government of the United Kingdom or of some other
authority of the United Kingdom or of Her Majesty's forces or
of the Navy, Army and Air Force Institutes or of any other
institution or organization operating for the benefit of Her
Majesty's forces that is prescribed by order of the Governor of
the Territory or the property of a person having such an
association as aforesaid.

(2) Nothing in subsection (1) of this section-

(a)shall prevent a person from being tried by a court of the
Territory in any case where a certificate is issued by or on
behalf of the Governor, either before or in the course of the
trial, that the officer commanding Her Majesty's forces in the
Territory has notified the Governor that it is not proposed that
the case should be dealt with by a service court; or

(b)shall affect anything done or omitted in the course of a trial
unless in the course thereof objection has already been made
that by reason of that subsection the court is not competent
to deal with the case; or

(c)shall, after the conclusion of a trial, be treated as having
affected the validity thereof if no such objection was made in
the proceedings at any stage before the conclusion of the
trial.

(3) In relation to cases where the charge (by whatever words
expressed) is a charge of attempting or conspiring to commit an offence,
or of aiding, abetting, procuring or being accessory to the





commission of an offence, paragraphs (b) and (c) of subsection (1) of
this section shall have effect as if references in those paragraphs to the
alleged ofrence were references to the offence which the person charged
is alleged to have attempted or conspired to commit or, as the case may
be, the offence as respects which it is alleged that he aided, abetted,
procured or was accessory to the commission thereof; and references in
those paragraphs to persons in relation to whom, or property in relation
to which, the offence is alleged to have been committed shall be
construed accordingly.

(4) Nothing in this section shall be construed as derogating from
the provisions of any law of the Territory restricting the prosecution of
any proceedings or requiring the consent of any authority to the
prosecution thereof.

(5) The Governor of the Territory may by order prescribe the
offences against the law of the Territory which shall respectively be
offences against the person and offences against property for the
purposes of this section.

(6) Nothing in this section shall be construed as precluding a court
of the Territory from trying any person for an offence against the law of
the Territory in respect of which he has, before the date on which this
Order was made, been charged before a court of the Territory.

4. Without prejudice to the provisions of section 3 of this Order,
where a person has been tried by a service court he shall not be tried for
the same crime by a court of the Territory.

5. Nothing in sections 3 or 4 of this Order shall affect-

(a)any powers of arrest, search, entry, seizure or custody
exercisable under the law of the Territory with respect to
offences committed or believed to have been committed
against that law; or

(b)any obligation of any person in respect of a recognizance or
bail bond entered into in consequence of his arrest, or the
arrest of any other person, for such an offence; or

(c)any power of any court to remand (whether on bail or in
custody) a person brought before the court in connexion with
such an offence.

6. (1) If any coroner having jurisdiction to hold an inquest touching
a death is satisfied that the deceased person at the time of his death had
a relevant association with Her Majesty's forces, then, unless the
Governor otherwise directs, the coroner shall not hold the inquest or, if
the inquest has been begun but not completed. shall adjourn the
inquest.





(2) Subject to the provisions of subsection (1) of this section, if on
an inquest touching a death the coroner is satisfied

(a)that a person who is subject to the jurisdiction of a service
court has been charged before a service court with the
homicide of the deceased person, whether or not that charge
has been dealt with; or

(b)that such a person is being detained by an authority of the
United Kingdom with a view to being so charged,

then, unless the Governor otherwise directs, the coroner shall adjourn
the inquest.

(3) Where an inquest is adjourned under this section, the coroner
shall not resume it except on the direction of the Governor.

(4) Where an inquest is adjourned under this section, the jury (if
any) shall be discharged; and if the inquest is resumed the coroner shall
proceed in all respects as if the inquest had not previously been begun
except that any requirement to view the body shall not apply.

7. (1) For the purposes of this Order a certificate issued by or on
behalf of the officer commanding Her Majesty's forces in the Territory,
stating that at a time specified in the certificate a person so specified
either was or was not a member of Her Majesty's forces shall in any
proceedings in any court of the Territory be sufficient evidence of the
fact so stated unless the contrary is proved.

(2) For the purposes of this Order a certificate issued by or on
behalf of the officer commanding Her Majesty's forces in the Territory,
stating as respects a person specified in the certificate,

(a)that he has been charged before a service court with the
homicide of a deceased person or is detained in custody by an
authority of the United Kingdom with a view to being so
charged; or

(b)that he has been tried, at a time and place specified in the
certificate, by a service court for a crime so specified,

shall in any proceedings in any court of the Territory be conclusive
evidence of the facts so stated.

(3) Where a person is charged with an offence against the law of
the Territory and at the time when the offence is alleged to have been
committed he was a member of Her Majesty's forces or a member of a
civilian component of any of those forces, a certificate issued by or on
behalf of the officer commanding Her Majesty's forces in the Territory,
stating that the alleged offence, if committed by him, arose out of and in
the course of his duty as a member of Her Majesty's forces or that
component, as the case may be, shall in any such proceedings as
aforesaid be sufficient evidence of that fact unless the contrary is
proved.





~ 8. Subsections (3) and (4) of section 2 of the British Guiana (United
Kingdom Forces) Order 1964(a) are revoked.

N. E. LEIGH.

THE SCHEDULE

Aden
Basutoland
Bechuanaland Protectorate
British Antarctic Territory
British Guiana
British Solomon Islands Protectorate
Cayman Islands
Central and Southern Line Islands
Dominica
Falkland Islands (Colony and Dependencies)
Fiji
Gibraltar
Gilbert and Ellice Islands Colony
Grenada
Hong Kong
Kamaran
Kuria Muria Islands
Mauritius
Perim
Pitcairn, Henderson, Ducie and Oeno
St. Helena
St. Lucia
St. Vincent
Seychelles
Swaziland
Turks and Caicos Islands.

(a) S.I. 1964/1193 (1964 11, p. 2771).





1965 No. 1530.

ADMINISTRATION OF ESTATES.

THE COLONIAL PROBATES ACT APPLICATION
ORDER 1965.

Made - - - - - 3rd August 1965.

Laid before Parliament - - 9th August 1965.

Coming into Operation - - 10th August 1965.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 3rd day of August, 1965.

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

WHEREAS Her Majesty is satisfied that the legislatures of the
countries and territories specified in Schedule 1 hereto have made
adequate provision for the recognition of Probates and Letters of
Administration granted by courts within the United Kingdom:

Now, THEREFORE, Her Majesty, by virtue and in exercise of the
powers by the Colonial Probates Act 1892(a), the Colonial Probates
(Protected States and Mandated Territories) Act 1927(b), the Foreign
Jurisdiction Acts 1890 and 1913(c) or otherwise in Her Majesty is
vested, is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order,
and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Colonial Probates Act
Application Order 1965 and shall come into operation on 10th August,
1965.

(2) The Interpretation Act 1889(d) shall apply for the purpose of
interpreting this Order as it applies for the purpose of interpreting an
Act of Parliament.

2. The Colonial Probates Act 1892 shall apply to the countries and
territories specified in Schedule 1 to this Order.

3. The Orders specified in Schedule 2 to this Order are hereby
revoked.

W. G. AGNEW

(a) 55 & 56 Vict. c. 6.
(b) 17 & 18 Geo. 5. c. 43.
(c) 53 & 54 Vict. c. 37 and 3 & 4 Geo. 5. c. 16.
(d) 52 & 53 Vict. c. 63.





SCHEDULE1. [Article 2.1

Aden Malaysia
Alberta Montserrat
Antigua New Brunswick
Australian Capital Territory New Guinea (Trust Territory)
Bahamas New South Wales
Barbados New Zealand

Basutoland Newfoundland

Bechuanaland Protectorate Nigeria
Bermuda Norfolk Island
British Antarctic Territory Northern Territory of Australia
British Columbia North-West Territories of Canada

British Guiana Nova Scotia

British Honduras Ontario

British Solomon Islands Protectorate Papua

British Sovereign Base Areas inPrince Edward Island
Cyprus Queensland

Brunei
St. Christopher, Nevis and Anguilla
Cayman Islands
St. Helena
Ceylon
St. Lucia
Christmas Island (Australian)
St. Vincent
Cocos (Keeling) Islands
Saskatchewan
Cyprus (Republic)
Dominica Seychelles
Falkland Islands Colony Sierra Leone
Falkland Islands Dependencies South Australia
Fiji Southern Rhodesia
Gambia Swaziland Protectorate
Ghana Tanzania
Gibraltar Tasmania
Gilbert and Ellice Islands Trinidad and Tobago
Grenada Turks and Caicos Islands
Hong Kong Uganda
Jamaica Victoria
Kenya Virgin Islands
Manitoba Western Australia
Malawi Zambia





SCHEDULE 2. [Article 3.1

ORDERS Revoked.

Date on which OrderCountries or territories to References.
made. which Order applied.

30th January, 1893 New South Wales, Victoria, Rev. I, p. 22:
New Zealand, Gibraltar and 1893, p. 1.
British Honduras.
15th March, 1893 Hong Kong, Western Australia Rev. I, p. 23:
and Ontario. 1893, p. 2.
16th May, 1893 BritishGuiana, the Gold Rev. 1, p. 23:
Coast, South Australia and the 1893, p. 3.
Straits Settlements.
23rd November, 1893Bahama Islands. Rev. I, p. 24:
1893, p. 4.
29th January, 1894 Barbados and Tasmania. S.R. & 0. 1894/73
(Rev. 1, p. 24:
1894, p. 1).
30th April, 1894 Fiji S.R. & 0. 1894/117
(Rev. 1, p. 25:
1894, p. 2).
27th June, 1894 Trinidad and Tobago. S.R. & 0. 1894/160
(Rev. I, p. 25:
1894, p.3).
18th July, 1894 Jamaica. S.R. & 0. 1894/178

(Rev. I.p. 26:
1894, p. 4).

3rd October, 1895 Falkland Islands. S.R. & 0. 1895/405
(Rev. 1, p. 27:
1895, p. 2).
6th March, 1896 Leeward Islands and Dominica. S.R. & 0. 1896/194
(Rev. I, p. 47:
1896, p. 1).
26th October, 1896 British Columbia. S.R. & 0. 1896/960
(Rev. 1, p. 28:
1896, p. 2).
26th October, 1896 Nova Scotia. S.R. & 0. 1896/961
(Rev. I, p. 28:
1896, p. 3).
27th November, 1896 Manitoba.S.R. & 0. 1896/
1083 (Rev. I, p. 29:
1896, p. 4).
18th May, 1897 North-West Territories of the S.R. & 0. 1897/556
Dominion of Canada.(Rev. 1, p. 29:
1897, p. 1).
3rd February,1898 Grenada.S.R. & 0. 1898/124
(Rev. 1, p. 30:
1898, p. 1).
19th May, 1898 St. Vincent. S.R. & 0. 1898/412
(Rev. 1, p. 30:
1898, p. 2).
19th May, 1899 Queensland.S.R. & 0. 1899/449
(Rev. I, p. 31:
1899 11, p. 1415).





Date on which OrderCountries or territories to
made. which Order applied. References.

29th January, 1900 St. Helena. S.R. & 0. 1900/88
(Rev. I, p. 31:
1900, P. 1).
20th May, 1903 Newfoundland. S.R. & 0. 1903/414
(Rev. 1, p. 32:
1903 1, P. 2).
11 th February, 1913Alberta and Saskatchewan. S.R. & 0. 1913/214
(Rev. 1, p. 32:
1913 1, p. 1).
30th September, 1914 Papua. S.R. & 0. 1914/
1473 (Rev. I, p. 34:
1914 1, p. 2).
30th March, 1916 Sierra Leone Colony. S.R. & 0. 1916/273
(Rev. I, p. 34:
1916 1, p. 1).
30th March, 1916 Sierra Leone and Uganda Pro- S.R. & 0. 1916/274
tectorates. (Rev. I, p. 35:
1916I, p. 357).
30th March, 1916 Zanzibar Protectorate. S.R. & 0. 1916/275
(Rev. I, p. 35:
1916 1, p. 360).
7th September, 1916 Nyasaland Protectorate. S.R. & 0. 1916/622
(Rev. 1, p. 36:
1916 1, p. 356).
6th November, 1916 East Africa, Bechuanaland, S.R. & 0. 1916/818
NorthernRhodesia, Southern (Rev. I, p. 37:

Rhodesia and Swaziland Pro-1916 1, p. 354).
tectorates.
17th July, 1917 Saint Lucia. S.R. & 0. 1917/745
(Rev. I, p. 38:
1917, p. 1).

8th May, 1919 Bermudas or Somers Islands. S.R. & 0. 1919/670
(Rev. I, p. 39:
1919 1, P. 1).
17th May, 1920 Nigeria Colony. S.R. & 0. 1920/887
(Rev. I, p. 39:
19201,2).
17th May, 1920 Nigeria Protectorate. S.R. & 0. 1920/888
(Rev. 1, p. 40:
1920 1, p. 665).
13th August, 1920 Ashanti.S.R. & 0. 1920/
1663 (Rev. 1, p. 41:
1920 1, p. 1).
14th February, 1921 Gambia Colony. S.R. & 0. 1921/263
(Rev. I, p. 41:
1921, p. 1).
22nd December, 1921 Ceylon.S.R. & 0. 1921/
2003 (Rev. I, p. 42:
1921, P. 2).
15th June, 1928 Federated Malay States. S.R. & 0. 1928/496
(Rev. I, p. 42:
1928, p. 1).
7th May, 1929 Tanganyika Territory. S.R. & 0. 1929/393
(Rev. I, p. 45:
1929, p. 3).





Date on which OrderCountries or territories to References
Made. which Order applied.

27th February, 1930Western Samoa. S.R. & 0. 1930/123
(Rev. 1, p. 46:
1930, p. 2).
28th July, 1930 Johore. S.R. & 0. 1930/654
(Rev. I, p. 47:
1930, p. 1).
21st July, 1932 Norfolk Island S.R. & 0. 1932/605
(Rev. 1, p. 47:
1932, p. 1).
31st January, 1936 Basutoland. S.R. & 0. 1936/78
(Rev. I, P. 48:
1936 1, P. 8).
17th November, 1939Kedah, Kelantan, Perlis, Treng- S.R. & 0. 1939/
ganu, Brunei, North Borneo 1701 (Rev. I, p. 48:
and Sarawak. 1939 1, p. 1).
17th November, 1939British Solomon Islands and S.R. & 0. 1939/
Gambia Protectorates, North- 1702 (Rev. I, P. 50:
em Territories of the Gold 1939 1, p. 2).
Coast, Somaliland Protectorate,
Cameroonsand Togoland
under British Mandate.
17th November, 1939Aden, Cayman Islands. Turks S.R. & 0. 1939/
and Caicos Islands , Cyprus, 1703 (Rev. I, p. 51:
Seychelles and Gilbert and 1939 1, p. 4).
Ellice Islands.
21st December, 1950New Brunswick. S.I. 1950/2097
(1950 1, P. 1).





1981 No. 1540



MERCHANT SHIPPING

SAFETY

THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY AND LOAD LINE
CONVENTIONS) (HONG KONG) (REVOCATION)
ORDER 1981

Made - - - - 28 October 1981

Laid before Parliament 5 November 1981

Coming into Operation 25 November 1981

At the Court at Buckingham Palace. the 28th day of October 1981

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by section

36(1) and (3) of the Merchant Shipping (Safety, and Load Line
Conventions) Act 1932(a), section 1 of the Merchant Shipping Act
1964(b), section 1(2) and (3) of the Merchant Shipping (Safety
Convention) Act 1977(c). sections 28(1) and 30(1) of the Merchant
Shipping (Loan Lines) Act 1967(d) and section 738(1) of the Merchant
Shipping Act 1894(e), is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy
Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Safety

and Load Line Conventions) (Hong Kong) (Revocation) Order 1981 and
shall come into operation on 25 November 1981.

2. The Orders specified in Column 1 of the Schedule hereto

are hereby revoked to the extent specified in Column 3 of the said
Schedule.

N. E. LEIGH,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

(a) 1932 c. 9; section 36 was amended by section 30 of the Merchant Shipping

(Safety Convention) Act 1949 (c. 43) and section 3(6) of the Post Office
Act

1969 (c. 48).

(b) 1964 c. 47. (c) 1977 c. 24. (d) 1967 c. 27. (c) 1894 c. 60.





SCHEDULE Article 2

REVOCATIONS

Colunin 3
Colunin 1 Column 2 Extent of
Orders revoked References f
revocation

The Merchant Shipping Safety S.R. & 0. 19351/692. The whole Order.
Convention (Hong Kong) No. 1
Order 1935.

The Merchant Shipping Safety S.R.& 0. 1935/693. The whole Order.
Convention (Hong Kong) No. 2
Order 1935.

The Merchant Shipping S.R. & 0. 1935/837. The whole Order,
(Helm Orders) Order 1935. so far as it

applies to Hong
Kong.

The Merchant Shipping Safety S.I. 1953/592. The whole Order.
Convention (Hong Kong) No. 1
Order 1953.

The Merchant Shipping Safety S.I. 1953:593. The whole Order.
Convention (Hong Kong) No. 2
Order 1953.

The Merchant Shipping (Safety S.I. 196512011. The m hole Order.
Convention) (Hong Kong)
Order 1965.

The Merchant Shipping (Load S.I. 19701285. The whole Order.
Lines) (Hone Kong) Order
1970.

The Merchant Shipping (Safety,, S.I. 1979/1707. The whole Order.
Convention) (Hong Kong)
(Amendment) Order 1979.





1980 No. 1720

FOREIGN COMPENSATION

THE FOREIGN COMPENSATION (PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC
OF CHINA) (REGISTRATION) ORDER 1980

Made 11th November 1980

Laid before Parliament - 19th November 1980

Coming into Operation - 5th January 1981

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 11 th day of November 1980

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Whereas it appears to Her Majesty expedient to provide, in case

agreement is reached between Her Majesty's Government in the United
Kingdom and the Government of the People's Republic of China for the
payment of compensation by the latter Government, for the registration,
investigation and determination by the Foreign Compensation
Commission (hereinafter referred to as 'the commission') of claims to
such compensation, and for the making of reports by the Commission
with respect to such claims:

Now, therefore, Her Majesty, by virtue and in exercise of the

powers in that behalf vested in Her Majesty by section 3 of the Foreign
Compensation Act 1950(a) is pleased, by and with the advice of Her
Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

PART I

GENERAL

Citation and commencement

1. This Order may be cited as the Foreign Compensation

(People's Republic of China) (Registration) Order 1980 and shall come
into operation on 5th January 1981.

Interpretation

2. In this Order:

'Applicant' means the person by or on whose behalf the
application under Article 3 of this Order is made;

Debt means any debt due or owing from, or a claim for
unliquidated damages against, a person, corporation, firm or

(a)1950 c. 12; section 3 was
amended by the Foreign
Compensation Act 1969 (c. 20),
S. 2.





association (other than a United Kingdom national) resident in the
territory or a public authority in the territory, and includes:

(a) a balance held at a bank in the territory;

(b)a pension due from a person, corporation, firm or association
(other than a United Kingdom national) resident in the
territory or from a public authority in the territory, except a
pension in respect of which the applicant is actually in receipt
of payments by Her Majesty's Government in the United
Kingdom, whether by way of ex gratia loan or otherwise;

(c)a bond or other document of title in respect of a loan or
obligation issued or guaranteed by a public authority in the
territory except one denominated in a currency other than a
Chinese currency;

'Material time' means any time at which it is material for the
purposes of this Order whether or not a person is a United Kingdom
national;

'Property' includes all rights or interests of any kind in property,
whether corporeal or incorporeal, movable or immovable, and includes a
debt;

'The territory means the territory which is on the date on which
this Order comes into operation controlled by the authorities of the
People's Republic of China;

'United Kingdom national' means:

(a)Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom and the
Government of any territory for whose international relations
Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom are
responsible;

(b)any individual who was at the material time a citizen' of the
United Kingdom and Colonies, a British subject by virtue of
sections 2, 13 or 16 of the British Nationality Act 1948(a) or
the British Nationality Act 1965(b), or a British protected
person within the meaning of the said Act of 1948; except that
any individual who was a British subject at any time before
the date of the commencement of the said Act of 1948 only by
virtue of the provisions of the Act of 1705(c), intituled 'An
Act for the Naturalization of the Most Excellent Princess
Sophia Electress and Duchess Dowager of Hanover and the
Issue of Her Body', shall be deemed not to be a United
Kingdom national;

(c)any corporation, firm or association incorporated or
constituted under the laws in force in the United Kingdom or
in any territory for whose international relations

(a) 1948 c. 56. (c) 1705 c. 14.
(b) 1965 c. 34.





Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom were,
at the material time, responsible;

(d)any individual who as regards any material time after
31st December 1949 and prior to 18th April 1980 was a
citizen or Southern Rhodesia or a citizen of Rhodesia and
Nyasaland, and any individual who as regards any
material time after 31st October 1957 and prior to 17th
September 1963 was a citizen of Singapore.

PART II

REGISTRATION OF CLAIMS

3. An application to the Commission to register a claim in
accordance with the provisions of this Order may be made by or on
behalf of any person who on the date on which this Order comes into
operation:-

(a) is a United Kingdom national; and

(b)is beneficially entitled to the property to which the claim
relates or would have been so entitled but for confiscation,
nationalization, expropriation or dispossession, whether
direct or indirect, or through the application of govern-
mental measures effectively causing dispossession.

4. (1) Subject to the provisions of Article 3 of this Order, the
Commission shall register a claim in respect of which they receive an
application containing the information specified in Article 5(1) of
this Order, if:-

(a)it is a claim in respect of property in the territory of which
the person beneficially entitled thereto has subsequent to
1st October 1949 been deprived of the ownership or
enjoyment by confiscation, nationalization, expropriation
or dispossession, whether direct or indirect or through the
application of governmental measures effectively causing
dispossession; and

(b)the person who was beneficially entitled to the property at
the date of the deprivation as aforesaid was a United
Kingdom national at that date.

(2) For purposes of sub-paragraph (a) of paragraph (1) of this
Article, the Commission may, if they think fit, assume, without
proof of any specific act of deprivation, that a person has been
deprived of the ownership or enjoyment of the property by any act
of the kind referred to in that sub-paragraph if they are satisfied that
he has lost the use or enjoyment of the property as a result of any
action or course of conduct, on or after 1 st October 1949, of the
authorities of the area in which the property was situated.





5. (1) An application made under Article 3 of this Order
shall contain the following information:-
(a)the location and condition of the property, the date of
deprivation and its value at that date and, in the case of a
debt, the debtor, his nationality and place of residence at
the date of deprivation and at the date of the application
insofar as such matters are known to the applicant;
(b)the amount and source of any compensation or payment
actually received in respect of the claim at any time, either
by the applicant or by any other person;
(c)whether an application has been made to any other person,
body or Government in respect of the claim, either by the
applicant or by any other person.

(2) Where the applicant is unable to state the value of the
property at the date of deprivation, the Commission may make such
assessment of the value of the property at that date as seems just and
equitable to them having regard to all the circumstances.

6. (1) An application shall not be entertained under this
Order unless notification of the application, in such form as the
Commission may specify, has reached the Commission on or before
5th July 1981.
(2) The Commission may refuse further to entertain an appli-
cation under this Order unless the information specified in Article
5(1) of this Order, together with such other information relating to
the claim as the Commission may reasonably request, has reached
the Commission on or before 5th January 1982.

7. The Commission shall report, in such manner as Her
Majesty's Principal Secretary of State for Foreign and Common-
wealth Affairs may direct, upon any claims registered in accordance
with the provisions of this Order.

8. In exercising their functions under this Order the Commis-
sion shall act in their administrative capacity.

N. E. LEIGH,
Clerk of the Privy Council.





1983 No. 1890

ATOMIC ENERGY AND RADIOACTIVE SUBSTANCES

THE NUCLEAR INSTALLATIONS (HONG KONG)
ORDER 1983

[This Order in Council is printed as amended by S. L 1986 No. 2018
(L.N. 57/87)]

Made 21st December 1983

Coming into Operation 21st December 1983

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 21st day of December 1983

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by section 28
of the Nuclear Installations Act 1965(a), section 33 of the' Energy Act
1983(b) and section 4(6) of the Congenital Disabilities (Civil Liability) Act
1976(c), is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order,
and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Nuclear Installations (Hong
Kong) Order 1983 and shall be read and construed as one with the
Nuclear Installations (Hong Kong) Order 1972(d) (below called the 1972
Order).

(2) This Order shall come into operation on 21st December 1983.

(3) In this Order any reference to a provision of the Nuclear
Installations Act 1965 (below called the 1965 Act) shall be construed as
a reference to that provision as it has effect in Hong Kong under the
1972 Order.

2. (1) In subsection (1) of section 21 of the 1965 Act (compensation
in respect of carriage), for the words 'equivalent to
there shall be substituted the words 'which is equivalent in Hong Kong
dollars (on the day, or first day, of that occurrence ) to 5 million special
drawing rights'. (e)

(2) After that subsection there shall be inserted

'(IA) The Governor may with the approval of the
Secretary of State by order increase or further increase
the sum expressed in special drawing rights in sub

(a) 1965 e. 57. (d) S.I. 1972/126.
(b) 1983 e. 25. (e) Amended by S.I. 1986/2018 (L.N. 57/87).
(e) 1976 c. 28.





section (1) of this section; but an order under this
subsection shall not have effect in respect of any
occurrence before (or beginning before) the order
comes into force.'.
(2A) After subsection (IA) of that section there shall be
inserted-
,, (IB) For the purposes of this section-
(a)the Secretary for Monetary Affairs may specify in
Hong Kong dollars the amount which is to be taken
as equivalent for a particular day to the sum expressed
in special drawing rights in this section;
(b)a certificate given by or on behalf of the Secretary for
Monetary Affairs in pursuance of paragraph (a)
above shall be conclusive evidence of the matters
stated therein for the purposes of this section, and a
document purporting to be such a certificate shall, in
any proceeding, be received in evidence and, unless
the contrary is proved, be deemed to be such a
certificate.'. (a)

(3) After subsection (4) of that section there shall be
inserted-
,, (4A) Subsection (3) of this section shall not apply
where the carriage in question is wholly within the
territorial limits of Hong Kong.'.

(4) This section shall not have effect in respect of any occur-
rence before (or beginning before) the commencement of this
section.

3. In subsection (5) of section 17 of the 1965 Act (foreign
judgments), at the beginning there shall be inserted the words
'Subject to subsection (5A) of this section'; and after subsection (5)
there shall be inserted-
'(5A) Subsection (5) of this section shall not have effect
where the judgment in question is enforceable in Hong
Kong in pursuance of an international agreement.'.

4. In section 26(1) of the 1965 Act (interpretation), in
paragraph (a) of the definition of 'excepted matter', for the words
'or scientific' there shall be substituted the words 'scientific or
educational'.

5. Section 3 of the Congenital Disabilities (Civil Liability)
Act 1976, modified and adapted as in the Schedule hereto, shall
extend to Hong Kong.

G. 1. de DENEY,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

(a) Amended by S.I. 1986/2018 (L.N. 57/87).





SCHEDULE

SECTION 3 OF THE CONGENITAL DISABILITIES (CIVIL LIABILITY) ACT 1976
AS EXTENDED To HONG KONG

3. (2) For the avoidance of doubt anything which-

(a) affects a man in his ability to have a normal, healthy child; or
(b)affects a woman in that ability, or so affects her when she is pregnant that
her child is born with disabilities which would not otherwise have been
present,
is an injury for the purposes of the 1965 Act.
(3) If a child is born disabled as the result of an injury to either of its parents
caused in breach of a duty imposed by section 10 or 11 of the 1965 Act (foreign
operators and others to secure that nuclear incidents do not cause injury to persons,
etc.), the child's disabilities are to be regarded under the subsequent provisions of that
Act (compensation and other matters) as injuries caused on the same occasion, and by
the same breach of duty, as was the injury to the parent.
(4) As respects compensation to the child, section 13(3) of the 1965 Act
(contributory fault of person injured by radiation) is to be applied as if the reference
there to fault were to the fault of the parent.
(5) Compensation is not payable in the child's case if the injury to the parent
preceded the time of the child's conception and at that time either or both of the
parents knew the risk of their child being born disabled (that is to say, the particular
risk created by the injury).





1966 No. 811.

FUGITIVE CRIMINAL.

THE SWEDEN (EXTRADITION) (EXTENSION) ORDER 1966.

Made - - - - - 5th July 1966.
Laid before Parliament - - 11th July 1966.

Coming into Operation - - 1st August 1966.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 5th day of July 1966.

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

Whereas a Treaty was concluded on 26th April 1963 between Her
Majesty in respect of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
Ireland and His Majesty The King of Sweden for the reciprocal
extradition of criminals:

And whereas a Protocol amending the said Treaty was signed on
6th December 1965:

And whereas the said Treaty was ratified on 29th December 1965:

And whereas by the Sweden (Extradition) Order 1966(a), it was
provided that the Extradition Acts 1870 to 1935 should apply as from
29th March 1966 in the case of the Kingdom of Sweden under and in
accordance with the said Treaty, as amended by the said Protocol, and
that the operation of the Order should be limited to the United Kingdom,
the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man:

And whereas in accordance with the provisions of Article 2(1)(b) of
the said Treaty, as amended by Article 1 of the said Protocol, it has
been agreed by Notes exchanged on 6th June 1966, the terms of which
are set out in the Schedule to this Order, that the application of the
Treaty should be extended to those territories for the international
relations of which Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom are
responsible and which are set out in the Annex to the said Notes:

Now, therefore, Her Majesty, by virtue and in exercise of the
powers in this behalf conferred on Her by section 2 of the Extradition
Act 1870(b) or otherwise in Her Majesty vested, is pleased, by and with
the advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as
follows

1. The Extradition Acts 1870 to 1935 shall apply in the case of the
Kingdom of Sweden under and in accordance with the said Treaty, as
amended by the said Protocol and extended by the said Exchange of
Notes.

(a) S.I. 19661226 (1966 1, p.
456). (b) 1870 c. 52.





2. The operation of this Order is limited to the territories (including
their dependencies) specified in the Annex to the said Exchange of
Notes.

3. This Order shall come into operation on 1st August 1966 and
may be cited as the Sweden (Extradition) (Extension) Order 1966.

W. G. AGNEW.

SCHEDULE.

EXCHANGE OF NOTES BETWEEN HER MAJESTY'S GOVERNMENT IN THE
UNITED KINGDOM OF GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRELAND
AND THE ROYAL GOVERNMENT OF SWEDEN PROVIDING FOR THE
EXTENSION OF THE EXTRADITION TREATY SIGNED ON 26TH
APRIL 1963.

No. 1.

The Secretary of Stale for Foreign Affairs to the Swedish Ambassador.

Foreign Office, S.WA.

6 June, 1966.

Your Excellency,

I have the honour to refer to the Extradition Treaty between Her Majesty in
respect of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and His
Majesty The King of Sweden signed at London on the 26th day of April, 1963 as
amended by the Protocol signed at London on the 6th of December, 1965.

In accordance with Article 2(1)(b) of the said Treaty, as amended, I have the
honour to propose that the application of the Treaty should be extended with
effect from the 1st of August, 1966 to those territories, listed in the Annex to this
Note, for the international relations of which Her Britannic Majesty's Government
in the United Kingdom are responsible.

If the foregoing proposal is acceptable to the Royal Swedish Government, I
have the honour to propose that this Note together with Your Excellency's reply
in that sense should constitute an Agreement between Her Britannic Majesty's
Government and the Royal Swedish Government.

I have the honour to be, with the highest consideration,

Your Excellency's obedient Servant,

(For the Secretary of State)

H. V. RICHARDSON

ANNEX.

Aden (and Perim, and the Kuria Muria Islands)

Antigua

Bahamas

Barbados

Basutoland

Bermuda







British Antarctic Territory

British Honduras

British Indian Ocean Territory





Cayman Islands
Dominica
Falkland Islands
Fiji
Gibraltar
Gilbert and Ellice Islands
Grenada
Hong Kong
Mauritius
Montserrat
Pitcairn
St. Christopher, Nevis and Anguilla
St. Helena
St. Lucia
St. Vincent
Seychelles
Southern Rhodesia
The Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia in the Island of
Cyprus
Turks and Caicos Islands
Virgin Islands

No. 2.

The Swedish Ambassador to the Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs.

London, 6th June 1966.
No. 104

Your Excellency,

1 have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your Note of to-day's date,
which reads as follows:

[As in No. 11.

2. In reply, I have the honour to inform you that the foregoing proposal is
acceptable to the Royal Swedish Government, who therefore agree that your Note,
together with its Annex and the present reply, shall constitute an Agreement
between the Royal Swedish Government and Her Britannic Majesty's Government.

1 have the honour to be,

With the highest consideration,

Your Excellency's obedient Servant,

GUNNAR HAGGLOF.





1967 No. 18.

UNITED NATIONS.

THE SOUTHERN RHODESIA (PROHIBITED TRADE AND
DEALINGS) (OVERSEAS TERRITORIES) ORDER 1967.

(Revoked by S.I. 1968 No. 1094)

A.

REVISED EDITION 1968

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





1967 No. 159.

ARBITRATION.

THE ARBITRATION (INTERNATIONAL INVESTMENT
DISPUTES) ACT 1966 (APPLICATION TO
COLONIES ETC.) ORDER 1967.

Made 10th February 1967.
Coming into Operation 20th February 1967.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 10th day of February 1967.

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

Her Majesty, by virtue and in exercise of the powers conferred
upon Her by section 6 of the Arbitration (International Investment
Disputes) Act 1966(a) (hereinafter referred to as 'the Act') and of all
other powers enabling Her in that behalf, is pleased, by and with the
advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as
follows

1. This Order may be cited as the Arbitration (International
Investment Disputes) Act 1966 (Application to Colonies etc.) Order
1967, and shall come into operation on 20th February 1967.

2. Subject to the adaptations and modifications specified in
Schedule 2 to this Order, the provisions of the Act, except sections 5, 6,
7 and 8 thereof, shall extend to the territories (including any
dependencies thereof) specified in Schedule 1 to this Order.

3. (1) For the purposes of the application of the provisions of the
Act to any territory specified in Schedule 1 to this Order, in Schedule 2
to this Order

'the Territory' means that territory;

'the Supreme Court' means the court (by whatever name styled) having
unlimited original jurisdiction in that territory in civil matters;

'the Governor' means the Governor or other officer for the time being
administering the government of that territory.

(2) The Interpretation Act 1889(b) shall apply, with the necessary
adaptations, for the purpose of interpreting this Order and otherwise in
relation thereto as it applies for the purpose of interpreting and in
relation to Acts of Parliament of the United Kingdom.

(a) 1966 c. 41. (b)
1889 c. 63.





SCHEDULE1.

TERRITORIES TO WHICH THE ACT
EXTENDS.

Antigua Bahamas Bermuda British
Honduras British Solomon Islands
Protectorate Cayman Islands
Dominica Falkland Islands Fiji
Gibraltar Gilbert and Ellice Islands
Colony Grenada Hong Kong Mauritius
Montserrat St. Christopher, Nevis and
Anguilla St. Helena St. Lucia St.
Vincent Seychelles Swaziland Turks
and Caicos Islands Virgin Islands.

SCHEDULE 2. [Section 2.]

ADAPTATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS TO BE MADE IN THE
APPLICATION
OF THE ACT TO A TERRITORY.

1. In sections 1(2) and 2(1), for the references to the High Court there hall be
substituted references to the Supreme Court of the Territory.

2. In section 1(3), for the words 'the United Kingdom' there shall be
substituted the words the Territory

3. In sections 1(6) and 2(2), for the references to section 99 of the Supreme
curt of Judicature (Consolidation) Act 1925(a) there shall be substituted eferences
to the corresponding enactment forming part ofthe law ofthe Territory nabling
rules of court to be made with respect to the practice and procedure of the
Supreme Court of the Territory in civil proceedings.

4. For section 3 there shall be substituted the following section

3. (1) The Governor may by order-

(a)make provision, in relation to such proceedings pursuant to the
Convention as are specified in the order, for the attendance of
witnesses, the hearing of evidence and the production of documents;

(a) 1925 c. 49.





(b)direct that the Foreign Tribunals Evidence Act 1856(a) (which
relates to the taking of evidence for the purpose of proceedings
before a foreign tribunal) shall apply to such proceedings pursuant to
the Convention as are specified in the order, with or without any
modifications or exceptions specified in the order.

(2) Except as provided by any order made under subsection (1)(a) of this
section, no enactment relating to arbitration which forms part of the law of
the Territory shall apply to proceedings pursuant to the Convention, but this
subsection shall not be taken as affecting any provision of such an enactment
relating to staying court proceedings where there is submission to arbitration.

(3) An order made under this section may be varied or revoked by a
subsequent order so made.





1967 No. 809.

CIVIL AVIATION.
THE CARRIAGE BY AIR (OVERSEAS TERRITORIES)
ORDER 1967.

Made - - - - - - 24th May 1967.

Coming into Operation - - - 1st June 1967.

ARRANGEMENT OF ORDER.
Article.............................. Page

1. Citation and commencement....... CG 2

2. Interpretation.......... .... CG2
3. Revocation.. .... CG 2

4. Extension of certain provisions of Act of 1961 to Overseas

Territories...... CG 2

5. Extension of certain provisions of Act of 1962 to Overseas

Territories.. ...... CG 3

SCHEDULE 1.

Adapted and modified provisions of Act of 1961.

FIRST ANNEX.
The, amended Convention.

SECOND ANNEX.
Provisions as to liability of carrier in the event of the death of a passenger.

SCHEDULE 2.

Adapted and modified provisions of Act of 1962.

ANNEX.
The Guadalajara Convention.

SCHEDULE 3.

Territories to which the Order applies.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 24th day of May 1967.

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

Her Majesty, by virtue and in exercise of the powers conferred

on Her by section 9 of the Carriage by Air Act 1961(a) and section
5(1) of the Carriage by Air (Supplementary Provisions) Act 1962(b),

(a) 1961 c. 27.
(b) 1962 c. 43.





is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it
is hereby ordered, as follows

1. This Order may be cited as the Carriage by Air (Overseas
Territories) Order 1967, and shall come into operation on 1st June 1967.

2. (1) In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires

'the Act of 1961' means the Carriage by Air Act 1961;

'the Act of 1962 means the Carriage by Air (Supplementary) Provisions)
Act 1962;

theamended Convention' means the English text of the Convention
concerning international carriage by air known as 'the Warsaw
Convention as amended at The Hague 1955 the provisions of which
are set out in the First Annex to schedule 1 to this Order, and
includes the Additional Protocol to the Warsaw Convention as set
out at the end of that Annex;

'Governor of an Overseas Territory' means the officer for the time being
administering the Government of that territory;

'the Guadalajara, Convention' means the English text of the Convention
supplementary to the Warsaw Convention, for the unification of
certain rules relating to international carriage by air performed by a
person other than the contracting carrier as set out in the Schedule
to the Act of 1962;

'Overseas Territory' means any one of the territories mentioned in
schedule 3 to this Order;

'the Warsaw Convention' means the Convention for the Unification of
Certain Rules relating to International Carriage by Air signed at
Warsaw on 12th October 1929.

(2) The Interpretation Act 1889(a) shall apply, with- the necessary
adaptations, for the purpose of interpreting this Order and otherwise in
relation thereto as it applies for the purpose of interpreting, and in
relation to, Acts of Parliament of the United Kingdom.

3. The Carriage by Air (Colonies, Protectorates and Trust
Territories) Order 1953(b) is revoked in so far as it applies as part of the
law of the territories mentioned in schedule 3 to this Order.

4. The provisions of section 1(1), subsections (1), (2) and (3) of
section 2, sections 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 13 and 14(2) of the Act of 1961, subject to
certain adaptations and modifications, as set out in schedule 1 to this
Order, are extended to the territories mentioned in schedule 3 to this
Order.

(ai 1889 c. 63.
(b) S.I. 195311474 (1953 1, p. 246).





5. (1) The provisions of section 1(1), subsections (1)(b) and (2) of
section 2, and sections 3 and 6 of the Act of 1962, subject to certain
adaptations and modifications, as set out in schedule 2 to this Order,
are extended to the territories mentioned in schedule 3 to this Order.

(2) In the said schedule 2 to this Order references to the Act of
1961 shall be construed as references to that Act subject to the
adaptations and modifications referred to in Article 4 of this Order.

W. G. AGNEW

SCHEDULE 1. [Article 4.]

ADAPTED AND MODIFIED PROVISIONS OF ACT OF
1961.

1. (1) The provisions of the amended Convention as set out in the First
Annex to this schedule shall, so far as they relate to the rights and liabilities of
carriers, carriers' servants and agents, passengers, consignors, consignees and other
persons, and subject to the provisions of this schedule, have the force of law in an
Overseas Territory in relation to any carriage by air to which the amended
Convention applies, irrespective of the nationality of the aircraft performing that
carriage.

2. (1) Her Majesty may by Order in Council from time to time certify who
are the High Contracting Parties to the amended Convention, in respect of what
territories they are respectively parties and to what extent they have availed
themselves of the provisions of the Additional Protocol at the end of the amended
Convention as set out in the First Annex to this schedule.

(2) Paragraph (2) of Article 40A in the First Annex to this schedule shall not
be read as extending references in that Annex to the territory of a High
Contracting Party (except such as are references to the territory of any State,
whether a High Contracting Party or not) to include any territory in respect of
which that High Contracting Party is not a party.

(3) An Order in Council under this section shall, except so far as it has been
superseded by a subsequent Order, be conclusive evidence of the matters so
certified.

3. Any liability imposed by Article 17 in the First Annex to this schedule on a
carrier in respect of the death of a passenger shall be in substitution for any
liability of the carrier in respect of the death of that passenger either under any
enactment or at common law and the provisions set out in the Second Annex to
this schedule shall have etfect with respect to the persons by and for whose benefit
the liability so imposed is enforceable and with respect to the manner in which it
may be enforced.

4. (1) It is hereby declared that the limitations on liability in Article 22 in the
First Annex to this schedule apply whatever the nature of the proceedings by
which liability may be enforced and that, in particular

(a)those limitations apply where proceedings are brought by a tortfeasor to
obtain a contribution from another tortfeasor, and

(b)the limitation for each passenger in paragraph (1) of the said Article 22
applies to the aggregate liability of the carrier in all proceedings which
may be brought against him under the law of an Overseas Territory
together with any proceedings brought against him outside that Overseas
Territory.





(2) A court before which proceedings are brought to enforce a liability which is
limited by the said Article 22 may at any stage of the proceedings make any such
order as appears to the court to be just and equitable in view of the provisions of
the said Article 22, and of any other proceedings which have been, or are likely to
be, commenced in an Overseas Territory or elsewhere to enforce the liability in
whole or in part.

(3) Without prejudice to the last foregoing subsection, a court before which
proceedings are brought to enforce a liability which is limited by the said Article 22
shall, where the liability is, or may be, partly enforceable in other proceedings in an
Overseas Territory or elsewhere, have jurisdiction to award an amount less than the
court would have awarded if the limitation applied solely to the proceedings before
the court, or to make any part of its award conditional on the result of any other
proceedings.

(4) The Governor of an Overseas Territory may, in such manner as he may
think fit, from time to time, specify the respective amounts which for the
purposes of the said Article 22, and in particular of paragraph (5) of that Article,
are to be taken as equivalent to the sums expressed in francs which are mentioned
in that Article.

(5) References in this section to the said Article 22 include, subject to any
necessary modifications, references to that Article as applied by Article 25A.

5. (1) No action against a carrier's servant or agent which arises out of damage
to which the amended Convention relates shall, if he was acting within the scope of
his employment, be brought after more than two years, reckoned from the date of
arrival at the destination or from the date on which the aircraft ought to have
arrived, or from the date on which the carriage stopped.

(2) Article 29 in the First Annex to this schedule shall not be read as applying
to any proceedings for contribution between tortfeasors, but no action shall be
brought by a tortfeasor to obtain a contribution from a carrier in respect of a tort
to which the said Article 29 applies after the expiration of two years from the time
when judgment is obtained against the person seeking to obtain the contribution.

(3) The foregoing provisions of this section and the provisions of the said
Article 29 shall have effect as if references in those provisions to an action
included references to an arbitration.

7. (1) Her Majesty may from time to time by Order in Council direct that this
section shall apply, or shall cease to apply, to the United Kingdom or any other
State specified in the Order.

(2) The amended Convention as set out in the First Annex to this schedule
shall not apply to the carriage of persons, cargo and baggage for the military
authorities of a State to which this section applies in aircraft registered in
that State if the whole capacity of the aircraft has been reserved by or on behalf of
those authorities.

8. Every High Contracting Party to the amended Convention who has not
availed himself of the provisions of the Additional Protocol at the end of the
amended Convention as set out in the First Annex to this schedule shall, for the
purposes of any action brought in a court in an Overseas Territory in accordance
with the provisions of Article 28 in the said First Annex to enforce a claim in
respect of carriage undertaken by him, be deemed to have submitted to the
jurisdiction of that court, and accordingly rules of court may provide for the
manner in which any such action is to be commenced and carried on; but nothing in
this section shall authorize the issue of execution against the property of any High
Contracting Party.

13. This Act shall bind the Crown.

14. (2) In this Act the expression 'court' includes (in an arbitration
allowed by the amended Convention) an arbitrator.











FIRST ANNEX TO SCHEDULE 1.
THE AMENDED CONVENTION.

CONVENTION.
FOR THE UNIFICATION OF CERTAIN Rum
RELATING To
INTERNATIONAL CARRIAGE BY AIR.

CHAPTER 1.

SCOPE-DEFINITIONS
Article 1.

(1) This Convention applies to all international carriage of persons, baggage
or cargo performed by aircraft for reward. It applies equally to gratuitous carriage
by aircraft performed by an air transport undertaking.

(2) For the purposes of this Convention, the expression international
carriage means any carriage in which, according to the agreement between the
parties, the place of departure and the place of destination, whether or not there
be a break in the carriage or a transshipment, are situated either within the
territories of two High Contracting Parties or within the territory of a single High
Contracting Party if there is an agreed stopping place within the territory of
another State, even if that State is not a High Contracting Party. Carriage between
two points within the territory of a single High Contracting Party without an
agreed stopping place within the territory of another State is not international
carriage for the purposes of this Convention.

(3) Carriage to be performed by several successive air carriers is deemed. for
the purposes of this Convention, to be one undivided carriage if it has been
regarded by the parties as a single operation, whether it had been agreed upon under
the form of a single contract or of a series of contracts, and it does not lose its
international character merely because one contract or a series of contracts is to be
performed entirely within the territory of the same State.

Article 2.

(1) This Convention applies to carriage performed by the State or by legally
constituted public bodies provided it falls within the conditions laid down in Article
1.

(2) This Convention shall not apply to carriage of mail and postal packages.

CHAPTER II.
DOCUMENTS OF
CARRIAGE.

SECTION 1-PASSENGER TICKET
Article 3.

(1) In respect of the carriage of passengers a ticket shall be delivered
containing:

(a) an indication of the places of departure and destination;

(b)if the places of departure and destination are within the territory of a
single High Contracting Party, one or more agreed stopping places being
within the territory of another State, an indication of at least one such
stopping place;

(e)a notice to the effect that, if the passenger's journey involves an ultimate
destination or stop in a country other than the country of departure, the
Warsaw Convention may be applicable and that the Convention governs
and in most cases limits the liability of carriers for death or personal injury
and in respect of loss of or damage to baggage.











(2) The passenger ticket shall constitute prima facie evidence of the
conclusion and conditions of the contract of carriage. The absence, irregularity or
loss of the passenger ticket does not affect the existence or the validity of the
contract of carriage which shall, none the less, be subject to the rules of this
Convention. Nevertheless, if, with the consent of the carrier, the passenger
embarks without a passenger ticket having been delivered, or if the ticket does not
include the notice required by paragraph (1)(c) of this Article, the carrier shall not
be entitled to avail himself of the provisions of Article 22.

SECTION 2-BAGGAGE CHECK.

Article 4.

(1) In respect of the carriage of registered baggage, a baggage check shall be
delivered, which, unless combined with or incorporated in a passenger ticket which
complies with the provisions of Article 3, paragraph (1), shall contain:

(a) an indication of the places of departure and destination;

(b)if the places of departure and destination are within the territory of a
single High Contracting Party, one or more agreed stopping places being
within the territory of another State, an indication of at least one such
stopping place;

(c)a notice to the effect that, if the carriage involves an ultimate destination
or stop in a country other than the country of departure, the Warsaw
Convention may be applicable and that the Convention governs and in
most cases limits the liability of carriers in respect of loss of or damage to
baggage.

(2) The baggage check shall constitute prima facie evidence ofthe registration
of the baggage and of the conditions of. the contract of carriage. The absence,
irregularity or loss of the baggage check does not affect the existence or the
validity of the contract of carriage which shall, none the less, be subject to the rules
of this Convention. Nevertheless, if the carrier takes charge of the baggage without
a baggage check having been delivered or if the baggage check (unless combined
with or incorporated in the passenger ticket which complies with the provisions of
Article 3, paragraph (1)(c)) does not include the notice required by paragraph (1)(c)
of this Article, he shall not be entitled to avail himself of the provisions of Article
22, paragraph (2).

SECTION 3.-AIR WAYBILL.

Article 5.

(1) Every carrier of cargo has the right to require the consignor to make
out and hand over to him a document called an 'air waybill' every consignor has
the right to require the carrier to accept this document.

(2) The absence, irregularity or loss of this document does not affect the
existence or the validity of the contract of carriage which shall, subject to the
provisions of Article 9, be none the less governed by the rules of this Convention.

.Article 6.

(1) The air waybill shall be made out by the consignor in three original parts
and be handed over with the cargo.

(2) The first part shall be marked 'for the carrier', and shall be signed by the
consignor. The second part shall be marked 'for the consignee'; it shall be signed
by the consignor and by the carrier and shall accompany the cargo. The third part
shall be signed by the carrier and handed by him to the consignor after the cargo
has been accepted.

(3) The carrier shall sign prior to the loading of the cargo on board






the aircraft.





(4) The signature of the carrier may be stamped; that of the consignor may
be printed or stamped.

(5) If, at the request of the consignor, the carrier makes out the air waybill, he
shall be deemed, subject to proof to the contrary, to have done so on behalf of the
consignor.

Article 7.

The carrier of cargo has the right to require the consignor to make out
separate waybills when there is more than one package.

Article 8.

The air waybill shall contain:

(a) an indication of the places of departure and destination;

(b)if the places of departure and destination are within the territory of a
single High Contracting Party, one or more agreed stopping places being
within the territory-of another State, an indication of at least one such
stopping place;

(c)a notice to the consignor to the effect that, if the carriage involves an
ultimate destination or stop in a country other than the country of
departure, the Warsaw Convention may be applicable and that the
Convention governs and in most cases limits the liability of carriers in
respect of loss of or damage to cargo.

Article 9.

If, with the consent of the carrier, cargo is loaded on board the aircraft
without an air waybill having been made out, or if the air waybill does not include
the notice required by Article 8, paragraph (c), the carrier shall not be entitled to
avail himself of the provisions of Article 22, paragraph (2).

Article 1d.

(1) The consignor is responsible for the correctness of the particulars and
statements relating to the cargo which he inserts in the air waybW.

(2) The consignor shall indemnify the carrier against all damage suffered by
him, or by any other person to whom the carrier is liable, by reason of the
irregularity, incorrectness or incompleteness of the particulars and statements
furnished by the consignor.

Article 11.

(1) The air waybill is prima facie evidence ofthe conclusion ofthe contract, of
the receipt of the cargo and of the conditions of carriage.

(2) The statements in the air waybill. relating to the weight, dimensions and
packing of the cargo, as well as those relating to the number of packages, are prima
facie evidence of the facts stated; those relating to the quantity, volume and
condition of the cargo do not constitute evidence against the carrier except so far
as they both have been, and are stated in the air waybill to have

been, checked by him in the presence of the consignor, or relate to the apparent
condition of the cargo.

Article 12.

(1) Subject to his liability to carry out all his obligations under the contract of
carriage, the consignor has the right to dispose of the cargo by withdrawing it at
the aerodrome of departure or destination, or by stopping it in the course of the






journey on any landing, or by calling for it to be delivered at the place of
destination or in the course of the journey to a person other than the consignee
named in the air waybill, or by requiring it to be returned to the





aerodrome of departure. He must not exercise this right of disposition in such a
way as to prejudice the carrier or other consignors and he must repay any expenses
occasioned by the exercise of this right.

(2) If it is impossible to carry out the orders of the consignor the carrier must
so inform him forthwith.

(3) If the carrier obeys the orders of the consignor for the disposition of the
cargo without requiring the production of the part of the air waybill delivered to the
latter, he will be liable, without prejudice to his right of recovery from the
consignor, for any damage which may be caused thereby to any person who is
lawfully in possession of that part of the air waybill.

(4) The right conferred on the consignor ceases at the moment when that of
the consignee begins in accordance with Article 13. Nevertheless, if the consignee
declines to accept the waybill or the cargo, or if he cannot be communicated with,
the consignor resumes his right of disposition.

Article 13. .

(1) Except in the circumstances set out in the preceding Article, the con
signee is entitled, on arrival of the cargo at the place of destination, to require the
carrier to hand over to him the air waybill and to deliver the cargo to him, on
payment of the charges due and on complying with the conditions of carriage set
out in the air waybill.

(2) Unless it is otherwise agreed, it is the duty of the carrier to give notice to
the consignee as soon as the cargo arrives

(3) If the carrier admits the loss of the cargo, or if the cargo has not arrived at
the expiration of seven days after the date on which it ought to have arrived, the
consignee is entitled to put into force against the carrier the rights which flow from
the contract of carriage.

Article 14.

The consignor and the consignee can respectively enforce all the rights given
them by Articles 12 and 13, each in his own name, whether he is acting in his own
interest or in the interest of another, provided that he carries out the obligations
imposed by the contract.

Article 15.

(1) Articles 12, 13 and 14 do not affect either the relations of the
consignor or the consignee with each other or the mutual relations of third parties
whose rights are derived either from the consignor or from the consignee.

(2) The provisions of Articles 12, 13 and 14 can only be varied by express
provision in the air waybill.

(3) Nothing in this Convention prevents the issue of a negotiable air waybill.

Article 16.

(1) The consignor must furnish such information and attach to the air waybill
such documents as are necessary to meet the formalities of customs, octroi or
police before the cargo can be delivered to the consignee. The consignor is liable to
the carrier for any damage occasioned by. the absence, insufficiency or irregularity
of any such information or documents, unless the damage is due to the fault of the
carrier or his servants or agents.

(2) The carrier is under no obligation to enquire into the correctness or
sufficiency of such information or documents.





CHAPTER UI.

LIABILITY OF THE CA~.

Article 17.

The carrier is liable for damage sustained in the event of the death or
wounding of a passenger or any other bodily injury suffered by a passenger, if the
accident which caused the damage so sustained took place on board the aircraft or
in the course of any of the operations of embarking or disembarking.

Article 18.

(1) The carrier is liable for damage sustained in the event of the destruction
or loss of, or of damage to, any registered baggage or any cargo, if the occurrence
which caused the damage so sustained took place during the carriage by air.

(2) The carriage by air within the meaning of the preceding paragraph
comprises the period during which the baggage or cargo is in charge of the carrier,
whether in an aerodrome or on board an aircraft, or, in the case of a landing
outside an aerodrome, in any place whatsoever.

(3) The period of the carriage by air does not extend to any carriage by land,
by sea or by river performed outside an aerodrome. If, however, such a carriage
takes place in the performance of a contract for carriage by air, for the purpose of
loading, delivery or transshipment, any damage is presumed, subject to proof to
the contrary, to have been the result of an event which took place during the
carriage by air.

Article 19.

The carrier is liable for damage occasioned by delay in the carriage by air of
passengers, baggage or cargo.

Article 20.

The carrier is not liable if he proves that he and his servants or agents have
taken all necessary measures to avoid the damage or that it was impossible for him
or them to take such measures.

Article 21.

If the carrier proves that the damage was caused by or contributed to by the
negligence of the injured person the court may, in accordance with the provisions
of its own law, exonerate the carrier wholly or partly from his liability.

Article 22.

(1) In the carriage of persons the liability of the carrier for each passenger is
limited to the sum of two hundred and fifty thousand francs. Where, in accordance.
with the law of the court seised of the case, damages may be awarded in the form of
periodical payments the equivalent capital value of the said payments shall not
exceed two hundred and fifty thousand francs. Nevertheless, by special contract,
the carrier and the passenger may agree to a higher limit of liability.

(2) (a) In the carriage of registered baggage and of cargo, the liability of the
carrier is limited to a sum of two hundred and fifty francs per kilogramme, unless
the passenger or consignor has made, at the time when the package was handed
over to the carrier, a special declaration of interest in delivery at destination and
has paid a supplementary sum if the case so requires. In that case the carrier will be
liable to pay a sum not exceeding the declared -il-, unless he proves that that sum is
greater than the passenger's or consignor's actual interest in delivery at destination.





(b) In the case of loss, damage or delay of part of registered baggage or cargo,
or of any object contained therein, the weight to be taken into consideration in
determining the amount to which the carrier's liability is limited shall be only the
total weight of the package or packages concemed. Nevertheless, when the loss,
damage or delay of a part of the registered baggage or cargo, or of an object
contained therein, affects the value of other packages covered by the same baggage
check or the same air waybill, the total weight of such package or packages shall
also be taken into consideration in determining the limit of liability.

(3) As regards objects of which the passenger takes charge himself the liability
of the carrier is limited to five thousand francs per passenger.

(4) The limits prescribed in this Article shall not prevent the court from
awarding, in accordance with its own law, in addition, the whole or part of the court
costs and of the other expenses of the litigation incurred by the plaintiff. The
foregoing provision shall not apply if the amount of the damages awarded,
excluding court costs and other expenses of the litigation, does not exceed the sum
which the carrier has offered in writing to the plaintiff within a period of six
months from the date of the occurrence causing the damage, or before the
commencement of the action, if that is later.

(5) The sums mentioned in francs in this Article shall be deemed to refer to a
currency unit consisting of sixty-five and a half milligrammes of gold of millesimal
fineness nine hundred. These sums may be converted into national currencies in
round figures. Conversion of the sums into national currencies other than gold shall,
in case of judicial proceedings, be made according to the gold value of such
currencies at the date of the judgment.

Article 23.

(1) Any provision tending to relieve the carrier of liability or to fix a lower
limit than that which is laid down in this Convention shall be null and void, but the
nullity of any such provision does not involve the nullity of the whole contract,
which shall remain subject to the provisions of this Convention.

(2) Paragraph (1) of this Article shall not apply to provisions governing loss
or damage resulting from the inherent defect, quality or vice of the cargo carried.

Article 24.

(1) In the cases covered by Articles 18 and 19 any action for damages,
however founded, can only be brought subject to the conditions and limits set out in
this Convention.

(2 ) In the cases covered by Article 17 the provisions of the preceding
paragraph also apply, without prejudice to the questions as to who are the
persons who have the right to bring suit and what are their respective rights.

Article 25.

The limits of liability specified in Article 22 shall not apply if it is proved that
the damage resulted from an act or omission of the carrier, his servants or agents,
done with intent to cause damage or recklessly and with knowledge that damage
would probably result;. provided that, in the case of such act or omission of a
servant or agent, it is also proved that he was acting within the scope of his
employment.

Article 25A.

(1) If an action is brought against a servant or agent of the carrier arising out
of damage to which this Convention relates, such servant or agent, if he proves
that he acted within the scope of his employment, shall be entitled to avail himself
of the limits of liability which that carrier himself is entitled to invoke under
Article 22.





(2) The aggregate of the amounts recoverable from the carrier, his servants
and agents, in that case, shall not exceed the said limits.

(3) The provisions of paragraphs (1) and (2) Qf this Article shall not apply if
it is proved that the damage resulted from an act or omission of the servant or
agent done with intent to cause damage or recklessly and with knowledge that
damage would probably result.

Article 26.

(1) Receipt by the person entitled to delivery of baggage or cargo without
complaint is prima facie evidence that the same has been delivered in good
condition and in accordance with the document of carriage.

(2) In the case of damage, the person entitled to delivery must complain to
the carrier forthwith after the discovery of the damage, and, at the latest, within
seven days from the date of receipt in the case of baggage and fourteen days from
the date of receipt in the case of cargo. In the case of delay the complaint must be
made at the latest within twenty-one days from the date on which the baggage or
cargo have been placed at his disposal.

(3) Every complaint must be made in writing upon the document of carriage
or by separate notice in writing despatched within the times aforesaid.

(4) Failing complaint within the times aforesaid, no action shall lie against the
carrier, save in the case of fraud on his part.

Article 27. .

In the case of the death of the person liable, an action for damages lies in
accordance with the terms of this Convention against those legally representing his
estate.

Article 28.

(1) An action for damages must be brought, at the option of the plaintiff, in
the territory of one of the High Contracting Parties. either before the court
having jurisdiction where the carrier is ordinarily resident, or has his principal
place of business, or has an establishment by which the contract has been made or
before the court having jurisdiction at the place of destination.

(2) Questions of procedure shall be governed by the law of the court seised of
the case.

Article 29.

(1) The right to damages shall be extinguished if an action is not brought
within two years, reckoned from the date of arrival at the destination, or from the
date on which the aircraft ought to have arrived. or from the date on which the
carriage stopped.

(2) The method of calculating the period of limitation shall be determined by
the law of the court seised of the case.

Article 30.

(1) In the case of carriage to be performed by various successive carriers and
falling within the definition set out in the third paragraph of Article 1, each carrier
who accepts passengers, baggage or cargo is subjected to the rules set out in this
Convention, and is deemed to be one of the contracting parties to the contract of
carriage in so far as the contract deals with that part of the carriage which is
performed under his supervision.

(2) In the case of carriage of this nature, the passenger or his representative
can take action only against the carrier who performed the carriage during which






the accident or the delay occurred save in the case where, by express agreement,
the first carrier has ass~ liability for the whole journey.





(3) As regards baggage or cargo, the passenger or consignor will have a right of
action against the first carrier, and the passenger or consignee who is entitled to
delivery will have a right of action against the last carrier, and further, each may
take action against the carrier who performed the carriage during which the
destruction, loss, damage or relay took place. These carriers will be jointly and
severally liable to the passenger or to the consignor or consignee.

CHAPTER IV.

Provisions RELATING To COMBINED CARRIAGE

Article 31.

(1) In the case of combined carriage performed partly by air and partly by any
other mode of carriage, the provisions of this Convention apply only to the
carriage by air, provided that the carriage by air falls within the terms of Article 1.

(2) Nothing in this Convention shall prevent the parties in the case of
combined carriage from inserting in the document of air carriage conditions relating
to other modes of carriage, provided that the provisions of this Convention are
observed as regards the carriage by air.

CHAPTER V.

GENERAL AND FINAL
PROVISIONS

Article 32.

Any clause contained in the contract and all special agreements entered into
before the damage occurred by which the parties purport to infringe the rules laid
down by this Convention, whether by deciding the law to be applied, or by altering
the rules as to jurisdiction, shall be nun and void. Nevertheless for the carriage of
cargo arbitration clauses are allowed, subject to this Convention, if the arbitration is
to take place within one of the jurisdictions referred to in the first paragraph of
Article 28.

Article 33.

Nothing contained in this Convention shall prevent the carrier either from
refusing to enter into any contract of carriage, or from making regulations which
do not conflict with the provisions of this Convention.

Article 34.

The provisions of Articles 3 to 9 inclusive relating to documents of carriage
shaft not apply in the case of carriage performed in extraordinary circumstances
outside the normal scope of an air carrier's business.

Article 35.

The expression days when used in this Convention means current days not
working days.

Article 40A.

[This paragraph is not reproduced. It defines 'High Contracting Party

(2) For the purposes of the Convention the word territory means not only the
metropolitan territory of a State but also all other territories for the foreign
relations of which that State is responsible.

[Articles 36, 37, 38, 39, 40 and 41 and the concluding words of the
Convention are not reproduced They deal with the deposition and coming into
force of the Convention.]











ADDITIONAL PROTOCOL

(With reference to Article 2).

The High Contracting Parties reserve to themselves the right to declare at the
time of ratification or of accession that the first paragraph of Article 2 of this
Convention shall not apply to international carriage by air performed directly by
the State, its colonies, protectorates of mandated territories or by any other
territory under its sovereignity suzerainty or authority.

SECOND ANNEX TO SCHEDULE 1.

PROVISIONS AS TO LIABILITY OF G~ IN TIE EVENT
OF THE DEATH OF A PASSENGER.

1. (1) The liability shall be enforceable for the benefit of such of the members
of the passenger's family as sustained damage by reason of his death.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph the following shall be taken to be the
members of the passenger's family, that is to say, the passenger's wife or husband,
parents, grandparents, children and grandchildren and any person who is, or is the
issue of, a brother, sister, uncle or aunt of the passenger.

(3) In deducing any relationship for the purposes of this paragraph-

(a)an adopted person shall be treated as the child of the person or persons
by whom he was adopted and not as the child of any other person; and,
subject thereto,

(b)any relationship by affinity shall be treated as a relationship by
consanguinity, any relationship of the half blood as a relationship of the
whole blood, and the step-child of any person as his child; and

(c)an illegitimate person shall be treated as a legitimate child of his mother
and reputed father.

2. Subject to the provisions of this schedule, an action to enforce the liability
may be brought by the personal representative of the passenger or by any person
for whose benefit the liability is under the last preceding paragraph enforceable, but
only one action shall be brought in respect of the death of any one passenger and
every such action by whomsoever brought shall be for the benefit of all such
persons so entitled as aforesaid as either are domiciled in the Overseas Territory,
or, not being domiciled then, express a desire to take the benefit of this action.

3. Subject to the provisions of this schedule, the amount recovered in any such
action, after deducting any costs not recovered from the defendant, shall be divided
between the persons entitled in such proportions as the court (or, where the action
is tried with a jury, the jury) direct.

SCHEDULE 2. [Article 5.1

ADAPTED AND MODIFIED provisons OF ACT OF
1962.

1 - (1) The provisions of the Guadalajara Convention, as set out the Annex
to this schedule, shall, so far as they relate to the rights and liabilities of carriers,
carriers' servants and agents, passengers, consignors, consignees, and other persons,
and subject to the provisions of this schedule, have the force of law in an Overseas
Territory in relation to any carriage by air to which the Guadalajara Convention
applies, irrespective of the nationality of the aircraft performing that carriage.





2. (1) (b) In the Annex to this schedule the Warsaw Convention means the
amended Convention.

(2) In Articles VII and VIII in the Annex to this schedule 'courtincludes (in an
arbitration allowed by the amended Convention or by Article IX.3 in the said
schedule) an arbitrator.

3. (1) In paragraph (a) of subsection (1) and in subsections (2) and (3) of
section 4 of the Act of 1961 references to Article 22 shall include, subject to any
necessary modifications, references to Article VI in the Annex to this schedule.

(2) In section 5 of the Act of 1961 (which limits the time for bringing
proceedings against a carrier's servant or agent and to obtain contribution from a
carrier) references to a carrier include references to an actual carrier as defined in
paragraph (c) of Article 1 in the Annex to this schedule as well as to a contracting
carrier as defined in paragraph (b) of that Article.

(3) In section 8 of the Act of 1961 (which relates to actions against States
brought in an Overseas Territory in accordance with Article 28 in the First Annex
to this schedule) the reference to Article 28 shall include a reference to Article VIII
in the Annex to this schedule.

6. This Act shall bind the Crown.

ANNEX TO SCHEDULE 2.

THE GUADALAJARA CONVENTION

ARTICLE I.

In this Convention:

1 (b)'contracting carrier- means a person who as a principal makes an
agreement for carriage governed by the Warsaw Convention with a
passenger or consignor or with a person acting on behalf of the passenger
or consignor;

(c)'actual carrier' means a person, other than the contracting carrier, who,
by virtue of authority from the contracting carrier, performs the whole or
part of the carriage contemplated in paragraph (b) but who is not with
respect to such part a successive carrier within the meaning of the
Warsaw Convention. Such authority is presumed in the absence of proof
to the contrary.

ARTICLE II.

If an actual carrier performs the whole or part of carriage which, according to
the agreement referred to in Article I, paragraph (b), is governed by the Warsaw
Convention, both the contracting carrier and the actual carrier shall, except as
otherwise provided in this Convention, be subject to the rules of the Warsaw
Convention, the former for the whole of the carriage contemplated in the
agreement, the latter solely for the carriage which he performs.

ARTICLE III.

1. The acts and omissions of the actual carrier and of his servants and agents
acting within the scope of their employment shall, in relation to the carriage
performed by the actual carrier, be deemed to be also those of the contracting
carrier.

2. The acts and omissions of the contracting carrier and of his servants and
agents acting within the scope of their employment shall, in relation to the
carriage performed by the actual carrier, be deemed to be also those of the actual
carrier. Nevertheless, no such act or omission shall subject the actual carrier to
liability exceeding the limits specified in Article 22 of the











Warsaw Convention. Any special agreement under which the contracting carrier
assumes obligations not imposed by the Warsaw Convention or any waiver of
rights conferred by that Convention or any special declaration of interest in
delivery at destination contemplated in Article 22 of the said Convention, shall
not affect the actual carrier unless agreed to by him.

ARTICLE IV.

Any complaint to be made or order to be given under the Warsaw Convention
to the carrier shall have the same effect whether addressed to the contracting
carrier or to the actual carrier. Nevertheless, orders referred to in Article 12 of the
Warsaw Convention shall only be effective if addressed to the contracting carrier.

ARTICLE V.

In relation to the carriage performed by the actual carrier, any servant or
agent of that carrier or of the contracting carrier shall, if he proves that he acted
within the scope of his employment, be entitled to avail himself of the limits of
liability which are applicable under this Convention to the carrier whose servant or
agent he is unless it is proved that he acted in a manner which, under the Warsaw
Convention, prevents the limits of liability from being invoked.

ARTICLE VI.

In relation to the carriage performed by the actual carrier, the aggregate of the
amounts recoverable from that carrier and the contracting carrier, and from their
servants and agents acting within the scope of their employment, shall not exceed
the highest amount which could be awarded against either the contracting carrier or
the actual carrier under this Convention, but none of the persons mentioned shall
be liable for a sum in excess of the limit applicable to him.

ARTICLE VII.

In relation to the carriage performed by the actual carrier, an action for
damages may be brought, at the option of the plaintiff, against that carrier or the
contracting carrier, or against both together or separately. If the action is brought
against only one of those carriers, that carrier shall have the right to require the
other carrier to be joined in the proceedings, the procedure and effects being
governed by the law of the court seised of the case.

ARTICLE VIII.

Any action for damages contemplated in Article VII of this Convention must
be brought, at the option of the plaintiff, either before a court in which an action
may be brought against the contracting carrier, as provided in Article 28 of the
Warsaw Convention, or before the court having jurisdiction at the place where the
actual carrier is ordinarily resident or has his principal place of business.

ARTICLE IX.

1. Any contractual provision tending to relieve the contracting carrier or the
actual carrier of liability under this Convention or to fix a lower limit than that
which is applicable according to this Convention shall be null and void, but the
nullity of any such provision does not involve the nullity of the whole agreement,
which shall remain subject to the provisions of this Convention.

2. In respect of the carriage performed by the actual carrier, the preced. ing
paragraph shall not apply to contractual provisions governing loss or damage
resulting from the inherent defect, quality or vice of the cargo carried.





3. Any clause contained in an agreement for carriage and all special
agreements entered into before the damage occurred by which the parties purport
to infringe the rules laid down by this Convention, whether by deciding the law to
be applied, or by altering the rules as to jurisdiction, shall be null and void.
Nevertheless, for the carriage of cargo arbitration clauses are allowed, subject to
this Convention, if the arbitration is to take place in one of the jurisdictions
referred to in Article VIII.

ARTICLE X.

Except as provided in Article VII, nothing in this Convention shall affect the
rights and obligations of the two carriers between themselves.

SCHEDULE 3.

Bahamas.
Bermuda.
British Antarctic Territory.
British Honduras.
British Indian Ocean Territory.
British Solomon Islands Protectorate.
British Virgin Islands.
Cayman Islands.
Central and Southern Line Islands.
Cyprus: Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia.
Falkland Islands and Dependencies.
Fiji.
Gibraltar.
Gilbert and Ellice Islands Colony.
Hong Kong.
Mauritius.
Montserrat.
St. Helena and Ascension.
Seychelles.
Turks and Caicos Islands.





1967 No. 810.

CIVIL AVIATION.

THE CARRIAGE BY AIR ACTS (APPLICATION OF
PROVISIONS) (OVERSEAS TERRITORIES)
ORDER 1967.

Laid before Parliament in draft
Made - - - - - 24th May 1967.
Coming into Operation - - 1st June 1967.
ARRANGEMENT OF ORDER.
Article............................. page.

1. Citation and commencement.. ..... .. CH 2

2. Interpretation....... .. CH 2

3. Application of Order to certain carriage by air .... CH 3

4. Non-international carriage, and carriage of mail and

postal packages..... .. CH 3

5. International carriage under the Warsaw convention CH 3

6. Power to restrict application of Order .... CH 3

7. Application of certain provisions of the Acts of 1961 and

1962....... CH 3

8. Gratuitous carriage by the Crown .. .... CH 4

9. Application of Order to Overseas Territories.... CH 4

10. Revocation....... CH 4

SCHEDULE1.

PART I.

Adapted and modified provisions of Act of 1961.

PART II.

Adapted and modified provisions of Act of 1962.

SCHEDULE 2.

Non-international carriage, and carriage of mail and postal packages.

PART I.

Application of the amended Convention.

PART II.

Application of the Guadalajara Convention.

SCHEDULE 3.

International carriage under the Warsaw Convention.
Sections 2 and 8 of the Act of 1961 as adapted and modified.





SCHEDULE 4.
International carriage under the Warsaw
Convention.

PART I.
Application of the amended
Convention.

PART II.
Application of the Guadalajara
Convention.

SCHEDULE 5.

Territories to which the Order applies.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 24th day of May 1967.

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

WHEREAS a draft of the following Order has been laid before
Parliament and approved by resolution of each House of Parliament:

Now, THEREFORE, Her Majesty, by virtue and in exercise of the
powers conferred on Her by sections 9 and 10 of the Carriage by Air Act
1961(a) and section 5 of the Carriage by Air (Supplementary Provisions)
Act 1962(b), is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to
order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows

1. This Order may be cited as the Carriage by Air Acts (Application
of Provisions) (Overseas Territories) Order 1961 and shall come into
operation on 1st June 1967.

2. (1) In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires

'The Act of 1961' means the Carriage by Air Act 1961;

'The Act of 1962 means the Carriage by Air (Supplementary Provisions)
Act 1962.

'The amended Convention' means the English text of the Warsaw
Convention with the amendments made to it by the Hague Protocol,
as set out in the First Schedule to the Act of 1961, and includes the
Additional Protocol to the Warsaw Convention as set out at the
end of that. Schedule;

'Governor of an Overseas Territory' means the officer for the
time being administering the government of that territory;

'The Guadalajara Convention' means the English text of the
Convention, supplementary to the Warsaw Convention, for

(a) 1961 c. 27.
(b) 1962 c. 43.





the Unification of Certain Rules relating to International Carriage
by Air performed by a Person other than the Contracting Carrier, as
set out in the Schedule to the Act of 1962;

'Overseas Territory' means any of the territories to which. this Order
applies in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 of this Order;

'The Warsaw Convention' means the Convention for the Unification of
Certain Rules relating to International Carriage by Air signed at
Warsaw on 12th October 1929.

(2) The Interpretation Act 1889(a) shall apply, with the necessary
adaptations, for the purpose of interpreting this Order and otherwise in
relation thereto as it applies for the purpose of interpreting and in
relation to Acts of Parliament of the United Kingdom.

3. This Order shall apply to all carriage by air, not being carriage to
which the amended Convention applies.

4. Schedule 2 to this Order shall have effect in respect of carriage to
which this Order applies, being either

(a)carriage which is not international carriage as defined in
schedule 4 to this Order, or

(b) carriage of mail or postal packages.

5. (1) Schedule 4 to this Order shall have effect in respect of
carriage to which this Order applies, being carriage which is
international carriage as defined in that schedule.

(2) Sections 2 and 8 of the Act of 1961, adapted and modified in the
form set out in schedule 3 to this Order, shall apply to such carriage as
aforesaid.

6. The Governor of an Overseas Territory may by writing under his
hand direct that, in relation to that Territory, any carriage or class of
carriage, or any person or class of person shall be exempted from any of
the requirements imposed by this Order, and any such direction may be
expressed to be, and if so expressed shall take effect, subject to any
conditions or limitations which in the circumstances of the case appear
to the Governor to be required.

7. Sections 3, 4 and 5 of the Act of 1961 and subsections (1) and (2)
of section 3 of the Act of 1962, adapted and modified in the form as set
out in schedule 1 to this Order, shall apply to carriage by air to which
this Order applies, and any reference in the said subsections (1) and (2)
of section 3 of the Act of 1962 to

(a) 1889 c. 63.





the Act of 1961 shall be construed as a reference to that Act as so
adapted and modified.

8.(1) (a) This Order shall apply to gratuitous carriage by the
Crown as it applies to carriage by the Crown for reward, and

(b)the Acts of 1961 and 1962, as adapted and modified by the
provisions of the Carriage by Air (Overseas Territories) Order
1967(a) and extended to the territories therein mentioned, shall
apply to gratuitous carriage by the Crown as they apply by
virtue of that Order, to carriage by the Crown for reward:

Provided, in each case, that the Crown shall not be precluded. by
Article 3(2) of the amended Convention as so applied from availing itself
of the provisions of Article 22 thereof (which provides for the limitation of
the carrier's liability in the carriage of persons) by reason of a passenger
ticket not having been delivered or of the ticket not including the required
notice.

(2) References in this section to the Crown shall be construed as
including references to the Crown in respect of the government of an
Overseas Territory.

9. This Order shall apply to the territories mentioned in schedule 5
to this Order.

10. The following Orders are revoked in so far as they apply as part
of the law of the territories mentioned in schedule 5 to this Order

The Carriage by Air (Non-international Carriage) (Colonies,
Protectorates and Trust Territories) Order 1953(b);

The Carriage by Air (Non-international Carriage) (Colonies,
Protectorates and Trust Territories) (Amendment) Order
1955(c); and

The Carriage by Air (Non-international Carriage) (Colonies,
Protectorates and Trust Territories) (Amendment) Order
1961(d).

W. G. AGNEW.

(a) S.I. 19671809. -
(b) S.I. 195311206 (1953 1, p. 258).
(e) S.I. 19551710 (1955 1, p. 348).
(d) S.I. 196112318 (1961111, p.
4274).





SCHEDULE1. [Article 7.1

PART I.

ADAPTED ~ MODIFIED PROVISION OF THE ACT OF 1961.

3. Any liability imposed by Article 17 in Part 1 of schedule 2 and in Part 1 of
schedule 4 to this Order on a carrier in respect of the death of a passenger shall be
in substitution of any liability of the carrier in respect of the death of that
passenger either under any enactment or at common law and the provisions set out
in the Annex to this Part of this schedule shall have effect with respect to the
persons by and for whose benefit the liability so imposed is enforceable and with
respect to the manner in which it may be enforced.

4. (1) It is hereby do~ that the limitations on liability in Article 22 in Part I
of schedule 2 and in Part I of schedule 4 to this Order apply whatever the nature of
the proceedings by which liability may be enforced and that, in particular

(a)those limitations apply where proceedings are brought by a tortfeasor to
obtain a contribution from another tortfeasor, and

(b)the limitation for each passenger in paragraph (1) of the said Article 22
applies to the aggregate liability of the carrier in all proceedings which
may be brought against him under the law of an Overseas Territory.
together with any proceedings brought against him outside the Overseas
Territory.

(2) A court before which proceedings are brought to enforce a liability which
is limited by the said Article 22 may at any stage of the proceedings make any
such order as appears to the court to be just and equitable in view of the provisions
of the said Article 22, and of any other proceedings which have been, or are likely
to be, commenced in an Overseas Territory or elsewhere to enforce the liability in
whole or in part.

(3) Without prejudice to the last foregoing subsection, a court before which
proceedings are brought to enforce a liability which is limited by the said Article
22 shall, where the liability is, or may be, partly enforceable in other proceedings
in an Overseas Territory or elsewhere, have jurisdiction to award an amount less
than the court would have awarded if the limitation applied solely to the
proceedings before the court, or to make any part of its award conditional on the
result of any other proceedings.

(4) The Governor of an Overseas Territory may, in such manner as he may
think fit, from time to time specify the respective amounts which for the purpose
of the said Article 22, and in particular of paragraph (5) or (4) of that Article, as
the case may be, are to be taken as equivalent to the sums expressed in francs
which are mentioned in that Article.

(5) References in this section to the said Article 22 include, subject to any
necessary modifications, references to that Article as applied by Article 25A.

5. (1) No action against a carrier's servant or agent which arises out of damage
to which the amended Convention as applied by this Order relates shall, if he was
acting within the scope of his employment, be brought after more than two years,
reckoned from the date of arrival at the destination or from the date on which the
aircraft ought to have arrived, or from the date on which the carriage stopped.

(2) Article 29 in Part I of schedule 2 and in Part I of schedule 4 to this Order
shall not be read as applying to any proceedings for contribution between
tortfeasors, but no action shall be brought by a tortfeasor to obtain a contribution
from a carrier in respect of a tort to which the said Article 29 applies after the
expiration of two years from the time when judgment is obtained against the
person seeking to obtain the contribution.





(3) The foregoing provisions of this section and the provisions of the said
Article 29 shall have effect as if references in those provisions to an action
included references to an arbitration.

ANNEX To PART I OF SCHEDULE 1.

1. (1) The liability shall be enforceable for the benefit of such of the members
of the passenger's family as sustained damage by reason of his death.

(2) For the purposes of this paragraph the following shall be taken to, be the
members of the passenger's family, that is to say, the passenger's wife or husband,
parents, grandparents, children and grandchildren and any person who is, or is the
issue of, a brother, sister, uncle or aunt of the passenger.

(3) In deducing any relationship for the purposes of this paragraph-

(a)an adopted person shall be treated as the child of the person or persons by
whom he was adopted and not as the child of any other person; and, subject
thereto,

(b)any relationship by affinity shall be treated as a relationship by
consanguinity, any relationship of the half blood as a relationship of the
whole blood, and the stop-child of any person as his child; and

(c)an illegitimate person shall be treated as a legitimate child of his mother
and reputed father.

2. Subject to the provisions of this schedule, an action to enforce the liability
may be brought by the personal representative of the passenger or by any person
for whose benefit the liability is under the last preceding paragraph enforceable but
only one action shall be brought in respect of the death of any one passenger and
every such action by whomsoever brought shall be for the benefit of all such
persons so entitled as aforesaid as either are domiciled in the Overseas Territory or,
not being domiciled there, express a desire to take the benefit of this action.

3. Subject to the provisions of this schedule, the amount recovered in any such
action, after deducting any costs not recoverable from the defendant, shall be
divided between the persons entitled in such proportions as the court (or, where the
action is tried with a jury, the jury) direct.

PART III.

ADAPTED AND MODIFIED PROVISIONS OF ACT 1962.

3. (1) In paragraph (a) of subsection (1) and in subsections (2) and (3) of
section 4 of the Act of 1961 (which explain the limitations on liability m Article
22 m the First Schedule to that Act and enable a court to make appropriate orders
and awards to give effect to those limitations) references to the said Article 22
shall include, subject to any necessary modifications, references to Article VI in
Part II of schedule 2 and Part H of schedule 4 to this Order.,

(2) In section 5 of the Act of 1961 (which limits the time for bringing
proceedings against a carrier's servant or agent and to obtain contribution from a
carrier) references to a carrier include references to an actual carrier as defined in
paragraph (c) of Article 1 in Part H of schedule 2 and Part H of schedule 4 to this
Order.





SCHEDULE 2. [Article 41

NON-INTERNATIONAL CARRIAGE, AND CARRIAGE OF MAIL AND
POSTAL PACKETS.

PART I.

Application ofthe amended Convention.

The amended Convention as adapted and modified in the form hereinafter set
out shall apply in respect of the carriage described in Article 4 of this Order

CHAPTER I.

SCOPE-DEFINITIONS

Article 1.

(1) This schedule applies to all carriage of persons, baggage or cargo
performed by aircraft for reward. It applies equally to gratuitous carriage by
aircraft performed by an air transport undertaking.

Article 2.

(1) This schedule applies to carriage performed by the State or by legally
constituted public bodies provided it falls within the conditions laid down in Article
1.

CHAPTER M.

LIABILITY OF THE CA~.

Article 17.

The carrier is liable for damage sustained in the event of the death or
wounding of a passenger or any other bodily injury suffered by a passenger, if the
accident which caused the damage so sustained took place on board the aircraft or
in the course of any of the operations of embarking or disembarking.

Article 18.

(1) The carrier is liable for damage sustained in the event of the destruction of
loss of, or of damage to, any registered baggage or any cargo, if the occurrence
which caused the damage so sustained took place during the carriage by air.

(2) The carriage by air within the meaning of the preceding paragraph
comprises the period during which the baggage or cargo is in charge of the carrier,
whether in an aerodrome or on board an aircraft, or, in the case of a landing outside
an aerodrome, in any place whatsoever.

(3) The period of the carriage by air does not extend to any carriage by land,
by sea or by river performed outside an aerodrome. If, however, such a carriage
takes place in the performance of a contract for carriage by air, for the purpose of
loading, delivery or transshipment, any damage is presumed, subject to proof to the
contrary, to have been the result of an event which took place during the carriage
by air.

Article 19.

The carrier is liable for damage occasioned by delay in the carriage by air of
passengers, baggage or cargo.





Article 20.

The carrier is not liable if he proves that he and his servants or agents have
taken all necessary measures to avoid the damage or that it was impossible for him
or them to take such measures.

Article 21-

If the carrier proves that the damage was caused by or contributed to by the
negligence of the injured person the court may, in accordance with the provisions
of its own law, exonerate the carrier wholly or partly from his liability.

Article 22.

(1) In the carriage of person the liability of the carrier for each passenger
is limited to the sum of eight hundred and seventy-five thousand francs. Where,
in accordance with the law of the court seised of the case, damages may be
awarded in the form of periodical payments the equivalent capital value of
the said payments shall be exceed eight hundred and seventy-five thousand
francs. Nevertheless, by special contract, the carrier and the passenger may
agree to a higher limit of liability.

(2) (a) In the carriage of registered baggage and of cargo, the liability
of the carrier is limited to a sum of two hundred and fifty francs per kilogramme,
unless the passenger or consignor has made, at the time when the package was
handed over to the carrier, a special declaration of interest in delivery at des-
tination and has paid a supplementary sum if the case so requires. In that
case the carrier will be liable to pay a sum not exceeding the declared sum,
unless he proves that that sum is greater than the passenger's or consignor's
actual interest in delivery at destination.

(b) In the case of loss, damage or delay of part of registered baggage or cargo,
or of any object contained therein, the weight to be taken into consideration in
determining the amount to which the carrier's liability is limited shall be only the
total weight of the package or packages concemed. Nevertheless, when the loss,
damage or delay of a part of the registered baggage or cargo, or of an object
contained therein, affects the value of other packages covered by the same baggage
check or the same air waybill, the total weight of such package or packages shall
also be taken into consideration in determining the limit of liability.

(3) As regards objects of which the passenger takes charge himself the
liability of the carrier is limited to five thousand francs per passenger.

(4) The limits Prescribed in this Article shall not prevent the court from
awarding, in accordance with its own law, in addition, the whole or part of the court
costs and of the other expenses of the litigation incurred by the plaintiff. The
foregoing Provision shall not apply if the amount of the damages awarded,
excluding court costs and other expenses of the litigation, does not exceed the sum
which the carrier has offered in writing to the plaintiff within a period of six
months from the date of the occurrence causing the damage, or before the
commencement of the action, if that is later.

(5) The sums mentioned in francs in this Article shall be deemed to refer
to a currency unit consisting of sixty-five and a half milligrammes of gold of
millesimal finesness nine hundred. These sums may be convered into national
currencies in round figures. Conversion of the sums into national currencies
other than gold shall, in case of judicial proceedings, be made according to
the gold value of such currencies at the date of the judgment.






Article 23.

(1) Any provision tending to relieve the carrier of liability or to fix a lower
limit than that which is laid down in this schedule shall be null and void, but the
nullity of any such provision does not involve the nullity of the whole contract,
which shall remain subject to the provisions of this schedule.

(2) Paragraph (1) of this Article shall not apply to provisions governing loss
or damage resulting from the inherent defect, quality or vice of the cargo carried.

Article 24.

(1) In the cases covered by Articles 18 and 19 any action for damages
however founded, can only be brought subject to the conditions and limits set out
in this schedule.

(2) In the cases covered by Article 17 the provisions of the preceding
paragraph also apply, without prejudice to the questions as to who are the persons
who have the right to bring suit and what are their respective rights.

Article 25.

The limits of liability specified in Article 22 shall not apply if it is proved
that the damage resulted from an act or omission of the carrier, his servants or
agents, done with intent to cause damage or recklessly and with knowledge that
damage would probably result; provided that, in the case of such act or omission of
a servant or agent, it is also proved that he was acting within the scope of his
employment.

Article 25A.

(1) if an action is brought against a servant or agent of the carrier arising out
of damage to which this schedule relates, such servant or agent, if he proves that
he acted within the scope of his employment, shall be entitled to avail himself of
the limits of liability which that carrier himself is entitled to invoke under Article
22.

(2) The aggregate of the amounts recoverable from the carrier, his servants
and agents, in that case, shall not exceed the said limits.

(3) The provisions of paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Article shall not apply if
it is proved that the damage resulted from an act or omission of the servant or
agent done with intent to cause damage or recklessly and with knowledge that
damage would probably result.

Article 26.

(1) Receipt by the person entitled to delivery of baggage or cargo without
complaint is prima facie evidence that the same has been delivered in good
condition.

(2) In the case of damage, the person entitled to delivery must complain to
the carrier forthwith after the discovery of the damage, and, at the latest, within
seven days from the date of receipt in the case of baggage and fourteen days from
the date of receipt in the case of cargo. In the case of delay the complaint must be
made at the latest within twenty-one days from the date on which the baggage or
cargo have been placed at his disposal.

(3) Every complaint must be made in writing despatched within the times
aforesaid.

(4) Failing complaint within the times aforesaid, no action shall he against
the carrier, save in the case of fraud on his part.





Article 27.

In the case of the death of the person liable, an action for damages lies in
accordance with the terms of this schedule against those legally representing his
estate.

Article 29.

(1) The right to damages shall be extinguished if an action is not brought
within two years, reckoned from the date of arrival at the destination, or from the
date on which the aircraft ought to have arrived, or from the date on which the
carriage stopped.

(2) The method of calculating the period of limitation shall be determined by
the law of the court seised of the case.

Article 30.

(1) In the case of carriage to be performed by various successive carriers, each
carrier who accepts passengers, baggage or cargo is subjected to the rules set out in
this schedule, and is deemed to be one of the contracting parties to the contract of
carriage in so far as the contract deals with that part of the carriage which is
performed under his supervision.

(2) In the case of carriage of this nature, the passenger or his representative
can take action only against the carrier who performed the carriage during which
the accident or the delay occurred, save in the case where, by express agreement,
the first carrier has assumed liability for the whole journey.

(3) As regards baggage or cargo, the passenger or consignor will have a right of
action against the first carrier, and the passenger or consignee who is entitled to
delivery will have a right of action against the last carrier, and further, each may
take action against the carrier who performed the carriage during which the
destruction, loss, damage or delay took place. These carriers will be jointly and
severally liable to the passenger or to the consignor or consignee.

CHAPTER IV.

PROVISIONS RELATING To COMBINED
CARRIAGE

Article 31.

(1) In the case of combined carriage performed partly by air and partly by any
other mode of carriage, the provisions of this schedule apply only to the carriage
by air, provided that the carriage by air falls within the terms of Article 1.

(2) Nothing in this schedule shall prevent the parties in the case of combined
carriage from inserting in the document of air carriage conditions relating to other
modes of carriage, provided that the provisions of this schedule are observed as
regards the carriage by air.

CHAPTER V.

GENERAL AND FINAL
PROVISIONS

Article 32.

Any clause contained in the contract and all special agreements entered into
before the damage occurred by which the parties purport to infringe the rules laid
down by this schedule, whether by deciding the law to be applied, or by altering the
rules as to jurisdiction. shall be null and void.' Nevertheless for the carriage of cargo
arbitration clauses are allowed, subject to this schedule.





Article 33.

Nothing contained in this schedule shall prevent the carrier either from
refusing to enter into any contract of carriage, or from making regulations which
do not conflict with the provisions of this schedule.

Article 35.

The expression 'days' when used in this schedule means current days not
working days.

PART 11.

Application ofthe Guadalajara Convention.

The Guadalajara Convention as adapted and modified in the form hereinafter
set out shall apply in respect of the carriage described in Article 4 of this Order:

ARTICLE 1.

In the Guadalajara Convention as applied by this schedule:

(a)'The Warsaw Convention' means the amended Convention as applied by
this schedule;

(b)'contracting carrier' means a person who as a principal makes an
agreement for carriage governed by the Warsaw Convention with a
passenger or consignor or with a person acting on behalf of the passenger
or consignor;

(c)---actualcarrier- means a person, other than the contracting carrier, who,
by virtue of authority from the contracting carrier, performs the whole
or part of the carriage contemplated in paragraph (b) but who is not with
respect to such part a successive carrier within the meaning of the
Warsaw Convention. Such authority is presumed in the absence of proof
to the contrary.

ARTICLE 111.

If an actual carrier performs the whole or part of carriage which is governed
by the Warsaw Convention, both the contracting carrier and the actual carrier
shall, except as otherwise provided in the Guadalajara Convention as applied by
this schedule, be subject to the rules of the Warsaw Convention, the former for the
whole of the carriage contemplated in the agreement, the latter solely for the
carriage which he performs.

ARTICLE III.

1. The acts and omissions of the actual carrier and of his servants and agents
acting within the scope of their employment shall, in relation to the carriage
performed by the actual carrier, be deemed to be also those of the contracting
carder.

2. The acts and omissions of the contracting carrier and of the servants and
agents acting within the scope of their employment shall, in relation to the
carriage performed by the actual carrier, be deemed to be also those of the actual
carrier. Nevertheless, no such act or omission shall subject the actual carrier to
liability exceeding the limits specified in Article 22 of the Warsaw Convention.
Any special agreement under which the contracting carrier assumes obligations not
imposed by the Warsaw Convention or any waiver of rights conferred thereby or
any special declaration of interest in delivery at destination contemplated m
Article 22 thereof, shall not affect the actual carrier unless agreed to by him.





ARTICLE IV.

Any complaint to be made under the Warsaw Convention to the carrier shall
have the same effect whether addressed to the contracting carrier or to the actual
carrier.

ARTICLE V.

In relation to the carriage performed by the actual carrier, any servant or
agent of that carrier or of the contracting carrier shall, if he proves that he acted
within the scope of his employment, be entitled to avail himself of the limits of
liability which-are applicable under the Guadalajara, Convention as applied by this
schedule to the carrier whose servant or agent he is unless it is proved that he acted
in a manner which, under the Warsaw Convention, prevents the limits of liability
from being invoked.

ARTICLE VI.

In relation to the carriage performed by the actual carrier, the aggregate of the
amounts recoverable from that carrier and the contracting carrier, and from their
servants and agents acting within the scope of their employment, shall not exceed
the highest amount which could be awarded against either the contracting carrier or
the actual carrier under the Guadalajara. Convention as applied by this schedule, but
none of the persons mentioned shall be liable for a sum in excess of the limit
applicable to him.

ARTICLE VII.

In relation to the carriage performed by the actual carrier. an action for
damages may be brought, at the option of the plaintiff, against that carrier or the
contracting carrier, or against both together or separately.

ARTICLE IX.

1. Any contractual provision tending to relieve the contracting carrier or the
actual carrier of liability under the Guadalajara Convention as applied by this
schedule or to fix a lower limit than that which is applicable according to the
Guadalajara. Convention as applied by this schedule shall be null and void, but the
nullity of any such provision does not involve the nullity of the whole agreement,
which shall remain subject to the provisions of the Guadalajara. Convention as
applied by this schedule.

2. In respect of the carriage performed by the actual carrier, the preceding
paragraph shall not apply to contractual provisions governing loss or damage
resulting from the inherent defect, quality or vice of the cargo carried.

3. Any clause contained in an agreement for carriage and all special
agreements entered into before the damage occurred by which the parties purport to
infringe the rules laid down by the Guadalajara, Convention as applied by this
schedule, whether by deciding the law to be applied, or by altering the rules as to
jurisdiction, shall be null and void. Nevertheless, for the carriage of cargo
arbitration clauses are allowed. subject -to the said Convention as applied by this
schedule.

ARTICLE X.

Nothing in the Guadalajara Convention as applied by this schedule shall affect
the rights and obligations of the two carriers between themselves.

ARTICLE Xl.

Nothing herein con~ shall impose any liability on the Postmaster General in
the United Kingdom or on any postal authority exercising comparable
powers in relation to an Overseas Territory.





SCHEDULE 3. [Article 5(2).]

INTERNATIONAL CARRIAGE UNDER THE WARSAW
CONVENTION.

Sections 2 and 8 of the Act of 1961 as adapted and modified.

2. (1) Her Majesty may by Order in Council from time to time certify who
are the High Contracting Parties to the Warsaw Convention, in respect of what
territories they are respectively parties and to what extent they have availed
themselves of the provisions of the Additional Protocol to the Warsaw
Convention.

3. An Order in Council under this section shall, except so far as it has been
superseded by a subsequent Order, be conclusive evidence of the matters so
certified.

8. Every High Contracting Party to the Warsaw Convention who has not
availed himself of the provisions of the Additional Protocol at the end of the
Convention shall, for the purposes of any action brought in a court in an Overseas
Territory in accordance with the provisions of Acticle 28 in Part 1 of schedule 4
to this Order to enforce a claim in respect of carriage undertaken by him, be
deemed to have submitted to the jurisdiction of that court, and accordingly rules of
court may provide for the manner in which any such action is to be commenced
and carried on; but nothing in this section shall authorize the issue of execution
against the property of any High Contracting Party.

SCHEDULE 4. [Article 5(1).]

INTERNATIONAL CARRIAGE UNDER THE WARSAW
CONVENTION.

1. The amended Convention and the Guadalajara, Convention as adapted and
modified in the forms set out, respectively, in Part 1 and Pan II of this schedule
shall apply in respect of carriage which is 'international carriageas defined in
paragraph 2 of this schedule.

2. For the purposes of Article 5 of this Order and of this schedule
'international carriage' shall have the meaning assigned to it in Article 1(2) in Part
1 of this schedule.

PART I.

Application ofthe amended Convention.

CHAPTER 1.

SCOPE-DEFINITIONS

Article 1.

(1) This schedule applies to all international carriage of persons, baggage or
cargo performed by aircraft for reward. It applies equally to gratuitous carriage by
aircraft performed by an air transport undertaking.

(2) International carriage' means any carriage in which, according to the
contract made by the parties, the place of departure and the place of destination
whether or not there be a break in the carriage or a transshipment are





situated either within the territories of two States Parties to the Warsaw
Convention or within the territory of a single such State, if there is an agreed
stopping place within the territory subject to the sovereignty, suzerainty, mandate
or authority of another State, even though that State is not a Party to the Warsaw
Convention.

(3) A carriage to be performed by several successive air carriers is deemed, for
the purposes of this schedule, to be one undivided carriage, if it has been regarded by
the parties as a single operation, whether it had been agreed upon under the form of
a single contract or of a series of contracts, and it does not lose its international
character merely because one contract or a series of contracts is to be performed
entirely within a territory subject to the sovereignty, suzerainty, mandate or
authority of the same State Party.

Article 2.

(1) This schedule applies to carriage performed by the State, not being a State
which has availed itself of the Additional Protocol to the Warsaw Convention, or
by legally constituted public bodies provided it falls within the conditions laid down
in Article 1.

(2) This schedule does not apply to carriage performed under the terms of any
international postal Convention.

CHAPTER II.

DOCUMENTS OF CARRIAGE

SECTION 1-Passenger Ticket.

Article 3.

(1) For the carriage of passengers the carrier must deliver a passenger ticket
which shall contain the following particulars:

(a) the place and date of issue;

(b) the place of departure and of destination;

(c)the agreed stopping places, provided that the carrier may reserve the right
to alter the stopping places in case of necessity, and that if he exercises
that right, the alteration shall not have the effect of depriving the
carriage of its international character;

(d) the name and address of the carrier or carriers;

(e)a statement that the carriage is subject to the rules relating to
liability established by the Warsaw Convention.

(2) The absence, irregularity or loss of the passenger ticket does not affect the
existence or the validity of the contract of carriage, which shall none the less be
subject to the rules of this schedule. Nevertheless, if the carrier accepts a passenger
without a passenger ticket having been delivered he shall not be entitled to avail
himself of those provisions of this schedule which exclude or limit his liability.

SECTION 2-Baggage Check.

Article 4.

(1) For the carriage of baggage, other than small, personal objects of which the
passenger takes charge himself, the carrier must deliver a baggage check.

(2) The baggage cheek ~ be made out m duplicate, one part for the
passenger and the other part for the carrier.





(3) The baggage cheek shall contain the following particulars:-

(a) the place and date of issue;

(b) the place of departure and of destination;

(c) the name and address of the carrier or carriers

(d) the number of the passenger ticket;

(e)a statement that delivery of the baggage win be made to the bearer of
the baggage chock;

the number and weight of the packages;

(g) the amount of the value declared m accordance with Article 22(2);

(h)a statement that the carriage is subject to the rules relating to liability
established by the Warsaw Convention.

(4) The absence, irregularity or loss of the baggage check does not affect the
existence or the validity of the contract of carriage, which shall none the less be
subject to the rules of this schedule. Nevertheless, if the carrier accepts baggage
without a baggage check having been delivered, or if the baggage check does not
contain the particulars set out at (d), (f). and (h) above, the carrier shall not be
entitled to avail himself of those provisions of this schedule which exclude or limit
his liability.

SECTION 3-Air Waybill.

Article 5.

(1) Every carrier of cargo has the right to require the consignor to make out
and hand over to him a document called an 'air waybill'; every consignor has the
right to require the carrier to accept this document.

(2) The absence, irregularity or loss of this document does not affect the
existence or the validity of the contract of carriage which shall, subject to the
provisions of Article 9, be none the less governed by the rules of this schedule.

Article 6.

(1) The air waybill shall be made out by the consignor in three original parts
and be handed over with the cargo.

(2) The first part shall be marked for the carrier'. and shall be signed by the
consignor. The second part shall be marked 'for the consignee% it shall be signed
by the consignor and by the carrier and shall accompany the cargo. The third part
shall be signed by the carrier and handed by him to the consignor after the cargo
has been accepted.

(3) The carrier shall sign on acceptance of the cargo.

(4) The signature of the carrier may be stamped; that of the consignor may
be printed or stamped.

(5) If, at the request of the consignor, the carrier makes out the air waybill, he
shall be deemed, subject to proof to the contrary, to have done so on behalf of the
consignor.

Article 7.

The carrier of cargo has the right to require the consignor to make out
separate air waybills when there is more than one package.







Article 8.

The air waybill shall contain the following particulars

(a) the place and date of its execution;





(b) the place of departure and of destination;

(e)the agreed stopping places; provided that the carrier may reserve the
right to alter the stopping places in case of necessity, and that if he
exercises that right the alteration shall not have the effect of depriving
the carriage of its international character;

(d) the name and address of the consignor;

(e) the name and address of the first carrier;

(f) the name and address of the consignee, if the case so requires;

(g) the nature of the cargo;

(h)the number of the packages, the method of packing and the particular
marks or numbers upon them;

(i) the weight, the quantity and the volume or dimensions of the cargo;

(j) the apparent condition of the cargo and of the packing;

(k)the freight, if it has been agreed upon, the date and place of payment, and
the person who is to pay it;

(1)if the cargo is sent for payment on delivery, the price of the cargo, and, if
the case so requires, the amount of the expenses incurred;

(m) the amount of the value declared in accordance with Article 22(2);

(n) the number of parts of the air waybill;

(o) the documents handed to the carrier to accompany the air waybill;

(p)the time fixed for the completion of the carriage and a brief note of the
route to be followed, if these matters have been agreed upon;

(q) a statement that the carriage is subject to the rules relating to liability -
established by the Warsaw Convention.

Article 9.

If the carrier accepts cargo without an air waybill having been made out, or if
the air waybill does not contain all the particulars set out in Article 8(a) to (i)
inclusive and (q), the carrier shall not be entitled to avail himself of the provisions
of this schedule which exclude or limit his liability.

Article 10.

(1) The consignor is responsible for the correctness of the particulars
and statements relating to the cargo which he inserts in the air waybill.

(2) The consignor will be liable for all damage suffered by the carrier or any
other person by reason of the irregularity, incorrectness or incompleteness of the
said particulars and statements.

Article 11.

(1) The air waybill is prima facie evidence ofthe conclusion ofthe contract, of
the receipt of the cargo and of the conditions of carriage.

(2) The statements in the air waybill relating to the weight, dimensions and
packing of the cargo, as well as those relating to the number of packages, are prima
facie evidence of the facts stated; those relating to the quantity, volume and
condition of the cargo do not constitute evidence against the carrier except so far






as they both have boon, and are stated in the air waybill to have been, chocked by
him in the presence of the consignor, or relate to the apparent condition of the
cargo.





Article 12.

(1) Subject to his liability to carry out all his obligations under the contract of
carriage, the consignor has the right to dispose of the cargo by withdrawing it at
the aerodrome of departure or destination, or by stopping it in the course of the
journey on any landing, or by calling for it to be. delivered at the place of
destination or in the course of the journey to a pc~ other than the consignee
named in the air waybill, or by requiring it to be returned to the aerodrome of
departure. He must not exercise this right of disposition in such a way as to
prejudice the carder or other consignors and he must repay any expenses
occasioned by the exercise of this right.

(2) If it is impossible to carry out the orders of the consignor the carrier must
so inform him forthwith.

(3) If the carrier obeys the orders of the consignor for the disposition of the
cargo without requiring the production of the part of the air waybill delivered to
the latter, he win be liable, without prejudice to his right of recovery from the
consignor, for any damage which may be caused thereby to any person who is
lawfully in possession of that part of the air waybill.

(4) The right conferred on the consignor ceases at the moment when that of
the consignee begins in accordance with Article 13. Nevertheless, if the consignee
declines to accept the waybill or the cargo, or if he cannot be communicated with.
the consignor resumes his right of disposition.

Article 13.

(1) Except in the circumstances set out in the preceding Article, the
consignee is entitled, on arrival of the cargo at the place of destination, to require
the carrier to hand over to him the air waybill and to deliver the cargo to him, on
payment of the charges due and on complying with the conditions of carriage set
out in the air waybill.

(2) Unless it is otherwise agreed, it is the duty of the carrier to give notice to
the consignee as soon as the cargo arrives.

(3) If the carrier admits the loss of the cargo, or if the cargo has not arrived
at the expiration of seven days after the date on which it ought to have arrived,
the consignee is entitled to put into force against the carrier the rights which flow
from the contract of carriage.

Article 14.

The consignor and the consignee can respectively enforce all the rights given
them by Articles 12 and 13, each in his own name. whether he is acting in his own
interest or in the interest of another, provided that he carries out the obligations
imp~ by the contract.

Article 15.

(1) Articles 12, 13 and 14 do not affect either the relations of the consignor
or the consignee with each other or the mutual relations of third parties whose
rights are derived either from the consignor or from the consignee.

(2) The provisions of Articles 12, 13 and 14 can only be varied by express
provision in the air waybill.

(3) Nothing in this schedule prevents the issue of a negotiable waybill.

Article 16.

(1) The consignor must furnish such information and attach to the air waybill
such documents as are necessary to meet the formalities of customs, octroi or
police before the cargo can be delivered to the consignee. The











consignor is liable to the carrier for any damage occasioned by the absence,
insufficiency or irregularity of any such information or documents, unless the
damage is due to the fault of the carrier or his servants or agents.

(2) The carrier is under no obligation to enquire into the correctness or
sufficiency of such information or documents.

CHAPTER III.

LIABILITY OF THE C~.

Article 17.

The carrier is liable for damage sustained in the event of the death or wounding
of a passenger or any other bodily injury suffered by a passenger, if the accident
which caused the damage so sustained took place on board the aircraft or in the
course of any of the operations of embarking or disembarking.

Article 18.

(1) The carrier is liable for damage sustained in the event of the destruction or
loss of, or of damage to, any registered baggage or any cargo, if the occurrence
which caused the damage so sustained took place during the carriage by air.

(2) The carriage by air within the meaning of the preceding paragraph
comprises the period during which the baggage or cargo are in charge of the carrier,
whether in an aerodrome or on board an aircraft, or, in the case of a landing outside
an aerodrome, in any place whatsoever.

(3) The period of the carriage by air does not extend to any carriage by land,
by sea or by river performed outside an aerodrome. If, however, such a carriage
takes place in the performance of a contract for carriage by air, for the purpose of
loading, delivery or transshipment, any damage is presumed, subject to proof to the
contrary, to have been the result of an event which took place during the carriage
by air.

Article 19.

The carrier is liable for damage occasioned by delay in the carriage by air of
passengers, baggage or cargo.

Article 20.

(1) The carrier is not liable if he proves that he and his agents have taken all
necessary measures to avoid the damage or that it was impossible for him or them
to take such measures.

(2) In the carriage of cargo and baggage the carrier is not liable if he proves
that the damage was occasioned by negligent pilotage or negligence .in the handling
of the aircraft or in navigation and that, in all other respects, he and his servants or
agents have taken all necessary measures to avoid the damage.

Article 21.

If the carrier proves that the damage was caused by or contributed to by
the negligence of the injured person the court may, in accordance with the
provisions of its own law, exonerate the carrier wholly or partly from his
liability.





Article 22.

(1) In the carriage of passengers the liability of the carrier for each passenger
is limited to the sum of 125,000 francs. Where, in accordance with the law of the
court seised of the case, damages may be awarded in the form of periodical
payments, the equivalent capital value of the said payments shall not exceed
125,000 francs. Nevertheless, by special contract, the carrier and the passenger
may agree to a higher limit of liability.

(2) In the carriage of registered baggage and of cargo, the liability of the
carrier is limited to a sum of 250 francs per kilogram, unless the consignor has
made, at the time when the package was handed over to the carrier, a special
declaration of the value at delivery and has paid a supplementary sum if the case so
requires. In that case the carrier will be liable to pay a sum not exceeding the
declared sum, unless he proves that that sum is greater than the actual value to the
consignor at delivery.

(3) As regards objects of which the passenger takes charge ~If the liability of
the carrier is limited to 5,000 francs per passenger.

(4) The sums mentioned above shall be deemed to refer to the French franc
consisting of 651 milligrams Sold of millesimal fineness 900. These sums may be
converted into any national currency in round figures.

Article 23.

Any provision tending to relieve the carrier of liability or to fix a lower limit
than that which is laid down in this schedule shall be null and void, but the nullity
of any such provision does not involve the nullity of the whole contract, which
shall remain subject to the provisions of this schedule.

Article 24.

(1) In the cases covered by Articles 18 and 19 any action for damages,
however founded, can only be brought subject to the conditions and limits set out
in this schedule.

(2) In the cases covered by Article 17 the provisions of the preceding
paragraph also apply, without prejudice to the questions as to who are the persons
who have the right to bring suit and what are their respective rights.

Article 25.

(1) The carrier shall not be entitled to avail himself of the provisions of this
schedule which exclude or limit his liability, if the damage is caused by his wilful
misconduct or by such default on his part as, in accordance with the law of the
court seised of the case, is considered to be equivalent to wilful misconduct.

(2) Similarly the carrier shall not be entitled to avail himself of the said
provisions, if the damage is caused as aforesaid by any servant or agent of the
carrier acting within the scope of his employment.

Article 25A.

(1) If an action is brought against a servant or agent of the carrier arising out
of damage to which this schedule relates, such servant or agent, if he proves that he
acted within the scope of his employrnent, shall be entitled to avail himself of the
limits of liability which that carrier himself is entitled to invoke under Article 22.

(2) The aggregate of the amounts recoverable from the carrier, his servants
and agents, in that case, shall not exceed the said limits.





(3) The provisions of paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Article shall not apply if
it is proved that the damage resulted from an act or omission of the servant or
agent done with intent to cause damage or recklessly and with knowledge that
damage would probably result.

Article 26.

(1) Receipt by the person entitled to delivery of baggage or cargo without
complaint is prima facie evidence that the same has been delivered in good
condition and in accordance with the document of carriage.

(2) In the case of damage, the person entitled to delivery must complain to the
carrier forthwith after the discovery of the damage, and, at the latest, within three
days from the date of receipt in the case of baggage and seven days from the date of
receipt in the case of cargo. In the case of delay the complaint must be made at the
latest within fourteen days from the date on which the baggage or cargo have been
placed at his disposal.

(3) Every complaint must be made in writing upon the document of carriage or
by separate notice in writing despatched within the times aforesaid.

(4) Failing complaint within the times aforesaid, no action shall lie against the
carrier, save in the case of fraud on his part.

Article 27.

In the case of the death of the person liable, an action for damages lies in
accordance with the terms of this schedule against those legally representing his
estate.

Article 28.

(1) An action for damages must be brought, at the option of the plaintiff, in
the territory of one of the High Contracting Parties to the Warsaw Convention
either before the court having jurisdiction where the carrier is ordinarily resident,
or has his principal place of business, or has an establishment by which the contract
has been made or before the court having jurisdiction at the place of destination.

(2) Questions of procedure shall be governed by the law of the court seised of
the case.

Article 29.

(1) The right to damages shall be extinguished if an action is not brought
within two years, reckoned from the date of arrival at the destination, or from
the date on which the aircraft ought to have arrived, or from the date on which
the carriage stopped.

(2) The method of calculating the period of limitation shall be determined by
the law of the court seised of the case.

Article 30.

(1) In the case of carriage to be performed by various successive carriers and
falling within the definition set out in the third paragraph of Article 1, each carrier
who accepts passengers, baggage or cargo is subjected to the rules set out in this
schedule, and is deemed to be one of the contracting parties to the contract of
carriage in so far as the contract deals with that part of the, carriage which is
performed under his supervision.

(2) In the case of carriage of this nature, the passenger or his representative
can take action only against the carrier who performed the carriage during which
the accident or the delay occurred, save in the case where, by express agreement,
the first carrier has assumed liability for the whole journey.





(3) As regards baggage or cargo, the passenger or consignor will have a right
of action against the first carrier, and the passenger or consignee who is entitled to
delivery will have a right of action against the last carrier, and further, each may
take action against the carrier who performed the carriage during which the
destruction, loss, damage or delay took place. These carriers will be jointly and
severally liable to the passenger or to the consignor or consignee.

CHAPTER IV.

Provisons RELATION To COMBINED CARRIAGE.

Article 31.

(1) In the case of combined carriage performed partly by air and partly by any
other mode of carriage, the provisions of this schedule apply only to the carriage
by air, provided that the carriage by air falls within the terms of Article 1.

(2) Nothing in this schedule shall prevent the parties in the case of combined
carriage from inserting in the document of air carriage conditions relating to other
modes of carriage, provided that the provisions of this schedule are observed as
regards the carriage by air.

CHAPTER V.

GENERAL AND FINAL PROVISIONS

Article 32.

Any clause contained in the contract and all special agreements entered into
before the damage occurred by which the parties purport to infringe the rules laid
down by this schedule, whether by deciding the law to be applied, or by altering the
rules as to jurisdiction, shall be null and void. Nevertheless for the carriage of cargo
arbitration clauses are allowed, subject to this schedule, if the arbitration is to take
place within one of the jurisdictions referred to in the first paragraph of Article
28.

Article 33.

Nothing contained in this schedule shall prevent the carrier either from
refusing to enter into any contract of carriage, or from making regulations which
do not conflict with the provisions of this schedule.

Article 34.

This schedule does not apply to international carriage by air performed by
way of experimental trial by air navigation undertakings with the view to the
establishment of a regular line of air navigation, nor does it apply to carriage
performed in extraordinary circumstances outside the normal scope of an air
carrier's business.

Article 35.

The expression 'days' when used in this schedule means current days not
working days.





ADDITIONAL PROTOCOL TO THE WARSAW CONVENTION.

(With reference to Article 2).

The High Contracting Parties reserve to themselves the right to declare at the
time of ratification or of accession that the first paragraph of Article 2 of this
Convention shall not apply to international carriage by air performed directly by
the State, its colonies, protectorates or mandated territories or by any other
territory under its sovereignity, suzerainty or authority.

PART H.

Application of the Guadalajara Convention.

ARTICLE I.

In the Guadalajara Convention as applied by this schedule:

(a)'the Warsaw Convention' means the amended Convention as applied by
this schedule;

(b)'contracting carrier' means a person who as a principal makes an
agreement for carriage governed by the Warsaw Convention with a
passenger or consignor or with a person acting on behalf of the passenger
or consignor;

(c)'actual carrier' means a person, other than the contracting carrier, who,
by virtue of authority from the contracting carrier, performs the whole or
part of the carriage contemplated in paragraph (b) but who is not with
respect to such part a successive carrier within the meaning of the Warsaw
Convention. Such authority is presumed in the absence of proof to the
contrary.

ARTICLE 11.

If an actual carrier performs the whole or part of carriage which, according to
the agreement referred to in Article I, paragraph (b), is governed by the Warsaw
Convention, both the contracting carrier and the actual carrier shall, except as
otherwise provided in the Guadalajara Convention as applied by this schedule, be
subject to the rules of the Warsaw Convention, the former for the whole of the
carriage contemplated in the agreement, the latter solely for the carriage which he
performs.

ARTICLE M.

1. The acts and omissions of the actual carrier and of his servants and agents
acting within the scope of their employment shall, in relation to the carriage
performed by the actual carrier, be deemed to be also those of the contracting
carrier.

2. The acts and omissions of the contracting carrier and of his servants and
agents acting within the scope of their employment shall, in relation to the carriage
performed by the actual carrier, be deemed to be also those of the actual carrier.
Nevertheless, no such act or omission shall subject the actual carrier to liability
exceeding the limits specified in Article 22 of the Warsaw Convention. Any special
agreement under which the contracting carrier assumes obligations not imposed by
the Warsaw Convention or any waiver of rights conferred by that Convention or
any special declaration of interest in delivery at destination contemplated in Article
22 of the said Convention, shall not affect the actual carrier unless agreed to by
him.





ARTICLE IV.

Any complaint to be made or order to be given under the Warsaw Convention
to the carrier shall have the same effect whether add~ to the contracting carrier or
to the actual carrier. Nevertheless, orders referred to in Article 12 of the Warsaw
Convention shall only be effective if addressed to the contracting carrier.

ARTICLE V.

In relation to the carriage performed by the actual carrier, any servant or
agent of that carrier or of the contracting carrier shall, if he proves that he acted
within the scope of his employment, be entitled to avail himself of the limits of
liability which are applicable under the Guadalajara Convention as applied by this
schedule to the carrier whose servant or agent he is unless it is proved that he acted
in a manner which, under the Warsaw Convention, prevents the limits of liability
from being invoked.

ARTICLE VI.

In relation to the carriage performed by the actual carrier, the aggregate of
the amounts recoverable from that carrier and the contracting carrier, and from
their servants and agents acting within the scope of their employment, shall not
exceed the highest amount which could be awarded against either the contracting
carrier or the actual carrier under the Guadalajara Convention as applied by this
schedule, but none of the persons mentioned shall be liable for a sum in excess of
the limit applicable to him.

ARTICLE VII.

In relation to the carriage performed by the actual carrier, an action for
damages may be brought, at the option of the plaintiff, against that carrier or the
contracting carrier, or against both together or separately. If the action is brought
against only one of those carriers, that carrier shall have the right to require the
other carrier to be joined in the proceedings, the procedure and effects being
governed by the law of the court seised of the case.

ARTICLE VIII

Any action for damages contemplated in Article VII of the Guadalajara
Convention as applied by this schedule must be brought, at the option of the
plaintiff, either before a court in which an action may be brought against the
contracting carrier, as provided in Article 28 of the Warsaw Convention, or before
the court having jurisdiction at the place where the actual carrier is ordinarily
resident or has his principal place of business.

ARTICLE M

1. Any contractual provision tending to relieve the contracting carrier or the
actual carrier of liability under the Guadalajara Convention as applied by this
schedule or to fix a lower limit than that which is applicable according to that
Convention as so applied shall be null and void, but the nullity of any such
provision does not involve the nullity of the whole agreement, which shall remain
subject to the provisions of the said Convention as so applied.

2. In respect of the carriage performed by the actual carrier, the preceding
paragraph shall not apply to contractual provisions governing loss or damage
resulting from the inherent defect, quality or vice of the cargo carried.

3. Any clause contained in an agreement for carriage and all special
agreements entered into before the damage occurred by which the parties





purport to infringe the rules laid down by the Guadalajara Convention as applied by
this schedule, whether by deciding the law to be applied, or by altering the rules as
to jurisdiction, shall be null and void. Nevertheless, for the carriage of cargo
arbitration clauses are allowed, subject to the said Convention as so applied, if the
arbitration is to take place in one of the jurisdiction referred to in Article VIII.

ARTICLE X.

Except as provided in Article VII, nothing in the Guadalajara Convention as
applied by this schedule shall affect the rights and obligations of the two carriers
between themselves.

SCHEDULE 5.

TERRITORIES TO ~CH THE ORDER APPLIES

Bahamas. Bermuda. British Antarctic Territory. British
Honduras. British Indian Ocean Territory. British Solomon
Islands Protectorate. British Virgin Islands Cayman Islands.
Central and Southern Line Islands. Cyprus: Sovereign Base
Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia. Falkland Islands and
Dependencies. Fiji. Gibraltar. Gilbert and Ellice Islands
Colony. Hong Kong. Mauritius. Montserrat. St. Helena and
Ascension. Seychelles. Turks and Caicos Islands





1984 No. 701

CIVIL AVIATION

THE CARRIAGE BY AIR ACTS (APPLICATION OF
PROVISIONS (OVERSEAS TERRITORIES)
(AMENDMENT) ORDER 1984

Laid before Parliament in draft


Made - - - -18th May 1984
Coming into Operation - 1st July 1984

At the Court at Buckingham Palace. the 18th day of May 1984

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Whereas a draft of this Order has been laid before Parliament and has
been approved by a resolution of each House of Parliament, in
accordance With section 10(5) of the Carriage by Air Act 1961 (a):

Now, therefore, Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred
upon Her by section 10 of the Carriage by Air Act 1961 and of that
section as applied by section 5(2) of the Carriage by Air
(Supplementary Provisions) Act 1962(b), and of all other powers
enabling Her in that behalf. is pleased, by and with the advice of Her
Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows

Citation and Operation

1. This Order may be cited as the. Carriage by Air Acts
(Application of Provisions) (Overseas Territories) (Amendment) Order
1984 and shall come into operation on I st July 1984.

Amendment of the Carriage by Air Acts (Application of Provisions)
(Overseas Territories) Order 1967

2. The Carriage by Air Acts (Application of Provisions) (Overseas
Territories) Order 1967(c) shall be amended as follows

In Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Order

(a)In Article 22(1) for 'eight hundred and seventy-five
thousand francs' wherever it appears, there shall be
substituted ' 100,000 special drawing rights'.

(b)In Article 22(2)(a) for 'two hundred and fifty francs- there
shall be substituted ' 17 special drawing rights'.

(e)In Article 22(3) for 'five thousand francs- there shall be
substituted '332 special drawing rights'.

(a) 1961 c. 27. (b) 1962 c. 43. (c)S.I. 1967/810.





(d) For Article 22(5) there shall be substituted-

'(5)(a) The value on a particular day of one special
drawing right shall be treated as equal to such a sum in the
relevant currency as the International Monetary Fund have
fixed as being the equivalent of one special drawing right

(i) for that day; or

(ii)if no sum has been so fixed for that day, for the last
day before that day for which a sum has been so
fixed;

Provided that if the International Monetary Fund have not so
fixed a sum in the relevant currency, the value on a particular
day of one special drawing right shall be taken to be the
equivalent of a sum in the relevant currency stated in a
certificate given in accordance with subparagraph (b) (iii) of
this paragraph.

(b) A certificate given by or on behalf of the Governor of
an Overseas Territory or by any person authorized by the
Governor for that purpose stating

(i)that a particular sum in the relevant currency has
been fixed as aforesaid for a particular day. or

(ii)that no sum has been so fixed for a particular day
and that a particular sum in the relevant currency
has been so fixed fora day which is the last day for
which a sum has been so fixed before the particular
day; or

(iii)that a particular sum in the relevant currency is to be
taken as the equivalent of one special drawing right
for a particular day,

shall be conclusive evidence of those matters for the
purposes of this Article; and a document purporting to be
such a certificate shall in any proceedings be received in
evidence and, unless the contrary is proved, be deemed to be
such a certificate.

(e) In this paragraph---therelevant currency' means the
official currency of, or in use in, the Overseas Territory in
which a certificate referred to in sub-paragraph (b) of this
paragraph is given.'.

N. E. LEIGH,
Clerk of the Privy Council.
1967 No. 1764.

MERCHANT SHIPPING.

SAFETY.

THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (TONNAGE)
(HONG KONG) ORDER 1967.

Made --------------- 28th November 1967.
Laid before Parliament 4th December 1967.
Coming into Operation 5th December 1967.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 28th day of
November 1967.

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her
by section 6 of teh Merchant Shipping Act 1965(a) and of all other
powers enabling Her in that behalf, is pleased, by and with the
advice of Her Privy Coucil, to order, and it is hereby ordered,
as follows: -

1. The provisions of the Merchant Shipping Act 1965 except
those of sections 1(7), 3, 4, 5, 6, 8(3) and (4), adapted and modified
as set out in the Schedule hereto, shall extend to the Colony of
Hong Kong.

2. This Order shall come into operation on 5th December
1967 and may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Tonnage) (Hong
Kong) Order 1967.

W. G. AGNEW.

SCHEDULE

MERCHANT SHIPPING ACT 1965 AS EXTENDED TO THE COLONY OF
HONG KONG

1. (1) The tonnage of any ship to be registered under the principal
Act as in force in Hong Kong shall be ascertained in accordance with regulations
made by the Governor in Council; and those regulations shall, as respects
anything done after the date of coming into operation of the Order of Her
Majesty in Council extending this Act to Hong Kong, be taken to be the provisions
referred to in the principal Act as the tonnage regulations of that Act.



-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) 1965 c. 47 (2) Regulations under this section -

(a) may make different provision for different descriptio of ships
or for the name description of ships in different circumstances;

(b) may make any provision thereof dependent on compliance with such
conditions, to be evidence in such manner, as may be specified in
the regulations;

(c) may provide for the ascertainment of any space to be taken into
account for the purposes of section 85 of the principal Act (payment
of dues where goods carried in spaces not forming part of
registered tonnage) and may exempt any space from being taken
into account for those purposes; and

(d) may prohibit or restrict the carriage of goods or stores in spaces
not included in the registered tonnage of a ship and may provide
for making the master and the owner each liable to a fine not exceeding
one hundred pounds where such a prohibition or restriction is contravened.

(3) Regulation under this section may make provision for assigning
to a ship, either instead of or as an alternative to the tonnage ascertained
in accordance with the other provisions of the regulations, a lower tonnage
applicable where the ship is not loaded to the full depth to which it can be
safely loaded, and for indicating on the ship, by such mark as may be specified
in the regulations, that such a lower tonnage has been assigned to it and, where
it has been assigned to it as an alternative, the depth to which the ship may be
loaded for the lower tonnage to be applicable.

(4) Notwithstanding anything in the principal Act as in force in Hong
Kong or in the Hong Kong Merchant Shipping Ordinance(a), regulations
under this section may-

(a) provided for the measurement and survey of ships to be undertaken,
in such circumstances as may be specified in the regulations, by
person appointed by such organizations as may be authorized in
that behalf by the Governor; and

(b) prescribe the amount and the payment of the fees payable to persons
appointed in pursuance of this subsection.

(5) Regulations under this section may makes provision for the alteration
(notwithstanding anything in the principal Act as in force in Hong Kong
or in the Hong Kong Merchan Shipping Ordinance) of the particulars relating
to the registered tonnage of any ship registered before the coming into operation
of the regulations.

(6) Regulations under this section may provide for the issue of documents
certifying the registered tonnage of any ship or the tonnage which is to
be taken for any purpose specified in the regulations as the tonnage of a ship
not registered in Hong Kong.

2. Regulations made under the power conferred by section 27(3) of
the Hong Kong Merchant Shipping Ordinance may provide for the marking
of load lines, at the owner's request, in a position on a ship lower than that
indicating the several maximum depths to which it can be safely loaded in
various circumstances.

7. (1) The enactments mentioned in Schedule 1 to this Act as in for
in Hong kong shall have effect in Hong Kong subject to the amendments
specified in relation thereto in the second column of that Schedule, being minor

----------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Laws of Hong Kong (Rev. 1964) c. 281. amendments and amendments consequential on the foregoing provisions of
this Act.

(2) The enactments mentioned in Schedule 2 to this Act are hereby
repealed in their application to Hong Kong to the extent specified in the third
column of that Schedule.

8. (1) In this Act 'the principal Act' means the Merchant Shipping
Act 1894(a).

(2) This Act shall be construed as one with the Merchant Shipping Acts
1894 to 1964.

SCHEDULE 1.

MINOR AND CONSEQUENTIAL AMENDMENTS.

Enactment amended. Amendment.

The Merchant Shipping Act 1894(a). In section 84, there shall be added
at the end of subsection (1) the
words 'and any space shown by
the certificate of registry or other
national papers of any such ship
as deducted from the tonnage shall,
where a similar deduction in the
case of a British ship depends on
compliance with any conditions or
on the compliance being evidenced
in any manner, be deemed to
comply with those conditions and
to be so evidenced, unless a surveyor
of ships certifies to the
Governor that the construction and
the equipment of the ship as respects
that space do not come up to the
standard which would be required
if the ship were a British ship registered
in Hong Kong.'

In section 85, in subsection (1) after the
words 'forming the ship's registered tonnage'
there shall be inserted the words 'and not
exempted by regulations under the Merchant
Shipping Act 1965 as extended to Hong Kong',
and in subsection (3) for the words from
'by an officer of the BOard of Trade' to 'this
Act' there shall be substituted the words 'in
accordance with regulations made under the
Merchant Shipping Act 1965 as extended to Hong
Kong.'




Enactment amended. Amendment.

At the end of Part II of Schedule 1
there shall be added the words
'Bill of sale'.

The Merchant Shipping (Safety and In section 43(1)(c) for the words 'can Load
Line Conventions) Act be safely loaded' there shall be
1932(a). substituted the words 'may be
loaded'.

(a) 1932 c. 9.

SCHEDULE 2.

ENACTMENTS REPEALED IN THEIR APPLICATION To HONG KONG

Reference. Short Title. Extent of Repeal.

1894 c. 60 .. The Merchant Shipping ; In section 24(2) the words from
Act 1894. 'and shall be W' to 'permit'.
Sections 77 to 81.
In section 84(1) the words from
'and any space' to the end of
the subsection.
In Schedule 1, in Part 1, Form A-
Bill of Sale.
Schedule 2.
In Schedule 6, paragraphs (2) to (5).

1906 c. 48 .. The Merchant Shipping Sections 54 and 55.

Act 1906.

1907 c. 52..The Merchant Shipping The whole Act.

Act 1907. -

S.I. 195611002 The Merchant Shipping The whole Order.

(19561, (Colonies, etc.) Tonna-
p. 1208). ge Measurement Order
1956.





1967 No. 1911.

FUGITIVE CRIMINAL.

THE FUGITIVE OFFENDERS (HONG KONG)
ORDER 1967.

[This Order in Council is printed as amended by Orders in Council
dated 4th March 1968 (S.I. 1968 No. 292) and 26th August 1968
(S.I 1968 No. 1375). ]

Made - - - 20th December 1967.

Laid before Parliament 29th December 1967.

Coming into Operation 1st January 1968.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 20th day of December 1967.

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by
sections 17 and 20 of the Fugitive Offenders Act 1967(a), is pleased,
by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby
ordered, as follows:

1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Fugitive Offenders (Hong
Kong) Order 1967.

(2) This Order shall come into operation on 1st January
1968.

2. The Interpretation Act 1889(b) shall apply, with the necessary
adaptations, for the purpose of interpreting this Order and otherwise in
relation thereto as it applies for the purpose of interpreting, and in
relation to, Acts of Parliament.

3. Sections 1 to 15, inclusive, 19, 20, 21 and 22 of,
and Schedules 1 and 2 to, the Fugitive Offenders Act 1967,
modified and adapted as in the Schedule hereto, shall extend to Hong
Kong(c):

Provided that nothing in those sections and schedules shall apply in
relation to Southern Rhodesia.

4. The Fugitive Offenders (Extension) Order 1967(d) is
revoked in so far as it forms part of the law of Hong Kong.

W. G. AGNEW.

(a) 1967 c. 68.
(b) 1889 c. 63.
(c) Amended by S.I. 1968 No. 292.
(d) S.I. 1967/1303 (1967 II, p. 3772).





SCHEDULE TO THE ORDER.

Provisions OF FUGITIVE OFFENDERS ACT 1967 As
EXTENDED
To HONG KONG

Return of offenders to the United Kingdom, Commonwealth countries,
the Republic of Ireland and dependencies.

1. Subject to the provisions of this Act, a person found in Hong Kong who is
accused of a relevant offence in any other country being

(a) the United Kingdom; or

(b)a Commonwealth country designated for the purposes of this section under
section 2(1) of this Act or the Republic of Ireland; or

(c)a United Kingdom dependency as defined by section 2(2) of this Act,

or who is alleged to be unlawfully at large after conviction of such an offence in any
such country, may be arrested and returned to that country as provided by this Act.

. 2. (1) The Governor may, with the approval of the Secretary of State, by order
designate for the purposes of section 1 of this Act any country for the time being
mentioned in section 1(3) of the British Nationality Act 1948(a) (countries having
separate citizenship), or any other country within the Commonwealth; and any
country so designated is in this Act referred to as a designated Commonwealth
country.

(2) In this Act the expression 'United Kingdom dependency' means---

(a)any colony (not being a colony for whose external relations a country
other than the United Kingdom is responsible);

(b)any associated state within the meaning of the West Indies Act 1967(b);
and

(c)any country outside Her Majesty's. dominions (being a country in which
Her, Majesty has jurisdiction, or over which She extends protection, in
right of Her Government in the United Kingdom) to which the Governor
may, with the approval of the Secretary of State, by order apply this
subsection,

not being in any case a country which is or forms part of a designated
Commonwealth country.

(3) The Governor may, with the approval of the Secretary of State, by order
direct that this Act shall have effect in relation to the return of persons to, or in
relation to persons returned from, the United Kingdom, any designated
Commonwealth country, the Republic of Ireland or any United Kingdom
dependency subject to such exceptions, adaptations or modifications as may be
specified in the order.

(4) For the purposes of any order under subsection (1) of this section, any
territory for the external relations of which a Commonwealth country

(a) 1948 c. 56.

(b) 1967 c. 4.





is responsible may be treated as part of that country or, if the Government of that
country so requests, as a separate country.

3. (1) For the purposes of this Act an ofrence of which a person is accused or
has been convicted in the United Kingdom or a designated Commonwealth country
or the Republic of Ireland or a United Kingdom dependency is a relevant offence if

(a)in the case of an offence against the law of a designated Commonwealth
country or the Republic of Ireland, it is an offence which, however
described in that law, falls within any of the descriptions set out in
Schedule 1 to this Act, and is punishable under that law with imprisonment
for a term of twelve months or any greater punishment;

(b)in the case of an offence against the law of the United Kingdom or a
United Kingdom dependency, it is punishable under that law, on
conviction by or before a superior court, with imprisonment for a term of
twelve months or any greater punishment; and

(c)in any case, the act or omission constituting the offence, or the
equivalent act or omission, would constitute an offence against the law of
Hong Kong if it took place within Hong Kong or, in the case of an extra-
territorial offence, in corresponding circumstances outside Hong Kong.

(2) In determining for the purposes of this section whether an ofrence against
the law of a designated Commonwealth country or the Republic of Ireland falls
within a description set out in Schedule 1 to this Act, any special intent or state of
mind or special circumstances of aggravation which may be necessary to constitute
that offence under the law shall be disregarded.

(3) The descriptions set out in Schedule 1 to this Act include in each case
offences of attempting or conspiring to commit, of assisting, counselling or
procuring the commission of or being accessory before or after the fact to the
offences therein described, and of impeding the apprehension or prosecution of
persons guilty of those offences.

(4) References in this section to the law of any country include referen= to
the law of any part of that country.

4. (1) A person shall not be returned under this Act to a designated
Commonwealth country or the Republic of Ireland, or committed to or kept
in custody for the purposes of such return, if it appears to the Governor, to
the court of committal or to the Full Court or a judge the Supreme Court
on an application for habeas corpus-

(a)that the offence of which that person is accused or was convicted is an
offence of a political character;

(b)that the request for his return (though purporting to be made on account
of a relevant offence) is in fact made for the purpose of prosecuting or
punishing him on account of his race, religion, nationality or political
opinions; or

(c)that he might, if returned, be prejudiced at his trial or punished, detained
or restricted in his personal liberty by reason of his race, religion,
nationality or political opinions.





(2) A person accused of an offence shall not be returned under this Act to any
country, or committed to or kept in custody for the purposes of such return, if it
appears as aforesaid that if charged with that ofrence in Hong Kong he would be
entitled to be discharged under any rule of law relating to previous acquittal or
conviction.

(3) A person shall not be returned under this Act to any country, or committed
to or kept in custody for the purposes of such return, unless provision is made by
the law of that country, or by an arrangement made with that country, for securing
that he will not, unless he has first been restored or had an opportunity of returning
to Hong Kong, be dealt with in that country for or in respect of any offence
committed before his return under this Act other than

(a)the offence in respect of which his return under this Act is requested;

(b)any lesser ofrence proved by the facts proved before the court of
committal; or

(c)any other offence being a relevant offence in respect of which the
Governor may consent to his being so dealt with.

(4) Any such arrangement as is mentioned in subsection (3) of this section
may be an arrangement made for the particular case or an arrangement of a more
general nature; and for the purposes of that subsection a certificate issued by or
under the authority of the Governor confirming the existence of an arrangement
with any country and stating its terms shall be conclusive evidence of the matters
contained in the certificate.

(5) The reference in this section to an offence of a political character does
not include an offence against the life or person of the Head of the Commonwealth
or any related offence described in section 3(3) of this Act.

Proceedings for return.

(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act relating to provisional warrants,
a person shall not be dealt with thereunder except in pursuance of an order of the
Governor (in this Act referred to as an authority to proceed), issued in pursuance of
a request made to the Governor by or on behalf of the Government in the case of
the United Kingdom, the Republic of Ireland or a designated Commonwealth
country, or the Governor in the case of a United Kingdom dependency, of the
country in which the person to be returned is accused or was convicted

(2) There shah be furnished with any request made for the purposes of this
section on behalf of any country

(a)in the case of a person accused of an offence, a warrant for his arrest
issued in that country;

(b)in the case of a person unlawfully at large after conviction of an offence,
a certificate of the conviction and sentence in that country, and a
statement of the amount if any of that sentence which has been served,

together (in each case) with particulars of the person whose return is requested and
of the facts upon which and the law under which he is accused or was convicted, and
evidence sufficient to justify the issue of a warrant for his arrest under section 6 of
this Act.

(a) Amended by S.I. 1968 No. 1375.





(3) On receipt of such a request the Governor may issue an authority to
proceed unless it appears to him that an order for the return of the person
concemed could not lawfully be made, or would not in fact be made, in accordance
with the provisions of this Act.

6. (1) A warrant for the arrest of a person accused of a relevant offence, or
alleged to be unlawfully at large after conviction of such an offence, may be issued
by a permanent magistrate

(a), on the receipt of an authority to proceed;

(b)without such an authority, upon information that the said person is or is
believed to be in or on his way to Hong Kong;

and any warrant issued by virtue of paragraph (b) above is in this Act referred to as
a provisional warrant.

(2) A warrant of arrest under this section may be issued upon such evidence as
would, in the opinion of the magistrate, authorize the issue of a warrant for the
arrest of a person accused of committing a corresponding ofrence or, as the case
may be, of a person alleged to be unlawfully at large after conviction of an offence,
within the jurisdiction of the magistrate.

(3) Where a provisional warrant is issued under this section, the magistrate by
whom it is issued shall forthwith give notice to the Governor, and transmit to him
the information and evidence, or certified copies of the information and evidence,
upon which it was issued; and the Governor may in any case, and shall if he decides
not to* issue an authority to proceed in respect of the person to whom the warrant
relates, by order cancel the warrant and, if that person has been arrested
thereunder, discharge him from custody.

(4) A warrant of arrest issued under this section may be executed by any
person to whom it is directed or by any police officer.

(5) Where a warrant is issued under this section for the arrest of a person
accused of an offence of stealing or receiving stolen property or any other offence
in respect of property, a permanent magistrate shall have the like power to issue a
warrant to search for the property as if the offence had been committed within the
jurisdiction of the magistrate.

7. (1) A person arrested in pursuance of a warrant under section 6 of this Act
shall (unless previously discharged under subsection (3) of that section) be brought
as soon as practicable before a court (in this Act referred to as the court of
committal) consisting of a permanent magistrate.

(2) For the purposes of proceedings under this section a court of committal
shall have the like jurisdiction and powers, as nearly as may be, including power to
remand in custody or on bail, as a magistrate has under Part III of the Magistrates
Ordinance(a).

(3) Where the person arrested is in custody by virtue of a provisional warrant
and no authority to proceed has been received in respect of him, the court of
committal may fix a reasonable period (of which the court shall give notice to the
Governor) after which he will be discharged from custody unless such an authority
has been received.

(4) Where an authority to proceed has been issued in respect of the person
arrested and the court of committal is satisfied, after hearing any evidence

(a) Hong Kong Laws, R~ Edition 1964, c. 227.





tendered in support of the request for the return of that person or on behalf of that
person, that the offence to which the authority relates is a relevant ofrence and is
further satisfied

(a)where that person is accused of the offence, that the evidence would be
sufficient to warrant his trial for that offence if it had been committed
within the jurisdiction of the court;

(b)where that person is alleged to be unlawfully at large after conviction of
the offence, that he has been so convicted and appears to be so at large,

the court shall, unless his committal is prohibited by any other provision of this
Act, commit him to custody to await his return thereunder; but if the court is not so
satisfied or if the committal of that person is so prohibited, the court shall
discharge him from custody.

8. (1) Where a person is committed to custody under section 7 of this Act, the
court shall inform him in ordinary language of his right to make an application for
habeas corpus and shall forthwith give notice of the committal to the Governor.

(2) A person committed to custody under the said section 7 shall not be
returned under this Act

(a) in any case, until the expiration of the period of fifteen days beginning 1
with the day on which the order for his committal is made;

(b)if an application for habeas corpus is made in his case, so long as
proceedings on that application are pending.

(3) On any such application the Full Court or a judge of the supreme
Court may, without prejudice to any other jurisdiction of the court, order the
person committed to be discharged from custody if it appears to the court or
judge that-

(a)by reason of the trivial nature of the offence of which he is accused or was
convicted; or

(b)by reason of the passage of time since he is alleged to have committed it
or to have become unlawfully at large, as the case may be; or

(c)because the accusation against him is not made in good faith in the
interests of justice,

it would, having regard to all the circumstances, be unjust or oppressive to return
him.

(4) On any such application the Full Court or a judge of the Supreme
Court may receive additional evidence relevant to the exercise of their or his
jurisdiction under section 4 of this Act or under subsection (3) of this section.

(5) For the purposes of this section proceedings on an application for
habeas corpus shall be treated as pending until any appeal in those proceedings
to the Full Court is disposed of; and an appeal shall be treated as disposed
of at the expiration of the time within which the appeal may be brought or,
where leave to appeal is required, within which the application for leave may
be made, if the appeal is not brought or the application made within that time.




9. (1) Where a person is committed to await his return and is not
discharged by order of the Full Court or a judge of the Supreme Court, the
Governor may by warrant order him to be returned to the country by which
the request for his return was made unless the return of that person is prohibited,
or prohibited for the time being, by section 4 of this Act or this section, or the
Governor decides under this section to make no such order in his case.

(2) An order shall not be made under this section in the case of a person who
is serving a sentence of imprisonment or detention, or is charged with an offence,
in Hong Kong

(a)in the case of a person serving such a sentence, until the sentence has
been served;

(b)in the case of a person charged with an offence, until the charge is
disposed of or withdrawn and, if it results in a sentence of imprisonment
(not being a suspended sentence), until the sentence has been served.

(3) The Governor shall not make an order under this section in the case of
any person if it appears to the Governor, on the grounds mentioned in section 8(3)
of this Act, that it would be unjust or oppressive to return that person, and may
decide to make no order under this section in the case of a person accused or
convicted of an ofrence in the United Kingdom or a United Kingdom dependency
if he considers, on any such grounds as are mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (c) of
section 4(1) of this Act, that the order ought not to be made.

(4) The Governor may decide to make no order under this section in the case
of a person accused or convicted of a relevant offence not punishable with death in
Hong Kong if that person could be or has been sentenced to death for that ofrence
in the country by which the request for his return is made.

(5) The Governor may decide to make no order under this section for the
return of a person committed in consequence of a request made on behalf of any
country if another request for his return under this Act, or a requisition for his
surrender under the Extradition Act 1870(a), has been made on behalf of another
country and it appears to the Governor, having regard to all the circumstances of
the case and in particular

(a) the relative seriousness of the offences in question;

(b) the date on which each such request or requisition was made; and

(c)the nationality or citizenship of the person concemed and his ordinary
residence,

that preference should be given to the other request or requisition.

(6) Notice of the issue of a warrant under this section shall forthwith be given
to the person to be returned thereunder.

10. (1) If any person committed to await his return is in custody in Hong
Kong under this Act after the expiration of the following period, that is to say

(a)in any case, the period of two months beginning with the first day on
which, having regard to section 8(2) of this Act, he could have been
returned;

(a) 1870 c. 52.





(b)where a warrant for his return has been issued under section 9 of this Act,
the period of one month beginning with the day on which that warrant
was issued,

he may apply to the Supreme Court for his discharge.

(2) If upon any such application the court is satisfied that reasonable notice of
the proposed application has been given to the Governor, the court may, unless
sufficient cause is shown to the contrary, by order direct the applicant to be
discharged from custody and, if a warrant for his return has been issued under the
said section 9, quash that warrant.

11. (1) In any proceedings under this Act, including proceedings on an
application for habeas corpus in respect of a person in custody thereunder

(a)a document, duly authenticated, which purports to set out evidence given
on oath in the United Kingdom or a designated Commonwealth country
or the Republic of Ireland or a United Kingdom dependency (other than
Hong Kong) shall be admissible as evidence of the matters stated therein;

(b)a document, duly authenticated, which purports to have been received in
evidence, or to be a copy of a document so received, in any proceeding in
any such country or dependency shall be admissible in evidence;

(c)a document, duly authenticated, which certifies that a person was
convicted on a date specified in the document of an offence against the
law of, or of a part of, any such country or dependency shall be admissible
as evidence of the fact and date of the conviction.

(2) A document shall be deemed to be duly authenticated for the purposes of
this section

(a)in the case of a document purporting to set out evidence given as
aforesaid, if the document purports to be certified by a judge or magistrate
or officer in or of the country or dependency in question to be the
original document containing or recording that evidence or a true copy of
such a document;

(b)in the case of a document which purports to have been received in
evidence as aforesaid or to be a copy of a document so received, if the
document purports to be certified as aforesaid to have been, or to be a
true copy of a document which has been, so received;

(c) in the case of a document which certifies that a person was
convicted

as aforesaid, if the document purports to be certified as aforesaid,

and in any such case the document is authenticated either by the oath of a witness
or by the official seal of the Secretary of State or of a Minister of the designated
Commonwealth country or of the Republic of Ireland or of the Governor or a
Minister, secretary or other officer administering a department of the Government
of the dependency, as the case may be.

(3) In this section 'oath' includes affirmation or declaration; and nothing in
this section shall prejudice the admission in evidence of any document which is
admissible in evidence apart from this section.

12. (1) Any person remanded or committed to custody under section 7 of this
Act shall be committed to the like institution as a person charged with an offence
before the court of committal.





(2) If any person who is in custody by virtue of a warrant under this Act
escapes out of custody, he may be retaken in like manner as a person escaping
from custody under a warrant for his arrest issued in respect of an offence
committed in Hong Kong.

(3) A warrant under section 9 of this Act for the return of any person to any
country shall be sufficient authority for all persons to whom it is directed and all
police officers to receive that person, keep him in custody and convey him into
the jurisdiction of that country.

13. (1) Any warrant or order to be issued or made by the Governor under any
of the foregoing provisions of this Act shall be given under the hand of the
Governor or the Colonial Secretary.

(2) The Governor may by order prescribe the form of any warrant or order to
be issued or made under the foregoing provisions of this Act.

Treatment of persons returned from the United Kingdom, Commonwealth
countries, the Republic of Ireland and United Kingdom dependencies.

14. (1) This section applies to any person accused or convicted of an offence
under the law of Hong Kong who is returned to Hong Kong

(a) from the United Kingdom, under the Act;

(b)from any designated Commonwealth country or from the Republic of
Ireland under any law of that country corresponding with the Act;

(c)from any United Kingdom dependency, under the Act or under any
corresponding law of that dependency.

(2) A person to whom this section applies shall not, during the period
described in subsection (3) of this section, be dealt with in Hong Kong for or in
respect of any ofrence committed before he was returned to Hong Kong other
than

(a) the ofrence in respect of which he was returned;

(b)any lesser offence proved by the facts proved for the purposes of
securing his return; or

(c)any other offence in respect of which the Government of the country or
Governor of the dependency from which he was returned may consent to
his being dealt with.

(3) The period referred to in subsection (2) of this section in relation to a
person to whom this section applies is the period beginning with the day of his
arrival in Hong Kong on his return as mentioned in subsection (1) of this section
and ending forty-five days after the first subsequent day on which he has the
opportunity to leave Hong Kong.

15. (1) This section applies to any person accused of an offence under the law
of Hong Kong who is returned to Hong Kong as mentioned in section 14(1) of this
Act.

(2) If in the case of a person to whom this section applies, either-

(a)proceedings against him for the offence for which he was returned are
not begun within the period of six months beginning with the day of his
arrival in Hong Kong on being returned; or





(b)on his trial for that offence, he is acquitted or discharged absolutely or
conditionally,

the Governor may, if he thinks fit, on the request of that person, arrange for him
to be sent back free of charge and with as little delay as possible to the country
from which he was returned.

Supplemental

19. (1) In this Act the following expressions have the meanings hereby
assigned to them that is to say:

'Act means, in relation to the United Kingdom, the Fugitive Offenders Act 1967
and, in relation to Hong Kong or to any other United Kingdom dependency,
that Act as extended to Hong Kong or, as the case may be, to that other
dependency;

application for habeas corpus' means an application for a writ of habeas corpus ad
subjiciendum; country' includes any territory;

-dealt with' means tried or returned or surrendered to any country or detained with
a view to trial or with a view to such return or surrender;

'designated Commonwealth country' and 'United Kingdom dependency' have the
meanings assigned by section 2 of this Act;

'Full Court' means the Full Court of Hong Kong;

'Governor', in relation to any country other than Hong Kong or a country
mentioned in subsection (2) of this section, means the person or persons
administering the government of that country;

'Governor', in relation to Hong Kong, means the Governor of Hong Kong and
includes any person or persons administering the government of Hong Kong;
imprisonment includes detention of any description;

permanent magistrate' means a person appointed to be a permanent magistrate
under the Magistrates Ordinance;

'race' includes tribe;

'Surpreme Court' means the Supreme Court of Hong Kong
'United Kingdom' includes the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man.

(2) In this Act references to the Governor shall be construed

(a) [Revoked by S.I. 1968 No. 1375] (b) in relation to Brunei as
references to the Government of Brunei;

(c) in relation to the New Hebrides as references to Her Majesty's High
Commissioner for the Western Pacific and, to the extent that authority
to perform functions under this Act may be assigned by the High
Commissioner to the Resident Commissioner for the New Herbrides,
to the Resident Commissioner;

(d) [Revoked by S.I. 1968 No. 1375]

(e) in relation to Tonga as references to the Premier of Tonga.





(3) For the purposes of this Act a person convicted of an offence in his
absence shall be treated as a person accused of that offence.

20. Any power to make an order under this Act includes power to revoke or
vary such an order by a subsequent order(a).

21. (1) Subject to the provisions of this section, the enactments described in
Schedule 2 to this Act are hereby repealed as respects Hong Kong to the extent
specified in the third column of that Schedule.

(2) The repeals effected by subsection (1) of this section shall not affect the
operation of the Fugitive Offenders Act 1881(b) in any case where, before the date
on which that subsection comes into force, a warrant endorsed under section 3 of
that Act, or a provisional warrant issued under section 4 of that Act, has been
executed in Hong Kong:

Provided that for the purposes of proceedings under that Act

(i)in respect of a fugitive from a designated Commonwealth country or
from the Republic of Ireland, section 4(1) of this Act shall apply as if

(a)for the reference to this Act there were substituted a reference
to that Act; and

(b)for references to the court of committal and the order of
committal there were substituted references to the magistrate
before whom that person is brought under section 5 of that Act
and the order of that magistrate;

(ii)in respect of a fugitive from the United Kingdom or a United Kingdom
dependency, the Governor shall have the same discretion to make no
order for return if he considers, on any such grounds as are mentioned in
paragraphs (a) to (c) of section 4(1) of this Act that the order ought not
to be made, as he would have under section 9(3) of this Act in
proceedings under this Act.

(3) Without prejudice to subsection (2) of this section, this Act applies to
offences committed before as well as after the coming into force of this Act.

22. (1) The provisions of this Act other than this section shall come into
force on such date as the Governor may by order appoint.

(2) Different dates may be appointed under this section for different
provisions of this Act, and different dates may be so appointed for any such
provision or provisions in relation to different countries.

SCHMULES.

SCHEDULE 1.

DESCRIPTION OF RELEVANT OFFENCES IN DESIGNATED COMMONWEALTH

COUNTRIES OR THE REPUBLIC OF IRELAND.

1. Murder of any degree.

2. Manslaughter or culpable homicide.

3. An offence against the law relating to abortion.

4. Maliciously or wilfully wounding or inflicting grievous bodily harm.

5. Assault occasioning actual bodily harm.

(a) Inserted by S.I. 1968 No. 292.







(b) 1881 c. 69.





6. Rape.

7. Unlawful sexual intercourse with a female.

8. Indecent assault.

9. Procuring, or trafficking in, women or young persons for immoral purposes.

10. Bigamy.

11. Kidnapping, abduction or false imprisonment, or dealing in slaves.

12. Stealing, abandoning, exposing or unlawfully detaining a child.

13. Bribery.


15. Arson or fire-raising.

16. An ofrence concerning counterfeit currency.

17. An ofrence against the law relating to forgery.

obtaining property or credit by false pretences, receiving stolen property or
any other offence in respect of property involving fraud.

19. Burglary, housebreaking or any similar ofrence.

20. Robbery.

21. Blackmail or extortion by means of threats or by abuse of authority.

22. An ofrence against bankruptcy law or company law.

23. Malicious or wilful damage to property.

24. Acts done with the intention of endangering vehicles, vessels or aircraft.

25. An offence against the law relating to dangerous drugs or narcotics.

26. Piracy.

aircraft.

gold and other precious metals.

SCHEDULE 2.

ENACTMENTS REPEALED As RESPECTS HONG
KONG

Chapter. Short Title.Extent of Repeal.

1881 c. 69.... .. The Fugitive Offenders The whole Act.
.....Act 1881.
1890 c. 37.... .. The Foreign Jurisdiction In Schedule 1 the entry
.....Act 1890. relating to the Fugitive
.....Offenders Act 1881.
1915 c. 39.... .. The Fugitive Offenders The whole Act.
.....(Protected States) Act
.....1915.











1985 No. 448

MERCHANT SHIPPING

THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (LINER CONFERENCES)
(HONG KONG) ORDER 1985

Made 20th March 1985
Coming into Operation 10th April 1985

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 20th day of March 1985
Present,
The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by
section 15(4) 'of the Merchant Shipping (Liner Conferences) Act
1982(a), is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to
order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows

1. This Order may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Liner
Conferences) (Hong Kong) Order 1985 and shall come into operation on
10th April 1985.

2. The provisions of the Merchant Shipping (Liner Conferences)
Act 1981. (except sections 12 and 13 thereof), the Merchant Shipping
(Liner Conferences) (Mandatory Provisions) Regulations 1985(b) and
the Merchant Shipping (Liner Conferences) (Conditions for
Recognition) Regulations 1985(c) shall extend to Hong Kong, subject to
the modifications and adaptations specified in the schedule hereto.

G. I. de DENEY,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE

PART A

TEXT OF THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (LINER CONFERENCES) ACT
1982,
AS EXTENDED To HONG KONG, SUBJECT TO MODIFICATIONS AND
ADAPTATIONS

Main implementing provisions

1. (1) In this Act 'the Code' means the Convention on a Code of Conduct
for Liner Conferences signed at Geneva on 6th April 1974.

(2) The text of the Code is set out in the Schedule to this Act as it applies in
the United Kingdom.

(a) 1982 c. 37. (c) S.I. 1985/405.
(b) S.I. 1985/406.





(3) Her Majesty may by Order in Council made under this Act as it applies in
the United Kingdom certify which states are Contracting Parties to the Code, and
in respect of what countries they are parties, and such an Order in Council shall be
conclusive evidence of the matters certified by it.

2. (1) Those provisions of the Merchant Shipping (Liner Conferences)
(Mandatory Provisions) Regulations 1985 as extended to Hong Kong which
provide that the provisions of Chapters 1 to V of the Code shall apply

(i)to a conference which has its seat in Hong Kong, so far as it serves the
trade between states which are Contracting Parties to the Code, and

(ii) to a conference which does not have its seat in Hong Kong, so far as it
serves the trade between Hong Kong and another state which is a
Contracting Party to the Code,

shall so apply whether or not the law of Hong Kong would fall to be applied in
accordance with the ordinary rules of private international law.

(2) For the purposes of subsection (i) a conference has its seat in Hong Kong
if, and only if

(a) it is incorporated or formed under the law of Hong Kong. or

(b) its central management and control is exercised in Hong Kong.

3. Where the Merchant Shipping (Liner Conferences) (Mandatory Provisions)
Regulations 1985 as extended to Hong Kong provide that a mandatory provision
of the Code has effect as an implied term of a contract, then

(a)any agreed terms which are to any extent inconsistent with that term
shall to that extent be of no effect; and

(b)without prejudice to paragraph (a). any agreed provision for the
settlement of disputes arising out of the contract shall apply to disputes
arising out of that term only if

(i)the parties to the contract have expressly agreed that that provision
shall apply to such disputes; or

(ii) the parties to the dispute in question agree that it should apply to
that dispute.

4. Where after consultation with the Governor it appears to the Secretary of
State that

(a)a state which is a Contracting Party to the Code has made reservations
when becoming a party to the Code or has materially failed to fulfil its
obligations under the Code, and

(b)the implementation of those reservations or, as the case may be, the
failure to fulfil those obligations is damaging to or threatens to damage
the shipping or trading interests of Hong Kong,

the Governor may, with the concurrence of the Secretary of State, by
regulations exclude or restrict the operation of all or any of the provisions of
Chapters 1 to V of the Code, as they apply by virtue of regulations made under this
Act as it applies in the United Kingdom and extended to Hong Kong, in relation to
trade with that state or in relation to persons having any such connection with
that state as may be specified in the regulations.

Proceedings arising out of the Code

5. (1) Where proceedings arising out of the Code are brought against a
member of a conference in respect of damage or loss suffered by any person and






other members of the conference are also liable (whether jointly or otherwise) in
respect of the same damage or loss, the liability of that member to make good that
damage or loss shall be in proportion to his responsibility.

The reference above to the liability of other members of the conference is to
any such liability which has been or could be established in proceedings brought
before the same court or other tribunal by or on behalf of the person suffering the
damage or loss; and for the purposes of this subsection it is immaterial by reference
to what law the issue of liability was or would be determined.





(2) In ascertaining the responsibility of a member of a conference for the
purposes of subsection (1), regard shall be had not only to the member's part (if
any) in the particular matters giving rise to the proceedings but also to his general
involvement in the affairs of the conference as shown, for example, by his share
of the conference trade, the nature of pooling arrangements to which he is a party
and the extent to which he contributes to the administrative expenses of the
conference.

(3) Subsections (1) and (2) apply to any proceedings in Hong Kong and to
proceedings elsewhere in which the extent of the liability of a member of a
conference falls to be determined by reference to the law of Hong Kong.

(4) Where in proceedings arising out of the Code-

(a)judgment is given against a member of a conference in respect of damage
or loss caused to any person, and

(b)the extent of the member's liability is not determined by reference
to subsections (1) and (2),

the member shall not, if it is sought to enforce the judgment in Hong Kong, be
liable to make good any greater proportion of that damage or loss than if the
extent of his liability had been determined by reference to those subsections.

(5) A member of an unincorporated conference against which judgment is
given, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, in proceedings arising out of the Code
in respect of damage or loss caused to any person by a breach of duty by the
conference. shall not, by virtue of section 6(3), be liable to make good any greater
proportion of that damage or loss than he would have been if the proceedings had
been brought against him and the other members of the conference in respect of a
duty owed by all the members of the conference and the extent of his liability had
been determined by reference to subsections (1) and (2).

(6) Subsections (4) and (5) shall not affect the enforcement in Hong Kong of
a judgment required to be enforced there by virtue of Part 1 of the Foreign
Judgments (Reciprocal Enforcement) Ordinance (a).

6. (1) A conference which is not a body corporate may nevertheless sue and
be sued in its own name in proceedings arising out of the Code.

(2) Subsection (1) applies to any proceedings in Hong Kong and to
proceedings elsewhere in which the capacity of a conference to sue and be sued in
its own name falls to be determined by reference to the law of Hong Kong.

(3) A judgment given for or against an unincorporated conference in
proceedings brought against the conference in its own name, whether in Hong
Kong or elsewhere, shall he binding on the members of the conference, and such a
judgment given against a conference shall be enforceable

(a)against any property held in trust for the purposes of the conference, to
the like extent and in the like manner as if the conference were a body
corporate; and

(b) against any member of the conference, subject to section 5(5).

(4) Subsection (3) applies to judgments given by a court of Hong Kong or
which are enforceable or entitled to recognition in Hong Kong.

7. (1) Legal proceedings arising out of a dispute relating to the application or
operation of the Code may be brought in Hong Kong only in the Supreme Court;
and in this section 'the court' means the Supreme Court.

(2) Proceedings arising out of a dispute to which Article 23, paragraph 2
applies (disputes to be resolved within the framework of the national jurisdiction
concerned) shall not be entertained by the court except as permitted by that






paragraph.

(3) The court shall stay proceedings before it if on the application of a party
to the proceedings, made after appearance but before delivering any pleadings or
taking any other steps in the proceedings, it is shown that the proceedings arise
out of a dispute to which Article 23, paragraph 4 applies and that

(a)the dispute has not been referred to conciliation in accordance with that
paragraph or has been so referred and conciliation proceedings are still in
progress; or

(a) Laws of Hong Kong, Cap. 319.





(b)the parties to the dispute have made an agreement to which Article 25,
paragraph 1 applies (agreed procedures in lieu of conciliation) which is
capable of being, or has been, performed.

(4) The court may attach to a stay granted under subsection (3) such
conditions as appear to it appropriate, in particular conditions with respect to the
institution or prosecution of conciliation or other proceedings: and the court may
remove a stay granted under that subsection if any such condition is not complied
with or if at any time it appears to the court that the circumstances are such that a
new application for the stay would not be granted.

(5) In relation to an arbitration agreement to which Article 25, paragraph 1
applies, subsections (3) and (4) apply in place of sections 6(1) and 6A(1) of the
Arbitration Ordinance (a) (which also provide for the staying of legal proceedings).

8. (1) No legal proceedings arising out of a dispute relating to the application
or operation of the Code shall be brought in Hong Kong after the end of the period
of two years from the date on which the cause of action accrued or, if later, the
end of the period of six months from the date on which conciliation proceedings
relating to the dispute were completed or abandoned.

(2) The following provisions of the Limitation Ordinance (b) apply to the
limitation period prescribed by subsection (1) as they apply to the limitation
periods prescribed by that Ordinance

(a) section 22(1) (extension of limitation period in case of disability).

(b) section 26 (postponement of limitation period in case of fraud or
mistake);

(c) section 35 (provisions as to set-off or counterclaim).

9. (1) Where a recommendation of conciliators has become binding as
between two or more parties in accordance with Article 37. then. subject to
subsection (2)

(a)it shall be recognized in Hong Kong as conclusive as between those
parties of the dispute to which it relates; and

(b)any of those parties may apply to have the recommendation registered
for enforcement in the Supreme Court.

(2) A recommendation shall not be so recognized or enforced if it is affected
by any of the matters mentioned in sub-paragraphs (a) to (d) of Article 39,
paragraph 2 (disability, fraud, coercion, public policy or irregularity of
composition or procedure of the conciliators), unless the affected part can be
severed as mentioned in Article 39, paragraph 3 and the remainder of the
recommendation recognized and enforced.

(3) Where the costs to be borne by a party to conciliation proceedings in
accordance with Article 43, paragraph 1 (costs of the conciliation and its
administration) have been determined, the person to whom those costs are to be
paid may apply to have the determination registered for enforcement in the
Supreme Court.

(4) A party in whose favour an award of costs have been made by conciliators
under Article 43, paragraph 3 (vexatious or frivolous proceedings) may apply to
have the award registered for enforcement in the Supreme Court.

(5) Provision may be made by the rules of court as to-

(a)the manner in which application is to be made for registration of a
recommendation, determination or award under this section;

(b)the documents to be produced and the matters to be proved by a person
seeking recognition of a recommendation or enforcement of a
recommendation, determination or award;

(c)the manner in which a recommendation, determination or award is to be
registered under this section;

(d)the manner in which and the conditions subject to which a
recommendation, determination or award so registered may be enforced.

(a) Laws of Hong Kong, Cap. 341. (b) Laws of Hong Kong, Cap. 347.





(6) Subject to any provision made under subsection (5)(d), a recommendation,
determination or award registered under this section shall, for the purposes of its
enforcement, be of the same force and effect, the Supreme Court shall have the
same powers in relation to its enforcement, and proceedings for or with respect to
its enforcement may be taken, as if the recommendation, determination or award
had been a judgment or decree originally given in the Supreme Court and had
(where relevant) been entered.

(7) Where a recommendation, determination or award is registered under this
section, the reasonable costs or expenses of, and incidental to, its registration are
recoverable as if they were sums recoverable under it, except that they carry
interest as if they were the subject of an order for the payment of costs or
expenses made by the Supreme Court on the date of registration.

Other supplementary provisions

10. (1) The appropriate authority in Hong Kong for the purposes of the Code
is the Governor.

(2) Information obtained by the Governor as appropriate authority for the
purposes of the Code shall not, without the consent of the person from whom it
was obtained, be disclosed except

(a)for the purpose of the discharge by the Governor of his functions in
connection with the Code; or

(b) for the purpose of any proceedings arising out of the Code: or

(c)with a view to the institution of, or otherwise for the purposes of, any
criminal proceedings, whether under this Act or otherwise;

and a person who discloses any information in contravention of this subsection
shall be guilty of an ofrence and liable on summary conviction to a fine not
exceeding 10,000 Hong Kong dollars.

(3) Proceedings for an ofrence under subsection (2) shall not be brought
except by or with the consent of the Attorney General of Hong Kong.

11. (1) No agreement shall so far as it relates to any restriction to which this
section applies be unenforceable by virtue of any rule of law about unreasonable
restraint of trade.

(2) This section applies to restrictions of any of the following descriptions
which relate to the trade between states which are Contracting Parties to the Code
and are accepted within the framework of a conference, that is to say

(a)restrictions in respect of the provision of international liner services
accepted by the operators of such services under an agreement to which
two or more such operators are parties;

(b)restrictions in respect of international liner services accepted by
operators of such services or persons for whom such services are provided
under an agreement to which one or more such operators and one or
more such persons are parties;

(c)restrictions in respect of the supply or acquisition of any service ice in
connection with the operation of international liner services accepted by
operators of such services or persons in the business of supplying such a
service under an agreement to which one or more such operators and one
such supplier are parties.

(3) Where a restriction relates only in part to the matters mentioned in
subsection (2), this section applies to the restriction so far as it relates to those
matters.







General

14. (1) In this Act-

'Article' means Article of the Code;

'the Code' has the meaning given by section 1(1);

'conciliation' means international mandatory conciliation under Chapter VI of
the Code, and references to the institution or completion of
conciliation proceedings shall be construed in accordance with subsection (2);





conference has the meaning given by Chapter 1 of the Code:

'Governor' means the Governor of Hong Kong or any officer authorized by him;

'judgment**, in relation to proceedings arising out of the Code, means any
judgment, decree, order, award, recommendation or determination of any
description given or made in such proceedings, and references to the giving of
ajudgment shall be construed accordingly;

-mandatory provision', in relation to the Code, means a provision identified as
such by the Merchant Shipping (Liner Conferences) (Mandatory Provisions.)
Regulations 1985 as extended to Hong Kong;

-proceedings arising out of the Code' means legal proceedings, conciliation
proceedings, arbitration proceedings or any other proceedings for the
determination or resolution of a dispute arising out of the Code;

---trade'has the same meaning as in the Code.

(2) For the purposes of this Act conciliation proceedings relating to a dispute
are instituted when a party to the dispute requests that it be referred to conciliation
and are completed when the conciliators notify the parties of their
recommendations.

15. (1) This Act may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Liner Conferences)
Act 1982.

(2) This Act comes into force on such day* as the Governor may appoint by
notice in the Hong Kong Government Gazette or any supplement thereto.

PART B

MODIFICATIONS AND ADAPTATIONS IN THE EXTENSION OF THE MERCHANT
SHIPPING
(LINER CONFERENCES) (MANDATORY PROVISIONS) REGULATIONS 1985
To HONG KONG

1. In regulations 1(1) and 2 for the words---theUnited Kingdom--- wherever
they, occur and in regulation 1(2) for the words---UnitedKingdom---. there shall be
substituted the words---HongKong'*.

2. In regulation 1(2) (in the definitions of ---representativeof shippers---. ---
shipper-and -shippers* organizations') for the words -Secretary of State' there
shall be substituted the word 'Governor---.

3. The references to the Merchant Shipping (Liner Conferences) (Conditions
for Recognition) Regulations 1985 shall be construed as references to those
regulations as extended to Hong Kong.

4. In regulation 3(1), for the words which appear in brackets after the words -
mandatory provisions', there shall be substituted -(the operation of certain of
which shall be modified by the provisions of the Annex to the Table, as indicated
in column 7 of the Table)---.

5. In the Table in the Schedule to the Regulations, the heading to column 7
shall be amended to read 'Relevant provision of the Annex to this Table'. and the
entries in column 7 of the Table in relation to the various provisions of the
Code shall be as indicated below:

1 7

Article, paragraph or Relevant provision of the
sentence of the Code Annex to this Table

Article 1






1.1(1) Paragraph 1
Article 2
2.1-2.4 Paragraphs 2 to 9
Article 3
3 Paragraphs 10 and 11
Article 14
14.9(2) Paragraph 10

A numeral in brackets indicates that the reference is to that sentence in the
paragraph.





6. The Annex to the Table in the Schedule to the Regulation shall read as
fellows:

ANNEX

1. In the case of an existing conference, shipping lines established in
Hong Kong which are members thereof shall determine by commercial
negotiation with another shipping line so established whether the latter may
participate as a national shipping line in the said conference. If a new
conference is created, the shipping lines established in Hong Kong shall
determine by commercial negotiations which of them may participate as a
national shipping line in the future conference.

.2. In a conference trade between Hong Kong and a State which has made a
reservation disapplying Article 2 in respect of its trade with the United
Kingdom (hereinafter referred to as 'a relevant state'), a shipping line of a
relevant state wishing to participate in the redistribution provided for in
paragraphs 3 to 7 of this Annex may do so subject to reciprocity defined
at governmental or ship-owners' level.

3. Where a liner conference operates a pool or a berthing. sailing and ' 'or
any other form of cargo allocation agreement in accordance with Article 2 of
the
Code, the volume of cargo to which the group of national shipping lines of
Hong
Kong and all relevant states participating in that trade or the shipping lines of
Hong Kong and all relevant states participating in that trade as third-country
shipping lines are entitled under the Code shall be redistributed, unless a decision
is taken to the contrary by all the lines which are members of the Conference
and
parties to the present redistribution rules. This redistribution of cargo shares
shall be carried out on the basis of a unanimous decision by those shipping lines
which are members of the conference and participate in the redistribution, with
a
view to all these lines carrying a fair share of the conference trade.

4. The share finally allocated to each participant shall be determined by
the application of commercial principles. taking account in particular of..

(a)the volume of cargo carried by the conference and generated by' the
countries or territories whose trade is served by it;

(b) past performance of the shipping lines in the trade covered by the
pool;

(c)the volume of cargo carried by the conference and shipped through
the ports of the countries or territories concerned;

(d) the needs of the shippers whose cargoes are carried by the conference.

5. If no agreement is reached on the redistribution of cargoes referred to
in paragraph 3, the matter shall, at the request of one of the parties, be
referred to conciliation in accordance with the procedure set out in paragraph
7. Any dispute not settled by the conciliation procedure may, with the
agreement of the parties, be referred to arbitration. In that event, the award
of the arbitrator shall be binding.

6. At intervals to be laid down in advance, shares allocated in accordance
with paragraphs 3, 4 and 5 shall be regularly reviewed, taking into account the
criteria set out in paragraph 4 and in particular from the viewpoint of
providing adequate and efficient services to shippers.

7. The parties to the dispute shall designate one or more conciliators.
Should they fail to agree on the matter, each of the parties to the dispute shall
designate a conciliator and the conciliators thus designated shall co-opt






another conciliator to act as chairman. Should a party fail to designate a
conciliator or the conciliators designated by the parties fail to reach
agreement on the chairman, the President of the International Chamber of
Commerce shall, at the request of one of the parties, make the necessary
designations. The conciliators shall make every endeavour to settle the
dispute. They shall decide on the procedure to be followed. Their fees shall be
paid by the parties to the dispute.

8. Without prejudice to paragraph 9 of this Annex, Article 2 of the Code
shall not be applied in conference trades between Hong Kong and relevant
states.

9. Paragraph 8 of this Annex shall not affect the opportunities for
participation as third country shipping lines in such trades, in accordance with
the principles reflected in Article 2 of the Code, of the shipping lines of a
developing country which are recognized as national shipping lines under the
Code and which are:





(a) already members of a conference serving these trades; or

(b) admitted to such a conference under Article 1(3) of the Code.

10. Articles 3 and 14(9) of the Code shall not be applied in conference
trades between Hong Kong and relevant States.

11. In trades to which Article 3 ofthe Code applies, the last sentence of
that Article is interpreted as meaning that:

(1) the two groups of national shipping lines will co-ordinate their
position before voting on matters concerning the trade between their two
countries; and

1 (2) this sentence applies solely to matters which the conference
agreement identifies as requiring the assent of both groups of national
shipping lines concerned, and not to all matters covered by the
conference agreement.

12. If any question arises as to whether a particular state is or is not a
relevant State as defined in paragraph 2 of this Annex, or is or is not a
developing country for the purposes of paragraph 9 of this Annex, that
question shall be referred to the Governor and a certificate upon that question
issued by or under the authority of the Governor with the concurrence of the
Secretary of State shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in the
certificate.

PART C

MODIFICATIONS AND ADAPTATIONS IN THE EXTENSION OF THE
MERCHANT SHIPPING
(LINER CONFERENCES) (CONDITIONS FOR RECOGNITION) REGULATIONS
1985
To HONG KONG

1. In regulations 1(1), 2(4) and 3, for the words 'the United Kingdom--
wherever they occur there shall be substituted the words---HongKong'.

2. For regulations 2(1) and 2(2). there shall be substituted the following:

National Shipping Lines of Hong Kong

2. (1) Subject to paragraph (4) below, a body corporate, being a
vesseloperating carrier, shall be recognized as a national shipping line of Hong
Kong for the purposes of the Code in respect only of those conferences of
which it is a member if it is established in Hong Kong in accordance with
paragraph (2) below.

(2) For the purpose of this regulation a shipping line is established in
Hong Kong if it is incorporated or formed under the law of HongKong. and
has its principal place of business in Hong Kong.'.

3. Regulation 2(3) shall be deleted.

4. In regulation 2(4), the words 'outside the European Economic Community'
shall be deleted.

5. In regulations 3 and 5, for the references to the Secretary of State there
shall he substituted references to the Governor.





1985 No. 751

FUGITIVE CRIMINAL

THE EXTRADITION (TAKING OF HOSTAGES) ORDER 1985

Made - - - - - 15th May 1985
Laid before Parliament - - 23rd May 1985
Coming into Operation - 31st May 1985

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 15th day of May 1985

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Whereas the International Convention against the Taking of
Hostages (hereinafter referred to as the 'the Convention') opened for
signature at New York on 18th December 1979, the terms of which are
set out in Schedule 1 to this Order, entered into force for the United
Kingdom on 3rd June 1983:

And whereas the States mentioned in Schedule 2 to this Order are
foreign States in respect of which the Convention is for the time being
in force and with which extradition arrangements are in force:

And whereas the States mentioned in Part I of Schedule 3 to this
Order are foreign States in respect of which the Convention is for the
time being in force but with which no extradition arrangements are in
force:

And whereas section 3(3) of the Taking of Hostages Act 1982(a)
provides that where no such arrangement as is mentioned in section 2
of the Extradition Act 1870(b) has been made with a State which is a
party to the Convention, an Order in Council applying that Act may be
made under that section as if the Convention were such an arrangement
with that State:

Now, therefore, Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred
upon Her by sections 2 and 17 of the Extradition Act 1870 and sections
3(3) and 5(1) of the Taking of Hostages Act 1982, or otherwise in Her
Majesty vested, is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy
Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Extradition (Taking of Hostages)
Order 1985 and shall come into operation on 31st May 1985.

(a) 1982 c. 28. (b)1870 c. 52.

Coverage

2. In this Order any references to the Extradition Acts and to
the Act of 1870 are, respectively, references to the Extradition Acts
1870 to 1895(a), and to the Extradition Act 1870.

3. The Extradition Acts shall apply in the case of a State
mentioned in Schedule 2 to this Order under and in accordance with
the extradition treaties described in the second column of that
Schedule as supplemented by Article 9 and paragraphs 1 and 4 of
Article 10 of the Convention (set out in Schedule 1 to this Order)
which entered into force for those States on the dates specified in the
third column of the said Schedule 2.

4. The Extradition Acts shall apply in the case of the States
mentioned in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this Order (being States in
respect of which the Convention entered into force on the dates
specified in the second column of that Schedule) subject to the
conditions contained in, and in accordance with, Part 11 of that
Schedule.

5. The operation of this Order is limited to the United
Kingdom, the Channel Islands, the Isle of Man and the territories
specified in Schedule 4 to this Order.

G. I. de DENEY,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE1

THE CONVENTION

INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION AGAINST THE TAKING OF HOSTAGES

The States Parties to this Convention,

Having in mind the purposes and principles of the Charter of the United Nations
concerning the maintenance of international peace and security and the promotion of
friendly relations and co-operation among States,

Recognizing in particular that everyone has the right to life, liberty and security
of person, as set out in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the Interna-
tional Covenant on Civil and Political Rights,

Reaffirming the principle of equal rights and self-determination of peoples as
enshrined in the Charter of the United Nations and the Declaration on Principles of
International Law concerning Friendly Relations and Co-operation among States
in accordance with the Charter of the United Nations, as well as in other relevant
resolutions of the General Assembly,

(a) 1870 c. 52, 1873 c. 60, 1895 c. 33.





Considering that the taking of hostages is an offence of grave concern to the
international community and that, in accordance with the provisions of this
Convention, any person committing an act of hostage taking shall either be
prosecuted or extradited,

Being convinced that it is urgently necessary to develop international co-
operation between States in devising and adopting effective measures for the
prevention, prosecution and punishment of all acts of taking hostages as
manifestations of international terrorism,

Have agreed as follows:

ARTICLE 1

1 . Any person who seizes or detains and threatens to kill, to injure or to
continue to detain another person (hereinafter referred to as the 'hostage') in
order to compel a third party, namely, a State, an international intergovernmental
organization, a natural or juridical person, or a group of persons, to do or abstain
from doing any act as an explicit or implicit condition for the release of the
hostage commits the ofrence of taking of hostages ('hostage-taking') within the
meaning of this Convention.

2. Any person who:

(a) attempts to commit an act of hostage-taking, or

(b)participates as an accomplice of anyone who commits or attempts to
commit an act of hostage-taking,

likewise commits an offence for the purposes of this
Convention.

ARTICLE 2

Each State Party shall make the offences set forth in article 1 punishable by
appropriate penalties which take into account the grave nature of those offences.

ARTICLE 3

1 . The State Party in the territory of which the hostage is held by the
offender shall take all measures it considers appropriate to ease the situation of
the hostage, in particular, to secure his release and, after his release, to facilitate,
when relevant, his departure.

2. If any object which the offender has obtained as a result of the taking of
hostages comes into the custody of a State Party, that State Party shall return it as
soon as possible to the hostage or the third party referred to in article 1, as the
case may be, or to the appropriate authorities thereof.

ARTICLE 4

States Parties shall co-operate in the prevention of the offences set forth in
article 1, particularly by:

(a)taking all practicable measures to prevent preparations in their respective
territories for the commission of those offences within or outside their
territories, including measures to prohibit in their territories illegal
activities of persons, groups and organizations that encourage, instigate,
organize or engage in the perpetration of acts of taking hostages;

(b)exchanging information and co-ordinating the taking of administrative
and other measures as appropriate to prevent the commission of those
offences.

ARTICLE 5







1. Each State Party shall take such measures as may be necessary to establish
its jurisdiction over any of the offences set forth in article 1 which are committed:

(a) in its territory or on board a ship or aircraft registered in that State;





(b)by any of its nationals or, if that State considers it appropriate, by those
stateless persons who have their habitual residence in its territory;
(e) in order to compel that State to do or abstain from doing any act; or
(d)with respect to a hostage who is a national of that State, if that State
considers it appropriate.

2. Each State Party shall likewise take such measures as may be necessary to
establish its jurisdiction over the offences set forth in article 1 in cases where the
alleged offender is present in its territory and it does not extradite him to any of the
States mentioned in paragraph 1 of this article.

3. This Convention does not exclude any criminal jurisdiction exercised in
accordance with internal law.

ARTICLE 6

1 . Upon being satisfied that the circumstances so warrant. any State Party in
the territory of which the alleged offender is present shall, in accordance with its
laws, take him into custody or take other measures to ensure his presence for such
time as is necessary to enable any criminal or extradition proceedings to be in-
stituted. That State Party shall immediately make a preliminary inquiry into the
facts.

2. The custody or other measures referred to in paragraph 1 of this article
shall be notified without delay directly or through the Secretary-General of the
United Nations to:
(a) the State where the ofrence was committed;
(b) the State against which compulsion has been directed or attempted:
(e.)the State of which the natural or juridical person against whorn compulsion
has been directed or attempted is a national;
(d)the State of which the hostage is a national or in the territory of which he
has his habitual residence;
(e)the State of which the alleged offender is a national or, if he is a stateless
person, in the territory of which he has his habitual residence;
(f)the international intergovernmental organization against which compulsion
has been directed or attempted;
(g) all other States concerned.

3. Any person regarding whom the measures referred to in paragraph 1 of this
article are being taken shall be entitled:
(a)to communicate without delay with the nearest appropriate representative
of the State of which he is a national or which is otherwise entitled to
establish such communication or, if he is a stateless person, the State in the
territory of which he has his habitual residence;
(b) to be visited by a representative of that State.

4. The rights referred to in paragraph 3 of this article shall be exercised in
conformity with the laws and regulations of the State in the territory of which the
alleged offender is present subject to the proviso, however, that the said laws and
regulations must enable full effect to be given to the purposes for which the rights
accorded under paragraph 3 of this article are intended.

5. The provisions of paragraphs 3 and 4 of this article shall be without
prejudice to the right of any State Party having a claim to jurisdiction in accordance
with paragraph 1 (b) of article 5 to invite the International Committee of the Red
Cross to communicate with and visit the alleged offender.

6. The State which makes the preliminary inquiry contemplated in paragraph
1 of this article shall promptly report its findings to the States or organization re-
ferred to in paragraph 2 of this article and indicate whether it intends to exercise
jurisdiction.





ARTICLE 7

The State Party where the alleged offender is prosecuted shall in accordance
with its laws communicate the final outcome of the proceedings to the Secretary
General of the United Nations, who shall transmit the information to the other
States concerned and the international intergovernmental organizations
concerned.

ARTICLE 8

1. The State Party in the territory of which the alleged offender is found
shall, if it does not extradite him, be obliged, without exception whatsoever and
whether or not the ofrence was committed in its territory, to submit the case to its
competent authorities for the purpose of prosecution, through proceedings in
accordance with the laws of that State. Those authorities shall take their decision
in the same manner as in the case of any ordinary offence of a grave nature under
the law of that State.

2. Any person regarding whom proceedings are being carried out in connexion
with any of the offences set forth in article 1 shall be guaranteed fair treatment at
all stages of the proceedings, including enjoyment of all the rights and guarantees
provided by the law of the State in the territory of which he is present.

ARTICLE 9

1. A request for the extradition of an alleged offender, pursuant to this
Convention, shall not be granted if the requested State Party has substantial
grounds for believing:

(a) that the request for extradition for an ofrence set forth in article 1 has
been

made for the purpose of prosecuting or punishing a person on account of
his race, religion, nationality, ethnic origin or political opinion: or

(b) that the person's position may be prejudiced:

(i) for any of the reasons mentioned in sub-paragraph (a) of this
paragraph, or 1

(ii) for the reason that communication with him by the appropriate
authorities of the State entitled to exercise rights of protection
cannot be effected.

2. With respect to the offences as defined in this Convention, the provisions
of all extradition treaties and arrangements applicable between States Parties are
modified as between States Parties to the extent that they are incompatible with
this Convention.

ARTICLE 10

1 . The offences set forth in article 1 shall be deemed to be included as
extraditable offences in any extradition treaty existing between States Parties.
States Parties undertake to include such offences as extraditable offences in every
extradition treaty to be concluded between them.

2. If a State Party which makes extradition conditional on the existence of a
treaty receives a request for extradition from another State Party with which it
has no extradition treaty, the requested State may at its option consider this
Convention as the legal basis for extradition in respect of the offences set forth in
article 1. Extradition shall be subject to the other conditions provided by the law
of the requested State.

3. States Parties which do not make extradition conditional on the existence
of a treaty shall recognize the offences set forth in article 1 as extraditable






offences between themselves subject to the conditions provided by the law of the
requested State.

4. The offences set forth in article 1 shall be treated, for the purpose of
extradition between States Parties, as if they had been committed not only in the
place in which they occurred but also in the territories of the States required
to establish their jurisdiction in accordance with paragraph 1 of article 5.





ARTICLE
11

1 . States Parties shall afford one another the greatest measure of assistance in
connexion with criminal proceedings brought in respect of the offences set forth in
article 1, including the supply of all evidence at their disposal necessary for the
proceedings.

2. The provisions of paragraph 1 of this article shall not affect obligations
concerning mutual judicial assistance embodied in any other treaty.

ARTICLE 12

In so far as the Geneva Conventions of 1949 for the protection of war victims
or the Additional Protocols to those Conventions are applicable to a particular act
of hostage-taking, and in so far as States Parties to this Convention are bound
under those Conventions to prosecute or hand over the hostage-taker, the present
Convention shall not apply to an act of hostage-taking committed in the course of
armed conflicts as defined in the Geneva Conventions of 1949 and the Protocols
thereto, including armed conflicts mentioned in article 1, paragraph 4, of
Additional Protocol I of 1977, in which peoples are fighting against colonial
domination and alien occupation and against racist regimes in the exercise of their
right of self-determination, as enshrined in the Charter of the United Nations and
the Declaration on Principles of International Law concerning Friendly Relations
and Co-operation among States in accordance with the Charter of the United
Nations.

ARTICLE 13

This Convention shall not apply where the ofrence is committed within a
single State. the hostage and the alleged offender are nationals of that State and
the alleged offender is found in the territory of that State.

ARTICLE 14

Nothing in this Convention shall be construed as justifying the violation of
the territorial integrity or political independence of a State in contravention of the
Charter of the United Nations.

ARTICLE
15

The provisions of this Convention shall not affect the application ofthe
Treaties on Asylum, in force at the date of the adoption of this Convention, as
between the States which are parties to those Treaties; but a State Party to this
Convention may not invoke those Treaties with respect to another State Party to
this Convention which is not a party to those treaties.

ARTICLE 16

1. Any dispute between two or more States Parties concerning the
interpretation or application of this Convention which is not settled by
negotiation shall, at the request of one of them, be submitted to arbitration. If
within six months from the date of the request for arbitration the parties are
unable to agree on the organization of the arbitration, any one of those parties
may refer the dispute to the International Court of Justice by request in
conformity with the Statute of the Court.

2. Each State may at the time of signature or ratification of this Convention
or accession thereto declare that it does not consider itself bound by paragraph 1 of
this article. The other States Parties shall not be bound by paragraph 1 of this
article with respect to any State Party which has made such a reservation.

3. Any State Party which has made a reservation in accordance with
paragraph 2 of this article may at any time withdraw that reservation by






notification to the Secretary-General of the United Nations.





ARTICLE 17

1 . This Convention is open for signature by all States until 31 December
1980 at United Nations Headquarters in New York.

2. This Convention is subject to ratification. The instruments of ratification
shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the United Nations.

3. This Convention is open for accession by any State. The instruments of
accession shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the United Nations.

ARTICLE 18

1 . This Convention shall enter into force on the thirtieth day following the
date of deposit of the twenty-second instrument of ratification or accession with
the Secretary-General of the United Nations.

2. For each State ratifying or acceding to the Convention after the deposit of
the twenty-second instrument of ratification or accession, the Convention shall
enter into force on the thirtieth day after deposit by such State of its instrument
of ratification or accession.

ARTICLE 19

1. Any State Party may denounce this Convention by written notification to
the Secretary-General ofthe United Nations.

2. Denunciation shall take effect one year following the date on which
notification is received by the Secretary-General ofthe United Nations.

ARTICLE 20

The original of this Convention, of which the Arabic, Chinese, English,
French, Russian and Spanish texts are equally authentic, shall be deposited with the
Secretary-General of the United Nations, who shall send certified copies thereof
to all States.

In witness whereof, the undersigned, being duly authorized thereto by their
respective Governments, have signed this Convention, opened for signature at
New York on 18 December 1979.

SCHEDULE 2 Article 3

FOREIGN STATES WHICH ARE PARTIES TO THE CONVENTION AND
WITH WHICH
EXTRADITION TREATIES ARE IN FORCE

Date of Extradition Date of Entry into Force
State Treaty of Convention

Chile 26th January 18973rd June 1983
EI Salvador 23rd June 18813rd June 1983
Finland 29th October 19753rd June 1983
Germany, Federal 14th May 1972 (reapplied 3rd June 1983
Republic of and amended by the
Agreement of 23rd
February 1960)
Guatemala 4th July 1885 3rd June 1983
Iceland 31st March 18733rd June 1983
Norway 26th June 18733rd June 1983
Panama 25th August 19063rd June 1983
Portugal 17th October 18925th August 1984
Sweden 26th April 19633rd June 1983
Switzerland 26th November 18804th April 1985
United States 8th June 19726th January 1985






of America





SCHEDULE 3 Article 4

PART I

FOREIGN STATES WHICH ARE PARTIES TO THE CONVENTION AND WITH WHICH
NO
EXTRADITION TREATIES ARE IN FORCE

State Date. of Entry into Force of Convention
Bhutan 3rd June 1983
Egypt 3rd June 1983
Honduras 3rd June 1983
Korea, Republic of 3rd June 1983
Philippines 3rd June 1983
Spain 25th April 1984
Suriname 3rd June 1983

PARTII

APPLICATION OF THE EXTRADITION ACTS IN THE CASE OF THE
STATES
MENTIONED IN PART 1

1 . The Extradition Acts shall hereby have effect as if the only extradition
crimes within the meaning of the Act of 1870 were offences under section 1 of the
Taking of Hostages Act 1982 and attempts to commit such offences.

2. The Extradition Acts shall hereby only apply where the case is such that
paragraphs 2 and 4 of Article 10 ofthe Convention apply.

3. No proceedings shall be taken on an application by information or
complaint. for a provisional warrant of arrest (that is to say. a warrant issued under
section 8 ofthe Act of 1870 otherwise than in pursuance of sub-paragraph 1 ofthe
first paragraph thereof), and no such warrant shall be issued, unless the application
is made with the consent of the Secretary of State signified by an order in the form
set out in Part Ill of this Schedule or in a form to the like effect; but, subject as
aforesaid, the signification of consent shall not affect the provisions ofthe said
section 8.

4. Without prejudice to sections 3, 9 and 11 of the Act of 1870. the fugitive
criminal shall not be surrendered if

(a)it appears to the Secretary of State, to the magistrate hearing the case in
pursuance of section 9 of that Act or to the High Court on an application
for a writ of habeas corpus

(i)that the request for his surrender (though purporting to be made on
account of such an offence as is mentioned in paragraph 1 above) is in
fact made for the purpose of prosecuting or punishing him on account
of his race, religion, nationality, ethnic origin or political opinions, or

(ii) that he might, if surrendered, be prejudiced at his trial or punished,
detained or restricted in his personal liberty by reason of his race,
religion, nationality, ethnic origin or political opinions, or

(iii) that if charged in England or Wales with the offence of which he is
accused he would be entitled to be discharged under any rule of law
relating to previous acquittal or conviction; or

(b)it appears to the Secretary of State or to the High Court on an application
for a writ of habeas corpus that

(i)by reason of the passage of time since the fugitive criminal is alleged
to have committed the offence of which he is accused or to have
become unlawfully at large, or







(ii) because the accusation against him is not made in good faith in the
interests of justice it would, having regard to all the circumstances, be
unjust or oppressive to surrender him.

5. (1) Without prejudice to his so deciding on other grounds, the Secretary of
State may, in the circumstances mentioned in the following sub-paragraph, decide
not to make an order or issue a warrant

(a)for the purposes of paragraph 3 above signifying his consent to an
application for a provisional warrant of arrest, or





(b) under section 7 of the Act of 1870 requiring the issue of a warrant of arrest, or
(c)under section 11 of the Act of 1870 ordering the fugitive criminal to be
surrendered.

(2) The circumstances referred to in the preceding sub-paragraph are-
(a)that the Secretary of State is not satisfied that provision is made by the law
of the State requesting surrender under which a person accused or convicted
in the United Kingdom of the like offence as that with which the fugitive
criminal is accused or convicted might be surrendered to the United
Kingdom if found in that State, or
(b)that under the law of the State requesting surrender the fugitive criminal is
liable to the death penalty for the offence of which he is accused, or
(c)that the fugitive criminal is a British citizen, a British Dependent Territories
citizen, a British Overseas citizen, a British subject, or a British protected
person.

PART 111

FORM OF CONSENT OF SECRETARY OF STATE To APPLICATION FOR A
PROVISIONAL WARRANT OF ARREST

Whereas AB, a person recognized by the Secretary of State as a diplomatic
representative of , has requested consent to application
being made for the issue of a provisional warrant for the arrest of CD, late of
, who is [accused] (convicted] of the commission of an
offence, or attempt to commit an offence, within the jurisdiction of the said State.
being an offence which if committed in England, would be an offence under the
Taking of Hostages Act 1982:

Now I hereby, by this my Order under my hand and seal, signify to you my
consent to the said application being made.

Given under the hand and seal of the undersigned, one of Her Majesty's
Principal Secretaries of State this day of 19

SCHEDULE 4 Article 5

TERRITORIES TO WHICH THIS ORDER EXTENDS

Bermuda
British Indian Ocean Territory
Cayman Islands
Falkland Islands
Falkland Islands Dependencies
Gibraltar
Hong Kong
Montserrat
Pitcairn, Henderson, Ducie and Oeno Islands
St Helena
St Helena Dependencies
Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia
Turks and Caicos Islands
Virgin Islands





1987 No. 664

MARINE POLLUTION

THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (PREVENTION AND

CONTROL OF POLLUTION) (HONG KONG) ORDER 1987

Made - - - - - - 7th April 1987
Laid before Parliament 15th April 1987
Coming into force 6th May 1987

At the Court at Windsor Castle, the 7th day of April 1987

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Whereas by virtue of section 20(1)(a) and (d) of the Merchant
Shipping Act 1979(a) ('the Act of 1979') Her Majesty may by Order in
Council make such provision as She considers appropriate for the
purpose of giving effect to

(a)the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution
from Ships (including its protocols, annexes and appendices)
which constitutes attachment 1 to the final act of the
International Conference on Marine Pollution signed in
London on 2nd November 1973 ('the Convention') (b), and

(b)any international agreement, not mentioned in paragraphs (a)-
(c) of the said section 20(1), which relates to the prevention,
reduction or control of pollution of the sea or other waters by
matter from ships:

And whereas the said section 20(1) further provides that the
reference to an agreement in paragraph (d) of the said section 20(1)
(being the provision recited in paragraph (b) above) includes an
agreement which provides for modification of another agreement,
including (inter alia) the Convention:

And whereas the Marine Environment Protection Committee of the
International Maritime Organization by Resolution MEPC 16(22) dated
5th December 1985 adopted, in accordance with Article 16(2)(d) of the
Convention, amendments relating to Annex 11 to the Convention:

And whereas the said Marine Environment Protection Committee
by Resolution MEPC 21(22) dated 5th December 1985 adopted, in
accordance with the said Article 16(2)(d) of the Convention,
amendments relating to Protocol 1 to the Convention:

(a) 1979 c. 39. (b) Cmnd. 5748.





And whereas the said Annex 11 to the Convention and the said
amendments thereto come into force internationally on 6th April 1987:

And whereas by virtue of section 20(3)(e) of the Act of 1979 such
an Order may extend to certain territories:

And whereas this Order is made only for the purpose of giving
effect in Hong Kong to Annex II to the Convention:

Now, therefore, Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred
by section 20(1)(a) and (d), (2), (3) and (4) of the Act of 1979 and of all
other powers enabling Her in that behalf, is pleased, by and with the
advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as
follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Prevention
and Control of Pollution) (Hong Kong) Order 1987 and shall come into
force on 6th May 1987.

2. The provisions of Article 3 of the Merchant Shipping
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Order 1987(a), as modified in the
Schedule hereto, shall extend to Hong Kong.

G. 1. DE DENEY,

Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE Article 2

ARTICLE 3 OF THE MERCHANT SHIPPING
(PREVENTION AND
CONTROL OF POLLUTION) ORDER 1987, As
EXTENDED TO
HONG KONG

3. The Governor may make regulations for the prevention of pollution by
noxious liquid substances (hereinafter referred to as 'the Regulations') for the
purpose of giving effect to the said Annex 11 to the Convention, and the
Regulations may in particular include provisions

(a)with respect to the approval of documents and the carrying out of surveys
and inspections for that purpose, and for the issue, duration and
recognition of certificates for that purpose and the payment of fees in
connection with such a survey, inspection or certificate;

(b)with respect to the application of the Regulations to the Crown and the
extra-territorial operation of the Regulations;

(c)for requiring the reporting of incidents involving pollution or the threat of
pollution for the purpose of giving effect to the said Protocol 1 to the
Convention as amended;

(d)that specified contraventions ofthe Regulations shall be offences
punishable on summary conviction by a fine not exceeding 500,000 Hong
Kong dollars and on conviction on indictment by imprisonment for a term
not exceeding two years and a fine;

(e)for detaining any ship in respect of which such a contravention is suspected
to have occurred and, in relation to such a ship, for applying section 692 of
the Merchant Shipping Act 1894(b) (which relates to the detection of a
ship) with such modifications, if any, as are prescribed by the Regulations;

(a) S.I. 1987/470. (b) 1894 c. 60.





and the Regulations may-
(i) provide that the Regulations for the time being in force under Article 3(1)
of the Merchant Shipping (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Order
1987 as it applies in the United Kingdom shall, subject to such modifica-
tions (if any) as may be specified by the Governor be deemed to be
Regulations made by the Governor under this Article;
(ii) make different provisions for different circumstances;
(iii) provide for exemptions from any provisions of the Regulations;
(iv) provide for the delegation of functions exercisable by virtue of the
Regulations; and
(v) include such incidental, supplemental and transitional provisions as
appear to the Governor to be expedient for the purposes of the
Regulations.





1980 No. 534

MERCHANT SHIPPING

SAFETY

THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (NAVIGATIONAL
WARNINGS) REGULATIONS 1980

made 17 April 1980

Laid before Parliament - - 2 May 1980

Coming into Operation - - 25 May 1980

The Secretary of State, after consultation with the persons referred to in
section 22(2) of the Merchant Shipping Act 1979(a), in exercise of the
powers conferred on him by subsections (1), (3)(1) and (q) and (6)(b) of
section 21 of that Act and of all other powers enabling him in that
behalf, hereby makes the following Regulations:

1. (1) These Regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping
(Navigational Warnings) Regulations 1980 and shall come into
operation on 25 May 1980.

(2) In these Regulations:

'coast station' means a station on land intended to provide
communication with ships by means of radio;

',signal station' means a station on land for the purpose of providing
communication with ships by means other than radio;

'tropical storm' means a hurricane, typhoon, cyclone, or other storm of
a similar nature, and the master of a ship shall be deemed to have
met with a tropical storm if he has reason to believe that there is
such a storm in his vicinity;

'United Kingdom ship' has the same meaning as in section 21(2) of the
Merchant Shipping Act 1979.

(3) The Merchant Shipping (Navigational Warnings) Rules 1965(b)
are hereby revoked.

2. (1) The master of every United Kingdom ship, on meeting with
dangerous ice, a dangerous derelict or any other direct danger to
navigation, or a tropical storm, or on encountering subfreezing air
temperatures associated with gale force winds causing severe ice
accretion on the superstructure of ships or winds of force 10 or above
on the Beaufort Scale for which no storm warning has been received,
shall send, by all means of communication at his disposal, information
relating to the matters set forth in the Schedule to these Regulations.

(a) 1979 c. 39. (b) S.I. 1965/1051.





(2) Such information shall be sent to ships in the vicinity and to the
person in charge for the time being of the nearest coast station or signal
station with which it is possible for the ship to communicate. If that
station is a signal station, the information shall be accompanied by a
request that it be sent forthwith to the nearest coast station.

(3) Such information shall be sent by the master of the ship in
English or by means of the International Code of Signals.

(4) Such, information, when sent by the master of the ship by
means of radio, shall commence with an indication of the nature of the
danger to which it relates and shall be preceded by the safety signal
consisting, if the information is sent by radio telegraphy, of the group
TTT in the Morse Code, repeated three times, with the letters of each
group and the successive groups clearly separated from each other, or if
the information is sent by radiotelephony, of the spoken word
SECURITE (pronounced-SAY-CURE-ETAY') repeated three times.

3. If a master fails to report a danger to navigation as prescribed by
these Regulations, he shall be guilty of an offence and liable on
summary conviction to a fine not exceeding

Norman TEBBIT,

Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State,
Department of Trade.

17 April 1980.

SCHEDULE

A. On meeting with dangerous ice, a dangerous derelict or any other direct
danger to navigation (except the dangers mantioned in paragraphs B. C and D of
this Schedule) the master of the ship shall send information relating to the
following matters:

(1) The kind of ice, derelict or other danger observed.

(2) The position of the ice, derelict or other danger when last observed.

(3) The Greenwich Mean Time and date when the danger was last observed.

B. On meeting with a tropical storm the master of the ship shall send
information relating to the following matters:

(1)The position of the storm so far as it can be ascertained, together with
the Greenwich Mean Time and date when the storm was encountered.

(2)The position, true course and speed of the ship when the observation was
made.

In addition the master of the ship shall send as much of the following
information as is practicable:

(3)The barometric pressure, corrected if possible, indicating whether such
pressure is given in millibars, inches or millimetres and whether the
reading is corrected or uncorrected.

(4) The change in barometric pressure during the previous three hours.

(5) The true direction of the wind.





(6) The wind force according to the Beaufort Scale.

(7) The state of the sea (smooth, moderate. rough or high).

(8)The swell (slight, moderate or heavy) and the true direction from which
it comes.

(9) The period or length of the swell (short, average or long).

(10) True course and speed of ship.

C. On encountering winds of force 10 or above on the Beaufort Scale (not
heing a tropical storm) for which no storm warning has been received the master
of the ship shall send the same information as that listed under paragraph B of.
this Schedule but excluding the details concerning sea and swell.

D. On encountering subfreezing air temperatures associated with gate force
winds causing severe ice accretion on the superstructure of ships the master of the
ship shall send information relating to the following matters:

(1) The Greenwich Mean Time and date when the encounter was made.

(2) The air temperature and (if practicable) the sea temperature at such time.

(3)The force of the wind encountered (Beaufort Scale) and the true direction
thereof.





1981 No. 220

MERCHANT SHIPPING


THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (OIL POLLUTION)

(HONG KONG)
(AMENDMENT) ORDER 1981

Made 18th February 1981

Laid before Parliament - 26th February 1981

Coming into Operation - 20th March 1981

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 18th day of February 1981

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

HER MAJESTY, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by
section 18(1) of the Merchant Shipping (Oil Pollution) Act 1971 (a),
section 20(1) of the Merchant Shipping Act 1974(b), section 38(5) of the
Merchant Shipping Act 1979(c) and section 738(1) of the Merchant
Shipping Act 1894(d) and all other powers enabling Her in that behalf,
is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it
is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This order may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Oil
Pollution) (Hong Kong) (Amendment) Order 1981 and shall come into
operation on 20 March 1981.

2. The Merchant Shipping (Oil Pollution) (Hong Kong) Order
1975(e) shall have effect subject to the amendments specified in the
Schedule hereto.

N. E. LEIGH,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE Article 2

PART 1

1. In Schedule 1 to the Order:

(1) In section 4-

(a)for the words '2,000 gold francs' and '210 million gold francs' in
subsection (1)(b) there shall be substituted respectively the words '133
special drawing rights' and '14 million special drawing rights'; and

(b) subsections (3) to (5) shall cease to have effect.

(a) 1971 c. 59. (d) 1894 c. 60.

(b) 1974 c. 43. (e) S.I. 1975/2169.

(c) 1979 c. 39.





(2) In section 5, after subsection (2) there shall be inserted the following
subsection

(2A) A payment into court of the amount of a limit determined in
pursuance of this section shall be made in dollars and

(a)for the purposes of converting such an amount from special
drawing rights into dollars the Secretary for Monetary Affairs
may specify in dollars the respective amounts which are to be
taken as equivalent for a particular day to the sums expressed in
special drawing rights in section 4 of this Act;

(b)a certificate given by or on behalf of the Secretary for
Monetary Affairs in pursuance of paragraph (a) above shall be
conclusive evidence of those matters for the purposes of this
Act;

(c)a document purporting to be such a certificate shall, in any
proceedings, be received in evidence and, unless the contrary is
proved, be deemed to be such a certificate.

(3) For the purposes of sections 10(2) and 11 (1) references in Article
VII ofthe International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution
Damage signed in Brussels in 1969 to Article V of the Convention shall be
construed as references to Article V as amended by Article II of the protocol
dated 19 November 1976 to the Convention; and in section 14(2) for the
words 'Article V thereof' there shall be substituted the words 'Article V of the
Convention as amended by Article 11 of the protocol dated 19 November
1976 to the Convention'.

2. The amendments to the Act specified in this Part of this Schedule shall
come into force on such day as the Governor may by Order appoint.

PART 11

1. In Schedule 2 to the Order:

(1) Section 1(6) and (7) shall cease to have effect.

(2) In section 2(7)(a) and in section 4(10) after the words 'the Fund
Convention' there shall he inserted the words '(as amended by Article III of
the protocol dated 19 November 1976 to that Convention)'.

(3) At the end of section 4 there shall be inserted the following
subsection

(13) Any steps taken to obtain payment of an amount or a reduced
amount in pursuance of such a judgment as is mentioned in subsection
(12) above shall be steps to obtain payment in dollars; and

(a)for the purposes of converting such an amount from special
drawing rights into dollars the Secretary for Monetary Affairs
may specify in dollars the respective amounts which are to be
taken as equivalent for a particular day to the sums expressed in
special drawing rights in section 5 of this Act;

(b)a certificate given by or on behalf of the Secretary for
Monetary Affairs in pursuance of paragraph (a) above shall be
conclusive evidence ot those matters for the purposes of this
Act;

(c)a document purporting to be such a certificate shall, in any
proceedings, be received in evidence and, unless the contrary is
proved, be deemed to be such a certificate.







(4) In section 5(1)(a) and (b) for the words '1,500 francs' and '2,000
francs' there shall be substituted respectively the words 100 special drawing
rights' and ' 133 special drawing rights' and for the words ' 125 million
francs' and '210 million francs' there shall be substituted respectively the
words '8,333,000 special drawing rights' and '14 million special drawing
rights'.

The Governor has appointed 16 April 1981 as the day on which the
amendments to the Merchant Shipping (Oil Pollution) Act 1971 specified in
Part 1 of the Schedule shall come into force. (See L.N. 130/8 1)





(5) At the end of section 5 there shall be inserted the following
subsection

(8) For the purpose of converting into dollars the amount in special
drawing rights adjudged to be payable by the Fund by way of indemnity in
such proceedings as are mentioned in subsection (4) of this section,
paragraphs (a) to (c) ot' subsection (13) of section 4 of this Act shall
have effect as if for the reference in the said paragraph (a) to the amount
there mentioned there was substituted a reference to the amount adjudged
as aforesaid.

(6) In section 6(5)(a) after the words 'as set out there shall be inserted
the words 'as amended'.

(7) In Schedule 1 to the Act for the words '450 million francs' wherever
they occur there shall be substituted the words '30 million special drawing
rights' and for the words '900 million francs' there shall be substituted the
words '60 million special drawing rights'.

2. The amendments to the Act specified in this Part of this Schedule shall
come into force on such day as the Governor may by Order appoint and such
Order may contain such transitional provisions as the Governor considers
appropriate.





1966 No. 159

PENSIONS

THE OVERSEAS SERVICE (PENSIONS SUPPLEMENT)
REGULATIONS 1966

(Revoked by S.I. 190 No. 553)

REVISED EDITION 1974

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER
HONG KONG





1966 No. 390
MERCHANT SHIPPING
THE FINNISH TONNAGE ORDER 1966

(Revoked by S.I. 1982 No. 1085 U.K.)




REVISED EDITION 1989

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY THE GOVERNMENT PRINTER

HONG KONG





1968 No. 1864.

CIVIL AVIATION.

THE TOKYO CONVENTION ACT 1967 (OVERSEAS
TERRITORIES) ORDER 1968.

Made - - - - 22nd November 1968.
Coming into Operation - 1st March 1969.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 22nd day of
November 1968.

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred on Her by section
8 of the Tokyo Convention Act 1967(a) and of all other powers enabling
Her in that behalf, is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy
Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered.' as follows

1. This Order may be cited as the Tokyo Convention Act 1967
(Overseas Territories) Order 1968 and shall come into operation on 1st
March 1969.

2. The Interpretation Act 1889(b) shall apply, with the necessary
adaptations, for the purpose of interpreting this Order and otherwise in
relation thereto as it applies for the purpose of interpreting, and in
relation to, Acts of Parliament.

3. Sections 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 of, and the Schedule to, the Tokyo
Convention Act 1967, modified and adapted as in Schedule 1 hereto,
shall extend to the Territories specified in Schedule 2 hereto.

W. G. AGNEW.

SCHEDULE 1 TO THE ORDER. [Article 3.1

PROVISIONS OF TOKYO CONVENTION ACT 1967 AS
EXTENDED TO THE
TERRITORIES SPECIFIED IN SCHEDULE 2.

1. (1) Any act or omission taking place on board a British-controlled
aircraft while in flight elsewhere than in or over the Territory which, if
taking place in the Territory, would constitute an offence under the law
in force in the Territory shall constitute that offence:

Provided that this subsection shall not apply to any act or omission
which is expressly or impliedly authorized by or under that law when
taking place outside the Territory.

(a) 1967 c. 52.

(b) 1889 c. 63.





(2) No proceedings for any offence under the law in force in the Territory
committed on board an aircraft while in flight elsewhere than in or over the
Territory (other than an offence under, or under any instrument made under, the
Civil Aviation Act 1949(a)) shall be instituted except by or with the consent of the
competent authority of the Territory, but the foregoing provisions of this
subsection shall not prevent the arrest, or the issue of a warrant for the arrest, or
any person in respect of any offence, or the remanding in custody or on bail of any
person charged with any offence.

(3) For the purpose of conferring jurisdiction, any offence under the law in
force in the Territory committed on board an aircraft in flight shall be deemed to
have been committed in any place in the Territory where the offender may for the
time being be; and section 62(1) of the Civil Aviation Act 1949 as set out with
modifications and adaptations in the First Schedule to the Colonial Civil Aviation
(Application of Act) Order 1952(b) is hereby revoked in its application to the
Territory.

3. (1) The provisions of subsections (2) to (5) of this section shall have effect
for the purposes of any proceedings before any court in the Territory.

(2) If the commander of an aircraft in flight, wherever that aircraft may be,
has reasonable grounds to believe in respect of any person on board the aircraft

(a)that the person in question has done or is about to do any act on the
aircraft while it is in flight which jeopardizes or may jeopardize

(i)the safety of the aircraft or of persons or property on board the
aircraft; or

(ii) good order and discipline on board the aircraft; or

(b)that the person in question has done on the aircraft while in flight any act
which in the opinion of the commander is a serious offence under any law
in force in the country in which the aircraft is registered, not being a law
of a political nature or based on racial or religious discrimination,

then, subject to subsection (4) of this section, the commander may take with
respect to that person such reasonable measures, including restraint of his person,
as may be necessary

(i) to protect the safety of the aircraft or of persons or property on board
the aircraft; or

(ii) to maintain good order and discipline on board the aircraft; or

(iii) to enable the commander to disembark or deliver that person in
accordance with subsection (5) of this section;

and for the purposes of paragraph (b) of this subsection any British-controlled
aircraft shall be deemed to be registered in the Territory whether or not it is in fact
so registered and whether or not it is in fact registered in some other country.

(3) Any member of the crew of an aircraft and any other person on board the
aircraft may, at the request or with the authority of the commander of the aircraft,
and any such member shall if so required by that commander, render assistance in
restraining any person whom the commander is entitled under subsection (2) of this
section to restrain; and at any time when the aircraft is in flight any such member
or other person may, without obtaining the authority of the commander, take with
respect to any person on board the aircraft any measures such as are mentioned in
the said subsection (2) which he has reasonable grounds to believe are immediately
necessary to protect the safety of the aircraft or of persons or property on board
the aircraft.

(a) 1949 c. 67.
(b) S.I. 19521868 (1952 1. p. 565).











(4) Any restraint imposed on any person on board an aircraft under the
powers conferred by the foregoing provisions of this section shall not be continued
after the time when the aircraft first thereafter ceases to be in flight unless before
or as soon as is reasonably practicable after that time the commander of the
aircraft causes notification of the fact that a person on board the aircraft is
under restraint and of the reasons therefor to be sent to an appropriate
authority of the country in which the aircraft so ceases to be in flight, but subject
to such notification may be continued after that time

(a)for any period (including the period of any further flight) between that
time and the first occasion thereafter on which the commander is able
with any requisite consent of the appropriate authorities to disembark or
deliver the person under restraint in accordance with subsection (5) of this
section; or

(b)if the person under restraint agrees to continue his journey under restraint
on board that aircraft.

(5) The commander of an aircraft---

(a)if in the case of any person on board the aircraft he has reasonable
grounds

(i) to believe as mentioned in subsection (2)(a) of this section; and

(ii) to believe that it is necessary so to do in order to protect the safety
of the aircraft or of persons or property on board the aircraft or to
maintain good order and discipline on board the aircraft,

may disembark that person in any country in which that aircraft may be;
and

(b)if in the case of any person on board the aircraft he has reasonable
grounds to believe as mentioned in subsection (2)(b) of this section, may
deliver that person

(i) in the United Kingdom, to a constable or immigration officer; or

(ii) in any Territory or in any other country which is a Convention
country, to an officer having functions corresponding to the
functions in the United Kingdom either of a constable or of an
immigration officer.

(6) The commander of an aircraft-

(a)if he disembarks any person in pursuance of subsection (5)(a) of this
section, in the case of a British-controlled aircraft, in any country or, in
the case of any other aircraft, in the Territory, shall report the fact of,
and the reasons for, that disembarkation to

(i) an appropriate authority in the country of disembarkation; and

(ii) the appropriate diplomatic or consular office of the country of
nationality of that person;

(b)if he intends to deliver any person in accordance with subsection (5)(b)
of this section in the United Kingdom or in any Territory or, in the case
of a British-controlled aircraft, in any ether country which is a
Convention country, shall before or as soon as reasonably practicable
after landing give notification of his intention and of the reasons
therefor

(i) where the country in question is the United Kingdom, to a con.
stable or immigration officer or, in the case of any Territory or any
other country, to an officer having functions corresponding to the






functions in the United Kingdom either of a constable or of an
immigration officer;

(ii) in either case to the appropriate diplomatic or consular office of the
country of nationality of that person;





and any commander of an aircraft who without reasonable cause
fails to comply with the requirements of this subsection shall be liable
on summary conviction in the Territory to a fine not exceeding one
hundred pounds.

4. For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby declared that for the purposes
of any proceedings before a court in the Territory in respect of piracy, the
provisions set out in the Schedule to this Act of the Convention on the High
Seas signed at Geneva on 29th April 1958 shall be treated as constituting part
of the law of nations; and any such court having jurisdiction in respect of
piracy committed on the high seas shall have jurisdiction in respect of piracy
committed by or against an aircraft wherever that piracy is committed.

5. (1) Where in any proceedings before a court in the Territory for
an offence committed on board an aircraft the testimony of any person is required
and the court is satisfied that the person in question cannot be found in the
Territory, there shall be admissible in evidence before that court any deposition
relating to the subject matter of those proceedings previously made on oath
by that person outside the Territory which was so made-
(a) in the presence of the person charged with the offence; and
(b)before a judge or magistrate of a country such as is mentioned in
section 1(3) of the British Nationality Act 1948(a) as for the time
being in force, or which is part of Her Majesty's dominions, or in
which Her Majesty for the time being has jurisdiction, or before a
consular officer of Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom.

(2) Any such deposition shall be authenticated by the signature of the
judge, magistrate or consular officer before whom it was made who shall certify
that the person charged with the offence was present at the taking of the
deposition.

(3) It shall not be necessary in any proceedings to prove the signature
or official character of the person appearing so to have authenticated any
such deposition or to have given such a certificate and such a certificate shall,
unless the contrary is proved, be sufficient evidence in any proceedings that
the person charged with the offence was present at the making of the deposition.

(4) If a complaint is made to such a consular officer as aforesaid that
any offence has been committed on a British-controlled aircraft while in flight
elsewhere than in or over the Territory, that officer may inquire into the case
on oath.

(5) In this section-
(a)the expression 'deposition' includes any affidavit, affirmation or
statement made upon oath; and
(b)the expression 'oath' includes an affirmation or declaration in the
case of persons allowed by law to affirm or declare instead of swearing;

and nothing in this section shall prejudice the admission as evidence of any
deposition which is admissible in evidence apart from this section.

6. (1) In any legal proceedings-
(a)a document purporting to be certified by such authority or person
as may be designated for the purpose by any regulations made by
the Board of Trade under this Act as in force in the United Kingdom
or by the Governor of any Territory as being, or being a true copy
of, or of part of, a document issued or record kept in pursuance of-

(a) 1948 c. 56.





(i) an Order in Council made under section 8 of the Civil Aviation

Act 1949, or
(ii) the Civil Aviation (Licensing) Act 1960(a) or this Act,

by, or by the Minister in charge of, a Government Department, by an
official of a Government Department who is specified for the purpose in
any such Order in Council, or by the Air Registration Board of the
United Kingdom or the Air Transport Licensing Board of the United
Kingdom or by the competent authority in any Territory for the
registration or licensing of aircraft; or

(b)a document printed by Her Majesty's Stationery Office and purporting to
be the publication known as the 'United Kingdom Air Pilot' or a
publication of the series known as Notam-United Kingdom' or a
publication in the Official Gazette for any Territory of a notice similar to
a 'Notam-United Kingdom but notifying matters related to any Territory,

shall be evidence of the matters appearing from that document.

(2) Any records that are admissible in evidence in any legal proceedings in the
United Kingdom by virtue of section 5 of the Civil Aviation (Euro-control) Act
1962(b) as modified by section 6(2) of this Act as in force in the United Kingdom,
and of any regulations or Orders in Council made under or continued in force by
either of those provisions, shall be admissible in evidence in any legal proceedings
in the Territory.

7. (1) In this Act, except where the context otherwise requires, the following
expressions have the following meanings respectively, that is to say

..aircraft' means any aircraft, whether or not a British-controlled aircraft,
other than

(a) a military aircraft; or

(b)an aircraft which, not being a military aircraft, belongs to or is
exclusively employed in the service of Her Majesty in right of
the United Kingdom or in right of any Territory;

but the Governor of any Territory with the approval of the Secretary of
State may by order, which may be varied or revoked by a subsequent
order, provide that any of the provisions of this Act shall apply with or
without modifications to aircraft such as are mentioned in paragraph (b)
of this definition;

'British-controlled aircraft' means an aircraft

(a)which is for the time being registered in the United Kingdom or
in any Territory; or

(b)which is not for the time being registered in any country but in
the case of which either the operator of the aircraft or each
person entitled as owner to any legal or beneficial interest in it
satisfies the following requirements, namely

(i)that he is a person qualified to be the owner of a legal or
beneficial interest in an aircraft registered i in the United
Kingdom or in any Territory; and

(a) 1960 c. 38.

(b) 1962 c. 8.





(ii)that he resides or has his principal place of business in the
United Kingdom or in any Territory; or

(c)which, being for the time being registered in some other
country, is for the time being chartered by demise to a person
who, or to persons each of whom, satisfies the requirements
aforesaid;

'.commander' in relation to an aircraft means the member of the crew
designated as commander of that aircraft by the operator thereof, or,
failing such a person, the person who is for the time being the pilot in
command of the aircraft;

'competent authority' means the Attorney-General of the Territory, or,
where some other authority has general responsibility for and control of
public prosecutions, that authority;

'Convention country' means a country in which the Tokyo convention is for
the time being in force; and any Order of Her Majesty in Council made
under this Act and for the time being in force certifying that any country
specified in the Order is for the time being a Convention country shall be
conclusive evidence that the country in question is for the time being a
Convention country;

'Governor', in relation to any Territory, means the officer for the time being
administering the Government of that Territory;

..military aircraft' means

(a)an aircraft of the naval, military or air forces of any country;
or

(b)any other aircraft in respect of which there is in force a
certificate issued in accordance with any Order in Council in
force under the Civil Aviation Act 1949 that the aircraft is to
be treated for the purposes of that Order in Council as a
military aircraft;

and a certificate of the Secretary of State or of the Governor of any
Territory that any aircraft is or is not a military aircraft for the purposes
of this Act shall be conclusive evidence of the fact certified;

,,operator' in relation to any aircraft at any time means the person who at
that time has the management of that aircraft;

'Pilot in command' in relation to an aircraft means a person who for the
time being is in charge of the piloting of the aircraft without being under
the direction of any other pilot in the aircraft;

'Tokyo Convention' means the Convention on Offences and certain other
Acts Committed on board Aircraft signed at Tokyo on 14th September
1963.

(2) For the purposes of this Act, the period during which an aircraft is in
flight shall be deemed to include

(a)any period from the moment when power is applied for the purpose of
the aircraft taking ofr on a flight until the moment when the landing run
(if any) at the termination of that flight ends; and

(b) for the purposes of section 3 of this Act-

(i)any further period from the moment when all external doors, if any,
of the aircraft are closed following embarkation for a flight until the
moment when any such door is opened for disembarkation after that






flight; and

(ii)if the aircraft makes a forced landing, any period thereafter until the
time when competent authorities of the country in which the forced
landing takes place take over the responsibility for the aircraft
and for the persons and property on board





the aircraft (being, if the forced landing takes place in the Territory,
the time when an officer having functions corresponding to the
functions in the United Kingdom of a constable arrives at the place
of landing);

and any reference in this Act to an aircraft in flight shall include a reference to an
aircraft during any period when it is on the surface of the sea or land but not
within the territorial limits of any country.

(3) In this Act, except where the context otherwise requires, any reference to
any Territory or to any other country or the territorial limits thereof shall be
construed as including a reference to the territorial waters, if any, of that Territory
or country, and any reference to any Act (including this Act) or to any provision
thereof shall be construed as including a reference to that Act or to that provision
as extended to any Territory.

(4) For the purpose of construing this Act as part of the law of any Territory
to which it extends, 'the Territory' means that Territory and 'any Territory'
means any of the Territories to which this Act extends.

(5) Any order of the Board of Trade for the time being in force in the United
Kingdom by virtue of section 7(4) of this Act as in force in the United Kingdom
(which subsection provides for specifying the Convention country in which
aircraft operated by joint air transport organizations or international operating
agencies established by two or more Convention countries shall be treated as
registered) shall have effect in the Territory.

SCHEDULE TO THE ACT. [Section 4.]

PROVISIONS OF GENEVA CONVENTION ON THE HIGH SEAS TO BE
TREATED AS PART OF THE LAW OF NATIONS.

Article 15.

Piracy consists of any of the following acts:

(1) Any illegal acts of violence, detention or any act of depredation,
committed for private ends by the crew or the passengers of a private ship or
a private aircraft, and directed:

(a)On the high seas, against another ship or aircraft, or against persons
or property on board such ship or aircraft;

(b)Against a ship, aircraft, persons or property in a place outside the
jurisdiction of any State;

(2) Any act of voluntary participation in the operation of a ship or of
an aircraft with knowledge of facts making it a pirate ship or aircraft;

(3) Any act of inciting or of intentionally facilitating an act described in
sub-paragraph (1) or sub-paragraph (2) of this article.

Article 16.

The acts of piracy, as defined in article 15, committed by a warship,
government ship or government aircraft whose crew has mutinied and taken
control of the ship or aircraft are assimilated to acts committed by a private ship.





Article 17.

A ship or aircraft is considered a pirate ship or aircraft if it is intended
by the person in dominant control to be used for the purpose of committing
one ofthe acts referred to in article 15. The same applies if the ship or aircraft
has been used to commit any such act, so long as it remains under the control
of the persons guilty of that act.

SCHEDULE 2 TO THE ORDER.
Bahamas.
Bermuda.
British Antarctic Territory.
British Honduras.
British Indian Ocean Territory.
British Solomon Islands Protectorate.
Cayman Islands.
Central and Southern Line Islands.
Falkland Islands (Colony and Dependencies).
Fiji.
Gibraltar.
Gilbert and Ellice Islands Colony.
Hong Kong.
Montserrat.
Pitcairn, Henderson, Ducie and Oeno.
St. Helena and its Dependencies.
St. Vincent.
Seychelles.
Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia.
Turks and Caicos Wands.
Virgin Islands.





1975 No. 225

BRITISH NATIONALITY

THE BRITISH NATIONALITY REGULATIONS 1975

Made 24th February 1975

Coming into Operation-
Regulation 28(3) 25th February 1975
Remainder - 4th April 1975

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page
PART I
GENERAL

1................Citation and operation..... ................ CT 4

2...........Interpretation.. .. ................ CT 4

3..........................Revocations and transitional provisions ............ CT 5

PART II
CITIZENSHIP AND NATIONALITY BY REGISTRATION
4........................................Application for registration under section SA of the Act of 1948 CT 5

5. Application for registration under section 6(1) of the Act of 1948 as

modified by Schedule 1 to the Act of 1971............... CT 6

6........................................Application for registration under section 6(2) of the Act of 1948 CT 6
7........................................Application for registration under section 7(1) of the Act of 1948 CT 6
8........................................Application for registration under section 12(6) of the Act of 1948 CT 6

9.....................................Application for registration under section 1 of the Act of 1964 .. CT 6

10. Application for registration under section 1 of the No. 2 Act of 1964 CT 6

11....................................Application for registration under section 1 of the Act of 1965 .. CT 7

12...........................Authority to whom application is to be made .......... CT 7
13...........................Oath of allegiance for purpose of registration ........ CT 9

14...............Place of registration.................... CT 10

PART III
NATURALIZATION AND RESUMPTION OF CITIZENSHIP
NATIONALITY

15....................Application for naturalization ................ CT 10
16....................Certificate of naturalization ................ CT 10

17.............................Oath of allegiance for purpose of naturalization ........ CT 10

18. Declaration of intention to resume nationality made under section

16(2) of the Act of 1948............... CT 11

19. Declaration of intention to resume citizenship made under section 4(2)

of the Cyprus Act 1960......................... CT 11

20. Place of registration of declaration of intention to resume nationality

or citizenship.................... ............. .... CT 11





Regulation Page
PARTIV
RENUNCIATION AND DEPRIVATION OF CITIZENSHIP AND NATIONALITY

21. Declaration of renunciation of citizenship............... CT 11

22. Notice of proposed deprivation of ' citizenship or nationality..... CT 12

23. Cancellation of registration of person deprived of citizenship or

nationality................................CT 13

24. Cancellation and amendment of certificate of naturalization in case of

deprivation of citizenship......................CT 13

PART V
SUPPLEMENTA
L

25.............Authorized forms.... ................ CT 13

26...........................Certificate of citizenship in case of doubt .......... CT 13

27........Evidence.... .............. CT 13

28......Fees.... .............. CT 13

29...........................Application in relation to associated states .......... CT 14

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1. General requirements as respects applications, etc ........... CT is
Schedule 2. Application for registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom and
Colonies made by a British subject on the grounds of patri-

ality and ordinary residence or Crown or other service .. CT 15
Schedule 3. Application for registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies made
by a citizen of Pakistan on the grounds of patriality and ordinary residence or
Crown or other service..CT 16
Schedule 4. Application for discretionary registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom and
Colonies made by a British subject or citizen of .the Republic of Ireland.....
.................CT 17
Schedule 5. Application for registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies made
by a British subject or citizen of -the Republic of Ireland on the ground of
ordinary residence.......... CT 19
Schedule 6. Application for registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies made
by a woman who has been married to a citizen of the United Kingdom and
Colonies............CT 19

Schedule 7. Application 1 for registration of a minor child of a citizen of the
United Kingdom and Colonies as a citizen thereof.......CT 19

Schedule 8. Application for registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom

. and Colonies made by a former British subject ........... CT 20
Schedule 9. Application for registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom and
Colonies by a former British subject by virtue of citizenship







of Pakistan.. .. .......... CT 20

Schedule 10. Application for registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom
and Colonies made by a person who has ceased to be a citizen
of the United Kingdom and Colonies as a result of a declaration
of renunciation for the purpose of remaining or becoming a
citizen of a country mentioned in section 1(3) of the Act of 1948 CT 21
Schedule 11. Application for registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom

and Colonies by certain stateless persons............CT 22
Schedule 12. Application for registration as a British subject made by an alien woman who has
been married to a British subject.......CT 22





Regulation Page

Schedule 13. Oath of allegiance..... ..... CT 22

Schedule 14. Application for a certificate of naturalization by an alien or British

protected person...........................CT 23

Schedule 15. Certificate of naturalization......................CT 23

Schedule 16. Declaration of intention to resume British nationality made by a

person who has ceased to be a British subject on the loss of

British nationality by his father or mother............CT 24

Schedule 17. Declaration of intention to resume citizenship of the United

Kingdom and Colonies.......................CT 24

Schedule 18. Declaration of renunciation of citizenship............... CT 24

Schedule 19. Table of fees.............................. CT 24





In exercise of the powers conferred upon me by section 29(1) of the
British Nationality Act 1948(a), as extended and amended by section 5(2)
of the British Nationality Act 1958(b), section 4(7) of the Cyprus Act
1960(c), section 1 of the South Africa Act 1962(d) and Schedule 1
thereto, section 3(2) of the British Nationality Act 1964(e), section 6(2) of
the British Nationality (No. 2) Act 1964(f), section 5(2) of the British
Nationality Act 1965(g), section 12 of the West Indies Act 1967(b) and
Schedule 3 thereto, section 2(5) of the Immigration Act 1971(i) and
Schedule 1 thereto and section 1(3) of the Pakistan Act 19730) and
Schedule 2 thereto, 1 hereby make with the consent, so far as Regulation
28 is concerned, of the Treasury the following Regulations:

PART I

GENERAL

1. These Regulations may be cited as the British Nationality
Regulations 1975 and (with the exception of Regulation 28(3) which shall
come into operation on 25th February 1975) shall come into operation on
4th April 1975.

2. (1) In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires,
the following expressions have the meanings hereby respectively
assigned to them, that is to say:

'the Act of 1948' means the British Nationality Act 1948;

'the Act of 1958' means the British Nationality Act 1958;

'the Act of 1964' means the British Nationality Act 1964;

'the No. 2 Act of 1964' means the British Nationality (No. 2) Act
1964;

'the Act of 1965' means the British Nationality Act 1965;

'the Act-of 1971' means the Immigration Act 1971;

---theAct of 197Y' means the Pakistan Act 1973;

'the High Commissioner' means, in relation to a country
mentioned in section 1(3) of the Act of 1948, the High Commissioner
for Her Majesty's government in the United Kingdom appointed to
that country. and includes the acting High Cornmissioner.

(a) 1948 c. 56.
(b) 1958 c. 10.
(c) 1960 c. 52.
(d) 1962 e. 23.
(c) 1964 c. 22.
(f) 1964 c. 54.
(g) 1965 c. 34.
(h) 19C c. 4.

(i) 1971 c. 77.
(j) 1973 c. 48.





(2) In these Regulations, any reference to a Regulation or Schedule
shall be construed as a reference to a Regulation contained in these
Regulations or, as the case may be. to a Schedule thereto; and any
reference in a Regulation or Schedule to paragraph shall be construed
as a reference to a paragraph of that Regulation or of that Schedule.

(3) In these Regulations, except where the context otherwise
requires, a reference to any enactment shall be construed as a reference
to that enactment as amended, extended or applied by or under any
other enactment.

(4) The Interpretation Act 1889(a) shall apply to the interpretation
of these Regulations in like manner as it applies to the interpretation of
an Act of Parliament.

3. (1) The British Nationality Regulations 1972(b) and the British
Nationality (Amendment) Regulations 1973(c) are hereby revoked.

(2) Section 38 of the Interpretation Act 1889 shall apply in relation
to the said Regulations as if these Regulations were an Act of
Parliament and the said Regulations were Acts of Parliament repealed
by an Act of Parliament.

(3) Without prejudice to paragraph (2), any application,
declaration, direction or authorization made or given before the coming
into operation of these Regulations in accordance with the provisions
of any Regulation revoked by these Regulations by or to any person or
authority shall continue to have effect as if made or given in accordance
with the corresponding provisions of these Regulations.

(4) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (3), any
application made by a citizen or former citizen of the Republic of South
Africa by virtue of section 1 of the South Africa Act 1962 in accordance
with the provisions of Regulation 4(3) of and Schedule 4 to the British
Nationality Regulations 1969(d) shall, subject to paragraph 2 of
Schedule 1 to the Act of 1971, continue to have effect and may be dealt
with as if these Regulations and the Regulations revoked thereby had
not been made.

PART II

CITIZENSHIP AND NATIONALITY BY REGISTRATION

4. (1) An application for registration as a citizen of the United
Kingdom and Colonies under section 5A(1) of the Act of 1948 shall be
made to the appropriate authority specified in Regulation 12 and shall
satisfy the requirements of Schedules 1

(a) 1889 c. 63. (b) S.I. 197212061 (1972
111, p. 6121). (c) S.I. 197311491 (1973
11, p. 4559). (d) S.I. 19691760 (1969
11, p. 2142).





and 2 unless it is made by a citizen of Pakistan by virtue of paragraph 2
of Schedule 2 to the Act of 1973, in which case it shall satisfy the
requirements of Schedules 1 and 3.

(2) An application for registration as a citizen of the United
Kingdom and Colonies under section 5A(2) of the Act of 1948 shall be
made to the appropriate authority specified in Regulation 12 and shall
satisfy the requirements of Schedules 1. and 4.

5. An application for registration as a citizen of the United
Kingdom and Colonies under or by virtue of section 6(1) of the Act of
1948 as modified by paragraph 2 of Schedule 1 to the Act of 1971 shall
be made to the appropriate authority specified in Regulation 12(2) and
shall satisfy the requirements of Schedules 1 and 5.

6. An application by a woman for registration as a citizen of the
United Kingdom and Colonies under section 6(2) of the Act of 1948
shall be made to the appropriate authority specified in Regulation 12(4)
and shall satisfy the requirements of Schedules 1 and 6.

7. An application for the registration of a minor child of a citizen of
the United Kingdom and Colonies as a citizen thereof under section 7(1)
of the Act of 1948 shall be made to the appropriate authority specified in
Regulation 12(4) and shall satisfy the requirements of Schedules 1 and 7.

& (1) An application for registration as a citizen of the United
Kingdom and Colonies under section 12(6) of the Act of 1948 made by
virtue of section 3(1)(b)(iii) of the Act of 1958 shall be made to the
appropriate authority specified in Regulation 12(8) and shall satisfy the
requirements of Schedules 1 and 8.

(2) An application for registration as a citizen of the United
Kingdom and Colonies under section 12(6) of the Act of 1948 made by
virtue of paragraph 4 of Schedule 2 to the Act of 1973 shall be made to
the appropriate authority specified in Regulation 12(8) and shall satisfy
the requirements of Schedules 1 and 9.

9. An application for registration as a citizen of the United
Kingdom and Colonies under section 1 of the Act of 1964 shall be made
to the appropriate authority specified in Regulation 12(9) and shall
satisfy the requirements of Schedules 1 and 10.

10. An application for registration as a citizen of the United
Kingdom and Colonies under section 1 of the No. 2 Act of 1964 shall be
made to the appropriate authority specified in Regulation 12(4) and shall
satisfy the requirements of Schedules 1 and 11.





11. An application by a woman for registration as a British
subject under section 1 of the Act of 1965 shall be made to the
appropriate authority specified in Regulation 12(4) and shall
satisfy the requirements of Schedules 1 and 12.

12. (1) Such an application as is mentioned in Regulation
4(1), made on grounds consisting of, or including, ordinary
residence immediately preceding the application, shall be made-
(a)in the case of ordinary residence in the United Kingdom,
to the Secretary of State at the Home Office;
(b)in the case of ordinary residence in the Channel Islands
or Isle of Man, to the Governor.

(2) Such an application as is mentioned in Regulation 4(2)
made on grounds consisting of, or including. ordinary residence
immediately preceding the application, or such an application as
is mentioned in Regulation 5, shall be made-
(a)in the case of ordinary residence in the United Kingdom,
to the Secretary of State at the Home Office;
(b)in the case of ordinary residence in a colony or protec-
torate, to the Governor.

(3) Such an application as is mentioned in Regulation 4(1)
(other than an application to which paragraph (1) applies), made
on grounds consisting of, or including, Crown service immediately
preceding the application under Her Majesty's Government in the
United Kingdom. shall be made-
(a)if the applicant is resident in a Commonwealth country
mentioned in paragraph (11), to the High Commissioner;
(b)if the applicant is resident in the Channel Islands or Isle
of Man. to the Governor;

(c)in any other case, to the Secretary of State at the Home
Office.

,(4) Such an application as is mentioned in Regulation 4(2)
(other than an application to which paragraph (2) applies), made
on grounds consisting of, or including, Crown service immediately
preceding the application under Her Majesty's Government in the
United Kingdom or such an application as is mentioned in
Regulation 6, 7. 10 or 11 shall be made-
(a)if the applicant is resident in a dependency mentioned in
paragraph (10), to the Governor;
(b)if the applicant is resident in a Commonwealth country
mentioned in paragraph (11), to the High Commissioner,
(c)in any other case, to the Secretary of State at the Home
Office.

(5) Such an application as is mentioned in Regulation 4(1),
made on grounds consisting of, or including, service immediately





preceding the application in the employment of a society, company or
body of persons established as mentioned in section 5A(4) of the Act
of 1948, shall be made

(a)if the society, company or body is established in the United
Kingdom and the applicant is serving in its employment in a
Commonwealth country mentioned in paragraph (1.1), to the
High Commissioner;

(b)if the society, company or body is established in the United
Kingdom and the applicant is serving in its employment
otherwise than as aforesaid, to the Secretary of State at the
Home Office;

(c)if the society, company or body is established in the Channel
Islands or Isle of Man, to the Governor.

(6) Such an application as is mentioned in Regulation 4(2), made on
grounds consisting of, or including, service immediately preceding the
application in the employment of a society. company or body of
persons established as mentioned in section 5A(4) of the Act of 1948,
shall he made

(a)if the society, company or body is established in the United
Kingdom and the applicant is serving in its employment in a
Commonwealth country mentioned in paragraph (11), to the
High Commissioner;

(b)if the society, company or body is established in the United
Kingdom and the. applicant is serving in its employment
otherwise than as aforesaid, to the Secretary of State at the
Home Office..

(c)if the society, company or body is established in a colony or a
protectorate. to the Governor.

(7) Such an application as is mentioned in Regulation 4(1) or (2)
made on grounds consisting of, or including, service immediately
preceding the application under an international organization of which
Her Majesty's Government in the. United Kingdom is a member. shall be
made

(a)if the applicant is serving as aforesaid in a Commonwealth
country mentioned in paragraph (11), to the High
Commissioner,

(b)in any other case, to the Secretary of State at the Home Office.

(8) Such an application as is mentioned in Regulation 8(1) or (2)
shall be made

(a)if the applicant is resident in a dependency mentioned in
paragraph (10), to the Governor;

(b)in any other case, to the Secretary of State at the Home Office.

(9) Such an application as is mentioned in Regulation 9 shall be
made





(a)g the applicant is resident in a dependency mentioned in
paragraph (10), to the Governor;

(b)if the applicant has such a qualifying connection as is
mentioned in section 1 of the Act of 1964 and is resident in a
Commonwealth country mentioned in paragraph (111), to the
High Commissioner;

(c)in any other case, to the Secretary of State at the Home
Office.

(10) The dependencies referred to in this Regulation are the Channel
Islands, the Isle of Man, a colony and a protectorate.

(11) The Commonwealth countries referred to in this Regulation are
those countries mentioned in section 1(3) of the Act of 1948 to which a
High Commissioner is appointed.

13. (1) The oath of allegiance required by section 1 of the Act of
1965 to be taken by an applicant for registration as a British subject and
by section 9 of the Act of 1948 to be taken by an applicant for
registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies under
section SA, 6, or 8 of the said Act of 1948 or section 1 of the Act of 1964
or section 1 of the No. 2 Act of 1964 who is not a citizen of a country of
which Her Majesty is Queen nor a British subject by virtue of section 1
of the Act of 1965 shall be subscribed and attested in the form set out in
Schedule 13 in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 4 of
Schedule 1.

(2) In the case of an application for registration as a British subject
under the Act of 1965 the oath of allegiance required and subscribed
and attested as aforesaid shall be included in the form of application.

(3) In the case of such an application for registration as a citizen of
the United Kingdom and Colonies as is mentioned in paragraph (1) the
oath of allegiance required as aforesaid shall be taken within one
calendar month of the date when the applicant is notified of the
registration of his application or within such extended time as the
Secretary of State (in the case of a registration effected by the Secretary
of State) or the person (not being the Secretary of State) by whom the
registration is effected (in the case of a registration effected elsewhere
than in the United Kingdom) may permit and if the oath is not taken
within the said time the registration shall have no effect.

(4) In the case of an oath of allegiance which relates to such an
application for registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom and
Colonies as is mentioned in paragraph (1) the oath shall be registered

(a)if the registration to which it relates is effected by the
Secretary of State. at the Home Office;





(b)in any other case, in such place as the person by whom the
registration is effected may direct or, if no such direction is
given, at the Home Office.

14. (1) The registration of a person as a citizen of the United
Kingdom and Colonies in pursuance of such an application as is
mentioned in Regulation 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. 9 or 10 or as a British subject in
pursuance of such an application as is mentioned in Regulation 11 shall
be effected at such place as the person to whom the application is made
may direct.

(2) If a person is entitled to be registered as a citizen of the United
Kingdom and Colonies or as a British subject in pursuance of such an
application as aforesaid made to a person other than the Secretary of
State and the Secretary of State is satisfied that it is impracticable for the
registration to be effected at a place directed by the person to whom the
application was made, the registration shall be effected at such place as
the Secretary of State may direct.

PART 111

NATURALIZATION AND RESUMPTION OF CITIZENSHIP
AND
NATIONALITY

15. An application for a certificate of naturalization shall satisfy the
requirements of Schedules 1 and 14.

16. (1) A certificate of naturalization granted by the Secretary of
State shall be in the form set ' out in Schedule 15 and shall be signed by
an officer of the Home Department not below the rank of Assistant
Secretary.

(2) A certificate of naturalization granted by the Governor of any of
the Channel Islands, the Isle of Man or a colony or protectorate shall be
similar to a certificate granted by the Secretary of State and shall be
signed by the Governor or by a person authorized by him in that behalf.

.(3) Where in accordance with the provisions of section 10(2) of the
Act of 1948 the Secretary of State has given his approval to the grant of
a certificate of naturalization by the Governor of a place mentioned in
the last foregoing paragraph. the approval ol the Secretary of State shall
be signified by adding to the certificate a statement to that effect, which
shall be signed by a person authorized by him in that behalf.

17. (1) The oath of allegiance required by section 10(1) of the Act
of 1948 to be taken by a person to whom a certificate of naturalization
has been granted shall be subscribed and attested in the form set out in
Schedule 13 in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 4 of
Schedule 1 and as so subscribed and attested shall be endorsed on the
certificate of naturalization to which it relates.





(2) The oath of allegiance required as aforesaid shall be taken
within one calendar month of the date of the certificate of naturalization
to which it relates, or within such extended time as the Secretary of
State (in the case of any certificate) or the Governor of a place
mentioned in paragraph (2) of Regulation 16 (in the case of a certificate
granted by the Governor of that place) may permit, and if the oath is not
taken within the said time the certificate shall have no effect:

Provided that permission shall not be deemed to have been given
under this paragraph unless a statement to that effect is endorsed on
the certificate and signed by a person authorized by Regulation 16 to
sign a certificate of naturalization.

(3) The oath of allegiance required as aforesaid shall be registered

(a) if the certificate of naturalization to which it relates is
granted by the Secretary of State, at the Home Office;

(b)in any other case, in such place as the Governor who grants
the certificate may direct. or, if no such direction is given, At
the Home Office.

(4) Where the oath of allegiance is registered in accordance with
the directions of the Governor under paragraph (3), he shall cause a
copy of the oath and of the certificate of naturalization to which it
relates to be sent to the Home Office.

18. A declaration of intention to resume British nationality under
section 16(2) of the Act of 1948 shall be made to the Secretary of State
and shall satisfy the requirements of Schedules 1 and 16.

19. A declaration of intention to resume citizenship of the United
Kingdom and Colonies under section 4(2) of the Cyprus Act 1960 shall
be made to the Secretary of State and shall satisfy the requirements of
Schedules 1 and 17.

20. Such a declaration as is mentioned in Regulation 18 or 19 shall
be registered at the Home Office.

PART IV

RENUNCIATION AND DEPRIVATION OF CITIZENSHIP
AND
NATIONALITY

21. (1) A declaration of renunciation of citizenship of the United
Kingdom and Colonies under section 19(1) of the Act of 1948 shall
satisfy the requirements of Schedules 1 and 18.





(2) Such a declaration as is mentioned in paragraph (1) shall be
made

(a)if the declarant is resident in a country mentioned in section
1(3) of the Act of 1948 to which a High Commissioner h
appointed, to that High Commissioner;

(b)in any other case, to the Secretary of State at the Home Office.

(3) Such a declaration as is mentioned in paragraph (1) shall,
subject to the provisions of the said section 19(1), be registered at such
place as the person to whom the declaration is made may direct.

22. (1) When it is proposed to make an order under section 20 ofthe
Act of 1948 depriving a person of his citizenship of the United Kingdom
and Colonies or under section 3 of the Act of 1965 depriving a person of
the status of British subject by virtue of section 1 of that Act, the notice
required by section 20(6) of the Act of 1948 to be given to that person
may be. given

(a)in a case where that person's whereabouts are known, by
causing the notice to be delivered to him personally or by
sending it to him by post;

(b)in a case where that person's whereabouts are not known, by
sending it to hi's last known address.

(2) Where the Secretary of State has given notice as aforesaid and
the person to whom it is given has the right on making application
therefor, to an inquiry under section 20(7) of the Act of 1948, the
application shall be made

(a)if that person is in the United Kingdom at the time when the
notice is given to him, within twenty-one days from the giving
of the notice;

(b)in any other case, within such time, not being less than
twenty-one days from the giving of the notice, as the
Secretary of State may determine:

Provided that the Secretary of State may in special circumstances
at any time extend the time within which the application may be made.

(3) Where the Governor of any of the Channel Islands, the Isle of
Man or a colony or protectorate has given notice as aforesaid, the
provisions of the last foregoing paragraph shall apply with the
substitution for references to the Secretary of State of references to the
Governor and the substitution for the reference to the United Kingdom
of a reference to that island, colony or protectorate.

(4) Any notice given in accordance with the provisions of this
Regulation shall, in a case in which the person to whom it is given has
the right, on, making application therefor. to an inquiry





under section 20(7) of the Act of 1948, include a statement of the time
within which such application must be made.

23. Where an order has been made depriving a person who is a
citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies by registration of that
citizenship or depriving a person who is a British subject by virtue of
section 1 of the Act of 1965 of that status, the name of that person shall
be removed from the register of citizens of the United Kingdom and
Colonies or, as the case may be, from the register of British subjects by
virtue of the said section 1.

24. Where an order has been made depriving a person naturalized
in the United Kingdom and Colonies of his citizenship of the United
Kingdom and Colonies, the person so deprived or any other person in
possession of the relevant certificate of naturalization shall, if required
by notice in writing given by the Secretary of State or any Governor
having power to deprive persons of that citizenship, deliver up the said
certificate to such person, and within such time, as may be specified in
the notice; and the said certificate shall thereupon be cancelled or
amended.

PART V

SUPPLEMENTAL

25. Where the preceding provisions of these Regulations require
that an application or declaration shall satisfy requirements set out in a
Schedule those requirements shall be treated as satisfied if the
application or declaration is made in a form authorized by the Secretary
of State or other authority to whom the application or declaration is
made, if in the opinion of the Secretary of State or that other authority,
as the case may be, the form so authorized is suitable in the
circumstances of a particular case.

26. A certificate of citizenship in case of doubt given under section
25 of the Act of 1948 shall be signed by an officer of the Home
Department not below the rank of Assistant Secretary.

27. A document may be certified to be a true copy of a document
for the purpose of section 27(2) of the. Act of 1948 by means of a
statement in writing to that effect signed by a person authorized by the
Secretary of State, the High Commissioner or the Governor in that
behalf.

28. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Regulation, the fees
specified in Schedule 19 may in the United Kingdom be taken and shall
be applied in the manner set out in the said Schedule, and in any
country mentioned in section 1(3) of the Act of 1948 the like fees (or
fees of the corresponding amounts in the local currency) maybe taken
and shall be applied in the like manner as fees taken in the United
Kingdom.,





Provided that no fee shall be taken under this Regulation for
witnessing the signing of an application or declaration or for
administering the oath of allegiance, in a case where the application or
declaration is witnessed, or the oath administered, by a justice of the
peace.

(2) Of the fee payable in respect of the grant of a certificate of
naturalization, three pounds (if the applicant is a British protected
person) and five pounds (if the applicant is an alien) shall be payable on
the submission of the application for a certificate, and the balance shall
be payable on the receipt of the decision to grant a certificate:

Provided that where a husband and wife apply at the same time for
certificates and are residing together at the time of the applications and
the balance is paid in respect of the grant of a certificate to the husband,
the balance payable in respect of the grant of a certificate to the wife
shall be such that the total fee paid in that respect amounts to ten
pounds.

(3) Until 4th April 1975, the British Nationality Regulations 1972
shall have effect as if in Schedule 17 thereto (Table of Fees) the item
relating to registration Of a minor who is a British protected person or an
alien as a citizen under section 7 of the British Nationality Act 1948 were
omitted.

29. (1) In relation to an associated state a reference in these
Regulations to a colony shall be construed as if it included a reference
to such a state but in relation to an associated state any reference to the
Governor shall be construed as a reference to the Secretary of State or,
where he has issued a relevant direction under paragraph 4 of Schedule
3 to the West Indies Act 1967, to the person, or the person for the time
being holding the office, specified in the direction.

(2) Regulation 16(3) shall have effect as if the reference therein to
section 10(2) of the Act of 1948 included a reference to paragraph 5 of
Schedule 3 to the West Indies Act 1967.

ROY JENKINS
One of Her Majesty's Principal
Secretaries of State.

21 February 1975.

We consent to Regulation 28 of these Regulations.

JAMES A. DUNN
M. COCKS,

Two of the Lords Commissioners of
Her Majesty's Treasury.

24 February 1975,





SCHEDULE 1

Regulations 4 to 11. 13, 15, 17 to 19 and 21 GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS As RESPECTS APPLICATIONS, ETC.

1. An application or declaration shall be made in writing and shall state the
name, address, date and place of birth of the applicant or declarant.

2. An application, other than such an application as is mentioned in
Regulation 7, 8, 9, 10 or 15 shall state whether the applicant has ever renounced
or been deprived of citizenship of the United Kingdom and Colonies,

3. An application or declaration shall contain a declaration that the
particulars stated therein are true.

4. An application or declaration shall be signed in the presence of, and an
oath of allegiance shall be of no effect unless administered by, one of the following
persons:

(a) in England and Wales or Northern Ireland-
any justice of the peace, commissioner for oaths or notary public;

(b) in Scotland-
any sheriff principal, sheriff, justice of the peace or notary public;

(c) in the Channel Islands, the Isle of Man or any colony or protec-torate or
in the New Hebrides

any judge of any court of civil or criminal jurisdiction, any justice of the
peace or magistrate, or any person for the time being authorized by the
law of the place where the applicant, declarant or deponent is, to
administer an oath for any judicial or other legal purpose;

(d)in any country mentioned in section 1(3) of the Act of 1948 of which
Her Majesty is Queen, or in any territory administered by the government
of any such country

any person for the time being authorized by the law of the place where
the applicant, declarant or deponent is, to administer an oath for any
judicial or other legal purpose, any consular officer or any established
officer of the Diplomatic Service of Her Majesty's Government in the
United Kingdom;

(e) elsewhere-

any consular officer, any established officer of the Diplomatic Service of
Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom or any person
authorized by the Secretary of State in that behalf:

Provided that if the applicant, declarant or deponent is serving in Hei
Majesty's naval., military or air forces, the application or declaration may be
signed in the presence of, or the oath administered by, any officer holding a
commission in any of those forces, whether the application, declaration or oath is
made or taken in the United Kingdom or elsewhere.

SCHEDULE 2 Regulation 4(1)
BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1948, SECTION 5A(I)

Application for registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies
made by a British subject on the grounds of patriality and ordinary residence or
Crown or other service.

1. The application shall contain information showing that the applicant

(a)is a citizen of a country mentioned in section 1(3) of the Act of 1948 or






a British subject without citizenship by virtue of section 13 or 16 of that
Act or (being a woman) a British subject to whom section 2 of the Act of
1965 applies;





(b) is of full age and capacity;

(c)is patrial within the meaning of the Act of 1971 by virtue of section
2(1)(d) of that Act or of the reference thereto in section 2(2);

(d)has (except where paragraph 3 applies) been throughout the period of 5
years ending with the date of the application

(i) ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom or, as the case may be, in
the Channel Islands or Isle of Man, or

(ii) engaged in relevant employment (as defined in paragraph 2),
or

(iii) partly the one and partly the other.

2. For the purposes of paragraph 1(d)(ii) 'relevant employment' means

(a)Crown service under Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom;
or

(b)service under an international organization of which Her Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom is a member; or

(c)service in the employment of a society, company or body of persons
established in the United Kingdom or, as the case may be. in the Channel
Islands or Isle of Man.

3. If the applicant desires that a qualifying period shorter than 5 years should
be accepted, the application shall specify the special circumstances which the
applicant desires should be taken into consideration.

4. If the application is made wholly or partly on the grounds of service within
paragraph 2(b) or (c) the application shall state the nature of the applicant's
connection with the United Kingdom or, as the case may be, the Channel Islands
or Isle of Man.

5. The application shall show where the applicant has been ordinarily resident
throughout the period of 5 years ending with the date of the application, and shall
state whether he has been in Crown service under Her Majesty's Government in the
United Kingdom during that period or any part of it.

SCHEDULE 3 Regulation 4(1)

BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT. 1948, SECTION SAW

PAKISTAN ACT 1973, SCHEDULE 2, PARAGRAPH
2

Application for registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies
made by a citizen of Pakistan on the grounds of patriality and ordinary residence
or Crown or other service.

1. The application shall contain information showing that the applicant

(a) is, and was on 14th May 1973, a citizen of Pakistan;

(b) is of full age and capacity;,

(c)is patrial within the meaning of the Act of 1971 by virtue of section
2(1)(d) of that Act or of the reference thereto in section 2(2);

(d)has (except where paragraph 4 applies) been throughout the period of 5
years ending with the date of the application







(i) ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom or, as the case may be, in
the Channel Islands or Isle of Man, or

(ii) engaged in relevant employment (as defined in paragraph 2), or

(iii) partly the one and partly the other;





(e)whether or not paragraph 4 applies. has been throughout the period
beginning immediately before 14th May 1973 and ending with the date of
the application

(i) ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom or a colony or
protectorate specified in the application, or

(ii) engaged in relevant employrnent (as defined in paragraph 2), or

(iii) partly the one and partly the other.

2. For the purposes 'of paragraphs 1(d)(ii) and 1(e)(ii) 'relevant employment
means

(a)Crown service under Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom;
or

(b)service under an international organization of which Her Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom is a member; or

(c)service in the employment of a society, company or body of persons
established in the United Kingdom or, as the case may be, in the Channel
Islands or Isle of Man,

except that, for the purposes of paragraph 1(e)(ii), sub-paragraph (c) of this
paragraph shall have effect as if for the reference to the Channel Islands or Isle of
Man there were substituted a reference to a colony or protectorate specified in the
application.

3. The application shall contain such further information as the authority to
whom it is made may require in order for it to be determined whether the
application was received before the appropriate date specified in paragraph 2 of
Schedule 2 to the Act of 1973 and, if not, whether the circumstances are such that
the application should be considered.

4. If the applicant desires that a qualifying period shorter than 5 years should
be accepted, the application shall specify the special circumstances which the
applicant desires should be taken into consideration.

5. If the application is made wholly or partly on the grounds of service within
paragraph 2(b) or (c) the application shall state the nature of the applicant's
connection with the United Kingdom or, as the case may be, the Channel Islands
or the Isle of Man.

6. The application shall show where the applicant has been ordinarily resident
throughout the period of 5 years ending with the date of the application, and shall
state whether he has been in Crown service under Her Majesty's Government in
the United Kingdom during that period or any part of it.

SCHEDULE 4 Regulation 4(2)

BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1948, SECTION 5A(2)

Application for discretionary registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom
and Colonies made by a British subject or citizen of the Republic of Ireland.

1. The application shall contain information showing that the applicant

(a)is a citizen of a country mentioned in section 1(3) of the Act of 1948 or
of the Republic of Ireland or a British subject without citizenship by
virtue of section 13 or 16 of that Act or (being a woman) is a British
subject to whom section 2 of the Act of 1965 applies;

(b) is of full age and capacity;







(c)has been throughout the period of 5 years (except where paragraph 4
applies) ending with the date of the application





(i) ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom or, as the case may be, in
a colony or protectorate specified in the application, or

(ii) engaged in relevant employment (as defined in paragraph 2), or

(iii) partly the one and partly the other;

(d) is of good character;

(e)has a sufficient knowledge of the English or Welsh language or, in the
case of an application which relates to residence or relevant employment
in a colony or protectorate of any other language in current use in that
colony or protectorate; and

(f)intends in the event of his being registered to reside in the United
Kingdom or a colony or protectorate or to enter into or continue in
relevant employment.

2. For the purposes of paragraph 1 'relevant employment' means-

(a)Crown service under Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom;
or

(b)service under an international organization of which Her Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom is a member; or

(e)service in the employment of a society, company or body of persons
established in the United Kingdom or, as the case may be, in a colony or
protectorate specified in the application.

3. The application shall contain such further information as the authority to
whom it is made may require in order for it to be determined whether the applicant
is a fit and proper person to be registered as a citizen of the United Kingdom and
Colonies.

4. If the applicant desires that a qualifying period shorter than 5 years should
be accepted, the application shall specify the special circumstances which the
applicant desires should be taken into consideration.

5. If the application is made wholly or partly on the grounds of service within
paragraph 2(b) or (c) the application shall state the nature of the applicant's
connection with the United Kingdom and Colonies.

6. The application shall show where the applicant has been ordinarily resident
throughout the period of 5 years ending with the date of the application, and shall
state whether he has been in Crown service under Her Majesty's Government in the
United Kingdom during that period or any part of it.

7. In relation to an application made by a citizen of Pakistan by virtue of
paragraph 2 of Schedule 2 to the Act of 1973

(a)paragraph 1 shall have effect subject to the following amendments:

(i) for sub-paragraph (a) there shall be substituted the following sub-
paragraph:

'(a) is, and was on 14th May 1973, a citizen of Pakistan;';

(ii) in sub-paragraph (c) for the words from 'has been throughout to
'date of the application' there shall be substituted the words 'has
been throughout the period beginning immediately before 14th May
1973 and ending with the date of the application and (except where
paragraph 4 applies) throughout the period of 5 years ending with
that date';







(b)at the end of paragraph 3 there shall be added the following words 'or
whether the application was received before the appropriate date specified
in paragraph 2 of Schedule 2 to the Act of 1973 and, if not, whether the
circumstances are such that the application should be considered.'.





SCHEDULE 5 Regulation 5
BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1948, SECTION 6(1)

IMMIGRATION ACT 1971, SCHEDULE 1, PARAGRAPH 2

Application for registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies
made by a British subject or citizen of the Republic of Ireland on the ground of
ordinary residence.

1. The application shall contain information showing that the applicant

(a)is a citizen of a country mentioned in section 1(3) of the Act of 1948 or
of the Republic of Ireland or a British subject without citizenship by
virtue of section 13 or 16 of that Act or (being a woman) a British
subject to whom section 2 of the Act of 1965 applies;

(b) is of full age and capacity,

(c)at the date of his application has throughout the last five years or, if it is
more than five years, throughout the period since the coming into force
of the Act of 1971 been ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom or, as
the case may be, in a colony or protectorate specified in the application
without being subject by virtue of any law relating to immigration, to any
restriction on the period for which he might remain.

2. In relation to an application made by a citizen of Pakistan by virtue of
paragraph 2 of Schedule 2 to the Act of 1973, paragraph 1 shall have effect as if
for sub-paragraph (a) there were substituted the following sub-paragraph:

'(a) is, and was on 14th May 1973, a citizen of Pakistan;'.

3. Such an application as is mentioned in paragraph 2 shall contain such
further information as the authority to whom it is made may require in order for it
to be determined whether the application was received before the appropriate date
specified in paragraph 2 of Schedule 2 to the Act of 1973 and, if not, whether the
circumstances are such that the application should be considered.

SCHEDULE 6 Regulation 6
BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1948, SECTION 6(2)

Application for registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies
made by a woman who has been married to a citizen of the United Kingdom and
Colonies.

The application shall state the citizenship or nationality of the applicant and
shall contain information showing that the applicant has been married to a citizen
of the United Kingdom and Colonies.

SCHEDULE 7 Regulation 7
BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1948, SECTION 7(1)

Application for registration of a minor child of a citizen of the United
Kingdom and Colonies as a citizen thereof.

1. The application shall contain information showing-

(a)that the applicant is a parent or guardian of the child and, if he is a
guardian, as to how he became such, and

(b)that the child is a child of a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies.

2. The application shall state the reasons for which it is desired that the child
should be registered as a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies.





SCHEDULE 8 Regulation 8(1)

BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1948, SECTION
12(6)

BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1958, SECTION 3(1)(b)(iii) AND
(C)

Application for registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies
made by a former British subject.

1. The application shall contain information showing that the application

(a) was a British subject immediately before 1st January 1949;

(b) was, on that date, a citizen or potentially a citizen of a country

mentioned in section 1(3) of the Act or 1948, as originally enacted and,
but for that citizenship or potential citizenship, would have become a
citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies by virtue of section 12(4) of
that Act;

(c)having been on that date a citizen of such, a country, or having
subsequently been made one by the coming into operation of a law of that
country, lost that citizenship otherwise than by his own act done for the
purpose and thereby ceased to be a British subject;

(d) is of full age and capacity.

2. The application shall state the nature of the applicant's connection with
the United Kingdom and Colonies.

3. If the application is intended to relate to any of the children of the
applicant, it shall so state and the names, dates of birth and places of birth of the
children in question shall be specified.

SCHEDULE 9 Regulation 8(2)

BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1948, SECTION
12(6)

PAKISTAN ACT 1973, SCREDULF 2, PARAGRAPH 4

Application for registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies
by a former British subject by virtue of citizenship of Pakistan.

1. The application shall contain information showing that the applicant

(a) was a British subject immediately before 1st January 1949;

(b)was, on that date, potentially a citizen of Pakistan and would, but for that
potential citizenship, have become a citizen of the United Kingdom and
Colonies by virtue of section 12(4) of the Act of 1948;

(c) was, on 1st September 1973, a citizen of Pakistan;

(d) (i) is descended in the male line from a person possessing any of the
qualifications specified in section 12(1) of the Act of 1948, or

(ii) was born, or is descended in the male line from a person born, within
the Republic of Ireland, or

(iii) became, or is descended in the male line from a person who became a
British subject by virtue of a certificate of naturalization granted
under section 8 of the British Nationality and Status of Aliens Act






1914(a) by the government of a country mentioned in section 1(3)
of the Act of 1948, as originally enacted;

(e)intends to make his ordinary place of residence within the United
Kingdom and Colonies;

is of full age and capacity.





2. The application shall state the nature of the applicant's connection with
the United Kingdom and Colonies.

3. The application shall state the factors which the applicant wishes to be
taken into account.

4. If the application is intended to relate to any of the children of the
applicant, it shall so state and the names, dates of birth and places of birth of the
children in question shall be specified.

SCHEDULE 10 Regulation 9

BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT ~, SECTION 1

Application for registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies
made by a person who has ceased to be a citizen of the United Kingdom and
Colonies as a result of a declaration of renunciation for the purpose of remaining
or becoming a citizen of a country mentioned in section 1(3) of the Act of 1948.

1. The application shall contain information showing that the applicant

(a)has ceased to be a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies as a result
of a declaration of renunciation made under section 19 of the Act of
1948;

(b)at the time of the declaration was, or was about to become, a citizen of a
country mentioned in section 1(3) of the Act of 1948;

(c)either could not have remained or become such a citizen but for the
declaration or had reasonable cause to believe that he would be deprived of
his citizenship of that country unless he made the declaration;

(d)unless he makes such a statement as is mentioned in paragraph 4, has a
qualifying connection (as defined in paragraph 2) with the United
Kingdom and Colonies or a protectorate specified in the application, or,
if the applicant is a woman, that she has been married to a person who
has, or would, if living, have, such a connection;

(e) is of full capacity.

2. For the purpose of paragraph 1(d) a person has a qualifying connection

(a)in relation to the United Kingdom and Colonies, if he, his father or his
father's father

(i) was born in the United Kingdom or a colony; or

(ii) is or was a person naturalized in the United Kingdom and Colonies;
or

(iii) was registered as a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies; or

(iv) became a British subject by reason of the annexation of any
territory included in a colony;

(b) in relation to a protectorate, if-
(i) he was born there; or

(ii) his father or his father's father was horn there and is or at any time
was a British subject.

3. Any reference in paragraph 1 or 2 to any country, or to countries or
territories of any description, shall be construed as referring to that country or
description as it exists at the date on which the application is made to the
appropriate authority; and paragraph 2(a) does not apply to any person by virtue






of any certificate of naturalization granted or

(a) 4 & 5 Geo. 5. c. 17.





registration effected by the Governor or Government of a country or territory
outside the United Kingdom which is not at that date a colony or protectorate.

4. If the applicant does not have a qualifying connection as defined in
paragraph 2 or if the application is made by virtue of paragraph 3 of Schedule 2 to
the Act of 1973, the application shall state the factors which the applicant wishes
to be taken into account.

SCHEDULE 11 Regulation 10
BRITISH NATIONALITY (No. 2) ACT 1964, SECTION 1

Application for registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies
by certain stateless persons.

1. The application shall contain information showing that the person in
respect of whom it is made is and always has been stateless and is qualified for
registration under section 1 of the No. 2 Act of 1964.

2. In the case of an application in respect of a minor by his parent or guardian
the application shall state whether the applicant is a parent or guardian of the
minor and, if he is a guardian, how he became such.

SCHEDULE12 Regulation 11
BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1965, SECTION 1

Application for registration as a British subject made by an alien woman who
has been married to a British subject.

1. The application shall contain information showing that the applicant

(a) is an alien, and

(b)_has been married to a person who at the date of the application is, or but
for his death would be, a British subject by virtue of section 2(1) of the
Act of 1948 or a British subject without citizenship by virtue of section 13
or 16 of that Act.

2. The application shall state whether the applicant has ever been deprived of
the status of British subject.

SCHEDULE13 Regulations 13(1) and 17(1)

BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1948, SECTION 9

BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1948, SECTION 10

BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1965, SECTION
1

OATH OF ALLEGIANCE

1, A.B., swear by Almighty God that 1 will be faithful and bear true allegiance to
Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth the Second, Her Heirs and

Successors, according to law.
(Signed) A.B.
Sworn and subscribed this day of 19 before me.

(Signed) X.Y.,

[Justice of the Peace, Commissioner, Notary
Public or other official title.]





SCHEDULE14 Regulation 5

BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1948, SECTION
10

COMMONWEALTH IMMIGRANTS ACT 1962, SECTION
12(2)

Application for a certificate of naturalization by an alien or British protected
person.

1. The application shall show whether the applicant is a British protected
person or an alien, and, if he is a British protected person, shall state the
connection with a protectorate or other territory by virtue of which he is a British
protected person.

2. The application shall contain information showing that the applicant is of
full age and capacity and possesses the requisite qualifications for naturalization in
respect of residence, Crown service, good character, knowledge of the English or
other appropriate language and intention with respect to his residence or
occupation in the event of a certificate being granted to him, and such further
information as the Secretary of State or the Governor may require in order for it
to be determined whether the applicant is a fit and proper person to be granted a
certificate of naturalization.

SCHEDULE 15 Regulation 16(1)

BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1949, SETION 10

Certificate of Naturalization

Whereas A.B., has applied to one of Her Majesty's Principal Secretaries of
State for a certificate of naturalization, alleging with respect of [himself] [herself]
the particulars set out below, and has satisfied the Secretary of State that the
conditions laid down in the British Nationality Act 1948 [and the Commonwealth
Immigrants Act 19621 for the grant of naturalization are fulfilled:

Now, therefore, the Secretary of State, in exercise of the powers conferied
upon him by the said Act of 1948, grants to the above named this certificate of
naturalization, and declares that upon taking the oath of allegiance within the time
and in the manner required by the regulations made in that behalf [he] [she] shall
be a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies as from the date of this
certificate.

In witness whereof I have hereto subscribed my name this day of

19 1

(Signed) C.D.

[Rank]

Home Office,
London.

Particulars relating to applicant
Full name
.......................................................................................
Address
..........................................................................................
Place and date of birth .....................................................................
Nationality
.....................................................................................

Single,











SCHEDULE 16 Regulation 18

BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1948, SECTION 16(2)

Declaration of intention to resume British nationality made by a person who
has ceased to be a British subject on the loss of British nationality by his father or
mother.

1. The declaration shall contain information showing-

(a)that the declarant's father or mother, as the case may be, ceased to be a
British subject and as to how he or she ceased to be such;

(b)that the declarant thereby ceased to be a British subject by virtue of
section 12(1) of the British Nationality and Status of Aliens Act 1914(a);

(e)that the declarant would, if he had not so ceased to be a British subject, at
the time of the application he a citizen of the United Kingdom and
Colonies or a British subject without citizenship under section 13 of the
Act of 1948.

SCHEDULE17 Regulation 19

CYPRUS ACT 1960, SECTION 4(2)

Declaration of intention to resume citizenship of the United Kingdom and
Colonies.

1. The declaration shall contain information showing that the declarant

(a)was granted citizenship of the Republic of Cyprus in pursuance of an
application made in accordance with section 4 or 5 of Annex D to the
Treaty concerning the Establishment of the Republic of Cyprus before he
attained the age of 16 years; and

(b)immediately before being granted such citizenship was a citizen of the
United Kingdom and Colonies.

SCHEDULE18 Regulation 21(1)

BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1948, SECTION 19

BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1964, SECTION 2

Declaration of renunciation of citizenship

1. The declaration shall contain information showing that the declarant

(a) is a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies;

(b) is of full age and capacity;

(c)except where paragraph 2 applies, is a citizen or national of another
country specified in the declaration.

2. If the declarant is not a citizen or national of another country the
declaration shall state that to the best of his knowledge or belief he is about to
become such a citizen or national and shall state the reasons for that belief.

(a) 4 & 5 Geo. 5. c. 17.





SCHEDULE 19 Regulation 28(1)

TABLE OF FEES

Matter in which fee To whom fee is
may be takenAmount of fee to be paid
Registration as a citizen under 10.00Into the Exchequer in
s. 5A(1) of the British Nai- accordance with Treas-
tionality Act 1948. ury directions.
Registration as a citizen under 10.00The same.
s. 5A(2) of the British Na-
tionality Act 1948.
Registration as a citizen under 10.00The same.
s. 6(1) of the British Na-
tionality Act 1948.
Registration of a woman as a 10.00The same.
citizen under s. 6(2) of the
British Nationality Act 1948.
Grant of a certificate of nat-
uralization under s. 10 of
the British Nationality Act
1948-
To a British protected person; 20.00The same.
To an alien. 40.00 The same.
Registration as a citizen under 10.00The same.
s. 12(6) of the British Na-
tionality Act 1948.
Registration of a declaration of 10.00The same.
intention to resume British
nationality under s. 16(2) of
the British Nationality Act
1948.
Registration of a declaration of 10.00The same.
renunciation of citizenship
under s. 19 of the British
Nationality Act 1948.
Grant of a certificate of citizen- 20.00 The same.
ship in case of doubt under
s. 25 of the British Nation-
ality Act 1948.
Registration of a declaration of 10.00The same.
intention to resume citizen-
ship under s. 4(2) of the
Cyprus Act 1960.
Registration as a citizen under 10.00The same.
s. 1 of the British Nationality
Act 1964.
Registration of a stateless per- 10.00The same.
son of full age as a citizen
under s. 1 of the British Na-
tionality (No. 2) Act 1964.
Registration of a woman as a 10.00The same.
British subject under s. 1 of
the British Nationality Act
1965.
Supplying a certified true copy 1.00The same.
of any notice, certificate,
order, declaration or entry
given, granted or made under
the British Nationality Act
1948,





Schedule 19 (continued)

Matter in which feeAmount of fee To whom fee is
may be taken to be paid
Witnessing the signing of an 0.50 In England, Wales or
applicationor declaration Northern Ireland if the
mentioned in paragraph 4 of application or declara-
Schedule 1 to these Regula- tion is witnessed, or
tions. the oath administered,
by a commissioner for
oaths or notary public
to the commissioner or
notary public.
Administeringthe oath of 0.50In Scotland, if the appli-
allegiance. cation or declaration is
witnessed, or the oath
administered by a sher-
iff principal or sheriff,
to the sheriff clerk or
to any of his deputies,
andif by a notary
public to the notary
public.





1969 No. 1837.

MARRIAGE

HONG KONG (NON-DOMICILED PARTIES) DIVORCE
RULES 1969.

Made - - - - 17th December 1969.

Coming into Operation - 1st January 1970.

In exercise of his powers under subsection (4) of section 1 of the
Indian and Colonial Divorce Jurisdiction Act 1926(a), as amended by
article 2 of, and Part II of the Schedule to, the Government of India
(Adaptation of Acts of Parliament) Order 1937(b) and paragraph (d) of
section 1 of the Colonial and Other Territories (Divorce Jurisdiction) Act
1950(c), and subsection (1) of section 2 of the said Act of 1926 as
amended by the said article 2 and Part 11 of the Schedule to the said
Order of 1937, and as applied by articles 2 and 3 of the Hong Kong
Divorce Jurisdiction Order in Council 1935(d) as amended. by article 2 of
the Hong Kong Divorce Jurisdiction (Amendment) Order 1969(e), the
Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs, with the
concurrence of the Lord Chancellor, hereby makes the following Rules:

1. These Rules may be cited as the Hong Kong (NonDomiciled
Parties) Divorce Rules 1969, and shall come into operation on I st
January 1970.

2. In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires

---court-means the Supreme Court of Hong Kong;

'Matrimonial Causes Ordinance' means the Matrimonial Causes
Ordinance of Hong Kong(f) and any rules made thereunder and
also means any Ordinance or rules for the time being amending or
replacing such Ordinance or rules;

'the Act of 1926'means the Indian and Colonial Divorce Jurisdiction
Act 1926;

the Act of 1940'means the Indian and Colonial Divorce Jurisdiction
Act 1940(g);

'the Acts' means the Colonial and Other Territories (Divorce
Jurisdiction) Acts 1926 to 1950 and any Act amending or replacing
the same.

(a) 1926 c. 40.
(b) S.R. & 0. 19371230 (Rev. Vol. X, p. 545).
(c) 1950 c. 20.
(d) S.R. & 0. 19351836 (Rev. Vol. VI, p. 18; 1935 p. 585).
(e) S.I. 196911060 (1969 11, p. 3106).
(f) Laws of Hong Kong, Chapter 179.
(g) 1940 c. 35.





3. (1) The Chief Justice of Hong Kong may, from time to time, submit
to the Lord Chancellor, through the Secretary of State for Foreign and
Commonwealth Affairs, the names of such judges of the court (including
himself) as he may consider necessary for the purpose of exercising
jurisdiction under the Acts and these Rules.

(2) Upon the approval of the Lord Chancellor of any nomination so
submitted being signified to the Chief Justice by the Secretary of State
for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs, the Chief Justice shall cause the
names so approved to be notified in the Hong Kong Government
Gazette as judges appointed to exercise jurisdiction under the Acts, and
the judges whose names shall have been so notified shall thereupon
have power to exercise jurisdiction accordingly.

(3) Any judge who has been appointed to exercise jurisdiction in
accordance with the provisions in that behalf contained in the Hong
Kong (Non-Domiciled Parties) Divorce Rules 1936(a) shall be deemed to
have been appointed under this Rule.

4. Every petition under the Acts shall be heard and determined by
one judge nominated and approved under Rule 3, sitting without a jury.

5. An appeal shall lie to a bench of two other judges who have been
nominated and approved under Rule 3 against any decree or order made
by a judge under Rule 4 which could have been appealed against if it had
been made in proceedings under the Matrimonial Causes Ordinance.

6. An appeal shall lie from the determination of a bench of two such
judges to Her Majesty in Council in any case where an appeal would lie
in England from a similar decision of the Court of Appeal to the House of
Lords.

7. In addition to any provisions as to the form of petitions in
matrimonial causes specified in the rules for the time being in force in
Hong Kong relating to matrimonial causes, every petition under the Acts
shall state

(a) the nationality of the parties to the marriage;

(b)the address at which the parties to the marriage last cohabited;

(c) whether there have been in any court of competent jurisdiction in any
part of the United Kingdom any, and if so what, previous proceedings (including
any application under Rule 5 or 6 the Matrimonial Causes Rule
1968 (b)) with reference to the marriage, or with reference
to any children of the family, the date and effect of any

(a) S.R. & 0. 1936130 (Rev. VI, p_992). (b) S.I.
19681219 (1968 1, p. 665).





decree or order made in such proceedings, and, in the case of
proceedings with reference to the marriage, whether there has
been any resumption of cohabitation since the making of such
decree or order;

(d)in the case of a wife's petition in which the court is alleged to
have jurisdiction by virtue of section 3 of the Act of 1940, the
domicile of the husband immediately before the alleged
desertion, and the date when and circumstances in which the
alleged desertion began;

(e)the places at which the matrimonial offences charged are
alleged to have been committed;

the grounds upon which the petitioner claims that in the
interests of justice it is desirable that the suit should be
determined in Hong Kong.

8. (1). Where it appears to the court that proceedings for the
dissolution of the marriage have been instituted in any part of the
United Kingdom before the date upon which the petition was filed in
Hong Kong, the court shall either dismiss the petition or stay further
proceedings thereon until the proceedings in the United Kingdom have
terminated, or until the court shall otherwise direct.

(2) Where it appears to the court that such proceedings were
instituted after the filing of the petition in Hong Kong, the court may,
subject to the provisions of the Acts, proceed with the trial of the suit.

9. The Attorney General of Hong Kong shall, under the designation
of Proctor, exercise within the jurisdiction of the court the duties
assigned to Her Majesty's Proctor by the law for the time being applying
to matrimonial causes in England.

10. Where a decree is made for the dissolution of a marriage the
parties to which are domiciled in Scotland, the court shall not make an
order for the securing of a gross or annual sum of money.

11. The court shall not entertain an application for the modification
or discharge of an order unless the person on whose petition the decree
for the dissolution of the marriage was pronounced is resident in Hong
Kong at the time such application is made.

12. A certificate referred to in subsection (2) of section 1 of the Act
of 1926 (as substituted by subsection (1) of section 4 of the Act of 1940
and as amended by paragraph (c) of section 1 of the Colonial and Other
Territories (Divorce Jurisdiction) Act 1950) shall be in the form set out in
the Schedule hereto and shall be signed by the Registrar of the court
and scaled with the seal of the court.





13. Subject to the provisions of these Rules, all proceedings
under the Acts shall be regulated by the Matrimonial Causes
Ordinance with such modifications as the circumstances require.

14. The Hong Kong (Non-Domiciled Parties) Divorce Rules
1936 are revoked.

Given under my hand this 17th day of December 1969.

MICHAEL STEWART,
Secretary of State for Foreign
and Commonwealth Affairs.

I concur.

GARDINER, C.

SCHEDULE. [rule 12.]

I, A.B., Registrar of the Supreme Court of Hong Kong, at the Courts of Justice,
Hong Kong, hereby certify that the foregoing is a true copy of a deeme

an order made by the aforesaid Supreme Court acting in exercise of the matrimonial
jurisdiction conferred by or under the Colonial and Other Terri

tories (Divorce Jurisdiction) Acts 1926 to 1950 in
Divorce Jurisdiction Action No . of
Appeal No . ..............of

from judgment and decree in Divorce Jurisdiction Action No . ...............

of ......in which the abovenamed C.D. was petitioner and the

abovenamed E.F. was respondent and the abovenamed G.H. was

Dated this day of 19
(Signed) .......................................
Registrar.





1970 No. 147

FUGITIVE CRIMINAL

THE EXTRADITION (GENOCIDE) ORDER 1970

[This Order is printed as amended by S.I. 1982 No. 145 (L.N.
110/82)]

Made 4 February v 1970.

Laid before Parliament - 10 February 1970.

Coming into Operation - 30 April 1970.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 4th day of February 1970.

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

WHEREAS a Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the
Crime of Genocide (hereinafter referred to as 'the Genocide
Convention') was approved by the General Assembly of the United
Nations on 9 December 1948, the terms of which are set out in Schedule
1 to this Order:

AND WHEREAS the states mentioned in Schedule 2 to this Order
are states with which extradition treaties are in force and which are
Contracting Parties to the Genocide Convention:

AND WHEREAS the Genocide Act 1969(a) has been enacted to
give effect to the Genocide Convention:

AND WHEREAS an instrument of accession to the Genocide
Convention was deposited on behalf of the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Northern Ireland with the Secretary-General of the United
Nations on 30 January 1970 and the Genocide Convention will enter
into force for the United Kingdom on 30 April 1970:

AND WHEREAS the application of the Genocide Convention is
extended by notification in accordance with Article XII of the
Convention to the Channel Islands, the Isle of Man and the British
Possessions mentioned in Schedule 3 to this Order:

Now, THEREFORE, Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers
conferred upon Her by section 2 of the Extradition Act 1870(b), is
pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is
hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Extradition (Genocide) Order 1970
and shall come into operation on 30 April 1970.

(a) 1969 c. 12.
(b) 1870 c. 52.





2. The Interpretation Act 1889(a) shall apply, with the
necessary adaptions, for the purpose of interpreting this Order and
otherwise in relation thereto as it applies for the purpose of interpreting,
and in relation to, Acts of Parliament.

3. The Extradition Acts 1870 to 1935 as amended by the
Genocide Act 1969 shall apply in the case of the states mentioned in
Schedule 2 to this Order under and in accordance with the extradition
treaties therein described as supplemented by the Genocide
Convention.

4. The operation of this Order is limited to the United Kingdom, the
Channel Island, the Isle of Man and the British possessions mentioned
in Schedule 3 to this Order, being British possessions to which the
application of the Genocide Convention is extended.

W. G. AGNEW.

SCHEDULE1

ENGLISH TEXT OF THE GENOCIDE CONVENTION

THE CONTRACTING PARTIES,

HAVING CONSIDERED the declaration made by the General Assembly of the
United Nations in its resolution 96(1) dated 11 December 1946 that genocide is a
crime under international law, contrary to the spirit and aims ofthe United Nations
and condemned by the civilized world;

RECOGNIZING that at all periods of history genocide has inflicted great losses
on humanity; and

BEING CONVINCED that, in order to liberate mankind from such an odious
scourge, international co-operation is required.

HEREBY AGREE AS HEREINAFTER PROVIDED:

ARTICLE 1

The Contracting Parties confirm that genocide, whether committed in time of
peace or in time of war, is a crime under international law which they undertake to
prevent and to punish.

ARTICLE II

In the present Convention, genocide means any ofthe following acts
committed with intent to destroy, in whole or in part, a national, ethnical, racial
or religious group, as such:

(a) Killing members of the group;

(b) Causing serious bodily or mental harm to members ofthe group;

(c)Deliberately, inflicting on the group conditions of life calculated to bring
about its physical destruction in whole or in part;

(d) Imposing measures intended to prevent births within the group;

(e) Forcibly transferring children of the group to another group.

(a) 1889 c. 63.





ARTICLE III

The following acts shall be punishable:

(a) Genocide;

(b) Conspiracy to commit genocide;

(c) Direct and public incitement to commit genocide;

(d) Attempt to commit genocide;

(c) Complicity in genocide.

ARTICLE IV

Persons committing genocide or any of the other acts enumerated in article
III shall be punished, whether they are constitutionally responsible rules, public
officials or private individuals.

ARTICLE V

The Contracting Parties undertake to enact, in accordance with their
respective Constitutions, the necessary legislation to give effect to the provisions
of the present Convention and, in particular, to provide effective penalties for
persons guilty of genocide or of any ofthe other acts enumerated in article 111.

ARTICLE VI

Persons charged with genocide or any ofthe other acts enumerated in article
III shall be tried by a competent tribunal of the State in the territory of which the
act was committed, or by such international penal tribunal as may have
jurisdiction with respect to those Contracting Parties which shall have accepted its
jurisdiction.

ARTICLE VII

Genocide and the other acts enumerated in article 111 shall not be considered
as political crimes for the purpose of extradition.

The Contracting Parties pledge themselves in such cases to grant extradition
in accordance with their laws and treaties in force.

ARTICLE VIII

Any Contracting Party may call upon the competent organs of the United
Nations to take such action under the Charter ofthe United Nations as they
consider appropriate for the prevention and suppression of acts of genocide or.
any of the other acts enumerated in article 111.

ARTICLE IX

Disputes between the Contracting Parties relating to the interpretation,
application or fulfilment ofthe present Convention, including those relating to the
responsibility of a State for genocide or for any ofthe other acts enumerated in
article 111, shall be submitted to the International Court of Justice at the request
of any of the parties to the dispute.

ARTICLE X

The present Convention, of which the Chinese, English, French, Russian and
Spanish texts are equally authentic, shall bear the date of 9 December 1948.

ARTICLE X1







The present Convention shall be open until 31 December 1949 for signature
on behalf of any Member of the United Nations and of any non-member State to
which an invitation to sign has been addressed by the General Assembly.

The present Convention shall be ratified, and the instruments of ratification
shall be deposited with the Secretary-General ofthe United Nations.





After 1 January 1950 the present Convention may be acceded to on behalf of
any Member of the United Nations and of any non-member State which has
received an invitation as aforesaid.

Instruments of accession shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the
United Nations.

ARTICLE XII

Any Contracting Party may at any time, by notification addressed to the
Secretary-General of the United Nations, extend the application of the present
Convention to all or any of the territories for the conduct of whose foreign
relations that Contracting Party is responsible.

ARTICLE XIII

On the day when the first twenty instruments of ratification or accession have
been deposited, the Secretary-General shall draw up a proces-verbal and transmit a
copy thereof to each Member of the United Nations and to each of the non-
member States contemplated in article Xl.

The present Convention shall come into force on the ninetieth day following
the date of deposit of the twentieth instrument of ratification or accession.

Any ratification or accession effected subsequent to the latter date shall
become effective on the ninetieth day following the deposit of the instrument of
ratification or accession.

ARTICLE XIV

The present Convention shall remain in effect for a period of ten years as
from the date of its coming into force.

It shall thereafter remain in force for successive periods of five years for such
Contracting Parties as have not denounced it at least six months before the
expiration of the current period.

Denunciation shall be effected by a written notification addressed to the
Secretary-General of the United Nations.

ARTICLE XV

If, as a result of denunciations, the number of Parties to the present
Convention should become less than sixteen, the Convention shall cease to be in
force as from the date on which the last of these denunciations shall become
effective.

ARTICLE XVI

A request for the revision of the present Convention may be made at any time
by any Contracting Party by means of a notification in writing addressed to the
Secretary-General.

The General Assembly shall decide upon the steps, if any, to be taken in
respect of such request.

ARTICLE XVII

The Secretary-General of the United Nations shall notify all Members of the
United Nations and the non-member States contemplated in article Xl of the
following:

(a)Signatures, ratifications and accessions received in accordance with article
Xl,







(b) Notifications received in accordance with article XII;

(e)The date upon which the present Convention comes into force in
accordance with article XIII;

(d) Denunciations received in accordance with article XIV;

(e) The abrogation of the Convention in accordance with article XV;

(1) Notifications received in accordance with article XVI.





ARTICLE XVIII

The original of the present Convention shall be deposited in the archives of
the United Nations.

A certified copy of the Convention shall be transmitted to each Member of
the United Nations and to each of the non-member States contemplated in articles
Xl.

ARTICLE XIX

The present Convention shall be registered by the Secretary-General of the
United Nations on the date of its coming into force.

SCHEDULE 2(a)

STATES WITH WHICH THE UNITED KINGDOM HAS EXTRADITION
TREATIES AND
WHICH ARE CONTRACTING PARTIES TO THE GENOCIDE
CONVENTION

State Date of Treaty

Albania 22 July 1926
Argentina 22 May 1889
Austria 9 January 1963
Belgium 29 October 1901
Chile 26 October 1897
Colombia 27 October 1888
Cuba 3 October 1904
Czechoslovakia 11 November 1924
Denmark 31 March 1873
Ecuador 20 September 1880
EI Salvador 23 June 1881
Finland 29 October 1975
France 14 August 1876
Germany, Federal Republic of (reapplied 14 May 1872
and amended by the Agreement of
23 February 1960)
Greece 24 September 1910
Guatemala 4 July 1885
Haiti 7 December 1874
Hungary 3 December 1873
Iceland 31 March 1873
Iraq 2 May 1932
Israel 4 April 1960
Italy 5 February 1873
Liberia 16 December 1892
Luxembourg 24 November 1880
Mexico 7 September 1886
Monaco 17 December 1891
Netherlands 26 September 1898
Nicaragua 19 April 1905
Norway 26 June 1873
Panama 25 August 1906
Peru 26 January 1904
Poland 11 January 1932
Romania 21 March 1893
Sweden 26 April 1963
Uruguay 26 March 1884
Yugoslavia 6 December 1900

(a) Amended by S.I. 1982/145 (L.N. 110/82).





SCHEDULE 3(a)

BRITISH POSSESSIONS TO WHICH THE APPLICATION OF THE GENOCIDE
CONVENTION IS EXTENDED

Bermuda Hong Kong
British Virgin Islands Pitcairn
Falkland Island and Dependencies St. Helena
Gibraltar Turks and Caicos Islands

(a) Amended by S.I. 1982/145 (L.N. 110,182).





1970 No. 148.

FUGITIVE CRIMINAL

THE FUGITIVE OFFENDERS (GENOCIDE) ORDER 1970.

Made - - -4th February 1970.

Laid before Parliament- 10th February 1970.
Coming into Operation - 30th April 1970.

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 4th day of
February 1970.

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council.

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by
section 17 of the Fugitive Offenders Act 1967(a), as extended by section
3(1) of the Genocide Act 1969(b), is pleased, by and with the advice of
Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Fugitive Offenders (Genocide)
Order 1970 and shall come into operation on 30th April 1970.

2. The Interpretation Act 1889(c) shall apply, with the necessary
adaptations, for the purpose of interpreting this Order and otherwise in
relation thereto as it applies for the purpose of interpreting, and in
relation to, Acts of Parliament.

3. (1) There shall be deemed to be included among the descriptions
of offences set out in Schedule 1 to the Fugitive Offenders Act 1967 as
extended to the countries mentioned in the Schedule to this Order any
offence of genocide and (so far as not so included by virtue of the
foregoing) any attempt or conspiracy to commit such an offence and
any direct and public incitement to commit such an offence.

(2) For the purposes of the Fugitive Offenders Act 1967 as
extended to any country mentioned in the Schedule to this Order, no
offence which, if committed in that country, would be punishable as an
offence of genocide or as an attempt, conspiracy or incitement to
commit such an offence shall be regarded as an offence of a political
character.

(3) It shall not be an objection to any proceedings taken against a
person by virtue of the preceding paragraphs of this

(a) 1967 c. 68. (b)
1969 c. 12. (c)
1889 c. 63.





Article that under the law in force at the time when and in the place
where he is alleged to have committed the act of which he is accused or
of which he was convicted he could not have been punished therefor.

W. G. AGNEW.

SCHEDULE.

COUNTRIES REFERRED To IN ARTICLE 3 OF THE ORDER.

Bahama Islands
Bermuda
British Virgin Islands
Falkland Islands and Dependencies
Fiji
Gibraltar
Hong Kong
Pitcairn
Seychelles
Turks and Caicos Islands





1982 No. 1666

MERCHANT SHIPPING
POLLUTION

THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (PREVENTION OF
POLLUTION) (INTERVENTION) (OVERSEAS
TERRITORIES) ORDER 1982

Made 24 November 1982

Coming into Operation 31 December 1982

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 24th day of November 1982

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by
section 20(1)(b), (2), (3)(a), (d) and (e), (4)(a), (d) and (f) and (5) of the
Merchant Shipping Act 1979(a) and all other powers enabling Her in
that behalf, is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to
order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Prevention
of Pollution (Intervention) (Overseas Territories) Order 1982 and shall
come into operation on 31 December 1982.

2. The provisions of the Merchant Shipping (Prevention of
Pollution) (Intervention) Order 1980(b) listed in Schedule 2 to this Order
shall extend to each of the territories, any one of which is referred to in
this Order as 'the Territory', specified in Schedule 1 to this Order with
the modifications set out in Schedule 3 to this Order.

3. The Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Pollution) (Intervention)
(Bermuda) Order 1981 (c) is hereby revoked.

N. E. LEIGH,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE1 Article 2

Anguilla
Bermuda
British Antarctic Territory
British Virgin Islands

(a) 1979 c. 39. (b) S.I. 1980/1093. (c) S.I. 1981/836.





Cayman Islands
Falkland Islands and Dependencies
Hong Kong
Montserrat
Pitcairn, Henderson, Ducie and Oeno Islands
Saint Helena and Dependencies
Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia
Turks and Caicos Islands

SCHEDULE 2 Article 2

Article 1(2)(b)
Article 3
Article 4
Article 5
Article 6
Article 7(1), in so far as it relates to pollution by substances other than oil, (2) and
(3).
The Schedule

SCHEDULE 3 Article
2

1 .(a) For any, reference to the United Kingdom there shall be substituted,
save in Article 7(3). a reference to the Territory

(b)For the reference in Article 7(3)(b) to a part of the United Kingdom
there shall be substituted a reference to the Territory

2. For any reference to the Secretary of State there shall be substituted in the
case of:

(a)Anguilla. Bermuda, the Cayman Islands. Hong Kong, Montserrat.
Pitcairn, Henderson, Ducie and Oeno Islands, Saint Helena and
Dependencies. the Turks and Caicos Islands and the British Virgin Islands
a reference to the Governor;

(b) the British Antarctic Territory a reference to the High Commissioner:

(c)the Falkland Islands and Dependencies a reference to the Civil
Commissioner

(d)the Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia a reference to the
Administrator.

3. Any reference to an enactment of the United Kingdom shall be
construed as a reference to that enactment as applying or extended to the
Territory.





1969 No. 592

CIVIL AVIATION

THE CIVIL AVIATION ACT 1949 (OVERSEAS
TERRITORIES) ORDER 1969

Made - - - - - 23rd April 1969

Laid before Parliament - - 29th April 1969

Coming into Operation - - 30th April 1969

At the Court at Windsor Castle, the 23rd day of April 1969

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, by virtue and in exercise of the powers in that behalf
by section 66 of the Civil Aviation Act 1949(a) or otherwise in Her
Majesty vested, is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council,
to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Civil Aviation Act 1949
(Overseas Territories) Order 1969.

(2) This Order shall come into operation on 30th April 1969.

(3) The Orders set out in Schedule 1 to this Order are revoked in so
far as they form part of the law of the territories specified in Schedule 3
to this Order:

Provided that nothing in this paragraph shall affect the operation of
section 13 of the Civil Aviation Act 1949 as extended to the said
territories by the Colonial Civil Aviation (Application of Act) Order
1952(b), which section is, for the sake of convenience, reproduced in
paragraph 5 of Schedule 2 to this Order.

(4) Nothing in paragraph (3) of this Article shall affect-

(a)any Order in Council made under any enactment revoked by
this Order;

(b)any instrument or other thing made or done or having effect
under any of the enactments revoked by this Order or under
any such Order as is mentioned in subparagraph (a) of this
paragraph;

but any such Order or instrument or thing aforesaid shall, if and so far
as in force immediately before the coming into force of this Order,
continue in force (subject however, to any Order in

(a) 1949 c. 67.
(b) S.I. 1952/868 (1952 1, p. 565).





Council or instrument or thing made or done after the coming into force
of this Order) and so far as it could have been made or done under this
Order shall have effect as if made or done under this Order. ,

(5) In this Article 'instrument' includes any order, regulation,
direction, instruction, rule or other requirement, any notice and any
certificate, licence, validation or other authority.

(6) Any document referring to any enactment revoked by this Order
shall be construed as referring to this Order or to the corresponding
enactment in this Order.

2.' (1) In this Order unless the context otherwise requires

-Central and Southern Line Islands' means the islands of Malden,
Starbuck, Vostock, Caroline and Flint;

'Colony' means any of the colonies, protectorates or other territories
mentioned in Schedule 3 to this Order, and includes the
dependencies of a colony;

chicago Convention' means the Convention on International Civil
Aviation signed on behalf of the Government of the United
Kingdom at Chicago on the seventh day of December 1944;

-Government Aerodrome' means an aerodrome under the control of the
Governor and a naval, military or air force aerodrome;

---Governor'means the officer for the time being administering the
Government of the Colony.

(2) In this Order references to 'Her Majesty's dominions' shall be
construed as though British protectorates and protected states and trust
territories administered by the Government of any part of Her Majesty's
dominions, formed part of Her Majesty's dominions.

(3) The Interpretation Act 1889(a) shall apply, with the necessary
adaptations, for the purpose of interpreting this Order and otherwise in
relation thereto as it applies for the purpose of interpreting and in
relation to Acts of Parliament.

3. The provisions of sections 8, 9, 10, 11, 14, 27, 38, 40, 41, 51, 53, 57,
58, 59, 60, 61, 62 and 63 of the Civil Aviation Act 1949, adapted and
modified as set out in Schedule 2 hereto, are hereby extended to the
territories mentioned in Schedule 3 hereto.

W. G. AGNEW.

(a) 1889 c. 63.





SCHEDULE1 Article 1(3)

ORDER REVOKED

Order Reference

The Colonial Civil Aviation (Applica- S.I. 19521868 (1952 1, p. 565).
tion of Act) Order 1952.

The Colonial Civil Aviation (Applica- S.I. 1953/591 (1953 1, p. 275).
tion of Act) (Amendment) Order 1953.

The Colonial Civil Aviation (Applica- S.I. 1953/1669 (1953 1, p. 277).
tion of Act) (Amendment) (No. 2) Order 1953.

The Colonial Civil Aviation (Applica- S.I. 19541830 (1954 1, p. 463).
tion of Act (Amendment) Order 1954

The Colonial Civil Aviation (Applica- S.I. 1955/709 (1955 1, p. 458).
tion of Act) (Amendment) Order
1955.
The Colonial Civil Aviation (Applica- S.I. 195811514 (1958 1, p. 303).
tion of Act) (Amendment) Order
1958.
The Colonial Civil Aviation (Applica- S.I. 195911052 (1959 1. p. 684).
tion of Act) (Amendment) Order
1959.
The Colonial Civil Aviation (Applica- S.I. 1961/2317 (1961 111. p. 4271).
tion of Act) (Amendment) Order
1961.
The Colonial Civil Aviation (Applica- S.I. 19651980 (1965 1, p. 2419).
tion of Act) (Amendment) Order
1965.

SCHEDULE 2 Article 3

CIVIL AVIATION ACT 1949

PART II

REGULATION OF CIVIL
AVIATION

General

1. Section 8. (1) Her Majesty may by Order in Council make such provision
as appears to Her to be requisite or expedient

(a)for carrying out the Chicago Convention, any Annex thereto relating to
international standards and recommended practices (being an Annex
adopted in accordance with the Convention) and any amendment of the
Convention or any such Annex made in accordance with the Convention;
or

(b) generally for regulating air navigation.

(2) Her Majesty may by Order in Council make provision-

(a) as to the registration of aircraft in the Colony;

(b)for prohibiting aircraft from flying unless certificates of airworthiness
issued or validated under the Order are in force with respect to them and
except upon compliance with such conditions as to maintenance or repair
as may be specified either in the Order or by the Governor;





(e)for the licensing inspection and regulation of aerodromes, for access to
aerodromes and places where aircraft have landed, for access to aircraft
factories for the purpose of inspecting work therein carried on in relation
to aircraft or parts thereof and for prohibiting or regulating the use of
unlicensed aerodromes;

(d)for prohibiting persons from engaging in, or being employed in or (except
in the maintenance at unlicensed aerodromes of aircraft not used for or in
connection with commercial, industrial or other gainful purposes) in
connection with, air navigation in such capacities as may be specified
either in the Order or by the Governor except in accordance. with
provisions in that behalf contained in the Order, and for the licensing of
those employed at aerodromes licensed under the. Order in the inspection
or supervision of aircraft;

(e)as to the conditions under which, and in particular the aerodromes to or
from which, aircraft entering or leaving the Colony may fly, and as to the
conditions under which aircraft may fly from one part of the Colony to
another;

(f)as to the conditions under which passengers and goods may be carried by
air and under which aircraft may be used for other commercial, industrial
or gainful purposes, and for prohibiting the carriage by air of goods of such
classes as may be specified either in the Order or by the Governor;

(g)for minimizing or preventing interference with the use or effectiveness of
apparatus used in connection with air navigation, and for prohibiting or
regulating the use of such apparatus as aforesaid and the display of signs
and lights liable to endanger aircraft;

(h)generally for securing the safety, efficiency and regularity of air
navigation and the safety of aircraft and of persons and property carried
therein, for preventing aircraft endangering other persons and property
and, in particular, for the detention of aircraft for any of the purposes
specified in this paragraph;

(i)for requiring persons engaged in, or employed in or in connection with, air
navigation to supply meteorological information for the purposes of air
navigation;

(j)for regulating the making of signals and other communications by or to
aircraft and persons carried therein;

(k)for regulating the use of the civil air ensign and any other ensign
established by Her Majesty in Council for purposes connected with air
navigation;

(1)for prohibiting aircraft from flying over such areas in the Colony as
may be specified either in the Order or by the Governor;

(m) for applying, adapting or modifying, or enabling the Governor to apply,
adapt or modify, the enactments relating to customs in relation to
aerodromes and to aircraft and to persons and property carried therein
and for preventing smuggling by air, and for permitting, or enabling the
Governor to permit, in connection with air navigation, subject to such
conditions as appear to Her Majesty in Council, or to the Governor, as
the case may be, to be requisite or expedient for the protection of the
revenue, the importation of goods into the Colony without payment of
duty;

(n)as to the manner and conditions of the issue, validation, renewal,
extension or variation of any certificate, licence or other document
required by the Order (including the examinations and tests to be
undergone), and as to the form, custody, production, cancellation,
suspension. endorsement and surrender of any such document;







(o)for regulating, or enabling the Governor to regulate, the charges that may
be made for the use of aerodromes licensed under the Order and for
services provided at such aerodromes;





(p)for prescribing, or enabling the Governor to prescribe, the fees to be paid
in respect of the issue, validation, renewal, extension or variation of any
certificate, licence or other document or the undergoing of any
examination or test required by, or in pursuance of, the Order and in
respect of any other matters in respect of which it appears to Her
Majesty in Council, or to the Governor, to be expedient for the purpose
of the Order to charge fees;

(q)for exempting from the provisions of the Order or any of them any
aircraft or persons or classes of aircraft or persons.

(3) An Order in Council under this section may make different provision with
respect to different classes of aircraft, aerodromes, persons or property and with
respect to different circumstances and with respect to different parts of the Colony
but shall, so far as practicable, be so framed as not to discriminate in like
circumstances between aircraft registered in the Colony operated on charter terms
by one air transport undertaking and such aircraft so operated by another such
undertaking.

(4) An Order in Council under this section may, for the purpose of securing
compliance with the provisions thereof, provide for the imposition of penalties
not exceeding a fine of two hundred pounds and imprisonment for a term of six
months, and, in the case of any provision having effect by virtue of paragraph (1)
of subsection (2) of this section, may also for that purpose provide for the taking
of such steps (including firing on aircraft) as may be specified in the Order.

(7) Part VI of this Act applies to this section.

2. Section 9. (1) In time of war, whether actual or imminent, or of great
national emergency, the Governor may by order regulate or prohibit, either
absolutely or subject to such conditions as may be contained in the order, the
navigation of all or any descriptions of aircraft over the Colony or any portion
thereof; and may by order provide for taking possession of and using for the
purposes of Her Majesty's naval, military or air forces any aerodrome, or any
aircraft in the Colony, or any machinery, plant, material or things found in or on
any such aerodrome or such aircraft, and for regulating or prohibiting the use,
erection, building, maintenance or establishment of any aerodrome, or flying
school, or any class or description thereof.

(2) An order under this section may make, for the purposes of the order, such
provision as an Order in Council under section 8 of this Act may by virtue of
subsection (4) of that section make for the purpose of securing compliance with
provisions thereof having effect by virtue of paragraph (1) of subsection (2) of
that section.

(3) Any person who suffers direct injury of loss, owing to the operation of an
order of the Governor under this section, shall be entitled to receive compensation
from the Governor, from such public funds as he may lawfully apply for the
purpose, the amount thereof to be fixed, in default of agreement, by an arbitrator
to be agreed upon or failing agreement to be appointed by the Chief Justice or
other chief judicial officer of the Colony:

Provided that no compensation shall be payable by reason of the operation of
a general order under this section prohibiting flying in the Colony or any part
thereof.

(6) Part VI of this Act applies to this section.

3. Section 10. (1) The Governor may make regulations providing for the
investigation of any accident arising out of or in the course of air navigation, and
either occurring in or over the Colony or occuring elsewhere to British aircraft
registered in the Colony.

(2) Regulations under this section may contain provisions-





(a)requiring notice to be given of any such accident as aforesaid in such
manner and by such persons as may be specified;

(b)applying, with or without modification, for the purpose of investigations
held with respect to any such accidents any of the provisions of any law
in force in the Colony relating to the investigation of deaths or accidents;

(e)prohibiting, pending investigation, access to or interference with aircraft
to which an accident has occurred, and authorizing any person, so far as
may be necessary for the purposes of an investigation, to have access to,
examine, remove, take measures for the preservation of, or otherwise
deal with, any such aircraft;

(d)authorizing or requiring the cancellation, suspension, endorsement or
surrender of any licence or certificate granted in the Colony under this
Part of this Act or any Order in Council or order made under this Part of
this Act, or the withdrawal or suspension of any validation conferred in
the Colony of a licence granted by a duly competent authority elsewhere,
where it appears on an investigation that the licence or certificate ought
to be cancelled, suspended, endorsed or surrendered, or the validation
withdrawn or suspended, as the case may be, and requiring the production
of any such licence or certificate for the purpose of being so dealt with:

Provided that nothing in this section shall limit the powers of any authority
under sections 530 to 537 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894(a) or any
enactment amending those sections.

(3) If any person contravenes or fails to comply with any regulations under
this section, he shall be liable, on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding
fifty pounds or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding three months.

(5) Part VI of this Act applies to this section.

4. Section 11. (1) Where an aircraft is flown in such a manner as to be the
cause of unnecessary danger to any person or property on land or water, the pilot
or the person in charge of the aircraft, and also the owner thereof unless he proves
to the satisfaction of the court that the aircraft was so flown without his actual
fault or privity, shall be liable on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding two
hundred pounds or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding six months or to both
such fine and such imprisonment.

In this sec * tion the expression 'owner' in relation to an aircraft includes
any person by whom the aircraft is hired at the time of the offence.

(2) The provisions of this section shall be in addition to and not in derogation
of the powers conferred on Her Majesty in Council by section 5 of this Act.

(3) Part VI of this Act applies to this section.

5. Section 13. (1) The Governor may, with the approval of a Secretary of
State, make regulations ions

(a) to secure that aircraft shall not be used in the Colony by any person

(i) for plying, while carrying passengers or goods for hire or reward, on
such journeys or classes of journeys (whether beginning and ending
at the same point or at different points) as may be specified in the
regulations, or

(ii) for such flying undertaken for the purpose of any trade or business as
may be so specified,

except under the authority of and in accordance with, a licence granted to
the said person by the licensing authority specified in the regulations;







(a) 1894 c. 60.





(b)as to the circumstances in which a licence under the regulations may
or shall be granted, refused, revoked or suspended, and in particular
as to the matters to which the licensing authority specified in the
regulations is to have regard in deciding whether to grant or refuse
such a licence;

(c)as to appeals from the licensing authority by persons interested in the
grant, refusal, revocation or suspension of any licence under the
regulations;

(d)as to the conditions which may be attached to such a licence (includ-
ing conditions as to the fares, freight or other charges to be charged
by the holder of the licence), and for securing compliance with any
conditions so attached;

(e)as to the information to be furnished by an applicant for, or the
holder of, such a licence to such authorities as may be specified in the
regulations;

(f)prescribing the fees to be paid in respect of the grant of any licence
under the regulations, or enabling such fees to be prescribed by any
person or authority specified in that behalf by the regulations;

and such regulations may make different provision as respects difrerent classes
of aircraft and different classes of licences.

(2) Regulations made under this section may, for the purpose of securing
compliance with the regulations, provide for the imposition of the following
penalties, namely-
(a)in the case of a first ofrence against the regulations, a fine not exceeding
five hundred pounds or imprisonment for a term not exceeding three
months or both such fine and such imprisonment; and

(b)in the case of a second or subsequent ofrence against the regulations,
a fine not exceeding five thousand pounds or imprisonment for a term
not exceeding two years or both such fine and such imprisonment.

(3) Part VI of this Act applies to this section.

6. Section 14. (1) The Governor may, with the approval of a Secretary
of State, make regulations-

(a) requiring any person-
(i) who carries on the business of carrying passengers or goods in
aircraft for hire or reward on such journeys or classes of journeys
(whether beginning and ending at the same point or at different
points) as may be specified in the regulations, or
(5) who is the holder of a licence in respect of a customs aerodrome,
to furnish to such authorities as may be specified in the regulations
such information relating to the use of aircraft for the purpose of his
said business and to the persons employed in connection with that
use, or, as the case may be, relating to the use of the aerodrome and to
the persons employed in aircraft arriving thereat or departing there-
from, as may be prescribed by the regulations;

(b)requiring the owner, or the pilot or other person in charge, of any
aircraft arriving at, or departing from, any customs aerodrome to
furnish to the holder of the licence in respect of that aerodrome such
information as may be necessary to enable the holder of the said licence
to comply with such of the provisions of the regulations as relate to
him;

(c)prescribing the times at which, and the form and manner in which, any
information required under the regulations is to be furnished:





Provided that a person carrying on such a business as is mentioned in
subparagraph (i) of paragraph (a) of this subsection shall not be required to furnish
information relating to the use of aircraft on journeys wholly outside the Colony,
or relating to persons exclusively employed outside the Colony, unless the person
carrying on the business is either a British subject or a British protected person
resident in the Colony or a citizen of the Republic of Ireland resident in the Colony
or a body corporate incorporated under the law of the Colony.

(2) Regulations under this section may provide for imposing on any person
who contravenes or fails to comply with any provision of the regulations such
penalties (not exceeding a fine of twenty pounds and a further fine of five pounds
for every day on which the contravention or non-compliance continues after
conviction therefor) as may be specified in the regulations.

(3) No information with respect to any particular undertaking which has been
obtained by virtue of regulations under this section shall, without the consent of the
person carrying on that undertaking, be disclosed otherwise than in connection with
the execution of such regulations, and if any person discloses any such information
in contravention of this subsection, he shall be liable, on summary conviction, to
imprisonment for a term not exceeding three months or to a fine not exceeding
fifty pounds or to both such fine and such imprisonment or, on conviction on
indictment., to imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years or to a fine not
exceeding one hundred pounds or to both such fine and such imprisonment.

Nothing in this subsection shall apply to the disclosure of any information for
the purposes of any legal proceedings which may be taken by virtue of this
subsection or of regulations made under this- section, or for the purpose of any
report of any such proceedings, but, save as aforesaid, the restriction imposed by
this subsection shall, in relation to any legal proceedings (including arbitrations),
extend so as to prohibit and prevent any person who is in possession of any such
information so obtained from disclosing, and from being required by any court or
arbitrator to disclose, that information (whether as a witness or otherwise) except
with the consent of the person carrying on the undertaking to which the
information relates.

(4) In this section the expression -customs aerodrome- means an aerodrome
for the time being appointed as a place of landing or departure of aircraft for the
purposes of the enactments relating to customs.

(5) Part VI of this Act applies to this section.

PART III

AERODROMES AND OTHER LAND

7. Section 27. (1) If the Governor is satisfied, with respect to any building,
structure or erection in the vicinity of an aerodrome to which this section applies
that, in order to avoid danger to aircraft flying in that vicinity in darkness or
conditions of poor visibility, provision ought to be made (whether by lighting or
otherwise) for giving to such aircraft warning of the presence of that building,
structure or erection, he may by order authorize (subject to any conditions specified
in the order) the proprietor of the aerodrome, and any person acting under the
proprietor's instructions,

(a)to execute, instal, maintain, operate, and, as occasion requires, to repair
and alter, such works and apparatus as may be necessary for enabling such
warning to be given in the manner specified in the order, and

(b) so far as may be necessary for exercising any of the powers conferred by
the order to enter upon and pass over (with or without vehicles) - any
such land as may be specified in the order:





Provided that no such order shall be made in relation to any building, structure
or erection if it appears to the Governor that there have been made, and are being
carried out, satisfactory arrangements for the giving of such warning as aforesaid
of the presence of the building, structure or erection.

(2) The Governor shall, before making any such order as aforesaid, cause to be
published, in such manner as he thinks best for informing persons concerned,
notice of the proposal to make the order and of the place where copies of the draft
order may be obtained free of charge, and take into consideration any
representations with respect to the order which may, within such period not being
less than two months after the publication of the notice as may be specified
therein, be made to him by any person appearing to him to have an interest in any
land which would be affected by the order; and at the end of that period the order
may, subject to the provisions of this section, be made with such modifications (if
any) of the original draft as the Governor thinks proper.

(3) Every such order as aforesaid shall provide-

(a)that, except in a case of emergency, no works shall be executed on any
land in pursuance of the order, unless, at least fourteen days previously,
the proprietor of the aerodrome to which the order relates has served in
the manner prescribed by the order on the occupier of that land, and on
every other person known by the proprietor to have an interest therein,
a written notice containing such particulars of the nature of the proposed
works, and the manner in which and the time at which it is proposed to
execute them, as may be prescribed by or in accordance with the order;
and

(b)that if, within fourteen days after service of the said notice on any
person having such an interest, the proprietor of the aerodrome receives
a written intimation of objection on the part of that person to the
proposals contained in the notice, being an intimation which specifies the
grounds of objection, then, unless and except in so far as the objection is
withdrawn, no steps shall be taken in pursuance of the notice without the
specific sanction of the Governor;

and shall also provide for requiring the proprietor of the aerodrome to which the
order relates to pay to any person having an interest in any land afrected by the
order such compensation for any loss or damage which that person may suffer in
consequence of the order as may, in default of agreement, be determined from time
to time by a single arbitrator appointed by the Chief Justice or other chief judicial
officer of the Colony; and, for the purposes of this subsection, any expense
reasonably incurred in connection with the lawful removal of any apparatus
installed in pursuance of such an order, and so much of any expense incurred in
connection with the repair, alteration, demolition or removal of any building,
structure or erection to which such an order relates as is attributable to the
operation of the order, shall be deemed to be loss or damage suffered in
consequence of the order.

(4) The ownership of anything shall not be taken to be affected by reason
only that it is placed in, or affixed to, any land in pursuance of such an order as
aforesaid; and (subject to the provisions of the next following subsection) so long
as any such order in respect of an aerodrome is in force, no person shall, except
with the consent of the proprietor of the aerodrome, wilfully interfere with any
works or things which, to the knowledge of that person, are works or things
executed or placed, in, on or over any land in pursuance of the order.

If any person contravenes the foregoing provisions of this subsection, he shall
be liable, on summary conviction, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding six
months or to a fine not exceeding two hundred pounds or to both such fine and
such imprisonment; and every person who wilfully obstructs a person in the
exercise of any of the powers conferred by such an order as aforesaid shall be liable,
on summary conviction, to a fine not exceeding fifty pounds.





(5) Nothing in this section shall operate, in relation to -any building,
structure or erection, so as to restrict the doing of any work for the purpose of
repairing, altering, demolishing or removing the building, structure or erection:

Provided that

(a)notice of the doing of that work is given as soon as may be to the
proprietor of the aerodrome; and

(b)the giving of warning of the presence of the building, structure or erection
in the manner provided by any order under this section in force in
relation thereto is not interrupted.

(7) In this section-

(a)the expression 'aerodrome to which this section applies' means a
Government aerodrome or any premises which, by virtue of an Order in
Council made under section 8 of this Act, are for the time being licensed
as an aerodrome for public use; and

(b)the expression 'proprietor of the aerodrome' means, in relation to any
premises used or appropriated for use as an aerodrome, the person
carrying on or entitled to carry on the business of an aerodrome in those
premises or, in the case of a Government aerodrome, the officer in
charge of the aerodrome.

(8) Part VI of this Act applies to this section.

8. Section 38. (1). If any person trespasses on any land forming part of. a
Government aerodrome or an aerodrome licensed in pursuance of an Order in
Council under section 8 of this Act, he shall be liable, on summary conviction, to a
fine not exceeding five pounds:

Provided that no person shall be liable to any penalty under this section unless
it is proved that, at the material time, notices warning trespassers of their liability
under this section were posted so as to be readily seen and read by members of the
public, in such positions on or near the boundary of the aerodrome as appear to the
court to be proper.

(2) Part VI of this Act applies to this section.

PARTIV

LIABILITY FOR DAMAGE, ETC., CAUSED BY
AIRCRAFT

9. Section 40. (1) No action shall lie in respect of trespass or in respect of
nuisance, by reason only of the flight of an aircraft over any property at a height
above the ground, which, having regard to wind, weather and all the circumstances
of the case, is reasonable or the ordinary incidents of such flight so long as the
provisions of Part 11 and this Part of this Act and any Order in Council or order
made in pursuance of Part 11 or this Part of this Act, being provisions which
extend to the Colony, are duly complied with.

(2) Where material loss or damage is caused to any person or property on land
or water by, or by a person in, or an article or person falling from, an aircraft while
in flight, taking off or landing, then unless the loss or damage was caused or
contributed to by the negligence of the person by whom it was suffered, damages in
respect of the loss or damage shall be recoverable without proof of negligence or
intention or other cause of action, as if the loss or damage had been caused by the
wilful act, neglect, or default of the owner of the aircraft:

Provided that where material loss or damage is caused as aforesaid in
circumstances in which







(a)damages are recoverable in respect of the said loss or damage by virtue
only of the foregoing provisions of this subsection; and





(b)a legal liability is created in some person other than the owner to
pay damages in respect of the said loss or damage.,

the owner shall be entitled to be indemnified by that other person against any
claim in respect of the said loss or damage.

(3) Part VI of this Act applies to this section.

10. Section 41. (1) An Order in Council under section 8 of this Act may
provide for regulating the conditions under which noise and vibration may be
caused by aircraft on aerodromes and may provide that subsection (2) of this
section shall apply to any aerodrome as respects which provision as to noise and
vibration caused by aircraft is so made.

(2) No action shall lie in respect of nuisance by reason only of the noise and
vibration caused by aircraft on an aerodrome to which this subsection applies by
virtue of an Order in Council under section 8 of this Act, as long as the provisions
of any such Order in Council are duly complied with.

(3) Part VI of this Act applies to this section.

PART V

MISCELLANEOUS

11. Section 51. (1) Any services rendered in assisting, or in saving life from,
or in saving the cargo or apparel of, an aircraft in, on or over the sea or any tidal
water, or on or over the shores of the sea or any tidal water, shall be deemed to be
salvage services in all cases in which they would have been salvage services if they
had been rendered in relation to a vessel; and where salvage services are rendered by
an aircraft to any property or person, the owner of the aircraft shall be entitled to
the same reward for those services as he would have been entitled to if the aircraft
had been a vessel.

The foregoing provisions of this subsection shall have effect notwithstanding
that the aircraft concerned is a foreign aircraft, and notwithstanding that the
services in question are rendered elsewhere than within the limits of the territorial
waters adjacent to any part of Her Majesty's dominions.

(2) The Governor may by regulations direct that any provisions of any law of
the Colony for the time being in force which relate to wreck, to salvage of life or
property or to the duty of rendering assistance to vessels in distress shall, with such
exceptions, adaptations and modifications, if any, as may be specified in the
regulations, apply in relation to aircraft as those provisions apply in relation to
vessels.

(3) For the purposes of this section, any provisions of any law of the Colony
which relate to vessels laid by or neglected as unfit for sea service shall be deemed
to be provisions relating to wreck.

(4) Part VI of this Act applies to this section.

12. Section 53. (1) Any lawful entry into the Colony or any lawful transit
across the Colony, with or without landings, of an aircraft to which this section
applies shall not entail any seizure or detention of the aircraft or any proceedings
being brought against the owner or operator thereof or any other interference
therewith by or on behalf of any person in the Colony, on the ground that the
construction, mechanism, parts, accessories or operation of the aircraft is or are
an infringement of any patent, design or model.

(2) The importation into, and storage in, the Colony of spare parts and spare
equipment for an aircraft to which this section applies and the use and installation
thereof in the repair of such an aircraft shall not entail any seizure or detention of
the aircraft or of the spare parts or spare equipment or any





proceedings being brought against the owner or operator of the aircraft or the
owner of the spare parts or spare equipment or any other interference with the
aircraft by or on behalf of any person in the Colony on the ground that the spare
parts or spare equipment or their installation are or is an infringement of any
patent, design or model.'

Provided that this subsection shall not apply in relation to any spare parts or
spare equipment which are sold or distributed in the Colony or are exported from
the Colony for sale or distribution.

(3) This section applies-

(a)to an aircraft, other than an aircraft used in military, customs or police
services, registered in any country or territory in the case of which there
is for the time being in force a declaration made by Her Majesty by Order
in Council, with a view to the fulfilment of the provisions of the Chicago
Convention to which this section relates, that the benefits of those
provisions apply to that country or territory, and

(b) to such other aircraft as Her Majesty may by Order in Council specify.

(5) Part VI of this Act applies to this section.

PART VI

SUPPLEMENTAL

13. Section 57. (1) Any Order in Council, order or regulation made under any
of the enactments to which this Part of this Act applies or this Part of this Act, or
any order or regulation made, or instructions given, by the Governor thereunder,
may contain such incidental and supplementary provisions as appear to Her
Majesty in Council, or to the Governor, as the case may be, to be necessary or
expedient for the purposes of the Order in Council, order, regulations or
instructions; and any such Order in Council may authorize the Governor to make
orders, regulations or to give instructions for the purposes of the Order in respect
of such matters as may be specified in the Order.

(2) An Order in Council made under any of the enactments to which this Part
of this Act applies or this Part of this Act shall be subject to annulment in
pursuance of a resolution of either House of Parliament and may be revoked or
varied by a subsequent Order in Council.

(3) Any reference in the enactments to which this Part of this Act applies or
this Part of this Act to the provisions of an Order in Council shall- include a
reference to the provisions of any order or regulation made, or instructions given,
under the Order in CounciL

14. Section 58. Any Order in Council, order or regulations made under any
enactment to which this Part of this Act applies or this Part of this Act in relation
to aircraft may provide for the detention of aircraft to secure compliance with the
Order in Council, order or regulations, as the case may be, or with any enactment
to which this Part of this Act applies in connection with- which the Order in
Council, order or regulations is or are made, and may make such further provision
as appears to Her Majesty in Council or to the Governor, as the case may be, to. be
necessary or expedient for securing such detention.

15. Section 59. (1) Notwithstanding that an Order in Council made by virtue
of any enactment to which this Part of this Act applies or this Part of this Act or
an order or a regulation made by virtue of any such enactment by the Governor has
effect only as part of the law of the Colony, no provision contained in the Order
in Council, order or regulation shall, on the ground that it would have extra-
territorial operation, be deemed to be invalid in so far as it applies to British
aircraft registered in the Colony, wherever they may be or prohibits, requires or
regulates





(a)the doing of anything by persons in, or any of the personnel of, such
British aircraft as aforesaid, wherever they may be, or
(b)the doing of anything in relation to such British aircraft as aforesaid
by other persons being British subjects, British protected persons or
citizens of the Republic of Ireland, wherever they may be.

For the purposes of this subsection the personnel of an aircraft shall be
deemed to include the commander or other person in charge of the aircraft, and
all other members of the crew of the aircraft.

Nothing in this subsection shall affect subsection (1) of section 3 of the
British Nationality Act 1948(a) (which limits the criminal liability of certain
persons who are not citizens of the United Kingdom and Colonies).

(2) Her Majesty may be Order in Council direct that any of the following
provisions, that is to say-
(a) any enactment to which this Part of this Act applies; or
(b) any enactment in this Part of this Act; or
(c)any provision of any Order in Council, order or regulations made by
virtue of any such enactment;

being a provision which has extra-territorial operation in relation to British
aircraft registered in the Colony, shall, subject to such exceptions, adaptations
and modifications, if any, as may be specified in the Order made under this
subsection, have such operation also in relation to British aircraft registered
in the United Kingdom or any territory, other than the Colony, mentioned in
subsection (1) of section 66 of this Act or registered in the Isle of Man or the
Channel Islands.

16. Section 60. Any offence under any enactment to which this Part of
this Act applies or under an Order in Council or order or regulation made under
either any such enactment or this Part of this Act shall, for the purpose of con-
ferring jurisdiction, be deemed to have been committed in any place where the
offender may for the time being be.

17. Section 61. (1) Neither this Part of this Act nor any enactment to
which this Part of this Act applies shall apply to aircraft belonging to or exclu-
sively employed in.the service of Her Majesty:

Provided that Her Majesty may, by Order in Council, apply to any such
aircraft, with or without modification, any of the said enactments or any Orders
in Council, orders or regulations made thereunder.

(2) Nothing in, or in any instrument made under, the enactments to which
this Part of this Act applies or this Part of this Act, shall prejudice or affect the
rights, powers or privileges of any general or local lighthouse authority.

PART VII

GENERAL

18. Section 62. (2) The Governor may, be regulations, make provi-
sion as to the courts in which proceedings may be taken for enforcing any
claim in respect of aircraft, and in particular may provide for conferring jurisdic-
tion in any such proceedings on any court exercising Admiralty jurisdiction and
for applying to such proceedings any rules of practice or procedure applicable
to proceedings in Admiralty.

(3) Part VI of this Act applies to this section.

(a) 1948 c. 56.





19. Section 63. (1) In this Act, except where the Context otherwise
requires, the following expressions have the meanings hereby respectively assigned
to them, that is to say

',aerodrome' means any area of land or water designed, equipped, set apart or
commonly used for affording facilities for the landing and departure of
aircraft;

'British aircraft' means aircraft registered in any part of Her Majesty's dominions;

'land' includes any estate or other interest in land and any easement;

(2) Any reference in this Act to the carrying out of works on land shall be
construed as including a reference to the making of excavations on the land or to
the carrying out of levelling operations on the land, and references to the
maintenance of works or to interference with works shall be construed accordingly.

(3) For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared that in this Act the
expression 'loss or damage' includes in relation to persons, loss of life and personal
injury,

(4) Any reference in this Act to goods or articles shall be construed as
including a reference to mails or animals.

- (5) Any reference in this Act to any country or territory shall, unless the
context otherwise requires, be constructed as including a reference to the territorial
waters, if any, adjacent to that country or territory.

(6) Any power conferred by this Act shall be in addition to and not in
derogation of any other power so conferred.

(8) Any power conferred by this Act to make any Order in Council, order or
regulation shall be construed as including a power exercisable in the like manner and
subject to the like conditions, if any, to vary or revoke the Order in Council, order
or regulation.

(9) References in this Act to any enactment shall, except in so far as the
context otherwise requires, be taken as referring to that enactment as amended by
or under any other enactment.

SCHEDULE 3

TERRITORIES TO WHICH THIS ORDER APPLIES

Bahamas.
Bermuda.
British Antarctic Territory.
British Honduras.
British Indian Ocean Territory.
British Solomon Islands Protectorate.
Cayman Islands.
Central and Southern Line Islands.
Falkland Islands (Colony. and Dependencies).
Fiji.
Gibraltar.
Gilbert and Ellice Islands Colony.
Hong Kong.
Montserrat.
St. Helena and its Dependencies.
St. Vincent.
Seychelles.
Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia,
Turks and Caicos Islands.
Virgin Islands.





1971 No. 1739

CIVIL AVIATION

THE HIJACKING ACT 1971 (OVERSEAS TERRITORIES)
ORDER 1971

[This Order is printed as amended by S.I. 1973 No. 1893
(L.N. 8/74)]

Made 27th October 1971

Coming into Operation 1st November 1971

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 27th day of October 1971

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred on Her by subsection (2)
of section 6 of the Hijacking Act 1971(a), by section 17 of the Fugitive
Offenders Act 1967(b) as extended by subsection (1) of the said section 6, by
the Foreign Jurisdiction Act 1890(c) and of all other powers enabling Her in
that behalf, is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order,
and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Hijacking Act 1971 (Overseas
Territories) Order 1971 and shall come into operation on 1st November 1971.

2. The Interpretation Act 1889(d) shall apply, with the necessary
adaptations, for the purpose of interpreting this Order and otherwise in relation
thereto as it applies for the purpose of interpreting, and in relation to, Acts of
Parliament.

3. (1) Sections 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 of the Hijacking Act 1971, modified and
adapted as in Schedule 1 hereto, shall extend to the Territories specified in
Schedule 2 hereto.

(2) For the purpose of construing the said Act as so extended as part of
the law of any Territory to which it extends 'the Territory' means that
Territory, including its territorial waters, and 'any Territory- means any of the
Territories to which this Act extends, including its territorial waters.

4. The amendments specified in Schedule 3 hereto shall be made to the
Pacific (Fugitive Criminals Surrender) Order in Council 1914(e).

W. G. AGNEW.

(a) 1971 c. 70. (d) 1889 c. 63.
(b) 1967 c. 68. (e)S. R. & 0. 1914/152 (Rev.

(c) 1890 e. 37. VIII, p. 699; 1941 I, p. 640).





SCHEDULE1 Article 3

PROVISIONS OF THE HIJACKING ACT 1971 As EXTENDED TO THE TERRITORIES
SPECIFIED IN SCHEDULE2

Hijacking

1. (1) A person on board an aircraft in flight who unlawfully, by the
use of force or by threats of any kind, seizes the aircraft or exercises control
of it commits the offence of hijacking, whatever his nationality, whatever the
State in which the aircraft is registered and whether the aircraft is in the Territory
or elsewhere, but subject to subsection (2) of this section.

(2) If-
(a) the aircraft is used in military, customs or police service; or

(b)both the place of take-ofF and the place of landing are in the territory
of the State in which the aircraft is registered;

subsection (1) of this section shall not apply, unless-
(i) the person seizing or exercising control of the aircraft is such a person
as is mentioned in subsection (3) of this section; or
(ii) his act is committed in the Territory; or
(iii) the aircraft is registered in the United Kingdom or in any Territory
or is used in the military or customs service of the United Kingdom
or of any Territory or in the service of any police force in the United
- Kingdom or in any Territory.

(3) The persons referred to in subsection (2)(i) of this section are the
following, namely,-
(a) a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies;

(b)a British subject by virtue of section 2 of the British Nationality Act
1948(a);

(e)a British subject without -Citizenship by virtue of section 13 or section
16 of that Act;

(d) a British subject by virtue of the British Nationality Act 1965(b); and

(e)a British protected person within the meaning ofthe British Nationality
Act 1948.

(4) A person who-

(a) commits the offence of hijacking; or

(b)in the Territory induces or assists the commission elsewhere of an act
which would be the offence of hijacking but for subsection (2) of this
section;

shall be liable on conviction to imprisonment for life

(5) For the purposes of this section the period during which an aircraft
is in flight shall be deemed to include any period from the moment when all
its external doors are closed following embarkation until the moment when any
such door is opened for disembarkation, and, in the case of a forced landing,
any period until the competent authorities take over responsibility for the air-
craft and for persons and property on board.

(6) For the purposes of this section the territorial waters of any State shall
be treated as part of its territory.

(7) In this section 'military service- includes naval and air-force service.







(a) 1948 e. 56. (b) 1965 c. 34.





Violence against passengers or crew

2. (1) Without prejudice to section 1 of the Tokyo Convention Act 1967(a)
(which makes similar provision for offences on board British-controlled aircraft) as
extended to the Territory, where a person (of whatever nationality) does on board
any aircraft (wherever registered) and while outside the Territory, any act which, if
done in the Territory would constitute the offence of murder, attempted murder,
manslaughter, culpable homicide or assault or an offence under section 18, 20, 21,
22, 23, 28 or 29 of the Offences Against the Person Act 1861(b) or section 2 of
the Explosives Substances Act 1883(c), his act shall constitute that offence if it is
done in connection with the offence of hijacking committed or attempted by him
on board that aircraft.

(2) For the purposes only of this section the said sections of the Offences
Against the Person Act 1861 and of the Explosives Substances Act 1883, if not
already in force in the Territory, shall be deemed to be in force in the Territory as
they are in force in England.

Extradition

3. There shall be deemed to be included among the descriptions of offences set
out in Schedule 1 to the Fugitive Offenders Act 1967 as extended to the Territory
any offence under this Act and any attempt to commit such an ofrence.

Aircraft operated by joint or international organization

4. If the Secretary of State by order made by statutory instrument declares

(a)that any two or more States named in the order have established an
organization or agency which operates aircraft; and

(b)that one of those States has been designated as exercising, for aircraft so
operated, the powers of the State of registration,

the State declared to have been designated as aforesaid shall be deemed for the
purposes of this Act to be the State in which any aircraft so operated is registered;
but in relation to such an aircraft section 1(2)(b) of this Act shall have effect as if
it referred to the territory of any one of the States named in the order.

Prosecution of Offences

5. (1) Proceedings for an ofrence under this Act shall not be instituted in the
Territory, except by or with the consent of the Attorney-General of the
Territory.

(2) In section 3 of the Visiting Forces Act 1952(d) (restriction of trial by
United Kingdom courts) as extended to the Territory or any part thereof, the
following shall be inserted after paragraph (b) of subsection (I):

'or

(bb) the alleged offence is the offence of hijacking on board a military aircraft
in the service of that force'

and in subsection (4) for the words 'paragraphs (b) and (c)' there shall be
substituted the words -paragraphs (b) to (c)'.

(3) In this section the expression 'Attorney-General' includes the
SolicitorGeneral, and if neither of such offices exists, the expression means that
officer whose functions include the general control of public prosecutions.

(a) 1967 c. 52. (c) 1883 c. 3.

(b) 1861 c. 100. (d)1952 c. 67.





SCHEDULE 2

Bahamas.
Bermuda.
British Antarctic Territory.
British Honduras.
British Indian Ocean Territory.
British Solomon Islands Protectorate.
British Virgin Islands.
Cayman Islands.
Central and Southern Line Islands.
Falkland Islands (Colony and Dependencies).
Gibraltar. -
Gilbert and Ellice Islands Colony.
Hong Kong.
Montserrat.
Pitcairn, Henderson, Ducie and Oeno Islands.
St. Helena (Colony and Dependencies).
Seychelles.
Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia.
Turks and Caicos Islands.

SCHEDULE 3 Article 4

AMENDMENTS TO THE PACIFIC (FUGITIVE CRIMINALS SURRENDER) ORDER IN
COUNCIL 1914

1 . There shall be deemed to be included in the list of offences in respect of
which surrender may be granted contained. in the First Schedule to the Pacific
(Fugitive Criminals Surrender) Order in Council 1914 (hereinafter in this Schedule
referred to as 'the Order') any offence under the Hijacking Act 1971 (hereinafter
in this Schedule referred to as 'the Act') and (so far as not so included by virtue of
the foregoing) any attempt to commit such an offence.

2. The Order shall be applied as if an Order'in Council made under section 2 of
the Extradition Act 1870(a) as extended by section 3(2) of the Act were such an
arrangement as is referred to in Article 3 of the Order, but where the Order is so
applied it shall have effect as if the only offences in respect of which surrender may
be granted within the meaning of the Order were offences under the Act and
attempts to commit such offences.

3. For the purposes of the Order any act, wherever commited, which-

(a)is an offence under the Act or an attempt to commit such an ofrence or
would be such an offence or attempt but for section 1(2) of the Act; and

(b)is an ofrence against the law of any State in the case of which the Order
has been directed to apply by notice under Article 3 thereof;

shall be deemed to be an offence committed within the jurisdiction of that
State.

(a)1870 c. 52.





1971 No. 2102

FUGITIVE CRIMINAL

THE EXTRADITION (HIJACKING) ORDER 1971

[This Order is printed as amended by S.I. 1982 No. 146 (L.N.
111/82)]

Made 22 December 1971

Laid before Parliament - 31 December 1971

Coming into Operation - 21 January 1972

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 22nd day of December
1971

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

WHEREAS the Convention for the Suppression of Unlawful
Seizure of Aircraft (hereinafter referred to as 'the Convention signed at
The Hague on 16th December 1970, the terms of which are set out in
Schedule 1 to this Order, will enter into force for the United Kingdom on
21 January 1972:

AND WHEREAS the States mentioned in Schedule 2 to this Order
are foreign States in respect of which the Convention is for the time
being in force and with which extradition arrangements are in force:

AND WHEREAS the States mentioned in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to
this Order are foreign States in respect of which the Convention is for
the time being in force but with which no extradition arrangements are
in force:

AND WHEREAS section 3(2) of the Hijacking Act 1971(a) provides
that where no such arrangement as is mentioned in section 2 of the
Extradition Act 1870(b) has been made with a State which is a party to
the Convention, an Order in Council applying that Act may be made
under that section as if the Convention were such an arrangement with
that State:

Now, THEREFORE, Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers
conferred upon Her by sections 2 and 17 of the Extradition Act 1870 and
sections 3(2) and 6(1) of the Hijacking Act 1971, or otherwise in Her
Majesty vested, is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council,
to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Extradition (Hijacking) Order
1971 and shall come into operation on 21 January 1972.

2. (1) In this Order any references to the Extradition Acts and to
the Act of 1870 are, respectively, references to the Extradition Acts 1870
to 1935 and to the Extradition Act 1870, as amended or extended by any
subsequent enactment.

(a) 1971 c. 70.
(b) 1870 c. 52.





(2) The Interpretation Act 1889(a) shall apply for the inter-
pretation of this Order as it applies for the interpretation of an Act
of Parliament.

3. The Extradition Acts shall apply in the case of a State
mentioned in, Schedule 2 to this Order under and in accordance with
the extradition treaties described in the second column of that
Schedule as supplemented by paragraphs 1 and 4 of Article 8 of the
Convention (set out in Schedule 1 to this Order), which entered into
force for those States on the dates specified in the third column of
the said Schedule 2.

4. The Extradition Acts shall apply in the case of the States
mentioned in Part 1 of Schedule 3 to this Order (being States in
respect of which the Convention entered into force on the dates
specified in the second column of that Schedule) subject to the
conditions contained in. and in accordance with, Part 11 of that
Schedule.

5. The operation of this Order is limited to the United
Kingdom, the Channel Islands, the Isle of Man and the territories
specified in Schedule 4 to this Order, being territories to which the
application of the Convention is extended.

W. G. AGNEW.

SCHEDULE 1 Article 3

THE CONVENTION

CONVENTION FOR THE SUPPRESSION OF UNLAWFUL
SEIZURE OF AIRCRAFT

PREAMBLE

THE STATES PARTIES TO THIS CONVENTION
CONSIDERING that unlawful acts of seizure or exercise of control of aircraft in
flight jeopardize the safety of persons and property. seriously affect the operation of
air services, and undermine the confidence of the peoples of the world in the safety
of civil aviation.,'
CONSIDERING that the occurrence of such acts is a matter of grave concern;
CONSIDERING that, for the purpose of deterring such acts, there is an urgent need
to provide appropriate measures for punishment of offenders;
HAVE AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

ARTICLE 1

Any person who on board an aircraft in flight:
(a)unlawfully, by force or threat thereof, or by any other form of intimidation,
seizes, or exercises control of. that aircraft, or attempts to perform any such
act, ot
(h)is an accomplice of a person who performs or attempts to perform any such
act
commits an offence (hereinafter referred to as---theoffence').

(a) 1889 c. 63.





ARTICLE 2

Each Contracting State undertakes to make the offence punishable by severe
penalties.

ARTICLE 3

1. For the purposes of this Convention, an aircraft is considered to be in
flight at any time from the moment when all its external doors are closed
following embarkation until the moment when any such door is opened for
disembarkation. In the case of a forced landing, the flight shall be deemed to
continue until the competent authorities take over the responsibility for the
aircraft and for persons and property on board.

2. This Convention shall not apply to aircraft used in military, customs or
police services.

3. This Convention shall apply only if the place of take-off or the place of
actual landing of the aircraft on board which the offence is committed is situated
outside the territory ofthe State of registration of that aircraft: it shall be
immaterial whether the aircraft is engaged in an international or domestic night.

4. In the cases mentioned in Article 5, this Convention shall not apply if the
place of take-ofF and the place of actual landing of the aircraft on board which the
ofrence is committed are situated within the territory of the same State where that
State is one of those referred to in that Article.

5. Notwithstanding paragraphs 3 and 4 of this Article, Articles 6. T 8 and 10
shall apply whatever the place of take-off or the place of actual landing ofthe
aircraft, if the offender or the alleged offender is found in the territory of a State
other than the State of registration of that aircraft.

ARTICLE 4

1. Each Contracting State shall take such measures as may be necessary to
establish its jurisdiction over the offence and any other act of violence against
passengers or crew committed by the alleged offender in connection with the
offence. in the following cases:

(a) when the offence is committed on board an aircraft registered in that
State;

(b)when the aircraft on board which the offence is committed lands in its
territory with the alleged offender still on board;

(c)when the ofrence is committed on board an aircraft leased without crew
to a lessee who has his principal place of business or, if the lessee has no
such place of business, his permanent residence, in that State.

2. Each Contracting State shall likewise take such measures as may be
necessary to establish its jurisdiction over the offence in the case where the alleged
offender is present in its territory and it does not extradite him pursuant to Article
8 to any ofthe States mentioned in paragraph 1 of this Article.

3. This Convention does not exclude any criminal jurisdiction exercised in
accordance with national law.

ARTICLE 5

The Contracting States which establish joint air transport operating
organizations or international operating agencies, which operate aircraft which are
subject to joint or international registration shall, by appropriate means, designate
for each aircraft the State among them which shall exercise the jurisdiction and
have the attributes ofthe State of registration for the purpose of this Convention
and shall give notice thereof to the International Civil Aviation Organization






which shall communicate the notice to all States Parties to this Convention.

ARTICLE 6

1 . Upon being satisfied that the circumstances so warrant, any Contracting
State in the territory of which the offender or the alleged offender is present, shall
take





him into custody or take other measures to ensure his presence. The custody and
other measures shall be as provided in the law of that State but may only be
continued for such time as is necessary to enable any criminal or extradition
proceedings to be instituted.

2. Such State shall immediately make a preliminary enquiry into the facts.

3. Any person in custody pursuant to paragraph 1 of this Article shall be
assisted in communicating immediately with the nearest appropriate representative
of the State of which he is a national.

4. When a State, pursuant to this Article. has taken a person into custody, it
shall immediately notify the State of registration of the aircraft, the State
mentioned in Article 4, paragraph l(c), the State of nationality of the detained
person and, if it considers it advisable, any other interested States of the fact that
such person is in custody and of the circumstances which warrant his detention.
The State which makes the preliminary enquiry contemplated in paragraph 2 of
this Article shall promptly report its findings to the said States and shall indicate
whether it intends to exercise jurisdiction.

ARTICLE 7

The Contracting State in the territory of which the alleged offender is found
shall. if it does not extradite him, be obliged, without exception whatsoever and
whether or not the offence was committed in its territory, to submit the case to its
competent authorities for the purpose of prosecution. Those authorities shall take
their decision in the same manner as in the case of any ordinary offence of a
serious nature under the law of that State.

ARTICLE 8

1 . The offence shall be deemed to be included as an extraditable offence in
any extradition treaty existing between Contracting States. Contracting States
undertake to include the offence as an extraditable offence in every extradition
treaty to be concluded between them.

2. If a Contracting State which makes extraditon conditional on the existence
of a treaty receives a request for extradition from another Contracting State with
which it has no extradition treaty, it may at its option consider this Convention as
the legal basis for extradition in respect of the offence. Extradition shall be subject
to the other conditions provided by the law of the requested State.

3. Contracting States which do not make extradition conditional on the
existence of a treaty shall recognize the ofrence as an extraditable offence between
themselves subject to the conditions provided by the law of the requested State.

4. The offence shall be treated, for the purpose of extradition between
Contracting States, as if it had been committed not only in the place in which it
occurred but also in the territories of the States required to establish their
jurisdiction in accordance with Article 4, paragraph 1.

ARTICLE 9

1 . When any of the acts mentioned in Article 1(a) has occurred or is about to
occur, Contracting States shall take all appropriate measures to restore control of
the aircraft to its lawful commander or to preserve his control of the aircraft.

2. In the cases contemplated by the preceding paragraph, any Contracting
State in which the aircraft or its passengers or crew are present shall facilitate the
continuation of the journey of the passengers and crew as soon as practicable, and
shall without delay return the aircraft and its cargo to the person lawfully entitled
to possession.

ARTICLE 10







1 . Contracting States shall afford one another the greatest measure of
assistance in connection with criminal proceedings brought in respect of the
offence and other acts mentioned in Article 4. The law of the State requested shall
apply in all cases.





2. The provisions of paragraph 1 of this Article shall not affect obligations
under any other treaty, bilateral or multilateral, which governs or will govern, in
whole or in part, mutual assistance in criminal matters.

ARTICLE 11

Each Contracting State shall in accordance with its national law report to the
Council of the International Civil Aviation Organization as promptly as possible
any relevant information in its possession concerning:

(a) the circumstances of the offence;

(h) the action taken pursuant to Article 9;

(c)the measures taken in relation to the offender or the alleged offender,
and, in particular. the results of any extradition proceedings or other legal
proceedings.

ARTICLE 12

1. Any dispute between two or more Contracting States concerning the
interpretation or application of' this Convention which cannot be settled through
negotiation, shall, at the request of one of them, be submitted to arbitration. If
within six months from the date ofthe request for arbitration the Parties are
unable to agree on the organization ofthe arbitration, any one of those Parties
may, refer the dispute to the International Court of Justice by request in
conformity with the Statute ofthe Court.

2. Each State may at the time of signature or ratification of this Convention
or accession thereto, declare that it does not consider itself bound by the preceding
paragraph. The other Contracting States shall not be bound by the preceding
paragraph with respect to any Contracting State having made such a reservation.

3. Any Contracting State having made a reservation in accordance with the
preceding paragraph may at any lime withdraw this reservation by notification to
the Depositary Governments.

ARTICLE 13

1. This Convention shall be open for signature at The Hague on 16 December
1970, by States participating in the International Conference on Air Law held at
The Hague from 1 to 16 December 1970 (hereinafter referred to as The Hague
Conference). After 31 December 1970, the Convention shall be open to all States
for signature in Moscow, London and Washington. Any State which does not sign
this Convention before its entry into force in accordance with paragraph 3 of this
Article may accede to it at any time.

2. This Convention shall be subject to ratification by the signatory States.
Instruments of ratification and instruments of accession shall be deposited with the
Governments of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and the United States of America, which are
hereby designated the Depositary Governments.

3. This Convention shall enter into force thirty days following the date ofthe
deposit of instruments of ratification by ten States signatory to this Convention
which participated in The Hague Conference.

4. For other States, this Convention shall enter into force on the date of
entry into force of this Convention in accordance with paragraph 3 of this
Article, or thirty days following the date of deposit of their instruments of
ratification or accession, whichever is later.

5. The Depositary Governments shall promptly inform all signatory and
preceding States of the date of each signature, the date of deposit of each
instrument of ratification or accession, the date of entry into force of this






Convention, and other notices.

6. As soon as this Convention comes into force, it shall be registered by the
Depositary Governments pursuant to Article 102 of the Charter of the United
Nations and pursuant to Article 83 ofthe Convention on International Civil
Aviation (Chicago, 1944).





ARTICLE 14

1 . Any Contracting State may denounce this Convention by written
notification to the Depositary Governments.

2. Denunciation shall take effect six months following the date on which
notification is received by the Depositary Governments.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned Plenipotentiaries, being duly authorized
thereto by their Governments, have signed this Convention.

DONE at The Hague, this sixteenth day of December, one thousand nine
hundred and seventy, in three originals, each being drawn up in four authentic texts
in the English, French, Russian and Spanish languages.

SCHEDULE 2(a) Article 3

FOREIGN STATES WHICH ARE PARTIES TO THE CONVENTION AND

WITH WHICH EXTRADITION TREATIES ARE IN FORCE

Date of Extradition Date of Entry into

State Treaty Force of Convention

Argentina 22 May 1889 11 October 1972
Austria 9 January 1963 11 March 1974
Belgium 29 October 190123 September 1973
Bolivia 22 February 189217 August 1979
Chile 26 January 18973 March 1972
Colombia 27 October 18882 August 1973
Czechoslovakia 11 November 1924 6 Ma., 1972
Denmark 31 March 1873 16 November 1972
Ecuador 20 September 188014 October 1971
EI Salvador
23 June 1881 16 February 1973
Finland 29 October 197514 January 1972
France 14 August 1876 18 October 1972
Germany, Federal 14 May 1872 (reapplied 10 November 1974
Republic of and amended by the
Agreement of 23
February 1960)
Greece 24 September 191020 October 1973
Guatemala 4 July 1885 15 June 1979
Hungary 3 December 187314 October 1971
Iceland 31 March 1873 29 July 1973
Iraq 2 May 1932 29 January 1972
Israel 4 April 1960 14 October 1971
Italy 5 February 187321 March 1974
Luxembourg 24 November 188022 December 1978
Mexico 7 September 188618 August 1972
Netherlands 26 September 189826 September 1973
Nicaragua 19 April 1905 6 December 1973
Norway 26 June 1873 14 October 1971
Panama 25 August 1906 9 April 1972
Paraguay 12 September 19085 March 1972
Peru 26 January 1904 28 May 1978
Poland 11 January 193220 April 1972
Portugal 17 October 189227 December 1972
Romania 21 March 1893 9 August 1972
Sweden 26 April 1963 14 October 1971
Switzerland 26 November 188014 October 1971
Thailand 4 March 1911 15 June 1978

United States of 8 June 1972 14 October 1971






America

Uruguay 26 March 1884 11 February 1977
Yugoslavia 6 December 19001 November 1972

(a) Amended by S.I. 1982/146 (L.N. 111/82).





SCHEDULE 3 Article 4

PART 1(a)

FOREIGN STATES WHICH ARE PARTIES TO THE
CONVENTION AND
WITH WHICH No EXTRADITION TREATIES ARE IN FORCE

State Date of Entry into
Force
of Convention

Afghanistan 28 September 1979
Benin (formerly Dahomey) 12 April 1972
Brazil 13 February 1972
Bulgaria 14 October 1971
Byelorussia 29 January 1972
Cape Verde 19 November 1977
Chad 11 August 1972
China 10 October 1980
Costa Rica 14 October 1971
Dominican Republic 22 July 1978
Egypt 30 March 1975
Ethiopia 25 April 1979
Gabon 14 October 1971
German Democratic Republic 14 October 1971
Guinea-Bissau 19 September 1976
Indonesia 26 September 1976
Iran 24 February 1972
Ivory Coast 8 February 1973
Japan 14 October 1971
Jordan 16 December 1971
Korea, Republic of 17 February 1973
Kuwait 24 June 1979
Lebanon 9 September 1973
Libya 3 November 1978
Mali 14 October 1971
Mauritania 1 December 1978
Mongolia 7 November 1971
Morocco 23 November 1975
Nepal 9 February 1979
Niger 14 November 1971
Oman 4 March 1977
Pakistan 29 December 1973
Philippines 25 April 1973
Qatar 25 September 1981
Saudi Arabia 14 July 1974
Senegal 5 March 1978
South Africa 29 June 1972
Spain 29 November 1972
Sudan 17 February 1979
Suriname 27 October 1978
Syria 9 August 1980
Togo 11 March 1979
Tunisia 16 December 1981
Turkey 17 May 1973
Ukraine 20 March 1972
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics 24 October 1971
United Arab Emirates 14 May 1981
Vietnam 17 October 1979
Zaire 5 August 1977

(a) Amended by S.I. 1982/146 (L.N. 111/82).





PARTII

APPLICATION OF THE EXTRADITION ACTS IN THE CASE OF THE
STATES MENTIONED IN PART 1

1 The Extradition Acts shall have effect as if the only extradition crimes
within the meaning of the Act of 1870 were offences under the Hijacking Act
1971 and attempts to commit such offences.

2. The Extradition Acts shall only apply where the case is such that
paragraphs 2 and 4 of Article 8 of the Convention apply.

3. No proceedings shall be taken on an application by information or
complaint. for a provisional warrant of arrest (that is to say, a warrant issued under
section 8 of the Act of 1870 otherwise than in pursuance of sub-paragraph 1 of the
first paragraph thereof), and no such warrant shall be issued, unless the application
is made with the consent of the Secretary of State signified by an order in the form
set out in Part 111 of this Schedule or in a form to the like effect; but, subject as
aforesaid, the signification of consent shall not affect the provisions of the said
section 8.

4. Without prejudice to sections 3, 9 and 11 of the Act of 1870, the fugitive
criminal shall not be surrendered if

(a)it appears to the Secretary of State, to the magistrate hearing the case in
pursuance of section 9 of that Act or to the High Court on an application
for a writ of habeas corpus

(i) that the request for his surrender (though purporting to be made on
account of such an ofrence as is mentioned in paragraph 1 above) is in
fact made for the purpose of prosecuting or punishing him on account of
his race. religion, nationality or political opinions, or

(ii) that he might. if surrendered. be prejudiced at his trial or punished.
detained or restricted in his personal liberty, by reason of his race.
religion. nationality or political opinions. or

(iii) that if charged in England or Wales with the offence of which he is
accused he would be entitled to. be discharged under any rule of law
relating to previous acquittal or conviction: or

(b)it appears to the Secretary of State or to the High Court on an
application for a writ of habeas corpus that

(i) by reason of the passage of time since the fugitive criminal is alleged
to have committed the offence of which he is accused or to have become
unlawfully at large. or

(ii) because the accusation against him is not made in good faith in the
interests of justice

it would. having regard to all the circumstances, be unjust or oppressive to

surrender him.

5. (1) Without prejudice to his so deciding on other grounds, the Secretary of
State may. in the circumstances mentioned in the following sub-paragraph, decide
not to make an order or issue a warrant

(a)for the purposes of paragraph 3 above signifying his consent to an
application for a provisional warrant of arrest, or

(b)under section 7 ofthe Act of 1870 requiring the issue of a warrant of
arrest. or







(e)under section 11 of the Act of 1870 ordering the fugitive criminal to be
surrendered.

(2) The circumstances referred to in the preceding sub-paragraph are-

(a)that the Secretary of State is not satisfied that provision is made by the
law of the State requesting surrender under which a person accused or
convicted in the United Kingdom of the like ofrence as that with which
the fugitive criminal is accused or convicted might be surrendered to the
United Kingdom if found in that State, or

(b)that under the law of the State requesting surrender the fugitive criminal is
liable to the death penalty for the offence of which he is accused, or

(e) that the fugitive criminal is a citizen ofthe United Kingdom and Colonies.





PART III

FORM OF CONSENT OF SECRETARY OF STATE To APPLICATION FOR
A PROVISIONAL WARRANT OF ARREST

Whereas AB, a person recognized by the Secretary of States as a diplomatic

representative of ....................has requested consent to

application being made for the issue of a provisonal warrant for the arrest of CD,
late

of ...................................who is [accused] [convicted] of the commis-

sion of an ofrence, or attempt to commit an ofrence, within the jurisdiction of the
said State, being an offence which, if committed in England. would be an offence
under the Hijacking Act 1971:

Now I hereby, by this my Order under my hand and seal, signify to you my
consent to the said application being made.

Given under the hand and seal of the undersigned, one of Her Majesty's
Principal Secretaries of State this day
of 19

SCHEDULE 4(a) Article 5

TERRITORIES TO WHICH THE APPLICATION OF THE CONVENTION is EXTENDED

Bermuda
British Antarctic Territory
British Indian Ocean Territory
British Virgin Islands
Cayman Islands
Falkland Islands and Dependencies
Gibraltar
Hong Kong
Montserrat
Pitcairn, Henderson, Ducie and Oeno Islands
St. Helena and Dependencies
Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia
Turks and Caicos Islands

(a) Amended by S.I. 1982/146 (L.N. 111/82),





1971 No. 2103

FUGITIVE CRIMINAL


THE EXTRADITION (TOKYO CONVENTION)
ORDER 1971

[This Order is printed as amended by S.I. 1982 No. 149 (L.N.
114/82)]

Made 22 December 1971

Laid before Parliament - 31 December 1971

Coming into Operation - 24 January 1972

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 22nd day of December 1971

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

WHEREAS Article 16.1 of the Convention on Offences and certain
other Acts Committed on board Aircraft (hereinafter referred to as the
'Tokyo Convention') signed at Tokyo on 14 September 1963 and
which entered into force for the United Kingdom on 4 December 1969
provides as follows

-Offences committed on aircraft registered in a Contracting State
shall be treated, for the purpose of extradition, as if they had
been committed not only in the place in which they have
occurred but also in the territory of the State of registration of
the aircraft':

AND WHEREAS by section 2(1) of the Tokyo Convention Act
1967(a) it is provided that, for the purposes of the application of the
Extradition Act 1870(b) to crimes committed on board an aircraft in
flight, any aircraft registered in a country in which the Tokyo
Convention is for the time being in force shall at any time while that
aircraft is in flight be deemed to be within the jurisdiction of that
country, whether or not it is for the time being also within the
jurisdiction of any other country:

AND WHEREAS the States mentioned in Schedule 1 to this Order
are States with which extradition arrangements are in force and in
respect of which the Tokyo Convention is for the time being in force:

Now, THEREFORE, Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers
conferred upon Her by sections 2 and 17 of the Extradition Act 1870
and section 2(2) of the Tokyo Convention Act 1967, or otherwise in Her
Majesty vested, is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy
Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows

1. This Order may be cited as the Extradition (Tokyo Convention)
Order 1971 and shall come into operation on 21 January 1972.

(a) 1967 c. 52.
(b) 1870 c. 52.





2. The Interpretation Act 1889(a) shall apply for the interpretation
of this Order as it applies for the interpretation of an Act of Parliament.

3. The Extradition Acts 1870 to 1935 as amended by section 2 of the
Tokyo Convention Act 1967 shall apply in the case of the States
mentioned in Schedule 1 to this Order under and in accordance with the
extradition treaties described in the second column of that Schedule as
supplemented by Article 16.1 of the Tokyo Convention, which entered
into force as between those States and the United Kingdom on the dates
specified in the third column of that Schedule.

4. The operation of this Order is limited to the United Kingdom, the
Channel Islands, the Isle of Man and the territories mentioned in
Schedule 2 to this Order, being territories to which the application of the
Tokyo Convention is extended.

W. G. AGNEW

SCHEDULE 1(b) Article 3

STATES WITH WHICH THE UNITED KINGDOM HAS EXTRADITION TREATIES

AND IN RESPECT OF WHICH THE TOKYO CONVENTION IS IN FORCE

StateDate of Extradition
Date of Entry into
Treaty Force of Convention

Argentina 22 May 1889 21 October 1971
Austria 9 January 1911 8 May 1974
Belgium 29 October 1901 4 November 1970
Bolivia 22 February 1892 3 October 1979
Chile 26 January 1897 24 April 1974
Colombia 27 October 1888 4 October 1973
Denmark 31 March 1873 4 December 1969
Ecuador 20 September 1880 3 March 1970
EI Salvador 23 June 1881 13 May. 1980
Finland 29 October 1975 1 July 1971
France 14 August 1876 10 December 1970
Germany. Federal 14 May 1872 (reapplied 16 March 1970
Republic of and amended by the
Agreement of 23
February 1960)
Greece 24 September 1910 29 August 1971
Guatemala 4 July 1885 15 February 1971
Hungary 3 December 1873 3 March 1971
Iceland 31 March 1873 14 June 1970
1 Iraq 2 May 1932 13 August 1974
Israel 4 April 1960 18 December 1969
Italy 5 February 1873 4 December 1969
Luxembourg 24 November 1880 210 December 1972
Mexico 7 September 1886 4 December 1969
Netherlands 26 September 1898 12 February 1970
Nicaragua 19 April 1905 22 November 1973
Norway 26 June 1873 4 December 1969
Panama 25 August 1906 14 February 1971

(a) 1889 c. 63.
(b) Amended by S.I. 1982 149 (L.N. 114 82).





StateDate of Extradition Date of Entry into
Treaty Force of Convention

Paraguay 12 September 1908 7 November 1971
Peru 26 January 1904 10 August 1978
Poland 11 January 1932 17 June 1971
Portugal 17 October 1892 4 December 1969
Romania 21 March 1893 16 May 1974
Sweden 26 April 1963 4 December 1969
Switzerland 26 November 1880 21 March 1971
Thailand 3 September 1883 4 June 1972
United States of 8 June 1972 4 December 1969
America
Uruguay 26 March 1884 26 April 1977
Yugoslavia 6 December 1900 13 May 1971

SCHEDULE 2(a) Article 4

TERRITORIES TO WHICH THE APPLICATION OF THE TOKYO
CONVENTION IS EXTENDED

Bermuda

British Antarctic Territory

British Indian Ocean Territory

British Virgin Islands

Cayman Islands

Falkland Islands and Dependencies

Gibraltar

Hong Kong

Montserrat

Pitcairn, Henderson, Ducie and Oeno Islands

St. Helena and Dependencies

Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia

Turks and Caicos Islands

(a) Amended by S.I. 1982/149 (L.N. 114/82).





1972 No. 126

ATOMIC ENERGY AND RADIOACTIVE SUBSTANCES

THE NUCLEAR INSTALLATIONS (HONG KONG)
ORDER 1972

Made 4th February 1972

Coming into Operation 15th March 1972

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 4th day of February 1972

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred upon Her by
section 28(1) of the Nuclear Installations Act 1965(a) is pleased, by and
with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered,
as follows:

1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Nuclear Installations (Hong
Kong) Order 1972 and shall come into operation on 15th March 1972.

(2) The Interpretation Act 1889(b) shall apply with the necessary
adaptations for the purpose of interpreting this Order and otherwise in
relation thereto as it applies for the purpose of interpreting, and in
relation to, Acts of the Parliament of the United Kingdom.

(3) In the Schedule to this Order any reference to a provision of the
Nuclear Installations Act 1965 shall be construed as a reference



to that provision as it has effect in Hong Kong under this Order.

2. Sections 10 to 17, inclusive, 21, 26 and 30 of the Nuclear
Installations Act 1965, modified and adapted as in the Schedule hereto,
shall extend to Hong Kong.

W. G. AGNEW.

SCHEDULE

Provisions of the Nuclear Installations Act 1965 (as amended)
at extended to Hong Kong

10. In the case of any nuclear matter which is not excepted matter and
which-
(a) is in the course of carriage on behalf of a relevant operator; or

(a) 1965 c. 57.
(b) 1889 c. 63.





(b)is in the course of carriage to such an operator's relevant installation with
the agreement of that operator from a place outside the-relevant
territories; or

(c)having been on such an operator's relevant installation or in the course of
carriage on behalf of such an operator, has not subsequently been on any
relevant installation or in the course of any relevant carriage or (except
in the course of relevant carriage) within the territorial limits of a
country which is not a relevant territory,

it shall be the duty of that operator to secure that no occurrence taking place
wholly or partly within the territorial limits of Hong Kong causes injury to any
person or damage to any property of any person other than that operator, being
injury or damage arising out of or resulting from the radioactive properties, or a
combination of those and any toxic, explosive or other hazardous properties, of
that nuclear matter.

1 11. Where any nuclear matter, not being excepted matter, is in the course of
carriage within the territorial limits of Hong Kong on behalf of any person
(hereafter in this section referred to as 'the responsible party') and the carriage is
not relevant carriage, it shall be the duty of the responsible party to secure that no
occurrence involving that nuclear matter causes injury to any person or damage to
any property of any person other than the responsible party, being injury or
damage incurred within the said territorial limits and arising out of or resulting from
the radioactive properties, or a combination of those and any toxic, explosive or
other hazardous properties, of that nuclear matter.

12. (1) Where any injury or damage has been caused in breach of a duty
imposed by section 10 of this Act

(a)subject to sections 13(1), 15, 16(2) and 17(1) of this Act, compensation
in respect of that injury or damage shall be payable wherever the injury or
damage was incurred;

(b)subject to subsections (3) and (4) of this section and to section 21(2) of
this Act no other liability shall be incurred by any person in respect of
that injury or damage.

(2) Subject to subsection (3) of this section, any injury or damage which,
though not caused in breach of such a duty as aforesaid, is not reasonably separable
from injury or damage so caused shall be deemed for the purposes of subsection (1)
of this section to have been so caused.

(3) Where any injury or damage is caused partly in breach of such a duty as
aforesaid and partly by an emission of ionising radiations which does not constitute
such a breach, subsection (2) of this section shall not affect any liability of any
person in respect of that emission apart from this Act, but a claimant shall not
be entitled, to recover compensation in respect of the same injury or damage both
under this Act and otherwise than under this Act..

(4) Subject to section 13(2) of this Act, nothing in subsection (1)(b) of this
section shall affect

(a)the operation of the Carriage of Goods by Sea Ordinance of Hong Kong(a);
or

(b)the operation of the Carriage by Air Act 1961(b) or the Carriage by Air
(Supplementary Provisions) Act 1962(c) as extended or applied to Hong
Kong by the Carriage by Air (Overseas Territories) Order 1967(d) and the
Carriage by Air Acts (Application of Provisions) (Overseas Territories)
Order 1967(e).

(a) Laws of Hong Kong (Rev. Ed. 1964), c. 46. (b) 1961 c.
27. (c) 1962 c. 43. (d) S.I. 19671809 (1967 11, p. 2384).
(c) S.I. 19671810 (1967 11, p. 2402).











13. (1) The duty imposed by section 10 or 11 of this Act-

(a)shall not impose any liability on the person subject to that duty with
respect to injury or damage caused by an occurrence which constitutes a
breach of that duty if the occurrence, or the causing thereby of the injury
or damage, is attributable to hostile action in the course of any armed
conflict, including any armed conflict within Hong Kong; but

(b)shall, subject to section 16(2) of this Act, impose such a liability where
the occurrence, or the causing thereby of the injury or damage, is
attributable to a natural disaster, notwithstanding that the disaster is of
such an exceptional character that it could not reasonably have been
foreseen.

(2) Where, in the case of an occurrence which constitutes a breach of the duty
imposed by section 10 of this Act, a person other than the person subject to that
duty makes any payment in respect of injury or damage caused by that occurrence
and

(a)the payment is made in pursuance of any of the following five
international Conventions, that is to say, the draft Convention (setting
out rules relating to bills of lading) of the International Conference on
Maritime Law held at Brussels in October 1922, as amended in October
1923, the Convention for the Unification of Certain Rules Relating to
International Carriage by Air concluded at Warsaw on 12th October
1929, the Warsaw Convention as amended at The Hague 1955, the
Convention Supplementary to the Warsaw Convention held at
Guadalajara, in 1961 for the Unification of Certain Rules Relating to
International Carriage by Air Performed by a Person other than the
Contracting Carrier and the Convention on the Contract for the
International Carriage of Goods by Road signed at Geneva on 19th May
1956, or

(b)the injury or damage was incurred in a country which is not a relevant
territory and the payment is made by virtue of a law of that country and
by a person who has his principal place of business in a relevant territory
or is acting on behalf of such a person,

the person making the payment may make the like claim under this Act for
compensation of the like amount, if any, not exceeding the amount of the
payment made by him, as would have been available to him, if the injury in
question had been suffered by him or, as the case may be, the property suffering the
damage in question had been his.

(3) The amount of compensation payable to or in respect of any person under
this Act in respect of any injury or damage caused in breach of the duty imposed by
section 10 of this Act may be reduced by reason of the fault of that person if, but
only if, and to the extent that, the causing of that injury or damage is attributable
to any act of that person committed with the intention of causing harm to any
person or property or with reckless disregard for the consequences of his act.

14. A claim under this Act in respect of any occurrence such as is mentioned
in section 10 or 11 of this Act which constitutes a breach of a person's duty under
section 10 or 11 of this Act shall not give rise to any lien or other right in respect
of any ship or aircraft; and section 3(3) and (4) of the Administration of Justice
Act 1956(a), as extended to Hong Kong by the Admiralty Jurisdiction (Hong
Kong) Order in Council 1962(b) (which relates to the bringing of actions in rem
against ships or aircraft) and section 503 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894(c)
(which relates to the limitation of the liability of shipowners) shall not apply to
that claim.

(a) 1956 c. 46. (b) S.I. 196211547 (1962 11,
p. 1669). (c) 1894 c. 60.





15. (1) Subject to subsection (2) of this section but notwithstanding anything
in any other enactment, a claim by virtue of section 10 or 11 of this Act may be
made at any time before, but shall not be entertained if made at any time after, the
expiration of ten years from the relevant date, that is to say, the date of the
occurrence which gave rise to the claim or, where that occurrence was a continuing
one, the date of the last event in the course of that occurrence to which the claim
relates.

(2) Notwithstanding anything in subsection (1) of this section, a claim in
respect of injury or damage caused by an occurrence involving nuclear matter stolen
from, or lost, jettisoned or abandoned by, the person whose breach of a duty
imposed by section 10 of this Act gave rise to the claim shall not be entertained if
the occurrence takes place after the expiration of the period of twenty years
beginning with the day when the nuclear matter in question was so stolen, lost,
jettisoned or abandoned.

16. (1) A relevant operator shall not be required by virtue of section 10 of this
Act to make any payment by way of compensation in respect of an occurrence

(a)when the occurrence involves nuclear matter in the course of carriage and
the claim is in respect of damage to the means of transport being used for
that carriage, unless the relevant law otherwise provides;

(b)to the extent that the amount required for the satisfaction of the claim is
not required to be available by the relevant law and has not been made
available by means of a relevant contribution.

(2) A relevant operator shall not be required by virtue of section 12(1)(a) or
section 13(1)(b) of this Act to make any payment by way of compensation in
respect of an occurrence if he would not have been required to have made that
payment if the occurrence had taken place in his home territory and the claim had
been made by virtue of the relevant law.

17. (1) No court in Hong Kong shall have jurisdiction to determine any claim
or question under this Act certified by the Governor to be a claim or question
which, under any relevant international agreement, falls to be determined by a
court or some other relevant territory; and any proceedings to enforce such a claim
which are commenced in any court in Hong Kong shall be set aside.

(2) Where under the foregoing subsection the Governor certifies that any
claim or question falls to be determined by a court of a relevant territory, that
certificate shall be conclusive evidence of the jurisdiction of that court to
determine that claim or question.

(3) Where by virtue of section 10 of this Act and any relevant law
liability in respect of the same injury or damage is incurred by two or more persons,
then, for the purpose of any proceedings in Hong Kong relating to that injury or
damage, including proceedings for the ' enforcement of a judgment registered under
the Foreign Judgments (Reciprocal Enforcement) Ordinance of Hong Kong(a) both
or all of those persons shall be treated as jointly and severally liable in respect of
that injury or damage: provided that where such liability is incurred as a result of an
occurrence involving nuclear matter in the course of carriage in one and the same
means of transport the maximum total amount for which such persons shall be
liable, apart from payments in respect of interests or costs, shall not exceed the
highest amount required to be available by the relevant law, together with such
amounts, if any, as fall to be made available by means of relevant contributions.

(4) The Foreign Judgments (Reciprocal Enforcement) Ordinance of Hong
Kong(a) shall apply to any judgment obtained in a court outside Hong Kong which
is certified by the Governor to be a relevant foreign judgment for the pur

(a) Laws of Hong Kong (Rev. Ed. 1965), C. 319.





poses of this Act, whether or not it would otherwise have so applied, and shall have
effect in relation to any judgment so certified as if in section 6 of that
Ordinance subsections (1)(a)(ii), (2) and (3) were omitted.

(5) It shall be sufficient defence to proceedings in Hong Kong against any
person for the recovery of a sum alleged to be payable under a judgment given in a
country outside Hong Kong for that person to show that

(a)the sum in question was awarded in respect of injury or damage of a
description which is the subject of a relevant international agreement;
and

(b) the country in question is not a relevant territory; and

(c)the sum in question was not awarded in pursuance of any of the
international Conventions referred to in the enactments mentioned in
section 12(4) of this Act.

(6) Where, in the case of any claim by virtue of section 10 of this Act, the
relevant operator is the government of a relevant territory, then, for the purposes
of any proceedings brought in a court in Hong Kong to enforce that claim, that
government shall be deemed to have submitted to the jurisdiction of that court, and
accordingly rules of court may provide for the manner in which any such action is
to be commenced and carried on; but nothing in this subsection shall authorize the
issue of execution against the property of that government.

21. (1) Where, in the case of an occurrence involving nuclear matter in the
course of carriage, a claim in respect of damage to the means of transport being
used for that carriage is duly established against any person by virtue of section 10
of this Act, then, no payment towards the satisfaction of that claim shall be made
out of funds which are required to be available for the purpose by the relevant law
or which have been made available by means of a relevant contribution, such as to
prevent the satisfaction out of those funds up to an aggregate amount equivalent to

against the same person in respect of injury or damage caused by that occurrence
other than damage to the said means of transport.

(2) Where, in the case of an occurrence involving nuclear matter in the course
of carriage, a claim in respect of damage to the means of transport being used for
that carriage is duly established against a relevant operator by virtue of section 10
of this Act, but by virtue of section 16(1)(a) thereof that operator is not required
to make a payment in satisfaction of the claim, section 12(1)(b) of this Act shall
not apply to any liability of that operator with respect to the damage in question
apart from this Act.

(3) Where any nuclear matter is to be carried by, or on behalf or with the
agreement of, a relevant operator in such circumstances that he may incur liability
by virtue of section 10 of this Act and that operator has, pursuant to the relevant
law provided the carrier with a document, issued by or on behalf of the person by
whom there falls to be provided the funds required by the relevant law to be
available to satisfy any claim in respect of the carriage in question and containing
the name and address of that operator and particulars of those funds, none of the
contents of that document shall be disputed in any court by the person by whom or
on whose behalf it was issued.

(4) The requirements of the Motor Vehicles Insurance (Third Party Risks)
Ordinance of Hong Kong(a) (which relates to compulsory insurance or security
against third-party risks of users of motor vehicles) shall not apply in relation to
any injury to any person for which any person is liable by virtue of section 10 of
this Act.

(a) Laws of Hong Kong (Rev. Ed. 1964), c. 272.





26. (1) In this Act, except where the context otherwise requires, the following
expressions have the following meanings respectively, that is to say

excepted matter' means nuclear matter consisting only of one or more of
the following, that is to say

(a)isotopes prepared for use for industrial, commercial agricultural,
medical or scientific purposes;

(b) natural uranium;

(c)any uranium of which isotope 235 forms not more than 0.72 per
cent;

(d)nuclear matter of such other description, if any, as may be excluded
from the operation of the relevant international agreement by the
relevant law;

'Governor' means:

(a) the Governor of Hong Kong;

(b) the Acting Governor of Hong Kong; and

(c)to the extent to which a deputy to the Governor of Hong Kong is
authorized to perform on behalf of the Governor any functions of
the Governor, the Deputy to the Governor;

'home territory', in relation to a relevant operator, means the relevant
territory in which, for the purposes of a relevant international agreement,
he is the operator of a relevant installation;

injury means personal injury and includes loss of life;

nuclear matter' means, subject to any exceptions which may be prescribed

(a)any fissile material in the form of uranium metal, alloy or chemical
compound (including natural uranium), or of plutonium metal, alloy
or chemical compound, and any other fissile material which may be
prescribed; and

(b)any radioactive material produced in, or made radioactive by
exposure to the radiation incidental to, the process of producing or
utilizing any such fissile material as aforesaid;

..occurrence', in sections 16(1) and (2) and the proviso to section 17(31 of
this Act, means in the case of a continuing occurrence the whole of that
occurrence;

'prescribed' means prescribed by regulations made by the Governor in
Council;

relevant carriage-, in relation to nuclear matter, means carriage on behalf of

(a) a relevant operator; or

(b)a person authorized to operate a nuclear reactor which is comprised
in a means of transport and in which the nuclear matter in question
is intended to be used;

relevant contribution', in relation to any claim, means any sums falling by
virtue of any relevant international agreement to be paid by the
government of any relevant territory towards the satisfaction of that
claim;







.'relevant foreign judgment' means a judgment of a court of a relevant
territory other than Hong Kong which, under a relevant international
agreement, is to be enforceable anywhere within the relevant territories;





'relevant installation' means an installation to which a relevant international
agreement applies;

'relevant international agreement- means an international agreement with
respect to third-party liability in the field of nuclear energy to which the
United Kingdom or Her Majesty's Government therein are party, other
than an agreement relating to liability in respect of nuclear reactors
comprised in means of transport;

'relevant law' means the law of a relevant territory regulating in accordance
with a relevant international agreement matters failing to be so regulated
and, in relation to a particular relevant operator, means the law such as
aforesaid of his home territory;

'relevant operator means a person who, for the purposes of a relevant
international agreement, is the operator of a relevant installation in a
relevant territory;

'relevant territory' means a country for the time being bound by a relevant
international agreement;

'territorial limits' includes territorial waters.

(2) References in this Act to the carriage of nuclear matter shall be construed
as including references to any storage incidental to the carriage of that matter
before its delivery at its final destination.

(3) Any question arising under this Act as to whether

(a) any person is a relevant operator; or

(b) any law is the relevant law with respect to any matter; or

(e) any country is for the time being a relevant territory, shall be referred to
and determined by the Governor.

(4) Save where the context otherwise requires, any reference in this Act to
any enactment shall be construed as a reference to that enactment as amended.
extended or applied by or under any other enactment.

30. (1) This Act may be cited as the Nuclear Installations Act 1965.

(2) This Act, except for section 17(5) shall come into force on 15th March
1972 and section 17(5) shall come into force on such later date as the Governor
may by order appoint.





1972 No. 1724

COPYRIGHT

THE COPYRIGHT (HONG KONG) ORDERS 1972 AND 1979

[This Order in Council is printed as amended by the Copyright
(Hong Kong) (Amendment) Order 1979 (S.I 1979 No. 910).]

Made - - - - 14 November 1972

Laid before Parliament 20 November 1972

Coming into Operation 12 December 1972

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 14 day of
November 1972

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, and by
virtue of the authority conferred upon Her by section 31 of the
Copyright Act 1956(a) and of all other powers enabling Her in that
behalf, is pleased to direct, and it is hereby directed, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Copyright (Hong Kong) Orders
1972 and 1979* and shall come into operation on 12 December 1972.

2. The Interpretation Act 1889(b) shall apply to the interpretation of
this Order as it applies to the interpretation of an Act of Parliament.

3. The provisions of the Copyright Act 1956 specified in Part I of
Schedule 1 hereto shall extend to Hong Kong subject to the
modifications specified in Part II of that Schedule.

4. The Copyright (International Organizations) Order 1957 (e), as
amended (d), the Copyright (Broadcasting Organizations) Order 1961(e),
and the Copyright (International Conventions) Order 1972(f) (being
Orders in Council made under Part V of the said Act) shall extend to
Hong Kong subject, in the case of the last mentioned Order, to the
modifications specified in Schedule 2 hereto.

W. G. AGNEW

(a) 1956 c. 74. (b) 1889 c. 63.
(c) S.I. 1957/1524 (1957 1, (d) S.I. 1958/1052 (1958 1,
p. 483). p. 363).
(c) S.I. 1961/2460 (1961 III, (f) S.I. 1972/673 (1972 1,
p. 4505). p. 2172).

See S.I. 1979 No. 910.





SCHEDULE 1

PART I

Provisions of the Copyright Act 1956 extended to Hong Kong

All the provisions of the Act, as amended by the Dramatic and Musical
Performers' Protection Act 1958(a), the Films Act 1960(b), the Design Copyright
Act 1968(c) and the Copyright (Amendment) Act 1971(d), except sections 28, 32
34, 35, 42 and 55 and Schedule 5.

PART II

Modifications ofthe provisions extended

General Modifications

1. In sections 7, 8(11) and 15(4), for references to the Board of Trade there
shall be substituted references to the Governor in Council.

2. In sections 8(1) and 8(10), 10(2) and (3), 12(6), 21(1) and 21(6), 22(2)
and 22(3), 43, 48(4) and 49(2) and paragraph 46 of Schedule 7, for 'the United
Kingdom' there shall be substituted 'Hong Kong'.

Particular Modifications

3. The provisions mentioned in the first column in the following table shall be
modified in the manner specified in the second column.



Provision Modification

Section 8.... ..... In subsections (2) and (4), for 'three-farthings' there
.......shall be substituted 'five cents' and in subsection
.......(2), for 'farthing' there shall be substituted
.......'cent' ;
.......for subsection (3) there shall be substituted the
.......following:-
.......'(3) If at any time by an order made
.......under this section in its operation in the
.......law of the United Kingdom any different
.......rate of, or minimum amount of, royalty is
.......prescribed either generally or in relation to
.......any one or more classes of records, the
.......provisions of this section shall be construed
.......subject to the provisions of any such order
.......as is for the time being in force, provided
.......that any reference in such an order to any
.......sum of money shall be construed as a
.......reference to the equivalent amount in the
.......currency of legal tender in Hong Kong as
.......provided by any law of Hong Kong.';
.......in subsection (4)(a), all the words after the first
.......reference to works shall be omitted.
Section 10..... ..... For subsection (5) there shall be substituted the
.......following:-
.......'(5) For the purpose of this section a
.......design shall be taken as being applied in-
.......dustrially if it is applied in the circumstances
.......for the time being prescribed by rules made
.......under this section and section 36 of the

(a) 1958 c. 44. (c) 1968 c. 68.

(b) 1960 c. 57. (d)1971 c. 4.





Provision Modification

Registered Designs Act 1949 as extended by
this section in the law of the United
KingdSection 13.......Forsubsection (3) there shall be substituted the
following:

'(3) Copyright subsisting in a
cinematograph film by virtue of this section
shall continue to subsist until the film is
published and thereafter until the end of the
period of fifty years from the end of the
calendar year which includes the date of its
first publication and shall then expire, or, if
copyright subsists in the film by virtue only
of the last preceding subsection, it shall
continue to subsist as from the date of first
publication until the end of the period of fifty
years from the end of the calendar year which
includes that date and shall then expire.';

in subsection (8), for 'any such film as is mentioned in
paragraph (a) of subsection (1) of section 38 of
the Films Act 1960 (which relates to newsreels)'
there shall be substituted 'any film consisting
wholly or mainly of photographs which, at the
time they were taken, were means of
communicating news';

subsection (11) shall be omitted.

Section 17.......Subsection (6) shall be omiSection 18.......In subsection (1), for the proviso there shall be substituted
the following:

Provided that if by virtue of section 5 of the
Limitation Ordinance (Chapter 347) (which
relates to limitation in cases of successive
conversion and extinction of title of the
owner of converted goods), the title of the
owner of the copyright to such a copy or
plate would (if he had then been the owner of
the copy or plate) have been extinguished at
the end of the period mentioned in that
section, he shall not be entitled to any rights
or remedies under this subsection in respect of
any thing done in relation to that copy or
plate after the end of that period.';

subsection (4) shall be omiSection 21.......In subsections (7) and (8), for the words 'forty shillings' and
'fifty pounds' there shall be substituted
respectively---fivehundred dollars' and 'fifty
thousand dollars- and for the words 'two months-
there shall be substituted 'twelve months';

subsection (10) shall be omiSection 22.......In subsection (1), for the 'Commissioners of Customs and
Excise (in this section referred to as---the
Commissioners there shall be substituted ---






theDirector of Commerce and Industry- and,
subject to the modifications to subsection (4)
hereinafter provided, for subsequent references





Provision Modification

to the said Commissioners there shall be sub-
stituted references to the said Director;

in subsection (4) for 'the Commissioners' where
those words first occur there shall be substituted
'the Governor in Council' and for 'the Com-
missioners consider' there shall be substituted
'the Governor in Council considers';
subsection (6) shall be omitted;

forsubsection (7) there shall be substituted the
following:-
'(7) Where by virtue of this section the
importation into Hong Kong of any copy of
a work to which the section applies is pro-
hibited, the importation into Hong Kong of
such a copy shall, for the purposes only of
the provisions of the Import and Export
Ordinance (Chapter 60) providing for for-
feiture, be deemed to be a contravention of
that OrdinanSection 23.......Forsubsection (2) there shall be substituted the
following:-
'(2) The tribunal shall consist of a chair-
man who shall be a person qualified for
appointment as a District Judge under
section 5 of the District Court Ordinance
(Chapter 336), and of not less than 2 nor
more than 4 other members, all of whom
shall be appointed from time to time by the
Governor.';

for subsections (5) and (6) there shall be substituted
the following:-
'(5) There shall be a clerk to the tribunal
who shall be appointed by the Governor.
(6) The remuneration of the chairman
and other members of the tribunal and of
the clerk to the tribunal shall be determined
by the Governor and shall be payable out of
the general revenue of the Colony.'%
subsection (7) shall be omiSection 24.......For subsection (3)(c) there shall be substituted the
following:-
'(c) in relation to such licences as are
mentioned in paragraph (c) of the last
preceding subsection, means a licensee
under the Television Ordinance (Chapter
5Section 30.......Forsubsection (6) there shall be substituted the
following:-
'(6) In this section 'the court' means
the Court of Appeal of Hong Kong.'.

Section 31.......Subsections (1) and (2) shall be omitted;
in subsection (4), for 'the United Kingdom' there
- shall be substituted 'Hong Kong' and for 'in a





Provision Modification

.......country' there shall be substituted 'in the United
.......Kingdom or in any country other than Hong
.......Kong'.
Section 33..... For subsection (1) there shall be substituted the
.......following:-
.......'(1) An organization to which this
.......section applies is one declared to be such
.......by an Order in Council made under this
.......section as part of the law of the United
.......Kingdom which has been extended, in rela-
.......tion to that organization, to Hong Kong'.
Section 37..... ..... Subsection (4) shall be omitted.
Section 39..... ..... In subsection (8), for 'section three of the Crown
.......Proceedings Act, 1947 there shall be substituted
........'section 5 of the Crown Proceedings Ordinance
.......(Chapter 300)'.
Section 40..... ..... Subsection (3) shall be omitted;
.......in subsection (4), for 'either of the two last preceding
.......subsections' there shall be substituted 'the last
.......preceding subsection', and 'or the programme
.......to be transmitted, as the case may be' shall be
.......omitted;
.......in subsection (5), the reference to a work shall be
.......omitted.
Section 41..... ..... In subsection (7), for the definition of 'school' there
.......shall be substituted ' 'school' has the same
.......meaning as in the Education Ordinance (Chapter
.......279)'.
Section 46..... ..... Subsection (1) shall be omitted;
.......in subsection (2), '(including any enactment of the
.......Parliament of Northern Ireland)' shall be
.......omitted.
Section 47..... ..... The whole section except subsection (4) shall be
.......omitted.
Section 50..... ..... For subsection (2) there shall be substituted the
.......following:-
.......'(2) Subject to the said transitional
.......provisions the Copyright Act 1911 and the
.......Copyright Order Confirmation (Mechanical
.......Instruments: Royalties) Act 1928 are hereby
.......repealed.'.
Section 51..... ..... For subsection (2) there shall be substituted the
.......following:-
.......'(2)-(a) Any provision of this Act
.......empowering the Governor in
.......Council to make regulations shall
.......come into operation on the com-
.......mencement of the Order in
.......Council extending that provision to
.......Hong Kong.
.......(b) All the other provisions of this Act
.......shall come into operation on 1st
.......January 1973.';
.......subsection (3) shall be omitted.





Provision ModificSchedule 1.......In paragraph 2, for 'section seven of the Act of 1949' there
shall be substituted 'section 2 of the United
Kingdom Designs (Protection) Ordinance
(Chapter Schedule 4.......In paragraph 1(2), for 'Board of Trade, or, in the case of the
chairman of the tribunal, to the Lord Chancellor,'
there shall be substituted 'Governor';

in paragraph 1(3), for 'Board of Trade, or, in the case
of the chairman of the tribunal, the Lord
Chancellor,' there shall be substituted 'Governor';

in paragraph 2, for 'Board of Trade, or, in the case of
the chairman of the tribunal, the Lord
Chancellor,' there shall be substituted---
Governor';

in paragraph 6(1) for 'Lord Chancellor' there shall be
substituted 'Chief Justice', and % subject to the
approval of the Treasury,' shall be omitted;

forparagraph 6(2) there shall be substituted the
following:

-(2) Any such rules may apply in relation
to the tribunal any of the provisions of the
Arbitration Ordinance (Chapter 341).'.

Schedule 7..... .. Paragraphs 26, 40 and 41 shall be omitted.

SCHEDULE 2

Modifications of the Copyright (International Conventions) Order 1972:

(i) Articles 4 (other than paragraph (2)(b)) and 8 to 11 together with
Schedules 4 to 7 shall be omitted.

(ii) In Article 3, for 'any part of the United Kingdom' there shall be
substituted 'Hong Kong'.

(iii) In Schedule 2 the following dates shall be inserted respectively in the
second column in relation to the countries mentioned in the following

tables-

Ghana 22 August 1962
Kenya 7 September 1962
Malawi 26 October 1965
Mauritius 12 March 1968
Nigeria 14 February 1962
Zambia 1 June 1965





1973 No. 1756

FUGITIVE CRIMINAL
THE EXTRADITION (PROTECTION OF AIRCRAFT) ORDER
1973

Order is printed as amended by S.I. 1982 No. 148 (L.N.
113/82)

Made 24 October 1973
Laid before Parliament 30 October 1973

Coming into Operation 24 November 1973

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 24th day of October 1973

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

WHEREAS the Convention for the Suppression of Unlawful Acts
against the Safety of Civil Aviation (hereinafter referred to as 'the
Convention-) signed at Montreal on 23 September 1971, the terms of
which are set out in Schedule 1 to this Order, will enter into force for the
United Kingdom on 24 November 1973:

AND WHEREAS the States mentioned in Schedule 2 to this Order
are foreign States in respect of which the Convention is for the time
being in force and with which extradition arrangements are in force:

AND WHEREAS the States mentioned in Part I of Schedule 3 to
this Order are foreign States in respect of which the Convention is for
the time being in force but with which no extradition arrangements are in
force:

AND WHEREAS section 5(2) of the Protection of Aircraft Act
1973(a) provides that where no such arrangement as is mentioned in
section 2 of the Extradition Act 1870(b) has been made with a State
which is a party to the Convention, an Order in Council applying that
Act may be made under that section as if the Convention were such an
arrangement with that State:

Now, THEREFORE, Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers
conferred upon Her by sections 2 and 17 of the Extradition Act 1870 and
sections 5(2) and 27(1) of the Protection of Aircraft Act 1973, or
otherwise in Her Majesty vested, is pleased, by and with the advice of
Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Extradition (Protection of
Aircraft) Order 1973 and shall come into operation on 24 November
1973.

(a) 1973 c. 47.
(b) 1870 c. 52.





2. (1) In this Order any references to the Extradition Acts and to the
Act of 1870 are, respectively, references to the Extradition Acts 1870 to
1935 and to the Extradition Act 1870, as amended or extended by any
subsequent enactment.

(2) The Interpretation Act 1889(a) shall apply for the interpretation
of this Order as it applies for the interpretation of an Act of Parliament.

3. The Extradition Acts shall apply in the case of a State mentioned
in Schedule 2 to this Order under and in accordance with the extradition
treaties described in the second column of that Schedule as
supplemented by paragraphs 1 and 4 of Article 8 of the Convention (set
out in Schedule 1 to this Order) which entered into force for those States
on the dates specified in the third column of the said Schedule 2.

4. The Extradition Acts shall apply in the case of the States
mentioned in Part I of Schedule 3 to this Order (being States in respect
of which the Convention entered into force on the dates specified in the
second column of that Schedule) subject to the conditions contained in,
and in accordance, with Part II of that Schedule.

5. The operation of this Order is limited to the United Kingdom, the
Channel Islands. the Isle of Man and the territories specified in
Schedule 4 to this Order.

W. G. AGNEW.

SCHEDULE I

THE CONVENTION

FOR THE SUPPRESSION OF UNLAWFUL ACTS AGAINST
THE SAFETY OF CIVIL AVIATION

THE STATES PARTIES TO THIS CONVENTION

CONSIDERING that unlawful acts against the safety of civil aviation jeopardize
the safety of persons and property, seriously affect the operation of air services.
and undermine the confidence of the peoples of the world in the safety of civil
aviation.,

CONSIDERING that the occurrence of such acts is a matter of grave concern;

CONSIDERING that. for the purpose of deterring such acts, there is an urgent
need to provide appropriate measures for punishment of offenders:

HAVE AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

ARTICLE 1

1 Any person commits an offence if he unlawfully and intentionally:

(a)performs an act of violence against a person on board an aircraft in flight
if that acts is likely to endanger the safety of that aircraft; or

(a) 1889 c. 63.





(b)destroys an aircraft in service or causes damage to such an aircraft which
renders it incapable of flight or which is likely to endanger its safety in flight;
or
(c)places or causes to be placed on an aircraft in service, by any means
whatsoever, a device or substance which is likely to destroy that aircraft, or
to cause damage to it which renders it incapable of flight, or to cause
damage to it which is likely to endanger its safety in flight; or
(d)destroys or damages air navigation facilities or interferes with their opera-
tion, if any such act is likely to endanger the safety of aircraft in flight; or
(e)communicates information which he knows to be false, thereby endangering
the safety of an aircraft in flight.

2. Any person also commits an offence if he:
(a)attempts to commit any of the offences mentioned in paragraph 1 of this
Article; or
(b)is an accomplice of a person who commits or attempts to commit any such
offence.

ARTICLE 2

For the purposes of this Convention:
(a)an aircraft is considered to be in flight at any time from the moment when all
its external doors are closed following embarkation until the moment when
any such door is opened for disembarkation; in the case of a forced landing,
the flight shall he deemed to continue until the competent authorities take
over the responsibility for the aircraft and for persons and property on
board;
(b)an aircraft is considered to be in service from the beginning of the preflight
preparation ofthe aircraft by ground personnel or by the crew for a specific
flight until twenty-four hours after any landing; the period of service shall,
in any event, extend for the entire period during which the aircraft is in flight
as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article.

ARTICLE 3

Each Contracting State undertakes to make the offences mentioned in Article 1
punishable by severe penalties.

ARTICLE 4

1. This Convention shall not apply to aircraft used in military, customs or
police services.

2. In the cases contemplated in subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) and (e) of paragraph
1 of Article 1, this Convention shall apply, irrespective of whether the aircraft is
engaged in an international or domestic flight, only if..
(a)the place of take-off or landing, actual or intended, ofthe aircraft is situated
outside the territory of the State of registration of that aircraft; or
(b)the offence is committed in the territory of a State other than the State of
registration of the aircraft.

3. Notwithstanding paragraph 2 of this Article, in the cases contemplated in
subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) and (e) of paragraph 1 of Article 1, this Convention shall
also apply if the offender or the alleged offender is found in the territory of a State
other than the State of registration of the aircraft.

4. With respect to the States mentioned in Article 9 and in the cases mentioned
in subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) and (e) of paragraph 1 of Article 1, this Convention
shall not apply if the places referred to in subparagraph (a) of paragraph 2 of this
Article are situated within the territory of the same State where that State is one of
those referred to in Article 9, unless the offence is committed or the offender or alleged
offender is found in the territory of a State other than that State.





5. In the cases contemplated in subparagraph (d) of paragraph 1 of Article 1,
this Convention shall apply only if the air navigation facilities are used in
international air navigation. 1

6. The provisions of paragraphs 2, 3, 4 and 5 of this Article shall also apply
in the cases contemplated in paragraph 2 of Article 1.

ARTICLE 5

1 . Each Contracting State shall take such measures as may be necessary to
establish its jurisdiction over the offences in the following cases:

(a) when the offence is committed in the territory of that State;

(b)when the offence is committed against or on board an aircraft registered
in that State;

(e)when the aircraft on board which the offence is committed lands in its
territory with the alleged offender still on board;

(d)when the ofrence is committed against or on board an aircraft leased
without crew to a lessee who has his principal place of business or. if the
lessee has no such place of business. his permanent residence, in that
State.

2. Each Contracting State shall likewise take such measures as may be
necessary to establish its jurisdiction over the offences mentioned in Article 1,
paragraph 1(a), (b) and (c). and in Article 1 . paragraph 2. in so far as that
paragraph relates to those offences, in the case where the alleged offender is
present in its territory and it 'does not extradite him pursuant to Article 8 to any
of the States mentioned in paragraph 1 of this Article.

3. This Convention does not exclude any criminal jurisdiction exercised in
accordance with national lam.

ARTICLE 6

1 . Upon being satisfied that the circumstances so warrant. any Contracting
State in the territory of which the offender or the alleged offender is present. shall
take him into custody or take other measures to ensure his presence. The custody
and other measures shall be as pros provided in the law of that State but may only .
be continued for such time as is necessary to enable any criminal or extradition-
proceedings to be instituted.

2--- Such State shall immediately make a preliminary enquiry into the facts.

3. Any person in custody pursuant to paragraph 1 of this Article shall be
assisted in communicating immediately with the nearest appropriate representative
of the State of which he is a national.

4. When a State, pursuant to this Article. has taken a person into custody, it
shall immediately notify the States mentioned in Article 5, paragraph 1. ofthe
State of nationality ofthe detained person and, if it considers it advisable. any other
interested States of the fact that such person is in custody and of the circumstances
which warrant his detention. The State which makes the preliminary enquiry
contemplated in paragraph 2 of this Article shall promptly report its findings to
the said States and shall indicate whether it intends to exercise jurisdiction.

ARTICLE 7

The Contracting State in the territory of which the alleged offender is
foundshall. if it does not extradite him. be obliged. without exception whatsoever
and whether or not the ofrence was committed in its territory. to submit the case to
its competent authorities for the purpose of prosecution. Those authorities shall
take their decision in the same manner as in the case of any ordinary ofrence of a






serious nature under the law of that State.





ARTICLE 8

1 . The offences shall be deemed to be included as extraditable offences in any
extradition treaty existing between Contracting States. Contracting States undertake
to include the offences as extraditable offences in -very extradition treaty to be
concluded between them.

2. If a Contracting State which makes extradition conditional on the existence
of a treaty receives a request for extradition from another Contracting State with
which it has no extradition treaty, it may at its option consider this Convention as the
legal basis for extradition in respect of the offences. Extradition shall be subject to the
other conditions provided by the law of the requested State.

3. Contracting States which do not make extradition conditional on the
existence of a treaty shall recognize the offences as extraditable offences between
themselves subject to the conditions provided by the law of the requested State.

4. Each of the offences shall be treated, for the purpose of extradition between
Contracting States, as if it has been committed not only in the place in which it
occurred but also in the territories of the States required to establish their jurisdiction
in accordance with Article 5, paragraph 1(b), (c) and (d).

ARTICLE 9

The Contracting States which establish joint air transport operating organiza-
tions or international operating agencies. which operate aircraft which are subject to
joint or international registration shall, by appropriate means, designate for each
aircraft the State among them which shall exercise the jurisdiction and have the
attributes ofthe State of registration for the purpose of this Convention and shall give
notice thereof to the International Civil Aviation Organization which shall communi-
cate the notice to all States Parties to this Convention.

ARTICLE 10

1. Contracting States shall, in accordance with international and national law,
endeavour to take all practicable measures for the purpose of preventing the offences
mentioned in Article 1.

2. When, due to the commission of one of the offences mentioned in Article 1,
a flight has been delayed or interrupted, any Contracting State in whose territory the
aircraft or passengers or crew are present shall facilitate the continuation of the
journey of the passengers and crew as soon as practicable, and shall without delay
return the aircraft and its cargo to the persons lawfully entitled to possession.

ARTICLE 11

1 . Contracting States shall afford one another the greatest measure of assist-
ance in connection with criminal proceedings brought in respect of the offences. The
law ofthe State requested shall apply in all cases.

2. The provisions of paragraph 1 of this Article shall not affect obligations
under any other treaty, bilateral or multilateral, which governs or will govern, in
whole or in part, mutual assistance in criminal matters.

ARTICLE 12

Any Contracting State having reason to believe that one of the offences
mentioned in Article 1 will be committed shall, in accordance with its national law,
furnish any relevant information in its possession to those States which it believes
would be the States mentioned in Article 5, paragraph 1.

ARTICLE 13

Each Contracting State shall in accordance with its national law report to the
Council ofthe International Civil Aviation Organization as promptly as possible any






relevant information in its possession concerning:





(a) the circumstances of the offence,.

(b) the action taken pursuant to Article 10, paragraph 2;

(e)the measures taken in relation to the offender or the alleged offender and,
in particular, the results of any extradition proceedings or other legal
proceedings.

ARTICLE 14

1 . Any dispute between two or more Contracting States concerning the
interpretation or application of this Convention which cannot be settled through
negotiation, shall, at the request of one of them, be submitted to arbitration. If
within six months from the date of the request for arbitration the Parties are
unable to agree on the organization of the arbitration, any one of those Parties
may refer the dispute to the International Court of Justice by request in
conformity with the Statute of the Court.

2. Each State may at the time of signature or ratification of this Convention
or accession thereto, declare that it does not consider itself bound by the preceding
paragraph. The, other Contracting States shall not be bound by the preceding
paragraph with respect to any Contracting State having made such a reservation.

3. Any Contracting State having made a reservation in accordance with the
preceding paragraph may at any time withdraw this reservation by notification to
the Depositary Governments.

ARTICLE 15

1 . This Convention shall be open for signature at Montreal on 23 September
1971, by States participating in the International Conference on Air Law held at
Montreal from 8 to 23 September 1971 (hereinafter referred to as the Montreal
Conference). After 10 October 1971, the Convention shall be open to all States
for signature in Moscow, London and Washington. Any State which does not sign
this Convention before its entry into force in accordance with paragraph 3 of this
Article may accede to it at any time.

2. This Convention shall be subject to ratification by the signatory States.
Instruments of ratification and instruments of accession shall be deposited with the
Governments of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and the United States of America, which are
hereby. designated the Depositary Governments.

3. This Convention shall enter into force thirty days following the date ofthe
deposit of instruments of ratification by ten States signatory to this Convention
which participated in the Montreal Conference.

4. For other States, this Convention shall enter into force on the date of entry
into force of this Convention in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Article, or
thirty days following the date of deposit of their instruments of ratification or
accession. whichever is later.

5~ The Depositary Governments shall promptly inform all signatory and
acceding States of the date of each signature, the date of deposit of each
instrument of ratification or accession, the date of entry into force of this
Convention, and other notices.

6. As soon as this Convention comes into force, it shall be registered by the
Depositary Governments pursuant to Article 102 of the Charter of the United
Nations and pursuant to Article 83 ofthe Convention on International Civil
Aviation (Chicago, 1944).

ARTICLE 16

1. Any Contracting State may denounce this Convention by written






notification to the Depositary Governments.

2. Denunciation shall take effect six months following the date on which

notification is received by the Depositary Governments.-





IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned Plenipotentiaries, being duly
authorized thereto by their Governments, have signed this Convention.

DONE at Montreal, this twenty-third day of September, one thousand nine
hundred and seventy-one, in three originals, each being drawn up in four authentic
texts in the English, French, Russian and Spanish languages.

SCHEDULE 2(a) Article 3

FOREIGN STATES WHICH ARE PARTIES TO THE CONVENTION AND
WITH WHICH EXTRADITION TREATIES ARE IN FORCE

State Date of Extradition Date of Entry into

Treaty Force of Convention

Argentina 22 May 1889 26 December 1973
Austria 9 January 1963 11 March 1974
Belgium 29 October 1901 12 September 1976
Bolivia 22 February 1892 17 August 1979
Chile 26 January 1897 30 March 1974
Colombia 27 October 1888 3 January 1975
Czechoslovakia 11 November 1924 9 August 1973
Denmark 31 March 1873 16 February 1973
Ecuador 20 September 1880 11 February, 1977
EI Salvador 23 June 1881 25 October 1979
Finland 29 October 1975 12 August 1973
France 14 August 1876 30 July 1976
Germany, Federal 14 May 1872 (reapplied 5 March 1978
Republic of and amended by the
Agreement of 23
February 1960)
Greece 24 September 1910 14 February 1974
Guatemala 4 July 1885 18 November 1978
Hungary 3 December 1873 26 January 1973
Iceland 31 March 1873 29 July 1973
Iraq 2 May 1932 10 October 1974
Israel 4 April 1960 26 January 1973
Italy 5 February 1873 21 March 1974
Mexico 7 September 1886 12 October 1974
Netherlands 26 September 1898 26 September 1973
Nicaragua 19 April 1905 6 December 1973
Norway 26 June 1873 31 August 1973
Panama 25 August 1906 26 January 1973
Paraguay 12 September 1908 4 April 1974
Peru 26 January 1904 28 May 1978
Poland 11 January 1932 27 February 1975
Portugal 17 October 1892 14 February 1973
Romania 21 March 1893 14 September 1975
Sweden 26 April 1963 9 August 1973
Switzerland 26 November 1880 16 February 1978
Thailand 4 March 1911 15 June 1978

United States of 8 June 1972 26 January 1973
America

Uruguay 26 March 1884 11 February 1977
Yugoslavia 6 December 1900 26 January 1973

(a) Amended by S.I. 1982/148 (L.N. 113/82).





SCHEDULE 3 Article 4

PART I(a)

FOREIGN STATES WHICH ARE PARTIES TO THE
CONVENTION AND
WITH WHICH No EXTRADITION TREATIES ARE IN FORCE

State Date of Entry into
Force
of Convention

Brazil 26 January 1973
Bulgaria 24 March 1973
Byelorussia 2 March 1973
Cameroon 10 August 1973
Cape Verde 19 November 1977
Chad 26 January 1973
China 10 October 1980
Costa Rica 21 October 1973
Dominican Republic 28 December 1973
Egypt 19 June 1975
Ethiopia 25 April 1979
Gabon 29 July 1976
German Democratic Republic 26 January 1973
Guinea-Bissau 19 September 1976
Indonesia 26 September 1976
Iran 9 August 1973
Ivory Coast 8 February 1973
Japan 12 July 1974
Jordan 15 March 1973
Korea. Republic of 31 August 1973
Kuwait 23 December 1979
Lebanon 22 January 1978
Libya 21 March 1974
Mail 26 January 1973
Mauritana 1 December 1978
Mongolia 26 January 1973
Morocco 23 November 1975
Nepal 9 February 1979
Niger 26 January 1973
Oman 4 March 1977
Pakistan 23 February, 1974
Philippines 25 April 1973
Qatar 25 September 1981
Saudi Arabia 14 July, 1974
Senegal 5 March 1978
South Africa 26 January 1973
Spain 26 January 1973
Sudan 17 February 1979
Suriname 27 October 1978
Syria 9 August 1980
Togo 11 March 1979
Tunisia 16 December 1981
Turkey 22 January. 1976
Ukraine 26 March 1973,
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics 21 March 1973
United Arab Emirates 14 May 1981
Vietnam 17 October 1979
Zaire 25 August 1977

(a) Amended by S.I. 1982/148 (L.N. 113/82).





PART II

APPLICATION OF THE EXTRADITION ACTS IN THE CASE OF THE STATES
MENTIONED IN PART I

1. The Extradition Acts shall hereby have effect as if the only extradition
crimes within the meaning of the Act of 1870 were offences under Part I of the
Protection of Aircraft Act 1973 and attempts to commit such offences.

2. The Extradition Acts shall hereby only apply where the case is such that
paragraphs 2 and 4 of Article 8 ofthe Convention apply.

3. No proceedings shall be taken on an application by information or
complaint, for a provisional warrant of arrest (that is to say, a warrant issued
under section 8 of the Act of 1870 otherwise than in pursuance of sub-paragraph 1
of the first paragraph thereof), and no such warrant shall be issued, unless the
application is made with the consent ofthe Secretary of State signified by an order
in the form set out in Part III of this Schedule or in a form to the like effect; but.
subject as aforesaid. the signification of consent shall not affect the provisions of
the said section 8.

4. Without prejudice to sections 3, 9 and 11 of the Act of 1 1870. the
fugitive criminal shall no(a) it appears to the Secretary of State, to the magistrate hearing the case in 9

pursuance of section 9 of that Act or to the Hight Court on an
application for a writ of habeas corpus

(i) that the request for his surrender (though purporting to be made on
account of such an ofrence as is mentioned in paragraph 1 above) is in
fact made for the purpose of prosecuting or punishing him on account of
his race. religion, nationality or political opinions, or

(ii) that he might, if surrendered, be prejudiced at his trial or punished.
detained or restricted in his personal liberty by reason his race. religion,
nationality or political opinions. or

(iii) that if charged in England or Wales with with the ofrence of which
he is accused he would be entitled to be discharged under any rule of law
relating to previous acquittal or conviction; or

(b)it appears to the Secretary of State or to the High Court on an
application for a writ of habeas corpus that

(i) by reason of the passage of time since the fugitive criminal is
alleged to have committed the ofrence of which he is accused or to have
become unlawfully at large. or

(ii) because the accusation against him is not made in good faith in the
interests of justice. it would, having regard to all the circumstances. be
unjust or oppressive to surrender him.

5. (1) Without prejudice to his so deciding on other grounds. the Secretary of
State may, in the circumstances mentioned in the following subparagraph. decide
not to make an order or issue a warrant

(a)for the purposes of paragraph 3 above signifying his consent to an
application for a provisional warrant of arrest, or

(b)under section 7 of the Act of 1870 requiring the issue of a warrant of
arrest. or

(c)under section 11 of the Act of 1870 ordering the fugitive criminal to be
surrendered.

(2) The circumstances referred to in the preceding sub-paragraph are-

(a)that the Secretary of State is not satisfied that provision is made by the
law of the State requesting surrender under which a person accused or
convicted in the United Kingdom of the like offence as that with which
the fugitive criminal is accused or convicted might be surrendered to the
United Kingdom if found in that State, or

(b)that under the law of the State requesting surrender the fugitive criminal
is liable to the death penalty for the offence of which he is accused. or

(c) that the fugitive criminal is a citizen of the United Kingdom and
Colonies.





PART III

FORM OF CONSENT OF SECRETARY OF STATE To
APPLICATION FOR A
PROVISIONAL WARRANT OF ARREST

Whereas AB, a person. recognized by the Secretary of State as a diplomatic

representative of ....................has requested consent to application

being made for the issue of a provisional warrant for the arrest of CD, late of

..who is [accused] [convicted] of the commission

of an offence, or attempt to commit an offence, within the jurisdiction of the said
State, being an offence which, if committed in England, would be an offence under
Part I of the Protection of Aircraft Act 1973.

Now I hereby, by this my Order under my hand and seal, signify to you my
consent to the said application being made.

Given under the hand and seal of the undersigned. one of Her Majesty's

Principal Secretaries of State this day of
19

SCHEDULE 4(a)

TERRITORIES TO WHICH THIS ORDER
EXTENDS

Bermuda
British Antarctic Territory
British Indian Ocean Territory
British Virgin Islands
Cayman Islands
Falkland Islands and Dependencies
Gibraltar
Hong Kong
Montserrat
Pitcairn, Henderson, Ducie and Oeno Islands
St. Helena and Dependencies
Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia
Turks and Caicos Islands



(a) Amended by S.I. 19821148 (L.N.
113182).





1973 No. 1757

CIVIL AVIATION

FUGITIVE CRIMINAL

THE PROTECTION OF AIRCRAFT ACT 1973 (OVERSEAS

TERRITORIES) ORDER 1973

Made 24th October 1973

Laid before Parliament 30th October 1973

Coming into Operation 24th November 1973

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 24th day of October 1973

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred on Her by
subsection (2) of section 27 of the Protection of Aircraft Act 1973(a), by
section 17 of the Fugitive Offenders Act 1967(b) as extended by
subsection (1) of the said section 27, by the Foreign Jurisdiction Act
1890(c) and of all other powers enabling Her in that behalf, is pleased,
by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby
ordered, as follows

1. This Order may be cited as the Protection of Aircraft Act 1973
(Overseas Territories) Order 1973 and shall come into operation on 24th
November 1973.

2. The Interpretation Act 1889(d) shall apply, with the necessary
adaptations, for the purpose of interpreting this Order, and otherwise in
relation thereto, as it applies for the purpose of interpreting, and in
relation to, Acts of Parliament.

3. (1) Part I and sections 19 and 26 of the Protection of Aircraft Act
1973, modified and adapted as in Schedule 1 hereto, shall extend to the
Territories specified in Schedule 2 hereto.

(2) For the purpose of construing the said Part I and sections 19
and 26 as so extended as part of the law of any Territory to which it
extends 'the Territory' means that Territory, including its territorial
waters.

4. The amendments specified in Schedule 3 hereto shall be made to
the Pacific (Fugitive Criminals Surrender) Order in Council 1914(e).

W. G. AGNEW.

(a) 1973 c. 47.
(b) 1967 c. 68.
(c) 1890 c. 37.
(d) 1889 e. 63.
(e) S.R. & O. 1914/152 (Rev. VIII p. 699: 1914 1. p. 640).





SCHEDULE1 Article 3

PART 1 AND SECTIONS 19 AND 26 OF THE PROTECTION OF AIRCRAFT ACT 1973 AS
EXTENDED TO THE TERRITORIES SPECIFIED IN SCHEDULE 2

1. (1) It shaIl subject to subsection (4) of this section, be an ofrence for any
person unlawfully and intentionally

(a)to destroy an aircraft in service or so to damage such an aircraft as to
render it incapable of flight or as to be likely to endanger its safety in
flight, or

(b)to commit on board an aircraft in flight any act of violence which is likely
to endanger the safety of the aircraft.

(2) It shall also, subject to subsection (4) of this section, be an offence for any
person unlawfully and intentionally to place, or cause to be placed, on an aircraft in
service any device or substance which is likely to destroy the aircraft, or is likely so
to damage it as to render it incapable of flight or as to be likely to endanger its
safety in flight; but nothing in this subsection shall be construed as limiting the
circumstances in which the commission of any act

(a) may constitute an offence under the preceding subsection, or

(b)may constitute attempting or conspiring to commit, or aiding, abetting,
counselling or procuring the commission of such an offence.

(3) Except as provided by the next following subsection, subsections (1) and
(2) of this section apply whether any such act as is therein mentioned is committed
in the Territory or elsewhere, whatever the nationality of the person committing
the act the whatever the State in which the aircraft is registered.

(4) Subsections (1) and (2) of this section do not apply to any act committed
in relation to an aircraft, used in military, customs or police service unless

(a) the act, is committed in the Territory, or

(b)where the act is committed outside the Territory, the person committing it
is a person to whom the next following subsection applies.

(5) This subsection applies to any person who is-

(a) a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies;

(b)a British subject by virtue of section 2 of the British Nationality Act
1948(a);

(c)a British subject without citizenship by virtue of section 13 or section 1 6
of that Act;

(d) a British subject by virtue of the British Nationality Act 1965(b); or

(e)a British protected person within the meaning of the British Nationality
Act 1948.

(6) In this Part of this Act 'unlawfully'-

(a)in relation to the commission of an act in the Territory, means so as
(apart from this Act) to constitute an ofrence under the law of the
Territory, and

(b)in relation to the commission of an act outside the Territory, means so
that the commission of the act would (apart from this Act) have been an
ofrence under the law of the Territory.







(7) In this section 'act of violence' means-

(a)any act done in the Territory which constitutes the offence of murder,
attempted murder, manslaughter, culpable homicide or assault or an offence
under section 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 28 or 29 of the Offences against the
Person Act 1861(c) or under section 2 of the Explosive Substances Act
1883(d), and

(a) 1948 c. 56. (b)
1965 c. 34. (c) 1861
c. 100. (d) 1883 c.3.





(b)any act done outside the Territory which, if done in the Territory, would
constitute such an ofrence as is mentioned in the preceding paragraph.
(8) For the purposes only of this section the said sections of the Offences
against the Person Act 1861 and of the Explosive Substances Act 1883, if not
already in force in the Territory, shall be deemed to be in force in the Territory
as they are in force in England.

2. (1) It shall, subject to subsections (4) and (5) of this section, be an
offence for any person unlawfully and intentionally to destroy or damage any
property to which this subsection applies, or to interfere with the operation of
any such property, where the destruction, damage or interference is likely to
endanger the safety of aircraft in flight.
(2) The preceding subsection applies to any property used for the provision
of air navigation facilities, including any land, building or ship so used, and
including any apparatus or equipment so used, whether it is on board an aircraft
or elsewhere.

(3) It shall also, subject to subsections (4) and (5) of this section, be an
offence for any person intentionally to communicate any information which is
false, misleading or deceptive in a material particular, where the communication
of the information endangers the safety of an aircraft in flight or is likely to
endanger the safety of aircraft in flight.

(4) It shall be a defence for a person charged with an offence under sub-
section (3) of this section to prove-
(a)that he believed, and had reasonable grounds for believing, that the
information was true, or
(b)that, when he communicated the information, he was lawfully employed
to perform duties which consisted of or included the communication
of information and that he communicated the information in good faith
in the performance of those duties.

(5) Subsections (1) and (3) of this section do not apply to the commission
of any act unless either the act is committed in the Territory, or, where it is
committed outside the Territory-
(a)the person committing it is a person to whom section 1(5) of this Act
applies, or
(b)the commission of the act endangers or is likely to endanger the safety
in flight of a civil aircraft registered in the Territory or chartered by
demise to a lessee whose principal place of business, or (if he has no
place of business) whose permanent residence, is in the Territory, or
(C)the act is committed on board a civil aircraft which is so registered or
so chartered, or
(d)the act is committed on board a civil aircraft which lands in the Territory
with the person who committed the act still on board.

(6) Subsection (1) of this section also does not apply to any act committed
outside the Territory and so committed in relation to property which is situated
outside the Territory and is not used for the provision of air navigation facilities
in connection with international air navigation, unless the person committing
the act is a person to whom section 1(5) of this Act applies.

(7) In this section 'civil aircraft- means any aircraft other than an aircraft
used in military, customs or police service.

3. (1) It shall be an offence for any person in the Territory to induce or
assist the commission outside the Territory of any act which-
(a)would, but for subsection (4) of section 1 of this Act, be an ofrence
under that section, or
(b)would, but for subsection (5) or subsection (6) of section 2 of this Act,
be an offence under that section.

(2) The preceding subsection shall have effect without prejudice to the
operation, in relation to any offence under section 1 or section 2 of this Act of
any enactment or rule of law relating to accessories or abettors.











4. (1) Any person who commits an ofrence under this Part of this Act shall be
liable, on conviction on indictment, to imprisonment for life.

(2) Proceedings for an offence under this Part of this Act shall not be
instituted in the Territory except by, or with the consent of the Attorney General
of the Territory, but the preceding provisions of this subsection shall not prevent
the arrest, or the issue of a warrant for the arrest, of any person in respect of any
offence, or the remanding in custody or on bail of any person charged with any
offence.

(3) In this section the expression 'Attorney-General' includes the
SolicitorGeneral, and if. neither of such offices exists, the expression means that
officer whose functions include the general control of public prosecutions.

5. (1) There shall be deemed to be included among the descriptions of offences
set out in Schedule 1 to the Fugitive Offenders Act 1967(a), as extended to the
Territory, any offence under this Part of this Act and (so far as not so included by
virtue of the foregoing) any attempt to commit such an offence.

6. (1) In section 3 of the Visiting Forces Act 1952(b) (restriction, as respects
certain offences, of trial by United Kingdom courts of offenders connected with
visiting force) as extended to the Territory, the following amendments shall be
made in substitution for those made by section 5(2) in Schedule 1 of the Hijacking
Act 1971 (Overseas Territories) Order 1971(c), that is to say, in subsection (1) of
that section, at the end of paragraph (c) there shall be inserted the words---or

(d)the alleged offence is the ofrence of hijacking on board a military aircraft
in the service of that force or consists of inducing or assisting, in relation
to such an aircraft, the commission of any such act, as is mentioned in
section 1(4)(b) in Schedule 1 of the Hijacking Act 1971 (Overseas
Territories) Order 1971; or

(e)the alleged offence is an offence under section 1 or section 2 in Schedule 1
of the Protection of Aircraft Act 1973 (Overseas Territories) Order
1973, or consists of inducing or assisting the commission of any such act
as is mentioned in section 3(1) in Schedule 1 of that Order, where (in
either case) one or more such aircraft was or were the only aircraft alleged
to have been, or to have been likely to be, thereby destroyed or damaged
or whose safety is alleged to have been, or to have been likely to be,
thereby endangered.',

and in subsection (4) of that section, after the words 'paragraphs (b) and (c) of
subsection (1) of this section' there shall be inserted the words 'and (except in so
far as they relate to inducing or assisting the commission of any act) paragraphs (d)
and (e) of that subsection' and for the words 'those paragraphs', in the second
place where they occur, there shall be substituted the words 'paragraphs (b) and (c)
of that subsection'.

(2) Section 5 in Schedule 1 of the Hijacking Act 1971 (Overseas Territories)
Order 1971 (which restricts proceedings for offences under that Order) shall have
effect with the insertion of the following subsection after subsection (I):

'(IA), Nothing in subsection (1) of this section shall prevent the arrest,
or the issue of a warrant for the arrest, of any person in respect of any
offence under this Act, or the remanding in custody or on bail of any person
charged with any such offence.',

and shall be deemed to have had effect with the insertion of that subsection as
from the coming into operation of that Order.

(3) In accordance with subsection (1) of this section, section 5(2) in Schedule
1 of the Hijacking Act 1971 (Overseas Territories) Order 1971 is hereby revoked.

19. (1) Where a constable has reasonable cause to suspect that a person about
to embark on an aircraft in the Territory, or a person on board such an aircraft,






intends to commit, in relation to the aircraft, an offence under Part 1 of this Act
or under the Hijacking Act 1971 (Overseas Territories) Order 1971, the constable
may prohibit him from travelling on board the aircraft; and for the purpose of
enforcing that prohibition the constable

(a) 1967 e. 68. (b) 1952 c. 67. (c) S.I.
1971/1739 (1971 111, p. 4737).





(a)may prevent him from embarking on the aircraft or, as the case may
be, may remove him from the aircraft, and

(b)may arrest him without warrant and detain him for so long as may be
necessary for that purpose.

26.. (1) In this Act, except in so far as the context otherwise requires, the
following expressions have the meanings hereby assigned to them, that is to say

'article' includes any substance, whether in solid or liquid form or in the form of a
gas or vapour;

'constable' includes any member of the police force of the Territory and any
other person having the powers and privileges of a constable;

.,military service' includes naval and air force service.

(3) For the purposes of this Act-

(a)the period during which an aircraft is in flight shall be deemed to include
any period from the moment when all its external doors are closed
following embarkation until the moment when any such door is opened
for disembarkation, and, in the case of a forced landing, any period until
the competent authorities take over responsibility for the aircraft and for
persons and property on board; and

(b)an aircraft shall be taken to be in service during the whole of the period
which begins with the pre-flight preparation of the aircraft for a flight
and ends twenty-four hours after the aircraft lands having completed that
flight, and also at any time (not falling within that period) while, in
accordance with the preceding paragraph, the aircraft is in flight.

(7) Subject to section 33 of the Interpretation Act 1889 (which relates to
offences under two or more laws), sections 1 to 3 of this Act shall not be construed
as

(a)conferring a right of action in any civil proceedings in respect of any
contravention of this Act, or

(b)derogating from any right of action or other remedy (whether civil or
criminal) in proceedings instituted otherwise than under this Act.

(8) Except in so far as the context otherwise requires, any reference in this
Act to an enactment or instrument shall be construed as a reference to that
enactment or instrument as replaced, amended or extended by or under any other
enactment or instrument, including this Act.

SCHEDULE 2

Belize.
Bermuda.
British Antarctic Territory.
British Indian Ocean Territory.
British Solomon Islands Protectorate.
British Virgin Islands.
Cayman Islands.
Falkland Islands (Colony and Dependencies).
Gibraltar.
Gilbert and Ellice Islands Colony.
Hong Kong.
Montserrat.
Pitcairn, Henderson, Ducie and Oeno Islands.
St. Helena (Colony and Dependencies).
Seychelles.
Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia.






Turks and Caicos Islands.





SCHEDULE 3 Article 4

AMENDMENTS TO THE PACIFIC (FUGITIVE CRIMINALS SURRENDER)
ORDER IN
COUNCIL 1914

1. There shall be deemed to be included in the list of offences in respect of
which surrender may be granted contained in the First Schedule to the Pacific
(Fugitive Criminals Surrender) Order in Council 1914 (hereinafter in this Schedule
referred to as 'the Order'?) any offence under the Protection of Aircraft Act 1973
(hereinafter in this Schedule referred to as---theAct') and (so far as not so included
by virtue of the foregoing) any attempt to commit such an ofrence.

2. The Order shall be applied as if an Order in Council made under section 2 of
the Extradition Act 1870(a) as extended by section 5(2) of the Act were such an
arrangement as is referred to in Article 3 of the Order, but where the Order is so
applied it shall have effect as if the only offences in respect of which surrender may
be granted within the meaning of the Order were offences under the Act and
attempts to commit such offences.

3. For the purposes of the Order any act, wherever committed, which-

(a)is an offence under the Act or an attempt to commit such an ofrence or
would be such an ofrence or attempt but for section 1(4) or section 2(5) or
(6) 'of the Act; and

(b)is an offence against the law of any State in the case of which the Order
has been directed to apply by notice under Article 3 thereof;

shall be deemed to be an ofrence committed within the jurisdiction of that State.

(a) 1870 c. 52.





1973 No. 1891

CIVIL AVIATION

THE CIVIL AVIATION ACT 1971 (OVERSEAS

TERRITORIES) ORDER 1973

Made - - - - 13th November 1973
Coming into Operation 10th December 1973

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 13th day of
November 1973

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Her Majesty, in exercise of the powers conferred on Her by section 66(1)
of the Civil Aviation Act 1971(a), is pleased, by and with the advice of Her
Privy Council, to order, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:

Citation, commencement and interpretation

1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Civil Aviation Act 1971 (Overseas
Territories) Order 1973 and shall come into operation on 10th December 1973.

(2) The Interpretation Act 1889(b) shall apply, with the necessary
adaptations, for the purpose of interpreting this Order, and otherwise in
relation thereto, as it applies for the purpose of interpreting, and in relation to,
Acts of Parliament.

Extension of s. 57(1) of Act of 1971

2. Section 57(1) of the Civil Aviation Act 1971, modified as in Schedule 1
hereto, shall extend to the territories specified in Schedule 2 hereto.

W. G. AGNEW.

SCHEDULE I Article 2.

SECTION 57(1) OF THE CIVIL AVIATION ACT 1971 AS EXTENDED
TO THE
TERRITORIES SPECIFIED IN SCHEDULE 2

57. (1) If the report last made in pursuance of section 39
of this Act includes a statement that in the opinion of the Board
either of the British Overseas Airways Corporation or the British

(a) 1971 c. 75. (b)1889 c. 63.





European Airways Corporation should be dissolved, the Secretary
of State may make an order-
(a)transferring to the Board all property, rights and liabilities
which immediately before the order comes into force are
property, rights and liabilities of that corporation; and...
(c)making such modifications of the provisions of any
enactment (including this Act and any enactment of the
legislature of any territory to which this section extends)
or any instrument made thereunder relating to either of
those corporations as he considers are appropriate in
consequence of the dissolution.

SCHEDULE 2
Belize
Bermuda
British Solomon Islands Protectorate
British Virgin Islands
Cayman Islands
Falkland Islands (Colony and Dependencies)
Gilbert and Ellice Islands Colony
Hong Kong
Montserrat
Seychelles
Turks and Caicos Islands





1973 No. 2175

CIVIL AVIATION

THE AIR CORPORATIONS (DISSOLUTION)
ORDER 1973

[This Order is printed as amended by the British Airways
Board Act 1977, c. 13, Schedule 2.]

Laid before Parliament in draft

Made - - - - 20th December 1973

Coming into Operation - 1st April 1974

Whereas the report last made in pursuance of section 39 of the
Civil Aviation Act 1971(a) (hereinafter referred to as 'the Act includes a
statement that in the. opinion of the British Airways Board the British
Overseas Airways Corporation and the British European Airways
Corporation (hereinafter referred to as 'the Corporations') should be
dissolved;

And whereas a draft of this Order has been laid before Parliament
and approved by resolution of each House of Parliament pursuant to
section 63(2) of the Act:

Now, therefore, the Secretary of State, in exercise of his powers
under section 57(1) of the Act and under that subsection as extended
and modified by the Civil Aviation Act 1971 (Overseas Territories)
Order 1973(b) and of all other powers enabling him in that behalf,
hereby makes the following Order:

Citation, operation, interpretation

1. (1) This Order may be cited as the Air Corporations (Dissolution)
Order 1973 and shall come into operation on 1st April 1974.

(2) The Interpretation Act 1889(c) applies for the purpose of the
interpretation of this Order as it applies for the purpose of the
interpretation of an Act of Parliament.

2. All property, rights and liabilities which immediately before this
Order comes into force are property, rights and liabilities of either of the
Corporations shall by virtue of this Order and without further assurance
be property, rights and liabilities of the British Airways Board.

3. The Corporations are hereby dissolved.

(a) 1971 c. 75.

(b) S.I. 1973/1891.

(c) 1889 c. 63.





4. The provisions of the enactments and instruments referred to in
Article 5(2) hereof and of the enactments specified in the Schedule
hereto shall have effect with the modifications therein specified, being
modifications which the Secretary of State considers appropriate in
consequence of the dissolution of the Corporations.

5. (1) This Article applies to the following territories to which
section 57(1) of the Act, as modified by the Civil Aviation Act 1971
(Overseas Territories) Order 1973, has been extended by that Order:

Belize

Bermuda

British Solomon Islands Protectorate

British Virgin Islands

Cayman Islands

Falkland Islands (Colony and Dependencies)

Gilbert and Ellice Islands Colony

Hong Kong

Montserrat

Seychelles

Turks and Caicos Islands.

(2) In any enactment including an enactment of the legislature of
any territory to which this article applies, or in any instrument made
thereunder, in force_ in any such- territory immediately before 1st April
1974, and relating to either of the Corporations, any reference to either of
the Corporations shall be construed on and after. that day as a reference
to the British Airways Board.

MICHAEL HESELTINE,

Minister for Aerospace and-Shipping,
Department of Trade and Industry.

20th December 1973.

SCHEDULE(a)

Minor and consequential amendments of enactments

Civil Aviation Act 1949(b)

1. In section 15(1) and (4) for 'Airways Corporations' there shall be
substituted 'British Airways Board' and in subsection (1) of that section the
words from ---or,where' to the end of the subsection shall be omitted.

(a) As amended by 1977 c. 13. Sch. 2.

(b)1949 c. 67.





2. In section 16(3) the words 'any of ' shall be omitted, and for 'Airways
Corporations there shall be substituted 'British Airways Board' and for
'Corporation concerned there shall be substituted 'British Airways Board'.

3. In section 56 for 'any of the Airways Corporations' there shall be
substituted 'the British Airways Board'.

4. In section 63(1) the definition of 'Airways Corporations' shall be omitted.

Air Corporations Act 1967(a)

6.Sections 1, 2(1) and (2), 3, 6 and 7 shall be omitted.

Air Corporations Act 1969(b)

13. Section 4 and Schedule 2 shall be omitted.

Civil Aviation Act 1971

25. Paragraphs 17 to 19, 21(1) and (2) and 24 of Schedule 10 shall be
omitted.

(a) 1967 c. 33.

(b)1969 c. 43.





1977 No. 1876

MERCHANT SHIPPING

THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY CONVENTION)
(VARIOUS COUNTRIES) ORDER 1977

Made - - - 15th November 1977
Laid before
Parliament - - 23rd November 1977
Coming into
Operation - - 14th December 1977

At the Court at Buckingham Palace, the 15th day of
November 1977

Present,

The Queen's Most Excellent Majesty in Council

Whereas by section 31 of the Merchant Shipping (Safety
Convention) Act 1949(a), as amended by section 1 of the Merchant
Shipping Act 1964(b), it is enacted that Her Majesty, if satisfied that the
Government of any country has accepted the International Convention
for the Safety of Life At Sea 1960 (hereinafter referred to as 'the 1960
Convention') or that the 1960 Convention extends to any territory, may.
by Order in Council make a declaration to that effect:

And whereas Her Majesty is satisfied that the Governments of the
countries specified in Part I of Schedule 1 hereto have accepted the
1960 Convention and that the Convention extends to the territories
specified in Part II of Schedule 1 hereto:

Now, therefore, Her Majesty, in pursuance of the powers conferred
upon Her by the aforesaid sections and of all other powers enabling Her
in that behalf is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council. to
order, and it is hereby ordered as follows:

1. This Order may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Safety
Convention) (Various Countries) Order 1977 and shall come into
operation on on 14th December 1977.

MERCHANT

2. (1) The Interpretation Act 1889(c) shall apply for the
interpretation of this Order as it applies for the interpretation of an Act
of Parliament and as if this Order and the Orders hereby revoked were
Acts of Parliament.

(a) 1949 c. 43.
(b) 1964 c. 47.
(c) 1889 c. 63.





(2) 'ne Orders set out in Schedule 2 hereto are hereby revoked.

3. It is hereby declared that the Governments of the countries
specified in Part I of Schedule 1 hereto have accepted the 1960
Convention.

4. It is hereby declared that the 1960 Convention extends to the
territories specified in Part II of Schedule 1 hereto.

1 N. E. LEIGH,
Clerk of the Privy Council.

SCHEDULE1

PART I

Arab Republic of Egypt
Argentine Republic
Canada
Commonwealth of Australia
Commonwealth of the Bahamas.
Czechoslovak Socialist Republic
Democratic and Popular Republic of Algeria
Democratic Kampuchea
Democratic Republic of Madagascar
Empire of Iran
Federal Republic of Germany (including West Berlin)
Federal Republic of Nigeria
Federative Republic of Brazil
Fiji
French Republic
Gabonese Republic
German Democratic Republic
Hellenic Republic
Hungarian People's Republic
Independent State of Papua New Guinea
Islamic Republic of Mauritania
Islamic Republic of Pakistan
Italian Republic
Jamaica
Japan
Kingdom of Belgium
Kingdom of Denmark
Kingdom of Morocco
Kingdom of the Netherlands and Netherlands Antilles
Kingdom of Norway
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Kingdom of Sweden
Kingdom of Tonga





Lebanese Republic
Malaysia
New Zealand
Oriental Republic of Uruguay
People's Democratic Republic of Yemen
Peoples Republic of Bulgaria
Peoples Republic of China
Polish People's Republic
Portuguese Republic
Principality of Monaco
Republic of Austria
Republic of Chile
Republic of Cuba
Republic of Cyprus
Republic of Ecuador
Republic of Equatorial Guinea
Republic of Finland
Republic of the Gambia
Republic of Ghana
Republic of Guinea
Republic of Haiti
Republic of Honduras
Republic of Iceland
Republic of India
Republic of Indonesia
Republic of Ireland
Republic of the Ivory Coast
Republic of Kenya
Republic of Korea
Republic of Liberia
Republic of Maldives.
Republic of Naura
Republic of Nicaragua
Republic of Panama
Republic of Paraguay
Republic of Peru
Republic of the Philippines
Republic of Senegal
Republic of Seychelles
Republic of Singapore
Republic of South Africa
Republic of Sri Lanka
Republic of Trinidad and Tobago
Republic of Turkey
Republic of Venezuela
Republic of Zaire
Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia
Socialist People's Libyan Arab Jamahiriya
Socialist Republic of Romania
Socialist Republic of the Union of Burma
Socialist Republic of Vietnam





Somali Democratic Republic
State of Israel
State of Kuwait
Sultanate of Oman
Swiss Confederation
Syrian Arab Republic
The Spanish State
The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland
Tunisian Republic
United Mexican States
United States of America
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
Zambia

PART

American Samoa
Bermuda
Canal Zone
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico
Guam
Hong Kong
Johnston Island
Midway Islands
Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands
Virgin Islands of the United States
Wake Island

SCHEDULE 2

Orders revoked

196511121 1965 11, P. 3181The Merchant Shipping(Safety

Convention Countries) (Various)
Order 1965

196511526 1965 11, P. 4431The Merchant Shipping (Safety
Convention Countries) (Various)
-(No. 2) Order 1965 . .
196512012 1965 Ill, P. 5939The Merchant Shipping. (Safety
Convention Countries) (Various)
(No. 3) Order 1965
19661391 1966 1, P. 880 The Merchant Shipping (Safety
Convention Countries) (Various)
Order 1966
19661946 1966 11, p. 2288The Merchant Shipping (Safety
Convention Countries) (Various)
(No. 2) Order 1966
196611412 1966 111, p. 3778The Merchant Shipping (Safety
Convention Countries) (Various)
(No. 3) Order 1966





19671476 1967 1, p. 1448 The Merchant Shipping (Safety
Convention Countries) (Various)
Order 1967
196711152 1967 11, p. 3389 The Merchant Shipping (Safety
Convention Countries) (Various)
(No. 2) Order 1967
19681467 1968 1, p. 1183 The Merchant Shipping (Safety
Convention Countries) (Various)
Order 1968
19691152 1969 1, p. 406 The Merchant Shipping (Safety
Convention) (Various Countries)
Order 1969
19701159 1970 1, p. 715 The Merchant Shipping (Safety
Convention) (Various Countries)
Order 1970
19711217 1971 1, p. 628 The Merchant Shipping (Safety
Convention) (Various Countries)
Order 1971
33 & 34 Vict. C. 52. 33 & 34 Vict. C. 52. 36 & 37 Vict. C. 60. 39 & 40 Vict. c. 80. 32 & 33 Vict. No. 5. 17 & 18 Vict. c. 104. 25 & 26 Vict. c. 63. 17 & 18 Vict. c. 104. 57 & 58 Vict. c. 60. Issue of Warrant for Transfer. Transfer out of the Territory. Transfer into the Territory. Temporary return. Operation of warrant and retaking prisoners. Revocation of warrants. Expenses. Interpretation and Certificates. Commencement and Extent. 47 & 48 Vict. c. 31. 32 & 33 Vict. c. 10. 47 & 48 Vict. c. 31. 2 & 3 Geo. 5, c. 10. 58 & 59 Vict. c. 21. 53 & 54 Vict. c. 37. 39 & 40 Vict. c. 36. 5 & 6 Geo. 5. c. 40. 57 & 58 Vict. c. 60. 57 & 58 Vict. c. 60. 23 & 24 Geo. 5. c. 13. 10 & 11 Geo. 5. c. 81. 16 & 17 Geo. 5. c. 40. Citation and commencement. Additional powers of the legislature of Hong Kong. 15 & 16 Geo. 5. c. 42. 24 & 25 Geo. 5. c. 49. 53 & 54 Vict. c. 37. L.N. 26/79. L.N. 65/75. L.N. 65/75. L.N. 65/75. 21 & 22 Geo. 5. c. 9. 57 & 58 Vict. c. 39. 53 & 54 Vict. c. 27. 23 Geo. 5. c. 6. Short title. Interpretation, etc. 52 & 53 Vict. c. 63. Application of Section 1 to 3 of the Act. Application of Section 4 of the Act. 24 & 25 Geo. c. 49. 1 & 2 Geo. 6. c. 30. Regulation 1. Delete these italicized words if the declarant was born in Burma or anywhere in His Majesty's dominions. Delete these italicized words if it is desired that all children should remain British subjects. Regulation 2. Delete these italicized words if the declarant was born in Burma or anywhere in His Majesty's dominions. Delete these italicized words if it is desired that all children should remain British subjects. Scheduled convention to have force of law. Limitation of liability. Exclusion of liability. Provisions supplementary to ss. 17 and 18. Interpretation and repeals. Fees. Citation and commencement. Sections 14. 51(2). Sections 17, 18, 19(1). Sections 19(1). Section 50(4). L.N. 225/84. Dues for space occupied by deck cargo. L.N. 210/84. (App. III, pp. BC, 1974 Ed.) Interpretation. Leave to appeal generally. Form of petition for special leave to appeal. Six copies of petition to be lodged together with affidavits in support. Time for lodging petition. Security for costs and transmission of Record. General provisions. Petition for special leave to appeal as a poor person. Exemption of poor person appellant from lodging security and paying Office fees. Exemption of unsuccessful petitioner for leave to appeal as a poor person from payment of Office fees. Record to be transmitted without delay. Reproduction of Record. Number of copies to be transmitted where Record reproduced abroad. One certified copy to be transmitted where Record to be reproduced in England. Record to include order granting leave. Reasons for judgments to be included. Exclusion of unnecessary documents from Record. Documents objected to be indicated. Registration and numbering of Records. Inspection of Record by parties. Appearance by appellant. Time within which appellant shall enter an appearance. Preparation of copy of Record for reproduction. Lodging copy of Record for reproduction. Special case. Examination of proof of Record and striking off copies. Number of copies of Record for parties. How costs of reproduction of Record are to be borne. Time within which petition shall be lodged. Form of petition of appeal. Service of petition. Withdrawal of appeal before petition of appeal has been lodged. Withdrawal of appeal after petition of appeal has been lodged. Dismissal of appeal where appellant takes no step in prosecution thereof. Dismissal of appeal for non-prosecution after appellant's appearance and before lodgment of petition of appeal. Dismissal of appeal for non-prosecution after lodgment of petition of appeal. Restoring an appeal dismissed for non-prosecution: Costs. Time within which respondent may appear. Notice of appearance by respondent. Form of appearance where all the respondents do not appear. Separate appearances. Non-appearing respondent not entitled to receive notices or lodge cases. Procedure on non-appearance of respondent. Respondent defending appeal as a poor person. Mode of addressing petitions. Orders on petitions which need not be drawn up. Form of petition and number of copies to be lodged. Caveat. Service of petition. Verifying petition by affidavit. Petition for order of revivor or substitution. Petition disclosing no reasonable cause of appeal or containing scandalous matter to be refused. Setting down petition. Time within which set down petitions shall be heard. Notice to parties of day fixed for hearing petition. Procedure where petition is consented to or is formal. Withdrawal of petition. Procedure where hearing of petition unduly delayed. Only one Counsel heard on a side in petitions. Lodging of case. Reproduction. Number of copies to be lodged. Form of case. Separate cases by two or more respondents. Notice of lodgment of case. Case notice. Setting down appeal and exchanging cases. Mode of binding Record. &c. , for use of Judicial Committee. List of authorities to be lodged. Notice of day on or before which appeals must be set down for ensuing sittings. Notice of parties of day fixed for hearing appeal. Only two counsel heard on a side in appeals. Nautical assessors. Notice to parties of day fixed for delivery of judgment. Taxation of costs. What costs taxed in England. Order to tax. Power to taxing officer where taxation delayed through the fault of the partly whose costs are to be taxed. Appeal from decision of taxing officer. Amount of taxed costs to be inserted in Her Majesty's Order in Council. Taxation on the poor person scale. Security to be dealt with as Her Majesty's Order in Council determining appeal directs. Power to excuse from compliance with Rules. Amendment of documents. Affidavits may be sworn before the Registrar. Change of agent. Citation, commencement, construction and revocation. Replacement of s. 2 of Order of 1939. Replacement of First Schedule to Order of 1939. Provisions relating to Aden. Application to Malta. S. 1 (5). L.N. 329/84. (App. III. p. BN.) (App. III. p. BO.) Citation and interpretation. Approval of the Hong Kong Royal Naval Reserve (General Service) (Amendment) Ordinance 1962. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Form of application for registry. Procedure by Registrar. Transfer of registered ships. Certificate of Sale. Registration of ship's manager. Application of Merchant Shipping Acts. Revocations. Citation commencement. Provisions of 1958 Act extended to certain territories. Provisions of limitation enactments extended to certain territories. Application of Hague Rules as amended. Contracting States, etc. Absolute warranty of seaworthiness not to be implied in contracts to which Rules apply. Supplemental. Citation, construction and commencement. Amendment of section 4 of first Order of 1963. Citation, commencement and interpretation. 1964 Act extended to Hong Kong. Citation and commencement. Application and interpretation. Restriction of trial of service offenders by courts of Territory. Courts of Territory not to try offences tried by service courts. Saving of powers of arrest, etc. Coroner's inquests. Evidence. Revocation. Section 2. Citation, commencement and interpretation. Application of Act. Revocation. (App. III. p. DC 1.) Disabled birth due to radiation. Citation and commencement. Application of Act to certain territories. Interpretation. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Revocation. Extension of certain provisions of Act of 1961 to Overseas Territories. Extension of certain provisions of Act of 1962 to Overseas Territories. Amended convention to have force of law. Designation of High Contracting Parties. Fatal accidents. Limitation of liability. Time for bringing proceedings. Power to exclude aircraft in use for military purposes. Actions against High Contracting Parties. Application to Crown. Interpretation. Convention to have force of law. Interpretation of Guadalajara Convention. Application of provisions of Act of 1961. Application to Crown. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Application of Order to certain carriage by air. Non-international carriage, and carriage of mail and postal packages. International carriage under the Warsaw Convention. Power to restrict application of Order. Application of certain provisions of the Acts of 1961 and 1962. Gratuitous carriage by the Crown. Application of Order to Overseas Territories. Revocation. Fatal accidents. Limitation of liability. Time for bringing proceedings. Application of provisions of Acts of 1961. Designation of High Contracting Parties. Actions against High Contracting Parties. L.N. 179/84. Tonnage regulations. Load lines indicating greater than minimum freeboard. Amendments and repeals. Interpretation of construction. Section 7(1). Section 7(2). Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Extension of Fugitive Offenders Act 1967 to Hong Kong. Revocation. Article 3. Persons liable to be returned. Designated Commonwealth countries and United Kingdom dependencies. Relevant offences. General restriction on return. Authority to proceed. Arrest for purposes of committal. Proceedings for committal. Application for habeas corpus, etc. Order for return to requesting country. Discharge in case of delay in returning. Evidence. Custody. Form of warrants and orders. Restriction upon proceedings for other offences. Restoration of persons not tried or acquitted. Interpretation. Power to revoke or vary orders. Repeals and transitional provisions. Commencement. Section 3. Section 21. L.N. 193/85. Introductory provisions: the Code and the Contracting Parties to it. Implementing Regulations: Application. Implementing Regulations: Implied Terms. Power to exclude or restrict operation of the Code for lack of reciprocity. Liability of members of conference to be in proportion to their responsibility. Proceedings by or against unincorporated conferences. Restrictions on legal proceedings. Time for bringing legal proceedings. Recognition and enforcement of recommendations, etc. of conciliators. Governor to be appropriate authority in Hong Kong. Exclusion of restrictive practices law. Interpretation. Short title and commencement. [*Into force on 28.12.85 - see L.N. 367/85.] L.N. 187/85. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Extension of Act of 1967. Application of criminal law to aircraft. Powers of commander of aircraft. Piracy. Provisions as to evidence in connection with aircraft. Provisions as to documentary evidence. Interpretation, etc. Citation and operation. Interpretation. Revocations and transitional provisions. Application for registration under section 5A of the Act of 1948. Application for registration under section 6(1) of the Act of 1948 as modified by Schedule 1 to the Act of 1971. Application for registration under section 6 (2) of the Act of 1948. Application for registration under section 7(1) of the Act of 1948. Application for registration under section 12(6) of the Act of 1948. Application for registration under section 1 of the Act of 1964. Application for registration under section 1 of the No. 2 Act of 1964. Application for registration under section 1 of the Act of 1965. Authority to whom application is to be made. Oath of allegiance for purpose of registration. Place of registration. Application for naturalization. Certificate of naturalization. Oath of allegiance for purpose of naturalization. Declaration of intention to resume nationality made under section 16(2) of the Act of 1948. Declaration of intention to resume citizenship made under section 4(2) of the Cyprus Act 1960. Place of registration of declaration of intention to resume nationality or citizenship. Declaration of renunciation of citizenship. Notice of proposed deprivation of citizenship or nationality. Cancellation of registration of person deprived of citizenship or nationality. Cancellation and amendment of certificate of naturalization in case of deprivation of citizenship. Authorized forms. Certificate of citizenship in case of doubt. Evidence. Fees. Application in relation to associated states. Citation and commencement. Interpretation. Appointment of judges. Hearing of petitions. Appeals to two judges. Appeals to Privy Council. Form of petition. Limitation where proceedings pending in United Kingdom. Appointment of Proctor. Court not to order secured provision where parties domiciled in Scotland. Court not to modify, etc. orders in certain circumstances. Certificates to be signed by Registrar of court. Procedure generally. Revocation. Control of aviation in time of war or emergency. Investigation of accidents. Dangerous flying. Licensing of air transport and commercial flying. Information as to air transport undertakings and use of customs aerodromes. Indication of presence of obstructions near aerodromes. Trespassing on aerodromes. Liability of aircraft in respect of trespass, nuisance and surface damage. Nuisance caused by aircraft on aerodromes. Application of law of wreck and salvage to aircraft. Exemption of aircraft and parts thereof from seizure on patent claims. Orders in Council. Detention of aircraft. Extra-territorial effect. Offences. Savings. Jurisdiction. Interpretation. L.N. 8/74. L.N. 8/74. L.N. 8/74. Duty of certain foreign operators. Duty of other persons causing nuclear matter to be carried. Right to compensation by virtue of s. 10. Exclusion, extension or reduction of compensation in certain cases. Protection for ships and aircraft. Time for bringing claims under ss. 10 and 11. Satisfaction of claims by virtue of s. 10. Jurisdiction shared liability and foreign judgments. Supplementary provisions with respect to cover for compensation in respect of carriage. Interpretation. Short title and commencement. Destroying damaging or endangering safety of aircraft. Other acts endangering or likely to endanger safety of aircraft. Inducing or assisting commission of acts excepted from ss. 1 and 2. Penalties and proceedings. Extradition. Amendments and repeal. Powers exercisable on suspicion of intended offence.

Edition

1964

Volume

v29

Number of Pages

493
]]>
Wed, 24 Aug 2011 10:48:42 +0800
<![CDATA[APPENDIX I - LETTERS PATENT, ROYAL WARRANTS, REGULATIONS AND MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENTS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3869

Title

APPENDIX I - LETTERS PATENT, ROYAL WARRANTS, REGULATIONS AND MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENTS

Description






LAWS OF HONG KONG

LETTERS PATENT, ROYAL WARRANTS,
REGULATIONS AND MISCELLANEOUS
INSTRUMENTS

APPENDIX 1





APPENDIX 1

LETTERS PATENT, ROYAL WARRANTS, REGULATIONS AND
MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENTS

Date or Title or Subject-matter Enabling law Current Page
G.N. Number edition

10 March 1911 Decoration for Officers of the Executive Authority 1964 A 1
(G.N.A. 218 of 1952) Royal Naval Volunteer
Reserve Extended to the
Auxiliary Naval Forces of His
Majesty's Dominions beyond
the Seas
22 June 1962 Regulations recommended by Royal Warrant 1964
(G.N.A. 52 of 1962) the Governor and approved
by the Lords Commissioners
of the Admiralty
10 March 1911 Medals for Conspicuous Executive Authority 1964 B 1
(G.N.A. 219 of 1952) Gallantry and for Long Service
and Good Conduct
22 June 1962 Regulations recommended by Royal Warrant 1964
(G.N.A. 53 of 1962) the Governor and approved
by the Lords Commissioners
of the Admiralty
14 February 1917 Hong Kong Letters Patent 1917 Prerogative Powers 1988 C 1
(S.R. & O. 1971 to 1988
p. 1317)
(Proc. No. 3 of 1917)
14 February 1917 Hong Kong Royal Instructions Prerogative Powers 1988 D 1
(Proc. No. 3 of 1917) 1917 to 1988
23 September 1930 Efficiency Medal Executive Authority 1964 F 1
(G.N. 460 of 1931)
G.N.A. 83 of 1955 Regulations made by the Royal Warrant 1964
Governor with the approval
of Her Majesty the Queen
G.N.A. 29 of 1949 Proclamation No. 2 of 1949 Hong Kong (Coinage) 1971 AI 1
(Hong Kong Ten Cent and Order1936
Five Cent Pieces)
G.N.A. 238 of 1949 Air Transport (Licensing of Air Air Navigation Act 1985 G 1
Services) Regulations 1936 as applied by
Colonial Air
Navigation
(Application of
Acts) Orders 1937 to
1947 (Revoked by
S.I. 1952/868.
Notwithstanding
revocation,
Regulations are still
in force)





Date or Title or Subject-matter Enabling law Current Page
G.N. Number edition

1 February 1950 Cadet Forces Medal Executive Authority 1964 H 1
(G.N.A. 82 of 1950)
G.N.A. 82 of 1950 Regulations made by First Royal Warrant 1964
Lord of the Admiralty, the
Secretary of State for War
and the Secretary of State
for Air
G.N.A. 113 of 1950 Samaritan FundResolution of the 1989 BMI
Legislative Council
G.N.A. 138 of 1950 Deprivation of Citizenship Rules British Nationality Act 1964 11
1950 1968
12 April 1951 Air Efficiency Award Executive Authority 1964 J 1
(G.N.A. 5 of 1954)
G.N.A. 88 of 1957 Regulations made by the Royal Warrant 1964
Governor with the approval
of Her Majesty the Queen
17 November 1952 Efficiency Decoration Executive Authority 1964 M 1
(G.N.A. 117 of 1953)
G.N.A. 116 of 1953 Regulations made by the Royal Warrant 1964
Governor with the approval
of Her Majesty the Queen
28 October 1955 Colonial Prison Service Medal Executive Authority 1980 01
(G.N.A. 9 of 1957)
L.N. 245 of 1980 Regulations issued by the Royal Warrant 1980
Governor with the approval
of the Secretary of State for
the Colonies
21 March 1956 Colonial Police Long Service Executive Authority 1972 Q 1
(G.N.A. 96 of 1957) Medal
L.N. 137 of 1972 Regulations made by the Royal Warrant 1972
Governor with the approval
of the Secretary of State for
Foreign and Commonwealth
Affairs
21 March 1956 Colonial Fire Brigades Long Executive Authority 1972 P 1
(G.N.A. 98 of 1957) Service Medal
L.N. 101 of 1972 Regulations made by the Royal Warrant 1972
Governor with the approval
of the Secretary of State for
Foreign and Commonwealth
Affairs
1 April 1957 Colonial Special ConstabularyExecutive Authority 1964 R 1
(G.N.A. 18 of 1960) Medal
G.N.A. 19 of 1960 Regulations made by the Royal Warrant 1964
Governor with the approval
of the Secretary of State for
the Colonies
2 February 1963 Maintenance Orders Act 1923 of Maintenance Orders 1964 U 1
(L.N. 26 of 1964) the Republic of South Africa- Act 1923 of the
Extension to Hong Kong Republic of South
Africa





Date or Title or Subject-matter Enabling law Current Page
G.N. Number edition

8 July 1963 Civil Defence Long Service Executive Authority 1964 V 1
(L.N. 98 of 1963) Medal
L.N. 80 of 1965 United Kingdom Forces United Kingdom 1965 W 1
(Jurisdiction of Colonial Forces (Jurisdiction
Court) (Service Organizations) of Colonial Court)
Order 1965 Order 1965 (S.I.
1965/1203)
L.N. 5 of 1968 Fugitive Offenders Act 1967 Fugitive Offenders Act 1968 Y 1
(Commencement) Order 1967 as extended by
Fugitive Offenders
(Hong Kong) Order
1967
(S.I. 1967/1911)
L.N. 14 of 1968 Fugitive Offenders (Forms) Fugitive Offenders Act 1968 AA 1
Order 1967 as extended by
Fugitive Otrenders
(Hong Kong) Order
1967
(S.I. 1967/1911)
9 October 1968 Standing Orders of the Royal Instructions 1987 E 1
(G.N. 2049 of 1968) Legislative Council of Hong
(G.N. 2050 of 1968) Kong
L.N. 8 of 1969 Visiting Forces Act 1952 (Arrest Visiting Forces Act 1969 AE 1
of Members of United States 1952 as adapted and
Forces) Order modified by the
Visiting Forces Act
(Application to
Colonies) Order
1954
(S.I. 1954/636)
L.N. 14 of 1969 Fugitive Otrenders Act 1967 Fugitive Otrenders Act 1969 AF 1
(Commencement) Order 1969 1967 as extended by
the Fugitive
Otrenders (Hong
Kong) Order 1967
(S.I. 1967/1911)
L.N. 10 of 1973 Exemption from Certain Life Merchant Shipping 1973 AH 1
Saving Appliances (Safety Convention)
Requirements Act 1949
L.N. 103 of 1973 Copyright (Libraries) Copyright Act 1956 1973 AJ 1
Regulations
L.N. 104 of 1973 Copyright (Notice of Copyright Act 1956 1973 AK 1
Publication) Regulations
L.N. 105 of 1973 Copyright Royalty System Copyright Act 1956 1973 AIL 1
(Records) Regulations
L.N. 97 of 1975 Proclamation No. 2 of 1975 Hong Kong (Coinage) 1975 AS 1
(Hong Kong One Thousand Order 1936
Dollar Piece)





L.N. Number Title or Subject-matter Enabling law Current

edition Page

L.N. 191 of 1975 Proclamation No. 4 of 1975 Hong Kong (Coinage) 1975 AT 1
(Hong Kong Twenty Cent and Order 1936
Two Dollar Pieces)
L.N. 75 of 1976 Exemptions Merchant Shipping 1976 AU 1
(Safety Convention)
Act 1949
L.N. 139 of 1976 Oil Pollution (Compulsory Merchant Shipping 1977 AV 1
Insurance) Regulations (Oil Pollution) Act
1971
L.N. 176 of 1977 Proclamation No. 1 of 1977 Hong Kong (Coinage) 1977 AY 1
(Hong Kong Fifty Cent Order 1936
Piece---Nickel-Brass)
L.N. 168 of 1978 Proclamation No. 1 of 1978 Hong Kong (Coinage) 1978 BA 1
(Hong Kong One Dollar Piece) Order 1936
L.N. 247 of 1979 Exemption from Certain Life Merchant Shipping 1979 BD 1
Saving Appliances (Safety Convention)
Requirements Act 1949
L.N. 266 of 1979 Copyright (Performing Right Copyright Act 1956 1979 BF 1
Tribunal) Rules
L.N. 190 of 1980 Hong Kong Air Navigation Air Navigation 1987 N 1
(Fees) Regulations (Overseas
Territories) Order
1977, Article 91
(S.I. 1977/422)
L.N. 16 of 1981 Open General Licence Iran (Trading 1981 BC 1
Sanctions) Order
1980
L.N. 146 of 1981 Proclamation No. 1 of 1981 Hong Kong (Coinage) 1981 AW 1
(Hong Kong Five Dollar Order 1936 to 1978
Piece)
L.N. 140 of 1982 Proclamation No. 1 of 1982 Hong Kong (Coinage) 1982 AR 1
(Hong Kong Ten Cent Piece) Order 1936 to 1978
L.N. 152 of 1982 Hong Kong Letters Patent 1982 Prerogative Powers 1982 BE 1
L.N. 140 of 1983 Proclamation No. 1 of 1983 Hong Kong (Coinage) 1983 AX 1
(Hong Kong Ten Cent Piece) Orders 1936 to 1978
L.N~ 163 of 1983 Merchant Shipping Act 1981 Merchant Shipping 1983 AQ 1
(Commencement) Notice Act 1981 as
extended by the
Carriage of Goods
by Sea (Hong Kong)
Order 1982
L.N. 281 of 1983 Merchant Shipping (Tonnage) Merchant Shipping 1983 AB 1
Regulations Act 1965
L.N 333 of 1983 Hong Kong Civil Aviation Civil Aviation Act 1983 L 1
(Investigation of Accidents) 1949 as applied by
Regulations the Civil Aviation
Act 1949 (Overseas
Territories) Order

1969 ,





L.N. Number Title or Subject-matter Enabling law Current Page
edition

L.N. 66 of 1984 Carriage by Air (Overseas Carriage by Air Act 1984 AD 1
Territories) (Hong Kong 1961 as extended to
Dollar Equivalents) Order Hong Kong by the
Carriage by Air
(Overseas
Territories) Order
1967
L.N. 67 of 1984 Carriage by Air Acts Carriage by Air Acts 1984 AC 1
(Application of Provisions) 1961 as applied to
(Overseas Territories) (Hong Hong Kong by the
Kong Dollar Equivalents) Carriage by Air Acts
Order (Application of
Provisions)
(Overseas
Territories) Order
1967
L.N. 429 of 1984 Merchant Shipping (Prevention Merchant Shipping 1984 K 1
of Oil Pollution) Regulations (Prevention of Oil
Pollution) Order
1983 as modified
and extended to
Hong Kong by the
Merchant Shipping
(Prevention of Oil
Pollution) (Hong
Kong) Order 1984
L.N. 185 of 1986 Hong Kong Disciplined Services Executive Authority 1986 AO 1
Medal
L.N. 287 of 1986 Merchant Shipping Act 1979 Merchant Shipping 1986 AP 1
(Commencement) Order Act 1979 as
modified and
extended to Hong
Kong by the
Merchant Shipping
Act 1979 (Hong
Kong) Order 1980,
etc.
L.N. 12 of 1987 Merchant Shipping (Liability of Merchant Shipping 1987 BJ 1
Shipowners and Others) Act 1979 as
(Calculation of Tonnage) modified and
(Hong Kong) Order extended to Hong
Kong by the
Merchant Shipping
Act 1979 (Hong
Kong) Order 1980
L.N. 115 of 1987 Merchant Shipping (Carriers' Merchant Shipping 1987 BI 1
Liability under Athens Act 1979 as
Convention) (Hong Kong modified and
Dollar Equivalents) Order extended to Hong
Kong by the
Merchant Shipping
Act 1979 (Hong
Kong) Order 1980





L.N. Number Title or Subject-matter Enabling law Current Page
edition
L.N. 116 of 1987 Merchant Shipping Act 1979 Merchant Shipping 1987 AM 1

(Commencement) Order Act 1979 as
modified and
extended to Hong
Kong by the
Merchant Shipping
Act 1979 (Hong
Kong) Order 1980,
etc.

L.N. 118 of 1987 Merchant Shipping (Control of Merchant Shipping 1987 BG 1
Pollution by Noxious Liquid (Prevention and
Substances in Bulk) Control of
Regulations Pollution) Order
1987 as modified
and extended to
Hong Kong by the
Merchant Shipping
(Prevention and
Control of
Pollution) (Hong
Kong) Order 1987
L.N. 119 of 1987 Merchant Shipping (Reporting of Merchant Shipping 1987 BH 1
Pollution Incidents) (Prevention and
Regulations Control of
Pollution) Order
1987 as modified
and extended to
Hong Kong by the
Merchant Shipping
(Prevention and
Control of
Pollution) (Hong
Kong) Order 1987
L.N. 120 of 1987 Merchant Shipping (BCH Code) Merchant Shipping 1987 SI
Regulations (Prevention and
Control of
Pollution) Order
1987 as modified
and extended to
Hong Kong by the
Merchant Shipping
(Prevention and
Control of
Pollution) (Hong
Kong) Order 1987
L.N. 121 of 1987 Merchant Shipping (IBC Code) Merchant Shipping 1987 T 1
Regulations (Prevention and
Control of
Pollution) Order
1987 as modified
and extended to





L.N. Number Title or Subject-matter Enabling law Current Page
edition
Hong Kong by the
Merchant Shipping
(Prevention and
Control of
Pollution) (Hong
Kong) Order 1987

L.N. 173 of 1987 Authorization by the Governor Hong Kong Letters 1987 AN 1
Patent 1917 to 1986
L.N. 371 of 1987 Fugitive Offenders (Designated Fugitive Offenders Act 1987 Z 1
Commonwealth Countries) 1967 as modified
Order and adapted by the
Fugitive Offenders
(Hong Kong) Order
1967
L.N. 256 of 1988 Proclamation No. 1 of 1988 Hong Kong (Coinage) 1988 AG 1
(Hong Kong Five Cent Piece) Orders 1936 to 1978
L.N. 31 of 1989 Merchant Shipping (Prevention Merchant Shipping 1989 X 1
of Oil Pollution) Regulations (Prevention of Oil
(Exemption) Notice 1989 Pollution)
Regulations
L.N. 39 of 1989 Determination of Licence Fees Dumping at Sea Act 1989 AZ 1
1974 (Overseas
Territories) Order
1975
L.N. 79 of 1989 Merchant Shipping (Limitation Merchant Shipping 1989 BB 1
of Shipowners' Liability) (Liability of
(Hong Kong Dollars Shipowners and
Equivalents) Order 1989 Others) Act 1958 as
extended to Hong
Kong by the
Shipowners'
Liability (Colonial
Territories) Orders
1963 and 1977
L.N. 107 of 1989 Multilateral Investment Multilateral 1989 BL 1
Guarantee Agency (Designated Investment
Persons) Order 1989 Guarantee Agency
(Overseas
Territories) Order
1988
L.N. 289 of 1989 Merchant Shipping Act 1979 Merchant Shipping 1989 BN 1
(Commencement) Order 1989 Act 1979
L.N. 331 of 1989 Merchant Shipping (Liability of Merchant Shipping 1989 BK 1
Shipowners and Others) (Rate Act 1979 as
of Interest) (Hong Kong) modified and
Order 1989 extended to Hong
Kong by the
Merchant Shipping
Act 1979 (Hong
Kong) Order 1980






ROYAL WARRANT EXTENDING THE GRANT OF THE
DECORATION FOR OFFICERS OF THE ROYAL NAVAL
VOLUNTEER RESERVE TO THE AUXILIARY NAVAL

FORCES OF HIS MAJESTY'S DOMINIONS
BEYOND THE SEAS.

[Published in the Gazette as G.N.A. 218/52]

Stamp.

WHEREAS His late Majesty King Edward the Seventh was
graciously pleased to institute a Decoration designated 'The Volunteer
Officers Decoration' for the purpose of rewarding the long and
meritorious service of commissioned Officers of Our Royal Naval
Volunteer Reserve:

AND WHEREAS it is Our Desire in a similar manner to recognize
the long and meritorious service of commissioned officers in the
Auxiliary Naval Forces of Our Dominions beyond the Seas.

IT IS HEREBY ORDAINED that the above-mentioned Decoration
may be issued to the Auxiliary Naval Forces of Our Dominions beyond
the Seas under such Regulations as may from time to time be
recommended by the Governor-General of the Dominion of Canada, the
Governor-General of the Commonwealth of Australia
or the Governors-General or Governors of other parts of Our Dominions
and approved by the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty upon the
recommendation of Our Principal Secretary of State for the Colonies.

GIVEN at Our Court at Saint James. this tenth day of March. 1911.
in the First Year of Our Reign.

By His Majestys Command,

(Signed) L. HARCOURT.





REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE AWARD OF THE RESERVE
RESERVE DECORATION
TO OFFICERS OF THE HONG KONG ROYAL NAVAL
RESERVE AND HONG KONG WOMEN'S
NAVAL RESERVE.

[Published in the Gazette as G.N.A. 52/62.]

1. Officers must have fifteen years' qualifying service over the age
of eighteen which need not be continuous.

2. The following service counts as qualifying service-

(a)All officers' service in the Permanent R.N.R./R.N.V.R. or
(including time served as a Midshipman over the age of
eighteen), and all service as an officer in the R.M.F.V.R.. the
R.N.A.S.B.R.. the R.N.V.(W).R., the Territorial Army. the Royal
Auxiliary Air Force or R.A.F.V.R.. or in the W.R.N.V.R., the
W.R.N.R. and the H.K.W.N.V.R.1H.K.W.N.R. In the case of
officers of the Women's Reserves, only time served after 1st
November, 1958. can be counted towards qualifying service.
Service which has already been counted towards another long
service or efficiency decoration or medal may not be included.

(b) Mobilized service as a Temporary Officer.

(c)All officers' service, and half the time served as a rating or
other rank in the R.N. R.M. Army. R.A.F., W.R.N.S. or similar
oversea Commonwealth or Colonial Force on any engagement.
including Full Time National Service.

(d) Half the time served as a rating or other rank of the
Permanent R.N.V.R., the Permanent R.N.R., the
H.K.R.N.V., the H.K.R.N.R., the R.M.Y.V.R., the
.R.N.A.S.B.R., the R.N.V.(W).R., the Territorial Army,
the Royal Auxiliary Air Force or R.A.F.V.R.. the
W.R.N.V.R., the W.R.N.R., the H.K.W.N.V.R. and the
H.K.W.N.R. In the case of members of the Women's
Reserves, only time served after 1st November. 1958,
can be counted towards qualifying service.
Service
which has already been counted towards another long
service or efficiency decoration or medal may not be
included.

(e)All previous service qualifying for the Colonial Auxiliary
Forces Efficiency Decoration provided it has not already been
awarded.





3. Notwithstanding the above a minimum of seven years must have
been served in the R.N.R./R.N.V.R., H.K.R.N.R./ H.K.R.N.V.R.,
W.R.N.V.R.. W.R.N.R., H.K.W.N.V.R. 1 H.K.W.N.R., in any capacity
before being eligible for the award of the R.D. or V.R.D. respectively. In
any case of members of Women's Reserves, only time served after 1st
November, 1958, can be counted towards qualifying service.

4. Service in any of the above Forces which was solely for duty
with a Cadet Force will not be allowed to count towards these awards.

5. An officer who has previously been granted the R.N.R./ R.N.V.R.
L.S. and G.C. Medal may subsequently be awarded the R.D./V.R.D.
provided he completes both periods of qualifying service.

6. The letters 'R.D./V.R.D.' will be inserted in the Navy List
against the names of the officers to whom the Decoration is awarded.

7. Any officer on whom a decoration has been conferred may be
deprived of it, with His Excellency the Governor's approval, if convicted
of any act derogatory to his honour as an officer or a gentleman.

8. An officer will be eligible for the award of a Clasp to the
R.D.1V.R.D. after completing ten years' additional service on the Active
List. The rules governing the counting of service are the same as for the
award of the Decoration itself.

9. As a transitional measure all 'R.D.' or 'V.R.D.' qualifying
service will reckon for the award of either Decoration for seven and a
half years after introduction of the new style R.N.R. and, during this
period, awards will be inade as follows

(a)The R.D. to all officers except those mentioned in
subparagraph (b) below, provided that they have served at
least seven years in the R.N.R., or the R.N.R./R.N.V.R.
combined; or the W.R.N.V.R. and the W.R.N.R., (the latter
after 1st November, 1958).

(b)The V.R.D. to officers who have gained the greater part of
their qualifying service in the

At the end of this seven and a half years' period the R.D. will
wholly replace the V.R.D. so far as the H.K.R.N.R. and H.K.W.N.R.
officers are concemed-and the V.R.D. will no longer be issued to men or
women H.K.R.N. reservists.





10. Applications for the Decoration are to be made in writing by the
Commanding Officer of the H.K.R.N.R. to the Commodore-in-Charge,
Hong Kong, for the consideration of His Excellency the Governor of
Hong Kong, each case being supported by a statement of the
applicant's service on Form R.N.R. 11, and, when counting half time
served as a rating under paragraph 2(d) above, his Service Certificate.
The Decoration being granted as a reward for good conduct and long
service, Commanding Officers should in each case state in general terms
the reasons which, in their opinion, give the applicant a claim to receive
the Decoration.(a)





ROYAL WARRANT AUTHORIZING THE ISSUE OF MEDALS FOR
CONSPICUOUS GALLANTRY AND FOR LONG

SERVICE AND GOOD CONDUCT TO THE

PERMANENT AND AUXILIARY NAVAL OF I-US
MAJESTY'S DOMINIONS

BEYOND THE SEAS.

[Published in the Gazette as G.N.A. 219/52.]

Stamp.

WHEREAS it is our desire to grant Medals for conspicuous
gallantry and for long service and good conduct to members of the
permanent Naval Forces and of the Auxiliary Naval Forces of Our
Dominions beyond the Seas under Regulations similar, so far as
circumstances permit, to those existing for our Royal Navy and for the
Royal Naval Volunteer Reserve of Our Royal Navy, respectively.

IT IS HEREBY ORDAINED that such Medals may be issued to the
permanent and Auxiliary Naval Forces of Our Dominions beyond the
Seas under such Regulations as may from time to time be recommended
by the Governor-General of the Dominion of Canada, the Governor-
General of the Commonwealth of Australia or the Governors-General or
Governors of other parts of Our Dominions and approved by the Lords
Commissioners of the Admiralty upon the recommendation of Our
Principal Secretary of State for the Colonies.

GIVEN at Our Court at Saint James, this tenth day of March, 1911,
in the First Year of Our Reign.

By His Majesty's Command,

(Signed) L. HARCOURT.





REGULATIONS RESPECTING THE LONG SERVICE AND
GOOD
CONDUCT MEDAL FOR THE HONG KONG ROYAL NAVAL
RESERVE AND HONG KONG WOMEN'S NAVAL RESERVE.

[Published in the Gazette as G.N.A. 53/62.]

1. The Navy and Marine Reserves Long Service and Good Conduct
Medal will be granted to members of the R.F.R., R.N.R., H.K.R.N.R.,
R.M.F.V.R., W.R.N.R. and H.K.W.N.R. after fifteen years' qualifying
service as defined below, provided that during such service their
character has never been assessed below Very Good'. Those who serve
for a further period of ten years' service as defined below, provided that
during such service their character has never been assessed below Very
Good'. may be awarded a clasp to the medal. The clasp may also be
granted under the same conditions to officers who have received the
medal, provided they are not eligible for the award of the Volunteer
Reserve Decoration. The medal or clasp may be granted to those who
have quitted the Reserves if they are qualified.

Note: Should at any time a Reservist receive a character
assessment below Very Good' the calculation of qualifying service
must restart from the date of the lower assessment.

2. The following will be allowed to reckon as qualifying service,
which need not be continuous

Service on any type of engagement over the age of eighteen in
the Royal Navy, R.F.R., R.N.R., R.N.V.R.. H.K.R.N.R.,
H.K.R.N.V.R., R.N.V.(W).R., R.N.V.(P).R., R.M., R.M.F.V.R., the
W.R.N.V.R.. W.R.N.R. and H.K.W.N.R., H.K.W.N.V.R. (after
1st November, 1958), the Army, the Royal Air Force, or their
Active Reserves, or the Royal Auxiliary Air Force, or similar
oversea Commonwealth or Colonial Forces.

All the above service counts in full towards the award of the medal.
Service rendered solely for duty with one of the Cadet Forces will not
be permitted to count. Service which has already culminated in the
award of a long service or efficiency medal cannot count.

3. An officer who has previously been granted the Reserves Long
Service and Good Conduct Medal, and is subsequently awarded a
Reserve Decoration. may wear both Medal and Decoration.





4. Applications for the Medal are to be made in writing by the
Commanding Officer, H.K.R.N.R., to the Commodore-inCharge, Hong
Kong, accompanied by a copy of the Service Certificate and a
recommendation for the award which will then be forwarded to His
Excellency the Governor for his consideration.

5. When the conduct of a member after he or she has been awarded
the medal is considered to be such as to disqualify him or her from
wearing it, he or she may be deprived of it by His Excellency the
Governor. The deprivation is to be reported to the Admiralty.

Note: While a Reservist is mobilized the rules for the forfeiture or
deprivation of the Long Service and Good Conduct Medals, as laid
down in Queen's Regulations and Admiralty Instructions, Article 1969,
will apply.

6. A minimum period of three years' service with continuous 'Very
Good' character is required for the restoration of the Medal, and a medal
which has been forfeited or of which a Reservist has been deprived may
be restored on the Reservist's discharge from the Reserve at the
discretion of His Excellency the Governor, provided that the above
condition has been fulfilled. Should the Reservist complete five years'
service with continuous Very Good' character before he or she is
discharged, the Medal may be restored on completion of that period at
the discretion of His Excellency the Governor.

7. When it is desired to replace a medal which has been
accidentally lost by the holder, a declaration must be made before a
Magistrate or before a Commissioned Officer of the Royal Navy, R.N.R.
or H.K.R.N.R., stating the circumstances in which the loss occurred, and
the name, rank, and official number of the man to whom the medal
belonged. This declaration will be sent to His Excellency the Governor
through the Commanding Officer, H.K.R.N.R. in the case of a man who
is still serving, and direct in the case of one who has retired. The medal
will be replaced, on payment, if the explanation of its loss is considered
satisfactory, or at public expense when it is shown that the loss has
been incurred as a result of enemy action or is due entirely to
unavoidable circumstances arising out of the exigencies of the service.

8. Rosettes, which are issued at the same time as the Clasp, are to
be worn on the ribbon of the Reserves Long Service and Good Conduct
Medal when the ribbon is worn without the medal.





HONG KONG LETTERS PATENT 1917 to 1988 -


ARRANGEMENT OF ARTICLES
Article
I. Office of Governor constituted .......C 2
II. Governor's powers and authorities ....C 2

III.........................Publication of Governor's Commission .. C 3

0aths to be taken by Governor ........C 3
IV. Public Seal ..........................C 3
V. Executive Council ....................C 3
VI. Legislative Council ..................C 3
VII. Governor, with advice and consent of Council to make Laws C 4
VIII.......................................Disallowance of Laws C 4
IX. Power of legislation reserved to the Crown C 4
X. Assent to Bills ......................C 4
Xl. Reserved Bills .......................C 4
XII. Governor and Legislative Council to observe Instructions C 5
XIII.......................................Disposal of lands C 5
XIV. Governor empowered to appoint Judges and other public officers C 5
XIVA.......................................Concurrent appointments C 5
XV. Grant of pardon ......................C 5
Remission of fines ...................C 6

Proviso ..............................--
..........................C 6

Banishment prohibited ................C 6
Exception ............................C 6
Political offences ...................C 6
XVI. Dismissal and suspension of officers .C 6
XVIA.......................................Tenure of office of Supreme Court or district judge C 6
XVII.......................................Acting Governor C 8

XVIIA. Deputy to..........................Governor .............................................................................
.. C8



XVIII.......................................Officers and others to obey and assist Governor C 9
XIX. Term 'the Governor' explained .........C 9

XX. Power reserved to His Majesty to revoke, alter, or amend present Letters

Patent ................................C 9
XXI........................................Publication of Letters Patent C 9





HONG KONG LETTERS PATENT 1917 TO 1988

PASSED UNDER THE GREAT SEAL OF THE UNITED KINGDOM,
CONSTITUTING THE OFFICE OF GOVERNOR AND
COMMANDER-IN-CHIEF OF THE COLONY OF HONG KONG
AND ITS DEPENDENCIES.

DATED 14TH FEBRUARY, 1917 (S.R. & O. 1917, c. 1317) (PROC. No.
3 OF 1917).

[Amended 30th April 1938 (S.R. & O. 1938 II, p. 3449)
(Proc. No. 4 of 1938).

Amended 29th June 1939 (S.R. & O. 1939 II, p. 3573)
(Proc. No. 9 of 1939).

Amended 16th March 1950 (S.I. 1950 II, p. 1545)
(G.N.A. 111/50).

Amended 1st March 1955 (S.I. 1955 II, p. 3185)
(G.N.A. 19/55).

Amended 26th August 1960 (S.I. 1960 III, p. 4169)
(G.N.A. 92/60).

Amended 17th November 1967 (L.N. 173/67).

Amended 5th February 1971 (L.N. 5/71).

Amended 3rd May 1976 (L.N. 114/76).

Amended 17th February 1977 (L.N. 42/77).

Amended 30th April 1982 (L.N. 152/82).

Amended 4th April 1985 (L.N. 85/85).

Amended 22nd August 1986 (L.N. 202/86).

Amended 9th April 1988 (L.N. 110/88).

1. There shall be a Governor and Commander-in-Chief in and over Our
Colony of Hong Kong and its Dependencies (hereinafter called the Colony), and
appointments to the said Office shall be made by Commission under Our Sign
Manual and Signet.

11. We do hereby authorize, empower, and command Our said Governor
and Commander-in-Chief (hereinafter called the Governor) to do and execute all
things that belong to his said office, according to the tenour of these Our Letters
Patent and of any Commission issued to him under Our Sign Manual and
Signet, and according to such Instructions as may from time to time be given to
him, under Our Sign Manual and Signet, or by Order in Our Privy Council, or
by Us through one of Our Principal Secretaries of State, and to such laws as are
now or shall hereafter be in force in the Colony.





III. Every person appointed to fill the office of Governor shall,
with all due solemnity, before entering upon any of the duties of his
office, cause the Commission appointing him to be Governor to be read
and published in the presence of the Chief Justice or other Judge of the
Supreme Court, and of such Members of the Executive Council of the
Colony as can conveniently attend; which being done he shall then and
there take before them the Oath of Allegiance, in the form provided by
an Act passed in the Session holden in the Thirty-first and Thirty-
second years of the reign of Her Majesty Queen Victoria, intituled 'An
Act to amend the Law relating to Promissory 0aths'; and likewise the
usual Oath for the due execution of the office of Governor and for the
due and impartial administration of justice; which 0aths the said C '
Chief Justice or Judge, or if they be unavoidably absent, the senior
Member of the Executive Council then present, is hereby required to
administer.

IV. The Governor shall keep and use the Public Seal of the Colony
for sealing all things whatsoever that shall pass the said Public Seal.

V. There shall be an Executive Council in and for the Colony, and
the said Council shall consist of such persons as We shall direct by
Instructions under Our Sign Manual and Signet, and all such persons
shall hold their places in the said Council during Our pleasure. The
Governor may upon sufficient cause to him appearing suspend from the
exercise of his functions in the Council any Member thereof pending
the signification of Our pleasure, giving immediate notice to Us through
one of Our Principal Secretaries of State. If the suspension is confirmed
by Us through one of Our Principal Secretaries of State the Governor
shall forthwith by an instrument under the Public Seal of the Colony
revoke the appointment of such Member, and thereupon his seat in the
Council shall become vacant.

VI. (1) There shall be a Legislative Council in and for the Colony,
and the said Council shall consist of

(a) the Governor;

(b)three ex officio members, being the persons for the time being
lawfully discharging the functions of Chief Secretary, Attorney
General and Financial Secretary of the Colony;

(c) not more than seven persons holding office under the
Crown in e Colony as the Governor may, from time to
time, appoint (who, together with the ex officio members,
shall be styled 'Official Members');
(d)not more than twenty persons as the Governor may, from time to
time, appoint (who shall be styled 'Appointed Members');
and

(e) twenty six elected members (who shall be styled 'Elected
Members') being persons who are qualified and elected as





elected members in accordance with a law in that behalf in
force in the Colony.

(2) Appointments to the Legislative Council shall be made by the
Governor, in pursuance of any Instructions under Our Sign Manual and
Signet or through one of Our Principal Secretaries of State, by an
instrument under the Public Seal of the Colony. Official Members and
Appointed Members shall hold their places in the said Council during
Our pleasure and, subject thereto, in accordance with any Instructions
under Our Sign Manual and Signet.

(3) Subject to any Instructions under our Sign Manual and Signet,
Elected Members shall hold their places in the Legislative Council, and
vacate their seats, in accordance with a law in that behalf in force in the
Colony.

VII. (1) The Governor, by and with the advice and consent of the
Legislative Council, may make laws for the peace, order, and good
government of the Colony.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (1), a law of
the Colony may provide for the election of Elected Members of the
Legislative Council and, in particular, may determine the constituencies
and the number of members of the said Council to be elected by each
constituency, the qualifications and disqualifications of electors,
candidates and Elected Members, and the tenure of office of Elected
Members.

VIII. We do hereby reserve to Ourselves, Our heirs and
successors, full power and authority to disallow, through one of Our
Principal Secretaries of State, any such law as aforesaid. Every such
disallowance shall take effect from the time when the same shall be
promulgated by the Governor in the Colony.

IX. We do also reserve to Ourselves, Our heirs and successors,
Our and their undoubted right, with the advice of Our or their Privy
Council, to make all such laws as may appear necessary for the peace,
order, and good government of the Colony.

X. When a Bill passed by the Legislative Council is presented to
the Governor for his assent he shall, according to his discretion, but
subject to any Instructions addressed to him under Our Sign Manual
and Signet or through one of Our Principal Secretaries of State, declare
that he assents thereto, or refuses his assent to the same, or that he
reserves the same for the signification of Our pleasure.

Xl. A Bill reserved for the signification of Our pleasure shall take
effect so soon as We shall have given Our assent to the same by Order
in Council, or through one of Our Principal Secretaries of State, and the
Governor shall have signified such assent by message to the
Legislative Council or by proclamation: Provided that no such message
shall be issued after two years from the day on which the Bill was
presented to the Governor for his assent.





XII. In the making of any laws the Governor and the Legislative
Council shall conform to and observe all rules, regulations, and
directions in that behalf contained in any Instructions under Our Sign
Manual and Signet.

XIII. (1) The Governor, on Our behalf, may make and execute
grants and dispositions of any lands within the Colony that may be
lawfully granted or disposed of by Us.

(2) The powers conferred on the Governor by this Article may be
exercised on behalf of the Governor by any person authorized, whether
by name or by reference to an office, to exercise those powers by the
Governor and such authorization shall be notified in the Hong Kong
Government Gazette.

(3) Any such authority shall be subject to such conditions and
restrictions (if any) as the Governor may specify, and may be varied or
revoked by the Governor, and such conditions, restrictions, variation or
revocation shall be notified in the Hong Kong Government Gazette.

(4) Grants and dispositions of land made under this Article shall be
made in conformity with the provisions of such Instructions as may
from time to time be given to the Governor under Our Royal Sign
Manual and Signet or through a Secretary of State and such laws as
may for the time being be in force in the Colony.

XIV. The Governor may constitute and appoint such Judges,
Justices of the Peace and other public officers as may be lawfully
appointed, all of whom shall, unless otherwise provided by law, hold
their offices during Our pleasure.

XIVA. (1) When the holder of the Office of Governor or of any
office constituted under Article XIV of these Letters Patent is on leave
of absence pending relinquishment of his office, it shall be lawful for
another person to be appointed substantively to the same office.

(2) When two or more persons are holding the same office by
reason of an appointment made pursuant to paragraph (1) of this
Article, then for the purposes of Articles XVII and XVIIA of these
Letters Patent and for the purpose of any function conferred upon the
holder of that office, the person last appointed to the office shall be
deemed to be the holder of the office.

XV. When any crime or ofTence has been commited within the
Colony, or for which the offender may be tried therein, the Governor
may, as he shall see occasion, in Our name and on Our behalf, grant a
pardon to any accomplice in such crime or offence who shall give such
information as shall lead to the conviction of the principal offender, or
of any one of such offenders, if more than one; and further, may grant
to any offender convicted of any crime or offence by any court of law in
the Colony (other than a court martial





established under any Act of Parliament), either free or subject to such
conditions as the Governor may think fit to impose, a pardon or any
remission of the sentence passed on such offender, or any respite of
the execution of such sentence for such period as the Governor thinks
fit, and may remit any fines, penalties, or forfeitures due or accrued to
Us. Provided always that the Governor shall in no case, except where
the offence has been of a political nature unaccompanied by any other
grave crime, make it a condition of any pardon or remission of sentence
that the offender shall be banished from or shall absent himself or be
removed from the Colony.

XVI. Subject to the provisions of Article XVIA, the Governor may,
subject to such instructions as may from time to time be given to him by
Us through one of Our Principal Secretaries of State, upon sufficient
cause to him appearing, dismiss or suspend from the exercise of his
office any person holding any public office within the Colony, or,
subject as aforesaid, may take such other disciplinary action as may
seem to him desirable.

XVIA. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Article, ajudge of the
Supreme Court or a Judge of the District Court shall vacate his office
when he attains the retiring age:

Provided that, notwithstanding that he has attained the retiring
age, a person holding such an office may continue in office for so long
after attaining that age as may be necessary to enable him to deliver
judgment or to do any other thing in relation to proceedings that were
commenced before him before he attained that age.

(2)(a) For the purposes of the preceding paragraph 'retiring age'
means

(i) in relation to the Chief Justice and any other judge of
the Supreme Court, the age of sixty-five years; and

(ii) in relation to ajudge of the District Court who was
appointed to be such judge before 1st January 1987, the age
of sixty years; and

(iii) in relation to a judge of the District Court who was
appointed to be such judge on or after 1st January 1987, the
age of sixty-five years.

(b) Notwithstanding the preceding subparagraph-

(i) a person may be appointed to be a judge of the Supreme
Court (whatever his age and whether or not he has previously
held office as such) for a specified period or periods not
exceeding five years in the aggregate;

(ii) the term of office of a judge of the Supreme Court (other
than a person appointed to be a judge of the Supreme Court
under this sub-paragraph) or a judge of the District Court
referred to in sub-paragraph (a)(ii)

*Note: For the avoidance of doubt, see p. BE (L.N. 152/82) in this Appendix.





may be extended for a specified period or periods not
exceeding five years in the aggregate,

and in any such case the judge shall accordingly be regarded for the
purposes of the preceding paragraph as having attained the retiring
age at the expiration of the specified period or periods.

(3) A judge of the Supreme Court or the District Court may at
any time resign his office by writing under his hand addressed to the
Governor.

(4) A judge of the Supreme Court or the District Court maybe
removed from office only for inability to discharge the functions of
his office (whether arising from infirmity of body or mind or from
any other cause) or for misbehaviour, and shall not be so removed
except in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (5) of this
Article.

(5) A judge of the Supreme Court or the District Court shall
be removed from office by the Governor by instrument under the
Public Seal if the question of his removal from office has, at the
request of the Governor made in pursuance of paragraph (6) of this
Article, been referred by Us to the Judicial Committee of the Privy
Council under section 4 of the Judicial Committee Act 1833 or
any other enactment enabling Us in that behalf, and the Judicial
Committee has advised Us that the judge ought to be removed from
office for inability as aforesaid or for misbehaviour.

(6) If the Governor considers that the question of removing a
judge of the Supreme Court or the District Court from office for
inability as aforesaid or for misbehaviour ought to be investigated,
then-

(a)the Governor shall, by instrument under the Public Seal
(which he may vary or revoke by another such instrument),
appoint a tribunal, which shall consist of a Chairman and
not less than two other members selected by the Governor
from among judges who hold or have held office as judge
of a court having unlimited jurisdiction in any part of the
Commonwealth or a court having jurisdiction in appeals
from any such court;

(b)the tribunal shall enquire into the matter and report on
the facts thereof to the Governor and recommend to the
Governor whether he should request that the question of
the removal of the judge should be referred by Us to the
Judicial Committee; and

(c)if the tribunal so recommends, the Governor shall request
that the question should be referred accordingly.

(7) If the question of removing a judge of the Supreme Court
or the District Court from office has been referred to a tribunal
appointed under paragraph (6) of this Article, the Governor may
suspend the judge from performing the functions of his office.





(8) Any such suspension may at any time be revoked by the
Governor and shall in any case cease to have effect-

(a)if the tribunal recommends to the Governor that he should
not request that the question of the removal from office of
the judge should be referred by Us to the Judicial Commit-
tee; or

(b)if the Judicial Committee advises Us that the judge ought
not to be removed from office.

XVII. (1) During any period when the office of Governor is
vacant or the holder thereof is absent from the Colony or is for any
other reason unable to perform the functions of his office, those
functions shall, during Our pleasure, be assumed and performed
by-

(a)such person as may be designated under Our Sign Manual
and Signet or by instructions given by Us through one of
Our Principal Secretaries of State; or

(b)if there is no person in the Colony so designated and
able to perform those functions, the person lawfully dis-
charging the functions of Chief Secretary.

(2) Before assuming the functions of the office of Governor for
the first time, any person as aforesaid shall make the oaths directed
by Article III of these Our Letters to be made by the holder thereof.

(3) Any such person as aforesaid shall not continue to perform
the functions of the office of Governor after the holder thereof, or
some other person having a prior right to perform those functions,
has notified him that he is about to resume, or assume, those
functions.

(4) The holder of the office of Governor or any other person as
aforesaid shall not, for the purposes of this Article, be regarded as
absent from the Colony or as unable to perform the functions of
that office at any time when there is a subsisting appointment of a
Deputy under Article XVIIA of these Our Letters.

XVIIA. (1) Whenever the Governor-

(a)has occasion to be absent from the Colony for a period
which he has reason to believe will be of short duration; or

(b)is suffering from any illness which he has reason to believe
will be of short duration; or

(c) considers for any reason that the public interest so requires,

he may by instrument under the Public Seal appoint a person to be
his Deputy and in that capacity to perform on his behalf such of the
functions of the office of Governor as may be specified in such
instrument.





(2) The powers and authority of the Governor shall not be
abridged, altered or in any way affected by the appointment of a
Deputy under this Article and a Deputy shall comply with all
instructions which the Governor may address to him, but the
question whether a Deputy has in any matter complied with such
instructions shall not be enquired into by any court.

(3) Any appointment under this Article may be revoked at any
time by Us by instructions given by Us through one of Our Principal
Secretaries of State or by the Governor by instrument under the
Public Seal, and subject thereto a person appointed under this
Article shall hold that appointment for such period as may be
specified in the instrument by which he is appointed.

XVIII. And We do hereby require and command all Our
officers and ministers, civil and military, and all other the inhabit-
ants of the Colony, to be obedient, aiding and assisting unto the
Governor and to any person for the time being administering the
Government of the Colony.

XIX. In these Our Letters Patent the term 'the Governor'
shall include every person for the time being administering the
Government of the Colony.

XX. And We do hereby reserve to Ourselves, Our heirs and
successors, full power and authority, from time to time, to revoke,
alter, or amend these Our Letters Patent as to Us or them shall seem
meet.

XXI. And We do further direct and enjoin that these Our
Letters Patent shall be read and proclaimed at such place or
places within the Colony as the Governor shall think fit, and
shall come into operation on a day to be fixed by the Governor
by Proclamation.

effected by Proclamation No. 3 of 1917 in the Hong Kong Government
Gazette of 20 April 1917.





HONG KONG ROYAL INSTRUCTIONS 1917 TO 1988

ARRANGEMENT OF CLAUSES

Clause

I. Administration of Oaths .......D3
II. Constitution of Executive Council ....D3

Vacation of seats ......D3
III. Provisional appointment of Members of the Executive Council......D4
IV. Such provisional appointments to be immediately reported ......D 4
V. [Revoked] ..............................D 4
VI. Governor to communicate Instructions to Executive Council D 4

VII. Summoning of Executive Council .......D 4
VIII...........Presiding in Executive Council D 4
IX. Proceedings in Executive Council .....D 5
X. Governor to consult Executive Council D 5
XI. Governor alone entitled to submit questions D 6
XII. Governor may act in opposition to Executive Council D 6
Reporting grounds for so doing .......D 6
Members may require their adverse opinions to be recorded on Minutes D 6
XIIA..........Election to Legislative Council D 6

XIII. Legislative Council; Suspension of Official or Appointed Members D 6
XIV. Provisional appointment of members ..D 6
Where there has been a vacancy ...........D 7
XV. [Revoked] ............................D 7

XVI. Tenure of office of Official and Appointed Members of Legislative Council D 7

XVII.......................................Declaration of vacancy among Appointed Members D 7
XVIII......................................Resignation of Official or Appointed Members D 8
XIX. Council may transact business notwithstanding vacancies D 8
Quorum ...............................D 8
XX. [Revoked] ............................D 8
XXI. Presiding in Legislative Council .....D 8
XXIA.......................................Sessions and sittings of Legislative Council D 9
XXII.......................................Questions to be decided by a majority D 9
Governor to have original and casting vote D 9
XXIII......................................Rules and Orders to be made D 9
XXIV.......................................Questions, etc. for debate D 9

XXV. Rules and regulations under which Ordinances are to be enacted D 9
1 . Form of enacting Ordinances ..........D 9
2. Ordinances to be numbered and methodically arranged D 9
3. Different subjects not to be mixed in same Ordinance D10
No clause to be introduced foreign to what title of Ordinance imports DIO
Temporary Ordinances .................D10
XXVI. Description of Bills not to be assented to D10
Proviso in cases of emergency for immediate operation of an Ordinance D 11
XXVII.......................................Private Bills D 11
XXVIll......................................Ordinances, etc. to be sent home duly authenticated D 11





Clause ......................................Page
XXVIIIA......................................Dissolution of Council D11
XXIX. [Revoked] ............................D 12
XXX. [Revoked] ............................D 12
XXXI. Surveys and reservations to be made before waste lands are disposed of D 12
Governor not to purchase lands .......D 12
XXXII. [Revoked] ............................D 12

XXXIII. [Revoked] .........................D 12

XXXIV.......................................Regulation of power of pardon in capital cases D 12
Judge's report to be laid before Executive Council D 12
Governor to take advice of Executive Council in such cases D 12
May exercise his own judgment; entering his reasons on Council Minutes, if
unable to accept the advice of the majority D 12
XXXV. [Revoked] ............................D 12

XXXVI............................Governor's absence ...............................
D 12

XXXVII......................................Term 'the Governor' explained D 12





HONG KONG ROYAL INSTRUCTIONS 1917 TO 1988

PASSED UNDER THE ROYAL SIGN MANUAL AND SIGNET TO THE
GOVERNOR AND COMMANDER-IN-CHIEF OF THE COLONY
OF HONG KONG AND ITS DEPENDENCES.

DATED 14 FEBRUARY 1917 (PROC. No. 3 OF 1917)

[Amended 15 November 1928 (G.N. 20/29)
Amended 30 April 1938 (G.N. 519/38)

Amended 1 March 1955 (S.I. 1955 II, p. 3190) (G.N.A. 20/55) Amended
1 July 1964 (S.I. 1964 II, p. 3119) (L.N. 83/64)

Amended 6 January 1966 (L.N. 3/66)

Amended 17 November 1967 (L.N. 174/67)
Amended 28 February 1969 (L.N. 21/69)

Amended 5 February 1971 (L.N. 6/71)
Amended 14 July 1972 (L.N. 139/72)

Amended 24 September 1976 (L.N. 245/76)
Amended 26 August 1977 (L.N. 211/77) Amended
3 October 1980 (L.N. 275/80) Amended 1
September 1983 (L.N. 318/83) Amended 1
September 1984 (L.N. 291/84) Amended 4 April
1985 (L.N. 86185)

Amended 22 August 1986 (L.N. 203/86)

Amended 28 November 1986 (L.N. 283/86)
Amended 9 April 1988 (L.N. 111/88)

1. The Governor may, whenever he thinks fit, require any person in
the public service of the Colony to take the Oath of Allegiance, in the
form prescribed by the Act mentioned in Our said recited Letters Patent,
together with such other Oath or 0aths as may from time to time be
prescribed by any laws in force in the Colony. The Governor is to
administer such 0aths, or to cause them to be administered by some
public officer of the Colony.

11. The Executive Council of the Colony shall consist of the Officer
for the time being in command of Our regular forces within the Colony
(hereinafter called the Commander British Forces), the persons for the
time being lawfully discharging the functions of Chief Secretary, of
Attorney-General, and of Financial Secretary of the Colony, who are
hereinafter referred to as ex officio Members, and of such other persons
as We may from time to time appoint by any Instructions or Warrant
under Our Sign Manual and Signet, or as the Governor in pursuance of
Instructions from Us through one of Our Principal Secretaries of State
may from time to time appoint by an Instrument under the Public Seal of
the Colony. Persons so appointed are hereinafter referred to as Official
Members or Appointed Members according as they hold, or do not
hold, office under the Crown in the Colony at the time of appointment.

Every Appointed Member shall vacate his seat at the end of five
years from the date of the Instrument by which he is appointed or of
such other period as may be specified in that Instrument, but shall be
eligible to be re-appointed in the manner aforesaid. for a further period
or periods, each period not exceeding five years:





Provided that if any such Member is provisionally appointed to
fill a vacant scat in the Council and his provisional appointment is
immediately followed by his definitive appointment, the said period
of five years shall be reckoned from the date of the Instrument
provisionally appointing him.
If any Official Member cease to hold office under the Crown in
the Colony his seat in the Council shall thereupon become vacant.

III. Whenever any Member, other than an ex officio Member,
of the Executive Council of the Colony shall, by writing under his
hand, resign his seat in the Council, or shall die, or be declared by
the Governor by an Instrument under the Public Seal of the Colony
to be incapable of exercising his functions as a Member of the
Council, or be absent from the Colony, or shall be acting in an office
the holder of which is an ex officio Member of the Council, or shall
be suspended from the exercise of his functions as a Member of the
Council, or whenever the scat of any such Member shall otherwise
become vacant, the Governor may, by an Instrument under the
Public Seal of the Colony, provisionally appoint any public officer to
be temporarily an Official Member of the Council, and any person
not a public officer to be temporarily an Appointed Member of the
Council in the place of the Member so resigning, or dying, or being
suspended, or declared incapable, or being absent, or sitting as an ex
officio Member.
Such person shall forthwith cease to be a Member of the
Council if his appointment is disallowed by Us, or if the Member in
whose place he was appointed shall be released from suspension, or,
as the case may be, shall be declared by the Governor by an
Instrument under the Public Seal capable of again discharging his
functions in the Council, or shall return to the Colony, or shall cease
to sit in the Council as an ex officio Member.

IV. The Governor shall, without delay, report to Us, for
Our confirmation or disallowance, through one of Our Principal
Secretaries of State, every provisional appointment of any person as a
Member of the said Executive Council. Every such person shall hold
his place in the Council during Our pleasure, and the Governor may
by an Instrument under the Public Seal revoke any such appointment.

V. [Revoked 1.3.55.]

VI. The Governor shall forthwith communicate these Our
Instructions to the Executive Council, and likewise all such others,
from time to time, as We may direct, or as he shall find convenient
for Our service to impart to them.

VII. The Executive Council shall not be summoned except by
the authority of the Governor.

VIII. (1) The Governor shall, so far as is practicable, preside
at meetings of the Executive Council.





(2) In the absence of the Governor there shall preside at any
meeting of the Council

(a)such Member of the Council as the Governor may appoint; or

(b)in the absence of a Member so appointed, the senior ex
officio Member present; or

(e)in the absence of a Member so appointed or of an ex officio
Member, the senior Official Member present.

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraphs (b) and (c) of paragraph (2)
of this clause

(a)the Commander British Forces shall not be regarded as an ex
officio Member of the Council;

(b)the remaining ex officio Members of the Council shall have
seniority in the order in which their offices are mentioned in
clause II of these Instructions; and

(c)the Official Members of the Council shall have seniority
according to the priority of their respective appointments to
the Council:

Provided that Members appointed by the same
Instrument shall have seniority among themselves according
to the order in which they are named therein.

IX. (1) No business except that of adjournment shall be transacted
in the Executive Council if objection is taken by any Member present
that there are less than four Members present besides the Governor or
the Member presiding.

(2) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this clause, the
Executive Council shall not be disqualified for the transaction of
business by reason of any vacancy in the membership of the Council,
and any proceedings in the Council shall be valid notwithstanding that
some person who was not entitled to do so took part in those
proceedings.

(3) The Governor or the Member presiding, when in his opinion the
business before the Executive Council makes it desirable, may summon
any person to a meeting of the Council, notwithstanding that that
person is not a Member of the Council.

X. In the execution of the powers and authorities granted to the
Governor by Our said recited Letters Patent, he shall in all cases consult
with the Executive Council, excepting only in cases relating to the
appointment, disciplinary control or removal from office of a public
officer or in cases which may be of such a nature that, in his judgment,
Our service would sustain material prejudice by consulting the Council
thereupon, or when the matters to be decided shall be too unimportant
to require their advice, or too urgent to admit of their advice being
given by the time within which it may be necessary for him to act in
respect of any such matters. In all such urgent cases he shall, at the
earliest practicable period, communicate to the Executive Council the
measures which he may so have adopted, with the reasons therefor.





Xl. The Governor shall alone be entitled to submit questions to the
Executive Council for their advice or decision; but if the Governor
decline to submit any question to the Council when requested in
writing by any Member so to do, it shall be competent to such Member
to require that there be recorded upon the Minutes his written
application, together with the answer returned by the Governor to the
same.

XII. The Governor may, in the exercise of the powers and
authorities granted to him by Our said recited Letters Patent, act in
opposition to the advice given to him by the Members of the Executive
Council, if he shall in any case deem it right to do so; but in any such
case he shall fully report the matter to Us by the first convenient
opportunity, with the grounds and reasons of his action. In every such
case it shall be competent to any Member of the said Council to require
that there be recorded at length on the Minutes the grounds of any
advice or opinion he may give upon the question.

XIIA. (1) An election for all Elected Members of the Legislative
Council in accordance with a law in force in the Colony shall be held

(a) in 1985; and

(b)within three months after any subsequent dissolution of the
Council.

(2) Elections for casual vacancies among the Elected Members
shall be held in accordance with a law in that behalf in force in the
Colony.

XIII. The Governor may upon sufficient cause to him appearing
suspend from the exercise of his functions in the Legislative Council
any Official or Appointed Member thereof pending the signification of
Our pleasure, giving immediate notice to Us through one of Our
Principal Secretaries of State. If the suspension is confirmed by Us
through one of Our Principal Secretaries of State, the Governor shall
forthwith by an instrument under the Public Seal of the Colony revoke
the appointment of such Official or Appointed Member and thereupon
his seat in the Legislative Council shall become vacant.

XIV, Whenever any Member of the Legislative Council, other than
an ex officio Member or an Elected Member, shall, in the manner
hereinafter provided, have resigned his seat in the Council or shall die,
or whenever the seat of any such Member shall otherwise become
vacant, or whenever any such Member shall be suspended from the
exercise of his functions as a Member of the Council, or be declared by
the Governor by an Instrument under the Public Seal to be incapable of
exercising his functions as a Member of the Council, or be absent from
the Colony, or shall be acting in an office the holder of which is an ex
officio Member of the Council, the Governor may, by an Instrument
under the Public Seal, appoint some person to be provisionally a
Member of the Council in the place of such Member.





Such person shall hold his place in the Council during Our
pleasure and shall forthwith cease to be a Member of the Council if his
appointment is disallowed by Us, or revoked by the Governor or
superseded by the definitive appointment of a Member of the Council,
or if the Member in whose place he was appointed shall be released
from suspension, or, as the case may be, shall be declared by the
Governor capable of again exercising his functions in the Council, or
shall return to the Colony, or shall cease to sit in the Council as an ex
officio Member.

When any person shall be lawfully discharging the functions of
more than one of the offices the holders of which are ex officio
Members of the said Council, the Governor may, by an Instrument
under the Public Seal, appoint any fit person to be provisionally a
Member of the Council so long as the said offices shall continue to be
so discharged by one person but any such appointment may be
disallowed or revoked as aforesaid.

The Governor shall, without delay, report to Us, through one of
Our Principal Secretariat of State, every provisional appointment of any
person as a Member of the Legislative Council.

XV. [Revoked 15.11.28.]

XVI. (1) If any Official Member of the Legislative Council ceases to
hold office under the Crown in the Colony his seat in the Council shall
thereupon become vacant.

(2) Every Appointed Member of the Legislative Council shall
vacate his seat at the end of

(a)such period as may be specified in the Instrument by which
he is appointed; or

(b)the day immediately before the commencement of the session
of the Council commencing next after the holding of an
election for all the Elected Members of the Council,

whichever first occurs.

(3) An Appointed Member who vacates his seat under paragraph
(2) of this clause shall, if appropriately qualified, be eligible to be
reappointed.

XVII. Without prejudice to clause XIII, if the office of any
Appointed Member of the Legislative Council would become vacant
(directly or by reason of a disqualification for holding office) under a
law in force in the Colony were he an Elected Member of the Council on
any of the following grounds

(a)that he holds any office specified in such law or has been
dismissed therefrom;

(b) that he has been convicted of any offence so specified;

(c)that he has been sentenced to any punishment so specified,
whether in the Colony or elsewhere;





(d)on the ground of his bankruptcy or other ground relating to
indebtedness so specified;

(e)on the ground of his non-attendance at sittings of the
Council;

that he has been elected as an Elected Member of the
Council,

the Governor shall declare in writing that the seat of such Appointed
Member is vacant and, immediately on the publication of such
declaration in the Hong Kong Government Gazette, he shall cease to be
a Member of the Council.

XVIII. Any Official or Appointed Member of the Legislative
Council, other than an ex officio Member, may resign his seat in the
Council by writing under his hand, but no such resignation shall take
effect until it be accepted by the Governor in writing, or by Us through
one of Our Principal Secretaries of State.

XIX. The Legislative Council shall not be disqualified from the
transaction of business on account of any vacancies among the
Members thereof, but the said Council shall not be competent to act in
any case unless (including the Governor or the Member presiding)
there be present at and throughout the meetings of the Council twenty
Members at the least.

XX. [Revoked 1.3.55.]

XXI. (1) The Governor shall, so far as is practicable, preside at
meetings of the Legislative Council.

(2) In the absence of the Governor from a meeting of the
Legislative Council there shall preside at that meeting

(a)such Member of the Council as the Governor may appoint; or

(b)in the absence of a Member so appointed, the senior Official
Member present.

(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (b) of paragraph (2) of this
clause the Official Members of the Council shall have seniority as
follows

(i) first, the persons discharging the functions of the offices
specified in Article VI(1)(b) of Our Letters Patent as set out in
the Hong Kong Letters Patent, in the order in which those
offices are mentioned therein;

(ii) second, the other Members according to the priority of their
respective appointments to the Council:

Provided that Members appointed by the same Instrument shall
have seniority among themselves according to the order in which they
are named therein.





XXIA. (1) The sessions of the Legislative Council shall commence
on such date and end on such date as the Governor shall from time to
time appoint by notice published in the Hong Kong Government
Gazette, but the period between the last sitting of one session of the
Legislative Council and the first sitting of the next session shall not
exceed three months.

(2) The Governor, by notice published in the Hong Kong
Government Gazette, may summon special sittings of the Legislative
Council to be held in any period between the end of one session of the
Council and the beginning of the next session.

(3) The consideration of any Bill or other business of the
Legislative Council shall not be affected by the termination of a session
and may be resumed at any subsequent sitting, but shall lapse on a
dissolution of the Legislative Council.

XXII. All questions proposed for debate in the Legislative Council
shall be decided by the majority of votes, and the Governor or the
Member presiding shall have an original vote in common with the other
Members of the Council, and also a casting vote, if upon any question
the votes shall be equal.

XXIII. The Legislative Council may from time to time make
standing rules and orders for the regulation of their own proceedings,
provided such rules and orders be not repugnant to Our said recited
Letters Patent, or to these Our Instructions, or to any other Instructions
from Us under Our Sign Manual and Signet.

XXIV. It shall be competent for any Member of the Legislative
Council to propose any question for debate therein; and such question
shall be debated and disposed of according to the standing rules and
orders:

Provided always that every ordinance, vote, resolution, or
question, the object or effect of which may be to dispose of or charge
any part of Our revenue arising within the Colony, shall be proposed by
the Governor, unless the proposal of the same shall have been
expressly allowed or directed by him.

XXV. In the passing of Ordinances the Governor and the Council
shall observe, as far as practicable, the following Rules

1. Laws may be enacted in English or Chinese. All laws shall be
styled 'Ordinances' and the enacting words shall be 'enacted by the
Governor of Hong Kong, with the advice and consent of the Legislative
Council thereof ', or the corresponding style and words in Chinese.

2. All Ordinances shall be distinguished by titles, and shall be
divided into successive clauses or paragraphs numbered consecutively.
The Ordinances of each year shall be distinguished by consecutive
numbers, commencing in each year with the number one.





Except in the case of Bills reserved for the signification of Our
pleasure, all Ordinances passed by the Legislative Council in any one
year shall, if assented to by the Governor, be assented to by him in that
year, and shall be dated as of the day on which the assent of the
Governor is given, and shall be numbered as of the year in which they
are passed. Bills not so assented to by the Governor, but reserved by
him for the signification of Our pleasure, shall be dated as of the day
and numbered as of the year on and in which they are brought into
operation.

3. Each different matter shall be provided for by a different
Ordinance, without intermixing in one and the same Ordinance such
things as have no proper relation to each other; and no clause is to be
inserted in or annexed to any Ordinance which shall be foreign to what
the title of such Ordinance imports, and no perpetual clause shall be
part of any temporary Ordinance.

XXVI. The Governor shall not, except in the cases hereunder
mentioned, assent in Our name to any Bill of any of the following
classes

1. Any Bill for the divorce of persons joined together in holy
matrimony:

2. Any Bill whereby any grant of land or money, or other donation
or gratuity, may be made to himself.

3. Any Bill affecting the Currency of the Colony or relating to the
issue of Bank notes:

4. Any Bill establishing any Banking Association, or amending or
altering the constitution, powers, or privileges of any Banking
Association:

5. Any Bill imposing differential duties:

6. Any Bill the provisions of which shall appear inconsistent with
obligations imposed upon Us by Treaty:

7. Any Bill interfering with the discipline or control of Our forces
by land, sea, or air:

8. Any Bill of an extraordinary nature and importance, whereby
Our prerogative, or the rights and property of Our subjects not residing
in the Colony, or the trade and shipping of Our United Kingdom and its
Dependencies, may be prejudiced:

9. Any Bill whereby persons not of European birth or descent may
be subjected or made liable to any disabilities or restrictions to which
persons of European birth or descent are not also subjected or made
liable:





10. Any Bill containing provisions to which Our assent has been
once refused, or which have been disallowed by Us:

Unless in the case of any such Bill as aforesaid the Governor shall
have previously obtained Our instructions upon such Bill through one
of Our Principal Secretaries of State, or unless such Bill shall contain a
clause suspending the operation of such Bill until the signification of
Our pleasure thereupon, or unless the Governor shall have satisfied
himself that an urgent necessity exists requiring that such Bill be
brought into immediate operation, in which case he is authorized to
assent in Our name to such Bill, unless the same shall be repugnant to
the law of England, or inconsistent with any obligations imposed on Us
by Treaty. But he is to Transmit to Us, by the earliest opportunity, the
Bill so assented to, together with his reasons for assenting thereto.

XXVII. Every Bill, not being a Government measure, intended to
affect or benefit some particular person, association or corporate body
shall contain a section saving the rights of Us, Our heirs and
successors, all bodies politic and corporate, and all others except such
as are mentioned in the Bill and those claiming by, from, and under
them. No such Bill shall be introduced into the Legislative Council until
due notice has been given by not less than two successive publications
of the Bill in the Hong Kong Government Gazette, and in such other
manner as may be required by the Standing Rules and Orders for the
time being in force; and the Governor shall not assent thereto in Our
name until it has been so published. A certificate under the hand of the
Governor shall be transmitted to Us with the Bill signifying that such
publication has been made.

XXVIll. When any Ordinance shall have been passed or when any
Bill shall have been reserved for the signification of Our pleasure, the
Governor shall transmit to Us, through one of Our Principal Secretaries
of State, for Our final approval, disallowance or other direction
thereupon, a full and exact copy in duplicate of the same, duly
authenticated under the Public Seal of the Colony, and by his own
signature. Such copy shall be accompanied by such explanatory
observations as may be required to exhibit the reasons and occasion for
passing such Ordinance or Bill.

XXVIIIA. (1) The Governor may at any time, by Order published in
the Hong Kong Government Gazette, dissolve the Legislative Council:

Provided that the Legislative Council shall stand dissolved in the
third year after the latest election for all the Elected Members of the
Legislative Council on such date as the Governor shall fix being a date
not earlier than 60 days and not later than 30 days before the
anniversary of that election.

(2) On the dissolution of the Council, all the Elected Members shall
vacate their seats:





Provided that if, for the consideration of any urgent business, the
Governor shall appoint a time for a sitting of the Council after the
dissolution but before the day appointed for the holding of an election
for all the Elected Members of the Legislative Council (as required by
Clause XIIA of these Instructions), the persons holding office as
Elected-Members of the Council immediately before such dissolution
shall continue to sit as Elected Members until the commencement of the
day (or, if more than one, the first day) appointed for the holding of
such elections.

XXIX. [Revoked 5.2.71.]

XXX [Revoked 17.11.67.]

XXXl. Before disposing of any vacant or waste land to Us
belonging, the Governor shall cause the same to be surveyed, and such
reservations to be made thereout as he may think necessary for roads or
other public purposes. The Governor shall not, directly or indirectly,
purchase for himself any of such lands without Our special permission
given through one of Our Principal Secretaries of State.

XXXII. [Revoked 5.2.71.]

XXXIII. [Revoked 30.4.38.]

XXXIV. Whenever any offender shall have been condemned by
the sentence of any Court in the Colony to suffer death, the Governor
shall call upon the Judge who presided at the trial to make to him a
written report of the case of such offender, and shall cause such report
to be taken into consideration at a meeting of the Executive Council,
and he may cause the said Judge to be specially summoned to attend at
such meeting and to produce his notes thereat. The Governor shall not
pardon or reprieve any such offender unless it shall appear to him
expedient so to do, upon receiving the advice of the Executive Council
thereon; but in all such cases he is to decide either to extend or to
withhold a pardon or reprieve, according to his own deliberate
judgment, whether the Members of the Executive Council concur
therein or otherwise, entering, nevertheless, on the Minutes of the
Executive Council a Minute of his reasons at length, in case he should
decide any such question in opposition to the judgment of the majority
of the Members thereof.

XXXV. [Revoked 17.11.67.]

XXXVI. The Governor shall not upon any pretence whatever quit
the Colony without having first obtained leave from Us for so doing
under Our Sign Manual and Signet, or through one of Our Principal
Secretaries of State.

XXXVII. In these Our Instructions the term---theGovernor' shall,
unless inconsistent with the context, include every person for the time
being administering the Government of the Colony.





STANDING ORDERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE CO
OF HONG KONG

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Order

Number Title

PART A

MEMBERS AND OFFICERS OF THE COUNCIL

1. Oath or Affirmation of Allegiance.. ............ E 4

2. Language......................... .. ............ E 4

3. Presiding in Council and in Committee of the whole Council ........ E 4

4. Duties of the Clerk.. .......... E 5

PART B

SESSIONS. SITTINGS AND ADJOURNMENTS OF THE COUNCIL

5. Sessions.... .............. E 5

6. Proceedings at First Sitting of Session .. .............. E 5

7. Commencement of Sittings.. ............ E 6

8. Hours of Sitting.... .............. E 6

9. Motions for the Adjournment of the Council.. ............ E 7

10. Quorum..... ............ E 7

PART C

ARRANGEMENT OF BUSINESS

11. Order of Business at a Sitting.. .. .............. E 8

12. The Order Paper.. ............ E 9

PART D

PETITIONS AND PAPERS

13. Presentation of Petitions.... .............. E 9

14. Presentation of Papers.. .. .............. E 9

PART E

QUESTIONS TO THE GOVERNMENT

15. Nature of Questions..................... .. .. - .......... E 10

16. Question Time.... ............ E 10
17. Notice of Questions........................... .............. E 10
18. Contents of Questions.. ............ E 10









19. Asking and Answering of Questions ....Ell
PART F
STATEMENTS
20. Statements by ex officio Members and Official Members .......... E 12





Order Title Page
Number
PART G
MOTIONS

21......................Notice of Motions and Amendments .................. E 13

22..............................Manner of Giving Notice of Motions and Amendments .......... E 13
23..............................Motion and Amendments requiring Recommendation .......... E 13

24...................Manner of Debating Motions .................... E 13

25..........................Manner of Debating Amendments to Motions .............. E 14
26..........................Withdrawal of Motions and Amendments .............. E 14

PART H

RULES OF DEBATE

27.'.................Time and Manner of Speaking . .................... E 14

28..............................Occasions when a Member may speak more than once .......... E 15

29. Interruptions.. .. .............. E 15

30.................................Adjournment of Debate or of Proceedings of a Committee ........ E 16

31...............Contents of Speeches..... .................. E 16

32......................Behaviour of Members not Speaking .................. E 16

PART I

RULES OF ORDER

33.................Decision of Chair Final.. .................. E 17

34......................Order in Council and Committee .................. E 17

PART J

VOTING

35...............Decision of Questions.. .................. E 17

36. Collection of Voices......... .. ...... .............. E 17

37..........Divisions.... ................ E 18

PART K

PROCEDURE ON BILLS

38..........Form of Bills..... .................. E 18

39...................Notice of Presentation of Bills .................... E 19
40...................Presentation and Publication of Bills .............. E
19

41...............First Reading of Bills.. .. .................... E 19
42...............Second Reading..... ...... - ........ E 20

43.............Committal of Bills.. .......... ........ E 20
44. Functions of Committees on Bills E 20







45. Amendments to Bills.................... --.......... E 21
46. Procedure in Committee of the whole Council on a Bill............... E 21
47. Procedure on Reporting of Bill from Committee of the whole Council........E 23
48. Procedure in Select Committee on a Bill......................E 23
49. Procedure on Reporting of Bill from a Select Committee.......E 23
so. Procedure on Recommittal of Bill reported from Select COMMITTEE.......E 23
51. Third Reading.................... -............E 24
52. Withdrawal or postponement of Bills......................... E 24
53. Presentation of Bill for Assent of Governor.................... E 24





STANDING ORDERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL
OF HONG KONG

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Order
Number Title Page

PART A

MEMBERS AND OFFICERS OF THE COUNCIL

1. Oath or Affirmation................................E 4
2. Language.....................................E 4
3. Presiding in Council and in Committee of the whole Council.......... E 4
4. Duties of the Clerk................................E 5
4A. Counsel to the Legislature..1......................... E 5

PART B

SESSIONS, SITTINGS AND ADJOURNMENTS OF THE COUNCIL

5. Sessions.. .......... .......... ................. E 5
6. Proceedings at First Sitting of Session..... ................. E 6
7. Commencement of Sittings........................... E 6
7A. Special Sittings during recess .......... ................. E 6
8. Hours of Sitting....... .......... ................. E 7
9. Motions for the Adjournment of the Council.................E 7
10. Quorum .......... ....... ................. E 8

PART C

ARRANGEMENT OF BUSINESS

11. Order of Business at a Sitting...........................E 8
12. The Order Paper................................... E 9

PART D

PETITIONS AND PAPERS

13. Presentation of Petitions.............................. E 9
14. Presentation of Papers................................E 10

PART E

QUESTIONS TO THE GOVERNMENT

15. Nature of Questions................................E 10
16. Question Time................................... E 10
17. Notice of Questions................................E 11
18. Contents of Questions................................E 11
19. Asking and Answering of Questions......................... E 12





Order
Number Title Page

PART F

STATEMENTS

20..................Statements by Official Members .................... E 13

PART G

MOTIONS

21....................Notice of Motions and Amendments .................. E 13

22. Manner of Giving Notice of Motions and Amendments .......... E 13
23. Motion and Amendments requiring Recommendation .......... E 14
24..................Manner of Debating Motions .................... E 14

25...........................Manner of Debating Amendments to Motions ............ E 14
26.........................Withdrawal of Motions and Amendments ............ E 15

PART H

RULES OF DEBATE

27..................Time and Manner of Speaking .................... E 15

28.............................Occasions when a Member may speak more than once .......... E 15
29.........Interruptions.. .. .................. E 16

30...............................Adjournment of Debate of Proceedings of a Committee ........ E 16
31..............Contents of Speeches...................... E 16
32.......................Behaviour of Members not Speaking ................ E 17

PART I

RULES OF ORDER

33................Decision of Chair Final................ .... E 17
34. Order in Council and Committee .................... E 17

PART J

VOTING

35..............Decision of Questions.. .. .................... E 18
36..............Collection of Voices...................... E 18

37..........Divisions.................... E 18

PART K

PROCEDURE ON BILLS

38..........Form of Bills.. .. .................. E 19
39..................Notice of Presentation of Bills .................... E 19
40..................Presentation and Publication of Bills .................. E 20
41. First Reading of Bills..E 20





Order
Number Title Page

42............Second Reading....................... E 20
43............Committal of Bills ..........- . .................. E 20
44....................Functions of Committees on Bills .................. E 21
45..............Amendments to Bills...................... E 21
46.............................Procedure in Committee of the whole Council of a Bill .......... E 22
47......................................Procedure on Reporting of Bill from Committee of the whole Council .. E 23
48.......................Procedure in Select Committee on a Bill ................ E 23
49...............................Procedure on Reporting of Bill from a Select Committee ........ E 23
50....................................Procedure on Recommittal of Bill reported from Select Committee .... E 24
51............Third Reading.. .. ................ E 24
52.......................Withdrawal or postponement of Bills ...... ........ E25
53.........................Presentation of Bill for Assent of Governor .............. E25

PART L

FINANCIAL PROCEDURE

54................................Presentation and Second Reading of Appropriation Bill ........ E25
55..................................Procedure in Committee of the whole Council on Appropriation Bill .... E 25
56. Amendments to Heads of Estimates in Committee of the whole Council on
Appropriation Bill................................E 26
57.......................Third Reading of Appropriation Bill - . ................ E 27
58................................Supplementary Estimates and Excess Financial Provisions ........ E27
59....................Supplementary Appropriation Bills ...... . .. .... E 28

PART M

COMMITTEES

60..............Finance Committee.. .. .................. E 28
60A...................Public Accounts Committee... .................. E30
61..............Select Committees.. .. .................. E 31
62..................Procedure of Select Committees .................... E 31
63....................Premature Publication of Evidence .................. E 32

PART N

MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS

64.............................Employment of Members in Professional Capacity .. ...... E 32
65.........................Personal Pecuniary Interest to be Disclosed .............. E33
66. Admission of Press and Public E 33
67. Withdrawal of Strangers.............................. E 33
68. Suspension of Standing Orders......................... E33
69. Procedure if Standing Orders do not provide............... E 34
70. Interpretation................................... E 34






STANDING ORDERS

of the

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL OF HONG KONG

MADE BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL OF HONG KONG ON THE
NINTH DAY OF. OCTOBER 1968 IN PURSUANCE OF THE
PROVISIONS OF CLAUSE XXIII OF THE HONG KONG
ROYAL INSTRUCTIONS 1917 TO 1986.

PART A

MEMBERS AND OFFICERS OF THE
COUNCIL

1. (1) Except for the purpose of enabling this order to be complied with,
no Member of the Council shall sit or vote therein until he has made or
subscribed an oath or affirmation in accordance with the provisions of the 0aths
and Declarations Ordinance.

(2) The Clerk shall whenever necessary administer the oath or affirmation
before the transaction of any other business.

2. (1) A Member may address the Council in either the English or the
Cantonese language.

(2) Every petition shall be in the English language or the Chinese language.

(3) A petition in the Chinese language shall be accompanied by an English
translation certified to be correct by a court translator.

(4) A petition in the English language shall be accompanied by a Chinese
translation certified to be correct by a court translator.

(5) This Standing Order shall come into effect on such date as the
Governor may appoint by notice in the Gazette.

3. (1) The Governor shall be the President of the Council.

(2) Save as otherwise provided in this order, the President
shall preside at sittings g of the Council and shall act as Chairman of
committees of the who whole Council; in the absence of the President the
Member appointed by the Governor shall so preside. In default of
such appointment or in the absence of such Member, the senior
Official Member present shall
preside.

(3) A Member, other than the President, when presiding in the Council or
acting as Chairman of a committee of the whole Council shall, while so
presiding or acting, enjoy all powers conferred by these Standing Orders on the
President or Chairman as the case may be.





4. (1) The Clerk shall be responsible for keeping the minutes of the
proceedings of the Council and of committees of the whole Council.
The minutes of proceedings shall record the Members attending, all
decisions taken, and details of every division held.

(2) The Clerk shall be responsible for preparing from day to day an
Order Book showing all future business of which notice has been given.
The Order Book shall be open to the inspection of Members at all
reasonable hours.

(3) The Clerk shall be responsible for preparing for each sitting an
Order Paper showing the business for that sitting.

(4) The Clerk shall be responsible for the custody of the votes,
records, bills and other documents laid before the Council, which shall
be open to inspection by Members of the Council at all reasonable
hours, and by other persons under arrangements approved by the
President.

(5) The Clerk, acting under the directions of the President, shall be
responsible for the production of an official report of all proceedings in
the Council and in the committee of the whole Council.

(6) The Clerk shall be responsible for providing the Finance
Committee and every select committee of the Council with a clerk.

(7) The Clerk shall perform the further duties laid upon him in these
Standing Orders, and all other duties in the service of the Council
ordered by the Council or directed by the President.

4A. (1) The Law Draftsman shall be the Counsel to the Legislature.

(2) The Counsel to the Legislature shall-

(a)be responsible for advising the President and the Clerk to the
Council on all matters relating to the procedure of the Council;

(b)have the general duty of advising the President and the Clerk
to the Council on legal questions arising in relation to the
business or administration of the Council; and

(c)discharge such other duties as may be assigned to him by or
under these Standing Orders.

PART B

SESSIONS, SITTINGS AND ADJOURNMENTS OF THE
COUNCIL

5. (1) There shall be a session of the Council once in every
calendar year.

(2) A session shall end on such date as the Governor may appoint
by notice published in the Gazette





(3) A session shall begin on such date as the Governor may
appoint by notice published in the Gazette, save that the period
between the last sitting of one session and the first sitting of the next
session shall not exceed 3 calendar months.

6. (1) At the first sitting of a session Members who have not
yet taken or subscribed an oath or affirmation in accordance with
the provisions of the 0aths and Declarations Ordinance, shall then
do so.

(2) The Governor, if he so wishes, shall then address the
Council.

(3) Immediately after the Governor has addressed the Coun-
cil, the sitting may be suspended for such period, or the Council may
be adjourned until such day, as the President may determine.

(4) At the resumption of the sitting, or on the day to which the
Council is adjourned under paragraph (3) of this order, a motion
may be moved without notice for an address of thanks to the
Governor for his address.

(5) A motion under paragraph (4) of this order shall be moved
in the following form:

'That this Council thanks the Governor for his address.'

(6) Amendments may be moved to the motion described in
paragraph (5) of this order only by way of adding words at the end
of the motion.

7. (1) Sittings of the Council during each session shall be
held on such days and shall begin at such hour as the Governor shall
determine but a period of six weeks shall not elapse between the date
of one sitting and the date appointed for the next sitting in the same
session.

(2) Written notice of every sitting of the Council other than
the first sitting of a new session shall be given by the Clerk to
Members at least five clear days before the day of the sitting but in
cases of emergency the Governor may dispense with such notice and
in that event the longest possible notice shall be given.

(3) The Governor may, at any time after he has determined the
day and hour upon which a sitting is to begin, change the day or
hour so determined to a later day or hour, or in cases of emergency
to an earlier day or hour.

7A. Notwithstanding that a session may have ended ant the
next following session has not yet begun, the Governor may, where
he is satisfied that the public interest so requires, determine that a
sitting of the Council shall be held on such day and shall begin at
such hour as he may specify, and for this purpose these Standing
Orders shall apply to that sitting as they apply to a sitting held
during a session.





8. (1) Unless otherwise determined under Standing Order No. 7
(Commencement of Sittings), every sitting other than the first sitting of
a session shall begin at 2.30 p.m.

(2) At 6 p.m. the proceedings on any business under consideration
shall be interrupted, any motion which has been moved in pursuance of
Standing Order No. 30 (Adjournment of Debate or of Proceedings of a
Committee) shall lapse, and if the Council is in committee the Council
shall resume:

Provided that, if the President is of opinion that the proceedings
on which the Council is engaged could be concluded by a short
deferment of the moment of interruption, he may in his discretion defer
interrupting the business.

(3) If a division is in progress at 6 p.m., the business shall not be
interrupted until after the declaration of the result of the division.

(4) Save as provided in paragraph (4) of Standing Order No. 9
(Motions for the Adjournment of the Council), no new business shall
be entered upon after the interruption of business under paragraph (2)
of this order; but a motion to suspend this order shall not be new
business.

(5) If the interval between two sittings is less than seven days,
both such sittings should be deemed to constitute one sitting.

(6) The President may at any time suspend a sitting or adjourn the
Council.

9. (1) When for any sufficient reason it is not desired to formulate a
motion in express terms for the purpose of debating a matter or matters,
a motion that the Council do now adjourn may be moved for the
purpose of such a debate.

(2) Such a motion shall not require notice and may be moved only
between two items of business. It shall be moved by an Official
Member, save that a Member other than an Official Member may move
such a motion, with the permission of the President, if the President is
satisfied that the adjournment is for the purpose of discussing a specific
matter of urgent public importance.

(3) If such a motion shall be agreed to, the Council shall stand
adjourned.

(4) After the interruption of business under paragraph (2) of
Standing Order No. 8 (Hours of Sitting) or at the conclusion of all the
business on the Order Paper, whichever is the earlier, an Official
Member may move that this Council do now adjourn.

(5) On a motion moved under paragraph (4) of this order a Member
other than an Official Member may raise any public matter for which the
Government is responsible, with a view to eliciting a reply from an
Official Member.

(6) A Member who wishes to raise a matter under the provisions of
paragraph (5) of this order shall give notice of the matter in writing to
the President not less than seven clear days before the sitting at which
he wishes to do so:





Provided that the President may in his discretion dispense with
such notice.

(7) If at the expiration of forty-five minutes, or such longer period
as the President may at any sitting determine, from the moving of a
motion under paragraph (4) of this order an Official Member has not yet
been called upon to reply, the President shall direct the Member then
speaking to resume his seat and shall call upon an Official Member to
reply.

(8) If at the expiration of one hour, or such longer period as the
President may at any sitting determine, from the moving of the motion
under paragraph (4) of this order such motion has not been agreed to,
the President shall adjourn the Council without putting any question,
provided that, with the permission of the President, valedictory
speeches may be made without notice on the occasion of the retirement
of a Member from the Council.

10. (1) The quorum of the Council and of a committee of the whole
Council shall consist of twenty Members including the President or
Chairman.

(2) If the attention of the President is drawn to the fact that a
quorum is not present, he shall direct the Members to be summoned. If
after fifteen minutes have expired he is satisfied that a quorum is not
present, he shall adjourn the Council without question put.

(3) If the attention of the Chairman in committee of the whole
Council is drawn to the fact that a quorum is not present, he shall act as
provided in paragraph (2) of this order, save that if he is satisfied that a
quorum is not then present the Council shall be resumed and the
President shall count the Council. If a quorum is then present the
Council shall again resolve itself into committee but if a quorum is not
present the President shall adjourn the Council without question put.

(4) If frorn the number of Members taking part in a division,
including those who abstained from voting, it appears that a quorum is
not present, the division shall be invalid, the question on which it was
held shall stand over until the next sitting, and the procedure prescribed
in paragraph (2) or paragrpah (3) of this order shall be followed.

PART C

ARRANGEMENT OF BUSINESS

11. (1) The business of each sitting other than the first sitting of a
session shall be transacted in the following order:

(a) Administration of oath or affirmation.

(b)Reading by the President of messages and announcements
by the President.

(c) Presentation of petitions.





(d)Laying on the Table of papers and of reports of select
committees.

(e)Asking and answering of questions put to the Government.

Statements by Official Members.

(g) Personal explanations.

(h) Obituary and other ceremonial speeches.

(i) Proceedings on motions and bills.

Proceedings on motion for the adjournment of Council under
Standing Order No. 9(4) to (8).

(2) The items of business mentioned in sub-paragraphs (a), (b),
(c), (d), (e), (f), (g) and (h) of paragraph (1) of this order shall not
require notice; but with the exception of items (a) and (b) they shall not
be entered upon save with the previous leave of the President.

12. (1) All items of business for a sitting of which notice has been
given shall be placed on the Order Paper for that sitting in the order
required by Standing Order No. 11 (Order of Business at a Sitting).

(2) Oral questions to the Government shall be placed on the Order
Paper in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (1) and (2) of
Standing Order No. 19 (Asking and Answering of Questions).

(3) Motions proposed to be made by and bills in the charge of
Official Members shall be placed on the Order Paper before motions
proposed to be made by and bills in the charge of Members other than
Official Members.

PART D

PETITIONS AND PAPERS

13. (1) A petition may be presented to the Council only by a
Member.

(2) A Member who wishes to present a petition to the Council shall
inform the President not later than the day before the sitting at which he
wishes to present it. When so informing the President he shall certify in
writing to the President that the petition is respectful and, in his
opinion, deserving of presentation.

(3) Except on the recommendation of the Governor, the President
shall not permit a petition to be received if, in his opinion, the petition
requests that provision should be made for imposing or increasing a tax,
for imposing. or increasing a charge on the revenue or other public
moneys of Hong Kong or for altering such a charge otherwise than by
reducing it, or for compounding or remitting a debt due to the Crown.





(4) The signification of the Governor's recommendation shall
be recorded in the minutes of proceedings.

(5) No speech shall be made by a Member presenting a
petition beyond a summary statement of the number and description
of the petitioners and the substance of the petition.

(6) If, immediately after a petition has been presented, a
Member rises in his place and requests that the petition be referred
to a select committee, the President shall call upon those Members
who support the request to rise their places. If not less than twenty
Members then rise the petition shall stand referred to a select
committee.

14. (1) A paper may be presented to the Council by an
Official Member, or, with the permission of the President, by a
Member other than an Official Member.

(2) Whenever a Member wishes to present a paper he shall
send a copy of it to the Clerk, who shall, distribute a copy to each
Member and may also arrange for its publication. A copy of the
paper shall be laid on the Table of the Council at the opening of the
next sitting and the Clerk shall record its laying and the date of
publication in the minutes of the proceedings of that sitting.

(3) Whenever a paper has been laid on the Table of the
Council, the Member presenting it may, with the permission of the
President, address the Council thereon.

(4) At any sitting a Member may, with the consent of the
President, address the Council on subsidiary legislation laid on the
Table of the Council at that sitting or at any of the three sittings
immediately preceding that sitting, but no debate may arise thereon.
A Member who wishes to address the Council under this paragraph
at any sitting shall inform the President of his wish before the
beginning of that sitting.

PART E

QUESTIONS TO THE GOVERNMENT

15. (1) Any Member other than an Official Member may
address a question to the Government relating to a public matter for
which the Government is responsible, and either seeking informa-
tion on such matter or asking for official action with regard to it.

(2) A question shall specify whether an oral or a written reply
is required.

16. (1) Questions may be asked at any sitting except the first
sitting of a session.

(2) Not more than twenty questions of which notice has been
given may be asked at any one sitting.





17. (1) A question shall not be asked without notice except as
provided in paragraph (4) of this order.

(2) A Member shall give notice of a question by delivering to the
office of the Clerk, not later than four clear days before the sitting at
which an answer is required, a copy thereof signed by the Member.

(3) A Member may not ask more than three questions of which
notice has been given at any one sitting.

(4) If a Member asks the permission of the President to ask a
question without notice on the ground that it is of an urgent character
and relates to a matter of public importance, the President may permit
the question to be asked without notice, if he is satisfied that it is of
that nature and that sufficient private notice of the question has been
or is to be given by the Member concerned to the Government to
enable the question to be answered.

18. (1) A question shall conform to the following rules:

(a)A question shall not include the names of person, or
statements which are not strictly necessary to make the
question intelligible.

(b)A question shall not contain a statement which the Member
who asks the question is not prepared to substantiate.

(c)A question shall not contain arguments, inferences, opinions,
imputations or epithets, or tendentious, ironical or offensive
expressions.

(d)A question shall not refer to debates or answers to questions
in the current session.

(e)A question shall not refer to proceedings in a committee
before that committee has made its report to the Council.

A question shall not seek information about a matter which is
of its nature secret.

(g) A question shall not reflect on the decision of a court of
law or be so drafted as to be likely to prejudice a case
pending in a court of law.

(h) A question shall not be asked for the purpose of obtaining an
expression of opinion, the solution of an abstract legal
question, or the answer to a hypothetical proposition.

(i) A question shall not be asked whether statements in the
press or of private individuals or private concerns are
accurate.

(j) A question shall not be asked about the character or conduct
of any person mentioned in paragraphs (7) and (8) of Standing
Order No. 31 (Contents of Speeches) and a question shall not
be asked about the character or conduct of any other person
except in his official or public capacity.





(k)A question shall not be asked seeking information which
can be found in accessible documents or ordinary works of
reference.

(l)A question which has been fully answered shall not be
asked again during the same session.

(2) If the President is of opinion that a question of which
a Member has given notice to the Clerk or which a Member has
sought to ask without notice infringes any of the provisions of
Standing Order No. 15 (Nature of Questions) or of this order, he
may direct-

(a)that it be placed on the Order Paper with such alterations
as he may direct; or

(b)in the case of a question which a Member has sought to ask
without notice, that it may be so asked with such altera-
tions as he may direct; or

(c)that the Member concerned be informed that the question
is out of order.

19. (1) Every question in respect of which a Member has
given due notice under the provisions of Standing Order No. 17
(Notice of Questions) and which complies with the provisions of
Standing Order No. 18 (Contents of Questions) shall be put on the
Order Paper for the sitting at which the Member has stated that he
wishes to ask it.

(2) The questions to be asked at each sitting shall, subject to
the provisions of paragraph (2) of Standing Order No. 16 (Question
Time), be placed on the Order Paper by the Clerk in the order in
which notice of them was received by him, and when a Member has
given notice of several questions at the same time in the order
indicated by the Member.

(3) When each question is reached on the Order Paper the
President shall, except in the case of a question for which a written
answer has been sought, call on the Member in whose name the
question stands. The Member called shall then rise in his place and
ask the question and the Official Member who is to answer it shall
give his reply.

(4) After an answer has been given to a question supplementary
questions may be put by any Member for the purpose of elucidating
that answer, but the President shall refuse to allow a supplementary
question to be answered, if in his opinion it introduces matter which
is not related to the original question or answer or which infringes
any of the provisions of Standing Order No. 15 (Nature of Ques-
tions) or Standing Order No. 18 (Contents of Questions).

(5) A Member shall not address Council on a question and a
question shall not be made a pretext for a debate.

(6) If a Member is not present to ask his question when his
name is called, the question may with his consent be asked by





another Member or otherwise shall be postponed until the next
sitting.

(7) In the case of a question for which a written answer has
been sought, or in the case of a supplementary question for which a
written answer has been offered, a written answer shall be supplied
to each Member and shall be printed in the Official Report.

PART F

STATEMENTS

20. (1) An Official Member who wishes to make a statement
on some public matter for which the Government is responsible shall
inform the President of his wish before the beginning of the sitting
at which he wishes to make the statement.

(2) No debate may arise on such a statement but the President
may in his discretion allow short questions to be put to the Member
making the statement for the purpose of elucidating it.

PART G

MOTIONS

21. (1) Except as otherwise provided in these Standing Orders,
no motion shall be moved in the Council unless notice of it has been
given not less than four clear days before the day on which the
motion is to be considered by the Council or a committee thereof.

Provided that the President or Chairman, as the case may be,
may in his discretion dispense with such notice.

(2) Except as otherwise provided in these Standing Orders, no
amendment shall be moved to a motion unless-

(a)notice of the amendment has been given not later than the
day before that on which the motion concerned is to be
considered by the Council or a committee thereof, or

(b)the President or Chairman, as the case may be, gives leave
to dispense with notice of the amendment.

22. (1) Notice of a motion or an amendment shall be given by
delivering a copy of the motion or amendment in writing to the office
of the Clerk. The notice shall be signed by the Member wishing to
move the motion or amendment.
(IA)
(2) A notice of a motion or an amendment shall be submitted
to the President, who shall direct-

(a) that it be printed in the terms in which it was handed in; or

(b) that it be printed with such alterations as he may direct; or





(e)that it be returned to the Member who signed it, as being in
his opinion out of order.

23. A motion or amendment, the object or effect of which may,
in the opinion of the President or Chairman, be to dispose of or
charge any part of the revenue or other public moneys of Hong
Kong, shall, unless moved by an Official Member, require the
recommendation of the Governor, which shall be notified by the
Member when moving the motion or amendment.

24. (1) A Member called upon by the President or Chairman
to move a motion shall rise in his place and in moving the motion
shall make such remarks as he may wish.

(2) When a motion has been moved, the President or Chair-
man shall propose the question thereon to the Council or the
committee; debate may then take place on that question.
(3) Amendments of which notice has been given or dispensed
with in accordance with paragraph (2)(a) or (2)(b) of Standing Order
No. 21 (Notice of Motions and Amendments) may be moved to a
motion at any time after the question has been proposed on the
motion by the President or Chairman and after all the amendments
have been disposed of the President or Chairman shall again
propose the question on the motion, or shall propose the question
on the motion as amended, as the case may require, and a further
debate may take place.

(4) When no more Members wish to speak the President or
Chairman shall put the question on the motion as amended to the
Council or to the committee for its decision.

25. (1) A Member called upon by the President or Chairman
to move an amendment to a motion shall rise in his place and after
making such remarks as he may wish to make shall move the
amendment.

(2) An amendment to a motion shall take one of the following
forms-

(a) To leave out one or more words of the motion.

(b)To insert or add one or more words in the motion or at the
end of the motion.

(c)To leave out one or more words of the motion and to insert
or add one or more words instead.

(3) When an amendment has been moved the President or
Chairman shall thereupon propose the question that the amendment
be made; and a debate may then take place on that question.

(4) When two or more amendments are proposed to be moved
to the same motion the President or Chairman shall call on the
movers in the order in which their amendments relate to the text of
the motion, or in cases of doubt in the order decided by the President
or Chairman.





26. (1) A motion or an amendment may be withdrawn at the
request of the mover by leave of the Council or committee before the
question is fully put thereon, if there is no dissenting voice. A motion
or amendment which has been so withdrawn may be proposed again
if, in the case of a motion, the notice required by these Standing
Orders is given.

(2) A notice of a motion or an amendment may be withdrawn
at any time before it is moved, if the Member in whose name the
motion or amendment stands gives instructions to that effect to the
Clerk.

PART H

RULES OF DEBATE

27. (1) A Member shall speak standing and shall address his
observations to the President or Chairman.

(2) When the President or Chairman rises, during proceedings
in Council or in committee of the whole Council, every Member
shall be seated.
(3) If two or more Members rise at the same time to speak, the
President or Chairman shall select one Member and call on him to
speak.

(4) When a Member has finished speaking he shall resume his
scat and any other Members wishing to speak shall rise.

28. (1) Save with the leave of the President, a Member may
not speak more than once on a question, except-

(a) in committee; or

(b)in explanation as provided in paragraph (2) of this order;
or

(c)in the case of the mover of a motion, in reply as provided in
paragraph (3) of this order; or

(d)upon a motion 'That this Council thanks the Governor for
his address' as provided in paragraph (6) of this order.

(2) A Member who has spoken on a question may again be
heard, if the President so permits, to explain some part of his speech
which has been misunderstood, but when speaking he shall not
introduce new matter.

(3) In the Council the mover of a motion may reply after all
other Members present have had an opportunity of speaking and
before the question is put; but the mover of an amendment shall not
have the right of reply.
(4) A Member who has spoken on a question may speak again
on an amendment proposed to that question, and on a motion that
the debate now be adjourned moved during the debate on that
question.





(5) No Member may speak on a question after it has been fully
put to the Council or a committee for decision by the President or
Chairman.

(6) An Official Member who has spoken on a motion 'That
this Council thanks the Governor for his address' may speak a
second time upon that motion in reply to any matter raised during
the debate on the motion.

29. A Member shall not interrupt another Member, except-

(a)by rising to a point of order, when the Member speaking
shall resume his seat and the Member interrupting shall
direct attention to the point which he wishes to bring to
notice and submit it to the President or Chairman for
decision; or

(b)to elucidate some matter raised by that Member in the
course of his speech, if the Member speaking is willing to
give way and resume his seat and the Member wishing to
interrupt is called by the President or Chairman.

30. (1) A Member who has risen to speak on a question in the
Council may move without notice that the debate be now adjourned.
Thereupon the President shall propose the question on that motion.

(2) When a motion that the debate be now adjourned has been
agreed to, the debate on the question then before the Council shall
stand adjourned and the Council shall proceed to the next item of
business.

(3) When a motion that the debate be now adjourned has been
negatived, the debate on the question then before the Council
shall be continued and no further motion that the debate be now
adjourned shall be moved during that debate except by an Official
Member.

(4) When the Council is in committee a Member may move
without notice that further proceedings of the committee be now
adjourned. Thereupon the Chairman shall propose the question
on that motion. If the motion is agreed to, the Council shall resume;
but if the motion is negatived, the committee shall continue its
proceedings.

(5) It shall not be in order to move an amendment to a motion
under the provisions of this order.

31. (1) A Member shall restrict his observations to the subject
under discussion and shall not introduce matter irrelevant to that
subject.

(2) Reference shall not be made to a case pending in a court of
law in such a way as, in the opinion of the President or Chairman,
might prejudice that case.





(3) It shall be out of order to attempt to reconsider a specific
question on which the Council has taken a decision during the current
session, except on a substantive motion to rescind that decision made
with the permission of the President.

(4) It shall be out of order to use offensive and insulting language
about Members of the Council.

(5) A Member shall not impute improper motives to another
Member.

(6) The name of Her Majesty or of the Governor shall not be used
to influence the Council.

(7) The conduct of Her Majesty and Members of the Royal Family
shall not be called in question.

(8) The conduct of the Governor, Members of the Executive and
Legislative Councils, and Judges or other persons performing judicial
functions shall not be raised.

32. During a sitting-

(a) all Members shall enter or leave the Council with decorum;

(b)no Member shall cross the floor of the Council
unnecessarily.,

(e)Members shall not read newspapers, books, letters or other
documents, except such matter therein as may be directly
connected with the business of the Council; and

(d)while a Member is speaking all other Members shall be silent
and shall not make unseemly interruptions.

PART I

RULES OF ORDER

33. The President in Council or the Chairman in committee shall be
responsible for the observance of the rules of order in the Council and
committee respectively. His decision on a point of order shall be final.

34. (1) The President or the Chairman, after having called the
attention of the Council or the committee to the conduct of a Member
who persists in irrelevance or tedious repetition of his own or other
Members' arguments in the debate, may direct him to discontinue his
speech.

(2) The President or Chairman shall order a Member whose conduct
is grossly disorderly to withdraw immediately from the Council for the
remainder of that sitting; and the Clerk shall act on orders received by
him from the Chair to ensure compliance with this order.





PART J

VOTING

35. (1) All questions put to the Council shall be decided by a
majority of the votes of the Members present and voting.

(2) The Governor or other Member presiding shall, if the
votes be equally divided, have a casting vote in addition to his
original vote.

36. (1) When the President or Chairman puts a question to
the Council or to the committee for its decision he shall first call
upon those Members who are in favour of the question to say 'Aye'
and then upon those who are against the motion to say 'No'.

(2) As soon as the President or Chairman has collected the
voices of the Ayes and of the Noes, the question being then fully put
no other Member may speak to it.

(3) The President or Chairman may, according to his judg-
ment of the number of voices on either side, then state that he thinks
the Ayes have it or that he thinks the Noes have it, as the case may
be; and if no Member challenges his statement as provided in the
next succeeding paragraph he shall declare the question to have been
so decided.

(4) If a Member challenges the statement of the President or
Chairman that he thinks the Ayes or the Noes have it by claiming a
division, then the President or Chairman shall order the Council or
the committee, as the case may be, to proceed to a division; and the
division shall be held forthwith in the manner prescribed in Standing
Order No. 37 (Divisions).

(5) Notwithstanding paragraph (4) of this order the President
or Chairman may, if in his opinion the division is unnecessarily
claimed, take the vote of the Council or the committee, as the case
may be, by calling upon the Members who support or who challenge
his decision successively to rise in their places; and he shall there-
upon, as he sees fit, either declare the determination of the Council
or the committee or order a division.

37. (1) When a division has been ordered, the votes shall be
taken by the Clerk, who shall ask each Member separately how he
wishes to vote. A Member shall, upon his name being called give his
vote saying 'Aye' or 'No' or by expressly stating that he abstains
from voting.

(2) As soon as the Clerk has taken the votes, the President or
Chairman shall state the number voting for the Ayes and for the
Noes respectively and shall then declare the result of the division.

(3) If a Member states that he voted in error or that his vote
has been counted wrongly, he may claim to have his vote altered, if
his statement is made before the President or Chairman has declared
the result of the division.





PART K

PROCEDURE ON BILLS

38. (1) A bill for presentation to the Council shall conform to the
requirements laid down in this order.

(2) The bill shall be given a short title corresponding with the title
by which it is to be cited if it becomes law.

(3) The bill shall be given a long title setting out the purposes of
the bi in general terms.

(4) The clauses of the bill shall be preceded by the enacting
formula prescribed by law.

(5) The bill shall be divided, into clauses numbered consecutively
and having a descriptive note in the margin of each clause.

(6) An explanatory memorandum stating the contents and objects
of the bill in non-technical language shall be attached to the bill.

(7) In the case of a bill, not being a Government measure, intended
to affect or benefit some particular person, association or corporate
body, there shall be included in the bill a clause saying the rights of Her
Majesty, Her heirs and successors, all bodies politic and corporate, and
all others except such as are mentioned in the bill, and those claiming
by, from and under them.

39. (1) A Member may at any time give notice of his intention to
present a bill; such notice shall be sent to the office of the Clerk and
shall be accompanied by a copy of the bill and memorandum required
by Standing Order No. 38 (Form of Bills), and, in the case of a Member
other than an Official Member, also by a certificate signed by the
Counsel to the Legislature stating that the Bill conforms to the
requirements of that Standing Order and the general form of Hong Kong
legislation.

(2) In the case of a bill having any effect such as is described in
Standing Order No. 23 (Motion and Amendments requiring
Recommendation), the notice shall be accompanied by a certificate
signed by the Chief Secretary, stating that the Governor's
recommendation will be signified to the bill on second reading.

(3) In the case of a bill presented by a Member other than an
Official Member having any effect such as is described in paragraph (7)
of Standing Order No. 38 (Form of Bills), the notice shall be
accompanied by a certificate signed by the Member, stating that the bill
has been published in two successive publication of the Gazette and
that notice of the bill has been given by two advertisements in each of
two daily newspapers published in Hong Kong, one of which shall be a
Chinese language newspaper.

(4) A Member presenting a bill shall be known throughout the
subsequent proceedings on the bill as the Member in charge of the bill.





40. (1) The Clerk shall, after receipt of a bill for presentation
to the Council, cause the text of the bill and its explanatory
memorandum to be published in the Gazette unless-

(a)the Governor directs that the bill shall not be published in
the Gazette before it has been read the first time; or

(b)the bill has already been published in the Gazette in
accordance with paragraph (3) of Standing Order No. 39.

(2) The Clerk shall, after receipt of a bill for presentation to
the Council, cause a copy of of the bill and its explanatory memoran-
dum to be sent to every Member present within Hong Kong, where-
upon the bill shall be deemed to have been presented to the Council.

41. (1) The short title of a bill presented to the Council in
accordance with paragraph (2) of Standing Order No. 40 (Presenta-
tion and Publication of Bills) shall be placed on the Order Paper for
first reading at such sitting as may be specified to the Clerk by the
Member in charge of the bill.

(2) No debate shall be allowed upon the first reading of a bill;
and the bill shall be deemed to have been read the first time upon the
Clerk reading the short title.

(3) When a bill has been read the first time, the Council shall
be deemed to have ordered the bill to be set down for second
reading, and the order of the Council shall be so recorded in the
minutes of proceedings; and notice of motion for second reading
shall not be required to be given by the Member in charge of the bill.

42. (1) In the case of a bill having any effect such as is
described in Standing Order No. 23 (Motion and Amendments
requiring Recommendation), the President shall call for the significa-
tion of the recommendation of the Governor by an Official Member
before the Council enters upon consideration of the second reading
of the bill and the motion that the bill be now read the second time
shall not be moved unless such recommendation has been signified
accordingly.

(2) The signification of the Governor's recommendation shall
be recorded in the minutes of proceedings.

(3) The Council shall proceed to the second reading of a bill
on a motion that the bill be now read the second time; and on this
motion a debate may arise covering the general merits and principles
of the bill.

(4) No amendment may be proposed to the question that the
bill be now read the second time.

(5) When a motion for the second reading of a bill has been
negatived no further proceedings shall be taken on that bill.

43. (1) When a motion for the second reading of a bill has been
agreed to, the bill shall stand committed to a committee of the whole
Council, unless-





(a)the Council, on a motion which may be moved without notice
by any Member immediately after the bill has been read the
second time, commit the bill to a select committee; or

(b)the President is of opinion that the bill would specially benefit
or otherwise specially affect some particular person or
association or corporate body, in which case he may direct
that the bill be committed to a select committee.

(2) Notice of proceedings upon a bill in committee of the whole
Council shall not be required to be given by the Member in charge of
the bill.

(3) Proceedings upon a bill in select committee shall be begun
upon a day appointed in accordance with paragraph (2) of Standing
Order No. 62 (Procedure of Select Committees).

44. (1) Any committee to which a bill is committed shall not
discuss the principles of the bill but only its details.

(2) Any such committee shall have power to make such

amendments therein as they shall think fit, provided that the
a . amendments including new clauses and new schedules, are relevant
to the subject matter of the bill.

45. (1) The provisions of this order shall apply to amendments
proposed to be moved to bills in committee of the whole Council, in a
select committee, and on recommittal.

(2) Notice of amendments proposed to be moved to a bill shall be
given not less than four clear days before the day on which the bill is to
be considered in committee; and except with the leave of the Chairman
no amendment of which notice has not been so given may be moved to
a bill.

(3) The provisions of Standing Order No. 22 (Manner of Giving
Notice of Motions and Amendments) shall apply to notice of
amendments to bills with the substitution of the word 'Chairman' for
'President' in paragraph (2) of that order.

(4) The following provisions shall apply to amendments relating to
bills:

(a)An amendment must be relevant to the subject matter of the
bill and to the subject matter of the clause to which it relates.

(b)An amendment must not be inconsistent with any clause
already agreed to or with any previous decision of the
committee upon the bill.

(c)An amendment must not be such as to make the clause which
it proposes to amend unintelligible or ungrammatical.

(d)An amendment which is in the opinion of the Chairman
frivolous or meaningless may not be moved.







(5) If an amendment refers to, or is not intelligible without, a
subsequent amendment or schedule, notice of the subsequent
amendment or schedule must be given before the first amendment is
moved so as to make the series of amendments intelligible as a whole.

(6) An amendment, the object or effect of which may, in the
opinion of Chairman, be to dispose of or charge any part of the revenue
or other public moneys of Hong Kong, shall, unless moved by an
Official Member, require the recommendation of the Governor, which
shall be notified by the Member when moving the amendment.

46. (1) The Chairman in Committee of the whole Council
shall propose 'That the following clauses stand part of the bill', and
shall direct the Clerk to call the numbers of the clauses. On the
number or numbers of any clause or group of clauses being called,
the question that that clause or group of clauses stand
part of the bill
shall be deemed to have been put. In the event of a clause being
amended the number of the clause, as amended, shall be called again
by the Clerk, and the question that the clause as amended stand part
of the bill shall be deemed to have been put.

(2) In order to save time and repetition of arguments, the Chairman
may allow a single discussion to cover a series of interdependent
amendments.

(3) The provisions of Standing Order No. 25 (Manner of Debating
Amendments to Motions) shall apply to the discussion of amendments
to bills, with the substitution of the word 'clause' for the word
'motion'.

(4) A clause may be postponed, unless a decision has already
been taken. upon an amendment thereto. Postponed clauses shall be
considered after the remaining clauses of the bill have been considered
and before new clauses are brought up.

(5) Any proposed new clause shall be considered after the clauses
of the bill have been disposed of and before consideration of any
schedule of the bill:

Provided that a new clause proposed in substitution for a clause
which has been disagreed to may be considered immediately after such
disagreement.

(6) On the marginal note of any new clause being read by the
Clerk the clause shall be deemed to have been read a first time. The
question shall then be proposed 'That the clause be read a second
time'; if this is agreed to, amendments may then be proposed to the
new clause. The final question to be proposed shall be 'That the
clause (or the clause as amended) be added to the bill'.

(7) Schedules shall be disposed of in the same way as clauses and
any proposed new schedule shall be considered after the schedules of
the bill have been disposed of, and shall be treated in the same manner
as a new clause.





(8) When every clause and schedule and proposed new clause
or schedule has been dealt with, the preamble, if there is one, shall be
considered and the question put 'That this be the preamble to the
bill'. No amendment to the preamble shall be considered which is
not made necessary by a previous amendment to the bill.
(9) If any amendment to the title of the bill is necessary by an
amendment to the bill, it shall be made at the conclusion of the
proceedings detailed above, but no question shall be put that the title
(as amended) stand part of the bill; nor shall any question be put
upon the enacting formula.
(10) An amendment, proposed new clause or proposed new
schedule, upon which a question has been proposed, may be
withdrawn at the request of the mover by leave of the committee
before the question has been fully put on it, if no Member objects.

(11) When all the proceedings upon the bill have been con-
cluded in committee, the Council shall resume and a Member shall
report the bill to the Council with or without amendment as the case
may be.

47. When a bill has been reported from a committee of the
whole Council, the Council shall be deemed to have ordered the bill
to be set down for third reading and the order of the Council shall be
so recorded in the minutes of proceedings; and notice of motion for
third reading shall not be required to be given by the Member in
charge of the bill.

48. (1) A select committee on a bill shall be subject to all the
provisions of Standing Order No. 62 (Procedure of Select Com-
mittees) but before reporting the bill to the Council it shall go
through the bill in the same manner as a committee of the whole
Council as prescribed in Standing Order No. 46 (Procedure in
Committee of the whole Council on a Bill).
(2) When a bill has been amended in a select committee, the
whole text of the bill as amended shall, if practicable, be printed
as part of the report of the select committee, but if this is not
practicable the text of every clause or schedule amended, and of
every new clause or new schedule added, shall be so printed.
(3) When all the proceedings upon the bill have been con-
cluded in a select committee and the committee have agreed to their
report, the Chairman shall, at the next sitting of the Council, report
the bill, with or without amendment as the case may be, to the
Council and shall lay a copy of the report of the committee upon
the Table.

49. (1) When a bill has been reported from a select committee
the Council may consider the bill as reported on a motion that the
report of the select committee on the bill be adopted.
(2) If that motion is agreed to without amendment, the Coun-
cil shall be deemed to have ordered the bill to be set down for third
reading and the order of the Council shall be so recorded in the





minutes of proceedings, and notice of third reading shall not be
required to be given by the Member in charge of the bill.
(3) On a motion to adopt the report of select committee on a
bill moved under paragraph (1) of this order, a Member may
propose an amendment to add at the end of the motion the words
'subject to the recommittal of the bill (either wholly or in respect
only of some particular part or parts of the bill or of some proposed
new clause or new schedule) to a committee of the whole Council'.
(4) If the motion is agreed to as amended in accordance with
paragraph (3) of this order, the bill shall stand recommitted as
required by the motion, and the Council shall immediately resolve
itself into a committee of the whole Council to consider it.

50. (1) When the whole of a bill reported from a select
committee has been recommitted the committee shall go through the
bill as provided in Standing Order No. 46 (Procedure in Committee
of the whole Council on a Bill).
(2) When a bill has been recommitted in respect only of some
specified clause or clauses or schedule or schedules of the bill or
some proposed new clause or new schedule, the committee shall
consider only the matter so recommitted and shall proceed on every
such clause or schedule in the manner provided in Standing Order
No. 46 (Procedure in Committee of the whole Council on a Bill) and
may thereafter if necessary consider amendment of the long or short
title of the bill:
Provided that if the President considers it necessary or desira-
ble he may require the whole bill to be recommitted as provided in
paragraph (1) of this order.
(3) When all proceedings in committee of the whole Council
on a recommitted bill have been completed, the Council shall resume
and the Member in charge of the bill shall report the bill, as amended
(or as not amended) on recommittal, to the Council.
(4) When the bill has been so reported after recommittal, the
Council shall forthwith proceed to the third reading of the bill,
unless the Member in charge states that he wishes the third reading
to be postponed; and in the latter event the provisions of Standing
Order No. 47 (Procedure on Reporting of Bill from Committee of
the whole Council) shall apply, and no further motion to recommit
the bill shall be allowed.

51. (1) The Council shall proceed to the third reading of a bill
on a motion that the bill be read the third time and do pass. Debate
on that motion shall be confined to the contents of the bill and no
amendment may be moved to the motion.
(2) Amendments for the correction of errors or oversights
may, with the President's permission, be made to the bill before the
question for the third reading of the bill is put by the President, but
no amendments of a material character shall be proposed.
(3) When a motion for the third reading of a bill (or bills) has
been agreed to, the Clerk shall read the short title of the bill (or bills)





and shall write at the end of the bill (or bills) the words 'Passed by the
Hong Kong Legislative Council this day' giving the date.

(4) When a motion for the third reading of a bill has been
negatived no further proceedings shall be taken on that bill.

52. The Member in charge of a bill may, at the beginning of the
proceedings on a bill at a sitting, announce that he withdraws or
postpones the bill.

53. A copy of every bill passed by the Council, certified as a true
copy by the Clerk, shall be submitted by the Clerk to the Governor for
his assent.

PART L

FINANCIAL PROCEDURE

54. (1) Any bill containing the estimated financial requirements for
expenditure on all the services of the Government of Hong Kong for the
current or succeeding financial year shall be known as an
Appropriation Bill. Estimates containing the details of the said financial
requirements shall be presented at the same time as any such bill.

(2) After the motion for the second reading of the bill has been
proposed the debate thereon shall be adjourned and shall be resumed
not earlier than the seventh day thereafter. The debate, when resumed,
shall be confirmed to the financial and economic state of Hong Kong
and the general principles of Government policy and administration as
indicated by the bill and Estimates.

(3) Subject to Standing Order No. 60(9), the Estimates shall upon
presentation to the Council stand referred to a committee of the whole
Council and the Appropriation Bill upon being read a second time shall
stand committed to that committee.

55. (1) On the consideration of the Appropriation Bill in committee
of the whole Council the clauses of the bill shall stand postponed until
after consideration of the schedule or schedules.

(2) On the consideration of a schedule each head of expenditure
shall be considered with the appropriate estimate, and any reference in
these Standing Orders to a subhead or an item means a subhead or an
item in the Estimates for the head then under discussion.

(3) On the consideration of a schedule, the Chairman shall propose
'That the sums for the following heads stand part of the schedule', and
shall direct the Clerk to call the numbers of the





heads. On the number or numbers of any head or group of heads being
called, the question that the sums in that head or group of heads stand
part of the schedule shall be deemed to have been put. Unless an
amendment is proposed under the provisions of the next succeeding order,
a debate may take place on that question. Any such debate shall be
confined to the policy of the service for which the money is to be provided
and shall not deal with the details of any item or subhead but may refer to
the details or revenue or funds for which that service is responsible.

(4) When all the heads in a schedule have been disposed of, the
Chairman shall put forthwith, without amendment or debate, the
question 'That the schedule (as amended) stand part of the bill'.

(5) When every schedule has been disposed of, the Chairman shall
propose 'That the following clauses stand part of the bill', and shall
direct the Clerk to call the numbers of the clauses. On the number of any
clause being called, the question that the clause stand part of the bill
shall be deemed to have been put. the event of a clause being amended, the
number of the clause, as amended, shall be called again by the Clerk,
and the question that the clause as amended stand part of the bill shall
be deemed to have been put.

(6) No amendment may be moved to any clause except an
amendment consequential on an alteration in the total sum appropriated
by any schedule. Any such consequential amendment shall be moved
by an Official Member only and may be moved without notice, and the
question thereon shall be put forthwith without amendment or debate.
When the question on the last of any such amendments to a clause has
been decided, the Chairman shall forthwith put the question 'That the
clause as amended stand part of the bill' and that question shall then
be decided without amendment or debate.

(7) When the question upon every clause of the bill has been
decided, the Council shall resume and a Member shall report the bill to
the Council with or without amendment, as the case may be.

56. (1) An amendment which, in the opinion of the Chairman, would
increase the sum allotted to any head of expenditure whether in respect
of any item or subhead or of the head itself shall, unless moved by an
Official Member, require the recommendation of the Governor, which
shall be notified by the Member when moving the amendment.

(2) An amendment to increase a head whether in respect of any
item or subhead or of the head itself shall take precedence over an
amendment to reduce the head in the same respect, and if it is carried no
amendment to reduce the head in that respect shall be called.

(3) An amendment to any head of expenditure to reduce the sum
allotted thereto in respect of any item therein may be moved





by any Member, and shall take the form of a motion 'That head ......

be reduced by $ in respect of (or by leaving out) subhead
item

(4) An amendment to reduce a head in respect of any subhead or
by leaving out a subhead shall only be in order if the subhead is not
itemized.

(5) An amendment to reduce a head without reference to a
subhead therein shall only be in order if the head is not divided into
subheads.

(6) An amendment to leave out a head shall not be in order and
shall not be placed on the Order Paper.

(7) In the case of each head, amendments in respect of items or
subheads in that head shall be placed on the Order Paper and
considered in the order in which the items or subheads to which they
refer stand in the head in the Estimates.

(8) When notice has been given of two or more amendments to
reduce the same item, subhead, or head, they shall be placed on the
Order Paper in the order of the magnitude of the reductions proposed,
the amendment proposing 'the largest reduction being placed first in
each case.

(9) Debate on every amendment shall be confined to the item,
subhead, or head to which the amendment refers, and after an
amendment to an item or subhead has been disposed of no amendment
or debate on a previous item or subhead shall be permitted.

(10) When all amendments standing on the Order Paper in respect
of any particular head of expenditure have been disposed of, the
Chairman shall again propose the question 'That the sum for
head stand part of the schedule' or shall propose the amended
question 'That the (increased) (reduced) sum for head..stand
part of the schedule', as the case may require. The debate on any
such question shall be subject to the same limitations as apply
to a debate arising under paragraph (3) of Standing Order No. 55
(Procedure in Committee of the whole Council on Appropriation
Bill).

57. The motion for third reading of the Appropriation Bill shall be
decided without amendment or debate.

58. (1) If an Official Member presents a paper setting out the
financial requirements of any proposals,

(a)for expenditure incurred or likely to be incurred in the course
of the current financial year either in respect of a service or of
several services for which no provision has been made in the
Estimates for that year or in respect of further financial
provision beyond the total sum already





sanctioned for a particular head or subhead or for particu-
lar heads or subheads; or
(b)for expenditure incurred in the course of a previous financial
year in excess of the total sum sanctioned for a particular
head or subhead or for particular heads or subheads by the
Estimates or Supplementary Estimates for that year,
then that paper shall, subject to Standing Order No. 60(6), be
ordered to be printed and shall stand referred to a committee of
the whole Council.
(2) At any time after a paper has been so referred to a
committee of the whole Council an Official Member may give notice
of a motion 'That this Council approves the proposal (or proposals)
set out in Paper No . ; and such a motion shall be considered in
committee of the whole Council.
(3) To the motion described in paragraph (2) of this order
amendments may be moved to add words either leaving out or
reducing an item or a subhead of any particular proposal or, if there
be more than one proposal, leaving out any particular proposal:
Provided that no amendment shall be moved unless notice
thereof has been given not less than three clear days before the day
on which the motion is to be considered in committee.
(4) When the motion 'That this Council approves the pro-
posal (or proposals) set out in Paper No . or that motion as
amended, has been agreed to in committee, the Council shall resume
and the Member who moved the motion shall report the motion or
the motion as amended to the Council; and the Council shall
thereupon be deemed to have agreed to the motion or to the motion
as amended, as the case may be.

59. If a Supplementary Appropriation Bill is presented appro-
priating only sums of money which have been agreed to by the
Council under Standing Order No. 58 (Supplementary Estimates
and Excess Financial Provisions), then the debate on the second
reading thereof shall be strictly confined to the matters for which
additional expenditure is required and when the question thereon
has been agreed to the bill shall not be committed and the question
'That the bill be now read a third time' may be put forthwith and
shall be decided without debate.

PART M

COMMITTEES

60. (1) There shall be a standing committee, to be called the
Finance Committee, the members of which shall be the Chief
Secretary, the Financial Secretary, one other Official Member, to be
nominated by the President, and all the Members other than Official
Members.
(2) The Chief Secretary shall be the chairman of the committee
and in the absence of the chairman the Financial Secretary shall act
as chairman.





(2A)The functions of the Finance Committee shall be such as are
conferred upon the Committee by the Public Finance Ordinance, any
other law and these Standing Orders, and such as may from time to time
be referred to the committee by the Council.

The committee shall sit at the times A and at the place
determined by the chairman. Written notice of every sitting shall be
given to the Members at least two clear days before the day of the
sitting. The sittings shall be held in public unless the chairman
otherwise orders in accordance with any decision of the committee.

(4) The chairman and eight Members other than Official Member
shall form a quorum. All matters before the committee shall be decided
by a majority of the Members voting but no Official Member shall have
a vote.

(4A) Where the chairman so orders in accordance with a decision
of the committee, any matter for the decision of the committee may be
considered by circulation of papers to the members of the committee
and each member may signify his approval in writing submitted to the
chairman. Where any such matter has not been so approved by all the
members who are then in Hong Kong before the expiry of the period
specified by the chairman for signifying the approval of members in
respect of that matter, that matter shall be deemed to be referred for
decision at a sitting of the committee.

(5) The clerk to the committee appointed under paragraph (6) of
Standing Order No. 4 (Duties of the Clerk) shall attend the sittings of
the committee. He shall keep a record of the proceedings of the
committee and shall distribute a copy thereof to each Member before
the next sitting.

(6) Every proposal involving expenditure from public funds, of the
nature described in paragraph (1) of Standing Order No. 58
(Supplementary Estimates and Excess Financial Provisions) shall first
be considered by the Finance Committee and thereafter every such
proposal which has been approved by the committee shall be submitted
to the Council for its consideration and approval in the manner
provided in Standing Order No. 58 (Supplementary Estimates and
Excess Financial Provisions).

(7) No proposal involving expenditure from public funds which has
not been approved by the Finance Committee under paragraph (6) of
this order shall be submitted to the Council for its consideration and
approval, except on a substantive motion moved for that purpose by an
Official Member.

(8) Nothing in paragraphs (6) and (7) shall limit or prejudice any
action that may be taken under the provisions of the Public Finance
Ordinance.

(9) The Estimates presented in accordance with the provisions of
Standing Order No. 54 (Presentation and Second Reading of
Appropriation Bill) may be referred by the President to the Finance
Committee for their examination before consideration of the Appro





priation Bill in committee of the whole Council. For the purposes of any
such examination the Finance Committee may call before them to give
evidence the public officer responsible for the service or services
provided under any head of the Estimates.

60A. (1) There shall be a standing committee, to be called the
Public Accounts Committee, to consider reports of the Director of Audit

(a) on the accounts of the Government;

(b)on such other accounts required to be laid before the
Legislatiave Council as the Committee may think fit; and

(c)on any matter incidental to the performance of his duties or
the exercise of him powers as the Committee may think fit.

(1A) The Committee shall also consider any report of the Director
of Audit laid on the Table of the Council which deals with examinations
(value for money aduit) carried out by the Director relating to the
economy, efficiency and effectiveness of any Government department
or public body or any organization to which his functions as Director of
Audit extend by virtue of any Ordinance or which receives public
moneys by way of subvention.

(2) The Committee shall consist of a chairman and six members to
be nominated by the President, all of whom shall be Members other
than Official Members. The chairman and two other members shall
constitute a quorum.

(3) A report mentioned in-

(a)paragraph (1) shall be deemed to have been referred by the
Council to the Committee for consideration upon its receipt by
the President;

(b)paragraph (1A) shall be deemed to have been referred by the
Council to the Committee when it is laid on the Table of the
Council.

(3A) Unless the chairman otherwise directs, members of the public
and of the press shall be admitted as spectators at meetings of the
Committee attended by any person called by the Committee under
paragrpah (4).

(4) The Committee may call any public officer, or, in the case of a
report on the accounts of or relating to a non-Government body or
organization, any member or servant of that body or organization, to
give information or any explanation or to produce any records or
documents which the Committee may require in the performance of their
duties; and the Committee may also call any other person to assit the
Committee in relation to any such information, explanation, records or
documents.

(5) The Committee shall make their report upon the report of the
Director of Audit on the accounts of the Government within 3 months
(or such longer period as may be determined under section





12 of the Audit Ordinance) of the date on which the Director's
report is laid on the Table of the Council.

(5A) The Committee shall make their report upon the report
of the Director of Audit mentioned in paragraph (IA) within 3
months (or such longer period as may be determined by the Council)
of the date on which the Director's report is laid on the Table of the
Council.

(6) Subject to these Standing Orders, the practice and proce-
dure of the Committee shall be determined by the Committee.

61. (1) The Council may in each session appoint one or more
select committees to consider matters or bills which the Council may
refer to the committee.

(2) The President shall decide the size of every select commit-
tee and shall nominate the chairman and members thereof.

(3) The quorum of a select committee shall be one third of the
members excluding the chairman, a fraction of a whole number
being disregarded.

(4) A select committee shall, as soon as they have completed
consideration of the matter or bill referred to them, report to the
Council thereon and the committee shall thereupon be dissolved. If
the committee are of opinion that they will not be able to complete
consideration of the matter or bill before the end of the session, they
shall so report to the Council.

(5) At the end of the session every select committee of the
Council shall be dissolved.

62. (1) The deliberations of a select committee shall be con-
fined to the matter or matters referred to them by the Council, and
in the case of a select committee on a bill shall be confined to the
bill committed to them and relevant amendments.

(2) A select committee shall sit at the times determined by
the chairman. The sittings of a select committee shall be held in
private unless the committee otherwise order.

(3) If the chairman is unable to be present at a sitting, the
committee shall elect another chairman whose tenure of office shall
be for the day of his election.

(4) The clerk to the committee appointed under paragraph (7)
of Standing Order No. 4 (Duties of the Clerk) shall attend meetings
of the committee and shall keep the minutes of proceedings of the
committee.

(5) Divisions in a select committee shall be taken by the clerk
to the committee who shall ask each member of the committee
separately how he wishes to vote and record the votes accordingly.

(6) Neither the chairman nor any other member presiding
shall vote, unless the votes of the other members are equally divided
in which case he shall give a casting vote.





(7)(a) A member of a select committee may bring a report for their
consideration. When all the reports have been brought up the
chairman shall propose the reports in order until one is
accepted as a basis for discussion, beginning with his own
report and proceeding with the remainder in the order in which
they were brought up. The question to be proposed by the
chairman on a report shall be that the
chairman's (or Mr..'s) report be read a second time
paragraph by paragraph. When this question has been
agreed to, it shall not be proposed on further reports but
portions thereof may be offered as amendments to the
report under consideration if they are relevant to it.

(b)The committee shall then go through the report paragraph by
paragraph and the provisions of Standing Order No. 46
(Procedure in Committee of the whole Council on a Bill) shall
apply as if the report were a bill and the paragraphs were the
clauses of the bill.

(c)When consideration of the report paragraph by paragraph is
concluded and when all proposed new paragraphs have been
considered the chairman shall put the question that this report
be the report of the committee to the Council.

(8) A select committee may make a special report relating to the
powers, functions and proceedings of the committee on matters which
they think fit to bring to the notice of the Council.

(9) The minutes of proceedings of the committee shall record all
proceedings on consideration of a report or bill in the committee and on
every amendment proposed to the report or bill, with a note of
divisions, if divisions were taken in the committee, showing the names
of members voting in the division or declining to vote.

(10) A report or special report, with the minutes of proceedings of a
select committee and the minutes of evidence, if evidence was taken,
shall be laid on the Table of the Council by the chairman of the
committee.

63. The evidence taken before a select committee and documents
presented to the committee shall not, except in the case of sittings of the
committee held in public, be published by a member of the committee or
by any other person before the committee have presented their report to
the Council.

PART N

MISCELLANEOUS MATTERS

64. No Member shall appear before the Council or a committee
thereof as a legal practitioner for or on behalf of a party or in a capacity
for which he is to receive a fee or award.





65. (1) A Member shall not move any motion or amendment
relating to a matter in which he has a direct personal pecuniary interest
or speak or vote on any such matter, whether in the Council or in any
committee, without disclosing the nature of that interest.

(2) A motion to disallow a Member's vote on the ground of non-
disclosure of his personal pecuniary interest may be moved without
notice by any Member immediately upon the statement of the numbers
voting in the division by the President or Chairman, but not otherwise.

(3) The President or Chairman shall have discretion whether or not
to propose the question upon such a motion; and in exercising such
discretion he shall have regard to the nature of the question upon
which the vote was taken and to the consideration whether the interest
therein of the Member whose vote is challenged is direct and pecuniary
and not an interest in common with the rest of the inhabitants of Hong
Kong and whether his vote was given on a matter of state policy.

(4) If the question for the disallowance of a Member's vote is
proposed, the Member concerned may be heard in his place but he shall
then withdraw from the Council or committee for the duration of the
debate and any vote on the question.

(5) If a motion for the disallowance of a Member's vote is agreed to,
the President or Chairman shall direct the Clerk to alter the numbers
voting in the original division accordingly.

66. Subject to such rules as may from time to time be made by the
President, members of the public and of the press shall be admitted as
spectators of sittings of the Council. The Clerk shall ensure that such
rules are compiled with.

67. (1) A Member may without notice at any time rise and move
that strangers do withdraw, specifying whether the withdrawal is to be
for the remainder of that day's sitting or during the consideration of
certain business. The President or Chairman shall forthwith propose the
question thereon and the Council or committee shall dispose of it before
proceeding further with the business which was before it when the
motion was moved.

(2) The President or Chairman may at any time order strangers to
withdraw and the doors of the Council Chamber to be closed.

(3) When an order has been made by the Council or committee, or
by the President or Chairman, for the withdrawal of strangers, members
of the public and of the press shall forthwith withdraw from the Council
Chamber and the Clerk shall ensure that the order is complied with.

68. A motion which has the object or effect of suspending a
standing order shall not be moved except after notice or with the
consent of the President.





69. In any matter not provided for in these Standing Orders,
the practice and procedure to be followed in the Council shall be
such as may be decided by the President who may, if he thinks fit,
be guided by the practice and procedure of the House of Commons
of the United Kingdom.

70. In these Standing Orders, unless the context otherwise
requires-

(a)references to printing include references to all mechanical,
electrical and photographic methods of reproducing words
in visible form;

(b)the expression 'clear days' excludes the day of the giving
of a notice, the day of a sitting and intervening public
holidays.





ROYAL WARRANT.

THE EFFICIENCY MEDAL.

[Published in the Gazette as G.N. 460/31.]

GEORGE R.I.

GEORGE THE FIFTH, by the Grace of God, of Great Britain, Ireland and
the British Dominions beyond the Seas, King. Defender of the
Faith, Emperor of India, to all to whom these Presents shall come,
Greeting!

WHEREAS Her late Majesty Queen Victoria was graciously
pleased in the year 1894 to institute and create a Medal for the
Volunteer Force to be designated 'The Volunteer Long Service Medal',
and by a Warrant under Her Sign Manual dated the 13th day of June,
1896. did extend the grant of such Medal to Our Indian and Colonial
Volunteer Forces and to Volunteer Forces raised for Our Service in
countries under Our protection;

AND WHEREAS Her late Majesty by a Warrant under Her Sign
Manual dated the 18th day of May, 1899, did subsequently institute
and create a Medal for Our Colonial Auxiliary Forces to be designated
'The Colonial Auxiliary Forces Long Service Medal'. to reward the long
and meritorious services of members of such forces;

AND WHEREAS His late Majesty King Edward the Seventh was
graciously pleased in the year 1904 to approve of a Medal for long
service and good conduct being granted to non-commissioned officers
and men of the Militia, which Medal is designated the Militia Long
Service Medal, and in the year 1906 to extend the grant of the Medal to
certain Militia Forces Overseas.,

AND WHEREAS His late Majesty was graciously pleased in the
year 1908 to approve of a Medal being granted to noncommissioned
officers and men of the Special Reserve, which Medal is designated the
Special Reserve Long Service and Good Conduct Medal;

AND WHEREAS His late Majesty was graciously pleased IN THE
year 1908 to approve of a Medal for efficiency being granted to non-
commissioned officers and men of the Territorial Force, which Medal is
now designated the Territorial Efficiency Medal;

AND WHEREAS We are desirous of instituting a new Medal to
replace the aforesaid Medals in order that throughout Our Empire and
territories under Our protection there may be one Medal to reward the
long and meritorious service of warrant officers, noncommissioned
officers and men of Our Militia in Great Britain, hereinafter referred to as
Our Militia, of Our Territorial Army





in Great Britain, hereinafter referred to as Our Territorial Army, and of
the other authorized Auxiliary Military Forces of Our Empire, or
territories under Our protection, hereinafter referred to as the other
Auxiliary Military Forces of Our Empire, and that thereby the Imperial
character of such service may be recognized;

Now, THEREFORE, it is Our Will and Pleasure that the grant of the
aforesaid Medals shall be discontinued for future service and in lieu
thereof We have instituted, constituted and created and by these
Presents for Us, Our Heirs and Successors. do institute, constitute and
create a new Medal which We are desirous should be highly prized by
members of Our Militia, of Our Territorial Army and of the other
Auxiliary Military Forces of Our Empire., and We are graciously pleased
to make, ordain and establish the following rules and ordinances for the
governance of the same which shall henceforth be inviolably observed
and kept

Firstly: It is ordained that the Medal shall be designated 'The
Efficiency Medal'.

Secondly: It is ordained that the Medal shall be of silver, oval in
shape and shall bear in relief on the obverse the Royal and
Imperial Effigy and on the reverse the inscription 'For
Efficient Service'.

Thirdly: It is ordained that the Medal shall be worn suspended on
the left breast by a green ribbon one inch and a quarter in
width with yellow stripes down the edges.

Fourthly: It is ordained that the Medal shall in all cases bear a
subsidiary title to denote whether at the time the recipient
qualified for the award of the Medal he was serving in Our
Militia or in Our Territorial Army or in one of the other
Auxiliary Military Forces of Our Empire., such subsidiary title
being specified in the regulations hereinafter mentioned and
inscribed on the mount of the Medal.

Fifthly: It is ordained that the Medal shall be awarded to warrant
officers, non-commissioned officers and men who complete
twelve years' efficient service on the active list of Our Militia.
of Our Territorial Army or of the other Auxiliary Military
Forces of Our Empire; and who are recommended by the
Commanding Officer of the unit in which the period of Service
requisite to qualify for the Medal is completed and who are
certified by the responsible military authorities as deserving of
the Medal.

sixthly: It is ordained that a Clasp to be worn on the ribbon of the
Medal shall be awarded to warrant officers, noncommissioned
officers and men who, having been awarded the Medal.
complete a total of eighteen years' efficient service as
aforesaid. and a further Clasp shall be awarded





to those who complete twenty-four years' efficient services as
aforesaid.

Seventhly: It is ordained that service in West Africa (except that
performed by natives of West Africa), shall reckon two-fold
as qualifying service for the Medal or Clasps. but any period
spent on leave therefrom shall reckon only as single
qualifying service.

Eighthly: It is ordained that such war service as may be defined
from time to time in the regulations hereinafter mentioned shall
reckon two-fold as qualifying service, or as single qualifying
service, towards the period of service required for the award
of the Medal or Clasps; and that war service not so defined
shall not reckon as qualifying service: Provided that nothing
in this Our Warrant shall permit service to reckon more than
two-fold as qualifying service for the Medal or Clasps.

Ninthly: It is ordained that such service rendered in the ranks of a
Cadet force as may be defined in the regulations hereafter
mentioned shall count as qualifying service for the Medal or
Clasps.

Tenthly: It is ordained that service on the permanent staff of any of
the aforesaid forces by members of the permanent forces of
Our Empire or territories under Our protection or service in a
Reserve or Auxiliary force involving a liability for service only
and no liability for training in peace, shall not reckon as
qualifying service for the Medal or Clasps.

Eleventhly: It is ordained that the service requisite to qualify for
the Medal or Clasps shall be continuous service except in
special circumstances and all such exceptions shall be defined
in the regulations hereinafter mentioned, provided,
nevertheless, that where service is rendered in more than one
of the aforesaid forces, such forces not being in the same
portion of Our Empire, or territories under Our protection, an
interval not exceeding twelve months between any two
periods of service, shall not be regarded as breaking the
continuity of such service.

Twellthly: It is ordained that such service in the authorized Naval
or Air Auxiliary or Volunteer Forces of Our Empire or
territories under Our protection as may be defined in the
regulations hereinafter mentioned shall count as qualifying
service for the Medal or Clasps.

Thirteenthly: It is ordained that an officer of the aforesaid forces
who has in virtue of service in the ranks thereof been awarded
the Medal or Clasps shall, if The Efficiency Decoration be
subsequently conferred upon him, not be called upon to
surrender the Medal or Clasps, but shall not be permitted to
wear them until such time as he has





completed the full periods of qualifying service in respect of
both the Decoration and the Medal or Clasps.

Fourteetahly: It is ordained that any service reckoned as
qualifying service for the grant of any Long Services, Good
Conduct or Efficiency Medal (or Clasp) which may have been
awarded to a member of Our Militia, Our Territorial Army or of
the other authorized Auxiliary Military Forces of Our Empire
as aforesaid shall not reckon as qualifying service for The
Efficiency Medal or Clasps albeit that the recipient of any of
the above mentioned Medals (or Clasps) may be permitted to
wear them with The Efficiency Medal (with or without Clasps),
provided that he has completed the full periods of qualifying
service in respect of each Medal or Clasp.

Fifteenthly: It is ordained that it shall be competent for Our Army
Council in regard to Our Militia and Our Territorial Army, or
for the Governors-General, Governors or Officers
administering the Government, as the case may be, in regard to
the Auxiliary Military Forces of Our respective Dominions,
Colonies, or territories under Our protection, or for Our
Viceroy in regard to the Auxiliary Forces in India, to cancel
and annul the award of the Medal to any person and also to
restore a forfeited Medal, under the conditions laid down in
the regulations hereinafter mentioned.

Sixteenthly: It is ordained that the Medal shall be awarded under
such regulations as to grant. forfeiture, restoration and other
matters, in amplification of these Our rules and ordinances as
may, with Our approval signified through one of Our Principal
Secretaries of State, be issued from time to time by Our Army
Council in regard to Our Militia and Our Territorial Army, or
by the GovernorsGeneral, Governors or Officers administering
the Government as the case may be, in regard to the Auxiliary
Military Forces of Our respective Dominions, Colonies, or
territories under Our protection, or by Our Viceroy in regard to
the Auxiliary Military Forces in India.

Lastly: We reserve to Ourself, Our Heirs and Successors, full
power of annulling, altering, abrogating, augmenting.
interpreting or dispensing with these rules and ordinances, or
any part thereof, by a notification under Our Sign Manual.

GIVEN at Our Court at St. James's this 23rd day of September, in
the 21st year of Our Reign, and in the year of Our Lord one thousand
nine hundred and thirty.

By His Majesty's Command,

T. SHAW.





ROYAL WARRANT.

THE EFFICIENCY MEDAL.

(Army Order No. 73 of 1946).

[Published in the Gazette as G.N.A. 39/49.]

GEORGE R.I.

GEORGE THE SIXTH, by the Grace of God, of Great Britain, Ireland and
the British Dominions beyond the Seas. King, Defender of the
Faith. Emperor of India, to all to whom these Presents may come.
Greeting!

WHEREAS His late Majesty King George V, by a Warrant under
His Sign Manual dated the 23rd day of September, 1930*, was pleased
to make, ordain and establish rules and ordinances for the governance
of The Efficiency Medal, reserving for Himself, His Heirs and
Successors full power of annulling, altering, abrogating, augmenting,
interpreting or dispensing with those rules and ordinances, or any part
thereof, by a notification under Royal Sign Manual;

AND WHEREAS We deem it expedient to make further
provision regarding the conditions under which The Efficiency Medal
and Clasps shall be awarded;

OUR WILL AND PLEASURE is that officers who are
serving or who have served as such on the active list of any of our
Armed Forces during the present Emergency and who were, on the 2nd
September. 1939, serving as officers. warrant officers, noncommissioned
officers, men, or auxiliaries, on the active list of Our Territorial Army or
of Our Auxiliary Territorial Service, or of any Auxiliary Military Forces
raised in Our Indian Empire, Burma, any of Our Colonies, any Territory
under Our Protection, or in any other part of Our Dominions Our
Government whereof shall so desire, or in any Territory under Our
Protection administered by Us in such Government, and were embodied
or called up for service, shall, until Our Further Will and Pleasure be
made known, and subject in other respects to the conditions laid down
in the Warrant of 23rd September, 1930 (as subsequently amended), be
eligible for the award of The Efficiency Medal and Clasps, and be
allowed to reckon their service as officers as qualifying service for the
Medal and Clasps, except that officers who before the 2nd September,
1939, had qualified for the award of The

* Army Order 186 of 1930.
Note:This Royal Warrant amends Royal Warrant dated 23rd September,
1930, (G.N. 460/31).





Efficiency Decoration shall not be eligible for the Medal and Clasps
unless they are qualified under the terms of the Warrant of 23rd
September, 1930.

OUR FURTHER WILL AND PLEASURE is that officers as
aforesaid, who were serving as warrant officers, non-commissioned
officers or men of Our Supplementary Reserve, Category A or B, on 2nd
September, 1939, and who were embodied or called up for service in
accordance with Army Order 158 of 1939 shall until Our Further Will and
Pleasure be made known, and subject in other respects to the conditions
laid down in the Warrant of 23rd September, 1930, be eligible for The
Efficiency Medal and Clasps and be allowed to reckon their service as
officers as qualifying service therefor.

OUR FURTHER WILL AND PLEASURE is that any person who
under the terms of this Our Warrant receives an Efficiency Medal or
Clasps and is or subsequently becomes entitled to an Efficiency
Decoration shall not be permitted to wear such medal or clasps with The
Efficiency Decoration, except under the conditions laid down in the
Warrant of 23rd September, 1930.

GIVEN at Our Court of St. James's, this 10th day of May, in the
tenth year of Our Reign, and in the year of Our Lord one thousand nine
hundred and forty-six.

By His Majesty's Command,

JOSEPH
WESTWOOD.





REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE GRANT, FORFEITURE
AND
RESTORATION OF THE EFFICIENCY MEDAL.

(HONG KONG).

[Published in the Gazette as G.N.A. 83/55.]

1. The Efficiency Medal and Clasps are awarded as a reward for
long and efficient service to a warrant officer, non-commissioned officer
or man of Her Majesty's Authorized Auxiliary Military Forces of the
Commonwealth* (or their Reserves) and are governed by the Royal
Warrant dated 23rd September, 1930.

2. (i) Warrant officers, non-commissioned officers and men of the
Royal Hong Kong Defence Force of Hong Kong who on or after the
23rd September, 1930, have completed the requisite period of qualifying
service as hereinafter defined shall be eligible for the Medal and Clasps.

(ii) A warrant officer, non-commissioned officer or man must have
completed 12 years voluntary continuous efficient service as defined in
these regulations.

(iii) A warrant officer, non-commissioned officer or man who has
been awarded the Medal and who completes a further 6 years voluntary
continuous efficient qualifying service as defined in these regulations
shall be awarded a Clasp to be attached to the ribbon by which the
Medal is suspended and for a further period of 6 years qualifying
service under similar conditions an additional Clasp shall be awarded.

3. The subsidiary title of the Medal awarded to warrant officers,
non-commissioned officers and men who complete the requisite period
of qualifying service while serving in the aforesaid Force of Hong Kong
shall be 'Hong Kong and the words 'Hong Kong shall be inscribed on
the bar brooch of the Medal so awarded.

4. Service as described below if voluntary shall be regarded as
qualifying service, provided that none of it has been previously
counted as qualifying service for the grant of any other Long Service,
Good Conduct or Efficiency Medal or Clasp

*The term 'Her Majesty's Authorized Auxiliary Military Forces of the
Commonwealth means, for the purposes of the Efficiency Medal, the
Territorial Army, the Royal Naval Volunteer Reserve and the Royal
Auxiliary Air Force in the United Kingdom and Her Majesty's similar forces
including volunteer forces in other territories of the Commonwealth to which
attach similar obligations for training in peace; it excludes the Army Reserve
and such like forces. The word 'Commonwealth' includes any territories
under Her Majesty's protection.

See Anny Order No. 186 of 1930.





A. Other rank and cadet service.

(i)Service in the ranks on the active list of the Royal Hong Kong
Defence Force, the Hong Kong Defence Force or the Hong
Kong Volunteer Defence Corps such service having been
efficient in accordance with the regulations governing service
in such Force or Corps.

(ii)Service in the ranks of any Reserve or Auxiliary unit of the
aforesaid Force or Corps such as may have been rendered
while those units performed annual training equivalent to that
normally carried out by the parent Force or Corps, provided
that the individual concerned also performed such training and
that efficiency is determined by the standard required for the
parent Force or Corps.

(iii) Service in the ranks of Her Majesty's other Authorized
Auxiliary Military Forces of the Commonwealth including their
Reserves and associated Officers' Training or Cadet Corps.
such service in every case having been qualifying service in
accordance with the regulations under the Royal Warrant of
the 23rd September, 1930, and applicable to the Force in which
or with whose Reserve or associated Officers' Training or
Cadet Corps the service was rendered.

(iv)Service in the ranks or as a cadet in a duly recognized and
constituted Officers' Training or Cadet Corps in any of Her
Majesty's Dominions. Colonies or territories under Her
Majesty's protection. such service being qualifying service in
accordance with the regulations under the Royal Warrant of
the 23rd September, 1930. applicable to the Force with whose
associated Officers' Training or Cadet Corps the service was
rendered.

(v)Service in the ranks of any Force or Corps mentioned in sub-
paragraph (i). (ii) or (iii) during their embodiment, other than
service covered by those sub-paragraphs, the exact period
only of such embodiment being counted: Provided always both
as regards this service and that referred to in sub-paragraph (i).
(ii) or (iii) that a period of 2 months embodied service in any
calendar year reckoned from 1st January to 31st December will
be allowed to count as the equivalent of efficient service for
that year.

(vi)Service in the ranks on the permanent staff of the Royal Hong
Kong Defence Force, the Hong Kong Defence Force or the
Hong Kong Volunteer Defence Corps by members of the
Permanent Forces of the Commonwealth, except such service
as is covered by sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph B; service in
any unit of any





such Force or Corps involving a liability for service only and
no liability for annual training in peace shall not reckon as
qualifying service.

B. War Service.

(i)A warrant officer, non-commissioned officer or man who was
serving in the Hong Kong Volunteer Defence Corps on the
2nd September, 1939, and who was embodied or called out for
service on or after that date will reckon as double his service
between the date on which he was embodied or called out and
the date on which he was released from embodiment. (No
service subsequent to the 7th April, 1949, may count as
double qualifying service). A period of 2 months or more
efficient embodied service between 2nd September, 1939, and
7th April, 1949. occurring in any calendar year reckoned from
the 1st January will be allowed to count as the equivalent of
efficient service for that year.

(ii)A warrant officer, non-commissioned officer or man who was
serving in the ranks of the Hong Kong Volunteer Corps of the
Hong Kong Volunteer Reserve or any other Authorized
Auxiliary Force of the Commonwealth including any reserve
associated therewith on 4th August, 1914, and who, before
11th November. 1918, served or accepted an obligation to
serve on military service beyond the borders of the Force of
which he was a member will reckon as double his embodied
service on the active list. whether commissioned or in the
ranks, rendered between the dates of embodiment and of
disembodiment of the Force in which he was serving, whether
such service was in the Royal Navy, Regular Army. Royal Air
Force, Special Reserve, Territorial Force or Dominion or
Colonial Forces.

(iii) Except as provided in sub-paragraph (ii), commissioned
service in the case of those men who were commissioned after
service in the ranks of an Authorized Auxiliary Force of the
Commonwealth during the period of embodiment of the Force
consequent upon the outbreak of war on 4th August, 1914,
and who, having relinquished their commissions, re-enrolled
in the ranks of an Authorized Auxiliary Force of the
Commonwealth prior to 1st January, 1922, shall count as
single qualifying service for the Medal or Clasps.

(iv)Any period during which a warrant officer, non-
commissioned officer or man of the Hong Kong Volunteer
Defence Corps was relegated to unemployment between the
2nd September, 1939, and the 7th April, 1949, otherwise than
at his own request, or for redundancy or inefficiency, will
count as single qualifying service.





(v)Except as provided in sub-paragraph (ii), service in the ranks
in the Royal Navy, the Regular Army, the Royal Air Force or a
permanent Force of a Dominion, Colony or Territory under Her
Majesty's protection during the period from 4th August, 1914,
to 31st December, 1921, and/or from 2nd September, 1939, to
1st November. 1947 (inclusive) shall count as single qualifying
service for the Medal or Clasps.

(vi)No service shall count more than double qualifying service.

C. Continuity of Service.

Service qualifying for the Medal and Clasps must be continuous
except

(i)during the period from 4th August, 1914, to 31st December,
1921, andlor from 2nd September, 1939, to 1st November. 1947
(inclusive).

(ii)that service in different Auxiliary Military Forces not of the
same territory of the Commonwealth shall be deemed to be
continuous if any break in service occurring between service
in one such force and another does not exceed 12 months.,

(iii)that where a warrant officer. non-commissioned officer or man
who, having been discharged from the Hong Kong Volunteer
Defence Corps or from any Approved Auxiliary Force of the
Commonwealth during the war commencing on 3rd September,
1939, by reason of wounds or illness contracted on service,
subsequently during the Corps period of embodiment
voluntarily re-enlisted into the Corps after recovery, the period
between such discharge and re-enlistment shall not be
reckoned as breaking continuity of service.

(iv)that except as provided in sub-paragraph (iii) service in the
aforesaid forces of Hong Kong shall be deemed to be
continuous if any break in service is not due to the individual's
own request or to his own fault and does not exceed 12
months;

(v)that the following periods, although inadmissible as qualifying
service (save in the circumstances hereinbefore described) will
not be reckoned as breaking continuity of service

(a)service in the Royal Navy, Regular Army, Royal Air Force
or in a Permanent Force of a Dominion, Colony or
Territory under Her Majesty's protection, or in the
Reserves of such forces or in the Reserves of any
Authorized Auxiliary Force of the Commonwealth.,





(b)service of men of any of the aforesaid forces of Hong
Kong whilst released from military service for the
purpose of being employed on work of national
importance, which will be defined as occasion arises,
during a period of embodiment;

(c)periods of desertion or absence without leave of men of
any of the aforesaid forces of Hong Kong during
embodiment or training either in camps or barracks,
provided that they continue to serve after their offence
has been dealt with;

(d)periods of detention or imprisonment during annual
training or embodiment.

5. Ineligibility. A person who has been convicted by a Court
Martial, or of an indictable offence by the Civil Power, will not be
eligible for the award of the Medal unless the Governor shall otherwise
direct.

6. Applications for the Medal should be made in writing by
Commandant, Royal Hong Kong Defence Force and should be
supported by a statement of the warrant officer's, non-commissioned
officer's or man's service in Form A appended to these regulations. The
Commandant will forward his recommendations through the usual
channel of correspondence to the Governor, accompanied in each case
by a statement certifying that the person recommended has completed
the qualifying period of efficient service and that he is in every way
deserving of the Efficiency Medal or Clasp.

Applications for Clasp should be dealt with in a similar manner.

7. Grant of Medal and Clasps. The Medal or Clasp will be
awarded on the authority of the Governor and a notification of its
award will be published in the Hong Kong Government Gazette.

8. Loss and Replacement. When the Medal or Clasp has been lost
and it is desired to replace it a declaration must be made before a
magistrate stating the circumstances under which the loss occurred,
and the rank, name and Corps of the person to whom the Medal or
Clasp belonged. This declaration will be forwarded to the Governor
through the usual channel of correspondence in the case of a person
who is still serving, and direct in the case of a person who has retired. If
the explanation as to loss is considered satisfactory the Medal or Clasp
will be replaced on repayment being made by the person to cover the
cost of the Medal or Clasp.





9. Forfeiture and Restoration. A recipient of the Medal who is
convicted by a Court Martial or of an indictable offence by the Civil
Power, or who is dismissed or removed from his Corps or Regiment for
misconduct shall forfeit the Medal unless the Governor shall otherwise
direct.

A Medal forfeited under the preceding regulation may be restored
by the Governor at his discretion.

A notice of forfeiture or of restoration shall in every case be
published in the Government Gazette.

10. The Efficiency Medal will be worn suspended on the left breast
by a green ribbon. one inch and a quarter in width, with yellow stripes
down the edges, but the recipient of any other Long Service, Good
Conduct or Efficiency Medal will only be permitted to wear the
Efficiency Medal (with or without Clasps) with them if he has completed
the full period of qualifying service in respect of each Medal or Clasp.

11. In undress and service uniform when ribbons only are worn, the
grant of Clasps will be denoted by the wearing on the ribbon of a small
silver rose, according to the number of Clasps awarded. The rose or
roses will not be worn on the ribbon when the Medal itself is worn.

FoRm A.
THE EFFICIENCY MEDAL.
(HONG KONG).

Statement of Service of ...............................................................

of the .........................Force/Corps.

N.B. Service which under the Royal Warrant and the Regulations made
thereunder is to count two-fold qualifying service should be shown in the first place
by the actual dates of such service, but only the equivalent single service for
qualifying purposes should be carried forward as service in the 'Total Qualifying
Service' column.






....................I certify that the above is a correct statement of the service
of ...................................and that his total qualifying
service amounts to ......years .....months days.

Date .......................................

(Signed) .......................................................

Administrative Officer,

Royal Hong Kong Defence Force.

(Countersigned) .......................................................

Commandant,

Royal Hong Kong Defence Force.

This statement is to be completed by the Commanding Officer of the
Auxiliary Force in which the period of qualifying service is completed. Where the
period of qualifying service is in more than one Auxiliary Force, the Commanding
Officer signing the statement must satisfy himself that all service reckoned is
qualifying service, and as to the period to be so reckoned.

Where war service is claimed as double qualifying service a separate certificate
by the applicant for the Medal will be afforded to that effect setting out the
circumstances, e.g. that he actually served outside the territory or Colony of the
Force of which he was a member or that he signed or otherwise accepted before
11th November, 1918, an obligation to do so.





AIR TRANSPORT (LICENSING OF AIR
REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATION

Regulation

PART I

INTERPRETATION

1. Interpretation............................ ............ G3

PART II

LICENCES AND OPERATING PERMITS FOR SCHEDULED
JOURNEYS

2. Exceptions................ G4
3. Penalties................ G4

4. The Air Transport Licensing Authority.............. G 5

5. Issue of licences.. ............ . G 6

6. Applications for licences................... G 6
7. Publication of applications................... G 6

8. Objections and representations................. G 7

9. Public and private inquiries................ G 7

10. Emergency applications................ G 7

11. General policy of Licensing Authority................ G 7

12. Period licences remain in force................ G 8

13. Provisional licences pending determination of application ........ G 8
14. Provisional licences authorizing continuation of service ........ G 8

15. Publication of decisions by Licensing Authority ............ G 8

16. Revocation or suspension of licences................ G 8

17. Surrender of licences...... G 9

18. Licence fees................. G 9

19. Returns from licensees................. .............. G 9

20. Annual report of Licensing Authority..... ............ G 10

20A.............Operating permits.. .. .................. G 10

PART III

PERMITS FOR JOURNEYS OTHER THAN SCHEDULED
JOURNEYS

21. Exceptions..... ............ G 10
22. Penalties..... ............ G 10
23. Issue of permits.. .. .............. G 11
24. Applications for permits G 11



25. Revocation or suspension of permits G 11





Regulation Page

PART IV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

26. Compliance with air navigation and transport laws and regulations by licence,
operating permit and permit holders......................G 11
27. Transfer and assignment of licences, operating permits and permits.......G 11
28. Information regarding financial resources of an applicant to be treated as
confidential................................... G 12
29. When provisional licences are deemed to be licences............... G 12
30. No right to continuance of any benefits.................... G 12
30A. Power of Director or authorized person to prohibit flight............G 12
31. Proceedings for an offence against the regulations............... G 13

PART V

TRANSITIONAL

32. Transitional...................................G 13

PART VI

CITATION

33. Citation...................................... G 13

Schedule. Forms........................................ G 14





AIR TRANSPORT (LICENSING OF AIR SERVICES)
REGULATIONS

[By the Governor under 26 Geo. 5 & 1 Edw. 8 c. 44,
section 5, as applied by S.R. & O. 1937 No. 378
(G. N. 602/37) and S. R. & O. 1947 No. 2738.]*

[4 November 1949.]

PART I

INTERPRETATION

1. In these regulations and the Schedule, unless the context
otherwise requires

'air service' means any service performed by any aircraft for hire or
reward:

Provided that a member of a club carried in an aircraft
belonging to the club for the purposes of instruction shall not. if
the instructor is also a member of the club, be deemed to be carried
for hire or reward, notwithstanding that payment is made for such
instruction or carriage;

'air services arrangements' means

(a) any inter-governmental air services agreement or
arrangements; and

(b) any agreement between operators concerning air services,

and includes any such agreement or arrangements between the
Government of Hong Kong and the Government of the United
Kingdom;

'authorized person' means any person authorized by the Director of
Civil Aviation, either generally or in relation to a particular case or
class of cases;

'Board of Trade' means the Board of Trade of the United Kingdom;

'Colony' means the Colony of Hong Kong;

'Convention on International Civil Aviation' and 'International Air
Services Transit Agreement' mean respectively, the Convention
and the Agreement so styled which were signed at Chicago on
behalf of the Government of the United Kingdom on 7 December
1944;

'Director of Civil Aviation' means the person for the time being
lawfully discharging in the Colony the functions of the office of
Director of Civil Aviation;

'licence' means a licence granted under regulation 5:

* Note:In force by virtue of S.R. & 0. 1952 No. 868, Article 6 (G.N.A. 161/52).





'Licensing Authority' means the Air Transport Licensing Authority
constituted by regulation 4;

'operating permit' means a licence granted under regulation 20A;

permit means a permit granted under regulation 23;

'provisional licence' means a licence granted under regulation 13 or 14;

' scheduled journey' means one of a series of journeys which are
undertaken between the same two places and which together
amount to a systematic service operated in such a manner that the
benefits thereof are available to members of the public from time to
time seeking to take advantage of them.

PART II

LICENCES AND OPERATING PERMITS FOR SCHEDULED
JOURNEYS

2. Part II shall not apply to the carriage of passengers, mail or
cargo by air for hire or reward upon journeys other than scheduled
journeys.

3. (1 ) Subject to the provisions of these regulations, no person
shall use any aircraft for the carriage in the Colony of passengers. mail
or cargo for hire or reward upon any scheduled journey between two
places, one of which is in the Colony, except under and in accordance
with the provisions of

(a)in the case of an aircraft which is registered in a country or
place other than

(i) [Deleted, L.N. 22/85]

(ii) any of the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man;

(iii) any colony for the government of which Her Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom is responsible; or

(iv) any country or place; outside Her Majesty's
dominions, in which for the time being She has jurisdiction in
right of Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom,

an operating permit which has been granted to the operator of
the aircraft;

(b)in any other case, a licence or provisional licence granted by
the Licensing Authority.

(2) Any person who uses any aircraft in contravention of the
provisions of this regulation shall be liable on conviction in the case of
a first offence to a fine of $7,000 or to imprisonment for 3 months or to
both such fine and such imprisonment, and in the case of a second or
subsequent offence to a fine of 570,000 or to imprisonment for 2 years
or to both such fine and such imprisonment.





(3) The provisions of this regulation shall not apply in respect of
the aircraft of any State, which is a party to the International Air
Services Transit Agreement, which fly across the Colony without
landing, or land in the Colony in accordance with the provisions of that
Agreement.

(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1), a person may
use an aircraft under and in accordance with the provisions of

(a)a licence granted by the Licensing Authority under
regulation 5; or

(b)a provisional licence granted by, the Licensing Authority
under regulation 13,

if such licence or provisional licence, as the case may be, was granted
before the commencement of the Air Transport (Licensing of Air
Service) (Amendment) Regulations 1969, other than regulation 10
thereof.

4. (1) The Licensing Authority for the purposes of this Part shall
consist of such number of members, not being less than 3, as the
Governor may from time to time determine, and shall be known as the
'Air Transport Licensing Authority'.

(2) Every member of the Licensing Authority shall be appointed
by the Governor, and. unless he shall earlier resign his office by writing
under his hand addressed to the Governor. shall hold office for such
term as the Governor shall at the time of making the appointment
determine but shall be eligible for reappointment from time to time on
the expiration of his term of office. The Governor shall nominate one of
the members to be Chairman.

(3) The Governor may from time to time appoint deputy members
to act in the place of members who are ill or absent. Such deputy
members may be appointed either for a specified term or to act in the
place of a specified member during his illness or absence.

(4) The Governor may remove any member or deputy member from
his office for inability or misbehaviour.

(5) Where the Governor proposes to appoint a person to be a
member or deputy member of the Licensing Authority, he shall, before
making the appointment require that person to declare whether he has
any, and if so what, financial interest in any undertaking which
provides transport for passengers or goods or which owns or operates
aerodromes, manufactures aircraft, aircraft engines or accessories, or
supplies aircraft fuel or lubricants. If any member or deputy member of
the Licensing Authority acquires any such financial interest he shall,
within 4 weeks after so doing, give notice thereof in writing to the
Governor specifying the interest so acquired, and the Governor after
taking the matter into consideration may, if he thinks fit, declare that the
member or deputy member has vacated his office and the seat of such
member or deputy member shall thereupon become vacant.





(6)(a) The Governor may appoint a person to be secretary to
the Licensing Authority.

(b)The Licensing Authority may appoint such other officers
and servants as may, in the opinion of the Governor, be
necessary to enable them to discharge their duties.

(e)The number of members which shall form a quorum of the
Licensing Authority for the dispatch of business, and the
way in which the Licensing Authority shall determine
questions for their decision shall be such as the Governor
may prescribe.

5. (1) The Licensing Authority may grant to any person
applying therefor a licence to carry passengers, mail or cargo by air
for hire or reward on such scheduled journeys, and subject to such
conditions, as may be specified in the licence..

(2) The Licensing Authority may attach such conditions to
any licence as they may think fit having regard to the nature and
circumstances of the application therefor.

(3) It shall be a condition of every licence that-

(a)the holder of the licence and any person having a financial
interest in the business of the holder of the licence shall
refrain from stipulating that any other person shall-
(i) refuse booking facilities to any other holder of a
licence;
(ii) grant such facilities to such other holder only on
onerous terms; and
(b)the holder of the licence shall perform all such reasonable
services as the Postmaster General may from time to time
require in regard to the conveyance of mails (and of any
persons who may be in charge thereof) upon journeys
made under the licence. The remuneration for any such
services shall be such as may from time to time be deter-
mined by agreement between the Postmaster General and
the holder of the licence:

Provided that any disputes and disagreements shall be
subject to arbitration under the Arbitration Ordinance.

6. Applications for licences shall be made in the form and
manner, and shall contain the particulars prescribed in Form 1 in the
Schedule. Every applicant shall furnish to the Licensing Authority
such further information as the Licensing Authority may reasonably
require for the discharge of their duties in relation to the application.

7. The Licensing Authority shall cause to be published, in the
manner prescribed in Form 2 in the Schedule such particulars of any
applications for licences received by them as are prescribed in the
said Form 2.





8. Responsible persons or bodies who may reasonably be
considered by the Governor to have an interest private or public in
the matter of the issue or refusal of a licence may, in the form and
manner, and within the time, prescribed in Form 3 in the Schedule,
make representations or objections with regard to any application
for a licence.

9. The Licensing Authority may, if they think fit, for the
purpose of determining applications for licences, hold inquiries in
public or in private and shall hold an inquiry in public if the
applicant, or any person who has duly made an objection, requires
the Licensing Authority, by such notice, in such form, as is
prescribed in Form 4 in the Schedule so to do. Before holding any
such inquiry the Licensing Authority shall give to the applicant and
to any person who has duly made representations or objections with
regard to the application, such notice, in such form, as is prescribed
in the said Form 4 and shall give the applicant and any such person
an opportunity of being heard at the inquiry.

10. Where an application is made to the Licensing Authority
for a licence to remain in force for a period not exceeding 30 days
and they are satisfied that it is in the public interest that the
application should be determined with expedition, they may deter-
mine the application and grant a licence accordingly; and the
provisions of this Part as to the publication of particulars of
applications, the making of objections and representations, and the
holding of inquiries at the instance of the applicant or an objector
shall not in that case apply.

11. In exercising their discretion to grant, or to refuse, a licence
and their discretion to attach conditions to any licence the Licensing
Authority shall have regard to the co-ordination and development
of air services generally with the object of ensuring the most effective
service to the public while avoiding uneconomical overlapping and
generally to the interests of the public, including those of persons
requiring or likely to require facilities for air transport, as well as
those of persons providing such facilities. In particular the Licensing
Authority shall have regard to the following matters-

(a)the existence of other air services in the area through which
the proposed services are to be operated;

(b) the demand for air transport in that area;

(c)the degree of efficiency and regularity of the air services,
if any, already provided in that area, whether by the
applicant or by other operators;

(d)the period for which such services have been operated by
the applicant or by other operators;

(e)the extent to which it is probable that the applicant will be
able to provide a satisfactory service in respect of safety,





continuity, regularity of operation, frequency, punctuality,
reasonableness of charges, and general efficiency;

the financial resources of the applicant;

(g) the type of aircraft proposed to be used;

(h)the remuneration and general conditions of employment of
aircrew and other personnel employed by the applicant,

and the Licensing Authority shall take into consideration any
objections or representations duly made in accordance with the
provision of these regulations.

12. The Licensing Authority may grant licences to remain in force
for such period, not exceeding 5 years, as they may in each case
determine; commencing on the date on which the licence is expressed
to take effect:

Provided that if, on the date of the expiration of a licence, an
application to the Licensing Authority is pending for the grant of a new
licence in substitution for an existing licence held by the applicant, the
existing licence shall continue in force uniti the application is granted or
refused.

13. The Licensing Authority may if they think fit. pending the
determination of an application for a licence, grant to the applicant a
provisional licence which shall remain in force until the application is
determined.

14. Where a person has, within one month of the date when the
provisions of these regulations as to applications for licences come into
operation, duly applied for a licence authorizing him to perform such
journeys as may be necessary to enable him to continue to operate any
air service and satisfies the Licensing Authority that he was
immediately before that date operating that service the Licensing
Authority shall grant to the applicant a provisional licence authorizing
him to continue to operate that service and such provisional licence
shall remain in force-

(a)if the application is granted, until the date from which the
licence is expressed to take effect; or

(b)if the application is refused, for a period of 3 months, from the
date of the decision of the Licensing Authority.

15. The Licensing Authority shall cause to be published in the
manner prescribed in Form 5 in the Schedule such particulars of their
decisions on applications for licences and of their decisions to revoke
or suspend a licence as are prescribed in the said Form 5.

16. (1) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (2), the Licensing
Authority may revoke or suspend a licence if

(a)the holder of the licence has. since the licence was granted,
been convicted of an offence against regulation 3 or 22; or





(b)where the holder of the licence is a body corporate, any
officer of that body corporate has, since the licence was
granted, been convicted, in his capacity as such officer, of an
offence against regulation 3 or 22; or

(c)the holder of the licence has failed to comply with any
condition subject to which the licence was granted.

(2) Before revoking or suspending any licence under paragraph
(1)(c), the Licensing Authority shall give to the holder of the licence
such notice as is prescribed in Form 6 in the Schedule specifying the
grounds upon which it is proposed to revoke or suspend the licence,
and shall not revoke or suspend the licence unless they are satisfied,
after holding a public inquiry if the holder of the licence (by such
notice, in such form as is prescribed in the said Form 6) requires them
so to do, that, owing to the frequency of the failure on the part of the
holder to comply with conditions or to the failure having been wilful,
the licence should be revoked or suspended.

(3) In paragraph (1)(b), 'officer' means a director, general
manager, secretary or other similar officer and includes any person.
who with the authority of the body corporate, acts as such officer.

17. A licence may at any time be surrendered by the holder to the
Licensing Authority for cancellation. If, during the currency of a
licence, the holder applies to the Licensing Authority for a new licence
in substitution for the current licence, he shall, if a new licence is
granted, surrender the current licence for cancellation on the date from
which the new licence is expressed to take effect.

18. (1) There shall be paid to the Director of Accounting Services
in respect of every licence a fee of 5160 in respect of each year or part
of a year of the term for which the licence is expressed to remain in
force.

(2) There shall be paid to the Director of Accounting Services in
respect of any provisional licence granted under regulation 14 a fee of
532.

(3) No refund of any fee paid in respect of the grant of a licence
shall be made, whether on the surrender of the licence or otherwise,
save where a licence is surrendered before its normal date of expiry
upon the grant of a new licence authorizing a service over the same
route, in which case there shall be refunded the sum of $160 for each
full year of the unexpired period of the licence but the holder shall in
addition to the normal fee for the new licence pay the special additional
fee of $32.

19. The holder of a licence shall, if required by the Licensing
Authority, make a return in writing to the Licensing Authority within a
specified time giving in respect of a specified period the particulars set
out in Form 7 in the Schedule with regard to all air services authorized
by the licence.





20. The Licensing Authority shall make an annual report to the
Governor as to the exercise of their functions during the year.

20A. (1) The Director of Civil Aviation may grant an operating
permit to an operator and, in the exercise of his functions under this
paragraph, shall have regard to any relevant air services arrangements.

(2) An operating permit shall contain such conditions as the
Director of Civil Aviation may consider neccessary or expedient
including such conditions as he may consider necessary or expedient to
give effect to any air services arrangements.

(3) Subject to paragraphs (4) and (5) an operating permit shall be in
force for such period as may be specified therein commencing with the
date on which the permit is expressed to take effect.

(4) The Director of Civil Aviation may, if he thinks fit, provisionally
suspend an operating permit pending inquiry into or consideration of
the case.

(5) The Director of Civil Aviation may, at any time, by notice to the
operator, revoke, suspend or vary an operating permit or substitute a
new operating permit for a previous operating permit

(a)where this is necessary or expedient to give effect to any
variation in the air services arrangements; or

(b)on sufficient ground being shown to his satisfaction after due
inquiry.

PART III

PERMITS FOR JOURNEYS OTHER THAN SCHEDULED JOURNEYS

21. Part III shall not apply to the carriage of passengers, mail or
cargo by air for hire or reward on scheduled journeys.

22. (1) Subject to the provisions of these regulations, it shall not be
lawful for any person to use any aircraft for the provision in the Colony
or of any air service except under, and in accordance with the
conditions of, a permit granted by the Director of Civil Aviation.

(2) Any person who uses any aircraft in contravention of the
provisions of this regulation shall be liable on conviction in the case of
a first offence to a fine of $4,000 or to imprisonment for 3 months or to
both such fine and such imprisonment and in the case of a second or
subsequent offence to a fine of $32,000 or to imprisonment for 2 years
or to both such fine and such imprisonment.

(3) The provisions of this regulation shall not apply in respect of
any journey performed on the authority of Article 5 of the Convention
on International Civil Aviation if the aircraft performing the journey flies
across the Colony without landing or lands in





the Colony for non-traffic purposes only, but shall apply in respect
of any such journey if the aircraft performing the journey takes on
or discharges passengers, cargo or mail in the Colony.

23. (1) The Director of Civil Aviation may grant to any
person applying therefor a permit to use aircraft for the provision in
the Colony of such air services (other than such a service as is
referred to in regulation 3(1) ) for such period and on such condi-
tions as may be specified in the permit.

(2) The Director of Civil Aviation may attach such conditions
to any permit as he may think fit having regard to the nature and
circumstances of the application therefor.

24. Applications for permits shall be made in such form, and
shall contain such information as the Director of Civil Aviation may
require.

25. (1) The Director of Civil Aviation may revoke or suspend
any permit if-

(a)the holder of the permit has, since the permit was granted,
been convicted of an offence against regulation 3 or 22; or
(b)where the holder of the permit is a body corporate, any
officer of that body corporate has, since the permit was
granted, been convicted, in his capacity as such officer, of
an offence against regulation 3 or 22; or

(c)the holder of the permit has failed to comply with any
condition subject to which the permit was granted.

(2) In paragraph (1)(b), 'officer' means a director, general
manager, secretary or other similar officer and includes any person
who, with the authority of the body corporate, acts as such officer.

PART IV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

26. It shall be a condition of every licence, operating permit or
permit that the requirements of any law or instrument having the
force of law, for the time being in force in the Colony, relating to air
navigation or air transport shall be complied with at all times during
the currency of the licence, operating permit or permit in connexion
with all journeys made under the licence, operating permit or permit.

27. A licence, operating permit or permit shall not be capable
of being transferred or assigned:
Provided that in the event of the death, incapacity, bankruptcy,
sequestration or liquidation of the holder of a licence, operating
permit or permit, or of the appointment of a receiver or manager or





trustee in relation to the business of the holder of a licence, operating
permit or permit the person for the time being carrying on that
business shall, if within 14 days of his commencing so to do, he
makes application to the Licensing Authority or the Director of
Civil Aviation (as the case may be) for a new licence, operating
permit or permit, be entitled to provide the air services authorized by
the existing licence, operating permit or permit subject to the
conditions thereof, until the application is determined.

28. Nothing in these regulations shall require the disclosure by
any applicant for a licence, operating permit or permit to any person
other than the Licensing Authority or the Director of Civil Aviation
(as the case may be) of information as to the financial resources of
the applicant and any such information received by the Licensing
Authority or the Director of Civil Aviation from any such applicant
shall be treated as confidential.

29. Any references to a licence in regulation 5(2) and (3),
regulations 19, 26, 27 and 30 shall be construed as including
references to a provisional licence.

30. Nothing in these regulations shall confer upon the holder
of a licence, operating permit or permit or upon any other person
any right to the continuance of any benefits arising from the provi-
sions of these regulations or from any licence, operating permit or
permit granted thereunder or from any conditions attached to any
such licence, operating permit or permit.

30A. (1) Where it appears to the Director of Civil Aviation or
an authorized person that any aircraft is intended or is likely to be
flown in such circumstances that any provision of regulation 3 or 22
would be contravened in relation to the flight, the Director of Civil
Aviation or an authorized person may-

(a)direct the operator or commander of the aircraft that he is
not to permit the aircraft to make the particular flight or
any other flight of such description as may be specified in
the direction, until the direction has been revoked by the
Director of Civil Aviation or by an authorized person; and

(b) take such steps as are necessary to detain the aircraft.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1), the Director of Civil
Aviation and an authorized person may enter upon and inspect any
aircraft.

(3) Any person who, being the operator or commander of an
aircraft, contravenes any direction given to him under paragraph
(1)(a) shall be guilty of an offence and shall be liable on conviction to
a fine of $7,000 or to imprisonment for 3 months.





31. (1) Proceedings for an offence against these regulations
shall not be instituted except with the consent of the Attorney
General.

(2) Where an offence against these regulations has been com-
mitted by a body corporate, every person who, at the time of the
commission of the offence was a director, general manager, secretary
or other similar officer of the body corporate, or was purporting to
act in any such capacity, shall be deemed to be guilty of that
offence, unless he proves that the offence was committed without
his consent or connivance and that he exercised all such diligence to
prevent the commission of the offence as he ought to have exercised
having regard to the nature of his functions in that capacity and to
all the circumstances.

PART V

TRANSITIONAL

32. (1) Any licence authorizing the use of any aircraft regis-
tered in the United Kingdom for any carriage described in regula-
tion 3 shall, upon the coming into force* of the Air Transport
(Licensing of Air Services) (Amendment) Regulations 1985, be
cancelled, but this paragraph is without prejudice to the power of
the Director of Civil Aviation to grant an operating permit in
accordance with regulation 20A in place of the cancelled licence.

(2) An operating permit granted by the Board of Trade or the
Secretary of State and in force immediately prior to the commence-
ment of the Air Transport (Licensing of Air Services) (Amendment)
Regulations 1985 shall-

(a)continue in force until the date on which it would other-
wise have expired or until 31 March 1986, whichever is the
earlier, and thereafter be cancelled;

(b)be deemed to have been granted by the Director of Civil
Aviation under regulation 20A, and the provisions of that
regulation shall apply accordingly.

PART VI

CITATION

33. These regulations may be cited as the Air Transport
(Licensing of Air Services) Regulations.





SCHEDULE
FORM 1 [reg. 6.]
Hong Kong
APPLICATION FOR LICENCE TO OPERATE A SCHEDULED SERVICE
(ToThe Licensing A Authority through the (Director of Civil A Aviation

1............................APPLICANT (full name)

If a body corporate give full particulars and title of applicant.

2. Nationality of Applicant(s)
.................................................................................
3. Country in which aircraft are registered
..............................................................
4. Registered business address (a) Head Office:
.....................................................
(b) In the Colony:
..................................................

5. Particulars of Route it is desired to operate (1) Point of Departure

---...(2) Point of final Destination

(3) Intermediate landing points
...........................................................................

(a) for traffic purposes:
..(b)
for non-traffic purposes:
.........................................................................

(c) weather alternates:

6. Period for which the Licence is required:
............................................................

7. Type of aircraft to be used and Passenger Seating Accommodation:

..

8. Crew to be carried (Number and function):
.......................................................
9. ANNEXURES: A:Proposed schedule of frequencies, with details of intended*
time tables.

B: Passenger rates (through and intermediate).

C: Freight rates ( do. )

D: Airmail conveyance rates ( do. )

E: Free baggage allowance and excess baggage rates.

F:Total number of aircraft belonging to applicant (individual
types and seating capacity).

G:Total aircrew personnel on pay-roll (e.g. pilots. co-pilots,
navigators, radio-operators, etc.).

H:Details of the insurance of the aircraft for the proposed
route.
Notice:I hereby give notice that 1 desire the Licensing Authority to conduct an
Inquiry (in Public/in Private) to consider this application.







Date ..........Signed

Title
.................................................
........

CONDITIONS
Note:Before the application overleaf is submitted by the Director of Civil
Aviation to the Licensing Authority for consideration. the applicant must
first satisfy the Director of Civil Aviation as regards:

1 . Operational procedures to be observed-including Route Capacity Schedules,
Operations Manual, Route Book for aircrew, Preparations for flight; such
documents as Flight Plans, Log-books, (Aircraft, Engine and Journey). Loadsheet;
Radio apparatus to operate on the required frequencies for the proposed Route.

2. Maintenance Manual and Schedule (based on the Air Registration Board's
(U.K.) requirements). Information is also required as to where major overhauls are
to be done; the cheeks on aircraft and engines; and the availability of adequate
spare parts.

3. Traffic handling
...........................................................................................

4. The adequacy and competence of the staff to be employed.





ENDORSEMENT OF
APPLICATION

(by the Director of Civil Aviation)

The Secretary/ Chairman,

Licensing Authority,

............................................

I CERTIFY that I have verified to the best of my knowledge and ability the
particulars given overleaf and in the Annexures; that I have examined the
applicant's proposed practises in respect of the Conditions 1, 2, 3, and 4 above,
and 1 am of the opinion that

(1) they are satisfactory;
....................................................................................

(2) they are satisfactory on condition that;
.......................................................

(3) they are unsatisfactory for the following reasons:

Date .............Signed

Title
..........................................................

FORM 2 [reg. 7.]

Hong Kong

PUBLICATION, BY LICENSING AUTHORITY, OF
PARTICULARS OF
APPLICATION(S) TO OPERATE SCHEDULED AIR
SERVICE(S)

In accordance with the provisions of regulation 7 of the Air Transport
(Licensing of Air Services) Regulations, the Licensing Authority of the Colony
hereby publish prescribed particulars of the undermentioned application(s) to
operate Scheduled Air Service(s) in, to and from the Colony.

Any representations regarding, or objections thereto,-in accordance with
regulation 8 must be received by the Licensing Authority within 14 days after the
date of the first publication of this Notice; and any Notice, requiring the holding
of a public inquiry must be received within 14 days after the date of the first
publication of this Notice, in Form 3.

PARTICULARS OF APPLICATION(S) TO
OPERATE
SCHEDULED AIR SERVICE(S)

1 Applicant:

2. Date of first publication of application: ..............................................................

3. Route applied for:

4. Purposes of Services (Passenger, Freight, Mails): ................................................

5. Points of departure, final destination and intermediate points of call:

..







6. Frequency of flights:
7. Provisional time table:
8. of aircraft:

Date .............Signed

Chairman,
Licensing Authority.





FORm 3 [reg. 8.]

Hong Kong

Name: ......................................................
Address: ...................................................
Date: ........................................................
Occupation: ..............................................

The Secretary/ Chairman, Licensing Authority.

REPRESENTATIONS OR OBJECTIONS
REGARDING
PROPOSED SCHEDULED AIR SERVICE(S)

With reference to the published Notice dated .....................................................

regarding the undermentioned application to operate a Scheduled Air Serviceand in accordance
with regulations 7 and 8 of the Air Transport (Licensing of Air Services) Regulations-I beg to
submit representations/ objections relating thereto: *and I hereby give notice (in accordance with
regulation 9) that 1 require the Licensing Authority to hold a public inquiry before the said
application shall be determined.

2. The application referred to is that from

Applicant:
To operate a.........service...from
...................................to ..

3. Representations/Object ions are as follows:-

Date ..............Signed

Delete all the words if a public inquiry is NOT desired. Such Notice must be received by the
Licensing Authority within 14 days of the date of the first publication of the application.

FORm 4 [reg. 9.]

Hong Kong

NOTIFICATION OF INQUIRY BEFORE DETERMINING
APPLICATIONS)
TO OPERATE SCHEDULED AIR SERVICE(S)

From: The Secretary, Licensing Authority

Address: ................................

Date: .................................................................

To:

Sir/Madam:

I am directed to notify you-in accordance with regulation 9 of the Air Transport
(Licensing of Air Services) Regulations that the Licensing Authority will hold

a private/public inquiry to consider the application by ..............................................

.......................................

for a licence licence ...to operate the route .......................................
and to invite you to attend this inquiry-for the purpose of being heard with regard to the said
application.





2. The inquiry will be held on (date)
................................................................

at the hour of ....at (place of meeting)

..and I am to request you to notify me at
once

whether or not you will be present or represented.

Signed
......................................................
..Secretary, Licensing
Authority

REPLY.

Name:..Address:
..Date:
..The Secretary,

Licensing Authority. Sir,

I hereby acknowledge receipt of your Notification dated
....................................

Delete I shall
I shall not
whichever is - be presented or represented by
inapplicable.
* at the inquiry to
be held on

(date)
..........................................................................................................................

Signed
...............................................................

FORM 5 [reg. 15.]

Hong Kong

PUBLICATION OF DECISIONS OF THE LICENSING AUTHORITY
REGARDING GRANT, REFUSAL, SUSPENSION, OR
REVOCATION OF LICENCES

In accordance with the provisions of regulations 15 and 16 of the Air
Transport (Licensing of Air Services) Regulations, the Licensing Authority of the
Colony hereby publish the following particulars of their decisions regarding the
grant, conditional grant, or refusal of a licence to operate the undermentioned
proposed Service(s) and/ or of their revocation or suspension of existing licence(s)
to operate the Service(s) specified.

Applicant or Licence Holder:
.....................................................................................

Licence No.:
...............................................................................................................

Date of application or licence:
....................................................................................

Route(s):






.....................................................................................................................

Frequency of flights:
...................................................................................................

Time table:
..................................................................................................................

Type of aircraft:
..........................................................................................................





DECISION(S)

(The reasons stated are at the discretion of the Licensing Authority

(1) Licence granted (no reason)
................................................................................
(2) Application refused for the following reason(s)
..................................................

(3) Licence No . revoked, for the following reason(s)
..............
(4) Licence No . suspended, for the following reason(s)

Date ...............Signed
...................

...............Secretary
Licensing Authority

.................FORM 6 [reg. 16.]
.................Hong Kong
.................NOTIFICATION OF INQUIRY CONCERNING THE REVOCATION/ SUSPENSION
.................OF A LICENCE TO OPERATE SCHEDULED AIR SERVICE(S)
.................From: The Secretary. Licensing Authority.
.................Address:

Date:
........................................................
.........

To:
....................................
...

Sir/Madam:

I am directed to notify you-in accordance with regulation 16(2) of the Air Transport (Licensing
of Air Services) Regulations-that the Licensing Authority of the Colony will hold a private, public
inquiry to consider the REVOCATION SUSPENSION of the Licence you hold No .
...........................................................
to operate the Route .................on the grounds set out below. and to
invite you to be present. 1 am also to request you to state (a) if vou will be present or represented,
and (b) if you desire the inquiry to be held in public. The meeting
will take place at (place) ...........on
(date) ...............................at the hour of

Signed
.......................................................
........

Secretary, Licensing Authority,

REPLY.

From:
.......................................................
........
Address:
.......................................................
....
Date:
.......................................................






..........

The Secretary,

Licensing Authority.

Sir,

I hereby acknowledge receipt of your notification dated .....................................

..and inform you that I shall be present or represented
by ...................................at the meeting, which 1 desire

should be held in private/public.

Signed
........................................................
.......





FORm 7 [reg. 19.]

Hong Kong

RETURNS from ............................................................................................................

Licensed Operator of Route
.......................................................................................

Period from .....to

To:
..............................................................................................................................

Subjoined please find the prescribed Returns in respect of Licence

No . ............held by
to operate route from with
intermediate stages indicated below.

Date ............Signed

Intermediate Stages From To



Type of aircraft:

Frequency of services.






OTHER REMARKS.

Signed ...................................

Title ..................................................................
Date ..................................................................





ROYAL WARRANT.

THE CADET FORCES MEDAL.

[Published in the Gazette as G.N.A. 82/50.]

GEORGE R.

GEORGE THE SIXTH, by the Grace of God, of Great Britain, Ireland and
the British Dominions beyond the Seas, King, Defender of the
Faith, to all to whom these Presents shall come, Greeting!

WHEREAS We are desirous of honouring those who have
rendered long and meritorious service as Officers, Chief Petty Officer
Instructors and adult Warrant Officers in or with the Services Cadets.

We do by these Presents for Us, Our Heirs and Successors
institute and create a new Medal and we do hereby direct that it shall be
governed by the following rules and ordinances.

First: Style.-The Medal shall be designated and styled 'The Cadet
Forces Medal'.

Secondly: Description.-The award shall be in cupro-nickel in the
form of a circular Medal bearing on the obverse the Crowned
Effigy of the Sovereign and on the reverse the inscription
'The Cadet Forces Medal', and a representation of a torch.
The name of the recipient shall be stamped on the rim of the
Medal.

Thirdly: Ribbon.-The Medal shall be worn on the left breast
suspended from a ribbon one and a quarter inches in width
which shall be in colour green with yellow edges, narrow
stripes of dark blue, red and light blue being superimposed.
The ribbon shall be worn with the dark blue stripe further
from the left shoulder than the stripe of light blue.

Fourthly: Eligibility (Royalty).-The Medal may be worn by Us, Our
Heirs and Successors, Kings and Queens Regnant of Great
Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the Seas,
and it shall be competent for Us, Our Heirs and Successors, to
confer at Pleasure the award upon any Princes or Princesses
of the Blood Royal.


Fifthly: Eligibility (general).-Those eligible for the Medal
shall be persons granted Commissions by Ourself, Our Heirs
or Successors, or by Our Admiralty or by Our Lieutenants of
Counties or by Our Air Council, in Our Reserve or Auxiliary or
Volunteer Forces, and persons given appointments prior to
1st February, 1942, as





Officers by the Navy League or the Air League of the British
Empire, for service in Units of or with Services Cadets, who
have so served with such Commissions or appointments on or
after 3rd September, 1939, and Chief Petty Officer Instructors
and adult Warrant Officers of Services Cadets who were
serving as such on or after 3rd September, 1939, such Services
Cadets having been raised in Our United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Northern Ireland, any of Our Colonies or a territory
under Our protection; or within any other part of Our
Dominions Our Government whereof shall desire to take part in
the grant of the award. under Regulations approved by Us, or
within any territory under Our protection administered by Us
in such Government.

Sixthly: Service required.-The period of service requisite for the
award shall be twelve years qualifying service subsequent to
3rd September, 1926, inclusive, as defined in the regulations
hereinafter mentioned, qualifying service during the Second
World War, in the period 3rd September, 1939, to 2nd
September, 1945, being reckoned two-fold. Service which has
been, or may be, reckoned as qualifying service for the
Efficiency Decoration or the Efficiency Medal or the Clasps
thereto or service which has been recognized by the award of
any other alternative Efficiency or Long Service Award may
not be reckoned towards the award of the Medal.

Seventhly: Continuity.---Qualifying service shall be continuous,
exception only being made to this rule in the manner
prescribed in the Regulations hereinafter mentioned.

Eighthly: Qualifying service terminated by disability.-It shall be
competent for Our First Lord of the Admiralty, Our Secretary
of State for War or Our Secretary of State for Air, as the case
may be. or for the Governors or Officers administering the
Government, as the case may be, of Our respective Colonies or
territories under Our protection. or the appropriate Ministers
of State in any of Our Dominions, Our Government whereof
shall so desire, or within any territory under Our protection
administered by Us in such Government, in relation to the
Services Cadets within their respective jurisdiction, to approve
the special award of this Medal where qualifying service has
been terminated by disability of a permanent nature directly
attributable to qualifying service during the period 3rd
September. 1939, to 2nd September, 1945. before the
completion of the required period of qualifying service.
provided that in such cases the individual has completed
qualifying service which under the terms of this, Our Warrant,
may be reckoned as eleven years.





Ninthly: Clasp.-A Clasp to the Medal, to be attached to the ribbon
when the Medal itself is worn, and in cupronickel. may be
awarded on the completion of each additional twelve years of
qualifying service after the end of the qualifying period for the
grant of the Medal. A cupro-nickel rose Emblem denoting the
award of each Clasp shall be worn on the ribbon when the
ribbon only is worn.

Tenthly: Certificate of efficiency.-No person shall be recommended
for the Medal or Clasp unless, having completed the
qualifying period of service, it is certified that he is, or was
when he last served, efficient and in every way deserving of
the award.

Eleventhly: Registration.-The names of all those to whom the
Medal or Clasp is awarded shall be recorded in the manner
prescribed in the Regulations hereinafter mentioned.

Twelfthly: Order of wear.-In the official list showing the order in
which Orders, Decorations and Medals are worn the Cadet
Forces Medal shall be placed after The King's Medal for
Champion Shots in the Military Forces and before the Rocket
Apparatus Volunteer Long Service Medal.

Thirteenthly: Miniatures.-Reproductions of the Medal, known as
miniature Medals, which may be worn on certain occasions by
those to whom the Medal is awarded, shall be approximately
half the size of the Cadet Forces Medal, and a sealed pattern
of the miniature Medal shall be kept in the Central Chancery of
Our Orders of Knighthood.

Fourteenthly: Forfeiture, and Restoration.-It shall be competent
for Our First Lord of the Admiralty, Our Secretary of State for
War, or Our Secretary of State for Air. as the case may be, or
for the Governors or Officers administering the Government,
as the case may be, of Our respective Colonies or territories
under Our protection. or for the appropriate Ministers of State
in any of Our Dominions, Our Government whereof shall as
desire, or within any territory under Our protection
administered by Us in such Government, in relation to the
Services Cadets within their respective jurisdiction, to cancel
and annul the conferment of the Medal or Clasp on any
person, under the conditions laid down in the Regulations
hereinafter mentioned, and also to restore a forfeited award
under those Regulations.

Fifteenthly: Regulations.-The award shall be conferred under such
Regulations as to grant, forfeiture, restoration





and other matters, in amplification of this Our Warrant, as may
with Our approval be issued from time to time by Our First
Lord of the Admiralty, Our Secretary of State for War, or Our
Secretary of State for Air, as the case may be, after agreement
has been reached between those three Ministers and Our
Prime Minister, or subject to the agreement of the aforesaid
Ministers. by the Governors or Officers administering the
Government, as the case may be, of Our respective Colonies or
territories under Our protection, in relation to the Services
Cadets within their respective jurisdiction, or by the
appropriate Minister of State in any of Our Dominions, Our
Government whereof shall so desire, or within any territory
under Our protection administered by Us in such Government.

Lastly: Annulment, &c., of rules and ordinances.-We reserve to
Ourself. Our Heirs and Successors. full power of annulling,
altering, abrogating, augmenting. interpreting, or dispensing
with these rules and ordinances, or any part thereof, by a
notification under Our Sign Manual.

GIVEN at Our Court at St. James's, this first day of February, one
thousand nine hundred and fifty, in the fourteenth year of Our Reign.

By His Majesty's Command.

C. R. ATTLEE.





THE CADET FORCES MEDAL REGULATIONS.

[Published in the Gazette as G.N.A. 82/50.]

Made by the First Lord of the Admiralty, the Secretary of State for
War and the Secretary of State for Air, with the agreement of the Prime
Minister, under the terms of the Royal Warrant, and approved by The
King.

February, 1950.

1. Eligibility.

'Services Cadets' shall mean, in the United Kingdom, service in
'open' or 'closed' Units of the Sea Cadet Corps, the Combined Cadet
Force, the Junior Training Corps, the Officers Training Corps, the Army
Cadet Force, or the Air Training Corps.

2. Qualifying service.

Qualifying service shall be

(i) Commissioned service, or enrolled service as a Chief Petty
Officer or adult Warrant Officer, in or with the following

(A)The Services Cadets, as defined in regulation 1 above.

(B)The Navy League Sea Cadets, subsequent to 3rd
September, 1926, and up to 1st February, 1942, inclusive.

(C) The Cadet Force administered by the British National
Cadet Association from the formation of that
Association in 1930 until 1st February, 1942, or
subsequent to 3rd September, 1926, in the Cadet Force
which existed in the United Kingdom before the
formation of that Association.

(D) The Air Defence Cadet Corps administered by the Air
League of the British Empire from 1st July, 1938,
inclusive, until the formation of the Air Training Corps
on 1st February, 1941.

(E) Any officially recognized Services Cadets of any country
of the British Commonwealth, provided that the service
shall not be reckoned at the same time for any similar
award under the regulations of the country concerned.

(ii) Commissioned or other service in the following

(A) During hostilities, the Armed Forces of the Crown or the
Merchant Navy.





(B) In peace-time conditions, the Reserve or Auxiliary Forces,
as specified by the Board of Admiralty, the Army Council
or Air Council, involving a liability to regular periodic
training.

(C)In peace-time conditions, the Armed Forces of the Crown
involving compulsory full-time service.

provided, under (ii) (A), (B), or (C),

(a)that such service shall be reckoned as qualifying
service only where it has interrupted continuous
qualifying service in the Cadet Forces,

(b)that such service shall not have been recognized by
the award of an alternative Efficiency or Long
Service award,

and provided, under (ii), (B). or (C),

(c)that such regular periodic training or compulsory
service shall have been carried out by the candidate.

1. Territorial (General List) service with Cadets.

Service with Cadets of Officers with Territorial (General List)
Commissions is not counted as qualifying service for the Efficiency
Decoration except in the case of ex-Junior Training Corps officers who
will be permitted to complete that current period for the award of the
Decoration or a Clasp, as the case may be, and having completed that
period will cease to be eligible to qualify for a Clasp and further Clasps
and will begin to qualify for the Medal.

4. Cadet service.

Service as a Cadet will not in any circumstances be reckoned as
qualifying service.

5. Continuity of service.

Qualifying service shall be continuous. exception being made at the
discretion of the First Lord of the Admiralty. the Secretary of State for
War or the Secretary of State for Air, as the case may be, should a break
in qualifying service not exceed six months. Exception may also be made,
at the discretion of one of the aforementioned Ministers concemed,
when on transfer from an overseas Cadet Force of the British
Commonwealth to a United Kingdom Cadet Force. the break in
qualifying service does not exceed twelve months.

6. Honorary rank.

Service in an honorary rank, for example, as honorary Colonel of a
Cadet Unit shall not be qualifying service.





7. Registers of recipients.

Registers of those to whom the Medal has been awarded in
the United Kingdom shall be maintained at the Admiralty. War
Office and Air Ministry in relation to the Services Cadets within
their respective jurisdiction.

8. Delegated power to make awards.

Delegated power to make awards under the Royal Warrant
in the United Kingdom shall be vested in the First Lord of the
Admiralty. the Secretary of State for War and the Secretary of
State for Air, as the case may be.

9. Forfeiture.

(a)If the service of an Officer. Chief Petty Officer Instructor
or Warrant Officer is terminated for misconduct or for
neglect of duty, he shall be liable, at the discretion of the
First Lord of the Admiralty, the Secretary of State for
War or the Secretary of State for Air, as the case may
be, to forfeit the Medal.

(b)Any holder of the Medal who is convicted of treason,
sedition, mutiny, cowardice, desertion or disgraceful con-
duct of an unnatural kind, shall forfeit the Medal.

10. Restoration.

A Medal forfeited under regulation 9(a). may be restored
at the discretion of the First Lord of the Admiralty, the Secretary
of State for War or the Secretary of State for Air, as the case
may be.





BRITISH NATIONALITY.

THE DEPRIVATION OF CITIZENSHIP RULES 1950.

MADE 23RD JUNE. 1950.

[Published in the Gazette as G.N.A. 138/50.]

In pursuance of the power conferred on the Governor by
subsection (3) of section 29 of the British Nationality Act 1948, the
following rules have been made

1. (1) When the Governor refers the case of a citizen of the United
Kingdom and Colonies to a committee of inquiry under subsection (7) of
section 20 or subsection (2) of section 21 of the British Nationality Act
1948 (which relate to deprivation of citizenship of the United Kingdom
and Colonies), the committee of inquiry (in these rules referred to as
'the committee') shall, before holding the inquiry, cause notice to be
given to the person to whom the inquiry relates, stating the time when
and the place where it will be held and the nature thereof and informing
him that he will be entitled to be present and to be represented by
counsel or solicitor or, if the committee think fit. by some other person
approved by them.

(2) A notice under this rule may be given-

(a)in a case in which the address of the person concerned is
known, by causing the notice to be delivered to him
personally or by sending it to him at that address by post;

(b)in a case where that person's address is not known, by
sending it to his last known address and in such other
manner, if any. as the chairman of the committee shall
consider fit.

(3) A notice as aforesaid shall be given such time (not being less
than fourteen days) before the holding of the inquiry as the chairman of
the committee shall consider reasonably necessary.

2. A notice under rule 1 of these rules may require the person
concerned to answer it in writing and to furnish in writing to the
committee any information which they consider material, to be verified
in such manner as they may require.

3. (1) The committee shall have all such powers, rights and
privileges as are vested in the Supreme Court or in any judge thereof on
the occasion of any action, in respect of the following matters

(a)the enforcing of the attendance of witnesses and examining
them on oath, affirmation or otherwise, and the issue of a
commission or request to examine witnesses abroad;





(b) the compelling of the production of documents; and

(c) the punishing of persons guilty of contempt.

(2) A summons signed by one or more members of the committee
may be substituted for and shall be equivalent to any formal process
capable of being issued in any action for enforcing the attendance of
witnesses and compelling the production of documents.

4. The committee may act upon any information which is available,
whether or not such information is given on oath or would be admissible
as evidence in a court.

5. The committee may invite any government department which
appears to them to be interested to appoint a person to represent the
department at the inquiry.

6. (1) The committee may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their
number, and the quorum of the committee shall be three.

(2) The committee may delegate one or more of their members to
inquire into any particular matter relating to the inquiry, and the member
or members so delegated shall, for this purpose. have all the powers of
the committee other than their power of punishment.

7. The committee may postpone or adjourn the inquiry from time to
time.

& The committee may allow or refuse to allow the public or any
portion thereof to be present during the whole or any part of the inquiry.

9. Subject to these rules, the procedure at the inquiry shall be such
as the committee may determine.

10. These rules may be cited as the Deprivation of Citizenship
Rules 1950.

J. F. NICOLL,
Officer Administering the
Government.





ROYAL WARRANT.

AIR EFFICIENCY AWARD.

[Published in the Gazette as G.N.A. 5/54.]

GEORGE R.

GEORGE THE SIXTH, by the Grace of God, of Great Britain, Ireland and
the British Dominions beyond the Seas. King, Defender of the
Faith. to all to whom these Presents shall come. Greeting!

WHEREAS by a Warrant under Our Sign Manual dated the 17th day
of August. 1942, we did institute and create a medal to be available for
officers and airmen and to be designated the 'Air Efficiency Award',
and whereas by a Warrant under Our Sign Manual dated the 27th day
of December, 1946. we did revise the first-mentioned Warrant:

AND WHEREAS We were pleased to approve regulations
governing the said Award, reserving to Us, Our Heirs and Successors
full power of annulling, altering, abrogating, augmenting, interpreting,
or dispensing with these Regulations or any part thereof by a
notification under Our Sign Manual.

OUR WILL MW PLEASURE IS to direct that the aforesaid
regulations be annulled and that the following regulations should
henceforth govern the said Award

1. Description. The Air Efficiency Award shall be in silver and
oval shaped bearing on the obverse, the Effigy of the Sovereign and on
the reverse. the words 'Air Efficiency Award'.

2. Clasp. The clasp shall be in silver, bearing on the obverse an
Eagle with outstretched wings surmounted by a Crown.

3. Ribbon. The award shall be worn on the left breast pendent from
a ribbon of one inch and a half in width which shall be in colour green
with two central stripes of pale blue, one eighth of an inch in width.

4. Miniatures. Reproductions in miniature, which may be worn on
certain occasions by those on whom this award is conferred, shall be
approximately half the size of the award and a sealed pattern of the
miniature award shall be kept in the Central Chancery of Our Orders of
Knighthood.

5. Eligibility (Royalty). The award may be worn by Us, Our Heirs
and Successors, Kings and Queens Regnant of Great





Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the Seas, and it shall
be competent for Us, Our Heirs and Successors, to confer at Our
Pleasure the award upon any Princes or Princesses of the blood Royal.

6. Eligibility (General.) The award and clasp may be conferred on
officers, airmen and airwomen of any Auxiliary or Volunteer Air Force
raised in Our United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, any
of our Colonies or a territory under Our protection, or within any other
part of Our Dominions. Our Government whereof shall so desire, or
within any territory under Our protection administered by Us in such
Government.

7. Service Required. The period of service requisite for the award
or clasp shall be ten years' qualifying service (as defined in the
regulations hereinafter mentioned) and shall include not less than five
years' actual service (as defined in the regulations hereinafter
mentioned) in an Auxiliary or Volunteer Air Force.

8. Publication and Registration. The names of those upon whom
the award is conferred shall be published and a register of those names
shall be kept in the manner prescribed in the regulations hereinafter
mentioned.

9. Forfeiture and Restoration. It shall be competent for Our Air
Council in regard to Our Royal Auxiliary Air Force and Our Royal Air
Force Volunteer Reserve. or for the Governors or Officers administering
the Government. as the case may be. in regard to the Auxiliary or
Volunteer Air Force of Our respective Colonies or territories under Our
protection, or the appropriate Minister of State in regard to the Auxiliary
or Volunteer Air Forces in any of Our Dominions, Our Government
whereof shall so desire. or within any territory under Our protection
administered by Us in such Government, to cancel and annul the
conferment of the award or clasp on any person and also to restore a
forfeited award or clasp under the conditions laid down in the
regulations hereinafter mentioned.

10. Further Regulations. The award and clasp shall be conferred
under such regulations as to grant. forfeiture. restoration and other
matters, in amplification of these Our regulations as may, with Our
approval be issued from time to time by Our Air Council in regard to Our
Royal Auxiliary Air Force and Our Royal Air Force Volunteer Reserve. or
by the Governors or Officers administering the Government, as the case
may be, in regard to the Auxiliary or Volunteer Air Forces of Our
respective Colonies or territories under Our protection, or the
appropriate





Minister of State in regard to the Auxiliary or Volunteer Air Forces in
any of Our Dominions, Our Government whereof shall so desire, or
within any territory under Our protection administered by Us in such
Government.

11. Annulment, etc. of Regulations. We reserve to Ourselves, Our
Heirs and Successors. full power of annulling, altering, abrogating,
augmenting, interpreting. or dispensing with these regulations or any
part thereof by a notification under Our Sign Manual.

GIVEN at Our Court of St. James's this 12th day of April, 1951 in
the I5th Year of Our Reign.

By His Majesty's Command,

(Signed) A. HENDERSON.





REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE AWARD OF THE AIR
EFFICIENCY
AWARD TO MEMBERS OF THE HONG KONG AUXILIARY AIR
FORCE AND THE HONG KONG WOMEN'S AUXILIARY
AIR FORCE.

[Published in the Gazette as G.N.A. 88/57.]

1. Eligibility. Volunteer Officers, airmen and airwomen of the Hong
Kong Auxiliary Air Force and the Hong Kong Women's Auxiliary Air
Force shall be eligible for the Air Efficiency Award, provided they are
qualified by service calculated under the terms of regulation 2 below,
they have completed the required periods of training, and are certified by
the responsible Air Force authorities as efficient, and in every way
deserving of the award.

2. Qualifying Service. For the purposes of regulation 7 of the Royal
Warrant. qualifying service shall be

(a)Service on an engagement which commenced before 7th
September, 1951.

(i)Service in a flying duties category in the Hong Kong
Auxiliary Air Force shall ordinarily count as time and a
half.

(ii)Other service in the Hong Kong Auxiliary Air Force or
Hong Kong Women's Auxiliary Air Force shall ordinarily
count as single time.

(b)Voluntary service on an engagement which commenced after
7th September, 1951, shall ordinarily count as in 2(a)(i) and
(ii) above.

(c) Other reckonable service---

(i) Service in a regular force in the First World War or in the
Second World War shall count as single time.

(ii) Embodied or mobilized service on a peace time
engagement in other non-regular forces in the First
World War or in the Second World War, shall count as
treble time, or to such less extent as it would have
counted for the Efficiency Award of the force in
question.

(iii) Service in other non-regular forces on an engagement
which commenced before the 3rd September, 1939. shall
count as time and a half. or to such less extent as it would
have counted for the Efficiency Award of the force in
question. Service in the classes of the Royal Air Force
Reserve which were





the predecessors of the Royal Air Force Volunteer
Reserve, shall count as if it were service in the Royal Air
Force Volunteer Reserve (but see regulation 6 below).

(iv) Service in other non-regular forces on an engagement
which commenced after the Second World War. shall
count as single time or to such less extent as it would
have counted for the Efficiency Award of the force in
question.

3. Service without training liability. Service in an auxiliary or
reserve force involving liability for service only and no liability for
training in peace, shall not reckon as qualifying service for the Air
Efficiency Award or Clasp.

4. Service already reckoned. No period of service for which
an efficiency decoration or medal, or a long service and good conduct
medal has already been awarded. shall reckon as qualifying service for
the Air Efficiency Award or Clasp.

5. Continuity. Qualifying service shall he continuous unless the
Governor, by regulation or in special circumstances, shall otherwise
direct. A break between a period of qualifying service, as defined in
regulation 2(c) above, and the date of joining the Hong Kong Auxiliary
Air Force or the Hong Kong Women's Auxiliary Air Force will not be
regarded as breaking the continuity of qualifying service, provided the
said date of joining is not later than six months after 1st March, 1949, or
twelve months in the case of persons from an overseas force.

6. Actual Service. Service on a peace time engagement in the
under-mentioned forces shall count as actual service under regulation 7
of the Royal Warrant

(a) The Hong Kong Auxiliary Air Force.

(b) The Hong Kong Women's Auxiliary Air Force.

(c)The Royal Auxiliary Air Force [excluding the Royal Auxiliary
Air Force General List and the Royal Auxiliary Air Force
Reserve (including the Royal Auxiliary Air Force Reserve of
Officers) ].

(d)The Royal Air Force Volunteer Reserve (including those
classes of the Royal Air Force Reserve which were
predecessors of the Royal Air Force Volunteer Reserve, i.e.
'Classes 'AA', 'BB', 'E2(b)' and 'F', provided the invitation
to transfer to the Royal Air Force Volunteer Reserve, on its
formation, was accepted).

(e) The Women's Auxiliary Air Force.





7. Registration. A register of those on whom the Air Efficiency
Award has been conferred will be maintained at the Headquarters, Royal
Hong Kong Defence Force.

8. Forfeiture. Forfeiture by an officer, airman or airwoman of the Air
Efficiency Award or Clasp will be determined by the same conditions as
are laid down for the Long Service and Good Conduct Medal in Clauses
1 and 2 of paragraph 280 of the Queen's Regulations and Air Council
Instructions for the Royal Air Force, namely

(a)The Award and Clasp shall be forfeited when the person
concerned suffers death from sentence of court martial, is
cashiered, or dismissed, removed or discharged from the
service for misconduct, or discharged in consequence of

(i) having been convicted by the Civil Power of a felony; or

(ii) a sentence of imprisonment;

(iii) a sentence to be discharged with ignominy.

(b)The Award and Clasp may be forfeited at the discretion of the
Governor when the person concerned is convicted by the Civil
Power or dealt with under section 107 of the Criminal
Procedure Ordinance, or is convicted of any of the following
offences

(i) treason,

(ii) sedition,

(iii) mutiny,

(iv) cowardice,

(v) desertion,

(vi) disgraceful conduct of an unnatural kind.

9. Restoration. An Air Efficiency Award or Clasp which has been
forfeited may be restored at the discretion of the Governor.

10. Clasp. The officers, airmen and airwomen of the Hong Kong
Auxiliary Air Force and the Hong Kong Women's Auxiliary Ait Force
Who, subsequent to the award of the medal, complete a further ten
years qualifying service, as defined 'and computed in accordance with
regulation 2 above, may be awarded a clasp to the medal.

11. Application. Application for the grant of the Air Efficiency
Award or Clasp shall be made to the Commanding Officer, Hong Kong
Auxiliary Air Force, who shall forward his recommendation to the
Governor in the form set out in the Schedule.

Abstract

Eligibility. Qualifying Service. Service in the R.N.R. Service with the Cadet Forces. Wearing of other Long Service Decorations. Navy List. Deprivation. Clasp to the R.D./V.R.D. Transitional period after Unification. Application for the Decoration. Qualifying Service. Wearing of R.D./V.R.D. Application. Forfeiture or Deprivation of Medal. Restoration. Loss of Medal. Rosettes. Office of Governor constituted. Governor's powers and authorities. Publication of Governor's Commission. Oaths to be taken by Governor. 1868 c. 72. Public Seal. Executive Council. Legislative Council. (Replaced on 4.4.85.) (Amended on 9.4.1988.) (Amended on 9.4.1988.) Governor, with advice and consent of Council to make laws. (Added on 4.4.85.) Disallowance of Laws. Power of legislation reserved to the Crown. Assent to Bills. Reserved Bills. Governor and Legislative Council to observe Instructions. Disposal of lands. (Amended on 26.8.60 and 22.8.86.) Governor empowered to appoint Judges and other public officers. (Amended on 5.2.71.) Concurrent appointments. (Amended on 1.3.55.) Grant of pardon. (Amended on 5.2.71.) Remission of fines. Proviso. Banishment prohibited. Exception. Political offences. Dismissal and suspension of officers. (Amended on 30.4.38 and 17.11.67.) Tenure of office of Supreme Court or district judge. (Amended on 3.5.76 and 30.4.82.) (Replaced on 9.4.1988.) (Added on 9.4.1988.) (Replaced on 9.4.1988.) (1833 c. 41.) Acting Governor. (Amended on 17.11.67 and 17.2.77.) Deputy to Governor. (Amended on 17.11.67.) Officers and others to obey and assist Governor. Term 'the Governor' explained. Power reserved to His Majesty to revoke, alter, or amend present Letters Patent. Publication of Letters Patent. Administration of Oaths. Constitution of Executive Council. (Amended on 30.4.38; 17.11.67; 28.2.69; 24.9.76; 1.9.83; 9.4.88.) Vacation of seats. Provisional appointment of Members of the Executive Council. (Amended on 5.2.71; 9.4.88.) Such provisional appointments to be immediately reported. Governor to communicate Instructions to Executive Council. Summoning of Executive Council. (Amended on 17.11.67.) Presiding in Executive Council. (Amended on 1.3.55; 17.11.67.) Proceedings in Executive Council. (Amended on 17.11.67.) Governor to consult Executive Council. (Amended on 28.2.69.) Governor alone entitled to submit questions. Governor may act in opposition to Executive Council. Reporting grounds for so doing. Members may require their adverse opinions to be recorded on Minutes. Election to Legislative Council. (Added on 4.4.85.) Legislative Council; Suspension of Official or Appointed Members. (Replaced on 4.4.85.) Provisional appointment of members. (Amended on 30.4.38; 4.4.85.) Where there has been a vacancy. Tenure of office of Official and Appointed Members of Legislative Council. (Replaced on 4.4.85) Declaration of vacancy among Appointed Members. (Replaced on 4.4.85.) Resignation of Official or Appointed Members. (Amended on 30.4.38; 4.4.85.) Council may transact business notwithstanding vacancies. Quorum. (Amended on 28.2.69; 1.9.83.) Presiding in Legislative Council. (Amended on 1.3.55; 6.1.66; 4.4.85; 9.4.88.) Sessions and sittings of Legislative Council. (Added on 4.4.85.) (Replaced on 9.4.88.) Questions to be decided by a majority. Governor to have original and casting vote. Rules and Orders to be made. Question, etc. for debate. (Amended on 28.2.69.) Rules and regulations under which Ordinances are to be enacted. Form of enacting Ordinances. (Replaced on 22.8.86.) Ordinances to be numbered and methodically arranged. (Amended on 9.4.88.) Different subjects not to be mixed in same Ordinance. No clause to be introduced foreign to what title of Ordinance imports. Temporary Ordinances. Description of Bills not to be assented to. Proviso in cases of emergency for immediate operation of an Ordinance. Private Bills. (Amended on 17.11.67.) Ordinances, etc. to be sent home duly authenticated. (Amended on 9.4.88.) Dissolution of Council. (Added on 4.4.85.) (Replaced on 9.4.88.) Surveys and reservations to be made before waste lands are disposed of. Governor not to purchase lands. Regulation of power of pardon in capital cases. Judge's report to be laid before Executive Council. Governor to take advice of Executive Council in such cases. May exercise his own judgment; entering his reasons on Council Minutes, if unable to accept the advice of the majority. (Amended on 17.11.67.) Governor's absence. Term 'the Governor' explained. G.N. 2049/68. G.N. 2050/68. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 194/72. L.N. 95/73. L.N. 256/76. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 97/78. L.N. 217/80. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 214/84. L.N. 24/85. L.N. 189/85. L.N. 158/86. L.N. 221/87. Oath or Affirmation. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 189/85. (Cap. 11.) L.N. 189/85. Language. L.N. 138/71. [Came into effect on 18.10.72-L.N. 194/72.] Presiding in Council and in Committee of the whole Council. L.N. 221/87. Duties of the Clerk. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 138/71. Counsel to the Legislature. L.N. 214/84. Sessions. L.N. 85/73. Proceedings at First Sitting of Session. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 189/85. (Cap. 11.) Commencement of Sittings. L.N. 85/73. Special Sittings during recess. L.N. 214/84. Hours of Sitting. L.N. 214/84. L.N. 85/73. Motions for the Adjournment of the Council. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 221/87. Quorum. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 255/83. Order of Business at a Sitting. L.N. 189/85. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 138/71. The Order Paper. L.N. 221/87. Presentation of Petitions. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 255/83. Presentation of Papers. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 158/86. Nature of Questions. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 221/87. Question Time. L.N. 256/76. Notice of Questions. L.N. 138/71. Contents of Questions. Asking and Answering of Questions. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 255/83. Statements by Official Members. L.N. 221/87. Notice of Motions and Amendments. L.N. 138/71. Manner of Giving Notice of Motions and Amendments. Motion and Amendments requiring Recommendation. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 221/87. Manner of Debating Motions. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 314/76. Manner of Debating Amendments to Motions. L.N. 138/71. Withdrawal of Motions and Amendments. Time and Manner of Speaking. Occasions when a Member may speak more than once. L.N. 217/80. L.N. 217/80. L.N. 221/87. Interruptions. Adjournment of Debate or of Proceedings of a Committee. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 221/87. Contents of Speeches. Behaviour of Members not Speaking. Decision of Chair Final. Order in Council and Committee. Decision of Questions. Collection of Voices. Divisions. Form of Bills. Notice of Presentation of Bills. L.N. 214/84. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 255/83. Presentation and Publication of Bills. L.N. 138/71. First Reading of Bills. L.N. 138/71. Second Reading. L.N. 221/87. Committal of Bills. Functions of Committees on Bills. Amendments to Bills. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 221/87. Procedure in Committee of the whole Council on a Bill. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 314/76. Procedure on Reporting of Bill form Committee of the whole Council. Procedure in Select Committee on a Bill. Procedure on Reporting of Bill from a Select Committee. Procedure on Recommittal of Bill reported from Select Committee. Third Reading. L.N. 138/71. Withdrawal or postponement of Bills. L.N. 138/71. Presentation of Bill for Assent of Governor. Presentation and Second Reading of Appropriation Bill. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 255/83. Procedure in Committee of the whole Council on Appropriation Bill. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 314/76. Amendments to Heads of Estimates in Committee of the whole Council on Appropriation Bill. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 221/87. Third Reading of Appropriation Bill. Supplementary Estimates and Excess Financial Provisions. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 221/87. Supplementary appropriation Bills. L.N. 138/71. Finance Committee. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 214/84. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 255/83. (Cap. 2.) L.N. 255/83. L.N. 24/85. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 24/85. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 255/83. (Cap. 2.) L.N. 255/83. L.N. 24/85. Public Accounts Committee. L.N. 97/78. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 214/84. L.N. 214/84. L.N. 214/84. (Cap. 122.) L.N. 221/87. Select Committees. Procedure of Select Committees. Premature Publication of Evidence. L.N. 189/85. Employment of Members in Professional Capacity. Personal Pecuniary Interest to be Disclosed. L.N. 255/83. Admission of Press and Public. Withdrawal of Strangers. Suspension of Standing Orders. Procedure if Standing Orders do not provide. L.N. 138/71. Interpretation. L.N. 138/71. G.N.A. 238/49. G.N.A. 187/50. G.N.A. 165/53. L.N. 140/69. L.N. 177/71. L.N. 28/73. L.N. 16/77. L.N. 22/85. Interpretation. L.N. 22/85. L.N. 22/85. L.N. 140/69. L.N. 22/85. G.N.A. 165/53. Exceptions. Penalties. L.N. 140/69. L.N. 177/71. L.N. 22/85. L.N. 140/69. L.N. 140/69. The Air Transport Licensing Authority. Issue of Licences. (Cap. 341.) Applications for licences. Form 1. Publication of applications. Form 2. Objections and representations. Form 3. Public and private inquiries. Form 4. Emergency applications. General policy of Licensing Authority. Period licences remain in force. Provisional licences pending determination of application. Provisional licences authorizing continuation of service. Publication of decisions by Licensing authority. Form 5. Revocation of suspension of licences. Form 6. Surrender of licences. licences fees. L.N. 16/77. Returns from licensees. L.N. 28/73. Form 7. Annual report of Licensing Authority. Operating permits. L.N. 22/85. Exceptions. Penalties. G.N.A. 187/50. Issue of permits. Applications for permits. Revocation or suspension of permits. Compliance with air navigation and transport laws and regulations by licence, operating permit and permit holders. L.N. 140/69. Transfer and assignment of licences, operating permits and permits. L.N. 140/69. L.N. 177/71. L.N. 22/85. Information regarding financial resources of an applicant to be treated as confidential. L.N. 140/69. L.N. 177/71. L.N. 22/85. When provisional licences are deemed to be licences. G.N.A. 165/53. No right to continuance of any benefits. L.N. 140/69. Power of director or authorized person to prohibit flight. L.N. 140/69. Proceedings for an offence against the regulations. Transitional. L.N. 22/85. (L.N. 22/85.) [*1.2.85.] Citation. (Cap. 221) L.N. 429/84. Citation and interpretation. (Cap. 313.) Applications and exemptions. Equivalents. Surveys before issue of a Certificate. Annual survey. Intermediate survey. Issue and duration of Certificate. Responsibilities of owner and master. Procedure to be adopted when corrective action in necessary. Oil Record Book. General exceptions. Ships other than oil tankers and machinery space bilges of oil tankers. Oil tankers. Oil discharge monitoring and control system and oily-water separating and oil filtering equipment. Retention of oil on board. Methods for the prevention of oil pollution from ships operating in special areas. Interpretation of Part IV. General application. Protective location of segregated ballast spaces. Requirements for oil tankers with dedicated clean ballast tanks. Requirements crude oil washing. Existing oil tankers engaged in specific trades. Existing oil tankers having special ballast arrangements. Segregation of oil and water ballast. Tanks for oil residue (sledge). Pumping, piping and discharge arrangement of oil tankers. Interpretation of Part V. Limitation of size and arrangement of cargo tanks. Subdivision and stability. Requirements for offshore installations. Reports to be made in the event of a discharge or likely discharge. Power to inspect. Power to deny entry or detain. (1894 c. 60.) Penalties. L.N. 333/83. Citation. Interpretation. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 2.] Application of regulations. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 3.] Purpose of Accident Investigation. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 4.] Duty to furnish information relating to accidents. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 5.] Information relating to accident. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 6.] Removal of damaged aircraft. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 7.] Inspectors of accidents. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 8.] Powers of Inspectors. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 9.] Inspector's investigation and report. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 10.] Notice of Inspector's report and representations thereon. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 11.] Notice of review. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 12.] Appointment of board of review. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 13.] (Cap. 87.) Proceedings of board of review. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 14.] (Cap. 11.) Publication of reports. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 15.] Reopening of investigation or review. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 16.] Holding of public inquiries. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 17.] (Cap. 11.) Proceedings of public inquiries. [S.I. 1983/551, r. 18.] Rehearing of public inquiries. [S.I. 1983/551, r. 19.] Accidents to aircraft registered outside Hong Kong. [S.I. 1983/551, r. 20.] Extension of time. [S.I. 1983/551, r. 21.] Obstruction of investigation. [S.I. 1983/551, r. 22.] Revocation. (App. 1, p. L, 72 Ed.) G.N.A. 118/55. G.N.A. 118/55. L.N. 190/80. L.N. 77/81. L.N. 102/86. L.N. 313/86. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 1.) Fees. Schedule. Payment of fees to Director Official flying tests fees. Withdrawal of an aircraft from service. L.N. 77/81. L.N. 102/86. L.N. 102/86. L.N. 77/81. L.N. 313/86. L.N. 313/86. L.N. 313/86. L.N. 313/86. L.N. 313/86. L.N. 313/86. L.N. 313/86. L.N. 77/81. L.N. 344/80. L.N. 100/72. L.N. 100/72. L.N. 100/72. L.N. 100/72. L.N. 100/72. L.N. 100/72. L.N. 100/72. L.N. 136/72. L.N. 136/72. L.N. 136/72. L.N. 136/72. L.N. 136/72. L.N. 136/72. L.N. 136/72. L.N. 120/87. Citation and interpretation. (Cap. 369.) (App. I, p. BG1.) (Cap. 369.) Schedule. (Cap. 369.) Application. (App. I.p.T1.) Power of Director in respect of appointments and delegations. Fees. (Cap. 281, sub. Leg.) Transitional. Compliance with Code. Survey requirements. (Cap. 369.) Issue of Certificate of Fitness. Maintenance of conditions after survey. Equivalents. Exemptions. Loading and carriage in bulk of listed chemicals. Penalties. Power to detain. (1894, c. 60.) (App. I, p. 51.) Interpretation. L.N. 121/87. Citation and interpretation. (Cap. 369.) (App. I, p. BG1.) (Cap. 369.) Schedule. (Cap. 369.) Application. Power of Director in respect of appointments and delegations. Fees. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Compliance with Code. Survey requirements. (Cap. 369.) Issue of International Certificate of Fitness. Maintenance of conditions after survey. Equivalents. Exemptions. Loading and carriage in bulk of listed chemicals. Penalties. Power to detain. (1894 c. 60.) (App. I, p. T1.) Interpretation. L.N. 80/65. Citation. Service organizations prescribed for purposes of Articles 3(1)(c). L.N. 5/68. Citation. Commencement. (1967 c. 68.) Saving. L.N. 371/87. Citation. Designated Commonwealth countries. Schedule. (1967 c. 68.) L.N. 14/68. Citation. Forms. L.N. 281/83. Citation. Schedule 1. Interpretation. Schedule 2. (Cap. 281.) (Cap. 1.) Application of Part II. Schedule 2, 3 and 4. Method of tonnage measurement. Calculation of volumes. Gross tonnage. Schedule 3. Net tonnage. Schedule 3. Miscellaneous tonnages; segregated ballast oil tankers and deck cargoes. Schedule 3. Issue of Certificates. Schedule 4. Cancellation of certificates. Change of net tonnage necessitating issue of certificates. Application of Part III. Schedule 5. Application of Part IV. Schedule 5. Acceptance of foreign tonnage certificates. Ascertainment of tonnage and certification. Application of Part VI. Schedule 5. Failure to deliver up certificate. Schedule 5. Illegal carriage of goods or stores. Schedule 5. Validation of existing certificates. (App. I, p. AB, 80 ED.) (L.N. 150/80.) (Cap. 281) L.N. 67/84. Citation. Specification of equivalent amounts. Schedule. (App. III, p. CH 1.) L.N. 67/84. Citation. Specification of equivalent amounts. Schedule. (App. III, p. CG 1.) L.N. 8/69. Citation. Power of U.K. military forces to arrest members of U.S. forces. L.N. 14/69. Citation. Commencement. (L.N. 5/68.) L.N. 10/73. L.N. 103/73. Citation. Interpretation. (1956 c. 74.) (S.I. 1972/1724.) Prescribed classes of library under section 7(1) and (3). First Schedule. Prescribed classes of library under section 7(5). First Schedule. Second Schedule. Prescribed classes of library under section 15(4). First Schedule. Second Schedule. Prescribed conditions under section 7(1) and (3). Third Schedule. Prescribed conditions under section 7(1) and (3). Restriction on the making or copies. Prescribed conditions under section 15(4). (Cap. 132.) * Delete whichever is inappropriate. L.N. 104/73. Citation. Interpretation. (1956 c. 74.) (S.I. 1972/1724.) Notice to be given in a daily or Sunday newspaper. Notice to be published twice. Particulars to be given in the notice. L.N. 105/73. Citation. Interpretation. (1956 c. 74.) (S.I. 1972/1724.) Notice. Payment of royalties. Ordinary retail selling price. Inquiries. L.N. 116/87. (1979 c. 39.) (S.I. 1980/1514.) (S.I. 1981/425.) (S.I. 1984/356.) L.N. 173/87. L.N. 287/86. (S.I. 1980/1514.) (S.I. 1981/425.) (S.I. 1984/356.) L.N. 163/83. (L.N. 245/82.) L.N. 140/82. L.N. 97/75. L.N. 191/75. L.N. 75/76. L.N. 139/76. L.N. 73/77. Citation. Interpretation. (1971 c. 59.) (S.I. 1975/2169.) Definition of 'persistent oil'. Recognition of certificates. L.N. 73/77. Fees for certificates. Cancellation and delivery up of Certificates. L.N. 146/81. L.N. 140/83. L.N. 176/77. L.N. 301/85. Ending of British sovereignty and jurisdiction over Hong Kong. Short title and supplementary provisions. Section 2(2). 1981 c. 61. 1964 c. 81. L.N. 168/78. L.N. 16/81. (App. III, p. EX 1.) L.N. 247/79. L.N. 152/82. Citation. Construction and commencement. [*30.4.82.] Amendment of Article XVIA of principal Letters Patent. Power reserved to Her Majesty. L.N. 266/79. Citation. Interpretation. (1956 c. 74.) (S.I. 1972/1724.) (S.I. 1979/910.) First Schedule. (Cap. 1.) Commencement of proceedings. Forms 1, 2, 3 & 4. Application for special leave under section 26(2) or 27A(2). Forms 5 & 6. Advertisement of reference or application. objection to originator's credentials. Form 7. Form 8. Form 9. Applications to be made a party. Form 10. Objections to internvener's credentials. Form 11. Form 12. Written answer. Interveners' cases. Amendment of statement of case and answer. Directions. Interlocutory applications. Consolidation of proceedings. Procedure and evidence at hearing. Representation and rights of audience. Withdrawal of reference or application. Decision of the tribunal. Application for reference of question of law to the court. Effect of references to the court. Effect of suspension of order. Application of Arbitration Ordinance. (Cap. 341.) Costs. Fees. Second Schedule. Service of documents. Tim. Office hours. Failure to comply with directions. Power of tribunal to regulate procedure. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. * Delete if inapplicable. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. Insert as appropriate: 'Originator' 'An officer of the originator' 'Solicitor(s) for the originator' 'Agent(s) for the originator' * Delete whichever is inapplicable. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. Insert as appropriate: 'Originator' 'An officer of the originator' 'Solicitor(s) for the originator' 'Agent(s) for the originator' * Delete whichever is inapplicable. Insert as appropriate: 'Originator' 'An officer of the originator' 'Solicitor(s) for the originator' 'Agent(s) for the originator' * Delete whichever is inapplicable. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. Insert as appropriate: 'Originator' 'An officer of the originator' 'Solicitor(s) for the originator' 'Agent(s) for the originator' * Delete whichever is inapplicable. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. Insert as appropriate: 'Applicant' 'An officer of the Applicant' 'Solicitor(s) for the Applicant 'Agent(s) for the Applicant' * Delete whichever is inapplicable. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. Insert as appropriate: 'Applicant' 'An officer of the Applicant' 'Solicitor(s) for the Applicant 'Agent(s) for the Applicant' * Delete whichever is inapplicable. Insert as appropriate: 'Originator' 'An officer of the originator' 'Solicitor(s) for the originator' 'Agent(s) for the originator' * Delete whichever is inapplicable. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. *Delete if inapplicable. *Delete if inapplicable. *Delete if inapplicable. *Delete if inapplicable. *Delete if inapplicable. Insert as appropriate: 'Intervener' 'An officer of the Intervener' 'Solicitor(s) for the intervener' 'Agent(s) for the intervener' * Delete whichever is inapplicable. Insert as appropriate: 'Originator' 'An officer of the originator' 'Solicitor(s) for the originator' 'Agent(s) for the originator' * Delete whichever is inapplicable. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. L.N. 118/87. Citation and interpretation. (App. I, p. SI.) First Schedule. (Cap. 313.) (App. I, p. T1.) Second Schedule. First Schedule. Third Schedule. (App. I, p.K1.) (Cap. 369.) Application. Power of Director in respect of appointments and delegations. Fees. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Transitional. Category A substances-discharge. Category A-tank washing in all areas. First Schedule. Category A residual mixtures-discharge. Categories B and C substances-discharge. Categories B and C-unloading in all areas. Categories B and C-tank washing outside Special Areas. Category B-tank washing in Special Areas. Category C-tank washing in Special Areas. Categories B and C residual mixtures-discharge. Categories D substances-discharge. Categories D residual mixtures-discharge. Unassessed liquid substances-discharge. Clean and segregated ballast and non-polluting liquid substances-discharge. Emergency discharges. Exemption-Categories A, B and C. Oil-like substances. Procedures and Arrangements Manual. Cargo Record Book. Pumping arrangements. Equipment and arrangements. Survey requirements. (Cap. 369.) Issue of INLS and HKNLS Certificates. Maintenance of condition after survey. Equivalents. Exemptions. Prohibition on uncertificated carriage. Penalties. Detention. (1894 c. 60.) (App. I, p. BG1.) [regs. 1(2), 2 to 13, 16, 17 and 25.] L.N. 119/87. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 313.) (App. I, p. BG1.) (Cap. 369.) Application. Duty to report. (App. I, p. K1.) (App. I, p. BG1.) Contents of reports. Supplementary reports. Reporting procedures. Penalties. L.N. 115/87. Citation. Hong Kong dollar equivalents. (1979 c. 39.) (App. III, p. AN1.) L.N. 12/87. Citation. Calculation of gross tonnage. (1979 c. 39.) (App. I, p. AB 1.) Use of best evidence available of ship's measurements.

Extent


SCHEDULE.
FoRm AEA.

HONG KONG AUXILIARY AIR FORCE.
and
HONG KONG WOMEN'S AUXILIARY AIR FORCE
Recommendation for Air Efficiency Award or Clasp.

No . .....Rank ......Name (in full)

A. SERVICE DETAILS

NOTES.


(i) Enter service in chronological order.

(ii) Show in column (a) whether Royal Auxiliary Air Force, Royal Auxiliary Air
Force Reserve of Officers, Royal Air Force Volunteer Reserve, Hong Kong
Auxiliary Air Force or Hong Kong Women's Auxiliary Air Force.

(iii) Use separate lines whenever service counts differently under the provision of
regulation 2.

(iv) Show in column (f) how the service counts. Put '1' for single time, 'Ii' for
time-and-a-half, etc. Calculate the qualifying service for column (g)
accordingly.

(y) Exclude service carrying no liability for training, and service already counted
towards an efficiency award or long service and good conduct medal.

B.PREVIOUS SERVICE-If previous naval or military service is included above,
give identification particulars, i.e. official number, rank, type of reserve
regiment, etc.

C.CERTIFICATE OF THE COMMANDING OFFICER-In my opinion the above-
named is efficient and deserving of the Air Efficiency Award/ Clasp.

D. REMARKS-

Station .........Signature and Rank

Date.................................................. Unit
.........................................





MERCHANT SHIPPING (PREVENTION OF
POLLUTION) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation.................................. Page

PART I

GENERAL

1..................Citation and interpretation .................... K 3
2..................Applications and exemptions .................... K 8

3...........Equivalents.................. K 9

PART II

SURVEYS. CERTIFICATES AND OIL RECORD BOOK

4. Surveys before issue of an or HKOPP Certificate.......... K 9

5...........Annual survey ........ .......... --- ...... K 10

6.............Intermediate survey.. .. . .............. K 10

7............................Issue and duration of IOPP and HKOPP Certilicate .......... K 11

8......................Responsibilities of owner and master ................ K 12

9. Procedure to be adopted when corrective action is necessary ........ K 13

10............Oil Record Book..................... K 14

PART III

REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTROL OF OPERATIONAL POLLUTION
CONTROL OF DISCHARGE OF: OIL

11............General exceptions.. ..... .......... --- .... K 16

12. Ships other than oil tankers and machinery space bilges of oil tankers .... K 16

13........Oil tankers..................... K 17

14. Oil discharge monitoring and control system and oily-water separating and

oil filtering equipment.............................. K 18

15.................Retention of oil on board .................... K 20

16. Methods for the prevention of oil pollution from ships operating in special

areas..... ............ K 22

PART IV

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SEGREGATION OF CARGO OIL AND
BALLAST WATER

17...............Interpretation of Part IV.. .................... K 24

18..............................New oil tankers of 20 000 tons deadweight and above ........ K 24

19..........................Protective location of segregated ballast spaces ............ K 27











Regulation Page

20. Requirements for oil tankers with dedicated clean ballast tanks.......K 28

21. Requirements for crude oil washing....................... K 29

22. Existing oil tankers engaged in specific trades .................K 29

23. Existing oil tankers having special ballast arrangements............K 30

24. Segregation of oil and water ballast....................... K 31

25. Tanks for oil residue (sludge)...........................K 31

26. Pumping, piping and discharge arrangements of oil tankers .......... K 32

PART V

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINIMIZING OIL POLLUTION FROM OIL
TANKERS
DUE TO SIDE AND BOTTOM DAMAGE

27...............Interpretation of Part V .. .................... K 34

28............................Limitation of size and arrangement of cargo tanks .......... K 38

29...............Subdivision and stability.. .................... K 39

PART VI

OFFSHORE
INSTALLATIONS

30......................Requirements for offshore installations ................ K 43,

PART VII

REPORTING OF
DISCHARGES

31. Reports to be made in the event of a discharge or likely discharge ...... K 44

PART VIII

POWERS TO INSPECT. DENY ENTRY DETENTION AND
PENALTIES

32. Power to inspect................................K 46
33. Power to deny entry or detain......................... K 47

34. Penalties................ K 47

Schedule 1 Form of IOPP and H HKOPP Certificates.................... K 48
Schedule 2 Form of oil record books........................... K 72

Schedule 3 Performance and test specifications for oily-water separating equipment and
oil content meters............... .......
.......... K 82
Schedule 4 Guidelines and specifications for oil discharge monitoring and control systems
for oil tankers ............... ................. K 110
Schedule 5 Specification for oil/water interface detectors ................. K 121
Schedule 6 Specification for oil tankers with dedicated clean ballast tanks.......... K 124
Schedule 7 Specifications for the design. operation and control of crude oil washing systems K 129
Schedule 8 Specifications for the design. installation and operation of a part-flow system







for control of overboard discharges.. ............ K 141





MERCHANT SHIPPING (PREVENTION OF OIL
POLLUTION) ORDER 1983

(S.I. 1983 No. 1106)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (PREVENTION OF OIL
POLLUTION) (HONG KONG) ORDER 1984

(S.I. 1984 No. 1153)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (PREVENTION OF OIL
POLLUTION) REGULATIONS

[Made by - v the Governor under Article 3(1) of the Merchant Shipping
(Prevention of Oil Pollution) Order 1983 as modified and extended to
Hong Kong by the Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Oil Pollution)
(Hong Kong) Order 19841

[28 December 1984.]

PART I

GENERAL

1. (1) These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping
(Prevention of Oil Pollution) Regulations.

(2) In these Regulations, except where the context otherwise requires

'amidships' means at the middle of the length (L);


'Annex I'' means Annex I to the Convention (which sets out regulations for the
prevention of pollution by oil),

'anniversary date- means the date in each year corresponding to. the . date of
expiry of the IOPP Certificate;

'approved' means approved by the Director or the Secretary of State;

,,area' in relation to a ship shall be calculated in all cases to moulded lines;

'breadth' (B) means the maximum breadth of the ship, measured amidships to
the moulded line of the frame in a ship with a metal shell and to the outer
surface of the hull in a ship with a shell of any other material, measured in
metres;

'centre tank' means any tank inboard of a longitudinal bulkhead:

'Certifying Authority' means the Director or any person authorized by the
Secretary for Economic Services and includes in particular (if so
authorized) Lloyd's Register of Shipping, the British Committee of the
Bureau Veritas the British Committee of Det





norske Veritas. the British Committee of Germanischer Lloyd. and the
British Technical Committee of the American Bureau of Shipping;

-chemical tanker- means a ship constructed or adapted primarily to carry a
cargo of noxious liquid substances in bulk and includes an oil tanker when
carrying a cargo or part cargo of noxious
liquid substances in bulk:

---clean ballast- means the ballast in a tank which, since oil was last carried
therein, has been so cleaned that the effluent therefrom, if it were
discharged from a ship which is stationary into clean calm water on a clear
day would not produce visible traces of oil on the surface of the water or
on adjoining shorelines or cause a sludge or emulsion to be deposited
beneath the surface of the water or upon adjoining shorelines. If the ballast
is discharged through an approved oil discharge monitoring and control
system evidence based on such a system to the effect that the oil content
of the effluent did not exceed 15 ppm shall be determinative that the
ballast was clean. notwithstanding the presence of visible traces;

,.combination carrier- means a ship designed to carrv either oil or solid cargoes
in bulk:

---the Convention' means the International Convention for the Prevention of
Pollution from Ships 1973. including its protocols, Annex I (but no other
Annex) and appendices thereto (a), as amended by the Protocol of 1978
to that Convention (b);

'Convention country- means a country which is a Party, to the Convention.

-crude oil- means any liquid hydrocarbon mixture occurring naturally in the
earth, whether or not treated to render it suitable for transportation. and
includes

(a)crude oil from which certain distillate fractions may have been
removed; and

(b)crude oil to which certain distillate fractions may have been added,

-crude oil tanker- means an oil tanker engaged in the trade of carrying crude oil;

'deadweight' (DW) means the difference in metric tons between the
displacement of a ship in water of a specific gravity of 1.025 at the load
waterline corresponding to the assigned summer freeboard and the
lightweight of the ship.

'Director' means the Director of Marine.

(a) Cmnd. 5748. (b) Cmnd. 7347.





'discharge', in relation to harmful substances or effluents containing
such substances, means any release, howsoever caused, from a
ship and includes any escape, disposal, spilling, leaking, pumping,
emitting or emptying., but does not include

(a)dumping within the meaning of the Convention on the
Prevention of Marine Pollution by Dumping of Wastes and
Other Matter signed in London on 13 November 1972(a); or

(b)release of harmful substances directly arising from the
exploration, exploitation and associated off-shore processing
of sea-bed mineral resources; or

(c)release of harmful substances for purposes of legitimate
scientific research into pollution abatement or control.

and 'to discharge' shall be constructed accordingly;

'existing ship', without prejudice to regulation 17(2), means a ship
which is not a new ship;

'filtering equipment' means filters or any combination of separators
and filters which are designed to produce effluent containing not
more than 15 ppm of oil,

'forward and after perpendiculars- shall be taken at the forward and
after ends of the length (L). The forward perpendicular shall
coincide with the foreside of the stem on the waterline on which
the length is measured;

'GRT' means gross registered tonnage and the gross registered
tonnage of a ship having alternative gross registered tonnages
shall be taken to be the larger of those tonnages;

'harmful substance' means any substance which, if introduced into the
sea, is liable to create hazards to human health. to harm living
resources and marine life, to damage amenities or to interfere with
other legitimate uses of the sea, and includes oil;

'HKOPP Certificate' means the Hong Kong Oil Pollution Prevention
Certificate;

'Hong Kong oil tanker' means an oil tanker which is registered in Hong
Kong;

'Hong Kong ship' means a ship which is registered in Hong Kong;

'instantaneous rate of discharge of oil content' means the rate of
discharge of oil in litres per hour at any instant divided by the
speed of the ship in knots at the same instant;

'IOPP Certificate' means the International Oil Pollution Prevention
Certificate;

(a) Cmnd. 5169.





'length' (L) means 96 per cent of the total length on a waterline at 85
per cent of the least moulded depth measured from the top of the
keel, or the length from the foreside of the stem to the axis of the
rudder stock on that waterline, if that be greater. In ships designed
with a rake of keel the waterline on which this length is measured
shall be parallel to the designed waterline. The length (L) shall be
measured in metres;

'lightweight' means the displacement of a ship in metric tons without
cargo, fuel, lubricating oil, ballast water, fresh water and feed water
in tanks, consumable stores, and passengers and crew and their
effects;

'major conversion' means a conversion of an existing ship

(a)which substantially alters the dimensions or carrying capacity
of the ship; or

(b) which changes the type of the ship; or

(c)the intent of which in the opinion of the Director is
substantially to prolong its life; or

(d)which otherwise so alters the ship that, if it were a new ship, it
would become subject to relevant provisions of the
Protocol(a) not applicable to it as an existing ship:

but conversion of an existing oil tanker of 20000 tons deadweight
and above to meet the requirements of regulation 18 of these
Regulations shall not be deemed to constitute a major conversion;

-Merchant Shipping Notice- means a Notice described as such, issued
by the United Kingdom Department of Transport and published by
Her Majesty's Stationery Office, and any reference to a particular
Merchant Shipping Notice includes a reference to that Notice as
amended from time to time by a subsequent Notice;

'mile' means an international nautical mile that is to say a distance of 1
852 metres;

'nearest land' in relation to all land other than the part of Australia
specified below, 'from the nearest land' means from the nearest
base-line from which the territorial sea of any territory is
established in accordance with the Geneva Convention on the
Territorial Sea and the Contiguous Zone 1958(b); and in relation to
the part of the North-eastern coast of Australia which lies between
the points 11 00'S 142~08'E and 24~42'S, 153 15 E, 'from the nearest
land' means from the nearest of the straight lines joining
consecutively the following points

(a) Cmnd. 7347. (b) 2511.





11 00'S, 142 08 E; 10 35'S, 141 55'E; 10 00'S, 142 00'E;

9 10'S, 143 52'E; 9 00 'S, 144 30 E; 13 00'S, 144 00'E;
15 00'S, 146 00'E; WOWS, 147 00'E; 21 00'S, 153 00'E
and 24 42'S, 153 1 5E.;

'new ship', except as provided in regulation 17(1), means a ship

(a) for which the building contract was placed after 31 Decem
ber 1975; or

(b) in the absence of a building contract, the keel of which was
laid or which was at a similar stage of construction after 30
June 1976; or

(c) the delivery of which is after 31 December 1979; or

(d) which has undergone a major conversion

(i)for which the contract was placed after 31 December
1975; or

(ii) in the absence of a contract, the construction work of
which was begun after 30 June 1976; or

(iii) which is or was completed after 31 December 1979;

'oil' means petroleum in any form including crude oil, fuel oil, sludge,
oil refuse and refined products, other than petrochemicals
specified in Merchant Shipping Notice No. 1077;

'oil fuel' means any oil used as fuel in connection with the propulsion
and auxiliary machinery of the ship in which such oil is carried;

'oil tanker' means a ship constructed or adapted primarily to carry oil
in bulk in its cargo spaces and includes a combination carrier or a
chemical tanker when it is carrying a cargo or part cargo of oil in
bulk;

'oily mixture' means a mixture with any oil content;

'the Organization' means the International Maritime Organization;

'permeability' of a space means the ratio of the volume within that
space which is assumed to be occupied by water to the total
volume of that space;

'ppm' means parts per million;

'product carrier' means an oil tanker engaged in the trade of carrying
oil other than crude oil;

'proper officer' means a consular officer appointed by Her Majesty's
Government in the United Kingdom and, in relation to a port in a
country outside the United Kingdom which is not a foreign
country, also any officer exercising in that port functions similar to
those of a superintendent;

'sea' includes any estuary or arm of the sea;





'segregated ballast- means the ballast water introduced into a tank
which. is completely separated from the cargo oil and oil fuel
system and which is permanently allocated to the carriage of
ballast or to the carriage of ballast or cargoes other than oil or
noxious liquid substances;

'separating equipment' means either separators or filters, or any
combination of them, which are designed to produce effluent
containing not more than 100 ppm of oil;

'ship' means a vessel of any type whatsoever operating in the marine
environment including waters navigable by sea-going vessels and
includes submersible craft, floating craft and a structure which is a
fixed or floating platform but excludes hovercraft;

'slop tank' means a tank specifically designed for the collection of tank
drainings, tank washings and other oily mixtures;

'special area' means a sea area where, for recognized technical reasons
in relation to its oceanographical and ecological condition and to
the particular character of its traffic, the adoption of special
mandatory methods for the prevention of sea pollution by oil is
required, and shall include those areas listed in regulation 16;

'Surveyor' means a surveyor appointed by the Certifying Authority or
the Secretary for Economic Services;

'tank' means an enclosed space which is formed by the permanent
structure of a ship and which is designed for the carriage of liquid
in bulk;

'volume' in relation to a ship shall be calculated in all cases to moulded
lines;

'waters of Hong Kong' has the same meaning as in section 2 of the
Shipping and Port Control Ordinance;

'wing tank' means any tank adjacent to the side shell plating.

2. (1) Unless expressly provided otherwise, these Regulations
apply to

(a) Hong Kong ships, and

(b) other ships while they are within the waters of Hong Kong.

(2) These Regulations do not apply to any warship, naval auxiliary
or other ship owned or operated by a State and used, for the time being,
only on government non-commercial service.

(3) Any new type of ship whose constructional features are such as
to render the application of any of the provisions of regulation 10 to 30
of these Regulations relating to construction and equipment
unreasonable or impracticable may be exempted by the Director from
those provisions, provided that the construction and





equipment of that ship provides equivalent protection against pollu-
tion by oil, having regard to the service for which it is intended.
Particulars of any such exemption granted by the Director shall be
indicated in the IOPP or HKOPP Certificate referred to in regula-
tion 7.

(4) In ships, other than oil tankers, fitted with cargo spaces
which are constructed and used to carry oil in bulk of an aggregate
capacity of 200 cubic metres or more, the requirements of regula-
tions 10, 12, 13, 15(1),(2) and (3), 16, 24, 26 and 28(4) for oil tankers
shall also apply to the construction and operation of these spaces,
except that where such aggregate capacity is less than 1 000 cubic
metres it shall be sufficient to comply with the requirements of
regulation 15(4) as if they applied to the ship in lieu of those of
regulation 15(1), (2) and (3).

(5) The Director may grant exemptions from all or any of the
provisions of these Regulations (as may be specified in the exemp-
tion) for classes of cases or individual cases on such terms (if any) as
he may so specify and may, subject to giving reasonable notice, alter
or cancel any such exemption.

3. The Director may permit any fitting, material, appliance or
apparatus to be fitted in a ship as an alternative to that required by
these Regulations if such fitting, material, appliance or apparatus is
at least as effective as that required by these Regulations, but shall
not permit the substitution of operational methods to control the
discharge of oil as being equivalent to those design and construction
features which are prescribed by these Regulations.

PART II

SURVEYS, CERTIFICATES AND OIL RECORD BOOK

4. (1) The owner of every Hong Kong oil tanker of 150
GRT and above and every other Hong Kong ship of 400 GRT and
above, shall cause the same to be surveyed before the ship is put into
service or before an IOPP Certificate or HKOPP Certificate in
respect of the ship is issued for the first time, and thereafter at
intervals not exceeding five years by a surveyor. Any application for
a survey shall be accompanied by calculations in accordance with
Part V of these Regulations and such information relating to the
ship as the Certifying Authority may require for the purposes of the
survey.

(2) A Certifying Authority shall upon receipt of an application
for survey and any fee payable on such application cause the ship to
be surveyed by a surveyor.





(3) The surveyor shall survey the ship and satisfy himself that its
structure, equipment, systems, fittings. arrangements and material are in
accordance with the requirements of these Regulations and that the
equipment and associated pump and piping systems, including oil
discharge monitoring and control systems, crude oil washing systems,
oily water separating equipment and oil filtering systems are in good
working order.

(4) The initial and any renewal survey to be carried out under this
regulation shall be in accordance with the procedures specified in
Merchant Shipping Notice M 1076.

(5) The surveyor, if satisfied on the survey that he may properly do
so, shall forward to the Certifying Authority a declaration of survey
containing such particulars of the ship as are required by the Certifying
Authority to enable him to issue the appropriate Certificate in respect of
the ship.

5. (1) The owner of every Hong Kong ship in respect of which an
IOPP Certificate has been issued shall, so long as the certificate remains
in force, cause the ship to be subject to an annual survey, which shall be
carried out within three months before or after the anniversary date of
the IOPP Certificate. provided that no annual survey shall be required
when the intermediate survey pursuant to regulation 6 is carried out
within three months before or after the anniversary date of the IOPP
Certificate.

(2) A Certifying Authority shall upon receipt of an application for
survey and any fee payable on such application cause the ship to be
surveyed by a surveyor.

(3) The surveyor shall survey the ship in accordance with the
procedures specified in Merchant Shipping Notice M 1076 and satisfy
himself--

(a)that such of the parts of the ship and its equipment specified
in that Merchant Shipping Notice as are the subject of the
application for survey remain efficient; and

(b)that no material alterations have been made in the structure,
equipment, systems, fittings, arrangements and material to
which the IOPP Certificate relates without the approval of a
Certifying Authority.

(4) On completion of the survey in accordance with the
requirements of the preceding paragraph the surveyor shall, where he is
so satisfied, endorse the IOPP Certificate to that effect.

6. (1) The owner of every Hong Kong ship in respect of which an
IOPP Certificate has been issued shall so long as the Certificate remains
in force cause the ship to be subject to an intermediate survey during
the period of validity of the Certificate. This intermediate survey shall be
held not earlier than six months before nor later than six months after the
half-way date of the period of validity of the Certificate.





(2) A Certifying Authority shall upon receipt of an application
for a survey and any fee payable on such application cause the ship
to be surveyed by a surveyor.

(3) The surveyor shall survey the ship in accordance with the
procedures specified in Merchant Shipping Notice M 1076 and
satisfy himself---

(a)that such of the parts of the ship and its equipment
specified in that Merchant Shipping Notice as are the
subject of the application for survey are in good working
order and fully comply with these Regulations;

(b)that no material alterations have been made in the
structure, equipment, systems, fittings, arrangements and
material to which the IOPP Certificate relates without the
approval of a Certifying Authority.

(4) On completion of the survey in accordance with the
requirements of the preceding paragraph, the surveyor, where he is
so satisfied, shall endorse the IOPP Certificate to that effect and
forward a report to the Certifying Authority.

7. (1) The Certifying Authority shall, on receipt of a de-
claration of survey under regulation 4(5) which relates to a Hong
Kong ship, issue to the ship the appropriate Certificate in duplicate
which-

(a)in the case of an oil tanker of 150 GRT and above and any
other ship of 400 GRT and above which is engaged in
voyages to ports or off-shore terminals under the jurisdic-
tion of other Parties to the Convention, is an IOPP
Certificate; and

(b)in the case of any other oil tanker of 150 GRT and above
and any other ship of 400 GRT and above, is a HKOPP
Certificate.

(2) The Director may request the Government of another
Party to the Convention to survey a Hong Kong ship and, if they are
satisfied that the provisions of Annex 1 to the Convention are
complied with, they shall issue, or authorize the issue of, an IOPP
Certificate in duplicate to the ship.

(3) A Certificate so issued shall contain a statement to the
effect that it has been issued at the request of the Hong Kong
Government and it shall have the same force and receive the same
recognition as a Certificate issued under paragraph (1) of this
regulation.

(4) The Director may at the request of the Government of
another Party to the Convention survey a ship registered in that
State and entitled to fly the flag of that State as if it were a Hong
Kong ship, and, if satisfied that the provisions of Annex I to the
Convention are complied with, shall issue an IOPP Certificate to





that ship; a Certificate so issued shall contain a statement that it has
been issued at the request of the Government in question.

(5) The appropriate Certificate shall be in one of the forms set out in
Schedule 1 hereto or. in the case of an IOPP Certificate. in a form
corresponding to the model set out in Appendix II of Annex I of the
Convention, and shall be expressed to be valid for a period not
exceeding five years from the date of issue: provided that in the case of
an oil tanker operating with dedicated clean ballast tanks for one of the
limited periods specified in regulation 18(9) the period of validity of the
Certificate shall not exceed such specified period.

(6) A Certificate issued by a Certifying Authority shall cease to be
valid

(a)if without the approval of a Certifying Authority significant
alterations have taken place in the construction. equipment,
systems, fittings. arrangements or material required by the
Regulations. other than the direct replacement of such
equipment or fittings.

(b)in the case of an IOPP Certificate, if the intermediate survey
required by regulation 6 is not carried out within the period
specified in that regulation; or

(c.) if the ship transfers to the flag of another State.

(7) One copy of the appropriate Certificate shall be kept on board
every Hong Kong ship which is either an oil tanker of 150 GRT or above
or a ship of 400 GRT or above. other than an oil tanker and shall be
available for Inspection at all reasonable times

8. (1) The owner aiid master of everv ship to which these
Regulations apply shall each ensure that the condition of the ship and
its equipment is maintained so as to comply with the relevant
provisions of these Regulations.

(2) After any survey of a Hong Kong ship required by these
Regulations has-been completed, no material change shall be made in
the structure, equipment. systems. fittings, arrangements or material
subject to such survey without the approval of a Certifying Authority.

(3) Whenever an accident occurs to a Hong Kong ship or a defect
is discovered, either of which affects the integrity of a ship or the
efficiency or completeness of its equipment. it shall be reported by the
master or (if the master fails to do so) the owner at the earliest
opportunity to the Director or a proper officer. either of whom may
cause investigations to be initiated to determine whether a survey by a
surveyor is necessary and may in that event require such a survey to be
carried out. If a ship is in a port (other than a port in the waters of Hong
Kong) of a country which is a Party to the Convention the master or (if
the master fails to do so) the owner shall, in addition,





make such a report immediately to the appropriate authorities of the
country in which the port is situated and the Director shall ascertain
that such a report has been made.

(4)(a) If an accident has occurred to or a defect has been
discovered in or on any ship which is not a Hong Kong ship
and which is for the time being in the waters of Hong Kong,
and the accident or defect is such as to affect the integrity of
the ship or the efficiency or completeness of its equipment,
the owner or (if he fails to do so) the master shall make a
report immediately to the Director and where appropriate to
the authority responsible for issuing an IOPP Certificate to
the ship;

(b)The owner or (if he fails to do so) the master shall report the
results of any investigation or survey initiated by the
authority responsible for issuing the IOPP Certificate to the
ship to the Director, who may detain the ship until such a
report has been made.

(c)If within a reasonable period the Director is not satisfied that
a full and proper report has been made to the authority
responsible for issuing an IOPP Certificate to the ship, or that
the action taken is sufficient to restore the integrity of the
ship or the efficiency or completeness of its equipment, he
may take such steps as will ensure that the ship shall not sail
until it can proceed to sea without presenting an
unreasonable threat of harm to the marine environment.
Without prejudice to any other action he may take, the
Director may request the authority responsible for issuing an
IOPP Certificate to the ship to carry out such surveys and
inspections as he may consider to be necessary to establish
that the condition of the ship is such that it can proceed to
sea without presenting an unreasonable threat of harm to the
marine environment.

9. (1) In any case where the Certifying Authority determines that
the condition of a Hong Kong ship or its equipm~nt does not
correspond with the particulars of the IOPP or HKOPP Certificate or is
such that the ship is not fit to proceed to sea without presenting an
unreasonable threat of harm to the marine environment, the Certifying
Authority shall advise the owner or master of the corrective action
which in its opinion is required, and shall give notice thereof to the
Director.

(2) If such corrective action is not taken within such period (being
a reasonable period) as the Certifying Authority may specify, the
Certifying Authority shall, at the end of that time, immediately notify
the Director who may, on receipt of such notification, suspend the
validity of the IOPP or HKOPP Certificate issued in relation to the ship
and shall give notice of any such suspension to the owner and to the
Certifying Authority.





(3) The master shall thereupon deliver up the Certificate issued in
relation to the ship to the Certifying Authority on demand and the
owner shall on receipt of notice of suspension deliver up the duplicate
Certificate to the Director.

(4) When the Certifying Authority is satisfied that corrective action
has been taken it shall notify the Director. The Director shall thereupon,
in any case where the validity of the Certificate has been suspended

(a) restore the validity of the Certificate;

(b)give notice thereof to the Certifying Authority, and the
owner; and

(c) return the duplicate Certificate to the owner.

The Certifying Authority shall return the Certificate issued in relation to
the ship to the master.

(5) Where the ship is in a port (other than a port in the waters of
Hong Kong) of a country which is a Party to the Convention and
corrective action in accordance with paragraph (2) of this regulation has
not been taken. the Certifying Authority shall in addition immediately
notify the appropriate authorities of the country in which the port is
situated.

(6) Where, in the case of a ship (other than a Hong Kong ship) of a
country which is a Party to the Convention which is for the time being in
a port in the waters of Hong Kong, the nominated surveyor or the
recognized organization responsible for issuing an IOPP Certificate to
the ship determines that it is necessary to withdraw the Certificate, a
report shall, unless made by the nominated surveyor or recognized
organization, be made by the master of the ship to the Director. The
Director may then take such steps as will ensure that the ship shall not
sail until it can proceed to sea or leave the port for the purposes of
proceeding to the nearest appropriate repair yard available without
presenting an unreasonable threat of harm to the marine environment.

10. (1) Every ship to which these Regulations apply of 400 GRT and
above, other than an oil tanker, and every oil tanker of 150 GRT and
above shall be provided with an Oil Record Book Part 1 (Machinery
Space Operations). Every oil tanker of 150 GRT and above shall also be
provided with an Oil Record Book Part 11 (Cargo/Ballast Operations).
The 011 Record Book, whether it forms part of the ship's official log book
or engine room log book or otherwise, shall be in the form set out in
Schedule 2, hereto.

(2) The Oil Record Book shall be completed on each occasion, on a
tank-to-tank basis if appropriate. whenever any of the following
operations take place in the ship





(a) for machinery space operations (all ships)--

(i) ballasting or cleaning of oil fuel tanks;

(ii) discharge of ballast or cleaning water from oil fuel tanks
which have been ballasted or cleaned;

(iii) disposal of oily residues (sludge);

(iv) discharge overboard of bilge water which has
accumulated in machinery spaces;

(b) for cargo/ballast operation (oil tankers)

(i) loading of oil cargo;

(ii) internal transfer of oil cargo during voyage;

(iii) unloading of oil cargo;

(iv)ballasting of cargo tanks and dedicated clean ballast
tanks;

(v) cleaning of cargo tanks including crude oil washing;

(vi) discharge of ballast except from segregated ballast tanks;

(vii) discharge of water from slop tanks;

(viii) closing of all applicable valves or similar devices after
slop tank discharge operations;

(ix) closing of valves necessary for the isolation of dedicated
clean ballast tanks from cargo and stripping lines after
slop tank discharge operations;

(x) disposal of residues.

(3) In the event of such discharge of oil or oily mixture as is
referred to in regulation 11 or in the event of an accidental or other
exceptional discharge of oil not excepted by that regulation. a statement
shall be made in the Oil Record Book of the circumstances of, and the
reasons for, the discharge.

(4) Each operation described in paragraph (2) of this regulation
shall be fully recorded without delay in the Oil Record Book so that all
entries in the book appropriate to that operation are completed. Each
completed operation shall be signed by the officer or officers in charge
of the operations concerned and each completed page shall be signed
by the master.

(5) The Oil Record Book shall be kept in such a place as to be
readily available for inspection at all reasonable times and, except in the
case of unmanned ships under tow, shall be kept on board. It shall be
preserved for a period of three years after the last entry has been made.

(6) A person authorized by the Certifying Authority may inspect
the Oil Record Book on board any ship whilst the ship is in a port or
offshore terminal and may make a copy of any entry in that book and
may require the master of the ship to certify that the copy is a true copy
of such entry. Any copy so made which has been





certified by the master of the ship as a true copy of an entry in the
ship's Oil Record Book shall be admissible in any judicial proceedings
as evidence of the facts stated in the entry. The inspection of an 011
Record Book and the taking of a certified copy by the competent
authority, or an authorized person, under this paragraph shall be
performed as expeditiously a's possible without causing the ship to be
unduly delayed.

PART III

REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTROL OF OPERATIONAL
POLLUTION
CONTROL oF DISCHARGE OF OIL

11. The provisions of regulations 12, 13 and 16 shall not apply
to

(a)any discharge into the sea of oil or oily mixture which is
necessary for the purpose of securing the safety of a ship or
saving life at sea; or

(b)any discharge into the sea of oil or oily mixture which results
from damage to a ship or its equipment

(i) provided that all reasonable precautions were taken after
the occurrence of the damage or discovery of the discharge
for the purpose of preventing or minimizing the discharge.,
and

(ii) unless the owner or the master acted either with intent
to cause damage, or recklessly and with knowledge that
damage would probably result; or

(c)any approved discharge into the sea of substances
containing oil, when being used for the purpose of combating
specific pollution incidents in order to minimize the damage
from pollution. Any such discharge shall be subject to the
approval of any Government in whose jurisdiction it is
contemplated the discharge will occur.

12. (1) Subject to regulation 11 this regulation applies to-

(a) (i) Hong Kong ships other than oil tankers; and

(ii) Hong Kong oil tankers in relation to discharges from
their machinery space bilges (unless mixed with oil cargo
residue) but excluding cargo pump room bilges,

wherever they may be and to-

(b) (i) other ships other than oil tankers; and

(ii) other oil tankers in relation to discharges from their
machinery space bilges (unless mixed with oil cargo residue)
but excluding cargo pump room bilges,

when they are within the waters of Hong Kong.





(2) Subject to paragraph (3) of this regulation a ship to which this
regulation applies shall not discharge oil or oily mixture into any part of
the sea unless all the following conditions are satisfied

(a) the ship is proceeding on a voyage;

(b) the ship is not within a special area;

(c) the ship is more than 12 miles from the nearest land;

(d)the oil content of the discharge is less than 100 ppm parts of
the mixture; and

(e)the ship has in operation an oil discharge monitoring and
control system. oily-water separating equipment, oil filtering
system or other installation as required by regulation 14.

(3) The provisions of paragraph (2) of this regulation shall not
apply to the discharge of oily mixtures which without dilution have an
oil content not exceeding 15 ppm of the mixture.

(4) No discharge into the sea shall contain chemicals or other
substances in quantities or concentrations which are hazardous to the
marine environment or chemicals or other substances introduced for
the purpose of circumventing the conditions of discharge prescribed
by this regulation.

(5) Insofar as any oil or oily mixture has not been unloaded as
cargo and may not be discharged into the sea in compliance with
paragraph (2) or (3) of this regulation, it shall be retained on board and
shall only be discharged into reception facilities.

13. (1) Subject to regulation 11 this regulation applies to-

(a) every Hong Kong oil tanker; and

(b)every other oil tanker when it is within the waters of Hong
Kong.

(2) Subject to paragraph,(3) of this regulation an oil tanker to which
this regulation applies shall not discharge any oil or oily mixture (except
those for which provision is made in regulation 12) into any part of the
sea unless all the following conditions are satisfied

(a) the tanker is proceeding on a voyage;

(b) the tanker is not within a special area;

(c) the tanker is more than 50 miles from the nearest land;

(d)the instantaneous rate of discharge of oil content does not
exceed 60 litres per mile;





(e)the total quantity of oil discharged into the sea does not
exceed 1/30000 of the total quantity of the particular cargo of
which the residue formed a part, or, in the case of existing
tankers, the total quantity of oil discharged does not exceed
1/50000 of the total quantity of the particular cargo of

which the residue formed a part., and

(f) the tanker has in operation an oil discharge monitoring and
control system and a slop tank arrangement as required by
regulation 15.

(3) The provisions of paragraph (2) of this regulation shall not
apply to the discharge of clean or segregated ballast.

(4) No discharge into the sea shall contain chemicals or other
substances in quantities or concentrations which are hazardous to the
marine environment or chemicals or other substances introduced for the
purposes of circumventing the conditions of discharge prescribed by
this regulation.

(5) Insofar as any oil or oily mixture has not been unloaded as
cargo and may not be discharged into the sea in compliance with
paragraph (2) of this regulation. it shall be retained on board and shall
only be discharged into reception facilities.

14. (1) Subject to paragraph (4) of this regulation, every ship of 400
GRT and above but less than 10 000 GRT to which these Regulations
apply shall be fitted with oily-water separating equipment (100 ppm
equipment) complying with paragraph (6) of this regulation. Any ship to
which these Regulations apply which carries ballast water in. its bunker
fuel tanks shall comply with paragraph (2) of this regulation
(notwithstanding that the ship is of less than 10 000 GRT) or regulation
24(2).

(2) Subject to paragraph (4) of this regulation, every ship of 10 000
GRT and above to which these Regulations apply shall be fitted with
either

(a)oily-water separating equipment (100 ppm equipment)
complying with paragraph (6) of this regulation and with an oil
discharge monitoring and control system complying with
paragraph (5) of this regulation; or

(b)oil filtering equipment (15 ppm equipment) complying with
paragraph (7) of this regulation.

(3) Subject to paragraph (4) of this regulation-

(a)the requirements of paragraphs (1) and (2) of this regulation
need not be complied with in the case of ships which satisfy
both of the following conditions





(i) they are engaged solely within the special areas and are
fitted with holding tanks having a volume adequate (to
the satisfaction of the Director) for the total retention
on board of any oily bilge-water which is to be
discharged into reception facilities; and

(ii) they are not required to hold, and do not hold, an IOPP
Certificate;

(b)ships of less than 400 GRT (other than an oil tanker) shall be
equipped so far as practicable and reasonable, (in the case of
Hong Kong ships to the satisfaction of the Director), with
installations to ensure the storage of oil or oily mixtures on
board and their discharge to reception facilities, or to ensure
the discharge of such mixtures is in accordance with
regulation 12.

(4) For existing ships the requirements of paragraphs (1), (2) and
(3) of this regulation shall not apply until 2 October 1986.

(5) The oil discharge monitoring and control system referred to in
paragraph (2)(a) of this regulation shall be of a design approved as being
in accordance with the specification set out in Schedule 3 hereto. The
system shall be fitted with a recording device to provide a continuous
record of the oil content of the discharge of effluent or oily mixtures in
ppm. This record shall be identifiable as to time and date and shall be
kept for at least three years. The monitoring and control system shall
come into operation when there is any discharge of effluent into the sea
and shall be such as to ensure that any discharge of oily mixture is
automatically stopped when the oil content of the effluent exceeds that
permitted by regulation 12(2)(d). On any failure of the monitoring and
control system the discharge shall be stopped and the failure shall be
noted in the Oil Record Book. The defective unit shall be made operable
before the ship commences its next voyage unless it is proceeding to a
repair port. On existing ships, the system shall comply with all the
requirements of this paragraph, except that the stopping of the discharge
may be performed manually.

(6) The oily-water separating equipment referred to in paragraphs
(1) and (2)(a) of this regulation shall be of a design approved as being
in accordance with the specification set out in Schedule 3 hereto and
shall be such as to ensure that any oily mixture discharged into the sea
after passing through the system shall have an oil content of not more
than 100 ppm.

(7) The oil filtering equipment referred to in paragraph (2)(b) of
this regulation shall be of design approved as being in accordance with
the specification set out in Schedule 3 hereto and shall be such as to
ensure that any oily mixture discharged into the sea after passing
through the system shall have an oil content which does not exceed 15
ppm. It shall be provided with alarm arrangements in accordance with
the specification in the Schedule to indicate when this level is not being
maintained.





(8) The oil filtering equipment referred to in paragraph (2)(b) of this
regulation inav include any combination of a separator, filter or
coalescer or may consist of a single unit designed to produce an
effluent with an oil content not exceeding 15 ppm. If the oil filtering
equipment consists of a combination of oily-water separating
equipmerit. approved as being in accordance with the specifications set
out in Schedule 3 hereto for an effluent of less than 100 ppm. and
attached equipment. the attached equipment shall be of a design
approved as being in accordance with the specifications set out in
Merchant Shipping Notice M 1081.

15. (1) Subject to the provisions of paragraphs (5) and (6) of this
regulation. oil tankers of 150 GRT and above to which these Regulations
apply shall be provided with arrangements in accordance with the
requirements of paragraphs (2) and (3) of this regulation: provided that
in the case of existing ships the requirements for oil discharge
monitoring and control systems and slop tank arrangements shall not
apply until 2 October 1986.

(2)(a) Adequate means shall be provided for cleaning the cargo
tanks and transferring the dirty ballast residues and tank
washings from the cargo tanks into a slop tank of a type
approved by a Certifying Authority. In existing oil tankers.
ariv cargo lank may be designated as a slop tank.

(b)Arrangements shall be provided to transfer the oily waste into
a slop tank or combination of slop tanks in such a way that
any effluent discharges into the sea will be such as to comply
with regulation 13.

(c) The slop tank or combination of slop tanks provided pursuant
to sub-paragraph (b) above shall have sufficient capacity to
retain the slops generated by tank washings. oil residues and
dirty ballast residues; anj that capacity shall be not less than 3
per cent of the cargo oil carrying capacity of the ship unless

(i)segregated ballast tanks or dedicated clean ballast tanks
are provided in accordance with regulation 18, or a cargo
tank cleaning system using crude oil washing. in
accordance with regulation 21 . in either of which events
the total capacity of the slop tank or tanks may be
reduced to 2 per cent of the oil carrying capacity of the
ship..

(ii)in the case of combination carriers, the oil cargo is carried
in tanks with smooth walls, when the said total capacity
may be reduced to 1 per cent of the oil carrying capacity
of the ship:

Provided that, where the tank washing arrangements are such
that, once the slop tank or tanks are charged with washing water. this
water is sufficient for the tank washing and, where applicable, for
providing the driving fluid for the pumps (including eductors)





without the introduction of additional water into the system, the
above figures of 3 per cent, 2 per cent and 1 per cent may be reduced
to 2 per cent, 1.5 per cent and 0.8 per cent respectively.

(d)Slop tanks shall be so designed, particularly as regards the
position of inlets, outlets, baffles or weirs (where fitted), as
to avoid excessive turbulence and entrainment of oil or
emulsion with water.

(e)New oil tankers of 70 000 tons deadweight and above shall
be provided with at least two slop tanks.

(3)(a) An oil discharge monitoring and control system of an
approved design shall be fitted. It shall be designed and
installed in compliance with the guidelines and specifica-
tions set out in Schedule 4 hereto.

(b)Any such system shall be fitted with a recording device to
provide, unless otherwise required by Schedule 4, a con-
tinuous record of the discharge of oil in litres per mile and
the total quantity of oil discharged or. in lieu of the total
quantity of oil discharged, the oil content and rate of
discharge of the effluent. The record shall be identifiable as
to the time and date and shall be kept for at least three
years.

(c)The system shall be brought into operation when there is a
discharge of effluent into the sea and shall be such as to
ensure that any discharge of oily mixture is. unless other-
wise permitted by Schedule 4, automatically stopped when
the instantaneous rate of discharge of oil exceeds 60 litres
per mile.

(d)On any failure of the system the discharge shall be stopped
and the failure shall be noted in the 011 Record Book. A
manually operated alternative system shall be provided
and may be used in the event of such a failure, but the
defective unit shall be made operable before the oil tanker
commences its next ballast voyage, unless it is proceeding
to a repair port.

(e)Effective oil/water interface detectors, of a design ap-
proved as being in accordance with the specifications set
out in Schedule 5 hereto, shall be provided for the rapid
and accurate determination of the oil/water interface in
slop tanks and shall be available for use in other tanks
where the separation of oil and water is effected and from
which it is intended to discharge effluent direct to the sea.

(f) Approved instruction manuals on the operation and main-
tenance of the various items comprising the oil discharge
monitoring and control system shall be provided. These
manuals shall contain information on manual as well as





automatic operations and shall be so drawn up as to ensure that at no
time shall oil be discharged except in compliance with the conditions
specified in regulation 13.

(4) The discharge of oil from oil tankers of less than 150 GRT
pursuant to regulation 13 shall be effected by the retention of the oil on
board until subsequent discharge of all contaminated washings to
reception facilities. The total quantity of oil and water used for washing
and returned to a storage or slop tank shall be recorded in the Oil
Record Book. This total quantity shall be-discharged to reception
facilities unless adequate arrangements are made to ensure that any
effluent which is allowed to be discharged into the sea is effectively
monitored to ensure that the provisions of regulation 13 are complied
with.

(5) Paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) of this regulation shall not apply to
any oil tanker which is engaged exclusively on voyages of 72 hours or
less in duration and within 50 miles of the nearest land, provided that

(a)the oil tanker is not required to hold. and does not hold an
IOPP Certificate,

(b)the oil tanker retains on board all oily mixtures for subsequent
discharge to reception facilities,

(c)the Secretary for Economic Services has determined that
adequate facilities are available to receive such oily mixtures.

(6) Paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) of this regulation shall not apply to
oil tankers carrying asphalt or other products subject to the provisions
of these Regulations which, through their physical properties. inhibit
effective product/water separation and monitoring: in such cases the
control of discharge under regulation 13 shall be effected by the
retention of residues on board and the discharge of all contaminated
washings to reception facilities.

16. (1) For the purposes of these Regulations the special areas are
the Mediterranean Sea area, the Baltic Sea area, the Black Sea area, the
Red Sea area and the Gulfs area, defined as follows

(a)'the Mediterranean Sea area' means the Mediterranean Sea
including the gulfs and seas therein with the boundary
between the Mediterranean and the Black Sea constituted by
the 41 ~N parallel and bounded to the west by the Straits of
Gibraltar at the meridian of 5~36'W;

(b)'the Baltic Sea area' means the Baltic Sea with the Gulf of
Bothnia, the Gulf of Finland and the entrance to the Baltic Sea
bounded by the parallel of the Skaw in the Skagerrak at
57 44.8'N;





(e)'the Black Sea area' means the Black Sea with the boundary
between the Mediterranean and the Black Sea constituted by
the parallel 41 ~N;

(d)'the Red Sea area' means the Red Sea including the Gulfs of
Suez and Aqaba bounded at the South by the rhumb line
between Ras si Ane (12 8.5'N, 43 19.6'E) and Husn Murad (12
40.4'N, 43 30.2'E); and

(e)'the Gulfs area' means the sea area located north west of the
rhumb line between Ras al Hadd (22 30'N, 59 48'E) and Ras al
Fasteh (25 04'N, 61 25'E).

(2) Subject to the provisions of regulation 11-

(a)any discharge into the sea of oil or oily mixture from any
Hong Kong oil tanker and any Hong Kong ship of 400 GRT
and above other than an oil tanker shall be prohibited while in
a special area;

(b)any discharge into the sea of oil or oily mixture from a Hong
Kong ship of less than 400 GRT other than a Hong Kong oil
tanker shall be prohibited while in a special area, except when
the oil content of the effluent without dilution does not
exceed 15 ppm or alternatively when all the following
conditions are satisfied

(i) the ship is proceeding on a voyage;

(ii)the oil content of the effluent is less than 100 ppm parts
of mixture; and

(iii)the discharge is made as far as practicable from the land,
but in no case less than 12 nautical miles from the
nearest land.

(3)(a) Paragraph (2) of this regulation shall not apply to the
discharge of clean or segregated ballast.

(b)Sub-paragraph (2)(a) of this regulation shall not apply to the
discharge of processed bilge water from machinery spaces,
provided that all the following conditions are satisfied

(i)the bilge water does not originate from cargo pump room
bilges;

(ii) the bilge water is not mixed with cargo oil residues; (iii)
the ship is proceeding on a voyage;

(iv)the oil content of the effluent, without dilution, does not
exceed 15 ppm parts of mixture;

(v)the ship has in operation an oil filtering system
complying with regulation 14(7); and

(vi)the oil filtering system is equipped with a stopping
device which will ensure that the discharge is
automatically stopped if the oil content of the effluent
exceeds 15 ppm parts of the mixture.





(4)(a) No discharge into the sea shall contain chemicals or other
substances in quantities or concentrations which are
hazardous to the marine environment or chemicals or other
substances introduced for the purpose of eircumventing the
conditions of discharge specified in this regulation.'

(b)In any case where any residues of oil or oily mixture may not
be discharged into the sea in compliance with paragraph (2) or
(3) of this regulation. they shall be retained on board and shall
only be discharged into reception facilities.

(5) Nothing in this regulation shall prohibit a ship on a voyage
only part of which is in a special area from discharging outside the
special area in accordance with regulations 12 and 13.

PART IV

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SEGREGATION OF
CARGO

17. (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of regulation 1(2), for the
purpose of regulations 18. 19. 21 and 26(4), a 'new oil tanker' means
an oil tanker

(a)for which the building contract was placed after 1 June 1979;
or

(b)in the absence of a building contract, the keel of which was
laid, or which was at a similar stage of construction after 1
January 1980. or

(c.) the delivery of which was after 1 June 1982; or

(d) which has undergone a major conversion-

(i) for which the contract was placed after 1 June 1979: or
(ii) in the absence of a contract, the construction work of
which was begun after 1 January 1980; or

(iii) which was completed after 1 June 1982,

except that, for oil tankers of 70 000 tons deadweight and
above, the definition in regulation 1(2) shall apply for the
purposes of regulation 18(1).

(2) For the purposes of regulations 18. 20, 21, 22, 23, 26(5) and
26(6)(c) an 'existing oil tanker' means an oil tanker which is not a new
oil tanker as defined in paragraph (1) of this regulation.

New oil tankers of 20 000 tons deadweight aiid above

18. (1) Every new crude oil tanker of 20 000 tons deadweight and
above and every new product carrier of 30 000 tons deadweight and
above shall be provided with segregated ballast tanks and shall comply
with paragraphs (2), (3) and (4), or paragraph (5) as appropriate, of this
regulation.





(2) The capacity of the segregated ballast tanks shall be such that
the ship may operate safely on ballast voyages without recourse to the
use of cargo tanks for water ballast except as provided for in paragraph
(3) or (4) of this regulation:

Provided that the capacity of the segregated ballast tanks shall be
at least such that, in any ballast condition at any part of the voyage,
including the condition consisting of lightweight plus segregated
ballast only, the ship's draughts and trim can meet each of the following
requirements

(a)the moulded draught amidships (dm) in metres (without taking
into account any ship's deformation) shall not be less than
2.0+0.02L;

(b)the draughts at the forward and after perpendiculars shall
correspond to those determined by the draught amidships
(dm) as specified in sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph, in
association with the trim by the stern of not greater than
0.015L; and

(c)in any case the draught at the after perpendicular shall not be
less than that which is necessary to obtain full immersion of
the propeller.

(3) In no case shall ballast water be carried in cargo tanks. except

(a)on those voyages when weather conditions are so severe
that, in the opinion of the master, it is necessary to carry
additional ballast water in cargo tanks for the safety of the
ship;

(b)where the particular character of the operation of an oil tanker
renders it necessary to carry ballast water in excess of the
quantity which may be carried in segregated ballast tanks
under paragraph (2) of this regulation, provided that the
Director has approved that condition of operation.

Any such additional ballast water shall be processed and discharged in
accordance with the requirements of regulations 13 and 15 and an entry
of the discharge shall be made in the Oil Record Book.

(4) In the case of new crude oil tankers, the additional ballast
permitted by paragraph (3) of this regulation shall be carried in cargo
tanks only if such tanks have been crude oil washed in accordance
with regulation 21 before departure from an oil unloading port or
terminal.

(5) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (2) of this
regulation the capacity of the segregated ballast tanks for oil tankers
less than 150 metres in length shall be as may be determined by the
Director.





(6) Every new crude oil tanker of 20 000 tons deadweight and above
shall be fitted with a cargo tank cleaning system using crude oil
washing. This system shall fully comply with the requirements of
reaulation 21 within one year after the tanker is first engaged in the trade
of carrying crude oil or by the end of the third voyage carrying crude oil
suitable for crude oil washing. whichever occurs later. Unless such oil
tanker carries crude oil which is not suitable for crude oil washing. it
shall operate the system in accordance with regulation 21.

Existing crude oil tankers of 40 000 tons deadweight aiid above

(7) Subject to the provisions of paragraphs (8) and (9) of this
regulation and to the provisions of regulations 22 and 23, every existing
crude oil tanker of 40 000 tons deadweight and above shall be provided
with segregated ballast tanks and shall comply with the requirements of
paragraphs (2) and (3) of this regulation from the commencement of
these Regulations.

(8) Subject to regulations 22 and 23. existing crude oil tankers of 40
000 tons deadweight and above may. in lieu of being provided with
segregated ballast tanks. operate with a cargo tank cleaning procedure
using crude oil washing in accordance with regulation 21 unless the
crude oil tanker is intended to carry crude oil which is not suitable for
crude oil washing.

(9) Subject to regulations 22 and 23. existing crude oil tankers of 40
000 tons deadweight and above may, in lieu of being provided with
segregated ballast tanks or operating with a cargo tank cleaning
procedure using crude oil washing. operate with dedicated clean ballast
tanks in accordance with the provisions of regulation 20 for the
following period

(a)for crude oil tankers of 70 000 tons deadweight and above,
until 2 October 1985; and

(b)for crude oil tankers of 40 000 tons deadweight and above but
below 70 000 tons deadweight. until 2 October 1987.

Existing product carriers of 40 000 tons deadweight and above

(10) Subject to regulation 22. from the commencement of these
Regulations every existing product carrier of 40 000 tons deadweight
and above shall be provided with segregated ballast tanks and shall
comply with the requirements of paragraphs (2) and (3) of this
regulation. or, alternatively, operate with dedicated clean ballast tanks in
accordance with the provisions of regulation 20.





An oil tanker described in the IOPP or HKOPP Certificate as
a segregated ballast oil tanker

(11) Any oil tanker which is not required to be provided with
segregated ballast tanks in accordance with paragraph (1), (7) or (10) of
this regulation may be described in the IOPP or HKOPP Certificate as a
segregated ballast tanker if it complies with the requirements of
paragraphs (2) and (3), or paragraph (5) as appropriate to this
regulation.

19. (1) In every new crude oil tanker of 20 000 tons deadweight and
above and every new product carrier of 30 000 tons deadweight and
above, the segregated ballast tanks required to provide the capacity to
comply with regulation 18 which are located within the cargo tank
length shall be arranged, in accordance with the requirements of
paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) of this regulation. to provide a measure of
protection against oil outflow in the event of grounding or collision.

(2) Segregated ballast tanks and spaces other than 611 tanks
within the cargo tank length (L) shall be so arranged as to comply with
the following requirement

PA + PA >, J[L, (B + 2D) 1

where-

PA, =the side shell area in square metres for each segregated
ballast tank or space other than an oil tank based on
projected moulded dimensions;

PA, = the bottom shell area in square metres for each such tank or
space based on projected moulded dimensions;

L, = the length in metres between the forward and after extremities
of the cargo tanks;

B = the maximum breadth of the ship in metres as defined in
regulation 1(2);

D =the moulded depth in metres measured vertically from the top
of the keel to the top of the freeboard deck beam at the side
at amidships. In ships having rounded gunwales, the
moulded depth shall be measured to the point of
intersection of the moulded lines of the deck and side shell
plating, the lines extending as though the gunwale were of
angular design;

J 0.45 for oil tankers of 20 000 tons deadweight and 0. 30
for oil tankers of 200 000 tons deadweight and above,
subject to the provisions of paragraph (3) of this regula-
tion. For intermediate values of deadweight the value of
'J' shall be determined by linear interpolation.

For the purposes of this regulation the symbols referred to in this
paragraph shall have the meaning as laid down in this paragraph.





(3) For tankers of 200 000 tons deadweight and above the value of
'J' may be reduced as follows

J reduced= J - a - 40, or 0.2 whichever is greater

where-

a = 0.25 for oil tankers of 200 000 tons deadweight.
a = 0.40 for oil tankers of 300 000 tons deadweight.
a =0.50 for oil tankers of 420000 tons deadweight and
above.
For intermediate values of deadweight the value of 'a'
shall be determined by linear interpolation.

0, =has the same meaning as in regulation 27(1)(b)(i),
0, = has the same meaning as in regulation 27(1 )(b)(ii),
0, = the allowable oil outflow as required by regulation 28(2).

(4) In calculating the value of'PA' and 'PA' for segregated
ballast tanks and spaces other than oil tanks

(a)where the width of any wing tank or space which extends for
the full depth of the ship's side or from the deck to the top of
the double bottom is less than 2 metres measured inboard froni
the ship's side at right angles to the centre line. that wing tank
or space shall riot be taken into account when calculating the
protecting area 'PA' and

(b)where the depth of aily double bottorn tank or space is less
than or 2 metres. that double bottom tank or space shall

not be taken into account when calculating the protecting
area

The width aiid depth of wing tanks and double bottom tanks shall be
measured clear of the bilge area aiid. in the case of width. shall be
measured clear of any rounded gunwale area.

20. (1) An oil tanker operating with dedicated clean ballast
tanks in accordance with the provisions of regulation 18(9) or (10) shall
have adequate tank capacity. dedicated solely to the carriage of clean
ballast as defined in regulation 1(2) to meet the requirements of
regulation 18(2) and (3). as those provisions apply to segregated ballast
tanks.

(2) The arrangements and operational procedures for dedicated
clean ballast tanks shall comply with the requirements of Schedule 6
hereto.

(3) An oil tanker operating with dedicated clean ballast tanks shall
be equipped with an oil content meter approved as being in accordance
with the specification set out in Schedule 3 hereto, so as





to permit supervision of the oil content in the ballast water being
discharged. The oil content meter shall be installed not later than the
first scheduled shipyard visit when cargo tanks are gas-freed and in
any case before 2 October 1986. Until such time as the oil content meter
is installed, it shall, immediately before discharge of any ballast, be
established by examination of the ballast water from dedicated tanks
that no contamination with oil has taken place.

(4) Every oil tanker operating with dedicated clean ballast tanks
shall be provided with a Dedicated Clean Ballast Tank Operation
Manual detailing the system and specifying operational procedures.
This Manual shall have been approved by a Certifying Authority and
shall contain all the information set out in the Specifications referred to
in Schedule 6 hereto. If an alteration affecting the dedicated clean
ballast tank system is made, the Operation Manual shall be revised, and
the revision submitted to the Certifying Authority for his approval.

21. (1) Every crude oil washing system required to be provided in
accordance with regulation 18(6) and (8) shall comply with the
requirements of this regulation.

(2) The crude oil washing installation aiid associated equipment
and arrangements (Including qualification of personnel) shall comply
with the requirements and specifications set out in Schedule 7 hereto.

(3) With respect to the ballasting of cargo tanks. sufficient cargo
tanks shall be crude oil washed prior to each ballast voyage to ensure
that, taking into account the tanker's trading pattern and expected
weather conditions, ballast water will need to be put only into cargo
tanks which have been crude oil washed.

(4) Every oil tanker operating with crude oil washing systems shall
be provided with an Operations and Equipment Manual describing the
system and equipment in detail and specifying the operational
procedures to be followed. This Manual shall have been approved by a
Certifying Authority and shall contain all the information set out in
Schedule 7 hereto. If anv alteration is made affecting the crude oil
washing system the Operations and Equipment Manual shall be
revised, and the revision submitted to the Certifying Authority for his
approval.

22. (1) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (2) of this regulation,
paragraphs (7) to (10) of regulation 18 shall not apply to an existing oil
tanker solely engaged in specific trades between

(a) ports or terminals within a Convention Country; or

(b)ports or terminals of two or more Convention Countries,
where





(i)the voyage is entirely within a Special Area as defined
in regulation 16(1); or
(ii)the voyage is entirely within other limits designated by
the Secretary of State.

(2) The provisions of paragraph (1) of this regulation shall
apply only when the ports or terminals where the cargo is loaded on
such voyages are provided with reception facilities adequate for the
reception and treatment of all the ballast and tank washing water
from oil tankers using them and all the following conditions are
complied with-

(a)subject to the exceptions provided for in regulation 11. all
ballast water. including clean ballast water, and tank
washing residues shall be retained on board until they are
transferred to the said reception facilities. and the entry
relating to such transfer in the appropriate sections of the
Oil Record Book referred to in regulation 10 shall be
endorsed by a competent authority appointed by the
Convention Country;

(b)agreement shall have been reached between the Secretary
of State and the Governments of the Convention Country
or Countries referred to in sub-paragraph (])(a) or (1)(b)
of this regulation concerning the use of an existing oil
tanker for a specific trade,

(c)the adequacy of the reception facilities (in accordance with
any Regulations relating to reception facilities) at the ports
or terminals referred to above, shall have been approved
for the purpose of this regulation by the Governments ' of
the Convention Countries within which those ports or
terminals are situated; and

(d)the IOPP Certificate shall have been endorsed to the effect
that the oil tanker is solely engaged in such specific trade.

23. (1) Where an existing oil tanker of 40 000 deadweight
tons and above is so constructed or operates in such a manner that it
complies at all times with the draught and trim requirements set out
in regulation 18(2) without recourse to the use of ballast water, it
shall be deemed to comply with the segregated ballast tank require-
ments referred to in regulation 18(7), provided that all the. following
conditions are complied with-

(a)the operational procedures and ballast arrangements have
been approved by a Certifying Authority;

(b)when the draught and trim requirements are achieved
through an operational procedure, agreement as to the use
of that procedure has been reached between the Secretary





of State and the Governments of the Convention Countries
concerned;

(c)the IOPP Certificate has been endorsed to the effect that the oil
tanker is operating with special ballast arrangements.

(2) In no case shall ballast be carried in cargo oil tanks except on those
voyages when weather conditions are so severe that, in the opinion of the
master, it is necessary to carry additional ballast water in cargo tanks for the
safety of the ship. Such additional ballast water shall be discharged in
compliance with regulations 13 and 15 and an entry of any discharge of such
water shall be made in the Oil Record Book.

24. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this regulation. in new
ships of 4000 GRT and above other than oil tankers. and in new oil tankers of
150 GRT and above, no ballast water shall be carried in any oil fuel tank.

(2) Where abnormal conditions or the need to carrv large quantities of oil
fuel render it necessary for ships referred to in paragraph (1) of this regulation
to carry ballast water which is not clean ballast water in any oil fuel tank, such
ballast water shall be discharged to reception facilities or into the sea in
compliance with regulation 12 using the equipment specified in regulation
14(2). and an entry of any such discharge shall be made in the Oil Record Book.

(3) All other ships shall comply with the requirements of paragraph (1)
of this regulation so far as it is reasonable -and practicable to do so.

25. (1) Every ship of 400 GRT and above shall be provided with a tank or
tanks of adequate capacity, having regard to the type of machinery installed
and length of voyage, to receive any oily residues (sludges) which cannot be
dealt with otherwise in accordance with the requirements of these Regulations,
such as those resulting from the purification of fuel and lubricating oils and oil
leakages in the machinery spaces.

(2) In new ships, such tanks shall be designed and constructed so as to
facilitate their cleaning and the discharge of residues to reception facilities.
Existing ships shall comply with this requirement so far as it is reasonable and
practicable to do so.

(3) Every ship to which this regulation applies shall be provided with
piping to enable residues from machinery spaces and machinery space bilges to
be pumped to a reception facility. This piping shall be led to the open deck and
there fitted with a flange in accordance with the following dimensions





STANDARD DIMENSIONS OF FLANGES FOR DISCHARGE
CONNECTIONS

26. (1) In every oil tanker, a discharge manifold for connection to
reception facilities for the discharge of dirty ballast water or oil
contaminated water shall be located on the open deck on both sides of
the ship.

(2) In every oil tanker. pipelines for any discharge to the sea of
ballast water or oil contaminated water from cargo tank areas which may
be permitted under regulation 13 or 16 shall be led to the open deck or
to the ship's side above the waterline in the deepest ballast condition,
or, subject to the approval of the Director, below the waterline

(a)to enable such discharges below the waterline as are
permitted by paragraph (6) of this regulation to be made; and

(b)where the discharge outlet is located above the departure
ballast waterline but not above the waterline in the deepest
ballast condition, if so located before 1 January 1981.

(3) In new oil tankers means shall be provided for stopping the
discharge into the sea of ballast water or oil contaminated water from
cargo tank areas, other than those discharges below the waterline
permitted under paragraph (6) of this regulation. from a





position on the upper deck or above, located so that the manifold in use
referred to in paragraph (1) of this regulation and the discharge to the
sea from the pipelines referred to in paragraph (2) of this regulation may
be visually observed: provided that the means for stopping the
discharge may be situated elsewhere than at the observation position if
an effective communication system, such as a telephone or radio
system, is provided between the observation position and the
discharge control position.

(4) Every new oil tanker required to be provided with segregated
ballast tanks or fitted with a crude oil washing system shall comply with
the following requirements

(a)it shall be equipped with oil piping so designed and installed
such that oil retention in the lines is minimized;

(b)means shall be provided to drain all cargo pumps and all oil
lines at the completion of cargo discharge where necessary
by connection to a stripping device. so designed that the line
and pump drainings shall be capable of being discharged
both ashore and to a cargo tank or a slop tank. For discharge
ashore a special small diameter line shall be provided and
connected outboard of the deck manifold valves, both port
and starboard.

(5) Every existing crude oil tanker required to be provided with
segregated ballast tanks, or to be fitted with a crude oil washing
system, or to operate with dedicated clean ballast tanks shall comply
with the provisions of paragraph (4)(b) of this regulation.

(6) Ballast water or oil contaminated water from the cargo tank
areas of any oil tanker shall be discharged only above the waterline:

Provided that

(a)segregated ballast and clean ballast may be discharged below
the waterline
(i) in ports or at offshore terminals, or
(ii) at sea by gravity,

provided that the surface of the ballast water has been
examined immediately before the discharge to ensure that no
contamination with oil has taken place.

(b)Existing oil tankers which, without modification, are not
capable of discharging segregated ballast above the waterline
may discharge segregated ballast below the waterline at sea,
provided that the surface of the ballast water has been
examined immediately before the discharge to ensure that no
contamination with oil has taken place.

(c)Existing oil tankers operating with dedicated clean ballast
tanks which without modification are not capable of





discharging ballast water from the dedicated clean ballast
tanks above the waterline, may discharge this ballast below
the waterline provided that the discharge of the ballast water
is supervised with the aid of an oil content meter as provided
for in regulation 20(3).

(d)Dirty ballast water or oil contaminated water from tanks in the
cargo area of an oil tanker at sea, other than slop tanks, may
be discharged by gravity below the waterline, provided that
sufficient time has elapsed in order to allow oil/water
separation to have taken place and the ballast water has been
examined immediately before the discharge with an oil/water
interface detector of the kind referred to in regulation 15(3)(e),
in order to ensure that the height of the interface is such that
the discharge does not involve any increased harm to the
marine environment.

(e)Dirty ballast water or oil contaminated water from cargo tank
areas of an existing oil tanker at sea may be discharged below
the waterline. subsequent to or in lieu of discharge by the
method referred to in sub-paragraph (d) of this paragraph,
provided that

(i)a part of the flow of such water is led through permanent
piping to a readily accessible location on the upper deck
or above where it may be visually observed during the
discharge operation; and

(ii)such part flow arrangements comply with the
requirements of Schedule 8 hereto.

PART V

REQUIREMENTS FOR MINIMIZING OIL POLLUTION FROM OIL TANKERS
DUE TO SIDE AND BOTTOM DAMAGE

27. (1) For the purposes of this Part 'side and bottom damage' and
'hypothetical outflow of oil' shall have the following meanings

(a)side and bottom damage shall be assumed to be damage
having the dimensions described below caused to the side or
bottom of the ship. In the case of bottom damage the
dimensions to be assumed are those which relate to the
position of damage, as described below.

(i) Side damage

Longitudinal or 14.5 metres, whichever

extent (1,): is less





Transverse B or 11. 5 metres, whichever
extent 5
(inboard from the is less
ship's side at right
angles to the centre-
line at the level
corresponding to the
assigned summer
freeboard)
Vertical extent (v,): from the base line upwards
without limit
(ii) Bottom damage Position of Damage

For 0.3 L from Any other
the forward part of the
perpendicular ship
of the ship
Longitudinal L L or 5 metres,
extent (1 ): 10 1-0
whichever is
less

Transverse extent (t ) B or 10 metres, 5 metres


whichever is
less but not less
than 5 metres
Vertical extent from B or 6 metres,
the base line (v,): 15
whichever is
less

The symbols in brackets in the first column of the above table
shall have the meaning indicated in relation thereto, which
shall, apply for the purposes of this Part of these
Regulations.

(b)The hypothetical outflow of oil in the case of side damage (O )
and bottom damage (O ) shall be calculated by the following
formulae with respect to compartments breached by damage at
all conceivable locations along the length of the ship to the
extent as described in paragraph (1)(a) of this regulation.

(i) for side damage: (I)


(ii) for bottom damage:
(II)





where:

W, =volume in cubic metres of a wing tank assumed to
be breached by the damage as described in
paragraph (1)(a) of this regulation. W for a
segregated ballast tank may be taken as equal to
zero.

C =volume in cubic metres of a centre tank assumed to
be breached by the damage as described in
paragraph (1)(a) of this regulation. C for a
segregated ballast tank may be taken as equal to
zero.
Ki =I- bi when bi is equal to or greater than T,, Ki
shall be taken as equal to zero.

Z =I- hi when h, is equal to or greater than vs, Zi v
shall be taken as equal to zero.

b, =i-ninimum width in metres of the wing tank under
consideration, measured inboard from the ship's
side at right angles to the centreline at the level
corresponding to the assigned summer
freeboard.

h, =minimum depth in metres of the double bottom
under consideration; where no double bottom is
fitted hi shall be taken as equal to zero.

The symbols set out in this sub-paragraph shall have the
meanings assigned to them, which shall apply for the
purposes of this Part of these Regulations.

(2) Where a void space or segregated ballast tank of a length less
than 1, as defined in paragraph (1)(a)(i) of this regulation is located
between wing oil tanks, 0, in formula (1) set out in paragraph (])(b) of this
regulation may be calculated on the basis of volume W being the actual
volume of one such tank (where they are of equal capacity) or the
smaller of the two tanks (if they differ in capacity), adjacent to such
space, multiplied by Si as defined below and taking for all other wing
tanks involved in such a collision the value of the actual full volume of
those tanks.

Si= 1

where 1=length in metres of void space or segregated ballast tank
under consideration.





(3)(a) For the purpose of paragraph (1)(b) of this regulation
account shall be taken of double bottom tanks which are
either empty or carrying clean water only when cargo is
carried in the tanks above.

(b)Where the double bottom does not extend for the full length
and width of the tank involved, the double bottom shall be
considered non-existent and the volume of the tanks above
the area of the bottom damage shall be included in formula
(II) set out in paragraph (1)(b) of this regulation even if the
tank is not considered breached because of the installation of
such a partial double bottom.

(c)Suction wells may be neglected in the determination of the
value of hi provided such wells are not excessive in area and
extend below the tank in no case more than half the height of
the double bottom. If the depth of such a well exceeds half
the height of the double bottom, hi shall be taken to be equal
to the double bottom height minus the well height.

(d)Piping serving suction wells if installed within the double
bottom shall be fitted with valves or other closing
arrangements located at the point of connection to the tank
served so as to prevent oil outflow in the event of damage to
the piping. Such piping shall be installed as high from the
bottom shell as possible. These valves shall be kept closed at
sea whenever the tank contains oil cargo, except that they
may be opened only to transfer cargo for trimming the ship.

(4) In the case where bottom damage simultaneously involves four
centre tanks, the valve of O may be calculated according to the formula.

O = + (III)

(5)(a) In the case of bottom damage, a reduced amount of oil
outflow may be assumed where a cargo transfer system is
installed which has an emergency high suction in each cargo
tank capable of transferring from a breached tank or tanks to
segregated ballast tanks or to cargo tanks, if such tanks have
sufficient ullage, and if the cargo transfer system complies
with the following requirements

(i)in two hours of operation it is capable of transferring oil
equal to one half of the largest of the breached tanks
involved;

(ii)the ballast or cargo tanks are available and capable of
receiving such quantity; and

(iii)the pipes for such suction are installed at a height of not
less than the vertical extent of the bottom damage v,





(b)Where those requirements are satisfied, the calculation of 0,
shall be in accordance with formula (111) set out in paragraph
(4) of this regulation.

28. (1) Every new oil tanker shall comply with the provisions of this
regulation. Every existing oil tanker shall comply with the provisions of
this regulation by the 2 October 1985 if

(a) it was delivered to its first owner after 1 January 1977; or

(b) it was delivered to its first owner on or before-

(i) 1 January 1977; and

(ii)the building contract for the tanker was placed after 1
January 1974, or in cases where there was no building
contract the keel was laid or the tanker was at a similar
stage of construction after 30 June 1974.

(2) Cargo tanks of oil tankers shall be of such size and
arrangements that the hypothetical outflow O, or O calculated in
accordance with the provisions of regulation 27(1)(b), anywhere in the
length of the ship does not exceed 30 000 cubic metres or 400 ',/DW,
whichever is the greater, but subject to a maximum of 40 000 cubic
metres.

(3) The volume of any one wing cargo oil tank of an oil tanker shall
not exceed 75 per cent of the limits of the hypothetical outflow 0, or 0,
referred to in paragraph (2) of this regulation. The volume of any one
centre cargo oil tank shall not exceed 50 000 cubic metres. However, in
segregated ballast oil tankers as defined in regulation 18 of these
Regulations the permitted volume of a wing cargo oil tank situated
between two segregated ballast tanks, each exceeding 1, in length may
be increased to the maximum limit of hypothetical oil outflow provided
that the width of the wing tanks exceeds t

(4) The length of each cargo tank shall not exceed 10 metres or one
of the following values, whichever is the greater

(a) where no longitudinal bulkhead is provided 0.1L


(b)where a longitudinal bulkhead is provided at the centreline
only 0.15L

(c) where two or more longitudinal bulkheads are provided-

(i) for wing tanks:

0.2L (ii) for
centre tanks:

(1) if h' is equal to or greater than
B
0.2L





(2) if is less than 1/5 :

- where no centreline longitudinal bulkhead is provided:

0.5 bi +0.1 L
B

-where a centreline longitudinal bulkhead is provided:

L
B

(5) In order not to exceed the volume limits established by
paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) of this regulation and irrespective of the type
of cargo transfer system installed, when such a system interconnects
two or more cargo tanks, valves or other similar closing devices shall be
provided for separating the tanks from each other. These valves or
devices shall be closed when the tanker is at sea.

(6) Lines of piping which run through cargo tanks in a position
less than from the ship's side or less than v, from the ship's bottom
shall be fitted with valves or similar closing devices at the point at
which they open into any cargo tank. These valves shall be kept closed
at sea at any time when the tanks contain cargo oil, except that they
may be opened for cargo transfer needed for the purpose of trimming of
the ship.

29. (1) Every new oil tanker shall comply with the subdivision and
damage stability criteria as specified in paragraph (3) of this regulation,
after the assumed side or bottom damage as specified in paragraph (2)
of this regulation, for any operating draught reflecting actual partial or
full load conditions consistent with the trim and strength of the ship as
well as the specific gravities of the cargo. Such damage shall be
assumed to have occurred at all conceivable locations along the length
of the ship as follows

(a) in tankers of more than 225 metres in length, anywhere in the
ship's length;

(b) in tankers of more than 150 metres, but not exceeding 225
metres in length, anywhere in the ship's length except
locations involving either after or forward bulkheads bounding
the machinery space located aft. This machinery space shall be
treated as a single floodable compartment;

(c) in tankers not exceeding 150 metres in length, anywhere in the
ship's length between adjacent transverse bulkheads with the
exception of the machinery space. Any tanker of 100 metres or
less in length which cannot fulfil all the requirements of
paragraph (3) of this regulation without materially impairing
the operational qualities of the ship shall comply with such
lesser requirements as the Director may impose.





Ballast conditions where the tanker is not carrying oil in cargo tanks
excluding any oil residues, shall not be taken into account.

(2) The following provisions regarding the extent and the character
of the assumed damage shall apply

(a) Side damage
(i) Longitudinal extent 'L3 or 14.5 metres, whichever
3
(1,): is less
(ii) Transverse extent B or 11.5 metres, whichever
(inboard from the 5
ship's side at right is less
angle to the centre-
line at the level of
the summer load
line)
(iii) Vertical extent From the moulded line of the
bottom shell plating at centre
line, upwards without limit
(b) Bottom damage Position of
Damage
For 0.3 L from Any other
the forwardpart of the
perpendicular ship
of the ship
2 2
(i) Longitudinal extent 'L 3 or 14.5 or 5
-S 3
metres, which _ metres, which-
ever is lessever is less
(ii) Transverse extent B or 10-D~ or 5 metres,
6 6
metres. which- whichever is
ever is less less
(iii) Vertical extent B or 6 metres, B or 6 metres,
15 15
whichever iswhichever is
less, measured less, measured
from the from the
moulded linemoulded line
of the bottom of the bottom
shell platingshell plating at
at centre line centre line

(c) If any damage of a lesser extent than the maximum extent of
damage specified in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
paragraph would result in a more severe condition in relation
to the ship's stability, such damage shall be assumed.

(d) Where the damage envisaged in sub-paragraph (1)(a) or (b) of
this regulation would involve transverse watertight bulkheads.
such bulkheads shall not be considered effective





unless they are spaced at a distance at least equal to the
longitudinal extent of the assumed damage specified in sub-
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph. Where such
bulkheads are spaced at a lesser distance, one or more of
these bulkheads within such extent of damage shall be
assumed to be non-existent for the purpose of determining
which compartments are flooded.

(e)Where the damage envisaged in sub-paragraph (1)(c) of this
regulation occurs between adjacent transverse watertight
bulkheads no main transverse bulkhead or transverse
bulkhead bounding side tanks or double bottom tanks shall be
assumed damaged unless

(i)the spacing between the adjacent bulkheads is less than
the longitudinal extent of the assumed damage specified
in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph; or

(ii)there is a step or recess in the transverse bulkhead of
more than 3.05 metres in length, located within the extent
of penetration of the assumed damage. The step formed
by the after peak bulkhead and after peak tank top shall
not be regarded as a step for the purpose of this
regulation.

(f) If pipes, ducts or tunnels are situated within the assumed
extent of damage, arrangements shall be made so that
progressive flooding cannot thereby extend to compartments
other than those assumed to be floodable for each case of
damage.

(3) Oil tankers shall be regarded as complying with the damage
stability criteria if the following requirements are met

(a)The final waterline, taking into account sinkage. heel and trim,
shall be below the lower edge of any opening through which
progressive flooding may take place. Such openings shall
include air pipes and those openings which are closed by
means of weathertight doors or hatch covers, but may exclude
those openings which are closed by means of watertight
manhole covers and flush scuttles, small watertight cargo tank
hatch covers which maintain the high integrity of the deck,
remotely operated watertight sliding doors, and side scuttles
of the non-opening type.

(b) In the final stages of flooding, the angle of heel due to
unsymmetrical flooding shall not exceed 25 degrees, provided
that this angle may be increased up to 30 degrees if no deck
edge immersion occurs as a result of such increase.

(c) The stability in the final stage of flooding shall be
investigated and may be regarded as sufficient if the righting
lever curve has a range of at least 20 degrees beyond the
condition of equilibrium in association with a maximum





residual righting lever of at least 0.1 metre within the 20 degree
range; the area under the curve within this range shall not be
less than 0.0175 metre radian., Unprotected openings shall
not be immersed within this range unless the space concerned
is assumed to be flooded. Within this range, the immersion of
any of the openings listed in sub-paragraph (a) of this
paragraph and other openings capable of being closed
weathertight may be permitted.

(d) Equalization arrangements requiring mechanical aids such as
valves or cross-levelling pipes, if fitted, shall not be taken into
account for the purpose of reducing an angle of heel or
attaining the minimum range of residual stability to meet the
requirements of sub-paragraphs (a), (b) and (e) of this
paragraph and sufficient residual stability shall be maintained
during all stages where equalization is used. Spaces which are
linked by ducts of large cross-sectional area may be
considered to be as one.

(e) A Certifying Authority. before approving the stability for the
ship. shall be satisfied that the stability is sufficient during
intermediate stages of flooding.

(4) The requirements of paragraph (1) of this regulation shall be
deerned not to have been complied with unless compliance is confirmed
by calculations which take into consideration the design characteristics
of the ship, the arrangements, configuration and contents of the
damaged compartments; and the distribution. special- . gravities and
free surface effect of liquids. The calculations shall be based on the
following-

(a) Account shall be taken of any empty or partially filled tank.
the specific gravity of the cargo carried. and any outflow of
liquids frorn damaged compartments.

(b)The permeabilities ties assumed for spaces flooded as a result
of damage shall be as follows

*The permeability of partially filled compartments shall be
consistent with the amount of liquid carried in the compartment.
Whenever damage penetrates a tank containing liquid. it shall be
assumed that the contents are completely lost from that compartment
and replaced by salt water up to the level of the final plane of
equilibrium.

(c)The buoyancy of any superstructure directly above the side
damage shall not be taken into account. The unflooded





parts of superstructure beyond the extent of damage may
be taken into account provided that they are separated
from the damaged space by watertight bulkheads and that
the requirements of sub-paragraph (3)(a) of this regulation
in respect of these intact spaces are complied with. Hinged
watertight doors may be fitted in watertight bulkheads in
the superstructure.

(d)The free surface effect shall be calculated at an angle of
heel of 5 degrees for each individual compartment. The
Director may require, or allow, the free surface corrections
to be calculated at any angle of heel greater than 5 degrees
for partially filled tanks.

(e)In calculating the effect of free surfaces of consumable
liquids it shall be assumed that, for each type of liquid at
least one transverse pair of tanks or a centreline tank has a
free surface and the tank, or combination of-tanks. to be
taken into account shall be those where the effect of the
free surface is the greatest.

(5) The master of every oil tanker and the person in charge of
a non-self-propelled oil tanker to which these Regulations apply
shall be supplied by the owner with-

(a)information relative to loading and distribution of cargo
necessary to ensure compliance with the provision of this
regulation; and

(b)data on the ability of the ship to comply with the damage
stability criteria prescribed by this regulation, including the
effect of any lesser requirements that may have been
imposed under sub-paragraph (1)(c) of this regulation.

Such information and data shall be supplied in a form approved by
the Director.

PART VI

OFFSHORE INSTALLATIONS

30. (1) Offshore installations, when engaged in the explora-
tion, exploitation and associated offshore processing of sea bed
mineral resources, shall comply with the requirements of these
Regulations applicable to ships of 400 GRT and above other than
oil tankers, notwithstanding that the installations are not proceeding
on a voyage, except that-

(a)they shall be equipped as far as practicable with the
installations required by regulations 14 and 25(1) and (2)
of these Regulations;

(b)they shall keep a record of all operations involving oil or
oily mixture discharges, in an approved form.





(2) Any offshore installation when so engaged shall not discharge
into any part of the sea

(a)outside the waters of Hong Kong any oil or oily mixtures with
an oil content of 100 ppm or more;

(b)in any special area (as defined by regulation 16) or within the
waters of Hong Kong, any oil or oily mixtures with an oil
content of 15 ppm or more.

(3) For the purpose of this regulation-

(a) 'offshore installation' means any mobile or fixed drilling or
production platform or any other platform used in connection
with the exploration, exploitation or associated offshore
processing of sea bed mineral resources;

(b)'oil or oily mixtures- means discharge associated with
platform drainage and does not include production or
displacement water discharge.

PART VII

REPORTING OF DISCHARGES

31. (1) This regulation applies to-

(a) all ships within 200 miles of Hong Kong.

(b) all Hong Kong ships within 200 miles of the nearest land;

(c) all Hong Kong oil tankers when fully or partly laden; and

(d) all Hong Kong ships of 10 000 GRT and above.

(2) The master of a ship to which this regulation applies shall make
reports in accordance with paragraphs (4) and (6) of this regulation
whenever aii incident involves any discharge or probable discharge of
oil or oily mixtures as a result of damage to the ship or its equipment or
for the purpose of securing the safety of the ship or saving life at sea. In
assessing the probability of a discharge, the master shall take into
account

(a)the nature of the damage, failure or breakdown of the ship,
machinery or equipment;

(b)sea and wind state and traffic density in the area at the time
and place of the incident.

(3) The master may make a report in cases of-

(a) any damage, failure or breakdown which affects the safety of
ships, such as collision, grounding, fire, explosion, structural
failure, flooding or cargo shifting; and

(b) any failure or breakdown of machinery or equipment which
results in the impairment of the safety of navigation, such as
failure or breakdown of steering gear, propulsion plant.
electrical generating system or essential shipborne
navigational aids.





(4)(a) The master of a ship proceeding to enter the waters of
Hong Kong shall make any report required by this regulation
without delay, either directly through the owner or his agent,
or through the coast radio station to the Director, not less
than 12 hours prior to the expected arrival of the ship.

(b)The master of a Hong Kong ship more than 200 miles from
Hong Kong shall make any report so required without delay
to the nearest coastal State or to the coastal State which he
considers to be most at risk from the actual or potential
effects of the incident.

(5) The master's initial report shall contain the following
particulars

(a)name of ship, call sign. frequency or radio channel kept open;

(b) date and time of incident;

(c)position and extent of any pollution including, if possible
estimated amount and surface area of spill:

(d) present position of ship (if different from ((c));

(e) if discharge is continuing, approximate rate of release;

wind direction and speed, and condition of current or tide
affecting spill movement;

(g) weather conditions and sea state in ship's present position;

(h) type of oil discharged,

(i)types and quantities of oils still on board and whether or not
carried as cargo;

type of ship, size, nationality and port of registry;

(k)ship's course, speed and destination. if proceeding on its
way;

(l)brief description of the incident, including damage sustained
and the cause of any discharge;

(m) ability to transfer cargo or ballast or bunkers;

(n)any remedial action taken or intended to deal with any actual
or potential pollution or to control the movement of the ship;

(o)forecast of likely movement and effect of pollution with
estimated timing; and

(p)assistance which has been requested from or which has been
provided by other ships or agencies.

(6) Following the initial report the master shall make a further report
to the authority referred to in paragraph (4), containing the following
particulars





(a)position of ship at time of incident, if different from that at
the time of the initial report;

(b)estimate of the quantities, concentrations and likely condi-
tions of oils-
(i) discharged; and
(ii) likely to be discharged,

from the ship;

(c)ship's course, speed and destination at time of incident, if
different from that at the time of the initial report;

(d)all relevant information regarding the condition of the
ship; and

(e)telegraphic address of the ship's operator, charterer and
nearest local agent.

PART VIII

POWERS TO INSPECT, DENY ENTRY, DETENTION AND PENALTIES

32. (1) A ship to which these Regulations apply shall be
subject. in the waters of Hong Kong. to inspection by persons
appointed by the Secretary for Economic Services. Any such inspec-
tion shall be limited to verifying that there is on board a valid IOPP
Certificate in the form prescribed by the Convention or HKOPP
Certificate in a form prescribed in Schedule 1 hereto, unless there are
clear grounds for believing that the condition of the ship or its
equipment does not correspond substantially with the particulars of
that certificate. In that case, or if the ship does not carry a valid
certificate, the inspector shall take such steps as he may consider
necessary to ensure that the ship shall not sail until it can proceed to
sea without presenting an unreasonable threat of harm to the marine
environment. The Director may in such a case permit the ship to
leave the waters of Hong Kong for the purposes of proceeding to the
nearest appropriate repair yard.

(2) Upon receiving evidence that a particular ship has dis-
charged oil or an oily mixture contrary to the provisions of these
Regulations the Director shall cause the matter to be investigated
and shall inform the State which has reported the contravention, as
well as the Organization, of the action taken.

(3) The Director may also cause a ship other than a Hong
Kong ship to be inspected when she enters the waters of Hong Kong
if a request for an investigation is received from any State which is a
Party to the Convention together with sufficient evidence that the
ship has discharged oil or an oily mixture in any place. The report of
such investigation shall be sent to the State requesting it, the State in
which the ship is registered and to the Director.





(4) For the purposes of this regulation any person appointed as
an inspector shall have the powers of an inspector set out in sections
27 and 28 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1979.

33. (1) If the Director has reason to believe that a ship does not
comply with the requirements of these Regulations, he shall
immediately report the matter to the Secretary for Economic Services
and, if the Secretary is satisfied that the ship represents an
unreasonable threat of harm to the marine environment, the Director
may deny the entry of such ship to the waters of Hong Kong.

(2) In any case where a ship to which these Regulations apply is
suspected of a contravention of these Regulations', the ship shall be
liable to be detained and in the circumstances prescribed in regulation
9(1) and (6), shall be detained; and section 692 of the Merchant
Shipping Act 1894 (which relates to the detention of a ship) shall have
effect in relation to the ship. subject to the following modifications

(a) in subsection (1)

(i)for the words---this Act- there shall be substituted 'the
Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Oil Pollution)
Regulations 1984';

(ii)for the words 'any officer of the Board of Tradethere
shall be substituted 'the Director or any other officer of
the Marine Department-: and

(Iii)for the words fifty thousand pounds- there shall be
substituted '$500,000'; and

(b) in subsection (2)

(i)for the words---Boardof Trade' there shall be substituted
'Marine Department-; and

(ii)for the words 'one thousand pounds' there shall be
substituted '$10,000'.

(3) Where in the case of a ship other than a Hong Kong ship the
Director denies a ship entry pursuant to paragraph (1) or detains her
pursuant to paragraph (2) of this regulation he shall immediately inform
the consul or diplomatic representative of the State whose flag the ship
is entitled to fly or the appropriate maritime authorities of that State.

34. (1) If any ship fails to comply with any requirement of these
Regulations (other than regulation 12, 13 or 16) the owner and the
master of the ship each commits an offence and is liable to a fineof
$10,000 or on conviction on indictment to a fine.

(2) If any ship fails to comply with any requirement of regulation
12, 13 or 16, the owner and the master each commits an offence and is
liable to a fine of $500,000 or on conviction on indictment to a fine.

(3) It shall be a defence for a person charged under this regulation
to show that he took all reasonable precautions and exercised all due
diligence to avoid the commission of the offence.





SCHEDULE 1 [reg. 7(5).]

OIL POLLUTION AND PREVENTION CERTIFICATES

1. CONTENTS
APPENDIX I INTERNATIONAL OIL POLLUTION PREVENTION
CERTIFICATE FOR OIL TANKERS
APPENDIX II INTERNATIONAL OIL POLLUTION PREVENTION
CERTIFICATE FOR SHIPS OTHER THAN OIL TANKERS
APPENDIX III HONG KONG OIL POLLUTION PREVENTION CERTIFICATE
FOR OIL TANKERS
APPENDIX IVHONG KONG OIL POLLUTION PREVENTION CERTIFICATE
FOR SHIPS OTHER THAN OIL TANKERS

2. NOTES

1 . Each of the oil pollution and prevention certificates listed above shall be
supplemented by a Record of Construction and Equipment.

2. Any reference in this Schedule to a regulation means
(i)in the IOPP Certificate a regulation of that number in Annex I of the
Convention;

(ii) in the HKOPP Certificate a regulation of that number in these Regulations.

3. Any reference in this Schedule to a Resolution means a reference to a
Resolution of that number published by the Organization.

4. In this Schedule-
SBT means segregated ballast tanks:
SPL means protective location:
COW means crude oil washing:
CBT means clean ballast tanks.

SUR (OIL TANKER) APPENDIX


In duplicate

INTERNATIONAL OIL POLLUTION PREVENTION
CERTIFICATE AND SUPPLEMENT

Issued under the provisions of the
INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE PREVENTION OF
POLLUTION
FROM SHIPS, 1973 AS MODIFIED BY THE PROTOCOL OF 1978
RELATING THERETO. UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE
GOVERNMENT
OF HONG KONG







Type of ship--

*Oil tanker

*Ship other than an oil tanker with cargo tanks coming under regulation 2(2) of Annex I of the
Convention

THIS IS TO CERTIFY

1.That the ship has been surveyed in accordance with regulation 4 of Annex 1 of the Convention;
and

2.That the survey shows that the structure, equipment, systems. fittings, arrangement and material
of the ship and the condition thereof are in all respects satisfactory and that the ship complies
with the applicable requirements of Annex I of the Convention.

This Certificate is valid until ....................................................................

subject to surveys in accordance with regulation 4 of Annex 1 of the Convention.

Issued at .............(Place of issue of certificate)

..19
............................................................

(Signature of duly authorized official
issuing the Certificate)

*Delete as appropriate,

ENDORSEMENT FOR ANNUAL AND INTERMEDIATE SURVEYS

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that at a survey required by regulation 4 of Annex 1 of the Convention the
ship was found to comply with the relevant provisions of the Convention

Annual survey- Signed
(Signature of duly authorized official
conducting the survey)
Official Place
Stamp
Date

Annual*/ Intermediate* survey- Signed
.....................................................

(signature of duly, authorized official

..conducting the survey)

Official Place
Stamp
Date

Annual*/ Intermediate* survey- Signed ..................................................................

(Signature of duly authorized official
conducting the survey)

Official Place
Stamp

Date....................................................................





Annual survey Signed
(Signature of duly authorized official
conducting the survey)
Official Place
Stamp Date
Annual survey- Signed
(Signature of duly authorized official
conducting the survey)


Official Place
Stamp

Date....................................................................

*Delete as appropriate.

THE GOVERNMENT
OF
HONG KONG

SUPPLEMENT TO THE INTERNATIONAL OIL POLLUTION
PREVENTION CERTIFICATE
(IOPP CERTIFICATE)

RECORD OF CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT FOR OIL TANKERS

in respect of the provisions of the International Convention for the Prevention of
Pollution from Ships. 1973. as modified by, the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto
(hereinafter referred to as---the Convention')

Notes

1 .This Record shall be permanently attached to the IOPP Certificate. The
IOPP Certificate shall be available on board the ship at all times.

2.Entries in boxes shall be made by inserting either (Y) for the answers 'yes- and
-applicable' or (N) for the answers---no-and---notapplicable' as appropriate.

3.Regulations mentioned in this Record refer to Regulations of Annex 1 of the
Convention and resolutions referred to those adopted by the International
Maritime Organization.

1 . PARTICULARS OF SHIP

1.1 Name of ship
..................................................................................................
....

1.2 Official number
..............................

1.3 Port of registry
..................................................................................................
.

1.4 Gross tonnage
..............................
1.5 Carrying capacity of ship (m ) )





1.6 Deadweight of ship ...............(metric tons) (regulation 1(22))
1.7 Length of ship ...................(m) (regulation 1(18))

1.8 Date of build

1.8.1 Date of building contract ........................................................................

1.8.2 Date on which keel was laid or ship was at a similar stage of construction
....

1.8.3 Date of delivery
.......................................................................................

1.9 Major conversion (if applicable)

1.9.1 Date of conversion contract
....................................................................

1.9.2 Date on which conversion was commenced ............................................

1.9.3 Date of completion of conversion
...........................................................

1.10 Status of ship

1.10.1 New ship in accordance with regulation 1(6)

1.10.2 Existing ship in accordance with regulation
1(7)

1.10.3 New oil tanker in accordance with regulation
1(26)

1.10.4 Existing oil tanker in accordance with regulation
1(27)

1.10.5 The ship has been accepted by the Administration as an ship-
under regulation 1(7) due to unforeseen delay in delivery

1.10.6 The ship has been accepted by the Administration as an oil
tanker--- under regulation 1(27) due to unforeseen delay in delivery

1.10.7 The ship is not required to comply, with the provisions of regulation
24 due to the unforeseen delay in delivery cry

1.11 Type of ship

1.11.1 Crude oil tanker

1.11.2 Product carrier

1.11.3 Crude oil/product carrier

1.11.4 Combination carrier

1.11.5 Ship, other than an oil tanker. with cargo tanks coming under
regulation 2(2) of Annex I of the Convention

1.11.6 Oil tanker dedicated to the carriage of products referred to in
regulation 15(7)

1.11.7 The ship, being designated as a crude oil tanker- operating with
COW, is also designated as a 'product carrier- operating with CBT,
for which a separate IOPP Certificate has also been issued

1.11.8 The ship being designated as a -product carrier--- operating with CBT.
is also designated as a crude oil tanker- operating with COW, for
which a separate IOPP Certificate has also been issued

1.11.9 Chemical tanker carrying oil

2. EQUIPMENT FOR THE CONTROL OF OIL DISCHARGE FROM
MACHINERY SPACE BILGES AND OIL FUEL TANKS (Regulations 10 and 16)

2.1 Carriage of ballast water in oil fuel tanks

2. 1.1The ship may under normal conditions carry ballast water in oil fuel
tanks

2.1.2The ship does not under normal conditions carry ballast water in oil
fuel tanks





2.2 Type of separating/filtering equipment fitted

2.2.1 Equipment capable of producing effluent with oil content less than
100 ppm

2.2.2 Equipment capable of producing effluent with oil content not
exceeding 15 ppm

2.3 Type of control system

2.3.1 Discharge monitoring and control system (regulation 16(5))-

.1 with automatic stopping device

.2 with manual stopping device D

2.3.2 15 ppm alarm (regulation 16(7))

2.3.3Automatic stopping device for discharges in special areas (regulation
10(3)(h)(vi))

2.3.4 Oil content meter (resolution A.444(Xl))-

.1 with recording device

.2 without recording device

2.4 Approval standards

2.4.1 The separating filtering system-

. 1 has been approved in accordance with resolution A.393(X)

.2 has been approved in accordance with resolution A.233(VII)
.3 has been approved in accordance with National Standards not
based upon resolution A.393(X) or A.233(VII)
.4 has not been approved

2.4.2 The process unit has been approved in accordance with resolution
A.444(Xl)

2.4.3 The oil content meter has been approved in accordance with
resolution A.393(X)

2.5 Maximum throughput of the system is m 3 /h

2.6 Application

2.6.1 The ship is not required to be fitted with the above equipment until

2 October 1986 in accordance with regulation 16(4)

3. TANKS FOR OIL RESIDUES (SLUDGE) (Regulation 17)

3.1 The ship is provided with oil residue (sludge) tanks with the total capacity of

......................

3.2 Means for the disposal of oil residue in addition to the provision of sludge

tanks ...........................................
..Cl

4. STANDARD DISCHARGE CONNECTION (Regulation 19)

4.1The ship is provided with a pipeline for the discharge of residues from
machinery bilges to reception facilities. fitted with a standard discharge
connection in compliance with regulation 19




5. CONSTRUCTION (Regulations 13, 24 and 25)

5.1 In accordance with the requirements of regulation 13. the ship is

5.1.1 Required to be provided with SBT. PL and COW
5.1.2 Required to be provided with SBT and PL
5.1.3 Required to he provided with SBT
5.1.4 Required to be provided with SBT. CBT or COW
5.1.5 Required to be provided with SBT or CBT

5.1.6 Not required to comply with the requirements of regulation 13

5.2 Segregated ballast tanks (SBT)

5.2.1 The ship is provided with SBT in compliance with regulation 13

5.2.2The ship is provided with SBT which are arranged in protective
locations (PL) in compliance with regulation 13E

5.2.3 SBT are distributed as follows-



5.3 Dedicated clean ballast tanks (CBT)

5.3.1 The ship is provided with CBT in compliance with regulation 13A.
and may operate

. 1 as a product carrier
.2 as a crude oil tanker until 2 October 1985*
2 October 1987*
5.3.2 CBT are distributed as follows-


5.3.3 The ship has been supplied with a valid Dedicated Clean Ballast Tank
Operation Manual, which is dated ...........................................

5.3.4 The ship has common piping and pump arrangements for ballasting
the CBT and handling cargo oil

5.3.5 The ship has separate independent piping and pumping
arrangements for ballasting the CBT

*Delete as appropriate.





5.4 Crude oil washing (COW)-

5.4.1 The ship is equipped with a COW system in compliance with
regulation 13B

5.4.2 The ship is equipped with a COW system in compliance with
regulation 1313 except that the effectiveness of the system has not
been confirmed in accordance with regulation 13(6) and paragraph
4.2.10 of the Revised COW Specifications (resolution A.446(XI))

5.4.3 The ship has been supplied with a valid Crude Oil Washing

Operations and Equipment Manual, which is dated ..........................

5.4.4 The ship is not required to be but is equipped with COW in
compliance with the safety aspects of Revised COW Specifications
(resolution A.446(XI))

5.5 Exemption from regulation 13-

5.5.1 The ship is solely engaged in trade between .......................................
in accordance with regulation 13C and is therefore exempted from
the requirements of regulation 13

5.5.2 The ship is operating with special ballast arrangements in
accordance with regulation 13D and is therefore exempted from the
requirements of regulation 13

5.6 Limitation of size and arrangements of cargo tanks (regulation 24)

5.6.1The ship is required to be constructed according to, and complies
with. the requirements of regulation 24

5.6.2 The ship is required to be constructed according to. and complies
with. the requirements of regulation 24(4) (see regulation 2(2))

5.7 Subdivision and stability (regulation 25)

5.7.1The ship is required to be constructed according to, and complies
with. the requirements of regulation 25

5.7.2 Information and data required under regulation 25(5) in an
approved form have been supplied to the ship

6. RETENTION OF OIL ON BOARD (Regulation 15)
6.1........................Oil discharge
monitoring and control system-
6.1.1 The ship comes under category oil tanker as defined in
resolution A.496(XII)
6.1.2 The system comprises-
. 1 control unit
.2 computing unit
.3 calculating unit
6.1.3 The system is-
. 1 fitted with a starting interlock
.2 fitted with automatic stopping device

6.1.4 The oil content meter is approved under the terms of resolution
A.393(X) suitable for-
. 1 crude oil
.2 black products E]





6.1.5 The ship has been supplied with an operations manual for the oil

discharge monitoring and control system

6.1.6The ship is not required to be fitted with an oil discharge monitoring
and control system, until 2 October 1986 in accordance with

regulation 15(1)

6.2 Slop tanks-

6.2.1 The ship is provided with dedicated slop tank(s) with

the total capacity of ....m which is % of the oil

carrying capacity, in accordance with-

.1 regulation 15(2)(c)

.2 regulation 15(2)(c)(i)

.3 regulation 15(2)(c)(ii)

.4 regulation 15(2)(c)(iii)

6.2.2 Cargo tanks have been designated as slop tanks
6.2.3 The ship is not required to be provided with slop tank arrangements
until 2 October 1986 in accordance with regulation 15(1)
6.3 Oil/water interface detectors-
6.3.1 The ship is provided with oil/water interface detectors approved
under the terms of resolution M EPC.5(XII) I) cl

6.4 Exemptions from regulation 15-
6.4.1 The ship is exempted from the requirements of regulation 15(1). (2)
and (3) in accordance with regulation 15(7)
6.4.2 The ship is exempted from the requirements of regulation 15(1), (2)
and (3) in accordance with regulation 2(2)

7. PUMPING, PIPING AND DISCHARGE ARRANGEMENTS (Regulation 18)

7.1 The overboard discharge outlets for segregated ballast are located-

7.1.1 above the waterline

7.1.2 below the waterline

7.2 The overboard discharge outlets, other than the discharge manifold. for
clean ballast are located*

7.2.1 above the waterline

7.2.2 below the waterline

7.3 The overboard discharge outlets. other than the discharge manifold. for
dirty ballast are located*

7.3.1 above the waterline
7.3.2 below the waterline in conjunction with the part flow arrangements
in compliance with regulation 18(6)(e)
7.3.3 below the waterline

*Only those outlets hich can be monitored are to be indicated.





7.4 Discharge of oil from cargo pumps and oil lines (regulation 18(4) and (5))

7.4.1 Means to drain all cargo pumps and oil lines at the completion of
cargo discharge

. 1 drainings capable of being discharged to a cargo tank or slop tank E]

.2 for discharge ashore a special small diameter line is provided 1:1

8. EQUIVALENT ARRANGEMENTS FOR CHEMICAL TANKERS CARRYING
OIL

8.1 As equivalent arrangements for the carriage of oil by a chemical tanker, the
ship is fitted with the following equipment in lieu of slop tanks (paragraph
6.2 above) and oil/water interface detectors (paragraph 6.3 above)

8.1.1 oily-water separating equipment capable of producing effluent with
..................................3
oil content less than 100 ppm, with the capacity of m
8.1.2 a holding tank with the capacity of m 3

8.1.3 a tank for collecting tank washings which is-

1 a dedicated tank

.2 a cargo tank designated as a collecting tank

8.1.4 a permanently installed transfer pump for overboard discharge of
effluent containing oil through the oily-water separating equipment

8.2 The oily-water separating equipment has been approved under the terms of
resolution A.393(X) and is suitable for the full range of Annex I products

8.3 The ship holds a valid Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous
Chemicals in Bulk

9. EXEMPTION

9.1 Exemptions have been granted by the Administration from the requirements of
Chapters II and III of Annex I of the Convention in accordance with
regulation 2(4)(a) on those items listed under paragraph(s)
................................................

..of this Record.

10. EQUIVALENTS (Regulation 3)

10.1 Equivalents have been approved by the Administration for certain
requirements of Annex I on those items listed under paragraph(s)
..........................................

..of this Record.

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that this Record is correct in all respects.

Issued at ....................Official

(Place of issue of the Record) Stamp

..19 ...............................................................

(Signature of duly authorized officer

issuing the Record)





SUR
(SHIP OTHER THAN OIL TANKER)

APPENDIX II

In duplicate

INTERNATIONAL OIL POLLUTION
PREVENTION
CERTIFICATE AND SUPPLEMENT

Issued under the provisions of the

INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE PREVENTION OF
POLLUTION
FROM SHIPS, 1973 AS MODIFIED BY THE PROTOCOL OF 1978
RELATING THERETO UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE
GOVERNMENT
.oF HONG KONG




Type of ship-----

Ship, other than an oil tanker, or a ship with cargo tanks coming under
regulation 2(2) of Annex I of the Convention.

THIS IS TO CERTIFY

1.That the ship has been surveyed in accordance with regulation 4 of Annex I
of the Convention; and

2. That the survey shows that the structure, equipment. systems, fittings.
arrangement and material of the ship and the condition thereof are in all
respects satisfactory and that the ship complies with the applicable
requirements of Annex I of the Convention.

This Certificate is valid until
..subject to surveys in
accordance with regulation 4 of Annex I of the Convention.

Issued at ..............Official
........................Stamp

(Place of issue of certificate)

....................19.. *******---

(Signature of duly authorized official

issuing the Certificate)





ENDORSEMENT FOR ANNUAL AND INTERMEDIATE
SURVEYS

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that at a survey required by regulation 4 of Annex I of the
Convention the ship was found to comply with the relevant provisions of the
Convention

Annual survey- Signed
(Signature of duly authorized official
conducting the survey)
Official Place
Stamp
Date

Annual Intermediate* survey- Signed ................................

(Signature of duly authorized official

conducting the survey)
Official Place
Stamp
Date

Annual* Intermediate* survey- Signed ..................................................................

(Signature of duly authorized offical
conducting the survey)

Official Place
Stamp

Date .............................
Annual survey- Signed
(Signature of duly authorized oflicial
conducting the survey)
Official Place
Stamp
Date

Annual survey- Signed
(Signature of duly authorized official
conducting the survey)
Official Place
Stamp
Date

.Delete as appropriate.





THE GOVERNMENT
OF
HONG KONG

SUPPLEMENT TO THE INTERNATIONAL OIL POLLUTION
PREVENTION CERTIFICATE
(IOPP CERTIFICATE)

RECORD OF CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT FOR SHIPS OTHER
THAN OIL TANKERS

in respect of the provisions of Annex I of the International Convention for the Prevention of
Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto (hereinafter referred
to as' the Convention').

Votes

1.This Record shall be permanently attached to the IOPP Certificate The IOPP Certificate shall
be available on board the ship at all times.

2.Entries in boxes shall be made by inserting either (Y) for the answers yes -applicable- or (N) for
the answers ---no-and ---notapplicable- as appropriate.

3. Regulations mentioned in this Record refer to regulations of Annex 1 of the Convention and
resolutions refer to those adopted by the International Maritime Organization.

1 . PARTICULARS OF SHIP

1.1 Name of ship
.................................................................................................
.....

1.2 Official number
...................................................................

1.3 Port of registry
................................................................................................
...
1.4 Gross tonnage
................................................................................................
....

1.5 Date of build-

1.5.1 Date of building contract
...............................................................

1.5.2 Date on which keel was laid or ship was at a similar stage of

construction
....................................................................................
........

1.5.3 Date of delivery
.......................................................................................

1.6 Major conversion (if applicable)-

1.6.1 Date of conversion contract
...............................................................
1.6.2 Date on which conversion was commenced .......................................
1.6.3 Date of completion of conversion
......................................................

1.7 Status of ship-


1.7.1 New ship in accordance with regulation 1(6)
1.7.2 Existing ship in accordance with regulation 1(7)
1.7.3 The ship has been accepted by the Administration as aii -existing
ship' under regulation 1(7) due to unforeseen delay in delivery





2. EQUIPMENT FOR THE CONTROL OF OIL DISCHARGE FROM
MACHINERY SPACE BILGES AND OIL FUEL TANKS (Regulations 10 and 16)

2.1 Carriage of ballast water in oil fuel tanks-
2.1.1 The ship may under normal conditions carry ballast water in oil fuel
tanks
2.1.2 The ship does not under normal conditions carry ballast water in oil
fuel tanks
2.2 Type of separating/ filtering equipment fitted-
2.2.1 Equipment capable of producing effluent with oil content less than
100 ppm
2.2.2 Equipment capable of producing effluent with oil content not
exceeding 15 ppm
2.3 Type of control system-

2.3.1 Discharge monitoring and control system (regulation 16(5))-

.1 with automatic stopping device
.2 with manual stopping device
2.3.2 15 ppm alarm (regulation 16(7))
2.3.3 Automatic stopping device for discharges in special areas (regula-
tion 10(3)(b)(vi))
2.3.4 Oil content meter (resolution A.444(Xl))-
. 1 with recording device
.2 without recording device
2.4 Approval standards-
2.4.1 The separating/ filtering equipment-
1 has been approved in accordance with resolution A.393(X)
.2 has been approved in accordance with resolution A.233(V11)
.3 has been approved in accordance with national standards not
based upon resolution A.393(X) or A.233(VII)
.4 has not been approved
2.4.2 The process unit has been approved in accordance with resolu-
tion A.444(Xl)
2.4.3 The oil content meter has been approved in accordance with resolu-
tion A.393(X)

2.5 Maximum throughput of the system is m 3 /h

2.6 Application

2.6.1 The ship is not required to be fitted with the above equipment until
2 October 1986 in accordance with regulation 16(4)

3. TANKS FOR OIL RESIDUES (SLUDGE) (Regulation 17)

3.1 The ship is provided with oil residue (sludge) tanks with the total capacity

of ................................m 3

3.2 Means for the disposal of oil residue in addition to the provision of sludge

tanks
..........................................................................................
....................

....................................





4. STANDARD DISCHARGE CONNECTION (Regulation 19)

4.1The ship is provided with a pipeline for the discharge of residues from
machinery bilges to reception facilities, fitted with a standard discharge
connection in accordance with regulation 19

5. EXEMPTION

5.1 Exemptions have been granted by the Administration from the requirements
of Chapter II of Annex I of the Convention in accordance with regulation
2(4)(a) on those items listed under paragraph(s)
............................................................

..of this Record.

6. EQUIVALENTS (Regulation 3)

6.1Equivalents have been approved by the Administration for certain
requirements of Annex I on those items listed under paragraph(s)
..........................................

..of this Record.

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that this Record is correct in all respects.

Issued at ....................Official

Stamp

(Place of issue of the Record)

.. 19
............................................................

(Signature of duly authorized
officer issuing the Record)

SUR
(OIL TANKER)

APPENDIX III

In duplicate

HONG KONG OIL POLLUTION PREVENTION
CERTIFICATE AND SUPPLEMENT

Issued under the provisions of the Merchant Shipping
(Prevention of Oil Pollution) Regulations 1984





Type of ship

*Oil tanker

*Ship other than an oil tanker with cargo tanks coming under regulation 2(4) of the
MERCHANT SHIPPING (PREVENTION OF OIL POLLUTION) REGULATIONS 1984

THIS IS TO CERTIFY

1.That the ship has been surveyed in accordance with regulation 4 of the MERCHANT
SHIPPING (PREVENTION OF OIL POLLUTION) REGULATIONS 1984; and

2.That the survey shows that the structure, equipment, systems, fittings, arrangement and
material of the ship and the condition thereof are in all respects satisfactory and that the
ship complies with the applicable requirements of the MERCHANT SHIPPING
(PREVENTION OF OIL POLLUTION) REGULATIONS 1984.

This Certificate is valid until ..

Issued at.........................................................................

(Place of issue of certificate)

..19



(Signature of duly authorized official
issuing the Certificate)

.Delete as appropriate.

THE GOVERNMENT
OF
HONG KONG

SUPPLEMENT TO THE HONG KONG OIL POLLUTION
PREVENTION CERTIFICATE
(HKOPP CERTIFICATE)

RECORD OF CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT FOR OIL TANKERS

in respect of the provisions of the MERCHANT SHIPPING (PREVENTION OF OIL
POLLUTION) REGULATIONS.

Notes

1.This Record shall be permanently attached to the HKOPP Certificate. The HKOPP
Certificate shall be available on board the ship at all times.

2.Entries in boxes shall be made by inserting either (Y) for the answers 'yes' and -
applicable' or (N) for the answers 'no' and ---notapplicable' as appropriate.

3. Regulations mentioned in this Record refer to Regulations of the MERCHANT
SHIPPING (PREVENTION OF OIL POLLUTION) REGULATIONS.

4.Resolutions mentioned in this Record refer to those adopted by the International Maritime
Organization.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3869

Bibliographic Citation

1. PARTICULARS OF SHIP

1.1 Name of ship
......................................................................................................

1.2 Official number
....................................................................................................

1.3 Port of registry
...................................................................................................

1.4 Gross tonnage
....................................................................................................

1.5 Carrying capacity of ship ........(m 3 )
1.6 Deadweight of ship ...............(metric tons) (regulation 1(2))
1.7 Length of ship ...................(m) (regulation 1(2))

1.8 Date of build

1.8.1 Date of building contract
.......................................................................

1.8.2 Date on which keel was laid or ship was at a similar stage of

construction
...............................................................
1.8.3 Date of delivery
...............................................................

1.9 Major conversion (if applicable)

1.9.1 Date of conversion contract
....................................................................

1.9.2 Date on which conversion was commenced
............................................

1.9.3 Date of completion of conversion
............................................................

1.10 Status of ship-
1.10.1 New ship in accordance with regulation 1(2)
1.10.2 Existing ship in accordance with regulation 1(2)
1.10.3 New oil tanker in accordance with regulation 17(1)
1.10.4 Existing oil tanker in accordance with regulation 17(2)
1.10.5 The ship has been accepted as an -existing ship- under regula-
tion 1(2) due to unforeseen delay in delivery
1.10.6 The ship has been accepted as an -existing oil tanker- under
regulation 17(2) due to unforeseen delay in delivery
1.10.7 The ship is not required to comply with the provisions of regula-
tion 28 due to the unforeseen delay in delivery
1.11 Type of ship-
1.11.1 Crude oil tanker
1.11.2 Product carrier
1.11.3 Crude oil/product carrier
1.11.4 Combination carrier
1.11.5 Ship, other than an oil tanker, with cargo tanks coming under
regulation 2(4)
1.11.6 Oil tanker dedicated to the carriage of products referred to in
. regulation 15(6)
1.11.7 The ship, being designated as a 'crude oil tanker'- operating with
COW, is also designated as a -product carrier' operating with CBT.
for which a separate HKOPP Certificate has also been issued





1. 11.8 The ship, being designated as a 'product carrier' operating with
CBT, is also designated as a crude oil tanker' operating with COW,
for which a separate HKOPP Certificate has also been issued

1. 11.9 Chemical tanker carrying
oil

2. EQUIPMENT FOR THE CONTROL OF OIL DISCHARGE FROM
MACHINERY SPACE BILGES AND OIL FUEL TANKS (Regulations 14 and 16)

2.1 Carriage of ballast water in oil fuel tanks

2.1.1 The ship may under normal conditions carry ballast water in oil fuel

tanks

2.1.2 The ship does not under normal conditions carry ballast water in oil
fuel tanks

2.2 Type of separating/ filtering filteing equipment
fitted

2.2.1 Equipment capable of producing effluent with oil content less than
100 ppm

2.2.2 Equipment capable of producing effluent with oil content not
exceeding 15 ppm

2.3 Type of control system

2.3.1 Discharge monitoring and control system (regulation 14(5))-

.1 with automatic stopping device

.2 with manual stopping device

2.3.2 15 ppm alarm (regulation 14(7))

2.3.3 Automatic stopping device for discharges in special areas (regulation
16(3)(b)(vi))

2.3.4 Oil content meter (resolution A.444(XI))-

.1 with recording device
.2 without recording device

2.4 Approval standards

2.4.1 The separating/ filtering system

.1 has been approved in accordance with resolution A.393(X)

.2 has been approved in accordance with resolution A.233(VII)

3. has been approved in accordance with National Standards not
based upon resolution A.393(X) or A.233(VII)

A, has not been approved

2.4.2 The process unit has been approved in accordance with resolu
tion A.444(Xl)

2.4.3 The oil content meter has been approved in accordance with resolu
tion A.393(X)

2.5 Maximum throughput of the system is m3/h

2.6 Application

2.6.1 The ship is not required to be fitted with the above equipment until
2 October 1986 in accordance with regulation 14(4)





3. TANKS FOR OIL RESIDUES (SLUDGE) (Regulation 25(1) and (2))

3.1 The ship is provided with oil residue (sludge) tanks with the total capacity

of ...............................m 3

3.2 Means for the disposal of oil residue in addition to the provision of sludge

tanks ...................................................................................

..

4. STANDARD DISCHARGE CONNECTION (Regulation 25(3))

4.1 The ship is provided with a pipeline for the discharge of residues from
machinery bilges to reception facilities. fitted with a standard discharge
connection in compliance with regulation 25(3) EI

5.CONSTRUCTION (Regulations 18,28 and 29)

5.1 In accordance with the requirements of regulation 18, the ship is

5.1.1 Required to be provided with SBT. PL and COW
5.1.2 Required to be provided with SBT and PL
5.1.3 Required to be provided with SBT
5.1.4 Required to be provided with SBT. CBT or COW
5.1.5 Required to be provided with SBT or CBT El
5.1.6 Not required to comply with the requirements of regulation 18

5.2 Segregated ballast tanks (SBT)-

5.2.1 The ship is provided with SBT in compliance ' with regulation 18

5.2.2 The ship is provided with SBT which are arranged in protective
locations (PL) in compliance with regulation 19

5.2.3 SBT are distributed as follows-

5.3 Dedicated clean ballast tanks (CBT)



5.3.1 The ship is provided with CBT in compliance with regulation 20.
and may operate-
. 1 as a product carrier
.2 as a crude oil tanker until 2 October 1985*

2 October 1987*

*Delete as appropriate.





5.3.2 CBT are distributed as follows-



5.3.3 The ship has been supplied with a valid Dedicated Clean Ballast
Tank Operation Manual, which is dated
5.3.4 The ship has common piping and pump arrangements for ballasting
the CBT and handling cargo oil
5.3.5The ship has separate independent piping and pumping arrangements
for ballasting the CBT
5.4 Crude oil washing (COW)-
5.4.1 The ship is equipped with a COW system in compliance with
regulation 21
5.4.2 The ship is equipped with a COW system in compliance with
regulation 21 except that the effectiveness of the system has not
been confirmed in accordance with regulation 18(6) and paragraph
4.2.10 of the Revised COW Specifications (resolution A.446(XI))

5.4.3 The ship has been supplied with a valid Crude Oil Washing

Operations and Equipment Manual, which is dated

5.4.4 The ship is not required to be but is equipped with COW in
compliance with the safety aspects of Revised COW Specifications
(resolution A.446(Xl))

5.5 Exemption from regulation 18-

5.5.1 The ship is solely engaged in trade between
.......................................
in accordance with regulation 22 and is therefore exempted from
the requirements of regulation 18

5.5.2 The ship is operating with special ballast arrangements in
accordance with regulation 23 and is therefore exempted from the
requirements of regulation 18

5.6 Limitation of size and arrangements of cargo tanks (regulation 28) (See
regulation 2(4))

5.6.1 The ship is required to be constructed according to, and complies
with, the requirements of regulation 28

5.6.2 The ship is required to be constructed according to. and complies
with, the requirements of regulation 28(4)

5.7 Subdivision and stability (regulation 29)

5.7.1The ship is required to be constructed according to, and complies
with, the requirements of regulation 29

5.7.2 Information and data required under regulation 29(5) have been

supplied to the ship
6. RETENTION OF OIL ON BOARD (Regulation 1.5)
6.1 Oil discharge monitoring and control system-
6.1.1 The ship comes under category oil tanker as defined in
resolution A.496(X11)





6.1.2 The system comprises-
. 1 control unit
.2 computing unit
.3 calculating unit
6.1.3 The system is-
. 1 fitted with a starting interlock
.2 fitted with automatic stopping device
6.1.4 The oil content meter is approved under the terms of resolu-
tion A.393(X) suitable for-
. 1 crude oil
.2 black products
.3 white products
6.1.5 The ship has been supplied with an operations manual for the oil
discharge monitoring and control system
6.1.6 The ship is not required to be fitted with an oil discharge monitoring
and control system. until 2 October 1986 in accordance with
regulation 15(1) E]

6.2 Slop tanks-
6.2.1 The ship is provided with dedicated slop tank(s) with
the total capacity of ....M 3 which is % of the oil
carrying capacity, in accordance with-
.1 regulation 15(2)(c)
.2 regulation 15(2)(c)(i)
.3 regulation 15(2)(c)(ii)
6.2.2 Cargo tanks have been designated as slop tanks
6.2.3 The ship is not required to be provided with slop tank arrangements
until 2 October 1986 in accordance with regulation 15( 1)
6.3 Oil/water interface detectors-
6.3.1 The ship is provided with oil/water interface detectors approved
under the terms of resolution MEPC.59(XII)
6.4 Exemptions from regulation 15-
6.4.1 The ship is exempted from the requirements of regulation 15(1), (2)

and (3) in accordance with regulation 15(6)

6.4.2 The ship is exempted from the requirements of regulation 15(1), (2)
and (3) in accordance with regulation 2(4)

7. PUMPING, PIPING AND DISCHARGE ARRANGEMENTS (Regulation 26)

7.1 The overboard discharge outlets for segregated ballast are located-
7.1.1 above the waterline
7.1.2 below the waterline
7.2 The overboard discharge outlets, other than the discharge manifold. for
clean ballast are located*-
7.2.1 above the waterline
7.2.2 below the waterline
*Only those outlets which can be monitored are to be indicated.





7.3 The overboard discharge outlets. other than the discharge manifold, for

dirty ballast are located*-
7.3.1 above the waterline

7.3.2 below the waterline in conjunction with the part flow arrangements
in compliance with regulation 26(6)(e)

7.3.3 below the waterline

7.4 Discharge of oil from cargo pumps and oil lines (regulation 26(4) and (5))

7.4.1 Means to drain all cargo pumps and oil lines at the completion of
cargo discharge- .
.1 drainings capable of being discharged to a cargo tank or slop
tank
.2 for discharge ashore a special small diameter line is provided

8. EQUIVALENT ARRANGEMENTS FOR CHEMICAL TANKERS CARRYING
OIL

8.1 As equivalent arrangements for the carriage of oil by a chemical tanker, the
ship is fitted with the following equipment in lieu of slop tanks (paragraph
6.2
above) and oil/water interface detectors (paragraph 6.3 above)-

8.1.1 oily-water separating equipment capable of producing effluent with
oil content less than 100 ppm. with the capacity of m 3 /h

8.1.2 a holding tank with the capacity of m 3

8.1.3 a tank for collecting tank washings which is-

.1 a dedicated tank

.2 a cargo tank -designated as a collecting tank E]

8.1.4 a permanently installed transfer pump for overboard discharge of
effluent containing oil through the oily-water separating equipment

8.2 The oily-water separating equipment has been approved under the terms of
resolution A.393(X) and is suitable for the full range of Annex 1 products

8.3The ship holds a valid Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous
Chemicals in Bulk

9. EXEMPTION

9.1 Exemptions have been granted by the Director of Marine from the
requirements of the Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Oil Pollution)
Regulations 1984 in accordance with regulation 2(3) on those items listed
under paragraph(s) .........

..of this Record.

10. EQUIVALENTS

10.1 Equivalents have been approved by the Director of Marine frorn certain
requirements of the Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Oil Pollution)
Regulations 1984 in accordance with regulation 3 on those items listed under

paragraph(s) ...................of this Record.

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that this Record is correct in all respects.

Issued at






.................................................................
........

(Place of issue of the Record)

..19
...........................................................

(Signature of duly authorized official

issuing the Record)
Only those outlets which can be monitored are to be indicated.





SUR
(SHIP OTHER THAN OIL TANKER)

APPENDIX IV

In duplicate

HONG KONG OIL POLLUTION PREVENTION
CERTIFICATE AND SUPPLEMENT

Issued under the provisions of the Merchant Shipping
(Prevention of Oil Pollution) Regulations




Type of ship

Ship, other than an oil tanker, or a ship with cargo tanks coming under
regulation 2(4) of the MERCHANT SHIPPING (PREVENTION OF OIL
POLLUTION) REGULATIONS.

THIS IS TO CERTIFY

1. That the ship has been surveyed in accordance with regulation 4 of the
MERCHANT SHIPPING (PREVENTION OF OIL POLLUTION)
REGULATIONS; and

2. That the survey shows that the structure, equipment, systems. fittings.
arrangement and material of the ship and the condition thereof are in all
respects satisfactory and that the ship complies with the applicable
requirements of the MERCHANT SHIPPING (PREVENTION OF OIL
POLLUTION) REGULATIONS.

This Certificate is valid until
.....................................

Issued at
.............................

...........
..

(Place of issue of certificate)

.................
19

.................

(Signature of duly authorized official
issuing the Certificate)





THE GOVERNMENT
OF
HONG KONG

SUPPLEMENT TO THE HONG KONG OIL POLLUTION
PREVENTION CERTIFICATE
(HKOPP CERTIFICATE)

RECORD OF CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT FOR SHIPS
OTHER THAN OIL TANKERS

in respect of the provisions of the MERCHANT SHIPPING (PREVENTION OF
OIL POLLUTION) REGULATIONS.

Notes

1. This Record shall be permanently attached to the HKOPP Certificate. The

HKOPP Certificate shall be available on board the ship at all times.

2. Entries in boxes shall be made by inserting either (Y) for the answers 'yes'
and -applicable- or (N) for the answers 'no' and ---notapplicable- as
appropriate.

3. Regulations mentioned in this Record refer to Regulations of the
MERCHANT
SHIPPING (PREVENTION OF OIL POLLUTION) REGULATIONS.

4. Resolutions mentioned in this Record refer to those adopted by the Interna
tional Maritime Organization.

1 . PARTICULARS OF SHIP

1.1 Name of ship ......................................................................................................

1.2 Official number ....................................................................................................

1.3 Port of registry ...................................................................................................

1.4 Gross tonnage ....................................................................................................

1.5 Date of build

1.5.1 Date of building contract
.........................................................................

1.5.2 Date on which keel was laid or ship was at a similar stage of construction
............................................................................................

1.5.3 Date of delivery
.......................................................................................

1.6 Major conversion (if applicable)

1.6.1 Date of conversion contract
....................................................................

1.6.2 Date on which conversion was commenced ............................................

1.6.3 Date of completion of conversion
...........................................................







1.7 Status of ship

1.7.1 New ship in accordance with regulation 1(2)

1.7.2 Existing ship in accordance with regulation 1(2)

1.7.3The ship has been accepted as an---existingship' under regulation
1(2) due to unforeseen delay in delivery





2. EQUIPMENT FOR THE CONTROL OF OIL DISCHARGE FROM
MACHINERY SPACE BILGES AND OIL FUEL TANKS (Regulations 14

and 16)
2.1 Carriage of ballast water in oil fuel tanks-
2.1.1 The ship may under normal conditions carry ballast water in oil fuel
tanks
2.1.2 The ship does not under normal conditions carry ballast water in oil
fuel tanks
2.2 Type of separating/filtering equipment fitted-
2.2.1 Equipment capable of producing effluent with oil content less than
100 ppm
2.2.2 Equipment capable of producing effluent with oil content not
exceeding 15 ppm
2.3 Type of control system-
2.3.1 Discharge monitoring and controls) stem (regulation 14(5))-
. 1 with automatic stopping device
.2 with manual stopping device
2.3.2 15 ppm alarm (regulation 14(7))
2.3.3 Automatic stopping device for discharges in special areas (regulation
16(3)(b)(vi)

2.3.4 Oil content meter (resolution A.444(Xl))-
.1 with recording device
.2 without recording device
2.4 Approval standards-
2.4.1 The separating/filtering equipment-
.1 has been approved in accordance with resolution A.393(X)
.2 has been approved in accordance with resolution A.233(V11)
.3 has been approved in accordance with National Standards not
based upon resolution A.393(X) or A.233(V11)
.4 has not been approved
2.4.2 The process unit has been approved in accordance with resolu-
tion A.444(X1)
2.4.3 The oil content meter has been approved in accordance with resolu-
tion A.393(X)

2.5 Maximum throughput of the system is m3/h

2.6 Application

2.6.1 The ship is not required to be fitted with the above equipment until

.2 October 1986 in accordance with regulation 14(4)

3. TANKS FOR OIL RESIDUES (SLUDGE) (Regulation 25(1) and (2))

3.1 The ship is provided with oil residue (sludge) tanks with the total capacity

of..m3

3.2 Means for the disposal of oil residue in addition to the provision of sludge

tanks
.............................................................................................................

....................................





4. STANDARD DISCHARGE CONNECTION (Regulation 25(3))

4.1 The ship is provided with a pipeline for the discharge of residues from
machinery bilges to reception facilities, fitted with a standard discharge
connection in accordance with regulation 25(3)

5. EXEMPTION

5.1 Exemptions have been granted by the Director of Marine frorn the
requirements of the Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Oil Pollution)
Regulations 1984 in accordance with regulation 2(3) on those items listed
under paragraph(s) ..........

..of this Record.

6. EQUIVALENTS

6.1 Equivalents have been approved by the Director of Marine from certain
requirements of the Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Oil Pollution)
Regulations 1984 in accordance with regulation 3 on those items listed under

paragraph(s) ....................of this Record.

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that this Record is correct in all respects.

Issued at .................

(Place of issue of the Record)

.. .........
19

.................

(Signature of duly authorized official
issuing the Record)

SCHEDULE 2 [reg. 10(1).]

OIL RECORD BOOKS

1. CONTENTS
APPENDIX I OIL RECORD BOOK (PART (PART I)-ALL SHIPS
MACHINERY SPACE OPERATIONS)
APPENDIX II OIL RECORD BOOK (PART (PART II)-OIL TANKERS-
(CARGO/ BALLAST OPERATIONS)

2. NOTE

Any reference in this Schedule to a regWation means a regulation of that number
in Annex I of the Convention.





APPENDIX I

OIL RECORD BOOK (PART I)

MACHINERY SPACE
OPERATIONS

Name of ship
................................................................................................
.............

Official Number
.........................................................................................

Gross tonnage :

Period From to

OIL RECORD BOOK (PART I)

PART I-MACHINERY SPACE OPERATIONS

INTRODUCTION

Part I of the Oil Record Book is required to record machinery space
operations for every ship of 400 tons gross tonnage and above, other than oil
tankers. and every oil tanker of 150 tons gross tonnage and above.

The following pages list items which are, when appropriate. to be recorded in
the Oil Record Book in accordance with regulation 10 of the Merchant Shipping
(Prevention of Oil Pollution) Regulations 1984. The items have been grouped
into operational sections, each of which is denoted by a letter code.

When making entries in the Oil Record Book, the date, operational code and
item number shall be inserted in the appropriate columns and the required
particulars shall be recorded chronologically in the blank space.

Each completed operation shall be signed for and dated by the officer or
officers in charge. Each completed page shall be signed by the master of the ship.

LIST OF ITEMS TO BE RECORDED

(A) BALLASTING OR CLEANING OF OIL FUEL TANKS

1. Identity of tank(s) ballasted.

2. Whether cleaned since they last contained oil and, if not, type of oil
previously carried.

3. Position of ship at start of cleaning.

4. Position of ship at start of ballasting.





(B) DISCHARGE OF DIRTY BALLAST OR CLEANING WATER FROM OIL

FUEL TANKS REFERRED TO UNDER SECTION (A)

5. Identity of tank(s).

6. Position of ship at start of discharge.

7. Position of ship on completion of discharge.

8. Ship's speed(s) during discharge.

9. Method of discharge-
.1 Through 100 ppm equipment
.2 Through 15 ppm equipment;
.3 To reception facilities.

10. Quantity discharged.

(C) DISPOSAL OF OIL RESIDUES (SLUDGE)

11. Quantity of residue retained on board for disposal.

12. Methods of disposal of residue-
. 1 To reception facilities (identify port):
.2 Mixed with bunkers;
.3 Transferred to another (other) tank(s) (identify tank(s)):
.4 Other method (state which).

(D) NON-AUTOMATIC DISCHARGE OVERBOARD OR DISPOSAL

OTHERWISE OF BILGE WATER WHICH HAS ACCUMULATED IN
MACHINERY SPACES

13. Quantity discharged.

14. Time of discharge.

15. Method of discharge or disposal-
. 1 Through 100 ppm equipment:
.2 Through 15 ppm equipment:
.3 To reception facilities (identify port):
.4 To slop or collecting tank (identify tank).

(E) AUTOMATIC DISCHARGE OVERBOARD OR DISPOSAL OTHERWISE
OF BILGE WATER WHICH HAS ACCUMULATED IN MACHINERY
SPACES

16. Time when the system has been put into automatic mode of operation for
discharge overboard.

17. Time when the system has been put into automatic mode of operation for
transfer of bilge water to collecting (slop) tank (identify tank).

18. Time when the system has been put to manual operation.

19. Method of discharge overboard.1
Through 100 ppm equipment: .2
Through 15 ppm equipment.

(F) CONDITION OF OIL DISCHARGE MONITORING AND CONTROL
SYSTEM

20. Time of system failure.

21. Time when system has been made operational.

22. Reasons for failure.

(G) ACCIDENTAL OR OTHER EXCEPTIONAL DISCHARGES OF OIL

23. Time of occurrence.

24. Place or position of ship at time of occurrence.

25. Approximate quantity and type of oil.

26. Circumstances of discharge or escape. the reasons therefor and general
remarks.

(H) ADDITIONAL OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES AND GENERAL

REMARKS







Signature of Master ..........





APPENDIX II

OIL RECORD BOOK (PART II)

CARGO/BALLAST
OPERATIONS

Name of ship
.................................................................................................
............

Official Number
.................................................................................................
........

Gross tonnage ...............

Period From ..........to

OIL RECORD BOOK (PART II)

PART II-CARGO BALLAST OPERATIONS

INTRODUCTION

Part II of the Oil Record Book is required to record cargo/ballast operations
for every oil tanker of 150 tons gross tonnage and above.

The following pages list items which are. when appropriate, to be recorded in
the Oil Record Book in accordance with regulation 10 of the Merchant Shipping
(Prevention of Oil Pollution) Regulations. The items have been grouped into
operational sections. each of which 15 denoted by a letter.

When making entries in the Oil Record Book. the date, operational code and
item number shall be inserted in the appropriate columns and the required
particulars shall he recorded chronologically in the blank spaces.

Each completed operation shall be signed for and dated by the officer or
officers in charge. Each completed page shall be countersigned by the master of the
ship.

In respect of the oil tankers engaged in specific trades in accordance with
regulation 22 of the Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Oil Pollution) Regulations,
the appropriate entry in the Oil Record Book shall be endorsed by the competent
Port State Authority.





PUN VIEW OF CARGO AND SLOP TANKS
(to be completed on board)





LIST OF ITEMS TO BE RECORDED

(A) LOADING OF OIL CARGO

1. Place of loading.

2. Tvpe of oil loaded and identity of tank(s).

3. Total quantity of oil loaded.

(B) INTERNAL TRANSFER OF OIL CARGO DURING VOYAGE

4. Identity of tank(s)-
. 1 From:
.2 To:

5. Was (Were) tank(s) in 4(1) emptied?

(C) UNLOADING OF OIL CARGO

6. Place of unloading.

7. Identity of tank(s) unloaded.

8. Was (Were) tank(s) emptied?

(D) CRUDE OIL WASHING (COW TANKERS ONLY)

(To be completed for each rank being crude oil
washed)

9.Port where crude oil washing was carried out or ship's position if carried
out between two discharge ports.

10. Identity of tank(s) washed.

11. Number of machines in use.

12. Time of start of washing.

13. Washing pattern empolyed.

14. Washing line pressure.

15. Time completed or stopped washing.

16. State method of establishing that tank(s) was (were) dry.

17. Remarks.

(E) BALLASTING OF CARGO TANKS

18. Identity of tank(s) ballasted.

19. Position of ship at start of ballasting.

(F) BALLASTING OF DEDICATED CLEAN BALLAST TANKS (CBT
TANKERS ONLY)

20. Identity of tank(s) ballasted.

21. Position of ship when water intended for flushing, or port ballast was
taken to dedicated clean ballast tank(s).

22. Position of ship when pump(s) and lines were flushed to slop tank.

23.Quantity of oily water resulting from line flushing transferred to slop
tanks (identify slop tank(s)).

24.Position of ship when additional ballast water was taken to dedicated
clean ballast tank(s).

25. Time and position of ship when valves separating the dedicated clean
ballast tanks from cargo and stripping lines were closed.

26. Quantity of clean ballast taken on board.

1 When an individual tank has more machines than can be operated simultaneously. as described in the Operations
and Equipment Manual. then the section being crude oil washed should be identified, e.g. No. 2 centre, forward
section.

2 In accordance with the Operations and Equipment Manual. enter whether single-stage or multi-stage method of
washing is employed. IF multi-stage method is used. give the vertical are covered by the machines and the number
of times that are is co, for that particular stage of the programme.

3 If the programmes given in the Operations and Equipment Manual are not followed, then the reasons must be
given under Remarks.





(G) CLEANING OF CARGO TANKS

27. Identity of tank(s) cleaned.

28. Port or ship's position.

29. Duration of cleaning
30. Method of

31. Tank washings transferred to-
. 1 Reception facilities:
.2 Slop tank(s) or cargo tank(s) designated as slop tank(s) (identify
tank(s)).

(H) DISCHARGE OF DIRTY BALLAST

32. Identity of tank(s).

33. Position of ship at start of discharge into the sea.

34. Position of ship on completion of discharge into the sea.

35. Quantity discharged into the sea.

36. Ship's speed(s) during discharge.

37. Was the discharge monitoring and control system in operation. during
the discharge?

38. Was a regular check kept on the effluent and the surface of the Water in
the locality of the discharge'?

39. Quantity of oily, water transferred to slop tank(s) identify slop tank(s))

40. Discharged to shore reception facilities (identify port if applicable).

(1) DISCHARGE OF WATER FROM SLOP TANKS INTO THE SEA

41. Identity of slop tank(s).

42. Time of settling from last entry of residues. or

43. Time of settling from last discharge

44. Time and position of ship at start of discharge.

45. Ullage of total contents at start of discharge.

46. Ullage of oil/water interface at start of discharge.

47. Bulk quantity discharged and rate of discharge.

48. Final quantity discharged and rate of discharge.

49. Time and position of ship on completion of discharge.

50. Was the discharge monitoring and control system in operation during the
discharge?

51. Ullage of oil /water interface on completion of discharge.

52. Ship's speed(s) during discharge.

53. Was a regular check kept on the effluent and the surface of the water water
in the locality of the discharge?







54. Confirm that all applicable valves in the ship's piping system have been
closed on completion of discharge from the slop tanks.

(J) DISPOSAL OF RESIDUES AND OILY MIXTURES NOT OTHERWISE
DEALT WITH

55. Identity of tank(s).

56. Quantity disposed of from each tank.

57. Method of disposal-
.1 To reception facilities (identify port):
.2 Mixed with cargo:
.3 Transferred to another tank(s) (identify tank(s)):
.4 Other method (state which).

(K) DISCHARGE OF CLEAN BALLAST CONTAINED IN CARGO TANKS

58. Position of ship at start of discharge of clean ballast.

59. Identity of tank(s) discharged.

60. Was (Were) the tank(s) empty on completion?

4 Hand hosing, machine washing and/or chemical cleaning. Where chemically cleaned. the chemical concerned
and amount used should be stated.





61. Position of ship on completion if different from 58.

62. Was a regular check kept on the effluent and the surface of the water in
the locality of the discharge?

(L) DISCHARGE OF BALLAST FROM DEDICATED CLEAN BALLAST
TANKS (CBT TANKERS ONLY)

63. Identity of tank(s) discharged.

64. Time and position of ship at start of discharge of clean ballast into the
sea.

65. Time and position of ship on completion of discharge into the sea.

66. Quantity discharged-
. 1 Into the sea; or
.2 To reception facility (identify port).

67. Was there any indication of oil contamination of the ballast water before
or during discharge into the sea?

68. Was the discharge monitored by an oil content meter?

69. Time and position of ship when valves separating dedicated clean ballast
tanks from the cargo and stripping lines were closed on completion of
deballasting.

(M) CONDITION OF OIL DISCHARGE MONITORING AND CONTROL

SYSTEM

70. Time of system failure.

71. Time when system has been made operational.

72. Reasons for failure.

(N) ACCIDENTAL OR OTHER EXCEPTIONAL DISCHARGES OF OIL

73. Time of occurrence.

74. Port or ship's position at time of occurrence.

75. Approximate quantity and type of oil.

76.Circumstances of discharge or escape. the reasons therefor and general
remarks.

(O) ADDITIONAL OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES AND GENERAL
REMARKS

TANKERS ENGAGED IN SPECIFIC TRADES

(P) LOADING OF BALLAST WATER

77. Identity of tank(s) ballasted.

78. Position of ship when ballasted.

79. Total quantity of ballast loaded in cubic metres.

80. Remarks.

(Q) RE-ALLOCATION OF BALLAST WATER WITHIN THE SHIP

81. Reasons for re-allocation.

(R) BALLAST WATER DISCHARGE TO RECEPTION FACILITY

82. Port(s) where ballast water was discharged.

83. Name or designation of reception facility.

84. Total quantity of ballast water discharged in cubic metres.

85. Date. signature and stamp of port authority official.





CARGO/BALLAST OPERATIONS





Signature of Master .................................





SCHEDULE 3 [regs. 14(6), (7) and 20(3).]

PERFORMANCE AND TEST SPECIFICATIONS FOR OILY-
WATER
SEPARATING EQUIPMENT AND OIL CONTENT METERS

PART I

GENERAL

In this Schedule

-filtering equipment' means filters or any combination of separators and filters
which are designed to produce effluent containing not more than 15 ppm of
oil;

-separating equipment' means either separators or filters, or any combination of
these which are designed to produce effluent containing not more than 100
ppm of oil.

1.1 Contents

The specifications set out in this Schedule are in three parts as follows-

PART II

SPECIFICATION FOR OILY-WATER SEPARATING AND
FILTERING EQUIPMENT

This specification includes basic constructional requirements and test
procedures for oily-water separators, filters and necessary ancillary
equipment for shipboard use. The tests are designed for equipment dealing
with the effluent from machinery space bilges and from tanks which have
been used alternately as fuel tanks and water ballast tanks. Filtering
equipment should be designed to produce effluent containing not more
than 15 ppm of oil. Separating equipment should be designed to produce
effluent containing not more than 100 ppm of oil.

PART III

SPECIFICATION FOR OIL CONTENT METERS

During the discharge of effluent there is a need for an instrument to
measure continuously the oil content of the effluent in the line. The aim
of this specification is to lay down the most important features of the
design and the method of testing such oil content meters (hereinafter
called 'the meter').

PART IV

METHOD FOR THE DETERMINATION OF OIL CONTENT

1.2 General Provisions
1.2.1 Apparatus which in every particular fulfils the requirements of these
specifications may be approved for fitting on board ships. The approval
shall take the form of a 'Certificate of Type Test' specifying the main
particulars of the apparatus and any limiting conditions on its usage
necessary to ensure its proper performance. The certificate shall specify
the maximum throughput for which the equipment has been approved. The
certificate shall be issued in the form shown in the Attachment hereto. A
copy of the certificate shall be available on board for inspection.





1.2.2 Where a range of separating or filtering equipment of the same design,

but of difrerent capacity requires certification in accordance with this
specification and where the largest capacity in the range does not exceed
50
cubic metres/hour, the Secretary of State may accept tests in two
capacities
within the range, in lieu of tests on every size, provided that the two tests
actually performed are from the lowest quarter and the highest quarter of
the range.

PART II

SPECIFICATION FOR OILY-WATER SEPARATING AND
FILTERING EQUIPMENT

2.1 Technical Specification
2.1.1 This specification relates primarily to separators and filters of low to

medium capacity. Separating equipment shall be capable of producing an
effluent containing not more than 100 ppm of oil irrespective of the oil
content (from 0 to 100 per cent) of the feed supplied to it. Filtering
equipment shall be capable of reducing the oil content in the effluent to
not
more than 15 ppm.

2.1.2 The equipment shall be strongly constructed and suitable for shipboard use
and its intended location on the ship.

2.1.3 The satisfactory functioning of the equipment shall not be afrected by the
movements and vibrations on board ship. In particular. electrical and
electronic alarm and control arrangements shall be tested to show that
they
are capable of continued operation under vibration conditions as follows

(i) from 2 Hz- 13.2 Hz with an amplitude of + 1 mm: aiid

(ii) from 13.2 HZ-80 Hz with an acceleration amplitude of +0.7 g.

Additionally, the equipment shall be capable of reliable operation at
angles up to 22.5 in any plane from the normal operational position.

2.1.4 The equipment shall, if intended to be fitted in hazardous areas. comply
with the relevant safety regulations for such spaces. Any electrical
equipment which is part of the equipment shall be placed in a non-
hazardous area, or shall be certified by the Secretary of State as safe for
use in a hazardous area. Any moving parts which are fitted in hazardous
areas shall be arranged so as to avoid the formation of static electricity.

2.1.5 The equipment shall be so designed that it functions autornaticafly.
Provision shall be made for emergency manual control.

2.1.6 Changing the feed to the separating equipment from oily water to oil. or
from oil and/or water to air shall not result in the discharge overboard of
any mixture containing more than 100 ppm of oil. In the case of filtering
equipment the oil content in the discharge overboard shall not be more
than
15 ppm of oil under the same conditions.
2.1.7 The system shall require the minimum of adjustment to bring it into
operation. In the case of equipment used for engine room bilges. there
shall
be no need for any adjustment to valves and other equipment to bring the
system into operation and, when fitted in unattended machinery, spaces,
the
system shall be capable of operating for at least 24 hours of normal duty
without attention.

2.1.8 All working parts of the equipment which are liable to wear or to damage
shall be easily accessible for maintenance.
2.2 Test Specification
2.2.1 These test standards deal with separating or filtering equipment of low or
medium capacity.





2.2.2 The oily-water mixture. with which the system has in practice to deal,
depends on-
(i) the position of the oil/water interface, with respect to the suction
point, in the space being pumped;
(ii) the type of pump used;
(iii) the type and degree of closure of any control valve in the circuit; and
(iv) the general size and configuration of the system.
The test rig shown in Figure 1 shall be so constructed as to include the
following-
(i) either a separating or filtering equipment or a combination of these;
and
(ii) the mixture pump, valves, pipes, etc.
The pipework shall be designed for a maximum liquid velocity of 3 m/s.
2.2.3 The tests shall be carried out with a supply rate equal to the maximum
throughput for which the equipment is designed.
2.2.4 Tests shall be performed using two grades of oil as specified in this
paragraph. The tests shall be carried out using a fuel oil of a relative density
of about 0.94 at 15 C and of a viscosity not less than 220 centistokes
(about
900 seconds Redwood No. 1) at 37.8`C (100 F) In addition, the tests
described in 2.2. 10 and 2.2.11 shall be carried out using a light distillate
fuel oil having a relative density of about 0.83 at 1 50C.
2.2.5 If the design of the equipment includes an integral feed pump it shall be
tested with that pump supplying oil and water at its rated capacity. If the
equipment is to be fed by the ship's bilge pumps then it shall be tested with
a centrifugal pump operating at not less than 1000 rpm supplying the
required quantity of oil and water. The bilge pump shall have a delivery
capacity of not less than 1.5 times the rated capacity of the equipment at
the
delivery pressure required for the test. The variation in oil/water ratio can
be
obtained by manipulating valves on the oil and water pipes to the pump
suction, and the flow rate of oil and water or the oil content of the supply
to
the equipment shall be monitored. If a centrifugal pump is used, the excess
pump capacity can be dissipated by a by-pass to the suction side. by a
throttle valve or by a standard orifice plate on the discharge side. In all
cases
the piping arrangements immediately prior to the equipment shall be such
that the influent to the equipment will have a Reynolds Number of not less
than 10 000 as calculated in fresh water, a liquid velocity of not less than
1 m/s and the length of the supply pipe from the point of oil injection to
the
equipment shall have a length not less than 20 times its diameter. A
sampling point and a thermometer pocket shall be provided near the inlet
and a sampling point and observation window shall be provided on the
outlet pipe of the equipment. Figure 1 gives diagrammatic representations
of two possible test rigs (though the water and oil froni the
equipment need
not be returned to the supply tanks). Where the water and oil are
recirculated during the test, additional sampling points shall be fitted in
the
water and oil lines to the mixture pump in order to check the quality of the
water and oil being supplied to the feed pump.
The sample shall enter the sampling pipe at stream velocity, the
sampling arrangement shall be as shown in Figure 2 and, if a cock is fitted,
free flow shall be effected for at least 1 minute before any sample is taken.
The sampling points shall be in pipes running vertically.
2.2.6 The tests shall be carried out with clean water having a relative density at
15'C not more than 0.085 greater than the relative density of the heavier
fuel
oil detailed in 2.2.4.






2.2.7 In equipment depending essentially on gravity, the feed to the system shall
be maintained at a temperature not greater than 25'C, and heating and
cooling coils should be provided where necessary. In equipment depending
on other forms of separation where the effect of temperature on
separation
efficiency is not established, tests shall be carried out over a range of
temperatures betwen 1 10'C and 300C or at a temperature in this range
where
it has been determined that separation efficiency is at its worst.





2.2.8 In equipment where it is necessary to heat water up to a given temperature
and to supply heat to maintain that temperature, the tests shall be carried
out at this temperature.
2.2.9 To ensure that the equipment commences the test with the oil section full
of
oil and with the supply line coated with oil, the equipment shall first be fed
with water and while in the operating condition, be then fed with oil for
not
less than 5 minutes.
2.2.10 The equipment shall be fed with a mixture of between 5 000 and 10 000
ppm
of oil in water until steady conditions have been established. Steady
conditions are assumed to be established when a quantity of the mixture
not
less than twice the volume of the equipment has been pumped through the
system. The test shall then proceed for 30 minutes during which time
samples shall be taken for analysis at the points of mixture inlet and the
water outlet at 10 minutes and 20 minutes from the start of this period. At
the end of this test, an air cock shall be opened on the suction side of the
pump and, if necessary, the oil and water valves shall be slowly closed
together, and a sample taken at the water discharge as the flow ceases (this
point can be checked from the observation window).
2.2.11 A test identical to that described in 2.2. 10 above. including the opening of

the air cock, shall be carried out with a mixture of approximately 25 per
cent

oil and 75 per cent water.
2.2.12 The equipment shall be fed with only oil sufficient to operate the
automatic
oil discharge valve. During this period the observation window shall be
checked for any oil discharge. After the operation of the oil discharge
valve,
the test shall continue for 5 minutes to cheek the sufficiency of the oil
discharge system.
2.2.13 The equipment shall be fed with water for 15 minutes and during this
period
two samples shall be taken at the water outlet, the first one to be
immediately after the water is introduced.
2.2.14 A test lasting a minimum of 3 hours shall be carried out to check that the
equipment will operate continuously and automatically. In this test the
feed
to the equipment shall vary progressively from water to oily mixture with
approximately 25 per cent oil content and back to water every 15
minutes,
and any automatic device which is fitted shall operate satisfactorily. The
whole test sequence shall be performed as a continuous programme. At
the end of the test, while the equipment is being fed with 25 per cent oil.
a water effluent sample shall be taken for analysis.
2.2.15 Sampling arrangement shall be as shown in Figure 2 so that the sample
taken will represent the fluid issuing from the water outlet of the
equipment.
2.2.16 Flasks containing samples shall be sealed and labelled in the presence of a
representative of the Secretary of State and arrangements shall be made for
analysis as soon as possible and in any case within 7 days at approved
laboratories.
2.2.17 The oil content of the samples shall be determined by the method
described
in Part IV of this specification.
2.2.18 When accurate and reliable oil content meters are fitted at inlet and outlet
of
the equipment, one sample only from these points need be taken during
each
test provided that the sample analysis is within + 10 per cent of the meter
readings at that instant.






2.2.19 In the test report, the following data shall be provided in the International
Metric System of Units-
(i) Properties of the oils-
-relative density at 15'C
-viscosity (centistokes at 37.8'C)
-flashpoint
-ash
-water content (total),
(ii) Properties of the water-
-relative density at 15 C with details of any solid matter present;





(iii) Temperature at the inlet to the equipment:

(iv)The method used in analysis of all samples taken and the results
thereof together with meter readings where appropriate:

(v) A diagram of the test rig; and

(vi) A diagram of the sampling arrangement.

2.3 Installation Requirements
2.3.1 For inspection on board a ship. a sampling point shall be provided in a
vertical section of the water effluent piping as close as is practicable to the
equipment outlet.
2.3.2 Means shall be taken to ensure that the rated capacity of the equipment is
not exceeded by-
(i) connecting to it only pumps of a capacity equal to, or less than, that
of
the equipment; or
(ii) permanently restricting the influent to the equipment when larger
pumps are connected to it.
2.3.3 In any case. equipment shall not be supplied from a pump which has a
capacity more than 1.5 times the rated capacity of the equipment.
2.3.4 The equipment shall be fitted with a permanently attached plate giving any
operational or installation limits considered necessary by the manufacturer
or the Secretary of State.

PART III

SPECIFICATION FOR OIL CONTENT METERS

3.1 Technical Specification
3.1.1 This specification relates to oil content meters for measuring a range of oil
content and in addition relates to oil content meter alarms for 15 ppm. A
meter may. however. be tested for one or several specified applications.
and
the approval shall clearly indicate the accepted application(s).

3.1.2 The meter shall be a robust and practical instrument suitable for shipboard
installation and operation. It shall withstand normal stresses due to the
ship's motion (rolling and pitching) and its operation must not be affected
by such motion. It shall be designed and fitted so that the vibration
normally
occurring occuring on board will not affect its operation. Unless it can be
shown
to be unnecessary the meter and any associated equipment. particularly
electrical and electronic alarm and control arrangements. shall be tested to
show that it is capable of continued operation under vibration conditions
as follows-
(i) from 2 3.2 Hz with an amplitude of + 1 mm; and
(ii) from 13.2 Hz-80 Hz with an acceleration amplitude of +0.7 g.
Additionally, the equipment shall be capable of reliable operation at angles
up to 22.5 in any plane from the normal operational position.

3.1.3 The meter shall resist corrosion in conditions of the marine environment.
3.1.4 The meter shall if intended to be fitted in hazardous areas comply with the
relevant safety regulations for such spaces. Any electrical equipment which
is part of the meter shall be placed in a non-hazardous area. or shall be
certified by the Secretary of State to be safe for use in a hazardous area.
Any moving parts which are fitted in hazardous areas shall be arranged so
as to avoid the formation of static electricity.

3.1.5 The meter shall not contain or use any substance of a dangerous nature.

unless adequate arrangements. acceptable to the Secretary of State are

provided to eliminate any hazard introduced thereby.





3.1.6 The accuracy of meters designed to monitor a wide range of oil content

shall be such that any reading is within + 10 ppm or + 20 per cent of the
actual oil content of the sample being tested, whichever is the greater. The
accuracy shall be maintained within the above limits despite the presence
of contaminants other than oil, such as entrained rust. mud and sand.
When a vessel is fitted with filtering equipment in accordance with regula-
tions 14(2)(b) and 14(7) of these Regulations an alarm is to be provided
which will indicate when the oil content of the effluent exceeds 15 ppm.
The
accuracy of the alarm shall be +5 ppm. The alarm arrangement shall be
tested in accordance with paragraph 3.2.18 of this specification.

3.1.7 The meter and the alarm shall be designed so that they function within the

above limits when the power supply is varied by 10 per cent from the
value
for which the meter was designed.

3.1.8 The reading should not be affected by the type of oil. If it is, the
design shall

be such that it will not be necessary to calibrate the meter on
board ship,
except that pre-set alterations in the calibration in accordance with
instructions drawn up at the time of manufacture are permitted.

In the latter case. means shall be provided to check that the correct
calibration has been selected for the oil in question. The accuracy of the
readings shall at all times remain within the limit specified in paragraph
3.1.6.

3.1.9 The response time of the meter, that is. the time which elapses between
an alteration in the sample being supplied to the meter and the meter
showing
the correct response, shall not exceed 20 seconds.

3.1.10 The meter may, have several scales as appropriate for its intended use.
3.1.11 The meter shall be fitted with an alarm device which can be set to operate
automatically at any pre-stated value either to alert the crew of the ship
or to operate control valves. This alarm shall operate automatically if at
any time the meter should fail to function.
3.1.12 Means shall be provided aboard ship to cheek on instrument drift and to
confirm the accuracy and repeatability of the instrument reading.
3.1.13 When a recording device is fitted to a meter which has more than one
scale, the recording device shall indicate the scale which is in use.

3.2 Test Specification
3.2.1 For a meter designed to measure a range of oil content, the reading shall
remain within ñ 10 ppm or + 20 per cent whichever is the greater of the
true oil content of the sample entering the meter during each test, and
testing shall be performed in accordance with the procedures detailed in
paragraphs 3.2.4 to 3.2.17. For a meter designed only to give an alarm at
15 ppm, the accuracy shall be within + 5 ppm and testing shall be
performed
in accordance with the procedures in paragraph 3.2.18.
3.2.2 The sampling arrangement shall be such that a representative homoge-
neous sample is obtained under all conditions of operation and under all
operational proportions of oil content.
The sample shall be obtained at the open discharge outlet from the meter.
but when this is impracticable the sampling arrangements shown in Figure
2 shall be used. Special care shall be taken in collecting and preserving the
sample to ensure validity of the resultant findings.

3.2.3 During the tests the response time of the meter shall be checked and it
should be noted whether alarms operate adequately when a pre-stated
threshold is exceeded.
3.2.4 A diagrammatic arrangement of a test facility for evaluating the
performance of oil content meters is given in Figure 3. The accuracy of
the
oil content meter shall be determined by comparing its readings against a
known flow of oil injected into a known flow of water. The grab samples
taken shall be analysed in a laboratory by the method described in Part IV
of this Schedule. The results of the laboratory analysis shall be used for
correlation and to indicate sampling and test equipment variability. The
water flow rate shall be adjusted so that the entire oil-water flow passes
through the oil content meter, except the intermittent grab sample
stream.
Special care shall be given to keep, continuously, a constant oil content in
the water that flows into the meter.





The oil injection point shall be immediately up-stream of the oil
content meter inlet to minimize time lags caused by the sample system.
Wherever Arabian light crude oil is specified in particular tests, a similar
crude oil may be substituted,, provided that the oil selected is used
throughout the tests.

During the contaminates test required by paragraph 3.2.10 of this
specification the oil and contaminant metering pumps shall be adjusted to
deliver a nearly continuous quantity of oil. If oil injection becomes
intermittent at low concentrations, the oil may be premixed with water
to provide continuous flow if absolutely necessary.

3.2.5 The oil content meter shall be calibrated and zeroed according to the
manufacturer's instructions. It then shall be tested with Arabian light crude
oil at the following concentrations in ppm: 0, 15, 50, 100, etc. up to full
scale
of the meter's highest range. A complete calibration curve shall be
constructed. Each concentration test shall last for 15 minutes. Following
each concentration test the meter shall be run on oil-free water for 15
minutes and the reading noted. If it proves necessary to re-zero or
re-calibrate the meter during this test. this fact shall be noted.
3.2.6 Using the calibration from the previous test, the oil content meter shall be
tested at 15 ppm, 100 ppm and 90 per cent of the maximum full scale with
the following oils-

Type of oil Categories Represented
Sahara Blend Density-Low
Viscosity-Low
Pour Point-Very Low
Producing Country-Algeria
General Description-Mixed Base
Arabian Light Crude Density-Medium
Viscosity-Medium
Pour Point-Low
Producing Country-Saudi Arabia
General Description-Mixed Base
Nigerian Medium Crude Density-High
Viscosity-Medium
Pour Point-Low
Producing Country-Nigeria
General Description-Naphthenic
Bachaquero 17 Crude Density-Very High
Viscosity-Very High
Pour Point-Low
Producing Country-Venezuela
General Description-Asphaltic
Minas Crude Density-Medium
Viscosity-High
Pour Point-Very High
Producing Country-Indonesia
General Description-Paraffinic
Residual Fuel Bunker C or No. 6 Fuel Oil

NOTE : Other oils covering the range of properties shown may be
substituted if those shown are unobtainable.

Following each test, the meter shall be run on oil-free water and the zero
recorded. If it is necessary to re-zero. calibrate or clean the meter
between tests, this fact and the time required to calibrate or clean the
meter shall be noted.

3.2.7 If the meter is considered suitable for products, it shall also be tested against
the following petroleum products in a manner similar to the tests in 3.2.6---

Leaded Regular Grade Automotive Gasoline






Unleaded Automotive Gasoline
Kerosene
Light Diesel or No. 2 Fuel Oil.





3.2.8The oil content meter shall be run on oil-free water and zeroed. The oil
injection pump set to 100 ppm of Arabian light crude oil. shall be turned
on.
The following response times shall be recorded-
(i) Time for first detectable reading.
(ii) Time to read 63 ppm (response time).
(iii) Time to read 90 ppm.
(iv) Time to read 100 ppm or to stabilize at maximum ppm.
Following this upscale test, the oil injection pump shall be turned off. and
the following response times shall be recorded-
(i) Time for the maximum reading to drop detectably.
(ii) Time to read 37 ppm (response time).
(iii) Time to read 10 ppm.
(iv) Time to read zero or to stabilize at minimum ppm.
The -Response Time of the meter is the average of the response time
recorded to read 63 ppm and the response time recorded to read 37 ppm.

3.2.9 Two tests shall be performed to determine the effect of oil fouling on

calibration shift, one with a 10 per cent oil concentration, and the other
only
with oil. Both tests shall use Arabian light crude oil.
For the 10 per cent oil concentration test. the meter shall be run on oil-
free
water. The high capacity oil sample pump. set to give 10 per cent oil in
water. shall be turned on for one minute and then turned off.
For the other test on oil the meter shall initially be run on oil-free water.
The
water shall then be turned off, and oil shall be turned on for one minute.
The
oil shall then be turned off and the oil-free water flow resumed.
Care must be taken in the design of the test equipment to be sure that
the results are not degraded by fouling of the sample piping external to
the meter.
The following response times shall be noted for both the oil and water
tests-
(i) First detectable response.
(ii) 100 ppm.
(iii) Off scale on the highest range.
(iv) Back on scale on the highest range.
(v) Return to 100 ppm.
(vi) Zero reading or lowest stable reading.
The meter shall be capable of being cleared with clean water flushing in the
shortest practicable. time.
If it is necessary to dismantle or flush the meter after the fouling tests for
it
to return to a zero reading, this fact and the time required to clean and
re-calibrate the meter shall be noted.
After successful completion of both fouling tests. a 100 ppm mixture of
Arabian light crude oil shall be introduced to calibrate the meter and any
calibration shift noted.

3.2.10 The meter shall be run on a 500 ppm Arabian light crude oil sample using-

(i) Fresh Water (if sea-water is used for the test programme).

(ii) Very Salt Water-6 per cent common salt with tap water.

(iii)With the same water as used for the test, a mixture containing the
contaminants in the concentrations given below.

Non-soluble suspended solids-about 100 ppm air cleaner test dust to the
following specifications

Particle size in Percentage of
micrometres total weight
0- 5 39+2
5-10 18 J_ 3
10-20 16+3
20-40 18:~ 3
40-80 3

During these tests any shift in the meter reading shall be noted.





3.2.11 The meter shall be run on a 100 ppm Arabian light crude oil sample if the

design of the equipment includes a high shear pump. The pump shall be run
at various speeds and turned off to provide a range of oil particle sizes to
the
meter. Any effect of particle size on the meter reading shall be noted.
3.2.12 If the meter is intended only for monitoring bilge water. the oils listed in
paragraphs 3.2.6 and 3.2.7 shall be substituted by the oils identified in
paragraph 2.2.4 under Part II of this Schedule. The tests indicated in
paragraphs 3.2.5. 3.2.6. 3.2.8. 3.2.9. 3.2.10. 3.2.14. 3.2.15, 3.2.16 and
3.2.17 shall be carried out using the heavy, fuel oil. Test 3.2.6 shall be
repeated using the light distillate fuel oil. The oil content used in paragraph
3.2.10 shall be 80 ppm and the contaminates shall be as listed except that
the non-soluble suspended solids shall be 20 ppm. The temperature range
for the test shall be that given in paragraph 2.2.7.

3.2.13 The meter shall be run on a 100 ppm Arabian light crude oil sample. Water
temperature shall be run at 10-C and 65 C If the specification lists a
maximum temperature less than 65 C. the meter shall run at that
maximum
temperature and this fact noted. Any effect of water temperature on meter
reading shall be noted.

3.2.14 The meter shall he run on a 100 ppm Arabian light crude oil sample.
Sample pressure or flow shall be adjusted from one-half normal. normal
and twice normal.

Any effect of these changes on meter reading shall be noted.

(This test may require modification for meters with flow or pressure
regulators or meters designed to discharge into an ambient pressure sump.)

The meter shall be run on a 100 ppm Arabian light crude oil sample. The
water and oil injection pumps shall then be shut off No other changes
shall be made. The meter shall be left turned on. After 8 hours, the water
and oil shall be turned on set at 100 ppm. The readings before and after
the shut down and any meter damage shall be noted. If the meter is fitted
with a low flow shut off this test can determine its proper functioning.

3.2.15 The meter shall be run on a 100 ppm Arabian light crude oil sample.

Supply, voltage will be raised to 110 per cent of design for one hour and
lowered to 90 per cent of design for one hour. Any effect on meter
performance shall be noted.

If the meter requires any utilities besides electricity. it shall be tested with
these utilities at 110 per cent and 90 per cent of the design figures.

3.2.16 The meter shall be calibrated and zeroed. A mixture of 100 ppm Arabian

light crude oil and water shall he passed through the meter for eight hours
and any calibration drift noted. The meter shall then be run on oil-free
water
and any zero drift noted.
3.2.17 The meter shall be shut down and de-energized for one week. It shall then
be turned on and started according to the manufacturer's instructions. After
warm-up and calibration procedures. the meter shall be run one hour on a
100 ppm Arabian light crude oil sample and one hour on oil-free water
alternately for eight hours. Any zero or span drift shall be noted. The total
elapsed time to perform the manufacturer's suggested warm-up and
calibration procedures shall be noted.

3.2.18 For a meter designed only to give an alarm at 15 ppm of oil, the tests
detailed in paragraphs 3.2.5. 3.2.14. 3.2.15. 3.2.16 and 3.2.17 shall be
performed except that an oil concentration of 15 ppm shall be used
whenever concentrations up to 100 ppm are specified, and the oil used
shall be light distillate fuel oil. A calibration curve is not required for such
meters, and the response time is to be taken as the time for the meter to
give an alarm at 15 ppm oil concentration after the supply to the meter is
changed from clean water into oily water having more than 15 ppm of oil.



1984 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Oil Pollution) Regulations K91


1984 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Oil Pollution) Regulations K92


1984 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Oil Pollution) Regulations K93


1984 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Oil Pollution) Regulations K94



3.2.19 A specification of the instrument concerned and a diagrammatic
presentation of the test arrangements shall be provided and the following
data shall be reported in the International Metric System of Units

(i) Types and properties of oils used in the tests.

(ii) Concentration of oil samples tested.
(iii) Details of contaminants tested. and
(iv) Results of tests and analysis of samples.
3.3 Installation Requirements
3.3.1 The layout of the shipboard installation shall be so arranged that the
overall
response time between an alteration in the mixture being pumped and the
alteration in the meter reading shall be as short as possible and in any case
not more than 40 seconds, in order that remedial action may be taken
before
the oil content of the mixture being discharged exceeds the permissible
limit.
3.3.2 The arrangement on board ship for the extraction of samples from
the
discharge lines to the meter shall give a truly representative sample of the
effluent. Sampling points shall be arranged in all discharge pipes which
have
to be monitored for compliance with these Regulations.
3.3.3 Oil content meters required by these Regulations shall be so designed and
constructed that any operation carried out on them is automatically
registered by the meters.

PART IV
METHOD FOR THE DETERMINATION OF 011 CONTENT
4.1 Scope and Application
4.1.1 The method includes the measurement of most light oil fractions. although
some loss of volatile components will occur during the extractions.
4.1.2 The method has a nominal working range from 2 to 80 mg I. The lower
level
of detection can be improved to 0. 1 mg 1 by using longer path-length
cells.
The upper limit of the method can be extended at least to 1000 mg 1 by
preparing dilutions of the sample extract.
4.2 Summary of Method
The sample is acidified to a low pH and extracted with two volumes of
carbon tetrachloride. The oil content is determined by comparison of the
infra-red absorbances of the sample extract against known concentrations
of the appropriate reference oil. Other suitable non-infra-red active
solvents
may be used.
4.3 Sampling and Storage
4.3.1 A representative sample of 1 litre volume is collected in a narrow-neck
glass
bottle with a pressure-sealing cap. Unless the sample is extracted on the
day
of collection, it shall be preserved with the addition of 5 mI hydrochloric
acid (HG) (4.5. 1).
4.3.2 Because losses of oily matter will occur on sampling equipment. the
collection of a composite sample is impractical. Individual portions
collected at prescribed time intervals shall be analysed separately to obtain
the average concentration over an extended period.
4.4 Apparatus
4.4.1 Separatory funnel. 1000 mI volume. with Teflon stopcock.
4.4.2 Infra-red spectrophotometer.
4.4.3 Cells, 5 mm path-length, sodium chloride or infra-red-grade quartz with a
minimum of 80% transmittance at 2 930 cm - 1. The 5 mm path-length is
recommended as being convenient for monitoring levels normally
encountered. Longer path-lengths may be used.
4.4.4 Filter paper, medium grade, 12.5 cm.











4.5 Reagents
4.5.1 Hydrochloric acid. HC1 1:1 Mix equal amounts of concentrated HC1 and
distilled water.
4.5.2 Sodium chloride, NaC1 reagent grade.
4.5.3 Carbon tetrachloride, CC14 reagent grade.
4.5.4 Oil reference: Oil collected from the source at the same time the sample
was
collected.
4.5.5 Stock reference standard (3 mg/ml): Accurately weigh about 0.30 g of
reference oil (paragraph 4.5.4) into a tared 100 mI volumetric flask and
dilute to volume with carbon tetrachloride.
4.5.6 1Calibration standards: Prepare a series of dilutions by pipetting volumes of
stock reference standard into 100 ml volumetric flasks and diluting to
volume with carbon tetrachloride. A convenient series of volumes is 5, 10,
15. 20 and 25 nil of stock solution. Calculate the exact concentrations of
the dilutions in mg/100 ml solution from the weighting above (4.5.5).

4.6 Extraction
4.6.1 If the sample was not acidified at time of collection, add 5 ml
hydrocholoric
acid (paragraph 4.5. 1) to the sample bottle. After mixing the sample.
check
the pH by touching pH-sensitive paper to the cap to ensure that the pH is
2
or lower. Add more acid if necessary.
4.6.2 Pour the sample into a separatory funnel and add 5 g of sodium chloride.
4.6.3 Add 50 ml carbon tetrachloride to the sample bottle. Cap tightly and
thoroughly shake the bottle to rinse the inside and cap. Transfer the
solvent
into the separatory funnel and extract by shaking vigorously for 2 minutes.
Allow the layers to separate.
4.6.4 Drain the solvent layer through a funnel containing solvent-moistened
filter
paper into a 100 mI volumetric flask.
4.6.5 Repeat steps 4.6.3 and 4.6.4 with an additional 50 nil portion of fresh
solvent: combine all solvent in the volumetric flask.
4.6.6 Rinse the tip of the separatory funnel. filter paper and funnel with small
portions of carbon tetrachloride and collect the rinsings in the volumetric
flask. Adjust the extract volume up to 100 ml and stopper the flask. Mix
well.
4.6.7 Drain the water layer into a 1000 ml graduated cylinder and estimate the
sample volume to the nearest 5 ml
4.7 Infra-red Spectroscopy
4.7.1 Prepare the infra-red spectrophotometer according to manufacturer's
instructions.
4.7.2 Rinse a cell with two volumes of the solution to be measured, then
completely fill the cell with solution. Place a matched cell containing
carbon
tetrachloride in the reference beam.
4.7.3 Scan samples and standards from 3 200 em to 2 700 em

NOTE 1: Single beam and non-scanning spectrophotometers can be used
for this test. Follow manufacturer's instructions and measure the
absorbance directly at or near 2 930 em - 1.

4.7.4 Construct a straight baseline under the hydrocarbon band as illustrated in
Figure 4. If the scan is recorded on absorbance paper. read the absorbance
of the peak maximum at 2 930 em - 1 and substract the absorbance of the
baseline at that point, if the scan is recorded on transmittance paper, the
net
absorbance is-
%T (baseline)
log 10 %T (peak maximum)





WAVENUMBER

Figure 4
Spectrum illustrating baseline construction





4.7.5 Prepare a calibration plot of net absorbance vs. mg/100 mI oil using the
response of the standards.
NOTE 2: The oil concentration may be plotted as per cent of stock
standard. When this procedure is used, the concentration of the stock
standard must be used in the calculations (4.8.2).
4.7.6 If the net absorbance of a sample exceeds 0.8 on the linear range of the
instrument as determined by the calibration plot, prepare a dilution of the
sample by pipetting an appropriate volume of the extract into a
volumetric
flask and diluting to volume. If the absorbance is less than 0.1, more
accurate results can be obtained by using a longer path-length cell.
4.8 Calculations
4.8.1 Use the calibration plot to calculate the mg of oil in each 100 ml of
sample
extract or dilution.
4.8.2 Calculate the oil content in the sample using the formula-

mg/l oil = R D x 1000

V

whereR = mg of oil in 100 ml solution (determined from calibration plot)
D = extract dilution factor. if used (4.7.6.) V = volume of sample. in
millilitres (4.6.7.)

4.8.3 Report results to two significant figures for levels below 100 mg/1.

NOTE 3: For quality control. a reagent blank shall -be carried through
each step of the procedure.

4.8.4 For purposes of comparison to meter records, the results shall also be
presented in parts per million (volume/volume) with due allowance for the
relative density of the oil.

ATTACHMENT

Forms for Certificates of Type Test for Oily-Water Separating Equipment and Oil
Content Meters.

Contents--
FORM 'A'Certificate of Type Test for Oily-Water Separating and
Filtering Equipment.

FORM 'B' Certificate of Type Test for Oil Content Meters.

FORM 'A'

Official [NAME OF ISSUING AUTHORITY]
Seal
CERTIFICATE OF TYPE TEST FOR OILY-WATER
SEPARATING AND FILTERING EQUIPMENT

This is to certify that the equipment listed has been examined and tested in
accordance with the requirements of the specification contained in Part 11 of the
Annex to the Recommendation contained in IMO Resolution No. A.393(X). The
system tested comprised the following components and this certificate is valid
only for such a system.

*System manufactured by.. including

*Separator manufactured by .....................................................................

*Delete as
appropriate











to Drawing Nos . ....................................................................................

*Coalescer manufactured by
........................................................................

to Drawing Nos . ....................................................................................

*Filter manufactured by
...........................................................................

to Drawing Nos . ....................................................................................

Control equipment manufactured by
............................................................

to Drawing Nos . ....................................................................................

Maximum throughput of system m 3 /h

Measured oil content of effluent less than 15 ppm* 100 ppm*

If integral feed pump is not fitted state method proposed for ensuring maximum
throughput of system is not exceeded.

A copy of this certificate shall be carried aboard a vessel fitted with this equipment
at all times.

Limiting Conditions imposed

Test data and results attached as Appendix

Official Signature of duly authorized
official
Stamp issuing the Certificate)

Dated this ....day of 19

APPENDIX

Test data and results of tests conducted on oily-water separating and filtering
equipment in accordance with Parts 11 and IV of the Annex to the
Recommendation contained in IMO Resolution No. A. 393 (X).

System manufactured by ...........including

*Separator manufactured by
.....................................................................
*Coalescer manufactured by
........................................................................
*Filter manufactured by
...........................................................................
Control equipment manufactured by
............................................................

Maximum throughput of system.. m3 /h

Test location ..........................................................................................

*Delete as appropriate





Method of sample analysis

Samples analysed at ................................................

Details of test pump (if integral pump is not fitted)

Type

Capacity (m 3 /h)

Speed rpm

Vibration tests to paragraph 2.1.3 satisfactory

Equipment is capable of reliable operation at angles of up to 22.5` in any plane
from

normal operational position

Test Oil (A)
Relative density at 150C
Viscosity Centistokes at 37.8 C
Flash point C
Ash content %
Water content at start of test %
Test Oil (B)
Relative density at 150C
Viscosity Centistokes at 37.8 C
Flash point C
Ash content %
Water content at start of test %
Test Water
Relative density at 150C
Solid matter present

Test Temperatures C
Ambient
Test oil (A) 0C
Test oil (B) C
Test water C

Diagram of test rig attached
Diagram of sampling arrangement attached




TEST RESULTS (ppm)




Signed __________________ Date ____________________ Official Stamp





FORM 'B'

Official [NAME OF ISSUING AUTHORITY]
Seal
CERTIFICATE OF TYPE TEST FOR OIL CONTENT METERS

This is to certify that the system comprising the equipment listed has been
examined and tested in accordance with the requirements of the specification
contained in Part III of the Annex to the Recommendation contained in IMO
Resolution No. A.393(X). This certificate is valid only for such a system.

*System manufactured by ...........including

Oil content meter manufactured by
............................................................

to Drawing Nos . .....................................................................................

*Recording device manufactured by .........................

to Drawing Nos . .....................................................................................

*Alarm manufactured by

to Drawing Nos . ....................................................................................

*Meter supply pump manufactured by
.........................................................

to Drawing Nos ...
Homogeniser (Mixer) manufactured by
...............................................

to Drawing Nos . ....................................................................................

Control system manufactured by
...............................................................

to Drawing Nos . ....:

The system is acceptable for the following applications

*Crude oils *Bilge or fuel tank ballast water monitor
*'Black' products 15 ppm bilge or fuel tank ballast alarm
*'White' products Other products or applications, listed below

A copy of this test certificate shall be carried aboard a vessel fitted with this
equipment at all times.

*Delete as appropriate





Test data and results attached as Appendix

..


Signature of duly authorized official
Official issuing the Certificate)
Stamp

Dated this .....day of 19
APPENDIX

Test data and results of tests conducted on oil content meters in accordance with
Parts III and IV of the Annex to the Recommendation contained in IMO
Resolution No. A. 393 (X).

Oil content monitoring system submitted by
.............................................................

Test location ...................................

Method of sample analysis

Samples analysed by
..................................................................................................

Vibration tests to paragraph 3.1.2 satisfactory

Equipment is capable of reliable operation at angles of up to 22.5* in any plane
from normal operational position





READINGS (ppm)

Indicated Measured Grab REMARKS
Sample

CALIBRATION






-Delete as appropriate





READINGS (ppm)

Indicated Measured Grab REMARKS
Sample

Nigerian Medium Crude


*Delete as appropriate





READINGS (ppm)

REMARKS


Residual Fuel




.Delete as appropriate





READINGS (ppm)

Indicated Measured Grab REMARKS
Sample

Kerosene

15 .................
..........
100 ...............
.........

90% M. F. S. V........................
........................

RECORDED ZERO ..............

....RE-ZERO YES/NO*
....TIME MM

RE-CALIBRATE YES/NO*

................TIME MINS
................CLEAN YES/NO*
................TIME MINS
Light Diesel Fuel
15 ........................
100 .......................
90% M. F. S. V.=........................ ..........

RECORDED ZERO ..............

....RE-ZERO YES/NO*
....TIME MINS

RE-CALIBRATE YES/NO*
TIME MINS
CLEAN YES/NO*
TIME MINS
NOTE..IF alternative oils, covering the same range of properties of the crude oils
listed, are used, these should be substituted where applicable

*Delete as appropriate





RESPONSE TIMES seconds
First detectable reading ..............

63 ppm ................

90 ppm
maximum reading or 100 ppm

maximum reading
if not 100 ppm ................ppm
First detectable drop....
................

37 ppm
10 ppm
minimum reading or zero
minimum reading

if not zero ..ppm
RESPONSE TIME= (1) + (2) ................

2

OIL FOULING AND CALIBRATION SHIFT

10% oil concentration test

First detectable response ................

100 ppm ................

Off scale on highest range ................
On scale on highest range ................

100 ppm ................

minimum reading ppm

Further cleaning required YES/NO*
(State extent)

Time .Mins

100% oil concentration test seconds

First detectable response................
100 ppm ................
Off scale on highest range................
On scale on highest range................

100 ppm
minimum reading ppm

Further cleaning required (State extent) YES/NO*

Time .Mins

Calibration shift ........(%) (pp-)*

CONTAMINANTS TEST
Meter reading shift..........Fresh Water (%) (ppm)
Very Salt Water (%) (ppm)*
Non Soluble
Suspended Solids (%) (ppm)*







.Delete as appropriate

(1)





OIL PARTICLE SIZE TEST
Meter reading shift ..(%) (ppm)*
TEMPERATURE TEST
Calibration test water temperature .. C
Meter reading shift at 10 C..................
(ppm)*
Meter reading shift at 65 C ..............
(ppm)*
SAMPLE PRESSURE OR FLOW TEST
Meter reading shift at 50% normal ..............
(ppm)*
Meter reading shift at 200% normal ..............
(ppm)*

Deviations frorn this test should be stated
if necessary

Meter reading before shut off.............. (ppm)*
Meter reading after start up (minimum dry
period 8 hours) ..(ppm)*

Damage to meter as follows

UTILITIES SUPPLY VARIATION TEST

110% voltage effects
.............................................................
......................
90% voltage effects
.............................................................
......................

110% air pressure effects ..

90% air pressure effects
.............................................................
......................
110% hydraulic effects
.............................................................
......................
90% hydraulic effects
.............................................................
......................

OTHER COMMENTS

CALIBRATION AND ZERO TEST
Calibration drift .. (ppm)
Zero drift ..(%)
(ppm)*
SHUT DOWN AND DE-ENERGISATION TEST
Span drift ..(%)
(ppm)*

Zero drift ..
(%) (ppm)*

Time for warm up and calibration
Mins

Specification of instrument attached
Test arrangement diagram attached
Oil type response curves attached

Signed Date Official






Stamp
*Delete as appropriate





SCHEDULE 4 [reg. 15(3).]

GUIDELINES AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR OIL DISCHARGE
MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR OIL TANKERS

1 PURPOSE
1.1 The purpose of these Guidelines and Specifications is-

.1 to provide a uniform interpretation of the requirements of regulation
15(3)(a) of these Regulations; and

.2 to assist in determining appropriate design, construction and
operational parameters for oil discharge monitoring and control
systems when such systems are fitted in ships.

2 BACKGROUND
2. 1 The requirements relating to oil content monitoring of oil tanker ballast
and tank washing water are contained in regulation 15(3)(a) of these
Regulations which stipulates that oil tankers of 150 gross registered
tonnage
and above shall be equipped with an approved oil discharge monitoring and
control system and that the system shall record continuously-
1 the discharge of oil in litres per mile and total quantity of oil discharged
or
.2 in lieu of the total quantity, of oil discharged. the oil content of the
effluent and rate of discharge.
In both cases the record shall be 'identifiableas to the time and date' and
shall be kept for at least three years.
2.2 Regulation 15 also provides that the system shall come into operation
when there is any discharge of effluent into the sea and shall be such as
will ensure that any discharge of oily mixture is automatically stopped
when the instantaneous rate of discharge of oil exceeds 60 litres per mile.
In existing oil tankers the stopping of the discharge may be performed
manually and the rate of discharge may be estimated from the pump
characteristics.
2.3 A test and performance specification for the basic oil content meter
indicating oil content in ppm, is specified in Schedule 3 hereto.

3 APPLICATION
3.1 An oil discharge monitoring and control system of an approved design
shall
be fitted in every oil tanker of 150 gross registered tonnage and above, and
shall be fitted in-
.1 new tanker;
.2 existing tankers, on or before 2 October 1986.

3.2 Existing tankers operating with dedicated clean ballast tanks in accordance
with regulation 18(9) must fit an oil content meter not later than the first
scheduled shipyard visit after the commencement of these Regulations.
4 DEFINITIONS

In this Schedule

4.1 'Oildischarge monitoring and control system' means an oil discharge
monitoring and control system covering any one of the units referred to in
paragraphs 4.2. 4.3 and 4.4.





4.2 'Control unit'
4.2.1 'Control unit' means a control unit which receives automatic signals of-
. 1 oil content;
.2 flow rate of discharge;
.3 ship's speed in knots;
.4 date and time (GMT); and
.5 discharge valve position (open or closed).
4.2.2 The unit shall make automatic recording of-
1 instantaneous rate of discharge of oil;
.2 total quantity of oil discharged;
.3 date and time (GMT);
.4 discharge valve position (open or closed);
.5 alarm condition;
.6 failure (i.e. no flow, fault etc.), and
.7 override action (i.e. manual override, flushing. calibration etc.).
4.2.3 The unit shall be fitted with a starting interlock and discharge valve
control
capability. The unit shall meet the specifications contained in the relevant
paragraphs of section 6.
4.3 Computing unit
4.3.1 'Computing unit' means a computing unit which receives automatic
signals of-
. 1 oil content;
.2 date and time (GMT);
.3 discharge valve activation;
.4 flow rate of discharge, and
.5 ship's speed in knots.
The flow rate and ship's speed may be manually inserted into the unit.
4.3.2 The unit shall make automatic recordings of-
. 1 instantaneous rate of discharge of oil;
.2 total quantity of oil discharged;
.3 date and time (GMT);
.4 discharge valve position (open or closed);
.5 alarm condition;
.6 failure (i.e. no flow, fault etc.);
.7 override action;
.8 manual input (i.e. speed, flow); and
.9 oil content if the flow rate has been manually inserted.
4.3.3 Unless explicitly stated in paragraph 5 the unit need not be fitted with a
starting interlock or discharge valve control capability.
4.3.4 The unit shall meet the specifications contained in the relevant
paragraphs
of section 6.





4.4 Calculating unit
4.4.1 'Calculating unit' means a calculating unit which receives automatic
signals of-
.1 oil content;
.2 flow rate of discharge;
.3 ship's speed.
The flow rate and ship's speed may be manually inserted into the unit.

4.4.2 The unit shall make an automatic recording of-

1 oil content, unless the oil content meter is provided with a recorder.

4.4.3 The unit shall display-

.1 instantaneous rate of discharge of oil;

.2 total quantity of oil discharged, unless permitted to be calculated
manually.

4.4.4 The time and date, instantaneous rate of discharge of oil and the total
quantity of oil discharged, unless permitted to be calculated manually.
4.4.5 The unit need not be fitted with a starting interlock nor discharge valve
control capability.
4.4.6 The unit shall meet the specifications contained in the relevant paragraphs
of section 6.
4.5 'Starting interlock- is an automatic device which prevents the initiation
of the opening of the discharge valve before the monitoring and control
system is fully operational when use of this system -is required by these
Regulations.
4.6 The 'discharge valve control- is an automatic device which initiates the
sequence to stop the overboard discharge.
5 IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
5.1 The implementation scheme set out below provides different requirements
for oil discharge monitoring and control systems depending on size and
building date of the oil tanker. The scheme also allows for different
requirements, depending on the installation date of the system.
5.2 Under the implementation scheme contained in paragraph 5.4 oil
tankers
of 150 gross registered tonnage and above have been arranged into five
categories. Each category of oil tanker shall be fitted with an oil discharge
monitoring and control system as set out below.
5.3 The implementation scheme set out in paragraph 5.4 gives details, with
reference to paragraph 4, of the minimum equipment required to comply
with this scheme. Where equipment of a higher category than required is
fitted the requirements of paragraph 5.4 shall be deemed to be complied
with.
5.4 Implementation scheme
5.4.1 Category I

1An oil tanker is in this category when it is of 4 000 tons deadweight and
above and is a 'new ship' as defined in regulation 1(2) of these
Regulations and the oil discharge monitoring and control system is
installed on or after 1 June 1982.

.2 This category of ship shall be fitted with a control unit as defined
under paragraph 4.2.





5.4.2 Category II

.1 An oil tanker is in this category when it is of 4 000 tons deadweight
and above and is a 'new ship' as defined in regulation 1(2) of these
Regulations and the oil discharge monitoring and control system is
installed before 1 June 1982.

.2 This category of ship shall be fitted with a computing unit as defined

under paragraph
4.3.

.3 The system shall also be fitted with a starting interlock and a
discharge
valve control preventing the discharge of effluent before the oil
content
meter is fully operative; in add * additiion the system shall be fitted
with
automatic devices to activate overboard discharge valve closure.

5.4.3 Category III

.1 An oil tanker is in this category when it is of 150 gross registered
tonnage and above, but less than 4 000 tons deadweight and is a---
newship' as defined in regulation 1(2) of these Regulations.

.2 This category of ship shall be fitted with a computing unit as defined
under paragraph 4.3.

.3 No automatic devices are required to activate overboard discharge
valve closure, neither is a starting interlock required.

5.4.4 Category IV(a)

.1 An oil tanker is in this category when it is of 20 000 tons deadweight
and above and is an 'existing ship' as defined in regulation 1(2) of
these Regulations and the oil discharge monitoring and control system
is installed between 2 October 1984 and 2 October 1986.

.2 This category of ship shall be fitted with a computing unit as defined
under paragraph 4.3.

.3 The system shall also be fitted with a starting interlock but need not be
fitted with a discharge valve control preventing the discharge of
effluent before the oil content meter is fully operative but no
automatic devices are required to activate overboard discharge closure.

.4 For oil tankers within this category up to and including 100 000 tons
deadweight, where the overboard discharge has local manual control or
where control is provided by means of extension rods, the Director
may grant exemption from the requirement to fit a starting interlock
system.

5.4.5 Category IV(b)

1An oil tanker is in this category when it is of 20 000 tons deadweight
and above and is an 'existing ship' as defined in regulation 1(2) of
these Regulations and the oil discharge monitoring and control system
is installed before 2 October 1984.

.2 This category of ship shall be fitted with a computing unit as defined
under paragraph 4.3.

.3 No automatic devices are required to activate overboard discharge
valve closure neither is a starting interlock required.


5.4.6 Category V(a)

.1 An oil tanker is in this category when it is of 150 gross registered
tonnage and above but less than 20 WO tons deadweight and is an -
existing ships defined in regulation 1(2) of these Regulations and the
oil discharge monitoring and control system is installed between 2
October 1984 and 2 October 1986.

.2 This category of ship shall be fitted with a calculating unit as defined
under paragraph 4.4.

.3 No automatic devices are required to activate overboard discharge
valve closure, neither is a starting interlock required.





5.4.7 Category V(b)

.1 An oil tanker is in this category when it is of 150 gross registered
tonnage and above but less than 20 000 tons deadweight and is an
'existing ship' as defined in regulation 1(2) of these Regulations and the
oil discharge monitoring and control system is installed before 2
October 1984.

.2 This category of ship shall be fitted with a calculating unit as defined
under paragraph 4.4. However, the total quantity of oil discharged may
be computed manually.

.3 No automatic devices are required to activate overboard discharge
valve closure, neither is a starting interlock required.

5.5 The Appendix to this Schedule is a summary, in tabular form, of the above
implementation requirements.

6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
6.1 Oil discharge monitoring and control system
6.1.1 The oil discharge monitoring and control system shall be so fitted that it
can
effectively monitor and control the discharge of any effluent into the sea
through those overboard discharge outlets permitted by regulation 26(2)
which in the opinion of the Director are necessary to fulfil the operational
requirements of the tanker. The system may additionally cover-
.1 the gravitational discharge of ballast water from cargo tanks; and
.2 the midship cargo manifold arrangement when used to meet the
requirements of regulation 26.
6.1.2 Dirty ballast water or oil contaminated water shall not be discharged into
the sea through outlets which are not controlled by the monitoring and
control system.
6.1.3 The system shall function effectively, according to the criteria shown
below,
under all environmental conditions which vessels are normally assumed
to encounter. and shall be designed and constructed to withstand the
environmental conditions as specified in paragraph 6.1.6 of these
Guidelines
and Specifications-
.1 Except where manual operation of the system is permitted the
system
shall be so designed that no ballast discharge can take place unless the
monitor is in the normal operating mode and the relevant sampling
point
has been connected to the monitor.
.2 Preferably the system should have a minimum number of discharge
outlets and sampling points so arranged that discharge can take place via
only one sampling point at a time.
.3 Where it is intended that more than one line shall be used for
simultaneous discharge purposes, one oil content meter, together with a
flow meter, shall be installed per discharge line. These instruments shall
be connected to a common processing unit.
.4 In order to avoid alarms due to short term high oil concentration signals
(spikes) causing indications of high instantaneous rates of discharge, the
short term high ppm signal may be suppressed for a maximum of 10
seconds by employing a delay relay. Alternatively, the instantaneous
rate
of discharge may be the average during the preceding 20 seconds or less
as computed from instantaneous ppm values produced by the oil content
meter with intervals of a maximum 5 seconds.





6.1.4 The system shall comprise the following-

.1 an oil content meter to measure the oil content of the effluent in parts
per million. This meter shall be approved in accordance with the
provisions contained in Schedule 4 hereto and to take into account the
range of cargoes carried;

.2 a flow rate system to indicate the quantity of effluent being discharged
in a unit of time (see also paragraphs 6.3.7 and 6.3.8);

.3 a vessel speed indicating device; to give the vessel's speed in knots (see
also paragraphs 6.4.2 and 6.4.3);

.4 a sampling system, to convey a representative sample of the effluent
to the oil content meter;

.5 a control section which includes

.1 a processor, which accepts signals of oil content, flow rate and the
vessel's speed and converts them into litres per mile and the total
quantity of oil discharged (see also paragraph 6.5.3);

.2 a transmitting device to provide alarms and, where required
command signals to the discharge control arrangement;

.3 a recording device to provide, where required, a continuous record of
the effluent discharged,

.4 a manual override system to be used in the event of failure of the
monitoring and control system: and

.5 where required a transmitting device to provide signals to a starting
interlock preventing the discharge of effluent before the oil content
meter is fully operative.

6.1.5 The electrical components of the system installed in a hazardous area

of a vessel shall meet the appropriate safety requirements provided for
these areas.

6.1.6 The control section of an oil discharge monitoring and control system
shall

be capable of operating satisfactorily under the following environmental
conditions-

1 Ambient air temperature:0'C to 55'C in enclosed spaces:
- 25 C to 55 -C on open decks
.2 Vibration: 2.0 to 13.2 Hz. with displacement
amplitude of + 1.0 mm
13.2 to 80.0 Hz with an acceleration
amplitude of + 0. 7 g
.3 Voltage variations for
alternating current permanent variation of + 10%

.4 Inclination: inclination at angles of up to 22.5 in
any plane from the normal operational
position

6.2 Sampling system
6.2.1 Sampling points shall be so located that relevant samples can be obtained
from those outlets that are used for operational discharges in accordance
with paragraph 6.1.1. The sampling probes located in the overboard
discharge lines and the piping system connecting the sampling probes to






the
oil content meter shall meet the following requirements-





.1 the piping and probe shall be of corrosion-resistant a rid oil-resistant
material. of adequate strength. properly jointed and supported;

.2 the system shall have a stop valve fitted adjacent to each probe, except
that where the probe is mounted in a cargo line, that is to the midship
cargo manifold arrangement, two stop valves shall be fitted, in series in
the sample line;

.3 sampling probes shall be arranged for easy withdrawal and shall be
mounted as far as practicable at an accessible location in a vertical
section of the discharge line. If a sampling point has to be made in a
horizontal section then suitable arrangements shall be made to obtain
representative samples. Sampling probes shall normally penetrate inside
the discharge pipe to a distance of one quarter the diameter of that
pipe;

.4 means shall be provided for cleaning the probes and piping system by
the provision of permanent clean water flushing arrangements or some
other equivalent method. especially in the case of probes mounted in a
cargo line. The design of the probes and piping shall be such as to
minimize their clogging by oil. oily residue and other matter;

.5 the velocity of the fluid in the piping shall be such that, taking into
consideration Ion the length of the piping. the overall response time
shall be as short as possible between an alteration in the mixture being
pumped and the alteration in the meter reading aiid in any case not
more than 40 seconds;

.6 the location of sampling probes in relation to any point of flow
diversion to a slop tank shall be selected with regard to the need for
sampling the oily water during the recirculation mode:

.7 the arrangements for driving the sampling pump or any other pumps
such as those provided for washing windows shall have regard to the
safety requirements of the space in which the pump is located.

.8 the flushing arrangements shall be such that where necessary they can
be utilized for stabilizing the oil content meter and correcting for zero
settings. and

.9 sample water when returned to the slop tank shall not be allowed to
free fall into the tank.

6.3 Flow rate indicating system
6.3.1 A flow meter for measuring the rate of discharge shall be installed in a
vertical section of a discharge line or in any other section of discharge line
as appropriate, so as to be always filled with the liquid.
6.3.2 A flow meter shall employ an operating principle which is suitable for
shipboard use and. where relevant, can be used in large diameter pipes.
6.3.3 A flow meter shall be suitable for the full range of flow rates that may be
encountered during normal operation. Alternatively, arrangements such
as the use of two flow meters of different ranges or a restriction of the
operational flow rate range may be employed to meet this requirement.
6.3.4 The flow meter. as installed, shall have an accuracy of ñ 15 per cent, or
better, of the instantaneous rate throughout the operating range.
6.3.5 An component part of the flow meter in contact with the effluent discharge
including associated piping, if fitted, shall be of corrosion-resistant
and
oil-resistant material of adequate strength.
6.3.6 The design of the flow metering arrangements shall have regard to the
safety
requirements of the space in which it is located.





6.3.7 In ships fitted with a computing unit the flow rate may be determined from
the pump characteristics and the data manually inserted into the unit.
6.3.8 In ships fitted with a calculating unit the flow rate may be manually
inserted
into the unit. The flow rate shall be estimated from the best available
source
e.g. pump characteristics, speed of pump(s), ullages or knowledge of
pumping rates for particular tanks on the ship.
6.3.9 In oil tankers where the gravitational discharge of ballast water from
the cargo tanks in accordance with regulation 26(6)(d) is permitted
means, such as calibration curves, shall be provided to estimate the flow
rate of discharge.
6.4 Vessel's speed indicating system
6.4.1 The automatic speed signal required for the control unit shall be obtained
from the vessel's speed indicating device by means of a repeater signal.
This
information shall be readily available in a form that can be accepted by a
processor. The speed information used may be either speed over the
ground
or speed through the water depending upon the speed measuring equipment
installed on board.
6.4.2 In ships where a computing unit is required the vessel's speed may be
manually inserted into the unit. This data shall be obtained from the ship's
log or from an indicating device which transmits signals which need not be
in a form which can be accepted by a computer system.
6.4.3 The vessel's speed on ships required to install a calculating unit may be
obtained from the ship's log or from the navigation charts and shall be
estimated from the most reliable source.
6.5 Processor and transmitting device
6.5.1 The processor shall receive, at time intervals not exceeding 5 seconds.
signals from the oil content meter, the flow rate measuring system and the
vessel's speed indicator and automatically compute the following-
. 1 instantaneous rate of discharge of oil in litres/mile, and
.2 total quantity of oil discharged per voyage in m3 or litres.

6.5.2 When the rates of discharge calculated by the processor exceed the limits
imposed by regulation 13(2)(d) and (e) the transmitting device shall
provide
alarms and, in new ships, it shall also provide command signals to the
discharge valve control which will cause the discharge of effluent into the
sea to stop.
6.5.3 In existing ships fitted with a calculating unit where the unit is installed on
2 October 1984 the total quantity of oil discharged may be computed
manually.
6.6 Recording Devices
6.6.1 Control Unit

.1 The recording device for a control unit shall include a digital printer or
an analogue recorder or a combination of both or a recorded visible
display. The record shall be identifiable as to time and date and shall be
kept for at least 3 years.

.2 The data to be automatically recorded shall include at least the
following items

.1 instantaneous rate of discharge of oil (litres per mile),

.2 the total quantity of oil discharged (litres);

.3 time and date (GMT);





.4 the discharge valve position (open or closed);
.5 alarm condition;
.6 failure (i.e. no flow, fault, etc.); and
7 override action (i.e. manual override, flushing, calibrating, etc.).
6.6.2 Computing Unit
1 The recording device for a computing unit shall include a digital printer
or an analogue recorder or a combination of both or a recorded visible
display. The record shall be identifiable as to time and date and shall be
kept for at least 3 years. Manual input information shall be identifiable
on the record.
.2 The data to be automatically recorded shall include at least the
following items-
.1 instantaneous rate of discharge of oil (litres per mile);
.2 the total quantity of oil discharged (litres);
.3 time and date (GMT);
.4 manual input information.
.5 the valve position (open or closed),
.6 alarm condition;
.7 failure (i.e. no flow, fault. etc.);
.8 override action (i.e. manual override. flushing, calibration. etc.); and
.9 oil content if flow rate is manually inserted.
6.6.3 Calculating Unit
.1 An automatic recording device is not required for a calculating unit,
but, where fitted. the recording device shall include a digital printer or
an analogue recorder or a combination of both or a recorded acceptable
visible display. The record shall be identifiable as to time and date,
which may be entered manually, and shall be kept for at least 3 years.
.2 The data to be automatically recorded on the above-mentioned
recording device shall include at least the following item-
.1 oil content in ppm. unless the oil content meter is provided with a
recorder.
6.6.4 Recording for digital printers
Occasions of recordings. Data required by paragraphs 6.6.1.2, 6.6.2.2 and
6.6.3.2 of these Specifications shall be printed out with the following
minimum frequency-
.1 when the discharge is started:
.2 when the discharge is stopped;
.3 at intervals of not more than every 10 minutes;
.4 when an alarm condition is developed:
.5 when normal conditions are restored;
.6 at the change of valve order or valve position;
.7 when introducing input data;
.8 at not more than every 10 litre/mile change in computed rate of dis-
charge, unless an equivalent trend indicating arrangement is provided;
.9 when selecting zero setting or calibration mode; and
.10 on manual command.





6.6.5 Recording for analogue recorders

Data required by paragraphs 6.6.1.2, 6.6.2.2 and 6.6.3.2 of these
Specifications shall be continuously recorded in such a way as would
satisfy the following requirements

.1 the chart speed shall be indicated. If the speed is controllable, the
recorder shall be provided with a marker to identify the speed of the
chart paper; and

.2 means shall be provided to enable the chart paper to be interpreted as
to time, date and readings after it has been removed from the recorder.

6.7 Data display
6.7.1 The current data shall be visibly displayed.
6.7.2 The recording device and data display shall be located in a position easily
accessible to the person in charge of the operation of discharging the
effluent
overboard.
6.8 Manually operated alternatives
6.8.1 The alternative means and information for use in case of any one failure in
the system shall be as follows-
.1 oil content meter: visual observation of the surface of the water;
.2 sampling pump: visual observation of the surface of the water;
.3 flow meter: pump characteristics, etc.,
.4 vessel's speed indicating device: main engine rpm etc.:
.5 processor: manual calculation and manual recording: and
.6 discharge valve control: manual operation of pumps and valves.

6.9 Alarm conditions resulting in the stopping of discharge.
6.9.1 Audio-visual alarms shall be initiated for any of the following conditions-

1 whenever the instantaneous rate of discharge of oil exceeds 60 litres per
mile;

.2 when the total quantity of oil discharged reaches the allowable limit
prescribed by the provisions of the relevant Regulations:

.3 failure of the system's operation, such as-

.1 power failure;

.2 loss of sample;

.3 failure of the measuring or recording system, and

.4 when the input signal of the sensors exceeds the effective capacity
of the system.

6.10 Location of alarm indicator
6.10.1The alarm indicator of of the system shall be installed in the cargo control
room where provided and/or other places where it will attract immediate
attention and action.

7 EQUIPMENT, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
7.1 The owner shall ensure that approved equipment, operational and/or
maintenance manuals for the various items comprising the oil discharge
monitoring and control systems are on board the vessel. These manuals
shall cover the oil content meter, control, computing or calculating unit,
flow meter and ship's speed indicator, where required.





APPENDIX

OIL DISCHARGE MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM FOR OIL
TANKERS-SUMMARY OF IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS





Key, to Table:

NEW oil tanker according to regulation 1(2) of these Regulations
EXISTING -Existing tanker according to regulation 1(2) of these Regulations
K -1 000 tons deadweight
EARLY-NEW -Before 1 June 1982

EARLY-EXISTING -Before 2 October 1984

LATE-NEW -On or after 1 June 1982
LATE-EXISTING-Between 2 October 1984 and 2 October 1986
A -Automatic function
m -Manually inserted data from installed source
E -Manually inserted data estimated froni best available source
A. Automatic function. but waivers may be granted for oil tankers < 100K where the
overboard discharge valve control system is manual
-Manual recording
NOTE: CBT tanker' shall fit oil content meters not later than the first scheduled
dry dock after the commencement of these Regulations


CONTROL UNIT -The complete control system as required by regulation 15(3)(a) of these Regulations



COMPUTING UNIT -Computer with manual input of speed and flow rate. Automatic input of ppm and a built-in
clock. The output information is automatically recorded
CALCULATING UNIT-A calculating device capable of converting ppm. speed and flow rate information to 1/mile
(and total quantity) available for use during the discharge operation. An automatic
recording is not required

-Information presented on permanent record





SCHEDULE 5 [reg. 15(3)(e).]

SPECIFICATION FOR OIL/WATER INTERFACE DETECTORS

Any reference in this Schedule to a Resolution means a reference to a Resolution
of that number published by the Organization.

1. Scope
1.1 The instrument shall be capable of providing a rapid and accurate
determination of the oil/water interface in slop tanks or other tanks where
the separation of oil and water is effected and from which it is intended to
discharge effluent direct to the sea.
2. General requirements
2.1 Interface detectors may be permanently installed or portable.
2.2 Interface detectors carried on board shall be capable of detecting the
vertical
position of the interface at any level in the tank.
2.3 Interface detectors need not indicate the interface position continuously.
2.4 If permanently installed equipment based on stationary sensors only is
provided the information obtained about the interface shall be at least
equivalent to that obtainable from portable equipment when used in a
normal operating pattern.
2.5 The position of permanently installed equipment or the position of the
access openings for portable equipment shall be selected with due regard to
the internal structure of the tank and reasonable ship movement.
2.6 The control and display unit of a permanently installed system shall be
located in the cargo control room or similar space.
2.7 Permanently installed equipment inside the tank shall be able to withstand
the impact from the jets of tank cleaning equipment.
2.8 Permanently installed and portable equipment shall be arranged and used
with due regard to relevant operational safety precautions.
3. Technical specifications
3.1 This specification relates to detectors. both portable and permanently
installed, capable of detecting interfaces of liquids having a wide range of
density differences. A detector, however, may be tested for one or several
specified applications, e.g. interface between oils as defined in regula-
tion 1(2) of these Regulations and salt water, brackish water or fresh water.
The certificate in the form in the Attachment hereto shall clearly state the
accepted applications and any relevant limitations.
3.2 The detector and its associated depth measuring equipment shall be
practical, reliable and constructed of materials suitable for use in the
marine environment.
3.3 It shall comply with the relevant statutory requirements for use in hazar-
dous areas on oil tankers and shall not interfere with radio communication.
3.4 The accuracy of the detector indication shall be such that it will indicate
within 25 mm the actual position of a sharply defined interface between
oil and water.
3.5 The detector shall respond promptly and in a distinctive manner to
changes
between oil and water.
3.6 The instrument shall be capable of being being checked on board for correct
working.
4. Test specification
4.1 The interface detector shall be set up and used according to the
manufacturer's operating instructions.





4.2 The test facility shall consist of a container whereby the obtained oil/water
interface can be made clearly visible. The depths of the oil and water layers
shall each be at least sufficient to immerse completely the detector probe.
4.3 The accuracy of the detector shall be determined by comparing its
indication
against the position of the known interface between the oil and water.
4.4 The following oils, or their equivalents, shall each be used in combination
with fresh water (density 1.000), brackish water (density 1.012) and salt
water (density 1.025) at ambient temperature-
Leaded Automotive Gasoline-(Regular Grade)
Light Diesel Oil -(No. 2 fuel)
Arabian Light Crude Oil --(Medium density and viscosity)
Residual Fuel --(Bunker C or No. 6 fuel)

4.5 Each test whereby the properties of either the oil or water has been
changed
shall begin by establishing the position of the interface after sufficient time
has been allowed for the oil to settle. Following each test, the detector shall
be cleaned.
4.6 If oil contamination has an effect on the accuracy or the responding time
of
the detector, it shall be stated in the test report.
4.7 The effect of temperature on the detector response shall be tested with
Arabian Light Crude Oil, or equivalent, in combination with salt water
(density 1.025) both at ambient temperature and at 50 C Any effect of
temperature on the responding time shall be stated in the test report.
4.8 The satisfactory functioning of the permanently installed detector shall not
be afrected by the movements and vibrations experienced on board ship.
In particular, electrical or electronic detectors shall be tested to show that
they are at least capable of continued operation under vibration conditions
as follows-
. 1 from 2 Hz-1 3.2 Hz with an amplitude of + 1 mm; and
.2 from 13.2 Hz-80 Hz with an acceleration amplitude of +_ 0.7 g.
Additionally the equipment shall be capable of reliable operation at angles
up to 22.5' in any plane from the normal operational position.

4.9 The following information shall be included with the test report-

. 1 the manufacturer's specification and operating instructions;

.2 a diagrammatic description of the test rig;

.3 types of oils used;

.4 densities of water used;

.5 details of all tests performed.

ATTACHMENT

Official [NAME OF ISSUING AUTHORITY]
Seal
CERTIFICATE OF TYPE TEST FOR OIL/WATER
INTERFACE
DETECTORS FOR USE IN SLOP TANKS AND OTHER TANKS


This is to certify that the equipment listed has been examined and, tested in
accordance with the requirements of the Specifications for Oil/Water Interface
Detectors contained in IMO resolution MEPC. 5(XIII). The system tested
comprised the following components and this Certificate is valid only for such a
system.





Type or Model
...............................................................................

Portable or permanently installed
...............................................................

System manufactured by ...........including

Detector manufactured by
........................................................................

to Drawings Nos . ....................................................................................

Control equipment manufactured by
............................................................
to Drawings Nos . ....................................................................................

A copy of this Certificate shall be carried aboard a vessel fitted with this
equipment at all times.

An operation and maintenance manual shall be supplied with each sytem.

Limiting Conditions imposed

Test data and results attached as Appendix

....
...............................................
..

Official Stamp (Signature of duly authorized official


issuing the Certificate)
Stamp

Dated this .....day of 19

APPENDIX

Test data and results of tests conducted on oil/water interface detector in
accordance with specifications contained in IMO resolution MEPC. 5(XIII).

Oillwater interface detector submitted by ...................

Test location
..........................................................................................
Vibration tests in paragraph 4.8 satisfactory*
................................................

Equipment is capable of reliable operation at angles of up to 22.5' in any plane
from normal operational position*
.....................................................................

Equipment is suitable for use in hazardous areas of oil tankers ...........................

.When applicable.





ACCURACY TEST AND RESPONSE TIMES



NOTE: If alternative oils, covering the same range of properties as the oils listed, are used these should be
substituted where applicable.

TEMPERATURE TEST
Ambient test water temperature..c

Detector reading shift at ..mm
Detector reading shift at .. secs

CONTAMINATION TEST
Oil contamination efFect 6n accuracy mm
Oil contamination efFect on response time secs

.. .. .........

Official (Signature of duly authorized official
Stamp issuing the Certificate)

Dated this ......day of 19

SCHEDULE 6 [reg. 20(2) and (4).]

SPECIFICATION FOR OIL TANKERS WITH
DEDICATED CLEAN BALLAST TANKS

1. PURPOSE

1.1 The purpose of these Specifications is to provide specific criteria,

operational requirements and control and enforcement procedures for
those
oil tankers operating with Dedicated Clean Ballast Tanks as specified in
Section 2 of these Specifications.





2. APPLICATION
2.1 Under these Regulations these specifications apply to-

.1 existing crude oil tankers of 70 000 tons deadweight and above until 2
October 1985 in accordance with regulation 18(9)(a) of these Regulations;

.2 existing crude oil tankers of 40 000 tons deadweight and above but below
70 000 tons deadweight, until 2 October 1987 in accordance with
regulation 18(9)(b) of these Regulations; and

.3 existing product carriers of 40 000 tons deadweight and above.

2.2 Compliance by these ships with these Specifications shall be shown on the
IOPP or HKOPP Certificate.
3. INITIAL SURVEY
3.1 The initial survey referred to in regulation 4 of these Regulations shall
include the verification of-
. 1 the selection of ballast tanks and pumping and piping arrangements; and
.2 the Dedicated Clean Ballast Tank Operation Manual, specifying detailed
operational procedures and including a checklist of such procedures.
3.2 The IOPP or HKOPP Certificate shall indicate which tanks are approved
solely for the carriage of dedicated clean ballast. It shall also state that
the master has been provided with a valid Dedicated Clean Ballast Tank
Operation Manual showing operational procedures.
4. ON BOARD ARRANGEMENTS
4.1 Dedicated clean ballast tanks
4.1.1 The dedicated clean ballast tanks shall have sufficient capacity to enable
the
tanker to meet the requirements of regulation 18(2) of these Regulations.
4.1.2 The selection of the dedicated clean ballast tanks shall be such that the hull
stresses in the ballast and loaded conditions are to the satisfaction of a
Certifying Authority.
4.1.3 The dedicated clean ballast shall. in order to prevent accidental pollution,
be carried in wing tanks; provided that a Certifying Authority may permit
the use of centre tanks where it can be shown that significant advantage
can
be obtained in respect of hull stresses, tank volume or pumping and piping
arrangements.
4.1.4 Tanks shall be selected so as to require a minimum of involvement of the
cargo piping and pumping system.
4.2 Pumping and piping arrangements
4.2.1 The piping system, for conveying the dedicated clean ballast shall be such
that it can be flushed to a slop tank with water. and shall be so arranged
that
oily water does not enter any dedicated clean ballast tank when the piping
system is flushed.
4.2.2 The piping system of each dedicated clean ballast tank shall. not later than
1 July 1983, have at least two valves that isolate that tank from the piping
systems serving the cargo tank.
4.2.3 The dedicated clean ballast tanks shall be connected to the least practicable
number of cargo pumps.
4.2.4 The discharge of dedicated clean ballast to the sea shall be monitored by an
oil content meter of an approved design and sufficient sample points shall
be
provided in the discharge piping of pumps serving dedicated clean ballast
tanks to permit supervision of the oil content in the ballast water being
discharged.





5. OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
5.1 The pumps and piping system conveying dedicated clean ballast shall be
flushed with water before clean ballast is loaded, discharged or transferred.
5.2 The water for flushing shall be pumped from a sea chest or dedicated clean
ballast tank through the pump and piping system of the dedicated clean
ballast tank and then to a slop tank.
5.3 If sections of the piping system for dedicated clean ballast are so arranged
that they can only be flushed with water from the dedicated clean ballast
tanks then the minimum quantity of flushing water to be provided in such
tanks at all times shall be the greater of either 10 times the volume of the
piping to be flushed or sufficient to provide that level in the tank which
would allow the piping to run full of water during the flushing before
vortexing starts to admit air into the piping. Any alternative methods to
the
retention of clean ballast required by this paragraph shall be to the
satisfaction of the Director.
5.4 After the loading. discharging or transferring of the dedicated clean
ballast the valves specified in paragraph 4.2.2 shall be shut and the piping
system drained.
5.5 The overboard discharge through which the dedicated clean ballast is
discharged shall be monitored by an oil content meter.
5.6 The simultaneous discharge of the dedicated clean ballast whilst loading
cargo or the simultaneous ballasting of the dedicated clean ballast while
discharging cargo shall not be undertaken except where there is an effective
two-valve separation between the dedicated clean ballast tank system and
the cargo system or when cargo tanks are served by individual pumps.
5.7 Ballast water shall not be allowed to free fall into ballast tanks into which
hydrocarbon gases have leaked. The Dedicated Clean Ballast Tank
Operation Manual shall provide either for such tanks to be gas freed before
ballasting or for alternative tanks to be used to obviate the danger posed by
splashing and free fall of water in tanks containing hydrocarbon gases
within the explosive range.
6. DEDICATED CLEAN BALLAST TANK OPERATION MANUAL
6.1 The Dedicated Clean Ballast Tank Operation Manual specified in
regulation 20(4) of these Regulations shall contain the following-
1 the complete text of the Specifications for Oil Tankers with Dedicated
Clean Ballast Tanks- as set out in this Schedule,
.2 the drawings of the dedicated clean ballast tanks systems;
.3 the description of the systems connected to the dedicated clean ballast
tanks including the identity of the dedicated clean ballast tanks and of
the slop tank which may be any designated cargo tank;
.4 the dedicated clean ballast tanks operation procedures containing speci-
fic operational procedures for valve operations, line cleaning and for
loading and discharging dedicated clean ballast when conducted as
follows-
.1 prior to arrival and at the loading port;
.2 after departure from the loading port;
.3 prior to arrival at the final discharge port;
.4 in final discharge port; and
.5 after departure from the final discharge port.
In Appendix 1 to these Specifications Dedicated Clean Ballast Tank
Operation Procedures are set out which apply generally to all tankers
operating under the CBT concept;
.5 the checklists for ballasting and de-ballasting dedicated clean ballast
tanks,





.6 the carriage of additional ballast;

.7 compliance procedures for regulation 13 of these Regulations, and

.8 additional precautions against oil pollution.

7. DOCUMENTS
7.1 The IOPP or HKOPP Certificate and the valid Dedicated Clean Ballast

Tank Operation Manual shall at all times be available on board the tanker.

APPENDIX

DEDICATED CLEAN BALLAST TANK OPERATION
PROCEDURES

1. Prior to arrival at the loading port
1.1 The pumping and piping designated for clean ballast operation shall be
properly cleaned to permit the discharge of clean ballast in the loading
port.

1.2 The valves to the slop tanks and the cargo tanks which are connected to
the

clean ballast system shall be closed.

1.3 An inspection of the surface of the dedicated clean ballast shall be made
before discharge to ensure that there is no contamination with oil.

1.4 Discharge clean ballast until sufficient quantity remains for safe berthing
and for flushing lines if necessary.

1.5 If no further ballast discharge is anticipated in the loading port shut all
valves to the clean ballast tanks and drain the clean ballast piping.

2. In the loading port
2.1 After the tanker has been safely berthed ballast may he discharged:

. 1 before the cargo is loaded; and

.2 during the loading of cargo either simultaneously or by interrupting the
loading provided that there is an effective two-valve separation
between the cargo and the clean ballast system. or the cargo tanks are
served by individual pumps.

2.2 Until sufficient clean ballast has been discharged the piping and pumping
arrangement servicing the dedicated clean ballast tanks must be kept clean.
2.3 Upon completion of ballast discharge all valves to the dedicated clean
ballast tanks shall be shut, the clean ballast piping shall then be drained and
may be utilised for the loading of cargo.
2.4 The tanker shall be loaded taking into account the requirements of a
discharge sequence compatible with the operational procedures for
dedicated clean ballast tanks with particular reference to trim and stress
levels if the cargo is to be unloaded at two or more discharge ports.
2.5 Slop tanks shall be loaded with cargo that will be discharged well before any
ballasting operation has to be carried out. If pipe flushing is required during
the loaded passage sufficient ullage must be left in the slop tanks to
accommodate the necessary flushing water.
2.6 At the completion of loading all valves to the cargo tanks shall be closed.
3. After departure from the loading port
3.1 If any clean ballast is to be discharged overboard the pumps and piping
serving the dedicated clean ballast tanks shall be flushed into the slop
tanks.

3.2 The valves to the slop tank shall be closed before pumping clean ballast
overboard.





3.3 The valves to the dedicated clean ballast tanks shall be closed after
discharging ballast.
3.4 During the loaded passage the dedicated clean ballast tanks shall be
periodically checked for any hydrocarbon gas content and if any gas is
detected the tank shall be ventilated until safe for entry and inspected for
leakage in bulkheads and piping.
4. Prior to arrival at the final discharge port
4.1 The dedicated clean ballast tanks may be ballasted through clean pumps
and piping with sufficient ballast to clear port draught requirements.
4.2 The required amount of water for flushing the piping may be taken into
the dedicated clean ballast tanks overdeck or through clean cargo piping.
5. In final discharge port
5.1 The cargo discharge and ballasting sequence must be compatible with the
operational requirements of dedicated clean ballast tanks.
5.2 Clean ballast may be taken on board:

. 1 before the cargo is discharged:

.2 during the discharge of cargo either simultaneously or by interrupting
the discharge provided that there is an effective two-valve separation
between the cargo and the clean ballast system or the cargo tanks are
served by individual pumps: and

.3 after cargo has been discharged completely.

5.3 When clean ballast is to be taken on board the pumps and piping serving
the
dedicated clean ballast tanks are to be flushed.
5.4 Upon completion of ballasting all the valves to the dedicated clean ballast
tanks shall be closed.
6. After departure from the final discharge port
6.1 Dedicated clean ballast tanks may he topped up using clean pumps and
piping.
6.2 The slop tank contents are to be processed in accordance with load-on-top
procedures.
6.3 The surface of the CBT ballast is to be periodically inspected for the
presence of oil. and the causes of any contaminations carefully
investigated.
6.4 After cargo tank cleaning operations the pumps and pipelines to be
used for
clean ballast shall be flushed.
7. Pump and pipeflushing
7.1 The pipe flushing water must never be passed into dedicated clean ballast
tanks.
7.2 Water for flushing pipelines may be drawn from the sea and from the
dedicated clean ballast tanks and this will be determined by the
configuration of the tanker's piping system.
7.3 When flushing from dedicated clean ballast tanks it is essential that the line
has first been thoroughly drained of oil. Flushing should normally start
from the tank farthest from the pump. After the line has been primed and
suction established. the pumping shall be stopped and the valves closed for
a period to allow the oil to separate from the pipe walls. Pumping is then
resumed at a moderate speed with throttling of the output at the pump's
delivery side.
7.4 Water shall first be drawn from individual dedicated clean ballast tanks to
clear branch pipes.





SCHEDULE 7 [reg. 21(2) and (4).]

SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE DESIGN. OPERATION
AND CONTROL OF CRUDE OIL WASHING SYSTEMS

Any reference in this Schedule to a Resolution means a reference to a Resolution of
that number published by the Organisation.

INDEX OF SECTIONS

1. Purpose

2. Application

3. General provisions

3.1 Definition
3.2 Initial survey

4. Design criteria

4.1 Piping
4.2 Tank washing machines
4.3 Pumps
4.4 Stripping system
4.5 Ballast lines

5. Qualification of personnel

6. Operation

6.1 Tankage to be crude oil washed
6.2 Drainage and discharge ashore of cargo lines
6,3 Filling of departure ballast tanks
6.4 Crude oil washing at sea
6.5 Discharge of oily water effluents on ballast voyage
6.6 Use and control of inert gas
6.7 Precautions against electrostatic generation
6.8 Vapour emission

7. Operations and Equipment Manual
APPENDIX I -Modifications for applying the Specifications to new crude oil
tankers of 20 000 tons deadweight and above
APPENDIX II -Training for persons intended to assume overall charge of crude
oil washing

1. PURPOSE

The purpose of these Specifications is to provide specific design criteria,
operational requirements and control and enforcement procedures for the
crude oil washing of cargo tanks of crude oil carriers as described in
section 2.





2. APPLICATION
2.1 These Specifications apply to-

(a)Existing crude oil tankers of 40 000 tons deadweight and above in
accordance with regulation 18(8) of these Regulations; and

(b)New crude oil tankers of 20 000 tons deadweight and above in
accordance with regulation 18(6) of these Regulations with the
modifications specified in Appendix I.

Compliance of these ships with these Specifications shall be shown on the
IOPP or HKOPP Certificate.

2.2 If a crude oil that is not suitable for crude oil washing is intended to be
carried as cargo in a ship that is provided with, only a crude oil washing
system, that ship must comply with segregated ballast tank requirements in
accordance with regulation 18(7) or dedicated clean ballast tank
requirements in accordance with regulation 18(9) of these Regulations.
3. GENERAL PROVISIONS
3.1 Definitions

For the purpose of these Specifications:

3.1.1 -Arrival ballast means clean ballast as defined in regulation 1(2) of these
Regulations.
3.1.2 -Departure ballast- means ballast other than arrival ballast.
3.1.3 ---Waterrinse' means the water washing process carried out in connection
with tank cleaning after crude oil washing and is not intended to be
construed as limiting the amount of water needed in the process.
3.2 Initial survey

The initial survey referred to in regulation 4 of these Regulations shall
include a complete inspection of the crude oil washing equipment and
arrangements and shall include. except for the cases specified in
paragraph 4.2.11, an examination of the tanks after they have been crude
oil washed and the additional tests as specified in paragraph 4.2. 10 to
ensure that the washing system efficiency is in accordance with these
Specifications.

4. DESIGN CRITERIA
4.1 Piping
4.1.1 The crude oil washing pipes and all valves incorporated in the supply piping
system shall be of steel or other equivalent material and shall be of adequate
strength having regard to the pressure to which they may be subjected, and
shall be properly jointed and supported.
4.1.2 The crude oil washing system shall consist of permanent pipework and
shall
be independent of the fire mains and of any system other than that for tank
washing, except that sections of the ship's cargo system may be incorporated
into the crude oil washing system provided that they meet the requirements
applicable to crude oil pipework. Notwithstanding the above requirements,
in combination carriers the arrangement may allow-
(a) the removal of the equipment. if necessary, when carrying cargoes
other than crude oil. provided that, when reinstated, the system is as
originally fitted and tested for oil tightness;
(b) the use of flexible hose pipes to connect the crude oil washing system to
tank washing machines if it is necessary to locate these machines in a
cargo tank hatch cover. Such flexible hose pipes shall be provided with
flanged connections and be manufactured and tested in accordance
with standards acceptable to the Director or the Secretary of State,
and be consistent with the duties which they are required to perform.
The length of these hoses shall be no greater than necessary to connect
the tank washing machines to an adjacent point just outside the hatch
coaming. These hoses shall be removed to suitably prepared and
protected stowage when not in use and be pressure tested by an
authority acceptable to the Director at intervals of not more than two
and a half years.





4.1.3 Provision shall be made to prevent overpressure in the tank washing
supply
piping. Any relief device fitted to prevent overpressure shall discharge
into
the suction side of the supply pump. Alternative methods to the
satisfaction
of the Director may be accepted provided an equivalent degree of safety
and
environmental protection is provided.

4.1.4 Where hydrant valves are fitted for water washing purposes on tank
washing lines, all such valves shall be of adequate strength and provision
shall be made for such connections to be blanked off by blank flanges
when
the washing lines may contain crude oil. Alternatively, hydrant valves
shall
be isolated from the crude oil washing system by spade blanks.

4.1.5 All connections for pressure gauges or other instrumentation shall be
provided with isolating valves adjacent to the lines unless the fitting is of
the
sealed type.

4.1.6 No part of the crude oil washing system shall enter the machinery spaces.
Where the tank washing system is fitted with a steam heater for use when
water washing, the heater must be effectively isolated during crude oil
washing by double shut-off valves or by clearly identifiable blanks.

4.1.7 Where combined crude oil-water washing supply piping is provided the
piping shall be so designed that it can be drained so far as is practicable of
crude oil, before water washing is commenced. into spaces designated in the
Operations and Equipment Manual. These spaces may be the slop tank or
other cargo spaces.

4.1.8 The piping system shall be of such diameter that the greatest number of
tank
cleaning machines required. as specified in the Operations and Equipment
Manual, can be operated simultaneously at the designed pressure and
throughput. The arrangement of the piping shall be such that the required
number of tank cleaning machines to each cargo compartment specified in
the Operations and Equipment Manual can be operated simultaneously.

4.1.9 The piping system shall be tested to one and one half times the working
pressure after it has been installed on the ship.
4.1.10 The crude oil washing supply piping shall be anchored (firmly attached) to
the ship's structure at appropriate locations. and means shall be provided
to permit freedom of movement elsewhere to accommodate thermal
expansion and flexing of the ship. The anchoring shall be such that any
hydraulic shock can be absorbed without undue movement of the supply
piping. These anchors should normally be situated at the ends furthest
from the entry of the crude oil supply to the supply piping. If tank
washing machines are used to anchor the ends of branch pipes then special
arrangements shall be made to anchor these sections when the machines
are removed for any reason.

4.2 Tank washing machines
4.2.1 The tank washing machines for crude oil washing shall be permanently
mounted and shall be of an approved design.
4.2.2 The performance characteristic of a tank washing machine is governed by
nozzle diameter, working pressure and the movement pattern and timing.
Each tank cleaning machine fitted shall have a characteristic such that the
sections of the cargo tank covered by that machine will be effectively
cleaned
within the time specified in the Operations and Equipment Manual.
4.2.3 Tank washing machines shall be mounted in each cargo tank and the
method of support shall be to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.
Where the tank washing machines are positioned well below the deck level
to cater for protuberances in the tank, consideration may need to be given
to additional support for the machine and its supply piping.
4.2.4 Each machine shall be capable of being isolated by means of stop valves in
the supply line. If a deck mounted tank washing machine is removed for
any
reason, provision shall be made to blank off the oil supply line to the
machine for the period the machine is removed. Similarly, provision shall
be
made to close the tank opening with a plate or equivalent means.
4.2.5 Where the drive units for the tank cleaning machines are not integral with
the tank cleaning machine, sufficient drive units shall be provided to
ensure
that no drive unit need be moved more than twice from its original
position
during cargo discharge to accomplish the washing programme as specified
in the Operations and Equipment Manual.





4.2.6 The number and location of the tank washing machines shall be to the
satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.
4.2.7 The location of the machines is dependent upon the characteristics detailed
in paragraph 4.2.2 and upon the configuration of the internal structure of
the tank.
4.2.8 The number and location of the machines in each cargo tank shall be such
that all horizontal and vertical areas are washed by direct impingement or
effectively by deflection or splashing of the impinging jet. In assessing an
acceptable degree of jet deflection and splashing. particular attention shall
be paid to the washing of upward facing horizontal areas and the following
parameters shall be used-
(a)For horizontal areas of a tank bottom and the upper surfaces of a
tank's stringers aiid other large primary structural members, the total
areas shielded from direct impingement by deck or bottom transverses,
main girders. stringers or similar large primary structural members
shall not exceed 10 per cent of the total horizontal area of tank
bottom,
the upper surface of stringers, and other large primary structural
members.
(b)For vertical areas of the sides of a tank. the total area of the tank's
sides
shielded from direct impingement by deck or bottom transverses, main
girders, stringers or similar large primary structural members shall not
exceed 15 per cent of the total area of the tank's sides.
(c) For existing crude oil tankers. the Certifying Authority may permit the
percentages required in (a) and (h) above to be exceeded for tanks
having complicated internal structural members provided that the
percentages calculated over all the cargo tanks do not exceed 10 per
cent for horizontal areas and 15 per cent for vertical areas.
In some installations it may be necessary to consider the fitting of more
than
one type of tank washing machine in order to efFect adequate coverage.
4.2.9 At the design stage the following minimum procedures shall be used to
.determine the area of the tank surface covered by direct impingement-
(a)Using suitable structural plans. lines are set out from the tips of each
machine to those parts of the tank within the range of the jets.
(b)Where the configuration of the tanks is considered by the Certifying
Authority to be complicated. a pinpoint of light simulating the tip of
the tank washing machine in a scale model of the tank shall be used.
4.2.10 (a) To confirm the cleanliness of the tank and to verify the design in
respect
of the number and location of the tank washing machines. a visual
inspection shall be made by entry to the tanks after a crude oil wash
but
prior to any water rinse which may be specified in the Operations and
Equipment Manual. The bottom of the tank to be inspected may.
however, be flushed with water and stripped in order to remove any
heel of crude oil remaining on the tank bottom before gas freeing for
entry. This inspection shall ensure that the tank is essentially free of
oil
clingage and deposits. If the flushing procedure is adopted. a similar
but unflushed tank must be used for the test specified in (b) below.
(b)To verify the effectiveness of the stripping and drainage arrangements,
a measurement shall be made of the amount of oil floating on top of
the
departure ballast. The ratio of the volume of oil on top of the total
departure ballast water to the volume of tanks that contain this water
shall not exceed 0.00085. This test shall be carried out after crude oil
washing and stripping in a tank similar in all relevant respects to the
tank examined in accordance with sub-paragraph (a) above, which has
not been subjected to a water rinse or to the intervening water flushing
permitted by sub-paragraph (a).
(e)To verify the design, installation and operation of the system, the
arrival ballast. after a typical ballast voyage before which the arrival
ballast tanks have been crude oil washed and during which the tanks
have been water rinsed in accordance with the programme set out in
the Operations and Equipment Manual. shall be totally discharged to
the loading port harbour through an approved oil monitoring system
and the oil content of the effluent in this test shall not exceed 15 ppm




4.2.11 Where the Certifying Authority is satisfied that ships are similar in all
relevant respects, the requirements of paragraph 4.2.10 need only be
applied to one such ship. Furthermore, where a ship has a series of tanks
that are similar in all relevant respects then, for that series of tanks. the
requirements of paragraph 4.2. 10(a) need be applied to only one tank of
that series.
4.2.12 The design of the deck mounted tank washing machines shall be such that
means are provided external to the cargo tanks which. when crude oil
washing is in progress, would indicate the rotation and are of the
movement of the machine. Where the deck mounted machine is of the
nonprogrammable, dual nozzle type, alternative methods to the
satisfaction of the Certifying Authority may be accepted. provided an
equivalent degree of verification is attained.
4.2.13 Where submerged machines are required. they shall be non-programmable
and, in order to comply with the requirements of paragraph 4.2.8. it shall
be possible to verify their rotation by one of the following methods

(a) by indicators external to the tank

(b)by checking the characteristic sound pattern of the machine, in which
case the operation of the machine shall be verified towards the end of
each wash cycle. Where two or more submerged machines are installed
on the same supply line. valves shall be provided and arranged so that
operation of each machine can be verified independently of the other
machines on the same supply line:

(c)by gas freeing the tank and checking the operation of the machine
with water during ballast voyages. In this case the check shall take
place after a maximum of six usages of the machine but the interval
between checks shall not exceed 12 months. Each verification shall be
recorded in the Oil Record Book. Part II-Cargo Ballast Operations.

The method of verification shall be stated in the Operations and
Equipment Manual.

4.3 Pumps
4.3.1 The pumps supplying crude oil to the tank cleaning machines shall be
either
the cargo pumps or pumps specifically provided for the purpose.
4.3.2 The capacity of the pumps shall be sufficient to provide the necessary
throughput at the required pressure for the maximum number of tank
cleaning machines required to be operated simultaneously as specified in
the
Operations and Equipment Manual. In addition the pumps shall. if an
eductor system is fitted for tank stripping. be capable of supplying the
eductor driving fluid to meet the requirements of paragraph 4.4.2.
4.3.3 The capacity of the pumps shall be such that the requirements of
paragraph 4.3.2 can be met with any one pump inoperative. The pumping
and piping arrangements shall be such that the crude oil washing system
can be effectively operated with any one pump out of use.
4.3.4 The carriage of more than one grade of cargo shall not prevent crude oil
washing of tanks.
4.3.5 To permit crude oil washing to be effectively carried out where the back
pressure presented by the shore terminal is below the pressure required
for crude oil washing, provision shall be made such that an adequate
pressure to the washing machines can be maintained in accordance with
paragraph 4.3.2. This requirement shall be met with any one cargo pump
out of action. The minimum supply pressure required for crude oil washing
shall be specified in the Operations and Equipment Manual. Should this
minimum supply pressure not be obtainable, crude oil washing operations
shall not be carried out.
4.4 Stripping system
4.4.1 The design of the system for stripping crude oil from the bottom of every
cargo tank shall be to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority.
4.4.2 The design and capacity of the tank stripping system shall be such that the
bottom of the tank being cleaned is kept free of accumulations of oil and
sediment towards completion of the tank washing process.





4.4.3 The stripping system shall be capable of removing oil at a rate of 1.25
times
the total throughput of all the tank cleaning machines to be operated
simultaneously when washing the bottom of the cargo tanks as described in
the ship's Operations and Equipment Manual.
4.4.4 Means such as level gauges, hand dipping and stripping system performance
gauges as referred to in paragraph 4.4.8 shall be provided for checking that
the bottom of every cargo tank is dry after crude oil washing. Suitable
arrangements for hand dipping must be provided at the aftermost portion
of a cargo tank and in three other suitable locations unless other means
approved by the Certifying Authority are fitted for efficiently ascertaining
that the bottom of every cargo tank is dry. For the purpose of this
paragraph, the cargo tank bottom shall be considered 'dry' if there is no
more than a small quantity of oil near the stripping suction with no
accumulation of oil elsewhere in the tank.
4.4.5 Means shall be provided to drain all cargo pumps and lines at the
completion of cargo discharge. where necessary, by connection to a
stripping device. The line and pump draining shall be capable of being
discharged both to a cargo tank and ashore. For discharge ashore a special
small diameter line shall be provided for that purpose and connected
outboard of the ship's manifold valve. For new oil tankers or existing oil
tankers not already fitted with such a line the cross-sectional area of this
line shall not exceed 10 per cent of that of a main cargo discharge line.
Where such a line is already fitted on an existing tanker, a cross-sectional
area of not more than 25 per cent of that of a main cargo discharge line
may be accepted.
4.4.6 The means for stripping oil from the cargo tanks shall be by positive
displacement pump, self-priming centrifugal pump or eductor or other
methods to the satisfaction of the Certifying Authority. Where a stripping
line is connected to a number of tanks. means shall be provided for
isolating
each tank not being stripped at that particular time.
4.4.7 The carriage of more than one grade of cargo shall not prevent crude oil
washing of tanks.
4.4.8 Equipment shall be provided for monitoring the efficiency of the stripping
system. All such equipment shall have remote read out facilities in the
cargo
control room or in some other safe and convenient place easily accessible
to
the officer in charge of cargo and crude oil washing operations. Where a
stripping pump is provided. the monitoring equipment shall include either a
flow indicator, or a stroke counter or revolution counter as appropriate,
and
pressure gauges at the inlet and discharge connections of the pump or
equivalent. Where eductors are provided the monitoring equipment shall
include pressure gauges at the driving fluid intake and at the discharge and a
pressure/vacuum gauge at the suction intake.
4.4.9 The internal structure of the tank shall be such that drainage of oil to the
tank suctions of the stripping system is adequate to meet the
requirements of
paragraphs 4.4.2 and 4.4.4. Care shall be taken that both longitudinal
and
transverse drainage are satisfactory and shall be verified during the
inspection required by paragraphs 3.2 and 4.2. 10.
4.4.10 The trim conditions for crude oil washing given in the Operations and
Equipment Manual shall be adhered to. In general, trim by the stern is only
important the final stages of tank discharge and shall be the
maximum possible compatible with operational constraints but in no case
less than that recorded during the crude oil washing prior to the inspection
required by paragraphs 3.2 and 4.2. 10.
4.5 Ballast lines
4.5.1 Where a separate ballast water system for ballasting cargo tanks is not
provided, the arrangement shall be such that the cargo pump, manifolds
and pipes used for ballasting can be safely and effectively drained of oil
before ballasting.

5. QUALIFICATION OF PERSONNEL
5.1 The training requirements of ships' personnel engaged in the crude oil
washing of tankers shall be to the satisfaction of the Director.





5.2 Where a person such as the master, the chief officer or the cargo control
officer assumes overall charge of a crude oil wash he shall-
(a) have had at least one year's experience on oil tankers where his duties
have included the discharge of cargo and associated crude washing.
Where his duties have not included crude oil washing operations, he
shall have completed a training programme in crude oil washing in
accordance with Appendix II to these Specifications and satisfactory
to
the Director;
(b) have participated at least twice in crude oil wash programmes. one of
which shall have been in the particular ship for which he is required to
undertake the responsibility of cargo discharge or on a ship that is
similar in all relevant respects, and
(c) be fully knowledgeable of the contents of the Operations and Equip-
ment Manual.
5.3 Where other nominated persons are intended to have particular
responsibilities as defined in the Operations and Equipment Manual they
shall have at least 6 months experience on oil tankers where, in the course
of
their duties, they shall have been involved in the cargo discharge
operation.
In addition, they shall have been instructed in the matters specified in
Appendix II to these Specifications, in the crude oil washing operation in
the
particular ship for which they are required to undertake this responsibility
and be fully knowledgeable of the contents of the Operations and
Equipment Manual.
6. OPERATION
6.1 Tankage to be crude oil washed

Before departure on a ballast voyage. after the complete discharge of
cargo, sufficient tanks shall have been crude oil washed in accordance with
the procedures specified in the Operations aiid Equipment Manual to
ensure that

(a)as a minimum, sufficient tanks have been washed to permit
compliance with the draught and trim requirements of regulation
18(2)(a), (b) and (c) of these Regulations during all phases of the ballast
voyage: and

(b)account is taken of the ship's trading pattern and the expected
weather conditions so that additional ballast water is not put into
tanks which have not been crude oil washed.

In addition to the tanks referred to in (a) above. approximately one
quarter of all remaining tanks shall be crude oil washed for sludge control
on a rotational basis, but these additional tanks may include the tanks
referred to in (b) above. However, for sludge control purposes. no tank
need be crude oil washed more than once in every four months. Crude oil
washing shall not be conducted between the final discharge and loading
ports: that is to say, no crude oil washing shall be undertaken during the
ballast voyage. Ballast water shall not be put into tanks that have not
been crude oil washed. Water that is put into a tank which has been crude
oil washed but not water rinsed shall be regarded as dirty ballast.

6.2 Drainage and discharge ashore of cargo lines

At the end of cargo discharge all cargo mains and stripping lines shall be
drained and stripped and the drainings and strippings discharged ashore
via the special diameter line required by paragraph 4.4.5. In addition all
cargo tanks shall be stripped before the ship leaves its final port of
discharge.

6.3 Filling of departure ballast tanks
Care shall be taken at the completion of crude oil washing of any
departure ballast tanks to strip the tank as completely as possible. Where
departure ballast is filled through cargo lines and pumps, these must be
drained and stripped of oil using the means required by paragraph 4.4.5
before ballast is loaded.





6.4 Crude oil washing at sea

All crude oil washing must be completed before the ship leaves its final
port of discharge. Where any tank is crude oil washed while the ship is at
sea between multiple discharge ports. the tank shall be left empty and
available for inspection at the next discharge port before commencing the
next ballast voyage. This inspection may consist of multiple
sounding/dipping of the bottom of the tank when the tank is empty.
Departure ballast tanks shall be ballasted prior to departure from port so
that examination of the surface of the ballast water can be made in
accordance with the provisions of paragraph 4.2.10(b).

6.5 Discharge of oily water effluents on ballast voyage

The discharge of departure ballast and any other water effluent discharged
during the ballast voyage shall comply with the requirements of regulation
13 of these Regulations.

6.6 Use and control of inert gas

On ships to which these Specifications apply, no tank shall be crude oil
washed unless the inert gas system required by the Merchant Shipping
(Fire Appliances) Rules 1965(a) or the Merchant Shipping (Fire
Appliances) Regulations 1980(b), as adopted by section 111 of the
Merchant Shipping (Safety) Ordinance. is in proper operation. Before
each tanks is crude oil washed. the oxygen level shall be determined at a
point 1 metre from the deck and at the middle region of the ullage space
and neither of these determinations shall exceed 8 per cent by volume.
Where tanks have complete or partial wash bulkheads. the determinations
shall be taken from similar levels in each section of the tank. The oxygen
level of the inert gas being delivered during the washing process shall be
continuously monitored. If during crude oil washing

(a)the oxygen level of the inert gas being delivered exceeds 8 per cent
by volume; or

(h) the pressure of the atmosphere at the tanks is no longer positive;
then the washing shall be stopped until satisfactory conditions are
restored.

6.7 Precautions against electrostatic generation

To avoid excessive electrostatic generation in the washing process due
to the presence of water in the crude oil washing fluid, the contents of any
tank to be used as a source of crude oil washing fluid must first be
discharged by at least 1 metre before being so used. Any tank used as a
slop tank on the previous ballast voyage shall be completely discharged
and refilled with dry crude oil if that tank is to be used as a source of
washing fluid.

6.8 Vapour emission

On ships to which these Specifications apply there shall be means to
avoid vapour emission during the filling of departure ballast wherever
local conditions require it. The method of preventing the emission of
hydrocarbon vapour into the atmosphere shall be

(a) by the use of permanent ballast tanks wherever these are sufficient to
provide the minimum departure draught; or

(b)by containment of vapour in empty cargo tanks by simultaneous
ballasting and cargo discharge.

Alternative methods to the satisfaction of the Director may be accepted
provided an equivalent degree of environmental protection is provided.

7. OPERATIONS AND EQUIPMENT MANUAL

The Operations and Equipment Manual shall be to the satisfaction of the
Certifying Authority and shall contain the following information and
operational instructions

(a) S.I. 1965/1106; the only relevant amending instrument is S.I.
1980/541.

(b) S. 1. 1980/544. to which there are amendments not relevant to these
Regulations.





(a) The complete text of the Specifications for the Design, Operation
and Control of Crude Oil 'Washing Systems as set out in this
Schedule.

(b) A line drawing of the crude oil washing system showing the
respective position of pumps, lines and washing machines which
relate to the crude oil washing system.

(c) A description of the system and a list of procedures for checking that
equipment is working properly during crude oil washing operations.
This shall include a list of the system and equipment parameters to
be monitored, such as line pressure. oxygen level, machine
revolutions. duration of cycles. etc. The established values for these
parameters shall be included. The results of the tests carried out in
accordance with paragraph 4.2.10 and the values of all parameters
monitored during such tests shall also be included.

(d) Details of the requirements of section 6 ('Operation') of this
Schedule, together with advice and instructions, where appropriate,
on meeting these requirements. such as

(i)Recommended methods and programmes of crude oil washing in
order to accord with all foreseeable circumstances of cargo
discharge restraints and to obtain maximum trim during the
completion of washing and draining of each tank.

(ii) The procedure on ships to avoid vapour emission in accordance
with paragraph 6.8.

(iii) The method of draining tanks ii which shall include information
on optimum trim conditions as required by, paragraph 4.4.10.

(iv) The method of draining cargo pumps. cargo lines, crude oil
washing lines and stripping lines. and spaces into which they
may be drained, together with the final discharge ashore via the
small discharge line on completion of discharge.

(v)Typical washing programmes under various conditions of
loading, specifying

(1) the tanks to be washed in accordance with paragraph 6. 1:

(2) the method for washing each tank, that is single or multi-
stage;

(3) the number of tank washing machines to be used
simultaneously;

(4) the duration of the crude oil wash and water rinse where the
latter is appropriate;

(5) the volume of water used for water rinse, which shall be at
least equal to that used in the water rinse prior to the
inspection required by paragraphs 3.2 and 4.2.10; and

(6) the preferred order in which the tanks are to be washed.

(vi) The procedure for draining and stripping, where appropriate.
cargo lines and pumps before being used for the loading of
departure ballast.

(vii) The procedure for water washing lines before discharge of
departure ballast and the loading and final discharge of arrival
ballast.

(viii) The procedure for verifying by sound patterns that bottom
mounted machines are operating shall be carried out towards the
end of the wash cycle for each tank. When carrying out such
verification all other machines shall be shut down if necessary.

(ix) Precise details of the procedure to ensure compliance with
regulation 13 of these Regulations in the discharge of departure
ballast, the water flushing of lines and the decanting of the slop
tanks at sea.

(e) The dangers of leakage from the crude oil washing system and the
precautions necessary to prevent leakage and the action to be taken
in the event of a leakage. Guidance shall be given on how the crude
oil washing system is to be operationally tested for leakage before
each discharge.

(f) The method of preventing the entry of oil to the engine room
through steam heaters as required by paragraph 4.1.6.





(g) The personnel required at all times to conduct the dual operation of
discharging cargo and crude oil washing. The numbers of such
personnel shall include

(i) the person meeting the requirements of paragraph 5.2 who will
have overall control of the crude oil washing process;

(ii) those persons meeting the requirements of paragraph 5.3 who
will be expected to undertaken the actual operation; and

(iii) at least one person on deck at all times during washing to keep
watch for leaks and malfunctioning of equipment, to test the
oxygen content of tanks before washing, to check tank
atmosphere pressure, to sound tank bottoms if required, to lift
ullage floats if necessary and to change drive units when this is
necessary.

The duties of such persons are not necessarily mutually exclusive.

(h) An effective means of communication between the watchkeeper on
deck and the cargo control position so that in the event of a leak in
or malfunctioning of the crude oil washing system the washing may
be stopped as soon as possible.

(i) The typical procedures for ballasting.

(j) A pre-crude oil wash operational check list for the use of the crew at
each discharge, which shall include the checking and calibration of all
instruments.

(k) The recommended intervals for on board inspection and maintenance
of crude oil washing equipment in addition to statutory surveys.
Reference should be made to technical manuals supplied by the
manufacturers of the equipment.

(l) A list of crude oil unsuitable for the crude oil washing process and
their origin.

APPENDIX I

MODIFICATIONS FOR APPLYING THE SPECIFICATIONS To NEW CRUDE OIL
TANKERS OF 20 000 TONS DEADWEIGHT AND ABOVE

Paragraph
number Modifications
4.2.5 This paragraph is not applicable.

4.2.10 Sub-paragraph (e) is not applicable.

6.1 Replace by the following-

'6.1 Tankage to be crude oil washed
6.1.1 Before departure on a ballast voyage-

(a)approximately one quarter of the cargo tanks shall be crude
oil washed for sludge control purposes on a rotational basis
and in accordance with the procedures specified in the
Operations and Equipment Manual. However, for these
purposes, no tank need be crude oil washed more than once
in every four months, and

(b)if it is considered that additional ballast in a cargo tank or
tanks may be required during the ballast voyage under the
conditions and provisions specified in regulation 18(3) of
these Regulations, the tank or tanks which may be used for
this ballast shall be crude oil washed in accordance with the
procedures specified in the Operations and Equipment
Manual.

6.1.2 Ballast water shall not be put into cargo tanks that have not been
crude oil washed. Water that is put into a tank which has been
crude oil washed but not water rinsed shall be regarded as dirty
ballast.





6.1.3 Crude oil washing shall not be conducted between the final
discharge and loading ports: that is to say, no crude oil washing
shall be undertaken during the ballast voyage.---

6.3 Replace by the following-

'6.3 Ballasting of cargo tanks
Care shall be taken at the completion of crude oil washing of
any cargo tank that might contain ballast to strip the tank as
completely as possible. Where this ballast is filled through cargo
lines and pumps, these must be drained and stripped of oil using
the means required by paragraph 4.4.5.'

6.4 The last two sentences are not applicable.
6.5 Replace by the following-

'6.5 Discharge of oily water effluents on ballast voyage
The discharge of additional ballast from cargo
tanks and any other water effluent discharged
during the ballast voyage shall comply with the
requirements of regulation 13 of these
Regulations.

6.8 This paragraph is not applicable.
7(d) Replace by the following-

Details of the requirements of section 6 (,*Operation'*) of this
Schedule, together with advice and instructions. where
appropriate. on meeting these requirements. such as

(i)Recommended methods and programmes of crude oil
washing in order to accord with all foreseeable circumstances
of cargo discharge restraints and to obtain maximum trim
during the completion of washing and draining of each tank.

(ii) The method of draining tanks which shall include
information on optimum trim conditions as required by
paragraph 4.4. 10.

(iii)The method of draining cargo pumps. cargo lines. crude oil
washing lines and stripping lines. and spaces into which they
may be drained, together with the final discharge ashore via
the small discharge line on completion of discharge.

(iv) Typical washing programmes under various conditions of
loading specifying

(1) the tanks to be washed in accordance with paragraph 6.

(2)the method for washing each tank. that is single or
multi-stage:

(3)the number of tank washing machines to be used
simultaneously:

(4)the duration of the crude oil wash and water rinse where
the latter is appropriate.

(v) The procedure for verifying by sound patterns that bottom
mounted machines are operating shall be carried out towards
the end of the wash cycle for each tank. When carrying out
such verification all other machines shall be shut down if
necessary.'

APPENDIX II

TRAINING FOR PERSONS INTENDED To ASSUME
OVERALL CHARGE OF CRUDE OIL WASHING

INTRODUCTION

Any required training shall be supervised instruction. conducted in a shore-based
facility or aboard a suitably equipped ship having training facilities and instructors
for this purpose, dealing with the principles involved and the application of these
principles to ship operation.





In drawing up a syllabus of training for approval by the Director, the revised
Specifications for the Design. Operation aiid Control of Crude Oil Washing
Systems of tankers shall be taken into account.

Such training shall include but not necessarily be limited to-

(a) An introduction to the principles of crude oil washing which shall include: -the
characteristics of crude oil as a washing fluid and its contrast with water
washing; -top washing; -bottom washing: -trim requirements: -methods of
bleeding off from the cargo discharge; -maintenance of required washing fluid
pressure; -washing at sea between discharge ports: -recirculatory washing: -
relative priorities and requirements for the departure ballast tanks. arrival
ballast tanks and cargo only tanks.

(b) Equipment and design (i) location of washing
machines: (ii) washing machines. deck mounted and
submerged: -types -characteristics: -features of
construction; -operating parameters: (iii) drive
units: (iv) washing fluid supply and distribution
systems (v) stripping systems: (vi) means of
sounding tanks;
(vii) inert gas requirements.

(c) Generalized crude oil washing procedures (i) traditional pipeline ship free flow
ship partial free flow ship (ii) single/multi parcel cargoes: (iii) optimization
of washing procedure in order to minimize extra berth time; (i v) ballasting
for depart departure with 1, various ship and pipeline configurations ions: (v)
procedure for washing at sea between discharge ports.

(d) Associated procedure (i) means for minimizing residues
on board: -stripping of cargo tanks -draining and
stripping of cargo lines: -final discharge of cargo
ashore; (ii) water rinsing of arrival ballast tanks: (iii)
filling and ultimate discharge of arrival ballast: (iv)
discharge of departure ballast; (v) build-up and
decanting of residues in slop tank; (vi) requirements of
Regulation 13 of these Regulations;

(vii) avoidance of venting in port during ballasting operations.

(e) Safety

(i) inert gas procedure;
(ii) maintenance and monitoring of inert gas quality and pressure:
(iii) stopping of washing discharge under abnormal inert gas conditions;
(iv) electrostatic generation and the precautions required to avoid it;
(v) pipework integrity;
(vi) avoidance of surge pressures:

(vii) spillage.

(f) Check lists (i) before
entering port:





(ii) before commencing crude oil washing;

(iii) after crude oil washing;

(iv) after sailing.

(g) Regulatory enforcement procedures

(i) Operations and Equipment Manual;

(ii) Oil Record Book;

(iii) sounding of tanks;

(iv) measurement of oil on surface of departure ballast.

(h) Maintenance of plant and equipment

(i) maintenance of equipment in accordance with manufacturers' instructions;

(ii) additional maintenance items.

SCHEDULE 8 [reg. 26(6)(e)(ii).]

SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE DESIGN. INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF
A PART-FLOW SYSTEM FOR CONTROL OF OVERBOARD DISCHARGES

LIST OF CONTENTS

1. PURPOSE

2. APPLICATION

3. GENERAL PROVISIONS
4. SYSTEM ARRANGEMENT

.1 SAMPLING POINTS
.2 SAMPLE PIPING
.3 SAMPLE FEED PUMP
.4 FLUSHING ARRANGEMENT
.5 DISPLAY ARRANGEMENT
.6 SAMPLE DISCHARGE ARRANGEMENT

5. OPERATION

1. PURPOSE

The purpose of these Specifications is to provide specific design criteria and
installation and operational requirements for the part-flow system referred to in
regulation 26(6)(e) of these Regulations.

2. APPLICATION

2.1 Existing oil tankers may, in accordance with regulation 26(6)(e) of these
Regulations, discharge dirty ballast water and oil contaminated water from
cargo tank areas below the waterline, provided that part of the flow is led
through permanent piping to a readily accessible location on the upper
deck or above where it may be visually observed during the discharge
operation and provided that the arrangements comply With the require-
ments of this Schedule.
2.2 The part-flow concept is based on the principle that the observation of a
representative part of the overboard effluent is equivalent to observing the
entire effluent stream. These specifications provide the details of the design
installation, and operation of a part-flow system.





3. GENERAL PROVISIONS

3.1 The part-flow system shall be so fitted that it can effectively provide a
representative sample of the overboard effluent for visual display under all
normal operating conditions.
3.2 The part-flow system is in many respects similar to the sampling system
for
an oil discharge monitoring and control system but shall have pumping and
piping arrangements separate from such a system. However combined
equivalent arrangements may be accepted by the Certifying Authority.
3.3 The display of the part-flow shall be arranged in a sheltered and readily
accessible location on the upper deck or above. approved by the Certifying
Authority (e.g. the entrance to the pump room). There shall be effective
communication between the location of the part-flow display and the
discharge control position.
3.4 Samples shall be taken from relevant sections of the overboard discharge
piping and be passed to the display arrangement through a permanent
piping system.
3.5 The part-flow system shall include the following components;
1 sampling probes:
.2 sample water piping system:
.3 sample feed pump(s):
.4 display arrangement;
.5 sample discharge arrangement:
and. subject to the diameter of the sample piping:
.6 flushing arrangement
3.6 The part-flow system shall comply with the appropriate safety
requirements.
4. SYSTEM ARRANGEMENT
4.1 Sampling points

4.1.1 Sampling point location-

.1 Sampling points shall be so located that relevant samples can be
obtained of the effluent being discharged through outlets below the
waterline which are used for operational discharges.

.2 Sampling points shall. as far as practicable. be located in pipe sections
where a turbulent flow is normally encountered.

.3 Sampling points shall. as far as practicable. be arranged in accessible
locations in vertical sections of the discharge piping.

4.1.2 Sampling probes-

.1 Sampling probes shall be arranged to protrude into the pipe a distance of
about one fourth of the pipe diameter.
.2 Sampling probes shall be arranged for easy withdrawal for cleaning.
.3 A stop valve shall be fitted adjacent to each probe, except that where
the
probe is mounted in a cargo line. two stop valves shall be fiteed in series,
in the sample line.
.4 Sampling probes shall be of corrosion-resistant and oil-resistant
material. of adequate strength. properly jointed and supported.
.5 Sampling probes shall have a shape that is not prone to becoming
clogged by particle contaminants and shall not generate high hydro-
dynamic pressures at the sampling probe tip. Figure 1 is an example of
one suitable shape of a sampling probe.
.6 Sampling probes shall have the same nominal bore as the sample
piping.
4.2 Sample piping
.1 The sample piping shall be arranged as straight as possible between the
sampling points and the display arrangement. Sharp bends and pockets
where settled oil or sediment may accumulate shall be avoided.





.2 The sample piping shall be so arranged that sample water is conveyed to
the display arrangement within 20 seconds. The flow velocity in the
piping shall not be less than 2 metres per second.

.3 The diameter of the piping shall not be less than 40 millimetres if no
fixed flushing arrangement is provided and shall not be less than 25
millimetres if a pressurised flushing arrangement as detailed in paragraph
4.4 is installed.

.4 The sample piping shall be of corrosion-resistant and oil-resistant
material, of adequate strength, properly jointed and supported.

.5 Where several sampling points are installed the piping shall be
connected to a valve chest at the suction side of the sample feed pump.

4.3 Sample feed pump

.1 The sample feed pump capacity shall be suitable to allow the flow rate
of the sample water to comply with paragraph 4.2.2.

4.4 Flushing arrangement

.1 If the diameter of sample piping is less than 40 millimetres. a fixed
connection from a pressurized sea or fresh water piping system shall be
installed to enable flushing of the sample piping system.

4.5 Display arrangement

1. The display arrangement shall consist of a display chamber provided
with a sight glass. The chamber should be of a size that will allow a free
fall stream of the sample water to be clearly visible over a length of at
least 200 millimetres or such equivalent arrangement as may be
approved by the Certifying Authority.

.2 The display arrangement shall incorporate valves and piping in order
to allow part of the sample water to bypass the display chamber to
obtain a laminar flow for display in the chamber.

.3 The display arrangement shall be designed to be easily opened and
cleaned.

.4 The internal surfaces of the display chamber shall be white except for
the background wall which shall be so coloured as to facilitate the
observation of any change in the quality of the sample water.

.5 The lower part of the display chamber shall be shaped as a funnel for
collection of the sample water.

.6 A test cock for taking a grab sample shall be provided in order that a
sample of the water can be examined independently of that in the
display chamber.

.7 The display arrangement shall he adequately lighted to facilitate visual
observation of the sample water.

4.6 Sample discharge arrangement

.1 The sample water leaving the display chamber shall be routed to the sea
or to a slop tank through fixed piping of adequate diameter.

5. OPERATION
5.1 When a discharge of dirty ballast water or other oil contaminated water
from the cargo tank area is taking place through an outlet below the
waterline, the part-flow system shall provide sample water from the
relevant
discharge outlet at all times.
5,2 The sample water shall be observed particularly during those phases of the
discharge operation when the greatest possibility of oil contamination
occurs. The discharge shall be stopped whenever any traces of oil are
visible
in the flow and when the oil content meter reading indicates that the oil
content exceeds permissible limits.
5.3 On those systems that are fitted with flushing arrangements. the sample
piping shall be flushed after contamination has been observed and the
sample piping shall be flushed after each period of usage.
5.4 The ship's cargo and ballast handling manuals and. where applicable,
those manuals required for crude oil washing systems or dedicated clean
ballast tanks operation shall clearly describe the use of the part-flow
system
in conjunction with the ballast discharge and the slop tank decanting
procedures.





DIRECTION
OF FLOW

FIGURE 1
SAMPLING PROBE FOR A PART-FLOW DISPLAY SYSTEM





HONG KONG CIVIL AVIATION (INVESTIGATION OF ACCIDENTS
REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation
PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. Citation.... ............ L 2
2. Interpretation............................ ................ L 2

3. Application of regulations.................. ............ L 4

4. Purpose of Accident Investigation................... L 4

PART II

ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION

5. Duty to furnish information relating to accidents .......... L 4

6. Information relating to accident................ L 5

7. Removal of damaged aircraft................ L 5

8. Inspectors of accidents................ L 5
9. Powers of Inspectors............ ...... L 6

10......................Inspector's investigation and report ................ L 7

11..............................Notice of Inspector's report and representations thereon ........ L 7

PART Ill

BOARD OF REVIEW

12.............Notice of review.. .. .................. L 8

13...................Appointment of board of review .................. L 9
14...................Proceedings of board of review .................. L 9

15...............Publication of reports.. .................. L 10

16......................Reopening of investigation or review ................ L 11

PART IV

PUBLIC INQUIRIES

17.................Holding of public inquiries .................... L 11
18.................Proceedings of public inquiries .................. L 13
19.................Rehearing of public inquiries .................... L 14

PART V


GENERAL


20............................Accidents to aircraft registered outside Hong Kong .......... L 15

21.............Extension of time.. .. .................. L15

22.................Obstruction of investigation .................... L15
23. Revocation . L15





HONG KONG CIVIL AVIATION (INVESTIGATION OF
ACCIDENTS) REGULATIONS

[Made by the Governor under section 10 of the Civil Aviation Act
1949, as applied to Hong Kong by the Civil Aviation Act 1949
(Overseas Territories) Order 1969, S.I. 1969 No. 592]

[21 October 1983.]

PART I

PRELIMINARY

1. These regulations may be cited as the Hong Kong Civil Aviation
(Investigation of Accidents) Regulations.

2. (1) In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

,,accident' includes an incident and a reportable accident;

'aerodrome authority' means, in relation to any aerodrome, the person
(whether the Director or any other person) by whom the aerodrome
is managed;

'commander' in relation to an aircraft means the member of the crew
designated as commander of that aircraft by the operator thereof, or
failing such a person, the person who is for the time being the pilot
in command of the aircraft;

'Chief Inspector' means the Chief Inspector of Accidents appointed
under regulation 8(1) and includes any deputy chief inspector;

'crew' includes every person employed or engaged in an aircraft in
flight on the business of the aircraft.

'Director' means the Director of Civil Aviation, the Deputy Director of
Civil Aviation and any Assistant Director of Civil Aviation;

'incident' means any fortuitous or unexpected event, not being a
reportable accident, by which the safety of an aircraft or any
person is threatened;

'Inspector' means a person appointed as an Inspector of Accidents
under regulation 8(1);

'operator' in relation to an aircraft means the person for the time being
having the management of that aircraft;

,,owner' means, where an aircraft is registered, the registered owner;

'pilot in command' in relation to an aircraft means a person who for the
time being is in charge of the piloting of the aircraft without being
under the direction of any other pilot in the aircraft;





'reportable accident' means an occurrence associated with the
operation of an aircraft which takes place between the time when
any person boards the aircraft with the intention of flight and such
time as all persons have disembarked therefrom, in which

(a)any person suffers death or serious injury while in or upon
the aircraft or by direct contact with any part of the aircraft
(including any part which has become detached from the
aircraft) or by direct exposure to jet blast, except when the
death or serious injury is from natural causes, is self-inflicted
or is inflicted by other persons or when the death or serious
injury is suffered by a stowaway hiding outside the areas
normally available in flight to the passengers and members of
the crew of the aircraft; or

(b)the aircraft incurs damage or structural failure, other than

(i) engine failure or damage, when the damage is limited to
the engine, its cowling or accessories;

(ii) damage limited to propellers, wing tips, antennae, tyres,
brakes, fairings, small dents or punctured holes in the aircraft
skin,

which adversely affects its structural strength, performance
or flight characteristics and which would normally require
major repair or replacement of the affected component; or

(c) the aircraft is missing or is completely inaccessible;

'serious injury' means an injury which is sustained by a person in a
reportable accident and which

(a) requires his stay in hospital for more than 48 hours
commencing within 7 days from the date on which the injury
was received; or

(b) results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of
fingers, toes or nose); or

(c) involves lacerations which cause nerve, muscle or tendon
damage or severe haemorrhage; or

(d) involves injury to any internal organ; or

(e) involves second or third degree burns or any burns affecting
more than 5 per cent of the body surface;

and 'seriously injured shall be construed accordingly.

(2) Any notice or other document required or authorized by any
provision of these regulations to be served or given to any person may
be served or given by delivering it to him or by sending it to him by
post at his usual or last-known residence or place of business, whether
in Hong Kong or elsewhere.





3. These regulations relate only to civil aviation and shall apply to
accidents arising out of or in the course of air navigation which occur to
civil aircraft in or over Hong Kong or elsewhere to civil aircraft
registered in Hong Kong.

4. The fundamental purpose of investigating accidents under these
regulations shall be to determine the circumstances and causes of the
accident with a view to the preservation of life and the avoidance of
accidents in the future; it is not the purpose to apportion blame or
liability.

PART II

ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION

(1) Where a reportable accident occurs the commander of the
aircraft involved at the time of the accident, or if he be killed or
incapacitated then the operator of the aircraft, and, in the case of an
accident occurring on or adjacent to an aerodrome, the aerodrome
authority shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Chief Inspector by
the quickest means of communication available and in the case of a
reportable accident occurring in or over Hong Kong shall also notify
forthwith the Commissioner of Police of the accident and of the place
where it occurred.

(2) The notice to the Chief Inspector referred to in paragraph (1)
shall state as far as possible

(a) the identifying abbreviation ACCID;

(b) the type, model and the nationality and registration marks of
the aircraft;

(c) the name of the owner, operator and hirer (if any) of the
aircraft;

(d) the name of the commander of the aircraft;

(e) the date and Greenwich Mean Time of the accident; the last
point of departure and the next point of intended landing of the
aircraft;

(g)the position of the aircraft by reference to some easily defined
geographical point and latitude and longitude;

(h) (i) the number of crew on board the aircraft at the time
of the accident and the number of them killed or seriously
injured as a result of the accident;

(ii) the number of passengers on board the aircraft at the
time of the accident and the number of them killed or seriously
injured as a result of the accident;

(iii) the number of other persons killed or seriously injured
as a result of the accident;





(i)the nature of the accident and the extent of the damage to the
aircraft as far as is known.

(3) Where an accident to which these regulations apply occurs,
whether in or over Hong Kong or elsewhere, the owner, operator,
commander or hirer of the aircraft shall, if so required by notice in
writing given to him by the Chief Inspector, send to the Chief Inspector,
within such time as may be specified in the notice. such information as
is in his possession or control with respect to the accident in such form
as the Chief Inspector may require.

6. The Chief Inspector may at any time publish, or cause to be
published, information relating to an accident whether or not such an
accident is the subject of an investigation by an Inspector, of a board of
review or of a public inquiry.

7. (1) Subject to regulation 9, where a reportable accident occurs in
or over Hong Kong, no person other than an authorized person shall
have access to the aircraft involved in the accident and neither the
aircraft nor its contents shall except under the authority of the Director
be removed or otherwise interfered with:
Provided that

(a) the aircraft may be removed or interfered with so far as may be
necessary for the purpose of extricating persons or animals,
removing any mails, valuables and dangerous goods carried
by the aircraft, preventing destruction by fire or other cause,
or preventing any danger or obstruction to the public or to air
navigation or to other transport, or under the supervision of
an Inspector or, with the agreement of an Inspector or of a
police officer, for the purpose of removing any other property
from the aircraft;

(b) if an aircraft is wrecked on the water, the aircraft or any of its
contents may be removed to such extent as may be necessary
for bringing it or them to a place of safety.

(2) In this regulation the expression 'authorized person' means
any person authorized by the Director either generally or specially to
have access to any aircraft involved in an accident and includes any
police officer and any officer of the Customs and Excise Service.

8. (1) For the purpose of carrying out investigation into the
circumstances and causes of aircraft accidents, the Governor shall from
time to time appoint

(a)a suitably qualified person to be Chief Inspector of accidents;
and

(b)such number of other suitably qualified persons as he thinks
necessary to be Inspectors of accidents.





(2) The Chief Inspector shall determine whether or not an
investigation shall be carried out into any accident to which these
regulations apply and he may himself carry out, or may cause an
Inspector to carry out, an investigation of any such accident.

(3) Without prejudice to the power of an Inspector to seek such
advice or assistance as he may deem necessary in making an
investigation, 'the Director may at the request of the Chief Inspector
appoint persons to assist any Inspector in a particular investigation and
such persons shall for the purpose of so doing have such of the powers
of an Inspector under these regulations as may be specified in their
appointment.

9. For the purpose of the investigation of any accident to which
these regulations apply, or any inquiries undertaken with a view to
determining whether any such investigation should be held, an
Inspector shall have power

(a) by summons under his hand to call before him and examine all
such persons as he thinks fit, to require such persons to
answer any question or furnish any information or produce
any books, papers, documents and articles which the Inspector
may consider relevant and to retain any such books, papers,
documents and articles until the completion of the
investigation or any inquiry held pursuation regulation 17 or,
as the case may be, it is determined that an investigation shall
not be carried out;

(b) to take statements from all such persons as he thinks fit and to
require any such person to make and sign a declaration of the
truth of the statement made by him;

(c) to have access to and examine any aircraft involved in any
such accident and the place where the accident occurred and
to require any such aircraft or any part or equipment thereof to
be preserved unaltered pending investigation;

(d) to examine, remove, test, take measures for the preservation of,
or otherwise deal with

(i) the aircraft involved in the accident; or

(ii) where it appears to the Inspector requisite for the
purposes of any such investigation or inquiries, any other
aircraft,

or any part of such aircraft or anything contained therein;

(e)on production if required of his credentials, to enter and
inspect any place, building or aircraft the entry or inspection
whereof appears to the Inspector to be requisite for the
purposes of any such investigation or inquiries or any inquiry
held pursuant to regulation 17, except that an Inspector shall
not have power to enter any premises under this sub-paragraph
for the purpose of inquiries with a view





to determining whether an investigation should be held if at
the time of the proposed entry the premises are being used as
a dwelling;

(f)to take such measures for the preservation of evidence as he
considers appropriate.

10. (1) Public notice that an investigation by an Inspector
(hereinafter called an Inspector's investigation') is taking place shall be
given in such manner as the Chief Inspector thinks fit and shall invite
any persons who desire to make representations concerning the
circumstances or causes of the accident to do so in writing within a time
to be specified in the notice.

(2) An Inspector's investigation shall be held in private.

(3) Where it appears to the Inspector that in order to resolve any
conflict of evidence or that for any other reason it is expedient so to do,
he may permit any person to appear before him and to call evidence and
examine witnesses.

(4) Every person summoned by the Inspector as a witness in
accordance with these regulations shall be allowed such expenses as
the Director with the concurrence of the Financial Secretary determines.

(5) The Chief Inspector may determine that any Inspector's
investigation being carried out into any accident shall be discontinued
and in that event no report shall be made thereon to the Director under
paragraph (6), but public notice shall be given, in such manner as the
Chief Inspector thinks fit, that the investigation has been discontinued.

(6) Subject to regulation 11, upon completion of an Inspector's
investigation the Chief Inspector, or such other Inspector as may be
authorized by the Director, shall make a report to the Director who shall,
as soon after receiving it as is practicable, forward it to the Governor.

(7) The report to the Director shall state the facts relating to the
accident followed by an analysis of the facts and conclusions as to the
cause or causes of the accident, together with any recommendations
which the Inspector thinks fit to make with a view to the preservation of
life and the avoidance of accidents in the future.

11. (1) No report shall be made to the Director under regulation
10(6) in respect of an accident until the Inspector has

(a)where it appears to him to be practicable so to do, served a
notice under this regulation upon the operator and
commander of the aircraft involved in the accident and on any
person whose reputation is, in the Inspector's opinion, likely
to be adversely affected by the report or, if any of the
foregoing be a deceased individual, upon such person or





persons as appear to the Inspector, at the time he proposes
to serve notice pursuant to this paragraph, to represent
best the interest of the deceased in the matter; and

(b)considered any representations which may be made to him
in accordance with paragraph (3) by or on behalf of the
persons served with such notice.

(2) The notice referred to in paragraph (1) shall include
particulars of any proposed analysis of facts and conclusions as to
the cause or causes of the accident which may affect the person on
whom or in respect of whom the notice is served.

(3) Any representations made pursuant to paragraph (1) shall
be in writing and shall be served on the Inspector within 28 days of
service of the notice referred to in that paragraph or within such
further period as may be allowed under regulation 21.

(4) A copy of the report made to the Director under regula-
tion 10(6) shall be served by the Chief Inspector on any person who
has been served with a notice pursuant to paragraph (1).

PART III

BOARD OF REVIEW

12. (1) Any person who has been served with a notice under
regulation 11(1) may, at any time before the expiration of the period
of 21 days from the day on which he has been served with a copy of
the report under regulation 11 (4), (or within such further period as
may be allowed under regulation 21) serve on the Director written
notice (hereinafter called the 'notice of review') that he wishes
those findings and conclusions in the report from which it appears
that his reputation or, as the case may be, the reputation of the
person on whose behalf representations have been made under
regulation 11 (3), is likely to be adversely affected, to be reviewed by
a board of review.
(2) The notice of review shall specify the findings and conclu-
sions that it is considered should be reviewed by a board of review
and shall state concisely, the grounds on which the findings and
conclusions in the report are challenged and there shall be appended
to the notice a copy of any representations made under regula-
tion 11(3).

(3) A copy of the notice of review (together with a copy of any
representations made under regulation 11 (3)) shall, at the same time
as the notice of review is served on the Director, be served on the
Attorney General, and the person requesting the review shall then or
as soon as possible thereafter inform the Attorney General whether
or not he proposes to be represented at the hearing of the review and
of the name and address of the solicitor, if any, acting for him, or of
any other person who will be representing him at the review.





(4) A copy of the notice of review shall also be served by the
person requesting the review on all other persons on whom the
Inspector has; served a notice under regulation 11 (1), and for this
purpose the person requesting the review may require the Inspector to
furnish him with the names and addresses of those persons.

13. (1) Where a notice of review in accordance with regulation 12
has been served the Director shall inform the Governor who shall
thereupon appoint a board of review which shall consist of

(a)a magistrate, a legal officer with the meaning of the Legal
Officers Ordinance, or a barrister or solicitor of not less than 5
years' practice, who shall be the chairman of the board; and

(b)one or more assessors, each of whom shall possess
aeronautical or aeronautical engineering qualifications or
some other special skill or knowledge which is relevant to the
conduct of the review.

(2) Before the hearing of the review the board shall hold a
preliminary meeting at which any directions may be given or any
preliminary interlocutory order as to the procedure may be made. Not
less than 21 days' notice of the date, time and place of the preliminary
meeting shall be given by the Attorney General to the person
requesting the review and all persons on whom a copy of the notice of
review has been served and any person intending to make any
application to the board at the meeting shall give notice thereof to the
Attorney General.

(3) The Attorney General shall serve on the person requesting the
review and all other persons on whom the Inspector has served a notice
under regulation 11 (1), not less than 21 days' notice of the date, time
and place of the hearing of the review.

(4) The hearing shall be in public unless the board determines, in
relation to the whole or part of the review, that it is to be held in private
in the interests of justice or in the public interest:

Provided that a decision by the board that the hearing, or part of it,
shall be held in private shall not preclude the Inspector who made the
report from being present at the hearing.

(5) The board shall be assisted by the Attorney General, or by
Counsel instructed by him, who shall present any evidence required by
the board and may examine any witnesses giving evidence at the
review; the Chief Inspector shall render such assistance to the board as
is in his power.

14. (1) The person requesting the review shall be heard by the
board and shall have the right to give evidence, produce witnesses and
examine any other witnesses giving evidence at the review. The
Inspector who made the report shall be entitled to be heard by the
board.





(2) Any person who in the opinion of the board may be directly
affected by the review may be granted leave to appear and to give
evidence, produce witnesses and examine any other witnesses giving
evidence at the review. Any application for such leave may be made to
the board at the preliminary meeting.

(3) In any proceedings of the board the person requesting the
review and any other person appearing pursuant to leave granted under
paragraph (2) may appear in person or be represented by any other
person whom he may have authorized to represent him.

(4) The board shall have all the powers of an Inspector under these
regulations and, in addition, may administer an oath to any witness or
permit the witness to make an affirmation in place thereof in accordance
with the 0aths and Declarations Ordinance.

(5)(a) Where new and important evidence is given at the review,
which was not given at the Inspector's investigation, the
board may, on an application by the Chief Inspector,
discontinue the review, and the Chief Inspector shall
thereupon cause the investigation to be reopened.

(b)Where at any time during the review the board are satisfied
that any of the findings and conclusions in the Inspector's
report do not adversely affect the reputation of the person in
respect of whom the notice of review was served, the board
may discontinue the review in respect of those findings and
conclusions.

(c)Where a review is totally discontinued under this paragraph
no report shall be made to the Governor under paragraph (8).

(6) Every person summoned by the board as a witness shall be
allowed such expenses as the Director, with the concurrence of the
Financial Secretary, determines.

(7) The board may, if it thinks fit, order a person who appears or is
represented at the review to pay in respect of the board's costs such
reasonable sum as may be specified in the order.

(8) Any sum payable by virtue of an order under paragraph (7) may
be recovered in like manner as payment of a debt ordered to be paid by a
judgment of the Supreme Court.

(9) Upon completion of the review, the board shall make a report to
the Governor containing a summary of the proceedings at the hearing
and either confirming or rejecting in whole or in part those findings and
conclusions of the Inspector which were the subject of the review,
together with its reasons therefor The board shall also serve a copy of
the report on all persons who appeared or were represented before the
board.

15. The Governor shall, unless in his opinion there are good
reasons to the contrary, cause the Inspector's report and, where a board
of review has been held, the report of the board, to be made public
wholly or in part in such manner as he thinks fit:





Provided that

(a)in any case where notice has been served under regulation
11(1), the Inspector's report shall not be published before the
expiry of the time for service of a notice of review under
regulation 12(1); and

(b)save where a review is totally discontinued under regulation
14(5), in any case where a board of review is held, the
Inspector's report shall not be published until the board has
made a report to him under regulation 14(9).

16. (1) In the case of any Inspector's investigation which has not
been the subject of a review, the Chief Inspector may cause the
investigation to be reopened, and in the case of a review the Governor
may direct the review to be reheard, in both cases either generally or as
to any part thereof, and the Chief Inspector or the Governor, as the case
may be, shall do so

(a)if after the completion of the investigation. or the review new
and important evidence has been discovered; or

(b)if for any other reason there is in his opinion ground for
suspecting that a miscarriage of justice has occurred.

(2) If the Governor directs any review to be reheard, he may direct
that the review shall be reheard either by the board by whom it was
heard in the first instance or by some other board appointed by him to
hold the rehearing.

(3) Any investigation reopened or review reheard shall be subject
to and conducted in accordance with the provisions of these
regulations relating to an Inspector's investigation or review thereof as
the case may be.

PART IV

PUBLIC
INQUIRIES

17. (1) Where it appears to the Governor that it is expedient in the
public interest to hold a public inquiry into the circumstances and
causes of an accident to which these regulations apply or into any
particular matter relating to the avoidance of such accidents in the
future, he may appoint a commission of inquiry for that purpose. In any
such case any Inspector's investigation relating to the accident or to
the particular matter, as the case may be, shall be discontinued except
for the purpose of rendering assistance as required by paragraph (3).

(2) The commission shall consist of-





(a) a District Judge or magistrate; and

(b)not less than 2 assessors, each of whom shall possess an
aeronautical or aeronautical engineering qualification or
some other special skill or knowledge which is relevant to
the conduct of the inquiry.

(3) Where the Governor has appointed a commission of
inquiry under this regulation, he shall remit the case to the Attorney
General, and thereafter the preparation and presentation of the case
shall be conducted by the Attorney General; the Chief Inspector
shall, on being required so to do, render such assistance to the
commission and to the Attorney General as is in his power.

(4) When a public inquiry has been ordered, the Attorney
General shall cause a notice of the date, time and place and the
nature of the inquiry to be served upon the owner, operator, hirer
and commander of any aircraft involved in the accident and on any
other person who in his opinion ought to be served with such notice.

(5) The Attorney General, the owner, the operator, the hirer,
the commander and any other person upon whom a notice of
inquiry has been served under paragraph (4), shall be deemed to be
parties to the proceedings.

(6) Any other person may by leave of the commission appear,
and any person who obtains leave to appear shall thereupon become
a party to the proceedings. Any application for such leave may be
made to the commission at a preliminary meeting under para-
graph (7).

(7) At any time before the date appointed for holding the
inquiry, the commission may hold a preliminary meeting at which
any directions may be given or any preliminary or interlocutory
order as to the procedure may be made. Notice of the date, time and
place of the preliminary meeting shall be given by the Attorney
General to the parties to the proceedings and to any other person
who has notified the Attorney General that he intends to apply to
the commission for leave to appear. Any person intending to make
an application to the commission at the meeting shall give notice
thereof to the Attorney General.

(8) The commission shall have, for the purposes of the inquiry,
all the powers of a magistrate, and without prejudice to those
powers, the commission may-

(a)enter and inspect, or authorize any person to enter and
inspect, any place, building or aircraft the entry or inspec-
tion whereof appears to the commission to be requisite for
the purposes of the inquiry;

(b)by summons require the attendance as witnesses of all such
persons as the commission thinks fit to call and examine,
and require such persons to answer any question or furnish





any information or produce any books, papers, documents
and articles which the commission may consider relevant;

(c)administer an oath to any such witness or permit the
witness to make an affirmation in place thereof in accord-
ance with the 0aths and Declarations Ordinance.

The assessors shall have the same power of entry and inspection as
the commission.

(9) Affidavits and statutory declarations may, by permission
of the commission, be used as evidence at the hearing.

(10) At the time and place appointed for holding the inquiry the
commission may proceed with the inquiry whether the parties, upon
whom a notice of inquiry has been served or who have obtained
leave to appear, or any of them, are present or not.

(11) The commission shall hold the inquiry in public save to the
extent to which the commission directs, in relation to any part of the
evidence or any argument relating thereto, that the inquiry be held in
private in the interest of justice or in the public interest.

(12) The Inspector who carried out or, before its discontin-
uance under paragraph (1), was carrying out an Inspector's investi-
gation into an accident to which the inquiry relates shall be entitled
to be present at any proceedings of the commission held in private.

18. (1) The proceedings on the inquiry shall commence with
an opening speech by or on behalf of the Attorney General, followed
at the discretion of the commission with brief speeches by or on
behalf of the other parties. The proceedings shall continue with the
production and examination of witnesses on behalf of the Attorney
General. These witnesses, after being examined on behalf of the
Attorney General, may be cross-examined by the parties in such
order as the commission may direct, and may then be re-examined
on behalf of the Attorney General.

(2) When the examination of the witnesses produced on behalf
of the Attorney General has been concluded, the commission shall
proceed to hear the other parties to the proceedings. Each party to
the proceedings shall be entitled to address the commission and
produce witnesses or recall any of the witnesses who have already
been examined for further examination and generally adduce evid-
ence. The parties shall be heard and their witnesses examined,
cross-examined and re-examined in such order as the commission
shall direct. Further witnesses may also be produced and examined
on behalf of the Attorney General and may be cross-examined by
the parties and re-examined on behalf of the Attorney General.

(3) When the whole of the evidence has been concluded any of
the parties who desires so to do may address the commission upon
the evidence and the commission may be addressed in reply upon the
whole case on behalf of the Attorney General.





(4) The commission may adjourn the inquiry from time to time and
from place to place, and where an adjournment is asked for by any party
to the inquiry the commission may impose such terms as to payment of
costs or otherwise as it may think just as a condition of granting the
adjournment.

(5) Upon completion of the inquiry, the commission shall make a
report to the Governor stating the facts relating to the accident and the
opinion of the commission touching the cause or causes of the accident
or on the particular matter referred to the commission and adding any
recommendations which the commission thinks fit to make with a view to
the preservation of life and the avoidance of accidents in the future.

(6) Each assessor shall either sign the report with or without
reservations, or state in writing his dissent therefrom and his reasons for
any such dissent, and such reservations or dissent and reasons shall be
forwarded to the Governor with the report. The Governor shall, unless in
his opinion there are good reasons to the contrary, cause any such
report and reservations or dissent and reasons to be made public wholly
or in part in such manner as he thinks fit.

(7), Every person attending as a witness before the commission
shall be allowed such expenses as would be allowed to a witness
attending before the Supreme Court, and in case of dispute as to the
amount to be allowed, the same shall be referred to the Registrar of the
Supreme Court who on request signed by the chairman to the
commission shall ascertain and certify the proper amount of the
,expenses:

Provided that in the case of any party to the proceedings or of any
person in the employment of such a party, any such expenses may be
disallowed if the commission in its discretion so directs'.

19. (1) The Governor may, in any case where a public inquiry has
been held, direct the inquiry to be reheard either generally or as to any
part thereof and shall do so

(a)if after the completion of the inquiry new and important
evidence has been discovered; or

(b)if for any other reason there is in his opinion ground for
suspecting that a miscarriage of justice has occurred.

(2) If the Governor directs any inquiry to be reheard, he may direct
that the inquiry shall be reheard either by the commission by whom it
was heard in the first instance or by some other qualified persons
appointed by him to hold the rehearing.

(3) Any inquiry reheard shall be subject to and conducted in
accordance with the provisions of these regulations relating to the
holding of public inquiries.





PART V

GENERAL

20. (1) Where an accident has occurred in or over Hong
Kong to an aircraft registered in any country or territory other than
Hong Kong, the Director may authorize an investigator appointed
by the duly competent authority of that other country or territory to
carry out an investigation in Hong Kong and in that event the
Director shall so far as he is able facilitate inquiries by the investi-
gator so appointed.

(2) In any Inspector's investigation or any public inquiry an
accredited representative of the country or territory in which the
aircraft is registered, or of any country or territory in which the
aircraft was manufactured or which has, on request, furnished
information in connexion with the accident, may take part in the
investigation or in the inquiry as the case may be, that is to say, he
shall be permitted to visit the scene of the accident, examine the
wreckage, question witnesses, receive copies of all pertinent docu-
ments (saving all just exceptions), have access to all relevant evi-
dence and make submissions; and he may be accompanied by such
technical and other advisers as may be considered necessary by the
authorities of the country or territory by which he is appointed.

21. The Inspector, in the case of the period of 28 days
prescribed in regulation 11(3), and the Director, in the case of the
period of 21 days prescribed in regulation 12(1), shall have power to
extend the said periods, and this power shall be exercisable notwith-
standing that the period so prescribed has expired.

22. (1) A person shall not obstruct or impede a commission
of inquiry or a board of review or an Inspector or an assessor or any
person acting under the authority of the Governor in the exercise of
any powers or duties under these regulations.

(2) A person shall not without reasonable excuse fail, after
having had the expenses (if any) to which he is entitled under these
regulations tendered to him, to comply with any summons or
requisition of a commission of inquiry or of a board of review or of
an Inspector holding an Inspector's investigation or undertaking
any inquiries with a view to determining whether any investigation
should be held under these regulations.

23. The Hong Kong Civil Aviation (Investigation of Acci-
dents) Regulations 1972 are hereby revoked:

Provided that the revocation shall not affect any investigation,
review or inquiry commenced under those regulations and any such
investigation, review or inquiry may be continued as if these
regulations had not been made.





ROYAL WARRANT.

THE EFFICIENCY DECORATION.

(Army Order No. 136 of 1952).

[Published in the Gazette as G.N.A. 117/53.]

ELIZABETH R.

ELIZABETH THE SECOND, by the Grace of God, of Great Britain,
Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the Seas, Queen,
Defender of the Faith, to all to whom these Presents shall come,
Greeting!

WHEREAS His late Majesty. King George V, by a Warrant under
His Royal Sign Manual dated the 23rd day of September, 1930*, was
pleased to make, ordain and establish rules and ordinances for the
governance of The Efficiency Decoration, reserving to Himself, His
Heirs and Successors full power of annulling, altering, abrogating.
augmenting, interpreting and dispensing with these rules and
ordinances or any part thereof, by a notification under Royal Sign
Manual;

AND WHEREAS the said Royal Warrant was amended by
Royal Warrants dated the 1st day of February, 1940 the 4th day of
April, 1946 the 8th day of April, 1949 , the 8th day of August, 1949 ,
and the 6th day of August, 1951

AND WHEREAS We deem it expedient that all the aforesaid
Warrants, as well as the amendments now to be promulgated, should be
incorporated in one Warrant;

Now THEREFORE We do hereby declare that the rules and
ordinances contained in the said Warrants dated the 23rd day of
September, 1930, the 1st day of February, 1940. the 4th day of April,
1946, the 8th day of April, 1949, the 8th day of August, 1949, and the 6th
day of August, 1951, shall be abrogated. cancelled and annulled and We
are pleased to make, ordain and establish the following rules and
ordinances in substitution for the same. which shall henceforth be
inviolably observed and kept

Firstly : It is ordained that the Decoration shall be styled and
designated 'The Efficiency Decoration' and shall consist of
an oak wreath in silver tied with gold, having in the centre the
Royal Cypher and Crown in gold.

Army Order 185 of 1930. Army Order 19 of 1940. Army Order 52 of
1946. Army Order 48 of 1949. 11 Army Order 98 of 1949. Not published
by the War Office.





Secondly: It is ordained that the Decoration shall be worn
suspended on the left breast from a silver bar-brooch by a
green riband one inch and a half in width, with a yellow stripe
down the centre.

Thirdly: It is ordained that the Decoration shall in all cases bear a
subsidiary title to denote whether at the time the recipient
qualified for the award of the Decoration he was serving in
Our Territorial Army or in one of Our other Auxiliary Military
Forces, that is to say in an Auxiliary Military Force in any of
Our Colonies or a territory under Our protection. or within any
other part of Our Dominions, Our Government whereof shall
desire to take part in the grant of the award, or within any
territory under Our protection administered by Us in such
Government; such subsidiary title being specified in the
regulations hereinafter mentioned and inscribed on the bar-
brooch of the Decoration.

Fourthly: It is ordained that the Decoration may be worn by Us,
Our Heirs and Successors, Queens and Kings Regnant of
Great Britain, Ireland and the British Dominions beyond the
Seas; and that it shall be competent for Us, Our Heirs and
Successors. to confer at Our Pleasure the Decoration upon
any Princes or Princesses of the Blood Royal.

Fifthly: It is ordained that the Decoration shall be conferred on
duly qualified commissioned officers of Our Territorial Army
and of any of Our other Auxiliary Military Forces in any of Our
Colonies or a territory under Our protection. or within any
other part of Our Dominions, Our Government whereof shall
desire to take part in the grant of the award, or within any
territory under Our protection administered by Us in such
Government.

It is further ordained that the Decoration shall be
conferred on duly qualified commissioned officers of Our
former Auxiliary Territorial Service and that the provisions of
this Our Warrant so far as they relate to officers of Our
Territorial Army shall apply to officers of Our former Auxiliary
Territorial Service.

Sixthly: It is ordained that the period of service requisite to qualify
for the Decoration shall be twenty years' commissioned
service, which shall not necessarily be continuous, on the
active list of any of Our Auxiliary Military Forces of Our
Commonwealth, except Our Territorial Army, Our New Zealand
Territorial Force and the authorized Volunteer Forces in Our
Colonies and territories under Our protection (hereinafter
referred to as Our Colonial Volunteer Forces). and shall be





twelve years' continuous efficient commissioned service on
the active list of Our Territorial Army. Our New Zealand
Territorial Force or Our Colonial Volunteer Forces, subject to
such conditions as may be laid down in the regulations
hereinafter mentioned, provided always that in the case of
recipients of The Volunteer Officers' Decoration, The
Territorial Decoration and The Colonial Auxiliary Forces
Officers' Decoration no period of service rewarded by any of
the Decorations aforesaid shall be reckoned as qualifying
service for The Efficiency Decoration.

Seventhly: It is ordained that commissioned service rendered
wholly in one of the aforesaid forces., or partly in Our
Territorial Army or Our Colonial Volunteer Forces, partly in
one or more of Our other Auxiliary Military Forces of Our
Commonwealth, or partly in Our Naval or Air Auxiliary or
Volunteer Forces of Our Commonwealth as may be defined in
the regulations hereinafter mentioned shall reckon as
qualifying service for the Decoration subject to such
conditions as may be laid down in the regulations hereinafter
mentioned.

It is further ordained that commissioned service rendered
in Categories A and B of Our former Supplementary Reserve
of Officers or in Categories S.R.I.(A) and S.R.II(A) of Our
former Supplementary Reserve of Officers as reconstituted in
1948 or in Categories E.R.I(A) and E.R.II(A) of Our Army
Emergency Reserve of Officers shall, in the case of a
commissioned officer serving on the active list of Our
Territorial Army, reckon as qualifying service for the
Decoration subject to such conditions as may be laid down in
the regulations hereinafter mentioned, and provided that such
time shall not have been, and shall not be, reckoned as
qualifying service towards The Army Emergency Reserve
Decoration or Clasps to that award, or any similar awards.

Eighthly: It is ordained that half the time served on the active list
in the ranks of the forces specified in the Sixth Clause of this
Our Warrant shall reckon as qualifying service for the
Decoration, subject to such conditions as may be laid down
in the regulations hereinafter mentioned.

It is further ordained that half the time served in the ranks
of Our former Supplementary Reserve or in Categories
S.R.I(A) and S.R.II(A) and S.R.III of Our former Supplementary
Reserve as reconstituted in 1948 or in Categories E.R.I(A) and
E.R.II(A) and E.R.III of Our Army Emergency Reserve shall, in
the case of a commissioned officer serving on the active list of
Our





Territorial Army, reckon as qualifying service for the
Decoration subject to such conditions as may be laid down in
the regulations hereinafter mentioned and provided that such
time shall not have been, and shall not be reckoned as
qualifying service for The Army Emergency Reserve
Decoration or Clasps to that award. or any similar awards.

Ninthly: It is ordained that half the time spent after the age of 17
years in the ranks of a Cadet Force or as a cadet in an Officers'
Training Corps, as defined in the regulations hereinafter
mentioned, shall reckon as qualifying service for the
Decoration subject to such conditions as may be laid down in
the regulations hereinafter mentioned.

Tenthly: It is ordained that such war service as may be defined from
time to time in the regulations hereinafter mentioned shall
reckon as two-fold qualifying service, or as single qualifying
service, or as half qualifying service towards the total service
required as aforesaid; and that war service not so defined
shall not reckon as qualifying service.

Eleventhly: It is ordained that service on the permanent staff of
any of the aforesaid forces by members of Our permanent
forces of Our -Commonwealth, or service in a Reserve or
Auxiliary Force involving a liability for service only and no
liability for training in peace, shall not reckon as qualifying
service for the Decoration.

Twelfthly: It is ordained that service shall not be reckoned as
qualifying service for The Efficiency Decoration if such
service has already been reckoned towards any Long Service
and Good Conduct or Efficiency Medal or Clasps except as
provided in the regulations hereinafter mentioned.

Thirteenthly: It is ordained that officers who have the necessary
qualifying service shall not be awarded the Decoration unless
they are recommended by the Commanding Officer of the unit
in which they complete the period of service requisite to
qualify for the Decoration, and are certified by the responsible
military authorities as efficient and thoroughly capable
officers in every way deserving of the Decoration.

Fourteenthly: It is ordained that service in an honorary capacity of
whatsoever nature shall not reckon as qualifying service
towards the award of the Decoration in the case of
commissioned officers of Our Territorial Army or Our Colonial
Volunteer Forces.





Fifteenthly: It is ordained that a Clasp to be worn on the riband of
the Decoration shall be awarded to duly qualified
commissioned officers of Our Territorial Army, or Our New
Zealand Territorial Force. or Our Colonial Volunteer Forces
who, having had the Decoration conferred on them in respect
of twelve years' continuous efficient commissioned service,
complete a total of eighteen years' continuous efficient
service, reckoned in accordance with the foregoing provisions
of this Our Warrant, and a further Clasp shall be awarded for
each additional completed period of six years' continuous
efficient service reckoned as aforesaid.

It is further ordained that the Clasp to be worn on the
riband of the Decoration shall be awarded to commissioned
officers of Our Colonial Volunteer Forces,' who, having had
the Decoration conferred upon them in respect of twenty
years' service which was not necessarily continuous.
complete a further six years' continuous efficient service
reckoned in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this
Our Warrant, and a further clasp shall be awarded for each
additional completed period of six years' continuous efficient
service reckoned as aforesaid.

Sixteenthly: It is ordained that the Decoration shall not confer any
individual precedence but shall entitle the recipient, if an
officer of Our Territorial Army, to the addition after his name
of the letter 'T.D.' and, if an officer of one of the other
Auxiliary Military Forces of Our Commonwealth, to the
addition after his name of the letters 'E.D.'.

Seventeenthly: It is ordained that reproductions of the Decoration
and Clasps in miniature. which may be worn on certain
occasions by those upon whom the Decoration or one or
more Clasps have been conferred, shall be half the size of The
Efficiency Decoration and Clasps respectively, and that a
Sealed Pattern of the said miniature Decoration shall be
deposited and kept in the Central Chancery of Our Orders of
Knighthood.

Eighteenthly: It is ordained that the names of those upon whom
the Decoration or one or more Clasps are conferred shall be
published and a Register thereof kept in the manner
prescribed in the regulations hereinafter mentioned.

Nineteenthly: It is ordained that it shall be competent for Us, Our
Heirs and Successors, by an Order under Our Sign Manual on
a recommendation to that effect by or through Our Secretary
of State for War to cancel and





annul, in respect of any person upon whom the. Decoration or
one or more Clasps has been conferred for service in Our
Territorial Army, the award of The Efficiency Decoration or
one or more Clasps and that thereupon his name in the
Register shall be erased, but that it shall be competent for Us,
Our Heirs and Successors to restore the Decoration or one or
more Clasps when such recommendation has been withdrawn;
provided that such powers shall be exercised by the Governors
or Officers administering the Government, as the case may be,
of Our respective Colonies or territories under Our protection,
or by the Governor-General of any of Our Dominions. Our
Government whereof shall so desire, on the recommendation of
the appropriate Minister of State, or by the appropriate
Minister of State, or within any territory under Our protection
administered by Us in such Government, in relation to the
Auxiliary Military Forces within their respective jurisdiction.

Twentiethly: It is ordained that the Decoration or one or more
Clasps shall be conferred under such regulations as to grant.
forfeiture. restoration, and other matters. in amplification of
this Our Warrant as may, with Our approval signified through
one of Our Principal Secretaries of State, be issued from time to
time by Our Army Council in regard to Our Territorial Army. or
as may with Our approval be issued by the Governors or
Officers administering the Government, as the case may be, of
Our respective Colonies or territories under Our protection, in
relation to the Auxiliary Military Forces within their respective
jurisdiction, or by the appropriate Minister of State in any of
Our. Dominions, Our Government whereof shall so desire, or
within any territory under Our protection administered by Us
in such Government.

Lastly: We reserve to Ourself, Our Heirs and Successors. full power
of annulling. abrogating, augmenting, interpreting or
dispensing with these rules and ordinances, or any part
thereof. by a notification under Our Sign Manual.

GIVEN at Our Court at St. James's, this 17th day of November one
thousand nine hundred and fifty-two, in the first year of Our Reign.

By Her Majesty's Command,

ANTONY HEAD.





REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE GRANT, FORFEITURE
AND
RESTORATION OF THE EFFICIENCY DECORATION.

(HONG KONG).

[Published in the Gazette as G.N.A. 116/53.]

1. The Efficiency Decoration and Clasps are awarded to an officer
for long and meritorious service of proved capacity in Her Majesty's
Authorized Auxiliary Military Forces of the Commonwealth* (or their
Reserves) and are governed by the Royal Warrant dated 17th
November. 1952.

2.(i) Commissioned officers of the Royal Hong Kong Defence
Force of Hong Kong who on or after the 23rd September. 1930,
have completed the requisite period of qualifying service as
hereinafter defined shall be eligible for the Decoration and
Clasps.

(ii)In cases where qualifying service terminated prior to the 3rd
September, 1939, an officer must have completed 20 years
efficient service in accordance with regulations then in force.

(iii)In cases where qualifying service terminated on or after the
3rd September, 1939, an officer must have completed 12 years
voluntary continuous efficient service as defined in these
regulations.

(iv) An officer who has been awarded the Decoration and who
completes a further 6 years continuous efficient qualifying
service as defined in these regulations shall be awarded a
Clasp to be attached to the ribbon by which the Decoration is
suspended and for every further period of 6 years qualifying
service under similar conditions an additional Clasp shall be
awarded.

(v) An officer who has completed 11 years continuous service on
or after the 3rd September, 1939, and whose service is
terminated on account of disability of a permanent nature
such disability being directly attributable to his service may
be considered for the award of the Decoration.

*The term 'Her Majesty's Authorized Auxiliary Military Forces of the
Commonwealth' means for the purposes of the Efficiency Decoration the
Territorial Army, Royal Navy Volunteer Reserve and the Royal Auxiliary Air
Force in the United Kingdom and Her Majesty's similar forces including
volunteer forces in other territories of the Commonwealth to which attach
similar obligations for training in peace; it excludes the Army Reserve and
suchlike forces. The word 'Commonwealth' includes any territories under Her
Majesty's protection.

See Army Order No. 136 of 1952.





3. The subsidiary title of the Decoration awarded to officers
who complete the requisite period of qualifying service while
serving in the aforesaid Force of Hong Kong shall be 'Hong
Kong', and the words 'Hong Kong' shall be inscribed on the
bar-brooch of the Decoration so awarded.

4. An officer on whom the Decoration is conferred is
entitled to the addition after his name of the letters 'E.D.'.

5. Qualifying service is defined and shall be reckoned as
follows-

A. *Commissioned Service.

Commissioned Service as described below shall be regarded
as qualifying service. provided that none of it has been
counted as qualifying service for the grant of any other Long
Service Decoration, Long Service. Good Conduct or Efficiency
Medal or Clasp-

(i)On the active list of the Royal Hong Kong Defence Force
the Hong Kong Defence Force or the Hong Kong
Volunteer Defence Corps such service having been
certified as efficient each year by the Officer Command-
ing the Force or Corps in accordance with the regulations
governing service in such Force or Corps.

(ii)Service in a duly recognized and constituted Officers'
Training or Cadet Corps after attaining the age of 17
years, such service being reckoned in full if the service
and corps are equivalent in status to those of the
Officers' Training Corps (not Cadet Corps) in Great
Britain.

(iii) Service in Her Majesty's other Auxiliary Military Forces
of the Commonwealth including their Reserves and
associated Cadet or Officers' Training Corps, such service
in every case having been qualifying service in accord-
ance with the regulations under the Royal Warrant of
the 17th November, 1952. and applicable to the Force in
which or with whose Reserve or associated Cadet or
Officers' Training Corps the service was rendered.

B. Other rank and cadet service.

Half of any time during which an Officer may have served,
after attaining the age of 17 years on the active list-
(i)in the ranks of any of the aforesaid Forces of the Colony
of Hong Kong, or in any of Her Majesty's Auxiliary

*Commissioned service in West Africa before 3rd September, 1939, will
reckon as twofold qualifying service but any period spent on leave
therefrom will reckon only as single qualifying service.





Military Forces of the Commonwealth (including their
Reserves); or

(ii)in the ranks of a Cadet Corps, or as a cadet in the Officers'
Training Corps; provided that as a cadet he was required to
undergo supervised Military training and to attain annually a
certain standard of military efficiency.

C. War Service.

(i)An officer who was serving in the Hong Kong Volunteer
Defence Corps on the 2nd September, 1939, and who was
embodied or called out for service on or after that date will
reckon as double his service between the date on which he
was embodied or called out and the date on which he was
released from embodiment. (No service subsequent to the 7th
April, 1949, may count as double qualifying service). A period
of 2 months or more efficient embodied service between 2nd
September, 1939. and 7th April, 1949, occurring in any
calendar year reckoned from the 1st January will be allowed to
count as the equivalent of efficient service for that year.

(ii)Commissioned service during the period 4th August, 1914, to
31st December, 1921, and/or 2nd September, 1939, to the 7th
April, 1949 (inclusive) in the Royal Navy, the Regular Army,
the Royal Air Force or any other Permanent Force of the
Commonwealth, provided that the officer was granted such
commission between the 4th August, 1914, and the 11TH
November, 1918, and/or between the 2nd September, 1939,
and 15th August, 1945 (inclusive) and subsequently was
commissioned into the Hong Kong Volunteer Defence Corps
or Royal Hong Kong Defence Force within six months of
disembodiment will count as single qualifying service.

(iii)An officer who was serving in the ranks of any of His
Majesty's Auxiliary Military Forces on the 2nd September,
1939, and was embodied or called out for service on or after
that date and was subsequently commissioned in any such
force may reckon his embodied service in the ranks as single
qualifying service.

(iv)Any period during which an officer of the Hong Kong
Volunteer Defence Corps was relegated to unemployment
between the 2nd September, 1939, and the 7th April, 1949,
otherwise than at his own request, or for redundancy or
inefficiency, will count as single qualifying service.

(v)Service in the ranks of the Royal Navy, the Regular Army, the
Royal Air Force or any other Permanent Force of the
Commonwealth during the period from the





4th August, 1914, to the 31st December, 1921, and/or from the
2nd September, 1939, to the 1st November, 1947 (inclusive),
provided that the individual was commissioned into the Hong
Kong Volunteer Defence Corps within 6 months of
disembodiment shall count as half qualifying service.

D. Continuity of Service.

Service qualifying for the Decoration must be continuous except

(i)that service in different Auxiliary Military Forces not of the
same territory of the Commonwealth shall be deemed to be
continuous if any break in service occurring between service
in one such force and another does not exceed 12 months;

(ii)that service in the aforesaid forces of Hong Kong shall be
deemed to be continuous if any break in service is not due to
the individual's own request or to his own fault and does not
exceed 12 months;

(iii)that the periods when the individual is resident in a foreign
country or any territory of the Commonwealth where there are
no Auxiliary Military forces shall not be deemed to constitute
a break in service provided that he rejoins such a force within
6 months of his arrival in a Commonwealth territory where
such a force exists;

(iv)that service in the Royal Navy, the Regular Army, the Royal
Air Force or any other permanent force forming part of Her
Majesty's Forces in any part of the Commonwealth or in the
Reserves of such forces or in the Reserves of any of Her
Majesty's Auxiliary Military Forces in any part of the
Commonwealth although inadmissible as qualifying service
(save in the circumstances hereinbefore described) will not be
reckoned as breaking continuity of service.

5A. A person who has been convicted by a Court Martial or of an
indictable offence by the Civil Power. will not be eligible for the award of
the Decoration unless the Governor shall otherwise direct.

6. Applications for the Decoration should be made in writing by
Commandant, Royal Hong Kong Defence Force and should be
supported by a statement of the officer's service in Form A appended to
these Regulations. The Commandant will forward his recommendations
through the usual channel of correspondence to the Governor,
accompanied in each case by a statement certifying that the officer
recommended holds (or has held) a commission





in the Hong Kong Volunteer Defence Corps or Royal Hong Kong
Defence Force, that he has completed the qualifying period of
meritorious service, that he is an efficient and thoroughly capable
officer of proved capacity, and that he is in every way deserving of the
Efficiency Decoration.

Application for Clasps should he dealt with in a similar manner.

Grant of Decoration.

7. The Decoration will be awarded on the authority of the Governor
and a notification of its award will be published in the Hong Kong
Government Gazette. A register of awards of the Decoration will be
kept at the Headquarters of the Royal Hong Kong Defence Force.

Loss and Replacement.

8. When the Decoration has been lost and it is desired to replace it
a declaration must be made before a magistrate stating the
circumstances under which the loss occurred, and the rank, name and
Corps of the officer to whom the Decoration belonged. This declaration
will be forwarded to the Governor through the usual channel of
correspondence in the case of an officer who is still serving and direct
in the case of an officer who has retired. If the explanation as to loss is
considered satisfactory the Decoration will be replaced on repayment
being made by the officer to cover the cost of the Decoration.

Forfeiture and Restoration.

9. A recipient of the Decoration who is convicted by a Court
Martial or of an indictable offence by the Civil Power, or who is
dismissed or removed from his Corps or Regiment for misconduct shall
forfeit the Decoration unless the Governor shall otherwise direct.

A Decoration forfeited under the preceding regulations may be
restored by the Governor at his discretion.

A notice of forfeiture or of restoration shall in every case be
published in the Government Gazette.

10. In undress and service uniform when ribbons only are worn, the
grant of Clasps will be denoted by the wearing on the ribbon of a small
silver rose or roses, according to the number of Clasps awarded. The
rose or roses will not be worn on the ribbon when the Decoration itself
is worn.





FORM A.

THE EFFICIENCY DECORATION.

(HONG KONG).

Statement of Service of ...............................................................

of...........................the Force/Corps.

N.B.-Service which under the Royal Warrant and the Regulations made
thereunder is to count twofold or as half qualifying service should be shown in the
first place by the actual dates of such service, but only the equivalent single service
for qualifying purposes should be carried forward as service in the 'Total Qualifying
Service' column.







......................................I certify that the above is a correct statement of the service
of ...................................and that his total qualifying service

amounts to ..years .....months .....days.

Date ....................................

(Signed) ................................................

Administrative Officer,

Royal Hong Kong Defence Force.

(Countersigned) ................................................

Commandant,

Royal Hong Kong Defence Force.

The above statement is to be completed by the Commanding Officer of the
Auxiliary Force in which the period of qualifying service is completed. Where the
period of qualifying service is in more than one Auxiliary Force, the Commanding
Officer signing the statement must satisfy himself that all service reckoned is
qualifying service, and as to the period to be so reckoned.





HONG KONG AIR NAVIGATION (FEES) REGULATIONS

[By the Acting Governor under Article 91 of the Air Navigation
(Overseas Territories) Order 1977, S.I. 1977/422]

[1 August 1980.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Hong Kong Air
Navigation (Fees) Regulations.

2. (1) In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires

'Director' means the Director of Civil Aviation;

'Order' means the Air Navigation (Overseas Territories) Order 1977;

'prototype aircraft' means an aircraft which is not a series aircraft;

'series aircraft' means an aircraft which is identical in all matters
affecting airworthiness to another aircraft in respect of which a
certificate of airworthiness has been issued under the Order.

(2) Any expression or word not defined in paragraph (1) shall,
unless the context otherwise requires, have the meaning assigned to it
by the Order or by the Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance, as
the case may be.

3. The fees payable in connection with matters prescribed by or
under the Order are those set out in the Schedule.

4. Licence and certificate fees shall be paid to the Director at the
time of application for such licence or certificate.

5. Fees charged for official flying tests do not include the cost of
providing the aircraft for the flying test.

6. Where an aircraft is withdrawn from service, a fee of l/ 12 of the
fee provided for in paragraph 6 of the Schedule is payable for each
month or part thereof that the aircraft was in service after the issue or
last renewal (whichever is the later) of the certificate of airworthiness.

SCHEDULE [reg. 3.]

FEES

Certificate of Registration (Article 4 (8))

1. The fee for the issue of a certificate of registration of an aircraft shall be
$50 in the case of a glider and in any other case shall be in accordance with the
following

scale-
Where the maximum total weight authorized-
(a) does not exceed 3 000 kg ......$ 75
(b) exceeds 3 000 kg but does not exceed 6 000 kg $225
(e) exceeds 6 000 kg but does not exceed 15 000 kg $300
(d) exceeds 15 000 kg but does not exceed 45 000 kg $500

(e) exceeds.....................45 000 kg
.. $800





Air Operator's Certificate (Article 6(2) )

2. (1) The fee for the grant, or variation of an air operator's certificate shall
be an amount equal to the costs of the investigations as to the applicant's
competency, but not exceeding the aggregate of the amount determined in
accordance with sub-paragraph (2)(a) and the amount determined in accordance
with sub-paragraph (2)(b) or (2)(c), or both sub-paragraphs (2)(b) and (2)(c), as the
case may be.

(2) The maximum amounts under this paragraph shall be

(a) Maximum total weight For heaviest aircraft For every other
authorized type in applicant's aircraft type in
fleet of aircraft applicant's fleet
(i) not over 2 tonnes $7,000
53,500
(ii) over 2 but not over
55 tonnes $34,800 $17,400
(iii) over 55 but not over
100 tonnes $46,400 $23,200
(iv) over 100 but not
over 160 tonnes $70,000 $35,000
(v) over 160 tonnes $140,000
$70,000;

(b) $0.60 for each 1000 passenger kilometres;

(c) $7 for each 1000 freight tonne kilometres.

Permit for an aircraft to fly without a Certificate
of
Airworthiness (Article 7(1)(e))

3. When an application is made for the issue or variation of a permit for an
aircraft to fly without there being in force in respect thereof a certificate of
airworthiness the applicant shall pay for the investigations required by the
Governor a fee of $270 or, if the total cost of the investigations exceeds that
amount, a fee equal to the cost of making the investigations but not exceeding
$140 per kg of the maximum total weight authorized of the aircraft.

First Issue of Certificate of Airworthiness (Article 8(1))

4. (1) When an application is made for the first issue of a certificate of

airworthiness in respect of a prototype aircraft the fee shall be-
(a) in the case of a glider or balloon $270
(b) in the case of any other aircraft an amount equal to the cost of
the investigations required by the Governor, but not exceeding
$33,800 per 500 kg, or part thereof, of the maximum total weight
authorized of the aircraft.

(2) When an application is made for the first issue of a certificate of air

worthiness in respect of a series aircraft the fee shall be-
(a) in the case of a glider or balloon $270
(b) in the case of any other aircraft an amount equal to the cost of the
investigations required by the Governor, but not exceeding
$16,900 per 500 kg, or part thereof, of the maximum total weight
authorized of the aircraft.
Approval of Engine (Article 8(1))

5. The fee in respect of an application for the approval of an engine, whether
in connexion with an application for the issue or renewal of a certificate of
airworthiness or for any other purpose of the Order, shall be an amount equal to
the cost of the

investigations required by the Governor, but not exceeding-
(a) in the case of a gas turbine engine $574,600
(b) in the case of any other engine of 300 kW or less $ 47,300

(c)............................in the case of any other engine over 300 kW $ 94,600





Renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness
(Article 8 (1) and (6) )

6. When an application is made for the renewal of a certificate of
airworthiness, the fee to be paid in respect thereof (including any investigation
required in connection with the application) shall be

(a) in the case of a glider or balloon $270

(b)in the case of an aircraft where the maximum total weight authorized
does not exceed 2 730 kg, and the period of validity applied for is 2
years, in respect of each 500 kg or part thereof..$270

(c) in any other case, in respect of each 500 kg or part thereof $420

Validation or Renewal of Validation of Certificate of
Airworthiness (Article 8(5) and (6))

7. The fee in respect of an application for-

(1)the first issue of a certificate of validation of a certificate of airworthiness
in respect of any aircraft in pursuance of Article 8(5) of the Order
(including any investigation required in connection with the application)
shall be the same as the fee payable under paragraph 4 of this Schedule in
respect of an application for the first issue of a certificate of
airworthiness in respect of that aircraft;

(2)the renewal of such certificate of validation in pursuance of Article 8(6)
of the Order shall be the same as the fee payable under paragraph 6 of this
Schedule in respect of the renewal of a certificate of airworthiness in
respect of that aircraft.

Approval of Persons (Articles 8(8) and 11 (5) (e)

8. The fee for the making of inspections of an organization for the purposes
of the giving of approval under Articles 8(8) and 11(5)(e) of the Order shall be as
follows

(a)for the investigations required by the Governor for the purpose of the
grant of the approval or of any variation of such approval, $5,330 or, if
the total cost of the investigations exceeds that charge, a fee equal to the
cost of making the investigations but not exceeding $133,400;

(b)for the investigations required by the Governor for the purpose of
satisfying himself that the approval should remain in force, in respect of
each period of 12 months or part thereof during which the approval
remains in force after 1 April in any year, $5,330 or, if the total cost of
the. investigations exceeds that charge, a fee equal to the cost of making
the investigations but not exceeding $133,400.

Approval in respect of Aircraft and Equipment
including
modification, repair, etc. (excluding Engines and
Radio Apparatus) (Part III)

9. The fee in respect of an application for approval pursuant to any
requirement of Part III of the Order (other than for approval of an engine or radio
apparatus) shall be an amount equal to the cost of making the investigations
required by the Governor but not exceeding $266,800.

Approval of type, etc., of Radio Apparatus (Article 14(5))

10. The fee in respect of an application for the approval by the Governor of
radio apparatus or the manner of the installation thereof, or of any modification of
the apparatus or the manner of its installation, for the purpose of Article 14(5) of
the Order shall be an amount equal to the cost of making the investigations required
by the Governor but not exceeding $53,300.

Coverage

Licences for Aircraft Maintenance Engineers (Article 12)

11. The fees in respect of a licence as an aircraft maintenance engineer shall be

as follows-
(a) for the grant of or inclusion in a licence without type rating-
(i) for each sub-division of a category for other than pressurized
metal aircraft, piston engined rotorcraft, and turbine engined
rotorcraft ........................$ 80
(ii) for pressurized metal aircraft $130
(iii) for piston engined rotorcraft .. $230
(iv) for turbine engined rotorcraft $230
(b) for the inclusion of a type rating in a licence-

(i) for other than piston engined rotorcraft, or turbine engined
rotorcraft ......................$ 80
(ii) for piston engined rotorcraft .. $230
(iii) for turbine engined rotorcraft $230
(c) for the grant of a licence by validation $120
(d) for the renewal of a licence .. $230
(e) for the variation of a licence $120

Licences for Flight Crew and Ratings therein (Article 20)

12. (1) When an application is made for the grantor renewal o fa licence to act

as a flight crew member the applicant shall pay-
(a) for the grant of a licence to act as a professional pilot, or a flight
navigator, or a flight engineer, or a flight radio-telegraphy operator
(except when the applicant is the holder of a flight radio-telegraphy
operator's temporary licence), or a private pilot $170
(b) for the renewal of a licence to act as a professional pilot, or a flight
navigator, or a flight engineer, or a flight radio-telegraphy operator $120

(c) for the grant or renewal of a licence to act as a flight radio-
telephony operator, whether the licence is general or restricted
(except where the applicant is the holder of a licence to act as a
pilot, flight navigator, flight engineer, or flight radio-telegraphy
operator) .......................$120

(2) The following fees shall be paid, on application for the grant or renewal of
any licence to act as a member of the flight crew of an aircraft or for the inclusion
or renewal of a rating in such a licence, in respect of such of the following
examinations

as may be required-
(a) on the performance of aircraft 532T
(b) for the Technical Examination-Aircraft, Part 1 (General) or
Aircraft (General) Examination, and the Technical Examination-
Aircraft Part 2 (Type) or the Aircraft (Type) Examination-
(i) for the inclusion of the first aircraft rating a licence where
the maximum total weight authorized of the aircraft-
(aa) does not exceed 5 700 kg .....$ 600
(bb) exceeds 5 700 kg but does not exceed 35 000 kg $ 740
(cc) exceeds 35 000 kg but does not exceed 90000 kg $ 860
(dd) exceeds 90 000 kg ............$1,070
for the resitting of the Technical Examination-Aircraft Part 1
(General), or the Aircraft (General) Examination $ 210
(ii) for the inclusion of the second and subsequent aircraft
ratings in a licence or for the resitting of the Technical Examination-
Aircraft Part 2 (Type) or the Aircraft (Type) Examination, where
the maximum total weight authorized of the aircraft-






(aa) does not exceed 5 700 kg .....$ 390
(bb) exceeds 5 700 kg but does not exceed 35 000 kg $ 530
(cc) exceeds 35 000 kg but does not exceed 90 000 kg $ 650
(dd) exceeds 90 000 kg ............$ 880
for the resitting of the Technical Examination-Aircraft Part I
(General), or the Aircraft (General) Examination $ 140





(c) on radio-telephony, being an examination consisting of not more
than 2 parts, for each part of the examination on each occasion
when that part is taken ...........90

(d) on the morse code.. 90

(e) on each occasion each examination is taken-

(i) on seamanship, seaplanes, collision regulations $ 530

(ii) on signals (practical) .--------------- ------
$ 210

(iii) by applicants for a Private Pilot's Licence (Aeroplanes)
on aviation law, flight rules and procedures; navigation;
meteorology;

aircraft technical subjects.. $ 230

(iv) by applicants for a Commercial Pilot's Licence (Aeroplanes), a
Commercial Pilot's Licence (Helicopters and Gyroplanes), or an Airline
Transport Pilot's Licence (Helicopters
and Gyroplanes) on flight planning; radio aids; instruments;
navigation; meteorology (theory); meteorology (practical) .$600

(v) by applicants for a Senior Commercial Pilot's Licence
(Aeroplanes), an Airline Transport Pilot's Licence (Aeroplanes)
or a Flight Navigator's Licence on flight planning; radio aids.

instruments; navigation; meteorology (theory); meteorology
(practical).. $800
(vi) by applicants for a professional Pilot's Licence on aviation
law, flight rules and procedures $ 300
(f) on application for a flying test conducted by or on behalf of the
Governor for the inclusion in a Pilot's Licence of a flying instruc-
tor's rating or an assistant flying instructor's rating or for the
renewal of such a rating .......$ 320
(g) on application for a flying test conducted by or on behalf of the
Governor for the Instrument Rating (Aeroplanes); General Flight
Test (Day); General Flight Test (Night) $ 880

(3) The fee for the grant of the following ratings in a licence shall be-

(a) for the inclusion of an instructor's rating $ 80
(b) for the inclusion of an additional aircraft type or an additional
group of aircraft in an instructor's rating $ 50
(c) for the inclusion of an additional aircraft rating in a professional
pilot's licence, or a flight engineer's licence $ 140

(4) The fee on application for the issue of a medical certificate shall be $ 130

(5) For the purposes of this paragraph-

a licence to act as a professional pilot' means a licence of one of the following
classes:

Commercial Pilot's Licence (Aeroplanes) Senior Commercial
Pilot's Licence (Aeroplanes) Airline Transport Pilot's Licence
(Aeroplanes) Commercial Pilot's Licence (Helicopters and
Gyroplanes) Airline Transport Pilot's Licence (Helicopters
and Gyroplanes) Commercial Pilot's Licence (Balloons)
Commercial Pilot's Licence (Airships) Commercial Pilot's
Licence (Gliders);

,,a licence to act as a private pilot' means a licence of one of the following
classes:

Private Pilot's Licence (Aeroplanes) Private Pilot's
Licence (Helicopters and Gyroplanes) Private
Pilot's Licence (Balloons and Airships).

Validation of a licence (Article 21)

13. Where an application is made for the issue of a certificate of validation of

a licence under the Order the following fees shall be paid- In each case the fee

For an official medical examination (if required) appropriate to the
...........................grant of a licence
For a technical examination (if required) equivalent to that
For an official flying test (if required) for which valida-
tion is sought.

For the initial issue of a certificate $100

For the renewal of a certificate $ 90





Licensing of Aerodromes (Article 68)

14. The fee for the issue of an aerodrome licence shall be an amount equal to
the costs of the investigations required by the Governor into the adequacy of the
operational and safety facilities provided, but shall not exceed the amount specified
in the following table-

The weight certified in the licence application as being the Maximum
maximum total weight authorized of the heaviest aircraft charge
which the applicant expects to use the aerodrome, while
the licence is in force, for the purpose of public transport
of passengers or of instruction in flying.
Not exceeding 2 730 kg. $3,380
Exceeding 2 730 kg. $6,760

Copies of Documents (Article 91(3) )

15. The fee for the issue by the Governor of a copy or replacement of a
document issued under the Order or under regulations made thereunder shall be $50:
Provided that for a copy or replacement of a flight manual or performance
schedule relating to a certificate of airworthiness the fee shall be the cost of preparing
the copy or replacement as the case may be, but shall not exceed $2,180.





ROYAL WARRANT

THE COLONIAL PRISON SERVICE MEDAL

[Published in the Gazette as G.N.A. 9/57.
Amended, L.N. 6/78 and L.N. 244/80.]

ELIZABETH R.

ELIZABETH THE SECOND, by the Grace of God of the United Kingdom
of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and of Her Other Realms and
Territories Queen, Head of the Commonwealth, Defender of the
Faith, to all to whom these Presents shall come, Greeting!

WHEREAS We are desirous of honouring those who have rendered
long and meritorious service as members of the Prison Service in Our
Colonies and Territories under Our Protection.

WE do by these Presents for Us, Our Heirs and Successors,
institute and create a new Medal and We do hereby direct that it shall
be governed by the following rules and ordinances

First: Style.-The Medal shall be designated and styled 'The
Colonial Prison Service Medal'.

Second: Description.-The Award shall be in silver, in the form of a
circular Medal, bearing on the obverse the Crowned Effigy of
the Sovereign, and on the reverse an emblematic design
depicting a phoenix and the words 'Colonial Prison Service.
For Long Service and Good Conduct.'

Thirdly: Name of recipient.-The name and rank of the recipient and
the Territory in which he completed his qualifying service
shall be inscribed on the rim of the Medal.

Fourthly: Ribbon.-The Medal shall be worn on the left side
attached by means of a suspending bar to a ribbon one inch
and three-eighths in width, the central part green, with two
borders, dark blue and each three-eighths of an inch in width,
one central silver stripe one-eighth of an inch in width being
superimposed on the green central part.

Fifthly: Eligibility and Service required.-The Medal shall be
awarded to staff of all ranks in the Prison Service who have
completed not less than eighteen years' whole-time and
continuous services in the Prison Service in any Colony or
Territory under Our Protection, or an aggregate of eighteen
years' whole-time and continuous service in the Prison Service
in one or more Colonies or Territories under Our Protection, as
defined in the Regulations hereinafter mentioned; and at the
discretion of the authorities con-





cerned may also be awarded to staff in Prison Service who
have completed an aggregate of eighteen years' whole-time
and continuous service partly in the Police Force and partly 'in
the Prison Service of a given Colony or Territory under Our
Protection.

Sixthly: Clasps.-A Clasp to the Medal to be attached to the ribbon
when the Medal itself is worn, may be awarded on the
completion of a total of twenty-five years' qualifying service as
aforesaid, and a further Clasp on the completion of a total of
thirty years' qualifying service as aforesaid. A small silver rose
emblem denoting the award of each Clasp shall be worn on the
ribbon when the ribbon only is worn.

Seventhly: Certificate of efficiency.-No person shall be
recommended for the Medal or Clasp unless, having
completed the qualifying period of service, it is certified that
his character and conduct have been exemplary, as defined in
the Regulations hereinafter mentioned. It is also a requirement
that the candidate shall have been put forward by the Officer
in charge of the Prison Service in the Colony or Territory
under Our Protection in which the period of service requisite
to qualify for the Medal has been completed.

Eighthly: Order of wear.-In the official list showing the order in
which Orders, Decorations and Medals should be worn the
Colonial Prison Service Medal shall be placed immediately
after the Colonial Police and Fire Brigades' Long Service
Medal.

Ninthly: Miniatures.-Reproductions of the Medal, known as
miniature Medals, which may be worn on certain occasions by
those to whom the Medal is awarded, shall be approximately
half the size of the Colonial Prison Service Medal, and a sealed
pattern of the miniature Medal shall be kept in the Central
Chancery of Our Orders of Knighthood.

Tenthly: Delegated powers.-Delegated powers to make awards
under the terms of this Our Warrant shall be vested in Our
Governor-General, Governor or Officer Administering the
Government of the Colony or Territory in which the period of
service requisite to qualify for the Medal has been completed.

Eleventhly: Other awards.-In any Colony or Territory under Our
Protection where Our Colonial Police and Fire Brigades' Long
Service Medal has hitherto been awarded in the Prison
Service, qualifying service for the Medal, may, if otherwise
suitable to be reckoned, be counted instead towards the
qualifying period for the award of the Colonial





Prison Service Medal. Should, however, Our Colonial
Police and Fire Brigades' Long Service Medal have been
awarded in any specific instance in a Prison Service, the
subsequent service in a qualifying Prison Service would
properly be reckoned, if satisfying the required standards,
towards the grant of a Clasp or Clasps to our Colonial
Police and Fire Brigades' Long Service Medal. It shall be
a condition of the award of the Medal in the Prison Service
in any Colony or Territory under Our Protection that the
Imperial Service Medal shall cease to be awarded in such
Service.
It shall be a condition of the award of the Medal in
the Prison Service in any Colony or Territory under Our
Protection that the grant of any unofficial or local long
service or good conduct medals for wear in such Service
shall be discontinued, and that any unofficial or local
long service medal already granted shall not be worn by
a recipient of Our Colonial Prison Service Medal.

Twelfthly: Forfeiture and restoration.-It shall be competent
for Our Governor-General, Governor or Officer Adminis-
tering the Government of any Colony or Territory under
Our Protection, in relation to the Prison Service within
his jurisdiction to cancel and annul the conferment of the
Medal on any person and also to restore a Medal which
has been so forfeited.

Thirteenthly: Regulations.-Our Governor or Officer Adminis-
tering the Government of the Colony, Associated State
or Territory concemed shall issue from time to time, with
the prior approval of one of Our Principal Secretaries of
State such Regulations as to the grant, forfeiture, restora-
tion and other matters as shall be necessary in order to
carry out the purpose of this Our Warrant.

Lastly: Annulment, etc., of rules and ordinances.-We reserve
to Ourself, Our Heirs and Successors, full power of annul-
ling, altering, abrogating, augmenting, interpreting or
dispensing with these rules and ordinances, or any part
thereof, by a notification under Our Sign Manual.

GIVEN at Our Court at St. James's this Twenty-eighth day of
October, One thousand nine hundred and fifty-five, in the fourth
year of Our Reign.

By Her Majesty's Command,

ALAN LENNOX-BOYD.





REGULATIONS AS TO THE GRANT, FORFEITURE, RESTORATION
AND OTHER MATTERS CONCERNING 'THE COLONIAL
PRISON SERVICE MEDAL

(HONG KONG)

[Published in the Gazette as L.N. 245/80.]

1. Service required

The Colonial Prison Service Medal will be granted as a reward
for long service and good conduct to staff of all ranks in the Hong
Kong Prisons Department, who on or after 11 October 1979 shall
have completed eighteen years' continuous service as hereinafter
defined.

A Clasp will also be granted to a recipient of the Medal on his
completing twenty-five years' qualifying service, and a further Clasp
on completing thirty years' qualifying service. For each Clasp so
awarded a small silver rose may be added to the ribbon when worn
alone.

2. Continuity of service

Qualifying service in the Prison ' Service of other Colonies or
Territories under Her Majesty's Protection may be allowed to
reckon towards the required period of qualifying service, if the
total period of such service amounts to not less than eighteen
years: provided, however, that where service has been rendered in
more than one such territory as aforesaid an interval not exceeding
twelve months between any two periods of service shall not be
regarded as breaking the.continuity of such service: provided also
that a break in service not exceeding six calendar months in any
one such territory shall not be regarded as breaking the continuity
of such service.

3. Exemplary character

For the purpose of these Regulations service shall only be
reckoned as qualifying service if it is certified that the character
and conduct of the person recommended for the grant of the
Medal or Clasp has been exemplary.

Exemplary character means a record clear of any serious
offence or persistent minor offences: provided that the Com-
missioner of Prisons, notwithstanding recorded offences, may
recommend an award where general conduct and character merit
such recommendation and always provided that no serious offence
has been committed during the last five years of the qualifying
period of service.





4. Recommending authority

Recommendations for the award of the Medal or Clasp shall
be submitted by the Commissioner of Prisons to the Governor.
The Medal will be awarded on the authority of the Governor and
a notification of such award shall be published in the Gazette.

5. Forfeiture and restoration

(a) A recipient of the Medal or Clasp who is convicted of a
criminal offence or is dismissed or removed from the Prison Service
for misconduct shall forfeit the Medal and Clasp unless the
Governor shall otherwise direct.

(b) A Medal or Clasp so forfeited may be restored to the
recipient by the Governor at his discretion.

(c) A notice of forfeiture or restoration shall in every case be
published in the Gazette.

6. Loss and application for replacement

In the event of loss application may be made for replacement
of a Medal or Clasp. Such application, stating the circumstances
in which the loss occurred, will be forwarded to the Governor
through the Commissioner of Prisons. If the explanation of the
loss is consideredA~satisfactory, the Medal or Clasp may be replaced
on payment or otherwise.





ROYAL WARRANT

THE COLONLAL FIRE BRIGADES LONG SERVICE

[Published in the Gazette as G.N.A. 98/57. Amended, L . N. 100/72.]

ELIZABETH R.

ELIZABETH THE SECOND, by the Grace of God of the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and of Her
Other Realms and Territories Queen, Head of the Common-
wealth, Defender of the Faith, to all to whom these Presents
shall come, Greeting!

WHEREAs Our Royal Grandfather His late Majesty King
George the Fifth in consideration of the long and good services
rendered by subordinate members of the Police Forces and Fire
Brigades in Our Colonies and in Territories under Our Protection
or Administration did by Warrant under His Royal Sign Manual
dated the Twenty-third day of March, one thousand nine hundred
and thirty-four, institute a new Medal to be awarded for such
services as aforesaid;

AND WHEREAs We are desirous of having separate Medals
for the subordinate members of Police Forces and for subordinate
members of Fire Brigades, We are graciously pleased to make,
ordain and establish the following rules and ordinances for the
governance of the Decoration to be awarded to subordinate mem-
bers of Fire Brigades-

First: Style.-The Medal shall be designated and styled
'The Colonial Fire Brigades Long Service Medal'.

Secondly: Description.-The award shall be in silver, in
the form of a circular Medal, bearing on the obverse the
Crowned Effigy of the Sovereign, and on the reverse an
emblematic design, with the words 'For Long Service
and Good Conduct' and the circumscription 'Colonial
Fire Brigades'.

Thirdly: Name of recipient.-The name and rank of the
recipient and the Territory in which he completed his
qualif service shall be inscribed on the rim of the
Medal.
Fourthly: Ribbon.-The Medal shall be worn on the left
side attached by means of a suspending bar to a ribbon
one inch and three-eighths in width, the central part (one
half of an inch in width) green, on which is superimposed
centrally a silver stripe one-sixteenth of an inch wide,
with two borders dark blue each three-eighths of an inch
in width, and two silver stripes, each one-sixteenth of an
inch wide, separating the borders from the central part.





Fifthly: Eligibility and Service required.-The Medal shall
be awarded to members of all ranks of Fire Brigades who
have completed not less than eighteen years' whole-time
or part-time continuous service in properly organized
Fire Brigades in any Colony, Associated State or Terri-
tory under Our Protection or Administration, or an
aggregate of eighteen years' whole-time or part-time
continuous service, as defined in the Regulations herein-
after mentioned, in properly organized Fire Brigades in
more than one Colony, Associated State or Territory
under Our Protection or Administration or in any Fire
Brigade service in which would reckon as qualifying
service for the Fire Brigade Long Service and Good
Conduct Medal and in one or more Colonies, Associated
States or Territories under Our Protection or Adminis-
tration. Compulsory service in Our Armed Forces or
Merchant Navy which interrupted and was continuous
with qualifying fire service shall itself be treated as
qualifying service. Provided that no account shall be
taken of any service for which, in the case of the person
concemed, the Fire Brigade Long Service and Good
Conduct Medal, the Civil Defence Long Service Medal,
the Colonial Special Constabulary Medal or a Clasp to
any of these Medals has already been awarded.

Sixthly: Clasps.-A Clasp to the Medal to be attached to
the ribbon when the Medal itself is worn, may be awarded
on the completion of a total of twenty-five years' qualify-
ing service as aforesaid, and a further Clasp on the
completion of a total of thirty years' qualifying service
as aforesaid. A small silver rose emblem denoting the
award of each Clasp shall be worn on the ribbon when
the ribbon only is worn.

Seventhly: Certificate of Efficiency.-No person shall be
recommended for the Medal or Clasp unless, having com-
pleted the qualifying period of service. it is certified that
his character and conduct have been exemplary, as de-
fined in the Regulations hereinafter mentioned. It is
also a requirement that the candidate shall be put forward
by the Officer in charge of the Fire Service in the Colony,
Associated State or Territory under Our Protection or
Administration in which the period of service requisite to
qualify for the Medal has been completed.

Eighthly: Order of wear.-In the official list showing the
order in which Orders, Decorations and Medals should
be worn the Colonial Fire Brigades Long Service Medal
shall be placed immediately after the Sierra Leone Fire
Brigade Long Service Medal.





Ninthly: Miniatures.-Reproductions of the Medal, known
as miniature Medals, which may be worn on certain
occasions by those to whom the Medal is awarded, shall
be approximately half the size of the Colonial Fire
Brigades Long Service Medal, and a sealed pattern of
the miniature Medal shall be kept in.the Central Chancery
of Our Orders of Knighthood.

Tenthly: Delegated powers.-Delegated powers to make
awards under the terms of this Our Warrant shall be
vested in Our Governor or Officer Administering the
Government of the Colony, Associated State or Terri-
tory under Our Protection or Administration in which
the period of service requisite to qualify for the Medal
has been completed.

Eleventhly: Other awards.-It shall be a condition of the
award of the Medal in the Fire Service in any Colony,
Associated State or Territory under Our Protection or
Administration that the Imperial Service Medal shall cease
to be awarded in such Service.

It shall also be a condition of the award of the Medal
in the Fire Service in any Colony, Associated State or
Territory under Our Protection or Administration that
the grant of any unofficial or local long service or good
conduct medal for wear in such Service shall be discontinu-
ed, and that any unofficial or local long service medal
already granted shall not be worn by a recipient of Our
Colonial Fire Brigades Long Service Medal.

Twelfthly: Forfeiture and restoration.-It shall be competent
for Our Governor or Officer Administering the Government
of any Colony, Associated State or Territory under Our
Protection or Administration, in relation to the Fire Service
within his jurisdiction to cancel and annul the conferment
of the Medal on any person and also to restore a Medal
which has been so forfeited.

Thirteenthly: Regulations.-Our Governor or Officer Adminis-
tering the Government of the Colony, Associated State
or Territory concerned shall issue from time to time, with
the prior approval of one of Our Principal Secretaries of
State, such Regulations as to grant, forfeiture, restoration
and other matters as shall be necessary in order to carry
out the purpose of this Our Warrant.

Lastly : Annulment, etc., of rules and ordinances.-We reserve
to Ourselves, Our Heirs and Successors, full power of
annulling, altering, abrogating, augmenting, interpreting
or dispensing with these rules and ordinances, or any part
thereof, by a notification under Our Sign Manual.





All previous Warrants in this behalf are hereby revoked.

GIVEN at Our Court at St. James's this Twenty-first day of
March, one thousand nine hundred and fifty-six, in the fifth year
of Our Reign.

By Her Majesty's Command,

ALAN LENNOX-BOYD.






REGULATIONS GOVERNING AWARD OF THE COLONIAL
FIRE BRIGADES LONG SERVICE MEDAL

(HONG KONG)

[Published in the Gazette as L.N. 101/72]

1. Service Required

The Colonial Fire Brigades Long Service Medal will be granted
as a reward for long service and good conduct to members of all
ranks of the Hong Kong Fire Services Department, who on or after
the 14th day of July 1971, shall have completed eighteen years'
continuous service as hereinafter defined.

A Clasp will also be granted to a recipient of the Medal on
his completing twenty-five years' qualifying service, and a further
Clasp on completing thirty years' qualifying service. For each
Clasp so awarded a small silver rose may be added to the ribbon
when worn alone.

2. Continuity of Service

Service in properly organized Fire Brigades in other Colonies,
Associated States or Territories under Her Majesty's Protection or
Administration may be allowed to reckon towards the required
period of qualifying services, as may also service which would
reckon as qualifying service for the Fire Brigade Long Service and
Good Conduct Medal, if the total period of such service amounts
to not less than eighteen years; provided, however, that where
service has been rendered in Hong Kong and in one or more of
the territories defined above an interval not exceeding twelve months
between any two periods of service shall not be regarded as breaking
the continuity of such service; provided also that a break in service
not exceeding six calender months in Hong Kong or in any one
territory as defined above shall not be regarded as breaking the
continuity of such service.

Service in Her Majesty's Armed Forces or Merchant Navy
whether on secondment, on recall or when called upon to serve
may be allowed to reckon towards the required period of qualifying
service, provided that such military or Merchant Navy service
interrupted and was continuous with qualifying fire service.

3. Exemplary Character

For the purposes of these Regulations service shall be reckoned
as qualifying service only if it is certified that the character and
conduct of the person recommended for the grant of the Medal or
Clasp has been exemplary.





Exemplary character means a record clear of any serious offence
or persistent minor offences. Provided that the Director of Fire
Services, notwithstanding recorded offences, may recommend an
award where general conduct and character merit such recommenda-
tion and always provided that no serious offence has been committed
during the last five years of the qualifying period of service.

4. Recommending Authority

Recommendations for the award of the Medal or Clasp shall
be submitted by the Director.of Fire Services to the Governor.
The Medal or Clasp will be awarded on the authority of the Governor
and a notification of such award shall be published in the Gazette.

5. Forfeiture and Restoration

(a)A recipient of the Medal or Clasp who is convicted of a
criminal offence or is dismissed or removed from the Fire
Services Department for misconduct shall forfeit the Medal
or Clasp unless the Governor shall otherwise direct.

(b)A Medal or Clasp so forfeited may be restored to the
recipient by the Governor at his discretion.

(c)A notice of forfeiture or restoration shall in every case be
published in the Gazette.

6. Replacement of Medal and Clasp in event of loss

In the event of loss, application may be made for replacement
of a Medal or Clasp. Such application, stating the circumstances
in which the loss occurred, will be forwarded to the Governor
through the Director of Fire Services. If the explanation of the
loss is considered satisfactory, the Medal or Clasp may be replaced
on payment or otherwise.





ROYAL WARRANT

THE COLONIAL POLICE LONG SERVICE MIEDAL

[Published in the Gazette as G.N.A. 96/57. Amended, L.N. 136/72.]

ELIZABETH R.

ELIZABETH THE SECOND, by the Grace of God of the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and of Her
Other Realms and Territories Queen, Head of the Common-
wealth, Defender of the Faith, to all to whom these Presents
shall come, Greeting!

WHEREAS Our Royal Grandfather His late Majesty King
George the Fifth in consideration of the long and good services
rendered by subordinate members of the Police Forces and Fire
Brigades in Our Colonies and in Territories under Our Protection
or Administration did by Warrant under His Royal Sign Manual
dated the Twenty-third day of March, one thousand nine hundred
and thirty-four, institute a new Medal to be awarded for such
services as aforesaid;

AND WHEREAS We are desirous of having separate Medals for
the subordinate members of Police Forces and for subordinate
members of Fire Brigades, We are graciously pleased to make,
ordain and establish the following rules and ordinances for the
governance of the Decoration to be awarded to subordinate mem-
bers of Police Forces-

First: Style.-The Medal shall be designated and styled
'The Colonial Police Long Service Medal'.

Secondly: Description.-The award shall be in silver, in the
form of a circular Medal, bearing on the obverse the
Crowned Effigy of the Sovereign, and on the reverse an
emblematic design, with the words 'For Long Service
and Good Conduct' and the circumscription 'Colonial
Police Forces'.

Thirdly: Name of recipient.-The name and rank of the
recipient and the Territory in which he completed his
qualifying service shall be inscribed on the rim of the
Medal.

Fourthly: Ribbon.-The Medal shall be worn on the left
side attached by means of a suspending bar to a ribbon
one inch and three-eighths in width, the central part (one
half of an inch in width) green, with two borders dark
blue and each three-eighths of an inch in width, and two
silver stripes, each one-sixteenth of an inch wide, separat-
ing the borders from the central part.





Fifthly: Eligibility and Service required-The Medal shall be
awarded to members of all ranks of Police Forces who
have completed not less than eighteen years' whole-time
and continuous service in the Police Service in any Colony,
Associated State or Territory under Our Protection or
Administration, or an aggregate of eighteen years' whole-
time and continuous service, as defined in the Regulations
hereinafter mentioned, in Police Service in more than one
Colony, Associated State or Territory under Our Protec-
tion or Administration, or in any Police Force service in
which would reckon as qualifying service for the Police
Long Service and Good Conduct Medal and in one or
more Colonies, Associated States or Territories under
Our Protection or Administration. Compulsory service
in Our Armed Forces or Merchant Navy which interrupted
and was continuous with qualifying Police service shall
itself be treated as qualifying service. Provided that no
account shall be taken of any service for which, in the case
of the person concemed, the Police Long Service and
Good Conduct Medal or a Bar thereto has already been
awarded.

Sixthly: Clasps.-A Clasp to the Medal to be attached to the
ribbon when the Medal itself is worn, may be awarded
on the completion of a total of twenty-five years' qualify-
ing service as aforesaid, and a further Clasp on the com-
pletion of a total of thirty years' qualifying service as
aforesaid. A small silver rose emblem denoting the
award of each Clasp shall be worn on the ribbon when
the ribbon only is worn.

Seventhly: Certificate of Efficiency.-No person shall be
recommended for the Medal or Clasp unless, having
completed the qualifying period of service, it is certified
that his character and conduct have been exemplary, as
defined in the Regulations hereinafter mentioned. It is
also a requirement that the candidate shall be put for-
ward by the Officer in charge of the Police Service in
the Colony, Associated State or Territory under Our
Protection or Administration in which the period of
service requisite to qualify for the Medal has been
completed.

Eighthly: Order of wear.-In the official list showing the
order in which Orders, Decorations and Medals should
be worn the Colonial Police Long Service Medal shall be
placed immediately after the Sierra Leone Police Long
Service Medal.





Ninthly: Miniatures.-Reproductions of the Medal, known
as miniature Medals, which may be worn on certain
occasions by those to whom the Medal is awarded, shall
be approximately half the size of the Colonial Police
Long Service Medal, and a sealed pattern of the minia-
ture Medal shall be kept in the Central Chancery of Our
Orders of Knighthood.

Tenthly: Delegated Powers.-Delegated powers to make
awards under the terms of this Our Warrant shall be vested
in Our Governor or Officer Administering the Govern-
ment of the Colony, Associated State or Territory under
Our Protection or Administration in which the period of
service requisite to qualify for the Medal has been
completed.

Eleventhly: Other awards.-It shall be a condition of the
award of the Medal in the Police Service in any Colony,
Associated State or Territory under Our Protection or
Administration that the Imperial Service Medal shall
cease to be awarded in such Service.

It shall also be a condition of the award of the
Medal in the Police Service in any Colony, Associated
State or Territory under Our Protection or Administration
that the grant of any unofficial or local long service or
good conduct medal for wear in such Service shall be
discontinued, and that any unofficial or local long service
medal already granted shall not be worn by a recipient
of Our Colonial Police Long Service Medal.

Twelfthly: Forfeiture and restoration.-It shall be competent
for Our Governor or Officer Administering the Govern-
ment of any Colony, Associated State or Territory under
Our Protection or Administration, in relation to the
Police Service within his jurisdiction to cancel and annul
the conferment of the Medal on any person and also to
restore a Medal which has been so forfeited.

Thirteenthly: Regulations.-Our Governor or Officer Admin-
istering the Government of the Colony, Associated State
or Territory concemed shall issue from time to time,
with the prior approval of one of Our Principal Secretaries
of State, such Regulations as to grant, forfeiture, restora-
tion and other matters as shall be necessary in order to
carry out the purpose of this Our Warrant.

Lastly: Annulment, etc., of rules and ordinances.-We re-
serve to Ourselves, Our Heirs and Successors, full power
of annulling, altering, abrogating, augmenting, interpret-
ing or dispensing with these rules and ordinances, or any
part thereof, by a notification under Our Sign Manual.





All previous Warrants in this behalf are hereby revoked.

GIVEN at Our Court at St. James's this Twenty-first day of
March, one thousand nine hundred and fifty-six, in the fifth year
of Our Reign.

By Her Majesty's Command,

ALAN LENNOX-BOYD.





REGULATIONS GOVERNING AwARD OF THE COLONIAL POLICE
LONG SERVICE MEDAL.

(HONG KONG).

[Published in the Gazette as L.N. 137/72.]

1. Service Required

The Colonial Police Long Service Medal will be granted as
a reward for long service and good conduct to members of all
ranks of the Royal Hong Kong Police Force, who on or after the
14th day of July 1971, shall have completed eighteen years' con-
tinuous service as hereinafter defined.

A Clasp will also be granted to a recipient of the Medal on
his completing twenty-five years' qualifying service, and a further
Clasp on completing thirty years' qualifying service. For each
Clasp so awarded a small silver rose may be added to the ribbon
when worn alone.

2. Continuity of Service

Service in the Civil Police Forces of other Colonies, Asso-
ciated States or Territories under Her Majesty's protection or
Administration may be allowed to reckon towards the required
period of qualifying service, as may also service which would
reckon as qualifying service for the Police Long Service and Good
Conduct Medal, if the total period of such service amounts to
not less than eighteen years; provided, however, that where service
has been rendered in Hong Kong and in one or more of the terri-
tories defined above an interval not exceeding twelve months
between any two periods of service shall not be regarded as
breaking the continuity of such service; provided also that a break
in'service not exceeding six calendar months in Hong Kong or
in any one territory as defined above shall not be regarded as
breaking the continuity of such service.

Service in Her Majesty's Armed Forces or Merchant Navy
whether on secondment ' on recall or when called upon to serve
may be allowed to reckon towards the required period of qualify-
ing service, provided that such military or Merchant Navy service
interrupted and was continuous with qualifying Police service.

3. Exemplary Character

For the purpose of these Regulations service shall be reckoned
as qualifying service only if it is certified that the character and
conduct of the person recommended for the grant of the Medal
or Clasp has been exemplary.





Exemplary character means a record clear of any serious
offence or persistent minor offences. Provided that the Commis-
sioner of Police notwithstanding recorded offences, may recom-
mend an award where general conduct and character merit such
recommendation and always provided that no serious offence has
been committed during the last five years of the qualifying period
of service.

4. Recommending Authority

Recommendations for the award of the Medal or Clasp shall
be submitted by the Commissioner of Police to the Governor.
The Medal will be awarded on the authority of the Governor and
a notification of such award shall be published in the Government
Gazette.

5. Forfeiture and Restoration

(a) A recipient of the Medal or Clasp who is convicted of a
criminal offence or is dismissed or removed from the
Police Force for n-tisconduct shall forfeit the Medal and
Clasp unless the Governor shall otherwise direct.

(b) A Medal or Clasp so forfeited may be restored to the
recipient by the Governor at his discretion.

(c) A notice of forfeiture or restoration shall in every case
be published in the Gazette.

6. Replacement of Medal and Clasp in the event of loss

In the event of loss, application may be made for replacement
of a Medal or Clasp. Such application, stating the circumstances
in which the loss occurred, will be forwarded to the Governor
through the Commissioner of Police. If the explanation of the
loss is considered satisfactory, the Medal or Clasp may be replaced
on payment or otherwise.





ROYAL WARRANT.

THE, COLONIAL SPECIAL CONSTABULARY M[EDAL.

[Published in the Gazette as G.N.A. 18/60.]

ELIZABETH R.

ELIZABETH THE SECOND, by the Grace of God of the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and of Her
Other Realms and Territories Queen, Head of the Common-
wealth, Defender of the Faith, to all to whom these Presents
shall come, Greeting!

WHEREAS We are desirous of honouring those who in Our
Colonies and Territories under Our Protection or Administration
have rendered long and meritorous service as members of the
Special Constabulary, sometimes called the Volunteer or Auxiliary
Special Constabulary Reserves. or Special Reserve Police.

WE do by these Presents for Us, Our Heirs and Successors,
institute and create a new Medal and We do hereby direct that it
shall be governed by the following rules and ordinances:

First: Style.-The Medal shall be designated and styled
'The Colonial Special Constabulary Medal'.

Secondly: Description.-The Award shall be in silver. in the
form of a circular Medal, bearing on the obverse the
Crowned Efligy of the Sovereign, and on the reverse an
emblematic design and the words 'Colonial Special
Constabulary. For Faithful Service'.

Thirdly: Name of recipient.-The name and rank of the
recipient and the Territory in which he completed his
qualifying service shall be inscribed on the rim of the
Medal.

Fourthly: Ribbon.-The Medal shall be worn on the left
side attached by means of a suspending bar to a ribbon
one inch and three-eighths in width, the central part
green, with two borders, dark blue and each three-eighths
of an inch in width, two silver stripes one-sixteenth of
an inch in width being superimposed on the g!een central
part, dividing it into three stripes of equal width.

Fifthly: Eligibility and Service required.-The Medal shall
be awarded only to such members of any rank of the
Special Constabulary Forces in Our Colonies and Terri-
tories under Our Protection or Administration, who
satisfy the following conditions, namely:





(1)shall have served as a Special Constable without pay
for not less than nine years in such Force or for
periods amounting in the aggregate to not less than
nine years in one or more such Forces, and shall be
recommended by the Head of the Police Force as
willing and competent to discharge the duties of a
Special Constable and as having performed without
pay such duty as a Special Constable as has been
required from him by the Head of the Police Force
during that period or those periods; or

(2)shall have served as a Special Constable in receipt
of remuneration for his service by way of salary or
allowance, or training or retaining fees, for a period
of not less than fifteen years in such Force or for
periods amounting in the aggregate to not less than
fifteen years in one or more such Forces, and shall
be recommended by the Head of the Police Force
as willing and competent to discharge the duties of
a Special Constable and as having performed such
duty as a Special Constable as has been required
from him by the Head of the Police Force during
that period or those periods:

Provided-

(a)that such service shall not be reckoned as
qualifying service for the Colonial Police Long
Service Medal;

(b)that no period shall be reckoned as qualifying
service during which a member has been paid
as a member of the permanent staff of such
Force.

Sixthly: Clasps.-A Clasp to the Medal, to be attached to
the ribbon when the Medal itself is worn. may be
awarded on completion of each ten years of qualifying
service as aforesaid after completion of qualifying service
for the Medal. A small silver rose emblem denoting
the award of each Clasp shall be worn on the ribbon
when the ribbon only is worn.

Seventhly: Certificate of efficiency.---Noperson shall be
recommended for the Medal or Clasp unless, having
completed the qualifying period of service, it is certified
that he was willing and competent to discharge the duties
of a Special Constable, and performed such duty as a
Special Constable as has been required from him. It is
also a requirement that the candidate shall have been
put forward by the Officer in charge of the Special
Constabulary in the Colony or Territory under Our





Protection or Administration in which the period of
service requisite to qualify for the Medal has been
completed.

Eighthly: Order of wear.-In the official list showing the
order in which Orders, Decorations and Medals should
be worn the Colonial Special Constabulary Medal shall
be placed immediately after the South African Medal for
War Services.

Ninthly: Miniatures.-Reproductions of the Medal. known
as miniature Medals, which may be worn on certain
occasions by those to whom the Medal is awarded, shall
be approximately half the size of the Colonial Special
Constabulary Medal, and a sealed pattern of the minia-
ture Medal shall be kept in the Central Chancery of Our
Orders of Knighthood.

Tenthly: Delegated powers.-Delegated powers to make
awards under the terms of this Our Warrant shall be
vested in Our Governor-General, Governor or Officer
Administering the Government of the Colony or Terri-
tory in which the period of service requisite to qualify
for the Medal has been completed.

Eleventhly: Other Awards.-It shall be a condition of the
award of the Medal in the Special Constabulary in any
Colony or Territory under Our Protection or Adminis-
tration that the grant of any unofficial or local long
service medals for wear in such Special Constabulary
shall be discontinued, and that any unofficial or local
long service medal already granted shall be worn by a
recipient of our Colonial Special Constabulary Medal.

Twelfthly: Forfeiture and restoration.-it shall be com-
petent for Our Governor-General, Governor or Officer
Administering the Government of any Colony or Terri-
tory under Our Protection or Administration, in relation
to the Special Constabulary within his jurisdiction, to
cancel and annul the conferment of the Medal on any
person and also to restore a Medal which has been so
forfeited.

Thirteenthly: Regulations.---Our Governor-General, Governor
or Officer Administering the Government of the Colony
or Territory concemed may, with the approval of one of
Our Principal Secretaries of State, make Regulations for
the carrying out of the provisions of this Our Warrant
providing for the manner of the application of this Our
Warrant to the Special Constabulary Forces in Our





Colonies or Territories under Our Protection or Adminis-
tration, and the procedure, to be followed regarding the
recommendations for the award of the Medal, its forfei-
ture and restoration.

Lastly : Annulment, etc., of rules and ordinances.-We
reserve to Ourself, Our Heirs and Successors, full power
of annulling, altering, abrogating, augmenting, interpret-
ing or dispensing with these rules and ordinances, or any
part thereof, by a notification under Our Sign Manual.

GIVEN at Our Court at St. James's this First day of April,
One thousand nine hundred and fifty-seven, in the sixth year of
Our Reign.

By Her Majesty's Command,

ALAN LENNOX-BOYD.





REGULATIONS GOVERNING AwARD OF THE COLONIAL
SPECIAL CONSTABULARY MEDAL.

(HONG KONG).

[Published in the Gazette as G.N.A. 19/60.]

The Colonial Special Constabulary Medal and its Clasps
will be granted in accordance with the provisions of the Royal
Warrant as a reward for long and meritorious service to a member
of the Hong Kong Auxiliary Police Force. which term shall include
for the purposes of these regulations the former Hong Kong
Police Reserve and Special Constabulary, who on or after the 1st
day of April, 1957. satisfies the following conditions-

(a)has served continuously and has been in receipt of re-
muneration for his service by way of salary or allowance,
or training or retaining fees, as a member of the Hong
Kong Auxiliary Police Force in any rank for not less
than fifteen years or for periods amounting in the aggre-
gate to not less than fifteen years in such Force and any
other Constabulary Force to which the Royal Warrant
has been applied:

Provided-
(i) that no period of service as a whole time member
of the permanent staff of such Force or Forces shall
count as qualifying service;
(ii) that he has been recommended by the Commis-
sioner of Police as willing and competent to discharge
the duties of a member of the Hong Kong Auxiliary
Police Force and as having performed such duty as
required of him during the qualifying period of service;
and

(b) (i) where service has been rendered in the Special
constabulary Forces of more than one Colonial Territory
as aforesaid an interval not exceeding twelve months
between any two periods of service shall not be regarded
as breaking the continuity of such service, also
(ii) a break in service not exceeding six calendar
months in any one such Special Constabulary Force shall
not be regarded as breaking the continuity of such
service;
(iii) a break in service between December 1941 and
May 1946 (being the period during which the former
Hong Kong Police Reserve was disbanded owing to the
enemy occupation of Hong Kong) shall not be regarded
as breaking the continuity of service, should the member
have rejoined the Force not more than three months
after it was reformed;





(iv) a Clasp will also be granted to a recipient of the
Medal on his completing each further ten years' qualify-
ing service subsequent to the date of completion of the
first fifteen years' service aforesaid. For each Clasp so
awarded a small silver rose emblem may be added to
the ribbon when worn alone.

2. Recommendations for the award of the Medal shall be
submitted annually by the Commissioner of Police to the
Governor or Officer Administering the Government. The Medal
shall be awarded on the authority of the Governor or Officer
Administering the Government and a notification of such award
shall be published in the Government Gazette.

3. A recipient of the Medal or Clasp who is convicted of a
criminal offence for which he is sentenced to a term of imprison-
ment or who is dismissed or removed from the Hong Kong
Auxiliary Police Force for misconduct shall forfeit the Medal and
Clasp unless the Governor or Officer Administering the Govern-
ment shall otherwise direct.

A Medal or Clasp so forfeited may be restored to the recipient
by the Governor or Officer Administering the Government at his
discretion.

A notice of forfeiture or restoration shall in every case be
published in the Government Gazette.

4. A Medal or Clasp lost by the recipient may be replaced
by the Governor or Officer Administering the Government at his
discretion upon payment of such fee as he may order.





MERCHANT SHIPPING (BCH CODE) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page

1. Citation and interpretation......................... .. S 2
2. Application................................... S 4
2A. Power of Director in respect of appointments and delegations......... S 4
2B. Fees..................................... .. S 4
2C. Transitional................................ .. S 4
3. Compliance with Code........................... .. S 5
4. Survey requirements -......................... .. S 5
5. Issue of Certificate of Fitness......................... .. S 7
6. Maintenance of conditions after survey.................... .. S 8
7. Equivalents................................... S 8
8. Exemptions.................................. S 9
9. Loading and carriage in bulk of listed chemicals............... .. S 9
10. Penalties................................... .. S 9
11. Power to detain................................. S 9

Schedule............................................. S 10





MERCHANT SHIPPING (BCH CODE) REGULATIONS

[Made by the Governor under Article 3 of the Merchant
Shipping (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Order 1987,
S.I 1987 No. 470 as modified and extended to Hong Kong
by the Merchant Shipping (Prevention and Control of Pollution)
(Hong Kong) Order 1987, S.I 1987 No. 664]

[6 May 1987.]

1. (1) These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Ship-
ping (BCH Code) Regulations.

(2) In these regulations the following expressions have the
following meanings-

1974 SOLAS Convention' means the International Convention for
the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended (a);

'BCH Code' means the Code for the Construction and Equipment
of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk (1986 Edition)
published by the International Maritime Organization;

'Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate', 'Cargo Ship Safety
Equipment Certificate', 'Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelegraphy
Certificate' and 'Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelephony Certifi-
cate' mean respectively the certificates so entitled issued in
conformity with the 1974 SOLAS Convention and, in the case
of a Hong Kong ship, under or pursuant to the Merchant
Shipping (Safety) Ordinance;

'Category A', 'Category W' and 'Category C' mean respectively,
in relation to a substance, the category to which a substance
listed in column 'a' of the table in Chapter VI of the BCH
Code is assigned by having against it in column 'c' of that table
an entry 'A', 'B' or 'C' respectively;

'Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in
Bulk' means, in relation to a Hong Kong ship, a certificate
issued pursuant to regulation 5 and, in relation to any other
ship, a certificate issued in conformity with Chapter 1 of the
BCH Code by or on behalf of the government of the State in
which the ship is registered;

'chemical tanker' means a self-propelled cargo ship constructed or
adapted and used for the carriage in bulk of any liquid
substance listed in Chapter VI of the BCH Code; but does not
include offshore support vessels or dry cargo ships with deep
tanks;

(a) Cmnd. 7874; the Convention was amended by the Protocol of 1978 (Cmnd.
7346) and by two sets of amendments adopted by the Maritime Safety Com-
mittee of the International Maritime Organization on 20 November 1981 and 17
June 1983 respectively.





'constructed' in the expressions 'constructed on or after' and
'constructed before' means, in relation to a ship, having its
keel laid or being at a similar stage of construction; and 'similar
stage of construction' means the stage at which-

(a) construction identifiable with a specific ship begins; and

(b)assembly of that ship has commenced comprising at least
50 tonnes or 1 per cent of the estimated mass of all
structural material, whichever is the less;

'Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances Regulations'
means the Merchant Shipping (Control of Pollution by Noxious
Liquid Substances in Bulk) Regulations;

'Director' means the Director of Marine;

'Hong Kong ship' means a ship which is registered in Hong Kong;

'Hong Kong-trading' means operating within the waters of Hong
Kong;

'in bulk' means directly and without intermediate form of contain-
ment in a tank forming an integral part of, or permanently
located on, a ship;

'internationally-trading' means engaged otherwise than as a Hong
Kong-trading ship;

'MARPOL 1973/78' means the International Convention for the
Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as amended (b);

waters of Hong Kong' has the meaning assigned to it in section 2
of the Merchant Shipping (Safety) Ordinance.

(3) In interpreting the BCH Code-

(a)the provisions of the BCH Code having been made manda-
tory under regulation 3 the.language thereof shall be
construed accordingly;

(b)the definitions set out in Chapter 1, paragraph 1.4 thereof,
shall apply;

(c)the footnotes to Part A of Chapter 11, to paragraphs
2.14.1, 2.15.6(b), 3.13, 3.14, 3.15.2, 3.16.4 and Chapter VI
shall be construed as an integral part of the BCH Code;

(d)references to the Administration shall, in relation to Hong
Kong ships, be references to the Secretary for Economic
Services; and references to the Port Administration shall,
in relation to all ships in the waters of Hong Kong, be
references to the Director;

(e)for the second sentence of the footnote to paragraph 3.13
there shall be substituted:

(b)Cmnd. 5748; the Convention was amended in 1978 (Cmnd. 7347) and by
amendments adopted by the Marine Environment Protection Committee or
IMO on 5 December 1985.





'All chemical tankers constructed after 20 May 1980
but before 1 September 1984 are to comply with
section 3.13 of the 1980 edition of this Code.';

each of the references to regulations of the 1974 SOLAS
Convention listed in columns (1) and (2) of table 1 and
table 2 in the Schedule hereto shall be construed as a
reference to the corresponding provision contained in
regulations made or deemed to be made pursuant to the
Merchant Shipping (Safety) Ordinance and listed opposite
to it in column (3) of those tables.

2. (1) These regulations apply, subject to the following
provisions of this regulation, to chemical tankers constructed before
1 July 1986 which are carrying Category A, Category B or Category
C substances.

(2) These regulations apply to all ships specified in paragraph
(1) which are Hong Kong ships wherever they may be and to other
such ships while they are within the waters of Hong Kong:

Provided that in the case of a ship registered in a State which is
not a party to MARPOL 1973/78 they shall not apply by reason of
its being within the waters of Hong Kong if it would not have been
there but for stress of weather or any circumstances which could not
have been prevented by the owner, the master or the charterer (if
any).

(3) These regulations shall not apply to any ship to which the
Merchant Shipping (IBC Code) Regulations apply by virtue of
regulation 2(1)(b) or (c) thereof (ships converted or undergoing
major modifications after 1 July 1986).

2A. (1) The Director may, in writing, appoint persons to be
surveyors for the purposes of these regulations.

(2) The Director may, in writing, delegate to any public officer
or class of public officers any of his powers, functions or duties
under these regulations and may at any time revoke any such
delegation.

(3) No delegation under paragraph (2) shall preclude the
Director from exercising or performing at any time any power,
function or duty so delegated.

2B. Fees shall be payable in respect of surveys and other
services provided under these regulations and, except in relation to
a survey carried out by a surveyor other than a surveyor referred
to in regulation 4(2)(a), shall be determined as prescribed by the
Merchant Shipping (Fees) Regulations and, as respects the time
involved, by reference to the hourly rate calculated in accordance
with those regulations.

2C. Any Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous
Chemicals in Bulk issued by the Director pursuant to Annex II to





MARPOL 1973/78 prior to the commencement of these regulations
shall be deemed for all purposes to be a Certificate of Fitness for the
Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk issued under these regula-
tions and shall have effect according to its terms.

3. Chemical tankers to which these regulations apply shall
comply with the requirements of the BCH Code as follows-

(1)(a) every internationally-trading chemical tanker for
which the building contract was placed on or after 2
November 1973; and

(b)every Hong Kong-trading chemical tanker which was
constructed on or after 1 July 1983,

shall be constructed, fitted, equipped, arranged and operated in
accordance with the requirements relevant to it of Chapters II-VI
inclusive of the BCH Code;

(2)(a) every internationally-trading chemical tanker for
which the building contract was placed before 2 November
1973; and

(b)every Hong Kong-trading chemical tanker of 1 600 tons
gross tonnage or over which was constructed before 1 July
1983,

shall be constructed, equipped and operated in accordance with the
requirements relevant to it of the BCH Code except to the extent
provided in sub-paragraphs 1.7.3(a)-(f) thereof.

(3) Every Hong Kong-trading chemical tanker of less than
1600 tons gross tonnage which was constructed before 1 July 1983
shall be operated in accordance with the requirements of Chapters V
and VA of the BCH Code.

4. (1) The structure, equipment, fittings, arrangements and
materials (other than items in respect of which a Cargo Ship Safety
Construction Certificate, Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate,
Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificate or Cargo Ship Safety
Radiotelephony Certificate is issued) of a chemical tanker shall be
subjected to the following surveys-

(a)an initial survey before the Certificate of Fitness for the
Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk is issued for the
first time, which shall include a complete examination of its
structure, equipment, fittings, arrangements and materials
in so far as the ship is covered by the BCH Code; an initial
survey shall be such as to ensure that the structure,
equipment, fittings, arrangements and materials fully com-
ply with the relevant provisions of the BCH Code;

(b)a periodical survey at intervals not exceeding 5 years which
shall be such as to ensure that the structure, equipment,
fittings, arrangements and materials comply with the rele-
vant provisions of the BCH Code;





(c)a minimum of one intermediate survey during the period of
validity of the Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of
Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk; in cases where only one
such intermediate survey is carried out in any one certifi-
cate validity period, it shall be carried out not before 6
months prior to, nor later than 6 months after, the half-
way date of the certificate's period of validity; intermediate
surveys shall be such as to ensure that the equipment and
associated pump and piping systems comply with the
relevant provisions of the BCH Code and are in good
working order and condition; a record of such surveys in
the form appropriate to an intermediate survey included in
the form entitled 'Endorsement for Annual and Inter-
mediate Surveys' set out in the appendix to the BCH Code
shall be endorsed by the surveyor on the Certificate of
Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk;

(d)an annual survey within 3 months before or after the
anniversary date of the Certificate of Fitness for the
Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk which shall
include a general examination to ensure that the structure,
equipment, fittings, arrangements and materials remain in
all respects satisfactory for the service for which the ship is
intended; a record of such survey in the form appropriate
to an annual survey included in the form entitled 'Endor-
sement for Annual and Intermediate Surveys' set out in
the appendix to the BCH Code shall be endorsed by the
surveyor on the Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of
Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk;

(e)an additional survey, either general or partial according to
the circumstances, shall be made when it has been deter-
mined under regulation 6(3) to be necessary, or whenever
any important repairs or renewals are made; such a survey
shall ensure that the necessary repairs or renewals have
been effectively made, that the materials and workmanship
of such repairs or renewals are satisfactory, and that the
ship is fit to proceed to sea without danger to the ship or
persons on board; a record of such survey shall be endorsed
by the surveyor on the Certificate of Fitness for the
Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk certifying that
on completion of the survey the ship complied with the
relevant provisions of the Code.

(2) Every such survey shall be carried out-

(a) by a surveyor appointed by the Director under regulation
2A or by the Secretary for Economic Services under
section 5 of the Merchant Shipping (Safety) Ordinance; or

(b)by a marine surveyor of the United Kingdom Department
of Transport,

and application for such a survey shall be made by or on behalf of
the owner to the Director.





5. (1) Upon satisfactory completion of an initial or periodi-
cal survey udder regulation 4 of these regulations and under regula-
tion 19 of the Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances
Regulations the Director shall issue to a ship which complies with
the relevant requirements of the BCH Code and of the Control of
Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances Regulations a certificate
called a Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemi-
cals in Bulk in the form so entitled set out in the appendix to the
BCH Code. Such certificate shall be issued for a period not exceed-
ing 5 years beginning on the date of completion of the survey in
question.

(2) A certificate shall cease to be valid-

(a)if any survey required by regulation 4(1)(c) or (d) is not
completed within the period specified for that survey; or

(b)if any survey required by regulation 4(1)(e) is not com-
pleted within such reasonable time as the surveyor may
specify; or

(c) upon transfer of the ship to non-British registry.

(3) In either of the cases specified in paragraph (2)(a) or (b) the
owner shall deliver up the certificate issued in relation to the ship to
the Director on demand.

(4) In the case of a ship which has transferred from registry in
another State to registry in Hong Kong the Director may, subject to
such requirements as to survey or otherwise as he may think fit, if he
is satisfied, notwithstanding that the surveys were not carried out by
a surveyor appointed as required by regulation 4(2), that-

(a)the ship has already been subjected to a satisfactory initial
or periodical survey and to any intermediate, annual or
additional surveys required; and

(b)the ship was issued by or on behalf of the government of
that other State with a certificate of fitness which would,
but for the change of registry, have remained valid; and

(c)the condition of the ship and its equipment has been
maintained in conformity with the provisions of the BCH
Code; and

(d)since completion of the surveys referred to in sub-
paragraph (a) no change has been made in the structure,
equipment, fittings, arrangements and materials covered
by those surveys without the sanction of the government of
that other State or of the Director, except by direct
replacement,

issue to that ship a Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of
Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk for a period to be determined by the
Director, but expiring not later than the expiry date of the certificate
referred to in sub-paragraph (b).





(5) The Director may request the government of a state party
to MARPOL 1973/78 to survey a Hong Kong ship and, if that
government is satisfied that the provisions of the convention are
complied with it shall issue, or authorize the issue of, a Certificate of
Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk to the ship.

(6) A Certificate issued under paragraph (5)-

(a)shall contain a statement to the effect that it has been
issued at the request of the Hong Kong Government; and

(b)shall have the same force and receive the same recognition
as a Certificate issued under paragraph (1).

(7) The Director may, at the request of the government of a
state party to MARPOL 1973/78, survey a ship registered in that
state and entitled to fly the flag of that state as if it were a Hong
Kong ship and, if satisfied that the provisions of the convention are
complied with, he shall issue a Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage
of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk to that ship; and such certificate
shall contain a statement that it has been issued at the request of the
government in question.

(8) The Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous
Chemicals in Bulk shall be kept on board the ship and shall be
available for inspection at all reasonable times.

6. (1) The condition of the ship and its equipment shall be
maintained so as to conform to the provisions of the BCH Code.

(2) After any survey of the ship under regulation 4 has been
completed, no change shall be made in the structure, equipment,
fittings, arrangements and materials covered by the survey, without
the sanction of the Director, except by direct replacement.

(3) Whenever an accident occurs to a ship or a defect is
discovered, either of which affects the safety or integrity of the ship,
the safety of the crew or the efficiency or completeness of the
equipment required by Part IV of the Control of Pollution by
Noxious Liquid Substances Regulations, the master or owner of the
ship shall report at the earliest opportunity to the Director, who
shall determine whether an additional survey is necessary. If the ship
is in a port of another State the master or owner shall also report
immediately to the appropriate authority of the government of the
State in which the port is situated.

7. Where the BCH Code requires that a particular fitting,
material, appliance, apparatus, item of equipment or type thereof
should be fitted or carried in a ship, or that any particular provision
should be made, or any procedure or arrangement should be
complied with, the Director may allow any other fitting, material,
appliance, apparatus, item of equipment or type thereof to be fitted
or carried, or any other provision, procedure or arrangement to be
made in that ship, if he is satisfied by trial thereof or otherwise that
such fitting, material, appliance, apparatus, item of equipment or





type thereof, or any particular provision, procedure or arrangement
is at least as effective as that required by the BCH Code.

8. The Director may exempt any ship or class or description
of ship from any of the requirements of these regulations or of the
BCH Code, subject to such conditions as he may specify, and may
alter or cancel any exemption so granted.

9. No ship to which these regulations apply shall load in
bulk or carry in bulk any Category A, Category B or Category
C substance unless-

(a) (i) there is in force in respect of that ship a Certificate of
Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk
covering the substance which the ship is loading or carry-
ing; and
(ii) the loading and carriage is in accordance with the
terms of that certificate; or

(b)either the Director or the government of a State party to
MARPOL 1973/78 has given specific approval to its carri-
age and any conditions relevant to loading or carriage
subject to which that approval was given are complied
with.

10.(1) (a) If there is a breach of regulation 3, 5(8), 6 or 9
then the owner and master of the ship shall each be guilty
of an offence punishable on summary conviction by a fine
not exceeding $10,000, or, on indictment, by a fine.

(b)If there is a breach of regulation 4(2) then the owner of the
ship shall be guilty of an offence punishable on summary
conviction by a fine not exceeding $10,000, or, on indict-
ment, by a fine.

(2) It shall be a defence for a person charged with an offence
under these regulations to prove that he took all reasonable steps to
ensure that the regulations in question were complied with.

11. (1) In any case where a ship does not comply with these
regulations the ship shall be liable to be detained and section 692(1)
to (3) of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894 (which relates to the
detention of a ship) shall have effect in relation to the ship, subject to
the following modifications-

(a) in subsection (1)-
(i) for the words 'this Act' there shall be substituted
the words 'the Merchant Shipping (BCH Code) Regula-
tions' ;
(ii) for the words 'any officer of the Board of Trade'
there shall be substituted the words 'the Director or any
other officer of the Marine Department'; and
(iii) for the words 'fifty thousand pounds' there shall
be substituted '$500,000';





(b) in subsection (2)-
. (i) for the words 'Board of Trade' there shall be
substituted the words 'Marine Department'; and
(ii) for the words 'one thousand pounds' there shall be
substituted '$10,000'; and

(c)in subsection (3), for the words 'this Act' in both places
where they occur there shall be substituted the words 'the
Merchant Shipping (BCH Code) Regulations'.

(2) Where a ship other than a Hong Kong ship is detained
under paragraph (1), the Director shall immediately inform the
consul or diplomatic representative of the State whose flag the ship is
entitled to fly or the appropriate maritime authorities of that State.

SCHEDULE [reg. 1(3) (f).]

TABLES OF CORRESPONDING REGULATIONS

In these Tables-

'Cargo Ship Regulations 1981 ' means the Merchant Shipping (Cargo Ship Construc-
tion and Survey) Regulations 1981(c).

'Cargo Ship Regulations 1984' means the Merchant Shipping (Cargo Ship Construc-
tion and Survey) Regulations 1984(d).

'Fire Appliances Regulations 198W means the Merchant Shipping (Fire Appliances)
Regulations 1980(e).

'Fire Protection Regulations 1984' means the Merchant Shipping (Fire Protection)
Regulations 1984(f).

'Fire Protection pre-1980 Ships Regulations' means the Merchant Shipping (Fire
Protection) (Ships Built Before 25th May 1980) Regulations 1985(9).

In Table 1 references to the 1974 SOLAS Convention Regulations are, except where
otherwise stated, references to those regulations as amended in 1981 and 1983.

In Table 2 references to the 1974 SOLAS Convention Regulations are references to
those regulations in the original Convention of 1974 without amendments.

Table 1

Column 1 Column 2 Column 3
Paragraph in 1974 SOLAS Corresponding United
BCH Code Convention Kingdom Regulations which
(1986 Edition) Regulations are deemed to be Hong
as amended Kong Regulations
3.13.1 11-2, requirements forPt. IIB Cargo Ship Regulations
tankers 1984 and Pt. IV Fire Protection
Regulations 1984
3.13. 1 (a) 11-2/60, 61 and 62 Regulation 49 Fire Protection
3.13. 1 (d) Regulations 1984

(c) S.I. 1981/572, amended by S.I. 1984/1219 and S.I. 1985/665.
(d) S.I. 1984/1217, amended by S.I. 1985/661 and S.I. 1986/1067.
(e) S.I. 1980/544, amended by S.I. 1981/574 and S.I. 1985/1194.
(f) S.I. 1984/1218, amended by S.I 1985/1193 and S.I. 1986/1070.
(g) S.I. 1985/1218 with amendments not relevant to this Schedule.





Column 1 Column 2 Column 3
Paragraph in 1974 SOLAS Corresponding United
BCH Co le Convention Kingdom Regulations which
Regulations are deemed to be Hong
(1986 Edition) as amended Kong Regulations
3.13. 1 (a) II-2/63 Regulation 51 Fire Protection
3,13. 1 (e) Regulations 1994
3.13. 1 (b) II-2/56.2 Regulation 10(3) Cargo Ship
Regulations 1984
3.13. 1 (c) II-2/4 Regulation 29 Fire Protection
Regulations 1984

Table 2

Paragraph in BCH
Code 1980 Edition1974 SOLA S Corresponding United
referred to in Convention Kingdom Regulations
footnote to Regulations which are deemed to be
3.13 ofBCH (unamended Hong Kong Regulations
Code (1986 version)
Edition)

3.13.1 II-2/52(b) (c) (d) (e) (g) Regulations 31, 32, 34, 35, 39 and
(h) (i) (j) 40 Fire Appliances Regulations
1980

3.13.1 II-2/56 Regulations 54, 55 and 56 Cargo
Ship Regulations 1981

II-2/57 Regulations 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62,
63, 64, 65, 66, 67 and 69 Cargo
Ship Regulations 1981

II-2/58 Regulation 59 Cargo Ship
Regulations 1981

II-2/51 Regulations 11, 12,13, 14,15, 16,
17 and 18 Cargo Ship Regula-
tions 1981

II-2/53 Regulation 36 Cargo Ship
Regulations 1981

II-2/54 Regulation 37, Cargo Ship
Regulations 1981

3.13. 1 (a) II-2/8 Fire Appliances Regulations 1980
Schedule 9
Interim Recommen- I-5 Regulation 76 Fire Appliances
dation on page 117 Regulations 1980 note
referred to in footnote
to 3.13.1 (b)
II-2/7 Regulation 33 Fire Protection
Regulations 1984
3.13.2 II-2 Part D Parts IV and VIII Fire Protection
Regulations 1984 and
Regulations 10, 11, 12 and 13
Cargo Ship Regulations 1984
II-2 Part C Part VII Fire Protection
Regulations 1984





Paragraph in BCH
Code 1980 Edition 1974 SOLAS
referred to in Convention Corresponding United
footnote to Regulations Kingdom Regulations
3.13 of BCH (unamended which are deemed to be
Code (1986 version) Hong Kong Regulations
Edition)

II-2/53 Regulations 31 and 32 Fire
Protection Regulations 1984 and
Regulation 50 Cargo Ship
Regulations 1984
3.13.3(a) II-2/5.1 Fire Protection Regulations 1984
3.13.3(b) II-2/5.1.6 Schedule 10(1)
Schedule 10(1)(t)
3.13.3(a) II-2/5.2 Fire Protection Regulations 1984
Schedule 10(2)
3.13.3(b) II-2/5.3 Fire Protection Regulations 1984
Schedule 10(3)
3.15.2 II-2/52 Regulations 29, 30, 32, 33, 34, 35,
37 and 49 Fire Protection
pre- 1980 Ships Regulations
3.16.4 II-2/17 Regulation 53 Fire Protection
3.16.6 Regulations 1984





MERCHANT SHIPPING (IBC CODE) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page

1. Citation and interpretation......................... .. T 2
2. Application................................... T 4
2A. Power of Director in respect of appointments and delegations......... T 4
2B. Fees......................... ............. .. T 5
3. Compliance with Code........................... .. T 5
4. Survey requirements.............................. .. T 5
5. Issue of International Certificate of Fitness.................... T 6
6. Maintenance of conditions after survey.................... .. T 8
7. Equivalents................................... T 8
8. Exemptions.................................. T 8
9. Loading and carriage in bulk of listed chemicals............... .. T 8
10. Penalties................................... .. T 9
11. Power to detain................................. T 9

Schedule............................................. TIO





MERCHANT SHIPPING (IBC CODE) REGULATIONS

[Made by the Governor under Article 3 of the Merchant
Shipping (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Order 1987,
S.I. 1987 No. 470 as modified aiid extended to Hong Kong hy
the Merchant Shipping (Prevention and Control of Pollution)
(Hong Kong) Order 1987, S.I. 1987 No. 664]

[6 May 1987.]

1. (1) These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Ship-
ping (IBC Code) Regulations.
(2) In these regulations the following expressions have the
following meanings-
'1974 SOLAS Convention' means the International Convention for
the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended (a);
'BCH Code' means the Code for the Construction and Equipment
of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk (1986 Edition)
published by the International Maritime Organization;
'Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate', 'Cargo Ship Safety
Equipment Certificate', 'Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelegraphy
Certificate' and 'Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelephony Certifi-
cate' mean respectively the certificates so entitled issued in
conformity with the 1974 SOLAS Convention and, in the case
of a Hong Kong ship, under or pursuant to the Merchant
Shipping (Safety) Ordinance;
'chemical tanker' means a self-propelled cargo ship constructed or
adapted and used for the carriage in bulk of any liquid
substance listed in Chapter 17 of the IBC Code; but does not
include offshore support vessels or dry'cargo ships with deep
tanks;

'constructed' in regulation 2 means, in relation to a ship, having its
keel laid or being at a similar stage of construction; and 'similar
stage of construction' means the stage at which-
(a) construction identifiable with a specific ship begins; and
(b) assembly of that ship has commenced comprising at least
50 tonnes or 1 per cent of the estimated mass of all
structural material, whichever is the less;
'Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances Regulations'
means the Merchant Shipping (Control of Pollution by Noxious
Liquid Substances in Bulk) Regulations;
'Director' means the Director of Marine;
'Hong Kong ship' means a ship which is registered in Hong Kong;

(a) Cmnd. 7874; the Convention was amended by the Protocol of 1978 (Cmnd.
7346) and two sets of amendments adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee
of the International Maritime Organization on 20 November 1981 and 17 June
1983 respectively.





'IBC Code' means the International Code for the Construction and
Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemical in Bulk
(1986 Edition) published by the International Maritime Or-
ganization;

9GC Code' means the International Code for the Construction and
Equipment of Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk set out in
the Annex to Resolution MSC. 5(48) adopted by the Maritime
Safety Committee of the International Maritime Organization
on 17 June 1983;

'in bulk' means directly and without intermediate form of contain-
ment in a tank forming an integral part of, or permanently
located on, a ship;

International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous
Chemicals in Bulk' means, in relation to a Hong Kong ship, a
certificate issued pursuant to regulation 5 and, in relation to any
other ship, a certificate issued in conformity with Chapter 1 of
the IBC Code by or on behalf of the government of the State in
which the ship is registered;

'MARPOL 1973/78' means the International Convention for Pre-
vention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as amended (b);

'pollution hazard substance' means a substance listed in column
'a' of the table in Chapter 17 of the IBC Code and having
against it in column 'd' thereof an entry 'p' only;

'waters of Hong Kong' has the meaning assigned to it in section 2
of the Merchant Shipping (Safety) Ordinance.

(3) In interpreting the IBC Code-

(a)the provisions of the 1BC Code having been made manda-
tory under regulation 3 the language thereof shall be
construed accordingly;

(b)the definitions set out in Chapter 1, paragraph 1.3 thereof,
shall apply;

(c)references to the Administration shall, in relation to Hong
Kong ships, be references to the Secretary for Economic
Services; and references to the Port Administration shall,
in relation to all ships in the waters of Hong Kong, be
references to the Director;

(d)each of the references to regulations of the 1974 SOLAS
Convention listed in columns (1) and (2) of the table in the
Schedule hereto shall be construed as a reference to the
corresponding provisions contained in regulations made or
deemed to be made pursuant to the Merchant Shipping
(Safety) Ordinance and listed opposite to it in column (3)
of that table.

(b)Cmnd. 5748; the Convention was amended in 1978 (Cmnd. 7347) and by
amendments adopted by the Marine Environment Protection Committee of the
International Maritime Organization on 5 December 1985.





2. (1) These regulations apply, subject to the following
provisions of this regulation-

(a) to chemical tankers constructed on or after 1 July 1986;

(b) to ships converted to being chemical tankers on or after
that date except oil tankers-
(i) which were built before that date; and
(ii) which are converted for the purpose of carrying
pollution hazard substances only; and
(iii) the conversion of which consists only of modifica-
tions necessary for compliance with Chapter VA of the
BCH Code; and

(c)(to the extent that the Director considers reasonable and
practicable) to chemical tankers which were constructed
before, but undergo repairs, alterations and modifications
of a major character on or after, that date.

(2) Where a chemical tanker is constructed or adapted to carry
both-

(a)one or more of the substances listed both in Chapter 17 of
the IBC Code and in Chapter 19 of the IGC Code; and

(b)one or more of the substances listed in Chapter 19 of the
IGC Code but not in Chapter 17 of the IBC Code,

then to the extent that the requirements of those two Codes are
inconsistent the requirements of the IGC Code shall prevail.

(3) These regulations apply to all ships specified in paragraph
(1) which are Hong Kong ships wherever they may be and to other
such ships while they are within the waters of Hong Kong:

Provided that in the case of a ship registered in a State which is
not a party to the 1974 SOLAS Convention or to MARPOL 1973/78
they shall not apply by reason of its being within the waters of Hong
Kong if it would not have been there but for stress of weather or any
circumstances which could not have been prevented by the owner,
the master or the charterer (if any).

2A. (1) The Director may, in writing, appoint persons to be
surveyors for the purposes of these regulations.

(2) The Director may, in writing, delegate to any public officer
or class of public officers any of his powers, functions or duties
under these regulations and may at any time revoke any such
delegation.

(3) No delegation under paragraph (2) shall preclude the
Director from exercising or performing at any time any power,
function or duty so delegated.





2B. Fees shall be payable in respect of surveys and other
services provided under these regulations and, except in relation to a
survey carried out by a surveyor other than a surveyor referred to in
regulation 4(2)(a), shall. be determined as prescribed by the Mer-
chant Shipping (Fees) Regulations and, as respects the time involved,
by reference to the hourly rate calculated in accordance with those
regulations.

3. Every ship to which these regulations apply shall be
constructed, equipped and operated in accordance with the require-
ments relevant to it of Chapters 2-17 inclusive and 19 of the IBC
Code.

4. (1) The structure, equipment, fittings, arrangements and
materials (other than items in respect of which a Cargo Ship Safety
Construction Certificate, Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate,
Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificate or Cargo Ship Safety
Radiotelephony Certificate is issued) of a chemical tanker shall be
subjected to the following surveys-

(a)an initial survey before the International Certificate of
Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk is
issued for the first time, which shall include a complete
examination of its structure, equipment, fittings, arrange-
ments and materials in so far as the ship is covered by the
IBC Code; an initial survey shall be such as to ensure that
the structure, equipment, fittings, arrangements and
materials fully comply with the relevant provisions of the
IBC Code;

(b)a periodical survey at intervals not exceeding 5 years which
shall be such as to ensure that the structure, equipment,
fittings, arrangements and materials comply with the rele-
vant provisions of the IBC Code;

(c)a minimum of one intermediate survey during the period of
validity of the International Certificate of Fitness for the
Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk; in cases where
only one such intermediate survey is carried out in any one
certificate validity period, it shall be carried out not before
6 months prior to, nor later than 6 months after, the
half-way date of the certificate's period of validity; inter-
mediate surveys shall be such as to ensure that the equip-
ment and associated pump and piping systems comply
with the relevant provisions of the 1BC Code and are in
good working order and condition; a record of such
surveys in the form appropriate to an intermediate survey
included in the form entitled 'Endorsement for Annual
and Intermediate Surveys' set out in the appendix to the
1BC Code shall be endorsed by the surveyor on the
International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of
Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk;





(d)an annual survey within 3 months before or after the
anniversary date of the International Certificate of Fitness
for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk which
shall include a general examination to ensure that the
structure, equipment, fittings, arrangements and materials
remain in all respects satisfactory for the service for which
the ship is intended; a record of such survey in the form
appropriate to an annual survey included in the form
entitled 'Endorsement for Annual and Intermediate Sur-
veys' set out in the appendix to the IBC Code shall be
endorsed by the surveyor on the International Certificate
of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in
Bulk;

(e)an additional survey, either general or partial according to
the circumstances, shall be made when it has been deter-
mined under regulation 6(3) to be necessary, or whenever
any important repairs or renewals are made; such a survey
shall ensure that the necessary repairs or renewals have
been effectively made, that the materials and workmanship
of such repairs or renewals are satisfactory, and that the
ship is fit to proceed to sea without danger to the ship or
persons on board; a record of such survey shall be endorsed
by the surveyor on the International Certificate of Fitness
for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk certify-
ing that on completion of the survey the ship complied
with the relevant provisions of the Code.

(2) Every such survey shall be carried out-

(a)by a surveyor appointed by the Director under regulation
2A or by the Secretary for Economic Services under
section 5 of the Merchant Shipping (Safety) Ordinance; or

(b)by a marine surveyor of the United Kingdom Department
of Transport,

and application for such a survey shall be made by or on behalf of
the owner to the Director.

5. (1) Upon satisfactory completion of an initial or periodi-
cal survey under regulation 4 of these regulations and under regula-
tion 23 of the Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances
Regulations the Director shall issue to a ship which complies with
the relevant requirements of the IBC Code and of the Control of
Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances Regulations a certificate
called an International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of
Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk in the form so entitled set out in the
appendix to the IBC Code. Such certificate shall be issued for a
period not exceeding 5 years beginning on the date of completion of
the survey in question.

(2) A certificate shall cease to be valid-





(a)if any survey required by regulation 4(1)(c) or (d) is not
completed within the period specified for that survey; or

(b)if any survey required by regulation 4(1)(e) is not com-
pleted within such reasonable time as the surveyor may
specify; or

(c) upon transfer of the ship to non-British registry.

(3) In either of the cases specified in paragraph (2)(a) or (b) the
owner shall deliver up the certificate issued in relation to the ship to
the Director on demand.

(4) In the case of a ship which has transferred from registry in
another State to registry in Hong Kong the Director may, subject to
such requirements as to survey or otherwise as he may think fit, if he
is satisfied, notwithstanding that the surveys were not carried out by
a surveyor appointed as required by regulation 4(2), that-

(a)the ship has already been subjected to a satisfactory initial
or periodical survey and to any intermediate, annual or
additional surveys required; and

(b)the ship was issued by or on behalf of the government of
that other State with a certificate of fitness which would,
but for the change of registry, have remained valid; and

(c)the condition of the ship and its equipment has been
maintained in conformity with the provisions of the 1BC
Code; and

(d)since completion of the surveys referred to in sub-
paragraph (a) no change has been made in the structure,
equipment, fittings, arrangements and materials covered
by those surveys without the sanction of the government
of that other State or of the Director, except by direct
replacement,

issue to that ship an International Certificate of Fitness for the
Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk for a period to be
determined by the Director, but expiring not later than the expiry
date of the certificate referred to in sub-paragraph (b).

(5) The Director may request the government of a state party
to MARPOL 1973/78 to survey a Hong Kong ship and, if that
government is satisfied that the provisions of the convention are
complied with, it shall issue, or authorize the issue of, an Interna-
tional Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemi-
cals in Bulk, to the ship.

(6) A certificate issued under paragraph (5)-

(a)shall contain a statement to the effect that it has been
issued at the request of the Hong Kong Government; and

(b)shall have the same force and receive the same recognition
as a certificate issued under paragraph (1).





(7) The Director may, at the request of the government of a
state party to MARPOL 1973/78, survey a ship registered in that
state and entitled to fly the flag of that state as if it were a Hong
Kong ship and, if satisfied that the provisions of the convention are
complied with, he shall issue an International Certificate of Fitness
for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk to that ship; and
such certificate shall contain a statement that it has been issued at
the request of the government in question.

(8) The International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of
Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk shall be kept on board the ship and
shall be available for inspection at all reasonable times.

6. (1) The condition of the ship and its equipment shall be
maintained so as to conform to the provisions of the IBC Code.

(2) After any survey of the ship under regulation 4 has been
completed, no change shall be made in the structure, equipment,
fittings, arrangements and materials covered by the survey, without
the sanction of the Director, except by direct replacement.

(3) Whenever an accident occurs to a ship or a defect is
discovered, either of which affects the safety or integrity of the ship,
the safety of the crew or the efficiency or completeness of the
equipment required by Part IV of the Control of Pollution by
Noxious Liquid Substances Regulations, the master or owner of the
ship shall report at the earliest opportunity to the Director, who
shall determine whether an additional survey is necessary. If the ship
is in a port of another State the master or owner shall also report
immediately to the appropriate authority of the government of the
State in which the port is situated.

7. Where the IBC Code requires that a particular fitting,
material, appliance, apparatus, item of equipment or type thereof
should be fitted or carried in a ship, or that any particular provision
should be made, or any procedure or arrangement should be
complied with, the Director may allow any other fitting, material,
appliance, apparatus, item of equipment or type thereof to be fitted
or carried, or any other provision, procedure or arrangement to be
made in that ship, if he is satisfied by trial thereof or otherwise that
such fitting, material, appliance, apparatus, item of equipment or
type thereof, or any particular provision, procedure or arrangement
is at least as effective as that required by the IBC Code.

8. The Director may exempt any ship or class or description
of ship from any of the requirements of these regulations or of the
IBC Code, subject to such conditions as he may specify, and may
alter or cancel any exemption so granted.

9. No ship to which these regulations apply shall load in bulk
or carry in bulk any of the substances listed in Chapter 17 of the IBC
Code unless-





(a) (i) there is in force in respect of that ship an Interna-
tional Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous
Chemicals in Bulk covering the substance which the ship is
loading or carrying; and
(ii) the loading and carriage is in accordance with the
terms of that certificate; or

(b) (i) either the Director or the government of a State
party of MARPOL 1973/78 has given written permission
for its carriage; and
(ii) any conditions subject to which that permission was
given are complied with.

10.(1) (a) If there is a breach of regulation 3, 5(8), 6 or 9
then the owner and master of the ship shall each be guilty
of an offence punishable on summary conviction by a fine
not exceeding $10,000, or, on indictment, by a fine.

(b)If there is a breach of regulation 4(2) then the owner of the
ship shall commit an offence punishable on summary
conviction by a fine not exceeding $10,000, or, on indict-
ment, by a fine.

(2) It shall be a defence for a person charged with an offence
under these regulations to prove that he took all reasonable steps to
ensure that the regulations were complied with.

11. (1) In any case where a ship does not comply with these
regulations the ship shall be liable to be detained and section 692(1)
to (3) of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894 (which relates to the
detention of a ship) shall have effect in relation to the ship, subject to
the following modifications-

(a) in subsection (1)-
(i) for the words 'this Act' there shall be substituted
the words 'the Merchant Shipping (IBC Code) Regula-
tions';
(ii) for the words 'any officer of the Board of Trade'
there shall be substituted the words 'the Director or any
other officer of the Marine Department'; and
(iii) for the words 'fifty thousand pounds' there shall
be substituted '$500,000';

(b) in subsection (2)-
(i) for the words 'Board of Trade' there shall be
substituted the words 'Marine Department'; and
(ii) for the words 'one thousand pounds' there shall be
substituted '$10,000'; and

(c) in subsection (3), for the words 'this Act' in both places
where they occur there shall be substituted the words 'the
Merchant Shipping (IBC Code) Regulations'.





(2) Where a ship other than a Hong Kong ship is detained
under paragraph (1), the Director shall immediately inform the
consul or diplomatic representative of the State whose flag the ship is
entitled to fly or the appropriate maritime authorities of that State.

SCHEDULE [reg. ](3)(d).]

TABLE OF CORRESPONDING REGULATIONS

In this Table-




(c) S.I. 1984/1217, amended by S.I. 1985/661 and S.I. 1986/1067.
(d) S.I. 1984/1218, amended by S.I. 1985/1193 and S.I. 1986/1070.




1987 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (IBC Code) Regulations T11




MAINTENANCE ORDERS ACT 1923 OF THE REPUBLIC
OF SOUTH AFRICA.

EXTENSION TO HONG KONG.

[Published in the Gazette as L.N. 26/64.]

It is hereby notified that the Maintenance Orders Act 1923
of the Republic of South Africa has been extended to Hong Kong
by the following Order made thereunder and published in the said
Republic on the 4th October, 1963-

'By virtue of the powers vested in me by section one of
the Maintenance Orders Act 1923 (Act No. 15 of 1923), I
hereby declare that in the Crown Colony of Hong Kong there
is in force a law, to wit, the Maintenance Orders (Facilities
for Enforcement Ordinance, 1921 (Chapter 15), providing for
the enforcement therein of maintenance orders made by courts
of the Republic of South Africa and the said Maintenance
Orders Act 1923 of the Republic shall apply in respect of the
Crown Colony of Hong Kong as from the date of publication
hereof.
Given under my Hand and the Seal of the Republic of
South Africa at Cape Town on this second day of February,
One thousand Nine hundred and Sixty-three.

C. R. SWART,
State President.

By Order of the State President-in-Council,

B. J. VORSTER.-





ROYAL WARRANT
EXTENDING THE CIVIL DEFENCE LONG SERVICE
MEDAL TO GIBRALTAR, HONG KONG AND MALTA, G.C.

[Published in the Gazette as L.N. 98/63.]

ELIZABETH R.

ELIZABETH THE SECOND, by the Grace of God, of the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and of our
other Realms and Territories Queen. Head of the Common-
wealth, Defender of the Faith, to all to whom these Presents
shall come, Greeting!

WHEREAS by Our Warrant dated the nineteenth day of
January, One thousand nine hundred and sixty-one We instituted
the Civil Defence Long Service Medal and Clasp and We are now
desirous of extending the grant of this Medal and Clasp to those
who have rendered long and faithful service as Members of the
Civil Defence Corps in Gibraltar and Malta. G.C., and in the
Auxiliary Fire Service, Auxiliary Medical Service and Civil Aid
Service in Hong Kong. We do by these Presents for Us. Our
Heirs and Successors hereby direct that the grant of the Medal
shall be extended to those territories subject to the following rules
and ordinances.

Firstly: Eligibility-Those eligible shall be persons who are
or were members of one of the services or organizations
set out in Appendix I to this Our Warrant, hereinafter
referred to as the Civil Defence Services. and have
rendered the qualifying service required by this Our
Warrant.

Secondly: Qualifying Service-The qualifying service requisite
for the Medal shall be fifteen years eflicient service in
one or more of the Civil Defence Services subsequent to
the date of the establishment of the service or organiza-
tion in question as set out in Appendix I to this Our
Warrant.

Provided that service rendered in Gibraltar, Hong
Kong or Malta, G.C., in one or more of the former
organizations set out in Appendix H to this Our Warrant,
before the dates set out therein, shall also be treated as
qualifying service.

Provided also that service qualifying under this Our
Warrant towards the award of the Civil Defence Long





Service Medal may be added to service qualifying under
Our original Wan-ant of 19th January, 1961, to make up
the total length of service required as a qualification for
the Medal.

Provided also that no account shall be taken of any
service which, in the case of the person concemed, has
been or may be reckoned as qualifying service for the
Long Service and Good Conduct Medal (Military), the
Colonial Fire Brigades Long Service Medal, the Colonial
Police Long Service Medal, the Efficiency Decoration,
the Efficiency Medal, the Women's Voluntary Service
Medal, the Colonial Special Constabulary Medal, or for
a Clasp to any of these.

Thirdly: Long Service Clasp-The Clasp bearing the words
'Long Service' may be awarded for each additional
twelve years satisfactory service subsequent to that for
which the Medal was awarded, and thereckoning of such
service shall be governed by the rules relative to the
reckoning of qualifying service for the Medal itself as set
out in the Second Clause of this Our Warrant.

Fourthly: Delegated Powers-Delegated powers to make
awards under this Our Warrant shall be vested in Our
Governor of Gibraltar, Our Governor of Hong Kong or
Our Governor of Malta. G.C., as the case may be.

Fifthly: Submission of names-The names of persons eligible
for the Medal shall be submitted to Our Governor of
Gibraltar, Our Governor of Hong Kong or Our Governor
of Malta, G.C., as the case may be in accordance with
arrangements made by him in respect of the Civil Defence
Service concemed, and no award shall be made unless
the submission is accompanied by a certificate that-

(a)the person has been, throughout the qualifying
period, a member of the Civil Defence Services,
or of one or more of the former organizations
set out in Appendix II to this Our Warrant;

(b)the person has completed the appropriate
standard training and rendered to the satisfac-
tion of the authority or authorities concemed
such service as has been properly required of
him or her in the Civil Defence Services; and

(c)the person is in every way deserving of the
Medal.





Sixthly: Registration-The names of all those to whom the
Medal or the Clasp is awarded under the terms of this
amending Warrant shall be recorded in the Office of Our
Governor of Gibraltar, Our Governor of Hong Kong or
Our Governor of Malta, G.C., as the case may be.

Seventhly: Cancellation and Restoration-It shall be com-
petent for Our Governor of Gibraltar, Our Governor of
Hong Kong and Our Governor of Malta. G.C., to cancel
and annul the conferment of the Civil Defence Long
Service Medal or Long Service Clasp on any persons
who have received it under the terms of this Our Warrant
and also to restore the Medal or Clasp which has been
so forfeited.

Lastly: Annulment-We reserve to Ourself, Our Heirs and
Successors, full power of annulling, altering, abrogating,
augmenting, interpreting or dispensing with these rules
and ordinances. any or part thereof. by a notification
under Our Sign Manual.

GIVEN at Our Court at St. James's this eighth day of July,
One thousand nine hundred and sixty-three, in the twelfth year
of Our Reign.

By Her Majesty's Command.

HAROLD MACMILLAM.

APPENDIX I.

CIVIL DEFENCE SERVICES AND DATES OF ESTABLISHWM.

Service. Date of establishment.

In Gibraltar-

1. The Gibraltar Civil Defence Corps..1st February, 1952

In Hong Kong-

2. The Hong Kong Auxiliary Fire Service 3rd November, 1950

3. The Hong Kong Auxiliary Medical
Service.. .. .. 22nd December, 1950
4. The Hong Kong Civil Aid Service .. 4th January, 1952
In Malta, G.C.-
5. The Malta Civil Defence Corps .. 9th October, 1951





APPENDIX II.

FORMER ORGANIZATIONS.

Organizations service in which if it was rendered before 9th May, 1945,
inclusive, shall count as qualifying service.

In Gibraltar-

(a) Air Raid Precautions Organization

In Malta, G.C.-

(b) Passive Defence Organization

(c) Air Raid Precautions Organization

Organizations service in which if it was rendered before 2nd
September, 1945, inclusive, shall count as qualifying service.

In Hong Kong-

(d) The Hong Kong Corps of Air Raid Wardens

(e) The Hong Kong Civil Defence Corps comprising:
Auxiliary Communications Service
Auxiliary Conservancy Corps
Auxiliary Fire Service
Auxiliary Labour Corps
Auxiliary Medical Corps
Auxiliary Ordnance Corps
Auxiliary Quartering Corps
Auxiliary Supply Corps
Auxiliary Transport Service
Civil Pay and Accounts Service
Public Works Corps





UNITED KINGDOM FORCES (JURISDICTION OF
COLONIAL COURTS) (SERVICE ORGANIZATIONS)
ORDER 1965.

[By the Governor under Article 3 of the United Kingdom Forces
(Jurisdiction of Colonial Courts) Order 1965
(S.L 1203 of 1965).]

[11 th June, 1965.]

1. This Order may be cited as the United Kingdom Forces
(Jurisdiction of Colonial Courts) (Service Organizations) Order 1965.

2. The institutions and organizations specified in the Schedule
are those operating for the benefit of Her Majesty's Forces for the
purposes of sub-paragraph (c) of paragraph (1) of Article 3 of the
United Kingdom Forces (Jurisdiction of Colonial Courts) Order
1965.

SCHEDULE.

Combined Services Entertainments
Army Kinema Corporation
Royal Air Force Cinema Corporation
Services Central Book Depot
Forces Broadcasting Services
British Red Cross Society
The Venerable Order of the Hospital of St. John of Jerusalem
St. Andrews Ambulance Association
Soldiers' Sailors' and Airmen's Families Association
Council of Voluntary Welfare Work
Soldiers' and Airmen's Scripture Readers Association
Forces Help Society and Lord Roberts' Workshops
Malcolm Clubs
Women's Voluntary Services
Royal Naval Film Corporation
Royal Naval Lay Readers Society
British Sailors Society
China Fleet Club





MERCHANT SHIPPING (PREVENTION OF OIL POLLUTION
(HONG KONG) ORDER 1984

(S.I. 1984 No. 1153)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (PREVENTION OF OIL
POLLUTION) REGULATIONS

MERCHANT SHIPPING (PREVENTION OF OIL POLLUTION)
REGULATIONS (EXEMPTION) NOTICE 1989

(Made by the Director of Marine under regulation 2(5))

[3 February 1989]

L.N. 31 of 1989 -

1. Citation

This notice may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Oil
Pollution) Regulations (Exemption) Notice 1989.

2. Exemption

(1) Except as provided in subparagraph (2), a vessel which is licensed
under Part IV of the Shipping and Port Control Ordinance (Cap. 313) is
exempted from the requirements of the regulations specified in Schedule 1.
(2) The exemption granted in subparagraph (1) shall not apply to any
vessel of a type specified in Schedule 2.

3. Duration

This notice shall be valid for 1 year from the date of its publication in the
Gazette. (Date ofpublication - 3 February 1989)

SCHEDULE 1 [para. 2(1)]

REQUIREMENTS FROM WHICH EXEMPTION is GRANTED

Regulations 4, 7, 10, 14(1) and (3)(b) and 25(1) and (3) of the Merchant Shipping (Prevention
of Oil Pollution) Regulations (App. 1, p. KI).





SCHEDULE 2 [para. 2(2)]

TYPES OF VESSEL TO WHICH THE EXEMPTION DOES NOT APPLY

1 . Oil tankers irrespective of GRT and whether or not mechanically propelled.
2.Mechanically propelled vessels of 400 GRT and above, licensed under the Merchant Shipping
(Miscellaneous Craft) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.).
3. Pleasure vessels of 400 GRT and above licensed under the Merchant Shipping (Pleasure
Vessels) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.).
4. Launches and ferry vessels of 80 GRT and above licensed under the Merchant Shipping
(Launches and Ferry Vessels) Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.).
5. Vessels of 80 GRT and above licensed under the Merchant Shipping (Miscellaneous
Craft)
Regulations (Cap. 281 sub. leg.) in any of the following classes---
(a) Class IL Mechanically propelled steel cargo vessels;
(b) Class IV: Steel fishing vessels;
(c) Class V: Mechanically propelled non-primitive design cargo vessels;
(d) Class VII: Floating dry docks and floating workshops;
(e) Class VIII: Floating restaurants.





FUGHWE OFFENDERS ACII7 1967 (CONEWENCEMENT
ORDER.

[By the Governor under 1967 c. 68, section 22, as extended by
S.I 1967 No. 1911 (L.N. 12/68).]

[2nd February, 1968.]

1. This order may be cited as the Fugitive Offenders Act
1967 (Commencement) Order.

2. Subject to paragraph 3, the Fugitive Offenders Act 1967
shall come into force-

(a)on 9th February 1968, for the purposes of section 2
thereof; and

(b)on 23rd February 1968, for the purposes of any other
provision thereof.

3. Nothing in paragraph 2(b) shall bring any provision of
the Fugitive Ofrenders Act 1967 into force in relation to any country
to which the Governor is empowered by paragraph (c) of section
2(2) of the said Act (definition of 'United Kingdom dependency')
to apply the said section 2(2).





FUGITIVE OFFENDERS (DESIGNATED COMMONWEALTH
COUNTRIES) ORDER

[Made by the Governor, with the approval of the Secretary of State,
under sections 2(1) and 20 of the Fugitive Offenders Act 1967 (1967
c. 68) as modified and adapted by the Fugitive Offenders (Hong
Kong) Order 1967, S.I 1967 No. 1911 (L.N. 12/68)]

[13 November 1987.]

1. This order may be cited as the Fugitive Offenders (Design-
ated Commonwealth Countries) Order.

2. The countries specified in the Schedule are hereby desig-
nated for the purposes of section 1 of the Fugitive Offenders Act
1967.

SCHEDULE [para. 2.]
Antigua and Barbuda Kiribati
Australia, and the following territories, Lesotho
namely the territory of Ashmore and Malawi
Cartier Islands, the Australian Malaysia
Antarctic territory, the Maldives
territory of Christmas Island, Malta
the territory of Cocos Mauritius
(Keeling) Islands, the territory Nauru
of the Coral Sea Islands, the New Zealand, and the territory of
territory of Heard and Tokelau Islands which is treated as
McDonald Islands and the part of New Zealand
territory of Norfolk Island Nigeria
which are treated as part of Niue which is treated as a separate
Australia country at the request of the New
The Bahamas Zealand Government
Bangladesh Papua New Guinea
Barbados Saint Christopher and Nevis
Belize Saint Lucia
Botswana Saint Vincent and the Grenadines
Brunei Seychelles
Canada Sierra Leone
Cook Islands which are treated as a Singapore
separate country at the request of the Solomon Islands
New Zealand Government SriLanka
Republic of Cyprus Swaziland
Dominica Tanzania
Fiji Tonga
The Gambia Trinidad and Tobago
Ghana Tuvalu
Grenada Uganda
Guyana Vanuatu
India Western Samoa
Jamaica Zambia
Kenya Zimbabwe





FUGUIVE OFFENDERS (FORMS) ORDER.

[By the Governor under 1967 c. 68, section 13(2), as extended
by S.i 1967 No. 1911 (L.N. 12/68).]

[23rd February, 1968.]

1. This order may be cited as the Fugitive OfTenders (Forms)
Order.

2. The forms contained in the Schedule or forms to the like
effiect shall be used for the purposes for which they are applicable.

.....................SCHEDULE.
.....................FORM 1.
.....................AuTHORY TO PROCEED.
.....................(Fugitive Offenders Act 1967, s. 5).
A request having been made to the Governor by or on behalf
of ..................for the return to that country of A.B. who is accused
for alleged to be unlawfully at large after conviction] of the offence[s]
of ..................:

The Governor hereby orders that a permanent magistrate proceed with
the case in accordance with the provisions of the Fugitive Offenders Act 1967.

Dated.......the.............................. day of 19

Governor.

FORM 2.

WARRANT OF ARREST.

(Fugitive Offenders Act 1967, s. 6(1)(a)

To each and all of the members of the Hong Kong Police Force.

I having received from the Governor an order to proceed with the case
of A.B. (hereinafter called the defendant) who is accused [or who is alleged
to be unlawfully at large after conviction] of the ofience[s] of ...................
........................against the law of

And there being evidence that the offence[s) islare [a] relevant ofrence[s]
as defined m ~on 3 of the Fugitive Offenders Act 1967:





And there being in my opinion such evidence as would justify the issue
of a warrant for the arrest of a person accused of committing [a] corresponding
offence[s] [or alleged to be unlawfully at large after conviction of an offence]
in Hong Kong:

You are hereby commanded to arrest the defendant forthwith and to
bring him/her before a permanent magistrate sitting at ...........................

1 Dated the ..day of ........19

...............
Permanent Magistrate.

FORM 3.

PROVISIONAL WARRANT OF ARREST.

(Fugitive offenders Act 1967, s. 6(1)(b)

To each and all of the members of the Hong Kong Police Force.

There being evidence that A.B. (hereinafter called the defendant) is accused
[or is alleged to be unlawfully at large after conviction] of the offence[s]
of ...........against the law of
and that the offence[s] islare [a] relevant offence[s] as defined in section 3 of the
Fugitive Offenders Act 1967:

And there being in my opinion such evidence as would justify the issue of
a warrant for the arrest of a person accused of committing [a] corresponding
offencels] [or alleged to be unlawfully at large after conviction of an offence] in
Hong Kong:

And there being information that the defendant is or is believed to be in
or on his/her way to Hong Kong:

You are hereby commanded to arrest the defendant and to bring hirn/her
before a permanent magistrate sitting at ................................................

Dated the ..day of .........19 :

...............
Permanent Magistrate.

FORM 4.

WARRANT OF COMMITMENT.

(Fugitive Offenders Act 1967, s. 7(4)).

To each and aH of the members of the Hong Kong Police Force and to
[the Commissioner of Prisons].

A.B. (hereinafter called the defendant) having been brought this day
before me, a permanent magistrate sitting at..................
pursuant to a warrant for his/her arrest issued under section 6 of the Fugitive
Offenders Act 1967:





And an authority to proceed having been issued by the Governor under
section 5 of that Act in respect of the defendant:
And I being satisfied that the following ofrence[s] [of which the defendant
is accused in ....1, namely..
being [an] ofrence[s] to which the authority to proceed relates, islare [a] relevant
offence[s] as defined in section 3 of that Act, namely, (here describe the appropriate
relevant offence[s] as set our in Schedule 1 to the Fugitive Offenders Act 1967)
[and that the evidence given before me would be sufficient to warrant the defend-
ant's trial for that/those ofrence[s] if it/they had been committed in H o*ng Kong]
[or that the defendant has been convicted of the offence[s] and appears to be
unlawfully at large]:

You, the said members of the Hong Kong Police Force, are hereby com-
manded to convey the defendant to the [......... Prison] and there
deliver him/her into the custody of the [Commissioner of Prisons] together with
this wan-ant; and you, the [Commissioner of Prisons], to receive him/her into your
custody and keep him/her until he/she is delivered in accordance with a warrant
issued by the Governor under section 9 of that Act or helshe is otherwise
delivered in due course of law.

Dated the .day of 19

Permanent Magistrate.

FORM 5.
WARRANT FOR RETURN TO REQUESTING COUNTRY.
(Fugitive Offenders Act 1967, s. 9(1) ).
To the [Commissioner of Prisons] and to each and all of the members of the
Hong Kong Police Force [and to .....................officers
.of ..........].

Whereas a request has been made to the Governor by or on behalf
of ..............for the return to that country of A.B.
(hereinafter called the prisoner) who is accused [or alleged to be unlawfully
at large after conviction] of the offence[s] of..................... :
And whereas a permanent magistrate, being satisfied that the evidence
given before him would be sufficient to warrant the prisoner's trial for that/
those offence[s] [or the offence[s] of ...................]
if it/they had been committed in Hong Kong [or that the prisoner had been
convicted of that/those offence[s] [or the offence[s] of .....................]
and appeared to be unlawfully at large], committed the prisoner to [the
...................................Prison] on the..day of .............19
to await his/her return to ......................:
And whereas the prisoner has not been discharged from custody by order
of the Full Court or a judge of the Supreme Court:
Now, therefore, the Governor hereby orders that the prisoner be returned
to ............in respect of the offence[s] for which helshe
was committed to custody by the permanent magistrate.

Dated the ................day of 19

...............
Governor.





MERCHANT SHIPPING (TONNAGE) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page
PART I
GENERAL

1. Citation.............................. ........AR 3
2. Interpretation................................... AB 3

PART II

APPLICATION, ASCERTAINMENT OF TONNAGE AND
CERTIFICATION FOR NEW SHIPS AND CERTAIN EXISTING
SHIPS OF 24 METRES IN LENGTH AND OVER

3. Application of Part II.............................. AB 7
4. Method of tonnage measurement......................... AB 7
5. Calculation of volumes.............................. AB 8
6. Gross tonnage................................... AB 8


7. Nettonnage...................................AB 8
8. Miscellaneous tonnages; segregated ballast oil tankers and deck cargoes AR9
9. Issue of certificates................................AB 10
10. Cancellation of certificates............................ AB 10
11. Change of net tonnage necessitating issue of certificates............AB 10

PART III

APPLICATION, ASCERTAINMENT OF TONNAGE AND
CERTIFICATION FOR ALL SHIPS, INCLUDING
PLEASURE VESSELS AND TRAWLERS, OF LESS
THAN 24 METRES IN LENGTH

12...............Application of Part III .. .................... AB 11

PART IV

APPLICATION, ASCERTAINMENT OF TONNAGE AND
CERTIFICATION FOR ExISTING SHIPS, OF 24 METRES
IN LENGTH AND OVER UNTIL 17 JULY 1994

13...............Application of Part IV.................... AB 11

PART V

FOREIGN SHIP WHILST WITHIN THE WATERS
OF HONG KONG

14.......................Acceptance of foreign tonnage certificates .............. AB 12
15.......................Ascertainment of tonnage and certification .............. AB 12





Regulation Page
PART VI

INTERIM SCHEME FOR TONNAGE MEASUREMENT
FOR CERTAIN SHIPS

16. Application of Part VI..............................AB 13

PART VII

MISCELLANEOUS

17...................Failure to deliver up certificate .................. AB 14
18...................Illegal carriage of goods or stores .................. AB 14
19...................Validation of existing certificates .................. AB 14

Schedule 1. Regulations Revoked.............................. AB 14
Schedule 2. Excluded spaces as defined in regulation 2..AB 14
Schedule 3...........................Coefficients KI and K2 referred to in regulations 6, 7 and 8 ...... AB 17
Schedule 4..................International tonnage certificate (1969) .............. AB 18
Schedule 5. Tonnage regulations applicable to ships referred to in Parts III, IV, V and VI............ AB 20





MERCHANT SHIPPING (TONNAGE) REGULATIONS

[Made by the Governor in Council under Merchant Shipping Act 1965
(1965 C. 47) section 1 (as adapted and modified by the Merchant
Shipping (Tonnage) (Hong Kong) Order 1967 and the Merchant
Shipping (Tonnage) (Hong Kong) Order 1982)]

[2 September 1983.]

PART I

GENERAL

1. (1) These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Ship-
ping (Tonnage) Relations.

(2) There regulations set out in Schedule 1 hereto are revoked.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise
requires-

'Administration' means the Government of the state whose flag the
ship is flying;

'amidships' means the mid point of the length (as defined below);

'breadth' means the maximum breadth of the ship, measured
amidships to the moulded line of the frame in a ship with a
metal shell and to the outer surface of the hull in a ship with a
shell of any other material;

'cargo spaces' means enclosed spaces which are included in the
computation of gross tonnage and are appropriated for the
transport of cargo to be discharged from the ship and which are
permanently marked with the letters 'CC' (cargo compart-
ment), such letters being not less than 100 millimetres in height
and so positioned as to be readily visible;

'Certifying Authority' means the Director or any person authorized
by the Director for the purposes of these regulations and
includes in particular (if so authorized) Lloyd's Register of
Shipping, the tish Committee of Bureau Veritas, the British
Committee of Norske Veritas, the British Committee of
Germanisch Lloyd, and the British Technical Committee of
the American Bureau of Shipping;

'Contracting Government' means the Government of a country
which has accepted the Convention;

'Convention' means the International Convention on Tonnage
Measurement of Ships, 1969;

'Director' means the Director of Marine and includes any person
deputed or authorized by the Director to exercise any power or
perform any duty vested in or imposed upon him under these
regulations;





'enclosed spaces' means all those spaces, other than excluded
spaces, which are bounded by the ship's hull, by fixed or
portable partitions or bulkheads, or by decks or coverings other
than permanent or moveable awnings. No break in a deck, nor
any opening in the ship's hull, in a deck or in a covering of a
space, or in the partitions or bulkheads of a space, nor the
absence of a partition or bulkhead, shall preclude a space from
being included in the enclosed spaces; and for the purposes of
this definition 'excluded spaces' means any of the following
spaces-
(a)that part of an enclosed space within an erection opposite
an end opening and extending from the opening to an
athwartship line at a fore and aft distance from the
opening equal to half the breadth of the deck at the line of
the opening. Such end opening shall have a breadth equal
to or greater than 90 per cent of the breadth of the deck at
the line of the opening and shall extend from deck to deck
or to a curtain plate of a depth not exceeding by more than
25 millimetres the depth of the adjacent deck beams, as
specified in figure 1 of Schedule 2 hereto:
Provided that-
(i) where at any point the width of the enclosed space,
because of any arrangement except convergence of the
outside plating, as specified in figure 3 of Schedule 2
hereto, becomes less than 90 per cent of the breadth of the
deck at the line of the opening, the excluded space shall
extend only to an athwartship line intersecting that point,
as specified in figures 2 and 4 of Schedule 2 hereto;
(ii) where the opposite ends of 2 enclosed spaces are
separated by a gap, which is completely open except for
bulwarks or open rails and of fore and aft length less than
half the least breadth of the deck at the gap, then no part of
the enclosed spaces shall be excluded, as specified in figures
5 and 6 of Schedule 2 hereto;
(b) a space under an overhead deck covering open to the sea
and weather, having no other connexion on the exposed
sides with the body of the ship than the stanchions neces-
sary for its support. In such a space, open rails or a
bulwark and curtain plate may be fitted or stanchions
fitted at the ship's side, provided that the distance between
the top of the rails or the bulwark and the curtain plate is
not less than 0.75 metres or one-third of the height of the
space, whichever is the greater, as specified in figure 7 of
Schedule 2 hereto;
(c) a space in a side-to-side erection between opposite side
openings not less in height than 0.75 metres or one-third of
the height of the erection, whichever is the greater. If the
opening in such an erection is provided on one side only,
the space to be excluded from the volume of enclosed
spaces shall be limited inboard from the opening to a





maximum of one half of the breadth of the deck in way of
the opening, as specified in figure 8 of Schedule 2 hereto;
(d)a space in an erection immediately below an uncovered
opening in the deck overhead, provided that such an
opening is exposed to the weather and the space excluded
from enclosed spaces is limited to the area of the opening,
as specified in figure 9 of Schedule 2 hereto;
(e)a recess in the boundary bulkhead of an erection which is
exposed to the weather and the opening of which extends
from deck to deck without means of closing, provided that
the interior width is not greater than the width at the
entrance and its extension into the erection is not greater
than twice the width of its entrance, as specified in figure 10
of Schedule 2 hereto;
notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) to (e)
inclusive, any space listed in those paragraphs which fulfills
at least one of the following conditions shall be treated as
an enclosed space-
(i) the space is fitted with shelves or other means for
securing cargo or stores;
(ii) the openings are fitted with any means of closure;
(iii) the construction provides any possibility of such
openings being closed;
'existing ship' means a ship which is not a new ship;
'length' means the greater of the following distance-
(a)the distance between the fore side of the stem and the axis
of the rudder stock; or
(b)a distance measure from the fore side of the stem, being 96
per cent of the distance between that point and the aft side
of the stern,
the said points and measurements being taken respectively at
and along a waterline at 85 per cent of the least moulded depth
of the ship. In the case of a ship having a rake of keel the
waterline shall be parallel to the designed waterline;
'Load Line Rules' means the Load Line Rules for the time being in
operation in Hong Kong and includes in relation to any ship
not registered in Hong Kong any corresponding rules of the
country in which the ship is registered;
'moulded depth' means-
(a)the vertical distance measured from the top of the keel to
the underside of the upper deck at side. In wood and
composite ships the distance is to be measured from the
lower edge of the keel rabbet. Where the form at the lower
part of the midship section is of a hollow character, or
where thick garboards are fitted, the distance is to be
measured from the point where the line of the flat of the
bottom continued inwards cuts the side of the keel;





(b) in ships having rounded gunwales, the moulded depth shall
be measured to the point of intersection of the moulded
lines ofthe deck and side,shell plating, the lines extending
as though the gunwales were of angular design;,

(c) where the upper'deck is stepped and the raised part of the
deck extends over the point atwhich the moulded depth is
to be determind the moulded depth shall be measured to a
line of reference extending from the lower part of the deck
along a line parallel with the raised part; for,the purposes
of this definition-
(i) upper deck' means the uppermost complete deck
exposed to weather and sea, which has permanent means
of weathertight closing of all openings in the weather part
thereof, and below which all openpings in the sides of the
ship are fitted with permanent means of watertight closing.
In a ship having a stepped upper deck, the lowest line of
the exposed deck and the continuaiton of that line parallel
to the upper part of the deck is taken as the upper deck; and

(ii) 'weatthertight' means that in any sea conditions water will not
penetrate int'o''ihip ship;
'moulded draught' means-

(a) for ships assigned load lines in accordance with the Load
Line Luels, the draught corresponding to the Summer Load
Line (other than timber load lines);

(b) for passenger ships, the draught corresponding tot the deepest subdivision
load line assigned in accorrdance with the Merchant shipping (Passenger Ship
Construction) Regulatiions 1980;

(c) for ships to which no load line has been assigned but the draught of which
is restricted by the Director, the maximum permitted draught;

(d) for other ships, 75 per cent of the moulded depth amidships as defined in this regulation;

'new ship' means a ship the keel of which is laid, or which is at a similar stage of construction,
on or after the coming into operation of these regulations; and for the purposes of this definition
'a similar stage of construction' means the stage at which-

(a) construction idenfifiable with a specific ship begins; and

(b) assembly of that ship has commenced comprising at least 50 tones or 1 per cent of the estimated mass
of all structural material whichever is the less;

'Passenger' means any person carried in a ship except-

(a) a person employed or engaged in any capacity on board the ship on the business of the ship;












(b)a person on board the ship either in pursuance of the
obligation laid upon the master to carry shipwrecked
distressed or other persons, or by reason of any circum-
stances that neither the master nor the owner nor the
charterer (if any) could have prevented or forestalled; and

(c) a child under one year of age;

'oil tanker' means a ship constructed or adapted to carry oil in bulk
in its cargo spaces and includes combination carriers; for the
purposes of this definition 'combination carrier' means a ship
designed to carry either oil or solid cargoes in bulk;
'pleasure vessel' means a vessel primarily used for sport or recrea-
tion;
'the principal Act' means the Merchant Shipping Act 1894;
'surveyor' means a surveyor appointed by a Certifying Authority;
'trawler' has the meaning assigned to it in section 91 of the
Merchant Shipping Ordinance;
'waters of Hong Kong' has the meaning assigned to it in the
Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance.

PART II

APPLICATION, ASCERTAINMENT OF TONNAGE AND
CERTIFICATION FOR NEW SHIPS AND CERTAIN EXISTING
SHIPS OF 24 METRES IN LENGTH AND OVER

3. (1) This Part of these regulations and Schedules 2, 3 and 4
hereto shall apply to the following ships registered or to be registered
in Hong Kong under Part I of the principal Act, being ships of 24
metres in length or over-

(a) new ships;
(b)existing ships to which regulation 13(1) of these regulations
would otherwise apply but which undergo alterations or
modifications which result in a substantial variation in
their existing gross tonnage;
(c) existing ships, if the owner so requests;
(d) all ships with effect from 18 July 1994.
(2) Existing ships the tonnage of which has once been deter-
mined under this Part of these regulations pursuant to a request of
the owner under paragraph (1)(c) above shall not subsequently have
their tonnages determined in accordance with Part IV of these
regulations.

4. (1) The owner and the master of a ship to be measured
shall make it available for measurement by a surveyor and afford all
necessary facilities for its survey and measurement and shall produce
such plans, drawings, specifications and other documents relating to
the ship that the surveyor may require for his use or retention.





(2) The gross and net tonnages shall be determined in accord-
ance with regulations 6 and 7 of these regulations provided that in
the case of novel types of craft with constructional features which
render the application of the provisions of these regulations unrea-
sonable or impracticable, the gross and net tonnages shall be
determined as required by the Director.

(3) All measurements used in the calculations of volumes shall
be taken and expressed in metres to the nearest centimetre.

(4) Gross and net tonnages shall be expressed as whole num-
bers, decimals being rounded off downwards.

5. (1) All volumes included in the calculation of gross and
net tonnages shall be measured, irrespective of the fitting of insula-
tion or the like, to the inner side of the shell or structural boundary
plating in ships constructed of metal, and to the outer surface of the
shell or to the inner side of the structural boundary surfaces in ships
contructed of any other material.

(2) Volumes of appendages shall be included in the total
volume.

(3) Volumes of spaces open to the sea shall be excluded from
the total volume.

(4) The method and accuracy of the calculations shall be to the
satisfaction of the Director and shall be sufficiently detailed to
facilitate checking.

6. The gross tonnage (GT) of a ship shall be determined by
the following formula:

GT = K 1 V
where: V =total volume of all enclosed spaces of the ship in
cubic metres

K1 = 0.2+0.02 loglo V or as specified in Schedule3.

7. The net tonnage (NT) of a ship shall be determined by the
following formula:

NT = K2 P _)2 + K, (N, + N2
3D 10
where:

Vc = total volume of cargo spaces in cubic metres
K2 = 0.2 + 0.02 loglo V, or as specified in Schedule 3

K3 = 1.25 G T+ 10,000
10,000
where GT =gross tonnage calculated in accordance with regula-
tion 6





D = moulded depth amidships in metres
d = moulded draught amidships in metres
N1 = number of passengers in cabins with not more than 8 berths
N2 = number of other passengers

Provided that:
(a) the factor

4d
3D
shall not be taken as greater than unity;

(b) the term

K2 VI4d
( 3D
shall not be taken as less than 0.25 GT;

(c) N1 and N2 shall be taken as zero when N1 + N2 is less
than 13;

(d) NT shall not be taken as less than 0.30 GT.

8. (1) Where segregated ballast tanks complying with regu-
lation 13 of Annex 1 of International Convention for the Prevention
of Pollution from Ships, 1973 as modified by the Protocol of 1978
relating to that Convention are provided in oil tankers, an entry may
be made on the International Tonnage Certificate (1969) indicating
the total tonnage of these tanks. The tonnage of such segregated
ballast tanks shall be calculated according to the following formula:
KI x Vb
where: K1 = 0.2+0.02 logio V or as specified in Schedule 3

V =the total volume of all enclosed spaces of the ship in
cubic metres.

Vb =the total volume of segregated ballast tanks in cubic
metres measured in accordance with regulation 5.

(2) Where cargo is carried in any uncovered space on deck the
tonnage of the space so occupied to be taken into account for the
purposes of section 85 of the principal Act( payment of dues where goods are
carried in spaces not forming part of the gross or net
tonnages) shall be determined by the formula:

Deck Cargo Tonnage = 0.353 (mean length x mean breadth x mean
height).





9. The Certifying Authority shall, upon receipt of the appro-
priate fee, issue to the owner of every ship registered in Hong Kong,
the tonnages of which have been ascertained in accordance with
regulations 6 and 7 of these regulations, an International Tonnage
Certificate (1969) in the form set out in Schedule 4 to these
regulations, certifying the tonnages of the ship and containing the
following particulars-

(a) the name, port of registry and official number of the ship;

(b) its length, breadth and moulded depth;

(c) its gross and net tonnages;

(d)the date on which the keel was laid or the ship was at a
similar stage of construction or date on which the ship
underwent alterations or modifications of a major
character.

10. (1) Where alterations are made in the arrangement, con-
struction, capacity, use of spaces, total number of passengers the
ship is permitted to carry under the terms of the ship's passenger
certificate, assigned load line, or permitted draught of the ship such
as would cause an increase in the gross or net tonnage, the existing
International Tonnage Certificate (1969) shall cease to be valid and
shall be delivered up to and cancelled by the Certifying Authority.

(2) When a ship is transferred from the Hong Kong Register
the International Tonnage Certificate (1969) shall cease to be valid
except when the transfer is to the Administration of a state which is
a Contracting Government in which case the certificate may remain
in force for a period not exceeding 3 months or until the new
Administration issues another International Tonnage Certificate
(1969) whichever is the earlier. The Certifying Authority shall
transmit to the Administration of that Government as soon as
possible after the transfer has taken place a copy of the certificate
carried by the ship at the time of transfer and a copy of the relevant
tonnage calculations.

11. (1) When alterations in the values of V, V,, d, N1 or N2, as
defined in regulations 6 and 7 result in an increase in the net tonnage
a new International Tonnage Certificate (1969) incorporating the
increased net tonnage shall be issued.

(2) In the case of a passenger ship assigned subdivision load
lines in accordance with the Merchant Shipping (Passenger Ship
Construction) Regulations 1980 and load lines in accordance with
the Load Line Rules only one net tonnage shall be applied. Where
the draught corresponding to the Summer Load Line differs from
that corresponding to the deepest subdivision load line the net
tonnage shall be the greater of the two values determined in
accordance with regulation 7 by applying the differing draughts.





(3)(a) Subject to sub-paragraph (b) below, where alterations
in the values of V, Vc,, d, N1 or N2 as defined in regulations 6
and 7, or changes in the position of the load lines result in
a decrease in the net tonnage, a new International Tonnage
Certificate (1969) incorporating the decreased net tonnage
shall not be issued until 12 months have elapsed from the
date on which the current certificate was issued.
(b)A new International Tonnage Certificate (1969) may be
issued when-
(i) a ship which was registered outside Hong Kong is
re-registered in Hong Kong;
(ii) a ship undergoes alterations or modifications of a
major character, such as the removal of a superstructure,
which requires an alteration of the assigned load line; or
(iii) the ship is a passenger ship employed in special
trades for the carriage of large numbers of special trade
passengers, such as the pilgrim trade.

PART III

APPLICATION, ASCERTAINMENT OF TONNAGE AND
CERTIFICATION FOR ALL SHIPS, INCLUDING
PLEASURE VESSELS AND TRAWLERS, OF LESS
THAN 24 METRES IN LENGTH

12. (1) This Part of these regulations shall apply to all ships of
less than 24 metres in length, including pleasure vessels and trawlers
to be registered under Part I of the principal Act.

(2) Ships, pleasure vessels and trawlers to which this Part of
these regulations applies shall have their tonnages ascertained in
accordance with the provisions set out in Schedule 5 and Appendices
1 to 5 thereto.

PART IV

APPLICATION, ASCERTAINMENT OF TONNAGE AND
CERTIFICATION FOR ExISTING SHIPS, OF 24 METRES
IN LENGTH AND OVER UNTIL 17 JULY 1994

13. (1) This Part of these regulations shall apply to existing
ships of 24 metres and over registered or to be registered in Hong
Kong.
(2) This Part of these regulations shall not apply to existing
ships referred to in regulation 3(1)(b) and (c) of these regulations.
(3) Ships to which this Part of these regulations applies shall,
until 17 July 1994, have their tonnages ascertained in accordance
with the provisions set out in Schedule 5 and Appendices 1 to 4
thereto.





PART V

FOREIGN SHIP WHILST WITHIN THE WATERS
OF HONG KONG

14. (1) An International Tonnage Certificate (1969) issued
under the authority of another Contracting Government to a
foreign ship in accordance with the Convention shall be accepted
and regarded for all purposes covered by the Convention as having
the same validity as one issued under Part II of these regulations.
Whilst such a ship is within the waters of Hong Kong it may be
subject to inspection by a person duly authorized by the Director in
that behalf for the purpose of verifying-
(a)that the ship is provided with a valid International Ton-
nage Certificate (1969); and

(b)that the main characteristics of ship correspond to the data
given in the certificate.

(2) Any such inspection shall not cause any delay to the ship.

(3) If the inspection reveals that the main characteristics of the
ship differ from those entered in the International Tonnage Certifi-
cate (1969) so as to lead to an increase in the gross tonnage or the net
tonnage, the Administration of the State whose flag the ship is flying
shall be informed without delay.

15. (1) New Ships-

(a)The Certifying Authority may, at the request of the
Administration of a Contracting Government, ascertain
the gross 'and net tonnages of a new foreign ship in
accordance with Part II of these regulations and issue to
the owner an International Tonnage Certificate (1969). In
such cases the certificate shall be endorsed to the effect that
it has been issued at the request of the Government of the
state whose flag the ship is or will be flying, and a copy of
the certificate and the calculations of the tonnages shall be
transmitted to the requesting Government as soon as
possible.

(b)The Certifying Authority may, at the request of an owner
of a new foreign ship flying the flag of an Administration
of a non Contracting Government ascertain in gross and
net tonnages of the ship in accordancewith Part II of these
regulations and issue a Certificate lt A;?tTsh Tonnage
Measurement. In such cases the certificate will bear the
endorsement 'for use only whilst within the waters of
Hong Kong'.

(2) Existing Ships-

(a)The Certifying Authority may, at the request of the
Administration of a Contracting Government, ascertain
the gross and net tonnages of an existing foreign ship in





accordance with Part II of these regulations and issue to
the owner an International Tonnage Certificate (1969). In
such cases the certificate shall be endorsed to the effect that
it has been issued at the request of the Government of the
state whose flag the ship is or will be flying, and a copy of
the certificate and the calculations of the tonnages shall be
transmitted to the requesting Government as soon as
possible.

(b) The Certifying Authority may, at the request of the owner
of any existing foreign ship, ascertain the gross and net
tonnages of the ship in accordance with Part IV of these
regulations until 17 July 1994. In such cases a BFiti&h
Tonnage Certificate shall be issued.

PART VI

INTERIM SCHEME FOR TONNAGE MEASUREMENT
FOR CERTAIN SHIPS

16. (1) The Director may, at the written request of an owner
of a Hong Kong ship required to be measured and certified in
accordance with Part 11 of these regulations- .

(a)which is a ship the keel of which is laid or is at a similar
stage of construction not later than 31 December 1985; or

(b) which is a cargo ship of less than 1600 tons gross tonnage
as ascertained in accordance with regulation 13(3) of these
regulations, the keel of which is laid or is at a similar stage
of construction before 18 July 1994,

permit such a ship to have, additionally, its gross tonnage ascer-
tained by the Certifying Authority in accordance with the provisions
set out in Schedule 5 and Appendices 1 to 4 thereto, and to use this
tonnage for the purpose of the - application of the provisions of
regulations implementing the International Convention for the
Safety of Life at Sea 1974 and the Protocol of 1978 relating to that
Convention.

(2) The measurement of a ship in accordance with para-
graph (1) above shall be in respect of gross tonnage only and an
appropriate British Tonnage Certificate shall be issued and it shall
be endorsed with the following endorsement-
'For use only for the application of the Interim Scheme for
Tonnage Measurement for Certain Ships (IMO Resolution
A494(XII))'.

(3) Where the gross tonnage is ascertained in accordance with
paragraph (1) above and a Safety of Life at Sea convention
certificate is subsequently issued, then only that tonnage shall be
recorded in that certificate and the certificate shall be endorsed with
the following endorsement-





'The above gross tonnage has been measured by the Certifying
Authority of Hong Kong in accordance with the tonnage
regulations which were in force prior to the coming into force of
the International Convention on Tonnage Measurement of
Ships 1969'.

PART VII

MISCELLANEOUS

17. Any owner or master who fails without reasonable cause
to deliver up a certificate for cancellation as required by regula-
tion 10(1) or paragraph 5(3) of Schedule 5 hereto commits an offence
and is liable to a fine not exceeding 2 000 Hong Kong dollars.

18. If goods or stores are carried in a permanently closed in
space on board ship in contravention of paragraph 17(3) of Schedule
5 hereto the master and the owner of the ship commit an offence and
are each liable to a fine not execedding 2 000 Hong Kong dollars.

19. Any International Tonnage certificate issued in respect of a
ship for registration in Hong Kong in accordance with the provi-
sions of the Convention under the authority of the Government of
Hong kong prior to the coming into operation of these regulations
shall be accepted and regarded for all purposes as having the same
validity as one issued under Part II of these regulations.

SCHEDULE 1 [reg. 1(2).]

REGULATIONS REVOKED

The Merchant Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations 1968.

The Merchant Shipping (Tonnage) (Amedment) Regulations 1980.

SCHEDULE 2 [reg. 2.]

EXCLUDED SPACES As DEFINED IN REGULATION 2
In the following figures: 0 = excluded space
C = enclosed space
I = space to be considered as an enclosed space
Hatched in parts to be included as enclosed spaces.
B = breadth of the deck in way of the opening.
In ships with rounded gunwales the breadth is measured as indicated in
Figure 11.




1983 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations AB15


1983 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations AB16





SCHEDULE 3 [regs. 6,7 & 8.]
COEFFICIENTS K1 AND K2 REFERRED TO IN REGULATIONs 6, 7 AND 8

V or Vc, = Volume in cubic metres




Coefficients K1 or K2 at intermediate values of V or Vc, shall be obtained by linear
interpolation.





SCHEDULE 4 [reg. 9.]

INTERNATIONAL TONNAGE CERTIFICATE (1969)

Issued under the provisions of the

INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION ON TONNAGE MEASUREMENT
OF SHIPS (1969)

under the authority of the Government of Hong Kong


*Date on which keel was laid or the ship was at a similar stage of construction,
(Article 2(6)) or date on which the ship underwent alterations or modifications of a
major character, (Article 3(2)(b)), as appropriate.

MAIN DIMENSIONS




The tonnages of the Ship are:
GROSS TONNAGE .................................................................................................
NET TONNAGE ............'
THIS IS TO CERTIFY
that the tonnages of this ship have been determined in accordance with the provisions
of the International Convention on Tonnage Measurement of Ships 1969.
Issued at ........................19..
(place of issue of certificate) (date of issue)
The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to issue
this certificate

... ...... . . ....... ............... * *
(signed) An officer authorized by the Director of Marine




(Reverse side of Certificate)






SCHEDULE 5
[regs. 12,13,16,17 & 18.]

TONNAGE REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO SHIPS REFERRED
TO IN PARTS III, IV, V AND VI

Definitions
In addition to the definitions prescribed in regulation 2, in this Schedule and
Appendices 1 to 5 inclusive, unless the context otherwise requires-
'crew accommodation' has the same meaning as in section 2 of the Merchant
Shipping Ordinance;
'dry cargo space' means space appropriated for the carriage of cargo other than
liquid or gaseous matter in bulk;
---overall length' in relation to a pleasure vessel to which Part IV of this Schedule
applies means the distance between the foreside of the foremost fixed permanent
structure and the aftside of the aftermost fixed permanent structure of the vessel;
-propelling machinery space' means space below the upper deck appropriated for the
main or auxiliary propelling machinery of a ship, and includes-
(a) ventilation, light or escape trunks serving any such space;
(b) space appropriated for boilers serving such machinery;
(c) shaft tunnels;
(d) engineers' storerooms and workshops not exceeding in total tonnage 3/4 of 1
pep. cent of the gross tonnage of the ship;
(e) oil fuel settling tanks serving the main or auxiliary propelling machinery,
having a total capacity sufficient to provide not less than 24 or more than 96
hours steaming for the ship at maximum speed,
and shall also include framed-in spaces on or above the upper deck described in
paragraph 4(1)(e) and included in the gross tonnage of the ship in accordance
with that provision;
-second deck' means the deck next below the upper deck. being a deck-
(a) which is fitted as an integral part of the ship's structure;
(b) which is continuous at least between peak bulkheads both fore and aft and
transversely; and
(c) in which all hatchways are fitted with substantial and durable covers,
a deck being taken to be continuous for this purpose notwithstanding the
presence in it of-
(i)openings serving propelling machinery space or leading to ladder-ways or
stairways;
(ii) hatch or ventilation trunks, provided that they do not extend fore and aft
from one main transverse bulkhead to another;
(iii) chain locker or cofrerdams; or
(iv)a break or breaks the aggregate height of which above the line of continua-
tion of the deck does not exceed 4 feet;
surveyor- (except in proviso (i) to paragraph 10 of this Schedule) means a surveyor
appointed by a Certifying Authority;
'tonnage deck' means the second deck except in the case of single deck ships, in
which case it means the upper deck;
upper deck' means the uppermost complete deck exposed to sea and weather fitted
as an integral part of the ship's structure, being a deck all openings in the weather
portions of which are fitted with permanent means of closing and below which all
openings in the sides of the ship are fitted with permanent means of watertight
closing, but shall in the case of an open ship be taken to be the upper edge of the
upper strake of the gunwale.

PART I

Ascertainment of tonnage
1. The tonnage of any ship to which Parts Ill and IV of these regulations and
this Schedule applies and which is to be registered in Hong Kong under the principal
Act shall be ascertained in accordance with this Schedule:





Provided that in the case of novel types of craft with constructional features
which render the application of the provisions of this Schedule unreasonable or
impracticable, the tonnage shall be determined as required by the Director.

Method of measurement
2. (1) The owner and the master of a ship to be measured shall upon payment
of the appropriate fee make it available for measurement by a surveyor and afford all
necessary facilities for its inspection and measurement and shall produce for the
surveyor's use and retention if required such plans, drawings, specifications and other
documents relating to the ship as he may require.
(2) Subject to sub-paragraph (3) of this paragraph, the tonnage of a ship shall
be measured in the manner specified in Rule I of Appendix 1 and in Appendix 2 to
this Schedule.
(3) In any case in which the surveyor is satisfied that by reason of the ship's
being laden or otherwise measurement of the tonnage of the ship below the upper
deck in accordance with sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph is not reasonably
practicable, such tonnage shall be ' measured in the manner specified in Rule 11 of
Appendix 1 and in the case of a ship so measured to provisions of paragraphs 12 and
13 shall not apply.
(4) The Certifying Authority may on the application of the owner of any ship
the tonnage of which below the upper deck has been measured in accordance with
sub-paragraph (3) direct such tonnage to be measured in accordance with sub-
paragraph (2) and furnish the particulars of such measurement to the Registrar
of British ships at the port at which the ship is registered, and that Registrar shall alter
the particulars relating to the registered tonnage of the ship accordingly.
(5) All measurements required by this Schedule shall be taken and expressed in
feet and fractions of a foot, and such fractions shall he expressed in decimals.
(6) Tonnage in relation to any ship or space in a ship shall be measured in terms
of cubic capacity, 100 cubic feet representing one ton.

Certificates of British tonnage,
3. (1) The Certifying Authority shall issue to. the owner of every ship
registered in Hong Kong under the principal Act, the tonnage of which has been
ascertained in accordance with this Schedule, a certificate of British tonnage certifying
the registered tonnage of the ship and containing the following particulars-
(a) the name, port of registry and official number of the ship;
(b) its registered dimensions;
(c)its gross tonnage and the tonnage of each of the components thereof
specified in paragraph 4(1);
(d)its register tonnage and the deductions and allowances made pursuant to
paragraphs 10 and 11 respectively in ascertaining that tonnage;
(e)in the case of a ship to which gross and register tonnages have been assigned
in accordance with paragraph 12 or to which alternative tonnages have been
assigned in accordance with paragraph 13, particulars of the spaces the
tonnage of which has been excluded by virtue of the provisions of paragraph
12 or paragraph 13, as the case may be, in ascertaining such tonnages;
(f) the position in which any tonnage mark assigned to the ship is to be placed.
(2) The gross and register tonnages as stated in that certificate shall, unless any
alteration is made in the form or capacity of the ship or it is discovered that the
tonnage of the ship has been erroneously computed, be taken for that purpose to be
the gross and register tonnages of the ship.
(3) On remeasurement of a ship any certificate of British tohhage in force in
relation to that ship shall be delivered up to the Certifying Authority and the
Certifying Authority shall issue a new certificate in place thereof.

PART II

A. GROss TONNAGE

Components of gross tonnage
4. (1) Subject to the provisions of Part III of this Schedule, the gross tonnage-
of a ship shall be the sum of-
(a)the underdeck tonnage of the ship ascertained in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph 5 and paragraph 1 of Rule I of Appendix 1 to this
Schedule;





(b)the tonnage of between deck space between the second deck and the upper
deck ascertained in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 2 of the
said Rule I;
(c)the tonnage of permanently closed-in spaces on or above the upper deck
including that of breaks situated above in line of the deck but excluding-
(i) the tonnage of hatchways described in paragraph 6;.
(ii) the tonnage of framed-in spaces on or above the upper deck which
contain any part of the propelling machinery or which light or ventilate
space appropriated for such machinery;
(iii) any space excluded by virtue of the provisions of paragraph 7,
ascertained in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 3, 4 and 5 of the
said Rule I;
(d) the tonnage of hatchways described in paragraph 6, ascertained in accord-
ance with the provisions of that paragraph and paragraph 5 of the said
Rule I;
(e)the tonnage of framed-in spaces on or above the upper deck which contain
any part of the propelling machinery or which light or ventilate space
appropriated for such machinery, ascertained in accordance with the pro-
visions of paragraph 5 of the said Rule I, subject to the conditions that-
(i) the owner of the ship has made written application to the Certifying
Authority for the inclusion of such spaces in the propelling machinery space
of the ship;
(ii) they are permanently marked by a notice stating their purpose; and
(iii) they are certified by a surveyor as safe and seaworthy and properly
constructed for tfieir purpose, as reasonable in extent for that purpose, and
as being such that they cannot be used for any other purpose.
(2) In the case of a ship the tonnage of which below the upper deck has been
measured in accordance with Rule II of Appendix 1, that tonnage shall be included
instead of the tonnages specified at (a) and (b) in sub-paragraph (1).
(3) For the purpose of this Schedule and Appendices 1 to 5 the expression
'permanently closed-in spaces on or above the upper deck- shall include
(a)a poop, bridge or forecastle notwithstanding the presence of an opening in
the end transverse bulkhead thereof, unless the opening extends from deck
to deck for one half or more of the breadth of the deck in way of the
bulkhead;
(b)a deck house notwithstanding the presence of an opening in one of the
boundary bulkheads thereof exposed to the weather, unless the opening
extends from deck to deck for one half or more of the length of the bulkhead
in which it is situated and is 4 feet wide or more;
(c)a structure extending from side to side of the ship notwithstanding the
presence in it of an opening in the ship's side, unless the opening extends for
one half or more of the length of the space which it serves and exceeds in
height one third of the distance from deck to deck in way of the opening or 2
feet 6 inches, whichever is the greater;
(d)a passage way at the ship's side, unless it is 4 feet wide or more and is
completely open to the weather at one end, or both ends, of its length;
(e)a recess, unless it extends from deck to deck for 3 feet or more of its width
and is exposed to the weather; and
(f)any space having an opening in the deck over being a deck exposed to the
weather, unless the area of the opening is one quarter or more of the deck
area over the space.

Underdeck tonnage
5. The underdeck tonnage of a ship shall be the sum of-
(a) the tonnage of the space below the tonnage deck bounded by-
(i) the tonnage deck;
(ii) the upper surface of the double bottom tanks, open floors or ceiling
as the case may be; and
(iii) the inner face of the timbers, frames or sparring as the case may be,
measured in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1 of Rule 1 of
Appendix 1 to this Schedule, but subject to such limitations specified in
Appendix 2 as may be applicable in the circumstances of the case, and
excluding the tonnage of breaks above the line of the tonnage deck; and





(b)the tonnage of shaft bossings and any other appendages forming part of the
hull of the ship below the tonnage deck whether or not they project beyond
the extreme points of measurement of that deck.

Tonnage of hatchways
6. The tonnage of all hatchways leading to space included in the gross tonnage
of the ship other than internal hatchways totally enclosed within such space shall be
measured in accordance with paragraph 5 of Rule 1 of Appendix 1 to this Schedule
and from the aggregate thereof there shall be deducted i of 1 per cent of the ship's
gross tonnage excluding such aggregate. The remainder (if any) shall be the tonnage
of hatchways, customarily referred to as 'excess of hatchways', to be included in the
gross tonnage of the ship.

Closed-in spaces on or above the upper deck not to be included in gross tonnage
7. Permanently closed-in spaces of the following kinds situated on or above the
upper deck shall not be included in the gross tonnage of the ship-
(a) dry cargo space, unless situated in a break above the line of the upper deck;
(b) space fitted with and appropriated for the use of machinery or condensers;
(c)the wheelhouse and chartroom, and space fitted with and appropriated for
the use of radio and navigational aids;
(d) skylights, domes and trunks which light or ventilate the space they serve;
(e)chain lockers, and space appropriated for working the anchor gear and
capstan;
(f) space appropriated for the storage of safety equipment or batteries;
(g)companions and access hatches serving as protection. for stairways or
ladderways leading to space below; and openings over such stairways and
ladderways,
(h)the galley, and any separate bakery fitted with ovens, provided in either case
that no part thereof is appropriated for use for any other purpose;
(i)washing and sanitary accommodation forming part of the crew accommoda-
tion or appropriated for the use of the master;
(j)workshops and storerooms appropriated for the use of pumpmen, engin-
eers, electricians, carpenters and boatswains, and the lamp-room;
(k) water ballast tanks not appropriated for use for any other purpose;
(l)shelter space providing weather protection only for use, free of charge, by
deck passengers in ships intended for use only on voyages not exceeding 10
hours duration;
(m)sheltered promenade space, glassed in and unfurnished except for deck-
chairs or similar light' portable seating, in ships intended for use on
international voyages:
Provided that this paragraph shall not apply in any case other than that specified
at sub-paragraph (a) unless the space is certified by a surveyor as being reasonable in
extent, and properly constructed, for its purpose and is permanently marked by a
notice stating that purpose.

Application
8. (1) Sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph applies-
(a) to ships registered in Hong Kong undef Part I of principal Act before 1
March 1968 the tonnage of which is to be measured under this Schedule;
and
(b)to ships previously registered elsewhere than in Hong Kong which are to be
so registered; and
(c) to ships registered elsewhere than in Hong Kong in respect of which
application is made for a certificate of British tonnage pursuant to para-
graph 3(2).
(2) Without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph 7, space situated on or
above the upper deck of a ship to which this paragraph applies, being space-
(a)which, in the case of a ship described in sub-paragraph (1)(a), was by virtue
of openings in it not included in the gross tonnage ot the ship under the law
in force immediately prior to 1 March 1968; or





(b)which, in the case of a ship described in sub-paragraph (1)(b) or (c), was by
virtue of there being or having been openings in it not included in the gross
tonnage of the ship specified in the national certificate of registry in force in
respect of the ship immediately prior to her registry in Hong Kong, or the
said application as the case may be,
shall not be included in the gross tonnage of the ship irrespective of whether such
openings have been closed or not, if-
(i)there has been no change since the date on which the tonnage of the ship was
last measured in the purpose for which the space is used; and
(ii) in the case of a ship described in sub-paragraph (1)(b) or (c), the space is
such that it would not, had the ship been registered in Hong Kong prior to 1
March 1968 with, the openings unclosed, have been included in her gross
tonnage.

B. REGISTER TONNAGE

Ascertainment of register tonnage
9. Subject to the provisions of Part III of this Schedule, the register tonnage of
a ship shall be the tonnage obtained by deducting from its gross tonnage-
(a) the tonnage of spaces specified in paragraph 10; and
(b)the tonnage allowance for propelling machinery space described in para-
graph 11:
Provided that-
(i) the deduction shall in each case be subject to any condition, limit or
restriction expressed to be applicable in that case; and
(ii) no deduction shall be made of or in respect of the tonnage of any space
which has not first been included in the ship's gross,tonnage.

Space to be deducted
10. The spaces referred to in paragraph 9(a) are-
(a) space appropriated for the accommodation of the master;
(b)crew accommodation, except space appropriated for the storage of fresh
water and space appropriated for the storage of provisions (other than fresh
water), being in the later case space in excess of 15 per cent of the aggregate
of-
(i) space appropriated for the accommodation of the master; and
(ii) crew accommodation other than space appropriated for the storage
of provisions and fresh water;
(c)the wheelhouse and chartroom, and space fitted with and appropriated for
the use of radio and navigational aids;
(d)chain lockers and space appropriated for, or for the working of, the steering
gear, anchor gear and capstan;
(e) space appropriated for the storage of safety equipment or batteries;
(f)workshops and storerooms appropriated for the use of pumpmen,
electricians, carpenters and boatswains, and the lamp-room;

(g)space occupied by the donkey engine and boiler if they are outside the
propelling machinery space and connected to the main pumps of the ship;
(h)space occupied by the main pumps of the ship if they are outside the
propelling machinery space;
(i)in the case of ships wholly propelled by sails, space appropriated for the
storage of sails, so however that the total tonnage of such space does not
exceed 21 per cent of the ship's gross tonnage, and
(j)water ballast tanks not appropriated for use for any other purpose, so
however that the total tonnage so to be deducted, when added to the
tonnage of spaces appropriated for water ballast not included in the gross
tonnage of the ship consisting of double bottom space, space below bottom
floor level or space above the upper deck, does not exceed 19 per cent of the
ship's gross tonnage:





Provided that no deductions shall be made-
(i) in respect of any space specified in sub-paragraph (b) unless it is certified by
a Marine Department surveyor as complying with all applicable provisions
as to crew accommodation contained in the
Merchant Shipping Acts 1984 to 1970 and regulations made thereunder; and
(ii) in respect of any space specified in sub-paragraphs (a) or (c) to (j) unless it is
certified by a surveyor to be reasonable in extent, and properly constructed,
for its purpose and is permanently marked by a notice stating that purpose.

Allowance for propelling machinery space
11. The tonnage allowance for propelling machinery space to be deducted
pursuant to paragraph 9(b) shall be determined as follows-
(a) in the case of ships propelled by screws-
(i) if the tonnage of the propelling machinery space is 13 percent or over
but less than 20 per cent of the gross tonnage the allowance shall be 32 per
cent of the gross tonnage;
(ii) if the tonnage of the propelling machinery space is less than 13 per
cent of the gross tonnage the allowance shall be that lesser percentage of the
gross tonnage multiplied by 32/31;
F3
(b) in the case of ships propelled by paddle wheels-
(i) if the tonnage of the propelling machinery space is 20 percent or over
but less than 30 per cent ot the gross tonnage the allowance shall be 37 per
cent of the gross tonnage;
(ii) if the tonnage of the propelling machinery space is less than 20 per
cent of the gross tonnage the allowance shall be that lesser percentage of the
gross tonnage multiplied by 37/20.

(c)in the case of ships to which sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) do not apply, the
allowance shall be-
(i) in the case of ships propelled by screws, 1 3/4 times the tonnage of the
propelling machinery space;
(ii) in the case of ships propelled by paddle wheels, 1 1/2 times the tonnage
of the propelling machinery space:
Provided that-
(i) in no case save that of tugs intended to be used exclusively as such shall the
allowance exceed 55 per cent of that portion of the tonnage of the ship which
remains after deducting from its gross tonnage the deductions authorized
by paragraph 9(a); and
(ii) such deductions shall be subject to the propelling machinery space and
space appropriated for its lighting and ventilation being certified as ade-
quate by a surveyor and being permanently marked by notices stating their
purpose.

PART III

MODIFIED AND ALTERNATIVE TONNAGES AND TONNAGE MARKS

Modified gross and register tonnage of ships with certain freeboards
12. (1) This paragraph shall apply to a ship in respect of which greater than
minimum freeboards have been assigned under the Load Line Rules and the positions
of the load lines-
(a)are not higher than would have been the case if the freeboards assigned to
the ship and the position of the load lines appropriate thereto had been
calculated treating the second deck as the freeboard deck; or
(b)are such that the uppermost load line is not higher than the position of the
tonnage mark determined in accordance with Appendix 4 to this Schedule.
(2) The Certifying Authority may, on the application of the owner of a ship to
which this paragraph applies, assign to the ship as its gross tonnage and register
tonnage a modified gross tonnage and modified register tonnage ascertained in
accordance with sub-paragraph (3) of this paragraph instead of the gross tonnage and
register tonnage ascertained in accordance with Part II of this Schedule.
(3) The modified gross tonnage and modified register tonnage so to be assigned
shall be ascertained in accordance with Part II of this Schedule subject to the
following modifications-











(a) for references to the upper deck in-
paragraph 4(1)(c) and (e), and (3);
paragraph 7;
paragraph 8(2);
paragraph 10(j);
the definition of 'propelling machinery space' in the definitions at the
beginning of this Schedule and Appendix I, paragraphs 3, 5 and 6, there
shall be substituted references to the second deck; and

(b) paragraph 4(1)(b) and paragraph 2 of Rule I of Appendix 1 shall be omitted.
(4) Where such tonnages have been assigned to a ship there shall be placed on
each side of the ship a tonnage mark in the form described in Appendix 3 to this
Schedule, in a position in line with the uppermost load line to which the ship may be
loaded but, subject to the foregoing, in a position determined in accordance with
Appendix 4.

Alternative tonnages

13. (1) The Certifying Authority may, on the application of the owner of a
ship, assign to the ship, as an alternative to its gross tonnage and register tonnage
ascertained in accordance with Part II of this Schedule, the modified gross tonnage
and modified register tonnage ascertained in accordance with the provisions of
sub-paragraph (3) of paragraph 12.

(2) Where alternative tonnages have been assigned to a ship there shall be
placed on each side of that ship a tonnage mark in the form described in Appendix 3
to this Schedule in a position determined in accordance with the provisions of
Appendix 4.

(3) The gross tonnage and register tonnage of the ship shall be taken to be
respectively the modified gross tonnage and modified register tonnage when the ship
is so loaded that the tonnage mark is not submerged. At all other times the gross and
register tonnages of the ship shall be those ascertained in accordance with Part 11 of
this Schedule.

PART IV

PLEASURE VESSELS UNDER 45 FEET IN LENGTH

14. (1) This Part of this Schedule applies only in relation to pleasure vessels
under 45 feet (13.7 metres) in overall length which either-

(a)are to be registered in Hong Kong under Part I of the principal Act on or
after the coming into operation of these regulations; or

(b) being so registered before that date fall to be re-measured thereafter
pursuant to the provisions of section 82 of the principal Act.

(2) Parts I to III of this Schedule shall not apply in relation to pleasure vessels to
which this Part of this Schedule applies.

15. The tonnage of a pleasure vessel to which this Part of this Schedule applies
shall be ascertained in accordance with paragraph 16 and the tonnage so ascertained
shall be taken to be its gross and register tonnage.

16. (1) The owner of such a pleasure vessel to be measured shall make it
available for measurement pursuant to section 6 of principal Act by a surveyor
appointed by the Certifying Authority or a measurer appointed by the Royal
Yachting Association or the Yacht Brokers, Designers and Surveyors Association
being organizations authorized by the Director to appoint persons to undertake the
measurement of pleasure vessels to which this Part of this Schedule applies and shall
afrord all necessary facilities for its inspection and measurement and shall produce for
the surveyor's or measurer's use and retention if required such plans, drawings,
specifications and other documents relating to the pleasure vessel as he may require.


(2) The tonnage of a pleasure vessel to which this Part of this Schedule applies
shall be measured in the manner specified in Appendix 5 to this Schedule.





PART V

SPACE FOR THE PURPOSES OF SECTION 85 OF THE PRINCIPAL ACT

17. (1) Space to be taken into account for the purposes
principal Art (payment of dues where goods carried in spaces not forming part of
registered tonnage) shall, subject to sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph, be ascer-
tained in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 5 of Rule 1 of Appendix 1 to
this Schedule.
(2) Where-
(a)a ship has been assigned alternative tonnages in pursuance of paragraph 13;
and
(b)the tonnages applicable to the ship are the modified tonnages ascertained in
accordance with paragraph 12(3),
no account shall be taken for the purposR the said section 95of any space, which is
included in the register tonnage ascertained in accordance with Part II of this
Schedule but which is not included in the modified register tonnage to the extent that
the tonnage of such space exceeds the difference between those register tonnages.
(3) Goods or stores shall not be carried in any permanently closed-in space on
board the ship which has not been included in the registered tonnage of the ship other
than-
(a) dry cargo spaces;
(b)workshops or storeroom appropriated for the use of pumpmen, engineers,
electricians, carpenters and boatswains;
(c) the lamp-room; or
(d) double bottom tanks.

APPENDIX 1 TO SCHEDULE 5

MEASUREMENT OF TONNAGE

RULE I

Paragraph 2 of Schedule 5

1 . Underdeck tonnage
(1) The length of the tonnage deck shall be measured in a straight line in a
middle plane of the ship between the points at the forward and after ends of the deck
where the underside of the deck, or the line of continuation thereof in way of breaks
or discontinuations of the deck, meets the inner face of the frames, timbers, ceiling or
sparring as the case may be. Such length so measured is hereafter referred to in this
Appendix and in Appendix 2 to this Schedule as the 'tonnage length'.
(2) In ships which have a break, or breaks, in a double bottom the tonnage
length shall be measured in parts corresponding to the number and position of such
break or breaks.
(3) The tonnage length, or the length of each of the several parts thereof
obtained in accordance with sub-paragraph (2), shall be divided into equal parts as
shown in the following table- .
length 50 feet or under, into 4 equal parts;
length above 50 feet but not exceeding 120 feet, into 6 equal parts;
length above 120 feet but not exceeding 180 feet, into 8 equal parts;
length above 180 feet but not exceeding 225 feet, into 10 equal parts;
length above 225 feet, into 12 equal parts:
Provided that the length of any of the several parts obtained in accordance with
sub-paragraph (2) may be divided into 2 equal parts if such length is 30 feet or under.
(4) The transverse area of the ship at each point of division of the tonnage
length, or of parts of that length as aforesaid, shall be calculated as follows-
(a)The depth in the middle plane of the ship from the underside of the tonnage
deck to the top of the open floor or double bottom as the case may be shall
be measured, deducting therefrom the average thickness of ceiling, if fitted,
and one-third the round of beam. If the top of the double bottom falls from
the middle plane of the ship, there shall be added to the depth the mean
of the fall; if the top of the double bottom rises from the middle plane, a
corresponding correction shaN be deducted from the depth.











In ships of wooden construction the lower terminal point of the depth
shall be the upper side of the floor timber at the inside of the limber strake,
after deducting therefrorn the average thickness of ceiling between the bilge
planks and the limber strake.
(b) If the depth so obtained does not exceed 16 feet at the amidship division of
the total tonnage length, the depth at each point of division of the tonnage
length, or of parts of that length as aforesaid, shall be divided into 4 equal
parts; depths in excess of 16 feet shall be divided into 6 equal parts.

(c) At the point of division between each of the parts obtained in accordance
with sub-paragraph (b) the horizontal breadths to the inner face of the
timber, frame or sparring as the case may be shall be measured. Numbering
these breadths from the tonnage deck, the even numbered breadths shall be
multiplied by 4 and the others, with the exception of the first and last, by 2;
these products shall be added together, and to the sum there shall be added
the first and last breadths; the quantity thus obtained shall be multiplied by
one-third of the common interval between the breadths and the product
shall be the transverse area in square feet.
(5) The transverse areas so obtained shall be numbered from the extreme
forward point of measurement of the tonnage length, or of the parts thereof as the
case may be; the even numbered areas shall be multiplied by 4 and the odd numbered
areas, other than the first and last, by 2; these products shall be added together and to
the sum there shall be added the area (if any) of the first and last., the quantity thus
obtained shall be multiplied by one-third of the common interval between the areas;
the product so obtained divided by 100 shall be the underdeck tonnage of the ship
exclusive of the tonnage of spaces to be included therein pursuant to paragraph 5(b)
of Schedule 2 (appendages).

2. Betweendeck space between the second deck and the upper deck
(1)(a) Betweendeck space between the second deck and the upper deck shall
be measured for length in a straight line in the middle plane of the ship
between the points at the forward and after ends of the space where the
inner surface of the frames, timbers, ceiling or sparring as the case may be
meets the middle plane of the ship at half the height between the upper
surface of the deck and the underside of the deck over.
(b)Where a break exists in the second deck or the upper deck the line of the
deck shall be extended through the break parallel to the raised part of the
break; and the tonnage of the betweendeck space shall be measured in such
a case by reference to the line of the deck so extended.
(2) The length shall be divided into equal parts as provided in paragraph 1(3)
of this Rule. At each of these points of division the horizontal breadth from the inner
face of the frames, timbers or sparring as the case may be, shall be measured at half
the height of the betweendeck space.
(3) These breadths shall be numbered from the stem, the stem being number 1.
The even numbered breadths shall be multiplied by 4 and the odd numbered, other
than the first and last, by 2. The products shall be added together and the first and the
last breadths shall be added to the sum. The quantity thus obtained shall be
multiplied by one-third of the common interval between the breadths, and the area
thus obtained shall be multiplied by the mean height between the upper surface of the
deck and the underside of the deck over. The product so obtained divided by 100 shall
be the tonnage of the betweendeck space.

3. Breaks in the upper deck
Breaks in the upper deck shall be measured for length in a straight line in the
middle plane of the ship between the extremities of the break at half the height of the
break, terminal points at the stem or stern being taken as described in paragraph 2(1)
of this Rule. The length so obtained shall be divided into 2 equal parts for lengths of
50 feet or less, 4 equal parts for lengths above 50 feet but not more than 225 feet and 6
equal parts for lengths over 225 feet. At each of the points of division the horizontal
breadth at half the height of the break at the ship's side to the inner face of the frames,
timbers or sparring as the case may be shall be measured. Numbering these breadths
from the foremost terminal point, the even numbered breadths shall be multiplied by
4 and the odd numbered, other than the first and last, by 2. The products shall be
added together and to the sum there shall be added the first and last breadths. The
quantity thus obtained shall be multiplied by one-third of the common interval
between the breadths. The area this obtained shall be multiplied by the height of the
break. The product divided by 100 shall be the tonnage of the break.





4. Poop, bridge andforecastle
A poop, bridge or forecastle shall be measured as follows-
The mean length thereof shall be measured at half the height between the upper
surface of the deck and the underside of the deck over, terminal points at the stem and
stem being taken as described in paragraph 2(1) of this Rule. The length so obtained
shall be divided into 2 equal parts for lengths of 50 feet or under, 4 equal parts for
lengths over 50 feet but not exceeding 225 feet, and 6 equal parts for lengths exceeding
225 feet. At each of the points of division the horizontal breadth shall be measured
from the inner face of the frames, timbers or sparring as the case may be at half the
height between the upper surface of the deck and the underside of the deck over.
Numbering these breadths from the foremost terminal point, the even numbered
breadths shall be multiplied by 4 and the odd numbered, other than the first and last,
by 2. The products shall be added together and to the sum there shall be added the
first and last breadths. The quantity thus obtained shall be multiplied by one-third of
the common interval between the breadths, and the area thus obtained shall be
multiplied by the mean height of the poop, bridge or forecastle. The product divided
by 100 shall be the tonnage of the poop, bridge or forecastle.
5. Other permanently closed-in spaces on or above the upper deck
Permanently closed-in spaces on or above the upper deck other than those dealt
with in paragraph 4 shall be measured by ascertaining their mean length, breadth and
height and the product of multiplying these dimensions together shall, when divided
by 100, be the tonnage of the space.
6. Propelling machinery space
(1) Propelling machinery space which extends to the ship's side and is situated
below the upper deck shall be measured as follows-
The mean length shall be measured in each space at half the mean depth, which
shall be measured in the middle plane of the ship from the underside of the deck
forming the crown of the space to the top of the double bottom or open floors,
allowance being made for ceiling if fitted; for arnidship spaces 3 equally spaced
breadths shall be used and for spaces abaft amidships 3 equally spaced breadths shall
be used for lengths up to 30 feet, 5 equally spaced breadths for lengths over 30 feet to
50 feet and 7 equally spaced breadths for lengths over 50 feet, the breadths being
measured from the inner face of the frames, timbers or sparring as the case may be at
half the depth of the space at that point. The mean length, mean breadth and mean
depth so ascertained shall be multiplied together and the product divided by 100 shall
be the tonnage of the space.
(2) Propelling machinery space which does not extend to the ship's side and is
situated below the upper deck shall be measured by ascertaining its mean length,
mean breadth and mean depth, and the product of multiplying these dimensions
together shall, when divided by 100, be the tonnage of the space.
7. Shaft bossings and appendages
The tonnage of shaft bossings and other appendages referred to in para-
graph 5(b) of Schedule 5 shall be ascertained by measuring the internal cubic capacity
of the space as accurately as practicable and dividing the result by 100.

RULE II
MEASUREMENT OF TONNAGE BELOW THE UPPER
DECK WHERE MEASUREMENT IN ACCORDANCE
WITH RULE I IS IMPRACTICABLE
1. The length of the ship shall be measured on the upper side of the upper deck
from the inside of the outer plate or plank at the stem to the aft side of the stern-post,
or to the fore side of the rudder stock where no stem-post is fitted. The extreme
breadth of the ship shall be measured, excluding rubbers or fenders. The girth, from
the upper edge of the upper deck at side on one side of the ship to the same point at
the other side, shall be measured on the outside of the ship at the greatest breadth. To
half the girth thus measured there shall be added half the aforesaid breadth. The
square of the sum shall he multiplied by the aforesaid length. This product multiplied
by 00 17 in the case of ships built of wood and by 00 18 in the case of other ships shall
be the tonnage of the ship below the upper deck.
2. In any case in which the surveyor is satisfied that by reason of the size of the
ship it is not reasonably practicable to measure its girth as provided in paragraph 1,
such girth shall be ascertained by adding the aforesaid breadth of the ship to twice the
depth of the ship from the top of the upper deck at the side of the ship to the bottom
of the keel and multiplying this sum by 0.98.





APPENDIX 2 TO SCHEDULE 5

LIMITATION OF HEIGHT OF OPEN FLOORS AND
DOUBLE BOTTOMS, AND OF DEPTHS OF FRAMES
AND SIDE BRACKETS, FOR PURPOSES OF
MEASUREMENT OF UNDERDECK. TONNAGE

Paragraph 5 of Schedule 5

The provisions of this Appendix shall have effect for the purposes of the
measurement of underdeck tonnage.

1 . Open floors
(1) Any part of an open floor, other than a floor in the main space for the
propelling machinery of a ship, which is situated above the horizontal line hereinafter
described shall be disregarded for the purposes of measurement of underdeck
tonnage, which shall be measured accordingly by reference to the said line.
(2) The line above referred to shall be a line passing through a point in the
middle plane of the ship at a height consisting of the maximum height o open floors
applicable to a ship of the tonnage length of the ship undergoing measurement,
ascertained by reference to columns A and B of Table I and corrected by the addition
of a distance equal to the rise of the moulded frame line at one quarter of the breadth
of the ship between moulded frame lines at the said maximum height.
(3) The provisions of this paragraph shall also apply in the case of ships fitted
with longitudinal floors and/or frames.

2. Double botionu
A double bottom, situated in any part of a ship other than the main space for the
propelling machinery, which is of greater height than a height consisting of the
maximum height of double bottom applicable to a ship of the tonnage length of the
ship undergoing measurement, ascertained by reference to columns A and C of Table
I and corrected by the addition of a distance equal to the rise of the moulded frame
line at one quarter of the breadth of the ship between moulded frame lines at the said
maximum height, shall be treated not as a double bottom but as an open floor of such
height ascertained in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1(2) of this
Appendix as would be applicable in the case of a ship of the tonnage length of the ship
undergoing measurement.

3. Bilge brackets
(1) The horizontal width of bilge brackets measured from the shell of the ship to
the inboard toe of the bracket shall not-
(a) if taken at the level of the top of an open floor, exceed the maximum height
of open floor applicable to the ship obtained by reference to columns A
and B of Table I;
(b) if taken at the level of the top of a double bottom, exceed the maximum
height of double bottom applicable to the ship obtained by reference to
columns A and C of that Table.
(2) In any case in which underdeck tonnage is measured by reference to a height
ascertained and applied in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2 of
this Appendix, the lowest breadth used in the measurement of underdeck tonnage
area shall be the breadth between the inner sides of the shell of the ship taken at that
height, less twice the maximum height of open floor applicable to the ship obtained
by reference to columns A and B of Table I or twice the width of the bilge bracket
whichever is the less.

4. Allowancefor ceiling
The limitations imposed by the preceding three paragraphs are exclusive of an
allowance for ceiling, if fitted.

5. Depth of frames
(1) Subject to sub-paragraph (2), the extent to which the depth of transverse or
longitudinal ship side framing in the case.of any ship, measured from its shell, ex=ds
the maximum depth of frame applicable to a ship of the registered breadth of the ship
undergoing measurement ascertained by reference to Table II shall be disregarded
and underdeck tonnage shall be measured accordingly by reference to the maximum
depth of frame so ascertained.





(2) In the case of a ship in which alternate deep and shallow frames are fitted,
the depth of frame used for purposes of measurement, measured from the shell of the
ship, shall not exceed whichever is the lesser of the following dimensions-
(a) twice the depth of the shallow frame; or
(b) the maximum depth of frame applicable to the ship ascertained as aforesaid.
(3) The limitations imposed by sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) are exclusive of an
allowance for sparring fitted on the toe of the frames.

TABLE I





In the case of ships of intermediate length, the maximum height of floors or
double bottoms shall be obtained by interpolation, and in the case of ships exceeding
700 feet, by linear extrapolation.





TABLE II



In the case of ships of intermediate breadths, the maximum depth of frame shall
be obtained by interpolation.

APPENDIX 3 TO SCHEDULE 5
TONNAGE MARK

Paragraphs 12 and 13
of Schedule 5

1 . Save as otherwise provided in paragraph 2, the tonnage mark shall consist
as shown in Figure 1 of a horizontal line 15 inches long and 1 inch wide upon which
shall be placed for identification purposes an inverted equilateral triangle, each side of
which is 12 inches long and 1 inch wide, having its Apex on the mid-point of the
horizontal line.

2. In the case of a ship intended to operate in fresh or tropical waters as defined
in the Load Line Rules (not being a ship on which tonnage marks have been placed in
accordance with paragraph 12 of Schedule 5), an additional horizontal line may on
the application of the owner of the ship be placed above the tonnage mark described
in paragraph 1 at a distance of one forty-eighth (I/48th) of the moulded draught to
that tonnage mark. This additional line shall be 9 inches long and 1 inch wide
measured from a 1 inch wide vertical line (shown marked 'W' in Figure 1) at the
after end of, and perpendicular to, that tonnage mark. In such a case, at all such times
as the ship so marked is operating in fresh or tropical waters as aforesaid, this
additional line shall be taken to be the tonnage mark in lieu of that described in
paragraph 1.

3. The lines and triangle above mentioned shall be painted in white or yellow
on a dark ground or in black on a light ground, and carefully cut in, centre punched
or welded on the sides of the ship. They shall be so kept and maintained as to be
plainly visible at all times save when submerged.






APPENDIX 4 TO SCHEDULE 5

POSITION OF TONNAGE MARKS

Paragraphs 12 and 13
of Schedule 5

1. The tonnage mark shall be placed on each side of the ship at a distance
below the line where the underside of the second deck stringer plate meets the ship's
side plating amidships, or below the line equivalent to that line as shown in Figure 2 in
cases where the deck is stepped, to be ascertained by reference to the Tonnage Mark
Table at the end of this Appendix.
2. In that Table-
(1) the length Lt in column A is the distance in feet on the second deck between
the points at the forward and after ends of the deck where the underside of the deck or
line of continuation thereof meets the inner surface of the frames, ceiling or sparring
as the case may be in the middle plane of the ship, using an equivalent length in cases
where the deck is stepped as shown in Figure 2;
(2) the depth Ds is the depth in feet amidships from the top of the keel to the
point at which the underside of the second deck stringer plate meets the ship's side
plating, using an equivalent depth as shown in Figure 2 in cases where the deck is
stepped;
(3) the figures at the top of columns B to J represent the ratio LI/Ds and the
figures below in each column represent distances in inches from the line where the
underside of the second deck stringer plate meets the ship's side plating amidships
(or, in cases where the deck is stepped, from the equivalent line thereto as shown in
Figure 2) to the point at which the upper edge of the tonnage mark is to be placed.
3. In the case of any ship of intermediate length or having an intermediate
Lt/Ds ratio, the relevant distance to be applied shall be obtained by interpolation,
and in other cases where necessary by linear extrapolation.
4. The effective relevant distance calculated by reference to the Tonnage Mark
Table to be applied in the case of any ship shall be corrected to the nearest half-inch.






5. In the case of a ship to which load lines have been assigned the tonnage
marks shall, subject to the provisions of paragraph 12 of Schedule 5 be placed in a
position ascertained in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Appendix
with the apex of the identification triangle at a distance of 21 inches horizontally aft
of the certre line of the load line disc:
Provided that in no case shall the tonnage marks be placed above the upper-
most load line to which the ship may be loaded.

6. In the case of a ship to which load lines have not been assigned the tonnage
marks shall be placed in a position ascertained in accordance with the foregoing
provisions of this Appendix with the apex of the identification triangle at the middle
of the length Lt. In every such case the line of the upper deck shall be shown by a deck
line corresponding in form to that required by the Load Line Rules and placed
centrally to a vertical line bisecting the identification triangle of the tonnage mark.

TONNAGE MARK TABLE



1983 Ed.] Merchant shipping (Tonnage) Regulations AB35 +




APPENDIX 5 TO SCHEDULE 5

PLEASURE VESSELS UNDER 45 FEET IN LENGTH
ASCERTAINMENT OF TONNAGE

1. Tonnage in relation to any pleasure vessel to which Part IV of this Schedule
applies shall be measured in terms of cubic capacity.

2. (1) The tonnage of the vessel shall be the sum of-
(a)the product of multiplying together its overall length, breadth and depth,
and multiplying the resultant figure by 0.0045; and
(b) the tonnage of any break or breaks defined in paragraph 3 and calculated in
accordance with the provisions of that prargraph.
(2) The breadth of a vessel for this purpose shall be its extreme breadth over the
outside plating, planking or hull, no account being taken of rubbers or fenders even if
they are moulded so as to be integral with the hull.
(3)(a) The depth of a vessel for this purpose shall be measured vertically
midway between the foremost and aftermost points of measurement of its
length.
(b) The upper terminal point for depth shall be-
(i) in the case of a decked vessel, the underside of deck on the middle line
or, if there is no deck at the middle line at the point of measurement, the
underside of the deck at side of the vessel plus the full deck camber;
(ii) in the case of an open vessel, the top of the upper strake or gunwale.
(c) The lower terminal point for depth shall be-
(i) in the case of a wooden vessel, the upper side of planking at side of
keel or hog;
(ii) in the case of a metal vessel, the top of plating at side of keel;
(iii) in the case of a glass reinforced plastic vessel, the inside of hull.
Where no keel member is fitted and the keel is of open trough construction,
the lower terminal point for depth shall be the top of the keel filling, if fitted,
or the level at which the inside breadth of the trough is 4 inches, whichever
gives the lesser depth.
(d)Where a break exists in way of the point of measurement for depth, the
height of the break shall not be included in the measurement of depth.

3. A break for the purpose of paragraph 2(1)(b) shall be a side to side break
existing in the line of the deck, and its tonnage shall be the figure obtained by
multiplying together the mean length, mean breadth and mean height of the break
and dividing the product by 100.

4. In the case of a catamaran or trimaran the tonnage of each hull shall be
measured separately, using the breadth of each hull for the purposes of its measure-
ment, and the sum of such tonnages shall be the tonnage of the vessel.

5. All measurements shall be taken and expressed in feet and decimals of 1 foot
to.the nearest one-tenth of 1 foot.

6. Tonnage shall be expressed to two decimal places, the second decimal place
being increased by 1 if the third decimal place is 5 or more.





CARRIAGE BY AIR ACTS (APPLICATION OF
PROVISIONS) (OVERSEAS TERRITORIES)
(HONG KONG DOLLAR EQUIVALENTS)
ORDER

[By the Governor under section 4(4) of the Carriage by Air Acts 1961
as applied to Hong Kong by the Carriage by Air Acts (Applica-
tion of Provisions) (Overseas Territories) Order 1967.1

[9 March 1984.]

1. This order may be cited as the Carriage by Air Acts
(Application of Provisions) (Overseas Territories) (Hong Kong
Dollar Equivalents) Order.

2. The amounts of Hong Kong dollars shown in the second
column of the Schedule hereto are specified as the amounts to be
taken for the purposes of Article 22 in Part I of Schedule 4 of the
Carriage by Air Acts (Application of Provisions) (Overseas Terri-
tories) Order 1967 as equivalent to the sums respectively expressed
in francs in the first column of the Schedule.

SCHEDULE [para. 2.]






CARRIAGE BY AIR (OVERSEAS TERRITORIES)
(HONG KONG DOLLAR EQUIVALENTS)
ORDER

[By the Governor under section 4(4) of the Carriage by Air Act 1961
as extended to Hong Kong under the Carriage by Air (Overseas
Territories) Order 1967.1

[9 March 1984.]

1. This order may be cited as the Carriage by Air (Overseas
Territories) (Hong Kong Dollar Equivalents) Order.

2. The amounts of Hong Kong dollars shown in the second
column of the Schedule hereto are specified as the amounts to be
taken for the purposes of Article 22 in the First Annex to Schedule 1
to the Carriage by Air (Overseas Territories) Order 1967 as equiva-
lent to the sums respectively expressed in francs in the first column of
the Schedule.

SCHEDULE [para. 2.]






VISITING FORCES ACT 1952 (ARREST OF MEMBERS OF
UNITED STATES FORCES) ORDER.

[By the Governor under 15 & 16 Geo. 6 & 1 Eliz. 2, c. 67, s. 2(6)
(as adapted and modified by S.I 1954 No. 636)]

[17th January, 1969.]

1. This order may be cited as the Visiting Forces Act 1952
(Arrest of Members of United States Forces) Order.

2. Any member of the military forces of the United Kingdom
serving in the Colony may arrest any person being a member of a
visiting force of the United States of America who is alleged to be
guilty of an offence punishable under the law of that country and
shall hand over any person so arrested to any officer or person of
superior rank of the forces of the United States of America.





FUGITIVE OFFENDERS ACI7 1967 (COMMENCEMENT)
ORDER 1969.

[By the Governor under 1967 c. 68, section 22, as modified and adapted
by S.I 1967 No. 1911 (L.N. 12/68)]

[31st January, 1969]

1. This order may be cited as the Fugitive Offenders Act
1967 (Commencement) Order 1969.

2. In relation to any country to which the Governor, with
the approval of the Secretary of State, is empowered by paragraph
(c) of section 2(2) of the Fugitive Offenders Act 1967 (definition of
United Kingdom dependency') to apply the said section 2(2), the
said Act shall come into force on 1st February 1969 for the pur-
poses of all the provisions of the Act other than-

(a) the purposes of section 2 thereof; and

(b) the purposes of any other provision thereof,

for which purposes, subject to paragraph 3 of. the Fugitive
Offenders Act 1967 (Commencement) Order 1968, the said Act
came into force on 9th February 1968 and 23rd February 1968,
respectively.





PROCLAMATION

No. 1 of 1988

L.N. 256/88 -

BY HIS EXCELLENCY SIR DAVID CLIVE WILSON, Knight Commander
of the Most Distinguished Order of Saint Michael and Saint George, Governor
and Commander-in-Chief of Hong Kong.

WHEREAS-

(1) by Article 2 of the Hong Kong (Coinage) Orders 1936 to 1978 it is
provided that the Governor may with the approval of the Com-
missioners of Her Majesty's Treasury and a Secretary of State at any
time declare by Proclamation that any coins which are legal tender in
the Colony shall, subject to a special provision in the case of British
dollars, cease to be legal tender as from a date to be specified in the
Proclamation and that such coins shall accordingly cease to be legal
tender as from that date;

(2)by Proclamation bearing date the 7th day of February 1949 the coin,
particulars of which are set forth in the Schedule hereto, was declared
to be legal tender for an amount not exceeding two dollars:

Now, THEREFORE, 1, DAVID CLIVE WILSON by virtue and in exercise of
the powers conferred by the said Article 2 of the Hong Kong (Coinage) Orders
1936 to 1978, with the approval of the Commissioners of Her Majesty's
Treasury and of the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Afrairs,
do hereby PROCLAIM that the coin, particulars of which are set forth in the
Schedule hereto, shall cease to be legal tender as from the 1st day of January
1989.

SCHEDULE



GIVEN under my hand and the Public Seal of the Colony of Hong Kong this
15th day of September 1988.

David WILSON,
Governor.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN.





MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY CONVENTION)
ACT 1949 AS APPLIED TO HONG KONG BY
THE MERCHANT SHIPPING SAFETY
CONVENTION (HONG KONG)
NO. 1 ORDER 1953

OFF-SHORE SUPPLY VESSELS SPECIFICALLY DESIG
AND CONSTRUCTED FOR SERVING OFF-SHORE
INSTALLATIONS AND REGISTERED IN HONG KONG

EXEMPTION FROM CERTAIN LIFE SAVING
APPLIANCES REQUIREMENTS

The Governor, in exercise of the powers conferred on
him by section 28 of the Merchant Shipping (Safety Convention)
Act 1949, as applied to Hong Kong by the Merchant Shipping
Safety Convention (Hong Kong) No. 1 Order 1953, hereby
exempts all ofr-shore vessels which are specifically designed and
constructed for serving off-shore installations and are registered in
Hong Kong from the requirements of rule 11(2) of the Merchant
Shipping (Life Saving Appliances) Rules 1965.

2. This exemption is granted having regard to the size and
construction of the above-mentioned vessels and the nature of the
operations on which they are engaged and is granted subject to
each such vessel being provided with-

(a)one or more liferafts on each side of the vessel of sufficient
aggregate capacity to accommodate all persons on board
the vessel;

(b) an inflatable boat which-
(i) complies with the requirements for inflatable boats
set out in Schedule II to the 'General Exemption for
Ships of Classes VII to IX and X to X11 from certain
requirements of ' the Merchant Shipping (Life Saving
Appliances) Rules 196Y' dated 14.4.1969;
(ii) is capable of being launched on one side of the
vessel; and
(iii) is kept in a fully inflated condition; and

(c)an efficient mechanical device, which is kept readily
available and operable, for launching and recovering the
inflatable boat.

3. This exemption shall have immediate effect and shall
remain in operation until revoked, either generally or specifically
in relation to any one of the above-mentioned vessels.





PROCLAMATION NO. 2 OF 1949.

[Published in the Gazette as G.N.A. 29/49.]

A. G. GRANTHAM,
Governor.

BY HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR.

WHEREAs by Article 4 of the Hong Kong (Coinage) Order
1936, (hereinafter referred to as the Order) it is provided that if
any new coins are coined they shall, from a date fixed by the
Governor in a Proclamation made with the approval of the Com-
missioners of His Majesty's Treasury and a Secretary of State
setting forth in a Schedule particulars of the metal, standard weight,
remedy allowance and, in the case of silver coins, fineness, and
provided that they have not been dealt with in any manner pro-
hibited by law, be legal tender in the case of coins of denominations
of not less than one dollar for the payment of an amount not
exceeding one hundred dollars, and in the case of coins of other
denominations for the payment of an amount not exceeding two
dollars:

Now THEREFORE I, SIR ALEXANDER WILLIAM GEORGE
HERDER GRANTHAM, Knight Commander of the Most
Distinguished Order of Saint Michael and Saint George, Governor
and Commander-in-Chief of the Colony of Hong Kong and its
Dependencies and Vice-Admiral of the same, by virtue and in
exercise of the powers conferred by the said Article 4 of the Order
with the approval of the Commissioners of His Majesty's Treasury
and of the Secretary of State for the Colonies do hereby PROCLAIM
AND FIX the sixteenth day of February, 1949, as the date from
which the coins, particulars of which are set forth in the Schedule
hereto, shall, provided that they have not been dealt with in any
manner prohibited by law, be legal tender for an amount not
exceeding two dollars.

Given under my hand. and the Public Seal of the Colony of
Hong Kong, this 7th day of February, 1949.

Published by His Excellency's Command.

D. M. MACDOUGALL,
Colonial Secretary.

GOD SAVE THE KING.





SCHEDULE.





COPYRIGHT (LIBRARIES) REGULATIONS

[By the Governor in Council under Copyright Act 1956, sections
7 and 15, as extended to Hong Kong by the Copyright
i >
(Hong Kong) Order 1972 (S.I 1972 No. 1724).]

[1st June, 1973.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Copyright (Libraries)
Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-

'Act' means the Copyright Act 1956, as extended to Hong Kong
by the Copyright (Hong Kong) Order 1972; and

'work' means a published literary, dramatic or musical work.

3. Each of the classes of library specified in the First
Schedule shall be a class prescribed for the purposes of section
7(1) and (3) of the Act:

Provided that this regulation shall not apply to any library
established or conducted for profit.

4. (1) Each of the classes of library specified in the First
or Second Schedule shall be a class prescribed for the purposes of
section 7(5) of the Act and, for the purposes of paragraph (a)
of that subsection (which relates to the librarian to whom a copy
is supplied), and any class of library so. specified shall, where
appropriate, be deemed to include any library of a similar class
situated outside Hong Kong.

(2) This regulation shall apply to any library of a class so
specified whether established or conducted for profit or not.

5. Each of the classes of library specified in the First or
Second Schedule shall be a class prescribed for the purposes of
section 15(4) of the Act.

6. (1) The following conditions shall be conditions pre-
scribed for the purposes of section 7(1) and (3) of the Act (which
relate, respectively, to copies of articles in periodical publications
and copies of parts of other works)---
(a)no copy of any work or any part of a work shall be made
for or supplied to any person unless he has delivered to
the librarian concemed, or to some person appointed
by the librarian for that purpose, a declaration and under-
taking in writing in relation to that work or part, sub-
stantially in accordance with the form set out in the Third
Schedule and signed in the manner therein indicated;





(b)for the purposes of subsection (1) (which relates to copies
of articles in periodical publications) no copy extending
to more than one article in any one publication shall be
made;
(c)for the purposes of subsection (3) (which relates to copies
of parts of other works) no copy extending to more than
a reasonable proportion of a work shall be made;
(d)persons to whom copies are supplied shall be required
to pay for such copies a sum not less than the cost
(including a contribution to the general expenses of the
library) attributable to their production.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(c)-
(a) a reasonable proportion of a work means-
(i) in the case of a single extract, not more than 4,000
words;
(ii) in the case of a series of extracts, not more than
3,000 words per extract, with a total of not more than
8,000 words; and
(iii) in any case, not more than 10 per rent of the
work; and
(b) poems, essays and other short literary works shall be
regarded as whole works and not as parts of the volume
in which they are published.

7. The following conditions shall be the conditions pre-
scribed for the purposes of section 7(5) of the Act, (which relates
to the making and supplying of copies of any works or parts of
works to librarians)-
(a) no copy of a work or a part of a work shall be made
for or supplied to the librarian of any library, if a copy
of that work or that part has already been supplied to
any person as a librarian of that library, unless the
librarian by or on behalf of whom the copy is made is
satisfied that the copy already supplied has been lost,
destroyed or damaged;

(b)librarians to whom copies are supplied shall be required
to pay for such copies a sum not less than the cost (in-
cluding a contribution to the general expenses of the
library) attributable to their production; and

(c)no copy shall be supplied to the librarian of a library
that is established or conducted for profit.

8. Nothing in regulation 6 or 7 shall be taken to authorize
the librarian of any library to make or supply a copy of any work
or part of a work (other than an article in a periodical publica-
tion) for or to any other person (whether that person is the
librarian of another library or not) if at the time when the copy





is made the librarian knows the name and address of a person
entitled to authorize the making of the copy or could by reasonable
inquiry ascertain the name and address of such a person.

9. (1) The provisions of paragraph (2) of this regulation
shall be the conditions prescribed for. the purposes of section 15(4)
of the Act (which relates to reproductions of the typographical
arrangements of published editions of works).

(2) A reproduction of the typographical arrangement of a
published edition of a work or a part thereof may be made or
supplied in pursuance of section 15(4) only in the circumstances
and upon the conditions in and upon which a copy of that work
or part may, by virtue of the provisions of Part I of the Act, be
made or supplied without infringing the copyright in that work
under Part I.

Provided that for the purposes of section 15(4) of the Act
a reproduction of the typographical arrangement of a published
edition of a work may be made without infringing the copyright
in the published edition notwithstanding that the librarian by or
on behalf of whom the reproduction is made knows, at the time
it is made, the name and address of a person who is entitled to
authorize the making of such a copy or such a reproduction or
could by reasonable inquiry ascertain the name and address of such
a person.

FIRST SCHEDULE [regs. 3, 4 & 5.1]

I. Any library in Hong Kong to which section 15 of the Copyright Act
1911 applied until the Copyright Act 1956 was brought into operation in Hong
Kong.

II. Any library of a school (as defined by section 41(7) of the Act), univer-
sity, college of a university or university college.

III. Any library administered under the Public Health and Urban Services
Ordinance.

IV. Any library administered as part of a Government Department.

V. Any library conducted for, or administered by any establishment
or organization conducted for, the purposes of facilitating or encouraging the
study of all or any of the following religion, philosophy, science (including any
natural or'social science), technology, medicine, history, literature, languages,
education bibliography, fine arts, music or law.

SECOND SCHEDULE [regs. 4 & 5.1]

Any library which makes works in its custody available to the public free
of charge.





THUD SCHEDULE [reg. 6.]

FORM OF DECLARATION AND UNDERTAKING

To

The Librarian of
the Library
(Address)
1. I [ ] of
hereby request you to make and supply to me *[a copy of (particulars
of article)] *[a copy of (particulars of work of which a part is required
to be supplied and particulars of that part)], which I require for the
purposes of research or private study.

2. I have not previously been supplied with a copy of *[the
said article] *[the said part of the said work] by any librarian.

3. I undertake that if a copy is supplied to me in compliance
with the request made above, I will not use it except for the purposes
of research or private study. -

Signature .......................................

Date .............................................

[Note: This must be the personal signature of the person making
the request. A stamped or typewritten signature or the signature of an
agent is NOT sufficient.]





COPYRIGHT (NOTICE OF PUBLICATION)
REGULATIONS

[By the Governor in Council under Copyright Act 1956,
section 7, as extended to Hong Kong by the Copyright
(Hong Kong) Order 1972 (S.I 1972 No. 1724).]

[1st June,1973]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Copyright (No
of Publication) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-
'Act' means the Copyright Act 1956 as extended to Hong Kong
by the Copyright (Hong Kong) Order 1972; and
'old work- and 'new worV have the meanings assigned to those
expressions under section 7(7) of the Act.

3. Notice of an intended publication of a new work for the
purposes of section 7(7) of the Act shall be given by advertisement
written in Chinese or English or both languages published in a
daily or Sunday newspaper in Hong Kong.

4. Notice shall be given twice, on the first occasion to appear
not less than three months, and on the second not less than two
months, before the intended date- of publication, with an interval
of not less than one month between the two occasions.

5. The notice referred to in regulation 3 shall be signed by
or on behalf of the person giving it and shall include the following
particulars-
(a)the name and address of the person intending to publish
and a statement of his intention to publish;
(b)the title (if any) and a description of the old work and
the date or estimated date of making;
(c)the name of the author of the old work, if known to
the person intending to publish;
(d)the name and address of the library, museum or institu-
tion in which the manuscript or a copy of the old work
is kept;
(e) the name of the person from whom the library, museum
or institution in which the manuscript or a copy of the
old work is kept acquired it or a statement that the person
intending to publish has failed after reasonable inquiries
to discover the name of that person;
(f) an invitation to any person claiming to be the owner
of the copyright in the old work to give notice of his
claim to the person intending topublish.





COPYRIGHT ROYALTY SYSTEM (RECORDS)
REGULATIONS

[By the Governor in Council under Copyright Act 1956,
section 8, as extended to Hong Kong by the Copyright
(Hong Kong) Order 1972 (S.I 1972 No. 1724).]

[Ist June, 1973.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Copyright Royalty
System (Records) Regulations.

2. In these regulations 'the Act' means the Copyright Act
1956, as extended to Hong Kong by the Copyright (Hong Kong)
Order 1972.

3. (1) The notice required by section 8(1) and (5) of the
Act shall contain the following particulars-
(a)the name and address of the person by whom the notice
is given, hereinafter called 'the manufacturer';
(b)the name of the work to which the notice refers, here-
inafter called 'the work', a description sufficient to
identify it and the name of the author or publisher;
(c)a statement that the manufacturer intends to make
records of the work or an adaptation thereof and the
address at which he intends to make such records;

(d) sufficient particulars to identify a record of the work or
an adaptation thereof made in or imported into Hong
Kong in such circumstances that section 8 of the Act
applies to the records. which the manufacturer intends to
make;
(e) the type or types of record on which it is intended to
reproduce the work or adaptation, and an estimate of.the
number of records of each type initially intended to be
sold or otherwise supplied for the purpose of retail sale;
the ordinary retail selling price (as hereinafter defined) of
the records, or, where it is intended to reproduce the
work on more than one type of record, the ordinary
retail selling price of each type of record, the manufac-
turer intends to make and the amount of the royalty
payable on each record;
(g) the earliest date at which any of the records will be.delivered
to a purchaser or otherwise supplied as aforesaid;
(h) whether any other musical, literary or dramatic work is
to be reproduced on the same record with the work and,
in relation to any such other work, the particulars specified
in sub-paragraph (b).





(2) The notice shall, not less than 15 days before any record
on which the work is reproduced is delivered to a purchaser or
otherwise supplied as aforesaid, be sent by registered post or
recorded delivery or published by advertisement as follows-
(a)if the name and an address within Hong Kong of the
owner of the copyright, or his agent for the receipt
of notice, are known or can by reasonable inquiry be
ascertained, the notice shall be sent to such owner or
agent at such address;
(b)if such name and address are not known and cannot by
reasonable inquiry be ascertained, an advertisement shall
be inserted in the Gazette giving the particulars specified
in sub-paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of paragraph (1)
and stating an address from which the particulars specified
in sub-paragraphs (e), (f), (g) and (h) of paragraph (1)
may be obtained.

4. (1) Royalties may be paid in such manner and at such
times as are specified in any agreement which may be made between
the manufacturer and the owner of the copyright.

(2) In the absence of any agreement to the contrary, the
following provisions of this regulation shall apply to the manner
in and time at which royalties shall be paid and the steps to be
taken to ensure the receipt of royalties by the owner of the copyright.

(3)(a) If within 7 days after the date of the notice specified
in regulation 3 the owner of the copyright intimates to
the manufacturer, by notice in writing sent by registered
post or recorded delivery, some convenient place within
Hong Kong from which adhesive labels can be obtained,
the manufacturer shall by notice in writing specify the
number and denomination of the labels he requires and
at the same time tender a sum equivalent to the amount
of royalty represented by the labels required.
(b)If, within 6 days after receipt of the notice required under
sub-paragraph (a) to be given by the manufacturer, the
copyright owner supplies the labels required, the manufac-
turer shall not deliver to a purchaser or otherwise supply
for the purpose of its being sold by, retail any record made
by him to which the notice specified in regulation 3
refers unless there is attached thereto, or (if the type of
record is such that it is not reasonably practicable to
attach an adhesive label thereto) to the container in
which it is intended to he delivered to a retail purchaser,
a label supplied as aforesaid and representing the amount
of the royalty payable in respect of that record.

(4)(a) If the owner of the copyright does not take the steps
specified in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of paragraph (3)
within the times therein respectively specified, the manufac-





turer may deliver to a purchaser or otherwise supply as
aforesaid any record to which the notice specified in
regulation 3 refers without complying with the require-
ments of paragraph (3).
(b)The manufacturer shall keep an account of all records
delivered by him to a purchaser or otherwise supplied as
aforesaid in accordance with this paragraph and the
amount of the royalties due to the owner of the copyright
in respect thereof shall be transferred to a special account
and held in trust for the owner of the copyright.

(5) If the manufacturer takes in relation to any records the
steps specified in paragraph (3) or (4), as the case may be, the
taking of those steps shall be deemed to constitute the payment
of royalties on those records in accordance with section 8(1)(d)
of the Act.

(6) For the purposes of this regulation 'the date of the notice
specified in regulation Y' means-
(a)in cases where the notice is required to be sent by registered
post, the date when the notice would in ordinary course
of post be delivered;
(b)in cases when the notice is required to be sent by recorded
delivery, the date when the notice is so delivered; and
(c)in cases where the notice is required to be advertised in
the Gazette, the date of such advertisement.

(7)(a) The adhesive label supplied as aforesaid shall be an
adhesive label, square in shape, the design to be entirely
enclosed within a circle and the side of the label to be
not greater than 3/4 inch in length.
(b)The label shall not contain the effigy of the Sovereign
or any other person, nor any word, mark or design such
as to suggest that the label is issued by or under the
authority of the Government for the purpose of denoting
any duty payable to the Government.

5. The ordinary retail selling price of any record shall be
calculated at the marked or catalogued selling price of single
records to the public, or if there is no such marked or catalogued
selling price, at the highest price at which single records are
ordinarily to be sold to the public.

6. (1) The inquiries referred to in section 8(7) of the Act
shall be directed to the owner of the copyright by name or (if his
name is not known and cannot by reasonable inquiry be ascertained)
in general terms as the owner of the copyright in the work in respect
of which the inquiries are made and shall contain-





(a)a statement of the name of the musical, literary or
dramatic work in respect of which the inquiries are made,
a description sufficient to identify it and of the name of
the author or publisher;
(b)a statement of the name and address of the person making
the inquiries;
(c)an allegation that a record of the work or an adaptation
thereof has previously been made in or imported into
Hong Kong for the purposes of retail sale, with the
trade name (if known) and a description of such record
sufficient to identify it;

(d)an inquiry whether the record so described was made in
or imported into Hong Kong for the purposes of retail
sale by or with the licence of the owner of the copyright.

(2) The inquiries shall be sent by registered post or recorded
delivery or published by advertisement as follows-
(a)if an address within Hong Kong of the - owner of the
copyright or his agent is known or can by reasonable
inquiry be ascertained, the inquiries shall be sent to such
address;
(b)if such an address is not known and cannot by reasonable
inquiry be ascertained, the inquiries shall be advertised
in the Gazette.

(3) The prescribed time for reply to such inquiries shall be-
(a) to an inquiry duly sent by registered post, 7 days after
the date when the inquiry would in ordinary course of
post be delivered;

(b) to an inquiry duly sent by recorded delivery, 7 days after
the date of delivery;
(c) to an inquiry duly advertised in the Gazette, 7 days after
the date of such advertisement.





MERCHANT SHIPPING ACT 1979
(COMMENCEMENT) ORDER 1987

[Made by the Governor under the Merchant Shipping Act 1979
c. 39, section 52(2)]

In exercise of the power conferred by section 52(2) of the
Merchant Shipping Act 1979 as modified for, and extended to, Hong
Kong by the Merchant Shipping Act 1979 (Hong Kong) Order 1980,
the Merchant Shipping Act 1979 (Hong Kong) (Amendment) Order
1981 and the Merchant Shipping Act 1979 (Hong Kong) (Amend-
ment) Order 1984, 1 hereby appoint 28 April 1987 as the day on
which the following parts of the Act, as so modified and extended,
shall come into force in Hong Kong, namely-

(a) section 14(1), (2), (6) and (7); and

(b) Parts I and II of Schedule 3 to the Act.





AUTHORIZATION BY THE OVERNOR

[Made by the Governor in pursuance the provisions of
Clause XIII of the Hong Kong Letters atent 1917 to 1986]

WHEREAS-

(a)by Article XIII of the Hong Kong Letters Patent 1917 to
1986, it is provided-

(i) that I may make and exec te grants and dispositions
of any lands within the Colony;

(ii) that the powers conferre on me by the Article may
be exercised on my behalf by ap person authorized by me
and such authorization shnall bl notified in the Hong Kong.
Government Gazette; and

(iii) that any such authority may be revoked by me and
such revocation shall be notified in the Hong Kong Govern-
ment Gazette; and

(b) I am now desirous-

(i) that the persons for he time being holding the
offices specified in the Sche ule should be authorized to
exercise on my behalf the owers conferred by the said
Article XIII; and

(ii) that the authorization of 10 April 1986 published in
the Hong Kong Governme t Gazette as Legal Notice No.
96 of 1986 should be revoked:
Now, THEREFORE, in exercise of he powers conferred by Article
XIII of the Hong Kong Letters Patent 1917 to 1986
(a) I authorize the persons for the time being holding the
offices specified in the che ule to make and execute grants
and dispositions of any la ds within the Colony that may
be lawfully granted or dis osed of by me; and

(b)I revoke the authorizatio of 10 April 1986 published in
the Hong Kong, Government Gazette as Legal Notice No.
96 of 1986.

SCHEDULE

Item Office
1. Director of Buildings and Lands.
2. Principal Government Land Agent.
3. Government Land Agent.
4. Chief Estate Surveyor.
5. District Lands Officer.
6. Registrar General.





Item Office

7. Assistant Registrar General in charge of the Land Office.
8. Secretary for District Administration.
9. Regional Secretary (New rritories).
10. District Officer.
11. Director of Agriculture and Fisheries.

8 June 1987.

David WILSON,
Governor.





ROYAL WARRANT
THE HONG KONG DISCIPLINED SERVICES MEDAL
HONG KONG

[Published in the Gazette as L.N. 185/861

ELIZABETH R.

ELIZABETH THE SECOND, by the Grace of God of the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and of Her
Other Realms and Territories Queen, Head of the Common-
wealth, Defender of the Faith, to all to whom these Presents
shall come, Greeting!

WHEREAS We are desirous of honouring those who have
rendered long and meritorious service as members of the Customs
and Excise Service, and the Immigration Service, in Hong Kong.
We do by these Presents for Us, our Heirs and Successors,
institute and create a new Medal and We do hereby direct that it
shall be governed by the following rules and ordinances:-

First.. Style.-The Medal shall be designated and styled 'The
Hong Kong Disciplined Services MedaV.

Secondly.. Description.-The Award shall be in silver, in the
form of a circular Medal, bearing on the obverse the
Crowned Effigy of the Sovereign, and on the reverse the
Armorial Bearings of Hong Kong and the words 'For
Long Service and Good Conduct'.

Thirdly: Name of recipient-The name and rank of the
recipient shall be inscribed on the rim of the Medal.

Fourthly: Ribbon.-The Medal shall be worn on the left side
attached by means of a suspending bar to a ribbon one
inch and three eighths in width. The ribbon shall be in
colour green, bordered by vertical stripes of dark blue,
with a stripe of sky blue at either edge.
Fifthly: Eligibility and Service required.-The Medal shall be
awarded to all ranks in the Customs and Excise Service
and the Immigration Service of Hong Kong who have
completed not less than eighteen years' whole-time and
continuous service in these Services.

Sixthly: Reckoning of Service.-The following service only may
be reckoned towards the period of service requisite for the
Medal.
(a)Service in the Customs and Excise Service or in the
Immigration Service or in both.

(b)Service in the Preventive Service prior to 1 August
1977.





Seventhly: Clasps.-A Clasp to the Medal, to be attached to the
ribbon when the Medal itself is worn, may be awarded on
the completion of a total of twenty-five years' qualifying
service as aforesaid, and a further Clasp on the completion
of a total of thirty years' qualifying service as aforesaid.
A small silver rose emblem denoting the award of each
Clasp shall be worn on the ribbon when the ribbon only
is worn.

Eighthly: Certificate of efficiency.-No person shall be recom-
mended for the Medal or Clasp unless, having completed
the qualifying period of service, it is certified that his or her
character and conduct have been exemplary. It is also
a requirement that the candidate shall have been put
forward by the Officer in charge of the Hong Kong
Customs and Excise Service or the Hong Kong Immigra-
tion Service.

Ninthly: Order of wear.-In the official list showing the order
of which Orders, Decorations and Medals should be
worn the Hong Kong Disciplined Services Medal shall
be placed immediately after the Colonial Prison Service
Medal.

Tenthly: Miniatures.-Reproductions of the Medal, known as
miniature Medals, which may be worn on certain occa-
sions by those to whom the Medal is awarded, shall be
approximately half the size of the Hong Kong Disciplined
Services Medal, and a sealed pattern of the miniature
Medal shall be kept in the Central Chancery of Our Orders
of Knighthood.

Eleventhly: Delegated powers.-Delegated powers to make
awards under the terms of this Our Warrant shall be vested
in Our Governor or Officer Administering the Government
of Hong Kong.

Twelfthly: Other Awards.-It shall be a condition of the award
of the Medal in the Customs and Excise Service and the
Immigration Service of Hong Kong that the Imperial
Service Medal shall cease to be awarded in these Services.

Thirteenthly: Forfeiture and restoration.-It shall be competent
for Our Governor or Officer Administering the Govern-
ment of Hong Kong to cancel and annul the conferment of
the Medal on any person and also to restore a Medal which
has been so forfeited.

Lastly.. Annulment, etc, of rules and ordinances-We reserve to
Ourself, Our Heirs and Successors, full power of annulling,
altering, abrogating, augmenting, interpreting or dispens-
ing with these rules and ordinances, or any part thereof, by
a notification under Our Sign Manual.





GIVEN at Our Court of St. James's this eighth day of July, One
thousand Nine hundred and Eighty-six, in the Thirty-fifth year of
Our Reign.

By Her Majesty's Command,

GEOFFREY HOWE





MERCHANT SHIPPING ACT 1979
(COMMENCEMENT) ORDER 1986

[By the Governor under the Merchant Shipping Act 1979 c. 39,
section 52(2) ]

In exercise of the power conferred by section 52(2) of the
Merchant Shipping Act 1979 as modified for, and extended to, Hong
Kong by the Merchant Shipping Act 1979 (Hong Kong) Order 1980,
the Merchant Shipping Act 1979 (Hong Kong) (Amendment) Order
1981 and the Merchant Shipping Act 1979 (Hong Kong) (Amend-
ment) Order 1984, I hereby appoint 1 December 1986 as the day
on which the following parts of the Act, as so modified and ex-
tended, shall come into force in Hong Kong, namely-

(a)sections 17, 18, 19(1) and 50, together with section 51(2) in
so far as it relates to paragraph 7 of Part 11 of Schedule 4
to the Act; and

(b) Schedules 4 and 5 and Part I of Schedule 7 to the Act.

Edward YOUDE,
Governor.

7 November 1986.





MERCHANT SHIPPING ACT 1981 (COMMENCEMENT)
NOTICE 1983

(By the Governor under the Merchant Shipping Act 1981
c. 10, section 5(4) )

1. In exercise of the powers conferred by section 5(4) of the
Merchant Shipping Act 1981, as adapted for, and extended to, Hong
Kong by the Carriage of Goods by Sea (Hong Kong) Order 1982, I
hereby appoint the 13th day of May 1983 as the day on which the
said Act, as so adapted and extended, shall come into force in Hong
Kong.

2. The Carriage of Goods by Sea (Hong Kong Dollar
Equivalents) Order 1982 is hereby cancelled.

Edward YOUDE
Governor.


10 May 1983.





PROCLAMATION

No. 1 of 1982

BY His EXCELLENCY SIR CRAWFORD MURRAY MAcLEHOS
Knight Grand Cross of the Most Excellent Order of the Britis
Empire, Knight Commander of the Most Distinguished Order
Saint Michael and Saint George, Knight Commander of the Royal
Victorian Order, Governor and Commander-in-Chief of the Colony
of Hong Kong and its Dependencies.

WHEREAs a new Ten Cent Piece has been coined for the Colony
of Hong Kong:

AND WHEREAS by Article 4 of the Hong Kong (Coinage) Orders
1936 to 1978 it is provided (inter alia) that if any new coins of
copper, nickel, cupro-nickel or other mixed metal of denominations
less than one dollar are coined they shall, from a date fixed by the
Governor in a Proclamation made with the approval of the Com-
missioners of Her Majesty's Treasury and a Secretary of State
setting forth in a Schedule particulars of the metal, standard weight
and remedy allowance, and provided that they have not been dealt
with in any manner prohibited by law, be legal tender for payment of
an amount not exceeding two dollars:

Now, THEREFORE, I, CRAWFORD MURRAY MAcLEHOSE,
pursuant to the said Article 4 of the Hong Kong (Coinage) Orders
1936 to 1978 and with the approval of the Commissioners of Her
Majesty's Treasury and of the Secretary of State for Foreign and
Commonwealth Affairs, do hereby PROCLAIM the 2nd day of July
1982 as the date from which the Hong Kong Ten Cent Piece,
particulars of which are set forth in the Schedule hereto, shall
provided that it has not been dealt with in any manner prohibited by
law, be legal tender for the payment of an amount not exceeding two
dollars.

SCHEDULE





GIVEN under my hand and the Public Seal of the Colony of
Hong Kong this 14th day of April 1982.

Murray MAcLEHOSE,
Governor.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN.





PROCLAMATION

No. 2 of 1975

BY His EXCELLENCY MR. DENYS TUDOR EMIL ROBERTS,
Commander of the Most Excellent Order of the British Empire,
Queen's Counsel, Justice of the Peace, Acting Governor and Com-
mander-in-Chief of the Colony of Hong Kong and its Dependencies.

WHEREAs by Article 4 of the Hong Kong (Coinage) Order 1936
as amended by the Hong Kong (Coinage) (Amendment) Order
1975 (hereinafter together referred to as 'the 1936 Order as amended
by the 1975 Order') it is provided that if any new coins are
coined they shall, from a date fixed by the Governor in a Proclama-
tion made with the approval of the Commissioners of Her Majesty's
Treasury and a Secretary of State setting forth in a Schedule partic-
ulars of the metal, standard weight, remedy allowance and, in the
case of silver or gold coins, fineness, and provided that they have
not been dealt with in any manner prohibited by law, be legal tender
as follows, that is to say-

(a) gold coins, for the payment of any amount;

(b)coins of silver, copper, nickel, cupro-nickel or other mixed
metal of denominations of not less than one dollar for the
payment of an amount not exceeding one hundred dollars;

(c)coins of silver, copper, nickel, cupro-nickel or other mixed
metal of denominations less than one dollar for the pay-
ment of an amount not exceeding two dollars:

NOW THEREFORE I, DENYS TUDOR EMIL ROBERTS, by
virtue and in exercise of the powers conferred by the said Article 4
of the 1936 Order as amended by the 1975 Order with the approval
of the Commissioners of Her Majesty's Treasury and of the Secretary
of State for Foreign and Commonwealth AHairs do hereby
PROCLAIM AND FIX the 5th day of May 1975 as the date from
which the coins, particulars of which are set forth in the Schedule
hereto, shall, provided that they have not been dealt with in any
manner prohibited by law, be legal tender in the case of the Hong
Kong one thousand dollar gold coin for any amount.


SCHEDULE




GIVEN under my hand and the Public Seal of the Colony of Hong Kong, this 9th day of April 1975.

DENYS ROBERTS,
Acting Governor.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN.





PROCLAMATION

No. 4 of 1975


BY His EXCELLENCY SIR CRAWFORD MURRAY
MACLEHOSE, Knight Commander of the Most Distinguished
Order of Saint Michael and Saint George, Knight Commander
of the Royal Victorian Order, Member of the Most Excellent
Order of the British Empire, Governor and Commander-in-Chief
of the Colony of Hong Kong and its Dependencies.

WHEREAs by Article 4 of the Hong Kong (Coinage) Order 1936
as amended by the Hong Kong (Coinage) (Amendment) Order 1975
(hereinafter together referred to as 'the 1936 Order as amended by
the 1975 Order') it is provided that if any new coins are coined they
shall, from a date fixed by the Governor in a Proclamation made
with the approval of the Commissioners of Her Majesty's Treasury
and a Secretary of State setting forth in a Schedule particulars of the
metal, standard weight, remedy allowance and, in the case of silver
or gold coins, fineness, and provided that they have not been dealt
with in any manner prohibited by law, be legal tender as follows,
that is to say-

(a) gold coins, for the payment of any amount;

(b)coins of silver, copper, nickel, cupro-nickel or other mixed
metal of denominations of not less than one dollar for the
payment of an amount not exceeding one hundred dollars;

(c)coins of silver, copper, nickel, cupro-nickel or other mixed
metal of denominations less than one dollar for the pay-
ment of an amount not exceeding two dollars:

NOW THEREFORE I, CRAWFORD MURRAY MAcLEHOSE,
by virtue and in exercise of the powers conferred by the said Article 4
of the 1936 Order as amended by the 1975 Order with the approval
of the Commissioners of Her Majesty's Treasury and of the Secretary
of State for Foreign and Commonwealth A1Tairs do hereby
PROCLAIM AND FIX the 18th day of August 1975 as the date
from which the coins, particulars of which are set forth in the
Schedule hereto, shall, provided that they have not been dealt with
in any manner prohibited by law, be legal tender in the case of the
Hong Kong two dollar coin for any amount not exceeding one
hundred dollars and in the case of the Hong Kong twenty cent coin
for any amount not exceeding two dollars.





SCHEDULE




GiVEN under my hand and the Public Seal of the Colony of Hong
Kong, this 1st day of August 1975.

MURRAY MAcLEHOSE,
L.S. Governor.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN.





MERCHANT SHIPPING ACT 1964 AS APPLIED TO
HONG KONG BY MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY
CONVENTION) (HONG KONG) ORDER 1965
AND

MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY CONVENTION ACT
1949 AS APPLIED TO HONG KONG BY MERCHANT
SHIPPING SAFETY CONVENTION (HONG KONG)
NO. 1 ORDER 1953

MERCHANT SHIPPING (RADIO) RULES 1965

[1st January, 1976.]

In exercise of the powers conferred on the Governor by section
28 of the Merchant Shipping (Safety Convention) Act 1949, as
applied to Hong Kong by the Merchant Shipping Safety Con-
vention (Hong Kong) No. 1 Order 1953, I, Allan FLETCHER,
Director of Marine, acting on behalf of the Governor, do hereby
grant the following exemptions in respect of ships registered in
Hong Kong-

(1)any radiotelegraph ship of Class I from the requirements
of rule 16(1)(b)(i) and Schedule 8 to the Merchant
Shipping (Radio) Rules 1965 subject to the condition
that the following hours of service in accordance with
ship's time shall be maintained-
0000-0400
0800-1200
1600-1800
2000-2200

and additionally, 4 hours of service at times to be decided
by the master or responsible person;

(2)any radiotelegraph ship of Class II, Class Ill or Class IV
from the requirements of rule 16(1)(b)(ii) and Schedule
8 to the said rules subject to the condition that the
following hours of service in accordance with ship's
time shall be maintained-
0800-1200

and additionally, 2 continuous hours of service between
1800-2200 hours at times decided by the Master or
responsible person and a further 2 hours of service at
times decided by the Master or responsible person.

This exemption shall have effect from Ist January 1976 and shall
remain in operation in relation to any such ship until revoked either
generally or specifically in relation to that ship.





In this exemption-

(1)'radiotelegraph ship' means a ship, being a ship to
which the. said rules apply, which is provided with a
radiotelegraph installation and which is not a radiotele-
phone ship;

(2)the class of ship referred to is the class specified in rule
2(2) of the said rules.





OIL POLLUTION (COMPULSORY INSURANCE)
REGULATIONS

[By the Governor under section 10(1) and (4) and section
of the Merchant Shipping (Oil Pollution) Act 1971 as
extended to Hong Kong by the Merchant Shipping
(Oil Pollution) (Hong Kong) Order 1975.]

[18th June 1976.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Oil Pollution (Com-
pulsory Insurance) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-
'certificate' means a document showing that there is in force in
respect of a ship to which section 10(2) of the Act applies a
contract of insurance or other security such as is mentioned
in that subsection;

'Convention country' has the meaning assigned to it in section
19(1) of the Act;

'the Act' means the Merchant Shipping (Oil Pollution) Act 1971
as extended to Hong Kong by the Merchant Shipping (Oil
Pollution) (Hong Kong) Order 1975.

3. For the purpose of section 10(1) of the Act (requirements
as to compulsory insurance against liability for oil pollution)
'persistent oil' means any of the following-
(a)hydrocarbon mineral oils whether crude or distilled,
including crude coal tar and the oil residue of tank
cleaning operations necessitated by the carriage of any
such oils, but excluding those oils which consist wholly
of distillate fractions of which more than 50 per cent
by volume distil at 340' centigrade when tested by the
'American Society for Testing and Materials Specifica-
tion D86/67' in the case of oils derived from petroleum
and at 350 centigrade in the case of oils derived from
coal tar;
(b)residual oil, consisting of mineral hydrocarbons compris-
ing the residues of the process of distilling or refining
crude petroleum or of both such processes, and any
mixture containing such residual oil;
(c) whale oil.

4. (1) Subject to paragraph (2) below, certificates for ships
registered in any country which is not a Convention country shall
be recognized for the purposes of section 10(3)(c) of the Act
(authorities by whom a certificate must be issued) if issued by or





under the authority of the Government of any of the following
countries, namely-
Denmark,
Federal Republic of Germany,
France,
Greece,
Netherlands,
Norway,
Spain,
Sweden,
United Kingdom.

(2) Where a ship such as is mentioned in paragraph (1) above
is engaged on a Hong Kong voyage, a certificate relating to that
ship shall not, by virtue of that paragraph, be recognized for the
purposes of section 10(3)(c) of the Act unless the certificate has,
and is expressed to have, as the period of its validity a period ending
not eallier than the completion of that Hong Kong voyage.

(3) For the purposes of paragraph (2), 'Hong Kong voyage'
means any voyage by a ship-
(a)from a port in Hong Kong or a terminal in the territorial
sea of Hong Kong to another such port or terminal; or
(b)from a place outside Hong Kong to a port in Hong Kong
or a terminal in the territorial sea of Hong Kong; or
(c)from a port in Hong Kong or a terminal in the territorial
sea of Hong Kong to a place outside Hong Kong,

and the reference to the duration of such a voyage shall be taken
as comprising the whole of any period during which the ship is
engaged in that voyage, including any time during which, in
connexion with the voyage it is in a port in Hong Kong or at a
terminal in the territorial sea of Hong Kong.

5. The fee to be paid on application for a certificate to be
issued under section 11 of the Act shall be $150.

6. (1) Where at any time while a certificate under section
11 of the Act is in force the person to whom the certificate has
been issued ceases to be the owner of the ship to which the certificate
relates, he shall forthwith deliver up the certificate to the Director
of Marine and in such a case the certificate shall be cancelled.

(2) Where at any time while a certificate under section 11 of
the Act is in force it is established in any legal proceedings that
the contract of insurance or other security in respect of which
the certificate was issued is or may be treated as invalid, the
certificate may be cancelled by the Director of Marine and if so
cancelled shall on demand forthwith be delivered up to him by
the person to whom it was issued.





(3) Where at any time while a certificate under section 11
of the Act is in force circumstances arise in relation to the insurer
or guarantor named in the certificate (or, where more than one
is so named, to any of them) such that, if the certificate were
applied for at that time, the Director of Marine would be entitled
to refuse the application under subsection (2) of that section
(power to refuse a certificate where there is a doubt whether an
insurer will be able to meet his insurance obligations), the certificate
may be cancelled by the Director of Marine and if so cancelled
shall on demand forthwith be delivered up to him by the person
to whom it was issued.





PROCLAMATION

No. 1 of 1981

BY HIS EXCELLENCY SIR CRAWFORD MURRAY MAC-
LEHOSE, Knight Grand Cross of the Most Excellent Order of the
British Empire, Knight Commander of the Most Distinguished
Order of Saint Michael and Saint George, Knight Commander of
the Royal Victorian Order, Governor and Commander-in-Chief of
the Colony of Hong Kong and its Dependencies.

WHEREAS a new Five Dollar Piece has been coined for the
Colony of Hong Kong:

AND WHEREAS by Article 4 of the Hong Kong (Coinage) Orders
1936 to 1978 it is provided (inter alia) that if any new coins of
copper, nickel, cupro-nickel or other mixed metal of denominations
of not less than one dollar are coined they shall, from a date fixed by
the Governor in a Proclamation made with the approval of the
Commissioners of Her Majesty's Treasury and a Secretary of State
setting forth in a Schedule particulars of the metal, standard weight
and remedy allowance, and provided that they have not been dealt
with in any manner prohibited by law, be legal tender for payment of
an amount not exceeding one hundred dollars:

NOW, THEREFORE, I, CRAWFORD MURRAY MACLEHOSE,
pursuant to the said Article 4 of the Hong Kong (Coinage) Orders
1936 to 1978 and with the approval of the Commissioners of Her
Majesty's Treasury and of the Secretary of State for Foreign and
Commonwealth Affairs, do hereby PROCLAIM the I Ith day of
May 1981 as the date from which the Hong Kong Five Dollar Piece,
particulars of which are set forth in the Schedule hereto, shall,
provided that it has not been dealt with in any manner prohibited by
law, be legal tender for the payment of an amount not exceeding one
hundred dollars.

SCHEDULE





GIVEN under my hand and the Public Seal of the Colony of
Hong Kong this 22nd day of April 1981.

MURRAY MAcLEHOSE,
Governor.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN.





PROCLAMATION

No. 1 of 1983

BY HIS EXCELLENCY SIR EDWARD YOUDE, Knight Grand
Cross of the Most Distinguished Order of Saint Michael and Saint
George, Member of the Most Excellent Order of the British Empire,
Governor and Commander-in-Chief of Hong Kong.

WHEREAS---

(1) by Article 2 of the Hong Kong (Coinage) Orders 1936 to
1978 it is provided that the Governor may with the
approval of the Commissioners of Her Majesty's Treasury
and a Secretary of State at any time declare by Proclama-
tion that any coins which are legal tender in the Colony
shall, subject to a special provision in the case of British
dollars, cease to be legal tender as from a date to be
specified in the Proclamation and that such coins shall
accordingly cease to be legal tender as from that date;

(2)by Proclamation dated 7 February 1949 the coin, partic-
ulars of which are set forth in the Schedule hereto, was
declared to be legal tender for an amount not exceeding
two dollars:

Now, THEREFORE, I, EDWARD YOUDE by virtue and in
exercise of the powers conferred by the said Article 2 of the Hong
Kong (Coinage) Orders 1936 to 1978, with the approval of the
Commissioners of Her Majesty's Treasury and of the Secretary of
State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs, do hereby PRO-
CLAIM that the coin, particulars of which are set forth in the
Schedule hereto, shall cease to be legal tender as from 1 January
1984.

SCHEDULE




GIVEN under my hand and the Public Seal of the Colony
Hong Kong this 30th day of March 1983.

Edward YOUDE,
Governor.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN.





PROCLAMATION

No. 1 of 1977

BY HIS EXCELLENCY SIR CRAWFORD MURRAY
MACLEHOSE, Knight Grand Cross of the, Most Excellent Order
of the British Empire, Knight Commander of the Most Distinguished
Order of Saint Michael and Saint George, Knight Commander
of the Royal Victorian Order, Governor and Commander-in-Chief
of the Colony of Hong Kong and its Dependencies.

WHEREAS a new Fifty Cent Piece has been coined for the Colony
of Hong Kong:

AND WHEREAS by Article 4 of the Hong Kong (Coinage) Order
1936 as amended by the Hong Kong (Coinage) (Amendment) Order
1975 (hereinafter together referred to as 'the 1936 Order as amended
by the 1975 Order') it is provided (inter alia) that if any new coins
of copper, nickel, cupro-nickel or other mixed metal of denomina-
tions less than one dollar are coined they shall, from a date fixed
by the Governor in a Proclamation made with the approval of the
Commissioners of Her Majesty's Treasury and a Secretary of State
setting forth in a Schedule particulars of the metal, standard weight
and remedy allowance, and provided that they have not been dealt
with in any manner prohibited by law, be legal tender for payment
of an amount not exceeding two dollars:

Now THEREFORE I, CRAWFORD MURRAY MACLEHOSE,
pursuant to the said Article 4 of the 1936 Order as amended by the
1975 Order and with the approval of the ComMissioners of Her
Majesty's Treasury and of the Secretary of State for Foreign and
Commonwealth A1Tairs, do hereby PROCLAIM the 15th day of
August 1977 as the date from which the Hong Kong Fifty Cent
Piece, particulars of which are set forth in the Schedule hereto, shall,
provided that it has not been dealt with in any manner prohibited
by law, be legal tender for the payment of an amount not exceeding
two dollars.

SCHEDULE






Given under my hand and the Public Seal of the Colony of
Hong Kong this 25th day of July 1977.

MURRAY MACLEHOSE,
L.S. Governor.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN.





DUMPING AT SEA ACT 1974 (OVERSEAS TERRITORIES)
ORDER 1975

DETERMINATION OF LICENCE FEES

[1 March 1989]

L.N. 39 of 1989 -

1. In exercise of the powers conferred on the Governor by section 2(4) in
Schedule 1 to the Dumping at Sea Act 1974 (Overseas Territories) Order 1975
(App. III, p. DKI), and delegated by the Governor to the Director of
Environmental Protection, the Director of Environmental Protection hereby
determines the following fees payable for licences granted by the Director of
Environmental Protection under section 2 in Schedule 1 to the Order for the
purposes of section 1 in that Schedule-
(a) for a licence to dump dispersants in the territorial
waters of Hong Kong or in the sea outside such
waters ....................................100
(b) for a licence to dump spoil or sewage sludge in the
territorial waters of Hong Kong or in the sea outside
such waters ...............................5,000
(c) for a licence to dump other substances or articles in
the territorial waters of Hong Kong or in the sea
outside such waters .......................10,000

2. A licence to dump any of the above-mentioned substances or articles shall
also include a licence to load such substances or articles on to a ship, aircraft,
hovercraft or marine structure in Hong Kong for dumping.





HONG KONG ACT 1985

(Chapter 15)

An Act to make provision for and in connection with the ending of
British sovereignty and jurisdiction over Hong Kong.

[4 April 1985.]

BE IT ENACTED by the Queen's most Excellent Majesty, by and
with the advice and consent of the Lords Spiritual and Temporal,
and Commons, in this present Parliament assembled, and by the
authority of the same, as follows:-

1. (1) As from 1st July 1997 Her Majesty shall no longer
have sovereignty or jurisdiction over any part of Hong Kong.

(2) This section shall come into force on the exchamw of
instruments of ratification of the Joint Declaration of the Govern-
ment of the United Kingdom and the Government of the People's
Republic of China on the Question of Hong Kong which was signed
in Peking on 19th December 1984,- and notice of the date on which
those instruments are exchanged shall be given in the London
Gazette.

2. (1) This Act may be cited as the Hong Kong Act 1985.

(2) The Schedule to this Act shall have effect with respect to
the matters there mentioned, being matters consequential on or
connected with the provisions of section 1 above or the Declaration
mentioned in that section.

SCHEDULE

SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS

Preliminary
1 . In this Schedule 'the relevant date' means 1st July 1997 and -enactment-
means any provision of an Act, other than this Act, passed before the relevant date
and any provision of an instrument made before that date under any such Act.

Nationalitly
2. (1) Her Majesty may by Order in Council make provision whereby-

(a) British Dependent Territories citizenship cannot be retained or acquired
on or after the relevant date by virtue of a connection with Hong Kong;
and
(b)persons who are British Dependent Territories citizens by virtue of any
such connection may before that date (or before the end of 1997 if born
in that year before the relevant date) acquire a new form of British
nationality the holders of which shall be known as British Nationals
(Overseas).
(2) An Order under this paragraph may require applications in respect of the
new status mentioned in sub-paragraph (1)(b) above to be made before such time or
times as are specified in the Order and may make provision whereby that status is to





be held on and after the relevant date only by persons who are British Dependent
Territories citizens immediately before that date.

(3) An Order under this paragraph may make provision for the avoidance of
statelessness and may contain such supplementary, transitional and consequential
provisions as appear to Her Majesty to be necessary or expedient for the purposes of
the Order, including provisions amending the British Nationality Act 1981 and any
other enactment.
(4) No Order shall be made under this paragraph unless a draft of it has heel]
laid before and approved by a resolution of each House of Parliament.

Adaptation of law
3. (1) Her Majesty may before the relevant date by Order in Council make
such provision as appears to Her Majesty to be necessary or expedient in consequence
of or in connection with the provisions of section 1(1) of this Act-
(a)for repealing or amending any enactment so far as it is part of the law of
Hong Kong., and
(b)for enabling the legislature.of Hong Kong to repeal or amend any
enactment so far as it is part of that law aiid to make laxxs ha~ine
extra-territorial operation.
(2) Her Majesty may before, on or after the rele~ ant daic bs Order in Council
inake such provision as appears to Her Majesty to be necessary or expedient in
consequence of or in connection with the provisions of section 1 ( 1 ) of this Act for
repealing or amending. so far as it relates to Hong Kong. any enactillent forming part
of the of, or of any part of, the United Kingdom or of a' British possession other
than Hong Kong and any provision contained in Northern Ireland legislation.
(3) An Order under this paragraph may, be made so as to have effect from the
relex ant date or as respects any time before or after that datc.

(4) A statutorv instrument containine, aii Order undel. lhis paragraph shall he
subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution ofeither House of parliament.

Diplomaric privileges
4. The Diplomatic Privileges Act 1964 shall haxe efrect as if in Schedule 1 to
that Act references to a diplomatic agent included references to any person designated
by the Government of the People's Republic of China as a member of the Join t
Liaison Group set up under paragraph 5 of the Declaration mentioned in section 1(21)
of this Act.





PROCLAMAnON

No. 1 of 1978

BY HIS EXCELLENCY SIR DENYS TUDOR EMIL ROBERTS,
Knight Commander of the Most Excellent Order of the British
Empire, Queen's Counsel, Justice of the Peace, Acting Governor
and Commander-in-chief of the Colony of Hong Kong and its
Dependencies.

WHEREAS a new One Dollar Piece has been coined for the Colony
of Hong Kong:

AND WHEREAS by Article 4 of the Hong Kong (Coinage) Order
1936 as amended by the Hong Kong (Coinage) (Amendment) Order
1975 (hereinafter together referred to as 'the 1936 Order as amended
by the 1975 Order') it is provided (inter alia) that if any new coins of
copper, nickel, cupro-nickel or other mixed metal of denominations
of not less than one dollar are coined they shall, from a date fixed by
the Governor in a Proclamation made with the approval of the
Commissioners of Her Majesty's Treasury and a Secretary of State
setting forth in a Schedule particulars of the metal, standard weight
and remedy allowance, and provided that they have not been dealt
with in any manner prohibited by law, be legal tender for payment of
an amount not exceeding one hundred dollars:

Now THEREFORE I, DENYS TUDOR EMIL ROBERTS,
pursuant to the said Article 4 of the 1936 Order as amended by the
1975 Order and with the approval of the Commissioners of Her
Majesty's Treasury and of the Secretary of State for Foreign and
Commonwealth Affairs, do hereby PROCLAIM the 14th day of
August 1978 as the date from which the Hong Kong One Dollar
Piece, particulars of which are set forth in the Schedule hereto, shall,
provided that it has not been dealt with in any manner prohibited
by law, be legal tender for the payment of an amount not exceeding
one hundred dollars.
SCHEDULE





GIVEN under my hand and the Public Seal of the Colony of
Hong Kong this 24th day of July 1978.

L.S.

DENYS ROBERTS,
Acting Governor.

GOD SAVE THE QUEEN.





MERCHANT SHIPPING (LIABILITY OF SHIPOWNERS
AND OTHERS) ACT 1958
(1958 c. 62 U.K.)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (LIMITATION OF SHIPOWNERS'LIABILITY)
(11ONG KONG DOLLARS EQUIVALENTS) ORDER 1989

(Made by the Governor under section 1(3) of the Merchant Shipping
(Liability of Shipowners and Others) Act 1958,
as extended to Hong Kong by the Shipowners'
Liability (Colonial Territories) Orders 1963 and 1977)

[17 March 1989]

L.N. 79 of 1989 -

1. Citation

This order may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Limitation of
Shipowners' Liability) (Hong Kong Dollars Equivalents) Order 1989.

2. Hong Kong Dollars Equivalents

For the purposes of section 1 of the Merchant Shipping (Liability of
Shipowners and Others) Act 1958 (1958 c. 62 U.K.) HK$2,125.00 and
HK$686.00 are hereby specified as the amounts which shall be taken as
equivalent to 3, 100 gold francs and 1,000 gold francs respectively, in relation to
occurrences which took place before 1 December 1986.





IRAN (TRADING SANCTIONS) ORDER 1980

OPEN GENERAL LICENCE

[22 January 198 L]

His Excellency the Governor, in exercise of the powers con-
ferred on him by articles 3(1) and 4(5) of the Iran (Trading
Sanctions) Order 1980, hereby grants this open general licence
authorizing the making and performance of any contract which, but
for this licence, would be prohibited by the said order: providedthat
nothing in this licence shall permit anything to be done which is
prohibited or restricted under any enactment or provision of law
other than one contained in the said order.





MERCHANT SHIPPING ACT 1964 AS EXTENDED TO
HONG KONG BY MERCHANT SHIPPING
(SAFETY CONVENTION) HONG KONG ORDER 1965

1 AND

MERCHANT SHIPPING (SAFETY CONVENTION) ACT 1949
AS EXTENDED TO HONG KONG BY MERCHANT
SHIPPING SAFETY CONVENTION (HONG KONG)
NO. 1 ORDER 1953

SHIPS, OTHER THAN BRITISH SHIPS, WHILE
WITHIN HONG KONG WATERS

EXEMPTION FROM CERTAIN 11FE SAVING
APPLIANCES REQUIREMENTS

[5 October 1979.]

1. In exercise of the powers conferred on the Governor by sec-
tion 28 of the Merchant Shipping (Safety Convention) Act 1949, as
extended to Hong Kong by the Merchant Shipping Safety Conven-
tion (Hong Kong) No. 1 Order 1953, 1, Malcolm James ALEXANDER,
Director of Marine, acting on behalf of the Governor, hereby exempt
all ships, other than British ships, while they are within Hong Kong
waters from the following provisions of the Merchant Shipping
(Life-Saving Appliances) Rules 1965 ('the said Rules') as amended
in particular by the Merchant Shipping (Life-Saving Appliances)
(Amendment) Rules 1978, that is to say-
(a) Schedule IIA (life buoy marker smoke signals);
(b) Schedule 13 (line throwing appliances);
(c)Schedule 14 Part III and Schedule 18 (parachute distress
rocket signals for lifeboats, liferafts and ships);
(d)Schedule 14 Part IV (hand held distress flare signals for
lifeboats and liferafts); and
(e) Schedule 14 Part V (buoyant smoke signals for lifeboats),

subject to the condition that every such ship shall continue to carry
the items of equipment listed in sub-paragraphs (a) to (e) hereof, as
specified in the said Rules before they were amended in 1978.

2. This exemption shall take effect from the date hereof and
shall remain in efrect until revoked.





HONG KONG

LETTERS PATENT PASSED UNDER THE GREAT SEAL
OF THE REALM AMENDING THE HONG KONG
LETTERS PATENT 1917 TO 1976

Dated: 18th March 1982.

ELIZABETH THE SECOND. by the Grace of God of the United Kingdom
of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and of Our other Realms
and Territories Queen, Head of the Commonwealth, Defender
of the Faith.

To ALL TO WHOM THESE PRESENTS SHALL COME, GREETING!

Know Ye that We have declared and by these Presents do
declare Our Will and pleasure as follows-

1. (1) These Our Letters may be cited as the Hong Kong
Letters Patent 1982 and shall be construed as one with the Hong
Kong Letters Patent 1917 as amended (hereinafter called
principal Letters Patent---).

(2) The Hong Kong Letters Patent 1917 to 1976 and these Our
Letters may be cited together as the Hong Kong Letters Patent 1917
to 1982.

(3) These Our Letters shall be published in the Hong Kong
Government Gazette and shall come into operation upon the date*
of such publication.

2. (1) Article XVIA of the principal Letters Patent (as
amended by Article 2 of the Hong Kong Letters Patent 1976) is
amended by deleting paragraph (2) and substituting the following:-

[Incorporated in Hong Kong Letters Patent 1917 to 1982 in this
Appendix.]

(2) It is hereby declared, for the avoidance of doubt, that a
judge may continue to perform any of the functions of his office until
he vacates that office in accordance with paragraph (1) of Article
XVIA of the principal Letters Patent notwithstanding that he is
entitled to leave of absence by virtue of his previous service.

3. We do hereby reserve to Ourself, Our Heirs and Successors
full power and authority to amend or revoke these Presents.

In Witness whereof We have caused these Our Letters to be
made Patent.

Witness Ourself at Westminster the 18th day of March in the
Thirty-first year of Our Reign.

By Warrant under The Queen's Sign Manual.

Bourne





COPYRIGHT (PERFORMING RIGHT TRIBUNAL) RULES

ARRANGENIENT OF RULES

Rule........................................ Page

1. Citation.. .. ............ BF 2
2. Interpretation.. .. .............. BF 2

3. Commencement of proceedings.. .......... BF 3

4. Application for special leave under section 26(2) or 27AQ).......... BF 3

5. Advertisement of reference or application.................... BF 3

6. Objection to originator's credentials......................BF 4

7. Applications to be made a party......................... BF 5

8. Objections to intervener's credentials......................BF 5

9. Written answer..... .......... BF6
10.............Interveners' cases.. .. .................. BF6

11...........................Amendment of statement of case and answer ............ BF6

12...........Directions..................... BF6

13..................Interlocutory applications .................... BF 7

14. Consolidation of proceedings.. .......... BF 7
15. Procedure and evidence at hearing.. ............ BF 8

16. Representation and rights of audience.. .......... BF 8
17. Withdrawal of reference or application ..... .......... BF 8

18. Decision of the tribunal.. .. ............ BF 9

19. Application for reference of question of law to the court.......... BF 9

20. Effect of references to the court..... .............. BF 9
21. Effect of suspension of order..... ............ BF 9

22. Application of Arbitration Ordinance.. .......... BF 10

23. Costs.... .......... BF 10

24. Fees.. ............ BF 10

25. Service of documents.... ............ BF 10

26. Time.... .......... BF 10
27. Office hours.... ............ BF 11

28. Failure to comply with directions.. .. ............ BF 11

29. Power of tribunal to regulate procedure.................... BF 11

First Schedule. Forms....................BF11

Second Schedule. Table of fees............... ...BF20






COPYRIGHT (PERFORMING RIGHT TRIBUNAL) RULES

[By the Chief Justice under paragraph 6 of Schedule 4 to the
Copyright Act 1956, as extended to Hong Kong by the
Copyright (Hong Kong) Orders 1972 and 1979.]

[26 October 1979.]

1. These rules may be cited as the Copyright (Performing
Right Tribunal) Rules.

2. (1) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires-

'Act' means the Copyright Act 1956 as extended to Hong Kong
by the Copyright (Hong Kong) Orders 1972 and 1979 and a
section referred to by number means the section so numbered
in the Act;

'chairman' means the chairman, or any person for the time being
appointed to act as chairman, of the tribunal;

'clerk' means the clerk for the time being of the tribunal;

'court' means the Court of Appeal;

'credentials' means-

(a)the validity of an organization's claim to be representative
of a class or persons; or

(b)the possession by an intervener of a sufficient interest in
the matter in dispute;

'intervener' means an organization or person who has applied
under section 25(3), 26(3), 27(4) or 27A(5) to be made a party
to proceedings before the tribunal;

'office' means the office of the tribunal;

'originator' means an organization, licensing body or person who
has referred a scheme to the tribunal under section 25(1) or
26(1), or who has applied to the tribunal under section 27(2)
or (3) or section 27A(I) or (6);

'party' includes an intervener whose application is pending;

'tribunal' means the Performing Right Tribunal.

(2) A form referred to by number means the form so numbered
in the First Schedule.

(3) Any expression or word not defined in paragraph (1) shall,
unless the context otherwise requires, have the meaning assigned to
it by the Act or by the Interpretation and General Clauses Ordin-
ance, as the case may be.





3. (1) A licence scheme may be referred under section 25 or
referred again under section 26, and an application for a declaration
that the applicant is entitled to a licence may be made under section
27 and an application for the review of an order may be made under
section 27A, by serving on the clerk a notice substantially in accord-
ance with Form 1, 2, 3 or 4, as the case may be.

(2) The originator shall, at the same time, serve on the clerk a
statement in writing setting out the case he intends to make together
with a list of the documents relevant to the reference or application
which are, or have been, in his possession.

(3) The clerk shall, as soon as practicable, serve copies of the
originator's notice, statement of case and list of documents-

(a)in the case of a reference under section 25 or an application
under section 27, on the licensing body named in the notice;

(b)in the case of a further reference under section 26, on every
party other than the originator to the reference on which
the tribunal made the latest previous order with respect to
the licence scheme; or

(c)in the case of an application under section 27A, on every
party to the application other than the originator.

4. (1) An application under section 26(2) or 27AQ) for the
special leave of the tribunal may be made by serving on the clerk a
notice substantially in accordance with Form 5 or 6, as the case
may be.

(2) The clerk shall, as soon as practicable, serve copies of the
notice on every party to the reference or application, as the case
may be, on which the tribunal made the last relevant order and any
such party may, within 14 days of the service upon him of such
notice, make representations in writing to the tribunal in connexion
with the application.

(3) The tribunal, after considering any such representations
and, if it thinks fit, after having given the applicant and any such
party who has made such representations an opportunity of being
heard, shall grant or dismiss the application as it may think just.

5. (1) Except where the chairman otherwise directs, the clerk
shall give notice by advertisement once in an English language
newspaper and once in a Chinese language newspaper of every
reference under section 25 or 26 and of every application under
section 27 or 27A.

(2) An advertisement under paragraph (1) shall state-

(a)the names and addresses of the originator and (if it is not
the originator) the licensing body and any organization or
person on whom copies of the notice of reference or applica-
tion have been served;





(b) the nature of the reference or application;

(c)the time, not being less than 21 days from the latest publica-
tion of the advertisement, within which-

(i) an organization or person may apply to the tribunal
to be made a party to the proceedings; and
(ii) an objection to the originator's credentials may be
made in accordance with rule 6.

6. (1) In the case of a reference under section 25 or 26, a
licensing body, or an organization or person on whom notice of the
reference has been served in accordance with rule 3, or an intervener,
intending to object to the originator's credentials shall, within such
time as may be specified for this purpose in the advertisement
published under rule 5, serve on the clerk a notice of objection
substantially in accordance with Form 7.

(2) If notice of objection to the originator's credentials has
been served on the clerk in accordance with paragraph (1) or if the
tribunal intends to make such objection of its own motion, the clerk
shall, on the expiration of the time limited under rule 5(2)(c), serve
upon every party to the proceedings notice substantially in accord-
ance with Form 8 and the proceedings shall (unless the tribunal or
the chairman shall otherwise direct on the grounds that no reasonable
cause of objection has been disclosed) be stayed from the date of
such notice until further order.

(3) As soon as practicable after service of notice under para-
graph (2), the chairman shall give directions for the purpose of the
consideration by the tribunal of the objection. Such consideration
shall, unless the chairman otherwise directs, take place at an oral
hearing before the tribunal and the tribunal shall give to the origina-
tor, any objector and any other party an opportunity of being heard
or of making representations in writing.

(4) If, after considering the objection, the tribunal is not satis-
fied of the originator's credentials, it shall direct that no further
proceedings shall be taken by any party in connexion with the
reference, otherwise than in relation to any order for costs which
the tribunal may make under rule 23.

(5) If, after considering the objection, the tribunal is satisfied
of the originator's credentials, it shall direct that the reference shall
proceed and the tribunal or the chairman may give such consequen-
tial directions as to the extension of the time limited for taking any
step required or authorized under these rules, or as to any further
matter, as it or he may think fit.

(6) When the tribunal has arrived at its decision on the objec-
tion, or where the objection has been withdrawn or is not proceeded
with, the clerk shall give notice substantially in accordance with
Form 9 to every party to the proceedings.





(7) In computing the time limited by these rules for the taking
of any step in the proceedings, no account shall be taken, save in
so far as the tribunal or the chairman may direct, of any period
elapsing between the date of the notice served under paragraph (2)
and the date from which the tribunal directs, under paragraph (5),
that the reference shall proceed.

7. (1) An application to the tribunal by any organization or
person to be made a party to a reference under section 25 or 26, or
to an application under section 27 or 27A, may be made by serving
on the clerk notice of intervention substantially in accordance with
Form 10.

(2) Notice under paragraph (1) shall not be served after the
expiration of the time limited under rule 5(2)(c):

Provided that the tribunal or the chairman may give leave,
subject to such conditions as it or he may think fit, to serve such
notice notwithstanding the expiration of the time so limited.

(3) On being served with notice under paragraph (1), the clerk
shall, as soon as practicable-

(a)serve copies of the notice on every other party to the pro-
ceedings; and

(b) serve on the intervener copies of-
(i) the originator's statement of case and list of docu-
ments; and
(ii) any other notice of intervention which has been
served upon him.

8. (1) Any party intending to object to an intervener's
credentials shall, within 14 days of being served with a copy of the
notice of intervention under rule 7, serve on the clerk a notice of
objection substantially in accordance with Form 11.

(2) The clerk shall, as soon as practicable, serve on every other
party to the proceedings a copy of any notice of objection served
on him under paragraph (1).

(3) If the tribunal intends of its own motion to object to an
intervener's credentials, the clerk shall, on the expiration of the time
limited under rule 5(2)(c), serve on the intervener notice substantially
in accordance with Form 12 and shall serve copies of such notice
on every other party.

(4) Subject to any direction to the contrary that the chairman
may give under rule 12, an objection to an intervener's credentials
shall not operate as a stay of the proceedings and shall be considered
by the tribunal at the same time as the reference or application in
question.





9. (1) A licensing body or other party on whom there has
been served a copy of the originator's statement of case in accord-
ance with rule 3(3), shall, within 42 days of such service, serve on
the clerk a written answer to the originator's statement together with
a list of the documents relevant to the reference or application which
are, or have been, in its possession.

(2) The clerk shall, as soon as practicable, serve copies of such
answer and list of documents on every other party.

10. (1) Every intervener shall, within 21 days of the expiration
of the time limited under rule 5(2)(c), serve upon the clerk a state-
ment in writing setting out the case he intends to make together with
a list of the documents relevant to the reference or application which
are, or have been, in his possession.

(2) The clerk shall, as soon as practicable, serve upon every
other party copies of every intervener's statement of case and list
of documents.

11. (1) Subject to paragraph (3), a party may at any time
amend his statement of case or answer by serving on the clerk the
amended statement or answer.

(2) On being served with an amended statement of case or
answer, the clerk shall, as soon as practicable, serve copies thereof
on every other party.

(3) No amended statement of case of answer shall, without the
leave of the tribunal or the chairman, be served after such date as
the chairman may direct under rule 12.

12. (1) As soon as practicable after every party has delivered
his statement of case or answer, or the time limited by these rules
for doing so has expired, the chairman shall appoint a date and
place for the attendance of the parties for the purposes of his giving
directions as to the further conduct of the proceedings.

(2) The clerk shall give to every party not less than 14 days'
notice of the date and place appointed under paragraph (1).

(3) On the appointment, the chairman shall, after giving to
every party attending the appointment an opportunity of being
heard, and after considering any representations in writing made
by any party, give such directions as he thinks fit with a view to the
just, expeditious and economical disposal of the proceedings and,
without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, may give
directions as to-
(a)the date and place of the oral hearing if one is desired by
any party;
(b)the procedure to be followed in regard to the submission
and exchange of written arguments if no party requires an
oral hearing;





(c)the date after which no amended statement of case or
answer may be delivered without leave;

(d)the preparation and delivery by the originator of a schedule,
to be agreed by all parties, setting out the issues to be
determined by the tribunal and the contentions of each
party in relation thereto;

(e) the admission of any facts or documents;
(f) the discovery and inspection of documents;

(g) the giving of evidence on affidavit;

(h)the consideration by the tribunal of any objection made
to an intervener's credentials.

(4) The chairman may postpone, or adjourn to a later date to
be appointed by him, the giving of any directions under this rule.

(5) At any time after directions have been given under this
rule, the chairman may, whether or not any application in that
behalf has been made under rule 13, give such further directions as
he may think fit.

(6) If any party fails to comply with any direction or order
given or made under this rule or rule 13, the chairman may give
such consequential directions as may be necessary and may order
such party to pay any costs occasioned by his default.

13. (1) Except where the tribunal or the chairman, whether
generally or in any particular case, otherwise directs or these rules
otherwise provide, every interlocutory application shall be disposed
of by the chairman.

(2) The application shall be made by notice in writing to the
clerk and shall state the grounds upon which it is made.

(3) Unless the notice is accompanied by the written consent of
all parties to the order or direction applied for, the clerk shall serve
copies of the application on every other party to the proceedings.

(4) Any party who objects to the application may, within 7
days after being served with a copy thereof, send written notice of
objection to the clerk and to the applicant and in that case, before
disposing of the application, the chairman shall consider any such
objection and may, if he thinks fit, give all parties concerned an
opportunity of being heard.

14. Where there is pending before the tribunal more than. one
reference under section 25 or 26 relating to the same licence scheme,
or more than one application under section 27 or 27A relating to
the same licensing body, the chairman may, if he thinks fit, either
of his own motion or on an application made under rule 13, order
that some or all of the references or applications, as the case may





be, shall be considered together, and may give such consequential
directions as may be necessary:

Provided that the chairman shall not make an order under this
rule of his own motion without giving all parties concerned a reason-
able opportunity of objecting to the proposed order.

15. (1) Every party to a reference or application which is
considered at an oral hearing before the tribunal shall be entitled
to attend the hearing and to address the tribunal and to call evidence.

(2) The hearing shall be in public.

(3) Evidence before the tribunal shall be given orally or,.if the
parties so agree or the tribunal or the chairman so orders, by affidavit,
but the tribunal may at any stage of the proceedings require the
personal attendance of any deponent for examination and cross-
examination.

16. (1) Subject to paragraph (6), a party to proceedings before
the tribunal may authorize some other person to act for him in the
proceedings.

(2) The appointment of an agent under paragraph (1) shall be
made in writing and shall not be effective until written notice thereof
shall have been given to the clerk.

(3) Only one agent shall be appointed to act for a party at any
one time.

(4) For the purpose of service on a party of any document, or
of the taking of any step required or authorized by these rules, an
agent appointed by a party shall be deemed to continue to have
authority to act for such party until the clerk has received written
notice of the termination of his appointment.

(5) On receiving notice of the appointment of an agent, or of
the termination of such an appointment, the clerk shall send a copy
thereof to every other party.

(6) A party may be represented at any hearing, whether before
the tribunal or the chairman, by counsel or solicitor, or by any other
person allowed by the tribunal or the chairman to appear on his
behalf, or may, save in the case of a corporation or unincorporated
body, appear in person.

17. The originator may withdraw a reference under section 25
or 26, or an applicantion under section 27 or 27A, at any time
before it has been finally disposed of, by notice in writing served on
the clerk (who shall serve copies thereof on every other party to the
proceedings), but such withdrawal shall be without prejudice to the
tribunal's power to make an order as to the payment of costs incurred
up to the time of service of the notice:





Provided that, on the application of a licensing body named
therein or of any other party, the tribunal may proceed with the
reference or application notwithstanding its purported withdrawal
and may for this purpose substitute such part as originator and give
such consequential directions as may be necessary.

18. (1) The final decision of the tribunal on a reference under
section 25 or 26, or an application under section 27 or 27A, shall
be given in writing and shall include a statement of the tribunal's
reasons, and where on any such reference the tribunal has varied
the scheme there shall be annexed to the decision a copy of the
scheme as so varied.

(2) Except where the operation of the order is suspended under
rule 20, the clerk shall send to every party to the proceedings a copy
of the tribunal's decision and shall cause a copy to be made available
at the office for public inspection at such times as the chairman may
direct.

(3) The chairman may in any case direct that short particulars
of the decision shall be advertised in such manner as he may think fit.

19. (1) A request to refer a question of law to the court under
section 30(1) shall (unless made at the hearing) be made by notice in
writing to the clerk and may be made at any time before or within
14 days after the tribunal has given its decision in the proceedings
in which the question arises.

(2) The tribunal shall, as soon as practicable, consider any
such request and shall notify its decision thereon to the party by
whom the request was made.

20. (1) Where the tribunal refers a question of law to the court
after giving its decision in any proceedings, it may, if it thinks fit,
suspend the operation of any order made in the proceedings; and in
that case the clerk shall give notice of the suspension to all parties
to the proceedings and, if particulars of the order have been ad-
vertised, shall cause notice of the suspension to be advertised in the
same manner.

(2) Where a question of law has been referred to the court, the
tribunal shall not make any further order on the reference or applica-
tion in connexion with which the question arose until the court has
given its decision thereon.

21. If the operation of any order is suspended by the tribunal
under rule 20 or by the court, then, while the order remains sus-
pended, section 29(1) and (3) shall not have effect in relation to the
order, but section 25(7)(b) (and section 26(5) to the extent that it
applies section 25(7)(b) for the purposes of section 26) shall continue
to have effect as if the order had not been suspended.






22. Sections 14, 16, 19 and 28 the Arbitration Ordinance
shall apply in the case of proceedings before the tribunal as they
respectively apply to an arbitration where no contrary intention is
expressed in the arbitration agreement.

23. The costs of and incidental to any proceedings shall be in
the discretion of the tribunal, which may direct that any party
against whom an order for costs is made shall pay to any other
party a lump sum by way of costs, or such proportion of the costs
as may be just and in the last-mentioned case the tribunal may
assess the sum to be paid or may direct that it be assessed by the
chairman, or taxed by a Registrar of the Supreme Court.

24. The fees specified in the Second Schedule shall be payable
in respect of the matters therein mentioned.

25. (1) Any notice or other document required by these rules
to be serv6d on or sent to any person may be sent to him by prepaid
post at his address for service, or, where no address for service has
been given, at his registered office, principal place of business or
last known address, and every notice or other document required to
be served on or sent to the tribunal may be sent by prepaid post to
the clerk at the office.

(2) Any notice or other document required to be served on a
licensing body or organization which is not a body corporate may
be sent to the secretary, manager or other similar officer.

(3) The tribunal or the chairman may direct that service of any
notice or other document be dispensed with or effected otherwise
than in the manner provided by these rules.

(4) Service of any notice or other document on a party's
solicitor or agent shall be deemed to be service on such party, and
service on a solicitor or agent acting for more than one party shall
be deemed to be service on every party for whom such solicitor or
agent acts.

26. (1) The time,for doing any act may whether it has already
expired or not, be extended-

(a) with the leave of the tribunal or the chairman; or

(b)by the consent in writing of all parties, except where the
tribunal or chairman has fixed the time by order or (if the
time is prescribed by these rules) has directed that it may
not be extended or further extended without leave:

Provided that the time lirnited under rule 19(1) shall not be
extended without leave.

(2) A party in whose favour time is extended by consent under
paragraph (1) shall, as soon as practicable after the necessary con-
sents have been obtained, give the clerk written notice thereof.





(3) Where the last day for the doing of any act falls on a day
on which the office is closed and by reason thereof the act cannot
be done on that day, it may be done on the next day on which the
office is open.

27. The office shall be open at such times as the chairman may
direct.

28. If any party fails to comply with any direction given, in
accordance with these rules, by the tribunal or the chairman, the
tribunal may, if it considers that the justice of the case so requires,
direct that such party be debarred from taking any further part in
the proceedings without leave of the tribunal.

29. Subject to the provisions of the Act and these rules, the
tribunal shall have power to regulate its own procedure.

FIRST SCHEDULE [rule 2(2).]
FORM 1 [rule 3(1).]

COPYRIGHT Act 1956
COPYRIGHT (HONG KONG) ORDERS 1972 AND 1979

PERFORMING RIGHT TRIBUNAL
Notice ofReference under section 25

To:-The Clerk
Performing Right Tribunal

1. TAKE NOTICE that [name and address of organization or person
making the reference] (hereinafter called 'the originator') hereby refers to the
tribunal the licence scheme hereinafter described, operated by the [name and
address of licensing body] (hereinafter called 'the licensing body'), which' is a
licensing body for the purposes of the Copyright Act, 1956, as extended to
Hong Kong by the Copyright (Hong Kong) Orders 1972 and 1979.

2. The scheme to which this notice relates (hereinafter referred to as 'the
scheme') is [short description ofscheme].

3. The originator is

*[an organization claiming to be representative of persons requiring licences in
cases].
*[a person claiming that he requires a licence in a case to which the scheme')
applies.

*4. The originator is an organization representing [here give particulars of
the persons whom the originator claims to represent and the grounds on which it
claims to represent them].

5. There are delivered herewith-
(a)a statement setting out the originator's case in support of this reference,
and
(b)a list of the documents relevant to this reference which are, or have
been, in the originator's possession.





6. All communications about this reference should be addressed to

*[the originator at the address shown above]

*[name and address-Solicitor(s)/Agent(s) for the originator].

Signed ...................................
Status of
signatory ..............................

Date ......................................

FORM 2 [rule 3(1).]

COPYRIGHT Aer 1956
COPYRIGHT (HoNG KONG) ORDERS 1972 AND 1979

PERFORMING RIGHT TRIBUNAL
Notice of Further Reference under section 26

To:-The Clerk
Performing Right Tribunal

1. TAKE NOTICE that [name and address of licensing body, organization
or person making the further reference) (hereinafter called 'the originator')
hereby refers to the tribunal the licence scheme
*[confirmed]
*[varied]

by the tribunal by an order dated [
bearing the reference number [
2. There are delivered herewith-
(a)a statement setting out the originator's case in support of this reference,
and
(b)a list of documents relevant to this reference which are, or have been,
in the originator's possession.

3. All communications about this further reference should be addressed to
*[the originator at the address shown above]
*[name and address-Solicitor(s)/Agent(s) for the originator].

Signed ...................................

Status of
signatoryt ..............................

Date ......................................





FORM 3 [rule 3(1).]

COPYRIGHT Act 1956
COPYRIGHT (HONG KONG) ORDERS 1972 AND 1979

PERFORMING RIGHT TRIBUNAL
Notice of Application under section 27

To:-The Clerk
Performing Right Tribunal

1. TAKE NOTICE that [name and address of person making the applica-
tion] (hereinafter called 'the originator') hereby applies to the tribunal under
section 27 *[(2)] *[(3)] of the Copyright Act 1956, as extended to Hong Kong
by the Copyright (Hong Kong) Orders 1972 and 1979.

2. The originator requires a licence [purpose for which licence is required].

3. There are delivered herewith-
(a) a statement setting out the originator's case in support of this applica-
tion, and

(b)a list of documents relevant to this application which are, or have
been, in the originator's possession.

4. All communications about this application should be addressed to

*[the originator at the address shown above]

*[name and address-Solicitor(s)/Agent(s) for the originator].

Signed ...................................

Status of
signatory ..............................

Date ......................................

FORM 4 [rule 3(1).]

COPYRIGHT ACT 1956

COPYRIGHT (HONG KONG) ORDERS 1972 AND 1979

PERFORMING RIGHT TRIBUNAL
Notice of Application under section 27A

To:-The Clerk
Performing Right Tribunal

1. TAKE NOTICE that [name and address of person making the applica-
tion] (hereinafter called 'the originator') hereby applies to the tribunal under
section 27A *[(1)] *[(6)] of the Copyright Act 1956, as extended to Hong Kong
by the Copyright (Hong Kong) Orders 1972 and 1979.





2. There are delivered herewith-
(a)a statement setting out the originator's case in support of this applica-
tion, and
(b)a list of documents relevant to this application which are, or have been,
in the originator's possession.

3. All communications about this application should be addressed to

*[the originator at the address shown above]

*[name and address-Solicitor(s)/Agent(s) for the originator].

Signed ...................................

Status of
signatory: ..............................

Date ......................................

FORM 5 [rule 4(1).]

COPYRIGHT ACT 1956
COPYRIGHT (HONG KONG) ORDERS 1972 AND 1979

PERFORMING RIGHT TRIBUNAL
Notice of Application for Special Leave of Tribunal
under section 26(2)

To:-The Clerk
Performing Right Tribunal

1. TAKE NOTICE that [name and address ofopplicantl (hereinafter called
'the applicant') hereby applies for the special leave of the tribunal to refer
again to the tribunal the licence scheme.

*[confirmed]

*[varied]

by the tribunal by an order dated and
bearing the reference number

2. The applicant is

*[the licensing body operating the scheme]

*[an organization claiming to be representative of persons requiring licences in
cases of the class to which the said order applies]

*[a person claiming that he requires a licence in a case of the class to which the
said order applies].

3. [Grounds on which the applicant desires to refer the scheme to the tribunal
before the time mentioned in section 26(2)].





4. All communications about this application should be addressed to

*[the applicant at the address shown above]

*[name and address-Solicitor(s)/Agent(s) for the applicant].

Signed ...................................

Status of
signatory ..............................

Date .......................................

FORM 6 [rule 4(1).]

CopyRIGHT ACT 1956
CopyRIGHT (HONG KONG) ORDERS 1972 AND 1979

PERFORMING RIGHT TRIBUNAL
Notice of Application for Special Leave of Tribunal
under section 27A (2)

To:-The Clerk
Performing Right Tribunal

1.TAKE NOTICE that [name and address of applicant) (hereinafter called
'the applicant') hereby applies for the special leave of the tribunal to make an
application to it to review its order dated and bearing
the reference number [

2. The applicant is

*[the licensing body operating the scheme]

*[the applicant in the proceedings in which the said order was made].

3. [Grounds on which the applicant desires to apply to the tribunal before
the time mentioned in section 27A(2)].

4. All communications about this application should be addressed to

*[the applicant at the address shown above]

*[name and address-Solicitor(s)/Agent(s) for the applicant].

Signed ...................................

Status of
signatory: ..............................

Date ......................................





FORM 7 [rule 6(1).]

COPYRIGHT ACT 1956

COPYRIGHT (HONG KONG) ORDERS 1972 AND 1979

PERFORMING RIGHT TRIBUNAL
Party's Notice of Objection to Originator's Credentials

To:-The Clerk
Performing Right Tribunal

1.. TAKE NOTICE that, in connexion with the proceedings instituted by
notice of reference dated and given by

[name of originator],

[name of party making the objection], being

*[the licensing body named in the notice of reference]

*[*[a person] *[an organization] on whom a copy of the notice of reference was
served on [date of service] under rule 3 of the Copyright (Performing Right
Tribunal) Rules]

*[an intervener in the proceedings by virtue of notice of intervention given on
[date of notice of intervention] ]
objects to the originator's credentials.

2. This objection is made on the grounds that [grounds on which it is
contended that the originator is not reasonably representative of the class of
persons it claims to represent].

Signed ...................................

Status of
signatory+, ..............................

Date ......................................

FORM 8 [rule 6(2).]

COPYRIGHT AcT 1956
COPYRIGHT (HONG KONG) ORDERS 1972 AND 1979

PERFORMING RIGHT TRIBUNAL
Tribunal's Notice of making ofan Objection to Originator's Credentials

To:-{name of parly]

1.TAKE NOTICE that, in connexion with the proceedings instituted by
notice of reference dated [] and given by [name oforiginatorl,
an objection has been made to the originator's credentials by

*[the tribunal]

*[name of objector].





2. The objection is made on the grounds that [grounds on which it is
contended that the originator is not reasonably representative of the class of
persons it claims to represent].

3. The arrangements for the consideration of the objection by the tribunal
will be

*[notified to you as soon as practicable]

*[as follows].

4. As from the date of this notice-
(i) the proceedings will be stayed, and
(ii) time, as limited by the Copyright (Performing Right Tribunal) Rules
for the taking of any step in the proceedings, will cease to run,

until further notice.

Signed ...................................
Clerk to the Tribunal

Date ......................................

FORM 9 [rule 6(6).]

COPYRIGHT ACT 1956
COPYRIGHT (HONG KONG) ORDERS 1972 AND 1979

PERFORMING RIGHT TRILBUNAL
Notice of Disposal of Objection to Originator's Credentials

To:-[name of party]
TAKE NOTICE that, in connexion with the proceedings instituted by notice
of reference dated [] and given by [name of originator],
and with the objection to the originator's credentials, of which you were informed
by notice dated [
*1. [If the tribunal has considered the objection and is satisfied of the
originator's credentials]

The tribunal has considered the objection and is satisfied of the originator's
credentials, and, accordingly as from [date from which tribunal directs that stay
is to be liftedl-
(i) the stay imposed on the proceedings on [date of notice under rule 6(2)]
will cease to operate, and
(ii) time, as limited by the Copyright (Performing Right Tribunal) Rules
for the taking of any step in the proceedings, will begin to run again.

*2. [If the tribunal has considered the objection and is not satisfied of the
originator's credentials]

The proceedings are determined as from the date of this notice, save for
the purpose of any order the tribunal may make as to costs.

*3. [If the objection has been withdrawn or is not proceeded with]

The objection *[has been withdrawn] *[is not being proceeded with], and,
accordingly, as from [date from which tribunal directs that stay is to be lifted~-
(i) the stay imposed on the proceedings on [date of notice under rule 6(2)]
will cease to operate, and





(ii) time, as limited by the Copyright (Performing Right Tribunal) Rules
for the taking of any step in the proceedings, will begin to run again.
*4. [If the tribunal gives any supplementary directions under rule 6(5)]
The tribunal has given the following directions under rule 6(5)-
[directions given].

Signed

Date ......................................

FORM 10 [rule 7(1).]
COPYRIGHT ACT 1956
COPYRIGHT (HONG KONG) ORDERS 1972 AND 1979
PERFORMING RIGHT TRIBUNAL
Notice of Intervention

To:-The Clerk
Performing Right Tribunal
1. TAKE NOTICE that [name and address of intervener] (hereinafter
called 'the intervener') wishes to be made a party to the *[reference] *[applica-
tion] advertised in [name of newspaper orjournalanddate of issue] under reference
number [ ].
2. The intervener has a substantial interest in the matter in dispute for
the following reasons [give reasons].
3. AII communications about this intervention should be addressed to
*[the intervener at the address shown above]
*[name and address-Solicitor(s)/Agent(s) for the intervener).

Signed ...................................
Status of
signatory ..............................

Date ......................................

FORM 11 [rule 8(1).]
Copyright act 1956
COPYRIGHT (HONG KONG) ORDERS 1972 AND 1979
PERFORMING RIGHT TRIBUNAL
Party's Notice of Objection to Intervener's Credentials
To:-The Clerk
Performing Right Tribunal

1. TAKE NOTICE that, in connexion with the proceedings instituted by
notice of *[reference] *[application] dated [ ] and given by
[name of originator], and with the notice of intervention in these proceedings
given by [name of intervener] and dated [ ],





[name of party making the objection], being

*[the originator]

*[the licensing body named in the notice of *[reference] *[application]

[*[a person] *[an organization] on whom a copy of the notice of reference has
been served under rule 3 of the Copyright (Performing Right Tribunal) Rules]

*[an intervener in the proceedings by virtue of a notice of intervention
dated

objects to the intervener's credentials.

2. A copy of the notice of intervention was served on the objector on
[date].

3. This objection is made on the grounds that [grounds on which it is
contended that the intervener has no substantial interest in the matter in dispute].

Signed ...................................

Status of
signatory ..............................

Date ......................................

FORM 12 [rule 8(3).]

COPYRIGHT Aer 1956
COPYRIGHT (HONG KONG) ORDEPS 1972 AND 1979

PERFORMING RIGHT TRIBUNAL
Tribunal's Notice of Objection to Intervener's Credentials

To:-[name of intervener]

1. TAKE NOTICE that, in connexion with the proceedings instituted by
notice of *lreferencel *[application] dated [ ] and given by
[name of originator], and with your notice of intervention in those proceedings
dated [ ], the tribunal objects to your credentials.

2. This objection is made on the grounds that [grounds on which it is
contended that the intervener has no substantial interest in the matter in dispute].

3. Unless the chairman otherwise directs, the objection will be considered
by the tribunal at the same time as the *[reference] *[application].

Signed ...................................

Clerk to the Tribunal

Date ......................................


seconds scheduel [rule 24.]
TABLE OF FEES
$


1. (1) On serving notice in Form 1,2,3 or 4..... 60.00
(2) On serving notice in Form 5,6,7,10 or 11....... 20.00
(3) On every interlocutory application........................................... 10.00
(4) On a request for the reference of a question of law to the
court.................................................. 20.00

2. The fees specified in the table shall be paid to the clerk at the time of
service on him of the relevant notice:

Provided that, in the case of fee No. (4 if the request is made otherwise
than by notice in writing, the fee shall be paid to the clerk on his demand.

3. If the proceedings are disposed of out a hearing, one half of fee
No. (1) shall be repaid to the originator.






SHIPPING (CONTROL OF POLLUTION BY NOXIOUS
LIQUID SUBSTANCES IN BULK) REGULATIONS

ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS

Regulation Page
PART I

GENERAL
1. Citation and interpretation..... .......... BG 3
2. Application........................... .. BG 7
2A. Power of Director in respect of appointments and delegations......... BG 8
2B. Fees..................................... .. BG 8
2C. Transitional................................ .. BG 8

PART II

DISCHARGE AND WASHING OF TANKS
3......................Category A substances-discharge .......... BG 8
4........................Category A-tank washing in all areas .............. BG 8
5........................Category A residual mixtures-discharge .............. BC 9
6........................Categories B and C substances-discharge .......... BG 10
7........................Categories B and C-unloading in all areas .............. BG 10
8. Categories B and C-tank washing outside Special Areas ........ BG 10
9..........................Category B-tank washing in Special Areas ........ --- --- BG 10
10..........................Category C-tank washing in Special Areas ............ BG 10
11..........................Categories B and C residual mixtures-discharge ............ BG 11
12.....................Category D substances---discharge ................ BG 12
13.....................Category D residual mixtures-discharge .............. BG 12
14.....................Unassessed liquid substances-discharge .............. BG 12
15..........Clean and segregated ballast and non-polluting liquid substances---discharge BG 12
16...............Emergency discharges...................... BG 12
17.....................Exemption--Categories A, B and C ................ BG 13
18.............Oil-like substances.... .................. BG 13

PART III

DOCUMENTS
19.....................Procedures and Arrangements Manual ................ BG 14
20. Cargo Record Book.. .. ............ BG 15

PART IV

CONSTRUCTION AND EQuiPMENT
21...............Pumping arrangements...................... BG 16
22.................Equipment and arrangements .................... BG 17





Regulation Page
PART V

SURVEYS AND RELATED MATTERS
23. Survey requirements.. .......... .................... BG 17
24. Issue of INLS and HKNLS Certificates ..................... BG 18
25. Maintenance of condition after survey...................... BG 20
26. Equivalents ..... .......... .................... BG 21
27. Exemptions..... .......... .................... BG 21

PART VI

OFFENCES AND PENALTIES
28......................Prohibition on uncertificated carriage ................ BG 21
29.........Penalties.. .. ................ BG 22
30.........Detention.. .. ................ BG 22

First Schedule.. ................ BG 23
Second Schedule.... ................ BG 40
Third Schedule.............................. .. ................RG 41





MERCHANT SHIPPING (CONTROL OF POLLUTION
BY NOXIOUS LIQUID SUBSTANCES IN BULK)
REGULATIONS

Made by the Governor under Article 3 of the Merchant Shipping
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Order 1987, S.I. 1987
No. 470 as modified and extended to Hong Kong by the
Merchant Shipping (Prevention and Control of Pollution)
(Hong Kong) Order 1987, S.I. 1987 No. 664.

[6 May 1987.]

PART I

GENERAL

1. (1) These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Ship-
ping (Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances in Bulk)
Regulations.

(2) In these regulations, except where the context otherwise
requires-
'BCH Code' means the Code for the Construction and Equipment
of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk (1986 Edition)
published by IMO;

'BCH Code Certificate' means a certificate of compliance with
the BCH Code issued in accordance with the BCH Code
Regulations;
'BCH Code Regulations' means the Merchant Shipping (BCH
Code) Regulations;
'Cargo Record Book' means a Cargo Record Book described in
regulation 20;

'Category A substance', 'Category B substance', 'Category C
substance' and 'Category D substance' mean respectively any
substance listed in the column of the First Schedule headed
'Substance' and identified as falling into Category A, B, C or
D as the case may be by an entry of 'A', 'B', 'C' or 'D' as
the case may be in column 11 of that Schedule; and any
substance which is provisionally listed or class-approved as a
Category A, B, C or D substance as the case may be; and a
reference to any such substance shall include a reference to any
mixture containing such substance, other than a residual mix-
ture or a mixture which is itself a substance of another Category;
'chemical tanker' means a ship constructed or adapted primarily to
carry a cargo of noxious liquid substances in bulk and an oil
tanker when carrying a cargo or part cargo of noxious liquid
substances in bulk;





class-approved' means, in relation to a substance of a particular
category or a non-polluting substance-

(a)having been assessed as a substance falling into one of the
classes of not otherwise specified substances listed in Table
3 of Merchant Shipping Notice No. M1270 and therein
identified as a class of substances falling into that category
or as a class of non-polluting substances as the case may
be; and

(b)having had the assessment referred to in paragraph (a)
approved by or on behalf of the Director or by or on behalf
of the government of a state party to MARPOL 1973/78;

'clean ballast' means ballast carried in a tank which, since it was
last used to carry a noxious liquid substance in bulk, has been
thoroughly cleaned and the residues resulting therefrom have
been discharged and the tank emptied in accordance with the
appropriate requirements of these regulations;

'constructed' means, in relation to a ship, having its keel laid or
being at a similar stage of construction; and 'similar stage of
construction' means the stage at which-

(a) construction identifiable with a specific ship begins; and

(b)assembly of that ship is commenced comprising at least 50
tonnes or 1 per cent of the estimated mass of all structural
material, whichever is the less:

Provided that a ship which has been converted into a
chemical tanker shall, irrespective of its date of construction, be
treated as a chemical tanker constructed on the date on which
such conversion commenced;

'Director' means the Director of Marine;

'high residue substance' means, in relation to a Category B or
Category C substance, a substance identified in the ship's
Procedures and Arrangements Manual as likely, due to its
viscosity or melting point at its unloading temperature, to result
in a residue quantity from any tank which exceeds, in the case
of Category B substance 1 cubic metre or 1/3 000 of the
capacity of that tank or, in the case of a Category C substance 3
cubic metres or 1 / 1000 of the capacity of that tank, whichever
is the greater;

'HKNLS Certificate' means a Hong Kong Pollution Prevention
Certificate for the Carriage of Noxious Liquid Substances in
Bulk issued under regulation 24 to a Hong Kong-trading ship;

'HKOPP Certificate' means a Hong Kong Oil Pollution Prevention
Certificate issued pursuant to the Prevention of Oil Pollution
Regulations;





'Hong Kong ship' means a ship which is-

(a) registered in Hong Kong; or

(b)licensed in accordance with regulations made under Part
IV of the Shipping and Port Control Ordinance;

'Hong Kong-trading' means operating within the waters of Hong
Kong;

'IBC Code' means the International Code for the Construction and
Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk
(1986 Edition) published by IMO;

'IBC Code Certificate' means a certificate of compliance with the
IBC Code issued in accordance with the IBC Code Regulations;

IBC Code Regulations' means the Merchant Shipping (IBC Code)
Regulations;

'IMO' means the International Maritime Organization;

'IMO Standards' means the Standards for Procedures and
Arrangements for the Discharge of Noxious Liquid Substances
adopted by the Marine Environment Protection Committee of
IMO by Resolution MEPC 18(22) on 5 December 1985;

INLS Certificate' means an International Pollution Prevention
Certificate for the Carriage of Noxious Liquid Substances in
Bulk issued under MARPOL 1973/78 and, in the case of a
Hong Kong ship, in accordance with regulation 24;

IOPP Certificate' means an International Oil Pollution Prevention
Certificate issued in accordance with MARPOL 1973/78 and, in
the case of a Hong Kong ship, pursuant to the Prevention of Oil
Pollution Regulations;

'liquid substance' means a substance having a vapour pressure not
exceeding 2.8 bar at a temperature of 37.8 degrees C;

'MARPOL 1973/78' means the International Convention for the
Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as amended (a);

'Marpol surveyor' means a surveyor appointed by the Director
under regulation 2A or by or on behalf of the government of a
state party to MARPOL 1973/78;

'Merchant Shipping Notice' means a Notice described as such,
issued by the United Kingdom Department of Transport and
published by Her Majesty's Stationery Office; and any reference

(a)Cmnd. 5748; the Convention was amended in 1978 (Cmnd. 7347) and by
amendments adopted by the Marine Environment Protection Committee of the
International Maritime Organization on 5 December 1985.





to a particular Merchant Shipping Notice includes a reference
to that Notice as amended from time to time by a subsequent
Notice;

'nearest land': in relation to all land other than the part of Australia
specified below, 'from the nearest land' means from the nearest
baseline from which the territorial sea of any territory is
established in accordance with the Geneva Convention on the
Territorial Sea and the Contiguous Zone 1958 (1); and in
relation to the part of the north-eastern coast of Australia
which lies between the points 111 OWS, 142' OWE and 24' 42'S,
153' 15'E, 'from the nearest land' means from the nearest of
the straight lines joining consecutively the following points-

110 00S, 1420 08E; 10' 35S, 141' 55'E; 10' 00S, 142
00E; 9 10S, 143' 52E; 91 00S, 144' 30E; 131 00S, 1440
00E; 15 00S, 146 00E; 18' 00S, 147 00E; 21 00S,
153' 00E and 24 42S, 153' 15E;

'non-polluting substance' means a substance listed in the Second
Schedule or provisionally listed or class-approved as a non-
polluting substance;

'noxious liquid substance' means any substance listed in the First
Schedule (being a substance falling into category A, B, C or D)
and any other liquid substance which is provisionally listed or
class-approved as a category A, B, C or D substance;

,,oil tanker- means a ship constructed or adapted primarily to carry
oil in bulk in its cargo spaces and includes a combination carrier
when it is carrying a cargo or part cargo of oil in bulk;

,,oil-like substance' means a substance listed in the Third Schedule
or provisionally listed as an oil-like substance;

'Prevention of Oil Pollution Regulations' means the Merchant
Shipping (Prevention of Oil Pollution) Regulations;

pre-washed' means washed in accordance with the relevant
pre-wash procedures specified in the ship's Procedures and
Arrangements Manual;

'Procedures and Arrangements Manual' means a manual com-
plying with the requirements of regulation 19(1);

'provisionally listed' means, in relation to a substance of a partic-
ular category or a non-polluting substance or an oil-like sub-
stance, listed in Merchant Shipping Notice No. M. 1270 and
therein identified as a substance falling into that category or as
a non-polluting substance or as an oil-like substance as the case
may be;

(b) Cmnd. 2511.





'reception facility' means a tank or similar facility provided at a
port or place for the reception of residual mixtures or other
liquid wastes containing noxious liquid substances;

'residual mixture' means, in relation to any category of noxious
liquid substances, ballast water, tank washings or other mix-
tures containing residues of a noxious liquid substance of such
category, but excludes clean ballast;

'sea' includes all waters navigable by sea-going ships;

'segregated ballasC means ballast water introduced into a tank
which is permanently allocated to the carriage of ballast or to
the carriage of ballast or cargoes other than oil or noxious
liquid substances and which is completely separated from the
cargo pumping and piping system and from the fuel oil pump-
ing and piping system;

'ship' means a vessel of any type whatsoever operating in the
marine environment and includes hydrofoil boats, hovercraft,
submersibles, floating craft and also fixed or floating platforms
except when they are actually engaged in exploration or ex-
politation of the sea-bed or associated off-shore processing of
sea-bed mineral resources;

'Special Area' means either the Baltic Sea area or the Black Sea
area, defined as follows-

'the Baltic Sea area' means the Baltic Sea with the Gulf of
Bothnia, the Gulf of Finland and the entrance to the Baltic
Sea bounded by the parallel of the Skaw in the Skagerrak
at 57 44.8'N;

'the Black Sea area' means the Black Sea with the boundary
between the Mediterranean and the Black Sea constituted
by the parallel 41'N;

'unassessed liquid substance' means a liquid substance which is
neither a noxious liquid substance nor a non-polluting sub-
stance and is not oil as defined in the Prevention of Oil
Pollution Regulations;

'waters of Hong Kong' has the same meaning as in section 2 of the
Merchant Shipping (Safety) Ordinance.

2. (1) These regulations apply to ships carrying in bulk
noxious liquid substances or unassessed liquid substances:

Provided that ships constructed before 1 July 1986 shall not be
required to comply with regulation 5(c) or 11 (1)(d) before 1 January
1988.

(2) These regulations apply to Hong Kong ships wherever
they may be and to other ships while they are in the waters of Hong
Kong.





2A. (1) The Director may, in writing, appoint persons to be
surveyors or Marpol surveyors for the purposes of these regulations.

(2) A surveyor or Marpol surveyor shall have such powers,
functions and duties as are prescribed, respectively, in these
regulations.

(3) The Director may, in writing, delegate to any public officer
or class of public officers any of his powers, functions or duties
under these regulations and may at any time revoke any such
delegation.

(4) No delegation under paragraph (3) shall preclude the
Director from exercising or performing at any time any power,
function or duty so delegated.

2B. Fees shall be payable in respect of surveys and other
services provided under these regulations and, except in relation
to a survey carried out by a surveyor other than a surveyor referred
to in regulation 23(2)(a), shall be determined as prescribed by the
Merchant Shiping (Fees) Regulations and, as respects the time
involved, by reference to the hourly rate calculated in accordance
with those regulations.

2C. Any INLS Certificate or equivalent certificate (in the case
of a Hong Kong-trading ship) issued by the Director pursuant
to Annex 11 to MARPOL 1973/78 prior to the commencement of
these regulations shall be deemed for all purposes to be an INLS
Certificate or HKNLS Certificate, as the case may be, issued under
these regulations and shall have effect according to its terms.

PART II

DISCHARGE AND WASHING OF TANKS

3. The discharge into the sea of a Category A substance is
prohibited.

4. (1) A tank from which a Category A substance has been
unloaded shall be washed before the ship leaves the port of un-
loading.

(2) The resulting tank washings shall be discharged into a
reception facility at that port and washing and discharge shall,
subject to paragraph (5), continue until the washings at the point of
discharge into the reception facility are at or below the concentra-
tion ('the prescribed concentration') prescribed for the substance in
question-





(a)if the ship is not in a Special Area, in column III of the
First Schedule; or

(b) if the ship is in a Special Area, in column IV of the First
Schedule.

(3) After the tank washings at the point of discharge into the
reception facilities reach a level of concentration at or below the
prescribed concentration, discharge from the tank shall be con-
tinued until the tank is empty.

(4) The level of concentration of the Category A substance in
the washings at the point of discharge shall be ascertained by
analysis of samples taken at that point and verified by a Marpol
surveyor or, where there is no Marpol surveyor at that port, by the
master.

(5) Where a Marpol surveyor at the port of unloading, or
where there is no Marpol surveyor at that port, the master, is
satisfied that it is not practicable to measure such level of concentra-
tion without undue delay to the ship at that port, the requirements
of paragraph (2) shall be sufficiently complied with if-

(a)the tank is pre-washed in accordance with the procedures
specified for that tank and substance in the Procedures and
Arrangements Manual; and

(b) the Marpol surveyor at the port of unloading or, where
there is no Marpol surveyor at that port, the master,
records in the Cargo Record Book that-
(i) the tank and its pumps and piping systems have
been emptied; and
(ii) the pre-wash has been carried out in accordance
with the pre-wash procedure approved for that tank and
that substance in the ship's Procedures and Arrangements
Manual; and
(iii) the tank washings resulting from such pre-wash
have been discharged to a reception facility and the tank is
empty.

5. The discharge into the sea of a Category A residual
mixture is prohibited except where all the following conditions are
satisfied-

(a)the effluent consists solely of water added to the tank after
it has been emptied in accordance with regulation 4(3) or
4(5); and

(b)the ship is proceeding at a speed of at least 7 knots in the
case of a self-propelled ship or at least 4 knots in the case of
a ship which is not self-propelled; and

(c) the discharge is made below the water line; and





(d)the discharge is made at a distance of not less than 12
nautical miles from the nearest land and in a depth of
water of not less than 25 metres.

6. The discharge into the sea of a Category B or Category C
substance is prohibited.

7. Whenever a Category B substance or a Category C sub-
stance is unloaded, unloading shall if possible be carried out in
accordance with the relevant provisions of the ship's Procedures and
Arrangements Manual.

8. Where a Category B substance or a Category C substance
is unloaded at a port which is not within a Special Area, then-

(a)if it was impossible for unloading to be carried out as
required by regulation 7 or to the satisfaction of a Marpol
surveyor;or

(b)in any case where the substance in question is a high
residue substance,

every tank from which such substance has been unloaded shall be
pre-washed and the resulting tank washings shall be discharged into
a reception facility at the port of unloading.

9. Where a Category B substance is unloaded at a port in a
Special Area, every tank from which such substance has been
unloaded shall be pre-washed and the resulting tank washings shall
be discharged into a reception facility at the port of unloading
unless-

(a)unloading was carried out as required by regulation 7 or to
the satisfaction of a Marpol surveyor; and

(b) the substance is not a high residue substance; and

(c)the residues are to be retained on board for discharge
outside a Special Area,

10. Where a Category C substance is unloaded at a port in a
Special Area every tank from which such substance has been
unloaded shall be pre-washed and the resulting tank washings shall
be discharged to a reception facility at the port of unloading
unless-

(a)unloading was carried out as required by regulation 7 or to
the satisfaction of a Marpol surveyor; and

(b) either-
(i) the substance is a Category C substance identified in
the ship's Procedures and Arrangements Manual as likely





to result in a residue quantity from any one tank which
does not exceed 1 cubic metre or 1/3000 of the capacity of
that tank, whichever is the greater; or
(ii) the substance is not a high residue substance and
the residues are to be retained on board for discharge
outside a Special Area.

11. (1) The discharge into the sea of a Category B residual
mixture or a Category C residual mixture is prohibited except where
all the following conditions are complied with-

(a)all relevant requirements of regulations 7 to 10 have been
complied with;

(b)the concentration of the substance in, and the rate of
discharge of, the effluent is in accordance with the proce-
dures and arrangements specified in respect of substances
of the category in question in the ship's Procedures and
Arrangements Manual;

(c)the ship is proceeding at a speed of at least 7 knots in the
case of a self-propelled ship or at least 4 knots in the case of
a ship which is not self-propelled;

(d) the discharge is made below the water line;

(e)the discharge is made at a distance of not less than 12
nautical miles from the nearest land and in a depth of
water of not less than 25 metres; and

(i) if the ship is in a Special Area and the substance in
question is a Category B substance, the tank from which
the discharge is made has been pre-washed (whether or not
such pre-wash was required by regulation 9) in accordance
with the procedure specified in the ship's Procedures and
Arrangements Manual for the substance in question and
the resulting tank washings have been discharged to a
reception facility; or
(ii) if the ship is in a Special Area and the substance is a
Category C substance the maximum quantity of the sub-
stance discharged from any one tank and its associated
piping system does not exceed the maximum quantity
approved in the ship's Procedures and Arrangements
Manual for discharge of Category C substances in. a
Special Area.

(2) Where a tank which contained a Category B or Category C
residual mixture has been emptied by a discharge made in accord-
ance with paragraph (1), water thereafter added to that tank may
be discharged notwithstanding that the ship is not proceeding as
required by sub-paragraph (1)(c), provided that all the other require-
ments of that paragraph are complied with.





12. The discharge into the sea of a Category D substance is
prohibited.

13. The discharge into the sea of a Category D residual
mixture is prohibited except where-

(a) (i) the ship is proceeding on its way at a speed of at least
7 knots in the case of a self-propelled ship or at least 4
knots in the case of a ship which is not self-propelled;
(ii) the concentration of the substance in the effluent is
not greater than one part of the substance to ten parts of
water; and
(iii) the discharge is made at a distance of not less than
12 nautical miles from the nearest land; or

(b) the discharge is made in accordance with regulation 11 as it
applies to Category C residual mixtures.

14. The discharge into the sea of any unassessed liquid sub-
stance carried in bulk, or of a residual mixture containing any such
substance, is prohibited except where-

(a) the Director has given written approval to its carriage; and

(b) any conditions relating to discharge subject to which that
approval was given are complied with.

15. Nothing in these regulations shall prohibit the discharge of
clean ballast, segregated ballast or any non-polluting substance.

16. Regulations 3, 5, 6 and 11 to 14 shall not apply to any
discharge into the sea of a noxious liquid substance or unassessed
liquid substance or mixture containing any such substance-

(a) which is necessary for the purpose of securing the safety of
a ship or saving lifE at sea; or

(b) which results from damage to a ship or its equipment:

Provided that-
(i) all reasonable precautions were taken after the
occurrence of the damage or discovery of the discharge to
prevent or minimize the discharge; and
(ii) neither the owner nor the master acted either with
intent to cause damage, or recklessly and with knowledge
that damage would probably result; or

(c)where the substance or mixture in question is approved
by the Director for use in combating specific pollution
incidents in order to minimize the damage from pollution





and the discharge is made with the approval of the Direc-
tor or, if the discharge is to be made outside the waters of
Hong Kong and in waters within the jurisdiction of any
state, with the approval of the government of that state.

17. Notwithstanding the provisions of regulations 3 to 11
(both inclusive) any tank from which a Category A or Category B or
Category C substance has been unloaded shall not be required to be
washed and the resultant washings discharged before the ship leaves
the port of unloading as required by those regulations if a Marpol
surveyor at the port of unloading exempts the ship from those
regulations on one of the following grounds-

(a)the tank is to be reloaded with the same substance or
another substance compatible with it and the tank will not
be washed or ballasted before such reloading;

(b) (i) the tank is neither to be washed nor ballasted at sea;
and
(ii) the requirements for washing and discharge will be
complied with in respect of that tank at another port; and
(iii) it has been confirmed in writing to the satisfaction
of the Director, or if the port is not in Hong Kong, of the
government or other proper authority of the state in which
the port is situated, that an adequate reception facility will
be available for the purpose at that other port; or

(c)the substance is one for which cleaning by ventilation is
stated to be appropriate in the ship's Procedures and
Arrangements Manual or is approved by the Director.

18. Notwithstanding the provisions of regulations 6 to 13
(both inclusive) an oil-like substance may be carried on an oil tanker
and discharged in accordance with regulation 13 of the Prevention
of Oil Pollution Regulations:

Provided that-

(a)the ship complies with the requirements of those regula-
tions applicable to product carriers as therein defined (oil
tankers engaged in the trade of carrying oil other than
crude oil);

(b) (i) where the substance in question is a Category C
substance and the ship was constructed on or after 1 July
1986, it complies with the damage stability requirements
for a Type 3 ship specified in the IBC Code; or
(ii) where the substance in question is a Category C
substance and the ship is-
(A) a ship for which the building contract was placed
on or after 2 November 1973 and which is
engaged wholly or partly on voyages to ports or





terminals under the jurisdiction of states parties
to MARPOL 1973/78 other than the state in
which the ship is registered; or
(B)a Hong Kong ship constructed on or after 1 July
1983 and engaged solely on voyages within the
waters of Hong Kong,

it complies with the damage stability requirements for a
Type 3 ship specified in the BCH Code;

(c)the oil content meter in the ship's oil discharge and
monitoring system required by regulation 15(3) of the
Prevention of Oil Pollution Regulations is approved by the
Director, or by or on behalf of the government of the state
in which the ship is registered, for use in monitoring the
concentration of the substance in question;

(d)the ship carries an IOPP Certificate or a HKOPP Certifi-
cate, in either case with the supplement thereto entitled
'Record of Construction and Equipment for Oil Tankers';
and

(e)the IOPP Certificate or the HKOPP Certificate as the case
may be is endorsed by the Director, or by or on behalf of
the government of the state in which the ship is registered,
to indicate that the ship may carry oil-like substances in
conformity with regulation 14 of Annex 11 to MARPOL
1973/78 and the list in such endorsement of the oil-like
substances which the ship is permitted to carry includes the
substance in question.

PART III

DOCUMENTS

19. (1) Every ship shall be provided with a Procedures and
Arrangements Manual complying with the IMO Standards.

(2) Such manual shall be approved, in the case of a Hong
Kong ship, by the Director or, in the case of a ship registered in a
state party to MARPOL 1973/78, by or on behalf of the government
of that state.

(3) A manual approved in accordance with paragraph (2) shall
be deemed to comply with the IMO Standards.

(4) The Procedures and Arrangements Manual shall be kept
on board the ship in such a place as to be readily available for
inspection.

(5) The Procedures and Arrangements Manual shall-





(a) in the case of a Hong Kong ship, be in English;

(b)in the case of a Hong Kong-trading ship, be in English and
Chinese; and

(c)in the case of any other ship, be in, or include a translation
into, English or French.

20. (1) Every ship shall be provided with a Cargo Record
Book in the form specified in Appendix IV to Annex II to MARPOL
1973/78, with such modifications, in the case of a Hong Kong-
trading ship, as may be specified by the Director.

(2) Whenever any of the following operations takes place in
respect of any noxious liquid substance a record of the operation
shall be made in the Cargo Record Book in relation to each tank
affected by the operation-

(a) loading of cargo;

(b) internal transfer of cargo;

(c) unloading of cargo;

(d) cleaning of cargo tanks;

(e) ballasting of cargo tanks;

(f) discharge of ballast from cargo tanks;

(g) disposal of residues to reception facilities;

(h)discharge of residues into the sea in accordance with
regulation 5, 11, 13, 14 or 16;

(i) removal of residues by ventilation.

(3) In the event that any d ischarge of the kind referred to in
regulation 16 of any noxious liquid substance or mixture containing
such substance is made or occurs, an entry shall be made without
delay in the Cargo Record Book stating the circumstances of, and
the reason for, the discharge.

(4) The entries in the Cargo Record Book, in the case of a
Hong Kong ship, shall be in English (and in addition, in the case of a
Hong Kong-trading ship, in Chinese) and, in the case of any other
ship, in an official language of the state in which the ship is registered
and, where that language is neither English nor French, in English
or French. Each entry shall be signed by the officer or officers in
charge of the operation and each page shall be signed by the master.

(5) The Cargo Record Book shall -be kept in such a place as to
be readily available for inspection and, except in the case of
unmanned ships under tow, shall be kept on board the ship. It shall
be retained on board the ship for a period of 3 years after the last
entry in it has been made.





PART IV

CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT

21. (1) In every ship constructed on or after 1 July 1986 the
pumping and piping arrangements serving any tank designated for
the carriage of a Category B substance or a Category C substance
shall be such that, if the tank were filled with water and pumped out
under favourable pumping conditions, the quantity of residue re-
tained in the tank's associated piping and in the immediate vicinity
of the tank's suction point would not exceed-

(a)in the case of a tank designated for the carriage of a
Category B substance 0. 1 cubic metres; or

(b)in the case of a tank designated for the carriage of a
Category C substance 0.3 cubic metres.

(2) In every ship constructed before 1 July 1986 the pumping
and piping arrangements serving any tank designated for the carri-
age of a Category B substance or a Category C substance shall be
such that if the tank were filled with water and pumped out under
favourable pumping conditions-

(a)the quantity or residue retained in the tank's associated
piping and in the immediate vicinity of the tank's suction
point would not exceed-
(i) in the case of a tank designated for the carriage of a
Category B substance 0.3 cubic metres; or
(ii) in the case of a tank designated for the carriage of a
Category C substance 0.9 cubic metres; or

(b)until 2 October 1994 (on which date this sub-paragraph
shall cease to have effect) the quantity of residue retained
in the tank and its associated pumping system, when added
to the surface residue assessment of the tank calculated in
accordance with Appendix A to the IMO Standards would
not exceed-
(i) in the case of a tank designated for the carriage of a
Category B substance, 1 cubic metre or 1/3 000 of the
capacity of the tank, whichever is the greater; or
(ii) in the case of a tank designated for the carriage of a
Category C substance, 3 cubic metres or 1/1000 of the
capacity of the tank, whichever is the greater.

(3) The Director may exempt from any of the requirements of
this regulation any ship which is so constructed and operated that-

(a) ballasting of cargo tanks is not required; and
(b)cargo tank washing is required only for the purposes of
repair or dry docking,

subject to such conditions as he thinks fit.





(4) An exemption granted in accordance with regulation 5A(6)
or (7) of MARPOL 1973/78 by or on behalf of a state party to
MARPOL 1973/78 to a ship registered in that state shall be treated
as equivalent to an exemption granted by the Director.

22. Every ship shall be provided with the equipment and
arrangements identified in its Procedures and Arrangements Manual
and, where such manual does not comply with regulation 19, with
any other equipment and arrangements required to conform to the
IMO Standards.

PART V

SURVEYS AND RELATED MATTERS

23. (1) The structure, equipment, systems, fittings, arrange-
ments and materials of a ship shall be subjected to the following
surveys-

(a)an initial survey before the INLS or HKNLS Certificate is
issued for the first time, which shall include a complete
examination of its structure, equipment, systems, fittings,
arrangements and materials in so far as the ship is covered
by these regulations; an initial survey shall be such as to
ensure that the structure, equipment, systems, fittings,
arrangements and materials comply with the applicable
provisions of these regulations;

(b)a periodical survey at intervals not exceeding 5 years which
shall be such as to ensure that the structure, equipment,
systems, fittings, arrangements and materials comply with
the applicable provisions of these regulations;

(C)a minimum of one intermediate survey during the period of
validity of the INLS or HKNLS Certificate; in cases where
only one such intermediate survey is carried out in any one
certificate validity period, it shall be held not before 6
months prior to, nor later than 6 months after, the half-
way date of the certificate's period of validity; intermediate
surveys shall be such as to ensure that the equipment and
associated pumps and piping systems comply with the
applicable provisions of these regulations and are in good
working order; a record of such surveys in the form
appropriate to an intermediate survey included in the form
entitled 'Endorsement for Annual and Intermediate Sur-
veys' set out in Appendix V of Annex II to MARPOL
1973/78 shall be endorsed by the surveyor on the INLS or
11KNLS Certificate;





(d) an annual survey within 3 months before or after the
anniversary date of the INLS or 11KNLS Certificate which
shall include a general examination to ensure that the
structure, equipment, systems, fittings, arrangements and
materials remain in all respects satisfactory for the service
for which the ship is intended; a record of such survey in
the form appropriate to an annual survey included in the
form entitled 'Endorsement for Annual and Intermediate
Surveys' set out in Appendix V of Annex 11 to MARPOL
1973/78 shall be endorsed by the surveyor on the INLS or
HKNLS Certificate;

(e) an additional survey, either general or partial according to
the circumstances, shall be made when it has been deter-
mined under regulation 25(3) to be necessary, or whenever
any important repairs or renewals are made; such a survey
shall ensure that the necessary repairs or renewals have
been effectively made, that the materials and workmanship
of such repairs or renewals are satisfactory, and that the
ship is fit to proceed to sea without presenting an un-
reasonable threat of harm to the marine environment; a
record of such survey shall be endorsed by the surveyor on
the INLS or HKNLS Certificate, stating that on comple-
tion of the survey the ship complied with the relevant
provisions of Annex II to MARPOL 1973/78.

(2) Every such survey shall be carried out-

(a) by a surveyor appointed by the Director under regulation
2A or by the Secretary for Economic Services under
section 5 of the Merchant Shipping (Safety) Ordinance; or

(b) by a marine surveyor of the United Kingdom Department
of Transport,

and application for such a survey shall be made by or on behalf of
the owner to the Director.

(3) In the case of a chemical tanker in respect of which a BCH
Code Certificate or an IBC Code Certificate has been or is to be
issued any initial, periodical, intermediate, annual or additional
survey required by this regulation may be combined respectively
wi ' th an initial, periodical, intermediate, annual or additional survey
required by regulation 4 of the BCH Code Regulations or regulation
4 of the IBC Code Regulations as the case may be; and in such case
references in paragraph (1)(a) to (e) to the INLS Certificate or
11KNLS Certificate shall be construed as references to the BCH
Code Certificate or IBC Code Certificate as the case may be.

24. (1) Upon satisfactory completion of an initial or periodi-
cal survey the Director shall issue to a ship which complies with the
relevant requirements of these regulations (except one to which a
BCH Code Certificate or an IBC Code Certificate is to be issued)-





(a)in the case of a Hong Kong-trading ship, an HKNLS
Certificate in a form specified by the Director; or

(b)in the case of any other ship, an INLS Certificate, in the
form set out in Appendix V to Annex II to MARPOL
1973/78,

and such Certificate shall be issued for a period not exceeding 5 years
beginning on the date of completion of the survey in question.

(2) Where a chemical tanker in respect of which a BCH Code
Certificate or an IBC Code Certificate has been or is to be issued, is
so constructed, equipped and arranged that it would, but for the
exception contained in paragraph (1), be entitled under that para-
graph to an INLS Certificate or HKNLS Certificate covering
substances other than those listed in the BCH Code or the 1BC Code
as the case may be, the Director shall, if the owner of the chemical
tanker so requests, include in the BCH Code Certificate or IBC Code
Certificate as the case may be, provisions covering carriage of those
substances by that chemical tanker.

(3) An INLS or 11KNLS Certificate shall cease to be valid-

(a) if any survey required by regulation 23(1)(c) or (d) is not
completed within the period specified for that survey; or

(b) if any survey required by regulation 23(1)(e) is not com-
pleted within such reasonable time as the surveyor may
specify; or

(c) upon transfer of the ship to a non-British registry.

(4) In either of the cases specified in sub-paragraph (a) or (b)
of paragraph (3) the owner shall deliver up the certificate issued in
relation to the ship to the Director on demand.

(5) In the case of a ship which has transferred from registry in
a state party to MARPOL 1973/78 to registry in Hong Kong the
Director may, subject to such requirements as to survey or otherwise
as he may think fit, if he is satisfied that, notwithstanding that the
surveys were not carried out by a surveyor appointed as required by
regulation 23(2)(a)-

(a) the ship has already been subjected to a satisfactory initial
or periodical survey and to any intermediate, annual or
additional surveys required; and

(b) the ship was issued by or on behalf of the government of
that state with an INLS Certificate which would, but for
the change of registry, have remained valid; and





(C)the condition of the ship and its equipment has been
maintained in conformity with the provisions of these
regulations; and

(d)since completion of the surveys referred to in sub-
paragraph (a) no change has been made in the structure,
equipment, systems, fittings, arrangements and materials
covered by those surveys without the sanction of the
government of that state or of the Director, except by
direct replacement,

issue to that ship an INLS or HKNLS Certificate for a period to be
determined by the Director, but expiring not later than the expiry
date of the certificate referred to in sub-paragraph (b).

(6) The Director may request the government of a state party
to MARPOL 1973/78 to survey a Hong Kong ship and, if that
government is satisfied that the provisions of the convention are
complied with, it shall issue, or authorize the issue of, an INLS
Certificate to the ship.

(7) An INLS Certificate issued under paragraph (6)-

(a)shall contain a statement to the effect that it has been
issued at the request of the Hong Kong Government; and

(b)shall have the same force and receive the same recognition
as an INLS Certificate issued under paragraph (1).

(8) The Director may, at the request of the government of a
state party to MARPOL 1973/78, survey a ship registered in that
state and entitled to fly the flag of that state as if it were a Hong
Kong ship and, if satisfied that the provisions of the convention are
complied with, he shall issue an INLS Certificate to that ship; and
such certificate shall contain a statement that it has been issued at
the request of the government in question.

(9) The INLS or HKNLS Certificate, as the case may be, shall
be kept on board the ship and shall be available for inspection at all
reasonable times.

25. (1) The condition of the ship and its equipment shall be
maintained so as to conform to the provisions of these regulations.

(2) After any survey of the ship under regulation 23 has been
completed, no change shall be made in the structure, equipment,
systems, fittings, arrangements and materials covered by the survey,
without the sanction of the Director, except by direct replacement.

(3) Whenever an accident occurs to a ship or a defect is
discovered, either of which substantially affects the integrity of the
ship or the efficiency or completeness of the equipment required by





these regulations the master or owner of the ship shall report at the
earliest opportunity to the Director, who shall, in the case of a Hong
Kong ship, determine whether an additional survey is necessary. If
the ship is in a port other than a port in Hong Kong the master or
owner shall also report immediately to the appropriate authority of
the government of the state in which the port is situated.

26. Where these regulations require that a particular fitting,
material, appliance or apparatus should be fitted in a ship, the
Director may allow any other fitting, material, appliance or ap-
paratus to be fitted if he is satisfied that such fitting, material,
appliance or apparatus is at least as effective as that required by
these regulations.

27. The Director may exempt any ship or class or description
of ship from any of the requirements of these regulations, subject to
such conditions as he may specify, and may alter or cancel any
exemption so granted.

PART VI

OFFENCES AND PENALTIES

28. (1) No ship shall load in bulk or carry in bulk any
Category A, B, C or D substance unless-
(a) (i) there is in force in respect of that ship a valid INLS
Certificate or HKNLS Certificate or BCH Code Certificate
or IBC Code Certificate, covering the substance in ques-
tion or, where the substance is class-approved, the class in
question;
(ii) the loading and carriage is in accordance with the
terms of that Certificate; and
(iii) where the substance is class-approved, there is on
board the ship documentary evidence of the assessment
and approval referred to in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b)
respectively of the definition of 'class-approved' in regula-
tion 1(2); or
(b) the substance is an oil-like substance and-
(i) there is in force in respect of the ship a valid IOPP
Certificate or HKOPP Certificate with the endorsement
specified in regulation 18(e) covering the substance in
question; and
(ii) the loading and carriage is in accordance with the
terms of that certificate and endorsement.
(2) No ship shall carry a class-approved non-polluting sub-
stance unless there is on board the ship documentary evidence of the
assessment and approval referred to in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b)
respectively of the definition of class-approved in regulation 1(2).





(3) No ship shall carry an unassessed liquid substance in bulk
unless-

(a)either the Director, or the government of a state party to
MARPOL 1973/78 with the concurrence of the Director,
has given written permission for its carriage; and

(b)any conditions subject to which that permission was given
are complied with.

29. (1) If in respect of any ship, there is a contravention of
any of the requirements of these regulations, the owner and master
of the ship each commits an offence and is liable-

(a) on summary conviction to a fine not exceeding $10,000; or

(b) on conviction on indictment, to a fine.

(2) It shall be a defence for a person charged under this
regulation to show that he took all reasonable steps to ensure that
the regulations were complied with.

30. (1) In any case where a ship does not comply with these
regulations the ship shall be liable to be detained and section 692(1)
to (3) of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894 (which relates to the
detention of a ship) shall have effect in relation to the ship, subject to
the following modifications-

(a) in subsection (1)-
(i) for the words 'this Act' there shall be substituted
'the Merchant Shipping (Control of Pollution by Noxious
Liquid Substances) Regulations';
(ii) for the words 'any officer of the Board of Trade'
there shall be substituted 'the Director or any other officer
of the Marine DepartmenC; and
(iii) for the words 'fifty thousand pounds' there shall
be substituted '$500,000';

(b) in subsection (2)-
(i) for the words 'Board of Trade' there shall be
substituted 'Marine Department'; and
(ii) for the words 'one thousand pounds' there shall be
substituted '$10,000'; and

(e)in subsection (3) for the words 'this Act' there shall be
substituted 'the Merchant Shipping (Control of Pollution
by Noxious Liquid Substances) Regulations'.

(2) Where a ship other than a Hong Kong ship is detained
under paragraph (1), the Director shall immediately inform the
consul or diplomatic representative of the State whose flag the ship is
entitled to fly or the appropriate maritime authorities of that State.





FIRST SCHEDULE [regs. 1(2), 2 to
13, 16, 17 and 25.]
LIST OF Noxious LIQUID SUBSTANCES
CARRIED IN BULK

1987 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Control of Pollution by Noxious
Liquid Substances in Bulk) Regulations BG24

1987 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances in Bulk)
Regulations BG25

1987 Ed.] merchant shipping (Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances
in Bulk) Regulations BG 26

1987 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances in
Bulk) Regulations BG 27 1987 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances in
Bulk) Regulations BG28 1987 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances
in Bulk) Regulations BG 29 1987 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances in
Bulk) Regulations BG 30 1987 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances
in Bulk) Regulations BG 31 1987 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances
in Bulk) Regulations BG 32 1987 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances in
Bulk) Regulations BG 33 1987 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances in
Bulk) Regulations BG 34 1987 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances in
Bulk) Regulations BG 35 1987 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances in
Bulk) Regulations BG 36 1987 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances in
Bulk) Regulations BG 37

1987 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances in
Bulk) Regulations BG 38









*UN number 2789 refers to more than 80% solution and 2790 between 10% and 80% solution.
*UN number 2672 refers to 10-35%.
*UN number 1114 applies to Benzene.
*UN number 2574 applies to Tricresyl phosphate containing more than 3% ortho-isomer.





SECOND SCHEDULE [regs. 1(2
and 15.

LIST OF NON-POLLUTING SUBSTANCES CARRIED IN BULK


Asterisk indicates that the substance has been provisionally included in this list and that further data are
necessary in order to complete the evaluation of its environmental hazards, particularly in relation to living
resources.

THIRD SCHEDULE [regs. 1(2),
18 and 28.1]
OIL-LIKE SUBSTANCES

Category C Substances

Cyclohexane
p-Cymene
Diethylbenzene
Dipentene
Dodecylbenzene
Ethylbenzene
Heptene (mixed isomers)
1 -Hexene
2-Methyl- 1 -pentene
n-Pentane
Pentene (all isomers)
1 -Phenyl- 1 -xylyl ethane
Propylene dimer
Tetrahydronaphthalene
Toluene
Xylene





Category D Substances

Alkyl (C9-C17) benzene mixtures (straight or branched chain)
Butene oligomer
Diisopropyl naphthalene
Dodecane
Ethylcyclohexane
Isopentane
Nonane
Octane
n-Paraffins (C10-C20)





MERCHANT SHIPPING (REPORTING OF POLLUTION
INCIDENTS) REGULATIONS

[Made by the Governor under Article 3 of the Merchant Shipping
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Order 1987, S.I. 1987 No.
,470 as modified and extended to Hong Kong by the Merchant
Shipping (Prevention and Control of Pollution) (Hong Kong) Order
1987, S.I. 19C No. 664 ]

[6 May 1987.]

1. These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping
(Reporting of Pollution Incidents) Regulations.

2. In these regulations, unless the context otherwise re-
quires-

'discharge' means any release, howsoever caused, from a ship and
includes any escape, disposal, spilling, leaking, pumping, emit-
ting or emptying; but does not include-

(a)dumping within the meaning of the Convention on the
Prevention of Marine Pollution by Dumping of Wastes
and Other Matter signed in London on 13 November
1972(a); or

(b)any release directly arising from the exploration, exploita-
tion and associated ofr-shore processing of sea-bed mineral
resources; or

(c)any release for the purposes of legitimate scientific research
into pollution abatement or control;

'Hong Kong ship' means a ship which-

(a) is registered in Hong Kong; or

(b)is licensed in accordance with regulations made under Part
IV of the Shipping and Port Control Ordinance;

'the IMDG Code' means the 1977 edition of the International
Maritime Dangerous Goods Code published by the Interna-
tional Maritime Organization, as amended from time to time by
any document which is considered by the Secretary of State to
be relevant from time to time and is specified in a Merchant
Shipping Notice;

'in packaged form' means in an individual package or receptacle
including a freight container or a portable tank or tank con-
tainer or tank vehicle or shipborne barge or other cargo unit
containing harmful substances for shipment;

'marine pollutant' means a substance which is identified as a
marine pollutant in the IMDG Code;

(a) Cmnd. 5169.





'Merchant Shipping Notice' means a notice described as such and
issued by the Department of Transport of the United Kingdom;
any reference to a particular Merchant Shipping Notice in-
cludes a reference to that Notice as amended or replaced from
time to time by a subsequent Notice;

'noxious liquid substance' has the same meaning as in regulation
1(2) of the Merchant Shipping (Control of Pollution by Nox-
ious Liquid Substances in Bulk) Regulations;

,,oil' means petroleum in any form including crude oil, fuel oil,
sludge and oil refuse and any refined petroleum products, other
than petro chemicals which are noxious liquid substances;

'sea' includes any estuary or arm of the sea;

',ship' means a vessel of any type whatsoever operating in the
marine environment and includes hydrofoil boats, hovercraft,
submersibles, floating craft and also fixed or floating platforms
except when they are actually engaged in exploration or exploi-
tation of the sea-bed or associated off-shore processing of
sea-bed mineral resources;

waters of Hong Kong' has the same meaning as in section 2 of the
Merchant Shipping (Safety) Ordinance.

3. These regulations apply to-

(a) Hong Kong ships; and

(b) other ships while they are within the waters of Hong Kong.

4. (1) The master of a ship involved in an incident at sea
involving-

(a)an actual or probable discharge of oil, o ' r of any noxious
liquid substance carried in bulk resulting or likely to result
from damage to the ship or its equipment, or made or
likely to be made for the purpose of securing the safety of a
ship or saving life at sea;

(b)an actual or probable discharge of a marine pollutant in
packaged form from the ship; or

(c)an actual discharge during the operation of the ship of oil
or any noxious liquid substance in excess of the quantity or
instantaneous rate permitted under the relevant provision
of Part 3 of the Merchant Shipping (Prevention of Oil
Pollution) Regulations or Part II of the Merchant Ship-
ping (Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances)
Regulations,

shall report the particulars of such an incident without delay and to
the fullest extent possible in accordance with the requirements of
regulation 5.





(2) In the event of a report from such a ship being incomplete
or unobtainable, the owner shall, to the fullest extent practicable,
make or complete the report required by paragraph (1).

5. The report or the initial report if there is more than one
shall in every case include-

(a) the identity of ship or ships involved;

(b) the time, type and location of the incident;

(c) the quantity and type of substance involved;

(d)the assistance or salvage measures requested or being
undertaken.

6. Any person required under regulation 4(1) or (2) to make a
report shall, if possible-

(a)make such a supplementary report or reports as may be
appropriate in the circumstances-
(i) supplementing the information contained in the ini-
tial report as necessary; and
(ii) providing information concerning further develop-
ments; and

(b)comply as fully as possible with any request for additional
information made by or on behalf of the government of a
state whose interests may be affected by the incident.

7. Reports shall be made by the fastest telecommunications
channels available with the highest possible priority to the nearest
coastal state.

8. (1) Any breach of regulation 4 or 6 shall be an offence
punishable on summary conviction by a fine not exceeding $10,000
or on conviction on indictment by a fine.

(2) It shall be a defence for a person charged under this
regulation to show that he took all reasonable precautions and
exercised due diligence to avoid the commission of the offence.





MERCHANT SHIPPING (CARRIERS' LIABILITY UNDER
ATHENS CONVENTION) (HONG KONG DOLLAR
EQUIVALENTS) ORDER

[Made by the Governor under paragraph 5 of Part II of
Schedule 3 to the Merchant Shipping Act 1979 as modified and
extended to Hong Kong by the Merchant Shipping Act 1979
(Hong Kong) Order 1980, S. I 1980 No. 1514]

[28 April 1987]

1. This order may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Car-
riers' Liability under Athens Convention) (Hong Kong Dollar
Equivalents) Order.

2. For the purposes of paragraph 5 of Part II of Schedule 3 to
the Merchant Shipping Act 1979 as modified and extended to Hong
Kong by the Merchant Shipping Act 1979 (Hong Kong) Order 1980,
the official values in Hong Kong of the amounts (expressed in gold
francs) by reference to which liability under the provisions of the
Athens Convention is limited are specified as follows-





MERCHANT SHIPPING (LIABILITY OF SHIPOWNERS
AND OTHERS) (CALCULATION OF TONNAGE)
(HONG KONG) ORDER

[Made by the Governor under paragraph 5 of Part II of Schedule 4
to the Merchant Shipping Act 1979 as modified and extended to
Hong Kong by the Merchant Shipping Act 1979 (Hong Kong)
Order 1980, S. I 1980 No. 1514]

[16 January 1987.]

1. This order may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Liabil-
ity of Shipowners and Others) (Calculation of Tonnage) (Hong
Kong) Order.

2. For the purposes of article 6 of the Convention on Limita-
tion of Liability for Maritime Claims 1976 (set out in Part 1 of
Schedule 4 to the Merchant Shipping Act 1979) and of paragraph 5
of Part 11 of Schedule 4 to that Act, the gross tonnage of a ship shall
be calculated in accordance with regulations 4 to 6 of the Merchant
Shipping (Tonnage) Regulations.

3. In the case of a ship of which, at the time when the
limitation is claimed, the tonnage has not been and cannot be
ascertained in accordance with paragraph 2, the best evidence
available of the measurements of the ship shall be used in calculating
the tonnage of the ship according to the regulations referred to in
that paragraph.





MERCHANT SHIPPING ACT 1979 (HONG KONG) ORDER 1980
(S.I. 1980 No. 1514 U.K.)

MERCHANT SHIPPING (LIABILITY OF SHIPOWNERS AND
OTHERS) (RATE OF INTEREST) (HONG KONG) ORDER 1989
(Made by the Governor under paragraph 8 of Part II of Schedule 4
to the Merchant Shipping Act 1979 as modified
and extended to Hong Kong by the Merchant
Shipping Act 1979 (Hong Kong) Order 1980)

[6 October 1989]

L.N. 331 of 1989 -

1. Citation

This order may be cited as the Merchant Shipping (Liability of Shipowners
and Others) (Rate of Interest) (Hong Kong) Order 1989.

2. Rate of interest for purposes of limitation fund

The rate of interest to be applied for the purposes of paragraph 1 of Article
11 of the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims 1976 (set
out in Part 1 of Schedule 4 to the Merchant Shipping Act 1979 (1979 c. 39
U.K.)) shall be 11.09%.





MULTILATERAL INVESTMENT GUARANTEE AGENCY
(OVERSEAS TERRITORIES) ORDER 1988
(S.I. 1988 No. 791 U.K.)

MULTILATERAL INVESTMENT GUARANTEE AGENCY
(DESIGNATED PERSONS) ORDER 1989

(Made by the Governor under Article 3 of the
Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency
(Overseas Territories) Order 1988)

[7 April 1989]

L.N. 107 of 1989 -

1. Citation

This order may be cited as the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency
(Designated Persons) Order 1989.

2. Interpretation

In this Order, 'the AcC means the Multilateral Investment Guarantee
Agency Act 1988 (1988 c. 8 U.K.) as extended to Hong Kong by the
Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency (Overseas Territories) Order 1988
(S.I. 1988/791 U.K.)

3. Designation of persons to perform
Governor's functions

The persons specified in the first column of the Schedule are designated to
perform such of the Governor's functions under the Act as are respectively
specified in the second column of the Schedule.

SCHEDULE [para. 3]

Designated Person Function
Chief Justice Making orders under section 6(1) for the attendance of
witnesses, the hearing of evidence and the production of
documents.
Director of Protocol Issuing or authorizing the issue of certificates under
Commissioner for TransportMaking arrangements for refunds to the Agency under
section 3(4).






SAMARITAN FUND

RESOLUTION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL

G.N.A. 113 of 1950 - G.N.A. 33 of 1960, L.N. 70 of 1969, L.N. 76 of 1989

Resolution made and passed by the Legislative Council.

WHEREAS it is necessary to confirm and approve the establishment and
operation of a Fund designated as the Samaritan Fund applicable for the relief
of needy patients attending hospitals and institutions conducted or controlled
by the Government of the Colony;

AND WHEREAS conditions governing the maintenance and application of
such Fund have been determined and are specified in the Schedule hereto;

NOW THEREFORE be it Resolved by this Council that the establishment
and operation of the Samaritan Fund in accordance with the conditions
aforesaid be and is hereby confirmed and approved.

SCHEDULE

1 . The Fund shall be administered by the person (hereinafter called the Director) for the time
being performing the duties of the office of Director of Hospital Services.
2. The Fund may be used at the discretion of the Director to provide monetary grants for the
benefit of needy patients.
3. (1) The Fund shall consist of all moneys donated, subscribed or bequeathed thereto from
time to time.
(2) All moneys accruing to the Fund shall be paid to the Director of Accounting Services who
shall credit such moneys to an account entitled 'Deposits-Samaritan Fund, Hospital Services
Department'.
4. (1) Subject to subparagraph (2), sums may be withdrawn from the Fund by submitting
payment vouchers to the Director of Accounting Services.
(2) Every such voucher shall be-
(a)signed by the Senior Treasury Accountant, Hospital Services Department, or his
duly authorized deputy; and
(b) countersigned by the Director, or his duly authorized deputy.
5. (1) The Director shall cause proper accounts to be kept of all transactions of the Fund and
shall cause to be prepared for every period of 12 months ending on 31 March in each year a
statement of the accounts of the Fund, which statement shall include an income and expenditure
account and balance sheet and shall be signed by the Director.
(2) The accounts of the Fund and the signed statement of the accounts shall be audited by an
auditor appointed by the Governor and the auditor shall certify the statement subject to such
report, if any, as he may think fit.
(3) A copy of the signed and audited statement of accounts together with the auditor's report,
if any, and a report by the Director on the administration of the Fund during the period covered by
the audited accounts shall be laid upon the table of the Legislative Council simultaneously with the
Annual Departmental Report of the Director for the same period.
(L.N. 70 of 1969; L.N. 76 of 1989)





MERCHANT SHIPPING ACT 1979
(COMMENCEMENT) ORDER 1989

(By the Acting Governor under the Merchant Shipping Ae
c. 39, section 52(2))

L.N. 289 of 1989 -

In exercise of the power conferred by section 52(2) of the Merchant
Shipping Act 1979 as modified for, and extended to, Hong Kong by the
Merchant Shipping Act 1979 (Hong Kong) Order 1980 (S.I. 1980/1514 U.K.),
the Merchant Shipping Act 1979 (Hong Kong) (Amendment) Order 1981
(S.I. 1981/425 U.K.) and the Merchant Shipping Act 1979 (Hong Kong)
(Amendment) Order 1984 (S.I. 1984/356 U.K.), I hereby appoint the day of
publication* of this order as the day on which section 14(3) and Part 111 of
Schedule 3 to the Act, as so modified and extended, shall come into force in
Hong Kong.

David FORD,
Acting Governor.
11 August 1989.



* Date of publication-18 August 1989.
Eligibility. Qualifying Service. Service in the R.N.R. Service with the Cadet Forces. Wearing of other Long Service Decorations. Navy List. Deprivation. Clasp to the R.D./V.R.D. Transitional period after Unification. Application for the Decoration. Qualifying Service. Wearing of R.D./V.R.D. Application. Forfeiture or Deprivation of Medal. Restoration. Loss of Medal. Rosettes. Office of Governor constituted. Governor's powers and authorities. Publication of Governor's Commission. Oaths to be taken by Governor. 1868 c. 72. Public Seal. Executive Council. Legislative Council. (Replaced on 4.4.85.) (Amended on 9.4.1988.) (Amended on 9.4.1988.) Governor, with advice and consent of Council to make laws. (Added on 4.4.85.) Disallowance of Laws. Power of legislation reserved to the Crown. Assent to Bills. Reserved Bills. Governor and Legislative Council to observe Instructions. Disposal of lands. (Amended on 26.8.60 and 22.8.86.) Governor empowered to appoint Judges and other public officers. (Amended on 5.2.71.) Concurrent appointments. (Amended on 1.3.55.) Grant of pardon. (Amended on 5.2.71.) Remission of fines. Proviso. Banishment prohibited. Exception. Political offences. Dismissal and suspension of officers. (Amended on 30.4.38 and 17.11.67.) Tenure of office of Supreme Court or district judge. (Amended on 3.5.76 and 30.4.82.) (Replaced on 9.4.1988.) (Added on 9.4.1988.) (Replaced on 9.4.1988.) (1833 c. 41.) Acting Governor. (Amended on 17.11.67 and 17.2.77.) Deputy to Governor. (Amended on 17.11.67.) Officers and others to obey and assist Governor. Term 'the Governor' explained. Power reserved to His Majesty to revoke, alter, or amend present Letters Patent. Publication of Letters Patent. Administration of Oaths. Constitution of Executive Council. (Amended on 30.4.38; 17.11.67; 28.2.69; 24.9.76; 1.9.83; 9.4.88.) Vacation of seats. Provisional appointment of Members of the Executive Council. (Amended on 5.2.71; 9.4.88.) Such provisional appointments to be immediately reported. Governor to communicate Instructions to Executive Council. Summoning of Executive Council. (Amended on 17.11.67.) Presiding in Executive Council. (Amended on 1.3.55; 17.11.67.) Proceedings in Executive Council. (Amended on 17.11.67.) Governor to consult Executive Council. (Amended on 28.2.69.) Governor alone entitled to submit questions. Governor may act in opposition to Executive Council. Reporting grounds for so doing. Members may require their adverse opinions to be recorded on Minutes. Election to Legislative Council. (Added on 4.4.85.) Legislative Council; Suspension of Official or Appointed Members. (Replaced on 4.4.85.) Provisional appointment of members. (Amended on 30.4.38; 4.4.85.) Where there has been a vacancy. Tenure of office of Official and Appointed Members of Legislative Council. (Replaced on 4.4.85) Declaration of vacancy among Appointed Members. (Replaced on 4.4.85.) Resignation of Official or Appointed Members. (Amended on 30.4.38; 4.4.85.) Council may transact business notwithstanding vacancies. Quorum. (Amended on 28.2.69; 1.9.83.) Presiding in Legislative Council. (Amended on 1.3.55; 6.1.66; 4.4.85; 9.4.88.) Sessions and sittings of Legislative Council. (Added on 4.4.85.) (Replaced on 9.4.88.) Questions to be decided by a majority. Governor to have original and casting vote. Rules and Orders to be made. Question, etc. for debate. (Amended on 28.2.69.) Rules and regulations under which Ordinances are to be enacted. Form of enacting Ordinances. (Replaced on 22.8.86.) Ordinances to be numbered and methodically arranged. (Amended on 9.4.88.) Different subjects not to be mixed in same Ordinance. No clause to be introduced foreign to what title of Ordinance imports. Temporary Ordinances. Description of Bills not to be assented to. Proviso in cases of emergency for immediate operation of an Ordinance. Private Bills. (Amended on 17.11.67.) Ordinances, etc. to be sent home duly authenticated. (Amended on 9.4.88.) Dissolution of Council. (Added on 4.4.85.) (Replaced on 9.4.88.) Surveys and reservations to be made before waste lands are disposed of. Governor not to purchase lands. Regulation of power of pardon in capital cases. Judge's report to be laid before Executive Council. Governor to take advice of Executive Council in such cases. May exercise his own judgment; entering his reasons on Council Minutes, if unable to accept the advice of the majority. (Amended on 17.11.67.) Governor's absence. Term 'the Governor' explained. G.N. 2049/68. G.N. 2050/68. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 194/72. L.N. 95/73. L.N. 256/76. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 97/78. L.N. 217/80. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 214/84. L.N. 24/85. L.N. 189/85. L.N. 158/86. L.N. 221/87. Oath or Affirmation. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 189/85. (Cap. 11.) L.N. 189/85. Language. L.N. 138/71. [Came into effect on 18.10.72-L.N. 194/72.] Presiding in Council and in Committee of the whole Council. L.N. 221/87. Duties of the Clerk. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 138/71. Counsel to the Legislature. L.N. 214/84. Sessions. L.N. 85/73. Proceedings at First Sitting of Session. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 189/85. (Cap. 11.) Commencement of Sittings. L.N. 85/73. Special Sittings during recess. L.N. 214/84. Hours of Sitting. L.N. 214/84. L.N. 85/73. Motions for the Adjournment of the Council. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 221/87. Quorum. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 255/83. Order of Business at a Sitting. L.N. 189/85. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 138/71. The Order Paper. L.N. 221/87. Presentation of Petitions. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 255/83. Presentation of Papers. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 158/86. Nature of Questions. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 221/87. Question Time. L.N. 256/76. Notice of Questions. L.N. 138/71. Contents of Questions. Asking and Answering of Questions. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 255/83. Statements by Official Members. L.N. 221/87. Notice of Motions and Amendments. L.N. 138/71. Manner of Giving Notice of Motions and Amendments. Motion and Amendments requiring Recommendation. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 221/87. Manner of Debating Motions. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 314/76. Manner of Debating Amendments to Motions. L.N. 138/71. Withdrawal of Motions and Amendments. Time and Manner of Speaking. Occasions when a Member may speak more than once. L.N. 217/80. L.N. 217/80. L.N. 221/87. Interruptions. Adjournment of Debate or of Proceedings of a Committee. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 221/87. Contents of Speeches. Behaviour of Members not Speaking. Decision of Chair Final. Order in Council and Committee. Decision of Questions. Collection of Voices. Divisions. Form of Bills. Notice of Presentation of Bills. L.N. 214/84. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 255/83. Presentation and Publication of Bills. L.N. 138/71. First Reading of Bills. L.N. 138/71. Second Reading. L.N. 221/87. Committal of Bills. Functions of Committees on Bills. Amendments to Bills. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 221/87. Procedure in Committee of the whole Council on a Bill. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 314/76. Procedure on Reporting of Bill form Committee of the whole Council. Procedure in Select Committee on a Bill. Procedure on Reporting of Bill from a Select Committee. Procedure on Recommittal of Bill reported from Select Committee. Third Reading. L.N. 138/71. Withdrawal or postponement of Bills. L.N. 138/71. Presentation of Bill for Assent of Governor. Presentation and Second Reading of Appropriation Bill. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 255/83. Procedure in Committee of the whole Council on Appropriation Bill. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 314/76. Amendments to Heads of Estimates in Committee of the whole Council on Appropriation Bill. L.N. 138/71. L.N. 221/87. Third Reading of Appropriation Bill. Supplementary Estimates and Excess Financial Provisions. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 255/83. L.N. 221/87. Supplementary appropriation Bills. L.N. 138/71. Finance Committee. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 214/84. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 255/83. (Cap. 2.) L.N. 255/83. L.N. 24/85. L.N. 314/76. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 24/85. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 255/83. (Cap. 2.) L.N. 255/83. L.N. 24/85. Public Accounts Committee. L.N. 97/78. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 221/87. L.N. 214/84. L.N. 214/84. L.N. 214/84. (Cap. 122.) L.N. 221/87. Select Committees. Procedure of Select Committees. Premature Publication of Evidence. L.N. 189/85. Employment of Members in Professional Capacity. Personal Pecuniary Interest to be Disclosed. L.N. 255/83. Admission of Press and Public. Withdrawal of Strangers. Suspension of Standing Orders. Procedure if Standing Orders do not provide. L.N. 138/71. Interpretation. L.N. 138/71. G.N.A. 238/49. G.N.A. 187/50. G.N.A. 165/53. L.N. 140/69. L.N. 177/71. L.N. 28/73. L.N. 16/77. L.N. 22/85. Interpretation. L.N. 22/85. L.N. 22/85. L.N. 140/69. L.N. 22/85. G.N.A. 165/53. Exceptions. Penalties. L.N. 140/69. L.N. 177/71. L.N. 22/85. L.N. 140/69. L.N. 140/69. The Air Transport Licensing Authority. Issue of Licences. (Cap. 341.) Applications for licences. Form 1. Publication of applications. Form 2. Objections and representations. Form 3. Public and private inquiries. Form 4. Emergency applications. General policy of Licensing Authority. Period licences remain in force. Provisional licences pending determination of application. Provisional licences authorizing continuation of service. Publication of decisions by Licensing authority. Form 5. Revocation of suspension of licences. Form 6. Surrender of licences. licences fees. L.N. 16/77. Returns from licensees. L.N. 28/73. Form 7. Annual report of Licensing Authority. Operating permits. L.N. 22/85. Exceptions. Penalties. G.N.A. 187/50. Issue of permits. Applications for permits. Revocation or suspension of permits. Compliance with air navigation and transport laws and regulations by licence, operating permit and permit holders. L.N. 140/69. Transfer and assignment of licences, operating permits and permits. L.N. 140/69. L.N. 177/71. L.N. 22/85. Information regarding financial resources of an applicant to be treated as confidential. L.N. 140/69. L.N. 177/71. L.N. 22/85. When provisional licences are deemed to be licences. G.N.A. 165/53. No right to continuance of any benefits. L.N. 140/69. Power of director or authorized person to prohibit flight. L.N. 140/69. Proceedings for an offence against the regulations. Transitional. L.N. 22/85. (L.N. 22/85.) [*1.2.85.] Citation. (Cap. 221) L.N. 429/84. Citation and interpretation. (Cap. 313.) Applications and exemptions. Equivalents. Surveys before issue of a Certificate. Annual survey. Intermediate survey. Issue and duration of Certificate. Responsibilities of owner and master. Procedure to be adopted when corrective action in necessary. Oil Record Book. General exceptions. Ships other than oil tankers and machinery space bilges of oil tankers. Oil tankers. Oil discharge monitoring and control system and oily-water separating and oil filtering equipment. Retention of oil on board. Methods for the prevention of oil pollution from ships operating in special areas. Interpretation of Part IV. General application. Protective location of segregated ballast spaces. Requirements for oil tankers with dedicated clean ballast tanks. Requirements crude oil washing. Existing oil tankers engaged in specific trades. Existing oil tankers having special ballast arrangements. Segregation of oil and water ballast. Tanks for oil residue (sledge). Pumping, piping and discharge arrangement of oil tankers. Interpretation of Part V. Limitation of size and arrangement of cargo tanks. Subdivision and stability. Requirements for offshore installations. Reports to be made in the event of a discharge or likely discharge. Power to inspect. Power to deny entry or detain. (1894 c. 60.) Penalties. L.N. 333/83. Citation. Interpretation. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 2.] Application of regulations. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 3.] Purpose of Accident Investigation. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 4.] Duty to furnish information relating to accidents. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 5.] Information relating to accident. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 6.] Removal of damaged aircraft. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 7.] Inspectors of accidents. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 8.] Powers of Inspectors. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 9.] Inspector's investigation and report. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 10.] Notice of Inspector's report and representations thereon. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 11.] Notice of review. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 12.] Appointment of board of review. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 13.] (Cap. 87.) Proceedings of board of review. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 14.] (Cap. 11.) Publication of reports. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 15.] Reopening of investigation or review. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 16.] Holding of public inquiries. [cf. S.I. 1983/551, r. 17.] (Cap. 11.) Proceedings of public inquiries. [S.I. 1983/551, r. 18.] Rehearing of public inquiries. [S.I. 1983/551, r. 19.] Accidents to aircraft registered outside Hong Kong. [S.I. 1983/551, r. 20.] Extension of time. [S.I. 1983/551, r. 21.] Obstruction of investigation. [S.I. 1983/551, r. 22.] Revocation. (App. 1, p. L, 72 Ed.) G.N.A. 118/55. G.N.A. 118/55. L.N. 190/80. L.N. 77/81. L.N. 102/86. L.N. 313/86. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 1.) Fees. Schedule. Payment of fees to Director Official flying tests fees. Withdrawal of an aircraft from service. L.N. 77/81. L.N. 102/86. L.N. 102/86. L.N. 77/81. L.N. 313/86. L.N. 313/86. L.N. 313/86. L.N. 313/86. L.N. 313/86. L.N. 313/86. L.N. 313/86. L.N. 77/81. L.N. 344/80. L.N. 100/72. L.N. 100/72. L.N. 100/72. L.N. 100/72. L.N. 100/72. L.N. 100/72. L.N. 100/72. L.N. 136/72. L.N. 136/72. L.N. 136/72. L.N. 136/72. L.N. 136/72. L.N. 136/72. L.N. 136/72. L.N. 120/87. Citation and interpretation. (Cap. 369.) (App. I, p. BG1.) (Cap. 369.) Schedule. (Cap. 369.) Application. (App. I.p.T1.) Power of Director in respect of appointments and delegations. Fees. (Cap. 281, sub. Leg.) Transitional. Compliance with Code. Survey requirements. (Cap. 369.) Issue of Certificate of Fitness. Maintenance of conditions after survey. Equivalents. Exemptions. Loading and carriage in bulk of listed chemicals. Penalties. Power to detain. (1894, c. 60.) (App. I, p. 51.) Interpretation. L.N. 121/87. Citation and interpretation. (Cap. 369.) (App. I, p. BG1.) (Cap. 369.) Schedule. (Cap. 369.) Application. Power of Director in respect of appointments and delegations. Fees. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Compliance with Code. Survey requirements. (Cap. 369.) Issue of International Certificate of Fitness. Maintenance of conditions after survey. Equivalents. Exemptions. Loading and carriage in bulk of listed chemicals. Penalties. Power to detain. (1894 c. 60.) (App. I, p. T1.) Interpretation. L.N. 80/65. Citation. Service organizations prescribed for purposes of Articles 3(1)(c). L.N. 5/68. Citation. Commencement. (1967 c. 68.) Saving. L.N. 371/87. Citation. Designated Commonwealth countries. Schedule. (1967 c. 68.) L.N. 14/68. Citation. Forms. L.N. 281/83. Citation. Schedule 1. Interpretation. Schedule 2. (Cap. 281.) (Cap. 1.) Application of Part II. Schedule 2, 3 and 4. Method of tonnage measurement. Calculation of volumes. Gross tonnage. Schedule 3. Net tonnage. Schedule 3. Miscellaneous tonnages; segregated ballast oil tankers and deck cargoes. Schedule 3. Issue of Certificates. Schedule 4. Cancellation of certificates. Change of net tonnage necessitating issue of certificates. Application of Part III. Schedule 5. Application of Part IV. Schedule 5. Acceptance of foreign tonnage certificates. Ascertainment of tonnage and certification. Application of Part VI. Schedule 5. Failure to deliver up certificate. Schedule 5. Illegal carriage of goods or stores. Schedule 5. Validation of existing certificates. (App. I, p. AB, 80 ED.) (L.N. 150/80.) (Cap. 281) L.N. 67/84. Citation. Specification of equivalent amounts. Schedule. (App. III, p. CH 1.) L.N. 67/84. Citation. Specification of equivalent amounts. Schedule. (App. III, p. CG 1.) L.N. 8/69. Citation. Power of U.K. military forces to arrest members of U.S. forces. L.N. 14/69. Citation. Commencement. (L.N. 5/68.) L.N. 10/73. L.N. 103/73. Citation. Interpretation. (1956 c. 74.) (S.I. 1972/1724.) Prescribed classes of library under section 7(1) and (3). First Schedule. Prescribed classes of library under section 7(5). First Schedule. Second Schedule. Prescribed classes of library under section 15(4). First Schedule. Second Schedule. Prescribed conditions under section 7(1) and (3). Third Schedule. Prescribed conditions under section 7(1) and (3). Restriction on the making or copies. Prescribed conditions under section 15(4). (Cap. 132.) * Delete whichever is inappropriate. L.N. 104/73. Citation. Interpretation. (1956 c. 74.) (S.I. 1972/1724.) Notice to be given in a daily or Sunday newspaper. Notice to be published twice. Particulars to be given in the notice. L.N. 105/73. Citation. Interpretation. (1956 c. 74.) (S.I. 1972/1724.) Notice. Payment of royalties. Ordinary retail selling price. Inquiries. L.N. 116/87. (1979 c. 39.) (S.I. 1980/1514.) (S.I. 1981/425.) (S.I. 1984/356.) L.N. 173/87. L.N. 287/86. (S.I. 1980/1514.) (S.I. 1981/425.) (S.I. 1984/356.) L.N. 163/83. (L.N. 245/82.) L.N. 140/82. L.N. 97/75. L.N. 191/75. L.N. 75/76. L.N. 139/76. L.N. 73/77. Citation. Interpretation. (1971 c. 59.) (S.I. 1975/2169.) Definition of 'persistent oil'. Recognition of certificates. L.N. 73/77. Fees for certificates. Cancellation and delivery up of Certificates. L.N. 146/81. L.N. 140/83. L.N. 176/77. L.N. 301/85. Ending of British sovereignty and jurisdiction over Hong Kong. Short title and supplementary provisions. Section 2(2). 1981 c. 61. 1964 c. 81. L.N. 168/78. L.N. 16/81. (App. III, p. EX 1.) L.N. 247/79. L.N. 152/82. Citation. Construction and commencement. [*30.4.82.] Amendment of Article XVIA of principal Letters Patent. Power reserved to Her Majesty. L.N. 266/79. Citation. Interpretation. (1956 c. 74.) (S.I. 1972/1724.) (S.I. 1979/910.) First Schedule. (Cap. 1.) Commencement of proceedings. Forms 1, 2, 3 & 4. Application for special leave under section 26(2) or 27A(2). Forms 5 & 6. Advertisement of reference or application. objection to originator's credentials. Form 7. Form 8. Form 9. Applications to be made a party. Form 10. Objections to internvener's credentials. Form 11. Form 12. Written answer. Interveners' cases. Amendment of statement of case and answer. Directions. Interlocutory applications. Consolidation of proceedings. Procedure and evidence at hearing. Representation and rights of audience. Withdrawal of reference or application. Decision of the tribunal. Application for reference of question of law to the court. Effect of references to the court. Effect of suspension of order. Application of Arbitration Ordinance. (Cap. 341.) Costs. Fees. Second Schedule. Service of documents. Tim. Office hours. Failure to comply with directions. Power of tribunal to regulate procedure. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. * Delete if inapplicable. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. Insert as appropriate: 'Originator' 'An officer of the originator' 'Solicitor(s) for the originator' 'Agent(s) for the originator' * Delete whichever is inapplicable. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. Insert as appropriate: 'Originator' 'An officer of the originator' 'Solicitor(s) for the originator' 'Agent(s) for the originator' * Delete whichever is inapplicable. Insert as appropriate: 'Originator' 'An officer of the originator' 'Solicitor(s) for the originator' 'Agent(s) for the originator' * Delete whichever is inapplicable. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. Insert as appropriate: 'Originator' 'An officer of the originator' 'Solicitor(s) for the originator' 'Agent(s) for the originator' * Delete whichever is inapplicable. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. Insert as appropriate: 'Applicant' 'An officer of the Applicant' 'Solicitor(s) for the Applicant 'Agent(s) for the Applicant' * Delete whichever is inapplicable. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. Insert as appropriate: 'Applicant' 'An officer of the Applicant' 'Solicitor(s) for the Applicant 'Agent(s) for the Applicant' * Delete whichever is inapplicable. Insert as appropriate: 'Originator' 'An officer of the originator' 'Solicitor(s) for the originator' 'Agent(s) for the originator' * Delete whichever is inapplicable. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. *Delete if inapplicable. *Delete if inapplicable. *Delete if inapplicable. *Delete if inapplicable. *Delete if inapplicable. Insert as appropriate: 'Intervener' 'An officer of the Intervener' 'Solicitor(s) for the intervener' 'Agent(s) for the intervener' * Delete whichever is inapplicable. Insert as appropriate: 'Originator' 'An officer of the originator' 'Solicitor(s) for the originator' 'Agent(s) for the originator' * Delete whichever is inapplicable. * Delete whichever is inapplicable. L.N. 118/87. Citation and interpretation. (App. I, p. SI.) First Schedule. (Cap. 313.) (App. I, p. T1.) Second Schedule. First Schedule. Third Schedule. (App. I, p.K1.) (Cap. 369.) Application. Power of Director in respect of appointments and delegations. Fees. (Cap. 281, sub. leg.) Transitional. Category A substances-discharge. Category A-tank washing in all areas. First Schedule. Category A residual mixtures-discharge. Categories B and C substances-discharge. Categories B and C-unloading in all areas. Categories B and C-tank washing outside Special Areas. Category B-tank washing in Special Areas. Category C-tank washing in Special Areas. Categories B and C residual mixtures-discharge. Categories D substances-discharge. Categories D residual mixtures-discharge. Unassessed liquid substances-discharge. Clean and segregated ballast and non-polluting liquid substances-discharge. Emergency discharges. Exemption-Categories A, B and C. Oil-like substances. Procedures and Arrangements Manual. Cargo Record Book. Pumping arrangements. Equipment and arrangements. Survey requirements. (Cap. 369.) Issue of INLS and HKNLS Certificates. Maintenance of condition after survey. Equivalents. Exemptions. Prohibition on uncertificated carriage. Penalties. Detention. (1894 c. 60.) (App. I, p. BG1.) [regs. 1(2), 2 to 13, 16, 17 and 25.] L.N. 119/87. Citation. Interpretation. (Cap. 313.) (App. I, p. BG1.) (Cap. 369.) Application. Duty to report. (App. I, p. K1.) (App. I, p. BG1.) Contents of reports. Supplementary reports. Reporting procedures. Penalties. L.N. 115/87. Citation. Hong Kong dollar equivalents. (1979 c. 39.) (App. III, p. AN1.) L.N. 12/87. Citation. Calculation of gross tonnage. (1979 c. 39.) (App. I, p. AB 1.) Use of best evidence available of ship's measurements.

Edition

1964

Volume

v28

Number of Pages

511
]]>
Wed, 24 Aug 2011 10:48:37 +0800
<![CDATA[MERCHANT SHIPPING (INSTRUCTIONS TO SURVEYORS) (PASSENGER SHIPS) REGULATIONS]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3868

Title

MERCHANT SHIPPING (INSTRUCTIONS TO SURVEYORS) (PASSENGER SHIPS) REGULATIONS

Description






MERCHANT SHIPPING (INSTRUCTIONS TO

SURVEYORS) (PASSENGER SHIPS) REGULATIONS.



(Ord. No. 10 of 1899, section 10(6)).
[4th October, 1941.]

PRELIMINARY.



1. The object of these instructions is to secure uniformity of action
by Government surveyors of ships in the performance of their duties in regard
to the survey of passenger ships under the provisions of the Merchant
Shipping Ordinance and also to indicate to shipowners, shipbuilders and others
concerned the conditions under which the Governor is prepared to issue safety
certificates or passenger certificates.

Government surveyors are in no case to give a declaration either for the
hull, boilers, machinery or equipment or any other matter unless they are fully
satisfied that all the requirements of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance and of
the Merchant Shipping Acts 1894 to 1958, relating to these matters have been
complied with.

It is the duty of the Government surveyors of ships to satisfy themselves
personally regarding every detail of the survey of a passenger ship and not,
without the authority of the Principal Surveyor of Ships, to trust to any
certificate or other document given by any person not responsible to the
Governor. This instruction does not apply to certificates of compass
adjustment.

11. (1) So far as the same are not inconsistent with the provisions of these
instructions the definitions contained in regulation 2 of the Merchant Shipping
(Life Saving Appliances) Regulations- 1935, notwithstanding their revocation
by the Merchant Shipping (Life Saving Appliances) Regulations, shall apply in
the interpretation of these instructions.

(2) In these instructions

'Principal Surveyor of Ships' means the Assistant Director of Marine (Ship
Surveys);

-Declaration of Survey' means a declaration made under Part VI of the
Merchant Shipping Ordinance;

force by virtue of section 119(1) of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance,
Chapter 281. They were amended by G.N.A. 169/50.





'Safety convention ship' means a ship belonging to a country to which
the Safety Convention applies and the expression 'Safety
Convention passenger steamer' shall be construed accordingly;

-Special passenger trade- or 'Simla Special Trade' means any passenger
trade in which passenger steamers are employed in the carriage of
large numbers of unberthed passengers, and 'special passenger
trade voyage' shall be construed accordingly.

111. Every passenger steamer must be surveyed at least once every
year. The survey will be arranged on the application of the owners
whose duty it is to cause such survey to be made. Application for
survey should be made on the form Surveys 6 which can be obtained at
the Principal Surveyor of Ship's Office.

IV. In order that the survey may be taken in hand without delay, at
least three days' notice should be given to the Principal Surveyor of
Ships.

V. Except by the express direction of the Principal Surveyor of
Ships, no survey shall be commenced until the appropriate fee is paid.

VI. Government surveyors of ships should, if possible, make their
inspections when the owner, agent, master or chief mate and chief
engineer of the vessel are present. Defects can then be pointed out to
the proper persons without incurring the uncertainty and delay
attendant upon messages delivered to subordinate officers.

If the owners do not instruct a responsible representative to be
present, the Government surveyor of ships will proceed with the survey
in his absence.

VII. In order to prevent mistakes as to the nature and extent of
repairs required by the Government surveyors whenever they cannot
give a declaration until repairs are effected or alterations made, they will,
on request, give to the owner or agent a written statement of the nature
and extent of the defects to be remedied or alterations required.

If any difference of opinion should arise or any questions be raised
between the Government surveyor of ships and the owner, or other
persons interested in the survey, the case should be reported to the
Principal Surveyor of Ships.

VIII. After the completion of the survey no change is to be made in
the approved structural arrangements, watertight subdivision
arrangements, passenger accommodation, equipments or machinery
without the sanction of the Principal Surveyor of Ships.





Surveyors should therefore make it generally known to owners
and their technical representatives that where it is proposed to
make any alterations or additions affecting the ship or its
machinery or equipments, or the passengers' or crew's accom-
modation, prior information should be given to the Principal
Surveyor of Ships so that appropriate action can be taken before
such alterations or additions are made.

In all cases the Principal Surveyor of Ships will decide
whether or not it will be necessary to issue fresh declarations or
certificates.

IX. When from any cause a passenger steamship has
sustained damage affecting her seaworthiness or efficiency in any
part of her hull, equipments or machinery a Government surveyor
of ships is to go on board and ascertain the extent of the damage.

The surveyor should at once report to the Principal Surveyor
of Ships the result of his examination, and whether in his opinion
the vessel is rendered inefficient or unseaworthy in hull, machinery
.or equipment, and whether or not he has detained the ship.

On completion of any repairs a full report is to be filed in
the office of the Principal Surveyor of Ships.

X. For the convenience of ship-builders and shipowners,
the Government allows the surveyors to undertake the survey, or
partial survey, during construction, of ships which will not qualify
for a passenger certificate owing to the absence of passenger
accommodation, or to non-compliance with the regulations having
reference to hull, life-saving appliances, or other part of the
equipment, machinery or boilers, and after such a survey, or
partial survey (which may include the steam trial), the Govern-
ment will, if desired, issue a letter certifying that the hull,
machinery, boilers, or other parts specified, have been constructed
to the satisfaction of the surveyor, and that, had the regulations
been fully complied with in all other respects, the ship would
have been entitled to a passenger certificate under the provisions
of the Merchant Shipping Ordinance.

In the survey for a certifying letter the procedure should be
identical with that followed in the survey for passenger certificate.

A letter similar in character to the above will be issued by
the Government in respect of new engines, boilers, or auxiliary
machinery which have been constructed under survey in the usual
way, but do not comply with the highest legal requirements, and
are therefore not entitled to a certificate.

When for any reason, a ship is* not to be surveyed during
construction for a passenger certificate or certifying letter the
Principal Surveyor of Ships will undertake to examine and advise





upon any plans showing the hull scantlings, watertight subdivision and other
arrangements and details proposed for the ship, and, where the final proposals
comply with the legal requirements for passenger ships, to issue a certifying
letter to that effect.

PART 1.

CONSTRUCTION OF HULL.

1. (1) Every new steamship for which, when completed, a safety
certificate or a passenger certificate will be required, is to be surveyed during
construction and these Instructions are for the guidance of the surveyor in
carrying out this duty.

(2) All proposals relating to hull scantlings, structural strength, watertight
subdivision, escapes, weathertight arrangements and fire-resisting bulkheads are
in the first instance to be referred to the Principal Surveyor of Ships. (See
paragraph 74).

(3) In order to avoid the inconvenience and delay which might arise if
alterations or amendments are deemed necessary the various plans and
particulars should be submitted before the work is put in hand at the ship.

(4) As the construction of the ship proceeds the surveyor is to satisfy
himself that the arrangements and details in connexion with the structure of the
hull, watertight subdivision, fire-resisting bulkheads, etc., are in accordance with
the approved plans and these Instructions. Where any parts or arrangements are
found to be materially different from those approved by the surveyor of ships
or are unsatisfactory in any respect the surveyor is at once to forward a report
to the Principal Surveyor of Ships.

All pressure and hose tests specified in these Instructions are to be carried
out in the presence and to the satisfaction of the surveyor, who will make
appropriate records of the tests.

(5) Standard of Subdivision: The surveyor must satisfy himself that the
approved standard of subdivision is provided in the ship and the procedure
described below is generally to be followed

(a) Spacing of watertight bulkheads: The positions of the main transverse
bulkheads are to be noted from the approved subdivision plans and recorded in
Form B.H.1. These positions are to be checked at the ship together with those
of the approved steps and recesses in the watertight bulkheads, and the arrange
ment of longitudinal watertight and non-watertight bulkheads.





1 (b) Form of ship: In order that the surveyor may satisfy himself that
the form of the ship as built substantially agrees with the particulars
from which the flooding curves have been developed, the following or
other approved procedure is to be adopted

The surveyor is to measure from the plans and enter in Form B.H.1
a series of depths and breadths to the moulded lines in the plane of
each main transverse bulkhead. In ordinary cases it will be sufficient to
measure the breadth at points obtained by dividing the depth into six
equal parts. If, however, the breadths could be more conveniently taken
at each tenth of the ship's length or in any other positions, definite
proposals to that effect are to be submitted for consideration.

When the construction of the ship is sufficiently advanced the
corresponding breadths are to be measured at the ship and

cl

entered in Form B.H.1.

(c) Appropriation of Spaces: The appropriation of all spaces upon
which the calculations of average permeabilitles and criterion numeral
are based is to be entered in Form B.H.1 and B.H.1A, and when the ship
is completed the surveyor is to examine each space and satisfy himself
that it will be used for the purpose shown on the approved plans.

If it appears that a space will be used for a purpose such as would
involve a higher average permeability of the portion of the ship in which
the space is situated or an increase in the criterion numeral, the
surveyor is to call the builder's attention to the matter and report full
particulars to the Principal Surveyor of Ships.

(d) Inspection of Subdivision Loadline Markings: Before issuing
his declaration the surveyor is to inspect the subdivision loadline
marks placed on the ship's sides, and satisfy himself that they are in
accordance with paragraph 16 of these Instructions. The surveyor is
held responsible for the duty of ensuring that the positions of the
marks to which the ship may load when carrying passengers
correspond with the approved subdivision draughts.

(6) Entries in Form B.H.1: All particulars for which provision is
made in Form B.H.1 are to be entered therein and on completion of the
ship this form, with the diagram B.H.1A attached, is to be forwarded to
the Principal Surveyor of Ships for examination and record.

Strength and inspection of hulls of new ships.

2. The. structural plans and particulars specified in paragraph
74(1)(a) and (b) and any others which may be necessary for





the purpose are to be submitted so that the Surveyor of Ships may
determine whether the strength of all parts of the structure of the ship
will be sufficient.

If after approval of these submissions any structural modifications
are made which may affect the strength of the ship or any of its parts,
they are to be reported in detail for the Principal Surveyor of Ships'
approval and instructions, and before issuing his declaration the
surveyor is to satisfy himself that in all respects the ship has been
constructed in accordance with the structural plans as finally approved
by the Surveyor of Ships.

3. The surveyor is not to undertake the first survey of a ship for a
safety certificate or a passenger certificate after the hull is complete,
painted and cemented until he has reported full particulars of the case to
the Principal Surveyor of Ships and received instructions as to the
action to be taken.

Surveys made while a ship is being built are for the purpose of
enabling the surveyor to form an opinion of the material, construction
and workmanship, and when a surveyor declines to grant a declaration
in consequence of not having inspected the hull before it was painted
and cemented, the owners or builders of the ship are to be referred to the
Principal Surveyor of Ships who will decide what steps are to be taken.

4. During the survey for a safety certificate or a passenger
certificate for the first time the bottom of a new ship need not be
examined in dry dock after launching, if it has been examined by the
surveyor before the ship is launched, unless he has special reasons for
considering it necessary. In each case the procedure followed is to be
recorded.

Watertight subdivision

5. Every passenger ship shall be as efficiently subdivided as is
possible having regard to its intended service. The instructions laid
down in paragraphs 6 to 14 give effect to this principle by providing for
the degree of subdivision to vary with the length of the ship and with
the service in such manner that the highest degree of subdivision is
required in ships of the greatest length primarily engaged in the carriage
of passengers.

6. (1) The Subdivision Load-line is the water-line drawn parallel to
the keel, used in determining the subdivision of the ship. (See also
paragraph 16).

(2) The Length of the Ship (L), in ships of the usual form at the
ends, is to be measured between perpendiculars taken at the





extremities of the deepest subdivision load-line. (See note (i), Appendix I).

(3) The Breadth of the Ship (B), is the extreme width from outside of
frame to outside of frame at or below the subdivision load-line.

(4) The Bulkhead Deck is the uppermost continuous deck to which all
transverse watertight bulkheads are carried. (See also paragraph 7).

(5) The Margin Line is a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side
line, and three inches below the upper surface of that deck at side. (See also
paragraph 7 and Notes, Appendix I).

(6) The Draught (d) is the vertical distance from the top of keel amidships
to the subdivision load-line.

(7) The Freeboard (f) is the vertical distance from the subdivision load-line
to the margin line amidships. (See also Notes, Appendix I).

(8) The Sheer of the bulkhead deck at any point is the vertical distance
between the beam at side line at that point and a line drawn parallel to the
subdivision load-line at the height of the beam at side line amidships. (See also
Notes and Diagrams 1 to 6, Appendix 1).

(9) The Block Co-efficient of Fineness of Displacement to' Subdivision
Load-Line referred to in Appendix 1 shall be determined as follows-Volume of
displacement to moulded lines

(L.B.d.).

(10) The Permeability (p) of a space is the percentage of that space which
can be occupied by water.

The volume of a compartment which extends above the margin line shall be
measured only to the height of that line. (See paragraphs 9 and 11).

(11) The Machinery Space is to be taken as extending in length between the
extreme main transverse watertight bulkheads bounding the spaces devoted to
the main and auxiliary propelling machinery, including boilers when installed,
and it shall contain all permanent coal bunkers. (See also paragraph 11).

No adjustment to this length will, as a general rule, be necessary unless the
sectional area at the after perpendicular exceeds one-tenth of the midship
sectional area, in which case full particulars should be submitted in order that
an equitable length may be determined.

Where there is a variation in the thickness of the bulkhead deck at side, the
top of the deck should be taken at the least thickness of the deck at side above
the beam. If desired, however, the top of the deck may be taken at the mean
thickness of the deck at side above the beam as calculated for the whole length
of the deck; in this calculation no greater thickness is to be used than the least
thickness plus two inches.





(12) Passenger Spaces are those which are provided for the
accommodation and use of passengers, excluding baggage, store,
provision and mail rooms.

For the purposes of paragraphs 9 and 11, spaces provided below
the margin line for the accommodation and use of the crew shall be
regarded as passenger spaces.

(13) A Watertight Deck is a deck so constructed as to prevent water
under pressure from passing through in either an upward or a
downward direction.

(14) A Weathertight Deck is one through which, in ordinary sea
conditions, water will not penetrate in a downward direction. The
bulkhead deck is in all cases to be weathertight in this sense unless
there is a. deck above it which is weathertight.

(15) Units of Measurement. Except where otherwise specified all
linear dimensions are to be in feet and volumes in cubic feet, the latter
being calculated to moulded lines.

(16) For floodable length, permissible length, factor of subdivision
and criterion of service see paragraphs 7, 10, and 11 respectively.

Flooding calculations

7. (1) In order to determine the subdivision of a ship it will be
necessary to develop flooding curves which will indicate the floodable
length at any point in the length of the ship.

(2) For a ship which has a continuous bulkhead deck this
floodable length is the maximum portion of the length of the
ship having its centre at the point in question, which can be
flooded under the definite assumptions as to permeability laid
down in paragraph 9, without submerging the margin line.

(3) If the ship has not a continuous bulkhead deck, the floodable
length is to be calculated with reference to an assumed continuous
margin line up to which, having regard to sinkage and trim after
flooding, the sides of the ship and the bulkheads are watertight, special
consideration being given to the requirements of these Instructions in
which reference is made to the margin line. Examples of the procedure to
be followed in certain cases are given in Diagrams 2 to 6, Appendix 1.

8. Flooding curves are to be developed by a method of calculation
which takes due account of the form, draught, and other characteristics
of the ship in question. For the present the method described in
Appendix 1 is to be used generally and to the exclusion of independent
calculations, provided, however, that





where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Principal Surveyor of Ships
that a ship is of such unusual form that this method is not completely
accurate, an approved alternative method may be used. (See paragraph
75).

9. (1) The definite assumptions referred to in paragraph 7 relate to
the permeabilities of the spaces below the margin line.

In determining the floodable length, a uniform average permeability
shall be used throughout the whole length of each of the following
portions of the ship below the margin line

(a) the machinery space as defined in paragraph 6(11);

(b) the portion forward of the machinery space; and

(c) the portion abaft the machinery space.
(2) (a) For steamships the uniform average permeability
throughout the machinery space shall be determined from the formula

80 12.5 a c 1 where

a volume of the passenger spaces, as defined in paragraph 6(12)
which are situated below the margin line within the limits of the
machinery space.

c volume of between deck spaces below the margin line within the
limits of the machinery space which are appropriated to cargo, coal or
stores.

v whole volume of the machinery space below the margin line.

(b) For ships propelled by internal combustion engines, the
uniform average permeability shall be taken as 5 greater than that given
by the above formula.

(c) Where it is sh own to the satisfaction of the Principal Surveyor
of Ships that the average permeability of the machinery space, as
determined by detailed calculation, is less than that. given by the
formula, the calculated value may be substituted. For the purposes of
such calculation, the permeabilities of passenger spaces, as defined in
paragraph 6(12), shall be taken as 95, that of all cargo, coal and store
spaces as 60, and that of double bottom, oil fuel and other tanks at such
values as may be approved in each case by the Principal Surveyor of
Ships.

(3) The uniform average permeability throughout the portion of the
ship before (or abaft) the machinery space shall be determined from the
formula

63 35 a where
v





a volume of the passenger spaces, as defined in paragraph 6(12) which
are situated below the margin line, before (or abaft) the machinery space, and

v whole volume of the portion of the ship below the margin line before
(or abaft) the machinery space.

(4) If a between deck compartment between two watertight transverse
bulkheads contains any passenger or crew space, the whole of that
compartment, less any space completely enclosed within permanent steel
bulkheads and appropriated to other purposes, shall be regarded as passenger
space. If, however, the passenger or crew space in question is completely
enclosed within permanent steel bulkheads, only the space so enclosed need be
considered as passenger space.

10. (1) Permissible Length: The maximum permissible length of a
compartment having its centre at any point in the ship's length is obtained from
the floodable length by multiplying the latter by an appropriate factor called the
factor of subdivision.

(2) Factor of Subdivision: The factor of subdivision shall depend on the
length of the ship, and for a given length shall vary according to the nature of the
service for which the ship is intended. It shall decrease in a regular and
continuous manner

(a) as the length of the ship increases; and

(b) from a factor A, applicable to ships primarily engaged

in the carriage of cargo, to a factor B, applicable to ships primarily
engaged in the carriage of passengers.

The variations of the factors A and B respectively shall be expressed by
the following formulae

190

A .18 (L 430 and upwards) (i)

L 198

B 100 18 (L 260 and upwards) (ii)

L 138

where L is the length of the ship, as defined in paragraph 6(2).

11. (1) For a ship of given length the appropriate factor of subdivision
shall be determined by the Criterion of Service Numeral (hereinafter called the
Criterion Numeral) as given by the following formulae where

Cs the Criterion Numeral;

L length of the ship, as defined in paragraph 6(2);

In consequence of this paragraph the diagram Plate I in Volume 11 of the
'Instructions as to the Survey of Passenger Steamships' (published by the
Ministry of Shipping, London) is cancelled.





M the volume of the machinery space, as defined in paragraph
6(11); with the addition thereto of the volume of any permanent oil fuel
bunkers which may be situated above the inner bottom and before (or
abaft) the machinery space;

P the whole volume of the passenger spaces below the margin
line, as defined in paragraph 6(12);

V the whole volume of the ship below the margin line;

N number of passengers for which the ship is to be certified; and

P, 6LN where 6L represents the specific volume per passenger in
cubic feet for criterion purposes. (Where, however, it is shown to the
satisfaction of the Principal Surveyor of Ships that the value of .6LN is
greater than the sum of P and the whole volume of the actual passenger
spaces above the margin line, the lower figure may be taken provided
that the value of P,, used is not less than ALN).

When P, is greater than P

Cs 72 M 2P . ...............(iii)

V P1 P

and in other cases

Cs 72 M 2P .................1 (iv)

V

(2) Limiting Values of Criterion Numeral

(a) Values of Cs less than 23 shall be taken as 23 and

(b) Values of Cs greater than 123 shall be taken as 123.

(c) For the purposes of paragraph 12(2) and 12(3)

S 4691 10L
17

(3) For ships not having a continuous bulkhead deck, the volumes
are to be taken up to the actual margin lines used in determining the
floodable lengths.

12. (1) The subdivision abaft the fore peak of ships 430 feet in
length and upwards shall be governed by the factor F given by the
formula

F A (A B) (Cs 23) (V)
100

Where A and B respectively are the factors (i) and (ii) defined in
paragraph 10.





Where the factor F is less than .40 and it is shown to the
satisfaction of the Principal Surveyor of Ships to be impracticable to
comply with the factor F in a machinery compartment of the ship, the
length of such compartment may be governed by an increased factor,
which, however, shall not exceed .40.

(2) The subdivision abaft the fore peak of ships less than 430
feet but not less than 260 feet in length having a criterionnumeral not
less than S, shall be governed by the factor F given by the formula

F 1 (1 B) (Cs S)
123 -S

where B is the factor (ii) defined in paragraph 10.

(3) The subdivision abaft the fore peak of ships less than 430
feet but not less than 260 feet in length and having a criterion numeral
less than S; and of all ships less than 260 feet in length, shall be
governed by the factor unity, unless it is shown to the satisfaction of
the Surveyor of Ships to be impracticable to comply with this factor in
any part of the ship, in which case, the Principal Surveyor of Ships may
allow such relaxation as may appear to be justified, having regard to all
the circumstances.

(4) The provisions of sub-paragraph (3) shall apply also to
ships of whatever length, which are to be certified to carry a number of
passengers exceeding 12, but not exceeding either LI. in feet

50, whichever is the less.

13. (1) Permissible length of pairs of compartments:

(a) A compartment may exceed the permissible length determined
by the rules of paragraph 12, provided the combined length of each pair
of adjacent compartments to which the compartment in question is
common, does not exceed either the floodable length, or twice the
permissible length, whichever is the less (see also clause (4) of this
paragraph).

(b) If one of the two adjacent compartments is situated inside the
machinery space, and the second is situated outside the machinery
space, and the average permeability of the portion of the ship in which
the second is situated differs from that of the machinery space, the
combined length of the two compartments shall be adjusted to the mean
average permeability of the two portions of the ship in which the
compartments are situated.

(c) Where the lengths of two adjacent compartments are governed
by different factors of subdivision, the combined length of the two
compartments shall be determined proportionately.





(2) Additional subdivision at Forward end: In ships 430 feet in
length and upwards, one of the main transverse bulkheads abaft the
fore peak shall be fitted at a distance from the forward perpendicular
which is not greater than the permissible length.

(3) Recesses in Bulkheads: A main transverse bulkhead may be
recessed provided that all parts of the recess lie inboard of vertical
surfaces on both sides of the ship, situated at a distance from the shell
plating equal to .20B, and measured at right angles to the centre-line at
the level of the deepest subdivision loadline.

Any part of a recess which lies outside these limits shall be dealt
with as a step in accordance with the following subparagraph.

(4) Steps in Bulkheads: A main transverse bulkhead may be
stepped provided that

(a)the combined length of the two compartments, separated by
the bulkhead in question, does not exceed 90 per cent of the
floodable length; or

(b)additional subdivision is provided in way of the step to
maintain the same measure of safety as that secured by a plane
bulkhead.

(5) Equivalent plane Bulkheads: Where a main transverse bulkhead
is recessed or stepped, and equivalent plane bulkhead shall be used in
determining the subdivision.

(6) Minimum spacing of Bulkheads: If the distance between two
adjacent main transverse bulkheads, or their equivalent plane
bulkheads, or the distance between the transverse planes passing
through the nearest stepped portions of the bulkheads, is less than
feet, only one of these bulkheads shall be regarded as forming part of
the subdivision of the ship in accordance with the provisions of
paragraph 12.

(7) Allowance for Local Subdivision:

(a) Where a main transverse watertight compartment contains local
subdivision and it can be shown to the satisfaction of the Surveyor of
Ships that, after any assumed side damage extending over a length in
feet of the whole volume of the main compartment will not be flooded, a
proportionate allowance may be made in the permissible length
otherwise required for such compartment.

In such a case the volume of effective buoyancy assumed on the
undamaged side shall not be greater than that assumed on the damaged
side.

(b) The claim for such allowance shall be accompanied by plans
showing the proposed local subdivision and the volumes of





the main and sub-compartments concerned. No allowance will be made
where the main compartment and sub-compartments are liable to be in
open communication, below the level of the margin line, through air,
sounding or other pipes, etc.

(8) Longitudinal Subdivision:

(a) Where it is proposed to fit watertight decks, inner skins or
longitudinal bulkheads, watertight or non-watertight, the Surveyor of
Ships shall be satisfied that the safety of the ship will not be diminished
in any respect, particularly having in view the possible listing effect of
flooding in way of such structural arrangements. Except as provided in
sub-paragraph (7) no relaxation from the requirements for transverse
subdivision shall be made in respect of longitudinal subdivision.

(b) The arrangements which fall within the general category of
longitudinal subdivision are of such a varied character that it is not
possible to lay down definite rules which would apply equitably to all
cases that may arise in practice.

(e) Calculations of angle of heel or of effect on stability may be
necessary and plans showing the proposed longitudinal subdivision are
therefore to be submitted for the Principal Surveyor of Ships for
consideration and decision as to the calculations to be made and the
spaces to be assumed flooded.

The object of these calculations is to show:

(i) The angle of heel which might result from flooding due to side
damage extending over a length in feet not exceeding

If this angle is more than the Surveyor of Ships will as a rule
require such arrangements to be made as will enable the list to be
expeditiously reduced to an angle not exceeding

(ii) The angle of heel which might result from flooding of such
compartments as may reasonably be assumed vulnerable under certain
conditions of damage having regard to the arrangements under
consideration.

If this angle is such that the margin line would not be submerged
the arrangements may be allowed, otherwise they will require
modification.

(iii) The effect on stability of flooding in way of a-watertight deck.

The result of this calculation will be considered on its merits.

(d) In making these calculations the ship is to be assumed to be in
the worst anticipated service condition as regards stability, the
permeabilities of the spaces assumed to be flooded being taken
consistent with this condition as far as possible.





(e) The stability conditions assumed in these calculations are to be
confirmed after the ship has been inclined (see paragraph 53).

14. (1) Collision Bulkhead: Every ship shall have a forepeak or
collision bulkhead, which shall be watertight up to the bulkhead deck.
This bulkhead shall be fitted not less than and not more than from the
forward perpendicular.

If the ship has a long forward superstructure, the fore-peak
bulkhead shall be extended weathertight to the deck next above the
bulkhead deck. The extension need not be fitted directly over the
bulkhead below, provided it is at least from the forward perpendicular,
and the part of the bulkhead deck which forms the step is made
effectively weathertight. (See paragraph

(2) After-peak and Machinery Space Bulkheads: An afterpeak
bulkhead, and bulkheads dividing the machinery space, as defined in
paragraph 6(11), from the cargo and passenger spaces forward and aft,
shall also be fitted and made watertight up to the bulkhead deck. The
after-peak bulkhead may, however, be stopped below the bulkhead
deck, provided the degree of safety of the ship as regards subdivision
is not thereby diminished.

(3) Stern Tubes and Glands: In all cases stern tubes shall be
enclosed in watertight spaces. The stern gland shall be situated within a
watertight shaft tunnel or other space of such volume that if flooded by
leakage through the stern gland the margin line will not be submerged.

The height and width of the watertight tunnel or compartment
shall be sufficient at every part to allow proper attention being given to
shaft couplings, bearings, etc., within the space.

When the tunnels or their equivalent form part of the scheme of
subdivision of a ship they shall be constructed as required by
paragraphs 17 to 25.

15. (1) Longitudinal Extent:

(a) In ships 200 feet and under 249 feet in length a double bottom
shall be fitted at least from the machinery space to the fore peak
bulkhead, or as near thereto as practicable.

(b) In ships 249 feet and under 330 feet in length a double bottom
shall be fitted at least outside the machinery space, and shall extend to
the fore and after peak bulkheads, or as near thereto as practicable.

(c) In ships 330 feet in length and upwards a double bottom shall
be fitted amidships, and shall extend to the fore and after peak
bulkheads, or as near thereto as practicable.






(2) Transverse Extent:

(a) Where a double bottom is required to be fitted the inner bottom
shall be continued out to the ship's sides in such a manner as to protect
the bottom to the turn of bilge.

(b) Such protection will be deemed satisfactory if the line of
intersection of the outer edge of the margin plate with the bilge plating is
not lower at any part than a horizontal plane passing through the point
of intersection with the frame line amidships of a transverse diagonal
line inclined at 25 degrees to. the base line and cutting it at a point one-
half the ship's moulded breadth from the middle line.

(3) Wells in Inner Bottom: Wells constructed in the double bottom
in connexion with the drainage arrangements shall not extend
downwards more than necessary, nor shall they be less than 18 inches
from the outer bottom or from the inner edge of the margin plate. A well
extending to the outer bottom is, however, permitted at the after end of
the shaft tunnel of screw ships.

(4) Means of Access-Protection of Air and Sounding Pipes: The
inner bottom must only be pierced for such manholes as are necessary
for access and must be fitted with efficient covers having such
arrangements as will secure effective watertight joints. All air and
sounding pipes are to be effectively protected against risk of damage
from cargo, coal, etc. (See paragraphs 124, 260 and 261).

16. (1) (a) In order that the required degree of subdivision shall be
maintained, a load-line, corresponding to the approved sub-division
draught is to be assigned and marked on the ship's sides.

(b) Ships having spaces which are adapted for the accommodation
of passengers and the carriage of cargo alternatively may have, if the
owners desire, one or more additional load-line marks corresponding to
the subdivision draughts approved for the alternative conditions.

(c) The positions of the subdivision load-lines and the conditions
under which they apply shall be determined in every case by a Surveyor
of Ships.

(2) The subdivision load-lines assigned and marked under the
foregoing provisions shall be recorded in the Safety Certificate, and
shall be distinguished by the notation C.1 for the principal passenger
condition, and C.2, C.3, etc., for the alternative conditions.





(3) The freeboard corresponding to each of these loadlines
inserted in the Safety Certificate shall be measured at the same position
and from the same deck line as the freeboards determined by the Load
Line Rules.

(4) In no case shall any subdivision loadline mark be placed above
the deepest loadline in salt water as determined by the strength of the
ship and/or the Load Line Rules.

(5) As regards inspection of subdivision loadlines, see paragraph
1(5)(d).

Construction and Scantlings of Watertight Bulkheads,
Decks, Recesses, Trunks, Tunnels, Inner
Skins and Oil Fuel Tanks.

17. All watertight bulkheads, decks, recesses, etc., forming part of
the subdivision arrangements should be of such strength and so
constructed as to be capable of supporting with a proper margin of
resistance, the pressure due to a head of water up to the margin line.

18. (1) Plating: Transverse bulkheads shall be watertight up to the
bulkhead deck, and shall have plating of not less thickness than
required by Table 4, Appendix 11.

Where a transverse bulkhead is at the end of a stokehold space,
the lower part of the bulkhead plating to a height of at least 24 inches
above the stokehold floor, shall be at least .1 inch thicker than given by
the Table.

Where a transverse bulkhead is at the end of a bunker space, the
lowest strake shall be at least 36 inches high and 1 inch thicker than
given by the Table. In all other cases the lowest strake shall be at least
.04 inch thicker, except that any limber plates shall be 1 inch thicker.

(2) Boundary Angles: These may be single and shall be at least 1
inch thicker than the bulkhead plating required by the Table.

(3) Stiffeners:

(a) These shall be in accordance with Table 1 or Table 2, Appendix
11, in association with a spacing of 30 inches. Other forms of stiffener
may be adopted if they provide not less strength and stiffness than
those tabulated, and the spacing of stiffeners may be increased up to a
maximum of 36 inches, provided they be correspondingly increased in
strength and stiffness.

The lower end of each stiffener is to be attached to the shell
plating, to the inner bottom plating or to efficient horizontal plating.





(b) At each deck level which forms the top of a system of
stiffeners, plating is to be provided of a character which will ensure
horizontal rigidity in the bulkhead.

(c) In the case of hold stiffeners connected to the inner bottom
plating the lower bracket or its connecting angle shall extend over the
floor adjacent to the bulkhead; the upper bracket is to be connected to
angles which extend over the beam space, or other effective means shall
be adopted for securing the necessary structural rigidity at these parts.

(d) Where stiffeners are cut in way of watertight doors in the lower
part of a bulkhead, the opening is to be suitably framed and bracketed,
and a tapered web plate or buttress, stiffened on its edge, is to be fitted
at each side of the door from the base of the bulkhead to well above the
door opening.

Where stiffeners are not cut, but where the space between
stiffeners has to be increased on account of watertight doors in tween
deck bulkheads, the stiffeners at the sides of the doorway shall be
increased in depth and strength.

In all cases where stiffeners are cut, or are widely spaced, the
efficiency shall be at least equal to that of the unpierced bulkhead,
without taking the door-frames into consideration.

The frames of watertight doors are to be well fitted and strongly
connected to the bulkhead.

(4) Riveting:

(a) The rivets in seams, and connexions of plating and boundary
bars of bulkheads shall be spaced not more than 41 diameters centre to
centre, except on the shell flange of boundary angles where they may be
5 diameters centre to centre.

(b) Where the distance below the bulkhead deck is more than 35
feet, the boundary angles shall be double riveted in both flanges, and
the vertical connexion of plates shall also be double riveted.

(c) The rivets connecting stiffeners to bulkhead plating shall be
spaced not more than seven diameters centre to centre, and in the case
of stiffeners having no bracket attachment, they shall be spaced four
diameters for 15 per cent of their length each end.

(5) Collision Bulkhead: The scantlings, both of plates and
stiffeners shall not be less than are required for ordinary transverse
bulkheads having stiffeners at 30 inch spacing, but the spacing of the
stiffeners is not to exceed 24 inches.

Where this bulkhead extends above the bulkhead deck as required
by paragraph 14, the extension is to have the same scantlings as an
ordinary upper tween deck watertight bulkhead, and is to be made
weathertight.





19. All provisions relating to main transverse watertight bulkheads
shall, so far as is practicable, apply to watertight longitudinal bulkheads.
They shall be equal in strength, stiffness and efficiency to transverse
bulkheads of the same depth and shall be constructed in a similar
manner.

20. (1) Plating: The horizontal plating shall be at least .04 inch
thicker than required for bulkheads at corresponding levels.

(2) Beams: These shall be of the sizes given for stiffeners in Table
2, Appendix 11, in association with a spacing of 30 inches, except where
beams are fitted in short lengths bracketed at each end when they may
be based on Table 1.

The---length-to be used with the Tables is to be the greatest
distance between the points of support (when the beams are bracketed
at one end the length for Table 2 may be reduced by the width of the
bracket) and the---height-is to be the distance from the bulkhead deck to
the watertight deck or flat minus half the 'length'.

(3) Where frames pass through a watertight deck or step,
watertightness is to be maintained by means of caulked angle chocks or
by cast iron or cast steel chocks efficiently secured or rust jointed.

(4) The necessary supports to the beams are to be provided by
bulkheads or by efficient girders pillared as required, care being taken
that the rivet connexions of the pillars are sufficient to withstand the
load due to water pressure. The distance between the fines of support
is not to exceed about 15 feet.

21. These shall be so constructed as to provide strength and
stiffness at all parts not less than as required for watertight bulkheads
and flats.

22. (1) Watertight ventilators and watertight trunks fitted for
ventilation or other purposes shall be carried at least up to the margin
line, and shall be of the same strength as watertight bulkheads at
corresponding levels.

(2) The means for making them watertight and the arrangements
adopted for closing the openings in them shall be to the satisfaction of
the surveyor.

23. (1) The sizes of the stiffeners shall be in accordance with Table
5, Appendix 11 in association with a spacing of 36 inches. The foot of
each stiffener is to overlap and be attached to the tunnel base angle in
all cases.





(2) Curved plating may be of the thickness given in Table 4 for 30
inch spacing, but flat plating is to be of the thickness required for the
actual spacing of the stiffeners.

24. These shall be of such a strength and construction as will
enable them to withstand a head of water up to the bulkhead deck.

25. (1) Double bottoms, peak tanks, deep tanks and bunkers
intended for the storage of oil fuel are to be of approved construction.

(2) If the storage and settling tanks are to be constructed to the
requirements of a recognized Classification Society, a copy of the
detailed plans approved by the Society is to be forwarded for
consideration. In all other cases fully detailed plans of the proposed
construction, including riveting, etc., are to be submitted for approval
before the work is taken in hand. (See paragraphs 74, 257, 258 and
286).

Testing of watertight bulkheads, etc.

26. (1) Testing main compartments by filling them with water is not
compulsory. A complete examination of the bulkheads shall be made by
a surveyor; and, in addition, a hose test shall be made in all cases.

(2) After completion, a hose or flooding test shall be applied to
watertight decks and a hose test to watertight trunks, ventilators .and
tunnels.

(3) Hose testing of watertight bulkheads, decks, and tunnels is to
be carried out under simultaneous inspection on both sides of the
plating, while water is being played upon all riveted and caulked
surfaces.

(4) The pressure of the water in the hose shall not be less than 30
Ibs. per square inch.

27. (1) The fore peak is to be tested by filling it with water up to the
level of the deepest subdivision loadline.

(2) Double bottoms, duct keels and inner skins are to be subjected
to a head of water up to the margin line.

(3) Tanks which are intended to hold liquids and which form part of
the subdivision of the ship are to be subjected to a head of water up to
the deepest subdivision loadline or to a head corresponding to two-
thirds of the depth from the keel to the margin line in way of the tanks,
whichever is the greater.





These tests are for the purpose of ensuring that the subdivision
structural arrangements are watertight, and are not to be regarded as a
test of the fitness of any compartment for the storage of oil fuel or for
other special purposes for which a test of a superior character may be
required, depending on the height to which the liquid has access in the
tank or its connexions. (See paragraph 259).

(4) If a ship under construction is not intended to carry liquid fuel
in the double bottoms, the surveyor need not necessarily witness the
tests of these compartments, unless the ship is not classed. If, however,
the double bottoms are to be used for liquid fuel, the surveyor is to
witness the tests whether the ship is classed or not.

Openings in watertight bulkheads and the means for
closing them.

28. (1) The number of openings in watertight bulkheads shall be
reduced to the minimum compatible with the design and efficient
working of the ship. Satisfactory means shall be provided for closing
these openings.

(2) Special consideration shall be given to the arrangement of air
trunks or tunnels for forced draught so as to avoid, so far as possible,
piercing the watertight bulkheads.

(3) Within the machinery space and apart from those leading to
bunkers and tunnels, there shall not be more than one opening in each
main transverse bulkhead for inter-communication and these openings
shall be so located as to have their sills as high as practicable. When
the engine-room is subdivided by longitudinal watertight bulkheads the
case should be submitted for special consideration under this sub-
paragraph.

29. (1) Doorways, manholes or access openings are not permitted:

(a) in the collision bulkhead below the margin line;

(b)in the main transverse bulkheads dividing a cargo space from
an adjoining cargo space or from a permanent or reserve
bunker, except as provided for in paragraph 41(3).

(2) The collision bulkhead may be pierced below the margin line by
not more than one pipe for dealing with fluid in the forepeak tank,
provided that the pipe is fitted with a screw-down valve capable of
being operated from above the bulkhead deck, the valve chest being
secured to the collision bulkhead inside the fore peak.





(3) Openings closed only by portable bolted plates are not
permitted in watertight bulkheads outside the machinery space. Such
openings may be permitted for special purposes within the machinery
spaces, subject to the condition that they will be closed and made
watertight before the ship leaves port and not opened at sea except in
the case of urgent necessity. The surveyor should ascertain that steps
have been taken for securing compliance with this condition, on the
lines indicated in paragraph 43(13) relating to side scuttles and dead
lights. Whenever these plates are removed, all necessary precautions
should be taken in replacing them to ensure watertightness.

(4) Openings closed by sluice valves are not permitted in the
watertight subdivision bulkheads.

30. Where pipes, electric cables, etc., pass through the main
transverse bulkheads, arrangements shall be made to ensure that the
watertightness of the bulkheads is not impaired. (See paragraph 122(f)

31. The arrangement and efficiency of the means for closing each
opening in watertight bulkheads shall be consistent with its intended
purpose and with the position in which it is fitted, and shall be generally
to the satisfaction of the Surveyor of Ships.

Watertight doors fitted in bulkheads between permanent and
reserve bunkers shall always be accessible except as provided in
paragraph 41(5)(c).

Watertight doors shall comply with the following requirements.

32. (1) The only types of watertight doors permissible are hinged
doors and sliding doors.

(2) A sliding door may have a horizontal or vertical motion. If
required to be hand operated only, the gearing shall be capable of being
worked at the door itself and also at an accessible position above the
bulkhead deck.

33. The permissible classes of doors are:

Class 1. - Hinged doors fitted with catches workable from each side
of the bulkhead.

Class 2-Sliding doors operated by hand gear only.

Class 3-Sliding doors with brass rubbing faces operated by hand
gear only.

Class 4.-Sliding doors with brass faces operated by a releasing
arrangement above the bulkhead deck as described in paragraph 35, and
by hand gear.





Class 5.-Sliding doors with brass rubbing faces operated by power
from a central control, as described in paragraph 36, and by hand gear.

34. The mechanism required for closing sliding watertight doors by
hand from above the bulkhead deck shall be expeditious in its action
and sufficiently powerful to be capable of closing the door under
unfavourable circumstances. The operating gear shall be accessible in
all cases. It should, if possible, consist of a crank handle or a wheel and
handle, and be permanently attached to the shafting so as to be always
ready for use. If this cannot be done, the handle or wheel must be
stowed immediately alongside the working position. There shall be an
index at the operating position showing whether the door is open or
closed. The lead of shafting to the door should be as direct and free
from complications as possible. All screws, rods and other apparatus for
raising and lowering watertight doors must be provided with proper
lubrication, and guarded where necessary.

35. If a door is required to be closed by dropping or by the action
of a dropping weight, it shall be fitted with a suitable arrangement to
regulate the closing movement and the gearing shall be so arranged
that the door can be released both at the door itself and at an accessible
position above the bulkhead deck. Hand gear shall also be provided, so
arranged as to operate' at the door itself and above the bulkhead deck,
and also so that, after being disengaged for dropping, it can be quickly
re-engaged from either the upper or the lower position.

If the surveyor is of opinion that there is danger of persons being
injured while passing through a doorway in a bulkhead owing to the
door being of a quick-closing type, or for any other reason, a report of
all the circumstances should be forwarded to the Principal Surveyor of
Ships before a declaration is issued.

36. If a door is required to be power operated from a central control,
the gearing shall be so arranged that the door can be operated by power
also at the door itself. The arrangement shall be such that the door will
close automatically if opened by the local control after being closed
from the central control, and also such that any door can be kept closed
by local arrangements which will prevent that door from being opened
from the central control. Such power operated doors shall be provided
with hand gear, workable both at the door itself and from an accessible
position above the bulkhead deck.

The arrangements shall comply with the following conditions

The power shall always be available at sea and ample for working
the doors. The source of power shall be in duplicate, each power unit
being sufficient to work the whole of the doors.





An indicator shall be fitted at the central control station showing
when power is available, and it shall be possible to close all the
power worked doors practically simultaneously. The fluid used
in a hydraulic system shall be a non-freezing mixture when low
temperatures are likely to be encountered.

The hand operating gear required to be fitted in connexion
with power-worked doors should be permanently attached to the
doors unless satisfactory means are provided for speedily and
reliably engaging it from above the bulkhead deck. In any case
it should be seen that when the power is shut off there is no
danger of vertical doors dropping, and the arrangements shall be
such that, in the event of the power failing, the working of the
hand gear on doors worked by hydraulic power will not be
prevented or hindered by water-lock in the power or closing gear
pipe.

If bilge floats are fitted the arrangements must not interfere
with any other part of the closing system.

37. In all classes of sliding doors, indicators shall be fitted
at all operating stations other than the door itself, showing
whether the door is opened or closed.

The arrangements at the door shall be such as to minimize
the possibility of tampering to cause the indicator to show a door
closed, when open.

38. (1) Power doors in passenger, crew and working spades,
which are capable of being closed from a position from which the
doors are not visible, shall be fitted with sound signals for giving
sufficient warning in all cases when they are about to be closed.
One movement at the closing station shall be sufficient both to
sound the signals and to close the doors and the signals shall
work effectively even when the vessel has a list.

(2) When the doors are not capable of being closed from a
central control station, means of communication by telegraph,
telephone or otherwise (such as by suitably distributed gongs
sounding loudly an agreed signal), are to be provided whereby
the responsible officer may rapidly communicate with the mem-
bers of the staff responsible for closing doors.

39. (1) Watertight doors shall be constructed to approved
designs. Doors giving direct access to any spaces containing
bunker coal shall, together with the frames, be made of cast or
wrought steel. In other positions, doors and frames may be made
of cast iron.





Brass rubbing faces of sliding doors may be formed either on the
door or frame. They should be protected against damage while a door is
being closed. If brass strips are used they shall be firmly secured and, if
one inch or less in width, they shall be fitted in recesses.

(2) Where screw gear is used for operating the door, the screw
shall work in a gun metal nut.

(3) Vertical doors should have no groove at the bottom in which
dirt may lodge so as to prevent the door closing properly. The bottom
bearing of the door may, however, be of skeleton form so arranged that
dirt cannot easily lodge. The bottom edge of vertical doors shall be
tapered or bevelled to cut through coal or other obstacles.

(4) Unless sliding doors are very substantially constructed
intermediate points of support may be necessary along the leading and
trailing edges, when the doors are in the closed position, especially if
they have to resist considerable pressure.

(5) The frames shall be carefully fitted to the bulkheads and the
joints should be of a kind that will not be liable to deteriorate with age
or be readily injured by heat. Thin hard wood may be used in ordinary
cases, but for bunkers or where oil may take fire the jointing must be
indestructible by fire.

(6) Satisfactory arrangements shall be made by means of screens or
otherwise to prevent coal from interfering with the closing of watertight
bunker doors.

(7) It should be ensured that horizontal sliding doors will not move
when the ship is rolling and where necessary a clip or other device shall
be provided to prevent the door closing when the ship is severely
inclined.

(8) For the efficient working of the doors it is essential that the
working parts should be properly lubricated and the gear guarded
where necessary.

40. (1) Watertight doors shall be tested by water pressure to a head
up to the margin line. The test shall be made before the ship is put in
service either before or after the door is fitted. Where there are several
doors of the same type to be fitted in a ship, one of the type may be
selected for test at the maker's works and, provided the result of the test
is satisfactory, the remaining doors of the type may be accepted
without such tests.

In closing the doors for the test to be applied, the power exerted
should not exceed that available for operating the doors on board the
ship for which they are intended. The frame-work in the workshop to
which the door frame is secured for the





purpose of testing, should not be such as to give greater reinforcement
to the frame than the stiffening on the bulkhead to which it is to be
attached.

The head of water should be taken from the bottom of the door to
the margin line in way of the bulkhead on which the door is fitted, but in
no case should the test pressure be less than 20 feet head for sliding
doors and 10 feet head for hinged doors. The purpose of the test is to
show that the door is of sufficient strength and reasonably tight under
the test pressure. The amount of leakage is to be recorded.

(2) After being fitted in place on the bulkhead, the door including
the watertightness of the attachment of the door frame to the bulkheads,
is to be tested by a hose in the manner required for the bulkhead (see
paragraph 26).

(3) All the doors should be operated by hand, and by power if
provided, in the presence of the Surveyor and the times taken to close
should be reported. In the case of bunker doors the closing tests should
be made when coal is in the bunkers.

(4) The Surveyor should see that the indicators and warning
signals are efficient.

41. (1) Where it is stated in this section that a door -should be of a
specified class, a door of a class bearing a lower number in the table in
paragraph 33 may not be fitted, but a door of a class bearing a higher
number may be fitted.

(2) Hinged watertight doors in passenger, crew, and working
spaces are only permitted above a deck, the under side of which at its
lowest point at side is at least 7 feet above the deepest subdivision
loadline, and they are not permitted in such spaces below such a deck.

(3) Hinged watertight doors of satisfactory construction may be
fitted in bulkheads dividing cargo between deck spaces, in levels in
which side cargo doors would be permitted under the provision of
paragraph 47. These doors shall be closed before the voyage
commences and shall be kept closed during the voyage. The Surveyor
should ascertain that steps have been taken for securing compliance
with this condition, on the lines indicated in paragraph 43(13) relating to
side scuttles and dead lights. The time of opening such doors in port
and of closing them before the ship leaves port shall be entered in the
official log book. Where it is proposed to fit such doors, the number and
arrangements shall be submitted for consideration, and a statement shall
be required from the owners certifying as to the absolute necessity of
such doors.





(4) All other doors shall be sliding doors and when situated with
their sills above the deepest subdivision loadline may, subject to power
doors being required in special cases (sub-paragraph 5(d) be hand
operated sliding doors (Class 3).

(5) When any doors which may be sometimes opened at sea,
excluding those at the entrances of tunnels, are fitted in the main
transverse watertight bulkheads at such a height that their sills ate
below the deepest subdivision loadline, the following rules shall apply,
subject to power operated doors (Class 5) being required in special
cases (sub-paragraphs (c) and (d)

(a) When the number of such doors exceeds five they shall be
power operated (Class 5) and shall be capable of being simultaneously
closed from a station situated on the bridge, the closing of these doors
being preceded by a warning sound signal.

(b) When the number of such doors does not exceed five

(i) if the criterion numeral does not exceed 30, they may be Class 3
doors operated by hand only;

(ii) if the criterion numeral exceeds 30, but does not exceed 60, they
may be either Class 4 dropping doors fitted with releasing gear and
hand gear operated at the door and from above the bulkhead deck, or
doors operated by power;

(iii) if the criterion numeral exceeds 60, they shall be power
operated (Class 5) and shall be capable of being simultaneously closed
from a station situated on the bridge, the closing being preceded by a
warning signal.

(c) If watertight doors which have sometimes to be open at sea for
the purpose of trimming coal are fitted between bunkers in the between
decks below the bulkhead deck, these doors shall be power operated
(Class 5). The opening and closing of these doors is required to be
recorded in the official log book.

(d) When trunkways in connexion with refrigerated cargo are
carried through more than one main transverse watertight bulkhead, and
the sills of the openings are less than 7 feet above the deepest
subdivision loadline, the watertight doors at such openings shall be
power operated (Class 5).

(Note:-The foregoing instructions refer to doors in transverse
bulkheads. If there are doors in longitudinal bulkheads the case
should be submitted to the Principal Surveyor of Ships for instructions
as to the classes of doors required in both the longitudinal and
transverse bulkheads.)

(e) Where trunkways or tunnels for access from crew's
accommodation to the stokehold, for piping or for any other purpose,
give access to the machinery spaces, each such trunkway or tunnel
shall be fitted with a watertight door of the type required by its location
in the ship.





Openings in Ship's Sides below the Margin Line
and means for closing them.

42. (1) The number of openings in the ship's sides below the
margin line shall be reduced to the minimum compatible with the design
and proper working of the ship.

(2) The arrangement and efficiency of the means for closing each
such opening shall be consistent with its intended purpose and the
position in which it is fitted and shall be to the satisfaction of the
Surveyor of Ships.

43. (1) The number of side scuttles which are capable of being
opened shall be reduced to a minimum consistent with the requirements
of the ship's service.

(2) If, in a between decks, the sills of any side scuttles are below a
line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side and having its lowest
point .025 B feet above the deepest subdivision loadline, all side
scuttles in that between decks shall be of a nonopening type.

(3) If, in a between decks, all the sills of the side scuttles are above
the line defined in sub-paragraph (2) but not all above a line drawn
parallel to and 12 feet above it, all the side scuttles in that between deck
shall be either of a non-opening type or of such construction as will
effectively prevent any person opening them without the consent of the
master of the ship.

(4) Other side scuttles may be of any ordinary opening type.

(5) If, in a between decks, the sills of any of the side scuttles of the
opening type referred to in sub-paragraph (3) are below a line drawn
parallel to the bulkhead deck at side and having its lowest point .025B
4.5 feet above the water-line at which the ship is floating on her
departure from any port (or .025B 3.5 feet above the water-line when the
ship is in the tropical zone or in a seasonal tropical area during the
appropriate tropical period under the Load Line Rules), all side scuttles
in that between decks shall be closed watertight and locked before the
ship leaves port and they shall not be opened during navigation. The
Surveyor of Ships will indicate, on the application of the builders or
owners the limiting mean draught at which these side scuttles will have
their sills above the line defined in this paragraph and at which it will be
permissible to open them at sea on the responsibility of the master.

The time of of opening such side scuttles in port and of closing and
locking them before the ship leaves port is required to be entered in the
official log book.





(6) Efficient and permanently attached hinged inside dead lights
arranged so that they can be easily and effectively closed and secured
watertight shall be fitted to all side scuttles

(a) which are required to be of a non-opening type;

(b)which are to be fitted within one-eighth of the ship's length of
the forward perpendicular;

(c)which are to be fitted in positions defined in subparagraph (3);

(d) which will not be accessible during navigation;

(e)which are to be fitted in spaces intended for the
accommodation of sailors and firemen;

which are to be fitted in spaces intended for the
accommodation of steerage passengers.

(7) Side scuttles fitted below the bulkhead deck, other than those
referred to in the sub-paragraph (6), shall be fitted with efficient inside
deadlights which may, however, be portable provided each such
deadlight is stowed adjacent to the side scuttle to which it belongs.

(8) Side scuttles and their deadlights which will not be accessible
during navigation, shall be closed and secured before the ship proceeds
to sea.

(9) No side scuttles shall be fitted in any spaces which are
appropriated exclusively to the carriage of cargo or coal.

(10) Automatic ventilating side scuttles shall not be fitted in the
ship's sides below the margin line without the special sanction of the
Principal Surveyor of Ships.

(11) The above instructions are intended to apply to circular side
scuttles of the usual dimensions. Special patterns of side scuttles have
received the approval of the Principal Surveyor of Ships under certain
conditions, and in submitting the plans showing the builder's proposals
the Surveyor should state whether the side scuttles to be fitted are of
approved design or otherwise. If they are not of approved design, or if
they are of unusual size or construction, full particulars, including detail
plans of the side scuttles, and the position for which they are intended,
should be submitted for the consideration of the Principal Surveyor of
Ships.

(12) Any special rules for side scuttles which may be laid down in
connexion with the Load Line Rules are also to be complied with in
passenger ships.

(13) When any side scuttles and deadlights are required to be kept
closed during navigation, as provided for under the preceding clauses,
the Surveyor should ascertain that the responsible ship's officers have
been properly instructed to that effect, and that an appropriate notice is
posted up in the chart room.





44. (1) The number of scuppers, sanitary discharges and other
similar openings shall be reduced to the minimum either by making each
discharge serve for as many as possible of the sanitary and other pipes,
or in any other satisfactory manner.

(2) (a) Discharges led through the ship's sides from spaces below
the margin line shall be fitted with efficient and accessible means for
preventing water from passing inboard. It is permissible to have for each
separate discharge either one automatic non-return valve fitted with a
positive means of closing it from above the bulkhead deck, or,
alternatively, two automatic nonreturn valves without such means, the
upper of which valves is so situated above the deepest subdivision load
line as to be always accessible for examination under service conditions.

(b) Where a positive action valve is fitted, the operating position
above the bulkhead deck shall always be readily accessible and means
shall be provided for indicating whether the valve is free or closed
down.

(c) Where the two-valve system is adopted the higher valve should
be of the horizontal balanced type normally closed.

(d) The geared valve, or the lower of the two non-geared valves is
to be fitted in a strong valve box secured to the shell plating.

45. (1) Discharge pipes, no matter of what material they may be
made, are not to be fitted in a direct line between the outboard openings
and the connexions with the decks, water closets or similar fittings, but
are to be arranged with bends or elbows of substantial metal, other than
cast iron or lead.

(2) Pipes made of lead should have a sufficient bend to provide for
expansion of the pipe or any movement due to the working of the ship.

(3) The pipes and valves should be protected from the cargo by
substantial casings which need not be watertight.

(4) AU bolts connecting cocks, valves, pipes, etc., to the shell
plating of the ship must have their heads outside and the heads should
be either countersunk, or cup-headed.

(5) When water closets of the under-waterline type are to be fitted,
plans should be specially submitted for approval.

(6) Special arrangements for the drainage of a watertight deck will
usually be necessary, and the drainage pipes shall be so fitted with
valves, or disposed in such a manner, as to avoid risk of water passing
from a damaged to an undamaged compartment.





46. (1) (a) The inboard opening of each ash-shoot, rubbishshoot,
etc., shall be fitted with an efficient cover.

(b) If the inboard opening is situated below the margin line the
cover shall be watertight and in addition an automatic nonreturn valve
shall be fitted in the shoot in an easily accessible position above the
deepest subdivision loadline. This valve should be of the horizontal
balanced type, normally closed, and is to be provided with a local
means for securing it in the closed position.

(c) When the shoot is not in use both the cover and the valve are
to be kept closed and secured. A permanent and conspicuous notice to
this effect is to be fixed near the hopper.

(2) The foregoing requirements do not apply to those ash ejectors
and expellers, the inboard openings of which must necessarily be below
the deepest subdivision loadline in the stokehold, provided that such
ejectors and expellers are fitted with efficient valves and other fittings
for preventing water entering the ship through them.

47. (1) When any such ports are to be fitted below the margin line
they shall be of sufficient strength. They shall be effectively closed and
secured watertight before the ship leaves port and be kept closed
during navigation.

(2) The Surveyor is to report any case in which it is proposed to fit
gangway, cargo or coaling ports in a ship's side, partly or entirely below
the deepest subdivision loadline, and should state whether the working
of the vessel would be hampered if the fitting of such ports were not
allowed.

48. (1) These shall be so arranged as to prevent accidental
admission of water into the ship..

(2) Cocks or valves are to be fitted between the pipes and the shell
plating. They must be attached to the latter and so arranged that they
can be easily and expeditiously opened or closed at any time.

The cocks, valves and the whole lengths of the pipes connected to
them shall be accessible at all times.

(3) To prevent the accidental admission of water into the ship
owing to the fracture of main or auxiliary inlet or discharge valve chests
which if fastened directly to the skin of the ship would require to have
long necks, such chests are to be made with the necks as short as
practicable and are to be attached to wrought steel boxes built on to the,
skin of the ship. Chests having other than short necks are to be made of
cast steel.





(4) Shipside cocks and valves related to main and auxiliary
machinery or boilers shall not be of ordinary cast iron. Consideration will
be given to the case of special grades of cast iron provided that full
particulars are submitted for the approval of the Principal Surveyor of
Ships. Steel valves must be suitably protected against corrosion.

Side and other openings above the Margin Line.

49. (1) Means for closing: Side-scuttles, gangway and cargo doors,
coaling ports and other means for closing openings in the ship's sides
above the margin line shall be of efficient design and construction and
of sufficient strength having regard to the spaces in which they are
fitted and their positions relative to the deepest subdivision loadline.

(2) Deadlights: In superstructures situated immediately above the
bulkhead deck, efficient hinged deadlights, arranged so that they can be
effectively closed and secured watertight, shall be fitted to scuttles
which are

(a)within one-eighth of the ship's length abaft the stem in
forecastles which are closed at the after end; or

(b)in spaces which are intended, or capable of being readily
adapted, for the stowage of cargo, fuel, or stores, if these
spaces are closed at both ends, or are so arranged that they
can be readily so closed when required.

(3) Portable Plugs: Subject to paragraph 43(12) side-scuttles other
than those referred to in sub-paragraph (2)(b) shall either be provided
with deadlights, which may be portable, or be designed to receive outer
plugs; such portable deadlights or plugs are to be provided to the extent
of 25 per cent of the total number of side scuttles not having efficient
hinged deadlights and they shall be stowed in suitable positions.

50. (1) All openings in the exposed weatherdeck shall have
coamings of ample height and strength and shall be provided with
efficient means for expeditiously closing them weathertight.

(2) Freeing ports and/or scuppers shall be fitted as necessary for
clearing the weatherdeck of water in heavy weather.

(3) For the special weathertight arrangements required at the
forward end in certain cases, see paragraphs 14(1) and 18(5).

51. (1) In passenger and crew spaces, practicable means of exit to th
e open deck shall be provided for the occupants from each watertight
compartment.





(2) Practicable means of escape for the crew shall be provided from
each engine room, shaft tunnel, stokehold compartment, and other
working spaces, independent of watertight doors.

52. (1) Ships shall be fitted above the bulkhead deck with fire-
resisting bulkheads of such construction, and so fitted, as to serve the
purpose of retarding the spread of fire. The mean distance between any
two consecutive bulkheads of this description shall not in general
exceed 131 feet. Recesses and steps and the means for closing all
openings in these bulkheads shall be fire-resisting and flametight.

(2) (a) Steel bulkheads of scantlings and stiffening equal to those
specified for watertight bulkheads in the tween decks immediately
below the bulkhead deck may be accepted, provided they are not lined
with inflammable material.

Any other fire-resisting material may be used for these bulkheads,
provided it is shown by suitable experiments that bulkheads so
constructed are capable of withstanding a fire of considerable
fierceness and high temperature for a reasonable period, say, 1,500'
Fahr. for one hour.

(b) Recesses and steps in these bulkheads shall be of equivalent
construction, from the fire-resisting point of view, to the bulkheads
themselves.

(c) Any openings in the bulkheads should be closed with doors
which are, if practicable, of similar construction. If hinged doors are
fitted, each shall be secured by suitable clips or slipbolts workable from
either side of the bulkhead, and the number of the clips or slip-bolts
shall be sufficient to prevent the door from warping under the
conditions mentioned above.

53. (1) Inclining Experiment: Every new passenger ship shall be
inclined upon its completion and the elements of its stability
determined.

The Surveyor is to witness the inclining of the ship and satisfy
himself that it is carried out in such manner and under such conditions
as will give satisfactory results.

(2) Stability Data: The owners shall supply the operating personnel
with such information as may appear necessary for their guidance in
loading and ballasting the ship to ensure sufficient stability in all usual
service conditions.

A copy of the information supplied is to be forwarded to the
Principal Surveyor of Ships for information and record.

(3) If any permanent ballast is placed in the ship its nature, amount,
and distribution are to be reported.





PART 11.

MODIFIED REQUIREMENTS APPLYING TO SHIPS INTENDED
FOR
SERVICE IN THE SIMLA SPECIAL TRADES.*

(1) International and Short International Voyages.

54. (a) Sub j ject to the modifications indicated in paragraphs

54 to 63, the instructions given in paragraphs 1 to 53, relating to
Construction shall apply to these ships.

(b) In the case of a steamship -requiring a safety certificate for a
short international voyage, the Principal Surveyor of Ships may allow
relaxations from the instructions relating to Double Bottoms (paragraph
15), Openings in W.T. Bulkheads (paragraphs 28 to 41), and Openings in
the Ship's Sides below the Margin Line (paragraphs 42 to 48) if and to
the extent that he is satisfied that any such requirement is neither
reasonable nor practicable in the case of that ship.

Shipbuilders and owners or their representatives are to be informed
that application for any such relaxation is to be addressed to the
Principal Surveyor of Ships together with full particulars as to the
reasons for the application.

55. (Addition to paragraph 9(3) Where it is shown to the
,satisfaction of the Principal Surveyor of Ships that the permeability of
one or more compartments of the portion of the ship before (or abaft) the
machinery space, as determined by detailed calculation, is less than that
given by the formula 63 35 the calculated

v

values may be substituted for each of the compartments in that portion
of the ship. For the purpose of such calculation the permeabilities of
passenger spaces, as defined in paragraph 6(12), shall be taken as 95,
that of all cargo, coal and store spaces as 60, and that of double bottom,
oil fuel and other tanks at such values as may be approved in each case
by the Principal Surveyor of Ships.

56. (Sub-paragraph to be substituted for paragraph 11(1)).

The Criterion of Service Numeral shall be determined by the
following formula

Cs 72 M 3/2 P, where
v P, P

Cs the Criterion Numeral.

'Simla Special Trades' relate to trades involving the carriage of pilgrims or
other unberthed passengers within the area to which the Simla Rules apply.





M the volume of the machinery space, as defined in paragraph
6(11), with the addition thereto of the volume of any permanent oil fuel
bunkers which may be situated above the inner bottom and before or
abaft the machinery spare.

P the whole volume of the passenger spaces below the margin
line, as defined in paragraph 6(12).

V the whole volume of the ship below the margin line.
P, P 7A +.4LN

A the total area in square feet of the spaces measured in
determining the number of unberthed passengers to be carried above
the margin line including the area of any compartment containing more
than six berths. The area of the spaces occupied by galleys, mess
rooms, latrines, washplaces, luggage and store rooms, lavatories,
hospitals and the airing spaces for between deck passengers shall not
be included.

L the length of the ship, as defined in paragraph 6(2).

N the total number of berths for berthed passengers carried above
the margin line, a berthed passenger being defined as one
accommodated in a compartment containing not more than six berths.

57. (Sub-paragraph to be substituted for paragraph 12(4)

The provisions of sub-paragraph (3) shall apply also to ships of
whatever length, which are certified to carry a total number of

pass 1 engers not exceeding L2 (in feet) or 280, whichever is the less,
1,260

of which the number of berthed passengers shall not exceed

L 2 (in feet) or 50, whichever is the less. In ships of 430 feet in 7,000

length and upwards to which this sub-paragraph applies, the
subdivision abaft the forepeak shall be governed by the factor unity.

58. (Alteration in paragraph 13).

In sub-paragraph (2) the words 'floodable length' shall be
substituted for the words 'permissible length---.

59. (Addition to paragraph 16).

At the end of sub-paragraph (2) add the words 'Loadlines'
assigned under the Simla Rules shall be distinguished by the notation
D.1, D.2, D.3, etc.

60. (Alterations in paragraph 41).

(1) In sub-paragraph (5)(b) insert the words 'exceeds three and'
before the words 'does not exceed five'.





(2) Insert new sub-paragraph (5)(bb) as follows:

'When the number of such doors does not exceed three

(i) If the criterion numeral does not exceed sixty-five, they may
be Class 3 doors operated by hand only.

(ii) If the criterion numeral exceeds sixty-five, they shall be
power operated (Class 5) and shall be capable of being
simultaneously closed from a station situated on the bridge, the
closing being preceded by a warning signal.'.

61. (Alteration in paragraph 43).

In sub-paragraph (6)(f) insert the words 'or unberthed' before the
word 'passengers'.

62. (Addition to paragraph 51).

At the end of sub-paragraph (2) add the words: 'The Principal
Surveyor of Ships may, on the application of builders or owners, exempt
ships of less than one hundred and fifty feet in length from having such
means of escape from the shaft tunnels when in his opinion the fitting of
such means would be impracticable or unreasonable.'.

63. (Addition to paragraph 52).

At the end of sub-paragraph (1) add the following words: 'Such
bulkheads shall not be required in long detached closed superstructures
which are not permanently arranged to convey berthed passengers, and
in superstructures having large openings in the ship's sides.'.

(2) International Coasting Voyages.

64. Subject to the modifications indicated in the following
paragraphs 65 to 67, the instructions relating to Construction for ships
engaged on short international voyages are to apply.

65. (Paragraphs 17 to 27).

The minimum scantlings of the watertight bulkheads, shaft tunnels,
etc., are to be determined as follows

(1) In ships not exceeding 150 feet in length, from Tables 1 A, 2A,
2B, 3, 4A, 5A. (Appendix II).

(2) In ships 250 feet in length and upwards, from Tables 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
(Appendix II).

(3) In ships between 150 feet and 250 feet in length, by
interpolation between these two standards.





66. Where it is clearly shown to be impracticable or unreasonable to
adhere rigidly to the requirements of paragraph 41 as modified by
paragraph 60, such relaxations may be granted by the Principal Surveyor
of Ships as may appear justified having regard to all the circumstances.

67. Paragraph 52 as modified by paragraph 63 should be complied
with where the constructional and other arrangements are such as to
make the provision of fire stops reasonable and easily practicable.

(3) International River Trade.

68. Subject to the modifications indicated in the following
paragraphs 69 to 73, the instructions relating to Construction for ships
engaged on short international voyages are to apply.

69. (Paragraph 9).

(1) The average permeability of the machinery space shall be taken
at 80 in steamships and at 85 in ships fitted with internal combustion
engines.

(2) The average permeability of the portion of the ship before (or
abaft) the machinery space shall be obtained from the formula,

95 -35 v
where

b the volume of the spaces below the margin line and above the
top of floors, inner bottom, cargo platforms, or peak tanks, as the case
may be, which are appropriated to and used as cargo spaces, bunkers,
store rooms, baggage and mail rooms, chain lockers, and fresh water
tanks; and

v whole volume of the portion of the ship below the margin line
before (or abaft) the machinery space.

(3) In applying the foregoing rule the volume of the cargo spaces
below the margin line to be included in 'b' is to be determined as
follows

The whole volume is to be included for the deep load condition but
none for the condition in which no cargo is carried. For any intermediate
condition of loading, such proportion of the volume is to be included as
may appear reasonable and consistent with the draught under
consideration assuming the cargo to be homogeneous and of the same
density in each case.





70. (Paragraphs 17 to 27). The scantlings of the watertight
bulkheads, etc., are to be at least in accordance with Tables 1A, 2A, 2B,
3, 4A and 5A (Appendix 11).

71. (Paragraphs 28 to 40). The watertight bulkheads are not to be
pierced by doorways or other similar openings except as may be
required for special purposes, in which case full particulars of the
openings and the proposed means for closing them are to be submitted
for the approval of the Principal Surveyor of Ships.

72. (Paragraph 49). The requirements of sub-paragraphs (2) and (3)
need not be complied with in these ships.

73. The requirements of paragraph 52 as modified by paragraph 63
should be complied with where-the constructional and other
arrangements are such as to make the provision of fire stops reasonable
and easily practicable.

PART 111.

SUBMISSION OF CONSTRUCTION PLANS AND
PARTICULARS.

74. The plans and particulars referred to in paragraph 1 to be
submitted to the Principal Surveyor of Ships include those specified
below and such other information as may appear necessary for the full
consideration of the builder's proposals for complying with the
Government's requirements for the issue of a passenger or safety
certificate.

Such plans are to be in duplicate.

(1) Hull Structural Plans (Paragraph 2).

(a) Midship section, longitudinal section and other structural plans
showing the principal hull scantlings, framing, pillars and girders,
panting arrangement, strengthening of bottom forward and
compensation in way of openings in the shell plating and strength
decks.

(b) Plans showing details of the rudder and the principal hull
castings or forgings including their connexions to the hull.

(2) Subdivision Arrangements and Calculations (Paragraphs 5 to
16).

(a) Outline profile and plans showing the margin line (corrected as
necessary); all watertight transverse and longitudinal bulkheads, decks,
inner skins, shaft and other tunnels, trunks and ventilators; recesses
and steps in the watertight bulkheads; double bottoms; and principal
openings in the watertight bulkheads and





decks; the appropriation of spaces below the bulkhead deck; the
positions of equivalent plane bulkheads; the lengths of the main
transverse compartments and the weathertight arrangements at the
forward end.

Tunnels, recesses and steps are to be shown in plan and elevation
and typical sections of the double bottom should be given.

(b) Subdivision coefficients and particulars on Forms B.H.1,
B.H.1A, B.H.2 and B.H.2A.

Calculations of equivalent plane bulkheads; allowances for local
subdivision and, if available, a copy of the builder's flooding
calculations and curves. (See also paragraph 75(3)

(3) Subdivision Structural Details (Paragraphs 17 to 25 and 28 to
47).

(a) Plans showing scantlings and details of construction of all
watertight and oil-tight bulkheads, decks, inner skins, shaft and other
tunnels, escape and other trunks.

The pressure head upon which the scantlings of oil-tight
bulkheads, decks, etc., are based should be indicated on the plans.

(b) Plans showing the arrangement, types and details of all side
scuttles below the margin line.

(c) Plans showing the arrangement and detail of all side doors
below the margin line.

(d) Plans showing the arrangement and particulars of ship's side
discharges, including ash-shoots, rubbish shoots, etc.

(4) Arrangement above the Bulkhead Deck (Paragraphs 49 to 52):

(a) Plans showing the-arrangement and particulars of side scuttles
above the margin line.

(b) Plans showing the arrangement and details of sidedoors above
the margin line.

(c) Plans showing the arrangement and details of fire-resisting
bulkheads, doors, etc.

(d) Plans showing the exits from watertight compartments and the
arrangements for complying with the requirements of paragraph 51.

(5) Stability (Paragraphs 13 and 53):-

(a) Calculations of angle of heel made in connexion with paragraph
13(8) and copy of relevant instructions issued to ship's Officers.





(b) Report of inclining experiment (paragraph 53) and copy of
stability information issued to the operating personnel in accordance
with paragraph 53(2).

(c) Amount and disposition of permanent ballast, if any (paragraph
53(3)

(6) Plans and particulars of watertight doors (paragraphs 31 to 41,
46 and 48).

(a) An outline sketch, plan and elevation showing the margin line;
the deepest subdivision loadline; the positions of the watertight doors;
openings in watertight bulkheads for air trunks and refrigerating
trunkways; openings closed by portable plates and the leads of the
shafting for the hand gear of the doors, etc.

(b) When power doors are to be fitted the following particulars,
with plans as necessary

(i) Sources of power for operating the doors.

(ii) Arrangements for transmitting the power from the central
closing station for operating the doors.

(iii) Gauges or indicators at the central closing stations, which
show whether the power is available for operating the doors.

(iv) Indicating arrangements at the central closing station for
showing whether the doors are open or shut.

(v) Warning signals operating when the closing power is about to
be applied.

(c) Detailed plans of the different doors showing

(i) the various gears for operating the doors by hand and power.

(ii) the indicators for showing when the doors are closed by hand.

(iii) the screens for preventing coal interfering with the closing of
bunker doors.

(7) Plans of under water ash ejectors and expellers, and valves and
other fittings for preventing the accidental admission of water into the
ship. (See paragraphs 46 and 48).

75. (1) The coefficients and particulars on Forms B.H.1, and B.H.1A,
B.H.2 and B.H.2A, referred to in paragraph 74(2)(b) are required for
developing flooding curves by the surveyor of ships and the surveyor is
therefore to satisfy himself that the information on these forms is correct.
If, in the process of checking, any material errors are found the surveyor
is at once to advise the Principal Surveyor of Ships and render
amended particulars.





(2) Except as provided for in sub-paragraph (3), the builders of the
ship are not obliged to furnish a copy of their subdivision calculations
but the surveyor is to visit the shipyard in order to check them and to
take such notes of the figures as will enable him to identify them at any
future time.

If the builders make flooding calculations and curves by the
Ministry of Shipping's approximate method and are willing to furnish a
copy of them, they are to be forwarded to facilitate the work.

It must be made clear to the builders of the ship that in the event of
any alteration being made in the lines plan after the coefficients, etc.,
have been verified, the calculations are to be at once revised, re-
checked by the surveyor and the results supplied to the Principal
Surveyor of Ships so that the flooding curves may be amended as
necessary.

(3) If a ship is of such exceptional form that special subdivision
calculations and curves are made as provided for in paragraph 8, these
are to be checked at the shipyard and a complete copy forwarded for
consideration.

PART IV.

EQUIPMENT.

(Excluding life-saving appliances, lights and sound signals).

76. (a) Every passenger steamship engaged on international
voyages other than the River Trade is to be provided with at least three
efficient compasses complete with binnacles. One is to be a standard
compass fitted with the means for taking accurate bearings.

(b) Passenger steamships engaged on international voyages in the
River Trade must be provided with at least one standard compass fitted
with the means for taking accurate bearings and one steering compass.

77. (1) (a) All compasses which are provided in accordance with
paragraph 76 must be properly adjusted from time to time to the
satisfaction of the surveyor, and according to the following
instructions.

(b) On the first survey of any new steamship, the surveyor shall
require the compasses to be properly adjusted or verified by a
competent person selected by the shipowner.





The certificate of such a person is to be to the effect that the
compasses of a steel or iron ship are properly adjusted and a table of
errors furnished, or, in the case of a wooden ship, are properly verified
and a table of errors provided.

(c) In the case of steel and iron ships which are surveyed after
lying idle for a long time, or after having undergone repairs or alterations
involving the removal or addition of iron or steelwork, a certificate of
adjustment is to be required.

(2) Apart from the adjustment of compasses in the circumstances
mentioned in sub-paragraph (1), all compasses should be occasionally
adjusted, but this is less essential if, when ships have been in service for
a long period, the surveyor is satisfied that the Compass Deviation Book
has been kept up to date, and if a comparison extending over two or
three voyages shows that there has been no marked change in the
deviation.

(3) In ships where electrical energy is utilised for lighting or any
other purpose, disturbing effects are likely to arise from electric circuits
adjacent to the compasses. It is therefore necessary that the
adjustments should be made (a) with the dynamo at rest, (b) with the
dynamo running and the various electric circuits in the vicinity of the
compass 'on' and (c) with the dynamo running and such circuits---off---
. In all such instances the surveyor is to require the certificate of
adjustment to be in the following form

'This is to certify that the compasses of the iron (steel)
steamship 0.N. have been
adjusted for magnetic deviation, and are now in perfect order.
Tables showing the effect of such deviation have this day been
handed to the Master. The deviations have been ascertained
on the various courses both with the dynamo stopped, and
with it running at full speed, with electric current 'on' and 'off'
all circuits in the vicinity of the compasses.

The deviations so found are practically identical under both
conditions, and are in accordance with the tables furnished this day
to the Master.

Dated at this day of 19

(Signature)

(4) Certificates of adjustment or verification should be in the
possession of the surveyor before the latter gives his declaration, and
he should forward them to the owners with his declaration. (See,
however, paragraph 79).

In all cases the surveyor should satisfy himself as to the
proficiency of the person whose signature is attached to such
certificates.





78. In cases, when having regard to paragraph 77 the surveyor
does not consider an adjustment necessary, he should, before he grants
his declaration, obtain a certificate signed by the master and mate who
are going to make the next voyage in the ship to the effect that the
compasses are to their satisfaction, and that correct deviation cards
have been supplied. This certificate is to be attested by the owners and
the wording should be as shown on form Surveys 23.

If, however, either the master or mate who is to make the next
voyage in the ship does not sign a certificate of this kind, or if the
owners decline to attest it, the surveyor must require the compasses to
be readjusted, and enclose a certificate from an adjuster in the
declaration.

79. (1) In order to facilitate the preparation of passenger certificates,
declarations may be issued in the absence of the relevant compass
certificate in either of the following cases

(a) If the master of a ship has not been able to procure a certificate
of adjustment of the compasses and the omission does not appear to be
due to any negligence or fault of the master or owner.

(b) If there is delay in obtaining the certificate of the master and
mate and there is no reason to believe that they will refuse to sign this
certificate or that the owners will decline to attest it.

(2) When the requisite certificate is not available for enclosure with
the declaration, the surveyor is to report the fact in writing to the
Principal Surveyor of Ships so as to ensure that the passenger
certificate will be withheld until the necessary compass certificate is
produced.

80. The minimum requirements as to the provision of leads and lead-
lines are as follows

(1) In the case of every passenger steamship engaged on
international voyages other than the River Trade:

2 deep sea leads of at least 28 lbs. each.

2 deep sea lead-lines of at least 120 fathoms each and a suitable
reel.

Provided that where an efficient sounding machine is fitted, one of
the deep sea leads and lead-lines need not be required, and where a
second drum with an additional 300 fathoms of wire is supplied, it is
unnecessary to require the provision of any deep sea leads and lead-
lines.

4 hand leads of at least 7 Ibs. each.

4 hand lead-lines of at least 25 fathoms each.





The hand leads and lead-lines are to be provided in all cases.

(2) In the case of every passenger steamship engaged on
international voyages in the River Trade:

2 hand leads of at least 7 Ibs. each.

2 hand lead-lines of at least 25 fathoms each.

81. (1) The anchors and chain cables of every passenger steamship
are to be properly tested, certified and sufficient for the service
intended.

The surveyor should require the production of the test certificates
of any anchor or chain cable exceeding 168 Ibs. in weight which forms
part of the equipment of the ship.

When from any cause these cannot be produced, he is to exercise
discretion as to insisting upon compliance with this instruction, if
satisfied that the anchors and chain cables have been proved and the
proof marks are distinct and in order. Doubtful cases are to be reported
to the Principal Surveyor of Ships.

(2)(a) In the case* of every passenger steamship engaged on
international voyages other than the River Trade, anchors and
chain cables, if provided in accordance with the requirements
of Lloyd's Register of Shipping, may be regarded as being
adequate for the service intended.

(b)In the case of every passenger steamship engaged on
international voyages in the River Trade, the number and
weight of anchors, the size, length and weight of chain cables
are to be to the approval of the Principal Surveyor of Ships.

(c)In every instance proper hawsers and warps are to be
provided.

(d)Spare anchors must not be stowed below but kept readily
available.

82. The prescribed signals of distress, to be used either together or
separately are

(1) In the daytime:

(a)A gun or other explosive signal fired at intervals of about a
minute;

(b)The International Code signal of distress (i.e., the signal N C);

(c)The distance signal, consisting of a square flag, having either
above or below it a ball or anything resembling a ball;





(d) A continuous sounding with any fog-signal apparatus.

(2) At night:

(a)A gun or other explosive signal fired at intervals of about a
minute;

(b)Flames on the vessel (as from a burning tar-barrel, oilbarrel,
etc.);

(c)Rockets or shells, throwing stars of any colour or description,
fired one at a time, at short intervals;

(d) A continuous sounding with any fog-signal apparatus.

(3) In the daytime or at night:

The morse sign S 0 S made by radiotelegraphy or any other
distance signalling method, or the spoken word 'May-day' sent by
radiotelephony.

(The alarm signal, i.e., the wireless signal employed to actuate the
auto-alarm of ships so fitted, has also been prescribed as a distress
signal).

83. In addition to the wireless telegraphy installation with which all
passenger steamers, unless exempt, are required to be provided and the
fog signalling apparatus required for the purpose of the Collision
Regulations, all passenger steamers are to be provided with means of
making distress signals in accordance with paragraph 84.

Surveyors are to satisfy themselves, before signing their
declaration for the issue or renewal of the Safety or Passenger
Certificate that the requisite means of making distress signals have been
provided and are in good order.

84. (a) Distress Rockets: At least 24 rockets throwing stars of any
colour or description are to be carried. Each rocket should be of not less
size than that commonly known in the trade as 16 ozs.

If a gun with charges of ammunition in accordance with
subparagraph (c) is carded, or if socket signals in accordance with sub-
paragraph (d) are provided, the number of rockets may be reduced by
the number of gun charges or socket signals, provided that at least 12
rockets are carried.

(b) Lifebuoy Lights and Deck Flares: At least two lifebuoy lights or
approved deck flares self igniting in water are to be carried so that the
ship may, if necessary, make the statutory distress signal 'flames on the
vessel.' Such lifebuoy lights are additional to those required by the
Regulations relating to lifesaving appliances.





(c) Gun: If a gun is carried it should not be less than 31 inches in
the bore and should be provided with suitable charges of ammunition
each containing 16 ozs. of powder. The necessary requisites for firing
the gun should also be provided.

(d) Socket Signals: If socket signals are carried they are to be of an
approved make and the surveyors should satisfy themselves that they
will be fired only from approved sockets. There should be two sockets,
one forward and one aft, on different sides of the vessel. Sockets should
be of suitable gauge and should invariably be secured to a solid and
substantial part of the vessel and should be fixed at an angle of about,
but not less than, 20 degrees from the perpendicular so as to obviate the
risk of a signal falling on the vessel's deck if it fails to rise to the normal
height.

85. Lifebuoy lights should be capable of burning brightly in water
for at least 40 minutes. Full instructions for their use should be attached
to each of them.

Lifebuoy lights of the following brands have been approved and
may be accepted with an occasional test in accordance with paragraph
87(2) below.

Name of Light. Manufa'Flag Brand' Lifebuoy Light. J. R. Holmes (Holmes Light Company), 10, Idol
Lane, London, E.C.3.

'Flag Brand' Slipway J. R. Holmes (Holmes Light Company).
Automatic Lifebuoy Light. 10, Idol Lane, London, E.C.3.
'Handy Man's' Lifebuoy Holmes Marine Life Protection Association,
Light. 8, Great Winchester Street, London,
'Save-U-Lite' Lifebuoy Light. The Automatic Life Company, Baltimore,
U.S.A.

'Carl Fleming' Lifebuoy Stevedoring and General Agencies, Limited,

Light. 22, Billiter Street, London, E.C.2.

86. All socket signals, rockets, deck flares and lifebuoy lights must
be clearly and permanently marked or stamped with the date of
manufacture. Adhesive labels or painted figures are not regarded as
permanent marking. Where sheet brass labels are used in contact with
tin cases, the surveyors should be careful to see that the brass plates
are properly soldered on and that there is no sign of corrosion of the
canister.





87. (1) Testing and Renewal of Rockets and Socket Signals: Signals
are liable to deteriorate if kept for a lengthened period, particularly if
allowed to become damp. They should therefore be carefully examined
at least once a year, and- any showing signs of dampness, careless
manufacture, or unusual wear and tear, should receive special attention,
and, if necessary, be rejected.

It has been found that practical difficulties exist in the testing of
rockets and socket signals in docks and harbours and they must
usually, therefore, be judged by appearance. If practicable they should
be tested after one year from the date of manufacture, but they are not
in any case to be accepted after a period of two years from the date of
manufacture.

(2) Testing and Renewal of Deck Flares and Lifebuoy Lights: Deck
flares and lifebuoy lights may deteriorate quickly when exposed to the
weather, especially if the metal cases or seals have suffered any damage
or are not well and strongly constructed; they should, therefore, be
carefully examined at least once a year. Their condition can often be
gauged by their appearance and smell, for, when in good order, they
should have practically no smell; but they should not be shaken, as this
under certain conditions may cause generation of gas and possibly an
explosion.

In the case of deck flares and lifebuoy lights of an approved make,
check tests should be made by actual burning from time to time at the
surveyor's discretion. If the results of the tests are unsatisfactory, the
signals are to be rejected and a full report made to the Principal
Surveyor of Ships.

Other makes of deck flares and lifebuoy lights should be tested by
actual burning at each annual survey, two of the lights being selected
for this purpose by the surveyor from those on board the ship. If the
results of the tests are satisfactory, and if the signals are strongly
constructed and in all respects fit for the purpose for which they are
intended, -they may be accepted; otherwise they are to be rejected.

(3) Precautions during Tests of Pyrotechnic Lights and Signals: In
all cases, when tests of pyrotechnic signals, deck flares or lifebuoy
lights are being made, surveyors should take precautions to ensure that
no danger will be caused to themselves or to other persons in the event
of premature explosions, or by the falling of a spent rocket or of a
socket signal.

88. Before granting declarations for passenger steamships,
surveyors should in all cases see that a separate, detached, and
completely enclosed receptacle is provided for each of the following
kinds of explosives

(1) gunpowder or cartridges made therewith;

(2) rockets, socket signals and any other pyrotechnic signals;





(3) deck flares and lifebuoy lights.

These separate receptacles should not be made merely by
divisions or partitions in a cupboard or locker or chest, but must
be separate magazines, exclusively appropriated to the keeping
of the explosives. Charges of gunpowder, if carried, should be
contained in flannel bags, and the magazine in which they are
kept should be made of copper, well and strongly constructed. To
prevent injury to the rockets and other signals, it is desirable
either that the receptacles should be internally divided in such a
way that the signals can be stowed vertically or that they should
be of about the same length as the signals, but of insufficient
width to enable the signals to turn round. The lids should be
secured by hinges or brass screws so as to permit of an inspection
being made without injury to the case.

Socket signals are usually supplied in wooden boxes with a
tin box inside containing the friction tubes. Where this is so, no
other receptacle is required for the friction tubes.

Signals should, where possible, be kept in a house on deck,
and the receptacles containing different classes should be ranged
as far apart as circumstances will permit, so that in the event of
spontaneous combustion in any receptacle, or of risk of any sort
arising, any of the receptacles affected may be removed at once.

Deck flares and lifebuoy lights should be kept in a dry place
away from any other signals or explosives.

No article of an explosive or highly inflammable character
should be carried in any room or place in which any receptacle
containing distress signals is deposited.

PART V.

SURVEYS FOR RENEWAL OF SAFETY AND/OR
PASSENGER CERTIFICATES.

89. Surveyors are to satisfy themselves at the periodical
surveys that the hulls of passenger steamships are in good con-
dition, that the principal structural scantlings are maintained, that
the arrangements and details generally are in accordance with
the Government's requirements, and that the ship is in all respects
fit for her intended service.

90. The surveyor is to make a thorough examination in dry
dock of the outside of the hull after it has been cleaned and before
it is painted. All outside under water fittings and their fastenings,
including the rudder and its fittings are also to be inspected.
Anchors and chain cables are to be examined at least once in 12





months. Chain cables are to be removed from the chain locker, ranged,
shackle pins knocked out and cleaned if necessary. When the surveyor
is doubtful as to the sufficiency of the cables, having regard to wear, he
is to require gaugings to be produced of such portions as he may
consider expedient, in order to form an opinion of their fitness for further
service or otherwise. Details of such gaugings are to be recorded. (See
also paragraphs 4 and 95).

91. For the proper examination of the interior structure the surveyor
is to have removed such parts of the ceiling, etc., as he may consider
necessary to enable him to ascertain the condition of all plating,
stringers, frames, floors, rivets, etc., particularly in the engine room,
boiler space and coal bunkers. Where cement is fitted it should be
examined, and where it is cracked or otherwise of doubtful appearance,
the examination is to be extended, such portions of the cement being
removed as may in the opinion of the surveyor be necessary to enable
him to form a correct opinion of the state of the plating, rivets, etc., in
way of the cement.

92. The surveyor must ascertain that all load line markings,
including any which may have been assigned in connexion with
approved subdivision arrangements, are in accordance with the
appropriate certificates. (See also paragraph 1(5)(d)

93. A careful examination is to be made of all watertight bulkheads,
decks, tunnels, etc., in order to ascertain their condition and whether
their watertightness has in any way been impaired.

In the case of a ship for which a definite standard of subdivision
has been approved, the surveyor is to satisfy himself that the watertight
compartments and all the arrangements and details connected with the
subdivision of the ship are in order.

If a book B.H.1 has previously been compiled for the ship, the
arrangements and details in the ship are to be compared with those
recorded in the book. (See paragraph 1(6)

If any alterations in the approved subdivision arrangements and
details including watertight and non-watertight longitudinal bulkheads
(where fitted), appropriation of spaces below the bulkhead deck, etc.,
have been made since the previous survey, they are to be reported in
detail and B.H.1 and B.H.1A amended as necessary.

94. All watertight doors and other means for closing openings in
the watertight bulkheads, etc., are to be inspected and their condition
and efficiency ascertained.





The doors should be tried by hand, and also by power if the doors
are power operated.

The warning signals, if any, the hand-gear indicators for showing
when the doors are closed, and those of the power doors at the central
closing station are to be inspected and tried.

In the case of dropping doors, the surveyor is to see that the gear
for re-engaging for operating them by hand is in proper working order.

Hinged watertight doors are to be examined and tried. The surveyor
must ascertain that the lever-operated clips are in order and that all
joints are watertight.

If any sliding door is removed for repairs it should be hose tested
in the manner described in paragraph 40 for new doors unless the
surveyor has doubts as to the efficiency of the door, in which case it
should be hydraulically tested.

95. All side scuttles, valves and other appliances intended to
prevent the accidental admission of water into the ship must be such as
to serve effectively their intended purpose.

They are to be carefully examined, either in dry dock or otherwise
as most convenient, observing that in the case of a ship having a large
number of scuppers, sanitary and other discharges, the surveyor need
not insist upon the withdrawal of all the valves and cocks for
examination at any one survey, excepting those in the machinery spaces,
provided he is satisfied after the withdrawal of at least 25 per cent of the
valves, etc. that the withdrawal of the remainder is in the circumstances
unnecessary.

A careful record is, however, to be kept of the valves, etc. examined
at each survey with a view to ensuring that every valve, etc. is properly
examined at least once in every four years.

Where side scuttles are required to have special locking
arrangements they should be in accordance with the requirements of
paragraph 43.

96. The surveyor is to see that side and other openings above the
margin line, exits, fire-resisting bulkheads and passenger
accommodation are maintained in fit condition and comply with the
appropriate instructions.

97. The surveyor is to report in writing to the Principal Surveyor of
Ships giving full particulars, if

(a)any structural alteration has been made which might adversely
affect the stability of the ship,

(b) up-to-date stability information is not on board,





(c)permanent ballast, previously carried, is in any way not in
accordance with the stability records of the ship,

(d) permanent ballast has been placed in the ship.

PART VI.

QUALITY AND TESTS FOR STEEL AND IRON MATERIAL
USED
IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF SHIPS.

Wrought iron and mild steel.

98. (a) Plates, sections and rivets intended for use in the Colony
for the construction and repair of ship's hulls may be regarded as
adequate if such materials have been tested satisfactorily and are
accompanied by appropriate test certificates issued by the Ministry of
Shipping or a recognized Classification Society.

(b) In cases where the materials have not been tested or where
satisfactory proof of tests is not forthcoming, the surveyor is to
witness satisfactory mechanical tests in accordance with the B.E.S.A.
Specifications.

(c) Surveyors should examine the materials being worked and
observe their behaviour under the various processes to which they are
subjected, such as punching, shearing, machining, bending, riveting,
etc.

Any cases where plates, bars, forgings, etc., fail during fabrication,
or where the material appears to be of inferior quality should be noted
and the facts reported to the Principal Surveyor of Ships.

Electrodes.

99. Where it is proposed to use electric arc welding in substitution
for riveting as a means for connecting the various members of a ship's
structure, the quality of the electrodes used is to be to the satisfaction
of the surveyor of ships.

If the electrodes are accompanied by certificates indicating that
they come from stocks which have been tested and approved by the
Ministry of Shipping, they may be regarded as being satisfactory.

Castings and forgings.

100. (1) Shipbuilders and owners or their representatives are to be
informed that arrangements should always be made to notify the
surveyor when an important steel casting or forging is to be





ordered locally, and upon placing the work in hand that the makers
should be requested to communicate with the surveyor with regard to
the witnessing of tests.

(2) (a) The tensile strength and ductility are to be determined where
required from sample pieces of the material which are to be selected by
the surveyor and tested in his presence. Such samples are not to be
detached until stamped by the surveyor after all annealing has been
completed.

(b) In the case of steel castings the tensile and bend test pieces
are to be prepared from samples cast on the casting.

(e) In the case of steel forgings the tensile and bend test pieces are
to be prepared from samples cut lengthwise from the forging from a part
of not less sectional dimensions than the body of the forging, and
machined to size without further forging down.

(3) Additional Tests.-(a) Should any tensile test piece break at a
point outside the middle half of its gauge length, the test may, at the
makers' option and with the surveyor's approval, be discarded, and
another test may be made from the same casting or forging.

(b) Whenever the material appears to be of doubtful quality a
greater number of tests than specified should be made, so that the
surveyor fully satisfies himself as to the quality of the material used.

(4) Additional Tests before rejection. If a test gives unsatisfactory
results, two repeat tests may be made from the same charge or batch of
material; and if these are satisfactory, the castings or forgings which
they represent may be accepted, but if either of the duplicate tests fails,
the article or articles represented thereby shall be rejected.

(5) (a) In the event of any of the material proving unsatisfactory in
the course of machining or erection, such material is to be rejected,
notwithstanding any previous certificate of satisfactory testing.

(b) The surveyor should carefully examine each casting or forging
and take all practicable measures to ascertain that it is sound and free
from all flaws and defects.

Hammer dressing, patching, burning or electric welding is not to be
permitted.

(6) The Government will not send surveyors beyond the Colony for
the purpose of testing castings and forgings intended for ships under
construction or repair locally, nor can certificates as to quality issued by
any classification society be accepted without the approval of the
Principal Surveyor of Ships.





Except in cases when Ministry of Shipping test certificates are
produced in respect of imported castings and forgings, test pieces
which form an integral part of such articles are to be provided so as to
enable the surveyor to witness the necessary tests.

Should no satisfactory evidence as to quality be produced and no
test pieces be available, the case is to be reported to the Principal
Surveyor of Ships for instructions as to procedure.

101. For purposes of identification, the surveyor is to stamp all
castings and forgings in respect of which he has witnessed satisfactory
tests.

102. The results of all tests upon castings and forgings required by
this Part are to be entered in the office records.

103. (a) Steel for castings may be made by any process which has
been approved by the Ministry of Shipping.

(b) Steel for forgings should be made by the Open Hearth process.
Forgings are to be made from sound ingots and not more than the lower
two-thirds of the ingot is to be utilized. The sectional area of the body
of the forging (as forged) is not to exceed one-fifth of. the sectional area
of the original ingot, and no part of the forging (as forged) is to have
more than two-thirds of the sectional area of the original ingot.

104. All important steel castings and forgings are to be thoroughly
annealed at a uniform temperature and allowed to cool down prior to
removal from the annealing furnace. If a casting or forging is
subsequently heated for any purpose it is to be again similarly annealed
if so required by the surveyor.

105. Test pieces are to be machined to B.E.S.A. standard
dimensions, as follows:

(a) For Tensile Tests.

Type C. 0.564 inch diameter (.25 sq. inch area) Gauge length 2
inches and parallel length not less than 2.25 inches.

Type D. 0.798 inch diameter (.50 sq. inch area) Gauge length 3
inches and parallel length of not less than 3.375 inches.

Type E. 0.977 inch diameter (.75 sq. inch area) Gauge length 3.5
inches and parallel length not less. than 4.00 inches.

The form of the ends should be as required to suit the various
methods employed for gripping the test piece.

(b) For Bend Tests.





Rectangular in section, 1.00 inch wide x .75 inch thick, with edges
rounded to a radius of .0625 inch.

Bend tests are to be made by pressure or by blows the test pieces
being bent cold over the thinner section.

106. When stems, sternframes, rudder frames and arms, pr opeller
shaft brackets, steering quadrants, tillers, crossheads, and other
important parts of the hull and fittings which are subject to considerable
stress and strain are made of either cast or forged steel the following is
to apply.

(1) Steel Castings: (a) At least one tensile and one bend test is to
be taken from each casting or set of castings from each charge,
provided that when more than one casting is made from one charge, at
least one tensile and one bend test is to be required for the set of
castings from one common pouring head, but separate tests are to be
made for each casting or set of castings run from each separate pouring
head.

(b) When a casting is produced from more than one charge, at least
four tensile and four bend tests are to be made; such samples to be
taken from as near the top and bottom of the casting as practicable.

(c) The tensile breaking strength of steel castings is to be within
the limits of 26 and 35 tons per square inch, with an elongation of not
less than 20 per cent measured on the standard test piece:

Provided that, if there are no special features in the design of the
castings and the scantlings are sufficient, the tensile breaking strength
may be within the limits of 26 to 40 tons per square inch, with an
elongation of not less than 15 per cent measured on the standard piece.

(d) Bend test pieces are to withstand being bent through an angle
of not less than 120 degrees without fracture, except in cases to which
the proviso of sub-paragraph (c) is applicable, when an angle of not less
than 60 degrees for castings of between 35 and 40 tons ultimate tensile
strength and not less than 90 degrees in other cases may be accepted.

In all cases the internal radius of the bend must be not greater than
one inch.

(2) Steel Forgings:

(a) At least one tensile and one bend test is to be taken from each
forging, but if the weight exceeds three tons, one tensile and one bend
test is to be taken from each end.





(b) When a number of small forgings are made from the same ingot,
tensile and bend tests in the proportion of one of each for every four
articles may, as a general rule, be regarded as sufficient.

(c) The tensile breaking strength of steel forgings should not
exceed 40 tons per square inch.

The elongation, measured on the appropriate standard test piece
must be not less than 17 per cent for 40 ton steel and in no case must
the sum of the tensile breaking strength and corresponding elongation
be less than 57.

(d) Bend test pieces are to withstand being bent through an angle
of 180 degrees without fracture, the internal radius of the bend being
not greater than that specified below.

Maximum tensile strength of forging. Internal radius of test
piece after bending.

Up to 32 tons per sq. inch .....1/4 inch.

Above 32 and up to 36 tons per sq. in . .................

Above 36 and up to 40 tons per sq. in . .................

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS 107-112 APPLY TO CASTINGS
OTHER THAN THOSE REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH 106 WHEN
INTENDED FOR POSITIONS WHERE THEIR FAILURE MIGHT
AFFECT THE SAFETY OF THE SHIP.

Cast steel.

107. (a) When side scuttle frames, deadlights and plugs of cast steel
are intended for positions above the bulkhead deck, no tests will as a
rule be necessary unless the surveyor has reason to doubt the quality
and strength of the material.

(b) When intended for positions below the bulkhead deck, the
following tests are to be made

One frame, deadlight or plug out of every 50, and at least one of
each for every ship so fitted, is to be selected at random and tested to
destruction by being bent, when cold and before being machined, either
by pressure or by blows.

The frames and deadlights are to withstand being bent through an
angle of not less than 20 degrees and the plugs through an angle of not
less than 40 degrees without fracture in both cases:





Provided that in cases where the sills of side scuttles are less than
six inches above the deepest loadline, frames and deadlights are to be
tested in the same proportion and manner as described above except
that the deadlights are to withstand being bent through an angle of not
less than 30 degrees without fracture.

(Plugs for this type of side scuttle are to be of rolled steel plate).

(c) If the surveyor is of the opinion that, owing to the unusual
depth of projecting rims, or for any other reason, the above test for
frames and deadlights cannot be fairly applied, an alternative method of
testing may be submitted for approval.

108. In the case of elbows, valves, shoots for ashes, galley refuse,
etc., and other castings of a similar character the surveyor is to witness
satisfactory bend tests from each charge in order to ascertain that the
material is suitable for the intended purpose.

One bend test in accordance with paragraph 106(1)(d) is to be made
for:

(a) Every 12 small castings such as elbows, valves, etc.

(b) Every 4 galley refuse shoots.

(c) Each large casting, such as an ash shoot.

Malleable cast iron.

109. The employment of this material in connexion with the
construction of ships' hulls and fittings should be watched with care on
account of the great differences in the quality of the material as
produced by various methods of manufacture.

The use of malleable cast iron is for the present sanctioned in the
special cases and under the particular conditions given below, it being
observed that in any case the surfaces of malleable iron castings should
not be removed by machining, etc. to a greater extent than is absolutely
necessary.

110. (a) When side scuttle fr ames, deadlights and plugs of
malleable cast iron are proposed for positions above the bulkhead deck
no tests will as a rule be necessary unless the surveyor has reason to
doubt the quality and strength of the material.

(b) When intended for positions below the bulkhead deck, but not
less than 6 inches above the loadline, the following tests are to be made

One frame, deadlight or plug out of every 25, and at least one of
each for every ship so fitted, is to be selected at random and tested to
destruction. by being bent, when cold and before being machined, either
by pressure or by blows.





The frames are to withstand being bent through an angle of 20
degrees, and deadlights and plugs through an angle of 40 degrees
without fracture in both cases.

(e) If the surveyor is of opinion that, owing to the unusual depth
of projecting rims, or for any other reason, the above test for frames and
deadlights cannot be fairly applied, an alternative method of testing
may be submitted for approval.

(d) In addition to the above tests, each article must withstand
being dropped from a height of 10 feet for frames and 15 feet for
deadlights and plugs on to an iron slab.

(e) Malleable cast iron must not be accepted for side scuttles
where their sills are less than six inches above the deepest loadline.

111. In the event of proposals being received by the surveyor to
make elbows, valves, shoots for ashes, galley refuse, etc., and other
castings of a similar character of malleable cast iron of such special
quality as to approach closely cast steel in strength and ductility, full
particulars of the tensile and bending tests to which it is proposed to
subject the material should be submitted to the Principal Surveyor of
Ships for consideration before the castings are made.

Ordinary cast iron.

112. In view of the wide variations in its quality and its general
unreliability, the use of ordinary cast iron for important parts of ships'
structures and fittings should be discouraged as far as possible.

This material is considered unsatisfactory for side scuttles and
similar fittings, and cannot be sanctioned for such fittings attached to
the shell plating below the margin line, where failure of the castings
might impair the watertightness of the hull and thus affect the safety of
the ship.

PART VII.

EXISTING PASSENGER STEAMSHIPS.

(i) To which the Simla Rules 1931 are not applicable.,

113. (1) The requirements of paragraphs 1 to 53 of these Instructions
apply in full to ships the keels of which are laid on and after 1st July,
1931, and to ships converted to passenger service after that date, but
the Owners of any foreign-going ship in which the subdivision
requirements of the 'Instructions -relating to the Construction of
Passenger Steamships 1915: or any ship in





which the 'Instructions as to the Survey of Passenger Steamships
1928',* are complied with, may, if they desire, have their ships
reconsidered with a view to complying with the relevant requirements of
the present Instructions.

In such a case the application should be accompanied by plans
showing the actual subdivision arrangements in detail, subdivision
draught (or draughts), increased draught desired (if any), data for
estimating the criterion numeral, and any other particulars which may
appear necessary for the case to be properly reviewed.

(2) (a) The Convention requires the Government to consider the
arrangements on 'existing' ships with a view to improvements being
made to provide increased safety, where practicable and reasonable.

So far as concerns the degree of watertight subdivision, it is not
considered in general practicable or reasonable to require, either in ships
built under the 1915 or 1928 issues of the Survey Instructions, or those
built prior to the coming into operation of those Instructions, any
structural alterations of the nature of additional bulkheading, and it will
therefore not be necessary, except in special cases or as may be
requisite for the purpose of paragraph 115, to prepare information of the
nature required for an investigation of the measure of subdivision
actually provided.

Ships built to the standard of the 1915 or 1928 Instructions are
regarded as having the degree of subdivision which can reasonably be
required of an existing ship, and, so long as the number of passengers is
not increased, need not be re-examined from that point of view except as
indicated in sub-paragraph (1).

Ships not built to the standard of those Instructions will have to be
regarded in a similar way, apart from special cases and as indicated in
sub-paragraph (1).

By 'special cases' is meant ships which, in the opinion of the
surveyor who have surveyed them for passenger certificates, require
special attention from the point of view of subdivision. Cases of this
kind will have to be considered by the surveyors and when they are
satisfied that special measures to improve subdivision are essential they
should report the facts to the Principal Surveyor of Ships.

(b) In the survey of existing ships, particularly those not built in
accordance with the 1915 or 1928 Instructions, special attention
should be given to the survey of those arrangements and fittings
associated with the watertightness of the ship. The following are points
requiring special attention

Published by the Ministry of Shipping. London.





(i) The efficiency and watertightness of the bulkheads, double
bottoms, flats, shaft tunnels, etc., which may assist in keeping the
vessel afloat in the event of the flooding of any of the compartments.

(ii) The means of closing all the openings in the bulkheads, flats,
etc., e.g. sluice valves, pipes, scuppers, electric light cables, doors,
portable plates, ventilation and escape trunks, etc.

(iii) The means of closing openings in the ship's sides, e.g., side
scuttles, gangway cargo and coaling ports, rubbish shoots, etc.

(iv) Weathertight and fire-resisting arrangements above the
bulkhead deck.

If the surveyor is not satisfied with the efficiency of the existing
arrangements in the items mentioned above he should call the attention
of the owners to the matters which he considers are deficient, with an
indication of what he considers are desirable improvements which are
also practicable and reasonable. If he is in any doubt as to the methods
to be adopted for effecting such improvements, or any difficulty is
found in obtaining agreement to improvements which the surveyor
considers necessary and reasonable, the case should be referred to the
Principal Surveyor of Ships for consideration.

Alterations or improvements are to be recorded in Forms B.H.1 or
B.H.1A.

(3) It is not expected that all these matters can be dealt with on the
first survey after the coming into operation of these Instructions. The
surveyor should, however, at the first survey, make a careful note of all
the points which, in his opinion, require consideration from the point of
view referred to above, and keep a careful record of what items he has
examined and of those which remain for examination at the next survey.

In the event of alterations to a ship being proposed or substantial
repairs being undertaken, or if application is made for permission to
carry an increased number of passengers, the possibility of securing
improvements in the matters mentioned above should always be taken
into consideration.

114. The requirement that-

(a)openings in bulkheads closed by portable bolted plates (see
paragraph 29(3)

(b)hinged watertight doors in bulkheads dividing cargo between
deck spaces (see paragraph 41(3)

(c) side scuttles in the position defined in paragraph 43(5);

(d)side scuttles and deadlights not accessible during navigation
(see paragraph 43 (8) and





(e) gangway, cargo and coaling ports below the margin line

(see paragraph 47(1)

shall be closed before the ship leaves port and be kept closed during
navigation applies to existing steamships.

115. A subdivision loadline is to be marked on existing passenger
steamships which require a safety certificate and are not already so
marked. The position of this line will be determined in every case by
Senior Surveyor of Ships, to whom the surveyor should apply for the
necessary instructions in each case.

In the case of passenger ships which obtain a reduction of
freeboard under the Load Line Rules 1932, the consequential alteration
in the loadline marks is not to include the subdivision line, which is to
be maintained in its existing position unless an alteration has been
approved by the Principal Surveyor of Ships.

116. The surveyor is to ascertain and report whether the owners
have supplied the personnel of the ship with data relating to the
stability of the ship under service conditions and, if so, to forward a
copy to the Principal Surveyor of Ships for information and record.

If there is any permanent ballast in the ship, its nature, amount and
distribution are to be reported.

(ii) To which the Simla Rules 1931 are applicable.

117. (1) The Simla Rules contain special provisions as to the
treatment to be accorded to 'existing' ships, as defined in the Rules,
and should an application be received for the survey of a ship already in
service, the case is to be referred to the Principal Surveyor of Ships for
instructions, with information as to the owners of the ship and the
trades in which she has been engaged, particulars of the certificates held
in respect of those trades including the name of the governmental
authority by whom these certificates were issued, and information as to
the trades in which the ship is intended to be employed.

(2) The Simla Rules require that each existing passenger ship
which does not already comply with the provisions of those Rules shall
be considered by Government with a view to providing such increased
safety as is practicable and reasonable.

With regard to the subdivision arrangements it will be necessary to
investigate these in each existing ship in order to ascertain the actual
degree of subdivision provided, and it will therefore be necessary for
the surveyor to obtain such data and information as may be available for
this purpose.

Paragraphs 113(2)(b), 113(3), 114, 115 and 116, are also to apply
to these ships.





PART VIII.

BILGE PUMPING
ARRANGEMENTS.

118. (a) These Instructions are based on the recommendations of the
Bulkheads Committee of 1912, 1915 and 1924, adopted by the
International Conference on Safety of Life at Sea 1929. Variation from
the precise requirements specified, may, however, be allowed as
indicated in Clause (d) of this paragraph.

(b) Every passenger steamship the keel of which was laid on or
after 1st July, 1931, or which is converted to a passenger steamship on
or after that date shall comply fully with the requirements of this Part.
The bilge pumping arrangements in ships launched subsequent to the
1st January, 1921, should also comply with those requirements unless
there are exceptional circumstances which should be reported to the
Principal Surveyor of Ships for consideration. The bilge pumping
arrangements in ships launched previous to that date need not,
however, be disturbed; unless the efficiency of the pumping
installation' is considerably below that required for new ships, and
alterations for the purpose of providing increased safety are practicable.
If, however, for any cause, renewals are being carried out, the
opportunity should be taken to bring the arrangements in connexion
with the renewed parts into conformity with the following Instructions,
so far as may be reasonable and practicable.

(c) The foregoing paragraph (b) relates to passenger steamships
for which a general safety certificate or a passenger certificate is
required. In the case of steamships requiring a short International
voyage safety certificate, subsections (6) and (7) of section 27 of the
Merchant Shipping Ordinance (which is based on Regulation XIX of the
Safety Convention) authorizes the Governor to modify the requirements
of the present instructions relating to bilge pumping arrangements if
and to the extent that he is satisfied that any such requirements is
neither reasonable nor practicable in the case of that steamship. The
modifications which have been authorized in the case of river trade
passenger steamships are stated in paragraph 128. Should any
application be received for modifications in the case of other steamships
engaged on short international v voyages, the matter should be referred
to the Principal Surveyor of Ships for instructions, with full particulars
as to the reasons for the application and the trade in which the vessel is
engaged.

(d) Wherever in the following instructions a particular appliance or
arrangement is specified, it is open to a ship-owner or shipbuilder to
substitute another arrangement or appliance that is equally effective,
provided approval is first obtained. In any such case full particulars
should be submitted to the Principal Surveyor of Ships for
consideration before the work is put in hand.





(e) A detailed plan of the bilge pumping arrangements should be
submitted in every case.

Passenger Steamships in General.

119. Ships shall be provided with an efficient pumping plant capable
of pumping from and draining any watertight compartment under all
practicable conditions after a casualty, whether the ship is upright or
listed. For this purpose wing suctions will generally be necessary except
in narrow compartments at the ends of the ship. Where close ceiling is
fitted over the bilges, arrangements shall be made whereby water in a
hold compartment may find its way to the suction pipes. Efficient means
shall also be provided for draining water from insulated holds.

120. (a) All pipes from the pumps which are required for draining
cargo or machinery spaces shall be entirely distinct from pipes which
may be used for filling or emptying spaces where water or oil is carried.

(b) Bilge suction pipes shall not be carried through the double
bottom tanks, if, as is usual, it is possible to avoid doing so. They shall
in all cases be efficiently secured in position and strapped so as to
prevent movement, and shall be made in suitable lengths with flanged
joints. Efficient expansion joints or bends should be provided in each
range of pipes, and where the connexion at bulkheads, etc., are made
with lead bends the radii of the bends and the distance between the axes
of the straight parts of the pipe shall each be not less than three
diameters, and the length of the bend shall be at least eight diameters of
the pipe, as shown in the subjoined figure.

3R

U





Lead pipes shall not be used under coal bunkers or oil fuel storage
tanks, nor in boiler or machinery spaces, including motorrooms, in
which oil settling tanks, or oil fuel pump units are situated.

121. The diameter of bilge suction pipes in inches shall be in
accordance with the following formulae to the nearest I inch.

4

/L(B 1) +1, for main line suction to the pumps, and 2500

+1, for branch suctions to cargo and machinery
1500 spaces.

Where L length of vessel, in feet,

B breadth of vessel, in feet,

D moulded depth of bulkhead deck, in feet, and

1 length of compartment, in feet.

No main suction pipe, however, shall be less than 21 inches in
bore, and no branch pipe shall be less than 2 inches or need be more
than 4 inches in bore.

122. (a) The arrangement of the bilge and ballast system shall be
such as to prevent the possibility of water passing from the sea and
from water ballast spaces into the cargo and machinery spaces, or from
one compartment to another. To effect this requirement, the bilge
connexion to any pump having also a suction from the sea shall be
made by means of either a non-return valve or a cock which cannot be
open at the same time to the sea, or to water spaces, and to the bilges;
valves in all bilge distribution boxes shall be of the non-return type; and
an approved arrangement of lock-up valves or of blank flanges shall be
provided to prevent any deep tank being inadvertently run up from the
sea when containing cargo, or pumped out through a bilge pipe when
containing water ballast, and appropriate explanatory notices shall be
conspicuously displayed near the fittings involved.

(b) Provision shall also be made to prevent the compartment served
by any bilge suction pipe being flooded, in the event of the pipe being
severed or otherwise damaged by collision or grounding in any other
compartment. For this purpose, where the pipe is at any part situated
nearer the side of the ship than the extreme outward position
permissible for the side of a recess in a bulkhead (see paragraph 13(3)
or in a duct keel, there shall be fitted to the pipe, in the compartment
containing the open end, either a nonreturn valve,* or a screw-down
valve with an operating rod led from a position above the bulkhead
deck.





(c) If a suction pipe is led from the engine-room to the fore-

peak, it shall be provided with a screw-down valve capable of being
operated from above the bulkhead deck, the chest being secured
inside the fore-peak to the collision bulkhead.

(d) All distribution boxes, cocks and valves in connexion with the
bilge pumping arrangement shall be in positions which are accessible at
all times under ordinary circumstances. They shall be so arranged that,
in the event of flooding the emergency bilge pump may be operative on
any compartment. If there is only one system of pipes common to all
pumps, the necessary cocks or valves for controlling the bilge suctions
must be workable from above the bulkhead deck. If in addition to the
main bilge pumping system an emergency bilge pumping system is
provided, it shall be independent of the main system and so arranged
that the emergency pump is capable of operating on any compartment
under flooding conditions.

(e) Operating rods shall be led as directly as possible and shall
have an index plate near the upper end showing what each is for and
how the valve or cock to which it is connected is opened and closed.
Rods in cargo spaces and bunkers shall be suitably cased-in to ensure
free operation and avoid risk of damage.

(f) Valve chests, cocks, pipes and other fittings attached to the
bulkheads or to the tunnel plating shall be secured by means of studs
screwed through the plate, or by tap bolts, and not by bolts passed
through clearing holes.

123. The Suctions including direct suctions in machinery spaces
shall be led from easily accessible mud-boxes placed, whenever
practicable, above the level of the working floor, with straight tail pipes
to the bilges, and having covers secured in such a manner as to permit
of them being expeditiously opened and closed. The suction ends in
hold spaces shall be enclosed in strum-boxes having perforations about
inch in diameter whose combined area is not less than twice that of the
suction pipe, and the boxes shall be so constructed that they can be
cleared without breaking any joint of the suction pipe. Suction pipes in
tunnel wells shall have similar strum-boxes.

124. All water spaces and compartments, except the main engine and
boiler compartments, shall be provided with straight sounding pipes
which, together with the bilge pipes, shall be effectively protected where
necessary against risk of damage from cargo, coal, etc., and a thick steel
doubling plate shall be securely fixed below each sounding pipe for the
rod to strike upon. Sounding pipes, including those for the double
bottoms below machinery spaces should extend to positions at or above
the bulkhead deck which are at all times accessible; but, although





such an arrangement is most desirable, it is not insisted upon either for
bilges or for double bottom tanks situated below machinery spaces,
provided the ends of the sounding pipes are accessible in ordinary
circumstances and are furnished with cocks, having parallel plugs with
permanently secured handles so loaded that, on being released, they
automatically close the cocks.

In the case of insulated holds, sounding pipes shall be provided
both above and below the insulation. These sounding pipes shall be
insulated and be not less than 21 inches in diameter. (See paragraph
15(4)

125. (a) With the exception of pumps which may be provided for
peak compartments only, each bilge pump, whether operated by hand
or by power, shall be arranged to draw water from any hold or
machinery compartment in the ship.

(b) In addition to the ordinary bilge pump worked by the main
engines, or its equivalent engine-room pump, there shall be fitted an
independent power bilge pump. A power pump is one driven
independently by steam, electricity or other mechanical power and not
by manual labour; and ballast, fire and sanitary pumps may be regarded
as independent power pumps if suitably connected for pumping bilges.

(c) In vessels. under 300 feet in length two hand pumps of the
Downton or other approved cranked type giving a continuous
discharge shall be fitted, one forward and one aft; or alternatively, a
second independent power pump may be fitted: but in vessels 300. feet
in length or over a second independent power pump shall be fitted in all
cases, and the hand pumps may then be dispensed with. In each case
mentioned, an additional independent power bilge pump shall be fitted
when the criterion numeral exceeds 30 (see paragraph 11).

(d) Where two or more independent power pumps are .required, the
arrangement shall be such that at least one power pump will be available
for use in all ordinary circumstances in which a vessel may be flooded at
sea. One of the power pumps shall therefore be an emergency pump of a
reliable submersible type. A source of power situated above the
bulkhead deck shall be available for this pump in any case of
emergency.

(e) Where practicable, the power bilge pumps shall be placed in
separate watertight compartments so arranged or situated that these
compartments cannot readily be flooded by the same damage. If the
engines and boilers are in two or more watertight compartments, the
pumps available for bilge purposes shall be distributed through these
compartments as far as is possible.





(f) Each independent power pump shall be capable of giving a
speed of water through the main bilge pipe of not less than 400 feet per
minute, and it shall have a separate direct suction to the compartment in
which it is situated of a diameter not less than that of the bilge main. The
direct suctions shall be so distributed as to pump from either side of the
ship by a direct suction, otherwise one independent power pump shall
have also a fitting to which can be readily attached a flexible suction
hose of sufficient length for use in case of emergency. In coal fired ships
there shall be a direct suction to the independent power pumps from
each side of the boiler room, except that when the engine and boiler
rooms are in the same watertight compartment a flexible suction hose
may be provided of sufficient length to reach from a fitting on an
independent power pump to either side of the boiler room.

Flexible suction hoses shall have an internal diameter 1 inch larger
than that of the largest branch suction required in the ship, but need not
be larger than 4 inches in diameter.

(g) Manual pumps shall at all times be workable from positions on
or above the bulkhead deck. If the two pumps of the cranked type
referred to in clause (c) are placed in a combined engine and boiler room
and the height from the suction end of the bilge pipe to the flooded
water line exceeds 24 feet, the barrel of each pump must be extended to
above the flooded water line so that, in the event of the compartment
being flooded, it may be possible to withdraw the bucket and tail valve
for examination or overhauling. The lift of the pump, namely, the vertical
height between the end of the suction pipe and the tail pipe, shall in no
case exceed 24 feet. A shut-off valve or cock operated from the bulkhead
deck or a non-return valve must be provided to enable either pump to be
opened up without affecting the efficiency of the other.

(h) Main circulating pumps shall have direct suction connexions,
provided with non-return valves, to the lowest drainage level in the
machinery space and of a diameter at least two-thirds that of the sea-
inlet. The spindles of the sea-inlet and direct suction valve should
extend well above the engine room platform. Where the fuel is, or may
be, coal and there is no watertight bulkhead between the engine and
boilers, a direct discharge overboard shall be fitted from at least one
circulating pump, or, alternatively, a byepass may be fitted to the
circulating discharge.

(i) Testing of Bilge Pumping Arrangements: In these regulations
when any fittings are installed they should be suitable for the purpose
intended; accordingly, when surveyors are testing the bilge pumping
arrangements of passenger ships the independent circulating pumps
should be tried on the bilges.





In all cases the results of tests of the bilge pumping efficiency of
circulating pumps should be fully reported to the Principal Surveyor of
Ships, and in the event of a test being unsatisfactory, the reasons for
the failure should be given and suggestions for improvements made.

The emergency bilge pump should be tried and proved to be
satisfactory at every survey for renewal of passenger certificate, before
a declaration is granted.

In the case of older vessels, launched prior to 1st January, 1921,
and which do not comply fully with the existing regulations, the bilge
pumping arrangements should be inspected with care to ensure that a
reasonable standard of efficiency is maintained. Special attention
should be given to the boiler room of coal burning vessels.
Improvements which could be reasonably made, such as the provision
of direct suctions where these are lacking, should be brought to the
notice of owners. Full reports in the cases dealt with should be
forwarded to the Principal Surveyor of Ships.

126. The bilge pumping arrangements in motor ships shall so far as
practicable, be equivalent to those required for steamships of similar
size, except as regards main circulating pumps.

127. The bilge pumping arrangements in vessels employed in the
carriage of unberthed passengers to which the simla Rules (1931) apply,
shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 119 to 126 with the
following modifications

(a) Bilge Valves, Cocks, etc. (application of paragraph 122).

Sub-paragraph (d) except for the first sentence shall
apply only to ships carrying an emergency bilge pump.

(b) Bilge Pumps (application of paragraph 125).

Sub-paragraph (d) shall not apply to a pilgrim ship or to a
ship carrying not more than twelve berthed passengers.

128. (a) The bilge pumping arrangements in vessels employed within
the limits of the coasting and river trade shall comply with the
requirements of paragraphs 119 to 126 except as regards the minimum
size of pipes prescribed in the last clause of paragraph 121 and as stated
hereafter.





(b) Bilge pumps shall be provided as follows

Pumps required.

Length of Vessel
in feet.

Power bilge

.1 Hand deck pumps.

pumps.

50 and under 100 Onet One of the lever type to each

compartment, or one of

.. cranked type.
100 250 .......One: One of the cranked type.
250 300 .......Onet Two of the cranked type.
300 and over

+ Additional to the ordinary pump worked by main engines. + Additional to the
ordinary pump worked by the main engines or equivalent engine room pump.

Submit for consideration.

Each of the pumps specified, unless of the hand lever type, shall be
capable of drawing from any part of the vessel.

(c) When a hand deck pump is fitted to each compartment, the
valves and cocks for regulating the bilge suctions need not be workable
from above the bulkhead deck if they are in the same compartment as
the power pumps.

(d) Where two independent power pumps are required, one pump
shall be an emergency pump worked from a source of power situated
above the bulkhead deck, which shall be available at all times when the
vessel is occupied by passengers or crew and be independent of the
main propelling plant.

(e) The hand pumps mentioned in the third column of the table may
be dispensed with if two power pumps independent of the main engines
are fitted, provided the requirements of the previous clause of this
paragraph are complied with.

PART IX.

BOILERS AND MACHINERY.

129. (a) Surveyors are required by the Ordinance to fix the
limits of weight to be placed on safety-valves of passenger steam-
ships, and to determine whether the boilers and machinery are
sufficient for the service intended and in good condition. In order er
to facilitate the foregoing, the surveyor may require plans of the
boilers and machinery, and these should be supplied as requested.





(b) The machinery to be surveyed comprises the engines and
boilers used for propelling the vessel, and all the machinery connected
therewith including donkey boilers that are in any way attached to, or
connected with, the main boilers. The steering gear; installation for
emergency power and lighting; the machinery for operating the
watertight doors; and the engines of motor lifeboats (including the
generator for wireless telegraph apparatus), forming part of the
statutory boat equipment should also be surveyed.

Boilers and machinery used for loading or unloading the vessel,
and used exclusively for purposes unconnected with the motive power
of the vessel, do not form a part of the machinery required by the
Merchant Shipping Ordinance, to be surveyed, but the surveyor should
satisfy himself that the boiler is reasonably safe for the pressure at
which it is worked.

(c) When a surveyor has seen the machinery of a new steamship in
the shop before it is put together, and is satisfied with it, it will not be
necessary before issuing the first declaration to have it again opened
up on board the ship for examination, either by himself or another
surveyor, unless in the surveyor's judgment it is necessary after the
vessel has been tried under steam.

(d) Subject to any reservations which may be mentioned in the
Certifying Letter, new boilers imported into the Colony and
accompanied by a Certifying Letter from the Ministry of Shipping will
be accepted as having complied with all the regulations 143 to 210
inclusive relating to the process of manufacture and materials.

(e) Subject to any reservations which may be mentioned in the
Certifying Letter, new machinery, new parts of machinery and any
auxiliaries which are imported into the Colony and accompanied by a
Certifying Letter from the Ministry of Shipping will be accepted as
having fully complied with all the regulations contained herein.

130. (a) In the case of passenger vessels with more than one
propeller, only one complete engine and necessary auxiliaries need be
surveyed every twelve months, provided however that in Diesel
engined ships the whole of the engines and auxiliaries shall be surveyed
within any two years. In the case of single screw vessels, the complete
machinery must be surveyed each year. Further, all vessels may be
surveyed on the running survey principle, that is, all the turbines,
cylinders, or other parts surveyed need not be opened up at the same
time so long as the required proportion of the machinery as defined
above, is seen in the course of a year and the parts requiring annual
survey are seen within twelve months of the last inspection. The
inspections should, as far as possible, be made concurrently with the
inspections made on





behalf of the owners, the various parts being inspected in sequence and
at regular intervals as far as possible. A general inspection of the main
machinery not opened up for inspection should also be made as far as
possible.

Owners should make arrangements for a surveyor to be notified
whenever any parts are opened out for overhaul and whenever any
breakdowns have occurred, and the surveyor should keep records of
the sequence in which, and dates on which parts of the machinery were
surveyed.

(b) Surveyors should be careful when examining the machinery to
have the upper brasses of all bearings taken off; the shaft turned round
and carefully examined; air and circulating-pump covers lifted for
examination of the pump buckets and valves; the covers of all feed and
bilge-pump valves removed for the examination of the valves; all
discharge-valves and sea-cocks taken apart for examination; the
propeller shaft withdrawn when necessary, and both the shaft and
propeller examined. In all cases in which the shaft is withdrawn, it is to
be seen again after the propeller is secured in its place.

In addition the following parts should be opened up, namely

Reciprocating steam engines: The cylinder covers and junk rings
or pistons lifted for inspection of the cylinders and pistons; the casing
covers removed for examination of the slide-valves, and the slide-valves
taken out.

Turbines: The turbine casings and gear boxes should be opened
up periodically for inspection and the rotors lifted so that the lower half
of casing can be examined.

Diesel Engines: The survey of diesel engines should be made on
the lines of the procedure laid down for steam reciprocating engines,
with the necessary additions, namely, examination of the cylinders and
pistons should include inspection of the covers for cracks, scale in
cooling water spaces, and gauging of liners for wear; examination of fuel,
air, and exhaust valves, including seats and springs; examination of
safety devices, that is, relief valves on air systems, non-return valves in
air and fuel lines of piping, flame retarders in air lines, etc.; examination
of water-cooling arrangements and forced lubrication systems;
examination of compressors, blast air and starting air containers, and
examination of spare gear.

131. Before a declaration is issued the machinery must be tried. In
the case of a new vessel, the trials should be made at sea, or under
conditions which approach those of the service in which the vessel will
be engaged. When the trials are made at sea the steering gear should be
tested (see paragraph 293).





132. (a) In steamships with more than one boiler the same procedure
may be followed as in the case of the machinery, that is, the boilers may
be surveyed on the running survey principle, provided each boiler is
inspected within any given period of twelve months.

(b) The brickwork and bridges in the furnaces and combustion
chambers of new cylindrical boilers need not be specially taken down
during the first four years, provided there is no evidence of leakage or
corrosion at the adjacent part or parts of the boiler and the surveyor is
otherwise satisfied. This does not apply to water tube boilers, in which,
as in all boilers after the first four years, the fire-bars, bridges, and
brickwork should be removed and the boilers opened up to permit of a
thorough examination of all parts.

(c) All cocks and valves on the boiler should be taken apart and
examined.

133. At every survey of a passenger steamship, the surveyor
should go inside the boilers, and make a thorough examination of them.
The furnace plates, lower parts of combustion-chamber plates, shell,
etc., should of course be drilled when considered necessary in order to
ascertain their actual thickness.

When stays alone prevent the surveyor getting into the water or
steam spaces of a boiler, such stays should be removed, but he must
see them properly replaced before granting his declaration.

If any part of a main boiler or furnaces is so constructed that the
surveyor cannot examine it, he should withhold the declaration and
report the case to the Principal Surveyor of Ships.

When boilers are not large enough for the surveyor to enter the
water or steam spaces, they should be examined as far as possible, and
tested by hydraulic pressure at every annual survey, at least. The
hydraulic test may also be applied at intermediate surveys, if such are
held, and if the surveyor considers the test necessary.

If the boiler is too hot for the surveyor to examine the inside
efficiently, and with safety and convenience, he should decline to
examine it, and refuse to grant a declaration until he can make an
efficient internal examination.

A surveyor who has to enter a boiler which it is possible to
connect with another boiler containing steam should, before doing so,
take all reasonable precautions to secure immunity from the danger of
steam being turned into the boiler into which he is entering.





134. The surveyors should be specially careful to see that the end
attachments of the screwed stays of all passenger steamships' boilers
are satisfactory and in good condition. They are cautioned that a
number of cases have occurred in which many screwed steel stays in
the water spaces of steel boilers have broken squarely across, in line
with the water side ot the outer plate, in the ordinary course of working.
It is sometimes difficult to detect such defects, although they may be so
serious as to render the boiler in which they occur quite unfit for the
pressure which is required, and for which it would otherwise be
sufficient. Great vigilance is therefore necessary in the examination of
such stays, and the surveyors will find the frequent application of the
hydraulic test a valuable aid to the discovery of broken ones. The
surfaces supported by these stays should be carefully gauged before,
during, and after the hydraulic test, as undue deflection will no doubt
occur in the vicinity of any stays that may be broken.

Boilers which have patches that are only bolted, or fitted in a
temporary manner, should not receive a declaration for twelve months.
Such patches should be removed and be properly and permanently
fitted at the earliest opportunity. Cup patches over the ends of stays
should not be passed, and, if it comes to the knowledge of the surveyor
that cup patches have been fitted over the ends of stays during the time
a certificate is in force, he should take steps to have them removed and
the defects made good.

135. Provided the work is carried out by experienced workmen to the
satisfaction of the surveyor, welding processes may be employed,
within limits, for repairing cracks in furnaces, combustion chambers, and
end plates of boilers, and in the same parts for re-enforcing the landing
edges of leaky riveted seams which have become reduced by repeated
chipping and caulking.

In some old furnaces which have been repaired by the above
processes, it has been found that, after a few months working, cracks
have again developed at parts adjacent to those welded, probably
owing to the original material of the furnace having become fatigued
and worn out by long and severe usage. In dealing with old furnaces,
therefore, this fact should be taken into consideration.

The re-enforcing of the circumferential seams of boiler shells may
be allowed if the end plates are well stayed, but no welding should be
done to those parts by any process, such as the oxyacetylene, oxy-
hydrogen or other similar method, which may cause local heating over
an appreciable area of the plate.

In no circumstances should any part of a boiler of a passenger
vessel be welded if wholly in tension under working conditions, such as
a stay, or the shell plate at a longitudinal seam, the





failure of which by cracking at the welded part might lead to disastrous
results.

In any case in which the prop osed -repairs to the boilers of
passenger vessels by either of the above processes are of an
uncommon or unusually extensive character, the particulars should be
submitted for the Principal Surveyor of Ships' consideration and
approval.

After repairs by welding have been completed, the parts at or
adjacent to the welds should in all cases be well hammertested; and,
unless the welding is of a trifling character, a hydraulic test of not less
than one-and-a-half times. the working pressure should be applied to
the boiler after the hammer-testing has been effected.

136. Surveyors should take care that boilers which are so placed that
the outside of the bottom cannot be seen, are lifted for inspection at
least once in every four years, or oftener if the surveyors consider it
necessary. If the owners in any special case have good reasons for not
wishing to lift them when the surveyor requires it, the surveyor should
submit the whole case in detail to the Principal Surveyor of Ships for his
consideration. The surveyor must recollect that he is not to certify as
sufficient, any boiler respecting which he cannot thoroughly satisfy
himself.

137. (a) Surveyors should see all new boilers tested by hydraulic
pressure to 11 times the working pressure allowed, plus 50 Ibs. per
square inch. The test should be made previously to the boilers being-
placed in the vessel, and before they are lagged. This latter instruction
applies also to evaporators, superheaters and steam chests, but these
should be tested to twice the working pressure, except that when a
superheater forms an integral part of a boiler it should be tested to the
same pressure and with the boiler of which it forms a part.

(b) The full hydraulic, test described above should be applied,
before a declaration is granted, to the boilers of all steamships that have
not previously had a passenger certificate, and at each annual survey to
boilers which are too small for the surveyor to enter or satisfactorily
examine internally.

(c) When the boilers are in the vessel, the surveyor may, at any
time he thinks it necessary, before he gives a declaration, require them
to be tested by hydraulic pressure, to satisfy himself as to the
sufficiency of any doubtful part, or of any part not easy of access for
inspection.

Boilers which have been lifted should in all cases be subjected to
the hydraulic test before they are re-set.





Old boilers which can be examined internally should be tested to at
least 1-21 times the working pressure, after undergoing important repairs,
and the full test pressure should be applied if the boilers cannot be
examined internally or, in the opinion of the surveyor, the extent or
nature of the repairs makes it desirable. The hydraulic test should not be
applied until the boiler has been examined in accordance with paragraph
133 and until the strength has been calculated from the necessary
measurements taken from the boiler itself.

(d) The hydraulic test should not be witnessed by the surveyor in
any case where these regulations as to strength, material, method of
construction, treatment, etc., are not complied with, unless they have
previously submitted the details of the particular case for the
consideration of the Principal Surveyor of Ships and obtained authority
to witness the test.

(e) If, while a boiler is being tested, there are any visible or audible
indications that it is, in any way, defective, the surveyor should at once
advise those conducting the test to relieve the boiler of pressure, and
should take steps to ascertain the nature and extent of the defect. The
surveyor's primary duty at a test is, however, to note the results and
satisfy himself that it is properly made, the conduct of the test being left
to the representatives of those who own the boiler. When a test is
unsatisfactory, the defects should be made good and the boiler re-
tested.

(f) The attention of the surveyors is directed to the importance of
examining closely new boilers during and after the hydraulic test,
especially those having thick shell plates, which are more subject to
defects than thinner plates on which a greater amount of work is
bestowed when rolling. A considerable number of serious defects (in the
nature of cracks) in shell plates have been reported at different times,
many having been discovered before the plates were worked into the
boilers, but some not having been revealed until the boilers were
completed and the hydraulic test was applied.

Two surveyors should be present at the hydraulic testing of all
boilers having cylindrical shells 11 inches or over in thickness, in order
that the shell plates may be kept under close observation during the
test, and special attention should be given to any part which has been
dressed on the surface (see paragraph 152): if such part be inside the
boiler, it should be carefully examined after the water has been run out of
the boiler, and in every case the results should be reported.

In cases, however, where the work in the port renders it
impracticable, without serious inconvenience, for two surveyors to be
present, the presence of a second surveyor may be dispensed with,
provided that it can be arranged for the makers to keep the full hydraulic
test pressure on the boiler sufficiently long to enable the surveyor to
make a thorough inspection of the shell





plates and other parts usually inspected while the pressure is on the
boiler. This modification applies primarily to single-ended boilers, but it
may, in exceptional cases, apply to double-ended boilers also.
Endeavour should, however, always be made to ensure the presence of
two surveyors, particularly when double-ended boilers are being tested.

(g) No test should be considered good in which the boiler has not
borne satisfactorily the intended test pressure for at least ten
consecutive minutes.

After a boiler has been subjected to the hydraulic test, the
surveyor should inspect it, as far as possible, both externally and
internally.

The amount of the test pressure and the date on which the test
was last applied should in all cases be inserted in the surveyor's
declaration, and be noted in the office records. The surveyor should
also record the dates on which boilers which have been lifted are
inspected, and whether the boilers were out of the ship when examined,
and, if out of the ship, where they were examined.

(h) When witnessing hydraulic tests of boilers, etc., the surveyors
are to use the pressure gauges supplied by the Government for the
purpose..

138. If the surveyor, after completing the survey of a new boiler
(including the internal inspection after the hydraulic test), is fully
satisfied that the regulations and requirements have been in all respects
complied with, and that the boiler is entirely satisfactory, he should see
it stamped in the following manner

H.K. Government Test.
No . ..............................

Tested to .........Ibs.
W.P . .............Ibs.

(Date)
(Surveyor's Initials)

the pressures, date and initials of the surveyor being those applicable
to the particular case.

The marks in the case of single-ended boilers should be stamped
on a conspicuous part of the front end plate, near the breast door on the
right-hand side, double-ended boilers being similarly marked at both
ends, and vertical cylindrical boilers on a conspicuous part of the shell
immediately above the fire-hole. Water-tube boilers should be stamped
on a conspicuous part of the steam drum near the water gauge. If,
however, in singleended or double-ended cylindrical boilers the casings
for forced draught, or other fittings, would prevent them being readily
seen when placed on the end plate, the marks may be stamped on the





right-hand side of the shell plate, near the end plate and in such a
position that they will not be hidden by the lagging.

139. The surveyor should fix the working pressure for boilers by a
series of calculations of the strength of the various parts, taking into
consideration the workmanship and material. The Government has
arranged to receive, for examination by their surveyors, plans and
particulars of boilers before the commencement of manufacture, by
these means hoping to prevent questions arising after the boilers are
finished and on board. This practice has been found to work well in
saving the time of the surveyors, and in preventing expense,
inconvenience, and delay to owners.

Plans of boilers may be received for examination upon payment of
the fee prescribed in the Scale of Fees for Surveys and Inspections, etc.,
and the surveyor may proceed as far as witnessing the hydraulic test,
and making the subsequent internal examination before any further
instalment of the passenger certificate survey fee is paid. Engineers and
boiler-makers should be advised of this arrangement.

When the surveyor has received plans of new boilers, or of
alterations to boilers, and has approved of them, he should, of course,
be careful, in making his examination from time to time, to see that the
construction proceeds in accordance with the approved designs. When
he has not had the plans submitted, but is called upon to survey a
boiler, he should measure the parts, note the details of construction,
and, if necessary, bore the plates to ascertain their thickness, etc.,
before he gives his declaration: and in the event of any novelty in
construction, or of any departure from the practice of staying and
strengthening noted in these regulations, he should report full
particulars to the Principal Surveyor of Ships before fixing the working
pressure.

The surveyor cannot declare a boiler to be safe unless he is fully
informed as to its construction, material, and workmanship. He should,
therefore, be very careful in giving a declaration for a boiler that he is
not called upon to survey until after it is completed, and fixed in the
ship.

140. A pressure once allowed on the boiler of a passenger steamship
should not in any circumstances be increased unless the surveyor has
previously referred the matter to the Principal Surveyor of Ships. In
cases where a surveyor is of opinion that an increased pressure may
with safety be allowed, he should communicate with the surveyor who
last surveyed the vessel; and if, on learning the reasons why the
existing pressure was formerly allowed, the surveyor is still of opinion
that it may be increased, he should communicate all the facts of the case
to the Principal Surveyor of Ships; but, as above stated, the pressure
should not in any case be increased until the question has been decided
by him.





141. (a) Surveyors are to be most careful not to give any official
sanction to any new or unusual arrangement or construction of marine
engines, boilers or fittings, nor should they give any written approval of
any invention or arrangement without first obtaining the permission of
the Principal Surveyor of Ships and, whenever they know that any
boiler, or other apparatus of novel arrangement is to be fitted to a vessel
that is intended to have a passenger certificate, they should as soon as
possible, with a view to preventing subsequent delays and questions,
obtain plans of it and submit them for consideration.

(b) When any deviation from an approved plan is made, full
particulars thereof should be submitted for the Principal Surveyor of
Ships' consideration; and, when any deviation is sanctioned, it is only
for that particular case, unless otherwise stated.

142. If any engine, boiler, apparatus, or fitting, or any part thereof
which has been made to a design submitted for consideration, proves
unsatisfactory or defective during manufacture or in use, before the first
declaration is granted full particulars of such defects, and of any
proposal which may be made to remedy them, should be obtained and
reported by the surveyor with as little delay as possible.

Manufacture and testing of material intended for boilers and
machinery of passenger steamships.

143. All steel intended for use in the construction of boilers and
forgings should be made by the open hearth process, acid or basic.
Steel used for castings may be made by any process which has been
approved by the Ministry of Shipping or the Principal Surveyor of
Ships.

144. Only tested steel is to be used in the construction of boilers.
Steel, bronze and delta metal which is used for the forgings or castings
of any important part of the machinery must also be tested.

All tests are to be made in the presence of a Government surveyor
unless the material, or forging, or casting has already been tested by a
surveyor to the Ministry of Shipping, and a certificate of test is
produced verifying the particulars thereof.

If no such tests of material are made, a surveyor is not to give a
declaration without referring the case to the Principal Surveyor of Ships.

145. When steel intended for boilers is not made by any of the
following makers the case must receive special consideration.





Messrs. W. Beardmore Co. .
BoIckow Vaughan Co., Ltd .
J. Brown Co .
The British (Guest, Keen, Bald-
wins) Iron Steel Co., Ltd .
Cammell Laird Co .
The Clydebridge Steel Co .
D. Colville Sons
The Consett Iron Co., Ltd .
The Glasgow Iron Steel Co., Ltd.
The Leeds Forge Co . ......For plates and

Palmer's Shipbuilding Iron Co.,bars or sections.
Ltd .
The Patent Shaft Axletree Co.,
Ltd .
The South Durham Steel Iron
Co., Ltd .
John Spencer Sons, Ltd .
The Steel Co. of Scotland
The Weardale Steel, Coal, Coke
Co., Ltd .
Stewarts Lloyds, Ltd .
The Parkgate Iron Steel Co .

J. Dunlop Co .
Appleby Frodingham Steel Co.,For plates.

Ltd., Scunthorpe, Lincs 1

The Lanarkshire Steel Co., Ltd. ...
Waverley Iron Steel Co . ............
H. Bessemer Co., Ltd . ..............

Industrial Steels, Ltd . i

Alfred Hickman, Ltd .
Dorman, Long Co., Ltd .
The Wigan Coal Iron Co., Ltd.
Scottish Iron Steel Co. (North-For bars or
burn Works) ..................sections.
Cargo Fleet Iron Steel Co .
Earl of Dudley's Round Oak Works, Ltd.
Messrs. Appleby Frodingharn Steel Co.,
Ltd., Scunthorpe, Lincs .
United Steel Companies, Ltd., (Steel, Peach
Tozer Branch)
United Steel Companies, Ltd., (The United
Strip and Bar Mills Branch)





146. Sufficient notice should be given to the Principal Surveyor of
Ships in order that arrangements may be made for a surveyor to witness
the test.

147. (a) All the test-pieces required should be selected by the
surveyor, and, except where otherwise specified in these regulations,
the tests should be made in his presence.

(b) Test-pieces should not be cut off forgings or castings until
they have been stamped by the surveyor after the annealing has been
completed.

If any material, including plates, is annealed, or otherwise heat-
treated, after test-pieces have been selected, the test-pieces should be
similarly and simultaneously treated with the material before they are
tested. The specimens should not be further heated, excepting those for
temper bending tests, which should be heated to a blood red, judged
indoors in the shade, and quenched in water at a temperature not
exceeding 80' Fahr.

(e) When a number of articles are cut from one plate, bar or forging,
the number of tests required should be the same as that required from
the original, piece, provided the articles have not been further heated or
forged, and can be identified as having formed part of the original piece.

(d) When a number of small forgings are made from the same ingot,
or a number of small castings from the same charge of steel, the full
number of tests specified hereafter need not be made; tensile and
bending tests at the rate of one of each for every four articles will, as a
rule, in such cases be sufficient.

(e) For small sectional material the bend tests may be made from
the flattened bar.

(f) Bend tests may be made either by pressure or by blows.

(g) Except where specially mentioned in these instructions, any
straightening of test-pieces which may be required shall be done cold.

148. The forms and dimensions of test-pieces should be as follows





(a) TENSILE TESTS
PLATES, TEE AND ANGLE BARS

TEST-PIECE A.

1 =2


N N N
X W X X
X X :p

X X r. X


2

2

0 8' GAUGE LENGTH

PARALLEL FOR A LENGTH
OF NOT LESS THAN 9 INCHES

TOTAL LENGTH ABOUT 18'

BARS, RODS AND STAYS
TEST-PIECE B.



GAUGE LENGTH NOT LESS TEXAN 8 TIMES THE DIA.

WITH ENLARGED ENDS:- PARALLEL FOR A
LENGTH OF NOT LESS THAN 9 TIMES THE REDUCED DIA.





ALTERNATIVE TEST-PIECE F.

FOR TEST-PIECES OVER 1 INCH IN DIAMETER

AUGE LENGTH NOT LESS
THAN 4 TIMES THE DIAMETER

WITH ENLARGED ENDS:- PARALLEL
FOR A LENGTH OF NOT LESS THAN
41 TIMES THE REDUCED DIA.

FORGINGS AND CASTINGS
TEST-PIECES C, R AND E.

TEST-PIECE C. DIA.= 564 IN.

AREA SQ. IN.

2' GAUGE LENGTH

PARALLEL FOR A LENGTH

OF NOT LESS THAN 2 1/4'

DIA.= 798 IN.
TEST-PIECE D.
AREA=1/2 SQ. IX.

3' GAUGE LENGTH----*;

PARALLEL FOR A LENGTH

OF NOT LESS THAN 3 3/8'

DiA.= 977 IN.
TEST-PIECE. E. AREA=3/4 SQ. IN.

31' GAUGE LENGTH

PARALLEL FOR A LENGTH
OF NOT LESS THAN 4'

The gauge length and the parallel portion of the test-pieces should
be as shown. The form of the ends should be as required in order to suit
the various methods employed for gripping the test-piece.

Any reduction of the specimens to the form required should be
effected by machine, and, whenever practicable, the rolled surfaces
should be retained on two opposite sides of the. test-pieces taken from
plates, angle bars and tee bars.





(b) Bending Tests.

I. The specimens sheared from plates, angle bars and tee bars, for
bending tests, should not be less than 11 inches wide; but, for small
bars, the whole section may be used.

The rough edge caused by shearing samples 1 inch in thickness,
and above, may be removed by filing or grinding; and samples 1 inch or
more in thickness may have the edges -machined.

11. The bending specimens of round bars should, whenever
practicable, be of the full diameter of the bars, as rolled, but those of
large section may be turned down to a diameter of 2 inches, if desired.

111. The bending tests of forgings and castings should be made
with rectangular test-pieces, 1 inch wide by 3/4 inch thick, which should
be machined to size and have the corners rounded to a radius of 1/16
inch; they should be bent over their thinner section.

IV. The test-pieces used for temper bend tests shall be similar to
those used for cold bend tests.

The test-pieces shall be heated to a blood-red colour, judged
indoors in the shade, and quenched in water at a temperature not
exceeding 80' Fahr.

149. Should either a tensile or a bend test fail to fulfil the test
requirements, and should the surveyor consider that the testpiece does
not fairly represent the quality of the material, two duplicate specimens
may be tested; and, if the results obtained from both are satisfactory,
the quality of the article may be judged thereby, and not by the original
test which failed. If, however, either of the duplicate tests fails, the
article or articles represented should be rejected.

Should any tensile test-piece break at a point outside the middle
half of its gauge length, the test may, with the surveyor's approval, be
discarded, and another test may be made from the same plate, bar,
forging or casting.

150. Every article should be stamped with a number or identification
mark such that the charge of steel from which it was made can be readily
identified. In addition to this, plates and bars should be stamped with
the makers' name or trade mark, and plates with the results of any tests
which are made from them.

151. After witnessing the steel tests, the surveyor should enter the
results in the office records.





While it is imperative that all necessary tests of material should be
made, it is desirable that any unnecessary tests should be avoided.

152. The finished material should be sound and free from cracks,
surface flaws and laminations, and no hammer-dressing, patching,
burning or electric welding is permissible.

It is most necessary that the surveyor should carefully scru- ize
the inner and outer surfaces of all cylindrical shell plates,
with a view to detecting cracks, while the plates are being worked
in the boilers. If he has any doubt about a part a light chipping
should be taken off the surface, in order to see if the chipping
divides at a crack.

Boiler-makers should be requested to examine carefully all shell
plates in the various stages of working, as they have the best
opportunity of discovering defects, and occasionally cracks develop
when working the plates in the boiler shop; but such inspection does
not in any way relieve the surveyor from his duty personally to inspect
the plates.

In the event of any material proving unsatisfactory in the course of
working or machining, it should be rejected notwithstanding any
previous certification of satisfactory testing.

Surveyors should report all cases of failure of steel plates, etc.,
which may come to their knowledge.

Plates.

153. (a) A tensile and a cold bending test should be taken from each
plate, as rolled; but, when the weight of the plate exceeds two and a half
tons, a tensile and a bending test should be taken from each end. In
addition to the tests mentioned one temper bend test shall be made from
every shell plate which has a tensile strength above 35 tons per square
inch.

The plates for man-hole doors, and for compensating rings around
the openings for doors, should be tested in the usual manner.

(b) Test specimens may be cut from the rolled material either
lengthwise or crosswise, but cross check tests of boiler shell plates and
butt straps should be made occasionally, the specimens being stamped
by the surveyor before they are cut from the plates.

(c) Wherever practicable the rolled surfaces shall be retained on
two opposite sides of the test piece.





154. (a) The tensile breaking strength of steel plates for shells and
girders, determined from standard test pieces, shall be ordinarily
between the limits of 28 tons and 35 tons per square inch, but a range of
not more than 4 tons per square inch shall be permitted in any one case.

(b) For plates intended for flanging or welding, and for combustion
chambers and furnaces, the tensile breaking strength shall be between
the limits of 26 tons and 30 tons per square inch.

(c) The elongation, measured on a standard test piece having a
gauge length of 8 inches, shall be not less than 20 per cent for material
of 1 inch in thickness and upwards required to have a tensile breaking
strength between the limits of 28 tons and 35 tons per square inch; and
not less than 23 per cent for material of 1 inch in thickness and upwards
required to have a tensile breaking strength between the limits of 26
tons and 30 tons per square inch.

For material under inch in thickness the elongation may be 3 per
cent, but not more than 3 per cent, below the abovenamed elongations.

155. (a) For both cold and temper bends the test piece shall
withstand, without fracture, being doubled over until the internal radius
is equal to 1-1 times the thickness of the test piece, and the

2

sides are parallel

(b) The temper bend test pieces shall be similar to those used for
cold bend tests. The test pieces shall be heated to a blood-red colour,
judged indoors in the shade, and quenched in water at a temperature
not exceeding 80' Fahr.

156. (a) Tests from one in four plates of each thickness of plating
manufactured by makers given in paragraph 145 will be sufficient
excepting when

(i) the weight of the plate is over 2-1 tons,

2

(ii) there is a special limit of strength,

(iii) in the case of shell plates, a minimum strength exceeding

28 tons is required, in which
cases each plate is to be tested.

(b) It is very desirable that all plates (especially those of great
thickness) intended for the shells of boilers should be annealed, but it is
important that the process should be carefully effected, the plates being
heated singly to a suitable temperature, in a properly constructed
furnace, and allowed to cool separately and uniformly out of the furnace.

(c) Plates should be sound and free from defects. Paragraph 152
should be applied with care, particularly in the case of shell plates.





Angle, Rivet, and Stay Bars.

157. (a) One tensile test should be made from each 15-or part of 15-
bars rolled of each section or diameter from the same charge, but not
less than two tensile tests should be made, unless the total number of
bars rolled from the same charge is 8, or less than 8, and the bars are of
the same section or diameter, when one test will suffice. For round bars
1 3/4 inches in diameter, and under, the numbers 50 and 20 should be
substituted for 15 and 8 respectively for determining the number of
tests required.

A cold bend should be made Prom stay bars ;In the same
proportion as that in which tensile tests are required; and a cold bend
should be made from each angle or tee bar rolled. No bending tests
need be made from rivet bars.

(b) Whenever practicable the rolled surfaces shall be retained on
the test pieces.

(Note - See paragraph 160 for tests of' special iron intended for
combustion chamber slays.)

158. (a) Longitudinal stays shall have a tensile strength between
the limits of 28 tons and 35 tons per square inch, with an elongation of
not less than 20 or 24 per cent measured on standard test piece B or F
respectively, but a range of not more than 4 tons per square inch shall
be permitted in any one case.

(b) Combustion chamber stays shall have a tensile strength between
the limits of 26 tons and 30 tons per square inch, with an elongation of
not less than 23 or 28 per cent measured on standard test piece B or F
respectively.

(e) Angle and tee bars shall have a tensile strength between the
limits of 28 and 32 tons per square inch, with an elongation of not less
than 20 per cent measured on the standard test piece A.

For material under 3 inch in thickness the elongation may

W

be 3 per cent less.

(d) Rivet bars shall have a tensile strength between the limits of 26
tons and 30 tons per square inch of section, with an elongation of not
less than 25 or 30 per cent measured on standard test piece B or F
respectively. The bars may be tested the full size as rolled.

159. The test pieces shall withstand without fracture, being doubled
over until the internal radius is equal to 1.1 times the

2

thickness or diameter of the test piece, and the sides are parallel.

160. In order that iron screw stays may be approved of the same size
as would be required for mild steel the iron must withstand the following
tests





(a) The bars as rolled are to be placed in batches of 20, and one
tensile and two bend test pieces are to be selected by the surveyor from
each batch.

The bend test pieces may be either of the bar as rolled or turned
down to one inch diameter. One of the two bend test pieces selected is
to be lightly and evenly nicked on one side with a sharp cutting tool.

(b) The tensile breaking strength shall not be less than 211 tons per
square inch with an elongation of not less than 25 or 30 per cent
measured on a standard test piece B or F respectively.

If the tensile test is unsatisfactory, two other bars are to be selected
for test from the batch, and should either of these fail the batch is to be
rejected.

(e) The bend test piece shall stand bending cold until the sides are
parallel and the space between the two sides is not greater than the
diameter of the test piece. The nicked test piece is to be bent back at the
nick through an angle of 180' by pressure or by a succession of light
blows. The fracture must be clean, fibrous, free from slag or dirt or any
coarse crystalline structure. If either of the bends is unsatisfactory, two
other bars are to be selected for a test similar to that which failed, and
should either of these prove unsatisfactory the batch is to be rejected.

161. (a) A few rivets of each size should be selected by the surveyor
from the bulk, and should be subjected to the following tests

1. The rivet shanks to be bent cold and hammered until the two
parts of the shank touch, without fracture on the outside of the bend.

2. The rivet heads to be flattened, while hot, until their diameter is
two and a half times the diameter of the shank, without cracking at the
edges.

A few check tensile tests of shell rivets should also be made when
the surveyor considers it necessary. The elongation should, when
practicable, be taken in a length of two and a half times the diameter of
the prepared part; the tensile strength should be from 27 to 32 tons per
square inch and the contraction of area about 60 per cent.

(b) Tensile tests of the rivets for the longitudinal seams should be
made in all cases of boilers under survey for a Special Certificate.





Boiler Tubes.

162. (a) All tubes subject to internal pressure shall be solid drawn
and made of steel produced by an open-hearth process, acid or basic,
the ultimate tensile strength of which does not exceed 28 tons per
square inch, and the elongation of which shall be not less than 30 per
cent (B.E.S.A. Test-Piece F) when in the billet or bar form, and shall be-
certified as' such by the makers of the steel and of the tubes.

All tubes under 11 inches external diameter shall be cold finished;
these and all other cold-drawn tubes shall be satisfactorily annealed
before examination.

(b) All tubes shall be free from defects, both within and without,
and shall be tested as follows

.I. All tubes up to 10 L.S.G. in thickness shall be capable of being
flattened by hammering when cold until the inner surfaces are not
further apart than 2/32 inch. For those over 10 L.S.G., and not exceeding
6 L.S.G. in thickness, the maximum distance apart shall be 7/32 inch; for
those over 6 L.S.G. and not exceeding 3 L.S.G., the maximum distance
apart shall be 12/32 inch; and for those whose thickness exceeds 3
L.S.G. the maximum shall be 18/32 inch. In all cases after undergoing
such tests there must be no signs of any cracking or other fracture..

II. All tubes when cold shall be able to wi thstand without cracking
an enlargement of diameter at both ends by means of roller expanders or
by drifts to the extent of:
Enlargements of Diameters at
ends by means of

Thickness of
Tubes.

Abstract

Application for survey. Notice of survey. Fees to be paid before survey is commenced. Presence of owner & c. at survey. Written statement of repairs. Alterations made subsequent to survey. Accidents and damage. Survey for issue of a certifying letter. (Cap. 281.) Survey during construction. Strength of ships. Ships to be surveyed before being painted or cemented. Dry docking. Degree of subdivision. Definition of subdivision terms. Floodable length. Method of calculating floodable length. Permeability. Permissible length of compartments.* Criterion of service. Rules for subdivision. Special rules concerning subdivision. Peak and machinery space bulkheads, shaft tunnels, etc. Double bottoms. Assigning, marking and recording of subdivision load-lines. Strength and construction. Watertight transverse bulkheads. Watertight longitudinal bulkheads. Watertight decks, steps and flats. Watertight recesses. Watertight ventilators and trunks. Watertight tunnels. Watertight inner skins. Oil fuel tanks. Hose tests. Pressure tests of fore peak, double bottoms, inner skins, etc. Limitation of number of openings. Openings not permitted in certain bulkheads. Pipes, etc., through bulkheads. Means for closing openings. Types of doors. Classes of watertight doors. Hand gear for watertight doors. Doors which close by their own weight. Doors which close by power. Indicators. Sound signals and warnings. Construction. Tests of watertight doors. Classes of doors required. Limitation of number of openings and mean for closing. Side scuttles. Scuppers, sanitary and other similar discharges. Discharge pipes, valves, etc. Ash-shoots, rubbish-shoots, etc. Gangway, cargo and coaling ports. Main and auxiliary inlets and discharges. G.N.A. 169/50. Openings in ship's sides. Weatherdeck openings, etc. Exits from watertight compartments. Fire-resisting bulkheads and doors Stability. General. Permeability. Criterion of service. Rules for subdivision. Special rules concerning subdivision. Subdivision load lines. Classes of doors required. Side scuttles. Exits from watertight compartments. Fire-resisting bulkheads and doors. General Construction of watertight bulkheads, etc. Classes of doors required. Fire-resisting bulkheads and doors. General. Permeability. Construction of watertight bulkheads, etc. Openings in watertight bulkheads. Openings in ship's sides above the margin line. Fire-resisting bulkheads and doors. Submission of construction plans and particulars. Verification of subdivision particulars. Compasses. Adjustment of compasses. Master's and mate's compass certificate. Delay in obtaining compass certificate. Leads and lead-lines. Anchors, chain cables, hawsers and warps. Distress signals. means of making signals of distress. Description of requisite signals. Approval of lifebuoy lights. Marking. Stowage of signals. Duties of surveyors. Examination of outside of hull, etc. in dry dock. Survey of inside of hull. Load line markings. Watertight bulkheads, decks, tunnels, etc. Openings in watertight bulkheads, etc. Openings in shell plating below margin line. General. Stability. Proof of quality. General. General. Stamping of castings and forgings. Recording of tests. Process of manufacture. Annealing. Test pieces. Principal castings and forgings. Side scuttles. Other castings attached to the shell plating. General. Side scuttles. Other castings attached to the shell plating. Ordinary cast iron not allowed for important parts or fittings. Construction. Certain openings to be kept closed. Marking of subdivision loadlines. Stability. Construction. Authority and application of instructions. (Cap. 281.) General requirements. Arrangements of bilge pipes. Diameter of bilge suction pipes. Bilge valves, cocks, & c. bilge mud-boxes and strumboxes. Sounding pipes. Bilge pumps. Motor ships. Passenger ships employed in the carriage of unberthed passengers in special trades. Modified requirements applying to coasting and river trade ships. Machinery to be surveyed. (Cap. 281.) Surveys of engines. Trials of machinery. surveys of boilers. Inside of boilers to be examined every survey. Precaution regarding stays: bolted and cup patches. Repairs to boilers by welding. Lifting of boilers for inspection. Hydraulic test. Stamping boilers. Fixing of working pressure and examination of plans. Increase of boiler pressure. New arrangements. Defects to be reported. Process of manufacture. Only tested steel to be used; testing of metals used for forgings or castings; mode of testing; prohibition against giving of declaration. Notice when tests are required. Selection and treatment of test-pieces. Duplicate tests. Stamping of material. Test results. Freedom from defects, etc. Number and nature of tests. Bend tests. Inspection of plates, general. Number and nature of tests. Tensile tests. Bend tests. Iron combustion chamber stay bars. Rivets. Solid-drawn boiler tubes subject to internal pressure. Iron and steel subject to external pressure. Number and nature of tests. Tensile strength and elongation. Bend tests. General instructions. Number and nature of tests. Tensile strength and elongation. Bend tests. Annealing. Solid-drawn steel steam and feed pipes. Lap welded steel steam pipes. Lap welded iron steam pipes. Annealing iron and steel pipes. Hydraulic tests of iron and steel pipes. Solid drawn air bottles. General. Means for examination and cleaning. Maximum pitch of rivets in longitudinal joints. Distances between rows of rivets and between rivets and plate edges. Thickness of butt straps. Methods of calculating the strength of riveted joints. Circumferential seams. Manholes and large holes in shell. Spacing of screw stays through the cylindrical shell. Working pressure of boiler shells. Hemispherical ends. Dished ends (convex outside). Flat plates. Back and front tube plates. Manholes and mudholes in flat plates. Plain furnaces. Furnaces corrugated, or ribbed and grooved. Spherical furnaces. Maximum thickness. Ogee ring. Uptakes of haystack boilers, etc. Compression on tube plates. Stays not to be welded. Steel longitudinal stays. Screw stays to combustion chambers. Stay tubes. Girders supporting combustion chamber tops. Plain smoke tubes. Doors. Water-tube boilers, general. Cylindrical drums, water-tube boilers. Headers and analogous fittings of water-tube boilers. Tubes of water-tube boilers. Detailed plans of superheaters to be submitted. Cylindrical superheaters. Tubulous superheaters attached to cylindrical boilers. Superheaters of water-tube boilers. Safety-valve and drains for superheaters. Cast evaporators, shells, &c., subject to internal pressure. Stress allowed on studs, &c. Evaporators, generators, feed make-ups, &c. Feed heaters, filters, &c. Steam pipes. Copper pipes. Wrought iron and steel pipes. Provision for expansion of steam pipes. Draining steam pipes. Examination and testing of steam pipes. G.N.A. 169/50. General. Examination of safety-valves. Surveyor to see valves weighted. Provision as regards safety-valves. Owners, masters, and engineers to see that safety-valves are kept in proper order. Area of safety-valves. Examination of arrangements generally. Spring-loaded safety-valves. Spring-loaded safety-valves to be tested under steam. Plans of new designs or of alterations in details of safety-valves to be submitted. List of designs approved. Valves, cocks, etc., design and material. G.N.A. 169/50. Salinometer cock or valves. Stop-valves. Water gauges required. Water-gauge details. Test cocks. Blow-off valve. Boiler feed arrangements. Materials for shafting. Turbine-driven shafting. Shafting of reciprocating engines. Thrust shafts. Tube and tail shafts. Coupling flanges and bolts. Distilling apparatus. List of approved distilling apparatus. Refrigerating machines. Precautions to be observed by surveyors. Flash-point. Flast-point testing apparatus. Storage of oil fuel; tanks, &c. Settling tanks. Tests of storage and settling tanks. Air pipes. Sounding arrangements. Oil fuel pumps. heaters, etc. Save-alls. Oil pipes. G.N.A. 169/50. Valves, constructions. Valves and fittings to pipes. Funnel dampers and uptakes. Machinery spaces; ventilation, etc. Lighting. Fire appliances. Instructions to engineers. Recommendations. Oil fired cooking ranges. Shafts. Cylinder liners and covers. Starting air receivers. blast air bottles. Air pipes subject to internal pressures. G.N.A. 169/50. G.N.A. 169/50. Cooling water service. Lubricating pumps. Air compressors, etc. Safety fitting, etc. Reversing gear. Boiler. oil storage. Ventilation, etc. Spare gear stores. Ships propelled by electricity. Ship to be tested. Electrical equipment. Steering gear. Steering trials and indicators. (22 & 23 Geo. 5 c. 9.) Power for going astern. Electrically driven auxiliary machinery. Inspection of testing machines. Citation.

Extent

Roller Expanders. Drifts.

Up to 10 L.S.G . .12.5 per cent. 9.5 per cent.
Above 10 L.S.G. and up to 6
L.S.G. . .........9.5 7.0

Above 6 L.S.G.. 6.5 5.5





III. Tubes should be presented for test in batches of 100 each. Two
tubes shall be selected indiscriminately from each of at least two
batches and one from each of any remaining batches. Each tube so
selected shall be subjected to the above expanding tests and one tube.
from each batch, which may be a tube that has sustained the expansion
test, shall also be flattened cold to the extent specified above in clause
I at three different parts of its length of which one position shall be at or
near the middle of the tube, and the flattened portions shall be in three
different planes. The tubes shall pass these tests without signs of
cracking.

Should one of the selected tubes fail to withstand either of these tests,
two further tubes shall be selected from the batch and be subjected to
both the prescribed tests. If further failure occurs the particular batch of
tubes shall be rejected as unsatisfactory.

IV. Every tube should be tested at the Tube Maker's Works by
hydraulic pressure to three times the boiler pressure, but not less than
1,000 Ibs. per square inch, except down-comer tubes, which should be
tested in accordance with the requirements for steam pipes.

(e) The manufacturer's certificate of the results of the foregoing
tests will be accepted, provided each tube is delivered with one inch in
excess of the finished length, which excess shall be partly severed for
flattening to the extent prescribed above in clause (b) 1.

(d) Every tube delivered is to be straight (unless otherwise
specified) and is to be practically concentric throughout its length. The
tolerance or deviation from the specified thickness is to be within the
following limits

(1) Cold Finished Tubes: The tolerance in thickness shall be 5 per
cent below and 10 per cent above the specified thickness.

(2) Hot Finished Tubes: The thickness of the tubes shall be within
the following tolerances, measured at any point

From 11 inches up to and including 71 per cent.

2 1/2 inches.................+171

Over 2 1/2 inches up to and including 5 per cent.

41 inches.. .. _+15 ' 5

.. 7-1 per cent.
Over 41 inches.. ..... 2
.. 17 1/2

The tolerances in external diameter from those specified are to be as
follows

(3) Cold Finished Tubes: The external diameter of the tubes,
measured at any point, shall be not greater than that specified, but may
be less by a maximum of 1 per cent.





(4) Hot Finished Tubes: The external diameter of the tubes,
measured at any point, shall be within the following tolerances of the
diameter ordered-

For tubes from 11 inches but below 1/64 inch.
21 inches..... .............-1/32 ,

Per tubes 21 inches diameter and over.. i per cent.

163. A few bending tests may be made from the scrap ends of the
stay tubes or the strips from which they are made but special tests need
not be made from the tubes fitted into boilers if the general nature of the
material is found satisfactory and the surveyor is satisfied.

Forgings.

164. (a) At least one tensile and one bend test should be taken from
each forging; but, if the weight exceeds three tons, a tensile and a
bending test should be taken from each end. Small forgings made from
one ingot may be dealt with under the provisions of paragraph 147(d).

(b) The test-pieces should be taken from a part of the forging of
sectional dimensions not less than those of the body of the forging. In
the special case where the couplings of a shaft are formed by
'upsetting', the test-pieces may be cut from the outer edges of the
couplings.

(e) The test-pieces should be selected after annealing has been
completed, and they should be machined to size without further forging
down.

165. The tensile strength of steel forgings should not, except with
permission in special cases, exceed 40 tons per square inch; and the
elongation, measured on the appropriate standard testpiece C, D or E,
should not be less than 17 per cent for 40-ton steel; and in no case may
the sum of the tensile strength and the corresponding elongation be
less than 57.

Ingot steel for shafting shall be generally of 28 to 32 tons per
square inch standard quality, and when steel of other quality is used
the case should be submitted for consideration.

166. The bending test-piece should withstand being bent without
fracture through an angle of 180% the internal radius of the bend being
not greater than that specified below





Maximum specified tensile strength of Internal radius of
forging. test-piece after
bending.

Up to 32 tons per square inch.. 1/4 inch.

Above 32 tons and up to 36 tons per square inch ............

Above 36 tons and up to 40 tons per square inch ............

167. The forgings should be made from sound ingots, and not more
than the lower two-thirds of the ingot may be utilised for forging. The
sectional area of the body of the forging may not exceed one-fifth of the
sectional area of the original ingot; and no part of the forging should
have more than two-thirds of the sectional area of the ingot. All ingot
steel forgings should, after completion, be thoroughly annealed at a
uniform temperature; and, if any subsequent heating is done, the forging
should, if required by the surveyor, be again annealed.

BRONZE PROPELLER SHAFTS AND CASTINGS.-Tensile and
bend tests should be made from the material of bronze propeller shafts;
the tensile strength and percentage elongation should approximate
closely to those applicable to steel forgings and the bend tests should
be made to 120 degrees.

Tensile and bend tests should also be made from important bronze
castings. The tensile strength, percentage elongation and angle of bend
may be below those required for bronze propeller shafts, and will
depend upon the purpose for which the castings are intended.

Steel Castings.

168. No tests need be made from unimportant steel castings or from
steel castings which are used for articles usually made of cast-iron, if the
scantlings are not materially reduced below what would be required if
cast-iron where used. All other steel castings should be tested as
follows

At least one tensile and one bending test should be made from the
castings from each charge; and, where a casting is made from more than
one charge, at least four tensile and four bending tests should be made
from pieces cast as far apart as possible on the casting and as near the
top and the bottom respectively as practicable.





Where more than one casting is made from one charge, at least one
tensile and one bending test should be made from the castings run from
one common pouring head; but separate tests should be made from
each casting or set of castings run from each separate pouring head.
Small castings may, however, be dealt with in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph 147(d).

The test-pieces should be selected after all annealing has been
completed.

169. The tensile strength may range from 26 to 40 tons per square
inch, with an elongation, measured on the standard testpiece C, D or E,
of not less than 15 per cent. If however, the castings are to be used for
the more important pieces of machinery, such as pistons, etc., or for
articles usually made of wrought material, the elongation should not be
less than 20 per cent where the corresponding tensile strength is
between 26 and 35 tons per square inch.

The material of cast steel webs for crank shafts should be such that
the tensile strength does not exceed 32 tons per square inch, and the
sum of the tensile strength in tons per square inch and the percentage
of elongation measured on the standard test piece C,.D or E shall not be
less than 50.

170. The bending test-pieces should withstand being bent, without
fracture, through an angle of 60' if the tensile strength is between 35 and
40 tons. per square inch, and, in the case of other castings, through an
angle of 90' but, if they are required to be of the superior quality
previously referred to, the angle should not be less than 120'.

The internal radius of the bend in each case should not be greater
than one inch.

171. All steel castings should be thoroughly annealed at a uniform
temperature, and should be allowed to cool down prior to removal from
the annealing furnace; and, if subsequently heated, should again be
similarly annealed, if required by the surveyor.

172. Tensile and bending tests should be made in the surveyor's
presence from specimens selected by him in the following proportion,
from the tubes made from each charge

Tubes up to and including 4 inches in diameter: 1 in 40 or part
thereof.

Tubes above 4 inches up to and including 5 inches in diameter: 1 in
10 or part thereof.





Tubes above 5 inches up to and including 7 inches in diameter:
1 in 6 or part thereof.

Tubes above 7 inches in diameter: 1 in 4 or part thereof.

The tensile strength should not exceed 28 tons per square
inch, and the elongation should not be less than 20 per cent in a
length of 8 inches, or 18 per cent if the thickness of the tubes is
less than 1 of an inch.

173. Tensile and bending tests should be made from the plates
from which the tubes are made. The ultimate strength of the
material should not exceed 28 tons per square inch, with an
elongation of 25 per cent on a length of 8 inches for material
1 inch in thickness and upwards. The elongation of material
under 1 inch in thickness may be 3 per cent less than 25 per cent
for each one-eighth of an inch below 1 inch in the thickness.

The seams shall be welded by hammering or rolling the joint.
To ensure that the process of welding is satisfactory the scrap
ends, or two rings cut from the scrap ends of each tube welded,
shall be closed in to one-half the internal diameter of the pipe
without fracture of the weld when on the major and minor axis
of the closed-in rings respectively. When considered necessary
check tensile tests should be made and the tensile strength across
the weld should not be less than 20 tons per square inch.

174. No special tests of material are required but the surveyor
should be satisfied that iron of suitable quality is used.

The seams shall be welded by hammering the joint. To
ensure that the process of welding is satisfactory the scrap ends,
or two rings, cut from the scrap ends of each tube welded should
be closed in to one-half the internal diameter of the pipe without
fracture of the weld when on the major and minor axis of the
closed-in rings respectively.

175. On completion of any work which involves heating,
whether for welding on flanges, hot bending the pipe, or for any
other purpose, the pipe shall be carefully annealed.

176. The hydraulic tests of all steam pipes to three times the
working pressure and feed pipes to four times the boiler pressure
should be witnessed by the surveyor on completion of the pipes,
that is after they have been bent to shape and the flanges have
been secured in position. The pipes should be well hammered
at the welds while under the hydraulic test.

177. The material is to be tested in the transverse direction
and one tensile and one cold bend test is to be made from each
tube.





The transverse tensile strength of the material should not exceed
36 tons per square inch and be such that. the factor of safety of the
completed air ..bottle is not less than four. The elongation measured on
a length of 8 inches, or 5 inches should not be less than 18 per cent or 21
per cent respectively.

The bend test piece should withstand, without fracture, being bent
180' over an internal radius of 11 times the thickness of the test piece.

The tensile test piece may be straightened hot and subsequently
annealed with the tube and the bend test piece, and it may be machined
to a uniform thickness. Surface defects may be removed from each side
of the bend test piece.

The completed bottles shall be tested by hydraulic pressure to
twice the maximum working pressure.

Boilers.

178. (a) All steel used in the construction of boilers must be tested
and conform to the Ministry of Shipping's requirements, or to the
B.E.S.A. whichever may be applicable.

(b) Steel plates subject to a direct tensional stress are not to be
welded except where the weld is covered by a butt strap or straps, but
on small steam domes where the welding is done by hammer and the
plates do not exceed 1 inch in thickness, the straps may be omitted by
special permission. The strength of the weld shall be assumed to be 50
per cent of that of the solid plate. All plates which are welded, dished,
flanged or locally heated are to be afterwards efficiently annealed.

(c) Butt straps must be cut from plates and not from rolled strip.

(d) All rivet holes must be drilled 'fair', and as far as possible they
should be drilled in place. After drilling the plates the plates separated
and the burrs should be removed, the faying surfaces of the plates
cleaned, and the sharp outer edges of holes removed also.

(e) The end plates in the steam spaces in the way of uptakes are to
be shielded from contact with the hot gases.

179. All boilers, main or auxiliary, should have, when possible, means
for ingress whereby examination and cleaning of the inner surfaces of
plates and tubes exposed to flame may be thoroughly effected. When
boilers are too small to permit of this, there must be mudholes and
sightholes sufficiently large and numerous to permit of the inside being
satisfactorily cleaned and inspected as far as possible.





Vertical boilers having cross tubes must have a sighthole in the
shell opposite one end of each tube sufficiently large to examine and
clean it. The doors of these sightholes must be in positions accessible
for that purpose.

180. The maximum pitch of the rivets in the longitudinal joints of
boiler shells is to be

Maximum pitch in inches C x 11 inches, where is the thickness
of the plate in inches and C is a coefficient as given in the following
table

Number of Rivets Coefficients for Coefficients for Double
per pitch. Lap Joints.Butt-strapped
Joints.
1 1.31 1.75
2 2.62 3.50
3 3.47 4.63
4 4.14 5.52
5 6.00

181. (a) The clear space between a rivet hole and the edge of a plate
should not be less than the diameter of the rivet hole, that is, the centre
of the rivet hole should be at least 11 diameters distant from the edge of
the plate.

(b) In zig-zag riveted joints, whether lapped or fitted with butt
straps, in which there is an equal number of rivets in each row, the
distance between the rows should be not less than 0.33 p 0.67 d.

(c) In chain riveted joints, whether lapped or fitted with butt
straps, in which there is an equal number of rivets in each row, the
distance between the rows should be not less than 2 d.

(d) In zig-zag riveted joints in which the number of rivets in a row is
one-half of the number in an adjacent row, the distance between the
rows should be not less than 0.2 p 1.15 d. The distance between rows
in which there are full number of rivets should be not less than 0.165 p
0.67 d.

(e) In chain riveted joints in which the number of rivets in a row is
one-half of the number in an adjacent row, the distance between the
rows should be not less than 0.33 p 0.67 d or 2 d, whichever is the
greater. The distance between rows in which there are the full number of
rivets should be not less than 2 d.




In the above p pitch of the rivets in the outer rows, d
diameter of the rivet holes.

182. The outer butt strap of a longitudinal seam should be of
sufficient thickness to permit of efficient caulking, and it should have an
effective strength not less than 5/8ths that required for the shell plate.

Where the number of rivets at the edges of the shell plate is double
the number at the edges of the butt straps, then:

B (p d)

(p 2d)
where thickness of shell plate in inches,

TB thickness of outer butt strap in inches,

p pitch of rivets in outer rows at edges of butt strap in
inches,

d diameter of rivet hole in inches.

The inner butt strap should be 1 inch thicker than the thickness
required for the outer butt strap.

193. The percentage of strength of a riveted joint is found from the
following formulae (I), (U), (III) (1) and (II) are applicable to any type of
joint; (111) is applicable only to joints in which the number of rivets in
inner rows is double that in the outer row. The lowest value given by
the application of these formulae is to be taken as the percentage of
strength of the joint.

(1) Percentage of strength of plate at joint 100 (p d)

as compared with solid plate p
(u) Percent age of strength of 1OO (S, x a x n x C)
,h
rivets as compared wit S, x p x
the solid plate

(III) Percentage of combined strength of the plate at -the inner row
of rivet holes and of the rivets in the outer row'

100 (p'- 2d) 100 (S, x a x Q

p S, x p x

1

where p pitch of rivets at outer rows in inches, d diameter of rivet
holes in inches, a sectional area of one rivet in square
inches, n number of rivets which are fitted in the pitch p,
thickness of plate in inches,





C 1.0 for rivets in single shear as in lap joints,
C 1.875 for rivets in double shear as in double butt-
strapped joints,
S, minimum tensile strength of plates in tons per
square inch,
S, shearing strength of rivets, which is taken general-
1y to be 23 tons per square inch, and may be 85
per cent of the minimum tensile strength of the
rivet bars.

184. (a) The riveting of the seams joining the end plates to the
cylindrical shell shall be not less than 42 per cent of that of the solid
plate. Where the plates exceed 1 inch in thickness the seams connecting
the shell plates to the end plates are to be double riveted.

(b) The circumferential seam at or near the middle of the length of
single-ended boilers should have a strength of joint not less than 60 per
cent of the solid plate. The inner circumferential seams of double-ended
boilers should have a strength of joint not less than 62 per cent of the
solid plate. In any case there shall be three rows of rivets when single-
ended boilers have shell plates over 13 inches in thickness and when
double-ended boilers have

8

shell plates over L& inches in thickness. Where the shell plates exceed
1 inch in thickness the intermediate circumferential seams of double-
ended boilers are to be at least double riveted.

(e) The circumferential seams in the shell of a vertical boiler should
not be less in strength than 42 per cent, that of the solid plate. When the
seams are not complete circles, and when the plates exceed 1 inch in
thickness they shall be double riveted.

185. (a) Manholes in cylindrical shells must have their shorter axes
arranged longitudinally.

(b) Where the cylindrical shell is cut for a manhole, compensation
must be provided and must be such that the strength in way of the hole
is not less than that required for the longitudinal joint. Similarly if holes
are cut in the cylindrical shells of boilers for fixing of mountings, the
diameters of the holes being greater than 21 times the thickness of the
shell plating plus 21 inches, compensation must be fitted.

(c) The neutral part of boiler shells under steam domes should, if
required, be efficiently stayed.

186. When more than three screw stays pierce the cylindrical shell in
a horizontal line, if d is their diameter and p the pitch,






required for the shell longitudinal joints. If this is not possible, the
stays must be arranged out of line with one another longitudinally.

187. (a) For steel cylindrical shells the maximum working pressure to
be allowed shall be calculated from the following formulae

If the thickness of the shell plates does not exceed 1 3/4 inches

W.P. 2) x S x J

C x D

If the thickness of the shell plates exceeds 1 3/4 inches and double
butt straps are fitted

W. P. X S X J
2.85 x D

Where W.P. the working pressure in Ibs. per square inch,

the thickness of the shell plates in 32nds of an inch,

S the minimum tensile strength of the steel shell plates
in tons per square inch,

J the percentage of strength of the longitudinal seams
calculated by the methods of paragraph 183,

C a coefficient, which is 2.75 when the longitu-
dinal seams are made with double butt straps;
2.83 when the longitudinal seams are made
with lap joints and are treble riveted; 2.9 when
they are made with lap joints and are double
riveted, and 3.3 when they, are made with lap
joints and single riveted,

Dthe inside diameter of the outer strake of plating of
the cylindrical shell measured in inches.

N.B.-The Factor of Safety must be in no case less than 4.

(b) The working pressure on tube plates forming portions of
cylindrical drums of water tube boilers shall be:

W.P. 4) x S x J

.3 x D

Where W.P. the working pressure in Ibs. per square inch,

D the internal diameter of the drum in inches,

the thickness of tube plates in 32nds of an inch,





S the minimum tensile strength --of the plate
forming the drum in tons per square inch,
J the percentage of strength of the plate through


p the pitch of the tubes in inches on lines parallel with
the axis of the drum,

d the diameter of the tube hole in inches.

(c) When vertical boilers have a nest or nests of horizontal tubes so
that there is direct tension on the tube plates due to the vertical load on
the boiler ends or to their acting as horizontal ties across the shell, each
alternate tube in the outer vertical rows of tubes must be a stay tube,
and the thickness of the tube plates and the spacing of the tubes must
be such that the section of metal taking the load is sufficient to keep the
stress within that allowed on the shell plates, that is:

W.P. 2) x S x J

2.9 x D

Where W.P. the working pressure in lbs. per square inch,

S the minimum tensile strength of the steel plate in
tons per square inch,

the thickness of the tube plate in 32nds of an inch,

D twice the radial distance of the centre of the outer
row of tube holes from the axis of the shell in
inches,

J the percentage strength of the plate through


p the vertical pitch of tubes,

d the diameter of the tube hole in inches.

NOTE.-The tube plates between the stay tubes must be in
accordance with the rules for tube plates (see paragraph 191).

188. When the end is a hemisphere without stays:

W.P. 2) X S x J

C X R

Where W.P. the working pressure in lbs. per square inch,

the thickness of plates in 32nds of an inch,

S the minimum tensile strength of the plates in tons
per square inch,





J the minimum strength of riveted joints per cent of
solid plate,

R inner radius of curvature in inches,

3.3 for single riveting.

C 1 2.9 for double
riveting.

2.83 for treble riveting.

189. The working pressure on the ends of steam chests, etc., except
Air Receivers (see paragraph 277), dished to partial spherical form is to
be obtained from. the following formula

W.P. 15 X S X 1) R

W.P. the working pressure in lbs. per square inch, the
thickness in 32nds of an inch,

the inner radius of curvature of the end in inches
which shall not exceed the diameter of shell,

S the minimum tensile strength of plate in tons per
square inch.

The inside radius of curvature at the flange must not be less than
four times thickness of the end plate and in no case be less than 2.5
inches.

When the end has a manhole in it, the thickness of the plate must
be increased by 1 inch, and the total depth of flange of the manhole
from the outer surface in inches is to be at least:

T x w
where the thickness of the plate in inches,

w the minor axis in inches.

190. (a) Where the plates are supported by stays passing through
them and are fitted with nuts inside and washers and nuts outside, the
diameter of the washers being at least 3.5 times that of the stay, and
their thickness at least two-thirds that of the plate:

W.P. 100 1)2 0.15 t2

+-b 2 1 W
Where the washers have a diameter of at least two-thirds of the
pitch of the stays, a thickness of at least two-thirds of the thickness of
the plate, and are riveted to the plate in an efficient manner:





W.P. 2 '00 1)2 0.35 2

bi W

Where the plate is stiffened by strips at least two-thirds of the
pitch of the stays in breadth and have a thickness of at least two-thirds
of that of the plate, and are riveted to the plate in an efficient manner:

W.P. 100 1)2 0.55 2

a2 bi W

Where the plate is fitted with a doubling plate having a thickness at
least two-thirds that of the plate and riveted to it:

W.P. 100 1)2 0.85 2

a2 bi W

(b) Where flat plates are supported by screwed stays without large
washers or doubling plates:

W.P. C 1)2
a2 M

If steel of less tensile strength than 26 tons per square inch is used
the working pressure allowed shall be correspondingly reduced.

(c) In the formulae of this section:

W.P. the working pressure in Ibs. per square inch, the thickness
of the flat plate in 32nds of an inch,

tw the thickness of the washers, strips, or doublings employed
in 32nds of an inch, with a maximum value

a the distance apart of the rows of stays in inches, b the
pitch of the stays in the rows in inches.

(Note.-Where the stays are irregularly pitched d2 is to be taken
instead of a2 M, where d is the diameter of the largest circle which
can be drawn through any three points of support without enclosing
another point of support.)

C a coefficient which varies with the method of fixing the stays as
follows

Stays screwed into the plate Plate exposed to flame..C 50 and ends
riveted over. 1 Plate not exposed to flame C 57

(Note.-When this type of stay is used the thickness of the plate
must be at least one-half the diameter of the stay measured at the
bottom of the thread)





Stays screwed into the plate Plate exposed to flame..C= 75 and fitted
with nuts on Plate not exposed to flame C 86 the outside.

Stay tubes screwed into the Plate not exposed to flame C 52 plate and
expanded.

Stay tubes screwed into the plate, expanded and fitted Plate not
exposed to flame C 72 with nuts.

Stays passing through the plate and fitted with nuts Plate not exposed
to flame C 96 on both sides of the plate

Plate with flange, the inner Plate exposed to flame..C= 96 radius of
which is not

greater than 21 times the Plate not exposed to flame C 100 thickness
of the plate.

With flanged plates the point of support is to be taken on the
commencement of curvature from the flat plate. Where parts of plates
are supported in different ways, the value of C will be the mean of the
values appropriate to the method of support at the various points.

For the tops and sides of combustion chambers the distance
between the rows of stays nearest to the back tube plate or the back
plate respectively and the commencement of curvature of these plates at
their flanges shall not be greater than a. Where the tops of combustion
chambers are jointed to the sides by curved portions, if the outer radius
of the curved portion is less than half the allowable distance between
the girders, the distance between the first girder and the inner surface of
the side plate should not exceed the allowable distance between the
girders. If the radius of the curved portion is greater than half the
allowable distance between the girders, the width of the flat portion
measured from the centre of the girder should not be more than half the
allowable distance between the girders.

191. (a) Nuts should not be fitted to stay tubes at the combustion
chamber end, and if fitted no allowance will be given in respect of them.

For the portions of back and front tube plates in the nests of tubes,

C 1)2

W.P. 2

where W.P. the working pressure in Ibs. per square inch,

the thickness of the tube plate in 32nds of an inch,





p the mean pitch of the stay tubes supporting any
portion of the plate (being the sum of the four
sides of the quadrilateral divided by four),

C 38 when stay tubes are screwed and expanded into
tube plates and no nuts are fitted,'

C 49 when stay tubes are screwed and expanded into
front tube plates and are fitted with nuts.

(b) For the wide water spaces of tube plates between the nests of
tubes and between the wing rows of tubes and the shell,

C [(t-1)2 0.55 t,2w

W.P. a2 M

where W.P. the working pressure in Ibs. per square inch,

the thickness of the front tube plate in 32nds of an
inch,

tw the thickness of the doubling plate, when so fitted in
32nds of an inch,

a the horizontal pitch of stay tubes in inches measured
across the wide water space from centre to centre,

b the vertical pitch of stay tubes in the bounding rows,
in inches, measured from centre to centre,

C 52 when the stay tubes are screwed and expanded
into the front tube plate and no nuts are fitted,

C 72 when the stay tubes are screwed and expanded
into the front tube plates, and nuts are fitted to
each stay tube,

C 63 when the stay tubes are screwed and expanded
into the front tube plates, and nuts are fitted only
to alternate stay tubes,

C 45 for each of the foregoing conditions when there
are wide spaces in the back tube plate exposed to
flame.

192. When a flat plate is flanged to stiffen it at a manhole or sight
hole, to permit the same working pressure as would be allowed upon an
unpierced plate, the depth of the flange measured from the outer surface
is to be at least equal to:

T x w
where the thickness of the plate in inches,
w the minor axis of the hole in inches.





193. (a) The working pressure allowed on plain furnaces
strengthened by Adamson or other joints, and on the cylindrical
bottoms of combustion chambers, is determined by the following
formulae, the lesser pressure obtained being allowed

W.P. C 1)2

(L+ 24) X D

W.P. C, x 10(t 1) L]

where W.P. the working pressure in lbs. per square inch,

D the external diameter of the furnace or combustion
chamber bottom in inches,

the thickness of the furnace plate in 32nds of an inch,

L the length in inches of the furnace or combustion
chamber bottom between points of substantial
support, measured from the centres of rivet rows
or from the commencement of flange curvature,
whichever is applicable,

C 1450 where the longitudinal seams are welded and
1300 where they are riveted,

C, 50 where the longitudinal seams are welded and 45
where they are riveted.

(b) When plain vertical furnaces are tapered, the diameter to be
taken for calculation purposes shall be the mean of that at the top and at
the bottom where it meets the substantial support from flange or ring.
The length for the same purpose shall be the distance from the centre of
the row of rivets connecting the crown to the body of the furnace to the
substantial support at the bottom of the furnace, or to a row of screwed
stays connecting the furnace to the shell, provided the pitch of stays at
the furnace does not exceed 14 times the thickness of the furnace plate
when the stays are riveted at their ends, and 16 times when they are
fitted with nuts. Such screwed stays must be in diameter over the
threads not less than 2.25 times the thickness of the furnace plate.

194. Machine made furnaces of the Fox, Morison or Deighton
corrugated types, manufactured by The Leeds Forge Company, John
Brown Co., Sheffield, The Deighton Patent Flue and Tube Co., Leeds,
Wm. Beardmore Co., Glasgow, Broomside Boiler Works Co., Ltd.,
(Morison Deighton Furnaces), John Marshall Co., Motherwell,
Thomas Piggott Co., Birmingham, and John Thompson,
Wolverhampton; of the Purves ribbed and grooved type, or Brown's
cambered type, manufactured by John Brown Co., Sheffield; and the
Bulb Suspension furnace manu-





factured by the Leeds Forge Company; provided they are practically
true circles, may be allowed the working pressure found by the
following formula

W.P. c X 1)
D

where W.P. the working pressure in Ibs. per square inch,

D the external diameter measured at the bottom of the
corrugations in inches,

the thickness of the furnace plate in 32nds of an inch,
measured at the bottom of the corrugation or
camber,

C 480 for the Fox, Morison, Deighton, Purves, and
similar furnaces, and 510 for the Leeds Forge Bulb
Suspension furnace.

The shape and dimensions of the corrugated furnaces of the usual
withdrawable types with bottle necks should be in accordance. with the
specifications of the British Engineering Standards Association, which
are in close agreement with these Regulations.

The more important dimensions are stated approximately below,
but reference should be made to the specifications mentioned for
detailed dimensions of furnaces of the Fox, Morison, Deighton, and
Bulb Suspension types.

In all corrugated furnaces the external diameter at the mouth is
given as 1 inch more than the external diameter of the top of the
corrugations, and 31 inches more than the external diameter at the
bottom of the corrugations in Fox, Morison and Deighton Furnaces; and
5 inches more than the external diameter at the bottom of the
corrugations in Bulb Suspension furnaces.

The pitch of the corrugations is 8 inches, except in the case of the
Fox furnace in which the pitch is 5 inches.

The distance from the centre line of the rivets in the mouth, to the
beginning of the first corrugation should not exceed 9 inches, and the
distance from the water side of the back tube plate to the nearest
corrugation should not exceed 101 inches.

The set up of the conical neck at the bottom should not exceed
about 71 inches measured vertically from the top of the corrugations to
the outside of the plate in the neck, and the vertical internal axis should
not exceed the horizontal axis by more than 14 1/2 per cent in Fox,
Morison, and Deighton types of furnaces and 12 1/2 per cent in the Bulb
Suspension furnace.

195. When the furnaces are spherical in form and' convex upwards at
their tops, and are without support from stays of any kind,





W.P. 275 1)
R

where W.P. the working pressure in lbs. per square inch,

the thickness of the top plate in 32nds of an inch,

R the outer radius of curvature of the furnace in inches.

196. No furnace, plain or corrugated, shall exceed 13116 inch in
thickness.

197. For the ogee ring which connects the bottom of the furnace to
the shell, and sustains the whole load on the furnace vertically,

W.P. 140 1)2

D x (D -d)
where W.P. the working pressure in lbs. per square inch,

the thickness of the ogee ring in 32nds of an inch,

D the inside diameter of the boiler shell in inches,

d the outside diameter of the lower part of the furnace
where it joins the ogee ring.

198. As the uptakes of haystack boilers are especially liable to injury
from over-heating, unless careful precautions are taken while steam is
being raised, the surveyor should in all cases endeavour to persuade
makers and owners of such boilers to make the strength of the uptakes
considerably in excess of that required for ordinary superheaters
subject to external pressure.

The employment of Bowling rings is beneficial by adding to the
strength as well as allowing for expansion, but if there is a difficulty in
getting these fitted, hoops riveted to the uptake, although not so
desirable as Bowling rings, may be employed to increase the resistance
of the tubes against collapse. The use of Bowling rings with a moderate
thickness of plate is better than the use of very thick plating.

The above applies to the uptakes of all boilers of this type,
including ordinary vertical donkey boilers. When flaming coal is used,
extra care is required, and extra strength absolutely necessary.

199. The working pressure on back tube plates between the tubes is
obtained from the formula:





W.P. =875 x (D d)
W x D
where W.P. the working pressure in Ibs. per square inch,

the thickness of the tube plates in 32nds of an inch,

D the horizontal distance apart of the tubes, centre to
centre in inches,

d the internal diameter in inches of the plain tubes,

W the width in inches of combustion chamber measured
inside from tube plate to back chamber plate, or
between tube plates in double-ended boilers with
combustion chambers common to two opposite
furnaces.

200. Steel stays are not to be welded. If plus threads are desired, the
ends of the stay bars may be upset or the bars may be drawn down in
the central portions from bars originally of the size of the ends. In either
of these two cases the bars must be subsequently annealed throughout.

201. (a) Longitudinal stays should have threads in accordance with
the British Standards Specification, true to pitch. Stays 2-inch in
diameter and above passing through plates, and secured by nuts in
each side of the plate should have not more than 6 threads per inch.

(b) The working pressure allowed in the screwed portion of
longitudinal stays with threads not coarser than 6 threads per square
inch is obtained from:

(d 0.340)2 x 9500 S

W.P. X 28
The working pressure allowed on the unscrewed portion of all
longitudinal stays, and on the screwed portion when the threads are
coarser than 6 threads per square inch is obtained from:

W.P. (d, 0.125)2 x 9500 S

a X 28
where W.P. the working pressure in Ibs. per square inch,
d the diameter of the stay over the thread,

d, the diameter of the stay at the bottom of the
thread, or at the smallest unscrewed part,
a the area in square inches supported by the stay,

Sthe minimum tensile strength of the steel in tons per
square inch.





N.B. - Notwithstanding the working pressure. obtained from the
above formulae, in no case must the stress exceed 393 x S; that is, 11,000
Ibs. per square inch when steel of a minimum tensile strength of 28 tons
per square inch is used.

(c) The nuts for longitudinal stays shall be of iron or solid mild
steel and shall be to the British Standards appropriate to the diameters
of the stays, the outside nut having the thickness therein provided for
ordinary nuts, and the inside nuts having the thickness provided for
lock nuts.

(d) When jointed longitudinal stays are fitted between the front
and back tube plates it is desirable that they should be fitted with pins
having an effective sectional area 25 per cent in excess of that of the
stay. The pins may be slack in the holes, the total slackness being not
more than 1/16 inch. The pins must be as close as possible to the
shoulder of the eye forging. The shoulder of the forging should be at
least 1 inch wide all round, that is, the diameter at the shoulder must be
not less than the diameter of the hole plus 1 inch.

(e) In double-ended boilers the through longitudinal stays must
be supported at or near the middle of their length.

202. (a) Screw stays should have threads in accordance with the
British Standards Specification, true to pitch. Stays 1 1/4 inches in
diameter and above should have 9 threads per inch.

(b) The working pressure allowed on screw stays with threads not
coarser than 9 threads, made of steel or special wrought iron which has
been tested in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 160 is
obtained from:

W.P. (d 0.267)2 x 8250 a

where W.P. the working pressure in lbs. per square inch,

d the diameter of the stay over the thread in inches,

a the area in square inches supported by the stay.

N.B. - Notwithstanding the pressure obtained from the formulae, in
no case must the stress exceed 9,000 Ibs. per square inch.

(c) Nuts to screw stays in combustion chambers shall be of solid
mild steel or of iron, and the latter must be without weld when exposed
to flame. They shall be not less than J inch thick for stays up to 11
inches diameter over threads, J inch thick for 11 and 1 3/4 inch stays, 1
inch thick for 11 and 2 inch stays, and 11 inches thick for stays over 2
inches in diameter.





(d) It is desirable that combustion chamber stays when fitted with
nuts should be so placed that the seams of the plates can be caulked
without removing the nuts. The stays should be normal to the chamber
plates, and when this is not possible they must be fitted with taper
washers to provide a fair bed for the nuts.

(e) It is desirable that the threads of screw stays be turned off
between the parts fitted into the plates, and that the outer ends of screw
stays should have a hole 3/16 inch diameter drilled axially to a distance
1 inch beyond the inner face of the shell or end plates.

203. (a) On stay tubes, whether of wrought iron or of lapwelded
steel, a working stress of 7,500 Ibs. per square inch of the net sectional
area at the bottom of the thread is permitted.

(b) Stay tubes are to be screwed at both ends with continuous
threads, and the holes in the tube plates are to be tapped with
continuous threads. The thread should not be finer than 10 threads per
inch. It is desirable, however, that they should be screwed to the
standard 9 threads per inch and this should be the rule. The stay tubes
are to be expanded by roller expanders and not made tight by caulking.

(e) The minimum thickness of stay tubes measured under the
threads shall be 1/4 inch for marginal stay tubes and 3/16 inch for other
stay tubes. If stay tubes are required to have their thickness increased
at the screwed ends so that the thickness at the bottom of thread is
practically the same as in the body. of the tube, the thickening is to be
attained by upsetting and not by any welding process, and the tubes
are to be annealed after the upsetting.

204. For girders supporting the tops of combustion chambers the
following formula is to be used

W.P. x X
(L P) x D X 28
where W.P. the working pressure in Ibs. per square inch, d the
depth of the girder at centre in inches,

the effective thickness of the girder at centre in
32nds of an inch,

L the length in inches, measured between the tube
plate and back chamber plate inside, or between
tube plates in chambers common to two opposite
furnaces,

P the pitch of stays supported by the girder, in inches,





D the distance apart of the girders, centre to centre, in
inches,

S the minimum tensile strength of the steel

plates forming the girder, in tons per square
inch. In the case of forged girders S is to be
taken as 24 for iron and 28 for steel,
n x 495 when n is odd,
c n+l

n+l x 495 n , even, n+2 n number of
stays in a girder.

205. The following table may be worked to for the working pressure
allowed on plain iron or steel smoke tubes

1

OutsideStandard Thicknesses Suitable for Working
diameter in L.S.G. Pressures of Lbs.
in inches. per Square Inch.

Inches A B c D A B c D
2 11 10 9 155 215 300
21 11 10 9 8 140 190 260 315
21 11 10 9 8 125 175 230 300
21 11 10 9 8 110 160 215 275
3 10 9 8 7 140 190 250 300
31 10 9 8 7 130 180 230 280
31 10 9 8 7 120 165 215 260

206. Cast-iron doors should not be passed. The doors to manholes,
mudholes, and sightholes must be built up or pressed to shape and
annealed, or made from one thickness of plate with a machined recess
for the jointing material. The spigot part or the recess must not have a
greater clearance than 1/16 inch all round, that is, the axes of the doors
must not be less than those of the hole in which they are fitted by more
than 1 inch.

The studs of all large doors, and doors fitted to shells and end
plates, should be screwed through the plate, and be fitted with nuts on
the inside, or bolts may be used, screwed through the plate with the
heads inside.

207. (a) Water-tube boilers shall, as regards construction, and the
quality and tests of the material used in their construction, comply with
the general rules laid down for cylindrical boilers, except as hereinafter
specified; and they shall be so designed as





to ensure water circulation over every part of surfaces exposed to flame
when working under service conditions.

(b) The tubes of water-tube boilers which connect the drums or
headers, and are the means for circulating the water when generating
steam, are to be set at an inclination of not less than 15 degrees from the
horizontal. But in the case of boilers where each tube is in series with
one or more tubes so as to form a continuous run, the inclination may be
5 degrees and upwards.

(c) It is desirable that provision should be made in the design so
that solid matter in the water can be deposited automatically without
danger arising from such matter collecting on parts exposed to heat.

208. (a) Where the bottom of the steam drum is exposed to radiation
from the fire, or to the impact of hot gases, and it is not protected by the
tubes, a shield of good refractory material whose conductivity is low is
to be fitted, or the tube plate is to be suitably thinned at this part.

(b) The longitudinal joints of the cylindrical drums of watertube
boilers, the internal diameters of which are less than 100 times the
thickness of the plating at the joints, shall not be of the ordinary riveted
lapped type, but shall be such as to maintain internal circularity of
section.

(c) Where the tube plates are reduced in thickness for the purpose
of jointing either by lapping or by the fitting of butt straps, or in order to
receive the drum end flanges, such reductions shall be gradual and
carefully machined to size.

(d) In all the drums, manholes are to be provided of such size as to
permit of access for internal examination and for the satisfactory fitting
of all the tubes in place.

(e) The working pressure on cylindrical drums shall be obtained
from the formulae of paragraph 187.

(f) Specification for hollow forged drums for boilers:

1. Process.-The Steel to be made by the Open Hearth Process.

2. Discard.-Sufficient discard shall be made from the top and
bottom of each ingot to ensure soundness in the portion used for
forging.

3. Forging.-The forging shall be made from a solid cast ingot,
punched, bored or trepanned. The resultant wall of ingot shall be
reduced in thickness by at least one-half in the process of forging.

4. Heat Treatment and Testing.-Sufficient material shall be left on
each end of each forging to enable transverse tests to be taken. These
tests to consist of one tensile and one bend test





from each end. In the case of open-ended drums the test material shall
not be parted off before heat treatment, but if the drums are closed in
the test rings may be parted prior to this operation; subsequently the
test rings and the forging shall be simultaneously normalised or
annealed in the same furnace.

5. Length of Forging.-The total length of each forging shall not
exceed 60 feet, and the maximum difference in the tensile strength at
each end of each forging shall not exceed 4 tons per square inch.

6. Mechanical Tests.-The forging shall conform to the following
requirements

Tensile strength 28 to 40 tons per square inch. Elongation 29% to
17% on British Standard Test Piece 'C' or 'D' as approved. Elongation
plus maximum stress not less than 57.

Bend Test: Test pieces 1' x J' to be capable of being bent cold
through an angle of 180% the internal radius of the bend being not
greater than that specified below

Up to 32 tons per square inch..Above
32 tons and up to 36 tons..Above 36
tons and up to 40 tons ..................

7. Retesting.-Should either a tensile or bend test fail, two further
specimens may be tested and if the results obtained from both are
satisfactory the forging shall be accepted. In the event of either or both
retests failing, the forging can be again heat treated and re-presented
for test.

209. (a) These may be of wrought steel, or of cast steel (British
Engineering Standards Grade B or C), or of such other material as may
be approved.

(b) The sighting hole doors must be substantial and capable of
being removed and replaced from time to time without loss of efficiency
or safety. Where they are held in place by bolts, the doors must be so
designed that they will not blow out in the case of the breakage of the
bolt or otherwise.

(c) Every flange on a header shall have a fillet with a radius not less
than the thickness of the neck to which it is attached.

(d) Where flat surfaces of headers or similar parts are not pierced
for tubes, the thickness of such parts shall not be less than that given
by the following

b W.P. +3
C

where W.P. the working pressure in Ibs. per square inch,





the thickness in 32nds of an inch,

b the breadth in inches of the flat surface measured
from support to support inside,

C a factor which for wrought steel shall be 81; for steel
castings Grade B or C 64.

The thickness of the headers at the tube holes in 32nds of an inch
shall be not less than 3/d 8 where d the diameter of the hole in
inches.

(e) The headers in way of the sighting doors must be machined to
give true and fair faces for the doors to joint upon. The thickness where
machined may be as much as 3/32 inch less than given by the above
rule, but generally it must not be less than 10/32 inch.

(f) All headers exposed to radiation from the fire, or to the impact of
hot gases, and which have only steam within them under service
conditions, as is the case with superheaters, shall have their thickness
12.5 per cent greater than that given by the above formula.

210. (a) The tubes shall as regards quality and tests comply with the
requirements of paragraph 162.

(b) All tubes shall be carefully drifted or roller expanded in the
holes in the tube plates. They shall project through the neck or bearing
part in the holes by at least a quarter of an inch. They shall be secured
from drawing out at each end, and if this is done only by bellmouthing,
the bellmouthing should be 1/32 inch for each inch in external diameter
plus 2/32 inch. That is the increase of diameter at the outer end of the
bellmouth for a tube 1 inch in diameter will be 3/32 inch, while for a 2
inch tube it will be 4/32 inch, and for a 3 inch tube 5/32 inch.

(c) The tube holes in the tube plates of Drums, Pockets, or Headers
must be formed in such a way that the tubes can be effectively
tightened in them. When the tube ends are not normal to the tube
plates, there shall be a neck or belt of parallel seating of at least 1 inch
in depth measured in a plane through the axis of the tube at the holes.

Where the tubes are practically normal to their plates, this parallel
seating shall not be less than 1 inch in depth.

(d) The minimum thickness of tubes for pressures up to 250 Ibs. per
square inch shall be determined by the following

W.P. x d +7
F





where W.P. the working pressure in Ibs. per square inch, d the
external diameter in inches,

the thickness in 100ths of an inch.

For the two rows of tubes next the fire and round the gaps formed
in the nests of tubes for the outflow of the hot gases from the fire, F
55. For all the other tubes F 75.

(e) The minimum thickness of tubes for pressure above 250 Ibs. up
to 650 Ibs. per square inch and a designed steam temperature not
exceeding 750'F. shall be determined by the following

For the two rows of tubes next to the fire and round the gaps
formed in the nests of tubes for the out-flow of hot gases from the fire,

super-heater tubes: d (W. P. 400) 6

200

where W.P. the working pressure in Ibs. per square inch, d the
external diameter of tube in inches,

the thickness in 100ths of an inch.

The maximum thickness of any tube shall not exceed 1 S.M.G. (0.3
inch).

(f) Downcomer tubes should be of solid drawn steel, and should as
regards thickness and testing comply with the requirements for steam
pipes.

Superheaters.

211. In the case of vessels, new or old, in which it is proposed to fit
arrangements for superheating the steam, full particulars of the
proposed superheater and steam pipes should be submitted for
consideration with as little delay as possible, and in no case should a
declaration be issued until the arrangement has been sanctioned. A
piping plan should be submitted.

The following rules contained in paragraphs 212-215, are laid down
for the guidance of surveyors in ordinary cases in which the steam is
not superheated to a temperature above 650'F. If higher temperatures are
proposed the case will be specially considered.





212. The strength of cylindrical superheaters and the factor of safety
are found in the same manner as in the case of the shells of cylindrical
boilers [paragraph 187(a)], but the applicable constant C should be
increased in the proportion of 1.56:1 unless the heat or flame impinges
at, or nearly at, right angles to the plate, when the constant should be
increased in the proportion of 2.1:1.

When a superheater is constructed with a tube subject to external
pressure, the working pressure should be ascertained by the rules given
for circular furnaces (paragraph 193), but the constants should be
reduced as 1:1.56.

In all cases the internal steam pipes should be so fitted that the
steam in flowing to them, will pass over all the plates which have steam
in contact with them, and are exposed to the impact of heat or flame.

The completed superheater should be tested in the Surveyor's
presence by hydraulic pressure to double the working pressure.

213. (a) The headers should be of steel and comply with the
requirements of paragraph 209 for the headers of water-tube boilers, and
they should be suitably supported.

(b) The minimum thickness of the heating tubes shall be

determined from the formula:
W.P. x d

-75 +5

thickness of the tubes in 100ths of an inch, d the
external diameter of the tube in inches.

(c) Where necessary the tubes should be suitably bellmouthed in
the headers to the extent required for the tubes of water-tube boilers.

(d) The tubes should be solid drawn and comply with the
requirements for the tubes of water-tube boilers (paragraph 162).

(e) Clamps or dogs for securing the heating tubes in position
should be made of wrought iron or steel, or of cast steel. If they are made
of cast steel, the surveyor, after he has received notification as to the
survey, should select indiscriminately from the number actually required
for the job in hand about 5 per cent, and should submit them to a proof
stress by screwing them up on studs similar in every respect to those
ultimately used; and they should withstand without failure the stress due
to a load of 112 Ibs., applied at a leverage of two feet. One or two of the
clamps should also be broken through in order that it may be judged
whether the material is what it is purported to be, and not





cast iron or malleable cast iron. If the surveyor is satisfied, he should
then stamp his initials on all the clamps from which the representative
selection was made, these marks being additional to those mentioned in
paragraph 150.

The clamps may be stocked if desired, but, if this is done those
included in each order and delivery from the steel-makers should be
stored in a separate bin, and a record kept of (1) the name of the steel-
makers, (2) the number, charges and identification marks of the articles
and date of delivery, (3) the number and charges of the articles and date
of dispatch after testing, and also (4) the name or job number of the
vessel for which they are intended. Unless a special fee is paid, a
proportion of the articles representative of the whole stock should not
be tested by the surveyor, but each batch required for a certain job
should be dealt with separately.

Clamps made of mild steel, as drop forgings, should be treated in a
manner similar to that prescribed for cast steel clamps.

(f) Studs for clamps should be so fitted that there is no danger of
their becoming inadvertently unscrewed, and the surveyor should
satisfy himself as to the suitable quality of the material by making a few
bending tests.

(g) After being finally erected at the port of survey, the completed
superheaters should be tested, in the surveyor's presence, by hydraulic
pressure to double the working pressure for which they are approved.

214. (a) Superheaters forming part of a water-tube boiler should
comply with the requirements of boilers of that type as regards drums,
headers, construction, and material.

(b) The tubes which have only steam within them should be
situated in a position shielded from direct radiant heat, and where only
hot gases and not hot flame can impinge upon any part.

(c) The working pressure on the tubes should not exceed that
obtained from the formula of paragraph 210(d) for the upper tubes of
water-tube boilers.

(d) After being finally erected the completed superheater should
be tested with, and to the same. hydraulic pressure as the boiler of
which it forms part.

215. Superheaters that can be shut off from the main boilers should
be fitted with a statutory safety-valve of sufficient size, with easing gear
workable from a convenient position.

Drains must in all cases be fitted to superheaters in which a
collection of water in the bottom is possible, and suitable provision
should be made to avoid overheating of the tubes when raising steam.





216. (a) The pressure allowed on castings of good material should
not exceed that obtained from the following formulae(a) Cylindrical
Shells.

W.P. C

D
(b) Circular Flat Surfaces.

W.P. C, x T2

D2
(c) Square Flat Surfaces.

W.P. C, x

Sz
where W.P. the working pressure in Ibs. per square inch,

the thickness of the casting in inches,

D the diameter in inches, which for covers is the
diameter of the pitch circle of the bolts,

S the length of side of the flat surface in inches.

Cast Iron.
Gunmetal Cast, Steel.

c 4,000 6,000 10,400
C, 24,000 30,000 52,000
C, 16,000 20,000 34,700

in vessels subject to water pressure only, the constant may be increased
by 25 per cent.

(b) Except in every small castings the thickness of the material
should not, as a rule, be less than 1 inch for cast iron, 3 inch for
gunmetal, and 1 inch for cast steel.

(c) Where there are large branches, doors, or other openings in the
castings, the scantlings will require *to be materially increased, and also
provision should be made at the necks of branches and other parts to
resist stresses not directly due to the internal pressure.

217. In calculating the strength of studs or bolts securing the covers
of evaporators, feed heaters, feed filters, and other similar vessels, the
calculated load on the cover should be found by multiplying the area of
pitch circle by the working pressure, and the nominal stress allowed on
the net section of the material of





the studs, &c., should not exceed 7,000 Ibs. per square inch in the case
of iron, and 9,000 Ibs. per square inch in the case of steel, the maximum
allowance being permissible only when the diameter is J inch or more.
When the studs or bolts are of a diameter less than 1 inch, the nominal
stress allowed per square inch of net section should not exceed 6,000
lbs. in the case of iron, and 7,200 lbs. in the case of steel, owing to the
relatively greater stress to which they are subject when the nuts are
tightened.

Studs or bolts securing covers which are required to be frequently
removed should not be less than 1 inch in diameter.

218. (a) Evaporators, generators, feed make-ups, &c., where the
evaporation of the water under pressure is an essential feature, should
be regarded as steam boilers, whether the evaporation is effected by
heat from steam or any other source, and they should be examined by
the surveyor on each occasion the vessel is surveyed for passenger
certificate in the same manner as other boilers on board the vessel; and
the particulars regarding them, their safety-valves, &c., should be
recorded on the declaration in the same manner as is done in the case of
other auxiliary boilers.

The strength, quality of material, and method of construction of
such apparatus should, when made from rolled plates, be in accordance
with the regulations for steam boilers. For moderate pressures, however,
evaporators of the type usually fitted may be made of cast material, but
in no case should the pressure exceed 15 lbs. per square inch when the
main body of the apparatus is a single casting. Subject to this limitation
and to the sanction of the Principal Surveyor of Ships for the use of
such material in each particular case, evaporators made of cast-iron, or
of gunmetal having a tensile strength of not less than 10 tons per square
inch, may be allowed a working pressure not exceeding that found by
the formulae of paragraph 216, provided the thickness is not less than #-
inch in the case of cast-iron, and #-inch in the case of gun-metal, and
the castings are in every way sound and to the surveyor's satisfaction.

(b) When the ends are cast solid with the shell, there should be a
substantial fillet all round inside, and when the ends are bolted, D, in
the flat surface formula (paragraph 97), should be the diameter of the
bolt circle. The flange should be of sufficient thickness and have a
substantial fillet at the root all round.

(c) Where baffle or dash plates are fitted below the steam domes of
cast-iron evaporators, they should be easily removable for inspection of
the dome.

(d) The mountings, etc., for evaporators should, as a general rule,
be similar to those required in the case of boilers on board passenger
vessels, but a single safety-valve may be allowed, provided it is of
sufficient size, and that the reduced orifice [sub





paragraph (e)] is not, in any case, greater than would be allowed, for
the same pressures, with a single valve 2 13 inches in diameter (that W6 is,
equivalent in area to two 2-inch valves).

(e) The steam inlet to the coils should have an orifice the size of
which does not exceed that found by the following formula

/n x p d
D

X p
where d diameter of orifice in inches.

D diameter of safety-valves in inches.

n number of safety-valves on evaporator.

p absolute pressure at which the evaporator is worked.

P absolute pressure of entering steam.

Where a reducing orifice is necessary to effect a reduction of area,
it should be bored through brass or similar material, and should be
parallel for a length of at least 1 inch; and every nozzle should be
formed with a facing at the side, on which particulars regarding the
safety-valves, their load, the maximum pressure of the entering steam,
and the diameter of the orifice should be stamped, as shown by the
following example

2 S. V. DIA. Y. LOAD 10 Ibs. sq. in.
BOILER PRESS. 160 Ibs.
REDUCED ORIFICE 21/32' DIA.

(f) The shell and coils should be tested by hydraulic pressure to
twice their respective working pressures, and on completion of the
hydraulic tests the apparatus should be stamped in a conspicuous place
with the test pressures applied to the shell and coils, the date, and the
surveyor's initials.

(g) The spring-loaded safety-valves should be set to the working
pressure, and tested for accumulation in accordance with the
requirements of paragraph 233. The safety-valves should be tested for a
period of five minutes under conditions of maximum evaporation with all
other outlets closed, and the accumulation of pressure should not
exceed 10 per cent of the working pressure.

219. Heaters, filters, &c., through which feed water passes from the
pumps to the boilers should be constructed for a pressure 20 per cent in
excess of the boiler pressure, and relief valves should be fitted in
accordance with the requirements of paragraph 244(f).

The completed apparatus should, where exposed to feed water, be
tested by hydraulic pressure to twice the boiler pressure plus 20 per
cent, and other parts to twice the working pressure. On





the completion of the hydraulic test of a feed heater, feed filter, or other
similar vessel which complies with the regulations and has been
surveyed during construction, the surveyor, in order to afford means of
identification, should stamp the apparatus in a conspicuous place, with
the pressure applied to the shell, the pressure applied to the coils (if
any), the date, and his initials.

Steam Pipes.

220. A plan showing the main and auxiliary steam pipes should be
submitted for consideration.

220A. (a) No pipe made from the electro-deposition of copper on a
mandrel shall be used for steam, feed delivery, blow-off or scum.

Copper pipes shall not be used for superheated steam, nor for
steam exceeding 180 Ibs. per square inch pressure, when the internal
diameter exceeds five inches. If subject to pressures over 75 Ibs. per
square inch they shall be solid-drawn.

(b) The working pressure of copper pipes shall be determined by
the following

W.P. 3)
D
where W.P. the working pressure in Ibs. per square inch of steam
pipes, and the boiler pressure for feed pipes,

D the internal diameter in inches, the thickness in
100ths of an inch,

F for solid-drawn steam pipes is 60, and for brazed 45,

F for solid-drawn steam pipes is 48, and for brazed 36.

NOTE.-When copper pipes are to be bent they must be made
thicker to provide for the thinning at the bend. In no case should the
radius of curvature at the centre line of the pipe be less than twice the
external diameter of the pipe.

(c) Copper pipes shall be annealed, and on completion and prior to
being fitted in place shall be subjected to an hydraulic test. For feed.
delivery pipes the test pressure shall be 2.5 times the working pressure
allowed on the boilers, and on other pipes at least twice the working
pressure.

221. (a) Steam pipes may be made of wrought iron lapwelded, or of
mild steel lapwelded or solid-drawn.





Feed pipes if made of steel should be solid-drawn coldfinished.

(b) The working pressure allowed on pipes shall be determined by
the following rules

(1) Solid-drawn cold-finished steam pipes (up to 28 tons tensile):

10)

Working pressure Dx 120

(2) Solid-drawn hot-finished steam pipes (up to 28 tons tensile):

Working pressure 12) x 120
D

(3) Welded steam pipes of iron or steel, whether with or without
covering straps:

12)

Working pressure x 90
D

(4) Feed pipes (delivery):

Boiler pressure 8) X 100
D

Where D the internal diameter in inches,

the thickness in 100ths of an inch.

(c) Steam pipes should be tested in accordance with the
requirements of paragraph 224. Feed pipes should be tested by
hydraulic pressure to four times the boiler pressure.

222. Suitable provision must be made to avoid excessive stresses in
steam pipes resulting from variations in the temperature of the pipes, or
from vibration.

When socket expansion- joints are used, the parts subject to
rubbing action should be made of brass or of other metal which will not
rust.

In all cases in which such a joint is fitted to a bent steam pipe, the
surveyor should require a fixed gland and bolts, or other efficient
means, to be provided to prevent the end of the pipe being forced out of
the socket. This regulation should be complied with in all cases of bent
pipes fitted with socket expansion joints, and, it is also desirable that
fixed glands and bolts should be fitted to the expansion joints of
straight steam pipes, as cases have occurred, particularly with small
straight pipes in which the ends have been forced out of the sockets.





A socket expansion joint on a bent pipe is not a desirable
arrangement, and, when adopted, the pipe should be anchored or
provided with a strut at the bend, to relieve it of any undue bending
stresses which might otherwise be produced by the internal pressure on
a surface of the pipe equal to the area due to its bore.

223. (a) Efficient means should be provided for draining all steam
pipes. Boiler stop-valves cannot be regarded as suitable for this
purpose. All drain cocks or valves should be accessible, and so placed
as to render it practicable to drain the water from any portion of the
steam pipes or chests in connexion therewith. Drain pipes should be
fitted to drain cocks or valves when the latter are in such a position that
the water or steam discharged from them would be likely to cause
personal injury. It is desirable that the drains should be automatic in
their action.

(b) Special attention is directed to the danger of allowing water to
collect in branches of the main steam pipes connecting the main range
while under steam with the stop-valve of a boiler not in use. Numerous
fatal explosions due to water-hammer from this cause have occurred,
and if it is anticipated that all the boilers connected to the main steam
pipes may not be in use at one time, it is strongly recommended that
additional stop-valves should be fitted at the junctions of the branch
pipes with the main steam range.

224. (a) Surveyors should pay particular attention to the examination
and testing of steam pipes, and a record of the tests should be kept in
the office records.

All new copper steam pipes should be tested by hydraulic
pressure to at least twice the working pressure.

Wrought-iron and steel steam pipes should be tested by hydraulic
pressure when new, with the flanges secured in place, to at least three
times the working pressure.

As regards old pipes, the surveyor may, at any time he thinks it
necessary, before he gives a declaration, require them to be tested by
hydraulic pressure to satisfy himself as to any doubtful part, or parts,
and he may also require the removal of any of such pipes in order that
their interior may be examined and their actual thickness and condition
ascertained, but they should be tested periodically, to not less than
twice the maximum working pressure to which they are subject, as
follows

Periodic Tests of Main Steam Pipes.

NOTE.-Main steam pipes include the main range and its branches
from the various boilers and those to the propelling machinery, also all
steam pipes joining two or more boilers together.





(a) All copper pipes having brazed longitudinal seams, whether
forming a complete range or only part of a range of pipes, should, with
the exception of those referred to in clause (c), be examined and tested,
with the lagging removed, at least once in about every four years.

(b) Iron, steel, or solid-drawn copper pipes should, when the
diameter exceeds 3 inches, be stripped and tested by hydraulic pressure
at least once in six years.

(c) In the case of pipes upon which the first periodical test is being
made, and of pipes with a diameter of 3 inches or less, the surveyor may
use his own discretion as to the removal of the lagging for more than a
few inches near each flange when the hydraulic test is applied.

Periodic Tests of Auxiliary Steam Pipes having an Internal
Diameter Exceeding 6 inches.

(a) Copper pipes having brazed longitudinal seams should be
stripped and tested by hydraulic pressure at least once in four years.

(b) Iron, steel, or solid-drawn copper pipes should be stripped and
tested by hydraulic pressure at least once in six years.

(c) In the case of pipes upon which the first periodical test is being
made the surveyor may use his discretion as to the removal of lagging
for more than a few inches near each flange when the hydraulic test is
applied.

Periodic Tests of Auxiliary Steam Pipes having an Internal
Diameter Exceeding 3 inches and not Exceeding 6 inches.

(a) Copper pipes having brazed longitudinal seams should be
stripped and tested by hydraulic pressure at least once in every four
years.

(b) Iron, steel, or solid-drawn copper pipes should be stripped for
not less than 2 inches at each flange and tested by hydraulic pressure at
least once in six years.

Alternative Method of Testing Steam Pipes: As an alternative to testing
all the pipes at one time, owners may in future arrange to present at the
outset selected pipes or sections of pipes for inspection and hydraulic
tests, on the understanding that all pipes that are required to be tested
periodically will be similarly examined and tested in rotation at
appropriate times, so that every pipe in the main and auxiliary ranges will
be examined and tested at intervals not exceeding six years in the case
of iron and steel and solid drawn copper pipes and four years in the
case of copper pipes with brazed longitudinal seams.





The procedure outlined has the practical advantage that pipes may
be removed from their position for purposes of testing. Surveyors
should avail themselves of any opportunity thus afforded for making a
thorough internal examination of pipes open for inspection.

It will be necessary to keep records of steam pipes tested on the
'running survey' principle to ensure that all pipes in a ship are tested
within. their specified period. The entry made in the appropriate section
of the declaration should give the successive dates, at six or four yearly
intervals on which the pipes -first selected were tested, with the
appropriate words 'running survey' added.

225. In all cases where the pipes are not wholly stripped, the
hydraulic test pressure should remain on the pipes for such time as the
surveyor considers necessary, but in no case for less than twenty
consecutive minutes. Any length from which leakage is observed at
other places than the joints of the flanges, should be stripped, repaired,
and re-tested.

The foregoing instructions apply to all steam pipes, the bursting of
which would probably cause loss of life or serious injury, but it is not
expected that surveyors will insist on the testing of small pipes, from
which the free outflow of steam would cause no danger or
inconvenience, and which would not easily burst in any circumstances.

When a vessel is surveyed for a passenger certificate after
transference from a foreign flag, or for the first time, all the steam pipes
should be tested as indicated in these instructions.

Severe corrosion has, in a number of cases, been found on the
outer surface of copper steam pipes which have been covered with non-
conducting material composed chiefly of asbestos combined with a
binding material, more particularly where the pipes have been wetted by
sea water. The surveyors should therefore pay special attention to the
examination and condition of copper steam pipes which may be covered
with asbestos and other porous lagging, especially when the pipes are
exposed to the action of sea water, and where they find any evidence of
the existence of corrosion, they should take special steps to satisfy
themselves that the pipes are of sufficient thickness and otherwise safe
for the pressure at which they are to be worked. It is most desirable that
copper pipes which would be liable to be occasionally wetted by sea
water should be efficiently protected by a waterproof covering,over the
lagging, which should be free from acid and otherwise non-corrosive.





Boiler Mountings.

226. The surveyor in his examination of the machinery and boilers, is
particularly to direct his attention to the sefety-valves, and, whenever
he considers it necessary, he is to satisfy himself as to the pressure on
the boiler by actual trial.

The surveyor is to fix the working pressure at which the safety-
valves will blow off, and the responsibility of issuing a declaration
before he is fully satisfied on the point is very grave. The law places on
the surveyor the responsibility of 'declaring' that the boilers are in his
judgment sufficient for the working pressure allowed on the boiler.

227. When *the surveyor has determined the working pressure, he is
to see the safety-valves adjusted accordingly, and the springs fixed in
such a manner as to preclude the possibility of in any way increasing
the pressure. The limit of the working pressure is to be inserted in the
declaration, and should it at any time come to a surveyor's knowledge
that alterations have been made, or the loading of the valves has been
altered, or that the valves have been in any way interfered with, so as to
increase the pressure without the sanction of the Principal Surveyor of
Ships, he is at once to report the facts.

If any person places an undue weight on the safety-valve of any
steamship, or, in the case of steamships surveyed under the Ordinance,
increases the adjusted limit fixed by the engineer surveyor, he shall, in
addition in any other liability he may incur by so doing, be liable for
each offence to a fine not exceeding one thousand dollars.

228. Cases have come under notice in which there were pipes
between the boilers and the safety-valve chests. Such arrangement is
not in accordance with the Ordinance, which distinctly provides that the
safety-valves shall be upon the boilers.

The surveyors are instructed that in all new boilers, and in boilers
in which alterations can be easily made, the valve chest should be
placed directly on the boiler; and the neck, or part between the chest
and the flange which is bolted on to the boiler, should be as short as
possible and be cast in one with the chest.

In the case of vessels that have not previously had a passenger
certificate, if there is only one safety-valve on any boiler, the surveyor
should not grant a declaration without first referring the case to the
special Principal Surveyor of Ships for his special instructions.

229. It is clearly the duty of the masters and engineers of vessels to
see, in the intervals between the surveys, that the locked-up safety-
valves, as well as the other safety-valves and the rest of the machinery,
are in proper working order. There is





no provision in the Ordinance, exempting the owner of any vessel on
the ground that she has been surveyed by the Government surveyors,
from any liability, civil or criminal, to which he would otherwise be
subject. The Ordinance' requires the statutory safety-valves to be out
of control of the engineer when the steam is up; this enactment, far from
implying that he is not to have access to them, and to see to their
working at proper intervals when the vessel is in port, rather implies the
contrary; and the master should take care that the engineer has access
to them for that purpose. Substantial locks, which cannot be easily
tampered with and which are, as far as possible, weather-proof, should
be used for locking up the safety-valve boxes.

2 30. (a) The locked-up valves, that is, those out of the control of the
engineer when steam is up, should have an area not smaller, and a
pressure not greater, than those which are not locked-up, if any such
valves are fitted.

The aggregate area of the locked-up safety-valves of ordinary
spring-loaded type shall not be less than is obtained from the following
formulae, but in no case shall valves less than 11 inches in diameter be
passed without the sanction of the Principal Surveyor of Ships.

(1) For Saturated Steam:

A H x E

4.8P
where A Aggregate area of safety-valves in sq. inches,

E Evaporation in Ibs. per square foot of heating surface
per hour with a minimum value 6,

H Total heating surface to which factor E applies,

P Absolute pressure of steam in Ibs. per sq. inch (that is,
working, pressure of boiler 15).

(2) For Superheated Steam:

As = A 14.

1000
where A, Aggregate area of safety-valves in square inches with
superheat,

A Aggregate area of safety-valves in square inches
without superheat,

Superheat of steam in degrees Fahr.

NOTE.-Improved High Lift Double Spring Safety-valves:





Cockburn-MacNicoll Patent Safety-Valves 11 inch to 5 inch
diameter for pressures up to and including 425 lbs. per sq. inch will be
accepted for boilers under the Government Survey provided that the
area of the valves supplied in any particular case is not less than one-
half that required by the regulations for ordinary safety-valves and that
the usual tests are satisfactory.

(b) All the *Safety-valves of each boiler may be fitted in one chest
which must be separate from any other valve chest and which must be
connected direct to the boiler by a strong and stiff neck, the passage
through which should have a cross-sectional area at least equal to one-
half the aggregate area of the safetyvalves in the chest.

(c) The waste-steam pipe and the passages leading to it should
have a cross-sectional area not less than 1.1 times the combined area of
the safety-valves as given by the above rule.

231. The surveyor is to examine the whole of the valves, weights,
and springs at every survey.

The responsibility of seeing to the efficiency of the manner in
which the valves are fitted, so as to be out of the control of the engineer
when steam is up, rests with the surveyor, who should see that the
method adopted is efficient and one that is approved by the Principal
Surveyor of Ships.

The safety-valves should be fitted with lifting-gear, so arranged
that the two or more valves on any one boiler can at all times be eased
together, without interfering with the valves on any other boiler. The
lifting-gear should in all cases be so arranged that it can be worked by
hand from some accessible place free from steam danger, and the
arrangement should permit of the valves being turned round on their
seats b by hand.

Care should be taken that the safety-valves have a lift equal to one-
fourth of their diameter; that the openings for the passage of steam to
and from the valves, including the waste-steam pipe, have each an area
not smaller than required by paragraph 230(c), and the area of the main
waste-steam pipe should not be smaller than the combined area of the
branch pipes. Each valve box should have a drain pipe fitted at its
lowest part, which shall be led to the bilge or to a tank clear of the boiler.

In the case of lever-valves, if the holes in the lever are not bushed
with brass, the pins must be of brass; iron and iron working together
must not be passed.

Too much care cannot be devoted to seeing that there is proper lift,
also that free means of escape for the waste steam are provided, as it is
obvious that, unless the means for escape of the waste steam are ample,
the effect is the same as reducing the area of the valves or putting an
extra load upon them.





The valve seats should be secured by studs and nuts. The valves
should have a clearance in the seats of at least 1/32 inch on the
diameter, and should not project below them.

232. The surveyor need raise no question as to the sufficiency of
spring-loaded valves, if the results of the steam trial for accumulation of
pressure are satisfactory, and if the following conditions are complied
with

(1) That at least two valves are fitted to each boiler. (2)
That the valves are of the prescribed size.

(3) That the springs and valves are so cased-in and lockedup that
they cannot be tampered with.

(4) That provision is made to prevent the valves lifting out of their
seats in the event of the springs breaking.

(5) That screw lifting-gear is provided to ease all the valves, as
required by paragraph 231.

(6) That the size of the steel of which the springs are made is in
accordance with that found by the. following formula:

3/ S x D d;
c

where s the load on the spring, in Ibs.,

D the diameter of the spring (from centre to centre of
wire), in inches,

d diameter or side of square of the wire in inches,
c 8,000 for round steel, and

c 11,000 for square steel.

(7) That the springs are protected from the steam and impurities
issuing from the valves.

(8) That, when valves are loaded by direct springs, the
compressing screws abut against metal stops or washers when the
loads sanctioned by the surveyor are on the valves.

(9) That the springs have a sufficient number of coils to require a
compression under the working load of at least one quarter the diameter
of the valve.

The number of coils required for a given compression, or the
compression due to the load, is given, approximately, by the following
formula





K x C x
N

D, or

s x D 3 x N
K

C x d4 where N
number of free coils in spring, K
compression, in inches,

d diameter of steel, or side of square, in sixteenths of an
inch,

C 22 for round, and 30 for square steel; and s and D have
the same meanings as before.

The steel of safety-valve springs should not as a rule be less than
1/4 inch in diameter or side of square, and the clearance between
separate coils should not be less than 3/16 inch when the spring is
loaded.

233. All safety-valves must be set to the working pressure under
steam and in no case is the surveyor to give a declaration for spring-
loaded valves, unless he has examined them and is acquainted with the
details of their construction, and unless he has tried them under full
steam, and full firing with the feed-water shut off and stop-valve closed.
The duration of the tests for accumulation of pressure shall be: on
cylindrical boilers, 15 minutes; on water tube boilers, for as long as the
water supply in the boiler permits with a maximum of 7 minutes. (See
paragraph 218(g) for tests of the safety-valves of evaporators.)

In all cases the results of the test under full steam should be
entered in the office records. If, however, the accumulation of pressure
exceeds 10% of the loaded pressure the surveyor should report the case
to the Principal Surveyor of Ships before granting his Declaration.

The surveyors are to use the pressure gauges supplied by the
Government, no steam gauge should be used without having a syphon
filled with water between it and the boiler and care should be taken to
see that the gauge pipe and syphon are clear before attaching the
gauge.

234. Safety-valves which have been passed and stamped by the
Board of Trade may be accepted by the surveyor if he is satisfied with
them after an examination. In the case of designs of safetyvalves which
have not been approved by the Board of Trade or the Government it will
be necessary for the makers to submit plans to the Principal Surveyor of
Ships for approval.

235. The following is a list of the names of spring safety-valve
makers whose standard designs have been approved by the Board of
Trade.





Names of Firms whose Diameters of

Standard Designs have Address. valves included
been approved. in Standard
Designs.

Andrews and Cameron* ......Glasgow 2 1/2' to
4'
Bailey, W.H., Co . ......Manchester 2' to 6'

11

Central Marine Engine Works West Hartlepool 1 1/2' 4'
..
Cochran Co . .......Annan
.. o 4'
Cockburn, A., Co . .Glasgow II' to 5'
Cockburns, Ltd . .....Cardonald 2' to 6' and Patent
......................High Lift Valves.
Cockburns, Ltd . .....Cardonald, Glasgow II' to 5' Improved
......................High Lift Double
......................Spring Safety Valve
......................Cockburn- MacNicoll
Patent.
Davie and Horne* .....Johnstone 2'6' to 5'
Dewrance Co . ......London 2' to 4'
Dickinson, John, Sons Sunderland 3' to 31'
Empire Company .......Manchester 2' to 6'
Grant, J. A_ Co . ..'Glasgow
Harland Wolff, Ltd . Belfast 3 1/2' and 3 3/4'
Holmes, C. D., Co . Hull 21' to 3 1/4'
Hopkinson, Ltd . .....Huddersfield 2' to 4.
Hunt, Mitton Co. .Birmingham 2. to

Moor Engineering and Pipe 1
22. to 5.

Works ........Sunderland..
Noakes, Sons ..........London 22:
Phillip Sons ............Dartmouth to 4'

Pollock and Macnab ........Manchester 2' and 3' to 6.
Sisson, W., Co . ........Gloucester 2' to 31-,'
Stevenson, J. C., Co ... Preston 3-
Turnbull Alexr., Co. . ..Glasgow 2' to 6
Worth, Mackenzie, Co . ..Stockton-on-Tees 121' to 3'

Makers for evaporators only.

236. (a) All cocks and valves connected to the boiler shall be so
arranged that can be seen without difficulty, whether they are open or
shut.

(b) All boiler-mounting valves over 11 inches diameter must have
outside screws on their spindles, and their covers must be secured by
bolts or studs and all are to be arranged to be shut with a right-hand
motion of the wheels.

(c) When boiler mountings ate secured by studs, the studs must
have a full thread holding in the plate for a length of at least one
diameter. If the stud holes penetrate the whole thickness of the plate the
stud must be screwed right through the plate and be fitted with a nut
inside the boiler. Where bolts are used for securing mountings they
must be screwed right through the plate with their heads inside the
boiler.











(d) The neck of stop-valve chests and other boiler mountings
should be as short as practicable.

(e) Cast steel or other approved material shall be used for boiler
mountings of all sizes, for steam fittings of 2 bore and over and for all
steam fittings subjected to temperatures exceeding 425'F

(f) The chests of stop and safety-valves, etc., should be tested
when new to double the working pressure.

237. A salinometer cock or valve must be fitted direct to each boiler
in a convenient position. It must not be on the water gauge stand-pipe.

238. Each boiler shall have a separate steam pressure gauge placed
where it can easily be seen. Double-ended boilers shall have a pressure
gauge at each end, likewise placed where they can easily be seen.

239. (a) No boiler or steam chamber should be so constructed, fitted,
or arranged that the escape of steam from it through the safety-valves
required by the Ordinance can be wholly, or partially, intercepted by the
action of another valve.

(b) A stop-valve should always be fitted between the boiler and the
steam pipe, and, where two or more boilers are connected with a steam
receiver or superheater, between each boiler and the superheater or
steam receiver.

Where there are more water-tube boilers than one connected
together, stop-valves of self-closing or non-return types are
recommended.

(e) There shall be as few auxiliary stop-valves as possible so as to
avoid piercing the boiler shell mote than is absolutely necessary. The
arrangement, however, must be such that when more than one boiler is
fitted it is possible to supply the steam whistle, the steam steering gear,
and the electric light machinery from at least two boilers.

240. (a) Every boiler as specified below shall have at least two
independent means of indicating the water-level, one of which must be a
glass gauge or an equivalent, and have marked on it in a contiguous
position easily seen, the level of the highest part of the heating
surfaces.

(b) All single-ended boilers 16 feet mean internal diameter or over
shall have a glass water gauge on each side. Single-ended boilers under
16 feet in diameter shall have one glass water gauge and one set of test
cocks or the equivalent of the latter.





(c) All double-ended boilers shall have a glass water gauge at or
near each end, on opposite sides, and a set of test cocks at each end, or
the equivalent of the latter.

(d) All vertical boilers shall have a glass water gauge and one set
of test cocks or the equivalent of the latter.

(e) All watertube boilers shall have at least two water gauges to
each boiler, fitted in such a way as to be quite independent of each
other. One of these must be a glass water gauge, while the other may be
an equivalent; but where water and steam drums exceeding 13 feet in
length are fitted athwartship, a glass water gauge is to be fitted at or
near each end of the drum.

The position of the glass water gauge of water-tube boilers in
which the tubes are entirely drowned when cold, is to be such that
water is just showing in the glass when the water level in the steam
drum is just above the top of the uppermost tubes when the boiler is
cold. In boilers, the tubes of which are not entirely drowned when cold,
the glass water gauges are to be placed, to the surveyor's satisfaction,
in the positions which have been found by experience to indicate
satisfactorily that the water content is sufficient for safety when the
boiler is worked under all service conditions.

241. (a) When the water-gauge cocks are not attached directly to the
shell of the boiler, but to a stand-pipe or column, cocks should be fitted
between the boiler and the stand-pipes.

(b) The ordinary type of stand pillar should not be less in internal
diameter than 21 inches for cylindrical boilers over 10 feet in diameter,.2
inches in internal diameter for boilers over 7 feet 6 inches in diameter
and up to 10 feet in diameter, and 1 inches in internal diameter for boilers
7 feet 6 inches and under in diameter. If the stand pillars are connected
with the shell by means of pipes the latter should be of copper or other
incorrodible metal and should be at least 11 inches in internal diameter
when fitted to 21 inch pillars; 11 inches in internal diameter when fitted
to 2 inch pillars; and 1 inch in internal diameter when fitted to 1,1 inch
pillars.



The upper ends of the pipes must be so arranged that there is no
pocket or bend in which water can lodge. The pipe should not pass
through uptakes if they can be otherwise arranged, but if this condition
cannot be complied with, they may pass through the uptakes by a
passage open for ventilation at least 2 inches clear all round.

(c) The cocks of all water gauges must be accessible from
positions free from danger in the event of the glass breaking.

(d) The surveyors should satisfy themselves by actual examination
whether the glass water-gauges of the boilers of the





vessels they survey are clear, and also whether they are fitted with
automatic valves or fittings, as the existence of such fittings cannot
always be ascertained by external examination. In all cases where it is
proposed to fit automatic gauges, full particulars thereof should be
submitted to the Principal Surveyor of Ships for consideration and
approval before the gauges are passed.

242. Test cocks, where practicable, should be fitted direct on the
boiler shell. A set must consist of at least three cocks except in boilers 7
feet 6 inches in diameter and under when there may be two.

243. Each boiler shall have a blow-off valve fitted direct to the shell.
The valve and its connexions to the sea need not be more than 11 inches
in diameter, and may be generally about one-tenth of an inch in diameter
for each foot in diameter of the boiler.

Blow-off valves and scum valves (when these latter are fitted) of
two or more boilers may be connected to one common discharge, but
when thus arranged there must be screw-down nonreturn valves fitted
for each boiler to prevent the possibility of the contents of one boiler
passing to another.

The blow off cock or valve on the ship's side must be fitted above
the level of the stokehold plates, in an accessible position, and must be
arranged so that it can be readily seen whether it is open or shut. The
handle must not be capable of being removed unless the cock is shut,
and if a valve is fitted the wheel must be fixed to the spindle.

244. (a) Each boiler shall have at least two distinct and independent
feed systems, each with its own check-valve attached direct to the
boiler. It is desirable that a stop-cock or stop-valve should be fitted in
each chest or between each chest and the boiler, so that the latter may
be shut off and either of the check-valves examined while the other feed
is at work.

(b) In water-tube boilers at least one of the feed systems shall be
fitted with an approved apparatus whereby the supply is controlled
automatically. The feed check-valves must be fitted with efficient
gearing, whereby they can be satisfactorily worked from the stokehold
floor, or other convenient position.

(c) If a boiler, not a water-tube boiler, is used solely as an auxiliary
or winch, boiler, one of the feed systems may be worked by an injector.

(d) It is most desirable that feed pumps should be reserved
exclusively for feeding the boilers, and that they should not be used for
other purposes whereby oil or other refuse may be passed into the
boiler.





(e) Feed pipes should comply with paragraphs 220 and 221 and feed
heaters, filters or other vessels through which the feed water passes on
its way from the pumps to the boilers, should be made sufficient for a
pressure 20 per cent in excess of the boiler pressure. An efficient relief-
valve (or valves), suitably adjusted, and of a type which does not
present a ready means of overloading, should he fitted where required
to prevent this pressure being exceeded in any part of the feed system,
under any conditions likely to occur. In cases where the main feed
pumps are independent of the main engines, the area of the relief-valve
(or valves) should not be less than half that of the feed discharge pipe,
pro-' vided the latter is sufficient to ensure a reasonable velocity of flow
in the pipe; but, when the main pumps are worked by the main engines,
the relief-valve (or valves) should be of at least the same area. as the
pipe.

Shafting

245. (a) Ingot steel for shafts shall be generally of 28 to 32 tons per
square inch standard quality, and comply with the requirements of
paragraph 165. If steel of other tensile strength is used the case should
be submitted to the Principal Surveyor of Ships.

(b) Couplings of wrought iron shafts may be welded to the body,
but those of ingot steel shafts shall be forged from the solid and may be
formed by upsetting the ends by hydraulic pressure.

Couplings, when separate from the shaft, may be forged from ingot
steel wrought iron, or scrap mild steel, or they may be steel castings.

(c) The webs of built crank shafts may be forged or rolled from
ingot steel, wrought iron, or scrap mild steel or they may be steel
castings.

The material of cast steel webs generally must be such that the
tensile strength does not exceed 32 tons per square inch, and it shall
comply with the requirements of paragraph 161.

(d) Fully dimensioned drawings of shavings giving full particulars
required for making strength calculations should be supplied.

246. (a) Turbine-driven installations shall have shafts the diameters
of which are not less than is given by the following rule--

d 3/ S.H.P. F

R





where d the diameter of the intermediate shaft in inches, S.H.P.
the maximum designed shaft horse-power,

R= the number of revolutions per minute at that power,

F 64.

(b) Wheel shafts of geared turbine-driven installations shall be in
diameter not less than 1.05 X d, but where there is only one pinion
gearing into the wheel, or where there are two pinions which are set to
subtend an angle at the centre of the shaft of less than 120 the diameter
of the wheel shaft at the wheel and the adjacent journals shall be not
less than 1. 1 x d. Abaft the journals the shaft may be tapered to 1.05 x d.

247. (a) Reciprocating steam-engine installations shall have shafts
the diameters of which are not less than are given by the following rules

d 3/D2 x S x p

V f (r +2)
where d the diameter of the intermediate shaft in inches,

D the diameter in inches of the low-pressure cylinder, or
the equivalent diameter where two or more low-
pressure cylinders are used,

S the stroke of the piston in inches,

p the working pressure in the boiler in lbs. per square inch,

r the ratio of the swept volume of the low-pressure
cylinder or cylinders to that of the high-pressure
cylinder or cylinders,

f a coefficient from the following table:

Type of compound, triple or quadruple f
reciprocating engine.

(a)...............................2 cranks at 90 . 1900
(b)...............................2 cranks at 180 . 1350
(c)...............................3 cranks at 120 . 2150

(d) 4 cranks balanced.. 2150

(e) 4 cranks at 90 . .............2100

(b) 1. Crank shafts of screw reciprocating engines shall be in
diameter not less than 1.05 X d.





2. Crank and paddle shafts of the reciprocating engines of paddle
steamers shall be not less in diameter than .94 x d, as obtained from the
foregoing formula.

(r) Crank webs of built shafts should have dimensions not less
than the followings

h .625 x

0.12 x
c
h

where d, the diameter of the crank shaft in inches,

h the thickness of the web measured parallel to the axis,

the thickness of metal around the eye-holes measured
radially.

Crank webs should be securely shrunk on the body pieces and
crank pins, or be forced on by hydraulic pressure.

248. Thrust shafts transmitting torque shall be at the collars not less
in diameter than 1.05 x d. Thrust shafts may be tapered down outside
the collars to the diameter d required for the intermediate shaft.

249. (a) Tube shafts shall be in diameter not less than 1.05 x d, and
any part of a tube shaft within the tube which may be exposed to sea-
water shall be in diameter not less than 1.075 x d.

(b) Tail shafts shall be not less in diameter than is given in the
following rule

dt d p

K7
where dt the diameter of the tail shaft in inches,

d the diameter of intermediate shaft required,
P the diameter of the screw propeller in inches,
K 144 where a continuous liner is fitted,
K 100 where a continuous liner is not fitted.

NOTE-By a continuous liner is meant a liner of which the whole
length is cast in one piece, or one which is made of two or more lengths
and in which the junctions of the separate pieces are made by fusion
through the whole thickness of the liner.

Tail shafts which run in stern tubes may have the end forward of
the stern gland tapered down to a diameter at the coupling flange equal
to 1.05 x d.





1136 CAP. 28111 Merchant Shipping (Instructions to [1969 Ed.

Surveyors) (Passenger Ships) Regulations.

[Subsidiary]

(c) The thickness of liners fitted on tail shafts or tube shafts should
in way of the bushes be not less, when new, than is given by the
following rule

dt 9.25

32

where the thickness of the liner in inches,

dt the diameter required for the tail or tube shaft within the
liner in inches.

The thickness of a continuous liner at the part between bushes
should be it.

Liners must be carefully shrunk on or be forced on to the shaft by
hydraulic pressure, and no pins to secure them shall be fitted.

(d) Effective means should be provided for preventing water from
having access to the shaft at the part between the aft end of the liner
and the propeller boss.

(e) The length of the bearing in the stern bush next to the propeller
should be not less than four times the diameter required for the shaft
within the liner.

Coupling 250. (a) The thickness of the coupling flanges at the pitch
flanges and circle of the bolt-holes shall be not less than the diameter of the
bolts. coupling bolts at the face of the coupling. The thickness of the
tail-shaft coupling shall be not less than one-quarter the diameter
required for the intermediate shaft.
The radius of curvature at the fillet where the flange starts
from the shaft should be not less than .125 of the diameter of the
shaft adjacent to the flange.
When couplings are separate from the shafts, provision should
be made to resist the astern pull.
(b) The coupling bolts should be in diameter at the joining
face not less than is given by the rule-
Diameter of coupling bolts
.V 3.5 x n x rb
where d the diameter required for the intermediate shaft
in inches,
rb the radius of the pitch circle of the bolts,
n number of bolts in the coupling.

Distilling251. Steam for working the distilling apparatus is not to be
apparatus.taken from the main boilers. The boiler or evaporator used must
not be filled or fed with water from the surface condensers of the





1969 Ed.] Merchant Shipping (Instructions to [CAP. 281
Surveyors) (Passenger Ships) Regulations.
main engines, and no exhaust steam from the feed pump or other
engine may be permitted to go into the condenser of the distiller
if appliances for the introduction of lubricants are fitted to the
steam pipes or to the steam cylinders. Zinc, boiler fluid, tallow,
or oil must not be used, and no boiler or evaporator should be
passed with fittings for using these substances. Surfaces of parts
made of copper in contact with steam or drinking water should be
tinned.
A distilling apparatus must have a filter of sufficient capacity,
which should consist of at least 20 cubic inches of animal charcoal,
and 20 cubic inches of gravel or limestone chips for every 100
gallons of output in twenty-four hours for which the distiller was
passed.
When the cooling water is pumped into the condenser. there
should be fitted an efficient escape-valve or other means of prevent-
ing over-pressure, which cannot readily be tampered with; and, if
the condensing portions of the apparatus or the cooler and filter
are unfit to bear the pressure on the boiler, an efficient safety-
valve which cannot readily be overloaded should be fitted between
the steam pipe and the apparatus.
The surveyor should satisfy himself as to the capability of
the man who is to have charge of the apparatus.
As the surveyor will be held wholly responsible for the
efficiency of the distillers, it rests with him to decide whether or
not the apparatus should, in the case of emigrant vessels furnished
with passenger certificates, be taken to pieces for examination
prior to any voyage, but the distilling apparatus of such vessels
must be taken to pieces for examination at least once every twelve
months, or oftener if the surveyor thinks it necessary, except when
an ample supply of fresh water is carried. The 'tubes or coils
should be tested to at least twice the load on the safety-valve on
the apparatus, or, in cases where no safety-valve is fitted, to twice
the highest working pressure of the boiler from which the apparatus
can be worked, and in all cases the machinery and boiler should
be thoroughly examined. The charcoal should be removed from
the filter, cleansed, or renewed at least once every six months.
After the distilling apparatus is put together again, it should
be tested as to the quantity and quality of the water made, and
this should also be done before the commencement of every voyage.
The water should be cool, pure, well aerated, and fit to drink
immediately it is drawn ofr from the filter.

252. The following have been approved by the Ministry OfList of approved

Shipping. Any departure from the designs as approved should be distilling
reported to the Principal Surveyor of Ships for consideration. apparatus.





Brown, A. and R., and Co.'s Patent.
Caird and Rayner's Patent. Davie and
Horne's Hocking and Co.'s Patent.
Kirkaldy's Patent. Quiggin's Patent.
Weir's

253. The attention of surveyors is called to the danger arising from
an escape of ammoniacal gas which may follow the breakdown of a
refrigerating machine in which anhydrous ammonia is used at the
working agent. Such a machine should be placed in a well-ventilated
isolated compartment, preferably on deck; but a refrigerating machine
which works on the absorption system, using an aqueous solution of
ammonia, may, if desired, be placed in the engine-room, provided that
the machine has been constructed in accordance with an approved
design, and that the engine-room is satisfactorily ventilated. In the latter
case, the machine should be periodically inspected by the surveyors.

No danger is to be apprehended from the escape of a moderate

quantity of gas (CO,) from a carbonic anhydride refrigerating machine
situated in a space not unduly confined and fairly well ventilated; and a
machine of this type may be placed in the engine room if the charge, or
portion thereof, which might be released by a breakdown of the machine,
or of one portion in the case of a duplex machine, does not exceed 300
pounds. If in any case the surveyor is doubtful regarding the matter, he
should submit for consideration full particulars of the machine, valves
for isolating

the compressor, &c., and a drawing showing the position of the
machine and the means of ventilating the engine-room.

Oil Fuel.

254. The greatest care should be taken in the survey of vessels in
which oil fuel is used in the boilers. These regulations are chiefly
directed to the prevention of fire, but immunity cannot be attained
unless installations are used and maintained with care and unless the
consequences of neglect are fully appreciated. Serious fires have
generally originated from apparently insignificant causes, such as
burning oil running out of the furnace fronts on to the tank top or an
almost imperceptible spray of oil from a defective gland or joint, not
perhaps readily noticeable but easily ignited. The conditions which are
most dangerous, and which it is most important to avoid, are conditions
which will allow a small fire to spread to waste oil that has been left to
accumulate in the bilges or on the double-bottom tank tops, and so get
rapidly out of control.





The rapidity with which fire can be communicated to oil, and the
rapidity with which it will spread, depend to a great extent on the
temperature of the oil relative to its flash-point. If the temperature of the
oil in the bilges and on the tank top even approaches the flash-point,
fire will spread with great rapidity, but if this temperature exceeds the
flash-point, there will be added a constant risk of explosion. It is,
therefore, of the greatest importance that surfaces upon which waste oil
may possibly collect should be kept cool. The under sides of boilers
should be well insulated, and the spaces below them should be
efficiently ventilated so that the temperatures there may be kept as low
as practicable, at least 30F below the flash-point of the oil.

The use of coal and oil alternatively, or together, especially the
latter, is strongly deprecated, though not absolutely prohibited, but
where such a course is proposed, the arrangements for carrying this out
must be submitted to the Principal Surveyor of Ships for consideration.

Surveyors should point out that it is necessary to have a careful
organization of the operations by those responsible for the safety of
the ship.

The scrupulous observance of cleanliness is essential to safety,
and the danger of fire can thereby be reduced to a minimum.
Carelessness in allowing deposits of waste oil and coal dust, or
defective and leaky joints and fittings will always be extremely
dangerous.

Passenger vessels in which oil fuel is used should be visited
whenever possible between surveys, and if the surveyor, as a result of
his observations either at the time of survey or during the currency of
the passenger certificate, is of opinion that there is not sufficient care in
respect of cleanliness and maintenance, he should report the case to the
Principal Surveyor of Ships for consideration, in order that it may be
decided whether a declaration for the full period of twelve months can
be issued or whether the current certificate should be withdrawn.

Woodwork should be rigorously excluded from boiler rooms and
no combustible materials should be stored near any part of the oil fuel
installation. Boiler room casings should be efficiently insulated by fire-
resisting material, more particularly when there is any possibility of
woodwork in the spaces surrounding the casings being affected by a
fire in the boiler rooms.

Special attention should be given to the positions and condition of
the fire appliances, including hoses, chemical extinguishers, and the
means for closing the stokehold to exclude air. The froth extinguishers
should be systematically tested, and so disposed as to be available in
case of fire in any boiler compartment.





If any difficulty arises in securing the adoption of the arrangements
indicated in these instructions, the matter should be referred for
consideration by the Principal Surveyor of Ships.

255. The flash-point of the oil must not be less than 150'F (close test)
when determined by recognized standard types of flashpoint apparatus.

With each supply of oil taken on board a written guarantee must be
supplied by the vendor, and signed by a responsible official in his
employ, of the actual close test flash-point, the type of instrument by
which the test was made being in every case specified. These particulars
shall be entered in the engine-room log.

There must be provided a standard type of apparatus for
determining the close flash-point to temperatures up to 200F and
samples of every oil shipped for fuel purposes shall be tested by the
Chief Engineer according to the instructions laid down, to enable him to
ascertain and record that the 'close flash-point' of any oil is not below
150F

Vessels employed on the coastal trade or trading to Saigon,
Bangkok, Singapore, may be exempt from carrying a standard type of
apparatus for determining the flash-point if the Chief Engineer has
apparatus provided at the ports where bunkers are taken and facilities
are available for him to carry out the tests. A record of the tests must be
kept and submitted to the Principal Surveyor of Ships when requested.

The Chief Engineer shall draw and seal at the time of shipment a
half-pint sample of each supply of oil fuel taken on board, and such
samples shall be preserved by him, or by the owners, until all fire risks
from that supply of oil may be reasonably considered as past.

256. (a) The apparatus supplied Tor determining the close flash-point
of the fuel oil should be of the type known as the 'Standard Pensky-
Martens Tester' constructed to the specification of the Standardization
Committee appointed by the Institution of Petroleum Technologists, and
each apparatus must be certified by the National Physical Laboratory.

The oil to be tested by the Standard Pensky-Martens apparatus is
heated in an air bath which may be either a flame-heated metal casing or
an electrical resistance element; the important point in either case being
the rate of heating. Electrical heaters should be marked with the voltage
for which they are constructed which in each case should be the same
as the voltage of the electrical system on board the ship, and the heater
should always be used at the proper voltage.





(b) The adoption generally of the Pensky-Martens method is
required where new apparatus is supplied, and is recommended by the
Ministry of Shipping in all cases, but for the present, it may be optional
on board passenger vessels already provided with apparatus for the
alternative method of taking the flash-point by means of the Abel tester
cup fitted with stirrer. The tester cup should bear the Ministry of
Shipping approved stamp as complying with the requirements under the
Petroleum-Acts, as modified by Order in Council of the 7th May, 1907,
for viscous and sedimentary mixtures. The thermometer for use in the oil
cup should be graded up to 200F and the one for the water bath to a
temperature of 220F

(c) It should be seen that full instructions are supplied with each
apparatus. If consistent results within the limits of experimental error
(namely, 3F. for oils flashing at about 150F and 5F for oils
flashing at about 200F are to be obtained, it is most important that the
instructions issued with the apparatus should be most carefully
followed. Any departure therefrom, or any imperfections in the
instrument, may lead to inaccurate results. It is also important that all
samples of oil taken for testing should be contained in bottles or
vessels which have been carefully cleaned inside.

(d) Some small variation in the flash-points obtained may occur in
tests made of the same sample of oil with the same apparatus, but if the
results of three consecutive flash-point determinations carried out by
the same specified procedure do not differ from one another by more
than 4F the average if the three results may be taken as being the
flash-point of the oil.

257. (a) Oil fuel of the above description may be carried in cellular
double bottoms under engine and boiler compartments and under
ordinary holds; also in peak tanks, deep tanks and bunkers of approved
construction, particulars of which shall in the first place be submitted.
Consideration should be given to the avoidance, as far as possible, of
fuel bunkers in 'tween deck spaces over-hanging the boiler rooms, or of
oil fuel bunkers adjoining the ship's sides abreast the boiler rooms, but
where these are found to be necessary they must be subdivided into
compartments not exceeding 21 feet in length. To prevent the spread
of fire which may follow upon a collision or grounding in way of oil fuel
bunkers, the boiler and funnel casings shall be so insulated and all
doors and other openings therein so arranged that the heat from even a
fierce fire burning within the casings may not endanger the surrounding
wood work or accommodation. Provision is to be made for the
expansion of the fuel in the tanks.

(b) If the storage and settling tanks are to be constructed to the
requirements of Lloyd's Register, the British Corporation, or Bureau
Veritas, a copy of the detailed plans approved by the





classification society must be forwarded to the Principal Surveyor of
Ships for consideration. In other cases fully detailed plans of the
proposed construction, including riveting, must be submitted for
approval before the work is taken in hand. (See paragraph 25). Double
bottom compartments used for oil fuel storage are to be fitted with
watertight centre divisions, except in the narrow tanks at the forward and
after ends of the vessel. In other storage tanks suitable wash plates are
to be fitted where required. Where oil fuel is carried in wing spaces at
each side of the ship, suitable means are to be taken to comply with
paragraphs 13(8) and 25.

(c) Suitable provision should be made to isolate oil fuel from water
ballast, and pumping arrangements should permit of oil fuel transfer from
any one storage or settling tank to any other, or discharged overboard.

(d) If fresh water, either for use in boilers or for drinking,
is stored in a compartment adjacent to an oil tank, a coffer dam
is to be fitted, to prevent the water from being contaminated. If
spaces adjacent to cargo holds or double bottoms under cargo
holds are used for the storage of oil fuel, efficient means must be
provided by wells or gutter ways to prevent leakage from any oil
fuel compartment coming in contact with the cargo, and to ensure
that such leakage shall have free drainage into the limbers or wells.

(e) Where there is possibility of oil leakage from storage tanks or
settling tanks, suitable gutters or coffer dams are to be arranged, and the
drainage from the same led to sumps or wells.

In order that the gutter ways may be readily accessible for
inspection and cleaning, it is desirable that the stokehold platform
should be kept well clear of all bulkhead plating.

(f) In steamships trading in climates where the cold may cause the
oil to become viscous, heating coils should be fitted in the storage
tanks, or other approved means provided to cause the oil to flow freely
through the pipes.

258. (a) It is recommended that settling tanks should be constructed
separately from the hull structure.

(b) A suitable thermometer pocket is to be fitted to each settling
tank.

(c) Open drains for removing the water from the oil in storage or
settling tanks are not to be allowed unless the drain cock be of the
weighted lever or other self-closing type. The temperature of oil in tanks
which are furnished with open drains should not exceed 125F and
suitable notices to this effect should be displayed.

259. (a) Every bunker or storage tank is to be tested by filling it with
water to a head at least one foot more than can possibly come upon the
tank in practice. In new steamships the double





bottom is, however, to be tested with a head of water up to the
bulkhead deck, as required by paragraph 27.

(b) The test pressure to be applied to settling tanks is 15 lb. per
square inch including the head pressure. When testing, therefore, the
pressure gauge may be placed level with the bottom of the tank. If,
however, in ordinary conditions of service the head pressure on the
bottom of the tank exceeds 15 lb. per sq. in. the test applied should be in
accordance with sub-paragraph (b).

260. Each oil fuel tank or bunker must be fitted with an air pipe the
discharge end of which is to be led to the open air in a situation where
no danger will be incurred from the issuing oil vapour when the tank or
bunker is being filled, and each must be furnished with a wire gauze
diaphragm which can readily be removed for cleansing or renewal.

Where air pipes serve as overflow pipes there should be no
possibility of the overflow running into or near a stokehold, galley or
any other place in which it might be ignited.

Where air pipes pass through the cargo holds, arrangements must
be made for protecting them from being damaged.

261. (a) Suitable means are to be provided for ascertaining the oil
level in each tank, either by sounding pipes or by approved indicating
apparatus. Sounding pipes, if adopted, must not terminate in passenger
or crew spaces. Where sounding pipes or connexions to indicators pass
through the cargo holds, arrangements must be made for protecting
them from being damaged.

(b) Short sounding pipes to oil tanks situated below machinery
spaces should, as far as possible, be avoided, and, if fitted, should not
be passed either in tunnels or elsewhere unless fitted to close
automatically. Provision must be made. to prevent danger from any
overflow when filling tanks or bunkers, and if such pipes terminate in a
stokehold they should be so arranged that oil will not be discharged
therefrom on to any part of the boilers or fittings, if the self-closing
cocks at their upper ends are opened when oil is surging in the tanks,
due to the motion of the ship.

(c) No round gauge glasses must be fitted either to the storage
tanks or to the settling tanks; but suitably protected gauges of
approved design, having flat glasses of substantial thickness and cocks
whereby they will be shut off automatically or in the same manner as
required for the suction cocks on these tanks, may be allowed on
settling tanks.

262. (a) The pumps for the oil fuel burning system must be entirely
separate from the feed, bilge and ballast pumps and connexions. In
every ship there must be not fewer than two units





(a unit comprising pressure pump, filters and heater). All pumps used in
connexion with oil fuel are to be provided with efficient escape valves,
which must be in close circuit, that is, discharging to the suction side of
the pumps.

(b) For all oil fuel pressure pumps in each compartment, means are
to be provided for shutting off the steam supply to the oil fuel pressure
pumps from a position outside the compartment in which the pumps are
situated.

(c) Cocks or valves must also be interposed between the pumps
and the suction pipes, in order that pipes may be shut off when the
pumps are opened out for overhauling.

263. (a) Heaters must be to approved designs. If steam is used for
heating the oil fuel, the exhaust drain must discharge the water of
condensation into a tank where it can be seen whether or not it is free
from oil.

(b) The pipes, heaters and their fittings are to be tested after
jointing, to at least 400 Ibs. per square inch, or to double the working
pressure, whichever is the greater.

264. Save-alls or gutters are to be provided under the pumps, heaters
and strainers to catch oil leakage, or oil that may be spilled when any
cover or door is removed, and likewise at the furnace mouths to
intercept oil escaping from the burners.

265. (a) The oil pressure pipes must be of solid drawn steel and
those for conveying heated oil placed in sight above the platforms in
well lighted parts of the stokehold or engine room.

The thickness of the solid drawn steel pipes should not be less
than as found by the formula given in paragraph 279(a).

The scantlings of coupling flanges shall be made suitable for at
least 200 Ibs. per square inch working pressure, or the working pressure
to which the relief valves are loaded, whichever is the greater. The
flanges must be machined so that they are practically metal to metal, any
jointing material used being the very thinnest possible and impervious
to oil heated to 250F

The pipes and fittings are to be tested after jointing, to at least 400
lbs. per square inch, or to double the working pressure, whichever is the
greater.

(b) Other oil pipes must be of wrought iron or steel.

The scantlings of coupling flanges shall be made suitable for not
less than 100 Ibs. per square inch working pressure. The flanges must
be machined and the jointing material used must be impervious to oil.
After jointing, the pipes within the engine and





boiler spaces are to be tested to 30 Ibs. per square inch pressure or to
twice the maximum working pressure, whichever is the greater.

(c) All pipes must be led sufficiently high above the inner bottom
to facilitate inspection and repairs.

(d) AU oil pipes should be carefully fitted to ensure that the
flanges of valve chests, etc., are not unduly strained when the pipes are
connected.

266. All valves in connexion with oil fuel apparatus must be so
constructed as to prevent the possibility of any cover being slacked
back or loosened when operating the valves.

267. (a) All oil fuel suction pipes from storage or settling tanks
placed above the double bottom are to be furnished with cocks or
valves secured to the tanks and so geared that they may be shut off
from the deck above or from a compartment other than the one in which
they are situated, as well as from the latter compartment. If the filling
pipes are not connected to the tanks near the top, they must likewise be
provided with cocks or valves similarily operated, or else non-return
valves fitted.

(b) Oil filling lines should be furnished with adequate means of
relief to prevent the pipe line being subjected to excessive pressure
which may be occasioned by the careless closing of a tank-filling valve
while the filling pump is at work before another tank valve has been
opened.

The relief valve should discharge into an overflow or sludge tank.

(c) Master valves at the furnace fronts controlling the supply of oil
fuel to sets of burners should be readily accessible in emergency and
desirably should be quick closing and, where necessary, sectional shut-
off valves should be arranged to isolate air vessels in order to prevent
the discharge of oil which may be contained therein, in case of
derangement at the furnace fronts. Valves which control the supply of
heated oil to the system or sections of the system should be painted a
bright red colour, for identification in an emergency.

(d) As burners are frequently changed and as fires have occurred
through the escape of heated oil owing to a burner having been
improperly replaced, it is desirable that arrangements should be made so
that oil cannot be turned on to a burner unless it has been correctly
coupled up.

268. Funnel dampers should not, as a rule, be fitted; but, if fitted,
they must be provided with a suitable device whereby they may be
securely locked in the fully open position.





The smoke-box doors must be shielded and well fitting and the
uptake joints made airtight.

269. (a) Ample ventilation shall be provided in engine, boiler and
pump rooms, and also in all compartments adjacent to the storage tanks.

(b) The boilers are to be suitably lagged, it being most desirable
that the bottoms of oil-fired cylindrical boilers should be completely
covered with lagging, so that any oil which may have escaped on to the
tank top will not be heated to a dangerous degree.

(c) The clearance space between the boilers and tops of double
bottoms, and between the boilers and the sides of the storage tanks or
bunkers in which oil fuel is carried, must be adequate for the free
circulation of air necessary to keep the temperature of the stored oil well
below the flash-point; and bunkers whcih overhang the boilers are to be
fitted with shield plates so arranged as to prevent any oil leakage
dripping on to the boilers.

Where water-tube boilers are installed, it is recommended that there
should be a space of at least two feet six inches between the tank top
and the underside of the pans forming the bottom of the combustion
spaces.

(d) There must be no woodwork in the stokehold or compartment
containing the settling tanks, and no wood or other combustible matter
should be allowed to accumulate therein or in the vicinity of the fuel
tanks.

Oil fuel pumps, heaters, etc., should not be situated in close
proximity to engine store rooms where inflammable material is stored.

(e) Bilge suction pipes of lead are not permissible in boiler spaces
or engine spaces where settling tanks or oil fuel pump units are situated.

(f) The inner plating of the machinery compartments referred to in
sub-paragraph (e) should not be coated with cement having a bitumastic
or similar base, unless it is clearly demonstrated that the cement is
neither inflammable nor capable of evolving obnoxious fumes in the
event of a fire in the compartment in which it is used.

270. No special regulations with regard to electrical installations,
beyond those at present in use in passenger and other steamers, are
necessary in the stokehold or other well-ventilated spaces, but in any
space where oil vapour may accumulate, no artificial light capable of
igniting inflammable vapour shall be allowed. Such spaces are to be
illuminated by means of an electrical installation,





preferably not on the single-wire system when the electrical pressure
exceeds 110 volts, and no switches or fuzes may be placed in any such
space. The electric lamps are to be protected by air-tight well glasses
and by wire guards, if the latter are considered necessary. Portable
lamps supplied with current through flexible cables shall not be
permitted. Self-contained battery-fed lamps, similar to those used in
fiery mines, must be provided for use in such spaces.

271. The fire extinguishing appliances should comply in all respects
with the Merchant Shipping (Fire appliances) Regulations 1935,
excepting in the case of ships engaged in special Trades (Simla Rules)
which may claim certain exemptions under paragraph 6 of those
regulations.

272. A plan, suitably mounted, of the oil piping arrangements should
be furnished for the guidance of the engineers; also printed or typed
instructions regarding the system, special attention being drawn to the
following items

(a) The escape of oil fuel heated to or above the flash-point is most
dangerous, and may result in an explosion or a fire should a .naked light
come into contact with the highly inflammable gas or spray which is
evolved.

(b) After lighting the burners, the torches should on no account be
thrown away before they have been carefully extinguished by means of
the appliances provided for the purpose.

(c) Cleanliness is essential to safety, and no oil should be allowed
to accumulate in the bilges or gutter ways or on the tank tops. In the
boiler and pump rooms these parts should be washed out at least twice
a day, or oftener if required, with a hose having a conductor, and the
wells should then be pumped dry.

(d) Before any tank or bunker which has contained oil fuel is
entered for any purpose, the oil should be entirely removed, and care
should be taken that all oil vapour is also removed by steaming and by
efficient ventilation. Satisfactory tests of the atmosphere in the tanks or
bunker should be made to ensure safety before inspection or work in
them is begun.

273. The following recommendations which have been adopted on
many vessels are the result of the experience of operating oil fuel
installations during the last few years

(a) In order to avoid oil fuel being wasted, or being discharged into
the waters of harbours and other navigable waters, it is desirable that an
overflow tank of suitable capacity and fitted with an alarm device
should be arranged to receive the overflow from oil storage and settling
tanks and the discharge from relief valves on filling lines.





(b) Very great care should be exercised in the case of installations
in which coal or oil fuel may be used alternately, and the indiscriminate
use of oil or coal is strongly deprecated. In every case, before a change
from coal to oil is made, all dust and coal debris should be removed and
the entire stokehold thoroughly washed down and cleaned; the latter
process should be carried out on reversion from oil to coal.

274. Details of galleys equipped with oil fired cooking ranges should
be submitted for consideration before being passed on passenger
vessels.

The following general principles should be observed

(a) The galley should be constructed of steel. It should be
properly ventilated, and suitably insulated from adjacent woodwork.

(b) The position of the galley should be such as to ensure that a
fire in that space will not prevent the escape of passengers and crew
from their respective quarters.

(c) The oil fuel tanks should desirably be placed outside the galley,
and the supply of oil to the burners should be controlled from the
outside.

(d) The oil tanks should be fitted with air pipes, led to a suitable
height. The open ends should be fitted with wire gauze. Convenient
means for filling the tanks should be provided so that oil is not spilled
on to the deck.

(e) The flash-point of the fuel oil should not be less than 150cE

A suitable number of portable froth extinguishers should be
provided and arranged in convenient and accessible positions.

Heavy Oil Engines.

275. Shafts should be constructed to dimensions which will keep
stresses within reasonable and safe limits.

For engines of ordinary types working on four or two-stroke
cycles, shafts designed to the rules of Lloyd's Register of Shipping,
British Corporation, and the Bureau Veritas may be accepted.

When the initial pressure exceeds 500 lbs. per square inch, or if the
engines are double-acting or of other special types, the case should be
submitted with the necessary particulars of the engines.

The proportions of built crank shafts and couplings and the
diameters of tube and propeller shafts should be designed in
accordance with the requirements for the shafting of steam engines.





The material of all shafts should be tested in accordance with
paragraph 245.

276. The water passages of the cylinders, covers, and pistons
should be hydraulically tested to at least 30 lbs. per square inch.

Cylinder liners should be made of close-grained cast iron of
suitable quality. Liners that are completely machined inside and out
need not be hydraulically tested provided that there is no evidence of
unsoundness, and that they are not less in thickness at the upper part
than 1/15 of the inside diameter of the cylinder.

277. (a) With an air pressure of 300 lbs. per square inch the capacity
of the air receivers for manoeuvring purposes should not be less than
about 10 times the total cylinder volume of four cylinder engines, and
seven times the total cylinder volume of engines with six or more
cylinders. These proportions should be modified when necessary to
suit the air pressure and number of cylinders in any particular case.

The foregoing should be regarded as the minimum in any
passenger vessel, especially when it is habitually manoeuvred in rivers,
estuaries or difficult approaches to docks, but in no case should the
capacity of the receivers be less than is required to contain sufficient air
to permit of at least twelve consecutive startings of each main engine
without replenishment from the compressors.

(b) Riveted air receivers shall comply with the rules for cylindrical
steam boilers as regards the cylindrical portion of the shell.

The working pressure allowed on dished ends which are convex
outside, as usually fitted, should not exceed that obtained by the
following rule

W.P. 18 X S X

R

where W.P. working pressure in lbs. per square inch,

S minimum tensile strength of the dished plate in tons
per square inch,

R inside radius of end which should not exceed the
diameter of the shell,

thickness in 32nds of an inch.

The inside radius of the curvature at the flange must not be less
than four times the thickness of the dished end plate, and must in no
case be less than 21 inches.





When a dished end has a manhole in it the thickness of the dished
end plate, as found by the rule, must be increased by 4/32nds of an
inch.

Riveted receivers shall be tested hydraulically to a pressure of (11
W.P. 50) Ibs. per square inch.

(c) Means of access to the receivers shall be provided. They shall
be fitted with efficient drains for removing oil and water, and also with
relief valves and fusible plugs in accordance with the requirements of
paragraph 283.

278. (a) High pressure air bottles should be solid drawn, and made of
mild steel of suitable quality.

The ends should be worked down from the solid-drawn tube.

The tubes should be gauged after drawing and they should be of
reasonably uniform thickness. If the material has been tested with
satisfactory results (see paragraph 177), and the thickness gauged by
the surveyor before the ends are closed, a maximum working pressure
not exceeding that obtained from the following formula may be allowed

W.P. 35 x S x
D

where W.P. working pressure in Ibs. per square inch,

S transverse tensile strength of tube in tons per square
inch,

D =.internal diameter of bottle in inches,

thickness of the material in 32nds of an inch.

The bottles shall be carefully annealed and afterwards tested
hydraulically to twice the working pressure allowed.

(b) The bottles shall be fitted with efficient drains for removing oil
and water, and with relief valves and fusible plugs, in accordance with
the requirements of paragraph 283(b). Means for internal inspection and
cleaning shall be provided.

279. (a) The thickness of solid-drawn steel pipes should not be less
than is obtained from the formula:

W.P. x D


120

The thickness of solid-drawn copper pipes should be not less than
is obtained from the formula:

W.P. x D



60





where W.P. working pressure in Ibs. per square inch,

thickness of tube in one-hundredth of an inch,

D internal diameter in inches.

(b) Fuel oil and blast air pipes shall be solid-drawn. Couplings,
unions, and flanges should be well secured to the pipes, and couplings
should fit metal to metal.

(c) All pipes subject to internal pressure should be tested
hydraulically to twice the working pressure or alternatively to at least
1,000 Ibs. in excess of the working pressure.

280. At least two pumps, each capable of maintaining an effective
cooling service, should be available. Sight discharges or other suitable
means should be provided for ascertaining readily that the service is in
order and that water is circulated in sufficient quantity through each
branch circuit to cylinders, pistons, etc. The water passages should be
formed to avoid air pockets, and where air may lodge pet-cocks should
be fitted.

Suitably placed sighting doors should be provided in cylinder
jackets and covers for cleaning and inspection, and strainers should be
fitted to the pump suctions which can be cleaned from inside the ship.

The test cocks on exhaust manifolds should be of the straight
through type and should be kept clear so that leakage of cooling water
may be readily ascertained.

281. A spare lubricating oil pump should be provided. Air locks in
the system should be avoided, and the suctions should not draw air in
any ordinary conditions of service at sea.

A pressure gauge should be fitted and there should be provision
made for ascertaining by sight that oil is circulated in sufficient quantity
to all parts connected with the system.

Suitable strainers should be fitted, and at least two pumps should
be available for circulating water through the oil coolers.

282. (a) Where fuel is injected by air, one main air compressor should
be provided for each set of main engines; and, in addition, for single
screw engines an auxiliary compressor capable of supplying air to keep
the engines going at a reasonable speed (about three-quarter power).

(b) When twin-engines are fitted, with two main compressors, an
auxiliary compressor shall be provided which shall be capable of
supplying air to one engine at about three-quarter power.

If, however, each main compressor is sufficiently large to supply
both of the twin-engines the auxiliary compressor may be





of smaller size. In all cases the arrangements and the total capacity of
the blast air bottles should be such as to permit of any one working air
bottle being out of action without affecting the power of the main
engines.

(c) One auxiliary compressor, which may be an additional one of
small size, shall be so driven by oil or steam engine that it will be
available at any time for charging the air receivers when there is no
compressed air for starting purposes.

(d) The high pressure compressor cylinders should be tested by
hydraulic pressure to twice the working pressure. All cooling coals
should be tested by hydraulic pressure to twice the working pressure of
their respective stages.

283. (a) Each engine cylinder should be fitted with an efficient relief
valve, the discharge from which should be so directed as not to be
harmful to those in attendance.

(b) Relief valves suitably loaded should be fitted so that any
possibility of over pressure in any manoeuvring air receiver, or blast air
bottle shall be avoided. On any receiver or bottle which can be isolated
from a relief valve a suitable fusible plug or plugs shall be fitted to
discharge the contents in case of fire.

(c) A relief valve should be fitted in the high-pressure discharge
from each air compressor; and there should be a relief valve or safety
diaphragm on the casing of the high pressure air cooler of the
compressor so that ample relief will be afforded in the event of a high-
pressure air tube bursting.

(d) Oil separators should be fitted in the interstage and final
discharge pipes of compressors, and it is also desirable that flame
interceptors be fitted in both the compressor discharge and blast air line
of piping.

(e) Non-return valves should be fitted in the fuel pipe line to
prevent blast air from entering the fuel pipes, and one or more non-
return valves should also be fitted in each branch of the blast air piping
to prevent the passage of oil or flame from the cylinders. The valve, or
one of the valves so fitted should desirably be placed at or near the
junction of the blast air pipes with the fuel valve casing.

284. The reversing gear should be such that when manipulated
quickly from ahead to astern or vice versa there should be no possibility
of the engine continuing to run in the direction contrary to that
corresponding to the position of the gear.

285. If a boiler is fitted it should desirably be placed in a compartment
separate from the main engine room. The oil burning installation should
conform to the requirements of paragraphs 254 to 273 inclusive, in so far
as they may be applied.





286. The oil storage and settling tanks should. as regards
construction and equipment conform to the requirements of paragraph
257, etc.

287. (a) The machinery spaces should be amply ventilated, so that
explosive vapour and noxious gases injurious to health may be
exhausted from the engine room.

(b) Exhaust pipes and silencers which may at exposed parts be
liable to become heated to redness should be water cooled.

288. On all passenger steamships and motor vessels a sufficient
outfit of stores and tools suitable for the service should be provided
including a quantity of assorted bolts, nuts and washers; stock and
dies; anvil and 'forge; drilling braces and drills; screw jack; blocks and
lifting tackle; tube expanders for boiler, etc.

In addition the following spare gear should be provided

(a) Steamships with Reciprocating Engines.

One set of piston springs.

Two piston rod bolts and nuts.
One pair crosshead brasses

Two connecting rod bottom end bolts and nuts.
One pair bottom end brasses.

Two main bearing bolts and nuts.
One set of coupling bolts.

One set of feed pump valves.

One set of valves, if used, for each s ize of bilge pump. One
air pump bucket rod and one set air pump valves.

One circulating pump bucket and rod, or spindle and impeller. One
set circulating pump valves, if required.

One spring for each size of pump escape valve.

One safety-valve spring for each twelve valves of the same size.
Nine boiler tubes with three additional for each boiler.

Fifty condenser tubes with packing.

(b) Steamships with Turbine Engines.

Two bolts or studs with nuts for each size of rotor bearing. Two
bolts or studs with nuts for main gear bearing.

Two bolts or studs with nuts for pinion bearing.
One set of coupling bolts of each size.

One-twentieth of total number of bolts or studs and nuts for each
turbine casing joint.





One-twentieth of total number of bolts or studs and nuts for
each gear case joint.

One set bearing bushes for one gear wheel shaft.

One set bearing bushes for pinion shafts.

One-half set of packing rings or segments for each gland of
rotor shafts so fitted, and half the number of springs fitted.

Two ordinary thrust horsehoes for main thrust-block, or
sufficient pads for one face of Michell type of main thrust-block.

Turbine thrust and adjusting bushes with rings complete, or
one set of pads of Michell. type for one turbine of each size
fitted.

One set of liners for adjusting block of different thicknesses.

Spare gear for pumps and boilers as for steam reciprocating
engines.

(c) Motor Ships with Diesel Engines.

(1) Main Engines and Compressors:

One cylinder cover complete with valves and fittings.

One additional set of valves for one cylinder complete with
springs and fittings.

Total of half set for one engine of exhaust valves complete
including those mentioned above.

One piston complete with springs, etc.

One additional set of piston rings.

Half number required of fuel valves.

One set of studs and nuts for each design of cylinder cover.

One set telescopic cooling pipes for each main engine if
used.

One set skew wheels for cam shaft drive if used.

Two crosshead bearing bolts and nuts or one gudgeon pin if
trunk pistons are used.

Two connecting rod bearing bolts and nuts.

Two main bearing bolts and nuts.

One set of crank coupling bolts.

One set of intermediate shaft coupling bolts.

One set of each size of piston rings used in the main air
compressors.

One set of suction and delivery valves for each size used in
compressor.

One fuel pump or all working parts for one fuel pump.







(2) For each size of essential Auxiliary Diesel Engine:

One set of valves for one cylinder complete with springs and
other fittings.

Fuel valves for one-half the number of cylinders.





One set of piston rings.

One set studs and nuts for one cylinder cover.

Two crosshead bearing bolts and nuts or one gudgeon pin which
trunk pistons are used.

Two crank pin bearing bolts and nuts.

Two main bearing bolts and nuts.

One set of rings for one piston of each size used in the air
compressor.

One set of suction and delivery valves for each size used in the air
compressor.

One additional fuel pump, or all working parts for one fuel pump.

(3) Auxiliary Pumps, Pipes, etc.:

One suction and one delivery valve for the daily fuel supply tank.

One set of suction and delivery valves for each size of bilge pump,
if used, or one spare impeller and shaft if bilge pumps are of the Electric
Rotary Type.

A supply of piping and couplings for the high pressure fuel and
air systems stems.

In general, alternative machinery should be available to replace
auxiliary machinery performing essential services in the event of
derangement or breakdown. In certain cases not specifically referred to
in the regulations as requiring to be fitted in duplicate, it may be
sufficient if spares of parts are supplied.

In all cases a list of spares should be submitted for consideration.

289. When application is made for survey for passenger certificate in
the case of a vessel propelled by electricity, the surveyor should be
guided as to the survey of the hull and equipments by the regulations
with respect to the survey of steamships. If the propelling machinery, or
any portion of its accessories, is such as will, in the surveyor's
judgment, injuriously affect the hull or equipments, or any portion
thereof, the surveyor should report fully to the Principal Surveyor of
Ships regarding the effects anticipated, and the means, if any, for
preventing them, which the owner is willing to adopt.

With regard to the propelling machinery employed (including
accessories), the surveyor should, before issuing his declaration, report
fully to the Principal Surveyor of Ships as to the principles involved in
its construction, and as to the external dangers, if any, which would in
his judgment attend its use, such plans being appended to the report as
may be necessary to make it intelligible.





The estimated speed of the vessel in knots, the number of revolutions
of the propelling shaft, and the probable time which the machinery is
capable of maintaining that speed should be included in that report.

The issue of the statutory declarations for vessels propelled in any
manner not contemplated by the Government regulations should in all
cases be withheld until the sanction of the Principal Surveyor of Ships
has been obtained.

290. Before the declaration is issued the ship should be tried in the
surveyor's presence for handiness in manoeuvring, going ahead,
stopping and going astern.

291. Generators, motors, switch boards, wiring and electrical power
and lighting installations generally will be accepted if constructed in
accordance with the Regulations for the Electrical Equipment of Ships,
issued by the Institution of Electrical Engineers.

The emergency generating set when fitted must be placed above
the bulkhead deck. It should be self-contained, easily started and
capable of running for thirty-six hours without replenishing the fuel
tanks. The power should be sufficient for operating the emergency bilge
pump and the boat lowering gear, if required, with all emergency lights
on.

Particular attention should be paid to the adequate lighting of all
spaces with a view to discouraging the crew from making dangerous
connexions by means of stripping bare the main cables or leads.

A wiring plan showing all circuits and the necessary particulars of
generators, motors, fittings, etc. should be submitted.

No alterations or additional lights are to be inserted in any circuit
unless approved by an engineer surveyor, who will witness a megger
test if necessary.

292. (a) The stock, tiller and rudder should be of adequate strength,
and the material should be tested. The dimensions of the parts
mentioned may be readily checked, but it is equally important that all
parts of the gear, including rods, chains, shackles, fair leads, etc., should
also be well made and of ample strength corresponding with the power
of the gear. The steering gear, including chains, should be thoroughly
overhauled at every survey, and taken to pieces and thoroughly
examined at least once a year. The chains and blocks that are liable to
interfere with or endanger the passengers or crew should be guarded by
portable but properly secured guards.





(b) With the view of relieving, as far as practicable, the rudders of
ships from severe and sudden shocks, springs or other suitable buffer
arrangements should be fitted to all power steering gears.

(c) The steam and exhaust pipes of steam steering engines should
be at least of the same internal diameter respectively as the steam and
exhaust connexions on the cylinders. The arrangements should be such
that water will not readily lodge either in the cylinders or in the steam
and exhaust pipes. Right-angled bends in the pipes should be avoided
as much as possible, and the pipes should be used exclusively for the
steering engines. When this is not the case, full particulars and
sketches should be submitted to the Principal Surveyor of Ships for
consideration.

(d) It is very desirable that the man at the helm should be so placed
that he has a clear look-out ahead, more especially in steamships that
frequent crowded harbours or rivers; and, in the case of steam or motor
launches, the surveyor should insist on suitable provision being made
for ensuring that the view of the helmsman cannot be obstructed by
passengers.

(e) Ships shall be provided with an auxiliary steering apparatus
which, however, may be of less power than the main apparatus and
need not be worked by steam or other mechanical power, provided
adequate arrangements for manual operation are practicable. A
duplicate main steering power plant may be considered as an auxiliary
steering apparatus within the meaning of this paragraph.

(f) A spare tiller, which has been properly fitted to the rudder-head
should, in all passenger steamships, be kept near the after steering gear
ready for immediate service, unless the working tiller is of special design
and strength, in which case a spare tiller may not be required, but full
particulars should be submitted for the consideration of the Principal
Surveyor of Ships. In large steamships the spare tiller if required should
be attached to the rudder-head ready for immediate use. Order spares
should be carried as indicated by the surveyor.

An efficient brake shall be fitted to enable the gear or tiller to be
changed should this become necessary.

293. (a) In view of the provisions of subsection (1) of section 29 of
the Merchant Shipping (Safety and Load Line Conventions) Act 1932,
which requires that on British ships helm orders are to be given in the
direct sense, the surveyor shall, before passing a steering gear,
ascertain by actual trial that whenever the wheel is turned over from the
midship position the rudder blade moves in the same direction as the
wheel is turned, that is, to the right or left of the ship respectively; and if
any 'tell-tale' or other indicating device is fitted, he should also see
that the pointer moves in the same direction as the wheel is turned.





(b) In the case of passenger steamships or launches coming under
survey for the first time, the surveyor should before issuing a
declaration, be satisfied with the behaviour of the vessel when the helm
is put hard over while the vessel is running at full speed. The time taken
to put the helm hard over, and the behaviour of the vessel during the
steering tests should be reported. In the cases of passenger vessels and
launches having exceptional speed relatively to their dimensions the
angle of heel obtained should be carefully ascertained.

294. Ships shall have sufficient power for going astern to secure
proper control of the ship in all circumstances. The astern power should
generally be not less than 60 per cent of the ahead power.

295. Where the auxiliary machinery, including the steering gear, is
entirely or almost entirely electrically driven, the starting switches
should as far as possible be placed on a single panel. Means shall be
provided to ensure a continuous supply of. power to the steering gear,
circulating pumps in steamers or cooling pumps in motor vessels, and
lubricating pumps, and also to the navigation lights and a reasonable
number of lights essential for navigating the ship and working the
engines.

When generators are run in parallel, the cut-outs should be so
arranged that in the event of partial failure of the supply, nonessential
services are cut out first, retaining the essential services mentioned
above in circuit with the generator or generators remaining in operation.

In a vessel fitted with a closed feed system it is desirable that
means be provided for automatically shutting off steam from the main
engines before overpressure occurs in the condenser.

296. The surveyor should occasionally test the accuracy of the
machines used by steel makers and others for testing material intended
for boilers and machinery. Standard steel measures, which should be
used with great care, are provided by the Government for this purpose.

Such machines should be thoroughly overhauled and verified
at intervals not exceeding twelve months. The surveyor should
not certify to the makers or owners, that the apparatus is correct;
but, when it is found accurate; they may see the necessary tests
made with it; if not reasonably accurate the surveyor should
decline to witness tests made by it.

297. These regulations may be cited as the Merchant Shipping
(Instructions to Surveyors) (Passenger Ships) Regulations.





APPENDIX 1.

FLOODING CURVES AND TABLES.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION.

A flooding curve for a vessel floating at a given water line and with given
permeability is one showing, for any point in the vessel's length, the maximum
length of compartment (having its centre of length at the point in question) which
can be laid open to the sea without at any point immersing a margin line drawn
three inches below the upper surface of the bulkhead deck, at side.

The length of compartment defined above is the 'floodable length' at that
point and is expressed as a percentage of the vessel's length.

The size and shape of a flooding curve depend principally on the freeboard
ratio (see notes which follow), and on the permeability of the flooded space (see
definition, par. 6); they depend, also, to a smaller extent, on the character of the
lines of the vessel and on the sheer of the margin lines forward and aft (see notes
which follow). Using the same vertical and horizontal scales for percentage of
length, the ends of a flooding curve terminate on straight lines drawn through
points in the base line representing the positions of the fore and after
perpendiculars, at an angle 0, where tan. 0 2. These lines are called the forward
and after terminals respectively.

Paragraph 9 requires that, in determining the floodable length, a uniform
permeability shall be assumed throughout the machinery space, another for the
fore and outside that space, and a third for the after end, all up to the margin line.
It will be seen therefore that; for a given vessel, three flooding curves must in
general be drawn more or less completely, corresponding to the three difrerent
permeabilities, the significant part of each depending on the positions of the
machinery bulkheads.

In order to determine curves of floodable length for any ship having
prescribed permeability, block coefficient, freeboard ratio and sheer ratios, the
Standard Diagrams* should be used. These give floodable lengths (for the two
permeabilities 60 per cent and 100 per cent), for a definite standard family of ship
forms of differing block coefficients, freeboard ratios and sheer ratios. The
floodable lengths obtained are in every case to be set off at right angles to the base
line of the floodable length curve. For the two permeabilities mentioned, the
curves of floodable length for any vessel of the standard form can be obtained
directly from the cross curves given in the Plates, by the method indicated on
Plate II*; whilst for any other permeability the appropriate curve may be obtained
(including terminal points) as follows

If 11 be the floodable length at the point considered for permeability 100 per
cent and 12 be the floodable length at the point considered for permeability 60 per
cent, then the floodable length (la) at that point for a permeability g will be given
by:

3 [12 11] 100

13 11

The Standard Diagrams of Floodable Lengths, etc., are published separately by the Ministry of
Shipping, London.





A convenient method of arranging the work to obtain the required curves is
indicated in Table 2 of this Appendix.

If the vessel under consideration conforms to standard type, that is to say, if
the coefficients (see Table 1 of this Appendix) closely approximate to those given
on Plates XXVI and XXVII for the standard form, the floodable length curve
determined as above will hold good for the vessel under consideration. If, however,
there are differences in these respects the curve obtained as above should be
modified as follows

Let A, Fig. 1, mark the fore-and-aft position of the centre of flotation of
mean water plane of the standard form, and A, that of the corresponding point for
the ship under consideration, the horizontal distance between them being mL where
L is the length of the ship. Take any point P on the standard form curve, distant x
from A, the ratio being represented by p, so L

that the value of p varies according to the position of P. Then the longitudinal
position of the point P1 on the new curve, corresponding to the point P on the
old, is given by:

X

X X 19 ai m n

where n and are the moment of inertia coefficient (see notes which follow) of the
mean waterplane of the standard form and the new form respectively. The length
of the ordinate MI P, is given by:

M1P1 MP X ai X Pi X 1

a 1 n

where a and ai are the area coefficients (see notes which follow) of the mean
waterplanes of the standard form and the new form respectively and P and P, are
the sectional area coefficients (see notes which follow) of the standard form and
the new form respectively, at M P and Mi Pi. Fig. 1.

C

a

C]

X,

X

Ai A

The plates referred to are given in the Standard Diagrams of Floodable Lengths, &c.





The sign to be used in the last factor of the above expressions will be when the
centre of flotation of the mean waterplane of the new form is before, and when it
is abaft, that of the standard form for sections forward of the centre of flotation,
and the opposite sign for sections abaft the centre of flotation. This work may be
conveniently arranged as in Table 3 of this Appendix. The coefficients required for
a new ship may be conveniently recorded as indicated in Table 1, whilst the similar
information for standard form is given on *Plates XXVI and XXVII

It may be noted that, if the longitudinal position of the centre of flotation of
mean waterplane does not very materially differ from that of the corresponding
standard form, the factor 1 ñ m -'p 1 may without material

1 n

error be omitted for both length of ordinate and its position.

The curves of permissible length are obtained from the curve of floodable
length by using the appropriate factor of subdivision; and it will be noted that these
curves will not extend at the ends to the terminal lines. They can, however, be
drawn in, when required, with sufficient accuracy, by means of the construction
shown in Fig. 2: Make A B 2 A D, and B C 4 D E, A being the lowest point of
the curve of permissible length, and A B horizontal; then a fair curve may be
drawn through A E C to meet the terminal line as shown in the diagram.

Fig. 2.

C




,,,Zen

U
of

e~

Le th

A B,\



The plates referred to are given in the Standard Diagrams of Lengths, etc.





Notes.

(i) The perpendiculars are taken at the extreme ends of the subdivision
loadline. Amidships is the middle of the length between these perpendiculars. The
load waterplane is that used in determining the subdivision of the ship, and is
parallel to the keel, whilst the mean waterplane is midway between the load
waterpIane and that drawn parallel thereto touching the lowest point of the margin
line. Areas and volumes are measured to moulded lines.

(ii) The sheer line or margin line for a ship of standard form consists of two
ordinary parabolas, each with apex at amidships and axis vertical, passing, at
amidships and at the ends, through points three inches below the surface of the
bulkhead deck at side.

(iii) Corrected margin line-If the actual margin line either forward or aft is not
of ordinary parabolic form,* or if its lowest point is not at amidships, a margin line
of ordinary parabolic form is to be drawn with its apex amidships level with the
lowest point of the actual margin line, and intersecting the latter either at a point
th of the ship's length from amidships or at the perpendicular according as the
actual sheer at the perpendicular is respectively greater or less than four times the
actual sheer at the th length position. (See Diagram 1 of this Appendix.)

amidships (corrected as necessary) and the draft amidships to top of keel. The
sheer ratio forward or aft is the ratio of the sheer of the margin line at the forward
or after perpendicular respectively, measured from the horizontal line through the
lowest point of margin line, to the draft amidships to top of keel.

(v) The mean waterplane area coefficient (a) is the actual area of mean
waterplane divided by L x B; and the mean waterplane moment of inertia
coefficient (n) is the actual moment of inertia of mean waterplane about a
transverse axis through its centre of flotation divided by L3 x B, where L and B are
the length and breadth of the vessel respectively as given in Table 1 of this
Appendix. The sectional area coefficient for any transverse section is the actual
area of that section up to the margin line divided by B x d, where d is the draft
amidships. Knowing these coefficients for the sections given in Table 1, a
curve of coefficients may be drawn, and values obtained for any intermediate
sections as desired.

A sheer line of ordinary parabolic form is one in which the sheer forward and aft measured at
points th and ths of the length of the ship from the perpendicular is 9/16ths th and th
respectively of the sheer at the perpendicular.





B.H. 2A.

S.L.S. No .

FLOODING CALCULATION.

CRITERION NUMERAL, FACTOR OF SUBDIVISION, AVERAGE
PERMEABILITIES ETC.
Name of Ship
.....................................................................................
Builders and No. of Ship
.....................................................................
Names of Owners
..............................................................................
Class of Certificate required
..................................................................
Intended Service
.................................................................................
Classification Society
...........................................................................
Loadline Assignment by
........................................................................

CRITERION NUMERAL (CS).*

Subdivision Length (L) ft.

cub. ft.

No. of Passengers (N) Whole Volume of

.6 x L x N (P1) cub. ft.........Ship (V)

(1) P, greater than P. Volume of Machinery

Cs 72 M 2 P,..Space, etc . (M)

(2) P1 not greater than P.
Volume of Passenger

CS 72 M+2P) and Crew Space (P)
V

No. of berthed passengers M P1

1

above margin line (N) Cs 72 IV P1 P)
Area measured above
margin line ....(A)
P 7A +4 LN ...(P1)

Not applicable to any ships not exceeding 60 tons net register other than public ferries.
Applicable to ships intended for service in the Sinila special trades. See paragraph 56.
1969 ed cap 281 I 164 1969 ed cap 281 I 165 1969ed cap 281 I 166




PARTICULARS RELATING To LOCAL
SUBDIVISION.

Dimensions and Volume of each
Main Whole Volume to Portion remaining intact after
Compartment. Margin Line.assuming damage over a length
of .02L 10ft

SURVEYOR'S REPORT.

I have checked the builders' calculations required for the purpose of
ascertaining the criterion numeral, factor of subdivision, permeabilities, etc., and
am satisfied that the results shown on this Form are correct.

Signature of Ship Surveyor ....................................

Port ....................................

Date
1969 ed cap 281 I 168 1969 ed cap 281 I 169 1969 ed cap 281 I 170 1969 ed cap 281 I 171 1969 ed cap 281 I 172 1969 ed cap 281 I 173 1969 ed cap 281 I 174 1969 ed cap 281 I 175 1969 ed cap 281 I 176 1969 ed cap 281 I 177 1969 ed cap 281 I 178 1969 ed cap 281 I 179 1969 ed cap 281 I 180 1969 ed cap 281 I 181 1969 ed cap 281 I 182 1969 ed cap 281 I 183 1969 ed cap 281 I 184 1969 ed cap 281 I 185 1969 ed cap 281 I 186 1969 ed cap 281 I 187 1969 ed cap 281 I 188 1969 ed cap 281 I 189 1969 ed cap 281 I 190 1969 ed cap 281 I 191 1969 ed cap 281 I 192 1969 ed cap 281 I 193 1969 ed cap 281 I 194 1969 ed cap 281 I 195




INDEX.

.A

Paragraph.

Accessibility of bilge distribution boxes, cocks, valves, etc ............. 122(d)
Accessibility of Sounding pipes........................... 124
Accessibility of Water to tail shaft liner...................... 249(d)
Accommodation, annual survey of......................... 96
Accumulation tests on boiler safety-valves.................... 233
Accumulation tests on Evaporator safety-valves.................218(g)
After-peak Bulkhead................................ 14

Air bottles.. .. ..... .......... 130(b), 177, 278

Air bottles Transverse strength of material.................... 177

Air Compressors.. ..... .......... 1 30(b), 282, 283

Air Pipes to fuel tanks........................... .. 130(b), 260,
274(d)
Air Receivers ........................... .. 130(b), 277
Air Receivers (riveted).......... ................ .. 277(b)
Air Pipes and sounding pipes......................... .. 15(4)
Alterations to bilge pumping arrangements.................... 118(b)
Alterations to Safety-valves......................... .. 234

Alternatives. Acceptance of equivalent airangenients .......... 118(d)

Alternative Machinery to replace defective auxiliaries............... 288
Anchors, chain cables, etc. ........................... 81
Angle of heel calculation.. ........................... 13,74
Angle, rivet and stay bars for boiler construction to be tested.......... 157-161
104, 147(b),
Annealing.......... ........................... 156(b), 167,
168, 171, 175
Annealing of Copper pipes ........................... 220(c)
Annealing of steel castings and forgings...................... 104

Annual Surveys....... .......... 89,130

Appropriation of spaces ...... ..... .................... 1(50
Approved designs, Distillers (List of).. .................... 252
Approved designs, Safety-valves (List of) .................... 235
Approved Steel makers (List of) ..... ..1................. 145

Arrangement of bilge pumping, drainage and pipes .......... 119, 120,122,

123,125
Arrangement of bilge pumping, on motor ships.................. 126
Arrangement of bilge pumping, (Modifications under Simia Rules) ..... 127
Arrangement of bilge pumping, (Modifications.for River Trade) ....... 128
Ash Shoots, Ejectors................................. 46
Astern Power. (Availability of)............... ....... 294
Authority and application of regulations ................ 118(a)
Authority of Governor to modify bilge pumping arrangements.. ....... 118(c)
Automatic feed systems.................... ....... 244(b)





A,-Continued.

Paragraph.

Automatic valves and fittings for water gauges.................241(d)
Auxiliary Compressors.............................. 282(b) (c)

Auxiliaries, Survey of................................130
Auxiliaries, Alternative machinery or spares.................... 288

B

Baffles or dash plates in evaporators to be removed...............218(c)

Ballast.. ................ 53(3)

Bell mouthing of boiler tubes and superheater tubes............... 210(b), 213(c)

Bends, Copper pipes....................... ...
220(b)

147(d) (e)

Bend tests of Materials intended for boilers and Machinery .. 148(b), I SS,

157, 159, 161,

166,170,177

Bend test-pieces, Dimension of..... ............ 125(i),

148(b111)

B.H.1 ..... .............. 1

Bilge Pumping Annual Survey...........................130(b).
Bilge Pumping Arrangement of pipes......................120
Bilge Pumping (Ballast system to be separate).................122
Bilge Pumping Diameter of Main and branch suctions............121
Bilge Pumping Direct suctions to machinery spaces............... 123
Bilge Pumping Drainage of insulated holds.................... 09
Bilge Pumping General requirements for passenger ships............119
Bilge Pumping Main injection valve......................... 125(h)
Bilge Pumping Motor ships...........................126
Bilge Pumping Mud boxes and strums......................123
Bilge Pumping Non-return valves............ .......... 122(b)
Bilge Pumping Oil Fuel ship bilges to be clean.................272(111)

Bilge Pumping Passenger ships subsequent to July 1931 ........ 11 8(b) (c)

Bilge Pumping Passenger ships previous to July 1931 .......... 11 8(b) (c)

Bilge Pumping Passenger ships (River Trade)..... .......... 128
Bilge Pumping Passenger ships (Simla Rules).................127
Bilge Pumping Pipes, (Diameter of)......................... 121

Bilge Pumping Pipes, Made of lead not permitted where oil fuel is carried..... 269(e)
Bilge Pumping Power pumps to be placed in a separate compartment..... 125(e)
Bilge Pumping Self-closing cocks to sounding pipes............... 124

Bilge Pumping Substitution of alternative appliance or arrangements..... . 118(d)
Bilge Pumping Suction pipes not to pass through D.B. Tanks.......... 120(b)
Bilge Pumping Tunnel well suctions......................... 123

Bilge Pumping Valves, cocks, etc .......................... 122







Blast air bottles................................... 130(b), 177,

278





B,-Continued.

Paragraph.

Blast air bottles Means for internal inspection................. 278(b)
Blast air pipes................................... 130(b), 279,
282(b)

Blow off valve of boilers.............................. 243

Ministry of Shipping Certificates for boilers, machinery and Auxiliaries..... 129(d) (e), 143,
144

Boilers Accessibility for inspection by surveyor.................133

129(b), 131,
Boilers Annual Survey of.............................. 133-137,

140-142
Boilers Auxiliary in motor ships......................... 285
Boilers Auxiliary valves to be as few as possible.................239(c)
Boilers Blow down valve.............................. 243

Boilers Brickwork and bridges to be removed .................131(b)

Boilers Certified by the Ministry of Shipping.................... 129(d)
Boilers Butt straps must be cut from plate.................... 178
Boilers Cocks and valves (Designs and Materials)............... ...236-244

Boilers Cracks in furnaces ..... 135
Boilers Declaration of the safety of.................... ..... 139

Boilers Defects to be reported...........................142
Boilers Defects when under test.........................137(e)
Boilers Departures from regulations to be notified to P.S.S...........139, 141(b)

Boilers Donkey.................................. 129(b), 285
Boilers Dressing the surface of shells......................137(f)

Boilers Drilling of furnace plate, shell, etc ..................... 133, 139
Boilers End plates to be shielded from hot gases.................178(e)
Boilers Examination of after hydraulic test.................... 137(f)
Boilers Extensive repairs, hydraulic test on completion of............137(e)

Boilers Feed arrangements.............................. 244
Boilers Girder stays, position of......................... 190(c)

Boilers Heating Surface, highest level to be marked............... 240

Boilers Hydraulic tests.. .. ............ 133, 135, 137,

162(4)
Boilers Hydraulic tests of boilers which cannot be examined internally..... 137(c)
Boilers Inside to be examined........................... 133, 137
Boilers Insulation of when using oil fuel...................... 269(b)
Boilers Insulation of boiler casings......................... 254
Boilers Lagging not to be applied to new boiler before hydraulic test..... 137(a)
Boilers Lifting of for inspection ......................... 136, 137(g)
Boilers Longitudinal stays.............................. 201
Boilers Manufacture and Materials of...................... 143-214
Boilers Materials to be tested...........................144,178
Boilers Means for examination and cleaning.................... 179
Boilers Mudholes and sightholes ......................... 179





B,-Continued.

Paragraph.

Boilers New arrangements of...........................141,234
Boilers Not to be certified if Surveyor not satisfied............... 136

Boilers Not to be hydraulically tested if regulations not complied with..... 137(d)

Boilers Oil fuel for.. .. .............. 254-256,285

Boilers Old.. ................ 137(b) (c)

Boilers Parts which cannot be seen at survey.................... 133
Boilers Plans should be submitted......................... 139

Boilers Plates which show defects when being worked into new boiler.....137(fy

Boilers Precautions regarding stays.. .. ............ 134
Boilers Pressure not to be increased.. .. ............ 140, 226~236
Boilers regulations not complied with.. .. ............ 137(c)
Boilers Right-hand closing of all valves on .............. 236(b)

Boilers Room casings to be insulated when oil fuel is used............254

Boilers Safety-valves.. ..... ............ 226-235, 239
Boilers Self-closing valves.. ..... .............. 239(b)

Boilers Small..................................... 133, 137(b) (c),
179

Boilers Stages of manufacture to be observed.................... 152
Boilers Stamping to the hydraulic test results on.................138

134, 148(a),

Boilers Stays.. .. ............ 157-160, 186,

.. 200-202
Boilers Steel makers, (Approved List)..... ..... ............ 145
Boilers Steel process of manufacture.... ..... ............ 143

Boilers Studs penetrating plate to have nuts on inside............... 236(c)

Boilers Survey of when connected to other boilers under steam.......... 133

Boilers Test cocks on.... .............. 242
Boilers Thick shell plates.. .............. 137(f)

Boilers Too hot to be examined......................... 133

.......................................162, 163, 203,
Boilers Tubes.. .. ............ 205, 207, 210,

213(b)
Boilers Uptakes etc. preventing examination of 133
Boilers Used for loading and unloading ship 129(b)
Boilers Valves to shut with right hand action 236(b)

Boilers Vertical.. .. .... . ........ 179

Boilers Water gauges; position of 240(a-e)
Boilers Water gauges; required 240
131(b), 207,







Boilers Water-tube.. ..... .......... 210, 213(b),

1 239(b)

Boilers Welding prohibited in certain cases.................... 134,178

Boilers Welding repairs of an extensive nature.. .......... 134
Boilers Working pressure and examination of plans ............ 137,226-236





B,-Continued.

Paragraph.

Boiler rules Auxiliary in Motor Ship......................285
Boiler rules Back and front tube plates......................191, 199
Boiler rules Butt straps.............................. 182
Boiler rules Combustion chamber stays......................202
Boiler rules Circumferential seams......................... 184(a_0
Boiler rules Cocks and valves...........................236-244
Boiler rules Compensating plates for large holes.................185(b)
Boiler rules Cylindrical drums for W.T. boilers.................208

Boiler rules Dished ends.. .. ............ 189
Boiler rules Doors (Manhole).. .. .............. 185,192,206
Boiler rules Flat plates.. .. .. . ...... 190

Boiler rules Furnaces, Corrugated or ribbed, or grooved............194
Boiler rules Furnaces, Maximum thickness of.................195(a)
Boiler rules Furnaces, Plain...........................193
Boiler rules Furnaces, Spherical......................... 195
Boiler rules Girders stays to Combustion Chamber tops............190(c), 240
Boiler rules Haystack boilers (uptakes of).................... 198
Boiler rules Headers and analagous fittings.................... 209
Boiler rules Headers Flat surfaces of......................209(d)

Boiler rules Hemispherical.. .. .............. 188
Boiler rules Large holes in shell..... .............. 185
Boiler rules Longitudinal stays..... .............. 201

Boiler rules Manholes and mudholes in flat plates.................192,206
-Boiler rules Manholes in shell...........................185,206
Boiler rules Ogee ring................................197

Boiler rules Pitch of Rivets.. .. .............. 180, 181
Boiler rules Pressure gauges.. .. .............. 238
Boiler rules Riveted joints.. .. .............. 183, 184
Boiler rules Salinometer cock.. .. .............. 237
Boiler rules Smoke tubes.. .. ............ 205

134, 148(a),

Boiler rules Stays.. .. .............. 157-160,186,

.. 200,201,202
Boiler rules Stays irregularly pitched.... .. ........ 1900

Boiler rules Stay tubes..... .. 203

Boiler rules Tubular superheaters for cylindrical boilers .......... 213
Boiler rules Washers, doublers and strips on flat plates .......... 190

Boiler rules Water tube (General)......................... 207, 239(b)
Boiler rules When applicable to evaporators, Generators, etc ........... 218
Boiler rules Working pressure on shells......................187

Bottoms (double extent of).. .. .............. 15
Brackets for propeller shafts..... .............. 106
Branches on Evaporators..... ............ 216

Brake for steering gear................. .. .............. 292(f)





B,-Continued.

Paragraph.

Breakdowns Surveyor to be notified.. ...................... 130(a)
Bronze Testing of.. ....... ...................... 144
Bulkhead Collision .. ....... ...................... 14(1)
Bulkhead Construction ....... ...................... 18
Bulkhead Construction (Coasting Trade)......................65
Bulkhead Construction (River Trade) ...................... 70
Bulkhead deck (Definition of)..... ...................... 6(4)
Bulkhead (examination for renewal of S. and P.C.)............... 93
Bulkhead (equivalent position of).. ...................... 13(5)
Bulkhead (Fire resisting) ....... ...................... 52
Bulkhead (Fire resisting) (Coasting Trade).................... 67
Bulkhead (Fire resisting) (River Trade)...................... 73
Bulkhead (Fire resisting) (Simia International)................. 63
Bulkhead Hose Testing ....... ...................... 26
Bulkhead Longitudinal ....... ...................... 19
Bulkhead Machinery and Aft Peak ...................... 14(2)
Bulkhead Minimum spacing of..... ...................... 13(6)
Bulkhead Openings in.. ....... ...................... 28
Bulkhead Openings in (River Trade) ...................... 71
Bulkhead Pipes through ....... ...................... 30
Bulkhead Recesses in.. ....... ..........
............13(3)
Bulkhead Spacing of.. ....... ..........
............1(5a)
Bulkhead Steps in .. ....... ...................... 13(4)

Bulkhead Stiffeners................................18(3)
Appendix 11
Butt Straps Effective strength of......................... 182

c

Cables, chain, etc.......................1.......... 81
Cargo and Coaling ports.............................. 47,49
Cargo and Coaling ports plans of......................... 74
Cast iron Malleable............................... 109
Cast iron Ordinary not allowed........................... 112
Cast steel crank couplings.............................. 245(b)
Cast steel crank webs................................ 169, 245(c)
Cast steel to be tested................................ 168-171
Castings principal steel, manufacture and testing of ship............ 100,106
Castings iron malleable, side scuttles, etc..................... 109-111
Castings (ordinary cast iron)........................... 112
Castings process of manufacture......................... 103, 104
Castings steel side scuttles, etc ............................107; 108
Cementing, survey prior to.............................. 3

Ceiling over bilges........................................ 119





Q-Continued.

Paragraph.

Certifying letters from Ministry of Shipping................... 129(d) (e)
Chains, rods and shackles for steering gear.................292(a) (b)
Circumferential seams (boilers)............................ 135, 184
Clockwise closing of boiler valves...................... 282(b)
Coal fired ships Direct bilge suctions required.................. 125(f)
Coal fired ships Bye-pass to main discharge................. 125(h)

Cocks, bilge..... .............. 122

Cocks, valves, etc. on boilers.. .. .............. 131(c), 236-244

Coils for Evaporators.. .. .......... 218(e) (f)
Coils for Distifiers.. .... . .......... 251
Collision bulkhead..... ............ 14(1)

CoWsion bulkhead scantlings, etc .......................... 18

Combustion Chamber stays........................... 158(b), 159,
160,202
Combustion Chamber stays nicked bend test.................... 160(c)
Combustion Chamber stays nuts......................... 202(c) (d)
Compartment (permissible length of)...................... 10

Compasses.. ............ 76-79

Compressors (Air)................................282, 283(e)
Compressors (Auxiliary).............................. 282(b) (c)

Construction and strength.... .............. 17

Construction existing ships.............................. 113

Construction survey during..... ............ 1

Cooking Ranges (Oil fired).............................. 274
Cooling water for cylinders.................... 1.......280

Copper pipes.. ..... ............ 220, 244(f)

Copper pipes (Air).......... ........................ 279
Copper pipes hydraulic tests of.......... ................. 220(c)
Copper pipes radius of curvature of bends in.................. 220(b)
Copper pipes surfaces of in distiHers to be tinned................. 251
Copper pipes working pressure........... ................. 220(b)

Coupling bolts and flanges.. .. .............. 245(b),
250
Cracks in boiler plates................. .. .............. 135
............................164, 167, 169,

Crank Shafts.. .. .............. 245, 247, 250,
........................................275

Criterion of Service.... .............. 11,56

Cylinders, liners and covers for oil engines.................... 276
Cylinders, cooling water for...........................280
Cylinders, (Motor) to have relief valve fitted.................... 283





.......................D
........................................Paragraph.
Deadlights....... .......... 49(2)

Decks, Examination of.... ............ 93
Decks, Openings in weather.............. .. .............. 50

Decks, W.T... .............. 20,93

Decks, Weathertight (definition of)......................... 6(14)
Declaration of safety of boiler of unknown history............... 139

Defects Engines, boilers, fittings or apparatus ............ 137(~) 142,

162(b)

Defects Plates and forgings to be free from .. ............ 137(e) 152

Definition of subdivision terms.. .. ................ 6
Delays Prevention of.. .. ............ 139,141(a)
Delta metal to be tested.. .. ............ 144

Deviations, from approved plans of boilers and machinery............141(b)

Deep tank suctions to have lock up valves or blank flanges.......... 122(a)

Diameter of bilge suction pipes...........................121
Diesel engines, annual survey of......................... 130
Diesel engines, Running survey of......................... 130-13 0(b)
Discharge Main and auxiliary...........................48
Discharge pipes, valves and scuppers......................44,45

Dished ends of air receivers.. ................ 277(b)
Dished ends of boilers..... ............ 189

Distillers.. ............ 251~252

Distillers capacity of................................251
Distillers copper surfaces of to be tinned......................251
Distillers safety valves for............................... 251

Distress Signals.. ................ 82-88
Donkey Boilers..... ............ 129(b)

Doors Cargo, etc........................ .. .............. 47-49
Doors fire resisting....................... .. .............. 52, 63, 67, 73

Doors (Manhole).. .. .......... 153;185,192,

206, 216

Doors Watertight in bulkheads.. .. .............. 32-41, 60, 66
Double Bottoms (extent of).. .. ............. is

Double Bottoms tanks, bilge pipes not to pass through............120(b)
Double Bottoms tanks, sounding pipes......................124
Draining tanks for oil fuel heaters......................... 263

Drainage of Air bottles..... ............ 278
Drainage of Air receivers.. .. .............. 277
Drainage of Steam pipes..... ............ 223
Drainage of Superheaters..... ............ 215
Draught (definition of)..... ............ 6(6)





D,-Continued.

Paragraph.

Dressing surfaces of boiler plates......................... 137(f)
Drums for Water-tube boilers............................208
Dry Docking after launching...........................4
Dry Docking Examination of hull......................... 90

Duties of surveyors..... ............ 89

E

Electric Lighting, Equipments...........................291
Electric Lighting, in oil fuel spaces......................... 270
Electric Auxiliary machinery...........................295
Electric Propelling machinery...........................289

Electrodes (General)..... .. ............ .
99

Elongation of Angle, rivet and stay bars for boilers............... 158, 161(b)
Elongation of Boiler plate materials......................... 154(c)

Elongation of Boiler tubes.. ....... ........ 162
Elongation of Forgings.. ............ 165
Elongation of Steel Castings.. .............. 169
Emergency Bilge Piping.. ............ 122(d)
........................................122(d),
Emergency Bilge Pumps.. ............ f 125(d) (g),
.....................................128(b) (c) (d)
Emergency Lighting and Power.. .......... ...
..............129(b)

Engine baffles and dash plates to be removable.................218(c)
Engine certified by Board of Trade......................... 129(d) (e)
Engine defects to be reported...........................142

Engine new arrangements.. ............ ...
141

Engine Oil.. .............. 275-
288

Engine Spares to be carried............. .............. ...

Engine Survey of.. .............. 129-
295
Engine Trials of.. ............ ...
132

Engine-room ventilation.. ............ ...
287

Equipment other than L.S.A ............................76-88
Escape of gases from refrigerator plant......................253

Escape valves to distiller.. ............ ...
251

Evaporators.. .............. 137,216-219

Evaporators Baffles or dash plates......................... 218(c)

Evaporators Diameter of reducing orifice to be stamped on.......... 218







Evaporators Flanges.. ............ ...
218(b)

Evaporators Large branches, doors and other openings............216(c)
Evaporators Mountings for...........................21 8(d)

Evaporators Steam coils.. ............ ...
218(e)
Evaporators Studs.. .......... ...
217

Evaporators Thickness of shell...........................216(a) (b), 218





Ei--Continued.

Paragraph.

Examination of boilers, means of.......... ............... 179
Exhaust valves, seats, springs, etc. to be examined ............... 130(b)
Existing Passenger Steamships........................... 113-117
Exits from W.T. Compts..............................51,62
Expansion, Provision for in steam and feed pipes.. ............... 222
Expansion, Provision for in Bilge pipes....... ............... 120(b)

F

Factor of subdivision................................ 10(2)
Feed, Automatic control of in Water-tube boilers.... ..... 244(e)
Feed, Heaters................................... 217,219
Feed, Heaters. hydraulic test of........................... 219
Feed, Heaters identification marks to be stamped on............... 219
Feed, Injectors......................... ..M....... 244(c)
Feed, Pipes (Arrangement of)......................... 1 244
Feed, Pipes (General)................................ 220,221
Feed, Pipes hydraulic test.............................. 220(c), 221(c)
Feed, Pumps, exclusive use for boiler feeding..................... 244(e)
Filters (Feed) 217, 219, 2441(f)
Filters (Feed) hydraulic test of........................... 219
Filters (Feed) identification marks to be stamped on............... 219
Filters (Feed) relief valves.............................. 219, 244(f

Fire appliances.................................... 254,271,
1 274(V1)
Fire in galley, provision for escape of passengers................. 274(b)
Fire insulation of boiler casings.................... ....... 254
Fire prevention in oil fuel ships.................... ....... 254
Fire resisting bulkheads...................... ....... 52, 63, 67, 73
Fire resisting bulkheads Annual survey............... ..... 96
Flanges on air receivers...................... ....... 277(b)
Flanges and bolts for shafting.................... ....... 250
Flanges on evaporators.. 217(b)
Flanges on headers and analogous fittings of water tube boilers ....... 209(c)
Flanges oil fuel pipe (Scantlings)................. ....... 265

Flash point (general instructions, etc.)...................... 254-256,272,
274(V)
Flat plates (Boilers)................................ 190
Flat headers of water tube boilers......................... 209(A
Flat plates manholes and mudholes in...................... 192,206
Flats, W.T. (Construction of)........................... 20
Flattening tests on rivet heads........................... 161(a2)
Flexible hoses to bilges.............................. 125(f)
Floodable Length................................... 7,8





F,-Continued.

Paragraph.

Floodable Length Calculation and curves .................... Appendix I
Foreign flags transference from (testing of steampipes)............... 225
Forgings (General instructions)...........................167
Forgings Manufacture and testing of hull.................... 100-106

Forgings tests to be made (machinery)...................... 148(a-b),
164-167
Form of ship, Check during building....................... 1
Freeboard (definition of).............................. 6(7)

Freeing Ports..... ............ 50(2)

Fuel Oil. Bilge suction pipes not to be made of lead............... 269(e)
Fuel Oil. Boilers to be lagged...........................269(b)

Fuel Oil. Burners.. .. ............ 267(d), 272,
........................................274QU)

Fuel Oil. Clearance between boilers and tank top............... 269(c)
Fuel Oil. ColTer dams.............................. 257(e)
Fuel Oil. Cooking ranges.............................. 274

Fuel Oil. Flash point.. .. .............. 254-256,272

Fuel Oil. Funnel dampers and uptakes......................268

Fuel Oil. Gauge glasses..... ............ 261(e)

Fuel Oil. General.. ..... ........... 254
Fuel Oil. Heaters.. ..... .......... 263, 269(d)

Fuel Oil. Lines of piping to be examined at annual survey.......... 130(b)

Fuel Oil. Pipes (materials of)............................265~272

Fuel Oil. Pipes to be tested...........................265,267,

279(b), (c)
Fuel Oil. Pipes to be fitted with non return valves............... 283(e)
Fuel Oil. Portable lamps (use of)......................... 270
Fuel Oil. Precautions to protect cargo......................257(f)

Fuel Oil. Pumps.. .. .......... 262,264
Fuel Oil. Settling tanks.. .. .............. 257-259,286
Fuel Oil. Storage ... .. ............ 257,259

Fuel Oil. Storage and settling tanks to be tested.................259(b)
Fuel Oil. Torches to be extinguished after use.................272(fl)
Fuel Oil. Valves and fittings...........................266,267
Fuel Oil. Valves of motor engines to be examined............... 130(b)
Fuel Oil. Woodwork prohibited in stokehold.................269(d)
Furnaces Corrugated, ribbed or grooved......................194
Furnaces Old (Repairs to by welding)......................135

Furnaces Spherical..... ............ 195

Furnaces Standard B.E.S.A. specifications.................... 194

Fusible Plugs........................... .. .............. 277,278,283





G

Paragraph.

Galleys Oil fired.............................. ..274
Gangway, cargo and coaling ports......................... 471,49
Gear Steering................................... 292
Generators Steam.................... .......1 217,218
Girder Stays for C.C. tops.............................. 190(c), 204

Gases from bitumastic coatings.. .. ............ 269(f)
Gases inflammable from oil fuel.. .. ............ 270, 272(1V)

Gases Refrigerating................................253
Gauges, Lubricating oil system...........................281

H

Haystack boilers, uptakes of..... .......... 198

Headers, Analogous fittings of Water-tube boilers.................209
Headers, Flanges to have fillet...........................209(c)
Headers, in contact with fire...........................209(f)
Headers, in way of sighting doors of Water-tube boilers.......... ...209(e)
Headers, sighting holes.............................. 209(b)
Headers, thickness of at tube holes......................... 209(d) (f).
Headers, tube holes in................................2 1 0(c)

Heaters Feed.. .. .............. 217i 219

Hemispherical ends..... .......... 188

Holes (large) in boiler shells...........................185
Hose Testing of bulkheads.............................. 26
Hull and fittings, Annual survey of......................... 90,91
Hydraulic tests after extensive repairs......................137(c)
Hydraulic tests after repairs of welding......................135
Hydraulic tests air bottles.............................. 177, 278(a)
Hydraulic tests air compressors cylinders.......... ...... 282(d)
Hydraulic tests air receivers (riveted)......................277(b)
Hydraulic tests air pipes.............................. 279
Hydraulic tests Boiler mountings......................... 236(f)

Hydraulic tests Boiler tubes ........................... 162(bIV).
2 1 0(e)

Hydraulic tests Cylinder liners and covers (motor engines)............276
Hydraulic tests Defects showing at......................... 1.37(e)
Hydraulic tests Distiller coils...........................251

Hydraulic tests Double ended boilers. two surveyors to attend........... 137(f)
Hydraulic tests Duration of...........................137(g)

Hydraulic tests Evaporators .......................... 137
Hydraulic tests Evaporators coil and shell.................... 137, 218(f)

Hydraulic tests Feed filters.............................. 219
Hydraulic tests Feed pipes of solid drawn steel.................176,224

Hydraulic tests Feed pipes of copper.... ................ 220(c)





H,-Continiied.

Paragraph.

Hydraulic tests Government pressure gauge to be used .......137(h)
Hydraulic tests Heaters and feed filters......................219

Hydraulic tests Internal and external examination after test.......... 138(g)
Hydraulic tests when regulations not complied with............... 137(d)

.......................I
Inclining Experiment.. .............. 53, 74
Increase of boiler pressure..... .............. 140

Independent power bilge pumps......................... 125-128
Inlet and discharges, main and auxiliary......................48
Indicators on steering gear.............................. 293
Indicator, watertight doors.............................. 37

Injection (bilge).. ..... ............ 125(h)
Inner skin, W.T ... ..... ............ 24

Inspection of boiler plates.............................. 152, 156
Inspection of testing machines...........................296
Insulated holds, Drainage of...........................119
Insulated holds, Sounding pipes to......................... 124
Iron combustion chamber stays........................... 160
Iron steam pipes................................... 221-224
Iron wrought used in construction of ships............... ...... 98

L

Lagging not to be applied before hydraulic test.................137
Lagging to be removed for the hydraulic test.................... 224
Leads and lead lines................................80
Length (definition of)......................... ..... 6(2)
Lifeboats Motor engines of to be surveyed annually............... 129(b)

Lifebuoy Lights..... ............ 85

Lifting boilers out for inspection......................... 136
Lighting Emergency installation to be surveyed.................129(b)
Liners (Cylinder)................................... 276

Liners on tail shafts................................129(c) (d) (e)

Loadlines, subdivision.. .. ............ ...
1,16,59,92

Locking of safety-valves.............................. 229,231
Longitudinal bulkheads W.T ............................19

Longitudinal stays.. .. .............. 157-159,201

Longitudinal stays to be supported in D.E. boilers............... 201 (e)
Lubricating pumps................................130(b), 281





m

Paragraph.

Machines (Testing).. ..... ..... ................. 296
Machinery certified by the Board of Trade.................... 129(d) (e)
Machinery comprises....... ..... ................. 129(b)
Machinery condition and sufficiency for service... ............... 129
Machinery defects to be reported ..... ................. 142
Machinery Electrical main propelling ..... ................. 289
Machinery New arrangements to be approved ................. 141
Machinery spaces common to boiler rooms require circulating bye-pass..... 125(h)
Machinery spaces (definition of) ..... ................. 6(11)
Machinery spaces direct suctions to bilges................. 123
Machinery spaces in oil fuel ships.. ..............
....... 269
Machinery Survey of....... ..... ................. 129-295
Machinery Trials before issuing declaration.. ............... 132, 293
Machinery Used for loading and unloading ship.. ............
.. 129(b)
Main circulating pump bilge injection valve.. ............... 125(h)
Main steam pipes. Periodic tests of ..... ................. 224
Malleable cast iron....... ..... ................. 109
Manholes Air receivers ..... ..... ................. 277(b)
Manholes and mudholes in flat plates ..... ................. 192
Manholes and other large openings in boiler shells ............... 185

Manholes doors.. .............. 153, 192,
206
Manholes doors studs.. ............ ...
..........206

Manual Pumps.. .............. 125(a) (c)
(g),
................................................f 128(b) (c) (e)
Margin line.. .............. 6(5)

Masters and mates (compass certificates).................... 78
Materials Defects, freedom from......................... 152
Materials Duplicate tests.............................. 149
Materials Failures to be reported......................... 152

Materials Hull.. ............ ...
98

Materials Manufactures certificates for tubes.. ......
162(bM
Materials Number and nature of tests on plates.. ...... ...
153
Materials Tests. Surveyor to be notified.. ......
146

Materials Testing of................................ 143-178
Materials Unnecessary tests of............ ............... 151
Materials Untested, to be reported to P.S.S ...... ............... 144
Metals to be tested................. ............... 144
Motor lifeboats Engines to be surveyed annually.. ............... 129(b)
Motor lifeboats Wireless generator to be surveyed............... 129(b)
Motor Ships, Bilge pumping......................... 126

Mountings. Boiler.. ............ 131(c), 236-244
Mountings. Evaporators.. .............. 218(d)





N

Paragraph.

Non-return valves to bilges........................... 122(a) (b),
125(g) (h)

Nuts for boiler stays (longitudinal)......................... 201(c)
Nuts for boiler stays (C. C.)...........................202(c)

0

Ogee Ring.. ............ 197
Oil Engines.. .. .............. 275-288

Oil Engines Air bottles.............................. 177,278
Oil Engines Air pipes................................279
Oil Engines Cylinder liners..............................276
Oil Engines Relief valves to cylinders......................283

Oil Engines Reversing gear..... ...... 284

Oil Engines Separators for compressors......................283(d)
Oil Engines Shafts for................................275
Oil Engines Starting air receivers......................... 277
Oil Fuel Air pipes and overflow pipes......................260

Oil Fuel Burners................................... 267(d), 272.

274(111)
Oil Fuel Changing of burners...........................267(d)
Oil Fuel Clearance space between boilers and tank top............269(c)
Oil Fuel Conversion to coal or vice versa.................... 273
Oil Fuel Cooking ranges.............................. 274
Oil Fuel Engineers instructions...........................272
Oil Fuel Filling lines to be tested......................... 267(b)

Oil Fuel Flash point.. .. .............. 254-256,272

Oil Fuel Funnel dampers and uptakes......................268

Oil Fuel Galleys.. .. .............. 274
Oil Fuel Heaters.. .. .............. 263, 269(d)
Oil Fuel Heating coils.. .. .............. 257((f)

Oil Fuel Lagging of boilers...........................269(c)
Oil Fuel Lighting of spaces...........................270
Oil Fuel Open drains not permitted.......... ............... 258(c)
Oil Fuel Overflow tank.............................. 273

Oil, Fuel Plan of piping arrangements to be supplied to engineers.......272

Oil Fuel pipes..... ............ 265

Oil Fuel Portable lamps (use of)......................... 270
Oil Fuel Precautions before entering a tank.................... 272 IV
Oil Fuel Precautions to be observed by Surveyors.................254
Oil Fuel Pumps................................... 262,264
Oil Fuel Recommendations...........................273

Oil Fuel Relief valve.. .. .............. 267(b)
Oil Fuel Settling tanks................. .. .............. 257-259,286





Oi-Continued.

Paragraph.

Oil Fuel Sounding arrangements......................... 261
Oil Fuel Storage, and construction of tanks.................... 257,258

Oil Fuel tanks..... ............ 25

Oil Fuel Thermometer pockets............... ............258(b)
Oil Fuel Torches (lighting) to be extinguished after use ............272(11)
Oil Fuel Valves and fittings............... .. ........266,267
Oil Fuel Ventilation.................... ............269, 272 IV
Oil Fuel Water tube boil ers............... ............269(c)
Oil Separators for compressors...........................283(d)
Old steam pipes, examination and testing of....... ............224(bIV)
Openings in bulkheads and shell, Annual survey.................94-95
Openings in fire resisting bulkheads............ ............ 52(2c)

Openings means of closing.... .............. 31

Openings means ships side above margin line.................49,72
Openings means ships side below margin line........ 1 ........ 42-48
Openings means ships side below margin line limitation of............ 42
Openings means W.T. bulkheads...................... 28,29,94
Openings means Weather deck............................ so
Overhauls surveyors to be notified...................... 130(a)
Owners survey Annual survey to be concurrent with............... 130(a)
Owners survey Owners to notify surveyors................. 130(a)

p

Painting, survey prior to.............................. 3
Passenger ships Date of laying keel or conversion................. 118(b)
Passenger ships General bilge pumping requirements............... 119-128
Passenger ships River Trade bilge pumping requirements............128
Passenger ships Unberthed Trade bilge pumping requirements.......... . 127
Patches Cup patches over stay ends......................... 134
Patches Temporary in boilers............................ 134

Peak Bulkheads..... ............ 14

Peak Suction to.. .. ..............122(c)
Peak Pumps for............. ............ 125(a)
Permeability.. .. .............. 9, 55,69

Permissible length of compartments......................... 10

Pipes Air..... ............ 15(4),279

Pipes Air to fuel tanks .............................. 260
Pipes Bending of (copper)........................... 220(b)
Pipes Bilge (arrangement of)........................... 120
Pipes Bilge Bends at bulkheads...........................120(b)
Pipes Bilge Bye-pass in coal fired ships...................... 125(h)
Pipes Bilge diameter of bilge injection...................... 125(h)
Pipes Bilge diameter of main and branch suctions................. 121





P,-Contiiiiied.

Paragraph.

Pipes Bilge direct suctions to both sides of side................. 125(f)
Pipes Bilge discharge................................ 45
Pipes Bilge emergency................................ 122(d)
Pipes Bilge flexible ....... .....................125(f)
Pipes Bilge fore peak................................ 122(c)
Pipes Bilge Lead not permitted in certain places................. 1 10(b)
Pipes Bilge Motor-ships.............................. 126
Pipes Bilge Non return valves at open ends in holds............... 122(b)
Pipes Bilge Securing to bulkheads......................... 30, 122(f)
Pipes Bilge Ships carrying unberthed passengers................. 127
Pipes Bilge tail pipes to be straight........................ 123
Pipes Exhaust and steam to steering gears.................... 292(c)
Pipes Etc. through bulkheads........................... 30

Pipes Feed.. .. ........ 172, 175, 176,

220-222,244

Pipes Feed hydraulic tests of...........................176, 220(c),

........................................221 (e)
........................................261, 262, 263,
Pipes Oil fuel.. .. ............ 265,272,274,

........................................279(b)
Pipes Spare for motor vessels.... .......... 288

Pipes Steam.. .. .............. 172,176,220-
........................................222,223,224,
........................................225, 292(c)
........................................176, 220(c).

Pipes Steam hydraulic tests of...........................221 (c), 224,

225

Pipes Water gauge ......................241 (b) (d)

Plans Boiler and Machinery to be submitted .............. 118(e), 129, 139

Plans Deviations from to be notified to surveyors.................141(b)
Plans Fuel oil installations to be supplied to ship's engineers.......... 272

Plans Submission of (Hull).. 1(3),2, 74
Patches Cup, over boiler stays.. .. .. 134
Patches Temporary in boilers.. .. 134

Plates, Annealing of................................156(b)
Plates, Bend tests to be made...........................147(f)
Plates, Defective.................... ............152,156

Plates, Inspection (General)..... 156
Plates, Number and nature of tests.. .. .. 153

Plates, Tensile tests......................... .. 148-156
Plugs for side scuttles................................ 49(3)
Ports (gangway, cargo and coal).................... 1.... 47,49
Power for going astern.................... ...... .. 294
Pressure gauge (Boilers)............................. 238
Pressure gauge (Lubricating oil pumps).................... .. 281





P,-Continued.

Paragraph.

Pressure Working, of boiler shells..... .. ................. 187
Process of manufacture, ship castings and forgings ............... 103
Propeller shafts (to be withdrawn)..... .. ................. 130(b)
Propeller shafts Brackets.......... .. ................. 106
Pumping, Bilge............... .. .. ............... 118-128
Pumping, Bilge Modification for River Trade ................. 128
Pumping, Bilge Modification for Unberthed passenger trade.......... 127
Pumps Bilge, Capacities of.......... .. ................. 125(f)
122(d),
Pumps Bilge, Emergency..... .. .. ............... 125(d) (g),
128(b) (c) (d)
Pumps Bilge, Fore peak.......... .. .. ............... 125(a)
Pumps Bilge, General arrangements..... .. ................. 119-128

Pumps Bilge, Hand type.............................. 125(c) (g),
128(b)

Pumps Bilge, Independent.............................. 125, 128(b) (d)
Pumps Bilge, Main Circulating........................... 125(h)

Pumps Bilge, Power, definition and position.................... 125(b)
128(b) (d)
Pumps Cooling .............................. 280
Pumps Lubricating oil .............................. 281
Pumps Oil fuel..... .............................. 262,264

Q

Quadrants (Rudder)................................106

R

Recesses in bulkheads..... ...........................13,21
Reciprocating engine shafts .................... ...... 247
Records of hydraulic tests to boilers ...................... 137(g)
Records of running surveys to be kept ...................... 130(a)
Refrigerating machines, Survey of.. ...................... 253
Relaxation for ships in Simla Trade........................ 54
Relief valves to Air bottles and reservoirs.................... 130(b), 283(b)
Relief valves to distiller.. ...........................251
Relief valves to feed pipe and filters.. ...................... 219, 244(f)

Relief valves to high pressure discharges of compressor .. 1 . .. 130(b), 283(c)

Relief valves to motor engine cylinders......................130(b), 283(a)

Repairs to boilers by welding.. ................ 135
Reversing gear (motor engines).. ................ 284
River Trade, Modifications.. .............. 68-73, 128

Riveted Air Receivers................................277(b)





R,-Continued.

Paragraph.

Riveted Joints, Calculation of the strength of.................... 183,184
Rivet holes to be fair..... ............................178(d)

Rivet tests of.....................................157, 158(d),
159, 161
Rivet tests of (Bend)................................ 157, 161(al)
Rivet tests of (Contraction of area)......................... 161 (a2)

Riveting of bulkheads..... ............ ...
18
Rubbish Shoots..... ............ 46
Rudder Frames..... ............ 106

S

Safety-Valves Accumulation tests of......................... 233
Safety-Valves Approved designs (List)......................235
Safety-Valves Area of................................230

Safety-Valves A 1 rrangements of.. .. .............. 228, 230-232,
.. 239

Safety-Valves Chests....... ....... ................. 230(b), 231,
236(e) (f), 239
Safety-Valves. Cockburn MacNicol Safety type ................. 230(a)
Safety-Valves Conditions to be complied with ................. 231, 232
Safety-Valves Distillers..... ....... ................. 251
Safety-Valves Easing gear for.. ....... ................. 231
Safety-Valves Evaporators..... ....... ................. 218(d) (e) (g)
Safety-Valves Examination of.. ....... ................. 226,231
Safety-Valves Feed heaters and filters..... ................. 219
Safety-Valves List of....... ....... ................. 231
Safety-Valves Limit of weight to be placed on ................. 129,227
Safety-Valves Locking of..... ....... ................. 229,231
Safety-Valves Overloading is an offence..... ................. 227
Safety-Valves Owner's, Master's and Engineer's responsibilities.......... 229
Safety-Valves Plans or alterations to be submitted................. 234
Safety-Valves Responsibility of surveyor..... ................. 231
Safety-Valves Separate chest for ....... .................. 219(b)
Safety-Valves Spring loaded.. ....... ................. 232,233
Safety-Valves Spring Protection of....... .................
232(111)
Safety-Valves Superheaters..... ....... ................. 215
Safety-Valves Surveyor to see valves adjusted..... ............... 129,227
Safety-Valves Tests under steam ....... ................. 233
Safety-Valves Test gauge supplied by Government ...............
233
Safety-Valves Waste steam pipe.. ....... ................. 230(c), 231

Salinometer cock.. .. .............. 237

Scuppers and Sanitary Discharges......................... 44
Sea cocks and discharges Annual Survey of.................... 130(b)





S,-Continued.

Paragraph.
Salf-closing cocks on sounding pipes ...................... 124,261
Self-closing top valves on W.T. boilers ....................... 239(b)
Shaft tunnel............... ...................... 14,23
Shafting Coupling flanges and bolts........................ 250
Shafting Crank webs of cast steel.. ...................... 169, 245, 247(c)
Shafting Heavy oil engines....... ...................... 275
Shafting Materials.......... ...................... 245
Shafting paddle............ ....................... 247(bli)
Shafting reciprocating engines..... ...................... 247
Shafting tests of materials.............................. 164-167
Shafting thrust............ ...................... 248
Shafting tube and tail ends.............................. 249
Shafting turbine driven....... ...................... 246
Shafting turbine driven wheel shafts......................... 246(b)
Shell (castings attached to).............................. 108, 111
Shoots, ash and rubbish, etc ............................46
Side Scuttles..................................... 43,4 9,61
Side Scuttles plans of.......... ...................... 74
Side Scuttles tests of cast steel........................... 107
Side Scuttles tests of malleable cast iron...................... 110
Signals, distress............ ....................... 82-88

Simla Rules..................................... 117, 118(c),
127,271
Sin-da Trades, coasting voyage........................... 64~67
Simla Trades, international and short international voyages.......... 54-63
Sirala Trades, modified requirements for...................... 54-73
Sin-da Trades, river trade.......... ................. 68-73
Slide Valves (Survey of).............................. 130(b)
Small boilers hydraulic testing of......................... 133, 137(c)
Small boilers working pressure on shells...................... 187
Smoke tubes (Plain) 205
Sound Signals for W.T. doors........................... 38
Sound ing pipes (Bilges).............................. 15(4),124
Sounding pipes (Oil fuel tanks)........................... 261
Spare gear, examination of.............................. 130(b)
Spare gear, Motorships............................... 288(c)
Spare gear, Steamships and reciprocating engines................. 288(a)
Spare gear, Tiller for steering gear......................... 292(f)
Spare gear, Turbines................................. 288(b)

Stability .................................... 13, 53, 74(5),
116
Stability check of particulars at annual survey..... .......... 97
Stamping boilers after hydraulic test...................... 138
Stamping of castings and forgings ....................... 101, 147





S,-Continued.

Paragraph.

Stand pipes for water gauges...........................241(b)
Starting air containers, survey of......................... 130(b)

Stays Boiler.. ..... ........... .. 134, 148(a),

157-160
Stays Combustion chamber...........................202
Stays Flat plates supported by...........................190, 191

Stays Longitudinal.. ............ 201
Stays Not to be welded.. ............ 200

Stays Spacing of through cylindrical shell.................... 186

Stays Tubular..... ............ 203

Stays Tubular Minimum thickness of.................... ...203(c)
Stays Tubular threads, etc.............................. 203(b)
Steam Chests hydraulic tests of...........................137

Steam Drainage.. .. ............ 223
Steam Pipes (Copper).. .. .............. 220,225

Steam Pipes expansion.. .............. 222

Steam Pipes hydraulic tests.. .. ............ 220,221,224,
.......................................225

Steam Pipes iron........ ...........................174,221
Steam Pipes lagging causing corrosion...................... 225
Steam Pipes Lap-welded steel........................... 173,221
Steam Pipes periodical tests of........................... 224
Steam Pip es socket expansion joints undesirable................. 222
Steam Pipes solid drawn steel (also feed pipes)................. 172,221
Steam Pipes which to be tested...........................225
Steam Pipes water hammer ...........................225(b)
Steel Approved makers (list) ...........................145
Steel Bars (tests of)..... ........................... 147(f)

Steel Bend tests.. ................ 147(f), 148(b11)

Steel Boiler (tests of)................................143,144
Steel Castings and forgings...........................100-108

Steel Castings (tests of).............................. 144, 147(b) (c)
(d),168-171
Steel Certified by Board of Trade......................... 144

.......................................164-167,169,
Steel Crank shafts.. .. ............ 245, 247, 250,
.......................................1 275

Steel Defects, freedom from...........................152,156

Steel Forgings or castings to be tested...................... 144, 147(b) (c)
(d),168-171
Steel Identification marking........................... 150
Steel Mild, for ships hulls, Quality......................... 98
Steel Process of manufacture........................... 143





S,-Continued.

Paragraph.

Steel Solid drawn air bottles...........................177,278

........................................172, 175, 176,-
Steel Solid drawn steam and feed pipes.. ............ 221-222,223,
........................................224
Steel Tests Annealing test pieces.. ........ 147(b)
Steel Tests pieces.to be straightened cold .......... 147(g)

Steel lests pieces selection of...........................147(a)

Steel Tests Stay bars.. .. ............. .. 148,157~161
Steel Tests Standard.. .. ............ 148,149.
Steel Tests Temper bend.. .. ...... 147(b),
........................................148(bIV)

Steel Tests Tensile, on plates, Tee and angle bars ............ 148,157-160

Steel Tests results to be recorded......................... 151
Steel Tests witnessing of by surveyors............ 1....... 146
Steering engines Steam and exhaust pipes..................... 292(c)
Steering gear Braking arrangement......................... 292(f)
Steering gear Chains, rods, etc ............................ 292(a)
Steering gear General arrangement and requirements............... 292
Steering gear Helmsman to have clear look-out................. 292(d)

Steering gear Indicators and tell-tales ................ 293
Steering gear Overhaul annually.. .............. 292(a)

Steering gear Part of machinery to be surveyed.................129(b)
Steering gear Relieving tackle...........................292(b)
Steering gear to be tested during machinery trials.................132,293

Stems, sternfraines, etc ... .. .............. 106
Steps in W.T. Bulkheads.. .. ............ 13(4),20
Stem bush bearing, length of.. .. ............ 249(e)
Stem tube, position of.. .. .... .... 14

Strainers for lubricating oil pumps......................... 281

Strength of bulkheads.. ................ 18,65,70
Strength of inner skins.. ........ .... 24

Strength of ship.. ................ 2, 17

Strength of welded seams............................... 178(b)

Strum boxes........................................... 123

Studs for feed heaters, evaporators and feed filters, etc............. 217
Studs for manhole doors, etc ............................ 206
Studs for superheaters................................213(e)
Subdivision-Additional at fore end ...................... 13(2
Subdivision-appropriation of spaces ...................... 1
Subdivision --- criterion of service......................... 11,56
Subdivision-defini tion of terms.. ...................... 6
Subdivision-degree of............................... 5
Subdivision-floodable length..... ...................... 7,8

Subdivision-load line markings.......... ..... ............ 1,16,59,92





S,-Continued.

Paragraph.

Subdivision-local.. .............. 13(7)
Subdivision-longitudinal.. ................ 13(8)
Subdivision-permeability.. ................ 9,55,69

Subdivision-permissible length......................... 10
Subdivision-plans and calculations, submission of............... 74(2)

Subdivision-rules for.... .............. 12,57

Subdivision-rules special for........................... 13, 58
Subdivision-verification of particulars...................... 75
Suction pipes to bilges..... ...........................120-123
Suction pipes to bilges diameter of......................... 121
Suction pipes to forepeak.. ...........................122(c)
Suction pipes to machinery spaces......................... 123
Suction pipes to Strums at ends of......................... 123
Suction pipes to Tunnel well bilges......................... 123
Suction pipes to Motorship bilges......................... 126
Superheaters Bellmouthing of tubes......................... 121(c)
Superheaters Chests not to be of Cast Iron.................... 236(4r)
Superheaters Clamps, dogs and studs...................... 213(e) (f)
Superheaters Copper pipes not allowed...................... 220
Superheaters Cylindrical.. ...........................212
Superheaters Hydraulic test ...........................137,212
Superheaters Particulars to be submitted...................... 211
Superheaters Safety-valves for........................... 215
Superheaters To be tested when finally erected................. 213(g), 214(d)

Superheaters Tubes................................ 162, 213(b) (c)
(d), 214(b)
Superheaters Tubes subject to external pressure................. 212
Superheaters Tubulous, attached to Cylindrical Boilers............213
Superheaters Water-tube boilers......................... 214

Surveys, Annual..... ............ .89-97

Surveys, before painting and cementing......................3
Surveys, during construction...........................1
Surveys, renewal of passenger and safety certificate............... 89-97

Surveyor's Duties of..... .............. 89



Tail Pipes to bilges to be straight......................... 123

Tail Shafts..... .............. 249

Tail Shafts liners.. ................ 249
........................................25, 27, 257-260,
Tanks, Oil fuel.. .............. 267, 269, 272,

273
Tanks, Oil fuel Sounding arrangements......................261





T,-Continued.

Paragraph.

Tanks, Oil fuel Testing.............................. 27
Tanks, Oil fuel Valves, fittings and pipes to.................... 267

Temper bend tests.................................148(bIV), 153,

155
Temporary pathes on boilers 134
Tensile Tests Air bottles . 177
Tensile Tests Angle and Tee bars 148(a),
158(c)

Tensile Tests Bars, rods and stays......................... 148,149,150,

151
Tensile Tests Combustion chamber stay bars 160(b)
Tensile Tests Duplication of if first test fads 149
Tensile Tests Forgings and castings 148(a), 164-
171
Tensile Tests Lap welded steam and feed pipes (Iron) 174
Tensile Tests Lap welded steam and feed pipes (Steel) 173
Tensile Tests Materials under 318' thickness 154(c)
Tensile Tests Pieces breaking outside mid length to be discarded 149
Tensile Tests Plates 148(a), 154
Tensile Tests Solid drawn steel feed and steam pipes 172
Testing Machines 296
147(d) (e) (f.),
Tests Cold bend 148(b), 157,

159-161,166,

170,177
Tests Cross check tests of boiler plates 153(b)
Tests Distress signals 87
Tests Duplication of when first test fails 149
Tests Flanging plates or plates to be welded 154(b)
Tests Freedom from defects in material 152
Tests General, castings and forgings (hull) 100-102,105
Tests Hose of W.T. Bulkheads 26
Tests Hull Double bottoms, forepeak, etc . 27
Tests Hull castings and forgings, principal 106

Tests Hull castings and forgings, other than principal............... 107, 108, 110,

Tests Marks to be stamped on boiler ............
.......... 139
Tests Notice to be given to surveyor ............
.......... 146
Tests Number and nature of on boiler plates.................... 153-156
Tests On Machinery trials....... ...................... 290

Tests Pieces for forgings and castings......................148(.) (b),

164(c),
168

Tests Pieces for plates and bars ......................... 148(a) (b),

153-160
Tests Pieces to be similarly treated with parent material 147(b)
Tests Pieces standard dimensions 105
Tests Pressure and hose-Surveyor to be-present 1











T,-Continued.

Paragraph.

Tests Pressure of fore peak, double bottoms, inner skins, etc ........... 27
Tests Results to be recorded........................... 151
Tests Rolled surfaces of materials to be retained on test piece.......... 157(b)
Tests Small sectional material........................... 147(e)

Tests Steel castings.. .. .............. 168-171
Tests Steering gear.. .. .............. 132
Tests Steam pipes.. .. .............. 172,220,225
Tests Temper bend.. .. ............ 149(b4)

Tests Watertight doors.. .. ............ 40

Thermometer pockets on fuel tanks.. .. .......... 258(b)

Thrust shafts.. .. .. .......... .. 248

Tiller Construction of.. .. .............. 106
Tiller Spare to be carried.. .............. 292(f)

Tiller Strength of................................... 292(a)

Trials Machinery to be tested before issuing declaration ........ 132,290,293

Trunks W.T ...... .............. 22

Trunks Air, through bulkheads...........................28

Tubes Boiler.. .. .............. 162,163

Tubes Diameter less than 11 ........ .................... 162(1)
Tubes Expanding tests.......... .................... 162(b2)
Tubes Flattening tests.. .......... .................... 162(bl) (c)
Tubes Freedom from defects....... ..................... 162(b)
Tubes Iron, (Steam).. .......... .................M. 174,203
Tubes Manufacturers certificate accepted.................... 162(c)

Tubes Smoke.......... .... 205
Tubes Stay..... ............ 203

Tubes Steam and feed ....... ................. .. 172, 173
Tubes Straightness of.. ................. .......... .. 162(d)
Tubes Superheater .. ................. .......... .. 213(b) (c) (d)
Tubes Tolerance of diameters............... .......... .. 162(e 1, 2, 3)
Tubes Water tube boilers................. .......... ...
207,210
Tubes Water tube boilers seating of............ .......... .. 2 1 0(c)
Tube plates of boilers.. ................. .. 191
Tube plates Compression on............... 1.......... .. 199

Tunnel..... ............ 14

Tunnel Construction..... ............ 23

Tunnel Escape..... ............ 51(2)

Tunnel Examination of.. ...........................93
Tunnel well bilge suction.. ...........................123
Tunnels, W.T. scantlings of ...........................23, 93
Turbines, Parts to be opened for annual survey.................130(a) (b)
Turbines, Shafting ..... ........................... 246
Turbines, Spares.. ..... ........................... 288(b)












U
Paragraph.
Unberthed Passenger ships Modified bilge pumping requirements....... 127
Uptakes in Haystack boilers......... ................. 198
Unnecessary tests of materials to be avoided................... 151
Unusual Arrangements of bilge pumping .. ................. 118(d)
Unusual Arrangements of boilers and machinery................. 141

v

Valves Ash ejectors and Expellers......................... 46(2)

Valves Bilge.. .. .............. 122, 125(g) (h)

Valves Bilge attached to bulkhead.......*................. 122(f)
Valves Bilge operating rods for........................... 122(d) (e)
Valves Boiler Annual survey of...........................131(c)
Valves Boiler Closing by right hand motion.................... 236(b)
Valves Cocks, etc. on boilers (Design and Materials)............... 236-244
Valves Cocks and fittings for oil fuel installation.................266,267
Valves Discharge, etc ...... ...........................45
Valves Sluice, not permitted in W.T. Bulkheads.................29
Valves Water tube boilers.. ...........................131(c)
Ventilation of engine room ......................... ... 287
Ventilation of fuel oil tanks before entering.................... 272

Ventilators, W.T ...... ....... ........ 22

Vertical boilers Circumferential seams......................184(c)
Vertical boilers Working pressure of......................187(c)
Vessels boilers (Evaporators, Shell, etc.) subject to water pressure only..... 216

W

Warps Cables and Anchors ..... .................... 81
Washers on flat plates of boilers ..... .................... 190
Water ballast and fresh water to be separate.................... 120
Water ballast and oil fuel to be separate.................... 257(c)
Water (Fresh) and oil fuel to be separate.................... 257(d)
Water Gauges details of.. ..... .................... 241
Water Gauges number required and positions of................. 240,241

Water Gauges test cocks..... ............ 242
Water Hammer in steam pipes.. .............. ...
222(a)
Water Service (Cooling)..... ............ 280

Watertight Compartment, exits from......................51,62

Watertight Deck (definition of).. .. .............. 6(13)
Watertight Doors Classes of.. .. .............. 33, 41, 60, 66

Watertight Doors Construction of......................... 39
Watertight Doors Hand gear for.......................... 34
Watertight Doors Indicator for...........................37





W,-Continued.

Paragraph.

Watertight Doors Plan and particulars of.................... 74

Watertight Doors Screening of..... .............. 39(6)
Watertight Doors Test of..... ............ 40
Watertight Doors Type of........... .............. 32

Watertight Doors which close by own weight.................... 35
Watertight Doors which close by power...................... 36
Water-tube boilers Access by manholes...................... 208(d)
Water-tube boilers Annual survey......................... 131
Water-tube boilers Brickwork and bridges.................... 131(b)
Water-tube boilers Cocks and valves on...................... 131(c)

Water-tube boilers Drums..... ............ 208

Water-tube boilers Drums longitudinal joints of.. ............... 208(b)
Water-tube boilers Drums tube plates of .. .. ............... 208(c)
Water-tube boilers General construction rules .. ............... 207
Water-tube boilers Headers and analogous fittings.......... .. 209
Water-tube boilers Mud collecting arrangements.. .......... ...
.. 207(c)
Water-tube boilers Precautions for oil fuel firing.. .......... ...
.. 254-273
Water-tube boilers Self-closing valves.. .. ................. 239(b)

Water-tube boilers Superheaters.. .. ............. 211, 212, 214

Water-tube boilers Tubes for ......................... 207,210
Water-tube boilers Water gauges ......................... 240(e)
Water-tube boilers When more than one connected together.......... 239(b)
Water-tube boilers Working pressure on tube plates of drums.......... 187(b)
Weather deck (definition of) ......................... ~(14)
Weather deck (openings in) ......................... 50
Welded seams Strength of.. ..............
............. 178(b)
Welding, electrodes.. ..... ......................... 99
Welding, Hydraulic tests on completion...................... 135
Welding, Oxy acetylene ..... ......................... 135
Welding, Old furnaces ..... ......................... 135
Welding, Repairs to boilers ..............
............ 135
Welding, Wells in inner bottom ......................... 15(3)
Wheel shafts of geared turbines ......................... 246(b)
Wide water spaces in boilers ......................... 191(b)
Wing bilge suctions necessary.. ............
............ 119
Wireless generator in motor boat to be surveyed................. 129(b)
Working pressure Boiler'shells.. .....
*** *** '' 187
Wrought Iron, used in construction of ships.................... 98
Application for survey. Notice of survey. Fees to be paid before survey is commenced. Presence of owner & c. at survey. Written statement of repairs. Alterations made subsequent to survey. Accidents and damage. Survey for issue of a certifying letter. (Cap. 281.) Survey during construction. Strength of ships. Ships to be surveyed before being painted or cemented. Dry docking. Degree of subdivision. Definition of subdivision terms. Floodable length. Method of calculating floodable length. Permeability. Permissible length of compartments.* Criterion of service. Rules for subdivision. Special rules concerning subdivision. Peak and machinery space bulkheads, shaft tunnels, etc. Double bottoms. Assigning, marking and recording of subdivision load-lines. Strength and construction. Watertight transverse bulkheads. Watertight longitudinal bulkheads. Watertight decks, steps and flats. Watertight recesses. Watertight ventilators and trunks. Watertight tunnels. Watertight inner skins. Oil fuel tanks. Hose tests. Pressure tests of fore peak, double bottoms, inner skins, etc. Limitation of number of openings. Openings not permitted in certain bulkheads. Pipes, etc., through bulkheads. Means for closing openings. Types of doors. Classes of watertight doors. Hand gear for watertight doors. Doors which close by their own weight. Doors which close by power. Indicators. Sound signals and warnings. Construction. Tests of watertight doors. Classes of doors required. Limitation of number of openings and mean for closing. Side scuttles. Scuppers, sanitary and other similar discharges. Discharge pipes, valves, etc. Ash-shoots, rubbish-shoots, etc. Gangway, cargo and coaling ports. Main and auxiliary inlets and discharges. G.N.A. 169/50. Openings in ship's sides. Weatherdeck openings, etc. Exits from watertight compartments. Fire-resisting bulkheads and doors Stability. General. Permeability. Criterion of service. Rules for subdivision. Special rules concerning subdivision. Subdivision load lines. Classes of doors required. Side scuttles. Exits from watertight compartments. Fire-resisting bulkheads and doors. General Construction of watertight bulkheads, etc. Classes of doors required. Fire-resisting bulkheads and doors. General. Permeability. Construction of watertight bulkheads, etc. Openings in watertight bulkheads. Openings in ship's sides above the margin line. Fire-resisting bulkheads and doors. Submission of construction plans and particulars. Verification of subdivision particulars. Compasses. Adjustment of compasses. Master's and mate's compass certificate. Delay in obtaining compass certificate. Leads and lead-lines. Anchors, chain cables, hawsers and warps. Distress signals. means of making signals of distress. Description of requisite signals. Approval of lifebuoy lights. Marking. Stowage of signals. Duties of surveyors. Examination of outside of hull, etc. in dry dock. Survey of inside of hull. Load line markings. Watertight bulkheads, decks, tunnels, etc. Openings in watertight bulkheads, etc. Openings in shell plating below margin line. General. Stability. Proof of quality. General. General. Stamping of castings and forgings. Recording of tests. Process of manufacture. Annealing. Test pieces. Principal castings and forgings. Side scuttles. Other castings attached to the shell plating. General. Side scuttles. Other castings attached to the shell plating. Ordinary cast iron not allowed for important parts or fittings. Construction. Certain openings to be kept closed. Marking of subdivision loadlines. Stability. Construction. Authority and application of instructions. (Cap. 281.) General requirements. Arrangements of bilge pipes. Diameter of bilge suction pipes. Bilge valves, cocks, & c. bilge mud-boxes and strumboxes. Sounding pipes. Bilge pumps. Motor ships. Passenger ships employed in the carriage of unberthed passengers in special trades. Modified requirements applying to coasting and river trade ships. Machinery to be surveyed. (Cap. 281.) Surveys of engines. Trials of machinery. surveys of boilers. Inside of boilers to be examined every survey. Precaution regarding stays: bolted and cup patches. Repairs to boilers by welding. Lifting of boilers for inspection. Hydraulic test. Stamping boilers. Fixing of working pressure and examination of plans. Increase of boiler pressure. New arrangements. Defects to be reported. Process of manufacture. Only tested steel to be used; testing of metals used for forgings or castings; mode of testing; prohibition against giving of declaration. Notice when tests are required. Selection and treatment of test-pieces. Duplicate tests. Stamping of material. Test results. Freedom from defects, etc. Number and nature of tests. Bend tests. Inspection of plates, general. Number and nature of tests. Tensile tests. Bend tests. Iron combustion chamber stay bars. Rivets. Solid-drawn boiler tubes subject to internal pressure. Iron and steel subject to external pressure. Number and nature of tests. Tensile strength and elongation. Bend tests. General instructions. Number and nature of tests. Tensile strength and elongation. Bend tests. Annealing. Solid-drawn steel steam and feed pipes. Lap welded steel steam pipes. Lap welded iron steam pipes. Annealing iron and steel pipes. Hydraulic tests of iron and steel pipes. Solid drawn air bottles. General. Means for examination and cleaning. Maximum pitch of rivets in longitudinal joints. Distances between rows of rivets and between rivets and plate edges. Thickness of butt straps. Methods of calculating the strength of riveted joints. Circumferential seams. Manholes and large holes in shell. Spacing of screw stays through the cylindrical shell. Working pressure of boiler shells. Hemispherical ends. Dished ends (convex outside). Flat plates. Back and front tube plates. Manholes and mudholes in flat plates. Plain furnaces. Furnaces corrugated, or ribbed and grooved. Spherical furnaces. Maximum thickness. Ogee ring. Uptakes of haystack boilers, etc. Compression on tube plates. Stays not to be welded. Steel longitudinal stays. Screw stays to combustion chambers. Stay tubes. Girders supporting combustion chamber tops. Plain smoke tubes. Doors. Water-tube boilers, general. Cylindrical drums, water-tube boilers. Headers and analogous fittings of water-tube boilers. Tubes of water-tube boilers. Detailed plans of superheaters to be submitted. Cylindrical superheaters. Tubulous superheaters attached to cylindrical boilers. Superheaters of water-tube boilers. Safety-valve and drains for superheaters. Cast evaporators, shells, &c., subject to internal pressure. Stress allowed on studs, &c. Evaporators, generators, feed make-ups, &c. Feed heaters, filters, &c. Steam pipes. Copper pipes. Wrought iron and steel pipes. Provision for expansion of steam pipes. Draining steam pipes. Examination and testing of steam pipes. G.N.A. 169/50. General. Examination of safety-valves. Surveyor to see valves weighted. Provision as regards safety-valves. Owners, masters, and engineers to see that safety-valves are kept in proper order. Area of safety-valves. Examination of arrangements generally. Spring-loaded safety-valves. Spring-loaded safety-valves to be tested under steam. Plans of new designs or of alterations in details of safety-valves to be submitted. List of designs approved. Valves, cocks, etc., design and material. G.N.A. 169/50. Salinometer cock or valves. Stop-valves. Water gauges required. Water-gauge details. Test cocks. Blow-off valve. Boiler feed arrangements. Materials for shafting. Turbine-driven shafting. Shafting of reciprocating engines. Thrust shafts. Tube and tail shafts. Coupling flanges and bolts. Distilling apparatus. List of approved distilling apparatus. Refrigerating machines. Precautions to be observed by surveyors. Flash-point. Flast-point testing apparatus. Storage of oil fuel; tanks, &c. Settling tanks. Tests of storage and settling tanks. Air pipes. Sounding arrangements. Oil fuel pumps. heaters, etc. Save-alls. Oil pipes. G.N.A. 169/50. Valves, constructions. Valves and fittings to pipes. Funnel dampers and uptakes. Machinery spaces; ventilation, etc. Lighting. Fire appliances. Instructions to engineers. Recommendations. Oil fired cooking ranges. Shafts. Cylinder liners and covers. Starting air receivers. blast air bottles. Air pipes subject to internal pressures. G.N.A. 169/50. G.N.A. 169/50. Cooling water service. Lubricating pumps. Air compressors, etc. Safety fitting, etc. Reversing gear. Boiler. oil storage. Ventilation, etc. Spare gear stores. Ships propelled by electricity. Ship to be tested. Electrical equipment. Steering gear. Steering trials and indicators. (22 & 23 Geo. 5 c. 9.) Power for going astern. Electrically driven auxiliary machinery. Inspection of testing machines. Citation.

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3868

Edition

1964

Volume

v18

Subsequent Cap No.

281

Number of Pages

222
]]>
Wed, 24 Aug 2011 10:48:34 +0800
<![CDATA[RULES OF THE SUPREME COURT]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3867

Title

RULES OF THE SUPREME COURT

Description


THE RULES OF THE SUPREME COURT

ARRANGEMENT OF ORDERS

PRELIMINARY

Order No...Page

1. Citation, application, interpretation and forms ... A 5

2. Effect of non-compliance... A 8

3. Time... A9

COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF
PROCEEDINGS

4. Assignment, transfer and consolidation of proceedings ... A 10

5. Mode of beginning civil proceedings in the High Court ... All

6. Writs of summons: general provisions... A 13
7. Originating summons: general provisions 1 ... A 16

8. Originating and other motions: general provisions ... A 17

9. Petitions: general provisions... A 18

10. Service of originating process: general provisions ... A 19
11. Service of process, etc., out of the jurisdiction ... A 22

12. Acknowledgment of service of writ or originating summons... A 28

13. Failure to give notice of intention to defend ... A33

14. Summary judgment... A 37

15. Causes of action, counterclaims and parties ... A 41

16. Third party and similar proceedings ... A 52

17. Interpleader... 1 ...A 57
18. Pleadings ... A 61

19. Default of pleadings... A 69

20. Amendment... A 71

21. Withdrawal and discontinuance ... A 75
22. Payment into and out of court ... A 78

23. Security for costs... A 83

24. Discovery and inspection of documents ... A 84
25. Summons for directions A 92

26. Interrogatories................................... A 98

27. Admissions.....................................A 100

28. Originating summons procedure A 101
29. Interlocutory injunctions, interim preservation of property, interim payments,etc ......................................... A 106
30. Receivers............... ... .................... A 113

31. Sales, etc. of land by order of Court ..... ................ A115

32. Applications and proceedings in chambers .................... A 117

TRIAL

33. Place and mode of trial..............................A 121

34. Setting down for trial action begun by writ....................A 122

35. Procedure at trial.................... ........... A 124

36. Trials before, and inquiries by, Master A 128
37. Damages: assessment after judgment and orders for provisional damages .. A 129





Order No....................................
Page

38.........Evidence.. .. ................ A 132

39...........................Evidence by deposition: Examiners of the Court ............ A 147

40...........Court expert.. ................ A 151

41.........Affidavits.. .. .................. A 153

JUDGMENTS, ORDERS, ACCOUNTS AND
INQUIRIES

42...............Judgments and orders.... .................. A 156
43...............Accounts and inquiries.. .................. A 161

44........................Proceedings under judgments and orders ............ A 163

PROVISIONAL
REMEDIES

(HK)44A. Prohibition order before or after judgment and attachment of property before

judgment.. ............ A 167

ENFORCEMENT OF JUDGMENTS AND
ORDERS

45...........................Enforcement of judgments and orders: general ............ A 171

46..................Writs of execution: general .................... A 178

47.............Writs of fieri facias.. .. .................... A 181

48......................Examination of judgment debtor, etc . ................ A 185

49................Garnishee proceedings.. .................. A 186
49A...............No order

(HK)49B. Execution and enforcement of judgment for money by imprisonment .. A 189

50....................Charging orders, stop orders, etc . .................. A 192

51..................Receivers: equitable execution .................... A 198

52.........Committal.. .. ................ A 199

53....................Applications for judicial review .................. A 202
54....................Applications for writ of habeas corpus ................ A 206

55...................................Appeals to the High Court from court, tribunal or person: general .... A 209

56. No order
57. No order

58................Appeals from Masters.... .................. A 212
59................Appeals to the Court of Appeal .................. A
213

60. No order

(HK)60A. Appeals from tribunals to Court of Appeal on a question of law other than by
way







of case stated................................... A 223

61. Appeals from tribunals to Court of Appeal by way of case stated .... A 224

COSTS

62. Costs........................................ A 225

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
PROVISIONS

63. The Registry................................... A 250
64. Sittings, vacations and office hours......................... A 252
65. Service of documents................................A 253
66. Paper, printing, notices and copies......................... A 256





Order No.
Page
67. Change of solicitor A 257

68. Official shorthand note.. 1..... .. 1 . .... A 260

PROVISIONS As To FOREIGN PROCEEDINGS

69...............Service of foreign process...................... A 263

70........................Obtaining evidence for foreign courts, etc . .............. A 264

71......................Reciprocal enforcement of judgments ................ A 266

SPECIAL PROVISIONS AS TO PARTICULAR PROCEEDINGS

(HK)72. Particular proceedings.. 1 ... .. 1 ........ A 271
73. Arbitration proceedings....... ........ A 274

74. Proceedings under Merchant Shipping Aet, 1894 to 1984 *** .. 2-

(HK)75. Admiralty proceedings.............................. A 282

76....................Contentious probate proceedings .................. A 308
77....................Proceedings by and against the Crown ................ A 314

78...................................District court proceedings transferred or removed to High Court .... A 319

79.................................Tribunal proceedings transfer or removal to the High Court ...... A 320

80.........Disability..... .............. .. A 321
81.........Partners.. .. ................ A 327

82.............Defamation actions.. .. .................. A 332

83. No order

(HK)83A. Money lenders' actions.. .. .............. A 334
84. No order

(HK)84A. Actions arising out of hire-purchase or conditional sale agreements .... A 336

85....................Administration and similar actions .................. A 338

86...............................Actions for specific performance, etc.: summary judgment ........ A 341

87..........................Debenture holders' actions: receiver's register ............ A 343

88.............Mortgage actions..... ................ A 346

89......................Proceedings between husband and wife ................ A 349

90....................Proceedings concerning minors .................. A 350

91. No order

92........................Lodgment, investment, etc. of funds in court .............. A 353

93.............................Applications and appeals under various enactments .. .... A 355
94.............................No order
95.............................The Bills of Sale Ordinance and Bankruptcy Ordinance . ...... A 355
96.............................No order
97.............................No order
98.............................No order
99.............................No order







100. The Trade Marks Ordinance .. .................. A 357
101. No order
102. The Companies Ordinance....... .............. A 358

103. The Registration of Patents Ordinance: The Patents Acts 1949 to 1961 and 1977 A 364
104. No order
105. No order





Order No....................................
Page

106...................................Proceedings relating to solicitors: The Legal Practitioners Ordinance .... A 368

107. No order
108. No order
109. No order
110. No order
Ill. No order
112. No order

113........................Summary proceedings for possession of land .............. A 371

(HK) l 14. Commissioners for Oaths.............................. A 373
(HK)120.Charitable trusts................................... A 373

APPENDICES:
Appendix A. Forms.............................. A 379
Appendix B. Special Admiralty Forms..................... A 514

Appendix C............................. .. .............. A 527





THE RULES OF THE SUPREME COURT
(Cap. 4, section 54)
[These rules, other than Order 75: 1 May 1988]

L.N. 117/88-L.N.356/88



PRELIMINARY

ORDER 1

CITATION, APPLICATION, INTERPRETATION AND
FORMS

Citation (0. 1, r. 1)

1. These rules may be cited as the Rules of the Supreme

Court.

Application (0. 1, r. 2)

2. (1) Subject to the following provisions of this rule, these

rules shall have effect in relation to all proceedings in the Supreme

Court.

(2) These rules shall not have effect in relation to proceedings

of the kinds specified in the first column of the following Table
(being proceedings in respect of which rules may be made under the
enactments specified in the second column of that Table)-

TABLE

Proceedings Enactments

1. Bankruptcy proceedings.Bankruptcy Ordinance, section 113.
2. Proceedings relating to theCompanies Ordinance, section 296.
winding-up of companies.
3. Non-contentious or commonProbate and Administration Ordinance,
form probate proceedings. section 72.
4. Proceedings in the Court whenPrize Courts Act 1894, section 3.
acting as a Prize Court.
5. Proceedings before the JudgeMental Health Act 1983, section 106.
within the meaning of Part VII
of the Mental Health Act 1983,
section 106.
6. Matrimonial proceedings.Matrimonial Causes Ordinance,
sections 10 and 54.

(HK)7. Adoption proceedings.Adoption Ordinance, section 12.
(HK)8. Proceedings in respect ofDomestic Violence Ordinance,
domestic violence. section 8.

(3) These rules shall not have effect in relation to any criminal
proceedings other than any criminal proceedings to which Order 59
- or Order 62 applies.






(4) In the case of the proceedings mentioned in paragraphs (2) and
(3), nothing in those paragraphs shall be taken as affecting any
provision of any rules (whether made under the Ordinance or any other
Ordinance) by virtue of which the Rules of the Supreme Court or any
provisions thereof are applied in relation to any of those proceedings.

Application of Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance (0. 1, r. 3)

3. The Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance shall apply for
the interpretation of these rules as it applies to subsidiary legislation
made after the commencement of that Ordinance.

Definitions (0. 1, r. 4)

4. (1) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires, the
following expressions have the meanings hereby respectively assigned
to them, namely

,,an action for personal injuries' means an action in which there is a
claim for damages in respect of personal injuries to the plaintiff or
any other person or in respect of a person's death, and 'personal
injuries' includes any disease and any impairment of a person's
physical or mental condition;

(HK) 'bailiff means a bailiff of the Court and any person lawfully
authorized to execute the process of the Court;

'cause book' means the book kept in the Registry in which the letter
and number of, and other details relating to, a cause or matter are
entered;

(HK) 'Full Bench' means a Bench consisting of 2 or more Judges of the
High Court;

'master' means a master of the Supreme Court;

(HK) 'money lender's action' has the meaning assigned to it by Order
83A;

'notice of intention to defend' means an acknowledgment of service
containing a statement to the effect that the person by whom or on
whose behalf it is signed intends to contest the proceedings to
which the acknowledgment relates;

'officer' means an officer of the Supreme Court;

'originating summons' means every summons other than a summons in
a pending cause or matter;

'pleading' does not include a petition, summons or preliminary act;

'probate action' has the meaning assigned to it by Order 76;

'receiver' includes a manager or consignee;

(HK) 'Registrar' means the Registrar of the Supreme Court; and
includes a Deputy Registrar or an Assistant Registrar;





(HK) 'Registry' means the Registry of the Supreme Court;

(HK) 'the Ordinance' means the Supreme Court Ordinance;

'vacation' means the interval between sittings of the Supreme Court as
prescribed by Order 64;

'writ' means a writ of summons;

(HK) 'written law' includes 'imperial enactment' and 'Ordinance' and
'enactment' as defined in section 3 of the Interpretation and
General Clauses Ordinance.

(2) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires, 'the Court
means the High Court or any one or more of the judges thereof whether
sitting in court or in chambers or the Registrar or any master but the
foregoing provision shall not be taken as affecting any provision of
these rules and, in particular, Order 32, rule 11 by virtue of which the
authority and jurisdiction of the Registrar is defined and regulated.

(3) In these rules unless the context otherwise requires, any
reference to acknowledging service of a document or giving notice of
intention to defend any proceedings is a reference to lodging in the
Registry an acknowledgment of service of that document or, as the case
may be, a notice of intention to defend those proceedings.

Construction of references to Orders, rules, etc. (0. 1, r. 5)

5. (1) Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference in these
rules to a specified Order, rule or Appendix is a reference to that Order
or rule of, or that Appendix to, these rules and any reference to a
specified rule, paragraph or sub-paragraph is a reference to that rule of
the Order, that paragraph of the rule, or that sub-paragraph of the
paragraph, in which the reference occurs.

(2) Any reference in these rules to anything done under a rule of
these rules includes a reference to the same thing done before the
commencement of that rule under any corresponding rule of court
ceasing to have effect on the commencement of that rule.

(3) Except where the context otherwise requires, any reference in
these rules to any written law shall be construed as a reference to that
written law as amended, extended or applied by or under any other
written law.

Construction of references to action, etc. for possession of land (0. 1,

r. 6)

6. Except where the context otherwise requires, references in these
rules to an action or claim for the possession of land shall be construed
as including references to proceedings against the Crown for an order
declaring that the plaintiff is entitled as against the Crown to the land or
to the possession thereof.





(HK) Construction of references to Registrar (0. 1, r. 7A)

(HK)7A. Wherever the word 'Registrar' appears in these rules and
forms there may be substituted the word 'Master' when and where
appropriate.

Forms (0. 1, r. 9)

9. (1) The forms in the Appendices shall be used where applicable
with such variations as the circumstances of the particular case require.

Rules not to exclude conduct of business by post (0. 1, r. 10)

10. Nothing in these rules shall prejudice any power to regulate the
practice of the Court by giving directions enabling any business or
class of business to be conducted by post.

ORDER 2

EFFECT OF NON-COMPLIANCE

Non-compliance with Rules (0. 2, r. 1)

1. (1) Where, in beginning or purporting to begin any proceedings
or at any stage in the course of or in connection with any proceedings,
there has, by reason of any thing done or left undone, been a failure to
comply with the requirements of these rules, whether in respect of time,
place, manner, form or content or in any other respect, the failure shall
be treated as an irregularity and shall not nullify the proceedings, any
step taken in the proceedings, or any document, judgment or order
therein.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3), the Court may, on the ground that
there has been such failure as is mentioned in paragraph (1), and on
such terms as to costs or otherwise as it thinks just, set aside either
wholly or in part the proceedings in which the failure occurred, any step
taken in those proceedings or any document, judgment or order therein
or exercise its powers under these rules to allow such amendments (if
any) to be made and to make such order (if any) dealing with the
proceedings generally as it thinks fit.

(3) The Court shall not wholly set aside any proceedings or the
writ or other originating process by which they were begun on the
ground that the proceedings were required by any of these rules to be
begun by an originating process other than the one employed.

Application to set aside for irregularity (0. 2, r. 2)

2. (1) An application to set aside for irregularity any proceedings,
any step taken in any proceedings or any document, judgment or order
therein shall not be allowed unless it is made within a reasonable time
and before the party applying has taken any fresh step after becoming
aware of the irregularity.





(2) An application under this rule may be made by summons or
motion and the grounds of objection must be stated in the summons or
notice of motion.

ORDER 3

TIME

'Month' means calendar month (0. 3, r. 1)

1. Without prejudice to section 3 of the Interpretation and General
Clauses Ordinance in its application to these rules, the word 'month',
where it occurs in any judgment, order, direction or other document
forming part of any proceedings in the Supreme Court, means a calendar
month unless the context otherwise requires.

Reckoning periods of time (0. 3, r. 2)

2. (1) Any period of time fixed by these rules or by any judgment,
order or direction for doing any act shall be reckoned in accordance
with the following provisions of this rule.

(2) Where the act is required to be done within a specified period
after or from a specified date, the period begins immediately after that
date.

(3) Where the act is required to be done within or not less than a
specified period before a specified date, the period ends immediately
before that date.

(4) Where the act is required to be done a specified number of clear
days before or after a specified date, at least that number of days must
intervene between the day on which the act is done and that date.

(5) Where, apart from this paragraph, the period in question, being
a period of 7 days or less, would include a Sunday or a general holiday,
that day shall be excluded.

In this paragraph 'general holiday' means a day which is, or is to
be observed as, a general holiday under the Holidays Ordinance.

Summer Vacation excluded from time for service, etc., of pleadings (0.
3, r. 3)

3. Unless the Court otherwise directs, the period of the Summer
Vacation shall be excluded in reckoning any period prescribed by these
rules or by any order or direction for serving, filing or amending any
pleading.

Time expires on Sunday, etc. (0. 3, r. 4)

4. Where the time prescribed by these rules, or by any judgment,
order or direction, for doing any act at an office of the Court expires on a
Sunday or other day on which that office is





closed, and by reason thereof that act cannot be done on that day, the
act shall be in time if done on the next day on which that office is open.

Extensions, etc., of time (0. 3, r. 5)

5. (1) The Court may, on such terms as it thinks just, by order
extend or abridge the period within which a person is required or
authorized by these rules, or by any judgment, order or direction, to do
any act in any proceedings.

(2) The Court may extend any such period as is referred to in
paragraph (1) although the application for extension is not made until
after the expiration of that period.

(3) The period within which a person is required by these rules, or
by any order or direction, to serve, file or amend any pleading or other
document may be extended by consent (given in writing) without an
order of the Court being made for that purpose.

(4) In this rule references to the Court shall be construed as
including references to the Court of Appeal and a single judge of that
Court.

Notice of intention to proceed after year's delay (0. 3, r. 6)

6. Where a year or more has elapsed since the last proceeding in a
cause or matter, the party who desires to proceed must give to every
other party not less than one month's notice of his intention to proceed.

A summons on which no order was made is not a proceeding for
the purposes of this rule.

COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF PROCEEDINGS

ORDER 4

ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER AND CONSOLIDATION OF
PROCEEDINGS

Companies (0. 4, r. 2)

2. Where an order has been made by the Court for the winding-up
of a company, all proceedings in chambers in any action against that
company at the instance or on behalf of debenture holders shall be
dealt with by an officer of the High Court who is a registrar within the
meaning of any rules for the time being in force relating to the winding-
up of companies.

Consolidation, etc., of causes or matters (0. 4, r. 9)

9. (1) Where two or more causes or matters are pending, then, if it
appears to the Court

(a)that some common question of law or fact arises in both or all
of them, or





(b)that the rights to relief claimed therein are in respect of or
arise out of the same transaction or series of transactions,
or

(e)that for some other reason it is desirable to make an order
under this rule,

the Court may order those causes or matters to be consolidated on
such terms as it thinks just or may order them to be tried at the same
time, or one immediately after another, or may order any of them to
be stayed until after the determination of any other of them.

(2) Where the Court makes an order under paragraph (1) that
two or more causes or matters are to be tried at the same time but no
order is made for those causes or matters to be consolidated, then, a
party to one of those causes or matters may be treated as if it were a
party to any of those other causes or matters for the purpose of
making an order for costs against him or in his favour.

ORDER 5

MODE OF BEGINNING CIVIL PROCEEDINGS IN THE HIGH COURT

Mode of beginning civil proceedings (0. 5, r. 1)

1. Subject to the provisions of any written law and of these
rules, civil proceedings in the High Court may be begun by writ,
originating summons, originating motion or petition.

Proceedings which must he begun by writ (0. 5, r. 2)

2. Subject to any provision of any written law, or of these
rules, by virtue of which any proceedings are expressly required to be
begun otherwise than by writ, the following proceedings must,
notwithstanding anything in rule 4, be begun by writ, that is to say,
proceedings---

(a)in which a claim is made by the plaintiff for any relief or
remedy for any tort, other than trespass to land;

(b)in which a claim made by the plaintiff is based on an
allegation of fraud;

(c)in which a claim is made by the plaintiff for damages for
breach of duty (whether the duty exists by virtue of a
contract or of a provision made by or under any written
law, or independently of any contract or any such provi-
sion), where the damages claimed consist of or include
damages in respect of the death of any person or in respect
of personal injuries to any person or in respect of damage
to any property;

(d)in which a claim is made by the plaintiff in respect of the
infringement of a patent.





Proceedings which must be begun by originating summons (0. 5,
r. 3)

3. Proceedings by which an application is to be made to the
High Court or a judge thereof under any written law must be begun
by originating summons except where by these rules or by or under
any written law the application in question is expressly required or
authorized to be made by some other means.

This rule does not apply to an application made in pending
proceedings.

Proceedings which may be begun by writ or originating summons
(0. 5, r. 4)

4. (1) Except in the case of proceedings which by these rules
or by or under any written law are required to be begun by writ or
originating summons or are required or authorized to be begun by
originating motion or petition, proceedings may be begun either
by writ or by originating summons as the plaintiff considers
appropriate.

(2) Proceedings-

(a)in which the sole or principal question at issue is, or is
likely to be, one of the construction of any written law or
of any instrument made under any written law or of any
deed, will, contract or other document, or some other
question of law, or
(b)in which there is unlikely to be any substantial dispute of
fact,

are appropriate to be begun by originating summons unless the
plaintiff intends in those proceedings to apply for judgment under
Order 14 or Order 86 or for any other reason considers the
proceedings more appropriate to be begun by writ.

Proceedings to he begun by motion or petition (0. 5, r. 5)

5. Proceedings may be begun by originating motion or peti-
tion if, but only if, by these rules or by or under any written law the
proceedings in question are required or authorized to be so begun.

Right to sue in person (0. 5, r. 6)

6. (1) Subject to paragraph (2) and to Order 80, rule 2, any
person (whether or not he sues as a trustee or personal representa-
tive, or in any other representative capacity) may begin and carry on
proceedings in the Supreme Court by a solicitor or in person.
(2) A body corporate may not begin or carry on any such pro-
ceedings in the Court otherwise than by a solicitor except-
(a) as expressly provided by or under any enactment; or

(b)where leave is given under paragraph (3) for it to be rep-
resented by one of its directors.





(3)(a) An application by a body corporate for leave to be
represented by one of its directors shall be made ex parte to a
Registrar and supported by an affidavit, made by the director
and filed with the application, stating and verifying the
reasons why leave should be given for the body corporate to
be represented by the director, and in particular setting out
such facts and matters as demonstrate that the body
corporate could not otherwise be heard in the proceedings.

(b)The relevant resolution of the board of the body corporate
authorizing the director to appear on its behalf if leave is
granted shall be exhibited to the affidavit.

(4) No appeal shall lie from an order of the Registrar under
paragraph (3) giving or refusing leave.

(5) Leave given by a Registrar under paragraph (3) may be revoked
by the Court at any time.

(6) No appeal shall lie from an order of the Court revoking leave
given by a Registrar.

ORDER 6

WRITS OF SUMMONS: GENERAL PROVISIONS

Form of Writ, etc. (0. 6, r. 1)

1. Every writ must be in Form No. 1 in Appendix A.

Indorsement of claim (0. 6, r. 2)

2. (1) Before a writ is issued it must be indorsed-

(a)with a statement of claim or, if the statement of claim is not
indorsed on the writ, with a concise statement of the nature of
the claim made or the relief or remedy required in the action
begun thereby;

(b)where the claim made by the plaintiff is for a debt or liquidated
demand only, with a statement of the amount claimed in
respect of the debt or demand and for costs and also with a
statement that further proceedings will be stayed if, within the
time limited for acknowledging service, the defendant pays
the amount so claimed to the plaintiff, his solicitor or agent.

Indorsement as to capacity (0. 6, r. 3)

3. Before a writ is issued it must be indorsed---

(a)where the plaintiff sues in a representative capacity, with a
statement of the capacity in which he sues;





(b)where a defendant is sued in a representative capacity, with
a statement of the capacity in which he is sued.

Indorsement as to solicitor and address (0. 6, r. 5)

5. (1) Before a writ is issued it must be indorsed-

(a)where the plaintiff sues by a solicitor, with the plaintiff's
address and the solicitor's name or firm and a business
address of his within the jurisdiction and also (if the
solicitor is the agent of another) the name or firm and
business address of his principal;

(b)where the plaintiff sues in person, with the address of his
place of residence and, if his place of residence is not within
the jurisdiction or if he has no place of residence, the
address of a place within the jurisdiction at or to which
documents for him may be delivered or sent.

(2) The address for service of a plaintiff shall be-

(a)where he sues by a solicitor, the business address to which
may be added a numbered box at a document exchange of
the solicitor indorsed on the writ;

(b)where he sues in person, the address within the jurisdiction
indorsed on the writ.

(3) Where a solicitor's name is indorsed on a writ, he must, if
any defendant who has been served with or who has acknowledged
service of the writ requests him in writing so to do, declare in
writing whether the writ was issued by him or with his authority
or privity.

(4) If a solicitor whose name is indorsed on a writ declares in
writing that the writ was not issued by him or with his authority or
privity, the Court may on the application of any defendant who has
been served with or who has acknowledged service of the writ, stay
all proceedings in the action begun by the writ.

Concurrent writ (0. 6, r. 6)

6. (1) One or more concurrent writs may, at the request of
the plaintiff, be issued at the time when the original writ is issued or
at any time thereafter before the original writ ceases to be valid.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (1), a writ
for service within the jurisdiction may be issued as a concurrent writ
with one which is to be served out of the jurisdiction and a writ
which is to be served out of the jurisdiction may be issued as a
concurrent writ with one for service within the jurisdiction.

(3) A concurrent writ is a true copy of the original writ with
such differences only (if any) as are necessary having regard to the
purpose for which the writ is issued.





Issue of writ (0. 6, r. 7)

7. (1) No writ which is to be served out of the jurisdiction
shall be issued without the leave of the Court:

Provided that if every claim made by a writ is one which by
virtue of any written law the High Court has power to hear and
determine notwithstanding that the person against whom the claim
is made is not within the jurisdiction of the Court or that the
wrongful act, neglect or default giving rise to the claim did not take
place within its jurisdiction, the foregoing provision shall not apply
to the writ.

(3) Issue of a writ takes place upon its being scaled by an
officer of the Registry.

(4) The officer by whom a concurrent writ is sealed must mark
it as a concurrent writ with an official stamp.

(5) No Writ shall be sealed unless at the time of the tender
thereof for sealing the person tendering it leaves at the office at
which it is tendered a copy thereof signed, where the plaintiff sues in
person, by him or, where he does not so sue, by or on behalf of his
solicitor.

Duration and renewal of writ (0. 6, r. 8)

8. (1) For the purpose of service, a writ (other than a
concurrent writ) is valid in the first instance for twelve months
beginning with the date of its issue and -a concurrent writ is valid in
the first instance for the period of validity of the original writ which
is unexpired at the date of issue of the concurrent writ.

(2) Where a writ has not been served on a defendant, the
Court may by order extend the validity of the writ from time to time
for such period, not exceeding twelve months at any one time,
beginning with the day next following that on which it would
otherwise expire, as may be specified in the order, if an application
for extension is made to the Court before that day or such later day
(if any) as the Court may allow.

(3) Before a writ, the validity of which has been extended
under this rule, is served, it must be marked with an official stamp
showing the period for which the validity of the writ has been so
extended.

(4) Where the validity of a writ is extended by order made
under this rule, the order shall operate in relation to any other writ
(whether original or concurrent) issued in the same action which has
not been served so as to extend the validity of that other writ until
the expiration of the period specified in the order.





ORDER 7

ORIGINATING SUMMONS: GENERAL PROVISIONS

Application (0. 7, r. 1)

1. The provisions of this Order apply to all originating summonses
subject, in the case of originating summonses of any particular class, to
any special provisions relating to originating summonses of that class
made by these rules or by or under any written law.

Form of summons, etc. (0. 7, r. 2)

2. (1) Every originating summons (other than an ex parte summons)
shall be in Form No. 8 or, if so authorized or required, in Form No. 10 in
Appendix A, and every ex parte originating summons shall be in Form
No. 11 in Appendix A.

(2) The party taking out an originating summons (other than an ex
parte summons) shall be described as a plaintiff, and the other parties
shall be described as defendants.

Contents of summons (0. 7, r. 3)

3. (1) Every originating summons must include a statement of the
questions on which the plaintiff seeks the determination or direction of
the High Court or, as the case may be, a concise statement of the relief
or remedy claimed in the proceedings begun by the originating
summons with sufficient particulars to identify the cause or causes of
action in respect of which the plaintiff claims that relief or remedy.

(2) Order 6, rules 3 and 5, shall apply in relation to an originating
summons as they apply in relation to a writ.

Concurrent summons (0. 7, r. 4)

4. Order 6, rule 6, shall apply in relation to an originating summons
as it applies in relation to a writ.

Issue of summons (0. 7, r. 5)

5. (1) An originating summons shall be issued out of the Registry.

(3) Order 6, rule 7 (except paragraph (2)), shall apply in relation to
an originating summons as it applies in relation to a writ.

Duration and renewal of summons (0. 7, r. 6)

6. Order 6, rule 8, shall apply in relation to an originating summons
as it applies in relation to a writ.





Ex parte originating summonses (0. 7, r. 7)

7. (1) Rules 2(1), 3(1), and 5(1) shall, so far as applicable,
apply to ex parte originating summonses; but, save as aforesaid, the
foregoing rules of this Order shall not apply to ex parte originating
summonses.

(2) Order 6, rule 7(3) and (5), shall, with the necessary modifi-
cations, apply in relation to an ex parte originating summons as they
apply in relation to a writ.

ORDER 8

ORIGINATING AND OTHER MOTIONS: GENERAL PROVISIONS

Application (0. 8, r. 1)

1. The provisions of this Order apply to all motions subject,
in the case of originating motions of any particular class, to any
special provisions relating to motions of that class made by these
rules or by or under any written law.

Notice of motion (0. 8, r. 2)

2. (1) Except where an application by motion may properly
be made ex parte, no motion shall be made without previous notice
to the parties affected thereby, but the Court, if satisfied that the
delay caused by proceeding in the ordinary way would or might
entail irreparable or serious mischief, may make an order ex parte on
such terms as to costs or otherwise, and subject to such undertaking,
if any, as it thinks just; and any party affected by such order may
apply to the Court to set it aside.

(2) Unless the Court gives leave to the contrary, there must be
at least 2 clear days between the service of notice of a motion and the
day named in the notice for hearing the motion.

Form and issue of notice of motion (0. 8, r. 3)

3. (1) The notice of an originating motion must be in Form
No. 13 in Appendix A and the notice of any other motion in Form
No. 38 in that Appendix.

Where leave has been given under rule 2(2) to serve short notice
of motion, that fact must be stated in the notice.

(2) The notice of a motion must include a concise statement of
the nature of the claim made or the relief or remedy required.

(3) Order 6, rule 5, shall, with the necessary modifications,
apply in relation to notice of an originating motion as it applies in
relation to a writ.

(4) The notice of an originating motion by which proceedings
are begun must be issued out of the Registry.





(6) Issue of the notice of an originating motion takes place upon its
being sealed by an officer of the Registry.

Service of notice of motion with writ, etc. (0. 8, r. 4)

4. Notice of a motion to be made in an action may be served by the
plaintiff on the defendant with the writ of summons or originating
summons or at any time after service of such writ or summons, whether
or not the defendant has acknowledged service in the action.

Adjournment of hearing (0. 8, r. 5)

5. The hearing of any motion may be adjourned from time to time
on such terms, if any, as the Court thinks fit.

ORDER 9

PETITIONS: GENERAL PROVISIONS

Application (0. 9, r. 1)

1. Rules 2 to 4 apply to petitions by which civil proceedings in the
High Court are begun, subject, in the case of petitions of any particular
class, to any special provisions relating to petitions of that class made
by these rules or by or under any written law.

Contents of petition (0. 9, r. 2)

2. (1) Every petition must include a concise statement of the nature
of the claim made or the relief or remedy required in the proceedings
begun thereby.

(2) Every petition must include at the end thereof a statement of
the names of the persons, if any, required to be served therewith or, if
no person is required to be served, a statement to that effect.

(3) Order 6, rule 5, shall, with the necessary modifications, apply in
relation to a petition as it applies in relation to a writ.

Presentation of petition (0. 9, r. 3)

3. A petition may be presented by leaving it at the Registry.

Fixing time for bearing petition (0. 9, r. 4)

4. (1) A day and time for the hearing of a petition which is required
to be heard shall be fixed by the Registrar.

(2) Unless the Court otherwise directs, a petition which is required
to be served on any person must be served on him not less than seven
days before the day fixed for the hearing of the petition.
1988 Ed.] The Rules of the Supreme Court-Order 10 ICAP. 4

Certain applications not to be made by petition (0. 9, r. 5)

5. No application in any cause or matter may be made by petition.

ORDER 10

SERVICE OF ORIGINATING PROCESS: GENERAL PROVISIONS

General provisions (0. 10, r. 1)

1. (1) A writ must be served personally on each defendant by the plaintiff or his agent.

(2) A writ for service on a defendant within the jurisdiction may, instead of being served personally on him, be served

(a) by sending a copy of the writ by ordinary post to the defendant at his usual or last known address, or

(b) if there is a letter box for that address, by inserting through the letter box a copy of the writ enclosed in a sealed envelope addressed to the defendant.

In sub-paragraph (a) 'ordinary post' means post which has been pre-paid or in respect of which prepayment is not required.

(3) Where a writ is served in accordance with paragraph (2)

(a) the date of service shall, unless the contrary is shown, be deemed to be the seventh day (ignoring Order 3, rule 2(5)) after the date on which the copy was sent to, or as the case may be, inserted through the letter box for, the address in question;

(b) any affidavit proving due service of the writ must contain a statement to the effect that

(i) in the opinion of the deponent (or, if the deponent is the plaintiff's solicitor or an employee of that solicitor, in the opinion of the plaintiff) the copy of the writ, if sent to, or as the case may be, inserted through the letter box for, the address in question, will have come to the knowledge of the defendant within 7 days thereafter; and

(ii) in the case of service by post, the copy of the writ has not been returned to the plaintiff through the post undelivered to the addressee.

(4) Where a defendant's solicitor indorses on the writ a statement that he accepts service of the writ on behalf of that defendant, the writ shall be deemed to have been duly served on that defendant and to have been so served on the date on which the indorsement was made.

(5) Subject to Order 12, rule 7, where a writ is not duly served on a defendant but he acknowledges service of it, the writ shall be





deemed, unless the contrary is shown, to have been duly served on
him and to have been so served on the date on which he acknowl-
edges service.

(6) Every copy of a writ for service on a defendant shall be
sealed with the seal of the Supreme Court and shall be accompanied
by a form of acknowledgment of service in Form No. 14 in
Appendix A in which the title of the action and its number have been
entered.

(7) This rule shall have effect subject to the provisions of any
Ordinance and these rules and in particular to any enactment which
provides for the manner in which documents may be served on
bodies corporate.

Service of writ on agent of overseas principal (0. 10, r. 2)

2. (1) Where the Court is satisfied on an ex parte application
that-

(a)a contract has been entered into within the jurisdiction
with or through an agent who is either an individual
residing or carrying on business within the jurisdiction or a
body corporate having a registered office or a place of
business within the jurisdiction, and

(b)the principal for whom the agent was acting was at the time
the contract was entered into and is at the time of the
application neither such an individual nor such a body
corporate, and

(c)at the time of the application either the agent's authority
has not been determined or he is still in business relations
with his principal,

the Court may authorize service of a writ beginning an action
relating to the contract to be effected on the agent instead of the
principal.

(2) An order under this rule authorizing service of a writ on
a defendant's agent must limit a time within which the defendant
must acknowledge service.

(3) Where an order is made under this rule authorizing service
of a writ on a defendant's agent, a copy of the order and of the writ
must be sent by post to the defendant at his address out of the
jurisdiction.

Service of writ in pursuance of contract (0. 10, r. 3)

3. (1) Where-

(a)a contract contains a term to the effect that the High Court
shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any action in
respect of a contract or, apart from any such term, the
High Court has jurisdiction to hear and determine any
such action, and





(b)the contract provides that, in the event of any action in
respect of the contract being begun, the process by which it is
begun may be served on the defendant, or on such other
person on his behalf as may be specified in the contract, in
such manner, or at such place (whether within or out of the
jurisdiction), as may be so specified,

then, if an action in respect of the contract is begun in the Court and the
writ by which it is begun is served in accordance with the contract, the
writ shall, subject to paragraph (2), be deemed to have been duly served
on the defendant.

(2) A writ which is served out of the jurisdiction in accordance with
a contract shall not be deemed to have been duly served on the
defendant by virtue of paragraph (1) unless leave to serve the writ out
of the jurisdiction has been granted under Order 11, rule 1 (1) or service
of the writ is permitted without leave under Order 11, rule 1(2).

Service of writ in certain actions for possession of premises or land

(0. 10, r. 4)

4. (1) Where a writ is indorsed with a claim for the recovery, or
delivery of possession, of premises or land, the Court may

(a)if satisfied on an ex parte application that no person appears
to be in possession of the premises or land and that service
cannot be otherwise effected on any defendant, authorize
service on that defendant to be effected by affixing a copy of
the writ to some conspicuous part of the premises or land;

(b)if satisfied on such an application that no person appears to
be in possession of the premises or land and that service
could not otherwise have been effected on any defendant,
order that service already effected by affixing a copy of the
writ to some conspicuous part of the premises or land shall be
treated as good service on that defendant.

(HK)(2) Where a writ is indorsed with a claim for the recovery, or
delivery of possession, of premises or land, in addition to, and not in
substitution for any other mode of service, a copy of the writ shall be
posted in a conspicuous place on or at the entrance to the premises or
land recovery or possession of which is claimed.

Service of originating summons, notice of motion, or petition (0. 10, r.
5)

5. (1) The foregoing rules of this Order shall apply, with any
necessary modifications, in relation to an originating summons (other
than ex parte originating summons or an originating summons under
Order 113) as they apply in relation to a writ, except that an
acknowledgment of service of an originating summons shall be in Form
No. 15 in Appendix A.





(2) Rule 1(1), (2), (3) and (4) shall apply, with any necessary
modifications, in relation to a notice of an originating motion and a
petition as they apply in relation to a writ.

ORDER 11

SERVICE OF PROCESS, ETC., OUT OF THE JURISDICTION

Principal cases in which service of jurisdiction is
permissible

(0. 11, r. 1)

1. (1) Provided that the writ does not any claim as is mentioned in Order 75, rule 2(1)
and is not a writ to which paragraph (2)
of this rule applies, service of a writ out of the jurisdiction is permissible
with the leave of the Court if in the action begun by the writ

(a)relief is sought against a person domiciled or ordinarily
resident within the jurisdiction;

(b)an injunction is sought ordering the defendant to do or refrain
from doing anything within the jurisdiction (whether or not
damages are also claimed in respect of a failure to do or the
doing of that thing);

(c)the claim is brought against a person duly served within or
out of the jurisdiction and a person out of the jurisdiction is a
necessary or proper party thereto;

(d) the claim is brought to enforce, rescind, dissolve, annul or
otherwise affect a contract, or to recover damages or obtain
other relief in respect of the breach of a contract, being (in
either case) a contract which

(i) was made within the jurisdiction, or

(ii) was made by or through an agent trading or residing
within the jurisdiction on behalf of a principal trading or
residing out of the jurisdiction, or

(iii) is by its terms, or by implication, governed by Hong
Kong law, or

(iv) contains a term to the effect that the High Court shall
have jurisdiction to hear and determine any action in respect
of the contract;

(e)the claim is brought in respect of a breach committed within
the jurisdiction of a contract made within or out of the
jurisdiction, and irrespective of the fact, if such be the case,
that the breach was preceded or accompanied by a breach
committed out of the jurisdiction that rendered impossible the
performance of so much of the contract as ought to have been
performed within the jurisdiction;

the claim is founded on a tort and the damage was sustained,
or resulted from an act committed, within the jurisdiction;





(g)the whole subject-matter of the action is land situate within
the jurisdiction (with or without rents or profits) or the
perpetuation of testimony relating to land so situate;

(h)the claim is brought to construe, rectify, set aside or enforce
an act, deed, will, contract, obligation or liability affecting land
situate within the jurisdiction;

(i)the claim is made for a debt secured on immovable property or
is made to assert, declare or determine proprietary or
possessory rights, or rights of security, in or over movable
property, or to obtain authority to dispose of movable
property, situate within the jurisdiction;

(j)the claim is brought to execute the trusts of a written
instrument being trusts that ought to be executed according
to Hong Kong law and of which the person to be served with
the writ is a trustee, or for any relief or remedy which might be
obtained in any such action;

(k)the claim is made for the administration of the estate of a
person who died domiciled within the jurisdiction or for any
relief or remedy which might be obtained in any such action;

(1)the claim is brought in a probate action within the meaning of
Order 76;

(m)the claim is brought to enforce any judgment or arbitral
award;

(n) the claim is brought under the Carriage by Air Act 1961.

(2) Service of a writ out of the jurisdiction is permissible without
the leave of the Court provided that each claim made by the writ is

(b)a claim which by virture of any written law the High Court has
power to hear and determine notwithstanding that the person
against whom the claim is made is not within the jurisdiction
of the Court or that the wrongful act, neglect or default giving
rise to the claim did not take place within its jurisdiction.

(3) Where a writ is to be served out of the jurisdiction under
paragraph (2), the time to be inserted in the writ within which the
defendant served therewith must acknowledge service shall

(c) be limited in accordance with the practice adopted under l> rule
4(4).

Application for, and grant of, leave to serve writ out of jurisdiction

(0. 11, r. 4)

4. (1) An application for the grant of leave under rule 1(1) must be
supported by an affidavit stating





(a) the grounds on which the application is made;

(b)that in the deponent's belief the plaintiff has a good cause of
action;

(c)in what place the defendant is, or probably may be found; and

(d)where the application is made under rule 1(1)(c), the grounds
for the deponent's belief that there is between the plaintiff and
the person on whom a writ has been served a real issue which
the plaintiff may reasonably ask the Court to try.

(2) No such leave shall be granted unless it shall be made
sufficiently to appear to the Court that the case is a proper one for
service out of the jurisdiction under this Order.

(4) An order granting under rule 1 leave to serve a writ out of the
jurisdiction must limit a time within which the defendant to be served
must acknowledge service.

Service of writ abroad: general (0. 11, r. 5)

5. (1) Subject to the following provisions of this rule, Order 10, rule
1(1), (4) and (5) and (6) and Order 65, rule 4, shall apply in relation to the
service of a writ notwithstanding that the writ is to be served out of the
jurisdiction, save that the accompanying form of acknowledgment of
service shall be modified in such manner as may be appropriate.

(2) Nothing in this rule or in any order or direction of the Court
made by virtue of it shall authorize or require the doing of anything in a
country in which service is to be effected which is contrary to the law of
that country.

(3) A writ which is to be served out of the jurisdiction-

(a)need not be served personally on the person required to be
served so long as it is served on him in accordance with the
law of the country in which service is effected; and

(b)need not be served by the plaintiff or his agent if it is served
by a method provided for by rule 6 or rule 7.

(5) An official certificate stating that a writ as regards which rule 6
has been complied with, has been served on a person personally, or in
accordance with the law of the country in which service was effected,
on a specified date, being a certificate

(q) by a British consular authority in that country, or

(b)by the government or judicial authorities of that country, or

(c)by any other authority designated in respect of that country
under the Hague Convention,

shall be evidence of the facts so stated.





(6) An official certificate by the Chief Secretary stating that a writ
has been duly served on a specified date in accordance with a request
made under rule 7 shall be evidence of that fact.

(7) A document purporting to be such a certificate as is mentioned
in paragraph (5) or (6) shall, until the contrary is proved, be deemed to
be such a certificate.

(8) In this rule and rule 6 'the Hague Convention' means the
Convention on the service abroad of judicial or extra-judicial documents
in civil or commercial matters signed at The Hague on 15 November
1965.

Service of writ abroad through foreign governments, judicial
authorities and British consuls (0. 11, r. 6)

6. (1) Save where a writ is to be served pursuant to paragraph (2A)
this rule does not apply to service in
(HK)(a) The United Kingdom of Great Britain, Northern Ireland, the
Channel Islands and the Isle of Man;

(b) any independent Commonwealth country;

(HK)(c) any British protectorate;

(HK)(d) any British colony;

(e) the Republic of Ireland.

(2) Where in accordance with these rules a writ is to be served on a
defendant in any country with respect to which there subsists a Civil
Procedure Convention (other than the Hague Convention) providing for
service in that country of process of the Court, the writ may be served

(a) through the judicial authorities of that country; or

(b)through a British consular authority in that country (subject
to any provision of the convention as to the nationality of
persons who may be so served).

(2A) Where in accordance with these rules, a writ is to be served
on a defendant in any country which is a party to the Hague
Convention, the writ may be served

(a)through the authority designated under the Convention in
respect of that country; or

(b) if the law of that country permits-

(i) through the judicial authorities of that country, or

(ii) through a British consular authority in that country.

(3) Where in accordance with these rules a writ is to be served on a
defendant in any country with respect to which there does not subsist a
Civil Procedure Convention providing for service in that country of
process of the High Court, the writ may be served





(a)through the government of that country, where that
government is willing to effect service; or

(b)through a British consular authority in that country, except
where service through such an authority is contrary to the law
of that country.

(4) A person who wishes to serve a writ by a method specified in
paragraph (2), (2A) or (3) must lodge in the Registry a request for
service of the writ by that method, together with a copy of the writ and
an additional copy thereof for each person to be served.

(5) Every copy of a writ lodged under paragraph (4) must be
accompanied by a translation of the writ in the official language of the
country in which service is to be effected or, if there is more than one
official language of that country, in any one of those languages which is
appropriate to the place in that country where service is to be effected:

Provided that this paragraph shall not apply in relation to a copy of
a writ which is to be served in a country the official language of which
is, or the official languages of which include, English, or is to be served
in any country by a British consular authority on a British subject,
unless the service is to be effected under paragraph (2) and the Civil
Procedure Convention with respect to that country expressly requires
the copy to be accompanied by a translation.

(6) Every translation lodged under paragraph (5) must be certified
by the person making it to be a correct translation; and the certificate
must contain a statement of that person's full name, of his address and
of his qualification for making the translation.

(7) Documents duly lodged under paragraph (4) shall be sent by
the Registrar to the Chief Secretary with a request that he arrange for
the writ to be served by the method indicated in the request lodged
under paragraph (4) or, where alternative methods are so indicated, by
such one of those methods as is most convenient.

Service of process on a foreign State (0. 11, r. 7)

7. (1) Subject to paragraph (4) where a person to whom leave has
been granted under rule 1 to serve a writ on a State, as defined in
section 14 of the State Immunity Act 1978, wishes to have the writ
served on that State, he must lodge in the Registry

(a)a request for service to be arranged by the Chief Secretary;
and

(b) a copy of the writ; and

(e)except where the official language of the State is, or the
official languages of that party include, English, a translation
of the writ in the official language or one of the official
languages of the State.

(2) Rule 6(6) shall apply in relation to a translation lodged under
paragraph (1) of this rule as it applies in relation to a translation lodged
under paragraph (5) of that rule.





(3) Documents duly lodged under this rule shall be sent by the
Registrar to the Chief Secretary with a request that the Chief Secretary
arrange for the writ to be served on the State or the government in
question, as the case may be.

(4) Where section 12(6) of the State Immunity Act 1978 applies and
the State has agreed to a method of service other than that provided by
the preceding paragraphs, the writ may be served either by the method
agreed or in accordance with the preceding paragraphs of this rule.

Service of writ in certain actions under Carriage by Air Act, 1961

(0. 11, r. 7A)

(HK)7A. (1) Where a person to whom leave has been granted under rule
1 to serve a writ, on a High Contracting Party to the convention set out
in the First Schedule to the Carriage by Air Act, 1961, being a writ
beginning an action to enforce a claim in respect of carriage undertaken
by that Party, wishes to have the writ served on that Party, he must
lodge in the Registry

(a)a request for service to be arranged by the Chief Secretary;
and

(b) a copy of the writ; and

(e)except where the official language of the High Contracting
Party is, or the official languages of that Party include,
English, a translation of the writ in the official language or one
of the official languages of the High Contracting Party.

(2) Rule 6(6) shall apply in relation to a translation lodged under
paragraph (1) of this rule as it applies in relation to a translation lodged
under paragraph (5) of that rule.

(3) Documents duly lodged under this rule shall be sent by the
Registrar to the Chief Secretary with a request that the Chief Secretary
arrange for the writ to be served on the High Contracting Party.

Undertaking to pay expenses of service by the Chief Secretary

(0. 11, r. 8)

8. Every request lodged under rule 6(4), rule 7 or rule 7A must
contain an undertaking by the person making the request to be
responsible personally for all expenses incurred by the Chief Secretary
in respect of the service requested and, on receiving due notification of
the amount of those expenses, to pay that amount to the Treasury and
to produce a receipt for the payment to the Registrar.

Service of originating summons, petition, notice of motion, etc.

(0. 11, r. 9)

9. (1) Subject to Order 73, rule 7, rule 1 of this Order shall apply to
the service out of the jurisdiction of an originating summons, notice of
motion or petition as it applies to service of a writ.





(4) Subject to Order 73, rule 7, service out of the jurisdiction of any
summons, notice or order issued, given or made in any proceedings is
permissible with the leave of the Court, but leave shall not be required
for such service in any proceedings in which the writ, originating
summons, motion or petition may by these rules or under any written
law be served out of the jurisdiction without leave.

(5) Rule 4(1), (2) and (3) shall, so far as applicable, apply in relation
to an application for the grant of leave under this rule as they apply in
relation to an application for the grant of leave under rule 1.

(6) An order granting under this rule leave to serve out of the
jurisdiction an originating summons must limit a time within which the
defendant to be served with the summons must acknowledge service.

(7) Rules 5, 6 and 8 shall apply in relation to any document for the
service of which out of the jurisdiction leave has been granted under
this rule as they apply in relation to a writ.

ORDER 12

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SERVICE OF WRIT OR ORIGINATING
SUMMONS

Mode of acknowledging service (0. 12, r. 1)

1. (1) Subject to paragraph (2) and to Order 80, rule 2, a defendant
to an action begun by writ may (whether or not he is sued as a trustee
or personal representative or in any other representative capacity)
acknowledge service of the writ and defend the action by a solicitor or
in person.

(2) The defendant to such an action who is a body corporate may
acknowledge service of the writ and give notice of intention to defend
the action either by a solicitor or by a person duly authorized to act on
the defendant's behalf but, except as expressly provided by or under
any enactment or where leave is given under paragraph (2A) for such
defendant to be represented by one of its directors, such defendant may
not take any further step in the action otherwise than by a solicitor.

(2A) (a) An application by a body corporate for leave to be
represented by one of its directors shall be made ex parte to a
Registrar and supported by an affidavit, made by the director
and filed with the application, stating and verifying the
reasons why leave should be given for the body corporate to
be represented by the director, and in particular setting out
such facts and matters as demonstrate that the body
corporate could not otherwise be heard in the proceeding.





(b)The relevant resolution of the board of the body corporate
authorizing the director to appear on its behalf if leave is
granted shall be exhibited to the affidavit.

(2B) No appeal shall lie from an order of the Registrar under
paragraph (M) giving or refusing leave.

(2C) Leave given by a Registrar under paragraph (M) may be
revoked by the Court at any time.

(M) No appeal shall lie from an order of the Court revoking leave
given by a Registrar.

(3) Service of a writ may be acknowledged by properly completing
an acknowledgment of service as defined by rule 3 and handing it in at,
or sending it by post to, the Registry.

(4) If two or more defendants to an action acknowledge service by
the same solicitor and at the same time, only one acknowledgment of
service need be completed and delivered for those defendants.

(5) The date on which service is acknowledged is the date on
which the acknowledgment of service is received at the Registry.

Acknowledgment of service (0. 12, r. 3)

3. (1) An acknowledgment of service must be in Form No. 14 or 15
in Appendix A, whichever is appropriate, and except as provided in rule
1(2), must be signed by the solicitor acting for the defendant specified in
the acknowledgment or, if the defendant is acting in person, by that
defendant.

(2) An acknowledgment of service must specify-

(a)in the case of a defendant acknowledging service in person,
the address of his place of residence and, if his place of
residence is not within the jurisdiction or if he has no place of
residence, the address of a place within the jurisdiction at or to
which documents for him may be delivered or sent, and

(b)in the case of a defendant acknowledging service by a
solicitor, a business address to which may be added a
numbered box at a document exchange of his solicitor within
the jurisdiction;

and where the defendant acknowledges service in person the address
within the jurisdiction specified under sub-paragraph (a) shall be his
address for service, but otherwise his solicitor's business address shall
be his address for service.

In relation to a body corporate the references in sub-paragraph (a)
to the defendant's place of residence shall be construed as references to
the defendant's registered or principal office.





(3) Where the defendant acknowledges service by a. solicitor who
is acting as agent for another solicitor having a place of business within
the jurisdiction, the acknowledgment of serivce must state that the first-
named solicitor so acts and must also state the name and address of that
other solicitor.

(4) If an acknowledgment of service does not specify the
defendant's address for service or the Court is satisfied that any address
specified in the acknowledgment for service is not genuine, the Court
may on application by the plaintiff set aside the acknowledgment or
order the defendant to give an address or, as the case may be, a genuine
address for service and may in any case direct that the acknowledgment
shall nevertheless have effect for the purpose of Order 10, rule 1 (5), and
Order 65, rule 9.

Procedure on receipt of acknowledgment of service (0. 12, r. 4)

4. On receiving an acknowledgment of service an officer of the
Registry must

(a)affix to the acknowledgment an official stamp showing the
date on which he received it;

(b)enter the acknowledgment in the cause book with a note
showing, if it be the case, that the defendant has indicated in
the acknowledgment an intention to contest the proceedings
or to apply for a stay of execution in respect of any judgment
obtained against him in the proceedings;

(c)make a copy of the acknowledgment, having affixed to it an
official stamp showing the date on which he received the
acknowledgment, and send by post to the plaintiff or, as the
case may be, his solicitor at the plaintiffs address for service.

Time limited for acknowledging service (0. 12, r, 5)

5. References in these rules to the time limited for acknowledging
service are references

(a)in the case of a writ served within the jurisdiction, to fourteen
days after service of the writ (including the day of service) or,
where that time has been extended by or by virtue of these
rules, to that time as so extended; and

(b)in the case of a writ served out of the jurisdiction, to the time
limited under Order 10, rule 2(2), Order 11, rule 1(3), or Order
11, rule 4(4), or,. where that time has been extended as
aforesaid, to that time as so extended.

Late acknowledgment of service (0. 12, r. 6)

6. (1) Except with the leave of the Court, a defendant may not give
notice of intention to defend in an action after judgment has been
obtained therein.





(2) Except as provided by paragraph (1) nothing in these rules or
any writ or order thereunder shall be construed as precluding a
defendant from acknowledging service in an action after the time limited
for so doing, but if a defendant acknowledges service after that time, he
shall not, unless the Court otherwise orders, be entitled to serve a
defence or do any other act later than if he had acknowledged service
within that time.

Acknowledgment not to constitute waiver (0. 12, r. 7)

7. The acknowledgment by a defendant of service of a writ shall
not be treated as a waiver by him of any irregularity in the writ or
service thereof or in any order giving leave to serve the writ or
extending the validity of the writ for the purpose of service.

Dispute as to jurisdiction (0. 12, r. 8)

8. (1) A defendant who wishes to dispute the jurisdiction of the
court in the proceedings by reason of any such irregularity as is
mentioned in rule 7 or on any other ground shall give notice of intention
to defend the proceedings and shall, within the time limited for service
of a defence, apply to the Court for

(a)an order setting aside the writ or service of the writ on him, or

(b)an order declaring that the writ has not been duly served on
him, or

(e)the discharge of any order giving leave to serve the writ on
him out of the jurisdiction, or

(d)the discharge of any order extending the validity of the writ
for the purpose of service, or

(e)the protection or release of any property of the defendant
seized or threatened with seizure in the proceedings, or

(f)the discharge of any order made to prevent any dealing with
any property of the defendant, or

(g)a declaration that in the circumstances of the case the court
has no jurisdiction over the defendant in respect of the
subject-matter of the claim or the relief or remedy sought in
the action, or

(h) such other relief as may be appropriate.

(3) An application under paragraph (1) must be made-

(a) in an Admiralty action in rem, by motion;

(c) in any other action, by summons or motion,

and the notice of motion or summons must state the grounds of the
application.

(4) An application under paragraph (1) must be supported by an
affidavit verifying the facts on which the application is based and a
copy of the affidavit must be served with the notice of motion or
summons by which the application is made.





(5) Upon bearing an application under paragraph (1), the Court, if it
does not dispose of the matter in dispute, may give such directions for
its disposal as may be appropriate, including directions for the trial
thereof as a preliminary issue.

(6) A defendant who makes an application under paragraph (1)
shall not be treated as having submitted to the jurisdiction of the court
by reason of his having given notice of intention to defend the action;
and if the Court makes no order on the application or dismisses it, the
notice shall cease to have effect, but the defendant may, subject to rule
6(1), lodge a further acknowledgment of service and in that case
paragraph (7) shall apply as if the defendant had not made any such
application.

(7) Except where the defendant makes an application in accordance
with paragraph (1), the acknowledgment by a defendant of service of a
writ shall, unless the acknowledgment is withdrawn by leave of the
Court under Order 21, rule 1, be treated as a submission by the
defendant to the jurisdiction of the Court in the proceedings.

Application by defendant where writ not served (0. 12, r. 8A)

8A. (1) Any person named as a defendant in a writ which has not
been served on him may serve on the plaintiff a notice requiring him
within a specified period not less than 14 days after service of the notice
either to serve the writ on the defendant or to discontinue the action as
against him.

(2) Where the plaintiff fails to comply with a notice under
paragraph (1) within the time specified the Court may, on the application
of the defendant by summons, order the action to be dismissed or make
such other order as it thinks fit.

(3) A summons under paragraph (2) shall be supported by an
affidavit verifying the facts on which the application is based and
stating that the defendant intends to contest the proceedings and a
copy of the affidavit must be served with the summons.

(4) Where the plaintiff serves the writ in compliance with a notice
under paragraph (1) or with an order under paragraph (2) the defendant
must acknowledge service within the time limited for so doing.

Acknowledgment of service of originating summons (0. 12, r. 9)

9. (1) Each defendant named in and served with an originating
summons (other than an ex parte originating summons or an originating
summons under Order 113) must acknowledge service of the summons
as if it were a writ.

(3) The foregoing rules of this Order shall apply in relation to an
originating summons (other than an ex parte originating summons or an
originating summons under Order 113) as they apply to a writ except
that after the word 'extended' wherever it occurs in rule 5(a), there
shall be inserted the words 'or abridged- and for the reference in rule
5(b) to Order 11, rules 1(3) and 4(4), there shall be substituted a
reference to Order 11, rule 9(6).





Acknowledgment of service to be treated as entry of appearance

(0, 12, r. 10)

10. For the purpose of any enactment referring expressly or
impliedly to the entry of appearance as a procedure provided by rules of
court for responding to a writ or other process issuing out of the High
Court, or of any rule of law, the acknowledgment of service of the writ or
other process in accordance with these rules shall be treated as the
entry of an appearance to it, and related expressions shall be construed
accordingly,

ORDER 13

FAILURE To GIVE NOTICE OF INTENTION To 13FiEND

Claim for liquidated demand (0. 13, r. 1)

1. (1) Where a writ is indorsed with a claim against a defendant for
a liquidated demand only, then, if that defendant fails to give notice of
intention to defend, the plaintiff may, after the prescribed time, enter
final judgment against that defendant for a sum not exceeding that
claimed by the writ in respect of the demand and for costs, and proceed
with the action against the other defendants, if any.

(2) A claim shall not be prevented from being treated for the
purposes of this rule as a claim for a liquidated demand by reason only
that part of the claim is for interest under section 48 of the Ordinance at
a rate which is not higher than that payable on judgment debts at the
date of the writ.

Claim for unliquidated damages (0. 13, r.

2. Where a writ is indorsed with a claim against a defendant for
unliquidated damages only, then, if that defendant fails to give notice of
intention to defend, the plaintiff may, after the prescribed time, enter
interlocutory judgment against that defendant for damages to be
assessed and costs, and proceed with the action against the other
defendants, if any.

Claim for detention of goods (0. 13, r. 3)

3. (1) Where a writ is indorsed with a claim against a defendant
relating to the detention of goods only, then, if that defendant fails to
give notice of intention to defend the plaintiff may, after the prescribed
time and subject to Order 42, rule 1A

(a) at his option enter either

(i) interlocutory judgment against that defendant for
delivery of the goods or their value to be assessed and costs;
or

(ii) interlocutory judgment for the value of the goods to be
assessed and costs; or





(b)apply by summons for judgment against that defendant for
delivery of the goods without giving him the alternative of
paying their assessed value,

and in any case proceed with the action against the other defendants, if
any.

(2) A summons under paragraph (1)(b) must be supported by
affidavit and notwithstanding Order 65, rule 9, the summons and a copy
of the affidavit must be served on the defendant against whom
judgment is sought.

Claim for possession of land (0. 13, r. 4)

4. (1) Where a writ is indorsed with a claim against a defendant for
possession of land only, then, if that defendant fails to give notice of
intention to defend the plaintiff may, after the prescribed time, and on
producing a certificate by his solicitor, or (if he sues in person) an
affidavit, stating that he is not claiming any relief in the action of the
nature specified in Order 88, rule 1, enter judgment for possession of the
land as against that defendant and costs, and proceed with the action
against the other defendants, if any.

(5) Where there is more than one defendant, judgment entered
under this rule shall not be enforced against any defendant unless and
until judgment for possession of the land has been entered against all
the defendants.

Mixed claims (0. 13, r. 5)

5. Where a writ issued against any defendant is indorsed with two
or more of the claims mentioned in the foregoing rules, and no other
claim, then, if that defendant fails to give notice of intention to defend,
the plaintiff may, after the prescribed time, enter against that defendant
such judgment in respect of any such claim as he would be entitled to
enter under those rules if that were the only claim indorsed on the writ
and proceed with the action against the other defendants, if any.

Other claims (0. 13, r. 6)

6. (1) Where a writ is indorsed with a claim of a description not
mentioned in rules 1 to 4, then, if any defendant fails to give notice of
intention to defend, the plaintiff may, after the prescribed time and, if
that defendant has not acknowledged service, upon filing an affidavit
proving due service of the writ on him and, where the statement of claim
was not indorsed on or served with the writ, upon serving a statement
of claim on him, proceed with the action as if that defendant had given
notice of intention to defend.

(2) Where a writ issued against a defendant is indorsed as
aforesaid, but by reason of the defendant's satisfying the claim or
complying with the demands thereof or any other like reason it has
become unnecessary for the plaintiff to proceed with the action,





then, if the defendant fails to give notice of intention to defend, the
plaintiff may, after the prescribed time, enter judgment against that
defendant for costs.

(3) An application for leave to enter judgment under paragraph (2)
shall be by summons which must, unless the Court otherwise orders,
and notwithstanding anything in Order 65, rule 9, be served on the
defendant against whom it is sought to enter judgment.

Prescribed time (0. 13, r. 6A)

6A. In the foregoing rules of this Order 'the prescribed time' in
relation to a writ issued against a defendant means the time limited for
the defendant to acknowledge service of the writ or, if within that time
the defendant has returned to the Registry an acknowledgment of
service containing a statement to the effect that he does not intend to
contest the proceedings, the date on which the acknowledgment was
received at the Registry.

Proof of service of writ (0. 13, r. 7)

7. (1) Judgment shall not be entered against a defendant under this
Order unless

(a)the defendant has acknowledged service on him of the writ; or

(b)an affidavit is filed by or on behalf of the plaintiff proving due
service of the writ on the defendant; or

(c)the plaintiff produces the writ indorsed by the defendant's
solicitor with a statement that he accepts service of the writ on
the defendant's behalf.

(2) Where, in an action begun by writ, an application is made to the
Court for an order affecting a party who has failed to give notice of
intention to defend, the Court hearing the application may require to be
satisfied in such manner as it thinks fit that the party failed to give such
notice.

(3) Where, after judgment has been entered under this Order
against a defendant purporting to have been served by post under
Order 10, rule 1(2)(a), the copy of the writ sent to the defendant is
returned to the plaintiff through the post undelivered to the addressee,
the plaintiff shall, before taking any step or further step in the action or
the enforcement of the judgment, either

(a)make a request for the judgment to be set aside on the ground
that the writ has not been duly served, or

(b) apply to the Court for directions.

(4) A request under paragraph (3)(a) shall be made by producing to
an officer of the Registry and leaving with him for filing, an affidavit
stating the relevant facts, and thereupon the judgment shall





be set aside and the entry of the judgment and of any proceedings
for its enforcement made in the book kept in the Registry for that
purpose shall be marked accordingly.

(5) An application under paragraph (3)(b) shall be made ex
parte by affidavit stating the facts on which the application is
founded and any order or direction sought, and on the application
the Court may-

(a) set aside the judgment; or

(b)direct that, notwithstanding the return of the copy of the
writ, it shall be treated as having been duly served; or

(c)make such other order and give such other direction as the
circumstances may require.

Judgment against a State (0. 13, r. 7A)

7A. (1) Where the defendant is a State, as defined in section
14 of the State Immunity Act 1978 ('the Act'), the plaintiff shall not
be entitled to enter judgment under this Order except with the leave
of the Court.

(2) An application for leave to enter judgment shall be sup-
ported by an affidavit-

(a) stating the grounds of the application,

(b)verifying the facts relied on as excepting the State from the
immunity conferred by section 1 of the Act, and

(c)verifying that the writ has been served by being transmitted
to the Chief Secretary and by him to the Foreign and
Commonwealth Office for onward transmission to the
State concemed, or in such other manner as may have been
agreed to by the State, and that the time for acknowledging
service, as extended by section 12(2) of the Act (by two
months) where applicable, has expired.

(3) The application may be made ex parte but the Court
hearing the application may direct a summons to be issued and
served on that State, for which purpose such a direction shall include
leave to serve the summons and a copy of the affidavit out of the
jurisdiction.

(4) Unless the Court otherwise directs, an affidavit for the
purposes of this rule may contain statements of information or belief
with the sources and grounds thereof, and the grant of leave to enter
judgment under this Order shall include leave to serve out of the
jurisdiction-

(a) a copy of the judgment, and

(b) a copy of the affidavit, where not already served.





(5) The procedure for effecting service out of the jurisdiction
pursuant to leave granted in accordance with the rule shall be the same
as for the service of the writ under Order 11, rule 7(1), except where
section 12(6) of the Act applies and an alternative method of service has
been agreed.

Stay of execution on default judgment (0. 13, r. 8)

8. Where judgment fora debtor liquidated demand is entered under
this Order against a defendant who has returned to the Registry an
acknowledgment of service containing a statement to the effect that,
although he does not intend to contest the proceedings, he intends to
apply for a stay of execution of the judgment by writ of fieri facias,
execution of the judgment by such a writ shall be stayed for a period of
14 days from the acknowledgment of service and, if within that time the
defendant issues and serves on the plaintiff a summons for such a stay
supported by an affidavit in accordance with Order 47, rule 1, the stay
imposed by this rule shall continue until the summons is heard or
otherwise disposed of, unless the Court after giving the parties an
opportunity of being heard otherwise directs.

Setting aside judgment (0. 13, r. 9)

9. Without prejudice to rule 7(3) and (4), the Court may, on such
terms as it thinks just, set aside or vary any judgment entered in
pursuance of this Order.

ORDER 14

SUMMARY JUDGMENT

Application by plaintiff for summary judgment (0. 14, r. 1)

1. (1) Where in an action to which this rule applies a statement of
claim has been served on a defendant and that defendant has given
notice of intention to defend the action, the plaintiff may, on the ground
that that defendant has no defence to a claim included in the writ, or to a
particular part of such a claim, or has no defence to such a claim or part
except as to the amount of any damages claimed, apply to the Court for
judgment against that defendant.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3) this rule applies to every action begun
by writ other than

(a)an action which includes a claim by the plaintiff for libel,
slander, malicious prosecution, false imprisonment or
seduction,

(b)an action which includes a claim by the plaintiff based on an
allegation of fraud, or

(c) an Admiralty action in rem.





(3) This Order shall not apply to an action to which Order 86 or
Order 88 applies.

Manner in which application under rule 1 must be made (0. 14, r. 2)

2. (1) An application under rule 1 must be made by summons
supported by an affidavit verifying the facts on which the claim, or the
part of a claim, to which the application relates is based and stating that
in the deponent's belief there is no defence to that claim or part, as the
case may be, or no defence except as to the amount of any damages
claimed.

(2) Unless the Court otherwise directs, an affidavit for the purposes
of this rule may contain statements of information or belief with the
sources and grounds thereof.

(3) The summons, a copy of the affidavit in support and of any
exhibits referred to therein must be served on the defendant not less
than 10 clear days before the return day.

Judgment for plaintiff (0. 14, r. 3)

3. (1) Unless on the hearing of an application under rule 1 either the
Court dismisses the application or the defendant satisfies the Court with
respect to the claim, or the part of a claim, to which the application
relates that there is an issue or question in dispute which ought to be
tried or that there ought for some other reason to be a trial of that claim
or part, the Court may give such judgment for the plaintiff against that
defendant on that claim or part as may be just having regard to the
nature of the remedy or relief claimed.

(2) The Court may by order, and subject to such conditions, if any,
as may be just, stay execution of any judgment given against a
defendant under this rule until after the trial of any counterclaim made or
raised by the defendant in the action.

Leave to defend (0. 14, r, 4)

4. (1) A defendant may show cause against an application under
rule 1 by affidavit or otherwise to the satisfaction of the Court.

(2) Rule 2(2) applies for the purposes of this rule as it applies for
the purposes of that rule.

(3) The Court may give a defendant against whom such an
application is made leave to defend the action with respect to the claim,
or the part of a claim, to which the application relates either
unconditionally or on such terms as to giving security or time or mode
of trial or otherwise as it thinks fit.

(4) On the hearing of such an application the Court may order a
defendant showing cause or, where that defendant is a body corporate,
any director, manager, secretary or other similar officer thereof, or any
person purporting to act in any such capacity





(a) to produce any document;

(b)if it appears to the Court that there are special
circumstances which make it desirable that he should do
so, to attend and be examined on oath.

Application for summary judgment on counterclaim (0. 14, r. 5)

5. (1) Where a defendant to an action begun by writ has
served a counterclaim on the plaintiff, then, subject to paragraph (3),
the defendant may, on the ground that the plaintiff has no defence to
a claim made in the counterclaim, or to a particular part of such a
claim, apply to the Court for judgment against the plaintiff on that
claim or part.

(2) Rules 2, 3 and 4 shall apply in relation to an application
under this rule as they apply in relation to an application under
rule 1 but with the following modifications, that is to say-

(a)references to the plaintiff and defendant shall be construed
as references to the defendant and plaintiff respectively;

(b)the words in rule 3(2) 'any counterclaim made or raised by
the defendant in' shall be omitted; and

(c)the reference in rule 4(3) to the action shall be construed as
a reference to the counterclaim to which the application
under this rule relates.

(3) This rule shall not apply to a counterclaim which includes
any such claim as is referred to in rule 1(2).

Directions (0. 14, r. 6)

6. (1) Where the Court-

(a)orders that a defendant or a plaintiff have leave (whether
conditional or unconditional) to defend an action or
counterclaim, as the case may be, with respect to a claim or
a part of a claim, or

(b)gives judgment for a plaintiff or a defendant on a claim or
part of a claim but also orders that execution of the
judgment be stayed pending the trial of a counterclaim or
of the action, as the case may be,

the Court shall give directions as to the further conduct of the
action, and Order 25, rules 2 to 7, shall, with the omission of so
much of rule 7(1) as requires parties to serve a notice specifying the
orders and directions which they require and with any other neces-
sary modifications, apply as if the application under rule 1 of this
Order or rule 5 thereof, as the case may be, on which the order was
made were a summons for directions.

(2) In particular, and if the parties consent, the Court may
direct that the claim in question and any other claim in the action be
tried by a master under the provisions of these rules relating to the
trial of causes or matters or questions or issues by masters.





Costs (0. 14, r. 7)

7. (1) If the plaintiff makes an application under rule 1
where the case is not within this Order or if it appears to the Court
that the plaintiff knew that the defendant relied on a contention
which would entitle him to unconditional leave to defend, then,
without prejudice to Order 62 and in particular to rule 4(1) thereof,
the Court may dismiss the application with costs and may require
the costs to be paid by him forthwith.

(2) The Court shall have the same power to dismiss an
application under rule 5 as it has under paragraph (1) to dismiss an
application under rule 1, and that paragraph shall apply accordingly
with the necessary modifications.

Right to proceed with residue of action or counterclaim (0. 14, r. 8)

8. (1) Where on an application under rule 1 the plaintiff
obtains judgment on a claim or a part of a claim against any
defendant, he may proceed with the action as respects any other
claim or as respects the remainder of the claim or against any other
defendant.

(2) Where on an application under rule 5 a defendant obtains
judgment on a claim or part of a claim made in a counterclaim
against the plaintiff, he may proceed with the counterclaim as
respects any other claim or as respects the remainder of the claim or
against any other defendant to the counterclaim.

Judgment for delivery up of chattel (0. 14, r. 9)

9. Where the claim to which an application under rule 1 or
rule 5 relates is for the delivery up of a specific chattel and the Court
gives judgment under this Order for the applicant, it shall have the
same power to order the party against whom judgment is given to
deliver up the chattel without giving him an option to retain it on
paying the assessed value thereof as if the judgment had been given
after trial.

Relief against forfeiture (0. 14, r. 10)

10. A tenant shall have the same right to apply for relief after
judgment for possession of land on the ground of forfeiture for
non-payment of rent has been given under this Order as if the
judgment had been given after trial.

Setting aside judgment (0. 14, r. 11)

11. Any judgment given against a party who does not appear
at the hearing of an application under rule 1 or rule 5 may be set
aside or varied by the Court on such terms as it thinks just.





ORDER 15

CAUSES OF ACTION, COUNTERCLAIMS AND
PARTIES

Joinder of causes of action (0. 15, r. 1)

1. (1) Subject to rule 5(1), a plaintiff may in one action claim relief
against the same defendant in respect of more than one cause of action

(a)if the plaintiff claims, and the defendant is alleged to be liable,
in the same capacity in respect of all the causes of action, or

(b)if the plaintiff claims or the defendant is alleged to be liable in
the capacity of executor or administrator of an estate in
respect of one or more of the causes of action and in his
personal capacity but with reference to the same estate in
respect of all the others, or

(c) with the leave of the Court.

(2) An application for leave under this rule must be made ex parte
by affidavit before the issue of the writ or originating summons, as the
case may be, and the affidavit must state the grounds of the application.

Counterclaim against plaintiff (0. 15, r. 2)

2. (1) Subject to rule 5(2), a defendant in any action who alleges
that he has any claim or is entitled to any relief or remedy against a
plaintiff in the action in respect of any matter (whenever and however
arising) may, instead of bringing a separate action, make a counterclaim
in respect of that matter; and where he does so he must add the
counterclaim to his defence.

(2) Rule 1 shall apply in relation to a counterclaim as if the
counterclaim were a separate action and as if the person making the
counterclaim were the plaintiff and the person against whom it is made a
defendant.

(3) A counterclaim may be proceeded with notwithstanding that
judgment is given for the plaintiff in the action or that the action is
stayed, discontinued or dismissed.

(4) Where a defendant establishes a counterclaim against the claim
of the plaintiff and there is a balance in favour of one of the parties, the
Court may give judgment for the balance, so, however, that this
provision shall not be taken as affecting the Court's discretion with
respect to costs.

Counterclaim against additional parties (0. 15, r. 3)

3. (1) Where a defendant to an action who makes a counterclaim
against the plaintiff alleges that any other person (whether or not a
party to the action) is liable to him along with the plaintiff in





respect of the subject-matter of the counterclaim, or claims against
such other person any relief relating to or connected with the
original subject-matter of the action, then, subject to rule 5(2), he
may join that other person as a party against whom the counter-
claim is made.

(2) Where a defendant joins a personas a party against whom
he makes a counterclaim, he must add that person's name to the title
of the action and serve on him a copy of the counterclaim and, in the
case of a person who is not already a party to the action, a form of
acknowledgment of service in Form No. 14 in Appendix A with such
modifications as the circumstances may require; and a person on
whom a copy of a counterclaim is served under this paragraph shall,
if he is not already a party to the action, become a party to it as from
the time of service with the same rights in respect of his defence to
the counterclaim and otherwise as if he had been duly sued in the
ordinary way by the party making the counterclaim.

(3) A defendant who is required by paragraph (2) to serve a
copy of the counterclaim made by him on any person who before
service is already a party to the action must do so within the period
within which, by virtue of Order 18, rule 2, he must serve on the
plaintiff the defence to which the counterclaim is added.

(4) The appropriate office for acknowledging service of a
counterclaim by a person who is not already a party to the action is
the Registry.

(5) Where by virtue of paragraph (2) a copy of a counterclaim
is required to be served on a person who is not already a party to the
action, the following provisions of these rules, namely, Order 10,
Order 11, Orders 12 and 13 and Order 75, rule 4, shall, subject to the
last foregoing paragraph, apply in relation to the counterclaim and
the proceedings arising from it as if-

(a)the counterclaim were a writ and the proceedings arising
from it in an action; and

(b)the party making the counterclaim were a plaintiff and the
party against whom it is made a defendant in that action.

(6) A copy of a counterclaim required to be served on a person
who is not already a party to the action must be indorsed with a
notice, in Form No. 17 in Appendix A, addressed to that person.

Joinder of parties (0. 15, r. 4)

4. (1) Subject to rule 5(1), two or more persons may be
joined together in one action as plaintiffs or as defendants with the
leave of the Court or where-

(a)if separate actions were brought by or against each of
them, as the case may be, some common question of law or
fact would arise in all the actions, and





(b)all rights to relief claimed in the action (whether they are joint,
several or alternative) are in respect of or arise out of the same
transaction or series of transactions.

(2) Where the plaintiff in any action claims any relief to which any
other person is entitled jointly with him, all persons so entitled must,
subject to the provisions of any written law and unless the Court gives
leave to the contrary, be parties to the action and any of them who does
not consent to being joined as a plaintiff must, subject to any order
made by the Court on an application for leave under this paragraph, be
made a defendant.

This paragraph shall not apply to a probate action.

(HK)(3) Where relief is claimed in an action against a defendant who is
jointly liable with some other person and also severally liable, that other
person need not be made a defendant to the action; but where persons
are jointly, but not severally, liable under a contract and relief is claimed
against some but not all of those persons in an action in respect of that
contract, the Court may, on the application of any defendant to the
action, by order stay proceedings in the action until the other persons
so liable are added as defendants.

Court may order separate trials, etc. (0. 15, r. 5)

5. (1) If claims in respect of two or more causes of action are
included by a plaintiff in the same action or by a defendant in a
counterclaim, or if two or more plaintiffs or defendants are parties to the
same action, and it appears to the Court that the joinder of causes of
action or of parties, as the case may be, may embarrass or delay the trial
or is otherwise inconvenient, the Court may order separate trials or make
such other order as may be expedient.

(2) If it appears on the application of any party against whom a
counterclaim is made that the subject-matter of the counterclaim ought
for any reason to be disposed of by a separate action, the Court may
order the counterclaim to be struck out or may order it to be tried
separately or make such other order as may be expedient.

Misjoinder and nonjoinder of parties (0. 15, r. 6)

6. (1) No cause or matter shall be defeated by reason of the
misjoinder of any party; and the Court may in any cause or matter
determine the issues or questions in dispute so far as they affect the
rights and interests of the persons who are parties to the cause or
matter.

(2) Subject to the provision of this rule, at any stage of the
proceedings in any cause or matter the Court may on such terms as it
thinks just and either of its own motion or on application

(a)order any person who has been improperly or unnecessarily
made a party or who has for any reason ceased to be a proper
or necessary party, to cease to be a party;





(b)order any of the following persons to be added as a party,
namely

(i) any person who ought to have been joined as a party or
whose presence before the Court is necessary to ensure that
all matters in dispute in the cause or matter may be effectually
and completely determined and adjudicated upon, or

(ii) any person between whom and any party to the cause
or matter there may exist a question or issue arising out of or
relating to or connected with any relief or remedy claimed in
the cause or matter which in the opinion of the Court it would
be just and convenient to determine as between him and that
party as well as between the parties to the cause or matter.

(3) An application by any person for an order under paragraph (2)
adding him as a party must, except with the leave of the Court, be
supported by an affidavit showing his interest in the matters in dispute
in the cause or matter or, as the case may be, the question or issue to be
determined as between him and any party to the cause or matter.

(4) No person shall be added as a plaintiff without his consent
signified in writing or in such other manner as may be authorized.

(5) No person shall be added or substituted as a party after the
expiry of any relevant period of limitation unless either

(a)the relevant period was current at the date when proceedings
were commenced and it is necessary for the determination of
the action that the new party should be added, or substituted,
or

(b)the relevant period arises under the provisions of section 27
or 28 of the Limitation Ordinance and the Court directs that
those provisions should not apply to the action by or against
the new party.

In this paragraph 'any relevant period of limitation' means a time
limit under the Limitation Ordinance.

(6) The addition or substitution of a new party shall be treated as
necessary for the purposes of paragraph (5)(a) if, and only if, the Court
is satisfied that

(a)the new party is a necessary party to the action in that
property is vested in him at law or in equity and the plaintiff's
claim in respect of an equitable interest in that property is
liable to be defeated unless the new party is joined, or

(b)the relevant cause of action is vested in the new party and the
plaintiff jointly but not severally, or

(c)the new party is the Attorney General and the proceedings
should have been brought by relator proceedings in his name,
or





(d)the new party is a company in which the plaintiff is a
shareholder and on whose behalf the plaintiff is suing to
enforce a right vested in the company, or

(e)the new party is sued jointly with the defendant and is not also
liable severally with him and failure to join the new party might
render the claim unenforceable.

Proceedings by and against estates (0. 15, r. 6A)

6A. (1) Where any person against whom an action would have lain
has died but the cause of action survives, the action may, if no grant of
probate or administration has been made, be brought against the estate
of the deceased.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (1), an action
brought against 'the personal representatives of A.B. deceased' shall
be treated, for the purposes of that paragraph, as having been brought
against his estate.

(3) An action purporting to have been commenced by or against a
person shall be treated, if he was dead at its commencementxas having
been commenced by his estate or against it in accordance with
paragraph (1) as the case may be, whether or not a grant of probate or
administration was made before its commencement.

(4) In any such action as is referred to in paragraph (1) or

(3)-
(a) the plaintiff shall, during the period of validity for service
of the writ or originating summons, apply to the Court for
an order a pointing a person to represent the
deceased's estate for he purpose of the proceedings or, if a
grant of probate r administration has been made, for an order
that the personal representative of the deceased be made a the
proceedings, and in either case for an order that proceedings
be carried on against the person so appointed or, as the case may be,
against the personal representative, as if he had been
substituted for the estate;

(b)the Court may, at any stage of the proceedings and on such
terms as it thinks just and either of its own motion or on
application, make any such order as is mentioned in sub-
paragraph (a) and allow such amendments (if any) to be made
and make such other order as the Court thinks necessary in
order to ensure that all matters in dispute in the proceedings may be effectually and completely
determined and adjudicated upon.

(5) Before making an order under paragraph (4) the Court may
require notice to be given to any insurer of the deceased who has an
interest in the proceedings and to such (if any) of the persons having
an interest in the estate as it thinks fit.





(5A) Where an order is made under paragraph (4)

,,appointing
the Registrar General to represent the deceased's estate, the
appointment shall be limited to his accepting service of the writ or
originating summons by which the action was begun unless, either on
making such an order or on a subsequent application, the Court, with
the consent of the Registrar General, directs that the appointment shall
extend to taking further steps in the proceedings.

(6) Where an order is made under paragraph (4), rules 7(4) and 8(3)
and (4) shall apply as if the order had been made under rule 7 on the
application of the plaintiff.

(7) Where no grant of probate or administration had been made,
any judgment or order given or made in the proceedings shall bind the
estate to the same extent as it would have been bound if a grant had
been made and a personal representative of the deceased had been a
party to the proceedings.

Change of parties by reason of death, etc. (0. 15, r. 7)

7. (1) Where a party to an action dies or becomes bankrupt but the
cause of action survives, the action shall not abate by reason of the
death or bankruptcy.

(2) Where at any stage of the proceedings in any cause or matter
the interest or liability of any party is assigned or transmitted to or
devolves upon some other person, the Court may, if it thinks it
necessary in order to ensure that all matters in dispute in the cause or
matter may be effectually and completely determined and adjudicated
upon, order that other person to be made a party to the cause or matter
and the proceedings to be carried on as if he had been substituted for
the first mentioned party.

An application for an order under this paragraph may be made

ex parte.

(3) An order may be made under this rule for a person to be made a
party to a cause or matter notwithstanding that he is already a party to it
on the other side of the record, or on the same side but in a different
capacity; but

(a)if he is already a party on the other side, the order shall be
treated as containing a direction that he shall cease to be a
party on that other side, and

(b)if he is already a party on the same side but in another
capacity, the order may contain a direction that he shall cease
to be a party in that other capacity.

(4) The person on whose application an order is made under this
rule must procure the order to be noted in the cause book, and after the
order has been so noted that person must, unless the Court otherwise
directs, serve the order on every other person who is a party to the
cause or matter or who becomes or ceases to be a party by virtue of the
order and serve with the order on any person who





becomes a defendant a copy of the writ or originating summons by
which the cause or matter was begun and a form of acknowledgment of
service in Form No. 14 or 15 in Appendix A, whichever is appropriate.

(5) Any application to the Court by a person served with an order
made ex parte under this rule for the discharge or variation of the order
must be made within 14 days after the service of the order on that
person.

Provisions consequential on making of order under rule 6 or 7

(0. 15, r. 8)

8. (1) Where an order is made under rule 6 the writ by which the
action in question was begun must be amended accordingly and must
be indorsed with

(a)a reference to the order in pursuance of which the amendment
is made, and

(b) the date on which the amendment is made;

and the amendment must be made within such period as may be
specified in the order or, if no period is so specified, within 14 days after
the making of the order.

(2) Where by an order under rule 6 a person is to be made a
defendant, the rules as to service of a writ of summons shall apply
accordingly to service of the amended writ on him, but before serving
the writ on him the person on whose application the order was made
must procure the order to be noted in the cause book.

(3) Where by an order under rule 6 or 7 a person is to be made a
defendant, the rules as to acknowledgment of service shall apply
accordingly to acknowledgment of service by him subject, in the case of
a person to be made a defendant by an order under rule 7, to the
modification that the time limited for acknowledging service shall begin
with the date on which the order is served on him under rule 7(4) or, if
the order is not required to be served on him, with the date on which the
order is noted in the cause book.

(4) Where by an order under rule 6 or 7 a person is to be added as a
party or is to be made a party in substitution for some other party, that
person shall not become a party until

(a)where the order is made under rule 6, the writ has been
amended in relation to him under this rule and (if he is a
defendant) has been served on him, or

(b)where the order is made under rule 7, the order has been
served on him under rule 7(4) or, if the order is not required to
be served on him, the order has been noted in the cause book;





and where by virtue of the foregoing provision a person becomes a
party in substitution for some other party, all things done in the
course of the proceedings before the making of the order shall have
effect in relation to the new party as they had in relation to the old
except that acknowledgment of service by the old party shall not
dispense with acknowledgment of service by the new.

(5) The foregoing provisions of this rule shall apply in relation
to an action begun by originating summons as they apply in relation
to an action begun by writ.

Failure to proceed after death of party (0. 15, r. 9)

9. (1) If after the death of a plaintiff or defendant in any
action the cause of action survives, but no order under rule 7 is made
substituting as plaintiff any person in whom the cause of action vests
or, as the case may be, the personal representatives of the deceased
defendant, the defendant or, as the case may be, those representa-
tives may apply to the Court for an order that unless the action is
proceeded with within such time as may be specified in the order the
action shall be struck out as against the plaintiff or defendant, as the
case may be, who has died; but where it is the plaintiff who has died,
the Court shall not make an order under this rule unless satisfied
that due notice of the application has been given to the personal
representatives (if any) of the deceased plaintiff and to any other
interested persons who, in the opinion of the Court, should be
notified.

(2) Where in any action a counterclaim is made by a defend-
ant, this rule shall apply in relation to the counterclaim as if the
counterclaim were a separate action and as if the defendant making
the counterclaim were the plaintiff and the person against whom it is
made a defendant.

Actions for possession of land (0. 15, r. 10)

10. (1) Without prejudice to rule 6, the Court may at any
stage of the proceedings in an action for possession of land order
any person not a party to the action who is in possession of the land
(whether in actual possession or by a tenant) to be added as a
defendant.

(2) An application by any person for an order under this
rule may be made ex parte, supported by an affidavit showing that
he is in possession of the land in question and if by a tenant,
naming him.

The affidavit shall specify the applicant's address for service and
Order 12, rule 3(2), (3) and (4), shall apply as if the affidavit were an
acknowledgment of service.

(3) A person added as a defendant by an order under this rule
must serve on the plaintiff a copy of the order giving the added
defendant's address for service specified in accordance with para-
graph (2)-





Actions for wrongful interference with goods (0. 15, r. I 10A)

10A. (1) Where the plaintiff in an action for detinue, conversion or
trespass to goods is one of two or more persons having or claiming any
interest in the goods, then, unless he has the written authority of every
other such person to sue on the latter's behalf, the writ or originating
summons by which the action was begun shall be indorsed with a
statement giving particulars of the plaintiff's title and identifying every
other person who, to his knowledge, has or claims any interest in the
goods.

This paragraph shall not apply to an action arising out of an
accident on land due to a collision or apprehended collision involving a
vehicle.

(2) A defendant to an action for detinue, conversion or trespass to
goods who desires to show that a third party has a better right than the
plaintiff as respects all or any part of the interest claimed by the plaintiff
may, at any time after giving notice of intention to defend, and before
any judgment or order is given or made on the plaintiff's claim, apply for
directions as to whether any person named in the application (not being
a person whose written authority the plaintiff has to sue on his behalf)
should be joined with a view to establishing whether he has a better
right than the plaintiff, or has a claim as a result of which the defendant
might be doubly liable.

(3) An application under paragraph (2) shall be made by summons,
which shall be served personally on every person named in it as well as
being served on the plaintiff.

(4) Where a person named in an application under paragraph (2)
fails to appear on the hearing of the summons or to comply with any
direction given by the Court on the application, the Court may by order
deprive him of any right of action against the defendant for the wrong,
either unconditionally or subject to such terms and conditions as the
Court thinks fit.

Relator actions (0. 15, r. 11)

11. Before the name of any person is used in any action as relator,
that person must give a written authorization so to use his name to his
solicitor and the authorization must be filed in the Registry.

Representative proceedings (0. 15, r. 12)

12. (1) Where numerous persons have the same interest in any
proceedings, not being such proceedings as are mentioned in rule 13,
the proceedings may be begun, and, unless the Court otherwise orders,
continued, by or against any one or more of them as representing all or
as representing all except one or more of them.





(2) At any stage of proceedings under this rule the Court may, on
the application of the plaintiff, and on such terms, if any, as it thinks fit,
appoint any one or more of the defendants or other persons as
representing whom the defendants are sued to represent all, or all
except one or more, of those persons in the proceedings; and where, in
exercise of the power conferred by this paragraph, the Court appoints a
person not named as a defendant, it shall make an order under rule 6
adding that person as a defendant.

(3) A judgment or order given in proceedings under this rule shall
be binding on all the persons as representing whom the plaintiffs sue
or, as the case may be, the defendants are sued, but shall not be
enforced against any person not a party to the proceedings except with
the leave of the Court.

(4) An application for the grant of leave under paragraph (3) must
be made by summons which must be served personally on the person
against whom it is sought to enforce the judgment or order.

(5) Notwithstanding that a judgment or order to which any such
application relates is binding on the person against whom the
application is made, that person may dispute liability to have the
judgment or order enforced against him on the ground that by reason of
facts and matters particular to his case he is entitled to be exempted from
such liability.

(6) The Court hearing an application for the grant of leave under
paragraph (3) may order the question whether the judgment or order is
enforceable against the person against whom the application is made to
be tried and determined in any manner in which any issue or question in
an action may be tried and determined.

Representation of interested persons who cannot he ascertained, etc.

(0. 15, r. 13)

13. (1) In any proceedings concerning-

(a) the estate of a deceased person, or

(b) property subject to a trust, or

(c)the construction of a written instrument, including an
Ordinance or any other written law,

the Court, if satisfied that it is expedient so to do, and that one or more
of the conditions specified in paragraph (2) are satisfied, may appoint
one or more persons to represent any person (including an unborn
person) or class who is or may be interested (whether presently or for
any future, contingent or unascertained interest) in or affected by the
proceedings.

(2) The conditions for the exercise of the power conferred by
paragraph (1) are as follows

(a) that the person, the class or some member of the class,
cannot be ascertained or cannot readily be ascertained;





(b)that the person, class or some member of the class, though
ascertained, cannot be found;

(c)that, though the person or the class and the members thereof
can be ascertained and found, it appears to the Court
expedient (regard being had to all the circumstances, including
the amount at stake and the degree of difficulty of the point to
be determined) to exercise the power for the purpose of saving
expense.

(3) Where in any proceedings to which paragraph (1) applies, the
Court exercises the power conferred by that paragraph, a judgment or
order of the Court given or made when the person or persons appointed
in exercise of that power are before the Court shall be binding on the
person or class represented by the person or persons so appointed.

(4) Where, in any such proceedings, a compromise is proposed
and some of the persons who are interested in, or who may be affected
by, the compromise are not parties to the proceedings (including
unborn or unascertained persons) but

(a)there is some other person in the same interest before the
Court who assents to the compromise or on whose behalf the
Court sanctions the compromise, or

(b)the absent persons are represented by a person appointed
under paragraph (1) who so assents,

the Court, if satisfied that the compromise will be for the benefit of the
absent persons and that it is expedient to exercise this power, may
approve the compromise and order that it shall be binding on the absent
persons, and they shall be bound accordingly except where the order
has been obtained by fraud or non-disclosure of material facts.

Representation of beneficiaries by trustees, etc. (0. 15, r. 14)

14. (1) Any proceedings, including proceedings to enforce a
security by foreclosure or otherwise, may be brought by or against
trustees, executors or administrators in their capacity as such without
joining any of the persons having a beneficial interest in the trust or
estate, as the case may be; and any judgment or order given or made in
those proceedings shall be binding on those persons unless the Court
in the same or other proceedings otherwise orders on the ground that
the trustees, executors or administrators, as the case may be, could not
or did not in fact represent the interests of those persons in the first-
mentioned proceedings.

(2) Paragraph (1) is without prejudice to the power of the Court to
order any person having such an interest as aforesaid to be made a
party to the proceedings or to make an order under rule 13.





Representation of deceased person interested in proceedings (0. 15, r.
15)

15. (1) Where in any proceedings it appears to the Court that a
deceased person was interested in the matter in question in the
proceedings and that he has no personal representative, the Court may,
on the application of any party to the proceedings, proceed in the
absence of a person representing the estate of the deceased person or
may by order appoint a person to represent that estate for the purposes
of the proceedings; and any such order, and any judgment or order
subsequently given or made in the proceedings, shall bind the estate of
the deceased person to the same extent as it would have been bound
had a personal representative of that person been a party to the
proceedings.

(2) Before making an order under this rule, the Court may require
notice of the application for the order to be given to such (if any) of the
persons having an interest in the estate as it thinks fit.

Declaratory judgment (0. 15, r. 16)

16. No action or other proceeding shall be open to objection on the
ground that a merely declaratory judgment or order is sought thereby,
and the Court may make binding declarations of right whether or not
any consequential relief is or could be claimed.

Conduct of proceedings (0. 15, r. 17)

17. The Court may give the conduct of any action, inquiry or other
proceedings to such person as it thinks fit.

ORDER 16

THIRD PARTY AND SIMILAR
PROCEEDINGS

Third party notice (0. 16, r. 1)

1. (1) Where in any action a defendant who has given notice of
intention to defend

(a)claims against a person not already a party to the action any
contribution or indemnity; or

(b)claims--- against such a person any relief or remedy relating to
or connected with the original subject-matter of the action and
substantially the same as some relief or remedy claimed by the
plaintiff., or

(c)requires that any question or issue relating to or connected
with the original subject-matter of the action should be
determined not only as between the plaintiff and the
defendant but also as between either or both of them and a
person not already a party to the action;





then, subject to paragraph (2), the defendant may issue a notice in
Form No. 20 or 21 in Appendix A, whichever is appropriate (in this
Order referred to as a third party notice), containing a statement of
the nature of the claim made against him and, as the case may be,
either of the nature and grounds of the claim made by him or of the
question or issue required to be determined.

(2) A defendant to an action may not issue a third party notice
without the leave of the Court unless the action was begun by writ
and he issues the notice before serving his defence on the plaintiff.

(3) Where a third party notice is served on the person against
whom it is issued, he shall as from the time of service be a party to
the action (in this Order referred to as a third party) with the same
rights in respect of his defence against any claim made against him in
the notice and otherwise as if he had been duly sued in the ordinary
way by the defendant by whom the notice is issued.

Application for leave to issue third party notice (0. 16, r. 2)

2. (1) Application for leave to issue a third party notice may
be made ex parte but the Court may direct a summons for leave to be
issued.

(2) An application for leave to issue a third party notice must
be supported by an affidavit stating-

(a) the nature of the claim made by the plaintiff in the action;

(b) the stage which proceedings in the action have reached;

(c)the nature of the claim made by the applicant or partic-
ulars of the question or issue required to be determined, as
the case may be, and the facts on which the proposed third
party notice is based; and

(d)the name and address of the person against whom the third
party notice is to be issued.

Issue, service and acknowledgment of service, of third party notice
(0. 16, r. 3)

3. (1) The order granting leave to issue a third party notice
may contain directions as to the period within which the notice is to
be issued.

(2) There must be served with every third party notice a copy
of the writ or originating summons by which the action was begun
and of the pleadings (if any) served in the action and a form of
acknowledgment of service in Form No. 14 in Appendix A with such
modifications as may be appropriate.

(3) The appropriate office for acknowledging service of a third
party notice is the Registry.





(4) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this rule, the follow-
ing provisions of these rules, namely, Order 6, rule 7(3) and (5),
Order 10, Order 11, Order 12 and Order 75, rule 4, shall apply in
relation to a third party notice and to the proceedings begun thereby
as if-

(a)the third party notice were a writ and the proceedings
begun thereby an action; and

(b)the defendant issuing the third party notice were a plaintiff
and the person against whom it is issued a defendant in
that action:

Provided that in the application of Order 11, rule 1 (1)(c) leave
may be granted to serve a third party notice outside the jurisdiction
on any necessary or proper party to the proceedings brought against
the defendant.

Third party directions (0. 16, r. 4)

4. (1) If the third party gives notice of intention to defend,
the defendant who issued the third party notice must, by summons
to be served on all the other parties to the action, apply to the Court
for directions.

(2) If no summons is served on the third party under para-
graph (1), the third party may, not earlier than 7 days after giving
notice of intention to defend, by summons to be served on all the
other parties to the action, apply to the Court for directions or for an
order to set aside the third party notice.

(3) On an application for directions under this rule the Court
may-

(a)if the liability of the third party to the defendant who
issued the third party notice is established on the hearing,
order such judgment as the nature of the case may require
to be entered against the third party in favour of the
defendant; or

(b)order any claim, question or issue stated in the third party
notice to be tried in such manner as the Court may direct;
or

(c)dismiss the application and terminate the proceedings on
the third party notice;

and may do so either before or after any judgment in the action has
been signed by the plaintiff against the defendant.

(4) On an application for directions under this rule the Court
may give the third party leave to defend the action, either alone or
jointly with any defendant, upon such terms as may be just, or to
appear at the trial and to take such part therein as may be just, and
generally may make such orders and give such directions as appear
to the Court proper for having the rights and liabilities of the parties





most conveniently determined and enforced and as to the extent to
which the third party is to be bound by any judgment or decision in
the action.

(5) Any order made or direction given under this rule may be
varied or rescinded by the Court at any time.

Default of third party, etc. (0. 16, r. 5)

5. (1) If a third party does not give notice of intention to
defend or, having been ordered to serve a defence, fails to do so-

(a)he shall be deemed to admit any claim stated in the third
party notice and shall be bound by any judgment (includ-
ing judgment by consent) or decision in the action in so
far as it is relevant to any claim, question or issue stated in
that notice; and

(b)the defendant by whom the third party notice was issued
may, if judgment in default is given against him in the
action, at any time after satisfaction of that judgment and,
with the leave of the Court, before satisfaction thereof,
enter judgment against the third party in respect of any
contribution, and, with the leave of the Court, in respect of
any other relief or remedy claimed therein.

(2) If a third party or the defendant by whom a third party
notice was issued makes default in serving any pleading which he is
ordered to serve, the Court may, on the application by summons of
that defendant or the third party, as the case may be, order such
judgment to be entered for the applicant as he is entitled to on the
pleadings or may make such other order as may appear to the Court
necessary to do justice between the parties.

(3) The Court may at any time set aside or vary a judgment
entered under paragraph (1)(b) or paragraph (2) on such terms
(if any) as it thinks just.

Setting aside third party proceedings (0. 16, r. 6)

6. Proceedings on a third party notice may, at any stage of
the proceedings, be set aside by the Court.

Judgment between defendant and third party (0. 16, r. 7)

7. (1) Where in any action a defendant has served a third
party notice, the Court may at or after the trial of the action or, if the
action is decided otherwise than by trial, on an application by
summons or motion, order such judgment as the nature of the case
may require to be entered for the defendant against the third party
or for the third party against the defendant.

(2) Where judgment is given for the payment of any contribu-
tion or indemnity to a person who is under a liability to make a
payment in respect of the same debt or damage, execution shall not
issue on the judgment without the leave of the Court until that
liability has been discharged.





(3) For the purpose of paragraph (2)
'liability' includes liability under a judgment in the same or other
proceedings and liability under an agreement to which section 3(4)
of the Civil Liability (Contribution) Ordinance applies.

Claims and issues between a defendant and some other party (0. 16, r. 8)

8. (1) Where in any action a defendant who has given notice of
intention to defend

(a)claims against a person who is already a party to the action
any contribution or indemnity; or

(b)claims against such a person any relief or remedy relating to
or connected with the original subject-matter of the action and
substantially the same as some relief or remedy claimed by the
plaintiff; or

(c)requires that any question or issue relating to or connected
with the original subject-matter of the action should be
determined not only as between the plaintiff and himself but
also as between either or both of them and some other person
who is already a party to the action;

then, subject to paragraph (2), the defendant may, without leave, issue
and serve on that person a notice containing a statement of the nature
and grounds of his claim or, as the case may be, of the question or issue
required to be determined.

(2) Where a defendant makes such a claim as is mentioned in
paragraph (1) and that claim could be made by him by counterclaim in
the action, paragraph (1) shall not apply in relation to the claim.

(3) No acknowledgment of service of such a notice shall be
necessary if the person on whom it is served has acknowledged service
of the writ or originating summons in the action or is a plaintiff therein,
and the same procedure shall be adopted for the determination between
the defendant by whom, and the person on whom, such a notice is
served of the claim, question or issue stated in the notice as would be
appropriate under this Order if the person served with the notice were a
third party and (where he has given notice of intention to defend the
action or is a plaintiff) had given notice of intention to defend the claim,
question or issue.

(4) Rule 4(2) shall have effect in relation to proceedings on a notice
issued under this rule as if for the words '7 days after giving notice of
intention to defend' there were substituted the words 94 days after
service of the notice on him'.

Claims by third and subsequent parties (0. 16, r. 9)

9. (1) Where a defendant has served a third party notice and the
third party makes such a claim or requirement as is mentioned in rule 1
or rule 8, this Order shall, with the modification mentioned in





paragraph (2) and any other necessary modifications, apply as if the
third party were a defendant; and similarly where any further person to
whom by virtue of this rule this Order applies as if he were a third party
makes such a claim or requirement.

(2) The modification referred to in paragraph (1) is that paragraph
(3) shall have effect in relation to the issue of a notice under rule 1 by a
third party in substitution for rule 1(2).

(3) A third party may not issue a notice under rule 1 without the
leave of the Court unless the action in question was begun by writ and
he issues the notice before the expiration of 14 days after the time
limited for acknowledging service of the notice issued against him.

Offer of contribution (0. 16, r. 10)

10. (1) If, at any time after he has acknowledged service, a party to
an action who stands to be held liable in the action to another party to
contribute towards any debt or damages which may be recovered
against that other party in the action, makes (without prejudice to his
defence) a written offer to that other party to contribute to a specified
extent to the debt or damages, then subject to paragraph (2) and,
notwithstanding that he reserves the right to bring the offer to the
action of the judge at the trial, the offer shall not be brought to the
attention of the judge until after all questions of liability and amount of
debt or damages have been decided.

(2) Where the question of the costs of the issue of liability falls to
be decided, that issue having been tried and an issue or question
concerning the amount of the debt or damages remaining to be tried
separately, any party may bring to the attention of the judge the fact
that a written offer under paragraph (1) has or has not been made and
the date (but not the amount) of such offer or of the first such offer if
more than one.

Counterclaim by defendant (0. 16, r. 11)

11. Where in any action a counterclaim is made by a defendant, the
foregoing provisions of this Order shall apply in relation to the
counterclaim as if the subject-matter of the counterclaim were the
original subject-matter of the action, and as if the person making the
counterclaim were the plaintiff` and the person against whom it is made
a defendant.

ORDER 17

INTERPLEADER

Entitlement to relief by way of interpleader (0. 17, r. 1)

1. (1) Where-

(a)a person is under a liability in respect of a debt or in respect
of any money, goods or chattels and he is, or expects to be,





sued for or in respect of that debt or money or those goods or
chattels by two or more persons making adverse claims
thereto, or

(b)claim is made to any money, goods or chattels taken or
intended to be taken by a bailiff in execution under any
process, or to the proceeds or value of any such goods or
chattels, by a person other than the person against whom the
process is issued,

the person under liability as mentioned in sub-paragraph (a), or (subject
to rule 2) the bailiff, may apply to the Court for relief by way of
interpleader.

(2) References in this Order to a bailiff shall be construed as
including references to any other officer charged with the execution of
process by or under the authority of the High Court.

Claim to goods, etc., taken in execution (0. 17, r. 2)

2. (1) Any person making a claim to or in respect of any money,
goods or chattels taken or intended to be taken in execution under
process of the Court, or to the proceeds or value of any such goods or
chattels, must give notice of his claim to the bailiff charged with the
execution of the process and must include in his notice a statement of
his address, and that address shall be his address for service.

(2) On receipt of a claim made under this rule the bailiff must
forthwith give notice thereof to the execution creditor and the execution
creditor must, within 7 days after receiving the notice, give notice to the
bailiff informing him whether he admits or disputes the claim.

An execution creditor who gives notice in accordance with this
paragraph admitting a claim shall only be liable to the bailiff for any fees
and expenses incurred by the bailiff before receipt of that notice.

(3) where
(a)the bailiff receives a notice from an execution creditor under
paragraph (2) disputing a claim, or the execution creditor fails,
within the period mentioned in that paragraph, to give the
required notice, and

(b) the claim made under this rule is not withdrawn,

the bailiff may apply to the Court for relief under this Order.

(4) A bailiff who receives a notice from an execution creditor under
paragraph (2) admitting a claim made under this rule shall withdraw from
possession of the money, goods or chattels claimed and may apply to
the Court for relief under this Order of the following kind, that is to say,
an order restraining the bringing of an action against him for or in
respect of his having taken possession of that money or those goods or
chattels.





Mode of application (0. 17, r. 3)

3. (1) An application for relief under this Order must be
made by originating summons unless made in a pending action, in
which case it must be made by summons in the action.

(2) Where the applicant is a bailiff who has withdrawn from
possession of money, goods or chattels taken in execution and who
is applying for relief under rule 2(4), the summons must be served on
any person who made a claim under that rule to or in respect of that
money or those goods or chattels, and that person may attend the
hearing of the application.

(3) An originating summons under this rule shall be in Form
No. 10 in Appendix A.

(4) Subject to paragraph (5), a summons under this rule must
be supported by evidence that the applicant-

(a)claims no interest in the subject-matter in dispute other
than for charges or costs,

(b)does not collude with any of the claimants to that subject-
matter, and

(c)is willing to pay or transfer that subject-matter into court
or to dispose of it as the Court may direct.

(5) Where the applicant is a bailiff, he shall not provide such
evidence as is referred to in paragraph (4) unless directed by the
Court to do so.

(6) Any person who makes a claim under rule 2 and who is
served with a summons under this rule shall within 14 days serve on
the execution creditor and the bailiff an affidavit specifying any
money and describing any goods and chattels claimed and setting
out the grounds upon which such claim is based.

(7) Where the applicant is a bailiff a summons under this rule
must give notice of the requirement in paragraph (6).

Powers of Court bearing summons (0. 17, r. 5)

5. (1) Where on the hearing of a summons under this Order
all the persons by whom adverse claims to the subject-matter in
dispute (hereafter in this Order referred to as 'the claimants')
appear, the Court may order-

(a)that any claimant be made a defendant in any action
pending with respect to the subject-matter in dispute in
substitution for or in addition to the applicant for relief
under this Order, or

(b)that an issue between the claimants be stated and tried and
may direct which of the claimants is to be plaintiff and
which defendant.





(2) Where-

(a) the applicant on a summons under this Order is a bailiff, or

(b) all the claimants consent or any of them so requests, or

(c)the question at issue between the claimants is a question of
law and the facts are not in dispute,

the Court may summarily determine the question at issue between the
claimants and make an order accordingly on such terms as may be just.

(3) Where a claimant, having been duly served with a summons for
relief under this Order, does not appear on the hearing of the summons
or, having appeared, fails or refuses to comply with an order made in the
proceedings, the Court may make an order declaring the claimant, and all
persons claiming under him, for ever barred from prosecuting his claim
against the applicant for such relief and all persons claiming under him,
but such an order shall not affect the rights of the claimants as between
themselves.

Power to order sale of goods taken in execution (0. 17, r. 6)

6. Where an application for relief under this Order is made by a
bailiff who has taken possession of any goods or chattels in execution
under any process, and a claimant alleges that he is entitled, under a bill
of sale or otherwise, to the goods or chattels by way of security for
debt, the Court may order those goods or chattels or any part thereof to
be sold and may direct that the proceeds of sale be applied in such
manner and on such terms as may be just and as may be specified in the
order.

Power to stay proceedings (0. 17, r. 7)

7. Where a defendant to an action applies for relief under this Order
in the action, the Court may by order stay all further proceedings in the
action.

Other powers (0. 17, r. 8)

8. Subject to the foregoing rules of this Order, the Court may in or
for the purposes of any interpleader proceedings make such order as to
costs or any other matter as it thinks just.

One order in several causes or matters (0. 17, r. 9)

9. Where the Court considers it necessary or expedient to make an
order in any interpleader proceedings in several causes or matters
pending before the Court, the Court may make such an order; and the
order shall be entitled in all those causes or matters and shall be binding
on all the parties to them.





Discovery (0. 17, r. 10)

10. Orders 24 and 26 shall, with the necessary modifications, apply
in relation to an interpleader issue as they apply in relation to any other
cause or matter.

Trial of interpleader issue (0. 17, r. 11)

11. (1) Order 35 shall, with the necessary modifications, apply to the
trial of an interpleader issue as it applies to the trial of an action.

(2) The Court by whom an interpleader issue is tried may give such
judgment or make such order as finally to dispose of all questions
arising in the interpleader proceedings.

ORDER 18

PLEADINGS

Service of statement of claim (0. 18, r. 1)

1. Unless the Court gives leave to the contrary or a statement of
claim is indorsed on the writ, the plaintiff must serve a statement of claim
on the defendant or, if there are two or more defendants, on each
defendant, and must do so either when the writ is served on that
defendant or at any time after service of the writ but before the
expiration of 14 days after that defendant gives notice of intention to
defend.

Service of defence (0. 18, r. 2)

2. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), a defendant who gives notice of
intention to defend an action must, unless the Court gives leave to the
contrary, serve a defence on the plaintiff before the expiration of 14 days
after the time limited for acknowledging service of the writ or after the
statement of claim is served on him, whichever is the later.

(2) If a summons under Order 14, rule 1, or under Order 86, rule 1, is
served on a defendant before he serves his defence, paragraph (1) shall
not have effect in relation to him unless by the order made on the
summons he is given leave to defend the action and, in that case, shall
have effect as if it required him to serve his defence within 14 days after
the making of the order or within such other period as may be specified
therein.

Service of reply and defence to counterclaim (0. 18, r. 3)

3. (1) A plaintiff on whom a defendant serves a defence must serve
a reply on that defendant if it is needed for compliance with rule 8; and if
no reply is served, rule 14(1) will apply.





(2) A plaintiff on whom a defendant serves a counterclaim must, if
he intends to defend it, serve on that defendant a defence to
counterclaim.

(3) Where a plaintiff serves both a reply and a defence to
counterclaim on any defendant, he must include them in the same
document.

(4) A reply to any defence must be served by the plaintiff before
the expiration of 14 days after the service on him of that defence, and a
defence to counterclaim must be served by the plaintiff before the
expiration of 14 days after the service on him of the counterclaim to
which it relates.

Pleadings subsequent to reply (0. 18, r. 4)

4. No pleading subsequent to a reply or a defence to counterclaim
shall be served except with the leave of the Court.

Service of pleadings in Summer Vacation (0. 18, r. 5)

5. Pleadings or amended pleadings shall not be served during the
Summer Vacation, except with the leave of the Court or with the consent
of all the parties to the action.

(HK) Filing of pleadings and originating process (0. 18, r. 5A)

5A. (1) Subject to Order 3, rule 5(3) and subject to the provisions of
this rule, every pleading and originating process shall be filed in the
Registry within the time during which that pleading or originating
process may be served by him on any other party.

(2) A party may apply to the court for further time to file a pleading
or originating process on a summons stating the further time required.

(3) If a party fails to file a pleading or originating process within the
time allowed under paragraph (1) or further time allowed under
paragraph (2), he shall not be at liberty to file that pleading or
originating process without the leave of the Court.

Pleadings: formal requirements (0. 18, r. 6)

6. (1) Every pleading in an action must bear on its face

(a)the year in which the writ in the action was issued and the
number of the action,

(b) the title of the action,

(d) the description of the pleading, and

(e) the date on which it was served.

(2) Every pleading must, if necessary, be divided into paragraphs
numbered consecutively, each allegation being so far as convenient
contained in a separate paragraph.





(3) Dates, sums and other numbers must be expressed in a
pleading in figures and not in words.

(4) Every pleading must be indorsed-

(a)where the party sues or defends in person, with his name
and address;

(b)in any other case, with the name or firm and business
address of the solicitor by whom it was served, and also (if
the solicitor is the agent of another) the name or firm and
business address of his principal.

(5) Every pleading must be signed by counsel, if settled by
him, and, if not, by the party's solicitor or by the party, if he sues or
defends in person.

Facts, not evidence, to he pleaded (0. 18, r. 7)

7. (1) Subject to the provisions of this rule and rules 7A, 10,
11 and 12, every pleading must contain, and contain only, a
statement in a summary form of the material facts on which the
party pleading relies for his claim or defence, as the case may be, but
not the evidence by which those facts are to be proved, and the
statement must be as brief as the nature of the case admits.

(2) Without prejudice to paragraph (1), the effect of any
document or the purport of any conversation referred to in the
pleading must, if material, be briefly stated, and the precise words of
the document or conversation must not be stated, except in so far as
those words are themselves material.

(3) A party need not plead any fact if it is presumed by law to
be true or the burden of disproving it lies on the other party, unless
the other party has specifically denied it in his pleading.

(4) A statement that a thing has been done or that an event has
occurred, being a thing or event the doing or occurrence of which, as
the case may be, constitutes a condition precedent necessary for the
case of a party is to be implied in his pleading.

Conviction, etc. to be adduced in evidence: matter to he pleaded
(0. 18, r. 7A)

7A. (1) If in any action which is to be tried with pleadings any
party intends, in reliance on section 62 of the Evidence Ordinance
(convictions as evidence in civil proceedings) to adduce evidence that
a person was convicted of an offence by or before a court in Hong
Kong, he must include in his pleading a statement of his intention
with particulars of-

(a) the conviction and the date thereof,

(b) the court which made the conviction, and

(e)the issue in the proceedings to which the conviction is
relevant.





(2) If in any action which is to be tried with pleadings any
party intends, in reliance on section 63 of the Evidence Ordinance
(findings of adultery as evidence in civil proceedings) to adduce
evidence that a person was found guilty of adultery in matrimonial
proceedings, he must include in his pleading a statement of his
intention with particulars of-

(a) the finding and the date thereof,

(b)the court which made the finding and the proceedings in
which it was made, and

(c) the issue in the proceedings to which the finding is relevant.

(3) Where a party's pleading includes such a statement as is
mentioned in paragraph (1) or (2), then if the opposite party-

(a)denies the conviction or finding of adultery to which the
statement relates, or

(b) alleges that the conviction or finding was erroneous, or

(c)denies that the conviction or finding is relevant to any issue
in the proceedings,

he must make the denial or allegation in his pleading.

Matters which must be specifically pleaded (0. 18, r. 8)

8. (1) A party must in any pleading subsequent to a state-
ment of claim plead specifically any matter, for example, perform-
ance, release, any relevant statute of limitation, fraud or any fact
showing illegality-

(a)which he alleges makes any claim or defence of the
opposite party not maintainable; or

(b)which, if not specifically pleaded, might take the opposite
party by surprise; or

(c)which raises issues of fact not arising out of the preceding
pleading.

(2) Without prejudice to paragraph (1), a defendant to an
action for recovery of land must plead specifically every ground of
defence on which he relies, and a plea that he is in possession of the
land by himself or his tenant is not sufficient.

(3) A claim for exemplary damages or for provisional dam-
ages must be specifically pleaded together with the facts on which the
party pleading relies.

(4) A party must plead specifically any claim for interest under
section 48 of the Ordinance or otherwise.

Matter may he pleaded whenever arising (0. 18, r. 9)

9. Subject to rules 7(1), 10 and 15(2), a party may in any
pleading plead any matter which has arisen at any time, whether
before or since the issue of the writ.





Departure (0. 18, r. 10)

10. (1) A party shall not in any pleading make any allegation
of fact, or raise any new ground of claim, inconsistent with a
previous pleading of his.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not be taken as prejudicing the right of
a party to amend, or apply for leave to amend, his previous pleading
so as to plead the allegations or claims in the alternative.

Points of law may he pleaded (0. 18, r. 11)

11. A party may by his pleading raise any point of law.

Particulars of pleading (0. 18, r. 12)

12. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), every pleading must contain
the necessary particulars of any claim, defence or other matter
pleaded including, without prejudice to the generality of the fore-
going words-

(a)particulars of any misrepresentation, fraud, breach of
trust, wilful default or undue influence on which the party
pleading relies; and

(b)where a party pleading alleges any condition of the mind of
any person, whether any disorder or disability of mind or
any malice, fraudulent intention or other condition of
mind except knowledge, particulars of the facts on which
the party relies.

(2) Where it is necessary to give particulars of debt, expenses
or damages and those particulars exceed 3 folios, they must be set
out in a separate document referred to in the pleading and the
pleading must state whether the document has already been served,
and, if so, when, or is to be served with the pleading.

(3) The Court may order a party to serve on any other party
particulars of any claim, defence or other matter stated in his
pleading, or in any affidavit of his ordered to stand as a pleading, or
a statement of the nature of the case on which he relies, and the
order may be made on such terms as the Court thinks just.

(4) Where a party alleges as a fact that a person had knowl-
edge or notice of some fact, matter or thing, then, without prejudice
to the generality of paragraph (3), the Court may, on such terms as it
thinks just, order that party to serve on any other party-

(a)where he alleges knowledge, particulars of the facts on
which he relies, and

(b) where he alleges notice, particulars of the notice.

(5) An order under this rule shall not be made before service of
the defence unless, in the opinion of the Court, the order is necessary
or desirable to enable the defendant to plead or for some other
special reason.





(6) Where the applicant for an order under this rule did not apply
by letter for the particulars he requires, the Court may refuse to make
the order unless of opinion that there were sufficient reasons for an
application by letter not having been made.

(7) Where particulars are given pursuant to a request, or order of
the Court, the request or order shall be incorporated with the
particulars, each item of the particulars following immediately after the
corresponding item of the request or order.

Admissions and denials (0. 18, r. 13)

13. (1) Subject to paragraph (4), any allegation of fact made by a
party in his pleading is deemed to be admitted by the opposite party
unless it is traversed by that party in his pleading or a joinder of issue
under rule 14 operates as a denial of it.

(2) A traverse may be made either by a denial or by a statement of
non-admission and either expressly or by necessary implication.

(3) Subject to paragraph (4), every allegation of fact made in a
statement of claim or counterclaim which the party on whom it is served
does not intend to admit must be specifically traversed by him in his
defence or defence to counterclaim, as the case may be; and a general
denial of such allegations, or a general statement of nonadmission of
them, is not a sufficient traverse of them.

(4) Any allegation that a party has suffered damage and any
allegation as to the amount of damages is deemed to be traversed
unless specifically admitted.

Denial by joinder of issue (0. 18, r. 14)

14. (1) If there is no reply to a defence, there is an implied joinder
of issue on that defence.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3)---

(a)there is at the close of pleadings an implied joinder of issue on
the pleading last served, and

(b)a party may in his pleading expressly join issue on the next
preceding pleading.

(3) There can be no joinder of issue, implied or expressed, on a
statement of claim or counterclaim.

(4) A joinder of issue operates as a denial of every material
allegation of fact made in the pleading on which there is an implied or
expressed joinder of issue unless, in the case of an expressed joinder of
issue, any such allegation is excepted from the joinder and is stated to
be admitted, in which case the expressed joinder of issue operates as a
denial of every other such allegation.

Statement of claim (0. 18, r. 15)

15. (1) A statement of claim must state specifically the relief or
remedy which the plaintiff claims; but costs need not be specifically
claimed.





(2) A statement of claim must not contain any allegation or
claim in respect of a cause of action unless that cause of action is
mentioned in the writ or arises from facts which are the same as, or
include or form part of, facts giving rise to a cause of action so
mentioned; but subject to that, a plaintiff may in his statement of
claim alter, modify or extend any claim made by him in the
endorsement of the writ without amending the endorsement.

(3) Every statement of claim must bear on its face a statement
of the date on which the writ in the action was issued.

Defence of tender (0. 18, r. 16)

16. Where in any action a defence of tender before action is
pleaded, the defendant must pay into court in accordance with
Order 22 the amount alleged to have been tendered, and the tender
shall not be available as a defence unless and until payment into
court has been made.

Defence of set-off (0. 18, r. 17)

17. Where a claim by a defendant to a sum of money (whether
of an ascertained amount or not) is relied on as a defence to the
whole or part of a claim made by the plaintiff, it may be included in
the defence and set-off against the plaintiff's claim, whether or not
it is also added as a counterclaim.

Counterclaim and defence to counterclaim (0. 18, r. 18)

18. Without prejudice to the general application of this Order
to a counterclaim and a defence to counterclaim, or to any provision
thereof which applies to either of those pleadings specifically---

(a)rule 15(1) shall apply to a counterclaim as if the counter-
claim were a statement of claim and the defendant making
it a plaintiff,

(b)rules 8(2), 16 and 17 shall, with the necessary modifica-
tions, apply to a defence to counterclaim as they apply to a
defence.

Striking out pleadings and indorsements (0. 18, r. 19)

19. (1) The Court may at any stage of the proceedings order
to be struck out or amended any pleading or the indorsement of any
writ in the action, or anything in any pleading or in the indorsement,
on the ground that-

(a)it discloses no reasonable cause of action or defence, as the
case may be; or

(b) it is scandalous, frivolous or vexatious; or

(c)it may prejudice, embarrass or delay the fair trial of the
action; or

(d) it is otherwise an abuse of the process of the court;





and may order the action to be stayed or dismissed or judgment to be
entered accordingly, as the case may be.

(2) No evidence shall be admissible on an application under
paragraph (1)(a).

(3) This rule shall, so far as applicable, apply to an originating
summons and a petition as if the summons or petition, as the case may
be, were a pleading.

Close of pleadings (0. 18, r. 20)

20. (1) The pleadings in an action are deemed to be closed-

(a)at the expiration of 14 days after service of the reply or, if
there is no reply but only a defence to counterclaim, after
service of the defence to counterclaim, or

(b)if neither a reply nor a defence to counterclaim is served, at
the expiration of 14 days after service of the defence.

(2) The pleadings in an action are deemed to be closed at the time
provided by paragraph (1) notwithstanding that any request or order for
particulars has been made but has not been complied with at that time.

Trial without pleadings (0. 18, r. 21)

21. (1) Where in an action to which this rule applies any defendant
has given notice of intention to defend in the action, the plaintiff or that
defendant may apply to the Court by summons for an order that the
action shall be tried without pleadings or further pleadings, as the case
may be.

(2) If, on the hearing of an application under this rule, the Court is
satisfied that the issues in dispute between the parties can be defined
without pleadings or further pleadings, or that for any other reason the
action can properly be tried without pleadings or further pleadings, as
the case may be, the Court shall order the action to be so tried, and may
direct the parties to prepare a statement of the issues in dispute or, if the
parties are unable to agree such a statement, may settle the statement
itself.

(3) Where the Court makes an order under paragraph (2), it shall,
and where it dismisses an application for such an order, it may, give
such directions as to the further conduct of the action as may be
appropriate, and Order 25, rules 2 to 7 shall, with the omission of so
much of rule 7(1) as requires parties to serve a notice specifying the
orders and directions which they desire and with any other necessary
modifications, apply as if the application under this rule were a
summons for directions.

(4) This rule applies to every action begun by writ other than one
which includes

the plaintiff for libel, slander, malicious
prosecution, false prisonment or seduction or





(b) a claim by the plaintiff based on an allegation of fraud.

Saving for defence under Merchant Shipping Acts etc. (0. 18, r. 22)

22. Nothing in Order 75, rules 37 to 40, shall be taken as limiting
the right of any shipowner or other person to rely by way of defence on
any provision of the Merchant Shipping Acts 1894 to 1979 in their
application to Hong Kong or the Merchant Shipping Ordinance or the
Merchant Shipping (Safety) Ordinance, which limits the amount of his
liability in connection with a ship or other property.

(L.N.
356188)

ORDER 19

DEFAULT OF PLEADINGS

Default in service of statement of claim (0. 19, r. 1)

1. Where the plaintiff is required by these rules to serve a
statement of claim on a defendant and he fails to serve it on him, the
defendant may, after the expiration of the period fixed by or under these
rules for service of the statement of claim, apply to the Court for an
order to dismiss the action, and the Court may by order dismiss the
action or make such other order on such terms as it thinks just.

Default of defence: claim for liquidated demand (0. 19, r. 2)

2. (1) Where the plaintiff's claim against a defendant is for a
liquidated demand only, then, if that defendant fails to serve a defence
on the plaintiff, the plaintiff may, after the expiration of the period fixed
by or under these rules for service of the defence, enter final judgment
against that defendant for a sum not exceeding that claimed by the writ
in respect of the demand and for costs, and proceed with the action
against the other defendants, if any.

(2) Order 13, rule 1(2) shall apply for the purpose of this rule as it
applies for the purposes of that rule.

Default of defence: claim for unliquidated damages (0. 19, r. 3)

3. Where the plaintiff's claim against a defendant is for unliquidated
damages only, then, if that defendant fails to serve a defence on the
plaintiff, the plaintiff may, after the expiration of the period fixed by or
under these rules for service of the defence, enter interlocutory
judgment against that defendant for damages to be assessed and costs,
and proceed with the action against the other defendants, if any.

Default of defence: claim in detinue (0. 19, r. 4)

4. (1) Where the plaintiff's claim against a defendant relates to the
detention of goods only, then, if that defendant fails to serve a defence
on the plaintiff, the plaintiff may, after the expiration of the period fixed
by or under these rules for the service of the defence and subject to
Order 42, rule 1A,





(a) at his option enter either---
(i) interlocutory judgment against that defendant for
delivery of the goods or their value to be assessed and
costs, or
(ii) interlocutory judgment for the value of the goods to
be assessed and costs, or

(b)apply by summons for judgment against that defendant for
delivery of the goods without giving him the alternative of
paying their assessed value,

and in any case proceed with the action against the other defendants,
if any.

(2) A summons under paragraph (1)(b) must be supported by
affidavit and, notwithstanding Order 65, rule 9, the summons and a
copy of the affidavit must be served on the defendant against whom
judgment is sought.

Default of defence: claim for possession of land (0. 19, r. 5)

5. (1) Where the plaintiff's claim against a defendant is for
possession of land only, then, if that defendant fails to serve a
defence on the plaintiff, the plaintiff may, after the expiration of the
period fixed by or under these rules for service of the defence, and on
producing a certificate by his solicitor, or (if he sues in person) an
affidavit, stating that he is not claiming any relief in the action of the
nature specified in Order 8 8, rule 1, enter judgment for possession of
the land as against that defendant and for costs, and proceed with
the action against the other defendants, if any.

(5) Where there is more than one defendant, judgment entered
under this rule shall not be enforced against any defendant unless
and until judgment for possession of the land has been entered
against all the defendants.

Default of defence: mixed claims (0. 19, r. 6)

6. Where the plaintiff makes against a defendant two or more
of the claims mentioned in rules 2 to 5, and no other claim, then, if
that defendant fails to serve a defence on the plaintiff, the plaintiff
may, after the expiration of the period fixed by or under these rules
for service of the defence, enter against that defendant such judg-
ment in respect of any such claim as he would be entitled to enter
under those rules if that were the only claim made, and proceed with
the action against the other defendants, if any.

Default of defence: other claims (0. 19, r. 7)

7. (1) Where the plaintiff makes against a defendant or
defendants a claim of a description not mentioned in rules 2 to 5,
then, if the defendant or all the defendants (where there is more than
one) fails or fail to serve a defence on the plaintiff, the plaintiff may,
after the expiration of the period fixed by or under these rules for





service of the defence, apply to the Court for judgment, and on the
hearing of the application the Court shall give such judgment as the
plaintiff appears entitled to on his statement of claim.

(2) Where the plaintiff makes such a claim as is mentioned in
paragraph (1) against more than one defendant, then, if one of the
defendants makes default as mentioned in that paragraph, the plaintiff
may

(a)if his claim against the defendant in default is severable from
his claim against the other defendants, apply under that
paragraph for judgment against that defendant, and proceed
with the action against the other defendants; or

(b)set down the action on motion for judgment against the
defendant at the time when the action is set down for trial, or
is set down on motion for judgment, against the other
defendants.

(3) An application under paragraph (1) must be by summons or
motion.

Default of defence to counterclaim (0. 19, r. 8)

8. A defendant who counterclaims against a plaintiff shall be
treated for the purposes of rules 2 to 7 as if he were a plaintiff who had
made against a defendant the claim made in the counterclaim and,
accordingly, where the plaintiff or any other party against whom the
counterclaim is made fails to serve a defence to counterclaim, those
rules shall apply as if the counterclaim were a statement of claim, the
defence to counterclaim a defence and the parties making the
counterclaim and against whom it is made were plaintiffs and defendants
respectively, and as if references to the period fixed by or under these
rules for service of the defence were references to the period so fixed for
service of the defence to counterclaim.

Setting aside judgment (0. 19, r. 9)

9. The Court may, on such terms as it thinks just, set aside or vary
any judgment entered in pursuance of this Order.

ORDER 20

AMENDMENT

Amendment of writ without leave (0. 20, r. 1)

1. (1) Subject to paragraph (3), the plaintiff may, without the leave
of the Court, amend the writ once at any time before the pleadings in the
action begun by the writ are deemed to be closed.

(2) Where a writ is amended under this rule after service thereof,
then, unless the Court otherwise directs on an application made ex
parte, the amended writ must be served on each defendant to the action.





(3) This rule shall not apply in relation to an amendment
which consists of-

(a)the addition, omission or substitution of a party to the
action or an alteration of the capacity in which a party to
the action sues or is sued, or

(b) the addition or substitution of a new cause of action, or

(c)(without prejudice to rule 3(1)) an amendment of the
statement of claim (if any) indorsed on the writ,

unless the amendment is made before service of the writ on any party
to the action.

Amendment of acknowledgment of service (0. 20, r. 2)

2. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), a party may not amend his
acknowledgment of service without leave of the Court.

(2) A party whose acknowledgment of service contains a
statement to the effect that-

(a) he does, or

(b) he does not

intend to contest the proceedings to which the acknowledgment
relates may, without the leave of the Court, amend the acknowledg-
ment by substituting for that statement a statement to the opposite
effect, provided that in a case falling under sub-paragraph (b) the
amendment is made before judgment has been obtained in the
proceedings.

(3) Where an acknowledgment of service is authorized to be
amended under this rule, a fresh acknowledgment, amended as so
authorized, must be handed in at or sent by post to the Registry, and
Order 12, rule 4, shall apply.

Amendment of pleadings without leave (0. 20, r. 3)

3. (1) A party may, without the leave of the Court, amend
any pleading of his once at any time before the pleadings are deemed
to be closed and, where he does so, he must serve the amended
pleading on the opposite party.

(2) Where an amended statement of claim is served on a
defendant---

(a)the defendant, if he has already served a defence on the
plaintiff, may amend his defence, and

(b)the period for service of his defence or amended defence, as
the case may be, shall be either the period fixed by or under
these rules for service of his defence or a period of 14 days
after the amended statement of claim is served on him,
whichever expires later.





(3) Where an amended defence is served on the plaintiff by a
defendant-

(a)the plaintiff, if he has already served a reply on that
defendant, may amend his reply, and

(b)the period for service of his reply or amended reply, as the
case may be, shall be 14 days after the amended defence is
served on him.

(4) In paragraphs (2) and (3) references to a defence and a
reply include references to a counterclaim and a defence to counter-
claim respectively.

(5) Where an amended counterclaim is served by a defendant
on a party (other than the plaintiff) against whom the counterclaim
is made, paragraph (2) shall apply as if the counterclaim were a
statement of claim and as if the party by whom the counterclaim is
made were the plaintiff and the party against whom it is made a
defendant.

(6) Where a party has pleaded to a pleading which is subse-
quently amended and served on him under paragraph (1), then, if
that party does not amend his pleading under the foregoing provi-
sions of this rule, he shall be taken to reply on it in answer to the
amended pleading, and Order 18, rule 14(2), shall have effect in such
a case as if the amended pleading had been served at the time when
that pleading, before its amendment under paragraph (1), was
served.

Application for disallowance of amendment made without leave (0. 20,
r. 4)

4. (1) Within 14 days after the service on a party of a writ
amended under rule 1(1) or of a pleading amended under rule 3(1),
that party may apply to the Court to disallow the amendment.

(2) Where the Court hearing an application under this rule is
satisfied that if an application for leave to make the amendment in
question had been made under rule 5 at the date when the amend-
ment was made under rule 1(1) or rule 3(1) leave to make the
amendment or part of the amendment would have been refused, it
shall order the amendment or that part to be struck out.

(3) Any order made on an application under this rule may
be made on such terms as to costs or otherwise as the Court thinks
just.

Amendment of writ or pleading with leave (0. 20, r. 5)

5. (1) Subject to Order 15, rules 6, 7 and 8 and the following
provisions of this rule, the Court may at any stage of the proceedings
allow the plaintiff to amend his writ, or any party to amend his
pleadings, on such terms as to costs or otherwise as may be just and
in such manner (if any) as it may direct.





(2) Where an application to the Court for leave to make the
amendment mentioned in paragraph (3), (4) or (5) is made after any
relevant period of limitation current at the date of issue of the writ
has expired, the Court may nevertheless grant such leave in the
circumstances mentioned in that paragraph if it thinks it just to
do so.

(3) An amendment to correct the name of a party may be
allowed under paragraph (2) notwithstanding that it is alleged that
the effect of the amendment will be to substitute a new party if the
Court is satisfied that the mistake sought to be corrected was a
genuine mistake and was not misleading or such as to cause any
reasonable doubt as to the identity of the person intending to sue or,
as the case may be, intended to be sued.

(4) An amendment to alter the capacity in which a party sues
may be allowed under paragraph (2) if the new capacity is one which
that party had at the date of the commencement of the proceedings
or has since acquired.

(5) An amendment may be allowed under paragraph (2)
notwithstanding that the effect of the amendment will be to add or
substitute a new cause of action if the new cause of action arises out
of the same facts or substantially the same facts as a cause of action
in respect of which relief has already been claimed in the action by
the party applying for leave to make the amendment.

Amendment of other originating process (0. 20, r. 7)

7. Rule 5 shall have effect in relation to an originating
summons, a petition and an originating notice or motion as it has
effect in relation to a writ.

Amendment of certain other documents (0. 20, r. 8)

8. (1) For the purpose of determining the real question in
controversy between the parties to any proceedings, or of correcting
any defect or error in any proceedings, the Court may at any stage of
the proceedings and either of its own motion or on the application of
any party to the proceedings order any document in the proceedings
to be amended on such terms as to costs or otherwise as may be just
and in such manner (if any) as it may direct.

(2) This rule shall not have effect in relation to a judgment or
order.

Failure to amend after order (0. 20, r. 9)

9. Where the Court makes an order under this Order giving
any party leave to amend a writ, pleading or other document,
then, if that party does not amend the document in accordance
with the order before the expiration of the period specified for that
purpose in the order or, if no period is so specified, of a period of





14 days after the order was made, the order shall cease to have effect,
without prejudice, however, to the power of the Court to extend the
period.

Mode of amendment of writ, etc. (0. 20, r. 10)

10. (1) Where the amendments authorized under any rule of this
Order to be made in a writ, pleading or other document are so numerous
or of such nature or length that to make written alterations of the
document so as to give effect to them would make it difficult or
inconvenient to read, a fresh document, amended as so authorized, must
be prepared and, in the case of a writ or originating summons, reissued,
but, except as aforesaid and subject to any direction given under rule 5,
or 8, the amendments so authorized may be effected by making in
writing the necessary alterations of the document and in the case of a
writ or originating summons, causing it to be resealed and filing a copy.

(2) A writ, pleading or other document which has been amended
under this Order must be indorsed with a statement that it has been
amended, specifying the date on which it was amended, the name of the
Judge, master or Registrar by whom the order (if any) authorizing the
amendment was made and the date thereof, or, if no such order was
made, the number of the rule of this Order in pursuance of which the
amendment was made.

Amendment of judgment and orders (0. 20, r. 11)

11. Clerical mistakes in judgments or orders, or errors arising
therein from any accidental slip or omission, may at any time be
corrected by the Court on motion or summons without an appeal.

Amendment of pleadings by agreement (0. 20, r. 12)

12. (1) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Order any
pleading in any cause or matter may, by written agreement between the
parties, be amended at any stage of the proceedings.

(2) This rule shall not have effect in relation to an amendment
which consists of the addition, omission or substitution of a party.

ORDER 21

WITHDRAWAL AND DISCONTINUANCE

Withdrawal of acknowledgment of service (0. 21, r. 1)

1. A party who has acknowledged service in an action may
withdraw the acknowledgment at any time with the leave of the Court.





Discontinuance of action, etc., without leave (0. 21, r. 2)

2. (1) Subject to paragraph (2A) the plaintiff in an action begun by
writ may, without the leave of the Court, discontinue the action, or
withdraw any particular claim made by him therein, as against any or all
of the defendants at any time not later than 14 days after service of the
defence on him or, if there are two or more defendants, of the defence
last served, by serving a notice to that effect on the defendant
concerned.

(2) Subject to paragraph (2A) a defendant to an action begun by
writ may, without the leave of the Court

(a) withdraw his defence or any part of it at any time,

(b)discontinue a counterclaim, or withdraw any particular claim
made by him therein, as against any or all of the parties
against whom it is made, at any time not later than 14 days
after service on him of a defence to counterclaim or, if the
counterclaim is made against two or more parties, of the
defence to counterclaim last served,

by serving a notice to that effect on the plaintiff or other party
concerned.

(2A) A party in whose favour an interim payment has been ordered,
in accordance with Order 29, may not discontinue any action or
counterclaim, or withdraw any particular claim therein, except with the
leave of the Court or the consent of all the other parties.

(3) Where there are two or more defendants to an action begun by
writ not all of whom serve a defence on the plaintiff, and the period fixed
by or under these rules for service by any of those defendants of his
defence expires after the latest date on which any other defendant
serves his defence, paragraph (1) shall have effect as if the reference
therein to the service of the defence last served were a reference to the
expiration of that period.

This paragraph shall apply in relation to a counterclaim as it applies
in relation to an action begun by writ with the substitution for
references to a defence, to the plaintiff and to paragraph (1), of
references to a defence to counterclaim, to the defendant and to
paragraph (2) respectively.

(3A) The plaintiff in an action begun by originating summons may,
without the leave of the Court, discontinue the action or withdraw any
particular question or claim in the originating summons, as against any
or all of the defendants at any time not later than 14 days after service
on him of the defendant's affidavit evidence filed pursuant to Order 28,
rule 1A(2) or, if there are two or more defendants, of such evidence last
served, by serving a notice to that effect on the defendant concerned.

(3B) When there are two or more defendants to an action begun by
originating summons not all of whom serve affidavit





evidence on the plaintiff, and the period fixed by or under these rules for
service by any of those defendants of his affidavit evidence expires
after the latest date on which any other defendant serves his affidavit
evidence, paragraph (3A) shall have effect as if the reference therein to
the service of the affidavit evidence last served were a reference to the
expiration of that period.

(4) If all the parties to an action consent, the action may be
withdrawn without the leave of the Court at any time before trial by
producing to the Registrar a written consent to the action being
withdrawn signed by all the parties.

Discontinuance of action, etc., with leave (0. 21, r. 3)

3. (1) Except as provided by rule 2, a party may not discontinue an
action (whether begun by writ or otherwise) or counterclaim, or
withdraw any particular claim made by him therein, without the leave of
the Court, and the Court hearing an application for the grant of such
leave may order the action or counterclaim to be discontinued, or any
particular claim made therein to be struck out, as against any or all of the
parties against whom it is brought or made on such terms as to costs,
the bringing of a subsequent action or otherwise as it thinks just.

(2) An application for the grant of leave under this rule may be
made by summons or motion or by notice under Order 25, rule 7.

Effect of discontinuance (0. 21, r. 4)

4. Subject to any terms imposed by the Court in granting leave
under rule 3, the fact that a party has discontinued an action or
counterclaim or withdrawn a particular claim made by him therein shall
not be a defence to a subsequent action for the same, or substantially
the same, cause of action.

Stay of subsequent action until costs paid (0. 21, r. 5)

5. (1) Where a party has discontinued an action or counterclaim or
withdrawn any particular claim made by him therein and he is liable to
pay any other party's costs of the action or counterclaim or the costs
occasioned to any other party by the claim withdrawn, then, if, before
payment of those costs, he subsequently brings an action for the same,
or substantially the same, cause of action, the Court may order the
proceedings in that action to be stayed until those costs are paid.

(2) An application for an order under this rule may be made by
summons or motion or by notice under Order 25, rule 7.

Withdrawal of summons (0. 2 1, r. 6)

6. A party who has taken out a summons in a cause or matter may
not withdraw it without the leave of the Court.





ORDER 22

PAYMENT INTO AND OUT OF COURT

Payment into court (0. 22, r. 1)

1. (1) In any action for a debt or damages any defendant
may at any time pay into court a sum or sums of money in
satisfaction of the cause of action in respect of which the plaintiff
claims or, where two or more causes of action are joined in the
action, a sum or sums of money in satisfaction of any or all of those
causes of action.

(2) On making any payment into court under this rule, and on
increasing any such payment already made, the defendant must give
notice thereof in Form No. 23 in Appendix A to the plaintiff and
every other defendant (if any); and within 3 days after receiving the
notice the plaintiff must send the defendant a written acknowledg-
ment of its receipt.

(3) A defendant may, without leave, give notice of an increase
in a payment made under this rule but, subject to that and without
prejudice to paragraph (5), a notice of payment may not be
withdrawn or amended without the leave of the Court which may be
granted on such terms as may be just.

(4) Where two or more causes of action are joined in the
action and money is paid into court under this rule in respect of all,
or some only of, those causes of action, the notice of payment-

(a)must state that the money is paid in respect of all those
causes of action or, as the case may be, must specify the
cause or causes of action in respect of which payment is
made, and

(b)where the defendant makes separate payments in respect of
each, or any two or more, of those causes of action, must
specify the sum paid in respect of that cause or, as the case
may be, those causes of action.

(5) Where a single sum of money is paid into court under this
rule in respect of two or more causes of action, then, if it appears to
the Court that the plaintiff is embarrassed by the payment, the Court
may, subject to paragraph (6), order the defendant to amend the
notice of payment so as to specify the sum paid in respect of each
cause of action.

(6) Where a cause of action under the Fatal Accidents Or-
dinance and a cause of action under sections 20 to 25 of the Law
Amendment and Reform (Consolidation) Ordinance are joined in
an action, with or without any other cause of action, the causes
of action under the said Ordinances shall, for the purpose of para-
graph (5), be treated as one cause of action.

(8) For the purposes of this rule, the plaintiff's cause of action
in respect of a debt or damages shall be construed as a cause of





action in respect, also, of such interest as might be included in the
judgment, whether under section 48 of the Ordinance or otherwise, if
judgment were given at the date of the payment into court.

Payment in by defendant who has counterclaimed (0. 22, r. 2)

2. Where a defendant, who makes by counterclaim a claim against
the plaintiff for a debt or damages, pays a sum or sums of money into
court under rule 1, the notice of payment must state if it be the case, that
in making the payment the defendant has taken into account and
intends to satisfy

(a) the cause of action in respect of which he claims, or

(b)where two or more causes of action are joined in the
counterclaim, all those causes of action or, if not all, which of
them.

Acceptance of money paid into court (0. 22, r. 3)

3. (1) Where money is paid into court under rule 1, then, subject to
paragraph (2), within 14 days after receipt of the notice of payment or,
where more than one payment has been made or the notice has been
amended, within 14 days after receipt of the notice of the last payment
or the amended notice but, in any case, before the trial or hearing of the
action begins, the plaintiff may

(a)where the money was paid in respect of the cause of action or
all the causes of action in respect of which he claims, accept
the money in satisfaction of that cause of action or those
causes of action, as the case may be, or

(b)where the money was paid in respect of some only of the
causes of action in respect of which he claims, accept in
satisfaction of any such cause or causes of action the sum
specified in respect of that cause or those causes of action in
the notice of payment,

by giving notice in Form No. 24 in Appendix A to every defendant to
the action.

(2) Where after the trial or hearing of an action has begun-

(a) money is paid into court under rule 1, or

(b)money in court is increased by a further payment into court
under that rule,

the plaintiff may accept the money in accordance with paragraph (1)
within 2 days after receipt of the notice of payment or notice of the
further payment, as the case may be, but, in any case, before the judge
begins to deliver judgment or, if the trial is with a jury, before the judge
begins his summing up.

(3) Rule 1(5) shall not apply in relation to money paid into court in
an action after the trial or hearing of the action has begun.





(4) On the plaintiff accepting any money paid into court all
further proceedings in the action or in respect of the specified cause
or causes of action, as the case may be, to which the acceptance
relates, both against the defendant making the payment and against
any other defendant sued jointly with or in the alternative to him,
shall be stayed.

(5) Where money is paid into court by a defendant who made
a counterclaim and the notice of payment stated, in relation to any
sum so paid, that in making the payment the defendant had taken
into account and satisfied the cause or causes of action, or the
specified cause or specified causes of action, in respect of which he
claimed, then, on the plaintiff accepting that sum, all further
proceedings on the counterclaim or in respect of the specified cause
or causes of action, as the case may be, against the plaintiff shall be
stayed.

(6) A plaintiff who has accepted any sum paid into court shall,
subject to rules 4 and 10 and Order 80, rule 12, be entitled to receive
payment of that sum in satisfaction of the cause or causes of action
to which the acceptance relates.

Order for payment out of money accepted required in certain cases
(0. 22, r. 4)

4. (1) Where a plaintiff accepts any sum paid into court and
that sum was paid into court-

(a)by some but not all of the defendants sued jointly or in the
alternative by him, or

(b) with a defence of tender before action, or

(c) in an action to which Order 80, rule 12, applies, or

(d)in satisfaction either of causes of action arising under the
Fatal Accidents Ordinance and sections 20 to 25 of the
Law Amendment and Reform (Consolidation) Ordinance
or of a cause of action arising under the first mentioned
Ordinance where more than one person is entitled to the
money,

the money in court shall not be paid out except under paragraph (2)
or in pursuance of an order of the Court, and the order shall deal
with the whole costs of the action or of the cause of action to which
the payment relates, as the case may be.

(2) Where an order of the Court is required under paragraph
(1) by reason only of paragraph (1)(a) then if, either before or after
accepting the money paid into court by some only of the defendants
sued jointly or in the alternative by him, the plaintiff discontinues
the action against all the other defendants and those defendants
consent in writing to the payment out of that sum, it may be paid out
without an order of the Court.





(3) Where after the trial or hearing of an action has begun a plaintiff
accepts any money paid into court and all further proceedings in the
action or in respect of the specified cause or causes of action, as the
case may be, to which the acceptance relates are stayed by virtue of rule
3(4), then, notwithstanding anything in paragraph (2), the money shall
not be paid out except in pursuance of an order of the Court, and the
order shall deal with the whole costs of the action.

Money remaining in court (0. 22, r. 5)

5. If any money paid into court in an action is not accepted in
accordance with rule 3, the money remaining in court shall not be paid
out except in pursuance of an order of the Court which may be made at
any time before, at or after the trial or hearing of the action; and where
such an order is made before the trial or hearing the money shall not be
paid out except in satisfaction of the cause or causes of action in
respect of which it was paid in.

Counterclaim (0. 22, r. 6)

6. A plaintiff against whom a counterclaim is made and any other
defendant to the counterclaim may pay money into court in accordance
with rule 1, and that rule and rules 3 (except paragraph (5)), 4 and 5 shall
apply accordingly with the necessary modifications.

Non-disclosure of payment into court (0. 22, r. 7)

7. (1) Except in an- action to which a defence of tender before
action is pleaded, and except in an action all further proceedings in
which are stayed by virtue of rule 3(4) after the trial or hearing has
begun and subject to paragraph (2), the fact that money has been paid
into court under the foregoing provisions of this Order shall not be
pleaded and no communication of that fact shall be made to the Court at
the trial or hearing of the action or counterclaim or of any question or
issue as to the debt or damages until all questions of liability and of the
amount of the debt or damages have been decided.

(2) Where the question of the costs of the issue of liability falls to
be decided, that issue having been tried and an issue or question
concerning the amount of the debt or damages remaining to be tried
separately, any party may bring to the attention of the Court the fact
that a payment into court has or has not been made and the date (but
not the amount) of such payment or of the first payment if more than
one.

Money paid into court under order (0. 22, r. 8)

8. (1) Subject to paragraph (2

money paid into court under

an order of the Court or a certificate of the Registrar shall not be
paid out except in pursuance of an order of the Court.





Unless the Court otherwise orders, a party who has paid money
into court in pursuance of an order made under Order 14

(a)may by notice to the other party appropriate the whole or any
part of the money and any additional payment, if necessary, to
any particular claim made in the writ or counterclaim, as the
case may be, and specified in the notice, or

(b)if he pleads a tender, may by his pleading appropriate the
whole or any part of the money as payment into court of the
money alleged to have been tendered;

and money appropriate in accordance with this rule shall be deemed to
be money paid into court in accordance with rule 1 or money paid into
court with a plea of tender, as the case may be, and this Order shall
apply accordingly.

Person to whom payment to be made (0. 22, r. 10)

10. (1) Where the party entitled to money in court is a person in
respect of whom a certificate is or has been in force entitling him to legal
aid under the Legal Aid Ordinance, payment shall be made only to the
Director of Legal Aid without the need for any authority from the party.

(2) Subject to paragraph (1), payment shall be made to the party
entitled or to his solicitor.

(3) This rule applies whether the money in court has been paid into
court under rule 1 or under an order of the Court or a certificate of the
Registrar.

Payment out: small intestate estates (0. 22, r. 11)

11. Where a person entitled to a fund in court, or a share of such
fund, dies intestate and the Court is satisfied that no grant of
administration of his estate has been made and that the assets of his
estate, including the fund or share, do not exceed $20,000 in value, it
may order that the fund or share shall be paid, transferred or delivered to
the person who, being a widower, widow, child, father, mother, brother
or sister of the deceased, would have the prior right to a grant of
administration of the estate of the deceased.

Payment of hospital expenses (0. 22, r. 12)

12. (1) This rule applies in relation to an action or counterclaim for
bodily injury arising out of the use of a motor vehicle on a road or in a
place to which the public have a right of access in which the claim for
damages includes a sum for hospital expenses.

(2) Where the party against whom the claim is made, or an
authorized insurer within the meaning of section 2 of the Motor
Vehicles Insurance (Third Party Risks) Ordinance pays the amount





for which that party or insurer, as the case may be, is or may be
liable under section 8 of that Ordinance in respect of whom the claim
is made, the party against whom the claim is made must, within 7
days after the payment is made, give notice of the payment to all the
other parties to the action.

Investment of money in court (0. 22, r. 13)

13. Cash under the control of or subject to the order of the
Court may be invested in any manner specified in the Supreme Court
Suitors' Funds Rules and the Trustee Ordinance.

Written offers 'without prejudice save as to costs' (0. 22, r. 14)

14. (1) A party to proceedings may at any time make a
written offer to any other party to those proceedings which is
expressed to be 'without prejudice save as to costs' and which
relates to any issue in the proceedings.

(2) Where an offer is made under paragraph (1), the fact that
such an offer has been made shall not be communicated to the Court
until the question of costs falls to be decided and the Court shall
take into account any offer which has been brought to its attention:

Provided that the Court shall not take such offer into account
if, at the time it is made, the party making it could have protected his
position as to costs by means of a payment into court under 0. 22.

ORDER 23

SECURITY FOR COSTS

Security for costs of action, etc. (0. 23, r. 1)

1. (1) Where, on the application of a defendant to an action
or other proceeding in the High Court, it appears to the Court-

(a)that the plaintiff is ordinarily resident out of the jurisdic-
tion, or

(b)that the plaintiff (not being a plaintiff who is suing in a
representative capacity) is a nominal plaintiff who is suing
for the benefit of some other person and that there is
reason to believe that he will be unable to pay the costs of
the defendant if ordered to do so, or

(c)subject to paragraph (2), that the plaintiff's address is not
stated in the writ or other originating process or is incor-
rectly stated therein, or

(d)that the plaintiff has changed his address during the course
of the proceedings with a view to evading the consequences
of the litigation,





then if, having regard to all the circumstances of the case, the Court
thinks it just to do so, it may order the plaintiff to give such security for
the defendant's costs of the action or other proceeding as it thinks just.

(2) The Court shall not require a plaintiff to give security by reason
only of paragraph (1)(c) if he satisfies the Court that the failure to state
his address or the mis-statement thereof was made innocently and
without intention to deceive.

(3) The references in the foregoing paragraphs to a plaintiff and a
defendant shall be construed as references to the person (howsoever
described on the record) who is in the position of plaintiff or defendant,
as the case may be, in the proceeding in question, including a
proceeding on a counterclaim.

Manner of giving security (0. 23, r. 2)

2. Where an order is made requiring any party to give security for
costs, the security shall be given in such manner, at such time, and on
such terms (if any) as the Court may direct.

Saving for enactments (0. 23, r. 3)

3. This Order is without prejudice to the provisions of any written
law which empowers the Court to require security to be given for the
costs of any proceedings.

ORDER 24

DISCOVERY AND INSPECTION OF DOCUMENTS

Mutual discovery of documents (0. 24, r. 1)

1. (1) After the close of pleadings in an action begun by writ there
shall, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this Order, be
discovery by the parties to the action of the documents which are or
have been in their possession, custody or power relating to matters in
question in the action.

(2) Nothing in this Order shall be taken as preventing the parties to
an action agreeing to dispense with or limit the discovery of documents
which they would otherwise be required to make to each other.

Discovery by parties without order (0. 24, r. 2)

2. (1) Subject to the provisions of this rule and of rule 4, the parties
to an action between whom pleadings are closed must make discovery
by exchanging lists of documents and, accordingly, each party must,
within 14 days after the pleadings in the action are deemed to be closed
as between him and any other party, make and serve on that other party
a list of the documents which are or have been in his possession,
custody or power relating to any matter in question between them in the
action.





Without prejudice to any directions given by the Court under
Order 16, rule 4, this paragraph shall not apply in third party
proceedings, including proceedings under that Order involving
fourth or subsequent parties.

(2) Unless the Court otherwise orders, a defendant to an
action arising out of an accident on land due to a collision or
apprehended collision involving a vehicle shall not make discovery
of any documents to the plaintiff under paragraph (1).

(3) Paragraph (1) shall not be taken as requiring a defendant
to an action for the recovery of any penalty recoverable by virtue of
any written law to make discovery of any documents.

(4) Paragraphs (2) and (3) shall apply in relation to a counter-
claim as they apply in relation to an action but with the substitution,
for the reference in paragraph (2) to the plaintiff, of a reference to
the party making the counterclaim.

(5) On the application of any party required by this rule to
make discovery of documents, the Court may-

(a)order that the parties to the action or any of them shall
make discovery under paragraph (1) of such documents or
classes of documents only, or as to such only of the matters
in question, as may be specified in the order, or

(b)if satisfied that discovery by all or any of the parties is not
necessary, or not necessary at that stage of the action,
order that there shall be no discovery of documents by any
or all of the parties either at all or at that stage;

and the Court shall make such an order if and so far as it is of
opinion that discovery is not necessary either for disposing fairly of
the action or for saving costs.

(6) An application for an order under paragraph (5) must be
by summons, and the summons must be taken out before the
expiration of the period within which by virtue of this rule discovery
of documents in the action is required to be made.

(7) Any party to whom discovery of documents is required to
be made under this rule may, at any time before the summons for
directions in the action is taken out, serve on the party required to
make such discovery a notice requiring him to make an affidavit
verifying the list he is required to make under paragraph (1), and the
party on whom such a notice is served must, within 14 days after
service of the notice, make and file an affidavit in compliance with
the notice and serve a copy of the affidavit on the party by whom the
notice was served.

Order for discovery (0. 24, r. 3)

3. (1) Subject to the provisions of this rule and of rules 4
and 8, the Court may order any party to a cause or matter (whether
begun by writ, originating summons or otherwise) to make and serve





on any other party a list of the documents which are or have been in
his possession, custody or power relating to any matter in question
in the cause or matter, and may at the same time or subsequently
also order him to make and file an affidavit verifying such a list and
to serve a copy thereof on the other party.

(2) Where a party who is required by rule 2 to make discovery
of documents fails to comply with any provision of that rule, the
Court, on the application of any party to whom the discovery was
required to be made, may make an order against the first-mentioned
party under paragraph (1) of this rule or, as the case may be, may
order him to make and file an affidavit verifying the list of docu-
ments he is required to make under rule 2 and to serve a copy thereof
on the applicant.

(3) An order under this rule may be limited to such documents
or classes of document only, or to such only of the matters in
question in the cause or matter, as may be specified in the order.

Order for determination of issue, etc., before discovery (0. 24, r. 4)

4. (1) Where on an application for an order under rule 2 or 3
it appears to the Court that any issue or question in the cause or
matter should be determined before any discovery of documents is
made by the parties, the Court may order that that issue or question
be determined first.

(2) Where in an action begun by writ an order is made under
this rule for the determination of an issue or question, Order 25,
rules 2 to 7, shall, with the omission of so much of rule 7(1) as
requires parties to serve a notice specifying the orders and directions
which they desire and with any other necessary modifications, apply
as if the application on which the order was made were a summons
for directions.

Form of list and affidavit (0. 24, r. 5)

5. (1) A list of documents made in compliance with rule 2 or
with an order under rule 3 must be in Form No. 26 in Appendix A,
and must enumerate the documents in a convenient order and as
shortly as possible but describing each of them or, in the case of
bundles of documents of the same nature, each bundle, sufficiently
to enable it to be identified.

(2) If it is desired to claim that any documents are privileged
from production, the claim must be made in the list of documents
with a sufficient statement of the grounds of the privilege.

(3) An affidavit made as aforesaid verifying a list of docu-
ments must be in Form No. 27 in Appendix A.

Defendant entitled to copy of co-defendant's fist (0. 24, r. 6)

6. (1) A defendant who has pleaded in an action shall be
entitled to have a copy of any list of documents served under any of
the foregoing rules of this Order on the plaintiff by any other





defendant to the action; and a plaintiff against whom a counterclaim is
made in an action begun by writ shall be entitled to have a copy of any
list of documents served under any of those rules on the party making
the counterclaim by any other defendant to the counterclaim.

(2) A party required by virtue of paragraph (1) to supply a copy of
a list of documents must supply it free of charge on a request made by
the party entitled to it.

(3) Where in an action begun by originating summons the Court
makes an order under rule 3 requiring a defendant to the action to serve
a list of documents on the plaintiff, it may also order him to supply any
other defendant to the action with a copy of that list.

(4) In this rule list of documents' includes an affidavit verifying a
list of documents.

Order for discovery of particular documents (0. 24, r. 7)

7. (1) Subject to rule 8, the Court may at any time, on the
application of any party to a cause or matter, make an order requiring
any other party to make an affidavit stating whether any document
specified or described in the application or any class of document so
specified or described is, or has at any time been, in his possession,
custody or power, and if not then in his possession, custody or power
when he parted with it and what has become of it.

(2) An order may be made against a party under this rule
notwithstanding that he may already have made or been required to
make a list of documents or affidavit under rule 2 or rule 3.

(3) An application for an order under this rule must be supported
by an affidavit stating the belief of the deponent that the party from
whom discovery is sought under this rule has, or at some time had, in
his possession, custody or power the document, or class of document,
specified or described in the application and that it relates to one or
more of the matters in question in the cause or matter.

Application under section 41 or 42(1) of the Ordinance (0. 24, r. 7A)

7A. (1) An application for an order under section' 41 of the
Ordinance for the disclosure of documents before the commencement of
proceedings shall be made by originating summons and the person
against whom the order is sought shall be made defendant to the
summons.

(2) An application after the commencement of proceedings for an
order under section 42(1) of the Ordinance for the disclosure of
documents by a person who is not a party to the proceedings shall be
made by summons, which must be served on that person personally and
on every party to the proceedings other than the applicant.





(3) A summons under paragraph (1) or (2) shall be supported by an
affidavit which must

(a)in the case of a summons under paragraph (1), state the
grounds on which it is alleged that the applicant and the
person against whom the order is sought are likely to be
parties to subsequent proceedings in the High Court in which
a claim for personal injuries is likely to be made;

(b)in any case, specify or describe the documents in respect of
which the order is sought and show, if practicable by
reference to any pleading served or intended to be served in
the proceedings, that the documents are relevant to an issue
arising or likely to arise out of a claim for personal injuries
made or likely to be made in the proceedings and that the
person against whom the order is sought is likely to have or
have had them in his possession, custody or power.

(4) A copy of the supporting affidavit shall be served with the
summons on every person on whom the summons is required to be
served.

(5) An order under section 41 or 42(1) for the disclosure of
documents may be made conditional on the applicant's giving security
for the costs of the person against whom it is made or on such other
terms, if any, as the Court thinks just, and shall require the person
against whom the order is made to make an affidavit stating whether any
documents specified or described in the order are, or at any time have
been, in his possession, custody or power and, if not then in his
possession, custody or power, when he parted with them and what has
become of them.

(6) No person shall be compelled by virtue of such an order to
produce any documents which he could not be compelled to produce

(a)in the case of a summons under paragraph (1), if the
subsequent proceedings had already been begun; or

(b)in the case of a summons under paragraph (2), if he had been
served with a writ of subpoena duces iecum to produce the
documents at the trial.

(7) In this rule 'a claim for personal injuries' means a claim in
respect of personal injuries to a person or in respect of a person's death.

(8) For the purposes of rules 10 and 11 an application for an order
under section 41 or 42(1) shall be treated as a cause or matter between
the applicant and the person against whom the order is sought.

Discovery to be ordered only if necessary (0. 24, r. 8)

8. On the hearing of an application for an order under rule 3, 7 or
7A the Court, if satisfied that discovery is not necessary, or not





necessary at that stage of the cause or matter, may dismiss or, as the
case may be, adjourn the application and shall in any case refuse to
make such an order if and so far as it is of opinion that discovery is not
necessary either for disposing fairly of the cause or matter or for saving
costs.

Inspection of documents referred to in list (0. 24, r. 9)

9. A party who has served a list of documents on any other party,
whether in compliance with rule 2 or with an order under rule 3, must
allow the other party to inspect the documents referred to in the list
(other than any which he objects to produce) and to take copies thereof
and, accordingly, he must when he serves the list on the other party
also serve on him a notice stating a time within 7 days after the service
thereof at which the said documents may be inspected at a place
specified in the notice.

Inspection of documents referred to in pleadings and affidavits (0. 24,
10)

10. (1) Any party to a cause or matter shall be entitled at any time
to serve a notice on any other party in whose pleadings or affidavits
reference is made to any document requiring him to produce that
document for the inspection of the party giving the notice and to permit
him to take copies thereof.

(2) The party on whom a notice is served under paragraph (1) must,
within 4 days after service of the notice, serve on the party giving the
notice a notice stating a time within 7 days after the service thereof at
which the documents, or such of them as he does not object to produce,
may be inspected at a place specified in the notice, and stating which (if
any) of the documents he objects to produce and on what grounds.

Order for production for inspection (0. 24, r. 11)

11. (1) If a party who is required by rule 9 to serve such a notice as
is therein mentioned or who is served with a notice under rule 10(1)

(a)fails to serve a notice under rule 9 or, as the case may be, rule
10(2), or

(b) objects to produce any document for inspection, or

(e)offers inspection at a time or place such that, in the opinion of
the Court, it is unreasonable to offer inspection then or, as the
case may be, there,

then, subject to rule 13(1), the Court may, on the application of the party
entitled to inspection, make an order for production of the documents in
question for inspection at such time and place, and in such manner, as it
thinks fit.





(2) Without prejudice to paragraph (1), but subject to rule
13(1), the Court may, on the application of any party to a cause or
matter, order any other party to permit the party applying to inspect
any documents in the possession, custody or power of that other
party relating to any matter in question in the cause or matter.

(3) An application for an order under paragraph (2) must be
supported by an affidavit specifying or describing the documents of
which inspection is sought and stating the belief of the deponent that
they are in the possession, custody or power of the other party and
that they relate to a matter in question in the cause or matter.

Provision of copies of documents (0. 24, r. 11 A)

11A. (1) Any party who is entitled to inspect any documents
under any provision of this Order or any order made thereunder
may at or before the time when inspection takes place serve on the
party who is required to produce such documents for inspection a
notice (which shall contain an undertaking to pay the reasonable
charges) requiring him to supply a true copy of any such document
as is capable of being copied by photographic or similar process.

(2) The party on whom such a notice is served must within 7
days after receipt thereof supply the copy requested together with an
account of the reasonable charges.

(3) Where a party fails to supply to another party a copy of
any document under paragraph (2), the Court may, on the applica-
tion of either party, make such order as to the supply of that
document as it thinks fit.

Order for production to Court (0. 24, r. 12)

12. At any stage of the proceedings in any cause or matter the
Court may, subject to rule 13(1), order any party to produce to the
Court any document in his possession, custody or power relating to
any matter in question in the cause or matter and the Court may deal
with the document when produced in such manner as it thinks fit.

Production to be ordered only if necessary, etc. (0. 24, r. 13)

13. (1) No order for the production of any documents for
inspection or to the Court or for the supply of a copy of any
document shall be made under any of the foregoing rules unless the
Court is of opinion that the order is necessary either for disposing
fairly of the cause or matter or for saying costs.

(2) Where on an application under this Order for production
of any document for inspection or to the Court or for the supply of a
copy of any document privilege from such production or supply is
claimed or objection is made to such production or supply on any
other ground, the Court may inspect the document for the purpose
of deciding whether the claim or objection is valid.





Production of business books (0. 24, r. 14)

14. (1) Where production of any business books for inspection is
applied for under any of the foregoing rules, the Court may, instead of
ordering production of the original books for inspection, order a copy or
any entries therein to be supplied and verified by an affidavit of some
person who has examined the copy with the original books.

(2) Any such affidavit shall state whether or not there are in the
original book any and what erasures, interlineations or alterations.

(3) Notwithstanding that a copy of any entries in any book has
been supplied under this rule, the Court may order production of the
book from which the copy was made.

Use of documents (0. 24, r. 14A)

14A. Any undertaking, whether express or implied, not to use a
document for any purposes other than those of the proceedings in
which it is disclosed shall cease to apply to such document after it has
been read to or by the Court, or referred to, in open court, unless the
Court for special reasons has otherwise ordered on the application of a
party or of the person to whom the document belongs.

Document disclosure of which would he injurious to public interest:

saving (0. 24, r. 15)

15. The foregoing provisions of this Order shall be without
prejudice to any rule of law which authorizes or requires the withholding
of any document on the ground that the disclosure of it would be
injurious to the public interest.

Failure to comply with requirement for discovery, etc. (0. 24, r. 16)

16. (1) If any party who is required by any of the foregoing rules, or
by any order made thereunder, to make discovery of documents or to
produce any documents for the purpose of inspection or any other
purpose or to supply copies thereof fails to comply with any provision
of that rule or with that order, as the case may be, then, without
prejudice, in the case of a failure to comply with any such provision, to
rules 3(2) and 11 (1), the Court may make such order as it thinks just
including, in particular, an order that the action be dismissed or, as the
case may be, an order that the defence be struck out and judgment be
entered accordingly.

(2) If any party against whom an order for discovery or production
of documents is made fails to comply with it, then, without prejudice to
paragraph (1), he shall be liable to committal.

(3) Service on a party's solicitor of an order for discovery or
production of documents made against that party shall be sufficient





service to found an application for committal of the party disobeying the
order, but the party may show in answer to the application that he had
no notice or knowledge of the order.

(4) A solicitor on whom such an order made against his client is
served and who fails without reasonable excuse to give notice thereof
to his client shall be liable to committal.

Revocation and variation of orders (0. 24, r. 17)

17. Any order made under this Order (including an order made on
appeal) may, on sufficient cause being shown, be revoked or varied by a
subsequent order or direction of the Court made or given at or before
the trial of the cause or matter in connection with which the original
order was made.

ORDER 25

SUMMONS FOR DIRECTIONS

Summons for directions (0. 25, r. 1)

1. (1) With a view to providing, in every action to which this rule
applies, an occasion for the consideration by the Court of the
preparation for the trial of the action, so that

(a)all matters which must or can be dealt with on interlocutory
applications and have not already been dealt with may so far
as possible be dealt with, and

(b)such directions may be given as to the future course of the
action as appear best adapted to secure the just, expeditious
and economical disposal thereof,

the plaintiff must, within one month after the pleadings in the action are
deemed to be closed, take out a summons (in these rules referred to as a
summons for directions) returnable in not less than 14 days.

(2) This rule applies to all actions begun by writ except-

(a)actions in which the plaintiff or defendant has applied for
judgment under Order 14, or in which the plaintiff has applied
for judgment under Order 86, and directions have been given
under the relevant Order;

(b)actions in which the plaintiff or defendant has applied under
Order 18, rule 21, for trial without pleadings or further
pleadings and directions have been given under that rule;

(c)actions in which an order has been made under Order 24, rule
4, for the trial of an issue or question before discovery;

(d)actions in which directions have been given under Order 29,
rule 7;





(e)actions in which an order for the taking of an account has
been made under Order 43, rule 1;

actions in which an application for transfer to the commercial
list is pending;

(h) actions for the infringement of a patent;

(j)actions for personal injuries for which automatic directions are
provided by rule 8; and

(k)actions in which the parties agree under rule 9 that the only
matters to be determined are the mode of trial and time for
setting down.

(3) Where, in the case of any action in which discovery of
documents is required to be made by any party under Order 24, rule 2,
the period of 14 days referred to in paragraph (1) of that rule is extended,
whether by consent or by order of the Court or both by consent and by
order, paragraph (1) of this rule shall have effect in relation to that action
as if for the reference therein to one month after the pleadings in the
action are deemed to be closed there were substituted a reference to 14
days after the expiration of the period referred to in paragraph (1) of the
said rule 2 as so extended.

(4) If the plaintiff does not take out a summons for directions in
accordance with the foregoing provisions of this rule, the defendant or
any defendant may do so or apply for an order to dismiss the action.

(5) On an application by a defendant to dismiss the action under
paragraph (4) the Court may either dismiss the action on such terms as
may be just or deal with the application as if it were a summons for
directions.

(6) In the case of an action which is proceeding only as respects a
counterclaim, references in this rule to the plaintiff and defendant shall
be construed respectively as references to the party making the
counterclaim and the defendant to the counterclaim.

(7) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (1), any party to an
action to which this rule applies may take out a summons for directions
at any time after the defendant has given notice of intention to defend,
or, if there are two or more defendants, at least one of them has given
such notice.

Duty to consider all matters (0. 25, r. 2)

2. (1) When the summons for directions first comes to be heard, the
Court shall consider whether--

(a)it is possible to deal then with all the matters which, by the
subsequent rules of this Order, are required to be considered
on the hearing of the summons for directions, or

(b)it is expedient to adjourn the consideration of all or any of
those matters until a later stage.





(2) If when the summons for directions first comes to be heard
the Court considers that it is possible to deal then with all the said
matters, it shall deal with them forthwith and shall endeavour to
secure that all other matters which must or can be dealt with on
interlocutory applications and have not already been dealt with are
also then dealt with.

(3) If, when the summons for directions first comes to be
heard, the Court considers that it is expedient to adjourn the
consideration of all or any of the matters which, by the subsequent
rules of this Order, are required to be considered on the hearing of
the summons, the Court shall deal forthwith with such of those
matters as it considers can conveniently be dealt with forthwith and
adjourn the consideration of the remaining matters and shall
endeavour to secure that all other matters which must or can be
dealt with on interlocutory applications and have not already been
dealt with are dealt with either then or at a resumed hearing of the
summons for directions.

(4) Subject to paragraph (5), and except where the parties
agree to the making of an order under Order 33 as to the place or
mode of trial before all the matters which, by the subsequent rules of
this Order, are required to be considered on the hearing of the
summons for directions have been dealt with, no such order shall be
made until all those matters have been dealt with.

(5) If, on the summons for directions, an action is ordered to
be transferred to the District Court or some other court, paragraph
(4) shall not apply and nothing in this Order shall be construed as
requiring the Court to make any further order on the summons.

(7) If the hearing of the summons for directions is adjourned
without a day being fixed for the resumed hearing thereof, any party
may restore it to the list on 2 days' notice to the other parties.

Particular matters for consideration (0. 25, r. 3)

3. On the hearing of the summons for directions the Court
shall in particular consider, if necessary of its own motion, whether
any order should be made or direction given in the exercise of the
powers conferred by any of the following provisions, that is to say-

(a)any provision of Part IV and Part V of the Evidence
Ordinance (hearsay evidence of fact or opinion in civil
proceedings) or of Part 111 and Part IV of Order 38;

(b) Order 20, rule 5 and Order 38, rules 2 to 7;

(c) section 40 of the District Court Ordinance.

Admissions and agreements to he made (0. 25, r. 4)

4. At the hearing of the summons for directions, the Court
shall endeavour to secure that the parties make all admissions and
all agreements as to the conduct of the proceedings which ought
reasonably to be made by them and may cause the order on the





summons to record any admissions or agreements so made, and
(with a view to such special order, if any, as to costs as may be just
being made at the trial) any refusal to make any admission or
agreement.

Limitation of right of appeal (0. 25, r. 5)

5. Nothing in rule 4 shall be construed as requiring the Court
to endeavour to secure that the parties shall agree to exclude or limit
any right of appeal, but the order made on the summons for
directions may record any such agreement.

Duty to give all information at hearing (0. 25, r. 6)

6. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), no affidavit shall be used on
the hearing of the summons for directions except by the leave or
directions of the Court, but, subject to paragraph (4), it shall be the
duty of the parties to the action and their advisers to give all such
information and produce all such documents on any hearing of the
summons as the Court may reasonably require for the purposes of
enabling it properly to deal with the summons.

The Court may, if it appears proper so to do in the circum-
stances, authorize any such information or documents to be given or
produced to the Court without being disclosed to the other parties
but, in the absence of such authority, any information or document
given or produced under this paragraph shall be given or produced
to all the parties present or represented on the hearing of the
summons as well as to the Court.

(2) No leave shall be required by virtue of paragraph (1) for
the use of an affidavit by any party on the hearing of the summons
for directions in connection with any application thereat for any
order if, under any of these rules, an application for such an order is
required to be supported by an affidavit.

(3) If the Court on any hearing of the summons for directions
requires a party to the action or his solicitor or counsel to give any
information or produce any document and that information or
document is not given or produced, then, subject to paragraph (4),
the Court may-

(a)cause the facts to be recorded in the order with a view to
such special order, if any, as to costs as may be just being
made at the trial, or

(b)if it appears to the Court to be just so to do, order the
whole or any part of the pleadings of the party concerned
to be struck out, or if the party is plaintiff or the claimant
under a counterclaim, order the action or counterclaim to
be dismissed on such terms as may be just.

(4) Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of
this rule, no information or documents which are privileged from





disclosure shall be required to be given or produced under this rule
by or by the advisers of any party otherwise than with the consent of
that party.

Duty to make all interlocutory applications on summons for direc-
tions (0. 25, r. 7)

7. (1) Any party to whom the summons for directions is
addressed must so far as practicable apply at the hearing of the
summons for any order or directions which he may desire as to any
matter capable of being dealt with on an interlocutory application in
the action and must, not less than 7 days before the hearing of the
summons, serve on the other parties a notice specifying those orders
and directions in so far as they differ from the orders and directions
asked for by the summons.

(2) If the hearing of the summons for directions is adjourned
and any party to the proceedings desires to apply at the resumed
hearing for any order or directions not asked for by the summons or
in any notice given under paragraph (1), he must, not less than 7
days before the resumed hearing of the summons, serve on the other
parties a notice specifying those orders and directions in so far as
they differ from the orders and directions asked for by the summons
or in any such notice as aforesaid.

(3) Any application subsequent to the summons for directions
and before judgment as to any matter capable of being dealt with on
an interlocutory application in the action must be made under the
summons by 2 clear days' notice to the other party stating the
grounds of the application.

Automatic directions in personal injury actions (0. 25, r. 8)

8. (1) When the pleadings in any action to which this rule
applies are deemed to be closed the following directions shall take
effect automatically-

(a)there shall be discovery of documents within 14 days in
accordance with Order 24, rule 2, and inspection within 7
days thereafter, save that where liability is admitted, or
where the action arises out of a road accident, discovery
shall be limited to disclosure by the plaintiff of any
documents relating to special damages;

(b)subject to paragraph (2), where any party intends to place
reliance at the trial on expert evidence, he shall, within 6
weeks, disclose the substance of that evidence to the other
parties in the form of a written report, which shall be
agreed if possible;

(c)unless such reports are agreed, the parties shall be at liberty
to call as expert witnesses those witnesses the substance of
whose evidence has been disclosed in accordance with the
preceding sub-paragraph, except that the number of expert
witnesses shall be limited in any case to two medical
experts and one expert of any other kind;





(d)photographs, a sketch plan and the contents of any police
accident report shall be receivable in evidence at the trial and
shall be agreed if possible;
(HK)(dd) the record of any proceedings in any court or tribunal shall be
receivable in evidence upon production of a copy thereof
certified as a true copy by the clerk or other appropriate
officer of the court or tribunal;

(f) the action shall be tried by a judge alone, and shall be set down
within 3 months;

(g)the Court shall be notified, on setting down, of the estimated
length of the trial.

(2) Where paragraph (1)(b) applies to more than one party the
reports shall be disclosed by mutual exchange, medical for medical and
non-medical for non-medical, within the time provided or as soon
thereafter as the reports on each side are available.

(3) Nothing in paragraph (1) shall prevent any party to an action to
which this rule applies from applying to the Court for such further or
different directions or orders as may, in the circumstances, be
appropriate or prevent the making of an order for the transfer of the
proceedings to a district court.

(4) For the purpose of this rule-

,la road accident' means an accident on land due to a collision or
apprehended collision involving a vehicle; and

'documents relating to special damages- include

(a)documents relating to any industrial injury, industrial
disablement or sickness benefit rights, and

(b)where the claim is made under the Fatal Accidents Ordinance,
documents relating to any claim for dependency on the
deceased.

(5) This rule applies to any action for personal injuries except

(a) any Admiralty action; and

(b)any action where the pleadings contain an allegation of a
negligent act or omission in the course of medical treatment.

Standard direction by consent (0. 25, r. 9)

9. (1) Subject to paragraph (3), where in any action the parties
agree, not more than one month after the pleadings are deemed to be
closed, that the only directions required are to the mode of trial and the
time for setting down, the provisions of rule 8(1)(f) and (g) shall apply
and the action shall be tried by a judge alone and shall be set down
within 3 months.





(3) The Court may give such further directions or orders,
whether on application by a party or its own motion, as may, in the
circumstances, be appropriate.

ORDER 26

INTERROGATORIES

Discovery by interrogatories (0. 26, r. 1)

1. (1) A party to any cause or matter may apply to the Court
for an order-

(a)giving him leave to serve on any other party interrogatories
relating to any matter in question between the applicant
and that other party in the cause or matter, and

(b)requiring that other party to answer the interrogatories on
affidavit within such period as may be specified in the
order.

(2) A copy of the proposed interrogatories must be served
with the summons, or the notice under Order 25, rule 7, by which the
application for such leave is made.

(3) On the hearing of an application under this rule, the Court
shall give leave as to such only of the interrogatories as it considers
necessary either for disposing fairly of the cause or matter or for
saving costs; and in deciding whether to give leave the Court shall
take into account any offer made by the party to be interrogated to
give particulars or to make admissions or to produce documents
relating to any matter in question.

(4) A proposed interrogatory which does not relate to such a
matter as is mentioned in paragraph (1) shall be disallowed notwith-
standing that it might be admissible in oral cross-examination of a
witness.

Interrogatories where party is a body of persons (0. 26, r. 2)

2. Where a party to a cause or matter is a body of persons,
whether corporate or unincorporate, being a body which is empow-
ered by law to sue or be sued whether in its own name or in the name
of an officer or other person, the Court may, on the application of
any other party, make an order allowing him to serve interrogatories
on such officer or member of the body as may be specified in the
order.

Statement as to party, etc., required to answer (0. 26, r. 3)

3. Where interrogatories are to be served on two or more
parties or are required to be answered by an agent or servant of a
party, a note at the end of the interrogatories shall state which of the
interrogatories each party or, as the case may be, an agent or servant
is required to answer, and which agent or servant.





Objection to answer on ground of privilege (0. 26, r. 4)

4. Where a person objects to answering any interrogatory on
the ground of privilege he may take the objection in his affidavit in
answer.

Insufficient answer (0. 26, r. 5)

5. If any person on whom interrogatories have been served
answers any of them insufficiently, the Court may make an order
requiring him to make a further answer, and either by affidavit or on
oral examination as the Court may direct.

Failure to comply with order (0. 26, r. 6)

6. (1) If a party against whom an order is made under rule 1
or 5 fails to comply with it, the Court may make such order as it
thinks just including, in particular, an order that the action be
dismissed or, as the case may be, an order that the defence be struck
out and judgment be entered accordingly.

(2) If a party against whom an order is made under rule 1 or 5
fails to comply with it, then, without prejudice to paragraph (1), he
shall be liable to committal.

(3) Service on a party's solicitor of an order to answer
interrogatories made against the party shall be sufficient service to
found an application for committal of the party disobeying the
order, but the party may show in answer to the application that he
had no notice or knowledge of the order.

(4) A solicitor on whom an order to answer interrogatories
made against his client is served and who fails without reasonable
excuse to give notice thereof to his client shall be liable to committal.

Use of answers to interrogatories at trial (0. 26, r. 7)

7. A party may put in evidence at the trial of a cause or
matter, or of any issue therein, some only of the answers to
interrogatories, or part only of such an answer, without putting in
evidence the other answers or, as the case may be, the whole of that
answer, but the Court may look at the whole of the answers and if of
opinion that any other answer or other part of an answer is so
connected with an answer or part thereof used in evidence that the
one ought not to be so used without the other, the Court may direct
that that other answer or part shall be put in evidence.

Revocation and variation of orders (0. 26, r. 8)

8. Any order made under this Order (including an order
made on appeal) may, on sufficient cause being shown, be revoked
or varied by a subsequent order or direction of the Court made or
given at or before the trial of the cause or matter in connection with
which the original order was made.





ORDER 27

ADMISSIONS

Admission of case of other party (0. 27, r. 1)

1. Without prejudice to Order 18, rule 13, a party to a cause or
matter may give notice, by his pleading or otherwise in writing, that he
admits the truth of the whole or any part of the case of any other party.

Notice to admit (0. 27, r. 2)

2. (1) A party to a cause or matter may not later than 21 days after
the cause or matter is set down for trial serve on any other party a
notice requiring him to admit, for the purpose of that cause or matter
only, such facts or such part of his case as may be specified in the
notice.

(2) An admission made in compliance with a notice under this rule
shall not be used against the party by whom it was made in any cause or
matter other than the cause or matter for the purpose of which it was
made or in favour of any person other than the person by whom the
notice was given, and the Court may at any time allow a party to amend
or withdraw an admission so made by him on such terms as may be just.

Judgment on admissions (0. 27, r. 3)

3. Where admissions of fact or of part of a case are made by a party
to a cause or matter either by his pleadings or otherwise, any other party
to the cause or matter may apply to the Court for such judgment or order
as upon those admissions he may be entitled to, without waiting for the
determination of any other question between the parties, and the Court
may give such judgment, or make such order, on the application as it
thinks just.

An application for an order under this rule may be made by motion
or summons.

Admission and production of documents specified in list of documents
(0. 27, r. 4)

4. (1) Subject to paragraph (2) and without prejudice to the right of
a party to object to the admission in evidence of any document, a party
on whom a list of documents is served in pursuance of any provision of
Order 24 shall, unless the Court otherwise orders, be deemed to admit

(a)that any document described in the list as an original
document is such a document and was printed, written,
signed or executed as it purports respectively to have been,
and

(b)that any document described therein as a copy is a true copy.





This paragraph does not apply to a document the authenticity
of which the party has denied in his pleading.
(2) If before the. expiration of 21 days after inspection of the
documents specified in a list of documents or after the time limited
for inspection of those documents expires, whichever is the later, the
party on whom the list is served serves on the party whose list it is a
notice stating, in relation to any document specified therein, that he
does not admit the authenticity of that document and requires it to
be proved at the trial, he shall not be deemed to make any admission
in relation to that document under paragraph (1).
(3) A party to a cause or matter by whom a list of documents
is served on any other party in pursuance of any provision of Order
24 shall be deemed to have been served by that other party with a
notice requiring him to produce at the trial of the cause or matter
such of the documents specified in the list as are in his possession,
custody or power.
(4) The foregoing provisions of this rule apply in relation to an
affidavit made in compliance with an order under Order 24, rule 7, as
they apply in relation to a list of documents served in pursuance of
any provision of that Order.

Notices to admit or produce documents (0. 27, r. 5)
5. (1) Except where rule 4(1) applies, a party to a cause or
matter may within 21 days after the cause or matter is set down for
trial serve on any other party a notice requiring him to admit the
authenticity of the documents specified in the notice.
(2) If a party on whom a notice under paragraph (1) is served
desires to challenge the authenticity of any document therein spec-
ified he must, within 21 days after service of the notice, serve on the
party by whom it was given a notice stating that he does not admit
the authenticity of the document and requires it to be proved at the
trial.
(3) A party who fails to give a notice of non-admission in
accordance with paragraph (2) in relation to any document shall be
deemed to have admitted the authenticity of that document unless
the Court otherwise orders.
(4) Except where rule 4(3) applies, a party to a cause or matter
may serve on any other party a notice requiring him to produce the
documents specified in the notice at the trial of the cause or matter.

ORDER 28

ORIGINATING SUMMONS PROCEDURE

Application (0. 28, r. 1)
1. The provisions of this Order apply to all originating
summonses subject, in the case of originating summonses of any
particular class, to any special provisions relating to originating





summonses of that class made by these rules or by or under any
written law; and subject as aforesaid, Order 32, rule 5, shall apply in
relation to originating summonses as they apply in relation to other
summonses.

Affidavit evidence (0. 28, r. IA)

1A. (1) In any cause or matter begun by originating summons
(not being an ex parte summons) the plaintiff must, before the
expiration of 14 days after the defendant has acknowledged service,
or, if there are two or more defendants, at least one of them has
acknowledged service, file with the Court the affidavit evidence on
which he intends to rely.

(2) In the case of an ex parte summons the applicant must file
his affidavit evidence not less than 4 clear days before the day fixed
for the hearing.

(3) Copies of the affidavit evidence filed in the Court under
paragraph (1) must be served by the plaintiff on the defendant, or, if
there are two or more defendants, on each defendant, before the
expiration of 14 days after service has been acknowledged by that
defendant.

(4) Where a defendant who has acknowledged service wishes
to adduce affidavit evidence he must within 28 days after service on
him of copies of the plaintiff's affidavit evidence under paragraph
(3) file his own affidavit evidence in the Court and serve copies
thereof on the plaintiff and on any other defendant who is affected
thereby.

(5) A plaintiff on whom a copy of a defendant's affidavit.
evidence has been served under paragraph (4) may within 14 days of
such service file in the Court further affidavit evidence in reply and
shall in that event serve copies thereof on that defendant.

(6) No other affidavit shall be received in evidence without the
leave of the Court.

(7) Where an affidavit is required to be served by one party on
another party it shall be served without prior charge.

(8) The provisions of this rule apply subject to any direction
by the Court to the contrary.

(9) In this rule references to affidavits and copies of affidavits
include references to exhibits to affidavits and copies of such exhibits.

Fixing time for attendance of parties before Court (0. 28, r. 2)

2. (1) In the case of an originating summons which is in
Form No. 8 in Appendix A the plaintiff must, within one month of
the expiry of the time within which copies of affidavit evidence may
be served under rule I A, obtain an appointment for the attendance
of the parties before the Court for the hearing of the summons, and a
day and time for their attendance shall be fixed by a notice (in Form
No. 12 in Appendix A) sealed with the seal of the Court.





(2) A day and time for the attendance of the parties before the
Court for the hearing of an originating summons which is in Form No. 10
in Appendix A, or for the hearing of an ex parte originating summons,
may be fixed on the application of the plaintiff or applicant, as the case
may be and in the case of a summons which is required to be served, the
time limited for acknowledging service shall, where appropriate, be
abridged so as to expire on the next day but one before the day so fixed,
and the time limits for lodging affidavits under rule 1A(2) and (3) shall,
where appropriate, be abridged so as to expire, respectively, on the fifth
day before, and the next day but one before, the day so fixed.

(3) Where a plaintiff fails to apply for an appointment under
paragraph (1), any defendant may, with the leave of the Court, obtain an
appointment in accordance with that paragraph provided that he has
acknowledged service of the originating summons.

Notice of hearing (0. 28, r. 3)

3. (1) Not less than 4 clear days before the day fixed under rule 2 for
the attendance of the parties before the Court for the hearing of an
originating summons which is in Form No. 8 in Appendix A, the party on
whose application the day was fixed must serve a copy of the notice
fixing it on every other party who has acknowledged service of the
summons and, if the first-mentioned party is a defendant, on the
plaintiff.

(2) Not less than 4 clear days before the day fixed under rule 2 for
the hearing of an originating summons which is in Form No. 10 in
Appendix A, the plaintiff must serve the summons on every defendant
or, if any defendant has already been served with the summons, must
serve on that defendant notice of the day fixed for the hearing.

Directions, etc., by Court (0. 28, r. 4)

4. (1) The Court by whom an originating summons is heard may, if
the liability of the defendant to the plaintiff in respect of any claim made
by the plaintiff is established, make such order in favour of the plaintiff
as the nature of the case may require, but where the Court makes an
order under this paragraph against a defendant who does not appear at
the hearing, the order may be varied or revoked by a subsequent order
of the Court on such terms as it thinks just.

(2) In any case where the Court does not dispose of any
originating summons altogether at a hearing or order the cause or matter
begun by it to be transferred to a District Court or some other court or
makes an order under rule 8, the Court shall give such directions as to
the further conduct of the proceedings as it thinks best adapted to
secure the just, expeditious and economical disposal thereof.





(3) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (2), the Court
shall, at as early a stage of the proceedings on the summons as appears
to it to be practicable, consider whether there is or may be a dispute as
to fact and whether the just, expeditious and economical disposal of the
proceedings can accordingly best be secured by hearing the summons
on oral evidence or mainly on oral evidence and, if it thinks fit, may
order that no further evidence shall be filed and that the summons shall
be heard on oral evidence or partly on oral evidence and partly on
affidavit evidence, with or without cross-examination of any of the
deponents, as it may direct.

(4) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (2), and subject
to paragraph (3), the Court may give directions as to the filing of
evidence and as to the attendance of deponents for crossexamination
and any directions which it could give under Order 25 if the cause or
matter had been begun by writ and the summons were a summons for
directions under that Order.

Adjournment of summons (0. 28, r. 5)

5. (1) The hearing of the summons by the Court may (if necessary)
be adjourned from time to time, either generally or to a particular date, as
may be appropriate, and the powers of the Court under rule 4 may be
exercised at any resumed hearing.

(2) If the hearing of the summons is adjourned generally, the party
on whose application the day for its hearing was fixed under rule 2 may
restore it to the list on 2 days' notice to all the other parties (except,
unless the Court otherwise directs, a defendant who, in the case of a
summons in Form No. 8 in Appendix A, has failed to acknowledge
service of the summons or, in the case of a summons in Form No. 10 in
Appendix A, has not been served with the summons), and any of those
parties may restore it with the leave of the Court.

Applications affecting party who has failed to acknowledge service (0.
28, r. 6)

6. Where in a cause or matter begun by originating summons an
application is made to the Court for an order affecting a party who has
failed to acknowledge service of the summons, the Court hearing the
application may require to be satisfied in such manner as it thinks fit that
the party has so failed.

Counterclaim by defendant (0. 28, r. 7)

7. (1) A defendant to an action begun by originating summons who
has acknowledged service of the summons and who alleges that he has
any claim or is entitled to any relief or remedy against the plaintiff in
respect of any matter (whenever and however arising) may make a
counterclaim in the action in respect of that matter instead of bringing a
separate action.





(2) A defendant who wishes to make a counterclaim under this
rule must at the first or any resumed hearing of the originating
summons by the Court but, in any case, at as early a stage in the
proceedings as is practicable, inform the Court of the nature of his
claim and, without prejudice to the powers of the Court under
paragraph (3), the claim shall be made in such manner as the Court
may direct under rule 4 or rule 8.

(3) If it appears on the application of a plaintiff against whom
a counterclaim is made under this rule that the subject-matter of the
counterclaim ought for any reason to be disposed of by a separate
action, the Court may order the counterclaim to be struck out or
may order it to be tried separately or make such other order as may
be expedient.

Continuation of proceedings as if cause or matter begun by writ (0. 28,
r. 8)

8. (1) Where, in the case of a cause or matter begun by
originating summons, it appears to the Court at any stage of the
proceedings that the proceedings should for any reason be continued
as if the cause or matter had been begun by writ, it may order the
proceedings to continue as if the cause or matter had been so begun
and may, in particular, order that any affidavits shall stand as
pleadings, with or without liberty to any of the parties to add thereto
or to apply for particulars thereof.

(2) Where the Court decides to make such an order, Order 25,
rules 2 to 7, shall, with the omission of so much of rule 7(1) as
requires parties to serve a notice specifying the orders and directions
which they require and with any other necessary modifications,
apply as if there had been a summons for directions in the proceed-
ings and that order were one of the orders to be made thereon.

(3) This rule applies notwithstanding that the cause or matter
in question could not have been begun by writ.

(4) Any reference in these rules to an action begun by writ
shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be construed as includ-
ing a reference to a cause or matter proceedings in which are
ordered under this rule to continue as if the cause or matter had been
so begun.

Order for hearing or trial (0. 28, r. 9)

9. (1) Except where the Court disposes of a cause or matter
begun by originating summons in chambers or orders it to be
transferred to a District Court or some other court or makes an
order in relation to it under rule 8 or some other provision of these
rules, the Court shall, on being satisfied that the cause or matter is
ready for determination, make such order as to the hearing of the
cause or matter as may be appropriate.

(3) The Court shall by order determine the place and mode of
the trial, but any such order may be varied by a subsequent order of
the Court made at or before the trial.





(4) Order 33, rule 4(2) and Order 34, rules 1 to 8, shall apply in
relation to a cause or matter begun by originating summons and to
an order made therein under this rule as they apply in relation to an
action begun by writ and to an order made therein under the said
rule 4 and shall have effect accordingly with any necessary modifica-
tions and with the further modification that for references therein to
the summons for directions there shall be substituted references to
the first or any resumed hearing of the originating summons by the
Court.

Failure to prosecute proceedings with despatch (0. 28, r. 10)

10. (1) If the plaintiff in a cause or matter begun by originat-
ing summons makes default in complying with any order or direc-
tion of the Court as to the conduct of the proceedings, or if the
Court is satisfied that the plaintiff in a cause or matter so begun is
not prosecuting the proceedings with due despatch, the Court may
order the cause or matter to be dismissed or may make such other
order as may be just.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall, with any necessary modifications,
apply in relation to a defendant by whom a counterclaim is made
under rule 7 as it applies in relation to a plaintiff.

(3) Where, by virtue of an order made under rule 8, proceed-
ings in a cause or matter begun by originating summons are to
continue as if the cause or matter had been begun by writ, the
foregoing provisions of this rule shall not apply in relation to the
cause or matter after the making of the order.

Abatement, etc., of action (0. 28, r. 11)

11. Order 34, rule 9, shall apply in relation to an action begun
by originating summons as it applies in relation to an action begun
by writ.

ORDER 29

INTERLOCUTORY INJUNCTIONS, INTERIM PRESERVATION OF
PROPERTY, INTERIM PAYMENTS, ETC.

1. INTERLOCUTORY INJUNCTIONS, INTERIM
PRESERVATION OF PROPERTY, ETC,

Application for injunction (0. 29, r. 1)

1. (1) An application for the grant of an injunction may be
made by any party to a cause or matter before or after the trial of the
cause or matter, whether or not a claim for the injunction was
included in that party's writ, originating summons, counterclaim or
third party notice, as the case may be.





(2) Where the applicant is the plaintiff and the case is one of
urgency such application may be made ex parte on affidavit but,
except as aforesaid, such application must be made by motion or
summons.

(3) The plaintiff may not make such an application before the
issue of the writ or originating summons by which the cause or
matter is to be begun except where the case is one of urgency, and in
that case the injunction applied for may be granted on terms
providing for the issue of the writ or summons and such other terms,
if any, as the Court thinks fit.

Detention, preservation etc., of subject-matter of cause or matter
(0. 29, r. 2)

2. (1) On the application of any party to a cause or matter
the Court may make an order for the detention, custody or preserva-
tion of any property which is the subject-matter of the cause or
matter, or as to which any question may arise therein, or for the
inspection of any such property in the possession of a party to the
cause or matter.

(2) For the purpose of enabling any order under paragraph (1)
to be carried out the Court may by the order authorize any person to
enter upon any land or building in the possession of any party to the
cause or matter.

(3) Where the right of any party to a specific fund is in dispute
in a cause or matter, the Court may, on the application of a party to
the cause or matter, order the fund to be paid into court or otherwise
secured.

(4) An order under this rule may be made on such terms, if
any, as the Court thinks just.

(5) An application for an order under this rule must be made
by summons or by notice under Order 25, rule 7.

(6) Unless the Court otherwise directs, an application by a
defendant for such an order may not be made before he acknow-
ledges service of the writ or originating summons by which the cause
or matter was begun.

Power to order samples to he taken, etc. (0. 29, r. 3)

3. (1) Where it considers it necessary or expedient for the
purpose of obtaining full information or evidence in any cause or
matter, the Court may, on the application of a party to the cause or
matter, and on such terms, if any, as it thinks just, by order
authorize or require any sample to be taken of any property which is
the subject-matter of the cause or matter or as to which any question
may arise therein, any observation to be made on such property or
any experiment to be tried on or with such property.





(2) For the purpose of enabling any order under paragraph (1)
to be carried out the Court may by the order authorize any person to
enter upon any land or building in the possession of any party to the
cause or matter.

(3) Rule 2(5) and (6) shall apply in relation to an application
for an order under this rule as they apply in relation to an appli-
cation for an order under that rule.

Sale of perishable property, etc. (0. 29, r. 4)

4. (1) The Court may, on the application of any party to a
cause or matter, make an order for the sale by such person, in such
manner and on such terms (if any) as may be specified in the order of
any property (other than land) which is the subject-matter of the
cause or matter or as to which any question arises therein and which
is of a perishable nature or likely to deteriorate if kept or which for
any other good reason it is desirable to sell forthwith.

In this paragraph 'land' includes any interest in, or right over,
land.

(2) Rule 2(5) and (6) shall apply in relation to an application
for an order under this rule as they apply in relation to an appli-
cation for an order under that rule.

Order for early trial (0. 29, r. 5)

5. Where on the hearing of an application, made before the
trial of a cause or matter, for an injunction or the appointment of a
receiver or an order under rule 2, 3 or 4 it appears to the Court that
the matter in dispute can be better dealt with by an early trial than
by considering the whole merits thereof for the purposes of the
application, the Court may make an order accordingly and may also
make such order as respects the period before trial as the justice of
the case requires.

Where the Court makes an order for early trial it shall by the
order determine the mode of the trial.

Recovery of personal property subject to lien, etc. (0. 29, r. 6)

6. Where the plaintiff, or the defendant by way of counter-
claim, claims the recovery of specific property (other than land) and
the party from whom recovery is sought does not dispute the title of
the party making the claim but claims to be entitled to retain the
property by virtue of a lien or otherwise as security for any sum of
money, the Court, at any time after the claim to be so entitled
appears from the pleadings (if any) or by affidavit or otherwise to its
satisfaction, may order that the party seeking to recover the prop-
erty be at liberty to pay into court, to abide the event of the action,
the amount of money in respect of which the security is claimed and
such further sum (if any) for interest and costs as the Court may
direct and that, upon such payment being made, the property
claimed be given up to the party claiming it.





Directions (0. 29, r. 7)

7. (1) Where an application is made under any of the fore-
going provisions of this Order, the Court may give directions as to
the further proceedings in the cause or matter.

(2) If, in an action begun by writ, not being any such action as
is mentioned in sub-paragraphs (a) to (c) and (e) to (h) of Order 25,
rule 1(2), the Court thinks fit to give directions under this rule before
the summons for directions, rules 2 to 7 of that Order shall, with the
omission of so much of rule 7(1) as requires parties to serve a notice
specifying the orders and directions which they desire and with any
other necessary modifications, apply as if the application were a
summons for directions.

Inspection, etc. of property under sections 42 and 44(1) of the
Ordinance (0. 29, r. 7A)

7A. (1) An application for an order under section 44(1) of
the Ordinance in respect of property which may become the subject-
matter of subsequent proceedings in the Court or as to which any
question may arise in any such proceedings shall be made by
originating summons and the person against whom the order is
sought shall be made defendant to the summons.

(2) An application after the commencement of proceedings for
an order under section 42(2) of the Ordinance in respect of property
which is not the property of or in the possession of any party to the
proceedings shall be made by summons, which must be served on the
person against whom the order is sought personally and on every
party to the proceedings other than the applicant.

(3) A summons under paragraph (1) or (2) shall be supported
by affidavit which must specify or describe the property in respect of
which the order is sought and show, if practicable by reference to
any pleading served or intended to be served in the proceedings or
subsequent proceedings, that it is property which is or may become
the subject-matter of the proceedings or as to which any question
arises or may arise in the proceedings.

(4) A copy of the supporting affidavit shall be served with the
summons on every person on whom the summons is required to be
served.

(5) An order made under section 42(2) or 44(1) may be made
conditional on the applicant's giving security for the costs of the
person against whom it is made or on such other terms, if any, as the
Court thinks just.

(6) No such order shall be made if it appears to the Court-

(a)that compliance with the order, if made, would result in the
disclosure of information relating to a secret process,
discovery or invention not in issue in the proceedings;
and





(b)that the application would have been refused on that ground
if

(i) in the case of a summons under paragraph (1), the
subsequent proceedings had already been begun; or

(ii) in the case of a summons under paragraph (2), the
person against whom the order is sought were a party to the
proceedings.

Allowance of income of property pendente lite (0. 29, r. 8)

8. Where any real or personal property forms the subjectmatter of
any proceedings, and the Court is satisfied that it will be more than
sufficient to answer all the claims thereon for which provision ought to
be made in the proceedings, the Court may at any time allow the whole
or part of the income of the property to be paid, during such period as it
may direct, to any or all of the parties who have an interest therein or
may direct that any part of the personal property be transferred or
delivered to any or all of such parties.

11. INTERIM PAYMENTS

Interpretation of Part 11 (0. 29, r. 9)

9. In this Part of this Order-

'interim payment', in relation to a defendant, means a payment on
account of any damages, debt or other sum (excluding costs)
which he may be held liable to pay to or for the benefit of the
plaintiff, and any person who, for the purpose of the proceedings,
acts as next friend of the plaintiff or guardian of the defendant.

Application for interim payment (0. 29, r. 10)

10. (1) The plaintiff may, at any time after the writ has been served
on a defendant and the time limited for him to acknowledge service has
expired, apply to the Court for an order requiring that defendant to make
an interim payment.

(2) An application under this rule shall be made by summons but
may be included in a summons for summary judgment under Order 14 or
Order 86.

(3) An application under this rule shall be supported by an
affidavit which shall

(a)verify the amount of the damages, debt or other sum to which
the application relates and the grounds of the application;

(b)exhibit any documentary evidence relied on by the plaintiff in
support of the application; and





(c)if the plaintiff's claim is made under the Fatal Accidents
Ordinance, contain the particulars mentioned in section 5(4)
of that Ordinance.

(4) The summons and a copy of the affidavit in support and
any documents exhibited thereto shall be served on the defendant
against whom the order is sought not less than 10 clear days before
the return day.

(5) Notwithstanding the making or refusal of an order for an
interim payment, a second or subsequent application may be made
upon cause shown.

Order for interim payment in respect of damages (0. 29, r. 11)

11. (1) If, on the hearing of an application under rule 10 in an
action for damages, the Court is satisfied-

(a)that the defendant against whom the order is sought (in
this paragraph referred to as 'the respondent') has admit-
ted liability for the plaintiff's damages; or

(b)that the plaintiff has obtained judgment against the
respondent for damages to he assessed; or

(c)that, if the action proceeded to trial, the plaintiff would
obtain judgment for substantial damages against the
respondent or, where there are two or more defendants,
against any of them,

the Court may, if it thinks fit and subject to paragraph (2), order the
respondent to make an interim payment of such amount as it thinks
just, not exceeding a reasonable proportion of the damages which in
the opinion of the Court are likely to be recovered by the plaintiff
after taking into account any relevant contributory negligence and
any set-off, cross-claim or counterclaim on which the respondent
may be entitled to rely.

(2) No order shall be made under paragraph (1) in an action
for personal injuries if it appears to the Court that the defendant is
not a person falling within one of the following categories, namely---

(a) a person who is insured in respect of the plaintiff's claim;

(b) a public authority; or

(c)a person whose means and resources are such as to enable
him to make the interim payment.

Order for interim payment in respect of sums other than damages
(0. 29, r. 12)

12. If, on the hearing of an application under rule 10, the
Court is satisfied-

(a)that the plaintiff has obtained an order for an account to be
taken as between himself and the defendant and for any
amount certified due on taking the account to be paid; or





(b)that the plaintiffs action includes a claim for possession of
land and, if the action proceeded to trial, the defendant would
be held liable to pay to the plaintiff a sum of money in respect
of the defendant's use and occupation of the land during the
pendency of the action, even if a final judgment or order were
given or made in favour of the defendant; or

(c)that, if the action proceeded to trial, the plaintiff would obtain
judgment against the defendant for a substantial sum of
money apart from any damages or costs,

the Court may, if it thinks fit, and without prejudice to any contentions
of the parties as to the nature or character of the sum to be paid by the
defendant, order the defendant to make an interim payment of such
amount as it thinks just, after taking into account any set-off, cross-
claim or counterclaim on which the defendant may be entitled to rely.

Manner of payment (0. 29, r. 13)

13. (1) Subject to Order 80, rule 12, the amount of any interim
payment ordered to be made shall be paid to the plaintiff unless the
order provides for it to be paid into court, and where the amount is paid
into court, the Court may, on the application of the plaintiff, order the
whole or any part of it to be paid out to him at such time or times as the
Court thinks fit.

(2) An application under paragraph (1) for money in court to be
paid out may be made ex parte, but the Court hearing the application
may direct a summons to be issued.

(3) An interim payment may be ordered to be made in one sum or
by such instalments as the Court thinks fit.

(4) Where a payment is ordered in respect of the defendant's use
and occupation of land the order may provide for periodical payments
to be made during the pendency of the action.

Directions on application under rule 10 (0. 29, r. 14)

14. Where an application is made under rule 10, the Court may give
directions as to the further conduct of the action, and, so far as may be
applicable, Order 25, rules 2 to 7, shall, with the omission of so much of
rule 7(1) as requires the parties to serve a notice specifying the orders
and directions which they require and with any other necessary
modifications, apply as if the application were a summons for directions,
and, in particular, the Court may order an early trial of the action.

Non-disclosure of interim payment (0. 29, r. 15)

15. The fact that an order has been made under rule 11 or 12 shall
not be pleaded and, unless the defendant consents or the Court so
directs, no communication of that fact or of the fact that an interim
payment has been made, whether voluntarily or pursuant to





an order, shall be made to the Court at the trial, or hearing, of any
question or issue as to liability or damages until all questions of
liability and amount have been determined.

Payment into court in satisfaction (0. 29, r. 16)

16. Where, after making an interim payment, whether volun-
tarily or pursuant to an order, a defendant pays a sum of money into
court under Order 22, rule 1, the notice of payment must state that
the defendant has taken into account the interim payment.

Adjustment on final judgment or order or on discontinuance (0. 29,
r. 17)

17. Where a defendant has been ordered to make an interim
payment or has in fact made an interim payment, whether volun-
tarily or pursuant to an order, the Court may, in giving or making a
final judgment or order, or granting the plaintiff leave to discontinue
his action or to withdraw the claim in respect of which the interim
payment has been made, or at any other stage of the proceedings on
the application of any party, make such order with respect to the
interim payment as may be just, and in particular-

(a)an order for the repayment by the plaintiff of all or part of
the interim payment; or

(b) an order for the payment to be varied or discharged; or

(c)an order for the payment by any other defendant of any
part of the interim payment which the defendant who
made it is entitled to recover from him by way of contribu-
tion or indemnity or in respect of any remedy or relief
relating to or connected with the plaintiff's claim.

Counterclaims and other proceedings (0. 29, r. 18)

18. The preceding rules in this Part of this Order shall apply,
with the necessary modifications, to any counterclaim or proceeding
commenced otherwise than by writ, where one party seeks an order
for an interim payment to be made by another.

ORDER 30

RECEIVERS

Application for receiver and injunction (0. 30, r. 1)

1. (1) An application for the appointment of a receiver may
be made by summons or motion.

(2) An application for an injunction ancillary or incidental to
an order appointing a receiver may be joined with the application for
such order.





(3) Where the applicant wishes to apply for the immediate
grant of such an injunction, he may do so ex parte on affidavit.

(4) The Court hearing an application under paragraph (3)
may grant an injunction restraining the party beneficially entitled to
any interest in the property of which a receiver is sought from
assigning, charging or otherwise dealing with that property until
after the hearing of a summons for the appointment of the receiver
and may require such a summons, returnable on such date as the
Court may direct, to be issued.

Giving of security by receiver (0. 30, r. 2)

2. (1) A judgment or order directing the appointment of a
receiver may include such directions as the Court thinks fit for the
giving of security by the person appointed.

(2) Where by virtue of any judgment or order appointing a
person named therein to be a receiver, a person is required to give
security in accordance with this rule he must give security approved
by the Court duly to account for what he receives as receiver and to
deal with it as the Court directs.

(3) Unless the Court otherwise directs, the security shall be by
guarantee.

(4) The guarantee must be filed in the Registry, and it shall be
kept as of record until duly vacated.

Remuneration of receiver (0. 30, r. 3)

3. A person appointed receiver shall be allowed such proper
remuneration, if any, as may be authorized by the Court and the
Court may direct that such remuneration shall be fixed by reference
to such scales or rates of professional charges as it thinks fit.

Service of order and notice (0. 30, r. 4)

4. A copy of the judgment or order appointing a receiver shall
be served by the party having conduct of the proceedings on the
receiver and all other parties to the cause or matter in which the
receiver has been appointed.

Receiver's accounts (0. 30, r. 5)

5. (1) A receiver shall submit such accounts to such parties
at such intervals or on such dates as the Court may direct.

(2) Any party to whom a receiver is required to submit
accounts may, on giving reasonable notice to the receiver, inspect,
either personally or by an agent, the books and other papers relating
to the accounts.





(3) Any party who is dissatisfied with the accounts of the
receiver may give notice specifying the item or items to which
objection is taken and requiring the receiver within not less than 14
days to lodge his accounts with the Court and a copy of such notice
shall be lodged in the Registry.

(4) Following an examination by or on behalf of the Court of
an item or items in an account to which objection is taken the result
of such examination must be certified by the Registrar and an order
may thereupon be made as to the incidence of any costs or expenses
incurred.

Payment into court by receiver (0. 30, r. 6)

6. The Court may fix the amounts and frequency of payments
into court to be made by a receiver.

Default by receiver (0. 30, r. 7)

7. (1) Where a receiver fails to attend for the examination of
any account of his, or fails to submit any account, provide access to
any books or papers or do any other thing which he is required to
submit, provide or do, he and any or all of the parties to the cause or
matter in which he was appointed may be required to attend in
chambers to show cause for the failure, and the Court may, either in
chambers or after adjournment into court, give such directions as
it thinks proper including, if necessary, directions for the discharge
of the receiver and the appointment of another and the payment of
costs.

(2) Without prejudice to paragraph (1), where a receiver fails
to attend for the examination of any account of his or fails to submit
any account or fails to pay into court on the date fixed by the Court
any sum required to be so paid, the Court may disallow any
remuneration claimed by the receiver and may, where he has failed
to pay any such sum into court, charge him with interest at the rate
currently payable in respect of judgment debts in the High Court on
that sum while in his possession as receiver.

Directions to receivers (0, 30, r. 8)

8. A receiver may at any time request the Court to give him
directions and such a request shall state in writing the matters with
regard to which directions are required.

ORDER 31

SALES, ETC. OF LAND BY ORDER OF COURT

Power to order sale of land (0. 3 1, r. 1)

1. Where in any cause or matter relating to any land it
appears necessary or expedient for the purposes of the cause or
matter that the land or any part thereof should be sold, the Court





may order that land or part to be sold, and any party bound by the
order and in possession of that land or part, or in receipt of the rents
and profits thereof, may be compelled to deliver up such possession
or receipt to the purchaser or to such other person as the Court may
direct.

In this Order 'land' includes any interest in, or right over, land.

Manner of carrying out sale (0. 3 1, r. 2)

2. (1) Where an order is made, whether in court or in
chambers, directing any land to be sold, the Court may permit the
party or person having the conduct of the sale to sell the land in such
manner as he thinks fit, or may direct that the land be sold in such
manner as the Court may either by the order or subsequently direct
for the best price that can be obtained, and all proper parties shall
join in the sale and conveyance as the Court shall direct.

(2) The Court may give such directions as it thinks fit for the
purpose of effecting the sale, including, without prejudice to the
generality of the foregoing words, directions-

(a)appointing the party or person who is to have the conduct
of the sale;

(b)fixing the manner of sale, whether by contract conditional
on the approval of the Court, private treaty, public auc-
tion, tender or some other manner;

(e) fixing reserve or minimum price;

(d)requiring payment of the purchase money into court or to
trustees or other persons;

(e) for settling the particulars and conditions of sale;

(f) for obtaining evidence of the value of the property;

(g)fixing the security (if any) to be given by the auctioneer, if
the sale is to be by public auction, and the remuneration to
be allowed him;

(h)requiring an abstract of the title to be referred to counsel
for his opinion thereon and to settle the particulars and
conditions of sale.

Certifying result of sale (0. 3 1, r. 3)

3. (1) If either the Court has directed payment of the pur-
chase money into court or the Court so directs, the result of a sale by
order of the Court must be certified-

(a)in the case of a sale by public auction, by the auctioneer
who conducted the sale; and

(b)in any other case, by the solicitor of the party or person
having the conduct of the sale;





and the Court may require the certificate to be verified by the
affidavit of the auctioneer or solicitor, as the case may be.

(2) The solicitor of the party or person having the conduct of
the sale must file the certificate and any affidavit in the Registry.

Mortgage, exchange or partition under order of the Court (0. 3 1, r. 4)

4. Rules 2 and 3 shall, so far as applicable and with the
necessary modifications, apply in relation to the mortgage, exchange
or partition of any land under an order of the Court as they apply in
relation to the sale of any land under such an order.

ORDER32

APPLICATIONS AND PROCEEDINGS IN CHAMBERS

1. GENERAL

Mode of making application (0. 32, r. 1)

1. Except as provided by Order 25, rule 7, every application
in chambers not made ex parte must be made by summons.

Issue of summons (0. 32, r. 2)

2. (1) Issue of a summons by which an application in
chambers is to be made takes place on its being scaled with the Seal
of the Court.

(2) A summons may not be amended after issue without the
leave of the Court.

Services of summons (0. 32, r. 3)

3. A summons asking only for the extension or abridgement
of any period of time may be served on the day before the day
specified in the summons for the hearing thereof but, except as
aforesaid and unless the Court otherwise orders or any of these rules
otherwise provides, a summons must be served on every other party
not less than 2 clear days before the day so specified.

Adjournment of bearing (0. 32, r. 4)

4. (1) The hearing of a summons may be adjourned from
time to time, either generally or to a particular date, as may be
appropriate.

(2) If the hearing is adjourned generally, the party by whom
the summons was taken out may restore it to the list on 2 clear days'
notice to all the other parties on whom the summons was served.





Proceeding in absence of party failing to attend (0. 32, r. 5)

5. (1) Where any party to a summons fails to attend on the first or
any resumed hearing thereof, the Court may proceed in his absence if,
having regard to the nature of the application, it thinks it expedient so to
do.

(2) Before proceeding in the absence of any party the Court may
require to be satisfied that the summons or, as the case may be, notice
of the time appointed for the resumed hearing was duly served on that
party.

(3) Where the Court hearing a summons proceeded in the absence
of a party, then, provided that any order made on the hearing has not
been perfected, the Court, if satisfied that it is just to do so, may re-hear
the summons.

(4) Where an application made by summons has been dismissed
without a hearing by reason of the failure of the party who took out the
summons to attend the hearing, the Court, if satisfied that it is just to do
so, may allow the summons to be restored to the list.

Order made ex parte may be set aside (0. 32, r. 6)

6. The Court may set aside an order made ex parte.

Subpoena for attendance of witness (0. 32, r. 7)

7. (1) A writ of subpoena ad testificandurn or a writ of subpoena
duces tecum to compel the attendance of a witness for the purpose of
proceedings in chambers may be issued out of the Registry, if the party
who desires the attendance of the witness produces a note from a judge
or from the Registrar or a master, as the case may be, authorizing the
issue of the writ.

(2) The Registrar or any master may give such a note or may direct
the application for it be made to the judge before whom the proceedings
are to be heard.

Registrar, etc., may administer oaths, etc. (0. 32, r. 8)

8. (1) The Registrar or any master shall have authority to administer
oaths and take affidavits for the purpose of proceedings in the Court.

Applications under the Mental Health Ordinance (0. 32, r. 9)

9. (1) The jurisdiction of the Court to grant leave under section 69
of the Mental Health Ordinance to bring proceedings against a person
may be exercised in chambers by ajudge.

(2) An originating summons by which an application for leave
under the said section 69 is made shall be in Form No. 10 in Appendix
A.





(3) The application must be supported by an affidavit setting out
the grounds on which such leave is sought and any facts necessary to
substantiate those grounds.

Application for a direction under the Limitation Ordinance (0. 32, r.
9A)

9A. The jurisdiction to direct, under section 30 of the Limitation
Ordinance, that section 27 or 28 of that Ordinance should not apply to
an action or to any specified cause of action to which the action relates
shall be exercisable by the Court.

Application to make order of Privy Council order of High Court (0. 32,
r. 10)

(HK)10. An application to make an order of the Privy Council an order
of the High Court may be made ex parte by affidavit to a master.

II. POWERS OF THE REGISTRAR, JUDGES AND THE COURT

Jurisdiction of the Registrar and masters (0. 32, r. 11)

11. (1) The Registrar and any master shall have power to transact all
such business and exercise all such authority and jurisdiction as under
any Ordinance or by these rules may be transacted and exercised by
ajudge in chambers except in respect of the following matters and
proceedings, that is to say

(a) matters relating to criminal proceedings;

(b)matters relating to the liberty of the subject other than orders
for arrest and imprisonment to enforce, secure or pursue civil
claims for the payment of money and orders prohibiting
persons from leaving Hong Kong;

(d)subject to paragraph (2), proceedings for the grant of an
injunction or other order under Part 1 of Order 29;

any other matter or proceeding which by any of these rules is
required to be heard only by a judge.

(2) The Registrar and any master shall have power to grant an
injunction, or to make an order for the detention, custody or
preservation of any property, in the terms agreed by the parties to the
proceedings in which the injunction or order is sought.

Reference of matter to judge (0. 32, r. 12)

12. The Registrar and any master may refer to a judge any matter
which he thinks should properly be decided by a judge, and the judge
may either dispose of the matter or refer it back to the Registrar or to
any master, with such directions as he thinks fit.





Power to direct bearing in court (0. 32, r. 13)

13. (1) The judge in chambers may direct that any summons,
application or appeal shall be heard in court or shall be adjourned into
court to be so heard if he considers that by reason of its importance or
for any other reason it should be so heard.

(2) Any matter heard in court by virtue of a direction under
paragraph (1) may be adjourned from court into chambers.

Obtaining assistance of experts (0. 32, r. 16)

16. If the Court thinks it expedient in order to enable it better to
determine any matter arising in proceedings in chambers, it may obtain
the assistance of any person specially qualified to advise on that matter
and may act upon his opinion.

Notice of filing, etc. of affidavit (0. 32, r. 17)

17. Any party-

(a)filing an affidavit intended to be used by him in any
proceedings in chambers, or

(b)intending to use in any such proceedings any affidavit filed
by him in previous proceedings,

must give notice to every other party of the filing or, as the case may
be, of his intention to do so.

Adjournment into or from court (0. 32, r. 18)

18. The hearing of any summons or other application in chambers
may be adjourned from chambers into court and subsequently from
court into chambers.

Disposal of matters in chambers (0. 32, r. 19)

19. The judge may by any judgment or order made in court in any
proceedings direct that such matters (if any) in the proceedings as he
may specify shall be disposed of in chambers.

Papers for use of Court, etc. (0. 32, r. 21)

21. The original of any document which is to be used in evidence in
proceedings in chambers must, if it is available, be brought in, and
copies of any such document or of any part thereof shall not be made
unless the Court directs that copies of that document or part be supplied
for the use of the Court or be given to the other parties to the
proceedings.

Notes of proceedings in chambers (0. 32, r. 22)

(HK)22. A note shall be kept of all proceedings in the judge's, registrar's
or master's chamber with the dates thereof so that all such proceedings
in any cause or matter are noted in chronological order with a short
statement of the matters decided at each hearing.





TRIAL

ORDER 33

PLACE AND MODE OF TRIAL

Place of trial (0. 33, r. 1)

1. Subject to the provisions of these rules, the place of trial of a
cause or matter, or of any question or issue arising therein, shall be
determined by the Court and shall be either the Supreme Court Building
or such other place or places as may be authorized by the Chief Justice.

Mode of trial (0. 33, r. 2)

2. Subject to the provisions of these rules, a cause or matter, or any
question or issue arising therein, may be tried before

(a) a judge alone, or

(b) a judge with a jury, or

(e) a judge with the assistance of assessors, or

(e) a master.

Time, etc. of trial of questions or issues (0. 33, r. 3)

3. The Court may order any question or issue arising in a cause or
matter, whether of fact or law or partly of fact and partly of law, and
whether raised by the pleadings or otherwise, to be tried before, at or
after the trial of the cause or matter, and may give directions as to the
manner in which the question or issue shall be stated.

Determining the place and mode of trial (0. 33, r. 4)

4. (1) In every action begun by writ, an order made on the
summons for directions shall determine the place and mode of the trial;
and any such order may be varied by a subsequent order of the Court
made at or before the trial.

(2) In any such action different questions or issues may be ordered
to be tried at different places or by different modes of trial and one or
more questions or issues may be ordered to be tried before the others.

(4) Nothing in this rule affects the provisions of Order 103. rule 26,
as to actions for the infringement of a patent.

Split trial: offer on liability (0. 33, r. 4A)

4A. (1) This rule applies where an order is made under rule 4(2) for
the issue of liability to be tried before any issue or question concerning
the amount of damages to be awarded if liability is established.





(2) After the making of an order to which paragraph (1) applies, any
party against whom a finding of liability is sought may (without
prejudice to his defence) make a written offer to the other party to
accept liability up to a specified proportion.

(3) Any offer made under the preceding paragraph may be brought
to the attention of the Judge after the issue of liability has been decided,
but not before.

Trial with jury (0. 33, r. 5)

5. (1) The provisions of rule 4(1) and (2) are, as respects any action
and as respects any question of fact arising in such an action, subject to
the provisions of section 33A of the Ordinance, but an application for
trial with a jury under that section (the time for making which is, under
that section, to be limited by rules of court) must be made before the
place and mode of trial is fixed under rule 4.

(2) The powers conferred by the said section 33A on a judge may
be exercised by a master.

Trial with assistance of assessors (0. 33, r. 6)

6. A trial of a cause or matter with the assistance of assessors
under section 53 of the Ordinance shall take place in such manner and
on such terms as the Court may direct.

Dismissal of action, etc., after decision of preliminary issue (0. 33, r. 7)

7. If it appears to the Court that the decision of any question or
issue arising in a cause or matter and tried separately from the cause or
matter substantially disposes of the cause or matter or renders the trial
of the cause or matter unnecessary, it may dismiss the cause or matter or
make such other order or give such judgment therein as may be just.

ORDER 34

SETTING DOWN FOR TRIAL ACTION BEGUN BY WRIT

Application and interpretation (0. 34, r, 1)

1. (1) This Order applies to actions begun by writ and, accordingly,
references in this Order to an action shall be construed as references to
an action so begun.

Time for setting down action (0. 34, r. 2)

2. (1) Every order made in an action which provides for trial before
ajudge shall, whether the trial is to be with or without a jury, fix a period
within which the plaintiff is to set down the action for trial.





(2) Where the plaintiff does not, within the period fixed under
paragraph (1), set the action down for trial, the defendant may set the
action down for trial or may apply to the Court to dismiss the action for
want of prosecution and, on the hearing of any such application, the
Court may order the action to be dismissed accordingly or may make
such order as it thinks just.

(3) Every order made in an action which provides for trial before a
judge (otherwise than in the commercial list or in any list which may be
specified for the purposes of this paragraph by directions under rule 4)
shall contain an estimate of the length of the trial and, shall, subject to
any such directions, specify the list in which the action is to be put.

Lodging documents when setting down (0. 34, r. 3)

3. (1) In order to set down for trial an action which is to be tried
before a Judge, the party setting it down must deliver to the Registrar,
by post or otherwise, a request that the action may be set down for trial,
together with a bundle (for the use of the judge) consisting of one copy
each of the following documents that is to say

(a) the writ,

(b)the pleadings (including any affidavits ordered to stand as
pleadings) any request or order for particulars and the
particulars given,

(c) all orders made on the summons for directions, and

(d) the requisite legal aid documents, if any.

(2) The said bundle must be bound up in the proper chronological
order, save that voluntary particulars of any pleading and particulars to
which Order 18, rule 12(7) applies shall be placed immediately after the
pleading to which they relate.

(3) In this rule 'the requisite legal aid documents' means any
documents which are required by regulations 8(7) and 13(4) of the Legal
Aid Regulations made under the Legal Aid Ordinance to be filed in the
Registry.

Directions relating to lists (0. 34, r. 4)

4. Nothing in this Order shall prejudice any powers of the Chief
Justice to give directions

(a)specifying the lists in which actions, or actions of any class
or description, are to be set down for trial and providing for
the keeping and publication of the lists;

(b)providing for the determination of a date for the trial of any
action which has been set down or a date before which the
trial thereof is not to take place; and

(c)as to the making of applications (whether to the Court or an
officer of the Court) to fix, vacate or alter any such date, and,
in particular, requiring any such application to be supported
by an estimate of the length of the trial and any other relevant
information.





Notification of setting down (0. 34, r. 8)
8. (1) A party to an action who sets it down for trial must,
within 24 hours after doing so, notify the other parties to the action
that he has done so.

(2) It shall be the duty of all parties to an action entered in any
list to furnish without delay to the officer who keeps the list all
available information as to the action being or being likely to be
settled, or affecting the estimated length of the trial, and, if the
action is settled or withdrawn, to notify that officer of the fact
without delay and take such steps as may be necessary to withdraw
the record.
(3) In performance of the duty imposed by paragraph (2), a
plaintiff who gives notice of acceptance of a payment into court in
accordance with Order 22, rule 3(1), shall at the same time lodge a
copy of the notice with the officer mentioned in that paragraph.

Abatement, etc., of action (0. 34, r. 9)
9. (1) Where after an action has been set down for trial the
action becomes abated, or the interest or liability of any party to the
action is assigned or transmitted to or devolves on some other
person, the solicitor for the plaintiff or other party having the
conduct of the action must, as soon as practicable after becoming
aware of it, certify the abatement or change of interest or liability
and send the certificate to the officer who keeps the list, and that
officer shall cause the appropriate entry to be made in the list of
actions set down for trial.
(2) Where in any such list an action stands for one year
marked as abated or ordered to stand over generally, the action shall
on the expiration of that year be struck out of the list unless, in the
case of an action ordered to stand over generally, the order other-
wise provides.

ORDER 35

PROCEDURE AT TRIAL

Failure to appear by both parties or one of them (0. 35, r. 1)

1. (1) If, when the trial of an action is called on, neither
party appears, the action may be struck out of the list, without
prejudice, however, to the restoration thereof, on the direction of a
judge.
(2) If, when the trial of an action is called on, one party does
not appear, the judge may proceed with the trial of the action or any
counterclaim in the absence of that party.

Judgment, etc., given in absence of party may he set aside (0. 35, r. 2)
2. (1) Any judgment, order or verdict obtained where one
party does not appear at the trial may be set aside by the Court, on
the application of that party, on such terms as it thinks just.





(2) An application under this rule must be made within 7 days
after the trial.

Adjournment of trial (0. 35, r. 3)

3. The judge may, if he thinks it expedient in the interest of
justice, adjourn a trial for such time, and to such place, and upon
such terms, if any, as he thinks fit.

Order of speeches (0. 35, r. 7)

7. (1) The judge before whom an action is tried (whether
with or without a jury) may give directions as to the party to begin
and the order of speeches at the trial, and, subject to any such
directions, the party to begin and the order of speeches shall be that
provided by this rule.

(2) Subject to paragraph (6), the plaintiff shall begin by
opening his case.

(3) If the defendant elects not to adduce evidence, then,
whether or not the defendant has in the course of cross-examination
of a witness for the plaintiff or otherwise put in a document, the
plaintiff may, after the evidence on his behalf has been given, make a
second speech closing his case and the defendant shall then state his
case.

(4) If the defendant elects to adduce evidence, he may, after
any evidence on behalf of the plaintiff has been given, open his case
and, after the evidence on his behalf has been given, make a second
speech closing his case, and at the close of the defendant's case the
plaintiff may make a speech in reply.

(5) Where there are 2 or more defendants who appear
separately or are separately represented, then-

(a)if none of them elects to adduce evidence, each of them
shall state his case in the order in which his name appears
on the record;

(b)if each of them elects to adduce evidence, each of them may
open his case and the evidence on behalf of each of them
shall be given in the order aforesaid and the speech of each
of them closing his case shall be made in that order after
the evidence on behalf of all the defendants has been given;

(c)if some of them elect to adduce evidence and some do not,
those who do not shall state their cases in the order
aforesaid after the speech of the plaintiff in reply to the
other defendants.

(6) Where the burden of proof of all the issues in the action lies
on the defendant or, where there are two or more defendants and
they appear separately or are separately represented, on one of the
defendants, the defendant or that defendant, as the case may be,
shall be entitled to begin, and in that case paragraphs (2), (3) and (4)
shall have effect in relation to, and as between, him and the plaintiff
as if for references to the plaintiff and the defendant there were
substituted references to the defendant and the plaintiff respectively.

(7) Where, as between the plaintiff and any defendant, the
party who would, but for this paragraph, be entitled to make the
final speech raises any fresh point of law in that speech or cites in
that speech any authority not previously cited, the opposite party
may make a further speech in reply, but only in relation to that point
of law or that authority, as the case may be.

Inspection by judge or jury (0. 35, r. 8)

8. (1) The judge by whom any cause or matter is tried may
inspect any place or thing with respect to which any question arises
in the cause or matter.

(2) Where a cause or matter is tried with a jury and the judge
inspects any place or thing under paragraph (1), he may authorize
the jury to inspect it also.

Death of party before giving of judgment (0. 35, r. 9)

9. Where a party to any action dies after the verdict or finding
of the issues of fact and before judgment is given, judgment may be
given notwithstanding the death, but the foregoing provision shall
not be taken as affecting the power of the judge to make an order
under Order 15, rule 7(2), before giving judgment.

Certificate of judicial clerk (0. 3 5, r. 10)

10. At the conclusion of the trial of any action, the judicial
clerk or other officer in attendance at the trial shall make a certificate
in which he shall certify-

(a) the time actually occupied by the trial,

(b) any order made by the judge under Order 38, rule 5 or 6,

(e)every finding of fact by the jury, where the trial was with a
jury,

(d) the judgment given by the judge, and

(e) any order made by the judge as to costs.

List of exhibits (0. 35, r. 11)

11. (1) The judicial clerk or other officer in attendance at the
trial shall take charge of every document or object put in as an
exhibit during the trial of any action and shall mark or label every
exhibit with a letter or letters indicating the party by whom the
exhibit is put in or the witness by whom it is proved, and with a
number, so that all the exhibits put in by a party, or proved by a
witness, are numbered in one consecutive series.





In this paragraph a witness by whom an exhibit is proved includes
a witness in the course of whose evidence the exhibit is put in.

(2) The judicial clerk or other officer in attendance at the trial shall
cause a list to be made of all the exhibits in the action, and any party
may, on payment of the prescribed fee, have an office copy of that list.

(3) The list of exhibits when completed shall he attached to the
pleading and shall form part of the record of the action.

(4) For the purpose of this rule a bundle of documents may be
treated and counted as one exhibit.

Exhibits retained by Registrar pending appeal (0. 35, r. 12)

(HK)12. (1) Unless the Court otherwise directs, the Registrar shall retain
in his custody all exhibits duly marked and labelled until

(a)the expiration of the time limited by these rules for appealing
to the Court of Appeal, or such extended period therefor as
may be allowed; and thereafter

(b)in the event of an appeal to the Court of Appeal, the final
disposal of such appeal; and thereafter

(c)the expiration of the time limited by Order in Council for
applying to the Court of Appeal for leave to appeal to Her
Majesty in Council, or such extended period therefor as may
be allowed; and thereafter

(d)in the event of the Court of Appeal or Her Majesty in Council
giving leave to appeal to Her Majesty in Council, the
nonfulfilment of any condition for such leave to appeal or the
final disposal of such appeal.

(2) Unless the Court otherwise directs, upon the expiration of the
time limited for retention of exhibits fixed under paragraph (1) it shall be
the duty of every party to an action who has put in any exhibits, and
where represented, of his solicitor on the record, to apply to the
Registrar for the return of the exhibits and to collect the same.

Impounded documents (0. 35, r. 13)

13. (1) Documents impounded by order of the Court shall not be
delivered out of the custody of the Court except in compliance with an
order made by a judge on an application made by motion: Provided that
where the Attorney General makes a written request in that behalf,
documents so impounded shall be delivered into his custody.

(2) Documents impounded by order of the Court, while in the
custody of the Court, shall not be inspected except by a person
authorized to do so by an order signed by ajudge.





ORDER 36

TRIALS BEFORE, AND INQUIRIES BY,
MASTER

Trial before, and inquiry by, master (0. 36, r. 1)

(HK)1. In any cause or matter other than a criminal proceeding by the
Crown, the Court may, with the consent of the parties, order that the
cause or matter, or any question or issue of fact arising therein, be tried
before a master or that the master do inquire and report thereon and, in
the case of inquiry and report, giving consequential directions.

Power of master (0. 36, r. 4)

4. (1) Subject to any directions contained in the order made
pursuant to rule 1

(a)the master shall for the purposes of the trial or inquiry
(including any interlocutory application therein) have the
same jurisdiction, powers and duties (including the power of
committal and discretion as to costs) as a judge, exercisable
or, as the case may be, to be performed as nearly as
circumstances admit, in the like cases, in the like manner and
subject to the like limitations; and

(b)every trial and all other proceedings before a master shall, as
nearly as circumstances admit, be conducted in the like
manner as the like proceedings before ajudge.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (1) but subject
to any such directions as are mentioned therein the master before whom
any cause or matter is tried shall have the like powers as the Court with
respect to claims relating to or connected with the original subject-
matter of the cause or matter by any party thereto against any other
person and Order 15, rule 5(2) and Order 16 shall with any necessary
modifications apply in relation to any such claim accordingly.

Report on reference (0. 36, r. 9)

9. (1) The report made by a master in pursuance of a reference
under rule 1 shall be made to the Court and notice thereof served on the
parties to the reference.

(2) The master may in his report submit any question arising
therein for the decision of the Court or make a special statement of acts
from which the Court may draw such inferences as it thinks fit.

(3) On receipt of the master's report the Court may-

(a) adopt the report in whole or in part;

(b) vary the report;

(c) require an explanation from him;





(d)remit the whole or any part of the question or issue originally
referred to him for further consideration by him or any other
master; or

(e)decide the question originally referred to him on the evidence
taken before him either with or without additional evidence.

(4) When the report of the master has been made, an application to
vary the report or remit the whole or any part of the question or issue
originally referred may be made on the hearing by the Court of further
consideration of the cause or matter, after giving not less than 4 days'
notice thereof, and any other application with respect to the report may
be made on that hearing without notice.

ORDER 37

DAMAGES: ASSESSMENT AFTER JUDGMENT AND
ORDERS FOR
PROVISIONAL DAMAGES

1. ASSESSMENT OF DAMAGES AFTER
JUDGMENT

Assessment of damages by a master (0. 37, r. 1)

1. (1) Where judgment is given for damages to be assessed and no
provision is made by the judgment as to how they are to be assessed,
the damages shall, subject to the provisions of this Order, be assessed
by a master, and the party entitled to the benefit of the judgment may,
after obtaining the necessary appointment from a master and, at least 7
days before the date of the appointment, serving notice of the
appointment on the party against whom the judgment is given, proceed
accordingly.

14

Notwithstanding anything in Order 65, rule 9, a notice under this
rule must be served on the party against whom the judgment is given.

(3) The attendance of witnesses and the production of documents
before a master in proceedings under this Order may be compelled by
writ of subpoena, and the provisions of Order 35 shall, with the
necessary adaptations, apply in relation to those proceedings as they
apply in relation to proceedings at a trial.

Certificate of amount of damages (0. 37, r. 2)

2. Where in pursuance of this Order or otherwise damages are
assessed by a master, he shall certify the amount of the damages and
the certificate shall, when judgment is entered, be filed in the Registry.

Default judgment against some but not all defendants (0. 37, r. 3)

3. Where any such judgment as is mentioned in rule lis given on
failure to give notice of intention to defend or in default of





defence, and the action proceeds against other defendants, the
damages under the judgment shall be assessed at the trial unless the
Court otherwise orders.

Power to order assessment at trial (0. 37, r. 4)

4. (1) Where judgment is given for damages to be assessed, the
Court may

(d)order that the action shall proceed to trial before a judge (with
or without a jury) as respects the damages.

(3) Where the Court orders that the action shall proceed to trial,
Order 25, rules 2 to 7, shall, with the omission of so much of rule 7(1) as
requires the parties to serve a notice specifying the orders and
directions which they desire and with any other necessary
modifications, apply as if the application to the Court in pursuance of
which the Court makes the order, were a summons for directions under
Order 25.

Assessment of value (0. 37, r. 5)

5. The foregoing provisions of this Order shall apply in relation to a
judgment for the value of goods to be assessed, with or without
damages to be assessed, as they apply to a judgment for damages to be
assessed, and references in those provisions to the assessment of
damages shall be construed accordingly.

Assessment of damages to time of assessment (0. 37, r. 6)

6. Where damages are to be assessed (whether under this Order or
otherwise) in respect of any continuing cause of action, they shall be
assessed down to the time of the assessment.

11. ORDERS FOR PROVISIONAL DAMAGES FOR PERSONAL INJURIES

Application and interpretation (0. 37, r. 7)

7. (1) This Part of this Order applies to actions to which section
56A of the Ordinance (in this Part of this Order referred to as 'section
56A') applies.

(2) In this Part of this Order 'award of provisional damages' means
an award of damages for personal injuries under which

(a)damages are assessed on the assumption that the injured
person will not develop the disease or suffer the deterioration
referred to in section 56A; and

(b)the injured person is entitled to apply for further damages at a
future date if he develops the disease or suffers the
deterioration.

Abstract

(Cap. 6.) (Cap. 32) (Cap. 10.) (Cap. 179.) (Cap. 290.) (Cap. 189.) (Cap. 1.) (Cap. 4.) (Cap. 1.) (Cap. 1.) (Cap. 149.) App. A. Form 1. App. A. Forms 8, 10, 11. App. A. Forms 13, 38. App. A. Form 14. App. A. Form 15. (1961 c. 27.) (1978 c. 33.) (1961 c. 27.) App. A. Forms 14, 15. App. A. Form 39. App. A. Form 40. App. A. Form 41. App. A. Form 42. (1978 c. 33.) App. A. Form 44. App. A. Form 14. App. A. Form 17. (Cap. 347.) (Cap. 347.) App. A. Forms 14, 15. App. A. Forms 20, 21. App. A. Form 14. (Cap. 377.) App. A. Form 10. (Cap. 8.) (Cap. 281) (Cap. 369) App. A. Form 39. App. A. Form 40. App. A. Form 41. App. A. Form 42. App. A. Form 23. (Cap. 22.) (Cap. 23.) App. A. Form 23. App. A. Form 24. (Cap. 22.) (Cap. 23.) (Cap. 91.) (Cap. 272.) (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) (Cap. 29.) App. A. Form 26. App. A. Form 27. (Cap. 8.) (Cap. 336.) (Cap. 22.) App. A. Form 8. App. A. Form 12. App. A. Form 10. App. A. Form 8. App. A. Form 10. App. A. Forms 8, 10. (Cap. 22.) (Cap. 136.) App. A. Form 10. (Cap. 347.) App. A. Form 48. (Cap. 91.) (Cap. 8.) (Cap. 8.) (Cap. 8.) App. A. Forms 28, 29. (Cap. 8.) (Cap. 8.) App. A. Forms 31, 32. App. A. Forms 33, 34. App. A. Forms 36, 37. App. A. Form 35. App. A. Forms 39-46, 48, 49. (Cap. 159.) App. A. Forms 52, 15. App. A. Form 106. App. C. Form 5. App. A. Forms 53-67. App. A. Form 69. App. A. Form 71. (Cap. 128.) App. A. Forms 72-74. App. A. Forms 73, 74. App. A. Form 53. (Cap. 1.) App. A. Form 102. App. A. Form 103. App. A. Form 104. App. A. Form 105. App. A. Forms 75, 76. App. A. Form 76. App. A. Form 79. App. A. Form 80. App. A. Form 10. App. A. Form 81. App. A. Form 10. App. A. Form 84. App. A. Forms 82, 83. App. A. Form 85. (Cap. 136.) App. A. Form 86A. App. A. Forms 87, 88. App. A. Form 90. App. A. Forms 89, 91, 92. (Cap. 227.) (Cap. 341.) (Cap. 336.) (Cap. 336.) App. A. Form 99. (Cap. 341.) (Cap. 336.) (Cap. 336.) (Cap. 91.) App. A. Form 50. App. A. Form 51. App. A. Form 51. (Cap. 159.) (Cap. 336.) (Cap. 91.) (Cap. 136.) (Cap. 136.) (Cap. 22.) (Cap. 136.) (Cap. 136.) (Cap. 22.) (1894 c. 60.) (Cap. 22.) First Schedule. (Cap. 159.) First Schedule. Second Schedule. (Cap. 91.) (Cap. 42.) (Cap. 336.) (Cap. 38.) (Cap. 149.) (Cap. 1.) (Cap. 300.) (Cap. 91.) (Cap. 91.) (Cap. 179.) (Cap. 91.) (Cap. 8.) App. A. Form 63. (Cap. 319.) App. A. Form 10. (1982 c. 37.) App. A. Form 10. App. A. Form 94. (Cap. 341.) (Cap. 341.) (Cap. 341.) App. A. Form 10. (Cap. 341.) (Cap. 341.) (Cap. 319.) (Cap. 341.) App. A. Form 10. App. A. Form 100. App. A. Form 101. (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) (Cap. 29.) (1894, c. 60.) App. B. Form 14. (Cap. 369.) (1974 c. 43.) (1971 c. 59.) App. B. Form 1. App. A. Form 1. App. B. Form 2. App. B. Form 2B. App. B. Form 2B. App. A. Form 14. App. B. Form 3. App. B. Form 15. (1971 c. 59.) App. B. Form 5. App. B. Form 6. App. B. Form 7. App. B. Form 9. App. B. Form 10. App. B. Form 11. (Cap. 159.) App. B. Form 12. App. B. Form 13. (Cap. 8.) (1894c. 60.) (1894 c. 60.) (Cap. 10.) (Cap. 10.) (Cap. 10.) (Cap. 10.) (Cap. 10.) (Cap. 300.) (Cap. 300.) App. A. Form 96. (Cap. 300.) App. A. Form 95 & Form 96. (Cap. 300.) (Cap. 300.) App. A. Form 10. (Cap. 300.) (Cap. 336.) (Cap. 300.) (Cap. 336.) (1983 c. 20.) (Cap. 136.) (Cap. 22.) App. A. Form 10. (1894 c. 60.) (Cap. 22.) (Cap. 23.) (Cap. 38.) (Cap. 21.) (Cap. 21.) App. A. Form 10. (Cap. 163.) (Cap. 163.) (Cap. 26.) (Cap. 182.) (Cap. 182.) (Cap. 174.) (Cap. 290.) (Cap. 13.) (Cap. 13.) (Cap. 336.) (Cap. 179, sub. leg.) (Cap. 179.) (Cap. 13.) (Cap. 29.) (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) (Cap. 253.) (1956 c. 74, S.I. 1972/1724; S.I. 1979/910.) (Cap. 20.) App. A. Form 10. (Cap. 20.) App. A. Form 10. (Cap. 6.) (Cap. 43.) (Cap. 32.) App. A. Form 10. App. A. Form 10. (1977 c. 37.) (Cap. 42.) (Cap. 29.) (Cap. 159.) App. A. Form 10. App. A. Form 11A. (1812 c. 101.) Not applicable if the defendant is a company served at its registered office. *Where words appear between square brackets, delete if inapplicable *Where words appear between square brackets, delete if inapplicable

Extent

Order for provisional damages (0. 37, r. 8)

8. (1) The Court may on such terms as it thinks just and subject to
the provisions of this rule make an award of provisional damages if

(a)the plaintiff has pleaded a claim for provisional damages, and

(b)the Court is satisfied that the action is one to which section
56A applies.

(2) An order for an award of provisional damages shall specify the
disease or type of deterioration in respect of which an application may
be made at a future date, and shall also, unless the Court otherwise
determines, specify the period within which such application may be
made.

(3) The Court may, on the application of the plaintiff made within
the period, if any, specified in paragraph (2), by order extend that period
if it thinks it just to do so, and the plaintiff may make more than one
such application.

(4) An order for an award of provisional damages may be made in
respect of more than one disease or type of deterioration and may in
respect of each disease or deterioration specify a different period within
which an application may be made at a future date.

(5) Orders 13 and 19 shall not apply in relation to an action in
which the plaintiff claims provisional damages.

Offer to submit to an award (0. 37, r. 9)

9. (1) Where an application is made for an award of provisional
damages, any defendant may at any time (whether or not he makes a
payment into court) make a written offer to the plaintiff--

(a)to tender a sum of money (which may include an amount, to
be specified, in respect of interest) in satisfaction of the
plaintiff's claim for damages assessed on the assumption that
the injured person will not develop the disease or suffer the
deterioration referred to in section 56A; and

(b) to agree to the making of an award of provisional damages.

(2) Any offer made under paragraph (1) shall not be brought to the
attention of the Court until after the Court has determined the claim for
an award of provisional damages.

(3) Where an offer is made under paragraph (1), the plaintiff may,
within 21 days after receipt of the offer, give written notice to the
defendant of his acceptance of the offer and shall on such acceptance
make an application to the Court for an order in accordance with the
provisions of rule 8(2).

Application for award of further damages (0. 37, r. 10)

10. (1) This rule applies where the plaintiff, pursuant to an award of
provisional damages, claims further damages.





(2) No application for further damages may be made after the
expiration of the period, if any, specified under rule 8(2), or of such
period as extended under rule 8(3).

(3) The plaintiff shall give not less than three months' written
notice to the defendant of his intention to apply for further damages
and, if the defendant is to the plaintiff's knowledge insured in respect of
the plaintiff's claim, to the insurers.

(4) The plaintiff must take out a summons for directions as to the
future conduct of the action within 21 days after the expiry of the period
of notice referred to in paragraph (3).

(5) On the hearing of the summons for directions the Court shall
give such directions as may be appropriate for the future conduct of the
action, including, but not limited to, the disclosure of medical reports
and the place, mode and date of the hearing of the application for further
damages.

(6) Only one application for further damages may be made in
respect of each disease or type of deterioration specified in the order for
the award of provisional damages.

(7) The provisions of Order 29 with regard to the making of interim
payments shall, with the necessary modifications, apply where an
application is made under this rule.

(8) The Court may include in an award of further damages simple
interest at such rate as it thinks fit on all or any part thereof for all or any
part of the period between the date of notification of the plaintiff's
intention to apply for further damages and the date of the award.

ORDER 38

EVIDENCE

1. GENERAL RULES

General rule: witnesses to he examined orally (0. 38, r. 1)

1. Subject to the provisions of these rules and of the Evidence
Ordinance and any other written law relating to evidence, any fact
required to be proved at the trial of any action begun by writ by the
evidence of witnesses shall be proved by the examination of the
witnesses orally and in open court.

Evidence by affidavit (0. 38, r. 2)

2. (1) The Court may, at or before the trial of an action begun by
writ, order that the affidavit of any witness may be read at the trial if in
the circumstances of the case it thinks it reasonable so to order.





(2) An order under paragraph (1) may be made on such terms as to
the filing and giving of copies of the affidavits and as to the production
of the deponents for cross-examination as the Court thinks fit but,
subject to any such terms and to any subsequent order of the Court, the
deponents shall not be subject to cross-examination and need not
attend the trial for the purpose.

(3) In any cause or matter begun by originating summons,
originating motion or petition, and on any application made by
summons or motion, evidence may be given by affidavit unless in the
case of any such cause, matter or application any provision of these
rules otherwise provides or the Court otherwise directs, but the Court
may, on the application of any party, order the attendance for cross-
examination of the person making any such affidavit, and where, after
such an order has been made, the person in question does not attend,
his affidavit shall not be used as evidence without the leave of the
Court.

Exchange of witness statements (0. 38, r. 2A)

2A. (2) At any stage in any cause or matter, the Court may, if it
thinks fit for the purpose of disposing fairly and expeditiously of the
cause or matter and saving costs, direct any party to serve on the other
parties, on such terms as the Court shall think just, written statements of
the oral evidence which the party intends to lead on any issues of fact
to be decided at the trial.

(3) Directions given under paragraph (2) may-

(a)make different provision with regard to different issues of fact
or different witnesses;

(b)require any written statement served to be signed by the
intended witness;

(c) require that statements be filed with the Court.

(4) Subject to paragraph (6), where the party serving a statement
under paragraph (2) does not call the witness to whose evidence it
relates no other party may put the statement in evidence at the trial.

(5) Subject to paragraph (6) and unless the Court otherwise orders,
where the party serving the statement does call such a witness at the
trial

(a)that party may not without the consent of the other parties or
the leave of the Court lead evidence from that witness the
substance of which is not included in the statement served,
except in relation to new matters which have arisen in the
course of the trial;

(b)the Court may, on such terms as it thinks fit, direct that the
statement served, or part of it, shall stand as the evidence in
chief of the witness or part of such evidence;





(e)whether or not the statement or any part of it is referred to
during the evidence in chief of the witness, any party may
put the statement or any part of it in cross-examination of
that witness.

(6) Where any statement served is one to which the Evidence
Ordinance applies, paragraphs (4) and (5) shall take effect subject to
the provisions of that Ordinance and Parts 111 and IV of this Order.
The service of a statement pursuant to a direction given under para-
graph (2) shall not, unless expressly so stated by the party serving the
same, be treated as a notice under the said Ordinance.

(7) Where a party fails to comply with a direction given under
paragraph (2) he shall not be entitled to adduce evidence to which
such direction related without the leave of the Court.

(8) Nothing in this rule shall deprive any party of his right to
treat any communication as privileged or make admissible evidence
otherwise inadmissible.

Evidence of particular facts (0. 38. r. 3)

3. (1) Without prejudice to rule 2, the Court may, at or
before the trial of any action, order that evidence of any particular
fact shall be given at the trial in such manner as may be specified by
the order.

(2) The power conferred by paragraph (1) extends in partic-
ular to ordering that evidence of any particular fact may be given at
the trial-

(a) by statement on oath of information or belief, or

(b) by the production of documents or entries in books, or

(c) by copies of documents or entries in books, or

(d)in the case of a fact which is or was a matter of common
knowledge either generally or in a particular district, by
the production of a specified newspaper which contains
a statement of that fact.

Limitation of expert evidence (0. 38, r. 4)

4. The Court may, at or before the trial of any action, order
that the number of medical or other expert witnesses who may be
called at the trial shall be limited as specified by the order.

Limitation of plans, etc., in evidence (0. 38, r. 5)

5. Unless, at or before the trial, the Court for special reasons
otherwise orders, no plan, photograph or model shall be receivable
in evidence at the trial of an action unless at least 10 days before the
commencement of the trial the parties, other than the party produc-
ing it, have been given an opportunity to inspect it and to agree to
the admission thereof without further proof.





Revocation or variation of orders under rules 2 to 5 (0. 38, r. 6)

6. Any order under rules 2 to 5 (including an order made on appeal)
may, on sufficient cause being shown, be revoked or varied by a
subsequent order of the Court made at or before the trial.

Evidence of finding on foreign law (0. 38, r. 7)

7. (1) A party to any cause or matter who intends to adduce in
evidence a finding or decision on a question of foreign law by virtue of
section 59 of the Evidence Ordinance shall

(a)in the case of an action to which Order 25, rule 1, applies
within 14 days after the pleadings in the action are deemed to
be closed, and

(b)in the case of any other cause or matter, within 21 days after
the date on which an appointment for the first hearing of the
cause or matter is obtained,

or in either case, within such other period as the Court may specify,
serve notice of his intention on every other party to the proceedings.

(2) The notice shall specify the question on which the finding or
decision was given or made and specify the document in which it is
reported or recorded in citable form.

(3) In any cause or matter in which evidence may be given by
affidavit, an affidavit specifying the matters contained in paragraph (2)
shall constitute notice under paragraph (1) if served within the period
mentioned in that paragraph.

Application to trials of issues, references, etc. (0. 38, r. 8)

8. The foregoing rules of this Order shall apply to trials of issues or
questions of fact or law, references, inquiries and assessments of
damages as they apply to the trial of actions.

Depositions: when receivable in evidence at trial (0. 38, r. 9)

9. (1) No deposition taken in any cause or matter shall be received
in evidence at the trial of the cause or matter unless

(a)the deposition was taken in pursuance of an order under
Order 39, rule 1, and

(b)either the party against whom the evidence is offered
consents or it is proved to the satisfaction of the Court that
the deponent is dead, or beyond the jurisdiction of the Court
or unable from sickness or other infirmity to attend the trial.

(2) A party intending to use any deposition in evidence at the trial
of a cause or matter must, a reasonable time before the trial, give notice
of his intention to do so to the other party.

(3) A deposition purporting to be signed by the person before
whom it was taken shall be receivable in evidence without proof of the
signature being the signature of that person.





Supreme Court documents admissible or receivable in evidence (0. 38,
r. 10)

10. (1) Office copies of writs, records, pleadings and docu-
ments filed in the Supreme Court shall be admissible in evidence in
any cause or matter and between all parties to the same extent as the
original would be admissible.

(2) Without prejudice to the provisions of any enactment,
every document purporting to be sealed with the seal of any office or
department of the Supreme Court shall be received in evidence
without further proof, and any document purporting to be so sealed
and to be a copy of a document filed in, or issued out of, that office
or department shall be deemed to be an office copy of that document
without further proof unless the contrary is shown.

Evidence of consent of new trustee to act (0. 38, r. 11)

11. A document purporting to contain the written consent of a
person to act as trustee and to bear his signature verified by some
other person shall be evidence of such consent.

Evidence at trial may he used in subsequent proceedings (0. 38, r. 12)

12. Any evidence taken at the trial of any cause or matter may
be used in any subsequent proceedings in that cause or matter.

Order to produce document at proceeding other than trial (0. 38, r. 13)

13. (1) At any stage in a cause or matter the Court may order
any person to attend any proceeding in the cause or matter and
produce any document, to be specified or described in the order, the
production of which appears to the Court to be necessary for the
purpose of that proceeding.

(2) No person shall be compelled by an order under para-
graph (1) to produce any document at a proceeding in a cause or
matter which he could not be compelled to produce at the trial of
that cause or matter.

11. WRITS OF SUBPOENA

Form and issue of writ of subpoena (0. 38, r. 14)

14. (1) A writ of subpoena must be in Form No. 28 or 29 in
Appendix A, whichever is appropriate.

(2) Issue of a writ of subpoena takes place upon its being
sealed by an officer of the Court.

(3) Where a writ of subpoena is to be issued in a cause or
matter in the Court, the appropriate office for the issue of the writ is
the Registry.





(HK)(5) Before a writ of subpoena is issued a praecipe for the issue of
the writ must be filed in the Registry together with a note from a judge or
master authorizing the issue of such writ and the sum of $500 shall be
deposited in the Registry, in addition to any fee payable in respect of
such issue, as a deposit in respect of the witness' reasonable expenses;
and the praccipe must contain the name and address of the party issuing
the writ, if he is acting in person, or the name or firm and business
address of that party's solicitor and also (if the solicitor is the agent of
another) the name or firm and business address of his principal.

(HK)(6) In any proceedings, whether in chambers or in court, the Court
may order the reimbursement by one or more of the parties to a witness
who has been served with a writ of subpoena in respect of any expenses
reasonably and properly incurred by that witness.

(HK)(7) Any expenses so ordered by the Court to be paid shall be
assessed by the Court making the order or, if no such assessment is
made by the Court, shall be taxed (if not agreed) and paid by the party
ordered to make such payment.

(HK)(8) A witness whose expenses have been ordered to be paid may, if
the party ordered to make such payment is the party who made the
deposit on issue of the writ of subpoena, recover such expenses, after
assessment, agreement or taxation, from the said deposit and look to the
party liable to make such payment for the balance, if any.

(HK)(9) The deposit (or such part of it as shall remain after payment to
the witness under rule 14(8)) shall be refunded to the party that paid the
deposit if

(a)that party was not ordered to pay the costs of the witness; or

(b)that party was ordered to pay the costs of the witness and
has effected payment of such costs after assessment,
agreement or taxation.

More than one name may be included in one writ of subpoena (0. 38, r.
15)

15. The names of two or more persons may be included in one writ
of subpoena ad testificandum.

Amendment of writ of subpoena (0. 38, r. 16)

16. Where there is a mistake in any person's name or address in a
writ of subpoena, then, if the writ has not been served, the party by
whom the writ was issued may have the writ re-sealed in correct form by
filing a second praecipe under rule 14(5) endorsed with the words
'Amended and re-sealed'.





Service of writ of subpoena (0. 38, r. 17)

17. A writ of subpoena must be served personally and, subject to
rule 19, the service shall not be valid unless effected within 12 weeks
after the date of issue of the writ and not less than four days, or such
other period as the Court may fix, before the day on which attendance
before the Court is required.

Duration of writ of subpoena (0. 38, r. 18)

18. Subject to rule 19, a writ of subpoena continues to have effect
until the conclusion of the trial at which the attendance of the witness is
required.

Writ of subpoena in aid of inferior court or tribunal (0. 38, r. 19)

19. (1) The office of the Court out of which a writ of subpoena ad
testificandum or a writ of subpoena duces tecum in aid of an inferior
court or tribunal may be issued is the Registry, and no order of the
Court for the issue of such a writ is necessary.

(2) A writ of subpoena in aid of an inferior court or tribunal
continues to have effect until the disposal of the proceedings before
that court or tribunal at which the attendance of the witness is required.

(3) A writ of subpoena issued in aid of an inferior court or tribunal
must be served personally.

(4) Unless a writ of subpoena issued in aid of an inferior court or
tribunal is duly served on the person to whom it is directed not less
than 4 days, or such other period as the Court may fix, before the day on
which the attendance of that person before the court or tribunal is
required by the writ, that person shall not be liable to any penalty or
process for failing to obey the writ.

(5) An application to set aside a writ of subpoena issued in aid of
an inferior court or tribunal may be heard by a master.

HEARSAY EVIDENCE

Interpretation and application (0. 38, r. 20)

20. (1) In this Part of this Order 'the Ordinance' means the
Evidence Ordinance and any expressions used in this Part and in Parts
IV and V of the Ordinance have the same meanings in this Part as they
have in the said Parts IV and V.

(2) This Part of this Order shall apply in relation to the trial or
hearing of an issue or question arising in a cause or matter, and to a
reference, inquiry and assessment of damages, as it applies in relation
to the trial or hearing of a cause or matter.





Notice of intention to give certain statements in evidence (0. 3 8, r. 2 1)

21. (1) Subject to the provisions of this rule, a party to a cause
or matter who desires to give in evidence at the trial or hearing of the
cause or matter any statement which is admissible in evidence by
virtue of section 47, 49 or 50 of the Ordinance must-

(a)in the case of a cause or matter which is required to be set
down for trial or hearing or adjourned into court, within
21 days after it is set down or so adjourned, or within such
other period as the Court may specify; and

(b)in the case of any other cause or matter, within 21 days
after the date on which an appointment for the first
hearing of the cause or matter is obtained, or within such
other period as the Court may specify,

serve on every other party to the cause or matter notice of his desire
to do so, and the notice must comply with the provisions of rule 22,
23 or 24, as the circumstances of the case require.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply in relation to any statement
which is admissible as evidence of any fact stated therein by virtue
not only of section 47, 49 or 50 of the Ordinance but by virtue also of
any other statutory provision within the meaning of section 46 of the
Ordinance.

(3) Paragraph (1) shall not apply in relation to any statement
which any party to a probate action desires to give in evidence at the
trial of that action and which is alleged to have been made by the
deceased person whose estate is the subject of the action.

(4) Where by virtue of any provision of these rules or of any
order or direction of the Court the evidence in any proceedings is to
be given by affidavit then, without prejudice to paragraph (2),
paragraph (1) shall not apply in relation to any statement which any
party to the proceedings desires to have included in any affidavit to
be used on his behalf in the proceedings, but nothing in this
paragraph shall affect the operation of rule 5 of Order 41, or the
powers of the Court under rule 3 of this Order.

(5) Rule 9 of Order 65 shall not apply to a notice under this
rule but the Court may direct that the notice need not be served on
any party who at the time when service is to be effected is in default
as to acknowledgment of service or who has no address for service.

Statement admissible by virtue of section 47 of the Ordinance:
contents of notice (0. 38, r. 22)

22. (1) If the statement is admissible by virtue of section 47 of
the Ordinance and was made otherwise than in a document, the
notice must contain particulars of--

(a)the time, place and circumstances at or in which the
statement was made;
(b)the person by whom, and the person to whom, the state-
ment was made; and





(c)the substance of the statement or, if material, the words
used.

(2) If the statement is admissible by virtue of section 47 of the
Ordinance and was made in a document, a copy or transcript of the
document, or of the relevant part thereof, must be annexed to the
notice and the notice must contain such (if any) of the particulars
mentioned in paragraph (1)(a) and (b) as are not apparent on the
face of the document or part.

(3) If the party giving the notice alleges that any person,
particulars of whom are contained in the notice, cannot or should
not be called as a witness at the trial or hearing for any of the reasons
specified in rule 25, the notice must contain a statement to that effect
specifying the reason relied on.

Statement admissible by virtue of section 49 of the Ordinance:
contents of notice (0. 38, r. 23)

23. (1) If the statement is admissible by virtue of section 49 of
the Ordinance, the notice must have annexed to it a copy or
transcript of the document containing the statement, or of the
relevant part thereof, and must contain-

(a) particulars of-
(i) the person by whom the record containing the
statement was compiled;
(ii) the person who originally supplied the information
from which the record was compiled; and
(iii) any other person through whom that information
was supplied to the compiler of that record,

and, in the case of any such person as is referred to in (i) or
(iii) above, a description of the duty under which that
person was acting when compiling that record or supplying
information from which that record was compiled, as the
case may be;

(b)if not apparent on the face of the document annexed to the
notice, a description of the nature of the record which, or
part of which, contains the statement; and

(c)particulars of the time, place and circumstances at or in
which that record or part was compiled.

(2) If the party giving the notice alleges that any person,
particulars of whom are contained in the notice, cannot or should
not be called as a witness at the trial or hearing for any of the reasons
specified in rule 25, the notice must contain a statement to that effect
specifying the reason relied on.

Statement admissible by virtue of section 50 of the Ordinance:
contents of notice (0. 38, r. 24)

24. (1) If the statement is contained in a document produced
by a computer and is admissible by virtue of section 50 of the





Ordinance, the notice must have annexed to it a copy or transcript of
the document containing the statement, or of the relevant part
thereof, and must contain particulars of-

(a)a person who occupied a responsible position in relation to
the management of the relevant activities for the purpose
of which the computer was used regularly during the
material period to store or process information;

(b)a person who at the material time occupied such a position
in relation to the supply of information to the computer,
being information which is reproduced in the statement or
information from which the information contained in the
statement is derived; and

(c)a person who occupied such a position in relation to the
operation of the computer during the material period,

and where there are two or more persons who fall within sub-
paragraph (a), (b) or (c) and some only of those persons are at the
date of service of the notice capable of being called as witnesses at
the trial or hearing, the person particulars of whom are to be
contained in the notice must be such one of those persons as is at
that date so capable.

(2) The notice must also state whether the computer was
operating properly throughout the material period and, if not,
whether any respect in which it was not operating properly or was
out of operation during any part of that period was such as to affect
the production of the document in which the statement is contained
or the accuracy of its contents.

(3) If the party giving the notice alleges that any person,
particulars of whom are contained in the notice, cannot or should
not be called as a witness at the trial or hearing for any of the reasons
specified in rule 25, the notice must contain a statement to that effect
specifying the reason relied on.

Reasons for not calling a person as a witness (0. 38, r. 25)

25. The reasons referred to in rules 22(3), 23(2) and 24(3) are
that the person in question is dead, or beyond the seas or unfit by
reason of his bodily or mental condition to attend as a witness or
that despite the exercise of reasonable diligence it has not been
possible to identify or find him or that he cannot reasonably be
expected to have any recollection of matters relevant to the accuracy
or otherwise of the statement to which the notice relates.

Counter-notice requiring person to he called as a witness (0. 38, r. 26)

26. (1) Subject to paragraphs (2) and (3), any party to a cause
or matter on whom a notice under rule 21 is served may. within 21
days after service of the notice on him, serve on the party who gave





the notice a counter-notice requiring that party to call as a witness at
the trial or hearing of the cause or matter any person (naming him)
particulars of whom are contained in the notice.

(2) Where any notice under rule 21 contains a statement that
any person, particulars of whom are contained in the notice, cannot
or should not be called as a witness for the reason specified therein, a
party shall not be entitled to serve a counter-notice under this rule
requiring that person to be called as a witness at the trial or hearing
of the cause or matter unless he contends that that person can or, as
the case may be, should be called, and in that case he must include in
his counter-notice a statement to that effect.

(3) Where a statement to which a notice under rule 21 relates is
one to which rule 28 applies, no party on whom the notice is served
shall be entitled to serve a counter-notice under this rule in relation
to that statement, but this provision is without prejudice to the right
of any party to apply to the Court under rule 28 for directions with
respect to the admissibility of that statement.

(4) If any party to a cause or matter by whom a notice under
rule 21 is served fails to comply with a counter-notice duly served on
him under this rule, then, unless any of the reasons specified in rule
25 applies in relation to the person named in the counter-notice, and
without prejudice to the powers of the Court under rule 29, the
statement to which the notice under rule 21 relates shall not be
admissible at the trial or hearing of the cause or matter as evidence
of any fact stated therein by virtue of section 47, 49 or 50 of the
Ordinance, as the case may be.

Determination of question whether person can or should he called as
a witness (0. 38, r. 27)

27. (1) Where in any cause or matter a question arises
whether any of the reasons specified in rule 25 applies in relation to a
person, particulars of whom are contained in a notice under rule 2 1,
the Court may, on the application of any party to the cause or
matter, determine that question before the trial or hearing of the
cause or matter or give directions for it to be determined before
the trial or hearing and for the manner in which it is to be so
determined.

(2) Unless the Court otherwise directs, the summons by which
an application under paragraph (1) is made must be served by the
party making the application on every other party to the cause or
matter.

(3) Where any such question as is referred to in paragraph (1)
has been determined under or by virtue of that paragraph, no
application to have it determined afresh at the trial or hearing of the
cause or matter may be made unless the evidence which it is sought
to adduce in support of the application could not, with reasonable
diligence, have been adduced at the hearing which resulted in the
determination.





Directions with respect to statement made in previous proceedings (0.
38, r. 28)

28. Where a party to a cause or matter has given notice in
accordance with rule 21 that he desires to give in evidence at the trial or
hearing of the cause or matter--

(a)a statement falling within section 47(1) of the Ordinance which
was made by a person, whether orally or in a document, in the
course of giving evidence in some other legal proceedings
(whether civil or criminal); or

(b)a statement falling within section 49(1) of the Ordinance which
is contained in a record of direct oral evidence given in some
other legal proceedings (whether civil or criminal),

any party to the cause or matter may apply to the Court for directions
under this rule, and the Court hearing such an application may give
directions as to whether, and if so on what conditions, the party
desiring to give the statement in evidence will be permitted to do so and
(where applicable) as to the manner in which that statement and any
other evidence given in those other proceedings is to be proved.

Power of Court to allow statement to he given in evidence (0. 38, r. 29)

29. (1) Without prejudice to sections 47(2)(a) and 49(2)(a) of the
Ordinance and rule 28, the Court may, if it thinks it just to do so, allow a
statement falling within section 47(1), 49(1) or 50(1) of the Ordinance to
be given in evidence at the trial or hearing of a cause or matter
notwithstanding

(a)that the statement is one in relation to which rule 21(1) applies
and that the party desiring to give the statement in evidence
has failed to comply with that rule; or

(b)that that party has failed to comply with any requirement of a
counter-notice relating to that statement which was served on
him in accordance with rule 26.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (1), the Court
may exercise its power under that paragraph to allow a statement to be
given in evidence at the trial or hearing of a cause or matter if a refusal
to exercise that power might oblige the party desiring to give the
statement in evidence to call as a witness at the trial or hearing an
opposite party or a person who is or was at the material time the servant
or agent of an opposite party.

Restriction on adducing evidence as to credibility of maker, etc. of
certain statements (0. 38, r. 30)

30. Where-
(a)a notice given under rule 21 in a cause or matter relates to a
statement which is admissible by virtue of section 47 or 49 of
the Ordinance; and





(b)the person who made the statement, or, as the case may be,
the person who originally supplied the information from which
the record containing the statement was compiled, is not
called as a witness at the trial or hearing of the cause or
matter; and

(c)none of the reasons mentioned in rule 25 applies so as to
prevent the party who gave the notice from calling that person
as a witness,

no other party to the cause or matter shall be entitled, except with the
leave of the Court, to adduce in relation to that person any evidence
which could otherwise be adduced by him by virtue of section 52 of the
Ordinance unless he gave a counter-notice under rule 26 in respect of
that person or applied under rule 28 for a direction that that person be
called as a witness at the trial or hearing of the cause or matter.

Notice required of intention to give evidence of certain inconsistent
statements (0. 3 8, r. 3 1)

31. (1) Where in a cause or matter a person, particulars of whom
were contained in a notice given under rule 21, is not to be called as a
witness at the trial or hearing of the cause or matter, any party to the
cause or matter who is entitled and intends to adduce in relation to that
person any evidence which is admissible for the purpose mentioned in
section 52(1)(b) of the Ordinance must, not more than 21 days after
service of that notice on him, serve on the party who gave that notice,
notice of his intention to do so.

(2) Rule 22(1) and (2) shall apply to a notice under this rule as if the
notice were a notice under rule 21 and the statement to which the notice
relates were a statement admissible by virtue of section 47 of the
Ordinance.

(3) The Court may, if it think sit just to do so, allow aparty to give in
evidence at the trial or hearing of a cause or matter any evidence which
is admissible for the purpose mentioned in section 52(1)(b) of the
Ordinance notwithstanding that that party has failed to comply with the
provisions of paragraph (1).

Costs (0. 38, r. 32)

32. If-

(a)a party to a cause or matter serves a counter-notice under rule
26 in respect of any person who is called as a witness at the
trial of the cause or matter in compliance with a requirement of
the counter-notice; and

(b)it appears to the Court that it was unreasonable to require that
person to be called as a witness,

then, without prejudice to Order 62 and, in particular, to rule 10(1)
thereof, the Court may direct that any costs to that party in respect





of the preparation and service of the counter-notice shall not be allowed
to him and that any costs occasioned by the counter-notice to any
other party shall be paid by him to that other party.

Certain powers exercisable in chambers (0. 38, r. 33)

33. The jurisdiction of the Court under sections 47(2)(a), 47(3),
49(2)(a) and 5 1 (1) of the Ordinance may be exercised in chambers.

Statements of opinion (0. 38, r. 34)

34. Where a party to a cause or matter desires to give in evidence
by virtue of Part IV of the Ordinance, as extended by section 56 of the
Ordinance, a statement of opinion other than a statement to which Part
IV of this Order applies, the provisions of rules 20 to 23 inclusive and 25
to 33 inclusive shall apply with such modifications as the Court may
direct or the circumstances of the case may require.

IV. EXPERT EVIDENCE

Interpretation (0. 38, r. 35)

35. In this Part of this Order a reference to a summons for directions
includes a reference to any summons or application to which, under any
of these rules, Order 25, rules 2 to 7, apply, and expressions used in this
Part of this Order which are used in the Evidence Ordinance have the
same meanings in this Part of this Order as in that Ordinance.

Restrictions on adducing expert evidence (0. 38, r. 36)

36. (1) Except with the leave of the Court or where all parties agree,
no expert evidence may be adduced at the trial or hearing of any cause
or matter unless the party seeking to adduce the evidence

(a)has applied to the Court to determine whether a direction
should be given under rule 37, 38 or 41 (whichever is
appropriate) and has complied with any direction given on the
application, or

(b)has complied with automatic directions taking effect under
Order 25, rule 8(1)(b); or

(2) Nothing in paragraph (1) shall apply to evidence which is
permitted to be given by affidavit or shall affect the enforcement under
any other provision of these rules (except of Order 45, rule 5) of a
direction given under this Part of this Order.

Direction that expert report be disclosed (0. 38, r. 37)

37. Where in any cause or matter an application is made under rule
36(1) in respect of oral expert evidence, then, unless the Court considers
that there are special reasons for not doing so, it shall





direct that the substance of the evidence be disclosed in the form of
a written report or reports to such other parties and within such
period as the Court may specify.

Meeting of experts (0. 38, r. 38)

38. In any cause or matter the Court may, if it thinks fit, direct
that there be a meeting 'without prejudice' of such experts within
such periods before or after the disclosure of their reports as the
Court may specify, for the purpose of identifying those parts of their
evidence which are in issue. Where such a meeting takes place the
experts may prepare a joint statement indicating those parts of their
evidence on which they are, and those on which they are not, in
agreement.

Disclosure of part of expert evidence (0. 38, r. 39)

39. Where the Court considers that any circumstances render-
ing it undesirable to give a direction under rule 37 relate to part
only of the evidence sought to be adduced, the Court may, if it
thinks fit, direct disclosure of the remainder.

Expert evidence contained in statement (0. 38, r. 41)

41. Where an application is made under rule 36 in respect of
expert evidence contained in a statement and the applicant alleges
that the maker of the statement cannot or should not be called as a
witness, the Court may direct that the provisions of rules 20 to 23
inclusive and 25 to 33 inclusive shall apply with such modifications
as the Court thinks fit.

Putting in evidence expert report disclosed by another party (0. 38,
r. 42)

42. A party to any cause or matter may put in evidence any
expert report disclosed to him by any other party in accordance with
this Part of this Order.

Time for putting expert report in evidence (0. 38, r. 43)

43. Where a party to any cause or matter calls as a witness the
maker of a report which has been disclosed in accordance with a
direction given under rule 37, the report may be put in evidence
at the commencement of the examination in chief of its maker or at
such other time as the Court may direct.

Revocation and variation of directions (0. 38, r. 44)

44. Any direction given under this Part of this Order may on
sufficient cause being shown be revoked or varied by a subsequent
direction given at or before the trial of the cause or matter.





ORDER 39

EVIDENCE BY DEPOSITION: EXAMINERS OF THE COURT

Power to order depositions to be taken (0. 39, r. 1)

1. (1) The Court may, in any cause or matter where it appears
necessary for the purposes of justice, make an order (in Form No. 32 in
Appendix A) for the examination on oath before a judge, an officer or
examiner of the Court or some other person, at any place, of any person.

(2) An order under paragraph (1) may be made on such terms
(including, in particular, terms as to the giving of discovery before the
examination takes place) as the Court thinks fit and may contain an
order for the production of any document which appears to the Court to
be necessary for the purposes of the examination.

Where person to he examined is out of the jurisdiction (0. 39, r. 2)

2. (1) Where the person in relation to whom an order under rule 1 is
required is out of the jurisdiction, an application may be made

(a)for an order (in Form No. 34 in Appendix A) under that rule for
the issue of a letter of request to the judicial authorities of the
country in which that person is to take, or cause to be taken,
the evidence of that person, or

(b)if the government of that country allows a person in that
country to be examined before a person appointed by the
Court, for an order (in Form No. 37 in Appendix A) under that
rule appointing a special examiner to take the evidence of that
person in that country.

(2) An application may be made for the appointment as special
examiner of a British consul in the country in which the evidence is to
be taken or his deputy

(a)if there subsists with respect to that country a Civil Procedure
Convention providing for the taking of the evidence of any
person in that country for the assistance of proceedings in the
Court, or

(b) with the consent of the Chief Secretary.

Order for issue of letter of request (0. 39, r. 3)

3. (1) Where an order is made under rule 1 for the issue of a letter of
request to the judicial authorities of a country to take, or cause to be
taken, the evidence of any person in that country the following
provisions of this rule shall apply.

(2) The party obtaining the order must prepare the letter of request
and lodge it in the Registry, and the letter must be in Form No. 35 in
Appendix A, with such variations as the order may require.





(3) If the evidence of the person to be examined is to be
obtained by means of written questions, there must be lodged with
the letter of request a copy of the interrogatories and cross-
interrogatories to be put to him on examination.

(4) Each document lodged under paragraph (2) or (3) must
be accompanied by a translation of the document in the official
language of the country in which the examination is to be taken or, if
there is more than one official language of that country, in any one
of those languages which is appropriate to the place in that country
where the examination is to be taken unless-

(a) the Registrar has given a general direction in relation to
that country that no translation need be provided, or

(b)the official language or one of the official languages of that
country is English.

(5) Every translation lodged under paragraph (4) must be
certified by the person making it to be a correct translation; and the
certificate must contain a statement of that person's full name, of his
address and of his qualifications for making the translation.

(6) The party obtaining the order must, when he lodges in the
Registry the documents mentioned in paragraphs (2) to (5), also file
in that office an undertaking signed by him or his solicitor to be
responsible personally for all expenses incurred by the Chief Secre-
tary in respect of the letter of request and, on receiving due
notification of the amount of those expenses, to pay that amount to
the Treasury and to produce a receipt for the payment to the
Registrar.

Examination otherwise than on oath (0. 39, r. 3A)

3A. Notwithstanding the provisions of rule 1, where the per-
son to be examined is out of the jurisdiction that person may be
examined on oath or affirmation or otherwise in accordance with the
procedure of the country in which the examination is to take place.

Enforcing attendance of witness at examination (0. 39, r. 4)

4. Where an order has been made under rule 1-

(a)for the examination of any person before an officer of the
Court or some other person (in this rule and rules 5 to 14
referred to as 'the examiner'), or

(b)for the cross-examination before the examiner of any
person who has made an affidavit which is to be used in
any cause or matter,

the attendance of that person before the examiner and the produc-
tion by him of any document at the examination may be enforced by
writ of subpoena in like manner as the attendance of a witness and
the production by a witness of a document at a trial may be
enforced.





Refusal of witness to attend, he sworn, etc. (0. 39, r. 5)

5. (1) If any person, having been duly summoned by writ of
subpoena to attend before the examiner, refuses or fails to attend or
refuses to be sworn for the purpose of the examination or to answer
any lawful question or produce any document therein, a certificate
of his refusal or failure, signed by the examiner, must be filed in the
Registry, and upon the filing of the certificate the party by whom the
attendance of that person was required may apply to, the Court for
an order requiring that person to attend, or to be sworn, or to
answer any question or produce any document, as the case may be.

(2) An application for an order under this rule may be made
ex parte.

(3) If the Court makes an order under this rule it may order
the person against whom the order is made to pay any costs
occasioned by his refusal or failure.

(4) A person who wilfully disobeys any order made against
him under paragraph (1) is guilty of contempt of court.

Appointment of time and place for examination (0. 39, r. 6)

6. (1) The examiner must give the party on whose applica-
tion the order for examination was made by a notice appointing the
place and time at which, subject to any application by the parties,
the examination shall be taken, and such time shall, having regard to
the convenience of the persons to be examined and all the circum-
stances of the case, be as soon as practicable after the making of the
order.

(2) The party to whom a notice under paragraph (1) is given
must, on receiving it, forthwith give notice of the appointment to all
the other parties.

Examiner to have certain documents (0. 39, r. 7)

7. The party on whose application the order for examination
before the examiner was made must furnish the examiner with copies
of such of the documents in the cause or matter as are necessary to
inform the examiner of the questions at issue in the cause or matter.

Conduct of examination (0. 39, r. 8)

8. (1) Subject to any directions contained in the order for
examination-

(a)any person ordered to be examined before the examiner
may be cross-examined and re-examined, and

(b)the examination, cross-examination and re-examination of
persons before the examiner shall be conducted in like
manner as at the trial of a cause or matter.

(2) The examiner may put any question to any person exam-
ined before him as to the meaning of any answer made by that
person or as to any matter arising in the course of the examination.





(3) The examiner may, if necessary, adjourn the examination from
time to time.

Examination of additional witnesses (0. 39, r. 9)

9. The examiner may, with the written consent of all the parties to
the cause or matter, take the examination of any person in addition to
those named or provided for in the order for examination, and must
annex such consent to the original deposition of that person.

Objection to questions (0. 39, r. 10)

10. (1) If any person being examined before the examiner objects to
answer any question put to him, or if objection is taken to any such
question, that question, the ground for the objection and the answer to
any such question to which objection is taken must be set out in the
deposition of that person or in a statement annexed thereto.

(2) The validity of the ground for objecting to answer any such
question or for objecting to any such question shall be decided by the
Court and not by the examiner, but the examiner must state to the parties
his opinion thereon, and the statement of his opinion must be set out in
the deposition or in a statement annexed thereto.

(3) If the Court decides against the person taking the objection it
may order him to pay the costs occasioned by his objection.

Taking of depositions (0. 39, r. 11)

11. (1) The deposition of any person examined before the examiner
must be taken down by the examiner or a shorthand writer or some other
person in the presence of the examiner but, subject to paragraph (2) and
rule 10(1), the deposition need not set out every question and answer
so long as it contains as nearly as may be the statement of the person
examined.

(2) The examiner may direct the exact words of any particular
question and the answer thereto to be set out in the deposition if that
question and answer appear to him to have special importance.

(3) The deposition of any person shall be read to him, and he shall
be asked to sign it, in the presence of such of the parties as may attend,
but the parties may agree in writing to dispense with the foregoing
provision. If a person refuses to sign a deposition when asked under
this paragraph to do so, the examiner must sign the deposition.

(4) The original deposition of any person, authenticated by the
signature of the examiner before whom it was taken, must be sent by the
examiner to the Registry and shall be filed therein.

Time taken by examination to he indorsed on depositions (0. 39, r. 12)

12. Before sending any deposition to the Registry under rule 11(4)
the examiner must indorse on the deposition a statement signed by him
of the time occupied in taking the examination and the fees received in
respect thereof.





Special report by examiner (0. 39, r. 13)

13. The examiner may make a special report to the Court with
regard to any examination taken before him and with regard to the
absence or conduct of any person thereat, and the Court may direct
such proceedings to be taken, or make such order, on the report as it
thinks fit.

Order for payment of examiner's fees (0. 39, r. 14)

14. (1) If the fees and expenses due to an examiner are not
paid he may report that fact to the Court, and the Court may direct
the Crown Solicitor to apply for an order against the party on whose
application the order for examination was made to pay the examiner
the fees and expenses due to him in respect of the examination.

(2) An order under this rule shall not prejudice any determina-
tion on the taxation of costs or otherwise as to the party by whom
the costs of the examination are ultimately to be borne.

Perpetuation of testimony (0. 39, r. 15)

15. (1) Witnesses shall not be examined to perpetuate testi-
mony unless an action has been begun for the purpose.

(2) Any person who would under the circumstances alleged by
him to exist become entitled, upon the happening of any future
event, to any honour, title, dignity or office, or to any estate or
interest in any real or personal property, the right or claim to which
cannot be brought to trial by him before the happening of such
event, may begin an action to perpetuate any testimony which may
be material for establishing such right or claim.

(3) No action to perpetuate the testimony of witnesses shall be
set down for trial.

ORDER 40

COURT EXPERT

Appointment of expert to report on certain questions (0. 40, r. 1)

1. (1) In any cause or matter which is to be tried without a
jury and in which any question for an expert witness arises the Court
may at any time, on the application of any party, appoint an
independent expert or, if more than one such question arises, 2 or
more such experts, to inquire and report upon any question of fact
or opinion not involving questions of law or of construction.

An expert appointed under this paragraph is referred to in this
Order as a 'court expert'.

(2) Any court expert in a cause or matter shall, if possible, be a
person agreed between the parties and, failing agreement, shall be
nominated by the Court.





(3) The question to be submitted to the court expert and the
instructions (if any) given to him shall, failing agreement between the
parties, be settled by the Court.

(4) In this rule 'expert', in relation to any question arising in a
cause or matter, means any person who has such knowledge or
experience of or in connection with that question that his opinion on it
would be admissible in evidence.

Report of court expert (0. 40, r. 2)

2. (1) The court expert must send his report to the Court, together
with such number of copies thereof as the Court may direct, and the
Registrar must send copies of the report to the parties or their solicitors.

(2) The Court may direct the court expert to make a further or
supplemental report.

(3) Any part of a court expert's report which is not accepted by all
the parties to the cause or matter in which it is made shall be treated as
information furnished to the Court and be given such weight as the
Court thinks fit.

Experiments and tests (0. 40, r. 3)

3. If the court expert is of opinion that an experiment or test of any
kind (other than one of a trifling character) is necessary to enable him to
make a satisfactory report he shall inform the parties or their solicitors
and shall, if possible, make an arrangement with them as to the expenses
involved, the persons to attend and other relevant matters; and if the
parties are unable to agree on any of those matters it shall be settled by
the Court.

Cross-examination of court expert (0. 40, r. 4)

4. Any party may, within 14 days after receiving a copy of the court
expert's report, apply to the Court for leave to crossexamination the
expert on his report, and on that application the Court shall make an
order for the cross-examination of the expert by all the parties either

(a) at the trial, or

(b)before an examiner at such time and place as may be specified
in the order.

Remuneration of court expert (0. 40, r. 5)

5. (1) The remuneration of the court expert shall be fixed by the
Court and shall include a fee for his report and a proper sum for each
day during which he is required to be present either in court or before
an examiner.

(2) Without prejudice to any order providing for payment of the
court expert's remuneration as part of the costs of the cause or





Special report by examiner (0. 39, r. 13)

13. The examiner may make a special report to the Court with
regard to any examination taken before him and with regard to the
absence or conduct of any person thereat, and the Court may direct
such proceedings to be taken, or make such order, on the report as it
thinks fit.

Order for payment of examiner's fees (0. 39, r. 14)

14. (1) If the fees and expenses due to an examiner are not paid he
may report that fact to the Court, and the Court may direct the Crown
Solicitor to apply for an order against the party on whose application
the order for examination was made to pay the examiner the fees and
expenses due to him in respect of the examination.

(2) An order under this rule shall not prejudice any determination
on the taxation of costs or otherwise as to the party by whom the costs
of the examination are ultimately to be borne.

Perpetuation of testimony (0. 39, r. 15)

15. (1) Witnesses shall not be examined to perpetuate testimony
unless an action has been begun for the purpose.

(2) Any person who would under the circumstances alleged by him
to exist become entitled, upon the happening of any future event, to any
honour, title, dignity or office, or to any estate or interest in any real or
personal property, the right or claim to which cannot be brought to trial
by him before the happening of such event, may begin an action to
perpetuate any testimony which may be material for establishing such
right or claim.

(3) No action to perpetuate the testimony of witnesses shall be set
down for trial.

ORDER 40

COURT EXPERT

Appointment of expert to report on certain questions (0. 40, r. 1)

1. (1) In any cause or matter which is to be tried without a jury and
in which any question for an expert witness arises the Court may at any
time, on the application of any party, appoint an independent expert or,
if more than one such question arises, 2 or more such experts, to inquire
and report upon any question of fact or opinion not involving
questions of law or of construction.

An expert appointed under this paragraph is referred to in this
Order as a 'court expert

(2) Any court expert in a cause or matter shall, if possible, be a
person agreed between the parties and, failing agreement, shall be
nominated by the Court.





(3) The question to be submitted to the court expert and the
instructions (if any) given to him shall, failing agreement between the
parties, be settled by the Court.

(4) In this rule 'expert', in relation to any question arising in a
cause or matter, means any person who has such knowledge or
experience of or in connection with that question that his opinion on it
would be admissible in evidence.

Report of court expert (0. 40, r. 2)

2. (1) The court expert must send his report to the Court, together
with such number of copies thereof as the Court may direct, and the
Registrar must send copies of the report to the parties or their solicitors.

(2) The Court may direct the court expert to make a further or
supplemental report.

(3) Any part of a court expert's report which is not accepted by all
the parties to the cause or matter in which it is made shall be treated as
information furnished to the Court and be given such weight as the
Court thinks fit.

Experiments and tests (0. 40, r. 3)

3. If the court expert is of opinion that an experiment or test of any
kind (other than one of a trifling character) is necessary to enable him to
make a satisfactory report he shall inform the parties or their solicitors
and shall, if possible, make an arrangement with them as to the expenses
involved, the persons to attend and other relevant matters; and if the
parties are unable to agree on any of those matters it shall be settled by
the Court.

Cross-examination of court expert (0. 40, r. 4)

4. Any party may, within 14 days after receiving a copy of the court
expert's report, apply to the Court for leave to crossexamination the
expert on his report, and on that application the Court shall make an
order for the cross-examination of the expert by all the parties either

(a) at the trial, or

(b)before an examiner at such time and place as may be specified
in the order.

Remuneration of court expert (0. 40, r. 5)

5. (1) The remuneration of the court expert shall be fixed by the
Court and shall include a fee for his report and a proper sum for each
day during which he is required to be present either in court or before
an examiner.

(2) Without prejudice to any order providing for payment of the
court expert's remuneration as part of the costs of the cause or





Alterations in affidavits (0. 41, r. 7)

7. (1) An affidavit which has in the jurat or body thereof any
interlineation, erasure or other alteration shall not be filed or used in any
proceeding without the leave of the Court unless the person before
whom the affidavit was sworn has initialled the alteration and, in the
case of an erasure, has re-written in the margin of the affidavit any
words or figures written on the erasure and has signed or initialled them.

(2) Where an affidavit is sworn at the Registry, the Seal of the
Court may be substituted for the signature or initials required by this
rule.

Affidavit not to be sworn before solicitor of party, etc. (0. 41, r. 8)

8. No affidavit shall be sufficient if sworn before the solicitor of the
party on whose behalf the affidavit is to be used or before any agent,
partner or clerk of that solicitor.

Filing of affidavits (0. 41, r. 9)

9. (4) Every affidavit used in a cause or matter proceeding in the
Court must be filed in the Registry.

(5) Every affidavit must be indorsed with a note showing on whose
behalf it is filed and the dates of swearing and filing, and an affidavit
which is not so indorsed may not be filed or used without the leave of
the Court.

Use of original affidavit or office copy (0. 4 1, r. 10)

10. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), an original affidavit may be used
without the leave of the Court, notwithstanding that it has not been
filed in accordance with rule 9.

(2) Where an original affidavit is used then, unless the party whose
affidavit it is undertakes to file it, he must immediately after it is used
leave it with the judicial clerk in court or chambers, as the case may be,
who shall send it to be filed.

(3) Where an affidavit has been filed, an office copy thereof may be
used in any proceedings.

Document to be used in conjunction with affidavit to he exhibited to it

(0. 41, r. 11)

11. (1) Any document to be used in conjunction with an affidavit
must be exhibited, and not annexed, to the affidavit.

(2) Any exhibit to an affidavit must be identified by a certificate of
the person before whom the affidavit is sworn.

The certificate must be entitled in the same manner as the affidavit
and rule 1(1), (2) and (3) shall apply accordingly.





Affidavit taken in Commonwealth or foreign country admissible
without proof of seal, etc. (0. 41, r. 12)

12. (1) Any affidavit sworn in any part of the Commonwealth
outside Hong Kong before any judge, officer or other person duly
authorized, or before any commissioner authorized by the Court, to take
affidavits therein, may be used in the Court in all cases where affidavits
are admissible.

(2) Any affidavit sworn in any foreign parts out of Her Majesty's
dominions before a judge or magistrate, being authenticated by the
official seal of the foreign court to which he is attached or of such
magistrate, or before a notary public or a British consular officer, may be
used in the Court in all cases where affidavits are admissible.

(3) The fact that an affidavit purports to have been sworn in the
manner prescribed by paragraph (1) or (2) of this rule shall be prima facie
evidence of the seal or signature, as the case may be, of any such court,
judge, magistrate, commissioner or other officer or person therein
mentioned, appended or subscribed to such affidavit, and of the
authority of such court, judge, magistrate, commissioner or other officer
or person to administer oaths.

JUDGMENTS, ORDERS, ACCOUNTS AND INQUIRIES

ORDER 42

JUDGMENTS AND ORDERS

Form of judgment and interest thereon, etc. (0. 42, r. 1)

1. (1) If, in the case of any judgment, a form thereof is prescribed
by Appendix A the judgment must be in that form.

(2) The party entering any judgment shall be entitled to have
recited therein a statement of the manner in which, and the place at
which, the writ or other originating process by which the cause or
matter in question was begun was served.

(3) An order other than a consent order to which rule 5A applies
must be marked with the name of the judge or master by whom it was
made and must be sealed.

Judgment in favour of reversioner for detention of goods (0. 42, r. I A)

1A. (1) Where a claim relating to the detention of goods is made by
a partial owner whose right of action is not founded on a possessory
title, any judgment or order given or made in respect of the claim shall be
for the payment of damages only.

In this paragraph 'partial owner means one of two or more persons
having interest in the goods, unless he has the written authority of
every other such person to sue on the latter's behalf.





Judgment, etc. requiring act to be done: time for doing it (0. 42, r. 2)

2. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), a judgment or order which requires a
person to do an act must specify the time after service of the judgment
or order, or some other time, within which the act is to be done.

(2) Where the act which any person is required by any judgment or
order to do is to pay money to some other person, give possession of
any land or deliver any goods, a time within which the act is to be done
need not be specified in the judgment or order by virtue of paragraph
(1), but the foregoing provision shall not affect the power of the Court to
specify such a time and to adjudge or order accordingly.

Date from which judgment or order takes effect (0. 42, r. 3)

3. (1) A judgment or order of the Court takes effect from the day of
its date.

(2) Such a judgment or order shall be dated as of the day on which
it is pronounced, given or made, unless the Court orders it to be dated
as of some other earlier or later day, in which case it shall be dated as of
that other day.

(3) A judgment or order shall take effect for the purposes of this
rule notwithstanding that the reasons therefor may not be given until a
later date.

Orders required to he drawn up (0. 42, r. 4)

4. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), every order of the Court shall be
drawn up unless the Court otherwise directs.

(2) An order-

(a) which-

(i) extends the period within which a person is required or
authorized by these rules, or by any judgment, order or
direction, to do any act, or

(ii) grants leave for the doing of any of the acts mentioned
in paragraph (3), and

(b)which neither imposes any special terms nor includes any
special directions other than a direction as to costs,

need not be drawn up unless the Court otherwise directs.

(3) The acts referred to in paragraph (2)(a)(ii) are-

(a)the issue of any writ, other than a writ of summons for service
out of the jurisdiction;

(b)the amendment of a writ of summons or other originating
process or a pleading;

(c) the filing of any document;





(d)any act to be done by an officer of the Court other than a
solicitor;

(HK)(e) the extension of the validity of a writ;

(HK)(f) the abridgement of time for service of a summons;

(HK)(g) the adjournment of the hearing of a summons;

(HK)(h) the adjournment of the trial of an action;
(HK)(i)an order made by a Judge ordering that an application or
summons shall be heard by a master or a similar order made by
a master that an application or summons shall be heard by a
Judge;
(HK)(j) leave to inspect and take copies of documents filed in the
Registry;

(HK)(k) the transfer of an action from one list to another;
(HK)(/)the vacation or variation of the dates upon which an action
has been set down to be heard; and
(HK)(m) the admission of a person as a solicitor or a barrister of the
Supreme Court under the Legal Practitioners Ordinance, and
any order made under rule 13 of the Admission and
Registration Rules.

Drawing up and entry of judgments and orders (0. 42, r. 5)

5. (1) Where a judgment given in a cause or matter is presented for
entry in accordance with this rule at the Registry, it shall be entered in
the book kept for the purpose by the Registrar.

(2) The party seeking to have such a judgment entered must draw
up the judgment and present it to the Registrar for entry.

(3) A party presenting a judgment for entry must produce any
certificate, order or other document needed to satisfy the Registrar that
he is entitled to have the judgment entered.

(4) On entering any such judgment the Registrar shall file the
judgment.

(5) Every order made and required to be drawn up must be drawn
up by the party having the custody of the summons, notice or other
document on which the order is indorsed and if that party fails to draw
up the order within 7 days after it is made any other party affected by
the order may draw it up.

(6) The order referred to in paragraph (5) must, when drawn up, be
produced at the Registry, together with a copy thereof, and when
passed by the Registrar the order, after it has been sealed, shall be
returned to the party producing it and the copy shall be lodged in the
Registry.

Consent judgment and orders (0. 42, r. 5A)

SA. (1) Subject to paragraphs (2), (3), (4) and (5), where all the
parties to a cause or matter are agreed upon the terms in which a





judgment should be given, or an order should be made, a judgment or
order in such terms may be given effect as a judgment or order of the
Court by the procedure provided in rule 5.

(2) This rule applies to any judgment or order which consists of
one or more of the following

(a) any judgment or order for-

(i) the payment of a liquidated sum, or damages to be
assessed, or the value of goods to be assessed;

(ii) the delivery up of goods, with or without the option of
paying the value of the goods to be assessed, or the agreed
value;

(iii) the possession of land where the claim does not relate
to a dwelling-house;

(b) any order for-

(i) the dismissal, discontinuance or withdrawal of any
proceedings, wholly or in part;

(ii) the stay of proceedings, either unconditionally or upon
conditions as to the payment of money;

(iii) the stay of proceedings upon terms which are
scheduled to the order but which are not otherwise part of it (a
'Tomlin order');

(iv) the stay of enforcement of a judgment, either
unconditionally or upon condition that the money due under
judgment is paid by instalments specified in the order;

(v) the setting aside of a judgment in default;

(vi) the transfer of any proceedings to the District Court;

(vii) the payment out of money in court;

(viii) the discharge from liability of any party;

(ix) the payment, taxation or waiver of costs, or such other
provision for costs as may he agreed;

(c)any order, to be included in a judgment or order to which the
preceding sub-paragraphs apply, for

(i) the extension of the period required for the service or
filing of any pleading or other document;

(ii) the withdrawal of the record;

(iii) liberty to apply, or to restore.

(3) Before any judgment, or order to which this rule applies may be
entered, or sealed, it must be drawn up in the terms agreed and
expressed as being 'By Consent' and it must be indorsed by solicitors
acting for each of the parties.

(4) This rule shall not apply to any judgment or order in
proceedings which are pending in the Admiralty jurisdiction or in the
Commercial List.





(5) This rule shall not apply to any judgment or order in
proceedings in which any of the parties is a litigant in person or a
person under a disability.

Reasons for judgment or order (0. 42, r. 5B)

(HK)5B. (1) A Court shall give the reasons for any decision either at the
time the judgment or order is pronounced or, where it is at that time
announced that the reasons will be given at a later date, at such later
date as may be fixed.

(2) Where the judgment or order is not pronounced on the day on
which the hearing is concluded or where a decision is pronounced but it
is announced in accordance with paragraph (1) that reasons therefor will
be given at a later date, the Court may state that the judgment or order
or the judgment or order and the reasons therefor, as the case may be,
will be recorded in writing.

(3) Where a date has been fixed for delivery of a written decision or
of written reasons notice shall be given to the parties, but it shall not be
necessary for them to appear by counsel or in person.

(4) Where it has been announced that a judgment or order and
reasons therefor or the reasons for a judgment or order previously
pronounced will be recorded in writing, the Court may on the date fixed,
instead of reading in full the judgment or order and reasons therefor or
the reasons, as the case may be, supply copies thereof in accordance
with paragraph (5). Thereupon any judgment or order contained in the
writing shall be deemed to have been pronounced for the purposes of
rule 3.

(5) Where the judgment or order and reasons therefor or the
reasons are given at a later date and, being recorded in writing, are not
read in full, the Court shall

(a)hand down a copy thereof for each of the parties and endorse
the record accordingly;

(b) lodge a copy thereof in the Supreme Court Library; and

(e)make a copy thereof available for public inspection in the
Registry.

(6) Where a written decision is given pursuant to this rule the
Court may make therein an order nisi as to costs and, unless an
application has been made to vary that order, that order shall become
absolute 14 days after the decision is pronounced.

(7) Where a court consisting of more than one judge sits to deliver
pursuant to this rule a decision and reasons for a decision previously
pronounced, it shall be sufficient if at least one of the judges who
conducted the hearing is present.

(8) Nothing in this rule shall affect the provisions of Order 63, rule
4.





ORDER 43

ACCOUNTS AND INQUIRIES

Summary order for account (0. 43, r. 1)

1. (1) Where a writ is indorsed with a claim for an account
or a claim which necessarily involves taking an account, the plaintiff
may, at any time after the defendant has acknowledged service of the
writ or after the time limited for acknowledging service, apply for an
order under this rule.

(IA) A defendant to an action begun by writ who has served
a counterclaim, which includes a claim for an account or a claim
which necessarily involves taking an account, on-

(a) the plaintiff, or

(b) any other party, or

(c) any person who becomes a party by virtue of such service,

may apply for an order under this rule.
(2) An application under this rule must be made by summons
and, if the Court so directs, must be supported by affidavit or other
evidence.

(3) On the hearing of the application, the Court may, unless
satisfied that there is some preliminary question to be tried, order
that an account be taken and may also order that any amount
certified on taking the account to be due to either party be paid to
him within a time specified in the order.

Court may direct taking of accounts, etc. (0. 43, r. 2)

2. (1) The Court may, on an application made by summons
at any stage of the proceedings in a cause or matter, direct any
necessary accounts or inquiries to be taken or made.
(2) Every direction for the taking of an account or the making
of an inquiry shall be numbered in the judgment or order so that, as
far as may be, each distinct account and inquiry may he designated
by a number.

Directions as to manner of taking account or making inquiry (0. 43,
r. 3)

3. (1) Where the Court orders an account to be taken or
inquiry to be made it may by the same or a subsequent order give
directions with regard to the manner in which the account is to be
taken or vouched or the inquiry is to be made.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (1), the
Court may direct that in taking an account the relevant books of
account shall be evidence of the matters contained therein with
liberty to the parties interested to take such objections thereto as
they think fit.





Account to be made, verified, etc. (0. 43, r. 4)

4. (1) Where an account has been ordered to be taken, the
accounting party must make out his account and, unless the Court
otherwise directs, verify it by an affidavit to which the account must
be exhibited.

(2) The items on each side of the account must be numbered
consecutively.

(3) Unless the order for the taking of the account otherwise
directs, the accounting party must lodge the account with the Court
and must at the same time notify the other parties that he has done
so and of the filing of any affidavit verifying the account and of any
supporting affidavit.

Notice to be given of alleged omissions, etc. in account (0. 43, r. 5)

5. Any party who seeks to charge an accounting party with
an amount beyond that which he has by his account admitted to
have received or who alleges that any item in his account is
erroneous in respect of amount or in any other respect must give him
notice thereof stating, so far as he is able, the amount sought to be
charged with brief particulars thereof or, as the case may be, the
grounds for alleging that the item is erroneous.

Allowances (0. 43, r. 6)

6. In taking any account directed by any judgment or order
all just allowances shall be made without any direction to that effect.

Delay in prosecution of accounts, etc. (0. 43, r. 7)

7. (1) If it appears to the Court that there is undue delay in
the prosecution of any accounts or inquiries, or in any other
proceedings under any judgment or order, the Court may require the
party having the conduct of the proceedings or any other party to
explain the delay and may then make such order for staying the
proceedings or for expediting them or for the conduct thereof and
for costs as the circumstances require.

(2) The Court may direct any party or the Crown Solicitor to
take over the conduct of the proceedings in question and to carry
out any directions made by an order under this rule and may make
such order as it thinks fit as to the payment of the Crown Solicitor's
costs.

Distribution of fund before all persons entitled are ascertained (0. 43,
r. 8)

8. Where some of the persons entitled to share in a fund are
ascertained, and difficulty or delay has occurred or is likely to occur
in ascertaining the other persons so entitled, the Court may order or
allow immediate payment of their shares to the persons ascertained
without reserving any part of those shares to meet the subsequent
costs of ascertaining those other persons.





Guardian's accounts (0. 43, r. 9)

9. The accounts of a person appointed guardian of a minor's estate
must be verified and passed in such a manner as the Court may direct.

ORDER 44

PROCEEDINGS UNDER JUDGMENTS AND
ORDERS

Application to orders (0. 44, r. 1)

1. In this Order references to a judgment include references to an
order.

Service of notice of judgment on person not a party (0. 44, r. 2)

2. (1) Where in an action for

(a) the administration of the estate of a deceased person, or

(b) the execution of a trust, or

(e) the sale of any property,

the Court gives a judgment or makes a direction which affects persons
not parties to the action, the Court may when giving the judgment or at
any stage of the proceedings under the judgment direct notice of the
judgment to be served on any such person and any person so served
shall, subject to paragraph (4), be bound by the judgment as if he had
originally been a party to the action.

(2) If it appears that it is not practicable to serve notice of a
judgment on a person directed to be served the Court may dispense
with service and may also order that such person be bound by the
judgment.

(3) Every notice of a judgment for service under this rule must be
indorsed with a memorandum in Form No. 52 in Appendix A and
accompanied by a form of acknowledgment of service in Form No. 15 in
Appendix A with such modifications as may be appropriate.

(4) A person served with notice of ajudgment may, within one
month after service of the notice on him, and without acknowledging
service, apply to the Court to discharge, vary or add to the judgment.

(5) A person served with notice of a judgment may, after
acknowledging service of the notice, attend the proceedings under the
judgment.

(6) Order 12, rules 1 to 4, shall apply in relation to the
acknowledgment of service of a notice of judgment as if the judgment
were a writ, and the person by whom the notice is served were the
plaintiff and the person on whom it is served a defendant.





Directions by the Court (0. 44, r. 3)

3. (1) Where a judgment given in a cause or matter contains
directions which make it necessary to proceed in chambers under the
judgment the Court may, when giving the judgment or at any time during
proceedings under the judgment, give further directions for the conduct
of those proceedings, including, in particular, directions with respect to

(a)the manner in which any account or inquiry is to be
prosecuted,

(b) the evidence to be adduced in support thereof,

(c)the preparation and service on the parties to be bound thereby
of the draft of any deed or other instrument which is directed
by the judgment to be settled by the Court and the service of
any objections to the draft,

(d)without prejudice to Order 15, rule 17, the parties required to
attend all or any part of the proceedings,

(e)the representation by the same solicitors of parties who
constitute a class and by different solicitors of parties who
ought to be separately represented, and

(f) the time within which each proceeding is to be taken,

and may fix a day or days for the further attendance of the parties.

(2) The Court may revoke or vary any directions given under the
rule.

Application of rules 5 to 8 (0. 44, r. 4)

4. Rules 5 to 8 apply-

(a)where in proceedings for the administration under the
direction of the Court of the estate of a deceased person the
judgment directs any account of debts or other liabilities of
the deceased's estate to be taken or any inquiry for next of kin
or other unascertained claimants to be made, and

(b)where in proceedings for the execution under the direction of
the Court of a trust the judgment directs any such inquiry to
be made,

and those rules shall, with the necessary modifications, apply where in
any other proceedings the judgment directs any account of debts or
other liabilities to be taken or any inquiry to be made.

Advertisements for creditors and other claimants (0. 44, r. 5)

5. The Court may, when giving a judgment or at any stage of
proceedings under a judgment, give directions for the issue of
advertisements for creditors or other claimants and may fix the time
within which creditors and claimants may respond.





Examination of claims (0. 44, r. 6)

6. (1) Where an account of debts or other liabilities of the
estate of a deceased person has been directed, such party as the
Court may direct must-

(a)examine the claims of persons claiming to be creditors of
the estate,

(b)determine, so far as he is able, to which of such claims the
estate is liable, and

(c)at least seven clear days before the time appointed for
adjudicating on claims, make an affidavit stating his
findings and his reasons for them and listing all the other
debts of the deceased which are or may still be due.

(2) Where an inquiry for next of kin or other unascertained
claimants has been directed, such party as the Court may direct
must-

(a) examine the claims,

(b) determine, so far as he is able, which of them are valid, and

(c)at least seven clear days before the time appointed for
adjudicating on claims, make an affidavit stating his
findings and his reasons for them.

(3) If the personal representative or trustee concemed are not
the parties directed by the Court to examine claims, they must join
with the party directed to examine them in making the affidavit
required by this rule.

Adjudication on claims (0. 44, r. 7)

7. For the purpose of adjudicating on claims the Court
may-

(a)direct any claim to be investigated in such manner as it
thinks fit,

(b)require any claimant to attend and prove his claim or to
furnish further particulars or evidence of it, or

(c) allow any claim after or without proof thereof.

Notice of adjudication (0. 44, r. 8)

8. The Court shall give directions that there be served on
every creditor whose claim or any part thereof has been allowed or
disallowed, and who did not attend when the claim was disposed of,
a notice informing him of that fact.

Interest on debts (0. 44, r. 9)

9. (1) Where an account of the debts of a deceased person is
directed by any judgment, then, unless the deceased's estate is
insolvent or the Court otherwise orders, interest shall be allowed-





(a)on any such debt as carries interest, at the rate it carries, and

(b)on any other debt, from the date of the judgment at the rate
payable on judgment debts at that date.

(2) A creditor who has established his debt in proceedings under
the judgment and whose debt does not carry interest shall be entitled to
interest on his debt in accordance with paragraph (1)(b) out of any
assets which may remain after satisfying the costs of the cause or
matter, the debts which have been established and the interest on such
of those debts as by law carry interest.

(3) For the purposes of this rule 'debt' includes funeral,
testamentary or administration expenses and, in relation to expenses
incurred after the judgment, for the reference in paragraph (1)(b) to the
date of the judgment there shall be substituted a reference to the date
when the expenses became payable.

Interest on legacies (0. 44, r. 10)

10. Where an account of legacies is directed by any judgment,
then, subject to any directions contained in the will or codicil in
question and to any order made by the Court, interest shall be allowed
on each legacy at the rate of 8 per cent per annum beginning at the
expiration of one year after the testator's death.

Master's order (0. 44, r. 11)

11. (1) The result of proceedings before a master under a judgment
shall be stated in the form of an order.

(2) Subject to any direction of the master under paragraph (3) or
otherwise an order under this rule shall have effect as a final order
disposing of the cause or matter in which it is made.

(3) An order under this rule shall contain such directions as the
master thinks fit as to the further consideration, either in court or in
chambers, of the cause or matter in which it is made.

(4) Every order made under this rule shall have immediate binding
effect on the parties to the cause or matter in which it is made and
copies of the order shall be served on such of the parties as the master
may direct.

Appeal against master's order (0. 44, r. 12)

12. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), Order 58, rule 1 shall apply to an
order under this rule as it applies to any judgment, order or decision of a
master.

(2) If the order is to be acted on by the Judiciary Accountant or is
an order passing a receiver's account, notice of appeal must be issued
not later than two clear days after the making of the order and, where
the order is to be acted on by the Judiciary Accountant, a duplicate of it
must be served on the Judiciary Accountant as soon as practicable after
it is made.





PROVISIONAL REMEDIES

(HK) ORDER 44A

(HK) PROHIBITION ORDER BEFORE OR AFTER JUDGMENT AND
ATTACHMENT OF PROPERTY BEFORE JUDGMENT

Prohibition order against debtor

Application of the Order to an intended action (0. 44A, r. 1)

1. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), on the hearing of an application by a
plaintiff, the Judge may, if he thinks fit, order that the relief provided by
this Order shall be available to the plaintiff notwithstanding that the
plaintiff has not commenced his action.

(2) An order shall not be made under paragraph (1) unless the
plaintiff, at the hearing of his application for such order

(a) produces at the hearing of the application, a draft writ; and

(b)undertakes to the Judge to issue the writ on the next day on
which an office of the Court is open.

(3) In paragraph (1), 'plaintiff' means a person who intends to
commence an action and elsewhere in this Order, where the Judge has
made an order under paragraph (1), 'plaintiff includes a person who
intends to commence an action and 'defendant' or 'debtor' includes a
person against whom a plaintiff intends to commence an action.

Application for an order prohibiting a debtor from leaving Hong Kong

(0. 44A, r. 2)

2. A plaintiff or judgment creditor may apply ex parte to the Court
for an order prohibiting a debtor from leaving Hong Kong.

Making of prohibition order (0. 44A, r. 3)

3. (1) Subject to the provisions of section 21B of the Ordinance the
Court may make an order prohibiting the debtor from leaving Hong
Kong.

(2) The order prohibiting a debtor from leaving Hong Kong shall
be in Form No. 106 in Appendix A.

Application to discharge order (0. 44A, r. 4)

4. (1) Where a debtor is prohibited from leaving Hong Kong, he
may, on 2 days clear notice to the plaintiff or judgment creditor and
upon being present in person in Court, apply for the order to be
discharged.

(2) In an application under paragraph (1) by a debtor under a
judgment for money, the Court shall, after the assessment of the amount
due to the judgment creditor if appropriate





(a) discharge the order; and

(b)proceed as if the judgment debtor appears under arrest for
examination under Order 49B.

(3) Where, in an application under paragraph (1), a debtor for
money, other than a judgment debtor

(a) consents to judgment being entered against him; or

(b)satisfies the Court that he has a substantial defence to the
plaintiff's claim; or

(c)consents to judgment being entered against him in respect of
part of the plaintiff's claim and, as to the reminder of that claim,
satisfies the Court that he has a substantial defence to the
plaintiff's claim,

the Court shall-

(i) discharge the order; and

(ii)where the defendant consents to judgment being entered
against him in respect of the whole or any part of the plaintiff's
claim, give judgment in accordance with that consent and
thereafter proceed as if the defendant appears under arrest for
examination under Order 49B.

(4) Where, in an application under paragraph (1), a debtor, other
than a debtor for money or a debtor under a judgment for money,
satisfies the Court that he has a substantial defence to the plaintiff's
claim, the Court shall discharge the order.

(5) In an application under paragraph (1), the Court may either for
the purposes of the application or to achieve a speedy determination of
any issue in dispute, give such directions as it thinks fit as to the filing
of statements of claim, defences and counter-claims, the filing of
affidavits, the assessment of the amount due or otherwise.

(6) Paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) shall not prevent the Court from
discharging the order, either absolutely or subject to conditions, in any
circumstances in which it thinks fit to do so.

Power to award compensation (0. 44A, r. 5)

5. (1) Where it appears to the Court that the order prohibiting a
debtor from leaving Hong Kong

(a) was applied for on insufficient grounds; or

(b)was not caused to lapse by the plaintiff or judgment creditor
as soon as reasonably possible after it was no longer required,

the Court may, on the application of the debtor, award against the
plaintiff or judgment creditor reasonable compensation to the debtor for
any injury or loss sustained by the debtor by reason of subparagraph
(a) or (b):





Provided that the Court shall not award a larger sum by way of
compensation under this rule than is competent to the Court to award in
an action for damages.

(2) An award of compensation under this rule shall bar any action
for damages in respect of the prohibition order.

Interim attachment of property of defendant

Application for taking security from defendant or for attachment of his
property in certain cases (0. 44A, r. 7)

7. (1) If in any action the defendant, with intent to obstruct or delay
the execution of any judgment that may be given against him in the
action, is about to dispose of his property or any part thereof, or to
remove any such property from the jurisdiction of the Court, the plaintiff
may, either at the institution of the action or at any time thereafter until
final judgment, apply to the Court to call upon the defendant to furnish
sufficient security to produce and place at the disposal of the Court,
when required, his property, or the value of the same, or such portion
thereof as may be sufficient to answer any judgment that may be given
against him in the action, and, in the event of his failing to furnish such
security, to direct that any property, movable or immovable, belonging
to the defendant shall be attached until the further order of the Court.

(2) The application shall contain a specification of the property
required to be attached, and the estimated value thereof, so far as the
plaintiff can reasonably ascertain the same.

(3) There shall be filed with the application an affidavit to the effect
that the defendant is about to dispose of or remove his property or
some part thereof, with such intent as aforesaid.

Issue of warrant requiring defendant to furnish security or to appear
and show cause, and attaching his property (0. 44A, r. 8)

8. (1) If the Court, after making such investigation as it may
consider necessary, is of opinion that there is probable cause for
believing that the defendant is about to dispose of or remove his
property or some part thereof, with such intent as aforesaid, it shall be
lawful for the Court to issue a warrant to the bailiff commanding him to
call upon the defendant, within a time to be fixed by the Court, either to
furnish security, in such sum as may be specified in the order to
produce and place at the disposal of the Court, when required, the said
property, or the value of the same, or such portion thereof as may be
sufficient to answer any judgment that may be given against him in the
action, or to appear before the Court and show cause why he should not
furnish such security.

(2) The Court may also in the warrant direct the attachment until
further order of the whole or any portion of the property of the
defendant within the Colony.





(3) The attachment shall be made, according to the nature of
the property to be attached, in the manner prescribed for the
attachment of property in execution of a judgment for money.

Showing cause, and procedure thereon (0. 44A, r. 9)

9. (1) If the defendant shows such cause or furnishes the
required security within the time fixed by the Court, and the
property specified in the application, or any portion thereof, has
been attached, the Court shall order the attachment to be withdrawn.

(2) If the defendant fails to show such cause or to furnish the
required security within the time fixed by the Court, the Court may
direct that the property specified in the application, if not already
attached, or such portion thereof as may be sufficient to answer any
judgment that may be given against the defendant in the action, shall
be attached until the further order of the Court.

(3) The attachment shall be made, according to the nature
of the property to be attached, in the manner prescribed for the
attachment of property in execution of a judgment for money.

Saving of rights of other persons under attachment (0. 44A, r. 10)

10. (1) The attachment shall not affect the rights of any
persons not being parties to the action, and in the event of any claim
being preferred to the property attached before judgment, such
claim shall be investigated in the manner prescribed for the investi-
gation of claims to property attached in execution of a judgment.

(2) Where the property consists of movable property to which
the judgment debtor is entitled subject to a lien or right of some
other person to the immediate possession thereof, the attachment.
shall be made by a written order prohibiting the person in possession
from giving over the property to the judgment debtor or to any other
person.

Removal of attachment on furnishing of security (0. 44A, r. 11)

11. In any case of attachment before judgment the Court shall.
at any time remove the same on the defendant furnishing the
required security together with security for the costs of the attach-
ment.

Power to award compensation to defendant for unjustifiable attach-
ment (0. 44A, r. 12)

12. (1) If it appears to the Court that the attachment was
applied for on insufficient grounds, or if the action is dismissed or
judgment is given against the plaintiff by default or otherwise and it
appears to the Court that there was no probable ground for
instituting the action, the Court may, on the application of the
defendant, made either before or at the time of the pronouncing of
the judgment, award against the plaintiff such amount, as it may
deem a reasonable compensation to the defendant for any injury or





loss which he may have sustained by reason of the attachment:
Provided that the Court shall not award a larger sum by way of
compensation under this rule than it is competent to the Court to award
in an action for damages.

(2) An award of compensation under this rule shall bar any action
for damages in respect of the attachment.

ENFORCEMENT OF JUDGMENTS AND ORDERS

ORDER 45

ENFORCEMENT OF JUDGMENTS AND ORDERS:
GENERAL

Enforcement of judgment, etc., for payment of money (0. 45, r. 1)

1. (1) Subject to the provisions of these rules, a judgment or order
for the payment of money, not being a judgment or order for the
payment of money into court, may be enforced by one or more of the
following means, that is to say

(a) writ of fieri facias;

(b) garnishee proceedings;

(e) a charging order;

(d) the appointment of a receiver;

(e) in a case in which rule 5 applies, an order of committal;

(f) in such a case, writ of sequestration;

(HK)(g) an order of imprisonment made under Order 49B.

(2) Subject to the provisions of these rules, a judgment or order for
the payment of money into court may be enforced by one or more of the
following means, that is to say

(a) the appointment of a receiver;

(b) in a case in which rule 5 applies, an order of committal;

(e) in such a case, writ of sequestration.

(3) Paragraphs (1) and (2) are without prejudice to any other
remedy available to enforce such a judgment or order as is therein
mentioned or to any written law relating to bankruptcy or the winding
up of companies.

(4) In this Order references to any writ shall be construed as
including references to any further writ in aid of the first mentioned writ.

Enforcement of judgment for possession of land (0. 45, r. 3)

3. (1) Subject to the provisions of these rules, a judgment or order
for the giving of possession of land may be enforced by one or more of
the following means, that is to say





(a) writ of possession;

(b) in a case in which rule 5 applies, an order of committal;

(c) in such a case, writ of sequestration.

(2) A writ of possession to enforce a judgment or order for the
giving of possession of any land shall not be issued without the leave
of the Court except where the judgment or order was given or made
in a mortgage action to which Order 88 applies.

(3) Such leave shall not be granted unless it is shown that every
person in actual possession of the whole or any part of the land has
received such notice of the proceedings as appears to the Court
sufficient to enable him to apply to the Court for any relief to which
he may be entitled.

(4) A writ of possession may include provision for enforcing
the payment of any money adjudged or ordered to be paid by the
judgment or order which is to be enforced by the writ.

Enforcement of judgment for delivery of goods (0. 45, r. 4)

4. (1) Subject to the provisions of these rules, a judgment or
order for the delivery of any goods which does not give a person
against whom the judgment is given or order made the alternative of
paying the assessed value of the goods may be enforced by one or
more of the following means, that is to say-

(a)writ of delivery to recover the goods without alternative
provision for recovery of the assessed value thereof (here-
after in this rule referred to as a 'writ of specific delivery');

(b) in a case in which rule 5 applies, an order of committal;

(c) in such a case, writ of sequestration.

(2) Subject to the provisions of these rules, a judgment or
order for the delivery of any goods or payment of their assessed
value may be enforced by one or more of the following means,
that is to say-

(a)writ of delivery to recover the goods or their assessed
value;

(b) by order of the Court, writ of specific delivery;

(c) in a case in which rule 5 applies, writ of sequestration.

An application for an order under sub-paragraph (b) shall be made
by summons, which must, notwithstanding Order 65, rule 9, be
served on the defendant against whom the judgment or order sought
to be enforced was given or made.

(3) A writ of specific delivery, and a writ of delivery to recover
any goods or their assessed value, may include provision for
enforcing the payment of any money adjudged or ordered to be paid
by the judgment or order which is to be enforced by the writ.





(4) A judgment or order for the payment of the assessed value
of any goods may be enforced by the same means as any other
judgment or order for the payment of money.

Enforcement of judgment to do or abstain from doing any act (0. 45,
r. 5)

5. (1) Where-

(a)a person required by a judgment or order to do an act
within a time specified in the judgment or order refuses or
neglects to do it within that time or, as the case may be,
within that time as extended or abridged under Order 3,
rule 5, or

(b)a person disobeys a judgment or order requiring him to
abstain from doing an act,

then, subject to the provisions of these rules, the judgment or order
may be enforced by one or more of the following means, that is to
say-
(i) with the leave of the Court, a writ of sequestration against
the property of that person;
(ii) where that person is a body corporate, with the leave of the
Court, a writ of sequestration against the property of any
director or other officer of the body;
(iii)an order of committal against that person or, where that
person is a body corporate, against any such officer.

(2) Where a judgment or order requires a person to do an act
within a time therein specified and an order is subsequently made
under rule 6 requiring the act to be done within some other time,
references in paragraph (1) of this rule to a judgment or order shall
be construed as references to the order made under rule 6.

(3) Where under any judgment or order requiring the delivery
of any goods the person liable to execution has the alternative of
paying the assessed value of the goods, the judgment or order shall
not be enforceable by order of committal under paragraph (1), but
the Court may, on the application of the person entitled to enforce
the judgment or order, make an order requiring the first mentioned
person to deliver the goods to the applicant within a time specified in
the order, and that order may be so enforced.

Judgment, etc. requiring act to be done: order fixing time for doing it
(0. 45, r. 6)

6. (1) Notwithstanding that a judgment or order requiring a
person to do an act specifies a time within which the act is to be
done, the Court shall, without prejudice to Order 3, rule 5, have
power to make an order requiring the act to be done within another
time, being such time after service of that order, or such other time,
as may be specified therein.





(2) Where, notwithstanding Order 42, rule 2(1), or by reason of
Order 42, rule 2(2), a judgment or order requiring a person to do an act
does not specify a time within which the act is to be done, the Court
shall have power subsequently to make an order requiring the act to be
done within such time after service of that order, or such other time, as
may be specified therein.

(3) An application for an order under this rule must be made by
summons and the summons must, notwithstanding anything in Order
65, rule 9, be served on the person required to do the act in question.

Service of copy of judgment, etc., prerequisite to enforcement under r.
5 (0. 45, r. 7)

7. (1) In this rule references to an order shall be construed as
including references to a judgment.

(2) Subject to Order 24, rule 16, Order 26, rule 6(3) and paragraphs
(6) and (7) of this rule, an order shall not be enforced under rule 5
unless

(a)a copy of the order has been served personally on the person
required to do or abstain from doing the act in question, and

(b)in the case of an order requiring a person to do an act, the
copy has been so served before the expiration of the time
within which he was required to do the act.

(3) Subject as aforesaid, an order requiring a body corporate to do
or abstain from doing an act shall not be enforced as mentioned in rule
5(1)(ii) or (iii) unless

(a)a copy of the order has also been served personally on the
officer against whose property leave is sought to issue a writ
of sequestration or against whom an order of committal is
sought, and

(b)in the case of an order requiring the body corporate to do an
act, the copy has been so served before the expiration of the
time within which the body was required to do the act.

(4) There must be indorsed on the copy of an order served under
this rule a notice informing the person on whom the copy is served

(a)in the case of service under paragraph (2) that if he neglects to
obey the order within the time specified therein, or, if the order
is to abstain from doing an act, that if he disobeys the order,
he is liable to process of execution to compel him to obey it,
and

(b)in the case of service under paragraph (3) that if the body
corporate neglects to obey the order within the time so
specified or, if the order is to abstain from doing an act, that if
the body corporate disobeys the order, he is liable to process
of execution to compel the body to obey it.





(5) With the copy of an order required to be served under this
rule, being an order requiring a person to do an act, there must also
be served a copy of any order made under Order 3, rule 5, extending
or abridging the time for doing the act and, where the first-
mentioned order was made under rule 5(3) or 6 of this Order, a copy
of the previous order requiring the act to be done.

(6) An order requiring a person to abstain from doing an act
may be enforced under rule 5 notwithstanding that service of a copy
of the order has not been effected in accordance with this rule if the
Court is satisfied that, pending such service, the person against
whom or against whose property it is sought to enforce the order has
had notice thereof either-

(a) by being present when the order was made, or

(b)by being notified of the terms of the order, whether by
telephone, telegram or otherwise.

(7) Without prejudice to its powers under Order 65, rule 4, the
Court may dispense with service of a copy of an order under this rule
if it thinks it just to do so.

Court may order act to he done at expense of disobedient party (0. 45,
r. 8)

8. If an order of mandamus, a mandatory order, an injunc-
tion or a judgment or order for the specific performance of a
contract is not complied with, then, without prejudice to its powers
to punish the disobedient party for contempt, the Court may direct
that the act required to be done may, so far as practicable. be done
by the party by whom the order or judgment was obtained or some
other person appointed by the Court, at the cost of the disobedient
party, and upon the act being done the expenses incurred may be
ascertained in such manner as the Court may direct and execution
may issue against the disobedient party for the amount so ascer-
tained and for costs.

Execution by or against person not being a party (0. 45, r. 9)

9. (1) Any person, not being a party to a cause or matter,
who obtains any order or in whose favour any order is made, shall
be entitled to enforce obedience to the order by the same process as
if he were a party.

(2) Any person, not being a party to a cause or matter, against
whom obedience to any judgment or order may be enforced, shall be
liable to the same process for enforcing obedience to the judgment or
order as if he were a party.

Conditional judgment: waiver (0. 45, r. 10)

10. A party entitled under any judgment or order to any relief
subject to the fulfilment of any condition who fails to fulfil that
condition is deemed to have abandoned the benefit of the judgment





or order, and, unless the Court otherwise directs, any other person
interested may take any proceedings which either are warranted by the
judgment or order or might have been taken if the judgment or order had
not been given or made.

Matters occurring after judgment: stay of execution, etc. (0. 45, r. 11)

11. Without prejudice to Order 47, rule 1, a party against whom a
judgment has been given or an order made may apply to the Court for a
stay of execution of the judgment or order or other relief on the ground
of matters which have occurred since the date of the judgment or order,
and the Court may by order grant such relief, and on such terms, as it
thinks just.

Forms of writs (0. 45, r. 12)

12. (1) A writ of fieri facias must be in such of the Forms Nos. 53 to
63 in Appendix A as is appropriate in the particular case.

(2) A writ of delivery must be in Form No. 64 or 65 in Appendix A,
whichever is appropriate.

(3) A writ of possession must be in Form No. 66 or 66A in
Appendix A.

(4) A writ of sequestration must be in Form No. 67 in Appendix A.

Enforcement of judgments and orders for recovery of money, etc.

(0. 45, r. 13)

13. (1) Rule 1(1) of this Order, with the omission of subparagraphs
(e) and (j) thereof, and Orders 46 to 51 shall apply in relation to a
judgment or order for the recovery of money as they apply in relation to
a judgment or order for the payment of money.

(2) Rule 3 of this Order, with the omission of paragraph (1)(b) and
(c) thereof, and Order 47, rule 3(2), shall apply in relation to a judgment
or order for the recovery of possession of land as they apply in relation
to a judgment or order for the giving or delivery of possession of land.

(3) Rule 4 of this Order, with the omission of paragraphs (1)(b) and
(c) and (2)(c) thereof, and Order 47, rule 3(2), shall apply in relation to a
judgment or order that a person do have a return of any goods and to a
judgment or order that a person do have a return of any goods or do
recover the assessed value thereof as they apply in relation to a
judgment or order for the delivery of any goods and a judgment or order
for the delivery of any goods or payment of the assessed value thereof
respectively.

Power of the Court to order immediate execution (0. 45, r. 14)

(HK)14. (1) The Court may at the time of giving judgment, on the oral
application of the party in whose favour the judgment is given,





order immediate execution thereof without the issue of a writ of
execution, except as to so much as relates to the costs, and that the
judgment shall be executed as to the costs as soon as the amount
thereof has been ascertained by taxation.

(2) The order for immediate execution shall be in writing and shall
be sufficient authority to the bailiff to proceed at once to execution of
the judgment against the property of the party against whom judgment
is given: Provided that the party obtaining the order shall as soon
thereafter as practicable comply with the requirements of Order 46, rule
6: Provided further that, if the party against whom the order has been
made satisfies the Court that he has sufficient means and intends to
satisfy the judgment, the Court may discharge the order for immediate
execution.

Judgment for money against representatives of deceased persons

(0. 45, r. 15)

(HK)15. If the judgment is against a party as the representative of a
deceased person and such judgment is for money to be paid out of the
property of the deceased person, it may be executed by the attachment
and sale of any such property or, if no such property can be found and
the defendant fails to satisfy the Court that he has duly applied such
property of the deceased person as may be proved to have come into
his possession, the judgment may be executed against the defendant to
the extent of the property not duly applied by him, in the same manner
as if the judgment had been against him personally.

Execution in case of cross-judgments for money (0. 45, r. 16)

(HK)16. If there are cross-judgments between the same parties for the
payment of money execution shall be taken out by that party only who
has obtained a judgment for the larger sum and for so much only as may
remain after deducting the smaller sum, and satisfaction for the smaller
sum shall be entered on the judgment for the larger sum as well as
satisfaction on the judgment for the smaller sum, and if both sums are
equal satisfaction shall be entered on both judgments.

Application for leave to issue execution by one of several persons
entitled (0. 45, r. 17)

(HK)17. (1) If a judgment has been given jointly in favour of more
persons than one, any one or more of such persons, or his or their
representatives, may apply to the Court for leave to issue execution on
the whole judgment for the benefit of them all or, where any of them has
died, for the benefit of the survivors and of the representative in interest
of the deceased person.

(2) If the Court grants such leave it shall make such order as it may
think fit for protecting the interests of the persons who have not joined
in the application.





ORDER 46

WRITS OF EXECUTION: GENERAL

Definition (0. 46, r. 1)

1. In this Order, unless the context otherwise requires, 'writ of
execution' includes a writ of fieri facias, a writ of possession, a writ of
delivery, a writ of sequestration and any further writ in aid of any of the
aforementioned writs.

When leave to issue any writ of execution is necessary (0. 46, r. 2)

2. (1) A writ of execution to enforce a judgment or order may not
issue without the leave of the Court in the following cases, that is to
say

(a)where 6 years or more have elapsed since the date of the
judgment or order;

(b)where any change has taken place, whether by death or
otherwise, in the parties entitled or liable to execution under
the judgment or order;

(e)where the judgment or order is against the assets of a
deceased person coming to the hands of his executors or
administrators after the date of the judgment or order, and it is
sought to issue execution against such assets;

(d)where under the judgment or order any person is entitled to
relief subject to the fulfilment of any condition which it is
alleged has been fulfilled;

(e)where any goods sought to be seized under a writ of
execution are in the hands of a receiver appointed by the
Court or a sequestrator.

(2) Paragraph (1) is without prejudice to any written law or rule by
virtue of which a person is required to obtain the leave of the Court for
the issue of a writ of execution or to proceed to execution on or
otherwise to the enforcement of a judgment or order.

(3) Where the Court grants leave, whether under this rule or
otherwise, for the issue of a writ of execution and the writ is not issued
within one year after the date of the order granting such leave, the order
shall cease to have effect, without prejudice, however, to the making of
a fresh order.

Leave required for issue of writ in aid of other writ (0. 46, r. 3)

3. A writ of execution in aid of any other writ of execution shall not
issue without the leave of the Court.

Application for leave to issue writ (0. 46, r. 4)

4. (1) An application for leave to issue a writ of execution may be
made ex parte unless the Court directs it to be made by summons.





(2) Such an application must be supported by an affidavit-

(a)identifying the judgment or order to which the application
relates and, if the judgment or order is for the payment of
money, stating the amount originally due thereunder and the
amount due thereunder at the date of the application;

(b)stating, where the case falls within rule 2(1)(a), the reasons for
the delay in enforcing the judgment or order;

(c)stating where the case falls within rule 2(1)(b), the change
which has taken place in the parties entitled or liable to
execution since the date of the judgment or order;

(d)stating, where the case falls within rule 2(1)(c) or (d), that a
demand to satisfy the judgment or order was made on the
person liable to satisfy it and that he has refused or failed to
do so;

(e)giving such other information as is necessary to satisfy the
Court that the applicant is entitled to proceed to execution on
the judgment or order in question and that the person against
whom it is sought to issue execution is liable to execution on
it.

(3) The Court hearing such application may grant leave in
accordance with the application or may order that any issue or question,
a decision on which is necessary to determine the rights of the parties,
be tried in any manner in which any question of fact or law arising in an
action may be tried and, in either case, may impose such terms as to
costs or otherwise as it thinks just.

Application for leave to issue writ of sequestration (0. 46, r. 5)

5. (1) Notwithstanding anything in rules 2 and 4, an application for
leave to issue a writ of sequestration must be made to a judge by
motion.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3), the notice of motion, stating the
grounds of the application and accompanied by a copy of the affidavit
in support of the application, must be served personally on the person
against whose property it is sought to issue the writ.

(3) Without prejudice to its powers under Order 65, rule 4, the
Court may dispense with service of the notice of motion under this rule
if it thinks it just to do so.

(4) The judge hearing an application for leave to issue a writ of
sequestration may sit in private in any case in which, if the application
were for an order of committal, he would be entitled to do so by virtue of
Order 52, rule 6, but, except in such a case, the application shall be heard
in open court.

Issue of writ of execution (0. 46, r. 6)

6. (1) Issue of a writ of execution takes place on its being sealed by
the Registrar.





(2) Before such a writ is issued a praecipe for its issue must be
filed.

(3) The praecipe must be signed by or on behalf of the solicitor of
the person entitled to execution or, if that person is acting in person, by
him.

(4) No such writ shall be sealed unless at the time of the tender
thereof for sealing

(a) the person tendering it produces-

(i) the judgment or order on which the writ is to issue, or an
office copy thereof,

(ii) where the writ may not issue without the leave of the
Court, the order granting such leave or evidence of the
granting of it, and

(b)the Registrar is satisfied that the period, if any, specified in the
judgment or order for the payment of any money or the doing
of any other act thereunder has expired.

(5) Every writ of execution shall bear the date of the day on which
it is issued.

Duration and renewal of writ of execution (0. 46, r. 8)

8. (1) For the purpose of execution, a writ of execution is valid in
the first instance for 12 months beginning with the date of its issue.

(2) Where a writ has not been wholly executed the Court may by
order extend the validity of the writ from time to time for a period of 12
months at any one time beginning with the day on which the order is
made, if an application for extension is made to the Court before the day
next following that on which the writ would otherwise expire or such
later day, if any, as the Court may allow.

(3) Before a writ the validity of which has been extended under this
this rule is executed either the writ must be sealed with the Seal of the
Court showing the date on which the order extending its validity was
made or the applicant for the order must serve a notice (in Form No. 71
in Appendix A), sealed as aforesaid, on the bailiff to whom the writ is
directed informing him of the making of the order and the date thereof.

(4) The priority of a writ, the validity of which has been extended
under this rule, shall be determined by reference to the date on which it
was originally delivered to the bailiff.

(5) The production of a writ of execution, or of such a notice as is
mentioned in paragraph (3), purporting in either case to be scaled as
mentioned in that paragraph, shall be evidence that the validity of that
writ or, as the case may be, of the writ referred to in that notice, has been
extended under this rule







Return to writ of execution (0. 46, r. 9)

9. (1~ Any party at whose instance a writ of execution was issued
may serve a notice on the bailiff to whom the writ was directed requiring
him, within such time as may be specified in the notice, to endorse on
the writ a statement of the manner in which he has executed it and to
send to that party a copy of the statement.

(2) If a bailiff on whom such a notice is served fails to comply with
it the party by whom it was served may apply to the Court for an order
directing the bailiff to comply with the notice.

(3) Upon receipt of a writ of execution it shall be the duty of the
bailiff, without fee, to indorse upon the back thereof the hour, day,
month and year when he received the same.

ORDER 47

WRITS OF FIERI FACIAS

Power to stay execution by writ of fieri facias (0. 47, r. 1)

1. (1) Where a judgment is given or an order made for the payment
by any person of money, and the Court is satisfied, on an application
made at the time of the judgment or order, or at any time thereafter, by
the judgment debtor or other party liable to execution

(a)that there are special circumstances which render it
inexpedient to enforce the judgment or order, or

(b)that the applicant is unable from any cause to pay the money,

then, notwithstanding anything in rule 3, the Court may by order stay
the execution of the judgment or order by writ of fieri facias either
absolutely or for such period and subject to such conditions as the
Court thinks fit.

(2) An application under this rule, if not made at the time the
judgment is given or order made, must be made by summons and may be
so made notwithstanding that the party liable to execution did not
acknowledge service of the writ or originating summons in the action or
did not state in his acknowledgment of service that he intended to apply
for a stay of execution under this rule pursuant to Order 13, rule 8.

(3) An application made by summons must be supported by an
affidavit made by or on behalf of the applicant stating the grounds of
the application and the evidence necessary to substantiate them and, in
particular, where such application is made on the grounds of the
applicant's inability to pay, disclosing his income, the nature and value
of any property of his and the amount of any other liabilities of his.





(4) The summons and a copy of the supporting affidavit must, not
less than 4 clear days before the return day, be served on the party
entitled to enforce the judgment or order.

(5) An order staying execution under this rule may be varied or
revoked by a subsequent order.

Separate writs to enforce payment of costs, etc. (0. 47, r. 3)

3. (1) Mere only the payment of money, together with costs to be
taxed, is adjudged or ordered, then, if when the money becomes payable
under the judgment or order the costs have not been taxed, the party
entitled to enforce that judgment or order may issue a writ of fieri facias
to enforce payment of the sum (other than for costs) adjudged or
ordered and, not less than 8 days after the issue of that writ, he may
issue a second writ to enforce payment of the taxed costs.

(2) A party entitled to enforce a judgment or order for the delivery
of possession of any property (other than money) may, if he so elects,
issue a separate writ of fieri facias to enforce payment of any damages
or costs awarded to him by that judgment or order.

Order for sale in execution of judgment (0. 47, r. 6)

(HK)6. (1) Every sale in execution of a judgment shall be made under the
direction of the Registrar and shall be conducted according to such
orders, if any, as the Court may make on application of the person at
whose instance the writ of execution under which the sale is to be made
was issued, of the person against whom that writ was issued or of the
bailiff to whom it was issued. In the absence of any such application the
sale shall be made by public auction.

(2) Such an application must be made by summons and the
summons must contain a short statement of the grounds of the
application.

(3) Where the applicant for an order under this rule is not a bailiff,
the bailiff must, on the demand of the applicant, send to the applicant a
list containing the name and address of every person at whose instance
any other writ of execution against the goods of the judgment debtor
was issued and delivered to the bailiff (in this rule referred to as 'the
bailiff's list'); and where the bailiff is the applicant, he must prepare
such a list.

(4) Not less than 4 clear days before the return day the applicant
must serve the summons on each of the other persons by whom the
application might have been made and on every person named in the
bailiff's list.

(HK)(5) Where any goods of a debtor are taken in execution, and the
bailiff has notice of another execution or other executions, the Court
shall not consider an application for sale otherwise than by auction
until service of the summons on the person or persons named in the
bailiff's list has been effected.





(6) The applicant must produce the bailiff's list to the Court on the
hearing of the application.

(7) Every person on whom the summons was served may attend
and be heard on the hearing of the application.

(HK) Special rules as to the sale of immovable property (0. 47, r. 7)

7. (1) At any time within 10 days from the date of sale of any
immovable property in execution of a judgment, application may be
made to the Court to set aside the sale on the ground of any material
irregularity in the conduct of the sale, but no such sale shall be set aside
on the ground of such irregularity unless the applicant proves to the
satisfaction of the Court that he has sustained substantial injury by
reason of such irregularity.

(2)(a) If no such application is made the sale shall be deemed
absolute.

(b)If such application is made and the objection is disallowed,
the Court shall make an order confirming the sale.

(c)If such application is made and the objection is allowed, the
Court shall make an order setting aside the sale for
irregularity.

(3) Whenever a sale of immovable property is set aside for
irregularity the purchaser shall be entitled to receive back any money
deposited or paid by him on account of such sale, with or without
interest, to be paid by such parties and in such manner as it may appear
to the Court proper to direct.

(4)(a) After a sale of immovable property has become absolute in
manner aforesaid the Court shall grant a certificate to the
person who has been declared the purchaser at such sale to
the effect that he has purchased the right, title and interest of
the judgment debtor in the property sold.

(b)Such certificate shall be liable to the same stamp duty as an
assignment of the same property and, when duly stamped as
aforesaid, shall be taken and deemed to be a valid transfer of
such right, title and interest and may be registered in the Land
Office under the Land Registration Ordinance.

(5)(a) Where the property sold consists of immovable property
in the occupancy of the judgment debtor, or of some person
on his behalf, or of some person claiming under a title created
by the judgment debtor subsequently to the attachment of the
property, the Court shall, on the application of the purchaser,
order delivery of the property to be made by putting the party
to whom the property has been sold, or any person whom he
may appoint to receive





delivery on his behalf, in possession thereof and, if neces-
sary, by removing any person who may refuse to vacate
the same.

(b)Where the property sold consists of immovable property in
the occupancy of any other person entitled to occupy the
same the Court shall, on the application of the purchaser,
order delivery thereof to be made by affixing a copy of the
certificate of sale in some conspicuous place on the prop-
erty or at the court house.

(6)(a) If the purchaser of any immovable property sold in
execution of a judgment is, notwithstanding the order of
the Court, resisted or obstructed in obtaining possession
of the property, the provisions of this Order relating to
resistance or obstruction to the execution of the judgment
for immovable property shall be applicable in the case of
such resistance or obstruction.

(b)If it appears that the resistance or obstruction to the
delivery of possession was occasioned by any person
other than the judgment debtor claiming a right to the
possession of the property sold as proprietor, mortgagee,
lessee, or under any other title, or if in the delivery of
possession to the purchaser any such person claiming as
aforesaid is dispossessed, the Court, on the complaint of
the purchaser or of such person claiming as aforesaid, if
made within one month from the date of such resistance
or obstruction or of such dispossession, as the case may
be, shall inquire into the matter of the complaint and
make such order as may be proper in the circumstances
of the case.

(c)The person against whom any such order is made shall be
at liberty to bring an action to establish his right at an),
time within three months from the date of the order.

(HK) Special rules as to the sale of movable property (0. 47, r. 8)

8.(1) (a) Where the property sold consists of movable
property in the possession of the judgment debtor, or to
the immediate possession of which the judgment debtor is
entitled, and of which actual seizure has been made, the
property shall be delivered to the purchaser.

(b)Where the property sold consists of movable property to
which the judgment debtor is entitled subject to a lien or
right of any person to the immediate possession thereof,
the delivery to the purchaser shall as far as practicable be
made by the bailiff giving notice to the person in possession
prohibiting him from delivering possession of the property
to any person except the purchaser.





(2) Where the property sold consists of debts, not being negotiable
instruments, or of shares in any public company or corporation, the
Court shall, on the application of the purchaser, make an order
prohibiting the judgment debtor from receiving the debts and his debtor
from making payment thereof to any person except the purchaser, or
prohibiting the person in whose name the shares are standing from
making any transfer of the shares to any person except the purchaser, or
receiving payment of any dividends thereon, and the manager, secretary
or other proper officer of the company or corporation from permitting
any such transfer or making any such payment to any person except the
purchaser.

(3) Where the property sold consists of a negotiable instrument of
which actual seizure has been made the same shall be delivered to the
purchaser.

(4)(a) If the execution of a transfer by any person in whose name
any share in a public company or corporation is standing, or
the indorsement by any person of any negotiable instrument,
or the execution by any person of any deed or other
instrument relating to immovable property or any interest
therein, is lawfully required to give effect to any sale in
execution of a judgment, the Registrar, with the sanction of
the Court, may

(i) execute such transfer; or

(ii) endorse such negotiable instrument; or (iii)
execute such deed or other instrument.

(b)The execution of such transfer, the endorsement of such
negotiable instrument and the execution of such deed or other
instrument by the Registrar shall have the same effect as the
execution and the endorsement by the person whose
execution or endorsement is so required as aforesaid.

(c)Until the execution of such transfer or the endorsement of
such negotiable instrument the Court may, by order, appoint
some person to receive any dividend or interest due in respect
of any such share or negotiable instrument.

ORDER 48

EXAMINATION OF JUDGMENT DEBTOR, ETC.

Order for examination of judgment debtor (0. 48, r. 1)

1. (1) Where a person has obtained a judgment or order for the
payment by some other person (hereinafter referred to as 'the judgment
debtor') of money, the Court may, on an application made ex parte by
the person entitled to enforce the judgment or order, order the judgment
debtor or, if the judgment debtor is a





body corporate, an officer thereof, to attend before the Registrar or
such officer as the Court may appoint and be orally examined on
the questions-

(a)whether any and, if so, what debts are owing to the
judgment debtor, and

(b)whether the judgment debtor has any and, if so, what other
property or means of satisfying the judgment or order,

and the Court may also order the judgment debtor or officer to
produce any books or documents in the possession of the judgment
debtor relevant to the questions aforesaid at the time and place
appointed for the examination.

(2) An order under this rule must be served personally on the
judgment debtor and on any officer of a body corporate ordered to
attend for examination.

(3) Any difficulty arising in the course of an examination
under this rule before the Registrar or officer, including any dispute
with respect to the obligation of the person being examined to
answer any question put to him, may be referred to ajudge and he
may determine it or give such directions for determining it as he
thinks fit.

Examination of party liable to satisfy other judgment (0. 48, r. 2)

2. Where any difficulty arises in or in connection with the
enforcement of any judgment or order, other than such a judgment
or order as is mentioned in rule 1, the Court may make an order
under that rule for the attendance of the party liable to satisfy the
judgment or order and for his examination on such questions as may
be specified in the order, and that rule shall apply accordingly with
the necessary modifications.

Examiner to make record of debtor's statement (0. 48, r. 3)

3. The Registrar or officer conducting the examination shall
take down, or cause to be taken down, in writing the statement made
by the judgment debtor or other person at the examination, read it
to him and ask him to sign it; and if he refuses the officer shall sign
the statement.

ORDER 49

GARNISHEE PROCEEDINGS

Attachment of debt due to judgment debtor (0. 49, r. 1)

1. (1) Where a person (in this Order referred to as 'the
judgment creditor') has obtained a judgment or order for the
payment by some other person (in this Order referred to as 'the
judgment debtor') of a sum of money amounting in value to at least
$1,000, not being a judgment or order for the payment of money





into court, and any other person within the jurisdiction (in this
Order referred to as 'the garnishee') is indebted to the judgment
debtor, the Court may, subject to the provisions of this Order and of
any written law, order the garnishee to pay the judgment creditor
the amount of any debt due or accruing due to the judgment debtor
from the garnishee, or so much thereof as is sufficient to satisfy that
judgment or order and the costs of the garnishee proceedings.

(2) An order under this rule shall in the first instance be an
order to show cause, specifying the time and place for further
consideration of the matter, and in the meantime attaching such
debt as is mentioned in paragraph (1), or so much thereof as may be
specified in the order, to answer the judgment or order mentioned in
that paragraph and the costs of the garnishee proceedings.

Application for order (0. 49, r. 2)

2. An application for an order under rule 1 must be made
ex parte supported by an affidavit-

(a)stating the name and the last known address of the judg-
ment debtor,

(b)identifying the judgment or order to be enforced and
stating the amount remaining unpaid under it at the time
of the application,

(c)stating that to the best of the information or belief of the
deponent the garnishee (naming him) is within the jurisdic-
tion and is indebted to the judgment debtor and stating the
sources of the deponent's information or the grounds for
his belief, and

(d)stating, where the garnishee is a bank having more than
one place of business, the name and address of the branch
at which the judgment debtor's account is believed to be
held or, if it be the case, that this information is not known
to the deponent.

Service and effect of order to show cause (0. 49, r. 3)

3. (1) Unless the Court otherwise directs, an order under
rule 1 to show cause must be served-

(a)on the garnishee personally, at least 15 days before the day
appointed thereby for the further consideration of the
matter, and

(b)on the judgment debtor, at least 7 days after the order has
been served on the garnishee and at least 7 days before the
day appointed for the further consideration of the matter.

(2) Such an order shall bind in the hands of the garnishee as
from the service of the order on him any debt specified in the order
or so much thereof as may be so specified.





No appearance or dispute of liability by garnishee (0. 49, r. 4)

4. (1) Where on the further consideration of the matter the
garnishee does not attend or does not dispute the debt due or
claimed to be due from him to the judgment debtor, the Court may
make an order absolute under rule 1 against the garnishee.

(2) An order absolute under rule 1 against the garnishee may
be enforced in the same manner as any other order for the payment
of money.

Dispute of liability by garnishee (0. 49, r. 5)

5. Where on the further consideration of the matter the
garnishee disputes liability to pay the debt due or claimed to be
due from him to the judgment debtor, the Court may summarily
determine the question at issue or order that any question necessary
for determining the liability of the garnishee be tried in any manner
in which any question or issue in an action may be tried, without if it
orders trial before a master the need for any consent by the parties.

Claims of third persons (0. 49, r. 6)

6. (1) If in garnishee proceedings it is brought to the notice
of the Court that some other person than the judgment debtor is or
claims to be entitled to the debt sought to be attached or has or
claims to have a charge or lien upon it, the Court may order that
person to attend before the Court and state the nature of his claim
with particulars thereof.

(2) After hearing any person who attends before the Court
in compliance with an order under paragraph (1), the Court may
summarily determine the questions at issue between the claimants or
make such other order as it thinks just, including an order that any
question or issue necessary for determining the validity of the claim
of such other person as is mentioned in paragraph (1) be tried in
such manner as is mentioned in rule 5.

Discharge of garnishee (0. 49, r. 8)

8. Any payment made by a garnishee in compliance with an
order absolute under this Order, and any execution levied against
him in pursuance of such an order, shall be a valid discharge of his
liability to the judgment debtor to the extent of the amount paid
or levied notwithstanding that the garnishee proceedings are
subsequently set aside or the judgment or order from which they
arose reversed.

Money in court (0. 49, r. 9)

9. (1) Where money is standing to the credit of the judgment
debtor in court, the judgment creditor shall not be entitled to take
garnishee proceedings in respect of that money but may apply to the
Court by summons for an order that the money or so much thereof
as is sufficient to satisfy the judgment or order sought to be enforced
and the costs of the application be paid to the judgment creditor.





(2) The money to which the application relates shall not be paid
out of court until after the determination of the application.

(3) Unless the Court otherwise directs, the summons must be
served on the judgment debtor at least 7 days before the day named
therein for the hearing of it.

(4) Subject to Order 75, rule 24, the Court hearing an application
under this rule may make such order with respect to the money in court
as it thinks just.

Costs (0. 49, r. 10)

10. The costs of any application for an order under rule 1 or 9, and
of any proceedings arising therefrom or incidental thereto, shall, unless
the Court otherwise directs, be retained by the judgment creditor out of
the money recovered by him under the order and in priority to the
judgment debt.

ORDER 49B

(HK) EXECUTION AND ENFORCEMENT OF JUDGMENT FOR
MONEY BY IMPRISONMENT

Securing attendance at examination (0. 49B, r. 1)

1. (1) Where a judgment for the payment of a specified sum of
money is, wholly or partly, unsatisfied, the Court, on an ex parte
application of the judgment creditor, may order that the judgment debtor
be examined under rule 1A and shall, for the purpose of securing the
attendance of the judgment debtor at an examination under rule 1A
either

(a)order the judgment debtor, by an order which shall be served
personally upon him, to appear before the Court at a time
appointed by the Court, with such documents or records as
the Court may specify; or

(b)where it appears to the Court that there is reasonable cause,
from all the circumstances of the case, including the conduct
of the judgment debtor, to believe that an order under
paragraph (a) may be ineffective to secure the attendance of
the judgment debtor for examination, order that he be arrested
and brought before the Court before the expiry of the day after
the day of arrest.

(2) On an application under paragraph (1), the Court may make an
order prohibiting the judgment debtor from leaving Hong Kong.

(3) Where a judgment debtor fails to appear as ordered under
paragraph (1)(a), the Court may order that he be arrested and brought
before the Court for examination before the expiry of the day'after the
day of arrest.





(4) Section 71 of the Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance
shall not apply to this rule.

(5) The order for arrest shall be in Form No. 102 in Appendix A.

Examination of debtor (0. 49B r. I A)

1A. (1) Upon appearance of the judgment debtor for examination,
he shall give evidence and he may be examined on oath by the
judgment creditor and the Court; and the Court may receive such other
evidence as it thinks fit.

(2) The judgment debtor shall, at his examination, make a full
disclosure of all his assets, liabilities, income and expenditure and of the
disposal of any assets or income and shall, subject to the directions of
the Court, answer all questions put to him.

(3) Where the examination is adjourned, the Court shall order that
the judgment debtor appear at the resumption of the examination and
may

(a) order that he be prohibited from leaving Hong Kong; or

(b)where it appears to the Court that there is reasonable cause,
from all the circumstances of the case, including any evidence
heard by the Court and the conduct of the judgment debtor,
to believe that he may not appear at the resumption of the
examination, order that he be imprisoned until that
resumption.

(4) The order under paragraph (3)(b) shall be in Form No. 103 in
Appendix A.

Power of the Court following examination (0. 49B, r. 1B)

1B. (1) Where the Court is satisfied, following the examination
conducted under rule 1A or following an examination conducted under
Order 48, that the judgment debtor

(a) is able to satisfy the judgment, wholly or partly; or

(b)has disposed of assets with a view to avoiding satisfaction of
the judgment or the liability which is the subject of the
judgment, wholly or partly; or

(c)has wilfully failed to make a full disclosure as required under
rule I A(2) or at the examination under Order 48 or to answer
any question as provided under that rule or Order,

it may, in its discretion, order the imprisonment of the judgment debtor
for a period not exceeding 3 months.

(2)(a) Where the Court is satisfied, following the examination
conducted under rule I A or following an examination
conducted under Order 48, that the judgment debtor is





able or will be able to satisfy the judgment, wholly or partly,
by instalments or otherwise, it may order him to satisfy the
judgment in such manner as it thinks fit.

(b)The Court may, on application, discharge, vary or suspend an
order made under sub-paragraph (a), either absolutely or
subject to such conditions as it thinks fit.

(3)(a) Where the judgment debtor fails to comply with an order
made under paragraph (2), the judgment creditor may apply to
the Court, on not less than 2 clear days notice to the judgment
debtor, for an order for the imprisonment of the judgment
debtor and the Court may, unless the judgment debtor shows
good cause, order the imprisonment of the judgment debtor
for a period not exceeding 3 months.

(b)Notwithstanding rule 7, the Court may order the imprisonment
of the judgment debtor on each occasion of a failure to comply
with an order under paragraph (2) or more than once in respect
of a continuing failure to comply with an order under that
paragraph.

(4) The order for imprisonment shall be in Form No. 104 in
Appendix A.

(5) The application under paragraph (3)(a) shall be in Form No. 105
in Appendix A.

(6) An order under paragraph (1), (2) or (3) shall not prevent
execution of the judgment by other means unless the Court so directs.

(7) An order for imprisonment of a judgment debtor shall be made
in open court.

Imprisonment not to satisfy debt (0. 49B r. 1 C)

1C. An order for imprisonment under this Order shall not satisfy or
extinguish any judgment debt.

Support and maintenance allowance to prisoner for debt (0. 49B r. 2)

2. When a judgment debtor is committed to prison in execution of
the judgment the Court shall fix whatever monthly allowance it may
think sufficient for his support and maintenance, not exceeding $150 per
DIEM which shall be paid by the person at whose instance the
judgment has been executed to the Commissioner of Correctional
Services by monthly payments in advance, the second and subsequent
such payments to be made not less than 7 days before the last
preceding such payment is exhausted.

Removal to hospital of prisoner for debt in case of serious illness

(0. 49B r. 3)

3. (1) In case of the serious illness of any person imprisoned in
execution of a judgment it shall be lawful for the Court, on the





certificate of the medical officer of the prison in which he is confined or
of the Director of Medical and Health Services of the Government, to
make an order for the removal of the judgment debtor to a hospital and
for his treatment there under custody until further order.

(2) In any such case the period of the judgment debtor's stay in
hospital shall be counted as part of his term of imprisonment and his
support and maintenance money shall be paid as if no such order had
been made.

Release of prisoner for debt (0. 49B r. 4)

4. Every person arrested or imprisoned in execution of a judgment
shall be released at any time on the judgment being fully satisfied, or at
the request of the person at whose instance the judgment has been
executed, or on such person omitting to pay his support and
maintenance money.

Recovery of amount of support and maintenance money (0. 49B r. 5)

5. All sums paid by a plaintiff for the support and maintenance of a
person imprisoned in execution of a judgment shall be added to the
costs of the judgment and shall be recoverable by the attachment and
sale of the property of the judgment debtor; but the judgment debtor
shall not be detained in custody or arrested on account of any sum so
paid.

Recovery of costs of execution (0. 49B, r. 6)

6. The costs of obtaining and executing the order and warrant of
arrest or imprisonment shall be added to the costs of the judgment and
shall be recoverable accordingly.

Effect of discharge of prisoner for debt (0. 49B r. 7)

7. Subject to rule 1B(3)(b) when any person imprisoned in
execution of a judgment has been once discharged he shall not again be
imprisoned on account of the same judgment, but his property shall
continue liable, under the ordinary rules, to attachment and sale until
the judgment is fully satisfied.

Meaning of 'Judgment creditor' (0. 49B r. 8)

8. In this Order, 'Judgment creditor' includes any person entitled to
enforce the judgment.

ORDER 50

CHARGING ORDERS, STOP ORDERS, ETC.

Order imposing a charge on a beneficial interest (0. 50, r. 1)

1. (2) An application by a judgment creditor for a charging order in
respect of a judgment debtor's beneficial interest may be made ex parte,
and any order made on such an application shall in





the first instance be an order, made in Form No. 75 in Appendix A,
to show cause, specifying the time and place for further considera-
tion of the matter and imposing the charge in any event until that
time.

(3) The application shall be supported by an affidavit-

(a)identifying the judgment or order to be enforced and
stating the amount unpaid at the date of the application;

(b)stating the name of the judgment debtor and of any
creditor of his whom the applicant can identify;

(c)giving full particulars of the subject-matter of the intended
charge, including, in the case of securities other than
securities in court, the full title of the securities, their
amount and the name in which they stand and, in the case
of funds in court, the number of the account; and

(d)verifying that the interest to be charged is owned bene-
ficially by the judgment debtor.

(4) Unless the Court otherwise directs, an affidavit for the
purposes of this rule may contain statements of information or
belief with the sources and grounds thereof.

(5) An application may be made for a single charging order in
respect or more than one judgment or order against the debtor.

Service of notice of order to show cause (0. 50, r. 2)

2. (1) On the making of an order to show cause, notice of
the order shall, unless the Court otherwise directs, be served as
follows-

(a)a copy of the order, together with a copy of the affidavit in
support, shall be served on the judgment debtor;

(b)where the order relates to securities other than securities in
court, copies of the order shall also be served-
(iii) in the case of stock of any body incorporated
within Hong Kong, on that body;
(iv) in the case of stock of any body incorporated
outside Hong Kong, being stock registered in a register
kept in Hong Kong, on the keeper of the register;
(v) in the case of units of any unit trust in respect of
which a register of unit holders is kept in Hong Kong, on
the keeper of the register;

(c)where the order relates to a fund in court, a copy of the
order shall be served on the Registrar at the Registry, and
(d)where the order relates to an interest under a trust, copies
of the order shall be served on such of the trustees as the
Court may direct.
(2) Without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph (1) the
Court may, on making the order to show cause, direct the service of





copies of the order, and of the affidavit in support, on any other creditor
of the judgment debtor or on any other interested person as may be
appropriate in the circumstances.

(3) Documents to be served under this rule must be served at least
seven days before the time appointed for the further consideration of
the matter.

Order made on further consideration (0. 50, r. 3)

3. (1) On the further consideration of the matter the Court shall
either make the order absolute, with or without modifications, or
discharge it.

(2) Where the order is made absolute, it shall be in Form 76 in
Appendix A, and where it is discharged, the provisions of rule 7,
regarding the service of copies of the order of discharge, shall apply.

Order imposing a charge on an interest held by a trustee (0. 50, r. 4)

4. (1) Save as provided by this rule, the provisions of rules 1, 2 and
3 shall apply to an order charging an interest held by a trustee as they
apply to an order charging the judgment debtor's beneficial interest.

(2) Instead of verifying the judgment debtor's beneficial ownership
of the interest to be charged, the affidavit required by rule 1(3) shall
state the ground on which the application is based and shall verify the
material facts.

(3) On making the order to show cause, the Court shall give
directions for copies of the order, and of the affidavit in support, to be
served on such of the trustees and beneficiaries, if any, as may be
appropriate.

(4) Rules 5, 6 and 7 shall apply to an order charging an interest held
by a trustee as they apply to an order charging the judgment debtor's
beneficial interest, except that, where the order is made under
subsection (ii) or (iii) of section 20A(1)(b) of the Ordinance references
in those rules to 'the judgment debtor' shall be references to the
trustee.

(5) Forms No. 75 and 76 in Appendix A shall be modified so as to
indicate that the interest to be charged is held by the debtor as trustee
or, as the case may be, that it is held by a trustee (to be named in the
order) on trust for the debtor beneficially.

Effect of order in relation to securities out of court (0. 50, r. 5)

5. (1) No disposition by the judgment debtor of his interest in any
securities to which an order to show cause relates made after the
making of that order shall, so long as that order remains in force, be
valid as against the judgment creditor.

(2) Until such order is discharged or made absolute, the person or
body served in accordance with rule 2(1)(b) shall not permit any
transfer of any of the securities specified in the order, or





pay any dividend, interest or redemption payment in relation thereto,
except with the authority of the Court, and, if it does so, shall be liable to
pay the judgment creditor the value of the securities transferred or, as
the case may be, the amount of the payment made or, if that value or
amount is more than sufficient to satisfy the judgment or order to which
such order relates, so much thereof as is sufficient to satisfy it.

(3) If the Court makes the order absolute, a copy of the order,
including a stop notice as provided in Form No. 76 in Appendix A, shall
be served on the person or body specified in rule 2(1)(b) as may be
appropriate and, save as provided in rule 7(5), rules 11 to 14 shall apply
to such a notice as they apply to a stop notice made and served under
rule 11.

(4) This rule does not apply to orders in respect of securities in
court.

Effect of order in relation to funds in court (0. 50, r. 6)

6. (1) Where an order to show cause has been made in relation to
funds in court (including securities in court) and a copy thereof has
been served on the Registrar in accordance with rule 2, no disposition
by the judgment debtor of any interest to which the order relates, made
after the making of that order, shall, so long as the order remains in
force, be valid as against the judgment creditor.

(2) If the Court makes the order absolute, a copy of the order shall
be served on the Registrar at the Registry.

Discharge, etc., of charging order (0. 50, r. 7)

7. (1) Subject to paragraph (2) on the application of the judgment
debtor or any other person interested in the subject-matter of the
charge, the Court may, at any time, whether before or after the order is
made absolute, discharge or vary the order on such terms (if any) as to
costs or otherwise as it thinks just.

(2) Where an application is made for the discharge of a charging
order in respect of the judgment debtor's land on the ground that the
judgment debt has been satisfied, the applicant shall state in his
application, and the Court shall specify in its order the lot number of the
land and the memorial number of any relevant charge registered against
the land.

(3) Notice of an application for the discharge or variation of the
order shall be served on such interested parties as the Court may direct.

(4) Where an order is made for the discharge or variation of a
charging order in respect of funds in court, a copy thereof shall be
served on the Registrar at the Registry.

(5) Where an order is made for the discharge or variation of a
charging order in respect of securities other than securities in court, a
copy thereof shall be served on the person or body specified in





rule 2(1)(b) as may be appropriate, and the service thereof shall
discharge, or, as the case may be, vary, any stop notice in respect of
such securities which may be in force pursuant to the original order.

Jurisdiction of master to grant injunction (0. 50, r. 9)

9. A master shall have power to grant an injunction if, and only so
far as, it is ancillary or incidental to an order under rule 1, 3 or 4 and an
application for an injunction under this rule may be joined with the
application for the order under rule 1, 3 or 4 to which it relates.

Enforcement of charging order by sale (0. 50, r. 9A)

9A. (1) Proceedings for the enforcement of a charging order by sale
of the property charged must be begun by originating summons.

(2) The provisions of Order 88 shall apply to all such proceedings.

Funds in court: stop order (0. 50, r. 10)

10. (1) The Court, on the application of any person-

(a)who has a mortgage or charge on the interest of any person in
funds in court, or

(b) to whom that interest has been assigned, or

(c)who is a judgment creditor of the person entitled to that
interest,

may make an order prohibiting the transfer, sale, delivery out, payment
or other dealing with such funds, or any part thereof, or the income
thereon, without notice to the applicant.

(2) An application for an order under this rule must be made by
summons in the cause or matter relating to the funds in court, or, if there
is no such cause or matter, by originating summons.

(3) The summons must be served on every person whose interest
may be affected by the order applied for but shall not be served on any
other person.

(HK)(4) Without prejudice to the Court's powers and discretion as to
costs, the Court may order the applicant for an order under this rule to
pay the costs of any party to the cause or matter relating to the funds in
question, or of any person interested in those funds occasioned by the
application.

Securities not in court: stop notice (0. 50, r. 11)

11. (1) Any person claiming to be beneficially entitled to an interest
in any securities of the kinds set out in section 20A(2)(b) of the
Ordinance, other than securities in court, who wishes to be notified of
any proposed transfer or payment of those securities may avail himself
of the provisions of this rule.





(2) A person claiming to be so entitled must file in the
Registry-
(a)an affidavit identifying the securities in question and des-
cribing his interest therein by reference to the document
under which it arises, and
(b)a notice in Form No. 80 in Appendix A (a stop notice),
signed by the deponent to the affidavit, and annexed to it,
addressed to the body or unit trust concerned,
and must serve an office copy of the affidavit, and a copy of the
notice sealed with the Seal of the Court on that person or body as
provided in rule 2(1)(b).
(3) There must be endorsed on the affidavit filed under this
rule a note stating the address to which any such notice as is referred
to in rule 12 is to be sent and, subject to paragraph (4), that address
shall for the purpose of that rule be the address for service of the
person on whose behalf the affidavit is filed.
(4) A person on whose behalf an affidavit under this rule is
filed may change his address for service for the purpose of rule 12 by
serving on the person or body concerned, a notice to that effect, and
as from the date of service of such a notice the address stated therein
shall for the purpose of that rule be the address for service of that
person.

Effect of stop notice (0. 50, r. 12)
12. Where a stop notice has been served in accordance with
rule 11, then, so long as the stop notice is in force, the person or body
on which it is served shall not register a transfer of the securities or
take any other steps restrained by the stop notice until 14 days after
sending notice thereof, by ordinary pre-paid post, to the person on
whose behalf the stop notice was filed, but shall not by reason only
of that notice refuse to register a transfer, or to take any other step,
after the expiry of that period.

Amendment of stop notice (0. 50, r. 13)
13. If any securities are incorrectly described in a stop notice
which has been filed and of which a sealed copy has been served in
accordance with rule 11, an amended stop notice may be filed and
served in accordance with the same procedure and shall take effect as
a stop notice on the day on which the sealed copy of the amended
notice is served.

Withdrawal, etc. of stop notice (0. 50, r. 14)
14. (1) The person on whose behalf a stop notice was filed
may withdraw it by serving a request for its withdrawal on the
person or body on whom the notice was served.
(2) Such request must be signed by the person on whose behalf
the notice was filed and his signature must be witnessed by a
practising solicitor.





(3) The Court, on the application of any person claiming to be
beneficially entitled to an interest in the securities to which a notice
under rule 11 relates, may by order discharge the notice.

(4) An application for an order under paragraph (3) must be made
by originating summons, and the summons must be served on the
person on whose behalf a stop notice was filed.

The summons shall be in Form No. 10 in Appendix A.

Order prohibiting transfer, etc. of securities (0. 50, r. 15)

15. (1) The Court, on the application of any person claiming to be
beneficially entitled to an interest in any securities of the kinds set out
in section 20A(2)(b) of the Ordinance may by order prohibit the person
or body concerned from registering any transfer of the securities or
taking any other step to which section 55C(4) of the Ordinance applies.
(L.N. 356188)

The order shall specify the securities to which the prohibition
relates, the name in which they stand and the steps which may not be
taken, and shall state whether the prohibition applies to the securities
only or to the dividends or interest as well.

(2) An application for an order under this rule must be made by
motion or summons.

An originating summons under this rule shall be in Form No. 10 in
Appendix A.

(3) The Court, on the application of any person claiming to be
entitled to an interest in any securities to which an order under this rule
relates, may vary or discharge the order on such terms (if any) as to
costs or otherwise as it thinks fit.

ORDER 51

RECEIVERS: EQUITABLE EXECUTION

Appointment of receiver by way of equitable execution (0. 51, r. 1)

1. (1) Where an application is made for the appointment of a
receiver by way of equitable execution, the Court in determining whether
it is just or convenient that the appointment should be made shall have
regard to the amount claimed by the judgment creditor, to the amount
likely to be obtained by the receiver and to the probable costs of his
appointment and may direct an inquiry on any of these matters or any
other matter before making the appointment.

Masters may appoint receiver etc. (0. 5 1, r. 2)

2. A master shall have power to make an order for the appointment
of a receiver by way of equitable execution and to grant an injunction if,
and only so far as, the injunction is ancillary or incidental to such order.





Application of rules as to appointment of receiver, etc. (0. 5 1, r. 3)

3. An application for the appointment of a receiver by way of
equitable execution may be made in accordance with Order 30, rule 1,
and rules 2 to 6 of that Order shall apply in relation to a receiver
appointed by way of equitable execution as they apply in relation to a
receiver appointed for any other purpose.

ORDER 52

COMMITTAL

Committal for contempt of court (0. 52, r. 1)

1. The power of the Court or of the Court of Appeal to punish for
contempt of court may be exercised by an order of committal made by a
single Judge or by a single justice of appeal.

(HK) Grant of leave to apply for committal (0. 52, r. 2)

(HK)2. (1) No application for an order of committal against any person
may be made unless leave to make such an application has been granted
in accordance with this rule.

(2) An application for such leave must be made ex parte to a judge,
and must be supported by a statement setting out the name and
description of the applicant, the name, description and address of the
person sought to be committed and the grounds on which his committal
is sought, and by an affidavit, to be filed before the application is made,
verifying the facts relied on.

(3) The applicant must give notice of the application for leave not
later than the preceding day to the Registrar and must at the same time
lodge with the Registrar copies of the statement and affidavit.

(HK)(4) The judge may determine the application for leave without a
hearing, unless a hearing is requested in the notice of application, and
need not sit in open court; and in any case the Registrar shall serve a
copy of the judge's order on the applicant.

(HK)(5) Where an application for leave is refused by a judge or is
granted on terms, the applicant may appeal against the judge's order to
the Court of Appeal within 10 days after such order.

(HK)(6) Without prejudice to the powers conferred by Order 20, rule 8,
the judge hearing an application for leave may allow the applicant's
statement to be amended on such terms, if any, as the judge thinks fit.

(HK)(7) If the judge grants leave he may impose such terms as to costs
and as to giving of security as he thinks fit.

Application for order after leave to apply granted (0. 52, r. 3)

3. (1) When leave has been granted to make an application for an
order of committal, the application shall be made by





originating motion to a judge and unless the Court granting leave has
otherwise directed, there must be at least 8 clear days between the
service of the notice of motion and the day named therein for the
hearing.

(2) Unless within 14 days after such leave was granted the motion
is entered for hearing the leave shall lapse.

(3) The notice of motion, accompanied by a copy of the statement
and affidavit in support of the application for leave under rule 2, must be
served personally on the person sought to be committed.

(4) Without prejudice to the powers of the Court under Order 65,
rule 4, the Court may dispense with service of the notice of motion
under this rule if it thinks it just to do so.

Saving for power to commit without application for purpose (0. 52, r. 5)

5. Nothing in the foregoing provisions of this Order shall be taken
as affecting the power of the High Court or the Court of Appeal to make
an order of committal of its own motion against a person guilty of
contempt of court.

Provisions as to hearing (0. 52, r. 6)

6. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the Court hearing an application for
an order of committal may sit in private in the following cases, that is to
say

(a)where the application arises out of proceedings relating to the
wardship or adoption of an infant or wholly or mainly to the
guardianship, custody, maintenance or upbringing of an
infant, or rights of access to an infant;

(b)where the application arises out of proceedings relating to a
person suffering or appearing to be suffering from mental
disorder within the meaning of the Mental Health Ordinance;

(c)where the application arises out of proceedings in which a
secret process, discovery or invention was in issue;

(d)where it appears to the Court that in the interests of the
administration of justice or for reasons affecting the security of
Hong Kong the application should be heard in private;

but, except as aforesaid, the application shall be heard in open court.

(2) If the Court hearing an application in private by virtue of
paragraph (1) decides to make an order of committal against the person
sought to be committed, it shall in open court state

(a) the name of that person,

(b)in general terms the nature of the contempt of court in respect
of which the order of committal is being made, and





(c) the length of the period for which he is being committed.

(3) Except with the leave of the Court hearing an application for an
order of committal, no grounds shall be relied upon at the hearing except
the grounds set out in the statement under rule 2 or, as the case may be,
in the notice of motion under rule 4.

The foregoing provision is without prejudice to the powers of the
Court under Order 20, rule 8.

(4) If on the hearing of the application the person sought to be
committed expresses a wish to give oral evidence on his own behalf, he
shall be entitled to do so.

Power to suspend execution of committal order (0. 52, r. 7)

7. (1) The Court by whom an order of committal is made may by
order direct that the execution of the order of committal shall be
suspended for such period or on such terms or conditions as it may
specify.

(2) Where execution of an order of committal is suspended by an
order under paragraph (1), the applicant for the order of committal must,
unless the Court otherwise directs, serve on the person against whom it
was made a notice informing him of the making and terms of the order
under that paragraph.

Discharge of person committed (0. 52, r. 8)

8. (1) The Court may, on the application of any person committed
to prison for any contempt of court, discharge him.

(2) Where a person has been committed for failing to comply with a
judgment or order requiring him to deliver any thing to some other
person or to deposit it in court or elsewhere, and a writ of sequestration
has also been issued to enforce that judgment or order, then, if the thing
is in the custody or power of the person committed, the commissioners
appointed by the writ of sequestration may take possession of it as if it
were the property of that person and, without prejudice to the generality
of paragraph (1), the Court may discharge the person committed and
may give such directions for dealing with the thing taken by the
commissioners as it thinks fit.

Saving for other powers (0. 52, r. 9)

9. Nothing in the foregoing provisions of this Order shall be taken
as affecting the power of the Court to make an order requiring a person
guilty of contempt of court, or a person punishable by virtue of any
written law in like manner as if he had been guilty of contempt of the
High Court, to pay a fine or to give security for his good behaviour, and
those provisions, so far as applicable, and with the necessary
modifications, shall apply in relation to an application for such an order
as they apply in relation to an application for an order of committal.





ORDER 53

APPLICATIONS FOR JUDICIAL REVIEW

Cases appropriate for application for judicial review (0. 53, r. 1)

1. (1) An application for-

(a) an order of mandamus, prohibition or certiorari, or

(b)an injunction under section 21J of the Ordinance restrain-
ing a person from acting in any office in which he is not
entitled to act,

shall be made by way of an application for judicial review in
accordance with the provisions of this Order.

(2) An application for a declaration or an injunction (not
being an injunction mentioned in paragraph (1)(b)) may be made by
way of an application for judicial review, and on such an application
a judge may grant the declaration or injunction claimed if he
considers that, having regard to-

(a)the nature of the matters in respect of which relief may be
granted by way of an order of mandamus, prohibition or
certiorari,

(b)the nature of the persons and bodies against whom relief
may be granted by way of such an order, and

(c) all the circumstances of the case,
it would be just and convenient for the declaration or injunction to
be granted on an application for judicial review.

Joinder of claims for relief (0. 53, r. 2)

2. On an application for judicial review any relief mentioned
in rule 1(1) or (2) may be claimed as an alternative or in addition to
any other relief so mentioned if it arises out of or relates to or is
connected with the same matter.

Grant of leave to apply for judicial review (0. 53, r. 3)

3. (1) No application for judicial review shall be made unless
the leave of the Court has been obtained in accordance with this rule.

(2) An application for leave must be made ex parte by filing in
the Registry-

(a) a notice in Form 86A containing a statement of-
(i) the name and description of the applicant,
(ii) the relief sought and the grounds upon which it is
sought,
(iii) the name and address of the applicant's solicitors
(if any), and
(iv) the applicant's address for service; and

(b) an affidavit verifying the facts relied on.





(3) The judge may determine the application without a hear-
ing, unless a hearing is requested in the notice of application, and
need not sit in open court; and in any case the Registrar shall serve
a copy of the judge's order on the applicant.

(HK)(4) Where an application for leave is refused by a judge or is
granted on terms, the applicant may appeal against the judge's order
to the Court of Appeal within 10 days after such order.

(6) Without prejudice to its powers conferred by Order 20,
rule 8, the Court hearing an application for leave may allow the
applicant's statement to be amended, whether by specifying different
or additional grounds or relief or otherwise, on such terms, if any,
as the Court thinks fit.

(7) The Court shall not grant leave unless it considers that
the applicant has a sufficient interest in the matter to which the
application relates.

(8) Where leave is sought to apply for an order of certiorari to
remove for the purpose of its being quashed any judgment, order,
conviction or other proceeding which is subject to appeal and a time
is limited for the bringing of the appeal, the Court may adjourn the
application for leave until the appeal is determined or the time for
appealing has expired.

(9) If the Court grants leave it may impose such terms as to
costs and as to giving security as it thinks fit.

(10) Where leave to apply for judicial review is granted, then-

(a)if the relief sought is an order of prohibition or certiorari
and the Court so directs, the grant shall operate as a stay
of the proceedings to which the application relates until
the determination of the application or until the Court
otherwise orders;

(b)if any other relief is sought, the Court may at any time
grant in the proceedings such interim relief as could be
granted in an action begun by writ.

Delay in applying for relief (0. 53, r. 4)

4. (1) An application for leave to apply for judicial review
shall be made promptly and in any event within three months from
the date when grounds for the application first arose unless the
Court considers that there is good reason for extending the period
within which the application shall be made. (L.N. 356188)

(2) Where the relief sought is an order of certiorari in respect
of any judgment, order, conviction or other proceeding, the date
when grounds for the application first arose shall be taken to be
the date of that judgment, order, conviction or proceeding.

(3) The preceding paragraphs are without prejudice to any
statutory provision which has the effect of limiting the time within
which an application for judicial review may be made.





Mode of applying for judicial review (0. 53, r. 5)

(HK)5. (1) When leave has been granted to make an application for
judicial review, the application shall be made by originating motion to
ajudge sitting in open court or, if the judge granting leave has so
ordered, by originating summons, to a judge in chambers.

(3) The notice of motion or summons must be served on all
persons directly affected and, where it relates to any proceedings in or
before a court and the object of the application is either to compel the
court or an officer of the court to do any act in relation to the
proceedings or to quash them or any order made therein, the notice or
summons must also be served on the clerk or registrar of the court and,
where any objection to the conduct of the judge is to be made, on that
judge.

(4) Unless the Court granting leave has otherwise directed, there
must be at least 10 days between the service of the notice of motion or
summons and the day named therein for the hearing.

(5) A motion must be entered for hearing within 14 days after the
grant of leave.

(6) An affidavit giving the names and addresses of, and the places
and dates of service on, all persons who have been served with the
notice of motion must be filed before the motion is entered for hearing
and, if any person who ought to be served under this rule has not been
served, the affidavit must state that fact and the reason for it; and the
affidavit shall be before the Court on the hearing of the motion.

(7) If on the hearing of the motion the Court is of opinion that any
person who ought, whether under this rule or otherwise, to have been
served has not been served, the Court may adjourn the hearing on such
terms (if any) as it may direct in order that the notice may be served on
that person.

Statements and affidavits (0. 53, r. 6)

6. (1) Copies of the statement in support of an application for leave
under rule 3 must be served with the notice of motion or summons and,
subject to paragraph (2), no grounds shall be relied upon or any relief
sought at the hearing except the grounds and relief set out in the
statement.

(2) The Court may on the hearing of the motion or summons allow
the applicant to amend his statement, whether by specifying different or
additional grounds or relief or otherwise, on such terms, if any, as it
thinks fit and may allow further affidavits to be used if they deal with
new matters arising out of an affidavit of any other party to the
application.

(3) Where the applicant intends to ask to be allowed to amend his
statement or to use further affidavits, he shall give notice of his
intention and of any proposed amendment to every other party.





(5) Each party to the application must supply to every other party
copies of every affidavit which he proposes to use at the hearing,
including, in the case of the applicant, the affidavit in support of the
application for leave under rule 3.

Claim for damages (0. 53, r. 7)

7. (1) On an application for judicial review the judge may, subject to
paragraph (2), award damages to the applicant if

(a)he has included in the statement in support of his application
for leave under rule 3 a claim for damages arising from any
matter to which the application relates, and

(b)the Court is satisfied that, if the claim had been made in an
action begun by the applicant at the time of making his
application, it could have been awarded damages.

(2) Order 18, rule 12, shall apply to a statement relating to a claim
for damages as it applies to a pleading.

Application for discovery, interrogatories, cross-examination, etc.

(0. 53, r. 8)

8. (1) Unless the judge otherwise directs, any interlocutory
application in proceedings on an application for judicial review may be
made to any judge in chambers or a master.

(2) In this paragraph interlocutory application' includes an
application for an order under Order 24 or 26 or Order 38, rule 2(3), or for
an order dismissing the proceedings by consent of the parties.

(3) This rule is without prejudice to any statutory provision or rule
of law restricting the making of an order against the Crown.

Hearing of application for judicial review (0. 53, r. 9)

9. (1) On the hearing of any motion or summons under rule 5, any
person who desires to be heard in opposition to the motion or
summons, and appears to the Court to be a proper person to be heard,
shall be heard, notwithstanding that he has not been served with notice
of the motion or the summons.

(2) Where the relief sought is or includes an order of certiorari to
remove any proceedings for the purpose of quashing them, the
applicant may not question the validity of any order, warrant,
commitment, conviction, inquisition or record unless before the hearing
of the motion or summons he has lodged with the Registrar a copy
thereof verified by affidavit or accounts for his failure to do so to the
satisfaction of the Court hearing the motion or summons.

(3) Where an order of certiorari is made in any such case as is
referred to in paragraph (2), the order shall, subject to paragraph (4),
direct that the proceedings shall be quashed forthwith on their removal
into the High Court.





(4) Where the relief sought is an order of certiorari and the Court is
satisfied that there are grounds for quashing the decision to which the
application relates, the Court may, in addition to quashing it, remit the
matter to the court, tribunal or authority concemed with a direction to
reconsider it and reach a decision in accordance with the findings of the
Court.

(5) Where the relief sought is a declaration, an injunction or
damages and the Court considers that it should not be granted on an
application for judicial review but might have been granted if it had
been sought in an action begun by writ by the applicant at the time of
making his application, the Court may, instead of refusing the
application, order the proceedings to continue as if they had been
begun by writ; and Order 28, rule 8, shall apply as if the application had
been made by summons.

Saving for person acting in obedience to mandamus (0. 53, r. 10)

10. No action or proceeding shall be begun or prosecuted against
any person in respect of anything done in obedience to an order of
mandamus.

Consolidation of applications (0. 53, r. 12)

12. Where there is more than one application pending under
section 21K of the Ordinance against several persons in respect of the
same office, and on the same grounds, the Court may order the
applications to be consolidated.

Order made by judge may he set aside, etc. (0. 53, r. 13)

(HK)13. An appeal shall lie, from an order of ajudge granting or refusing
an application for judicial review, to the Court of Appeal, which may set
aside or confirm any such order or substitute such order as ought to
have been made.

Meaning of 'Court' (0. 53, r. 14)

14. In relation to the hearing by ajudge of an application for leave
under rule 3 or of an application for judicial review, any reference in this
Order to 'the Court' shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be
construed as a reference to the judge.

ORDER 54

APPLICATIONS FOR WRIT OF HABEAS
CORPUS

Application for writ of habeas corpus ad subjiciendum (0. 54, r. 1)

1. (1) An application fora writ of habeas corpus ad subjicien- shall
be made to a single judge in court, except that

(b)at any time when no judge is sitting in court, it may be made
to ajudge otherwise than in court; and





(c)any application on behalf of a minor must be made in the
first instance to a judge otherwise than in court.

(2) An application for such writ may be made ex parte and,
subject to paragraph (3), must be supported by an affidavit by the
person restrained showing that it is made at his instance and setting
out the nature of the restraint.

(3) Where the person restrained is unable for any reason to
make the affidavit required by paragraph (2), the affidavit may be
made by some other person on his behalf and that affidavit must
state that the person restrained is unable to make the affidavit
himself and for what reason.

Power of Court to whom ex parte application made (0. 54, r. 2)

2. (1) The judge to whom an application under rule 1 is
made ex parte may make an order forthwith for the writ to issue,
or may-

(a)where the application is made otherwise than in court,
direct that an originating summons for the writ be issued,
or that an application therefor be made by originating
motion to ajudge in court;

(b)where the application is made to ajudge in court, adjourn
the application so that notice thereof may be given, or
direct that an application be made by originating motion.

(2) The summons or notice of the motion must be served on
the person against whom the issue of the writ is sought and on such
other persons as the judge may direct, and, unless the judge
otherwise directs, there must be at least 8 clear days between the
service of the summons or notice and the date named therein for the
hearing of the application.

Copies of affidavits to he supplied (0. 54, r. 3)

3. Every party to an application under rule 1 must supply to
every other party on demand copies of the affidavits which he
proposes to use at the hearing of the application.

Power to order release of person restrained (0. 54, r. 4)

4. Without prejudice to rule 2(1), the judge hearing an
application for a writ of habeas corpus ad subjiciendum may in his
discretion order that the person restrained be released, and such
order shall be a sufficient warrant to any superintendent of a prison,
constable or other person for the release of the person under
restraint.

Directions as to return to writ (0. 54, r. 5)

5. Where a writ of habeas corpus ad subjiciendum is ordered to
issue, the judge by whom the order is made shall give directions as to
the judge before whom, and the date on which, the writ is returnable.





Service of writ and notice (0. 54, r. 6)

6. (1) Subject to paragraphs (2) and (3), a writ of habeas corpus ad
subjiciendum must be served personally on the person to whom it is
directed.

(2) If it is not possible to serve such writ personally, or if it is
directed to a superintendent of a prison or other public official, it must
be served by leaving it with a servant or agent of the person to whom
the writ is directed at the place where the person restrained is confined
or restrained.

(3) If the writ is directed to more than one person, the writ must be
served in manner provided by this rule on the person first named in the
writ, and copies must be served on each of the other persons in the
same manner as the writ.

(4) There must be served with the writ a notice (in Form No. 90 in
Appendix A) stating the judge before whom and the date on which the
person restrained is to be brought and that in default of obedience
proceedings for committal of the party disobeying will be taken.

Return to the writ (0. 54, r. 7)

7. (1) The return to a writ of habeas corpus ad subjiciendwn must
be indorsed on or annexed to the writ and must state all the causes of
the detainer of the person restrained.

(2) The return may be amended, or another return substituted
therefor, by leave of the judge before whom the writ is returnable.

Procedure at bearing of writ (0. 54, r. 8)

8. When a return to a writ of habeas corpus ad subjiciendwn is
made, the return shall first be read, and motion then made for
discharging or remanding the person restrained or amending or
quashing the return, and where that person is brought up in accordance
with the writ, his counsel shall be heard first, then counsel for the
Crown, and then one counsel for the person restrained in reply.

Bringing up prisoner to give evidence, etc. (0. 54, r. 9)

9. (1) An application for a writ of habeas corpus ad testifi- candum
or of habeas corpus ad respondendum must be made on affidavit to a
judge in chambers.

Form of writ (0. 54, r. 10)

10. A writ of habeas corpus must be in Form No. 89, 91 or 92 in
Appendix A, whichever is appropriate.





ORDER 55

APPEALS TO THE HIGH COURT FROM COURT, TRIBUNAL OR
PERSON:
GENERAL

Application (0. 55, r. 1)

1. (1) Subject to paragraphs (2), (3) and (4), this Order shall

apply to every appeal which by or under any enactment lies to the

High Court from any court, tribunal or person.

(2) This Order shall not apply to

(a) an appeal by case stated, of
(HK)(b) an appeal under the Magistrates Ordinance. v rules
of this Order shall, in relation

tion to an

appeal to which this Order applies, have effect subject to any
provision made in relation to that appeal by any other provision of
these rules or by or under any enactment.

(5) In this Order references to a Tribunal shall be construed as
references to any Tribunal constituted by or under any enactment other
than any of the ordinary courts of law.

Court to he (0 55, r. 2)

2. Except where it is otherwise provided by these rules or by or under
any enactment, an appeal to which this Order applies shall be heard
and determined

by the Court of Appeal; and

(b) in any other case, by a single judge.

Bringing of appeal (0. 55, r. 3)

3. (1) An appeal to which this Order applies shall be by way of
rehearing and must be brought by originating motion.

(2) Every notice of the motion by which such an appeal is brought
must state the grounds of the appeal and, if the appeal is against a
judgment, order or other decision of a court, must state whether the
appeal is against the whole or a part of that decision and, if against a
part only, must specify the part.

(3) The bringing of such an appeal shall not operate as a stay of
proceedings on the judgment, determination or other decision against
which the appeal is brought unless the Court by which the appeal is to
be heard or the court, tribunal or person by which or by whom the deceision
was given so orders.

Service of notice of motion and entry of appeal (0. 55, r. 4)

4. (1) The persons to be served with notice of the motion by which
an appeal to which this Order applies is brought are the following





(a)if the appeal is against a judgment, order or other decision
of a court, the registrar or clerk of the court and any party
to the proceedings in which the decision was given who is
directly affected by the appeal;

(b)if the appeal is against an order, determination, award or
other decision of a tribunal, government department or
other person, the chairman of the tribunal, government
department or person, as the case may be, and every party
to the proceedings (other than the appellant) in which the
decision appealed against was given.

(2) The notice must be served, and the appeal entered, within
28 days after the date of the judgment, order, determination or other
decision against which the appeal is brought.

(3) In the case of an appeal against a judgment, order or
decision of a court, the period specified in paragraph (2) shall be
calculated from the date of the judgment or order or the date on
which the decision was given.

(4) In the case of an appeal against an order, determination,
award or other decision of a tribunal, government department or
other person, the period specified in paragraph (2) shall be calcu-
lated from the date on which notice of the decision was given to the
appellant by the person who made the decision or by a person
authorized in that behalf to do so.

Date of hearing of appeal (0. 55, r. 5)

.5. Unless the Court having jurisdiction to determine the
appeal otherwise directs, an appeal to which this Order applies shall
not be heard sooner than 21 days after service of notice of the
motion by which the appeal is brought.

Amendment of grounds of appeal, etc. (0. 55, r. 6)

6. (1) The notice of the motion by which an appeal to which
this Order applies is brought may be amended by the appellant,
without leave, by supplementary notice served not less than 7 days
before the day appointed for the hearing of the appeal, on each of
the persons on whom the notice to be amended was served.

(2) Within 2 days after service of a supplementary notice
under paragraph (1) the appellant must lodge two copies of the
notice in the office in which the appeal is entered.

(3) Except with the leave of the Court hearing any such
appeal, no grounds other than those stated in the notice of the
motion by which the appeal is brought or any supplementary notice
under paragraph (1) may be relied upon by the appellant at the
hearing; but that Court may amend the grounds so stated or make
any other order, on such terms as it thinks just, to ensure the
determination on the merits of the real question in controversy
between the parties.





(4) The foregoing provisions of this rule are without prejudice
to the powers of the Court under Order 20.

Powers of court hearing appeal (0. 55, r. 7)

7. (1) In addition to the power conferred by rule 6(3), the
Court hearing an appeal to which this Order applies shall have the
powers conferred by the following provisions of this rule.

(2) The Court shall have power to receive further evidence on
questions of fact, and the evidence may be given in such manner as
the Court may direct either by oral examination in court, by
affidavit, by deposition taken before an examiner or in some other
manner.

(3) The Court shall have power to draw any inferences of fact
which might have been drawn in the proceedings out of which the
appeal arose.

(4) It shall be the duty of the appellant to apply to the judge or
other person presiding at the proceedings in which the decision
appealed against was given for a signed copy of any note made by
him of the proceedings and to furnish that copy for the use of the
Court; and in default of production of such a note, or, if such note
is incomplete, in addition to such note, the Court may hear and
determine the appeal on any other evidence or statement of what
occurred in those proceedings as appears to the Court to be
sufficient.

Except where the Court otherwise directs, an affidavit or note
by a person present at the proceedings shall not be used in evidence
under this paragraph unless it was previously submitted to the
person presiding at the proceedings for his comments.

(5) The Court may give any judgment or decision or make any
order which ought to have been given or made by the court, tribunal
or person and make such further or other order as the case may
require or may remit the matter with the opinion of the Court for
rehearing and determination by it or him.

(6) The Court may, in special circumstances, order that such
security shall be given for the costs of the appeal as may be just.

(7) The Court shall not be bound to allow the appeal on the
ground merely of misdirection, or of the improper admission or
rejection of evidence, unless in the opinion of the Court substantial
wrong or miscarriage has been thereby occasioned.

Right of government department to appear and he heard (0. 55, r. 8)

8. Where an appeal to which this Order applies is against any
order, determination or other decision of a government department,
the department shall be entitled to appear and be heard in the
proceedings on the appeal.





ORDER 58

APPEALS FROM MASTERS

Appeals from certain decisions of masters to a judge in chambers

(0. 58, r. 1)

1. (1) Except as provided by rule 2, Order 5, rule 6, and Order 12,
rule 1, an appeal shall lie to a judge in chambers from any judgment,
order or decision of a master.

(2) The appeal shall be brought by serving on every other party to
the proceedings in which the judgment, order or decision was given or
made a notice to attend before the judge on a day specified in the notice
or as on such other day as may be directed.

(3) Unless the Court otherwise orders, the notice must be issued
within 5 days after the judgment, order or decision appealed against was
given or made and served not less than 2 clear days before the day fixed
for hearing the appeal.

(4) Except so far as the Court may otherwise direct, an appeal
under this rule shall not operate as a stay of the proceedings in which
the appeal is brought.

Appeals from certain decisions of masters to Court of Appeal (0. 58, r.
2)

2. An appeal shall lie to the Court of Appeal from any judgment,
order or decision (other than an interlocutory judgment, order or
decision) of a master, given or made
(HK)(a)on the hearing or determination of any cause, matter, question
or issue tried before him under Order 14, rule 6(2) and Order
36, rule 1;

(b)on an assessment of damages under Order 37 or otherwise; or
(HK)(c)on the hearing or determination of an application under Order
84, rule 3; or
(HK)(d) on the hearing or determination of an application under Order
49B.

Appeal from judgment, etc. of judge in interpleader proceedings

(0. 58, r. 7)

7. (1) Any judgment, order or decision of a judge given or made in
summarily determining under Order 17, rule 5(2)(b) or (e), any question
at issue between claimants in interpleader proceedings shall be final and
conclusive against the claimants and all persons claiming under them
unless leave to appeal to the Court of Appeal is given by the judge or
the Court of Appeal.

(2) Where an interpleader issue is tried by a judge (with or without
a jury), an appeal shall lie to the Court of Appeal, without the leave of
the judge or that Court, from any judgment, order or decision given or
made by the judge on the trial.





(3) The time within which notice of appeal under this rule
must be served shall be the same as in the case of an appeal from an
interlocutory order.

ORDER 59

APPEALS TO THE COURT OF APPEAL

Application of Order to appeals (0. 59, r. 1)
1. This Order applies, subject to the provisions of these rules
with respect to particular appeals, to every appeal to the Court of
Appeal (including so far as it is applicable thereto, any appeal to that
Court from a master or other officer of the Supreme Court or from
any tribunal from which an appeal lies to that Court under or by
virtue of any enactment) not being an appeal for which other
provision is made by these rules and references to 'the court below'
apply to any Court, tribunal or person from which such appeal lies.

Application of Order to applications for new trial (0. 59, r. 2)
2. This Order (except so much of rule 3(1) as provides that an
appeal shall be by way of rehearing and except rule 11(1)) applies to
an application to the Court of Appeal for a new trial or to set aside a
verdict, finding or judgment after trial with or without a jury, as it
applies to an appeal to that Court, and references in this Order to an
appeal and to an appellant shall be construed accordingly.

GENERAL PROVISIONS AS To APPEALS

Notice of appeal (0. 59, r. 3)
3. (1) An appeal to the Court of Appeal shall be by way of
rehearing and must be brought by motion, and the notice of the
motion is referred to in this Order as 'notice of appeal'.
(2) Notice of appeal may be given either in respect of the
whole or in respect of any specified part of the judgment or order of
the court below; and every such notice must specify the grounds of
the appeal and the precise form of the order which the appellant
proposes to ask the Court of Appeal to make.
(3) Except with the leave of the Court of Appeal, a single judge
or the Registrar, the appellant shall not be entitled on the hearing of
an appeal to rely on any grounds of appeal, or to apply for any relief,
not Specified in the notice of appeal.
(5) A notice of appeal must be served on all parties to the
proceedings in the court below who are directly affected by the
appeal; and, subject to rule 8, it shall not be necessary to serve the
notice on parties not so affected.
(6) No notice of appeal shall be given by a respondent in a case
to which rule 6(1) relates.





Time for appealing (0. 59, r. 4)

(HK)4. (1) Except as otherwise provided by these rules, every notice of
appeal must be served under rule 3(5) within the following period
(calculated from the date on which the judgment or order of the court
below was sealed or otherwise perfected), that is to say

(a)in the case of an appeal from an interlocutory order (not being
such an order as is mentioned in sub-paragraph (b)) and in
the case of an appeal from ajudgment or order given or made
under Order 14 or Order 86, 14 days;

(b)in the case of an appeal from an order or decision made or
given in the matter of the winding up of a company, or in the
matter of any bankruptcy, 21 days;

(c) in any other case, 6 weeks.

(3) Where leave to appeal is granted by the Court of Appeal upon
an application made within the time limited for serving notice of appeal
under paragraph (1), a notice of appeal may, instead of being served
within that time, be served within 7 days after the date when leave is
granted.

Setting down appeal (0. 59, r. 5)

5. (1) Within 7 days after the later of (i) the date on which service
of the notice of appeal was effected, or (ii) the date on which the
judgment or order of the Court below was sealed or otherwise perfected,
the appellant must lodge with the Registrar--

(a) a copy of the said judgment or order, and

(b)two copies of the notice of appeal, one of which shall be
indorsed with the amount of the fee paid, and the other
indorsed with a certificate of the date of service of the notice.

(2) Upon the said documents being left, the Registrar shall file one
copy of the notice of appeal and cause the appeal to be set down in the
list of appeals; and the appeal shall come on to be heard according to its
order in that list unless the Court of Appeal or a judge of that Court
otherwise orders.

(4) Within 4 days after an appeal has been set down, the appellant
must give notice to that effect to all parties on whom the notice of
appeal was served.

Respondent's notice (0. 59, r. 6)

6. (1) A respondent who, having been served with a notice of
appeal, desires

(a)to contend on the appeal that the decision of the court below
should be varied, either in any event or in the event of the
appeal being allowed in whole or in part, or

(b)to contend that the decision of the court below should be
affirmed on grounds other than those relied upon by that
court, or





(c)to contend by way of cross-appeal that the decision of the
court below was wrong in whole or in part,

must give notice to that effect, specifying the grounds of his conten-
tion and, in a case to which sub-paragraph (a) or (c) relates, the precise
form of the order which he proposes to ask the Court to make.

(2) Except with the leave of the Court of Appeal or a single
judge or the Registrar, a respondent shall not be entitled on the
hearing of the appeal to apply for any relief not specified in a notice
under paragraph (1) or to rely, in support of any contention, upon
any ground which has not been specified in such a notice or relied
upon by the court below.

(HK)(3) Any notice given by a respondent under this rule (in this
Order referred to as a 'respondent's notice') must be served on the
appellant, and on all parties to the proceedings in the court below
who are directly affected by the contentions of the respondent, and
must be served-

(a)where the notice of appeal related to an interlocutory
order, within 14 days, and

(b) in any other case, within 21 days,

after the service of the notice of appeal on the respondent.

(4) A party by whom a respondent's notice is given must,
within 2 days after service of the notice, furnish 2 copies of the notice
to the Registrar.

Amendment of notice of appeal and respondent's notice (0. 59, r. 7)

7. (1) A notice of appeal or respondent's notice may be
amended-

(a)by or with the leave of the Court of Appeal, a single judge
or the Registrar at any time;

(b)without such leave, by supplementary notice served not
less than three weeks before the date fixed for the hearing
of the appeal.

(2) A party by whom a supplementary notice is served under
this rule must, within 2 days after service of the notice, furnish two
copies of the notice to the Registrar.

Directions of the Court as to service (0. 59, r. 8)

8. (1) The Court of Appeal, or a single judge or the Regis-
trar may in any case direct that a notice of appeal or respondent's
notice be served on any party to the proceedings in the court below
on whom it has not been served, or on any person not party to those
proceedings.

(2) Where a direction is given under paragraph (1) the hearing
of the appeal may be postponed or adjourned for such period and on
such terms as may be just and such judgment may be given and such





order made on the appeal as might have been given or made if the
persons served in pursuance of the direction had originally been
parties.

Documents to he lodged by appellant (0. 59, r. 9)

9. (1) Not less than 7 days before the appeal is likely to be
listed for hearing the appellant must cause to be lodged with the
Registrar the number of copies for which paragraph (2) provides of
each of the following documents, namely-

(a) the notice of appeal;

(b) the respondent's notice;

(c) any supplementary notice served under rule 7;

(d) the judgment or order of the court below;

(e)the originating process by which the proceedings in the
court below were begun, any interlocutory or other related
process which is the subject of the appeal, the pleadings
(including particulars), if any, and, in the case of an appeal
in an Admiralty cause or matter, the preliminary acts, if any;

the transcript of the official shorthand note, if any, of the
judgment or order of the court below or, in the absence of
such a note, the judge's note of his reasons for giving the
judgment or making the order;

(g)such parts of the transcript of the official shorthand note, if
any, of the evidence given in the court below as are relevant
to any question at issue on the appeal or, in the absence of
such a note, such parts of the judge's note of the evidence
as are relevant to any such question;

(h)any list of exhibits made under Order 3 5, rule 11, or the
schedule of evidence, as the case may be;
(HK)(i)such documents, affidavits, exhibits, or parts of exhibits, as
were in evidence in the court below and as are relevant to
any question at issue on the appeal.

(2) Unless otherwise directed the number of copies to be
lodged in accordance with paragraph (1) is three copies except-

(a)where the appeal is to be heard by two judges in which case
it is two copies; or

(b)in the case of an appeal in an Admiralty cause or matter, in
which case it is four copies or, if the Court of Appeal is to
hear the appeal with assessors, six copies.

(M) When the transcripts, if any, referred to in items (f)
and (g) of paragraph (1) have been bespoken by the appellant and
paid for, the number of such transcripts required in accordance
with paragraph (2) shall be sent by the official shorthand writer or
transcriber direct to the Registrar.





(3) At any time after an appeal has been set down in accordance
with rule 5 the Registrar may give such directions in relation to the
documents to be produced at the appeal, and the manner in which they
are to be presented, and as to other matters incidental to the conduct of
the appeal, as appear best adapted to secure the just, expeditious and
economical disposal of the appeal.

(4) The directions referred to in paragraph (3) may be given without
a hearing provided always that the Registrar may at any time issue a
summons requiring the parties to an appeal to attend before him and
any party to an appeal may apply at any time for an appointment before
the Registrar.

General powers of the Court (0. 59, r. 10)

10. (1) In relation to an appeal the Court of Appeal shall have all the
powers and duties as to amendment and otherwise of the High Court.

(2) The Court of Appeal shall have power to receive further
evidence on questions of fact, either by oral examination in court, by
affidavit, or by deposition taken before an examiner, but, in the case of
an appeal from a judgment after trial or hearing of any cause or matter
on the merits no such further evidence (other than evidence as to
matters which have occurred after the date of the trial or hearing) shall
be admitted except on special grounds.

(3) The Court of Appeal shall have power to draw inferences of fact
and to give any judgment and make any order which ought to have been
given or made, and to make such further or other order as the case may
require.

(4) The powers of the Court of Appeal under the foregoing
provisions of this rule may be exercised notwithstanding that no notice
of appeal or respondent's notice has been given in respect of any
particular part of the decision of the court below or by any particular
party to the proceedings in that court, or that any ground for allowing
the appeal or for affirming or varying the decision of that court is not
specified in such a notice; and the Court of Appeal may make any order,
on such terms as the Court thinks just, to ensure the determination on
the merits of the real question in controversy between the parties.

(5) The Court of Appeal may, in special circumstances, order that
such security shall be given for the costs of an appeal as may be just.

(6) The powers of the Court of Appeal in respect of an appeal shall
not be restricted by reason of any interlocutory order from which there
has been no appeal.

(7) Documents impounded by order of the Court of Appeal shall
not be delivered out of the custody of that Court except in compliance
with an order of that Court:

Provided that where a Law Officer or the Crown Prosecutor makes
a written request in that behalf, documents so impounded shall be
delivered into his custody.





(8) Documents impounded by order of the Court of Appeal, while
in the custody of that Court, shall not be inspected except by a person
authorized to do so by an order of that Court.

(9) In any proceedings incidental to any cause or matter pending
before the Court of Appeal, the powers conferred by this rule on the
Court may be exercised by a single judge or the Registrar:

Provided that the said powers of the Court of Appeal shall be
exercisable only by that Court or a single judge in relation to--

(a)the grant, variation, discharge or enforcement of an injunction,
or an undertaking given in lieu of an injunction; and

(b) the grant or lifting of a stay of execution or proceedings.

Powers of the Court as to new trials (0. 59, r. 11)

11. (1) On the hearing of any appeal the Court of Appeal may, if it
thinks fit, make any such order as could be made in pursuance of an
application for a new trial or to set aside a verdict, finding or judgment
of the court below.

(2) The Court of Appeal shall not be bound to order a new trial on
the ground of misdirection, or of the improper admission or rejection of
evidence, or because the verdict of the jury was not taken upon a
question which the judge at the trial was not asked to leave to them,
unless in the opinion of the Court of Appeal some substantial wrong or
miscarriage has been thereby occasioned.

(3) A new trial may be ordered on any question without interfering
with the finding or decision on any other question; and if it appears to
the Court of Appeal that any such wrong or miscarriage as is mentioned
in paragraph (2) affects part only of the matter in controversy, or one or
some only of the parties, the Court may order a new trial as to that part
only, or as to that party or those parties only, and give final judgment as
to the remainder.

(4) In any case where the Court of Appeal has power to order a.
new trial on the ground that damages awarded by ajury are excessive or
inadequate, the Court may, in lieu of ordering a new trial

(a)with the consent of all parties concerned, substitute for the
sum awarded by the jury such sum as appears to the Court to
be proper;

(b)with the consent of the party entitled to receive or liable to
pay the damages, as the case may be, reduce or increase the
sum awarded by the jury by such amount as appears to the
Court to be proper in respect of any distinct head of damages
erroneously included in or excluded from the sum so awarded;

but except as aforesaid the Court of Appeal shall not have power to
reduce or increase the damages awarded by a jury.

(5) A new trial shall not be ordered by reason of the ruling of any
judge that a document is sufficiently stamped or does not require to be
stamped.





Evidence on appeal (0. 59, r. 12)

12. Where any question of fact is involved in an appeal, the
evidence taken in the court below bearing on the question shall, subject
to any direction of the Court of Appeal, or a single judge or the
Registrar, be brought before that Court as follows

(a)in the case of evidence taken by affidavit, by the production
of a true copy of such affidavit;

(b)in the case of evidence given orally, by a copy of so much of
the transcript of the official shorthand note as is relevant or
by a copy of the judge's note, where he has intimated that in
the event of an appeal his note will be sufficient, or by such
other means as the Court of Appeal, or a single judge or the
Registrar, may direct.

Non-disclosure of payment into court (0. 59, r. 12A)

12A. (1) Where

(a)any question on an appeal in an action for a debt, damages or
salvage relates to liability for the debt, damages or salvage or
to the amount thereof, and

(b)money was paid into court under Order 22, rule 1, in the
proceedings in the court below before judgment,

neither the fact of the payment nor the amount thereof shall be stated in
the notice of appeal or the respondent's notice or in any supplementary
notice or be communicated to the Court of Appeal until all such
questions have been decided. This rule shall not apply in the case of an
appeal as to costs only or an appeal in an action to which a defence of
tender before action was pleaded.

(2) For the purpose of complying with this rule the appellant must
cause to be omitted from the copies of the documents lodged by him
under rule 9(d) and (f) every part thereof which states that money was
paid into court in the proceedings in that court before judgment.

Stay of execution, etc. (0. 59, r. 13)

13. (1) Except so far as the court below or the Court of Appeal or a
single judge may otherwise direct

(a)an appeal shall not operate as a stay of execution or of
proceedings under the decision of the court below;

(b)no intermediate act or proceeding shall be invalidated by an
appeal.

(2) On an appeal from the High Court, interest for such time as
execution has been delayed by the appeal shall be allowed unless the
Court otherwise orders.

Applications to the Court of Appeal (0. 59, r. 14)

14. (1) Unless otherwise directed, every application to the Court of
Appeal, a single judge or the Registrar which is not made





ex parte must be made by summons and such summons must be served
on the party or parties affected at least 2 clear days before the day on
which it is heard or, in the case of an application which is made after the
expiration of the time for appealing, at least 7 days before the day on
which the summons is heard.

(2) Unless otherwise directed, any application to the Court of
Appleal for leave to appeal 1 (other than an application made after the
expiration for appealing) must be made ex parte in the first instance but unless
the application and give directions for the service of notice thereof
on the party or parties affected, teh Court shall grant the application.

(3) Where an ex parte application has been refused by the court
below, an application for a similar purpose may be made to the Court of
Appeal ex parte within 7 days after the date of the refusal.

(4) Wherever under these rules an application may be made either
to the court below or to the Court of Appeal, it shall not be made in the
first instance to the Court of Appeal, except where there are special
circumstances which make it impossible or impracticable to apply to the
court below.

(5) Where an application is made to the Court of Appeal with
regard to arbitration proceedings before a judge-arbitrator or
judgeumpire which would, in the case of an ordinary arbitrator or
umpire, be made to the High Court, the provisions of Order 73, rule 5,
shall apply as if, for the words 'the Court', wherever they appear in that
rule, there were substituted the words 'the Court of Appeal' and as if,
for the words 'arbitrator' and 'umpire', there were substituted the
words 'judge-arbitrator' and 'judge-umpire' respectively.

(6) Where an application is made to the Court of Appeal under
section 23(5) of the Arbitration Ordinance (including any application for
leave), notice thereof must be served on the judgearbitrator or judge-
umpire and on any other party to the reference.

(HK)(6A) In this rule 'judge-arbitrator' and 'judge-umpire' mean
ajudge appointed as sole arbitrator or, as the case may be, as umpire by
or by vrtue of an arbitration agreement.

(7) An application, not being an application for leave to appeal,
which may be heard by a single judge, shall, unless otherwise directed,
be heard in chambers.

(8) An application which may under the provisions of this Order be
heard by the Registrar shall be heard in chambers.

(9) The Registrar may refer to a single judge any matter which he
thinks should properly be decided by a single judge, and, following
such reference, the judge may either dispose of the matter or refer it
back to the Registrar with such direction as the single judge thinks fit.

(10) A single judge may refer to the Court of Appeal any matter
which he thinks should properly be decided by that Court, and,











following such reference, that Court may either dispose of the
matter or refer it back to a single judge or the Registrar, with such
directions as that Court thinks fit.

(11) An appeal shall lie to a single judge from any determina-
tion made by the Registrar and shall be brought by way of fresh
application made within 10 days of the determination appealed
against.

(12) An appeal shall lie to the Court of Appeal from any
determination by a single judge, not being the determination of an
application for leave to appeal, and shall be brought by way of fresh
application made within 10 days of the determination appealed
against:

Provided that an appeal shall not lie to the Court of Appeal
without the leave of that Court in respect of a determination of the
Registrar which has been reviewed by a single judge.

Extension of time (0. 59, r. 15)

15. (1) Without prejudice to the power of the Court of Appeal,
a single judge or the Registrar under Order 3, rule 5, to extend or
abridge the time prescribed by any provision of this Order, the period
for serving notice of appeal under rule 4 or for making application
ex parte under rule 14(3) may be extended or abridged by the court
below on application made before the expiration of that period.

SPECIAL PROVISIONS AS TO PARTICULAR APPEALS

Appeal against decree nisi (0. 59, r. 16)

16. (1) The following provisions of this rule shall apply to any
appeal to the Court of Appeal in a matrimonial cause against a
decree nisi of divorce or nullity of marriage.

(2) The period of 6 weeks specified in rule 4 shall be calculated
from the date on which the decree was pronounced and rule 15 shall
not apply in relation to that period.

(3) The appellant must, within the period mentioned in para-
graph (2) produce to the Registrar of civil appeals a sealed copy of
the decree appealed against and leave with him a copy of that decree
and two copies of the notice of appeal (one of which shall be
indorsed with the amount of the fee paid and the other indorsed with
a certificate of the date of service of the notice); and the appeal shall
not be competent unless this paragraph has been complied with.

(4) For the purposes of rule 5 the leaving of the said copies
shall be sufficient for the setting down of the appeal and rule 5(1)
shall not apply.

(5) A party who intends to apply ex parte to the Court of
Appeal to extend the period referred to in paragraphs (2) and (3)
must give notice of his intention to the appropriate Registrar before
the application is made; and where any order is made by the Court





of Appeal extending the said period, it shall be the duty of the Registrar
forthwith to give notice of the making of the order and of the terms
thereof to the appropriate Registrar.

(6) In this rule 'the appropriate Registrar' means-

(a)in relation to a cause pending in a district court, the registrar
of that court.

Appeal from District Court (0. 59, r. 19)

19. (1) The following provisions of this rule shall apply to any
appeal to the Court of Appeal from a District Court other than an appeal
against a decree nisi of divorce or nullity of marriage.

(2) The notice of appeal must be served on the registrar of the
District Court as well as on the party or parties required to be served
under rule 3.

(3) In the relation to the appeal-

(a)rule 4(1) shall have effect as if for the words 'the date on
which the judgment or order of the court below was signed,
entered or otherwise perfected' there were substituted the
words 'the date on which leave to appeal has been granted
under section 63 of the District Court Ordinance'.

(4) It shall be the duty of the appellant to apply to the judge of the
District Court for a signed copy of any note made by him of the
proceedings and of his decision, and to furnish that copy for the use of
the Court of Appeal; and in default of production of such a note, or, if
such note is incomplete, in addition to such note, the Court of Appeal
may hear and determine the appeal on any other evidence or statement
of what occurred before the judge of the District Court which appears to
the Court of Appeal to be sufficient.

Except where the Court of Apeal or a single judge or the Registrar
otherwise directs, an affidavit or note by a person present in the District
Court shall not be used in evidence under this paragraph unless it was
previously submitted to the judge for his comments.

(4A) Rule 12A shall apply in any case where money was paid into
court by the defendant before judgment in district court proceedings in
satisfaction of the plaintiff's cause of action or of one or more causes
joined in one action or on account of a sum admitted by the defendant
to be due to the plaintiff.

(5) Rule 13(1)(a) shall apply subject to the provisions of section 66
of the District Court Ordinance.

Appeals in cases of contempt of court (0. 59, r. 20)

20. (1) In the case of an appeal to the Court of Appeal against an
order of committal or other punishment for contempt of Court made by a
judge of the High Court, the notice of appeal must be served on the
Registrar as well as on the party or parties required to be served under
rule 3.

This paragraph shall not apply in relation to an appeal to which
rule 19 applies.





(2) Where, in the case of such an appeal as is mentioned in
paragraph (1), the appellant is in custody, the Court of Appeal may
order his release on his giving security (whether by recognizance, with
or without sureties, or otherwise and for such reasonable sum as that
Court may fix) for his appearance within 10 days after the judgment of
the Court of Appeal on the appeal shall have been given, before the
court from whose order or decision the appeal is brought unless the
order or decision is reversed by that judgment.

(3) An application for the release of a person under paragraph (2)
pending an appeal to the Court of Appeal must be made by motion, and
the notice of the motion must, at least 24 hours before the day named
therein for the hearing, be served on the Registrar and on all parties to
the proceedings who are directly affected by the appeal.

ORDER 60A

(HK) APPEALS FROM TRIBUNALS TO COURT OF APPEAL ON A
QUESTION OF LAW OTHER THAN BY WAY OF CASE STATED

Application of Order (0. 60A, r. 1)

1. This Order applies to appeals that lie from any tribunal to the
Court of Appeal on a question of law other than by way of case stated.

Notice of appeal from tribunal (0. 60A, r. 2)

2. (1) An appeal to which the Order applies must be brought by
motion, notice of which is referred to in this Order as 'notice of appeal'.

(2) A notice of appeal must specify the grounds of the appeal,
together with the question of law to be decided by the Court of Appeal.

Time for appealing (0. 60A, r. 3)

3. Subject to the provisions of any Ordinance, a notice of appeal
must be served on all parties to the proceedings before the tribunal, and
on the tribunal, within 21 days of the date on which the decision or
order of the tribunal was given.

Setting down appeal (0. 60A, r. 4)

4. (1) The appellant must, within 7 days after service of the notice
of appeal, or within such further time as may be allowed by the
Registrar, produce to the Registrar

(a) a copy of the decision or order of the tribunal;

(b)2 copies of the notice of appeal, one of which shall be
endorsed with the amount of the fee paid, and the other
endorsed with a certificate of the date of service of the notice.





(2) Upon the said documents being left, the Registrar shall file one
copy of the notice of appeal and cause the appeal to be set down in the
list of appeals; and the appeal shall come on to be heard according to
its order in that list unless the Court of Appeal or a single judge or the
Registrar otherwise orders.

Application of Order 59 (0. 60A, r. 5)

5. Order 59, rules 9 and 10 shall, so far as applicable, apply to an
appeal to which this Order applies.

(L.N. 356188)

Duty of Registrar to notify tribunal of result (0. 60A, r. 6)

6. The Registrar shall notify the tribunal of the decision of the
Court of Appeal on the appeal and of any direction given by the Court
therein.

ORDER 61

APPEALS FROM TRIBUNALS TO COURT OF
APPEAL
BY WAY OF CASE STATED

Statement of case by tribunals (0. 61, r. 2)

2. (1) Where any tribunal is empowered or may be required to state
a case on a question of law for determination by the Court of Appeal,
any party to the proceedings who is aggrieved by the tribunal's refusal
to state a case may apply to the Court of Appeal or a single judge of
that Court for an order requiring the tribunal to state a case.

(2) An application under this rule must be made by motion and the
notice of the motion, stating in general terms the grounds of the
application, together with the question of law on which it is desired that
a case shall be stated and any reasons given by the tribunal for its
refusal, must within 21 days after the refusal, be served on the clerk or
registrar of the tribunal and on every other party to the proceedings
before the tribunal.

(3) Within 2 days after service of the notice of motion, the
applicant must lodge two copies of the notice with the Registrar who
shall enter the motion in the list of appeals.

(4) Where a tribunal is ordered under this rule to state a case, the
tribunal must, within such period as may be specified in the order, state
a case stating the facts on which the decision of the tribunal was based
and the decision, sign it and cause it to be sent by post to the applicant.

(4A) Where the decision of the tribunal in respect of which a case
is stated states all the relevant facts found by the tribunal and indicates
the questions of law to be decided by the Court of Appeal, a copy of
the decision signed by the person who presided at the hearing shall be
annexed to the case, and the facts so found and the question of law to
be decided shall be sufficiently stated in the case by referring to the
statement thereof in the decision.





Proceedings on case stated (0. 61, r. 3)

3. (1) The party at whose instance a case has been stated by any
tribunal to which this Order applies must, within 21 days after receiving
the case

(a)serve on every other party to the proceedings before the
tribunal a copy of the case, together with a notice setting out
his contentions on the question of law, and

(b)serve a copy of the notice on the clerk or registrar of the
tribunal.

(2) Within 2 days after service of the notice, the said party must
lodge the case and two copies of the notice with the Registrar who shall
enter the case in the list of appeals, and the case shall not be heard until
after the expiration of 21 days from the date of entry.

(3) Where any enactment under which the case is stated provides
that a government department shall have a right to be heard in the
proceedings on the case, a copy of the case and of the notice served
under paragraph (1) must be served on that department and on the
Attorney General.

(4) On the hearing of the case, the Court of Appeal may amend the
case or order it to be sent back to the tribunal for amendment.

(5) Order 59, rule 10, shall, so far as applicable, apply in relation to
a case stated by a tribunal to which this Order applies.

(6) The Registrar shall notify the clerk or registrar of the tribunal of
the decision of the Court of Appeal on the case and of any directions
given by that Court thereon.

COSTS

ORDER 62

COSTS

PRELIMINARY

Interpretation (0. 62, r. 1)

1. (1) In this Order-

'certificate' includes allocatur;

(HK)'contentious business' means business done, whether as a
solicitor or advocate, in or for the purpose of proceedings begun
before the Court or before an arbitrator appointed under the
Arbitration Ordinance not being common form probate business;

'costs' include fees, charges, disbursements, expenses and
remuneration;





'the Court' means the Supreme Court or any one or more judges
thereof, whether sitting in Court or in chambers, the Registrar or
assistant registrar or master;

(HK)'District Court' means the District Court established under the
provisions of the District Court Ordinance, and any judge of that
court;

(HK)'mentally disordered person' means a person who is so far
disabled in mind or who is so mentally ill or subnormal due to
arrested or incomplete development of mind as to render it either
necessary or expedient that he, either for his own sake or in the
public interest, should be placed and kept under control;

(HK)'non-contentious business' means any business done by and as a
solicitor which is not contentious business;

'taxed costs' means costs taxed in accordance with this Order;

(HK)'taxing master' means the Registrar as taxing master.

(2) In this Order, references to a fund, being a fund out of which
costs are to be paid or which is held by a trustee or personal
representative, include references to any estate or property whether
immovable or personal held for the benefit of any person or class of
persons; and references to a fund held by a trustee or personal
representative include references to any fund to which he is entitled
(whether alone or together with any other person) in that capacity,
whether the fund is for the time being in his possession or not.

Application (0. 62, r. 2)

(HK)2. (1) This Order shall apply to all proceedings in the Court, except
non-contentious or common form probate proceedings and proceedings
in matters of prize.

(2) Where by virtue of any Ordinance the costs of or incidental to
any proceedings before an arbitrator or umpire or before a tribunal or
other body constituted by or under any Ordinance, not being
proceedings in the Supreme Court, are taxable in the High Court, the
following provisions of this Order, that is to say, rule 7(4) and (5), rule
8(6), rules 14 to 16, rule 17(1), rule 18, rule 21 (except paragraph (3)), rules
22 to 26 and rules 33 to 35, shall have effect in relation to proceedings
for taxation of those costs as they have effect in relation to proceedings
for taxation of the costs of or arising out of proceedings in the Supreme
Court.

(3) This Order shall have effect subject to the provisions of the
District Court Ordinance and to any rules made thereunder and to any
other enactment.

(4) The powers and discretion of the Court as to costs under
section 52A of the Ordinance (which provides that the costs of and
incidental to proceedings in the Supreme Court shall be in the discretion
of the Court and that the Court shall have full power to determine by
whom and to what extent the costs are to be paid) and under the
enactments relating to the costs of criminal proceedings to which this
Order applies shall be exercised subject to and in accordance with this
Order.





ENTITLEMENT TO COSTS

When costs to follow the event (0. 62, r. 3)

3. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Order, no party shall be
entitled to recover any costs of or incidental to any proceedings from
any other party to the proceedings except under an order of the Court.

(2) If the Court in the exercise of its discretion sees fit to make
any order as to the costs of or incidental to any proceedings, the
Court shall, subject to this Order, order the costs to follow the event,
except when it appears to the Court that in the circumstances of the
case some other order should be made as to the whole or any part of
the costs.

(3) The costs of and occasioned by any amendment made
without leave in the writ of summons or any pleading shall be borne
by the party making the amendment, unless the Court otherwise
orders.

(4) The costs of and occasioned by any application to extend
the time fixed by these rules, or any direction or order thereunder,
for serving or filing any document or the doing of any other act
(including the costs of any order made on the application) shall be
borne by the party making the application, unless the Court other-
wise orders.

(5) If a party on whom a notice to admit facts is served under
Order 27, rule 2, refuses or neglects to admit the facts within 7 days
after the service on him of the notice or such longer time as may be
allowed by the Court, the costs of proving the facts shall be paid
by him, unless the Court otherwise orders.

(6) If a party-

(a)on whom a list of documents is served in pursuance of any
provision of Order 24, or

(b)on whom a notice to admit documents is served under
Order 27, rule 5,

gives notice of non-admission of any of the documents in accord-
ance with Order 27, rule 4(2) or 5(2) as the case may be, the costs
of proving that document shall be paid by him, unless the Court
otherwise orders.

(7) Where a defendant by notice in writing and without leave
discontinues his counterclaim against any party or withdraws any
particular claim made by him therein against any party, that party
shall, unless the Court otherwise directs, be entitled to his costs of
the counterclaim or his costs occasioned by the claim withdrawn,
as the case may be, incurred to the time of receipt of the notice of
discontinuance or withdrawal.

(8) Where a plaintiff accepts money paid into Court by a
defendant who counterclaimed against him, then, if the notice of
payment given by that defendant stated that he had taken into
account and satisfied the cause of action or, as the case may be,





all the causes of action in respect of which he counterclaimed, that
defendant shall, unless the Court otherwise directs, be entitled to his
costs of the counterclaim incurred to the time of receipt of the notice
of acceptance by the plaintiff of the money paid into court.

(9) Where any person claiming to be a creditor-

(a)seeks to establish his claim to a debt under any judgment
or order in accordance with Order 44, or

(b)comes in to prove his title, debt or claim in relation to a
company in pursuance of any such notice as is mentioned
in Order 102, rule 13,

he shall, if his claim succeeds, be entitled to his costs incurred in
establishing it, unless the Court otherwise directs, and, if his claim or
any part of it fails, may be ordered to pay the costs of any person
incurred in opposing it.

(10) Where a claimant is entitled to costs under paragraph (9),
the amount of the costs shall be fixed by the Court unless it thinks fit
to direct taxation, and the amount fixed or allowed shall be added to
the claimant's debt.

(11) Where a claimant (other than a person claiming to be a.
creditor) having established a claim to be entitled under a judgment
or order in accordance with Order 44 has been served with notice of
the judgment or order pursuant to rule 3 or 15 of that Order, he
shall, if he acknowledges service of the notice be entitled as part of
his costs of action (if allowed) to costs incurred in establishing his
claim, unless the Court otherwise directs; and where such a claimant
fails to establish his claim or any part of it he may be ordered to pay
the costs of any person incurred in opposing it.

(12) Where an application is made in accordance with Order 24,
rule 7A or Order 29, rule 7A, for an order under section 41, 42 or 44
of the Ordinance, the person against whom the order is sought shall
be entitled, unless the Court otherwise directs, to his costs of and
incidental to the application and of complying with any order made
thereon and he may, after giving the applicant 7 days' notice of his
intention to do so, tax such costs and, if they are not paid within
4 days after taxation, sign judgment for them.

Stage of proceedings at which costs to he dealt with (0. 62, r. 4)

4. (1) Costs may be dealt with by the Court at any stage of
the proceedings or after the conclusion of the proceedings; and any
order of the Court for the payment of any costs may, if the Court
thinks fit, and the person against whom the order is made is not an
assisted person, require the costs to be paid forthwith notwith-
standing that the proceedings have not been concluded.

(2) In the case of an appeal the costs of the proceedings giving
rise to the appeal, as well as the costs of the appeal and of the
proceedings connected with it, may be dealt with by the Court
hearing the appeal; and in the case of any proceedings transferred or
removed to the High Court from any other court, the costs of the





whole proceedings, both before and after the transfer or removal, may
(subject to any order of the court ordering the transfer or removal) be
dealt with by the Court to which the proceedings are transferred or
removed.

(3) Where under paragraph (2) the Court makes an order as to the
costs of any proceedings before another court, rules 28, 31 and 32 shall
not apply in relation to those costs, but. except in relation to costs of
proceedings transferred or removed from the District Court, the order

(a) shall specify the amount of the costs to be allowed, or

(b)shall direct that the costs shall be assessed by the court
before which the proceedings took place or taxed by an officer
of that court, or

(c)if the order is made on appeal from the District Court in
relation to proceedings in that court, may direct that the costs
shall be taxed by the taxing master.

Special matters to be taken into account in exercising discretion (0.
62, r. 5)

5. The Court in exercising its discretion as to costs shall, to such
extent, if any, as may be appropriate in the circumstances, take into
account

(a)any such offer of contribution as is mentioned in Order 16,
rule 10, which is brought to its attention in pursuance of a
reserved right to do so;

(b)any payment of money into court and the amount of such
payment;

(c) any written offer made under Order 33, rule 4A(2); and

(d)any written offer made under Order 22, rule 14, provided that
the Court shall not take such an offer into account if, at the
time it is made, the party making it could have protected his
position as to costs by means of a payment into court under
Order 22.

Restriction of discretion to order costs (0. 62, r. 6)

6. (1) Notwithstanding anything in this Order or in section 52A of
the Ordinance

(c)unless the Court is of opinion that there was no reasonable
ground for opposing the will, no order shall be made for the
costs of the other side to be paid by the party opposing a will
in a probate action who has given notice with his defence to
the party setting up the will that he merely insists upon the
will being proved in solemn form of law and only intends to
cross-examine the witnesses produced in support of the will.

(2) Where a person is or has been a party to any proceedings in
the capacity of trustee, personal representative or mortgagee, he





shall, unless the Court otherwise orders, be entitled to the costs of
those proceedings, in so far as they are not recovered from or paid
by any other person, out of the fund held by the trustee or personal
representative or the mortgaged property, as the case may be; and
the Court may otherwise order only on the ground that the trustee,
personal representative or mortgagee has acted unreasonably or, in
the case of a trustee or personal representative, has in substance
acted for his own benefit rather than for the benefit of the fund.

Costs arising from misconduct or neglect (0. 62, r. 7)

7. (1) Where in any cause or matter any thing is done or
omission is made improperly or unnecessarily by or on behalf of a
party, the Court may direct that any costs to that party in respect of
it shall not be allowed to him and that any costs occasioned by it to
other parties shall be paid by him to them.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (1), the
Court shall for the purpose of that paragraph have regard in
particular to the following matters, that is to say-

(a)the omission to do any thing the doing of which would
have been calculated to save costs;

(b)the doing of any thing calculated to occasion, or in a
manner or at a time calculated to occasion, unnecessary
costs;

(c) any unnecessary delay in the proceedings.

(3) The Court may, instead of giving a direction under para-
graph (1) in relation to any thing done or omission made, direct the
taxing master to inquire into it and, if it appears to him that such
a direction as aforesaid should have been given in relation to it,
to act as if the appropriate direction had been given.

(4) The taxing master shall, in relation to any thing done or
omission made in the course of taxation and in relation to any
failure to procure taxation, have the same power to disallow or to
award costs as the Court has under paragraph (1) to direct that costs
shall be disallowed to or paid by any party.

(5) Where a party entitled to costs fails to procure or fails to
proceed with taxation, the taxing master in order to prevent any
other parties being prejudiced by that failure, may allow the party so
entitled a nominal or other sum for costs or may certify the failure
and the costs of the other parties.

Personal liability of solicitor for costs (0. 62, r. 8)

8. (1) Subject to the following provisions of this rule, where
in any proceedings costs are incurred improperly or without reason-
able cause or are wasted by undue delay or by any other misconduct
or default, the Court may make against any solicitor whom it
considers to be responsible whether personally or through a servant
or agent an order-





(a)disallowing the costs as between the solicitor and his client;
and

(b)directing the solicitor to repay to his client costs which the
client has been ordered to pay to other parties to the
proceedings; or

(c)directing the solicitor personally to indemnify such other
parties against costs payable by them.

(2) No order under this rule shall be made against a solicitor
unless he has been given a reasonable opportunity to appear before
the Court and show cause why the order should not be made except
where any proceeding in Court or in chambers cannot conveniently
proceed, and fails or is adjourned without useful progress being
made,-

(a)because of the failure of the solicitor to attend in person or
by a proper representative; or

(b)because of the failure of the solicitor to deliver any
document for the use of the Court which ought to have
been delivered or to be prepared with any proper evidence
or account or otherwise to proceed.

(3) Before making an order under this rule the Court may, if it
thinks fit refer the matter (except in the case of undue delay in the
drawing up of, or in any proceedings under, an order or judgment as
to which the Registrar has reported to the Court) to a taxing master
for inquiry and report and direct the solicitor in the first place to
show cause before the taxing master.

(4) The Court may, if it thinks fit, direct or authorize the
Crown Solicitor to attend and take part in any proceedings or
inquiry under this rule, and may make such order as it thinks fit as
to the payment of his costs.

(5) The Court may direct that notice of any proceedings or
order against a solicitor under this rule shall be given to his client
in such manner as may be specified in the direction.

(6) Where in any proceedings before a taxing master the
solicitor representing any party is guilty of neglect or delay or puts
any other party to any unnecessary expense in relation to those
proceedings, the taxing master may direct the solicitor to pay costs
personally to any of the parties to those proceedings, and where any
solicitor fails to leave his bill of costs [with the documents required
by this Order] for taxation within the time fixed by or under this
Order or otherwise delays or impedes the taxation, then, unless the
taxing master otherwise directs, the solicitor shall not be allowed the
fees to which he would otherwise be entitled for drawing his bill of
costs and for attending the taxation.

(7) If, on the taxation of costs to be paid out of a fund other
than funds provided by the Legislative Council pursuant to section
27 of the Legal Aid Ordinance, one sixth or more of the amount of
the bill for those costs is taxed off, the solicitor whose bill it is shall





not be allowed the fees to which he would otherwise be entitled for
drawing the bill and for attending the taxation.
(8) In any proceeding in which the party by whom the fees
prescribed by any enactment relating to court fees are payable is
represented by a solicitor, if the fees or any part of the fees payable
under the said enactment are not paid as therein prescribed, the
Court may, on the application of the Crown Solicitor by summons.
order the solicitor personally to pay that amount in the manner
so prescribed and to pay the costs of the Crown Solicitor of the
application.

Fractional or gross sums in place of taxed costs (0. 62, r. 9)
9. (1) Subject to this order, where by or under these rules
or any order or direction of the Court costs are to be paid to any
person, that person shall be entitled to his taxed costs.
(2) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to costs which by or under
any order or direction of the Court-
(a)are to be paid to a receiver appointed by the High Court
under section 21L of the Ordinance in respect of his remu-
neration, disbursements or expenses; or
(b) are to be assessed or settled by a taxing master,
but rules 28, 28A, 31 and 32 shall apply in relation to the assessment
or settlement by a taxing master of costs which are to be assessed or
settled as aforesaid as they apply in relation to the taxation of costs
by a taxing master.
(3) Where a writ in an action is endorsed in accordance with
Order 6, rule 2(1)(b), and judgment is entered on failure to give
notice of intention to defend or in default of defence for the amount
claimed for costs (whether alone or together with any other amount
claimed), paragraph (1) of this rule shall not apply to those costs,
but if the amount claimed for costs as aforesaid is paid in accordance
with the indorsement (or is accepted by the plaintiff as if so paid) the
defendant shall nevertheless be entitled to have those costs taxed.
(4) The Court in awarding costs to any person may direct that,
instead of taxed costs, that person shall be entitled-
(a)to a proportion specified in the direction of the taxed costs
or to the taxed costs from or up to a stage of the
proceedings so specified; or
(b)to a gross sum so specified in lieu of taxed costs, but where
the person entitled to such a gross sum is a litigant in
person, rule 28A shall apply with the necessary modifica-
tions to the assessment of the gross sum as it applies to the
taxation of the costs of a litigant in person.

When a party may sign judgment for costs without an order (0. 62,
r. 10)
10. (1) Where a plaintiff by notice in writing and without
leave either wholly discontinues his action against any defendant or





withdraws any particular claim made or question raised by him therein as
against any defendant, the defendant may tax his costs of the action or
his costs occasioned by the matter withdrawn, as the case may be, and,
if the taxed costs are not paid within 4 days after taxation, may sign
judgment for them.

(2) If a plaintiff accepts money paid into court in satisfaction of the
case of action, or all the causes of action, in respect of which he claims,
or if he accepts a sum or sums paid in respect of one or more specified
causes of action and gives notice that he abandons the others, then
subject to paragraph (4) he may, after 4 days from payment out and
unless the Court otherwise orders, tax his costs incurred to the time of
receipt of the notice of payment into court and 48 hours after taxation
may sign judgment for his taxed costs.

(3) Where a plaintiff in an action for libel or slander against several
defendants sued jointly accepts money paid into court by one of the
defendants, he may, subject to paragraph (4), tax his costs and sign
judgment for them against that defendant in accordance with paragraph
(2).

(4) Where money paid into court in an action is accepted by the
plaintiff after the trial or hearing has begun, the plaintiff shall not be
entitled to tax his costs under paragraph (2) or (3).

When order for taxation of costs not required (0. 62, r. 11)

11. (1) Where an action, petition or summons is dismissed with
costs, or a motion is refused with costs, or an order of the Court directs
the payment of any costs, or any party is entitled under rule 10 to tax his
costs, no order directing the taxation of those costs need be made.

(2) Where a summons is taken out to set aside with costs any
proceeding on the ground of irregularity and the summons is dismissed
but no direction is given as to costs, the summons is to be taken as
having been dismissed with costs.

POWERS OF TAXING OFFICERS

Powers of taxing masters to tax costs (0. 62, r. 12)

12. (1) A taxing master shall have power to tax-

(a)the costs of or arising out of any cause or matter in the
Supreme Court;

(b)the costs directed by an award made on a reference to
arbitration under any enactment or pursuant to an arbitration
agreement to be paid; and

(c)any other costs the taxation of which is directed by an order
of the Court.





Powers of certain judicial clerks to tax costs (0. 62, r. 13)

(HK)13. (1) The Chief Judicial Clerk -of the Registry shall have power to
transact all such business and exercise all such authority as under
paragraph (4) of rule 21 of this Order may be transacted and exercised
by the Registrar and to issue a certificate for any costs taxed by him.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not be taken as empowering the Chief
Judicial Clerk to tax any costs in respect of which an appointment to tax
has been given.

a, (3) In exercising the powers conferred on him by this Order, the
Chief Judicial Clerk shall comply with any directions given to him by a
taxing master.

Supplementary powers of taxing masters (0. 62, r. 14)

14. A taxing master may, in the discharge of his functions with
respect to the taxation of costs

(a)take an account of any dealing in money made in connection
with the payment of the costs being taxed, if the Court so
directs;

(b)require any party represented jointly with any other party in
any proceedings before him to be separately represented;

(e) examine any witness in those proceedings;

(d)direct the production of any document which may be relevant
in connection with those proceedings;

(e)correct any clerical mistake in any certificate or order, or any
error arising therein from any accidental slip or omission.

Disposal of business by one taxing master for another (0. 62, r. 15)

15. (1) If, apart from this paragraph, a taxing master has power to
tax any costs, the taxation of which has been assigned to some other
taxing master, he may tax those costs and if, apart from this paragraph,
he has power to issue a certificate for the taxed costs he shall issue a
certificate for them.

(2) Any taxing master may assist any other taxing master in the
taxation of any costs the taxation of which has been assigned to that
other officer.

(3) On an application in that behalf made by a party to any cause or
matter, a taxing master may, and if the circumstances require it shall,
hear and dispose of any application in the cause or matter on behalf of
the taxing master by whom the application would otherwise be heard.





Extension etc., of time (0. 62, r. 16)

16. (1) A taxing master may-

(a)extend the period within which a party is required by or
under this Order to begin proceedings for taxation or to do
anything in or in connection with proceedings before that
master;

(b)extend the period provided by rule 33(2) beyond the
signing of the taxing officer's certificate by setting the
certificate aside;

(c)where no period is specified by or under this Order or by
the Court for the doing of anything in or in connection
with such proceedings, specify the period within which the
thing is to be done.

(2) Where an order of the Court specifies a period within
which anything is to be done by or before a taxing master, then
unless the Court otherwise directs, the taxing master may from time
to time extend the period so specified on such terms (if any) as he
thinks just.

(3) A taxing master may extend any such period as is referred
to in the foregoing provisions of this rule although the application
for extension is not made until after the expiration of that period.

Interim certificates (0. 62, r. 17)

17. (1) A taxing master may from time to time in the course
of the taxation of any costs by him issue an interim certificate for any
part of those costs which has been taxed.

(2) If, in the course of the taxation of a solicitor's bill to his
own client, it appears to the taxing master that in any event the
solicitor will be liable in connection with that bill to pay money to
the client, he may from time to time issue an interim certificate
specifying an amount which in his opinion is payable by the solicitor
to his client.

(3) On the filing of a certificate issued under paragraph (2), the
Court may order the amount specified therein to be paid forthwith
to the client or into court.

Power of taxing master where party liable to be paid and to pay
costs (0. 62, r. 18)

18. Where a party entitled to be paid costs is also liable to pay
costs, the taxing master may-

(a)tax the costs which that party is liable to pay and set off the
amount allowed against the amount he is entitled to be
paid and direct payment of any balance, or

(b)delay the issue of a certificate for the costs he is entitled to
be paid until he has paid or tendered the amount he is
liable to pay.





Taxation of bill of costs comprised in account (0. 62, r. 19)

19. (1) Where the Court directs an account to be taken and the
account consists in part of a bill of costs, the Court may direct a taxing
master to tax those costs and the taxing master shall tax the costs in
accordance with the direction and shall return the bill of costs, after
taxation thereof, together with his report thereon to the Court.

(2) A taxing master taxing a bill of costs in accordance with a
direction under this rule shall have the same powers, and the same fees
shall be payable in connection with the taxation, as if an order for
taxation of the costs had been made by the Court.

PROCEDURE ON TAXATION

Mode of beginning proceedings for taxation (0. 62, r. 21)

(HK)21. (1) A party entitled to require any costs to be taxed shall file in
the Court his bill of costs and shall obtain from the taxing master an
appointment to tax.

(HK)(2) Not less than 7 days' notice of such appointment to tax together
with a copy of the bill of costs shall be served by such person on every
person entitled to be heard on taxation.

(HK)(3) Except where an order for the taxation of the bill of costs of a
solicitor is made under section 67 of the Legal Practitioners Ordinance at
the instance of the solicitor, it shall not be necessary for a copy of the
bill of costs or of the notice of appointment to tax to be sent to any
party who has not acknowledged service in the proceedings which gave
rise to the taxation.

(HK)(4) In proceedings for the taxation of costs of, or arising out
of, a cause or mattwhich the amount of the bill of costs does
not
exceed the sum 0 the taxing master may by notice inform
the party commencing the proceedings for taxation the amount
which the taxing master proposes to allow in respect of the costs to
be taxed and further the taxing master shall not give any notice
under paragraph (2) unless, within 14 days after serving notice of the
amount he proposes to allow, any person entitled to be heard on
taxation applies to the taxing master for an appointment to tax.

(HK)(5) A party must, when he files his bill of costs, deposit with the
Court an amount equivalent to the taxing fee which would be payable if
the bill were to be allowed in full. When the taxing master signs a
certificate, the balance of the sum so deposited, if any, after deducting
the prescribed taxing fee, shall be repaid to the party who deposited
such amount.

Delay in filing of bill of costs (0. 62, r. 22)

(HK)22. (1) If, within one month after an order of the Court requiring the
payment of any costs to be taxed, the person entitled to





payment thereof has neither agreed the amount of such costs with
the person liable to pay the same nor served upon such person a
notice of appointment to tax in accordance with rule 21, the taxing
master, on the application of the person liable to pay such costs and
on not less than 7 days' notice to the person entitled to payment
thereof, may order that the person entitled to payment of the costs
shall proceed to taxation in accordance with rule 21 within such
period as the taxing master may order.

(2) If within the period ordered by the taxing master or any
extension thereof granted by a taxing master, notice of appointment
to tax has not been served in accordance with rule 21 and the
amount due has not been agreed between the parties, the order of the
Court requiring payment of the costs shall thereupon be wholly
discharged.

(3) On any order in accordance with paragraph (1) and on the
taxation of a bill of costs, whether or not an order has been made
under paragraph (1), the taxing master, if he is satisfied that there
has been undue delay in the filing of the bill of costs or in the service
of the notice of appointment to tax, may make such order as he shall
consider appropriate as to the costs of any application or of any
order or as to the costs of the taxation and may disallow any item
contained in the bill of costs.

Deposit of papers and vouchers (0. 62, r. 23)

23. (1) Not less than 2 days before the date appointed for
taxation, the person who filed the bill of costs in accordance with
rule 21 shall deposit with the taxing master all papers and vouchers
relating to the items contained in the bill of costs.

(2) If by reason of the failure of such person to deposit such
papers and vouchers the taxation is adjourned, the taxing master
may make such order as to costs thrown away by such adjournment
as he may consider appropriate.

Notice of taxation (0. 62, r. 24)

24. (1) If, at the date and time of an appointment to tax, a
person entitled to be heard upon such taxation does not appear
before the taxing master in person or by his solicitor, the taxing
master, on being satisfied that notice of the appointment to tax and
a copy of the bill of costs were duly served on such person in
accordance with rule 21, may proceed to taxation of the bill of costs
in the absence of such person or of his representative.

(2) If notice of the appointment to tax and the copy of the bill
of costs were not served upon such person, the taxing master shall
adjourn the taxation for such period as he may consider necessary to
enable service of the notice of the adjourned appointment to tax and
of the bill of costs to be effected on such person and may make such
order as he may consider appropriate in relation to costs thrown
away by such adjournment.





Provisions as to hills of costs (0. 62, r. 25)

25. (1) In any solicitor's bill of costs the professional charges
and the disbursements must be entered in separate columns and
every column must be cast before the bill is left for taxation.

(2) Before a solicitor's bill of costs is left for taxation it must
be indorsed with the name or firm and business address of the
solicitor whose bill it is.

Power to adjourn (0. 62, r. 26)

26. (2) The taxing master by whom any taxation proceedings
are being conducted may, if he thinks it necessary to do so, adjourn
those proceedings from time to time.

Powers of taxing master taxing costs payable out of fund (0. 62, r. 27)

27. (1) Where any costs are to be paid out of a fund the taxing
master may give directions as to the parties who are entitled to
attend on the taxation of those costs and may disallow the costs of
attendance of any party not entitled to attend by virtue of the
directions and whose attendance he considers unnecessary.

(2) Where the Court has directed that a bill of costs be taxed
for the purpose of being paid out of a fund the taxing master by
whom the bill is being taxed may, if he thinks fit, adjourn the
taxation for a reasonable period and direct the party whose bill it is
to sent to any person having an interest in the fund a copy of the bill,
or of any part thereof, free of charge together with a letter contain-
ing the following information, that is to say-

(a)that the bill of costs, a copy of which or of part of which is
sent with the letter, has been referred to a taxing master for
taxation;

(b)the name of the taxing master and the address of the office
at which the taxation is proceeding;

(e)the time appointed by the taxing master at which the
taxation will be continued; and

(d)such other information, if any, as the taxing master may
direct.

ASSESSMENT OF COSTS

Costs payable to one party by another or out of a fund (0. 62, r. 28)

28. (1) This rule applies to costs which by or under these rules
or any order or direction of the Court are to be paid to a party to any
proceedings either by another party to those proceedings or out of
any fund (other than a fund which the party to whom the costs are to
be paid holds as trustee or personal representative).





(2) Subject to the following provisions of this rule, costs to
which this rule applies shall be taxed on the party and party basis,
and on a taxation on that basis there shall be allowed all such costs
as were necessary or proper for the attainment of justice or for
enforcing or defending the rights of the party whose costs are being
taxed.

(3) The Court in awarding costs to which this rule applies may
in any case in which it thinks fit to do so order or direct that the costs
shall be taxed on the common fund basis.

(4) On a taxation on the common fund basis, being a more
generous basis than that provided for by paragraph (2), there shall
be allowed a reasonable amount in respect of all costs reasonably
incurred, and paragraph (2) shall not apply; and accordingly in all
cases where costs are to be taxed on the common fund basis the
ordinary rules applicable on a taxation as between solicitor and
client where the costs are to be paid out of a common fund in which
the client and others are interested shall be applied, whether or not
the costs are in fact to be so paid.

(5) The Court in awarding costs to which this rule applies to
any person may if it thinks fit and if-

(a) the costs are to be paid out of a fund, or

(b)the person to whom the costs are to be paid is or was a
party to the proceedings in the capacity of trustee or
personal representative,

order or direct that the costs shall be taxed as if that person were a
trustee of the fund or as if the costs were to be paid out of a fund
held by that person, as the case may be, and where the Court so
orders or directs rule 31(2) shall have effect in relation to the
taxation in substitution for paragraph (2) of this rule.

(6) The foregoing provisions of this rule shall be without
prejudice to the powers of the Court under section 43 of the District
Court Ordinance (which empowers the Court in relation to an
action began in the Court which could have been begun in the
District Court to make an order in certain circumstances allowing
the costs on such one of the District Court scales and under such
one of the columns in the scale as the order may direct).

Costs of a litigant in person (0. 62, r. 28A)

28A. (1) On a taxation of the costs of a litigant in person
there may, subject to the provisions of this rule, be allowed such
costs as would have been allowed if the work and disbursements to
which the costs relate had been done or made by a solicitor on the
litigant's behalf.

(2) The amount allowed in respect of any item shall be such
sum as the taxing master thinks fit not exceeding, except in the case
of a disbursement. two-thirds of the sum which in the opinion of the
taxing master would have been allowed in respect of that item if the
litigant had been represented by a solicitor.





(3) Where in the opinion of the taxing master the litigant has not
suffered any pecuniary loss in doing any work to which the costs relate,
he shall not be allowed in respect of the time reasonably spent by him
on the work more than $200 an hour.

(4) A litigant who is allowed costs in respect of attending court to
conduct his own case shall not be entitled to a witness allowance in
addition.

(5) Nothing in Order 6, rule 2(1)(b), or rule 32(4) of this Order or the
Second Schedule to this Order shall apply to the costs of a litigant in
person.

(6) For the purposes of this rule a litigant in person does not
include a litigant who is a practising solicitor.

Costs payable to a solicitor by his own client (0. 62, r. 29)

29. (1) On the taxation of a solicitor's bill to his own client (except a
bill to be paid out of funds provided by the Legislative Council
pursuant to section 27 of the Legal Aid Ordinance, or a bill with respect
to non-contentious business) all costs shall be allowed except in so far
as they are of an unreasonable amount or have been unreasonably
incurred.

(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1), all costs incurred with the
express or implied approval of the client shall.. subject to paragraph (3),
be conclusively presumed to have been reasonably incurred and, where
the amount thereof has been expressly or impliedly approved by the
client, to have been reasonable in amount.

(3) For the purposes of paragraph (1), any costs which in the
circumstances of the case are of an unusual nature and such that they
would not be allowed on a taxation of costs in a case to which rule 28(2)
applies, shall, unless the solicitor expressly informed his client before
they were incurred that they might not be so allowed., be presumed,
until the contrary is shown, to have been unreasonably incurred.

(4) In paragraphs (2) and (3), the references to the client shall be
construed

(a)if the client was at the material time a mentally disordered
person within the meaning of the Mental Health Ordinance
and represented by a person acting as guardian ad litem or
next friend, as references to that person acting, where
necessary, with the authority of the Court;

(b)if the client was at the material time a minor and represented
by a person acting as guardian ad litem or next friend, as
references to that person.

Costs payable to solicitor where money recovered by or on behalf of
infant, etc. (0. 62, r. 30)

-30. (1) This rule applies to-

(a)any proceedings in which money is claimed or recovered by
or on behalf of, or adjudged or ordered or agreed to be





paid to, or for the benefit of, a person who is a minor or
a mentally disordered person within the meaning of the
Mental Health Ordinance or in which money paid into
court is accepted by or on behalf of such a person; and

(b)any proceedings under the Fatal Accidents Ordinance, in
which money is recovered by or on behalf of, or adjudged
or ordered or agreed to be paid to, or for the benefit of, the
widow of the person whose death gave rise to the proceed-
ings in satisfaction of a claim under the said Ordinance or
in which money paid into court is accepted by her or on her
behalf in satisfaction of such a claim, if the proceedings
were for the benefit also of a person who, when the money
is recovered, or adjudged or ordered or agreed to be paid,
or accepted, is a minor; and

(e)any proceedings in the Court of Appeal on an application
or appeal made in connection with any such proceedings to
which this rule applies by virtue of the foregoing provisions
of this paragraph.

(2) Unless the Court otherwise directs the costs payable to his
solicitor by any plaintiff in any proceedings to which this rule applies
by virtue of paragraph (1)(a) or (b), being the costs of those
proceedings or incident to the claim therein or consequent thereon,
shall be taxed under rule 29; and no costs shall be payable to the
solicitor of any plaintiff in respect of those proceedings, except such
amount of costs as may be certified in accordance with this rule on
the taxation under rule 29 of the solicitor's bill to that plaintiff.

(3) On the taxation under rule 29 of a solicitor's bill to any
plaintiff in any proceedings to which this rule applies by virtue of
paragraph (1)(a) or (b) who is his own client, the taxing master shall
also tax any costs payable to that plaintiff in those proceedings and
shall certify---

(a)the amount allowed on the taxation under rule 29, the
amount allowed on that taxation of any costs payable to
the plaintiff in those proceedings and the amount (if any),
by which the first-mentioned amount exceeds the other,
and

(b)where necessary, the proportion of the amount of the
excess payable respectively by, or out of money belonging
to, any party to the proceedings who is a minor or a
mentally disordered person within the meaning of the
Mental Health Ordinance or the widow of the man whose
death gave rise to the proceedings and any other party.

(4) Paragraphs (2) and (3) shall apply in relation to any
proceedings to which this rule applies by virtue of paragraph (1)(c)
as if for references to a plaintiff there were substituted references
to the party, whether appellant or respondent, who was the
plaintiff in the proceedings which gave rise to the first-mentioned
proceedings.





(5) Nothing in the foregoing provisions of this rule shall
prejudice a solicitor's lien for costs.

(6) Where in any proceedings to which this rule applies
directions given by the Court under Order 80, rule 12 provide for
the transfer or payment of money to or into a District Court and for
the payment to the solicitor of any plaintiff in the proceedings of an
amount in respect of costs out of the money so transferred or paid,
the taxing master by whom those costs are taxed shall send a copy of
his certificate to the registrar of the District Court.

(7) The foregoing provisions of this rule shall apply in relation
to-

(a)a counterclaim by or on behalf of a person who is a minor
or a mentally disordered person within the meaning of the
Mental Health Ordinance and a counterclaim consisting of
or including a claim under the Fatal Accidents Ordinance
by or on behalf of the widow of the man whose death gave
rise to the claim; and

(b)a claim made by or on behalf of a person who is a minor
or a mentally disordered person as aforesaid in an action
by any other person for relief under section 504 of the
Merchant Shipping Act, 1894, and a claim consisting of or
including a claim under the Fatal Accidents Ordinance
made by or on behalf of that widow in such an action,

as if for references to a plaintiff there were substituted references to a
defendant.

Costs payable to a trustee out of the trust funds, etc. (0. 62, r. 3 1)

31. (1) This rule applies to every taxation of the costs which a
person who is or has been a party to any proceedings in the capacity
of trustee or personal representative is entitled to be paid out of any
fund which he holds in that capacity.

(2) On any taxation to which this rule applies, no costs shall be
disallowed except in so far as those costs or any part of their amount
should not, in accordance with the duty of the trustee or personal
representative as such, have been incurred or paid, and should for
that reason be borne by him personally.

Scales of costs (0. 62, r. 32)

32. (1) Subject to the foregoing rules and the following
provisions of this rule, the scale of costs contained in the First
Schedule of this Order, together with the notes and general pro-
visions contained in that Schedule, shall apply to the taxation of all
costs incurred in relation to contentious business done after the
commencement of these rules.

(2) On a taxation in relation to which rule 29 or rule 31(2) has
effect and in other special cases costs may at the discretion of the
taxing master be allowed-





(a) in relation to items not mentioned in the said scale; or

(b) of an amount higher than that prescribed by the said scale.

(3) Where the amount of a solicitor's remuneration in respect of non-
contentious business connected with sales, purchases, leases,
mortgages and other matters of conveyancing or in respect of any other
non-contentious business is regulated [in the absence of agreement to
the contrary] by any rules for the time being in force under the Legal
Practitioners Ordinance, the amount of the costs to be allowed on
taxation in respect of the like contentious business shall be the same,
notwithstanding anything in the scale contained in the First Schedule.

(4) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), costs shall, unless the Court
otherwise orders, be allowed in the cases to which the Second Schedule
to this Order applies in accordance with the provisions of that Schedule.

REVIEW

Application to taxing master for review (0. 62, r. 33)

33. (1) Any party to any taxation proceedings who is dissatisfied
with the allowance or disallowance in whole or in part of any item by a
taxing master, or with the amount allowed by a taxing master in respect
of any item, may apply to the taxing master to review his decision in
respect of that item.

(2) An application under this rule for review of a taxing master's
decision may be made at any time within 14 days after that decision or
such shorter period as may be fixed by the taxing master:

Provided that no application under this rule for review of a
decision in respect of any item may be made after the signing of the
taxing master's certificate dealing finally with that item.

(3) Every applicant for review under this rule must at the time of
making his application deliver to the taxing master objections in writing
specifying by a list the items or parts of items the allowance or
disallowance of which or the amount allowed in respect of which, is
objected to and stating concisely the nature and grounds of the
objection in each case, and must deliver a copy of the objections to
each other party (if any) who attended on the taxation of those items or
to whom the taxing master directs that a copy of the objections shall be
delivered.

(4) Any party to whom a copy of the objections is delivered under
this rule may, within 14 days after delivery of the copy to him or such
shorter period as may be fixed by the taxing master, deliver to the taxing
master answers in writing to the objections stating concisely the
grounds on which he will oppose the objections, and shall at the same
time deliver a copy of the answers to the party applying for review and
to each other party (if any) to whom a copy of the objections has been
delivered or to whom the taxing master directs that a copy of the
answers shall be delivered.





(5) An application under this rule for review of the taxing master's
decision in respect of any item shall not prejudice the power of the
taxing master under rule 17 to issue an interim certificate in respect of
items his decision as to which is not objected to.

Review by taxing master (0. 62, r. 34)

(HK)34. (1) A review under rule 33 shall be carried out by the taxing
master to whom the taxation was originally assigned.

(2) On reviewing any decision in respect of any item, a taxing
master may receive further evidence and may exercise all the powers
which he might exercise on an original taxation in respect of that item,
including the power to award costs of and incidental to the proceedings
before him; and any costs awarded by him to any party may be taxed by
him and may be added to or deducted from any other sum payable to or
by that party in respect of costs.

(3) On a hearing of a review under rule 33 a party to whom a copy
of objections was delivered under paragraph (4) of that rule shall be
entitled to be heard in respect of any item to which the objections relate
notwithstanding that he did not deliver written answers to the
objections under that paragraph.

(4) A taxing master who has reviewed a decision in respect of any
item shall issue his certificate accordingly and, if requested to do so by
any party to the proceedings before him, shall state in his certificate or
otherwise in writing by reference to the objections to that decision the
reasons for his decision on the review, and any special facts or
circumstances relevant to it. A request under this paragraph must be
made within 14 days after the review or such shorter period as may be
fixed by the taxing master.

Review of taxing master's certificate by a judge (0. 62, r. 35)

35. (1) Any party who is dissatisfied with the decision of a taxing
master to allow or to disallow any item in whole or in part on review
under rule 33 or 34, or with the amount allowed in respect of any item by
a taxing master on any such review, may apply to a judge for an order to
review the taxation as to that item or part of an item if, but only if, one of
the parties to the proceedings before the taxing master requested that
officer in accordance with rule 34(4) to state the reasons for his decision
in respect of that item or part on the review.

(2) An application under this rule for review of a taxing master's
decision in respect of any item may be made at any time within 14 days
after the taxing master's certificate in respect of that item is signed, or
such longer time as the taxing master at the time when he signs the
certificate, or the Court at any time, may allow.

(3) An application under this rule shall be made by summons and
shall, except where the judge thinks fit to adjourn into court, be heard in
chambers.





(4) Unless the judge otherwise directs, no further evidence shall be
received on the hearing of an application under this rule, and no ground
of objection shall be raised which was not raised on the review by the
taxing master but, save as aforesaid, on the hearing of any such
application the judge may exercise all such powers and discretion as are
vested in the taxing master in relation to the subjectmatter of the
application.

(5) If the judge thinks fit to exercise in relation to an application
under this rule the power of the Court to appoint assessors under
section 53 of the Ordinance, the judge shall appoint not less than 2
assessors, of whom one shall be a taxing master.

(6) On an application under this rule the judge may make such order
as the circumstances require, and in particular may order the taxing
master's certificate to be amended or, except where the dispute as to the
item under review is as to amount only, order the item to be remitted to
the same or another taxing master for taxation.

(7) In this rule 'judge' means a judge in person.

FIRST SCHEDULE (rule 32.1

PART 1

SCALE OF COSTS

item Particulars Charges

1. Mechanical preparation of documents-

(a) for the top copy, per page-

(i) quarto size or above .......................................................

(ii) less than quarto size ...........................
$30

(b) for additional copies, either by photographic means, printing,
carbon or any other method, per page of whatever size
$3
2......................................Attendance suitable for unqualified staff, such as for filing of
documents, delivery or collection of papers and to make appoint-
ments, whether such attendance are made by qualified or un-
qualified persons, for each attendance
$100

3.Attendance for necessary search and inquiries-such fee as the
Registrar thinks proper but not less than $100 for each
attendance.

4.Service of any documents---such fee as the Registrar thinks
proper but not less than $50 in each case.

5.The Registrar may allow such fee as he thinks proper in respect
of every other matter or thing not hereinbefore specially
mentioned

Note to item 5: This item is intended to cover

(a)the doing of any work not otherwise provided for and which
was properly done in preparing for a trial, hearing or appeal,
or before a settlement of the matters in dispute, including--

(i) The client: taking instructions to sue, defend,






counterclaim, appeal or oppose etc.; attending upon and
corresponding with client;





Item Particulars Charges

(ii) Witnesses: interviewing and corresponding with
witnesses and potential witnesses, taking and preparing
proofs of evidence and, where appropriate, arranging
attendance at Court, including issue of subpoena;

(iii) Expert evidence: obtaining and considering reports or
advice from experts and plans, photographs and models;
where appropriate arranging their attendance at Court,
including issue of subpoena;

(iv) Inspections: inspecting any property or place
material to the proceedings;

(v) Searches and Inquiries: making searches in
Government Registries and elsewhere for relevant
documents;

(vi) Special damages: obtaining details of special
damages and making or obtaining any relevant calculations;

(vii) Other parties: attending upon and corresponding
with other parties or their solicitors;

(viii) Discovery: perusing, considering or collating
documents for affidavit or list of documents; attending to
inspect or produce for inspection any documents required to
be produced or inspected by order of the Court or by virtue
of Order 24;

(ix) Documents: drafting, perusing, considering and
collating any relevant documents (including pleadings,
affidavits, cases and instructions to and advice from counsel,
orders and judgments) and any law involved;

(x) Negotiations: work done in connection with
negotiations with a view to settlement;

(xi) Attendances: attendances at Court (whether in Court
or chambers) for the hearing of any summons or other
application, on examination of any witness, on the trial or
hearing of a cause or matter, on any appeal and on delivery
of any judgment; attendances on counsel in conference, and
any other necessary attendances;

(xii) Interest: where relevant the calculation of interest
on damages; and

(xiii) Notices: preparation and service of miscellaneous
notices, including notices to witnesses to attend court; and

(b) the general care and conduct of the proceedings.

PART 11

GENERAL

Discretionary costs

1. (1) Where in the foregoing provisions of this Schedule there is entered in
the third column against any item specified in the second column an upper and a
lower sum of money, the amount of costs to be allowed in respect of that item
shall (subject to any order of the Court fixing the costs to be allowed) be in the
discretion of the taxing master, within the limits of the sums so entered.







(2) In exercising his discretion under this paragraph or under rule 32(2) in
relation to any item, the taxing master shall have regard to all relevant
circumstances, and in particular to

(a)the complexity of the item or of the cause or matter in which it arises
and the difficulty or novelty of the questions involved;

(b)the skill, specialized knowledge and responsibility required of, and the
time and labour expended by, the solicitor or counsel;

(e)the number and importance of the documents (however brief) prepared or
perused;





(d) the place and circumstances in which the business involved is transacted;

(e) the importance of the cause or matter to the client;

(1) where money or property is involved, its amount or value;

(g)any other fees and allowances payable to the solicitor or counsel in
respect of other items in the same cause or matter, but only where work
done in relation to those items has reduced the work which would
otherwise have been necessary in relation to the item in question.

Fees to counsel

2. (1) Except in the case of taxation under the Legal Aid Ordinance and
taxations of fees payable by the Crown, no fee to counsel shall be allowed unless

(a)before taxation its amount has been agreed by the solicitor instructing
counsel; and

(b)before the taxing master issues his certificate a receipt for the fees signed
by counsel is produced to him.

(2) No retaining fee to counsel shall be allowed on any taxation of costs in
relation to which rule 28(2) has effect.

(3) No costs shall be allowed in respect of counsel appearing before a master in
chambers, or of more counsel than one appearing before a judge in chambers, unless
the master or judge, as the case may be, has certified the attendance as being proper
in the circumstances of the case.

(4) A refresher fee, the amount of which shall be in the discretion of the
taxing master, shall be allowed to counsel, either for each period of five hours (or
part thereof), after the first, during which a trial or hearing is proceeding or, at the
discretion of the taxing master, in respect of any day, after the first day, on which
the attendance of counsel at the place of trial is necessary.

(HK)(5) Every fee paid to counsel shall be allowed in full on taxation, unless the
taxing master is satisfied that the same is excessive and unreasonable, in which
event the taxing master shall exercise his discretion having regard to all the
relevant circumstances and in particular to the matters set out in paragraph 1(2).

Items to be authorized, certified etc.

4. (1) In an action arising out of an accident on land due to a collision or
apprehended collision, the costs of preparing a plan (other than a sketch plan) of
the place where the accident happened shall not be allowed unless

(a) before the trial the Court authorized the preparation of the plan, or

(b)notwithstanding the absence of an authorization under sub-paragraph (a)
the taxing officer is satisfied that it was reasonable to prepare the plan for
use at the trial.

(2) The costs of calling an expert witness with regard to any question as to
which a court expert is appointed under Order 40 (or a scientific adviser is
appointed under Order 103 rule 27) shall riot be allowed on a taxation of costs in
relation to which rule 28(2) or (3) has effect unless the Court at the trial has
certified that the calling of the witness was reasonable.

(3) If any action or claim for a declaration under section 8(1) of the Registra
tion of Patents Ordinance proceeds to trial, no costs shall be allowed to the parties
delivering any particulars of breaches or particulars of objection in respect of any
issues raised in those particulars and relating to that patent except in so far as those
issues or particulars have been certified by the Court to have been proven or to
have been reasonable and proper.







Attendances in Chambers---equity jurisdiction

5. (1) The following provisions of this paragraph apply in relation to every
hearing in chambers in the equity jurisdiction of the Court,





(3) Where on any such hearing as aforesaid the Court certifies that the speedy
and satisfactory disposal of the proceedings required and received from the solicitor
engaged in them exceptional skill and labour in the preparation for the hearing, the
taxing master in taxing the costs to be allowed for instructions in relation to the
summons or application shall take the certificate into account.

Copies of documents

7. (1) There shall be allowed for printing copies of any document the amount
properly paid to the printer, and where any part of a document is properly printed
in a foreign language or as a facsimile or in any unusual or special manner, or
where any alteration becomes necessary after the first proof of the document,
there shall be allowed such an amount as the taxing master thinks reasonable, such
amount to include any attendances on the printer.

(2) The solicitor for a party entitled to take printed copies of any documents
shall be allowed the amount he pays for such number of copies as he necessarily or
properly takes.

(3) The allowance for printed copies of documents under item 1 of Part 1 of
this Schedule shall be made in addition to the allowances under the foregoing
provisions of this paragraph and shall, subject to sub-paragraph (4), be made for
such printed copies as may be necessary or proper

(a) of any pleading, for service on the opposite party;

(b) of any special case, for filing;

(e) of any pleading or special case, for the use of the Court;

(d) of any affidavit, for attestation in print;

(e) of any pleading, special case or evidence for the use of counsel in court;
or

(f)of any other document necessarily and properly copied and not otherwise
provided for.

(4) The allowance under item 1 of Part 1 shall not be made in relation to
printed copies of documents for the use of the Court or of counsel where written
copies have been made before printing, and shall not be made more than once in
the same cause or matter.

SECOND SCHEDULE [rule 32.1

FIXED COSTS

For the purposes of this Schedule there shall be five Scales, namely

Scale Applicable Sum of Money
Scale I Exceeding 50 but not exceeding 200

Scale II Exceeding 200 but not exceeding 500
Scale 111 Exceeding 500 but not exceeding $2,000
Scale IV Exceeding $2,000 but not exceeding $5,000
Scale V Exceeding $5,000

The Scale of Costs in garnishee
proceedings shall be determined

(a)as regards the costs of the
judgment creditor, by the
amount recovered against the
garnishee; and







(b)as regards the costs of the
garnishee or the judgment
debtor, by the amount claimed
by the judgment creditor in the
garnishee proceedings.





PART 1

COSTS ON JUDGMENT WITHOUT TRIAL FOR A LIQUIDATED SUM

1. The scale of costs set out in Part 11 of this Schedule (which includes the
scale prescribed pursuant to section 72 of the District Court Ordinance) shall apply
in relation to the following cases if the writ of summons therein was issued after 1
January 1966, and was indorsed with a claim for a debt or liquidated demand only,
that is to say

(a)cases in which the defendant pays the amount claimed within the time and
in the manner required by the indorsement of the writ;

(b)cases in which the plaintiff obtains judgment on failure to give notice of
intention to defend under Order 13, rule 1, or judgment in default of
defence under Order 19, rule 2;

(c)cases in which the plaintiff obtains judgment under Order 14, rule 3, either
unconditionally or unless that sum is paid into court or to the plaintiff`s
solicitors.

2. Notwithstanding anything in paragraph 1 of this Schedule or in the said
scale, no costs shall be allowed in any case to which the said paragraph 1 applies
unless

(a) the Court orders costs to be allowed; or

(b)in a case to which sub-paragraph (b) of paragraph 1 applies, judgment or
an order for judgment, as the case may be, is obtained within 28 days after
the service of the writ or within such further time as the Court may allow.

3. In every case to which the said scale applies there shall be added to the basic
costs set out in the said scale the fee which would have been payable on the issue of
a writ for the amount recovered.

PART 11

SCALE OF COSTS

Item Scale

Basic Costs
To be allowed in cases under-
sub-paragraph (a) of paragraph 1 400.00
sub-paragraph (b) of paragraph 1 505.00
sub-paragraph (c) of paragraph 1 650.00

Additional Costs

1. For each additional defendant after the first 65.00
1 Where substituted service is ordered and effected, for each defendant
served 500.00

3. Where service out of the jurisdiction is ordered and effected 225.00
4. In the case of judgment in default of defence or judgment under Order
14, rule 3, where notice of intention to defend is given after the time
limited therefor and the plaintiff makes an affidavit of service for the
purpose of a judgment on failure to give notice of intention to defend
(the allowance to include the search fee) 120.00
5. In the case of judgment under Order 14, rule 3, where an affidavit of
service of summons is required 120.00
6. In the case of judgment under Order 14, rule 3, for each adjournment of
the summons 50.00
7. In the case of judgment on failure to give notice of intention to defend
on all application by notice under Order 83A, rule 4, (which applies to






moneylenders' actions)-
(a) where judgment is given for interest at a rate exceeding 48 per cent
per annum on production of an affidavit justifying the rate 120.00
(b) in any other case
60.00
(c) for each additional defendant after the first
30.00





PART 111

MISCELLANEOUS

Item Scale

1. Where a plaintiff or defendant signs judgment for costs under rule 11,
there shall be allowed---
cost of the judgment 120.00
2. Where upon the application of any person who has obtained a
judgment or order against a debtor for the recovery or payment of
money a garnishee order is made under Order 49 against a garnishee
attaching debts owing or accruing from him to the debtor, the
following costs shall be allowed-
(a) to the garnishee, to be deducted by him from any debt owing by
him as aforesaid before payments to the applicant-
(i) if no affidavit used 50.00
(ii) if affidavit used
100.00
(b) to the applicant, to be retained unless the Court otherwise orders,
put of the money recovered by him under the garnishee order and
in priority to the amount of the debt owing to him under the
judgment or order-
basic costs 150.00
additional costs where the garnishee fails to attend the hear-
ing of the application and an affidavit of service is required 50.00

3. Where a charging order is made-
(a)in respect of any stock, funds, annuities or shares, or any dividends
or interest thereon or produce thereof, under Order 50; or
(b)in respect of any partnership property or profits, under section 25
of the Partnership Ordinance;
there shall be allowed-
basic costs 575.00
additional costs where an affidavit of service is required 50.00
4. Where a writ of execution within the meaning of Order 46, rule 1 is
issued against any party, there shall be allowed-
cost of issuing execution 170.00

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

ORDER 63

THE REGISTRY

Practice master (0. 63, r. 2)

2. Subject to the direction of the Registrar one of the masters shall
be present at the Registry on every day on which the Registry is open
for the purpose of superintending the business performed there and
giving any directions which may be required on questions of practice
and procedure.

Date of filing to he marked, etc. (0. 63, r. 3)

3. (1) Any document filed in the Registry in any proceedings must
be marked showing the date on which the document was filed.





(2) Particulars of the time of delivery at the Registry of any
document for filing, the date of the document and the title of the cause
or matter of which the document forms part of the record shall be
entered in books kept in the Registry for the purpose.

Right to inspect, etc. certain documents filed in the Registry (0. 63, r. 4)

4. (1) Any person shall, on payment of the prescribed fee, be
entitled during such hours as the Registrar may direct to search for,
inspect and obtain a copy of any of the following documents filed in the
Registry, namely

(a)the copy of any writ of summons or other originating process,

(b)any judgment or order given or made in court or the copy of
any such judgment or order, and

(c)with the leave of the Court, which may be granted on an
application made ex parte, any other document.

(2) Nothing in the foregoing provisions shall be taken as
preventing any party to a cause or matter searching for, inspecting and
obtaining a copy of any affidavit or other document filed in the Registry
in that cause or matter or filed therein before the commencement of that
cause or matter but made with a view to its commencement.

Deposit of documents (0. 63, r. 5)

5. Where the Court orders any documents to be lodged in court,
they must. unless otherwise directed, be deposited in the Registry.

Inspection, etc. of powers of attorney (0. 63, r. 8)

8. (1) An index shall be kept in the Registry of all powers of
attorney which have been deposited in the Registry prior to 1 October
1972.

(2 Any person shall, on payment of the prescribed fee, be entitled
to

(a) search the index;

(b)inspect any power of attorney and any document which has
been deposited together with the power of attorney; and

(c)office copies of the power of attorney and any document
relating thereto,

and a copy of such power of attorney and document may be presented
at the Registry to be marked as office copies.





Restriction on removal of documents (0. 63, r. 9)

9. No document filed in or in the custody of the Registry of the
Supreme Court shall be taken out of that Registry without the leave of
the Court.

Enrolment of instruments (0. 63, r. 10)

10. Any deed which by virtue of any written law is required or
authorized to be enrolled in the Supreme Court may be enrolled in the
Registry.

In this rule 'deed' includes assurances and other instruments.

ORDER 64

SITTINGS, VACATIONS AND OFFICE
HOURS

Sittings of the Supreme Court (0. 64, r. 1)

1. (1) The sittings of the Court of Appeal and of the High Court
shall be three in every year, that is to say

(a)the Winter sittings which shall begin on 4 January and end on
the Thursday before Easter Sunday;

(b)the Spring sittings which shall begin on the second Monday
after Easter Sunday and end on 31 July;

(e)the Autumn sittings which shall begin on 12 September and
end on 23 December.

Court of Appeal (0. 64, r. 2)

2. (1) The Court of Appeal shall sit in vacation on such days as the
Chief Justice may, from time to time direct to hear such appeals or
applications as require to be immediately or promptly heard and to hear
other appeals and applications if the Chief Justice determines that
sittings are necessary for that purpose.

(2) Any party to an appeal may at any time apply to the Court of
Appeal for an order that the appeal be heard in vacation and, if that
Court is satisfied that the appeal requires to be immediately or promptly
heard, it may make an order accordingly and fix a date for the hearing.

(3) The Court of Appeal may hear such other appeals in vacation
as that Court may direct.

(4) The provisions of 0. 59, r. 10(9) shall apply to the powers
conferred on the Court of Appeal by this rule.

High Court (0. 64, r. 3)

3. (1) One or more judges of the High Court shall sit in vacation on
such days as the Chief Justice may, from time to time direct, to hear
such causes, matters or applications as require to be immediately or
promptly heard and to hear other causes, matters or applications if the
Chief Justice determines that sittings are necessary for that purpose.





(2) Any party to a cause or matter may at any time apply to tile
Court tor an order that such cause or matter be heard in vacation and, if
the Court is satisfied that the cause or matter requires to be immediately
or promptly heard, it may make an order accordingly and fix a date for
the hearing.

(3) Any judge of the High Court may hear such other causes or
matters in vacation as the Court may direct.

Business in vacation (0. 64, r. 3A)

(HK)3A. (1) Upon application by any party to an action or matter, the
Court may, if it thinks fit

(a)complete such action or matter in vacation if it is partheard;
and

(b) deliver judgment in such action or matter in vacation.

Supreme Court Offices: days on which open and office hours (0. 64, r. 7)

7. (1) The offices of the Supreme Court shall be open on every day
of the year except

(a) Saturdays from 1 p.m.,

(b) Sundays,

(c)Christmas Eve or, if that day is a Sunday, then 23 December,

(e) general holidays under the Holidays Ordinance,

(f) such other days as the Chief Justice may direct.

(2) The hours during which any office of the Supreme Court shall
be open to the public shall be such as the Chief Justice may from time to
time direct.

ORDER 65

SERVICE OF DOCUMENTS

When personal service required (0. 65, r. 1)

1. (1) Any document which by virtue of these rules is required to
be served on any person need not be served personally unless the
document is one which by an express provision of these rules or by
order of the Court is required to be so served.

(2) Paragraph (1) shall not affect the power of the Court under any
provision of these rules to dispense with the requirement for personal
service.

Personal service: how effected (0. 65, r. 2)

2. Personal service of a document is effected by leaving a copy of
the document with the person to be served.





Personal service on body corporate (0. 65, r. 3)

3. (1) Personal service of a document on a body corporate may, in
cases for which provision is not otherwise made by any written law, be
effected by serving it in accordance with rule 2 on the chairman or
president of the body, or the clerk, secretary, treasurer or other similar
officer thereof.

(2) Where a writ is served on a body corporate in accordance with
Order 10, rule 1(2), that rule shall have effect as if for the reference to the
usual or last known address of the defendant there were substituted a
reference to the registered or principal office of the body corporate and
as if for the reference to the knowledge of the defendant there were
substituted a reference to the knowledge of a person mentioned in
paragraph (1).

Substituted service (0. 65, r. 4)

4. (1) If, in the case of any document which by virtue of any
provision of these rules is required to be served personally or in the
case of a document to which Order 10, rule 1, applies, it appears to the
Court that it is impracticable for any reason to serve that document in
the manner prescribed on that person, the Court may make an order for
substituted service of that document.

(2) An application for an order for substituted service may be made
by an affidavit stating the facts on which the application is founded.

(3) Substituted service of a document, in relation to which an order
is made under this rule, is effected by taking such steps as the Court
may direct to bring the document to the notice of the person to be
served.

Ordinary service: how effected (0. 65, r. 5)

5. (1) Service of any document, not being a document which by
virtue of any provision of these rules is required to be served personally
or a document to which Order 10, rule 1, applies, may be effected

(a)by leaving the document at the proper address of the person
to be served, or

(b) by post, or

(c)where the proper address for service includes a numbered box
at a document exchange, by leaving the document at that
document exchange or at a document exchange which
transmits documents every business day to that document
exchange or

(d) in such other manner as the court may direct.

In these rules 'document exchange' means any document
exchange for the time being approved by the Chief Justice.





(2) For the purposes of this rule, and of section 8 of the
Interpretation and General Clauses Ordinance, in its application to this
rule, the proper address of any person on whom a document is to be
served in accordance with this rule shall be the address for service of
that person, but if at the time when service is effected that person has
no address for service his proper address for the purposes aforesaid
shall be

(a)in any case, the business address of the solicitor (if any) who
is acting for him in the proceedings in connection with which
service of the document in question is to be effected, or

(b)in the case- of an individual, his usual or last known address,
or

(c)in the case of individuals who are suing or being sued in the
name of a firm, the principal or last known place of business of
the firm within the jurisdiction, or

(d)in the case of a body corporate, the registered or principal
office of the body.

(2A) Any such document which is left at a document exchange in
accordance with paragraph (1)(c) shall, unless the contrary is proved,
be deemed to have been served on the business day following the day
on which it is left.

(3) Nothing in this rule shall be taken as prohibiting the personal
service of any document or as affecting any enactment which provides
for the manner in which documents may be served on bodies corporate.

(4) In this rule 'business day' means a day other than a general
holiday.

Service on Attorney General in proceedings which are not by or
against the Crown (0. 65, r. 6)

6. Where for the purpose of or in connection with any proceedings
in the Surpreme Court, not being civil proceedings by or against the
Crown within the meaning of Part 111 of the Crown Proceedings
Ordinance, any document is required by any written law or these rules
to be served on the Attorney General, section 14 of the said Ordinance
and Order 77, rule 4, shall apply in relation to the service of the
document as they apply in relation to the service of documents required
to be served on the Crown for the purpose of or in connection with any
civil proceedings by or against the Crown.

Effect of service after certain hours (0. 65, r. 7)

7. Any document (other than a writ of summons or other
originating process) service of which is effected under rule 2 or under
rule 5(1)(a) between 1 p.m. on a Saturday and midnight on the following
day or after four in the afternoon on any other weekday shall, for the
purpose of computing any period of time after service





of that document, be deemed to have been served on the Monday
following that Saturday or on the day following that other weekday, as
the case may be.

Affidavit of service (0. 65, r. 8)

8. Except as provided in Order 10, rule 1(3)(b) and Order 81, rule
3(2)(b), an affidavit of service of any document must state by whom the
document was served, the day of the week and date on which it was
served, where it was served and how.

No service required in certain cases (0. 65, r. 9)

9. Where by virtue of these rules any document is required to be
served on any person but it is not required to be served personally or in
accordance with Order 10, rule 1(2), and at the time when service is to be
effected that person is in default as to acknowledgment of service or has
no address for service, the document need not be served on that person
unless the Court otherwise directs or any of these rules otherwise
provides.

Service of process on Sunday (0. 65, r. 10)

10. (1) No process shall be served or executed within the
jurisdiction on a Sunday, except, in case of urgency, with the leave of
the Court.

(2) For the purposes of this rule 'process' includes a writ,
judgment, notice, order, petition, originating or other summons or
warrant.

ORDER 66

PAPER, PRINTING, NOTICES AND COPIES

Quality of paper (0. 66, r. 1)

1. Unless the nature of the document renders it impracticable,
every document prepared by a party for use in the Court must be on
paper of durable quality, having a margin not less than 35 mm wide, to
be left blank on the left side of the face of the paper and on the right
side of the reverse.

Regulations as to printing, etc. (0. 66, r. 2)

2. (1) Except where these rules otherwise provide, every document
prepared by a party for use in the Supreme Court must be produced by
one of the following means, that is to say, printing, writing (which must
be clear and legible) and typewriting otherwise than by means of a
carbon, and may be produced partly by one of those means and partly
by another or others of them.

(2) For the purposes of these rules a document shall be deemed to
be printed if it is produced by type lithography or stencil duplicating.





(3) Any type used in producing a document for use as afore-
said must be such as to give a clear and legible impression and must
be not smaller than 11 point type for printing or elite type for type
lithography, stencil duplicating or typewriting.

(4) Any document produced by a photographic or similar
process giving a positive and permanent representation free from
blemishes shall, to the extent that it contains a facsimile of any
printed, written or typewritten matter, be treated for the purposes of
these rules as if it were printed, written or typewritten, as the case
may be.

(5) Any notice required by these rules may not be given orally
except with the leave of the Court.

Copies of documents for other party (0. 66, r. 3)

3. (1) Where a document prepared by a party for use in the
Supreme Court is printed the party by whom it was prepared must.
on receiving a written request from any other party entitled to a
copy of that document and on payment of the proper charges,
supply him with such number of copies thereof, not exceeding ten,
as may be specified in the request.

(2) Where a document prepared by a party for use in the
Supreme Court is written or typewritten, the party by whom it was
prepared must supply any other party entitled to a copy of it, not
being a party on whom it has been served, with one copy of it and,
where the document in question is an affidavit, of any document
exhibited to it.

The copy must be ready for delivery within 48 hours after a
written request for it, together with an undertaking to pay the
proper charges, is received and must be supplied thereafter on
payment of those charges.

Requirements as to copies (0. 66, r. 4)

4. (2) Before a copy of a document is supplied to a party
under these rules, it must be indorsed with the name and address of
the party or solicitor by whom it was supplied.

(3) The party by whom a copy is supplied under rule 3, or,
if he sues or appears by a solicitor, his solicitor, shall be answerable
for the copy being a true copy of the original or of an office copy,
as the case may be.

ORDER 67

CHANGE OF SOLICITOR

Notice of change of solicitor (0. 67, r. 1)

1. (1) A party to any cause or matter who sues or defends by
a solicitor may change his solicitor without an order for that
purpose but, unless and until notice of the change is filed and copies





of the notice are lodged and served in accordance with this rule, the
former solicitor shall, subject to rules 5 and 6, be considered the
solicitor of the party until the final conclusion of the cause or matter,
whether in the High Court or the Court of Appeal.
(2) Notice of a change of solicitor must be filed, and a copy
thereof lodged in the Registry.
(3) The party giving the notice must serve on every other party
to the cause or matter (not being a party in default as to acknow-
ledgment of service) and on the former solicitor a copy of the notice
indorsed with a memorandum stating that the notice has been duly
filed in the Registry.
(4) The party giving the notice may perform the duties pre-
scribed by this rule in person or by his new solicitor.

Notice of appointment of solicitor (0. 67, r. 3)
3. Where a party, after having sued or defended in person,
appoints a solicitor to act in the cause or matter on his behalf,
the change may be made without an order for that purpose and
rule 1(2), (3) and (4) shall, with the necessary modifications, apply
in relation to a notice of appointment of a solicitor as they apply
in relation to a notice of change of solicitor.

Notice of intention to act in person (0. 67, r. 4)
4. Where a party, after having sued or defended by a solicitor,
intends and is entitled to act in person, the change may be made
without an order for that purpose and rule 1 shall, with the
necessary modifications, apply in relation to a notice of intention to
act in person as it applies in relation to a notice of change of solicitor
except that the notice of intention to act in person must contain an
address for service of the party giving it.

Removal of solicitor from record at instance of another party (0. 67,
r. 5)
5. (1) Where-
(a)a solicitor who has acted for a party in a cause or matter
has died or become bankrupt or cannot be found or has
failed to take out a practising certificate or has been struck
off the roll of solicitors or has been suspended from
practising or has for any other reason ceased to practise,
and
(b)the party has not given notice of change of solicitor or
notice of intention to act in person in accordance with the
foregoing provisions of this Order,
any other party to the cause or matter may apply to the Court, or if
an appeal to the Court of Appeal is pending in the cause or matter,
to the Court of Appeal, for an order declaring that the solicitor has
ceased to be the solicitor acting for the first-mentioned party in the
cause or matter. and the Court or Court of Appeal, as the case may
be, may make an order accordingly.





(2) An application for an order under this rule must be made by
summons or, in the case of an application to the Court of Appeal, by
motion, and the summons or notice of the motion must, unless the
Court or Court of Appeal, as the case may be, otherwise directs, be
served on the party to whose solicitor the application relates.

The application must be supported by an affidavit stating the
grounds of the application.

(3) Where an order is made under this rule the party on whose
application it was made must

(a)serve on every other party to the cause or matter (not being a
party in default as to acknowledgment of service) a copy of the
order, and

(b) procure the order to be entered in the Registry, and

(c)leave at the Registry a copy of the order and a certificate
signed by him or his solicitor that the order has been duly
served as aforesaid.

(4) An order made under this rule shall not affect the rights of the
solicitor and the party for whom he acted as between themselves.

Withdrawal of solicitor who has ceased to act for party (0. 67, r. 6)

6. (1) Where a solicitor who has acted for a party in a cause or
matter has ceased so to act and the party has not given notice of
change in accordance with rule 1, or notice of intention to act in person
in accordance with rule 4, the solicitor may apply to the Court for an
order declaring that the solicitor has ceased to be the solicitor acting for
the party in the cause or matter, and the Court or Court of Appeal, as the
case may be, may make an order accordingly, but, unless and until the
solicitor

(a)serves on every party to the cause or matter (not being a party
in default as to acknowledgment of service) a copy of the
order, and

(b) procures the order to be entered in the Registry, and

(c)leaves at the Registry a copy of the order and a certificate
signed by him that the order has been duly served as
aforesaid,

he shall, subject to the foregoing provisions of this Order, be
considered the solicitor of the party till the final conclusion of the cause
or matter whether in the High Court or Court of Appeal.

(2) An application on r an order under this rule must be made

application on by summons or, in the c case of an
application to the Court of Appeal,

c

S

by motion, and the summons or notice of the motion must, unless the
Court or the Court of Appeal, as the case may be, otherwise S, be served

direct on 1 the party for whom the solicitor acted.








The must be supported by an affidavit stating the

p 1

grounds of application.





(3) An order made under this rule shall not affect the rights of the
solicitor and the party for whom he acted as between themselves.

(4) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (1), where the certificate
of an assisted person within the meaning of the Legal Aid Ordinance is
revoked or discharged, the solicitor who acted for the assisted person
shall cease to be the solicitor acting in the cause or matter as soon as
his retainer is determined under that Ordinance; and if the assisted
person whose certificate has been revoked or discharged desires to
proceed with the cause or matter without legal aid and appoints that
solicitor or another solicitor to act on his behalf, the provisions of rule 3
shall apply as if that party had previously sued or defended in person.

Address for service of party whose solicitor is removed, etc. (0. 67, r. 7)

7. Where-

(a) an order is made under rule 5, or

(b)an order is made under rule 6, and the applicant for that order
has complied with rule 6(1), or

(c)the certificate of an assisted person within the meaning of the
Legal Aid Ordinance is revoked or discharged,

then, unless and until the party to whose solicitor or to whom, as the
case may be, the order or certificate relates either appoints another
solicitor and complies with rule 3 or, being entitled to act in person,
gives notice of his intention so to do and complies with rule 4, his last
known address or, where the party is a body corporate, its registered or
principal office shall, for the purpose of the service on him of any
document not required to be served personally, be deemed to be his
address for service.

Order to apply to matrimonial causes and matters (0. 67, r. 9)

9. This Order shall have effect in relation to matrimonial causes and
matters and, in its application to such a cause or matter, any reference in
rules 4 and 7 to an address for service shall be construed as a reference
to the address for service required by the rules in force by virtue of the
provisions of section 10 or made under section 54 of the Matrimonial
Causes Ordinance.

ORDER 68

OFFICIAL SHORTHAND NOTE

Official shorthand note of all evidence, etc. (0. 68, r. 1)

1. (1) In every action or other proceeding in the High Court which
is tried or heard with witnesses, an official shorthand note shall, unless
the judge otherwise directs, be taken of any evidence given orally in
court and of any summing up by the judge and of any





judgment delivered by him, and, if any party so requires the note
so taken shall be transcribed and such number of transcripts as
any party- may demand shall be supplied to him at the charges
authorized by any scheme in force providing for the taking of
official shorthand notes of proceedings in the High Court.

(2) Nothing in this rule shall be construed as prohibiting the
supply of transcripts to persons not parties to the proceedings.

(3) The powers of the Court of Appeal under this Order may
be exercised by a single judge of that Court or by the registrar of
civil appeals.

Evidence when not to he transcribed (0. 68, r. 2)

2. (1) If the judge intimates that in the event of an appeal his
note will be sufficient, the shorthand note of the evidence need not
be transcribed for the purposes of an appeal.

(2) If the parties agree or the judge is of opinion that the
evidence or some part of the evidence of any witness would, in the
event of an appeal, be of no assistance to the Court of Appeal,
the shorthand note of such evidence need not be transcribed for the
purposes of an appeal.

(3) If any party requires a transcript of any such evidence as
aforesaid the charge therefor shall be borne by that party in any event.

Payment for transcripts out of public funds: excepted proceedings
(0. 68, r. 3)

3. Rules 4 and 5 shall not apply in relation to a transcript of a
note taken in proceedings in connection with which legal aid might
have been given under the Legal Aid Ordinance whether or not such
aid was given thereunder to any party to the proceedings.

Payment for transcripts for the Court of Appeal (0. 68, r. 4)

4. (1) An appellant shall not be required to pay for the
transcript to which a certificate given under this rule relates but,
except as aforesaid, any transcript required for the Court of Appeal
shall be paid for by the appellant in the first instance.

(2) Where the judge by whom any such proceeding as is
referred to in rule 1 was tried or heard or the Court of Appeal is
satisfied that an appellant in that proceeding is in such poor financial
circumstances that the cost of a transcript would be an excessive
burden on him, and, in the case of a transcript of evidence, that there
is reasonable ground for the appeal, the judge or the Court of
Appeal, as the case may be, may certify that the case is one in which
it is proper that the said cost should be borne by public funds.

(3) An application for a certificate under this rule must be
made in the first instance to the judge; if the application is refused,
the application (if any) to the Court of Appeal must be made within
7 days after the refusal.





(4) Where an application is made to the Court of Appeal for a
certificate under this rule, then, if the Court of Appeal is of opinion
that for the purpose of determining the application it is necessary for
that Court to see a transcript of the summing up and judgment, with
or without a transcript of the evidence, the Court of Appeal may
certify that both transcripts or, as the case may be, only a transcript
of the summing up and judgment may properly be supplied for the
use of that Court at the expense of public funds.

(5) No transcript supplied for the use of the Court of Appeal
under a certificate given under paragraph (4) shall be handed to the
appellant except by direction of the Court of Appeal.

(6) Where the judge or the Court of Appeal certifies under
paragraph (2) that there is reasonable ground for the appeal, the
appellant may be supplied with as many free copies of the transcript
referred to in the certificate as will, together with any free copies
already supplied under a certificate given under paragraph (4), make
up a total of one for his own use and three for the use of the Court of
Appeal.

(7) References in this rule to an appellant include references to
an intending appellant.

Payment for transcript for poor respondent (0. 68, r. 5)

5. (1) Where the judge by whom any such proceeding as is
referred to in rule 1 was tried or heard or the Court of Appeal is
satisfied that the respondent to an appeal in that proceeding is in
such poor financial circumstances that the cost of obtaining a
transcript, or a specified part thereof, for the purpose of resisting the
appeal would be an excessive burden on him, the judge or the Court
of Appeal, as the case may be, may certify that the case is one in
which it is proper that the cost of the transcript or that part thereof,
as the case may be, should be borne by public funds, and where such
a certificate is given the respondent shall not be required to pay the
said cost.

(2) Rule 4(3) shall apply in relation to an application for a
certificate under this rule as it applies in relation to an application
for a certificate under that rule.

Mechanical recording (0. 68, r. 8)

8. In this Order any reference to a shorthand note of any
proceedings shall be construed as including a reference to a record of
the proceedings made by mechanical means.

Definition (0. 68, r. 8A)

8A. In this Order 'transcript' includes the transcript of the
official shorthand note and any official typescript of the Judge's
manuscript note.





PROVISIONS AS TO FOREIGN PROCEEDINGS

ORDER 69

SERVICE OF FOREIGN PROCESS

Definitions (0. 69, r. 1)

1. In this Order-

,la convention country' means a foreign country in relation to which
there subsists a civil procedure convention providing for service in
that country of process of the High Court, and includes a country
which is a party to the Convention on the Service Abroad of
Judicial and Extra-Judicial Documents in Civil or Commercial
Matters signed at The Hague on 15 November 1965;

'process' includes a citation;

'process server' means the process server appointed under rule 4 or
his authorized agent;

'taxing master' means a taxing master of the Supreme Court.

Applications (0. 69, r. 2)

2. This Order applies to the service on a person in Hong Kong of
any process in connection with civil or commercial proceedings in a
foreign court or tribunal where the Registrar receives a written request
for service

(a)from the Chief Secretary with a recommendation by him that
service should be effected; or

(b)where the foreign court or tribunal is in a convention country,
from a consular or other authority of that country.

Service of process (0. 69, r. 3)

3. (1) The request shall be accompanied by a translation thereof in
English, two copies of the process and, unless the foreign court or
tribunal certifies that the person to be served understands the language
of the process, two copies of a translation thereof.

(2) Subject to paragraphs (3) and (5) and to any enactment
providing for the manner of service of documents on corporate bodies,
the process shall be served by the process server's leaving a copy of
the process and a copy of the translation or certificate, as the case may
be, with the person to be served.

(3) The provisions of Order 10, rule 1(2)(b) regarding service by
insertion through a letter-box shall apply to the service of foreign
process as they apply to the service of writs, except that service may be
proved by an affidavit or by a certificate or report in such form as the
Registrar may direct.





(4) The process server shall send to the Registrar a copy of the
process and an affidavit, certificate or report proving due service of
process or stating the reason why service could not be effected, as the
case may be, and shall, if the Court so directs, specify the costs incurred
in effecting or attempting to effect service.

(5) Order 65, rule 4 (substituted service) shall apply to the service
of foreign process as it applies to the service of writs, except that the
Registrar may make an order for substituted service of foreign process
on the basis of the process server's affidavit, certificate or report,
without an application being made to him in that behalf.

(6) The Registrar shall send a certificate, together with a copy of
the process, to the consular or other authority or the Chief Secretary, as
the case may be, stating

(a)when and how service was effected or the reason why service
could not be effected, as the case may be;

(b)where appropriate, the amount certified by the taxing master
to be the costs of effecting or attempting to effect service.

(7) The certificate under paragraph (6) shall be scaled with the seal
of the Supreme Court for use out of the jurisdiction.

Appointment of process server (0. 69, r. 4)

4. The process server for the purposes of this Order shall be the
Chief Bailiff.

ORDER 70

OBTAINING EVIDENCE FOR FOREIGN COURTS,
ETC.

Interpretation and exercise of jurisdiction (0. 70, r. 1)

1. (1) In this Order 'the Ordinance' means the Evidence Ordinance
and expressions used in this Order which are used in the Ordinance
shall have the same meaning as in the Ordinance.

(2) The power of the High Court to make an order under section 76
of the Ordinance may be exercised by the Registrar.

Application for order (0. 70, r. 2)

2. (1) Subject to rule 3 an application for an order under the
Ordinance must be made ex parte and must be supported by affidavit.

(2) There shall be exhibited to the affidavit the request in
pursuance of which the application is made, and if the request is not in
the English language, a translation thereof in that language.





Application by Crown Solicitor in certain cases (0. 70, r. 3)

3. Where a request-

(a)is received by the Chief Secretary and sent by him to the
Registrar with an intimation that effect should be given to the
request without requiring an application for that purpose to be
made by the agent in Hong Kong of any party to the matter
pending or contemplated before the foreign court or tribunal;
or

(b)is received by the Registrar in pursuance of a Civil Procedure
Convention providing for the taking of the evidence of any
person in Hong Kong for the assistance of a court or tribunal
in the foreign country, and no person is named in the
document as the person who will make the necessary
application on behalf of such party,

the Registrar shall send the document to the Crown Solicitor and the
Crown Solicitor may make an application for an order under the
Ordinance, and take such other steps as may be necessary, to give
effect to the request.

Person to take and manner of taking examination (0. 70, r. 4)

4. (1) Any order made in pursuance of this Order for the
examination of a witness may order the examination to be taken before
any fit and proper person nominated by the person applying for the
order or before such other qualified person as to the Court seems fit.

(2) Subject to rule 6 and to any special directions contained in any
order made in pursuance of this Order for the examination of any
witness, the examination shall be taken in manner provided by Order 39,
rules 5 to 10 and 11 (1) to (3), and an order may be made under Order 39,
rule 14, for payment of the fees and expenses due to the examiner, and
those rules shall apply accordingly with any necessary modifications.

Dealing with deposition (0. 70, r. 5)

5. Unless any order made in pursuance of this Order for the
examination of any witness otherwise directs, the examiner before whom
the examination was taken must send the deposition of that witness to
the Registrar, and the Registrar shall

(a)give a certificate sealed with the Seal of the Court for use out
of the jurisdiction identifying the documents annexed thereto,
that is to say, the request, the order of the Court for
examination and the deposition taken in pursuance of the
order; and

(b)send the certificate with the documents annexed thereto to the
Chief Secretary, or, where the request was sent to the
Registrar by some other person in accordance with a Civil
Procedure Convention, to that other person, for transmission
to the court or tribunal out of the jurisdiction requesting the
examination.





Claim to privilege (0. 70, r. 6)

6. (1) The provisions of this rule shall have effect where a claim by
a witness to be exempt from giving any evidence on the ground
specified in section 77(1)(b) of the Ordinance is not supported or
conceded as mentioned in subsection (2) of that section.

(2) The examiner may, if he thinks fit, require the witness to give the
evidence to which the claim relates and, if the examiner does not do so,
the Court may do so, on the ex parte application of the person who
obtained the order under section 76.

(3) If such evidence is taken-

(a)it must be contained in a document separate from the
remainder of the deposition of the witness;

(b)the examiner shall send to the Registrar with the deposition a
statement signed by the examiner setting out the claim and the
ground on which it was made;

(c)on receipt of the statement the Registrar shall,
notwithstanding anything in rule 5, retain the document
containing the part of the witness's evidence to which the
claim relates and shall send the statement and a request to
determine the claim to the foreign court or tribunal with the
documents mentioned in rule 5;

(d)if the claim is rejected by the foreign court or tribunal, the
Registrar shall send to that court or tribunal the document
containing that part of the witness's evidence to which the
claim relates, but if the claim is upheld he shall send the
document to the witness, and shall in either case notify the
witness and the person who obtained the order under section
76 of the court or tribunal's determination.

ORDER 71

RECIPROCAL ENFORCEMENT OF
JUDGMENTS

Application for registration (0. 7 1, r. 2)

2. (1) An application under section 4 of the Foreign Judgments
(Reciprocal Enforcemnt) Ordinance, (in this Order referred to as 'the
Ordinance') in respect of a judgment to which the Ordinance applies to
have the judgment registered in the Court may be made exparte, but the
Court may direct a summons to be issued.

(2) If the Court directs a summons to he issued, the summons shall
be an originating summons.

(3) An originating summons under this rule shall be in Form No. 10
in Appendix A.

Evidence in support of application (0. 71, r. 3)

3. (1) An application for registration must be supported by an
affidavit





(a)exhibiting the judgment or a verified or certified or other-
wise duly authenticated copy thereof and, where the judg-
ment is not in the English language, a translation thereof in
that language certified by a notary public or authenticated
by affidavit;

(b)stating the name, trade or business and the usual or last
known place of abode or business of the judgment creditor
and the judgment debtor respectively, so far as known to
the deponent;

(c)stating to the best of the information or belief of the
deponent-
(i) that the judgment creditor is entitled to enforce the
judgment;
(ii) as the case may require, either that at the date of the
application the judgment has not been satisfied, or the
amount in respect of which it remains unsatisfied;
(iv) that at the date of the application the judgment can
be enforced by execution in the country of the original
court and that, if it were registered, the registration would
not be, or be liable to be, set aside under section 6 of the
Ordinance;

(d)specifying the amount of the interest, if any, which under
the law of the country of the original court has become due
under the judgment up to the time of registration.

(2) Where a judgment sought to be registered is in respect of
difrerent matters, and some, but not all, of the provisions of the
judgment are such that if those provisions had been contained in
separate judgments, those judgments could properly have been
registered, the affidavit must state the provisions in respect of which
it is sought to register the judgment.

(3) The affidavit must be accompanied by such other evidence
with respect to the enforceability of the judgment by execution in the
country of the original court, and of the law of that country under
which any interest has become due under the judgment, as may be
required having regard to the provisions of the Order in Council
extending the Ordinance to that country.

Security for costs (0. 7 1, r. 4)

4. Save as otherwise provided by any relevant Order in
Council, the Court may order the judgment creditor to give security
for the costs of the application for registration and of any proceed-
ings which may be brought to set aside the registration.

Order for registration (0. 71, r. 5)

5. (1) An order giving leave to register a judgment must be
drawn up by, or on behalf of, the judgment creditor.

(2) Except where the order is made on summons, no such
order need be served on the judgment debtor.





(3) Every such order shall state the period within which an
application may be made to set aside the registration and shall
contain a notification that execution on the judgment will not issue
until after the expiration of that period.

(4) The Court may, on an application made at any time while
it remains competent for any party to apply to have the registration
set aside, extend the period (either as originally fixed or as sub-
sequently extended) within which an application to have the regis-
tration set aside may be made.

Register of judgments (0. 71, r. 6)

6. (1) There shall be kept in the Registry under the direction
of the Registrar a register of the judgments ordered to be registered
under the Ordinance.

(2) There shall be included in each such register particulars of
any execution issued on a judgment ordered to be so registered.

Notice of registration (0. 71, r. 7)

7. (1) Notice of the registration of a judgment must be
served on the judgment debtor by delivering it to him personally or
by sending it to him at his usual or last known place of abode or
business or in such other manner as the Court may direct.

(2) Service of such a notice out of the jurisdiction is permis-
sible without leave, and Order 11, rules 5, 6 and 8, shall apply in
relation to such a notice as they apply in relation to notice of a writ.

(3) The notice of registration must state-

(a)full particulars of the judgment registered and the order for
registration,

(b)the name and address of the judgment creditor or of his
solicitor or agent on whom, and at which, any summons
issued by the judgment debtor may be served,

(c)the right of the judgment debtor to apply to have the
registration set aside, and

(d)the period within which an application to set aside the
registration may be made.

Application to set aside registration (0. 7 1, r. 9)

9. (1) An application to set aside the registration of a
judgment must be made by summons supported by affidavit.

(2) The Court hearing such application may order any issue
between the judgment creditor and the judgment debtor to be tried in
any manner in which an issue in an action may be ordered to be tried.

Issue of execution (0. 7 1, r. 10)

10. (1) Execution shall not issue on a judgment registered
under the Ordinance until after the expiration of the period which, in
accordance with rule 5(3), is specified in the order for registration as





the period within which an application may be made to set aside the
registration or, if that period has been extended by the Court, until after
the expiration of that period as so extended.

(2) If an application is made to set aside the registration of a
judgment, execution on the judgment shall not issue until after such
application is finally determined.

(3) Any party wishing to issue execution on a judgment registered
under the Ordinance must produce to the Registrar an affidavit of
service of the notice of registration of the judgment and any order made
by the Court in relation to the judgment.

Determination of certain questions (0. 7 1, r. 11)

11. If, in any case under the Ordinance, any question arises
whether a foreign judgment can be enforced by execution in the country
of the original court, or what interest is payable under a foreign
judgment under the law of the original court, that question shall be
determined in accordance with the provisions in that behalf contained in
the Order in Council extending the Ordinance to that country.

Rules to have effect subject to Orders in Council (0. 7 1, r. 12)

12. The foregoing rules shall, in relation to any judgment registered
or sought to be registered under the Ordinance, have effect subject to
any such provisions contained in the Order in Council extending the
Ordinance to the country of the original court as are declared by the
Order to be necessary for giving effect to the agreement made between
Hong Kong and that country in relation to matters with respect to which
there is power to make those rules.

Certified copy of judgment (0. 71, r. 13)

13. (1) An application under section 12 of the Ordinance for a
certified copy of a judgment entered in the High Court must be made ex
parte to the Registrar on affidavit.

(3) An affidavit by which an application under section 12 of the
Ordinance is made must

(a)give particulars of the proceedings in which the judgment was
obtained;

(b)have annexed to it a copy of the writ, originating summons or
other process by which the proceedings were begun, the
evidence of service thereof on, or appearance by, the
defendant, copies of the pleadings, if any, and a statement of
the grounds on which the judgment was based;

(c)state whether the defendant did or did not object to the
jurisdiction, and, if so, on what grounds;

(d)show that the judgment is not subject to any stay of
execution;





(e)state that the time for appealing has expired or, as the case
may be, the date on which it will expire and in either case
whether notice of appeal against the judgment has been
entered; and

state the rate at which the judgment carries interest.

(4) The certified copy of the judgment shall be an office copy
sealed with the Seal of the Supreme Court and indorsed with a certificate
signed by the Registrar certifying that the copy is a true copy of a
judgment obtained in the High Court of Hong Kong and that it is issued
in accordance with section 12 of the Ordinance.

(5) There shall also be issued a certificate (signed by the Registrar
and sealed with the Seal of the Supreme Court) having annexed to it a
copy of the writ, originating summons or other process by which the
proceedings were begun, and stating--

(a)the manner in which the writ or such summons or other
process was served on the defendant or that the defendant
acknowledged service thereof,

(b) what objections, if any, were made to the jurisdiction, (e)
what pleadings, if any, were served,

(d) the grounds on which the judgment was based,

(e)that the time for appealing has expired or, as the case may be,
the date on which it will expire,

whether notice of appeal against the judgment has been
entered, and

(g)such other particulars as it may be necessary to give to the
court in the foreign country in which it is sought to obtain
execution of the judgment,

and a certificate (signed and scaled as aforesaid) stating the rate at
which the judgment carries interest.

ENFORCEMENT OF RECOMMENATIONS ETC. UNDER THE MERCHANT
SHIPPING (LINER CONFERENCES) ACT 1982

Application for registration (0. 71, r. 41)

41. An application under section 9 of the Merchant Shipping (Liner
Conferences) Act 1982 (in this Order referred to as 'the Act of 1982')
for the registration of a recommendation, determination or award shall
be made by originating summons, which shall be in Form No. 10 in
Appendix A.

Evidence in support of application (0. 7 1, r. 42)

42. (1) An application under section 9 of the Act of 1982 for the
registration of a recommendation must be supported by an affidavit

(a)exhibiting a verified or certified or otherwise duly
authenticated copy of the recommendation and the reasons
therefor and of the record of settlement;





(b)where the recommendation and reasons or the record of
settlement or the acceptance of the recommendation is not in
the English language, a translation thereof into English
certified by a notary public or authenticated by affidavit;

(c)exhibiting copies of the acceptance of the recommendation by
the parties upon whom it is binding, where the acceptance
was in writing, or otherwise verifying the acceptance;

(d)giving particulars of the failure to implement the
recommendations; and

(e)verifying that none of the grounds which would render the
recommendation unenforceable under section 9(2) of the Act
of 1982 is applicable.

(2) An application under section 9 of the Act of 1982 for the
registration of a determination or award as to costs must be supported
by an affidavit

(a)exhibiting a verified or certified or otherwise duly
authenticated copy of the recommendation or other document
containing the pronouncement on costs; and

(b) stating that such costs have not been paid.

Order for registration (0. 7 1, r. 43)

43. (1) An order giving leave to register a recommendation,
determination or award under section 9 of the Act of 1982 must be
drawn up by or on behalf of the party making the application for
registration.

(2) Such an order shall contain a provision that the reasonable
costs of registration be taxed.

Register of recommendations etc. (0. 71, r. 44)

44. (1) There shall be kept in the Registry under the direction of the
Registrar a register of the recommendations, determinations and awards
ordered to be registered under section 9 of the Act of 1982.

(2) There shall be included in such register particulars of the
enforcement of a recommendation, determination or award so registered.

SPECIAL PROVISIONS AS TO PARTICULAR
PROCEEDINGS

ORDER 72

(HK) PARTICULAR PROCEEDINGS

Application and interpretation (0. 72, r. 1)

1. (1) This Order applies to particular proceedings, and the other
provisions of these rules apply to those actions subject to the
provisions of this Order.





(2) In this Order 'particular proceedings' means a type of
proceedings for which provision has been made by the Chief Justice
for separate listing.

The Various Lists (0. 72, r. 2)

2. (1) There may be lists, in which actions and other pro-
ceedings may be entered in accordance with the provisions of this
Order, and ajudge sal be in charge of each list.

(2) In this Order references to the judge shall be construed as
references to the judge for the time being in charge of a particular list.

(3) The judge shall have control of the proceedings in his
particular list and, subject to the provisions of this Order and to
any directions of the judge, the powers of a judge in chambers
(including those exercisable by the Registrar) shall, in relation to any
proceedings in such an action (including any appeal from any
judgment, order or decision of the Registrar, given or made prior to
the transfer of the action or proceedings to the relevant fist) be
exercisable by the judge.

(4) Paragraph (3) shall not be construed as preventing the
powers of the judge being exercised by some other judge.

Entry of action in particular list when action begun (0. 72, r. 4)

4. (1) Before a writ or originating summons by which partic-
ular proceedings are to be begun is issued out of the Registry, it may
be marked in the top left hand corner with words identifying the
relevant list, and on the issue of a writ or summons so marked the
action begun thereby shall be entered in that list.

(2) If the plaintiff intends to issue the writ or originating
summons by which particular proceedings are to be begun out of the
Registry and to mark it in accordance with paragraph (1), and the
writ or the originating summons, as the case may be, is to be served
out of the jurisdiction, an application for leave to issue the writ or
summons and to serve the writ or the summons out of the jurisdic-
tion may be made to the judge.

(3) The affidavit in support of an application made to the
judge by virtue of paragraph (2) must, in addition to the matters
required by Order 11, rule 4(1), to be stated, state that the plaintiff
intends to mark the writ or originating summons in accordance with
paragraph (1) of this rule.

(4) If the judge hearing an application made to him by virtue
of paragraph (2) is of opinion that the action in question should not
be entered in the list in question, he may adjourn the application to
be heard by the Registrar.

Transfer of action to particular list after action begun (0. 72, r. 5)

5. (1) At any stage of the proceedings in any action any
party thereto may apply by summons to the judge to transfer the
action to a particular list.





(3) If, at any stage of the proceedings in any action, it appears
to the Court that the action may be one suitable for trial in a
particular list and any party wishes the action to be transferred to
that list, then the Court may adjourn any hearing so that it can
proceed before the judge and be treated by him as a summons to
transfer the action to that list.

Removal of action from particular list (0. 72, r. 6)

6. (1) The judge may, of his own motion or on the applica-
tion of any part, order an action in a particular list to be removed
from that list.

(2) Where an action is in a particular list by virtue of rule 4, an
application by a defendant or third party for an order under this rule
must be made within 7 days after giving notice of intention to defend.

Pleadings in particular proceedings (0. 72, r. 7)

7. (1) The pleadings in an action in a particular list may be
in the form of points of claim, or of defence, counterclaim, defence
to counterclaim or reply, as the case may be, and must be as brief as
possible.

(2) Without prejudice to Order 18, rule 12(1), no particulars
shall be applied for or ordered in an action in the particular list
designated the commercial list except such particulars as are
necessary to enable the party applying to be informed of the case he
has to meet or as are for some other reason necessary to secure the
just, expeditious and economical disposal of any question at issue in
the proceedings.

(3) The foregoing provisions are without prejudice to the
power of the judge to order that an action in a particular list shall be
tried without pleadings or further pleadings, as the case may be.

Directions in particular proceedings (0. 72, r. 8)

8. (1) Notwithstanding anything in Order 25, rule 1(1), any
party to particular proceedings may take out a summons for
directions before the pleadings are deemed to be closed.

(2) Where an application is made to transfer an action to a
particular list, Order 25, rules 2 to 7, shall, with the omission of so
much of rule 7(1) as requires the parties to serve a notice specifying
the orders and directions which they desire and with any other
necessary modifications, apply as if the application were a summons
for directions.

Trial with a special jury (0. 72, r. 9)

9. (1) If an action in, or ordered to be transferred to, a
particular list, is ordered to be tried with a jury, the Court may, at
the same time or subsequently, order the action to be tried with a
special jury on such terms, if any, as to costs and otherwise as may
be just.





(2) It shall be the duty of the Court to make an order under this rule
if it is satisfied that it is a proper case for trial with a jury and an
application for the order is made by any party to the proceeding either
at the time at which the mode of trial is fixed or, with the leave of the
judge, at any later stage.

(3) In this rule 'the Court' means the judge.

Production of certain documents in marine insurance actions (0. 72, r.
10)

10. (1) Where in an action in a particular list relating to a marine
insurance policy an application for an order under Order 24, rule 3, is
made by the insurer, then, without prejudice to its powers under that
rule, the Court, if satisfied that the circumstances of the case are such
that it is necessary or expedient to do so, may make an order, either in
Form No. 94 in Appendix A or in such other form as it thinks fit, for the
production of such documents as are therein specified or described.

(2) An order under this rule may be made on such terms, if any, as
to staying proceedings in the action or otherwise, as the Court thinks fit.

(3) In this rule 'the Court' means the judge.

ORDER 73

ARBITRATION PROCEEDINGS

Matters for a judge in court (0, 73, r. 2)

2. (1) Every to the Court-

(a)to remit an award under section 24 of the Arbitration
Ordinance, or

(b)to remove an arbitrator or umpire under section 25(1) of that
Ordinance, or

(c)to set aside an award under section 25(2) of that Ordinance, or
(HK)(d) for leave to appeal under section 23(2) of that Ordinance, or

(e)to determine, under section 23A(1) of that Ordinance, any
question of law arising in the course of a reference, or

(HK)(f) to make an order under section 29A(2) of that Ordinance,

must be made by originating motion to a single judge in court.

7 (2) Any appeal to the High Court under section 23(2) of the
Arbitration Ordinance shall be made by originating motion to a single
judge in court and notice thereof may be included in the notice of
application for leave to appeal, where leave is required.





(3) An application for a declaration that an award made by an
arbitrator or umpire is not binding on a party to the award on the
ground that it was made without jurisdiction may be made by
originating motion to a single judge in court, but the foregoing
provision shall not be taken as affecting the judge's power to refuse
to make such a declaration in proceedings begun by motion.

Matters for judge in chambers or master (0. 73, r. 3)

3. (1) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Order and
the provisions of this rule, the jurisdiction of the High Court or a
judge thereof under the Arbitration Ordinance, may be exercised by
ajudge in chambers or a master.

(2) Any application-

(a)for leave to appeal under section 23(2) of the Arbitration
Ordinance, or

(b)under section 23(5) of that Ordinance (including any
application for leave), or

(e) under section 23 of that Ordinance, or

(HK)(d) under section 29A of that Ordinance,

shall be made to ajudge in chambers.

(3) Any application to which this rule applies shall, where an
action is pending, be made by summons in the action, and in any
other case by an originating summons which shall be in Form No. 10
in Appendix A.

(4) Where an application is made under section 23(5) of the
Arbitration Ordinance (including any application for leave) the
summons must be served on the arbitrator or umpire and on any
other party to the reference.

Time limits and other special provisions as to appeals and applications
under the Arbitration Ordinance (0. 73, r. 5)

5. (1) An application to the Court-

(a)to remit an award under section 24 of the Arbitration
Ordinance, or

(b)to set aside an award under section 25(2) of that Ordinance
or otherwise, or

(c)to direct an arbitrator or umpire to state the reasons for an
award under section 23(5) of that Ordinance,

must be made, and the summons or notice must be served, within 21
days after the award has been made and published to the parties.

(2) In the case of an appeal to the Court under section 23(2) of
the Arbitration Ordinance, the notice must be served, and the appeal
entered, within 21 days after the award has been made and published
to the parties:





Provided that, where reasons material to the appeal are given on a
date subsequent to the publication of the award, the period of 21 days
shall run from the date on which the reasons are given.

(3) An application, under section 23A(1) of the Arbitration
Ordinance, to determine any question of law arising in the course of a
reference, must be made, and notice thereof served, within 14 days after
the arbitrator or umpire has consented to the application being made, or
the other parties have so consented.

(4) For the purpose of paragraph (3) the consent must be given in
writing.

(5) In the case of every appeal or application to which this rule
applies, the notice of originating motion, or as the case may be, the
originating summons, must state the grounds of appeal or application
and, where the appeal or application is founded on evidence by
affidavit, or is made with the consent of the arbitrator or umpire or of the
other parties, a copy of every affidavit intended to be used, or as the
case may be, of every consent given in writing, must be served with that
notice.

Applications and appeals to he heard in a particular list (0. 73, r. 6)

6. (1) Any matter which is required, by rule 2 or 3, to be heard by a
judge, shall be entered in a particular list unless the Judge in charge of
such list otherwise directs.

(2) Nothing in the foregoing paragraph shall be construed as
preventing the powers of the Judge in charge of a particular list from
being exercised by any judge of the High Court.

Service out of the jurisdiction of summons, notice, etc. (0. 73, r. 7)

7. (HK)(1) Subject to paragraph (IA), service out of the jurisdiction
of

(a)any originating summons or notice of originating motion
under the Arbitration Ordinance, or

(b)any order made on such a summons or motion as aforesaid,

is permissible with leave of the Court provided that the arbitration to
which the summons, motion or order relates is granted by Hong Kong
law or has been, is being, or is to be held within the jurisdiction.

(IA) Service out of the jurisdiction of an originating summons for
leave to enforce an award is permissible with the leave of the Court
whether or not the arbitration is governed by Hong Kong law.

(2) An application for the grant of leave under this rule must be
supported by an affidavit stating the grounds on which the application
is made and showing in what place or country the person





to be served is, or probably may be found; and no such leave shall be
granted unless it shall be made sufficiently to appear to the Court that
the case is a proper one for service out of the jurisdiction under this
rule.

(3) Order 11, rules 5, 6 and 8 shall apply in relation to any such
summons, notice or order as is referred to in paragraph (1) as they apply
in relation to a writ.

Registration in High Court of foreign awards (0. 73, r. 8)

8. Where an award is made in proceedings on an arbitration in any
territory to which sections 3 to 9 of the Foreign Judgments (Reciprocal
Enforcement) Ordinance extend, being a part to which the said
Ordinance has been applied, then, if the award has, in pursuance of the
law in force in the place where it was made, become enforceable in the
same manner as a judgment given by a court in that place, Order 71 shall
apply in relation to the award as it applies in relation to a judgment
given by that court, subject, however, to the following modifications

(a)for references to the country of the original court there shall be
substituted references to the place where the award was made;
and

(b)the affidavit required by rule 3 of the said Order must state (in
addition to the other matters required by that rule) that to the
best of the information or belief of the deponent the award has,
in pursuance of the law in force in the place where it was made,
become enforceable in the same man

ner as a judgment given by a court in that place.

Enforcement of settlement agreement under section 2A(4) of the
Arbitration Ordinance or of award under section 28 of that
Ordinance (0. 73, r. 10)10. (1) An application for leave.2 c
(HK)(a) under section 2A(4) of the Arbitration Ordinance to enforce a
settlement agreement. or

(b)under section 28 of that Ordinance to enforce an award on an
arbitration agreement,

in the same manner as a judgment or order may be made ex parte but the
Court hearing the application may direct a summons to be issued.

(2) If the Court directs a summons to be issued, the summons shall
be an originating summons which shall be in Form No. 10 in Appendix
A.

(3) An application for leave must be supported by affidavit-

(a) exhibiting---

(HK)(i) where the application is under section 2A(4) of the
Arbitration Ordinance, the arbitration agreement and the
original settlement agreement or, in either case, a copy
thereof;

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3867

Bibliographic Citation

22

(ii) where the application is under section 2H of the
Arbitration Ordinance, the arbitration agreement and the
original award or, in either case, a copy thereof,

(iii) where the application is under section 42(1) of the
Arbitration Ordinance, the documents required to be
produced by section 43 of that Ordinance,

(b)stating the name and the usual or last known place of abode
or business of the applicant (hereinafter referred to as 'the
creditor') and the person against whom it is sought to enforce
the settlement agreement or award (hereinafter referred to as
'the debtor') respectively,

(c)as the case may require, either that the settlement agreement
or award has not been complied with or the extent to which it
has not been complied with at the date of the application.

(4) An order giving leave must be drawn up by or on behalf of the
creditor and must be served on the debtor by delivering a copy to him
personally or by sending a copy to him at his usual or last known place
of abode or business or in such other manner as the Court may direct.

(5) Service of the order out of the jurisdiction is permissible
without leave, and Order 11, rules 5, 6 and 8, shall apply in relation to
such an order as they apply in relation to a writ.

(6) Within 14 days after service of the order or, if the order is to be
served out of the jurisdiction, within such other period as the Court may
fix, the debtor may apply to set aside the order and the settlement
agreement or award shall not be enforced until after the expiration of
that period or, if the debtor applies within that period to set aside the
order, until after the application is finally disposed of.

(7) The copy of the order served on the debtor shall state the effect
of paragraph (6).

(8) In relation to a body corporate this rule shall have effect as if for
any reference to the place of abode or business of the creditor or the
debtor there were substituted a reference to the registered or principal
address of the body corporate; so, however, that nothing in this rule
shall affect any enactment which provides for the manner in which a
document may be served on a body corporate.

Payments into court (0. 73, r. 11)

(HK)11. (1) In any arbitration proceedings any party to the reference
may at any time pay into court a sum of money in satisfaction of any
claim against him under the reference.

(2) On making payment into court under this rule, and on
increasing any such payment already made the party making payment
must give notice thereof in Form No. 100 in Appendix A to all





other parties to the reference; and within 3 days after receiving the
notice the recipient parties must send the party making payment a
written acknowledgment of its receipt.

(3) A party who has made payment into court under this rule
may, without leave, give notice of an increase in such a payment but,
subject to that and without prejudice to paragraph (5), a notice of
payment may not be withdrawn or amended without leave of the
Court which may be granted on such terms as may be just.

(4) Where there are two or more matters in dispute in the
arbitration proceedings and money is paid into court under this rule
in respect of all, or some only of, those matters, the notice of
payment-

(a)must state that the money is paid in respect of all those
matters in dispute or, as the case may be, must specify the
matters in respect of which payment is made, and

(b)where the party makes separate payments in respect of
each, or any two of those matters in dispute, must specify
the sum paid in respect of that matter or, as the case may
be, those matters.

(5) Where a single sum of money is paid into court under this
rule in respect of two or more matters in dispute, then, if it appears
to the Court that any party to the arbitration proceedings is
embarrassed by the payment, the Court may order the party making
payment to amend the notice of payment so as to specify the sum
paid in respect of each matter in dispute.

(6) For the purposes of this rule, a claim under a reference to
arbitration shall be construed as a claim in respect, also, of such
interest as might be included in the award if the award were made at
the date of the payment into court.

Payment in by party who has counterclaimed (0. 73, r. 12)

(HK)12. Where a party, who makes by counterclaim in the arbitra-
tion proceedings a claim against any other party to the arbitration
proceedings, pays a sum or sums of money into court under rule 11,
the notice of payment must state if it be the case, that in making the
payment he has taken into account and intends to satisfy the matter
in dispute, or matters in dispute, as the case may be, under his
counterclaim.

Acceptance of money paid into court (0. 73, r. 13)

(HK)13. (1) Where money is paid into court under rule 11, then,
subject to paragraph (2), within 14 days after the receipt of the
notice of payment or, where more than one payment has been made
or the notice has been amended, within 14 days after receipt of the
notice of the last payment or the amended notice but, in any case,
before the hearing of the arbitration proceedings begins, a party to
the arbitration proceedings may-





(a)where the money was paid in respect of the matter in dispute
or all the matters in dispute in respect of which he claims,
accept the money in satisfaction of that matter in dispute or
those matters in dispute, as the case may be, or

(b)where the money was paid in respect of some only of the
matters in dispute in respect of which he claims, accept in
satisfaction of any such matter in dispute the sum specified in
respect of that matter in dispute in the notice of payment,

by giving notice in Form No. 10 1 in Appendix A to all other parties to
the arbitration proceedings.

(2) Where after the hearing of the arbitration proceedings has
begun

(a) money is paid into court under rule 11, or

(b)money in court is increased by a further payment into court
under that rule,

any party may accept the money in accordance with paragraph (1)
within 2 days after receipt of the notice of payment or notice of the
further payment, as the case may be, but, in any case, before the
arbitrator publishes his award.

(3) Rule 11(5) shall not apply in relation to money paid into court
after the hearing of the arbitration proceedings has begun.

(4) On a party accepting any money paid into court all further
proceedings in the arbitration proceedings or in respect of the specified
matter in dispute or matters in dispute, as the case may be, to which the
acceptance relates shall be stayed.

(5) Where money is paid into court by a party who made a
counterclaim in the arbitration proceedings and the notice of payment
stated, in relation to any sum so paid, that in making the payment the
party had taken into account and satisfied the matter in dispute, or
matters in dispute, as the case may be, in respect of which he claimed,
then, on the claimant party accepting that sum, all further proceedings
on the counterclaim or in respect of the specified matter or matters in
dispute, as the case may be, shall be stayed.

(6) A party to arbitration proceedings who has accepted any sum
paid into court shall, subject to rule 14, be entitled to receive payment of
that sum in satisfaction of the matter or matters in dispute to which the
arbitration proceedings relate.

Order for payment out of money accepted required (0. 73, r. 14)

(HK)14. (1) Where a party to arbitration proceedings accepts any sum
paid into court and that sum was paid into court by some but not all of
the other parties to the arbitration proceedings the money in court shall
not be paid out except under paragraph (2) or in pursuance of an order
of the Court, and the order shall deal with the whole costs of the
arbitration proceedings or the matter in dispute to which the payment
relates, as the case may be.





(2) Where an order of the Court is required under paragraph (1),
then if, either before or after accepting the money paid into court by
some only of the other parties the party discontinues the arbitration
proceedings against all the other parties and those parties consent in
writing to the payment out of that sum, it may be paid out without an
order of the Court.

(3) Where after the hearing of the arbitration proceedings has
begun a claimant party accepts any money paid into court and all further
proceedings in the arbitration proceedings or in respect of the matter in
dispute or matters in dispute, as the case may be, to which the
acceptance relates are stayed by virtue of rule 13(4), then,
notwithstanding anything in paragraph (2), the money shall not be paid
out except in pursuance of an order of the Court, and the order shall deal
with the whole costs of the arbitration proceedings or with the costs
relating to the matter in dispute or matters in dispute as the case may be,
to which the arbitration proceedings relate.

Money remaining in court (0. 73, r. 15)

(HK)15. If any money paid into court in connection with arbitration
proceedings is not accepted in accordance with rule 13, the money
remaining in court shall not be paid out except in pursuance of an order
of the Court which may be made at any time before during or after the
hearing of the arbitration proceedings; and where such an order is made
before the hearing the money shall not be paid out except in satisfaction
of the matter or matters in dispute in respect of which it was paid in.

Counterclaim (0. 73, r. 16)

(HK)16. A party to arbitration proceedings against whom a counterclaim
is made may pay money into court in accordance with rule 11, and that
rule and rules 13 (except paragraph (5)), 14 and 15 shall apply
accordingly with the necessary modifications.

Non-disclosure of payment into court; amendment of arbitrator's award
(0. 73, r. 17)

(HK)17. Except in arbitration proceedings in which all further
proceedings are stayed after the hearing has begun by virtue of rule
13(4), the fact that money has been paid into court under the foregoing
provisions of this Order shall not be communicated to the arbitrator
until he has published his award, whereupon the arbitrator may amend
his award by adding thereto such directions as he may think proper
with respect to the payment of the costs of the reference.

Investment of money in court (0. 73, r. 18)

(HK)18. Cash under the control of or subject to the order of the Court
may be invested in any manner specified in the Supreme Court Suitors'
Funds Rules and the Trustee Ordinance.





ORDER 74

PROCEEDINGS UNDER MERCHANT SHIPPING ACT, 1894 To 1984

Proceedings for limiting ship-owner's responsibility (0. 74, r. 1A)

(HK)1A. All proceedings in cases within section 504 of the Merchant
Shipping Act, 1894 to 1984 shall be by way of originating motion
supported by affidavit; and the Court shall, if it thinks fit, by rule or
order, give such relief a the said section any such competent court as is
mentioned in Act has power to give.

ORDER 75*

(HK) ADMIRALTY PROCEEDINGS

Application and interpretation (0. 75, r. 1)

1. (1) This Order applies to Admiralty causes and matters, and the
other provisions of these rules apply to those causes and matters
subject to the provisions of this Order.

(2) In this Order

,,action in rem' means an Admiralty action in rem;

'caveat against arrest' means a caveat entered in the caveat book
under rule 6;

'caveat against release and payment' means a caveat entered in the
caveat book under rule 14;

'caveat book' means the book kept in the Registry in which caveats
issued under this Order are entered;

-collision regulations' means the regulations made or deemed to be
made under section 93 of the Merchant Shipping (Safety)
Ordinance;

'limitation action' means an action by shipowners or other persons
under the Merchant Shipping Acts 1894 to 1984 for the limitation of
the amount of their liability in connection with a ship or other
property;

',ship' includes any description of vessel used in navigation.

Proceedings against, or concerning, the International Oil Pollution
Compensation Fund (0. 75, r. 2A)

2A. (2) For the purposes of section 6(2) of the Merchant Shipping
Act 1974 any party to proceedings brought against an owner or
guarantor in respect of liability under section 1 of the Merchant
Shipping (Oil Pollution) Act 1971 may give notice to the Fund of such
proceedings by serving a notice in writing on the Fund together with a
copy of the writ and copies of the pleadings (if any) served in the
action.

In operation on 24.2.1989-see Ord. No. 3189, section 5.





(3) The Court shall, on the application made ex parte by the Fund
grant leave to the Fund to intervene in any proceedings to which the
preceding paragraph applies, whether notice of such proceedings has
been served on the Fund or not, and paragraphs (3) and (4) of rule 17
shall apply to such an application.

(4) Where judgment is given against the Fund in any proceedings
under section 4 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1974, the Registrar shall
cause a stamped copy of the judgment to be sent by post to the Fund.

(5) The Fund shall notify the Registrar of the matters set out in
section 4(12)(b) of the Merchant Shipping Act 1974 by a notice in
writing sent by post to, or delivered at, the Registry.

Issue of writ and acknowledgment of service (0. 75, r. 3)

3. (1) An action in rem must be begun by writ; and the writ must be
in Form No. 1 in Appendix B.

(2) The writ by which an Admiralty action in personam is begun
must be in Form No. 1 in Appendix A.

(3) The writ by which a limitation action is begun must be in Form
No. 2 in Appendix B.

(4) Subject to the following paragraphs Order 6, rule 7, shall apply
in relation to a writ by which an Admiralty action is begun.

(5) An acknowledgment of service in an action in rem or a
limitation action shall be in Form No. 2B in Appendix B.

(6) A defendant to an action in rem in which the writ has not been
served, or a defendant to a limitation action who has not been served
with the writ, may, if he desires to take part in the proceedings,
acknowledge the issue of the writ by handing in at, or sending to, the
Registry an acknowledgment of issue in the same form as an
acknowledgment of service but with the substitution for the references
therein to service of references to issue of the writ.

(7) These rules shall apply, with the necessary modifications, in
relation to an acknowledgment of issue or service in Form 2B in
Appendix B as they apply in relation to an acknowledgment of service in
Form No. 14 in Appendix A which contains a statement to the effect that
the defendant intends to contest the proceedings to which the
acknowledgment relates.

Service of writ out of jurisdiction (0. 75, r. 4)

4. (1) Subject to the following provisions of this rule, service out of
the jurisdiction of a writ containing any claim for damage, loss of life or
personal injury arising out of a collision between ships or the carrying
out of or omission to carry out a manoeuvre in the case of one or more
of two or more ships or noncompliance on the part of one or more of
two or more ships with the collision regulations, every limitation action
and every action to





enforce a claim under section 1 of the Merchant Shipping (Oil Pollution)
Act 1971 or section 4 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1974 as these
provisions apply to Hong Kong is permissible with the leave of the
Court if, but only if

(a)the defendant has his habitual residence or a place of
business in Hong Kong; or

(b)the cause of action arose within the territorial waters of Hong
Kong; or

(c)an action arising out of the same incident or series of
incidents is proceeding in the Court or has been heard and
determined in the Court; or

(d)the defendant has submitted or agreed to submit to the
jurisdiction of the Court.

(2) Order 11, rule 3 and rule 4(1), (2) and (4), shall apply in relation
to an application for the grant of leave under this rule as they apply in
relation to an application for the grant of leave under rule 1 or 2 of that
Order.

(3) Paragraph (1) shall not apply to an action in rem.

(4) The proviso to rule 7(1) of Order 6 and Order 11, rule 1(2), shall
not apply to a writ by which any Admiralty action is begun.

Warrant of arrest (0. 75, r. 5)

5. (1) After a writ has been issued in an action in rem a warrant in
Form No. 3 in Appendix B for the arrest of the property against which
the action or any counterclaim in the action is brought may, subject to
the provisions of this rule, be issued at the instance of the plaintiff or of
the defendant, as the case may be.

(3) A party applying for the issue out of the Registry of a warrant
to arrest any property shall procure a search to be made in the caveat
book for the purpose of ascertaining whether there is a caveat against
arrest in force with respect to that property.

(4) A warrant of arrest shall not be issued until the party applying
for it has filed an affidavit requesting issue of the warrant together with
an affidavit made by him or his agent containing the particulars required
by paragraph (8) so, however, that the Court may, if it thinks fit, allow
the warrant to issue notwithstanding that the affidavit does not contain
all those particulars.

(5) Except with the leave of the Court, a warrant of arrest shall not
be issued in an action in rem against a foreign ship belonging to a port
of a State having a consulate in Hong Kong, being an action for
possession of the ship or for wages, until notice that the action has
been begun has been sent to the consul.

(6) Except with the leave of the Court, a warrant of arrest shall not
be issued in an action in rem in which there is a claim arising out of
bottomry until the bottomry bond and, if the bond is in a foreign
language, a notarial translation thereof is produced to the Registrar.





(7) Where, by, or under, any convention or treaty, Hong Kong has
undertaken to minimise the possibility of arrest of ships of another
state, no application shall be made for the issue of a warrant of arrest in
an action in rem against a ship owned by that state until a notice in
Form No. 15 in Appendix B has been served on a consular officer at the
consular office of, or acting on behalf of, that state in Hong Kong.

(8) An affidavit required by paragraph (4) must state-

(a) in every case-

(i) the nature of the claim or counterclaim and that it has not
been satisfied and, if it arises in connection with a ship, the
name of that ship; and

(ii) the nature of the property to be arrested and, if the
property is a ship, the name of the ship and her port of
registry; and

(b)in the case of a claim against a ship in rem by virtue of
paragraph (10)

(i) the name of the person who would be liable on the claim
in an action in personam ('the relevant person'); and

(ii) that the relevant person was when the cause of action
arose the owner or charterer of, or in possession or in control
of, the ship in connection with which the claim arose; and

(iii) that at the time of the issue of the writ the relevant
person was either the beneficial owner of all the shares in the
ship in respect of which the warrant is required or (where
appropriate) the charterer of it under a charter by demise; and

(c)in the case of a claim for possession of a ship or for wages,
the nationality of the ship in respect of which the warrant is
required and that the notice (if any) required by paragraph (5)
has been sent; and

(e)in the case of a claim in respect of a liability incurred under
Section 1 of the Merchant Shipping (Oil Pollution) Act 1971,
the facts relied on as establishing that the Court is not
prevented from entertaining the action by reason of Section
13(2) of that Act.

(9) The following documents shall, where appropriate, be exhibited
to an affidavit required by paragraph (4)-

(a) a copy of any notice sent to a consul under paragraph (5);

(b)a certified copy of any bottomry bond, or of the translation
thereof, produced under paragraph (6).

(c)a copy of any notice served on a consular officer under
paragraph (7).





(10) The claims against a ship in rem coming within the provisions
of sub-paragraph (b) (whether or not the claim gives rise to a maritime
lien on that ship) are

(a) for damage done by a ship;

(b)for loss of life or personal injury sustained in consequence of
any defect in a ship or in her apparel or equipment or in
consequence of the wrongful act, neglect or default of the
owners, charterers or persons in possession or control of a
ship or the master or crew of a ship or any other person for
whose wrongful acts, neglects or defaults the owners,
charterers or persons in possession or control of a ship are
responsible, being an act, neglect or default in the navigation
or management of a ship in the loading, carriage or discharge
of goods on, in or from the ship or in the embarkation, carriage
or disembarkation of persons on, in or from the ship;

(c) for loss of or damage to goods carried in a ship;

(d)those arising out of any agreement relating to the carriage of
goods in a ship or to the use or hire of a ship;

(e)those in the nature of salvage (including any claim arising by
virtue of the application by or under section 51 of the Civil
Aviation Act 1949 as it applies to Hong Kong, of the law
relating to salvage to aircraft and their apparel and cargo);

those in the nature of towage or pilotage in respect of a ship
or an aircraft when an action in rem may be brought against
that aircraft if, at the time when the action is brought, it is
beneficially owned by the person who would be liable on the
claim in an action in personam;

(g)those in respect of goods or materials supplied to a ship for
her operation or maintenance;

(h)those in respect of the construction, repair or equipment of a
ship or dock charges or dues;

(i)those by a master or member of a crew of a ship for wages
(including any sum allotted out of wages or adjudged by a
superintendent to be due by way of wages);

(j)those by a master, shipper, charterer or agent in respect of
disbursements made on account of a ship;

(k)those arising out of an act which is or is claimed to be a
general average act;

(1) those-arising out of bottomry

And where the person who would be liable on the claim in an action in
personam ('the relevant person') was, when the cause of action arose,
the owner or charterer of, or in possession or in control of, the ship and
at the time when the action is brought is either the





beneficial owner of that ship as respects all the shares in it or the
charterer of it under a charter by demise or, in the case of any other
ship, where the relevant person is the beneficial owner as respects all
the shares in it at the time when the action is brought.

Caveat against arrest (0. 75, r. 6)

6. (1) A person who desires to prevent the arrest of any property
must file in the Registry a praecipe, in Form No. 5 in Appendix B, signed
by him or his solicitor undertaking

(a)to acknowledge issue or service (as may be appropriate) of the
writ in any action that may be begun against the property
described in the praecipe, and

(b)within 3 days after receiving notice that such an action has
been begun, to give bail in the action in a sum not exceeding
an amount specified in the praecipe or to pay the amount so
specified into court,

and on the filing of the praecipe a caveat against the issue of a warrant
to arrest the property described in the praecipe shall be entered in the
caveat book.

(2) The fact that there is a caveat against arrest in force shall not
prevent the issue of a warrant to arrest the property to which the caveat
relates.

Remedy where property protected by caveat is arrested (0. 75, r. 7)

7. Where any property with respect to which a caveat against arrest
is in force is arrested in pursuance of a warrant of arrest, the party at
whose instance the caveat was entered may apply to the Court by
motion for an order under this rule and, on the hearing of the
application, the Court, unless it is satisfied that the party procuring the
arrest of the property had a good and sufficient reason for so doing,
may by order discharge the warrant and may also order the last-
mentioned party to pay to the applicant damages in respect of the loss
suffered by the applicant as a result of the arrest.

Service of writ in action in rem (0. 75, r. 8)

8. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), a writ by which an action in rem is
begun must be served on the property against which the action is
brought save that

(a)where that property is freight it must be served on the cargo in
respect of which the freight is payable or on the ship in which
that cargo was carried, or

(b)where the property has been sold by the bailiff, the writ may
not be served on that property, but a sealed copy of it must be
filed in the Registry and the writ shall be deemed to have been
duly served on the day on which it was filed.





(2) A writ need not be served or filed as mentioned in paragraph (1)
if the writ is deemed to have been duly served on the defendant by
virtue of Order 10, rule 1(4) or (5).

(3) Where by virtue of this rule a writ is required to be served on
any property, then, if the plaintiff wishes service of the writ to be
effected by the bailiff, he must file in the Registry a praecipe in Form No.
6 in Appendix B and lodge

(a) the writ and a copy thereof, and

(b)an undertaking to pay on demand all expenses incurred by the
bailiff or his substitute in respect of the service of the writ,

and thereupon the bailiff or his substitute shall serve the writ on the
property described in the praecipe.

(3A) Where a writ is served on any property by the bailiff or his
substitute the person effecting service must indorse on the writ the
following particulars, that is to say, where it was served, the property on
which it was served, the day of the week and the date on which it was
served, the manner in which it was served and the name and the address
of the person effecting service, and the indorsement shall be evidence
of the facts stated therein.

(4) Where the plaintiff in an action in rem, or his solicitor, becomes
aware that there is in force a caveat against arrest with respect to the
property against which the action is brought, he must serve the writ
forthwith on the person at whose instance the caveat was entered.

(5) Where a writ by which an action in rem is begun is amended
under Order 20, rule 1, after service thereof, Order 20, rule 1(2), shall not
apply and, unless the Court otherwise directs on an application made ex
parte, the amended writ must be served on any intervener and any
defendant who has acknowledged issue or service of the writ in the
action or, if no defendant has acknowledged issue or service of the writ,
it must be served in accordance with paragraph (1) of this rule.

Committal of solicitor failing to comply with undertaking (0. 75, r. 9)

9. Where the solicitor of a party to an action in rem fails to comply
with a written undertaking given by him to any other party or his
solicitor to acknowledge issue or service of the writ in the action, give
bail or pay money into court in lieu of bail, he shall be liable to
committal.

Execution, etc., of warrant of arrest (0. 75, r. 10)

10. (1) A warrant of arrest is valid for 12 months beginning with the
date of its issue.

(2) A warrant of arrest may be executed only by the bailiff or his
substitute.





(3) A warrant of arrest shall not be executed until an undertaking to
pay on demand the fees of the bailiff and all expenses incurred by him
or on his behalf in respect of the arrest of the property and the care and
custody of it while under arrest has been lodged in the bailiff's office.

(4) A warrant of arrest shall not be executed if the party at whose
instance it was issued lodges a written request to that effect with the
bailiff.

(5) A warrant of arrest issued against freight may be executed by
serving the warrant on the cargo in respect of which the freight is
payable or on the ship in which that cargo was carried or on both of
them.

(6) Subject to paragraph (5), a warrant of arrest must be served on
the property against which it is issued.

(7) Within 7 days after the service of a warrant of arrest, the
warrant must be filed, in the Registry by the bailiff.

Service on ships, etc.: how effected (0. 75, r. 11)

11. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), service of a warrant of arrest or writ
in an action in rem against a ship, freight or cargo shall be effected by

(a)affixing the warrant or writ for a short time on any mast of the
ship or on the outside of any suitable part of the ship's
superstructure, and

(b)on removing the warrant or writ, leaving a copy of it affixed (in
the case of the warrant) in its place or (in the case of the writ)
on a sheltered, conspicuous part of the ship.

(2) Service of a warrant of arrest or writ in an action in rem against
freight or cargo or both shall, if the cargo has been landed or
transhipped, be effected

(a)by placing the warrant or writ for a short time on the cargo
and, on removing the warrant or writ, leaving a copy of it on
the cargo, or

(b)if the cargo is in the custody of a person who will not permit
access to it, by leaving a copy of the warrant or writ with that
person.

(3) Order 65, rule 10, shall not apply to a warrant of arrest or a writ
in rem.

Applications with respect to property under arrest (0. 75, r. 12)

12. (1) The bailiff may at any time apply to the Court for directions
with respect to property under arrest in an action and may, or, if the
Court so directs, shall, give notice of the application to any or all of the
persons referred to in paragraph 2.





(2) The bailiff shall send by hand or by post a copy of any
order made on an application under paragraph (1) to all those
persons who, in relation to that property, have-

(a) entered a caveat which is still in force; or

(b)caused a warrant for the arrest of the property to be
executed by the bailiff, or

(c)acknowledged issue or service of the writ in any action in
which the property is under arrest; or

(d)intervened in any action in which the property is under
arrest.

(3) A person other than the bailiff may make an application
under this rule by summons or motion in the action in which the
property is under arrest and the summons or notice of motion
together with copies of any affidavits in support must be served upon
the bailiff and all persons referred to in paragraph (2) unless the
court otherwise orders on an application made ex parte.

(4) Unless otherwise directed by the Registrar, the bailiff shall
serve a copy of any notice of motion or summons on the property
under arrest.

Release of property under arrest (0. 75, r. 13)

13. (1) Except where property arrested in pursuance of a
warrant of arrest is sold under an order of the Court, property which
has been so arrested shall only be released under the authority of
an instrument of release (in this rule referred to as a 'release'), in
Form No. 7 in Appendix B, issued out of the Registry.

(3) A release shall not be issued with respect to property as to
which a caveat against release is in force, unless, either

(a)at the time of the issue of the release the property is under
arrest in one or more other actions, or

(b) the Court so orders.

(4) A release may be issued at the instance of any party to the
action in which the warrant of arrest was issued if the Court so
orders, or, subject to paragraph (3), if all the other parties, except
any defendant who has not acknowledged issue or service of the
writ, consent.

(6) Before a release is issued, the party applying for its issue
must, unless paragraph (3)(a) applies, give notice to any person at
whose instance a subsisting caveat against release has been entered,
or to his solicitor, requiring the caveat to be withdrawn.

(7) Before property under arrest is released in compliance
with a release issued under this rule, the party at whose instance
it was issued must, in accordance with the directions of the bailiff,
either-





(a)pay the fees of the bailiff already incurred and lodge in the
bailiff's office an undertaking to pay on demand the other
fees and expenses in connection with the arrest of the
property and the care and custody of it while under arrest
and of its release, or

(b)lodge in the bailiff's office an undertaking to pay on
demand all such fees and expenses, whether incurred or to
be incurred.

(8) The Court, on the application 'of any party who objects to
directions given to him by the bailiff under paragraph (7), may vary
or revoke the directions.

Caveat against release etc. (0. 75, r. 14)

14. (1) Where a person claiming to have a right of action in
rem against any property which is under arrest or the proceeds of
sale thereof wishes to be served with notice of any application to the
Court in respect of that property or those proceeds, he must file in
the Registry a praecipe in Form No. 9 in Appendix B and, on the
filing of the praecipe, a caveat shall be entered in the caveat book.

(2) Where the release of any property under arrest is delayed
by the entry of a caveat under this rule, any person having an
interest in that property may apply to the Court by motion for an
order requiring the person who procured the entry of the caveat to
pay to the applicant damages in respect of the loss suffered by the
applicant by reason of the delay, and the Court, unless it is satisfied
that the person procuring the entry of the caveat had a good and
sufficient reason for so doing, may make an order accordingly.

Duration of caveats (0. 75, r. 15)

15. (1) Every caveat entered in the caveat book is valid for
12 months beginning with the. date of its entry but the person at
whose instance a caveat was entered may withdraw it by filing a
praecipe in Form No. 10 in Appendix B.

(2) The period of validity of a caveat may not be extended, but
this provision shall not be taken as preventing the entry of successive
caveats.

Bail (0. 75, r. 16)

16. (1) Bail on behalf of a party to an action in rem must be
given by bond in Form No. 11 in Appendix B; and the sureties to the
bond must enter into the bond before a commissioner for oaths or a
solicitor exercising the powers of a commissioner for oaths under
section 7A of the Legal Practitioners Ordinance not being a solicitor
who, or whose partner, is acting as solicitor or agent for the party on
whose behalf the bail is to be given.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3), a surety to a bail bond must
make an affidavit stating that he is able to pay the sum for which the
bond is given.





(3) Where a corporation is a surety to a bail bond given on behalf
of a party, no affidavit shall be made under paragraph (2) on behalf of
the corporation unless the opposite party requires it, but where such an
affidavit is required it must be made by a director, manager, secretary or
other similar officer of the corporation.

(4) The party on whose behalf bail is given must serve on the
opposite party a notice of bail containing the names and addresses of
the persons who have given bail on his behalf and of the commissioner
before whom the bail bond was entered into; and after the expiration of
24 hours from the service of the notice (or sooner with the consent of
the opposite party) he may file the bond and must at the same time file
the affidavits (if any) made under paragraph (2) and an affidavit proving
due service of the notice of bail to which a copy of that notice must be
exhibited.

Interveners (0. 75, r. 17)

17. (1) Where property against which an action in rem is brought is
under arrest or money representing the proceeds of sale of that property
is in court, a person who has an interest in that property or money but
who is not a defendant to the action may, with the leave of the Court,
intervene in the action.

(2) An application for the grant of leave under this rule must be
made ex parte by affidavit showing the interest of the applicant in the
property against which the action is brought or in the money in court.

(3) A person to whom leave is granted under this rule shall
thereupon become a party to the action.

(4) The Court may order that a person to whom it grants leave to
intervene in an action shall, within such period or periods as may be
specified in the order, serve on any other party to the action such notice
of his intervention and such pleadings as may be so specified.

Preliminary acts (0. 75, r. 18)

18. (1) In an action to enforce a claim for damage, loss of life or
personal injury arising out of a collision between ships, unless the Court
otherwise orders, the plaintiff must, within 2 months after issue of the
writ, and the defendant must, within 2 months after acknowledging issue
or service of the writ, and before any pleading is served, lodge in the
Registry a document (in these rules referred to as a preliminary act)
containing a statement of the following particulars

(i)the names of the ships which came into collision and their
ports of registry;

(ii) the date and time of the collision;

(iii) the place of the collision;

(iv) the direction and force of the wind;

(v) the state of the weather;





(vi) the state, direction and force of the tidal or other current;
(vii) the course steered and speed through the water of the ship
when the other ship was first seen or immediately before
any measures were taken with reference to her presence,
whichever was the earlier;
(viii) the lights (if any) carried by the ship;
(ix) (a)the distance and bearing of the other ship if and when
her echo was first observed by radar;
(b)the distance, bearing and approximate heading of the
other ship when first seen;
(x) what light or combination of lights (if any) of the other
ship was first seen;
(xi) what other lights or combinations of lights (if any) of the
other ship were subsequently seen before the collision, and
when;
(xii) what alterations (if any) were made to the course and
speed of the ship after the earlier of the two times referred
to in article (vii) up to the time of collision, and when, and
what measures (if any), other than alterations of course or
speed, were taken to avoid the collision, and when;
(xiii) the heading of the ship, the parts of each ship which first
came into contact and the approximate angle between the
2 ships at the moment of contact;
(xiv) what sound signals (if any) were given, and when;
(xv) what sound signals (if any) were heard from the other ship,
and when.

(2) Every preliminary act shall be sealed by the Registrar and
shall be filed in a closed envelope (stamped with an official stamp
showing the date of filing) and, unless the Court otherwise orders,
no envelope shall be opened until the pleadings are closed and a
consent signed by each of the parties or his solicitor to the opening
of the preliminary acts is filed with the Registrar.

(2A) A defendant who has lodged a preliminary act must
within 7 days thereafter serve notice of such lodgment on all other
parties to the action.

(3) Where the Court orders the preliminary acts to be opened,
the Court may further order the action to be tried without pleadings
but, where the Court orders the action to be so tried, any party who
intends to rely on the defence of compulsory pilotage must give
notice of his intention to do so to the other parties within 7 days
after the opening of the preliminary acts.

(4) Where the Court orders the action to he tried without
pleadings, it may also order each party, within such period as may be
specified in the order, to file a statement of the grounds on which he
charges any other party with negligence in connection with the
collision and to serve a copy thereof on that other party.





(5) Order 18, rule 1, shall not apply to an action in which
preliminary acts are required but, unless the Court orders the action
to be tried without pleadings the plaintiff must serve a statement of
claim on each defendant within 14 days after the latest date on which
the preliminary act of any party to the action is filed.

Failure to lodge preliminary act: proceedings against party in default
(0. 75, r. 19)

19. (1) Where in such an action as is referred to in rule 18(1)
the plaintiff fails to lodge a preliminary act within the prescribed
period, any defendant who has lodged such an act may apply to the
Court by summons for an order to dismiss the action, and the Court
may by order dismiss the action or make such other order on such
terms as it thinks just.

(2) Where in such an action, being an action in personam, a
defendant fails to lodge a preliminary act within the prescribed period,
Order 19, rules 2 and 3, shall apply as if the defendant's failure to
lodge the preliminary act within that period were a failure by him to
serve a defence on the plaintiff within the period fixed by or under
these rules for service thereof, and the plaintiff, if he has lodged a
preliminary act may, subject to Order 77, rule 9, accordingly enter
judgment against that defendant in accordance with the said rule 2
or the said rule 3, as the circumstances of the case require.

(3) Where in such an action, being an action in rem, a
defendant fails to lodge a preliminary act within the prescribed
period, the plaintiff, if he has lodged such an act, may apply to the
Court by motion for judgment against that defendant, and it shall
not be necessary for the plaintiff to file or serve a statement of claim
or an affidavit before the hearing of the motion.

(4) On the hearing of a motion under paragraph (3) the Court
may make such order as it thinks just, and where the defendant does
not appear on the hearing and the Court is of opinion that judgment
should be given for the plaintiff provided he proves his case, it shall
order the plaintiff's preliminary act to be opened and require the
plaintiff to satisfy the Court that his claim is well founded.

The plaintiff's evidence may, unless the Court otherwise orders,
be given by affidavit without any order or direction in that behalf.

(5) Where the plaintiff in accordance with a requirement
under paragraph (4) satisfies the Court that his claim is well
founded, the Court may give judgment for the claim with or without
a reference to the Registrar and may at the same time order the
property against which the action is brought to be appraised and
sold and the proceeds to be paid into court or make such order as
it thinks just.

(6) The Court may, on such terms as it thinks just, set aside
any judgment entered in pursuance of this rule.





(7) In this rule references to the prescribed period shall be
construed as references to the period within which by virtue of rule
18(1) or of any order of the Court the plaintiff or defendant, as the
context of the reference requires, is required to lodge a preliminary act.

Special provisions as to pleadings in collision, etc. actions (0. 75, r. 20)

20. (1) Notwithstanding anything in Order 18, rule 3, the plaintiff in
any such action as is referred to in rule 4(1) may not serve a reply or a
defence to counterclaim on the defendant except with the leave of the
Court. (L.N. 356188)

(2) If in such an action there is a counterclaim and no defence to
counterclaim by the plaintiff, then, notwithstanding Order 18, rule 14(3),
but without prejudice to the other provisions of that rule, there is an
implied joinder of issue on the counterclaim, and the joinder of issue
operates as a denial of every material allegation of fact made in the
counterclaim.

Judgment by default (0. 75, r. 21)

21. (1) Where a writ is served under rule 8(4) on a party at whose
instance a caveat against arrest was issued, then if

(a)the sum claimed in the action begun by the writ does not
exceed the amount specified in the undertaking given by that
party or his solicitor to procure the entry of that caveat, and

(b)that party or his solicitor does not within 14 days after service
of the writ fulfil the undertaking given by him as aforesaid,

the plaintiff may, after filing an affidavit verifying the facts on which the
action is based, apply to the Court for judgment by default.

(2) Judgment given under paragraph (1) may be enforced by the
arrest of the property against which the action was brought and by
committal of the party at whose instance the caveat with respect to that
property was entered.

(3) Where a defendant to an action in rem fails to acknowledge
service of the writ within the time limited for doing so, then, on the
expiration of 14 days after service of the writ and upon filing an affidavit
proving due service of the writ, an affidavit verifying the facts on which
the action is based and, if a statement of claim was not indorsed on the
writ, a copy of the statement of claim, the plaintiff may apply to the
Court for judgment by default.

Where the writ is deemed to have been duly served on the
defendant by virtue of Order 10, rule 1(4), or was served by the bailiff or
his substitute under rule 8 of this Order, an affidavit proving due service
of the writ need not be filed under this paragraph, but the writ indorsed
as mentioned in the said rule 1(4) or indorsed as mentioned in rule 8(3A)
must be lodged with the affidavit verifying the facts on which the action
is based.





(4) Where a defendant to an action in rem fails to serve a
defence on the plaintiff, then, after the expiration of the period fixed
by or under these rules for service of the defence and upon filing an
affidavit stating that no defence was served on him by that defendant
during that period, an affidavit verifying the facts on which the
action is based and, if a statement of claim was not indorsed on the
writ, a copy of the statement of claim, the plaintiff may apply to the
Court for judgment by default.

(5) Where a defendant to a counterclaim in an action in rem
fails to serve a defence to counterclaim on the defendant making the
counterclaim, then, subject to paragraph (6), after the expiration of
the period fixed by or under these rules for service of the defence to
counterclaim and upon filing an affidavit stating that no defence to
counterclaim was served on him by the first-mentioned defendant
during that period, an affidavit verifying the facts on which the
counterclaim is based and a copy of the counterclaim, the defendant
making the counterclaim may apply to the Court for judgment by
default.

(6) No application may be made under paragraph (5) against
the plaintiff in any action to enforce a claim for damage, loss of life
or personal injury arising out of a collision between ships or the
carrying out of or omission to carry out a manoeuvre in the case of
one or more of two or more ships or non-compliance on the part
of one or more of two or more ships with the collision regulations.

(7) An application to the Court under this rule must be made
by motion and if, on the hearing of the motion, the Court is satisfied
that the applicant's claim is well founded it may give judgment for
the claim with or without a reference to the Registrar and may at the
same time order the property against which the action or, as the case
may be, counterclaim is brought to be appraised and sold and the
proceeds to be paid into court or may make such other order as
it thinks just.

(8) In default actions in rem evidence may, unless the Court
otherwise orders, be given by affidavit without any order or direc-
tion in that behalf.

(9) The Court may, on such terms as it thinks just, set aside or
vary any judgment entered in pursuance of this rule.

(10) Order 13 and Order 19 (except rule 1) shall not apply to
actions in rem.

Order for sale of ship: determination of priority of claims (0. 75, r. 22)

22. (1) Where in an action in rem against a ship the Court has
ordered the ship to be sold, any party who has obtained or obtains
judgment against the ship or proceeds of sale of the ship may-

(a)in a case where the order for sale contains the further order
referred to in paragraph (2), after the expiration of the
period specified in the order under paragraph (2)(a), or





(b) in any other case, after obtaining judgment,

apply to the Court by motion for an order determining the order of
priority of the claims against the proceeds of sale of the ship.

(2) Where in an action in rem against a ship the Court orders
the ship to be sold, it may further order-

(a)that the order of priority of the claims against the proceeds
of sale of the ship shall not be determined until after the
expiration of 90 days, or of such other period as the Court
may specify, beginning with the day on which the proceeds
of sale are paid into court;

(b)that any party to the action or to any other action in rem
against the ship or the proceeds of sale thereof may apply
to the Court in the action to which he is a party to extend
the period specified in the Order;

(c)that within 7 days after the date of payment into court of
the proceeds of sale the bailiff shall send for publication in
the Gazette and such other newspaper, if any, as the Court
may direct, a notice complying with paragraph (3).

(3) The notice referred to in paragraph (2)(c) must state-

(a)that the ship (naming her) has been sold by order of the
Court in an action in rem, identifying the action;

(b)that the gross proceeds of the sale, specifying the amount
thereof, have been paid into court;

(c)that the order of priority of the claims against the said
proceeds will not be determined until after the expiration
of the period (specifying it) specified in the order for sale;
and

(d)that any person with a claim against the ship or the
proceeds of sale thereof, on which he intends to proceed to
judgment should do so before the expiration of that
period.

(4) The bailiff must lodge in the Registry a copy of each
newspaper in which the notice referred to in paragraph (2)(c)
appeared.

(5) The expenses incurred by the bailiff in complying with an
order of the Court under this rule shall be included in his expenses
relating to the sale of the ship.

(6) An application to the Court to extend the period referred
to in paragraph (2)(a) must be made by motion, and a copy of the
notice of motion must, at least 3 days before the day fixed for the
hearing thereof, be served on each party who has begun an action in
rem against the ship or the proceeds of sale thereof.

(7) In this rule 'the Court' means the judge in person.





Appraisement and sale of property (0, 75, r, 23)

23. (1) A commission for the appraisement and sale of any property
under an order of the Court shall not be issued until the party applying
for it has filed a praecipe in Form No. 12 in Appendix B.

(2) Such a commission must, unless the Court otherwise orders, be
executed by the bailiff and must be in Form No. 13 in Appendix B.

(3) A commission for appraisement and sale shall not be executed
until an undertaking in writing satisfactory to the bailiff to pay the fees
and expenses of the bailiff on demand has been lodged in the bailiff's
office.

(4) The bailiff shall pay into court the gross proceeds of the sale of
any property sold by him under a commission for sale and shall bring
into court the account relating to the sale (with vouchers in support) for
taxation.

(5) On the taxation of the bailiff's account relating to a sale any
person interested in the proceeds of the sale shall be entitled to be
heard, and any decision of the Registrar made on the taxation to which
objection is taken may be reviewed in the same manner and by the same
persons as any decision of the Registrar made in taxation proceedings
under Order 62, and rules 33 to 35 of that Order shall apply accordingly
with the necessary modifications.

Undertaking as to expenses, etc. (0. 75, r. 23A)

23A. (1) Every undertaking under rule 8(3), 10(3), 13(7) or 23(3)
shall be given in writing to the satisfaction of the bailiff.

(2) Where a party is required by rule 8(3), 10(3), 13(7) or 23(3) to
give to the bailiff an undertaking to pay any fees or expenses, the bailiff
may require from time to time the deposit with him of such sum as he
considers reasonable to meet those fees and expenses.

(3) The Court may, on the application of any party who is
dissatisfied with a direction or determination of the bailiff under rule
13(7) or this rule, vary or revoke the direction or determination.

Payment into and out of court (0. 75, r. 24)

24. (1) Order 22 (except rules 3, 4 and 12) shall apply in relation to
an Admiralty action (other than a limitation action) as it applies to an
action for a debt or damages.

(2) Subject to paragraphs (3) and (4), money paid into court shall
not be paid out except in pursuance of an order of the judge in person.

(3) The Registrar may, with the consent of the parties interested in
money paid into court, order the money to be paid out to the person
entitled thereto in the following cases, that is to say





(a)where a claim has been referred to the Registrar for
decision and all the parties to the reference have agreed to
accept the Registrar's decision and to the payment out of
any money in court in accordance with that decision;

(b)where property has been sold and the proceeds of sale
thereof paid into court and the parties are agreed as to the
persons to whom the proceeds shall be paid and the
amount to be paid to each of those persons;

(c)where in any other case there is no dispute between the
parties.

(4) Where in an Admiralty action money has been paid into
court pursuant to an order made under Order 29, rule 12, the
Registrar may make an order under rule 13(1) of that Order for the
money to be paid out to the person entitled thereto.

Summons for directions (0. 75, r. 25)

25. (1) Order 25 shall apply to Admiralty actions (other than
limitation actions) as it applies to other actions, except that-

(a)the summons for directions shall be returnable in not less
than 7 weeks;

(b)any notice under Order 25, rule 7(1), must be served within
21 days after service of the summons for directions on the
party giving the notice; and

(c)unless ajudge in person otherwise directs, the summons for
directions shall be heard by ajudge in person.

On or before the day on which any party serves on any other party
a notice under Order 75, rule 7, he must lodge 2 copies of the notice
in the Registry.

(2) An order made on the summons for directions shall
determine whether the trial is to be without assessors or with one or
more assessors.

(3) The trial shall be before a judge without a jury unless, on
the ground that there are special reasons to the contrary, an order
made on the summons for directions otherwise provides.

(5) Any such order or direction as is referred to in paragraph
(2) or (3) (including an order made on appeal) may be varied or
revoked by a subsequent order or direction made or given at or
before the trial by the judge in person or, with the judge's consent by
the Registrar.

Fixing date for trial, etc. (0. 75, r. 26)

26. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the date for trial of an
Admiralty action shall be fixed by the judge at the hearing of
the summons for directions, unless a judge in person otherwise
directs.





(2) Where an action is ordered to be tried without pleadings or a
summons for directions is directed to be heard by the Registrar the date
for trial shall be fixed by the Registrar.

(3) Order 34 shall apply to Admiralty actions subject to the
following and any other necessary modifications

(a)the bundles referred to in rule 3(1) shall include any
preliminary acts and any notice given under rule 18(3) or filed
under rule 18(4) of this Order, and where trial with one or more
assessors has been ordered an additional bundle shall be
lodged for the use of each assessor;

(b)'the proper officer' shall mean the chief judicial clerk of the
Registry; and

(e)in an action which has been ordered to be tried with an
assessor or assessors the solicitor to the party setting it down
must file in the Registry an undertaking to pay the proper fee
and expenses of such assessor or assessors.

(4) If all the parties to an action consent, the action may be
withdrawn without the leave of the Court at any time before trial by
filing in the Registry a written consent to the action being withdrawn
signed by all the parties.

Stay of proceedings in collision, etc. actions until security given (0. 75,
r. 27)

27. Where an action in rem, being an action to enforce any such
claim as is referred to in rule 2(1)(a), is begun and a cross action in rem
arising out of the same collision or other occurrence as the first
mentioned action is subsequently begun, or a counterclaim arising out
of that occurrence is made in the first mentioned action, then

(a)if the ship in respect of or against which the first mentioned
action is brought has been arrested or security given to
prevent her arrest, but

(b)the ship in respect of or against which the cross action is
brought or the counterclaim made cannot be arrested and
security has not been given to satisfy any judgment given in
favour of the party bringing the cross action or making the
counterclaim,

the Court may stay proceedings in the first mentioned action until
security is given to satisfy any judgment given in favour of that party.

Inspection of ship, etc. (0. 75, r. 28)

28. Without prejudice to its powers under Order 29, rules 2 and 3,
and Order 35, rule 8, the Court may, on the application of any party,
make an order for the inspection by the assessors (if the action is tried
with assessors), or by any party or witness, of any





ship or other property, whether real or personal, the inspection of which
may be necessary or desirable for the purpose of obtaining full
information or evidence in connection with any issue in the action.

Examination of witnesses and other persons (0. 75, r. 30)

30. (1) The power conferred by Order 39, rule 1, shall extend to the
making of an order authorizing the examination of a witness or person
on oath before ajudge sitting in court as if for the trial of the cause or
matter, without that cause or matter having been set down for trial or
called on for trial.

(2) The power conferred by the said rule 1 shall also extend to the
making of an order, with the consent of the parties, providing for the
evidence of a witness being taken as if before an examiner, but without
an examiner actually being appointed or being present.

(3) Where an order is made under paragraph (2), it may make
provision for any consequential matters and, subject to any provision
so made, the following provisions shall have effect

(a)the party whose witness is to be examined shall provide a
shorthand writer to take down the evidence of the witness;

(b)any representative, being counsel or solicitor, of either of the
parties shall have authority to administer the oath to the
witness;

(c)the shorthand writer need not himself be sworn but shall
certify in writing as correct a transcript of his notes of the
evidence and deliver it to the solicitor for the party whose
witness was examined, and that solicitor must file it in the
Registry;

(d)unless the parties otherwise agree or the Court otherwise
orders, the transcript or a copy thereof shall, before the
transcript is filed, be made available to the counsel or other
persons who acted as advocates at the examination, and if any
of those persons is of opinion that the transcript does not
accurately represent the evidence he shall make a certificate
specifying the corrections which in his opinion should be
made therein, and that certificate must be filed with the
transcript.

(4) In actions in which preliminary acts fall to be filed under rule 18,
an order shall not be made under Order 39, rule 1, authorizing any
examination of a witness before the preliminary acts have been filed,
unless for special reasons the Court thinks fit so to direct.

Trial without pleadings (0. 75, r. 3 1)

31. Order 18, rule 21 shall apply to Admiralty as it applies to other
actions except that the summons must be served on every other party
not less than 7 days before the day specified in the summons for the
hearing thereof.





Further provisions with respect to evidence (0. 75, r. 32)

32. (3) Unless the Court otherwise directs, Order 38, rule 21, shall
not apply in relation to any statement which is admissible in evidence
by virtue of section 47, 49 or 50 of the Evidence Ordinance and which
an applicant for judgment in default under rule 19 or 21 desires to give
in evidence at the hearing of the motion by which the application for
judgment is made.

(7) Unless the Court otherwise directs, an affidavit for the purposes
of rule 19(4), 21 or 38(2) may, except in so far as it relates to the service
of a writ, contain statements of information or belief with the sources
and grounds thereof.

Proceedings for apportionment of salvage (0. 75, r. 33)

33. (1) Proceedings for the apportionment of salvage the aggregate
amount of which has already been ascertained shall be begun by
originating motion.

(3) On the hearing of the motion the judge may exercise any of the
jurisdiction conferred by section 556 of the Merchant Shipping Act
1894.

Notice of motion in actions in rem (0. 75, r. 34)

34. (1) The affidavits, if any, in support of a motion in an action in
rem must be filed in the Registry before the notice of motion is issued,
unless the Court gives leave to the contrary.

(2) A notice of motion, except a motion for judgment in default,
must be served on all caveators together with copies of the affidavits, if
any, in support of the motion 2 clear days at least before the hearing,
unless the Court gives leave to the contrary.

Agreement between solicitors may he made order of court (0. 75, r. 35)

35. (1) Any agreement in writing between the solicitors of the
parties to a cause or matter, dated and signed by those solicitors, may, if
the Registrar thinks it reasonable and such as the judge would under
the circumstances allow, be filed in the Registry, and the agreement
shall thereupon become an order of court and have the same effect as if
such order had been made by the judge in person.

Limitation action: parties (0. 75, r. 37)

37. (1) In a limitation action the person seeking relief shall be the
plaintiff and shall be named in the writ by his name and not described
merely as the owner of, or as bearing some other relation to, a particular
ship or other property.





(2) The plaintiff must make one of the persons with claims against
him in respect of the casualty to which the action relates defendant to
the action and may make any or all of the others defendants also.

(3) At least one of the defendants to the action must be named in
the writ by his name but the other defendants may be described
generally and not named by their names.

(4) The writ must be served on one or more of the defendants who
are named by their names therein and need not be served on any other
defendant.

(5) In this rule and rules 38, 39 and 40 'name' includes a firm name
or the name under which a person carries on his business, and where
any person with a claim against the plaintiff in respect of the casualty to
which the action relates has described himself for the purposes of his
claim merely as the owner of, or as bearing some other relation to, a ship
or other property, he may be so described as defendant in the writ and,
if so described, shall be deemed for the purposes of the rules aforesaid
to have been named in the writ by his name.

Limitation action.. summons for decree or directions (0. 75, r. 38)

38. (1) Within 7 days after the acknowledgment of issue or service
of the writ by one of the defendants named therein by their names or, if
none of them acknowledges issue or service, within 7 days after the time
limited for acknowledging service, the plaintiff, without serving a
statement of claim, must take out a summons returnable in chambers
before the Registrar asking for a decree limiting his liability or, in default
of such a decree, for directions as to the further proceedings in the
action.

(2) The summons must be supported by an affidavit or affidavits
proving

(a) the plaintiff's case in the action, and

(b)if none of the defendants named in the writ by their names has
acknowledged service, service of the writ on at least one of
the defendants so named.

(3) The affidavit in support of the summons must state-

(a)the names of all the persons who, to the knowledge of the
plaintiff, have claims against him in respect of the casualty to
which the action relates, not being defendants to the action
who are named in the writ by their names, and

(b)the address of each of those persons, if known to the plaintiff.

(4) The summons and every affidavit in support thereof must, at
least 7 clear days before the hearing of the summons, be served on any
defendant who has acknowledged issue or service of the writ.





(5) On the hearing of the summons the Registrar, if it appears
to him that it is not disputed that the plaintiff has a right to limit his
liability, shall make a decree limiting the plaintiff's liability and fix
the amount to which the liability is to be limited.

(6) On the hearing of the summons the Registrar, if it appears
to him that any defendant has not sufficient information to enable
him to decide whether or not to dispute that the plaintiff has a right
to limit his liability, shall give such directions as appear to him to be
appropriate for enabling the defendant to obtain such information
and shall adjourn the hearing.

(7) If on the hearing or resumed hearing of the summons the
Registrar does not make a decree limiting the plaintiff's liability, he
shall give such directions as to the further proceedings in the action
as appear to him to be appropriate including, in particular, a
direction requiring the taking out of a summons for directions under
Order 25 and, if he gives no such direction, a direction fixing the
period within which any notice under Order 38, rule 21, must be
served.

(8) Any defendant who, after the Registrar has given direc-
tions under paragraph (7), ceases to dispute the plaintiff's right to
limit his liability must forthwith file a notice to that effect in the
Registry, and serve a copy on the plaintiff and on any other
defendant who has acknowledged issue or service of the writ.

(9) If every defendant who disputes the plaintiff's right to limit
his liability serves a notice on the plaintiff under paragraph (8), the
plaintiff may take out a summons returnable in chambers before the
Registrar, asking for a decree limiting his liability; and paragraphs
(4) and (5) shall apply to a summons under this paragraph as they
apply to a summons under paragraph (1).

Limitation action: proceedings under decree (0. 75, r. 39)

39. (1) Where the only defendants in a limitation action are
those named in the writ by their names and all the persons so named
have either been served with the writ or acknowledged the issue
thereof, any decree in the action limiting the plaintiff's liability
(whether made by the Registrar or on the trial of the action)---

(a) need not be advertised, but

(b)shall only operate to protect the plaintiff in respect of
claims by the persons so named or persons claiming
through or under them.

(2) In any case not falling within paragraph (1), any decree in
the action limiting the plaintiff's liability---

(a)shall be advertised by the plaintiff in such manner and
within such time as may be provided by the decree;





(b)shall fix a time within which persons with claims against the
plaintiff in respect of the casualty to which the action relates
may file their claims, and, in cases to which rule 40 applies,
take out a summons, if they think fit, to set the order aside.

(3) The advertisement to be required under paragraph (2)(a) shall,
unless for special reasons the Registrar thinks fit otherwise to provide,
be a single advertisement in each of 3 newspapers specified in the
decree, identifying the action, the casualty and the relation of the
plaintiff thereto (whether as owner of a ship involved in the casualty or
otherwise as the case may be), stating that the decree has been made
and specifying the amounts fixed thereby as the limits of the plaintiffs
liability and the time allowed thereby for the filing of claims and the
taking out of summonses to set the decree aside.

The plaintiff must within the time fixed under paragraph (2)(b) file
in the Registry a copy of each newspaper in which the advertisement
required under paragraph (2)(a) appears.

(4) The time to be allowed under paragraph (2)(b) shall, unless for
special reasons the Registrar thinks fit otherwise to provide, be not less
than 2 months from the latest date allowed for the appearance of the
advertisements; and after the expiration of the time so allowed no claim
may be filed or summons taken out to set aside the decree except with
the leave of the Registrar.

(5) Save as aforesaid, any decree limiting the plaintiff's liability
(whether made by the Registrar or on trial of the action) may make any
such provisions as is authorized by section 504 of the Merchant
Shipping Act, 1894.

Limitation action: proceedings to set aside decree (0. 75, r. 40)

40. (1) Where a decree limiting the plaintiff's liability (whether made
by Registrar or on trial of the action) fixes a time in accordance with rule
39(2), any person with a claim against the plaintiff in respect of the
casualty to which the action relates, who

(a)was not named by his name in the writ as a defendant to the
action, or

(b)if so named, neither was served with the writ nor has
acknowledged the issue thereof,

may, within that time, after acknowledging issue of the writ, take out a
summons returnable in chambers before the Registrar, asking that the
decree be set aside.

(2) The summons must be supported by an affidavit or affidavits
showing that the defendant in question has a bona fide claim against the
plaintiff in respect of the casualty in question and that he has sufficient
prima facie grounds for the contention that the plaintiff is not entitled to
the relief given him by the decree.





(3) The summons and every affidavit in support thereof must, at
least 7 clear days before the hearing of the summons, be served on the
plaintiff and any defendant who has acknowledged issue or service of
the writ.

(4) On the hearing of the summons the Registrar, if he is satisfied
that the defendant in question has a bona fide claim against the plaintiff
and sufficient prima facie grounds for the contention that the plaintiff is
not entitled to the relief given him by the decree, shall set the decree
aside and give such directions as to the further proceedings in the
action as appear to him to be appropriate including, in particular, a
direction requiring the taking out of a summons for directions under
Order 25.

References to Registrar (0. 75, r. 41)

41. (1) Any party (hereafter in this rule referred to as the
'claimant') making a claim which is referred to the Registrar for decision
must within 2 months after the order is made, or, in a limitation action,
within such other period as the Court may direct, file his claim and,
unless the reference is in such an action, serve a copy of the claim on
every other party.

(2) At any time after the claimant's claim has been filed or, where
the reference is in a limitation action, after the expiration of the time
limited by the Court for the filing of claims but, in any case, not less than
28 days before the day appointed for the hearing of the reference, any
party to the cause or matter may apply to the Registrar by summons for
directions as to the proceedings on the reference, and the Registrar shall
give such directions, if any, as he thinks fit including, without prejudice
to the generality of the foregoing words, a direction requiring any party
to serve on any claimant, within such period as the Registrar may
specify, a defence to that claimant's claim.

(3) The reference shall be heard on a day appointed by the
Registrar and, unless the reference is in a limitation action or the parties
to the reference consent to the appointment of a particular day, the
appointment must be made by order on an application by summons
made by any party to the cause or matter.

(4) An appointment for the hearing of a reference shall not be made
until after the claimant has filed his claim or, where the reference is in a
limitation action, until after the expiration of the time limited by the Court
for the filing of claims.

(5) Not later than 7 days after an appointment for the hearing of a
reference has been made the claimant or, where the reference is in a
limitation action, the plaintiff must enter the reference for hearing by
lodging in the Registry a praecipe requesting the entry of the reference
in the list for hearing on the day appointed.

(6) Not less than 14 days before the day appointed for the hearing
of the reference the claimant must file





(a)a list, signed by him and every other party, of the items
(if any) of his claim which are not disputed, stating the
amount (if any) which he and the other parties agree
should be allowed in respect of each such item, and

(b)such affidavits or other documentary evidence as is
required to support the items of his claim which are
disputed;

and, unless the reference is in a limitation action, he must at the
same time serve on every other party a copy of every document filed
under this paragraph.

(7) If the claimant fails to comply with paragraph (1) or (6)(b),
the Court may, on the application of any other party to the cause or
matter, dismiss the claim.

Hearing of reference (0. 75, r. 42)

42. (1) Unless ajudge in person otherwise orders, a reference
shall be heard in public.

(2) The Registrar may adjourn the hearing of a reference from
time to time as he thinks fit.

(3) Subject to paragraph (2), evidence may be given orally or
by affidavit or in such other manner as may be agreed upon.

(4) When the hearing of the reference has been concluded, the
Registrar shall-

(a)reduce to writing his decision on the question arising in the
reference (including any order as to costs) and cause it to
be filed;

(b)cause to be filed either with his decision or subsequently
such statement (if any) of the grounds of the decision as he
thinks fit; and

(c)send to the parties to the reference notice that he has done
so.

(5) Where no statement of the grounds of the Registrar's
decision is filed with his decision and no intimation has been given
by the Registrar that he intends to file such a statement later, any
party to the reference may, within 14 days after the filing of the
decision, make a written request to the Registrar to file such a
statement.

Objection to decision on reference (0. 75, r. 43)

43. (1) Any party to a reference to the Registrar may, by
motion in objection, apply to set aside or vary the decision of the
Registrar on the reference, but notice of the motion, specifying the
points of objection to the decision, must be filed within 28 days after
the date on which notice of the filing of the decision was sent to that





party under rule 42(4) or, if a notice of the filing of a statement of the
grounds of the decision was subsequently sent to him thereunder,
within 28 days after the date on which the notice was sent.

(2) The decision of the Registrar shall be deemed to be given
on the date on which it is filed, but, unless he or the judge otherwise
directs, the decision shall not be acted upon until the time has
elapsed for filing notice of a motion in objection thereto.

(3) A direction shall not be given under paragraph (2) without
the parties being given an opportunity of being heard but may, if the
Registrar announces his intended decision at the conclusion of the
hearing of the reference, be incorporated in his decision as reduced
to writing under rule 42(4).

Drawing up and entry of judgments and orders (0. 75, r. 45)

45. Every judgment given or order made in an Admiralty
cause or matter, except an order which by virtue of Order 42, rule 4,
is not required to be drawn up, shall be drawn up in the Registry and
shall be entered by an officer of the Registry in the book kept for the
purpose.

Inspection of documents filed in Registry (0. 75, r. 46)

46. (1) Order 63, rule 4, shall apply in relation to documents
filed in the Registry.

(2) For the purpose of Order 63, rule 4, a decree made by the
Registrar in a limitation action and a decision and any statement of
the grounds of that decision filed under rule 42 shall be deemed to
have been made or given in court.

ORDER 76

CONTENTIOUS PROBATE PROCEEDINGS

Application and interpretation (0. 76, r. 1)

1. (1) This Order applies to probate causes and matters, and
the other provisions of these rules apply to those causes and matters
including applications for the rectification of a will subject to the
provisions of this Order.

(2) In these rules 'probate action' means an action for the
grant of probate of the will, or letters of administration of the estate,
of a deceased person or for the revocation of such a grant or for a
decree pronouncing for or against the validity of an alleged will, not
being an action which is non-contentious or common form probate
business.

(3) In this Order, 'will' includes a codicil.





Requirements in connection with issue of writ (0. 76, r. 2)

2. (1) A probate action must be begun by writ.

(2) Before a writ beginning a probate action is issued it must be
indorsed with a statement of the nature of the interest of the plaintiff
and of the defendant in the estate of the deceased to which the action
relates.

Parties to action for revocation of grant (0. 76, r. 3)

3. Every person who is entitled or claims to be entitled to administer
the estate of a deceased person under or by virtue of an unrevoked
grant of probate of his will or letters of administration of his estate shall
be made a party to any action for revocation of the grant.

Lodgment of grant in action for revocation (0. 76, r. 4)

4. (1) Where, at the commencement of an action for the revocation
of a grant of probate of the will or letters of administration of the estate
of a deceased person, the probate or letters of administration, as the
case may be, have not been lodged in court, then

(a)if the action is commenced by a person to whom the grant was
made, he shall lodge the probate or letters of administration in
the Registry within 7 days after the issue of the writ;

(b)if any defendant to the action has the probate or letters of
administration in his possession or under his control, he shall
lodge it or them in the Registry within 14 days after the service
of the writ upon him.

(2) Any person who fails to comply with paragraph (1) may, on the
application of any party to the action, be ordered by the Court to lodge
the probate or letters of administration in the Registry within a specified
time; and any person against whom such an order is made shall not be
entitled to take any step in the action without the leave of the Court
until he has complied with the order.

Affidavit of testamentary scripts (0. 76, r. 5)

5. (1) Unless the Court otherwise directs, the plaintiff and every
defendant who has acknowledged service of the writ in a probate action
must swear an affidavit

(a)describing any testamentary script of the deceased person,
whose estate is the subject of the action, of which he has any
knowledge or, if such be the case, stating that he knows of no
such script; and





(b)if any such script of which he has knowledge is not in his
possession or under his control, giving the name and
address of the person in whose possession or under whose
control it is or, if such be the case, stating that he does not
know the name or address of that person.

(2) Any affidavit required by this rule must be filed, and an
office copy thereof and any testamentary script referred to therein
which is in the possession or under the control of the deponent, must
be lodged in the Registry within 14 days after the acknowledgment
of service by a defendant to the action or, if no defendant acknowl-
edges service and the Court does not otherwise direct, before an
order is made for the trial of the action.

(3) 'ere any testamentary script required by this rule to be
lodged in the Registry or any part thereof is written in pencil, then,
unless the Court otherwise directs, a facsimile copy of that script, or
of the page or pages thereof containing the part written in pencil,
must also be lodged in the Registry and the words which appear in
pencil in the original must be underlined in red ink in the copy.

(4) Except with the leave of the Court, a party to a probate
action shall not be allowed to inspect an affidavit filed, or any
testamentary script lodged, by any other party to the action under
this rule, unless and until an affidavit sworn by him containing the
information referred to in paragraph (1) has been filed.

(5) In this rule 'testamentary script' means a will or draft
thereof, written instructions for a will made by or at the request or
under the instructions of the testator and any document purporting
to be evidence of the contents, or to be a copy, of a will which is
alleged to have been lost or destroyed.

Failure to acknowledge service (0. 76, r. 6)

6. (1) Order 13 shall not apply in relation to a probate action.

(2) Where any of several defendants to a probate action fails
to acknowledge service of the writ, the plaintiff may, after the
time for acknowledging service has expired and upon filing an
affidavit proving due service of the writ, or notice of the writ, on
that defendant proceed with the action as if that defendant had
acknowledged service.

(3) Where the defendant, or all the defendants, to a probate
action, fails or fail to acknowledge service of the writ, then, unless on
the application of the plaintiff the Court orders the action to be
discontinued, the plaintiff may after the time limited for acknowl-
edging service by the defendant apply to the Court for an order for
trial of the action.

(4) Before applying for an order under paragraph (3) the
plaintiff must file an affidavit proving due service of the writ, or
notice of the writ, on the defendant and, if no statement of claim is
indorsed on the writ, he must lodge a statement of claim in the
judge's chambers.





(5) Where the Court grants an order under paragraph (3), it
may direct the action to be tried on affidavit evidence:

Service of statement of claim (0. 76, r. 7)

7. The plaintiff in a probate action must, unless the Court
gives leave to the contrary or unless a statement of claim is indorsed
on the writ, serve a statement of claim on every defendant who
acknowledges service of the writ in the action and must do so before
the expiration of 6 weeks after acknowledgment of service by that
defendant or of 8 days after the filing by that defendant of an
affidavit under rule 5, whichever is the later.

Counterclaim (0. 76, r. 8)

8. (1) Notwithstanding anything in Order 15, rule 2(1), a
defendant to a probate action who alleges that he has any claim or is
entitled to any relief or remedy in respect of any matter relating to
the grant of probate of the will, or letters of administration of the
estate, of the deceased person which is the subject of the action must
add to his defence a counterclaim in respect of that matter.

(2) If the plaintiff fails to serve a statement of claim, any such
defendant may, with the leave of the Court, serve a counterclaim
and the action shall then proceed as if the counterclaim were the
statement of claim.

Contents of pleadings (0. 76, r. 9)

9. (1) Where the plaintiff in a probate action disputes the
interest of a defendant he must allege in his statement of claim that
he denies the interest of that defendant.

(2) In a probate action in which the interest by virtue of which
a party claims to be entitled to a grant of letters of administration is
disputed, the party disputing that interest must show in his pleading
that if the allegations made therein are proved he would be entitled
to an interest in the estate.

(3) Without prejudice to Order 18, rule 7, any party who
pleads that at the time when a will, the subject of the action, was
alleged to have been executed the testator did not know and approve
of its contents must specify the nature of the case on which he
intends to rely, and no allegation in support of that plea which
would be relevant in support of any of the following other pleas,
that is to say-

(a) that the will was not duly executed;

(b)that at the time of the execution of the will the testator was
not of sound mind, memory and understanding; and

(c)that the execution of the will was obtained by undue
influence or fraud,

shall be made by that party unless that other plea is also pleaded.





Default of pleadings (0. 76, r. 10)

10. (1) Order 19 shall not apply in relation to a probate
action.

(2) Where any party to a probate action fails to serve on any
other party a pleading which he is required by these rules to serve
on that other party, then, unless the Court orders the action to be
discontinued or dismissed, that other party may, after the expiration
of the period fixed by or under these rules for service of the pleading
in question, apply to the Court for an order for trial of the action;
and if an order is made the Court may direct the action to be tried on
affidavit evidence.

Discontinuance and dismissal (0. 76, r. 11)

11. (1) Order 21 shall not apply in relation to a probate
action.

(2) At any stage of the proceedings in a probate action the
Court may, on the application of the plaintiff or of any party to the
action who has acknowledged service of the writ therein, order the
action to be discontinued or dismissed on such terms as to costs or
otherwise as it thinks just, and may further order that a grant of
probate of the will, or letters of administration of the estate, of the
deceased person, as the case may be, which is the subject of the
action, be made to the person entitled thereto.

(3) An application for an order under this rule may be made
by motion or summons or by notice under Order 25, rule 7.

Compromise of action: trial on affidavit evidence (0. 76, r. 12)

12. Where, whether before or after the service of the defence in
a probate action, the parties to the action agree to a compromise,
the Court may order the trial of the action on affidavit evidence.

Application for order to bring in will, etc. (0. 76, r. 13)

13. (1) Any application in a probate action for an order
under section 7(1) of the Probate and Administration Ordinance
shall be for an order requiring a person to bring a will or other
testamentary paper into the Registry or to attend in court for
examination.

(2) An application under paragraph (1) shall be made by
summons in the action, which must be served on the person against
whom the order is sought.

(3) Any application in a probate action for the issue of a
subpoena under section 7(3) of the Probate and Administration
Ordinance shall be for the issue of a subpoena requiring a person to
bring into the Registry a will or other testamentary paper.





(4) An application under paragraph (3) maybe made ex parte
and must be supported by an affidavit setting out the grounds of the
application.

(5) An application under paragraph (3) shall be made to a
master who may, if the application is granted, authorize the issue of
a subpoena accordingly.

(6) Any person against whom a subpoena is issued under
section 7(3) of the Probate and Administration Ordinance and who
denies that the will or other testamentary paper referred to in the
subpoena is in his possession or under his control may file an
affidavit to that effect.

Administration pendente lite (0. 76, r. 14)

14. (1) An application under section 40 of the Probate and
Administration Ordinance for an order for the grant of administra-
tion may be made by summons.

(2) Where an order for a grant of administration is made
under the said section 40, Order 30, rules 2, 4 and 6 and (subject
to section 60 of the Probate and Administration Ordinance) rule 3
shall apply as if the administrator were a receiver appointed by
the Court.

Probate counterclaim in other proceedings (0. 76, r. 15)

15. (1) In this rule 'probate counterclaim' means a counter-
claim in any action other than a probate action by which the
defendant claims any such relief as is mentioned in rule 1(2).

(2) Subject to the following paragraphs, this Order shall apply
with the necessary modifications to a probate counterclaim as it
applies to a probate action.

(3) A probate counterclaim must contain a statement of the
nature of the interest of the defendant and of the plaintiff` in the
estate of the deceased to which the counterclaim relates.

(4) Before it is served a probate counterclaim must be indorsed
with a memorandum signed by a master showing that the counter-
claim has been produced to him for examination and that three
copies of it have been lodged with him.

Rectification of wills (0. 76, r. 16)

16. (1) Where an application is made for rectification of a
will, and the grant has not been lodged in court, rule 4 shall apply,
with the necessary modifications, as if the proceedings were a
probate action.

(2) A copy of every order made for the rectification of a will
shall be sent to the principal Registry for filing, and a memorandum
of the order shall be endorsed on, or permanently annexed to, the
grant under which the estate is administered.





ORDER 77

PROCEEDINGS BY AND AGAINST THE
CROWN

Application and interpretation (0. 77, r. 1)

1. (1) These rules apply to civil proceedings to which the Crown is
a party subject to the following rules of this Order.

(2) In this Order-

civil proceedings by the Crown' and 'civil proceedings against the
Crown' have the same respective meanings as in Part 111 of the
Crown Proceedings Ordinance, and do not include any of the
proceedings specified in section 19(3) of that Ordinance;

civil proceedings to which the Crown is a party' has the same meaning
as it has for the purposes of Part V of the Crown Proceedings
Ordinance, by virtue of section 2(4) of that Ordinance;

order against the Crown' means any order (including an order for
costs) made in any civil proceedings by or against the Crown, or in
connection with any arbitration to which the Crown is a party, in
favour of any person against the Crown or against a government
department or against an officer of the Crown as such;

'order' includes a judgment, decree, rule, award or declaration.

Particulars to he included in indorsement of claim (0. 77, r. 3)

3. (1) In the case of a writ which begins proceedings against the
Crown the indorsement of claim required by Order 6, rule 2, shall include
a statement of the circumstances in which the Crown's liability is alleged
to have arisen and as to the government department and officers of the
Crown concerned.

(2) If in civil proceedings against the Crown a defendant considers
that the writ does not contain a sufficient statement as required by this
rule, he may, before the expiration of the time limited for acknowledging
service of the writ, apply to the plaintiff by notice for a further and better
statement containing such information as may be specified in the notice.

(3) Where a defendant gives a notice under this rule, the time
limited for acknowledging service of the writ shall not expire until 4 days
after the defendant has notified the plaintiff in writing that the defendant
is satisfied with the statement supplied in compliance with the notice, or
4 days after the Court has, on the application of the plaintiff by
summons served on the defendant not less than 7 days before the
return day, decided that no further information as to the matters referred
to in paragraph (1) is reasonably required.





Service on the Crown (0. 77, r. 4)

4. (1) Order 10, Order 11 and any other provision of these rules
relating to service out of the jurisdiction shall not apply in relation to
the service of any process by which civil proceedings against the
Crown are begun.

(HK)(2) Personal service of any document required to be served on the
Crown for the purpose of or in connection with any civil proceedings is
not requisite; but where the proceedings are by or against the Crown
service on the Crown must be effected by service on the Attorney
General.

(3) In relation to the service of any document required to be served
on the Crown for the purpose of or in connection with any civil
proceedings by or against the Crown, Order 65, rules 5 and 9, shall not
apply, and Order 65, rule 7, shall apply as if the reference therein to rules
2 and 5(1)(a) of that Order were a reference to paragraph (2) of this rule.

Counterclaim and set-off (0. 77, r. 6)

6. (1) Notwithstanding Order 15, rule 2, and Order 18, rules 17 and
18, a person may not in any proceedings by the Crown make any
counterclaim or plead a set-off if the proceedings are for the recovery of,
or the counterclaim or set-off arises out of a right or claim to repayment
in respect of, any taxes, duties or penalties.

(2) Notwithstanding Order 15, rule 2, and Order 18, rules 17 and 18,
no counterclaim may be made, or set-off pleaded, without the leave of
the Court, by the Crown in proceedings against the Crown, or by any
person in proceedings by the Crown

(a)if the Crown is sued or sues in the name of a government
department and the subject-matter of the counterclaim or set-
off does not relate to that department; or

(b)if the Crown is sued or sues in the name of the Attorney
General.

(3) Any application for leave under this rule must be made by
summons.

Summary judgment (0. 77, r. 7)

7. (1) No application against the Crown shall be made under Order
14, rule 1, or Order 86, rule 1, in any proceedings against the Crown nor
under Order 14, rule 5, in any proceedings by the Crown.

(2) Where an application is made by the Crown under Order 14, rule
1, Order 14, rule 5, or Order 86, rule 1, the affidavit required in support of
the application must be made by





(a) the solicitor acting for the Crown, or

(b)an officer duly authorized by the solicitor so acting or by the
department concerned;

and the affidavit shall be sufficient if it states that in the deponent's
belief the applicant is entitled to the relief claimed and there is no
defence to the claim or part of a claim to which the application relates or
no defence except as to the amount of any damages claimed.

Judgment in default (0. 77, r. 9)

9. (1) Except with the leave of the Court, no judgment in default of
notice of intention to defend or of pleading shall be entered against the
Crown in civil proceedings against the Crown or in third party
proceedings against the Crown.

(2) Except with the leave of the Court, Order 16, rule 5(1)(a), shall
not apply in the case of third party proceedings against the Crown.

(3) An application for leave under this rule may be made by
summons or, except in the case of an application relating to Order 16,
rule 5, by motion; and the summons or, as the case may be, notice of the
motion must be served not less than 7 days before the return day.

Third party notices (0. 77, r. 10)

10. (1) Notwithstanding anything in Order 16, a third party notice
(including a notice issuable by virtue of Order 16, rule 9) for service on
the Crown shall not be issued without the leave of the Court, and the
application for the grant of such leave must be made by summons, and
the summons must be served on the plaintiff and the Crown.

(2) Leave to issue such a notice for service on the Crown shall not
be granted unless the Court is satisfied that the Crown is in possession
of all such information as it reasonably requires as to the circumstances
in which it is alleged that the liability of the Crown has arisen and as to
the departments and officers of the Crown concerned.

Interpleader: application for order against Crown (0. 77, r. 11)

11. No order shall be made against the Crown under Order 17, rule
5(3), except upon an application by summons served not less than 7
days before the return day.

Discovery and interrogatories (0. 77, r. 12)

12. (1) Order 24, rules 1 and 2, shall not apply in civil proceedings to
which the Crown is a party.





(2) In any civil proceedings to which the Crown is a party any
order of the Court made under the power conferred by section 24(1)
of the Crown Proceedings Ordinance, shall be construed as not
requiring the disclosure of the existence of any document the
existence of which it would, in the opinion of the Chief Secretary, be
injurious to the public interest to disclose.

(3) Where in any such proceedings an order of the Court
directs that a list of documents made in answer to an order for
discovery against the Crown shall be verified by affidavit, the
affidavit shall be made by such officer of the Crown as the Court may
direct.

(4) Where in any such proceedings an order is made under the
said section 24 for interrogatories to be answered by the Crown, the
Court shall direct by what officer of the Crown the interrogatories
are to be answered.

(5) In any proceedings by the Crown for the enforcement of
any right for the enforcement of which proceedings by way of
English information might have been taken if the Crown Proceed-
ings Ordinance had not passed, the Crown may serve interrogatories
or further interrogatories (except any third or subsequent set of
interrogatories) under Order 26 without the leave of the Court.

Evidence (0. 77, r. 14)

14. (1) Civil proceedings against the Crown may be instituted
under Order 39, rule 15, in any case in which the Crown is alleged to
have an interest or estate in the honour, title, dignity or office or
property in question.

(2) For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared that any
powers exercisable by the Court in regard to the taking of evidence
are exercisable in proceedings between subjects.

Execution and satisfaction of orders (0. 77, r. 15)

15. (1) Nothing in Orders 45 to 52 shall apply in respect of
any order against the Crown.

(2) An application under the proviso to subsection (1) of
section 21 of the Crown Proceedings Ordinance, for a direction that
a separate certificate shall be issued under that subsection with
respect to the costs (if any) ordered to be paid to the applicant, may
be made to the Court ex parte without summons.

(3) Any such certificate must be in Form No. 95 or 96 in
Appendix A, whichever is appropriate.

Attachment of debts, etc. (0. 77, r. 16)

16. (1) No order-
(a) for the attachment of debts under Order 49, or

(b) for the appointment of a sequestrator under Order 45, or

(c) for the appointment of a receiver under Order 30 or 51,





shall be made or have effect in respect of any money due or accruing
due, or alleged to be due or accruing due, from the Crown.

(IA) No application shall be made under paragraph (2) unless
the order of the Court to be enforced is for a sum of money
amounting in value to at least $5,000.

(2) Every application to the Court for an order under section
23(1) of the Crown Proceedings Ordinance, restraining any person
from receiving money payable to him by the Crown and directing
payment of the money to the applicant or some other person must be
made by summons and, unless the Court otherwise directs, served-

(a) on the Crown at least 15 days before the return day, and

(b)on the person to be restrained or his solicitor at least 7 days
after the summons has been served on the Crown and at
least 7 days before the return day.

(2A) An application under paragraph (2) must be supported
by an affidavit-

(a) setting out the facts giving rise to the application;

(b)stating the name and last known address of the person to
be restrained;

(e)identifying the order to be enforced and stating the amount
of such order and the amount remaining unpaid under it at
the time of the application, and

(d)identifying the particular debt from the Crown in respect
of which the application is made.

(3) Order 49, rules 5 and 6, shall apply in relation to such an
application as is mentioned in paragraph (2) for an order restraining
a person from receiving money payable to him by the Crown as
those rules apply to an application under Order 49, rule 1, for an
order for the attachment of a debt owing to any person from a
garnishee, except that the Court shall not have power to order
execution to issue against the Crown.

Proceedings relating to postal packets (0. 77, r. 17)

17. (1) An application by any person under section 7(3) of the
Crown Proceedings Ordinance, for leave to bring proceedings in the
name of the sender or addressee of a postal packet or his personal
representatives must be made by originating summons.

(2) The Crown and the person in whose name the applicant
seeks to bring proceedings must be made defendants to a summons
under this rule.

(3) A summons under this rule shall be in Form No. 10 in
Appendix A.





Applications under section 25 of Crown Proceedings Ordinance (0. 77,
r. 18)

18. (2) An application such as is referred to in section 25(2) of
the Crown Proceedings Ordinance may be made to the Court at any
time before trial by motion or summons, or may be made at the trial
of the proceedings.

ORDER 78

DISTRICT COURT PROCEEDINGS TRANSFERRED OR REMOVED TO
HIGH COURT

Application and interpretation (0. 78, r. 1)

1. (1) This Order applies where an order has been made
under section 38 or 39 of the District Court Ordinance, for the
transfer, or under section 15 of the Crown Proceedings Ordinance,
for the removal, of proceedings from a district court to the High
Court.

(2) Where only the proceedings on a counterclaim are trans-
ferred, this Order shall apply as if the party setting up the counter-
claim were the plaintiff and the party resisting it the defendant, and
references in this Order to the plaintiff and the defendant shall be
construed accordingly.

(3) References in the following provisions of this Order to the
plaintiff and the defendant shall, in relation to proceedings begun in
the district court otherwise than by writ, be construed as references
to the applicant and the respondent respectively.

Duties of officer (0. 78, r. 2)

2. On receipt by the Registrar of the documents referred to in
section 44 of the District Court Ordinance, the Registrar must
forthwith- (L.N. 356188)

(a)file the said documents and make an entry of the filing
thereof in the cause book,

(c)give notice to all parties to the proceedings in the district
court that the action is proceeding in the High Court and
that the defendant is required to acknowledge service of
the notice.

Acknowledgment of service (0. 78, r. 3)

3. (1) The defendant must, within 7 days after receipt of the
notice referred to in rule 2, acknowledge service thereof in accord-
ance with Order 12, rules 1 to 4, and Order 12, rules 1 and 4, shall
apply as if the proceedings transferred or removed were an action
begun by writ.





Judgment on failure to give notice of intention to defend (0. 78, r. 4)

4. (1) If the defendant fails, or all the defendants (if more than one)
fail, to give notice of intention to defend within the period prescribed by
rule 3, the plaintiff, after having caused an address for service to be
entered in the cause book, may, with the leave of the Court, enter
judgment against the defendant or defendants, as the case may be, with
costs.

(2) An application for leave under this rule must be made by
summons which must, notwithstanding anything in Order 65, rule 9, be
served on the defendant, and the address for service of the defendant
shall be his address for service in the proceedings in the district court.

Summons for directions or summary judgment (0. 78, r. 5)

5. (1) Where a defendant gives notice of intention to defend in the
action the plaintiff must, within 7 days after such notice is given, cause
an address for service to be entered in the cause book and either

(a)take out and serve on the defendant a summons for directions
returnable in not less than 21 days, or

(b)except where the defendant is the Crown, make an application
under Order 14, rule 1, for judgment against the defendant;

and where a summons is served on the defendant under subparagraph
(a) Order 25, rules 2 to 71 shall, with any necessary modifications, apply
as if that summons were a summons for directions under that Order.

(2) If the plaintiff fails either to take out such a summons, or make
such an application, as is referred to in paragraph (1) within the period
prescribed thereby the defendant or any defendant may take out such a
summons or may apply for an order dismissing the action.

(3) On the hearing of an application to dismiss the action the Court
may either dismiss the action on such terms as may be just or may deal
with the application as if it were a summons for directions.

ORDER 79

TRIBUNAL PROCEEDINGS TRANSFER OR REMOVAL To THE HIGH COURT

Tribunal proceedings; transfer or removal to the High Court (0. 79,
r. 1)

(HK)1. Save as is otherwise provided by Ordinance or rules of court
when a matter is transferred or removed from a tribunal to the High Court
it shall be set down before a master who shall make such directions as
he sees fit for the further conduct of the proceedings.





ORDER 80

DISABILITY

Interpretation (0. 80, r. 1)

1. In this Order

'the Act means the Mental Health Act 1983;

'the Ordinance' means the Mental Health Ordinance;

'patient' means a person who, by reason of mental disorder within the
meaning of the Ordinance, is incapable of managing and
administering his property and affairs;

'person under disability' means a person who is a minor or a patient.

Person under disability must sue, etc. by next friend or guardian ad
litem (0. 80, r. 2)

2. (1) A person under disability may not bring, or make a claim in,
any proceedings except by his next friend and may not acknowledge
service, defend, make a counterclaim or intervene in any proceedings, or
appear in any proceedings under a judgment or order notice of which
has been served on him, except by his guardian ad litem

(2) Subject to the provision of these rules, anything which in the
ordinary conduct of any proceedings is required or authorized by a
provision of these rules to be done by a party to the proceedings shall
or may, if the party is a person under disability, be done by his next
friend or guardian ad litem

(3) A next friend or guardian ad litem of a person under disability
must act by a solicitor.

Appointment of next friend or guardian ad litem (0. 80, r. 3)

3. (2) Except as provided by paragraph (4) or (5) or by rule 6, an
order appointing a person next friend or guardian ad litem of a person
under disability is not necessary.

(3) Where a person is authorized under Part VII of the Act to
conduct legal proceedings in the name of a patient or on his behalf, that
person shall be entitled to be next friend or guardian ad litem, as the
case may be, of the patient in any proceedings to which his authority
extends unless, in a case to which paragraph (4) or (5) or rule 6 applies,
some other person is appointed by the Court under that paragraph or
rule to be next friend or guardian ad litem, as the case may be, of the
patient in those proceedings.

(4) Where a person has been or is next friend or guardian ad litem
of a person under disability in any proceedings, no other person shall
be entitled to act as such friend or guardian, as the case





may be, of the person under disability in those proceedings unless the
Court makes an order appointing him such friend or guardian in
substitution for the person previously acting in that capacity.

(5) Where, after any proceedings have been begun, a party to the
proceedings becomes a patient, an application must be made to the
Court for the appointment of a person to be next friend or guardian ad
litem, as the case may be, of that party.

(6) Except where the next friend or guardian ad litem, as the case
may be, of a person under disability has been appointed by the Court

(a)the name of any person shall not be used in a cause or matter
as next friend of a person under disability,

(b)service shall not be acknowledged in a cause or matter for a
person under disability, and

(c)a person under disability shall not be entitled to appear by his
guardian ad litem on the hearing of a petition, summons or
motion which, or notice of which, has been served on him,

unless and until the documents listed in paragraph (8) have been filed
in the Registry.

(8) The documents referred to in paragraph (6) are the following--

(a)a written consent to be next friend or guardian ad litem, as the
case may be, of the person under disability in the cause or
matter in question given by the person proposing to be such
friend or guardian; and

(b)where the person proposing to be such friend or guardian of
the person under disability, being a patient, is authorized
under Part VII of the Act to conduct the proceedings in the
cause or matter in question in the name of the patient or on
his behalf, an office copy, sealed with the seal of the Supreme
Court, of the order or other authorization made or given under
the said Part VII by virtue of which he is so authorized; and

(c)except where the person proposing to be such friend or
guardian of the person under disability, being a patient, is
authorized as mentioned in sub-paragraph (b) a certificate
made by the solicitor for the person under disability certifying

(i) that he knows or believes, as the case may be, that the
person to whom the certificate relates is a minor or a patient,
giving (in the case of a patient) the grounds of his knowledge
or belief; and

(ii) where the person under disability is a patient, that there
is no person authorized as aforesaid; and





(iii) except where the person named in the certificate as
next friend or guardian ad litem, as the case may be, is
the Registrar General, that the person so named has no
interest in the cause or matter in question adverse to that
of the person under disability.

Appointment of guardian where person under disability does not
acknowledge service (0. 80, r. 6)

6. (1) Where-

(a)in an action against a person under disability begun by
writ, or by originating summons, no acknowledgment of
service is given in the action for that person, or

(b)the defendant to an action serves a defence and counter-
claim on a person under disability who is not already a
party to the action, and no acknowledgment of service is
given for that person,

an application for the appointment by the Court of a guardian ad
litem of that person must be made by the plaintiff or defendant, as
the case may be, after the time limited (as respects that person) for
acknowledging service and before proceeding further with the action
or counterclaim.

(2) Where a party to an action has served on a person under
disability who is not already a party to the action a third party notice
within the meaning of Order 16 and no acknowledgment of service is
given for that person to the notice, an application for the appoint-
ment by the Court of a guardian ad litem of that person must be
made by that party after the time limited (as respects that person) for
acknowledging service and before proceeding further with the third
party proceedings.

(3) Where in any proceedings against a person under disability
begun by petition or motion, that person does not appear by a
guardian ad litem at the bearing of the petition or motion, as the case
may be, the Court hearing it may appoint a guardian ad litem of that
person in the proceedings or direct that an application be made by
the petitioner or applicant, as the case may be, for the appointment
of such a guardian.

(5) An application under paragraph (1) or (2) must be sup-
ported by evidence proving-

(a)that the person to whom the application relates is a person
under disability,

(b)that the person proposed as guardian ad litem is willing
and a proper person to act as such and has no interest in
the proceedings adverse to that of the person under disabil-
ity,

(c)that the writ, originating summons, defence and counter-
claim or third party notice, as the case may be, was duly
served on the person under disability, and





(d)subject to paragraph (6), that notice of the application was,
after the expiration of the time limited for acknowledging
service and at least 7 days before the day named in the notice
for hearing of the application, so served on him.

(6) If the Court so directs, notice of an application under paragraph
(1) or (2) need not be served on a person under disability.

(7) An application for the appointment of a guardian ad litem made
in compliance with a direction of the Court given under paragraph (3)
must be supported by evidence proving the matters referred to in
paragraph (5)(b).

Application to discharge or vary certain orders (0. 80, r. 7)

7. An application to the Court on behalf of a person under
disability served with an order made ex parte under Order 15, rule 7, for
the discharge or variation of the order must be made

(a)if a next friend or guardian ad litem is acting for that person in
the cause or matter in which the order is made, within 14 days
after the service of the order on that person;

(b)if there is no next friend or guardian ad litem acting for that
person in that cause or matter, within 14 days after the
appointment of such a friend or guardian to act for him.

Admission not to be implied from pleading of person under disability
(0. 80, r. 8)

8. Notwithstanding anything in Order 18, rule 13(1), a person under
disability shall not be taken to admit the truth of any allegation of fact
made in the pleading of the opposite party by reason only that he has
not traversed it in his pleadings.

Discovery and interrogatories (0. 80, r. 9)

9. Orders 24 and 26 shall apply to a person under disability and to
his next friend or guardian ad litem

Compromise, etc., by person under disability (0. 80, r. 10)

10. Where in any proceedings money is claimed by or on behalf of
a person under disability, no settlement, compromise or payment and no
acceptance of money paid into court, whenever entered into or made,
shall so far as it relates to that person's claim be valid without the
approval of the Court.

Approval of settlement (0. 80, r. 11)

11. (1) Where, before proceedings in which a claim for money is
made by or on behalf of a person under disability (whether alone or in
conjunction with any other person) are begun, an agreement is reached
for the settlement of the claim, and it is desired to obtain the Court's
approval to the settlement, then, notwithstanding anything





in Order 5, rule 2, the claim may be made in proceedings begun by
originating summons, and in the summons an application may also
be made for-

(a)the approval of the Court to the settlement and such orders
or directions as may be necessary to give effect to it or as
may be necessary or expedient under rule 12, or

(b)alternatively, directions as to the further prosecution of the
claim.

(2) Where in proceedings under this rule a claim is made under
the Fatal Accidents Ordinance, the originating summons must
include the particulars mentioned in section 5(4) of the Fatal
Accidents Ordinance.

(4) An originating summons under this rule shall be in Form
No. 10 in Appendix A.

(5) In this rule 'settlement' includes a compromise.

Control of money recovered by person under disability (0. 80, r. 12)

12. (1) Where in any proceedings-

(a)money is recovered by or on behalf of, or adjudged or
ordered or agreed to be paid to, or for the benefit of, a
person under disability, or

(b)money paid into court is accepted by or on behalf of a
plaintiff who is a person under disability,

the money shall be dealt with in accordance with directions given by
the Court, under this rule and not otherwise.

(2) Directions given under this rule may provide that the
money shall, as to the whole or any part thereof, be paid into the
Court and invested or otherwise dealt with there.

(3) Without prejudice to the foregoing provisions of this rule,
directions given under this rule may include any general or special
directions that the Court thinks fit to give and, in particular,
directions as to how the money is to be applied or dealt with and as
to any payment to be made, either directly or out of the amount paid
into court and whether before or after the money is transferred to or
paid into a District Court, to the plaintiff, or to the next friend in
respect of moneys paid or expenses incurred for or on behalf or for
the benefit of the person under disability or for his maintenance or
otherwise for his benefit or to the plaintiff's solicitor in respect of
costs.

(4) Where in pursuance of directions given under this rule
money is paid into the High Court to be invested or otherwise dealt
with there, the money (including any interest thereon) shall not be
paid out, nor shall any securities in which the money is invested, or
the dividends thereon, be sold, transferred or paid out of court,
except in accordance with an order of the Court.





(5) The foregoing provisions of this rule shall apply in relation to a
counterclaim by or on behalf of a person under disability, (and a claim
made by or on behalf of such a person in an action by any other person
for relief under section 504 of the Merchant Shipping Act, 1894), as if for
references to a plaintiff and a next friend there were substituted
references to a defendant and to a guardian ad litem respectively.

Provisions supplementary to rule 12 (0. 80, r. 13)

(HK)13. (3) Where money is ordered to be transferred to or paid into a
District Court, the Registrar shall send a sealed copy of the judgment or
order to the Registrar of the District Court.

Proceedings under Fatal Accidents Ordinance: apportionment by
Court (0. 80, r. 15)

15. (1) Where a single sum of money is paid into court under Order
22, rule 1, in satisfaction of causes of action arising under the Fatal
Accidents Ordinance and sections 20 to 25 of the Law Amendment and
Reform (Consolidation) Ordinance, and that sum is accepted, the money
shall be apportioned between the different causes of action by the Court
either when giving directions for dealing with it under rule 12 (if that rule
applies) or when authorizing its payment out of court.

(2) Where, in an action in which a claim under the Fatal Accidents
Ordinance is made by or on behalf of more than one person, a sum in
respect of damages is adjudged or ordered or agreed to be paid in
satisfaction of the claim, or a sum of money paid into court under Order
22, rule 1, is accepted in satisfaction of the cause of action under the
said Ordinance, then, unless the sum has been apportioned between the
persons entitled thereto by a jury, it shall be apportioned between those
persons by the Court.

The reference in this paragraph to a sum of money paid into court
shall be construed as including a reference to part of a sum so paid,
being the part apportioned by the Court under paragraph (1) to the
cause of action under the said Ordinances.

Service of certain documents on person under disability (0. 80, r. 16)

16. (1) Where in any proceedings a document is required to be
served personally or in accordance with Order 10, rule 1(2) on any
person and that person is a person under disability this rule shall apply.

(2) Subject to the following provisions of this rule and to Order 24,
rule 16(3) and Order 26, rule 6(3) the document must be served

(a)in the case of a minor who is not also a patient, on his father or
guardian or, if he has no father or guardian, on the person with
whom he resides or in whose care he is;





(b)in the case of a patient, on the person (if any) who is
authorized under Part VII of the Act to conduct in the
name of the patient or on his behalf the proceedings in
connection with which the document is to be served or, if
there is no person so authorized, on the person with whom
he resides or in whose care he is;

and must be served in the manner required by these rules with
respect to the document in question.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in paragraph (2), the Court
may order that a document which has been, or is to be, served on the
person under disability or on a person other than a person men-
tioned in that paragraph shall be deemed to be duly served on the
person under disability.

(4) A judgment or order requiring a person to do, or refrain
from doing, any act, a notice of motion or summons for the
committal of any person, and a writ of subpoena against any person,
must. if that person is a person under disability, be served personally
on him unless the Court otherwise orders.

This paragraph shall not apply to an order for interrogatories
or for discovery or inspection of documents.

ORDER 81

PARTNERS

Actions by and against firms within jurisdiction (0. 8 1, r. 1)

1. Subject to the provisions of any written law, any 2 or more
persons claiming to be entitled, or alleged to be liable, as partners in
respect of a cause of action and carrying on business within the
jurisdiction may sue, or be sued, in the name of the firm (if any) of
which they were partners at the time when the cause of action
accrued.

Disclosure of partners' names (0. 8 1, r. 2)

2. (1) Any defendant to an action brought by partners in the
name of a firm may serve on the plaintiffs or their solicitor a notice
requiring them or him forthwith to furnish the defendant with a
written statement of the names and places of residence of all the
persons who were partners in the firm at the time when the cause of
action accrued; and if the notice is not complied with the Court may
order the plaintiffs or their solicitor to furnish the defendant with
such a statement and to verify it on oath or otherwise as may be
specified in the order, or may order that further proceedings in the
action be stayed on such terms as the Court may direct.

(2) When the names of the partners have been declared in
compliance with a notice or order given or made under paragraph
(1), the proceedings shall continue in the name of the firm but with





the same consequences as would have ensued if the persons whose
names have been so declared had been named as plaintiffs in the
writ.

(3) Paragraph (1) shall have effect in relation to an action
brought against partners in the name of a firm as it has effect in
relation to an action brought by partners in the name of a firm but
with the substitution, for references to the defendant and the
plaintiffs, of references to the plaintiff and the defendants respective-
ly, and with the omission of the words 'or may order' to the end.

Service of writ (0. 8 1, r. 3)

3. (1) Where by virtue of rule 1 partners are sued in the
name of a firm, the writ may, except in the case mentioned in
paragraph (3), be served-

(a) on any one or more of the partners, or

(b)at the principal place of business of the partnership within
the jurisdiction, on any person having at the time of service
the control or management of the partnership business
there, or

(c)by sending a copy of the writ by ordinary post (in accord-
ance with Order 10, rule 1(2)) to the firm at the principal
place of business of the partnership within the jurisdiction;

and, subject to paragraph (2), where service of the writ is effected in
accordance with this paragraph, the writ shall be deemed to have
been duly served on the firm, whether or not any member of the firm
is out of the jurisdiction.

(2) Where a writ is served on a firm in accordance with
paragraph (1)(c)--

(a)the date of service shall, unless the contrary is shown, be
deemed to be the seventh day (ignoring Order 3, rule 2(5))
after the date on which the copy was sent to the firm, and

(b)any affidavit proving due service of the writ must contain a
statement to the effect that-
(i) in the opinion of the deponent (or, if the deponent is
the plaintiff's solicitor or an employee of that solicitor, in
the opinion of the plaintiff) the copy of the writ, if sent to
the firm at the address in question, will have come to the
knowledge of one of the persons mentioned in paragraph
(1)(a) or (b) within 7 days thereafter, and
(H) the copy of the writ has not been returned to the
plaintiff through the post undelivered to the addressee.

(3) Where a partnership has, to the knowledge of the plaintiff,
been dissolved before an action against the firm is begun, the writ by
which the action is begun must be served on every person within the
jurisdiction sought to be made liable in the action.





(4) Every person on whom a writ is served under paragraph
(1)(a) or (b) must at the time of service be given a written notice
stating whether he is served as a partner or as a person having the
control or management of the partnership business or both as a
partner and as such a person; and any person on whom a writ is so
served but to whom no such notice is given shall be deemed to be
served as a partner.

Acknowledgment of service in an action against firm (0. 8 1, r. 4)

4. (1) Where persons are sued as partners in the name of
their firm, service may not be acknowledged in the name of the firm
but only by the partners thereof in their own names, but the action
shall nevertheless continue in the name of the firm.

(2) Where in an action against a firm the writ by which the
action is begun is served on a person as a partner, that person, if he
denies that he was a partner or liable as such at any material time,
may acknowledge service of the writ and state in his acknowledg-
ment that he does so as a person served as a partner in the defendant
firm but who denies that he was a partner at any material time.

An acknowledgment of service given in accordance with this
paragraph shall, unless and until it is set aside, be treated as an
acknowledgment by the defendant firm.

(3) Where an acknowledgment of service has been given by a
defendant in accordance with paragraph (2), then-

(a)the plaintiff may either apply to the Court to set it aside on
the ground that the defendant was a partner or liable as
such at a material time or may leave that question to be
determined at a later stage of the proceedings;

(b)the defendant may either apply to the Court to set aside the
service of the writ on him on the ground that he was not a
partner or liable as such at a material time or may at the
proper time serve a defence on the plaintiff denying in
respect of the plaintiff's claim either his liability as a
partner or the liability of the defendant firm or both.

(4) The Court may at any stage of the proceedings in an action
in which a defendant has acknowledged service in accordance with
paragraph (2), on the application of the plaintiff or of that defend-
ant, order that any question as to the liability of that defendant or as
to the liability of the defendant firm be tried in such manner and at
such time as the Court directs.

(5) Where in an action against a firm the writ by which the
action is begun is served on a person as a person having the control
or management of the partnership business, that person may not
acknowledge service of the writ unless he is a member of the firm
sued.





Enforcing judgment or order against firm (0. 8 1, r. 5)

5. (1) Where a judgment is given or order made against a firm,
execution to enforce the judgment or order may, subject to rule 6, issue
against any property of the firm within the jurisdiction.

(2) Where a judgment is given or order made against a firm,
execution to enforce the judgment or order may, subject to rule 6 and to
the next following paragraph, issue against any person who

(a)acknowledged service of the writ in the action as a partner, or

(b)having been served as a partner with the writ of summons,
failed to acknowledge service of it in the action, or

(c) admitted in his pleading that he is a partner, or

(d) was adjudged to be a partner.

(3) Execution to enforce a judgment or order given or made against
a firm may not issue against a member of the firm who was out of the
jurisdiction when the writ of summons was issued unless he
(a)acknowledged service of the writ in the action as a partner, or

(b)was served within the jurisdiction with the writ as a partner, or

(c)was, with the leave of the Court given under Order 11, served
out of the jurisdiction with the writ as a partner;

and, except as provided by paragraph (1) and by the foregoing
provisions of this paragraph, a judgment or order given or made against
a firm shall not render liable, release or otherwise affect a member of the
firm who was out of the jurisdiction when the writ was issued.

(4) Where a party who has obtained a judgment or order against a
firm claims that a person is liable to satisfy the judgment or order as
being a member of the firm, and the foregoing provisions of this rule do
not apply in relation to that person, that party may apply to the Court
for leave to issue execution against that person, the application to be
made by summons which must be served personally on that person.

(5) Where the person against whom an application under
paragraph (4) is made does not dispute his liability, the Court hearing
the application may, subject to paragraph (3), give leave to issue
execution against that person, and, where that person disputes his
liability, the Court may order that the liability of that person be tried and
determined in any manner in which any issue or question in an action
may be tried and determined.





Enforcing judgment or order in actions between partners, etc. (0. 8 1,
r. 6)

6. (1) Execution to enforce a judgment or order given or
made in-

(a)an action by or against a firm in the name of the firm
against or by a member of the firm, or

(b)an action by a firm in the name of the firm against a firm in
the name of the firm where those firms have one or more
members in common,

shall not issue except with the leave of the Court.

(2) The Court hearing an application under this rule may give
such directions, including directions as to the taking of accounts and
the making of inquiries, as may be just.

Attachment of debts owed by firm (0. 8 1, r. 7)

7. (1) An order may be made under Order 49, rule 1, in
relation to debts due or accruing due from a firm carrying on
business within the jurisdiction notwithstanding that one or more
members of the firm is resident out of the jurisdiction.

(2) An order to show cause under the said rule 1 relating to
such debts as aforesaid must be served on a member of the firm
within the jurisdiction or on some other person having the control or
management of the partnership business.

(3) Where an order made under the said rule 1 requires a firm
to appear before the Court, an appearance by a member of the firm
constitutes a sufficient compliance with the order.

Actions begun by originating summons (0. 8 1, r. 8)

8. Rules 2 to 7 shall, with the necessary modifications, apply
in relation to an action by or against partners in the name of their
firm begun by originating summons as they apply in relation to such
an action begun by writ.

Application to person carrying on business in another name (0. 81,
9)

9. An individual carrying on business within the jurisdiction
in a name or style other than his own name, may, whether or not he
is within the jurisdiction, be sued in that name or style as if it were
the name of a firm, and rules 2 to 8 shall, so far as applicable, apply
as if he were a partner and the name in which he carries on business
were the name of his firm.

Applications for orders charging partner's interest in partnership
property, etc. (0. 8 1, r. 10)

10. (1) Every application to the Court by a judgment creditor
of a partner for an order under section 25 of the Partnership





Ordinance (which authorizes the High Court or a judge thereof to make
certain orders on the application of a judgment creditor of a partner,
including an order charging the partner's interest in the partnership
property), and every application to the Court by a partner of the
judgment debtor made in consequence of the firstmentioned
application, must be made by summons.

(2) A master may exercise the powers conferred on a judge by the
said section 25.

(3) Every summons issued by a judgment creditor under this rule,
and every order made on such a summons, must be served on the
judgment debtor and on such of his partners as are within the
jurisdiction.

(4) Every summons issued by a partner of a judgment debtor under
this rule, and every order made on such a summons, must be served

(a) on the judgment creditor, and

(b) on the judgment debtor, and

(c)on such of the other partners of the judgment debtor as do
not join in the application and are within the jurisdiction.

(5) A summons or order served in accordance with this rule on
some only of the partners shall be deemed to have been served on all
the partners of the partnership.

ORDER 82

DEFAMATION ACTIONS

Application (0. 82, r. 1)

1. These rules apply to actions for libel or slander subject to the
following rules of this Order.

Indorsement of claim in libel action (0. 82, r. 2)

2. Before a writ in an action for libel is issued it must be indorsed
with a statement giving sufficient particulars of the publications in
respect of which the action is brought to enable them to be identified.

Obligation to give particulars (0. 82, r. 3)

3. (1) Where in an action for libel or slander the plaintiff alleges that
the words or matters complained of were used in a defamatory sense
other than their ordinary meaning, he must give particulars of the facts
and matters on which he relies in support of such sense.

(2) Where in an action for libel or slander the defendant alleges
that, in so far as the words complained of consist of





statements of fact, they are true in substance and in fact, and in so far as
they consist of expressions of opinion, they are fair comment on a
matter of public interest, or pleads to the like effect, he must give
particulars stating which of the words complained of he alleges are
statements of fact and of the facts and matters he relies on in support of
the allegation that the words are true.

(3) Where in an action for libel or slander the plaintiff alleges that
the defendant maliciously published the words or matters complained
of, he need not in his statement of claim give particulars of the facts on
which he relies in support of the allegation of malice, but if the
defendant pleads that any of those words or matters are fair comment on
a matter of public interest or were published on a privileged occasion
and the plaintiff intends to allege that the defendant was actuated by
express malice, he must serve a reply giving particulars of the facts and
matters from which the malice is to be inferred.

(4) This rule shall apply in relation to a counterclaim for libel or
slander as if the party making the counterclaim were the plaintiff and the
party against whom it is made the defendant.

Provisions as to payment into court (0. 82, r. 4)

4. (1) Where in an action for libel or slander against several
defendants sued jointly the plaintiff, in accordance with Order 22, rule
3(1), accepts money paid into court by any of those defendants in
satisfaction of his cause of action against that defendant, then,
notwithstanding anything in rule 3(4) of that Order, the action shall be
stayed as against that defendant only, but

(a)the sum recoverable under any judgment given in the
plaintiffs favour against any other defendant in the action by
way of damages shall not exceed the amount (if any) by which
the amount of the damages exceeds the amount paid into
court by the defendant as against whom the action has been
stayed, and

(b)the plaintiff shall not be entitled to his costs of the action
against the other defendant after the date of the payment into
court unless either the amount of the damages awarded to him
is greater than the amount paid into court and accepted by
him or the judge is of opinion that there was reasonable
ground for him to proceed with the action against the other
defendant.

(2) Where in an action for libel a party pleads the defence for which
section 4 of the Defamation Ordinance provides, Order 22, rule 7, shall
not apply in relation to that pleading.

Statement in open court (0. 82, r. 5)

5. (1) Where a party accepts money paid into court in satisfaction
of a cause of action for libel or slander, the plaintiff or





defendant, as the case may be, may apply to ajudge in chambers by
summons for leave to make in open court a statement in terms approved
by the judge.

(2) Where a party to an action for libel or slander which is settled
before trial desires to make a statement in open court, an application
must be made to the Court for an order that the action be set down for
trial, and before the date fixed for the trial the statement must be
submitted for the approval of the judge before whom it is to be made.

Interrogatories not allowed in certain cases (0. 82, r. 6)

6. In an action for libel or slander where the defendant pleads that
the words or matters complained of are fair comment on a matter of
public interest or were published on a privileged occasion, no
interrogatories as to the defendant's sources of information or grounds
of belief shall be allowed.

Evidence in mitigation of damages (0. 82, r. 7)

7. In an action for libel or slander in which the defendant does not
by his defence assert the truth of the statement complained of, the
defendant shall not be entitled on the trial to give evidence in chief, with
a view to mitigation of damages, as to the circumstances under which
the libel or slander was published, or as to the character of the plaintiff,
without the leave of the judge, unless 7 days at least before the trial he
furnishes particulars to the plaintiff of the matters as to which he
intends to give evidence.

Fulfilment of offer of amends under section 25 of the Defamation
Ordinance (0. 82, r. 8)

8. (1) An application to the Court under section 25 of the
Defamation Ordinance to determine any question as to the steps to be
taken in fulfilment of an offer of amends made under that section must,
unless the application is made in the course of proceedings for libel or
slander in respect of the publication to which the offer relates, be made
before a judge in chambers.

(2) An originating summons by which such an application is made
shall be in Form No. 10 in Appendix A.

(HK) ORDER 83A

MONEY LENDER'S ACTIONS

Application and interpretation (0. 83A, r. 1)

1. (1) These rules apply to a money lender's action subject to the
following rules of this Order.

(2) In these rules

'money lender' has the meaning assigned to it by section 2 of the
Money Lenders Ordinance;





'money lender's action' means an action for the recovery of money
lent by a money lender or for the enforcement of any agreement
or security relating to money so lent, being an action brought
by the lender or an assignee.

Commencement of money lender's action (0. 83A, r. 2)

2. (1) Every money lender's action shall be begun by writ.

(2) Before a writ beginning a money lender's action is issued it
must be indorsed with a statement that at the time of the making of
the loan or contract or the giving of the security in question the
lender was licensed as a money lender.

Particulars to he included in statement of claim (0. 83A, r. 3)

3. Every statement of claim in a money lender's action
(whether indorsed on the writ or not) must state-

(a) the date on which the loan was made;

(b) the amount actually lent to the borrower;

(c) the rate per cent per annum of interest charged;

(d) the date when the contract for repayment was made;

(g) the amount repaid;

(h) the amount due but unpaid;

(i)the date upon which such unpaid sum or sums became due;
and

(j)the amount of interest accrued due and unpaid on every
such sum.

Judgment on failure to give notice of intention to defend or in default
of defence (0. 83A, r. 4)

4. (1) In a moneylender's action judgment on failure to give
notice of intention to defend or in default of defence shall not be
entered except with the leave of the Court.

(2)(a) An application for the grant of leave under this rule
must be made by summons supported by an affidavit
which must-
(i) prove that the money is due and payable;
(ii) give the particulars required by rules 2 and 3; and
(iii) exhibit a true copy of any agreement or security
relating to the money lent,

and the original agreement or security must be produced at
the hearing of the summons.

(b)The summons and a copy of the affidavit in support and of
any exhibits referred to therein must, notwithstanding
anything in Order 65, rule 9 be served on the defendant not
less than 4 clear days before the day fixed for the hearing of
the summons.





(3) If the application is for leave to enter judgment on failure to give
notice of intention to defend, the summons shall not be issued until
after the time limited for acknowledgment of service of the writ.

(4) On the hearing of such application, whether the defendant
appears or not, the Court

(a)may exercise the powers of the court under section 25 of the
Money Lenders Ordinance;

(b)where it refuses leave under this rule to enter judgment on a
claim or any part of a claim, may make or give any such order
or directions as it might have made or given had the
application been an application under Order 14, rule 1, for
judgment on the claim.

Particulars to he included in originating summons (0. 83A, r. 5)

5. Where a money lender's action is begun by originating
summons, the summons must contain a statement of the matters
specified in rules 2 and 3.

(HK) ORDER 84A

ACTIONS ARISING OUT OF HIRE-
PURCHASE OR
CONDITIONAL SALE AGREEMENTS

Application and interpretation (0. 84A, r. 1)

1. (1) These rules apply to actions to which this Order applies
subject to the following Order.

(2) This Order applies to any action arising out of a hirepurchase
agreement or a conditional sale agreement brought against the hirer or
buyer of the goods to which the agreement relates or a guarantor, if the
writ beginning the action is indorsed with a claim for money, not being

(a) a claim for unliquidated damages, or

(b)a claim for no more than the amount of any instalment or
instalments of the hire-purchase price or total purchase price,
as the case may be, which is due and unpaid.

(3) (a) In this Order-

'hire-purchase agreement' means an agreement for the
bailment of goods under which the bailee may buy the
goods, or under which the property in the goods will or
may pass to the bailee;

'conditional sale agreement' means an agreement for the sale
of goods under which the purchase price or part of it is
payable by instalments, and the property in the goods is
to remain in the seller (notwithstanding that





the buyer is to be in possession of the goods) until such
conditions as to the payment of instalments or otherwise
as may be specified in the agreement are fulfilled;

'contract of guarantee', in relation to a hire-purchase
agreement, credit-sale agreement or conditional sale
agreement, means a contract, made at the request
(express or implied) of the hirer or buyer, either to
guarantee the performance of the hirer's or buyer's
obligations under the hire-purchase agreement,
creditsale agreement or conditional sale agreement, or to
indemnify the owner or seller against any loss which he
may incur in respect of that agreement, and 'guarantee'
shall be considered accordingly;

'buyer' in relation to a conditional sale agreement, means the
person who agrees to purchase goods under the
agreement and includes a person to whom the rights or
liabilities of that person under the agreement have
passed by assignment or by operation of law;

'hire-purchase price' (subject to sub-paragraph (b)) means
the total sum payable by the hirer under a hirepurchase
agreement in order to complete the purchase of goods to
which the agreement relates, exclusive of any sum
payable as a penalty or as compensation or damages for a
breach of the agreement;

'total purchase price' (subject to sub-paragraph (b)) means
the total sum payable by the buyer under a credit-sale
agreement or a conditional sale agreement, exclusive of
any sum payable as a penalty or as compensation or
damages for a breach of the agreement;

'hirer' means the person who takes or has taken goods from
an owner under a hire-purchase agreement and includes
a person to whom the hirer's rights or liabilities under the
agreement have passed by assignment or by operation
of law; and

'goods', 'buyer' (except in relation to a conditional sale
agreement) have the meanings assigned to them
respectively by the Sale of Goods Ordinance.

(b)For the purposes of this Order, any sum payable by the hirer
under a hire-purchase agreement, or by the buyer under a
conditional sale agreement, by way of a deposit or other initial
payment, or credited or to be credited to him under the
agreement on account of any such deposit or payment,
whether that sum is to be or has been paid to the owner or
seller or to any other person or is to be or has been
discharged by a payment of money or by the transfer





or delivery of goods or by any other means, shall form part of
the hire-purchase price or total purchase price, as the case
may be.

Particulars to he included in statement of claim (0. 84A, r. 2)

2. Every statement of claim in an action to which this Order applies
(whether indorsed on the writ or not) must state the circumstances in
which the claim mentioned in rule 1(2) arises.

Judgment on failure to give notice of intention to defend or in default of
defence (0. 84A, r. 3)

3. (1) In an action to which this Order applies judgment on failure to
give notice of intention to defend or in default of defence shall not be
entered except with the leave of the Court.

(2)(a) An application for the grant of leave under this rule must
be made by summons supported by an affidavit which must

(i) give the particulars required by rule 2; and

(ii) exhibit a true copy of the hire-purchase or conditional
sale agreement, the original of which must be produced at the
hearing of the summons.

(b)The summons and a copy of the affidavit in support and of
any exhibits referred to therein must, notwithstanding
anything in Order 65, rule 9, be served on the defendant not
less than 4 clear days before the day fixed for the hearing of
the summons.

(3) If the application is for leave to enter judgment on failure to give
notice of intention to defend, the summons shall not be issued until
after the time limited for acknowledgment of service of the writ.

(4) The plaintiff must produce to the Court hearing an application
for the grant of leave under this rule the hire-purchase or conditional
sale agreement to which the action relates.

(5) Unless the Court hearing such application grants leave to enter
judgment for the amount claimed or, having power to do so, transfers
the action to a District Court, it shall (whether or not the defendant
appears on the hearing) try the action.

ORDER 85

ADMINISTRATION AND SIMILAR
ACTIONS

Interpretation (0. 85, r. 1)

1. In this Order 'administration action' means an action for the
administration under the direction of the Court of the estate of a
deceased person or for the execution under the direction of the Court of
a trust.





Determination of questions, etc., without administration (0. 85, r. 2)

2. (1) An action may be brought for the determination of any
question or for any relief which could be determined or granted, as the
case may be, in an administration action and a claim need not be made in
the action for the administration or execution under the direction of the
Court of the estate or trust in connection with which the question arises
or the relief is sought.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (1), an action
may be brought for the determination of any of the following questions

(a)any question arising in the administration of the estate of a
deceased person or in the execution of a trust;

(b)any question as to the composition of any class of persons
having a claim against the estate of a deceased person or a
beneficial interest in the estate of such a person or in any
property subject to a trust;

(c)any question as to the rights or interests of a person claiming
to be a creditor of the estate of a deceased person or to be
entitled under a will or on the intestacy of a deceased person
or to be beneficially entitled under a trust.

(3) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (1), an action
may be brought for any of the following reliefs

(a)an order requiring an executor, administrator or trustee to
furnish and, if necessary, verify accounts;

(b)an order requiring the payment into court of money held by a
person in his capacity as executor, administrator or trustee;

(c)an order directing a person to do or abstain from doing a
particular act in his capacity as executor, administrator or
trustee;

(d)an order approving any sale, purchase, compromise or other
transaction by a person in his capacity as executor,
administrator or trustee;

(e)an order directing any act to be done in the administration of
the estate of a deceased person or in the execution of a trust
which the Court could order to be done if the estate or trust
were being administered or executed, as the case may be,
under the direction of the Court.

Parties (0. 85, r. 3)

3. (1) All the executors or administrators of the estate or trustees of
the trust, as the case may be, to which an administration action or such
an action as is referred to in rule 2 relates must be parties to the action,
and where the action is brought by executors, administrators or
trustees, any of them who does not consent to being joined as a
plaintiff must be made a defendant.





(2) Notwithstanding anything in Order 15, rule 4(2), and
without prejudice to the powers of the Court under that Order, all
the persons having a beneficial interest in or claim against the estate
or having a beneficial interest under the trust, as the case may be, to
which such an action as is mentioned in paragraph (1) relates need
not be parties to the action; but the plaintiff may make such of those
persons, whether all or any one or more of them, parties as, having
regard to the nature of the relief or remedy claimed in the action, he
thinks fit.

(3) Where, in proceedings under a judgment or order given or
made in an action for the administration under the direction of the
Court of the estate of a deceased person, a claim in respect of a debt
or other liability is made against the estate by a person not a party to
the action, no party other than the executors or administrators of
the estate shall be entitled to appear in any proceedings relating to
that claim without the leave of the Court, and the Court may direct
or allow any other party to appear either in addition to, or in
substitution for, the executors or administrators on such terms as to
costs or otherwise as it thinks fit.

Grant of relief in action begun by originating summons (0. 85, r. 4)

4. In an administration action or such an action as is referred
to in rule 2, the Court may make any certificate or order and grant
any relief to which the plaintiff may be entitled by reason of any
breach of trust, wilful default or other misconduct of the defendant
notwithstanding that the action was begun by originating summons,
but the foregoing provision is without prejudice to the power of the
Court to make an order under Order 28, rule 8, in relation to the
action.

Judgments and orders in administration actions (0. 85, r. 5)

5. (1) A judgment or order for the administration or execu-
tion under the direction of the Court of an estate or trust need not be
given or made unless in the opinion of the Court the questions at
issue between the parties cannot properly be determined otherwise
than under such a judgment or order.

(2) Where an administration action is brought by a creditor of
the estate of a deceased person or by a person claiming to be entitled
under a will or on the intestacy of a deceased person or to be
beneficially entitled under a trust, and the plaintiff alleges that no or
insufficient accounts have been furnished by the executors, adminis-
trators or trustees, as the case may be, then, without prejudice to its
other powers, the Court may-

(a)order that proceedings in the action be stayed for a period
specified in the order and that the executors, administra-
tors or trustees, as the case may be, shall within that period
furnish the plaintiff with proper accounts;

(b)if necessary to prevent proceedings by other creditors or by
other persons claiming to be entitled as aforesaid, give





judgment or make an order for the administration of the
estate to which the action relates and include therein an
order that no proceedings are to be taken under the
judgment or order, or under any particular account or
inquiry directed, without the leave of the judge in person.

Conduct of sale of trust property (0. 85, r. 6)

6. Where in an administration action an order is made for the
sale of any property vested in executors, administrators or trustees,
those executors, administrators or trustees, as the case may be, shall
have the conduct of the sale unless the Court otherwise directs.

ORDER 86

ACTIONS FOR SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE, ETC.: SUMMARY JUDGMENT

Application by plaintiff for summary judgment (0. 86, r. 1)

1. (1) In any action begun by writ indorsed with a claim-

(a)for specific performance of an agreement (whether in
writing or not) for the sale, purchase, exchange, mortgage
or charge of any property, or for the grant or assignment
of a lease of any property, with or without an alternative
claim for damages, or

(b) for rescission of such an agreement, or

(e)for the forfeiture or return of any deposit made under such
an agreement,

the plaintiff may, on the ground that the defendant has no defence to
the action, apply to the Court for judgment.

(2) An application may be made against a defendant under
this rule whether or not he has acknowledged service of the writ.

Manner in which application under rule 1 must he made (0. 86, r. 2)

2. (1) An application under rule 1 shall be made by sum-
mons supported by an affidavit verifying the facts on which the
cause of action is based and stating that in the deponent's belief
there is no defence to the action.

Unless the Court otherwise directs, an affidavit for the purposes
of this paragraph may contain statements of information or belief
with the sources and grounds thereof.

(2) The summons must set out or have attached thereto
minutes of the judgment sought by the plaintiff.

(3) The summons, a copy of the affidavit in support and of any
exhibit referred to therein must be served on the defendant not less
than 4 clear days before the return day.





Judgment for plaintiff (0. 86, r. 3)
3. (1) Unless on the hearing of an application under rule 1
either the Court dismisses the application or the defendant satisfies
the Court that there is an issue or question in dispute which ought to
be tried or that there ought for some other reason to be a trial of the
action, the Court may give judgment for the plaintiff in the action.
(2) The Court may by order, and subject to such conditions, if
any, as may be just, stay execution of any judgment given against the
defendant under this rule until after the trial of any counterclaim
made or raised by the defendant in the action. (L.N. 356188)

Leave to defend (0. 86, r. 4)
4. (1) A defendant may show cause against an application
under rule 1 by affidavit or otherwise to the satisfaction of the Court.

(2) The Court may give a defendant against whom such an
application is made leave to defend the action either unconditionally
or on such terms as to giving security or time or mode of trial or
otherwise as it thinks fit.

(3) On the hearing of such an application the Court may order
a defendant showing cause or, where that defendant is a body
corporate, any director, manager, secretary or other similar officer
thereof, or any person purporting to act in any such capacity---
(a) to produce any document;
(b)if it appears to the Court that there are special circum-
stances which make it desirable that he should do so, to
attend and be examined on oath.

Directions (0. 86, r. 5)
5. Where the Court orders that a defendant have leave to
defend the action, the Court shall give directions as to the further
conduct of the action, and Order 25, rules 2 to 7, shall, with the
omission of so much of rule 7(1) as requires parties to serve a notice
specifying the orders and directions which they require and with any
other necessary modifications, apply as if the application under rule
1 were a summons for directions.

Costs (0. 86, r. 6)
6. If the plaintiff makes an application under rule 1 where the
case is not within this Order, or if it appears to the Court that the
plaintiff knew that the defendant relied on a contention which would
entitle him to unconditional leave to defend, then, without prejudice
to Order 62, and, in particular, to rule 4(1) thereof, the Court may
dismiss the application with costs and may, if the plaintiff is not an
aided person, require the costs to be paid by him forthwith.

Setting aside judgment (0. 86, r. 7)
7. Any judgment given against a defendant who does not
appear at the hearing of an application under rule 1 may be set aside
or varied by the Court on such terms as it thinks just.





(HK) Application for summary judgment on counterclaim (0. 86, r. 8)

8. (1) Where a defendant to an action begun by writ has served a
counterclaim claiming against the plaintiff such relief as appears in rule
1(1) the defendant may, on the ground that the plaintiff has no defence
to a claim made in the counterclaim or to a particular part of such a claim,
apply to the court for judgment against the plaintiff on that claim or that
part.

(2) Rules 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 shall apply in relation to an application
under this rule as they apply in relation to an application under rule 1
but with the following modifications

(a)references to the plaintiff and defendant shall be construed as
references to the defendant and plaintiff respectively;

(b)the words in rule 3(2) 'any counterclaim made or raised by the
defendant in' shall be omitted;

(c)the reference in rule 4(2) to the action shall be construed as a
reference to the counterclaim to which the application under
this rule relates.

(L.N. 356188)

(HK) Right to proceed with residue of action or counterclaim

(0. 86, r. 9)

9. (1) Where on an application under rule 1 the plaintiff obtains
judgment on a claim or a part of a claim against any defendant, he may
proceed with the action as respects any other claim or as respects the
remainder of the claim or against any other defendant.

(2) Where on an application under rule 8 a defendant obtains
judgment on a claim or part of a claim made in a counterclaim against the
plaintiff, he may proceed with the counterclaim as respects any other
claim or against any other defendant to the counterclaim.

(L.N. 356188)

ORDER 87

DEBENTURE HOLDER'S ACTIONS: RECEIVERS REGISTER

Receiver's register (0. 87, r. 1)

1. Every receiver appointed by the Court in an action to enforce
registered debentures or registered debenture stock shall, if so directed
by the Court, keep a register of transfers of, and other transmissions of
title to, such debentures or stock (in this Order referred to as 'the
receiver's register').

Registration of transfers, etc. (0. 87, r. 2)

2. (1) Where a receiver is required by rule 1 to keep a receiver's
register, then, on the application of any person entitled to





any debentures or debenture stock by virtue of any transfer or other
transmission of title, and on production of such evidence of identity
and title as the receiver may reasonably require, the receiver shall,
subject to the following provisions of this rule, register the transfer
or other transmissions of title in that register.

(2) Before registering a transfer the receiver must, unless the
due execution of the transfer is proved by affidavit, send by post to
the registered holder of the debentures or debenture stock trans-
ferred at his registered address a notice stating---

(a)that an application for the registration of the transfer has
been made, and

(b)that the transfer will be registered unless within the period
specified in the notice the holder informs the receiver that
he objects to the registration,

and no transfer shall be registered until the period so specified has
elapsed.

The period to be specified in the notice shall in no case be less
than 7 days after a reply from the registered holder would in the
ordinary course of post reach the receiver if the holder had replied to
the notice on the day following the day when in the ordinary course
of post the notice would have been delivered at the place to which it
was addressed.

(3) On registering a transfer or other transmission of title
under this rule the receiver must indorse a memorandum thereof on
the debenture or certificate of debenture stock, as the case may be,
transferred or transmitted, containing a reference to the action and
to the order appointing him receiver.

Application for rectification of receiver's register (0. 87, r. 3)

3. (1) Any person aggrieved by any thing done or omission
made by a receiver under rule 2 may apply to the Court for
rectification of the receiver's register, the application to be made by
summons in the action in which the receiver was appointed.

(2) The summons shall in the first instance be served only on
the plaintiff or other party having the conduct of the action but the
Court may direct the summons or notice of the application to be
served on any other person appearing to be interested.

(3) The Court hearing an application under this rule may
decide any question relating to the title of any person who is party to
the application to have his name entered in or omitted from the
receiver's register and generally may decide any question necessary
or expedient to be decided for the rectification of that register.

Receiver's register evidence of transfers, etc. (0. 87, r. 4)

4. Any entry made in the receiver's register, if verified by an
affidavit made by the receiver or by such other person as the Court
may direct, shall in all proceedings in the action in which the receiver





was appointed be evidence of the transfer or transmission of title to
which the entry relates and, in particular, shall be accepted as
evidence thereof for the purpose of any distribution of assets,
notwithstanding that the transfer or transmission has taken place
after the making of a certificate in the action certifying the holders of
the debentures or debenture stock certificates.

Proof of title of holder of bearer debenture, etc. (0. 87, r. 5)
5. (1) This rule applies in relation to an action to enforce
bearer debentures or to enforce debenture stock in respect of which
the company has issued debenture stock bearer certificates.
(2) Notwithstanding that judgment has been given in the
action and that a certificate has been made therein certifying the
holders of such debentures or certificates as are referred to in
paragraph (1), the title of any person claiming to be such a holder
shall (in the absence of notice of any defect in the title) be sufficiently
proved by the production of the debenture or debenture stock
certificate, as the case may be, together with a certificate of identifi-
cation signed by the person producing the debenture or certificate
identifying the debenture or certificate produced and certifying the
person (giving his name and address) who is the holder thereof.
(3) Where such a debenture or certificate as is referred to in
paragraph (1) is produced in the Registry, the solicitor of the
plaintiff in the action must cause to be indorsed thereon a notice
stating-
(a)that the person whose name and address is specified in the
notice (being the person named as the holder of the
debenture or certificate in the certificate of identification
produced under paragraph (2)) has been recorded in the
Registry as the holder of the debenture or debenture stock
certificate, as the case may be, and
(b)that that person will, on producing the debenture or
debenture stock certificate, as the case may be, be entitled
to receive payment of any dividend in respect of that
debenture or stock unless before payment a new holder
proves his title in accordance with paragraph (2), and
(c)that if a new holder neglects to prove his title as aforesaid
he may incur additional delay, trouble and expense in
obtaining payment.
(4) The solicitor of the plaintiff in the action must preserve any
certificates of identification produced under paragraph (2) and must
keep a record of the debentures and debenture stock certificates so
produced and of the names and addresses of the persons producing
them and of the holders thereof, and, if the Court requires it, must
verify the record by affidavit.

Requirements in connection with payments (0. 87, r. 6)

6. (1) Where in an action to enforce any debentures or
debenture stock an order is made for payment in respect of the





debentures or stock, the Registrar shall not make a payment in respect
of any such debenture or stock unless either there is produced to him
the certificate for which paragraph (2) provides or the Court has in the
case in question for special reason dispensed with the need for the
certificate and directed payment to be made without it.

(2) For the purpose of obtaining any such payment the debenture
or debenture stock certificate must be produced to the solicitor of the
plaintiff in the action or to such other person as the Court may direct,
and that solicitor or other person must indorse thereon a memorandum
of payment and must make and sign a certificate certifying that the
statement set out in the certificate has been indorsed on the debenture
or debenture stock certificate, as the case may be, and send the
certificate to the Registrar.

ORDER 88

MORTGAGE ACTIONS

Application and interpretation (0. 88, r. 1)

1. (1) This Order applies to any action (whether begun by writ or
originating summons) by a mortgagee or mortgagor or by any person
having the right to foreclose or redeem any mortgage, being an action
(other than an action to which rule 5A applies) in which there is a claim
for any of the following reliefs, namely

(a) payment of moneys secured by the mortgage,

(b) sale of the mortgaged property,

(c) foreclosure,

(d)delivery of possession (whether before or after foreclosure or
without foreclosure) to the mortgagee by the mortgagor or by
any other person who is or is alleged to be in possession of
the property,

(e) redemption,

reconveyance of the property or its release from the security,

(g) delivery of possession by the mortgagee.

(2) In this Order 'mortgage' includes a legal and an equitable
mortgage and a legal and an equitable charge, and references to a
mortgagor, a mortgagee and mortgaged property shall be construed
accordingly.

(3) An action to which this Order applies is referred to in this Order
as a mortgage action.

(4) These rules apply to mortgage actions subject to the following
provisions of this Order.





Claim for possession: failure by a defendant to acknowledge service
(0. 88, r. 4)

4. (1) Where in a mortgage action begun by originating
summons, being an action in which the plaintiff is the mortgagee and
claims delivery of possession or payment of moneys secured by the
mortgage or both, any defendant fails to acknowledge service of the
originating summons, the following provisions of this rule shall
apply, and references in those provisions to the defendant shall be
construed as references to any such defendant.

This rule shall not be taken as affecting Order 28, rule 3, or rule
5(2), in so far as it requires any document to be served on, or notice
given to, a defendant who has acknowledged service of the originat-
ing summons in the action.
(2) Not less than 4 clear days before the day fixed for the first
hearing of the originating summons the plaintiff must serve on the
defendant a notice of appointment for the hearing and a copy of the
affidavit in support of the summons.
(3) Where the plaintiff claims delivery of possession there must
be indorsed on the outside fold of the copy of the affidavit served on
the defendant a notice informing the defendant that the plaintiff
intends at the hearing to apply for an order to the defendant to
deliver up to the plaintiff possession of the mortgaged property and
for such other relief (if any) claimed by the originating summons as
the plaintiff intends to apply for at the hearing.

(4) Where the hearing is adjourned, then, subject to any
directions given by the Court, the plaintiff must serve notice of the
appointment for the adjourned hearing, together with a copy of any
further affidavit intended to be used at that hearing, on the defend-
ant not less than 2 clear days before the day fixed for the hearing.
A copy of any affidavit served under this paragraph must be
indorsed in accordance with paragraph (3).
(5) Service under paragraph (2) or (4), and the manner in
which it was effected, may be proved by a certificate signed by the
plaintiff, if he sues in person, and otherwise by his solicitor.
The certificate may be indorsed on the affidavit in support of
the summons or, as the case may be, on any further affidavit
intended to be used at an adjourned hearing.
(6) A copy of any exhibit to an affidavit need not accompany
the copy of the affidavit served under paragraph (2) or (4).
(7) Where the plaintiff gives notice to the defendant under
Order 3, rule 6, of his intention to proceed, service of the notice, and
the manner in which it was effected, may be proved by a certificate
signed as mentioned in paragraph (5).

Action for possession or payment: evidence (0. 88, r. 5)
5. (1) The affidavit in support of the originating summons
by which an action to which this rule applies is begun must comply
with the following provisions of this rule.





This rule applies to a mortgage action begun by originating
summons in which the plaintiff is the mortgagee and claims delivery
of possession or payment of moneys secured by the mortgage or
both.

(2) The affidavit must exhibit a true copy of the mortgage and
the original mortgage must be produced at the hearing of the
summons.

(3) Where the plaintiff claims delivery of possession the
affidavit must show the circumstances under which the right to
possession arises and except where the Court in any case or class
of case otherwise directs, the state of the account between the
mortgagor and mortgagee with particulars of-

(a) the amount of the advance,

(b) the amount of the periodic payments required to be made,

(c)the amount of any interest or instalments in arrear at the
date of the originating summons and at the date of the
affidavit, and

(d) the amount remaining due under the mortgage.

(4) Where the plaintiff claims delivery of possession, the
affidavit must give particulars of every person who to the best of the
plaintiff's knowledge is in possession of the mortgaged property.

(5) If the mortgage creates a tenancy other than a tenancy at
will between the mortgagor and mortgagee, the affidavit must show
how and when the tenancy was determined and if by service of notice
when the notice was duly served.

(6) Where the plaintiff claims payment of moneys secured by
the mortgage, the affidavit must prove that the money is due and
payable and give the particulars mentioned in paragraph (3).

(7) Where the plaintiff's claim includes a claim for interest to
judgment, the affidavit must state the amount of a day's interest.

Action for the enforcement of charging order by sale (0. 88, r. 5A)

SA. (1) This rule applies to -a mortgage action to enforce a
charging order by sale of the property charged.

(2) The affidavit in support of the originating summons
must-

(a)identify the charging sought to be enforced and the subject-
matter of the charge;

(b)specify the amount in respect of which the charge was
imposed and the balance outstanding at the date of the
affidavit;

(c)verify, so far as is known, the debtor's title to the property
charged;





(d)identify any other incumbrances on the property charged
stating, so far as is known, the names and addresses of the
incumbrancers and the amounts owing to them;

(e)set out the plaintiff's proposals as to the manner of sale of the
property charged together with estimates of the gross price
which would be obtained on a sale in that manner and of the
costs of such sale;

where the property charged consists of land in respect of
which the plaintiff claims delivery of possession, give
particulars of every person who to the best of the plaintiff's
knowledge is in possession of the property charged or any
part of it.

Action by writ. judgment in default (0. 88, r. 6)

6. (1) Notwithstanding anything in Order 13 or Order 19, in a
mortgage action begun by writ judgment on failure to give notice of
intention to defend or in default of defence shall not be entered except
with the leave of the Court.

(2) An application for the grant of leave under this rule must be
made by summons and the summons must, notwithstanding anything in
Order 65, rule 9, be served on the defendant.

(3) Where a summons for leave under this rule is issued, rule 4(2)
to (7) shall apply in relation to the action subject to the modification that
for references therein to the originating summons, and for the reference
in paragraph (2) to the notice of appointment, there shall be substituted
references to the summons.

(4) Where a summons for leave under this rule is issued in an
action to which rule 5 would apply had the action been begun by
originating summons, the affidavit in support of the summons must
contain the information required by that rule.

Foreclosure in redemption action (0. 88, r. 7)

7. Where foreclosure has taken place by reason of the failure of the
plaintiff in a mortgage action for redemption to redeem, the defendant in
whose favour the foreclosure has taken place may apply by motion or
summons for an order for delivery to him of possession of the
mortgaged property, and the Court may make such order thereon as it
thinks fit.

ORDER 89

PROCEEDINGS BETWEEN HUSBAND AND WIFE

Determination of questions as to property (0. 89, r. 1)

(HK)l1 (1) Proceedings under section 6 of the Married Persons Status
Ordinance must be begun by originating summons.





Provisions as to actions in tort (0. 89, r. 2)

2. (1) This rule applies to any action in tort brought by one
of the parties to a marriage against the other during the subsistence
of the marriage.

(2) On the first application by summons or motion in an
action to which this rule applies, the Court shall consider, if
necessary of its own motion, whether the power to stay the action
under section 5(2) of the Married Persons Status Ordinance should
or should not be exercised.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in Order 13 or Order 19, judg-
ment on failure to give notice of intention to defend or in default of
defence shall not be entered in an action to which this rule applies
except with the leave of the Court.

(4) An application for grant of leave under paragraph (3) must
be made by summons and the summons must, notwithstanding
anything in Order 65, rule 9, be served on the defendant.

(5) If the summons is for leave to enter judgment on failure to
give notice of intention to defend, the summons shall not be issued
before the time limited for acknowledging service of the writ.

ORDER 90

PROCEEDINGS CONCERNING MINORS

Application to make a minor a ward of court (0. 90, r. 3)

3. (1) Where an action to which a minor is a party is
proceeding, an application to make that minor a ward of court may
be made by summons in the action; but except in that case an
application to make a minor a ward of court must be made by
originating summons.

(2) Where there is no person other than the minor who is a
suitable defendant, an application may be made ex parte to the
Registrar for leave to issue either an ex parte originating summons
or an originating summons with the infant as defendant thereto;
and, except where such leave is granted, the minor shall not be made
a defendant to an originating summons under this rule in the first
instance.

(3) Particulars of any summons under this rule shall be re-
corded in the register of wards.

(3A) The date of the minor's birth shall, unless otherwise
directed, be stated in the summons and the plaintiff shall-

(a)on issuing the summons or before or at the first hearing
thereof lodge in the Registry a certified copy of the entry in
the birth register book kept under the Births and Deaths
Registration Ordinance or, as the case may be, in the
Adopted Children Register maintained under the Adop-
tion Ordinance, relating to the minor, or





(b)at the first hearing of the summons apply for directions as to
proof of birth of the minor in some other manner.

(3B) The name of each party to the proceedings shall be qualified
by a brief description in the body of the summons, of his interest in, or
relationship to, the minor.

(4) Unless the Court otherwise directs, the summons shall state the
whereabouts of the minor or, as the case may be, that the plaintiff is
unaware of his whereabouts.

(5) Every defendant other than the minor shall, forthwith after
being served with the summons

(a)lodge in the Registry a notice stating the address of the
defendant and the whereabouts of the minor or, as the case
may be, that the defendant is unaware of his whereabouts, and

(b)unless the Court otherwise directs, serve a copy of the notice
on the plaintiff.

(6) Where any party other than the minor changes his address or
becomes aware of any change in the whereabouts of the minor after the
issue of, as the case may be, service of the summons, he shall, unless
the Court otherwise directs, forthwith lodge notice of the change in the
Registry and serve a copy of the notice on every other party.

(7) The summons shall contain a notice to the defendant informing
him of the requirements of paragraphs (5) and (6).

(8) In this rule any reference to the whereabouts of a minor is a
reference to the address at which and the person with whom he is living
and any other information relevant to the question where he may be
found.

Enforcement of order by bailiff (0. 90, r. 3A)

3A. The power of the High Court to secure, through an officer
attending upon the Court, compliance with any direction relating to a
ward of court may be exercised by an order addressed to the bailiff.

When minor ceases to he ward of court (0. 90, r. 4)

4. (1) A minor who, by virtue of section 26(2) of the Supreme Court
Ordinance, becomes a ward of court on the issue of a summons under
rule 3 shall cease to be a ward of court

(a)if an application for an appointment for the hearing of the
summons is not made within the period of 21 days after the
issue of the summons, at the expiration of that period;

(b)if an application for such an appointment is made within that
period, on the determination of the application made by the
summons unless the judge hearing it orders that the minor be
made a ward of court.





(2) Nothing in paragraph (1) shall be taken as affecting the power
of the Court under section 26(3) of the said Ordinance to order that any
minor who is for the time being a ward of court shall cease to be a ward
of court.

(3) If no application for an appointment for the hearing of a
summons under rule 3 is made within the period of 21 days after the
issue of the summons, a notice stating whether the applicant intends to
proceed with the application made by the summons must be left at the
Registry immediately after the expiration of that period.

Hearing of an application to make a minor a ward of Court (0. 90, r. 4B

(HK)4B. An application to make a minor a ward of court may be
disposed of in chambers and shall be heard by ajudge.

Applications under the Guardianship of Minors Ordinance (0. 90, r. 5)

5. Where there is pending any action or other proceeding by reason
of which a minor is a ward of court, any application under the
Guardianship of Minors Ordinance with respect to that minor may be
made by summons in the proceedings, but except in that case any such
application must be made by originating summons.

Defendants to summons (0. 90, r. 6)

6. (1) Where the minor with respect to whom an application under
the Guardianship of Minors Ordinance is made is not the plaintiff he
shall not, unless the Court otherwise directs, be made a defendant to the
summons or, if the application is made by ordinary summons, be served
with the summons, but, subject to paragraph (2), any other person
appearing to be interested in, or affected by, the application shall be
made a defendant or be served with the summons, as the case may be.

(2) The Court may dispense with service of the summons (whether
originating or ordinary) on any person and may order it to be served on
any person not originally served.

Hearing of applications as to guardianship, maintenance, etc. (0. 90, r.
7)

7. (1) Applications as to the guardianship of minors may be
disposed of in chambers and shall be heard by a judge.

(2) Applications as to the maintenance and advancement of any
minor may be disposed of in chambers.

Verification and passing of guardians accounts (0. 90, r. 8)

(HK)8. A guardian's account must be verified and passed in the same
manner as that provided by Order 30 in relation to a receiver's account
or in such other manner as the Court may direct.





Removal of guardianship proceedings from the District Court (0. 90,
10)

10. (1) An application for an order under section 24 of the
Guardianship of Minors Ordinance for the removal of an application
from a District Court into the Court shall be made by an originating
summons and, unless the Court otherwise directs, the summons need
not be served on any person.

(2) The application may be heard by a master, but, if an order is
made for the removal to the Court of the application to the District
Court, that application shall be heard by a judge.

(HK)(3A) Section 44, subsections (1), (2) (except the proviso) and (4), of
the District Court Ordinance shall apply to an application ordered to be
transferred to the Court under this rule.

(5) The application so removed shall proceed in the Court as if it
had been made by originating summons.

Application of Matrimonial Causes Rules (0. 90, r. 11)

11. (1) The provisions of the Matrimonial Causes Rules relating to
proceedings under section 48 of the Matrimonial Causes Ordinance
shall apply, with the necessary modifications, to proceedings under
sections 13(1), 14 and 15 of the Guardianship of Minors Ordinance.

(2) The provisions of the Matrimonial Causes Rules relating to the
drawing up and service of orders shall apply to proceedings under this
Order as if they were proceedings under those rules.

ORDER 92

LODGMENT, INVESTMENT, ETC. OF FUNDS IN COURT

Payment into court under the Trustee Ordinance (0. 92, r. 2)

2. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), any trustee wishing to make a
payment into court under section 62 of the Trustee Ordinance must
make and file an affidavit setting out

(a)a short description of the trust and of the instrument creating
it or, as the case may be, of the circumstances in which the
trust arose,

(b)the names of the persons interested in or entitled to the
money or securities to be paid into court with their addresses
so far as known to him,

(e)his submission to answer all such inquiries relating to the
application of such money or securities as the Court may
make or direct, and

(d)an address where he may be served with any summons or
order, or notice of any proceedings, relating to the money or
securities paid into court.





(2) Where the money or securities represents a legacy, or
residue or any share thereof, to which a minor or a person resident
outside Hong Kong is absolutely entitled, no affidavit need be filed
under paragraph (1) and the money or securities may be paid into
court in the manner prescribed by the Supreme Court Suitors'
Funds Rules for the time being in force.

Notice of lodgment (0. 92, r. 4)

4. Any person who has lodged money or securities in court in
accordance with rule 2 must forthwith send notice of the lodgment
to every person appearing from the affidavit on which the lodgment
was made to be entitled to, or to have an interest in, the money or
securities lodged.

Applications with respect to funds in court (0. 92, r. 5)

5. (1) Where an application to the Court-

(a)for the payment or transfer to any person of any funds in
court standing to the credit of any cause or matter or for
the transfer of any such funds to a separate account or for
the payment to any person of any dividend of or interest
on any securities or money comprised in such funds;

(b)for the investment, or change of investment, of any funds
in court;

(e)for payment of the dividends of or interest on any funds in
court representing or comprising money or securities
lodged in court under any enactment; or

(d)for the payment or transfer out of court of any such funds
as are mentioned in sub-paragraph (c),

is made the application may be disposed of in chambers.

(2) Subject to paragraph (3), any such application must be
made by summons and, unless the application is made in a pending
cause or matter or an application for the same purpose has pre-
viously been made by petition or originating summons, the sum-
mons must be an originating summons.

(3) Where an application under paragraph (1)(d) is required
to be made by originating summons, then, if the funds to which the
application relates do not exceed $50,000 in value, the application
may be made ex parte to a master and the master may dispose of the
application or may direct it to be made by originating summons.
Unless otherwise directed, an ex parte application under this para-
graph shall be made by affidavit.

(5) This rule does not apply to any application for an order
under Order 22.





ORDER 93

APPLICATIONS AND APPEALS UNDER VARIOUS ENACTMENTS

Application under Variation of Trusts Ordinance (0. 93, r. 6)

6. (2) In addition to any other persons who are necessary and
proper defendants to the originating summons by which an application
under section 3 of the Variation of Trusts Ordinance, is made, the settlor
and any other person who provided property for the purposes of the
trusts to which the application relates must, if still alive and not the
plaintiff, be made a defendant unless the Court for some special reason
otherwise directs.

Case stated under section 30 of the Copyright Act, 1956 (0. 93, r. 14)

14. (1) Where the Court of Appeal makes an order directing the
Performing Right Tribunal to refer a question of law to the Court of
Appeal under section 30 of the Copyright Act, 1956, as extended to
Hong Kong by the Copyright (Hong Kong) Orders 1972 and 1979, by
way of case stated it may by the order suspend the operation of an
order made by the Tribunal in the proceedings in which the question
arose.

(2) The Registrar shall notify the clerk of the Tribunal of the
decision of the Court of Appeal on any application for an order directing
the Tribunal to refer a question of law to the Court of Appeal under the
said section 30 and of any directions given by the Court of Appeal
thereon.

(HK)(3) The provisions of Order 61 shall apply to cases stated by the
Performing Right Tribunal.

ORDER 95

THE BILLS OF SALE ORDINANCE AND BANKRUPTCY ORDINANCE

Rectification of register (0. 95, r. 1)

1. (1) Every application to the Court under section 20 of the Bills of
Sale Ordinance for an order

(a)that any omission to register a bill of sale or an affidavit of
renewal thereof within the time prescribed by that Ordinance
be rectified by extending the time for such registration, or

(b)that any omission or mis-statement of the name, residence or
occupation of any person be rectified by the insertion in the
register of his true name, residence or occupation,

must be made by affidavit ex parte to a master.

(2) Every application for such an order as is described in paragraph
(1) shall be supported by an affidavit setting out particulars of the bill of
sale and of the omission or mis-statement in question and stating the
grounds on which the application is made.





Entry of satisfaction (0. 95, r. 2)

2. (1) Every application under section 21 of the Bills of Sale
Ordinance to a master for an order that a memorandum of satisfac-
tion be written on a registered copy of a bill of sale must-

(a)if a consent to the satisfaction signed by the person entitled
to the benefit of the bill of sale can be obtained, be made ex
parte;

(b) in all other cases, be made by originating summons.

(2) An ex parte application under paragraph (1)(a) must be
supported by-

(a)particulars of the consent referred to in that paragraph;
and

(b)an affidavit by a witness who attested the consent verifying
the signature on it.

(3) An originating summons under paragraph (1)(b) must be
served on the person entitled to the benefit of the bill of sale and
must be supported by evidence that the debt (if any) for which the
bill of sale was made has been satisfied or discharged.

(4) An originating summons under paragraph (1)(b) shall be in
Form No. 10 in Appendix A.

Restraining removal on sale of goods seized (0. 95, r. 3)

3. An originating summons by which an application to the
Court under the proviso to section 14 of the Bills of Sale Ordinance
must be made shall be in Form No. 10 in Appendix A.

Search of register (0. 95, r. 4)

4. The Registrar shall, on a request in writing giving sufficient
particulars, and on payment of the prescribed fee, cause a search to
be made in the register of bills of sale and issue a certificate of the
result of the search.

Assignment of book debts (0. 95, r. 6)

6. (1) There shall continue to be kept in the Registry a
register of assignment of book debts.

(2) Every application for registration of an assignment of a
book debt under section 48 of the Bankruptcy Ordinance shall be
made by producing at the Registry-

(a)a true copy of the assignment, and of every schedule
thereto, and

(b)an affidavit verifying the date and the time, and the due
execution of the assignment in the presence of the depo-
nent, and setting out the particulars of the assignment, and
of the parties thereto.





(3) On an application being made in accordance with the preceding
paragraph, the documents there referred to shall be filed and the
particulars of the assignment and the parties to it, shall be entered in the
register.

ORDER 100

THE TRADE MARKS ORDINANCE

Appeals and applications under the Trade Marks Ordinance (0. 100, r.
2)

2. (1) Every appeal to the Court under the Trade Marks Ordinance,
shall be heard and determined by a single judge.

(2) Subject to rule 3, every application to the Court under the said
Ordinance must be begun by originating motion.

(3) Notice of the motion by which any such application is made
must be served on the Registrar of Trade Marks.

(4) Where the Registrar of Trade Marks refers to the Court an
application under the said Ordinance made to him, then, unless within
one month after receiving notification of the decision to refer, the
applicant makes to the Court the application referred, he shall be deemed
to have abandoned it.

(5) The period prescribed in relation to an appeal to which
paragraph (1) applies or the period prescribed by paragraph (4) in
relation to an application or appeal to which that paragraph applies may
be extended by the Registrar of Trade Marks on the application of any
party interested and may be so extended although the application is not
made until after the expiration of that period, but the foregoing provision
shall not be taken to affect the power of the Court under Order 3, rule 5,
to extend that period.

(6) Where under subsection (6) of section 13, or subsection (8) of
section 15, of the said Ordinance an appellant becomes entitled and
intends to withdraw his application which is the subject-matter of the
appeal, he must give notice of his intention to the Registrar of Trade
Marks and to any other party to the appeal within one month after the
Court has given leave under the said subsection (6) or the said
subsection (8), as the case may be, for further grounds of objection to
be taken.

Proceedings for infringement of registered trade mark: validity of
registration disputed (0. 100, r. 3)

3. (1) Where in any proceedings a claim is made for relief for
infringement of the right to the use of a registered trade mark, the party
against whom the claim is made may in his defence put in issue the
validity of the registration of that trade mark or may counterclaim for an
order that the register of trade marks be rectified by cancelling or
varying the relevant entry or may do both those things.





(2) A party to any such proceedings who in his pleading (whether
a defence or counterclaim) disputes the validity of the registration of a
registered trade mark must serve with the pleading particulars of the
objections to the validity of the registration on which he relies in
support of the allegation of invalidity.

(3) A party to any such proceedings who counterclaims for an
order that the register of trade marks be rectified must serve on the
Registrar of Trade Marks a copy of the counterclaim together with a
copy of the particulars mentioned in paragraph (2); and the Registrar of
Trade Marks shall be entitled to take such part in the proceedings as he
may think fit but need not serve a defence or other pleading unless
ordered to do so by the Court.

ORDER 102

THE COMPANIES
ORDINANCE

Definitions (0. 102, r. 1)

1. In this Order-

'the Ordinance' means the Companies Ordinance.

Applications to he made by originating summons (0. 102, r. 2)

2. (1) Except in the case of the applications mentioned in rules 3, 4
and 5 and applications made in proceedings relating to the winding up
of companies, every application under the Ordinance must, in
accordance with Order 5, rule 3, be made by originating summons.

(2) An originating summons under this rule shall be in Form No. 10
in Appendix A unless the application made by the summons is

(a)an application under section 167 of the Ordinance for an order
to make provision for all or any of the matters mentioned in
subsection (1) of that section where an order sanctioning the
compromise or arrangement to which the application relates
has previously been made, or

(b)an application under section 302 of the Ordinance for an order
directing a receiver or manager of a company to make good
any such default as is mentioned in subsection (1) of that
section, or

(c)an application under section 306 of the Ordinance for an order
directing a company and any officer thereof to make good any
such default as is mentioned in that section.

(3) An application under section 145(4) of the Ordinance may be
made by ex parte originating summons.





Application to be made by originating summons or motion (0. 102, r. 3)

3. (1) An application under section 100 of the Ordinance for
rectification of the register of members of a company may be made by
originating summons or originating motion.

(2) An originating summons under this rule shall be in Form No. 10
in Appendix A.

Applications to be made by originating motion (0. 102, r. 4)

4. (1) The following applications under the Ordinance must be
made by originating motion, namely, applications

(a)under section 30 for an order that a company be relieved from
the consequences of default in complying with conditions
constituting the company a private company,

(b)under section 45(3) for an order extending the time for delivery
to the Registrar of Companies of any document required by
that section to be delivered,

(e)under section 143 for an order declaring that the affairs of a
company ought to be investigated by an inspector appointed
by the Financial Secretary,

(d)under section 145(3) for an inquiry into any such case as is
therein mentioned, and

under section 290 for an order declaring a dissolution of a
company which has not been wound up to have been void.

Applications to he made by petition (0. 102, r. 5)

5. (1) The following applications under the Ordinance must be
made by petition, namely applications

(a)under section 8 to cancel the alteration of a company's
objects,

(b)under section 25A to cancel the alteration of a condition
contained in a company's memorandum,

(c)under section 48B to confirm a reduction of the share premium
account of a company,

(d)under section 50 to sanction the issue by a company of
shares at a discount,

(e)under section 49 to confirm a reduction of the capital
redemption reserve fund of a company,

(f)under section 59 to confirm a reduction of the share capital of
a company,

(g)under section 64 to cancel any variation or abrogation of the
rights attached to any class of shares in a company,





(h)under section 166 to sanction a compromise or arrangement
between a company and its creditors or any class of them or
between a company and its members or any class of them,

(i)under section 291(7) for an order restoring the name of a
company to the register, where the application is made in
conjunction with an application for the winding up of the
company,

(j)under section 323 to cancel the alteration of the form of a
company's constitution, and

(k)under section 358(2) for relief from liability of an officer of a
company or a person employed by a company as auditor.

Entitlement of proceedings (0. 102, r. 6)

6. (2) Every originating summons, notice of originating motion and
petition by which any such proceedings are begun and all affidavits,
notices and other documents in those proceedings must be entitled in
the matter of the company in question and in the matter of the
Ordinance.

(3) The originating summons by which an application for leave
under section 157E(1) of the Ordinance is made must be entitled in the
matter of the company or one of the companies in connection with
which an order under that subsection was made against the plaintiff and
in the matter of the Ordinance.

Summons for directions (0. 102, r. 7)

7. (1) After presentation of a petition by which any such
application as is mentioned in rule 5 is made, the petitioner, except
where his application is one of those mentioned in paragraph (2), must
take out a summons for directions under this rule.

(2) The applications referred to in paragraph (1) are-

(a)an application under section 50 of the Ordinance to sanction
the issue by a company of shares at a discount,

(b)an application under section 166 of the Ordinance to sanction
a compromise or arrangement unless there is included in the
petition for such sanction an application for an order under
section 167 of the Ordinance, and

(c)an application under section 291(7) of the Ordinance for an
order restoring the name of a company to the register.

(3) On the hearing of the summons the Court may by order give
such directions as to the proceedings to be taken before the hearing of
the petition as it thinks fit including, in particular, directions for the
publication of notices and the making of any inquiry.

(4) Where the application made by the petition is to confirm a
reduction of the share capital, the share premium account or the capital
redemption reserve fund, of a company, then, without prejudice to the
generality of paragraph (3), the Court may give directions





(a)for an inquiry to be made as to the debts of, and claims
against, the company or as to any class or classes of such
debts or claims;

(b)as to the proceedings to be taken for settling the list of
creditors entitled to object to the reduction and fixing the
date by reference to which the fist is to be made;

and the power of the Court under section 59(3) of the Ordinance
to direct that section 59(2) thereof shall not apply as regards any
class or classes of creditors may be exercised on any hearing of the
summons.

(5) Rules 8 to 13 shall have effect subject to any directions
given by the Court under this rule.

Inquiry as to debts: company to make list of creditors (0. 102, r. 8)

8. (1) Where under rule 7 the Court orders such an inquiry
as is mentioned in paragraph (4) thereof, the company in question
must, within 7 days after the making of the order, file in the Registry
an affidavit made by an officer of the company competent to make it
verifying a list containing-

(a)the name and address of every creditor entitled to any debt
or claim to which the inquiry extends,

(b)the amount due to each creditor in respect of such debt or
claim or, in the case of a debt or claim which is subject to
any contingency or sounds only in damages or for some
other reason does not bear a certain value, a just estimate
of the value thereof, and

(c) the total of those amounts and values.

(2) The deponent must state in the affidavit his belief that at
the date fixed by the Court as the date by reference to which the
list is to be made there is no debt or claim which, if that date were
the commencement of the winding up of the company, would be
admissible in proof against the company, other than the debts or
claims set out in the list and any debts or claims to which the inquiry
does not extend, and must also state his means of knowledge of the
matters deposed to.

(3) The list must be left at the office mentioned in paragraph
(1) not later than one day after the affidavit is filed.

Inspection of list of creditors (0. 102, r. 9)

9. (1) Copies of the list made under rule 8 with the omission,
unless the Court otherwise directs, of the amount due to each
creditor and the estimated value of any debt or claim to which any
creditor is entitled, shall be kept at the registered office of the
company and at the office of that company's solicitor.

(2) Any person shall be entitled during ordinary business
hours, on payment of a fee of one dollar, to inspect the said list at
any such office and to take extracts therefrom.





Notice to creditors (0. 102, r. 10)

10. Within 7 days after filing the affidavit required by rule 8
the company must send by post to each creditor named in the
list exhibited to the affidavit, at his last known address, a notice
stating-

(a) the amount of the reduction sought to be confirmed,

(b)the effect of the order directing an inquiry as to debts and
claims,

(c)the amount or value specified in the list as due or estimated
to be due to that creditor, and

(d)the time fixed by the Court within which, if he claims to be
entitled to a larger amount, he must send particulars of his
debt or claim and the name and address of his solicitor, if
any, to the company's solicitor.

Advertisement of petition and list of creditors (0. 102, r. 11)

11. After filing the affidavit required by rule 8 the company
must insert, in such newspapers and at such times as the Court
directs, a notice stating-

(a)the date of presentation of the petition and the amount of
the reduction thereby sought to be confirmed,

(b) the inquiry ordered by the Court under rule 7,

(c)the places where the list of creditors may be inspected in
accordance with rule 9, and

(d)the time within which any creditor not named in the list
who claims to be entitled to any debt or claim to which the
inquiry extends must send his name and address, the name
and address of his solicitor, if any, and particulars of his
debt or claim to the company's solicitor.

Affidavit as to claims made by creditors (0. 102, r. 12)

12. Within such time as the Court directs the company must
file in the Registry an affidavit made by the company's solicitor and
an officer of the company competent to make it-

(a)proving service of the notices mentioned in rule 10 and
advertisement of the notice mentioned in rule 11,

(b)verifying a list containing the names and addresses of the
persons (if any) who in pursuance of such notices sent in
particulars of debts or claims, specifying the amount of
each debt or claim,

(c)distinguishing in such list those debts or claims which are
wholly, or as to any and what part thereof, admitted by
the company, disputed by the company or alleged by the
company to be outside the scope of the inquiry, and





(d)stating which of the persons named in the list made under rule
8, and which of the persons named in the list made under this
rule, have been paid or consent to the reduction sought to be
confirmed.

Adjudication of disputed claims (0. 102, r. 13)

13. If the company contends that a person is not entitled to be
entered in the list of creditors in respect of any debt or claim or in
respect of the full amount claimed by him in respect of any debt or claim,
then, unless the company is willing to secure payment of that debt or
claim by appropriating the full amount of the debt or claim, the company
must, if the Court so directs, send to that person by post at his last
known address a notice requiring him

(a)within such time as may be specified in the notice, being not
less than 4 clear days after service thereof, to file an affidavit
proving his debt or claim or, as the case may be, so much
thereof as is not admitted by the company, and

(b)to attend the adjudication of his debt or claim at the place and
time specified in the notice, being the time appointed by the
Court for the adjudication of debts and claims.

Certifying lists of creditors entitled to object to reduction (0. 102, r. 14)

14. The list of creditors entitled to object to such reduction as is
mentioned in rule 7(4), as settled by the Court under section 59(2) of the
Ordinance shall be certified and filed by the Registrar and his certificate
shall

(a) specify the debts or claims (if any) disallowed by the Court,

(b)distinguish the debts or claims (if any) the full amount of
which is admitted by the company, the debts or claims (if any)
the full amount of which, though not admitted by the
company, the company is willing to appropriate, the debts or
claims (if any) the amount of which has been fixed by
adjudication of the Court under section 59(2) of the Ordinance
and other debts or claims

(c)specify the total amount of the debts or claims payment of
which has been secured by appropriation under the said
section 59(2);

(d)show which creditors consent to the reduction and the total
amount of their debts or claims;

(e)specify the creditors who sought to prove their debts or
claims under rule 13 and state which of such debts or claims
were allowed.

Evidence of consent of creditor (0. 102, r. 15)

15. The consent of a creditor to such reduction as is mentioned in
rule 7(4) may be proved in such manner as the Court thinks sufficient.





Time, etc. of bearing of petition for confirmation of reduction (0. 102, r.
16)

16. (1) A petition for the confirmation of any such reduction as is
mentioned in rule 7(4) shall not, where the Court has directed an inquiry
pursuant to that rule, be heard before the expiration of at least 8 clear
days after the filing of the certificate mentioned in rule 14.

(2) Before the hearing of such a petition, a notice specifying the
day appointed for the hearing must be published at such times and in
such newspapers as the Court may direct.

Restriction on taking effect of order under section 50 (0. 102, r. 17)

17. Unless the Court otherwise directs, an order under section 50 of
the Ordinance sanctioning the issue of shares at a discount shall direct
that an office copy of the order be delivered to the Registrar of
Companies within 10 days after the making of the order or such
extended time as the Court may allow and that the order shall not take
effect until such copy has been so delivered.

ORDER 103

THE REGISTRATION OF PATENTS
ORDINANCE: THE PATENTS ACTS 1949 To
1961 AND 1977

Definitions (0. 103, r. 1)

1. In this Order

'existing patent' means a patent mentioned in section 127(2)(a) or (e) of
the Act;

'the Act' means the Patents Act 1977;

'the Ordinance' means the Registration of Patents Ordinance.

Actions for infringement: particulars of pleading (0. 103, r. 19)

19. (1) The plaintiff in an action for infringement of a patent must
serve with his statement of claim particulars of the infringements relied
on.

(2) If a defendant in such an action disputes the validity of the
patent, he must serve with his defence particulars of the objections to
the validity of the patent on which he relies in support of the allegation
of invalidity.

(3) If a defendant in such an action alleges, as a defence to the
action, that at the time of the infringement there was in force a contract
or licence relating to the patent made by or with the consent of the
plaintiff and containing a condition or term void by virtue of section 44
of the Act, he must serve on the plaintiff particulars of the date of, and
parties to, each such contract or licence and particulars of each such
condition or term.





(4) A defendant to such an action who applies by counter-
claim in the action for a declaration under section 8(1) of the
Ordinance must, with his counterclaim, serve particulars of the
grounds on which he relies in support of his counterclaim.

Particulars of infringements (0. 103, r. 20)

20. Particulars of infringements of a patent must specify which
of the claims in the specification of the patent are alleged to be
infringed and must give at least one instance of each type of
infringement alleged.

Particulars of objections (0. 103, r. 21)

21. (1) Particulars of objections to the validity of a patent
must state every ground on which the validity of the patent is
disputed and must include such particulars as will clearly define
every issue which it is intended to raise.

(2) If the grounds stated in the particulars of objections
include want of novelty or want of any inventive step, the particulars
must state the manner, time and place of every prior publication or
user relied upon and, if prior user is alleged, must-

(a)specify the name of every person alleged to have made such
user,

(b)state whether such user is alleged to have continued until
the priority date of the claim in question or of the inven-
tion, as may be appropriate, and, if not, the earliest and
latest date on which such user is alleged to have taken
place,

(e)contain a description, accompanied by drawings, if neces-
sary, sufficient to identify such user, and

(d)if such user relates to machinery or apparatus, state
whether the machinery or apparatus is in existence and
where it can be inspected.

(3) If in the case of an existing patent-

(a)one of the grounds stated in the particulars of objection is
that the invention, so far as claimed in any claim of the
complete specification, is not useful, and

(b)it is intended, in connection with that ground, to rely on
the fact that an example of the invention which is the
subject of any such claim cannot be made to work, either at
all or as described in the specification,

the particulars must state the fact and identify each such claim and
must include particulars of each such example, specifying the
respects in which it is alleged that it does not work or does not work
as described.





Amendment of particulars (0. 103, r. 22)

22. Without prejudice to Order 20, rule 5, the Court may at any
stage of the proceedings allow a party to amend any particulars served
by him under the foregoing provisions of this Order on such terms as to
costs or otherwise as may be just.

Further particulars (0. 103, r. 23)

23. The Court may at any stage of the proceedings order a party to
serve on any other party further or better particulars of infringements or
of objections.

Restrictions on admission of evidence (0. 103, r. 24)

24. (1) Except with the leave of the judge hearing any action or
other proceeding relating to a patent, no evidence shall be admissible in
proof of any alleged infringement, or of any objection to the validity, of
the patent, if the infringement or objection was not raised in the
particulars of infringements or objections, as the case may be.

(2) In any action or other proceeding relating to a patent, evidence
which is not in accordance with a statement contained in particulars of
objections to the validity of the patent shall not be admissible in
support of such an objection unless the judge hearing the proceeding
allows the evidence to be admitted.

(3) If any machinery or apparatus alleged to have been used before
the priority date mentioned in rule 21(2)(b) is in existence at the date of
service of the particulars of objections, no evidence of its user before
that date shall be admissible unless it is proved that the party relying on
such user offered, where the machinery or apparatus is in his
possession, inspection of it to the other parties to the proceedings, or,
where it is not, did his best to obtain inspection of it for those parties.

Proceedings for infringement: admissions must he requested (0. 103, r.
25)

25. (1) In an action for infringement of a patent (whether or not any
other relief is claimed) each party must, within 14 days after service of a
reply or answer or after the expiration of the period fixed for service
thereof, write to each other party from whom he requires an admission
for the purpose of the action or proceedings requesting him to make the
admission, and the party receiving the request must within 14 days after
the receipt thereof reply in writing making the admission or stating that
he refuses to make it.

(2) No order shall be made authorizing a party to any such action or
proceedings to serve any interrogatory on any other party unless the
first-mentioned party requested that other party in accordance with
paragraph (1) to admit the facts sought to be proved by the answer to
the interrogatory and the other party refused or failed to comply with
the request.





Proceedings for infringement: summons for directions (0. 103, r. 26)

26. (1) In such an action, and in such proceedings, as are referred
to in rule 25(1), the plaintiff or petitioner must

(a)within one month after the date on which the last reply to a
request made under rule 25(1) is received or after the date on
which the period fixed for making such a reply expires,
whichever first occurs, or

(b)if no request for an admission is made by any party to the
action or proceedings, within one month after service of a
reply or answer or after the expiration of the period fixed for
service thereof,

take out a summons for directions as to the place and mode of trial
returnable in not les than 21 days, and if the plaintiff or petitioner does
not take out such a summons in accordance with this paragraph, the
defendant or respondent, as the case may be, may do so.

The summons may be heard in chambers. or in court as the Court
thinks fit.

(2) The Court hearing a summons under this rule may give such
directions

(a) for the service of further pleadings or particulars,

(b) for the discovery of documents,

(c)(subject to rule 25(2)) for the service of interrogatories and of
answers thereto,

(d)for the taking by affidavit of evidence relating to matters
requiring expert knowledge, and for the filing of such
affidavits and the service of copies thereof on the other
parties,

(e)for the service on the other parties, by any party desiring to
submit experimental proof, of full and precise particulars of the
experiments proposed and of the facts which he claims to be
able to establish thereby,

(f) for the making of experiments, tests, inspections or reports,

(g)for the hearing, as a preliminary issue, of any question that
may arise (including any question as to the construction of
the specification or other documents),

and otherwise as the Court thinks necessary or expedient for the
purpose of defining and limiting the issues to be tried, restricting the
number of witnesses to be called at the trial of any particular issue and
otherwise securing that the case shall be disposed of, consistently with
adequate hearing, in the most expeditious manner.

Where evidence is directed to be given by affidavit, the deponents
must attend at the trial for cross-examination unless, with the
concurrence of the Court, the parties otherwise agree.

(3) Order 24, rules 1 and 2, shall not apply in an action for
infringement of a patent.





(4) No action for a declaration under section 8(1) of the Ordinance
shall be set down for trial unless and until a summons under this rule in
the action or proceedings has been taken out and the directions given
on the summons have been carried out or the time fixed by the Court for
carrying them out has expired.

(5) An action for a declaration under section 8(1) of the Ordinance
shall not be tried sooner than 21 days after the action has been set
down for trial.

Appointment of scientific adviser (0. 103, r. 27)

27. (1) In an action for infringement of a patent and in any
proceedings under the Ordinance, the Court may at any time, and on or
without the application of any party, appoint an independent scientific
adviser to assist the Court or to inquire and report on any question of
fact or of opinion not involving questions of law or construction.

(2) The Court may nominate the scientific adviser and shall settle
the question or instructions to be submitted or given to him.

(3) The remuneration of any adviser appointed under this rule shall
be fixed by the Court and shall include the costs of making any report
and a proper daily fee for any day on which he is required to attend
before the Court.

(4) Order 40, rules 2, 3, 4 and 6, shall apply in relation to an adviser
appointed under this rule and any report made by him as they apply in
relation to a Court expert and a report made by him.

Application for rectification of register of patents in Hong Kong (0.
103, r. 29)

29. An application to the Court for an order that the register of
patents be rectified must be made by originating motion, except where it
is made by way of counterclaim in proceedings for infringement or by
originating summons in proceedings for an order under section 52 of the
Trustee Ordinance.

ORDER 106

PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO SOLICITORS: THE
LEGAL
PRACTITIONERS ORDINANCE

Definitions (0. 106, r. 1)

1. In this Order

'the Ordinance' means the Legal Practitioners Ordinance;

'appeal' means an appeal against any order made by the disciplinary
committee on an application or complaint under the Ordinance;

'the disciplinary committee' means the committee appointed under
section 9 of the Ordinance;





'Society' means The Law Society of Hong Kong.

Jurisdiction under Part VI of the Ordinance exercisable by judge in
chambers, etc. (0. 106, r. 2)
2. (1) Any application to the Court under Part VI of the
Ordinance may be disposed of in chambers.
(2) The jurisdiction of the Court under Part VI of the Ordin-
ance may be exercised by a judge in chambers.

Power to order solicitor to deliver cash account, etc. (0. 106, r. 3)
3. (1) Where the relationship of solicitor and client exists or
has existed, the Court may, on the application of the client or his
personal representative, make an order for-
(a) the delivery by the solicitor of a cash account;
(b)the payment or delivery up by the solicitor of money or
securities;
(c)the delivery to the plaintiff of a list of the moneys or
securities which the solicitor has in his possession or
control on behalf of the plaintiff,
(d)the payment into or lodging in court of any such moneys or
securities.
(2) An application for an order under this rule must be made
by originating summons.
(3) If the defendant alleges that he has a claim for costs, the
Court may make such order for the taxation and payment, or
securing the payment, thereof and the protection of the defendant's
lien, if any, as the Court thinks fit.

Form of originating summons (0. 106, r. 5)
5. An originating summons by which an application under
the Ordinance, or any application for an order under rule 3, is made
shall he in Form No. 10 in Appendix A.

Service of documents (0. 106, r. 10)
10. (1) Any document required to be served on the Society in
proceedings under this Order shall be served by sending it by prepaid
post to the secretary of the Society.
(2) Subject to paragraph (1), any document not required to be
served personally which is to be served on a defendant to proceed-
ings under this Order shall, unless the Court otherwise directs, be
deemed to be properly served by sending it by prepaid post to the
defendant at his last known address.

Constitution of the Court of Appeal to bear appeals (0. 106, r. 11)
11. Every appeal shall be heard by the Court of Appeal
consisting, unless the Chief Justice otherwise directs, of not less
than 3 judges.





Title, service, etc. of notice of motion (0. 106, r. 12)

12. (1) The notice of the originating motion by which an
appeal is brought must be entitled in the matter of a solicitor, or, as
the case may be, a solicitor's clerk, without naming him, and in the
matter of the Ordinance.

(2) Unless the Court otherwise orders, the persons to be served
with such notice are every party to the proceedings before the
disciplinary committee and the Society.

(3) Order 55, rule 4(2), shall apply in relation to the appeal as
if for the period of 28 days therein specified there were substituted
a period of 14 days.

(4) Order 55, rule 4(4), shall not apply and the said period of
14 days shall begin with the day on which the order appealed against
was pronounced.

Society to produce certain documents (0. 106, r. 13)

13. (1) Within 7 days after being served with notice of the
originating motion by which an appeal is brought the Society must
lodge in the Registry 3 copies of each of the following documents-

(a)the order appealed against, prefaced by the statement of
the disciplinary committee's findings required by section 12
of the Ordinance,

(b)any document lodged by a party with the disciplinary
committee which is relevant to a matter in issue on the
appeal, and

(c)the transcript of the shorthand note, or, as the case may
be, the note taken by the chairman of the disciplinary
committee, of the evidence in the proceedings before the
committee.

(2) At the hearing of the appeal the Court shall direct by
whom the costs incurred in complying with paragraph (1) are to be
borne and may order them to be paid to the Society by one of the
parties notwithstanding that the Society does not appear at the
hearing.

Restriction on requiring security for costs (0. 106, r. 14)

14. No person other than an appellant who was the applicant
in the proceedings before the disciplinary committee or, in the case
of an application to that committee by a solicitor to procure his
name to be removed from the roll, was an objector, shall be ordered
to give security for the costs of an appeal.

Disciplinary committee's opinion may he required (0. 106, r. 15)

15. The Court may direct the disciplinary committee to furnish
the Court with a written statement of their opinion on the case which





is the subject-matter of an appeal or on any question arising therein, and
where such a direction is given, the clerk to the disciplinary committee
must as soon as may be lodge 3 copies of such statement in the
Registry and at the same time send a copy to each of the parties to the
appeal.

Persons entitled to he beard on appeal (0. 106, r. 16)

16. A person who has not been served with notice of the
originating motion by which an appeal is brought but who desires to be
heard in opposition to the appeal shall, if he appears to the Court to he a
proper person to be so heard, be entitled to be so heard.

Discontinuance of appeal (0. 106, r. 17)

17. (1) An appellant may at any time discontinue his appeal by
serving notice of discontinuance on the clerk to the disciplinary
committee and every other party to the appeal and, if the appeal has
been entered, by lodging a copy of the notice in the Registry.

(2) Where an appeal has been discontinued in accordance with
paragraph (1), it shall be treated as having been dismissed with an order
for payment by the appellant of the costs of and incidental to the appeal,
including any costs incurred by the Society in complying with rule 13(1).

ORDER 113

SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS FOR POSSESSION OF LAND

1. Where a person claims possession of land which he alleges is
occupied solely by a person or persons (not being a tenant or tenants
holding over after the termination of the tenancy) who entered into or
remained in occupation without his licence or consent or that of any
predecessor in title of his, the proceedings may be brought by
originating summons in accordance with the provisions of this Order.

Form of originating summons (0. 113, r. 2)

2. The originating summons shall be in Form No. IIA in Appendix
A and no acknowledgment of service of it shall be required.

Affidavit in support (0. 113, r. 3)

3. The plaintiff shall file in support of the originating summons an
affidavit stating--

(a) his interest in the land;

(b)the circumstances in which the land has been occupied
without licence or consent and in which his claim to
possession arises; and





(c)that he does not know the name of any person occupying the
land who is not named in the summons.

Service of originating summons (0. 113, r. 4)

4. (1) Where any person in occupation of the land is named in the
originating summons, the summons together with a copy of the affidavit
in support shall be served on him

(a) personally, or
(HK)(aa) by sending a copy of the summons and of the affidavit by
ordinary post to him at the premises, or

(b)by leaving a copy of the summons and of the affidavit, or
sending them to him, at the premises, or

(c) in such other manner as the Court may direct.

(2) The summons shall, in addition to being served on the named
defendants (if any) in accordance with paragraph (1), be served, unless
the Court otherwise directs, by

(a)affixing a copy of the summons and a copy of the affidavit to
the main door or other conspicuous part of the premises, and

(b)if practicable, inserting through the letter-box at the premises a
copy of the summons and a copy of the affidavit enclosed in a
sealed envelope addressed to 'the occupiers'.

(M) Every copy of an originating summons for service under
paragraph (1) or (2) shall be sealed with the seal of the Supreme Court.

(3) Order 28, rule 3, shall not apply to proceedings under this Order.

Application by occupier to he made a party (0. 113, r. 5)

5. Without prejudice to Order 15, rules 6 and 10, any person not
named as a defendant who is in occupation of the land and wishes to be
heard on the question whether an order for possession should be made
may apply at any stage of the proceedings to be joined as a defendant.

Order for possession (0. 113, r. 6)

6. (1) A final order shall not be made on the originating summons
except by a judge in person and shall, except in case of urgency and by
leave of the Court, not be made less than 5 clear days after the date of
service.

(2) An order for possession in proceedings under this Order shall
be in Form No. 42A in Appendix A.

(3) Nothing in this Order shall prevent the Court from ordering
possession to be given on a specified date, in exercise of any power
which could have been exercised if possession had been claimed in an
action begun by writ.





Writ of possession (0. 113, r. 7)

7. (1) Order 45, rule 3(2), shall not apply in relation to an order for
possession under this Order but no writ of possession to enforce such
an order shall be issued after the expiry of 3 months from the date of the
order without the leave of the Court.

An application for leave may be made ex parte unless the Court
otherwise directs.

(2) The writ of possession shall be in Form No. 66A in Appendix
A.

Setting aside order (0. 113, r. 8)

8. The judge may, on such terms as he thinks just, set aside or
vary any order made in proceedings under this Order.

ORDER 114

(HK) COMMISSIONERS FOR OATHS

Appointment of commissioners for oaths (0. 114, r. 1)

(HK)1. (1) The Chief Justice may, by a commission signed by him,
appoint fit and proper persons to be commissioners to administer oaths
and take declarations, affirmations, and attestations of honour, and may
revoke any such appointment.

(2) Every person so appointed shall be styled a commissioner for
oaths and shall have all the powers and discharge all the duties which
now belong to the office of a commissioner to administer oaths.

Officers of the court to administer oaths (0. 114, r. 2)

(HK)2. Every person who, being an officer of or performing duties in
relation to the Court, is for the time being so authorized by the Court or
by or in pursuance of any rules or orders regulating the procedure of
the Court, and every person directed to take an examination in any
cause or matter in the Court, shall have authority to administer any oath
or take any affidavit required for any purpose connected with his duties.

ORDER +1-5-120

(HK) CHARITABLE TRUSTS
12o
Appointment or removal of trustee (0.115, r. 1)

(HK)1. Where the appointment or removal of any trustee or any other
relief, order or direction relating to any charity is deemed desirable, any
person mentioned in rule 3 of this Order may make





application by summons (without any information, action or petition) to
the Court in chambers for such relief, order or direction as the nature of
the case may require.

120
Powers of Court (0. 115, r. 2)

(HK)2. The Court may proceed upon and dispose of such application in
chambers, unless it thinks fit otherwise to direct, and shall and may
have and exercise thereupon all jurisdiction, power and authority, and
may make such orders and give such directions relating to the matter of
such application, as might now be exercised, made or given by the
Court in an action regularly instituted, or upon petition as the case may
require:

Provided that the Court may, where in the circumstances of any
such application it sees fit, direct that, for obtaining the relief, order or
direction sought for by such application, an information, action or
petition, as the case may require, shall be brought or presented and
prosecuted, and abstain from further proceeding on such application.

115
Applications (0. r. 3)

(HK)3. An application under rule 1 of this Order may be made by the
Attorney General, or by all or any one or more of the trustees or persons
administering or claiming to administer, or interested in the charity
which is the subject of the application, or by 2 or more inhabitants of
any city, town, village or place within which the charity is administered
or applicable.

120
Applications by Attorney General (0. ++S, r. 4)

(HK)4. The Attorney General may, acting ex officio, make application by
petition to the Court with respect to any charity under the provisions of
the Charities Procedure Act 1812.





LIST OF FORMS

Page

Acknowledgment of service
of writ of summons . A 391
of writ of summons in Action in rem or Limitation Action ...... A 517

of originating summons....... ...... A 395

Admiralty forms. See separate list on p. A378

Affidavit
under 0. 50, r. 11....... ........ A 482

verifying list of documents................. 1............... A 406

Bond in case of foreign attachment................................A 528

Certificate of
order against the Crown.... ................ A 501

for costs.. .. .............. ...... A 502

Judgment
after decision of preliminary issue......... ............ A 437
trial before judge:

with jury........... 1 . ........ A 435

without jury........... ........ .... A 433

against personal representative, liquidated sum ......................... A 439
costs after acceptance of payment into court ......................... A 443

on discontinuance....................... . .......... . A 441
default judgment:

detention of goods.............. .. ..... .......... A 423
liquidated demand........................... ..... . ........ A419
possession of land.......................... ..... . ........ A 425
unliquidated damages..... ........ A 421

final judgment after assessment of damages, etc . ................ A 429

under 0. 14...... 1 . .... . 1. A 431

Letter of request..... ......... ........ .............A 414

List of documents.... .................. A 405

Notice
of acceptance of money paid into court... .. ........ . A 405

acceptance of money paid into court in connection with arbitration proceedings A 503

payment into court in connection with arbitration proceedings............... A 503





Page

adjourned application for writ of habeas corpus......................A 498
application for leave to apply for Judicial Review......................A 496
appointment to hear originating summons......................... A 387

judgment or order.... .............. A 445

motion.. .. .................. A 417

for order of mandamus, prohibition, certiorari......................A 495

for writ of habeas corpus................... ..... .............. A 498
originating motion................. A 389
payment into court................. A 403
renewal of writ of execution........................ .............. A 471

under 0. 50, r. 11..................... A 482

to be indorsed on copy of counterclaim...........................A 397
to consular officer of intention to apply for warrant of arrest............... A 527

with writ of habeas corpus ad subjiciendum............................ A 499

Order

Application for imprisonment in default of payment......................A 510 charging order,
notice to show cause.............................. A 477

absolute.............. A 478

directing summons for appointment of receiver, etc ..................... .. A 487
for appointment of examiner out of jurisdiction......................... A 416
receiver by way of equitable execution................. .. A 489
examination of witness within jurisdiction......................... A 412
for imprisonment for debt................................ A 508
issue of letter of request................................... A 414
possession of land................................... .. A 427
production of documents, marine insurance action................. .. A 500

garnishee order to show cause.. ..... ............ A 471
order absolute.. ..... .......... A 473, 475

of committal.. ..... .............. A 491

of imprisonment pending further examination........ ................ A 506
of issue of warrant of arrest for examination .. .................. A 504
prohibiting departure from Hong Kong......... .. .............. A 512
restraining transfer of stock, etc . 1............. .............. A 483

stop order, funds in court.. ..... .............. A 480
to admit prisoner to bail:
Court of Appeal............... A 502
Order 49A

special forms under................................. .............. A 528

Originating summons
General form.. ..... ................ A 381

expedited form........................... ..... .................. A 383





Page

ex parte summons................... A 385
for possession.................. A 385

Summons
for appointment of examiner out of jurisdiction .......... A415
receiver.. ..... .......... A 485
examination of witness within jurisdiction........ ................ A 411
issue of letter of request.. ..... .......... A 414

Third party notice
claiming contribution or indemnity, etc. A 399
question or issue to be determined A 401

Warrant for bailiff to call upon defendant to give security to produce property.......... A 527

Warrant for committal................ A 493

Writ of assistance..........................................A 469

Writ of delivery.. ..... .............. A 457, 459
Writ of fieri facias.. ..... ................ A 447
after levy of part.. ..... .............. A 451
against personal representative.............. ..... ................ A 453

for costs.. ..... .............. A 449
to enforce foreign registered judgment.............................. A 455

Writ of foreign attachment.....................................A 528

Writ of habeas corpus..................... A 498
ad respondendum................... A 500
ad subjiciendum................... A 499
ad testificandum................... A 500

Writ of possession..... .............. A 461, 463

Writ of restitution ........................................ A 467

Writ of sequestration........................................ A 465

Writ of subpoena.................. A 407
proceedings in chambers................................... A 409

Writ of summons..........................................A 379





Page

ADMIRALTY FORMS

Bail bond.. .................. A 525

Commission for appraisement and sale.............................. A 526

Praecipe for:
caveat against arrest.. .............. A 523

release and payment................... .. .............. A 524

commission for appraisement and sale.............................. A 525

issue of release.. ........ ........ A 524

service of writ in rem by Bailiff.......... .. .................. A 523

warrant of arrest.. ..... .............. A 523

withdrawal of caveat.. ............ A 525

Release
and warrant of possession.......................... ................ A 526

Warrant of arrest..........................................A 521

Writ of summons
acknowledgment of service A 517

in limitation action.. .. . .... A 515

in rem.. ................ A 514

notice to be served out of jurisdiction A 516





APPENDIX A

FORMS

No. 1

Writ of Summons
(0. 6 r. 1)

(Hong Kong Coat of Arms)

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG KONG

HIGH COURT

19 No . ..............

Between A.B. Plaintiff
AND
C.D. Defendant

TO THE DEFENDANT (name) ...............
........

of (address)
..................................................................................................
...............

THIS WRIT OF SUMMONS has been issued against you by the above-named Plaintiff in
respect of the claim set out on the back.

Within (14 days) after the service of this Writ on you, counting the day of service, you must
either satisfy the claim or return to the Registry of the Supreme Court the accompanying
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SERVICE stating therein whether you intend to contest these
proceedings.

If you fail to satisfy the claim or to return the Acknowledgment within the time stated, or if you
return the Acknowledgment without stating therein an intention to contest the proceedings, the
Plaintiff may proceed with the action and judgment may

be entered against you forthwith without further notice.
Issued from the Registry of the Supreme Court this day of

...........1 19
.

Note.---ThisWrit may not be served later than 12 calendar months beginning with that date
unless renewed by order of the Court.

IMPORTANT

Directions for Acknowledgment of Service are given with the accompanying form.

(Back of No. 1)
*[Statement of Claim]

The Plaintiff's claim is for ...................................................................................

*Where words appear between square brackets delete if inapplicable.
*(Signed if statement of claim indorsed.)

(Where the Plaintiff's claim is for a debt or liquidated demand only:
If, within the time for returning the Acknowledgment of Service, the Defendant pays

the amount claimed and for costs and, if the Plaintiff obtains an order







for substituted service, the additional sum of . further proceedings

will be stayed. The money must be paid to the Plaintiff or his Solicitor.)

THIS WRIT was issued by
..of
................................................................................................
..Solicitors for the said Plaintiff whose address is
.........................................................

*(or where the Plaintiff sues in person.

THIS WRIT was issued by the said Plaintiff who resides at ...............................

.. 1 1

and (if the Plaintiff does not reside within the jurisdiction) whose address for service is

..

1988








No. 8

Originating summons-general
form
(0. 7 r. 2)

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG
KONG

HIGH COURT

19 No .
..............

(IN THE MATTER OF

Between A.B. Plaintiff

AND

C.D. Defendant

To C.D. of

Let the defendant, within (14 days) after service of this summons on him,
counting the day of service, return the accompanying Acknowledgment of Service
to the Registry of the Supreme Court

By this summons, which is issued on the application of the plaintiff

A.B. of ...............................the plaintiff claims against the defendant
.......................................(or seeks the determination of the Court on the

following.. ..questions, namely, .............................................................................
..


or as may be).

If the defendant does not acknowledge service, such judgment may be given or
order made against or in relation to him as the Court may think just and expedient.

Dated the ............day of 19

Note:-This summons may not be served later than 12 calendar months
beginning with the above date unless renewed by order of the Court.

.This summons was taken out by .......of
.. solicitors for the said

plaintiff .............................whose address is as stated above

(or where the plaintiff sues in person. This summons was taken out by the
said plaintiff who resides at the above-named address or as may be and (if
the plaintiff does not reside within the jurisdiction) whose address for service

is..

IMPORTANT

Directions for Acknowledgment of Service are given with the accompanying
form.



1988





No. 10

summons-expedited form
(0. 7 r. 2)

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG KONG

HIGH COURT

19 No .

(IN THE MATTER OF

Between A.B. Plaintiff

AND

C.D. Defendant

Let C.D. of.. attend before the Registrar (or Judge)
in

Chambers, at the Supreme Court, Hong Kong, on day, the

........................day of.. 19
at ..o'clock, (or, if

no application has yet been made for a day to be fixed, on a day to be fixed)

on the hearing of an application by the plaintiff A.B. of that
..

And let the defendant within (14 days) after service of this summons on him
counting the day of service, return the accompanying Acknowledgment of Service
to the Registry of the Supreme Court

Dated the ............day of 19

Note.~This summons may not be served later than 12 calendar months
beginning with the above date unless renewed by order of the Court.

.This summons was taken out by ......of solicitors for the

said plaintiff whose address is as stated above (or where the plaintiff sues in person.

This summons was taken out by the said plaintiff who resides at
..and (if the plaintiff does not reside within the jurisdiction) whose
address for service is

..

Note:-If a defendant does not attend personally or by his counsel or solicitor at
the time and place above-mentioned such order will be made as the Court may
think just and expedient.

IMPORTANT

Directions for Acknowledgment of Service are given with the accompanying

form.





1988





No. 11

Ex parte originating
summons

(0. 7 r. 2)

19 No .
..............

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG
KONG

In the matter of ...........................................................................................

Let all parties concerned attend before the Judge in Chambers (or the master)

at the Supreme Court in Victoria, Hong Kong, on day, the

day of ....19 .....at o'clock, on the hearing of an
application

by A.B. that ........................................................

Dated the ............day of 19

This summons was taken out by ...of solicitor

for the applicant whose address is .................

No. IIA

Originating summons for
possession

(0. 113 r. 2)

19 No .
..............

IN THE HIGH COURT OF HONG
KONG

(IN THE MATTER OF

Between A.B. Plaintiff

AND

C.D. Defendant (if any)
whose name is known

To [C.D. and) every [other] person in occupation of
...........................................

Let all persons concemed attend before
..............................................................

High Court .......of

HONG KONG g** in--- in Victoria, Hong Kong a**,' on
day,the ........day

of .........19 .at o'clock, on the hearing of an application







by A.B. for an order that he do recover possession of on the

ground that he is entitled to possession and that the person(s) in occupation is (are)
in occupation without licence or consent.

Dated the .............day of 19

This summons was taken out by of

solicitor for the said plaintiff whose address is ...........................................................
[or when the plaintiff acts in person]

This summons was taken out by the said plaintiff who resides at..
.. .. .. .. and is (state occupation) and (if the plaintiff does not reside within
the jurisdiction) whose address for service is
..............................................................

by counsel or solicitor to be joined as a defendant. If a person occupying
the premises does not attend personally or by counsel or solicitor at the
time and place above-mentioned, such order will be made as the Court may
think just and expedient.

1988




No. 12

Notice of appointment to bear originating
summons
(0. 28 r. 2)

(Heading as in
summons)

To (name of defendant) of
..................................................................................

Take notice that the originating summons issued herein on the .. day

of .........19 .will be heard by the Judge in Chambers (or the

master) at the Supreme Court in Victoria, Hong Kong, on day, the

day of ...........19 .at o'clock. You may attend in

person, or by your solicitor or counsel. If you fail to attend, such order will be made
as the Court may think just and expedient.

Dated the ............day of 19

(Signed)
....................................................

Solicitor for the
plaintiff.


1988





No. 13

Notice of originating
motion
(0. 8 r. 3)

19 No .

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG KONG

In the matter of
............................................

and

In the matter of
............................................

Take notice that the Supreme Court of Hong Kong in Victoria, Hong Kong
will

be moved (before his Lordship, Mr. Justice at the expiration of

.............................days from the service
upon you of this notice (or on day, the

.. day of 19 at the sitting of the Court) or so
soon

thereafter as counsel can be heard, by counsel on behalf of A.B. for an order that

.....................(or for the following
relief, namely..

And that the costs of and incidental to this (application) (appeal) may be paid
by

..

(And further take notice that the grounds of this (application) (appeal) are:

..

Dated the ............day of 19

(Signed) ....................................................

C.D. of ..............................solicitor for the above named (applicant)
(appellant) A.B. whose address is ....or
A.B. whose address for service is ....(applicant) (appellant)

in person
.....................................................................................................................

TO........................................ of





1988





No. 14

Acknowledgment of Service of Writ of
Summons

(0, 12 r. 3)

Directions for Acknowledgment of Service

1. The accompanying form of ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SERVICE
should be detached and completed by a Solicitor acting on behalf of the
Defendant or by the Defendant if acting in person. After completion it
must be delivered or sent by post to the Registry of the Supreme Court at
the following address:

2. A Defendant who states in his Acknowledgment of Service that he
intends to contest the proceedings MUST ALSO file a DEFENCE which
must be written in the English language with the registry and serve a copy
thereof on the Solicitor for the Plaintiff (or on the Plaintiff if acting in
person).

If a Statement of Claim is indorsed on the Writ (i.e. the words
'Statement of Claim' appear at the top of the back), the Defence must be
filed and served within 14 days after the time for acknowledging service of
the Writ, unless in the meantime a summons for judgment is served on the
Defendant.

If a Statement of Claim is not indorsed on the Writ, the Defence need
not be filed and served until 14 days after a Statement of Claim has been
served on the Defendant.

If the Defendant fails to file and serve his defence within the
appropriate time, the Plaintiff may enter judgment against him without
further notice.

3. A STAY OF EXECUTION against the Defendants goods may be
applied for where the Defendant is unable to pay the money for which any
judgment is entered. If a Defendant to an action for a debt or liquidated
demand (i.e. a fixed sum) who does not intend to contest the proceedings
states, in answer to Question 3 in the Acknowledgment of Service, that he
intends to apply for a stay, execution will be stayed for 14 days after his
Acknowledgment, but he must within that time, ISSUE A SUMMONS for a
stay of execution, supported by an affidavit of his means. The affidavit
should state any offer which the Defendant desires to make for payment of
the money by instalments or otherwise.

See attached Notes for Guidance

Notes for Guidance

1. Each Defendant (if there are more than one) is required to complete
an Acknowledgment of Service and return it to the Registry of the Supreme
Court.

[2. For the purpose of calculating the period of 14 days for
acknowledging service, a writ served on the Defendant personally is treated
as having been served on the day it was delivered to him and a writ served by
post or by insertion through the Defendant's letter box is treated as having
been served on the seventh day after the date of posting or insertion.]

3. Where the Defendant is sued in a name different from his own, the
form must be completed by him with the addition in paragraph 1 of the
words 'sued as (the name stated on the Writ of Summons)'.

4. Where the Defendant is a FIRM and a Solicitor is not instructed, the






form must be completed by a PARTNER by name, with the addition in

paragraph 1 of the description 'partner in the firm of after
his name.

5. Where the Defendant is sued as an individual TRADING IN A
NAME OTHER THAN HIS OWN, the form must be completed by him
with the addition in paragraph 1 of the description 'trading as ..............

.. after his name.





6. Where the Defendant is a LIMITED COMPANY the form must be
completed by a Solicitor or by someone authorized to act on behalf of the
Company, but the Company can take no further step in the proceedings
without a Solicitor acting on its behalf.

7. Where the Defendant is a MINOR or a MENTAL Patient, the form
must be completed by a Solicitor acting for a guardian ad litem.

8. A Defendant acting in person may obtain help in completing the
form at the Registry of the Supreme Court.

9. These notes deal only with the more usual cases. In case of difficulty
a Defendant in person should refer to paragraph 8 above.

(Heading as in No. 1 to be completed by plaintiff

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SERVICE
OF WRIT OF SUMMONS

If you intend to instruct a Solicitor to act for you, give him this form
IMMEDIATELY.

Important. Read the accompanying directions and notes for guidance
carefully before completing this form. If any information required is
omitted or given wrongly, THIS FORM MAY HAVE TO BE RETURNED.

Delay may result in judgment being entered against a Defendant
whereby he or his Solicitor may have to pay the costs of applying to set it
aside.

See Notes 1, 1 State the full name of the Defendant by whom or on whose
3, 4 and 5.behalf the service of the Writ is being acknowledged.

2.State whether the Defendant intends to contest the
proceedings (tick appropriate be.)

yes no

See Direction 3. 3. If the claim against the Defendant is for a debt or

liquidated demand, AND he does not intend to contest the
proceedings, state if the Defendant intends to apply for a
stay of execution against any judgment entered by the
Plaintiff (tick box)

Where words Service of the Writ is acknowledged accordingly.
appear between
square brackets,
delete if (Signed) [Solicitor]
inapplicable.
[Defendant in person]
Address for service

Notes as to Address for Service

Solicitor. Where the Defendant is represented by a Solicitor, state the
Solicitor's place of business in Hong Kong.

Defendant in person. Where the Defendant is acting in person, he must
give his residence OR, if he does not reside in Hong Kong, he must give an
address in Hong Kong where communications for him should be sent. In the
case of a limited company, 'residence' means its registered or principal
office.

(Back of page (1)







Indorsement by plaintiff's solicitor (or by plaintiff if suing in person) of
his name, address and reference, if any.




1988





1988




No. 15

Acknowledgment of Service of Originating
Summons

(0. 10 r. 5)

Directions for Acknowledgment of Service

The accompanying form of ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SERVICE
should be detached and completed by a Solicitor acting on behalf of the
Defendant or by the Defendant if acting in person. After completion it
must be delivered or sent by post to the Registry of the Supreme Court of
the following address:

See over for Notes for Guidance

[Back of page (1)]

Notes for Guidance

[As in No. 14 substituting 'originating summons- for 'writ of summons'.]

(Heading as in No. 8 or 10 to be completed by plaintiff)

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SERVICE
OF ORIGINATING SUMMONS

If you intend to instruct a Solicitor to act for you, give him this form
IMMEDIATELY.

Important. Read the accompanying directions and notes for guidance
carefully before completing this form. If any information required is
omitted or given wrongly, THIS FORM MAY HAVE TO BE RETURNED.

See Notes 1, 1 State the full name of the Defendant by whom or on
3, 4 and 5. whose behalf the service of the Originating Summons is
being acknowledged.
2. State whether the Defendant intends to contest the
proceedings (tick appropriate box)
yes no

Where words Service of the Originating Summons is acknowledged
accordingly.
appear between
square brackets,
delete if
inapplicable.
(Signed) [Solicitor]
[Defendant in person]
Address for service

Notes as to Address for Service

Solicitor. Where the Defendant is represented by a Solicitor, state the
Solicitor's place of business in Hong Kong.

Defendant in person. Where the Defendant is acting in person, he must
give his residence OR, if he does not reside in Hong Kong, he must give an
address in Hong Kong where communications for him should be sent. In the
case of a limited company, 'residence' means its registered or principal
office.

(Back of page







Indorsement by plaintiffs Solicitors (or by plaintiff if suing in person)
of his name, address and reference, if any.


1988





No. 17

Notice to he indorsed on copy of
counterclaim

(0. 15 r. 3(6))

To X. Y.

Take notice that, within [14 days] after service of this defence and
counterclaim

on you, counting the day of service, you must acknowledge service and state in your

acknowledgment whether you intend to contest the proceedings. If you fail to do so
or

if your acknowledgment does not state your intention to contest the proceedings,

judgment may be given against you without further notice.

IMPORTANT

Directions for Acknowledgment of Service are given with the accompanying

form.




1988





No. 20

Third party notice claiming contribution or
indemnity
or other relief or remedy

(0.16)

19 No .
..............

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG KONG

HIGH COURT

BETWEEN A.B. Plaintiff
AND
C.D. Defendant
AND
T.P. Third Party

Third Party Notice

[Issued pursuant to the order of ..dated the day

of .......1.

To T.P. of ........in the

of
................................................................................................................................

Take notice that this action has been brought by the plaintiff against the
defendant. In it the plaintiff claims against the defendant [here state the nature of
the plaintiffs claim] as appears from the writ of summons [or originating
summons] a copy whereof is served herewith [together with a copy of the
statement of claim].

The defendant claims against you [here state the nature of the claim against
the third party as for instance] to be indemnified against the plaintiff's claim and
the costs of this action or contribution to the extent of [one half] of the plaintiff's
claim or

the following relief or remedy namely .on the grounds that (state the
grounds of the claim).

And take notice that within [14 days] after service of this notice on you,
counting the day of service, you must acknowledge service and state in your
acknowledgment whether you intend to contest the proceedings. If you fail to do
so, or if your acknowledgment does not state your intention to contest the
proceedings, you will be deemed to admit the plaintiffs claim against the defendant
and the defendant's claim against you and your liability to [indemnify the
defendant or to contribute to the

extent claimed or to ..................stating the relief or remedy

sought] and will be bound by any judgment or decision given in the action, and the
judgment may be enforced against you in accordance with Order 16 of the Rules of
the Supreme Court Chapter 4.

Dated the .........day of 19

(Signed) ....................................................

Solicitor for the defendant.







IMPORTANT

Directions for Acknowledgment of Service are given with the accompanying
form.







1988

Coverage

party notice where question or issue to be
determined
(0.16)

[Title etc. as in No. 20 down to end of first
paragraph]

The defendant requires that the following question or issue, viz. [here state the
question or issue required to be determined] should be determined not only as
between the plaintiff and the defendant but also as between either or both of them
and yourself.

And take notice that [as in No. 20 down to the words 'intention to contest the
proceedings'] you 'I be bound by any judgment or decision in the action so far as it
is relevant to the said question or issue, and the judgment may be enforced against
you in accordance with Order 16 of the Rules of the Supreme Court Chapter 4.

Dated the ............day of 19

(Signed)
....................................................

Solicitor for the
defendant.

IMPORTANT

Directions for Acknowledgment of Service are given with the accompanying

form.



1988

No. 23

Notice of payment into
court
(0. 6 r. 2; 0. 22 rr. 1, 2)

(Heading as in action)

Take notice that-

The defendant ..has paid into court.

.The said 5 is in satisfaction of (the cause of action) (all

the causes of action) in respect of which the plaintiff claims (and after taking into
account and satisfying the above-named defendant's cause of action for ...................

.. in respect of which he counterclaims).

or

The said .....is in satisfaction of the following causes of

action in respect of which the plaintiff claims, namely . (and
after taking into account as above).

or

Of the said .. ...is in satisfaction
of the plaintiffs cause(s) of action for (and after taking into
account as above) and is in satisfaction of the plaintiff's
cause(s) of action for (and after taking into account as
above).

Dated the ............day of 19





1988





No. 24

Notice of acceptance of money paid into
court

(0. 22 r. 3)

(Heading as in action)

Take notice that the plaintiff accepts the sum of paid in

by the defendant C.D. in satisfaction of the cause(s) of action in respect of which it
was paid in and in respect of which the plaintiff claims (against that defendant) (and
abandons the other causes of action in respect of which he claims in this action).

Dated the ............day of 19

No. 26

list of Documents

(0. 24 r. 5)

(Heading as in cause or matter)

List of documents

The following is a list of the documents relating to the matters in question in
this action which are or have been in the possession, custody or power of the above-
named plaintiff (or defendant) A.B. and which is served in compliance

with Order 24, rule 2 (or the order herein dated the day of

.. 19 .

1. The plaintiff (or defendant) has in his possession, custody or power the
documents relating to the matters in question in this action enumerated in schedule
1 hereto.

2. The plaintiff (or defendant) objects to produce the documents enumerated
in part 2 of the said schedule 1 on the ground that (stating the ground of
objection).

3. The plaintiff (or defendant) has had, but has not now, in his possession,
custody or power the documents relating to the matters in question in this action
enumerated in schedule 2 hereto.

4. Of the documents in the said schedule 2, those numbered in

that schedule were last in the plaintiff's (or defendant's) possession, custody or

power on (stating when) and the remainder on (stating
when).

(Here state what has become of the said documents and in whose possession
they now are.)

5. Neither the plaintiff (or defendant), nor his solicitor nor any other person
on his behalf, has now, or ever had, in his possession, custody or power any
document of any description whatever relating to any matter in question in this
action, other than the documents enumerated in schedules 1 and 2 hereto.

SCHEDULE 1 1

Part 1







(Here enumerate in a convenient order the documents (or bundles of
documents, if of the same nature, such as invoices) in the possession, custody or
power of the party in question which he does not object to produce, with a short
description of each document or bundle sufficient to identify it.)





Part 2

(Here enumerate as aforesaid the documents in the possession, custody or
power of the party in question which he objects to produce.)

SCHEDULE 2 2

(Here enumerate as aforesaid the documents which have been, but at the date
of service of the list are not, in the possession, custody or power of the party in
question.)

Dated the ............day of 19

Notice to inspect

Take notice that the documents in the above fist, other than those listed in
part 2 of schedule 1 (and schedule 2), may be inspected at (the office of the
solicitor of the above-named (plaintiff (defendant) (insert address) or as may be)

on the .day of ..........19 .between the hours of

.. and ......1

To the defendant (or plaintiff) C.D. and his solicitor.

Served the .....................day of 19 by

of ..................solicitor for the

plantiff) (defendant).

No. 27

Affidavit verifying list of
documents
(0. 24 r. 5)

(Heading as in cause or
matter)

1, the above-named plaintiff (or defendant) A.B., make oath and say as
follows:

1. The statements made by me in paragraphs 1, 3 and 4 of the list of documents

now produced and shown to me marked are true.

2. The statements of fact made by me in paragraph 2 of the said list are true.

3. The statements made by me in paragraph 5 of the said list are true to the
best of my knowledge, information and belief.

Sworn, etc.

This affidavit is filed on behalf of the plaintiff (or
defendant).





No. 28

Writ of subpoena
(0. 38 r. 14)

(Heading as in cause or
matter)

ELIZABENTH THE SECOND by the Grace of God, of the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Northern Ireland and of Our other realms and territories Queen, Head
of the Commonwealth, Defender of the Faith:

To (names of witnesses).

We command you to attend (at the Supreme Court in Victoria, Hong Kong at
the sittings of our Supreme Court of Justice) on the day fixed for the trial of the
above-named cause, notice of which will be given to you, and from day to day
thereafter until the end of the trial, to give evidence on behalf of the (plaintiff) or
(defendant)*.

Witness.. Chief Justice of Hong Kong
the
.......................day of 19

Issued on the ...................day of 19

by ............solicitor for the

*If duces tecum add: And we also command you to bring with you and produce
at the place aforesaid on the day notified to you (here describe the documents or
things to be produced).



1988





No. 29

Writ of subpoena: proceedings in
chambers
(0. 38 r. 14)

(Heading as in cause or
matter)

ELIZABETH THE SECOND (as in No. 28).

To (names of witnesses).

We command you to attend before (Mr. Justice in
chambers, at the Supreme Court in Victoria, Hong Kong on day

the ...day of ....................19 at

.. and so from day to day until your evidence shall have been

taken, to give evidence on behalf of the (plaintiff) or (defendant) in the above-
named
cause (and we also command you to bring with you and produce at the time and place
aforesaid describe the documents or things to be produced.)

Witness (as in No. 28).

Issued (as in No. 28).




1988





No. 31

summons for examination within jurisdiction of witness
before trial

(0. 39 r. 1)

(Heading as in cause or matter)

Let all parties concemed attend the Judge (or Registrar) in chambers at the

Supreme Court in Victoria, Hong Kong on .. the
day of

.. .. 19 at o'clock on the
hearing of an

application on the part of ...........that A.B. a witness on
behalf of the ........................be examined forthwith before a Judge, [the

Registrar] or one of the examiners of the Court (or an examiner to be agreed upon)
upon the usual terms, and that the costs of this application be (costs in the cause).

Dated the .......day of 19

This summons was taken out by.. of

.. solicitor for the.. .........

To the above-named ..................(and his
solicitor).





No. 32

Order for examination within jurisdiction of withness
before trial

(0. 39 r. 1)

(Heading as in cause or
matter)

On hearing (the solicitors on both sides) and on reading the affidavit of

.. filed herein the day of
19

.It is ordered that a witness on behalf of the
.. be examined viva voce on oath or affirmation before a

Judge, the Registrar or one of the examiners of the Court (or ...................................
Esq., the examiner agreed upon or an examiner to be agreed upon), the plaintiffs (or
defendant's) solicitor giving to the defendant's (or plaintiffs) solicitor .....................
days' notice in writing of the time and place where the examination is to take place
(or
state the time and place if fixed by the order). And it is ordered that the depositions
taken at the examination be filed in the Registry of the Supreme Court, and that
office
copies thereof may be read and given in evidence on the trial of this cause, saying all
just exceptions, without any further proof of the absence of the said witness than the
affidavit of the solicitor of the party using the same, as to his belief, and that the
costs
of this application (and of the examination) be (costs in the cause).

Dated the...................... day of
19



1988





No. 33

Summons for issue of letter of request to judicial
authority
out of jurisdiction

(0. 39 r. 2)

(Heading as in cause or matter)

Let all parties (as in No. 31) on the hearing of an application on the part of

.. judicial for an order that a letter of request
shall issue to

proper authority of for the examination of

E.F. and G.H. and other witnesses on the plaintiffs (or the defendant's) behalf at
(name of country), and that the action be stayed
until the return 'of of the said letter s. of request and examination, and that the
costs of and
incidental to this application and the said letter of request and examination be costs
in
the cause.

Dated, etc. (conclude as in No. 37).

No. 34

Order for issue of letter of request to judicial
authority
out of jurisdiction

(0. 39 r. 2)

(Heading as in cause or matter)

On hearing (as in No. 32).

It is ordered that a letter of request do issue directed to the proper judicial
authority for the examination of the following witnesses, namely:

E.F. of.. ........

G.H . ..................................................

And it is ordered that the depositions taken pursuant thereto when received be
filed in the Registry of the Supreme Court and that office copies thereof may be
read and given in evidence on the trial of this action, saving all just exceptions,
without any further proof of the absence of the said witnesses than the affidavit of
the solicitor of the party using the same as to his belief.

And it is ordered that (the trial of this action be stayed until the said
depositions have been filed and that) the costs of and incidental to the application
for this order and the said letter of request and examination be (costs in the cause).

Dated the ......day of 19

No. 35

Letter of request for examination of witness out of
jurisdiction

(0. 39 r. 3)







To the Competent Judicial Authority of
.............................................................

in the.. of

WHEREAS an action is now pending in the Supreme Court of Hong Kong in

which ............is plaintiff and ...is

defendant and in which the plaintiff claims ................................................................





AND WHEREAS it has been represented to the said Court that it is necessary for
the purposes of justice and for the due determination of the matters in dispute
between the parties that the following persons should be examined as witnesses
upon

oath touching such matters, namely of

and .........of and it appears that such

witnesses are resident within your jurisdiction.

Now I ........the Registrar of the Supreme Court of Justice in

Hong Kong hereby request that for the reasons aforesaid and for the assistance of
the
said Court you will be pleased to summon the said witnesses (and such other witnesses
as the agents of the said plaintiff and defendant shall humbly request you in writing
so
to summon) to attend at such time and place as you shall appoint before you, or such
other person as according to your procedure is competent to take the examination
of
witnesses, and that you will cause such witnesses to be examined viva voce (or upon
the interrogatories which accompany this letter of request) touching the said matters
in question in the presence of the agents of the plaintiff and defendant or such of
them
as shall, on due notice given, attend the examination.

And I further request that you will permit the agents of both the plaintiff and
defendant or such of them as shall be present to examine (upon interrogatories and
viva voce upon the subject-matter thereof or arising out of the answers thereto)
such witnesses as may, after due notice in writing, be produced on their behalf, and
the other party to cross-examine the said witnesses (upon cross-interrogatories and
viva voce) and the party producing the witness for examination to re-examine him
viva voce.

And 1 further request that you will be pleased to cause the evidence of the said
witnesses (or the answers of the said witnesses and all additional viva voce
questions, whether on examination, cross-examination or re-examination) to be
reduced into writing and all books, letters, papers and documents produced on such
examination to be duly marked for identification, and that you will be further
pleased to authenticate such examination by the seal of your tribunal or in such
other way as is in accordance with your procedure and to return it together with
(the interrogatories and cross-interrogatories and) a note of the charges and
expenses payable in respect of the execution of this request through the British
Consul from whom the same was

received (or one of Her Majesty's Secretaries of State) for transmission to the

Supreme Court of Justice, Hong Kong.

And I further request that you will cause me, or the agents of the parties if
appointed, to be informed of the date and place where the examination is to take
place.

Dated the .............day of 19

....................No. 36
....................Summons for appointment of examiner to take evidence
....................of witness out of jurisdiction
....................(0. 39 r. 2)
....................(Heading as in cause or matter)
....................Let all parties (as in No. 31) on the hearing of an application on the part
of .................for an order that (the British Consul
at .................in (name of country) or his deputy)







Esq.) be appointed as special examiner for the purpose of taking the examination,
cross-examination, and re-examination, viva voce, on oath or affirmation of

...................................****** and
. witnesses on
of the ............................at in (name of country)

on the usual terms and that the costs of and incidental to this application and the
said
examination be costs in the cause.

Dated, etc. (conclude as in No. 31).





No. 37

Order for appointment of examiner to take
evidence
of witness out of jurisdiction

(0. 39 r. 2)

(Heading as in cause or matter)

On hearing the solicitors on both sides and on reading the affidavit of

.. filed the ............day of 19

It is ordered that the British Consul or his deputy at (or

.. Esq.) be appointed as special examiner for the purpose

of taking the examination, cross-examination and re-examination viva voce, on
oath

or affirmation, of witnesses on the part of
at ................in (name of country). The examiner shall be at
liberty to

invite the attendance of the witnesses and the production of documents, but shall
not
exercise any compulsory powers. Otherwise such examination shall be taken in

accordance with the English procedure. The solicitors to give to the

.. solicitors days' notice in writing of the date on

which they propose to send out this order to for
execution, and that ...................days after the service of such notice the

solicitors for the plaintiff and defendant respectively do exchange the names of their

agents at .........to whom notice relating to the examina-

tion of the said witnesses may be sent. And that days (exclusive of

Sunday) before the examination of any witness hereunder notice of such
examination
shall be given by the agent of the party on whose behalf such witness is to be
examined
to the agent of the other party, unless such notice be dispensed with. And that the
depositions when taken, together with any documents referred to therein, or
certified
copies of such documents, or of extracts therefrom, be sent by the examiner, under
seal, to the Registrar of the Supreme Court in Victoria, Hong Kong, on or before the

.. day of next, or such further or other
day as may

be ordered, there to be filed in the proper office. And that either party be at liberty
to
read and give such depositions in evidence on the trial of this action, saving all just
exceptions. And that the trial of this action be stayed until the filing of such
depositions. And that the costs of and incidental to the application for this order
and
such examination be costs in the cause.

Dated the...................... day of
19











No. 38

Notice of Motion
(0. 8 r. 3)

(Heading as in cause or
matter)

Take notice that (pursuant to the leave of .........................................
given

on the .day of ...........19 the Court (or Mr.
justice.. will be moved the day of

.. 1 .19 ..at ..o'clock, or so soon thereafter as

counsel can be heard, by (Mr . of counsel for the
above-named plaintiff (or defendant) that ..and that the costs

of the application be .......................

Dated the ............day of 19

(Signed) ....................................................

Of ...........................................

Solicitor for ..............................................

TO

Solicitor for ......................................

1988




No. 39

Default judgment in action for liquidated
demand
(0. 13 r. 1; 0. 19 r. 2; 0. 42 r. 1)

(Heading as in action)

The ...day of .....19

No notice of intention to defend having been given (or no defence having
been served) by the defendant herein, it is this day adjudged that the defendant do
pay the

plaintiff ......and ...........costs
(or costs to be taxed).

(The above costs have been taxed and allowed at .. as

appears by a taxing officer's certificate date the day of

....19 ..

1988





No. 40

Default judgment in action for unliquidated
damages
(0. 13 r. 2; 0. 19 r. 3; 0. 42 r. 1)

(Heading as in action)

The ...day of .....19

No notice of intention to defend having been given (or no defence having
been served) by the defendant herein, it is this day adjudged that the defendant do
pay the plaintiff damages to be assessed.

......................................The amount found due to the plaintiff under this judgment having been certified
at .................................as appears by the (Judge's or Registrar's certificate or as may

be) filed the ........day of 19

It is adjudged that the defendant do pay the plaintiff and costs to be
taxed.

The above costs, etc. (as in No. 39).

(Note:-This form is a combined form of interlocutory and final judgment. The
plaintiff may at his option enter interlocutory judgment by omitting the words
below the line in the form and enter a separate final judgment in Form No. 43)

1988




No. 41

Default judgment in action relating to detention
of goods
(0. 13 r. 3; 0. 19 r. 4; 0. 42 r. 1)

(Heading as in action)

The ...day of .....19

No notice of intention to defend having been given (or no defence having
been served) by the defendant herein.

It is this day adjudged that the defendant do deliver to the plaintiff the goods
described in the writ of summons (or statement of claim) as (description of goods)
or pay the plaintiff the value of the said goods to be assessed (and also damages for
their detention to be assessed).

or

It is this day adjudged that the defendant do pay the plaintiff the value of the
goods described in the writ of summons (or statement of claim) to be assessed (and
also damages for their detention to be assessed).

The value of the said goods having been assessed at (and damages at

.. as appears by the (Judge's or Registrar's certificate or as may be) filed

the ...day of .....19 ..

It is adjudged that the defendant do pay the plaintiff and costs to be
taxed.

The above costs, etc. (as in No. 39).

(Note:-See the note to No. 40.)




1988




No. 42

Default judgment in action for possession
of land
(0. 13 r. 4; 0. 19 r, 5; 0. 42 r. 1)

(Heading as in action)

The ..day of ......19

No notice of intention to defend having been given (or no defence having
been served) by the defendant herein, it is this day adjudged that the defendant do
give the plaintiff possession of the land described in the writ of summons (or
statement of claim)

as ......and pay the plaintiff$ costs (or costs to be taxed).

The above costs, etc. (as in No. 39).




1988





No. 42A

Order for
possession
(0. 113 r. 6)

[Heading as in summons]

Upon hearing .................and upon reading the affidavit of filed

the ...day of ...19 .it is ordered that the plaintiff A.B. do

recover possession of the land described in the originating summons as ....................

[and that the defendant ........do pay the plaintiff costs
[or costs to be taxed]

The above costs have been taxed and allowed at as appears by

a taxing master's certificate dated the day of 19

Dated the...................... day of
19



1988




No. 43

Find judgment after assessment of
damages, etc.
(0. 42 r. 1)

(Heading as in action)

The ...day of ....19

The plaintiff having on the .....day of 19

obtained interlocutory judgment herein against the defendant for damages (or as
may be) to be assessed, and the amount found due to the plaintiff having been

certified at as appears by the (Judge's or Registrar's certificate or as may

be) filed the ......day of 19

It is this day adjudged that the defendant do pay the plaintiff and
costs to be taxed.

The above costs, etc. (as in No. 39).




1988




No. 44

Judgment under Order
14
(0. 14 r. 3; 0. 42 r. 1)

(Heading as in action)

The ...day of .....19

The defendant having given notice of intention to defend herein and the
Court having under Order 14, rule 3 ordered that judgment as hereinafter provided
be entered for the plaintiff against the defendant.

It is this day adjudged that the defendant do pay the plaintiff and

..costs (or costs to be taxed)

or

pay the plaintiff damages to be assessed and costs to be taxed

or

deliver to the plaintiff the goods described in the writ of summons (or
statement

of claim) as ..(or pay the plaintiff the value of the said goods

to be assessed) (and also damages for their detention to be assessed) and costs to be
taxed

or

give the plaintiff possession of the land described in the writ of summons (or

statement of claim) as and costs to be taxed.

The above costs, etc. (as in No. 39).


1988




No. 45

Judgment after trial before judge
without jury
(0. 42 r. 1)

(Heading as in action)

Dated and entered the .....day of 19

This action having been tried before the Honourable Mr. Justice
.......................

..without a jury, at the Supreme Court of Justice, Hong Kong, and the
said

Mr. Justice ...having on the day of

19 ordered that judgment as hereinafter provided be entered for the plaintiff

(or defendant) (and directed that execution be stayed for the period and on the

terms hereinafter provided).

It is adjudged that the defendant do pay the plaintiff$ and his

costs of action to be taxed (or that the plaintiff do pay the defendant his costs of
defence to be taxed or as maybe according to the judge's order).

(It is further adjudged that execution be stayed for days and

if within that time the gives notice of appeal and sets down the

appeal, execution be further stayed until the determination of the appeal or as may
be according to the judge's direction).

The above costs, etc. (as in No. 39).

1988




No. 46

Judgment after trial before judge with jury

(0. 42 r. 1)

(Heading as in action)

Dated and entered the ...........day of 19

This action having been tried before the Honourable Mr. Justice .......

with a jury and the jury having found (state findings) and the said Mr. Justice

...................................having on the day of 19

ordered that judgment as hereinafter provided be entered for (etc. as in No. 45).



1988




No. 48

Judgment after decision of
preliminary issue
(0. 33 r. 7; 0. 42 r. 1)

(Heading as in cause or
matter)

Dated and entered the ...........day of 19

The issue (or question) arising in this cause (or matter) by the order

dated the ....................day of 19 ordered to

be tried before having on the

day of ...19 .been tried before the said
and the said .having found and

having ordered that judgment as hereinafter provided be entered for the ..................

.. (or having dismissed the cause or matter).

It is adjudged that (the defendant do pay the plaintiff and

his costs of action to be taxed) (the plaintiff do pay the defendant his costs of
defence
to be taxed) or as may be according to the order made.


1988




No. 49

Judgment for liquidated sum against personal
representative
(0. 42 r. 1)

(Heading as in action)

Dated and entered the ...........day of 19

(Recital as in No. 39, 43-48 according to the circumstances in which judgment was
obtained).

It is adjudged that the defendant as executor (or administrator) of the above

named .....deceased do pay the plaintiff and

costs to be taxed, the said sum and costs to be levied of the real and personal estate of
the deceased at the time of his death conic to the hands of the defendant as such
executor (or administrator) to be administered, if he has or shall hereafter have so
much thereof in his hands to be administered, and if he has not so much thereof in
his hands to be administered, then, as to the costs aforesaid, to be levied of the
goods,
chattels and other property of the defendant authorized by law to be seized in
execution (or as may be according to the order made).

The above costs, etc. (as in No. 39).



1988




No. 50

Judgment for defendant's costs on
discontinuance
(0. 62 r. 10(1))

(Heading as in action)

The ...day of .....19

The plaintiff having by a notice in writing dated the day of

.. 19 discontinued this action (or withdrawn his claim
in this action for.. and the defendant's costs of the action

(or of the claim withdrawn) having been taxed and allowed at ..............................

as appears by a taxing officer's certificate dated the day of

.. 19
and the plaintiff not having paid the sum within 4 days

after taxation.

It is this day adjudged that the plaintiff do pay the defendant the said
taxed costs.

1988




No. 51

Judgment for costs after acceptance of money paid
into court
(0. 62 r. 10(2), (3))

(Heading as in action)

The ...day of .....19

The defendant having paid into court in this action the sum of in

satisfaction of the plaintiff's cause(s) of action (or in satisfaction of the plaintiff's

cause of action for and the plaintiff having by his notice dated

the ...day of ...........19 .accepted that sum in

satisfaction of his cause(s) of action (or in satisfaction of his cause of action for

.. and abandoned his other cause(s) of action), and the plaintiff's

costs herein having been taxed and allowed at as appears by a
taxing officer's certificate dated the day of

19 and the defendant not having paid the sum within 48 hours after taxation.

It is this day adjudged that the defendant do pay the plaintiff the said
taxed costs.



1988





No. 52

Notice of judgment or
order
(0. 44 r. 3)

(Heading as in cause or
matter)

Take notice that a judgment (or order) of this Court was given (or made) on

the ...day of ......19 ................by which it was (state substance

of judgment or order).

And also take notice that from the time of the service of this notice you (or
the

infant .............or the patient..as may be) will be bound

by the said judgment (or order) to the same extent as you (or he) would have been
if you (or he) had originally been made a party.

And also take notice that you (or the said infant or patient) may within one
month after the service of this notice apply to the Court to discharge, vary or add
to the said judgment (or order) and that after acknowledging service of this notice
at the Registry of the Supreme Court in Victoria, Hong Kong, you (or the said
infant of patient) may attend the proceedings under the said judgment (or order).

Dated the ............day of 19.

To ............................................................

(Signed) ....................................................




1988




No. 53

Writ of facias
(0. 45 r. 12)

(Heading as in action)

ELIZABETH THE SECOND by the Grace of God, of the United Kingdom of Great
Britain and Northern Ireland and of Our other realms and territories Queen, Head
of the Commonwealth, Defender of the Faith.

To the bailiff greeting:

Whereas in the above named action it was on the day of

.. 1 19. adjudged (or ordered) that the defendant
C.D. do

pay the plaintiff A.B. ..........(and costs or

costs to be taxed, which costs have been taxed and allowed at .............................

as appears by the certificate of the taxing officer dated the day of

..19.


We command you that of the goods, chattels and other property of C.D.
authorized by taw to be seized in execution you cause to be made the sums of

.....and ..for costs of execution and also interest
on ..at the rate of $4 per cent per annum from the .. day

of.. 19 until payment (together with bailiff's fees,
costs of

levying and all other legal, incidental expenses) and that immediately after
execution
of this writ you pay A.B. in pursuance of the said judgment (or order) the amount
levied in respect of the said sums and interest.

And we also command you that you indorse on this writ immediately after
execution thereof a statement of the manner in which you have executed it and
send a copy of the statement to A.B.

And the court has fixed support and maintenance allowance at the rate of

.. 1 a day,

Witness ...........Chief Justice of Hong Kong, the
day of ............19

This writ was issued by of solicitor for

.....................................the (or this writ was issued by
A.B.

(the plaintiff) in person who resides at




1988




No. 54

Writ of fled facias on order for
costs
(0. 45 r. 12)

(Heading as in cause or matter)

ELIZABETH THE SECOND (as in No.
53).

To the bailiff ...greeting.

Whereas in the above named cause (or matter) it was on the day of

.. 19 ordered that
the ....C.D. do pay the

.. .. A.B. costs to be taxed, which costs have been
taxed and allowed
at .. as appears by the taxing officer's certificate
dated the

.. .. day of 19



We command you that of the goods, chattels and other property of C.D.
authorized by law to be seized in execution you cause to be made the sum of

1

...and ..for cause of execution, and also interest
on .. at the rate of $4 per cent per annum from the

day of .. 19. until payment together Mth bailiff's fees, cost of

levying and all other legal incidental expenses and that immediately after execution
of
this writ you pay A.B. in pursuance of the said order the amount levied in respect of
the said sum and interest.

And we also (as in No. 53).

And the court (as in No. 53).

Witness (as in No. 53).

This writ (as in No. 53).





1988




No. 56

Writ of fieri facias after levy of
part
(0. 45 r. 12)

(Heading as in action)

ELIZABETH THE SECOND (as in No. 53).

To the bailiff ...greeting:


Whereas (as in No. 53).

And whereas by our writ issued the day of

19 we commanded you that of the goods, chattels and other property of C.D.

should cause to be made the sums of and for costs of

execution and also interest on at $4 per cent per annum from the

.. day of 19 until payment and should
pay

A.B. in pursuance of the said judgment (or order) the amount levied in respect of the
said sums and interest and should indorse on the writ a statement of the manner in
which you, had executed it and send a copy of the statement to A.B.

And whereas the indorsement on the said writ states that by virture thereof
you (or he) caused to be made of the property aforesaid the sum of
............................



We 1 command you that of the goods, chattels and other property of C.D.
authorized by law to be seized in execution you cause to be made the sum of

.........................the residue of the said
1 and ..for

costs of execution and also interest on at the rate of $4 per cent per

annum from the ............day of 19 until payment
(continue as in No. 53).

And we also (as in No. 53).

And the court (as in No. 53).

Witness (as in No. 53).

This writ (as in No. 53).




1988





No. 57

Writ of fieri facias against personal
representative
(0. 45 r. 12)

(Heading as in action)

ELIZABETH THE SECOND (as in No. 53).

To the bailiff .greeting:

Whereas in the above named action it was on the day of

.. 1 19 adjudged (or ordered) that the
defendant

C.D. as executor (or administrator) of E.F. deceased do pay the plaintiff A.B.

....and ...costs (or costs to be taxed which costs have been

taxed and allowed at as appears by the certificate of the taxing officer

dated the ................day of 19 the said sums and

interest to be levied of the real and personal estate of the said E.F. at the time of his
death in the hands of the defendant C.D. as his executor (or administrator) to be
administered, if he had or should thereafter have so much thereof in his hands to be
administered, (and if he had not, then the said costs to he levied of the goods,
chattels
and other property of the defendant C.D. authorized by law to be seized in
execution):

We command you that of the real and personal estate of E.F. deceased, at the
time of his death, which is in the hands of C.D. as his executor (or administrator)
to be

administered you cause to be made the sums of and
for costs of execution and also interest on at the rate of $4 per
cent

per annum from the .........day of 19 until payment

(together with bailiff's fees, cost of levying and all other legal incidental expenses)
(and if the said C.D. has not so much thereof in his hands to be administered that
you
cause to be made of the goods, chattels and other property of C.D. authorized by law

to be seized in execution the sum of for costs) and that immediately

after execution of this writ you pay A.B. in pursuance of the said judgment (or
order)
the amount levied in respect of the said sums and interest.

And we also command you (remainder as in No. 53).

Witness (as in No. 53).

This writ (as in No. 53).




1988




No. 63

Writ of fieri facias to enforce foreign registered
judgment
(0. 45 r. 12; 0. 71)

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG KONG

In the matter of the Foreign Judgments (Reciprocal Enforcement) Ordinance

(Cap. 319).

and

In the matter of a judgment of (describe the court) obtained in (describe the
cause

or matter) and dated the .........day of 19

ELIZABETH THE SECOND (as in No. 53)

To the bailiff .greeting:

Whereas by a judgment dated the day of 19

of (describe the court) registered in our Supreme Court of Justice, Hong Kong
pursuant to the Foreign Judgments (Reciprocal Enforcement) Ordinance it was

adjudged that C.D. do pay A.B . dollars (or as may be) and the

amount now due and owing under the said judgment is equivalent to the sum of
.....................

We command you that of the goods, chattels and other property of C.D.
authorized by law to be seized in execution you cause to be made the sums, of

.....and .....for costs of execution together with bailiff,

officers' fees (remainder as in No. 53).

And we also (as in No. 53).

Witness (as in No. 53).

This writ (as in No. 53).



1988




No. 64

Writ of delivery. delivery of goods, damages and
costs
(0. 45 r. 12)

(Heading as in action)

ELIZABETH THE SECOND (as in No. 53).

To the bailiff greeting:

Whereas in the above named action it was on the day of

.. 19 adjudged (or ordered) that the
defendant C.D. do

deliver to the plaintiff A.B. the following goods, namely (describe the goods delivery

of which has been adjudged or ordered) (and damages) and

....................................costs (or costs to be taxed, which costs have been taxed and
allowed at .........................as appears by the certificate of the taxing officer dated

the ...day of .....19

We command you that you cause the said goods to be delivered to A.B. and
that of the goods, chattels and other property of C.D. authorized by law to be
seized in

execution you cause to be made the sums of and for

costs of execution and also interest on at the rate of $4 per cent per

annum from the.. day of 19 until
payment

together with bailiff's fees, costs of levying and all other legal incidental expenses
and
that immediately after execution of this writ you pay A.B. in pursuance of the said
judgment (or order) the amount levied in respect of the said sums and interest.

And we also command you that you indorse (remainder as in No. 53).

Witness (as in No. 53).

This writ (as in No. 53).



1988




No. 65

Writ of delivery: delivery of goods or value,
damages, costs
(0. 45 r. 12)

(Heading as in action)

THE SECOND (as in No. 53).

To the bailiff .......................................................
greeting:

Whereas in the above named action it was on the day of

.. 19 adjudged (or ordered) that the
defendant C.D. do

deliver to the plaintiff A.B. the following goods, namely (describe the goods delivery

of which has been adjudged or ordered) or do pay him being the
assessed value of the said goods, (and damages)
and

costs (or costs to be taxed, which costs have been taxed and allowed at ................

as appears by the certificate of the taxing officer dated the 1 day of

.. 1 19


We command you that you cause the said goods to be delivered to A.B. and
that if possession of the said goods cannot be obtained by you you cause to be made
of the goods, chattels and other property of C.D. authorized by law to be seized in
execution

....the assessed value of the said goods and pay it to A.B.

And we also command you that of the said property of C.D. you cause to be

made the sums of .............for (damages and) costs and for costs

of execution and also interest on at the rate of $4 per cent per annum

from the ...................day of 19 until payment

together with bailiff's fees, costs of levying and all other legal incidental expenses
and
that immediately after execution of this writ you pay A.B. in pursuance of the said
judgment (or order) the amount levied in respect of the said sums and interest.

And we also command you that you indorse (remainder as in No. 53).

Witness (as in No. 53).

This writ (as in No. 53).



1988




No. 66

Writ of
possession
(0. 45 r. 12)

(Heading as in action)

ELIZABETH THE SECOND (as in No. 53).

To the bailiff greeting:

Whereas in the above named action it was on the .. day of

.. 19 adjudged (or ordered) that the defendant C.D. do
give

the plaintiff A.B. possession of (describe the land delivery of which has been
adjudged

or ordered) and do pay him and) costs (or costs to

be taxed, which costs have been taxed and allowed at as appears by

the taxing officer's certificate dated the .. day of

19

We command you that you enter the said land and cause A.B. to have
possession

of it.

And we also command you that of the goods, chattels and other property

(remainder as in No.
53).

And we also command you that you indorse (as in No. 53).

Witness (as in No. 53).

This writ (as in No. 53).




1988




No. 66A

Writ of
Possession
(0. 113 r. 7)

[Heading as in
summons]

ELIZABETH THE SECOND (as in No. 53).

To the bailiff .....greeting:

Whereas it was on the ...........day of 19

ordered that the plaintiff A.B. do recover possession of [describe the land recovery
of
which has been ordered] [and that the defendant C.D. do pay him
...........................
costs [or costs to be taxed, which costs have been taxed and allowed at S ................

as appears by the taxing master's certificate dated the day of

..19
]1:

We command you that you enter the said land and cause A.B. to have
possession

of it.

[And we also command you that of the goods, chattels and other property
[remainder as in No. 53]]

Witness (as in No. 53).

This writ (as in No. 53).

Dated this ..day of
..................19 ..




1988




No. 67

Writ of
sequestration
(0. 45 r. 12)

(Heading as in cause or
matter)

ELIZABETH THE SECOND (as in No. 53).

To (names of not less than four commissioners) greeting:

Whereas in the above named action (or matter) in our Supreme Court of

Justice, Hong Kong it was on the day of

19 ...adjudged (or ordered) that C.D. should (pay into Court the sum of
.. or as may be):

Know ye, therefore, that we, in confidence of your prudence and fidelity, do
by this writ authorize and command you, or any two or three of you, to enter upon
and take possession of all the real and personal estate of the said C.D. and to
collect, receive and get into your hands the rents and profits of his real estate and
all his personal estate and keep the same under sequestration in your hands until the
said C.D. shall (pay into Court to the credit of the said action or matter the sum of

...or as may be) and clear his contempt and our said Court make other

order to the contrary.

Witness (as in No. 53).

This writ was issued (as in No. 53).


1988




No. 68

Writ of
restitution
(0. 46 r. 1)

(Heading as in action)

ELIZABETH THE SECOND (as in No. 53).

To the bailiff greeting:

Whereas in the above named action it was on the day of

.. 1 19 adjudged (or ordered) that the defendant C.D. do
give

the plaintiff A.B. possession of (describe the land delivery of which was adjudged or

ordere
d):

And whereas on the .............day of 19 a

writ of possession was issued pursuant to the said judgment (or order) directing you
to give possession of the said land to the said A.B., but it appearing to our Supreme
Court of Justice, Hong Kong that certain other persons have wrongfully taken

possession of the said land and our said Court having on the day

of .........19 .ordered that a writ of restitution should issue in
respect of the said land:

We command you that you enter the said land and cause A.B. to have
restitution thereof.

And we also command you that you indorse (remainder as in No. 53).

Witness (as in No. 53).

This writ (as in No. 53).




1988




No. 69

Writ of
assistance

(0. 46 r. 1)

(Heading as in action)

ELIZABETH THE SECOND (as in No. 53).

To the present and any future bailiff greeting:

Whereas by an order dated the ..day of

19 made in an action in the Supreme Court of Justice, Hong Kong between

A.B., plaintiff, and C.D., defendant, the said C.D. was ordered to give to the said A.B.
possession of the land (or goods) therein described, namely (describe the land or
goods), but he the said C.D. and other persons have refused to obey the order and
keep the possession of the land (or goods) in contempt of us and our said Court:

And whereas by an order made in the said action dated the .....................

day of ......19 .it was ordered that a writ of assistance should

issue to give the said A.B. possession of the said land (or goods):

We command you that you (enter the said land and eject the said C.D., his
tenants, servants and accomplices, each and every of them, from the said land and
every Part thereof and put the said A.B. and his assigns into full, peaceable and
quiet possession thereof) (or put the said A.B. and his assigns into full peaceable and
quiet possession of the said goods) and defend and keep him and his assigns in such
peaceable and quiet possession, when and as often as any interruption thereof is at
any time effected, according to the intent of the said orders. And herein you are
not in any wise to fail

Witness (as in No. 53).

This writ (as in No. 53).


1988




No. 71

Notice of renewal of writ of
execution
(0. 46 r. 8)

(Heading as in cause or matter)

Take notice that the writ of.. .. issued in this cause (or

matter) directed to the bailiff and bearing date the day of

.. 19 has by
order dated the ................day of

19 been renewed for one year beginning with the date of

the

To the bailiff
................(Signed)

Solicitor for ...................................

No. 72

Garnishee order to show
cause
(0. 49 r. 1)

IN THE SUP~ COURT OF HONG KONG

19 No .

(Mr. Justice Judge in chambers)

Between A.B. Judgment creditor

AND

C.D. Judgment debtor

F. G. Garnishee

Upon reading the affidavit of .....filed the day

of .......19

It is ordered by (Mr. Justice that all debts due or accruing

due from the above-mentioned garnishee to the above-mentioned judgment debtor

(in the sum of be attached to answer a judgment recovered against

the said judgment debtor by the above-named judgment creditor in the Supreme

Court of Justice on the .........day of 19 for

the sum (or to answer an order made in the Supreme Court of Justice on the

.......................day of 19 ordering
payment by the

said judgment debtor to the above-named judgment creditor of the sum) of







...(debt and ...costs) (together with the costs of the

garnishee proceedings) on which judgment (or order) the sum of ..........................
remains due and unpaid.

And it is ordered that the said garnishee attend Mr. Justice ............................

................in Chambers, at the Supreme Court of Justice, in Victoria, Hong Kong
on

the .day of ............19 .at .o'clock, on an

application by the said judgment creditor that the garnishee do pay to the said
judgment creditor the debt due from the said garnishee to the said judgment debtor,
or so much thereof as may be sufficient to satisfy the said judgment (or order),
together with the costs of the garnishee proceedings.

Dated the ............day of 19

To the above-named garnishee
and judgment debtor.


1988




No. 73

Garnishee order absolute where garnishee owes more than
judgment debt
(0. 49 rr. 1, 4)

(Heading as in No. 72)

Upon hearing the solicitors for the judgment creditor and the garnishee, and

upon reading the affidavit of filed herein, and the order to
show cause made herein dated the day of

19 .whereby it was ordered that all debts due or accruing due from the

above-named garnishee to the above-named judgment debtor should be attached to
answer a judgment recovered against the said judgment debtor by the above-named

judgment creditor in the Supreme Court of Justice on the day of

.. 19 for the sum (or to answer an order made in the
Supreme

Court of Justice dated the ........day of 19

ordering payment by the said judgment debtor to the above-named judgment creditor

of the sum) of ............(debt and costs) (together with

the costs of the garnishee proceedings) on which judgment (or order) the sum of

5
remained due and unpaid:

It is ordered that the said garnishee do forthwith pay to the said judgment

creditor ...........................being so much of the debt from the said garnishee to the said

judgment debtor as is sufficient to satisfy the said judgment debt and costs, together

with ...............................the costs of the garnishee proceedings, and that the said

garnishee be at liberty to retain for his costs of this application out of

the balance of the debt due from him to the judgment debtor.

Dated the...................... day of
19



1988




No. 74

Garnishee order absolute where garnishee owes less than
judgment debt
(0. 49 rr. 1, 4)

(Heading as in No. 72)

Upon hearing (as in No. 73).

It is ordered that the said garnishee (after deducting therefrom
..for his costs of this application) do forthwith pay to the said
judgment creditor

...the debt due from the said garnishee to the said judgment debtor. And

that the sum of the costs or the judgment creditor of this application

be added to the judgment debt and be retained out of the money recovered by the
said
judgment creditor under this order and in priority to the amount of the judgment
debt.

Dated the...................... day of
19.





1988




No. 75

Charging order: notice to show
cause

(0. 50, r. 1)

(Heading as in cause or matter)

Upon hearing the ..............and upon reading the affidavit of ...................

filed herein the ..day of 19 whereby it appears that by a ajudg
ment (or order) made in the High Court of Justice on the .. day of

19 the defendant was ordered to pay to the plaintiff the sum of and
costs on which judgment (or order) the sum of remains due

and unpaid and that the defendant has a beneficial interest in the asset specified in
the schedule hereto:

It is ordered by (Mr. Justice/Master.. that unless sufficient cause
to the contrary be shown before (Mr. Justice/Master at the Supreme

Court of Hong Kong, 38 Queensway, Hong Kong) on the day of

19 ......at o'clock, the defendant's interest in the said asset shall, and it is

ordered that in the meantime it do, stand charged with the payment of
....................
due on the said judgment (or order) and (interest thereon at the statutory rate)
together with the costs of this application.

Dated the ........day of 19

SCHEDULE

(Describe with full particulars the relevant land, securities, funds or trust, stating, in
relation to securities, their full title, the amount of them and the name in which
they stand and whether the beneficial interest charged is in the securities only or in
dividends or interest as well, and stating, in relation to funds in court, the number
of the account).





No. 76

Charging order
absolute
(0. 50, r. 3)

(Heading as in cause or matter)

Upon hearing the and upon reading the affidavits of

and ...filed herein the .......day of 19 and the

order to show cause made herein on the day of .... 19

It is ordered that the interest of the defendant C.D. in the asset specified in the

schedule hereto stand charged with the payment of the amount due

from the defendant to the plaintiff A.B. on a judgment (or order) of the High Court

of Justice dated the ......day of 19 and (interest thereon at

the statutory rate) together with .. the costs of this application, the
said

costs to be added to the judgment debt.

Dated the .......day of 19

SCHEDULE

(Describe with full particulars the relevant land, securities, funds or trust, stating, in
relation to securities, their full title, the amount of them and the name in which
they stand and whether the beneficial interest charged is in the securities only or in
dividends or interest as well, and stating, in relation to funds in court, the number
of the account).

STOP NOTICE

To the (describe the person having custody of the security)

Take notice that, in relation to the securities specified in the schedule to this
order, you may not, without notice to (name of the plaintiff) at (his address for
service) register any transfer, or make any redemption payment, or, in the case of
a unit trust, deal with the units, or, where dividends or interest are included in the
order, pay any dividend or interest.

SCHEDULE




1988




No. 77
(L.N. 356188)

No. 78
(L.N. 356188)

No. 79

Stop order on capital and income of funds
in court
(0. 50 r. 10)

(Heading as in cause or matter)

Upon hearing .....for the A.B. and

for the defendant C.D. and upon reading the affidavit of filed

herein the ...........day of 19

It is ordered that no part of the capital of (describe funds) in court to the
credit of this action (or matter) (state title of action or matter), the account of
C.D., and of the

sum of ..cash (being income) in court to the same credit, and of any

interest or dividends to accrue due on the said funds in court, to which the said C.D.
is
(or may become) entitled, be transferred, sold, paid or otherwise dealt with without
notice to the said A.B.

Dated the...................... day of
19




1988




No. 80

Affidavit and notice under 0. 50
r. 11
(0. 50 r. 11)

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG KONG

In the matter of (state the settlement or other document under which the deponent's
interest arises giving the date and other particulars sufficient to identify the document).

and

In the matter of Order 50, rule 11, of the Rules of the Supreme Court-

I, A.B. (or C.D. the solicitor of A.B. of .. made oath and

say that according to the best of my knowledge, information and belief 1 am (or the
said A.B. is) beneficially entitled under the above-mentioned settlement (or as may
be) to an interest in the securities specified in the notice hereto annexed.

Sworn, etc . ..............

This affidavit is filed on behalf of A.B. whose address is .....................................

Notice to he annexed to
affidavit

To ..........Co. Ltd.

Take notice that the securities comprised in and subject to the trusts of the
settlement (or as may be) referred to in the affidavit to which this notice is annexed
consist of the following, namely (specify the stock, shares, etc. stating the names in which it
stands).

This notice is intended to stop the transfer of the said securities and not the
payment of any dividend thereof or interest thereon (or and also the payment of
any dividend thereof or interest thereon).

(Signed) A.B. (or C.D. if affidavit
sworn by him).





No. 81

Order on originating motion restraining transfer of
stock, etc.
(0. 50 r. 15)

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG
KONG

19 No .
..............

In the matter of the trusts of

..

and

In the matter of Order 50, rule 15, of the Rules of the Supreme Court.

Upon the hearing of the originating motion for an injunction this day made
unto this Court by counsel for the applicant A.B.:

And the applicant by his counsel undertaking to abide by any order the Court
may hereafter make should it decide that the respondents (the
..................................

..................Co. Ltd.) have sustained damage by reason of this order and are
entitled

to damages which the applicant ought to pay:

It is ordered that (the Co. Ltd.) be restrained until the

.........................day of 19 or further order
from

permitting the transfer of (describe stock) standing in the name of (state name of
holder of stock) in their books, or any part thereof, and from paying any dividend or
interest due or to become due thereon.

Dated the...................... day of
19



1988




No. 82

summons for appointment of
receiver
(0. 51 r. 3)

(Heading as in action)

Let the defendant C.D. attend the (Judge in chambers, at the Supreme

Court of Justice in Victoria, Hong Kong) on the

......................day of 19 at o'clock
on the

hearing of an application on the part of the plaintiff for an order that a receiver be
appointed (or that P.R. be appointed receiver) in this action to receive the rents,
profits and moneys receivable in respect of the interest of the defendant C.D. in the
following property, namely (describe the property) in or towards satisfaction of the
moneys and interest due to the plaintiff under the judgment (or order) in this action

dated the ..............day of 19 and for an order as

to the costs of this application.

Dated the ............day of 19

This summons was taken out by of

To the above-named ......(and his
solicitor).


1988




No. 83

Order directing summons for appointment of
receiver and
granting injunction meanwhile

(0. 51 r. 3)

(Heading as in action)

Upon reading the affidavit of.. filed
the .........day

of ......R .

Let the defendant C.D. attend the (Judge in chambers, at the Supreme Court of

Justice in Victoria, Hong Kong) on the .. day of

19 ......at o'clock on the hearing of an application on the part of the

plaintiff for the appointment of P.R. as receiver in this action, on the usual terms,
to
receive the rents, profits and moneys receivable in respect of the said defendant's
interest in the following property, namely (describe the property) in or towards

satisfaction of the sum of .debt and costs, and interest

on the said sums at the rate of $4 per cent per annum from the day

of .......19 ..due under the judgment (or order) in this action
dated the .....day of 19

And the plaintiff (by his solicitor) hereby undertaking to abide by any order
the Court may hereafter make should it decide that the said defendant has sustained
damage by reason of this order and is entitled to damages which the plaintiff ought
to pay, it is ordered that the said defendant by himself, his agents or servants, or
otherwise, be restrained, and an injunction is hereby granted restraining him, until
after the hearing of the above application, from assigning, charging or otherwise
dealing with the said property.

Dated the...................... day of
19


1988




No. 84

Order appointing receiver by way of equitable
execution

(0. 51 r. 1)

(Heading as in action)

Upon hearing ........and upon reading the affidavit of

.. filed the day of

19

(if security ordered) It is ordered that P.R. of on first

giving security to the satisfaction of the Court, be and is hereby appointed to receive
the rents, profits and moneys receivable in respect of the above-named defendant's
interest in the following property, namely (describe the property).

(If no security ordered and receiver is not the plaintiff) The plaintiff being
answerable for the acts and defaults of the receiver, it is ordered that P.R. of

.. be and is hereby appointed to receive (continue as above)
but

he shall not receive more than the amount of the judgment debt and allowed costs of
obtaining this order without leave of the Court or first giving (at the plaintiff's cost
unless otherwise ordered) the usual security to the satisfaction of the Court-

(If no security ordered and receiver is the plaintiff.. as above omitting plaintiff
being answerable for the acts and defaults ol' the receiver' and the words after 'the
Court

(In all cases continue as follows:-)

That this appointment shall be without prejudice to the rights of any prior
incumbrances upon the said property who may think proper to take possession of
or receive the same by virtue of their respective securities or, if any prior
incumbrances is in possession, then without prejudice to such possession.

And that the tenants of premises comprised in the said property do attorn and
pay their rents in arrear and growing rents to the receiver.

And that the receiver have liberty, if he shall think proper (but not
otherwise), out of the rents, profits and moneys to be received by him to keep
down the interest upon the prior incumbrances, according to their priorities, and be
allowed such payments, if any, in passing his accounts.

And that the receiver shall on the day of

(3 months after the date of order), and at such further and other times as may
be ordered by the Court leave and pass his accounts, and shall on the ......................

day of ...(4 months after the date of order) and at such further

and other times as may be hereafter ordered by the Court pay the balance or
balances appearing due on the accounts so left, or such part thereof as shall
be certified as proper to be so paid, such sums to be paid in or towards satisfaction
of what shall for the time being be due in respect of the judgment signed on

the ...day of for the sum of
debt and costs, making together the sum of







And that the costs of the receiver (including his remuneration), the costs of
obtaining his appointment, of completing his security (if any), of passing his
accounts and of obtaining his discharge shall not exceed ten per cent of the amount
due under the said judgment or the amount recovered by the receiver, whichever is
the less,

provided that not less than be allowed unless otherwise ordered.

Such costs shall be taxed unless assessed by the Court and shall be primarily payable
out of the sums received by the receiver, but if there shall be no sums received or the
amount shall be insufficient, then upon the certificate of the Court being given
stating
the amount of the deficiency, such certificate to be given after passing the final
account, the amount of the deficiency so certified shall be paid by the defendant to
the
plaintiff.

It is also ordered that the balance (if any) remaining in the hands of the
receiver, after making the several payments aforesaid, shall unless otherwise
directed by the Court forthwith be paid by the receiver into Court to the credit of
this action, subject to further order.

And that any of the parties be at liberty to apply to the Judge in chambers as
there may be occasion.

Dated the...................... day of
19

1988




No. 85

Order of
committal
(0. 52 r. 1)

(Heading as in action)

Upon motion this day made unto this Court by counsel for the plaintiff and
upon

reading (an affidavit of ..........filed the day of

.. 19 of service on the defendant C.D. of a copy of the order

of the Court dated the .........day of 19 and of
notice this motion):

And it appearing to the satisfaction of the Court that the defendant C.D. has
been guilty of contempt of court in (state the contempt):

It is ordered that for his said contempt the defendant do stand committed to

............................Prison to be there imprisoned (until further
order).

(It is further ordered that this order shall not be executed if the defendant C.D.
complies with the following terms, namely .
................................................................

.. 11..

Dated the...................... day of
19
1988




No. 85A

Warrant for
committal

(0. 52 r. 1)

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG KONG

HIGH COURT

Between A.B. Plaintiff

AND

C.D. Defendant

To: The Chief Bailiff and his assistants and the Commissioner of Correctional
Services.

WHEREAS by an order of this Court pronounced this day it was ordered that
the above-named [here insert name of defendant], do stand committed to Prison
for his/her contempt in the said order mentioned.

These are therefore to command you and every one of you in Her Majesty's
name to apprehend the said [here insert name of defendant], and him/her safely
convey to Prison there to be detained and kept in safe custody until such time as
the said

Order granted by the Honourable Mr. Justice on the day

of ........19 .shall have been complied with and obeyed or until

such time as the said [here insert name of defendant] may he discharged by the
Court
on his/her application.

Dated the ............day of 19

..

A Judge of the High Court

1988







No. 86

Notice of motion for an order of mandamus, prohibition or
certiorari
(0. 53 r. 3)

19 No .

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG
KONG

In the matter of an application by
..........................................
for an order of mandamus (or prohibition or certiorari)

and

In the matter of (particulars of decision of inferior court)

Take notice that pursuant to the leave of the
......................................................

given on the ......day of.. 19
the

.. will be moved on the day of

19 ..................................or so soon thereafter as counsel can be heard on behalf of (for

an order of mandamus that.. (or for an order of certiorari to
remove.. (in terms of the relief sought in the statement

accompanying the affidavit in support of the application for leave to apply for the
order) on the grounds set out in the copy statement served herewith used on the
application for leave to apply for such order.

And that the costs of and occasioned by this motion be
.....................................

And take notice that on the hearing of this motion the said will

use the affidavit of ..................and the exhibits
therein referred to.

(And also take notice that the by order dated

............................directed that all proceedings in (or on) the said

be stayed until after the hearing of this motion or further order.)

Dated the ............day of 19 .

(Signed) ....................................................

Solicitor for ..............................................

Solicitor for ......................................





No. 86A

Notice of application for leave to apply for Judicial Review

(0. 53 r. 3)

No . ..............

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG KONG

HIGH COURT

Applicant

Notice of Application for leave to
apply for Judicial Review (0. 53, r. 3)

This form must be read together with Notes for Guidance obtainable from the Registry.

To the Registrar, Supreme Court, Hong Kong.

Name, address and
description of
applicant

Judgment, order,
decision or other
proceeding in
respect of which
relief is sought

Relief Sought

Name and address of
applicant's solicitors, or, if
no solicitors acting, the
address for service of the
applicant

Signed Dated

Grounds On Which Relief is Sought

(If there has been any delay, include reasons here)

Note:-Grounds must be supported by an affidavit which verifies the facts relied on.


1988




No. 87

Notice of motion for writ of habeas corpus ad
subjiciendum
(0. 54 r. 2)

19 No .
..............

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG
KONG

HIGH COURT

In the matter of A.B.
and
In the matter of an application for a writ
of habeas corpus ad subjiciendum

Take notice that pursuant to the direction of the the

.. will be moved on the clay of
...................................19 or so
soon thereafter as counsel can be heard on behalf

of A.B. for an order that a writ of habeas corpus do issue directed to
.......................

..............to have A.B. before the Honourable Mr. Justice

at such time as the judge ............may direct upon the grounds set out
in the affidavits of the said A.B. and and the exhibits therein

respectively referred to used on the application to the
................................................
for such order, copies of which affidavits and exhibits are served herewith.

And that the costs of and occasioned by this motion be the applicant's to be
taxed and paid by the respondents to the applicant.

And take notice that on the hearing of this motion the said A.B. will use the

affidavits of himself and the said ...and the exhibits therein

referred to.
Dated the ..day of 19
...................(Signed)
...................of
...................Solicitor for
TO

Solicitor for
......................................

No. 88

Notice directed by Court of adjourned
application for
writ of habeas corpus

(0. 54 r. 2)

(Heading as in No. 87)

Take notice that an application for the above writ was made to the







.. in the above matter on the day of

.. 19 when the said application was
adjourned so that notice

could be given to you.

Notice is hereby given to you that the said application will be made to

the ......on .........the .........day of
...................................19 at
o'clock.
...................................(Signed)
...................................of
...................................Solicitor
for

TO................................................
............





No. 89

Writ of habeas corpus ad
subjiciendum

(0. 54 r. 10)

ELIZABETH THE SECOND (as in No. 53).

To the Commissioner of Correctional Services greeting:

We command you that you have in our Supreme Court of Justice at the
Supreme Court in Victoria, Hong Kong, on the day at the time specified in the
notice served with this writ, A.B. being taken and detained under your custody as is
said, together with the day and cause of his being taken and detained, by
whatsoever name he may be called therein, that Our Court may then and there
examine and determine whether such cause is legal, and have you there then this
writ.

Witness ............................Chief Justice of Hong Kong the

..day of
19

Indorsement

By order of (Mr. Justice .....................

This writ was issued by ............of solicitor for
............................

No. 90

Notice to he served with writ of habeas corpus ad
subjiciendum

(0. 54 r. 6)

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG KONG

HIGH COURT

(If in a cause already begun, here insert the title, not
otherwise)

The Honourable Mr. Justice.. has
granted a writ of habeas corpus directed to (or other person

having the custody of if so) commanding him to have A.B.

before a judge at the Supreme Court in Victoria, Hong Kong on the day and at the
time specified in the notice together with the day and cause of his being taken and
detained.

Take notice that you are required by the said writ to have the said A.B. before

the Honourable Mr. Justice ...on ..........................
the

......................day of ...19 at
o'clock and to

make a return to the said writ. In default thereof the said Court will then, or so soon
thereafter as counsel can be heard, be moved to commit you to prison for your
contempt in not obeying the said writ.







Dated the ............day of 19

(Signed)
....................................................

of ..............................................

Solicitor for
..............................................

TO .............................................................





No. 91

Writ of habeas corpus ad
testificandum

(0. 54 r. 10)

ELIZABETH TEE SECOND (as in
No. 53).

To the Commissioner of Correctional Services greeting:
We command you that you have before (description of court) on the

.. day of 19 at

.. being committed and detained in Our prison under your

custody, as is said, then and there to testify the truth and give evidence (on Our
behalf against A.B. for (describe the offence) or otherwise describing the
proceedings),
and so from day to day until the said .........................................................................
shall have given his evidence as aforesaid. And when he shall have given his
evidence,
then you take him back without delay to Our said prison under your custody, and
cause him to be detained therein under safe custody, until he shall be from thence
discharged by due course of law.

Witness (as in No. 89).

Indorsement

By order of Mr. Justice .......................................

This writ was issued by .............of solicitor
for

No. 92

Writ of habeas corpus ad
respondendum

(0. 54 r. 10)

ELIZABETH THE SECOND (as in
No. 53).

To the Commissioner of Correctional Services greeting:
We command you that you have before (description of court) on the

.. day of 19 at

.. being committed and detained in Our prison under your

custody, as is said, together with the day and cause of his being taken and detained,
by whatsoever name he may be called, then and there to answer to a charge of

.....to be then and there made against him, and so from
day to

day Y** until he..shall..have.. answered the said charge, and to be dealt with
according to
law. And have you then and there this writ.

Witness (as in No. 89).







Indorsement

(As in No. 91)

No. 94

Order for production of documents in marine insurance
action

(0. 72 r. 10)

(Heading as in action)

Upon hearing (and upon reading the affidavit of

filed the ...........day of 19





It is ordered that the plaintiff and all other persons interested in this action,
and in the insurance the subject of this action, do produce and show to the
defendant, his solicitors or agents on oath (or by oath of their proper officer) all
insurance slips, policies, letters of instruction or other orders for effecting such
slips or policies, or relating to the insurance or the subject-matter of the insurance
on the ship ...............

.......or the cargo on board thereof, or the freight thereby, and also all

documents relating to the sailing or alleged loss of the said ship, cargo or freight, and
all correspondence with any person relating in any manner to the effecting of the
insurance on the said ship, cargo or freight, or any other insurance whatsoever
effected on the said ship, cargo or freight, on the voyage insured by the policy sued
on
in this action, or any other policy whatsoever effected on the said ship, or the cargo
on board thereof, or the freight thereby on the same voyage. Also all
correspondence
between the captain or agent of the ship and any other person with the owner or
any
person before the commencement of or during the voyage on which the alleged
loss happened. Also all books and documents, whatever their nature and whether
originals, duplicates or copies, which in any way relate or refer to any matter in
question in this action and which are now in the custody, possession or power of the
plaintiff or any other person on his behalf, his or their, or any of their brokers,
solicitors or agents, with liberty for the defendant, his solicitors or agents to inspect
and take copies of, or extracts from, any of those books or documents. And that in
the like manner the plaintiff and every other person interested as aforesaid do
account
for all other books and documents relating or referring to any matter in question in
this action which were once but are not now in his custody, possession and power.

And that (in the meantime all further proceedings be stayed and that) the
costs of and occasioned by this application be costs in the action.

Dated the ............day of 19

No. 95

Certificate of order against the
Crown
(0. 77 r. 15(3))

(Heading as in cause or
matter)

By a judgment (or order) of this Court dated the day of

.. 1 19 it was adjudged (or ordered) that (give particulars
of

the judgment or order).

I hereby certify that the amount payable to by in

pursuance of the said judgment (or order) is (together with interest

thereon at the rate of per cent per annum until payment and together

with costs which have been taxed and certified by the taxing officer at ....................

Interest is payable on the said costs at the rate of per cent per

annum from the .................day of 19 until
payment).







(This certificate does not include the amount payable under the said judgment
or order in respect of costs).

Dated the ............day of 19

(Signed)
.................................................
...

(Note:-The final paragraph is to be included where a separate certificate with
respect to costs has been directed to be issued).





No. 96

Certificate of order for costs against the
Crown
(0. 77 r. 15)

(Heading as in cause or
matter)

By ajudgment (or order of this Court dated the day of

or order). 19 it was adjudged (or ordered) that (give particulars of the

I hereby certify that the costs payable to by

in pursuance of the said judgment (or order) have been taxed and certified by

the taxing officer at (and interest is payable thereon at the

rate of ............................per cent per annum from the day
of ......19 .........................until
payment).
Dated the ...........................day of 19

(Signed) ....................................................

No. 99

Order of Court of Appeal to admit prisoner
to bail
(0. 59 r. 20)

IN THE COURT OF APPEAL

On appeal from the court

Dated the ............day of .19 ..

Whereas on the .......day of.. 19 A.B.

was ordered by (description of court) to be imprisoned for for

contempt of court and the said A.B. has appealed to this Honourable Court against
the said order-

And whereas the said A.B. has applied to this Honourable Court to be admitted
to bail:

Upon reading the notice of motion on behalf of the said A.B. and upon hearing

Mr. . .................................of
counsel for the said A.B.

It is ordered that upon the said A.B. giving security (by his own recognizance)
in

the sum of ...........................with (two) sufficient sureties in the sum of
......................................each before a justice of the peace (or the Registrar) for the personal

appearance of the said A.B. before the court within ten days

after the judgment of this Honourable Court on his said appeal shall have been given
unless the order of the said court is reversed by that judgment, he, the said A.B. be
discharged out of the custody of the Commissioner of Prisons ..................................
in respect of his commitment as aforesaid.







By the Court





No. 100

Notice of payment into court in connection with arbitration
proceedings

(0. 73 r. 11)
In the matter of arbitration proceedings
commenced between A.B. . .......I st party
C.D. . .........................2nd party
EF . ...........................3rd party
etc.
Take notice that-

The ...party ....................has paid
into court.

The said ....is in satisfaction of (the matter in dispute) (All

the matters in dispute) in respect of which the party claims

(and after taking into account and satisfying the above-named party's claim for

.... in respect of which he
counterclaims).

or

The said .. is in satisfaction of the following matters in

dispute in respect of which the party claims (and after
taking into account as above).

or

Of the said ..............is in satisfaction

of the following matter in dispute in respect of which the
..........................................
party claims (and after taking into account as above) and ......................................
is in satisfaction of the following matter in dispute in respect of which the
................
party claim (and after taking into account as above).

Dated the ........day of 19

No. 101

Notice of acceptance of money paid into court in
connection with
arbitration proceedings
(0. 73 r. 11)

In the matter of arbitration proceedings
commenced between A.B ...I st party
C.D . ......................2nd party
E.F . ......................3rd party

Take notice that the .........party..
accepts

the sum of .........paid in by the

party in satisfaction of the matter(s) in dispute in respect of which it was paid in and

in respect of which the .....party claims (against







that party) (and abandons his claim(s) against that party in respect of the other
matter(s) in dispute in the arbitration proceedings).

Dated the...................... day of
19





No. 102

Order of issue of warrant of arrest for
examination
(0. 49B r. 1)

IN TIE SUPREME COURT OF HONG KONG

HIGH COURT

Between A.B. Judgment Creditor

AND

C.D. Judgment Debtor

Upon the application of the Judgment Creditor A.B. and upon hearing the
solicitor for the said Judgment Creditor, and upon reading the affidavit of
...............

filed the ...........day of 19

It is ordered that a warrant do issue to the bailiff enjoining him to arrest the
Judgment Debtor C.D. and to bring him before the Court before the expiry of the
day after the day of arrest for examination; and it is further ordered that the bailiff
be authorized to release the Judgment Debtor

1.upon payment to him of the sum of being the

amount of the judgment debt, together with the sum of ............................
for costs of this action and such costs as may be due for the obtaining and
execution of this warrant;

2.upon payment to him of the sum of as security or the
provision of bail in that sum by a surety or sureties;

3. upon the surrender to him of the judgment debtor's travel documents.

[Delete, amend or substitute conditions in accordance with the order of the Court.]

Dated the ............day of 19

NOTE. The Judgment Debtor may apply to the Court to discharge this order,

1988




No. 103

Order of imprisonment pending further
examination
(0. 49B r. 1A)

IN THE SUPREME C011JRT OF HONG
KONG

HIGH COURT

Between A.B. Judgment Creditor

AND

C.D. Judgment Debtor

Whereas the examination being conducted under Order 49B rule 1A has been

adjourned until .........day of 19

It is ordered that a warrant do issue to the bailiff enjoining him to deliver the
Judgment Debtor into the custody of the Commissioner of Correctional Services to

he kept in a prison as a prisoner for debt until the day of

..19 .and then to bring the Judgment Debtor before the

Court for further examination. The Court has fixed the support and maintenance

allowance at the rate of a day.

It is further ordered that the bailiff be authorized to release the Judgment
Debtor

1.upon payment to him of the sum of . being the

amount of the judgment debt, together with the sum of ............................
for costs of this action and such costs as may be due for the obtaining and
execution of this warrant;

2.upon payment to him of the sum of as security or the
provision of bail in that sum by a surety or sureties.

[Delete, amend or substitute conditions in accordance with the order of the
Court.]

Dated the ............day of 19

NOTE: The Judgment Debtor may apply to the Court to discharge this order.

1988




No. 104

Order for imprisonment for
debt
(0. 49B r. 1B)

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG KONG

HIGH COURT

Between A.B. Judgment Creditor

AND

C.D. Judgment Debtor

[Following examination of the Judgment Debtor under Order 49B rule 1A and
upon the Court being satisfied as required by Order 49B rule I R] or [Upon the
Court being satisfied that the Judgment Debtor has failed to comply with an order
made under Order 49B rule I B(3):]

It is ordered that the bailiff do take the Judgment Debtor and deliver him into
the custody of the Commissioner of Correctional Services to be kept in prison as a

prisoner for debt for a period of unless he shall be sooner
discharged in due course of law.

.The Court has fixed the support and maintenance allowance at the rate of
a day.

Dated the...................... day of
19



1988




No. 105

Application for order for imprisonment in default of
payment
(0. 49B r. 1B)

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG KONG

HIGH COURT

Between A.B. Judgment Creditor
AND
C.D. Judgment Debtor

TAKE NOTICE that the Judgment Creditor will apply to the Court on

......................day of .. 19 for an order for the
imprisonment

of the Judgment Debtor on the ground that the Judgment Debtor has failed to make

payment of the sum of as ordered by the Court on
day of ............19

Dated the...................... day of
19

1988




No. 106

Order prohibiting departure from Hong
Kong
(0. 44A r. 3)

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG KONG

HIGH COURT

Between A.B. Judgment Creditor/
Plaintiff/Claimant
AND
C.D. Judgment Debtor/
Defendant/Person
against whom
claim is made

Upon the application of A.B. and upon hearing the solicitor for A.B., and
upon

reading the affidavit of ..........filed the day of 19

It is ordered that C.D. is prohibited from leaving Hong Kong.

This order shall lapse after the expiry of one month (unless extended or
renewed) and shall have no effect if

1..C.D. makes payment of the sum of being the

amount claimed by A.B., [together with the sum of ...................................
for costs of this action] and such costs as may be due for the obtaining and
execution of this order;

2..C.D. makes payment of the sum of as security or
provides bail in that sum by a surety or sureties.

[Delete, amend or substitute conditions in accordance with the order of the
Court.]

Dated the ............day of 19

NOTE. C.D. may apply to the Court to discharge this order.



1988




APPENDIX B

SPECIAL ADMIRALTY FORMS

No. 1

Writ of summons in action in
rem
(0. 75 r. 3)

[Hong Kong Coat of Arms]

19 Folio No .

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG KONG

HIGH COURT

Admiralty action in rem against:

[The ship 'X' or as may be describing the property against which the action is

brought]
Between [The owners of the ship 'A' or as may Plaintiffs
be describing the plaintiffs]
for name]
and
[The owners of the ship 'X' or as may Defendants
be describing the property against which
the action is brought]

TO THE DEFENDANTS and other persons interested in the ship ')C'

..registered at the port of

....
.................................................................................................
.....................................[or as

may be]

THE WRIT OF SUMMONS has been issued by the Plaintiffs against the
property described above in respect of the claim set out on the back. Within 14
days] after the service of this Writ, counting the day of service, you must either
satisfy the claim or lodge in\ the Registry of the Supreme Court mentioned below
an ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SERVICE.

If you fail to satisfy the claim or to lodge an Acknowledgment within the time
stated, the Plaintiffs may proceed with the action and judgment may be given
without further notice to you and if the property described in this Writ is under the
arrest of the Court it may be sold by order of the Court.

Issued from the Registry of the Supreme Court this day

of..19

Note:-This Writ may not be served later than 12 calendar months beginning
with that date unless renewed by order of the Court.

IMPORTANT

Directions for Acknowledgment of Service are given with the accompanying
form.

[Back of No. 11







*[STATEMENT OF CLAIM]

The Plaintiffs'claim is for

*[Signed if statement of claim indorsed]

THIS WRIT was issued by
..of
................................................................................................
................................

Solicitor for the said Plaintiff whose address is
...............................................

*[or where the Plaintiff sues in person





THIS WRIT was issued by the said Plaintiff who resides at ...............................
and (if the Plaintiff does not reside within the jurisdiction) whose address for
service is

......................................

[Indorsement as to service
(To be completed only when the Writ has been served by the bailiff)

THIS WRIT was served by me at
.......................................................................

on ...on ....day, the .day of .....19

by (state the manner of service)

Signed

Name of bailiff

No. 2

Writ of summons in limitation
action
(0. 75 r. 3(3))

[Hong Kong Coat of Arms]

19 Folio No .

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG
KONG

HIGH COURT

Admiralty Jurisdiction

Between Plaintiff

AND

Defendant

TO THE DEFENDANT [name]
..of [address]
.................................................................................................................

THIS WRIT OF SUMMONS has been issued against you by the abovenamed
Plaintiff in respect of the claim set out on the back.

Unless you admit the claim you must within [14 days] after service of this writ
on you, counting the day of service, return to the Registry of the Supreme Court
mentioned below the accompanying ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SERVICE.

If you fail to return the Acknowledgment within the time stated, the Plaintiff

may proceed with the action without further notice to you.
Issued from the Registry of the Supreme Court this .. day of

..19

Note.~This Writ may not be served later than 12 calendar months beginning
with that date unless renewed by order of the Court.

IMPORTANT







Directions for Acknowledgment of Service are given with the accompanying
form.

[Back of No. 21

The Plaintiff claims

THIS WRIT was issued by
..Of
...............................................................................................................................
Solicitor for the said Plaintiff whose address is
..*[or where the Plaintiff sues in person

THIS WRIT was issued by the said Plaintiff who resides at
..and (if the Plaintiff` does not reside within the jurisdiction)
whose address for service is

..1





No. 2A

Notice of writ of summons in limitation
action
to he served out of jurisdiction

(0. 75 r. 3(3))

[Heading as in
action]

To C.D. of

Take notice that A.B. of ..has begun an

action against you, C.D., in the High Court of Justice in Hong Kong by writ of

summons dated the .................day of 19

which writ is indorsed as follows [copy the indorsement of claim] and unless you

admit the Plaintiffs claim you are required within days after receipt of

this notice, counting the day of receipt, to return to the Registry of the Supreme
Court
the accompanying Acknowledgment of Service.

And take notice that if you do not return the Acknowledgment within the
time stated, the Plaintiff may proceed with the action without further notice to
you.

(Signed) A.B .
..or X. Y. of

Solicitors for A.B.

IMPORTANT

Directions for Acknowledgment of Service are given with the accompanying

form.





No. 2B

Acknowledgment of Service of Writ of
Summons in
Action in rem or Limitation Action

(0. 75 r. 3(5))

Directions for Acknowledgment of Service

1. The accompanying form of ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SERVICE
should be detached and completed by, a Solicitor acting on behalf of the
Defendant or by the Defendant if acting in person. After completion it must
be delivered or sent by post to the Registry of the Supreme Court at the
following address:

2. If in an action in rem a Statement of Claim is indorsed on the Writ
(i.e. the words 'Statement of Claim appear at the top of the back), a
Defence must be served within 14 days after the time for acknowledging
service of the Writ.

If a Statement of Claim is not indorsed on the Writ, a Defence need
not be served until 14 days after a Statement of Claim has been served on
the Defendant.

If a Defendant fails to serve a defence within the appropriate time, the
Plaintiff may apply to the Court for judgment against him and, if the
property described in the Writ is under the arrest of the Court, for an order
for the sale of that property.

(1)

[Back of page (1) 1

Notes for Guidance

1. Each Defendant (if there is more than one) is required to complete
an Acknowledgment of Service and return it to the Registry of the Supreme
Court.

2. For the purpose of calculating the period of 14 days for
acknowledging service, a writ served on the Defendant personally is treated
as having been served on the day it was delivered to him and a writ served by
post or by insertion through the Defendant's letter box is treated as having
been served on the seventh day after the date of posting or insertion.

3. Where the Defendant is a FIRM and a Solicitor is not instructed, the
form must be completed by a PARTNER by name, with the addition of the

description 'partner in the firm of after his name.

4. Where the Defendant is sued as an individual TRADING IN A
NAME OTHER THAN HIS OWN, the form must be completed by him
with

the addition of the description 'trading as after
his name.

5. Where the Defendant is a LIMITED COMPANY the form must be
completed by a Solicitor or by someone authorised to act on behalf of the
Company, but the Company can take no further step in the proceedings
without a Solicitor acting on its behalf.

6. Where the Defendant is a MINOR or a MENTAL PATIENT, the
form must be completed by a Solicitor acting for a guardian ad litem.







7. A Defendant acting in person may obtain help in completing the
form at the Registry of the Supreme Court.

8. These notes deal only with the more usual cases. In case of difficulty
a Defendant in person should refer to paragraph 7 above.





(2)

[Heading as in No. 1 or 2 to be completed by plaintiff]

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SERVICE
OR WRIT OF SUMMONS IN
ACTION IN REM OR LIMITATION ACTION

If you intend to instruct a Solicitor to act for you, give him this form

IMMEDIATELY

Important. Read the accom-Delay may result in judgment being
panying directions and notes for given against a defendant whereby
guidance carefully before complet- he or his Solicitor may have to pay
ing this form. If any information the costs of applying to set it aside.
required is omitted or given wrong- Furthermore, the property describ-
ly, THIS FORM MAY HAVE TO ed in the Writ of Summons, if under
BE RETURNED. arrest of the Court, may be sold by
order of the Court.

*Where words 1. *[In an action in rem
appear between

square brackets, State the description of the Defendant, as stated in the
Writ
delete if
inapplicable of Summons, by whom or on whose behalf the service of
the Writ is being acknowledged.]
*[In a limitation action
(a) If the Defendant by whom or on whose behalf
service of the Writ is being acknowledged is named in the
Writ, state his full name. If he is sued in a name difrerent
from his own, add 'sued as (the name stated on the Writ of
Summons)'.
(b) If the Defendant by whom or on whose behalf
service of the Writ is being acknowledged is one of a class
of persons described in the Writ, state his full name.
The Defendant should complete (a) or (b), whichever is
appropriate, and delete the other.)
Service of the Writ is acknowledged accordingly
*(Signed) [Solicitor)
(Defendant in person]
Address for Service

(3)

Notes as to Address for Service

Solicitor. Where the Defendant is represented by a Solicitor, state the
Solicitor's place of business in Hong Kong.

Defendant in person. Where the Defendant is acting in person, he must
give his residence OR, if he does not reside in Hong Kong, he must give an
address in Hong Kong where communications for him should be sent. In the
case of a limited company 'residence' means its registered or principal
office.

[Back ofpage (3)]

Indorsement by plaintiff's solicitor (or by plaintiff if suing in person) of
his name, address and reference, if any.
1988 1988




No. 3

Warrant of
arrest
(0. 75 r. 5(1))

(Heading as in action)

ELIZABETH THE SECOND, by the Grace of God, of the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Northern Ireland and of Our other realms and territories Queen.
Head of the Commonwealth, Defender of the Faith:

To the Bailiff, Greeting:

We hereby command you to arrest the ship
........................................................

of the port of .............(and the cargo now or

lately laden therein, together with the freight due for the transportation thereof,) or
(and the freight due for the transportation of the cargo now or lately laden therein,)
and to keep the same under safe arrest until you shall receive further orders from Us.

The plaintiff's claim is for (copy from the writ)

Taken out by ......(solicitors for) the

Bailiff's indorsement as to service
1988




No. 4

Praccipe for warrant of
arrest

(0. 75 r. 5(4))

(Heading as in action)

We .............of .........(solicitors for) the

plaintiffs request a warrant to arrest (description of property giving name, if a ship).

Dated the ............day of 19

(Signed)

No. 5

Praccipe for caveat against
arrest

(0. 75 r. 6)

(Description of property giving name, if a ship)

We
of

(solicitors for ....................of request a caveat against the

arrest of (description of property giving name, if a ship) and hereby undertake to
enter an appearance in any action that may be begun in the Supreme Court against

the said .....and, within 3 days after receiving notice that

such an action has been begun, to give bail in the action in a sum not exceeding

.. dollars or to pay that sum into court. We consent
that

the summons and any other document in the action may be left for us at

....1

Dated the. ...................day of
19

(Signed)
....................................................

No. 6

Praccipe for service of writ in rem by
Bailiff

(0. 75 r, 8(3))

(Heading as in action)

We ..........of ..............(solicitors for)

the plaintiffs request that the writ of summons left herewith be duly served on

.. 1







Dated the ...day of 19

(Signed)...............................................
............





No. 7
Release
(0. 75 r. 13(1))
(Heading as in action)
ELIZABETH THE SECOND, etc. (as in Form No. 3).
To the Bailiff, Greeting:
Whereas in this action We did command you to arrest the and

to keep the same under safe arrest until you should receive further orders from Us.

Now We do hereby command you to release the said from the arrest
effected by virtue of Our warrant in this action.

Taken out by ...(solicitors for)

Bailiff's indorsement

On ......the ...day of

19 ................the was released from arrest pursuant to this

Instrument.

(Signed) ................................................
Bailiff.

No. 8

Praccipe for issue of release

(0. 75 r. 13(6))

(Heading as in action)

We ...........of ...........(solicitors for) the

plaintiffs (or defendants) in this action against (description of property giving name,
if a ship). now under arrest, request the issue of a release with respect to the said

...................

Dated the ............day of 19

(Signed)
....................................................

No. 9

Praccipe for caveat against release and payment

(0. 75 r. 14(1))

(Description of property giving name, if a ship)

we ...........of..(solicitors for)

.. of request a caveat against the
issue

of a..re-iease with respect to (description of property giving name, if a ship) now
under
arrest and, should the said property be sold by order of the Court, a caveat against
payment out of court of the proceeds of sale.

......................................The intending caveator claims to have an interest [to the extent of approximately






.....................................if known] in the above-mentioned property in respect of [state

nature of claim, eg. salvage, collision damage, etc.].

Dated the ............day of 19

(Signed)....................................................





No. 10

Praccipe for withdrawal of caveat

(0. 75 r. 15(1))

(Description of property giving name, if a ship)

We ..........of ..............(solicitors for)

..Of ......1 ....request that the caveat (state

nature of caveat) entered on the day of

19 .....................on behalf of.. be withdrawn.

Dated the ............day of
19

(Signed)
....................................................

No. 11

Bail bond

(0. 75 r. 16(1))

(Heading as in action)

WHEREAS this Admiralty action in rem against the above-mentioned
property is pending in the Supreme Court and the parties to the said action are the
abovementioned plaintiffs and defendants:

Now, THEREFORE, WE, A.B. of
.............................................................................

and C.D. of.. hereby jointly and severally
submit

ourselves to the jurisdiction of the said Court and consent that if they, the
above-mentioned defendants, (or plaintiffs, in the case of a counterclaim) do not
pay
what may be adjudged against them in this action, with costs, or do not pay any sum
due to be paid by them in consequence of any admission of liability therein or under
any agreement by which this action is settled before judgment and which is filed in
the
said Court, execution may issue against us, our executors or administrators, goods
and chattels, for the amount unpaid or an amount of ................................................
dollars whichever is the less.

A.B.

(Signed) .....................
...............

C.D.

(Signed)
....................................................

This bail bond was signed by the said A.B. and C.D., the sureties,

the .day of .....19







Before me

a Commissioner for Oaths.

No. 12

Praccipe for commission for appraisement and
sale

(0. 75 r. 23(1))

(Heading as in action)

.we .........of.. (solicitors for)

the plaintiffs (or defendants) request a commission for the appraisement and sale of
(description of property giving name, if a ship) which was ordered by the Court on

the ..day of .........19

Dated the ............day of 19

(Signed)
....................................................





No. 13

Commission for Appraisement and
Sale

(O. 75 r. 23(2))

(Heading as in action)

ELIZABETH THE SECOND, etc. (as in Form No. 3).

To the Bailiff, Greeting:

WHEREAS in this action the Court has ordered (description of property
giving name, if a ship) to be appraised and sold.

WE hereby authorize and command you to choose one or more experienced
persons and to swear him or them to appraise the said
..according to the true value thereof, and such value
having been certified in writing by

him or them to cause the said to be sold by

(private treaty) (public auction) for the highest price that can be obtained for it, but
not for less than the appraised value unless the Court on your application allows it
to
be sold for less.

AND WE further command you, immediately upon the sale being completed,
to pay the proceeds thereof into court and to tile the certificate of appraisement
signed by you and the appraiser or appraisers, and an account of the sale signed by
you, together with this commission.

.Taken out by .............(solicitors for) the

No. 14

Release and Warrant of
Possession

(0.75)

(Heading as in action)

ELIZABETH THE SECOND, etc. (as in Form No. 3).

To the Bailiff, Greeting:

WHEREAS in this action the Court has ordered possession of the ship (name
to be stated), her tackle, apparel and furniture to be delivered up to

..or to his solicitor for his use . 1

WE hereby command you to release the said ship, her tackle, apparel and
furniture from the arrest made by virtue of Our warrant in that behalf and to
deliver

possession thereof to the said or to his solicitor for his use.

Taken out by.. (solicitors for) the

Bailiff's Indorsement

On the ..day of .............19 .the ship







....................................was released from arrest pursuant to this warrant.

(Signed)
.............................
......................
Bailiff.

Receipt

Received from the Bailiff on the day of

19 ..............the ship.. and everything on board
belonging
to her.

(Signed)
.. ..............





No. 15

Notice to Consular Officer of Intention to Apply for Warrant of
Arrest

(0. 75 r. 5(7))

(Heading as in action)

To the Consular Officer of (name of State) The (state nationality) ship
(name)

TAKE NOTICE that as solicitors for (name or description of plaintiff as in
writ) we did on the day of 19 (or we intend to) institute
proceedings in the Supreme Court of Hong Kong against the above-
mentioned ship in respect of a claim by (name or description of plaintiff) for (state
nature of claim as indorsed on writ) and that we intend to apply to the Court to
arrest
the said ship.

Dated this ......day of 19
.................(Signed)
.................Solicitors for the Plaintiff.

APPENDIX C

No. 5

Warrant for bailiff to call upon defendant to give security to
produce property
(0. 44A r. 8)

Action No . of 19

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG
KONG,

HIGH COURT

Between A.B. Plaintiff
AND
C.D. Defendant

ELIZABETH THE SECOND, etc. (as in Form No. 3).
To the Bailiff of Our said Court, greeting:
We command you forthwith to call upon the defendant C.D. either by

...................................day, the day of 19

to furnish security in the sum of ....to produce and place at the disposal of

Our said Court, when required, his property or the value of the same, or such portion
thereof as may be sufficient to answer any judgment that may be given against him
in
this action, or by the said day to appear before Our said Court and show cause why
he
should not furnish such security; and We further command you, in default of such
security being given, to attach all the movable and immovable property of the said
defendant within Hong Kong until the further order of Our said Court.

Witness The Honourable ..............Chief Justice of Our said Court,

the .day of ....19

(Signed)






........................
........................
..Registrar.

Note:-This warrant is to be returned into the Registry immediately after the
execution thereof, with a memorandum indorsed thereon of the date and mode of
execution.





No 6

Writ of foreign
attachment

(0. r. 2)

Action No . of 19

IN THE SUPREME COURT OF HONG
KONG,

HIGH C

Between A.B.

AND

C. Defendant
Garnishee

THE SECOND, etc. (as in Form No. 3).

To the of Our said Court, greeting

We command you forthwith to attach all the property, movable and immovable,
of the defendant C.D. which shall be found within Hong Kong, and to return this writ

into Our said Court on the.. of 19

Witness His Honourable Chief Justice of Our said Court, the

.....................day of
19 .......

Indorsements to be made on the writ

1 hereby certify that this writ reached my hands for execution at o'clock

........m. on ....day, the ....day of 19

(Signed)
...................................................

Bailiff.

This writ was served on E.F., of garnishee, at o'clock

..................m. on .......day, the of 19

(Signed) ...........................

Bailiff.

A memorial of this writ was registered the Land Office at o'clock m.

on ............day, the ...day of 19

....................................................

No. 7

Bond in case of for .ign
attachment







(0. 49A r. 4)

Action No . of 19

IN THE SUPREME OF HONG KONG,

COURT

Between A.B

AND

C.D Defendant

Know all men by these presents that A.B., of and E.F., of

.. 1 are held and
firmly bound unto C.D., of .......in the

penal sum of .dollars, to c paid to the said C.D., or his executors,

administrators or assigns; for which to be made we jointly and severally bind
ourselves, and each and every of us, and our and every of our respective heirs,





executors and administrators, firmly by these In witness whereof we have

hereto set our hands and seals this.. day of .................
1 ......................1

in the Year of Our Lord Nineteen Hundred and .. Whereas an
action

has lately been instituted in the Supreme Court of Hong Kong by the above-bounden
A.B., as plaintiff against the said C.D., as defenant; and whereas, under the
provisions of Order a writ of foreign attachment has been issued [or is about
to issue] in the said action, on the application of the plaintiff, against all the property,
movable and immovable, of the defendant within the Colony: Now the condition of
this obligation is that if the defendant shall, at any time within the period limited
by the said provisions of Order 49A, in that behalf cause the said writ, or any other
writ of foreign attachment issued in the said action on the application of the plaintiff,
to be set aside, or any judgment which may be given in the said action to be reversed
or varied, and if the plaintiff, his executors or administrators shall thereupon
forthwith pay or cause to be paid to the defendant, or his executors, administrators or
assigns, all such sums of money, damages, costs and charges as the said court may
order and award on account of or in relation to the said action and the said writ of
foreign attachment, or either of them, then this obligation shall be void otherwise it is
to remain in full force.

Signed, scaled and delivered

in the presence of (Signed) A.B. (L.S.)

E.F. (L.S.)





INDEX

Abatement of
action

certificate of, 0. 34, r. 9(1) more than one
year, striking out, 0. 34, r. 9(2) originating
summons action, 0. 28, r. 11

Abuse of process, 0. 18, r. 19

Acceptance of money
by person under disability, 0. 80, r. 10
paid into court. See Payment into and out of court (0. 22)

Accidental slip or
omission

correction of judgment or order, 0. 20, r. 11

Account
books of, as evidence, 0. 43, r. 3(2)
Accounts
affidavit verifying, 0. 43, r. 4
allowances to be made in taking, 0. 43, r. 6
application for, 0. 43, r. 1
bill of costs comprised in, taxation of, 0. 62, r. 19
Crown Solicitor, conduct of matter by, 0. 43, r. 7(2)
delay in prosecution of, 0. 43, r. 7(1)
distribution of fund pending inquiry, 0. 43, r. 8
interest on debts, 0. 44, r. 9
notice of, alleged omissions, etc., in, 0. 43, r. 5
of debts and liabilities of estate:
advertisement for creditors, etc., 0. 44, rr. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
order for payment, 0. 43, r. 1(3)
proceedings in chambers under judgment, see under Chambers
receivers' accounts, 0. 30, r. 5
summary order, 0. 43, r. 1
taking of, 0. 43, rr. 2, 3
by taxing master, 0. 62, r. 14
verification of, 0. 43, r. 4

Acknowledgment of service (0.
12)

amendment, 0. 20, r. 2 before service of writ, 0. 10, r. 1(5)
by corporations, 0. 12, r. 1(2) by partners, action against
firm, 0. 8 1, r. 4 date of, 0. 12, r. 1 (5) dispute as to
jurisdiction, 0. 12, r. 8 failure to give notice of intention to
defend, 0. 13, rr. 1-9 in probate action, See under Probate
proceedings judgment on, See under Judgment
'prescribed time', meaning of, 0. 13, r. 6A proceeding with
claim on, 0. 13, r. 7 proof of service of writ, 0. 13, r. 7
form and contents of, 0. 12, r. 3 of counterclaim, 0. 15, r.
3 third party notice, 0. 16, r. 3 person added as defendant,
0. 15, r. 8(4) in action in rem, See Admiralty
proceedings late, 0. 12, r. 6 mode of, 0. 12, r. 1 not to
constitute waiver of irregularities, 0. 12, r. 7 notice to
defend after judgment, 0. 12, r. 6(1) of counterclaim, 0. 15,
r. 3(4) originating summons, 0. 12, r. 9 third party notice,
0. 16, r. 3 writ amended on change, etc., of parties, 0. 15,
r. 8(3) procedure on receipt of, duties of Registry officer,
0. 12, r. 4 setting aside and direction as to effect of, 0. 12,
r. 3(4) address for service, non-genuine, 0. 12, r. 3(4)





Acknowledgment of service (0. 12)--continued
time for, 0. 12, r. 5
writ served out of jurisdiction, 0. 11, r. 4(4), 0. 12, r. 5(b)
treated as appearance, 0. 12, r. 10
withdrawal of, 0. 21, r. 1

Adjournmen
t

of motion, 0. 8, r. 5 originating summons,
0. 28, r. 5 summons, 0. 32, r. 4 from court
into chambers, 0. 32, r. 18 into court, 0. 32,
r. 18 trial, 0. 35, r. 3

Administration of estates (see also Personal representative)
accounts:
order for, 0. 85, rr. 2(3), 5(2)
taking of, 0. 44, r. 3
action for (0. 85):
determination of questions without administration, 0. 85, r. 2
judgment and orders in, 0. 85, r. 5
proceedings under, 0. 44, rr. 1-12
service of notice, 0. 44, r. 2
originating summons, action begun by, 0. 85, r. 4
parties to 0. 85, r. 3
relief, order for, 0. 85, r. 4
sale of trust property, 0. 85, r. 6
administrator:
costs of, on taxation, 0. 62, r. 31
proceedings against, 0. 15, r. 14
sale of trust property, conduct, 0. 85, r. 6
binding of estate, where representative appointed, 0. 15, r. 15
claims against estate, examination and adjudication, 0. 44, rr. 6, 7 and 8
execution, against assets acquired after judgment, 0. 46, r. 2c
inquiry for next of kin, etc., 0. 44, r. 6(2)
interest on debts, etc., 0. 44, r. 9
representation of.
beneficiary, 0. 15, r. 14
deceased person, 0. 15. r. 15
unascertainable interested persons, 0. 15, r. 13
approval of compromise, 0. 15, r. 13(4)
judgment binding on, 0. 15, r. 13(4)
sale of trust property, 0. 85, rr. 2(3), 6
under direction of court. See under Chambers (0. 32)

Admiralty proceedings (0.
75)

actions in rem: acknowledgment of service, 0. 75, r.
3, 0. 12, r. 1 form of, 0. 75, r. 3 arrest of property:
caveat against, 0. 75, r. 6 duration of, 0. 75, r. 15
praccipe for, 0. 75, r. 6 withdrawal of, 0. 75, r. 15(1)
warrant for, 0. 75, r. 5 affidavit, contents of, 0. 75, r.
5 convention or treaty ships, 0. 75, r. 5 discharge of,
where caveat in force, 0. 75, r. 7 execution of, 0. 75,
r. 10 praecipe for, 0. 75, r. 5(4) service of, 0. 75, r.
11 arrested property: applications as to, 0. 75, r. 12
appraisement and sale, 0. 75, r. 23 claim in rem,
definition of, 0. 75, r. 5(10) notice of motion in, 0.
75, r. 34 protection by caveat, remedy against, 0. 75,
r. 7 release of, 0. 75, r. 13 caveat against and
payment, 0. 75, r. 14 duration of, 0. 75, r. 15
withdrawal of, 0. 75, r. 15





Admiralty proceedings (0. 75)-continued
sale, 0. 75, r. 23
bail, 0. 75, r. 16
beginning of, by writ, 0. 75, r. 3
Crown, against, 0. 77, r. 18
default action, evidence by affidavit, 0. 75, r. 19(4)
interveners, 0. 75, r. 17
judgment by default, 0. 75, r. 21
payment into and out of court, 0. 75, r. 24
priority of claims, 0. 75, r. 22
sale of ship, priority of claims, 0. 75, r. 22
short causes:
pleadings, 0. 75, r. 31
summons for directions, 0. 25, r. 1, 0. 75, r. 31
writ of summons, 0. 75, r. 31
summons for directions, 0. 75, r. 25
writ:
form, 0. 75, r. 3
issue, 0. 75, r. 3
service, 0. 75, r. 8
by Bailiff, form of praecipe, 0. 75, r. 8(3)
or substitute, indorsement on, 0. 75, r. 8(3A)
on ship, etc., 0. 75, r. 11
agreement between solicitors as order of Court, 0. 75, r. 35
assessors, attendance of, at trial, 0. 75, r. 26(3)
collision, etc., actions:
defence of compulsory pilotage, notice of intention to rely on, 0. 75, r.
18(3)
filing of preliminary act, 0. 75, r. 18
failure to file, 0. 75, r. 19
regulations, defined, 0. 75, r. 1
reply or defence to counterclaim, 0. 75, r. 20
service out of jurisdiction, 0. 75, r. 4
stay of proceedings pending security, 0. 75, r. 27
further provisions with respect to, 0. 75, r. 32
examination of witnesses, etc., before trial, 0. 75, r. 30
inspection
of documents, 0. 75, r. 46
of ships, etc., 0. 75. r. 28
International Oil Pollution Compensation Fund proceedings
judgment, drawing up and entry, 0. 75, r. 45
limitation actions:
decree:
proceedings under, 0. 75, r. 39
to set aside, 0. 75, r. 40
defence under Merchant Shipping Acts, 0. 18, r. 22
parties, 0. 75, r. 37
summons for decree or directions, 0. 75, r. 38
notice of motion, filing and service, 0. 75, r. 34
orders, drawing up and entry, 0. 75, r. 45
Registrar,
reference to, 0. 75, r. 41
hearing of reference, 0. 75, r. 42
objection to decision on reference, 0. 75, r. 43
salvage, proceedings for apportionment, 0. 75, r. 33
filing and service of notice of motion, 0. 75, r. 34
settled or withdrawn action, notice of, 0. 75, r. 26(4)
trial, fixing date of, etc., 0. 75, r. 26
assessors, praecipe for attendance at, 0. 75, r. 26(3)
setting down for, 0. 75, r. 26(2)
witnesses:
examination of, 0. 75, r. 30
writ of summons:
in limitation action, form of, 0. 75, r. 3(3)
personam, form of, 0. 75, r. 3(2)






rem. See 'actions in rem' above
service of, outside jurisdiction, 0. 75, r. 4

Admission (0. 27) by person under
disability, 0. 80, r. 8 of case of other
party, notice of, 0. 27, r. 1





Admission (0. 27)--continued
documents:
notice to admit, 0. 27, r. 5
cost of proving document not admitted, 0. 62, r. 3(6)
specified in list or affidavit, 0. 27, r. 4
facts:
amendment or withdrawal, 0. 27, r. 2(2)
judgment on, 0. 27, r. 3
not traversed by pleading, 0. 18, r. 13
notice to admit, 0. 27, r. 2
recording in order for directions, 0. 25, r. 4

Advertisemen
t

for creditor, etc., 0. 44, r. 5

Affidavit (0. 41)

alterations in, 0. 41, r. 7 blind person, of, 0. 41, r. 3 Commonwealth
country, admission of affidavit taken in, 0. 41, r. 12(1), (3) contents of,
0. 41, r. 5 proving due service of writ, 0. 10, r. 1(3) cross-examination of
deponent, 0. 38, r. 2 before examiner, 0. 39, r. 4 defective, use of, 0. 41,
r. 4 evidence by, at trial, 0. 38, r. 2 exhibits, 0. 4 1, r. 11 fee stamp, 0.
41, r. 10(2) filing, 0. 41, r. 10(3) form of, 0. 41, r. 1 illiterate person, of,
0. 41, r. 3 notice of filing, proceedings in chambers, 0. 32, r. 17 Registrar
etc. empowered to take, 0. 32, r. 8 scandalous. etc., matter, striking out,
0. 41, r. 6 solicitor of party, swearing before, 0. 41, r. 8 two or more
deponents, by, 0. 41, r. 2 use of.. at trial, 0. 38, r. 2 on summons for
directions, 0. 25, r. 6 original or copy, 0. 41, r. 10

Amendment (0. 20)
costs of. See Costs
disallowance of, 0. 20, r. 4
failure to amend, 0. 20, r. 9
indorsement as to, 0. 20, r. 10(2)
mode of, 0. 20, r. 10
of admission as to fact, 0. 20, r. 5(3), (4), (5)
acknowledgment of service, 0. 20, r. 2
documents, 0. 20, r. 8
name of party, 0. 20, r. 5(3)
notice of-
appeal, etc., 0. 59, r. 7
motion in appeal cases, 0. 55, r. 6
payment into court, 0. 22, r. 1(5)
pleadings, 0. 18, r. 19, 0. 20, rr. 1-11
order on summons for directions, 0. 25, r. 2(2)
to plead in alternative, 0. 18, r. 10(2)
writ, 0. 20, rr. 1-11
on change, etc., of parties, 0. 15, r. 8
order on summons for directions, 0. 25, r. 2
time for, 0. 20, r. 9
Appeals (0. 55-61)
from
judge in interpleader proceedings, 0. 58, r. 7
Registrar, 0. 58, r. 1
limitation of right of appeal, 0. 25, r. 5
to Court of Appeal. See Court of Appeal (0. 59, 0. 61)





Appeals (0. 55-61)-continued to High Court (0. 55): court,
from, 0. 55, r. 1 entry of appeal, 0. 55, r. 4 government
department, right to be heard, 0. 55, r. 8 hearing of, 0. 55, r. 5
amendment of grounds of, 0. 55, r. 6 date of hearing, 0. 55, r.
5 evidence at, 0. 55, r. 7 powers of Court, 0. 55, r. 7 inferior
court, from, 0. 55, rr. 1-8 judgments and orders on, 0. 55, r.
7(5) magistrates court, from, 0. 55, r. 1(2) mode of bringing
appeal, 0. 55, r. 3 note of proceedings in court below, 0. 55, r.
7(4) notice of motion: amendment, 0. 55, r. 6 contents, 0. 55,
r. 3 service, 0. 55, r. 4 under particular Ordinances. See under
title of the Ordinance.

Applications (see also under Chambers; Interlocutory applications) affecting party in
default of appearance, 0. 28, r. 6 beginning of proceedings, 0. 5, r. 1 for leave to institute
proceedings, under the Mental Health Ordinance, (Cap. 136), 0. 32, r. 9 under particular
Ordinances. See under the title of the Ordinance under s. 41 or 42 of Supreme Court
Ordinance, 0. 24, r. 7A

Apportionment
money paid into Court under Fatal Accidents Ordinance, (Cap. 22), 0. 80, r. 15
salvage. See Admiralty proceedings
Arbitration Ordinance, (Cap. 341)
arbitrator or umpire:
application for statement of case by, 0. 73, r. 3(2)
to remove, 0. 73, r 2(1)
awards:
declaration that award not binding. 0. 73, r. 2(3)
enforcement of, under s. 28 of, 73, r. 10
remission, 0. 73, r. 2(1)
setting aside, 0. 73, r. 2(1)
payment in, 0. 73, r. 11
acceptance of, 0. 73, r. 13
counterclaim, 0. 73, rr. 12, 16
investment of, 0. 73, r. 18
money remaining in count, 0. 73, r. 15
non-disclosure of, 0. 73, r. 17
order for payment out, 0. 73, r. 14
proceedings:
application for-
case stated by arbitrator, 0. 73, r. 3(2)
declaration that award not binding, 0. 73, r. 2(3)
remission of award, 0. 73, r.'2(1)
removal of arbitrator, etc., 0. 73, r. 2(1)
setting aside of award, 0. 73, r. 2(1)
statement of case by arbitrator, etc., 0. 73, r. 3(2)
before-
judge in chambers, 0. 73, r. 3
in court, 0. 73, r. 2
service out of the jurisdiction, 0. 73, r. 7
time limits, 0. 73, r. 5
transfer to particular list, 0. 73, r. 6
registration of foreign awards, 0. 73, r. 8
statement of case:
by arbitrator, 0. 73, r. 2(2)
taxation of costs, 0. 62, r. 12

Arbitration, foreign
awards

registration, 0. 73, r. 8





Arrest of ship, etc. See Admiralty
proceedings

Assessment of damages (0.
37)

at trial, 0. 37, r. 4

Registrar, 0. 37, r. 1 certificate
of Registrar, 0. 37, r. 2 form of
judgment after, 0. 42, r. 1 order
for, 0. 37, r. 4 to time of
assessment, 0. 37, r. 6

Assessors
trial of action with, 0. 33, rr. 2, 6

admiralty action, 0. 75, r. 26(3)

Attachment ofdebt due to judgment debtor. See Garnishee proceedings;
Foreign Attachment from Crown, 0. 77, r. 16 interim, of property, 0.
44A, r. 7 compensation for unjustiflable, 0. 44A, r. 12 defendant to furnish
security, 0. 44A, r. 7 procedure for showing cause, 0. 44A, r. 9 rights of
others, 0. 44A, r. 10 warrant, 0. 44A, r. 8

Bail action in rem. See Admiralty
proceedings in contempt cases, 0. 59, r.
20(2)

Bailiff
undertaking to pay expenses and fees to, in admiralty proceedings, 0. 75, rr. 8(3), 10(3), 13(7), 23(3),
23A
Bankruptcy
appeal:
against order, etc., time for, 0. 59, r. 4
book debt, registration of assignment, 0. 95, r. 6
of party. See Party
R.S.C., applicability of, to bankruptcy proceedings, 0. 1, r. 2

Bills of Sale Ordinance,
(Cap. 20)

entry of satisfaction, 0. 95, r. 2 rectification of
register, 0. 95, r. 1 restraining removal on sale of
goods seized, 0. 95, r. 3 search of register, 0. 95, r. 4

Body corporate. See
Corporations

Books
business books, production for inspection, 0. 24, r. 14
of account as evidence, 0. 43, r. 3(2)
proof of entry in, 0. 38, r. 3(2)

Breach of contract. See
Contract

Breach of duty,
etc

proceedings to be begun by writ, 0. 5, r. 2

British consul. See
Consul







Business books. See
Books

Business name
persons carrying on business in other name, 0. 81, r. 9
Carriage by Air Act 1932
service of notice of writ on High Contracting Party, 0. 11, r. 7





Case stated appeal by way offrom
tribunals, 0. 61, rr. 2, 3

Cause book definition, 0. 1, r. 4(1) entry of
acknowledgment of service in, 0. 12, r. 4

Cause of action (0. 15)
joinder of causes, 0. 15, r. 1
separate trials of, 0. 15, r. 5

Certiorari. See Judicial review

Chambers (0. 32) (See also Interlocutory applications) absence of party
at, 0. 32, r. 5 applications, mode of making, 0. 32, r. 1
adjournment into and from Court, 0. 32, r. 18 affidavit, notice of
filing, 0. 32, r. 17 disposal of matter in chambers, 0. 32, r. 19
documentary evidence, production of original, 0. 32, r. 21 expert,
assistance of, 0. 32, r. 16 jurisdiction of Registrar, 0. 32, r. 11 note
of proceedings, 0. 32, r. 22 papers for use of court, 0. 32, r. 21
proceedings under judgment (0. 44) binding of person not a party,
0. 44, r. 2(2) directions by court, 0. 44, r. 3 discharge, variation or
addition to judgment, 0. 44, r. 2(4) for administration of estate or
trust: advertisement for creditors, etc., 0. 44, r. 5 examination and
adjudication of claims, etc., 0. 44, rr. 6. 7 interest on debts, 0. 44,
r. 9 notice of adjudication, 0. 44, r. 8 master's order, 0. 44, r. 11
appeal from, 0. 44, r. 12 notice of judgment: acknowledgment of
service of, 0. 44, r. 2(3) memorandum indorsed on, 0. 44, r. 2(3)
subpoena for attendance of witness, 0. 32, r. 7 summons, issue of,
0. 32, r. 2 adjournment, 0. 32, r. 4 amendment, 0. 32, r. 2(2)
restoration to list, 0. 32, r. 4(2)

Charging order (0. 50) discharge of, 0. 50, r. 7
enforcement of judgment generally by, 0. 45, r. 1(1)
sale by, 0. 50, r. 9A injunction, may be granted by
master, 0. 50, r. 9 on beneficial interest order nisi, 0.
50, r. 1 order absolute, 0. 50, Y. 3 trustee interests, 0.
50. r. 4 securities, out of court, 0. 50, r. 5

(including funds) in court, 0. 50, r. 6
stop notice, effect of, 0. 50, r. 12 amendment
of, 0. 50, r. 13

Charities Procedures Act
1812

application by Attorney General, 0. 115, r. 4

Charitable Trusts
application,

by Attorney General under Charities Procedure Act 1812, 0. 115, r. 4
hearing of, in chambers, 0. 115, r. 1
may be made by Attorney General, trustees, interested persons or two or more
inhabitants, 0. 115, r. 3
to be made by summons, 0. 115, r. 1





Chattels, delivery up of. See
Detinue and see Interpleader

Christmas Vacation
exclusion of, 0. 3, r.
3

collision
between ships. See Admiralty proceedings
on land, discovery of documents in actions arising out of, 0. 24, r. 2(2)

Commencement of
proceedings mode of, 0.
5, r. 1

Commissioners for oaths (0. 115)
appointment of, 0. 115, r. 1 authority to
administer oaths, 0. 115, r. 2

Committal (0. 52) for contempt of court, 0. 52, rr. 1-9 application for
leave, 0. 52, r. 2 discharge of person committed, 0. 52, r. 8 form, 0.
52, r. 1 hearing in private, 0. 52, r. 6 powers of court, 0. 52, rr. 3-9
suspension of order, 0. 52, r. 7 for non-compliance with order
fordiscovery or production of documents, 0. 24, r. 16 of solicitor, non-
compliance with undertaking, action in rem, 0. 75, r. 9 to enforce
judgment, 0. 45, rr. 1, 3, 4 against officer of body corporate, 0. 45, r.
5 for delivery of goods, discharge of person committed, 0. 52, r. 8

Common knowledge
proof of, 0. 38, r.
3(2)

Companies
acknowledgment of service and notice of intention to defend by solicitor or by person authorized by
defendant, 0. 12, r. 1(2)
address for service, 0. 65, r. 5(2)
committal order against officer of, 0. 45, r. 5
Companies Ordinance, proceedings under. See Companies Ordinance
debenture holders' actions. See Debenture Holders' Actions
firm, proceedings by and against. See Partners
interrogatories, order for, 0. 26, r. 2
proceedings of, bringing by solicitor, 0. 5, r. 6(2)
sequestration, against officer of, 0. 45, r. 5(1)(ii)
service on, 0. 65, r. 2(d)
solicitor, representation by, 0. 5, r. 6(2), 0. 12, r. 1(2)
winding-up:
appeal against order, etc., time for, 0. 59, r. 4(1)(b)
R.S.C., applicability of, to proceedings, 0. 1, r. 2(2)
Companies Ordinance, proceedings under (0. 102):
applications, mode of making, 0. 102, rr. 2-5
claims:
adjudication of, 0. 102, r. 13
affidavit as to, 0. 102, r. 12
creditors:
consent of, 0. 102, r, 15
list of, 0. 102, r. 8
objecting, 0. 102, r. 14
inquiry as to debts, 0. 102, rr. 8-16
petition:
advertisement of, 0. 102, r. 11
application by, 0. 102, r. 5
time for hearing, 0. 102, r. 16
shares at a discount, order sanctioning, 0. 102, r. 17
summons for directions, 0. 102, r. 7
title of proceedings, 0. 102, r. 6(2)











Compromise. See Construction proceedings; Disability, person under

Concurrent writ See Writ of summons

Conditional sale agreements, actions arising from. See under Hire-purchase agreements

Consolidation of proceedings, 0. 4, r. 9

Construction proceedings

approval of compromise, 0. 15, r. 13(4)
beginning of proceedings, 0. 5, rr. 1-6
unascertainable persons, 0. 15, r. 13 judgment
binding on, 0. 15, r. 13(4)

Consul
taking of evidence before, 0. 39, r. 2(2)

Contempt of court

appeals and applications: to Court of Appeal. See Court
of Appeal committal for (0. 52), 0. 52, rr. 1-9 form of order,
0. 52, r. 1 other punishments, 0. 52, r. 9 release of appellant
pending appeal, 0. 59, r. 20

Contract

action in respect of, service of writ: in pursuance of, 0. 10, r. 3 on agent
of oversea principal, 0. 10, r. 2 breach of, proceedings to be begun by
writ, 0. 5, r. 2 construction of, commencement of proceedings, 0. 5, r. 4(2)
joinder of parties jointly liable under, 0. 15, r. 4(3)

Contribution

claim of, by defendant: against other
party, 0. 16, r. 8 third party, 0. 16, r. 1 offer
of.. effect on costs, 0. 62, r. 5 non-
disclosure, 0. 16, r. 10

Convictions

evidence, as, 0. 18, r. 7A matters to be pleaded,
0. 18, r. 7A contesting, when 0. 18, r. 7A(3)

Copyright Act 1956

case stated under s. 30, 0. 93, r. 14

Corporations
address for service, 0. 65, r. 5(2)(d)
committal order against officer of, 0. 45, r. 5(1)(iii)
interrogatories, order for, 0. 26, r. 2
proceedings of, bringing by director or solicitor, 0. 5, r. 6(2)
acknowledgment of service and notice of intention to defend by solicitor or by person authorized by
defendant, 0. 12, r. 1(2)
sequestration, against officer of, 0. 45, r. 5(1)(ii)
service on, 0. 10, r. 1(7), 0. 65, r. 3

Costs (0. 62) amendment of documents, 0. 20, r. 8 writ or
pleadings, 0. 20, r. 5 appeal cases, 0. 62, r. 4(2), (3)
application for summary judgment, 0. 14, r. 7





Costs (0. 62)--continued
assessment of costs:
discretionary costs, 0- 62, r. 32, First Sch., Pt. 11, para. 1
of solicitor payable by own client, 0. 62, r. 29
payable by infant plaintiff, etc., 0. 62, r. 30
on common fund basis, 0. 62, r. 28
party and party basis, 0. 62, r. 28
scale of costs, 0. 62, r. 32, 0. 62, r. 32, First Second Schs.
bill of costs, solicitor's, 0. 62, r. 25
comprised in account, taxation of, 0. 62, r. 19
filing of, 0. 62, r. 21
delay in, 0. 62, r. 22
claim for debt or liquidated demand, 0. 62, r. 9(3)
contribution, effect of offer of, 0. 62, r. 5
creditor proving claim, 0. 62, r. 3(9)
delay in proceeding, 0. 62, r. 7
disallowance of costs:
arising from misconduct or neglect, 0. 62, r. 7
for acting unreasonably, 0. 62, r. 6
unnecessary attendance on taxation, 0. 62, r. 27(1)
discontinuance, etc., 0. 21, r. 3
discontinued action, 0. 62, r. 10(3)
discretion of court, 0. 62, r. 3(2), (3)
matters to be taken into account, 0. 62, r. 5
restriction of discretion, 0. 62, r. 6
discretionary costs, 0. 62, r. 32, First Sch., Pt. 11, para. 1
dismissed summons to set aside proceedings, 0. 62, r. 11
entitlement to costs, 0. 62, rr. 3-11
arising from misconduct or neglect, 0. 62, r. 7
following the event, 0. 62, r. 3
to fractional or gross sum in lieu of taxation, 0. 62, r. 9
taxed costs, 0. 62, r. 9(4)
extension of time, 0. 62, r. 3(5)
fixed costs, 0. 62, r. 32, Second Sch.
of creditor proving claim against estate, 0. 62, r. 3(8), (9)
garnishee proceedings, 0. 49, r. 10
infant plaintiff, 0. 62, r. 30
interpleader proceedings, 0. 17, r. 8
judgment for, in default of appearance, 0. 13, r. 6(2)
without trial, fixed costs on, 0. 62, r. 32, Second Sch.
litigant in person, 0. 62, r. 28A
misconduct, 0. 62, r. 7
mortgagee, 0. 62, r. 6(2)
neglect, 0. 62, r. 7
offer of contribution, effect of, 0. 62, r. 5
payment of, forthwith, 0. 62, r. 4(1)
payment into court, effect of, 0. 62, r. 5
personal representative, 0. 62, rr. 6(2), 31
plaintiff under disability, 0. 62, r. 30
probate in solemn form, 0. 62, r. 6(1)
proving fact or document not admitted, 0. 62, rr. 3(6), (7), 7
review-
by judge, 0. 62, r. 3 5
taxing master, 0. 62, r. 34
scale of costs, 0. 62, r. 32, First Second Schs.
security for costs, 0. 23, rr. 1-3
simultaneous trials, 0. 4, r. 9
solicitor's-
costs order for taxation. See Legal Practitioners Ordinance, (Cap.
159)
payable by own client, 0. 62, r. 29
infant plaintiff, etc., 0. 62, r. 30
liability for, 0. 62, r. 8
taxation of costs:
adjournment of taxation proceedings, 0. 62, r. 26






assessment of costs on. See 'assessment of costs' above
by taxing master, 0. 62, r. 9(2)
commencement of proceedings for, 0. 62, r. 21
comprised in account, 0. 62, r. 19
deposit of papers and vouchers, 0. 62, r. 23
disallowance of unnecessary attendance, 0. 62, r. 27(1)





9(3) extension of time, 0. 62, r. 16 interim
certificates, 0. 62, r. 17 notice of
appointment, 0. 62, r. 21 of party liable to
pay costs, 0. 62, r. 18 powers of taxing
officers, 0. 62, rr. 12-19 certain judicial
clerks, 0. 62, r. 13 costs payable out of
fund, 0. 62, rr. 27, 29 without order, 0. 62,
r. 11 time for dealing with costs, 0. 62, r. 4
trustee, 0. 62, rr. 6(2), 31 writ of fi. fa.,
separate, for costs, 0. 62, r. 3(2)

counsel
allowance of fees of counsel, 0. 62, r. 32, First Sch., Pt. para. 2
Counterclaim (0. 15) (see also Pleadings; Service)
against additional party, 0. 15, r. 3
acknowledgment of service of.
judgment, etc., in default, 0. 15, r. 3(5), (6)
adding party to title of action, 0. 15, r. 3(2)
joining of party, 0. 15, r. 4
notice to be indorsed on copy for service, 0. 15, r. 3(6)
right of party to defend, 0. 15, r. 3(5)
against plaintiff, 0- 15, r. 2
addition of, to defence, 0. 15, r. 2
joinder of causes, 0. 15, r, 1
proceeding with after judgment, etc., 0. 15, r, 2(3)
Crown proceedings, 0. 77, r. 6
discontinuance of, 0. 21, r. 2(2)(b)
dismissal on failure to take out summons for directions, 0. 25, r. 1(4)
to give information, etc., 0. 25, r. 6(3)
effect on third party proceedings, 0. 16, r. 11
matters to be pleaded, 0. 18, r. 18
originating summons action, 0. 28, r. 7
payment into court, with, acceptance of..
effect on costs, 0. 62, r. 3
stay of proceedings, 0. 22, r. 3(5)
separate trial of, 0. 15, r. 5
stay of execution pending trial of action, 0. 14, r. 3(2)
proceedings on acceptance of money paid into court, 0. 22, r. 3(5)
striking out of, 0. 15, r. 5, 0. 18, r. 19
after death of party, 0. 15, r- 9
summary judgment on, 0. 14, r. 5

Court
documents

use of, in evidence, 0. 38, r. 10

Court expert (0. 40)

accident cases, 0. 38, r. 37 appointment of, 0.
40, r. 1 cross-examination of, 0. 40, r. 4
evidence of, expert, 0. 38, r. 35 et seq,
statement contained in, 0. 38, r. 41 experiments
and tests, 0. 40, r. 3 limitation of expert
evidence, 0. 38, r. 4 medical evidence, 0. 38, r.
37 non-medical evidence, 0. 38, r. 38
remuneration, 0. 40, r. 5 report of, 0. 40, r. 2
another party, use of in evidence, 0. 38, r. 42
time for putting in evidence, 0. 38, r. 43 fee for,
0. 40, r. 5(1) setting question for, 0. 40, r. 1(3)
statement in, evidence by, 0. 38, r. 41 witnesses,
expert, 0. 38, r. 35 et seq. number of, 0. 38, r. 4





Court of Appeal (0. 59, 0. 61)
appeals to,
against decree nisi, 0. 59, r. 16
contempt of court cases, 0. 59, r. 20
documents to be lodged, 0. 59, r. 9
evidence on appeal, 0. 59, r. 12
admission of additional evidence, 0. 59, r. 10(2)
from District Court, 0. 59, r. 19
in interpleader proceedings, 0. 58, r. 7
Registrar, 0. 58, r. 1
tribunals, 0. 61, rr. 2, 3
from tribunal,
by case stated, 0. 61, r. 2
other than by case stated on point of law, 0. 60A, rr. 1-6
impounding documents, custody and inspection of, 0. 59, r. 10(7), (8)
interest on Supreme Court judgment pending, 0. 59, r. 13(2)
new trial, order for, 0. 59, r. 11
notice of appeal, 0. 59, r. 3
against decree nisi, 0. 59, r. 16
amendment, 0. 59, r. 7
service:
contempt of court cases, 0. 59, r. 20
District Court appeals, 0. 59, r. 19
directions as to, 0. 59, r. 8
extension of time, 0. 59, r. 15
payment into court, non-disclosure of to, 0. 59, r. 12A
respondent's notice, 0. 59, r. 6
amendment, 0. 59, r. 7
direction as to service, 0. 59, r. 8
setting down appeal, 0. 59, r. 5
against decree nisi, 0. 59, r. 16
from District Court, 0. 59, r. 19
stay of execution pending, 0. 59, r. 13
time for appealing, 0. 59, r. 4
against decree nisi, 0. 59, r. 16
extension of time for, 0. 59, r. 15
from District Court, 0. 59, r. 19
application to, 0. 59, r. 14
for new trial, 0. 59, r. 2
to set aside trial and verdict, 0. 59, r. 2
judgments and orders of, 0. 59, r. 10(3)
powers of, 0. 59, rr. 10, 11
as to new trials, 0. 59, r. 11
free copies, 0. 68, r. 4

Crown privilege, 0. 77, r.
12

Crown proceedings (0.
77)

certificate of order against Crown, 0. 77, r. 15 for costs, 0.
77, r. 15 claim, indorsement of, 0. 77, r. 3 further and better
particulars of, 0. 77, r. 3(2) counterclaim, 0. 77, r. 6
discovery, 0. 77, r. 12 Crown privilege, 0. 77, r. 12(2)
evidence, taking of, 0. 77, r. 14 execution against Crown, 0.
77, rr. 15, 16 in rem actions against Crown, 0. 75, r. 1, 0.
77, rr. 1, 18 interpleader, application for order barring
Crown, 0. 77, r. 11 interrogatories, 0. 77, r. 12 judgment in
default by Crown, 0. 77, r. 9 money payable by Crown:
attachment, 0. 77, r. 16 payment to receiver, sequestrator,
etc., 0. 77, r. 16 perpetuation of testimony, 0. 77, r. 14
possession of land, proceedings for, 0. 1, r. 6 postal packet,
proceedings concerning, 0. 77, r. 17 service on Crown, 0. 77,
r. 4 set-off, 0. 77, r. 6 summary judgment, 0. 77, r. 7











Crown proceedings (0. 77)-continued third party proceedings:
default by Crown, 0. 77, r. 9 third party notice, against
Crown, 0. 77, r. 10

Crown Solicitor

conduct of accounts and inquiries by, 0. 43, r. 7

D-age to property

proceedings to he begun by writ, 0. 5, r. 2

Damages
exemplary, pleading of, 0. 18, r. 8(3)
personal injuries, provisional, 0. 37, rr. 7, 8, 9, 10
provisional, pleading, 0. 18, r. 8(3)
variation by Court of Appeal of sum awarded, 0. 59, r. 11(4)
and see Assessment of damages; Unliquidated damages
Death
claim in respect of, mode of beginning proceedings, 0. 5, r. 2
of party. See Party
person entitled to fund in court, 0. 22, r. 11
representation of interested deceased person, 0. 15, r. 15

Debenture holders' actions (0. 87)

evidence of transfer of debenture or stock, 0. 87, r. 4 payment by Registrar, 0.
87, r. 6 proceedings in chambers under judgment. See under Chambers proof
of title, holder of bearer debenture, 0. 87, r. 5 receiver's register, 0. 87, r. 1
rectification, 0. 87, r. 3

Debt (see also Liquidated demand) attachment of See
Garnishee proceedings imprisonment for, 0. 49B,
r. I B interest on debt of deceased, 0. 44, r. 9

Declaration of right, 0. 15, r. 16

Deeds
construction of, beginning of proceedings for, 0. 5, r. 4
enrolment, 0. 63, r. 10
settling by court, directions as to, 0. 44, r. 3

Defamation actions (0. 82)

evidence in mitigation of damages, 0. 82, r. 7 indorsement of
writ, 0. 82, r. 2 interrogatories, 0. 82, r. 6 offer of amends,
fulfilment, 0. 82, r. 8 form of application, 0. 82, r. 8(2) particulars
to be given, 0. 82, r. 3 payment into court by some of defendants,
acceptance of, 0. 82, r. 4 disclosure of, 0. 82, r. 5 statement in
open court, 0. 82, r. 5

Defence (see also Pleadings)
joinder of issue on, 0. 18, r. 14
judgment in default. See under Judgment
jus tertii, plea of, 0. 15, r. 1 0A
leave to defend on application for summary judgment, 0. 14, r. 4
directions, 0. 14, r. 6
of set-off 0. 18, rr. 17, 18
tender, 0. 18, r. 16
payment out of court of money paid with, 0. 22, r. 4





Defence (see also Pleadings)-continued striking out: on
failure to answer interrogatories, 0. 26, r. 6(1) to
give discovery, 0. 24, r. 16(1) time for service, 0.
18, r. 2 to counterclaim, 0. 18, r. 18 service of, 0.
18, r. 3 under Merchant Shipping Acts, 0. 18, r. 22
withdrawal of, 0. 21, r. 2(2)

Defendant (see also Party) acceptance of service by
solicitor, 0. 10, r. 1(4) in person: acknowledgment of
service, 0. 12, r. 3 defence of action by, 0. 12, r. 1(1)
overseas, service of writ on agent, 0. 10, r. 2
representative capacity, indorsement on writ, 0. 6, r.
3 within the jurisdiction, service of writ, 0. 10, r. 1(2)

Definition of terms, 0. 1, rr.
3, 4

Delay in proceeding costs occasioned by,
0. 62, r. 7 notice of intention to
proceed, 0. 3, r. 6

Delivery of goods (see also Writ of delivery)
enforcement of judgment for, means of, 0. 45, r.
4 order limiting time for, 0. 45, r. 5(3)

Denial
by joinder of issue, 0. 18, r. 14
pleading, 0. 18, r. 13

Deposition, evidence by. See
Evidence

Detinue
enforcement of judgment, means of, 0. 45, r. 4
judgment:
in default of defence, 0. 19, r. 4
on failure to give notice of intention to defend, 0. 13, r.
3
order to deliver up chattels, 0. 14, r. 9
summary judgment, 0. 14, r. 9

Directions in admiralty actions. See Admiralty
proceedings particular proceedings, 0. 72, r. 8
on hearing of originating summons, 0. 28, r. 4
interlocutory applications, 0. 29, r. 7 summons
for. See Summons for directions

Disability, person under (0. 80) (see also
Minors) approval of court to settlement, etc., 0.
80, Y. 11 change of party on death, etc., 0. 80, r.
7 compromise by, 0. 80, r. 10 discovery by, 0.
80, r. 9 guardian ad litem, proceeding by, 0. 80, r.
2 appointment of, 0. 80, r. 3 in probate action,
0. 80, r. 3 where service not acknowledged, 0. 80,
r. 6 representation by solicitor, 0. 80, r. 2(3)
interrogatories by, 0. 80, r. 9 meaning of, 0. 80,
r. 1 money recovered by, control of, 0. 80, r. 12
next friend, proceeding by, 0. 80, r. 2
appointment of, 0. 80, r. 3 in probate action, 0.
80, r. 3 representation by solicitor, 0. 80, r. 2(3)





Disability, person under (0. 80) (see also Minors)--continued
payment into court: acceptance of, by, 0. 80, r. 12 transfer to
District Court, 0. 80, r. 12(3) payment out of court to, 0. 22,
r. 4 pleading of, admissions not to be implied, 0. 80, r. 8
probate action: appointment of next friend or guardian ad
litem, 0. 80, r. 3 service shall not be acknowledged, 0. 80, r. 3
writ, issue of, 0. 80, r. 3 service on, 0. 80, r. 16 settlement by,
0. 80, r. 11

Discontinuance (0. 21) effect of, 0. 21 r. 4 of
action etc., 0. 21, rr. 2, 3 costs of, 0. 21, r. 5
counterclaim, 0. 21, rr. 2, 3 proceeding with
counterclaim after, 0. 15, r. 2(3) stay of subsequent
action until costs paid, 0. 21, r. 5

Discovery of documents (0.
24)

by person under disability, 0. 80, r. 9 Crown
proceedings, 0. 77, r. 12 determination of issue before,
0. 24, r. 4 dispensing with, 0. 24, r. 1(2) failure to give
discovery, 0. 24, r. 16 in action for recovery of
penalty, 0. 24, r. 2(3) collision cases, 0. 24, r. 2(2)
limitation of, 0. 24, r. 2(5), (6) list of documents:
affidavit verifying. 0. 24, r. 2(7) by Crown, 0. 77, r.
12(3) form of, 0. 24, r. 5(3) form of, 0. 24, r. 5
service, 0. 24, r. 2(7) mutual discovery, 0. 24, r. 1
Crown proceedings, 0. 77, r. 12(1) non-disclosure on
ground of public interest, 0. 24, r. 15 order for, 0. 24,
r. 3 for discovery of particular document, 0. 24, r. 7
for provision of copies of documents, 0. 24, r. 11 A
privilege from production, 0. 24, r. 5(2) to co-
defendant, etc., 0. 24, r. 6 use of document, 0. 24, r.
14A without order, 0. 24, r. 2 Crown proceedings, 0.
77, r. 12(1)

Dismissal of
action

after decision of preliminary issue, 0. 33, r. 7 for
want of prosecution, 0. 34, r. 2(2) originating
summons action, 0. 28, r. 10 in default of. answer
to interrogatories, 0. 26, r. 6(1) discovery, etc., 0.
24, r. 16(1) service of statement of claim, 0. 19,
r. 1 setting down, 0. 34, r. 2(2) summons for
directions, etc., 0. 25, r. 1(4), (5) on failure to
give information, etc., 0. 25, r. 6(3) on striking
out of pleading, etc., 0. 18, r. 19 proceeding with
counterclaim after, 0. 15, r. 2(3) taxation of costs
without order, 0. 62, r. 11

Distribution of
fund

before all entitled persons ascertained, 0. 43, r. 8

District Court, transfer of proceedings from
(0. 78)

acknowledgment of service, 0. 78, r.
3 notice of intention to defend,
judgment on, 0. 78, r. 4





District Court, transfer of proceedings from (0. 78)-continued
Registrar, duties of, 0. 78, r. 2 summary judgment, 0. 78, r. 5 summons
for directions, 0. 78, r. 5

Divorce. See Matrimonial proceedings

Documents (see also Court documents, and under name of particular document) admission.
See Admission amendment of, 0. 20, rr. 1-11 bundle of, treatment as one exhibit, 0. 35, r.
11(4) copies offor other party, 0. 66, r. 3 indorsement of, 0. 66, r. 4 deposit in court, 0. 63, r.
5 discovery. See Discovery of documents documentary evidence. See Evidence exhibited
to affidavit, 0. 41, r. 11 impounded documents, 0. 35, r. 13 by Court of Appeal, 0. 59. r.
10(7), (8) indorsement as to amendment, 0. 20, r. 10(2) inspection. See Inspection of
documents irregularity in, setting aside for, 0. 21, r. 2 lodging, on appeal to Court of
Appeal, 0. 59, r. 9 under order of court, 0. 63, r. 5 notice to admit, 0. 27, r. 5 and see under
Admission notice to produce at trial, 0. 27, r. 5(4) printed, etc. documents, 0. 66, r. 2
production of.. at trial, 0. 38, r. 3(2) before Registrar on assessment of damages, 0. 37, r. 1(3)
in marine insurance action, 0. 72, r. 10 on entry of judgment, 0. 42, r. 5 summons for
directions, 0. 25, r. 6 taxation of costs, 0. 62, r. 14 original in chambers, 0. 32, r. 21
otherwise than at trial, 0. 38, r. 13 to court, 0. 24, r. 12 examiner, 0. 39, r. 4 proof of
document not admitted, costs of, 0. 62, r. 3(7) quality of paper, 0. 66, r. 1 service of. See
Service

Easter Vacation

exclusion of, 0. 3, r. 3

Enforcement of judgments (0. 45) (see also Charging orders; Committal; Execution; Garnishee proceedings;
Possession of land; Receiver; Sequestration; Writ of delivery; Writ of fieri facias)
against firm, 0. 81, r. 5
judgment debtor residing abroad, 0. 71, r. 7
by and against person not a party, 0. 45, r. 9
in action between partners, 0. 81, r, 6
possession action against several defendants, 0. 13, r. 4(5)
mandatory order, injunction, etc.:
doing act at expense of disobedient party, 0. 45, r. 8
indorsement of order, 0. 45, r. 7(4)
means of, 0. 45, r. 5
order fixing time, 0. 45, r. 6
service of copy order, 0. 45, r. 7
means of, 0. 45, rr. 1-7
of foreign court. See Foreign proceedings
order for sale, 0. 47, r. 6
possession of land, 0. 13, r. 4
stay of execution for matter occurring after judgment, 0. 45, r. 11

Enrolment of deeds, etc., 0. 63, r. 10





Evidence (0. 38, 0. 39) admission of statements in documents, order
for, 0. 25, r. 4 before Court of Appeal, 0. 59, rr. 10, 12 books of
account, 0. 43, r. 3(2) by affidavit. See Affidavit commission, order
for examination of witnesses, etc., 0. 70, r. 2 deposition:

taking of before examiner of court, etc., 0. 39, rr. 1- 15 before
judge as examiner (Admiralty proceedings), 0. 75, r. 30 before
special examiner, British consul, etc., 0. 39, r. 2 use of, at trial,
0. 38, r. 9 oral examination, 0. 38, r. 1 production of
documents, etc., 0. 38, r. 3(2)

copy documents, etc., 0. 38, r. 3(2)

newspaper, 0. 38, r. 3(2)
statement on oath of information or belief, 0. 38, r. 3(2)
court documents, 0. 38, r. 10
documentary evidence:
proceedings in chambers, papers for use of court, 0. 32, r. 21
production. See Documents
exhibits:
custody after trial, 0. 35, r. 12
listing, numbering, etc., 0. 35, Y. 11
expert, 0. 38, r. 35, 0. 40, r. 1 See also COURT EXPERT.
appointment of Court, 0. 40, r. 1
disclosure of part of, 0. 38, r. 39
limitation of, 0. 38, r. 4
medical, 0. 38, r. 37
meeting of, 0. 38, r. 38
non-medical, 0. 38, r. 38
number of witnesses, 0. 38, r. 4, 0. 40, r. 1
other, 0. 38, r. 38
report of. See also COURT EXPERT.
another party, disclosed by, used in, 0. 38, r. 42
direction for disclosure of, 0. 38, r. 37
time for putting in, 0. 38, r. 43
restrictions on adducing, 0. 38, r. 36
statement, contained in, 0. 38, r, 41
facts, common knowledge, of, 0. 318, r. 3
for foreign court, obtaining of. See Foreign proceedings
hearsay,
Admiralty, 0. 75, r. 32
trial as a short cause, 0. 75, r. 31
determining questions on giving, 0. 38, rr. 3, 27, 28
jurisdiction of the court, 0. 38, r:. 33
statements 1 evidence,

adducing evidence as to credibility of maker, 0. 38, r. 30

document, contained in, 0! 38, r.
23 made in previous ious proceedings,
directions! with respect to, 0. 38, r. 28
made orally summons to admit, 0. 38,
r. 23 notice of intention to give, 0. 38,
r. 21 computers produced by, 0. 38, r.
24

contents of notice, 0. 38, r. 24 counter-notice, 0. 38, r. 26
credibility of witness to be attacked, where, 0. 38, rr. 26, 30
previous legal proceedings, 0. 38, rr. 26, 28 risk as to costs, 0.
38, r. 32 service of, 0. 38, r. 26 credibility of maker, affecting,
0. 38, r. 30 inconsistent statements, 0. 38, r. 31

contenls of notice, 0. 38, r.
22 orally, made, 0. 38, rr. 21,
22 out of court 0. 38, r. 21







contents of notice, 0. 38, r. 22 previous
legal proceedings, 0. 38, rr. 21, 28 records,
contained in, 0. 38, r. 21

contents of notice, 0. 38, r.
23 opinion, of 0. 38, r. 34





Evidence (0. 38,0.39)--continued hearsay-continued out of
court, attacking credibility of maker, 0. 38, r. 30 power of
the court to allow, 0. 38, r. 29 discretion, exercising, 0. 38,
r. 29 transcript, in criminal proceedings, evidence, of, 0.
38, rr. 22, 23, 24 witness, person as a, counternotice
requiring, 0. 38, r. 26 determining whether, should be
called, 0. 38, r. 27 reasons for not calling, 0. 38, r. 25 in
Admiralty proceedings, further provisions with respect to,
in open court, 0. 38, r. 1 manner of giving, of particular
fact, 0. 38, r. 3 revocation or variation of order as to, 0.
38, r. 6 of particular fact, 0. 38, r. 3 of witness out of
jurisdiction, taking of, 0. 39, rr. 2, 3 order of adducing, at
trial, 0. 35, r. 7 originating summons procedure, 0. 28, r.
4(3), (4) plans, etc., limitation as to, 0. 38, r. 5 recording
of. See Recording of proceedings taking of, in Crown
proceedings, 0. 77, r. 14 transcript of. See Recording of
proceedings trustee's written consent to act, 0. 38, r. 11
use of, in subsequent proceedings, 0. 38, r. 12 witness
statement, exchange of, 0. 38, r. 2A

Examination of judgment debtor, etc. (0. 48), 0. 48,
rr. 1-3

Examiner of the
Court

forms of summons and order for, 0. 39, r. 2 cross-
examination of court expert before, 0. 40, r. 4
order for payment, 0. 39, r. 14 special report, 0.
39, r. 13 taking of evidence before, 0. 39, rr. 1- 11

Exchange of
land

by order of court, 0. 3 1, r. 4

Execution (see also Delivery of goods; Enforcement of judgments; Interpleader, Possession of
land; Sequestration; Writ of fieri facias) of judgment against third party, 0. 16, r. 7 of
judgment for money by imprisonment (0. 49B), 0. 49B, rr. 1-7 stay of, on default judgment, 0. 13,
r. 8 pending trial of counterclaim, 0. 14, r. 3(2) writs of (0. 46), 0. 46, rr. 1-9

Executor. See also Personal representative accounts, order for, 0. 85, r.
5(2) execution of trust under direction of court. See Administration
of estates representation of beneficiary by, 0. 15, r. 14

Exhibits. See also Affidavit
custody of, after trial, 0. 35. r. 12
listing, numbering, etc., 0. 3 5, r.
11

Experiments and
tests

by court expert, 0. 40, r. 3

Expert (see also Court expert) assistance of, in
chambers, 0. 32, r. 16 cost of, 0. 62, r. 32, First Sch.,
Pt. H, para. 4 expert witness: calling of, where court
expert appointed, 0. 40, r. 6 limitation as to, 0. 38, r.
4





Extension of time. ,ee under Time; Costs; Writ,
etc.

Fatal Accidents
Ordinance

control of money ecovered, 0. 80, rr. 12,
13 costs, taxation of, D. 62, r. 30(2)
payment into court: 1:

apportionment of money, 0. 80, r. 15

notice of, 0. 22, r.
3 out of court 0. 22, r.
4

Filing. See under mime of particular document

Folio

defined, 0. 1, r. 4

Foreclosure. See Mortgage actions

Foreign country. See Foreign proceedings; Service out of the
jurisdiction

Foreign proceedings
evidence for foreign court, etc., obtaining of (0. 70), 0. 70, rr. 2-5
.certification of deposition, etc., 0. 70, r. 5
claim to priviege 0. 70, r. 6
manner of taking examination, 0. 70, r. 4
application for r order, 0. 70, r. 2
by Crown Solicitor. 0. 70, r. 3
foreign judgments registration and enforcement of (0. 71), 0. 71, rr. 2-13
execution, del delermination of questions as to, 0. 7 1, r. 11
setting aside registration, 0. 7 1, r. 9
writ of fieri facias to enforce, 0. 45, r. 12, 0. 71
merchant shipping (Liner Conferences) Act 1982
recommendations, enforcement of, 0. 71, rr. 41-44
service of foreign process (0. 69), 0. 69, rr. 1-4

Forfeiture (see Possession of
land)

Forms
list of prescribed forms, see list after 0. 115
use of, 0. 1, r. 9
Fraud
allegation of, proceedings to begin by writ, 0. 5, r. 2
Funds in court
application for payment, investment, etc., in, 0. 92, r. 5
charging order on, 0. 50, r. 6
investment, 0 22 r 13
stop order as to, 50, r. 10
to credit of judgment debtor, 0. 49, r. 9

Garnishee proceedings (0. 49), 0. 49, rr. 1
10 against firm, 0. 81 r. 7 claims of third
persons 0. 49, r. 6 costs, 0. 49, r. 10
determination of 1 issues in dispute, 0. 49, rr.
5, 6 discharge of garnshee 0. 49, r. 8 dispute
of liability by garnishee, 0. 49, r. 5
enforcement of judgment by, 0. 45, r. 1







v#

takin
g

fixed costs, 0. 62, r. 32, Second Sch. and item 2 in Pt. 111
thereof money in court to credit of judgment debtor, 0. 49, r. 9
order absolute, 0 49, r. 1 enforcement A, 0. 49, r. 4(2) form
of, 0. 4 rr. 1, 4 order to show cause application for 0. 49, r. 2
form of order 0. 49, r. 1 service and effect of order, 0. 49, r. 3





General
Holiday

exclusion of, 0. 3, r. 2(5)
time expiring on, 0. 3, r.
4

Goods (see also Delivery of goods; Detinue;
Interpleader) assessment of value after judgment,
0. 37, r. 5 sale under execution, 0. 47, r. 7

Government department. See Crown
proceedings

Guardian ad litem. See Disability, person
under

Habeas corpus, writs of (0.
54)

ad respondendum: application for, 0. 54, r.
9 form of, 0. 54, r. 10 ad subjiciendum:
application for, 0. 54, rr. 1, 2 notice of
motion, 0. 54, r. 2 form, 0. 54, r. 2 form
of writ and notice, 0. 54, rr. 6, 10 hearing
of, 0. 54, r. 8 return to writ, 0. 54, r. 7
directions as to, 0. 54, r. 5 service of writ
and notice, 0. 54, r. 6 ad testificandurn:
application for, 0. 54, r. 9 form of, 0. 54,
r. 10

Hire-purchase agreements, actions arising
from: judgment in default, 0. 84A, r. 3
statement of claim, 0. 84A, r. 2

Husband and wife (0. 89)
action between,
tort, in, 0. 89, r. 2
judgment in default of appearance or defence, 0. 89, r. 2(3)
property,
determination of questions of, s. 6 of Cap. 182, 0. 89, r. 1

Imprisonment for debt (0.
49B)

application for discharge by prisoner, 0. 49B, r. 6
duration, 0. 49B, r. 1(2) effect of discharge, 0. 49B,
r. 7 enforcement, 0. 49B, r. 1 examination of
debtor, 0. 49B, r. 1A imprisonment not to satisfy
debt, 0. 49B, r. I C judgment creditor, meaning of,
0. 49B, r. 8 power of court following examination,
0. 49B, r. 1B prohibition order, 0. 49B, rr. 1, 1B
removal to hospital, 0. 49B, r. 3 support and
maintenance, 0. 49B, r. 2

Indemnity, claim of against
other party, 0. 16, r. 8
against third party, 0. 16, r. 1

Inferior
Court

issue of subpoena in aid of, 0. 38, r. 19
and see under Magistrates? Court







Injunction

application for, 0. 29, r. 1 directions as to further proceedings, 0.
29, r. 7 joined with application for receiver, 0. 30, r. 1
disobedient party, act to be done at expense of, 0. 45, r. 8
enforcement of, 0. 45, rr. 5-9 powers of Registrar, 0. 32, r. 11
restraining person from acting in office, application for, 0. 53, r.
1





Inquiries (0. 43) application for, 0. 43, r. 1 delay in prosecution
of, 0. 43, r. 7 directions as to, 0. 43, r. 3 distribution of fund
pending, 0. 43, r. 8 evidence at, 0. 38, r. 8 making of, at
direction of court, 0. 43, r. 2 by other party or Crown
Solicitor, 0. 43, r. 7(2) numbering of, 0. 43, r. 2(2) proceedings
in chambers under judgment. See under Chambers

Inspection (see also Inspection of
documents) by judge or jury 0. 3 5, r. 8

Inspection of documents (0. 24) Admiralty
proceedings, 0. 75, r. 46 failure to give inspection,
0. 24, r. 16 impounded documents, 0. 35, r. 13 of
documents referred to in list, 0. 24, r. 9 in pleadings
and affidavits, 0. 24, r. 10 order for production for,
0. 24, rr. 12-14 non-compliance with, 0. 24, r. 16
of business books, 0. 24, r. 14 to Court, 0. 24, r. 8
withholding on ground of public interest, 0. 24, r. 15

Inspection of property
under ss. 42 and 44(1) of the Supreme Court Ordinance, 0. 29, r. 7A
Interest
on Supreme Court judgment pending appeal, 0. 59, r. 13(2)
liquidated demand, rate of, accruing after date of writ, 0. 13, r. 1(2)
money due from receiver, 0. 30, r. 6

Interim
payment

action, discontinuance of, 0. 29, r. 17 application for, 0.
29, r. 10 directions, summons for, 0. 29, r. 14 summons
by, 0. 29, r. 10 damages, actions for, 0. 29, r. 11
definition of, 0. 29, r. 9 directions on, 0. 29, r. 14
discontinuance of action, 0. 29, r. 17 land, actions for
possession, 0. 29, r. 12 manner of payment, 0. 29, r. 13
non-disclosure of, 0. 29, r. 15 order for, 0. 29, rr. 11, 12
discharge of, 0. 29, r. 17 varying, 0. 29, r. 17 personal
injury actions, adjustment, final, 0. 29, r. 17 admiralty
action, 0. 75, r. 24 application for, 0. 29, r. 10 affidavit
in support, 0. 29, r. 10 directions thereafter, 0. 29, r. 14
joined with, judgment on admissions, 0. 29, r. 11
assessment of damages, 0. 29, r. 11 counterclaim, interim
order on, 0. 29, r. 18 order for, instalments, 0. 29, r. 13
interim payment, 0. 29, r. 13 payment into court after,
0. 29, r. 16 summons for directions, 0. 29, r. 14
summons, applications by, 0. 29, r. 10 service of, 0. 29,
r. 10 possession of land actions, 0. 29, r. 12 application
for, directions on, 0. 29, r. 14





Interim payment-continued
counterclaim, in respect of, 0. 29, r. 18
order for, 0. 29, r. 12
payment into court, 0. 29, r. 16
periodic payment, 0. 29, r. 13
summons for directions, 0. 29, r. 14
summons,
application by, 0. 29, r. 10
service of, 0. 29, r. 10

Interlocutory applications (0. 29) 0. 29, rr. 1-17
application for receiver, 0. 30, r. 1
directions as to further proceedings, 0. 29, r. 7
time for making, 0. 25, r. 7
and See under Applications; Chambers; Summons

Interlocutory judgment. See Judgment

Interlocutory order (see also Order)
appeal against. See Appeals; Court of Appeal
time for, 0. 59, r. 4
service out of the jurisdiction, 0. 11, r. 9

Interpleader (0. 17)
relief by way of, 0. 17, rr. 1-11
appeal from judge, 0. 58, r. 7
application for order against Crown, 0. 77, r. 11

Interrogatories (0. 26), 0. 26, rr. 1-8
application for, 0. 26, r. 1
by person under disability, 0. 80, r. 9
Crown proceedings, 0. 77, r. 12
failure to comply with order, 0. 26, r. 6
insufficient answer, 0. 26, r. 5
objection to answer on ground of privilege, 0. 26, r. 4
order for service on officer, etc., of body of persons, 0. 26, r. 2
party, etc., required to answer, statement as to, 0. 26, r. 3
revocation and variation of orders, 0. 26, r. 8
use of answers at trial, 0. 26, r. 7

Irregularity in proceedings
setting aside for, 0. 2, r. 2

Joinder of party. See Party

Judge
in chambers:
appeal to, 0. 58, r. 1
inspection by, or jury, 0. 35, r. 8
naming of, in order, 0. 42, r. 1(3)
trial mode of, 0. 33, r. 2

Judgment (0. 42)
after death of party, 0. 35, r. 9
form of, 0. 42, r. 1
trial of preliminary issue, form of, 0. 33, r. 7, 0. 42, r. 1
against a State, 0. 13, r. 7A
against Crown, satisfaction, etc., 0. 77, r. 15
personal representative, form of, 0. 42, r. 1
acknowledgment of service, after, 0. 12, r. 6
amendment of clerical mistakes, etc., 0. 20, r. 11
arrest and attachment before, 0. 44A, rr. 1-12
assessment of damages after. See Assessment of damages
certificate of, against Crown, 0. 77, r. 15
conditional judgment;






execution, 0. 46, r. 4
waiver, 0. 45, r. 10





Judgment (0. 42)-continued
consent, 0. 42, r. 5A
costs on discontinuance, form of judgment for, 0. 62, r. 10(1)
after acceptance of money in court, form of, 0. 62, r. 10(2),
(3)
date of effect 0. 42, r. 3
dating of, 0. 42, r. 3
declaratory judgment,. 0. 15, r. 16
delivery of, 0. 42, r. 5B
directions on, 0. 44, r. 3
drawing up and entry:
documents to be produced, 0. 42, r. 5
in Admiralty proceedings, 0. 75, r. 45
enforcement of. See Enforcement of judgments- Execution
filing of, 0. 42, r. 5
for disposal of matter in chambers, 0. 32, r. 19
foreign judgment. See Foreign proceedings
form of, 0. 42, r. 1
given in absence of party at trial, setting aside, 0. 35, r. 2
in default of
acknowledgment of service of
writ in action in rem, 0. 75, r. 21
counterclaim, 0. 15, r. 3
notice of intention to defend
against Crown, 0. 77, r. 9
third party, 0. 16, r. 5
in claim for
detention of goods, 0. 13, r. 3
liquidated demand, 0. 13, r. 1
fixed costs, 0. 62, r. 32, Second Sch.
mixed claims, 0. 13, r. 5
possession of land, 0. 13, r. 4
unliquidated damages, 0. 13, r. 2
hire purchase action, 0. 84A, rr. 1-3
money lenders' actions, 0. 83A, rr. 1-5
mortgage actions, 0. 88, r. 7 1
proof of service of writ required before, 0. 13, r. 7
forms of, 0. 13, rr. 1-4, 0. 19, rr. 2-5, 0. 42, r. 1
setting aside of, 0. 13, r. 9
in default of defence, 0. 195 rr. 2-7
against Crown, 0. 77, r. 9
third party, 0. 16, r. 5
form of, 0. 13, rr. 1-4, 0. 19, rr 2-5, 0. 42, r. 1
in action in rem, 0. 75, r. 21
claim for-
detinue, 0. 19, r. 4
liquidated demand, 0. 19, r. 2
fixed costs, 0. 62, r. 32, Second Sch.
mixed claims, 0. 19, r. 6
possession of land, 0. 19, r. 5
unliquidated damages, 0. 19, r. 3
hire purchase action, 0. 84, r.! 3
money lenders' actions, 0. 83A, r. 4
mortgage actions, 0. 88, r. 7
indorsement as to service, need for, 0. 10, r. 1(4)
motion for, on setting down, 0. 19, r. 7
setting aside, 0. 19, r. 9
to counterclaim, 0. 19, r. 8
in default of undertaking, action in rem, 0. 75, r. 21
mandatory judgment:
specification of time for doing act, 0. 42, r. 2
order fixing time, 0. 45, r. 6
matters occurring after, stay of execution, 0. 45, r. 11
notice of. See under Chambers
numbering of directions, 0. 43, r. 2(2)






official shorthand note all evidence of, 0. 68, r. 1
on admissions of fact, 0. 26, r. 3
application for third party directions, 0. 16, r. 4
failure to discovery, etc., 0. 24, r. 16
answer interrogatories, 0. 26, r. 6
striking out of pleading, etc., 0. 18, r. 19





Judgment (0. 42)--
continued

proceedings under. See under Chambers recording of. See
Recording of proceedings representative proceedings. See
Representative proceedings setting aside, after trial. See Setting
aside summary judgment (0. 14), 0. 14, rr. 1-11 appeal against.
See Court of Appeal time for, 0. 59, r. 4 application for, 0. 14,
r. 1 directions, 0. 14, r. 6 dismissal of, with costs, 0. 14, r. 7 in
action for specific performance, 0. 86, r. 1 manner of making,
0. 14, r. 2 on counterclaim, 0. 14, r. 5 Crown proceedings, 0.
77, r. 7 fixed costs, 0. 62, r. 32, Second Sch. for delivery up of
chattels, 0. 14, r. 9 possession of land, relief against forfeiture,
0. 14, r. 10 form of judgment, 0. 14, r. 3, 0. 42, r. 1 right to
proceed with residue of action, etc., 0. 14, r. 8 setting aside, 0.
14, r. 11 action for specific performance, 0. 86, r. 7 specific
performance, in action for, 0. 86, rr. 1-8 stay of execution, 0.
14, r. 3(2) trial, master by, 0. 14, r. 6 third party proceedings:
between defendant and third party, 0. 16, r. 7 default of third
party, 0. 16, r. 5 waiver of, 0. 45, r. 10

Judgment creditor stop order on funds in
court, 0. 50, r. 10

Judicial
clerk

certificate of, 0. 35, r, 10
list of exhibits, 0. 35, r.
11

Judicial Review
affidavit
service of motion, of 0. 53, r. 5
support, in, 0. 53, r. 6
application, 0. 53, rr. 1, 3, 5
cross examination, 0. 53, r. 8
delay making, 0. 53, r. 4
discovery, 0. 53, r. 8
exparte, for leave, 0. 53, r. 3
hearing, 0. 53, r. 9
interrogatories, 0. 53, r. 8
mode of, 0. 53, r. 3
motion, form of, App. A, Form No. 86
opposition to, right to be heard, 0. 53, r. 9
originating motion, by, 0. 53, r. 5
statements,
support, in, 0. 53, r. 6
sufficient interest, by persons with, 0. 53, r. 3(7)
vacation, during, 0. 53, r. 3(2)
applying for, mode of, 0. 53, r. 5
cases appropriate for application for, 0. 53, r. 1
Certiorari, by, 0. 53, r. 1
consolidation of applications, 0. 53, r. 12
costs, 0. 53, r. 3
security for, 0. 53, r. 3
'Court', definition of, 0. 53, r. 14
cross examination, 0. 53, r. 8
damages, claim for, 0. 53, r. 7
declaration, 0. 53, r. 1
delay in applying, 0. 53, r. 4
discovery, 0. 53,1 r. 8
grant of leave to apply for, 0. 53, r. 3
hearing of application for, 0. 53, r. 9





Judicial Review-continued injunction by, 0. 53, r. 1
interlocutory applications, 0. 53, r. 8 interrogatories, 0. 53,
r. 8 joinder of claims for relief, 0. 53, r. 2 Judge in Chambers,
appeal from order of, 0. 53, r. 13 ex parte application for
leave, 0. 53, r. 3(2), (8) full application for, 0. 53, r. 5
originating summons, application by, 0. 53, r. 5 renewal
after refusal by, 0. 53, r. 3(8) setting and order of, 0. 53, r. 13
vacation, application during, 0. 53, rr. 3, 5

Jury
inspection by, 0. 35, r. 8
trial of action with, 0. 33, rr. 2, 5
Land
charging order on, 0. 50, r. 1
recovery of. See Possession of land
sale, mortgage, exchange, etc. See Sale of land by the court
trespass to, see Possession of land

Landlord and tenant. See Possession of land

Law Amendment and Reform (Consolidation) Ordinance, (Cap. 23)

joinder of action: payment into court, 0. 22, r. 1 out of court, 0. 22, r. 4 money paid into
court under Fatal Accidents Ordinance, etc., 0. 80, r. 15

Law Society
appeals from Disciplinary Committee, 0. 106, r. 11

Legal Aid Ordinance, (Cap. 91)

payment out of court, 0. 22, r. 10

Legal Practitioners Ordinance, (Cap. 159), 0. 106, rr. 1-17 appeal from
disciplinary committee, 0. 106, r. 11 constitution of Court of Appeal, 0. 106, r.
11 disciplinary committee's opinion, direction for, 0. 106, r. 15
discontinuance, 0. 106, r. 17 Law Society, production of documents by, 0.
106, r. 13 notice of motion, 0. 106, r. 12 persons entitled to be heard, 0. 106, r.
16 security for costs, 0. 106, r. 14 cash account, order for, 0. 106, r. 3 control
of solicitor's property, 0. 106, r. 3 service of originating summonses, etc., 0.
106, r. 12 Part IV; jurisdiction under, 0. 106, r. 2 service of documents on
Law Society, etc., 0. 106, r. 10

Letter of request evidence of witness out of jurisdiction, 0. 39, rr.
2, 3 form of, 0. 39, r. 3

Letters of administration. See Administration of estates

Libel, actions for. See Defamation actions

Limitation actions
under Merchant Shipping Acts. See Admiralty proceedings

Limitation Ordinance (Cap. 347)

application for direction under, 0. 32, r. 8A





Liquidated demand (see also Debt) indorsement of writ in respect of, 0. 6, r. 2 judgment
for, on failure to give notice of intention to defend, 0. 13, r. 1 default of defence, 0. 19,
r. 2 rate of interest, 0. 13, r. 1(2)

Lists
directions as to, 0. 34, r. 4
noting of abatement, change of interest, etc. of party, 0. 34, r. 9
originating summons action, 0. 28, r. 11

Long vacation

exclusion of, 0. 3, r. 3 service of
pleadings in, 0. 18, r. 5

Magistrates' Court

appeals from: by case stated. See Case
stated

Mandamus See Judicial review

Mandatory judgment or order. See Judgment; Orders

Marine insurance actions. See Commercial actions

Masters of Supreme Court

appeal from, 0. 58, rr. 1, 2 and 7 arbitration proceedings,
jurisdiction under, 0. 73, r. 3(1) as taxing masters, 0. 62, r. 1
assessment of damages by, 0. 37, r. 1 injunction granting, 0. 32, r.
11, 0. 50, r. 9 inquiry by, 0. 36, r. 11 jurisdiction of, 0. 32, r. 11
meaning of, 0. 1, r. 4 notes of, 0. 32, r. 22 practice master, 0. 63, r. 2
trial by, 0. 36 interpleader issue, 0. 17 Order 14, under, 0. 14, r. 6(2)

Matrimonial proceedings

appeal againstdecree nisi, 0. 59, r. 16
change of solicitor, etc., 0. 67, r. 7 R.S.C.,
applicability of, 0. 1, r. 2(2)

Mechanical recording. See Recording of proceedings

Mental Health Ordinance, (Cap. 136)

applications under s. 69, 0. 32, r. 9

Mental patient proceedings by or against. See Disability, person
under and see Mental Health Ordinance, (Cap. 136)

Merchant, Shipping Act 1894

applications and interpretation under, 0. 75, r. 1 apportionment of
salvage. See Admiralty proceedings defence under, 0. 18, r. 22
limitation action under. See Admiralty proceedings

Minors, proceedings concerning (0. 90) (see also Disability, persons under) costs,
taxation of, 0. 62, r. 30 guardians accounts, 0. 90, r. 8 guardianship applications,
hearing of, 0. 90, r. 7 guardianship proceedings, removal from District Court, 0. 90, r.
10





Minors, proceedings concerning (0. 90) (see also Disability, persons under)--
continued Matrimonial Causes Rules, application of, 0. 90, r. 11 ward of court,
application to make minor a, 0. 90, r. 3 bailiff to enforce order, 0. 90, r. 3A
hearing of application, 0. 90, r. 4B minor ceases to be, 0. 90, r. 4

Models admissibility in evidence, 0.
38, r. 5

Money paid into court. See Payment into
court

Money lenders' Actions (0. 83A)
indorsement of writ, 0. 83A, r. 2
judgment in default of notice of intention to defend or of defence, application for, 0. 83A, r.
4
originating summons, 0. 83A, r. 5
statement of claim, 0. 83A, r. 3

Month, meaning of, 0. 3, r. 1

Mortgage actions (0.
88)

charging order, enforcement by sale, 0. 88, r. 5A judgment in
default, writ action, 0. 88, r. 6 meaning of, 0. 88, r. 1(3)
originating summons action: action for possession or
payment: affidavit in support of summons, 0. 88, r. SA
failure by defendant to acknowledge service, 0. 88, r. 4
documents to be lodged, 0. 88, r. 4 redemption action,
foreclosure in, 0. 88, r. 7

Mortgage of land

by order of court, 0. 31, r. 4

Mortgagee
costs of, 0. 62, r. (2)
stop order on funds in court, 0. 50, r. 10
Motion
affidavit evidence on, 0. 38, r. 2(3)
beginning proceedings by, 0. 5, r. 5
exparte, 0. 8, r. 2
notice of motion. See Notice of motion
in admiralty action. See Admiralty proceedings
originating motion:
appeal to Supreme Court by. See Appeals
for statement of case. See Case stated
refusal of
taxation of costs without order, 0. 62, r. 11

New trial application for. See Court of
Appeal order for, on hearing of appeal, 0.
59, r. 11

Newspaper (see also Advertisement) production of, to
prove common knowledge, 0. 38, r. 3(2)

Next Friend. See Disability, person
under

Next of kin

administration of estate for, 0. 15, r.
3 ascertainment of, 0. 85, r. 3
representation of, 0. 15, 3







Non-compliance with Rules, effect of, 0. 2, r.
1





Notice
of acceptance of money paid into court, 0. 22, r. 3
intention to proceed, after year's delay, 0. 3, r. 6
judgment or order. See under Chambers
motion, etc. See Notice of motion
payment into court, 0. 22, rr. 1, 2
oral notice, when permitted, 0. 66, r. 2(5)
service out of the jurisdiction, 0. 11, r. 4
to admit. See Admission
produce. See Documents

Notice of motion (0. 8) (see also Motion)
adjournment of, 0. 8, r. 5 application by, 0. 8, r. 1
form and issue of, 0. 8, r. 3 issue of, 0. 8, r. 3
originating motion: amendment of, 0. 20, r. 7 form,
0. 8, r. 3 indorsement as to solicitor and address, 0.
6, r. 5 service ofmanner of, 0. 8, r. 4 tin; time for, 0.
8, r. 4 and see under Service

oaths
commissioners for oaths, 0. 114, r. 1
officers empowered to administer oaths, 0. 32, r. 8, 0. 114, r. 2

Official shorthand note. See Recording of
proceedings

Orders (0. 42)

against Crown, satisfaction, etc., 0. 77, r.
15 certificate of, against Crown, 0. 77, r.
15(2) clerical mistakes in, 0. 20, r. 11
conditional order; execution, 0. 46, r. 2
waiver, 0. 45, r. 10 consent, 0. 42, r. 5A
date of effect, 0. 42, r. 3 dating of, 0. 42, r.
3(2) directions on, 0. 44, r. 3 drawing up:

documents to be produced, 0. 42, r. 5 in admiralty
proceedings, 0. 75, r. 45 enforcement of. See
Enforcement of judgments exparte, setting aside, 0.
32, r. 6 for disposal of matter in chambers, 0. 32, r. 19
given in absence of party at trial, setting aside, 0. 35, r.
2 mandatory order: specification of time for doing act,
0. 42, r. 2

order fixing time, 0. 45, r. 6

matters occurring after, stay of execution, 0. 45, r. 11
naming of judge, 0. 42, r. 1(3)
notice of. See under Chambers
numbering of directions, 0. 43, rr. 2(2), 4(2)
of certiorari. See Judicial review
mandamus. See Judicial review
prohibition. See Judicial review
on admissions of fact, 0. 27, r. 3
privy council of, application to make under of High Court, 0. 32, r. 10
proceedings under. See under Chambers
sealing of, 0. 42, r. 5(6)
setting aside-
exparte order, 0. 32, r. 6
for irregularity, 0. 2, r. 2
order of judge in chambers granting or refusing application for leave or judicial review, 0. 53, r. 13
waiver of, 0. 45, r. 10





Ordinance. See under title of particular
Ordinance construction of. See Construction
Proceedings

Originating motion application by notice.
See Notice of motion affidavit evidence
on, 0. 38, r. 2(3) exparte, 0. 8, r. 2

Originating summons (0. 7, 0. 28, 0. 113)
abatement, etc., of action, 0. 28, r. 11
acknowledging service. See Acknowledgment of Service
affidavit evidence on, 0. 38, r. 2(3)
amendment of, 0. 20, r. 7
applications affecting party in default of acknowledgment of service, 0. 28, r. 6
commencement of proceedings by, 0. 5, r. 3
concurrent summons, 0. 7, r. 4
contents of, 0. 7, r. 3
continuation of proceedings as if begun by writ, 0. 28, r. 8
counterclaim by defendant, 0. 28, r. 7
defined, 0. 1, r. 4
delay in proceeding, 0. 28, r. 10
duration of, 0. 7, r. 6
exparte summons, 0. 7, r. 7
affidavit in support, 0. 28, r. 3(4)
form of, 0. 7, r. 2
form of, 0. 7, r. 2, 0. 113, r. 2
hearing of.
adjournment, 0. 28, r. 5
appointment for, 0. 28, r. 2
directions, etc., by court, 0. 28, r. 4
evidence:
by affidavit, 0. 28, r. 4
oral, 0. 28, r. 4(3)
notice of, 0. 28, r. 3
order for, 0. 28, r. 9
in mortgage action. See Mortgage actions
indorsement:
as to capacity, 0. 6, r. 3, 0. 7, r. 3(2)
solicitor and address, 0. 6, r. 5, 0. 7, r. 3(2)
issue of, 0. 7, r. 5
money lender's action, 0. 83A, r. 5
parties, description of, 0. 7, r. 2
possession of land, summary proceedings for, 0. 113, rr. 1-8
proceedings in chambers, 0. 32, r. 9
re-issue of amended summons, 0. 20, r. 10
renewal of, 0. 7, r. 6
resealing on amendment, 0. 20, r. 110
service. See under Service
striking out, etc., 0. 18, r. 19(3)

Particular proceedings (0.
72)

control of actions by judge, 0. 72, r. 2(3) directions, 0. 72, r. 8
entry of, in list, 0. 72, r. 4 after action begun, 0. 72, r. 5
marine insurance actions: order for production of documents,
0. 72, r. 10 pleadings, 0. 72, r. 7 removal from list, 0.72, r. 6
service out of jurisdiction, application for, 0. 72, r. 4(2), (3),
(4) transfer of action to list, 0. 72, r. 5

Partition of
land

by order of court, 0. 31, r, 4







Partners (0. 81) actions by and against firms, 0.
8 1, r. 1 begun by originating summons, ~0. 8
1, r. 8 acknowledgment of service by, 0. 81, r.
4





Partners (0. 81)-continued attachment of debts, 0. 81, r. 7
charging order on partner's interest, 0. 8 1, r. 10
enforcement of judgment or orderagainst firm, 0. 8 1,
r. 5 in action between partners, 0. 8 1, r. 6 garnishee
proceedings against, 0. 81, r. 7 names of, disclosure, 0.
8 1, r. 2 service of writ, on, 0. 81, r. 3 deeming of date
of service, 0. 81, r. 3(2) proof of service, contents of
affidavit, 0. 81, r. 3(2)

Party (see also Defendant; Plaintiff; Third Party)
address for service, 0. 65, r. 5(2)
after removal of solicitor, 0. 67, r. 7
administration, etc., actions, to, 0. 85, r. 3
amendment of name or capacity, 0. 20, r. 5(3), (4)
order on summons for directions, 0. 25, r. 2
change of..
on application by person under disability, 0. 80, r. 7
death or bankruptcy, 0. 15, r. 7
order arising from misjoinder or non-joinder, 0. 15, r. 6
transfer of interest or liability, 0. 15, r. 7(2)
prior to execution, 0. 46, r. 2
death of
before judgment, 0. 35, r. 9
change of parties, 0. 15, r. 7
application by person under disability, 0. 80, r. 7
prior to execution, 0. 46, r. 2
striking out action after, 0. 15, r. 9
description of, in originating summons, 0. 7, r. 2(2)
drawing up judgment or order, 0. 42, r. 5
estates, proceedings against, 0. 15, r. 6A
in person:
notice of intention to act, 0. 67, r. 4
responsibility for accuracy of copy document, 0. 66, r. 4(3)
interest or liability devolving on other party, 0. 34, r. 9
certification and entry in list, 0. 34, r. 9
originating summons action, 0. 28, r. 11
joinder of, 0. 15, r. 4
against whom counterclaim made, 0. 15, r. 3
jointly liable under contract, 0. 15, r. 4(3)
person not joined, 0. 15, r. 6
acknowledgment of service, 0. 15, r. 8(3)
separate trial, 0. 15, r. 5
judgment for, after death, 0. 35, r. 9
misjoinder of, 0. 15, r. 6
non-joinder of, 0. 15, r. 6
partners, proceedings by or against. See Partners
representation of
by different party, on taxation, 0. 62, r. 14
person with same interest, 0. 15, r. 12
right of, to defend counterclaim, 0. 15, r. 3
trustees, etc., as representative of beneficiary, 0. 15, r. 14
under disability. See Disability, person under

Patents Acts 1949 to 1961 and 1977, proceedings under
(0. 103) appeals from tribunal. See Court of Appeal
infringement action: admissibility of evidence, 0. 103, r. 24
admissions, 0. 103, r. 25 beginning by writ, 0. 5, r. 2
particulars of pleading, 0. 103, r. 19 amendment, 0. 103, r.
22 further or better particulars, 0. 103, r. 23 setting down,
0. 103, r. 26(4) summons for directions, 0. 103, r. 26
rectification of register, 0. 103, r. 29 scientific adviser,
appointment of, 0. 103, r. 27





Payment into court (0. 22)
acceptance of, 0. 22, r. 3
by person under disability, 0. 22, r. 4, 0. 80, r. 12
judgment for costs after, form, 0. 62, r. 10(2), (3)
notice of, 0. 22, r. 3
stay of proceedings on, 0. 22, r. 3(4), (5)
time for, 0. 22, r. 3
as to secured property, order for, 0. 29, r. 6
by receiver, 0. 30, r. 5
trustee, 0. 92, r. 2
death of person entitled to, 0. 22, r. 11
during trial, 0. 22, r. 3(2)
effect of, on costs, 0. 62, r. 5
enforcement of judgment or order for. See Enforcement of judgments
hospital expenses, payment of, 0. 22, r. 12
in satisfaction of counterclaim, 0. 22, r. 6
interim payment, 0. 29, rr. 9-17. See also Interim Payment
lien, payment as to property subject to, 0. 29, r. 6
non-disclosure of, 0. 22, r. 7
to Court of Appeal, 0. 59, r. 12A
notice of.
amendment or withdrawal of, 0. 22, r. 1(3)
by defendant who has counterclaimed, 0. 22, r. 2
forms, 0. 22, rr. 1, 2
of fund in dispute, 0. 29, r. 6
two causes of action, 0. 22, r. 3
under Trustee Ordinance, (Cap. 29), 0. 92, r. 2
within time limited for acknowledging service, 0. 6, r. 2
written offer 'without prejudice save as to costs', 0. 22, r. 14

Payment out of court (0.
22)

money paid into courtunder order, 0. 22, r. 8
money remaining in court, 0. 22, r. 5 to credit
of judgment debtor, 0, 49, r. 9 person to whom
payment to be made, 0. 22, r. 10 small intestate
estates, 0. 22, r. 11 to Director of Legal Aid, 0.
22, r. 10 party entitled, 0. 22, r. 10 solicitor, 0.
22, r. 10 when order required, 0. 22, r. 4 where
entitled party legally aided, 0. 22, r. 10

Penalty
action to recover, discovery of documents in, 0. 24, r. 2(3)

Perishable
property

sale of, 0. 29, r. 4

Performing Right
Tribunal

cases stated by, 0. 93, r. 3, 0. 61

Perpetuation of
testimony

commencement of action for, 0. 39, r.
15 against Crown, 0. 77, r. 14

Personal injury
claims

automatic directions, 0. 25, rr. 1(2), 8






proceedings to he begun by writ, 0. 5, r. 2

Personal representative (see also Administration of estates;
Executor) costs of, 0. 62, rr. 6, 28 disallowance of costs, 0. 62,
rr. 28(5), 31(2) form of judgment against, for liquidated sum, 0.
42, r. 1 right of, to sue in person, 0. 5, r. 6 verification of
claims against estate, 0. 44, rr. 6, 7





Petition (0. 9)

affidavit evidence on, 0. 38, r. 2(3) amendment of, 0. 20, r.
7 beginning proceedings by, 0. 5, r. 5 contents, 0. 9, r. 2
costs on dismissal, 0. 62, r. 11 indorsement as to solicitor
and address, 0. 6, r. 5, 0. 9, r. 2(3) presentation, 0. 9, r. 3
service of, 0. 9, r. 4(2)

and see Service striking! out,
etc., 0. 18, r. 19(3) time for
hearing, 0. 9, r. 4(1)

Photographs

admissibility in evidence, 0. 38, r. 5

Plaintiff (see also Party) plaintiff in person: address
for service, 0. 6, r. 5(1)(b) right to sue, 0. 5, r. 6
representative capacity, indorsement of writ, 0. 6, r.
3

Plans
admissibility in evidence, 0. 38, r. 5

Pleadings (0. 18) (see also Counterclaim; Defence, Reply to defence;
Statement of claim) admission of allegations in, 0. 18, r. 13 .amendment of, 0.
18, r. 19, 0. 20, r. 3 by agreement, 0. 20, r. 12 order on summons for directions,
0. 25, r. 3 to plead alternative, 0. 18, r. 10 and see Amendment convictions as
evidence in civil proceedings, 0. 18, r. 7A denial by opposite party, 0. 18, r. 7A(3)
close of,O. 18, r. 20 defined, 10. 1, r. 4 denial of allegations in, 0. 18, r. 13 facts, 0.
18, r. 7 filing of,; 0. 18, r. 5A formal requirements, 0. 18, r. 6 in collision actions,
0. 75, r. 20

Commercial actions, 0. 72, r. 7

joinder of issue on, 0. 18, r. 14
long vacation, service, etc., in, 0. 3, r. 3, 0. 18, r. 5
matters to be pleaded, 0. 18, r. 8
of person under disability. See Disability, person under
particulars of, 0. 18, r. 12
payment into court not to be disclosed by, 0. 22, r. 7
service:
amended pleadings, 0. 20, rr. 3, 4, 5
and see Service
signing of, 0. 18, r. 6(5)
striking out, 0. 18, r. 19
on summons for directions, 0. 25, r. 6(3)
subsequent to reply to defence, etc., 0. 18, r. 4
trial without, 0. 18, r. 21

Point of law. See Question of
law

Possession of land (see also Mortgage actions) action for:
against Crown, 0. 1, r. 6 defence to claim for, 0. 18, r. 8(2)
interim payments application for, 0. 29, r. 10 Counterclaim,
interim payment in respect of, 0. 29, r. 18 directions
thereafter, 0. 29, r. 14 order for, 0. 29, r. 11





Possession of land (see also Mortgage actions)--continued
action for-continued
judgment on failure to give notice of intention to defend, 0. 13, r. 4
in default of defence, 0. 19, r. 5
person in possession, adding as defendant, 0. 15, r. 10
service by, of copy order on plaintiff, 0. 15, r. 10(3)
service of writ, 0. 10, r. 4
summary judgment, relief against forfeiture, 0. 14, r. 10
enforcement of judgment for. See Enforcement of judgments, and 'writ of
possession'
below
summary proceedings for, 0. 113, rr. 1-8
writ of possession:
application for, 0. 46, r. 4
date of issue, 0. 46, r. 6(5)
duration of, 0. 46, r. 8
enforcement of judgment by, 0. 45, r. 3
payment of money, 0. 45, r. 3(4)
form of, 0. 45, r. 12
issue of, 0. 46, r. 2
application for leave, 0. 46, r. 4
expiry of leave, 0. 46, r. 2(3)
praccipe for, 0. 46, r. 6(2), (3)
with leave of court, 0. 45, r. 3, 0. 46, r. 2
praecipe for, 0. 46, r. 6(2), (3)
priority of renewed writs, 0. 46, r. 8(4)
renewal of, 0. 46, r. 8
notice of renewal, 0. 46, r. 8
return by bailiff, 0. 46, r. 9
sealing of, 0. 46, r. 6(1), (4)
service of, 0. 10, r. 4
writs of assistance or restitution, forms of, 0. 46, r. 1

Postal packets

proceedings concerning, 0. 77, r. 17

Powers of attorney index of, 0.
63, r. 8 search, 0. 63, r. 8
inspection, etc., of, 0. 63, r.
8

Preliminary
issues

trial of, 0. 33, r. 3 dismissal of action,
etc. after, 0. 33, r. 7

Prisoner (see also Habeas corpus) bringing
up, to give evidence, 0, 54, r. 9

Privilege (see also Crown privilege) evidence for foreign courts,
etc,, claim to, 0. 70, r. 6 objection to answering interrogatories,
0. 26, r. 4 production of document, 0. 24, r. 5(2), 0. 25, r. 6(4)

Prize courts
R.S.C., applicability of, 0. 1, r. 2(2)
Probate proceedings, contentious (0. 76)
administration pendente lite, 0. 76, r. 14
affidavits in,
filing of, 0. 41, r. 9
scripts of, 0. 76, r. 5
appeal in, 0. 59, r. 1
papers for judges, on, 0. 59, r. 9
commencement of, 0. 76, r. 2






compromise,
infant, on behalf of, 0. 76, r. 12, 0. 80, r. 10
trial on affidavit evidence, 0. 76, r. 12
costs of,
will proved in solemn form, 0. 62, r. 6





Probate proceedings, contentious (0. 76)-continued
counterclaim, 0. 76, r. 8
other proceedings, in, 0. 76, r. 15
default in pleading, 0. 76, r. 10
defence, default of, where, 0. 76, r. 10
denial of defendant's interest, 0. 76, r. 9
discontinuance, 0. 76, r. 11
dismissal of, 0. 76, r. 11
application, 0. 76, r. 11(2)
failure to acknowledge service of writ, 0. 76, r. 6
grant,
lodgment of, 0. 76, r. 4
revocation of, action for, 0. 76, r. 4
parties to, 0. 76, r. 3
guardian ad litem, 0. 80, r. 3
indorsement on writ of summons in, 0. 76, r. 2
contents of, 0. 76, r. 2
interpretation of 'Probate Actions', 0. 76, r. 1(2)
meaning of 0. 76, r. 1
next friend: appointment of, 0. 80, r. 3
notice in,
costs,liability of defendant for, 0. 62, r. 6
to prove will in solemn form, 0. 62, r. 6
particulars in, 0. 76, r. 9
pleadings,
contents of, 0. 76, r. 9
default of, 0. 76, r. 10
probates,
solemn form in, 0. 62, r. 6
registrars,
jurisdiction of, 0. 32, r. 11
scripts,
affidavit of testamentary, 0. 76, r. 5
to bring in, 0. 76, r. 13
service of process, 0. 65, r. 1
out of the jurisdiction, 0. 11, r. 1
substituted service, by, 0. 65, r. 4
settlement on behalf of infant, 0. 76, r. 12, 0. 80, r. 10
statement of claim in,
default in service of, 0. 76, r. 7
interest of defendant disputed. 0. 76, r. 9
service of, 0. 76, r. 7
time for, 0. 76, r. 7
subpoena in, 0. 76, r. 13
to bring in script, 0. 76, r. 13(3), (4), (5)
summonses,
issue and hearing of, 0. 32, rr. 2, 4
service of, 0. 32, r. 3
taxation of costs in. See also Costs
testamentary scripts,
affidavit of, 0. 76, r. 5
undue influence, pleading, 0. 76, r. 9
unsoundness of mind, pleading, 0. 76, r. 9
will,
bring in, order to, 0. 76, r. 13
application for, 0. 76, r. 13
rectification of, 0. 76, r. 16
writ,
form of, 0. 6, r. 1
indorsement of, 0. 76, r. 2
writ of summons, 0. 76, r. 2(1)

Prohibition. See Judicial review

Prohibition order (0.






44A)

application for an order, 0. 44A, r. 2
to discharge, 0. 44A, r. 4 to an
intended action, 0. 44A, r. 1





Prohibition order (0. 44A)-continued making of,
0. 44A, r. 3 on application for examination, 0.
49B, r. 1 on adjournment of examination, 0. 49B,
r. 1A power to award compensation, 0. 44A, r. 5

Property
arrest and sale of, in action in rem. See Admiralty proceedings
income pendente lite, 0. 29, r. 4
injunction restraining dealings, application for, 0. 30, r. 1
inspection, preservation, etc., of property in dispute, 0. 29, r. 2
inspection, etc. of property under ss. 42 and 44(1) of the Supreme Court Ordinance, 0. 29, r.
7A
receiver, application for, 0. 30, r. 1
sale of.
perishable property, 0. 29, r. 4
under direction of court. See under Chambers
subject to lien, etc., recovery of, 0. 29, r. 6
taking samples, 0. 29, r. 3

Question of
law

beginning of proceedings as to, 0. 5, rr. 1-6
reference of, by case stated. See Case stated
trial of, 0. 33, rr. 1-7

Receiver (0. 30) accounts, 0. 30, r. 5 appointment of,
0. 30, r. 1 by way of equitable execution, 0. 51, r. 1
forms, 0. 51, rr. 1, 3 to enforce charge on land, 0.
50, r. 1(4) judgment, 0. 45, r. 3 default by, 0. 30, r.
7 directions to, 0. 30, r. 8 discharge of, 0. 30, r. 7(1)
execution against goods in hands of, 0. 46, r. 2
meaning, 0. 1, r. 4 money due from: interest on, 0.
30, r. 6(2) payment into court, 0. 30, r. 6 payment
to, of money payable by Crown, 0. 77, r. 16 register
of transfers, 0. 87, r. 1 remuneration, 0. 30, r. 3
disallowance, 0. 30, r. 6(2) security to be given by,
0. 30, r. 2 service of order and notice, 0. 30, r. 4

Recording of
proceedings

by official shorthand note, 0. 68, r. 1 in Admiralty
proceedings, 0. 75 mechanical means, 0. 68, r. 8
transcript: definition of, 0. 68, r. 8A for Court of
Appeal, 0. 68, r. 4 free copies, 0. 68, rr. 4, 5 supply
of to party or other person, 0. 68, r. 2(3) for poor
respondent, 0. 68, r. 5 when unnecessary, 0. 68, r.
2(1), (2)

Recovery of land- See Possession of land

Recovery of property. See Property

Registrar affidavit, power to take, 0. 32, r. 8
appeals from to judge in chambes 0. 58, r. 1
assessment etc., of damages by, 0. 37, r. 1
certificate of as to damages, 0. 37, r. 2
definition, 0. 1, r. 4





Registrar-continued evidence at assessment, 0. 38, r.
8 naming of, in order, 0. 42, r. 1(3) oaths, power
to administer, 0. 32, r. 8 powers of, 0. 32, r. 11
proceedings before: liability of solicitor for fees,
0. 62, r. 8(8) reference of matter to judge by, 0.
32, r. 12 reference to, 0. 75, r. 41 hearing of
reference, 0. 75, r. 42 objection to decision on
reference, 0. 75, r. 43

Re~ definition, 0. 1, r. 4 deposit of documents in, 0. 63, r. 5
documents filed in: inspection and copy, 0. 63, r. 4
particulars to be entered in books, 0. 63, r. 3(2) power of
attorney, inspection, etc., 0. 63, r. 8 enrolment of deeds
etc., in, 0. 63, r. 10 issue of notice of motion out of, 0. 8,
r. 3 originating summons out of, 0. 7, r. 5 writ out of, 0. 6,
r. 7 judgments and orders drawing up and entry, etc., 0. 42,
r. 5 receipt of acknowledgment of service by, 0. 12, r. 4

Relator actions authority to use name
in, 0. 15, r. 11

Reply to defence (see also Pleadings) joinder
of issue where no reply, 0. 18, r. 14
service of, 0. 19, r. 3 and see Service

Representative proceedings, 0. 15, r.
12 representation order, 0. 15, r. 15

Rules of the Supreme
Court

application of, 0. 1, r. 2 citation of, 0.
1, r. 1 definitions, 0. 1, r. 4 non-
compliance with, effect of, 0. 2, r. 1

Sale of
goods, under Bills of Sale Ordinance, (Cap. 20), 0. 95, r. 3
land:
actions for specific performance. See Specific performance
by the Court (0. 3 l):
certification of result, 0. 31, r. 3
manner of sale, 0. 3 1, r. 2
order for, 0. 3 1, rr. 1, 4
property:
in action in rem, 0. 75, r, 23
under direction of court. See under Chambers

Salvage. See Admiralty proceedings

Samples
taking, of property in dispute, 0. 29, r. 3

Securities charging order on, 0. 50, r. 1
prohibition of transfer, etc., 0. 50, r. 15 form
of order, 0. 50, r. 15 recovery of property held
as security, 0. 29, r. 6 stop notice as to, 0. 50,
r. 11 form of, 0. 50, r. 11





Security to he furnished by defendant in certain circumstances, (0. 44A),
0. 44A, r. 7

Security for costs (0. 23), 0. 23, rr. 1-
3 of appeal, 0. 59, r. 10(5)

Sequestratio
n

Crown proceedings, 0. 77, r. 16 execution against goods in
hands of sequestrator, 0. 46, r. 2 writ of: application for, 0.
46, r. 5 duration of, 0. 46, r. 8 enforcement of judgment by,
0. 45, rr. 1-4 against officer of body corporate, 0. 45, r. 5
form of, 0. 45, r. 12 issue of, 0. 46, rr. 1-6 application for
leave, 0. 46, r. 5 service and hearing of notice of motion, 0.
46, r. 5 expiry of leave, 0. 46, r. 2(3) praecipe for, 0. 46, r.
6(2) motion for, 0. 46, r. 5 praecipe for, 0. 46, r. 6(2)
priority of renewed writs, 0. 46, r. 8(4) property of person
committed for contempt, 0. 52, r. 8(2) renewal of, 0. 46, r. 8
notice of renewal, 0. 46, r. 8 return by bailiff, 0. 46, r. 9
sealing of, 0. 46, r. 6

Service (0. 10, 0. 65)
acceptance of, by defendant's solicitor, 0. 10, r. 1(4)
address for, of plaintiff, 0. 6, r. 5(2)
Admiralty proceedings, 0. 75, rr. 4, 8, 11
affidavit of, 0. 65, r. 8
after prescribed hours, 0. 65, r. 7
counterclaim, 0. 15, r. 3
notice to be endorsed on, 0. 15, r. 3(6)
time for, 0. 15, r. 3(3)
declaration that writ, etc., not served, 0. 12, r. 8
default of acknowledgment of service, in, 0. 65, r. 9
defence, 0. 18, r. 2
to counterclaim, 0. 18, r. 3
documents (0. 65), 0. 65, rr. 1-10
foreign process, 0. 69, rr. 1-4
in pursuance of contract, 0. 10, r. 3
indorsement of:
by defendant's solicitor, 0. 10, r. 1(4)
Long Vacation, in, 0. 18, r. 5
exclusion from computation of time, 0. 3, r. 3
manner of, 0. 6, rr. 1-10
of documents on bodies corporate, 0. 10, r. 1(7)
recital in judgment, 0. 42, r. 2
notice for assessment of damages by Registrar, 0. 37, r. 1
notice of judgment, 0. 44, r. 3
notice of motion, 0. 8, r. 4, 0. 10, r. 5
appeal to Full Bench, 0. 55, r. 3
Court of Appeal, 0. 59, r. 3
for writ of habeas corpus, 0. 54, r. 2
on agent of overseas principal, 0. 10, r- 2
body corporate, 0. 65, r. 3
Crown:
Crown Proceedings Ordinance, (Cap. 300) cases, 0. 77, r. 4
other proceedings, 0. 65, r. 6
firm, 0. 81, r. 3
partners of firm 0. 81, r. 3
person in default as to acknowledgment of service, 0. 65, r. 9
under disability, 0. 80, r. 16
on foreign State, 0. 11, r. 7
ordinary service, 0. 65, r. 5
original process, 0. 10, r. 1





Service (0. 10, 0. 65)-continued
originating summons, 0. 10, r. 5
for writ of habeas corpus, 0. 54, r. 2
on partners of firm, 0. 8 1, rr. 3, 8
time for, 0. 28, r. 2
out of the judsdiction. See Service out of the jurisdiction
personal service, 0. 10, r. 1(1), 0. 65, r. 2
petition, 0. 9, r. 4, 0. 10, r. 5
proof of, before judgment on failure to give notice of intention to defend, 0. 13, r.
7
reply to defence, 0. 18, r. 3
setting aside of, 0. 12, r. 8
statement of claim, 0. 18, r. 1
subpoena, 0. 38, r. 17
substituted service, 0. 65, r. 4
third party notice, 0. 16, r. 3
warrant of arrest of ship, etc., 0. 75, r. 11
when not required, 0. 65, r. 9
writ:
amended on change, etc., of parties, 0. 15, r. 8
claiming possession of land, 0. 10, r. 4
deemed served, when service is acknowledged, 0. 10, r. 1(5)
habeas corpus, 0. 54, r. 6
in pursuance of contract, 0. 10, r. 3
on partners of firms, 0. 81, r. 3
proof of, before entry of judgment in default. 0. 13, r. 7
scaling of copy of, for service, 0. 10, r. 1(6)
service of, on defendant within jurisdiction, 0. 10, r. 1(2)
deeming of date of service, 0. 10, r. 1(3)
non-service, application by defendant, 0. 12, r. 6^
proof of service, contents of affidavit, 0. 10, r. 1(3)

Service out of the jurisdiction (0.
11)

acceptance of, by defendant's solicitor, 0. 10, r. 1(4), 0. 11, r.
5 address of plaintiff for, 0. 6, r. 5 application for leave, 0.
11, r. 4 certificate of service, 0. 11, r. 5 particular list cases, 0.
72, r. 4 counterclaim, 0. 15, r. 3(5) discharge of order for, 0.
12, r. 8 foreign government, etc., through, 0. 11, r. 6 how
effected, 0. 11, rr. 5-8 in action on contract under Carriage by
Air Act 196 1, 0. 11, r. 7A arbitration proceedings, 0. 73, r. 7
leave of court for, 0. 6, r. 7 particular action, 0. 72, r. 4
notice, 0. 11, r. 9 notice of motion, 0. 11, r. 9 writ, 0. 6, r. 7
form of, 0. 11 order, 0. 11, r. 9 originating summons, 0. 11, r.
9 petition, 0. 11, r. 9 request for service, 0. 11, r. 6 summons,
0. 11, r. 9 when permissible, 0. 11, r. 1 writ for, form of, 0. 6,
r. 1

Set-off Crown proceedings, 0.
77, r. 6

Setting aside acknowledgment of service, 0. 12, r. 3(4) arbitration
award. See Arbitration Ordinance, (Cap. 341) ex parte order,
0. 32, r. 6 for irregularity, 0. 2, r. 2 non-compliance with Rules, 0.
2, r. 1 judgment after trial, 0. 59, r. 2 given in absence of party at
trial, 0. 35, r. 2 on failure to give notice of intention to defend, 0.
13, r. 9 defence, 0. 19, r. 9





Setting aside-continued
order of judge in chambers granting or refusing application for leave or judicial review, 0. 53, r. 13
registration of foreign judgment, 0. 7 1, r. 9
Registry subpoena, 0. 38, r. 19
service of writ, etc., 0. 12, r. 8
summary judgment, 0. 14, r. 1 1
action for specific performance, 0. 86, r. 7
third party notice, 0. 16, r. 4(2)
proceedings, 0. 16, r. 6
verdict, finding or judgment after trial, application for. See Court of Appeal
writ, 0. 12, r. 8

Setting down

action begun by writ (0. 34): list, directions as to, 0. 34,
r. 4 notification of, 0. 34, r. 8 time for, 0. 34, r. 2
admiralty action, 0. 75, r. 26 appeal to Court of
Appeal, 0. 59, r. 5 lodging documents when setting
down, 0. 34, r. 3 on motion for judgment in default of
defence, 0. 19, r. 7 originating summons action, 0. 28,
r. 9

Settlement of action notification of court
by parties, 0. 34, r. 8 and see Disability
person under

Shorthand note. See Recording of proceedings

sitting
Supreme Court, of, 0. 64, r. 1
Court of Appeal, of, 0. 64, r. 2
High Court, of, 0. 64, r. 3
Supreme Court Offices, hours of, 0. 64, r. 7
Slander, actions for. See Defamation actions

Slip rule
correction of judgment or order, 0. 20, r. 11
solicitor
acceptance of service by. 0. 10, r. 1(2)
acknowledgment of service of body corporate by, 0. 12, r. 1(2)
defendant by, 0. 12, r. 1 (1)
address for service, 0. 6, r. 5 two or more defendants by same solicitor, 0. 12, r. 1(4)
affidavit sworn before solicitor of party, 0. 41, r. 8
appointment, notice of, 0. 67, r. 3
body corporate, must sue by, 0. 5, r. 6(2)
change of (0. 67):
notice of, 0. 67, r. 1
committal on failure to give notice as to discovery or production of documents, 0. 24, r. 16(4)
interrogatories, 0. 26, r. 6(4)
non-compliance with undertaking in action in rem, 0. 75, r. 9
costs of'
payable by own client, 0. 62, r. 29
declaration as to issue of writ, etc., 0. 6, r. 5(3)
indorsement of writ, etc., with name and address of, 0. 6, r. 5
liability of, for costs, 0. 62, Y. 8
fees in proceedings before Registrar, 0. 62, r. 8(8)
payment out of court to, 0. 22, r. 10(2)
proceedings relating to. See Legal Practitioners Ordinance, (Cap. 159)
removal from record, 0. 67, r. 5
responsibility for accuracy of copy document, 0. 66, r. 4(3)
right of person to sue by, 0. 5, r. 6(1)
withdrawal of, on ceasing to act, 0. 67, r. 6

Special case. See Case stated





Special referee assessment of damages by, 0.
37, r. 4 inquiry and report by, 0. 36, rr. 1-
5 evidence at inquiry, 0. 38, r. 8 naming
of, in order, powers of, 0. 36, r. 4
reference of question of fact to, 0. 36, r. 1
report by, 0. 36, r. 3 trial of action before,
0. 33, r. 2, 0. 36, r. 4 evidence at, 0. 38, r.
9

Specific delivery. See Writ of
delivery

Specific performance (see also Contract) disobedient
party, act to be done at expense of, 0. 45, r. 8 summary
judgment for (0. 86), 0. 86, rr. 1-8 application for, 0.
86, r. 1 Crown proceedings, 0. 77, r. 7 directions where
leave to defend given, 0. 86, r. 5 dismissal with costs, 0.
86, r. 6 manner of making, 0. 86. r. 2 setting aside
judgment, 0. 86, r. 7

Speeches
order of, at trial, 0. 35, r. 7

Statement of claim (see also
Pleadings) contents of, 0. 18, r. 15
hire-purchase actions, 0. 84A, r. 2
indorsement of, on writ, 0. 6, r. 2
money lender's action, 0. 83A, r. 3
service, default in, 0. 19, r. 1 time
for, 0. 18, r. 1 and see Service

Stay of-
execution, matter occurring after judgment, 0. 45, r. 11
proceedings:
on acceptance of money paid into court, 0. 22, r. 3(4), (5)
claim for relief by way of interpleader, 0. 17, r. 7
delay in prosecution of account or inquiry, 0. 43, r. 7
striking out of pleading, etc., 0. 18, r. 19
pending joinder of parties in action on contract, 0. 15, r. 4(3)
order of prohibition, certiorari, 0. 53, r. 1(2)
proceeding with counterclaim during, 0. 15, r. 2(3)
statement as to, on writ for debt or liquidated demand, 0. 6, r. 2(1)(b)
writ not issued by solicitor named, 0. 6, r. 5(4)
subsequent action until costs of discontinuance etc., paid, 0. 21, r. 5
Stock
registration of transfer. See Debenture holders' actions

Stop orders and notices (0.
50)

funds in court, 0. 50, r. 10
securities not in court, 0. 50, r. 11
form of notice, 0. 50, rr. 10, 11

S~ outaction: abated, 0. 34, r. 9 after death of party, 0.
15, r. 9 in absence of parties at trial, 0. 35, r. 1
amendment of pleading, 0. 20, r. 4 counterclaim, 0. 15,
r. 5(2) in action begun by originating summons, 0. 28,
r. 7 defence, on failure to answer interrogatories, 0. 26,
r. 6 to give discovery, etc., 0. 24, r. 16





8~ out-continued indorsement of writ, 0. 18, r.
19 pleadings, 0. 18, r. 19 on summons for
directions, 0. 25, r. 6(3)

Subpoena amendment of, 0. 38, r. 16 duration of, 0.
38, r. 18 form of, 0. 38, r. 14(1) issue of, 0. 38, r.
14 contents of praecipe, 0. 38, r. 14(5)
proceedings before examiner, 0. 39, r. 4 in
chambers, 0. 32, r. 7 form of, 0. 38, r. 14 Registry
subpoena, 0. 38, Y. 19 service of. See Service to two
or more witnesses, 0. 38, r. 15

Summary judgment. See Judgment; Specific
performance

Summons (see also Jury; Originating summons; Summons for
directions) adjournment, 0. 32, r. 4 affidavit evidence on, 0. 38,
r. 2 amendment, 0. 32, r. 2 dismissal of, taxation of costs without
order, 0. 62, r. 11 issue, 0. 32, r. 2 restoration to list, 0. 32, r. 4(2)
service, 0. 32, r. 3 and see Service; Service out of the
jurisdiction to proceed. See under Chambers withdrawal of, 0. 2 1,
r. 6

Summons for directions (0. 25), 0. 25, rr.
1-7

adjournment, 0. 25, r. 2(7) admiralty short causes,
0. 75, r. 31 admissions and agreements to be
sought, 0. 25, r. 4 restriction as to right of appeal,
0. 25, r. 5 affidavit use at hearing, 0. 25, r. 6
documents to be produced, 0. 25, r. 6 information
to be given, 0. 25, r. 6 interlocutory applications
to be made on, 0. 25, r. 7 matters to be considered,
0. 25, r. 2 order on, recording ofadmissions and
agreements, 0. 25, r. 4 agreement to limit right of
appeal, 0. 25, r. 5 estimate of length of trial, 0. 34,
r. 2(3) list in which action to be put, 0. 34, r. 2(3)
mode of trial, 0. 33, r. 4 standard direction by
consent, 0. 25, r. 9 time for, 0. 25, r. 1(1)

Sunday exclusion of, 0. 3, r.
2(5) time expiring on, 0.
3, r. 4

Supreme Court Ordinance
(Cap. 4)

applications under s. 41 or 42(1), 0. 24, r, 7A inspection,
etc. of property under ss. 42 and 44(1), 0. 29, r. 7A

Taxation of costs. See Costs

Tender
defence of, 0. 18, r. 16
payment out of court on defence of, 0. 22, r. 4

Third Party (0. 16) (see also Party) default of,
0. 16, r. 5 in proceedings against Crown, 0.
77, r. 10





Third Party (0. 16) (see also Party)-
continued directions, 0, 16, r, 4 effect of
counterclaim, 0. 16, r. 11 judgment against,
0. 16, r. 7 in default, 0. 16, r. 5 notice:
acknowledment of service of, 0. 16, r. 3
application for leave to issue, 0. 16, r. 2
form of, 0. 16, r. 1 issue of, 0. 16, r. 2 for
service on Crown, 0. 77, r. 10 service of, 0.
16, r. 3 signed copy, 0. 16, r. 3(4)
withdrawal of claim, 0. 21, r. 3

Time (0. 3) abridgement, 0. 3, r. 5 computation of, 0. 3,
r. 2 exclusion of general holidays, Sundays etc., 0. 3, r.
2(5) extension of, 0. 3, r. 5 costs of. See Costs
'month' defined, 0. 3, r. 1

Title of action

adding name of defendant to counterclaim, 0. 15, r. 3

Tort
proceedings in, to be begun by writ, 0. 5, r. 2

Trade Marks Ordinance, (Cap.
43)

proceedings under, 0. 100, rr. 2, 3

Transcript of evidence, etc. See Recording of
proceedings

Transfer of proceedings
(0. 4) to particular list, 0.
72, r. 5

Trespass. See Possession of land

Trial (0. 33-41)
absence of parties, 0. 35, r. 1
adjournment of, 0. 35, r. 3
answers to interrogatories, use at, 0. 26, r. 7
assessors, with, 0. 33, r. 6
before Registrar. See Registrar
referee. See Special referee
contribution, disclosure of offer of, 0. 16, r. 10
cross-examination at:
of court expert, 0. 40, r. 4
person making affidavit, 0. 38, r. 2
date of trial:
directions as to, 0. 34, r. 4
notification of, 0. 34, r. 8
death of party before judgment, 0. 35, r. 9
early trial, order for, 0. 29, r. 5
evidence at. See Evidence
exhibits, numbering and listing, etc., 0. 35, r. 11
inspection of place or thing by judge or jury, 0. 35, r. 8
judicial clerk's certificate, 0. 35, r. 10
jury, with. See Jury
length of, estimation to be made, 0. 34, r. 2(3)
mode of, 0. 33, r. 2
official shorthand note. See Recording of proceedings
order for trial, in originating summons actions, 0. 28, r. 9
place of, 0. 33, r. 1
payment into court, non-disclosure of, 0. 22, r. 7
preliminary issue rendering trial unnecessary, 0. 33, r. 7











Trial (0. 33-41)-continued

proceedings at, 0. 35, rr. 13 recording of proceedings.
See Recording of proceedings separate trial: in
originating summons action, 0. 28, r. 8 of
counterclaim, 0. 15, r. 5 questions and issues, 0. 33, r. 3
on joinder of causes or parties, 0. 15, r. 5 setting down
for. See Setting down speeches, order of, 0. 35, r. 7
split, offer on liability, 0. 33, r. 4A without pleadings,
0. 18, r. 21

Tribunals (see also under name of particular
tribunal) appeals from. See Appeals case stated by.
See Case stated directions by a master, 0. 79, r. 1
issue of subpoena in aid of, 0. 38, r. 19 transfer of
proceedings (0. 79)

Trustee
accounts, order for, 0. 85, rr. 1-6
administration action. See Administration of estates
consent of new trustee, evidence of, 0. 38, r. 11
costs of, 0. 62, rr. 6, 28
disallowance of costs, 0. 62, rr. 28, 31
party in action for execution of trust, 0. 85, r. 2
power of attorney, inspection, etc., 0. 63, r. 8
representation of beneficiary by, 0. 15, r. 14
right of, to sue in person, 0. 5, r. 6
sale of trust property by, 0. 85, r. 6

Trustee Ordinance, (Cap.
29)

payment into court under s. 62, 0. 92, r.
2 proceedings under, 0. 92, r. 5

Trusts
execution against assets acquired after judgment, 0. 46, r. 2
under direction of court. See under Chambers
variation of, applications for, 0. 93, r. 6

Umpire. See Arbitration

Unliquidated damages
judgment for, on failure to 'M notice of intention to defend, 0. 13, r. 2

in default of defence, 0. 19, r. 3

Vacations

business in, 0. 64, r. 3A
exclusion of, 0. 3, r. 3

Variation of Trusts Ordinance, (Cap.
253)

applications under s. 3, 0. 93, r. 6

Ward of court. See
Infant

Winding up. See
Companies

Withdrawal (0. 21)







of action: by consent, 0. 21, r. 2(4) effect of, 0. 2
1, r. 4 notification of court by parties, 0. 34, r. 8
acknowledgment of service, 0. 21, r. 1 admission as
to fact, 0. 27, r. 2 claim, 0. 21, rr. 2, 3 defence, 0.
21, r. 2(2) notice of payment into court, 0. 22, r. 1
summons, 0. 21, r. 6 stay of subsequent action until
costs paid, 0. 21, r. 5





wit~
attendance of, before Registrar on assessment of damages, 0. 37, r. 1
examination of
before examiner of court, etc., 0. 39, rr. 1-15
form of summons, order, 0. 39, r. 1
perpetuation of testimony, 0. 39, r. 15
proceedings against Crown, 0. 77, r. 14
refusal to attend, be sworn, etc., 0. 39, r. 5
by taxing master, 0. 62, r. 14
for foreign court. See Foreign proceedings
in admiralty proceedings, 0. 75, r. 30
open court, 0. 38, r. 1
out of jurisdiction:
expenses of Chief Secretary, 0. 39, r. 3(6)
letter of request, 0. 39, r. 3
form of summons, order, 0. 39, r. 2
taking of evidence by special examiner, British consul, etc., 0. 39, r. 2
expert witness. See Expert
objections to questions, 0. 39, r. 10
perpetuation of testimony, 0. 39, r. 15
by proceedings against Crown, 0. 77, r. 14
prisoner, bringing up to give evidence, 0. 54, r. 9
subpoena for attendance of. See Subpoena

Writ of
delivery

application for, 0. 46, r. 4 date of issue, 0. 46,
r. 6 enforcement of judgment by, 0. 45, r. 5
expiry of, 0. 46, r. 8 form of, 0. 45, r. 12
issue of, 0. 46, rr. 2-6 application for leave, 0.
46, r. 4 expiry of leave, 0. 46, r. 2(3)
praccipe for, 0. 46, r. 6(2), (3) payment of
money, 0. 45, r. 1 praccipe for, 0. 46, r. 6(2),
(3) priority of renewed writs, 0. 46, r. 8(4)
renewal of, 0. 46, r. 8 notice of renewal, 0.
46, r. 8(3) return by bailiff, 0. 46, r. 9 scaling
of, 0. 46, r. 6 specific delivery: enforcement
of judgment by, 0. 45, r. 4(2) forms of, 0. 45,
r. 12

Writ of execution. See Possession of land; Sequestration; Writ of delivery; Writ of
fieri facias

Writ of fieri facias (0.
47)

against personal representative, form, 0. 45, r.
12 application for, 0. 46, r. 4 duration of, 0. 46,
r. 8 enforcement of judgment by, 0. 45, r. 1
foreign judgment, form, 0. 45, r. 12, 0. 71 forms
of, 0. 45, r. 12 issue of, 0. 46, rr. 2-6
application for leave, 0. 46, r. 4 expiry of leave,
0. 46, r. 2(3) praccipe for, 0. 46, r. 6(2), (3)
praccipe for, 0. 46, r. 6(2) priority of renewed
writs, 0. 46, r. 8(4) renewal of, 0. 46, r. 8 notice
of renewal, 0. 46, r. 8 return by bailiff, 0. 46, r.
9 scaling of, 0. 46, r. 6 stay of execution, 0. 47,
r. 1

Writ of habeas corpus. See Habeas
corpus

Writ of possession. See Possession of
land











Writ of sequestration. See Sequestration

Writ of subpoena. See Subpoena

Writ of summons (0. 6)
acknowledging service. See Acknowledgment of Service
address for service, 0. 6, r. 5
amendment of, 0. 20, rr. 1-11
concurrent writ, issue of, 0. 6, r. 6
validity of, 0. 6, r. 6
duration of, 0. 6, r. 8
form of, 0. 6, r. 1
in action in rem. See Admiralty proceedings
indorsement:
as to address of plaintiff and solicitor, 0. 6, r. 5
amendment, 0. 20, r. 10
claim, 0. 6, r. 2
representative capacity, 0. 6, r. 3
solicitor and address, 0. 6, r. 5
in money lender's action, 0. 83A, r. 2
proceedings against Crown, 0. 77, r. 3
striking out, etc., 0. 18, r. 19
issue of, 0. 6, r. 7
notice of. See Service out of the jurisdiction
proceedings to be begun by, 0. 5, r. 2
re-issue of amended writ, 0. 20, r. 10
renewal of, 0. 6, r. 8
sealing of, 0. 6, r. 7
service. See Service
setting down action begun by, 0. 34, r. 2
signed copy, 0. 6, r. 7(5)
(Cap. 6.) (Cap. 32) (Cap. 10.) (Cap. 179.) (Cap. 290.) (Cap. 189.) (Cap. 1.) (Cap. 4.) (Cap. 1.) (Cap. 1.) (Cap. 149.) App. A. Form 1. App. A. Forms 8, 10, 11. App. A. Forms 13, 38. App. A. Form 14. App. A. Form 15. (1961 c. 27.) (1978 c. 33.) (1961 c. 27.) App. A. Forms 14, 15. App. A. Form 39. App. A. Form 40. App. A. Form 41. App. A. Form 42. (1978 c. 33.) App. A. Form 44. App. A. Form 14. App. A. Form 17. (Cap. 347.) (Cap. 347.) App. A. Forms 14, 15. App. A. Forms 20, 21. App. A. Form 14. (Cap. 377.) App. A. Form 10. (Cap. 8.) (Cap. 281) (Cap. 369) App. A. Form 39. App. A. Form 40. App. A. Form 41. App. A. Form 42. App. A. Form 23. (Cap. 22.) (Cap. 23.) App. A. Form 23. App. A. Form 24. (Cap. 22.) (Cap. 23.) (Cap. 91.) (Cap. 272.) (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) (Cap. 29.) App. A. Form 26. App. A. Form 27. (Cap. 8.) (Cap. 336.) (Cap. 22.) App. A. Form 8. App. A. Form 12. App. A. Form 10. App. A. Form 8. App. A. Form 10. App. A. Forms 8, 10. (Cap. 22.) (Cap. 136.) App. A. Form 10. (Cap. 347.) App. A. Form 48. (Cap. 91.) (Cap. 8.) (Cap. 8.) (Cap. 8.) App. A. Forms 28, 29. (Cap. 8.) (Cap. 8.) App. A. Forms 31, 32. App. A. Forms 33, 34. App. A. Forms 36, 37. App. A. Form 35. App. A. Forms 39-46, 48, 49. (Cap. 159.) App. A. Forms 52, 15. App. A. Form 106. App. C. Form 5. App. A. Forms 53-67. App. A. Form 69. App. A. Form 71. (Cap. 128.) App. A. Forms 72-74. App. A. Forms 73, 74. App. A. Form 53. (Cap. 1.) App. A. Form 102. App. A. Form 103. App. A. Form 104. App. A. Form 105. App. A. Forms 75, 76. App. A. Form 76. App. A. Form 79. App. A. Form 80. App. A. Form 10. App. A. Form 81. App. A. Form 10. App. A. Form 84. App. A. Forms 82, 83. App. A. Form 85. (Cap. 136.) App. A. Form 86A. App. A. Forms 87, 88. App. A. Form 90. App. A. Forms 89, 91, 92. (Cap. 227.) (Cap. 341.) (Cap. 336.) (Cap. 336.) App. A. Form 99. (Cap. 341.) (Cap. 336.) (Cap. 336.) (Cap. 91.) App. A. Form 50. App. A. Form 51. App. A. Form 51. (Cap. 159.) (Cap. 336.) (Cap. 91.) (Cap. 136.) (Cap. 136.) (Cap. 22.) (Cap. 136.) (Cap. 136.) (Cap. 22.) (1894 c. 60.) (Cap. 22.) First Schedule. (Cap. 159.) First Schedule. Second Schedule. (Cap. 91.) (Cap. 42.) (Cap. 336.) (Cap. 38.) (Cap. 149.) (Cap. 1.) (Cap. 300.) (Cap. 91.) (Cap. 91.) (Cap. 179.) (Cap. 91.) (Cap. 8.) App. A. Form 63. (Cap. 319.) App. A. Form 10. (1982 c. 37.) App. A. Form 10. App. A. Form 94. (Cap. 341.) (Cap. 341.) (Cap. 341.) App. A. Form 10. (Cap. 341.) (Cap. 341.) (Cap. 319.) (Cap. 341.) App. A. Form 10. App. A. Form 100. App. A. Form 101. (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) (Cap. 29.) (1894, c. 60.) App. B. Form 14. (Cap. 369.) (1974 c. 43.) (1971 c. 59.) App. B. Form 1. App. A. Form 1. App. B. Form 2. App. B. Form 2B. App. B. Form 2B. App. A. Form 14. App. B. Form 3. App. B. Form 15. (1971 c. 59.) App. B. Form 5. App. B. Form 6. App. B. Form 7. App. B. Form 9. App. B. Form 10. App. B. Form 11. (Cap. 159.) App. B. Form 12. App. B. Form 13. (Cap. 8.) (1894c. 60.) (1894 c. 60.) (Cap. 10.) (Cap. 10.) (Cap. 10.) (Cap. 10.) (Cap. 10.) (Cap. 300.) (Cap. 300.) App. A. Form 96. (Cap. 300.) App. A. Form 95 & Form 96. (Cap. 300.) (Cap. 300.) App. A. Form 10. (Cap. 300.) (Cap. 336.) (Cap. 300.) (Cap. 336.) (1983 c. 20.) (Cap. 136.) (Cap. 22.) App. A. Form 10. (1894 c. 60.) (Cap. 22.) (Cap. 23.) (Cap. 38.) (Cap. 21.) (Cap. 21.) App. A. Form 10. (Cap. 163.) (Cap. 163.) (Cap. 26.) (Cap. 182.) (Cap. 182.) (Cap. 174.) (Cap. 290.) (Cap. 13.) (Cap. 13.) (Cap. 336.) (Cap. 179, sub. leg.) (Cap. 179.) (Cap. 13.) (Cap. 29.) (Cap. 4, sub. leg.) (Cap. 253.) (1956 c. 74, S.I. 1972/1724; S.I. 1979/910.) (Cap. 20.) App. A. Form 10. (Cap. 20.) App. A. Form 10. (Cap. 6.) (Cap. 43.) (Cap. 32.) App. A. Form 10. App. A. Form 10. (1977 c. 37.) (Cap. 42.) (Cap. 29.) (Cap. 159.) App. A. Form 10. App. A. Form 11A. (1812 c. 101.) Not applicable if the defendant is a company served at its registered office. *Where words appear between square brackets, delete if inapplicable *Where words appear between square brackets, delete if inapplicable

Edition

1964

Volume

v1

Subsequent Cap No.

4

Number of Pages

574
]]>
Wed, 24 Aug 2011 10:48:28 +0800
<![CDATA[APPENDIX III - HER MAJESTY'S ORDERS IN COUNCIL, RULES, ETC., APPLICABLE TO HONG KONG - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3865

Title

APPENDIX III - HER MAJESTY'S ORDERS IN COUNCIL, RULES, ETC., APPLICABLE TO HONG KONG - minor amendment

Description






APPENDIX III

HER MAJESTY'S ORDERS IN COUNCIL, RULES, ETC.,
APPLICABLE TO HONG KONG

1. The Order in Council regulating appeals from the Supreme
Court or Court of Appeal for Hong Kong to His Majesty in
Council, set out at page F 2, is amended-

(1)in rule 2(a), by repealing '$5,000' in both places where it
occurs and substituting '$500,000';

(2) by adding after rule 3-

3A. (1) The Court may, on such terms as it thinks
just, by order extend the period within which the
Applicant is required or authorized by Rule 3 to do any
act.

(2) The Court may extend any such period as is
referred to in paragraph (1) although the application for
extension is not made until after the expiration of that
period.

(3)in rule 4(a), by repealing '$15,000' and substituting '$200,000
in respect of each respondent'.

2. The Hong Kong Divorce Jurisdiction Order in Council 1935 is
amended in Article 3(c), set out at page V 2, by repealing 'the
Secretary of State for the Colonies' and substituting 'a Secretary of
State'.

3. The Emergency Powers Orders in Council 1939 to 1973 are
amended in the footnote, set out at page AF 1, by adding after item
(xix)--

(xx) Solomon Islands, 1978/783
(xxi) Kiribati, 1979/719

4. The Merchant Shipping Act 1979 (Hong Kong) Order 1980, set
out at pages AN 1 to AN 19, is amended-

(1)by adding in Article 2 thereof between the figures '19(1)' and
'50' the figure '31 ';

(2)by adding in the Schedule to the Order between section 19(1)
and section 50-

Miscellaneous
31. (1) In section 85 ofthe Merchant Shipping Act 1894(e) (which
relates to dues for space occupied by deck cargo) for subsection (3)
(which among other things makes provision about the way in which the
space is to be ascertained and recorded) there shall be substituted the
following subsection-





'(3) The Governor in Council may, by regulations, make
provision-
(a)as to the manner in which (including the persons by whom)
the tonnage of the space is to be ascertained, recorded and
verified;
(b)as to the occasions on which and the persons by whom and
to whom records of the said tonnage are to be produced;
(c)for a contravention of the regulations to be an ofrence
punishable on summary conviction by a fine not exceeding
5,000 Hong Kong dollars or such less sum as is prescribed
by the regulations;
(d)for such incidental and supplemental matters as the
Governor considers appropriate in connection with the
regulations,
and may make different provision by the regulations for different
circumstances.'.
(2) Accordingly in section 1(2)(c) of the Merchant Shipping Act
1965(a) (under which tonnage regulations may provide for the
ascertainment of the space to be taken into account for the purposes of
the said section 85 and may exempt any space from being taken into
account for those purposes) for the words from 'provide' to 'be' there
shall be substituted the words 'exempt any space from beinj, and the
words from 'and may' to 'those purposes' shall cease to have effect.

(3)in the Schedule to the Order in section 51(2) by adding between
the words 'contained in' and 'paragraph 4'-
section 5(2A) of the Merchant Shipping (Oil Pollution) Act 1971 (1971
c. 59; S.I. 1975/2169 as amended by S.I. 1981/220) or section 4(13) of the
Merchant Shipping Act 1974 (1974 c. 43; S.I. 1975/2169 as amended by
S.I. 1981/220) or

5. The Japanese Treaty of Peace Order 1952 is amended by
repealing Article 25, set out at page AP 11.

6. The Visiting Forces Act (Application to Colonies) Orders 1954
to 1962 are amended-

(1)in the heading and Article 1, set out at pages AZ 1 and AZ 2,
by repealing '1962' and substituting '1967';

(2) in the First Schedule, set out at page AZ 2-

(a)by adding 'Bahama Islands' and 'Colony of Seychelles'
after 'Ascension Islands';
(b)by adding 'The British Indian Ocean Territory' after
'Singapore' ;
(c)by adding 'Turks and Caicos Islands' after 'The
Sovereign Base Areas of Akrotiri and Dhekelia';

(3)in paragraph 13(1) of the Second Schedule, set out at page
AZ 7, by adding 'and, in relation to the Turks and Caicos
Islands, includes the Administrator' after 'Territory' in the
definition of 'Governor'.

7. The Emergency Powers (Amendment) Order in Council 1963
is amended by adding at the end of page BL 1 the following
footnote-





Revoked-
(i) Aden and Protectorate of South Arabia; Aden, Perim and Kuria Maria
Is. Act 1967 (c. 71);
(ii) Dominica, S.I. 1967/226;
(iii) Grenada, S.I. 1967/227;
(iv) Mauritius 0. 4.3.68;
(v) Saint Lucia, S.I. 1967/229.

8. The Carriage of Goods by Sea (Hong Kong) Order 1980 is
amended in section 1(2) of the Schedule, set out at page BS 2, by
adding after the word 'law'-

save that, for the definition of the term 'ship' in Article 1(d)of the said
Schedule, there shall be substituted the following:-

'Ship' means any vessel used for the carriage of goods by sea except any
vessel regularly employed in trading, or going, within the river trade
limits, and to which Part IV of the Shipping and Port Control Ordinance
(Laws of Hong Kong Revised Ed. 1978, Cap. 313) applies'.

9. The Overseas Solicitors (Admission) Order 1964, set out at
pages BW 1-BW 8, is amended-

(1) in Article 2 by adding after 'and to Western Australia'-

and to the Supreme Court of the Australian Capital
Territory and to the Australian Capital Territory and to
the Supreme Court of the Northern Territory and to the
Northern Territory

(2)in Article 3 by adding after 'the Supreme Court of Western
Australia'-

and of the Supreme Court of the Australian Capital
Territory and of the Supreme Court of the Northern
Territory

(3) in Schedule 1 by adding at the end of Part II-

Supreme Court Australian Capital Territory.

Supreme Court Northern Territory.

10. The United Kingdom Forces (Jurisdiction of Colonial Courts)
Order 1965 is amended-

(1)in the heading and Article 1 (2nd line), set out at page BY 1, by
adding 'and 1967' after '1965';

(2)in section 2(2), set out at page BY 1, by adding after
11 'Governor' ' the words 'in relation to Swaziland means Her
Majesty's Commissioner';

(3) by adding at the end of page BY 1-





Note:Ceased to have efrect as part of the law of Swaziland, S.I.
1968/1277.
Spent (as to Aden, Kamaran, Kuria Muria, Mauritus and Perim)
on repeal of enabling power by Fugitive Offenders Act 1967 (c.
68).

(4) by adding at the end of page BY 2-

Section 2(8) shall cease to have effect as part of the law of-
(a) Dominica;
(b) Grenada;
(c) St. Lucia.

11. The Arbitration (International Investment Disputes) Act 1966
(Application to Colonies etc.) Order 1967 is amended-

(1)in section 3(1), set out at page CF 1, by adding after the
definition of 'the Governor'-

Provided that in the case of Swaziland it means Her
Majesty's Commissioner for Swaziland.

(2) by adding at the end of page CF 2-

Note: Spent (as to Swaziland).

12. The Carriage by Air Acts (Application of Provisions) (Overseas
Territories) Order 1967 is amended in Part I of the Schedule, set out
at page CH 8,-

(a)in Article 22(1) for 'eight hundred and seventy-five
thousand francs' wherever it appears, there shall be
substituted ' 100,000 special drawing rights';

(b)in Article 22(2)(a) for 'two hundred and fifty francs' there
shall be substituted '17 special drawing rights';

(c)in Article 22(3) for 'five thousand francs' there shall be
substituted '332 special drawing rights';

(d) for Article 22(5) there shall be substituted-

(5)(a) The value on a particular day of one special drawing
right shall be treated as equal to such a sum in the relevant currency
as the International Monetary Fund have fixed as being the
equivalent of one special drawing right-
(i) for that day; or
(ii) if no sum has been so fixed for that day, for the last day
before that day for which a sum has been so fixed;
Provided that if the international Monetary Fund have not so fixed
a sum in the relevant currency, the value on a particular day of one
special drawing right shall be taken to be the equivalent of a sum in
the relevant currency stated in a certificate given in accordance with
sub-paragraph (b)(iii) of this paragraph.
(b) A certificate given by or on behalf of the Governor of an
Overseas Territory or by any person authorized by the Governor
for that purpose stating-





(i) that a particular sum in the relevant currency has been
fixed as aforesaid for a particular day; or
(ii) that no sum has been so fixed for a particular day and
that a particular sum in the rplevant currency has been so
fixed for a day which is the last day for which a sum has
been so fixed before the particular day; or
(iii) that a particular sum in the relevant currency is to be
taken as the equivalent of one special drawing right for a
particular day,
shall be conclusive evidence of those matters for the purposes of
this Article; and a document purporting to be such a certificate
shall in any proceedings be received in evidence and, unless the
contrary is proved, be deemed to be such a certificate.
(c) In this paragraph 'the relevant currency' means the
official currency of, or in use in, the Overseas Territory in which a
certificate referred to in sub-paragraph (b) of this paragraph is
given.

13. The Fugitive Offenders (Hong Kong) Order 1967, set out at
pages CK 1 -CK 12, is amended-

(1)in paragraph 3, by repealing 'Provided that nothing in those
sections and schedules shall apply in relation to Southern
Rhodesia';

(2) in the Schedule-

(a)in sections 4(1), 8(3), 8(4) and 9(1) by repealing 'the Full
Court or a judge of the Supreme Court' and substituting
'the High Court';

(b)in section 8(5) by repealing 'Full Court' and substituting
'Court of Appeal';

(c)in section 10(1) by repealing 'Supreme Court' and
substituting 'High Court';

(d)in section 19(1) by repealing the definitions of 'Full
Court' and 'Supreme Court' and by adding after the
definitions of 'Governor'-
'High Court means the High Court of Hong Kong;

(e)in section 19(2) by repealing paragraph (c) and sub-
stituting-
(c)in relation to the New Hebrides as references to the Resident
Commissioner in the New Hebrides;

14. The Hong Kong (Non-Domiciled Parties) Divorce Rules 1969
are amended-

(1)in rule 7(c), set out at page CU 2, by adding 'or Rule 5 or 6 of
the Matrimonial Causes Rules 1971' after 'Matrimonial
Causes Rules 1968(b)';

(2) by repealing rule 13, set out at page CU 4, and substituting---





13. Subject to the provisions of these Rules, all
proceedings under the Acts shall be regulated by the rules
regulating matrimonial causes in England and Wales, as in
force immediately before these Rules come into operation,
with such modifications as the circumstances may require:

Provided that, in the application of such rules to
Hong Kong, references therein to a divorce county court
and to the High Court shall be construed as references to
the Supreme Court of Hong Kong.

15. The Dumping at Sea Act 1974 (Overseas Territories) Order
1975 is amended in the footnote appearing in page DK 8 by
repealing the Schedule and substituting the following---



16. The Merchant Shipping (Oil Pollution) (Hong Kong) Order
1975 is amended-

(1) in Schedule 1 to the Order-

(a) in section 4, at page DL 3,-

(i) in subsection (1)(b) by repealing '2,000 gold francs'
and '210 million gold francs' and substituting respectively
933 special drawing rights' and 94 million special
drawing rights';

(ii) in the margin to subsection (3) by adding the
following---

Subsections (3) to (5) ceased to have effect-See S.I.
1981/220 (L.N. 127/81).

(b)in section 5, set out at page DL 3, by adding after
subsection (2)-





(2A) A payment into court of the amount of a
limit determined in pursuance of this section shall be
made in dollars and-
(a)for the purposes of converting such an
amount from special drawing rights into
dollars the Secretary for Monetary Affairs
may specify in dollars the respective
amounts which are to be taken as equivalent
for a particular day to the sums expressed in
special drawing rights in section 4 of this
Act;
(b)a certificate given by or on behalf of the
Secretary for Monetary Affairs in pursuance
of paragraph (a) above shall be conclusive
evidence of those matters for the purposes of
this Act;

(c)a document purporting to be such a
certificate shall, in any proceedings, be
received in evidence and, unless the contrary
is proved, be deemed to be such a certificate.

(c)in section 13, set out at page DL 6, by repealing subsection
(1);
(d)in section 14(2), set out at page DL 7, by repealing 'Article
V thereof ' and substituting-
Article V of the Convention as amended by Article II
of the protocol dated 19 November 1976 to the
Convention

(2) at the bottom of page DL 3, by repealing the asterisk and the
note following and substituting-

The Governor has specified HK$814.928 and HK$85,567,440.00 as
the amounts which shall be taken as equivalent to 2,000 gold
francs and 210 million gold francs respectively. (see L.N. 52 of
1979)

(3)in Schedule 2 to the Order, in section 6, set out at page DL 13,
by repealing subsection (1);

(4)at page DL 9, by adding an asterisk in the margin to paragraph
(7) and adding at the bottom of that pagew-

The Governor has specified HK$611.196, HK$50,933,000.00, HK5814.928
and HK585,567,440.00 as the amounts which shall be taken as equivalent
to 1,500 francs, 125 million francs, 2,000 francs
and 210 imillion francs respectively. (see L.N. 51 of 1979)

(5) by adding at the end of page DL 16-

The Governor has appointed the 1st March 1979 as the day on which the
Merchant Shipping Act 1974 (other than section 9) shall wine into force.
(See L.N. 53 of 1979)

17. The Bretton Woods Agreements Order in Council 1946, set out
at pages DO 1 -DO 4, is amended-

(1) in paragraph (b) of the proviso to Article 3, by adding after
'sold'





, except that the Fund and the Bank shall have relief,
under arrangements made by the Secretary of State, by
way of refund of car tax paid on any vehicles and value
added tax paid on the supply of any goods and services
which are necessary for the exercise of the official activities
of the Fund or the Bank, such relief to be subject to
compliance with such conditions as may be imposed in
accordance with the arrangements

(2)by repealing section 8 of Article IX of the Fund Agreement set
out in Part I of the Schedule.

18. The Air Navigation (Overseas Territories) Order 1977, set out
at page DP 179, is amended in Schedule 15 in regulation 10 of the
Air Navigation (General) Regulations by repealing all the countries
specified there except the United Kingdom.

19. The Copyright (International Conventions) Order 1979, set out
at pages DU I-DU 9, is amended-

(1) in Schedule 1, by adding-

(a) 'Liberia*' after 'Lebanon*';

(b)'United States of America* (including Guam, Panama
Canal Zone, Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands of the
United States of Arnerica)' after 'Turkey';

(2)in Schedule 2, by repealing the references to Liberia and the
United States of America (and Guam, Panama Canal Zone,
Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands of the United States of
America), and the date indicated in relation to each country.

20. The Prevention of Oil Pollution Act 1971 (Hong Kong) Order
1979, set out at pages EQ 1-EQ 4, is amended in the Schedule by
repealing section 13(4).
L.N. 93 of 1971 L.N. 235 of 1980 L.N. 329 of 1985 L.N. 235 of 1980 L.N. 93 of 1971 L.N. 235 of 1980 L.N. 329 of 1985 S.I. 1969/1060 S.I. 1984/356 (L.N. 225 of 1984) Dues for space occupied by deck cargo S.I. 1984/356 (L.N. 225 of 1984) (1894 c. 60) (1965 c. 47 & S.I. 1967/1764) S.I. 1981/425 (L.N. 288 of 1986) 1968 c. 32 S.I. 1967/1481 S.I. 1967/1481 S.I. 1967/1481 S.I. 1967/811 S.I. 1967/811 S.I. 1980/1954 (L.N. 285 of 1981) S.I. 1976/1155 S.I. 1976/1155 S.I. 1976/1155 S.I. 1967/243 S.I. 1967/243 S.I. 1967/226 Schedule 2 s. 106(2) S.I. 1967/227 Schedule 2 s. 113(2) S.I. 1967/229 Schedule 2 s. 106(2) S.I. 1967/249 S.I. 1984/701 (L.N. 179 of 1984) S.I. 1984/701 (L.N. 179 of 1984) L.N. 251 of 1982 L.N. 33 of 1976 L.N. 33 of 1976 L.N. 33 of 1976 L.N. 33 of 1976 L.N. 59 of 1977 S.I. 1972/774 Procedure generally S.I. 1972/774 L.N. 20 of 1977 L.N. 108 of 1982 L.N. 83 of 1986 L.N. 134 of 1986 S.I. 1981/220 (L.N. 127 of 1981) S.I. 1981/220 (L.N. 127 of 1981) S.I. 1197/85 (L.N. 127 of 1981) S.I. 1981/220 (L.N. 127 of 1981) S.I. 1197/85 (L.N. 330 of 1985) S.I. 1976/221 S.I. 1977/825 L.N. 348 of 1984 S.I. 1989/157 U.K. (L.N. 96 of 1989) 3 of 1989 s. 4(2)

Abstract

L.N. 93 of 1971 L.N. 235 of 1980 L.N. 329 of 1985 L.N. 235 of 1980 L.N. 93 of 1971 L.N. 235 of 1980 L.N. 329 of 1985 S.I. 1969/1060 S.I. 1984/356 (L.N. 225 of 1984) Dues for space occupied by deck cargo S.I. 1984/356 (L.N. 225 of 1984) (1894 c. 60) (1965 c. 47 & S.I. 1967/1764) S.I. 1981/425 (L.N. 288 of 1986) 1968 c. 32 S.I. 1967/1481 S.I. 1967/1481 S.I. 1967/1481 S.I. 1967/811 S.I. 1967/811 S.I. 1980/1954 (L.N. 285 of 1981) S.I. 1976/1155 S.I. 1976/1155 S.I. 1976/1155 S.I. 1967/243 S.I. 1967/243 S.I. 1967/226 Schedule 2 s. 106(2) S.I. 1967/227 Schedule 2 s. 113(2) S.I. 1967/229 Schedule 2 s. 106(2) S.I. 1967/249 S.I. 1984/701 (L.N. 179 of 1984) S.I. 1984/701 (L.N. 179 of 1984) L.N. 251 of 1982 L.N. 33 of 1976 L.N. 33 of 1976 L.N. 33 of 1976 L.N. 33 of 1976 L.N. 59 of 1977 S.I. 1972/774 Procedure generally S.I. 1972/774 L.N. 20 of 1977 L.N. 108 of 1982 L.N. 83 of 1986 L.N. 134 of 1986 S.I. 1981/220 (L.N. 127 of 1981) S.I. 1981/220 (L.N. 127 of 1981) S.I. 1197/85 (L.N. 127 of 1981) S.I. 1981/220 (L.N. 127 of 1981) S.I. 1197/85 (L.N. 330 of 1985) S.I. 1976/221 S.I. 1977/825 L.N. 348 of 1984 S.I. 1989/157 U.K. (L.N. 96 of 1989) 3 of 1989 s. 4(2)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3865

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Number of Pages

8
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:18 +0800
<![CDATA[APPENDIX IIB - LIST OF REFERENCE TO UNITED KINGDOM STATUTES - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3864

Title

APPENDIX IIB - LIST OF REFERENCE TO UNITED KINGDOM STATUTES - minor amendment

Description






APPENDIX HB

LIST OF REFERENCES TO UNITED KINGDOM
STATUTES

The List of References to United Kingdom Statutes is
amended-
(a) by repealing-
1889 c. 57 s. 5 .....Cap. 265, s.27
(b) by adding in the appropriate place-
1894 c. 60 s. 55 ......Cap. 4, s. 12A(3)(a)
ss. 544 to 546 .....s. 12Affl
s. 552 .............s. 12E(2)(b)
1947 c. 44 s. 38(2) Cap. 4, s. 12E(4)
1949 c. 67 s. 51 .Cap. 4, s. 12A(2)(i),
........................ (6)
1971 c. 59 .......Cap. 4, s. 12A(5)(a)
c. 60 s. 13 ......Cap. 4, s. 12A(2)(s)
1974 c. 43 Part I Cap. 4, s. 12A(5)(b)
1977 c. 50 ss. 1 & 14 Cap. 71, s.2
s. 11 ..............s. 3
s. 12 ..............s.4
s. 13 ..............s. 5
s. 2 ...............s.7
s. 3 ...............s. 8
s. 4 ...............s.9
s. 5 ...............s. 10
s. 6 ...............s. 11
s. 7 ...............s. 12
s. 9 ...............s. 13
s. 10 ..............s. 14
s. 26 ..............s. 16
s. 27 ..............s. 17
s. 29 ..............s. 18
s. 31(2) ...........s. 19
Schedule 1 .........Schedule 1
Schedule 2 .........Schedule 2
1981 c. 54 s. 20 ...Cap. 4, s. 12A
s. 21 ..............s. 12B
s. 22 ..............s. 12C
s. 23 ..............s. 12D
s..24 ............. s.12E





1986 c. 32 s. 38 .Cap. 405, s.2
s. 1 .............s. 3
s. 2 .............s.4
s. 3 .............s. 5
s. 4 .............s.6
s. 5 .............s.7
s. 6 .............s.8
s. 7 .............s.9
s. 8 .............s. 10
s. 9 .............s. 11
s. 11 ............s. 12
s. 12 ............s. 13
s. 13 ............s. 14
s. 14 ............s. 15
s. 15 ............s. 16
s. 17 ............s. 17
s. 17A ...........s. 18
s. 18 ............s. 19
s. 27 ............s.20
s. 28 ............s.21
s. 29 ............s.22
s. 30 ............s.23
s. 31 ............s.24
s. 24 ............s.25
s. 19 ............s.27
s. 26 ............s.28
s. 26A ...........s.29

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3864

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:17 +0800
<![CDATA[APPENDIX I - LETTERS PATENT, ROYAL WARRANTS, REGULATIONS AND MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENTS - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3863

Title

APPENDIX I - LETTERS PATENT, ROYAL WARRANTS, REGULATIONS AND MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENTS - minor amendment

Description






APPENDIX 1

LETTERS PATENT, ROYAL WARRANTS, REGULATIONS
AND MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENTS

1. The Standing Orders of the Legislative Council of Hong Kong,
set out at pages E1-E34, are amended-

(1)in Standing Order No. 3 by repealing paragraph (2) and
substituting-

(2) The President shall preside at sittings of the
Council and shall be the Chairman of committees of the
whole Council. In the absence of the President from a
sitting of the Council the Member appointed by the
Governor shall so preside, and in the absence of such
Member the senior Official Member present shall preside.
(L.N. 178 of 1988)

(2) in Standing Order No. 5(2) by adding after 'Gazette'-

, or on a dissolution of the Council, whichever is earlier

(3) in Standing Order No. 6 by adding after paragraph (6)-

(7) If there is urgent business for the consideration
of the Council at the first sitting of a session the Council
shall proceed with that business, and the provisions of this
order relating to the Governor's address shall apply to the
next sitting at which there is no urgent business for the
consideration of the Council. (L.N. 178 of 1988)

(4)in Standing Order No. 7A by repealing 'Notwithstanding that
a session may have ended and the next following session has
not yet begun,' and substituting-

During any period when the Council is in recess between
the end of one session and the beginning of the next
session

(5) by adding after Standing Order No. 7A-

7B. These Standing Orders shall apply to a sitting of
the Council held for the consideration of urgent business
following a dissolution of the Council as they apply to a
sitting held during a session.
(L.N. 178 of 1988)

(6)in Standing Order 12(1) by repealing 'All' and substituting
'The Order Paper shall be in English and Chinese. All';

(7) in Standing Order 22 by adding after paragraph (1)-





(1A) A notice of an amendment to a motion shall be
in English if the motion is in English and in Chinese if the
motion is in Chinese.(L.N. 333 of 1988)

(8) in Standing Order 38-

(a) by adding after paragraph (3)-

(A) Bills may be presented in English or
Chinese. (L.N. 333 of 1988)

(b)in paragraph (5) by repealing 'note in the margin of ' and
substituting 'section heading above';

(9) in Standing Order 39 by adding after paragraph (2)-

(2A) In the case of a bill presented in one official
language in pursuance of a direction under section 4(3) of
the Official Languages Ordinance (Cap. 5), the notice shall
be accompanied by a certificate signed by the Chief
Secretary stating that the Governor in Council has
directed that the bill should be presented in the English
language or, as the case may be, the Chinese language.
(L.N. 333 of 1988)

(10) in Standing Order 45(4) by adding after subparagraph (d)-

(e)Where an amendment is proposed to be moved to
a bill presented in both official languages the
amendment shall be made to the text in each language
unless it is an amendment that clearly affects the text
in one language only. But an amendment which
creates a conflict or discrepancy between the text in
one language and the text in the other may not be
moved. (L.N. 333 of 1988)

(11) in Standing Order No. 46-

(a)in paragraph (1) by repealing 'put wherever it occurs and
substituting 'proposed';

(b)in paragraph (6) by repealing 'marginal note' and
substituting 'section heading';

(12) in Standing Order No. 55-

(a)in paragraph (3) by repealing 'put' and substituting
'proposed';

(b)in paragraph (5) by repealing 'put' wherever it occurs and
substituting 'proposed';

(13) in Standing Order No. 60-





(a) by adding after paragraph (2A)-

(213) The committee may appoint subcom-
mittees for the purpose of assisting the committee in
the performance of such functions of the committee as
the committee may determine. (L.N. 178 of 1988)

(b) in paragraph (3) by adding after 'the times'-
(including any time during the period when the
Council is in recess between the end of one session
and the beginning of the next session)

(c) by adding after paragraph (4A)-

(4B) Paragraph (4A) shall apply during any
period when the Council is in recess between the end
of one session and the beginning of the next session as
it applies during session. (L.N. 178 of 1988)

2. The Regulations Governing Award of the Colonial Police Long
Service Medal (Hong Kong) are amended in regulation 2 (continuity
of service), set out at page Q 5, by adding after 'as defined above'-

, and a break in service not exceeding six years caused by secondment to service
with the Independent Commission Against Corruption, Hong Kong (if such
break interrupted and was continuous with qualifying Police service),

3. The Oil Pollution (Compulsory Insurance) Regulations, set out
at page AV 2, are amended in regulation 5, by repealing '$150' and
substituting '$350'.

4. The Copyright (Performing Right Tribunal) Rules, set out at
pages BF 1-BF 20, are amended-

(1)in rule 2, the margin, by substituting '(S.I. 1979/910.)' for
'(S.I. 1979/510.)';

(2) by repealing the Second Schedule and substituting-

SECOND SCHEDULE [rule 24]

TABLE OF FEES

General

In this Schedule 'Registry' means the Registry ofthe District Court.

1. On serving notice in Form 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10 or 11 360.00
2. On every interlocutory application 360.00
3. On a request for the reference of a question of law to the
court In each case
600.00





Copies, Translations and Searches
4. (a) Copy of documents typed in the Registry and
certifying the same, per page 20.00
(b) Additional copies, per page 2.00
5. (a) Photostatic copy of a document made in the
Registry, per page 2.00
(b) Photostatic copy and certification, per page 3.00
6. Translation made in the Registry of a document from
Chinese into English or vice versa, including certificate,
per page 40.00
7. Certifying translations made outside the Registry, from
Chinese into English or vice versa, per page 20.00
8. Search in the Registry, for each document or file referred
to or required 10.00

Service
9. Service of a copy of a notice or a document by the clerk
on each party, per document 40.00
10. Service of a notice by advertisement in a newspaper A sum equivalent to
the cost of the adver-
tisement plus 20%

Taxation of Costs
11. On the taxation of a bill of costs or any assessment for
every $100 or fraction of $100 of the amount allowed 5.00
(L.N. 188 of 1988)
L.N. 178 of 1988 L.N. 178 of 1988 Sittings for urgent business after a dissolution L.N. 333 of 1988 L.N. 178 of 1988 L.N. 178 of 1988 L.N. 178 of 1988 L.N. 178 of 1988 L.N. 109 of 1981 L.N. 151 of 1985 L.N. 283 of 1986

Abstract

L.N. 178 of 1988 L.N. 178 of 1988 Sittings for urgent business after a dissolution L.N. 333 of 1988 L.N. 178 of 1988 L.N. 178 of 1988 L.N. 178 of 1988 L.N. 178 of 1988 L.N. 109 of 1981 L.N. 151 of 1985 L.N. 283 of 1986

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3863

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Number of Pages

4
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:16 +0800
<![CDATA[THE HONG KONG UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3862

Title

THE HONG KONG UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1141

THE HONG KONG UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE
AND TECHNOLOGY

The Hong Kong University of Science and Technology
Ordinance came into operation on 10 April 1988.
L.N. 104 of 1988

Abstract

L.N. 104 of 1988

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3862

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1141

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:15 +0800
<![CDATA[HONG KONG SEA CADET CORPS ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3861

Title

HONG KONG SEA CADET CORPS ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1134

HONG KONG SEA CADET CORPS

The Hong Kong Sea Cadet Corps Ordinance came into
operation on 17 March 1984.
L.N. 55 of 1984

Abstract

L.N. 55 of 1984

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3861

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1134

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:14 +0800
<![CDATA[HONG KONG BAPTIST COLLEGE ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3860

Title

HONG KONG BAPTIST COLLEGE ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1126

HONG KONG BAPTIST COLLEGE

The Hong Kong Baptist College Ordinance is amended-

(1) in section 7 by repealing paragraph (o) and substituting-

(o)confer degrees and academic awards including
honorary degrees and honorary awards. (Replaced
40 of 1988 s. 2)

(2)in section 23(1)(d) by adding 'conferring of degrees and'
before 'academic';

(3) in section 30 by repealing paragraph (j) and substituting-

(f)the conferring of degrees and academic awards
including honorary degrees and honorary awards;
(Replaced 40 of 1988 s. 4)
40 of 1988 s. 3

Abstract

40 of 1988 s. 3

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3860

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1126

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:13 +0800
<![CDATA[DIOCESAN PREPARATORY SCHOOL COUNCIL INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3859

Title

DIOCESAN PREPARATORY SCHOOL COUNCIL INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1125

DIOCESAN PREPARATORY SCHOOL COUNCIL
INCORPORATION

The Diocesan Preparatory School Council Incorporation
Ordinance is amended-

(1)in section 4(b) by repealing 'subject to the provisions of the
Charities (Land Acquisition) Ordinance,';

(2) in section 9(3) by repealing '305' and substituting '304(1A)'.
74 of 1974 s. 3 L.N. 20 of 1979

Abstract

74 of 1974 s. 3 L.N. 20 of 1979

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3859

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1125

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:12 +0800
<![CDATA[DIOCESAN BOYS' SCHOOL COMMITTEE INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3858

Title

DIOCESAN BOYS' SCHOOL COMMITTEE INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1123

DIOCESAN BOYS' SCHOOL COMMITTEE
INCORPORATION

The Diocesan Boys' School Committee Incorporation
Ordinance is amended-

(1)in section 4(b) by repealing 'subject to the provisions of the
Charities (Land Acquisition) Ordinance,';

(2) in section 9(3) by repealing '305' and substituting '304(1A)'.
74 of 1974 s. 3 L.N. 20 of 1979

Abstract

74 of 1974 s. 3 L.N. 20 of 1979

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3858

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1123

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:11 +0800
<![CDATA[ST. STEPHEN'S GIRLS' COLLEGE COUNCIL INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3857

Title

ST. STEPHEN'S GIRLS' COLLEGE COUNCIL INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1121

ST. STEPHEN'S GIRLS' COLLEGE COUNCIL
INCORPORATION

The St. Stephen's Girls' College Council Incorporation
Ordinance is amended in section 4(b) by repealing 'subject to the
provisions of the Charities (Land Acquisition) Ordinance,'.
74 of 1974 s. 3

Abstract

74 of 1974 s. 3

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3857

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1121

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:10 +0800
<![CDATA[POLICE EDUCATION AND WELFARE TRUST ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3856

Title

POLICE EDUCATION AND WELFARE TRUST ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1120

POLICE EDUCATION AND WELFARE TRUST

The Police Education and Welfare Trust Ordinance is
amended-

(1) by adding 'Royal' before 'Hong Kong Police Force' wherever
it occurs in the following sections-
section 3(3)(a);
section 5(a);

(2) by adding 'Royal' before 'Hong Kong Auxiliary Police
Force' wherever it occurs in the following sections-
section 3(3)(a);
section 5(a);
section 6(2)(f).
29 of 1969 s. 2

Abstract

29 of 1969 s. 2

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3856

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1120

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:09 +0800
<![CDATA[POLICE CHILDREN'S EDUCATION TRUST ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3855

Title

POLICE CHILDREN'S EDUCATION TRUST ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1119

POLICE CHILDREN'S EDUCATION TRUST

The Police Children's Education Trust Ordinance is amended
by adding 'Royal' before 'Hong Kong Police Force' wherever it
occurs in the following sections-
the long title;
definition of 'Junior police officer' in section 2;
section 3(3)(a).
29 of 1969 s. 2

Abstract

29 of 1969 s. 2

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3855

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1119

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:09 +0800
<![CDATA[HONG KONG EXPORT CREDIT INSURANCE CORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3854

Title

HONG KONG EXPORT CREDIT INSURANCE CORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1115

HONG KONG EXPORT CREDIT INSURANCE
CORPORATION

The Hong Kong Export Credit Insurance Corporation
Ordinance is amended-

(1)in section 10, by repealing 'Director of Trade, Industry and
Customs' wherever occurring and substituting 'Registrar
General';

(2) in section 13(2) by repealing '85' and substituting '90';

(3)in section 23 by repealing 'one thousand seven hundred and
fifty million' and substituting '6,000 million';

(4)in section 27(2) by repealing 'Stamp Ordinance' and
substituting 'Stamp Duty Ordinance'.
L.N. 294 of 1982 L.N. 215 of 1984 L.N. 185 of 1975 L.N. 200 of 1977 L.N. 109 of 1980 L.N. 172 of 1982 L.N. 108 of 1984 L.N. 79 of 1985 L.N. 34 of 1988 L.N. 159 of 1989 31 of 1981 s. 65 (Cap. 117)

Abstract

L.N. 294 of 1982 L.N. 215 of 1984 L.N. 185 of 1975 L.N. 200 of 1977 L.N. 109 of 1980 L.N. 172 of 1982 L.N. 108 of 1984 L.N. 79 of 1985 L.N. 34 of 1988 L.N. 159 of 1989 31 of 1981 s. 65 (Cap. 117)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3854

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1115

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:08 +0800
<![CDATA[DIRECTOR OF THE UNIVERSITIES SERVICES CENTRE INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3853

Title

DIRECTOR OF THE UNIVERSITIES SERVICES CENTRE INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1113

DIRECTOR OF THE UNIVERSITIES SERVICE
CENTRE INCORPORATION

The Director of the Universities Service Centre Incorporation
Ordinance is amended in section 3(1) by repealing 'Subject to the
provisions of the Charities (Land Acquisition) Ordinance, the' and
substituting 'The'.
74 of 1974 s. 3

Abstract

74 of 1974 s. 3

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3853

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1113

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:07 +0800
<![CDATA[CHINES PERMANENT CEMETERIES ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3852

Title

CHINES PERMANENT CEMETERIES ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1112

CHINESE PERMANENT CEMETERIES

1. The Chinese Permanent Cemeteries Ordinance is amended by
repealing 'Secretary for Home Afrairs' wherever it occurs and
substituting 'Secretary for District Administration'.

2. The Chinese Permanent Cemeteries Rules are amended-

(1) in rule 13-

(a)in subparagraph (b) of paragraph (2) by repealing '.' after
'each term' and substituting '; or';

(b) by adding after subparagraph (b) of paragraph (2)-

(c)for a finite term of 10 years which will not be
extended at its expiry. (L.N. 16 of 1989)

(2) in the First Schedule by adding after item (c)-

(d)Junk Bay Chinese Permanent Cemetery. (L.N. 16 of
1989)

(3) in the Third Schedule-

(a)by repealing '$150,000' and substituting '$180,000'
under item 1(a);

(b)by repealing '$10,000' and substituting '$12,000' under
item 1(b)(i) and by repealing '$3,500' and substituting
'$5,000' for item 1 (b)(ii);

(c) by repealing '$15,000' and substituting '$18,000' under
item 1(c)(i) and by repealing '$5,000' and substituting
'$12,000' under item 1(c)(ii);
(d) by adding after item 1 (c)-
(d) Exhumable lot allocated for a finite
term of 10 years (rule 13(2))..... $10,000
(L.N. 16 of 1989)

(e) by repealing '$50' and substituting '$100' under item 2;

(f)by repealing '$35,000' and substituting '$40,000' under
item 3;

(g)by repealing '$1,000' and substituting '$1,800' under
item 4(a) and (b);

(h)by repealing '$2,000' and substituting '$3,600' under
item 5(a);





(i)by repealing '$500' and substituting '$1,800' under item
5(b);

(j)by repealing '$1,300' and substituting '$1,500' under
item 6;

(k)by repealing '$200' and substituting '$2,000' under item
8;

(l) by repealing '$400'W and substituting '$800' under item 9;

(m)by repealing '$1,000' and substituting '$1,600' under
item 10;

(n)by repealing '$6,000' and substituting '$10,000' under
item 11;

(o) by repealing '$50' and substituting '$100' under item 12;

(p)by repealing '$100' and substituting '$200' under item
13;

(q)by repealing '$75,000' and substituting '$90,000' under
item 14.
L.N. of 262 of 1989 L.N. 16 of 1989 L.N. 16 of 1989 L.N. 62 of 1967

Abstract

L.N. of 262 of 1989 L.N. 16 of 1989 L.N. 16 of 1989 L.N. 62 of 1967

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3852

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1112

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:06 +0800
<![CDATA[SCHOOL MEDICAL SERVICE BOARD INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3851

Title

SCHOOL MEDICAL SERVICE BOARD INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1111

SCHOOL MEDICAL SERVICE BOARD
INCORPORATION

The School Medical Service Board Incorporation Ordinance
is amended in section 3(2)(e) by repealing 'Medical and Health
Services' and substituting 'Health'.
L.N. 76 of 1989

Abstract

L.N. 76 of 1989

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3851

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1111

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:05 +0800
<![CDATA[HONG KONG CONFERENCE OF YOUTH ORGANIZATION INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3850

Title

HONG KONG CONFERENCE OF YOUTH ORGANIZATION INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1108

HONG KONG CONFERENCE OF YOUTH
ORGANIZATIONS INCORPORATION

The Hong Kong Conference of Youth Organizations Incor-
poration Ordinance is amended in section 4(a) by repealing 'subject
to the Charities (Land Acquisition) Ordinance,'.
74 of 1974 s. 3

Abstract

74 of 1974 s. 3

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3850

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1108

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:04 +0800
<![CDATA[EMERGENCY RELIEF FUND ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3849

Title

EMERGENCY RELIEF FUND ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1103

EMERGENCY RELIEF FUND

The Emergency Relief Fund Ordinance is amended by
repealing 'Secretary for District Administration' and substituting
'Secretary for Home Affairs' wherever it occurs.
L.N. 262 of 1989

Abstract

L.N. 262 of 1989

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3849

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1103

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:03 +0800
<![CDATA[ST. PAUL'S COLLEGE COUNCIL INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3848

Title

ST. PAUL'S COLLEGE COUNCIL INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1102

ST. PAUL'S COLLEGE COUNCIL INCORPORATION

The St. Paul's College Council Incorporation Ordinance is
amended-

(1) in section 4 by repealing subsection (2);

(2) in section 7(4) by repealing '305' and substituting '304'.
74 of 1974 s. 3 L.N. 31 of 1968

Abstract

74 of 1974 s. 3 L.N. 31 of 1968

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3848

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1102

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:03 +0800
<![CDATA[SIR ROBERT BLACK TRUST FUND ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3847

Title

SIR ROBERT BLACK TRUST FUND ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1101

SIR ROBERT BLACK TRUST FUND

The Sir Robert Black Trust Fund Ordinance is amended-

(1)in section 3(1) by repealing 'Secretary for District Admini-
stration Incorporated' and substituting 'Secretary for Home
Affairs Incorporated';

(2)in section 5(2)(a) by repealing 'Secretary for District Admini-
stration' and substituting 'Secretary for Home Affairs';

(3) in section 9 by repealing everything after 'advise'.
L.N. 263 of 1989 L.N. 262 of 1989 48 of 1989 s. 2

Abstract

L.N. 263 of 1989 L.N. 262 of 1989 48 of 1989 s. 2

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3847

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1101

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:02 +0800
<![CDATA[HEUNG YEE KUK ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3846

Title

HEUNG YEE KUK ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1097

HEUNG YEE KUK

The Heung Yee Kuk Ordinance is amended by repealing
'Secretary for District Administration' and substituting 'Secretary
for Home Affairs' wherever it occurs.
L.N. 262 of 1989

Abstract

L.N. 262 of 1989

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3846

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1097

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:01 +0800
<![CDATA[HONG KONG COUNCIL OF THE CHURCH OF CHRIST IN CHINA INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3845

Title

HONG KONG COUNCIL OF THE CHURCH OF CHRIST IN CHINA INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1095

HONG KONG COUNCIL OF THE CHURCH OF
CHRIST IN CHINA INCORPORATION

The Hong Kong Council of the Church of Christ in China
Incorporation Ordinance is amended in section 4 by repealing
subsection (2).
46 of 1973 s. 3

Abstract

46 of 1973 s. 3

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3845

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1095

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:58:00 +0800
<![CDATA[SOCIETY FOR THE RELIEF OF DISABLED CHILDREN INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3844

Title

SOCIETY FOR THE RELIEF OF DISABLED CHILDREN INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1087

SOCIETY FOR THE RELIEF OF DISABLED
CHILDREN INCORPORATION

The Society for the Relief of Disabled Children Incorporation
Ordinance is amended in section 4 by repealing paragraph (d) and
substituting-

(d)to invest moneys on deposit in any bank in the Colony or
elsewhere in the world or in any government bonds or on
mortgage of any lands, buildings, messuages or tenements
in the Colony or elsewhere in the world, or in or on
debentures, debenture-stocks, stocks, funds, shares or
securities of any corporation or company carrying on
business in the Colony or of any foreign corporation
carrying on business elsewhere in the world; (Replaced
46 of 1973 s. 2)
46 of 1973 s. 2

Abstract

46 of 1973 s. 2

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3844

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1087

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:59 +0800
<![CDATA[EDUCATION SCHOLARSHIPS FUND ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3843

Title

EDUCATION SCHOLARSHIPS FUND ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1085

EDUCATION SCHOLARSHIPS FUND

The Education Scholarships Fund Ordinance is amended-

(1) in section 5-

(a)in subsection (2)(a) by repealing 'who shall be the chair-
man of the committee';

(b) by adding after subsection (2)--

(2A) The chairman of the committee shall be
appointed by the Governor. (Added 19 of 1988 s. 2)

(2)in section 9(2) by repealing 'full and complete accounts of the
fund and' and substituting-

such accounts and records of the fund as the Director of
Accounting Services may in writing require and shall keep
19 of 1988 s. 2 19 of 1988 s. 3

Abstract

19 of 1988 s. 2 19 of 1988 s. 3

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3843

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1085

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:58 +0800
<![CDATA[BREWIN TRUST FUND ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3842

Title

BREWIN TRUST FUND ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1077

BREWIN TRUST FUND

The Brewin Trust Fund Ordinance is amended-

(1)in section 3(1) by repealing 'Secretary for District Administra-
tion Incorporated' and substituting 'Secretary for Home
Affairs Incorporated';

(2)in section 5(2) by repealing 'Secretary for District Administra-
tion' and substituting 'Secretary for Home Affairs'.
L.N. 263 of 1989 L.N. 262 of 1989

Abstract

L.N. 263 of 1989 L.N. 262 of 1989

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3842

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1077

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:58 +0800
<![CDATA[GRANTHAM SCHOLARSHIPS FUND ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3841

Title

GRANTHAM SCHOLARSHIPS FUND ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1076

GRANTHAM SCHOLARSHIPS FUND

The Grantham Scholarships Fund Ordinance is amended-

(1) in paragraph (d) of the preamble-

(a)by repealing 'Secretary for District Administration Incor-
porated' and substituting 'Secretary for Home Affairs
Incorporated';

(b)by repealing 'Secretary for District Administration' and
substituting 'Secretary for Home Affairs';

(2) in section 4(1)(a) by repealing 'Secretary for District Admin-
istration' and substituting 'Secretary for Home Affairs'.
L.N. 263 of 1989 L.N. 262 of 1989 L.N. 262 of 1989

Abstract

L.N. 263 of 1989 L.N. 262 of 1989 L.N. 262 of 1989

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3841

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1076

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:57 +0800
<![CDATA[HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3840

Title

HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1075

HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC

The Hong Kong Polytechnic Ordinance is amended-

(1)in section M(2) by repealing 'honorary awards and academic'
and substituting 'degrees and academic awards including
honorary degrees and honorary';

(2)in section 8A(I)(d) by adding 'conferring of degrees and'
before 'academic';

(3) in section 18 by repealing paragraph (1) and substituting---

(f) the conferring of degrees and academic awards in-
cluding honorary degrees and honorary awards;
(Replaced 39 of 1988 s. 4)
39 of 1988 s. 2 39 of 1988 s. 3

Abstract

39 of 1988 s. 2 39 of 1988 s. 3

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3840

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1075

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:56 +0800
<![CDATA[UNION CHURCH INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3839

Title

UNION CHURCH INCORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1052

UNION CHURCH INCORPORATION

The Union Church Incorporation Ordinance is amended in
section 4 by repealing subsection (2).
74 of 1974 s. 3

Abstract

74 of 1974 s. 3

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3839

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1052

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:55 +0800
<![CDATA[TUNG WAH GROUP OF HOSPITALS ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3838

Title

TUNG WAH GROUP OF HOSPITALS ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1051

TUNG WAH GROUP OF HOSPITALS

The Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Ordinance is amended by
repealing 'Secretary for District Administration' and substituting
'Secretary for Home Affairs' wherever it occurs.
L.N. 262 of 1989

Abstract

L.N. 262 of 1989

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3838

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1051

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:54 +0800
<![CDATA[PO LEUNG KUK ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3837

Title

PO LEUNG KUK ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1040

PO LEUNG KUK

The Po Leung Kuk Ordinance is amended by repealing
'Secretary for District Administration' and substituting 'Secretary
for Home Affairs' wherever it occurs.
L.N. 262 of 1989

Abstract

L.N. 262 of 1989

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3837

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1040

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:53 +0800
<![CDATA[HONGKONG AND KOWLOON WHARF AND GODOWN COMPANY LIMITED (BY-LAWS) ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3836

Title

HONGKONG AND KOWLOON WHARF AND GODOWN COMPANY LIMITED (BY-LAWS) ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 1023

HONGKONG AND KOWLOON WHARF AND GODOWN
COMPANY LEMTED (BY-LAWS)

The Hongkong and Kowloon Wharf and Godown Company
Limited By-laws are amended in by-law 7 by repealing 'Medical
and Health' and substituting 'Department of Health'.
L.N. 76 of 1989

Abstract

L.N. 76 of 1989

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3836

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

1023

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:52 +0800
<![CDATA[PENSION BENEFITS (JUDICIAL OFFICERS) ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3835

Title

PENSION BENEFITS (JUDICIAL OFFICERS) ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 401

PENSION BENEFITS (JUDICIAL OFFICERS)

The Pension Benefits (Judicial Officers) Regulations are
amended in regulation 22(3), (4)(b) and (5) by repealing 'Medical
and Health Services' and substituting 'Health'.
L.N. 76 of 1989

Abstract

L.N. 76 of 1989

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3835

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

401

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:52 +0800
<![CDATA[NOISE CONTROL ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3834

Title

NOISE CONTROL ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 400

NOISE CONTROL

1. The Noise Control Ordinance came into operation-

(a) on 17 February 1989 in respect of sections 1 to 3, 8 to 12,
18 to 39 and 41;

(b)on 17 August 1989 in respect of sections 6(1), (4), (5) and
(6) and 40 in relation to items 5(b)(ii) and (e), 6, 8 and 9 of
the Schedule;

(c) on 1 November 1989 in respect of sections 4, 5, 13(1)(a)
and (c) and (2) to (8) and section 40 in relation to items 1
to 4, 5(a), (b)(i) and (iii), (c) and (d) and 7 of the Schedule;
and

(d) on 17 November 1989 in respect of section 6(3).

2. The Ordinance is amended in section 2 by repelaing 'Secretary
for Health and Welfare' and substituting 'Secretary for Planning,
Environment and Lands'.
L.N. 44 of 1989 L.N. 44 of 1989 L.N. 355 of 1989 L.N. 44 of 1989 L.N. 244 of 1989

Abstract

L.N. 44 of 1989 L.N. 44 of 1989 L.N. 355 of 1989 L.N. 44 of 1989 L.N. 244 of 1989

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3834

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

400

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:50 +0800
<![CDATA[QUEEN ELIZABETH FOUNDATION FOR THE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3833

Title

QUEEN ELIZABETH FOUNDATION FOR THE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 399

QUEEN ELIZABETH FOUNDATION FOR THE
MENTALLY HANDICAPPED

The Queen Elizabeth Foundation for the Mentally
Handicapped Ordinance is amended by repealing 'Secretary for
District Administration' and substituting 'Secretary for Home
Affairs' wherever it occurs.
L.N. 262 of 1989

Abstract

L.N. 262 of 1989

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3833

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

399

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:50 +0800
<![CDATA[COMMISSIONER FOR ADMINISTRATIVE COMPLAINTS ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3832

Title

COMMISSIONER FOR ADMINISTRATIVE COMPLAINTS ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 397

COMMISSIONER FOR ADMINISTRATIVE COMPLAINTS

1. The Commissioner for Administrative Complaints Ordinance
came into operation on 1 February 1989.

2. The Ordinance is amended in Schedule 1-

(1)by adding 'Drainage Services Department.' below 'Customs
and Excise Department.';

(2) by repealing 'Government Data Processing Agency.';

(3)by adding 'Information Technology Services Department.'
below 'Information Services Department.';

(4)by repealing 'Medical and Health Department.' and
substituting-

'Department of Health.
Hospital Services Department.'.
L.N. 27 of 1989 L.N. 357 of 1989 L.N. 373 of 1989 L.N. 373 of 1989 L.N. 76 of 1989

Abstract

L.N. 27 of 1989 L.N. 357 of 1989 L.N. 373 of 1989 L.N. 373 of 1989 L.N. 76 of 1989

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3832

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

397

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:49 +0800
<![CDATA[SECURITIES (DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTS) ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3831

Title

SECURITIES (DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTS) ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 396

SECURITIES (DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTS)

The Securities (Disclosure of Interests) Ordinance is amended-

(1) in section 2(1)--

(a)in the definition of 'Commission' by repealing 'Commis-
sion established under Part II of the Securities Ordinance'
and substituting-

and Futures Commission established under the Securities
and Futures Commission Ordinance (Cap. 24)

(b) by repealing the definition of 'Commissioner';

(2)by repealing 'Commissioner' in sections 17, 20, 23, 32 and 49
and substituting 'Commission'.
10 of 1989 s. 65

Abstract

10 of 1989 s. 65

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3831

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

396

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:48 +0800
<![CDATA[FILM CENSORSHIP ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3830

Title

FILM CENSORSHIP ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 392

FILM CENSORSHIP

The Film Censorship Ordinance is amended in section 2(1), in
the definition of 'Secretary', by repealing 'Administrative Services
and Information' and substituting 'Recreation and Culture'.
L.N. 242 of 1989

Abstract

L.N. 242 of 1989

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3830

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

392

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:47 +0800
<![CDATA[CONTROL OF OBSCENE AND INDECENT ARTICLES ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3829

Title

CONTROL OF OBSCENE AND INDECENT ARTICLES ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 390

CONTROL OF OBSCENE AND INDECENT ARTICLES

The Control of Obscene and Indecent Articles Ordinance is
amended-

(1) by repealing section 3 and substituting-

3. This Ordinance shall not apply in relation to any-

(a)film within the meaning of section 2(1) of the Film
Censorship Ordinance-
(i) in respect of which there is in force a certificate
of exemption issued under section 9, or a certificate of
approval issued under section 13, of that Ordinance;
or
(ii) which is approved for exhibition under regula-
tion 5 of the revoked regulations within the meaning
of section 32(3) of that Ordinance;

(b)matter referred to in section 32(1) of the Film Censor-
ship Ordinance which is approved for publication or
exhibition under regulation 8 of the revoked regula-
tions within the meaning of section 32(3) of that
Ordinance; or

(c)material within the meaning of section 2 of the Televi-
sion Ordinance permitted to be broadcast under that
Ordinance.
(Replaced 25 of 1988 s. 33 (4)

(2) in section 10(1), by repealing paragraph (a) and substituting---

(a)standards of morality, decency and propriety that are
generally accepted by reasonable members of the
community, and in relation thereto may, in the case of
an article, have regard to any decision of a censor
under section 10 of the Film Censorship Ordinance in
respect of a film within the meaning of section 2(1) of
that Ordinance; (Replaced 25 of 1988 s. 33 (4) )

(3)in section 21(2)(c)(ii), by repealing 'to the panel of censors
under section 32 of ' and substituting 'under that Ordinance
for broadcast under'.
Ordinance not to apply in case of certain films, etc. (Cap. 392) (Cap. 52) (Cap. 392) 25 of 1988 s. 33(4)

Abstract

Ordinance not to apply in case of certain films, etc. (Cap. 392) (Cap. 52) (Cap. 392) 25 of 1988 s. 33(4)

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3829

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

390

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:46 +0800
<![CDATA[REGIONAL COUNCIL ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3828

Title

REGIONAL COUNCIL ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 385

REGIONAL COUNCIL

1. The Regional Council Ordinance is amended-

(1) in section 7-

(a)in paragraph (a), by adding at the beginning 'subject to
paragraph (aa),';
(b) by adding after paragraph (a)---
(aa) in the case of a member elected at the ordinary
election for the Regional Council in March 1989,
from 1 April 1989 to 31 May 1991 and in the case
of a member elected at the ordinary election for
the Regional Council in May 1991, from 1 June
1991 to 31 March in the year in which the next
ordinary election for the Regional Council is
held; (Added 83 of 1988 s.2)

(2) in section 8-
(a) in subsection (1)-
(i) by adding after paragraph (a)---
(aa) the District Officer for the district shall be
the returning officer for the election of a
representative member; (Added 83 of 1988
s.3)
(ii) by adding 'subject to subsection (1A),' at the begin-
ning of paragraph (c);
(iii) by repealing paragraph (d) and substituting---
(d)between 23 May and 31 May 1991, each
District Board in the Regional Council area
shall elect its representative member for a
term commencing on 1 June 1991 and expir-
ing on 30 September in the year in which the
next ordinary election for the District Board
is held; (Replaced 83 of 1988 s. 3)
(da) subject to paragraph (d) and subsection (5)
each District Board in the Regional Council
area shall, in the month following the month
in which an ordinary election for the District
Board is held, elect its representative mem-
ber for a term commencing on the first day
of the month following the holding of the
election and expiring on 30 September in the
year in which the next ordinary election for
his District Board is held; (Added 83 of
1988 s.3)





(b) by adding after subsection (1)-

(1A) For the election of a representative member of
the Regional Council in May 1991-

(a)an appointed or elected member of the Regional
Council whose term of office on the Regional
Council will tertninate on or before 31 May 1991
and who has not been re-elected or re-appointed
and who is a member of a District Board is
qualified for election as a representative member
of the Regional Council for the District Board;
and

(b)a person who has been elected as a member of
the Regional Council at the election held in May
1991 but whose term of office does not commence
until 1 June 1991 and who is also a member of a
District Board, is not qualified for election as a
representative member of the Regional Council
for the District Board. (Added 83 of 1988 s.3)

(c)in subsection (4) by repealing 'paragraph (d)' and substi-
tuting 'paragraphs (d) and (da)';

(d)in subsection (5) by repealing paragraph (a) and substitut-
ing-

(a)in the case of a representative member elected in
April 1988, from 1 May 1988 until 31 May 1991;
(Replaced 83 of 1988 s. 3)

(3) by repealing section 15 and substituting---

Non-acceptance of office

15. (1) A person may decline to accept office as an
appointed, elected or representative member by giving
notice in writing to the Secretary at any time before his
term of office commences.

(2) If a person gives the Secretary notice of non-
acceptance of office as a member, the Secretary shall
publish the notice in the Gazette and the person shall be
disqualified from holding office from the date of publica-
tion in the Gazette but may be reappointed or elected at a
subsequent election.
(Replaced 83 of 1988 s. 4)

(4) in section 20 by repealing paragraph (e) and substituting---

(e)ceases to hold office under section 15(2); (Replaced
83 of 1988 s. 5)





(5) in section 22-
(a) by repealing subsection (1) and substituting---
(1) The Regional Council shall, at the first meet-
ing held in the month following an ordinary election,
elect a Chairman and a Vice-Chairman in accordance
with the procedure set out in the First Schedule.
(Replaced 83 of 1988 s. 6)
(b) by adding after subsection (4)-
(4A) The Chairman and Vice-Chairman elected
in April 1989 shall hold office until 31 May 1991.
(Added 83 of 1988 s. 6)

(6)in section 24(2) by repealing everything following 'hold office
until' and substituting-
the date when the period of office of the Chairman or
Vice-Chairman whom he succeeded would otherwise have
expired.
(3) No election for a new Chairman or Vice-Chair-
man shall be held in the month of April next following
ordinary elections for District Boards. (Added 83 of 1988
s.7)

(7)in section 41(3)(b) by repealing 'to meet expenses incurred in
connexion with the discharge of the office of a member of the
Regional Council';

(8) by repealing the Second Schedule;

(9) in the Fourth Schedule, in item 5-
(a) by repealing 'Delete the definition' and substituting-
(a) Delete the definition
(b) by adding after 'means the Regional Council;
(b)In the definition of 'prescribed fee' insert after
'section 6(5)' the following-
'or (7)'.

2. The Regional Council Financial By-laws are amended-

(1)in by-law 2(1) in the definition of 'Committee' by repealing
'Ways and Means' and substituting 'Finance and Administra-
tion';

(2) in by-law 6-
(a)in paragraph (2)(b) by repealing '$500,000' and substitut-
ing '$2,000,000';

(b)in paragraph (2)(c) by repealing '$500,000' and substitut-
ing '$2,000,000'.
83 of 1988 s. 2 83 of 1988 s. 3 83 of 1988 s. 3 83 of 1988 s. 7 69 of 1989 s. 2 83 of 1988 s. 8 L.N. 140 of 1987 L.N. 156 of 1987

Abstract

83 of 1988 s. 2 83 of 1988 s. 3 83 of 1988 s. 3 83 of 1988 s. 7 69 of 1989 s. 2 83 of 1988 s. 8 L.N. 140 of 1987 L.N. 156 of 1987

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3828

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

385

Number of Pages

3
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:46 +0800
<![CDATA[DANGEROUS GOODS (CONSIGNMENT BY AIR) (SAFETY) ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3827

Title

DANGEROUS GOODS (CONSIGNMENT BY AIR) (SAFETY) ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 384

DANGEROUS GOODS (CONSIGNMENT BY AIR) (SAFETY)

1. The Dangerous Goods (Consignment by Air) (Safety)
Ordinance is amended in section 4 by adding after subsection (1)-

(1A) Where a person is convicted of an ofrence under this
Ordinance in relation to anything seized, removed or detained
under subsection (1)(h), he is liable to the Government for
its reasonable expenses incurred in the seizure, removal and
detention; and those expenses are recoverable as a civil debt.
(Added 56 of 1988 s. 2)

2. The Dangerous Goods (Consignment by Air) (Safety)
Regulations are amended in the Schedule-

(a)in Part I, by repealing '1987-1988 Edition' and
substituting '1989-1990 Edition';

(b)in Part II, opposite the reference to regulation 4(1)(c), by
repealing '31 December 1989' and '1 January 199W and
substituting '31 December 1990' and '1 January 1991'
respectively.
L.N. 355 of 1988

Abstract

L.N. 355 of 1988

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3827

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

384

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:45 +0800
<![CDATA[LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL (ELECTORAL PROVISIONS) ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3826

Title

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL (ELECTORAL PROVISIONS) ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 381

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL
(ELECTORAL PROVISIONS)

The Legislative Council (Electoral Provisions) (Registration
of Electors and Appointment of Authorized Representatives)
Regulations are amended-

(1) by repealing 'Deputy Chief Secretary' and substituting
'Secretary for Constitutional Affairs' wherever it appears;

(2)in regulation 4(4) by repealing subparagraph (a) and
substituting-

(a) the Finance electoral division; (L.N. 114 of 1988)

(3) in regulation 5-

(a)in paragraph (1)(a)(v) by repealing '1985' wherever it
appears and substituting '1988';

(b)in paragraph (6)(d) by repealing 'Medical and Health
Services' and substituting 'Health';

(4) by repealing regulation 10.
L.N. 55 of 1989 22 of 1988 s. 7 L.N. 76 of 1989 L.N. 114 of 1988

Abstract

L.N. 55 of 1989 22 of 1988 s. 7 L.N. 76 of 1989 L.N. 114 of 1988

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3826

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

381

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:44 +0800
<![CDATA[OVERSEAS TRUST BANK (ACQUISITION) ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3825

Title

OVERSEAS TRUST BANK (ACQUISITION) ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 379

OVERSEAS TRUST BANK (ACQUISMON)

The Overseas Trust Bank (Acquisition) Ordinance is amended
in sections 10(2) and 12 by repealing', the Deposit-taking Com-
panies Ordinance,'.
27 of 1986 s. 137

Abstract

27 of 1986 s. 137

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3825

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

379

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:43 +0800
<![CDATA[ROAD TRAFFIC ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3824

Title

ROAD TRAFFIC ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 374

ROAD TRAFFIC

1. The Road Traffic (Construction and Maintenance of Vehicles)
Regulations came into operation on 25 August 1984.

2. The Road Traffic (Construction and Maintenance of Vehicles)
Regulations are amended-

(1) in regulation 2-
(a)in the definition of 'axle weight' by repealing 'those
wheel' and substituting 'those wheels';

(b)in the definition commencing '1926 Convention' by
repealing ', 1949 Convention' and '1968 Convention'
and substituting 'and ' 1949 Convention' ';

(c)in the definition of 'obligatory rear lamp' by adding
'capable of ' before 'showing';

(2)in regulation 3(a) by repealing 'and paragraphs 1 and 2 of
Article 23 of the 1968 Convention';

(3) in regulation 7-
(a)in paragraph (1) by repealing 'or a special purpose
vehicle';

(b)in paragraphs (1), (2) and (4) by repealing 'permitted' and
substituting 'maximum';

(c) by repealing paragraph (3) and substituting---

(3)(a) In the case of an articulated vehicle of a
class listed in column 1 of Part III of the Second
Schedule, the gross vehicle weight shall not
exceed the maximum gross vehicle weight
specified in column 3 of that Part in relation to
the wheel span measurement specified in column
2 of that Part.
(b)In the case of a 2 axled semi-trailer, the gross axle
weight shall not exceed the maximum gross axle
weight for 2 closely spaced axles specified in
column 3 of Part III of the Second Schedule in
relation to the distance between those axles
specified in column 2 of that Part.
(c)In the case of a 3 axled semi-trailer, the gross axle
weight shall not exceed the maximum gross axle
weight for 3 closely spaced axles specified in
column 3 of Part III of the Second Schedule in
relation to the distance between the outer axles of
those axles specified in column 2 of that Part.





(d)in paragraph (5) by repealing 'total weight transmitted to
the road surface by all the wheels of those axles shall not
exceed the permitted total axle weight and substituting-

gross axle weight of each axle shall not exceed the
maximum axle weight for any one axle

(e)in paragraph (6) by repealing 'total weight transmitted to
the road surface by all the wheels of each of those closely
spaced axles shall not exceed the permitted axle weight'
and substituting-

gross axle weight of each axle shall not exceed the
maximum axle weight for any one axle
(f) by repealing paragraph (7) and substituting-

(7) Subject to this regulation, the permitted
gross vehicle weight of a goods vehicle or special
purpose vehicle shall be that assigned or deemed to
have been assigned to the vehicle under the Road
Traffic (Registration and Licensing of Vehicles)
Regulations.

(7A) The permitted gross vehicle weight of any
vehicle, other than a goods vehicle or special purpose
vehicle, shall be its maximum gross vehicle weight or
maximum gross combined weight, as the case may be,
determined under this regulation.

(g)in paragraph (8) by repealing 'the permitted gross vehicle
weight specified in relation to that vehicle in Part II or III'
and substituting-

its maximum gross vehicle weight or maximum gross
combined weight, as the case may be, specified in
relation to that class or type of vehicle in column 3 of
Part II, III or IV

(4)in regulation 19(c) by repealing 'regultion' and substituting
'regulation';

(5)in regulation 45(a) by adding 'during the hours of darkness'
after 'times';

(6) by repealing regulation 51 and substituting-

51. Every private light bus that is used for the
carriage for hire or reward to or from an educational
institution of the students, teachers or employees of the
institution-

(a)shall bear on the outside of the vehicle on the
sides, front and back a continuous, horizontal
yellow stripe of a uniform width of not less than
200 millimetres;





(b)shall bear on both the near and off sides, against
the background of that yellow stripe and in a
clearly contrasting colour, in block letters and
Chinese characters of uniform size not less than
150 millimetres in height, the words 'School
Private Light Bus' and the characters

(c)shall bear on the back, against the background of
that yellow stripe, a sign of the colour, design
and dimensions set out in the diagram in the
Thirteenth Schedule; and

(d)may bear the name or names in English and
Chinese writing, on the outside of the vehicle on
both the near and off sides, of the educational
institution or institutions to or from which the
students, teachers or employees are being
carried.

(7) by adding after regulation 117-

117A. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), every motor
vehicle registered on or after 1 January 1988 shall be fitted
with a hazard warning device that-

(a)operates simultaneously one or more direction
indicators on each side of the motor vehicle;

(b)includes a warning light capable of indicating to
the driver of the motor vehicle when the device is
being operated; and

(c)is capable of being actuated by a switch
controlling only that device.

(2) This regulation shall not apply to an industrial
tractor, a land tractor, a pedestrian-controlled vehicle or a
motor cycle.

(8) by adding before regulation 121 in Part IX-

120A. Unless otherwise specifically provided, the fee
for any permit or permission in writing issued under these
regulations shall be $100.

(9) in regulation 122 by adding after paragraph (1)-

(IA) Every goods vehicle registered or licensed
immediately before the date on which regulation 79 comes
into operation shall be exempt from complying with the
requirement in paragraph (1) of that regulation as regards
the painting or making of the maximum permitted axle
weight on the vehicle for a period of 3 years after such
date.





(1B) Every trailer licensed immediately before the
date on which regulation 82 comes into operation shall be
exempt from complying with the requirement in paragraph
(1) of that regulation as regards the painting or marking of
the maximum permitted axle weight on the trailer for a
period of 3 years after such date.

(10) in the Second Schedule-

(a)in Part 1 by repealing 'Permitted ' in column 2 and
substituting 'Maximun';
(b) in Part II
(i) by repealing 'Permitted' in column 3 and
substituting 'Maximun';
(ii) by repealing 'Kilograms' in column 3;

(c) in Part III-
(i) by repealing 'Permitted Gross Vehicle Weight'
where it occurs in the first place in column 3 and
substituting 'Maximum Gross Vehicle WeighC;
(ii) by repealing 'Kilograms' in the 3 places where it
occurs in column 3;
(iii) by repealing 'Wheel Span Measurement' where it
occurs in the second place in column 2 and substituting
'Distance between 2 closely spaced axles';
(iv) by repealing 'Permitted Gross Vehicle Weight
where it occurs in the second place in column 3 and
substituting 'Maximum Gross Axle Weight for 2 closely
spaced axles';
(y) by repealing '2 axled semi-trailer axle spacing in
column 1 and substituting '2 axled semi-trailer';
(vi) by repealing '3 axled semi-trailer distance between
outer axles' in column 1 and all that which appears
against it in columns 2 and 3 and substituting---

Distance between outerMaximwn Gross
axles of 3 closely spacedAxle Weightfor 3
axles closely spaced axles
Metres
3 axledLess than 1.40 10.5 tonnes
semi-trailerAt least 1.40 12 tonnes
At least 1.50 18 tonnes
At least 2.00 19.5 tonnes
At least 2.55 21 tonnes
At least 2.70 22.5 tonnes
In this Part and regulation 7(3)-
'2 closely spaced axles' means axles that are spaced
at a distance apart of not more than 2.5 metres
and not less than 1 metre.
'3 closely spaced axles' means the outermost axles
that are spaced at a distance apart of 3.25 metres
or less.





(d) in Part IV-
(i) by repealing 'Permitted' in column 3 and
substituting 'Maximum';
(ii) by repealing 'Kilograms' in column 3;

(e) in Part V-
(i) by repealing 'Permitted Total Axle Weight' in
column 2 and substituting 'Maximum Axle Weight for any
one axle';
(ii) by repealing 'Kilograms' in column 2;
(iii) by repealing '1.02 metres' at the end and
substituting '1 metre';

(f) in Part VI-
(i) by repealing 'Permitted Axle Weight' in column 2
and substituting 'Maximum Axle Weightfor any one axle';
(ii) by repealing 'Kilograms' in column 2;

(11) in the Third Schedule by repealing ' 1C and substituting ' IC;

(12) in the Seventh Schedule-

(a) by repealing item 1;
(b)in column 1 of item 2 by adding ', and invalid carriages'
after 'attached';

(13) in the Ninth Schedule in Part III paragraph 7(a) by repealing
'14' and substituting '16';

(14) by adding after the Twelfth Schedule-

THIRTEENTH SCHEDULE [reg. 51]

SIGNS ON PRIVATE LIGHT BUSES CARRYING STUNDENTS, ETC.

RED BORDER
WHITE BACKGROUND
BLACK SYMBOL






3. The Road Traffic (Driving Licences) Regulations are
amended-

(1)in regulation 2, the definition of 'disabled person', by repealing
'Medical and Health Services' and substituting 'Health or the
Director of Hospital Services';

(2)in regulation 12(3) by repealing the full stop at the end and
substituting-

or in respect of a learner's driving licence to drive a
Government vehicle.

(3) in regulation 27-

(a) by repealing paragraph (1) and substituting-

(1) No person shall give driving instruction to
any person unless-

(a)the person giving the driving instruction is
the holder of a valid driving instructor's
licence; and

(b)the person being instructed is the holder of a
valid driving licence or permit to drive the
class of vehicle in respect of which driving
instruction is given. (L.N. 303 of 1989)

(b) by repealing paragraph (3) and substituting-

(3) A driving instructor shall maintain a record,
in a form specified by the Commissioner, of all drivers
to whom he gives driving instruction, and such record
shall be made available by him for inspection by the
Commissioner at any reasonable time. (L.N. 303 of
1989)

(4) in regulation 30 by adding after paragraph (S)-

(6) A learner driver when driving a motor cycle shall
not carry any person on it. (L.N. 279 of 1988)

(5) by repealing regulation 40 and substituting-

40. The fees for the issue of a record of convictions
and a certificate of no recorded conviction under section
75(5) of the Ordinance shall be as prescribed in the Second
Schedule.

(6)in regulation 46(1) by repealing '41(1) or 42(2) or (5)' and
substituting '41(1), 42(2) or (5) or 44(2)';

(7) by repealing the Second Schedule and substituting-





SECOND SCHEDULE [regs. 11(6),12(3),13(5),
15(1), 22(1),23(1),24(3),
31(2), 36(2), 40 & 42(1)]

FEES $

Fees for issue or renewal of-
Full driving licence 205
Driving instructor's licence 625
Fees for-
Learner's driving licence 420
Temporary driving licence 205
Driving test 420
Driving instructor's test 420
Record of convictions 50
Certificate of no recorded conviction 50
International driving permit 65
Duplicate licence 90
Duplicate international driving permit 65
(18 of 1989 s. 2)
(8) in the Fourth Schedule-
(a) by adding after 'Austria'-
Bangladesh, People's Republic of
(b) by adding after 'Japan'-
Korea, Republic of

(9) in the Tenth Schedule in paragraph 2(c) by repealing '3 years'
wherever it occurs and substituting in each case '4 years'.

4.The Hire Car Permits (Limitation on Numbers) Notice is
amended in paragraph 2(b) by repealing '300' and substituting
'400'.
L.N. 297 of 1984 L.N. 218 of 1984 L.N. 258 of 1984 L.N. 258 of 1984 L.N. 258 of 1984 L.N. 242 of 1985 L.N. 242 of 1985 L.N. 242 of 1985 L.N. 242 of 1985 L.N. 242 of 1985 (Cap. 374, sub. Leg.) L.N. 242 of 1985 L.N. 242 of 1985 L.N. 218 of 1984 L.N. 258 of 1984 Signs on private light buses carrying students, etc. L.N. 225 of 1987 Thirteenth Schedule Obligatory hazard warning device L.N. 225 of 1987 Fees L.N. 258 of 1984 L.N. 258 of 1984 L.N. 258 of 1984 L.N. 242 of 1985 L.N. 242 of 1985 89 of 1988 s. 8 L.N. 258 of 1984 89 of 1988 s. 9 L.N. 225 of 1987 L.N. 76 of 1989 L.N. 279 of 1988 Fees for record of convictions and certificate of no recorded conviction L.N. 399 of 1987 Second Schedule L.N. 279 of 1988 L.N. 46 of 1987 L.N. 89 of 1986 L.N. 270 of 1987 L.N. 293 of 1989

Abstract

L.N. 297 of 1984 L.N. 218 of 1984 L.N. 258 of 1984 L.N. 258 of 1984 L.N. 258 of 1984 L.N. 242 of 1985 L.N. 242 of 1985 L.N. 242 of 1985 L.N. 242 of 1985 L.N. 242 of 1985 (Cap. 374, sub. Leg.) L.N. 242 of 1985 L.N. 242 of 1985 L.N. 218 of 1984 L.N. 258 of 1984 Signs on private light buses carrying students, etc. L.N. 225 of 1987 Thirteenth Schedule Obligatory hazard warning device L.N. 225 of 1987 Fees L.N. 258 of 1984 L.N. 258 of 1984 L.N. 258 of 1984 L.N. 242 of 1985 L.N. 242 of 1985 89 of 1988 s. 8 L.N. 258 of 1984 89 of 1988 s. 9 L.N. 225 of 1987 L.N. 76 of 1989 L.N. 279 of 1988 Fees for record of convictions and certificate of no recorded conviction L.N. 399 of 1987 Second Schedule L.N. 279 of 1988 L.N. 46 of 1987 L.N. 89 of 1986 L.N. 270 of 1987 L.N. 293 of 1989

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3824

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

374

Number of Pages

7
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:42 +0800
<![CDATA[KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3823

Title

KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 372

KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION

1. The Kowloon-Canton Railway Corporation Ordinance is
amended-

(1) in section 30(1) by adding after paragraph (j)---

(ja) the designation of bus stops and the erection of
appropriate signs and notices thereon; (Added 45 of
1987 s.2)

(jb) the designation of stopping places for light rail
vehicles operated on the North-west Railway and the
erection of appropriate signs and notices thereon;
(Added 45 of 1987 s. 2)

(2) by repealing section 35(2).

2. The Kowloon-Canton Railway Corporation Regulations are
amended by adding after regulation 13-

Forward planning programme

14. (1) Subject to paragraph (2), the Corporation shall,
not later than 31 October each year, submit to the Com-
missioner a programme ('programme of operations') of the
operations of its rail and bus services within the North-west
Transit Service Area for the 5 year period commencing on 1
January in the year following such submission.

(2) The Commissioner may direct that the Corporation
need not submit a programme of operations in any year or
years.

(3) A programme of operations submitted to the
Commissioner in any year shall supersede the programme of
operations (if any) last submitted.

(4) A programme of operations shall contain-

(a)a route development programme for the light rail and
bus services of the Corporation within the North-west
Transit Service Area, showing the details of proposed
changes to the routes operated, frequency of service,
and type and number of vehicles allocated to those
routes, month by month for the first 2 years of
the route development programme and half-yearly
thereafter;

(b)an estimate of the numbers and types of light rail
vehicles and buses required in daily service to meet the
requirements of the route development programme
referred to in subparagraph (a);





(c)estimates of the overall number of light rail vehicles
and the overall number of buses required to run the
daily light rail and bus services, with allowance being
made for reasonable proportions of light rail vehicles
and buses respectively being unavailable for use in the
operation of the services due to accidents, break-
downs, or for any other reasons.

(5) The Corporation shall inform the Commissioner of
any changes proposed to be made to the programme of
operations at least 1 month in advance of the change being
implemented.

(6) Notwithstanding paragraph (5), where a deviation
from a programme of operations is necessary in urgent or
exceptional circumstances, the Corporation shall not be
required to comply with paragraph (5) but shall, as soon as
practicable after such a deviation, inform the Commissioner of
the details of the deviation and the circumstances which have
occasioned it.

(7) The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable, submit
a written explanation to the Secretary for Transport for any
failure to comply with paragraph (1), (5) or (6).
(L.N. 205 of 1989)

Abstract



Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3823

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

372

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:41 +0800
<![CDATA[SMOKING (PUBLIC HEALTH) ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3822

Title

SMOKING (PUBLIC HEALTH) ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 371

SMOKING (PUBLIC HEALTH)

1. The Smoking (Public Health) Ordinance is amended-

(1)in section 2 in the definition of ' 'newspaper', 'local
newspaper' and 'printed document' ' by repealing 'Control
of Publications Consolidation' and substituting 'Registration
of Local Newspapers';

(2) in section 12(2) by repealing paragraph (b);

(3) in section 13-

(a)in subsection (1) by repealing 'Television Authority
appointed under the Television Ordinance' and
substituting-

Broadcasting Authority established by the Broad-
casting Authority Ordinance

(b) by adding after subsection (4)--

(5) Any Code of Practice issued under this
section and in use immediately prior to the
commencement* of the Broadcasting Authority
Ordinance-

(a)shall be deemed for all purposes to have
been issued by the Broadcasting Authority
under this section;

(b)subject to paragraph (c), shall remain in use;
and

(c)may be amended or withdrawn by the
Broadcasting Authority. (Added 49 of
1987 s.17)

2. The Smoking (Public Health) Regulations are amended in
regulations 5 and 6 by repealing 'Medical and Health Services'
wherever it occurs and substituting 'Health'.
15 of 1987 s. 19 26 of 1984 s. 3 49 of 1987 s. 17 (Cap. 391) (Cap. 391) [*1.9.87] L.N. 76 of 1989

Abstract

15 of 1987 s. 19 26 of 1984 s. 3 49 of 1987 s. 17 (Cap. 391) (Cap. 391) [*1.9.87] L.N. 76 of 1989

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3822

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

371

Number of Pages

1
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:40 +0800
<![CDATA[ROADS (WORKS, USE AND COMPENSATION) ORDINANCE - minor amendment]]> https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3821

Title

ROADS (WORKS, USE AND COMPENSATION) ORDINANCE - minor amendment

Description






CHAPTER 370

ROADS (WORKS, USE AND COMPENSATION)

The Roads (Works, Use and Compensation) Ordinance is
amended-

(1)in section 2(1), in the definition of 'Secretary' by repealing
'Lands and Works' and substituting 'Transport';

(2) in section 14-

(a)in subsection (1) by repealing 'Notice' and substituting
'Subject to subsection (3), notice';

(b) by adding after subsection (2)-

(3) Where an order has been made under
section 13(1) in respect of land which was, when the
order was made, a road, subsection (1)(a) of this
section shall not apply. (Added 81 of 1988 s. 2)

(3) in section 16-

(a)in subsection (1) by repealing 'Notice' and substituting
'Subject to subsection (3), notice';

(b) by adding after subsection (2)-

(3) Where an order has been made under
section 15(1) in respect of land which was, when the
order was made, a road, subsection (1)(a) of this
section shall not apply. (Added 81 of 1988s.3)

(4)in section 17(1) by repealing paragraphs (a) and (b) and
substituting-

(a)direct that the road or part thereof shall be closed;
(Replaced 8 of 1987s. 2)

(b)direct that the Crown foreshore or sea-bed shall be
reclaimed; (Replaced 8 of 1987 s. 2)

(5) in section 18-

(a)in subsection (1) by repealing 'Notice' and substituting
'Subject to subsection (3), notice';

(b) by adding after subsection (2)-

(3) Where an order has been made under
section 17(1) in respect of a road, subsection (1)(a) of
this section shall not apply. (Added 81 of 1988 s. 4)





(6) in section 28-

(a)in subsection (1) by repealing 'subsection (2)' and
substituting 'subsections (2) and (6)';

(b) by adding after subsection (5)-

(6) Without prejudice to subsections (2) to (5),
where an order has been made under section 13(1),
15(1) or 17(1) and notice of the order has not been
served in accordance with section 14(1)(a), 16(1)(a) or
18(1)(a) respectively, the Secretary may, if satisfied
that the claimant has not had actual notice of the
order, accept service of a claim after the period
specified in the fourth column of Part II of the
Schedule for such service, and if he does so, the claim
shall be deemed to have been served within that
period. (Added 81 of 1988 s. 5)

(7) in section 36(a) by repealing ', authorized';

(8) in section 37 by repealing 'for' and substituting 'from';

(9)in section 38(b) by repealing 'Public Reclamations and Works
Ordinance' and substituting---

Foreshore and Sea-bed (Reclamations) Ordinance (Cap.
127)

(10) by repealing 'Colonial Treasurer Incorporated' wherever
occurring and substituting 'Financial Secretary Incorporated'.
L.N. 127 of 1986 81 of 1988 s. 2 81 of 1988 s. 3 81 of 1988 s. 4 81 of 1988 s. 5 8 of 1987 s. 3 L.N. 100 of 1984 63 of 1985 s. 21 L.N. 180 of 1985

Abstract

L.N. 127 of 1986 81 of 1988 s. 2 81 of 1988 s. 3 81 of 1988 s. 4 81 of 1988 s. 5 8 of 1987 s. 3 L.N. 100 of 1984 63 of 1985 s. 21 L.N. 180 of 1985

Identifier

https://oelawhk.lib.hku.hk/items/show/3821

Edition

1964

Volume

v31

Subsequent Cap No.

370

Number of Pages

2
]]>
Tue, 23 Aug 2011 18:57:39 +0800